bio-based and applied economics 3(3): 185-186, 2014 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-15285 editorial feeding the planet and greening agriculture: challenges and opportunities for the bio-economy the 2007/08 commodities crisis and repercussions in the following years have shown the vulnerability of the global food economy to shocks coming from extreme weather events, financial or energy market disruptions. the repeated food shortages, exacerbated by agricultural policies aimed at reducing the domestic impacts of the world food crisis, raised concerns about the potential devastating impacts of a new era of global food scarcity on the world’s poor and on the world’s natural resource equilibrium. the estimated significant increases of the people to be fed in the next thirty years and the expected nutritional improvements for a relevant share of the world population will imply a very substantial rise in the demand for agricultural production. to meet the increased food demand resulting from population and income growth, agricultural production will need to be 60% higher in 2050 than in 2006 (fao, 2014). because there is little scope for expanding agricultural land, except for some regions in africa and south america, demand for agricultural land and water is expected in the next years to grow. in the past decades, agriculture has satisfied increases in food demand by means of productivity improvements. increasing agricultural productivity growth is considered as a key factor for the improvement of food security in the next decades (baldos and hertel, 2014). however, recent evidence about a decreasing trend in yield growth of major crops increases concerns about the ability of agriculture to feed world population (fao, 2014). climate change and the reduction of water availability are likely to sharply affect productivity in agriculture and forestry, especially in regions where malnutrition is most prevalent. on the other hand, agriculture and forestry are key target sectors of climate change mitigation policies, in that their contribution to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions could be substantial. in this rapidly evolving scenario, the eu reformed its policies with the objective of developing a sustainable bio-economy, that is, an economy that satisfies the increase in food and energy needs, while ensuring the sustainable use of biological resources, biodiversity and environmental protection. agriculture plays a key role in the “greening” of the whole economy. recent reforms of the common agricultural policy include greening measures, such as the introduction of greening rules farmers must follow to get a part of the cap payments. the challenges and opportunities for the bio-economy and the new policy demand in this new scenario were the overall topic of the third aieaa conference held in alghero (italy) 25-27 june 2014. the conference included more than 80 papers addressing a range of research and policy issues such as: food and nutrition security issues in specific areas; the modeling and measurement of climate change impacts on bio-based productions; risk management strategies for climate change; innovations in the bio-technology industry and implications for the bio-based supply chain; cost of the policies aimed at mitigating 186 editorial the effects of climate change on the bio-economy. the bae editor invited the speakers of the aieaa conference to submit their papers for this bae special issue. four papers published on this issue were selected after regular peer review from those presented during the third aieaa conference; they represent only an essay of the topics covered by the conference. in particular, the paper by justus wesseler deals with the introduction of new biotechnologies in the agri-food industry, namely the genetically modified engineered crops, and analyzes the responses of the food producers, food processors, food retailers and consumers industry. davide marino and co-authors address the issue of the assessment of the costs and benefits of natura 2000, the european network of protected areas aimed at the protection of biodiversity, by analyzing two italian case studies. the paper by joseph cooper and benoit delbecq deals with the new us income entitlement programs for agribusinesses, referred to as “shallow loss”, introduced by the us 2014 farm bill: more specifically, they propose an approach to assess the sensitivity of the farmers downside risk protection to marginal changes in the deductible of shallow loss program scenarios. finally, the paper by pisani and burighel uses a social network analysis approach to assess the transnational cooperation projects promoted by the local action groups in a specific italian region. baldos, u.l.c., hertel, t.w. (2014). global food security in 2050: the role of agricultural productivity and climate change. the australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 58: 554-570. fao (2014). the state of food and agriculture 2014, fao, rome, 2014. margherita scoppola president of aieaa issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 231-233, 2012 the bio-based economy: a new development model donato romano president associazione italiana di economia agraria e applicata (aieaa) there is no agreed-upon definition of the concept of the ‘bio-based economy’ (or bioeconomy). one of the most widely accepted definitions (european commission, 2012b) describes it as an economy encompassing the sustainable production of renewable biological resources and their conversion into goods and services for final, as well as intermediate, consumption. as such, it encompasses not only traditional economic activities, such as agriculture, fishing, aquaculture and forestry, but also recently developed industries, such as bio-technologies and bio-energy. overall, in 2009 the bioeconomy in europe accounted for 1 trillion euros value added, with an approximate market size of over 2 trillion euros and around 21.5 million jobs (clever consult, 2010). the prospects for further growth are more than promising: according to the oecd (2009), by 2030 on average the use of biotechnologies is estimated to contribute up to 35% of the output of chemicals and other industrial products that can be manufactured using biotechnology, up to 80% of pharmaceuticals and diagnostic production and some 50% of agricultural outputs across oecd countries. the bioeconomy, thanks to its strong innovation potential, encompasses a large part of the task of addressing global challenges, from the contributions of industrial biotechnology through environmental applications to climate change issues, improved health outcomes, and feeding global populations with better yielding crops and better delivery of nutrients and vitamins in foods. in short, the bioeconomy holds at least some of the cards to ensure long-term economic and environmental sustainability. however, technological solutions per se are not a guarantee of success. indeed, the challenges above call for a profound change in the policy environment as well as the research sector. addressing global challenges requires a move from sectoral policy frameworks and governance mechanisms to a more integrated approach (europabio, 2011). the very crosscutting nature of the bioeconomy offers a unique opportunity to address in a comprehensive and systemic manner inter-connected societal challenges. this ambitious approach is fully embedded in the eu commission’s strategy “europe 2020” (european commission, 2010), which calls for building a bio-based economy by 2020 as a key element for supporting an economy based on knowledge and innovation, as well as in “horizon 2020” (european commission, 2011), the new eu framework programme for research and technological innovation (2014-2020), and in the recent eu commission communication on “innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe” 232 d. romano (european commission, 2012a). the overall objective of all of these frameworks is a refocusing of the european development model, promoting a bio-based economy to foster economic growth and job creation. at the same time research activities and the higher education system should be reoriented. this is already happening at different scales as witnessed, for example, by the launching of the above-mentioned eu horizon 2020 research programme, the blossoming of international research cooperation frameworks (such as the eu-lac bioeconomy working group), the birth of new institutes/departments focusing on the bioeconomy (see, for example, the bioeconomy institute at iowa state university) or networks of institutions/researchers (such as the bioeconomy network at michigan state university, the bioeconomy science center at the university of aachen, the international consortium on applied bioeconomy research) as well as new postgraduate programs (such as the master of sciences in management of bioeconomy, innovation and governance at the university of edinburgh). all of these initiatives share the common view that research and education must be re-oriented towards a more comprehensive model based on the ’convergence‘ of different disciplines, acknowledging that while a deep disciplinary background remains vital, robust cross-disciplinary education/research is essential to address complex issues. the italian association of agricultural and applied economics (aieaa) is part of this process. the reasons for establishing aieaa are rooted in the challenges above, as well as the implied changes in the topics/methods in the field of agriculture and applied economics (viaggi et al., 2012; sckokai, 2012; schmid et al., 2012) and the activities carried out by aieaa over the past year or so reflect these reasons. the idea of launching bio-based and applied economics (bae), the aieaa’s official journal, is deeply rooted in the awareness of those changes. this is also the reason for which the theme of the first aieaa conference, held in trento on 4-5 june 2012 was “towards a sustainable bioeconomy: economic issues and policy challenges” aimed at discussing challenges and opportunities offered by the bio-based economy, specifically focusing on what research, innovation and policy can do to foster economic growth and provide an alternative development model to address global challenges. the papers included in this issue of bae are all from that symposium and provide an overview of the wide range of topics debated in trento1 (cf. http://www.aieaa.org to download the full set of papers and presentations), focusing on some of the most important bioeconomy issues, such as biofuels, innovation, gmos and product differentiation. in particular, esposti deals with the evolution of the knowledge and innovation system implied by the biotechnology revolution in agriculture (though many of his remarks are also applicable to other bioeconomy sectors). the paper, commencing from a conventional science-based approach, highlights the emergence of some system failures and the need for a new conceptualization and design, discussing policy implications at the eu level. moschini et al. make a thorough assessment of the state of the art of the economics of biofuels, analyzing the pivotal role played by some critical policies in the sector’s performance over the last decade and providing an overall assessment of the impact of biofuels on the economy and on the environment. sckokai and varacca analyze product and brand 1 the papers published in this issue were submitted to the journal in answer to a call open to a selection of the papers presented at the conference. they underwent the regular double blind peer review process adopted by the journal before final acceptance. 233the bio-based economy: a new development model competition in the italian breakfast cereal market, demonstrating the presence of patterns of substitution within products sharing the same brand and similar nutritional characteristics. finally, mora et al. analyze the socio-economic drivers affecting the use of gm animals in livestock and pharmaceutical industries and review the risks and benefits implied by the adoption of gm animals from the point of view of the life sciences. references clever consult bvba (2010). the knowledge based bioeconomy (kbbe) in europe: achievements and challenges. brussels. esposti, r. (2012). knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy: lessons from the past, challenges for the future. bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 231-264. europabio (2011). building a bio-based economy for europe in 2020, europabio policy guide. brussels. european commission (2010). communication from the commission “europe 2020 a strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth”, com(2010) 2020 final. brussels. european commission (2011). proposal for a council decision establishing the specific programme implementing horizon 2020 the framework programme for research and innovation (2014-2020), com(2011) 811 final. brussels. european commission (2012a). innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe. brussels. european commission (2012b). commission staff working document accompanying the document “communication on innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe”. brussels. mora, c., menozzi, d., kleter, g., aramyan, l.h., valeeva, n.i., zimmermann, k.l., pakki reddy, g. (2012). factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals in the food and pharmaceutical chains. bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 309325. moschini, g., cui, j., lapan, h. (2012). economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects. bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 265-292. oecd (2009). the bioeconomy to 2030: designing a policy agenda. oecd, paris. schmid, m., padel, s., levidow, l. (2012). the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective. bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 47-63. sckokai, p. (2012). agricultural and applied economics: what is this? bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 13-27. sckokai, p., varacca, a. (2012). product differentiation and brand competition in the italian breakfast cereal market: a distance metric approach. bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 293-308. viaggi, d., mantino, f., mazzocchi, m., moro, d.,, stefani, g. (2012). from agricultural to bio-based economics? context, state of the art and challenges bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 3-11. bio-based and applied economics 5(1): 1-4, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-18336 editorial biorefineries in the bio-based economy: opportunities and challenges for economic research loïc sauvée, davide viaggi guest editors 1. background and objectives this special issue of bio-based and applied economics (bae) is devoted to the topic of biorefinery, with a focus on third generation biorefinery. as a broad technological definition, biorefinery is intended as the conversion of all kinds of biomass (organic residues, energy crops, aquatic biomass etc.) into a wide range of bio-based products, such as fuels, chemicals, power and heat, materials, food and feed (demirbas, 2010). in this special issue we approach the biorefinery concept with an eye to defining a new business model involving the complete valorisation of biomass in energy, food, feed, biomaterials and bio-based chemicals. the development of this industry opens important opportunities for many countries in a context of sustainability and competitiveness. industrial initiatives are growing rapidly in brazil, the usa, italy, france, and sweden. biorefineries are increasingly at the core of the bioeconomy vision at the eu level and worldwide, as highlighted by the documents of the recent world bioeconomy summit (german bioeconomy council, 2015a; 2015b; 2015c). their future development is connected to key developments, including sustainability concerns and the need for decoupling from food production. the evolution and the increasing relevance of biorefineries underscore the need for new economic and organisational knowledge about the concept of biorefinery and its practical applications. this also challenges researchers to provide new theoretical approaches, as well as empirical studies, including cross-country comparisons, scenario building, business model assessment, and analyses of impacts on economic growth and employment. the objective of this bae special issue is to address some of the main challenges that the development of biorefineries will face in europe, and the world over, from economic, strategic and organisational perspectives. biorefineries are challenging economic research from several perspectives, some of which are explicitly in the background and form the motivation of this special issue. firstly, the role that biorefineries will play in global, national and local sustainability transitions, including considerations of state vs. industrial group strategies, is an open issue. this topic can be approached through international comparisons of the business models used by biorefineries: levels of horizontal/vertical integration, the role of cooperatives, processors and distributors, and the role of public-private partnerships (ppp) and public procurement. a second topic concerns instruments that are used for chain coordination related to biorefinery, in particular contracts and chain management approaches. a third issue that is of particular importance for the economy is that of territories and the local/regional anchoring of biorefineries, the role of farmers and farmers organisations 2 l. sauvée, d. viaggi in the development of territorial biorefineries, and the role of cooperatives and professional bodies. finally, when developing research on biorefineries, it is also of paramount importance to take into account the institutional environment, legal framework, international negotiations and public perceptions of the development of biorefineries. as a complementary view, an analysis and design of dedicated biorefinery policies and interactions with related existing policies (e.g. agricultural policy, waste policy, etc.) is also to be considered. we will see that these topics are emphasised both directly and indirectly in the following articles, with more theoretical and empirical developments on the issue of business models, consumption and impacts of/on the institutional environment. we will first present the overall content of these articles. second, we will relate them to the wider scope of the question of biorefinery and to paths for future research. 2. the papers in this issue the three papers in this issue are very different in scope and method and provide examples of different and complementary issues in addressing the topic of biorefinery. ceapraz, kotbi and sauvée (2016), in their article, put forward the underlying business models of the new generations of biorefineries, and more specifically that of the territorial biorefinery, in opposition with the port biorefinery. they highlight that the concept of territorial biorefinery does not reach a consensus among scholars. their article provides the key findings of several theoretical approaches, from the socioeconomics of proximity to governance of territorial assets, industrial and territorial ecology and sociotechnical transition. they suggest that a clarification of what constitutes the territorial biorefinery from a business model point of view and an identification of its main characteristics should be made explicit in order to facilitate the manner in which practitioners study, develop and set up businesses of this kind. bonfiglio and esposti (2016) investigate the impact on the economy of sardinia (italy) as a result of a new biomass power plant fed by locally cultivated cardoon. the cardoon in question also allows for the production of biopolymers. in their article, the impact is assessed at an economy-wide scale using two multi-regional closed input-output models that make it possible to take into account the entire supply chain activated and the supralocal effects generated by trade across local industries. the effects are computed under alternative scenarios simulating different levels of substitution of existing agricultural activities with the new activity (cardoon). their results show positive and locally significant impacts in terms of value added and employment. however, these impacts are substantially influenced by the degree of substitution. the results also suggest that there are specific territorial areas that are more sensitive to negative effects induced by substitution. the article by sivashankar (2016) assesses diesel vehicle owners’ willingness to pay (wtp) for jatropha biodiesel in sri lanka, and the factors affecting their decisions. the study was carried out in the kandy region among diesel vehicle users. the wtp was assessed using a contingent valuation method (cvm). the factors affecting wtp were estimated using probit regressions. the mean wtp for biodiesel by the diesel vehicle users was 0.74 euro/litre for lower bound levels. the median wtp was 0.85 euro/litre. elderly respondents with higher education are less likely to pay for biodiesel. married respondents with higher income are more likely to pay higher prices for biodiesel. 3biorefineries in the bio-based economy 3. outlook and perspectives for future research on biorefinery the articles in this special section, though limited in number, underscore the diversity of effort needed for the economic analysis of biorefinery; in particular, they hint at a need for contribution on the part of the economic literature in at least three directions. the first is a conceptual one, focusing on understanding the logic of biorefinery and its connection with theoretical views and business models. the second concerns the modelling of the economics of biorefinery and its effects. the third concerns the need for rigorous assessments of the potential market and non-market role of emerging biorefinery solutions. a common feature of the state of the art concerns the fact that that the biorefinery concept is largely addressed using ideas taken from other fields, and the level of specificity and adaption of the tools used remains rather low. however, as this special issue also demonstrates, the development of the biorefinery in the biobased economy opens up opportunities and needs for future research in trying to meet the specificities of the concerned processes. in this section we identify a few of them. first, although the biorefinery is one of the building blocks of the bio-based economy of the future, it is undoubtedly not the only one. the potential of the biorefinery to expand, especially in rural areas, and to become a significant part of the bio-based economy is directly related to its ability to articulate economic aspects with environmental and social dimensions, as well as to match the needs of related sectors. the importance of integrated approaches toward sustainability assessment brings into question the methodologies being used in the various research communities. indeed, as we have seen in this issue, the veritable novelty of the biorefinery concept is the new representation that it provides of the functioning of the economy. the so-called ‘ecological economics approach’ already introduced a vision whereby natural and industrial processes are intertwined: the complementarities in terms of material, energy and information flows highlight the need for an even more expanded system approach. systemic in spirit, the biorefinery is notwithstanding a business model that should be economically efficient. researchers have shown that the categories of products that could emerge from biorefineries range from mass products to intermediary and even niche products, in the various categories of food and feed, bioenergy, biomaterials and biochemical products. besides the traditional dichotomy dilemma, between market size (large or small)/market price (low or high), the opportunities of the biorefinery model in terms of future developments and impacts for local producers (and thus rural development) are extremely diverse. future research should investigate how to reach optimal solutions in the trade-offs between relevant dimensions. the biorefinery also brings into question the topic of customer needs and customer behaviour, either at the industrial market level or at the consumer market level. we have seen in the past that the controversy faced by gmo products on the market found some resonance in the first generation biofuels with respect to the food versus non-food uses of land. on the contrary, innovative bio-based products open up possibilities of wider consumer and industrial acceptance. yet, what remains unclear is the pathway for change in these behaviours towards products that are sourced through renewable resources. in addition, technologies avoiding trade-offs with food production may yield other sources of concern for citizens (e.g. use of wastes). 4 l. sauvée, d. viaggi from a technological perspective, the economic efficiency of different conversion technologies is one of the questions to be addressed. researchers in the social sciences could provide valuable insights into developing results not exclusively from a static economics efficiency and optimisation angle, but more from dynamic process perspectives. indeed, the ability of players to develop innovative triple helix models of collaboration between research organisations, institutions and private companies is a key enabling factor in the process. the diversity of open innovation models to back up third generation biorefineries will necessitate research in organisational and institutional economics in parallel with the more traditional approaches of economic optimisation of alternative conversion technologies both within the biomass sector and between other resources (solar, oil etc.). a final issue that researchers must take into consideration is the question of territory. the development of biorefineries has deeply redefined the link between the processing unit and the space in which this economic activity is embedded. once again, in line with the systemic reasoning that is at the base of the biorefinery concept, the way farmers belong to and participate (or not) in the design of the bio-based sectors is crucial. research into participatory approaches, design thinking and the conception of innovative biorefinery models that integrate multi-scale analysis provide promising opportunties for the research community. a few references cherubini, f. (2010). the biorefinery concept: using biomass instead of oil for producing energy and chemicals. energy conversion and management, 51(7), 1412-1421. colonna, p., tayeb, j., & valceschini, e. (2015) les nouveaux usages de la biomasse. le déméter, paris. chertow, m., & ehrenfeld, j. (2012). organizing self‐organizing systems. journal of industrial ecology, 16(1), 13-27. demirbas a. (2010). biorefineries. for biomass upgrading facilities. springer-verlag, london. german bioeconomy council (2015a). bioeconomy policy (part i). synopsys and analysis of strategies in the g7. office of the bioeconomy council, berlin. german bioeconomy council (2015b). bioeconomy policy (part ii). synopsis of national strategies around the world. office of the bioeconomy council, berlin. german bioeconomy council (2015c). global visions for the bioeconomy – an international delphi-study. office of the bioeconomy council, berlin. kokossis, a. c., & yang, a. (2010). on the use of systems technologies and a systematic approach for the synthesis and the design of future biorefineries. computers & chemical engineering, 34(9), 1397-1405. langeveld, j. w. a., dixon, j., & jaworski, j. f. (2010). development perspectives of the biobased economy: a review. crop science, 50(supplement_1), s-142. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(2): 175-184, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-14704 an addendum to: a meta-analysis of hypothethical bias in stated preference valuation gianluca stefani1,*, riccardo scarpa2, ginevra v. lombardi1 1 department of economics and management, university of florence, florence, italy 2 economics department, waikato management school, hamilton, new zealand abstract. a recent study published by murphy et al. (2005) reported results of a meta-analysis of hypothetical bias using 28 valuation studies. the authors found a median ratio of hypothetical to actual values of 1.35 but they did not investigate the ratio of variances of the hypothetical and actual value distributions, which is of great relevance in joint stated and revealed preference analysis. we propose an addendum to murphy et al. (2005) to provide some insights on the distribution of the scale factor across 23 studies for which relevant data is available. we distinguish three types of dispersion parameters reported in the literature. we find that the ratio of real to hypothetical standard deviations of marginal distributions of wtp is about 0.6. keywords. contingent valuation, experiments, scale identification, meta-analysis, stated preferences jel codes. c9, h41, q26, q28 1. introduction stated preference methods are widely used in nonmarket valuation of environmental goods. however, they have been criticised for a number of reasons revolving around the issues of credibility and reliability of hypothetical responses (cummings et al. 1997, diamond & hausman 1993, green et al. 1998, to name but a few in the context of contingent valuation). the difference between responses in hypothetical and real payment settings, known as hypothetical bias, is an issue that has given rise to a fierce debate among scholars and has motivated much research effort. a key question in the ensuing research agenda has been the estimation of a calibration factor (cf). this is the ratio between hypothetical (stated preference) and actual (or revealed preference) values. using cf, values elicited with hypothetical choices may be corrected to obtain value estimates similar to those obtainable from revealed preference studies. a methodological approach that has generated much attention in this area of applied research has been the use of meta-analysis. at least three literature reviews or meta-analysis studies have investigated the scope and extension of cf. harrison and rutstrom (2008) 1 corresponding author: gianluca.stefani@unifi.it. short communication 176 g. stefani, r. scarpa, g.v. lombardi using 35 observations report a cf ranging from 0.75 to 26. list and gallet (2001) analyse 29 studies with a total of 174 observations of willingness to pay (wtp) and willingness to accept (wta) estimates. according to their study hypothetical values are about three times larger than real ones, with cf being larger for wta rather than wtp or when the values are elicited for public rather than private goods. little and and berrens (2004) expanded the dataset of list and gallet to include 17 additional observation. the cf from their dataset ranges from 2.93 to 3.34 with a median value of 3.13. murphy et al. (2005), drawing on the study by list and gallet, proposed a new meta-analysis focussing on wtp estimates and including only observations that employ the same mechanism to elicit hypothetical and real values. the authors selected 28 studies that yield a total of 83 observations for which the distribution of cf is skewed with a mean value of 2.60 and a median value of 1.35. the authors found mixed results about the determinants of cf. students and group setting seem to widen cf, while discrete choice format and valuation of private goods would have the opposite effect. in a cautionary note, the authors warn that results are sensitive to model specification and that the choice of explanatory variables is affected by the lack of a theory explaining hypothetical bias. all four studies purport the ratio between hypothetical and actual values as a key factor in criterion validity of stated preference estimates, under the assumption that values elicited from revealed preference data are closer to the truth. our point of departure is the observation that distributions of ratios of value estimates are not completely characterised by location parameters alone (such as the mean or the median). dispersion parameters are also of crucial importance, especially in the context of joint preference estimation from merged revealed and stated preference data (e.g. hensher, louviere and swait, 1999). in this context there are good theoretical reasons for the existence of a difference in error scale from different data sources, which has been corroborated by much empirical evidence (louviere, 2001)2. similarly, cameron et al. (2002) state that “what would be most valuable for predicting actual demand behavior from stated preference choice data would be some means of using common underlying systematic preference parameters, […] mapping the dispersion parameter from the particular stated preference method into the likely corresponding dispersion parameter for a revealed preference choice context. this might allow prediction of the distribution of wtp for real market choices.” for example, the results from one of the first papers addressing the impact of real vs. hypothetical treatments on values elicited with contingent valuation (cv) of public goods (cummings et al., 1997) were indeed questioned with respect to the assumption of equal variance across treatments two years later (haab et al. 1999). we define as inverse relative scale factor (irsf) the ratio of standard deviations of real over hypothetical value distributions: σ σ σ σ = =irsf r h r h 2 2 (1) 2 according to louviere (2001) “experimental manipulations, differences incontexts, actions taken by managers, and the like impact not only distributions of response means but also variances of these distributions”. 177a meta-analysis of hypothethical bias where σr and σh are standard deviations with subscripts referring to “real” and “hypothetical” distributions, respectively. we named the ratio inverse relative scale factor since the scale factor is usually defined as μ = 1/σ (adamowicz , louviere and williams, 1994) and the relative scale factor as sf = μr/μh whilst our index is given by irsf = μh/μr. the aim of this note is to provide a first estimate of the distribution of the irsf from a subset of 23 studies out of the original 28 considered by murphy et al. (2005), for which relevant data on scale is available. our focus is on deriving estimates of the irsf rather than exploring the determinants of hypothetical bias, therefore the note should be considered as an “addendum” rather than a “comment” to the original paper by murphy. the remainder of this note is set out as follows. section 2 illustrates alternative measures of dispersion of wtp. section 3 deals with data and estimation procedures. sections 4 and 5 provides a summary of findings and regression results while section 6 concludes. we provide an assessment of the empirical distribution of the sf across a sample of stated preference studies finding that differences of variances are mild, a result similar to that provided for cf by murphy et al. (2005). we found that cf and sf are correlated and that factors that affect the former also tend to affect the latter. 2. alternative measure of dispersion of wtp depending on the estimation framework adopted, different measures of dispersion are reported in the studies we reviewed. so, we provide a simple model that helps clarifying the differences among alternative measures. let us start with a simple linear-in-the-parameters random wtp model: β ε=wtp x ' +i ii (2) a first important distinction we make is between the marginal or unconditional variance of wtp and the variance of the error term of the model: ( ) ( )=   +  var wtp e var wtp x var e wtp x( | ) |x x (3) or ε β( ) ( ) ( )= +var wtp var var xx (4) equation 4 decomposes the unconditional variance of wtp into two terms. the first terms is the variance of the error term and the second term is the variance of the conditional mean of wtp with respect to a vector of covariates x. it is clear that the ratio of unconditional variances will be always different from the ratio of the error term variances unless x is fixed in the hypothetical and real treatment or the ratio of the varx(xβ) is the same of the ratio of the var(ε): σ σ σ σ ≠ ε ε wtph wtpr h r 2 2 2 2 (5) 178 g. stefani, r. scarpa, g.v. lombardi further measures of dispersion can arise as some researchers calculate fitted wtp for different representative persons. then, drawing from the asymptotically joint normal distribution of the maximum likelihood parameter estimates, they build up a sampling distribution of fitted wtp estimates following the procedure originally set out by krinsky and robb (1986) to estimate confidence intervals for elasticities. then the distribution reflects the estimation precision for all of the parameters in the model and not only the error precision, and it shows how estimation efficiency affects the range of plausible values for wtp for a representative subject. in the case of the linear model 2, which is estimated using ols, it is well know that the asymptotic estimator of var(b|x) is given by:  σ( ) ( )= ′ − var bx x x| u 2 1 (6) therefore the variance of estimated wtp for a representative subject (at the mean values of x, x is: σ( ) ( )= ′    − var bx x x x x x| u ' 2 1 (7) which again is different from either var(ε) and its estimator  σ ε ε= −n k 'ˆ u 2 or from (4). 3. data and estimation we supplemented the dataset employed by murphy et al. (2005)3 by recording measures of dispersion for the wtp distribution irrespective of the form in which the measures were provided by the authors. we were able to collect data from 23 out of the original 28 studies providing 67 observations4. in addition we retrieve 4 more observations from two studies surveyed by little and berrens (2004). overall, our dataset includes 25 studies and 71 observations. in the augmented dataset available, measures of dispersion can be classified according to both the type of measure of dispersions outlined in the previous section and the format the dispersion is provided with. we classified different formats for dispersion measure into 4 groups as follows. 1) standard deviation. studies based on experimental auctions and open-ended elicitation formats generally provide data on standard deviations of wtp values distributions. 2) confidence interval. most dichotomous choice and some open ended cv methods provide confidence intervals for the estimates of the mean wtp. as the sample size is similar for real and hypothetical treatments, the width of confidence intervals is proportional to the standard deviation of wtp. therefore we maintain that the ratio of the sizes of confidence intervals is a close proxy for irsf. 3) sigma. studies that employ dichotomous choice data often use probit or logit models to explain outcome probabilities. in such cases it is possible to recover the stand3 both dataset, bibliography and description of variable have been made available by murphy on its own webpage at: http://faculty.cbpp.uaa.alaska.edu/jmurphy/meta/meta.html 4 the five excluded studies are: blumenschein, et al. (2001); boyce, et al. (1989) ; duffield and patterson (1992); murphy, et al. (2002) and sinden (1988). 179a meta-analysis of hypothethical bias ard deviation σ of the underlying distribution from the inverse of the estimate of the parameter of the bid variable5 as described in cameron and james (1987). actually, in the case of logit models the inverse of the parameter of the bid variable gives κ σ π= 3 / that is the dispersion of the error term in the logistic regression. however, since κ is a linear function of σ the constants cancel out and the probit and logit ratios are equal: κ κ σ σ =r h r h (8) 4) scale factor. finally, a single study (carlsson and martinsson, 2001) carried out using multiple choices, reports directly the corresponding scale factor. from each of the studies employed here a irsf value is obtained by dividing the measure of dispersion of the real or actual subsample by the one estimated from the hypothetical subsample. table 1. observations classified according to format and type of dispersion. format type of distribution total error parameters marginal confidence interval 1 5 8 14 scale_fact 1 0 0 1 sigma 14 0 0 20 stand. dev 0 8 34 36 total 16 13 42 71 most of the observations in the dataset are estimates of marginal wtp distributions, formatted either as standard deviations or confidence intervals. only 16 observations provide an estimate of error distribution followed by the group of observations where the measure provided is a function of model parameters standard errors through krinskyrobb type procedures. 4. results: summary statistics overall, the mean value of the irsf in our sample is 0.67 with a standard deviation of 0.41. however, the irsf distribution is quite different across the three distribution types confirming their different nature. all means and medians are smaller than 1, consistently with theoretical expectations. haab et al. (1999) state that real experiments control more effectively for sources of variability, therefore the distribution of elicited values is likely to be less dispersed than in hypothetical settings. 5 a single study that directly provides the scale factor for a multinomial logit model also belongs to this group. 180 g. stefani, r. scarpa, g.v. lombardi table 2. summary statistics of irsf across distribution types. form type of distribution total error parameters marginal min 0.45 0.04 0.07 0.04 max 1.85 1.40 1.51 1.85 mean 0.90 0.67 0.58 0.67 med 0.82 0.69 0.54 0.66 st.dev 0.39 0.50 0.35 0.41 it is worth noticing that with a similar number of observations, measures of irsf based on all model parameters distributions are more dispersed than those based on model error distribution. across all types of distribution there are observations with irsf values higher than 1, a result that mimics what was found by murphy for the cf. kernel density estimates of the three distributions of irsf are plotted in figure 16. figure 1. density estimates of irsf. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0. 0 0. 5 1. 0 1. 5 2. 0 irsf de ns ity error marginal parameters irsf shows an overall weak and positive correlation (r=0.58) with the inverse of cf (icf), which is the ratio of actual vs hypothetical mean. it is the irsf obtained from marginal distributions of wtp that shows the highest correlation with icf. interestingly, irsf from error distributions does not seem to be correlated with icf. however, this results is likely to be affected by the presence of outliers as it can be seen from figure 2. 6 a normal kernel density estimate was employed. the bandwidth parameter was selected with sheater and jones (1991) formula. 181a meta-analysis of hypothethical bias table 3. correlation between icf and irsf. ρ ci error -0.13 ( -0.56 , 0.36 ) parameters 0.66 ( 0.18 , 0.89 ) marginal 0.81 ( 0.67 , 0.90 ) all 0.58 ( 0.41 , 0.72 ) figure 2. icf vs irsf. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0. 0 0. 5 1. 0 1. 5 irsf in v c f error marginal parameters 5. results: regression analysis to try and explain hypothetical bias we also regress irsf on icf and on the explanatory variables used by murphy et al. (2005) (tab. 4). this allows us to see if there is any further marginal and significant effect besides icf. table 4. regression results: marginal distribution type only. estimate estimate std. error t value (intercept) 0.15 0.06 2.33 icf 0.81 0.09 8.61 choice -0.08 0.09 -0.82 private -0.12 0.09 -1.28 student 0.02 0.06 0.28 within 0.19 0.09 1.95 calibrate 0.19 0.08 2.46 multiple r-squared: 0.77. adjusted r-squared: 0.73. 182 g. stefani, r. scarpa, g.v. lombardi we include in the regression only observations derived from marginal distributions of wtp due to limitations on the degrees of freedom for the error and parameter groups both with less than 20 observations each. . an r-squared of 0.77 is obtained and the only statistically significant coefficients are those for icf, within sample (at the 10% level) and calibrate. within might give irsf closer to 1 either because of carry over effects7 or simply because the hypothetical and the real treatment groups are identical. this finding is consistent with evidence of a larger variance in responses in between subject experimental designs (louviere, 2001). the calibrate variable refers to either ex-ante calibration techniques such as budget reminder or cheap talk scripts or ex-post calibration such as using lab experiments to calibrate field data or other uncertainty adjustments (murphy et al., 2005). the calibration techniques is likely to mitigate the erratic behaviour observed in hypothetical treatments. however, as in the case of the cf, for the sf we also lack a comprehensive theory that explains hypothetical bias. so, the causality of significant parameters should be interpreted with caution. 6. conclusions our point of departure is the observation that most meta-analyses on discrete choice contingent valuation studies comparing real and hypothetical choice settings ignore the role of scale factor. yet, the issue of estimation efficiency (bias and mean square error) is likely to be as important as the bias question in comparing stated and revealed preferences. building on murphy et al. (2005) our study provides some insights on the distribution of the inverse relative scale factor across 25 stated preference studies. the results show that, on average, the irsf is about 0.6-0.7 and is correlated with the ratio between real and hypothetical average wtps. however, there are important differences in the distribution of the irsf depending on which type of wtp distribution is considered: marginal wtp distribution, wtp model error distribution and wtp estimate distribution considered as non linear function of model parameters distribution. 7. acknowledgments the authors would like to thank, with the usual disclaimer, james murphy for the comments provided on various versions of this paper. 6. references adamowicz, w., louviere, j. and williams, m. (1994) combining revealed and stated preference methods for valuing environmental amenities. journal of environmental economics and management 26(3): 271-292. 7 a carryover effect is an effect that “carries over” from one experimental condition to another. whenever subjects perform in more than one condition (as in within-subject designs) behaviour in the first condition tends to persist in the subsequent ones. 183a meta-analysis of hypothethical bias blumenschein, k., johannesson, m., yokoyama, k. and freemand, p. (2001). hypothetical versus real willingness to pay in the health care sector: results from a field experiment. journal of health economics 20: 441-457. boyce, r., brown, t., mcclelland, g., peterson, g. and schulze, w. (1989). experimental evidence of existence values in payment and compensation contexts. in: proceedings of the joint meetings of the western committee on benefits and costs of natural resource planning (w-133) , western regional science association, pp. 305-336. cameron, t. (2002). alternative non-market value-elicitation methods: are the underlying preferences the same?. journal of environmental economics and management 44: 391-425. cameron, t. and james, d.(1987). estimating willingness to pay from survey data an alternative pre-test-market evaluation procedure. journal of marketing research 24 (4): 389-395. carlsson, f. and martinsson, p. (2001). do hypothetical and actual marginal willingness to pay differ in choice experiments? application to the valuation of the environment. journal of environmental economics and management 41: 179-192. cummings, r., elliott, s., harrison, g.w. and murphy, j. (1997). are hypothetical referenda incentive compatible?. journal of political economy 105(3): 609-621. diamond, p. and hausman, j. (1993). on contingent valuation measurement of nonuse values. in: hausman, j.a., (ed) contingent valuation: a critical assessment. northholland, amsterdam, the netherlands, pp 3-38. duffield, j. and patterson, d. (1992). field testing existence values: comparison of hypothetical and cash transaction values. presented at joint western regional science association/w-133. south lake tahoe, nevada. green, d., jacowitz, k., kahneman, d. and mcfadden, d. (1998). referendum contingent valuation, anchoring, and willingness to pay for public goods. resource and energy economics 20(2): 85-116. haab, t., huang, j. and whitehead, j. (1999). are hypothetical referenda incentive compatible? a comment. journal of political economy 107(1): 186-196. harrison, g. (2006). experimental evidence on alternative environmental valuation methods. environmental, resource economics 34: 125-162. hensher, d., louviere, j. and swait, j. (1999). combining sources of preference data. journal of econometrics 89: 197-221. list, j. and gallett, c. (2001). what experimental protocol inßuence disparities between actual and hypothetical stated values? evidence from a meta-analysis. environmental and resource economics 20: 241-254. little, j. and berrens r. (2004). explaining disparities between actual and hypothetical stated values:further investigation using meta−analysis. economics bulletin, 3(6): 1−13. louviere, j. (2001). what if consumer experiments impact variances as well as means? response variability as a behavioral phenomenon, journal of consumer research 28(3): 506-511. louviere, j., hensher, d., swait, j., adamowicz, w. (2000). stated choice methods: analysis and applications. canbridge university press, cambridge (uk) murphy, j., allen, g., stevens, t. and weatherhead, d. (2005). a meta-analysis of hypo184 g. stefani, r. scarpa, g.v. lombardi thetical bias in stated preference valuation. environmental and resource economics 30: 313-325. murphy, j. and weatherhead, d. (2002). an empirical study of hypothetical bias in voluntary contribution contingent valuation: does cheap talk matter? paper prepared for the world congress of environmental and resource economists monterey, ca. sheater, s. and jones, m. (1991). a reliable data-based bandwith selection method for kernel density estimation. journal of the royal statistical society 53: 683-690. sinden, j.a. (1988). empirical tests of hypothetical bias in consumers’ surplus survey. australian journal of agricultural economics 32: 98-112. bio-based and applied economics 4(2): 149-163, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-16219 labour constraints on choosing profitable products for part-time farmers in swiss agriculture laure latruffe1,2,*, stefan mann3 1 inra, umr1302 smart, f-35000 rennes, france 2 agrocampus ouest, umr1302 smart, f-35000 rennes, france 3 agroscope reckenholz tänikon, switzerland date of submission: october 14th, 2013 abstract. in this paper we suggest that low labour availability on part-time farms may limit part-time farmers’ choice of production enterprises, and as a consequence those farmers may be forced to engage in less profitable enterprises. this proposition is illustrated by a conceptual framework based on the assumption that products with high returns to labour are labour intensive. an empirical analysis for the period 19962004 based on aggregated yearly data from the swiss farm accountancy data network (fadn) did not fully confirm the proposition. this may suggest the existence of a joint determination of the choice of production enterprise and of the choice to work off the farm. in addition, our assumption that highly profitable enterprises are labour intensive may not hold for specific products or contexts. keywords. part-time farms, enterprise choice, labour, returns to labour, switzerland. jel codes. q12 1. introduction several papers have investigated the reasons underlying the choice of specific production enterprises in agriculture. moran and anderson (1988) analysed the determinants of changing from dairying to beef farming in new zealand in 1975-1983. more recently, gillespie and mishra (2011) examined the selection of agricultural production enterprises among five of them (beef, dairy, crops, hogs, broilers) in the united states (us). some articles have also investigated the issue in developing countries, such as okon et al. (2012) and ojo et al. (2013) in nigeria or tamirat (2013) in ethiopia. most of the articles relied on the use of a multinomial probit to evaluate the determinants of the probability of choosing a specific production enterprise. by contrast, gillespie and mishra (2011) evaluated the extent of engagement in a specific enterprise, by using tobit equations (one for each of the five enterprises considered) where the dependent variable was the share of * corresponding author: laure.latruffe@rennes.inra.fr. mailto:laure.latruffe@rennes.inra.fr 150 l. latruffe, s. mann value produced by the specific enterprise within the total farm production value. these studies reported significant effects of sociological characteristics (age, education, household size) and structural characteristics (farm size, location) of the holding on enterprise selection. only gillespie and mishra (2011) studied the role of off-farm work on the choice of enterprises. the authors considered the number of off-farm hours spent by the farmer as a proxy for off-farm commitment. a broader definition of off-farm commitment is gainful activities carried out off the farm, not only by the farm head, but also by other members of the farm family (lund, 1991). in addition, as noted early by salter (1936), the extent of off-farm occupation may be measured either in terms of labour quantity supplied off the farm or in terms of income stemming from off-farm work. this author provided the first definition of part-time farming as “the combination of a small amount of farming with an occupation not connected with the farming”. using farm-level data in 2003, gillespie and mishra (2011) showed that in the us a greater time spent off farm by the farmer induced a higher probability to choose beef production over crop or dairy production. the authors explained this results by the low capital and labour requirements in beef production enterprise (most beef farmers being lowinput cow-calf or stocker farmers), as “farmers choose a production enterprise based on labour availability and requirements (and other farm resources)”. in this paper we also follow the idea that labour requirements may limit part-time farmers’ choice of production enterprises, but we go a little further. we suggest that, as a result, part-time farmers may be forced to engage in less profitable enterprises. this idea is based on the assumption that products with high returns to labour are labour intensive. this suggestion is supported by kingwell’s (2011) proposition that “profitable farming systems are complex and timeconsuming to manage” when considering farmer’s annual labour, land use or enterprise diversity, and revenue and expenditure diversity for a sample of australian farms. we demonstrate our idea with a simplified conceptual framework in section 2, and we provide an empirical application for swiss farms, for which the methodology and data are described in section 3. section 4 presents the results and section 5 concludes. 2. conceptual framework the conceptual framework presented below demonstrates the idea that in some situations part-time farmers may not produce highly profitable products, but instead may be constrained to produce on their land mainly products with low returns to labour. the underlying assumption, as explained above, is that products with high returns to labour are labour intensive: this means that they require that a substantial level of labour input is used, a requirement that part-time farms may not be able to meet due to constrained own labour supply. the notion of a substantial amount of labour input that needs to be allocated to a specific production activity deals with the technical nature of agricultural production processes. there is a proportion of factor requirements that are fixed, which may occur, firstly, when entering a new production activity, and secondly, during the production process of specific activities. firstly, as shown by mann et al. (2003), entering a production activity requires investment decisions in at least two respects. in order to start a new produc151choosing profitable products for part-time farmers in swiss agriculture tion activity, not only capital investments become necessary, but human capital has also to be invested, so that technologies and the organisation of labour are known to the farmer. labour investments and other fixed factor requirements often contribute to the persisting phenomenon of economies of scale (hallam, 1991; shah, 1992; langlois, 1997). mann et al. (2003) additionally showed by internationally comparing exit rates from production enterprises, that conservative farmers like swiss farmers tend to consider entering a new production process more as an investment compared with more flexible farmers as, for example, dutch farmers. secondly, labour requirements differ across agricultural products. for example, pig breeding is a labour intensive activity and requires a substantial labour time in order to become acquainted with the numerous complicated cycles and processes of piglet production (knap et al., 2001). once the business is running, a substantial number of hours have, at several stages of the breeding process, to be spent in order to keep animals healthy and to result in the desired number of piglets, independent of holding size. by contrast, an example with a relatively low level of labour requirements is the production of spelt. producers who are familiar with grain production generally have little additional investments to do to enter the production of spelt. our conceptual framework is mainly graphical, but is based on a theoretical objective program of farmers who may work or not off farm, and who have the possibility to produce two products with different returns to labour and different labour use requirements. we assume that product 1 has higher returns to labour than product 2, but necessitates a level of labour input that is above a specific threshold contrary to product 2. using a simplified framework, the objective program for farmers is as follows: max π = p1f1(x1,l1) + p2f2(x2,l2) + px(x1 + x2) + ωlo (1) on x1, x2, l1, l2, lo subject to ( ) = >f x l l l, 0 for 1 1 1 1 1 (2) ( ) ( )∂ ∂ > ∂ ∂ p f x l l p f x l l , , 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 (3) t = l1 + l2 + lo (4) l1 ≥ 0 (5) l2 ≥ 0 (6) lo ≥ 0 (7) where π is the total (on-farm and off-farm) profit; f1, f2 are the production functions of respectively product 1 and product 2; 152 l. latruffe, s. mann l1, l2 are labour hours devoted to the production of respectively product 1 and product 2; x1, x2 are other factors devoted to the production of respectively product 1 and product 2; p1, p2, px are the prices of product 1, product 2 and the other inputs, respectively. 1l is the labour input that needs to be allocated to the production of product 1; it is a specific threshold below which product 1 cannot be produced. t is the total time endowment; lo is the time allocated to off-farm employment; ω is the off-farm wage. constraint (2) represents the requirement of a substantial level of labour input (i.e. above the threshold 1l ) for the production of product 1, while constraint (3) shows that the marginal returns to labour for product 1 is greater than the one for product 2, therefore representing the larger returns to labour for product 1. constraint (4) is the time constraint. the case of a farmer producing both products is depicted on figure 1. the horizontal axis shows the labour allocation to both products; the length of the axis representing the total time available to the farmer (t). the left, respectively right, vertical axis represents the profit generated from the production of product 1, respectively of product 2. both production technologies p1f1 and p2f2 are depicted, with the production technology of product 2 starting at l2= 0 and the production technology of product 1 starting at =l l1 1 the larger returns to labour for product 1 than for product 2 (formalised by constraint (3)) are represented by a greater slope of the production technology of product 1 than the slope of the production technology of product 2. the farmer’s objective is to maximise his/her total profit; the latter is maximised at point a, that is to say where the marginal labour productivities of both products are equal. from the farmer’s objective program above, the optimal point a is represented by the following kuhn and tucker condition: p1 ∂ f1 l1 *( ) ∂l1 = p2 ∂ f2 l2 *( ) ∂l2 =ω − µ0 (8) μ0 being the lagrange multiplier of constraint (7). at point a the total profit generated is π1 * + π2 * which is greater than the maximum profit that could be generated if the farmer was producing product 1 only (π1 max) or product 2 only (π2 max). for this reason the farmer produces both products. this is the case of a full-time farmer, that is to say all time is allocated to production: t = l1 * + l2 *. however, a farmer may be part-time farmer that is to say may also work off farm, as represented by figure 2. here the farmer’s off-farm labour allocation is lo * and both products are still produced: t = l1 * + l2 * + lo *. in this case the kuhn and tucker condition is: ω ( ) ( )∂ ∂ = ∂ ∂ =p f l l p f l l1 1 1 * 1 2 2 2 * 2 (9) 153choosing profitable products for part-time farmers in swiss agriculture figure 1. graphical representation of labour allocation for a full-time farmer. profit from product 2 profit from product 1 p2f2 p1f1 π1* π2* l1* l2* t 1l π1*+π2* π1*+π2* π2 max π1 max a source: the authors however, when a farmer allocates a large part of his/her time off farm, only product 2 may be produced, as depicted by figure 3. in this case, the farmer is constrained in his/her time left for production. the profit from producing product 2 only (π2 max) is greater than any other combination (production of product 1 only, or production of both products). thus, in this case, the farmer is better off not producing product 1 at all, even though this product is more profitable than product 2. the kuhn and tucker conditions for product 1, respectively product 2, are: λ ω ( )( )− ∂ ∂ =p f l l1 1 1 * 1 (10) ω ( )∂ ∂ =p f l l2 2 2 * 2 (11) λ being the lagrange multiplier of constraint (2). we acknowledge that this is a simplified framework. firstly, in this framework only production aspects (technologies and prices) are considered since it is a farm profit maximisation framework. by contrast, several studies have shown that there exist other determinants of labour demand, such as farmer’s or farm household’s age, education and com154 l. latruffe, s. mann position, as well as macroeconomic conditions (baum et al., 2006; benjamin and kimhi, 2006; dupraz and latruffe, 2015). to account for household’s characteristics, the household’s utility could be maximised instead of the farm profit, and total time endowment (t) figure 2. graphical representation of labour allocation for a part-time farmer allocating little time off farm. profit from product 2 profit from product 1 p2f2 p1f1 π1* π2* l1* l2* t 1l π1*+π2* π1*+π2* π2 max π1 max a lo* source: the authors figure 3. graphical representation of labour allocation for a part-time farmer allocating much time off farm. profit from product 2 profit from product 1 p2f2 p1f1 π1* π2* l2* t 1l π1*+π2* π1*+π2* π1 max π2 max lo* source: the authors 155choosing profitable products for part-time farmers in swiss agriculture would be augmented by the time endowment of family members. also, members of the farmer’s household may engage in off-farm activities, thereby providing additional income but constraining the availability of on-farm labour. in addition, leisure and consumption are not considered in our framework. in a utility maximisation framework, they would be additional decision variables of the household’s programme. leisure would enter the time constraint (4), and an additional constraint would be needed, namely the budget constraint including consumption and profit (benjamin and kimhi, 2006). farmer’s and household’s preferences for leisure and consumption could be integrated in the specification of the utility function. secondly, in our framework farm labour does not include hired labour nor contract labour. the latter could nevertheless be used by part-time farmers to fulfil the demand for labour particularly in peak periods (errington, 1998). this would extend the time endowment on the farm, or allow the farmer to spend additional time off farm. distinguishing between the different types of labour implies considering that they are not substitutable. thirdly, risk neutrality is assumed here while some authors have reported that farmers may be risk averse. in this case, off-farm income could act as insurance, reducing the variability of the farmer’s income as noted by barlett (1991) and mishra and goodwin (1997). in addition, the choice of the production enterprise may be guided by the variability of the income generated by each enterprise. the choice of producing only one product or two products may also be explained by risk considerations: diversifying the production portfolio may reduce production risk, while in the absence of risk, specialisation may be more profitable. similarly to gillespie and mishra’s (2011) indication as regard their framework, ours also “simplifies a complex issue”. our framework notably assumes that farmers are risk neutral and that there is perfect substitutability across all types of labour. however, it shows that in certain situations profitable enterprises may not be operated by part-time farmers due to labour constraints. 3. methodology and data the above conceptual framework shows that farmers who allocate a large part of labour off farm may not be able to produce highly profitable products, in other words part-time farmers may concentrate on products with low returns to labour. we now provide an empirical application based on data from the swiss farm accountancy data network (fadn) dataset for the 9-year period 1996-2004. as explained by roesch (2012), the fadn provides bookkeeping information for a rotating non-random sample of about 3,500 farms and “weighted extrapolation can be used to apply the results to the swiss agricultural sector with its approximately 50,000 farms”. despite fadn data being farm level data, we carry out our empirical analysis with data aggregated at the production enterprise level. we consider 16 different production enterprises with a sufficient number of observations: pig fattening, pig breeding, suckler cows, milk, proteinseeds, sunflower, rapeseed, wheat, sugar beet, spelt, maize, triticale, barley, oats, rye, and potatoes. as we consider a 9-year period, our sample should include 144 observations (16 observations per year). however, there are in total 141 observations in the sample used for the empirical analysis, as no data were available for sunflower in three years (1996-1998). 156 l. latruffe, s. mann our objective is to test whether the engagement of part-time farms in production enterprises depends on the profitability of these enterprises, based on the assumption that products with high returns to labour are labour intensive. for this, we carry out a regression where the dependent variable is the share of the country’s agricultural production for a specific enterprise j (j=1,...,16) that is produced by part-time farms, while the explanatory variable is the average financial returns to labour for the production enterprise j. if the sign of the explanatory variable’s coefficient is (significantly) negative, this would indicate that the more profitable the enterprise, the less it is produced by part-time farms, and would give support to our proposition. in order to calculate the explanatory variable, which is the average financial returns to labour for the production enterprise j, one issue is to obtain the labour input allocated per enterprise. the latter is not available in the fadn data and needs to be calculated. for this, we use the standard labour requirements (slr) calculated for each product, under typical swiss conditions, by the “labour economics” research group from the swiss federal research station art (schick and stark, 2007). however, it is expected that these “theoretical” figures may diverge from “real” figures that is to say from the farm’s actual labour use per enterprise. in fact, standard labour requirements were also calculated by art for the total farm (flr), and comparing them with the observed figures of total labour used per farm available in the fadn data (l) shows some discrepancy. the comparison can be made with the following ratio: =l l flr (12) which takes the value of 1 when what is observed on a farm (as recorded in fadn) exactly matches art theoretical calculations, and is strictly larger than 1 when art calculations underestimate farms’ labour use. in the present case, the observed (fadn) labour use on swiss farms (l) tends to be higher than that estimated by art (flr) since the average of the ratio l for our sample is 2.33. we account for this discrepancy in the calculation of labour use for single enterprises. more precisely, we apply the discrepancy coefficient l to the measure of standard labour requirements for each enterprise on each farm provided by art (slr), in order to obtain the “real” labour use for single enterprises (r): = ×r l slr (13) then for each farm i in the fadn sample, financial returns to labour (p) for each production enterprise j are calculated as the returns from the production ( π ) divided by r: = π p rji ji ji (14) 157choosing profitable products for part-time farmers in swiss agriculture finally, average financial returns to labour in the sample were calculated for each enterprise j by: ∑ ∑∑ ( ) =p p w a n w aj ji ji ji i j ji ji ii (15) where wji is the fadn extrapolation weight of each farm i involved in the production activity j; aji is the amount produced by each farm i in the production activity j; nj is the number of farms involved in the production activity j. the use of aggregated data is motivated by the issue we wish to test. an investigation of the choice of enterprises by farms would simply rely on using of a multinomial model (or on tobit models as in gillespie and mishra, 2011) applied to farm level data, and for example on comparing the model results for part-time farms to the model results for full-time farms. however, our question goes further than the choice of enterprise, since we wish to investigate whether the choice is related to the profitability of enterprises. using such multinomial methodology for our question would therefore imply defining a priori categorising enterprises based on their profitability. another possibility with farm level data would be to use the financial returns to labour as a dependent variable and the part-time status as an explanatory variable. however, this would imply estimating as many equations as there are enterprises. the advantage of using the methodology described above is that it can give a straight answer to our question and enables to consider the average profitability of each enterprise within the sample, that is to say the average profitability that could be expected when engaging in this enterprise. in order to test the sensitivity of our proposition to the definition of profitability, two regressions are performed, differing by the proxy of financial returns to labour (pj) used as the explanatory variable. in a first regression, we use the revenue produced per unit of labour, and in a second regression we use the gross margin (that is to say the revenue reduced by the variable costs for crops and livestock) per unit of labour. another explanatory variable included in the regression is a livestock enterprise dummy, which represents the categorisation of the 16 enterprises into livestock and crop activities, since there could be any systematic bias for part-time farms to either of them. two additional variables are included in order to account for the fact that part-time farmers may invest more intensively in substitutes for their own time (namely capital and hired labour): the sample’s average capital to labour ratio for each production enterprise j, and the sample’s average share of hired labour for each production enterprise j. finally, time dummies are included. due to the panel characteristics of our data (16 observations per year) we use a panel data model with random effects, the breusch-pagan test indicating that this specification is preferred over the pooled ordinary least squares (ols) specification (wooldridge, 2002). as explained above, part-time farming may be measured in terms of hours spent off farm or in terms of income generated by off-farm activities. while our conceptual framework is based on the notion of time and not on the notion of income, there is no information regarding off-farm hours in the swiss fadn. for this reason, our categorisation 158 l. latruffe, s. mann is based on the share of household income stemming from off-farm activities: full-time farms are those where less than 50 per cent of income stem from off-farm activities, and part-time farms are those where more than 50 per cent of income stem from off-farm activities. this definition of part-time farms is standard in analyses about swiss farms, as for example in roesch (2012). table 1 presents descriptive statistics of the variables used in the regressions. during the period 1996-2004 and for the 16 enterprises outlined above, on average 10 percent of the country’s agricultural production was produced by part-time farms, with a minimum of 6 percent and a maximum of 41 percent for specific enterprises. on average the revenue per labour unit for the 16 enterprises considered was 216,270 swiss franks, while the respective figure for the gross margin per labour unit was 37,095. the average capital to labour ratio was 443,279 swiss franks and on average 22.5 percent of the labour used was hired. table 2 presents averages (over the period 1996-2004) of the variables of interest per enterprise. figures show that the enterprise for which the average share of production provided by part-time farms is highest is suckler cows (22.4 percent of the country’s production). this can be explained by lower labour requirements in grazing systems, in line with gillespie and mishra’s (2011) observation in the us in 2003. by contrast, the lowest average share of production provided by part-time farms is for pig breeding (5.2% of the country’s production), confirming our suggestion above that this is a labour intensive activity. the high average revenue per labour unit and gross margin per labour unit for this production seems to support our idea that labour intensive enterprises may be highly profitable. however, table 2 shows that a high share of production produced by part-time farms is not always associated with a high revenue or gross margin to labour, which does not support our proposition. it should however be kept in mind that table 2 presents average figures for the whole period 1996-2004 and not yearly figures. in addition, we do not expect an exact relationship but we want to test with econometrics the strength of the relationship. table 1. descriptive statistics of the aggregated data used: 16 enterprises in 1996-2004. variable mean standard deviation minimum maximum share of the country’s agricultural production produced by part-time farms 0.100 0.059 0.006 0.413 revenue per labour unit (pj) (swiss franks) 216,270 234,673 4,339 1,161,250 gross margin per labour unit (pj) (swiss franks) 37,095 53,756 1,375 282,226 livestock enterprise (dummy) 0.255 0.438 0 1 capital to labour ratio (swiss franks) 443,279 71,907 45,942 610,288 share of hired labour 0.225 0.029 0.146 0.282 number of observations: 141. source: authors’ calculations based on swiss fadn data for 1996-2004. 159choosing profitable products for part-time farmers in swiss agriculture table 2. descriptive statistics of the aggregated data used: yearly averages per enterprise. enterprise share of the country’s agricultural production produced by part-time farms revenue per labour unit (swiss franks) gross margin per labour unit (swiss franks) pig fattening 0.078 290,501 95,933 pig breeding 0.052 335,129 175,042 suckler cows 0.224 134,832 121,697 milk 0.073 56,813 43,203 proteinseeds 0.107 145,308 2,854 sunflower 0.104 121,663 2,128 rapeseed 0.086 135,521 1,880 wheat 0.076 78,457 4,664 sugar beet 0.074 1,004,197 71,130 spelt 0.140 95,753 3,450 maize 0.109 242,275 7,652 triticale 0.076 162,993 5,287 barley 0.082 160,881 5,136 oats 0.113 128,326 4,453 rye 0.100 153,908 5,283 potatoes 0.101 182,231 32,078 number of observations: 141. source: authors’ calculations based on swiss fadn data for 1996-2004. 4. results table 3 and table 4 present the regression results of the share of the country’s agricultural production that is produced by part-time farms, for 16 specific enterprises in 19962004. results in table 3 are for the regression including in the explanatory variables the revenue per labour unit as the proxy for the financial returns to labour in each production enterprise. results in table 4 are when the proxy for the financial returns to labour is the gross margin per labour unit. the wald tests show that both models are highly significant. the breusch-pagan tests conclude to a random effect panel specification. in both models the dummy for livestock enterprise, the capital to labour ratio and the share of hired labour have no significant effect. as regard the main variable of interest, results in table 3 show that the coefficient for the revenue per labour unit is significant (at 5 percent) and negative. this indicates that the share of part-time farms in a specific production is influenced by the returns to labour in this specific production. the more revenue per labour unit is generated by a product, the less part-time farms engage in its production, giving support to our proposition. by contrast, table 4 shows that this effect is not confirmed when returns are proxied by gross margin, as the coefficient of the gross margin per labour unit is not significant. we have investigated whether the effect of the returns to labour on the dependent variable differed depending on the type of activity, namely livestock or crop, by including in the regression 160 l. latruffe, s. mann the returns to labour interacted with the livestock enterprise dummy. however, the coefficient for this cross term was not significant. table 3. explaining the share of part-time farms in the country’s agricultural production, using the revenue as the proxy for financial returns. explanatory variable coefficient p-value significance revenue per labour unit (pj) -4.88 e-08 0.041 ** animal enterprise (dummy) -8.52 e-03 0.757 capital to labour ratio 3.36 e-09 0.965 share of hired labour -5.28 e-01 0.114 constant 0.240 0.006 *** wald test (chi2) 114.6 0.000 *** breusch-pagan test (chi2) 26.9 0.000 *** r2 0.224 number of observations 141 dependent variable: share of agricultural production produced by part-time farms in 16 different production enterprises. results for time dummies not shown. estimated using random effects since the breusch-pagan test rejects the null hypothesis of a pooled ols model in favour of a random effect specification. *, **, *** indicate significance levels at 10, 5 and 1 percent respectively. source: authors’ calculations based on swiss fadn data for 1996-2004. table 4. explaining the share of part-time farms in the country’s agricultural production, using the gross margin as the proxy for financial returns. explanatory variable coefficient p-value significance gross margin per labour unit (pj) -8.86 e-08 0.669 animal enterprise (dummy) 1.11 e-03 0.972 capital to labour ratio -6.10 e-09 0.934 share of hired labour -5.17 e-01 0.120 constant 0.230 0.005 *** wald test (chi2) 118.5 0.000 *** breusch-pagan test (chi2) 29.7 0.000 *** r2 0.199 number of observations 141 dependent variable: share of agricultural production produced by part-time farms in 16 different production enterprises. results for time dummies not shown. estimated using random effects since the breusch-pagan test rejects the null hypothesis of a pooled ols model in favour of a random effect specification. *, **, *** indicate significance levels at 10, 5 and 1 percent respectively. source: authors’ calculations based on swiss fadn data for 1996-2004. 161choosing profitable products for part-time farmers in swiss agriculture 5. conclusion the literature has little investigated part-time farmers’ choices of production enterprises on their farm. such choices may be more constrained than those made by full-time farmers due to limited time availability, as suggested by gillespie and mishra (2011) for us farms. a further idea, that we developed in this paper, is that part-time farmers, due to their constraint on farm labour supply, may not engage in highly profitable enterprises. this may be the case for example, as shown by our conceptual framework, when such enterprises are labour intensive. this conceptual framework, as well as the empirical application for swiss farms using fadn data for 1996-2004 and revenue per labour unit as the proxy for financial returns, illustrate this idea that there may be difficulties to enter attractive activities within agriculture if off-farm employment constitutes an important part of the household income. this may help explain the low profitability of part-time farming, as shown for example by roesch (2012). using fadn data for 2005-2010 the author showed that the probability of being a profitable farm is lower for part-time farms. our proposition, that part-time farmers tend to engage in products with low financial returns to labour, has been confirmed with our empirical results when revenue per labour was used as the proxy of financial returns to labour. however, the relationship was not strongly significant (at 5 percent only) and the coefficient was found to be very close to zero, indicating that the effect is negligible. in addition, the proposition was not confirmed when gross margin per labour was used instead. this suggests that our proposition, which was illustrated by our conceptual framework, is not supported by our data. one reason may be that this proposition of constraint posed by part-time jobs on profitable enterprises, may hold only in specific contexts. another reason may be that our assumption that highly profitable enterprises are labour intensive could be questioned, in particular for specific products. hence, further research may be necessary. for example, although part-time farms may be constrained in their choice of enterprise as we suggest, the consequence in terms of residual profit may not be negative. this may depend on the proxy used for profitability and further analysis is therefore required. the role of government support could also be investigated, as it may influence the choice of production by part-time farmers. in addition, one could question whether the causality is unique. while we assumed here that the part-time status determines the choice of enterprise, the reverse may also hold. indeed, farmers may be forced to engage in a low profitable enterprise for structural reasons, such as difficult soil and climatic conditions in the farm location, or low land availability and high land prices (this is the case in switzerland, see giuliani, 2002). based on our assumption that high profitable enterprises are labour intensive and inversely, those farmers forced to choose low profitable enterprises would have an excess of labour, an excess that they would supply off the farm. there may thus be a mismatch between the availability of “excess supply of labour in agriculture” (schultz, 1945) and the availability of other factors, a mismatch which is balanced by offering labour outside of the farm. this suggests that there is a possibility of joint determination of the choice of production enterprise and off farm status, which would require specific econometric modelling in future research. 162 l. latruffe, s. mann acknowledgements the authors would like to thank pierre dupraz for his valuable comments, as well as the reviewer who pointed out the issue of reverse causality. references baum, s., cook, p., stange, h. and weingarten, p. (2006). agricultural employment trends in an enlarged european union: does the cap reform / introduction matter? paper presented in the iaae conference, gold coast, australia, 12-18 august. barlett, p.f. (1991). motivations of part-time farmers. in: hallberg, m.c., findeis, j.l., and lass, d.a. (eds), multiple job-holding among farm families. iowa state university press: 45-70. benjamin, c. and kimhi, a. (2006). farm work, off-farm work, and hired farm labour: estimating a discrete-choice model of french farm couples’ labour decisions. european review of agricultural economics 33(2): 149-171. dupraz, p. and latruffe, l. (2015). trends in family labour, hired labour and contract work on french fieldcrop farms: the role of agricultural policies. food policy 51: 104-118. errington, a. (1998). the increasing flexibility of machinery and labour inputs to uk farming. etudes et recherches sur les sytèmes agraires et le développement 31: 371-385. gillespie, j. and mishra, a. (2011). off-farm employment and reasons for entering farming as determinants of production enterprise selection in us agriculture. the australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 55: 411-428. giuliani, g. (2002). landwirtschaftlicher bodenmarkt und landwirtschaftliche bodenpolitik in der schweiz. eth, zurich, switzerland. hallam, a. (1991). economies of size and scale in agriculture: an interpretative review of empirical measurement. review of agricultural economics 13(1): 155-172. kingwell, r. (2011). managing complexity in modern farming. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 55(1): 12-34. knap, p.w., van der steen, h.a.m. and plastow, g.s. (2001). developments in pig breeding and the role of research. livestock production science 72(1): 43-48. langlois, r.n. (1997). scale, scope and the reuse of knowledge. paper prepared for the conference in honor of brian j. loasby, stirling, scotland, 26-28 august. lund, p. (1991). part-time farming: a note on definitions. journal of agricultural economics 42(2): 196-199. mann, s., mack, g. and ferjani, a. (2003). können produktionsentscheidungen als investitionsentscheidungen modelliert werden? agrarwirtschaft 52(7): 333-341. mishra, a.k. and goodwin, b.k. (1997). farm income variability and the supply of offfarm labor. american journal of agricultural economics 79: 880-887. moran, w. and anderson, a.g. (1988). predicting enterprise choice: exit from dairying in new zealand. journal of rural studies 4(3): 203-214. ojo, m.a., nmadu, j.n., tanko, l. and olaleye, r.s. (2013). multinomial logit analysis of factors affecting the choice of enterprise among small-holder yam and cassava farmers in niger state, nigeria. journal of agricultural sciences 4(1): 7-12. 163choosing profitable products for part-time farmers in swiss agriculture okon, u.e., enete, a.a. and amusa, t.a. (2012). enterprise choice decisions in urban food production in nigeria empirical evidence from akwa ibom state. outlook on agriculture 41(1): 51-56. roesch, a. (2012). factors affecting the situation of economically weak farms in switzerland. agricultural economics review 13(1): 23-38. salter, l.a. (1936). what is part-time farming? journal of farm economics 18(1): 191-197. schick, m. and stark, r. (2007). der arbeitsvoranschlag unter berücksichtigung von arbeitsorganisation und zeitplanung, presentation at the akal-seminar, vienna, austria, 5 march. schultz, t.w. (1945). agriculture in an unstable economy. new york: mcgrawhill. shah, a. (1992). dynamics of public infrastructure, industrial productivity and profitability. the review of economics and statistics 74(1): 28-36. tamirat, m. (2013). financial constraints and entrepreneurial activity choice among clients of micro finance institutions in jimma area. journal of development and agricultural economics 5(12): 510-518. wooldridge, j. (2002). econometric analysis of cross section and panel data. massachusetts institute of technology. bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 261-277, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-16377 a critical assessment of the implementation of cap 20142020 direct payments in italy stefano ciliberti*, angelo frascarelli department of agricultural, food and environmental sciences, university of perugia, italy date of submission: july 7th, 2015, accepted october 14th, 2015 abstract. the common agricultural policy (cap) reform of 2014-2020 is characterized by a strong mandate of member states regarding the 1st pillar. this paper’s objective is to elucidate the possible impacts of italian choices on direct payments and their coherence with the specific objectives of the cap, which was established by the expert group on monitoring and evaluating the cap (egmec): food security and sustainable food production. thus, an online survey was disseminated among italian cap experts in the spring of 2015. the results from a sample of 25 respondents show that italian direct payments may positively contribute to viable food production by improving agricultural competitiveness. in addition, the combined effect of general direct payment schemes and italian choices is to ensure sustainable food provision or, at least, to successfully allow the exploration of this new route in cap history, which most likely represents future challenge for european agriculture. keywords. common agricultural policy, direct payments, italy, evaluation, likert scale jel codes. q18 1. introduction the common agricultural policy (cap) is currently organized into two pillars, with the first being related to direct payments and common market organizations (cmos) and the second being related to rural development policy. historically, the first pillar is the most important in financial terms, and it currently consumes more than 60% of the overall cap resources (erjavec et al., 2011; henke and coronas, 2011). the current direct payments system, which is known as the single payment scheme (sps), has been redesigned by the cap reform 2014-2020, which has a few similarities to the swiss scheme (european parliament, 2010). the debate over the cap 2014-2020 began several years ago. after an extensive public discussion, the european commission (ec) began an inter-institutional debate by means * corresponding author: stefano.ciliberti@unipg.it. 262 s. ciliberti, a. frascarelli of the ‘the cap towards 2020’ report, which defined the challenges that were encountered in reform (greer and hind, 2012; swinbank, 2012). in that text, the european union (eu) attempted to respond to new economic, social, environmental, climate-related and technological challenges by identifying new objectives and new policy instruments that could improve the socio-economic conditions of european farmers (huang et al., 2010). in particular, analyses on future agriculture developments show an increase in production in addition to greater sustainability, which is better known by the slogan “sustainable intensification” suggested by buckwell (2014). the main result of the inter-institutional debate, which is known as the trilogue, was the increase in national flexibility to implement the cap (european parliament, 2015). most importantly, the governments needed to select the optional payments to be activated and their annual ceilings. these decisions represented a crucial turning point for orienting the political actions of every member state (ms) because national flexibility should guarantee coherence between the national socio-economic targets and the policy instruments to be improved. it follows that the cap 2014-2020 could offer an opportunity for the creation of a better-targeted policy action due to the first pillar funds (erjavec et al., 2011; westhoek et al., 2013). because the last cap reform was characterized by a strong mandate to the mss to manage direct payments, this paper’s objective is to assess whether and how italian choices concerning the first pillar are consistent with the following general objectives: food security and sustainable food production. it follows that the paper attempts to provide a sort of ex ante evaluation of the consistency between the policy objectives of the first pillar of cap 2014-2020 and the manner in which it has been implemented in italy after the government made final decisions regarding direct payments. against this backdrop, the following research questions have been addressed in this work: 1. are the italian decisions on direct payments consistent with the objective to enhance food security? 2. are the italian decisions on direct payments consistent with the objective to ensure sustainable food production? 2. theoretical and policy framework the direct payments system of the cap provides income support for european farmers. the existence of such payments is justified by the need to provide income stability and compensation for higher production standards with regard to consumer protection, animal welfare and environmental conservation than many non-european countries (uthes et al., 2011). in recent years, the most relevant innovation in terms of farm income support tools has been the introduction of decoupled payments by the eu beginning with the 2003 fischler reform of the cap (moro and sckokai, 2013). this policy change was expected to make farmers’ production decisions more market-oriented because their subsidy revenue maximization objectives could become profit-maximizing objectives as well and could induce efficient/productive farms to exit unprofitable businesses or reallocate resources to other sectors, leading to aggregate productivity gains for the sector as a whole (kazukaus263implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy kas et al., 2010). in sum, the decoupling of subsidies was aimed to reduce the efficiency losses associated with coupled subsidies (kazukauskas et al., 2014). 2.1 a short review of direct payments decoupled payments are generally assumed to not distort market outcomes because they are considered to be essentially lump sum transfers, which do not produce any market distortions (o’donoghue and withaker, 2010). if these payments are non-distortionary, a government could use them in domestic policies without affecting either domestic or international markets. however, several theoretical avenues exist through which direct payments could alter behaviour and, by extension, market outcomes (kazukauskas et al., 2014). as a matter of fact, beginning with their introduction, the central research issue on decoupled payments has regarded their true non-distorting nature and their impact on farm choices (moro and sckokai, 2013). critics of the decoupled payment system argue that although such payments are not directly tied to production requirements, they may continue to have important effects on production. hennessy (1998) asserted that direct payments often have purposes in addition to income support. in fact, in a very unstable world market, in which prices and yields fluctuate considerably from year to year, risk-averse producers may benefit considerably from income stabilization. this income-stabilizing attribute has a corresponding insurance effect, which may affect optimal decisions. in addition, there is a wealth effect on optimal decisions, namely, that the higher average income that arises from the support policy may affect producer decisions. risk attitudes and relaxing farmers’ credit constraints are not the sole means by which decoupled instruments may influence production choices (goodwin and mishra, 2005). decoupled support may impact the decision to exit the market, which would produce distortions in the supply. within this framework, one justification could be that these payments are taken as rewards for the multifunctional role of agriculture (moro and sckokai, 2013). moreover, whereas input suppliers usually capture a great part of the coupled support, decoupled payments are capitalized in land values/rents so that support to actual farmers depends on the share of land they own. consequently, increases in the price of land inhibit the conversion of agricultural land to other uses as well as the entrance of young farmers into the agricultural sector due to the increased capital outlays required to purchase a farm (patton et al., 2008). various studies have shown that the cap subsidies impact farm sector productivity as well. theoretical studies suggest that subsidies may have a positive impact on farm production because they generate a selection process in which the less productive farms exit; however, at the same time, they generate a negative impact on farm productivity because they distort the production structure of recipient farms, which leads to allocative inefficiency (kazukauskas et al., 2010). nevertheless, for the decoupled subsidies, the link to farm activities is weaker; in fact, farms receive cap decoupled payments irrespective of their production decisions. therefore, the subsidies are less likely to induce allocative and technical inefficiency (rizov et al., 2013). in particular, kazukauskas et al. (2014) show that decoupling policy had positive and significant effects on productivity but that this did not lead to high cost product switching behaviour. on the contrary, it incentivized spe264 s. ciliberti, a. frascarelli cialization in more productive farming activities that are less “painful” for farms in the short term (lower requirements of capital, knowledge and technology) and that may produce positive results sooner. certain economists have also argued that expectations of future programme payments may influence farmers’ current production decisions (o’donoghue and whitaker, 2010). nevertheless, predictions of the precise nature of long-term changes to the cap are speculative because such changes will largely depend on the division of power between reformist and more conservative mss (erjavec et al., 2011). for instance, pressure from the net contributor mss to reduce cap spending has recently increased; therefore, there has been considerable pressure for a re-nationalization of the first pillar, in which all mss would be required to co-finance cap direct income support from national funds. concurrently, in the context of the wto trade liberalization agenda, the discussion centres on the distortionary impact of subsidies on agricultural markets and how the effects differ by types of subsidy. uthes et al. (2011) analysed the impacts of abolishing direct payments showing that although rich regions, with a moderate dependence on direct payments and either a relatively competitive agricultural sector or a highly diversified sector, will find a means to cope with such a relevant policy change, poor regions, with less favourable conditions for agriculture and insufficient marketing, processing and sales structures as well as a high dependence on direct payments, will be most severely affected. overall, it must also be noted that the introduction of the decoupling policy coincides with a period of relevant increase in uncertainty. specifically, in the past decade, developments in world markets, which have led to increasing volatility of global food prices and rising food security concerns, have also led to calls for maintaining agricultural support, stimulating farm investments and adopting productivity-enhancing modern technologies (rizov et al., 2013). consequently, the debate on cap post-2013 has focused on the contrast between food security arguments and the provision of environmental services. although the solutions proposed by the so-called “productionist frame” is to maintain a strong first pillar to increase productivity and stimulate public goods provision, proponents of the “environmental frame” argue that the cap needs to be re-focused and should consider both food production and the provision of environmental services as an integral part of european agriculture by means of better targeted income support and innovation incentives (candel et al., 2014). it is indeed not surprising that representatives of farmers, whose core business is to produce food, deploy the productionist frame and that environmental ngos primarily use the environmental frame. it follows that the fractured consensus among stakeholders regarding food security and the provision of public goods has generated strong disagreement about the appropriate course of action and how a future cap should facilitate such actions. because agricultural and, increasingly, environmental interests are traditionally the most dominant interests in european agricultural policy formation, eu institutions have attempted to respond to new economic, social, environmental, climate-related and technological challenges by identifying new objectives and new policy instruments that could improve the socio-economic conditions of european farmers (huang et al., 2010). therefore, the need for better targeting of support, which would improve spending quality and remunerate farmers for the public goods that they provide, led to an innovative scheme of direct payments (westhoek et al., 2013). 265implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy 2.2 the new direct payments: aims and structure the cap 2014-2020 will address a set of challenges, with a few being unique in nature and a few being unforeseen, which press the eu to make strategic choices regarding the long-term future of its agriculture; these are: 1) guarantee viable food production and 2) promote the sustainable management of natural resources and actions to mitigate climate change. based on these main targets, certain priorities have been acknowledged for each pillar. the intervention logic for the first pillar involves some specific objectives that must be achieved by direct payments (egmec, 2015): a. contribute to farm incomes and limit farm income variability in a manner that includes minimal trade distortion; b. improve the competitiveness of the agricultural sector and enhance its value share in the food chain; c. maintain market stability; d. meet consumer expectations; e. provide public goods; f. pursue climate change mitigation and adaptation. the need for improving the effectiveness of the public resources spent requires a clear link between policy decisions and cap targets (grant, 2010; van ittersum et al., 2008). obviously, these choices must also be related to the national context and priorities and, therefore, should be adopted after a deep analysis of the primary sector’s socio-economic indicators. article 110 of the horizontal regulation1 proposed the establishment of a common monitoring and evaluation framework that includes a set of indicators to measure the performance of the cap. thus, the expert group on monitoring and evaluating the cap (egmec), which assists the ec in the preparation of legislation and in policy definition, has provided a set of result indicators. table 1 shows a selection of indicators that are referred to as the first pillar and that can be used to create an ex ante evaluation of the results of national decisions on direct payments schemes (ciliberti and frascarelli, 2013; van ittersum et al., 2008). the new direct payments system will preserve certain features of the current sps (tranter et al., 2007). farmers must own or obtain entitlements and possess eligible hectares as well as observe the cross compliance rules. the new scheme is composed of an income support component (the basic payment and young farmers’ scheme) and a public goods provision component (greening) (overmars et al., 2013). as shown later, mss are able to activate other optional payments (table 2). these policy choices determined the financial ceilings for each payment because the greening percentage has solely been established directly by the eu2. the basic payment, the greening and young farmers’ scheme must necessarily be activated by each ms. the basic payment scheme ceiling is obtained by deducting from 1 regulation (eu) no 1306/2013 of the european parliament and of the council of 17 december 2013 on the financing, management and monitoring of the common agricultural policy and repealing council regulations (eec) no 352/78, (ec) no 165/94, (ec) no 2799/98, (ec) no 814/2000, (ec) no 1290/2005 and (ec) no 485/2008. 2 regulation (eu) no 1307/2013 of the european parliament and of the council of 17 december 2013 establishing rules for direct payments to farmers under support schemes within the framework of the common agricultural policy and repealing council regulation (ec) no 637/2008 and council regulation (ec) no 73/2009. 266 s. ciliberti, a. frascarelli the national ceiling the amounts that are utilized for the other (mandatory or optional) payments. the payment for agricultural practices that are beneficial for the climate and the environment shall receive a fixed percentage, 30%, of the annual ceiling. to receive table 1. first pillar objectives and result indicators. general objectives specific objectives result indicators viable food production enhance farm income share of direct payments in agricultural income variability of farm income improve agricultural competitiveness share of value added for the primary producers in the food chain share of exports in world markets share of high value-added products in exports maintain market stability commodity price compared with that of the rest of the world commodity price volatility commodity price volatility compared with that of the rest of the world meet consumer expectations share of organic area in total uaa share of organic livestock in total livestock sustainable management of natural resources and climate action provide environmental public goods share of (permanent) grassland in agricultural land share of arable land share of ecological focus area (efa) in agricultural land climate change mitigation and adaptation net greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions from agricultural soils source: 6th meeting of the egmec (2015). table 2. the architecture of direct payments 2014-2020. payment mandatory/ optional financial ceiling basic payment scheme mandatory residual (68%-18%) redistributive payment optional 30% max payment for agricultural practices that are beneficial for the climate and the environment (greening) mandatory 30% payment for young farmers mandatory 2% max payment for areas that have natural constraints optional 5% max coupled support optional 13% max + 2% (support protein crops) small farmers’ scheme optional 10% max (sourced from direct payments scheme) source: regulation (eu) 1307/2013. 267implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy this payment, the farmers must implement three standard measures3. the young farmers’ scheme shall receive a percentage of the annual national ceiling that is not higher than 2%; it provides a payment to farmers with specific features. with regard to the optional payments, the coupled support scheme could be used to maintain levels of production in certain sectors or in certain regions where specific types of farming or specific agricultural sectors experience difficulties and are particularly important for economic, social and/or environmental reasons. because italy allocated more than 5% of its available payment amount to granting the specific supports to article 684 for the 2014-2020 period, it may decide to use the maximum percentage (13%) of the annual national ceiling. this percentage may be increased by up to 2 percentage points in those mss that decide to support the production of protein crops. payment for areas that have natural constraints could be granted to farmers whose holdings are either fully or partly situated in disadvantaged areas, which are designated by mss. to finance this payment, a maximum of 5% of the annual national ceiling could be used. the redistributive payment could receive up to 30% of the amount that is available for direct payments. if italy adopts this option, no more than the first thirty hectares of each farm will receive a supplement, which could attain a maximum of 65% of the average payment per hectare. finally, if introduced, the small farmers’ scheme must replace other direct payments. to finance this payment, mss shall deduct the amounts to which the small farmers would be entitled from the other direct payments funds. 2.3 the application of direct payments in italy the italian budget for direct payments for 2013-2019 totals 27,090 million €, or nearly 3,800 million € every year. the main national choices of the italian government are summarized in table 3 and are described in detail below. first, to address a number of legal loopholes that have enabled a limited number of companies to claim direct payments although their primary business activity is not agricultural, the reform tightened the rule on active farmers.  italy extended the so-called “negative list” to include further business activities that should be excluded from receiving direct payments (covering airports, railway services, water works, real estate services and permanent sports and recreation grounds). in addition, the government established criteria to identify active farmers, with flexible requisites for farmers in mountain areas and selective conditions for other areas. regarding the minimum requirement for receiving direct payments, italy decided not to grant direct payments to a farmer when the total amount of direct payments claimed is less than 250 € (regardless of the farm size) in 2015-2016 and less than 300 € after 2017. 3 these include crop diversification (which involved cultivating at least two or three crops, depending on the amount of arable land that is owned), permanent grassland (which does not allow farmers to plough the designated, environmentally sensitive areas), and ecological focus areas (efas) (which involves maintaining at least 5% of arable land that is recognized as an efa). 4 council regulation (ec) no 73/2009 of 19 january 2009 establishing common rules for direct support schemes for farmers under the common agricultural policy and establishing certain support schemes for farmers, amending regulations (ec) no 1290/2005, (ec) no 247/2006, (ec) no 378/2007 and repealing regulation (ec) no 1782/2003. 268 s. ciliberti, a. frascarelli the italian government decided to apply the so-called irish model for internal convergence, which is based on the calculation of the initial unit value (iuv). in practice, the ‘value’ that is carried forward from 2014 is spread across the ‘number’ of entitlements that is allocated to the farmer in 2015. this iuv forms the basis of all subsequent convergence calculations for the value of those entitlements for each year of the scheme. all entitlements held under the basic payment scheme are subject to convergence. in simple terms, those who hold entitlements with an iuv that is above the basic payment scheme national average will observe the value of their entitlements decrease over the five years of the scheme, whereas those with entitlements with an iuv that is below 90% of the national average will observe the value of their entitlements increase gradually over the five years of the scheme. those who hold entitlements that have an iuv between 90% and 100% of the national average value will observe no change. in addition to the standard level of convergence outlined above, a further test is applied whereby all farmers must achieve a minimum entitlement value of 60% of the national average by 2019. if a farmer does not reach 60% under standard convergence, then the value of his entitlements will be increased in equal increments to ensure that the level is reached by 2019. the allocation of national resources across seven components of direct payments was as follows (table 3): the basic payment scheme received 58% of resources, greening received 30% of the budget (as established by reg. 1307/2013), the young farmers’ scheme table 3. italian choices on direct payments. decision national choice active farmer (exemption threshold to be an active farmer) <1250 € for other areas; <5000 € for mountain areas. minimum requirements for receiving direct payments <250 € direct payments in 2015-2016; <300 € direct payments in 2017 type of regionalization/model of internal convergence national/irish model basic payment scheme 58% of national budget redistributive payment no greening (amount of payment) 30% of national budget (calculated as 30% of payment entitlements held by the farmer) areas that have natural constraints no young farmers’ scheme 1% of national budget (value: 25% of the average value of payment entitlements) coupled support 11% of national budget (of which: 25.1% for beef, 20.8% for milk, 16.4% for olive oil, 14% for cereals, 8.3% for protein crops, 5.3% for rice, 4% for sugar beet, 3.5 for sheep, 2.6% for industry tomato) small farmers scheme (max. payment) yes (<1,250 €) degressivity and capping (% reduction of direct payments) 50%, if dir. paym.> 150m €; 100%, if dir. paym.>500m €; salary costs deducted. source: our elaboration on european parliament (2015). 269implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy received 1% of national funds, the coupled payment received 11% of funding and the small farmers’ scheme was activated. the redistributive payment and the payment for areas with natural constraints were not activated. regarding the greening payment, the amount received by every farmer who implements the three standard greening measures will be calculated as an annual fixed percentage of the value of the entitlements activated by the farmer under the basic payment scheme. regarding the young farmers’ scheme, it is given (for a maximum period of five years) to farmers who participate in the basic payment scheme, who are aged no more than 40 years in the year when they first submit an application under the basic payment scheme and who are establishing an agricultural holding for the first time or establishing such a holding during the five years preceding the first submission of the direct payments scheme. in italy, the young farmers’ payment will be calculated as 25% of the value of the entitlements activated by the farmer under the basic payment scheme multiplied by the number of entitlements activated by the farmer (no more than 90 hectares). with regard to the voluntary coupled payment, nearly 400 million € are provided annually to the livestock, arable lands and the olive oil sectors. in particular, nearly 50% of the coupled support budget is allocated to animal production (milk, beef, sheep and goat), 35% to arable crops (cereals, protein crops, tomato, sugar beet, and soybean), and the remaining funds incentivize olive oil production. the small farmers’ scheme establishes that farmers receive an annual payment of no more than 1,250 €, regardless of the farm size.  italy chose a method to calculate the annual payment whereby farmers would simply receive the amount they would otherwise receive. this method will be a considerable simplification for the farmers concerned and for the national administration because participants will be exempted from greening and cross-compliance sanctions and controls.  finally, in italy, the amount of direct payments support that an individual farm holding receives (not including the greening payment) is reduced by 50% for amounts above 150,000 € (i.e., degressivity) and by 100% for those above 500,000 € (i.e., capping); to consider employment, salary costs are deducted before the calculation is performed. 2.4 methodology the cap reform has offered an important opportunity to every ms to better adapt economic and financial instruments (direct payments) to their policy targets (erjavec et al., 2011). therefore, national policymakers’ choices on direct payments should be based on rational and objective criteria. as previously noted, this article’s objective is to evaluate whether and how the decision made by the italian government may affect the main objectives of the cap 2014-2020. according to this purpose, the following methodology was adopted: 1) a questionnaire was implemented and an on-line survey was disseminated to nearly one hundred cap experts using soscisurvey software during the spring of 2015; 2) a 7-point likert scale was adopted to allow respondents to evaluate the potential impacts of italian choices on direct payments 2014-2020 using appropriate indicators established by the expert group on monitoring and evaluating the cap (egmec, 2015) for the common monitoring and evaluation framework of the cap (ciliberti and frascarelli, 2013); 270 s. ciliberti, a. frascarelli 3) 25 questionnaires were collected, and descriptive statistics were provided to elucidate the possible impacts due to italian choices for the first pillar as well as to evaluate coherence with cap specific objectives concerning food security and sustainable food production. the survey was distributed to both academic representatives (professors and researchers) and stakeholders (both private and public), who were involved using contacts taken from different sources (personal contacts, institutional websites, and scientific papers). this choice allowed thorough information and evaluations to be obtained not only from the theoretical perspective but also considering the real implications and impacts of the italian direct payments scheme on the primary sector. as shown in table 4, the response rate was 25%, and the respondents are distributed among the different positions/roles with the sole exceptions of politicians. the academic world is sufficiently represented by professors (28% of the sample); private interests in the agricultural sector (private managers, private employers and stakeholders total 40% of the sample) and, to a lesser extent, public controllers (8% of the sample) are sufficiently represented as well. finally, the remaining respondents (“others” are 28% of the sample) represent various positions/roles (e.g., consultants, researchers and agronomists). table 4. characteristics of respondents: position/role (n=25). position/role % professor 28.0 other (consultant, researcher, and agronomists) 24.0 stakeholder 16.0 private manager 12.0 private employer 12.0 public manager 4.0 public official 4.0 politician 0.0 the low rate of response is not surprising because the issue is also not deeply known by the stakeholders, particularly regarding the consistency between decisions and policy objectives. the absence of politicians and the scarcity of answers from agricultural professional organizations represents a disadvantage. however, this scarcity is because policy makers have a lower opinion of completing a survey and most likely do not prefer to publicly evaluate the results of their decisions; these are very often strongly affected by the path dependence. in contrast, the fact that more than 50% of respondents are professors and researchers may be because, on the one hand, of the complexity of the issue (higher for policymakers and stakeholders than for scholars) and on the other hand, of the greater propensity to complete an on line survey. nevertheless, the prevalence of answers from the academic world may have certain positive implications for the reliability of the results because they, in contrast to politicians, usually are not influenced by conflicts of interests and can therefore offer a more objective evaluation of the implications of the national choices on direct payments. 271implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy 3. findings and discussion 3.1 findings experts were requested to evaluate italian choices on direct payments for 2014-2020 to test the effectiveness and consistency of the cap first pillar compared to its specific objectives. as previously noted in the conceptual section, the need for viable food production and sustainable management of natural resources are the main general objectives of cap reform 2014-2020. these two main goals generate many specific objectives; the means by which these latter could be achieved is verified by means of ad hoc result indicators that have been established by the egmec. respondents provided a subjective assessment by means of a 7-point likert scale based on their own knowledge regarding the new direct payments scheme in italy. overall, the evaluations provide an interesting picture of the possible consequences of the application of direct payments for the italian primary sector as well as highlight certain incongruences between the cap targets and their application in one of the most important primary sectors for the eu-28. descriptive statistics of the survey are reported in table 5. concerning the first general objective (viable food production), four specific objectives were adopted. with regard to the purpose of enhancing farm income, respondents criticize the capability of direct payments to both increase the share of direct payments of agricultural income (mean = 3.2; sd = 1.47) and limit the variability of farm income (mean = 3.68; sd = 1.47). in sum, more than 60% of respondents believe that the reform of decoupled payments will fail to increase farm incomes in italy. similar (negative) results concern the ability of the new direct payments scheme to maintain market stability, although the new common market organizations also contribute to realizing this objective. in detail, a majority of experts negatively evaluate the impacts of the decoupled aid reform on i) stabilizing the prices of italian agricultural commodities compared with those of the rest of the world (mean = 3.44; sd = 1.39), ii) limiting the price volatility of italian agricultural commodities (mean = 3.48; sd = 1.53) and iii) limiting the price volatility of italian agricultural commodities compared with that of the rest of the world (mean = 3.36; sd = 1.41). in addition, it must be noted that a large share of respondents (28% of the sample) claim to “have no knowledge” of such tricky issues due to the difficulty of expressing justified and reliable opinions. as regards the third specific objective, experts very positively assessed the impact of italian choices on improving agricultural competitiveness. in fact, many experts note that in the future, the share of high value added products of italian agricultural exports may increase (mean = 4; sd = 1.32), perhaps following and strengthening the current positive trend of high-quality italian foodstuffs exported all over the world. conversely, regarding the impacts of new decoupled payments scheme on i) increasing the percentage of value added for primary producers in the food chain (mean = 4; sd = 1.61) and on ii) increasing the share of italian exports in world agricultural markets (mean = 4.04; sd = 1.43), there is strong uncertainty (i.e., the share of those who say they “have no knowledge” total 12% and 36%, respectively). finally, with respect to the aptitude to meet consumer expectations, cap experts evaluate the direct payments reform in italy very positively. in particular, due to the greening payment and the internal convergence of the basic payment that will support extensive farming, the new scheme of direct aids could truly enhance high quality produc272 s. ciliberti, a. frascarelli table 5. ex ante evaluation of italian choices on direct payments for 2014-2020: descriptive statistics (n=25). general objectives specific objectives result indicators negative (%) have no knowledge (%) positive (%) mean1 sd1 viable food production enhance farm income increasing the share of direct payments in agricultural income 76.0 0.0 24.0 3.20 1.47 limiting variability of farm income 60.0 4.0 36.0 3.68 1.31 improve agricultural competitiveness increasing the percentage of value added for primary producers in the food chain 44.0 12.0 44.0 4.00 1.61 increasing the share of italian exports in world agricultural markets 28.0 36.0 36.0 4.04 1.43 increasing the share of high value-added products in italian agricultural export 32.0 24.0 44.0 4.00 1.32 maintain market stability stabilizing the price of italian agricultural commodities compared with that of the rest of the world 48.0 28.0 24.0 3.44 1.39 limiting the price volatility of italian agricultural commodities 48.0 28.0 24.0 3.48 1.53 limiting the price volatility of italian agricultural commodities compared with that of the rest of the world 52.0 28.0 20.0 3.36 1.41 meet consumer expectations increasing the share of organic area in total utilized agricultural area (uaa) 24.0 16.0 60.0 4.52 1.50 increasing the share of organic livestock in total livestock 20.0 24.0 56.0 4.32 1.28 sustainable management of natural resources and climate action provide environmental public goods increasing the share of permanent grassland in agricultural land 44.0 24.0 32.0 3.84 1.31 increasing the share of arable land 64.0 16.0 20.0 3.16 1.25 increasing the share of ecological focus areas (efa) in agricultural land 20.0 16.0 64.0 4.56 1.29 climate change mitigation and adaptation limiting the greenhouse gas emissions from agricultural soils 24.0 16.0 60.0 4.36 1.25 1 1 = very negative; 2 = fairly negative; 3 = somewhat negative; 4=have no knowledge; 5= somewhat positive; 6=fairly positive; 7= very positive. 273implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy tion by increasing the share of the organic area among the total utilized agricultural area (mean = 4.52; sd = 1.5) as well as by increasing the share of organic livestock among the total livestock (mean = 4.32; sd = 1.28). the second main general objective of cap 2014-2020, the sustainable management of natural resources and climate action, entails two specific objectives that must be achieved according to the egmec: provide environmental public goods and foster climate change mitigation and adaptation. regarding the first specific objective, on the one hand, the cap experts positively evaluate the manner in which direct payments reform may increase the ecological focus areas (mean = 4.56; sd = 1.29) as well as limit the increase in the share of intensive arable farming (mean = 3.16; sd = 1.25). on the other hand, the experts do not predict a relevant increase of the share of permanent grassland of agricultural land (mean = 3.84; sd = 1.31). finally, with regard to the potential impact of limiting greenhouse gas emissions from agricultural soils, the new decoupled payments scheme was evaluated to be capable of (at least) beginning to confront this large challenge (mean = 4.36; sd = 1.25), most likely due to the introduction of new direct payments components (e.g., greening) that for the first time in cap history, aims to foster the provision of public goods instead of solely enhancing production. 3.2 discussion experts’ evaluations concerning the potential impact of italian direct payments on result indicators established by the egmec offer the opportunity to test the consistency between the policy decisions and the specific objectives of the first pillar. the descriptive statistics obtained by questionnaires collected in italy provide interesting results. although it is difficult to isolate and evaluate the effects of the new direct payments scheme in a real multifaceted sector, in which, among other things, world market dynamics are increasingly influencing farmers’ outcomes, the results may represent a preliminary test of the capacity of the italian government to make decisions that are consistent with cap 20142020 targets to confront the challenges of the 21st century. considering the results of the empirical study, the research questions are discussed below. regarding the first research question, the findings highlight that the reform of direct payments is not able to enhance (or at least preserve) farm income in a very challenging economic framework, in which italian farmers are now exposed to unpredictable price volatility and global competition. in fact, italy is subjected to a clear reduction in direct payments budget (due to external convergence processes aiming to equilibrate the cap among the eu-28) as well as to the internal convergence processes that will determine the decrease in direct support received by traditional italian production (e.g., milk, olive oil, and arable crops), whose income strongly depends on direct aid. at the same time, the new direct payments regime cannot maintain stability in a turbulent world agricultural market. this finding is definitely consistent with the new cap paradigm, which has progressively shifted from a protectionist approach towards a market-oriented approach since the 1990s and in which market stability tools have been progressively discarded or at least deeply reshaped. moreover, experts assess the decisions on direct payments made by the italian government as partially suitable to improve agricultural competitiveness. more precisely, 274 s. ciliberti, a. frascarelli whereas there is much uncertainty regarding the capabilities of decoupled aid to foster an increasing value-add for primary producers as well as regarding the share of italian foodstuffs exports in world markets, evaluators consider italian choices on the direct payments scheme adequate for increasing the share of value-added products in agricultural exports. in sum, although all these potential effects are difficult to attribute to new cap reform on decoupled aids alone, the survey shows that this type of support may at least maintain the current positive trend of italian foodstuffs exports in world markets. another interesting topic is the capability of the italian direct payments scheme to meet consumer expectations, namely, to foster farmers’ action or to change their attitudes to fulfil market requests. the findings show that the reform of decoupled payments in italy may significantly improve the manner in which the agricultural production is able to satisfy consumers’ wants due to the incentivisation of both organic farming and livestock, which are widely perceived as synonymous with high quality and safe production. to summarize, the findings highlight that the new direct payments scheme is not able to directly enhance farm income or protect farmers from world market turbulence due to the external and internal convergence processes and the ongoing dismantling of old market policies. at the same time, new decoupled aids could positively contribute to viable food production by improving the agricultural competitiveness of italian farms, supporting increasing exports of high value-added foodstuffs on the one hand and fulfilling consumer expectations (for instance, through high quality organic farming) on the other hand. these results confirm that in accordance with european trends, the implementation of direct payments in italy no longer strives to directly support farm income, but seeks to foster italian farm competitiveness to make them able to confront world market challenges. furthermore, because certain key targets of the cap 2014-2020 reform process were the provision of public goods and the sustainable management of agro-ecosystems, experts were also requested to assess the potential effects of the new italian direct payments scheme on these issues. therefore, with regard to the second research question, the evaluations appear to reveal that italy could succeed in containing intensive crop farming and increasing the share of ecological areas in utilized agricultural areas. these results may be due to the introduction of the greening payment on the one hand and to the combined effect of the internal convergence (that finally fosters extensive farming) and the decision to assign a relevant portion of coupled support to mountain livestock on the other hand. overall, primarily for the same reasons previously noted, the application of direct payments in italy may help limit greenhouse gas emissions from agricultural soils. in sum, the findings show that italian choices for direct payments are capable of ensuring sustainable food provision or at least positively exploring this new route along the old cap history, which is smartly summarized by the slogan “public money for public goods,” and that which may represent the serious future challenges for european agriculture beyond 2020. 4. conclusions cap reform 2014-2020 entails a deep revision of direct payments. in a general economic, financial and policy framework where public funds represent scarce resources, european institutions and mss must carefully manage such a relevant policy, which involves millions of farmers across the eu-28. to realize a reform that is more targeted to 275implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy recipients and to foster effective public spending, for the first time in cap history, each ms received a strong mandate to manage the first pillar. obviously, this new approach involves italy, where policymakers are strongly involved in making relevant decisions concerning the new direct payments scheme. this paper offered a sort of ex ante evaluation of the ability of these italian choices of direct payments to match the general and specific objectives of the cap 2014-2020 reform. the egmec result indicators allow experts to assess whether and how newly decoupled support helps italian agriculture achieve these targets. although, on the one hand, the survey mainly involved scholars rather than politicians or agricultural professional organizations and, on the other hand, such an evaluation may be tricky and generic because it is usually very difficult to separate and clearly distinguish the effects of policy implementation from the impacts of markets dynamics, the findings show a discrete ability of the new italian direct payments scheme to pursue the cap-specific objectives, mainly ensuring viable food production and fostering the sustainable management of natural resources. findings (reported in table 5) have shown that the evaluators considered that direct payment reform 2014-2020 will have specific impacts in italy, which are described below: 1) a slight but negative effect on farm incomes caused by both the decrease in the italian budget for direct payment and the regionalization of direct aids; however, such negative effects are counterbalanced by the so-called “irish model” of internal convergence that may lessen the economic shock due to the redistribution of payments across farms and regions; 2) an improvement in farm competitiveness, increasingly influenced by a strong liberal and market-oriented approach and by peculiarities of the italian reform of direct payment (e.g., the “irish model”, coupled supports). consequently, italian farms will need to rely on their main strengths (e.g., high-quality and high value-added products) instead of on direct aids to acquire a strong position in a competitive world market, enhance their incomes and indirectly contribute to viable food production; 3) no enhancement of global agricultural market stability because direct payments are not allocated to regulate market functioning, in contrast to the common market organization (reg.eu 1308/2013), which is properly devoted to such an issue; 4) a positive impact on the agro-ecosystem due to the increased ecological area and a decrease in greenhouse gas emission; in particular, italian choices have not significantly modified the “environmentally friendly” approach of the direct payment reform to convince the cap experts that such environmental goals will be achieved. in conclusion, the evaluation of the impact of italian choices on the egmec result indicators allowed the experts to emphasize that on the one hand, direct aid may contribute to improving agricultural competitiveness and fulfilling consumer expectations, whereas on the other hand, there are certain specific objectives that may not be achieved, e.g., the enhancement of farm incomes and the maintenance of market stability. furthermore, the introduction of greening payments represents a very important innovation in the cap; this manages to reinforce environmentally friendly practices in the primary sector or at least to begin diffusing the sustainable management of natural resources in italy, to foster the provision of public goods and mitigate climate change by 2020. 276 s. ciliberti, a. frascarelli references buckwell, a., uhre, a.n., williams, a., poláková, j., blum, w.e.h., schiefer, j., lair, g.j., heissenhuber, a., schieβl, p., krämer, c. and haber, w. (2014). sustainable intensification of european agriculture. the rise foundation. brussels: belgium. http://www. risefoundation.eu/images/pdf/si%202014_%20full%20report.pdf. accessed 30 march 2015. candel, j.j.l., breeman, g.e., stiller, s.j. and termeer, j.a.m. (2014). disentangling the consensus frame of food security: the case of the eu common agricultural policy reform debate. food policy 44: 47-58. ciliberti, s. and frascarelli, a. (2013). direct payments 2014-2020: a qualitative method for evaluating resource allocation scenarios in italy. international agricultural policy 4: 7-22. egmec (2015). technical handbook on the monitoring and evaluation framework of the common agricultural policy 2014 – 2020. the 6th meeting of the expert group on monitoring and evaluation of the cap. brussels: belgium. http://ec.europa.eu/transparency/regexpert/index.cfm?do=groupdetail. groupdetaildoc&id=18200&no=17. accessed: 17 april 2015. erjavec, e., chantreuil, f., hanrahan, k., donnellan, t., salputra, g., kožar, m. and van leeuwen, m. (2011). policy assessment of an eu wide flat area cap payments system. economic modelling 28: 1550-1558. european parliament (2010). the single payment scheme after 2013: new approach – new targets. directorate general for internal policies. policy department “structural and cohesion policies: agricultural and rural development”. brussels: belgium. http:// capreform.eu/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/est31208.pdf. accessed 23 april 2015. european parliament (2015). implementation of the first pillar of the cap 2014-2020 in the eu member states. policy department “structural and cohesion policies: agricultural and rural development”. brussels: belgium. http://www.europarl.europa.eu/ studies accessed: 09 october 2015. goodwin, b.k. and mishra, a.k. (2005). another look at decoupling: additional evidence on the production effects of direct payments. american journal of agricultural economics 87: 1200-1210. grant, w. (2010). policy instruments in the common agricultural policy. west european policy 33: 22-38. greer, a. and hind, t. (2012). inter-institutional decision-making: the case of the common agricultural policy. policy and society 21: 331-341. henke, r. and coronas, m.g. (2011). the financial and distributive aspects of direct payments in the new cap. international agricultural policy 1: 63-84. hennessy, d.a. (1998). the production effects of agricultural income support policies under uncertainty. american journal of agricultural economics 80: 46-57. huang, h., legg, w. and cattaneo, a. (2010). climate change in agriculture: the policy challenge for the 21st century? eurochoices 9: 505-526. kazukauskas, a., newman, c. and thorne, f. (2010). analysing the effect of decoupling on agricultural production: evidence from irish dairy farms using the olley and parks approach. german journal of agricultural economics 59: 144-157. 277implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy kazukauskas, a., newman, c. and sauer, j. (2014). the impact of decoupled subsides on productivity in agriculture: a cross-country analysis using microdata. agricultural economics 45: 327-336. huang, h., legg, w. and cattaneo a. (2010). climate change in agriculture: the policy challenge for the 21st century? eurochoices 9: 505-526. moro, d. and sckokai, p. (2013). the impact of decoupled payments on farm choices: conceptual and methodological challenges. food policy 41: 28-38. o’donoghue, e. and whitaker, j.b. (2010). do direct payments distort producers’ decisions? an examination of the farm security and rural investment act of 2002. applied economic perspectives and policy 32: 170-193. overmars, k.p., helming, j., van zeijts, h., jansson, t. and terluin, i. (2013). a modelling approach for the assessment of the effects of common agricultural policy measures on farmland in the eu27. journal of environmental management 126: 132-141. patton, m., kostov, p., mcerlean, s. and moss j. (2008). assessing the influence of direct payments on the renatl value of agricultural land. food policy 33: 397-405. rizov, m., pokrivcak, j. and caian, p. (2013). cap subsidies and productivity of the eu farms. journal of agricultural economics 64: 537-557. swinbank, a. (2012). another reform? proposals for the post-2013 common agricultural policy. world agriculture: problems and potential 3: 32-37. tranter, r.b., swinbank, a., wooldridge, m.j., costa, l., knapp, t., little, g.p.j. and sottomayor, m.l. (2007). implications for food production, land use and rural development of the european union’s single farm payment: indications from a survey of farmers’ intentions in germany, portugal and the uk. food policy 32: 656-671. uthes, s., piorr, a., zander, p., bienkowski, j., ungaro, f., dalgaard, t., stolze, m., moschitz, h., schader, c., happe, k., sahrbacher, a., damgaard, m., toussaint, v., sattler, c., reinhardt, f.j., kjeldsen, c., casini, l. and muller, k. (2011). regional impacts of abolishing direct payments: an integrated analysis in four european regions. agricultural systems 104: 110-121. van ittersum, m.k., ewerta, f., heckelei, t., wery, j., olsson, j.a., andersen, e., bezlepkina, i., brouwer, f., donatelli, m., flichman, g., olsson, l., rizzoli, a.e., van der wal, t., wien, j.e. and wolf, j. (2008). integrated assessment of agricultural systems – a component-based framework for the european union (seamless). agricultural systems 96: 150-165. westhoek, h.j., overmars, k.p. and van zeitjs, h. (2013). the provision of public goods by agriculture: critical questions for effective and efficient policy making. environmental science & policy 32: 5-13. issn xxxx-xxxx (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 3-11, 2012 from agricultural to bio-based economics? context, state of the art and challenges davide viaggi1, francesco mantino2, mario mazzocchi1, daniele moro3, gianluca stefani4 1 università di bologna, bologna, italy 2 istituto nazionale di economia agraria, roma, italy 3 università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy 4 università di firenze, italy the world economy is experiencing dramatic changes. the key issues for the future appear to be increasing human demands (food, energy, environmental public goods) that will put greater pressure on natural resources, exacerbating old scarcities and leading to new ones (water, biomasses, environmental quality). agriculture has gone through an innovation process attaining long-term productivity growth, but has also become less central to the production of bio-based products, though remaining a key sector. disciplines related to bio-based industries and rural issues are searching for a better understanding of their potential role in future research and policy-making, and, finally, in contributing to society’s ability to face the major challenges ahead. while major changes have already occurred in these disciplines in recent decades, the on-going trends and perspective scenarios seem to involve further challenges, as witnessed by the changing aim and scope of scientific research and publications, as well as university curricula. the variety of academic literature in the field is increasing remarkably and, for some issues, such as bioenergy and biotechnology, the number of contributions has been growing exponentially. in this context, the concept of bioeconomy (or bio-economy, or bio-based economy) has emerged as a key strategy to match human needs while facing resource efficiency requirements, based on the sustainable exploitation of biological resources. actually the definition of the term ‘bioeconomy’ is still a matter of discussion (see schmidt et al., 2012). on the policy side, after having proposed several different definitions in recent years, the eu communication on the bioeconomy (european commission, 2012a) does not provide a clear-cut definition. the accompanying working document (european commission 2012b) states that “the bioeconomy encompasses the production of renewable biological resources and their conversion into food, feed, bio-based products and bioenergy. it includes agriculture, forestry, fisheries, food and pulp and paper production, as well as parts of chemical, biotechnological and energy industries. its sectors have a strong 4 d. viaggi, f. mantino, m. mazzocchi, d. moro and g. stefani innovation potential due to their use of a wide range of sciences (life sciences, agronomy, ecology, food science and social sciences), enabling and industrial technologies (biotechnology, nanotechnology, information and communication technologies (ict), and engineering), and local and tacit knowledge.” based on this delimitation, the eu bioeconomy accounts for an annual turnover of 2.046 billion euro (of which 965 come from the food sector and 381 from the agricultural sector) and 21,5 million employees (of which 4,4 million are employed in the food industry and 12 million are employed in the agriculture sector) (clever consult bvba, 2010). besides its economic weight and potential, the bioeconomy represents a major challenge for policy and research. the recent becoteps (2011) white paper emphasizes that a “successful bioeconomy needs coherent and integrated policy direction”, with key areas of action including: investment in research, encouraging innovation, strengthening entrepreneurship in the bioeconomy, providing a skilled workforce, guaranteeing an innovationfriendly regulatory framework which balances both risks and benefits, and a good two-way communication with the public embedded in r&d projects to ensure societal appreciation of research and innovation. several of these challenges are already taken up in the draft documents on the horizon 2020 research and innovation program of the eu (european commission, 2011). in this context, the italian association of agriculture and applied economics (aieaa) is launching a new journal, “bio-based and applied economics” (bae). the main questions behind this initiative are: why a journal on bio-based economics? and, why is it launched by a scientific society of agricultural economists? we will try to answer these questions by briefly reviewing current trends in the evolution of academic responses to past, recent and emerging research needs in the field of agriculture economics and its interaction with the closest fields of economics, building on this examination to single out relevant challenges for future research. as expected, a systematic review of all issues related to the evolution of agricultural economics and the potential emerging field of the “bio-based economics” is too wide to be addressed in a single article. we rather focus on some key trends and exemplary cases, mainly in order to kickoff the debate and set the stage for a research forum in this broad field, which is what this journal aims to be. 1. evolution of agricultural economics both in the us and europe, agricultural economics arose from the fields of agronomy and economics, as the first scholars mainly focused on farm management (nou, 1967; olsen, 1991). the agronomic ascendant is linked to the peculiarities of agricultural production, that is usually conceived as a process, namely “a set of tasks with a certain length in time that unfold along the time dimension, at given dates, with characteristics defined by agronomic techniques” (romagnoli, 1990). the firm and the organisation of production were the economic themes at the core of the discipline as is illustrated by the corresponding entry in the new palgrave dictionary of economics: “agricultural economics arose in the late 19th century, combined the theory of the firm with marketing and organization theory, and developed throughout the 20th century largely as an empirical branch of general economics” (runge, 2008). 5from agricultural to bio-based economics? later, the interests of the discipline widened to the economics of the agricultural sector and the related policies as witnessed by the renaming of the journal of farm economics, which became the american journal of agricultural economics in 1968. driven by the contraction of the agricultural sector in developed countries and the quest for a wider field of investigation, the discipline has never ceased to enlarge its scope outside the boundary of agriculture. runge (2008) identifies seven broad areas in which agricultural economists have made “distinctive contributions” since the 1970s. the list substantially mirrors the structure of us-based reference texts such as the handbook of agricultural economics (gardner and rausser, 2001): • technical change and returns to human capital investments; • environmental and resource issues; • trade and economic development; • risk and uncertainty; • price determination and income stabilization; • market structure and the organization of agricultural businesses; • consumption and food supply chains. as the issue of trade and economic development gained momentum in the 1970s, the focus shifted to overall regional development of rural areas worldwide, highlighting topics such as the linkages between agriculture and non-agricultural sectors in rural development, the competition for the use of land and environmental externalities of agriculture. by the late 1980s further areas were added, notably food industry and policy, biotechnology, agricultural research, farming systems and environmental issues (bellamy, 1991). overall, the changing scope of the discipline may be traced back to three main characteristics of the agricultural (and forestry) production processes: their biological nature, the presence of land as a basic (and scarce) resource and the horizontal division of labour that increasingly affected agriculture in the 20th century. land provides the link between agricultural and rural economics. in the countryside a large portion of the soil is used by agriculture but agriculture is not the sole economic activity that takes place in rural areas. integrated development of rural areas is often based on a coherent network of primary, secondary and tertiary activities that exploits the specific potentiality of places and communities. in agriculture, the heterogeneity of land is the source of “location specific factors” (nerlove, 1996) that affect human capital through the role of contextual knowledge of soil and environmental conditions that is shared by farming communities (ray, 1998). thus, social and technological factors contribute to extend the scope of agricultural economics towards rural economics. rural economics, however, has gained wider and more complex dimensions over time, including relations with other sectors. the process of the horizontal division of labour and the increased importance of processes located downstream of agriculture is the source of the growing interest of many agricultural economists in food economics. the division of labour and the related productivity gains and the increasing size of markets explain how most of the activities and functions that were once performed at the farm level have been increasingly carried out in other sectors of the economic system. this is also at the roots of the agribusiness (davis and goldberg, 1957) and agri-food system approaches (malassis, 1973). 6 d. viaggi, f. mantino, m. mazzocchi, d. moro and g. stefani 2. tracing connections between agricultural economics and the bioeconomy: selected examples several examples may be used to qualify the new bioeconomy challenges and to trace their connections to agricultural economics. if one considers the demand side of markets for bio-based products, especially food, the main challenge for the future is clearly that of securing safe food for an increasing population in a profoundly changing world. according to fao estimates, in 2030 the average daily per-capita consumption will reach 2850 kcal while the additional annual food energy production required to meet global needs will be about 2,000,000 billion kcalories. of course, the steady and unpredictable growth of emerging economies, in primis china and india, will likely put an even stronger pressure on food demand, especially if associated with a transition of diets towards animal products. at the same time, the steadily growing demand for bioenergy, although motivated by the need to control for greenhouse gas emissions, will compete for the use of renewable resources (mainly land). traditional economic determinants (prices and income), although still important, have been losing relevance in explaining food consumption in advanced economies; other factors have been gaining more and more relevance. even the traditional framework of a fully rational utility-maximizing food consumer has been challenged, since choices often appear to be attributable to irrational or purely instinctive behaviour as witnessed by the growing relevance of unhealthy diets, obesity or overreaction to food scares. in this context, the role of information is, of course, crucial: information provision becomes a key element in consumer reactions, and the lack of information is an explanation for behaviour. the existence of ‘uncertainty’ related to food choices (uncertainty regarding product attributes and quality, food safety, health consequences, etc.) will worsen the problem and boost the attention given to relatively new fields of investigation, such as behavioural economics. the ramification of the interest of economists in underexplored areas is even more apparent when one looks at the growing number of multidisciplinary works involving scientists from the biological sciences, which fit very well with the title and aims of this journal. it is not necessary to go as far as neuroeconomists (or even neuromarketing experts) do and look at the interaction between brain functions and consumer choices (mirja, 2010). this is especially the case when looking at the relationship between food consumption and health; recognising that it is bi-directional (hence extremely difficult to model!) leads to very interesting pathways even in ‘standard’ economic research (strauss, 1998; shogren, 2005). an example on the supply side is the issue of innovation. agriculture and the bioeconomy are presently dominated by projections concerning production needs of food, fibres, bioenergy and biomaterials (biodegradable plastics, bio-based polymer, biopharming), and related trade-offs. agriculture will have to face the challenge of securing enough supply without impoverishing natural resources. one route to meet these competing goals is either to increase arable land beyond current levels or to increase yields. increasing yields can be reached through technological progress, the rate of which has been slowing down in recent years; one possible solution may be the growing research effort in agricultural biotechnology, mainly devoted to contrasting abiotic and environmental stresses, also allowing to reintroducing crops to marginal areas without resorting to sowing previously uncultivated land. food energy supply will also greatly benefit from more attention towards ‘waste’: this 7from agricultural to bio-based economics? will imply a greater efficiency in food processing and marketing, reducing losses along the supply chain, as well as in the purchase, preparation, consumption and disposal of food. once again, biotechnologies at both the agricultural and the processing level may help in reaching such objectives. a guiding issue in the study of innovation is the discrepancy between the speed of development of new technologies and the factors hampering innovation potential in the agricultural and food sectors (brander, 2009). while one could affirm that “there is little doubt that technological innovation is the most important economic force underlying improvement in the human condition and that more inputs are being provided to the innovation process than ever before” (brander, 2009), the study of innovation adoption has always emphasized the complexity of the process. this is made even more relevant by the recent emphasis on the interaction between consumer concerns and the production of innovation itself, as witnessed by the gmo debate in the eu. more generally, a bioeconomy is characterised by forms of technical progress that may loosen up the constraints of relative resource scarcity (quadrio curzio et al., 2011) as agricultural innovations did in the 1970s. however, biotechnology can also compete with other more traditional agricultural activities for the use of scarce resources as in the case of first generation biofuels that reallocate land towards non-food production with potential impacts on food prices (mitchell, 2008). on the policy side, recent contributions on the most appropriate policy to build a bioeconomy (see the europabio, 2011) outline the need to move from a number of sectoral and separated policies and funding mechanisms to a more integrated and holistic approach. this implies coordination among policies in different areas such as climate change, energy security, renewable feedstock supplies, research and innovation, agriculture, environment and trade. this quite ambitious approach is fully embedded in the europa 2020 strategy and the on-going debate on the 2014-2020 financial perspectives. the cap is mentioned as a central component of the bioeconomy strategy (european commission, 2012a), paving the way for new potential areas of reform for the cap and related research challenges. nowadays, one key research area is the role of the cap in promoting the sustainable management of natural resources and in the provision of environmental public goods. in this regard, the manner in which policy instruments are designed and targeted is crucial in understanding policy efficiency and effectiveness. this comes on the heels of at least two decades in which a number of societal concerns have dominated the agriculture policy agenda (swinnen, 2008) leading to a long lasting reform process, which began at the end of the 1980s and the early 1990s under several pressures, including market surpluses and international trade liberalization agreements. this is also confirmed by the current debate on the cap reform for the 2014-2020 period. a major point of connection between agriculture and the bioeconomy is in the field of public policy and institutional arrangements that regulate innovation, production processes and the allocation of intellectual property rights. in the case of gene technology, for example, it is the very nature of living things that makes the allocation of property rights problematic (cipr, 2002). plant genetic resources are often available because generations of farmers contributed to their conservation and development. how this contribution should be rewarded or protected is a debated issue (cipr, 2002). to some extent this debate echoes property rights issues in environmental and food economics. most environmental goods provided by nature are considered in legal systems to be based on roman 8 d. viaggi, f. mantino, m. mazzocchi, d. moro and g. stefani law, res nullius or res communis, that is things common to all and usable by all citizens (brans, 2001, p. 36-37). similarly, geographical indications in the food system are considered to be the property of communities rather than of single individuals (moran, 1993). a major cross-cutting issue is that of societal coordination and decision-making, bringing together the different roles of human beings as consumers, agents of the production process and “citizens”. the debate about some of the key components of the bioeconomy, (i.e. biotechnology), has drawn attention to the issue of wider societal coordination. while this is often simplistically narrowed down to a mere problem of communication, it actually calls for a stronger focus on the interface between economics, psychology, sociology and political science in studying how institutions evolve in responding to external drivers. in this context, a growing area of attention for research is social innovation, in the wider sense of studying innovation in social structures and institutions. a further stimulating area of interaction lies between this broad field and that of rural governance. the concept of “rural governance” itself has only recently been thoroughly examined and developed in the literature. goodwin (1998) highlights the existence of an incomprehensible lack of interest in rural studies regarding the modalities with which rural areas are governed. this appears in sharp contrast with what has instead taken place in other fields of the social sciences, where issues relating to governance have long since assumed a certain theoretical importance. this is also in contrast with policy concerns. the recent barca report (2009), for example, puts governance at the centre of the reform for the new cohesion policy 2014-2020. altogether, we can argue that technological factors are still at the core of the recent trends towards the expansion of agricultural economics research, namely the path towards bio-based economics, with a common distinguishing focus on technologies based on biological processes. production processes based on the biological means of production without (extensive) use of land are widespread in the field of fisheries and aquaculture, or in microbiological production of algae, yeasts or drug substances. compared to the previous broadening of the subject, e.g. towards studying fisheries or forestry, the bioeconomy is much wider in scope, as shown by the definitions mentioned in the introduction. besides being broader in the range of sectors involved, it encompasses both primary, secondary and tertiary activities (such as the agri-business sector), but it draws particular attention to innovation and dynamic aspects of such activities and broadens the concept of the consumer to better account for a variety of human needs and their interaction. on the other hand, being so broad in scope, the bioeconomy does not share all the technological peculiarities of agriculture that, in turn, determine the patterns of production organization in the sector (such as the role of family vs. capitalistic farms). indeed, certain biotechnological processes, such as those involved in bioplastic production, are akin to the production processes in the chemical industry and have similar economies of scale. 3 discussion and future challenges the opening question was: why does an agricultural economics association launch a journal on bio-based economics? the answer to this question can be largely found in the analysis of the contents of the evolving field of agricultural economics and the emerging area of the bioeconomy, which has allowed to emphasize several connections and simi9from agricultural to bio-based economics? larities, particularly in relation to the distinguishing character of dealing with biological resources. at the same time, several emerging areas of research in agricultural economics already address issues that are included in the definition of the bioeconomy. this is, on the other hand, not exclusive of agricultural economics, as areas such as biotechnologies, bioenergy and innovation are already largely addressed by environmental and applied economics, as well as by industrial and organization studies. projecting this consideration into the future would require a further discussion – based on the above – that could be structured around three main questions: a) are we really witnessing a move towards bio-based economics? b) are we able to define this field of research with some precision? c) what are the key directions for further research in this field? the answer to the first question is a (partial) yes. though it may be too early to identify a new field of research and education, there appears to be scope for this area to emerge and it is also up to the academics to develop and shape such disciplinary area, as it is already the case in the policy sphere. this is emphasized by the growing number of initiatives targeting the bioeconomy as a research subject (e.g. conferences such as: icabr, iaae 2012, aieaa 2012) and the policy attention given to the concept of the bioeconomy. the answer to the second question could be either a (qualified) yes or a (even more qualified) no. the impression from the literature is that while a reductionist vision of the bioeconomy (i.e. based on a list of sectors) seems to be the most straightforward, a definition based on key technological or institutional characteristics remains a problematic issue. it is interesting to note that, in this field, academic research and policy development have initiated a debate. how this debate is likely to lead to the foundation of a separate branch of economic analysis is still unclear. this is a challenge for a newly founded journal, but at the same time provides ground for scientific discussion and is hence a stimulating context to start with. this leads to the third question – maybe the most difficult one – about future research directions. it would be too easy to conclude that this question is too broad and that answering it is beyond the scope of this paper. as a first step it could be argued that there are at least two directions for attention. the first is the large bulk of specific research fields related to individual issues. consumer sciences, markets, property rights, and innovation, are but a few examples. attention to individual sectors appears to be even more telling in this respect if we consider the economic and social aspects of bioenergy, biotechnologies and biomaterials. the second challenges the real meaning of the broad concept of bioeconomy for research and for policy making. what is the added value of the concept of bioeconomy as a whole and how could this comprehensive approach help economic analysis and policy design, besides the common issue of biological resources and the importance of strengthening links between different sectors? this is likely the most difficult but also the most interesting question, and likely the one to which researchers should pay particular attention in the years to come. references barca, f. (2009). an agenda for a reformed cohesion policy. a place-based approach to meeting european challenges and expectations. independent report prepared at the request of danuta huber, commissioner for regional policy, april, brussels. becoteps (2011).the european bioeconomy in 2030, brussels. 10 d. viaggi, f. mantino, m. mazzocchi, d. moro and g. stefani bellamy, m.a. (1991). the role of cab international’s world agricultural economics and rural sociology abstracts in meeting the information needs of agricultural economists. in: olsen w.c., agricultural economics and rural sociology. ithaca: the contemporary core literature, cornell university press. brander, j.a. (2009). presidential address: innovation in retrospect and prospect. canadian journal of economics / revue canadienne d’economique 43(4): 1087-1121. brans, e. (2001). liability for damage to public natural resources, the hague: kluwer law international. cipr (2002). integrating intellectual property rights and development policy, uk department for international development, london. clever consult bvba (2010). the knowledge based bioeconomy (kbbe) in europe: achievements and challenges, brussels. davis, j.h. and goldberg, r.a. (1957). a concept of agribusiness, boston: graduate school of business research, harvard university. europabio (2011). building a bio-based economy for europe in 2020, europabio policy guide, brussels. european commission (2011). proposal for a council decision establishing the specific programme implementing horizon 2020 the framework programme for research and innovation (2014-2020), com(2011) 811 final, brussels. european commission (2012a). innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe, brussels. european commission (2012b). commission staff working document accompanying the document “communication on innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe”, brussels. gardner, b.l. and rausser, g.c. (eds.) (2002). handbook of agricultural economics, volumes 1a, 1b, 2a and 2b, amsterdam: elsevier. goodwin, m. (1998). the governance of rural areas: some emerging research issues and agendas. journal of rural studies 14(1): 5-12. malassis, l. (1973). economie agro-alimentaire, vol. i, economie de la consommation e de la production agro-alimentaire, paris: cujas. mirja, h. (2010). does neuroeconomics give new impetus to economic and consumer research? journal of economic psychology 31(5): 812-817. mitchell, d. (2008). a note on rising food prices, policy research working paper 4682, world bank development prospects group, washington d.c. moran, w. (1993). rural space as intellectual property. political geography 12(3): 263-277. nerlove, m. (1996). reflections on the economic organization of agriculture: traditional, modern and transitional. in: martimort d. (ed.) agricultural markets (contributions to economic analysis, volume 234), bingley (uk): emerald group publishing limited, 9-28. nou, j. (1967). studies in the development of agricultural economics in europe, uppsala: almquist and wiksells. olsen, w.c. (1991). agricultural economics and rural sociology. the contemporary core literature, ithaca: cornell university press. quadrio curzio, a., pellizzari, f., zoboli, r. (2011). natural resources and technologies, working paper, centro di ricerche in analisi economica e sviluppo economico internazionale, università cattolica del sacro cuore, milano. 11from agricultural to bio-based economics? ray, c. (1998). culture, intellectual property and territorial rural development. sociologia ruralis 38(1): 3-20. romagnoli, a. (1990). economia e politica dei processi agricoli. in: scazzieri r. d’adda c., economia. guide bibliografiche, milano: garzanti. runge, f. (2008). agricultural economics. the new palgrave dictionary of economics, second edition, new-york: palgrave-mcmillan. schmid, o., padel, s. and levidow, l. (2012). the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective. bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 47-62. shogren, j.f. (2005). economics of diet and health: research challenges. food economics – acta agriculturae scandinavica, section c 2(3): 117-127. strauss, j., and thomas, d. (1998). health, nutrition, and economic development. journal of economic literature 36(2): 766-817. swinnen, j.f.m. (2008). the perfect storm. the political economy of the fischler reforms of the common agricultural policy, ceps, brussels. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(1): 73-90, 2013 modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland matteo floridi1, fabio bartolini2,*, jack peerlings3, nico polman4, davide viaggi1 1 department of agricultural science, university of bologna 2 department of agriculture, food and agri-environmental, university of pisa 3 agricultural economics and rural policy group, wageningen university 4 regional economy & land use group, lei wageningen university abstract. innovation and new technology adoption represent two central elements for the business and industry development process in agriculture. one of the most relevant innovations in dairy farms is the robotisation of the milking process through the adoption of automatic milking systems (ams). the purpose of this paper is to assess the impact of selected common agricultural policy measures on the adoption of ams in dairy farms. the model developed is a dynamic farm-household model that is able to simulate the adoption of ams taking into account the allocation of productive factors between on-farm and off-farm activities. the model simulates the decision to replace a traditional milking system with ams using a real options approach that allows farmers to choose the optimal timing of investments. results show that the adoption of ams, and the timing of such a decision, is strongly affected by policy uncertainty and market conditions. the effect of this uncertainty is to postpone the decision to adopt the new technology until farmers have gathered enough information to reduce the negative effects of the technological lock-in. ams adoption results in an increase in farm size and herd size due to the reduction in the labour required for milking operations. keywords. real options; dairy livestock; automatic milking systems; investment; uncertainty; common agricultural policy jel codes. q18, q12, q16 1. introduction and objectives innovation and new technology adoption are two central elements in the continuity of enterprises and industries. generally, innovation is an important driver of economic growth and rural development. research, innovation adoption and diffusion play a central role in meeting the 2020 eu challenges (european commission, 2010) and are a key part of the common agricultural policy (cap) reform process. in particular, within post 2013 * corresponding author: fbartolini@agr.unipi.it. 74 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi cap objectives, innovation is expected to contribute to the promotion of farm competiveness as well as to the sustainable use of natural resources and the balanced development of the rural areas (european commission, 2011a, 2011b). the eu dairy sector is facing several challenges in the near future. the expected soft landing of the milk quota and the opening of the market will likely cause an increase in competition with respect to milk production and the need to reduce production costs. in addition, in recent years, milk prices have shown very large fluctuations (oecd-fao, 2012), which imply uncertainty for investment choices. finally, the reduction in household labour availability and the need to reduce production costs have encouraged the adoption of labour-saving technologies (sauer and zilberman, 2012). automatic milking systems (ams) that automate all the functions of the milking process provided by conventional milking systems (cms) are a labour saving technology in dairy farming. this new technology is considered to be one of the main innovations in the dairy sector (meskens et al., 2001). by the end of year 2009 more than 8,000 dairy farms worldwide had adopted ams (de koning, 2010), and this number is rapidly increasing (heikkila et al., 2012). the majority of the adopting farmers (90%) are located in the northern europe (sauer and zilberman, 2012). one of the areas with a high adoption rate is the netherlands, where more than 10% of the farmers have already applied this technology (steeneveld et al., 2012). ams became commercially available in the early 1990s. the technology was mostly developed in the netherlands and was thought to be applied on large family dairy farms. in fact, ams are a complete automation of the milking process and are composed of: a milking machine, laser sensors, robotic arms and gate systems for controlling cow access with the aim of saving labour allocated to the milking operation (rotz et al., 2003). ams allow milking at any time of the day. as a result the milk yield increases about 10-15% on average (steeneveld et al., 2012) by increasing the milking frequency from two to three times per day (castro et al., 2012). ams have the potential to significantly reduce the production costs or indeed to change the capital-labour ratio (steeneveld et al., 2012). in fact, by replacing cms with ams, the estimated saving is 20 to 30% (mathijs, 2004; bijl, et al., 2010; sauer and zilbermann, 2012) of the labour allocated to the milking activities. other authors have highlighted that there is no statistical difference in labour use between ams and cms but they have found differences in task and work flexibilities (steeneveld et al., 2012). recently, steeneveld et al. (2012) quantified the capital cost of ams at 12.71 € per 100 kg of milk instead of 10.10 € per 100 kg of milk for cms. the economic literature has highlighted the positive effect of the cap in promoting the process of innovation and investment. both direct payments and rural development program (rdp) payments affect the decision to invest in agriculture, ensuring liquidity and reducing investments or participation costs (see for example: sounding and zilberman, 2010; bartolini et al., 2011). recently heikkila et al., (2012) found that increasing investment payments by 1% increases the probability to adopt robotics and automation in dairy farms by about 2%. this paper seeks to assess the impact of alternative levels of subsidies in the form of co-financing of investments (measure 121 of rdp) on the adoption of ams on dairy farms in the netherlands, under uncertainty regarding labour costs, single farm payment levels and milk price. under measure 121, the dutch rdp 2007-2013 provides investment 75modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland subsidies to farmers as high as 35-50% of investment costs, with milking machinery being one of the eligible investment categories (regiebureau, 2012). in order to achieve this objective, the paper uses a dynamic farm-household model which is able to simulate the timing of the adoption decision and how such a decision will affect the allocation of productive factors between on-farm and off-farm activities. the model implements a real options (ro) approach that represents the farmer’s choice about the optimal timing of investment, when investment is affected by uncertainty. the model is used to simulate the decision to replace a traditional milking system with ams. the simulations consider uncertainty in labour costs, milk prices and the level of the single farm payment (sfp) after 2013. in this paper the methodology presented by was et al. (2011) was applied to the case study area of noord-holland, a province of the netherlands. unlike in the paper by was et al. (2011) in this study ams adoption is simulated in a very competitive region. these characteristics of the region affect the farm structure including off-farm allocations of household labour and hence the potential profitability of innovation adoption. furthermore, also unlike was et al. (2011) in this case the current policy framework (2009 health check) is considered, including sfp and cross-compliance, measures following from the nitrate directive and the abolishment of the milk quotas in 2015. the paper is structured as follows: section 2 we describe the conceptual framework; in section 3 we discuss the methodology and present the case study to which the empirical methodology is applied. section 4 provides a discussion of the results, and is followed by the conclusion. 2. conceptual framework the study of the adoption and diffusion of innovation plays a central role in the agricultural economics literature (sauer and zilberman, 2012). one of the first studies was conducted by griliches (1957) who explained the diffusion of innovation by means of an imitation process. earlier works on this issue described innovation diffusion as an s-shape function (rogers, 1962), where the new technology is firstly introduced by a group of innovators, then followed by earlier adopters, then by the early and late majority, and finally by laggards. davis (1979) observed farm heterogeneities and differences in learning and farm skills, and he applied a threshold model to explain pattern of innovation adoption and diffusion. later, other studies applied models based on the expected utility function which added elements of risk attitude, size effects and human capital, and learning effects as drivers of technology adoption (sauer and zilberman, 2012). a large body of literature has investigated the effect of risk attitudes when innovation decisions are affected by uncertainty in future variables (just and zilberman, 1983). literature in this field has highlighted that technological progress contributes significantly to the reduction of farmers’ risk exposure and otherwise farmers’ risk attitude plays an important role in determining the adoption and diffusion of innovations (kim and chavas, 2003; sauer and zilberman, 2012). other authors have considered uncertainty without assumptions about risk attitudes (or using risk neutral agents) developing the ro model (dixit and pindyck, 1994). the ro model allows to quantify the value of the option to delay investment decisions until further information about the state of nature (as well as market and other prices) has been collected or shown (trigeorgis, 1988). the ro model, as differentiated from 76 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi capital budgeting tools, allows to improve the analysis of investment decisions when the outcome is affected by irreversibility and uncertainty (schwartz and trigeorgis, 2004). a growing body of literature has investigated the adoption of ams on dairy farms. generally speaking, the majority of the models are normative in nature (steeneveld et al., 2012) and focus on measuring the profitability of the adoption (hyde and engel, 2002; dijkhuizen et al., 1997; rotz et al., 2003). was et al. (2011), in applying a ro model to polish farmers, found that future conditions such as market prices and expectations about the cap strongly affect the profitability of ams adoption. large farms with large herds have a higher expected profitability, hence higher probability to adopt ams. recently, sauer and zilberman (2012) highlighted the effect of a sequence of innovations connecting the expansion of the herd size to the adoption of the new technology. the authors found that larger scale of milk production and larger herd size positively affects the ams adoption, hence confirming that larger farms are likely to find the adoption of ams more profitable. this paper addresses the decision to adopt ams using a ro approach. as highlighted by the literature, ams adoption is strongly affected by uncertainty in relevant decision variables. elements that determine uncertainty are mainly those classified with labour availability and market conditions (cost of household labour allocated off-farm, agricultural output prices, and the cost of hired labour). furthermore, they can be associated with variables related to the financial management of the investment such as loan rates, loan accessibility, and the amount and certainty of sfps and rdp payments. under conditions of uncertainty and investment irreversibility the ro approach allows for the calculation of the net present value (npv) increment due to the option to delay the ams investment until a later period, when the farmer has access to more information about the exogenous uncertain variables determining investment profitability (sauer and zilberman, 2010). following the model presented by was et al. (2011) the adoption of ams could be presented as a two-period model (figure 1). figure 1. timing of ams adoption new technology adoption choice delayed lock-in t1 =first period t2= second period new technology adoption 1 2a 2b choice delayed strategy 1 strategy 2 source: adapted from was et al. (2011) 77modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland we assume that a discrete choice about the decision to adopt a new technology can be undertaken in two separate periods: either the first or the second period. when a farmer invests during the first period he is locked-in by the investment in the second period (strategy 1), where the lock-in situation is a consequence of the high investment and sunk costs and by the irreversibility of the investment (carruth et al., 2000). otherwise, a farmer can delay the investment decision to period 2 when unknown future variables are revealed or he has obtained more information about the uncertain variables. given the information obtained in period 2 the farmer can decide to invest in ams in period 2 (strategy 2a). otherwise, the farmer can choose to further delay the investment in ams (strategy 2b). in order to operationalise this modelling framework, we apply a model developed by was et al. (2011) and modified by bartolini and viaggi (2012). following was et al. (2011), the optimal strategy for the farmer will be the one with the highest npv of cash flow over both periods: , where is the net present value of the cash flow in strategy 1 and is the net present value of the cash flow in strategy 2, as depicted in equations 1 and 2: (1) (2) where: cft = cash flows of a year t, with t = t1 the number of years belonging to the first period and t = t2 the number of years belonging to the second period; k = cost of investment; i = discount rate; γ = probability of the ams having a favourable state of nature; = cash flow in year t of period 2 when stochastic variable values are favourable to ams adoption; = cash flow in year t of period 2 when stochastic variable values are unfavourable to ams adoption. inn = subscript means ams adoption. the ams adoption is subject to uncertainty in the second period. this assumption implies stochastic cash flow values during the second period. following dixit and pindyck (1994) we assume that the annual cash flows can follow a brownian motion with drift, so that , where dcft is the instantaneous value of the cash flow; is the expected cash flow value; μ is drift (percentage), σ is the volatility (percentage), and dz is a wiener process with a mean of zero and independent increments. 78 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi under such an approach, it is possible to differentiate two values of cash flows: one favourable to ams investment ( ), and one unfavourable ( ). these two values are obtained assuming that the random variable generated from the wiener process can have positive or negative values in order to allow for adding or removing the same amount from the expected value at any time in the period t2. this approach helps to maintain a constant expected value, and to change only the amount of uncertainty in the second period. 3. parameterisation of the model the empirical analysis is presented in three steps. the first step is the identification of the representative farms to be simulated, the second is the construction of the farm household model and the final step is the modelling of uncertainty. 3.1 identification of the representative farms the model has been constructed for four representative farm households specialised in dairy production, in the case study area of noord-holland, a province of the netherlands. the representative farms were obtained by applying a cluster analysis to the capire2 database, which contains interviews with 300 farm households located in noordholland. a subsample of 149 farm households which indicated dairy farming was their main farming specialisation were selected for the cluster analysis. for each farm, information was asked about farm and farmer characteristics (farm structure, herd size, crop rotation, household information about income from off-farm labour, the amount of offfarm labour, off-farm capital investment and information about sfp and rdp payments received). no information concerning the current milking system was asked during the interview. applying a cluster analysis3 to the 149 farms, four groups of livestock farms were identified. the main characteristics of the groups resulting from the cluster analysis and the frequencies in the database are presented in table 1. the clusters generated represent four different dairy livestock systems. the characteristics of cluster 1 are the smallest herd size, with only 26 dairy cows and a low usable agricultural area (uaa), respectively composed of 18.40 ha of land owned and 9.35 ha of land rented-in. the average age of the farm owner is higher than for the other clusters (54 years). the other three clusters (clusters 2, 3, 4) are composed of younger farmers compared to the first cluster and are also differentiated by herd size and farm size. cluster 2 has the largest herd size with 213 dairy cows, and a high use of labour, mainly provided by hired labour. finally, clusters 3 and 4 are characterised respectively by medium herd size (106 dairy cows) and small herd size (62 dairy cows). these two clusters are quite homogeneous with 2 cap-ire is the acronym of a 7th framework program project entitled assessing the multiple impacts of the common agricultural policies on rural economies. further information is available on: http://www.cap-ire.eu/ default.aspx. 3 a non-hierarchical k-means cluster analysis was applied. the variables used for the cluster analysis are the herd size and the on-farm labour used, expressed in full time equivalents (both household and hired labour). the best clustering was obtained by the one with the highest calinski/harabasz pseudo-f value. http://www.cap-ire.eu/default.aspx http://www.cap-ire.eu/default.aspx 79modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland respect to the age of the farm owner and the amount of labour used. cluster 3 has a higher use of land compared to cluster 4. table 1. group characteristics and frequencies cluster age of the owner dairy cows (#) household labour (# full time equivalent) no household labour (# full time equivalent)) land owned (ha) land rented-in (ha) sfp received per year (€/ per farm) frequency (%) cl1 54.4 27 1.47 0.33 18.4 10.0 8,873 23.18 cl2 49.0 213 1.79 2.71 94.1 42.4 59,451 4.64 cl3 47.5 106 1.84 0.43 50.1 19.7 29,236 26.49 cl4 48.0 62 1.76 0.33 34.8 12.1 21,259 45.70 3.2 building of the farm household model the empirical analysis was conducted using a dynamic farm household model with the objective to maximise the net present value of the cash flow over the next 20 years. ams is an innovation with investment characteristics. a dynamic model instead of a static one with a 20 year time horizon was applied because it is better capable of simulating cash flows. this allows to simulate the effects on profitability of liquidity constraints, credit and savings (see, for example, viaggi et al., 2011, for a discussion of the dynamic investment model). following dixit and pindyck (1994) the ro model simulates the farmers’ investment behaviour under uncertainty whilst considering risk neutral agents. in this paper we applied the model provided by was et al. (2011) and bartolini and viaggi (2012) which allows to simulate investment behaviour taking into account the allocation of resources (mainly capital and labour) to off-farm and on-farm activities. as depicted in figure 1, a two-time period model is applied. in order to investigate the effect of cap reform on adoption, the first period (t1) includes the years between 2010-2013, and the second (t2) includes the 2014-2030 period, consistently with the expected policy reform becoming active in 2014. the farm household model allows to simulate the profitability of investment in ams, considering the connections between livestock activity, crop cultivation and labour allocations among such activities, return on capital invested off-farm and off-farm income. the household has been assumed to maximise the whole household npv, subject to consumption and leisure constraints. with reference to equation 1 and 2, the cash flow in year t (cft) is equal to the sum of on-farm income ( ) and off-farm income ( ) minus possible loan repayments ( ). formally: . on-farm income is obtained by summing crop production incomes ( ), milk production income ( ), the possible rdp received for investment in ams (rdpt), and the sfp received (sfpt), minus the cost of external labour hired ( ). accordingly, on-farm income is calculated as: . θ in front of a variable means that the variable has a stochastic distribution in the second period. off-farm income is obtained by summing financial income (fint), pen80 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi sions received by household members (penst) and income obtained by allocating household labour to off-farm activities (oint). formally, off-farm income is calculated as . then, with reference to equation 1 (ams adoption during t1), the cash flow of a year in the first period (t1) and in the second period (t2) are respectively: and , where the superscript i indicates that the farm has adopted ams. the calculation of the on-farm profit in the two periods is as follows: (3) (4) with reference to equation 2 (decision to adopt ams postponed to the second period), the cash flow of a generic year in the first period (t1) and in the second period (t2) is: and where: (3’) (4’) (4”) where: = area of crop c in time period j; yc = yield of the crop c; = amount of milk sold in period j cc = production cost of crop c; cm = milk production cost; 81modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland = cost of land rented-in in year t; = milk quota rent; = crop prices in year t; = milk price in year t; γ = probability to have favourable conditions for ams4; ; = favourable and non-favourable milk prices respectively in the second period; ; = favourable and non-favourable sfp respectively in the second period; ; = favourable (low) and non-favourable (high) labour cost respectively in the second period. in the model, rotation constraints, livestock housing capacity and manure and slurry spreading constraints are included. finally, a liquidity constraint has been applied in order to force the farm model to obtain a loan and to pay interest on the loan, when cash is insufficient to finance the ams. 3.3 modelling uncertainty the objective of the paper is to assess the impact of alternative levels of subsidies in the form of co-financing of investments (measure 121 of rdp) on the adoption of ams on dairy farms in the netherlands, when choice is affected by uncertainty in relevant context parameters. then effects of certainty in rdp co-financing investment measure with uncertainty in relevant stochastic parameters (the amount of sfp received by the farm, milk prices, and labour costs) on adoption decision have been assessed. we assume that during period t1 (first period) the farmer knows the first two moments (expected value and variability) of stochastic parameters in the second period. formally, uncertainty can be governed by a wiener process: , where st2 is the expected value for a year belonging to the second period (t2); se is the average or known value during the first period; σ is the maximum oscillation (known during the first period) and dz is a random variable uniformly distributed with a minimum value of 0 and a maximum value of 1. through a monte carlo approach, dz has been simulated as a n x m matrix of random values, where m represents the times at which each stochastic parameter changes during the second period, and n represents the number of samples generated by the monte carlo simulation. this general approach has different specifications depending on the stochastic parameter considered. concerning the sfp parameters, se is the expected value of the sfp during the second period, which is equal to half of the current sfp5, and σ is the maximum 4 the set of equations refers to a situation in which all three stochastic parameters simultaneously turn favourable or non-favourable. however, as explained in the results section, empirical analysis is undertaken developing one model for each stochastic parameter. 5 this value is equal to the average between the current value and sfp equal to zero. 82 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi oscillation with a value equal to se. under this assumption, we simulate that farmers expect a reduction in the current spf amount and that the sfp can take values between the current value (2010-2013) and zero for each year in the second period. with regard to milk price, we have the following specification: se is the average net producer milk price in the years 2007-2009 (lei, 2009) and σ was calculated using the forecasted prices for the period 2009-2018 in the oecd-fao agricultural outlook 2009 report. the oecd-fao agricultural outlook 2009 expected annual reductions in milk prices and we have added an annual drift (μ) which was calculated as the annual percentage reduction to obtain the forecasted price level from the oecd-fao agricultural outlook 2009 report. finally, the labour costs se used are the 2009 labour costs obtained from eurostat, while σ was calculated using the forecasted labour costs in the scenar2020 report (european communities, 2007). due to expected trends regarding increases in labour costs, we have added an annual drift (μ) which was calculated as the annual percentage increase to obtain the forecasted price level in 2020 (european communities, 2007). such a specification allows for the determination of a random value of the price/cost variables with a uniform distribution and a maximum value seμ + σ and a minimum value seμ – σ. following this notion, and referring to equation 3, 4”, the variables used in the simulation can be summarised6 for sfp: and ; for milk prices: and ; and for labour costs: and . the expected value and the uncertainty simulated in the model are presented in table 2. table 2. descriptive statistics of the stochastic parameters parameter expected value t2 (se) uncertainty at t2 (σ) drift (μ) sfp cluster 1 4,437 € per farm 4,4371 € per farm sfp cluster 2 29,725 € per farm 29,7251 € per farm sfp cluster 3 14,618 € per farm 14,6181 € per farm sfp cluster 4 10,629 € per farm 10,6291 € per farm milk prices 0.34 € per litre 0.0432 € per litre -0.0052 € per litre per year labour costs (external) 15.35 € per hour 3.07 € per hour 0.0048 € per hour per year the expected value corresponds to the first moment, and the sum of the expected value, plus or minus σ represents the price level in the second period. the uncertainty is simulated by running a single model for each independent stochastic parameter. table 3 presents the comparison of the main characteristics of ams and cms used in the simulations. 6 note that the macron indicates a favourable ams adoption situation, and vice versa the underscore indicates an unfavourable ams adoption situation. 83modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland table 3. descriptive statistics of the milking system characteristics milking system features cms ams capacity (# of cows) current number 50 production (litre of milk per year) 8,118 8,682 variable costs per milking system (€ per year) 17,446 21,500 labour needed per cow ( in hours) 35.74 31.89 investment cost (€) 0 241,443 investment life time (years) 20 8 the data shown in table 3 were collected mainly from zucchi et al. (2004) and hogeveen and heemskerk (2006). in order to adapt data to the dairy farming in noordholland, the data has been discussed with, and corrected by, experts. in this paper we have simulated the single-stall ams (capacity of 50 cows). ams adoption requires less labour compared to cms. as depicted in table 3 ams will reduce the milking activity tasks by about 4 hours. the potential reduction in labour use allows an increase in milking frequency which in turn increases milk yields. 4. results the results of the model are presented in tables 4, 5, and 6 for labour costs, milk prices and sfp respectively, with each result having been parameterised on a different level of rdp support (measure 121). these values correspond to the percentage of ams investment costs covered. the average values obtained by all interactions (n=100) using the monte carlo approach are presented in the tables. in addition, the percentage of adoptions in each period over the total number of interactions (n) for each cluster are presented. for period 1, we indicated the percentage of situations in which an immediate adoption is more profitable than a delay until period 2. for each cluster, the average net present value and the average value of option are presented. the npv is the net present value of the cash flows when the adoption is undertaken in period 1. the value of the option is the increment of npv obtained by delaying the decision to adopt the ams after 2014, hence having the possibility to adapt to the new economic conditions. in this case, the model allows for the adoption of ams if the state of nature becomes favourable to the ams (strategy 2a), or the use of cms if the state of nature becomes unfavourable to the ams (strategy 2b). under uncertainty in context parameters the npv is rather stable for the different percentages of cost coverage by rdp, but differs strongly across clusters (see also table 5 and table 6). cluster 1 has the lowest npv, whilst cluster 2 has the highest npv and clusters 3 and 4 have similar npvs. this result is clearly connected to farm size, but is not straightforward as npv accounts for additional profits that are not necessarily proportional to the original farm size. the results also confirm the threshold effect identified by davis (1979). the option value is positive for all clusters, except for cluster 2 for which, when rpd cost coverage is higher than 25%, immediate adoption is most profitable. for cluster 1, the investment is profitable only with a high co-financing rate. with 75% of investment co-financed, cluster 1 delays the investment until the second period, 84 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi for 97% of the interactions. a similar pattern can be seen for clusters 3 and 4. the option value has a negative correlation with the rdp coverage percentage because higher public support for investment reduces the advantage of delaying the investment. the possibility to postpone the investment is the best choice for clusters 1, 3, 4 for every value of rdp coverage, and no ams investments are made during the first period. ams will be adopted in the second period if the rdp covers at least 75% of its cost. this implies that without rdp in these clusters the ams will never be adopted, even with more certainty about labour costs (hence higher probability that high labour costs will make it profitable in some conditions). by increasing the rdp cost coverage, the value of the option decreases significantly. uncertainty about labour prices has a strong negative effect on the adoption of ams in the first period, in particular for cluster 2 where the adoption never takes place in 2010. results with uncertainty in milk prices are presented in table 5. the choice to adopt ams under uncertainty in milk prices follows the same tendencies as uncertainty in labour costs. for all clusters, it is profitable to delay the decision when the farmer has more information about future prices in at least one interaction per level of rdp coverage. for this reason, the value of the option is always positive. cluster 1 delays the decision for each level of rdp, and the rate of adoption in the second period increases with a higher cost coverage by rdp. for cluster 2 adoption is always profitable, however the decision is delayed to the second period for an investment cofinancing rate lower than 75%. with the highest co-financing rate the adoption is profitable table 4. results with uncertainty in labour costs (€ per farm) cluster variable rdp cost coverage (%) 0 25 50 75 1 npv 434,863 458,636 495,687 551,360 value of option 154,968 106,379 41,385 6,702 adoption t1 (% of n) 3 t2 (% of n) 97 2 npv 8,491,980 9,019,733 9,547,485 10,144,900 value of option 284,790 adoption t1 (% of n) 100 100 100 t2 (% of n) 3 npv 1,161,421 1,298,166 1,434,911 1,571,656 value of option 415,547 278,802 142,057 223 adoption t1 (% of n) 2 t2 (% of n) 98 4 npv 873,474 964,637 1,055,800 1,146,964 value of option 303,570 212,407 121,243 37,907 adoption t1 (% of n) t2 (% of n) 100 85modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland in the first period. clusters 3 and cluster 4 adopt ams only with a 50% or higher rdp coverage and the investment will be made in the second period. the results with uncertainty in sfp are presented in table 6. under uncertainty in the first pillar of the cap, timing of the investment in ams follows the same trends as with the other stochastic parameters, especially with uncertainty in labour costs. by increasing the percentage of rdp cost coverage, the rate of adoption increases, but the decision is taken in the first period only in clusters 2 and 3, when the rdp measure covers more than 25% of investment cost in cluster 2 and 75% in cluster 3. this implies that uncertainty in sfp is relevant for postponing investment. the optimal strategy in clusters 1 and 4 implies delaying the decision until the second period, when more information is available regarding the amount of sfp to be received after 2014, before making a decision regarding ams adoption. in this case the number of adoptions increases with higher rdp support. 7. concluding remarks in this paper the model developed by was et al. (2011) was applied to representative dairy farms in noord-holland, a province in the netherlands. labour saving technologies, such as ams, are the main innovations on these dairy farms, and are driven by an increasing demand for labour flexibility and the need to reduce production costs. the paper addresses the impact of uncertainty on the adoption of ams. the results show that table 5. results with uncertainty in milk prices (€ per farm) cluster variable rdp cost coverage (%) 0 25 50 75 1 npv 434,863 458,636 495,687 551,360 value of option 200,510 179,823 169,391 110,343 adoption t1(% of n) t2(% of n) 34 100 100 100 2 npv 8,491,980 9,019,733 9,547,485 10,144,900 value of option 731,308 413,162 120,223 adoption t1(% of n) 100 t2(% of n) 100 100 100 3 npv 1,161,421 1,298,166 1,434,911 1,571,656 value of option 569,909 410,118 307,530 247,842 adoption t1(% of n) t2(% of n) 2 76 100 100 4 npv 873,474 964,637 1,055,800 1,146,964 value of option 427,348 337,380 301,612 264,152 adoption t1(% of n) t2(% of n) 2 80 100 100 86 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi the adoption of ams is strongly affected by uncertainty in future policy and in market conditions, and its main effect is the postponement of the adoption. the results highlight that the quality and availability of information play a central role in the process of innovation adoption especially when innovation is irreversible, has sunk costs or its adoption generates lock-in effects. the results confirm the findings of was et al. (2011) where uncertainty in milk prices compared to other sources of uncertainty (sfp and labour costs) results in higher option values, hence lower adoption in the first period. the results also confirm previous findings that there are thresholds for ams adoption, with mainly large dairy farms finding it profitable (rotz et al., 2003). indeed, the results highlight the role of labour costs and labour flexibility in determining the replacement of cms by ams, which is driven by the aim of reducing the use of hired labour. as also pointed out by earlier studies on the adoption of ams, even farms that are smaller than the threshold are likely to adopt ams (sauer and zilberman, 2012). this effect can be explained by the expectation of high wages from off-farm labour as compared to on-farm labour returns. as previously highlighted by the literature, there are strong interconnections between changing agricultural policy and farmers’ behaviour (viaggi et al., 2013). our results confirm this and highlight that agricultural policies strongly affect the adoption rate. while changes in agricultural policy directly affect the profitability of the innovation, and hence its adoption, the literature has emphasised that reducing public support will also affect the demand for other productive factors, causing a general reduction in the profitability table 6. results with uncertainty in sfp (€ per farm) cluster variable rdp cost coverage (%) 0 25 50 75 1 npv 434,863 458,636 495,687 551,360 value of option 155,632 108,086 33,984 7,033 adoption t1 (% of n) t2 (% of n) 100 2 npv 8,491,980 9,019,733 9,547,485 10,144,900 value of option 284,790 adoption t1 (% of n) 100 100 100 t2 (% of n) 100 3 npv 1,161,421 1,298,166 1,434,911 1,571,656 value of option 415,557 278,812 142,067 adoption t1(% of n) 100 t2 (% of n) 4 npv 873,474 964,637 1,055,800 1,146,964 value of option 303,327 212,164 121,000 37,687 adoption t1(% of n) t2(% of n) 100 87modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland of agricultural activities (bartolini and viaggi, 2013). the results show a positive effect of co-financing investment measures in increasing both the adoption rate and the time of the adoption. this is particularly true for large farms that are more exposed to uncertainty. the results also highlight the positive effects of sfp on the profitability of ams and its adoption by mainly providing liquidity and reducing risk exposure. the results underscore the need to reinforce (or build) links between investment support measures and uncertainty reducing measures (such as insurance). such measures are suitable to prevent excessive exposition to risk for those farmers with the strongest intention to invest and encourage a more timely reaction by farmers with funding opportunities. altogether, the results suggest that there is a need to develop a coherent policy framework, in which, besides milk quota abolishment, measures to support and promote investment/innovation are needed to increase farm competitiveness and ensure the continuity of farm activity. in particular, the abolishment of milk quotas could affect milk price fluctuations, and in turn increase the uncertainty in milk prices with the effect of further delaying investment in ams. the literature highlights that innovation adoption is negatively affected by uncertainty when famers are risk adverse. as pointed out by sauer and zilberman (2012), while the average milk price positively affects ams adoption, milk price variability negatively affects adoption. our results, even with risk neutral agents, confirm such findings, where uncertainty has the effect of delaying investment decisions. the paper addresses the combined effect of uncertainty and differences in farm structure in affecting farmers’ innovation behaviour and reactions to the alternative design of measure 121 of the rdp. hence, the methodology applied emphasises differences between farmers, rather than providing a territorial representativeness of the case study area. however, the results obtained by each cluster could be representative for different production scales and input uses. the paper has several limitations that are connected to the simplification of the process of innovation adoption and to the data used. concerning the first point, the modelling strategy adopted imposes a particular stylisation of the decision process in the direction of not considering the effect of learning on the adoption rate. the economic literature has found that differences in farmers’ skills or quality of extension services affect the profitability of an innovation (tsur et al., 1990). in addition, we have assumed a two-period model: relaxing such assumptions and allowing the adoption to be made in more than two periods, with learning effects, could improve the quality of the results. with respect to the data used, sensitivity analyses could be added to analyse the effects of uncertainty in other decision variables (e.g. investment costs, off-farm wages). in addition, the simulation could account for the effects of correlation between different uncertain variables, in order to increase the model’s quality and the robustness of the results. acknowledgments financial support from the fp7 project cap-ire (assessing the multiple impacts of the common agricultural policies on rural economies) is acknowledged and greatly appreciated. the authors are solely responsible for the content of the paper. this work does not necessarily reflect the view of the european union and in no way discloses the com88 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi mission’s future policy in this area. the authors wish to thank the two anonymous referees and the associated editor for their fruitful comments on an earlier version of this paper. references bartolini, f. and viaggi, d. (2012). an analysis of policy scenario effects on the adoption of energy production on the farm. a case study in emilia-romagna (italy). energy policy 51: 454-464. bartolini, f., latruffe, l. and viaggi, d. (2011). assessing the effect of the cap on farm innovation adoption. an analysis in two french regions. paper presented at 122th eaae seminar, february 17-18, 2011, ancona, italy. bartolini, f. and viaggi, d. (2013). the common agricultural policy and the determinants of changes in eu farm size. land use policy 31: 126-135. bijl, r., kooistra, s.r. and hogeveen, h. (2010). the profitability of automatic milking on dutch dairy farms. journal of dairy science 90(1): 239-248. carruth, a., dickerson, a. and henley, a. (2000). what do we know about investment under uncertainty? journal of economic surveys 14(2): 119-154. castro, a., pereira, j.m., amiama, c. and bueno, j. (2012). estimating efficiency in automatic milking systems. journal of dairy science 95(2): 929-936. davis, p.a. (1979). inter-firm diffusion of process innovations. european economic review 12(4): 299-317. de koning, c.j.a.m. (2010). automatic milking—common practice on dairy farms, proceedings of the first north american conference on precision dairy management, toronto, on, canada, 52-67. dijkhuizen, a.a., huirne, r.b.m., harsh, s.b. and gardner, r.w. (1997). economics of robot application. computer and electronics in agriculture 17(1):111-121. dixit, a. and pindyck, r. (1994). investment under uncertainty. princeton: princeton university press. european commission (2010). the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future. com(2010) 672 final. brussels. european commission (2011a). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council establishing rules for direct payments to farmers under support schemes within the framework of the common agricultural policy. com(2011) 625 final. brussels. european commission (2011b). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd). com(2011) 627 final. brussels. european communities (2007) scenar 2020. scenario study on agriculture and the rural world. luxembourg: office for official publications of the european communities. griliches, z. (1957). hybrid corn: an exploration in the economics of technological change. econometrica 25(4): 501-522. hekkila, a.m., myyra, s. and pietola, k. (2012). effects of economics factors on adoption of robotics and consequences of automation fro productivity growth of dairy farms. working paper n. 32 of the fp7 project factor markets. 89modelling the adoption of automatic milking systems in noord-holland hogeveen, h. and heemskerk, k. (2006). zelf melken of robot inzetten? arbeid belangrijkste motivatie om in melkrobot te investeren. veeteelt 23(16): 10-12. hyde, j. and engel, p.d. (2003). a real option analysis of automatic milking systems. agricultural and resource economics review 32(2): 282-294. just, r.e. and zilberman, d. (1983). stochastic structure, farm size, and technology adoption in developing agriculture. oxford economic papers 35(2): 307-328. kim, k. and chavas, j.p. (2003). technological change and risk management: an application to the economics of corn production. agricultural economics 29(2): 125-142. lei (2009). land-en tuinbouwcijfers 2009, lei, the hague (p. 143). http://edepot.wur. nl/11183. accessed 27 march 2013. mathijs, e. (2004). socio-economic aspects of automatic milking. in: meijering, a., hogeveen, h. and de koning, c.j.a.m. (eds.), automatic milking, wageningen: the netherlands, 46-55. meskens, l., vandermersch, m. and mathijs, e. (2001). implication of the introduction of automatic milking on dairy farm. literature review on the determinants and implications of technology adoption. deliverable d1. fp5 eu project implications of the introduction of automatic milking on dairy farms. oecd – fao (2012) agricultural outlook 2012-2021. http://www.oecd.org/site/oecd-faoagriculturaloutlook/ accessed 27 march 2013. regiebureau (2012). summary of dutch rdp. linkhttp://www.regiebureau-pop.nl/nl/english/. accessed 27 march 2013. rogers, e.m. (1962). diffusion of innovation. glencoe: free press. rotz, c.a., coiner, c.u. and soder, k.j. (2003). automatic milking systems, farm size, and milk production. journal of dairy science 86(12): 4167-4177. sauer, j. and zilberman, d. (2010). innovation behaviour at farm level – selection and identification. paper presented at 114th eaae seminar, april 15-16, 2010, berlin, germany. sauer, j. and zilberman, d. (2012). sequential technology implementation, network externalities, and risk: the case of automatic milking systems. agricultural economics 43(3): 233-252. schwartz, e.s. and trigeorgis, l. (2004). real options and investment under uncertainty. in: schwartz, e.s. and trigeorgis, l. (eds) real options and investment under uncertainty – classical readings and recent contribution. cambridge: the mit press. 1-16. steeneveld, w., tauer, l. w., hogeveen, h. and oude lansink, a. g. j. m. (2012). comparing technical efficiency of farms with an automatic milking system and a conventional milking system. journal of dairy science 95(12): 7391-7398. sunding, d. and zilberman, d. (2001). the agricultural innovation process: research and technology adoption in a changing agricultural sector. in: gardner, b.l. and rausser, g.c. (eds) handbook of agricultural economics, amsterdam: elsevier, 207-261. trigeorgis, l. (1988). a conceptual options framework for capital budgeting. advances in future and options research 3: 145-167. tsur, y., sternberg, m. and hochman, e. (1990). dynamic modelling of innovation process adoption with risk aversion and learning. oxford economics paper 42(2): 336-355. http://edepot.wur.nl/11183 http://edepot.wur.nl/11183 http://www.oecd.org/site/oecd-faoagriculturaloutlook/ http://www.oecd.org/site/oecd-faoagriculturaloutlook/ http://www.regiebureau-pop.nl/nl/english/ http://www.regiebureau-pop.nl/nl/english/ 90 m. floridi, f. bartolini, j. peerlings, n. polman, d. viaggi viaggi, d., bartolini, f., raggi, m., sardonini, l., sammeth, f. and gomez y paloma, s. (2011). farm investment behaviour under the cap reform process. luxembourg: publications office of the european union. viaggi, d., gomez y paloma, s., mishra, a. and raggi, m. (2013). the role of the eu common agricultural policy: assessing multiple effects in alternative policy scenarios. land use policy 31: 99-101. was, a., majewsky e., cygansky, l. bartolini, f., floridi, m. and viaggi, d. (2011). assessment of economic effects of innovation in automatic milking systems in podlaskie region (poland) with the use of real option approach. acta scientiarum polonorum oeconomia 10(2): 107-120. zucchi, g., zappavigna, p., broekman, a. and frascari, d. (2004). analisi zooeconomica dell’impiego degli ams. negli allevamenti dei bovini da latte in italia. bologna: avenue media. issn xxxx-xxxx (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 47-63, 2012 the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective otto schmid1,*, susanne padel2 and les levidow3 1 fibl research institute of organic agriculture, switzerland 2 the organic research centre, england 3 les levidow, open university, milton keynes, uk abstract. currently an industrial perspective dominates the eu policy framework for a european bio-economy. the commission’s proposal on the bio-economy emphasises greater resource-efficiency, largely within an industrial perspective on global economic competitiveness, benefiting capital-intensive industries at higher levels of the value chain. however a responsible bio-economy must initially address the sustainable use of resources. many farmers are not only commodity producers but also providers of quality food and managers of the eco-system. a public goods-oriented bio-economy emphasises agro-ecological methods, organic and low (external) input farming systems, ecosystem services, social innovation in multi-stakeholder collective practices and joint production of knowledge. the potential of farmers and smes to contribute to innovation must be fully recognised. this approach recognises the importance of local knowledge enhancing local capabilities, while also accommodating diversity and complexity. therefore the bio-economy concept should have a much broader scope than the dominant one in european commission innovation policy. socio-economic research is needed to inform strategies, pathways and stakeholder cooperation towards sustainability goals. keywords. bio-economy, public goods, european union, agro-ecology, sustainable development, rural development jel-codes. q20; q57 1. introduction in february 2012 the european commission announced its «strategy for a sustainable bio-economy to ensure smart green growth in europe». the strategy and action plan was called «innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe». the goal is a more innovative, low-emissions economy which reconciles demands for sustainable agriculture and fisheries, food security and the sustainable use of renewable biological resources for industrial purposes, while also ensuring biodiversity and environmental protection. the plan focuses on three key aspects: developing new technologies and processes for the bio* corresponding author: otto.schmid@fibl.org. 48 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow economy; developing markets and competitiveness in bio-economy sectors; and pushing policymakers and stakeholders to work more closely together (european commission, 2012a; 2012b; 2012c; 2012d). eu strategy gives great importance to the bio-economy concept, so it is worth reflecting on what the concept really means. across various scientific publications, papers, communications and comments of recent years, quite different definitions have been used for the bio-economy or the bio-based economy. the term bio-economy (synonymous with bioeconomy in this article) is used on its own, albeit with different meanings, as well as in conjunction with other terms like «innovation» or «knowledge base», e.g. knowledgebased bio-economy (kbbe). when looking at more recent statements of the european commission, it seems that the bio-economy concept has had multiple meanings. such diverse definitions make it difficult to understand which one is favoured by the european commission’s strategy. this paper will analyse those different definitions in order to identify aspects that are most relevant for a perspective favouring public goods, agro-ecological methods and farmers’ knowledge. as we will demonstrate, there is a need to broaden and further develop the bio-economy concept along lines that give farmers’ knowledge and public goods a more prominent role. 2. defining the bio-economy 2.1 definition of the bio-economy concept by the european commission according to an early definition, the bio-economy is «the sustainable, eco-efficient transformation of renewable biological resources into food, energy and other industrial products« (dg research, 2005). this definition was used for the knowledge-based bioeconomy (kbbe) in the framework programme 7 research agenda, especially in theme 2 cooperation: food, agriculture & fisheries and biotechnology (dg research, 2006). later the bio-economy concept was taken up for the innovation union, the economic growth model of the european union, stating that the bio-economy represents only one but a very important sector (european commission, 2010a). the bio-economy is meant to achieve policy objectives that were listed in the first draft of the «european strategy and action plan towards a sustainable bio-based economy by 2020» (european commission, 2010c). these objectives are in particular: • reinforcing european leadership and creativity in the biosciences; • optimising innovation and the systems for knowledge transfer; • research into safe, nutritious and affordable food; • making rural and coastal economies more sustainable; • improving the efficiency of agricultural, food and industrial production and distribution systems; • maintaining the competitiveness of european industry and agriculture; • building low-carbon industries; • reducing emissions of ghg and waste. 49the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective in order to prepare and to concretize the bio-economy strategy, the european commission undertook several activities, such as an on-line consultation in spring 20111. furthermore, as mentioned in the commission staff working document accompanying the document «a bioeconomy for europe», two independent experts groups produced crucial background information on the social, environmental and economic impacts of the bioeconomy, as well as on skills (2012c: 8). the skills were identified as a key element to support the development of the bio-economy in europe. several conferences and workshops on the bio-economy concept were organised in 2010-2011 by the european commission and by european technology platforms, with the commission’s sponsorship. the result of these activities appear in the commission’s february 2012 communication entitled «innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe» (european commission, 2012c). this is one of the operational proposals of the europe 2020 strategy and its flagship initiative, «an innovation union», also contributing to other flagships such as «a resource efficient europe». the multi-annual financial framework for 20142020, and some of its key proposals, such as horizon 2020 and the common agricultural policy (cap) post-2013, duly takes into account the bio-economy (european commission, 2012c). the europe 2020 strategy calls for a bio-economy as a key element for ‘smart, sustainable and inclusive growth’ in europe (european commission, 2010d). advances in bio-economy research and innovation uptake are expected to allow europe to improve the management of its renewable biological resources and to open new, diversified markets in food and bio-based products. establishing a bio-economy in europe holds a great potential: it can maintain and create economic growth and jobs in rural, coastal and industrial areas, reduce fossil fuel dependence and improve the economic and environmental sustainability of primary production and processing industries. the commission’s 2012 bioeconomy strategy and its action plan aim to promote a more innovative, resource-efficient and competitive society that reconciles food security with the sustainable use of renewable resources for industrial purposes, while ensuring environmental protection (european commission, 2012c). for the term ’bio-economy’, the european commission’s public communication uses the following definition in their bioeconomy newsletter february 2012: the term ‘bioeconomy’ means an economy using biological resources from the land and sea as well as waste, including food wastes, as inputs to industry and energy production. it also covers the use of bio-based processes to green industries (european commission, 2012b). this definition emphasises biological resources and biomass as inputs to other industries, while omitting food as a major output, which was in the 2005-2006 definitions for fp7. the strategy and bioeconomy action plan 2012 has been further developed since its first draft in 2010. research and innovation are key components of the cross-cutting nature of the bio-economy, which is meant to address inter-connected societal challenges – including food security, natural resource scarcity, fossil resource dependence and climate change – in a comprehensive manner, while also achieving sustainable economic 1 http://ec.europa.eu/research/consultations/bioeconomy/consultation_en.htm 50 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow growth. a key priority, for example, is «improving the knowledge base and fostering innovation for producing quality biomass (e.g. industrial crops) at a competitive price». this complements the pervasive emphasis on «enabling and industrial technologies», e.g. life sciences, biotechnology, nanotechnology and ict (european commission, 2012c: 4, 6; also 2012d: 5, 14). in the communication «innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe», the bioeconomy action plan 2012 rests on three main pillars: 1. investments in research, innovation and skills aimed at ensuring substantial eu and national funding, in synergy with cohesion funds and cap, as well as private investment; 2. reinforced policy interaction and stakeholder’s engagement, through the creation of a bioeconomy panel, a bioeconomy observatory and regular stakeholders conferences that will contribute to enhancing synergies and coherence throughout the whole value chain; 3. enhancement of markets and competitiveness in bio-economy sectors by a sustainable intensification of primary production, a cascading use of biomass and waste streams as well as mutual learning mechanisms for improved resource efficiency (european commission, 2012c). eu intervention «is essential to provide the level of excellence and critical mass for research and innovation, which will play a fundamental role in the development of the bioeconomy» (european commission, 2012b). we will next look how the eu’s bio-economy concept is seen by different stakeholder groups and how it has evolved. then we will explore linkages of the bio-economy concept with a public goods perspective on farming, social innovation, knowledge systems and rural development. 2.2 towards a broader definition in recent years the scientific and political arena has had lively discussions on the concept of ‘bio-economy’. basically there are two main views – one from an industrial perspective, and one from a public goods perspective – each promoting different futures for agricultural systems and farmers’ roles. a bio-economy perspective on further industrialising agriculture has come from the oecd and multinational companies. according to an oecd report on the bio-economy to 2030 – designing a policy agenda, the application means «transforming life science knowledge into new, sustainable, eco-efficient and competitive products» (oecd, 2008). a common definition has also been developed by several european technology platforms through the becoteps project: the bio-economy is the sustainable production and conversion of biomass, for a range of food, health, fibre and industrial products and energy. renewable biomass encompasses any biological material to be used as raw material (epso, 2011: 5). biomass including organic waste (broadly defined) is sought as a substitute for fossil fuels, and as a plant-based resource whose economic value must be extracted and trans51the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective formed. plant structures are seen as a barrier which must be overcome, especially through genetic changes. such views have resonance among some european commission staff who see genetically redesigned biomass as an el dorado, i.e. as a cornucopia linking renewable resources with intellectual property (original interview quotes in levidow et al., 2012). also outside europe there are political and commercial initiatives linked to the bioeconomy and bio-based products such as in the united states, japan, china, india and brazil. in particular in the usa many research institutes and companies are dealing with biomass and biofuels (for references see usda national library, http://www.nal.usda.gov). in september 2011 a report of the usda was published on bio-based economy indicators, which proposes indicators to assess various aspects of growth, profitability and uncertainty in the bio-economy. the definition of the bio-economy in this report is relatively narrow and relates to the «production and distribution of bio-based products». a definition of bio-based products was provided by the us congress in the farm security and rural investment act of 2002. congress later modified the definition in the food, conservation, and energy act of 2008, stating: the term ‘bio-based product’ means a product to be a commercial or industrial product (other than food or feed) that is— (a) composed, in whole or in significant part, of biological products, including renewable domestic agricultural materials and forestry materials; or (b) an intermediate ingredient or feedstock (usda, 2011). however, focusing on bio-mass and bio-technology (in particular, based on genetic modification) constrains the development of the bio-economy by omitting industrial and economic sectors that produce, manage and otherwise exploit biological resources and related services, supply or consumer industries (such as agriculture, food, fisheries, forestry) and their associated industries (european commission, 2009a). dominant industrial definitions have been criticised as too narrow, especially by downgrading the output of agriculture to biomass and/or emphasising novel food. the dominant perspective promotes food ‘quality’ as defined by measurable compositional characteristics, as in «functional food» (levidow et al., 2012). this perspective neglects the contribution that agriculture makes to quality-food production (including speciality and traditional foods), the strong scientific advancement of traditional agronomic and food science, the contribution of farmers to rural development through social and organisational innovations, as well as public goods and the multiple ecosystem and social services that agriculture is delivering (e.g., cooper et al. 2009). the standing committee on agricultural research (scar) financed a third foresight exercise which makes a similar criticism: in the kbbe concept, the human factor disappears, industry is considered the main player of the bio-economy and rural territories are only mentioned as beneficiaries. in other words, the framework built around kbbe covers only a part of what agriculture is and should be. on this regard one can detect several contradictions with recent eu elaboration around agriculture and rural development (freibauer et al., 2011: 7). to ensure the long-term economic growth of the bioeconomy, the definition should be non-restrictive. a former agricultural commissioner, franz fischler, defined the knowledge-based bio-economy more broadly as: 52 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow production paradigms that rely on biological processes and, as with natural ecosystems, use natural inputs, expend minimum amounts of energy and do not produce waste as all materials discarded by one process are inputs for another process and are re-used in the ecosystem (european commission, 2010b). this definition explicitly considers recycling within the production process itself, not only the output. 2.3 synergies and inconsistencies between different approaches a more detailed literature analysis shows that there are tensions among different definitions, concepts and emphases of the ‘bio-economy’, even within european commission documents. the tensions are illustrated by the following examples: • a broad concept is being promoted at the public-relations level, e.g. emphasising ‘local and tacit knowledge’ and social sciences (european commission, 2012a: 1). the importance of social innovation, public goods and farmers is emphasised in the staff working document accompanying the bioeconomy strategy (2012d), yet this is not the case in the bioeconomy action plan (2012c). but a narrower definition apparently guides r&d priorities, especially for horizon 2020, the successor to framework programme 7. • definitions favouring biomass production and transformation emphasise capitalintensive inputs for agriculture and biomass processing technologies. these favour the upper levels of value chains, while devaluing the knowledge and capabilities of farmers, who become mere recipients of lab knowledge and its products. • the potential of farmers and smes to contribute to innovation is not fully recognised in all relevant documents. rarely mentioned is the importance of local knowledge and local capabilities to better accommodate diversity and complexity. • the commission’s definitions also seek to feed expanding global markets for agriinputs and outputs, thus reinforcing pressures on renewable resources. • bio-economy has been linked with the concepts of eco-efficiency and/or resource efficiency, which likewise have diverse meanings: unstated is which efficiency, by what means, and for what aims. • policy documents sometimes mention public goods – the concept itself and/or specific examples. but only some definitions of the bio-economy give priority to maintaining public goods. and that priority conflicts with a definition that emphasises industrial biomass development. a wider working definition of bio-based economy was used in the report of one of the external expert group of dg research of eu commission on social, economic and environmental implications of a bio-based economy (menrad et al., 2011: 6). the report looked more at synergies between the different concepts: the bio-economy covers, in principle, all production systems involving biophysical and biochemical processes, and thus includes all of the life sciences and related generic technologies necessary to make useful products. it responds to the innovation needs of a broad range of farming systems, including fish farming, supports developments such as low input organic and conservation agri53the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective culture and fisheries, precision farming and production in urban and peri-urban environments. it includes the promotion of healthy food derived from sustainable systems that exploit technology to produce efficiently while maintaining our environment and protecting biodiversity. applications of biotechnology in agriculture and industry, such for bio-refineries, bio-energy and bio-chemicals, are an integral part of the bio-based economy. it also includes novel forms of land and sea usage (such as those enhancing ecosystems services and other public goods) as well as the use of materials currently considered as wastes . on those grounds, as the report further argues, the european bio-based economy has to be broadly defined: • one based on the full range of ecosystems, land and sea resources, biodiversity and biological materials (plant, animal and microbe), food processing, and food consumption; • encompassing existing sectors of agriculture, forestry, fisheries, food, biotechnology and chemical industry and • contributing to the sustainable growth and production of food, feed, energy and renewable materials as well to the development of rural and coastal areas (menrad et al., 2011: 6). a partially broader bio-economy concept appears in the european commission communication of february 2012 on the «bio-economy for europe» and especially in the related staff working document (2012d), which incorporates views from the public consultation and the expert impact assessment. the latter document mentions that the bioeconomy strategy will support ecosystem-based management and that it will seek synergies with the common agriculture policy (cap) common fisheries policy (cfp), integrated maritime policy (imp), the water framework directive (wfd) and the marine strategy framework directive (msfd). mentioned also are the eu environmental policies on resource efficiency, sustainable use of natural resources, protection of biodiversity and habitats and provision of ecosystem services. however the full potential of an integrated bio-economy needs to be developed more through linkages with public goods and a more prominent role for farmers. 3. concepts of food quality and public goods: linkages with the bio-economy although the ‘bio-economy’ concept dates only from 2005, relevant components in the agriculture sector have a very long history. a lot of knowledge, understanding, traditional technologies and infrastructure have been developed, creating value not only through commodities but also through ecosystem and social services including food cultures. agriculture is intertwined with public goods which depend on farmers’ collective knowledge. the concept of multi-functional agriculture is widely established in europe (e.g. piorr and müller, 2009) but is ignored in the current bio-economy concept of the european commission. european agriculture has an economic opportunity by producing food of high quality, which is a central plank of the common agricultural policy. in this context the european commission refers broadly to food quality: beyond food safety and nutritional value, food 54 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow quality includes ‘farming attributes’ – e.g., production method, type of animal husbandry, use of processing techniques, place of farming and of production, etc. (european commission, 2009b). the common agricultural policy recognises also the co-production of public goods in particular in the context of the rural development programme (pillar ii). this public goods perspective should be taken into account in an integrated, more broadly defined bio-economy. what do we mean by public goods related to the bio-economy? what definition of public goods is most relevant here? what do public goods imply for the bioeconomy and its priorities? 3.1 defining environmental and social public goods in agri-forest sectors industries that rely on biological processes and resources, such as those in the bioeconomy, have intense interactions with the environment throughout the production cycle. such processes therefore are fundamentally intertwined with public goods, which can be either enhanced or undermined. true public goods exhibit two defining characteristics; they are both: • non-excludable: if the good is available to one person, then others cannot be excluded from the benefits that it confers. • non-rival: if the good is consumed by one person, then it does not reduce the amount available to others (mankiw, 2010). when referring to the bio-economy (including the sectors of agriculture, forestry, fisheries, food, feed, chemicals and bio-energy) the most significant public goods are: • environmental public goods: agricultural and forested landscape; farmland and forest biodiversity; water quality and availability; soil functionality, climate stability (greenhouse gas emissions, carbon storage), air quality, resilience to flooding and fire; • social public goods: food security and food culture; rural vitality; animal welfare and health (adapted from cooper et al., 2009). given the relationship between the sectors in the bio-economy and environmental public goods, activities within the bio-economy sectors that generate negative externalities can directly undermine the productivity of the bio-economy. for example if the ecological value diminishes over time, such as soil fertility or resilience to flooding, this will directly undermine the bio-economy and with that also the whole economy. public goods provide a direct social function. the european public places a high value on public goods, showing widespread concern for environmental issues especially with regard to biodiversity loss, mitigation of climate change, water and air pollution, and in particular the depletion of natural resources, including soil quality. there are also a number of secondary social and economic benefits that depend, partially or wholly, on the existence of the public goods provided by agriculture (cooper et al., 2009). therefore including public goods in the bio-economy concept may ensure real, continuous shortand long-term economic growth based on ecological, social, and economically sustainable systems. 55the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective 3.2 farming systems and public goods all types of farming systems and methods can provide public goods if the land is managed appropriately. however there are significant differences in the type and amount of public goods that are provided by different types of farms and farming systems in europe. already a number of specific farming systems, and the practices employed within them, are particularly important for the provision of public goods. these include more extensive livestock and mixed systems, the more traditional permanent crop systems and organic farming systems. there may also be a large potential for highly productive farming systems to adopt environmentally beneficial production methods and thereby to provide public goods (for more information refer to cooper et al., 2009). building and maintaining a farming landscape with diverse assets, able to perform multiple functions (ecosystem services) and therefore enhance public goods, will help to open up more options for adaptation to environmental and socio-economic changes. this approach will require coordinated and long-term planning, so there is a need to combine research on agro-ecological, social and institutional aspects at different scales (schmid et al., 2009). agro-ecological methods draw upon local natural resources, ecological processes and farmers’ knowledge of them. bio-diverse farming systems with lower dependence on external resources avoid the endemic stresses of monoculture systems and climate change, thus reducing the risk of epizootic and zoonotic diseases and food-related disorders. agro-ecological, low-input and organic farming methods are important for maintaining and linking on-farm resources – e.g. soil fertility, plant genetic diversity and bio-control methods. furthermore, by re-linking production and consumption patterns, this further reduces dependence upon external inputs, thus moving towards greater self-sufficiency (niggli et al., 2008: 29; schmid et al., 2009). for those reasons, many civil society organisations have argued that ‘agro-ecological forms of production must be defined as the standard form of production in the eu’ (food sovcap, 2010). in the food sector there is a need to balance innovation (new knowledge) with tradition (old existing knowledge). many european quality food labels are based on traditional products and are preferred by consumers because of this. in the past, technology in food and farming has created not only economic growth but environmental and public health risks. in the recent history of the food sector, there are several examples where technological development has caused major food scandals. the most prominent example is bse, which prompted the european union to move towards ensuring a high level of food safety, as expressed in a white paper on food safety (european commission, 1999). therefore consumers have good reasons to seek re-assurance in traditional food products, rather than trust that all techno-industrial development in the food sector is always good for them. a broader, systems-based approach to agri-food innovation in the bio-economy can help to turn research into economic growth whilst at the same time providing public goods. a more diverse, robust bio-economy is less vulnerable to external shocks such as erratic climatic behaviour or resource scarcities – e.g. fertile land, freshwater, phosphorous and biodiversity. such an approach will create more resource protection, resource-use efficiency, business diversification and agricultural resilience. these offer added value and a more equitable distribution of wealth (padel et al. 2010). 56 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow farmers are being encouraged to increase productivity, which can have different meanings. from a public goods perspective, it can mean fewer external inputs needed for the same output and/or higher-quality outputs, e.g. through eco-functional intensification (niggli et al. 2007). practices protecting natural resources depend upon farmers gaining a greater share of value added in the agro-food chain. also the commission’s communication on agricultural productivity and sustainability suggests the need for greater productivity: the increase in output must go hand in hand with improved economic viability for primary producers who have suffered a declining share of value-added in the food chain over the past decade. without greater farm profitability, ecological sustainability will become even more challenging (european commission, 2012e: 3). according to that document, moreover, «innovative solutions should be adapted to the whole supply chain as well as the growing bio-based economy. solutions should be sought for bio-refinery and recycling and the smart use of biomass…» (european commission, 2012e: 8). such solutions include on-farm agro-ecological recycling of organic matter to produce energy and other inputs for agriculture (niggli et al, 2008: 34; schmid et al., 2009: 59). short food-supply chains provide means to remunerate agro-ecological methods via greater market demand, alongside closer relations between producers and consumers. these relations depend on consumer knowledge and trust of agricultural production methods and/or ‘quality’ labels (karner, 2011; knickel et al., 2008; levidow, 2008). such supply chains thereby provide financial and social incentives for methods that conserve or even enhance natural resources. moreover, a participatory approach to knowledge and innovation with regards to the delivery of public goods from agricultural practices can add value to the bio-economy and help create economic instruments that promote an appropriate balance between private and public goods. at the farm, watershed, district and national scales, new methods may be needed to assess and improve the performance of farming systems in relation to the multiple functions of agriculture, as outlined in the iaastd synthesis report (mcintyre et al., 2009). as an economic community and a society, europe is in a unique position to achieve a bio-economy that provides both market and public goods. both can be achieved through innovation, especially the wider development and application of agro-ecological knowledge. of particular importance becomes social innovation (explained below). the common agricultural policy (cap) has opportunities to promote public goods through support measures, both directly and indirectly. for example, climate change can be mitigated by reducing energy inputs and enhancing soil organic carbon, which also improves soil fertility. the post-2013 cap aims to promote «improvements in energy efficiency, biomass and renewable energy production, carbon sequestration and protection of carbon in soils based on innovation» (european commission, 2010e: 5). likewise, «mitigation action should relate to both limiting emissions in agriculture and forestry from key activities such as livestock production, fertilizer use and to preserving the carbon sinks and enhancing carbon sequestration with regard to land use, land use change and the forestry sector» (european commission, 2011a: 11; also european commission, 2012e: 8). farmers need support measures «in adopting and maintaining farming systems and practices that are particularly favourable to environmental and climate objectives, because 57the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective market prices do not reflect the provision of such public goods» (european commission, 2011: 5). such public goods can be provided by agro-ecological methods, which therefore warrant greater support measures. on-farm energy production, via organic recycling of bio-wastes, provides an extra means to reduce external energy inputs. 3.3 social innovation and knowledge base social innovations are widely referred to in the context of health and education and feature prominently in innovation union documents (e.g. european commission, 2012c: 7, 2012d: 18-19). social innovations aim for the empowerment of groups facing common problems and address dysfunctional markets by deploying non-monetary resources and rules of partnership and collaboration (bepa, 2009, 2010). such activity has clear relevance to the bio-economy, especially for public goods. as outlined in a report by the scar working group on agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (akis), a distinction is necessary between science-driven research and innovation-driven research (eu scar, 2012: 101). in the latter perspective, innovation is seen as a bottom-up, interactive social process, rather than top-down from science to implementation. even very technical innovations are socially embedded in a process involving clients and advisors. often partners are needed to implement an innovation. as innovation is a risky business and benefits from the exchange of ideas, learning and innovation networks have proven to be an adequate vehicle for empowering groups of farmers to investigate new options to make their business more viable or sustainable (eu scar, 2012: 9). social innovation refers to more than social aspects of the innovation process or the aim that innovations should also be sustainable in the sense understood by corporate social responsibility (freibauer et al., 2011: 90). social innovation also highlights the fact that social problems need innovative approaches. such problems include rural development in europe’s lagging regions with declining populations, decreasing (governmental) service levels and (sometimes) uncompetitive agriculture. agro-food systems have developed many forms of social innovation (eu scar, 2012: 50-60). in poor neighbourhoods of big cities with high rates of unemployment and obesity, social innovation with urban farming and food projects can contribute to a better quality of life (eu scar, 2012: 101; karner, 2011). a sustainable development of the bio-economy requires, first of all, not only a broader definition of the term «bio-economy» but also a wide understanding of the necessary knowledge base. in its above report the scar akis working group recommends building on models of joint knowledge-production, spanning the boundary between knowledge generators and users (eu scar, 2012: 32, 42). this implies that expertise is sought in multiple forms from academics, practitioners, businesses, land managers and the public, all of whom can make valuable contributions to the knowledge base. scientific and nonscientific knowledge can be mutually enriching. the joint production of knowledge model underlines the need to move from ideas about one-way «knowledge transfer» to processes that will facilitate «knowledge exchange». indeed, «this evolution towards a knowledge exchange approach should enable greater 58 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow participation in comparison with a knowledge transfer approach» (eu scar, 2012: 75). such a joint participatory model for knowledge-production should overcome the boundaries between knowledge generators and users, while respecting and benefitting from a transparent division of tasks. it recognises the importance of local knowledge and leads to the enhancement of local capabilities, while also accommodating diversity and complexity (padel et al. 2010: 58; padel et al., 2011). here farmers and smes have an important role. 3.4 new structures and partnerships for providing public goods as a multi-functional activity, agriculture has a fundamental role in the economy, especially in the bio-economy by producing food as well as delivering public goods and services. european national governments seem unlikely to restore their previous role as leading investors in agricultural research. therefore we need new structures and partnerships for the direction and delivery of public agricultural research that reconsider the public goods aspects of the knowledge and technology outputs required. by ‘public goods’ in research outputs we mean those that are largely in the public domain and whose consumption is non-rival and so available to different uses and users. according to technology platform organics, this means: the creation of a green low-waste production chain, that is also able to secure food supply in the context of climate change and growing population can span from improved management systems that minimize inputs at the land/sea level and throughout the supply chain. farmers’ collective knowledge of natural resources, ecological processes and product quality, can be used as a basis to minimise dependence on external inputs and gain societal support. shorter agro-food chains based on consumers’ trust and greater proximity to producers can also be seen as a basis of a low-waste production chain, whilst addressing consumer demands for high quality food, taking into account animal welfare (tp organics, 2011). the bio-economy directly links innovation to economic growth. it is therefore important that the knowledge base of the bio-economy is non-restrictive. in order to increase productivity whilst maximising the efficiency of resource use and minimising the impact on the environment, innovation is needed not only in scientific research and technological development, but also in all areas of the bio-economy. this has to involve many stakeholders – in particular farmers, foresters, fishermen, advisory services – and all industries involved in the supply chain, as well as consumers and society at large. according to a linear model of innovation, however, a new technological development is patented with the expectation that its products will be purchased by farmers (eu scar, 2012: 15-17); this model marginalises the potential for innovation and thus for greater economic development of entire industries and sectors, thus restricting the bio-economy. to enhance public goods, europe needs policy support measures for a broader bio-economy: ‘societal interests (or public goods related demands) tend to be – by definition – not adequately addressed through market demand and demand-driven approaches’ (eu scar, 2012: 41). farmers, processors and other actors throughout the food chain are experimenting regularly and are generating innovations, as they have done since agriculture began (hoffman et al., 2007). farmers bring experience from their lifelong work on one complex farm experiment, which includes a largely tacit body of knowledge. this requires the uti59the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective lisation of group approaches, and encouragement of producer ownership of the problems and solutions. these experiments in social innovation take many forms – e.g. communitysupported agriculture, short food-supply chains, and territorial labels – bringing consumers closer to producers, especially through better knowledge of agro-ecological production methods. public knowledge systems are needed to help promote those innovations and thus the public goods that they generate (levidow et al., 2012). extension (or advisory) services can play an important role, as increasingly recognised in europe. however, these advisory services have declined in most eu member states over the past decades; at the same time, agricultural research has become more distant from farmers’ knowledge. this process should be reversed. the post-2013 cap plans to promote farm advisory services, mainly so that farmers can fulfil their statutory obligations relevant to sustainable development (european commission, 2011). these services could also help to integrate agro-ecological methods with closer relations between producers, retailers and consumers. only when there is cooperation among producers and all other actors along the supply chain will the european bio-economy fulfil its potential. involving all levels of supply chains in the knowledge-base could lead to a better-managed system addressing the problems set out in the eu bioeconomy action plan. farmers and smes have been a major source of innovation and knowledge in the food and farming sector in the past. their potential to drive innovation for the future needs to be recognised and supported. 3.5 bio-economy and rural development rural development can be promoted through a bio-economy. this linkage is mentioned by the european commission’s communication on the «bio-economy for europe», as well as the related staff working document: the bio-economy can significantly contribute to the future development of rural and coastal areas because it will promote both supply and demand actions with regional dimension, such as the creation of supply chains for residues and waste as feedstock for bio-based industries, setting up of a network of small-scale local biorefineries or developing aquaculture infrastructures (european commission, 2012d: 18). this aim could be supported by future cohesion policy as well as by the reformed cap. both in pillar i and pillar ii of a revised cap there will be more possibilities to support the sustainable production of biomass for purposes other than food and feed. examples are coupling farmers’ area payments for specific desired products for energy or material use with specific sustainability requirements (menrad et al. 2011: 93). to what degree new biomass processing and bioenergy plants will create new employment and income will depend on policies, which could favour either more large-scale centralized businesses or else more decentralised systems with stronger involvement of farmers. along the latter lines, a bio-economy more oriented to public goods could create additional opportunities for rural development, such as by: • enhancing the landscape value and quality of life in rural areas as basis for other agricultural activity such as agro-tourism and eco-tourism, including its economic value for rural development. 60 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow • supporting green-care entrepreneurship: green care refers to the utilisation of farms – farm animals, plants, gardens, forest, and landscape – as a base for promoting mental and physical health and quality of life for a variety of client groups. • linking agriculture with energy production by recycling bio-waste at farm level, thus reducing input costs and ghg emissions. • building short food-supply chains that remunerate farmers for agro-ecological methods. • enhancing resilience of bio-diverse agro-food systems through in-built protection from threats of epizootic disease. • creating attractive employment for professionals in the field of agriculture, horticulture, food processing and nursing services. 4. conclusions currently an industrial perspective dominates the eu policy framework for a european bio-economy. a broad concept is being promoted at the public-relations level, but a narrower one apparently drives the eu’s r&d priorities. the latter perspective is promoted by stakeholders who foresee further industrialising agriculture as an opportunity for a ‘gold rush’, opening up a boundless cornucopia of ‘renewable resources’. the commission’s proposal on the bio-economy emphasises greater resource-efficiency, largely within an industrial perspective on global economic competitiveness, benefiting mainly capitalintensive industries at higher levels of the value chain. however a responsible bio-economy must initially address the sustainable use of scarce natural resources – such as soil, water and biodiversity – many of which are public goods. farmers should be seen not only as commodity producers but also as providers of quality food, as managers of the agricultural eco-system and landscape and as contributors to rural development. a public goods-oriented concept of the bio-economy emphasises agro-ecological methods, the organic and low (external) input food and farming sector, ecosystem services and social innovation. therefore the bio-economy concept should have a much broader scope than the dominant one expressed in the european commission innovation policy. we need integrated, comprehensive and sustainable approaches towards innovation by carefully developing future systems of natural resource use, both within and beyond agriculture. this also needs multi-stakeholder partnerships involving a broad range of civil society groups, including farmers, scientists, smes and consumers in addition to representations of various sectors of bio-based industries. the potential of farmers and smes to contribute to innovation in the food and farming sector must be fully recognised. they can contribute to a joint production of knowledge. the knowledge base of the bio-economy needs a move away from the classical topdown ’knowledge transfer’ towards processes that facilitate ‘knowledge exchange’. this approach recognises the importance of local and tacit knowledge, which encompasses different types of expertise, enhances local capabilities, and accommodates diversity and complexity. an important feature is social innovation in multi-stakeholder collective practices and knowledge-production. in sum, special efforts are necessary to ensure that the eu initiative for a «knowledge based bio-economy» will become a contribution to sustainable development, espe61the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective cially to ensure the delivery of societal benefits and public goods. as an academic article has argued, «proposed solutions to environmental sustainability challenges are often orientated towards the partisan agendas of dominant stakeholders and myopic technological fixes, while marginalising other civil society actors and critical insights from social science» (diedrich et al., 2011: 937). socio-economic research is needed to inform strategies, pathways and stakeholder cooperation towards sustainability goals. acknowledgement the authors thank donal murphy-bokern for his valuable suggestions on an earlier version. this article draws upon research that received funding from the european community’s seventh framework programme under grant agreement n° 217647, entitled ‘co-operative research on environmental problems in europe’ (crepe) during 2008-10. references bepa (2009). conclusions of the bepa workshop on social innovation. brussels: bureau of european policy advisors. bepa (2010). empowering people, driving change: social innovation in the european union, . cooper, t., hart, k. and baldock, d. (2009). provision of public goods through agriculture in the european union, report prepared for dg agriculture and rural development, contract no 30-ce-0233091/00-28, institute for european environmental policy: london, . dg research (2006). fp7 theme 2: food, agriculture, fisheries and biotechnology, 2007 work programme. diedrich, a., upham, p., levidow and l., van der hove, s. (2011). framing environmental sustainability challenges for research and innovation in european policy agendas, environmental science and policy 11(8): 935-39, . epso (2011). the european bioeconomy in 2030: delivering sustainable growth by addressing the grand societal challenges. european plant science organisation, , . eu scar (2012). agricultural knowledge and innovation systems in transition: a reflection paper, . europabio (2011). the bioeconomy for europe: innovating for sustainability, . european commision (1999). white paper on food safety (com/1999/719). european commission (2005). new perspectives on the knowledge-based bio-economy. conference report. . 62 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow european commission (2009a). about the kbbe, . european commission (2009b). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions on agricultural product quality policy. communication from the commision com (2009) 234. european commission (2010a). europe 2020 flagship initiative innovation union. communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions. brussels, 6.10.2010, sec(2010) 1161 final. european commission (2010b). the knowledge-based bio-economy (kbbe) in europe: achievements and challenges. full conference report, . european commission (2010c) roadmap: european strategy and action plan towards a sustainable bio-based economy by 2020. website, . european commission (2010d). europe 2020: a strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth, brussels: commission of the european communities, . european commission (2010e). the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future. brussels, 18 november 2010, com(2010) 672 final. european commission (2011). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd), . european commission (2012a). commission adopts its strategy for a sustainable bioeconomy to ensure smart green growth in europe. press release, 13 february, memo/12/97. . european commission (2012b). bio-economy newsletter, february. http://ec.europa.eu/ research/bioeconomy/press/pdf/120202_research_en.pdf. european commission (2012c). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions. innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe, swd (2012). 11 final. brussels, 13.2.2012. com(2012) 60 final. european commission (2012d). commission staff working document accompanying the document innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe. brussels 2012. european commission (2012e). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions. european innovation partnership (eip) ‘agricultural productivity and sustainability’. food sovcap (2010). the missing option for the common agricultural policy post-2013, brussels: european movement for food sovereignty and another cap, . 63the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective freibauer, a., mathijs, e., brunori, g., damianova, z., faroult, e., girona i gomis, j., o`brien, l. and treyer, s. (2011). the 3rd scar foresight exercise. sustainable food consumption and production in a resource-constrained world. eu standing committee on agricultural research (scar), brussels. hofmann, v. et al. (2007). farmers and researchers: how can collaborative advantages be created in participatory research and technology development?, agriculture and human values 24: 355-368. karner, s., (ed.) (2010). local food systems in europe: case studies from five countries and what they imply for policy and practice, project-wide report of ‘facilitating alternative agro-food networks (faan): stakeholders’ perspectives on research needs’, funded by the european union’s framework programme 7, . knickel, k., zerger, c., jahn, g. and renting, h. (2008). limiting and enabling factors of collective farmers’ marketing initiatives: results of a comparative analysis of the situation and trends in 10 european countries, journal of hunger and environmental nutrition 3: 247-269. levidow, l. (2008). european quality agriculture as an alternative bio-economy, in guido ruivenkamp, shuji hisano and joost jongerden, eds, reconstructing biotechnologies: critical social analyses, pp.185-205. wageningen academic, . levidow, l., ed. (2011). agricultural innovation: sustaining what agriculture? for what european bio-economy?, project-wide final report of co-operative research on environmental problems in europe (crepe), funded by the european union’s framework programme 7, . levidow, l., birch, k. and papaioannou., t. (2012). divergent paradigms of european agro-food innovation: the knowledge-based bio-economy (kbbe) as an r&d agenda, science, technology and human values 37, forthcoming, doi: 10.1177/0162243912438143 mcintyre, b.d., herren, h.r., wakhungu, j. and watson, r.t., eds (2009). synthesis report with executive summary: a synthesis of the global and sub-global iaastd reports. iaastd secretariat millennium institute african centre for university of east anglia, island press: washington. mankiw, n.g. (2010). macroeconomics (7th edition). worth publishers. menrad, k., eberle, u., schmid, o., vanhemelrijk, j. and viaggi, d. (2011). assessment of the impacts of a european bio-based economy. report of the external expert group on social, economic and environmental implications of a bio-based economy. expert report for dg research, eu commission brussels. niggli, u., slabe, a., schmid, o., halberg., n. and schlüter, m. (2008). vision for an organic food and farming research agenda 2025: food, fairness and ecology. . oecd (2009). the bio-economy to 2030 – designing a policy agenda. report, . padel s., niggli, u., pearce b., schlüter, m., schmid, o., cuoco, e., willer e., huber m., halberg n. and micheloni c. (2010). implementation action plan for organic food and farming research, technology platform organics. ifoam eu group. brussels, . 64 o. schmid, s. padel and l. levidow padel, s, pearce, b, cuoco, e, schlüter, m, niggli, u, schmid, o, willer, h, huber, m, halberg, n. and micheloni, c (2011). technology platform organics: knowledge generation and exchange in organic food and farming research, , in d. neuhoff et al. (eds.), organic is life: knowledge for tomorrow, isofar, bonn, 330-333. piorr, a. and müller, k. (eds.) (2009). rural landscapes and agricultural policies in europe. berlin heidelberg: springer-verlag. schmid, o., padel, s., halberg, n., huber, m.; darnhofer, i., micheloni, c., koopmans c., bügel, s., stopes, c.; willer, h., schlüter, m. and cuoco, e. (2009). strategic research agenda for organic food and farming. technology platform organics. ifoam eu group. brussels, . tp organics (2011). response to the consultation on the “bio-based economy for europe: state of play and future potential”. brussels: technology platform organics. usda (2011). biobased economy indicators. office of the chief economist, office of energy policy and new uses (oepnu), u.s. department of agriculture. prepared jointly by oepnu and the center for industrial research and service of iowa state university. oce-2010-2. issn xxxx-xxxx (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 29-45, 2012 the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? johan swinnen, kristine van herck* and thijs vandemoortele licos centre for institutions and economic performance university of leuven (ku leuven), leuven, belgium centre for european policy studies (ceps), brussels, belgium abstract. as recently as a century ago, one out of two people in europe was employed in the agricultural sector. today agriculture represents only a small fraction of total employment in most eu member states. what makes this decline in agricultural employment even more striking is that this evolution has occurred despite substantial eu subsidies to support farmers’ income. given the apparent ineffectiveness of government support in keeping agricultural employment steady, it is worth considering which farming activities are likely to be successful in the economy of the 21st century. we argue in this paper that a potential growth path for european agriculture is the «experience economy» in which consumers are willing to pay premium prices for products and services that provide additional intangible ‘experiences’. we discuss the growth potential of the «experience economy» in the agricultural sector and conclude that it is worthwhile to consider the experience economy as a pathway for future farm growth. keywords. agriculture, experience economy jel-codes. q10, q13, q18, r11 1. introduction raising the question whether europe will be without farmers may sound ridiculous at a time when the european union (eu) has almost 12 million ‘farmers’ and when the issue of being able to feed the world population is at the top of the international policy agenda. however, as we will argue in this paper, the question is not only relevant, it also has major implications for the current debate on the future of the eu’s common agricultural policy (cap) and even for the more broader debate on the eu 2020 strategy. just a century ago, four out of five households in the world were engaged in the agricultural sector. today, agriculture represents only a marginal share of total employment in the developed world. in his fascinating treatise a world without agriculture peter timmer (2009) discusses the world economy’s structural transformation and how it is propelling the global economy – and especially the rich countries – toward «a world without agriculture». a similar process is taking place in europe. statistics on agricultural employment and gross value added (gva) indicate that the agricultural sector is (slowly) ‘disappearing’. in * corresponding author: kristine.vanherck@econ.kuleuven.be. 30 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele the eu 27 the share of the agricultural sector in total gva and employment has decreased to respectively 1,7% and 5,4% in 2010. in many european countries, these numbers are even lower. spain is a good illustration. as recently as the 1960s, 50% of the population was employed in the agricultural sector. the decline has been dramatic: currently only 4.6% of the population is working in agriculture (figure 1). what makes this spectacular decline in agricultural employment even more striking is that this evolution has occurred despite large subsidies under the cap. in the period 2005-2010, the eu spent roughly €50 billion per year on supporting farmers – and including support through market regulations, up to €77 billion in 2010 (oecd, 2011). it is evident that government support is ineffective in sustaining farmers’ income at levels sufficient to keep agricultural employment steady. in fact, evidence suggests that, paradoxically, farm subsidies may increase the outflow of farmers instead of reducing it; see swinnen and van herck (2010) for a review1. 1 evidence from the oecd countries and inside the eu suggests that the outflow of labor from agriculture has been strongest in those countries and sectors that received most government support for the agricultural sector. in fact, over the past two decades there is actually a negative correlation between the change in agricultural support and the change in agricultural employment in the oecd countries – which is inconsistent with the notion that agricultural support has a significant positive impact on agricultural employment in the long run. there are several (potential) reasons for this: goetz and debertin (1996; 2001) find that farm payments accelerate capitallabor substitution and stimulate the takeover of farmers seeking to exit. petrick and zier (2010) find that large farms benefited more from farm payments, at the cost of smaller farms. berlinschi et al. (2012) argue that subsidies allow further skill improvements of farmers’ offspring which enables them to earn higher returns in (and switch to) other economic sectors. figure 1. share of agricultural employment in total employment (%; 1960-2010) 0   5   10   15   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   1960   1965   1970   1975   1980   1985   1990   1995   2000   2005   2010   sh ar e   of  a gr ic ul tu ra l  e m pl oy m en t  ( % )   spain   france   italy   netherlands   united  kingdom   source: ilo (2010), eurostat (2010) 31the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? the nature of farming is also changing. farmers are increasingly turning into business managers and policy debates are emphasizing farmers’ role as managers of the landscape and the environment (lans et al., 2004; rise, 2009). these changes have important policy implications in responding to the demands of modern society. most of the debate on cap reform has centered around the question how much of the budget should be allocated to agricultural policy in the eu after 2013, and how this budget should be spent, i.e. whether the current system of «single farm payments» with cross-compliance requirements is to be continued, changed, or abolished. in this paper we take a different perspective. we focus on the question which farming activities are likely to be successful in the economy of the 21st century – with or without government support. in other words: will europe be without farmers or not? and if not, how will these european ‘farmers’ look like in the 21st century? in this perspective, we focus on one major element of change that appears to have major implications for future economic success – and thus also for the success of farming in the 21st century: the shift from a service economy to an «experience economy». our approach is different from van der ploeg et al. (2000) and others who analyze the role of rural development and multifunctionality in the european agricultural sector. our analysis focuses on changes in (private) consumer demand as a main driver behind these changes, namely the rapid increase in the demand for experience – related products and services2. 2. the next revolution: towards an «experience economy»? 2.1 what is the «experience economy»? our society has evolved from an agrarian economy – which dominated the world for thousands of years – to an industrial economy in the 19th and early 20th century, and to a service economy in the late 20th century. since the end of the 20th century, our society has started to move in a new direction: the «experience economy». consumers in affluent societies have begun to take the quality offered by the service economy for granted and are expecting something extra – «experiences» – from the goods and services they purchase. this evolution is described by pine and gilmore (1999) and jensen (1999), who show that the share of consumers’ income spent on commodities and goods is declining, while the share of income spent on leisure activities and entertainment is increasing. the authors argue that the «experience economy» is taking over and will become the main value-generating element for firms in the 21st century. pine and gilmore (1999) call the key attribute in this evolution «experiences», which they describe as «memorable, but intangible offerings which allow the consumer to enjoy events or the consumption of a good in a personal way». jensen (1999) defines it as «stories», which are «symbolic value statements that reinforce the consumer’s identity and communicate his beliefs and goals». common to both approaches is that each underlines the importance of adding authenticity, feelings and emotions to products and services in order to satisfy the demands of the 2 in addition, we discuss the shift from a service to an experience economy from an economy-wide perspective, whereas van der ploeg et al. (2000) focus exclusively on the agricultural sector. 32 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele post-materialistic consumer who is today – and will be even more so in the future – not just searching for high-quality services and products, but also for a story to which they can emotionally relate. an illustration is the rapid increase in popularity of pop and rock concerts and many sports events. for example, the number of visitors to one of europe’s most famous rock concerts, «rock werchter» in belgium, increased from 5,000 visitors in 1978 to 320,000 visitors in 2010. this is no exception: all over the world hundreds of thousands tickets for concerts by famous singers, bands and performers sell out in minutes on the internet. at first sight this is remarkable: with improved technology and declining costs of purchasing music, the quality of music is better and the price lower when listening at home. the same holds for sports events: the view is typically much better on tv. however, concerts and sports events are able to offer an experience that listening or watching at home cannot provide: a great atmosphere and a sense of belonging and togetherness – short: «the experience». in order to more precisely relate the concept of «experiences» to consumer theory in economics, we draw on the work of tirole (1988) and ronnen (1991) on modeling quality and andreoni (1989) and besley and ghatak (2007) on modeling a «warm glow» component in consumers’ preferences3. we define products and services as consisting of three components, each adding value to the product or service. the first component is the physical good or service. the second component comprises the good’s or service’s quality characteristics. «experiences» are the third component. if present, this third component adds value to the commodity or service for consumers who care about these experiences, and thus increases these consumers’ willingness to pay for the product or service. «experiences» – in contrast to «quality» – have an intangible impact on consumers. all else equal, there is no tangible difference between consuming a fair-trade product or a traditional product at the consumer’s level, but a consumer may draw a «warm glow» from this experience feature by believing that his consumption ensures a fair share for poor farmers in developing countries4. in short, consumers value «experience products» for the attached story (jensen, 1999). formally, define consumer i’s indirect utility from consuming product (or service) j as vi (pj, bj, qj, ej), where pj is the price of product j, bj is the value of the physical good or service which also encompasses the quantity consumed, qj is the product’s quality, and ej is the “experience” embodied by the product. this indirect utility function can be further specified in diffe3 the «warm glow» effect was originally coined by andreoni (1989), who argued that the internal motives for charitable giving are more important than many people had acknowledged. in the warm-glow view of philanthropy, people are not giving money to save the whales; they are giving money to feel the glow that comes with being the person who helps to save the whales. 4 note that our definition of «experiences» is therefore different from the concept of «experience characteristics» as defined by the economic literature on information asymmetries and externalities. this literature distinguishes between «search», «experience», and «credence» characteristics of products (nelson, 1970; darby and karni, 1973). search attributes are those that consumers can ascertain in the search process prior to purchase, while experience characteristics can only be discovered after purchasing and using the product, and credence qualities cannot be evaluated in normal use. these three meta-characteristics may apply to tangible or intangible characteristics, and are therefore not useful in distinguishing between quality and experience components. 33the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? rent ways. for example, a quasi-linear, unit-demand specification could have the following form (see swinnen et al. (2012) for a formal derivation)5: vi (pj, bj, qj, ej) = bj + ϕiqj pj + γif(ej). as before, bj is the value of the physical good or service and is identical among consumers. here it is independent from quantity consumed as we specify a unit-demand function. ϕi is a consumer-specific parameter, with distribution g(ϕi), which measures consumer i’s quality preferences – a higher ϕi refers to a higher preference for the product’s quality qj. ϕiqj is the central component of the indirect utility function specifications used in the vertical differentiation literature (tirole, 1988). the fourth component, γif(ej), represents consumers’ valuation of the “experiences” embedded in product j, where f(ej) is the (concave) valuation function of these experiences. consumers who value these experiences more have a higher γi. to illustrate the components, consider apples: qj represents the taste of the apple and/ or the absence of harmful pesticide residues, and f(ej) could represent the consumer’s appreciation of buying the apple at the local farmers’ market, or of knowing that the apple has been produced in an environmentally friendly way, etc. for a different example, consider a harley davidson motorbike: qj is quality (speed, etc.) and safety of the vehicle, and f(ej) the feeling that comes with driving a harley davidson or belonging to the community of harley davidson motorcyclists. from these examples, it is clear that consumers have different reasons to value different “experiences”. for example, in the case of “environmental friendliness”, the experience is valuable to consumers because it represents the private provision of a public good6. in the case of the harley davidson example, the valuation of the experience – “belonging to a community” – may be driven by the interdependence of consumers’ utility functions, i.e. so-called “veblen-effects” or “conspicuous consumption” (for more information, see e.g. bagwell and bernheim, 1996 and references therein). however, despite this clear theoretical distinction, the distinction between experiences and quality characteristics may be less clear in practice and at least some characteristics may have both quality and experience components. for example, “organic” may refer to healthier products (a quality feature) and/or cultivation under more environmentally friendly conditions (an experience feature). 2.2 markets of experience jensen (1999) identifies six markets in the experience economy: (1) the market for adventures, where people pay to participate in adventures (e.g. hot-air balloon travels, exotic trips, festivals where people dress up as soldiers or medieval knights, …); (2) the market for togetherness, friendship and love, which comprises of movies, novels and art5 although standard in the literature, this specification only serves as an illustration here, and, as any functional specification, has its limitations. 6 remark however that this does not imply that increasing demand for public goods is necessarily reflected by an increasing demand for private goods that (claim to) supply these public goods. 34 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele work, but also theme parks, concerts, sport games, etc. – and to some extent also restaurants and bars where people go for food and drinks (services), but also for conviviality; (3) the market for caring, which targets people who have a need to receive or provide care, to show compassion and to help others or nature. consumers also experience a good feeling or “warm glow” by engaging in charity; (4) the market for self-definition, where products and services become means of self-definition. individuals tell a story about themselves by the way they dress, the places they visit, and the events they attend. for example, purchasing a harley davidson is not only buying a motorbike but also the identity that goes along with it; (5) the market for peace of mind and tradition, which targets consumers searching for peace of mind and tradition. one example of this interest in tradition is “rural romanticism”, which potentially explains the growing interest in organic food products and farmers’ markets; and (6) the market for convictions, where people pay for products that are consistent with their ethical beliefs. those consumers value the concept “animal welfare” and support environmental organizations such as greenpeace. 2.3 importance of the “experience economy” experiences are of course nothing new and have, for example, always been at the heart of the entertainment industry, from sports events to movies and pop concerts. however, it appears that demand – and with it economic performance – has grown substantially. companies have started to add and “wrap” experiences around their traditional products and services to make these more attractive, allowing better differentiation from their competitors and higher prices.7 coffee is a good example to illustrate how adding experiences to a basic product may provide firm-specific growth opportunities. pine and gilmore (1999) analyze the revenue distribution of a cup of coffee through the supply chain in the late 1990s (figure 2). companies that traded the basic commodity, the coffee bean, got a price of $1 per pound, which translated into one or two cents per cup of coffee. when manufacturing companies ground, packaged and sold the same beans in a grocery store, the price increased from 5 up to 25 cents per cup, depending on the type of beans. when the coffee was served in a local coffee shop, the price per cup varied between 50 cents and $1, but when it was sold in a starbucks coffee shop – which explicitly advertises “experience” as one of its assets – the price would range between $2 to more than $5 per cup. hence, providing an additional and distinct experience to a cup of coffee allows the starbucks coffee company to charge the consumer a substantially higher price for the same product. yet, despite this disproportional rent distribution, the success of starbucks and similar companies has only increased. while starbucks initially grew in the us – a country not known for its highquality coffee in the 1990s – the growth of starbucks shops outside the us has been the most remarkable aspect of its expansion, at least from an experience perspective. the success of starbucks outside the us was illustrated by its recent opening of a shop in ant7 the computer repair firm “geek squad” is an example of a company that “wraps” an experience around an existing service. the “geek squad” employees are all dressed as special agents: they wear white shirts and black ties and have badges in order to identify themselves as “geek squad” agents. by adding this “show” to their service, they provide such a distinctive computer repair service that satisfied clients buy t-shirts and pins with the company’s logo. 35the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? werp (belgium). despite the fact that it is easy to get a decent cup of coffee for a fraction of the starbucks price at other nearby places in the city, people queued for hours when the starbucks coffee company opened the doors of its first shop in antwerp. figure 2. price of coffee offerings 0 $ 1 $ 2 $ 3 $ 4 $ 5 $ 6 $ commodity good service experience source: pine and gilmore (1999) figure 3. annual growth in employment and nominal gross domestic product (gdp) per economic offering (%, 1959-1996)* -0.7% 0.5% 2.3% 2.7% 5.3%5.6% 6.4% 7.9% 8.5% 8.9% -1% 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10% commodities goods all offerings services experiences c om po un d a nn ua l g ro w th r at e in e m pl oy m en t a nd n om in al g d p (% ) employment nominal gdp * the authors base their estimates for employment and nominal gdp growth of the category «experiences» on admissions to recreational events (movies, concerts, sports, etc.). source: pine and gilmore (1999) 36 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele since the experience economy is a broad concept, it can be measured in various ways. pine and gilmore (1999) estimate that the experience economy –measured by admissions to recreational events such as movies, concerts and sports games – was the fastest growing sector with an annual growth of 8.9% in nominal gdp and 5.3% in employment (figure 3). in contrast, commodity output in the us grew annually only at 5.6% and employment even shrank from the 1960s through the 1990s. manufacturing output grew at an annual rate of 6.4% and also employment grew slightly (0.5%). the services sector’s output and employment grew respectively by 8.5% and 2.7% per year. 3. agriculture and the experience economy to analyze its relevance and potential for the european agricultural sector, we look at several different, yet admittedly imperfect indicators. indicators of the experience economy are imperfect because there is no agreement on its definition and because the indicators may capture both quality characteristics and experiences. for example, some people buy ‘organic’ for health-related reasons (a quality characteristic), while others buy ‘organic’ for its lower environmental impact (an experience characteristic). however, without detailed studies on consumer behavior – which are currently not available – it is not possible to determine which share of consumers buy a product for its quality or its experience characteristics. nevertheless, these indicators may be useful. as an introductory indicator, we first compare the agricultural sector as a whole with two other sectors that are more closely associated with the experience economy, namely the recreational, cultural and sports (rcs) sector, and the hotel and restaurant sector. in 1995, the agricultural sector represented 2.7% of gva and 5.0% of total employment – approximately the same as the hotel and restaurant sector but considerably more than the rcs sector. however, by 2010 agricultural employment dropped to only 3.3% of total employment (a 34% decrease). in the same period, the employment share of the hotel and restaurant sector grew to 5.1% (a 19% increase) and the employment share of the rcs sector even more, from 1.8% in 1995 to 2.3% in 2010 (a 28% increase). moreover, agriculture fell below the rcs sector. gva generated by rcs activities had an average annual increase of more than 5%, while gva generated by the agricultural sector remained approximately the same over the past decade. the gva of the rcs sector overtook agriculture’s gva in 2004, and the gap has been widening ever since (figure 4). however, as mentioned, this indicator is imperfect. one reason is that the experience economy has grown inside the agricultural and food system as well. 3.1 experience standards in the agricultural and food industry compared to fifteen years ago, all agricultural and food products are subject to a range of new product and process standards. many of these are safety and minimum quality standards, but increasingly they also relate to experience concepts such as animal welfare and the environment. until 20 years ago, issues such as ecology, global warming, animal welfare and genetic engineering were relatively unimportant in the marketing of products and services, but because consumer concerns about these issues have been on the rise, new «experience standards» have been imposed and increasingly affected agricultural production. 37the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? the private sector appears to have taken the lead in introducing experience standards. most retailers impose private standards on their suppliers, and these private standards are frequently more stringent than their public counterparts. this holds particularly for experience standards. these private experience standards are closely related to, and in most cases part of a company’s ‘corporate social responsibility’ (csr) strategy8. one specific example of an experience standard which has been rapidly adopted by the private sector is free-range eggs. despite the frequently demonstrated absence of quality differences between eggs from free-range and battery hens (van den brand et al., 2004), consumers are willing to pay more for free range eggs. in belgium for example, the market share of free range eggs – with a price premium of 20 to 40 percent – was as high as 90% in 2011 (vlam, 2011). also in this particular example, private retailers have taken the lead in adopting private standards to address consumers’ animal welfare concerns. while eggs from battery cages are officially prohibited only from 2012 onwards, several retailers 8 csr is defined by the european commission as «a process, whereby companies integrate social, environmental, ethical and human rights concerns into their business operations and core strategy in close collaboration with their stakeholders». although this process is not new, it was characterized by stellar growth in the past decade and is currently ranked as the number one priority of managers in the global retail and consumer goods sector (the consumer good forum, 2011). there is an extensive literature dealing with various aspects of csr, from the economic justification of csr to its implications on firm performance (hartmann, 2011). one specific strand of this literature relates to our concept of «experience» and analyzes firms’ incentives to compete for «ethical» consumers (e.g. bagnoli and watts, 2003; besley and gathak, 2007), in which ethical consumers derive utility from buying products from firms that adhere to certain ‘experience’ standards such as fair trade or animal welfare standards. figure 4. gross value added (gva) of the agricultural sector vs. the recreational, cultural and sports (rcs) sector in the eu-15 (billion €; 1998-2008) 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 g ro ss v al ue a dd ed (b ill io n €) agriculture recreational, cultural and sporting (rsc) activities source: eurostat (2010) 38 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele have already decided to stop selling and using these eggs in their own private label products. colruyt was in january 2006 the first retailer in belgium to remove these eggs from its shelves, and less than three years later all belgian retailers had followed (vilt, 2008). certification practices are another example. there exists a variety of initiatives and certification schemes related to environmental preservation, fair trade (see below) and other issues. here again the private sector does pioneering work, in collaboration with ngos. an example of such a certification scheme is the «rainforest alliance» (ra) certification which aims at promoting good farm management practices for resource conservation, environmental management, and improved labor conditions. the ra certification scheme has been widely adopted by large multinational companies. by 2007 ra-certified bananas accounted for approximately 28% of total us banana imports. all banana plantations owned by chiquita and 84% of the bananas purchased by chiquita from latin america are ra-certified (fao, 2009). kraft recently committed to use ra coffee beans in the production of several of its coffee brands. unilever – acquiring 12% of the world’s black tea – committed to buy all its tea ra-certified9. similarly, the forest stewardship council (fsc) aims at halting deforestation by promoting sustainable forest management. between 2004 and 2008, its certified area almost tripled, and in 2009 it certified approximately 116 million hectares of forests (2.9% of the global forest surface). in some countries a significant share of the forests are certified (e.g. croatia: 95%; poland: 76% – marx and cuypers, 2010). 3.2 fair trade products initiatives such as the ra certification scheme are closely related to the «fair trade» (ft) concept. consumers buy ft products mainly because these allow small and poor farmers in developing countries to receive a higher price for their products, enabling them to improve their lives, send their children to school, etc. in this sense, ft products fit within the market for care and charity as consumers get a «warm glow« when buying these products – they draw utility from knowing that they support small and poor farmers by buying ft products. additionally, ft products also fit in the market for convictions as by buying ft, consumers reject the purchasing practices of traditional firms. to date, the ft concept so far is mainly applicable to famers in developing countries and therefore less relevant for european farmers10. yet, the evolution of ft is a good indicator for consumers’ interest in experience products. ft products are the fastest growing segment of food sales. global sales of ft certified foods reached nearly €2.9 billion in 2008, with tea, cocoa, coffee and bananas enjoying the highest growth11. on average, global ft product sales expanded by 40% annually over the period 1997-2007 (fao, 2009). in the uk, where most detailed data are available from, the sales of ft products increased from around £30 million in 2000 to £1,170 billion in 2010 – a dazzling increase of 49% per year (figure 5). 9 source: , 10 june 2010. 10 recently, ft products have originated from the eu as well. for example, in response to the recent dairy crisis, ft milk brands have emerged. 11 source: , 26 september 2010. 39the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? a recurrent comment is that despite strong growth, the market share of ft retail sales has remained quite low. aggregate data seem to confirm this: ft retail sales make up only slightly more than 1% of total food retail sales. however, this is misleading as ft products are concentrated in some specific commodities. for example, the sales of ft bananas in the uk increased from 5% of all banana retail sales in 2004 to 30% in 2008 (figure 6). in 2009, ft coffee retail sales represented more than 15% of total coffee retail sales in the uk and ft tea retail sales amounted to 9% of total tea retail sales. furthermore, uk consumer awareness of ft products has risen from 20% in 2002 to 70% in 2008. the number of uk consumers buying ft products has followed a similar growth pattern – from 9% in 2006 to 25% in 2009. 3.3 organic food products organic sales in the uk have grown from around £100 million in 1995 to more than £1,700 million in 2010, an average increase of roughly 30% per year in sales value (figure 7)12. although the share of organic products in total retail sales is limited, data show that this differs strongly by country and – as with fair trade – by product category. organic products account for 1.6% of total food retail sales in the uk and 4% in the us. in 12 the economic crisis may have temporarily slowed or even reversed this trend, but this reinforces the argument that economic growth is related to the growth of experience products and services. figure 5. fair trade sales and market penetration of fair trade in the uk (mio £, 1998-2010) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 m arket penetration (% ) fa ir t ra de r et ai l s al es ( £ m ill io n) fair trade retail sales market penetration source: website: , 30 september 2010 40 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele figure 6. share of selected fair trade products in total retail sales in the uk (%, 2004-2009) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 sh ar e of fa ir tr ad e pr od uc ts in to ta l r et ai l s al es (% ) coffee tea bananas source: own calculations based on defra (2009), euromonitor (2010) and fairtrade foundation (2010) figure 7. organic food sales and market penetration of organic food sales in the uk (sales in mio £, market penetration in %; 1995-2010) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 m arket penetration (% ) u k sa le s o f o rg an ic p ro du ct s ( m io £ ) uk sales of organic products market penetration source: soil association (2011) 41the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? france, organic milk sales has grown from 2.8% of total milk retail sales in 1999 to more than 7% in 2007 (figure 8). the share of land allocated to organic farming increased in all eu member states between 2000 and 2007. in some countries, such as austria and sweden, a substantial share of total farmland is used for organic production. retail companies and outlets specializing in organic products have emerged. in the us, the organic retailer whole foods has grown from 19 employees and one outlet in 1980 to 57,200 employees and 296 outlets in 2009. it is currently the ninth largest food and drug store in the us13. another example is bio-planet owned by the belgian retailer colruyt. 3.4 direct sales of food products figure 9 shows the rapid increase in the number of farmers’ markets in the us. in the period 1994-2009, the number of farmers’ markets, where consumers buy food directly from farmers, increased from 1,755 markets in 1994 to 5,274 in 2009. also in the uk, farmers’ markets have gained in popularity and their number increased from close to zero in 1995 to approximately 550 markets (with 230,000 stallholders) in 2006 (farma, 2006). 3.5 summary in the agricultural sector, many different products and services can provide an experience to the consumer, ranging from products where the experience is only one aspect in the consumer’s decision (e.g. organic products for which also quality and health concerns play a crucial role) to products and services where the experience feature is the most important driver (e.g. fair trade products). a frequent critique of initiatives reviewed here is that these forms of «experience farming» are marginal in terms of total production and that therefore their impact is marginal and irrelevant for the majority of farmers as well. our documentation of the economic importance of «experience farming» shows that it is no longer a marginal phenomenon, but growing rapidly in importance, especially within specific product categories and regions. admittedly, figures on the past growth of the «experience economy» do not allow to make projections about future growth, and more detailed analyses of the main drivers affecting both demand and supply for experience products and services are needed. potential factors affecting the market for experience products and services are demographic changes, changes in purchasing power, production limitations and policy initiatives. for example, the financial crisis or specific policy measures such as abolishing subsidies may affect organic production. 4. conclusions and implications for eu policy in this paper, we have argued that a new type of economy is emerging: the «experience economy». typically products and services sold in this experience economy contain, 13 source: http://www.wholefoodsmarket.com/, 9 august 2010. 42 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele figure 8. share of organic milk in total retail sales of milk in france (%; 1999-2007) 1.8% 2.2% 2.8% 3.1% 3.5% 3.8% 4.2% 4.4% 4.8% 5.2% 6.6% 7.1% 7.7% 2.8% 3.5% 4.4% 4.7% 5.3% 5.7% 6.3% 6.4% 7.0% 7.8% 9.8% 10.4% 10.8% 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 first semester 2011 m ar ke t v ol um e / v al ue (% ) percentage of the total market volume percentage of the total market value source: agence bio (2008) figure 9. number of farmers’ markets in the us (1994-2009) 1755 2410 2746 2863 3137 3706 4385 4685 5274 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2009 n um be r of fa rm er s' m ar ke ts source: usda-ams marketing services division 43the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? aside from the physical product/service and its quality features, an additional «experience». these additional experience characteristics positively affect consumers’ willingness to pay for the product or service, and are intangible at the consumer level – they create a «warm glow» feeling – but may have tangible consequences at other levels, e.g. by affecting positive or negative externalities. we have documented that throughout europe, and specifically its agricultural sector, the experience economy is growing, creating more income and more jobs. this is in strong contrast to traditional agricultural activities where employment decreases and its relative contribution to economic development declines even further. hence it appears that there may be (at least) two diverging future growth patterns for the eu agricultural sector. one pattern is the large-scale, labor extensive and capital intensive production of agricultural commodities as inputs for the food, feed, and fuel industry. incomes will have to be raised through increasing productivity, cutting costs, and possibly increasing prices with increased demand for feed and food, and the growing integration of the agricultural production system in bio-energy production – all driven by increasing food and fuel prices in the long run. here it is crucial for eu policy to support this system with investments in r&d and innovation (swinnen and van herck, 2010). another potential growth path for european farmers is the experience economy where consumers are willing to pay a price premium in exchange for various ‘experiences’. note that these two growth patterns should not necessarily co-exist within the same region and/or sub-sector and that the relative importance is endogenous to the characteristics of the region and/or sub-sector. a frequent critique of current initiatives in the agricultural sector is that these forms of «experience farming» are marginal in terms of total production and therefore only have a marginal impact on the eu agriculture and food system. however, the rapid growth of for example organic and fair trade sales suggests that the experience economy may be a future growth area for the agri-food system. while total food sales of these products are still relatively small compared to the total food market, this is no longer the case in specific product markets where they have gained substantive shares. what is promising for farmers is that experience characteristics not only relate to consumption or product characteristics per se, but also to production characteristics. this, therefore, may offer substantial growth perspectives and a growing comparative advantage for european farmers in the medium term. from a policy perspective, the question arises whether local, national and eu-level policy can play a role in stimulating farmers to increase the value of their agricultural production by focusing on ‘experience’ aspects of their production processes. at the eu level, some policy support is already incorporated in particular rural development programs. examples are programs that stimulate co-operation for developing new products (axis 1) and programs that encourage the development of tourist and craft activities (axis 3). hence, in the light of the discussion on the cap budget after 2013, it appears useful to discuss whether more resources should be oriented towards programs that aim at assisting farmers and the agricultural system as a whole to reorient itself towards what appears to be a growth area for the future: the experience economy. these programs could help farmers to accumulate the appropriate human capital and to develop the institutional infrastructure to make the transition towards the experience economy, which can be an effective way to increase their (farm) incomes. of course, the question applies here as 44 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele well to what extent specific support policies can drive this type of change and whether the key factors of a successful transition are not more general policies which stimulate skill enhancement, innovation and entrepreneurship. finally, it is important to acknowledge the important role that the private sector can play in stimulating growth of the experience economy. over the past years, the introduction of various experience standards in csr strategies of large, international enterprises has been a catalyst for rapid growth of some specific experience products. acknowledgements the authors wish to thank david harvey, louise knops, guilia meloni, mara squicciarini and seminar participants in brussels (ceps workshop) and zurich (eaae conference) for valuable comments. further, the authors gratefully acknowledge the comments and suggestions by the anonymous referees and the editor. references agence bio (2008). chiffres 2007: l’agriculture biologique française. publication de l’agence française pour le développement et la promotion de l’agriculture biologique. paris. andreoni, j. (1989). giving with impure altruism: applications to charity and ricardian equivalence. journal of political economy 97(6): 1447-1458. bagnoli, m. and watts, s. (2003). selling to socially responsible consumers: competition and the private provision of public goods. journal of economic management and strategy 12(3): 419-445. bagwell, l.s. and b.d. bernheim (1996). veblen effects in a theory of conspicuous consumption. the american economic review 86 (3): 349-373. berlinshi, r., van herck, k. and swinnen, j.f.m. (2012). subsidies and agricultural employment: the education channel. unpublished working paper. besley, t. and m. ghatak (2007). retailing public goods: the economics of corporate social responsibility. journal of public economics 91(9): 1645-1663. darby, m. and karni, e. (1973). free competition and the optimal amount of fraud. journal of law and economics 16: 67-88. defra (2009). food statistics pocketbook. department for environment, food and rural affairs. euromonitor (2010), chocolate confectionery in the united kingdom and coffee in the united kingdom, market reports, euromonitor international. eurostat (2010), online database, accessed september 2010. fairtrade labelling organizations international (flo), annual reports period 2003-2010. fao (2009). certification in the value chain for fresh fruits: the example of the banana industry. fao commodity studies, food and agriculture organization (fao). rome. farma (2006). farmers’ markets in the uk: nine years and counting. sector briefing national farmers’ retail and market association. hampshire. goetz, s.j. and debertin, d.l. (1996). rural population decline in the 1980s: impacts of farm structure and federal farm programs. american journal of agricultural economics 78(3): 517-529. 45the experience economy as the future for european agriculture and food? goetz, s.j., and debertin, d.l. (2001). why farmers quit: a county-level analysis. american journal of agricultural economics 83(4): 1010–1023. hartmann, m. (2011). corporate social responsibility in the food sector. european review of agricultural economics 38(3): 297–324. ilo (2010). online database laborsta, international labour organization (ilo). accessed september 2010. jensen, r. (1999). the dream society: how the coming shift from information to innovation will transform your business. new york: mcgraw hill, inc. lans, t., wesselink, r., biemans, h.j.a. and mulder, m. (2004). work-related lifelong learning for entrepreneurs in the agri-food sector. international journal of training & development 8(1): 73–89. marx, a. and cuypers, d. (2010). forest certification as a global environmental governance tool: what is the macro-effectiveness of the forest stewardship council? regulation & governance 4: 408–434. nelson, p. (1970). information and consumer behaviour. journal of political economy 78(2): 311-329. oecd (2011), online database oecd stats extracts, accessed september 2010. petrick, m. and zier, p. (2010). regional employment impacts of common agricultural policy measures in eastern germany: a difference-in-differences approach. agricultural economics 42(2):183-193. pine ii, b. j. and gilmore, j.h. (1999). the experience economy: work is theatre and every business is a stage. harvard business school press, boston massachusetts. rise (2009). rise task force on public goods from private land. report from the rise (rural investment support for europe) foundation. ronnen, u. (1991). minimum quality standards, fixed costs, and competition. rand journal of economics 22(4): 490-504. soil association (2011), organic market report 2011. swinnen, j.f.m. and van herck, k. (2010). compensation payments in eu agriculture. in: porto, g. and hoekman, b.m. (eds.), trade adjustment costs in developing countries: impacts, determinants and policy responses. world bank. washington d.c. swinnen, j., van herck, k. and vandemoortele, t. (2012). the experience economy as the future for european farmers? unpublished working paper. the consumer goods forum (2011). top of mind 2011. france: the consumer goods forum. tirole (1988). the theory of industrial organization. cambridge: the mit press. timmer, p. (2009). a world without agriculture: the structural transformation in historical perspective. american enterprise institute for public policy research. washington, d.c. van den brand, h., parmentier, h.k. and kemp, b. (2004). effects of housing system (outdoor vs. cages) and age of laying hens on eggs characteristics. british poultry science 45(6): 745-752. van der ploeg, j.d., renting, h., brunori, g., knickel, k., mannion, j., marsden, t., de roest, k., sevilla-guzmán, e. and f. ventura (2000), rural development: from practices and policies towards theory, sociologia ruralis 40(4): 529-543. 46 j. swinnen, k. van herck and t. vandemoortele vilt (2008), vilt newsletter, 03 october 2008. vlam (2011). eierbesteding in 2011. marketingdienst vlaams centrum voor agroen visserijmarketing (vlam), brussel. bio-based and applied economics 4(1): 33-53, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14705 innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types francesca minarelli1,*, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 1 department of agricultural sciences, university of bologna, bologna, italy 2 department of statistical sciences, university of bologna, bologna, italy date of submission: 10th july 2014 abstract. the food sector has traditionally been considered one with the lowest research and development expenditure to value added ratio. in recent decades, however, the business environment has become more demanding in terms of technological inputs for reasons related to food safety, quality and also the globalisation of the food market. this provides a strong incentive to innovate, especially for small and mediumsized enterprises (sme) seeking to remain in business. most businesses operating in the food sector belong to the sme category which, based on the literature, tends to have a low level of research capacity. this study seeks to identify determinants of the types of innovation adopted and associations between them by analysing a sample of european food smes. for this purpose a non-parametric analysis, namely the classification tree technique, is carried out. the main finding is that due to the technological factors inherent in the food industry, a tight linkage exists between product, process and market innovation. moreover, the study shows that collaboration between competitors encourages smes to engage in market, process and business model innovation. conversely, synergy with suppliers and customers supports product innovation. keywords. food smes, innovation, sme network jel codes. o31, o32 1. background and objectives the food sector has traditionally been considered to be a low-tech sector in comparison with other sectors (christensen et al., 1996; garcia-martinez et al., 2000). there are numerous reasons for this. first, innovation in the food industry does not usually make use of scientific inputs as innovation in the sector tends to be more incremental than radical; this is also related to the observation that consumers are typically conservative and reject radically novel food products (garcia-martinez et al., 2000). second, the food industry is * corresponding author: francesca.minarelli@unibo.it. 34 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi mostly characterised by small and medium-sized enterprises (smes) (schiemann, 2008), a size typology that is often deemed to lack the internal resources necessary to undertake innovation. this occurs in spite of the fact that various studies have demonstrated the contribution of smes to the main innovations of the twentieth century (although this has been observed mostly in non-food related sectors) (oakey, et al., 1988; rothwell and zegveld, 1982; rothwell, 1994). recently, however, changes in food demand have introduced new requirements for the food industry, hence generating the need for new technological inputs and a growing interest in the promotion of innovation in the food sector as well (traill et al., 2002). the technological needs of the food sector are increasing as a result of the introduction of new technology as a means of increasing food safety and quality (traill et al., 2002). in particular, the food industry has increased the use of technological inputs to meet emergent economic social requirements (baregheh et al., 2012) and to keep pace with the globalisation of demand in the food market (grunert et al., 1997). this scenario not only boosts the role of innovation in improving competiveness, but also explains the growing interest shown by scholars in analysing innovation behaviour in the food sector (traill et al., 2002). hence in order to become competitive it is necessary for smes to develop the capacity to innovate, that must be maintained in the future, along the whole process of innovation (gellynck et al., 2007). the literature reveals that several topics related to innovation have already been thoroughly explored, notably with regard to both large firms and smes, but mostly without focusing specifically on the food sector. a review of the literature suggests that success in innovation lies in the understanding of the local contest (ebbekink et al., 2012; van der borgh et al., 2012) and is determined by factor combinations in connection with several firm characteristics, such as type of sector, country etc. in particular, in the food sector, the literature points to the importance of networking for food smes and how firm size influences innovation behaviour (colurcio et al., 2012; s o’reilly et al., 2003; olsen et al., 2012; bhaskaran, 2013; minarelli et al., 2014). innovation is defined in the literature as the process of bringing new ideas to the market. it starts with the strategic goals, then develops through product development, process development, marketing development and organisational development, or combinations of them (earle m.d., 1997). prior research has highlighted that in order to identify the determinants of innovation it is necessary to distinguish types of innovation (knight, 1967; rowe and boise, 1974; downs and mohr, 1976). joseph schumpter is often recognised as the first economist to focus on the importance of innovation for industries (rogers, 1997). he defined five types of innovation, namely: the introduction of a new good or a change in the quality of an existent product; the introduction of a new production process; the introduction of product into a new market; the acquisition of a new source of supply of raw materials; and the implementation of a new industrial organisation. thereafter, the oecd’s oslo manual (oecd, 1997 2nd edition) concentrated on the first two types due to the greater ease in defining and measuring: technological product innovations and technological process innovations. the connection between product and process innovation is also stressed in the literature in terms of existing relationships, due to the fact that a linkage exists between technical products and the processes implemented to generate these products. in fact, among 35innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types researchers, changes in the product systems have significant consequences for a firm´s manufacturing system and for technical and administrative processes and the dynamics involved in their adoption at the industrial, environmental and organisational level are different. (abernathy and utterback, 1978; daft, 1978; tornatzky and fleischer, 1990; jansen et al., 2006; kimberly and evanisko, 1981; light, 1998). moreover, as several academics suggest (utterback and abernathy, 1975; hayes and wheelwright 1979 a, 1979 b; kim et al. 1992), changes in the product system also have significant impacts on a firm’s business model. once the firm introduces a new product, a change must be considered not only in the technical processes, but also in the administrative ones. to the best knowledge of the authors, there is a lack of studies available addressing the topic of the determinants of different types of innovation pursued by food smes. in many cases the literature tends to focus both on process and product innovation (triguero et al. 2013, capitanio et al. 2010, avermaete et al. 2004, de jong and vermeulen, 2006) without analysing them separately and without considering possible interactions/links between them. moreover, other types of innovation, such as market and business organisation innovation, are often neglected. given these premises, the objective of this study is twofold: • first, to investigate the link between different types of innovation (in product, process, market and business models) introduced by food smes; and • secondly, to identify the specific determinants of each type of innovation (in product, process, market and business models) by food smes. the analysis is carried out based on information collected through a survey of 381 food smes located in 6 european countries. survey data are analysed through non-parametric techniques, (the classification tree analysis), to establish which firm characteristics affect the innovation realised (distinguishing product, process, market and business model innovation) over the years 2011-2013 and the existence of relationships between the different types of innovations. in light of the limited amount of studies available related to the food sector and the increasing demand for research on this topic, this study provides mainly an empirical contribution to the description and understanding of innovation in food smes and similar low tech sectors. moreover, to the best knowledge of the authors, the classification tree analysis has never been used before in this field. hence, we also provide insights into the potential and limitations of this methodological approach. the remainder of the study is organised as follows: chapter 2 describes the methodology, chapter 3 illustrates the results, and a discussion and conclusions are provided in chapters 4 and 5. 2. methodology 2.1 overview the paper attempts to test for the existence of relationships between innovation types and explores the determinants of single types of innovations in a sample of european food smes. accordingly, the analysis includes two separate steps. first, a classification tree 36 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi analysis was performed making use of the four innovation variables: product, process, market and business model innovation. second, the classification tree analysis was computed individually for each innovation type, entering the following potential explanatory variables: innovation strategy, firm size, and collaboration typology. information was collected through a web survey carried out in 6 eu countries in 2012-2013. in the following we discuss the data collection process and the methodology used to identify significant determinants. 2.2 data collection the present work makes use of data collected through a web-survey developed for the european commission-funded project netgrow (www.netwgrow.eu). the survey respondents represented food and drink smes in six eu countries (belgium, france, sweden, ireland, italy and hungary). the sme definition adopted is the one provided by the european commission (2009), namely ‘firms with less than 250 employees’. in particular, the class micro-enterprises identifies firms that have up to 10 employee, the class small-enterprises those that have up to 50 employees and medium-enterprises up to 250 employees. the respondents were identified through national databases, where available. generally, sme owners or managers were the target interviewees for each company. the contact details of the firms were not readily available from databases in all of the countries. accordingly, in those countries where contact details were difficult to locate, some missing contacts were collected by way of internet searches or telephone calls. in addition, in several cases, telephone calls were needed to obtain the contact details of a suitable respondent within the firm. depending on the country, respondents were approached directly by e-mail or through an initial telephone call, followed by an e-mail. the e-mail provided the web-link to the survey and a personalised cover letter explaining the project. additionally, reminders to some respondents were sent via e-mail. the data were collected between october 2012 and april 2013 using an online questionnaire. five hundred and sixty-two (562) smes completed the questionnaire during this period. around 36% were from france, 18% from belgium, 13% from italy, 12% from sweden, 10% from hungary and 10% from ireland. not all of the smes that initiated the questionnaire process actually completed it. the percentages of smes having completed the survey in each country are as follows: 78% in belgium, 76.5% in hungary, 72% in sweden, 70% in ireland, 65% in italy and 54% in france. finally, 381 of the questionnaires were usable for data analysis. table 1 provides the percentage distribution of smes participating in the survey in europe. in the questionnaire, each of the four variables capturing product, process, market and business model innovation was re-coded from a likert scale, into a dummy variable for analysis purposes (0= no innovation, 1= 1, 2, 3 to 5, 6 or more innovations in the last two years, 999= missing values). the definition of innovation provided in the questionnaire was stated as follows: • innovation in products: new products or services; • innovation in processes: new processes; 37innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types • innovation in new markets: new types of customers or new geographical markets; • innovation in business models: new business model or management tools. it should be noted that the concept of innovation in the web-survey is rather broad, and strongly related to what is perceived as ‘new’ by the firm. this approach is not suitable for some types of analyses. for example, it is not suitable for studies seeking to assess the spread of new ideas or evaluate the impact of innovation. however, the approach can be useful to analyse factors that influence a firm’s propensity to innovate and hence was adopted for the aim of this study. the variables entered in the classification tree analysis to identify the determinants of each innovation type are: innovation strategy, firm size and collaboration typology. this study distinguishes innovation strategy, according to miles and snow (1978), based on the type of innovation strategy adopted, namely: prospectors, analyzers and defenders. while a prospector type company seeks opportunities and responds rapidly to changes in the external environment, analysers focus on efficient and full analyses of directional strategies and how best to compete. defenders, for their part, will focus on maintaining existing markets and competing on price and quality rather than being at the forefront of innovation (laforet, 2008). there are different outcomes in terms of innovativeness. in fact, prospectors seek to exploit new products and new markets, whereas defenders try to protect their existing market. for their part, analyzers combine the two behaviours by quickly following prospectors into new products and markets while at the same time protecting their niche market of products and customers. the reason for the adoption of these categories as explanatory variables in this paper is their prominence in the literature with regard to explaining innovation behaviour. in the present analysis innovation strategy is entered as a multinomial variable consisting of three categories: prospector, analyzer or defender. many scholars have investigated the issue of innovation relating to firm size, without conclusive results (cohen and mowery, 1987; amato et al., 1981) or highlighted the variation of the effect of size depending on the sector (acs and audretsch,1987; acs and audretsch, 1991; cohen and klepper, 1996). for example, large firms in low-tech industries have an advantage over small firms, but no difference exists in high-tech industries (acs and audretsch, 1991). recent findings have also reported that firm size has an impact on innovation type in lowtech industries (wagner and hansen, 2005; karantininis, 2010 ). in many cases, the literature reports different results because the existence of a table 1. distribution of smes in european countries. size country belgium france hungary ireland italy sweden micro-sized 31% 31% 45% 25% 40% 58% small-sized 49% 40% 40% 30% 44% 38% medium-sized 20% 29% 15% 45% 17% 4% total per country 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 38 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi relationship between size and innovation depends on a combination of factors or typologies of innovation. for example, maietta (2014) found that very small size significantly influences innovation in products but not innovation in process. moreover, different outcomes in the literature in terms of existing relations between size and innovation are due to the use of different definitions for firm categories in the sample or to the different target populations. the inclusion of ‘collaboration typology’ as a determinant is motivated by several studies. collaboration between chain network members is considered as an important factor for enhancing the innovation competence (gellynck and kühne, 2010). also, the existence of a significant interaction between the type of innovation introduced and the type of actors present in the network in which the firm is involved is well recognised among scholars. in fact, gemunden et al. (1996) demonstrate that horizontal collaboration, namely collaboration between smes and their suppliers and customers, prompts product innovation in the high-tech sector. they also show that collaboration with consultants and universities fosters process innovation. a summary of dependent and explanatory variables, as well as their coding and frequency of answers in the sample is provided in table 2. in table 3 frequency of collaboration, expressed as a percentage, with suppliers, customers, competitors, and public and private research institutions per country are reported. due to the structure of the survey, in which information on collaboration between firms and actors are aggregated for resource type, it is not possible to express firms’ engagement in collaboration as a percentage. collaboration with suppliers is the highest percentage in all countries, followed by collaboration with customers. differences in behaviour from different countries sampled are more evident for horizontal collaboration (competitors) and research. 2.3 methodology various studies have investigated determinants of innovation through parametric models (triguero et al.2013; bhattachary and bloch, 2002). such approaches are suitable only if the relationships between explanatory and dependent variables follow the imposed functional form. however, data frequently do not match with underlying distributional hypotheses. in these cases, a non-parametric model can be more suitable than a parametric one for the identification of significant relationships and for explaining response variables. in this paper, due to the features of the dataset, the understanding of determinants is carried out by means of a non-parametric technique. in particular, a classification tree analysis is applied, using the chaid algorithm (chi-squared automatic interaction detector) (kass 1980). this technique has been used in different contexts, with only few examples related to the agri-food sector, either focusing on firm decisions (viaggi et al., 2011) or consumer behaviour (bozkir and sezer, 2012). the aim of the classification tree procedure is to divide the population into subgroups based on the best predictor of the dependent variable. the best split is determined by checking whether there is any statistically significant difference, by computing 39innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types the chi-square test, between respondent variable categories and the independent variable. the first split cuts where the stronger association occurs i.e. on the variable that shows the lowest p-value. once the first level of the tree is concluded, the procedure starts again table 2. list of variables used in the classification tree analysis. code coding frequency (%) variable description type of variable missing value (%) product innovation 1= 1 or more innovation 0= no innovation 80 20 number of new products realised in the last 2 years dummy 7.6 process innovation 1= 1 or more innovation 0= no innovation 56 44 number of new processes realised in the last 2 years dummy 14.7 market innovation 1= 1 or more innovation 0= no innovation 70 30 number of new markets realised in the last 2 years dummy 13.6 business model innovation 1= 1 or more innovation 0= no innovation 38 62 number of new business models realised in the last 2 years dummy 22.6 innovation strategy prospector analyzer defender 28 18 54 prospector: first to market analyser: seldom first to market but fast follower defender: focus on niche market multi nomial 1 firm’s size micro small medium 37 41 22 micro (less than 10 employees), small (10 to 50 employees), medium (50 to 250 employees) multi nomial 0 vertical collaboration 1= at least one collaboration 0= no collaboration 85 15 collaboration with suppliers and clients dummy 11.8 horizontal collaboration 1= at least one collaboration 0= no collaboration 74 26 collaboration with competitors and research institutions dummy 17.6 table 3. collaboration with different actors per country. country actor suppliers customers competitors universities & research institutions private research organisations total belgium (%) 36 25 12 20 7 100% france (%) 36 26 7 18 13 100% hungary (%) 32 26 19 17 6 100% ireland (%) 29 23 8 23 17 100% italy (%) 31 28 12 16 13 100% sweden (%) 37 28 17 11 7 100% 40 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi by attempting to split each of these groups into smaller sub-groups until associations are statistically significant. the chaid method tends to be more flexible than conventional statistical models and accordingly is more suitable for the analysis of the surveyed sample. this technique makes it possible to recognise the main characteristics explaining the variations with respect to the target variable, in this contest expressed by the four types of innovation implemented in the last two years by smes: product innovation, process innovation, market innovation and business model innovation. first, the four innovation types were used as an input in the decision tree analysis to highlight the existence of some degree of interaction among them. innovation in products was used as the dependent variable in this case. innovation in process, markets and business models was used as independent variables. this choice is motivated by the prominent role of product innovation in the literature and also in the answers to the survey (it is the most frequent type of innovation in the sample). moreover, the literature highlights a strong relationship between innovation in product and process; in addition, some studies suggest that when innovation in product occurs, changes in process and administrative organisation can also be expected (utterback and abernathy 1975; hayes and wheelwright 1979 a, 1979 b; kim et al. 1992). classification trees were also computed using each innovation as a dependent variable in order to investigate innovation determinants. the variables considered as determinants are all derived from the questionnaire and are described in table 1. the analysis was performed by means of ibm spss statistics 21. 3. results the first aim of this study is to investigate the link between different types of innovation. in this regard, of the 381 european smes surveyed, 282 declared to have innovated in products, 70 declared not to have innovated in products and 29 smes have not provided any answers. 228 smes have innovated in markets, 184 in processes and 110 in business models in the last two years. conversely, 101 smes have not produced any innovation in market, 141 smes have not produced any innovation in process and 185 smes have declared no innovation in business models. these data are expressed also in percentage in table 4. as it can be notice in table 4, the majority of smes innovate in products, table 4. frequency of sme innovation. number of respondents frequency smes with innovation frequency smes with no innovation % smes with innovation % smes with no innovation in product 352 282 70 80 20 in process 325 184 141 56 44 in markets 329 228 101 70 30 in business models 295 110 185 37 63 41innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types then market and process, conversely, only 37% reported to have introduced innovations in business models. the classification tree in figure 1 reports the association identified between the four types of innovations determined by computing the chi-square test. the results highlight a relationship between the four types of innovation. the main association identified is the one represented by the linkage between innovation in product and innovation in market. in fact, the latter variable represents the first figure 1. relationship between the four types of innovation. 42 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi category where the split is made. two groups are created: smes that introduced innovations in markets and smes that did not introduce innovations in markets. as can be seen in the first group, 91% of firms also introduced a product innovation. this group is further split into two groups based on innovation in process, where there is a higher percentage of smes innovating in products among those innovating in processes (93%), with respect to smes that do not innovate in processes, among which innovation in products falls to around 84%. at the level of the second group originated from the first split second branch, smes that do not introduce any market innovations are also split based on innovations in processes. two groups are identified: smes that innovate in processes and those that do not. it should be noted that 86% of the smes that innovate in processes (without have innovations in markets) introduced an innovation in products. on the contrary, only 37% of those smes that do not innovate in either processes or markets had introduced a new product into the market. the final split occurs only for this last group and it is characterised by innovation in business models. the division is once again between smes that innovate and those that do not innovate in business models. eighty per cent (80%) of smes introducing an innovation in their business models also introduced new products, while this figure is only 34% for the smes that did not innovate in business models. the main outcome from this analysis is that the introduction of the different types of innovation occurs simultaneously in the majority of the cases, the introduction of a new product type implies the adoption of new business models or new markets or new processes. the second objective of this study is to identify determinants of each type of innovation. the analysis through chaid demonstrates that innovation in products is primarily explained by the innovation strategy (figure 2). smes that innovate in products are highly differentiated between two groups based on the innovation strategy in place: prospectors and defenders/analyzers. the first branch (full sample) of the tree reports that 80% of smes introduced innovations in products. the percentage is higher (94%) for prospectors, but falls to less than 75% for the other innovation strategies. the second significant variable is the vertical collaboration that splits the analyzer and defender into two groups based on the fact that smes either engage or not in vertical collaboration. it can be noted that 81% of smes involved in collaboration with suppliers and customers introduced innovation in products in the last two years (20112013). this amount is considerably higher with respect to smes that did not have any collaboration, i.e., 51% of whom innovate in products. the group of smes engaged in collaboration is then split further based on a third significant variable, namely firm size. small and medium-sized firms introduced more innovations in products compared with the micro-sized firms. in the classification tree analysis computed for innovations in processes, the main determinant of innovation is once again the innovation strategy (figure 3.). this distinguishes two groups: one with a lower percentage of innovation in processes (48%) and another with a higher percentage of innovation in processes (79%). the first group is characterised by analyzers and defenders and the second group by prospectors. the first of these two groups is further split into two groups based on horizontal collaboration. around 61% of smes having horizontal collaboration with competitors and 43innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types research institutions innovate in processes, while this figure falls to less than 30% for those not involved in horizontal collaboration. in the classification tree analysis computed for innovation in markets, the main determinant of innovation is once again the innovation strategy (figure 4). once again, two groups are identified, but with a different combination compared with the types of innovations discussed previously: prospectors/analyzers are merged together and, in this group, almost 80% of smes introduce innovation in markets. on the contrary, only 62% of defenders introduced innovation in markets and this group is furfigure 2. determinants of innovation in products. 44 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi ther split into two groups based on the existence of collaboration. the first group collects smes with horizontal collaboration; among these, 73% introduce market innovations. the second group includes smes that do not collaborate and a minority of smes that innovate in markets (only 46%). distinctive behaviour is observed for the innovation in business models. this is the only respondent variable that is not affected by innovation strategy. on the contrary, the classification tree analysis of innovation in business models (figure 5) shows horizontal collaboration as the main significant determinant. the percentage of smes in the sample that introduced innovation in business models is about 37%, in contrast to the much higher share of smes innovating in the previous innovation types. here, the first split divides smes into two groups: those that engaged in collaboration with competitors and suppliers and those that did not. within the first group, 42% of smes introduced innovations in business models, whereas only 20% of those not having any collaboration have introduced innovation in business models. the figure 3. determinants of innovation in processes. 45innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types last split is made within this last category, introducing firm size as a second determinant of innovation in business models. firm size can influence the introduction of new business models in firms that do not engage in horizontal collaboration. specifically, two groups are created from the size category, micro/small firms and medium firms. by comparing these two groups it is noted that around 66% of medium-sized firms introduced innovations in business models, versus 15% of micro and small firms. a summary of the findings illustrated above is provided in table 5. we found that there are important differences and similarities in the characteristics of the firms that adopt the four types of innovation. first, the connection between smes that seek to enhance innovativeness and firm innovation strategy is emphasised. basically, the results highlight that the group with the greatest number amount of firms willing to improve their innovativeness are those adopting the prospector strategy (figures 2, 3 and 4). prospector smes seek to enhance their innovativeness in all innovation types, with the exception of the adoption of new business models. figure 4. determinants of innovation in markets. 46 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi second, the collaboration with other actors in the food chain, such as competitors, suppliers and customers represents a common determinant of all smes that innovate. in particular, as also noted in the literature, it is not only the existence of relationships between firms that fosters their innovativeness, but also the type of actor participating in the collaboration that influences the firm’s innovation objective. in fact, horizontal collaboration seems to have a significant influence on the achievement of innovation in processes, markets and business models. conversely, smes that seek to achieve innovation in products are mostly focused on vertical collaboration. smes not at all engaged in collaboration tend to pursue innovation to a lesser extent. this feature is common to all types of innovation, but mostly stressed in process and market innovation. in fact, the lack of horizontal collaboration significantly reduces innovation output. finally, size only impacts those smes that innovate in products and business models (figures 2 and 5). figure 5. determinants of innovation in business models. 47innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types table 5. determinant comparison for types of innovation determinants innovation in products innovation in processes innovation in markets innovation in business model size micro + no sign. no sign. small ++ no sign. no sign. medium ++ no sign. no sign. ++ innovation strategy prospector ++ ++ ++ no sign. analyzer + ++ no sign. defender + + no sign. collaboration: horizontal 0 no sign. 1 no sign. ++ ++ + (-) collaboration: vertical 0 + no sign. no sign. no sign. 1 ++ no sign. no sign. no sign. source: own elaboration ++ positive strong association: the percentage of independent variables is above the percentage of the respondent variable which is above 50%. + positive association: the percentage of independent variables is above 50% but below the percentage of the respondent variable. negative association: the percentage of independent variables is below 50% and below the percentage of the respondent variable. + (-) the percentage of independent variables is above the percentage of the respondent variable, but below 50%. 4. discussion of the 381 european smes surveyed, 285 indicated having undertaken innovation in products, 228 in markets, 184 in processes and 110 in business models in the last two years. this result is in contrast with findings from the literature in which the most common type of innovation pursued in the food sector is innovation in processes (triguero et al., 2013; alfranca et al., 2002; capitanio et al., 2010; galizzi et al., 1996; grunter et al., 1997). a result of this kind can usually be explained by the tendency for firms in the food sector to engage in incremental rather than radical innovation, notably due to conservative consumer preferences with regard to food. the difference between the literature and the results from our sample, in which the majority of smes declared to have introduced new products in the years 2011-2013, may be due to a degree of bias in the sample because of the self-selection process in the sampling modalities (no stratification was imposed and available databases may under-represent micro-firms) and the questionnaire approach , in particular the request for respondents to access a web-survey. the result may be a sample biased towards more marketing and communication-oriented firms, most likely also focusing on product and market innovations. this represents a difficulty often observed in studies involving surveys. another underlying issue, highlighted in the extensive work of the oslo manual, is that types of innovation are difficult to define (rogers, 1998). there may well be different interpretations of what qualifies as an innovation and indeed there is a high degree of subjectivity in distinguishing types. findings from academic studies (simonetti et al. 48 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi 1994) have shown that a large majority, around 96%, of innovations can be classified as product or process innovations, hence falling into a so-called “grey zone”, depending on the type of definition adopted. only 4% of innovations can be unequivocally classified as product or process. this result implies that the distinction between types of innovations is not straightforward and that it depends on the perception of innovation. this may have affected the answers of the participants in this study, and, in particular, the multiplicity of innovations declared by several firms. we did not, however, find any clear and explicit distortion or difficulty due to definition issues, likely in part because the distinction between innovation types, though difficult to define, is now well established among practitioners. yet it should be noted that differing perceptions, or indeed definitions, of innovation among innovating actors can lead to a degree of confusion or misunderstanding among academics and operators. the main finding of this study is that, in the majority of firms, there exists a coexistence between types of innovations. the decision tree (figure 1) illustrates this concept by reporting which type of innovations are associated and the level of importance. the decision tree makes it possible to recognise the degree of intensity of this association, which can be identified through the level of the tree branch. the level of importance of associations between innovations in products and markets is stronger than the innovations in processes, which is displayed at the third level of the decision tree, and business models which are found at the fourth level of the tree. this is not in line with findings from the literature in other industrial sectors where the linkage between product and process innovation is more important (utterback and abernathy 1975; hayes and wheelwright 1979 a, 1979 b; kim et al. 1992). at the same time, however, by focusing on individual analyses carried out on determinants of innovation type, our findings show that each type of innovation has different determinants. this is consistent with the literature, whereby scholars distinguish innovation types on the basis of differing processing generations (utterback and abernathy, 1978; daft, 1978; tornatzky and fleischer, 1990). prospectors are those that mostly innovate with respect to all of the three types of innovations: product, process and market innovations. defender strategies are mainly adopted by smes that pursue innovation in markets in order to increase their competitiveness by placing their products in new geographical areas or by addressing new potential customers. the literature stresses that the likelihood of a firm engaging in collaboration is influenced by the innovation objective (e.g. product, process, and market innovations) (gooroochurn et al., 2007). findings from this study demonstrate that through their collaboration with competitors and research institutions smes are encouraged to undertake market, process and business model innovations. conversely, synergy with suppliers and customers tends to support product innovation. these results are in line with findings in the literature that underscore that collaboration between customers and suppliers increases product innovation, not only in the food sector, but also in the high-tech industry (gemunden et al.,1996). finally, innovation in business models shows a distinctive behaviour compared with other innovation types. different dynamics are involved in the innovation process with 49innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types respect to business models that are not dependent on the type of innovation strategy adopted by the company, but have more to do with horizontal collaboration, size of the firm and business models adopted by other firms within their networks. in fact, innovation in business models is a type of innovation that more likely can be shared with competitors and is influenced by the size of the company in the majority of medium-sized firms that introduce innovations of this type. finally, some weaknesses can be identified in the use of high aggregated categories in the questionnaire; in particular, the questionnaire considered collaboration between firms and competitors, and research institutions as a whole. yet, other sector findings show that innovation in processes requires intensive collaboration between universities and consultants (swann, 2002). in the same line, a more detailed specification of different types of collaboration would be needed for a better explanation of these connection with innovation. the methodology used in this paper proved to be very practical for explorative purposes, thanks to the fact that it can be applied without pre-defined assumptions about the functional form of relationships among variables. however, this also has limitations in terms of consistency with theory and understanding/interpretation of the direction of causality. for example, the association between different types of innovation may derive from very different stories, and possibly with a different sequence of innovations. likewise, a firm’s collaboration can be either a determinant of, or an action purposely oriented to support, an innovation the determinants of which are to be found elsewhere. 5. conclusion the analysis carried out suggests, as a main finding, the existence of a tight relationship between different types of innovation in the food sector. the study also highlights a relationship between types of collaboration and types of innovation. the practical contribution of this study is to provide information on which type of factors are more likely to affect innovation with regard to the innovation objective, and in particular which factors should be fostered in relation to the type of innovation that smes want to pursue. first, even if a linkage exists between innovation types, different factors must be targeted in relation to the type of innovation that the firm or the policy-maker seeks to enhance. second, policies should explicitly take into account the interconnection between different types of innovation. third, different types of collaboration and network types would need to be tailored to the type of innovation sought. the latter point also highlights the relevance of further connecting smes with research institutions and activities specifically aimed at supporting sme involvement in the innovation process, which represents the core of european policies for the enhancement of competitiveness. given the limitations of the methodology, further research could be carried out by using other statistical techniques on the same sample to better connect empirical findings with theoretical insights. in addition, potential for further studies is highlighted by the weaknesses discussed in the previous section as well as by its empirical insights, including the limited number of observations. the distinction between different types of innovation may be an important issue, yet greater priority should perhaps be placed on clarifying their connections. furthermore, the issue of collaboration as a determinant of innovation has been treated in a 50 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi simplified manner here, but has proved to be very important. consequently, further studies focused on disentangling in greater detail the effect of different forms of collaboration should be considered, in particular sme collaboration with universities and other similar stakeholders. this work also suggests that further studies should seek to better understand innovation-related interactions where innovation types prioritised by firms can also change in relation to either different stages of a firm’s life cycle and/or the product life cycle in food companies. acknowledgments we acknowledge funding from the european commission, 7th framework programme through the project netgrow (enhancing the innovativeness of food smes through the management of strategic network behaviour and network learning performance, 7 fp(kbbe), project number 245301, www.netgrow.eu). this work does not necessarily reflect the views of the european union and in no way anticipates the commission’s future policy in this area. references acs, z.j. and audretsch d.b. (1987). innovation, market structure and firm size. review of economics and statistics 69(4): 567-575. acs, z.j. and audretsch d.b. (1990). innovation and small firms. cambridge. ma: mit press. alfranca, o., rama, r., and von tunzelmann, n. (2002). a patent analysis of global food and beverage firms: the persistence of innovation. agribusiness (18): 349-368. amato, l., ryan, j.m., wilder, r.p. (1981). market structure and dynamic performance in us manufacturing. southern economic journal 47(4): 1105-1110. avermaete, t., viaene, j., morgan, e., pitts, e., crawford, n. and mahon, d. (2004). determinants of product and process innovation in small food manufacturing firms. trends in food science & technology 15(10): 474-478. baregheh, a., rowley, j., sambrook, s., davies, d., 2012, food sector smes and innovation types. british food journal 114(11): 1640-1653. bhaskaran, s. (2013). structured case studies: information communication technology adoption by small-to-medium food enterprises. british food journal 115(3): 425447. bhattacharya, m., bloch, h. (2004). determinants of innovation. small business economics 22(2): 155-162. bozkir, a.s., sezer, e.a. (2011). predicting food demand in food courts by decision tree approaches. procedia computer science 3: 759-763. capitanio, f., coppola, a. and pascucci, s. (2010), product and process innovation in the italian food industry. agribusiness (26): 503-518. christensen, j.l., rama, r., & von tunzelmann, n. (1996). innovation in the european food products and beverages industry (european innovation monitoring system publication 35). aalborg, denmark: aalborg university, ike group. 51innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types cohen, w.m., levin, richard c. and mowery, d. c., (1987). firm size and r&d intensity: a re-examination. nber working paper no. w2205. available at ssrn: http://ssrn. com/abstract=347000 cohen, w.m. and klepper, s. (1996), firm size and the nature of innovation within industries: the case of process and product r&d. the review of economics & statistics 78: 232-243. colurcio, m, wolf, p., kocher, p. and russo spena, t. (2012). asymmetric relationships in networked food innovation processes. british food journal 114 (5): 702 727. daft, r. l. (1978). a dual-core model of organizational innovation. academy of management journal 21: 193-210. de jong, j.p.j. and vermeulen, p.a.m. (2006). determinants of product innovation in small firms. a comparison across industries. international small business journal 24(6): 587–609. downs, g.w. and mohr l.b. (1976). conceptual issues in the study of innovation. administrative science quarterly 21: 700-714. earle, m.d., 1997. innovation in the food industry. trends in food science & technology 8(5), 166-175 ebbekink, m. and lagendijk, a. (2012). what’s next in researching cluster policy: place based governance for effective cluster policy, european planning studies: 1-19 galizzi, g. and venturini, l. (1996). product innovation in the food industry: nature, characteristics and determinants. in g. galizzi & l. venturini (eds.), economics of innovation: the case of food industry (pp. 133–153). heidelberg: physica-verlag. garcıa-martınez, m. and briz, j. (2000). innovation in the spanish food & drink industry. international food and agribusiness management review 3: 155-176. gellynck, x., vermeire, b. and viaene, j. (2007). innovation in food firms: contribution of regional networks within the international business context. entrepr. reg. dev. 19(3), 209-226. gellynck, x. and kühne, b. (2010). horizontal and vertical networks for innovation in the traditional food sector. international journal on food system dynamics 1.2: 123-132. gemünden, h.g., ritter, t. and heydebreck, p.(1996). network configuration and innovation success: an empirical analysis in german high-tech industries. international journal of research in marketing 13(5): 449-462. gooroochurn, nishaal, and aoife hanley (2007). a tale of two literatures: transaction costs and property rights in innovation outsourcing. research policy 36(10): 1483-1495. grunert, k.g., harmsen, h., meulenberg, m., kuiper, e., ottowitz, t. and declerck, f., (1997). a framework for analysing innovation in the food sector. in b. trail & k.g. grunert (eds.), product and process innovation in the food industry, 1-37. london: blackie academic & professional publishers. garcia, m., and j. briz (2000). innovation in the spanish food and drink industry. international food and agribusiness management review 3: 155-176. hayes, r.h. and wheelwright, s.c. (1979). link manufacturing process and product life cycles. harvard business review march–april: 127-136. jansen, j.j.p., van den bosch, f.a.j. and volberda, h.w. (2006). exploratory innovation, exploitative innovation, and performance: effects of organizational antecedents and environmental moderators. management science 52: 1661-1674. 52 f. minarelli, m. raggi, d. viaggi kim, j.s., ritzman, l.p., benton, w.c., snyder, d.l. (1992). linking product planning and process design decisions. decision sciences 23: 44-60. kimberly, j.r. and evanisko, m. (1981). organizational innovation: the influence of individual, organizational, and contextual factors on hospital adoption of technological and administrative innovations. academy of management journal 24: 679-713. knight, k. e. (1967). a descriptive model of the intra-firm innovation process. journal of business 4: 478-496. laforet, s. (2008). size, strategic, and market orientation affects on innovation. journal of business research 61.7: 753-764. light, p.c. (1998). sustaining innovation. creating nonprofit and government organizations that innovate naturally. san francisco, ca: jossey-bass. maietta o.w. (2014). innovation systems research in the italian food industry, csef, working paper n. 358. maietta ow. (2015). determinants of university-firm r&d collaboration and its impact on innovation: a perspective from a low-tech industry. research policy (in press), http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2015.03.006 massa, s. and testa, s. (2008). innovation and smes: misaligned perspectives and goals among entrepreneurs, academics, and policy makers. technovation 28(7): 393-407. miles, r.e. and snow, c.c. (1978). organizational, strategy, structure, and process. new york: mcgraw-hill. minarelli, f., raggi, m. and viaggi, d. (2014). distinguishing the innovation behaviour of micro, small and medium food enterprises. journal on chain and network science 14(2): 95-102. o’reilly, s., haines, m. and arfini, f. (2003).food sme networks: process and governance-the case of parma ham. journal on chain and network science 3(1): 21-32. olsen, n., elvekrok, i. and nilsen, e.r. (2012). drivers of food smes network success: 101 tales from norway. trends in food science & technology 26(2): 120-128. oecd (1997). the oslo manual: proposed guidelines for collecting and interpreting technological innovation data. paris oecd. rogers, e.m. (1995). diffusion of innovations. new york: free press. rogers, e.m. (2004) .networks, firm size and innovation. small business economics 22: 141-153. rowe, l.a. and boise, w.b. (1974). organizational innovation: current research and evolving concepts. public administration review (34): 284-293. utterback, j., and abernathy, w. (1975). a dynamic model of process and product innovation. omega 3(3): 639-656. schiemann, m. (2008). unternehmen nach größenklassen überblick über kmu in der eu, in gemeinschaften, europäische (ed.), eurostat. statisitk kurz gefasst. 31: industrie, handel und dienstleitungen, amt für europäische gemeinschaften, luxembourg schumpeter, j. (1912) [1934]. the theory of economic development: an inquiry into profits, capital, credit, interest, and the business cycle, cambridge: harvard university press swann, g.m.p., 2002. innovative business and the science and technology base: an analysis using cis 3 data. report for the department of trade and industry, october 2002. 53innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types traill, w.b., and meulenberg, m. (2002). innovation in the food industry. agribusiness 18: 1-21. triguero, á., córcoles, d. and cuerva, m.c. (2013), differences in innovation between food and manufacturing firms: an analysis of persistence. agribusiness (29): 273292. van der borgh, m., cloodt, m. and romme, g.a.l. (2012). value creation by knowledgebased ecosystems: evidence from a field study. r&d management 42(2): 150-169. veugelers, r. and cassiman b. (1999). make and buy in innovation strategies: evidence from belgian manufacturing firms. research policy 28.1: 63-80. viaggi, d., raggi, m. and paloma, s.g.y. (2011). understanding the determinants of investment reactions to decoupling of the common agricultural policy. land use policy 28 (3): 495-505. wagner, e.r. and hansen, e.n. (2005). innovation in large versus small companies: insights from the us wood products industry. management decision 43(6):837-850. bio-based and applied economics 5(1): 47-62, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-15379 the territorial biorefinery as a new business model ion lucian ceapraz, gaëlle kotbi, loïc sauvée picar-t research unit, institut polytechnique lasalle beauvais, 19 rue pierre waguet, 60000 beauvais, france date of submission: 2015 25th, january; accepted 2016 13th, april abstract. the transition toward more sustainable industries opens the way for alternative solutions based upon new economic models using agricultural inputs or biomass to substitute oil-based inputs. in this context different generations of biorefinery complexes are evolving rapidly and highlight the numerous possibilities for the organization of processing activities, from supply to final markets. the evolution of these biorefineries has followed two main business models, the port biorefinery, based on the import of raw materials, and the territorial biorefinery, based on strong relationships with local (or regional) supply bases. in this article we focus on the concept of the ‘territorial biorefinery’, seen as a new business model. we develop the idea of a link between the biorefinery and its territory through several relevant theoretical approaches and demonstrate that the definition of ‘territorial biorefinery’ does not achieve, from these theoretical backgrounds, a consensus. more importantly, we emphasise that the theoretical assumptions underlying the different definitions used should be made explicit in order to facilitate the manner in which practioners study, develop and set up businesses of this kind. keywords. territorial biorefinery, innovation, business model, industrial and territorial ecology jel codes. o33, q16, r11 1. introduction and objectives in the context of the energetic transition and the emergence of a new bioeconomy, the issue of defining innovative business models to support this fundamental change is crucial for policy makers and researchers alike. considering this policy background, the objective of this article is to identify the relevant theoretical contributions to the understanding of the territorial biorefinery as a new business model. underlying this objective is the importance of developing innovative research capable of providing insights and recommendations at the policy level. first, we empirically characterise the concept of ‘territorial biorefinery’ as a new means of biomass development based on the “doubly green” chemistry (in the sense of * corresponding author: lucian.ceapraz@lasalle-beauvais.fr 48 i.l. ceapraz, g. kotbi, l. sauvée nieddu, 2010; octave and thomas, 2009) and the principles of territorial and industrial ecology applied to this industry. second, we identify a theoretical corpus proposed for the understanding of this field. the corpus of the socio-economics of proximity (boubaolga and zimmermann, 2004; torre and filippi, 2005) and its developments for agricultural and food sectors (requier-desjardins, 2003) make it possible to identify the different approaches of the territory. third, we highlight the definition of the territory, not as a passive registration of economic activity, but rather as an endogenous variable resulting from a socio-economic process of building territorialized assets. understanding biorefinery as a new concept assumes therefore that we should consider all the dimensions of its roots. from these preliminary remarks we distinguish two possible theoretical frameworks. the first focuses on the various forms that biorefineries can take in a given territory (second section), from the passive biorefinery to the socially constructed biorefinery. the second framework immediately places the territorial biorefinery as a source of profound rupture and originality (third section). the biorefinery is thus no longer only a concept to be understood, but also an object to be invented and built as the conditions of its appearance and development are not given a priori. in section 5 we provide a synthesis of the approach toward developing the territorial biorefinery as a conceptual object. in section 6 we provide concluding comments regarding the interests and limitations of the article. 2. biorefinery, plant refinery, territorial biorefinery: what empirical definitions? 2.1 definitions according to naik et al. (2010), “the term ‘biorefinery’ was initially established by nrel1 (1990) or the utilization of biomass for production of fuels and other bioproducts”. the technological objective of biorefineries is to split biomass and recover the essential components, namely carbohydrates, proteins and fats. these raw materials are then processed and transformed, by way of various technologies, into different final products. as wagemann et al. (2012) outlines, “a biorefinery is characterized by an explicitly integrative, multifunctional overall concept that uses biomass as a diverse source of raw materials for the sustainable generation of a spectrum of different intermediates and products (chemicals, materials, bioenergy/biofuels), allowing the fullest possible use of all raw materials components”. an initial definition proposed by the international energy agency (iea) in its bioenergy task 42 describes biorefinery as “… the sustainable processing of biomass into a spectrum of marketable products and energy”2. according to cherubini (2010), “a biorefinery is a facility (or network of facilities) that integrates biomass conversion processes and equipment to produce transportation biofuels, power, and chemicals from biomass” the territorial biorefinery (hereafter, tb), as a new concept, is put at the crossroads of several theoretical approaches. before evaluating the concept in terms of existing theories, 1 national renewable energy laboratory “located in golden, colorado, is the united states’ primary laboratory for renewable energy and energy efficiency research and development” (wikipedia, 2015). 2 http://www.iea-bioenergy.task42-biorefineries.com/en/ieabiorefinery.htm. 49the territorial biorefinery as a new business model it is necessary to clarify the framework. we initially provide an empirical definition of the object of “biorefinery” followed by the definition of the “territorial biorefinery”. in 2011 the iar3 competitiveness cluster proposed the following definition: “a biorefinery is an industrial complex, located on the same site, which turns agricultural and forest biomass into a variety of bio-based products (food, feed, chemicals, biomolecules, agro-materials) and bioenergy (biofuels, electricity, heat) as part of a sustainable development strategy. so it is both the transformation of the vegetal plant by valorising all its components and the integration of the components of an industrial site to achieve an original “industrial metabolism” and an “industrial symbiosis” (beaurain and brullot, 2011). two large biorefinery models (europabio, 2011; european commission, 2012) have emerged: (i) a model of the ‘port-biorefinery’ which is strongly connected to global flows of raw materials, and the economic logic of which is based on threshold effects, specialisation, and economies of scale; and (ii) the ‘territorial biorefinery’, which is strongly connected to its surrounding territory and the economic logic of which is based on a more diverse and more thorough valuation of various biomasses of agricultural origin. these two types of biorefineries have developed a strong reputation in europe. the first model focuses on aggregated value chains based on low-cost imports of vegetable raw materials. it is logically located near major communication routes (ports, channels etc.) to achieve an agglomeration of resources (colletis et al., 1999) and economies of scale. the territorial biorefinery strongly integrates value chain actors according to logic of proximity (in the sense of the economics of proximity), resource requirements (colletis et al., 1999) and complementarities between actors. these second generation biorefineries are built on the synergies between public-private stakeholders (farmers, local professional communities, etc.), researchers and different communities that enable the transformation and the development of a territory. thus, local resources and territorial strategic assets interact in terms of localization and geographical proximity with the presence of local actors. 2.2 the territorial biorefinery approach: territorial engineering and the territorial project as ‘action tools’? the territorial biorefinery puts forward its distinctive features, notably geographical proximity, institutional proximity4 (linked to the existence of a “territorial project”5) and organizational proximity (multiple and multi-level interactions between local actors in an 3 in the french context, iar means “industries & agro-resources”; which is a competitive cluster of global importance (or ‘pôle de compétitivité’ (i.e. competitiveness cluster) that brings together large and small firms, research bodies and educational establishments, all working together in a specific region to develop synergies and cooperative efforts around a shared theme” (www.competitivite.gouv.fr). it has been launched in 2005. 4 “based on the adherence of actors to a common space of representations and rules of action directing collective behavior, this institutional proximity has more or less influence on the conformity of different modes of coordination between actors, and therefore on the emergence of patterns of localized productive coordination. “(colletis et al., 1999, pp. 27-28). 5 the territorial project design stage is crucial in the process of territorial development, as it broadens the scope of possible actions and the possibility for action of the actors” (lardon et al., 2005). the territorial engineering is seen as “the set of concepts, methods, tools and devices available to actors in the territories, to support the design, implementation and evaluation of regional projects”, (lardon et al., 2005). 50 i.l. ceapraz, g. kotbi, l. sauvée “eco-systemic logic” of industrial and territorial ecology). another distinctive feature of the tb is its relationships, which are developed within a given territory. indeed, territorial engineering6 could be applied to the biorefineries insofar as they all have the attributes of territorial projects. according to piveteau (2011), territorial engineering is synonymous with some forms of territorial organisation. there is a link with territorial projects characterised by hybrid forms of control (development councils and elected bodies) and an ascending construction which claims external support: technical and financial support from the state, regions and the european union. according to bayrand and sergeant (2007), the use of the territorial engineering concept is all the more necessary for the development of territories that involve the cooperation and consultation of local actors and territorial development actors. these actors employ complex procedures in relation to new territorial projects that may be located on territories that are increasingly competitive with each other. this concept “makes use of different tangible and intangible resources, which make up the territory to accompany the process of territorial development” (lenormand, 2011; see also lamara, 2009). regarding the actors, the concept of territorial engineering mobilizes “not only the local development actors, politicians, residents and local leaders, but all the players facing the challenges of territorial development” (lardon et al., 2005). to do so the emergence of a project on a territory (for example a biorefinery) implies the coordinated mobilization of various public and private engineering skills around territorial projects, which is a territorial intelligence. related to the territorial development of a biorefinery, territorial engineering can accomplish the mission to support “projects for the establishment or expansion of private companies” but also “interventions for the maintenance of jobs”. one can also add any “design approach and co-construction of a project to which the concerned community is associated without necessarily being main carrier of the project” (bayrand and sergeant, 2007). the development of this type of biorefinery is born from the logic of economic incentives as a result of the transition from a socio-technical system to another through the innovation and learning-by-doing of economic players at several geographic scales. these could be public-private partnerships following a ‘bottom-up logic involving local authorities and private actors with democratic legitimacy or ‘top-down’ policies, according to the economic and socio-political conditions at stake. 3. the territorial biorefinery: approaches by the conceptualization of the territorialization 3.1 overview the territorial rootedness of a biorefinery in a given territory can be approached initially from the role of the territory in the location of the economic activity. the contributions of the concept of proximity provide an expanded role to the territory, which acquires 6 territorial engineering (“ingéniérie territorale”) is seen as “the set of concepts, methods, tools and devices available to actors in the territories, to support the design, implementation and evaluation of regional projects”, (lardon et al., 2005). 51the territorial biorefinery as a new business model a status of an endogenous variable (camagni, 2002). institutional and competitive changes in the agro-industrial sector incite to shed light on the question of the role of territorial assets in building the competitive advantage of firms localized in situ. over the past 15 years the research on firm organisation and strategy was highly relevant to this question (bencharif and rastoin, 2007; brechet and saives, 2001; depret and hamdouch, 2007) and has led to several approaches concerning the spatialization of productive activities. 3.2 the territory as a passive registration of agribusiness and agricultural activity scientific research approaches dealing with space and territory in business strategy are not uniform. lauriol et al. (2008) distinguish two major trends. the first stream is interested in the spatial dimension of strategies. strongly influenced by the work of economists, this stream of thought mainly deals with the role of productive activities according to the characteristics and attributes of a given territory. since these attributes are not mobile, firms define their spatial location based on real or perceived territorial benefits, resulting in a certain spatial localization of firms. space is seen in this work as a largely external dimension to the firm, the choice of which is guided by an optimal choice of spatial localization given the strategic choices of the biorefinery system. by this we mean that location decisions should be considered as strategic and “immobilizing a large amount of resources and involving an important group of industrial actors” (serrano et al., 2015). the localization choice could have a significant importance when referring to environmental footprint and when taking into account “transportation and logistics activities because of the supply chain procurement” (serrano et al., 2015). the approach concerning the optimal location of a facility (in this case a biorefinery) is related to location science or facility location which is a field addressed by operations research (op) (melo et al., 2009). according to melo et al. (2009), “the facility location decisions play a critical role in the strategic design of supply chain networks” and “the optimal location of a new facility is determined with respect to cost, profit, distance, service time, market coverage, or some other desired attribute” (bowling et al., 2011). the theoretical framework of facility location is derived from the area of industrial organisation and uses “specific geographic information in location-allocation problems” (tittmann, 2010). several examples can be mentioned when locating a biorefinery using a geographic resource estimation. authors like perlack et al. (2005), walsh et al. (2000), graham et al. (2000) have proposed a model of the optimal location of biorefineries through the use of “feedstock input based on the marginal cost of an energy crop feedstock delivered to the site” (tittmann, 2010). a second stream focuses on how firms are spatially distributed within a given industry. for lauriol et al. (2008), the logic of spatial activities and firms cannot be reduced merely to a firm’s individual choice of location. according to sierra (1997), a territory is not reducible to its spatial or localization dimension but is an entity that operates as a complex spatial organisation and as an economic, political and social mode of organisation between a set of economic agents anchored locally. indeed, there are many favourable effects (‘spillover effects’), for example related to knowledge, know-how etc., which lead to an aggregation process of activities or agglomerations. these activities may involve aggregations of firms in the same industry or different industries, but these companies are look52 i.l. ceapraz, g. kotbi, l. sauvée ing for positive network externalities that it is those of logistics, applied or basic research, services, etc. the logic of competitiveness clusters, or marshallian districts, are prominent examples. the competitive poles or clusters concept has been widely used in the academic literature when related to the localization of firms in a common geographical area. the concept has been widely popularized by michael e. porter in its seminal work “the competitive advantage of nations” (porter, 1998) where a cluster is seen as “a spatially concentrated group of firms competing in the same or related industries that are linked through vertical and horizontal relationships”. 3.3 the territory as an endogenous variable: the contribution of socio-economics yet a territory is also seen as a spatially built entity the constitution of which is based on the intentional combination of individual and/or collective actions, and the mobilization of specific resources (rallet and torre, 2005; torre and filippi, 2005; réquier-desjardins et al., 2003). one of the key concepts of these approaches is the notion of activation. activation is defined as the finalized interaction of an actor with a tangible or intangible resource (registered within a territory or mobile) (réquier-desjardins et al., 2003). the territory is then no longer a passive provider of resources, but rather a place of active construction on behalf of the economic and institutional actors (local authorities, for example). these actors intentionally participate through their interactions in building competitive advantages related to the territory. consequently, the dimension of intentionality of the actor acquires a particular resonance when addressed to the strategic approach linked to the territory. this conception of territory, as a built entity, broadens the scope of strategic issues faced by firms, such as how best to build and maintain territorialized assets over time, and how to better coordinate these resources at the local or regional level, including for firms operating in several countries, or at the global level. this dimension of coordination and asset control refers to the issue of governance and its relationship to the geographical space. 3.4 the governance of territorial resources governance, and more precisely the territorial governance, is strongly linked to the performance of clusters (de langen, 2004) and to the coordination of activities between local actors. two important attributes of clusters should be mentioned, namely the network attribute and the spatial attribute (or the territorial attribute) (berthinier-poncet, 2015). in the case of france, territorial governance is defined as “a complex institutional process combining cognitive and political dimensions, in which institutional proximity appears as a precondition of collective action and so organizational proximity at the micro-level of coordination” (carrincazeaux et al., 2008). questioning the role of territory in agribusiness activities within the new competitive and institutional context requires the consideration of a complementary perspective, namely that of governance (or more generally of the organisation) of strategic assets. as a corollary we issue the question of the articulation of two often disjointed concepts: the concept of the value chain and the territory concept seen as a basis for a strategic asset. the study of agro-industrial group strategy shows that this construction is contingent on searching for a competitive advantage (kotbi and sauvée, 2010) and the goal of competi53the territorial biorefinery as a new business model tive advantage varies greatly from one group to another (kotbi et al., 2011). in a context of the globalization of markets, the agribusiness enterprise considers the increasingly strategic assets in terms of a portfolio, where the vertical governance related to the territory is substituted by the global governance of the industrial group. this mode of governance of the territory is more horizontal and flexible, and cannot escape either the institutional and competitive environment of each region or the heavy constraints of the productive dimension typical to any agricultural activity. each agribusiness group (enterprise) helps define a unique combination of territorial assets, a territorial value chain, given its internal and external situation and its objectives for building a competitive advantage. the sources of competitiveness and/or attractiveness of regions reside mainly in the specific attributes or characteristics (colletis et al., 1999) largely specific to local conditions (such as adequate soil and climatic conditions, the density of producing farms, and logistical conditions, camagni, 2002). 3.5 the global value chain approach the approaches focused on the global value chain (hereafter gvc) provide a good starting point for understanding the global strategies of firms, articulating both an organisational and a spatial dimension. initiated in the early 1990s by the american sociologist gary gereffi (gereffi et al., 2001), these approaches have found practical application to agri-food sectors (bencharif and rastoin, 2007; ghersi and rastoin, 2010). for gereffi, the global value chain consists of four elements: the sequence of activities, the mobilized geographical space, the institutional environment and the governance structure. the approaches in terms of the global value chain (gvc) lead to the identification of typical configurations defined primarily by the characteristics of the modes of governance of these gvc: the market, the network, the captive network, and the hierarchy (gereffi et al., 2001). concerning the biorefinery and its market, there are new challenges with respect to the integration of its output into existing global value chains and in this respect can describe several classes of relationships (king et al., 2010): a) “bio-based products that directly replace molecules in existing value-chains”; and b) “bio-based products that are novel or that cannot easily be integrated into existing value chains”. in other words, this question puts forward the articulation between existing and new value chains and the possible flexibility between these chains. renewed by the works of dicken et al. (2004), coe et al. (2004, 2008), dicken starts from a critique of gereffi noting that the spatial dimension of gvc is treated in fairly abstract terms and is incomplete. the spatial scale the gvc approach is basically between a centre and a periphery that organises the international division of labour based on skills. on the contrary, for dicken the territory must be addressed in relationship with the gvc and its configuration of activities. the interface between global production networks (dicken et al., 2004) and the spatial level is validated by the so-called “strategic linkage”. this interface is strongly inserted in the institutional and competitive context locally and regionally. the quality of this coupling, including its ability to create and maintain a tension for the in-situ actors, explains the choice of spatial configurations of firms and their durability over time, hence their territorialisation. this concept, 54 i.l. ceapraz, g. kotbi, l. sauvée which is significant to dicken, is also found in the work of réquier-desjardins et al. (2003) on the location of agrifood activities and las7 (or ‘localized agrifood systems’). 4. the territorial biorefinery: approaches through the organisational and socio-technical break (transition) 4.1 the approach of industrial and territorial ecology the emergence of the territorial biorefinery can also be understood as a potentially sharp break (transition) with the existing model of traditional oil refinery. territorial and industrial ecology (hereafter tie) is based on four principles: localization, closing of flows, diversity and gradual evolution (beaurain and brullot, 2011). designed by engineers, and focusing on technology from the outset, the approach of industrial and territorial ecology emphasizes two radically opposed visions (beaurain and brullot, 2011). these authors point out that the first approach, developed by allenby (1992), is mostly positive, with a scientific principle of weak sustainability while the second approach, that of ehrenfeld (2004), is more social, with a normative principle of strong sustainability. while these approaches have in common a cyclical conception of how natural ecosystems function, the approach developed by allenby (1992) is positioned “in highly restrictive conditions of competition” (that of perfect competition) as highlighted by beaurain and brullot (2011: 317). ehrenfeld paves the way for the consideration of human factors and industrial actors, as is also the case for the authors beaurain and brullot and the economy of proximity. we have classified industrial ecology as an institutionalist approach of the economy and thus providing a richer approach to the process. thanks to this approach it is possible to consider the emergence of radically new economic systems in a much more integrative way (figuière and metereau, 2012a, 2012b). this approach takes into account all the activities and actors at all levels of the socio-economic system. in this way, the industrial and territorial ecology approach calls for a profound transformation of the organisation of the territory, from the point of view of its territorial metabolism (balance of flows of input and output materials and energy through the territory) and its relations with public and private actors. tie approach emphasizes the territorial governance practices presented in the previous section. the organisational and human dimension of industrial and territorial ecology is based on the study of current practices and the emergence of new practices such as: i) the exante, in terms of intentionality, coordination of actors, ii) the implementation of new governance modes based particularly on the effects of experience made possible by collective learning mechanisms, both technological and organisational, iii) the conception of a shared repository of values, and iv) the creation of organisational and institutional proximity in addition to the geographical proximity related to the territorialisation (beaurain and brullot, 2011). in terms of methods, the tie has its own territorial engineering, which includes all the resources used to design, plan, implement, monitor and evaluate the collective 7 in french literature, las is translated by the term syal (“systèmes agroalimentaires localisés”; réquierdesjardins, 2010)). 55the territorial biorefinery as a new business model schemes to identify and characterise the flows of energy and matter and its synergies (including the optimization, the description tools of the metabolism, the conception of an ecological or territorial footprint, the approaches of an environmental assessment, and several multi-criteria approaches of performance or risk evaluation, etc.). the theoretical contribution of tie is also based on the creation of new forms of territorial development. the idea here is to focus on the potential forms of territorial development induced (or made possible) by the implementation of industrial and territorial ecology approaches and question their potential for structuring or territorial planning and their sustainability criteria for integration conditions. through the study of two cases beaurain and brullot (2011) show that the tie “becomes a structural element of the strategy for the economic development of the territory”. in this sense the public and private actors are sharing a common goal to fight air pollution in the first case and economic decline in the second. according to all particular territorial specificities, tie can be seen as a consistent development strategy involving various environmental approaches, including the rebalancing between urban and industrial activities/or rural areas in order to organise economic clusters around local resources. 4.2 the biorefinery in the dynamics of socio-technical transition the socio-technical transition approach (geels, 2002),8 which encompasses the notions of technological niches9, socio-technical systems10 and the socio-technical environment11 distinguishes breakthrough innovation that occurs once these multilevel interactions between actors have been triggered. these sociotechnical niches can enable the development of production systems via a form of transition that disseminates innovation (lopolito et al., 2010). regarding the socio-technical regime, there is a multitude of institutional rules of the actors that allow us to understand the dynamics of innovation. the socio-technical system “is a grammar, that is to say, a set of rules defined for a set of products, qualifications and procedures [...] embedded in institutions and infrastructure” (kemp, 1994; geels, 2002, 2004, 2005; rip and kemp, 1998). the last element that characterises the socio-technical transition is indicated by the socio-technical environment which “represents the upper level and consists of institutions, social, political and cultural norms guiding the existing socio-technical system” (kemp, 1994; geels, 2002). according to coenen et al. (2013) the transition refers here to the changes between different socio-technical configurations that include not only new technologies but also the changes that occur in the markets and for the consumer and institutional actors (geels, et al., 2008). the interaction between the socio-technical transition and the geog8 for more details on the socio-technical transition approach, see geels (2002, 2004, 2005). 9 niches act as incubation rooms for radical innovations, nurturing their early development. niches may take the form of small market niches, with specific selection criteria that are different from the existing regime. these can be r&d projects, but also experimental projects, involving heterogeneous actors, e.g. users, producers, public authorities” (geels, 2002, 2004, 2005). 10 “societal functions are fulfilled by socio-technical systems, which consist of a cluster of aligned elements, e.g. artifacts, knowledge-user practices and markets, regulation, cultural significance, infrastructure, maintenance networks and supply networks” geels (2002, 2004, 2005). 11 “…the socio-technical landscape, which refers to aspects of the wider exogenous environment that affect sociotechnical development” geels (2002). 56 i.l. ceapraz, g. kotbi, l. sauvée raphy of innovation offers a new dimension for understanding the concept of transitional space. the analytical framework often presented simply for the trajectory of technological change, did not sufficiently take into account how this transition is “trapped” within a local area or region (mccauley and stephens, 2012; smith and olesen, 2010). the integration of space and geographical proximity was recently assessed by a number of authors (markard and truffer, 2008; coenen et al., 2013; spath and rohracher, 2010; truffer and coenen, 2012), who substituted the idea of understanding a “sustainable socio-technical transition” with the idea of a “regional transformation.” 5. what theoretical approaches for the territorial biorefinery: an attempt to synthesize the territorial biorefinery is fundamentally a specific mode of using biomass resources. the foundations of the territorial biorefinery, seen as a new business concept, are based, according to the desire of its designers, on the idea of a transition within the logic of production. it is part of a broad socio-technical transition, allowing for the passage from the petrochemical model to the model of renewable carbon molecules. we are in the presence of a new way of organising production and processing, affecting a multitude of value chains in the energy, material, chemical, and food sectors, etc. a second transition that is brought forward by the territorial biorefinery is the significant reduction in ghg12 of economic activities. with regard to the specific case of biorefinery, it is therefore important to introduce a new dimension into the economic calculation of costs. the costs are not added ex post, as in conventional approaches impact on ghg emission levels of various productive activities, but ex ante, in the design of chains value. a third break in the logic of production methods is based on the idea of a total valuation of the plant through its circularity of processes. in the conception of the territorial biorefinery, each component is considered from the standpoint of its productive purposes, but this logic goes further by establishing a principle of circularity in the transformation of the product, each sub-product being directly or indirectly reintroduced into the economic circuit. putting forward the conceptualization of territorial biorefinery therefore constitutes questioning the very object of its foundations: the theoretical foundations that govern its definition, the degree of departure from the existing model that this new valuation model assumes and the position of the researcher vis-à-vis this conceptual object. on this point we use the terminology of gavard-perret et al. (2012) which distinguishes between the “constructivism and methodological knowledge” to describe the relationship of the researcher to the object, and the “constructivism and object knowledge” to refer to the constructed nature of the studied object (gavard-perret et al., 2012, p.90). from an initial basic definition of the territorial biorefinery, we synthesised and identified two dimensions that seem essential for the approach of the territorial biorefinery as a conceptual object: the underlying theoretical approach and the situation of the researcher with regard to its object. we have seen that it seems possible to identify a first difference between the theories of territorial anchorage theories which place the territory as a major dimension in the definition of the territorial biorefinery as a concept, and also theories of disruption, plac12 greenhouse gases. 57the territorial biorefinery as a new business model ing the territorial biorefinery as one element in an overall transition from a petrochemical system to a renewable carbon-centred system (colonna, 2013). in terms of epistemological position, we join the approach proposed by david (2012) who emphasizes an original reading of the different research approaches that can overcome the traditional dichotomy between positivism and constructivism. on one level david distinguished at first the contribution of research to the construction of reality: it may have implications for the action with a construct of reality. instead, the research can be placed in a situation of intervention and transformation, more or less directly linked to this reality. thereafter, david questioned the degree of contextualization of research in a classic, inductive approach of the existing. yet the research approach can also place the concrete project or its idealized representation as a starting point for research, and consequently put itself in a situation of designing the organization of activities ex ante. this epistemological and methodological reflection seems particularly fruitful for us to question the concept of territorial biorefinery. indeed, beyond the diversity of theoretical approaches that can be mobilized to address the object of territorial biorefinery, two questions remain open: the epistemological presuppositions of the theoretical approaches and the researcher’s position relative to the concrete reality on the ground. according to the main theoretical approaches developed in this article, the definition of the territory and, more importantly, its role for the biorefinery, differs widely. it is possible to sketch, along a continuum, the situation of these theories. at one end of the continuum, the territory serves simply as an optimisation function for the costs. at the other end, the bt is seen as the active development of territorial assets and relationships by actors. in between, we find theories combining local conditions and a global (meaning geographically integrated) configuration of activities. considering the position of the researcher with regard to the object under examination, we find here the classical opposition between positivism and constructivism. indeed, we suggest on this point that the researcher should also make explicit his/her positioning: is the researcher a neutral observer of the reality, providing an in-house model of the optimisation of the territorial biorefinery? or is the researcher involved in one way or another in the changes that occur? we have seen that the bt as an ex ante designed business model introduces a new role for the researcher, being actively concerned by its object, as in the research-action models. 6. conclusion we have seen that the concept of territorial biorefinery can refer to different theoretical approaches that we have schematically grouped into two broad categories: approaches centred on territorial assets and the degree to which they are rooted in the local context, and approaches focused on the model of the territorial biorefinery, seen as a major sociotechnical transition. the demonstration of this diversity of theoretical approaches reflects a certain lack of consensus with regard to what actually constitutes a territorial biorefinery as a basis for a new business model. these divisions also reflect a diversity of epistemological issues, positivist, or constructivist, or of action research. we believe that it is useful, either from the point of view of research or for the practitioners involved in their development, to make them explicit and to identify how the coupling between theoretical and epistemological issues helps to define precisely what the territorial biorefinery should in fact be. 58 i.l. ceapraz, g. kotbi, l. sauvée to conclude, a key issue seems to crystallize the importance of the definition of the tb, namely its scale levels. the issue of territorial scales and related integration (in their economic, strategic, organisational and eco-systemic dimensions) characterises the tb as a concept and we have seen that it is not independent from the way the micro, meso and macro scales are operationalized by the various theoretical approaches. future research on this topic should focus on the active development of territorial assets and their activation by partners (institutions as well as companies), at these micro and meso levels as this is the main component of the specificity of the territory for a biorefinery that is anchored in its local supply base. similarly, the dynamic aspects, i.e. the capacity of a given set of actors in a territory to learn and improve themselves in the long run and to create ultimately a competitive and sustainable business model is also an important field of investigation. eventually the territorial biorefinery could create one of the building blocks of the bioeconomy of the future. acknowledgements this article is part of the project amontbioraf pivert, financed by the genesys program from ite pivert (institut de transition energétique picardie innovations végétales enseignements et recherches technologiques). references allenby, b.r. (1992). industrial ecology: the materials scientist in an environmentally constrained world. mrs bulletin 17(03): 46-51. bayrand, s.a. and sergeant, p. (2007). l’ingénierie du développement durable-dynamisme et enjeux économiques d’un secteur d’activités. étude de l’institut national de développement local. bencharif, a. and rastoin, j.l. (2007). concepts et méthodes de l’analyse de filières agroalimentaires : application par la chaîne globale de valeur au cas des blés en algérie. wp n° 7 moisa, montpellier. beaurain, c. and brullot, s. (2011). l’écologie industrielle comme processus de développement territorial : une lecture par la proximité. revue d’économie régionale & urbaine 2: 313-340. berthinier-poncet, a. (2015). cluster governance and institutional dynamics. a comparative analysis of french regional clusters of innovation. xxii conférence internationale de management stratégique, paris 3-5 june 2015. bowling, i.m., ponce-ortega, j.m. and el-halwagi, m. (2011). facility location and supply chain optimization for a biorefinery. industrial & engineering chemistry research 50: 6276-6286. bouba-olga, o. and zimmermann, j-b. (2004). modèles et mesures de la proximité. in pecqueur, b. and zimmermann, j.-b. (eds.), economies de proximité. hermès, pp. 77-99. brechet, j.p. and saives, a.l. (2001). de la spécificité à la compétitivité. l’exemple de la construction de la compétitivité sur une base territoriale. finance contrôle stratégie 4: 5-30. 59the territorial biorefinery as a new business model camagni, r. (2002). on the concept of territorial competitiveness: sound or misleading? urban studies 13: 2395-2411. carrincazeaux, c., grossetti, m. and talbot, d. (2008). clusters, proximities and networks. european planning studies 16(5): 613-616. cherubini, f. (2010). the biorefinery concept: using biomass instead of oil producing energy and chemicals. energy conversion and management 51(2010): 1412-1421. coe, n.m., hess, m., yeung, h.w-c, dicken, p. and henderson, j. (2004). globalizing regional development: a global production networks perspective. transaction of the institute of british geographers 29: 468-484. coe, n.m., dicken, p. and hess, m. (2008). global production networks: realizing the potential. journal of economic geography 8(3): 271-295. coenen, l., moodysson, j., and martin, h. (2013). renewal of mature industry in an old industrial region: regional innovation policy and the co-evolution of institutions and technology (no. 2013/7). lund university, circle-center for innovation, research and competences in the learning economy. colonna, p. (2013). développement durable: environnement, énergie et société. l’annuaire du collège de france. cours et travaux 112: 713-724. colletis, g., gilly, jp., leroux, i., pecqueur, b., perrat, j., rychen f. and zimmermann j.-b   (1999). construction territoriale et dynamiques économiques. sciences de la société 48: 25-46. colonna, p. (2013). développement durable: environnement, énergie et société. l’annuaire du collège de france. cours et travaux 112: 713-724. david, a. (2012). logique, épistémologie et méthodologie en sciences de gestion: trois hypothèses revisitées. in: david, a., hatchuel, a. and laufer r. (eds), les nouvelles fondations des sciences de gestion. presses des mines, pp. 111-142. de langen, p.w. (2004). the performance of seaport clusters. a framework to analyze cluster performance and an application to the seaport clusters of durban. rotterdam, and the lower mississippi, erim phd series, rotterdam. depret, m-h. and hamdouch, a. (2007). changements technologiques, logiques institutionnelles et dynamiques industrielles. esquisse d’une approche co-évolutionnaire appliquée à l’industrie pharmaceutique et aux biotechnologies. innovation 1(25): 85-109. dicken, p., kelly, p.f., olds, k. and yeung, h.w-c. (2004). chains and networks, territories and scales: towards a relational framework for analysing the global economy. global networks 1: 89-112. ehrenfeld, j. (2004). industrial ecology: a new field or only a metaphor? journal of cleaner production 12(8): 825-831. europabio (2011). biorefinery feasibility study. european biorefinery joint strategic research roadmap for 2020. star-colibri. european commission, (2012). innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe. figuière, c. and metereau, r. (2012a). au carrefour de l’écologie industrielle et du syal. faire progresser la durabilité d’un développement rural localisé. in: xxviiièmes journées du développement atm 2012 ‘mobilités internationales, déséquilibres et développement: vers un développement durable et une mondialisation décarbonée?’, association tiers-monde, laboratoire d’économie d’orléans. 60 i.l. ceapraz, g. kotbi, l. sauvée figuiere, c. and metereau, r. (2012b). écologie industrielle: le secteur agroalimentaire comme point de départ pour une organisation éco systémique des activités humaines. in: colloque interdisciplinaire sur l’écologie industrielle et territoriale (coleit), université de technologie de troyes. gavard-perret, m.l., gotteland, d., haon, c. and jolibert, a. (2012). méthodologie de la recherche en sciences de gestion. pearson education france. geels, f.w. (2002). technological transitions as evolutionary reconfiguration processes: a multi-level perspective and a case-study. research policy 31(8-9): 1257-1274. geels, f.w. (2004). from sectoral systems of innovation to socio-technical systems. insights about dynamics and change from sociology and institutional theory. research policy 33: 897-920. geels, f.w. (2005). the dynamics of transitions in socio-technical systems: a multi-level analysis of the transition pathway from horse-drawn carriages to automobiles (1860-1930). technology analysis & strategic management 17(4): 445-476. geels, f.w., hekkert, m.p. and jacobsson, s. (2008). the dynamics of sustainable innovation journeys. technology analysis & strategic management 20(5): 521-536. gereffi, g., humphrey, j. and sturgeon t. (2001). the governance of global value chains. review of international political economy 12: 78-104. graham, r.l., english, b.c. and noon, c.e. (2000). a geographic information systembased modeling system for evaluating the cost of delivered energy crop feedstock. biomass and bioenergy 18(4): 309-329. rastoin, j.l. and ghersi, g. (2010). le système alimentaire mondial. editions quae. hess, m. and yeung, h.w-c. (2006). whither global production networks in economic geography: past, present and future. environment and planning special issue on ‘global production networks’ 38: 1193-1204. kemp, r. (1994). technology and the transition to environmental sustainability. the problem of technological regime shifts. futures 2: 1023-1046. king, d., inderwildi, o.r. and williams, a. (2010). the future of industrial biorefineries. world economic forum white paper. kotbi, g. and sauvée, l. (2010). la place du territoire dans les choix stratégiques des groupes sucriers français: enjeux et perspectives du changement institutionnel et concurrentiel. in: colloque de l’asrdlf (association de science régionale de langue française) aoste, italie, 20-22 septembre. kotbi, g., kisempa muyuala, g. and sauvée, l. (2011). la méthode des scénarios appliquée aux territoires. l’exemple de l’avenir de la filière betterave-sucre de picardie. communication à la 1ière conférence intercontinentale en intelligence territoriale, 12 au 14 octobre 2011, uqo, cegep, gatineau, canada. lamara, m. (2009). les deux piliers de la construction territoriale: coordination des acteurs et ressources territoriales. développement durable et territoires. lardon, s., piveteau, v. and lelli, l. (2005). le diagnostic des territoires. géocarrefour 80(2): 71-74. lauriol j., perret, v. and tannery, f. (2008). l’espace et le territoire dans l’agenda de recherche en stratégie. revue française de gestion 184: 181-198. leader (2000). l’approche territoriale, web document on european commission. http:// ec.europa.eu/agriculture/rur/leader2/dossier_p/fr/dossier/dia3.pdf 61the territorial biorefinery as a new business model lenormand, p. (2011). l’ingénierie territoriale à l’épreuve des observatoires territoriaux : analyse des compétences des professionnels du développement dans le massif pyrénéen. thèse de doctorat de l’université toulouse 2 le mirail (ut2 le mirail). lopolito, a., morone, p. and sisto, r. (2010). innovation niches and socio-technical transition: a case-study of bio-refinery production. futures: 43(1): 27-38. mccauley, s.m. and stephens, j.c. (2012). green energy clusters and socio-technical transitions: analysis of a sustainable energy cluster for regional economic development in central massachusetts, usa. sustainability science 7(2): 213-225. markard, j. and truffer, b. (2008). technological innovation systems and the multi-level perspective: towards an integrated framework. research policy 37(4): 596-615. melo, m.t., nickel, s. and saldanha-da-gama, f. (2010). facility location and supply chain management. a review. european journal of operational research 196(2009): 401412. menon, v. and rao, m. (2012). trends in bioconversion of lignocellulose: biofuels, platform chemicals & biorefinery concept. progress in energy and combustion science 38(4): 522-550. naik, s.n., goud, v.v., rout, p.k. and dalai, a.k. (2010). production of first and second generation biofuels: a comprehensive review. renewable and sustainable energy reviews 14(2010): 578-597. nieddu, m. (2010). l’émergence d’une chimie doublement verte. revue d’economie industrielle 132(4): 53-84. octave, s. and thomas, d. (2009). biorefinery: toward an industrial metabolism. biochimie 91(6): 659-664. perlack, r.d., wright, l.l., turhollow, a.f., graham, r.l., stokes, b.j. and erbach, d.c., (2005). biomass as feedstock for a bioenergy and bioproducts industry: the technical feasibility of a billion-ton annual supply. tech. rep., oak ridge national laboratory. piveteau, v. (2011). l’ingénierie territoriale, défi pour la gouvernance. pour 2(209-210): 159-164. porter, m. (1998). the competitive advantage of nations. free press. rallet, a. and torre, a. (2005). proximity and location. regional studies 39: 47-59. réquier-desjardins, d., boucher, f. and cerdan, c. (2003). globalization, competitive advantages and the evolution of production systems: rural food processing and localized agri-food systems in latin-american countries. entrepreneurship & regional development 15: 49-67. réquier-desjardins, d. (2010). l’évolution du débat sur les syal: le regard d’un économiste. revue d’économie régionale & urbaine4(4): 651-668. rip, a. and kemp, r. (1998). technological change. in: rayner, s. and malone e.l. (eds.), human choice and climate change. vol. ii, resources and technology. columbus, oh: battelle press, pp. 327-399 battelle press, pp. 327-399. serrano, a., faulin, j., astiz, p., sanchez, m. and belloso, j. (2015). locating and designing a biorefinery supply chain under uncertainty in navarre: a stochastic facility location problem case. 18th euro working group on transportation, ewgt 2015, 14-16 july 2015, delft, the netherlands. 62 i.l. ceapraz, g. kotbi, l. sauvée sierra, c. (1997). proximité(s), interactions technologiques et territoriales: one revue. revue d’economie industrielle 82: 7-38. smith, p. and olesen, j.e. (2010). synergies between the mitigation of, and adaptation to, climate change in agriculture. the journal of agricultural science 148(5): 543-552. späth, p. and rohracher, h. (2010). ‘energy regions’: the transformative power of regional discourses on socio-technical futures. research policy 39(4): 449-458. tittmann, p.w., parker, n.c., hart, q.j. and jenkins, b.m. (2010). a spatially explicit techno-economic model of bioenergy and biofuels production in california. journal of transport geography 18(6), 715-728. doi:10.1016/j.jtrangeo.2010.06.005 truffer, b. and coenen, l. (2012). environmental innovation and sustainability transitions in regional studies. regional studies 46(1): 1-21. torre, a. and filippi, m. (eds) (2005). proximités et changements socio-économiques dans les mondes ruraux. inra editions. wagemann, k. (eds) (2012). biorafineries roadmap. society for chemical engineering and biotechnology, druckerei schlesner kg, berlin. walsh, m., perlack, r., turhollow, a.f., de la torre ugarte, d., becker, d.a., graham, r.l., slinsky, s.e. and ray, d.e. (2000). biomass feedstock availability in the united states: 1999 state level analysis. tech. rep., department of energy and oak ridge national laboratory. bio-based and applied economics 3(3): 271-283, 2014 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-13551 performance and productivity changes in microfinance banks in south-west nigeria musa a. olasupo1,*, caroline a. afolami2, adebayo m. shittu2, a.a.a. agboola3 1 development finance office, central bank of nigeria, abeokuta. ogun state, nigeria 2 department of agricultural economics and farm management, federal university of agriculture, abeokuta, ogun state, nigeria 3 department of mathematics, federal university of agriculture, abeokuta, ogun state, nigeria abstract. the nigerian microfinance sub-sector is yet to attain the desired level of global best practice. this paper thus investigated the performance and productivity changes of mfbs in south-west nigeria, from 2006 to 2010, having had the microfinance policy launched in 2004. from the use of relevant accounting ratios, the study revealed that only 16% of the sampled mfbs met the recommended maximum par value of 5% in 2006. it was also revealed that 31% of the sampled mfbs reported a debt/equity ratio above the recommended value of 2 in 2006, while 32% had gearing of over 2 in 2010. the malmquist productivity index revealed that the mfbs experienced fluctuating performances in their productivity changes, with pure technical efficiency improvements in 2007 and 2009. overall, the performance and productivity changes experienced by the mfbs depicted a sub-sector with huge potentials and hence require nurturing to achieve its goals. keywords. microfinance banks, performance, malmquist productivity index, productivity changes. jel codes. o16 1. introduction microfinance institutions (mfis) in sub-saharan africa comprises a variety of diverse and geographically dispersed institutions that offer financial services to low-income clients: non-governmental organizations (ngos), non-bank financial institutions, cooperatives, rural banks, savings and postal financial institutions, microfinance banks (mfbs) and an increasing number of deposit money banks (dmbs). mfis provide a range of financial services (loans, savings, micro-insurance, micro-leasing, funds transfer, pension services etc.) to poor households. their worldwide growth in numbers has had a positive impact by providing the poor with microfinance services and has helped create an encouraging socio-economic environment for many households of these developing countries. * corresponding author: maolasupo@cbn.gov.ng. 272 m.a. olasupo, c.a. afolami, a.m. shittu, a.a.a. agboola the nature of these institutions is quite different from traditional financial institutions (deposit money banks) as they are smaller in size, limited in their services towards the poor households and often provide small collateral-free group loans. the basic operational objectives of mfis revolve around two approaches or paradigms namely the “institutionist” and the “welfarist paradigms”. the “institutionist paradigm”, which affirms that mfis should generate enough revenue to meet their operating and financing costs and the “welfarist paradigm”, which includes a focus on poverty alleviation and depth of outreach along with achieving financial sustainability. brau and woller (2004) posited that an efficient mfi management should promote these two objectives. vetrivel and kumarmangalam (2010) submitted that the fundamental problem is not so much of unaffordable terms of loans as the lack of access to credit itself. the lack of access to credit for the poor is attributable to practical difficulties largely due to the discrepancy between the mode of operation followed by financial institutions and the economic characteristics and financing needs of low-income households. they concluded that microfinance institutions (mfis) worldwide have shown that micro enterprises loans can be profitable for borrowers and lenders alike, making microfinance one of the most effective poverty reducing strategies. lafourcade et al. (2005) reported that mfis in africa are dynamic and growing. in their study, they confirmed that african mfis are among the most productive globally, as measured by the number of borrowers and savers by staff member among other positive indices. they also noted that african mfis face many challenges. technological innovations, product refinements, and ongoing efforts to strengthen the capacity of african mfis are needed to reduce costs, increase outreach, and boost overall profitability. these further underscore the need to increase the service delivery capacity of these mfis amidst the enormous potential in the market. in recognition of the important roles of microfinance in the overall development of the nigerian economy, the federal government of nigeria launched a microfinance policy for nigeria in the year 2005. the microfinance policy, regulatory and supervisory framework for nigeria was one of the key innovations adopted to diversify the supply axis of the financial market with a major policy thrust of significantly enhancing the latent capacity of the poor for entrepreneurship through the provision of microfinance services to enable them engage in economic activities and be more self-reliant, increase employment opportunities, enhance household income and create wealth (cbn, 2005). mfbs are expected to empower the economic active poor in the grassroots especially those that do not have access to the conventional banks. the major economic activity of these targeted clients is agriculture or agro-allied as they are mostly involved in various nodes of the agricultural value chain. the agriculture and agro-allied activities covered by the mfbs include: crop production, animal husbandry, cassava processing, feed milling etc. cbn (2012) gave the breakdown of the sectoral funding by mfbs as: agriculture and forestry (6.31%); mining and quarrying (0.65%); manufacturing and food processing (3.10%); real estate and construction (5.27%); transport and commerce (74.60%); and others (10.07%). hence, a meaningful effort to improve their economic prowess could help jump-start the agricultural revolution. kulik and molinari (2004) suggested that for mfis to meet this huge potential, it is critical that they achieve financial self-sustainability with little or no dependence on donor 273performance and productivity changes funds. the further stated that despite the excellent prospects of the sector, with low loan default rates and untapped demand for financial services by low-income groups, only 1% of the mfis are self-sustainable and average adjusted return on asset (roa) is still negative across all continents. the also highlighted the mfi’s lack of access to recent technology as a prime reason for their poor performance. this submission was buttressed by frankiewicz (2003), who posited that information technology (it) can be a strategic tool for microfinance in africa. it can facilitate more efficient and effective collection, processing and use of data; it exposes microfinance institutions to offer new products and better customer service; it enables greater outreach; and facilitate integration with the rest of the financial sector. the global financial crisis of 2007 also had a significant effect on microfinancing worlwide as microfinance institutions experienced liquidity crunches; increased cost of funds and foreign exchange; reduced disposable income for loan beneficiaries and an increase in portfolio arrears (kruijff and harstenstein, 2013). the nigerian microfinance sub-sector was not too exposed to these adversities due to the stringent regulatory requirements that guides their operations. microfinance banks are not involved in foreign exchange transactions; they get little or nothing as grants or foreign aids; their exposure to credit risks is also limited due to their low gearing. however, they were not exempted from the rising portfolio in arrears due to the general reduction in the disposal income of their beneficiaries. this paper will seek to determine the performance and productivity changes of microfinance banks in south-west nigeria over the period of 2006 to 2010 in the light of the central bank of nigeria’s (cbn) revocation exercise of september 2010 that revoked the operating licenses of 224 mfbs after the target examination conducted on 820 mfbs. the result of the examination showed that the affected banks were ‘terminally distressed’ and ‘technically insolvent’ and/or had closed shop for at least six months. some of the factors adduced for their failure among others include: high level of non-performing loans, resulting in high portfolio at risk; gross undercapitalization in relation to their level of operations; poor corporate governance and incompetent boards; high level of nonperforming insider-related credits, and other forms of insider abuse; heavy investment in capital markets with resultant diminution in the value of investment after the meltdown; poor asset-liability management owing to portfolio mismatch etc. hence an investigation into the operational performance of the mfbs will provide further insight into their level of preparedness as catalyst in the financial intermediation process of the economic active poor in the country. 2. research methodology thapa (2007) posited that sustainability in microfinance can be financial, managerial or organizational but that financial sustainability dominates as a measure of efficiency, profitability and productivity. the institutionality and financial sustainability of any mfi lies in its ability to cover all operational expenses from income earned through financial services after making proper adjustments for inflation, subsidies etc (natilson et al., 2001; rosenberg, 2009; dzene and asiedu, 2010). shah (1999) and natilson et al. (2001) suggested repayment rates, operating cost ratio, portfolio quality as additional measures upon which mfis performance can be hinged. performance measurement is defined as 274 m.a. olasupo, c.a. afolami, a.m. shittu, a.a.a. agboola the process of developing indicators to assess progress towards certain predefined goals and reviewing performance against these measures. it is also the use of statistical evidence to determine progress toward specifically defined organizational objectives. natural measures of performance often involves productivity ratios of output(s) to input(s) with larger values of this ratio associated with better performance. performance measurement is often done in comparison to either the previous performances or to the performance of similar units or certain benchmarks in the industry. performance measurement using ratio analysis is the most widely used technique in financial analysis. an accounting ratio is a proportion or fraction or percentage, expressing a relationship between one item in a set of financial statements and another item in the same financial statements. ratio analysis is the most important device for interpreting the performance of organizations from their financial statements. the essence of any interpretation of financial statements is comparison (comparison of current with past figures of the same firm and with its budget or forecast, and comparison with the performance of similar firms in the industry). in order to facilitate this comparison, it is customary to express figures in ratios or percentages, so that a disparity in size between two firms does not prevent comparison of their results. production is the transformation of inputs into outputs or it could be defined as any activity that creates present or future utility. it may also be equivalently described as a process that transforms inputs into outputs (frank, 2008). data envelopment analysis (dea) was proposed by charnes et al. (1978) and banker et al. (1984). the use of dea in this study is appealing due to the fact that: dea can easily accommodate both multiple inputs and outputs unlike the stochastic frontier production function; dea does not require the imposition of a specific functional form on the model. this allows the technological frontier to be constructed without imposing a parametric functional form on technology or deviations from it (inefficiencies); and it permits the construction of a surface over the data, which allows comparison of one production method (or best producer) with others, in terms of a performance index. there are three alternatives for measuring the productivity changes. these alternatives include: fisher index, tornqvist index and the malmquist index. lovell (1996) remarked that given a set of panel data, one may use dea-like linear programs and a malmquist total factor productivity (tfp) index to measure productivity change. the malmquist approach does not require the assumption of efficient production, but instead identifies the ‘best-practice’ firms in every period, which gives an efficient production frontier, and measures each decision making unit’s (dmu’s) output relative to the frontier. according to grifell-tatjé and lovell (1996), the malmquist index has some advantages relative to other productivity indices. for example, it does not require input prices or output prices, which makes it particularly useful in situations where prices are misrepresented or non-existent. it also does not require the profit maximization or cost minimization assumption and hence makes it useful in situations where the objectives of producers differ, are unknown or not achieved. färe et al. (1994) showed that the malmquist productivity index can be decomposed into two components – technical efficiency change and technical change. the value of this decomposition is that it provides insight into the sources of productivity change. the main disadvantage of the malmquist index is the necessity to compute distance functions. there are many different methods that could be 275performance and productivity changes used to measure the distance function, which makes up the malmquist productivity index. one of the more popular methods has been the dea-like linear programming method suggested by färe et al (1994). the malmquist productivity index can be used to identify productivity differences between two firms or one firm over two-time periods by calculating the ratio of the distances of each data point relative to a common technology. given period t+1 technology as the reference technology, the malmquist (output-orientated) tfp change index between period t (base period) and period t+1 can be written as: m (xt+1, yt+1,xt , yt) ={dt (xt+1, yt+1) dt+1 (xt+1, yt+1) / dt (xt , yt) dt+1 (xt, yt)}1/2 (1) where the notation d represents the distance function, x and y are inputs and outputs respectively, and the value of m is the malmquist productivity index. a value of m greater than one (i.e. m >1) denotes productivity growth, while a value less than one (m<1) indicates productivity decline, and m=1 indicates no productivity change. this represents the productivity of the production point (xt+1, yt+1) relative to the production point (xt, yt). calculation of the malmquist index for adjacent periods includes four different distance functions – dt(yt, xt), dt(yt+1, xt+1), dt+1(yt, xt) and dt+1(yt+1, xt+1). the function in equation (1) can further be broken down into its components: efficiency change = dt+1 (xt+1, yt+1) / dt (xt, yt) (2), and technical change = [(dt (xt+1, yt+1) / dt+1 (xt+1, yt+1) (dt (xt , yt) / dt+1 (xt, yt)]1/2 (3) the efficiency change in equation (2) represents the change of technical efficiency (effch) between time t and t+1, which is the change in the relative distance of the observed production from the maximum potential production. the technical change (techch) is the geometric mean of the two productivity indexes, representing shift in production technologies between time t and t+1. in addition, the technical efficiency change can be further broken down into: pure technical efficiency = dt+1 (xt+1, yt+1) / dt (xt , yt) (4) scale efficiency change = dt+1(v) (xt+1, yt+1)/ dt+1(c) (xt+1, yt+1) * dt(v) (xt+1, yt+1)/ dt(c) (xt+1, yt+1) 1/2 dt+1(v) (xt, yt)/ dt+1(c) (xt, yt) dt(v) (xt, yt)/ dt(c) (xt, yt) (5) the scale efficiency change component in equation (5) is actually the geometric mean of two scale efficiencies. the first is relative to the period t+1 technology and the second is relative to period t technology. the extra subscripts of v and c, relate to the vrs and crs technologies, respectively. 276 m.a. olasupo, c.a. afolami, a.m. shittu, a.a.a. agboola 2.1 study data and sources this study took a census of all the 86 microfinance banks in ogun, oyo and ondo states and observed their operation activities from 2006 to 2010. mfbs for this study were limited to unit mfbs (mfbs with minimum capital requirement of n20 million) to create a fair platform to assess the operations of firms on a similar operational level. 2.2 performance measurement using accounting ratios the performance indicators of the mfbs were measured around key operational indices like portfolio quality, financial management, efficiency and productivity and also profitability and sustainability. there are many ratios used in banking and microfinance but this study will adopt ratios based on the toolkit referred to as “seep ratios”. seep (small enterprise education and promotion network) has published a framework that advocates industry standard ratios for the monitoring of microfinance institutions in credit operations. the framework builds on a consensus of practitioners, donors (including cgap {consultative group to assist the poor}), evaluators and others in the microfinance industry (including the mix {microfinance information exchange. 2.3 malmquist productivity index (mpi) there are many different methods that could be used to measure the distance function, which makes up the malmquist productivity index. in the empirical part of this study, following similar input and output choices by martinez-gonzalez (2008) in the estimation of the efficiency scores of mfis, deap computer program was used to construct malmquist indices using dea-like methods (coelli, rao and battese, 2005). since the mfb’s objective is on achieving meaningful increase in outputs, within the context of a given level of inputs, the malmquist (output-orientated) tfp change index between period t (base period) and period t+1 can be written as: m (xt+1, yt+1,xt , yt) ={dt (xt+1, yt+1) dt+1 (xt+1, yt+1) / dt (xt , yt) dt+1 (xt, yt)}1/2 (6) where, m = malmquist productivity index, and d = distance function x and y = inputs and outputs respectively across time period t to t+1. where x1 = mfb’s operating expenses (n); x2 = mfb’s salaries and wages (n); y1 = mfb’s gross loan portfolio (n); y2 = mfb’s total savings. the choice of the output oriented malmquist index was motivated by the underlying assumption that microfinance is all about service delivery whose primary objectives are better measured in terms of its output vis-à-vis outreach, financial sustainability and welfare impact. 277performance and productivity changes 3. results and discussion in general, the sampled mfbs total savings mobilized grew from n3.672 billion ($22.95 million) in 2006 to n4.720 billion ($29.50 million) in 2010, while women savings represented 63% and 57% of the total savings in 2006 and 2010 respectively. the quantum of loans sought by the mfbs’ clients was n3.877 billion ($24.231million) in 2006, it grew to n5.275 billion ($32.969 million) in 2008 and reached n7.298 billion ($45.612 million) in 2010. credit gap (variance between loans applied for by beneficiaries and loan approved by the bank) of between 17% and 20% were observed over the study period. the mfbs outstanding loans as a percentage of loans disbursed was 21% in 2006, 22% in 2007, 21% in both 2008 and 2009, and 19% in 2010. the total annual loans disbursed to agricultural related activities grew marginally by 1% in 2007, but made significant leaps by recording growth figures of 20%, 21% and 5% in 2008, 2009 and 2010 respectively. the combined total assets of the sampled mfbs grew by 13% in 2007, 12% in 2008, 8% in 2009, and 7% in 2010. the combined total liabilities of the sampled mfbs rose by 11% in 2007, 12% in 2008, 8% in 2009 and 7% in 2010. 3.1 performance indicators for mfbs the study attempted to compare the ratios of the sampled mfbs with the global average for mfis reported by the central bank of nigeria (cbn). however, it should be noted that the reported global average was aggregated for all countries irrespective of the degree of development of their microfinance sub-sector and hence it might show huge variance with the ratios obtained from the nigerian microfinance sub-sector that is still at the infancy stage. 3.1.1 portfolio at risk (par) this is the outstanding principal amount of all loans that have at least one installment past due for one or more days. the amount includes the unpaid principal but excludes the accrued interest. it measures the potential for future losses based on the current performance of the portfolio. however, the average annual par of the sampled mfbs was 17%, 18%, 17%, 18% and 17% for 2006 to 2010 respectively. only 16% of the sampled mfbs met the recommended maximum par value of 5% in 2006. the value dropped to 14% in 2007, further declined to 8% in 2008, slumped to 6% in 2009 and increased marginally to 7% in 2010. the high par value recorded by the mfbs might be due to inadequate loan tracking mechanism, weak loan recovery practices and the lack of institutional support to enforce loan repayment. 3.1.2 portfolio to assets this ratio measures how much of the asset base of the mfbs that are invested in high performing loan portfolio. the average annual portfolio to asset ratio of the sampled mfbs were 57%, 55%, 58%, 66% and 69% for 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 respectively. the study also revealed that 34% of the sampled mfbs had a portfolio to asset ratio of below 40% in 2006, the percentage of mfbs rose to 37% in 2007, slumped to 23% in 2008, 278 m.a. olasupo, c.a. afolami, a.m. shittu, a.a.a. agboola rose marginally to 26% in 2009 and crashed to 22% in 2010. the nigeria microfinance sub-sector is still assumed to be at its infancy stage and following the learning curve principle of perfection through repeated trials, more mfbs are expected to have higher portfolio to asset ratio with time. 3.1.3 debt to equity ratio (leverage) leverage reflects the mfbs capital strength at a point in time. it depicts the portion of equity and debt that the mfb uses to finance its assets. increased debt becomes meaningful only if the resultant increase in earnings outweighs the cost of financing the debt. the study revealed that the annual average debt/equity ratios of the sampled mfbs were 2.65 in 2006, 2.21 in 2007, 2.20 in 2008, 2.15 in 2009 and 2.15 in 2010. the study also showed that only 31% of the sampled mfbs reported a debt/equity ratio of above 2 in 2006. the percentage of mfbs declined to 26% in 2007, rose to 29% in 2008, 30% in 2009 and 33% in 2010.the increasing trend from 2008 showed a better efficient matching of debts and equity by the mfbs and hence depicted a more efficient financial management system. 3.1.4 cost per client this ratio measures the quantum of the mfbs operating expenses (excluding the cost of funds or provisions for bad loans) that is required to serve a client. it connotes the expensive nature of the operations of the mfbs. the study showed that the sampled mfbs incurred an average of n4,214.17 ($26.36) per client in 2006, n4,350.00 ($27.19) in 2007, n4,863.95 ($30.40) in 2008, n4,560.07 ($28.50) in 2009 and n4,283.84($26.77) in 2010. this average cost per client is considered quite high as a significant number of the clients falls within the borrowers’ range of n5,000.00 to n50,000.00 ($31.25 to $310.25). this high cost per client ratio could adversely affect the mfbs efficiency and productivity. 3.1.5 borrowers per loan officer it depicts the productivity of loan officers in serving the client caseload. the ratio is not expected to be too high as it might lead to client overload for each loan officer, resulting in poor customer satisfaction, ineffective loan monitoring and high default rate. the study showed an annual borrowers/loan officer ratio of 232 in 2006, and it continually rose to 266 in 2007, 269 in 2008, 289 in 2009 and 313 in 2010. 3.1.6 return on assets (roa) roa depicts the management of the mfbs assets to maximize profit. it indicates the profitability of the mfbs before leverage. it measures the amount of profit the mfbs make per naira of its assets. the study revealed an average roa value of 8% in 2006 (i.e the mfbs made an average of 7.81 kobo for each naira worth of asset. the average roa value was 7%, 7%, 8% and 9% for 2007 to 2010 respectively. the high rate of returns on assets as compared to the global average could be adduced to the high interest rates charged by the mfbs. due to the short duration of the credit facilities provided by the mfbs, most mfbs charge between 2% to 5% monthly on their credit facilities. however, the roa is quite small compared to the average cost of capital that ranged between 18% and 22% over the study period. 279performance and productivity changes 3.1.7 return on equity (roe) it measures the rate of return on the shareholders’ equity of the mfbs. it shows the mfbs’ efficiency at generating profits from every unit of shareholders’ fund. the study reported annual average roe value of 26% in 2006, 21% in 2007, 19% in 2008, 21% in 2009 and 24% in 2010. the study further revealed that 60% of the sampled mfbs had roe ratio of above 15% in 2006, the valued declined to 57% in 2007, 56% in 2008 and 2009 and rose to 63% in 2010. overall, the various ratios depicted an evolving sub-sector with enormous amount of potentials. the revelations from the sampled mfbs might not deviate much from the industry’s average and hence the regulatory authorities must keep a tab on the activities of the mfbs through the formulation of policies that will create conducive environment for their growth. table 1. average performance of sampled mfbs (2006 to 2010) using ratio analysis. year 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 mean global average portfolio at risk >30 days (%) 17.47 17.65 17.01 18.06 17.33 17.504 4.6 portfolio/asset 57.4 55.21 58.14 65.96 69.03 61.148 na debt/equity 2.65 2.21 2.2 2.15 2.15 2.272 2.9 cost per client (n) 4,214.17 4,350.00 4,863.95 4,560.07 4,283.84 4,454.406 na borrowers per loan officer 232 266 269 289 313 273.8 238 returns to asset (%) 7.81 7.31 6.84 7.77 8.61 7.668 1.5 returns to equity (%) 26.09 21.33 19.49 20.52 23.63 22.212 7.1 source: author’s computation (2013). na = not available. 3.2 malmquist productivity index as earlier stated, an attractive feature of the malmquist index is that it decomposes into pure technical efficiency change and technological change. table 2 summarized the decomposed mean annual mpi or total factor productivity (tfp) over the study period. the mpi is decomposed into technical efficiency change and technological change of period t+1 relative to period t. the efficiency change is further divided into pure technical efficiency change and scale efficiency change (changes due to input-output combination efficiencies). the mfbs experienced fluctuating performances in their productivity changes. table 2 revealed improvements in the mfbs pure technical efficiency of 1.006 and 1.01 in year 2006-07 and 2008-09 while they suffered deterioration in their pure technical efficiency with values of 0.91 and 0.834 in periods 2007-08 and 2009-10 respectively. however, there were improvements in their scale efficiency in years 2006-07, 2008-09 and 2009-10, while they only suffered scale efficiency deterioration in year 2007-08 with a value of 0.967. the mfbs suffered technological decline throughout the periods with values of 0.96, 0.985, 0.658 and 0.46 in years 2006-07, 2007-08, 2008-09 and 2009-10 respectively. this trend 280 m.a. olasupo, c.a. afolami, a.m. shittu, a.a.a. agboola is quite disturbing as the sharp declines in years 2008-09 and 2009-10 showed the mfbs are not leveraging on available technology to improve on their efficiency. technological innovations will help simplify the operations of mfbs as they struggle to balance their operational objectives of outreach and financial sustainability. the observed technological decline from 2006 to 2010 corroborates the submissions of oladejo and olowookere (2011) and moya musa et al. (2012) on the poor deployment of technology among mfis. overall, the mfbs experienced total factor productivity improvements only in year 200607, while there were deteriorations in years 2007-08, 2008-09 and 2009-10. figure 1 showed trend in mean annual technical and technological changes of the sampled mfbs and corroborated the earlier assertion that the mfbs had better technical efficiency changes than their technological efficiency changes. it further underscores the relevance of technology in the modern business environment and mfbs should be encouraged to leverage on available technology to ease their operations and enhance their accounting and loan tracking proficiencies. table 2. summary of the malmquist productivity index for the (2006 to 2010). concept 06-07 07-08 08-09 09-10 efficiency change 1.142 0.88 1.445 1.661 technological change 0.96 0.985 0.658 0.46 pure efficiency change 1.066 0.91 1.01 0.834 scale efficiency change 1.071 0.967 1.431 1.993 total factor productivity change 1.097 0.867 0.951 0.764 author’s computation (2013): figure 1. trend in mean annual technological (tech) and technical changes (eff) for mfbs (20062010).   281performance and productivity changes 4. summary and conclusion in assessing the performance and productivity changes of mfbs in south-west nigeria as an indicator to the happenings in the nigerian microfinance sub-sector, the study noticed a steady growth in the operations of the mfbs but also revealed a lot of opportunities for improvements. the performance indicators of the mfbs using relevant ratios indicated gross inconsistencies in the mfbs performance as benchmarked against global standards. though the nigerian microfinance sub-sector is still emerging, huge deviations from global standards indicated the enormous effort required to mainstream mfbs towards best-practices. the study revealed an annual average par < 30 days of between 17.01% and 18.06% as compared to global par < 30 days value of 4.6%. par is crucial to the mfbs’ survival as it measures the potential for future losses based on the current performance of the loan portfolio. mfbs should be encouraged to tighten their loan tracking and recovery mechanisms. regulatory authorities could also assist the mfbs to establish enforce-able loan recovery systems. the annual average portfolio to assets ratio of the mfbs ranged from 55% to 69%. the mfbs reported an average leverage of 2.32, which though lower than the reported global average of 2.9 but very close to the 2.4 average reported for africa. the average cost per client ratio of the mfbs was n4,454.41 ($27.84), a value perceived as being too high considering the fact that significant number of the clients still borrow between the n5,000 to n50,000 ($31.25 to $310.25) range. the return on assets (roa) and return on equity (roe) of the mfbs were quite impressive as compared with reported global averages but this could be highly connected to the high interest rates currently being charged for the services of the mfbs. the average interest rate among the sampled mfbs ranged from 3% to 6% per month. the malmquist productivity index showed inconsistencies in the technical and technological changes as the mfbs had more pronounced changes in their technical productivity changes than their technological productivity changes. it was revealed that the mfbs had no technological productivity improvements as the mfbs experienced technological productivity decline throughout the study period of 2006 to 2010. this positive correlation between performance and technology amplifies the relevance of technology to the overall performance and sustainability of mfbs in nigeria. in this age of information technology, it is expedient for mfbs to collaborate and evolve operational softwares that will ease their customer tracking, loan monitoring, operational performances and provides cost effective and efficient means of achieving their business objectives. mfbs should be encouraged to leverage on available technology and improve their service delivery for better efficiency and profitability. overall, the mfbs had alternating advancements and deteriorations across all forms of the constituents of their total factor productivity changes but had the best trend in their scale efficiency changes over the period. mfbs are advised to pay attention to each constituent of their total factor productivity as advancements in some areas and deterioration in other areas will continue to hamper advancements in their overall tfp. 282 m.a. olasupo, c.a. afolami, a.m. shittu, a.a.a. agboola 5. recommendation the study depicted the nigerian microfinance sub-sector as an emerging one with huge potentials to achieve its desired goals and objectives as an engine for sustainable economic growth and development. based on the findings of this study, the following recommendations were made: 1. the high mean par ratio of 18% found in the study for the sampled mfbs portends great danger for the sub-sector. the cbn should establish a credit bureau for mfbs. this will aid mfbs effort in loan tracking and handling of default cases towards reducing their high portfolio at risk (par). regulatory authorities should also institute enforce-able loan recovery systems to mitigate against cases of deliberate default. 2. the malmquist productivity index showed technological decline among the sampled mfbs over the study period. mfbs should invest in technology by leveraging on available business solution applications and also invest in research and development. efficient use of it will aid their customer profiling, loan monitoring and recovery and ultimately help reduce their par. 3. mfbs are critical to the success of the financial inclusion policy of the cbn as they are closer to the financially excluded populace. the central bank of nigeria (cbn) should invest in the development of robust operational softwares for the management information system (mis) and operational efficiency of mfbs. subsidizing the cost of acquisition to the mfbs will encourage them to adopt the use of information technology in their operations as cost of acquisition could deter them from leveraging on relevant technological innovations. references banker, r.d., charnes, a., cooper, w.w. (1984). some models for estimating technical and scale inefficiencies in data envelopment analysis. management science 30(9): 1078-1092. brau, j.c. & woller, g.m. (2004): microfinance: a comprehensive review of the existing literature. journal of entrepreneurial finance and business ventures 9: 1-26. central bank of nigeria (2005): micro finance policy, regulatory and supervisory framework for nigeria. central bank of nigeria (2012): statistical bulletin. charnes, a., cooper, w., rhodes, e. (1978). measuring the efficiency of decision making units. european journal of operation research 2(6): 429-444. coelli, t.j., prasada rao, d.s., o’donell, c.j., and battese, g.e. (2005). an introduction to efficiency and productivity analysis. second edition. springler science + business media, llc, 233 spring street, new york, ny 10013, usa. dzene, r., and asiedu, k.f. (2010). gender composition, competition and sustainability of microfinance in africa: evidence from ghana’s microfinance industry. accessed from http://www.csae.ox.ac.uk/.../175-dzene. färe, r., grosskopf g., lindgren b., zhang z. (1994). productivity growth and technical efficiency change in industrial countries. american economic review 84(1):66-83. frank, h. robert (2008). microeconomics and behaviour, seventh edition. mcgraw-hill international edition. 283performance and productivity changes frankiewicz, c. (2003). information technology as a strategic tool for microfinance in africa. seminar report by africap. grifell-tatjé, e., lovell, c. a. k. (1996). deregulation and productivity decline: the case of spanish saving banks. european economic review 40: 1281-1303. kruijff david and hartenstein stephan (2013). microfiannce and the global financial crisi: a call for basel. international finance corporation. kulik, n., and molinari, p. (2004). sustainable microfinance and technology. ford motor company fellowship. lafourcade, a., isern, j., mwangi, p. & brown, m.(2005). overview of the outreach and financial performance of microfinance institutions on africa. www.mixmarket.org. lovell, c.a.k. (1996). applying efficiency measurement techniques to the measurement of productivity change. journal of productivity analysis 7(2-3): 329-340. martinez-gonzalez, a. (2008). technical evidence of microfinance institutions: evidence from mexico. m.sc thesis, ohio state university. moya musa, m., akodo,r., mukooza, m., kaliba, a.r., and mbarika, v.w. (2012): impact of investment in information and communication technology on performance and growth of microfinance institutions in uganda. applied econometrics and international development 12(2): 151-164. natilson, n. and till bruett (2001). financial performance monitoring: a guide for board members of microfinance institutions. microfinance best practices development alternatives, inc. oladejo, m.o., and olowookere, j.k. (2011). automation of microfinance institutions in nigeria: implication for the accountants. international journal of development and management review 6(1). rosenberg, r. (2009). measuring results of microfinance institutions minimum: indicators that donor and investors should tracka technical guide. washington, dc: cgap. shah, d.p. (1999). adbn and its experience in rural and microfinance attitude. quarterly development review xvi(20). thapa, g. (2007). sustainability and governance of microfinance institutions: recent experiences and some lessons for southeast asia. asian journal of agriculture and development 4(1): 17-37. vetrivel, s.c. and kumarmangalam, s.c. (2010). role of microfinance institutions in rural development. international journal of information technology and knowledge management 2(2): 435-441. bio-based and applied economics 5(1): 27-45, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-15283 an estimation of the willingness to pay for biodiesel: a pilot study of diesel consumers pathmanathan sivashankar1,*, jeevika weerahewa2, gamini pushpakumara3, lakshman galagedara4 1 postgraduate institute of agriculture, university of peradeniya and sabaragamuwa university of sri lanka 2 department of agricultural economics and business management, university of peradeniya, sri lanka 3 department of crop science, university of peradeniya, sri lanka, 4 grenfell campus, memorial university of newfoundland, corner brook, nl, canada date of submission: december 28th, 2014; accepted 2016 27th, april abstract. sri lanka’s energy policy presumes that the country will be meeting 20% of its energy requirements by non-conventional renewable energy resources by 2020. this study attempts to assess diesel vehicle owners’ willingness to pay (wtp) for jatropha biodiesel and the factors affecting their decisions. the contingent valuation method (cvm) was used to elicit the wtp for the non-marketed biodiesel, which leads to a hypothetical allocation. for diesel vehicle users, a single bid approach was used at rs.121/= per litre (€ 0.83). the study was carried out in kandy region among diesel vehicle users. the factors affecting wtp were estimated using probit regression and wtp was estimated using nonparametric estimation techniques. the mean wtp for biodiesel by the diesel vehicle users was rs.109 per litre (€ 0.74) for lower bound levels. the median wtp was rs.124/= per litre (€ 0.85). elderly respondents with higher education are less likely to pay for biodiesel in both samples. married respondents with higher income are more likely to pay higher prices for biodiesel. keywords. willingness to pay, jatropha biodiesel, probit regression, diesel consumers jel codes. q21, q41, q42 1. introduction the debate over energy and economic development has received growing attention among economists and policy makers in the post millennia era. almost all past economic recessions were linked to oil price fluctuations, either directly or indirectly (hamilton, 2011; killian and vigfusson, 2014). hence, energy conservation and efficient utilization of energy and energy sources play a crucial role for policy makers. dwindling fossil fuels * corresponding author: sivashankar.p@hotmail.com 28 p. sivashankar et al. have been threatening the growth prospects of many countries including sri lanka. as sri lanka’s energy needs have been increasing over the years, its dependence on imported crude oil to meet energy demand has increased. sri lanka uses diverse energy sources. the main source is imported petroleum, followed by renewable sources, including hydropower, biomass, solar, and wind (energy balance, 2010). among them, hydropower is widely used for electricity generation. commercially traded forms dominate the local energy market through petroleum and electricity while biomass is also traded in smaller shares. this heavy dependence on imported crude oil has made the vision of achieving sustained growth in developing countries dubious (igberaese, 2013; osman and nour, 2011; rodriguez and sanchez, 2005). even for developed countries, economic growth has been limited due to the dependence on fossil fuels (rodriguez and sanchez, 2005). developed countries, having understood the constraints on fossil fuels and depleting natural resources, have begun to embrace the concept of bio-based economy. their governments promote and invest heavily in the research and development of bio-based products with subsidies at different levels of the supply chain, from the field to the consumer (erma, 2007; steenblik, 2007; josling et al., 2010; world bank, 2010). the concept of bio-based economy is still new to many developing countries. the eu defines bio-economy as the economy that “encompasses the production of renewable biological resources and their conversion into food, feed, biobased products and bio-energy. it includes agriculture, forestry, fisheries, food and pulp and paper production, as well as parts of chemical, biotechnological and energy industries” (eu commission, 2012). in the literature, there is not yet agreement on a common definition, but studies have emphasised the importance of bio-economy, its challenges, and potential and how it has moved further away from agricultural economies (roman, 2012; viaggi et al., 2012). bio-based products are commercial or industrial products composed of the whole or part of a biological origin from agriculture, forestry, or renewable biological material (usda, 2006). similar definitions have also been proposed by the eu commission (2012) and cen (2014). renewable energy is a key component of the biobased economy. biomass (45.80%), petroleum (40.90%) and hydropower (11.10%) are the main energy resources used in sri lanka (energy balance, 2010). the use of renewable energy sources such as wind power and solar electricity is estimated to be insignificant in comparison to these three sources. electricity and petroleum products are the main forms of commercial energy, and an increasing amount of biomass is also commercially grown and added to the national energy supply. demand for energy in sri lanka is on the rise. however, the share of electricity generation from non-conventional renewable energy resources is as low as 4%. in 2005, the then government of sri lanka’s target was to achieve 10% by 2015. the national policy, viz, mahinda chintanaya (mahinda’s vision) in 2005 targeted 20% of contribution from non-conventional renewable energy sources by the year of 2020. biofuel is an energy source/combustible fuel that is produced from plants and other biobased products. two different types exist, viz, bioethanol and biodiesel, which are not yet locally produced on a commercial scale. accordingly, it is essential to study the prospects of biodiesel options in sri lanka. globally, the usa (corn) and brazil (sugarcane) account for about 89% of global ethanol production (www.dnv.com, 2010). the eu currently represents 90% of global bio29a pilot study of diesel consumers diesel production and consumption. due to the competitive advantage in land size and technology, larger economies have reached greater milestones in innovation in biofuels. due to its environmental merits, the biofuel share in the automotive fuel market will grow rapidly in the future (demirbas, 2008). moreover, the combustion of bio-diesel fuels produces fewer emissions than diesel (mittelbach and remschmidt, 2004). given this context, this study attempts to measure the willingness of sri lankan consumers to consume biodiesel produced from a bio-based, non-food agricultural crop, jatropha (physic nut). is the sri lankan public ready to consume biodiesel instead of conventional diesel? what are their perceptions about biodiesel consumption and investment on this bio-based sector? what is the price they are willing to pay for this environmentally friendly product and what factors affect their intention to consume biodiesel? this study attempts to answer these questions. the study measures the acceptance of biodiesel by diesel consumers in sri lanka, and estimates the demand for biodiesel through positive willingness to pay (wtp) and factors affecting their choices. although wtp research has been carried out on other bio-based products in sri lanka, this is the first of its kind on the estimation of wtp for biodiesel in the country. the organization of the rest of the paper is as follows. section 2 discusses the relevant literature on renewable energy and bio-based products and the demand estimation for biodiesel. section 3 posits the theory for wtp estimation and the methodology followed. section 4 and 5 present the results and the emerging discussion, respectively. a conclusion is provided in section 6. 2. review of literature 2.1 bio-based products as renewable energy sources. bio-based products are products that have a biological origin, be it from agricultural land, the livestock industry, forestry, fisheries, or even from microbes (usda, 2006; eu commission 2012; cen, 2014). bio-based products include, but are not limited to, adhesives, construction materials and composites, fibres, paper and packaging, fuel additives, paints, plant inks, solvents etc. (usda, 2006). most of these products are environmentally friendly in nature and fetch higher market prices. these industries are also heavily subsidized in many countries. among these bio-based products, biofuel production is particularly common the world over. the most common biofuel types are biodiesel and bioethanol. biodiesel is produced from oil crops like rapeseed (brassica napus), sunflower (helianthus annuus), jatropha (jatropha curcas l.) and soybean (glycine max), while bioethanol is produced from starch crops like sugarcane (saccharum officinarum), wheat (triticum aestivum) and corn (zea mays). with the onset of the 2008 food crisis, it has been claimed that the usage of food crops in biodiesel production is a threat to food security (tenenbaum, 2008; iufost, 2010; jideani et al., 2011; popp et al., 2014). the current trend is biodiesel extraction from non-edible, oil-bearing trees such as jatropha, pongamia (milletia pinnata), castor (ricinus communis) and neem (azadirachta indica) (lele, 2008). in addition to these plant varieties, further research is focussed on biofuel production from algae (khola and ghazala, 2012; pitman et al.,2011; hossain et al., 2008; park et al., 2011). this could be a 30 p. sivashankar et al. remedy for the challenges faced by land limitations and the food security issues related to biofuel production. the benefits from biofuel production include a reduction in carbon emissions, job creation, poverty alleviation, and an improvement in the socio-economic conditions of the rural people, especially the rural poor (francis et al., 2005; tomomatsu and swallow, 2007; and pushpakumara et al., 2008). the multidimensional long-term benefits of biofuels have created a growing interest in biofuel production in developing countries. among other energy crops, jatropha has been extensively produced in developing countries on the asian, african, and latin american continents. like other energy crops, jatropha’s contribution to mitigate greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions has been emphasised by tomomatsu and swallow (2007). if oil prices continue to rise, alternative fuels will become an economic necessity for small economies. 2.2 demand for biodiesel demand estimation for these types of products through a surrogate market indicates whether there is a market for these bio-based products. wtp for biodiesel or bioethanol could be affected by many reasons. studies reveal that consumers value the environmental benefits of green energy (roe et al., 2001; shrum et al., 1995). in terms of ethanol as an alternative fuel, the interaction between intended purchases of e10 blended fuel and environmental, political and national security benefits have also been addressed using the contingent valuation method (cvm) in a simultaneous latent variable framework (bhattacharjee et al., 2008). the study revealed that males with liberal ideologies who were familiar with ethanol had higher wtp. jeanty and hitzhusen (2007) used a cvm estimate wtp for air pollution reduction from using biodiesel in diesel engines. the study focuses on valuing the benefits of biodiesel such as a reduction in co2 emissions by 75%, reductions in fine particulates by 47%, sulphur emissions by 100%, and volatile organic compounds by 56%. li et al. (2009) used a mixed-mode cvm survey to estimate wtp for increased research and development in support of replacing fossil fuels in the united states where wtp was higher for females, people with liberal political ideologies respondents with higher incomes, and those who considered energy issues to be important. solomon and johnson (2009) conducted a case study of michigan, wisconsin, and minnesota residents to determine how these residents valued climate protection through the potential purchase and consumption of cellulosic ethanol, using a multi-part, split-sample cvm. jeanty and hitzhusen (2007) present the results of a contingent valuation study in two ohio regions to estimate willingness to pay for air pollution reduction from using biodiesel in diesel engines. the double bounded parametric formulation was used to estimate mean wtp. gracia et al. (2009) suggests that determinants of wtp heterogeneity are not limited to the buyers’ socio demographic characteristics. it is also determined by buyers’ knowledge on biodiesel, their fuel purchasing habits and factors of the behavioural model. behavioural model factors include attitudes, subjective norms, and perceived behavioural control, where all three factors affects the intention (azjen, 1991). the common message of these studies is that the consumers are willing to pay a higher price for biodiesel. in greece, 90% of people believe that climate change is related to fossil fuel consumption, whilst only half think that biofuels could be an effective solution (savvanidou et al., 31a pilot study of diesel consumers 2010). although biofuels are not new, usage remains low in certain western countries and public opinion of biofuels is still divided. according to savvanidou et al. (2010), eighty per cent of respondents who owned vehicles were willing to use biofuels, of which 44.8% were willing to pay more for them (€ 0.06 per litre). in particular, the highly educated are more likely to pay this amount whereas the general public is willing to pay more if research organisations manage the introduction of biofuels rather than government or industry. there is a need to educate people on the positive impacts of biofuels through campaigns (savvanidou et al., 2010). marra (2010) revealed that, in general, consumers were willing to pay for reductions in greenhouse gas emissions through purchases of e85 and that these amounts vary from one market segment to the next. no such study has been conducted on the wtp of sri lankans for biodiesel. this study is the first of its kind targeting sri lankan diesel vehicle users. 3. methodology 3.1 demand estimation in this section, the theoretical background and the methods used for estimating the demand for jatropha biodiesel is discussed. demand has been estimated using two techniques. the first method is the parametric estimation of demand (hanemann, 1984). the second method is non-parametric estimation of demand for biodiesel. studies show that nonparametric estimation can be used as it does not assume the normal distribution of data and at times it is the best method for demand estimation of non-marketed products (turnbull, 1976; kristrom, 1990; haab and mcconnell, 1997; vaughan and rodriguez, 2001). 3.2 theoretical and empirical estimation of wtp theory of demand suggests demand is a function of price (p). in addition to price p, lancaster (1971) argues that demand is also a function of other attributes of the product (a) and income (i) of consumers. farrow et al. (2011) expands this theoretical model to include the psychological characteristics (c) of the decision maker. these characteristics include the standard theory of planned behaviour variables: attitudes, beliefs, norms, and perceived behavioural control (azjen, 1991; armitage and conner, 2001; daigle et al., 2002). the general theoretical model is as follows: wtp = f (p, a, i, c) (1) welfare change cannot be directly measured; indirect utility function and minimum expenditure function provide the theoretical basis for welfare estimation. in stated preferences, welfare change is measured by a change in these functions. cvm can be viewed as a direct measure of welfare change. wtp is the amount of income that compensates an individual for a welfare change. an individual’s wtp for environmental benefit is the amount that must be taken away from the individual’s income while keeping his or her utility unchanged (huang, 2011; freeman iii et al., 2014): 32 p. sivashankar et al. v(y-wtp, p, q1) = v(y, , p, z, q0) (2) where v is indirect utility function, y income, p is a price vector, z is a vector of socioeconomic variables, and q0 and q1 are the environmental quality at status quo and improved levels respectively. according to this model, choice (the decision to purchase fuel) is based on the attributes of the fuel (environmental, fuel security) and the individual’s psychological characteristics, specifically their beliefs (perceptions) about the environment (e.g., global warming), fuel security (dependence on foreign sources of fuel), as well as attitudes towards new technologies, products and their prices. behavioural theories suggest that attitudes are an important determinant of behaviour (ajzen and fishbein, 1988; ronis et al., 1989; azjen, 1991; daigle et al., 2002; sutton, 2004). from equation (2), wtp function can be obtained as in equation (3). wtp = f (y, p, z, q0, q1) (3) equation (3) underlies the estimation of a valuation function that depicts the monetary value of a change in economic welfare that occurs for any change in environmental quality. the residuals of the respondents, ε, are assumed to have a standard normal distribution ε~n[0, 1]. that is, the distribution of the residuals of the socio-economic variables, denoted by x, follows a standard normal distribution with zero mean and a common variance, unity. given that our response variable is a binary response, with the cumulative density function being normally distributed, a probit model for wtp can be developed. the latent variable wtp* is linked to the observed binary variable wtp through the relationship below: wtp 1 if wtp* > 0 0 if wtp* ≤ 0 ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ the probit model can be derived from the following equation: wtp* = φ(x’jβ + εj) (4) as equation (4) denotes, wtp*, an unobserved continuous variable, can be written as the function of vector, xj with a cumulative normal distribution with the predicted probabilities. for a given covariate, the probit function provides the probability area of the standard normal distribution. mathematically, the probit function results from the inverse of the cumulative density function (φ) of the standard normal distribution. accordingly, it can be denoted as in equation (5) (razzaghi, 2013). wtp = φ-1(wtp*) = (x’jβ + εj) (5) wtp = (x’jβ + εj) (6) wtp* is an unobserved variable. to use it as an observed variable the variable wtp is applied. here, equation (5) serves as the link function (probit link) between actual wtp* 33a pilot study of diesel consumers and estimated wtp. denoting the willingness to pay determinants as a vector, x, then for each respondent j=1…. n in the sample, the latent variable, wtp, can be written as in equation (6) for a single bounded model. β is the vector of parameters estimated (long, 1997). the level of wtp is investigated using the probit regression to model the respondents’ responses against attitudinal variables and several socio-economic variables. this is a common approach in contingent valuation studies to test the validity of wtp results by examining how well the model corresponds to the economic theory in which individuals with higher incomes are expected to have a higher than average wtp. similarly, individuals with low incomes are expected to have a lower than average wtp. equation (7) presents the empirical equation for the unobserved continuous variable, wtp* , which determines the value of wtp in the study. the respective variable names and units are presented in table 1. wtp* = β0 + β1x1 + β2x2 + β3x3 + β4x4 + β5x5 + β6x6 + β7x7 + β8x8 + β9x9 + β10x10 + ε (7) table 1. variables used in the probit regression. variable definition type expected sign x1 age continuous + x2 gender (0=female, 1=male) dummy +/x3 education continuous + x4 marital status (0=single, 1=married) dummy +/x5 employment (emp) (0=unemployed, 1=farmer, 2=government, 3=self employed, 4=private, 5=other) categorical +/x6 income continuous + x7 refuel cost continuous + x8 vehicle age continuous + x9 knowledge on ghg (0 = no idea, 1=heard, 3= know categorical + x10 knowledge on climate change (0 = no idea, 1=heard, 3= know categorical + note: for dummy variables, the first level is chosen as the reference level. 3.3 nonparametric estimation the parametric approach to derive the wtp measure requires a distribution assumption (hanemann, 1984; bishop and heberlein, 1979), which may result in inconsistent estimates when the distribution is miss-specified. in order to overcome this potential problem, turnbull (1976) suggested a distribution free lower bound mean estimate. the turnbull lower bound mean (lbm) estimate is calculated as (haab and mcconnell, 1997; vaughan and rodriguez, 2001): 34 p. sivashankar et al. lbm turnbull( ) = p1b1+ i=2 m ∑pi bi − bi−1( ) (8) the variance of the lbm: var lbm( ) = i=1 m ∑ pi 1− pi( ) bi − bi−1( )2 n (9) the relationships between wtp responses and characteristics of respondents in the model are hypothesized in line with the economic theory. thus, variables of income, education, refuelling costs, age of vehicle, and knowledge of greenhouse gases and global warming are expected to have a positive relationship with wtp amount for biodiesel. the gender and age characteristics cannot be directly assumed to have a positive relation with the amount of wtp. since there is scepticism involved in expecting which direction the gender and age variable will direct the amount of wtp, predictions are not formulated. 3.4 data collection a survey was conducted to measure the wtp for diesel vehicle users and the factors affecting their decisions. the sample included one hundred randomly selected diesel vehicle users from kandy district. the data collection was conducted face to face through an interviewer administered questionnaire, behind the city centre premises leading to the car park. the reason for selecting this location is that it is the centre of the city and is connected to the two main car parks in the central town: the city centre car park and central market car park. the sampling unit for diesel vehicle users were individuals because in this case the driver or the decision maker is an individual who is deemed to be the economic agent, not the family. since there is no biodiesel in the market of any kind, the conditions of the study were clearly stated to the respondents to elicit answers with less bias. two types of wtp questions were asked. first, the respondents were asked whether they would like to pay more for jatropha biodiesel. for this question respondents had to select either yes or no. a subsequent another question followed, irrespective of their answer to the first wtp question. this question directly asked respondents the price they would be willing to pay for a litre of biodiesel. this was an open question, hence allowing respondents to provide their preferred price. as a result, possibility of a jatropha biodiesel market had to be explained to the respondents, minimizing the bias, in order to create the surrogate market for biodiesel. also, more generally, the concept of biodiesel had to be introduced to the respondents. the production and availability of biodiesel and how it can be used in the diesel engine, the modification needed for the engine, mileage comparisons, and the benefits and constraints had to be explained to the respondents. after doing so, respondents were asked whether they would be willing to pay more for a litre of biodiesel compared to the conventional diesel price of rs. 121 per litre. once respondents had answered either yes or no, another open question was 35a pilot study of diesel consumers posed to determine how much respondents are willing to pay. this is an open question, so respondents were free to indicate any amount. this exercise was particularly time consuming as this was the first study of its kind in sri lanka, conducted to elicit wtp for biodiesel using a cvm instrument. the questionnaire for diesel vehicle users consisted of mainly two parts. the first, consisting of thirteen questions, focused on the socio-economic information of the respondents. categorical and open-ended questions were included to determine the background information of the respondents. the second part captured the respondents’ knowledge of biofuels. knowledge of jatropha biodiesel and their wtp for jatropha oil were included in this section. it also included a series of questions related to the respondents’ perceptions of renewable energy development in sri lanka, and knowledge of greenhouse gases and global warming. 4. results 4.1 sample composition and information table 2 describes the summary of the demographic variables of the sampled 100 diesel vehicle users. on average, the respondents were educated above 11th grade in the secondary school level (i.e. ordinary level). the mean age of the sample is 40 years and the average monthly income is around rs. 28,500. the range of income was from zero to one hundred thousand sri lankan rupees. on average they spent around rs. 15,885 to refuel their vehicles with diesel, with a range of rs. 500 to rs. 270,000 per month. this is mainly due to the presence of respondents who do hiring services and transportation services for the finished and intermediary goods. table 3 depicts the level of awareness of renewable energy sources, knowledge of greenhouse gases and climate change and, more specifically, awareness of jatropha biodiesel production. the majority of the respondents have basic knowledge of renewable energy sources and all of them were supportive of the development of renewable energy sources in sri lanka. respondents were more familiar with, and knowledgeable of, climate change phenomena than greenhouse gases. this is plausible as climate change is more often cited in local newspapers in the context of floods and droughts. knowledge of biofuels and jatropha biodiesel production is limited among the respondents. diesel vehicle users were asked whether they would pay more for biodiesel than conventional diesel. seventy-two per cent (72%) of the respondents were not willing to pay a higher price for biodiesel. the majority of the sample responded negatively (72%) and only 28% said they would be willing to pay more for biodiesel above the current conventional diesel price of rs 121 per ltr. for the open-ended wtp question, 7% of the respondents did not indicate a price. the highest price reported was rs. 140/litre from one respondent whereas around 9% of the respondents were willing to pay between rs. 130 to 140 per litre. around 22% were willing to pay rs 120/litre and another 16% of them were willing to pay rs.125/litre. approximately 4% were willing to pay less than rs. 90/litre. these figures were used to elicit the non-parametric wtp for biodiesel. the mean wtp for biodiesel by the diesel vehicle users was rs.109 per litre for lower bound levels. the median wtp was rs.124 per litre. 36 p. sivashankar et al. table 2. summary profile of the diesel vehicle users. variable category per cent (%) variable category per cent (%) gender male 96 marital single 14 female 4 status married 86 education below 11th grade(o/l) 18 religion buddhism 97 up to 11th grade 34 islam 2 up to 13th grade 36 christianity 1 above secondary education 12 occupation unemployed 5 household (size) n=89 2 4 farmer 1 3 25 government 19 4 23 student 2 5 26 self employed 50 6 7 private 19 7 2 other 4 8 2 times refuelled less than once a month 1 monthly income (rs.) mean 28,494.68 once a month 1 minimum 0.00 once every two weeks 18 maximum 100,000.00 once a week 32 std. dev 17,685.802 more than once a week 48 age (years) mean 40.09 refuel cost/month (rs.) mean 15,885.00 minimum 19.00 minimum 500.00 maximum 71.00 maximum 270,000.00 std. dev 11.81 std. dev 31640.46 table 3. summary of perceptions and awareness of bio-energy issues. variable category percentage knowledge of renewable energy sources yes 81% no 21% development of renewable energy in sri lanka against 1% supportive 99% familiarity with greenhouse gases (ghg) no idea 56 % heard about it 36% know about it 8% familiarity with climate change no idea 12% heard about it 64% know about it 24% knowledge of biofuels never heard about it 39% have heard about it 32% know what it is 14% know its origin 6% know its benefits 9% knowledge of jatropha biodiesel production yes 36% no 64% 37a pilot study of diesel consumers 4.2 regression results for factors affecting wtp for jatropha biodiesel according to the probit model, only income, age of the respondent, age of the vehicle and education are significantly affecting the decision to use jatropha biodiesel. the pseudo r2 (i.e. mcfadden r2) is around 0.29 (table 4). it is the measure of proximity of the model to the observed data. this suggests that around 29% of the variation is captured from the model and the rest is misclassified and captured by the error term. since the probability value for the model is 0.043, at a 5% significance level, the hypothesis that all coefficients are equal to zero is rejected. it is noteworthy to mention that this type of regression using survey data usually yields low r2 values. when incomes increase respondents are more likely to opt for biodiesel. older people are less likely to pay for biodiesel. similarly when education levels increase compared to the primary education level, respondents are less likely to pay more for jatropha biodiesel as an option for the substitution of conventional diesel. this is evident up to the secondary education level. beyond that it does not posit a significant relationship. similarly, with the additional increase in a vehicle’s age, people are less likely to opt for biodiesel. this is in contrast table 4. probit regression results for factors affecting wtp for biodiesel. dv=wtp(1/0) coefficient pvalue marginal effect age -0.039* 0.098 -0.010 gender: male -0.772 0.446 -0.26 education (ref: grade v) upto o/l -1.710** 0.014 -0.543 upto a/l -1.239** 0.043 -0.446 above a/l -1.423 0.125 -0.490 marital status: married 0.904 0.190 0.174 occupation (ref: unemployed) government 0.134 0.894 0.051 self employ -0.923 0.322 -0.266 other 1.047 0.423 0.3924 income 0.000027* 0.100 7.16e-06 refuel cost 7.32e-07 0.950 1.93e-07 vehicle age -0.00742* 0.083 -0.002 ghg (ref: no idea) heard -0.138 0.745 -0.043 know 0.1242 0.415 -0.170 climate change(ref: no idea) heard -0.138 0.833 -0.036 know 0.124 0.892 0.036 constant 2.261 0.205 probit regression lr chi2(17) = 28.14 prob> chi2 = 0.043 log likelihood = -34.258556 pseudo r2 = 0.2911 **,*significant at 5% and10% significance level respectively. 38 p. sivashankar et al. with the expectation that owners of brand new vehicles will be hesitant to use biodiesel. this may be due to the fact that brand new vehicles are better at energy conservation; hence people may be showing a preference for biodiesel as a result. older vehicle users might also have the perception that biodiesel is a new concept and thus it is not applicable to older vehicles. it was expected that perceptions of global warming and climate change might have an impact on decisions, but those variables were not significant, even at a 10% significance level. the regression coefficients and their magnitudes cannot be directly used for interpretation. thus, marginal effects are used to interpret the outcomes of limited dependent variables. a one year increase in age decreases the likelihood of paying more for biodiesel by 1%. respondents educated up secondary education level are 54% less likely to pay more for biodiesel than people who have education levels below secondary education level. the latter is the base reference level for education categories. compared to the reference level, the respondents who are educated up to an advanced level are 44% less likely to pay more for biodiesel than the conventional diesel price. people with an educated higher than the advanced level are 49% less likely to pay more for biodiesel compared to the respondents who are educated below ordinary levels. a oneunit increase in income would increase the likelihood of paying more for biodiesel by a very minimal percentage (0.000716%). people with older vehicles are 0.2% less likely to pay more for biodiesel than people with newer vehicles. 4.3 nonparametric estimation of wtp as mentioned in the methodology, nonparametric elicitation of wtp has been used in many studies to avoid the assumption of normality. in short, this is calculated based on the cumulative density changes for each price. lbm for diesel vehicle users is rs 109.46 per litre. the median wtp was rs. 124.43 per litre. the kristrom mean was rs. 112.42/ litre. though different mean estimations provide different estimates, they are calculated at different boundaries, viz, lower boundary, middle, and the upper boundary. 5. discussion the present study looked at the wtp for biodiesel from jatropha, a bio-based renewable energy product. it hypothesized, in general, that with higher income and education levels diesel vehicle users would be willing to pay more for biodiesel. hence, they will be willing to pay a higher price for biodiesel than for conventional diesel. other variables that were considered to have a positive association with higher wtp for biodiesel were age, awareness on greenhouse gases, awareness of climate change, age of vehicle, and monthly refuelling costs. gender, marital status and employment levels were not assumed to have an impact on wtp for biodiesel as the directions of associations could be either way for these variables. though there were significant variables, the outcomes were rather mixed, supporting only a few hypotheses. interestingly, some variables that were expected to have an effect were not significant. out of the significant coefficients, age, education, and age of vehicle had a negative association with the wtp for jatropha biodiesel. income was also significant, but had a very marginal effect on wtp for biodiesel. about 72% of 39a pilot study of diesel consumers the sample was not ready to pay an additional price for biodiesel. past studies also show a mixed response, but mostly favour a positive wtp. most of the studies have been focused on europe and north america (radics et al., 2015). in anderson (2012) and petrolia et al. (2010), there were positive responses for a premium price for ethanol and blended ethanol, respectively. a sizable number of respondents are willing to pay more for biofuel. even though consumers did not have a clear picture of the benefits of using them, they still preferred to pay a higher price. this is in contrast to the present study. though consumers are in favour of paying a premium, their preferences are heterogeneous (fimereli and mourato, 2009). to understand the results of the study, it is essential to understand the background of biodiesel production in sri lanka. however, this is not the main objective of this article. although sri lankans are aware of biodiesel, it is not commonly compared to petroleum, hydropower or even electricity. jatropha biodiesel production is in its infancy in sri lanka. unlike the african nations and other asian countries that have invested in jatropha production for biodiesel, sri lanka has not made any huge investments. only a few preliminary studies have been conducted on jatropha biodiesel production. furthermore, the jatropha cultivations that were started with the aegis of non-governmental organisations have not provided promising results up to now. meanwhile, jatropha plantations can only be cultivated on non-agricultural lands, to avoid negative impacts on food security. in many households, jatropha has been used as a fence crop. initially, it is unlikely to produce sufficient jatropha oil to be used as biodiesel. but, a blend with certain percentage of jatropha biodiesel mixed with conventional diesel can be used. moreover, local production has proven that the oil content of jatropha seeds is not up to the expectations. sivashankar et al. (2014) show that under local conditions, at status quo, biodiesel production is not economically feasible. yet they stress that if conditions were to improve, i.e. seed yield increases or biodiesel being sold at higher prices than the conventional diesel price (i.e. rs. 121 per litre) the venture could become feasible. herath et al. (2008) show that jatropha cultivation and biodiesel production is financially feasible in sri lanka and the by-products can be also sold with a benefit cost ratio of 1.92 and 24% internal rate of return. jatropha cultivation, oil extraction and biodiesel processing are protected by the government given the tax regime and farmers are better off compared with customers (sivashankar et al. 2014). although, there is an absence of direct government involvement in jatropha biodiesel production, through the tariff regime jatropha farmers and oil processors are literally protected from any foreign substitutes. the main issue is: does sri lanka have enough land to cultivate jatropha? will it be affordable? at present, it is highly unlikely that sri lanka will be able to produce higher levels, but with improved jatropha varieties such as those used in india, sri lanka too can expect to have higher yields. unlike the african experience, jatropha is not currently cultivated for any commercial purpose. consequently, there are no value chains in which stakeholders could potentially intervene. given the environmental concerns, it is plausible to understand why consumers are willing to pay for biodiesel. however, any biodiesel product in the market in sri lanka is going to be a new product and a new concept. thus, it would take some more time to materialize the repercussions of biodiesel in a country like sri lanka. studies in other countries have been able to analyse at least a primary level biodiesel production line. sumisaki and yabe (2007) study the introduction of bioethanol in rural japan, which is similar 40 p. sivashankar et al. to this study. there, consumers’ wtp is positive, but it is plausible that many diesel vehicle users are not willing to pay a higher price for the new product. furthermore, vehicles are considered to be costly in sri lanka, as is the case in other developing nations. given these factors, rational consumers would logically hesitate to use any new fuel type, despite its merits. the availability factor is a major issue in transportation. the fuel has to be available in the country and limiting fuel availability only to metropolitan cities would not be enough. with education, people tend to look for more benefits and decision factors when they purchase any good. open remarks from interviewees collected while the survey was conducted, showed that many educated people and people who have recently purchased a vehicle, or rather who own brand new vehicles, are reluctant to pay a premium for biodiesel. they are comfortable with conventional diesel even if the price is high. they have their own reservations on biofuel usage. even people with higher education and who work in white-collar jobs have their own scepticism when it comes to biodiesel. in contrast, almost all the respondents are in favour of renewable energy development in sri lanka. though in the questionnaire the pros and cons of biodiesel were clearly mentioned compared to diesel, many people still preferred diesel. on the other hand, less educated people are comfortable with biodiesel as long as its price is kept lower than the price of diesel. the results of this study are not ground breaking, but posit that further consideration should be given to biodiesel generation. the findings are not sufficient to form any policy implications based on this study alone, especially given the relatively small sample size. yet, this study has added to the literature on the estimation of demand for biodiesel in developing countries, where there is a lack of demand estimation studies on biodiesel. since the product is still not available on the market, a surrogate market condition had to be created. data collection was time consuming in this study, as before asking about jatropha biodiesel, the benefits had to be explained to questionnaire respondents. only after that the fuel customers were able to gauge and compare diesel with biodiesel and come up with a wtp amount. this had an impact on the decision to proceed with a fairly small sample size. besides this, the information burden on the interviewees might have had a non-neutral impact on the interviewee wtp. this is another reason to focus the study on the level of wtp for biodiesel rather than on the real wtp value. though it was obtained, due to the nature of the product and the biases that cannot be eliminated, it is possible that the real wtp value is misleading. inter alia, non-representativeness of the sample for the entire sri lankan population could also have led to distortions in wtp for biodiesel. as gunatilake (2003) suggests, biases from both the respondents as well as the enumerator could lead to distortions in the respondents’ answers. consequently, only the biases that are under control of the enumerator can be mitigated to a certain extent through proper training and research design as is the case in many contingent valuation studies. 6. conclusion the main objective of this research is to assess the willingness of diesel vehicle users in sri lanka to pay for jatropha biodiesel. the factors affecting these decisions were identified. the mean wtp for biodiesel by the diesel vehicle users was rs. 109 per litre (€ 0.74) for lower bound level. the median wtp was rs. 124 per litre (€ 0.85). older respondents with higher education are less likely to pay for biodiesel. married respondents 41a pilot study of diesel consumers with higher income are more likely to pay higher prices for biodiesel. it is recommended to use a larger sample of diesel vehicle users for further studies. choice card experiments would yield better results as the respondents would have the opportunity to directly see the information and pictures related to biodiesel, while listening to the enumerator’s description. however, since the experiences of jatropha biodiesel production are country specific, any support to major policy changes should take in to account the effect it will have on the overall economy. this could be done using a general equilibrium approach. this study posits that at least before pumping heavy investments into different types of renewable energy sources, there should be substantive consideration given to the acceptance of those technologies. at least, jatropha can be used for production of other biobased products that might be feasible. moreover, the state should consider how jatropha investments could stabilize the rural economy. in this respect, studies should be conducted to evaluate the possibility of using jatropha to improve rural livelihoods. acknowledgement the authors acknowledge the support for this study provided by nsf grant no: rg/2009/biofuel 002. the authors also acknowledge the anonymous reviewers of this manuscript for their comments aimed at improving the study. references ajzen, i. (1991). the theory of planned behaviour, university of massachusetts at amherst, organizational behaviour and human decision processes 50, pp. 179-211 ajzen, i. and fishbein, m. (1988). theory of reasoned action-theory of planned behavior. university of south florida. anderson, s.t. (2012). the demand for ethanol as a gasoline substitute. journal of environmental economics and management 63(2): 151-168. armitage, c.j. and conner, m. (2001). efficacy of the theory of planned behaviour: a meta analytic review. british journal of social psychology 40(4): 471-499. bhattacharjee, p., petroia, d.r. and herndon, w.c. (2008). estimating willingness to pay for e10 fuel: a contingent valuation method. paper prepared for presentation at the southern agricultural economics association annual meeting, dallas, texas, february 2-5, 2008 available at http://ageconsearch.umn.edu/bitstream/6730/2/ sp08pe13.pdf. accessed on 20th december, 2013. bishop, r. and heberlein, t. (1979). measuring values of extra market goods: are direct measures biased? american journal of agricultural economics 61: 926-930. comité européen de normalisation (cen) (2014), bio based products, european committee on standardization, available at http://www.cen.eu/work/areas/chemical/ biobased/pages/default.aspx. accessed on 1st august, 2015 daigle, j.j., hrubes, d. and ajzen, i. (2002). a comparative study of beliefs, attitudes, and values among hunters, wildlife viewers, and other outdoor recreationists. human dimensions and wildlife 7: 1-19. demirbas, a. (2008). biofuels sources, biofuel policy, biofuel economy and global biofuel projections. energy conversion and management 49: 2106-2116. 42 p. sivashankar et al. erma (2007). accelerating the development of the market for bio-based products in europe; report of the taskforce on bio-based products. composed in preparation of the communication “a lead market initiative for europe” {com(2007) 860 final}, available at http://www.errma.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/annex-5-prep_bio. pdf. accessed on 13th february 2016. european commission (2012). commission staff working document accompanying the document “communication on innovating for sustainable growth: a bio economy for europe”. brussels, available at . accessed on 1st august, 2015. farrow, k., noblet, c., rubin, j., teisl, m. and mccoy, s. (2011). does money grow on trees? people’s willingness to pay for cellulosic wood ethanol. intech open access publisher. fimereli e., mourato s. (2009). consumer preferences for bioethanol blends. paper presented at the 2009 eaere summer school, 5th-11th july 2009, venice. available at. accessed on 1st august, 2015. francis g., edinger r. and becker k. (2005). a concept for simultaneous wasteland reclamation, fuel production, and socio-economic development in degraded areas in india: need, potential and perspectives of jatropha plantations. natural resource forum 29: 12-24. freeman iii, a.m., herriges, j.a. and kling, c.l. (2014).  the measurement of environmental and resource values: theory and methods. routledge. gracia, a., barreiro-hurlé, j. and pérez, p.l. (2009). understanding market potential for biodiesel in spain: a pilot study based on consumer preferences. international association of agricultural economists conference, beijing, china, august 16-22, 2009. gunatilake, h. (2003).  environmental valuation: theory and applications. postgraduate institute of agriculture, university of peradeniya, peradeniya, sri lanka. haab, t.c. and mcconnell, k.e. (1997). referendum models and negative willingness to pay: alternative solutions, journal of environmental economics and management 32(2): 251-270. hamilton, j.d. (2011). historical oil shocks. national bureau of economic research, working paper 16790, cambridge ma. hanemann, w.m. (1984). welfare evaluations in contingent valuation experiments with discrete responses. american journal of agricultural economics 66(3): 332-341. herath, m., weerehewa, j., pushpakumara, g. and galagedara, l.w. (2008). financial feasibility of growing jatropha for bio-diesel production in sri lanka. proceedings of the second annual research forum, sri lanka agricultural economics association, 3rd october, 2008, university of peradeniya, sri lanka hossain, a.b.m.s., salleh, a., boyce, a.n., chowdry, p. and nagiuddin, m. (2008). biodiesel fuel production from algae as a renewable energy. american journal of biochemistry and biotechnology 4(3): 250-254. huang, j. (2011). combining dichotomous choice willingness to pay response and recreation demand data. in: whitehead, j., t. haab, and j.c. huang (eds). preference data for environmental valuation: combining revealed and stated approaches. vol. 31. routledge, 2011. 43a pilot study of diesel consumers igberaese, t. (2013). the effect of oil dependency on nigeria’s economic growth. institute of social studies, the netherlands, unpublished master’s thesis. iufost (2010). impacts of biofuel production on food security. scientific information bulletin (sib) march. available at http://r4d.dfid.gov.uk/pdf/outputs/cabi/norgrove-biofuel-foodsecurity.pdf. accessed on 13th february, 2016. jeanty, p.w. and hitzhusen, f. (2007). using stated preferences to estimate the environmental benefits of using biodiesel fuel in diesel engines, bio-fuels, food and feed trade-offs. conference st. louis, missouri, april 12-13, department of agricultural, environmental, and development economics, the ohio state university. jideani, c., kennedy-echetebu, c., chinweze, c. and abiola-oloke, g. (2011). biofuels and food security: green economy in sub-saharan africa. available at http://www. unrisd.org/80256b3c005be6b5/search/d3ddeab7ac94edabc125794b00486826 ?opendocument. accessed on 13th february 2016. josling, t., blandford, d. and earley, j. (2010). biofuel and biomass subsidies in the us, eu and brazil: towards a transparent system of notification.  ipc position paper, international food and agricultural trade policy council, washington, dc. khola, g. and ghazala, b. (2012). biodiesel production from algae, pakistan journal of botany 44(1): 379-381. kilian, l. and vigfusson, r.j. (2014). the role of oil price shocks in causing u.s. recessions, board of governors of the federal reserve system, international finance discussion papers number 1114, available on www.federalreserve.gov/pubs/ifdp/. accessed on 13th february, 2016. kristrom, b. (1990). a non-parametric approach to the estimation of welfare measures in discrete response valuation studies. land economics 66(may): 135-139. lancaster, k. (1971). a new approach to consumer theory. journal of political economy 74(2): 132-157. li, h., jenkins-smith, h., silva, c.l., berrens, r.p. and herron, k.g. (2009). public support for reducing us reliance on fossil fuels: investigating household willingness-topay for energy research and development. ecological economics 68, 731-742. long, j.s. (1997). regression models for categorical and limited dependent variables. thousand oaks, ca: sage marra, a.e. (2010). classification of ethanol consumers and willingness to pay for reductions in greenhouse gas emissions through purchases of e85.”master’s thesis, university of tennessee, 2010. available at http://trace.tennessee.edu/utk_ gradthes/819. accessed on 20th december 2013. mittelbach, m. and remschmidt, c. (2004). biodiesel: the comprehensive handbook. vienna: boersedruck ges.m.b.h. osman, s.s. and nour, m. (2011). assessment of the impact of oil: opportunities and challenges for economic development in sudan. african review of economics and finance 2(2): 122-148. park, j.b.k., craggs, r.j. and shilton, a.n. (2011). wastewater treatment high rate algal ponds for biofuel production. bioresource technology 102: 35-42. petrolia, d.r., bhattacharjee, s., hudson, d. and herndon, c.w. (2009). do americans want ethanol? a comparative contingent-valuation study of willingness to pay for e-10 and e-85. energy economics 32(1): 121-128. doi: 10.1016/j.eneco.2009.08.004 44 p. sivashankar et al. pittman, j.k, dean, a.p, osundeko, o. (2011). potentials of sustainable algal biofuel production using waste water resources. bio resource technology 102(1): 17-25, special issue: bio fuels ii: algal biofuels and microbial fuel cells. popp, j., lakner, z., harangi-rákos, m. and fári, m. (2014). the effect of bioenergy expansion: food, energy, and environment.  renewable and sustainable energy reviews 32: 559-578. pushpakumara, d.k.n.g., gunasena, h.p.m. and singh, v.p. (eds) (2008). jatropha (jatropha curcas l.): a potential biodiesel crop for sri lanka. the world agroforestry centre, south asia office, new delhi, india and national multipurpose tree species research network of sri lanka. radics, r., dasmohapatra, s. and kelley, s.s. (2015). systematic review of bioenergy perception studies. bioresources 10(4): 8770-8794. razzaghi, m. (2013). the probit link function in generalized linear models for data mining applications. journal of modern applied statistical methods 12(1): 164-169. rodriguez, r.j. and sanchez, m. (2005). oil price shocks and real gdp growth: empirical evidence for some oecd countries. applied economics 37(2): 201-228. roe, g.l., giraud, k.l. and loomis, j.b. (2001). simple computational methods for measuring the difference of empirical distributions: application to internal and external scope tests in contingent valuation. staff paper, department of agricultural, resource and managerial economics, cornell university, ithaca, ny. romano, d. (2012). the bio-based economy: a new development model. bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 231-233. ronis, d.l., yates, j.f. and kirscht, j.p. (1989). attitudes, decisions, and habits as determinants of repeated behavior. attitude structure and function, pratkanis, a.r., breckler. s.j. and greenwald, a.g. (eds.), hillsdale, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates, pp. 213-239. savvanidou, e., zervas, e. and tsagarakis, k.p. (2010). public acceptance of biofuels. energy policy 38: 3482-3488. shrum, l.j., mccarty, j.a. and lowry, t.m. (1995). buyer characteristics of the green consumer and their implications for advertising strategy. journal of advertising 24(2): 71-82. sivashankar, p., weerahewa, j., pushpakumara, d.k.n.g. and galagedara, l.w. (2014). an economic analysis of jatropha bio-diesel production in sri lanka. peradeniya university international research sessions (ipurse) 4th-5th july, 2014, faculty of science, university of peradeniya solomon, b.d. and johnson, n.h. (2009). valuing climate protection through willingness to pay for biomass ethanol. ecological economics 68: 2137-2144. sri lanka energy balance (2010). sri lanka sustainable energy authority. colombo, sri lanka. steenblik, r. (2007). subsidies: the distorted economics of biofuels. discussion paper no. 2007-3, joint transport research centre of oecd and international transport forum, international institute for sustainable development, geneva, switzerland. sumisaki, s. and yabe, m. (2007). valuing the willingness to pay for the introduction of bio-ethanol on use of domestic automobile fuel. journal of rural planning association 26: 347-352, special issue. 45a pilot study of diesel consumers sutton, s. (2004). determinants of health-related behaviours: theoretical and methodological issues. in: sutton, s., baum, a. and johnston, m. (eds.), the sage handbook of health psychology, pp. 94-126. tenenbaum, d.j. (2008). food vs. fuel: diversion of crops could cause more hunger. environmental health perspectives 116(6): a254-7. tomomatsu, y. and swallow, b. (2007). jatropha curcas biodiesel production in kenya: economics and potential value chain development for smallholder farmers. working paper no. 54, nairobi, world agroforestry centre, 33 pp. turnbull, b.w. (1976). the empirical distribution function with arbitrarily grouped, censored and truncated data. journal of the royal statistical society b38(3): 290295. united states department of agriculture (usda) (2006). what are bio based products, federal bio based products preferred procurement program. available on http:// www.dm.usda.gov/procurement/programs/biobased/awarenessbrochure_may2006. pdf. accessed on 1st august, 2015 vaughan, w.j. and rodriguez, d.j. (2001). obtaining welfare bounds in discreteresponse valuation studies: comment. land economics 77(3): 457-465. viaggi, d., mantino, f., mazzocchi, m., moro, d. and stefani, g. (2012). from agricultural to bio-based economics? context, state of the art and challenges. bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 3-11. world bank (2010). analysis of the scope of energy subsidies and suggestions for the g-20 initiative. washington d.c.: the world bank. available at http://documents. worldbank.org/curated/en/2010/06/17457082/analysis-scope-energy-subsidies-suggestions-g-20-initiative. accessed on 13th february, 2016. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(2): 213-229, 2012 consumers’ awareness and attitudinal determinants of european union quality label use on traditional foods wim verbeke1, zuzanna pieniak1, luis guerrero2, margrethe hersleth3 1 ghent university, department of agricultural economics, belgium 2 irta-monells, finca camps i armet, spain 3 nofima, norway abstract. this study analyses european consumers’ awareness and determinants of use of pdo, pgi and tsg labels in six european countries (italy, spain, france, belgium, norway and poland) using data from a cross-sectional survey with 4,828 participants. the study confirms a higher awareness of pdo (68.1%) as compared to pgi (36.4%) and tsg (25.2%). awareness is higher among men and people aged above 50 years. consumers’ use of a pdo, pgi or tsg label is triggered by the belief that the label signals better product quality. quality beliefs are shaped by an interest in getting information about product quality through the quality label. interest in the origin of foods is a stronger direct and indirect driver of label use than interest in support for the local economy, but both motivations are not directly related to tsg-label use. differences in the role of determinants are small between the three labelling schemes and between countries with versus without a strong tradition of quality labels in their agricultural and food quality policies. apart from building general awareness and favourable quality perceptions of the quality schemes and their respective labels, efforts to stimulate consumers’ interest in origin and getting information about product quality through eu quality labels are recommended. keywords. consumer, eu food quality policy, pdo, pgi, traditional food products, tsg jel-codes. d12; d83; q13; q18 1. introduction “a constantly increasing number of consumers attach greater importance to the quality of foodstuffs in their diet than to quantity.” this statement as mentioned in the european council regulation ec 510/2006 (european commission, 2006: l 93/12) was one of the main justifications for introducing the three european union (eu) quality schemes related to geographical indications and traditional specialities as the cornerstone of the eu agricultural product quality policy. the three quality schemes are commonly known with their acronyms pdo (protected designation of origin), pgi (protected 1 corresponding author: wim.verbeke@ugent.be. 214 w. verbeke, z. pieniak, l. guerrero and m. hersleth geographical indication) and tsg (traditional speciality guaranteed), from which the pdo and pgi (geographical indications) schemes are the most widely used with more than 500 registered products each by the end of 2011 (european commission, 2011). the pdo scheme covers agricultural products and foodstuffs which are produced, processed and prepared in a specific geographical area using recognised know-how. for pgi, at least one of the stages of production, processing or preparation has to take place in a specific geographic area. tsg highlights the traditional character of products, either in their composition or means of production, and hence, does not strictly refer to geographical origin (european commission, 2012). the three schemes are used as a means of product differentiation for otherwise often unbranded or generic agricultural products (verbeke and roosen, 2009) and have built on a long history of regional and traditional specialities, especially in southern european countries (teuber, 2010). belletti and marescotti (2011) stress the positive rural development potential of origin products – if well-embedded in a comprehensive rural development policy – through the fact that these create favourable economic, social, cultural and environmental effects. according to sylvander and barham (2011), geographical indications have gradually become part of the global economy and managed to become firmly embedded in it. food and agricultural quality policies are quite diverse across europe. becker (2009) identified several european regional clusters based on the focus in their food qualityenhancing policies, which included geographical indications as well as collective quality marks, quality assurance schemes and organic production. specifically, france, italy and spain were classified as countries that are clearly pdo/pgi oriented, in contrast with belgium, norway and poland, which were classified as rather food-quality-assurance scheme oriented, and “catching up with respect to pdo/pgis” (becker, 2009: 128). the three quality schemes aim at providing consumers with clear and succinct information regarding the product origin or speciality character, in order to enable consumers to make the best possible choices, i.e. choices in line with their preferences. many studies have focused on consumer issues related to geographical indications (for an overview, we refer to carpenter and larceneux (2008), verbeke and roosen (2009) and aprile et al. (2012) or traditional specialities (e.g. guerrero et al., 2010; vanhonacker et al., 2010; almli et al., 2011). whereas several studies support the idea that consumers value geographical indications and the traditional character as quality signals on food products (e.g. caporale and monteleone, 2001; van der lans et al., 2001; espejel et al., 2008; hersleth et al., 2011), several others report that consumer valuation cannot be taken for granted (e.g. bonnet and simioni, 2001; loureiro and umberger, 2007) and is often limited to particular market segments (tregear and giraud, 2011). although an increasing trend towards consumer awareness of and interest in pdo/pgi/tsg food products has been acknowledged (arfini et al., 2011), further consumer research aiming at improving our understanding of consumer reactions towards geographical and traditional speciality labels in europe has been recommended (chrysochou et al., 2012). the objective of the present study is, first, to describe european consumers’ awareness and second, to investigate attitudinal determinants of european consumers’ interest in and use of geographical (pdo, pgi) and traditional speciality (tsg) labels when purchasing traditional foods. the data for this study have been collected through a crosssectional pan-european consumer survey in six countries, namely italy, spain, france, 215consumers’ awareness and determinants of eu quality label belgium, poland, and norway. the choice of countries was informed by their geographical location across southern, central and northern europe, and by the differences in those countries’ focuses in terms of agricultural and food quality policies, most notably the different importance of products with a geographical indication or a traditional character in their policies. this paper will first develop and present the research framework for the study based on insights from previous consumer research with respect to quality labels. next, materials and methods will be presented, including data collection and modelling approaches. finally, findings will be presented and discussed, based on which conclusions and policy implications are set forth. 2. research framework the study validates a research framework with consumers’ use of quality labels as the behavioural response or outcome variable of interest (figure 1). the assumption is that quality labels fail to have an impact on behaviour and food choice unless they are used by consumers (verbeke, 2005; grunert and wills, 2007), which makes it relevant to gain more insight in determinants of quality label use. the framework of the study is informed by a classical stage model of consumer decision-making (solomon et al., 2006) in which interest in getting information about product quality through a pdo/pgi/tsg quality label is hypothesised to trigger attitude formation (i.e. perceived quality and distinctiveness in this study) and a subsequent behavioural response (i.e. label use in this study). two motivations are assumed to fuel consumers’ interest in getting information, namely interest in the origin of foods and interest in support for the local economy in food production (e.g. lusk et al., 2006). the first motivation refers to the fact that consumers might prefer products from certain regions or countries since they are believed to be simply better (i.e. more tasty, safer, healthier, more sustainable) (e.g. loureiro and umberger, 2007; resano et al., 2007; dekhili et al., 2011). the second motivation refers to consumer ethnocentrism or a so-called economic support dimension as identified by van ittersum et al. (2007). consumers might prefer products from their own region or country, e.g. because of loyalty to it and/or animosity towards others, or because of a related preference to support the local economy rather than remote or foreign economies. interests or motivations are hypothesised to influence label use both directly and indirectly through perceived quality as signalled by and inferred from the label information (van der lans et al., 2001). quality has been identified as one of the explicit goals of traditional food chains (together with traditionalism) that effectively matter to consumers (molnar et al., 2011). quality labels may generate positive associations or beliefs about product quality (carpenter and larcenaux, 2008; resano et al., 2007). two perceptions of product quality are included in the study, namely the belief that the quality label signals better or superior quality, and the belief that the quality label signals a distinct product character (perceived distinctiveness). the hypothesis is that a quality label as an information cue may perform better in triggering label use if it communicates something meaningful and relevant from the consumer perspective, such as better or superior quality and/ or distinctiveness. the research framework is operationalised for pdo, pgi and tsg separately. the overall study was performed within the broader context of traditional food consumption (guerrero et al., 2009, 2010). 216 w. verbeke, z. pieniak, l. guerrero and m. hersleth figure 1. conceptual framework: determinants of use of quality labels (pdo, pgi, tsg) interest  in  origin of  foods interest  in  getting   information  about   product  quality   through  a (pdo,  pgi,  tsg)  label interest  in  support  for   the  local  economy in  food  production use  of  the (pdo,  pgi,  tsg) label belief  that  the  quality   label  signals  better   quality belief  that  the  quality   label  signals  a  distinct   product  character note: the thickness of arrows indicates a consensus on the strengths of paths as obtained from the sem analyses performed in this study 3. materials and methods 3.1 research approach and sampling quantitative descriptive data were collected through a cross-sectional consumer survey with samples representative for age, gender and region in italy, spain, france, belgium, poland, and norway. the age range of the population was defined as 20-70 years. total sample size was 4,828 with around 800 participants in each of the six considered european countries. participants were randomly recruited from the representative tns european online access panel in line with the national population distributions with respect to age, gender and region. all contact and questionnaire administration procedures were electronic and web-based. data collection was performed during the period from october 25 until november 9, 2007, as part of the pan-european truefood (eu fp6) consumer study (vanhonacker et al., 2010). participants were asked to complete a self-administered structured electronic questionnaire. the master questionnaire was developed in english and translated in the national languages using the procedure of back-translation. following back-translation, the questionnaire was extensively pre-tested by the researchers through personal interviews with 15-20 participants in each of the countries in order to identify and eliminate potential problems and to ensure linguistic equivalence. fieldwork started after editing, correcting, electronic programming and additional pre-testing of the electronic version of the questionnaire. the average time for completing the total questionnaire ranged from 29’33” in france to 33’36” in poland. detailed socio-demographic characteristics of the national and pooled samples are provided in table 1. gender is equally distributed, which reflects that the population was 217consumers’ awareness and determinants of eu quality label intentionally not restricted to the main responsible person for food purchasing. age distributions, mean age and mean household sizes match closely with the national census data for the respective countries. table 1 also presents a proxy of socio-economic class, which was a subjective assessment (self-estimate) of the household’s financial situation reported on a 7-point interval scale ranging from “1 = difficult” over “4 = moderate” to “7  =  well off ”. the sample is slightly biased towards higher education and towards participants who reported to belong to the ‘moderate-well off ’ socio-economic classes, which may be attributed to the use of an electronic survey method. table 1. selected socio-demographic characteristics of the pooled and national samples pooled sample n=4,828 norway n=798 belgium n=826 france n=801 spain n=800 italy n=800 poland n=803 gender (%) female male 49.2 50.8 49.1 50.9 49.4 50.6 51.9 48.1 47.4 52.6 47.3 52.7 50.2 49.8 age (years) < 35 35-55 >55 mean s.d. 34.1 46.4 19.5 41.5 12.8 34.1 47.5 18.4 41.4 12.5 28.5 46.4 25.1 43.7 13.3 33.7 46.4 19.9 41.4 12.8 35.5 47.4 17.1 40.7 12.3 35.0 45.8 19.2 41.2 12.8 37.9 44.8 17.3 40.6 12.8 household size (number) mean s.d. 2.9 1.3 2.6 1.3 2.7 1.3 2.7 1.2 3.1 1.3 3.2 1.3 3.0 1.4 financial situation (%) difficult moderate moderate well off education lower secondary upper secondary higher education 24.6 32.1 43.3 8.6 38.8 52.6 24.8 31.5 43.7 9.8 47.9 42.3 17.8 28.6 53.6 8.1 35.2 56.6 35.5 32.5 32.0 9.0 37.5 53.5 18.9 36.2 44.9 9.4 24.4 66.2 29.8 32.8 37.4 12.4 61.4 26.2 21.3 31.0 47.7 2.6 26.7 70.7 3.2 measurement and scaling consumers’ awareness of the european food quality certification schemes was measured by asking the question “have you ever heard of food products with pdo (protected designation of origin)/pgi (protected geographical indication)/tsg (traditional speciality guaranteed)?” on three separate binary “yes”/“no” scales. interest in getting information about product quality through a pdo, pgi and tsg label as an information cue was measured by asking participants “to what extent would you like to be informed about the specific quality of a traditional food through a pdolabel (protected designation of origin)/a pgi-label (protected geographical indication)/a 218 w. verbeke, z. pieniak, l. guerrero and m. hersleth tsg-label (traditional speciality guaranteed)?” on a 7-point interval scale ranging from “1 = not at all” to “7 = very much”. belief that pdo, pgi and tsg signals better quality on a food product was measured using the question “to what degree do you consider a pdo-label (protected designation of origin)/a pgi-label (protected geographical indication)/a tsg-label (traditional speciality guaranteed) as signalling better quality food?”, which was to be answered on a 7-point interval scale ranging from “1 = not at all” to “7 = very much”. belief that pdo, pgi, tsg signals a distinct character of a food product was measured by asking participants “to what degree do you consider a pdo-label/a pgi-label/a tsg-label as signalling a distinctive character of traditional food?” on a 7-point interval scale ranging from “1 = not at all” to “7 = very much”. use of pdo, pgi and tsg as an information cue in consumers’ food purchasing decision-making was measured using the question: “to what extent do you consider a pdo-label (protected designation of origin)/pgi-label (protected geographical indication)/tsg-label (traditional speciality guaranteed) when making food purchasing decisions?” to be answered on a 7-point interval scale ranging from “1  =  not at all” to “7 = very much”. the questions probing for awareness, interest in getting information, beliefs and label use were asked for pdo, pgi and tsg in this order without randomising question items or label schemes. finally, interest in the origin of foods was measured by the statement “it is important to me that the food i eat on a normal weekday has the country or region of origin clearly marked”, whereas interest in support for the local economy in food production was assessed by the statement “it is important to me that the food i eat on a normal weekday has been produced while supporting the local economy”, both on a 7-point likert scale ranging from “1=i totally disagree” to “7=i totally agree”. 3.3 statistical analyses completed questionnaires were edited by the field research agency in order to ensure accuracy and precision of the response prior to coding and transcription of the data in spss 16.0. given the large sample sizes and very low numbers of missing responses, pairwise deletion was used as the method for treating missing values. the research framework has been tested for pdo, pgi and tsg using structural equations modelling (sem) by means of lisrel 8.72. with the use of sem the examination of all the relationships between constructs and items is performed simultaneously, which is a substantial advantage compared with single equation modelling (bollen, 1989). due to the large sample size the χ² may not be the most appropriate measure of goodness-of-fit (browne and cudeck, 1993). therefore, three other indices will be reported: the root mean square error of approximation (rmsea), the goodness of fit index (gfi) and the comparative fit index (cfi). values below 0.08 for rmsea (browne and cudeck, 1993) and above 0.90 for gfi and cfi (bollen, 1989) suggest an acceptable fit of the model. given the differences in food quality policies and marketplace provenance of products with geographical and traditional speciality labels in the different countries involved in the study, we will empirically validate the model separately for the countries with a strong tradition of using this type of quality labels (italy, spain and france) versus the countries 219consumers’ awareness and determinants of eu quality label without a strong emphasis on using these quality labels in their agricultural and food quality policies (belgium, poland and norway). 4. empirical findings 4.1 consumers’ awareness of pdo, pgi and tsg two thirds (68.1%) of the total sample reported to be aware of pdo, whereas the claimed awareness of pgi and tsg amounted only to 36.4% and 25.2%, respectively (figure 2). relatively more men to women were aware of pdo, pgi and tsg (table 2). in line with the market presence of the quality schemes, french, italian and spanish consumers were significantly more aware of pdo, whereas relatively few belgian, norwegian and polish consumers claimed to be aware of pdo. additionally, relatively more italian and relatively few belgian and polish consumers claimed to be aware of pgi. relatively more italian and polish consumers were aware of tsg, in contrast with belgian and french consumers. consumers above 50 years of age were significantly more aware of pdo, pgi and tsg than the younger ones. no significant differences in the awareness of pdo were found between people with different education levels, whereas relatively more consumers with upper secondary school education claimed to be aware of pgi and tsg. household size did not significantly associate with the awareness of pdo, pgi or tsg on food products. associations between self-reported financial situation and awareness of quality labels are statistically significant (0.01 5 5 yr m ea n ag e (y ea rs ) 32 .3 49 .0 18 .7 41 .9 8 37 .7 47 .0 15 .4 40 .5 2 16 .0 7 1. 46 <0 .0 01 <0 .0 01 30 .1 49 .2 20 .1 42 .8 36 .3 47 .5 16 .2 40 .8 23 .8 2 2. 10 <0 .0 01 <0 .0 01 29 .3 48 .2 22 .5 43 .7 35 .7 48 .4 15 .9 40 .8 33 .6 1 4. 32 <0 .0 01 <0 .0 01 34 .0 48 .3 17 .6 ed uc at io n (% ) l ow er se co nd ar y u pp er se co nd ar y h ig he r e du ca tio n 9. 1 38 .6 52 .3 7. 6 39 .1 53 .4 3. 24 0. 19 8 9. 0 42 .7 48 .3 8. 3 36 .6 55 .1 21 .5 7 <0 .0 01 9. 2 42 .0 48 .7 8. 3 37 .7 53 .9 9. 92 0. 00 7 8. 6 38 .8 52 .7 h ou se ho ld si ze (# ) m ea n 2. 89 2. 87 2. 37 0. 67 2. 92 2. 86 1. 46 0. 15 2. 94 2. 86 0. 10 9 0. 09 2 2. 88 fi na nc ia l s itu at io n (% ) d iffi cu ltm od er at e m od er at e m od er at e w el l o ff 25 .7 31 .8 42 .5 22 .3 32 .7 44 .9 6. 59 0. 03 7 22 .7 32 .2 45 .1 25 .7 32 .1 42 .2 6. 18 0. 04 5 22 .4 31 .2 46 .4 25 .4 32 .4 42 .2 7. 3 0. 02 6 24 .7 32 .1 43 .3 *t es t st at is tic s us ed : c hi -s qu ar e as so ci at io n te st fo r g en de r, co un tr y, a ge c at eg or y, e du ca tio n, f in an ci al s itu at io n; in de pe nd en t sa m pl es t -t es t fo r m ea n ag e an d m ea n ho us eh ol d si ze 221consumers’ awareness and determinants of eu quality label 4.2 determinants of consumers’ use of pdo, pgi and tsg three multi-group analyses have been performed in order to identify the determinants of use of the three quality labels. participants who were not aware of the pdo label (n = 1,541), the pgi label (n = 3,071) and the tsg label (n = 3,612) have been excluded from the sem analyses. as a result, the lisrel model analyses were performed with a sample of n = 3,287 participants who were aware of pdo; n = 1,757 who were aware of pgi; and n  =  1,216 who were aware of tsg. first, inter correlations between the constructs of the research model were checked, as for example presented in table 3 for the pdo model. all correlation coefficients across the three models were significant but below 0.80, thus (severe) multicollinearity is not a concern in the present data (tabachnick and fidell, 2001). table 3. construct correlation matrix for pdo (n = 3,287) construct 1 2 3 4 5 6 1. use of the pdo label 1.00 2. interest in getting information through pdo 0.50 1.00 3. belief that pdo signals better quality 0.64 0.49 1.00 4. belief that pdo signals distinct character 0.62 0.50 0.74 1.00 5. interest in support for the local economy 0.28 0.30 0.20 0.21 1.00 6. interest in origin of foods 0.33 0.37 0.23 0.25 0.53 1.00 note: all correlations are statistically significant at p<0.01 (two-tailed) the proposed model performed relatively well for the three schemes. the pdo model fitted the data best with χ² = 91.89 and 14 degrees of freedom (p<0.001); the rmsea value of 0.058; the gfi 0.99 and the cfi 0.99, which are satisfactory goodness-of-fit indices (table 4). additionally, the goodness-of-fit statistics indicated that the presented research framework was acceptable as well for the pgi model (satorra-bentler χ² = 85.09, df = 14; rmsea=0.076; table 5) and tentatively acceptable for the tsg model (satorra-bentler χ² = 78.23, df = 14; rmsea = 0.087; table 6). consistent results are obtained across the three models and two sets of countries. first, interest in the origin of foods fuels consumers’ interest in getting information about product quality through a pdo/pgi/tsg-label. this motivation is much stronger associated with interest in getting information through a label than the relationship with interest in support for the local economy in food production. a notable exception is the pgimodel for belgium, norway and poland, where the relation of both motivations with consumers’ interest in getting information through a pgi-label is nearly equal. second, direct relations between interest in origin or support for local economy and label use are small for pdo and pgi, and insignificant for tsg. also the direct relation between interest in getting information through the labels and label use is rather small. third, consumers’ 222 w. verbeke, z. pieniak, l. guerrero and m. hersleth ta bl e 4. d et er m in an ts o f c on su m er s’ us e of p ro te ct ed d es ig na tio n of o rig in (p d o ) l ab el pa th fr om to ita ly, s pa in , f ra nc e (n =2 ,3 08 ) be lg iu m , n or w ay , p ol an d (n =9 79 ) m ot iv at io ns in te re st in o rig in o f f oo ds in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pd o 0. 31 0. 24 in te re st in su pp or t f or th e lo ca l e co no m y in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pd o 0. 13 0. 14 in te re st in o rig in o f f oo ds u se o f t he p d o la be l 0. 10 0. 11 in te re st in su pp or t f or th e lo ca l e co no m y u se o f t he p d o la be l 0. 07 0. 06 in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pd o be lie f t ha t p d o si gn al s b et te r q ua lit y 0. 49 0. 42 in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pd o be lie f t ha t p d o si gn al s d ist in ct c ha ra ct er 0. 15 0. 20 in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pd o u se o f t he p d o la be l 0. 15 0. 14 pe rc ei ve d qu al ity be lie f t ha t p d o si gn al s b et te r q ua lit y be lie f t ha t p d o si gn al s d ist in ct c ha ra ct er 0. 67 0. 62 be lie f t ha t p d o si gn al s b et te r q ua lit y u se o f t he p d o la be l 0. 30 0. 40 be lie f t ha t p d o si gn al s d ist in ct c ha ra ct er u se o f t he p d o la be l 0. 29 0. 22 g oo dn es sof -fi t s ta tis tic s: χ ²(1 4) = 9 1. 89 , p <0 .0 01 ; r m se a = 0 .0 58 ; n n fi = 0 .9 82 ; c fi = 0 .9 92 ; g fi = 0 .9 88 . o nl y si gn ifi ca nt c oe ffi ci en ts (p <0 .0 5) a re s ho w n; re po rt ed c oe ffi ci en ts a re d ire ct e ffe ct s on ly . 223consumers’ awareness and determinants of eu quality label ta bl e 5. d et er m in an ts o f c on su m er s’ us e of p ro te ct ed g eo gr ap hi ca l i nd ic at io n (p g i) la be l pa th fr om to ita ly, s pa in , f ra nc e (n =1 ,1 48 ) be lg iu m , n or w ay , p ol an d (n =6 09 ) m ot iv at io ns in te re st in o rig in o f f oo ds in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pg i 0. 37 0. 24 in te re st in su pp or t f or th e lo ca l e co no m y in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pg i 0. 12 0. 20 in te re st in o rig in o f f oo ds u se o f t he p g i l ab el ns 0. 07 in te re st in su pp or t f or th e lo ca l e co no m y u se o f t he p g i l ab el 0. 10 0. 13 in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pg i be lie f t ha t p g i s ig na ls be tte r q ua lit y 0. 55 0. 47 in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pg i be lie f t ha t p g i s ig na ls di st in ct c ha ra ct er 0. 13 0. 16 in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h pg i u se o f t he p g i l ab el 0. 17 0. 10 pe rc ei ve d qu al ity be lie f t ha t p g i s ig na ls be tte r q ua lit y be lie f t ha t p g i s ig na ls di st in ct c ha ra ct er 0. 69 0. 66 be lie f t ha t p g i s ig na ls be tte r q ua lit y u se o f t he p g i l ab el 0. 39 0. 34 be lie f t ha t p g i s ig na ls di st in ct c ha ra ct er u se o f t he p g i l ab el 0. 27 0. 29 g oo dn es sof -fi t s ta tis tic s: χ ²(1 4) = 8 5. 09 , p <0 .0 01 ; r m se a = 0 .0 76 ; n n fi = 0 .9 85 ; c fi = 0 .9 87 ; g fi = 0 .9 88 . o nl y si gn ifi ca nt c oe ffi ci en ts (p <0 .0 5) a re s ho w n; n s = no t s ig ni fic an t; re po rt ed c oe ffi ci en ts a re d ire ct e ffe ct s on ly . 224 w. verbeke, z. pieniak, l. guerrero and m. hersleth ta bl e 6. d et er m in an ts o f c on su m er s’ us e of t ra di tio na l s pe ci al ity g ua ra nt ee d (t sg ) l ab el pa th fr om to ita ly, s pa in , f ra nc e (n =6 17 ) be lg iu m , n or w ay , p ol an d (n =5 99 ) m ot iv at io ns in te re st in o rig in o f f oo ds in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h ts g 0. 33 0. 25 in te re st in su pp or t f or th e lo ca l e co no m y in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h ts g 0. 14 0. 16 in te re st in o rig in o f f oo ds u se o f t he t sg la be l ns ns in te re st in su pp or t f or th e lo ca l e co no m y u se o f t he t sg la be l ns ns in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h ts g be lie f t ha t t sg si gn al s b et te r q ua lit y 0. 55 0. 53 in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h ts g be lie f t ha t t sg si gn al s d ist in ct c ha ra ct er 0. 14 0. 15 in te re st in g et tin g in fo rm at io n th ro ug h ts g u se o f t he t sg la be l 0. 09 0. 10 pe rc ei ve d qu al ity be lie f t ha t t sg si gn al s b et te r q ua lit y be lie f t ha t t sg si gn al s d ist in ct c ha ra ct er 0. 71 0. 69 be lie f t ha t t sg si gn al s b et te r q ua lit y u se o f t he t sg la be l 0. 42 0. 34 be lie f t ha t t sg si gn al s d ist in ct c ha ra ct er u se o f t he t sg la be l 0. 28 0. 34 g oo dn es sof -fi t s ta tis tic s: χ ²(1 4) = 7 8. 23 , p <0 .0 01 ; r m se a = 0 .0 87 ; n n fi = 0 .9 65 ; c fi = 0 .9 83 ; g fi = 0 .9 82 ; n s = no t s ig ni fic an t o nl y si gn ifi ca nt c oe ffi ci en ts (p <0 .0 5) a re s ho w n; n s = no t s ig ni fic an t; re po rt ed c oe ffi ci en ts a re d ire ct e ffe ct s on ly 225consumers’ awareness and determinants of eu quality label belief that pdo/pgi/tsg signal better quality emerges as the strongest driver of label use. on one hand, this quality perception is strongly influenced by interest in getting information about product quality through the label, and its relationship with label use on the other hand is further reinforced by a strongly associated belief that the quality label signals a distinct product character. fourth, the role of perceived distinctiveness as moderator and determinant of label use is significant but somewhat weaker. only few differences between both sets of countries are observed. the path from interest in the origin of foods, over interest in getting information through a quality label, to label use is stronger in countries with a tradition of quality labels (italy, spain, france). paths involving interest in support for the local economy are similar – whether significant or not – across countries for the pdo and tsg model, but somewhat stronger in the pgi model for countries without a tradition of quality labels (belgium, norway, poland). finally, there is also a tendency that the role of perceived distinctiveness is more prominent in countries without a tradition of quality labels, which is most apparent for the pgi and tsg models. 5. discussion and conclusions the present study assessed european consumers’ awareness of pdo/pgi/tsg and it proposed and validated a research framework for analysing consumers’ use of those labels when making food purchasing decisions. the study faces specific strengths owing to its quantitative and cross-cultural approach with large consumer samples, but also some limitations owing to the use of single item constructs, the non product-specific nature of the study and the sampling procedure (on-line consumer panel). framing was limited to traditional foods, which is a very broad product category (guererro et al., 2009). it remains to be investigated whether the framework holds equally for quality labels on meat or dairy products versus olive oil versus alcoholic drinks, for example. despite the use of nationally representative samples with respect to age, gender and region, the use of an online survey method may have introduced some bias towards higher educated and financially better off participants. first, consumers’ awareness of geographical indications, especially pdo, is very high in the countries with a strong tradition of using this quality scheme. awareness of pgi is at a comparable high level as pdo in italy, but much lower than pdo in france and spain. this finding is remarkable since the market presence of pgi in terms of the number of registered products is at a comparable level as for pdo in france and spain, whereas the number of registered pdo products largely outweighs the number of pgi products in italy (arfini et al., 2011). apparently, the pgi products have been much more successful in building consumers’ awareness in italy than in france and spain. awareness about products with tsg is highest in poland, which coincides with the fact that poland has the largest number (nine by the end of 2011) of registered tsgs among the countries in the study. despite the fact that france and norway had no registered tsgs at that time, awareness levels around 20-25% are reported. our findings confirm a high level of consumers’ awareness of pdo in the countries with a tradition of geographical indications, which in our study are located in southern (italy and spain) and western (france) europe (arfini et al., 2011), but also indicate a considerable gap with consumers’ awareness of pgi and tsg, as well as substantial differences in awareness between countries with versus without a tradition of geographical indications in their agricultural and food quality 226 w. verbeke, z. pieniak, l. guerrero and m. hersleth policies. while some of the observed differences corroborate with market presence and quality policies in the respective countries, others are not straightforward in their interpretation and may require additional research. in addition, it should be noted that objective knowledge about the attributes guaranteed by geographical indications is low, even among italian consumers (aprile et al., 2012). second, with respect to socio-demographics, a higher awareness is reported among men and older consumers for each of the schemes. in comparison, dekhili et al. (2011) reported a higher use of official cues including the french aoc (appellation d’origine contrôlée) among women and older consumers, versus a higher use of origin cues (country and region of origin) among men for the case of olive oil. bonnet and simioni (2001) found a positive age and income effect on willingness-to-pay for camembert cheese. loureiro and umberger (2003) reported stronger support in terms of willingness-to-pay for country-of-origin labelled beef among female and wealthier consumers. income effects are small in our sample where income was measured as a self-estimate of wealth. if willingness-to-pay for products with quality labels is effectively higher among females, wealthier and older consumers, it is paramount to ensure that also awareness of these cues is higher within these consumer segments. however, the findings from our study do not suggest patterns that are consistent with this logic. hence, additional targeted efforts towards creating higher consumers’ awareness of pdo/pgi/tsg among segments with a higher possible willingness-to-pay are recommended. third, findings from this study confirm the prominent role of motivations and quality perceptions in shaping consumers’ use of the respective labels in food purchasing decisions. the structure of attitudinal determinants of label use is consistent across the three labelling schemes. the exception of non-significant direct paths from origin and local economy support in the tsg-model is consistent with the positioning of the tsg scheme, which is not directly related to geographical origin or local produce. apart from a potentially stronger role of consumer ethnocentrism in the case of tsg in countries without a strong tradition of quality labels, only minor differences are detected between the motivational structures of consumers in countries with a different emphasis on quality labels in their agricultural and food quality policies. the study herewith indicates that similar triggers (e.g. product positioning and marketing communications) can be used to stimulate consumer interest in and use of pdo, pgi and tsg across europe. apart from building general awareness, highest success can be expected from policy and communication efforts that: stimulate consumers’ interest in the origin of foods, trigger interest in getting information about product quality through the quality schemes and labels, and build favourable perceptions about quality and distinctiveness of products with pdo, pgi or tsg labels. acknowledgement this study was supported by truefood (traditional united europe food), an integrated project financed by the european commission under its sixth framework programme (eu pf6 contract no. food-ct-2006-016264). the information in this document reflects only the authors’ views and the european commission is not liable for any use that may be made of the information contained therein. 227consumers’ awareness and determinants of eu quality label references almli, v.l., verbeke, w., vanhonacker, f., naes, t. and hersleth, m. (2011). general image and attribute perceptions of traditional food in six european countries. food quality and preference, 22: 129-138. aprile, m.c., caputo, v. and nayga, r. (2012). consumers’ valuation of food quality labels: the case of european geographic indication and organic farming labels. international journal of consumer studies, 36: 158-165. arfini, f, albisu, l.m. and giacomini c. (2011). current situation and potential development of geographical indications in europe: in: barham, e. and sylvander, b. (eds.), labels of origin for food: local development, global recognition. wallingford: cab international: 29-44. becker, t. (2009). european food quality policy: the importance of geographical indications, organic certification and food quality assurance schemes in european countries. the estey centre journal of international law and trade policy, 10: 111-130. belletti, g. and marescotti, a. (2011). origin products, geographical indications and rural development. in: barham, e. and sylvander, b. (eds.), labels of origin for food: local development, global recognition. wallingford: cab international: 75-91. bollen, k.a. (1989). structural equations with latent variables. new york: wiley. bonnet, c. and simioni, m. (2001). assessing consumer response to protected designation of origin labelling: a mixed multinomial logit approach. european review of agricultural economics, 28: 433-449. browne, m. and cudeck, r. (1993). alternative ways of assessing model fit. in: bollen, k. and long, j. (eds.), testing structural equation models. newbury park: sage: 136-162. caporale, g. and monteleone, e. (2001). effect of expectation induced by information on origin and its guarantee on the acceptability of a traditional food: olive oil. sciences des aliments, 21: 243-254. carpenter, m. and larceneux, f. (2008). label equity and the effectiveness of values-based labels: an experiment with two french protected geographic indication labels. international journal of consumer studies, 32: 499-507. chrysochou, p., krystallis, a., and giraud, g. (2012). quality assurance labels as drivers of customer loyalty in the case of traditional food products. food quality and preference, 25: 156-162. dekhili, s., sirieix, l. and cohen, e. (2011). how consumers choose olive oil: the importance of origin cues. food quality and preference, 22: 757-762. espejel, j., fandos, c. and flavian, c. (2008). consumer satisfaction: a key factor of consumer loyalty and buying intention of a pdo food product. british food journal, 110: 865-881. european commission (2006). council regulation (ec) no 510/2006 of 20 march 2006 on the protection of geographical indications and designations of origin for agricultural products and foodstuffs. official journal of the european union, 31.3.2006: l93/12-25. european commission (2011). door database, , accessed 24 december 2011. 228 w. verbeke, z. pieniak, l. guerrero and m. hersleth european commission (2012). geographical indications and traditional specialities, , accessed 21 june 2012. grunert, k.g. and wills, j. (2007). a review of european research on consumer response to nutrition information on food labels. journal of public health, 15: 385-399. guerrero, l., claret, a., verbeke, w., enderli, g., zakowska-biemans, s., vanhonacker, f., issanchou, s., sajdakowska, m., granli, b.s., scalvedi, l., contel, m. and hersleth, m. (2010). perception of traditional food products in six european countries using free word association. food quality and preference, 21: 225-233. guerrero, l., guàrdia, m.d., xicola, j., verbeke, w., vanhonacker, f., zakowska-biemans, s., sajdakowska, m., sulmont-rossé, c., issanchou, s., contel, m., scalvedi, l.m., granli, b.s. and hersleth, m. (2009). consumer-driven definition of traditional food products and innovation in traditional foods. a qualitative cross-cultural study. appetite, 52: 345-354. hersleth, m., lengard, v., verbeke, w., guerrero, l. and naes, t. (2011). consumers’ acceptance of innovations in dry-cured ham: impact of reduced salt content, prolonged aging time and new origin. food quality and preference, 22: 31-41. loureiro, m.l. and umberger, w.j. (2003). estimating consumer willingness to pay for country-of-origin labelling. journal of agricultural and resource economics, 28: 287-301. loureiro, m.l. and umberger, w.j. (2007). a choice experiment model for beef: what us consumer responses tell us about relative preferences for food safety, country-of-origin labelling and traceability. food policy, 32: 496-514. lusk, j.l., brown, j., mark, t., proseku, i., thompson, r. and welsh, j. (2006). consumer behavior, public policy, and country-of-origin labelling. review of agricultural economics, 28: 284-292. molnar, a., gellynck, x., vanhonacker, f., gagalyuk t and verbeke, w. (2011). do chain goals match consumer perceptions? the case of the traditional food sector in selected european union countries. agribusiness, 27: 221-243. resano, h., sanjuan, a.i. and albisu, l.m. (2007). consumers’ acceptability of cured ham in spain and the influence of information. food quality and preference, 18: 1064-1076. solomon, m., bamossy, g., askegaard, s. and hogg, m.k. (2006). consumer behaviour. a european perspective. harlow: prentice hall. sylvander, b. and barham, e. (2011). introduction. in: barham, e., sylvander, b. (eds.), labels of origin for food: local development, global recognition. wallingford: cab international: ix-xviii. tabachnick, b. and fidell, l. (2001). using multivariate statistics. needham heights, ma: allyn and bacon. teuber, r. (2010). geographical indications of origin as a tool of product differentiation: the case of coffee. journal of international food and agribusiness marketing, 22: 277-298. tregear, a. and giraud, g. (2011). geographical indications, consumers and citizens. in: barham, e., sylvander, b. (eds.), labels of origin for food: local development, global recognition, wallingford: cab international: 63-74. van der lans, i.a., van ittersum, k., de cicco, a. and loseby, m. (2001). the role of region of origin and eu certificates of origin in consumer evaluation of food products. european review of agricultural economics, 28: 451-477. 229consumers’ awareness and determinants of eu quality label van ittersum, k., meulenberg, m.t.g., van trijp, h.c.m. and candel, m.j.j.m. (2007). consumers’ appreciation of regional certification labels: a pan-european study. journal of agricultural economics, 58: 1-23. vanhonacker, f., verbeke, w., guerrero, l., claret, a., contel, m., scalvedi, l., zakowskabiemans, s., gutkowska, k., sulmot-rossé, c., raude, j., gransli, b.s. and hersleth, m. (2010). how european consumers define the concept of traditional food: evidence from a survey in six countries. agribusiness, 26: 453-476. verbeke, w. (2005). agriculture and the food industry in the information age. european review of agricultural economics, 32: 347-368. verbeke, w. and roosen, j. (2009). market differentiation potential of country-of-origin, quality and traceability labelling. the estey centre journal of international law and trade policy, 10: 20-35. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(1): 63-81, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-12827 consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk paolo sckokai1,*, mario veneziani2, daniele moro1, elena castellari1,3 1 dipartimento di economia agroalimentare, università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy 2 dipartimento di economia, sezione di economia agroalimentare, università degli studi di parma, parma, italy 3 college of agriculture and natural resources, university of connecticut, storrs-mansfield, ct, usa abstract. mycotoxins contamination in food is a serious source of health risks. this paper evaluates the italian consumers’ perception of the mycotoxins’ risk through their willingness to pay (wtp) for a hypothetical bottle of milk obtained by cows fed with, inter alia, maize certified for the “good practices” (gps) that reduce this risk. therefore, a web-based stated choice experiment (sce) has been carried out involving a representative sample of 973 italian consumers and the wtp has been measured using the panel data version of a random parameters logit (rpl) model. results show that italian consumers are willing to pay a 29% average price premium for “reduced-mycotoxins” milk. this premium increases for consumers between 44 and 54 years of age, who are students, have completed tertiary education, are economically well-off and shop fairly infrequently. keywords. food safety, mycotoxins, willingness to pay, choice experiments, mixed logit jel codes. c35, c93, d12 1. introduction food safety is one of the most relevant determinants of consumer food demand. when food products are perceived unsafe, because of the occurrence of a food safety scandal (e.g., bovine spongiform encephalopathy (bse) crises, avian influenza, dioxin in meat, foodborne pathogens), their demand drops and recovery to pre-scandal levels may be slow and partial. public institutions have strived to maintain and promote food safety through regulation: in 2002 the european union (eu) has established the european food safety authority (efsa) as the central agency aiming to improve eu food safety, ensure a high level of consumers’ protection and restore and maintain confidence in the eu food supply (efsa, 2014). moreover, the eu common agricultural policy (cap) places a high value on food safety, recognising its nature of public good produced by a multifunctional agriculture, such that future agricultural support could be heavily linked to these issues: 59% of the respondents to a recent survey of european citizens (euro* corresponding author: paolo.sckokai@unicatt.it. http://dx.doi.org/10.13128/bae-12827 64 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari barometer, 2010) deem ensuring safe and high quality food one of the priorities of the cap. furthermore, since consumers value food safety, private incentives in ensuring food safety might arise; thus, a better understanding of consumers’ risk perception and valuation may help both private firms and public agencies to design and implement actions aimed to enhance food safety. since 1979 the eu has been managing the rapid alert system for food and feed (rasff), a tool to exchange information about measures taken as a response to serious health risks detected in food or feed products (rasff, 2013). the annual rasff report provides comprehensive statistics on notifications by eu member states concerning detection, in their own territory or at the eu borders, of these potential health risks due to a number of hazards. mycotoxins were the second most important hazard, accounting for roughly 15% of the total number of notifications in 2012 (i.e., 525 out of 3516), just behind pathogenic micro-organisms (roughly 17% of notifications) (rasff, 2012). while some 39% of the mycotoxins notifications constitute border rejections of nuts, nut products and seeds, some 6% refer to cereals and bakery products while almost 15% can be ascribed to feed. nonetheless, the number of notifications reporting a contamination by mycotoxins has declined sharply (-16.8%) due to a reduction in the occurrence of those by aflatoxins (afs) which were down 17.3% year on year. however, five instances of high concentration of af m1 have been recorded renewing a concern last experienced back in 2007. the latter can be ascribed to af b1, found in european maize used as feed for milk cows, which transferred to milk as af m1 (galvano et al., 1996). in fact, the severe drought affecting the 2012 maize growing season in south-eastern europe has been instrumental to raising the concentrations of afs in this crop and area.1 although afs have been considered a minor threat to the safety standards of the upstream phases of the agricultural/food marketing chain (i.e., before the agricultural commodity reached the storing and processing stage of its marketing chain (battilani et al., 2012)), recent studies have increasingly “…recognise[d] that good agricultural practise[s] (gap[s]) represent the primary line of defence against the contamination of food products by inherent plant toxins and mycotoxins” (speijers et al., 2010:4).2 moreover, this awareness has spread along the whole supply chain of maize and animal feed produced out of it, which appear particularly prone to afs contamination, spurring the “… implementation of good manufacturing practise[s] (gmp[s]) during the handling, storage, processing and distribution of cereals for food and animal feed” (speijers et al., 2010: 4). a major concern for private firms along the supply chain is to inform the consumer that their final products are derived from agricultural commodities or food raw materials employing gaps/gmps. “safer” food products will then command a higher price, to remunerate all the actors in the marketing chain for their good practises (gps), compared to conventional ones, if the consumer values the risk of falling ill from eating unsafe 1 climate change, raising temperatures and declining rainfalls are likely to transfer a problem typical – especially at the farm production stage – of tropical and sub-tropical regions to previously unaffected areas of the globe (battilani et al., 2012). 2 note that the european commission has compiled a recommendation (17 august 2006) collecting all the gaps aimed to prevent and/or reduce the incidence of fusarium toxins in cereals and cereal products (european commission, 2006). 65consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk food.3 since several attributes related to food safety may not be observable but mostly are communicated by the producer through labelling and advertising, the existence of information asymmetry in this market segment turns some of the products’ attributes into credence attributes. if the safety-related products’ attributes can be identified correctly, and the information asymmetry largely overcome, consumers may be willing to pay a (higher) price premium for a food item produced by a marketing chain applying, at each stage, the relevant gps.4 therefore, the price premium also provides a measure of the value placed by consumers on the associated health risks. given the production of “safer” food items is more expensive than that of traditional ones, the food industry and its suppliers may be interested in gauging consumers’ interest and willingness to pay (wtp) for a product with these characteristics ahead of the official release on to the market. in presence of hypothetical yet technically feasible products, stated preference (sp) methods (i.e., contingent valuation (cv), stated choice experiments (sces), auctions) are commonly employed to elicit consumer preference for products defined on the basis of the levels of a bundle of attributes (enneking, 2004) and to acquire or calculate consumers’ wtp by modelling individual choices (i.e., choice modelling, grounded on random utility theory (quagrainie et al., 1998)). nonetheless, the hypothetical nature of choices submitted to consumers in a sce, which translates into consumers not being required to make an actual choice involving a monetary outlay, may lead to wtp estimates biased upwards. moreover, consumer wtps may vary according to the number and type of attribute levels the consumer is confronted with in the experiment (i.e., “context dependency”, mørkbak et al. (2012)). however, the joint evaluation of multiple product attributes gives rise to welfare measures, of which wtp is arguably one, which have generally smaller variances – relative to their means – compared to those obtained from cv (adamowicz et al., 1998). furthermore, considering different levels of the attributes eliminates the part-whole bias (hanley et al., 1998; enneking, 2004). empirical studies on consumer valuation of and preference for “safer” food products include enneking (2004), brown et al. (2005), aizaki and sato (2007), goldberg and roosen (2007), nakamura et al. (2009), tonsor et al. (2009), tonsor (2011) and mørkbak et al. (2012). those focused on “safer” milk comprise wang et al. (2008) and wolf et al. (2011).5,6 3 khlangwiset and wu (2010) collect evidence on the cost and percentage reduction in afs levels in food and agricultural products due to the implementation of gaps and gmps. it is evident that applying both types of gps implies additional, sometimes significant, costs for farmers and feed processors. nonetheless, the existing attempts to quantify the economic costs of, especially, gaps seem to disregard the reduced income which a farmer cultivating a high yield/value crop like maize in rotation with a low(er) yield/value output such as alfalfa or clover is likely to experience, compared to a farmer producing a (maize) monoculture. 4 wang et al. (2008) report that hosono (2005), employing japanese scanner (i.e., revealed preference) data, unveiled a price premium of 12% on purchase of milk and milk products carrying a hazard analysis critical control point (haccp) label. it should be noted that the haccp certification is the signal of enhanced food safety most frequently analysed in the applied literature investigating consumer valuation of food safety concerns. 5 in compiling this list, we have tried to focus on food safety concerns triggered mainly by food contaminations due to pathogens. nonetheless, we recognise that because of, inter alia, genetically modified and cloned crops or animals, animal illnesses or traceability and country-of-origin issues, additional food safety concerns can arise in some consumers. hence, food safety is a multifaceted concept subject to different meanings across consumers. 6 aizaki (2012) provides a systematic review of, inter alia, studies employing sces to value consumer wtp for safer milk. unfortunately, all the relevant references discussed therein are in japanese but the salient evidence of these contributions is reported and also used for the discussion of the present results. 66 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari in this paper, the consumers’ perception and economic valuation of mycotoxins’ risk in food is investigated estimating, in the context of a sce, the wtp of a sample of italian consumers for a “hypothetical” bottle of milk obtained by cows fed with, inter alia, maize certified for farmers and processors applying gaps and gmps such that a lower risk of mycotxoin contamination could be expected. the wtp has been measured using the panel data version of a random parameters logit (rpl) model (train, 2003) on data collected with a web-based survey distributed in the summer of 2009. to the best of our knowledge, and mainly drawing from aizaki (2012), the only papers explicitly considering consumer valuation of gaps/gmps, as measures to maintain/improve food safety, are nakamura et al. (2009) on the production of bottled and carton apple juice, aizaki and sato (2007) on valuing gaps-certified tomatoes and aizaki et al. (2004) that estimate the attitudes towards beef derived from cattle, inter alia, fed “… in accordance with hypothetical food safety measures” (aizaki, 2012:9). therefore, this work contributes to the literature adding further evidence on a fairly unexplored food safety aspect. 2. mycotoxins and gaps/gmps mycotoxins are naturally occurring secondary metabolites produced mainly by moulds of the aspergillus, penicillum and fusarium genera: aspergilli develop at high temperatures and most frequently at the storage stage of an agricultural commodity or food marketing chain while fusaria thrive in presence of plentiful water and high humidity levels, largely at the growing stage (e.g., speijers et al., 2010). whilst moulds can be considered as plant pathogens, the ingestion of their toxin can result in acute and chronic disease in animals and humans (speijers et al., 2010). mycotoxins like afs and ochratoxin a are known to be carcinogenic (williams et al., 2004) and have been defined “… the main chronic health risk related to food …” (speijers et al., 2010:6). mycotoxins are particularly dangerous for human health because they cannot be destroyed either by (animal) digestion or by heating and/or refrigeration while cooking: if they are present in the raw agricultural commodity, they remain virtually unchanged in the food chain. serious health concerns arise from afs in maize, due to its prevalence in animal feed, and especially in cows’ daily rations such that afs can contaminate frequently consumed products like milk and dairy products. for instance, in 2003, very high concentrations of af m1 were detected in italy in milk bottles and in grana padano cheese, one of the most famous italian protected denomination of origin (pdo) dairy product. agronomic and technological research aimed to curtail the risk of afs concentrating in maize suggests preventing or containing the damages, on the growing crop, due to high temperature, water stress and insects’ diffusion to limit the initial infection by the concerned moulds (battilani et al., 2012). in turn, tillage and fertilisation practises, crop rotation and hybrid choice, planting and harvesting date/technique, limited cropping density and adequate irrigation are gaps which have proven to limit the occurrence of afs in maize (battilani et al., 2012 and specific references therein; speijers et al., 2010). in particular, planting maize in rotation with cotton, wheat and soybeans appears to minimise the soil populations of the fungi producing afs (e.g., abbas et al., 2004). eeckhout et al. (2013) suggest that wheat, hence possibly maize, cultivated after, inter alia, alfalfa and clover or beets is a rotation plan subject to a low risk of fusarium contamination. nonetheless, the effects of crop 67consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk rotation may only be limited in the short term. appropriate fertilisation, delivering sufficient levels of nitrogen, and tillage practices, which removing plant debris from the field limits the fungal inoculum, may appropriately prepare the soil to the early planting of hybrids which do not mature in very hot and dry months or, as bt-maize, appear to be more resistant to fungal infection.7 throughout the growing season, (sprinkler) irrigation, weed and pests control (i.e., against the european corn borer in maize)8 appear crucial activities to control fungi diffusion in maize hence the possibility of afs development. among the gmps, reducing the time intervening between harvesting and drying; proper sanitation of the relevant machinery and storage areas; segregating the product according to moisture and protein content; storing in a clean, well maintained and sanitised, cool, dry and ventilated premise; fumigation with phosphine or essential oils to control insect pests and mould infections as well as using appropriate filtering systems at the mills seem to effectively impede the development/spread of mycotoxins in processed products (speijers et al., 2010; eeckhout et al., 2013). 3. theory safety is a food “attribute”. according to lancaster’s consumer theory (lancaster, 1966), goods are considered a bundle of attributes, and consumers’ preferences are stated over attributes. in this context, goods’ characteristics can be evaluated using discrete choice models, where choices are made among mutually exclusive finite alternatives within an exhaustive choice set. mcfadden (1974) proposed the econometric framework for discrete choice analysis in the context of random utility models. for an individual i the (indirect) utility obtained from a good j, uij, can be decomposed in a deterministic part, vij, related to the k observed good’s characteristics (including price), and in a stochastic part, εij, accounting also for unobserved variables u v f x ,ij ij ij jk ik ijε β ε( )= + = + (1) where xjk is the level of attribute k in good j and βik is the individual preference parameter for the kth characteristic (i.e., the deterministic part of individual utility is a function of product’s characteristics). the choice rule is utility maximization: good j is chosen by individual i among all alternatives iff u u h jij ih≥ ∀ ≠ (2) different assumptions on the structure of the stochastic component lead to a variety of specifications. in the so-called mixed logit (ml) model the stochastic part εij is decom7 resistant hybrids have not been developed and commercialised yet and may also require appropriate and unique crop management practises which might become ineffective whenever peculiar environmental conditions develop in the field. moreover, note that bt maize hybrids are not permitted in several european countries (battilani et al., 2012). 8 currently, no commercially admitted fungicide can be legally employed to limit the biosynthesis of afs by the two most aflatoxigenic fungi. only biocontrol agents such as natural oils from thyme, lemongrass and other herbs may limit the afs content in maize (battilani et al., 2012). 68 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari posed as εij = ηij + uij where ηij is an additive random term that can be related to attributes and alternatives and can account for, inter alia, correlation and heteroscedasticity, while the uij term is an i.i.d. random component with an extreme value distribution. in our study, we have employed the rpl, where a ml specification is obtained by allowing the set of individual preference parameters βi to be distributed across individuals according to a statistical distribution, βi ~f(β|μβ, σβ) characterized by mean μβ and variance-covariance matrix σβ. the rpl model has become the standard reference for sc studies because of its ability to account for preference heterogeneity and its flexibility in accommodating a variety of model specifications (mcfadden and train, 2000). then, the probability pi that individual i may choose alternative j, conditional on a given set of values of the βi parameters, is given by p j l exp expi i ij i v v h ij i ih i∑ ββ ββ( ) ( )≡ = ββ ββ ( ) ( ) (3) the rpl-ml specification can be also generalized to panel data (i.e., each sampled individual i makes repeated choices), assuming that parameters are constant across time/ choices. if t is the number of repeated choices made by each individual, by integrating the product of the t conditional probabilities, we obtain the probability of choosing alternative j as p j l f d,i ijt i i t t 1 ∏∫ ββ ββ µµ σσ ββ( )( ) ( )= ββ ββ = (4) the rpl-ml specification does not require the independence of irrelevant alternatives (iia) property to be fulfilled, thus it does not restrict substitution patterns as in the multinomial logit model; therefore, the ratio of the probabilities of two alternatives, j and h, depends also on attributes of alternatives other than j and h. in order to evaluate consumer wtp for product attributes, we need to consider that in the random utility model each preference parameter represents the marginal utility of the attribute, that is, u xk kβ∂ ∂ = . mean wtp estimates for attribute k in a rpl can be calculated as βk/βprice and can be considered representative for the entire sample in presence of jointly insignificant σβ, implying absence of preference heterogeneity (wolf et al., 2011).9 nonetheless, because of effects coding all the relevant variables in the model, the formulation for the calculation of mean wtp for attribute k, applicable to dummy coded variables, needs to be amended as wtpk = 2βk/βprice (lusk et al., 2003; tonsor, 2011; wolf et al., 2011). furthermore, given the individual-specific nature of the preference parameter vector β due to expected significant preference heterogeneity, the individual (simulated) estimate of the wtp for any attribute k is given by (greene et al., 2005) 9 note that the present calculation of the mean wtp for attribute k does not feature the usual negative sign because the price variable employed in this study is, in fact, minus the original price variable. 69consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk e wtp r l r l ˆ 1 2 ˆ ˆ 1 ˆ s i k ikr i price r ir r r ir r r, , ,1 1  ∑ ∑ ββ ββ ββ ββ( ) ( )   = = = (5) where r is the rth draw out of the total number of r replications.10 to provide useful insights into which socio-demographic variables may be fruitfully employed to segment the potential market in order to secure the highest price premium, the average wtpk|g for each socio-demographic group g can be calculated by averaging wtpi,k over the number of individuals in each group. similarly, to obtain a synthetic measure of the wtpk, the sample mean estimate is obtained averaging wtpi,k across all individuals in the sample. 4. methods in a sce individuals are requested to choose among alternatives. when products’ characteristics are not available on the market (i.e., hypothetical new products) a sce is the only available approach to investigate consumers’ preferences. a number of applications in agricultural and food marketing studies have been implemented in recent years (e.g., burton et al., 2001; burton and pearse, 2002; west et al., 2002; james and burton, 2003; alfnes, 2004; rigby and burton, 2005; alfnes et al., 2006; mtimet and albisu, 2006; loureiro and umberger, 2007; jaeger and rose, 2008; gracia et al., 2009). to evaluate consumers’ perception of mycotoxins’ risk in milk, a sce was conducted in july 2009 on a representative sample of 973 italian consumers relying on a web-based survey administered by lightspeed research ltd.. the survey was introduced by a statement describing mycotoxins, their potential health effects and the role of some gps in reducing the risk of contaminations in milk. the first section of the questionnaire collected information on consumers’ shopping habits: frequency of grocery shopping and milk purchase, preferred type of milk and attitude towards mycotoxins’ labelling. in the second section of the survey, consumers were required to choose among three one litre bottles of milk differing for heat treatment (uht, fresh pasteurised and fresh high quality (hq)), fat content (whole, semi-skimmed and skimmed) and price. a further attribute, mycotoxins level measured the lower risk of mycotoxins contamination due to the use of gps maize in cow breeding, compared to the higher one associated with employing maize from conventional practises (cps) for animal feeding. table 1 lists the attributes and their levels.11 10 the procedure outlined here estimates the utility coefficient of each attribute from a model cast in the “utility space”. this modelling choice may yield counterintuitive distributions of the wtp due to the wtp originating from the ratio of two of the model’s coefficients. in particular, the distribution of the wtp may have a very long right tail. to overcome this issue, a re-parameterisation of the model in the “wtp space”, such that the (marginal) wtp for each attribute is directly estimated, has been recently proposed in the literature (train and weeks, 2005; scarpa et al., 2008). empirical applications of the latter approach appear to provide distributions of the wtp with slimmer tails (train and sonnier, 2005; sonnier et al., 2007). 11 a referee of this journal pointed out that it is recommended practice to administer consumers choice sets which feature individual specific “status-quo” options modelled according to, in this case, preferred heat treatment and fat content (kontoleon and yabe, 2003; rose et al., 2008). this would increase consumers’ familiarity 70 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari table 1. milk attributes and their levels in the sce. attributes acronym¥ levels heat treatment ht_ uht (a)† – fresh pasteurised (b) – fresh high quality (hq) (c) fat content fc_ whole (a)† – semi skimmed (b) skimmed (c) mycotoxins level ml conventional† – reduced price (€/litre) pr 1.05 – 1.15 – 1.25 – 1.35 – 1.45 – 1.53 – 1.55 – 1.58 – 1.63 – 1.68 – 1.73 – 1.78 – 1.83 – 1.88 source: own elaboration. note: in italics, the attributes’ levels for the “status quo” alternative; ¥, acronym employed for the heat treatment and fat content attributes in conjunction with the letters representing the levels, to identify the β parameters in equation (6) and the related estimates in table 4; †, denotes the base levels for effects coding the product attributes with a value of -1. the full factorial experimental design based on the attributes and levels in table 1 produces 3·3·2·14 = 252 alternative treatments. to reduce the dimension of the experiment while allowing the main consumer responses to be identified, a d-optimal experimental design selects only 13 alternative treatments which are constructed considering only the linear individual effects for the attribute variables. three choice sets were submitted to each participant, thus three choices were made, providing a balanced panel of observations. each of the three choice sets administered was composed of three alternatives, the first always being the “status-quo” alternative (i.e., fresh hq, whole, cps, 1.58 €/l) and the remaining two being randomly selected, without replacement, within a set of 13 possible alternative treatments. the “status-quo” alternative, constant across choice sets, is always included to help to scale the utilities among the various choice sets. often, the “status-quo” alternative is specified as the “no choice” option in market penetration studies. because this is not the main focus of the present work, the “status-quo” alternative is defined according to consumer demand data and to determine choices with respect to the product modern retailers were keener to promote on their premises, at the time the experiment took place (i.e., fresh hq). moreover, fully characterising the “status-quo” alternative prevents respondents from providing no information at all through the “no choice” option (haaijer et al., 2001). an example of a choice set is given in table 2. the third section of the questionnaire collected the socio-demographic characteristics of the respondent: age, location, gender, marital status, education level, employment status and position, number of household residents (including the respondent) and household income level. the summary statistics of the sample appear in table 3.12 the sample of respondents features a few more females than males (55.5%) and a limited number of very young (18-24 years of age) consumers (8.9%), while the 35-44 year with the “status quo” option reducing further the extent of a possible bias. while this is an attractive experimental design, we were not able to implement such a complicated framework when we selected the surveying partner. future experiments may be designed following this suggestion. 12 note that the respondents who are not responsible for their household’s grocery shopping and who have either never gone shopping or never consumed milk have been removed from the sample. 71consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk old are the relative majority (21.8%). responses have been collected mainly from residents in the south of italy (35.9%), married (72.5%) and either employed (52.4%) or retired (23.6%). moreover, the largest share of our sample of consumers earns an income in the 20,000-40,000€ range (37.4%), has completed higher education (57.5%), purchases and consumes milk more than once a week (51.7% and 40.0%, respectively). nonetheless, only 18.8% of the respondents consumes milk every day. 5. results the rpl model has been estimated using the econometric software nlogit 5.0.13 the set of explanatory variables includes both product attributes x and socio-demographic characteristics z; randomness is assumed for all the attribute parameters: the parameters for the attributes heat treatment, fat content and mycotoxins level are modelled as following a normal distribution while the one for price a triangular distribution. moreover, we constrain the triangular distribution for the price coefficient to spread over negative values in order to limit the possibility that, upon calculating the wtps for the product’s attributes, the distributions of wtps are not well behaved because 0 is in the domain of the triangular distribution (daly et al., 2012).14 the socio-demographic characteristics included in the final specification of the model have been selected evaluating the significance of the likelihood ratio (lr) test for the model with a single demographic variable (or group of mutually exclusive effects coded variables accounting for the same sociodemographic characteristic) being superior to the model with the sole product attributes. this model selection procedure has identified gender, age (continuous) and frequency of 13 nlogit 5.0 fits this model employing a maximum simulated likelihood estimator. crucial features of the estimator include the nature and number of the discrete points in the integration space. following best practice, halton sequences are selected, and 1000 draws are employed. the latter have been selected by following the estimates’ “robustness checks” suggested in hensher and greene (2003) and have been carried out by verifying the stability of the ratio of the estimated mean to the standard deviation of the model’s random parameters when the model is estimated with 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 and 2000 points. 14 imposing this constraint implies that a model with correlated random parameters cannot be estimated and that the scale parameter for the price coefficient is set to be equal to the absolute value of the related β coefficient (mean) (greene, 2012:n-545). while ignoring the correlation between random parameters has been suggested to lead to correlation among the implied wtp distributions (scarpa et al., 2008), we maintain the constraint to obtain better-defined wtps. table 2. example of a choice set. milk (1 litre) 1 2 3 heat treatment fresh hq (c) uht (a) fresh pasteurised (b) fat content whole (a) semi skimmed (b) semi skimmed (b) mycotoxins level conventional conventional reduced price (€/l) 1.58 €/l 1.15 €/l 1.63 €/l choice (tick the box)    source: own elaboration. 72 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari milk consumption as the sole socio-demographic variables statistically significant, one at a time, in the model.15 moreover, these variables could be included also simultaneously in the estimated rpl16 resulting in a lr test for joint significance of 76.39 which, being chi15 the results from the model selection procedure are available from the authors upon request. 16 since in rpl models the effect of socio-demographic variables is identified by means of interacting these variables with the product attributes for every choice in the experiment’s choice set, it is possible that the model associated with an experiment with numerous treatments is too big to be estimated. because the choice set of this experiment comprised only 13 alternatives, a model with multiple socio-demographic explanatory variables could be estimated and its results are presented in table 4. although the coefficients for the socio-demographic variables of interest are not presented to conserve space (but are available from the authors upon request), we can report that roughly 31% of the interactions between socio-demographic variables and product attributes are statistically significant, at conventional levels. table 3. main summary statistics for the sample composition. characteristics % characteristics % gender education level female 55.5 none/elementary† 2.9 male† 44.5 middle 11.5 age college 57.5 18 – 24† 8.9 tertiary 28.2 25 – 34 17.1 income 35 – 44 21.8 up to 10,000€ 6.2 45 – 54 18.3 10,001€ – 20,000€ 18.4 55 – 64 15.7 20,001€ – 40,000€ 37.4 older than 65 18.0 40,001€ – 70,000€ 16.9 geographical area over 70,001€ 3.1 north – west† 26.1 i prefer not to disclose† 18.1 north – east 18.8 number of household residents centre 19.2 2† 35.3 south 35.9 3 31.9 marital status 4 25.4 married 72.5 more than 4 7.5 not married† 27.5 purchasing frequency employment status once every 15 days† 2.1 home duties 10.5 once a week 16.6 looking for new employment 5.1 more than once a week 51.7 looking for my first employment 1.3 every day 29.7 employed 52.4 frequency of milk consumption retired† 23.5 once a month† 5.5 student 7.1 once every 15 days 9.7 once a week 26.1 more than once a week 40.0 every day 18.8 source: own elaboration based on 973 questionnaire responses. notes: †, denotes the base levels for effects coding the socio-demographic variables with value -1. 73consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk squared distributed with 39 degrees of freedom, is statistically significant at the 1% level.17 all explanatory variables, except price and age, have been introduced in the model using sets of mutually exclusive effects coded variables.18 thus, the final preferred specification of the individual’s utility, in each choice situation, is (tonsor et al., 2009) u z xij i i j ij 'ββ γγ µ( )= + + (6) where the vector ; ; ; ; ;i i ht a i ht b i fc b i fc c i ml i pr, _ , _ , _ , _ , ,ββ β β β β β β=   collects the individual-level values of the coefficients estimated for the xj vector of product attributes presented in table 1; γ’ is the vector of estimated coefficients for the vector of socio-demographic characteristics (age (continuous), the relevant effects coded variables for gender and frequency of milk consumption) of the individuals zi.19 model estimates (means and spread coefficients) appear in table 4. focusing on the β coefficients, it is interesting to note that the attributes price and (reduced) mycotoxins level are the sole to be statistically significant, at the 1% level, in their ability to explain the mean probability of purchasing a bottle of milk. moreover, the coefficient for the price attribute records the largest estimated beta, suggesting that consumers are very sensitive to changes in the price of a bottle of milk. furthermore, because this variable has been included in the model as minus the price levels in the choice experiment, it appears that a decline in price is associated with an increased probability of purchasing. consumers are more likely to purchase a litre of fresh pasteurised milk compared to an uht one, on average and ceteris paribus, while the coefficient for hq milk is not statistically significant. somewhat surprisingly, respondents seem to dislike skimmed, compared to whole, milk, on average and ceteris paribus. this may be due to consumers’ unfamiliarity with the product which is also fairly difficult to find on display at the preferred point of sale. all the included attributes contribute to explain the strong heterogeneity, among respondents and around the mean levels of probability, as reflected in all the estimated spread coefficients (i.e., standard deviations (σβ) or scale parameters) being statistically significant at the 1% level. overall, the model performs quite well given the mcfadden pseudo r2, a measure of goodness-of-fit in discrete choice models, reaches 0.665 such that the χ2 test for joint model’s significance (with 50 degrees of freedom) strongly rejects the null that the estimated model does not explain respondents’ choices. 17 this testing procedure is in line with the one carried out in greene et al. (2006:88). 18 effects coding, contrary to dummy coding, allows to distinguish the effects that the base level of an attribute (i.e., the level associated with the excluded dummy variable in case of dummy coding) and the overall or grand mean have on the level of recorded utility (hensher et al., 2005; tonsor, 2011; wolf et al., 2011). for the choice of the base levels employed in effects coding the attributes and demographic variables please refer to the notes to table 1 and table 3, respectively. 19 a referee of this journal pointed out the value of allowing for “… sources of observations-specific influence on the variance of the unobserved effects in the choice models …” (greene et al., 2006:89). while we agree this could be a valuable exercise to gain further insights into individual behaviour in choice models, the many challenges introduced by difficult convergence, somewhat limited gains in terms of overall model’s explanatory power (adjusted pseudo r2), sign changes and extreme values of the calculated wtps (greene et al., 2006) suggested we leave this more demanding analysis for a future research effort. 74 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari 6. discussion the focus of the paper is on the evaluation of consumers’ attitude towards mycotoxins’ risk; to this extent the wtp, that is the price premium that consumers are willing to pay to obtain a product with a reduced mycotoxins’ risk, has been computed. because of table 4. estimated parameters for product attributes for the rpl model. parameter¥ estimate βht_a 1.6648** (0.7483) βht_b -0.1802 (0.5566) βfc_b 0.4620 (0.6448) βfc_c -2.0705** (0.8302) βml 1.2548*** (0.3455) βpr 7.9813*** (2.2621) σht_a 1.1320*** (0.2437) σht_b 2.1672*** (0.1948) σfc_b 0.9917*** (0.2185) σfc_c 2.1002*** (0.3515) σml 1.7388*** (0.1504) σpr † 7.9813*** (2.2621) diagnostics log likelihood -2576.6639 model joint significance ~ χ2(50) 10253.4888*** mcfadden pseudo r2 0.6655 n° points in the halton sequence 1000 lr test for demographic variables ~ χ2(39) 76.3854*** source: own elaboration using nlogit 5.0. note: ***, significant at the 1% level, **, significant at the 5% level, *, significant at the 10% level; estimated standard errors in parentheses; ¥, please refer to table 1 for the acronyms representing the attributes and employed to identify the estimated parameters; †, because the price random parameter is assumed to be distributed according to a triangular distribution, this standard deviation coefficient is, in fact, a scale parameter. demographic variables employed to estimate the model: gender, age (continuous), frequency in consuming milk; all the (set of ) demographic variables included in estimation determined a significant lr test for individual (joint) significance against the attribute only model. 75consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk the existence of preference heterogeneity and the t = 3 repeated choices made by respondents, we can compute a wtp for each of the individuals in the sample according to (5) and then average it out across the sample and socio-demographic groups. the sample average wtp for lower risk of contamination is 0.44 €/l, which corresponds to a premium of 28.8% on the average milk price employed in the experiment (1.53 €/l). this premium is almost six times the (weighted average) one wang et al. (2008) estimate, for a haccp certified milk sold in china, using a cv method and more than 50% higher than the premium wolf et al. (2011) calculate for a gallon of us carrying a food safety claim (+18.5%).20 moreover, it is larger than the (average) 23% premium ennekin (2004) quantifies, employing a conditional logit model, for the quality and safety improvements of a brand of liver sausages in germany. the present findings are in line with the premium wolf et al. (2011) determine, relying on a sce and rpl model, for a half a gallon of us milk endowed with a generic enhanced food safety attribute. concerning the evaluation of food safety due to the implementation of gaps/gmps, our evidence supports the existence of a price premium which is around three times the one aizaki and sato (2007) attribute to citizens of sendai for purchasing tomatoes produced in kumamoto following the same practices. in table 5, the average wtp for socio-demographic groups are reported. trying to summarise the results, we focus on those representing larger deviations with respect to the sample average. it is interesting to note that, contrary to their statistically significant contribution in explaining consumer choices through a rpl, gender and frequency of milk consumption do not give rise to group-average wtps which are markedly different from the estimated sample average. on the contrary, respondents in the 45-54 and 65 and above age ranges do display average values of the wtp for (reduced) mycotoxins levels different from the overall sample one. nonetheless, the former group has a higher than sample average wtp (0.52 €/l) while the latter has a lower than sample average one (0.38 €/l). similarly, segmenting the market according to the employment status of the individuals, consumers who are either looking for their first employment or retired have a (markedly) low wtp (0.28 and 0.36 €/l, respectively) as opposed to students who have the highest wtp for (reduced) mycotoxins levels. respondents who either have not completed any education or have abandoned school after the completion of the elementary level have the lowest average wtp (0.36 €/l), while consumers who have completed their tertiary education have the highest (0.48 €/l), which is slightly above the sample average wtp. somewhat similarly, it is found that the respondents reporting the lowest income (and not reporting their income at all) have the lowest average wtp (0.34 €/l), while the two highest income classes are associated with higher than sample average wtps (0.52 and 0.48 €/l, respectively). nonetheless, it is interesting to note that the richest respondents do not have the highest wtp. lastly and quite surprisingly, consumers who purchase milk only once every 15 days do record a wtp for (reduced) mycotoxins levels of 0.52 €/l while those who shop more frequently have a lower – also than sample average – wtp. finally, the wtp for those who purchase milk only once a week is only 0.38 €/l. 20 because some of the relvant literature is in japanese, we resort to aizaki (2012) to report that iwamoto (2004) and hosono (2003, 2004) unveil a positive wtp for a haccp compliant litre of milk, with the ones for the latter studies being 6 to 5 times larger than the one for the former. 76 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari 7. conclusions european statistics show that one of the most serious sources of health risks related to food is mycotoxins. in this paper, we have evaluated the italian consumers’ perception of the health risks associated to the presence of high levels of mycotoxins. in particular, we have calculated the wtp for a hypothetical bottle of milk obtained by cows fed with maize certified for being produced employing the gps that reduce mycotoxin contamination. therefore, a web-based questionnaire has been distributed to a representative sample of 973 italian consumers who were required to make hypothetical choices among choice sets composed of three products. responses have been analysed relying on the panel data version of a rpl model to determine consumer wtp. the results show that italian consumers are willing to pay a moderate average price premium (29%) for “reduced-mycotoxins” milk and this table 5. average wtp for the reduced mycotxins level attribute across groups (€/l). characteristics characteristics gender education level female 0.42 none/elementary 0.36 male 0.44 middle 0.40 age college 0.42 18 – 24 0.46 tertiary 0.48 25 – 34 0.42 income 35 – 44 0.40 up to 10,000€ 0.34 45 – 54 0.52 10,001€ – 20,000€ 0.46 55 – 64 0.44 20,001€ – 40,000€ 0.44 older than 65 0.38 40,001€ – 70,000€ 0.52 geographical area over 70,001€ 0.48 north – west 0.42 i prefer not to disclose 0.34 north – east 0.44 number of household residents centre 0.46 2 0.44 south 0.42 3 0.42 marital status 4 0.44 married 0.44 more than 4 0.46 not married 0.44 purchasing frequency employment status once every 15 days 0.52 home duties 0.40 once a week 0.38 looking for new employment 0.48 more than once a week 0.44 looking for my first employment 0.28 every day 0.42 employed 0.46 frequency of milk consumption retired 0.36 once a month 0.40 student 0.50 once every 15 days 0.46 once a week 0.44 more than once a week 0.44 every day 0.42 source: own elaboration. 77consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk premium increases for consumers between 44 and 54 years of age, who are students, have completed tertiary education, are economically well-off and shop fairly infrequently. despite the estimated price premium might indeed cover the additional costs of implementing the gaps and gmps deemed instrumental to reduce mycotoxins contaminations, it should be acknowledged that its value could represent an overestimate of the health risks due to mycotoxins contamination (wolf et al., 2011). because mycotoxins may be an elusive concept to the general public, the description of the health risks provided in the questionnaire might have generated a perceived risk higher than the actual risk. for instance, due to the higher incidence of mycotoxins in warmer and more humid climates and because of the related notifications in foreign countries (i.e., china and the middle east area), consumers may have attributed some of the concerns related to country-oforigin to the occurrence of a mycotoxin contamination (tonsor, 2011). likewise, because consumers may consider gps a general proxy for safer food, the associated wtp may represent the price premium for the more comprehensive concept of “safer milk”.21 the analysis shows that the risks from mycrotoxins contamination of food exist and are perceived differently among italian consumers. on the one hand, the results of this study can demonstrate to policy makers that the adoption of gps is valued by consumers and may be economically viable even without public subsidies.22 on the other hand, the food industry can benefit from these findings since they can provide insights into the market opportunities related to the introduction of a “mycotoxin free” product. however, further analyses, extended to other european countries and to different products, are necessary to evaluate differences among eu states and across products categories. acknowledgments the authors would like to thank a referee and the editor of this journal for their comments which have contributed significantly to an improved quality of the paper. nonetheless, the usual disclaimer regarding errors and omissions applies. this study was carried out when mario veneziani was research assistant at the dipartimento di economia agroalimentare, facoltà di scienze agrarie, alimentari e ambientali and dipartimento di scienze economiche e sociali (dises), facoltà di economia e giurisprudenza, università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy whose allround support is gratefully acknowledged. references abbas, h.k., zablotowicz, r.m. and locke, m.a. (2004). spatial variability of aspergillus flavus soil populations under different crops and corn grain colonization and aflatoxins. canadian journal of botany 82(12): 1768-1775. 21 indeed, mørkbak et al. (2014) find that in presence of a positive wtp for reduced risk of salmonella in pork meat consumed in denmark, the actual value depended upon the number and type of risk reduction strategies the meat was produced/treated with. 22 in fact, the 29% price premium we estimate is markedly larger than the 17% increase in costs borne by chilean maize farms estimated by ramirez and caro (2003), according to iglesias et al. (2006), such that additional and unaccounted for costs may be covered by market returns. 78 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari adamowicz, w., boxall, p., williams, m. and louviere, j. (1998). stated preference approaches for measuring passive use values: choice experiments and contingent valuation. american journal of agricultural economics 80(1): 64-75. aizaki, h. (2012). choice experiment applications in food, agriculture, and rural planning research in japan. agri-bioscience monographs 2(1): 1-46. aizaki, h. and sato, n. (2007). consumers’ valuation of good agricultural practice by using contingent valuation and contingent ranking methods: a case study of miyagi prefecture, japan. agricultural information research 16(3): 150-157. aizaki, h., sato, k., kikkawa, t. and sawada, m. (2004). effects of attitudes concerning food safety on choice behavior of beef: a choice experiment including social-psychological factors. japanese journal of farm management 42(2): 22-32 (in japanese). alfnes, f. (2004). stated preferences for imported and hormone-treated beef: application of a mixed logit model. european review of agricultural economics 31(1): 19-37. alfnes, f., guttormsen, a.g., steine, g. and kolstad, k. (2006). consumers’ willingness to pay for the color of salmon: a choice experiment with real economic incentives. american journal of agricultural economics 88(4): 1050-1061. battilani, p., rossi, v., giorni, p., pietri, a., gualla, a., van der fels-klerx, h.j., booij, c. j.h., moretti, a., logrieco, a., miglietta, f., toscano, p., miraglia, m., de santis, b. and brera, c. (2012). modelling, predicting and mapping the emergence of aflatoxins in cereals in the eu due to climate change. scientific report submitted to efsa, available at http://www.efsa.europa.eu/it/search/doc/223e.pdf. brown, j., cranfield, j.a.l. and henson, s. (2005). relating consumer willingness-to-pay for food safety to risk tolerance: an experimental approach. canadian journal of agricultural economics 53(2-3): 249-263. burton, m. and pearse, d. (2002). consumer attitudes towards genetic modification, functional foods, and microorganisms: a choice modeling experiment for beer. agbioforum 5(2): 51-58. burton, m., rigby, d., young, t. and james, s. (2001). consumer attitudes to genetically modified organisms in food in the uk. european review of agricultural economics 28(4): 479-498. daly, a., hess, s. and train, k. (2012). assuring finite moments for willingness to pay in random coefficient models. transportation 39(1): 19-31. efsa (2014). about efsa, [on line], available at http://www.efsa.europa.eu/en/aboutefsa. htm, last accessed on thursday, 16 january 2014. eeckhout, m., landschoot, s., deschuyffeleer, n., de laethauwer, s. and haesaert, g. (2013). guidelines for prevention and control of mould growth and mycotoxin production in cereals. mimeo. enneking, u. (2004). willingness-to-pay for safety improvements in the german meat sector: the case of the q&s label. european review of agricultural economics 31(2): 205-223. eurobarometer (2010). europeans, agriculture and the common agricultural policy. full report, march. european commission (2006). commission recommendation of 17 august 2006 on the prevention and reduction of fusarium toxins in cereals and cereal products. official journal of the european union l234: 35-40. 79consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk galvano, f., galofaro, v. and galvano, g. (1996). occurrence and stability of aflatoxin m1 in milk and milk products: a world wide review. journal of food protection 59(10): 1079-1090. goldberg, i. and roosen, j. (2007). scope insensitivity in health risk reduction studies: a comparison of choice experiments and the contingent valuation method for valuing safer food. journal of risk and uncertainty 34(2): 123-144. gracia, a., loureiro, m.l. and nayga jr., r.m. (2009). consumers’ valuation of nutritional information: a choice experiment study. food quality and preference 20(7): 463-471. greene, w.h. (2012). nlogit 5 reference guide. econometric software, plainview, new york. greene, w.h., hensher, d. and rose, j. (2005). using classical simulation-based estimators to estimate individual wtp values. in: scarpa, r. and alberini, a. (eds.). applications of simulation methods in environmental and resource economics, springer publisher, dordrecht, the netherlands, p. 17-34. greene, w.h., hensher, d. and rose, j. (2006). accounting for heterogeneity in the variance of unobserved effects in mixed logit models. transportation research part b: methodological 40(1): 75-92. haaijer, r., kamakura, w. and wedel, m. (2001). the ‘no-choice’ alternative in conjoint choice experiments. international journal of market research 43(1): 93-106. hanley, n., macmillan, d., wright, r.e., bullock, c., simpson, i., parsisson, d. and crabtree, b. (1998). contingent valuation versus choice experiments: estimating the benefits of environmentally sensitive areas in scotland. journal of agricultural economics 49(1): 1-15. hensher, d.a. and greene, w.h. (2003). the mixed logit model: the state of practice. transportation 30(2): 133-176. hensher, d.a., rose, j.m. and greene, w.h. (2005). applied choice analysis a primer. cambridge university press, new york. hosono, h. (2003). consumer preference for milk attributes: a choice experiment approach with focus on food safety and nutrition. journal of rural economics special issue 2003: 317-319 (in japanese). hosono, h. (2004). nutritional and safety information and consumers’ evaluation of commodity attributes: a choice experiments approach to milk demand. journal of food system research 10(3): 34-47 (in japanese). hosono, h. (2005). the effectiveness of labels on choices of milk and milk products – the haccp certification label as an example. long-term finance (the finance volumes of japanese agriculture, forestry, and fishery industries) 88: 79-92 (in japanese). iglesias, d., henry, g., engler, a. and gutierrez, g. (2006). policies for qas implementation in export chains: mycotoxin management by mercosur wheat actors. proceedings from 7th international conference on management in agrifood chains and networks. ede, the netherlands, june 1-2. iwamoto, h. (2004). consumers’ willingness-to-pay for haccp and eco labeled milk. hokkaido journal of agricultural economics 11(2): 48-60 (in japanese). jaeger, s.r. and rose, j.m. (2008). stated choice experimentation, contextual influences and food choice: a case study. food quality and preference 19(6): 539-564. 80 p. sckokai, m. veneziani, d. moro, e. castellari james, s. and burton, m. (2003). consumer preferences for gm food and other attributes of the food system. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 47(4): 501-518. khlangwiset, p. and wu, f. (2010). costs and efficacy of public health interventions to reduce aflatoxin–induced human disease. food additives and contaminants: part a 27(7): 998-1014. kontoleon, a. and yabe, m. (2003). assessing the impacts of alternative ‘opt-out’ formats in choice experiment studies: consumer preferences for genetically modified content and production information in food. journal of agricultural policy research 5: 1-43. lancaster, k.j. (1966). a new approach to consumer theory. the journal of political economy 74(2): 132-157. loureiro, m.l. and umberger, w.j. (2007). a choice experiment model for beef: what us consumer responses tell us about relative preferences for food safety, country-of-origin labeling and traceability. food policy 32(4): 496-514. lusk j.l., roosen, j. and fox, j.a. (2003). demand for beef from cattle administered growth hormones or fed genetically modified corn: a comparison of consumers in france, germany, the united kingdom and the united states. american journal of agricultural economics 85(1): 16-29. mcfadden, d. (1974). conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior. in: zarembka, p. (ed.). frontiers in econometrics. new york: academic press, p. 105-142. mcfadden, d. and train, k. (2000). mixed mnl models of discrete response. journal of applied econometrics 15(5): 447-470. mørkbak, m.r., christensen, t. and gyrd-hansen, d. (2012). context dependency and consumer acceptance of risk reducing strategies – a choice experiment study on salmonella risks in pork. food research international 45(2): 1149-1157. mtimet, n. and albisu, l.m. (2006). spanish wine consumer behavior: a choice experiment approach. agribusiness 22(3): 343-362. nakamura, t., maruyama, a. and yano, y. (2009). analysis of consumer’s preference for apple juice after trade liberalization in japan: an approach to choice-based conjoint analysis. journal of rural problems 45(1): 52-57 (in japanese). quagrainie, k.k., unterschultz, j. and veeman, m. (1998). effects of product origin and selected demographics on consumer choice of red meats. canadian journal of agricultural economics 46(2): 201-219. ramirez, e. and caro, j.c. (2003). estudio de caracterización en el sistema agroalimentario: lecciones de experiencia y efectos sobre competitividad. documento de informe final, rimisp, chile. rasff (2012). rasff the rapid alert system for food and feed 2012 annual report, available at http://ec.europa.eu/food/food/rapidalert/docs/rasff_annual_ report_2012_en.pdf. rasff (2013). rapid alert system for food and feed (rasff) – introduction, [on line], available at http://ec.europa.eu/food/food/rapidalert/index_en.htm, last accessed on thursday, 16 january 2014. rigby, d. and burton, m. (2005). preference heterogeneity and gm food in the uk. european review of agricultural economics 32(2): 269-288. 81consumer willingness to pay for food safety: the case of mycotoxins in milk rose, j.m., bliemer, m.c.j., hensher, d.a. and collins, a.t. (2008). designing efficient stated choice experiments in the presence of reference alternatives. transportation research part b 42(4): 395-406. scarpa, r. and alberini, a. (eds.) (2005). applications of simulation methods in environmental and resource economics. springer publisher, dordrecht, the netherlands. scarpa, r., thiene, m. and train, k. (2008). utility in wtp space: a tool to address confounding random scale effects in destination choice to the alps. american journal of agricultural economics 90(4): 994-1010. sonnier, g., ainslie, a. and otter, t. (2007). heterogeneity distributions of willingness-topay in choice models. quantitative marketing economics 5(3): 313-331. speijers, g., alink, g., de saeger, s., hardy, a., magan, n., pilegaard, k., battilani, p. and riemens, m. (2010). evaluation of agronomic practices for mitigation of natural toxins. report commissioned by the ilsi europe process-related compounds and natural toxins task force, international life sciences institute, available at http:// www.ilsi.org/europe/publications/evaluation%20of%20agronomic%20practices.pdf. tonsor, g.t. (2011). consumer inferences of food safety and quality. european review of agricultural economics 38(2): 213-235. tonsor, g.t., schroeder, t.c., pennings, j.m.e. and mintert, j. (2009). consumer valuation of beef steak food safety enhancement in canada, japan, mexico, and the united states. canadian journal of agricultural economics 57(3): 395-416. train, k.e. (2003). discrete choice methods with simulation. cambridge: cambridge university press. train, k. and sonnier, g. (2005). mixed logit with bounded distributions of correlated partworths. in: scarpa, r. and alberini, a. (eds). applications of simulation methods in environmental and resource economics. springer publisher, dordrecht, the netherlands, p. 117-134. train, k. and weeks, m. (2005). discrete choice models in preference space and willingto-pay space. in: scarpa, r. and alberini, a. (eds). applications of simulation methods in environmental and resource economics. springer publisher, dordrecht, the netherlands, p. 1-16. wang, z., mao, y. and gale, f. (2008). chinese consumer demand for food safety attributes in milk products. food policy 33(1): 27-36. west, g.e., gendron, c., larue, b. and lambert, r. (2002). consumers’ valuation of functional properties of foods: results from a canada-wide survey. canadian journal of agricultural economics 50(4): 541-558. williams, j.h., phillips, t.d., jolly, p.e., stiles, j.k., jolly, c.m. and aggarwal, d. (2004). human aflatoxicosis in developing counties: a review of toxicology, exposure, potential health consequences, and interventions. american journal of clinical nutrition 80(5): 1106-1122. wolf, c.a., tonsor, g.t. and olynk, n.j. (2011). understanding u.s. consumer demand for milk production attributes. journal of agricultural and resource economics 36(2): 326-342. zarembka, p. (ed.) (1974). frontiers in econometrics. new york: academic press. issn xxxx-xxxx (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 13-27, 2012 agricultural and applied economics: what is this? paolo sckokai università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy (paolo.sckokai@unicatt.it) abstract. the scientific domain of «agricultural and applied economics» is an open issue. in this paper, we analyse the jel codes of the articles published in seven major agricultural economics journals in the period 2000-11, in order to define which disciplines and which research areas are the «core business» of today’s agricultural and applied economists. a special attention has been given to the sub-sample of the italian studies, since a new scientific society in this area (aieaa) has been recently founded by a group of italian economists. keywords. agricultural economics, applied economics jel codes. a11, q10 1. introduction the «italian association of agricultural and applied economics» (aieaa), the new scientific society of which this review is the official journal, has chosen a name that may look rather strange, at least at a first glance. one may ask: what is agricultural and applied economics? how is its scientific domain defined? these are of course legitimate questions, which need an appropriate answer. it is well known that the founders of aieaa have a long record of activity in the field of agricultural economics. thus, why using two adjectives («agricultural and applied») to define its scientific domain? a first answer can be found in the aieaa «mission statement»: a new scientific society related to the themes of agriculture and food is motivated by the radical change in the research objectives and in the methodologies characterizing the agricultural economics profession. this reflection on the new research agenda of agricultural economists is not new and is common to most international scientific societies in this area. in the last few years, several presidential addresses of the major agricultural economics associations have tackled the issue of redefining the role of the profession in a changing environment (see among others: kinsey, 2001; thompson, 2001; brandt, 2003; leon, 2005; buccola, 2006; doering, 2007; mittelhammer, 2009). this debate has led to some relevant changes: the most striking example is the american agricultural economics association, which has recently redefined its mission statement and changed its name in agricultural and applied economics association. thus, the new italian association (whose name is clearly not brand new!) seems to be in line with an international trend that aims to redefine the research mission of agricultural economists. 14 p. sckokai why is this needed? it is well known that the role of agriculture in modern economic systems has radically changed: while its role as sector producing a key item for human life remains central, its share in terms of total value added and employment has become extremely small as compared to a few decades ago. the same is true for the role of agriculture in the food supply chain: the share of raw materials in the value of food items sold to final consumers is becoming smaller and smaller, since all services related to food production are gaining importance (processing, preparation, retailing, logistics, catering, marketing and communication…). this obviously means that studying the economic problems related to food means studying all the elements of the supply chain, their vertical relationships, and their relationships with the rest of the economy, both at the national and at the international level. issues like competition and market power in the food supply chain, distribution of the valued added among agents, identification of the consumer needs, food safety and food quality are clearly at stake in the research agenda. the same is true for a range of issues having an international dimension, like world trade and prices of agricultural and food commodities or the contribution of agriculture and food production to economic development in the developing world. another area of new research potentials is the relationship between agriculture, food and the natural environment. the environmental sustainability of agricultural and food production, given the massive use of key resources like land and water, the new climate change challenges and the contribution of agriculture to the production of renewable energy are research themes that show the strict linkages between agriculture, food, resource use and environmental protection. thus, agricultural economists are facing new research challenges and an enlarged research agenda, which implies new methodological approaches, often interlinked with other scientific disciplines: from development economics to regional economics, from food technology to sociology, from management to industrial organization, from environmental and resource economics to energy economics. the objective of their research is also increasingly finalized to the definition of new public policies concerning the traditional areas of agriculture, food, trade and rural development, but also the new areas of environment and energy. thus, the dialogue between researchers and policy-makers becomes another essential element of the profession. the above considerations, largely elaborated by the aieaa mission statement, are already a good rationale for enlarging the scope of a scientific society related to the themes of agriculture and food. thus, the adjective «applied» has the role of synthesizing the interrelationships between traditional agricultural economics and a number of ‘sister’ disciplines. but nobody can deny that such adjective is rather vague and is not able to identify the key research trends in the ‘enlarged’ agricultural economics discipline. in his presidential address, mittelhammer (2009) has already discussed how it is difficult to identify the domain of «applied economics», since different definitions may apply. nonetheless, comparing the content of a set of general economics vs. agricultural economics journals, he concludes that the diversified research interests of agricultural economists are perfectly in line with a broad definition of «applied economics», that he summarizes as follows (page 1174): it is a richly varied collection of approaches for analyzing real-world economic issues that encompasses all methods of analysis capable of being applied to economic data or issues, utilizes knowl15agricultural and applied economics: what is this edge of relevant history and institutions, and involves professional judgment, all of which is either combined with or guided by established economic theories or else transcends the existent body of economic theory and may contribute to and expand that body of theory. nonetheless, defining precisely which disciplines and which research areas are the «core business» of today’s «agricultural and applied economists» remains an open issue. for this reason, this paper, building on the work of mittelhammer (2009), analyses the content of the major agricultural economics journals, trying to identify the most relevant areas and trends in published research. a special attention is given to the contribution of researchers working in italian institutions. the paper is organized as follows: in section 2 we present the methodology and the data used in the analysis, in section 3 we discuss the results, while in section 4 we draw some conclusions. 2. methodology and data in order to identify research areas and recent trends in agricultural economics research, we have analysed the journal of economic literature (jel) codes of all articles published in the period 2000-2011 in some selected journals. most researchers in the broad field of economics are familiar with the jel codes. this system classifies all research outputs in economics using a four-digit classification (american economic association, 2012). the first digit (alphabetical letters) defines twenty primary areas: the most important for agricultural economics is the area q (agricultural and natural resource economics; environmental and ecological economics). the second digit defines a general topic inside the primary area (for example q1 stays for «agriculture»), while the third digit defines a specific research area (for example q18 stays for «agricultural policy; food policy»); the fourth digit is not used in the present system (it is 0 for all research areas), but is available for future refinements of the classification. in total, 804 codes are available. all pieces of economic literature available in the jel online database econlit (articles, books, book reviews, collective volume articles, working papers and dissertations) are classified with at least one jel code, although it is very common that each item is classified with more than one code, in order to facilitate the online search. in terms of journals, we have chosen to analyse seven major international agricultural economics journals: agricultural economics (ae); american journal of agricultural economics (ajae); australian journal of agricultural and resource economics (ajare); canadian journal of agricultural economics (cjae); european review of agricultural economics (erae); food policy (fp); journal of agricultural economics (jae). why this selection? the 2010 edition of the web-of-science (wos) journal citation report (jcr) includes 14 journals in the category «agricultural economics and policy», but the above seven are by far the most important and the most relevant for the profession. in fact, they are included in the wos database since its establishment, they are the first seven in terms of citation indexes (impact factor and 5-year impact factor), although their relative ranking has changed over the last few years. for example, fp has taken the lead as most cited journal in the field, thanks also to its more pronounced interdisciplinary nature; the citation indexes of the other journals tend to fluctuate over time, with a clear increasing 16 p. sckokai trend for all of them, except for the cjae, which seems to have lost some appeal. finally, all these journals, except fp, are official journals of one of the major scientific societies in agricultural economics: the international association of agricultural economists (of which ae is the official journal), the european association of agricultural economists (erae), the us agricultural and applied economics association (ajae), the uk agricultural economics society (jae), the canadian agricultural economics society (cjae) and the australian agricultural and resource economics society (ajare). thus, they should closely reflect the evolution of the «core business« of the profession, since the members of the above societies consider their official journals as reference outlets for their research. of course, these seven journals do not cover the whole scientific production of agricultural economists, since their diversified research interests often lead them to publishes in specialised journals of other disciplines and sub-disciplines. this is probably the major limitation of the present analysis, which would be much more accurate if we could analyse publications of a selected number of authors that we can define «agricultural economists». unfortunately, this type of authors’ classification is not available in any bibliographic database, and, even if one has available a list of members of the major scientific societies in the field, carrying out a name by name search is likely to be an impossible task. the second limitation is linked to how the jel codes are chosen. only a subsample of our seven journals (and, in general, of all economic journals included in econlit) publish the jel codes in the front page of each article; in this case, the jel codes are chosen by the authors/editors and reflect their personal view of the topic(s) covered by the article. for all the other journals, the jel codes are provided by the econlit database managers, probably based on the content of the abstract and/or the keywords of each article. thus, the classification is subjective and not homogenous among articles/journals, and this may lead to some inconsistencies. moreover, since the main objective of econlit is to facilitate the online search, there is no limit in the number of jel codes attached to each article, and the order by which they are proposed does not imply any priority. thus, each article cannot be uniquely classified in a given research area, namely a unique jel code. for this reason, in our analysis each article is counted as many times as its jel codes, thus contributing to the share of all research areas for which it has been classified. again, this may have created some imbalances in our results. finally, in some cases the jel codes define a very specific research area, with no ambiguity, (i.e. q22, defined as «renewable resources and conservation: fishery; aquaculture»), while in other cases they define a very wide and comprehensive research area (i.e. q18, defined as «agricultural policy; food policy»). this implies that the latter are used to classify very different type of articles, that often have very little in common in terms of objectives, methodology and results, even though they share the same code. again, this may create some imbalances in the results, with some comprehensive jel code being overrepresented. in table 1, we provide a classification of the articles considered in this analysis by journal and year. this data was downloaded at the beginning of september 2011, thus the last year is largely incomplete, especially for some journals, like the ajae, for which data tend to be uploaded rather late in econlit. concentrating on the years 2000-10, for which all articles are available, one can clearly see that the total number of articles published each year in these seven agricultural economics journals has experienced a decline in the 17agricultural and applied economics: what is this years 2002-05, and an increase in the most recent years. in fact, if one compares 2000 with 2010, several journals have experienced a significant increase in the number of published articles (ae +36%, ajare +59%, fp +54% and jae +26%), the erae has remained stable, while the two north american journals have experienced a sharp decrease (ajae -19% and cjae -39%). despite this reallocation, the ajae remains by far the leading journal in agricultural economics in terms of number of published articles, since it represents one third of all the articles considered in the analysis. ae and fp contribute respectively for 18 and 14% of the total articles, while the other four journals have a share ranging between 7 and 10%. in table 2, we present the number of articles with at least one author working in an italian institution. globally, the share of italian articles is 1.9%, but such share is increasing over time: it is 1.3% in the 2000-05 period and it becomes 2.5% in the 2006-11 period. this trend is clearly encouraging, although, in absolute terms, the contribution of italian researchers remains rather small. 3. results 3.1 the most relevant research areas in agricultural economics the classification of the 3,897 agricultural economics articles by their jel codes is provided in tables 3 and 4 and is expressed in terms of shares with respect to the corresponding totals. of course, since each article carries more than one jel code, it can be table 1. total number of agricultural economics articles considered in the analysis   ae ajae ajare cjae erae fp jae total 2000 53 118 22 49 25 43 27 337 2001 63 127 25 42 22 34 28 341 2002 29 124 26 35 25 33 33 305 2003 43 131 23 24 22 33 24 300 2004 46 127 24 22 24 37 29 309 2005 68 111 22 28 25 35 24 313 2006 71 105 31 38 23 40 33 341 2007 64 108 28 35 21 38 35 329 2008 76 107 28 22 25 61 30 349 2009 64 135 33 32 24 62 36 386 2010 72 96 35 30 23 66 34 356 2011* 38 14 25 22 20 75 37 231 total 687 1303 322 379 279 557 370 3897 source: econlit note: the acronyms in each column represent the following journals: agricultural economics (ae); american journal of agricultural economics (ajae); australian journal of agricultural and resource economics (ajare); canadian journal of agricultural economics (cjae); european review of agricultural economics (erae); food policy (fp); journal of agricultural economics (jae). *incomplete 18 p. sckokai counted several times and the sum of the shares is always higher than 1. considering the whole sample, it turns out that, as expected, the most important jel codes are those that have a rather general and comprehensive definition of the corresponding research area: 23% of the articles are classified as q18 (agricultural and food policy), 22% as o13 (contribution of agriculture, natural resources and energy to economic development) and 21% as q12 (microeconomic analyses at the farm level). thus, papers are almost equally distributed among these three categories, which represent the most important research areas in agricultural and applied economics. considering q18 first, researchers in agricultural economics seem to have a special focus on problems related to government intervention in the agricultural and food sector. this is not surprising, since most countries, and especially developed countries, have a long history of intervention in this area, with a variety of instruments: from agricultural price support to direct payments to farmers, from traditional trade policies (tariffs and subsidies) to non-tariff barriers to trade, from food safety legislation to food quality promotion, from food labelling to animal welfare regulation. thus, there is a wide set of studies that can potentially hit one or more of these issues. although for different reasons, it is also not surprising that many agricultural economics studies deal with the contribution of agriculture and some related sectors to economic development (o13): in developing countries the primary sector is still extremely relevant in terms of contribution to value added and employment, and can play a key role in development strategies. finally, the third area of research by importance (q12: microtable 2. number of agricultural economics articles with at least one author working in an italian institution   ae ajae ajare cjae erae fp jae total 2000 1 1 1 5 1 9 2001 1 1 1 3 2002 1 1 2 2003 1 2 3 2004 1 1 1 3 2005 1 1 1 1 1 5 2006 3 1 4 2007 1 2 1 2 1 1 8 2008 2 2 4 3 11 2009 3 2 3 2 1 11 2010 1 2 4 7 2011* 3 1 1 3 8 total 10 14 0 4 18 12 16 74 source: econlit note: the acronyms in each column represent the following journals: agricultural economics (ae); american journal of agricultural economics (ajae); australian journal of agricultural and resource economics (ajare); canadian journal of agricultural economics (cjae); european review of agricultural economics (erae); food policy (fp); journal of agricultural economics (jae). *incomplete 19agricultural and applied economics: what is this ta bl e 3. j el c od es o f a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s ar tic le s by jo ur na l, 20 00 -2 01 1 (s ha re s ov er th e re sp ec tiv e to ta l i n % ) a e a ja e a ja re c ja e er a e fp ja e to ta l q 18 a gr ic ul tu ra l p ol ic y; f oo d po lic y 17 .0 17 .5 16 .1 22 .4 28 .0 41 .5 30 .0 23 .1 o 13 ec on om ic d ev el op m en t: a gr ic ul tu re ; n at ur al r es ou rc es ; e ne rg y; e nv iro nm en t; o th er pr im ar y pr od uc ts 46 .1 11 .8 11 .5 4. 7 3. 9 48 .3 17 .3 22 .3 q 12 m ic ro a na ly sis o f f ar m f irm s, fa rm h ou se ho ld s, an d fa rm in pu t m ar ke ts 32 .9 16 .5 17 .7 15 .3 26 .5 16 .9 28 .6 21 .3 q 16 a gr ic ul tu ra l r & d ; a gr ic ul tu ra l t ec hn ol og y; b io fu el s; a gr ic ul tu ra l e xt en sio n se rv ic es 26 .6 14 .0 11 .8 19 .5 15 .4 22 .8 14 .3 18 .0 q 11 a gr ic ul tu re : a gg re ga te s up pl y an d d em an d a na ly sis ; p ric es 19 .5 15 .6 9. 9 14 .0 14 .7 18 .7 13 .0 15 .8 q 13 a gr ic ul tu ra l m ar ke ts a nd m ar ke tin g; c oo pe ra tiv es ; a gr ib us in es s 11 .2 13 .3 7. 5 22 .2 16 .8 16 .9 10 .8 13 .8 q 17 a gr ic ul tu re in in te rn at io na l t ra de 10 .2 7. 8 8. 7 16 .4 15 .1 10 .1 12 .2 10 .4 q 15 la nd o w ne rs hi p an d te nu re ; l an d re fo rm ; l an d u se ; i rr ig at io n; a gr ic ul tu re a nd en vi ro nm en t 13 .1 7. 1 18 .9 11 .1 7. 5 5. 7 12 .2 9. 9 d 12 c on su m er e co no m ic s: em pi ric al a na ly sis 6. 1 7. 7 5. 3 8. 7 13 .6 11 .5 8. 6 8. 4 l6 6 fo od ; b ev er ag es ; c os m et ic s; to ba cc o; w in e an d sp iri ts 5. 8 5. 0 2. 8 12 .9 12 .9 12 .6 8. 1 7. 7 o 15 ec on om ic d ev el op m en t: h um an r es ou rc es ; h um an d ev el op m en t; in co m e d ist rib ut io n; m ig ra tio n 7. 9 3. 8 1. 9 0. 5 1. 1 18 .7 2. 2 5. 8 f1 3 tr ad e po lic y; in te rn at io na l t ra de o rg an iz at io ns 3. 1 4. 1 4. 7 9. 5 9. 0 5. 9 8. 1 5. 5 q 25 re ne w ab le r es ou rc es a nd c on se rv at io n: w at er 4. 7 3. 2 16 .8 7. 9 2. 5 1. 4 2. 2 4. 6 o 18 ec on om ic d ev el op m en t: u rb an , r ur al , r eg io na l, an d tr an sp or ta tio n a na ly sis ; h ou sin g; in fr as tr uc tu re 10 .6 1. 7 1. 9 1. 1 0. 0 9. 5 3. 0 4. 3 d 18 c on su m er p ro te ct io n 1. 5 3. 0 0. 6 4. 0 5. 4 12 .2 3. 2 4. 1 p3 2 c ol le ct iv es ; c om m un es ; a gr ic ul tu re 6. 8 2. 0 3. 1 2. 6 3. 6 7. 0 2. 7 3. 9 d 24 pr od uc tio n; c os t; c ap ita l, to ta l f ac to r, an d m ul tif ac to r p ro du ct iv ity ; c ap ac ity 6. 8 3. 0 5. 6 2. 1 5. 0 0. 7 4. 9 3. 8 i1 2 h ea lth p ro du ct io n 2. 3 3. 0 0. 0 1. 1 2. 5 13 .8 0. 8 3. 7 q 28 re ne w ab le r es ou rc es a nd c on se rv at io n: g ov er nm en t p ol ic y 3. 2 3. 5 12 .1 2. 9 3. 9 0. 4 3. 5 3. 7 q 58 en vi ro nm en ta l e co no m ic s: g ov er nm en t p ol ic y 1. 3 3. 4 10 .9 6. 1 3. 6 0. 5 4. 9 3. 6 q 14 a gr ic ul tu ra l f in an ce 3. 8 5. 4 1. 6 5. 3 2. 5 0. 5 2. 7 3. 6 o 19 in te rn at io na l l in ka ge s t o d ev el op m en t; ro le o f i nt er na tio na l o rg an iz at io ns 4. 4 2. 3 0. 6 2. 1 3. 6 7. 0 3. 0 3. 3 q 22 re ne w ab le r es ou rc es a nd c on se rv at io n: f ish er y; a qu ac ul tu re 1. 2 4. 2 5. 6 1. 6 3. 9 2. 7 3. 8 3. 3 q 24 re ne w ab le r es ou rc es a nd c on se rv at io n: l an d 4. 1 3. 2 4. 3 2. 6 2. 2 0. 9 3. 8 3. 1 f1 4 c ou nt ry a nd in du st ry s tu di es o f t ra de 3. 1 2. 5 2. 2 4. 5 2. 9 2. 9 3. 0 2. 9 i3 2 m ea su re m en t a nd a na ly sis o f p ov er ty 4. 4 1. 9 1. 6 0. 0 1. 1 6. 8 0. 5 2. 6 so ur ce : e co nl it n ot e: t he a cr on ym s in e ac h co lu m n re pr es en t th e fo llo w in g jo ur na ls : a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s (a e) ; a m er ic an j ou rn al o f a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s (a ja e) ; au st ra lia n jo ur na l o f a gr ic ul tu ra l a nd r es ou rc e ec on om ic s (a ja re ); ca na di an j ou rn al o f a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s (c ja e) ; e ur op ea n re vi ew o f a gr ic ul tu ra l ec on om ic s (e ra e) ; f oo d po lic y (f p) ; j ou rn al o f a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s (j a e) . 20 p. sckokai ta bl e 4. j el c od es o f a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s ar tic le s by y ea r, 20 00 -2 01 1 (s ha re s ov er th e re sp ec tiv e to ta l i n % ) 20 00 20 01 20 02 20 03 20 04 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09 20 10 20 11 * to ta l q 18 a gr ic ul tu ra l p ol ic y; f oo d po lic y 18 .7 22 .9 22 .3 23 .0 21 .7 26 .2 26 .1 24 .0 22 .3 24 .9 23 .9 20 .8 23 .1 o 13 ec on om ic d ev el op m en t: a gr ic ul tu re ; n at ur al r es ou rc es ; e ne rg y; e nv iro nm en t; o th er p rim ar y pr od uc ts 23 .7 25 .8 21 .0 22 .7 21 .7 17 .6 21 .1 22 .8 24 .6 22 .0 21 .1 23 .8 22 .3 q 12 m ic ro a na ly sis o f f ar m f irm s, fa rm h ou se ho ld s, an d fa rm in pu t m ar ke ts 10 .4 18 .5 19 .0 15 .7 22 .3 25 .2 24 .6 22 .8 18 .6 28 .8 25 .6 22 .9 21 .3 q 16 a gr ic ul tu ra l r & d ; a gr ic ul tu ra l te ch no lo gy ; b io fu el s; a gr ic ul tu ra l ex te ns io n se rv ic es 13 .4 16 .4 16 .4 22 .7 20 .1 16 .6 18 .2 23 .4 19 .2 16 .1 18 .0 15 .6 18 .0 q 11 a gr ic ul tu re : a gg re ga te s up pl y an d d em an d a na ly sis ; p ric es 20 .8 14 .7 17 .0 12 .3 11 .0 15 .0 14 .1 14 .3 19 .8 13 .0 19 .9 17 .3 15 .8 q 13 a gr ic ul tu ra l m ar ke ts a nd m ar ke tin g; c oo pe ra tiv es ; a gr ib us in es s 15 .4 13 .8 11 .5 10 .7 12 .6 10 .9 9. 7 14 .0 12 .9 21 .0 14 .9 18 .2 13 .8 q 17 a gr ic ul tu re in in te rn at io na l t ra de 13 .6 14 .1 15 .1 8. 0 6. 8 8. 0 10 .3 10 .0 9. 7 9. 8 11 .2 6. 5 10 .4 q 15 la nd o w ne rs hi p an d te nu re ; l an d re fo rm ; l an d u se ; i rr ig at io n; a gr ic ul tu re an d en vi ro nm en t 7. 1 7. 3 8. 5 7. 7 10 .7 9. 6 11 .7 10 .0 10 .6 10 .4 10 .7 15 .2 9. 9 d 12 c on su m er e co no m ic s: em pi ric al a na ly sis 3. 6 6. 5 5. 2 8. 7 6. 1 8. 6 5. 6 5. 5 12 .6 10 .4 11 .5 18 .2 8. 4 l6 6 fo od ; b ev er ag es ; c os m et ic s; to ba cc o; w in e an d sp iri ts 3. 0 3. 8 3. 9 5. 7 4. 2 9. 9 11 .4 7. 9 8. 3 10 .4 11 .0 13 .0 7. 7 o 15 ec on om ic d ev el op m en t: h um an re so ur ce s; h um an d ev el op m en t; in co m e d ist rib ut io n; m ig ra tio n 7. 1 6. 7 4. 9 5. 0 6. 5 7. 3 7. 0 5. 5 6. 6 4. 7 2. 8 5. 6 5. 8 f1 3 tr ad e po lic y; in te rn at io na l t ra de o rg an iz at io ns 4. 7 4. 7 8. 9 6. 0 4. 2 5. 1 7. 3 3. 3 6. 0 5. 7 6. 5 2. 6 5. 5 q 25 re ne w ab le r es ou rc es a nd c on se rv at io n: w at er 6. 8 4. 7 5. 6 4. 7 2. 6 2. 6 5. 3 3. 6 5. 4 3. 6 5. 6 5. 2 4. 6 o 18 ec on om ic d ev el op m en t: u rb an , r ur al , re gi on al , a nd t ra ns po rt at io n a na ly sis ; h ou sin g; in fr as tr uc tu re 2. 7 3. 8 1. 0 2. 0 5. 2 5. 4 7. 0 7. 3 5. 2 4. 7 3. 1 4. 3 4. 3 21agricultural and applied economics: what is this 20 00 20 01 20 02 20 03 20 04 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09 20 10 20 11 * to ta l d 18 c on su m er p ro te ct io n 2. 7 2. 1 2. 3 2. 0 5. 5 7. 7 4. 4 5. 2 6. 0 4. 1 3. 1 4. 8 4. 1 p3 2 c ol le ct iv es ; c om m un es ; a gr ic ul tu re 6. 2 3. 5 4. 6 2. 3 1. 6 5. 4 3. 2 4. 0 4. 0 5. 4 3. 1 2. 6 3. 9 d 24 pr od uc tio n; c os t; c ap ita l, to ta l f ac to r, an d m ul tif ac to r p ro du ct iv ity ; c ap ac ity 2. 7 1. 8 3. 6 2. 7 2. 3 4. 2 5. 3 5. 8 2. 3 3. 6 6. 2 5. 6 3. 8 i1 2 h ea lth p ro du ct io n 1. 2 2. 3 1. 6 2. 7 1. 9 5. 1 2. 6 4. 6 6. 9 2. 6 5. 9 8. 7 3. 7 q 28 re ne w ab le r es ou rc es a nd c on se rv at io n: g ov er nm en t p ol ic y 5. 0 5. 3 6. 2 4. 0 1. 0 3. 2 3. 5 4. 0 4. 3 3. 1 2. 5 1. 7 3. 7 q 58 en vi ro nm en ta l e co no m ic s: g ov er nm en t po lic y 0. 0 0. 0 0. 0 2. 3 7. 1 3. 5 4. 7 3. 3 6. 6 4. 4 6. 7 4. 8 3. 6 q 14 a gr ic ul tu ra l f in an ce 5. 0 4. 4 4. 6 3. 7 3. 2 2. 2 1. 8 3. 3 4. 9 5. 4 2. 5 1. 3 3. 6 o 19 in te rn at io na l l in ka ge s t o d ev el op m en t; ro le o f i nt er na tio na l o rg an iz at io ns 3. 3 5. 0 3. 9 2. 3 2. 6 2. 6 3. 2 3. 0 4. 0 3. 9 4. 5 0. 4 3. 3 q 22 re ne w ab le r es ou rc es a nd c on se rv at io n: fi sh er y; a qu ac ul tu re 4. 7 4. 1 3. 6 2. 3 2. 9 2. 2 3. 8 2. 4 3. 2 2. 3 4. 2 3. 0 3. 3 q 24 re ne w ab le r es ou rc es a nd c on se rv at io n: la nd 1. 2 3. 5 3. 6 2. 3 5. 8 3. 5 2. 9 3. 0 5. 7 2. 8 1. 4 0. 0 3. 1 f1 4 c ou nt ry a nd in du st ry s tu di es o f t ra de 3. 6 1. 2 2. 0 1. 0 2. 9 2. 9 3. 8 0. 9 3. 2 5. 4 5. 1 1. 3 2. 9 i3 2 m ea su re m en t a nd a na ly sis o f p ov er ty 5. 0 3. 2 0. 7 2. 3 1. 3 4. 2 2. 1 1. 5 3. 7 1. 6 3. 1 3. 0 2. 6 so ur ce : e co nl it *i nc om pl et e 22 p. sckokai economic analyses at the farm level) can be considered the evolution of traditional agricultural economics, since researchers have always dedicated a special attention to the specificities of agricultural production (price volatility, weather risk, biological cycles,…) and of the organisation of the farm business. other relevant research areas for agricultural economists, interesting more than 10% of the articles, are: 1. agricultural technology, research and extension (q16), in which the new topic of agricultural commodities cultivated for biofuel production plays a key role; 2. demand, supply and market price analysis (q11), in which researchers address issues like demand and supply elasticities as well as commodity price volatility; 3. agriculture in international trade (q17), where trade policies (tariffs, subsidies, sanitary and phytosanitary measures,…) are studied, with a special focus on the role of agriculture in international trade negotiations in the world trade organization (wto) context; 4. agricultural and food markets and marketing (q13), in which a special attention is given to the functioning of the food supply chain and the industrial organisation analysis of the different actors of the chain (farmers, processors, retailers). however, one should not just look at the most relevant research areas in terms of shares of total articles, mainly for two reasons: first, this ranking may be biased by the wide definition of some jel codes (see above); second, and more important, some ‘niche’ areas, interesting a lower share of articles, may reveal new topics and new trends that are gaining importance. if one considers all the jel codes reported in tables 3 and 4 (all those interesting at least 2.5% of the articles considered in this paper), one of the most interesting elements is the presence of research areas outside the area q, which is by definition the area of agricultural economics. among these research areas, the most important is by far the area o13 (contribution of agriculture to economic development), which has been discussed before. the second one by importance is d12 (consumer economics), since researchers are dedicating an increasing attention to the analysis of factors influencing consumers’ choices for food products. the third one is l66 (food and beverage industry), which includes all industrial organization studies concerning the food industry; this jel code is often linked with q13, the code specific to supply chain studies in the area q. this kind of linkages between codes in area q and codes in other jel research areas are relevant also for production studies (q12 and d24, the specific code for efficiency and productivity studies), demand studies (q13 and d12) and trade studies (q17 and f13, the code related to international trade organizations). on the contrary, the linkages between agriculture and other sectors of the economy tend to be classified in areas outside q, like o15 (role of human resources, migration, and income distribution for economic development) and o18 (relationship between urban and rural areas, regional economics, transportation and infrastructures). finally, studies very specific to the agricultural sector are those related to land use, that are classified under q15, and to water use (q25), the most important environmental jel code that we find among agricultural economics articles. 23agricultural and applied economics: what is this 3.2 the jel codes by journal in table 3, the jel codes of agricultural economics articles are disaggregated by journal, and one can easily appreciate that there are strong differences among journals in terms of the relative weight of the most represented research areas. starting from the ajae, the most important journal in terms of number of published articles, one can note that, while the ranking of the different areas is in line with the totals, their shares tend to be significantly smaller. this is true for almost all jel codes considered in table 3, which means that the articles published in the ajae tend to cover a wider spectrum of topics, although many of them have a low share and can be considered as ’niche’ research areas. some relevant differences with respect to the whole sample concern the area o13 (agriculture and economic development), which is rather under-represented, and the area q14 (agricultural finance), to which the ajae dedicates more space than all the other journals. the two european journals, the erae and the jae, have a similar profile, with a strong emphasis on agricultural and food policy (q18) and on the microeconomic analyses at the farm level (q12). these two codes are often linked together, especially when the articles address issues related to the common agricultural policy (cap) of the european union (eu), whose role is extremely relevant for the farm business in europe. other areas that are intensively covered in these two journals are trade policies and industrial organization of the food industry, as well as consumer economics (mainly in the erae) and land use studies (mainly in the jae). the two journals with a stronger international focus, ae and fp, also have a similar profile, with a strong emphasis on articles dealing with the relationship between agriculture and economic development (o13), the issues related to agricultural technology, r&d and biofuels (q16), as well as on agricultural market and price analyses (q11). fp is also strongly focused on agricultural and food policies, while ae hosts many studies concerning microeconomic analyses at the farm level. the two remaining journals, ajare and cjae tend to be rather focused on national problems; however, in terms of topics, the former frequently hosts articles dealing with environmental economics and policies, while the latter is especially targeted to trade and supply chain issues. now the question is: are these differences the results of specific editorial policies? it is of course difficult to answer this question. in general, all the seven journals analysed here have recently revised their «aims and scope», typically enlarging the list of their topics of interest. thus, all these journals are diversifying their content, although the actual composition is clearly related to the outcome of the peer review process and its impact on the potential submissions, since authors tend to submit in journals where they have already found some related articles. 3.3 the jel codes over time given the objectives of this analysis, the evolution of the jel codes of agricultural economics articles is clearly a key issue, since it allows us to identify positive or negative trends in terms of research topics. focusing first on the main research areas discussed in 24 p. sckokai section 3.1, at the beginning of the period the topics related to agriculture and economic development were by far the most relevant in agricultural economics journals. over time, we observe a strong increase in the share of agricultural and food policy articles, which peaked in 2005-06, and slightly declined in the last few years. this is likely to be linked with the major agricultural policy reform processes that took place in the years 2002-2005 in several developed countries, which generated a relevant flow of articles analysing their impact. since we expect another relevant wave of reforms in the near future, this is likely to happen again in the next few years. as discussed above, these articles are often developed through microeconomic analyses carried out at the farm level. this is probably one of the reasons linked to the trend of the corresponding jel code (q12), which follows rather closely that of q18: a strong increase till the years 2005-06 and a slight decline in the last few years. a similar trend characterises also the articles dealing with agricultural technology, r&d and with the issue of biofuels. this is not surprising, since the debates on genetically modified organisms (gmos) and on the use of agricultural raw materials for producing renewable energy has been especially hot in the middle of the decade, and, as for the policy issues, are likely to come back again in the near future. some other important jel codes show the opposite pattern: a decline in the middle of the period and a recovery in the last few years. this is the case, for example, of research areas like market and price analysis and industrial organisation of the food sector. the recent interest in these areas is clearly linked to the dramatic increase in commodity price volatility and to the consequences of the economic crisis. in this context, issues like the transparency of food pricing, the market power of food processors and retailers and the distribution of the value added along the supply chain are becoming increasingly important. the research area that shows the sharpest increase over time is the empirical analysis of consumer preferences (jel code d12). this is due to the development of research tools in experimental economics and choice modelling dealing with consumer preferences for food, as well as to the increasing importance of issues related to the linkage between food and health, like obesity or functional foods. in this area, agricultural economists are playing a leading role in terms of addressing these hot empirical issues. finally, the share of the articles linked to environmental economics and policy tends to fluctuate over time, with a clear increasing trend only for the research area related to land use, irrigation and the relationship between agriculture and the environment (q15). 3.4 the contribution of italian studies table 5 presents the jel codes of the agricultural economics articles with at least one author working in italian institutions. given the rather low number of articles, we have grouped the articles in two sub-periods. as compared to table 4, two of the most relevant research areas are the same as in the general sample: agricultural and food policies (q18) and microeconomic analyses at the farm level (q12). once again, these two jel codes are often linked to the same article, and their sharp increase over time clearly shows an increasing interest by italian studies in this wide research area. the rather high share of articles dealing with trade problems and policies (q17 and f13) is a rather peculiar feature of italian studies. this is likely to be linked with the presence of a group of very active italian researchers, with a strong reputation in this field, 25agricultural and applied economics: what is this that have proposed some significant contributions to the literature. the same happens for consumer economics studies, whose share is well above the average of the general sample, since again a group of italian researchers is very active in this area. italian studies are well represented also in the areas related to the industrial organisation and supply chain analyses of the food sector (q13 and l66), while their contribution is rather marginal, as compared to the general sample, in areas like price analysis (q11) and agriculture and economic development (o13). finally, one the most striking evidences concerning italian studies is their virtual absence from all areas concerning environmental economics and policies. of course, this conclusion is subject to all qualifications mentioned in section 2, since, for example, agricultural economists interested in environmental issues tend to publish in specialised journals, mainly for two reasons: a) there are several specialised journals related to environmental and natural resource economics; b) some agricultural economists are leaders in topics related to the relationships between agriculture, food and the environment. 4. concluding remarks this paper has analysed the jel codes of the articles published in the period 2000-11 in seven major agricultural economics journals, in order to define which disciplines and which research areas are the «core business» of today’s agricultural and applied economists. a spetable 5. jel codes of italian agricultural economics articles (shares over the respective total in %) 2000-05 2006-11 total q18 agricultural policy; food policy 16.0 34.7 28.4 q17 agriculture in international trade 28.0 24.5 25.7 q12 micro analysis of farm firms, farm households, and farm input markets 16.0 24.5 21.6 f13 trade policy; international trade organizations 20.0 20.4 20.3 d12 consumer economics: empirical analysis 20.0 18.4 18.9 q13 agricultural markets and marketing; cooperatives; agribusiness 16.0 18.4 17.6 q16 agricultural r&d; agricultural technology; biofuels; agricultural extension services 20.0 14.3 16.2 o13 economic development: agriculture; natural resources; energy; environment; other primary products 0.0 24.5 16.2 l66 food; beverages; cosmetics; tobacco; wine and spirits 12.0 14.3 13.5 p32 collectives; communes; agriculture 0.0 10.2 6.8 d18 consumer protection 12.0 4.1 6.8 q11 agriculture: aggregate supply and demand analysis; prices 4.0 8.2 6.8 d24 production; cost; capital, total factor, and multifactor productivity; capacity 8.0 4.1 5.4 o19 international linkages to development; role of international organizations 0.0 6.1 4.1 j43 agricultural labor markets 8.0 2.0 4.1 source: econlit 26 p. sckokai cial attention has been given to the sub-sample of the italian studies, since a new scientific society in this area (aieaa) has been recently founded by a group of italian economists. the results concerning the general sample confirm the wide spectrum of interests of agricultural and applied economists, that includes some rather diversified research areas: from agricultural and food policies to the microeconomics of farmers’ behaviour, from development issue to commodity market and price analysis, from the industrial organisation of the food sector to agricultural technology, innovation and research, from agrienvironmental economics and policy to consumer behaviour, from trade problems to water and land use issues. in general, this wide spectrum of interests is in line with the definition of applied economics recently proposed by mittelhammer (2009) as the mission of the aaea, the recently renamed us society of agricultural and applied economists. of course, this ’enlarged scope’ of research in agricultural and applied economics also implies a new working style of researchers, in which the collaboration and integration with several related disciplines, the adoption of new research methodologies and a close dialogue with the policy makers become increasingly important. now the question becomes: is this retrospective analysis sufficient to define future research trends in agricultural and applied economics? answering this question is very difficult, for a number of reasons. the most important one is that, given the timing of the peer review process, there is already a significant lag between paper submission and publication, ranging, on average, between 1 and 2 years. this means that the research output we observe in scientific journals is likely to be linked to ideas and projects developed several years before, while any article related to today’s hot topics in terms of social demand and/or policy relevance is likely to be published within the next 2-3 years. thus, for example, it is very likely that articles covering issues like agricultural policy reform in the eu or commodity price volatility will increase in the near future. nonetheless, other areas in which we should expect an increasing attention are those related to methodological improvements. for example, based on the jel codes analysed in this paper, areas in which research is likely to be very active are, among others, farmers’ behavioural modelling, vertical relationships in the food supply chain, price transmission mechanisms, econometric analysis of farm level data, policy evaluation modelling, experimental economics and consumers’ choice modelling. this list, although not exhaustive, may be considered a starting point for the future research agenda in agricultural and applied economics. the above general approach to the agricultural and applied economics profession as well as the most promising research trends are well developed also in the mission statement of the aieaa, whose scopes seem in line with the trend of the other major scientific societies in the field. this should become a strong incentive for italian agricultural and applied economists wishing to play a role in the international arena. in fact, the analysis concerning italian studies has shown that, while in terms of topics they are fairly in line with the general international trend in published research, their quantitative contribution remains rather small (only 2.5% of the published articles in the last 6 years), despite an encouraging increasing trend. this is clearly an important problem for the italian agricultural and applied economics profession, which should dedicate some of its research and training efforts to develop the capacity of publishing a higher number of articles in international peer reviewed journals, especially through its younger members. this seems to be one of the most important missions of the newly founded aieaa. 27agricultural and applied economics: what is this finally, one should bear in mind that this analysis carries some important limitations, discussed in section 2. the most important one is certainly the fact that agricultural and applied economists, given their diversified research interest, publish also in journals that are not included in the isi category «agricultural economics and policy», whose domain is also rather ambiguous (for example, in the well-known database «scopus», no category of this type exists). this makes our analysis incomplete by definition, and further research efforts aiming to include a broader spectrum of journals would certainly be valuable. references american economic association (2012). journal of economic literature (jel) classification system, , accessed 6 february 2012. brandt, j.a. (2003). aaea: adapting to meet member needs. american journal of agricultural economics 85: 1095-1104. buccola, s. (2006). the organization of economics. american journal of agricultural economics 88: 1123-1134. doering, o.c. (2007). the political economy of public goods: why economists should care. american journal of agricultural economics 89: 1125-1133. kinsey, j.d. (2001). the new food economy: consumers, farms, pharms, and science. american journal of agricultural economics 83: 1113-1130. léon, y. (2005). rural development in europe: a research frontier for agricultural economists. european review of agricultural economics 32: 301-317 mittelhammer, r. (2009). applied economics – without apology. american journal of agricultural economics 91: 1161-1174. thomson, k.j. (2001). agricultural economics and rural development: marriage or divorce? journal of agricultural economics 52(3): 1-10. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(2): 151-174, 2012 modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk chittur s. srinivasan1 university of reading, uk abstract. this paper attempts an empirical assessment of the incentive effects of plant variety protection regimes in the generation of crop variety innovations. a duration model of plant variety protection certificates is used to infer the private appropriability of returns from agricultural crop variety innovations in the uk over the period 1965-2000. the results suggest that plant variety protection provides only modest appropriability of returns to innovators of agricultural crop varieties. the value distribution of plant variety protection certificates is highly skewed with a large proportion of innovations providing virtually no returns to innovators. increasing competition from newer varieties appears to have accelerated the turnover of varieties reducing appropriability further. plant variety protection emerges as a relatively weak instrument of protection. keywords. intellectual property rights, plant variety protection, appropriability, economic returns jel-codes. q16, c41 1. introduction crop variety innovations have been one of the key determinants of agricultural productivity growth (evenson and gollin, 2001). over the last hundred years, plant breeding research has taken place in an institutional setting – that is innovations have been the result of investments in plant breeding made by public and private sector institutions. in the uk, the post-1985 period has been a period of significant institutional change in the organisation of agricultural research, with greater emphasis being placed on the role of the private sector, especially for “near market” research. the response of private sector investment to institutional and policy change can be expected to be significantly influenced by the appropriability of economic returns from innovation afforded by existing intellectual property rights (ipr) regimes (e.g., the effectiveness of plant variety protection systems in the case of crop varieties). the incentive effects of ipr regimes and their impact on the generation of innovations are, therefore, a major concern for policy. 1 corresponding author: c.s.srinivasan@reading.ac.uk. 152 c.s. srinivasan these concerns have been further sharpened over the last decade by two developments – the first is that a number of studies including a major study by defra (defra, 2003) have highlighted concerns about the sharp slowdown in the growth of total factor productivity (to about 0.26% per annum) in uk agriculture since the mid-1980s. these studies have explored several potential causes of this slowdown in tfp growth including the role of domestic and foreign agricultural innovations. the key policy question that arises is whether incentives for innovation provided by current institutional arrangements for agricultural research are adequate. a considerable amount of anecdotal evidence appears to be available regarding the declining enthusiasm of the private sector for conventional plant breeding on account of low appropriability (e.g., monsanto’s decision to withdraw from conventional plant breeding in the pbi). the second key development is the increasing importance of innovations based on agricultural biotechnology. the application of biotechnology to agricultural innovations calls for investments of a much higher order of magnitude than that required for conventional plant breeding. with the private sector playing a dominant role in this area, stronger forms of protection appear to be required for stimulating innovations based on biotechnology. any policy designed to encourage agricultural innovation needs to take into account the emergence of agricultural biotechnology. although the uk and other eu countries have been pioneers in establishing ipr systems for plant variety innovations (and these systems have become well established over the last four decades), there have been no systematic studies on the impact of ipr regimes and other institutional arrangements on the generation of agricultural innovations. this paper will focus on appropriability issues. much of the current debate regarding the appropriate ipr regime for promoting agricultural innovations (e.g., plant variety protection versus patents) revolves around the question of appropriability of economic returns afforded to innovators under different regimes. this paper will attempt a quantitative estimation of the returns appropriated by innovators in the uk from variety innovations using duration models derived from the behaviour of economic agents. this will provide an empirical basis for assessing the incentives for innovation provided by ipr systems over the period of the study, which has hitherto been lacking. the analysis will address the question of whether there is an economic case for stronger ipr regimes to stimulate crop variety innovations. the empirical application will be to crop variety innovations in the uk protected through plant variety protection over the period 1965-2000. 2. renewal model plant variety protection certificates are seldom marketed or traded and hence their private value is usually not observed. using the model developed by schankerman and pakes (1986), we will attempt to infer the value of plant variety rights from the economic responses of pvp certificate holders. in almost all countries with pvp legislation, certificate holders must pay an annual renewal fee in order to keep the certificate in force. if it is assumed that certificate holders make their renewal decisions based on the value of returns they obtain from the renewal, then the data on renewal of pvp certificates and renewal fee schedules contains information on the private value of pvp 153modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk rights2. such a renewal model implies that protected plant varieties for which protection is more valuable (e.g. because it commands a larger market share) will be protected by payment of renewal fees for longer periods of time. a breeder will not renew protection for a variety for which he sees no commercial potential. the estimates of the private value of pvp certificates derived from renewal models can be used to supplement the data on the number of pvp certificates as a measure of inventive output. it is also possible to estimate how the average value of pvp certificates differs across crop groups or over time. if the distribution of the value of pvp certificates is highly skewed and dispersed, then the number of certificates granted alone may not be a good indicator of the value of breeders’ innovations. following the assumptions of the schankerman and pakes (1986), it is assumed that each cohort of pvp certificates is endowed with a distribution of initial returns, which decay deterministically thereafter. the model allows both the distribution of initial returns and the decay rate to vary over time. it is assumed that certificate holders choose the lifespan of the certificates so as to maximise the discounted value of net returns (i.e. current returns minus renewal fees). schankerman and pakes show that for a given schedule of renewal fees, these assumptions imply a sequence of renewal proportions over age for each cohort. the proportion of pvp certificates renewed in each year depends on parameters, which determine the distribution of initial returns and the decay rates. their model estimates a vector of parameters, which makes the renewal proportion predicted by the model as close as possible to the ones actually observed. let us consider the case of a plant breeder who holds a pvp certificate. let j denote the cohort year of the pvp certificate and t its age so that t + j represents the year (in which renewal decisions are made). in order to keep the certificate in force, the breeder has to pay an annual renewal fee, which generally varies with the age of the certificate. renewal fees are periodically revised, and once revised, apply to all renewals irrespective of the cohort of the certificate. let the sequence of renewal fees (in real terms and taking into account periodic revisions) at different ages be denoted by {ctj}. a breeder who pays the renewal fee earns the return to protection in the following year, which can be denoted by rtj. it is assumed that rtj is known with certainty at the time the pvp certificate is granted. the breeder has to maximise the net value of discounted returns by choosing the optimal age at which to stop paying the renewal fee. given an assumed functional form for the distribution of initial returns, the model derives the relationship between the predicted renewal proportions and the vector of parameters of the distribution of initial returns and the decay rates. the functional form, which was found to best fit the sequence of the renewal propor2 renewal models by their very nature can estimate only the private value of pvp certificates, which can be appropriated by the ipr holder. as schankerman and pakes (1986, p. 1069) observe: “it should be emphasised that these estimates refer only to the private value of patent rights. we cannot address the broader question of social benefits of patent protection with the present model of renewal behaviour. the social benefits must encompass both the private value and gains in consumer surplus created by the additional r&d effort which is stimulated by patent protection (these latter gains, of course, continue after the patent has expired)”. the selfreproducing nature of seed implies that breeders have considerable difficulty in appropriating returns from their innovations. the renewal model used in this paper also estimates only the private returns that can be appropriated by the plant breeder or the certificate holder. 154 c.s. srinivasan tions, was the lognormal distribution3. if r0j (initial returns) follows a log-normal distribution, then:   using a lognormal functional form for the distribution of initial returns, the model yields the following estimation equation4:   where dτj = 1 -δτj and δτj is the decay rate of initial revenues of cohort j in each time period. ptj = proportion of certificates of cohort j renewed at time t. schankerman and pakes (1986) allow for inter-cohort differences in the distribution of initial returns, by allowing cohort-specific variation of μ, but maintaining a common value of σ. this is equivalent to letting cohorts of pvp certificates differ by a proportional rescaling of the initial returns of all certificates in a given cohort. they also allow decay rates to vary across decades. thus, if the renewal data span three decades (decade1, decade 2 and decade 3) then:   where it is assumed that:   and   and   are dummy variables such that:   positive values of β1 and β2 indicate a decline in the rate of decay during decade 2 and decade 3 relative to decade 1. 3 the other distributions that have been commonly used in patent renewal models are the weibull and paretolevy distributions. 4 for a derivation of the estimating equation please see schankerman and pakes (1986). 155modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk the estimation of the value of pvp certificates was based on the above equation. the equation was estimated using non-linear least squares. one modification made in estimating the value of pvp certificates was that instead of allowing cohort-specific values of μ, the value of μ was allowed to vary only across three time periods in order to reduce the number of parameters to be estimated. 3. description of data the estimation of the private value of pvp certificates was attempted for agricultural and ornamental crops in the uk over the period 1965-20005. the uk has been a pioneer in the provision of iprs for plant variety innovations. with legislation enacted in 1964, the uk has four decades of experience in the implementation of plant variety protection. among eu countries, it has been one of the leading issuers of pvp certificates. thus, the data for the uk are able to provide fairly large cohort sizes for agricultural and ornamental crops. there are two important reasons why we have not included the post-2000 grants in the dataset used for estimation of the model. the first is that from the year 2006, the uk stopped levying renewal fees for pvp certificates. this implied that after 2006, pvp certificate holders would have no incentives to surrender their certificates before the full term (unless they are not able to “maintain” the variety for other reasons) based on a comparison of renewal costs and returns. the second reason is that given the average length of survival of wheat varieties from 5-7 years, the inclusion of grants over the period 2000 to 2006 would have led to a large increase in the proportion of censored observations in the dataset which would have significantly increased the standard errors of the estimates of the duration model. a key element of this study was assembling a comprehensive dataset on plant variety protection certificates issued in the uk since inception of pvp legislation to 2000. this dataset was put together from the information contained in various issues of the plant varieties and seeds gazette published by defra6 over this 36 year period. the dataset covers all species/genera of plants that have been protected in the uk and contains 13,365 records (including both grants and unsuccessful applications). using this database it was possible to derive for each cohort the proportion of pvp certificates renewed at different ages. there are three important components of the total cost of obtaining a pvp certificate. these are (a) application fee (b) examination fee for dus7 testing and (3) annual renewal fee for keeping the certificate in force. while the application fee is a one-time fee, the examination fee has to be paid for each year or growing season over which the variety is tested and the renewal fee has to be paid each year. data was provided by defra on pvp application, testing and renewal fee schedules for the period 1964-2000. data on renewal fees is essential for the application of renewal models to pvp certificates. it must be noted that pvp fee schedules are periodically revised. when a schedule is revised, the revised fees apply to all pvp certificates renewed after the revision, irrespective of the cohort to which they belong. 5 data was collected for agricultural, horticultural and ornamental crops. however, estimation of the private values of horticultural crops could not be undertaken because the cohort sizes were too small. 6 department of environment, food and rural affairs in the uk and its predecessors. 7 distinctness, uniformity and stability. 156 c.s. srinivasan the fees applicable in nominal terms were converted into real terms (2003 = 100) using a gdp deflator. certain key features of pvp costs that emerge from the data are as follows: a. application fees, examination fees and renewal fees are in general higher for agricultural crops than they are for horticultural and ornamental crops. cereals tend to have the highest costs and ornamentals the lowest. the costs are set at a relatively high level for cereals probably because cereal varieties are expected to have a higher volume and total value of sales in relation to other crop-groups. at the same time, the fee schedule itself can influence the number of varieties offered for protection. pvp grants in the uk (and most other countries) are dominated by grants for ornamental species. one factor responsible for this may be the relatively low pvp fees that are set for ornamentals, which allows varieties with limited commercial potential also to be offered for protection. b. application and examination fees constitute only 25-35% of the total discounted cost of obtaining a pvp certificate and keeping it in force for a period of 20 years or the statutory maximum period. for a variety for which protection remains in force for the full term, renewal fees constitute a major portion of the cost. c. unlike some other eu countries, renewal costs in the uk do not increase with age. in absolute terms, the renewal fees are fairly modest. for the year 2000 cohort, the annual renewal fee was on average £ 435 for agricultural varieties, £ 320 for horticultural varieties and £ 175 for ornamental varieties. the discounted costs of obtaining a pvp certificate for a cereal variety and keeping it in force for 20 years are under £ 10,000. in spite of the modest levels of pvp fees, a large number of pvp certificates do get surrendered before their full term. this suggests that there may be a large concentration of pvp certificates very with little private economic value. d. renewal fees in nominal terms have increased significantly since mid-sixties, but in real terms these costs have remained remarkably stable (figure-1). renewal fees have in fact declined in real terms after a spurt in the mid-1990s. over the entire period, renewal fees for cereal varieties in real terms have only increased from £ 300 to about £ 470 per annum (in 2003 prices). e. since 1995, breeders in the uk have had the option of obtaining eu-wide protection through the community plant variety office8 (cpvo) instead of obtaining national protection. initially the expectation was that the cost of obtaining and maintaining eu-wide protection through the cpvo would be higher than the cost of obtaining national protection in individual countries, but would still provide considerable savings in transaction costs to the breeder in relation to the cost of securing national protection separately in several countries. however, at present while application and examination fees for eu-wide protection are higher than those for national protection, the renewal costs set by the cpvo are lower than those set by several eu 8 the community plant variety office issues pvp certificates valid in all the countries of the eu against a single application made by the breeder. this substantially reduces the transaction cost faced by the breeder for obtaining protection in several countries. the system of eu-wide grants has not replaced national pvp grants. it is still possible for a breeder to apply for protection in individual eu countries under the relevant national pvp law. a breeder’s decision on whether to seek protection separately in one or more countries or to seek eu-wide protection will depend on the commercial potential of the new variety. eu-wide protection cannot be held simultaneously with national protection – if eu-wide protection for a variety is obtained through the cpvo, then national protection has to be surrendered. the grants made by the cpvo are not reported as national grants. 157modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk countries for national protection. for instance, the annual renewal cost for a wheat variety protected in the uk is £ 475 whereas it is only 200 euros in the cpvo. this may encourage breeders in the uk to give up national level rights to secure eu-wide rights. this may also account for the decline pvp applications in the uk over the last 5 years for certain genera/species. it is likely that in the eu, in the course of time, national level protection will remain relevant only for those varieties, which have no potential market outside a country. table 1. data for survival analysis by crop group (cohort range 1965-2000) crop group total number of pvp certificates number of expired/ surrendered/ terminated certificates number of valid certificates as at 31/12/2000 (censored cases) percent censored agricultural 2313 1794 519 22.44 horticultural 1262 983 279 22.11 ornamental 3556 2584 972 27.33 overall 7131 5361 1770 24.82 figure 1. trends in average nominal and real renewal fees for pvp certificates in the uk (2003 £) figure-1:trends in average nominal and real renewal fees for pvp certificates in the uk (2003 £) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 19 66 19 68 19 70 19 72 19 74 19 76 19 78 19 80 19 82 19 84 19 86 19 88 19 90 19 92 19 94 19 96 19 98 year r en ew al fe e (£ ) nominal renewal fee real renewal fee the data used for the analysis is described in table 1 and table 2. 158 c.s. srinivasan table 2. mean and median survival durations crop group mean survival duration (years) median survival duration (years) agricultural crops 6 4 horticultural crops 9 5 ornamental crops 8 5 test statistics for equality of survival distributions of different crop groups test statistic df significance log rank 154.42 2 .0000 breslow 112.22 2 .0000 tarone-ware 128.02 2 .0000 as in most other countries with pvp legislation, pvp grants are dominated by ornamental crops. grants for ornamentals account for 50% of all grants, while agricultural crops (which include cereals) account for only 32%. the remaining 18% is accounted for by grants for horticultural crops (mainly fruit species). the proportions are similar when we consider the currently valid grants. it is somewhat surprising that an ipr instrument which is primarily intended to encourage innovation in agricultural crops (food crops and industrial crops) has its greatest impact on the generation of ornamental varieties. as discussed later, this may be partially explained by the differences in the appropriability regime for agricultural and ornamental crops. figure 2. kaplan-meier product limit estimates of survival function of pvp certificates of different crop groups   survival functions of pvp certificates by crop groups years 403020100 cu m ul at iv e su rv iv al p er ce nt ag e 1.2 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .2 0.0 -.2 crop group ornamental ornamental-censored horticultural horticultural -censored agricultural agricultural -censored 159modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk there are statistically significant differences in the survival patterns of varieties in different crop groups (table 2). ornamental and horticultural varieties survive for significantly longer durations than agricultural varieties. the kaplan-meier survival functions for pvp certificates of the three crop groups for all cohorts from 1965-2000 are plotted in figure 2. the survival function for ornamentals completely dominates the survival function for agricultural varieties – that is, at any age the proportion of ornamentals surviving is greater than agricultural varieties. for all crop groups, the mean/median survival duration of pvp certificates is considerably less than the maximum duration of protection allowed under the legislation of 20-25 years. only 40 to 60% of pvp certificates for agricultural crops survive for more than five years and less than 30% survive for more than ten years. less than 3% of the certificates survive for the full term. the average agricultural variety survives remains protected for only for 6 years. the fact that on average ipr royalties are collected by breeders over a relatively short time span has important implications for the appropriability of returns from variety innovations. there are significant differences in the survival pattern of varieties within crop groups across decades. for the purpose of analysis we have divided the entire period into three time periods 1965-1980, 1980-1990 and 1990-2000. the data for these three time periods is summarised in tables 3 and 4 and the kaplan-meier survival functions are plotted separately for each time period in figure 3. the mean and median period of survival of varieties within crop groups has steadily fallen from the 1960s to the 1990s. this shows table 3. data for survival analysis by crop group and time periods crop group total number of pvp certificates number of expired/ surrendered/ terminated certificates number of valid certificates as at 31/12/2000 (censored cases) percent censored cohort time period 1965-80 1683 1648 35 2.08 agricultural 439 433 6 1.37 horticultural 416 396 20 4.81 ornamental 828 819 9 1.09 cohort time period 1980-90 2399 1944 455 18.97 agricultural 782 710 72 9.21 horticultural 468 359 109 23.29 ornamental 1149 875 274 23.85 cohort time period 1990-2000 3049 1769 1280 41.98 agricultural 1092 651 441 40.38 horticultural 378 228 150 39.68 ornamental 1579 890 689 43.64 total for all crop groups and cohort time periods 7131 5361 1770 24.82 160 c.s. srinivasan that the turnover of varieties quickened over the three decades. the declining mean period of survival in the context of an increase in the number of pvp grants indicates that new varieties have been faced with increasing competition over time. the relative patterns of survival have remained the same, with the survival function for ornamental varieties dominating that of agricultural varieties in all the three time periods. table 4. mean and median survival durations crop group mean survival duration (years) median survival duration (years) cohort time period 1965-80 1980-90 1990-2000 1965-80 1980-90 1990-2000 agricultural crops 7 6 4 7 4 3 horticultural crops 8 9 6 6 6 4 ornamental crops 8 9 6 5 6 6 test statistics for equality of survival distributions of different crop groups test statistic df significance log rank 154.42 2 .0000 breslow 112.22 2 .0000 tarone-ware 128.02 2 .0000 figure 3. kaplan-meier product limit estimates of survival function of pvp certificates of different crop groups by time periods   cohort range : 1965-1980 years 403020100-10 cu m ula tiv e s ur viv al pe rc en ta ge 1.2 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .2 0.0 -.2 crop group ornamental ornamental-censored horticultural horticultural -censored agricultural agricultural -censored 161modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk 4. estimation of the renewal model the results of the estimation of the renewal model for agricultural crops are presented in table 5. the results of three sets of regressions are presented. regression (1) presents the results of a model, which allows for no cohort-specific variation in the distribution of initial revenues (μj = μ for all j). regression (2) allows µj to vary across time periods. that is, µ1 represents the value of μ in the period 1965-1979, µ2 the value in the period 1980-1989   cohort range 1980-1990 years 3020100-10 cu m ula tiv e s ur viv al su rv iva l p er ce nt ag e 1.2 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .2 0.0 crop group ornamental ornamental-censored horticultural horticultural -censored agricultural agricultural -censored   cohort range 1990-2000 years 121086420-2 c um ul at iv e s ur vi va l p er ce nt ag e 1.2 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .2 0.0 crop group ornamental ornamental-censored horticultural horticultural -censored agricultural agricultural -censored 162 c.s. srinivasan and µ3 the value in the period 1990-2000. regression (3) allows μ to vary as in regression (2) but in addition allows variation in the decay rates across the three time periods. table 5. regression results of renewal models for pvp certificates-agricultural crops* model parameters (1) (2) (3) μ 7.95 (0.80) μ1 7.70 (0.38) 7.66 (0.44) μ2 6.93 (0.25) 6.90 (0.27) μ3 6.60 (0.21) 6.61 (0..20) σ 3.05 (1.02) 1.97 (0.35) 1.93 (0.14) δ 0.36 (0.10) 0.26 (0.04) 0.26 (0.052) β1 0.0107$ (0.0165) β2 -0.0001$ (0.0208) δ1** 0.25 δ2** 0.26 r2 0.78 0.85 0.857 df 333 331 329 note: μ1 = relates to 1965-1979 μ2 = relates to 1980-1989 μ3 = relates to 1990-2000 β1= relates to 1980-1989 β2= relates to 1990-2000 * figures in parentheses are standard errors. **δ1 = 1-(1-δ)*exp(β1) and δ2 = 1-(1-δ)*exp(β2) $ not significant at 5% or 10% level of significance. 4.1 agricultural crops the key parameters of the model μ, σ and δ all have the right signs and are statistically significant9. the high values of r2 indicate that the lognormal distribution fits the 9 the only parameters not significant at the 5% level of significance are the parameters β1 and β2 which allow the decay rates to vary across the three time periods (regression (3)). 163modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk data reasonably well10. an f-test clearly rejects the hypothesis that all the µs are equal, that is, there is no inter-cohort variation in the distribution of initial returns. the mean value of the distribution of initial returns from a cohort of varieties is given by � e µ + 0.5σ 2   in a lognormal distribution. taking figures from regression (3), we find that the mean value of initial returns of pvp certificates in the uk has steadily declined over the three time periods from £ 13,663 during 1965-1979 to £ 6,389 1980-1989 to £ 4,781 1990-2000. the decline in mean values has taken place alongside an increase in the number of pvp certificates issued (except in the post-1995 period when the number of certificates issued annually has not increased – possibly owing to the increasing use of eu-wide protection by breeders)11. for any given sequence of decay rates, a decline in the mean value of the distribution of initial returns implies that the present value of returns from the average protected variety has declined. if returns to titleholders accrue in the form of royalties linked to the volume of seed sales over the life12 of a variety, then it can be seen that the present value of returns depends on the sequence of market shares obtained by the variety. a decline in the mean value of initial returns then suggests that the (cumulative) market share obtained by the average protected variety has declined. this may be due to competition from a larger number of varieties and/or an accelerated turnover of varieties in the post-pvp period. in this paper we have not examined the relationship between pvp and the introduction of new varieties. but in general, in most european countries, the postpvp period has seen a proliferation of varieties along with a much quicker turnover of varieties. the declining mean value of initial returns, however, does not preclude the possibility of a few varieties in the tail of the distribution acquiring very large market shares. the degree of skewness in the distribution of initial returns is illustrated by the ratio of the mean to the median value. for the log-normal distribution this is given by  . this ratio is 6.4 for the uk. the distribution of initial returns is, thus, skewed to the right and rather sharply so. the estimated rate of decay (regression(2)) is 26%, which suggests that pvp certificates tend to lose value fairly rapidly. when we allow decay rates to vary, we find that decay rate declined in 1980-1989 compared to 1965-1979 but (marginally) increased in 1990-2000 relative to 1965-1980. however, it must be noted that the co-efficients β1 and β2 which produce these effects are not significant. an increase in the decay rate could be expected as the result of the changes associated with the introduction of the eu-wide system of protection through the cpvo. after the cpvo was established in 1995, breeders had an incentive to switch from national protection to eu-wide protection through the cpvo, provided their varieties had market potential in several eu countries. but for acquiring eu-wide rights, national rights have to be surrendered or kept 10 r2 is computed as 1 -(residual sum of squares/corrected total sum of squares). in the case of non-linear regression r2 is not bound by 0 and 1. 11 in our analysis, we have grouped together all agricultural crops. consequently, the mean value of the distribution of initial returns has not been separately estimated for different agricultural crops. it must be noted that the potential market share of a variety does depend on crop. in the case of crops where varieties are adapted for being grown over large areas (“widely-adapted varieties”), the potential market share of a variety may be larger compared to a protected variety in a crop where varieties are locally oriented. however, the potential market share of a new variety depends not only on the general adaptability of varieties in a crop, but also on the degree of competition from competing varieties. the potentially larger market share of widely adapted varieties could be offset by competition from a larger number of varieties. 12 the reference here is to the “protected” life of a variety, or the duration for which a variety remains protected. 164 c.s. srinivasan suspended. this may lead to a jump in the decay rates reflecting only the upsurge in the “surrender” of certificates at the national level owing to breeders switching to eu-wide protection. however, the impact of such switching is not reflected in the data. 4.2 ornamental crops table 6. regression results of renewal models for pvp certificates-ornamental crops* model parameters (1) (2) (3) μ 7.92 (0.79) μ1 8.15 (0.97) 8.21 (1.06) μ2 8.49 (1.12) 8.40 (1.12) μ3 7.93 (0.95) 7.98 (0.95) σ 2.48 (1.03) 2.30 (1.32) 2.05 (1.34) δ 0.32 (0.082) 0.35 (0.100) 0.38 (0.11) β1 0.098$ (0.052) β2 0.019$ (0.0416) δ1** 0.325 δ2** 0.377 r2 0.75 0.756 0.763 df 375 373 371 note: μ1 = relates to 1965-1979 μ2 = relates to 1980-1989 μ3 = relates to 1990-2000 β1= relates to 1980-1989 β2= relates to 1990-2000 * figures in parentheses are standard errors. **δ1 = 1-(1-δ)*exp(β1) and δ2 = 1-(1-δ)*exp(β2) # a very small positive value $ not significant at 5% or 10% level of significance. the results of the renewal model for ornamental crops are presented in table 6. the three sets of regressions are the same as that for agricultural crops. the results for ornamental crops are a very similar to those for agricultural crops. again, the key parameters of the model μ, σ and δ all have the right signs and are statistically significant (though β1 and β2 are not significant in regression (3)) the mean value of the dis165modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk tribution of initial returns increased from £ 30,069 in 1965-1979 to £ 36,360 in 19801989 before declining to £ 23,890 in 1990-2000. the interesting feature of these results is that the mean values of ornamental varieties are 2-3 times the mean values for agricultural varieties. there has been a steady upward growth in the number of certificates in the uk, especially in the late 1980s and till the mid-1990s. therefore, as in the case of agricultural crops, the number of new varieties or innovations produced every year has increased over time, but the value of the average innovation has decreased. the number of new varieties protected and the mean value of initial returns appear to have moved in opposite directions. this again may be the result of a larger number of varieties competing for market share. the distribution of initial returns is skewed to the right in the case of ornamentals as well with a mean to median ratio of 8.17. the decay rate of 32% (regression (2)) for ornamentals is higher than that for agricultural varieties, suggesting that ornamental varieties lose value faster. when we allow for variation in decay rates (regression (3)), we find that the decay rate increases marginally to 32.5% in 1980-89 and to 37.7% in 1990-2000. it must be noted, however, that the co-efficients β1 and β2 are not significant at the 5% level of significance. if β1 and β2 are not significantly different from zero then the decay rate has not changed over the decades. 5. private value of pvp certificates the parameters of the renewal model estimated for agricultural crops and ornamentals can be used to derive the private value of pvp certificates i.e. the net returns that are appropriated by the titleholder. the present value of a single pvp certificate denoted by v is given by:   where rt ct is the net return from holding a pvp certificate during age t, i is the discount rate, δ is the decay rate and t is the optimal life span of the pvp certificate based on the renewal rule discussed earlier (i.e. the certificate will be renewed only if rt > ct). the assumption of a lognormal distribution for the initial returns (r0) for a cohort of certificates leads to a distribution of v. the estimates of the parameters μ, σ and δ are used to generate the distribution of v by simulation. to do this, 50,000 random variables were drawn from a lognormal distribution with the estimated values of μ and σ and v was calculated for each one of them using the decay rate, the renewal fees applicable in any given year and the renewal rule. from this derived distribution of v, the quantiles of the private value of pvp certificates could be derived. tables 6 and 7 present for agricultural crops and ornamentals respectively the distribution of the private value of pvp certificates for three different cohorts in constant 2003 pounds. the key feature of the value distribution for both agricultural crops and ornamental crops is the sharp skewness. there is a high concentration of pvp certificates with 166 c.s. srinivasan very limited private economic value13. for agricultural crops, the median value of a pvp certificate was £ 2,762 for the 1975 cohort, £ 856 for the 1985 cohort and only £ 275 for the 1990 cohort. there is a sharp rise in the value of pvp certificates in the third quantile, but most of the value of pvp certificates is concentrated in the tail of the distribution, especially in the top 1%. for agricultural crops only 1% of the protected varieties were worth more than £ 130,000 for cohorts in the 1990s. similarly, for ornamentals, the median value of a pvp certificate was £ 3,598 for the 1975 cohort, £ 5,768 for the 1985 cohort and £ 2,782 for the 1990 cohort. the top 1% of the certificates had a private 13 the assumption of a constant and deterministic decay rate, which implies that the returns (rt) obtained by a breeder tend to monotonically decline over time, tends to bias the estimated private value of pvp certificates downward. indeed, here we measure the minimum private returns to holders of pvp certificates in the circumstances. in the case of plant variety protection, returns to the titleholder generally accrue in the form of royalties linked to the volume of seed sales over the life of the protected variety. the royalties obtained by the titleholder are likely to be related to the rate of producer adoption, i.e., it will depend on the sequence of market shares obtained by the variety. a typical new variety may take some years to reach peak market share, after which market share may decline. the sequence of market shares generally follows an inverted-u pattern. the sequence of returns obtained by the titleholder may also follow a similar pattern. the assumption of a constant decay rate may be more appropriate to industrial process inventions where the licensing income obtained by a patent holder may decline over time as competing innovations become available. the incorporation of the adoption and diffusion pattern of protected varieties in the renewal model may significantly increase the mean value of the distribution of the private value of pvp certificates. while we have not attempted to do so in this paper because of the difficulties that it poses in estimation, it can be seen from tables 7 and 8 that even a significant increase in the private value distribution is unlikely to affect our conclusion that that private economic value of the bulk of pvp certificates is very modest. table 7. estimates of the private value distribution of pvp certificates for agricultural crops in the uk (all values in constant 2003 uk £) 1975 cohort 1985 cohort 1990 cohort estimated parameters of the renewal model μ 7.66 6.90 6.61 σ 1.93 1.93 1.93 δ 0.2649 0.2569 0.2650 value distribution mean 24,436 11,525 7,911 minimum 0 0 0 maximum 3,829,475 1,705,080 1,337,739 percentile 25 380 0.30 0 percentile 50 2,762 856 275 percentile 75 13,735 5740 3,777 percentile 95 96,609 46,390 32,447 percentile 99 376,988 182,444 130,363 μ = mean of the distribution of initial returns from pvp certificates on agricultural crop varieties σ = standard deviation of the distribution of initial returns δ = decay rate of initial returns note: value distribution estimated by simulation 167modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk value in excess of £ 445,000. the inescapable conclusion is that the bulk of pvp certificates generate only very limited privately appropriable returns14. the highly skewed distribution of private value of pvp rights is consistent with the results of studies of the values of patent rights for industrial products15. interestingly, the mean value of private returns appropriated from ornamental varieties is 1.5-3 times that appropriated from agricultural crop varieties. this has interesting implications for the proportion of the market value of seed appropriated by pvp titleholders in the case of agricultural and ornamental crops. for an accurate assessment of this proportion, we need to estimate the private value of a cohort of pvp certificates and the market value of the seed sold of varieties included in the cohort over the life of the varieties. the private value of a cohort of pvp certificates can be estimated by multiplying the mean value of the cohort (from tables 6 and 7) with the number of certificates issued in that year. in the uk, in 1990, a total number of 389 grants were made, of which 161 related to agricultural crops and 198 to ornamental 14 it must be clarified that the private value of pvp certificates estimated by the renewal model reflects the returns attributable to the holding of iprs alone. the results only suggest that the ‘pure’ private returns to holding iprs (and that too in the form of pvp and not patents) are modest. to generate returns from a new variety, iprs have to be combined with other complementary assets such as production, marketing and distribution capabilities. the factors, which affect the distribution of returns between the innovator and the owners of the complementary assets, are discussed later. 15 based on an extensive survey of uk industry, taylor and silberston (1973) concluded that only a very limited number of patents generate substantial licensing income for the patent holders. schankerman and pakes (1986) too found that the bulk of patents in uk, france and germany had very little economic value. table 8. estimates of the private value distribution of pvp certificates for ornamental crops in the uk (all values in constant 2003 uk £) 1975 cohort 1985 cohort 1990 cohort estimated parameters of the renewal model μ 8.21 8.4 7.98 σ 2.05 2.05 2.05 δ 0.3893 0.3250 0.3374 value distribution mean 33,808 52,274 27,896 minimum 0 0 0 maximum 6,280,324 9,664,581 5,213,735 percentile 25 566 883 287 percentile 50 3,598 5,768 2,782 percentile 75 17,325 26,916 14,086 percentile 95 127,955 197,593 106,039 percentile 99 376,988 182,444 130,363 μ = mean of the distribution of initial returns from pvp certificates on ornamental varieties σ = standard deviation of the distribution of initial returns δ = decay rate of initial returns note: value distribution estimated by simulation 168 c.s. srinivasan crops (the remaining 50 related to horticultural crops). the private value of the 1990 cohort of protected agricultural varieties was thus £ 1.273 million, while the 1990 cohort of ornamental varieties was valued at £ 5.5 million (current prices). we do not have the estimated value of the seed sales of varieties included in the 1990 cohort over the life of the varieties. however, it may be seen that the private value of the 1990 cohort of agricultural varieties constituted just 0.04% of the value of agricultural crop output of £ 3,088 million in that year, while the private value of the cohort of ornamental varieties constituted 1.08% of ornamental crop output of £ 506.4 million16. thus, the private value of a cohort of ornamental pvp certificates constitutes a much larger proportion of the value of output than a cohort of agricultural crop certificates. as the seed market value is generally related directly to the value of the crop17, these figures suggest that titleholders for ornamental varieties appropriate a larger proportion of the seed market value than titleholders of agricultural crop varieties. the absence of farmers’ exemption (plant-back rights) in the case of ornamentals and the ease of detecting ipr infringements are probably the factors that increase the appropriability of returns from protected varieties of ornamentals. better appropriability of returns in the case of ornamentals may also explain the large number of grants for ornamentals in most countries18. at the same time, the loss of revenue to breeders on account of farmers’ exemption may be an important reason explaining the lower proportion of seed market value appropriated by breeders of agricultural crop varieties19. the low average value of pvp certificates may appear to be somewhat surprising, especially against the background of large profits made by multinational seed companies. however, low average private values of ipr holdings and the highly skewed distribution of private value are not unusual in the literature and are not unique to pvp certificates. a large number of studies on the private value of patent rights (a much stronger form of ipr protection) for different sectors of the economy have found very similar results. (schankerman and pakes, 1986; pakes, 1986; schankerman, 1998; sullivan, 1994). it must also be noted that inventors and plant breeders can and do use various methods to protect their innovations, including iprs (patents or pvp certificates), trade secrets, different forms of first mover advantage etc. (levin et al., 1987; cohen, nelson and walsh, 1996). the decision to seek ipr protection for an invention or a new plant variety depends on the costs and benefits of these alternative benefits. for example, in the case of hybrids, trade secrets based protection of parental lines may provide adequate protection for a new variety. the private value of iprs represents only the incremental returns that could be generated by holding iprs, above and beyond what could be earned using the alternative means (schankerman, 1998). the private value of pvp certificates, therefore, does not constitute the entire value of the returns to innovation in plant breeding. 16 the figures for the value of agricultural and ornamental crop output are from oecd (2000). the value of agricultural and ornamental output, of course, includes the output of varieties not included in the cohort. the comparison is, therefore, intended only to illustrate the difference in appropriability between agricultural and ornamental crops. 17 the seed market value is estimated at less than 10% of the value of crop output in the case of agricultural crops (oecd, 2000). for ornamental crops, it is estimated to be between 10-15% of the value of output. 18 in most countries with pvp legislation, grants for ornamentals account for 50-80% of all grants made. 19 over the last decade, plant back rights for farmers have been circumscribed in the eu. only “small farmers” are allowed the privilege of using the saved seed of protected varieties without payment of royalties to the titleholders. our calculation relates to 1989 when payment of royalties on saved seed of protected varieties was not a widespread practice. 169modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk in order to assess the relative importance of patent protection, relative to other methods of appropriating returns from invention, the “equivalent subsidy rate” (esr) is often used. it is the ratio of the total value of patent rights to the r&d used to produce those patents. it is an approximation to the cash subsidy that would have to be paid to r&d performers to yield the same level of r&d if patent protection were eliminated. schankerman (1998) finds that the esr for patents ranges from 15-24% and these estimates are very similar to those found in a number of other studies on patent renewal models. an esr of 25% indicates that patent protection generates as much as a quarter of the total private returns to r&d. but the finding also implies that 75% of the private returns to r&d must come from sources other than patents. this finding is consistent with survey evidence that finds that firms rely on many methods to appropriate rents from inventions (levin et al., 1987) and that the importance of patent protection varies greatly across industries (taylor and silberston, 1973). we do not have the data necessary for the estimating the esr in the case of pvp certificates. while the estimated private value of a given cohort of certificates can be obtained as described earlier, we do not have the r&d cost of producing the cohort because these costs may be spread over the years leading to the development and protection of new varieties. however, for a rough comparison it is possible to compare the private value of the 1990 cohort of pvp certificates with the aggregate national agricultural r&d expenditures for that year. this comparison is shown in table 9. such a comparison, no doubt, ignores the fact there is always a lag between r&d expenditure and pvp output. it also ignores the fact that not all the private value of pvp certificates in a country accrues to nationals, while research institutions and companies may also receive the value of varieties protected abroad. moreover, the aggregate agricultural r&d expenditures do not relate to plant breeding alone. nevertheless, the comparison does show that the private value of a cohort of pvp certificates constitutes a small fraction (2%) of the annual agricultural r&d expenditures. in the literature on the evaluation of returns from agricultural research, estimates of rates of return of 30% and above are quite common (see, for instance, the survey by alston et al., 1998)20. the implication is that the private value of pvp certificates appropriated by the titleholders constitutes a relatively small portion of the overall returns from agricultural r&d. the low private values of pvp certificates also reflect the fact that iprs by themselves do not ensure the capture of value (teece, 1987; rausser, scotchmer and simon, 1999). in order for the innovator to appropriate returns from his/her innovations, iprs have to be combined with a range of complementary assets21. in the case of innovations in plant breeding, the key complementary asset is a marketing and distribution network that can reach the innovation to farmers. our concern here is with the distribution of privately appropriable returns from an innovation between the innovator, imitators and the owners 20 these estimates relate to the total social returns from r&d and not to private returns alone. these studies also vary considerably in the elements of agricultural research expenditure that they include in the analysis. 21 complementary assets are assets with which the innovation must be combined in order to make the innovation useful and valuable to the consumer. teece (1987) distinguishes between three types of complementary assets. “generic assets” are general purpose assets that do not need to be tailored to the innovation in question. “specialised assets” are those with unilateral dependence between the innovation and the complementary asset. “co-specialised assets” are those with bilateral dependence. 170 c.s. srinivasan of complementary assets (seed producers and distributors)22. the key determinants of this distribution are (1) the regime of appropriability and (2) market structure in the ownership of complementary assets. 22 it must also be noted that iprs and the relevant complementary assets can be brought together in myriad ways. these range from contractual modes (e.g., arms-length licensing by an innovator with independent suppliers or distributors) to “integrated” modes (e.g., where the innovator and the owners of complementary assets merge). in general, contracting rather than integrating, is likely to be the optimal strategy when the innovator’s appropriability regime is a strong one and the complementary assets are in competitive supply (that is, there is adequate capacity and a choice of sources). in the seed industry, contractual modes are rare – there are few instances of independent plant breeders licensing their varieties to large seed firms; invariably, the plant breeding operation is also owned by the seed production and distribution firm. the predominance of the integrated mode suggests that the appropriability regime for innovators is weak and the complementary assets may not be in competitive supply. table 9. private value of pvp certificates and agricultural r&d expenditure agricultural crops ornamental crops horticultural crops number of pvp grants made in 1990 161 198 50 estimated mean discounted private value of pvp grants of 1990 cohorta 7911 27,896 27,896 total estimated value of the whole cohort of 1989 (= mean value x number of grants) £1.273 m £5.5 m. £1.395 r&d expenditure on agriculture by business enterprises £98.25 m public sector agricultural r&d expenditure £290.80 m total agricultural r&d expenditureb £389.05 m private value of pvp rights as a percentage of total agricultural r&d expenditure 8.168/389.05 =2% note: (a) as we do not have the mean value estimates of grants for crops which are not agricultural or ornamental crops, we have taken the mean value of agricultural crops (table 7) or the mean value of ornamental crops (table 8), whichever is higher, and multiplied it by the total number of grants for all crops. choosing the higher of the two values implies that the estimated discounted private value of the cohort is biased upward. however, this only reinforces the conclusion that the private value of pvp certificates constitutes a small portion of the returns from agricultural r&d; (b) the figures of agricultural r&d expenditures shown in the table do not relate to plant breeding. alone. however, it should be noted that the figures exclude r&d expenditures on ‘agro-chemicals’ and ‘food and beverages’. sources: (i) oecd basic science and technology statistics 1999 (r&d expenditure by business enterprises on ‘agriculture, fisheries and forestry’). (ii) oecd basic science and technology statistics 1999 (government budgetary outlays on r&d for the socio-economic objective ‘agriculture’). r&d expenditure/outlay figures in current prices have been adjusted to 2003 base using a gdp deflator. 171modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk the regime of appropriability refers to environmental factors, excluding firm and market structure that govern an innovator’s ability to capture profits generated by an innovation. the appropriability regime depends on (a) the efficacy of the legal system to assign and protect intellectual property (scope and breadth of iprs, efficacy to enforcement etc.) and (2) the nature of technology – whether the protected innovation is a product or a process, whether the knowledge embedded in the innovation is codified or tacit (these characteristics affect the ease of imitation). in the case of new plant varieties, both these factors make for a weak appropriability regime. plant varieties are selfreproducing and lend themselves easily to imitation and modification. besides, pvp law generally allows for researchers’ exemption and farmers’ privilege that reduce the flow of rents to the certificate holders. enforcement of pvp rights is also rendered difficult because the consumers (farmers) are large in number and widely dispersed. teece (1987) also notes “access to complementary assets, such as manufacturing and distribution, on competitive terms, is critical if the innovator is to avoid handing over the lion’s share of profits to imitators and/or to the owners of complementary assets that are specialised or co-specialised to the innovation” (p. 197). there is considerable evidence of market power in seed production and distribution23. at the global level the top ten seed companies account for approximately 40% of the commercial seed market valued at us $ 15 billion (rafi: 1997). the four-firm concentration ration (cr-4) is approximately 21%. the world seed market is relatively fragmented compared to the agro-chemical industry where the top ten firms account for 82% of global sales. but concentration at the national level is high in most developed countries and in some developing countries. given the location-specificity of plant varieties and the limited movement of protected varieties across countries, national levels of concentration may be more relevant in assessing market power. in the united states in 1980, the four largest corn seed firms accounted for 57% of the market. by 1997, the cr-4 ratio had risen to 69% (goldsmith, 2001). with the recent extensive merger and acquisition activity, the dupont-pioneer and the monsanto-dekalb-holden complexes now influence nearly 90% of the corn market (hayenga, 1998). the soyabean market is less concentrated as pioneer and monsanto have only 19% of the market share each. the cr-4 ratio is 47%. the cotton seed market is the most concentrated. at one stage (when the takeover of delta and pineland co. by monsanto was in the offing) it appeared that monsanto alone would have 84% share with the cr-4 ratio above 90%. 23 the market power exercised by seed companies is not attributable entirely to variety ownership. this can be seen most clearly in the case of private seed companies in developing countries that operate in the absence of an ipr regime. in many developing countries, which have opened up the seeds sector to private and/or foreign investment, private companies have acquired significant market shares in several crops within a relatively short span of time (morris: 1998). it is true that the private seed industry in developing countries has tended to focus on hybrids (which have an inbuilt technological protection). but it is important to note that many of the varieties sold by private companies are publicly-bred hybrids with no ipr protection. while hybrids protect a firm against replication of seed by farmers, they do not provide any protection against imitation (as the varieties are themselves in the public domain). a large part of private sector activity in developing countries has also been based on the multiplication and distribution of self/open pollinated public sector varieties, which are again not protected by any form of iprs and are easy to replicate. for instance, in india, it is estimated that nearly 50% of commercial seed in wheat (a selfpollinated crop) is now supplied by private firms, which continue to thrive even in the absence of any ipr-based barriers to entry. the profits of these companies cannot be attributed to variety ownership (as the varieties are in the public domain) but must be seen as returns to the complementary assets discussed above. 172 c.s. srinivasan therefore, a weak appropriability regime and the existence of market power in the ownership of complementary assets may mean that the incremental return appropriated by the innovator on account of iprs are low. in the above discussion we have treated the innovator and seed producer as separate entities. but even when the innovator and the seed producer constitute a single entity, it is conceptually possible to distinguish between the returns that accrue on account of ipr ownership and the returns that accrue to the ownership of complementary assets. the renewal model is able to infer the incremental private value accruing to the innovator on account of owning a pvp certificate. the fact that even pvp certificates owned by large companies are seldom held for the full term (when annual renewal costs are only in hundreds of pounds) is an indication that a marginal calculus is being applied – that is, incremental returns from pvp are being compared with the renewal costs. the weakness of pvp as an ipr measure has certain other implications as well. if plant breeders have stronger alternative modes of protecting their varieties, they will switch to them and the use of pvp is likely to decline. this trend is most sharply visible in the u.s.24 where the number of pvp certificates issued every year has declined from about 300-400 to about 60-70 in the late 1990s, while the number of utility patents issued for plant varieties has steadily increased. this trend is not yet very apparent in european countries possibly because of the legal uncertainties surrounding the patentability of plant varieties25. as alternative modes of protection become available, the switch away from pvp can be expected in other countries as well. thus, while developing countries currently in the process of enacting pvp legislation are worried about the monopoly profits that plant breeders may reap, in developed countries the use of pvp is likely to decline because it facilitates only limited appropriability. the increasing importance of biotechnology based innovations in agriculture may accelerate this trend as such innovations appear to call for stronger forms of protection. it is noteworthy that genetically modified varieties of agricultural crops are being protected by utility patents (and not through plant variety protection) in countries like the us, japan and australia where such protection is available. 6. conclusion in this paper we have used a renewal model to estimate the distribution of private value of pvp grants. the most striking feature of the value distribution of pvp grants is 24 it must be noted that us pvp law is considerably weaker than it is in eu countries. the us law explicitly allows plant-back rights to farmers, i.e., farmers can use the seeds obtained from the harvest of a protected variety for resowing their own land. in the eu farmers have to pay a royalty to the breeder or titleholder even when they use the seeds obtained from the harvest of a protected variety, though an exception is made for the category of small farmers. in the us, “farmers’ privilege” has been considerably circumscribed by judicial decisions, and farmers are no longer allowed to sell up to 50% of the seed obtained from the harvest of protected variety as “unbranded” seed (“brown bagging” is no longer permitted). it is also important to note that if a variety is protected by patents (rather than by a pvp certificate), then farmers’ privilege and researchers’ exemption do not apply. 25 the european patent convention does not allow plant varieties to be protected. however, the position may change as the result of the european union’s “directive on the protection of biotechnology inventions (directive 94/44ec) which contains specific provisions on the patentability of genetically engineered biological material including plants and animals. however, there are still a number of unresolved issues (see eratt et al.: 2000). 173modelling economic returns to plant variety protection in the uk their sharp skewness, which indicates that there is a large concentration of pvp rights with very little private economic value. pvp emerges as a relatively weak ipr measure, which allows the private appropriation of only a small fraction of the total returns from an innovation. in developed countries, there are already signs that pvp is being replaced by stronger forms of iprs as the instrument of choice for protection. references alston, j.m., marra, m.c., pardey, ph.g. and wyatt, t.j. (1998). research returns redux: a meta-analysis of the returns to agricultural r&d. eptd discussion paper no. 38. washington, dc: international food policy research institute. cohen, w., nelson, r. and walsh, j. (1996). appropriability conditions and why firms patent and why they do not in the american manufacturing sector. paper presented at the conference on new science and technology indicators for the knowledge-based economy. paris: oecd. defra (2003). productivity of uk agriculture: causes and constraints, accessed from . erratt, judy, sechley, k. and gowling, s. (2000). the european biotechnology directive and the patentability of higher life forms. canadian biotechnology, 21 (5): 22-27. evenson, r.e. and gollen, d. (eds.) (2001). crop variety improvement and its effect on productivity: the impact of international agricultural research. cabi, wallingford, uk. goldsmith, p.d. (2001). innovation, supply chain control and the welfare of farmers. american behavioral scientist, 44: 1302-1326. hayenga, m.l. (1998). structural change in the biotech seed and chemical industrial complex. agbioforum, 1: 43-55. levin, r., klevorick, a., nelson, r. and winter, s. (1987). appropriating returns from industrial research and development. brooking papers on economic activity: microeconomics, 18 (3): 783-820. morris, m. (ed.) (1998). maize seed industry in developing countries. mexico: lynne rienner and cimmyt. oecd (2000). economic accounts for agriculture 1999. paris: organization for economic cooperation and development. pakes, a.s. (1986). patents as options: some estimates of the value of holding european patent stocks. econometrica, 54: 755-784. rafi (1997). update: the life industry 1997. canada: rural advancement foundation international, . rausser, g., scotchmer, s., and simon, l. (1999). intellectual property and market structure in agriculture. paper presented at the conference on “the shape of the coming agricultural biotechnology transformation: strategic investment and policy approaches from an economic perspective” organised by the international consortium on agricultural biotechology research (icabr), ravello (italy) 17-18 june. schankerman, m. and pakes, a. (1986). estimates of the value of patent rights in european countries during the post 1950 period. economic journal, 96 (384): 1052-1076. schankerman, m. (1998). how valuable is patent protection: estimates by technology field. rand journal of economics, 29 (1): 77-107. 174 c.s. srinivasan sullivan, r.j. (1994). estimates of the value of patent rights in great britain and ireland: 1852-1876. economica, 16: 37-58. taylor, c. and silberstson, z. (1973). the economic impact of the patent system. cambridge: cambridge university press. teece, d.j. (ed.) (1987). the competitive challenge: strategies for industrial innovation and renewal. cambridge, massachusetts: ballinger publishing company. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(1): 21-43, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-11151 exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services by residents of the veneto region paola gatto*, enrico vidale, laura secco, davide pettenella1 dipartimento territorio e sistemi agro-forestali, università di padova, agripolis, legnaro (pd), italy abstract. forests produce a wide array of goods, both private and public. the demand for forest ecosystem services is increasing in many european countries, yet there is still a scarcity of data on values at regional scale for alpine areas. a choice experiment survey has been conducted in order to explore preferences, uses and the willingness of the veneto population to pay for ecosystem services produced by regional mountain forests. the results show that willingness to pay is significant for recreation and c-sequestration but not for biodiversity conservation, landscape and other ecosystem services. these findings question the feasibility of developing market-based mechanisms in veneto at present and cast light on the possible role of public institutions in promoting policy actions to increase the general awareness of forest-related ecosystem services. keywords. payments for ecosystem services, choice experiments, multi-nomial logit, latent class models. jel codes. q23, q56 1. introduction the evidence was provided long ago that, in addition to wood and non-wood products, italian forests deliver ecosystem services (es) like soil protection, recreation and landscape amenity (di bérenger, 1965). today, driven also by global forces, this list has expanded to include services such as climate mitigation, biodiversity conservation and effects on water quality and quantity (croitoru et al., 2005; tempesta and marangon, 2004; gios et al., 2006; goio et al., 2008). most of these services are, for different reasons, public goods and are therefore enjoyed by the population free of charge. some are provided through uncompensated mandatory instruments; in 1923, for example, italian legislation imposed strong limits on felling in all mountain forests in order to protect soils from erosion. similarly, a constraint to preserve landscape amenity was enforced in 1985. other services like recreation and climate mitigation are public goods mostly because of a poor enforcement of property rights. when the provision of es is not rewarded through suitable mechanisms, forest owners do not include them in their management objectives unless constrained by command-and* corresponding author: paola.gatto@unipd.it. http://dx.doi.org/10.13128/bae-11151 22 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella control policies. as a result, in the best cases forest management regimes rarely achieve a social optimum. in the worst cases, forest owners cease management activities and abandon their forests. this results in a general environmental degradation and the occurrence of negative externalities, like loss of landscape quality or biodiversity (croitoru et al., 2005). increasing the revenues of the benefit providers and improving forest management from the perspective of society is therefore essential if good levels of forest and environmental quality are to be secured. since it has been shown that traditional command and control measures may not always give the best results (merlo et al., 2000), achieving these objectives requires new policy tools. one solution could be to identify forms of marketing for the es, under the umbrella concept generally known as payments for ecosystem services (pes) (wunder et al., 2008; gómez-baggethun et al., 2010). an essential step in designing pes mechanisms is the assessment of the values at stake (millennium ecosystem assessment, 2005; teeb, 2010; uk national ecosystem assessment, 2011), which can aid the process of turning the good into a product by providing a basis for the definition of its price. this assessment process involves determining if, and to what extent, ‘consumers’ of forest es perceive their value, whether a willingness to pay (wtp) exists, who is willing to pay, for what and how much. assessing the value of forest ecosystems and incorporating them into appropriate policy mechanisms are the objectives of the eu-funded newforex project. the project involves several universities and research institutes throughout europe and aims to provide more accurate es values for the most important types of forest regions in europe (mediterranean, atlantic, boreal, central-european and mountainous) and identify new tools for the remuneration of service providers. this paper presents the results from the initial phases of the project, focused on assessing the existence and extent of wtp for forest es. geographically, the evaluation is targeted at the alpine areas of the veneto region, north-eastern italy, taken as case-study for the mountainous forest region investigated by newforex. despite the vast literature at the european level on forest values and consumer characteristics/perceptions and demand for forest es, attempts to estimate different forest es and their trade-offs are still rather scarce on a regional scale and especially in the alpine context. this research seeks to contribute to filling this gap, mostly with an operational goal, in the sense that the evaluation effort is aimed at producing values and indications to aid the design of appropriate pes mechanisms supporting es provision. the paper is organised as follows: a literature review introduces es valuations in the alps; the methodology section presents the method used to assess the value of mountain forest es, i.e. choice experiments (ce), and the related econometric models; a results and discussion section follows and, lastly, the conclusions provide some reflections on the scope for pes development in the light of the wtp results. 2. evaluation of forest es in the alps: a brief overview a review of the studies in alpine areas shows a wide variability in the focus – i.e. the type (or types) of es – scale – from local to regional to national – and nature – use and/ or non use values – of the es under evaluation. because of this variability, framing the results of the studies within any analytical scaffolding or attempting a cross-comparison of 23exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services values is a rather arduous task. one simple key to reviewing the studies and their results is the type of es evaluated; another is to focus on the studies’ methodological implications. both of these approaches have been used here. to our knowledge, studies on biodiversity values in the alpine region are very limited. soliva and hunziker (2009) evaluated biodiversity protection in switzerland. getzner (2000) focused on specific protected areas such as the hohe tauern national park in austria. scarpa and menzel (2005) measured the wtp for the implementation of new biodiversity protection programmes. studies on the recreational services generated in alpine mountain areas have been published by scarpa and thiene (2005) and by scarpa et al. (2007), who analysed choice patterns and determinants of demand for different climbing destinations in the north-eastern alps. as regards landscape, a study published by tangerini and soguel in 2004 found that the landscape attribute considerably affects the final price of real estate properties in the swiss alps: positive changes in landscape are appreciated both by locals and tourists, while a loss of landscape quality linked to the development of tourism infrastructure can negatively affect real estate values in the opinion of the residents. the issue of assessing the value of watershed protection in the alps has long challenged environmental economists. due to the large presence of steep slopes and unstable soils, this is a crucial service; however, it is also the most difficult one to evaluate, given the complexity of the cause-effect relationships between forest management and downstream water uses (hamilton, 2008). pettenella et al. (2006) measured the economic value produced by an appropriate forest management affecting the quality and regularity of water flows. croitoru (2007a) provided values for the watershed protection services in mediterranean countries, including alpine countries such as italy, france and slovenia. notaro (2001) evaluated watershed protection, relating the value of fresh water in rivers to the level of fishable species. instead of measuring values for single services, other authors have attempted to measure the overall value of forest es. examples are the papers published by croitoru (2007a; 2007b), who focused on the total economic value of mediterranean areas; or by goio et al. (2008), who measured the value of the traditional production – i.e. timber – in the alpine forests of trento province and compared it to the value of es, showing the much higher economic value of the latter. lastly, reviewing previous es valuation works, grêtregamey et al. (2008) provided a broad perspective on values of es for the alpine area, reporting on evaluations for scenic beauty, recreation, biodiversity, avalanche protection and c-sequestration: in some cases the authors provided values for single es, and in others aggregated values. the review confirmed the wide variability among values, even when studies dealt with similar es. there are many reasons for this variability, including the distribution of environmental risks and uncertainties like natural hazards (grêt-regamey et al., 2012). the authors concluded by highlighting how difficult is to distinguish, in the values, the effect of actual preference heterogeneity from that of the methods used to estimate them. analysing the published studies from a methodological perspective, a pattern can be discerned in the approaches used, following the general evolution of the discipline: especially in the field of recreation values, older studies focused on use values and mostly used travel costs (merlo, 1982) or hedonic pricing (tangerini and soguel, 2004). more recent 24 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella contributions (scarpa and menzel, 2005; scarpa and thiene, 2005; scarpa et al., 2007) have merged travel cost with ce, aiming at a greater reliability of the evaluation process. however, approaches have also been used based on provision costs (croitoru, 2007a; pettenella et al., 2006), benefit transfer (croitoru, 2007b; goio et al., 2008) or on mixed approaches (notaro, 2001). only recently, the focus of researchers has shifted towards a better understanding of consumer behaviour as a basic component of environmental services demand. methods like ce have been developed in order to overcome the limits of contingent valuation (cv) (hausman, 1993; diamond and hausman, 1994) and have also focused on the alpine context: to our knowledge, however, these methods have so far only been applied here at a local scale and, more especially, never to all of the most important forest es at the same time. 3. methodology 3.1. choice experiment background the use of ce in environmental economics dates back more than fifteen years, with the first proposals by louviere (1992), adamowicz (1995), boxall et al. (1996) and hanley et al. (1998). since then, the method has spread and many authors now consider it preferable to cv approaches. while cv targets the study of wtp for a specific event like a policy change, ce considers complex goods, such as environmental resources, as made up of single attributes, each one representing specific conditions of the good itself. combinations of different attributes can be created, each one reflecting a certain status of the resource or simulating the results of a policy change. the person interviewed can compare and choose one of the policy alternatives within a choice set, usually composed of different scenarios, plus the status quo (sq). hence, instead of having to answer to a complex bidding question as in cv, the respondent has to select one out of a certain number of choice sets (louviere, 1992) corresponding to the preferred policy alternative. ce models have their roots in the random utility model (train, 2003), which states that the utility uijt which a given individual i gets from the alternative j in the choice situation t can be divided into a deterministic part vijt and a stochastic term εijt. the deterministic part is generally specified as linear and may be written as a product of the vector describing the situation under study (1): uijt = vijt + εijt = β’xijt + εijt (1) where xijt is the vector of attributes linked to the individual i who chooses the alternative j within the choice situation t, while β’ is the vector of the betas. the respondent in a ce choice set will maximise his/her utility by choosing the scenario (or alternative) j among the other k within the choice set if the scenario j has higher utility than the others. hence, the probability of choosing the alternative j over the other k may be described as: prob(j|c) = prob(uijt> uikt) = prob{[(vijt-vikt)>(εikt-εijt)]; j,k ∈c; j≠k} (2) where c represents the complete set of choices. 25exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services to estimate equation (2) the error distribution must be assumed, usually gumbeldistributed and independently and identically distributed (iid), hence the probability of choosing j is given by ∑ = µβ µβ ∈ p e eijt x x k c ' ' ijt ikt (3) where µ is the scale parameter (usually set at 1 to keep constant error variance). appendix 1 presents the characteristics of the models used in more detail, i.e. multi nomial logit (mnl) and latent class models (lcm), while the following sections describe the steps taken for the application of the methodology, including the study area, attribute selection and description, statistical design of the pilot and full survey and characteristics of the sample and target population. 3.2 study area and attribute selection forests in veneto are mostly located in the northern part of the region, in the mountainous areas of the alpine range, where, according to the last forest census (ministero delle politiche agricole alimentari e forestali, 2005), they are an essential component of landscape, covering 436,000 ha out of 784,000 ha of the regional territory. mountain areas and their forests are common destinations for recreational activities: 4.8 million day-visits were registered in the mountainous areas of veneto in 2012 (regione veneto, 2013). forests also play an essential role in protecting steep slopes from soil erosion and contribute towards biodiversity conservation: as many as 146,000 ha of forests in the region are in the natura 2000 network (ministero delle politiche agricole alimentari e forestali, 2005). in addition, given that only 33% of the regional annual forest growth is harvested (pierobon et al., 2011), forests also represent a significant carbon sink. based on these considerations, a preliminary selection was made of forest-based es for defining the ce attributes. the initial list comprised landscape, biodiversity conservation, carbon sequestration, recreation, soil erosion and landslide prevention. an expert consultation process was set up in order to verify the suitability of this preliminary selection and to identify the most effective way to present the attributes and their levels to the public. more than 30 experts were recruited, in three fields: i) forest ecology and silviculture; ii) natural science and landscape ecology; and iii) environmental economics. the experts were first interviewed individually, then invited to a joint discussion in three thematic focus groups. this complex procedure was implemented in order to ensure that the final choice of attributes and levels was based on the broadest possible consensus, attempting to avoid any bias related to the experts’ selection process. agreement was reached on the following attributes: i) forest structure view; ii) carbon sequestration; iii) important species for biodiversity conservation; iv) landscape; v) forest recreation; and vi) costs. the meaning of each attribute and the reasons for its choice are briefly discussed below: i. forest structure view: an on-going debate amongst forest managers is focused on which forest structure (coppice, or different types of high forests) would be most appropriate in relation to more multi-functional forest management. while the pre26 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella sent forest structure, i.e. monoplane high forest (representing the sq in the choice set) is primarily for timber production, it is argued that other forest structures – including coppice or multi-plane high forests – have higher aesthetic values. this attribute refers to the view enjoyed by a visitor walking in the forest when looking at different forest structures. it is completely different from the ‘landscape mosaic’ attribute, which is the perception of landscape on a larger scale, on which the forest structure has no influence whatsoever (a ‘patchwork’ of forest types in the landscape would have the same effect regardless of their structure, which impacts only on a finer scale of observation). ii. carbon sequestration: the capacity of offsetting carbon emissions through appropriate forest management is an issue that has received a great deal of attention from the regional authorities (pierobon et al., 2011). the focus group experts suggested expressing the attributes by making reference to the percentage of the resident population whose c-emissions would be offset by the growing forest. the experts estimated that, with the current trends in forest area dynamics and management, forests in the region will be able to offset the emissions of up to 5.5% of the current resident population (sq). iii. important species for biodiversity conservation: forests in the region are home to a large number of species of fauna and flora. the disappearance of forest ecosystems associated to land use changes driven by urban and tourist developments, and, in addition, simple alterations of the delicate mature forest ecosystem equilibrium due to various human disturbances will strongly affect the number of species living in the forest areas. although residents in the region are not very familiar with biodiversity, the attribute was considered because of the general increasing demand for experiences in the wild, with the desire to see a return of the typical flora and fauna of the alps. the biodiversity attribute was designed according to the popular concept of biodiversity communicated by the media, i.e. the number of endangered alpine species that would be lost or gained depending on the implementation of specific forest conservation policies. the focus group experts estimated that, continuing with present trends, as many as 50 species would be lost in the next ten years (sq). iv. landscape mosaic: the typical alpine landscape is composed of a balanced mosaic of forest and open areas (pastures, meadows and rocks). the abandonment of crops and dairy farming activities coupled with the lack of appropriate policies is leading towards a rapid natural expansion of forests with a shift to a more ‘closed’ landscape (bonsembiante and merlo, 1999). active forest and pastureland management could maintain the desired balance of forests and open areas, while it has been estimated that 5% of the present proportion of open areas will be lost within the next 10 years due to the natural expansion of forests on abandoned farmland (sq). v. forest recreation: recreation in forests is typically envisaged by the ordinary visitor as the possibility of having family outings and picnics in open areas under the shade of forest trees. a smaller percentage perceive forest recreation as the opportunity for trekking or hiking, which is made possible by the availability of an adequate network of forest paths. this attribute is therefore expressed through the provision by forest authorities of recreational facilities such as picnic tables, car parks and path signs. the sq is represented by no provision of recreational facilities. 27exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services vi. costs: the experts identified the best payment vehicle as an annual regional tax paid by each household to support the application of a regional forest policy producing the desired level of attributes in ten years’ time. the wide range of cost levels was suggested by the economists in the focus group in order to have less repetition among the alternatives, at the same time keeping the number of choice sets as low as possible. the experts advised against including in the survey the issues related to the effects of forests on soil erosion and landslide prevention that had been included in the initial list. serious flooding had occurred in some areas of the region in the winter of 2010, damaging many crops, and residential and commercial properties. farmers and households who had suffered damage were still waiting for compensation from the regional authorities. the population was therefore still too sensitive about this issue and, especially, highly critical of any kind of soil conservation policy implemented by the regional government. since soil erosion and landslide prevention is a very important service produced by forests, its exclusion from the list of attributes and therefore from the evaluation exercise represents a limitation of this work. the final list of attributes, with their levels, is presented in table 1: the list shows that our ce is based on both continuous variables and dummies. 3.3 statistical design of pilot and full surveys after the utility function specifications with the variables reported in table 1, we built the statistical design with ngene©®, following bliemer and rose’s (2009) approach. the ce exercise was run in two stages: a pilot and a final survey (sandor and wedel, 2001; bliemer and rose, 2005; ferrini and scarpa, 2007). we first created the statistical design for the pilot survey in order to estimate preliminary betas (priors). the priors, estimated with multi nominal logit (mnl), were used to develop the final statistical design for the main survey (street et al., 2005). in the pilot, we drafted, by way of ngene, a dz-efficient design, using priors equal to zero, rather than an orthogonal design. the benefit of this procedure is the possibility of combining dummy coded and continuous variables in the same design, as well as weighting the maximum and minimum values of continuous variables. the pilot version of the questionnaire was submitted to 74 people in six provinces in veneto. out of these, 16 were dropped from the pilot analysis because they either refused to answer or provided answers that were considered strategic according to a set of specific set of control-questions; the priors were therefore estimated with the remaining 58 respondents. based on the pilot ce answers, we estimated the mnl model betas to be used as priors in the final statistical design using the utility function. lastly, we checked the presence of dominant alternatives, finding limited dominant effects in the estimated design, and a similar distribution in the choice frequencies from the questionnaire, with a higher ratio in those having higher probability of being chosen in the estimated design. during the ce, respondents were asked to answer six choice tasks out of the twelve resulting from the ce statistical design, which was designed according to d-efficiency as proposed by bliemer and rose (2009) (appendixes 2 and 3). we opted to have two blocks in order to reduce the answering load on the respondents; hence, to split the choice tasks 28 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella homogeneously, a further attribute, i.e. the block column, was introduced in the statistical design and balanced against the other attributes. 3.4 sample and target population the target for the ce survey is the resident population of the veneto region, the potential payers of the regional tax proposed as payment vehicle. six hundred and thirtyseven (637) people participated in the full survey. data was collected through face-to-face interviews, from july to october 2011. in order to maximise representativeness, we designed the survey sample using two main strata, namely the place of residence – whether the person lived in the mountain areas or not – and the size of the municipality of residence: four levels were used in this table 1. attributes of the ce survey. attribute levels forest structure view from forest paths icons description a= thick stand forest (coppice); b= even-aged forest – sq; c= uneven-aged forest; d= uneven-aged forest with dead trees model code viewa viewc viewd carbon sequestration by forests in terms of % of carbon-neutral veneto resident population icons description level 1= 5.5% of residents – sq; level 2= 7% of residents; level 3= 8.5% of residents; level 4= 10% (all the forest area is left to natural evolution) model code co2 7% co2 8.5% co2 10% change in number of important species for biodiversity conservation icons description level 1= -50 species – sq; level 2= -25 species; level 3= 0 species lost; level 4= +2 species gained from surrounding regions. model code bio -25 bio 0 bio +2 (continued) 29exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services case, based on the number of inhabitants: i) up to 5,000; ii) from 5,000 to 10,000; iii) from 10,000 to 100,000; and iv) the seven provincial capitals in the region. the geographical distribution of the sample covered 63 municipalities, i.e. 10.3% of the regional total. chi-squared was used to test similitude of the sample population to the target one. the difference did not exceed 5% for gender balance, age class and household size. vice versa, for two characteristics – i.e. income and education – comparisons were not possible due to information gaps. italians are very reluctant to reveal information on their income and this information is considered sensitive by the public authorities and therefore not disclosed. hence, the income distribution in the target population was unknown. for the sample, information on income was collected according to four broad categories of annual net income: i) up to 30,000 €; ii) from 30,000 to 60,000 €; iii) from 60,000 to 120,000 €; and iv) over 120,000 €. education, on the other hand, was not considered in the statistical design and the proportion of people in the sample without formal education proved to be lower than in the target population. therefore, one potential bias of the research could be the failure to reach people with little education. the interviews were carried out using a questionnaire in four parts. the first part focused on attitudes towards, and frequency of use, of mountain es. the second part introduced the attributes and attribute levels and thoroughly explained them, to ensure that the respondents had sufficient background information to correctly make their choicattribute levels landscape mosaic icons description level 1= -10% of grassland; level 2= -5% of grassland – sq; level 3= 0% of grassland; level 4= +2% of grassland model code land-10 land 0 land +2 forest recreation icons description level 1= no service – sq; level 2= tourist facilities; level 3= path signs; level 4= tourist facilities and path signs model code recrst recrs recrsst cost levels= 0 (sq) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 €/household/year attributes and levels representation have been defined with reference to the following works: nielsen et al., 2007 for forest structure view; mogas et al., 2006, for c-sequestration; lethonen et al., 2003, christie et al., 2006, jacobsen et al., 2008 for biodiversity conservation; tempesta and thiene, 2004, tempesta and marangon, 2004, grêt-regamey et al., 2008 for landscape; christie et al., 2007 for recreation. table 1. (continued). 30 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella es, and ended with the six choice tasks of the ce. the third part was a debriefing section aimed at understanding the respondent’s impressions of the questionnaire. the last part collected socio-demographic data. 4. results and discussion in general, 57.9% of respondents stated that they visit mountain forests at least once a year. however, only 29.4% chose a forest area in the region as destination, the remainder preferred destinations outside the region. as many as 97.5% of visitors to the regional forests made only day-trips, without an overnight stay. one aspect that emerged from the pilot survey was that the majority of respondents had a poor awareness of the es produced by forests. therefore, after having introduced the ce attributes and let the respondent become familiar with the issues, we initially asked what level of each attribute the respondents would choose in the absence of an environmental tax. even in these conditions, they tended more frequently to select the less costly alternatives, generally related to the sq. the results are reported in table 2. only some respondents chose the higher level (l4) on biodiversity maintenance, carbon sequestration and tourism infrastructure. moreover, the ‘landscape mosaic’ attribute was chosen with an opposite trend to that documented in the literature, where open areas have been found to be more desirable than forest areas (tempesta and thiene, 2004): in this survey, landscapes with more forest area were preferred to those with more open areas and meadows. table 2. attribute level choice before and during ce: frequency table. attribute before ce ce choices differences l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 l 1 l 2 l 3 l 4 δ l 1 δ l 2 δ l 3 δ l 4 chi-test view 9.1 33.0 34.4 23.5 16.6 50.7 15.5 17.2 7.5 17.7 -18.8 -6.4 4.1e-06 co2 22.5 19.4 18.2 39.9 44.8 13.8 16.3 25.1 22.3 -5.6 -1.9 -14.7 1.8e-06 bio 14.8 11.0 33.2 41.1 54.3 16.5 13.8 15.4 39.5 5.5 -19.4 -25.6 3.3e-29 land 31.8 26.5 26.3 15.5 17.7 45.8 19.4 17.1 -14.1 19.3 -6.8 1.6 5.6e-05 recr 17.4 14.6 27.0 41.1 47.5 15.8 19.5 17.2 30.2 1.1 -7.5 -23.8 1.1e-14 note: serial non-participants were excluded in the compilation of this table. the columns ‘before ce’ were calculated by ngene, while ‘ce choices’ were calculated, according to the methodology reported in the ngene manual, by summing the frequency of the chosen alternative containing the specific attribute level. the sq levels are in grey. see table 1 for the attribute code meanings. l = level. l1 l4 has the same order as the attribute levels reported in table 1. once the cost attribute was introduced (see ‘ce choices’ columns), the frequency of the choice of sq increased dramatically. this strongly affected the model outputs, especially in terms of attribute significance. the estimation of a general model for the veneto region population was the first step in data analysis. applying the basic mnl model (mcfadden, 1974), we initially obtained rather weak results (table 3) at the aggregated level. model 1.1 (all respondents) shows the 31exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services general unwillingness to pay for the majority of attributes, except for recreation facilities and path signs (recrsst variable). alternative specific constant (asc) represents the hidden characteristics that the respondent does not see in the choice task. a significant and negative asc means they want to change the present sq. slight improvements to model 1.1 have been obtained by introducing dummy variables. for example, 61 respondents to the full survey – i.e. those always opting for the sq and also answering positively to some control questions – were classified as either ‘serial non-participants’ (von haefen et al., 2005) or even ‘protesters’ (meyeroff and liebe, 2008). when the vector of the chosen attributes is multiplied by a dummy for the ‘non-protester’ respondents (i.e. excluding the 61 serial non-participants and protesters, hereinafter ‘protesters’) as in model 2.1, the results show a general willingness to change from the present situation (asc < 0) and a better fitness of the model, with the majority of attributes significant at 5%. table 3. mnl model outputs. variables mnl model 1.1 (all respondents) model 2.1 (dummy for non-protest) model 3.1 (dummy for nonprotest & users) model 4.1 (dummy for nonprotest & nonusers) model 5.1 (interaction with edu & dummy for non-protest) asc 0.045 -0.684*** 0.457*** 0.307*** -0.065 viewa -0.003 0.106** 0.103* -0.200** 0.008** viewc 0.030 0.130** 0.145** -0.105 0.014*** viewd -0.005 0.086* -0.034 -0.001 2e-5 co2 0.052 0.112** -0.143*** 0.297*** -0.001 bio 0.003 0.006** 0.019*** -0.015*** 0.001*** land -0.005 -0.010* 0.001 -0.013 -0.823 recrst 0.048 0.119** -0.050 0.204** 0.004 recrs 0.011 0.065 0.291*** -0.400*** 0.011** recrsst 0.223*** 0.441*** 0.211*** 0.270*** 0.025*** cost -0.009*** -0.010*** -0.013*** -0.006*** -0.012*** obs. 3822 3822 3822 3822 3822 log-l -4172.47 -4172.47 -4172.47 -4172.47 -4172.47 r-sqrd 0.05928 0.09962 0.08795 0.06130 0.09186 adj. r-sqrd 0.05792 0.09833 0.08694 0.06003 0.09055 note: p-value : * = 0.10, ** = 0.05, *** = 0.001. see table 1 for the attribute code meanings. following the idea of use and non-use values, we also tested the differences between the ‘users’ and ‘non-users’ of mountain areas (model 3.1 and 4.1 respectively) (adamowicz et al., 1998). as expected, people with a direct interest in a given good also have a 32 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella higher propensity to pay for it; in model 3.1 we see an increasing interest in biodiversity maintenance and in even-aged managed forests, although the respondents’ main attention is focussed on what they ‘use’ more: tourist facilities and path signs. nevertheless, the present state of the environment does not encourage the mountain users towards a high willingness to change, as the asc is positive and significant. non-use values is another crucial piece of information for the policymaker targeting es provision at regional scale. model 4.1 shows the presence of a low wtp by mountain non-users, though limited to recreation infrastructure and carbon sequestration. finally, the role of education (number of years of schooling) was tested in model 5.1: the differences from model 1.1 highlight the role of education in the general wtp. in a further step, the models were re-estimated after recoding co2, bio and land in dummy coded variables taking the sq for each variable as a reference level. the results obtained showed a non-linear pattern, explaining only average respondents’ behaviour on a single level. in general, the recoding highlighted the respondents’ propensity to pay greater attention to the extreme levels of the attributes. there is a rather important difference between mountain users and non-users on biodiversity conservation, landscape and path maintenance. the former are more willing to pay for what they regularly visit or, in other words, for the things they get more utility from. the latter care more for what they know from the mass media (i.e. carbon sequestration co2 10%) or for what they may possibly use in the future (i.e. recreational facilities – recrst). in model 5.2 the role of education is tested through the interaction with the number of years of school attended by a given respondent. people with higher education generally consider in a proper way the attributes (an example of this interaction is visible in the attributes view and recr in table 4, where the first is considered in model 5.2 and not in model 2.2; for recreation, the respondents understand that the benefits coming from recrsst derive from the sum of recrst and recrs). lastly, lcm has been estimated (table 5), with results in line with the major previous findings. the lcm model displayed two groups of people differing by their willingness to support the changes. group 1 is characterised by those inclined to leave forests to natural evolution (viewd) and to support carbon sequestration policies and an abundant supply of recreational infrastructure, while considering actions for biodiversity conservation, maintaining the open landscape and providing path signs superfluous. group 2 shows the opposite inclination and hence favours having more path signs, landscape maintenance and coppiced forest. nevertheless, in general the idea of paying for a change from the sq does not hold, as asc is positive and significant. this behaviour can be explained by looking at the λ values: group 2 comprises mountain users and highly educated people, while group 1 includes the non-users and the poorly educated. after the mnl estimations, we calculated the wtp marginal values as the ratio between the coefficient attributes and the negative coefficient of prices as reported above (tables 6 and 7). a different approach was only needed for model 5.1, as education level differed throughout the sample so the attribute coefficient had to be weighted with the sample frequency (hidrue et al., 2011; martinez-cruz, 2012). the overall wtp for es provision in veneto can be calculated as the positive marginal variation of each attribute within the given model; the values range from a minimum of € 48 (model 1.1 in table 6) to a maximum of € 313 per household per year (this last figure is the total positive wtp for all of the variables in model 2.2 in table 7). 33exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services 5. conclusions the research sought to understand if and to what extent the population of the veneto region was aware of the es produced by the regional forest area and, especially, if it was prepared – and willing – to pay for them. information on values and wtp provides a solid basis for the further development of policy tools to support the provision of es, especially if they were to be modelled according to a pes approach. since forest policies in the veneto region are designed and implemented on a regional scale, our target population was rather broad, being represented by all residents of the region. a further source of complexity was due to the attempt to estimate four es – carbon sequestration, biodiversity, recreation and landscape (the last at two different scales) – at the same time. this complexity is both a strength and a weakness of the approach. the strength lies in the improvement of information on es values in the alps, whereas the works published to table 4. mnl model outputs for recoded variables. variables mnl model 1.2 (all resp.) model 2.2 (dummy for protest) model 3.2 (dummies for non-prot. & user) model 4.2 (dummies for non-prot. & nonuser) model 5.2 (interaction with edu & dummy for non-protest) viewa 0.042 0.239*** 0.201** -0.228** 0.015** viewc 0.159** 0.175** 0.032 0.194* 0.013** viewd -0.167** -0.098 -0.076 -0.351*** -0.010** co2 +7% 0.294*** 0.417*** 0.176 0.464*** 0.030*** co2 +8.5% -0.317*** -0.502*** -0.383*** -0.203* -0.035*** co2 +10% 0.263*** -0.074 0.109 1.014*** 0.004 bio -25 0.007 0.094 -2e4 0.302** 0.007 bio 0 0.151** 0.508*** 0.451*** -0.465*** 0.034*** bio +2 -0.055 0.267** 0.182* -0.734*** 0.014** land -10% -0.090 -0.252*** -0.021 -0.083 -0.016*** land 0% 0.085 0.434*** 0.369** -0.266* 0.029*** land +2% -0.103 -0.156** -0.171* -0.062 -0.011** recrst 0.013 -0.174** -0.190* 0.271** -0.011* recrs 0.048 0.240*** 0.169** -0.285** 0.015** recrsst 0.289*** 0.417*** 0.302*** 0.452*** 0.030*** cost -0.009*** -0.017*** -0.010*** -0.004*** -0.014*** obs. 3822 3822 3822 3822 3822 log-l -4172.47 -4172.47 -4172.47 -4172.47 -4172.47 r-sqrd 0.06599 0.10818 0.08756 0.10277 0.10139 adj. r-sqrd 0.06403 0.10631 0.08564 0.10077 0.09950 p-value : * = 0.10, ** = 0.05, *** = 0.001. 34 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella date in the literature were undertaken at a site-specific scale with samples selected among the users of the good or the service. the weakness lies in the difficulty of choice tasks, which were challenging for the respondents, who sometimes faced options that they did not completely understand and for which they therefore opted for a no-change solution. we used multi nomial models and latent class models. yet not all the models tried were successful in explaining whether wtp exists and what its determinants are. accordingly, the results must be viewed with caution. where the models showed higher attribute significance, we obtained interesting insights into the es values. in general, our results showed that most residents perceive some forest es as something they already have rights to, or which at least should be provided without any cost to the beneficiaries. this was the case for landscape quality and biodiversity conservation, for which wtp was very low, while people were more prone to pay for some recreational benefits. however, when the models focused on explaining the behaviour of non-users, the presence of some option and existence values emerged for specific es, showing a perceived potential scarcity table 5. latent class model. variables group 1 (prob. 53.3%) group 2 (prob. 46.7%) asc -1.114*** 1.489*** viewa -0.112 -0.111** viewc -0.050 0.018 viewd 0.722*** 0.061 co2 0.785*** -0.052 bio -0.026*** 0.007* land -0.065*** 0.013** recrst 0.030 -0.063 recrs -0.677*** 0.244*** recrsst 1.777*** 0.035 cost -0.051*** -0.004** prob. model λ1 λ2 (reference) constant 1.142*** 0 protest 32.032 0 mount. user -1.014*** 0 education -0.050** 0 obs. 3822 log-l -2968.79 r-sqrd 0.29296 adj. r-sqrd 0.29045 p-value : * = 0.10, ** = 0.05, *** = 0.001. see table 1 for the attribute code meanings. 35exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services table 6. wtp marginal values (€/unit). variables mnl model 1.1 (all respondents) model 2.1 (dummy for non-protest) model 3.1 (dummy for nonprotest & users) model 4.1 (dummy for nonprotest & nonusers) model 5.1 (interaction with edu & dummy for non-protest) asc           viewa 0 21.28 0 -62.22 14.46 viewc 0 25.98 20.91 0 24.18 viewd 0 0 0 0 0 co2 0 11.21 -10.30 46.20 0 bio 0 0.62 1.37 -2.41 0.87 land 0 0 0 0 0 recrst 0 23.69 0 63.33 0 recrs 0 0 41.96 -124.62 19.68 recrsst 48.43 88.00 30.33 84.05 44.35 see table 1 for the attribute code meanings. table 7. wtp marginal values for recoded variables (€/unit). variables mnl model 1.2 (all resp.) model 2.2 (dummy for non-protest) model 3.2 (dummies for non-prot. & user) model 4.2 (dummies for non-prot. & nonuser) model 5.2 (interaction with edu & dummy for non-protest) viewa 0 27.74 38.71 -104.46 23.30 viewc 32.71 20.29 0 0 20.79 viewd -34.44 0 0 -160.17 -16.39 co2 +7% 60.48 48.46 0 211.95 46.27 co2 +8.5% -65.39 -58.31 -73.86 0 -55.76 co2 +10% 54.07 0 0 462.49 0 bio -25 0 0 0 137.81 0 bio 0 31.02 58.96 86.77 -212.40 52.75 bio +10 0 31.05 0 -334.87 21.28 land -10% 0 -29.27 0 0 -24.96 land 0% 0 50.37 71.08 0 45.55 land +2% 0 -18.18 0 0 -18.18 recrst 0 -20.25 0 123.48 0 recrs 0 27.87 32.57 -130.27 24.22 recrsst 59.52 48.38 58.22 206.27 46.96 see table 1 for the attribute code meanings. 36 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella among residents in the region, 83% of whom, after all, live in the urbanised po plain, at a two-three hours driving distance from alpine areas. with the exception of the field of recreational services, these results pose a serious challenge for the development of pes tools, whose foundations rest on the existence of a demand and the related wtp by consumers. the possibility of implementing market mechanisms for biodiversity or landscape conservation seems far in the future, if not even in question by itself. overall, the study has shown a widespread lack of appreciation by the average respondent for the role that forests play at present – and will play in the future – in the provision of ecosystem services. in this regard, initial policy actions could focus on increasing general environmental awareness, as a more advanced knowledge on forestrelated services is certainly a pre-requisite for the introduction of mechanisms to support es providers. acknowledgments this work was possible thanks to the funds of the newforex project (new ways to value and market forest externalities http://www.newforex.org/) supported by the european commission under the 7th framework programme for research and technological development. the authors are grateful to the anonymous reviewers for their valuable comments and suggestions for improving earlier versions of the paper. the usual disclaimer applies. references adamowicz, v. (1995). alternative valuation techniques: a comparison and movement to a synthesis. environmental valuation new perspectives: 144-159. adamowicz, w., boxall, p., williams, m. and louviere, j. (1998). stated preference approaches for measuring passive use values: choice experiments and contingent valuation. american journal of agricultural economics 80(1): 64-75. bech, m. and gyrd-hansen, d. (2005). effects coding in discrete choice experiments. health economics 14(10): 1079-1083. ben-akiva, m. and lerman, s. (1985). discrete choice analysis: theory and application to travel demand. cambridge (ma): mit press. bliemer, m.c.j. and rose, j.m. (2005). efficiency and sample size requirements for stated choice studies. institute of transport & logistics studies, sydney, australia. bliemer, m.c.j. and rose, j.m. (2009). designing stated choice experiments: the state of the art. 11th international conference on travel behaviour research, kyoto, japan. bonsembiante, m. and merlo, m. (1999). la montagna veneta e la politica agraria dell’ue: problemi e opportunità. monti e boschi 5:4-9. boxall, p. and adamowicz, v. (2002). understanding heterogeneous preferences in random utility models: the use of latent class analysis. environmental and resource economics 23(4): 421-446. boxall, p.c., adamowicz, w.l., swait, j., williams, m. and louviere, j.j. (1996). a comparison of stated preference methods for environmental valuation. ecological economics 18(3): 243-253. 37exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services christie, m., hanley, n. and hynes, s. (2007). valuing enhancements to forest recreation using choice experiment and contingent behaviour methods. journal of forest economics 13(2):75-102. croitoru, l. (2007a). how much are mediterranean forests worth? forest policy and economics 9(5): 536-545. croitoru, l. (2007b). valuing the non-timber forest products in the mediterranean region. ecological economics 63(4): 768-775. croitoru, l., gatto, p., merlo, m. and paiero, p. (2005). italy. in merlo, m. and croitoru, l. (eds.), valuing mediterranean forests – towards total economic value. wallingford: cabi publishing, 279-298. di bérenger, a. (1965). studi di archeologia forestale. firenze: coppini. diamond, p.a. and hausman, j.a. (1994). contingent valuation: is some number better than no number? the journal of economic perspectives 8(4): 45-64. ferrini, s. and scarpa, r. (2007). designs with a-priori information for nonmarket valuation with choice-experiments: a monte carlo study. journal of environmental economics and management 53(3): 342-363. getzner, m. (2000). hypothetical and real economic commitments, and social status in valuing a species protection program. journal of environmental planning and management 43(3): 541-559. gios, g., goio, i., notaro, s. and raffaelli, r. (2006). the value of natural resources for tourism: a case study of the italian alps. international journal of tourism research 8(2): 77-85. goio, i., gios, g. and pollini, c. (2008). the development of forest accounting in the province of trento (italy). journal of forest economics 14(3): 177-196. gómez-baggethun, e., de groot, r., lomas, p.l. and montes, c. (2010). the history of ecosystem services in economic theory and practice: from early notions to markets and payment schemes. ecological economics 69(6): 1209-1218. grêt-regamey, a., walt, a. and bebi, p. (2008). valuing ecosystem services for sustainable landscape planning in alpine regions. mountain research and development 28(2): 156-165. grêt-regamey, a., brunner, s.h., altwegg, j. and bebi, p. (2012). facing uncertainty in ecosystem services-based resource management. journal of environmental management, http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2012.07.028. hamilton, l.s. (2008). forests and water. fao forestry paper n. 155. rome: fao. hanley, n., wright, r. and adamowicz, v. (1998). using choice experiments to value the environment. environmental and resource economics 11(3-4): 413-428. hausman, j. (1993). contingent valuation: a critical assessment. amsterdam: north-holland. hidrue, m.k., parsons, g.r., kempton, w. and gardner, m.p. (2011). willingness to pay for electric vehicles and their attributes. resource and energy economics 33(3): 686-705. jacobsen, j.b., boiesen, j.h., thorsen, b.j. and strange, n. (2008). what’s in a name? the use of quantitative measures versus ‘iconised’ species when valuing biodiversity. environmental and resource economics 39(3): 247-263. lehtonen, e., kuuluvainen, j., pouta, e., rekola, m. and li, c.z. (2003). non-market benefits of forest conservation in southern finland. environmental science & policy 6(3):195-204. 38 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella louviere, j.j. (1992). experimental choice analysis: introduction and overview. journal of business research 24(2): 89-95. martinez-cruz, a.l. (2012). comparing the performance of conditional, mixed, and latent class logit models. job market paper. department of agricultural and resource economics, university of maryland, college park, md, 1-38. mcfadden, d. (1974). the measurement of urban travel demand. journal of public economics 3(4): 303-328. merlo, m. (1982). la stima del valore ricreazionale dei boschi. un’applicazione del metodo clawson alla pineta di val rosandra. atti xii incontro ceset, tip. baccini e chiappi, firenze. merlo, m. and croitoru, l. (2005). valuing mediterranean forests – towards total economic value. wallingford, oxfordshire: cabi publishing. merlo, m., milocco, e., panting, r. and virgilietti, p. (2000). transformation of environmental recreational goods and services provided by forestry into recreational environmental products. forest policy and economics 1(2):127-138. meyerhoff, j. and liebe, u. (2008). do protest responses to a contingent valuation question and a choice experiment differ? environmental and resource economics 39(4): 433-446. millennium ecosystem assessment (2005). ecosystems and human well-being. synthesis. island press, washington, dc. ministero delle politiche agricole alimentari e forestali (2005). inventario forestale nazionale delle foreste e dei serbatoi di carbonio. http://www.sian.it/inventarioforestale/ jsp/dati_introa.jsp. accessed 12 june 2013. mogas, j., riera, p. and bennett, j. (2006). a comparison of contingent valuation and choice modelling with second-order interactions. journal of forest economics 12(1): 5-30. nielsen, a.b., olsen, s.b. and lundhede, t. (2007). an economic valuation of the recreational benefits associated with nature-based forest management practices. landscape and urban planning 80(1): 63-71. notaro, s. (2001). il valore economico di una risorsa idrica quale informazione di supporto per il decisore pubblico. in marangon f. and tempesta t. (eds) la valutazione dei beni ambientali come supporto alle decisioni pubbliche, udine: forum, 47-60. pettenella, d., ravanelli, g. and secco, l. (2006). la stima del valore del servizio idropotabile offerto dalle risorse forestali. in: basile, e., cecchi, c. (eds.), diritto all’alimentazione, agricoltura e sviluppo. atti del xli convegno di studi sidea. milano: franco angeli, 682-701. pierobon, f., anfodillo, t., carraro, g. and causin, l. (2011). potenzialità della gestione forestale per il sequestro di carbonio nel veneto. in: regione veneto (eds.) carbomark: un nuovo strumento per lo scambio di crediti di carbonio. venezia. regione veneto (2013). dati turistici complessivi con dettaglio mensile. online databank, available at: http://statistica.regione.veneto.it/banche_dati_economia_turismo.jsp [accessed 12 june 2013]. sandor, z. and wedel, m. (2001). designing conjoint choice experiments using managers’ prior beliefs. journal of marketing research 38: 430-444. scarpa, r. and menzel, s. (2005). protection motivation theory and contingent valuation: perceived realism, threat and wtp estimates for biodiversity protection. 39exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services siev sustainability indicators and environmental valuation. milano: fondazione enrico mattei, 1-41. scarpa, r. and thiene, m. (2005). destination choice models for rock-climbing in the north-eastern alps: a latent-class approach based on intensity of preferences. land economics 81(3): 426-444. scarpa, r., thiene, m. and tempesta, t. (2007). latent class count models of total visitation demand: days out in the eastern alps. environmental and resource economics 38(4): 447-460. soliva, r. and hunziker, m. (2009) how do biodiversity and conservation values relate to landscape preferences? a case study from the swiss alps. biodiversity and conservation 18(9): 2483-2507. street, d.j., burgess, l. and louviere, j. (2005). quick and easy choice sets: constructing optimal and nearly optimal stated choice experiments. international journal of research in marketing 22(4): 459-470. tangerini, a. and soguel, n. (2004). evaluation monétaire de la qualité du paysage. idheap working paper 6/2004. swiss graduate school of public administration (idheap). switzerland: chavannes-près-renens. teeb (2010).the economics of ecosystems and biodiversity  ecological and economic foundations. edited by pushpam kumar., london and washington: earthscan. tempesta, t. and marangon, f. (2004). una stima del valore economico totale dei paesaggi forestali italiani tramite la valutazione contingente. genio rurale 11: 32-45. tempesta, t. and thiene, m. (2004). the willingness to pay for the conservation of mountain landscape in cortina d’ampezzo (italy). in proceeding of 90th eaae seminar “multifunctional agriculture, policies and markets: understanding the critical linkages”. rennes-france. thiene, m. and scarpa, r. (2008). hiking in the alps: exploring substitution patterns of hiking destinations. tourism economics 14(2): 263-282. train, k. (2003). discrete choice methods with simulation. new york: cambridge university press. uk national ecosystem assessment (2011). the uk national ecosystem assessment: synthesis of the key findings. unep-wcmc, cambridge. von haefen, r.h., massey, d.m. and adamowicz, w.l. (2005). serial nonparticipation in repeated discrete choice models. american journal of agricultural economics 87(4): 1061-1076. wunder, s., engel, s. and pagiola, s. (2008). taking stock: a comparative analysis of payments for environmental services programs in developed and developing countries. ecological economics 65(4): 834-852. 40 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella appendix 1. models used in the ce equation (3) in section 3.1 can be estimated through a multi-nomial logit (mnl) regression only if independence for irrelevant alternatives (iia) holds, which means that the ratio of choice probability of a given alternative is not affected by any other alternative, because the utility is set up systematically with the statistical design (ben-akiva and lerman, 1985). nevertheless, iia is seldom respected. the average wtp for a given attribute is calculated with the ratio between the beta parameters of interest and the beta parameters of cost (train, 2003), as follows: β β =wtp c a c (4) where c is a constant term. only in the case of effect-coded variables, (4) has to be multiplied by a constant term equal to 2 (bech and gyrd-hansen, 2005). in order to overcome this problem, we also used the latent class model (lcm) (boxall and adamowicz, 2002), in which the presence of a certain number of segment s in the population sample, which has s segments in total, is considered. thus, the utility function of an individual i who belongs to a particular segment s and chooses the alternative j within the choice situation t, can be written as: uijt\s = vij\s + εijt\s = βs’ xijt + εijt\s (5) where βs is the vector that explains the homogeneity within the segment s and the heterogeneity among the segments s. assuming the same error distribution as in (3), the probability that individual i belonging to segment s chooses the alternative j is given by: ∑= µ β µ β ∈ p e eijt s x x k c \ ' ' s s ijt s s ikt (6) nevertheless (6) provides only partial information on the individual choices. the likelihood of an individual i belonging to a given segment s within a finite number s depends on socio-economic characteristics, personal knowledge and attitudes, in general z, thus membership likelihood function may be represented as: mis = λs zi + ξis (7) where λs is a segment of the vector λ and ξis is the error term. assuming iid of the error term, the probability of the individual i to belong to segment s is: ∑ = µ λ µ λ ∈ p e eis z z k c s s i s h i (8) 41exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services where (h=1,2,..s) are the segment-specific parameters that have to be estimated for each individual. the sum of all the segments is one, so the s-th varies from zero to one. when (6) and (8) are put together, we obtain the probability of the individual i belonging to segment s and choosing alternative j within the choice situation t; this can be written as: ∑ ∑= ⋅ = ⋅ µ β µ β µ λ µ λ ∈ ∈ p p p e e e eijts ijt s is x x k c z z k c \ ' ' s s ijt s s ikt s s i s h i (9) 42 p. gatto, e. vidale, l. secco, d. pettenella a pp en di x 2. s ur ve y st at is ti ca l d es ig n a lte rn at iv e 1 a lte rn at iv e 2 c ho ic e sit uat io n fo re st st ru ct ur e c ar bo n se qu es tr atio n ex tin ct io n ra te g ra ss la nd op en a re as re cr ea tio n c os t fo re st st ru ct ur e c ar bo n se qu es tr atio n ex tin ct io n ra te g ra ss la nd op en a re as re cr ea tio n c os tb lo ck 1 d 5. 5% -5 0 sp ec ie s -1 0% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s & pa th si gn s 75 € c 8. 5% 10 sp ec ie s 0% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s 15 0€ 1 2 b 10 % 10 sp ec ie s 2% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s & pa th si gn s 25 € c 5. 5% -2 5 sp ec ie s -1 0% pa th si gn s 12 5€ 2 3 c 10 % -5 0 sp ec ie s 0% pa th si gn s 25 € a 7% 10 sp ec ie s -5 % to ur ist fa ci lit ie s & pa th si gn s 20 0€ 1 4 a 7% 0 sp ec ie s 2% n o se rv ic e 12 5€ b 10 % 0 sp ec ie s -1 0% pa th si gn s 50 € 1 5 d 10 % 10 sp ec ie s -5 % n o se rv ic e 75 € b 5. 5% -5 0 sp ec ie s 0% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s & pa th si gn s 75 € 1 6 c 5. 5% -2 5 sp ec ie s -5 % to ur ist fa ci lit ie s & pa th si gn s 20 0€ a 8. 5% -5 0 sp ec ie s 0% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s 50 € 2 7 d 7% 0 sp ec ie s 0% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s 15 0€ a 10 % -2 5 sp ec ie s -5 % n o se rv ic e 25 € 2 8 c 8. 5% -2 5 sp ec ie s -1 0% n o se rv ic e 50 € d 10 % 10 sp ec ie s 2% pa th si gn s 10 0€ 2 9 b 8. 5% 0 sp ec ie s 2% pa th si gn s 10 0€ d 7% -2 5 sp ec ie s -1 0% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s 25 € 1 10 b 5. 5% -2 5 sp ec ie s -5 % to ur ist fa ci lit ie s 10 0€ c 8. 5% 0 sp ec ie s 2% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s & pa th si gn s 10 0€ 2 11 a 8. 5% -5 0 sp ec ie s 0% pa th si gn s 50 € b 5. 5% 0 sp ec ie s -5 % n o se rv ic e 17 5€ 2 12 a 7% 10 sp ec ie s -1 0% to ur ist fa ci lit ie s 17 5€ d 7% -5 0 sp ec ie s 2% n o se rv ic e 75 € 1 43exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services appendix 3. alternative choice frequency: difference between estimated and real choices choice situation estimated real differences alt 1 alt 2 sq alt 1 alt 2 sq δ alt 1 δ alt 2 δ sq 1 33.67 30.94 35.39 34.91 22.01 43.08 1.24 -8.93 7.69 2 59.93 15.34 24.72 65.20 19.44 15.36 5.27 4.09 -9.36 3 37.88 26.71 35.41 60.69 16.67 22.64 22.81 -10.04 -12.77 4 16.53 51.29 32.18 14.15 47.17 38.68 -2.38 -4.12 6.49 5 43.75 23.66 32.59 22.64 27.36 50.00 -21.11 3.69 17.41 6 23.32 31.58 45.10 16.30 44.83 38.87 -7.02 13.25 -6.23 7 24.68 38.99 36.34 21.00 52.98 26.02 -3.67 13.99 -10.32 8 33.49 35.30 31.21 23.51 26.65 49.84 -9.98 -8.65 18.63 9 24.07 44.83 31.10 22.33 53.14 24.53 -1.74 8.32 -6.58 10 18.45 47.67 33.88 15.67 28.53 55.80 -2.78 -19.14 21.92 11 31.94 17.33 50.73 37.30 17.87 44.83 5.36 0.54 -5.90 12 33.50 20.44 46.06 16.04 30.19 53.77 -17.46 9.75 7.71 note: the choice situation of block 2 is shaded in grey issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(1): 49-72, 2013 greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain mohamed taher kahil, josé albiac1 agrifood research and technology center, cita-government of aragon, spain abstract. climate change is an important threat to human society. agriculture is a source of greenhouse gases (ghg), but it also provides alternatives to confront climate change. the expansion of intensive agriculture around the world during recent decades has generated significant environmental damages from pollution emissions. the spatial distribution of emissions is important for the design of local abatement measures. this study makes an assessment of ghg emissions in an intensive agricultural area of aragon (spain), and then an economic optimization model is developed to analyze several ghg mitigation measures. the results indicate that adequate management of manure, emissions limits, and animal production restrictions are appropriate measures to abate pollution. economic instruments such as input and emission taxes could be only ancillary measures to address nonpoint pollution problems. suitable pollution abatement policies should be based on institutional instruments adapted to local conditions, and involve the cooperation of stakeholders. key words. ghg emissions, economic modelling, mitigation policies, effectiveness, abatement costs jel codes. q54, d78, c61 1. introduction the impacts of climate change on the human society and the environment have been the subject of widespread discussions and social concern during recent decades. several studies indicate that arid and semiarid regions will sustain large negative effects from climate variability. suitable climate conditions for cultivation are expected to move northwards in the northern hemisphere, resulting in more frequent and severe droughts in the southern region. recent climate change projections for the end of the twenty-first century indicate that in arid and semiarid regions including the south of europe and the mediterranean basin, there would be large reductions in water availability, huge increase of water withdrawals, pressures on food production systems with falling crop productivity, and harmful damages to aquatic ecosystems (fao, 2011). climate change projections for the end of the twenty-first century in spain indicate that temperature and evapotranspiration increase by about 4 °c and 21%, respectively, 1 corresponding author: maella@unizar.es. 50 m.t. kahil, j. albiac while precipitation decreases by 17%. these changes reduce crop yields, increase the water requirements of irrigation, and intensify the spread of pests and diseases (cedex, 2010). water scarcity would worsen in most spanish basins, with water availability falling up to 40 percent in some basins and drought recurrence increasing by a factor of ten (lehner, 2005; iglesias, 2009). the increase of the greenhouse gas (ghg) concentrations is largely determining the current and projected climate changes in the earth (houghton, 2001). anthropogenic global ghg emissions have risen 70% between 1970 and 2004, due to fossil fuel use, land use changes, and agriculture intensification (ipcc, 2007). the stern review estimates that without the implementation of ghg mitigation policies, the impacts of climate change could result in damages equivalent to 5% of global gdp per year, while the costs of mitigation policies could be limited to around 1% (stern, 2007). agriculture is a significant source of ghg emissions and the main source of non-co2 emissions such as methane (ch4) and nitrous oxide (n2o). the sources of these emissions are nitrogen fertilization in cultivated soils, large animal production facilities, and nitrogen pollution loads in rivers and water streams. agriculture accounts for around 14 percent of global anthropogenic ghg emissions (ipcc, 2007). but agriculture is also a source of low cost alternatives to mitigate climate change, by adequate management of forests, woody vegetation and soils to enhance carbon sequestration, and by using good agricultural practices to reduce ghg emissions. in spain, ghg emissions from agriculture are close to 39 million t co2eq, which represent approximately 11 percent of spain anthropogenic emissions. about 46 percent of all agricultural ghg emissions are from soil fertilization management. about 33% of emissions are methane from enteric fermentation from livestock, and 21% are nitrous oxide and methane from manure handling and storage. land use, land use change and forestry (lulucf) activities may improve the total ghg emission budget by 8% (29 million t co2eq), by using reduced emissions and carbon sequestration measures (marm, 2011a). the european union (eu) is committed by the kyoto protocol to reduce ghg emissions by 8% in the commitment period (2008-2012), over the 1990 baseline. member states are required to limit or reduce their ghg emissions in the sectors covered by the eu emission trading scheme (eu-ets), and they could increase their emission budget through the flexible mechanisms and the lulucf activities (eea, 2010). consequently, the emission limits established for the regulated sectors and the lulucf activities are an indirect mechanism to place emission limits on diffuse sectors not covered by the euets, such as agriculture and transport. the emission reduction target for the diffuse sectors in the eu is a 10% reduction in 2020 compared to the 2005 baseline. this overall emission reduction target is shared by all european countries with different individual targets depending on their emission level. spain is required to reduce its ghg emissions from diffuse sectors by 10% (oj, 2009). climate change mitigation issues have been recently included in european agricultural and environmental policies. the purpose is to provide policy instruments to reduce emissions from agricultural sources without damaging the economic viability of production activities. these policies are basically the common agricultural policy (cap), the integrated pollution prevention and control directive (ippc), the water framework directive (wfd), and the nitrates directive (nd). 51greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain the cap shapes the evolution of european agriculture. recent reforms of the cap promote the sustainability of agriculture, the protection of the environment, and better animal health and welfare conditions. the main changes to protect the environment and curb climate change are the agro-environment measures, the decoupled income support and cross-compliance, the compulsory modulation, and the setting of farm advisory systems. the cap after 2013 would include climate specific measures to further explore agriculture potential to mitigate ghg emissions and adapt to the adverse impact of climate change (ec, 2009 and 2010). the ippc directive is oriented to reduce pollution emissions from industrial and agricultural sources. this directive regulates industrial and agricultural activities with a high pollution potential, such as the energy, chemical and livestock sectors. these production activities follow an authorization procedure with minimum requirements included in all permits, especially pollution emissions. the directive includes livestock facilities for intensive rearing of poultry and pigs. the main recommendations to reduce pollution from livestock facilities are the use of the best available technologies to prevent pollution, the efficient use of energy, setting emission limits, and measures for waste management. the wfd regulates water resources in europe. the objectives are to achieve the good ecological status of all water bodies, protect all continental, coastal and subsurface waters, and advance the sustainable use of water. the directive promotes water pricing policies, the combination of emission limits and water quality standards, and also the participative management of basins. the improvement of water management could have a positive effect on ghg emissions. the directive is considered a key tool for climate change adaptation and mitigation. the nd aims to protect water quality across europe by preventing nitrates from agricultural sources to pollute ground and surface waters. the main measures are the  identification of vulnerable zones to nitrate pollution, the design and implementation of good farming practices, and the setting of fertilization limits. the objectives are the abatement of nitrate pollution in water bodies and mitigation of ghg emissions generated by excessive nitrogen fertilization and manure surplus. moreover, the use of good farming practices such as reduced tillage, crop rotations, soil winter cover, and catch crops enhances carbon sequestration by soils and vegetation (smith, 2004). at the spanish level, the government has developed a strategy for climate change (marm, 2007). the strategy sets up an emission limit for the whole spanish economy for the period 2008-2012, when ghg emissions should not exceed 37% over the 1990 baseline, and provides guidelines for the design of mitigation measures by sector. the strategy calls for the cooperation of regional governments and local administrations to reduce ghg emissions and comply with the spanish commitments. the objectives for the agricultural sector are to reduce ghg emissions from cultivation and livestock sources, but without a specific reduction target for the whole sector, and to increase carbon sequestration by 2% for the period 2008-2012. the measures to mitigate agricultural ghg emissions are to improve information and knowledge on production processes, reduce nitrogen fertilization and better manure management, promote organic farming, biodigestion of manure, improve the energy efficiency in irrigated agriculture, increase the land area of energy producing crops, and renew agricultural machinery. 52 m.t. kahil, j. albiac the purpose of this study is to contribute to the ongoing policy discussion about ghg mitigation in agriculture. the study analyzes first the ghg emission sources linked to agricultural production activities in an intensive agricultural area of aragon (spain). then, the cost-effectiveness of several ghg mitigation measures at local scale is evaluated. specific local measures to mitigate ghg emissions are important for policy design. the study is organized as follows. first, a review of the economic literature about ghg mitigation policies is presented in section 2. section 3 describes the methodology and the study area, and section 4 presents the results. section 5 concludes with the summary and policy recommendations. 2. literature review there are several studies in the economic literature about climate change that analyze ghg emissions released by agricultural activities, and the cost-effectiveness of policies to mitigate emissions (de cara et al., 2005; neufeldt and schäfer, 2008; pérez et al., 2009; macleod et al., 2010; lengers and britz, 2012; kahil and albiac, 2012). the economic impacts of mitigation policies are important determinants of whether or not policies are implemented. smith et al. (2007) indicate that economic constraints may limit global agricultural ghg mitigation to around 35 percent of the total biophysical potential for mitigation. some studies estimate ghg abatement costs and the welfare implications of abatement measures (de cara et al., 2005; macleod et al., 2010). other studies consider also the indirect effects of these policies and the trade-offs between environmental externalities (neufeldt and schäfer, 2008). different methodological approaches have been used, such as partial or general equilibrium models, econometric models, or more integrated models that couple a socioeconomic core with environmental and agricultural sector components (povellato et al., 2007). the studies evaluate abatement policies such as emission trading, inputs taxes, and emission standards. a single instrument is not sufficient to mitigate emissions, rather a combination of adequate regulatory instruments is highly recommended to achieve climate stabilization in a cost-effective way. results indicate also the importance of identifying the main emission sources, and then designing policy instruments adapted to local conditions. the design of instruments should consider the biophysical, socioeconomic and political heterogeneity of producing areas, in order to achieve the collective action of stakeholders (macleod et al., 2010; kahil and albiac, 2012). some studies point out that the inclusion of agriculture in ghg regulatory systems could contribute to climate stabilization in a cost-effective way, and provides also opportunities to reduce ghg mitigation efforts in other sectors where abatement costs are higher (de cara et al., 2005; pérez et al., 2009). the main hypothesis behind these results is that the response of agricultural pollution to policy intervention is similar to the response of urban and industrial pollution, ignoring the nonpoint characteristics of agricultural pollution. agricultural pollution is linked to an important problem of information and knowledge, because of the impossibility of identifying the agents generating the emissions, the precise spatial location of sources, and the amount of emission loads at the source. several issues arise in the design and implementation of policies to control nonpoint pollution. these issues are linked to uncertainties about sources and controlling factors, 53greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain the complexity and randomness of biophysical processes, and the strategic behavior of stakeholders facing abatement measures. all these factors make the measurement of emissions, and the design and enforcement of policies to control ghg emissions from agriculture costly and complicated (tomasi et al., 1994; weersink et al., 1998; shortle and horan, 2001; albiac, 2009). lengers and britz (2012) indicate the difficulty to measure agricultural ghg emissions and implement economic instruments for mitigation. their empirical results in dairy farms in germany show that abatement strategies of farmers and the related costs would depend on the particular performance indicator for emissions chosen by the regulator, creating incentives for free-riding. defra (2009) indicates that the problem of implementing economic instruments to mitigate ghg emissions is the high transaction costs for small farmers. abatement policies could entail negative impacts on agricultural income and rural development, or could produce unintended environmental damages (neufeldt and schäfer, 2008). smith et al. (2007) present a review of policy and technological constraints to implement ghg mitigation measures in agriculture. they point out that suitable policies must provide benefits for climate, but they also emphasize that their effective implementation requires that the outcomes from these policies are sustainable from the economic, social and environment perspectives. in a previous work by kahil and albiac (2012), several policy instruments to mitigate ghg emissions from cultivation are analyzed. results indicate that standards limiting nitrogen fertilization and investments in irrigation modernization are appropriate mitigation measures to abate emissions. another finding is that economic instruments are not very well suited measures to abate agricultural nonpoint pollution. results show also the importance of forests as carbon sinks, and the potential of reforestation. however, reforestation could have negative effects on water balances in watersheds under acute water scarcity in arid and semiarid regions. 3. methodology the study analyzes agricultural activities in aragon, a region located in the middle ebro basin in north-eastern spain. the region has an important irrigated area covering 450,000 ha, and a large swine herd close to 5 million heads. agriculture in aragon releases almost 3.6 million t co2eq of ghg, representing 20% of the total emissions of the region, which is above the percentage of emissions in spain (11%). the ghg emissions from livestock are 1.9 million t co2eq, including methane (ch4) from enteric fermentation, and nitrous oxide (n2o) from manure management. the ghg emissions from crop cultivation are close to 1.7 million t co2eq, of nitrous oxide (n2o) from crop and soil management (eaccel, 2011). agricultural pollution is a negative externality that causes harmful environmental and socioeconomic impacts. the control of nonpoint emissions from agriculture is very different from the control of point emissions from industrial and urban activities. the main features of diffuse pollution are the lack of knowledge and randomness of biophysical processes, and the asymmetric information between regulators and polluters. these features impose important difficulties for regulation, which make the task of finding adequate policy measures quite complex. perman et al. (2003) analyze the avail54 m.t. kahil, j. albiac able policy instruments to control agricultural pollution. these instruments are classified into three groups: command and control instruments (input or output control, emission or concentration limits, etc), economic instruments (input or output based taxes, subsidies for control practices, emission trading, etc), and institutional instruments (management organizations, liability rules, education and social programmes, etc). the present study considers alternative abatement measures from the three groups of instruments. the study analyzes the cultivation and livestock activities in four counties of aragon: barbastro, cinca medio, hoya de huesca and monegros (figure 1). this area includes about 138,000 ha of crop land and more than 2 million heads of swine. the main cultivated crops are barley (77,000 ha), alfalfa (20,000 ha), corn (16,000 ha) and wheat (10,000 ha) among field crops, and olives (2,300 ha) and vineyards (1,900 ha) among fruit trees (gobierno de aragón 2009). figure 1. map of the study area.   3.1 economic model the analysis of agricultural ghg mitigation measures is based on the development of a regional economic optimization model that includes cultivation and livestock activities. the programming technique is linear programming, and the main advantage of using this 55greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain procedure is the possibility to introduce a large set of biophysical and economic information in a suitable level of disaggregation. linear programming models have been used in the literature to analyse climate change issues (de cara et al., 2005; schneider et al., 2007; povellato et al., 2007). these models can simulate policy responses at a detailed activity level, and taking into account the spatial heterogeneity of production processes. the model maximizes the social welfare from cultivation and livestock production activities, subject to technical and resource constraints. a leontief production function technology is assumed with fixed input and output prices, where farmers are price takers. the optimization problem is stated as: max c x c x e. . .i i j ji j 1 5 1 28 ∑∑ λ( ) ( )[ ]+ − == subject to: x di i s 1 28 ∑ ≤ = [1] w x w x d. .mi i i mj j j wm 1 23 1 5 ∑ ∑+ ≤ = = [2] o x o x d. .mi i i mj j j om 1 28 1 5 ∑ ∑+ ≤ = = [3] x x.i n in n 1 5 ∑α= = ; 1n n 1 5 ∑α = = ; 0nα ≥ [4] x j plj ≤ lj [5] x x, 0i j ≥ ; i 1,...,28= ; j 1,...,5= the first equation is the objective function of social welfare from production activities, which is defined by the difference between farmers’ net income and environmental damages (perman et al., 2003; koundouri and christou, 2006; esteban and albiac, 2011). farmers’ net income is equal to the sum of the net income for each crop i (i=1,... , 28) and each animal category j (j=1,... , 5). the net income ci and cj of each activity are equal to revenue minus direct and indirect costs, and depreciation. environmental damages are approximated by a linear function of ghg emissions e, where the unit emission cost λ is 56 m.t. kahil, j. albiac assumed to be equal to 25 €/t co2eq which is the average price of the emission allowance in the european trading scheme (marm, 2010a). the decision variables in the optimization problem are xi and xj, corresponding to crop area and livestock herd numbers. the land use constraint [1] represents the available land area ds of rainfed and irrigated crops. the water constraint [2] represents the monthly water availability dwm. the coefficients wmi and wmj are the monthly water requirements of each irrigated crop i (i=1,..., 23) and each animal category j (j=1,.., 5), respectively. the labor constraint [3] represents the monthly labor availability dom. the coefficients omi and omj are the monthly labor requirements of each crop i and animal category j, respectively. the aggregation constraint [4] forces crop production activities xi to fall within a convex combination of historically observed crop mixes xin. the index n indicates the number of years of the observed crop mixes. variables αn are non-negative weights assigned to each historical observed crop mix and are determined endogenously during the optimization process. once the weight variables are determined, the optimal aggregate supply response will be determined as a weighted sum of the corresponding historical crop mixes (önal and mccarl, 1989 and 1991). when performing an analysis at regional-level instead of at individual farm-level, there is an aggregation problem because farms in a region are different. ideally, a model could include a component for every individual farm, but this is unfeasible for a regional model (hazell and norton, 1986). the convex combination approach solves the aggregation problem using theoretical results from linear programming. the optimum solutions of linear programs (e.g. crop production decisions at the farm level) occur at corner solutions (extreme points). önal and mccarl (1989 and 1991) using the mathematical programming theory of dantzig and wolfe (1961) prove that the optimum solution of an aggregate linear program is formed by stacking the optimum solutions of the farm level models. therefore, this approach eliminates the need for full information about micro-level input-output data and extreme points of the individual farm problems. rather, what is needed is only a set of observed aggregate supply responses, namely historical crop mixes that characterize the decision space of the aggregate producer, which can easily obtained from publicly available statistics and other data sources. the convex combination approach embodies individual farm resource constraints, crop rotation considerations, farmers’ conservative behavior (risk aversion) against price, yield uncertainty, and a variety of natural conditions (chen and önal, 2012). there are other procedures to address the aggregation problem in regional models, such as the representative farm approach (day, 1963) and positive mathematical programming (howitt, 1995).2 the livestock facilities constraint [5] represents the available number of places lj for each animal category j. plj is the maximum number of heads per place in one year (1 head for sows, 2.3 heads for fattening pigs, 1 head for cattle). in order to account for the quasifixed nature of livestock-related capital, the variation of animal numbers for each animal 2 the representative farm approach requires that all individual farms have the same production possibilities, the same type of resources and constraints, and the same level of technology and managerial ability. also, the matrix of technical coefficients has to be identical for all farms, and the availability of resources and the coefficients of the objective function have to be proportional (day 1963). these requirements are very demanding and implausible for regional models. 57greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain category does not exceed ±15 percent of the initial animal numbers in the corresponding animal category (de cara et al., 2005). biophysical and economic information specific to the study area has been collected and introduced in the model: land and water use, fertilizers, labor, and revenues and costs of crop and livestock production activities (table 1). this information has been taken from a large number of primary and secondary data sources (mema 2006, gobierno de aragón 2009, marm 2009, orús et al. 2011, kahil and albiac 2012). table 1. parameters of the model. parameters value unit total crop area 138 103 ha irrigated area/total crop area 60 % rainfed area/total crop area 40 % field crop area/total crop area 95 % fruit trees area/total crop area 5 % flood irrigation area/ irrigated area 52 % sprinkler irrigation area/ irrigated area 46 % drip irrigation area/ irrigated area 2 % water use 567 mm3 mineral nitrogen use 16,640 t n organic nitrogen use 3,080 t n nitrogen leaching 5,900 t n irrigation water price 0.05 €/m3 nitrogen fertilizers price 1 €/kg n swine place numbers 875 103 places cattle place numbers 50 103 places swine nitrogen excretion 8.3 kg n/place cattle nitrogen excretion 48.7 kg n/place crops net income 39 106 € livestock net income 28 106 € an important component of the empirical model is the estimation of ghg emissions generated by cultivation and livestock production. the method used to assess agricultural ghg emissions follows the approach of the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc, 1996). this method combines the use of emission factors per activity unit, and the regional-specific data on crop area, fertilizers use, animal numbers, nitrogen excretion, manure management systems, and historical spanish emission data. the model simulates different policy scenarios, and provides results on social welfare, environmental damages, farmers’ net income, inputs use, pollution loads, crop area, and swine herd size. results show the abatement potential and cost, welfare effects, and environment impacts of each mitigation measure. this information is used to classify measures by their cost-effectiveness. the model has been developed using the gams package (general algebraic modelling system). 58 m.t. kahil, j. albiac 4. results 4.1 assessment of agricultural ghg emissions the study area contributes significantly to the final agricultural production of aragon, as well as to employment and rural development (marm, 2009). however, these activities generate environmental damages by releasing ghg emissions, nitrogen loads in rivers and streams, and manure surplus, which contribute to global warming and the degradation of water resources. the net income of farmers in the study area is close to 67 million euros, with 39 million from cultivation activities and 28 million from livestock. field crop cultivation is the main activity generating 31 million euros of net income from the large cultivated area (131,000 ha). by county, monegros generates the largest net income (30 million €), while net income in barbastro, cinca medio, and hoya de huesca ranges between 10 and 14 million euros (table 2). table 2. ghg emissions and farmers’ net income from agricultural production activities. barbastro cinca medio hoya de huesca monegros total study area n2o direct emission (103 t co2eq) 16 12 20 45 93 n2o indirect emission (103 t co2eq) 10 7 12 27 56 n2o manure management (103 t co2eq) 3 8 5 9 25 ch4 manure management (103 t co2eq) 63 88 45 246 442 ch4 enteric fermentation (103 t co2eq) 15 32 17 47 111 total emissions (103 t co2eq) 107 147 99 374 727 crop net income (106 €) 9 8 5 17 39 livestock net income (106 €) 4 6 5 13 28 total net income (106 €) 13 14 10 30 67 emission intensity (kg co2eq/€) 8 11 10 13 11 agricultural activities in the study area contribute to ghg emissions through four main gas-emitting processes: direct and indirect nitrous oxide (n2o) emissions from agricultural soils, nitrous oxide (n2o) emissions from manure management, methane (ch4) emissions from manure management, and methane (ch4) emissions from enteric fermentation.3 emissions in the four counties are estimated at 727,000 t co2eq, which represent 20 percent of the agricultural emissions in aragon. manure management is the main source of emissions (65%) because of the large concentration of swine herd in the area. 3 direct n2o emissions from agricultural soils occur through the nitrification and denitrification of nitrogen in soils from mineral and organic fertilizers, while indirect n2o emissions arise from nitrogen leaching and run-off from agricultural soils (ipcc, 1996). 59greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain monegros generates around half of emissions in the area (374,000 t co2eq). in terms of emission intensity, monegros is the most intensive (13 kg co2eq/€), followed by cinca medio, hoya de huesca and barbastro.4 the difference in emission intensity by county is related to the heterogeneity of production systems, land use and management practices. one factor is the prevailing irrigation technology used in each county, which influences the emission intensity. sprinkler and drip irrigation are more efficient than flood because they use less nitrogen and water to produce the same output, so both water percolation and pollution loads are smaller. also the extent of rainfed crop area influences emission intensity, because rainfed land is used to dump manure surplus and there is no strict control on these fertilization loads. the study area is quite intensive in emissions (11 kg co2eq/€) compared to the emission intensity of the whole agricultural sector in aragon (3 kg co2eq/€) (kahil and albiac 2012). 4.2 policy scenarios policy measures for ghg mitigation have been widely studied in the literature during the last decade (ipcc 2007). measures are linked to improved or optimized fertilization, such as adjusting nitrogen inputs to crop requirements, better use of organic fertilizers, setting organic fertilization standards, using more precise manure spreading technologies, and the promotion of no-till cultivation methods. for livestock, recommendations are limits on livestock densities, production quotas, improving the feeding and housing of animals, and better on-farm manure storage and processing. several mitigation measures recommended in the literature are evaluated by their cost-effectiveness. three types of measures are considered: economic instruments (emission tax, inputs-based taxes), emission limits (ghg emissions limit, limit on nitrogen leaching in irrigation water returns), and control of inputs and production (standards limiting nitrogen fertilization, improved feed of swine, reduction of the swine herd, reduction of irrigation water) (tables 3 and 4). the baseline scenario represents the current conditions of land use, inputs use, yields, and revenues and costs. social welfare in the baseline scenario is 49 million euros, the difference between farmers’ net income (67 million €) and environmental damages (18 million €) from ghg emissions (727,000 t co2eq). agricultural activities create large pressures on water resources, with water extractions around 600 mm3 and nitrogen leaching loads around 6,000 t n. the high livestock density in the area generates also a large amount of manure with nitrogen loads around 10,600 t n. only 30 percent of this manure is used in crop fertilization (marm 2011b), and therefore this manure surplus results in large ghg emissions and considerable pollution loads on water bodies and streams. economic instruments the first scenario evaluates the first best measure of taxing ghg emissions by 25 €/t co2eq.5 this measure achieves the maximum social welfare (+37% over the base4 the emission intensity is measured in kilograms of ghg emission loads per euro of net income. the higher is the value of the emission intensity, the more emission intensive is the production within an area. 5 the emission tax is the first best measure that achieves the maximum social welfare and the optimum level of 60 m.t. kahil, j. albiac table 3. social welfare, net income and land use under each scenario.* scenarios welfare (106 €) farmers’ net income (106 €) environmental damages (106 €) crop area (103 ha) swine herd (103 heads) baseline 49 67 18 134 2,050 economic instruments emission tax (te=25 €/t co2eq) 67 49 18 136 1,940 nitrogen tax (tn=0.5 €/kg n) 48 58 17 114 2,050 nitrogen tax (tn=1 €/kg n) 48 51 17 111 2,050 water tax (tw=0.02 €/m3) 48 57 18 119 2,050 water tax (tw=0.05 €/m3) 47 43 18 117 2,050 emission limits limit on ghg emissions (10%) 49 65 16 130 1,769 limit on nitrogen leaching (10%) 48 65 17 100 2,050 control of inputs and production fertilization standards 55 71 16 134 2,050 improved feed 46 64 18 134 2,050 swine herd reduction (15%) 48 64 16 134 1,746 reduction of irrigation water (25%) 43 61 18 118 2,050 * for nitrogen, water and emission tax instruments, social welfare is set equal to farmers’ net income minus environmental damages, plus taxes. table 4. ghg emissions, inputs use and pollution loads under each scenario. scenarios ghg emissions (103 t co2eq) water use (mm3) nitrogen fertilization (t n) manure surplus * (t n) nitrogen leaching (t n) baseline 727 567 19,720 7,500 5,900 economic instruments emission tax (te=25 €/t co2eq) 700 569 19,900 7,100 6,000 nitrogen tax (tn=0.5 €/kg n) 694 505 16,890 9,400 4,700 nitrogen tax (tn=1 €/kg n) 690 497 16,300 9,600 4,500 water tax (tw=0.02 €/m3) 706 492 16,800 8,100 5,050 water tax (tw=0.05 €/m3) 709 437 18,240 7,600 5,200 emission limits limit on ghg emissions (10%) 655 549 19,080 6,700 5,700 limit on nitrogen leaching (10%) 677 503 13,140 8,800 3,950 control of inputs and production fertilization standards 653 567 10,751 2,200 2,700 improved feed 726 567 19,720 4,650 5,900 swine herd reduction (15%) 655 558 19,720 6,300 5,900 reduction of irrigation water (25%) 711 506 17,470 7,800 5,200 * manure surplus is the difference between manure availability from livestock (swine and cattle) and manure use in crop fertilization. 61greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain line) with the desirable level of ghg emissions. manure surplus falls by 5 percent, with a decrease in livestock production and a slight increase in crop production. the reason of the decrease in livestock production is that the ghg marginal abatement costs are lower for livestock than for crop production. proposals of taxing agricultural emissions have been strongly rejected by farmers in previous experiences in countries such as denmark, ireland and new zealand, given the substantial losses in income and employment resulting from the tax instrument (kasterine and vanzetti, 2010). in addition, taxing individual farmers would result in very low levels of pollution abatement because farmers equate their individual marginal costs of abatement with their individual marginal benefits of abatement. this is a non-cooperative solution or nash equilibrium. when there is cooperation among farmers, the condition for efficient provision of public goods applies (in this case pollution abatement), and then each farmer equates the individual marginal costs of abatement with the total marginal benefits of abatement (perman et al., 2003). the cooperative solution requires the support of stakeholders. therefore, the pollution abatement efforts should focus on nurturing this collective action by providing the right institutional setting to support it (ostrom, 2010). the second scenario considers taxing nitrogen fertilizers with two tax rates following the “polluter pays” principle. tax ranges have been chosen taking into account the findings from the literature, which indicate that relatively high nitrogen taxes are needed to abate pollution (martínez and albiac, 2006). the implementation of this measure reduces the use of nitrogen fertilizers and abates ghg emissions up to 5 percent for a high tax rate (1 €/kg n). this measure has a positive effect on nitrogen leaching, which falls 24%, but the high tax reduces strongly farmers’ net income causing the abandonment of crop cultivation. the nitrogen use-based tax could increase manure surplus given the fall of crop area where manure is spread. the third scenario considers taxes on irrigation water. water taxes increase water prices towards “full recovery costs” and spread the water scarcity signal to any potential water markets that may appear. this water pricing is the measure of choice for water savings promoted by the wfd, and in fact the high tax rate (0.05 €/m3) saves 75 mm3 of water. however, water pricing results in very low abatement of ghg emissions (2-3%) and very high losses of net income (15-36%). the tax instrument is quite ineffective to abate emissions and looks politically unfeasible. taxes would be opposed by farmers because irrigation water is at present a common pool resource (rival and non-excludable good) and not a private good. taxing water is equivalent to introduce water markets, and the current institutional setting of water allocation would have to be dismantled in order to introduce taxes or water markets, and the common pool resource would have to be transformed into a private good. the implication is that water pricing doesn’t seem to be the best instrument to allocate irrigation water and abate emissions.6 emission. however, implementation of the first best measure is almost impossible because of the complexity of biophysical processes and the heterogeneity of pollution functions among agents (perman et al. 2003). 6 bosworth et al. (2002), cornish and perry (2003), and cornish et al. (2004) present compelling results from the literature and from field cases that show the difficulties of allocating irrigation water through water pricing. see martínez and albiac (2004 and 2006) for arguments on the ineffectiveness of water pricing in abating nonpoint pollution. 62 m.t. kahil, j. albiac emission limits the first scenario limits ghg emissions by 10 percent, which is the emission reduction target for the spanish diffuse sectors. net income losses under this scenario are quite small and social welfare remains unchanged, while manure surplus falls by 11%. however, the measurement, monitoring and enforcement of emission limits at the source are quite complicated tasks and entail very large transaction costs (shortle and horan, 2001). since observing pollution at the source is impossible or very costly, an alternative is to design measures to control ambient pollution (segerson, 1988). so, the alternative is to control nitrogen leaching in irrigation water returns, which generates indirect nitrous oxide (n2o) emissions. the control of nitrogen content of water returns gives an indication on the use of nitrogen fertilizers, and could be used to estimate the overall direct and indirect n2o emissions at the source. this measure is feasible because there is already a network of pollution measurement stations in the main irrigation districts in the ebro river basin (che, 2010). under this measure, a limit of nitrogen leaching is set up at 39 kg n/ha, which is 10 percent less than the baseline scenario. this measure cuts ghg emissions by 7% and reduces nitrate pollution by 30 percent, but manure surplus increases 17%. there is a small decline of farmers’ net income and social welfare, and also a fall in cultivated area. limiting nitrogen leaching in irrigation return flows is a cooperative solution, because farmers choose the pollution abatement level that could be reached collectively by equating their marginal individual costs from abatement to the total marginal benefits of abatement. this finding is in agreement with the results by esteban (2010), which indicate that the best instruments to abate agricultural pollution are those that induce farmers’ cooperation based on measurable pollution load limits, within the appropriate institutional setting. control of inputs and production one problem derived from crop production is the overuse and mismanagement of nitrogen fertilizers. recent estimations in aragon indicate that nitrogen fertilization from mineral and organic sources exceeds crop requirements by 24%. the consequence is a nitrogen surplus of 42,000 t n (marm, 2011b), which damages the environment. in addition, estimations of nitrogen content from manure reveal that the nitrogen available could cover up to 80% of the nitrogen requirements of crops. this would reduce the use of mineral fertilizers, saving costs, solving manure disposal problems, and abating pollution. in aragon, farmers do not take advantage of the large amount of manure available, because of the high costs of transportation and spreading, the difficulties of management, and the uncertainty of the impact on crop yields (orús et al., 2011). several studies in the ebro river basin indicate that an adequate manure use could achieve satisfactory yields for crops such as corn, wheat and barley, substituting mineral fertilization partially or completely, and achieving lower nitrogen losses (daudén and quilez, 2004). the transport and spreading costs of manure are lower than the costs of mineral fertilizers, when the distance from the manure source to the application site is small.7 since nitrogen can readily change form and is highly mobile in soil, a strategy for 7 the average cost of applying manure is estimated at about 0.8 €/kg n when the distance to the application site is less than 33 km (iguácel et al., 2010). 63greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain reducing ghg emissions from nitrogen fertilization is to improve its overall use efficiency. this would reduce the amount of nitrogen in the soil available to pollute the environment. one important factor affecting nitrogen use efficiency is the application rate. nitrogen losses are often enhanced where available nitrogen from mineral and organic fertilization exceeds crop requirements. therefore adjusting the application rates during the growing season with precise estimations of crop nitrogen requirements and nitrogen content of all sources would reduce the losses of all forms of nitrogen (orús et al., 2011). in the study area, nitrogen available from manure, biologic fixation, and organic matter is around 14,000 t n, which covers the entire nitrogen requirements of field crops that are 12,000 t n. however, some additional mineral fertilization is required for other nutrients. nutrient balance results indicate that there is a large nitrogen surplus in cinca medio and monegros, while additional potassium is needed. in barbastro and hoya de huesca, there is a deficit of nitrogen and potassium that requires additional mineral fertilization (table 5). the fertilization standard scenario combines mineral and organic fertilization at adequate rates supplying enough nitrogen to meet expected yields. this scenario increases net income up to 71 million euros (+6% over the baseline), while social welfare goes up to 55 million € (+12% over the baseline). ghg emissions fall 10 percent and nitrate pollution is cut by half. manure surplus falls significantly down to 2,200 t n (-70%). this measure is “win-win measure” that enhances income while reducing pollution, benefiting both farmers and the environment. however, its implementation requires the support of extension services for effective control mechanisms and changes in the current environmental regulation. the second scenario considers the improvement of swine herd feeding, a recommendation of the ippc directive. the improvement of swine feeding consists in matching feeds more closely to animal requirements at various production stages, thus reducing the nitrogen excretion of animals and the nitrogen content of manure. the cost of this measure for farmers is 2.6 €/place/year, using the best available technologies (marm, 2010b). the impact of this measure on social welfare is slight, and its emission abatement potential is quite low. however, there is an important decrease in manure surplus (38%) with positive ancillary effects on ammonia and phosphorus pollution abatement. moreover, the improved feeding of swine could be linked with other measures such as better animal housing to enhance pollution abatement. the reduction of the swine herd size is another measure to mitigate ghg emission from livestock that could be imposed in the future by the new cap. this measure is also recommended by the spanish strategy for climate change to abate pollution from livestock. the measure could enhance the balance between cultivation and livestock activities in some regions with high livestock densities. the reduction of the swine herd by 15% reduces ghg emissions by 10%, and achieves the reduction target of the european union for the spanish diffuse sectors. manure surplus is reduced by 16%, lessening the risk of pollution. the economic impact of this measure is slight, with decreases in social welfare and farmers’ net income by 2 and 5%, respectively. the last scenario is the reduction of water supply by the water authority. a large reduction of 25% results in less cultivated area and water savings amounting to 130 mm3 (-23%). this measure reduces the land area of water-intensive crops such as alfalfa, rice and corn, but maintains the area of fruit trees. this is the strategy followed by the ebro 64 m.t. kahil, j. albiac basin drought plan (che, 2007), where the basin authority reduces water supply and farmers adapt their land use to water scarcity. the net income losses are only 9% and the ghg abatement potential is very limited (3%). nitrogen leaching falls 12% while manure surplus increases by more than 1%. 4.3 evaluation of policy scenarios the policy measures are evaluated by comparing the welfare effects and the abatement costs sustained by farmers under each measure. the first best measure of taxing ghg emissions increases social welfare by 18 million euros (+37%). nevertheless, this measure is not feasible because it requires information on the emission loads from each individual parcel, and the cost of this information is prohibitive (martínez and albiac, 2006). besides, taxing ghg emissions has unintended negative effects in the area, since the measure increases nitrogen leaching and the use of irrigation water. another problem is that the measure does not induce farmers’ cooperation, which is a necessary condition to avoid policy failure in abating agricultural nonpoint pollution (byström and bromley, 1998). among second best measures, standards limiting nitrogen fertilization improve social welfare by 6 million euros (+12%) achieving a considerable abatement of ghg (-10%). the main obstacle for implementing quantitative limits on nitrogen fertilization is the difficulty to verify farmers’ compliance. the solution is to give the responsibility of control to the irrigation user associations, coupled with measurements of the water quality of return flows from irrigation districts by the basin authority. this collaboration between irrigation districts and the basin authority is a feasible option to achieve the collective action of farmers. the control of nitrogen fertilization sought by the nitrates directive was initially based on spreading information and voluntary compliance, and more recently farmers have been required to keep an individual nitrogen balance book. enforcement ta bl e 5. n ut rie nt b al an ce in th e st ud y ar ea .a n ut rie nt s ba rb as tr o c in ca m ed io h oy a de h ue sc a m on eg ro s to ta l s tu dy a re a n b p 2 o 5c k 2o d n p 2 o 5 k 2o n p 2 o 5 k 2o n p 2 o 5 k 2o n p 2 o 5 k 2o c ro p re qu ire m en ts (t ) 2, 01 8 1, 00 5 2, 08 5 1, 60 5 95 3 2, 53 7 2, 75 7 1, 32 8 2, 78 3 5, 68 0 3, 25 1 8, 02 5 12 ,0 60 6, 53 7 14 ,4 29 n ut rie nt a va ila bi lit y (t) 1, 84 5 1, 51 8 91 4 2, 93 2 2, 36 1 1, 71 3 1, 98 8 1, 66 6 1, 06 2 7, 13 6 5, 68 1 3, 25 2 13 ,9 00 11 ,2 26 6, 94 0 n ut rie nt b al an ce (t ) -1 73 +5 13 -1 ,1 71 +1 ,3 27 +1 ,4 08 -8 24 -7 69 +3 38 -1 ,7 21 +1 ,4 56 +2 ,4 30 -4 ,7 73 +1 ,8 40 +4 ,6 89 -8 ,4 89 a es tim at io n is b as ed o n w or k by o rú s et a l. (2 01 1) . n ut rie nt b al an ce is c on si de re d th e ph ys ic al d iff er en ce b et w ee n nu tr ie nt a va ila bl e fr om m an ur e, b io lo gi c fix at io n an d or ga ni c m at te r to t he a gr ic ul tu ra l s ys te m a nd t he u pt ak e of n ut rie nt b y fie ld c ro ps . a p os iti ve v al ue in di ca te s a su rp lu s w hi le a n eg ativ e on e in di ca te s a de fic it. b n itr og en , c ph os ph or us , d po ta ss iu m 65greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain is based on inspections of farms drawn by chance, where noncompliant farms are penalized in their cap payments. however, control is limited to cultivation areas located over aquifers or streams declared officially vulnerable to nitrate pollution. the usefulness of this fertilization control mechanism remains to be seen because it ignores cultivation over the whole basin, rainfed lands, and very polluting crops that are not receiving subsidies such as vegetables or fruit trees. also, this control mechanism does not promote cooperation among farmers (kahil and albiac, 2012).8 the measure of limiting ghg emissions at the source by 10% achieves the ghg reduction target of the european union for the spanish diffuse sectors, and maintains social welfare unchanged. this measure could be acceptable from a social point of view, but requires enforcement mechanisms and entails transaction costs. the reduction of the swine herd is another measure that reduces ghg emissions (-10%) with a slight loss of social welfare (-2%). this measure could be a suitable instrument to lessen large swine concentrations and the ensuing pollution in selected counties. all measures, except fertilization standards, show large abatement costs for farmers, between 28 and 3,000 €/t co2eq. this range is well above the abatement cost threshold of 20 €/t co2eq recommended by the european climate change program for ghg mitigation (eccp, 2003). table 6. ghg abatement potential and cost of measures. scenarios ghg abatement potential (t co2eq) ghg abatement cost (€/t co2eq) fertilization standards 74,000 -54 limit on ghg emissions (10%) 72,000 28 limit on nitrogen leaching (10%) 50,000 40 swine herd reduction (15%) 72,000 42 nitrogen tax (tn=0.5 €/kg n) 33,000 273 reduction of irrigation water (25%) 18,000 333 nitrogen tax (tn=1 €/kg n) 37,000 432 water tax (tw=0.02 €/m3) 16,000 625 emission tax (te=25 €/t co2eq) 27,000 667 water tax (tw=0.05 €/m3) 21,000 1,143 improved feed 1,000 3,000 the implementation of fertilization standards increases farmers’ net income and achieves the highest ghg abatement. this cost-effective and win-win measure shows that there is a considerable mitigation potential in agriculture. this result is in agreement with macleod et al. (2010), which find that the improved management of fertilization achieves a considerable ghg abatement in the agriculture of the uk at a negative cost. 8 the current organic fertilization limit established by the nd is 210 kg n/ha in cultivation areas outside vulnerable zones, with no limits on mineral fertilizers use. the organic limit is excessive compared to average nitrogen requirements of crops in aragon which are below 100 kg n/ha (orús et al., 2011). 66 m.t. kahil, j. albiac economic instruments for mitigating agricultural ghg emissions are taxes on irrigation water, nitrogen fertilizer or emissions. although they follow the “polluter pays” principle, their implementation has an important barrier. farmers will oppose this type of measures rather than cooperating, because they sustain very high abatement costs under these taxes, and policy failure would be quite likely. the empirical results in the study area indicate high abatement costs, between 273 and 1,143 €/t co2eq, achieving very small pollution abatement, below 5%. these results confirm the ineffectiveness of economic instruments to control agricultural nonpoint pollution. certainly, properly designed economic instruments promote behavioural changes in agents. esteban (2010), de cara et al. (2005) and pérez et al. (2009) analyze these behavioural changes in agriculture following the economic theory of demand and supply of private goods. esteban (2010) shows how non-uniform water taxes induce heterogeneous farmers to adopt advanced irrigation technologies which abate pollution. de cara et al. (2005) and pérez et al. (2009) state the advantage of using market-based instruments to reduce agricultural ghg emissions. however, the policy evidence seems to question these results. shortle (2012) reviews several agricultural emission trading schemes in the united states, canada and new zealand. most of these schemes are from the united states with demonstration pilot projects subsidized by the administration. emission trading takes place between urban or industrial point sources which have pollution limits, and agricultural nonpoint pollution sources without pollution limits. shortle acknowledges that the outcomes from these emission trading experiences are unconvincing, and explains the reasons for the difficulty of emission trading as a policy to control agricultural nonpoint pollution. emission trading is an economic instrument with serious difficulties to be effective because it is market based. ghg emissions abatement is a public good requiring collective action through the cooperation of farmers and other stakeholders. under these circumstances, economic instruments such as taxes and subsidies are likely to fail (ostrom, 2010). the measure of improving the feeding of swine results in very large abatement costs, with a quite small abatement potential. however, this measure involves other positive environmental effects such as abatement of water pollution by nitrate and phosphorus. therefore, these effects may compensate the abatement costs of improved feeding and advance its feasibility. the results of evaluating the measures for mitigation of ghg emissions in the agriculture of aragon indicate that a combination of institutional instruments and command and control instruments could result in significant cost savings compared to economic instruments. however, these measures face a number of obstacles, such as high transaction costs, difficulties to enforce quantitative limits, and problems with the current environmental legislation. these shortcomings can be overcome by promoting the involvement of private and public stakeholders, and this will be the key driver to change the farmers’ behavior in addressing climate change mitigation. 5. conclusions climate change is a negative externality from the economic activities that is already damaging the natural environment and its ecosystems, and could endanger seriously the 67greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain human well being in the coming decades. the large growth in wealth and population since the industrial revolution, based in accelerated technological developments, have largely increased atmospheric ghg concentrations. these emissions are changing the energy balance of the earth and the climate system, and threatening with a future of higher temperatures, lower precipitations in arid and semiarid regions, rises of the sea level, and more severe and frequent extreme events (ipcc, 2007). agriculture is an important sector for implementing climate change mitigation policies. agriculture is a significant source of ghg emissions and the main source of nonco2 emissions. besides, climate change would also have large harmful effects on agricultural activities, especially in arid and semiarid regions. the design of adequate mitigation policies for the agricultural sector is needed, and these policies require the cooperation of farmers through the right institutional setting. this study evaluates the ghg emissions from an intensive agricultural area in aragon, located in the middle ebro basin. emissions are estimated at 727,000 t co2eq, which represent 20% of the agricultural emissions in the aragon region. the emission intensity in the area is 11 kg co2eq/€, well above the average emission intensity of the agriculture in aragon. this type of information is important because the spatial dimension of emissions contributes to the adequate design and implementation of ghg mitigation policies adjusted to local conditions. the analysis of ghg mitigation measures in agriculture indicates that there is not a unique preferred measure, and that no single instrument can address the mitigation of ghg emissions. a combination of suitable measures is needed to contribute towards climate stabilization while achieving cost-effectiveness. the choice of measures depends on the objectives of decision-makers, but also on the availability of biophysical and economic information. local characteristics, economic and environmental effects, and social acceptability have to be considered in the design of measures. policies have to be legitimate, because enforcement cannot be achieved without the support of stakeholders. inappropriate ghg abatement measures could indirectly increase the nitrogen loads into water resources, through increased leaching and runoff from crop cultivation and manure surplus. a comprehensive nutrient management planning is needed to reduce nitrogen pollution loads, by considering the whole nitrogen cycle, sources and sinks when implementing measures to reduce ghg emissions. in the case of aragon, more attention has to be paid to manure management in order to make a better use of this waste. manure could eventually become a resource if properly managed, reducing at the same time its ghg emissions. empirical results show that a combined and balanced organic and mineral fertilization of crops is a good second best policy, achieving almost the same welfare (82%) than the first best policy. although manure management is an important aspect of the nitrates directive, its achievements are quite poor, and manure regulation needs revision to be more effective and adapted to local conditions. the results of this study indicate that economic instruments that follow the “polluter pays” principle are quite ineffective in abating agricultural nonpoint pollution. economic instruments display very high abatement costs for farmers and mostly negative welfare effects. the alternative is using institutional instruments, where stakeholders cooperate for a better land use planning and protection of environment assets. cooperation is needed 68 m.t. kahil, j. albiac for a reasonable allocation of resources and for achieving significant nonpoint pollution abatement efforts. the empirical findings challenge the design of mitigation policies using pure economic instruments, and call for policy efforts focused on nurturing stakeholders’ collective action and on supporting the necessary institutional setting. this study shows some measures that could induce farmers’ cooperation in abating emissions. also, preparation for climate change calls for more coordination between environmental policies, adaptation to spatial conditions, and enforcement supported by the involvement of local stakeholders. acknowledgments support for this research was provided by projects gobierno de aragón-la caixa galc-001/2010 and inia rta2010-00109-c04-01. references albiac, j. (2009). nutrient imbalances: pollution remains. science 326(5953): 665b. byström, o. and bromley, d. (1998). contracting for nonpoint-source pollution abatement. journal of agricultural and resource economics 23(1): 39-54. bosworth, b., cornish, g., perry, c. and van steenbergen, f. (2002). water charging in irrigated agriculture: lessons from the literature. report od 145. hr wallingford. wallingford. centro de estudios y experimentación de obras públicas (cedex) (2010). estudio del impacto del cambio climático en los recursos hídricos y las masas de agua. ficha 1: evaluación del impacto del cambio climático en los recursos hídricos en régimen natural. marm. madrid. chen, x. and önal, h. (2012). modeling agricultural supply response using mathematical programming and crop mixes. american journal of agricultural economics 94(3):674-686. confederación hidrográfica del ebro (che) (2007). plan especial de actuación en situaciones de alerta y eventual sequia en la cuenca hidrográfica del ebro. marm. zaragoza. confederación hidrográfica del ebro (che) (2010). control del estado de las masas de agua. informe de situación 2010. marm. zaragoza. cornish, g. and perry, c. (2003). water charging in irrigated agriculture: lessons from the field. report od 150. hr wallingford. wallingford: cornish, g., bosworth, b., perry, c., burke, j. (2004). water charging in irrigated agriculture. an analysis of international experience. fao water report no. 28. rome. dantzig, g. and wolfe, p. (1961). the decomposition algorithm for linear programming. econometrica 29:767-778. daudén, a. and quilez, d. (2004). pig slurry versus mineral fertilization on corn yield and nitrate leaching in a mediterranean irrigated environment. european journal of agronomy 21: 7-19. 69greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain day, r.h. (1963). on aggregating linear programming models of production. journal of farm economics 45:797-813. de cara, s., houzé, m. and jayet, p.a. (2005). methane and nitrous oxide emissions from agriculture in the eu: a spatial assessment of sources and abatement costs. environmental and resource economics 32: 551–583. department for environment, food and rural affairs (defra) (2009). market-based mechanisms for greenhouse gas reductions in the agriculture, forestry and land management sector. note by defra, uk government (rccf 06/09). london. esteban, e. (2010). water as a common pool resource: collective action in groundwater management and nonpoint pollution abatement. phd dissertation. university of zaragoza. zaragoza. esteban, e. and albiac, j. (2011). groundwater and ecosystems damages: questioning the gisser-sánchez effect. ecological economics 70 :2062-2069. estrategia aragonesa de cambio climático y energías limpias (eaccel) (2011). las emisiones de gases efecto invernadero en aragón: evolución 1990-2009. departamento de medioambiente. gobierno de aragón. zaragoza. european climate change programme (eccp) (2003). can we meet our kyoto targets?. second eccp progress report. european commission. brussels. european commission (ec) (2010). the role of european agriculture in climate change mitigation. commission staff working document no. 1093. brussels. european commission (ec) (2010). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions, the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future. brussels. european environmental agency (eea) (2010). tracking progress towards kyoto and 2020 targets in europe. eea report no. 7. copenhagen. food and agriculture organization (fao) (2011). climate change, water and food security. fao water reports no. 36. rome. gobierno de aragón (2009). base de datos 1t de superficies de cultivos e información estadística sobre ganadería por término municipal para aragón 2004-2008. departamento de agricultura y alimentación. gobierno de aragón. zaragoza. hazell, p.b.r. and norton, r.d. (1986). mathematical programming for economic analysis in agriculture. new york: macmillan publishing company. houghton, j. (2001). the science of global warming. interdisciplinary science reviews 26(4): 247-257. howitt, r.e. (1995). positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics 77: 329-342. iglesias, a. (2009). policy issues related to climate change in spain. in: dinar, a. and albiac, j. (eds), policy and strategic behavior in water resource management, london: earthscan, 145-174. iguácel, f., yagüe, m.r., orús, f. and quilez, d. (2010). fertilización con purín en doble cultivo anual, en mínimo laboreo, y riego por aspersión. informaciones técnicas no. 223. centro de transferencia agroalimentaria. zaragoza. intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc) (1996). revised 1996 ipcc guidelines for national greenhouse gas inventories. ipcc. london. 70 m.t. kahil, j. albiac intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc) (2007). climate change 2007: synthesis report. contribution of working groups i, ii and iii to the fourth assessment report of the ipcc. ipcc. geneva. kahil, m.t. and albiac, j. (2012). instrumentos de política de cambio climático en la agricultura de aragón. revista española de estudios agrosociales y pesqueros 233(3): 13-42. kasterine, a. and vanzetti, d. (2010). the effectiveness, efficiency and equity of marketbased and voluntary measures to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions from the agrifood sector. proceedings of the united nations conference on trade and development. geneva. koundouri, p. and christou, c. (2006). dynamic adaptation to resource scarcity and backstop availability: theory and application to groundwater. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 50(2): 227-245. lehner, b., döll, p., alcamo, j., henrichs, h. and kaspar, f. (2005). estimating the impacts of global change on food and drought risks in europe: a continental integrated assessment. climatic change 75: 273-299. lengers, b. and britz w. (2012). the choice of emission indicators in environmental policy design: an analysis of ghg abatement in different dairy farms based on a bio economic model approach. review of agricultural and environmental studies 93(2): 117-144. macleod, m., moran, d., eory, v., rees, r.m., barnes, a., topp, c.f.e., ball, b., hoad, s., wall, e., mcvittie, a., pajot, g.e., matthews, r., smith, p., and moxey, a. (2010). developing greenhouse gas marginal abatement cost curves for agricultural emissions from crops and soils in the uk. agricultural systems 103: 198–209. martínez, y. and albiac, j. (2004). agricultural pollution control under spanish and european environmental policies. water resources research 40, w10501, doi: 10.1029/2004wr003102. martínez, y. and albiac, j. (2006). nitrate pollution control under soil heterogeneity. land use policy 23: 521-532. mema, m. (2006). las políticas de control de la contaminación difusa en el valle medio del ebro. phd dissertation. university of zaragoza. zaragoza. ministerio de medioambiente y medio rural y marino (marm) (2005). evaluación preliminar de los impactos en españa por efecto del cambio climático. proyecto ecce – informe final. oficina española de cambio climático. madrid. ministerio de medio ambiente y medio rural y marino (marm) (2007). estrategia española de cambio climático y energía limpia horizonte 2007-2012-2020. marm. madrid. ministerio de medio ambiente y medio rural y marino (marm) (2009). análisis de la economía de los sistemas de producción: resultados técnico-económicos de explotaciones agrícolas de aragón en 2008. subsecretaria de medio ambiente, y medio rural y marino. madrid. ministerio de medio ambiente y medio rural y marino (marm) (2010a). boletín mensual de estadística: cambio climático. secretaria general técnica. marm. madrid. ministerio de medio ambiente y medio rural y marino (marm) (2010b). guía de mejores técnicas disponibles del sector porcino. dirección general de recursos agrícolas y ganaderos. marm. madrid. 71greenhouse gases mitigation policies in the agriculture of aragon, spain ministerio de medio ambiente y medio rural y marino (marm) (2011a). balance del nitrógeno en la agricultura española 2009. dirección general de recursos agrícolas y ganaderos. marm. madrid. ministerio de medioambiente, medio rural y marino (marm) (2011b). inventario de emisiones de gases de efecto invernadero de españa e información adicional: 19902009. secretaría de estado de cambio climático. dirección general de calidad y evaluación ambiental. madrid. neufeldt, h. and schäfer, m. (2008). mitigation strategies for greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture using a regional economic-ecosystem model. agriculture, ecosystems and environment 123: 305-316. official journal of the european union (oj) (2009). the effort of member states to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions to meet the community’s greenhouse gas emission reduction commitments up to 2020. decision no. 406/2009/ec. önal, h. and mccarl, b.a. (1989). aggregation of heterogeneous firms in mathematical programming models. european review of agricultural economics 16(4): 499-513. önal, h. and mccarl, b. (1991). exact aggregation in mathematical programming sector models. canadian journal of agricultural economics 39: 319-334. orús, f., betrán, j., iguácel, f. and lópez, m.v. (2011). fertilización con subproductos orgánicos: hacia una gestión sostenible de los nutrientes en la agricultura. informaciones técnicas no. 232. centro de transferencia agroalimentaria. zaragoza. ostrom, e. (2010). beyond markets and states: polycentric governance of complex economic systems. american economic review 100(3): 641-672. perman, r., ma, y., mcgilvray, j. and common, m. (2003). natural resource and environmental economics. third edition. edinburgh: pearson addison wesley. pérez, i., britz, w. and holm-müller, k. (2009). trading schemes for greenhouse gas emissions from european agriculture: a comparative analysis based on different implementation options. review of agricultural and environmental studies 90(3): 287-308. povellato, a., bosello, f. and giupponi, c. (2007). cost-effectiveness of greenhouse gases mitigation measures in the european agro-forestry sector: a literature survey. environmental science and policy 10(5): 474-490. schneider, u., mccarl, b. and schmid, e. (2007). agricultural sector analysis on greenhouse gas mitigation in us agriculture and forestry. agricultural systems 94: 128-140. segerson, k. (1988). uncertainty and incentives for nonpoint pollution control. journal of environmental economics and management 15: 87-98. shortle, j. and horan, r. (2001). the economics of nonpoint pollution control. journal of economic surveys 15 (3): 255-289. shortle, j. (2012). water quality trading in agriculture. directorate for trade and agriculture. oecd. paris. smith, p. (2004). carbon sequestration in croplands: the potential in europe and the global context. european journal of agronomy 20: 229-236. smith, p., martino, d., cai, z., gwary, d., janzen, h., kumar, p., mccarl, b., ogle, s., o’mara, f., rice, c., scholes, b., sirotenko, o., howden, m., mcallister, t., pan, g., romanenkov, v., schneider, u., and towprayoon, s. (2006). policy and technological constraints to implementation of greenhouse gas mitigation options in agriculture. agriculture, ecosystem and environment 118: 6-28. 72 m.t. kahil, j. albiac stern, n. (2007). the economics of climate change. the stern review. cambridge university press. cambridge. tomasi, t., segerson, k. and branden, j. (1994). issues in the design of incentives schemes for nonpoint pollution control. in: c. dosi and t. tomasi (eds) nonpoint source pollution regulation: issues and analysis (dordrecht: kluwer academic). weersink, a., livernois, j., shogren, j. and shortle, j. (1998). economic instruments and environmental policy in agriculture. canadian public policy 24(3): 309-327. bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 199-200, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-17940 editorial innovation, productivity and growth: towards sustainable agri-food production the expected sustained growth of world demand for food, feed, and energy raises concerns about the ability of global agricultural production to ensure adequate supply growth, while avoiding major turbulences on agricultural markets and still providing healthy and environmentally safe products. how these major challenges can be dealt with is, at once, both a political and scientific question. the scientific community is expected to provide rigorous and sound evidence on the nature and size of these challenges and to put forward effective and viable solutions. in this respect, a first major task for agricultural and applied economists is to investigate the actual dynamics of agricultural productivity growth worldwide and the differences emerging between developed and developing countries. efforts should also be devoted to deepening the available knowledge on the impact of agricultural productivity on overall economic growth and, consequently, on income distribution, food consumption and international trade. finally, applied economists are asked to investigate which kind of innovations can better contribute to achieving a sustainable increase of agri-food production and which policies and institutional settings may encourage these innovations. specifically, in the eu context, attention inevitably involves analysis of the common agricultural policy (cap) and its recent reform. whereas agricultural innovation and productivity growth apparently represent some of the key objectives inspiring this reform, a critical review of its actual contents and implementation raises major doubts on its capacity to lead european agriculture in the desired direction. the aim of the fourth conference of the italian association of agricultural and applied economics (aieaa), held in ancona, june 11-12, 2015, was to provide a scientific contribution to these issues by expanding the knowledge base on the fundamentals of agricultural productivity growth and innovation, and also by promoting a critical debate on the underlying theoretical and methodological issues and policy implications. the conference included about 50 papers addressing a range of research and policy issues such as: long-term patterns of worldwide food production and consumption; measuring and explaining agricultural productivity growth and gaps; the impact of agricultural productivity growth and innovation on income growth and poverty; sustainable knowledge intensification and innovation in agricultural production; design, implementation and evaluation of policies fostering sustainable agricultural innovation; the assessment of social, economic and environmental impacts of new bio-economic production and processes. the bae editor invited some of the speakers to submit for publication of their own papers on this bae issue. the papers published on this issue were among those presented during the fourth aieaa conference, although representing only an essay of the topics covered by the conference. the paper by keith fuglie deals with the issue of the measurement of technical and efficiency change; he proposes a growth accounting 200 editorial approach to measure the agricultural total factor productivity, which takes into account the animal feed inputs employed in the sector. the findings of the paper show that using these more complex measures could produce rather different results from those obtained by studies based on partial productivity indexes, and provide us with a more optimistic view about agricultural productivity growth. parthena chatzinikolaou and co-authors provide an assessment of the ecosystem service in a traditional italian cultural landscape, by using a framework suitable to be translated in a multi-criteria evaluation process. the paper by ciliberti and frascarelli deals with the implementation of the new common agricultural policy (cap) in italy and in particular aims at assessing to what extent the choices made by italy about cap implementation are consistent and effective in pursuing the objectives of the new cap. finally, the paper by davide viaggi provides an overview of state of the art of the literature and a discussion of the impacts of research and innovation on productivity, in the light of the specific features of the bio-economy; the study highlights a number of new challenges in this research area. margherita scoppola president of aieaa bio-based and applied economics 4(2): 179-197, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14511 credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports nadia cuffaro*, marina di giacinto uniclam, dipartimento di economia e giurisprudenza, cassino (italy) date of submission: may 9th, 2014 abstract. we analyze the impact of the effectiveness of internal regulation for the development of internal and export markets for credence goods, focusing on food products, particularly for a developing country which is an exporter (or a potential exporter). in the model, since goods of actual different quality can be sold as high quality goods, expected quality is a function of consumers’ beliefs about the effectiveness of regulation. foreign consumers, who cannot observe foreign regulation as closely as domestic ones, may partly base their expectations on the level of development of the exporting country. low effectiveness, negative stereotype and low consumers’ trust may cause a failure in the market for high quality, and there may be a trap of underdevelopment and no high quality exports. the main policy implications are that increasing the effectiveness of regulation improves export prospects; standard setting and enforcement by external actors, such as supermarkets, or ngos in the case of certain niche markets, is likely to be beneficial. keywords. credence goods, standards, trade and development. jel codes. l15, f13, o12 1. introduction the perception consumers have of the effectiveness of regulation on product quality and safety in a country is generally important for the development of internal and especially export markets. such perception and trust become crucial when consumers cannot really evaluate some or all of a product’s attributes, especially process attributes: it may be prohibitive to find out whether a product is actually “environmentally friendly”, “organic”, or simply completely safe. therefore consumers’ notion of quality and demand will be related to their trust in regulation. the article discusses the development of the market for goods in the presence of information asymmetry and uncertainty about product quality: specifically when it would be difficult and/or costly for consumers to evaluate certain product characteristics before consumption, and there is no learning or very slow learning even after consumption. * corresponding author: cuffaro@unicas.it. mailto:cuffaro@unicas.it 180 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto the classification of goods on the basis of consumers ability to evaluate their quality before consumption, or on the basis of experience, or not even after consumption as search, experience and credence (trust) goods is originally due to darbi and karni (1973). ever since a large literature has developed on the functioning of the markets for credence goods and services (dulleck et al., 2011; emons, 1997; 2001; wolinski, 1983; 1995).the existence of the market for such goods is strongly dependent on quality guarantee by a third party, which defines the standard and/or monitors compliance. in food markets many products can be considered experience or credence (caswell and mojduszka’s, 1996), examples of the latter are many health/safety related attributes, process attributes such as environmental impact (environmental “friendliness”) or “bio” food, use of gmos, ethical characteristics such as various specification of “fairness” . asymmetric information problems occur since consumers know with certainty only what the producers’ quality claims are or what the label says, i.e. real product standards are unobservable to consumers. a significant literature has developed accordingly in agricultural economics (unnevehrk et al., 2011; costa et al., 2009). most contributions have analyzed jointly the economics of credence (or experience) goods and labelling, in general (marette et al., 1999; mccluskey, 2000; anania and nistico, 2004; zago and pick, 2004; roe and sheldon, 2007; mccluskey and loureiro, 2005; crespi and marette, 2001) or focusing on specific mechanisms /attributes, including geographical indications (menapace and moschini, 2012), genetically modified organisms (fulton and giannakas, 2004; moschini and lapan, 2005), organic farming (dabbert et al., 2014) ethical products (chang and lusk, 2009) . models have concentrated on the welfare implications of different labelling schemes, often assuming fully credible certification. for example zago and pick (2004) consider the welfare impact of labeling policies for credence agricultural goods, assuming a fully credible certification system. menapace and moschini (2012) develop a model for an experience good where, as in shapiro (1983), firm reputation offers a possible solution to the market failure identified by akerlof (1970) and where geographical indications (gis)1 and trademarks are complementary means for signalling quality. they postulate a fully credible trademark system and a fully credible certification scheme for gis (i.e. there is no counterfeit product on the market and all certified products meet the requirements established by the certification schemes). roe and sheldon (2007) model the market for a credence good, with costly certification and perfect monitoring to analyze how different forms of labelling impact the size and distribution of surpluses. the trade implications of asymmetric information on quality have been less discussed, with notable exceptions (e.g. bureau et al., 1998)2; the issue of consumer preferences for country of origin, as lusk et al. (2006) remark, has also been relatively neglected, whereas 1 gis provide labels typically accessible to a large number of firms producing similar, competing, products, each with its own distinct trademark. in the eu gis schemes are based on the notion of a quality-geography nexus, and require the definition of a code of rules. usage rights over a gi are granted to all producers within a designated production area who comply with the product specification. 2 bureau et al. (1998) consider the case of the dispute over hormone-treated beef between the eu and the united states, and conclude that the positive effect of trade liberalization on welfare may be offset by the increase in imperfect information about product quality. 181credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports a wealth of evidence on the topic has accumulated in the business and marketing literature (as discussed in section 3). the model we present (i) considers the market for a credence good with imperfect monitoring, as in anania and nistico (2004) who focus on the credibility of regulation, i.e. counterfeits in these markets can be sold as high quality goods3; (ii) extends the analysis to trade; (iii) includes a country of origin effect. although the term regulation usually refers to governmental standards, the term standards and regulation will be used here indifferently to refer to all standards, public or private, involving certification. the term “effectiveness of regulation”, unless better specified, indicates the scope of regulation i.e. to what extent standards meet consumers demand for product quality and safety; the quality and relevance of the standards in terms of meeting the defined objectives; the efficacy of the monitoring system in ensuring that producers actually meet the standard. the latter two characteristics also indicate to what extent consumers can trust regulation, e.g. the probability that a product labeled “environmentally friendly” actually is environmentally friendly. in the formal model however the regulation parameter is kept relatively simple, it is the probability λ of being caught cheating on quality, in order to make the model more tractable when the analysis is extended to trade. the article is organized as follows: sections 2 briefly reviews credence goods and the relationship between standards and trade; section 3 introduces the assumptions on consumers’ expectations about quality; section 4 presents a model on the relationship between consumers’ trust and the internal and export markets for credence goods4. there are two development dimensions of the problem. first, regulation may often be less effective in developing countries, as discussed in section two. second, foreign consumers may partly base their expectations about product quality on the level of development of the producing country as a proxy for the effectiveness of regulation, i.e. on general notions about the relationship between regulation on quality and income level. hence developing country exporters may suffer from a specific “trust” problem regarding the effectiveness of internal regulation, which may hamper high quality exports: low effectiveness of internal regulation could have an heavy impact on foreign demand for high quality credence goods, in general, but more so for a developing country. 2. credence attributes, standards and trade the information environment for different product attributes may be search, experience, or credence in nature: consumers can learn about the quality level prior to purchase (search), after purchase and use (experience), or not at all (credence). credence attributes can obviously be of a very different nature, but, restricting the discussion to goods, there are two major classes that have received increasing attention: (i) attributes that have health/safety consequences; (ii) consumers’ demand/(willingness to pay) for attributes that are of “altruistic” nature, 3 this topic is also extensively treated in the eco-label literature (costa et al., 2009; engel 1998; mason, 2006). 4 for a discussion focused on organic and fair trade agricultural products see cuffaro and liu (2008). 182 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto i.e. related to concern for “others”, typically to the production processes (fairness of distribution, the environmental cost of production, the use of child labour, the animal welfare standards applied). an important example is the demand for “fair trade.” standards are increasingly important for trade for several reasons: first, the shift from mass markets to markets with differentiated products and niches serving consumers with relatively high incomes, who increasingly demand high quality, safety and “credence”, attributes; second, the trend towards outsourcing for cost reduction; third, the significant decline of tariff barriers, implying that differences in product and process standards gain importance for trade flows and in the trade liberalization arena. as standards increasingly address process issues, the role of regulation and standards depends also on how much consumers “trust” regulation, i.e. to what extent they believe that a product marked “high quality” is actually a high quality good regulation may be ineffective for several reasons. for example, in many countries firms apply to independent labeling agencies for a license to use a particular label stating that their product is environmentally friendly, socially responsible or safe. these ecolabeling programs are often applied to products where consumers would generally be individually unable to determine the actual environmental friendliness (e.g. the biodegradability of a product) and the firm’s compliance is gauged by random monitoring. but when monitoring is random, certification must be viewed as noisy. furthermore, the certifying party cannot be certain that the firm always uses an environmentally friendly technique, nor that the monitoring scheme is able to perfectly detect any violations. even if the certifying process is perfectly able to evaluate a product’s compliance with the test’s standards, standards may not be perfectly correlated with “environmental friendliness”5 (engel, 1998; mason, 2006). in addition, certifiers have mixed incentives: the incentive to maximize the number of clients, the incentive to maintain their reputation. in other words, third party verification does not automatically guarantee impartiality or absence of conflicts of interest.6 finally, enforcing a process standard may be a very difficult problem in the context of value chains coordination across borders.7 there are important agribusiness and development related dimensions of the standards topic. first the tendency of standards to become a strategic instrument of competition in differentiated product markets and the shift from performance (realized or “search” characteristics of the product) to process standards has been very pronounced in agribusiness (reardon et al., 1999) and this was associated with an increase in the scope and stringency of public standards and the upsurge of initiatives on collective private standards. second, many strands of literature have shown that there is a relationship between the development stage and effectiveness of public standards: their scope8, their quality and rel5 in the mason (2006) model of ecolabeling, the certifying test is subject to two types of errors: there are some green sellers that would fail the test and some brown sellers that would pass the test. 6 evidence on opportunist behavior in the certification systems in the eu is reported in jahn et al. (2005). 7 an example is the safety crisis within the us toys industry in relation to production in china (bbc, 2007). 8 the scope of standard depends on income and development related factors. stephenson (1997) provided a description of the situation at the beginning of the 1990s, showing for example that the number of national standards in developing countries, including large latin american countries, for which data were available, was at least ten times lower than the corresponding number in the us and also the proportion of mandatory standards was comparatively low. 183credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports evance in terms of meeting the defined objectives and the effectiveness of the monitoring system in ensuring that producers actually meet the standard. in agricultural economics the literature on the “privatization” of agribusiness standards in the 1990s9 has indicated that in developing countries private standards for quality and safety of food products were a strategic response first and foremost to missing or inadequate public standards10 (jaffee, 2003; henson and reardon, 2005; humphrey, 2008; reardon et al. 2009). developing countries standards have been much discussed also in the agricultural economics trade literature, often with the prior that the ‘‘standards as barriers’’ case is more likely to apply to developing country exporters. for example disdier et al. (2008) construct an inventory of sps and tbts measures and use a gravity model to show that they do not significantly affect bilateral trade between oecd members but significantly reduce dcs and ldcs exports to oecd11. in particular the spread of private standards has been investigated on the basis of the concern that they could lead to the exclusion of the least developed countries and the poorest farmers, who are unable to comply with stringent requirements due to a lack of technical and financial capacity (graffham et al., 2007; maertens and swinnen, 2007; reardon et al., 2001; swinnen and vandeplas, 2011). finally an indirect indication that standards are lower is provided by a vast literature on value chains coordination by multinationals, pointing out that one of the main advantages for developing countries is the upgrading of standards (cuffaro and liu, 2008). for example a madagascar case study (bart et al., 2009) shows the benefits, even for very poor farmers, of the integration in global value chains, through a monopsonistic marketing company, controlling and enforcing the standards imposed in private protocols by the clients –mainly european supermarketsrelated to search and credence characteristics. 3. consumers’ expectations about quality we formulate three main assumptions regarding consumers’ expectations about quality. first, expected quality is a function of consumers’ beliefs about the effectiveness of regulation. second, domestic and foreign consumers may hold different beliefs. domestic consumers know the effectiveness of internal regulation and the incidence of cheaters and base their expectations on such incidence. foreign consumers base their expectations on 9 in agribusiness privatization has occurred in two distinct ways: on the one hand large firms, mostly supermarkets and large processors and especially multinationals, created private standards generally meeting or exceeding the stringency of public standards and insured their implementation through vertical co-ordination. on the other hand, ngos have provided the standards and the monitoring and enforcing mechanism for many credence products with “ethical” attributes, occupying a fast growing market segment of products originating in the poor countries (reardon et al., 1999). 10 although developing country situations are heterogeneous, public infrastructure, governance structures, and institutions are generally poorer, which translates into a relative lack of public standards especially for non tradable and traditional products (perez-aleman, 2011; reardon et al., 1999). also, in general (piore, 2003; amsden, 1989; lall, 2000) and in agribusiness international standards are strongly based on ideas and practices developed in advanced countries and their adoption in developing countries occurs in a context that can be far from the technological frontier and/or traditional local customs. 11 although findings on trade effects can be more complex (sheperd and wilson, 2013). 184 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto the percentage of imports from the country which failed border quality inspection, which is in turn linked to the effectiveness of internal regulation in the exporting country, but they are also influenced by a country of origin stereotype. their trust in the regulation of product quality increases with the level of development of the exporting country. the second assumption is based on the idea that since foreign consumers cannot observe regulation in each country of origin of their imports as closely as domestic consumers, they may partly base their expectations about product quality on general notions about the relationship between regulation on quality and income level. in general what foreign consumers can observe about the effectiveness of regulation in exporting countries is a very loose indicator of such effectiveness. for example jaffee and henson (2004) report that over a typical three year period the us food and drug administration (fda) undertakes inspections of all domestic firms that produce lowacid canned foods, yet the same inspections are undertaken on just 3% of foreign facilities exporting such products to the united states. even after substantially increasing resources for the inspection of food imports, the fda still inspects only 1 to 2% of the more than six million consignments of food and cosmetic products imported each year. regulatory oversight for certain products and markets is more stringent on domestic, rather than imported supplies (world bank, 2005). although the dramatic transformation of the world economy within the last decade (global outsourcing and “hybrid” products) has made the issue more complex, marketing and business research shows that consumers do use country of origin as a quality signal especially when information about quality is ambiguous (reviews of this literature include: bilkey and nes, 1982; verlegh and steenkamp, 1999; pharr, 2005; rosenbloom and haefner, 2009; papadopoulos and heslop, 2014) and more specifically this research has also shown that negative evaluations by consumers on the basis of country images constitute significant market barriers for firms from less developed countries (baughn and yaprak, 2014). country of origin is regarded as a cognitive cue, viz., an informational stimulus about or relating to a product that is used by consumers to infer beliefs regarding product attributes such as quality, and since it can be manipulated without changing the physical product, it is an extrinsic cue like price, brand name and retailer reputation. the cognitive processes underlying the effects of country-of-origin on product evaluation may be explained through different hypothesis, some of which are especially relevant for credence attributes. for example research on the role of stereotypes suggests that these may be used as a heuristic basis for judgements especially when the amount of attribute information is large and difficult to integrate or when other information is lacking. thus, subjects who learn that a product is originating in a country with a reputation for high quality may use this knowledge as a basis for evaluation without considering information about the product’s specific attributes, especially if evaluating the information is difficult (hong and wyer, 1989); maheswaran (1994) examines consumer expertise and attribute information as moderating the effects of country of origin, and shows that all types of consumers use country of origin evaluations when attribute information is ambiguous. in the agricultural economics literature most studies – surveys, choice experiments, and experimental auctionsfind that consumers prefer and are willing to pay a premium for many foods with country of origin labels, although the premium varies substantially across studies, products, countries, and experimental method (grebitus et al., 2010) 185credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports product/country images contain widely shared cultural stereotypes. for example, consumers recognize that the production of high-quality technical products requires a highly trained and educated workforce; hence, they perceive that such products are of better quality when produced in developed countries (verlegh and steenkamp, 1999). in a review of countryof-origin effects on product evaluation, bilkey and nes (1982) point out that several studies found a hierarchy of biases, including a seemingly positive relationship between product evaluation and degree of economic development. han and terpstra (1988) show specifically that products with a country-of-origin label from a developing country were rated inferior to those with an industrial country-of-origin label and head (1993) reports that a ‘made in germany’ label evokes the concepts of reliability, precision and punctuality. liu et al. (2001) provide empirical evidence of a ‘level of development’ factor in the market for organic foods. verlegh and steenkamp (1999) evaluated the findings of past country-of-origin studies within the marketing and business literature for the period 1980-1996 and found that the country-of-origin effect is strong especially for perceived quality and that one factor closely related to the evaluation of products in general is the level of development: the country-of-origin effects are significantly larger when products from more developed countries are compared with products from less developed countries. this finding supports the notion that consumers believe that products from ldcs are lower in quality, and associated with a larger risk of bad performance and dissatisfaction (cordell, 1992).12 roth and romeo (1992) argue that consumers’ evaluations are based on the match between product and country: consumers prefer a country as an origin for specific products when they believe that there is a match between its perceived “strengths’’ and the skills that are needed for manufacturing the product under consideration: a strong positive match would exist when the country is perceived as being very strong in an area that was also an important feature for a product category. actually in the case of credence goods an important issue is the effectiveness of regulation, which in turn depends on good general and dedicated institutions. this is the “skill” required and consumers may establish a positive association with the level of development just as for the case of high quality technical products. 4. credence goods, trust and the market for high quality 4.1 the model the model we formulate analyses the impact of the effectiveness of regulation on the development of the market for high quality credence goods, i.e. a market where goods of actual different quality can be sold as high quality goods (examples are goods labeled environmentally friendly, or bio, or safe for children). the effectiveness of regulation is measured by the probability λ of being caught cheating on quality, internal consumer know that measure, and expected quality depends on it. figure 1 shows the domestic market before trade. with perfect regulation only high qual12 also, there is anecdotal evidence that in some poor countries some producers unlawfully package their products with a country of origin label different from their own, a “better” country of origin. 186 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto ity producers participate in the market and the supply function is s0 d. the demand function is dd 0 with the equilibrium price pe d . if λ < 1 , the supply function shifts to s d 1 which represents the sum of product offered by cheaters and high quality producers. as consumers are aware that λ < 1, the demand curve rotates towards dd 1 (the analytical form of the demand function is such that its vertical intercept is equal expected quality), the equilibrium price decreases and consumers surplus is reduced. figure 1. domestic market.   p d d 0 s d 0 p d e s d 1 p' d e d d 1 0 q the analytical results presented in this section show that the equilibrium price is increasing in expected quality, and therefore in λ: better regulation on quality, here intended as the ability of regulators to exclude cheaters from the market, results in higher prices for high quality credence products. furthermore both consumer and producer surplus are strictly increasing in expected quality and therefore in λ. extending the basic idea of figure 1 to trade, let’s assume that country/area a is a large exporter (country a has a comparative advantage based on factor endowment) and world price is formed on the internal market of a as a result of the interaction between internal demand dd plus the demand for imports from the rest of the world di and supply in a, sd (the same result could be obtained summing the excess function of this large country to the market of rest of the world). with perfect regulation (λ=1) the internal supply and demand functions are sd o and dd 0 and the demand for imports from the rest of the world is d0 i , in country a total demand is dt 0 and the equilibrium is e0. a lower λ would reduce the expectations of internal and foreign consumers about quality in country a. internal supply, internal demand, the demand for imports and total demand for the high quality product rotate (dotted lines in figure 2a) and the new equilibrium is e1. a negative country of origin stereotype, linked to the level of development of the exporter would instead only rotate di 0 . the model’s results show that the equilibrium price is strictly increasing in λ and also strictly increasing in the level of development parameter. 187credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports figure 2. trade of credence goods.   figure 2 trade of credence goods                      s   0  i            sd0   e  0   s  d  1                    d   0  i                                         d  1  i                          e  1                                      d  d  1          d  d  0                                  d   t  0    d  t  1   export supply       (b) rest of world   import demand     (a) country/region a     in both cases if there were a minimum price of high quality, known to consumers, below that price there would be no supply and no demand (as consumers know that the good cannot be high quality) i.e. there may be no high quality production and export. analytically, in analogy with the model of anania and nisticò (2004), we assume that markets are competitive and there are high quality producers and low quality producers who try to cheat. there are nh identical high quality producers and nl identical low quality producers, with marginal cost functions β=c qh h h β=c ql l l with βh>βl. each high quality producer produces a quantity such that β=p qh h depending on the probability λ of being caught cheating, a fraction λ( )−1 of low quality products is sold on the h market, therefore the expected marginal revenue of cheaters is p λ( )−1 hence each low quality producer offers on the h market a quantity such that λ β− =p q(1 ) l l 188 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto the aggregate supply in the high quality market is: β λ λ β = + − − s p n p n p ( ) (1 ) (1 ) h h l l (1) assuming for simplicity that there is a continuum of mass 1 of producers of each type, nh=nl=1, equation (1) becomes: β λ β = + −s p p p ( ) (1 ) h l 2 (1bis) the first term in the right hand side of equation (1bis) reflects the supply from high quality producers and the second term that from low quality producers that cheat. on the demand side13 it is assumed (mussa and rosen, 1978; tirole, 1988) that consumers agree on the order of preferences, they prefer a higher quality for a given price but have different intensity in their taste for quality, represented by a parameter θ, a real positive number. they have net utility u=θe(k)-p if they buy a good of expected quality e(k), where k is a random variable which can take two possible values, associated respectively to high or low quality, at price p. although this framework implies a tradeoff between quality and price, it can be applied also to a context in which consumers are only interested in high quality –in the sense of a product with the specified standard, e.g. “bio”but quality is probabilistic and there is a tradeoff between the likelihood of getting the unwanted “attribute” and price. willingness to pay for a quality e(k) is given by θe(k), and increases with θ and e(k). demand is equal to the number of consumers with parameter θ such that θe(k)≥p derivation of the demand function14 uses the ‘threshold’ consumer with a taste parameter θ is indifferent to buying or not buying a unit of product of expected quality e(k) at price p,  ( ) 0θ − =e k p implying that  ( ) θ = p e k demand is d p( ) = m 1− p e k( ) ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ (2) where m is the total number of consumers. domestic consumers are aware of the measure of the effectiveness of regulation λ and know also the other parameters of the supply function. they expect high quality with probability 13 the discussion of demand is mostly based on a simple model with vertical differentiation of products (mussa and rosen, 1978; tirole, 1988). this demand function has been extensively used in the literature marette, crespi, and schiavina (1999); crespi and marette (2001); moschini and lapan (2005); zago and pick (2004). 14 if θ is distributed in the economy according to a cumulative distribution function f(θ), f(θ) is the fraction of consumers with a taste parameter lower than θ. if only one quality k is offered at price p, demand is equal to the number of consumers with parameter θ such that θ(e)k≥p . d(p)=m [1-f(p/e(k))] where m is the total number of consumers. 189credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports π β β λ β = + − p p p / (1 ) h h h l 2 (3) this probability is one if regulation is perfectly enforced (λ=1) and expect low quality with probability π λ β β λ β = − + − p p p (1 ) / (1 ) l l h l 2 2 (4) this probability is zero if regulation is perfectly enforced (λ=1). assuming that there is no learning or very slow learning on the part of consumers because of the credence nature of the attributes considered, in these type of markets in equilibrium products of different qualities can be sold as high quality products, in the sense of products that respect the specified standard. k is a random variable which can take only two possible values, kh and kl, with probabilities πh and πl. assuming kh =1 and kl=0 expected quality e(k) is equal πh β β λ β β β λ β = + − = + − e k p p p( ) / (1 ) (1 ) h h l l l h2 2 expected quality e(k) is increasing in λ and it is equal 1 with λ=1. abiding by the general functional form of equation (2), and setting the mass of consumers m=1 domestic demand can be specified as follows: β β λ β = − + − d p p( ) 1 (1 ) l l h 2 (5) 4.2 results analytically the equilibrium price satisfies β λ β β β λ β + − = − + − p p p(1 ) 1 (1 )h l l l h 2 2 (6) solving equation (6) for p we obtain the following equilibrium price: 190 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto p* = βhβl βl +βlβh + (1−λ) 2βh + (1−λ) 2β 2 h = βhβl 1+βh( ) βl + 1−λ( )2βh⎡⎣ ⎤⎦ = e(k) βh 1+βh (7) the equilibrium price is increasing in e(k) and therefore in λ: better regulation on quality , here intended as the ability of regulators to exclude cheaters from the market, results in higher prices for high quality credence products. the equilibrium quantity is q* =1− p e(k) = 1 1+βh consumer surplus is β+ e k( ) 2(1 )h 2 ; producer surplus is β β+ e k( ) 2(1 ) h h 2 and they are both strictly increasing in e(k) and therefore in λ. the model described by equations (1)-(6) may also give insight on trade in two distinct cases. considering a world with two regions, a and b, where a is “developing” and b is “developed”, the first case is when there is no internal production in region b; in the case of food this could be because of climate, and therefore it is not an irrelevant case. supply in a is described by equation (1bis), demand is the sum of demand in a and b. the latter depends also on how foreign consumers’ expectations are formed. the second is a specific category of credence goods: some credence “ethical” products such as “fair trade” products, which by definition are exported only by developing countries. in this case there would be no internal production in region b. supply in a could be described by equation (1bis), demand in a is solely the demand for imports and it depends on how consumers in region b form expectations about regulation and quality in region a. generally speaking foreign consumers have less information than internal ones, but in this case they will likely assume that the incentive and/or ability of national regulators in any developing exporter to “exclude” part of the supply from the market is low. therefore, without alternative mechanisms of regulation, the situation is the same as in figure 1 with λ “low”, and the demand for imports would be “low” like in the case of d1 d. the development of these markets requires alternative forms of regulation: indeed for ethical products such as “fair trade” regulation is provided by supranational non profit organizations. for trade in the general circumstances – there is internal supply in both countries – it is assumed that consumers are aware of the country of origin of the product and the traded product is a perfect substitute for the domestic one, except for consumers’ expectations about quality. supply reflects factor endowment and regulation, country a (developing) has a comparative advantage based on factor endowment. the values of kl and kh are the same for foreign and internal consumers; in country b the supply function is =s p p c ( ) (8) 191credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports if consumers in b cannot distinguish between domestic production and imports, with trade expected quality becomes some average of the expectations about quality in b and a (as in bureau et al., 1998). low expectations about quality of imports from a will shift downward internal demand for a credence good in b, reducing consumer surplus and the demand for imports. lets’ consider instead the case where there is a country of origin label. for prices below the autarchy equilibrium price in b import demand from country b is = − −d p e k p c 1 ( ) i b (9) where eb is now depending on the expectations of consumers of country b about quality in region a. = − + d p e k c e k c 1 ( ) ( ) i b b (10) and the inverse function is ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) = + − + p ce k e k c ce k e k c q b b b b (11) ( ) ( )+ ce k e k c b b is increasing in eb(k) (its first derivative in eb(k) is strictly positive for positive values of c). consumers in the importing country are likely to form expectations on the quality of imports on the basis of several factors. they may observe that there are imports which fail border quality inspection: the simplifying hypothesis adopted here is that the rate of failure is the same as the value of πl in equation (4). however, consumers in any importing country will probably be very uncertain about the conditions of supply for every exporting country and about the technology of border quality inspections (which can be limited and/ or variable). therefore consumers in b may, as implied by the literature discussed in paragraph 3, be influenced by a country of origin stereotype linked to the level of development. foreign consumers expect high quality imports from a in line with probability π δπ=h i h (12) δ≤ ≤0 1 and low quality imports from a in line with probability πi l π π π δ π= − = + −1 (1 )l i h i l h (13) 192 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto here δ is increasing in the level of development – it is an index of reliability or positive country stereotype – hence (1–δ) is the negative stereotype, which amplifies the perception of low quality formed through the incidence of import control failures. hence both the actual effectiveness of internal regulation in a and the country stereotype influence expectations. equating import demand(10) and export supply (1bis minus 5) the equilibrium price is p* = 2βhβlcδ c βl +βh (1−λ) 2⎡⎣ ⎤⎦ βh +δ (1+βh )[ ]+βlβhδ (14) it is immediate to see that the equilibrium price p* strictly increasing in λ. moreover, an easy computation proves that the first derivative of p* with respect to δ is strictly positive, i.e. the equilibrium price p* is strictly increasing in δ, too. moreover, if a credence attribute is related to safety a change in λ may cause a sudden and more than proportional drop in consumers’ confidence, depending on the nature of the problem, causing severe damage to the sector involved, as illustrated by several major food safety crises during the last decades. in such crises the adverse effects on health and on consumers’ confidence were often amplified by a combination of poor communication about risks, mismanagement of crisis responses on the part of governments and private companies and by the media (world bank, 2005). the developing exporter whose internal regulation on product quality has recently been most scrutinized is undoubtedly china. china however is not an exporter that can be easily “abandoned” by importers. smaller countries could be much more damaged by a national stereotype problem15. indeed the world bank (2005) remarks that international buyers and consumers are likely to be more tolerant and patient with core and long-standing suppliers that have established a national image in which they have confidence, and conversely, that small countries and niche products are probably far more vulnerable to loss of markets and reputation in the face of safety or other quality problems. 5. conclusions there are several important implications of the trust and stereotype problem as represented here for an exporter, especially a developing country. first, low effectiveness of regulation causes failures in the market for high quality credence goods. second, there may be a trap of low levels of development/effectiveness of regulation and failure in high quality exports. therefore, strategies to increase the effectiveness of regulation, such as improving legislation and monitoring are crucial to improve export prospects. an important challenge 15 an illustration of the possible impact on a small exporter is given by the cyclospora crisis and the change in the us import demand for raspberry from guatemala to mexico, a case in which the industry never recovered (world bank, 2005); a similar sequence is quoted in chisik (2003) for colombia’s garment industry. 193credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports is to increase the supply and quality of public standards and their associated monitoring mechanism. however, the literature discussed and the model suggest that if a developing country is not well prepared to achieve high levels of effectiveness of regulation and/or if there is a strong country of origin prejudice, linked to the level of development, standard setting and enforcement by external actors, such as supermarkets may be beneficial. this trust effect has been important for the growth of high quality food exports in many developing countries. if the standard on a credence attribute is established and monitored by separate, non national entities such as ngos, there obviously is no divergence between domestic and foreign consumers’ expectations about quality and the national prejudice problem may be bypassed. trust will be based on the ngo reputation and the perceptions consumers have about ngos incentives and efficiency in monitoring compliance with standards acknowledgements the authors thank giovanni anania and three anonymous referees for their comments and suggestions. references akerlof, g.a. (1970). the market for lemons: quality uncertainty and the market mechanism. quarterly journal of economics 84: 488-500. amsden, a.h. and wan-wen, c. (2003). beyond late development: taiwan’s upgrading policies. cambridge, ma: mit press. anania, g. and nisticò, r. (2004). public regulation as a substitute for trust in quality food markets: what if the trust substitute cannot be fully trusted? journal of institutional and theoretical economics 160: 681-701. bbc (2007). chinese product scares prompt us fears, by laura smith-spark, bbc news washington tuesday, 10 july 2007, 23:42 gmt 00:42 uk. http:// http://news.bbc. co.uk/2/hi/americas/6275758.stm (accessed 01.03.2015) bart minten, b., randrianarison, l. and swinnen, j. (2009). global retail chains and poor farmers: evidence from madagascar. world development 37(11): 1728-1741. baughn, c. yaprak, a. (2014). a mapping country-of-origin research: recent developments and emerging avenues. in: n. papadopoulos l. heslop, product-country images: impact and role in international marketing. routledge. bilkey, w. and nes, e. (1982). country-of-origin effects on product evaluation. journal of international business studies 13 89-99. bureau, j.c., marette s. and schiavina a. (1998). non-tariff trade barriers and consumers’ information: the case of the eu-us trade dispute over beef. european review of agricultural economics 25: 437-462. caswell, j.a. and mojduszka, e.m. (1996). using informational labeling to influence the market for quality in food products. american journal of agricultural economics 78: 1248-1253. chang, j.b. and lusk, j.l. (2009). fairness and food choice. food policy 34: 483-491. http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/6275758.stm http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/6275758.stm 194 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto chisik, r. (2003). export industry policy and reputational comparative advantage. journal of international economics 59(2): 423-451. cordell, v.v. (1992). effects of consumer preferences for foreign sourced products. journal of international business studies 23(2): 25-269. costa, s., ibanez l., loureiro, m. and marette s. (2009). quality promotion through ecolabeling: introduction to the special issue. journal of agricultural & food industrial organization 7(2):1-8. crespi, j.m. and marette, s. (2001). how should food safety certification be financed? american journal of agricultural economics 83: 852-861. cuffaro, n. and liu, p. (2008). technical regulations and standards for food exports: trust and the credence goods problem. commodity market review 2007-2008: 67-84. http://www.fao.org/docrep/010/a1487e/a1487e00.htm. dabbert, s., lippert, c. and zorn a. (2014). introduction to the special section on organic certification systems: policy issues and research topics. food policy 49: 425-428 doi: 10.1016/j.foodpol.2014.05.009 darby, m. and karni, e. (1973). free competition and the optimal amount of fraud. journal of law and economics 16: 67-88. disdier, a.-c., fontagne, l. and mimouni, m. (2008). the impact of regulations on agricultural trade: evidence from the sps and tbt agreements. american journal of agricultural economics 90, 336-350. dulleck, u., kerschbamer, r. and matthias, s. (2011). the economics of credence goods: an experiment on the role of liability, verifiability, reputation, and competition. the american economic review 101(2): 526-555. emons, w. (1997). credence goods and fraudolent experts. rand journal of economics 28: 107-119. emons, w. (2001). credence goods monopolists. international journal of industrial organization 19: 375-389. engel, s. (1998). overcompliance, labeling, and lobbying: the case of credence goods. university of maryland working paper no. 98-25. http://ssrn.com/abstract=149406 (accessed 03.06.2008) fulton, m. and giannakas, k. (2004). inserting gm products into the food chain: the market and welfare effects of different labeling and regulatory regimes. american journal of agricultural economics 86: 42-60. golan, e., kuchler, f., mitchell, l., greene, c. and jessup, a. (2001). economics of food labeling. u.s. department of agriculture, economic research service, agricultural economic report no. (aer793). graffham, a., karehu, e. and macgregor, j., (2007). impact of eurepgap on small-scale vegetable growers in kenya. fresh insights 6, international institute for environment and development, london grebitus, c., colson, g., menapace, l. bruhn, m. (2010). who cares about food origin? a comparison of hypothetical survey responses and actual shopping behavior. agricultural and applied economics association   2010 annual meeting, july 25-27, 2010, denver, colorado grolleau, g. and caswell, j. (2005). interaction between food attributes in markets: the case of environmental labeling. univ. of massachussetts amherst, working paper no. 2005-5. http://www.fao.org/docrep/010/a1487e/a1487e00.htm http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.foodpol.2014.05.009 http://ssrn.com/abstract=149406 195credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports han, c. and terpstra, v. (1988). country of origin effects for uni-national and bi-national products. journal of international business studies, 19(summer): 235-255. head, d. (1993). advertising slogans and the ‘made-in’ concept.” international journal of advertising 7: 237-252. henson, s. and reardon, t. (2005). private agri-food standards: implications for food policy and agri-food systems. food policy 30(3): 241-370. hong, s. and wyer, r. (1989). effects of country-of-origin and product-attribute information on product evaluation: an information processing perspective. the journal of consumer research 16(2): 175-187. humphrey, j. (2008). private standards, small farmers, and donor policy: eurepgap in kenya. ids working paper 308, institute of development studies, sussex. jaffee, s. (2003). from challenge to opportunity: transforming kenya’s fresh vegetable trade in the context of emerging food safety and other standards in europe. agriculture and rural development discussion paper no.2. the world bank, washington dc. jaffee, s. and henson, s. (2004). standards and agri-food exports from developing countries: rebalancing the debate. policy research working paper 3348. washington, d.c.: the world bank jahn, g., schramm, m. and spiller, a. (2005). the reliability of certification: quality labels as a consumer policy tool. journal of consumer policy 28: 53-73. lall, s. (2000). technological change and industrialization in the asian newly industrializing economies: achievements and challenges. in: l. kim, r. nelson (eds.), technology, learning and innovation. new york: cambridge university press, pp. 13-68. liu, p., boto, i., kortbech-olesen, r., vrolijk, b. and pilkauskas, p. (2001). world markets for organic fruit and vegetables: opportunities for developing countries in the production and export of organic horticultural products. fao-itc-cta, rome. lusk, j.l., brown, j., mark, t., proseku, i., thomson, r. and welsh j. (2006). consumer behavior and country of origin labeling. review of agricultural economics 28: 284-292. maertens, m. and swinnen, j. (2007). standards as barriers and catalysts for trade, growth and poverty reduction. journal of international agricultural trade and development 4(1): 47-61. maheswaran, d. (1994). country of origin as a stereotype: effects of consumer expertise and attribute strength on product evaluations author(s). the journal of consumer research 21(2): 354-365. marette, s., crespi, j.m. and schiavina, a. (1999). the role of commonlabeling in a context of asymmetric information. european review of agricultural economics 26: 167178. mason, c. (2006). an economic model of ecolabeling. environmental modeling and assessment 11(2): 131-143. mccluskey, j.j. (2000). a game theoretic approach to organic foods: an analysis of asymmetric information and policy. agricultural and resource economics review 29: 1-9. mccluskey, j.j. and loureiro, m.l. (2005). reputation and production standards. journal of agricultural and resource economics 30: 1-11. menapace, l. and moschini, g. (2012). quality certification by geographical indications, trademarks and firm reputation. european review of agricultural economics 39(4): 539-566. 196 n. cuffaro, m. di giacinto moschini, g. and lapan, h. (2005). labeling regulations and segregation of first-generation and second-generation gm products: innovation incentives and welfare effects. paper prepared for conference on economics of regulation of agricultural biotechnologies, nc-1003 annual meeting, arlington, va. mussa, m. and rosen, s. (1978). monopoly and product quality. journal of economic theory 18: 301-317. papadopoulos, n. and heslop, l. (2014). product-country images: impact and role in international marketing. routledge. perez-aleman, p. (2011). spreading quality standards in a developing country cluster 184. organization science 22(1): 173-189. pharr, j. (2005). synthesizing country-of-origin research from the last decade: is the concept still salient in an era of global brands? journal of marketing theory and practice 13(4): 34-45. piore, m.j. (2003). stability and flexibility in the economy: reason and interpretation in economic behavior. conventions et institutions: approfondissements theoriques et contributions au debate politique. paris, http://econ-www.mit.edu/files/1117. reardon, t., codron, j.-m., busch, l., bingen, j. and harris, c. (1999). global change in agrifood grades and standards: agribusiness strategic responses in developing countries. the international food and agribusiness management review 2(3-4): 421-435. reardon, t., barrett, c., julio, a., berdegue, j. and swinnen, j. (2009). review of agrifood industry transformation and small farmers in developing countries. world development 37(11): 1717-1727. roe, b.e. and sheldon, i. (2007). credence good labeling: the efficiency and distributional implications of several policy approaches. american journal of agricultural economics 89(4): 1020-1033. rosenbloom, a. and haefner, j. (2009). country-of-origin effects and global brand trust: first look. journal of global marketing 22: 267-278. roth, m. and romeo, j. (1992). matching product category and country image perceptions: a framework for managing country of origin effects. journal of international business studies 23(3): 477-497. shapiro, c. (1983). premiums for high quality products as returns to reputations. the quarterly journal of economics 98(4): 659-680. schuster, m. and maertens, m. (2013). do private standards create exclusive supply chains? new evidence from the peruvian asparagus export sector. food policy 43: 291-305. shepherd, b., norbert, l.w. and wilson, n. (2013). product standards and developing country agricultural exports: the case of the european union. food policy 42: 1-10. stephenson, s. (1997). standards and conformity assessment as nontariff barriers to trade. world bank policy research working paper no. 1826. available at ssrn: http:// ssrn.com/abstract=597242 swinnen, j. and vandeplas, a. (2011). rich consumers and poor producers: quality and rent distribution in global value chains. journal of globalization and development 2(2): 1-30. tirole, j. (1988). the theory of industrial organization. mit press. unnevehrk, l., eales, j., jensen, h., lusk, j., mccluskey, j. and kinsey, j. (2011). food and consumer economics. american journal of agricultural economics 92(2): 506-521. doi: 10.1093/ajae/aaq007 http://econ-www.mit.edu/files/1117 http://ssrn.com/abstract=597242 http://ssrn.com/abstract=597242 http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/ajae/aaq007 197credence goods, consumers’ trust in regulation and high quality exports verlegh, p. and steenkamp, j. (1999). a review and meta-analysis of country-of-origin research. journal of economic psychology 20: 521-546. wolinsky, a. (1983). prices as signal of product quality. review of economic studies 647-658. wolinsky, a. (1995). competition in markets for credence goods journal of institutional and theoretical economics (jite). zeitschrift für die gesamte staatswissenschaft 151(1): 117-131. world bank, (2005). food safety and agricultural health standards: challenges and opportunities for developing country exports. report no. 31207. zago, a. and pick, d. (2004). labeling policies in food markets: private incentives, public intervention, and welfare effects. journal of agricultural and resource economics 29(1): 150-165. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 269-296, 2012 economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects giancarlo moschini1, jingbo cui, harvey lapan department of economics, iowa state university, ames, ia 50111, usa abstract. this paper provides an overview of the economics of biofuels. it starts by describing the remarkable growth of the biofuel industry over the last decade, with emphasis on developments in the united states, brazil and the european union, and it identifies the driving role played by some critical policies. after a brief discussion of the motivations that are commonly argued in favor of biofuels and biofuel policies, the paper presents an assessment of the impacts of biofuels from the economics perspective. in particular, the paper explains the basic analytics of biofuel mandates, reviews several existing studies that have estimated the economic impacts of biofuels, presents some insights from a specific model, and outlines an appraisal of biofuel policies and the environmental impacts of biofuels. the paper concludes with an examination of several open issues and the future prospects of biofuels. keywords. biodiesel, biofuel policies, ethanol, greenhouse gas emissions, mandates jel-codes. q2, h2, f1. 1. introduction the production and use of biofuels – ethanol and biodiesel – has experienced a remarkable growth over the last decade. according to the us energy information agency (eia) data, total world biofuel production increased nearly six-fold over the 20002010 period, from 315 thousand barrels per day to 1856 thousand barrels per day (figure 1). three countries/regions have been leading this development: the united states, brazil and the european union (eu). ethanol has been the leading biofuel in the unites states (from corn) and in brazil (from sugarcane), whereas biodiesel is the preferred biofuel in europe (rapeseed oil is the most important feedstock). whereas both types of biofuels have experienced a similar upward trend in recent years, ethanol remains the dominant type of biofuel. in 2010 ethanol accounted for three-fourth of world biofuel output (when expressed in energy equivalent units). ethanol production increases have been particularly impressive in the united states, where the annual rate of growth over the period 2000-2010 was more than double that in brazil. indeed, the united states surpassed bra1 corresponding author: moschini@iastate.edu. 270 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan zil as the world’s largest ethanol producer in 2006, and by 2010 it produced 57.1% of world’s ethanol output. whereas the development of this industry draws on roots established long ago, especially in brazil, its recent boom has been heavily influenced by critical policies that are promoting the production and consumption of biorenewables in general, and biofuels in figure 1. world production of biofuels (thousand barrels per day). panel a: ethanol; panel b: biodiesel 271economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects particular. the rapid developments that have affected biofuel policies and biofuel industries have generated considerable debate, and a number of unresolved issues remain. the purpose of this paper is to provide a brief introduction to economic analyses of biofuels. needless to say, a comprehensive assessment of models and results in this setting goes beyond the scope of this paper, is probably premature at the current state of knowledge, and will therefore not be attempted. we start with a cursory review of the salient attributes of the biofuel industry growth, with emphasis on the policy drivers. given the primary importance of ethanol in the current biofuel industry, and the dominant role assumed by the united states in ethanol production, our presentation privileges us issues and policies, although some context is given for the other major players (brazil and the eu). this is followed by a discussion of the main economic questions that arise in the context of biofuels. specific attention is given to the basic analytics of biofuel mandates, the review of several existing studies that have estimated the market impacts of biofuels, the insights from a specific model, and an appraisal of biofuel policies and the environmental impacts of biofuels. the paper concludes with an examination of several open issues and the future prospects of biofuels. 2. boom of an industry a number of countries have experienced recent rapid increases in both supply and demand of biofuels, but the us ethanol sector stands out for the rate of growth experienced in the last decade, which has made the united states the leading producer of biofuels worldwide. in the united states ethanol has been produced from corn for more than three decades. the production trend depicted in figure 2 shows a slow albeit steady growth up to the beginning of the new millennium, and a markedly increased growth rate over the last decade. in 2011 ethanol output reached 13.9 billion gallons, an 80-fold increase relative to the 1980 level. throughout this period, a few federal policies have played a key role in the development of this industry (tyner, 2008). an initial stimulus came from the $0.40/gallon subsidy (technically, an excise tax exemption) established by the energy tax act of 1978. in various forms, the federal subsidy was active until it was allowed to expire at the end of 2011. it increased early on to reach $0.60/gallon with the tax reform act of 1984, but has been gradually adjusted downward since 1990. the subsidy (by then a blender tax credit) was last decreased to $0.45/gallon as of january 2009, and it was finally phased out at the end of december 2011. the desire to keep the subsidy for domestic production only motivated the introduction of a $0.54/gallon duty on ethanol imports (to supplement the out-of-quota bound ad valorem import tariff of 2.5%). this specific import duty also expired at the end of 2011. many other federal (yacobucci, 2012) and state programs exist that provide biofuel incentives. whereas the federal subsidy undoubtedly supported the earlier growth of the us ethanol industry, environmentally-led regulations also played an important role. in particular, the 1990 amendments to the clean air act introduced a 2% oxygen requirement for gasoline (duffield and collins, 2006). as concerns eventually arose as to the groundwater contamination potential of methyl tertiary butyl ether (mtbe), an early favorite oxygenate gasoline additive and octane enhancer, and following bans by some states (led by california), the gasoline refining industry began phasing out mtbe in the early 2000s. etha272 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan nol emerged as the most viable oxygenate substitute for mtbe, which fostered a valuable market niche for ethanol as a key gasoline additive.2 2.1. the us renewable fuel standard a major change in the policy context for us biofuels in general, and for ethanol in particular, was affected by the energy policy act of 2005 which first introduced a renewable fuel standard (rfs). the law established quantitative mandates for the minimum amount of biofuel to be included in the us transportation fuel. these quantitative mandates were expanded considerably by the energy independence and security act (eisa) of 2007 (schneff and yacobucci, 2012). the current rfs, after eisa, envisions the total amount of biofuel to increase to 36 billion gallons by 2022. to qualify as “renewable” for the purpose of the rfs, biofuels must achieve at least a 20% reduction in greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions, relative to the conventional fuel it replaces, based on a lifecycle analysis. the us environmental protection agency (epa) has determined that most biofuels (including corn-based ethanol) meet this carbon reduction require2 mtbe was completely phased out in 2007, after achieving a maximum use of about 3.3 billion gallons (of gasoline equivalent) per year over the period 1999-2002. owing to ethanol’s lower energy content, to replace that amount of mtbe would require about 4.7 billion gallons of ethanol. figure 2. evolution of the us ethanol industry note: mtbe quantity expressed in ethanol energy units. billion gallons $/gallons 273economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects ment. furthermore, eisa specifies a number of nested requirements as to how the overall biofuel mandate is to be achieved. first, the largest category is that of “advanced biofuels,” which are defined as biofuels that achieve at least a 50% ghg emission reduction. this category, from which corn-based ethanol is excluded, encompasses a variety of biofuels, including sugarcane ethanol and biodiesel, and it is supposed to grow to 21 billion gallons by 2012. a portion of the advanced biofuel mandate is reserved for biodiesel, which is to achieve 1 billion gallons from 2012 onward. the largest portion of the advanced biofuel mandate is reserved for cellulosic biofuels, identified as reaching a ghg emission reduction of 60%, which is envisioned to grow to 16 billion gallons by 2022. from all this it follows that corn-based ethanol is implicitly capped to a maximum of 15 billion gallons (from 2015 onward). also, a portion of the advanced biofuel mandate is unspecified and can be met by a variety of biofuels (including sugarcane ethanol, biodiesel and cellulosic biofuels). this unspecified portion of the advanced biofuel mandate is to grow to 4 billion gallons by 2012. the epa is responsible for implementing the rfs. to do so, prior to each year the epa estimates the total volume of transportation fuel expected to be used. based on that, it computes the blending percentage obligations (the “standards”) that are needed to meet the quantitative requirements of the rfs. for the current 2012 year, these standards require a total blending ratio of 9.23% for total renewable fuel, with corn-based ethanol accounting for as much as 7.104% of the expected consumption of transportation fuel (schneff and yacobucci, 2012). this rfs percentage is then used to determine the individual renewable volume obligations (rvos) that pertain to “obligated parties” (e.g., blenders and fuel refiners). to enforce such quantitative obligations the epa has developed a renewable identification number (rin) system.3 the epa has authority to waive specific rfs requirements under certain conditions. it has now used this authority repeatedly for cellulosic biofuel, the mandated quantity of which has been reduced owing to the lack of sufficient commercial capacity for its production. indeed, the mandate for cellulosic biofuel is emerging as a very controversial feature of the rfs, as many question whether the ambitious cellulosic biofuel mandates are actually feasible. the fact that the epa has drastically reduced the cellulosic biofuel mandate for the first three years of its implementation is significant. for example, eisa originally envisioned 500 million gallons of cellulosic biofuels for 2012, but the epa has reduced this year’s requirement to 8.65 million gallons. it is apparent that the current size of the us ethanol industry owes much to the quantitative mandates of the rfs. the change in rate of expansion of the industry in the mid2000s was concomitant with the expectation of such mandates, formalized in 2005 (figure 1). the rfs provided a floor for the size of the market, and the announced schedule of increases of this mandatory market for ethanol provided a secure environment for the construction of new ethanol plants. as figure 3 shows, the expansion of the industry capacity not only mirrors the schedule of mandated production, but it also shows that the 3 rins are identifiers assigned to ethanol batches at production and must follow such ethanol through the marketing chain. rins are “separated” from ethanol only when the latter is blended with gasoline, and can then be used by obligated parties to show compliance with their volume obligations. blenders can meet the rin requirement by buying a sufficient amount of ethanol to satisfy their rvos or, alternatively, by buying rins from other obligated parties who are using more ethanol than what they are mandated (mcphail, westcott and lutman, 2011). 274 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan total plant capacity is converging to the maximum of the rfs mandate for corn-based ethanol (to 15 billion gallons by 2015). an unresolved issue concerning the prospects for the ethanol industry is the socalled “blend wall.” this concept refers to the possible limit posed on the use of ethanol in transportation fuel that arises because of regulations and current infrastructure. ethanol is blended with gasoline to be used as fuel, and most ethanol is used as a 10% component of gasoline, the so-called e10 gasoline blend available at retail refueling stations. the epa has actually recently approved use of blends up to 15% for vehicles produced in 2001 or later, but the so-called e15 blend is not yet being marketed pending the resolution of a number of practical issues. a higher-ethanol blend that can contain from 51% to 83% ethanol, the so-called e85 fuel, can be used by flexible-fuel vehicles. but the limited size of the flex-fuel vehicle fleet (about 3% of all us vehicles), the comparative scarcity of e85 pumps at refueling stations, and the apparent lack of price competitiveness of e85 fuel,4 are currently seriously limiting the effectiveness of this avenue for biofuel use expansion (celebi et al., 2010). finished motor gasoline consumption in the united states was estimated by the eia to be 8.736 million barrels per day in 2011 (about 134 billion gallons for the year), down about 6% from the pre-recession consumption level of 2007. given that the penetration rate of ethanol in gasoline consumption is thus effec4 because ethanol contains only about 70% of the energy of standard gasoline, e85 should sell at a substantial discount relative to gasoline or e10, which does not appear to be the case (doe, 2012). figure 3. growth of the us ethanol industry: capacity expansion 275economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects tively capped at 10%, at current fuel consumption levels the blend wall is therefore at about 13.4 billion gallons of ethanol. 2.2. biofuels and biofuel policies in brazil and the european union outside of the united states, the most significant developments for biofuels have happened in brazil and the eu. brazil was for the longest time the world’s leader in biofuel production. significant investments in this sector began with the establishment in 1975 of proalcool, the brazilian ethanol program to promote domestic energy production as a response to the oil price boom of the 1970s. public support through various programs, including price controls, subsidized credit and lower taxes for ethanol-powered vehicles, played an important role initially, but price controls were phased out in 1999 (martinesfilho, burnquist and vian, 2006; miranda, swinbank and yano, 2011). brazilian ethanol is efficiently produced from sugarcane. most plants produce both sugar and ethanol (with some discretion on the mix of output), and can be energy self-sufficient when bagasse (crushed sugarcane stalks) is used to generate heat and electricity (valdez, 2011). two types of ethanol are produced and marketed: hydrous ethanol (a stand-alone fuel for dedicated engines) and anhydrous ethanol (to be blended with gasoline). brazilian ethanol production has grown steadily, to about 7.4 billion gallons in 2010, although brazil was overtaken by the united states as the world’s largest producer in 2006. the usefulness of dedicated-engine vehicles was severely tested in the late 1980s when hydrous ethanol suffered widespread shortages (a supply crisis brought about by the competitive pressure of cheap oil). flexible-fuel vehicles, introduced in 2003 and currently accounting for the vast majority of new vehicles sold in brazil, marked the beginning of renewed consumer interest in ethanol as transportation fuel. it also allows the government to influence ethanol consumption by means of mandatory blending percentage of anhydrous ethanol with gasoline. the current mandate specifies the range of 18% to 25% (the lower end of this range was revised down from 20% in 2011 to deal with tight ethanol availability). ethanol continues to benefit from various credit subsidies, and from preferential tax treatment at both federal and state levels. ethanol also enjoys a 20% import tariff, which was temporarily suspended in 2010 and 2011 (usda, 2011b). brazil’s support for biodiesel, produced mostly from soybeans, is more recent. there is a biodiesel mandate for blending with diesel fuel, currently set at 5%, and a biodiesel import tariff of 14%. in the eu the goal of increasing biofuel consumption has been a key ingredient in the pursuit of the kyoto ghg emission targets. the 5.75% target for the biofuel share of transportation fuel, set in 2003 and to be achieved by 2010, was not mandatory and apparently not very effective. the current overarching ambition, articulated in the 2009 energy and climate change package, is summarized by the so-called 20/20/20 objective: 20% ghg emission reduction, a 20% increase in energy efficiency, and a 20% share of renewable energy in the eu total energy consumption, all by 2020 (dixson-declève, 2012). a part of this eu legislation is the renewable energy directive, which establishes a target of 10% of renewable energy in transportation fuel use (european union, 2009). whereas the overall aspiration of the 20/20/20 objective is for the eu in the aggregate, the 10% target of renewable fuel for transportation is mandatory for all eu individual countries, although member states are granted flexibility on instruments and modalities to pursue the target. in order to 276 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan count towards the 10% goal, allowable biofuels have to meet certain sustainability criteria (usda, 2011a). for example, biofuels must achieve a 35% reduction in carbon emissions relative to fossil fuels, a saving that is to increase to 59% in 2017. the eu biofuel sector has experienced rapid growth over the last decade. biodiesel production in the eu relies on a variety of feedstock, the most important of which is rapeseed oil (more than half of the total). biodiesel production increased steadily from 1,065 mt in 2002 to 9,570 mt in 2010. but, according to the european biodiesel board, in 2011 the eu domestic production of biodiesel is expected to decline. of some note is the fact that the eu biodiesel capacity utilization has been low in recent years (about 44% in 2010 and 2011). ethanol production has also expanded, from 292 million liters in 2000 to 3,703 million liters in 2009. the favorite feedstock for ethanol production in the eu is sugar beet, but wheat, corn, rye and barley are also being used (usda, 2011a). as noted, biofuel imports are more important for the eu than for the united states or brazil. the import tariff for biodiesel is 6.5%, but it is considerably higher for ethanol: euro 102 per thousand liters for denatured ethanol and euro 192 per thousand liters for undenatured ethanol.5 apparently, most eu member states permit only use of undenatured ethanol for blending, thereby implicitly enforcing the higher tariff rate (usda 2011a). 3. why biofuels and biofuel policies? three reasons are routinely cited to rationalize biofuel production and biofuel support policies: energy security, environmental impacts, and support for agriculture and rural development. whereas fossil fuels have emerged as the dominant supply of energy since the industrial revolution, efforts to find other sources of energy have a long history. a major motivation is the fact that the stock of fossil fuels is fixed (although its size is uncertain) and we will therefore approach depletion at some point in the future.6 this consideration implies that fossil fuel prices should be expected to rise over time, on average, as per the insight of hotelling’s (1931) seminal contribution, although the outlook for the intermediate run suggests price levels well below recent record-high spikes (smith, 2009). alternative energy sources should, therefore, become competitive as time goes by. the global concern about the scarcity of oil is further heightened at national levels and articulated as an “energy security” issue, a reflection of the anxieties (especially in importing countries) brought about by recurrent shocks, price spikes and the general volatility of the oil market. in the united states, the goal to decrease dependence on foreign energy sources is routinely articulated at the policy level (council of economic advisers, 2008).7 5 at may 2012 average prices and exchange rates, these tariffs amount to about 22% and 42%, respectively, of the us ethanol price. 6 when that is likely to happen remains an open question, and indeed non-conventional petroleum sources might turn out to be the most competitive substitutes for conventional oil for many years to come (aguilera et al., 2009). for example, a major recent development in the united states is the drastic decline in the price of natural gas (at a 10-year low in february 2012, a mere 23.8% of the price level in october 2005), which is attributed to the shale gas boom enabled by the (controversial) use of modern hydraulic fracturing (fracking) technology. 7 petroleum accounts for the largest share of us energy sources (37% in 2010 according to the eia), and only about one third of it is domestically produced. 277economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects what makes biofuels potentially very attractive among alternatives to fossil fuels is the fact that they are renewable, and they are liquid. similar to other renewable sources (e.g., electricity from hydro or wind), not only do they overcome the exhaustible nature of fossil fuels, but also hold the promise of mitigating ghg emissions. despite the fact that burning biofuels contributes to carbon emissions, just like burning gasoline, the carbon emitted is (at least partly) simply recycled (having been absorbed from the atmosphere by the feedstock used to produce biofuels). this environmental impact, and its potential benefits in the context of climate change concerns, was much touted earlier on as a justification for bioefuel support policies (rajagopal and zilberman, 2007), but, as discussed further below, has emerged as a controversial feature. the intermittent nature of many renewable energy production platforms, and the lack of simple ways to store renewable power, continue to be major drawbacks for renewable energy sources (heal, 2010). unlike other renewable energy sources, however, biofuels consist of a liquid fuel that can readily be used for transportation, and this fact is of paramount importance in explaining the enthusiasm for biofuels production. one of the obvious economic impacts of biofuels is to increase the demand for agricultural output, beyond the traditional uses for food and feed. the resulting price effects positively impact incomes and returns in agriculture, and thus biofuels can play a positive role in the longstanding perceived need (especially in developed economies) to support agriculture. in particular, there is interest in the potential of biofuels to help with rural economic development, by spurring investment and employment in rural areas with sluggish economic activity. the need for biofuel policies, although commonly taken as implied by the foregoing comments on the potential positive attributes of biofuels, from an economic perspective requires a distinct argument. ultimately, the case must be made that there exist market failures that impede a desirable allocation of resources, and that the policies under consideration actually improve upon the market outcomes that would otherwise prevail.8 externalities that affect the environment, quite clearly, should take center stage in this context. in particular, carbon emissions, which are thought to be a primary cause of global climate change, are presumably not optimally priced (despite a panoply of taxes and regulations that affect them), as evidenced by the stated objective of most countries to reduce their level. the pursuit of energy security can similarly be related to a number of possible market failures. repeated attempts to exercise market power by opec constitute prima facie evidence that the competitive conditions that may lead to optimal resource allocation are not met. the unequal distribution of oil wealth around the globe, and the nature of oil extraction and exploitation, make this resource prone to political control (tsui, 2011), which further weakens the efficiency of the market in this setting. a related issue is the rationalization of a portion of national defense expenditures to protect access to foreign oil, which can be sizeable (delucchi and murphy, 2008). ultimately, from a given country’s perspective, the national “energy security” argument ascribes benefits to reducing oil imports, which typically also bring about national welfare gains from terms-of-trade effects (lapan and moschini, 2012). 8 a somewhat higher standard would require these policies to be at least as effective, vis-à-vis the stated goals, as alternative energy policies that could be implemented instead. 278 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan 4. assessing the impacts of biofuels considerable work has been done to assess the impacts of biofuels. at its basic level, one of the attributes of the development of biofuels is to affect a fundamental change in the demand for agricultural output. traditionally, most of the demand for agricultural output has been driven by food demand, either directly or indirectly (e.g., feed used in animal production). at the aggregate (and global) level, the dynamics of agricultural markets has thus been driven by expanding demand stemming from a growing world population and changing diets (towards more animal protein, which require more resources to produce), and by an expanding supply due to productivity increases and some increases in arable land. the recent development of the biofuel industry adds a potentially significant non-food component to total demand. to illustrate how biofuels might affect agricultural and energy markets, and in view of the fact that mandates are emerging as perhaps the most important policy instrument in this setting, consider the following (extremely stylized) representation of how a biofuel mandate might work. agricultural output can be used to produce either food or biofuel. transportation fuel can come from gasoline (obtained from refining oil) and/or biofuel. there is a mandate which specifies that at least a given amount xb of biofuel must be used.9 assume further that biofuel and gasoline are obtained in fixed proportion from the agricultural output and oil, respectively, and that there are no other costs in the production of these two products. if the mandate is binding (i.e., without it the market provision of biofuel would be strictly less than xb,) then the competitive equilibrium in the agricultural and energy markets can be represented as follows: (1) sc(pc) = dc(pc) + xb / α (agricultural market equilibrium) (2) βso(po) + xb = df(pf) (fuel market equilibrium) (3) αpb = pc (zero profit condition in biofuel production) (4) βpg = po (zero profit condition in oil refining) (5) pf · df(pf) = pg[df(pf) – xb] + pb · xb (zero profit condition in fuel blending) where s denotes (upward-sloping) supply functions, d denotes (downward-sloping) demand functions, p denotes prices, and the subscripts are as follows: c = food, f = fuel, o = oil, g = gasoline and b = biofuel. furthermore, the production coefficient α denotes the quantity of biofuel produced by one unit of agricultural output, and the production coefficient β denotes the quantity of gasoline produced by one unit of oil (and units of measurement are presumed adjusted such that gasoline and biofuel have the same energy content and thus are perfect substitutes from the consumers’ perspective). without biofuel mandates (e.g., xb = 0), under the maintained assumption that no biofuel would be produced in such a case, the price of transportation fuel is simply the price of gasoline, which is in a constant relation with the price of oil and it is determined by the fuel market equilibrium: df(pg) = βso(βpg). similarly, the price of food is determined separately in the agricultural market equilibrium: dc(pc) = sc(pc). with a positive 9 following lapan and moschini (2012), the mandate here is represented in terms of a total quantity. obviously, the mandate could alternatively be cast as a fraction of fuel consumption, without affecting the conclusions to be discussed. 279economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects and binding biofuel mandate xb > 0, the price of food is still determined by the equilibrium condition (1), and clearly dpc / dxb > 0 the price of biofuel is linked to the price of food by (3), and thus dpb / dxb > 0. given that the mandate xb > 0 is exogenous and binding, and the price of biofuel is determined in the agricultural market, the conditions in (2), (4) and (5) determine the prices of blended fuel and of gasoline/oil. the implication of the biofuel mandate for the energy market is that of reducing the price of gasoline/oil, dpb / dxb < 0. note that a mandate has simultaneously two distinct effects: it is a subsidy to biofuel and a tax on gasoline. the impact of the mandate on the blended fuel price, on the other hand, is indeterminate. one should expect that increasing a binding mandate raises the price of fuel (which, as implied by (5), is a weighted average of the prices of gasoline and biofuel), and thus reduces total consumption. but if the derived supply of ethanol is more elastic than the derived supply of gasoline, then over some domain an increasing ethanol mandate may in fact lower the price of fuel and raise total fuel consumption (de gorter and just, 2009b; lapan and moschini, 2012). the foregoing makes it clear that, as a consequence of biofuel production expansion, agricultural prices rise and agricultural output expands. the general belief is that the relevant supply function is rather inelastic, and so the price effects could be sizeable and larger than the output effect. in the longer run, a number of market adjustments are set into motion. supply can expand because of new investments in agriculture, perhaps more land brought into production, and increased productivity by renewed r&d efforts. all of that can neutralize some of the price increase effects, but the fact that biofuels essentially shift rightward the total demand for agricultural output leaves little doubt as to the nature of the final effects. this formulation, of course, is too simplistic to provide a sufficient articulation of the important economic impacts of biofuels in real-world settings. the demand and supply in the agricultural and energy markets are affected by many other policies beyond biofuel mandates (e.g., fuel taxes, biofuel subsidies, farm support programs, trade restrictions, environmental regulations), which impact resource allocation at the national level as well as trade flows. also, the type of feedstock used in biofuel production will matter, as will the geographical distribution of biofuel production. to get a firmer grasp on the estimated economic impacts of biofuels, including environmental and welfare effects, more comprehensive models are desirable. numerous modeling efforts are now available that study various features of biofuel production, and the key policies believed to be responsible for the expansion of the biofuel sector. although a simple taxonomy is perhaps reductive, roughly speaking they differ as to whether they adopt a computable general equilibrium (cge) approach or a partial equilibrium (pe) approach. although other cge models dealing with bioenergy exist (kretschmer and peterson, 2010), a modeling framework that has been used extensively in this setting is provided by the global trade analysis project (gtap), originally a cge model of agricultural trade. a series of papers have extended and adapted this model to make it suitable for analyzing biofuels, including the addition of a module that separates global land use in several agro-ecological zones. some of the most significant published gtap studies are summarized in the appendix. not surprisingly, the specific results that one gets depend on the orientation of each modeling endeavor. in general it is found that: rising oil prices were an important element in the “biofuel boom,” but the role of various support poli280 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan cies has also been critical; the impact of the biofuel expansion on composition of agricultural production is significant, especially the increase of corn acreage in the united states and the increase of oilseed area in the european union; the cumulative nature of us and eu policies matters considerably and the analysis of these policies should be done jointly rather than separately; land-use changes are not insignificant with crop cover rising at the expense of pastureland and commercial forests; the policy of biofuel mandates reduces the transmission of price volatility from the energy sector to the agricultural sector, but might exacerbate the impact of agricultural supply shocks; explicitly incorporating by-products in the analysis is important and can considerably change the magnitude of some variables of interest; although the estimated indirect land use change (iluc) is lower than that suggested by other studies, the carbon benefits of biofuels relative to gasoline may be negligible. one of the alternatives to a cge approach is provided by pe, multi–commodity, multi-country/region models of the agricultural sector. one example is the food and agricultural policy research institute (fapri) model utilized by some analysts at iowa state university and the university of missouri. some studies that rely on versions of the fapri model are summarized in the appendix. one of the results is to emphasize the role of oil prices in determining the development and long-run size of the ethanol industry: at oil prices in the range of 60-75 $/barrel, the corn-based ethanol industry is forecasted to grow to beyond 30 billion gallons/year. a well-known application of this model was the estimation of iluc effects (searchinger et al., 2008), which argued that corn-based ethanol actually worsens ghg emissions. but, in another application, dumortier et al. (2011) make the case for much lower levels of carbon emissions due to iluc effects. a number of other studies are available, both for cge and pe; without any claim of an exhaustive coverage, some of these studies are included in the appendix as well. cge models are attractive because they can link the agricultural sector to the rest of the economy, and account for feedback effects. gtap models also link domestic agricultural sectors across countries by trade and in principle can represent bilateral trade flows. gce models are also attractive for studying iluc effects because they typically model competition for land across alternative uses in an explicit fashion. conversely, pe models often rely on reduced-form specifications that sacrifice the structural internal consistency of cge models in exchange for more disaggregated coverage in the product space, and sometimes a more detailed representation of the policy instruments at work. evaluating results across models with such structural differences is inherently very difficult. in any event, even a casual comparison of the results summarized in the appendix would suggest that they are hardly definitive. for example, pe extrapolations of the future size of the us corn-based ethanol industry appear suspect. another issue that has been noted is that cge models seem to predict much lower agricultural price effects, due to biofuel expansion, than pe models (kretschmer and peterson, 2010), and indeed such price effects are often not explicitly discussed in the gtap models reviewed in the appendix. 4.1. appraising biofuel policies assessing the economics of biofuels cannot be divorced from the assessment of the policies that have been critical to support the expansion of this industry. as noted earlier, 281economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects a myriad of policies have been implemented at various junctures and/or jurisdictions to support biofuels, and an assessment of biofuel policies per se might be desirable. a recent comprehensive review that focuses on policy evaluation is provided by de gorter and just (2010). the specific normative evaluation of policy tools, of course, depends critically on the welfare criterion that is used, which in turn depends on the market failures that are presumed. as noted earlier, multiple objectives/market failures are routinely invoked to rationalize biofuel policies, but their explicit characterization is often missing in empirical studies. for example, large partial equilibrium commodity models are notoriously ill suited for welfare evaluation. some useful conclusions, however, can be gotten from conceptual studies and parameterization of smaller models. one result of some interest is that outright subsidy to biofuel production, such as the blending tax credit implemented in the united states until its expiration at the end of 2011, have questionable impacts. in particular, de gorter and just (2009b) show that the introduction of such a subsidy in a setting where the mandate is binding leads to a decrease in the price of fuel (i.e., the blend of gasoline and ethanol) and thus acts as a consumption subsidy. ceteris paribus, this effect increases consumption, which tends to increase (rather than reduce) ghg emissions (one of the stated objectives of biofuel policies). a particularly interesting result in this setting emerges from the comparison of a subsidy-only policy (a price instrument) and a mandate-only policy (a quantity instrument). lapan and moschini (2012) show that, perhaps counter-intuitively, the optimal ethanol mandate yields higher welfare than the optimal ethanol subsidy. thus, the equivalence between a price instrument and a quantity instrument that one typically expects in competitive models without uncertainty does not apply here. the main reason is that, as shown in lapan and moschini (2012), a biofuel mandate, per se, is fully equivalent to the combination of an ethanol subsidy and a gasoline tax that are revenue neutral. in the typical setting of interest for biofuel policies, where multiple objectives are relevant, these two effects are both desirable. thus, in a second-best context where a full set of instruments is not available, biofuel mandates are preferable to biofuel subsidies. a distinct role for production mandates is to stimulate investments in the construction of biofuel production plants by providing assurance as to the size of future demand. the growth of the us corn ethanol capacity depicted in figure 3 certainly lends support to this perspective. to be effective in this role, however, mandates need to be credible, and this credibility might be called into question by the possibility of waivers envisioned by current us policies. a case in point is the rfs mandate for cellulosic ethanol has now been modified and largely waived for three consecutive years. some implications of a waivable mandate in this setting are explored by miao, hennessy and babcock (2011). insofar as a relevant objective of biofuel policies is to support farm incomes, a critical element relates to how they interact with pre-existing agricultural support policies. this is a challenging task because it entails comparing second-best policy instruments, which are typically difficult to rank from a welfare perspective, and because of the many and disparate potentially active farm policies that would need to be explicitly represented in a coherent model. an earlier study by gardner (2007) concluded that the us ethanol subsidy reduces the deadweight loss of farm programs that are contingent on corn price (e.g., the loan deficiency payment). de gorter and just (2009a), by contrast, find that the annual rectangular deadweight costs – which arise because they conclude that ethanol would not 282 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan be commercially viable without government intervention – dwarf in value the traditional triangular deadweights costs of farm subsidies. 4.2. some insights from a specific model the study by cui et al. (2011), which generalizes in a number of significant ways the framework outlined in equations (1)-(5), can help to provide some insights into the modeling of biofuel policies and the market impacts of biofuels for the case of the united states. the root of this model is provided by the theoretical analysis of lapan and moschini (2012) (an earlier version was presented in lapan and moschini, 2009), who build a simplified general equilibrium (multimarket) model of the united states that links the agricultural and energy sectors of this country to each other and to the rest of the world. among other things, the model makes the oil price endogenous (in addition to corn price), thereby relaxing an undesirable feature of many models in this setting that treat the oil price as exogenous. in cui et al. (2011) this model is extended to account for petroleum by-products and it is parameterized to make it suitable for calibration and simulation. the model’s components are: us corn supply equation; us food/feed corn demand equations (exclusive of ethanol use), rest of the world (row) demand for corn imports, us oil supply (production) equation, us fuel demand equation, us petroleum by-products demand equation, row oil export supply equation. the model treats the ethanolproducing segment as a competitive industry with free entry, with ethanol production represented by a fixed-proportion technology and with explicit recognition of valuable byproducts arising from this process (e.g., distillers dried grains with solubles). refining of oil is also represented as a competitive industry with oil converted (in fixed proportions) into unblended gasoline and other petroleum by-products (e.g., heating oil). gasoline is blended with ethanol to produce “fuel.” having accounted for the fact that ethanol and gasoline have different energy content per volume unit (one gallon of ethanol is equivalent to 0.69 gallons of gasoline), ethanol and gasoline are treated as perfect substitutes to satisfy fuel demand.10 the welfare function includes an accounting of the externality costs of carbon emissions, from the point of view of the united states, and also accounts for how changes in the terms of trade impact us welfare. upon calibration of the parameters, to reflect consensus on production coefficients and elasticity estimates, the model is well suited to evaluate the positive and normative impacts of a variety of policy interventions related to biofuels. the policy scenarios considered are: (i) the status quo characterized by the (then active) blending subsidy for ethanol and fuel tax (on both ethanol and gasoline); (ii) the laissez faire (no taxes nor subsidies); (iii) the no-ethanol policy (tax on fuel but no subsidy for ethanol); (iv) the first-best policy combination, which in this setting consists of oil import and corn export tariffs and a carbon tax; (v) the second-best policy consisting of optimally chosen fuel tax and ethanol subsidy; (vi) a restricted second best in which the only active policy instrument is the ethanol subsidy; and (vii) a restricted second best in which the only active policy instrument is the ethanol mandate. 10 the model does not consider trade in ethanol on the presumption that the $0.54/gallon ethanol import duty, in place till the end of 2011, effectively acted as a prohibitive tariff. 283economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects among the estimated market impacts, it is found that the status quo policy leads to an 11.6% increase in corn production and a 53% increase in the price of corn (relative to the no ethanol policy benchmark). the corn ethanol industry also owes its very existence to status quo policies: in the no ethanol policy scenario the industry virtually disappears. but it is important to note that, in the laissez faire scenario, the model shows a sizeable ethanol industry, more than half the size of the current industry. this result highlights a critical feature of the institutional setting. that is, the current fuel tax is levied in volume terms (about $0.39/gallon when accounting for both the federal tax and the average of state taxes) and thus, when viewed in energy terms, it is implicitly much higher for ethanol than it is for gasoline (e.g., as modeled, the current fuel tax is effectively a $0.39/gallon tax on gasoline but a $0.57/gallon tax on ethanol). given such a volume tax on fuel, an ethanol subsidy (or an ethanol mandate) is desirable to level the playing field, even absent any environmental advantage that ethanol might have relative to gasoline. two of the reasons invoked to rationalize biofuel policies are to ameliorate the environment (by reducing co2 emission) and to lessen us dependence on foreign oil. with respect to the latter, it is found that the first-best solution (relying on an optimal import tariff) would reduce oil imports by about 20% relative to the laissez-faire (but the status quo policy only reduces oil imports by 4.6% relative to the no ethanol policy). as for the impact on emissions, firstand second-best policies are essentially equivalent, both reducing carbon emission by 8.5% relative to the laissez-faire scenario. but the status quo situation actually leads to more emissions than the “no ethanol policy” scenario. as noted by de gorter and just (2009b), the ethanol blending subsidy ends up working as a consumption subsidy for final consumers, which, ceteris paribus, leads to an expansion of fuel consumption that translates into higher (not lower) carbon emissions levels. the welfare impacts of the various policy scenarios considered are also illuminating and show that all of the ethanol support policies considered improve us social welfare (relative to both the laissez faire and the no ethanol policy benchmarks). a major reason for this result is due to the favorable terms of trade effects of the various policies; because the united states is a “large country” in the oil and corn markets, policies that reduce oil imports and/or corn exports have price effects that are beneficial to the united states. in addition to this overall welfare impact, the analysis can shed some light on the distributional effects associated with ethanol support policies. to consider this issue in more concrete terms, figure 4 illustrates the components of the welfare effect of the status quo as compared with the no ethanol policy scenarios. not surprisingly, it turns out that there are clear winners and losers from these policies. the biggest beneficiaries of the status quo ethanol policies are corn producers and fuel consumers. corn producers benefit from the increased price of corn (which however penalizes users of corn for food and feed), and fuel consumers benefit from the reduced equilibrium gasoline/fuel price induced by the ethanol subsidy. users of petroleum by-products experience a welfare loss because the price of petroleum by-products increases with the subsidized increase in ethanol use (this arises because less oil is refined, which, owing to the fixed proportion technology, tightens the supply of these by-products). figure 4 also illustrates the point mentioned earlier, that the subsidization of ethanol production in the status quo scenario actually worsens the externality of carbon emissions. it also shows that the monetary value of the externality amelioration is minor, compared with the other welfare effects. 284 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan 4.3. environmental impacts a major motivation for biofuels has been the expectation that they might provide a cleaner source of transportation fuel. on an energy equivalent basis, biofuels typically produce lower ghg emissions relative to gasoline, although major differences exist across types of biofuels and processes. for example, the performance of corn-based ethanol is sensitive to the energy used to power ethanol refineries (wang, wu and huo, 2007). a necessary condition for a net positive environmental impact is that biofuel production, viewed from the perspective of life cycle analysis (lca), yields more energy than the fossil energy used in its production.11 among current (so called “first generation”) biofuels, the evidence from a vast literature available suggests that brazilian ethanol produced from sugarcane leads to the greatest carbon savings. to evaluate the environmental footprint of biofuels, lca takes a system-wide approach that is meant also to account for all the energy/carbon associated with the production of inputs used in biofuel production (miranowski, 2012). but the traditional implementation of lca essentially assumes that one unit of biofuel (in energy equivalent terms) substitutes for one unit of fossil fuel, which is unrealistic from a number of reasons (rajagopal, hochman and zilberman, 2011). the general concern is that of “carbon 11 this attribute has actually been disputed by some for the case of corn-based ethanol, but it is now generally accepted as true (farrell et al., 2008). figure 4. welfare effects of the status quo ethanol policy (changes relative to “no ethanol policy”), $ billions (source: cui et al., ajae 2011) note: c.s. = consumer surplus; p.s. = producer surplus. 285economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects leakage,” whereby reduced emissions in an activity or country are partly or wholly offset by increased emissions elsewhere. a specific instance in our context relates to “indirect land use” effects that arise because of market adjustments to large-scale biofuel production. for example, diverting corn to ethanol production in the united states might bring new marginal land into production elsewhere because of the increased overall demand for agricultural output. such indirect land use change (iluc) effects can dramatically change the assessment of the environmental impacts of biofuels (searchinger et al. 2008; fargione et al. 2008). whereas there is no doubt that they are plausible, accounting for iluc effects is a non-trivial matter. dumortier et al. (2011) show that the results of the model used by searchinger et al. (2008) can be very sensitive to parametric and model assumptions. several studies in this area have gravitated toward the use of cge analysis. using gtap, hertel, tyner and birur (2010) find that, to jointly meet the biofuel mandate policies of the united states and the eu, coarse grains acreage in the united states rises by 10%, oilseeds acreage in the eu increases dramatically, by 40%, cropland areas in the united states would increase by 0.8%, and about one-third of these changes occur because of the eu mandate policy. the us and eu mandates jointly reduce the forest and pasture land areas of the united states by 3.1% and 4.9%, respectively. hertel et al. (2010), by a fuller accounting of market-mediated responses and by-product use, find lower estimates of iluc effects, about one-fourth the value estimated by searchinger et al. (2008). still, the estimated iluc effects are enough to completely eliminate any positive carbon emissions effect from corn-based ethanol. one consequence of the emerging fuller picture on the environmental effects of biofuel production is the incorporation of iluc effects into regulatory standards. for example, the epa accounts for international iluc in assessing the ghg emissions reduction of various biofuels to meet the rfs requirements (epa, 2010). according to the epa, corn ethanol still achieves a 21% ghg reduction compared to gasoline and thus meets the minimum requirements established by the rfs; also, sugarcane ethanol qualifies as an advanced biofuel since it achieves an average 61% ghg reduction compared with baseline gasoline. although the eu has acknowledged the desirability of including iluc into its biofuel sustainability standards, this has not yet been implemented. environmental issues related to iluc are not limited to the potential for indirect carbon emissions caused by biofuel expansion. more generally, the concern is that a massive expansion of biofuel production is bound to put additional stress on limited global land and water resources. the resulting intensification of production practices, and the stimulus to use marginal land, may lead to increased soil degradation, increased pollution, and may have adverse consequences for wildlife habitat and biodiversity. 5. conclusion and prospects for the future if the rapid development that biofuels have enjoyed over the last decade is to be sustained, several challenges will have to be overcome. in the united states, expansion of the corn-based ethanol beyond the limit envisioned by the rfs mandate (15 billion gallons by 2015) appears unlikely, and the dynamics of ethanol-plant capacity construction (figure 3) is consistent with this interpretation. a related but distinct issue is represented by the so-called “blend wall,” where the current infrastructure might make it difficult to increase 286 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan the fraction of ethanol in transportation fuel beyond 10% in volume terms. because this blending ratio is essentially already achieved by current production levels, it is clear that this blend wall is an issue that needs resolution if the contributions of advanced biofuels (including cellulosic ethanol) are to meet the ambitious targets set out by the rfs mandates. and this, it seems, is not the greatest challenge facing so-called “second-generation” biofuels.12 commercial production of second generation biofuels is lagging behind the (perhaps overly optimistic) expectations embedded in the rfs mandates. critical technological feasibility issues are still being sorted out, and the (efficient) solution to the logistical challenges of the feedstock provision, and the scalability of pilot plants into commercially viable entities, remains fraught with challenges. after a careful review of the state of knowledge on the key production economic issues of second generation biofuels, carriquiri, du and timilsina (2011) conclude that the cost of cellulosic ethanol is two to three times larger than the price of gasoline, and the cost of biodiesel from microalgae many times higher still. renewed interest in the next generation of biofuels is also justified by a number of controversies that continue to surround the development of biofuels. two of the major are: (i) the actual contribution that biofuels can realistically have towards ameliorating ghg emission vis-à-vis climate change concerns; and, (ii) the impact of large-scale biofuel production on food prices, i.e., the “food vs. fuel” debate. as discussed earlier, the contribution of biofuels to reducing carbon emission, while positive, is limited, as is the ability of biofuel to significantly reduce the use of fossil fuels. in particular, some argue that biofuels are inherently ill-suited for that purpose. jaeger and egelkraut (2011), for example, conclude that, for the purpose of reducing fossil fuel use and ghg emissions, us biofuels are 14-31 times as costly as other alternatives strategies (such as gas taxes and promotion of energy efficiency. when considering biofuel policies from the perspective of carbon emissions, the recurring gold standard of an ideal policy response is a “carbon tax.” to make such a policy operational, of course, one would need to assign a monetary value to the social cost of carbon pollution.13 it is useful to note, at this juncture, the considerable uncertainty that surrounds this parameter. tol (2009) surveys 232 published studies and finds that the mean of these estimates corresponds to a marginal cost of carbon emissions of $105/ tc (metric ton carbon) (this is equivalent to $28.60/tco2). but the standard deviation of these estimates is rather large: $243/tc ($66/tco2) (all of these figures are expressed in 1995 dollars). the us national highway traffic safety administration (nhtsa), in calculating their proposed corporate average fuel economy (cafe) standard, relies on an earlier survey (tol, 2008) and pegs the global social cost of carbon at $33/tco2 (in 2007 dollars) (nhtsa, 2009). a lower social cost of carbon is presumed by parry and small (2005), who use $25/tc (expressed in year 2000 dollars), which is equivalent to $6.8/tco2 (but they also account for external congestion costs of 3.5¢/mile, and an exter12 such biofuels include cellulosic ethanol made from lignocellulosic biomass from crop residues (e.g., corn stover) and whole plant biomass from would-be specialized energy crops (e.g., switchgrass, miscanthus, and fastgrowing trees such as poplars). biodiesel from alternative feedstock, such as lipids from microalgae, are also considered promising avenues for second generation biofuels. 13 the recently proposed new eu energy tax directive (voted down in april 2012), for example, sought to include a common component of euro 20/tco2 in the tax rate of all energy products. 287economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects nal accident cost of 3¢/mile). the widely cited “stern review” (stern, 2007) provides the much higher estimate of approximately $80/tco2. this is mostly due to the choice of a low discount rate for future economic damage from climate change, an assumption questioned by some. by using a more conventional discount rate, hope and newbery (2008) find that the (global) carbon cost from the stern report could be reduced to the range of $20-$25/tco2. another influential study (nordhaus, 2008) suggests an estimate of about $8/tco2. quite clearly, much remains to be understood in this setting. although this is not a problem unique to biofuel, it is nonetheless central to the design of firstand second-best biofuel policies. harnessing the energy of the sun by means of crops, which ultimately is what is attempted by biofuels, has to deal with an overarching constraint: land is scarce, and land used for biofuel production is not available for food production. as discussed earlier, one of the expected impacts is a rise in food prices. whereas such price increases might be tolerable for developed economies, indeed can be viewed as quite consistent with a longstanding commitment to support the agricultural sector, this pecuniary externality clearly has distributive implications that might be undesirable for less developed countries. in a world where 850 million people are deemed undernourished (fao, 2011), the price of food is, objectively, a serious obstacle to food security for a significant share of the world’s least affluent population. how much responsibility one ought to put on biofuels in this setting depends on their actual impact on food prices, an issue that is somewhat unresolved. qualitatively, as discussed earlier, it is clear that food prices will increase, and it is believed that biofuel production may impact food prices more than energy prices.14 concerns about the food-price effects of biofuel expansion were heightened by the commodity price hike that culminated in the 2008 food crises. although no single nor simple explanation for this phenomenon (and similar price booms experienced in the past) appears possible (carter, rausser and smith, 2011; wright, 2011), it seems clear that a sizeable increase in the diversion of basic staple commodities to biofuel production, that materialized over a short period of time, had the potential to have a very significant effect on commodity prices, especially at a time when the stocks (relative to production and demand) had been running at historically low levels (wright, 2011). timilsina and shresta (2011) review a number of recent studies that have tried to estimate the likely impact of biofuel expansion on commodity and food prices. although the magnitude of estimated price effects turns out to fall in a fairly wide range and, not surprisingly, to also depend on assumptions and modeling framework (e.g., partial equilibrium models appear to suggest larger price effects that cge models), there is considerable evidence of a significant impact of biofuel production on commodity and food prices. as the full extent of biofuel mandates in the united states, eu and elsewhere is realized over the next few years, and global demand rebounds from the great recession, earlier concerns about the food price effects of biofuel and their implications for food security (runge and senauer, 2007) might resurface in a heightened fashion.15 14 for example, in the simulation results presented in cui et al. (2011), the status quo scenario relative to the no ethanol policy scenario shows a 53% increase in the corn price and only a 6% decrease in the gasoline price. 15 this paper was written in may 2012, before a major drought materialized in the united states. the steep commodity price increases, triggered by the expected harvest shortfall caused by the 2012 drought, underscore the importance of the issues briefly outlines in this paragraph. 288 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan the role that international trade can play in the path toward fulfilling biofuel mandates (in the united states, the eu and elsewhere) remains to be clarified. comparison of production and consumption data of total biofuels from the eia suggests a fairly sizeable but still somewhat limited extent of international trade in biofuels. for example, for the two most recent years with available data (2009-2010), the eia shows net exports from brazil (about 16% of production), net exports from the united states (about 2% of production), and net imports in europe (about 23% of consumption). for the eu these figures might need to be supplemented by the consideration that a large fraction of feedstock used in biodiesel production (either as vegetable oils or as oilseeds that are crushed in the eu) is imported. a critical consideration in that setting refers to the impact of sustainability standards. for example, the fulfillment of the unspecified portion of advanced biofuels (i.e., apart from cellulosic biofuels and biodiesel) of the rfs mandates in the united states, which is set to reach 4 billion gallons by 2022, may well have to rely on sugarcane ethanol produced in brazil. yet the prospect of the united states importing sugarcane ethanol from brazil to meet low-carbon standards, while exporting corn-based ethanol to brazil (as observed in 2011), is perplexing. also, lack of international harmonization of sustainability standards, and lack of uniform guidelines and institution for the certification and enforcement of these standards, holds the potential for such standards to become serious impediments to trade. the plethora of biofuel programs and subsidies can easily create situations ripe for trade conflicts (de gorter, drabik and just, 2011). still, insofar as reducing carbon emission is a global problem, the contribution of biofuels would be maximized by efficient production and full exploitation of comparative advantages. acknowledgements an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 1st aieaa conference ‘towards a sustainable bio-economy: economic issues and policy challenges’. 4-5 june, 2012, trento, italy. this research was partially supported by the u.s. national institute of food and agriculture through a policy research center grant to iowa state university. references aguilera, r.f., eggert, r.g., lagos, c.c.g. and tilton, j.e. (2009). depletion and the future availability of petroleum resources. energy journal 30(1): 141-174. al-riffai, p,. dimaranan, b. and laborde, d. (2010). european union and united states biofuel mandate: impacts on world markets. technical notes no. idb-tn-191. beckman, j., hertel, t., taheripour, f. and tyner, w. (2012). structure change in the boifuels era. european review of agricultural economics 39(1): 137-156. birur, d., hertel, t. and tyner, w. (2009). the biofuels boom: implications for world food markets. in: bunte, f., and dagevos, h. (eds), the food economy global issues and challenges. wageningen: wageningen academic publishers, 61-75. carter, c.a., rausser, g.c. and smith, a. (2001). commodity booms and busts. annual review of resource economics 3: 87-118. 289economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects carriquiri, m.a., du, x. and timilsina, g.r. (2011). second generation biofuels: economics and policies. energy policy 39: 4222-4234. celebi, m., cohen, e., cragg, m., hutchings, d. and shankar, m. (2010). can the u.s. congressional ethanol mandate be met? discussion paper, the brattle group, may. chen, x., huang, h., khanna, m. and onal, h. (2011). meeting the mandate for biofuels: implications for land use, food and fuel prices. nber working paper 16697. council of economic advisers (2008). searching for alternative energy solutions. chapter 7 in the economic report of the president, february. cui, j., lapan, h., moschini, g. and cooper, j. (2011), welfare impacts of alternative biofuel and energy policies. american journal of agricultural economics 93(5): 12351256. doe (2012). clean cities alternative fuel price report. u.s. department of energy, january. de gorter, h. and just, d.r. (2009a). the welfare economics of a biofuel tax credit and the interaction effects with price contingent farm subsidies. american journal of agricultural economics 91(2): 477-488. de gorter, h. and just, d.r. (2009b). the economics of a blend mandate for biofuels. american journal of agricultural economics 91(3): 738-750. de gorter, h. and just, d.r. (2010). the social costs and benefits of biofuels: the intersection of environmental, energy and agricultural policy. applied economic perspectives and policy 32(1): 4-32. de gorter, h., drabik, d. and just, d.r. (2011). the economics of a blender’s tax credit versus a tax exemption: the case of u.s. “splash and dash” biodiesel exports to the european union. applied economic perspectives and policy 33(4): 510-527. delucchi, m.a. and murphy, j. (2008). u.s. military expenditures to protect the use of persian-gulf oil for motor vehicles. energy policy 36(6): 2253-2264. dixson-declève, s. (2012). fuel policies in the eu: lessons learned from the past and outlook for the future. in: zachariadis, t.i. (ed.), cars and carbon: automobiles and european climate policy in a global context, dordrecht: springer science publisher, 97-126. duffield, j.a. and collins, k. (2006). evolution of renewable energy policy. choices 21(1): 9-14. dumortier, j., hayes, d., carriquiry, m., dong, f., du, x., elobeid, a., fabiosa, j. and tokgoz, s. (2011). sensitivity of carbon emission estimates from indirect land-use change. applied economics perspective and policy 33(3): 428-448. elobeid, a., tokgoz, s., hayes, d., babcock, b. and hart, c. (2007). the long-run impact of corn-based ethanol on the grain, oilseed, and livestock sectors with implications for biotech crops. agbioforum 10(1): 11-18. epa (2010). epa finalizes new regulations for the national renewable fuel standard program for 2010 and beyond. u.s. environmental protection agency, epa420-f-10-006, february. european union (2009). directive 2009/28/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 23 april 2009 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources amending and subsequently repealing directives 2001/77/ec and 2003/30/ ec. official journal of the european union l140/16 of 5.6.2009. 290 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan fao (2011), the state of food insecurity in the world – how does international price volatility affect domestic economies and food security? food and agriculture organization, rome. fargione, j., hill, j., tilman, d., polasky, s. and hawthorne, p. (2008). land clearing and the biofuel carbon debt. science 319(5867): 1235-1237. farrell, a.e., plevin, r.j., turner, b.t., jones, a.d., o’hare, m. and kammen, d.m. (2006). ethanol can contribute to energy and environmental goals. science 311(5760): 506–508. fonseca, m.b., burrell, a., gay, s.h., henseler, m., kavallari, a., m’barek, r., pérez domínguez, i. and tonini, a. (2010). impacts of the eu biofuel target on agricultural markets and land use: a comparative modelling assessment. european commission, jrc reference report eur 24449. gardner, b. (2007). fuel ethanol subsidies and farm price support. journal of agricultural & food industrial organization 5(2): 1-20. hayes, d., babcock, b., fabiosa, j., tokgoz, s., elobeid, a., yu, t-h, dong, f., hart, c., chavez, e., pan, s., carriquiry, m. and dumortier j. (2009). biofuels: potential production capacity, effects on grain and livestock sectors, and implications for food prices and consumers. journal of agricultural and applied economics 41(2): 465-491. heal, g. (2010). reflections – the economics of renewable energy in the united states. review of environmental economics and policy 4(1): 139-154. hertel, t., golub, a., jones, a., o’hare, m., plevin, r. and kammen, d. (2010). effects of us maize ethanol on global land use and greenhouse gas emissions: estimating market-mediated responses. biosience 60(3): 223-231. hertel, t., tyner, w. and birur, d. (2010). the global impacts of biofuel mandates,. the energy journal 31(1): 75-100. hope, c. and newbery, d. (2008). calculating the social cost of carbon. in: grubb, m., jamasb, t. and pollitt, m.g. (eds), delivering a low carbon electricity system: technologies, economics and policy. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press, 31-63. hotelling, h. (1931). the economics of exhaustible resources. journal of political economy 39: 137-175. jaeger, w.k. and egelkraut, t.m. (2011). biofuel economics in a setting of multiple objectives and unintended consequences. renewable and sustainable energy reviews 15: 4320-4333. keeney, r. and hertel, t. (2009). the indirect land use impacts of united states biofuel policies: the importance of acreage, yield, and bilateral trade responses. american journal of agricultural economics 91(4): 895-909. khanna, m., ando, a.w. and taheripour, f. (2008). welfare effects and unintended consequences of ethanol subsidies. review of agricultural economics 30(3): 411-421. kretschmer, b. and peterson, s. (2010). integrating bioenergy into computable general equilibrium models. a survey. energy economics 32(2010): 673-686. lapan, h. and moschini, g. (2009). biofuel policies and welfare: is the stick of mandates better than the carrot of subsidies? iowa state university department of economics working paper no. 09010. 291economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects lapan, h. and moschini, g. (2012). second-best biofuel policies and the welfare effects of quantity mandates and subsidies. journal of environmental economics and management 63: 224-241. martines-filho, j., burnquist, h.l. and vian, c.e.f. (2006). bioenergy and the rise of sugarcane-based ethanol in brazil. choices 21(2): 91-96. mcphail, l., westcott, p. and lutman, h. (2011). the renewable identification number system and u.s. biofuel mandates. ers report bio-03, usda, november. miao, r., hennessy, d. and babcock, b. (2012). investment in cellulosic biofuel refineries: do waivable biofuel mandates matter? american journal of agricultural economics 94(3): 750-762. miranda, s., swinbank, a. and yano, y. (2011). biofuel policies in the eu, us and brazil. eurochoices 10(3): 11-17. miranowski, j.a. (2012). greenhouse gas accounting: life cycle analysis of biofuels and land use changes. oecd report com/tad/ca/env/epoc(2010)20/final, april 23. nhtsa (2009). corporate average fuel economy for my 2011 passenger cars and light trucks. national highway traffic safety administration, u.s. department of transportation, march. nordhaus, w. (2008). a question of balance: weighing the options on global warming policies. new haven, ct: yale university press. parry, i.w.h. and small, k.a. (2005). does britain or the united states have the right gasoline tax? american economic review 95(4): 1276-1289. rajagopal, d. and zilberman, d. (2007). review of environmental, economic and policy aspects of biofuels. policy research working paper 4341, the world bank, september. rajagopal, d., hochman, g. and zilberman, d. (2011). indirect fuel use change (ifuc) and the lifecycle environmental impact of biofuel policies. energy policy 39: 228-233. runge, f.c. and senauer, b. (2007). how biofuels could starve the poor. foreign affairs may-june: 41-54. schnepf, r. and yacobucci, b.d. (2012). renewable fuel standard (rfs): overview and issues. crs report for congress 7-5700, congressional research service: washington, d.c., january 23. searchinger, t.d., heimlich, r., houghton, r.a., dong, f., elobeid, a., fabiosa, j., tokgoz, s., hayes, d. and yu, t-h. (2008). use of u.s. croplands for biofuels increases greenhouse gases through emissions from land-use change. science 319(5867): 1238-1240. smith, j.l. (2009). world oil: market or mayhem? journal of economic perspectives, 23(3): 145-164 taheripour, f., hertel, t., tyner, w., beckman, j. and birur d. (2010), biofuels and their by-products: global economic and environmental implications. biomass and bioenergy 34: 278-289. timilsina, g.r. and shrestha, a. (2011). how much hope should we have for biofuels? energy (36): 2055-2069. tokgoz, s., elobeid, a., fabiosa, j., hayes, d., babcock, b., yu, t-h., dong, f. and hart c. (2008). bottlenecks, drought, and oil price spikes: impact on u.s. ethanol and agricultural sectors. review of agricultural economics 30(4): 16-32. 292 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan tol, r.s.j. (2008). the social cost of carbon: trends, outliers and catastrophes. economics (the open-access, open-assessment e-journal) 2(25): 1-24. tol, r.s.j. (2009). the economic effects of climate change. journal of economic perspectives 23(2): 29-51. tsui, k.k. (2011). more oil, less democracy: evidence from worldwide crude oil discoveries. the economic journal 121(551): 89-115. tyner w.e. (2008). the u.s. ethanol and biofuels boom: its origins, current status, and future prospectus. bioscience 58: 646-653. usda (2011a). eu-27 annual biofuels report. usda foreign agricultural service, gain report nl1013, june 24. usda (2011b). brazil biofuels annual 2011. usda foreign agricultural service, gain report br110013, july 27. valdez, c. (2011). brazil’s ethanol industry: looking forward, ers report bio-02, usda, june. wang, m., wu, m. and huo, h. (2007). life-cycle energy and greenhouse gas emission impacts of different corn ethanol plant types. environmental research letters 2: 1-13. wright, b.d. (2011). the economics of grain price variability. applied economic perspectives and policy 33(1): 32-58. yacobucci, b. (2012). biofuels incetives: a summary of federal programs. crs report for congress r40110, congressional research service: washington, d.c., january 11. appendix in this appendix we summarize some contributions that have studied the economics of biofuel with emphasis on their market impacts. the purpose is to allow a quick comparison of the models’ methodology, key questions, and conclusions. the studies covered here are not meant to provide an exhaustive list of relevant studies to date: some are omitted for space reasons, others are omitted because they are discussed elsewhere in the text. for another comparative review of some recent biofuel models, see fonseca et al. (2010). a1. some gtap studies dealing with biofuels 1. birur, hertel, and tyner (book chapter, 2009) research questions: study the impacts of biofuel growth in the eu and us (driven by the oil price shock, replacement of mtbe by ethanol, and ethanol subsidy) on world food markets main conclusions: the share of us corn utilized by the biofuel sector more than double from 16% in 2006 to 38% in the projected 2010. trade balance for petroleum products improves by about $6 billion which is largely offset by deterioration in us agricultural trade balance. the us corn acreage rises by 10%, the eu oilseeds acreage rises by 12%. 2. keeney and hertel (ajae, 2009) research questions: study the importance of the acreage response and bilateral trade 293economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects specification in predicting global land use change. main conclusions: nearly 30% of the five-year output response to a shock of marginal ethanol demand is expected to come from yield gains. 3. hertel, tyner, and birur (energy journal, 2010) research questions: study the interacted impacts, on global markets, of biofuel mandates in the us and eu (15 billion gallons of ethanol by 2015 in us and 6.25% of total fuel as renewable fuel by 2015 in eu). main conclusions: us oilseed output falls by 5.6% in the presence of a us-only mandate, due to the dominance of ethanol in the us biofuel; when the eu policies are added, us oilseed production actually rises. us exports of coarse grains are reduced by nearly $1 billion. eu exports of coarse grains, oilseeds and other food products are sharply reduced. coarse grain acreage in the us rises by 10%, oilseed acreage in the eu increases dramatically by 40%. cropland area in the us increases by 0.8%, and about one-third of these changes occur because of the eu mandate. the us and eu mandates jointly reduce the forest and pasture land areas of the united states by 3.1% and 4.9%, respectively. us, eu and world welfare decline. 4. taheripour et al. (biomass and bioenergy, 2010) research questions: study the effects of incorporating biofuel byproducts into the gtap framework by comparing the impacts of the us and eu biofuel mandate policies with and without the byproducts. main conclusions: the model with by-products shows smaller changes in the production of cereal grains and larger changes for oilseeds in the us and eu, and the reverse for brazil. prices change less in the presence of by-products, e.g., coarse grains in the us increase 13.0% with the presence of by-products instead of 19.8% in the absence of by-products. the model with and without byproducts predicts sharply different changes in trade flows. incorporating byproducts alters the land use consequences of the joint us and eu mandates, e.g., coarse grain area in the us increases 7.1% when accounting for byproducts instead of 11.3% (without byproducts). with byproducts, less of forest and pasture land are converted to cropland. 5. beckman et al. (erae, 2012) research questions: study how energy price volatility transmits to commodity prices, and how energy policy affects the volatility of agricultural commodity prices in the presence of us and eu biofuel mandates. main conclusions: the imposition of the us and eu mandates reduces the susceptibility of agricultural markets to energy volatility, but increases the supply-side impacts. us markets are more vulnerable than the eu to supply-side shocks due to their product-specific mandates. 6. hertel et al. (bioscience, 2010) research questions: provide a comprehensive analysis of market-mediated changes in global land use in response to the expansion of us-grown maize for ethanol. main conclusions: the associated ghg release due to indirect land use change (iluc) is 294 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan 800 grams of co2 per megajoule (mj), which is roughly a quarter of the estimate of emissions reported by searchinger et al. (2008). a2. some card/fapri studies dealing with biofuels 7. elobeid et al. (agbioforum, 2007) research questions: study the long-run potential, and impacts on food markets, of corn ethanol. main conclusions: given an exogenous crude oil price of $60 per barrel, the estimated long-run corn price is $4.05 (a 58% increase). the corn-based ethanol production reaches 31.5 billion gallons per year, with corn area and total corn production increasing by about 20%. soybean price declines. 8. tokgoz et al. (review of agricultural economics, 2008) research questions: study the impact of drought and oil price spikes on ethanol production. main conclusions: the projected long-run ethanol production increases by 55% in response to an increase in oil prices of $10 per barrel. the increase of corn acreage is partly offset by a decline in the acreages of soybean and wheat. a us crop shortage similar to the 1988 drought raises the price of corn by 44% (because the rfs mandate prevents ethanol production from dropping substantially). 9. searchinger et al. (science, 2008) research questions: study the environmental impacts of biofuels through emissions from iluc. main conclusions: accounting for emissions from iluc, corn-based ethanol, instead of producing 20% savings, nearly double ghg emissions over 30 years and emits 177 grams co2 per mj. the portion of these emissions due to the iluc is around 104 grams co2 per mj. 10. hayes et al. (journal of agricultural and applied economics, 2009) research questions: study the impacts, on agricultural markets, of four different scenarios: high energy price, high energy price without biofuel tax credits, low energy price without biofuel supports, and high energy price with tax credits but without e-85 bottlenecks. main conclusions: the baseline scenario with the price of crude oil set exogenously at $75 per barrel projects 32.9 billion gallons of corn-based ethanol production by 2022. the high energy price scenario (price of crude oil set at $105 per barrel) increases ethanol production by 50% relative to the baseline. removing the biofuel tax credits from the high crude oil price scenario leads to an ethanol production decline of 35%. in the scenario with a low crude oil price ($75) and no biofuel supports, ethanol production drops by 72% relative to the baseline. in the last scenario, corn-based ethanol production reaches 39.8 billion gallons. 11. fabiosa et al. (land economics, 2010) research questions: study global land-allocation effects of biofuels by contrasting two exogenous shocks on ethanol demand: i.e., a 10% increase in u.s demand, and a 5% increase in world demand. 295economics of biofuels: an overview of policies, impacts and prospects main conclusions: higher us demand for ethanol only translates into a us ethanol production expansion, with little global ethanol expansion. this us expansion however has strong global effects on land allocation. in contrast, an expansion in non-us ethanol demand mainly affects the world ethanol market and land used for sugarcane production in brazil and, to a lesser extent, in other sugar-producing countries. the brazilian expansion has a small impact on land uses in most other countries. 12. dumortier et al. (applied economic perspectives and policy, 2011) research questions: provide a sensitivity analysis of ghg emissions from iluc for the model used in searchinger et al. (2008) main conclusions: emissions from iluc are around 63 grams of co2 per mj, which are less than two-thirds of the level calculated by searchinger et al. (2008). a3. a few other studies dealing with biofuels 13. al-riffai, dimaranan, and laborde (ifpri working paper, 2010) approach: cge model. research questions: study the impact of the eu and us first-generation biofuel policies with different trade policy scenarios, i.e., mandate policy, and mandates along with trade liberalization. main conclusions: the baseline projects that, in 2020, the us produces 1.25 million tons oil equivalent (mtoe) biodiesel and 17.8 mtoe ethanol, while the eu produces 9.10 mtoe biodiesel and 1.87 mtoe ethanol. in the 1st scenario, the eu and us mandates together will lead to a 58.1% increase in us ethanol, and 49.8% increase in eu ethanol. biodiesel production expands by 115% in the us and by 44.3% in the eu. this leads to a reduction in oil demand and a slight decline in the world oil price (2%). with trade liberalization in place, there is a 18% increase in us ethanol production but a 55% decline in eu ethanol production. the world oil price displays a smaller decline. these two policy scenarios improve us terms of trade (0.36% and 0.21%). 14. khanna, ando, and taheripour (review of agricultural economics, 2008) approach: multi-market equilibrium model. research questions: study the welfare impact, for the united states, of a carbon tax ($25 per tc) and ethanol subsidy, assuming pollution externality from fuel consumption and ethanol demand as a gasoline substitute driven by the vehicle miles traveled (vmt) by consumers. main conclusions: the fuel tax of $0.387 per gallon and the then-current ethanol subsidy of $0.51 per gallon reduce carbon emissions by 5% relative to the no-tax, laissez faire situation. the second best policy of a $0.085 per mile tax with a $1.70 per gallon ethanol subsidy could reduce gasoline consumption by 16.8%, thereby reducing carbon emissions by 16.5% (71.7 million tc). 15. chen et al. (nber working paper, 2011) approach: multi-market equilibrium model with endogenous land allocation. research questions: study the welfare implications of four policy scenarios, for the unit296 g.c. moschini, j. cui and h. lapan ed states, in the context of both corn-based ethanol and cellulosic ethanol: a carbon tax, rfs mandate alone, rfs mandate with biofuel subsidies, and carbon tax with the rfs and subsidies. main conclusions: the business as usual (bau) scenario projects 50.7 billion liters of corn ethanol production. compared with the bau, a carbon tax of $30 per ton of co2e raises ethanol consumption by 10.5%, leading to an expansion in corn acreage by 7.5%, an increase in corn price by 7.5%, and a decline in ghg emissions by 0.57 billion metric tons (2%). the rfs alone results in a reduction in ghg emissions by 0.32 billion metric tons. subsidies in the 3rd scenario make cellulosic ethanol more competitive than corn ethanol, converting cropland (including corn land) to miscanthus acreage. thus, corn ethanol production falls to 33.4 billion liters while cellulosic production increases to 103.1 billion liters, resulting in a further decline in ghg emissions relative to the bau scenario. when the carbon tax is applied together with the rfs and subsidies, land uses for miscanthus and for switchgrass (hence the cellulosic ethanol production) further increase, leading to a 5.3% reduction in ghg emissions relative to the bau. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(2): 159-174, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-13246 adoption intensity of soil and water conservation practices by smallholders: evidence from northern ghana paul kwame nkegbe1,*, bhavani shankar 2 1 department of economics & entrepreneurship development, university for development studies, ghana 2 centre for development, environment and policy, school of oriental & african studies, uk abstract. soil and water conservation practices are being promoted in ghana as a way of sustainably managing the environment to support agricultural production. despite the important role the adoption of the practices plays in conserving the environment, very few studies have been conducted to analyse the factors influencing their intensive adoption. this study analyses the determinants of intensity of adoption of soil and water conservation practices using data from a cross-section of smallholder producers in northern ghana. count data models are used for the analysis. the empirical results show that access to information, social capital, per capita landholding and wealth play an important role in smallholder producers’ decision to intensively adopt soil and water conservation practices. keywords. conservation practices, adoption intensity, count data models, underdispersion, ghana jel codes. q12, q18, q56 1. introduction a greater majority of the populations in developing countries depend on the natural environment for their subsistence (barbier, 2010), and most of these countries, like ghana, are predominantly agrarian relying heavily on earnings from agriculture exports. however, the agricultural sector has long been identified as a cause of environmental degradation and this trend is expected to continue in the next half century (millennium ecosystem assessment, 2007). as a result, a major challenge confronting these countries is how to maintain the natural resource base while at the same time supporting agricultural production. the people of northern ghana are predominantly peasants depending almost exclusively on renewable natural resources for their livelihoods and survival, but they are confronted with deteriorating soil conditions which tend to put a major strain on their livelihoods (irg, 2005). while about 69.0 percent of the total land area of ghana is said to be prone to erosion estimated at a cost of 2.0 percent of gdp (mofa, 2007) and about 35.0 percent estimated to be vulnerable to desertification (irg, 2005), the majority of the areas under this * corresponding author: pnkegbe@uds.edu.gh full research article 160 p.k. nkegbe, b. shankar classification are located in the three northern regions of ghana (irg, 2005; mofa, 2007). the upshot of this is that farmers have devised and continue to devise various ways of managing the scarce natural resources, sometimes with external support such as ngos offering incentives, so they can continue to produce. some of the conservation practices promoted are grass stripping, composting, stone and soil bunds construction among others, but the scale of penetration of the individual practices among farmers is believed to be inadequate. even though a lot of studies have been conducted on technology adoption in developing countries’ context, only a few account for intensity of adoption. while decision to adopt is usually a binary one (i.e. adopt or not adopt), intensity of adoption goes on to look at the extent to which the various techniques are adopted. in analysing the adoption decisions of multiple soil and water conservation practices, count data models are employed in which the number of practices adopted serves as a measure of intensity of adoption (see, for example, isgin et al., 2008; lohr and park, 2002; sharma et al., 2011). the objective of this study is to identify the determinants of multiple technologies adoption by smallholder producers in northern ghana using data collected from 445 farm households between november 2009 and march 2010 in the three northern (viz. northern, upper east and upper west) regions of ghana. most of such studies mentioned above account for overdispersion, where the variance of the count-dependent variable is greater than the conditional mean. the current study is somewhat unique in the sense that it accounts for underdispersion (i.e. the variance of the count-dependent variable is less than its conditional mean) in analysing intensity of adoption of soil and water conservation practices among smallholder farmers in northern ghana. in the presence of underdispersion both overand equi-dispersion models will yield unreliable estimates. the rest of the paper is organised as follows. section 2 presents a brief review of the literature on intensity of adoption. while section 3 discusses the empirical methods employed, section 4 describes the survey data and variables used. section 5 presents and discusses the main results of the study, and concluding remarks are provided in the last section. 2. intensity of adoption studies various options exist for measuring intensity of adoption. some of these include count data models, tobit and double hurdle models. for example, isgin et al. (2008), lohr and park (2002), rahelizatovo and gillespie (2004), ramirez and shultz (2000), and sharma et al. (2011) employed count data models to explain intensity of adoption of various technologies. studies such as arslan et al. (2013) and alene et al. (2000) have employed the tobit model to examine intensity of adoption of various technologies. in using this approach, either the proportion of land under the given technologies or the proportion of farmers adopting such technologies is used as the dependent variable. this implies that attention is not paid to how many of the technologies are adopted. a number of other studies (see, for example, beshir, 2014; caviglia-harris, 2003; gebremedhin and swinton, 2003) have considered factors affecting both the decision to adopt and the degree or intensity of adoption of technologies or conservation practices using double hurdle models. these usually involve a first stage probit model and a second stage truncated model to assess the degree (or intensity) of use. other studies (for 161adoption intensity of soil and water conservation practices by smallholders example, mbaga-semgalawe and folmer, 2000) use an integrated socio-economic model of adoption to examine a first stage perception of erosion, a second stage adoption of improved soil and water conservation measures, and then a poisson regression model to analyse a third stage adoption effort (or level of adoption) of improved conservation measures in which selectivity bias is accounted for using the heckman two-stage approach. two methodological issues, however, arise from such integrated studies. first, it is not clear whether the use of the poisson model to analyse the level of adoption decision is appropriate since it is not known whether there is equidispersion in the dependent variable. the second issue relates to the use of the inverse mills ratio as a variable in the poisson model to account for selectivity. it is argued that such a procedure is inappropriate since the model is nonlinear (greene, 2006; terza, 1998). the use of the number of practices adopted as a measure of adoption intensity is underpinned by a number of assumptions and these are discussed by lohr and park (2002), isgin et al. (2008) and sharma et al. (2011). one of the assumptions is that provided a farming household derives a greater utility from the last adopted technology, there is no limit to the number of practices or technologies adopted. adopting greater number of conservation practices is seen to be better where marginal benefit of adopting is at least equal to the marginal cost. it is acknowledged that conditions that make the marginal benefit of conservation adoption to be greater than the marginal cost will include situations where the risk of environmental degradation is very high (like in the study area) and where farming households can efficiently use the practices. another assumption is that the adoption decision of the farming household for any one conservation practice does not rule out the adoption of the other available practices, but as noted by isgin et al. (2008, p.232), the adoption of a given technology might not be independent of another since the effects of certain technologies might be complementary. however, isgin et al. (2008) still believed adoption of most technology components in their sample was independent due to variable needs and conditions of producers, and most especially because only 12.0 percent of the 153 correlation coefficients turned out to be greater than a threshold level of 50.0 percent and statistically significant. given this observation, there is even a stronger reason in this study to believe the adoption of conservation practices is independent since none of the 15 correlation coefficients is up to the 50.0 percent threshold; indeed, only one is 40.3 percent (refer to appendix 1). it is also noted that a serious limitation of count data models is that they do not have very sound theoretical basis, and there is very little guidance on the appropriate functional form, but they remain the best when modelling number of technologies adopted. 3. empirical methods2 to investigate factors influencing the intensity of adoption of soil and water conservation practices in the study area, the number of conservation practices adopted by each 2 these methods are based on the economic model of utility maximisation by households known as the agricultural household model (proposed by singh et al. (1986)), details of which are presented in nkegbe, p.k. (2013). soil conservation and smallholder farmer productivity: an analytical approach. journal of management and productivity 3(2): 92-99. 162 p.k. nkegbe, b. shankar farming household defines the dependent variable; it is thus a discrete nonnegative integer-valued count variable. following the studies that have employed count data models to explain the intensity of adoption of various technologies, thus, the number of conservation practices adopted is interpreted as defining the intensity of adoption. the number of conservation practices at any given yi which is an integer count variable, can be said to come from a poisson distribution and can thus be modelled using the basic poisson model as (cameron and trivedi, 1998; greene, 2008; maddala, 1983; winkelmann, 2008): prob(υi = yi|xi) e−λiλi yi yi! ,λi ∈! + , yi = 0,1,2,… (1) from equation (1), the λi = e(yi|xi) = var(yi|xi) and the mean is usually defined λi = exp(xiβ) where xi is a vector of characteristics specific to household i, and β is a vector of unknown parameters to be estimated. the marginal (or partial) effects in the poisson model are given by: ∂e yi xi( ) ∂xi = λiβ . (2) this marginal effect, as in other count data models, is interpreted as the unit change in the intensity of adoption variable resulting from a change in the explanatory variable (cameron and trivedi, 1998, p.80). even though the basic poisson model is attractive for use in empirical studies, it has a major shortcoming of assuming equality between the variance of the count-dependent variable and its conditional mean, known as the equidispersion condition (cameron and trivedi, 1998; greene, 2007a; greene, 2007b; winkelmann, 2008). but in most empirical studies the count-dependent variable has been observed to exhibit overdispersion, implying the variance is greater than the conditional mean, due largely to the preponderance of zero observations of the dependent variable in such data sets. as a result, most empirical applications (including, gale, 1998; isgin et al., 2008; kim et al., 2005; lohr and park, 2002; rahelizatovo and gillespie, 2004) have employed a negative binomial model, which is suitable for modelling overdispersion. however, an initial inspection of the count-dependent (i.e. the intensity of adoption) variable in this study as a crude guide shows the variance is less than the mean, a result that is most likely emanating from the fact that only about 12.0 percent of the observations on the dependent variable is zero (see table 1). this implies that the model(s) to be used should be capable of handling underdispersion, and this is what makes the current study different from other previous studies. to model the apparent underdispersion, the gamma model is employed since the flexibility in that model allows for handling underor overdispersion, besides equidispersion (cameron and trivedi, 1998; greene, 2007b; winkelmann, 2008).3 3 it is noted that the generalised poisson model could also be used, but it has the shortcoming of the range of the 163adoption intensity of soil and water conservation practices by smallholders the gamma count model is derived from the gamma distributed renewals proposed by winkelmann (1995), and has been discussed by cameron and trivedi (1998), greene (2007b), and winkelmann (2008). if waiting times between any two events are distributed as continuous, two parameter gamma variate, then the density for inter-arrival times can be stated as (greene, 2007b; winkelmann, 2008): f τ α ,λi( )= λi α γ α( )τ α−1e−λiτ ,τ ≥ 0,α > 0,λi > 0 (3) with α being a shape parameter and λi = e xi 'β being a location parameter. using a laplace transformation of a gamma distribution (as detailed in winkelmann 2008, p.56) with parameters λi and αj and arrival time of the jth event being qj = τ1 + τ2 +…+ τj the density function of qj can be written as: f j qj α ,λi( )= λi α j γ α j( )qj α−1e −λiqj ,qj ≥ 0,α > 0,λi > 0 (4) to derive the count data distribution, the cumulative distribution function below must be evaluated: fj t α ,λi( )= λi α j γ α j( )u α j−1e−λiu du,α > 0,λi > 0 0 t ∫ = 1 γ α j( ) uα j−1e−u du 0 λit ∫ , j = 0,1,2,… = g(αj,λit) (5) it is noted that the integral above is an incomplete gamma function normally approximated numerically (greene, 2007b). if j events occur in a fixed (0,t) then it gives the twoparameter distribution function: prob(j events) = g(αj,λit) g (α(j+i),λit) (6’) where g(0,λit) = 1 if the period is normalized to t = 1 the distribution for the counts of events, especially in a cross-sectional framework, is given by: random variable being dependent on an unknown parameter, thereby violating one of the standard conditions for consistency and asymptotic normality of maximum likelihood estimation procedure (cameron and trivedi, 1998). 164 p.k. nkegbe, b. shankar prob(j events) = g(αj,λi) g(αj+α,λi). (6) in the model, α is the dispersion parameter with α<1 and α>1 denoting overand underdispersion, respectively, while α=1 reduces the model to the basic poisson model hence equidispersion. the conditional mean and variance functions are e yi xi( )= jg α j,λi( ) j=1 ∞ ∑ and var(yi |xi )= j2[g(α j,λi )−g(j=1 ∞∑ α j +α iλi )]− e(yi |xi ) 2 , respectively. as noted by greene (2007b), because the conditional mean has no closed form, an approximation usually used is e(yi |xi) ≈ λi/α so that it readily reduces to the poisson model if α=1. this then leads to the marginal effects function: ∂e yi xi( ) ∂xi = λi α β . (7) finally, the model that is estimated is of the form: ( )( )prob y = y x = f x ,x , xi i i i p i fc i si (8) where: yi = number of conservation practices (count) adopted by household i; xi p = personal and household characteristics; xi fc = farm/plot and cropping characteristics; and xi si = socio-economic and institutional variables. the variables are explained in the following section. 4. survey data and variables the data for the study are obtained from a survey of 445 households in the three northern regions of ghana. the survey covered production activities for 2008/2009 agricultural year and was undertaken between november 2009 and march 2010. the households were drawn using a multi-stage sampling procedure which involved identifying a district in each of the regions, randomly selecting 5 communities from each district and finally randomly selecting 30 households from each community.4 the households are smallholder producers growing cereals like maize, millet, sorghum and rice; and other crops like groundnut, cowpea and soy bean under rainfed conditions. these crops are produced mainly for home consumption, but surpluses are marketed to meet other household needs. 4 six households were dropped from an original sample of 451 due to incomplete responses. detailed explanation of the sampling approach can be found in nkegbe, p. k. (2011). resource conservation practices: adoption and productive efficiency among smallholders in northern ghana. unpublished phd dissertation, department of agricultural and food economics, university of reading. , 165adoption intensity of soil and water conservation practices by smallholders farmers in this study were asked which conservation practices they adopted. the responses formed the basis for the construction of the dependent variable. the soil and water conservation practices examined are stone bund, soil bund, grass strip, agroforestry, cover crops, and composting. the numbers of conservation practices adopted by the sample are shown in table 1. table 1. distribution of counts of conservation practices adopted practice counts frequency percent 0 53 11.9 1 156 35.1 2 114 25.6 3 74 16.6 4 41 9.2 5 7 1.6 total 445 100.0 from table 1, 11.9 percent of the sampled households did not adopt any of the soil and water conservation practices and thus have a zero count while only 1.6 percent of the sample adopted five of the conservation practices, with no household adopting all six. the majority of households (35.1 percent) adopted one practice and the average number of practices adopted among the sample was 1.81 (see also table 3). the types of conservation practices adopted by the households are also shown in table 2. while the most adopted practice is stone bund, the least adopted is cover crops with 56.6 percent and 8.8 percent of the households, respectively, adopting each of them. the variables hypothesised to influence the probability of the intensity of adoption of conservation practices have been classified as personal and household characteristics, farm or plot and cropping characteristics, and socio-economic and institutional variables. sixteen variables, excluding the ueast (upper east region) variable since that region is used as the reference location in this study, were included in the count data models. table 3 presents the definition and descriptive statistics of the variables. table 2. distribution of adoption of conservation practices by households practice frequency percent stone bund 252 56.6 soil bund 248 55.7 grass strip 140 31.5 agroforestry 67 15.1 cover crops 39 8.8 composting 59 13.3 166 p.k. nkegbe, b. shankar the personal and household characteristics considered here include age of household head, gender of head, average education of household members, own labour use, per capita landholding, wealth (house type) and number of plots cultivated. age could have positive or negative effect on the decision to intensively adopt conservation practices. because conservation practices in the study area mostly do not involve construction of permanent structures on the land, it is not likely there will be gender dimensions to adoption as land is mostly owned by males and the presence of permanent structures is interpreted as laying claim to the land. thus it would have been more difficult for females to adopt conservation practices if construction of permanent structures were involved. the effect of average level of education of adult household members on adoption is mixed. while it could have positive effect on adoption of conservation practices, it might offer alternative livelihood opportunities in off-farm activities thereby increasing the opportunity cost of labour and competing with labour use for agricultural production (scherr and hazell, 1994). own labour use is proxied by household size as in most adoption studies. the effect of household per capita landholding, which is used to capture the effect of population pressure (lapar and pandey, 1999), could go either way. it could either provide evidence supporting the malthusian view of negative effect of population pressure on natural resource conditions, or provide evidence in support of the boserupian hypothesis that population pressure induces households to embark on agricultural intensification thereby adopting land enhancement technologies which ultimately leads to improved natural resource conditions. given the high poverty levels in the study area, wealthy farming households are expected to have higher probability of adopting soil and water conservation practices. housing type is used to proxy the effects of wealth on adoption. number of plots operated by the households is expected to positively impact the intensity of adoption of soil and water conservation practices, as conditions on different plots may require the use of different conservation practices. perception of degradation, type of soil, slope and location are the factors considered under farm/plot and cropping characteristics. it is expected that the more farm households perceive their fields to be degraded in the form of erosion on plots the more likely they will adopt practices to minimize the adverse effects of degradation on their farming activities (mbaga-semgalawe and folmer, 2000). this variable is an index with 1 being less degraded and 4 being highly degraded, and where a farmer cultivates more than one plot an average index is used. also, farm households will adopt fertility enhancing practices, especially in northern ghana where the soils are less fertile, to reduce soil infertility induced yield losses. the variable on major soil type is also an index ranging from 1 to 4, with 1 being most fertile. it is expected that the steeper the slope the more likely farm households will adopt conservation practices. a very steep slope is given an index of 4 with a flat topography taking 1. for this variable also, an average index is taken for farmers with more than one plot. the upper east region is the most degraded of the three regions and so households in that region should be more likely to intensively adopt soil and water conservation practices than those in the northern and upper west regions. finally, the socio-economic and institutional variables hypothesised to affect adoption decisions of farm households are related to access to information and social networks.5 5 security of tenure, an important institutional variable, has generally been reported to have positive effects on 167adoption intensity of soil and water conservation practices by smallholders farm households’ access to information, which is expected to have positive effect on adoption intensity, is proxied by contacts with extension (public or private) staff. farmers’ social networks generally will facilitate adoption through information flow and group action, especially involving engagement in mutual labour sharing arrangements. effects of social capital in this study are measured by membership in farmer association and total man-days of mutually shared labour received in the 2008/09 agricultural production year. distance between homestead and plot can affect adoption of conservation practices in either way depending on the type of practice. for example, adoption of composting will be less likely for plots that are very far away from the house as preparation of the compost might require the use of bulky kitchen waste and dung from compound kraals. conservation investment in southern ghana (abdulai et al., 2011a; besley, 1995; goldstein and udry, 2008). but this might not be the case for northern ghana as the predominant type of ownership remains communal and rather complex (abdulai et al., 2011a), as against the increasingly individualised type of ownership in the south. as a result, including a variable to capture tenure security might amount to a misspecification, thus no provision is made for security of tenure. table 3. variables definition and descriptive statistics variable definition mean s.d. dependent variable numcon number of conservation practices adopted (counts) 1.81 1.21 explanatory variables personal and household characteristics hhage age of household head (in years) 53.24 15.42 hhgend dummy for gender of household head (1 if male, 0 if female) 0.91 0.28 avedu average level of education of all adult household members (in years) 5.95 2.88 hh_size household size 7.86 2.72 adland landholding per economically active member of household (in hectares) 0.52 0.41 house index for the type of house/dwelling (3-12) 4.63 1.47 noplots number of plots cultivated by the household 2.58 1.48 farm/plot and cropping characteristics per_deg average index for perception of degradation on all plots (highest = 4) 2.06 0.51 soildex average index for major soil type on all plots (1 = most fertile) 2.24 0.68 slopedex average index for type of slope on plots (1 = flat) 1.72 0.56 north dummy for location, 1 if in northern region and 0 otherwise 0.33 0.47 uwest dummy for location, 1 if in upper west region and 0 otherwise 0.33 0.47 socio-economic and institutional variables exntact number of contacts with extension officers in the 2008/09 agricultural year 2.53 4.51 memfa dummy for membership in farmer association (1 if member, 0 otherwise) 0.60 0.49 shlab total self-help labour for 2008/09 agricultural year (in man-days) 40.86 55.01 distfh distance of plot from homestead (in km) 1.58 2.04 168 p.k. nkegbe, b. shankar 5. results and discussion from the results in table 4, extension contacts in the previous production season, membership in farmer association, engagement in mutual labour sharing, wealth, number of plots cultivated, index for soil type and slope are positive and significant determinants, while landholding per economically active member of household and being located in the upper west region are negative and significant determinants of the intensity of adoption decision across both models. the results can therefore be said to be reasonably uniform across the two (i.e. poisson and gamma) count data models. however, a number of formal tests of dispersion confirmed the existence of underdispersion by the crude check. first, results in table 4 indicate two of the statistics developed by cameron & trivedi (1990), and discussed by greene (2007b), for testing for dispersion in the poisson count data model, g(μi) and g(μi 2) are -8.307 and -8.162, respectively. the two statistics have limiting chi-squared distributions with one degree of freedom under the null hypothesis of equidispersion, thereby giving a critical value of 3.841 at the 0.05 level. clearly, the absolute values of both statistics exceed the critical value. the equidispersion assumption is therefore rejected, and the fact that both values are negative indicates underdispersion and not overdispersion. as a result, the gamma model is used to model farmers’ intensity of adoption of soil and water conservation practices in northern ghana. as shown in table 4, the results of the gamma count model confirm that there is underdispersion in the data since the dispersion parameter is greater than one and statistically significant. the rest of the discussion of the results is thus based on the chosen gamma count data model. three factors under the category personal and household characteristics are statistically significant determinants of the decision to intensively use soil and water conservation practices. the results show that larger landholding per economically active member of the household reduces intensity of adoption; as this variable increases by one additional unit, households in the sample decrease the number of soil and water conservation practices adopted by about 0.4 (as shown by the marginal effect of the variable). this observation can be explained in two ways. first, it is likely that households with larger per capita landholding are labour constrained and so are not able to mobilize the required labour for implementing soil and water conservation practices. however, this point seems not to be in operation in the study area as the evidence suggests household labour use on farm does not have any effect on the intensity of adoption of conservation practices. the second point, which appears more plausible for the area, is the explanation that as pressure increases on land reflecting in smaller landholding per economically active member of household, adoption of conservation practices becomes more intensive thereby providing more evidence for the boserupian thesis of population-induced agricultural intensification, as reported by pender et al. (2004) and tiffen et al. (1994). household wealth, proxied by type of house, impacts intensity of adoption positively. the existence of wealth effects in the intensive adoption of the conservation practices points to imperfections or failures in the credit market in the study area, a situation that is pervasive in developing countries. consistent with expectations, an additional plot cultivated by the sampled households would lead to the adoption of over 0.1 more soil and water conservation practices. the result on number of plots is similar to the one obtained by deininger and jin 169adoption intensity of soil and water conservation practices by smallholders table 4. results of count data models variable poisson gamma count coefficient marginal effect coefficient marginal effect constant -0.2088 (0.3273) -0.3777 (0.6293) 0.0142 (0.2232) 0.0291 (0.4785) hhage -0.0033 (0.0025) -0.0060 (0.0049) -0.0029 (0.0019) -0.0059 (0.0041) hhgend -0.0732 (0.1432) -0.1324 (0.2752) -0.0655 (0.0992) -0.1343 (0.2132) avedu -0.0023 (0.0134) -0.0042 (0.0256) -0.0019 (0.0100) -0.0039 (0.0214) hh_size 0.0079 (0.0160) 0.0142 (0.0307) 0.0068 (0.0112) 0.0138 (0.0240) adland -0.2125* (0.1254) -0.3845 (0.2484) -0.1913* (0.1083) -0.3922* (0.2356) per_degr 0.0579 (0.0740) 0.1048 (0.1428) 0.0496 (0.0513) 0.1018 (0.1106) exntact 0.0247*** (0.0063) 0.0447*** (0.0142) 0.0220*** (0.0033) 0.0453*** (0.0087) memfa 0.3002*** (0.0827) 0.5431*** (0.1820) 0.2616*** (0.0585) 0.5365*** (0.1397) shlab 0.0029*** (0.0007) 0.0052*** (0.0016) 0.0026*** (0.0005) 0.0053*** (0.0012) house 0.0506** (0.0250) 0.0915* (0.0502) 0.0445*** (0.0172) 0.0913** (0.0384) noplots 0.0633 (0.0406) 0.1145 (0.0800) 0.0558** (0.0297) 0.1145* (0.0647) soildex 0.0848 (0.0543) 0.1534 (0.1071) 0.0757** (0.0370) 0.1553* (0.0814) slopedex 0.0867 (0.0649) 0.1569 (0.1271) 0.0766** (0.0388) 0.1570* (0.0850) distfh 0.0144 (0.0179) 0.0262 (0.0345) 0.0129 (0.0120) 0.0264 (0.0259) north -0.0683 (0.1065) -0.1236 (0.2050) -0.0525 (0.0753) -0.1077 (0.1622) uwest -0.4859*** (0.1187) -0.8790*** (0.2705) -0.4326*** (0.0908) -0.8870*** (0.2182) g(μi)a -8.307 g(μi 2) -8.162 alphab 1.937*** log likelihood -659.359 -636.570 chi squared 87.768*** 45.578*** aic 3.040 2.942 bic 3.196 3.107 ***, **, *, stand for values statistically significant at 0.01, 0.05, and 0.1 levels respectively; figures in parentheses are standard errors; a g(•) are dispersion tests values in poisson model; b is the dispersion parameter for gamma count data model. 170 p.k. nkegbe, b. shankar (2006) who reported that fragmentation, for which number of plots was used as a proxy, had a positive effect on investment in land improvements in ethiopia. under the farm or plot and cropping characteristics category, three variables are statistically significant. the intensity of use of soil and water conservation practices and perception of soil fertility are positively and significantly correlated. perceiving a problem of soil infertility, ceteris paribus, results in the adoption of about 0.2 more conservation practices. this contrasts the finding of bekele and drake (2003) who observed that farmers in their sample in ethiopia were inclined to conserve more fertile plots. similarly, and in consonance with the findings of amsalu and de graaff (2007), bekele and drake (2003) among others, the slope variable has a significantly positive effect on intensity of adoption of soil and water conservation practices. this implies that as households perceive their plots to be steeply sloped, the higher the probability of them adopting soil and water conservation practices more intensively. while location variables, north and uwest, have a negative effect on intensity of use of conservation practices, only the latter’s effect is statistically significant. being located in the upper west region could bring about almost 0.9 decrease in the number of conservation practices adopted. sharma et al. (2011) and isgin et al. (2008) who also employed count data models found evidence of regional effects in the adoption intensity of pest control measures among their sample of uk cereal farmers and precision farming technology among us farmers, respectively. a number of socio-economic and institutional variables have statistically significant effect on the adoption intensity decisions of households. obtaining technical advice from extension officers in the previous production season has a positive effect on adoption intensity, a result that highlights the importance of extension service in promoting sustainable agricultural production practices in developing countries. this result is consistent with that of kim et al. (2005) who reported positive effect of contact with extension staff on the intensity of adoption of best management practices among beef cattle producers in louisiana, and that of lohr and park (2002), also in the us, reporting positive effects of both number of personal information sources and secondary information outlets on the intensity of adoption of insect management portfolios. membership in farmer organization and engagement in mutual labour sharing arrangements, representing social capital, both have positive effect on intensity of adoption and are statistically significant at the 0.01 level. while total self-help labour marginally increases intensity of adoption, the farmer association membership variable increases the number of conservation practices adopted by over 0.5. these results, besides confirming the findings in adoption studies like abdulai et al. (2011b), bandiera and rasul (2006), caviglia-harris (2003), and munasib and jordan (2011) reporting positive effect of social networks on adoption, are consistent with that of ramirez and shultz (2000) who found belonging to a farmer organization positively affected the intensity of adoption of integrated pest management technologies among their sample from costa rica. as farmers belong to associations they learn from others, and especially the influential individuals within their group, even if they do not have direct contact with extension staff. thus they will have access to information which enhances intensity of adoption. 171adoption intensity of soil and water conservation practices by smallholders 6. concluding remarks soil and water conservation practices have been promoted in ghana, especially in the northern parts, as a way of sustainably managing the environment to support agricultural production. despite the important role that the adoption of the practices plays in conserving the environment, very few studies have been conducted to analyse the factors influencing their intensity of adoption. in this study, thus, the determinants of intensity of adoption of soil and water conservation practices in ghana are examined using data from a cross-section of 445 smallholder producers in northern ghana. the empirical results confirm the important role access to information plays in stimulating and sustaining adoption of soil and water conservation practices since the number of contacts with extension officers remains a positive and significant determinant in both models. this implies that adoption could be enhanced if the capacity of extension staff in soil and water conservation practices is built and their outreach further increased. further, the importance of wealth (with type of house used as its proxy variable) in the intensity of use of conservation practices highlights the need to increase smallholders’ access to credit as a way of both promoting and intensifying the adoption of conservation practices. social capital, in the form of belonging to farmer association and engagement in mutual labour sharing arrangements, is important in the decision to intensively adopt soil and water conservation practices. it is thus important that this strength of social capital is harnessed in the formulation of rural development policies to improve, or at worse maintain, the condition of the environment for sustainable production. for example, since access to information is considered vital to the decision to intensively adopt conservation practices, a rural development policy that promotes formation of strong and vibrant farmer associations will strengthen farmer-to-farmer knowledge sharing. the presence of location effects in the intensity of adoption decision of smallholders in northern ghana implies that different strategies should be employed for different regions if policy makers aim at promoting widespread diffusion of soil and water conservation practices. also, regional differences in terms of geography should be factored into any promotional strategies since different practices appear useful to different locations. the results show the upper west region must particularly be targeted since intensity of use decreases for households located in that region relative to those located in the upper east. on the methodological front, the study yields almost uniform results across the poisson and gamma count data models, and this demonstrates the robustness of the estimates obtained. it is important to point out that the current study could suffer a couple of limitations. first, one of the assumptions underpinning the study is that employing more measures means greater intensity of adoption, implying that a producer with several uniform plots might adopt the same practice on all plots whilst another with a single plot with different conditions might adopt more than one practice, in which case the former will be considered adopting less than the latter. again, the count data on  adoption considers whether the producer had one of the practices applied on a plot in the specific production year, but some measures could have been established on the plot from previous production 172 p.k. nkegbe, b. shankar season(s), so that adoption could potentially pose an endogeneity problem.6 in the light of these, thus, such issues should be taken into account in looking at the results of the study and may provide hints for further research in this field. acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge two anonymous referees and the editor for their insightful and valuable comments which helped improve earlier versions of this paper. that notwithstanding the usual disclaimer applies. references abdulai, a., owusu, v. and goetz, r. (2011a). land tenure differences and investment in land improvement measures: theoretical and empirical analyses. journal of development economics 96(1): 66-78. abdulai, a., owusu, v. and bakang, j.-e.a. (2011b). adoption of safer irrigation technologies and cropping patterns: evidence from southern ghana. ecological economics 70(7): 1415-1423. alene, a.d., poonyth, d. and hassan, r.m. (2000). determinants of adoption and intensity of use of improved maize varieties in central highlands of ethiopia: a tobit analysis. agrekon 39(4): 633-643. amsalu, a. and de graaff, j. (2007). determinants of adoption and continued use of stone terraces for soil and water conservation in an ethiopian highland watershed. ecological economics 61(2-3): 294-302. arslan, a., mccarthy, n., lipper, l., asfaw, s. and catteneo, a. (2013). adoption and intensity of adoption of conservation farming practices in zambia. esa working paper no. 13-01. fao, rome. bandiera, o. and rasul, i. (2006). social networks and technology adoption in northern mozambique*. the economic journal 116(514): 869-902. barbier, e.b. (2010). poverty, development, and environment. environment and development economics 15(special issue 06): 635-660. bekele, w. and drake, l. (2003). soil and water conservation decision behavior of subsistence farmers in the eastern highlands of ethiopia: a case study of the hunde-lafto area. ecological economics 46(3): 437-451. beshir, h. (2014). factors affecting the adoption and intensity of use of improved forages in the north east highlands of ethiopia. american journal of experimental agriculture 4(1): 12-27. besley, t. (1995). property rights and investment incentives: theory and evidence from ghana. journal of political economy 103(5): 903-937. cameron, a.c. and trivedi, p.k. (1990). regression-based tests for overdispersion in the poisson model. journal of econometrics 46(3): 347-364. cameron, a.c. and trivedi, p.k. (1998). regression analysis of count data. cambridge university press. 6 authors appreciate the diligence of a reviewer in spotting the issues discussed here. 173adoption intensity of soil and water conservation practices by smallholders caviglia-harris, j.l. (2003). sustainable agricultural practices in rondonia, brazil: do local farmer organizations affect adoption rates? economic development & cultural change 52(1): 23-49. deininger, k. and jin, s. (2006). tenure security and land-related investment: evidence from ethiopia. european economic review 50(5): 1245-1277. gale, h.f. (1998). rural manufacturing on the crest of the wave: a count data analysis of technology use. american journal of agricultural economics 80(2): 347-359. gebremedhin, b. and swinton, s.m. (2003). investment in soil conservation in northern ethiopia: the role of land tenure security and public programs. agricultural economics 29(1): 69-84. goldstein, m. and udry, c. (2008). the profits of power: land rights and agricultural investment in ghana. the journal of political economy 116(6): 981-1022. greene, w. h. (2006). a general approach to incorporating selectivity in a model. stern business school, new york university. greene, w.h. (2007a). functional form and heterogeneity in models for count data (foundations and trends in econometrics). now publishers inc. greene, w.h. (2007b). econometric modelling guide. new york: econometric software, inc. greene, w.h. (2008). econometric analysis, 6th ed. new jersey: prentice hall. irg (2005). progress against desertification: case studies of experience in ghana. international resources group, usaid. isgin, t., bilgic, a., forster, d.l. and batte, m.t. (2008). using count data models to determine the factors affecting farmers’ quantity decisions of precision farming technology adoption. computers and electronics in agriculture 62(2): 231-242. kim, s.-a., gillespie, j.m. and paudel, k.p. (2005). count data analysis of the adoption of best management practices in beef cattle production. southern agricultural economics association annual meetings, little rock, arkansas. lapar, m.l.a. and pandey, s. (1999). adoption of soil conservation: the case of the philippine uplands. agricultural economics 21(3): 241-256. lohr, l. and park, t.a. (2002). choice of insect management portfolios by organic farmers: lessons and comparative analysis. ecological economics 43(1): 87-99. maddala, g.s. (1983). limited-dependence and qualitative variables in econometrics. cambridge: cambridge university press. mbaga-semgalawe, z. and folmer, h. (2000). household adoption behaviour of improved soil conservation: the case of the north pare and west usambara mountains of tanzania. land use policy 17(4): 321-336. millennium ecosystem assessment (2007). millennium ecosystem assessment: a toolkit for understanding and action. washington, dc: island press. mofa (2007). food and agriculture sector development policy (fasdep ii). ministry of food and agriculture, republic of ghana, accra. munasib, a.b.a. and jordan, j.l. (2011). the effect of social capital on the choice to use sustainable agricultural practices. journal of agricultural and applied economics 43(2): 213-227. pender, j., nkonya, e., jagger, p., sserunkuuma, d. and ssali, h. (2004). strategies to increase agricultural productivity and reduce land degradation: evidence from uganda. agricultural economics 31(2-3): 181-195. 174 p.k. nkegbe, b. shankar rahelizatovo, n.c. and gillespie, j.m. (2004). the adoption of best-management practices by louisiana dairy producers. journal of agricultural and applied economics 36(1): 229-240. ramirez, o.a. and shultz, s.d. (2000). poisson count models to explain the adoption of agricultural and natural resource management technologies by small farmers in central american countries. journal of agricultural and applied economics 32(1): 21-33. scherr, s. and hazell, p. (1994). sustainable agricultural development strategies in fragile lands. environment and production technology division discussion paper 1. international food policy research institute, washington, dc. sharma, a., bailey, a. and fraser, i. (2011). technology adoption and pest control strategies among uk cereal farmers: evidence from parametric and non-parametric count data models. journal of agricultural economics 62(1), 73-92. singh, i., squire, l., and strauss, j. (eds.) (1986). agricultural household models: extensions, applications and policy. baltimore: johns hopkins university press. terza, j.v. (1998). estimating count data models with endogenous switching: sample selection and endogenous treatment effects. journal of econometrics 84(1): 129-154. tiffen, m., mortimer, m. and gichuki, f. (1994). more people, less erosion: environmental recovery in kenya. london: wiley and sons. winkelmann, r. (1995). duration dependence and dispersion in count-data models. journal of business & economic statistics 13(4): 467-474. winkelmann, r. (2008). econometric analysis of count data, 5th ed. berlin heidelberg: springer-verlag. appendix 1. spearman’s correlation coefficients between adoption methods methods stone bund soil bund grass strip agroforestry cover crops composting stone bund 1.0000 soil bund -0.0131 1.0000 grass strip 0.1633*** 0.0777 1.0000 agroforestry 0.1529*** 0.0463 0.3508*** 1.0000 cover crops 0.1269*** -0.0438 0.0981*** 0.4028*** 1.0000 composting -0.0322 0.1083*** 0.0063 -0.0534 -0.0040 1.0000 *** stands for values statistically significant at the 0.01 level. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(2): 175-198, 2012 efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture. analysis in a ray production frontier framework xavier irz1, james r. stevenson mtt agrifood research finland, economic research unit, finland abstract. we investigate the existence of an inverse relationship (ir) between farm size and technical efficiency in philippine brackishwater pond aquaculture. the study is motivated by the exemption of fish ponds from the comprehensive agrarian reform laws and suggestions in the literature of inefficient management of fish farms. the analysis of technical efficiency is based on the estimation of a multi-product ray production function estimated in a stochastic frontier framework. there is some evidence of an ir but of only limited strength. hence, it is unlikely that agrarian reform is the key to unlocking the productive potential of brackishwater aquaculture in the philippines. keywords. aquaculture, inverse relationship, ray production function, efficiency, land reform, philippines jel-codes. q15, o13 as global production of capture fisheries stagnated over the last decade, output from aquaculture expanded steadily, making aquaculture one of the fastest growing food-producing sub-sectors globally (ahmed and lorica, 2002; fao, 2002). this spectacular development has sometimes been described as a blue revolution, with the underlying idea that aquaculture has the potential to solve some aspects of the world’s chronic hunger and malnutrition problems (coull, 1993). while there is no arguing with the increase in aquaculture production, it is however necessary to acknowledge that this development has generated a number of social, environmental and economic problems. hence, questions have been raised about the ecological impact of aquaculture, in particular with regard to biodiversity (jana and webster, 2003; tisdell, 2003) and mangrove destruction (primavera, 2000); about the equity of its development (primavera, 1997; alauddin and tisdell, 1998; coull, 1993) and about its food security benefits (naylor et al., 2000; primavera, 1997). aquaculture development in the philippines fits the global picture described above. yap (1999) reports that aquaculture output in the country grew at the average annual rate of 5.4% in the 1990s and that its share of total fisheries production keeps increasing. yet, its development has had a detrimental effect on mangroves, resulted in the salinisa1 corresponding author: xavier.irz@mtt.fi. 176 x. irz, j.r. stevenson tion of previously productive agricultural land, generated conflicts over the use of natural resources (yap, 1999) and some have even argued that it has been responsible for the marginalisation of some coastal communities and an increase in the rate of unemployment (primavera, 1997). against this background, the aim of this article is to address one equity aspect of aquaculture development in the philippines that relates to the distribution of fishpond holdings.2 we investigate whether there is evidence of an inverse relationship (ir) between farm size and technical efficiency in brackishwater aquaculture in order to evaluate the case, on efficiency ground, for reform of the existing tenurial system, land redistribution, or other policies aimed at improving the functioning of the land market. the study is motivated first by a common perception that the vast areas of philippine brackishwaters3 represent a valuable resource that is not exploited optimally and is not contributing fully to the development process of coastal areas. we believe that it will make a contribution to an important and ongoing policy debate that emerges from the fact that, while the philippines adopted several land reform laws in the late 1980s, aquaculture ponds have so far been exempted4. as a result, the distribution of holdings in brackishwater aquaculture remains very unequal as indicated by a gini coefficient of 0.72 for the two regions that form the focus of our study5. naturally, large fishpond owners and leaseholders believe that agrarian reform would, if anything, only worsen the severe problems of poverty and inequality in the communities where fish farming represents an important activity. yap (1999) cites a telling extract from the newsletter of negros prawn producers and marketing cooperative: the implementation of the (land reform) law is liable to cause widespread strife among the landowners…. there is no showing that land reform will enliven the plight of the poor. without undermining their capabilities, it is also doubtful whether they (the farmers) can put up the necessary capital to maximize land use. having been used to having a landlord on whom to call in times of need, this plunge to independence may have a crippling effect. this view stands in sharp contrast with the common belief in agriculture that small farmers tend to achieve higher productivity and efficiency levels than large farmers, i.e. that there usually is an ir, as hypothesized in sen’s seminal paper (1962)6. besides, the experience of thailand, where the extremely dynamic prawn industry is supported by relatively small farmers (yap, 1999), suggests that there is no particular impediment to the development of a competitive aquaculture sector based on smallholders. we therefore believe that testing the ir in philippine brackishwater aquaculture will generate important policy insights; in particular, a strong ir would suggest that institutional changes leading to a more equal size distribution of holdings could increase both equity and efficiency. 2 although it is not always specified, our study relates only to brackishwater pond aquaculture. 3 yap reports that there are 239,323 hectares of brackiswater fishponds in the philippines. the electronic data that we obtained from the bureau of agricultural statistics gives a total harvested area of 415,272 hectares in year 2000. 4 the most recent one is the comprehensive agrarian reform law (carl) of 1988 that imposes land redistribution with a five hectare retention limit set on all agricultural land. 5 source of data: bureau of agricultural statistics’ inventory of fishponds from 1997. 6 a recent review of the ir literature is fan and chan-kang. it concludes to the lack of consensus on the validity of the ir hypothesis. 177efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture our analysis is based on a sample of 127 farms in two of the three main regions for brackishwater aquaculture in the philippines and investigates the level and determinants, including farm size, of their technical efficiency. although our focus lies primarily with the analysis of a policy issue, we also believe that the article makes a modest methodological contribution to the agricultural economics literature by establishing two methods to measure the explanatory power of the inefficiency effect variables in the widely used composed error model of battese and coelli (1995). this is useful in the empirical section to establish by how much inefficiencies would decrease and output rise if aquaculture land was distributed more equally in the philippines. the paper is organized as follows. the next section develops the conceptual framework, emphasizing the advantages of the estimation of a ray production function over alternative approaches. section three presents the estimation strategy and proposes an approach to quantify the explanatory power of the inefficiency effect variables in the econometric model. the remaining sections discuss the data and empirical model, present the empirical results, and offer conclusions. 1. measuring the efficiency of polyculture farms. a conceptual framework 1.1 choice of approach the ir literature started with the simple observation that yields, defined as output per unit of surface area, differed according to the size of farms. however, output per hectare is only a partial productivity indicator which cannot satisfactorily measure overall farm productivity (jha, chitkara and gupta, 2000), and economic optimality usually differs from yield maximisation. to address this concern, albeit only partially, one can investigate the relationship between gross margin and farm size, but this again fails to account for the input of primary factors when comparing farm performance. there is also a concern that gross margins depend on the price environment in which farms operate (coelli, rahman and thirtle, 2002). there is therefore a strong case to investigate the ir within the confines of production economics, which can accommodate the multi-dimensional aspect of farm production. aquaculture production in the study area involves the polyculture of prawns, fish (tilapia and/or milkfish) and crabs, which are produced simultaneously in the same ponds so that the inputs (e.g. feeds, labour) with the exception of the fry and fingerlings, are non-allocable. this introduces a first linkage among the different outputs of the aquaculture farm. second, it is necessary to recognize the possibility of output jointness as it is likely that the different species interact with each other in the aquaculture pond. for instance, biologists and aquaculture experts often consider that the association prawn/ tilapia tends to reduce the rate of prawn mortality because tilapias, through their filtering activity and consumption of organic matter lying at the bottom of the pond, improve the bacteriological quality of the pond water (corre et al., 1999). we therefore conclude that the production process relies on a truly multiple-output technology, and that it is not possible to specify different production functions for each output. the most common approach to measure efficiency in a multi-output setting involves the estimation of dual cost, revenue or profit functions (löthgren, 2000). however, this group of methods relies on relatively restrictive behavioural assumptions of econom178 x. irz, j.r. stevenson ic optimization, such as static revenue or profit maximisation, that are not expected to hold in developing country aquaculture as farmers are likely to adopt complex livelihood strategies in the face of multiple market failures. for instance, prawn production in the philippines, though profitable on average, is also inherently risky due to the presence of diseases that are not easily controlled but have the potential to wipe out entire harvests. this type of risk is unfortunately not insurable due to the poor development of insurance and credit markets. furthermore, at a more practical level, estimation requires data on prices of inputs and/or outputs with a minimum of variability, but such data is unfortunately not easy to obtain at a given point in time because input and output markets are relatively well integrated within regions. hence, a primal approach seems better suited to the analysis of efficiency and productivity for this particular study. in a primal setting, a transformation function can be re-written so as to express one output as a function of the input vector and the quantities of all other outputs, but the resulting efficiency scores then depend on the particular output that is chosen as dependent variable, with no guarantee of consistency of the resulting efficiency rankings of farms for alternative formulations of the model. the efficiency literature has addressed the problem by developing models based on input and output distance functions (coelli and perelman, 2000; morrison-paul, johnston and frengley, 2000; brümmer, glauben and thijssen, 2002) or ray production functions (löthgren, 2000). both types of functions appear equally satisfactory from a theoretical point of view, but the ray production function seems superior for the problem considered in our paper for two reasons. first, the output distance function is linear homogenous in outputs, which is imposed globally through the use of a logarithmic functional form that cannot accommodate zero values7. in response to that problem, a common practice consists of replacing zero values with small numbers (see morrison-paul, johnston and frengley, 2000 as well as fousekis, 2002 for two examples) but this seems highly unsatisfactory as the logarithmic function goes asymptotically to minus infinity at zero. battese (1997) explores this problem in the context of a cobb-douglas production function to conclude that it can seriously bias the parameter estimates. given that most farms in our sample do not produce all four outputs, this problem represents a major obstacle to the estimation of an output distance function from our data. the second issue with the distance function arises from the fact that its value is unobservable so that the estimation equation is derived indirectly by exploiting the homogeneity properties of the distance function. however, it is feared that the resulting estimable equation leads to possible endogeneity problems (grosskopf et al., 1997; löthgren, 2000). by contrast, no homogeneity restriction needs to be imposed on the ray production function, which can therefore be represented by non-logarithmic functional forms and hence accommodate zero values. furthermore, it is also believed that the endogeneity problem highlighted above for the distance function does not apply to the ray production function (löthgren, 2000). hence, we choose to pursue our investigation of efficiency of aquaculture farms in the philippines based on the estimation of a ray production function. 7 in fact, all the published papers on distance functions of which we are aware use a transcendental logarithmic functional form, in order to impose homogeneity while conferring sufficient flexibility to the parametric function. 179efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture 1.2 theoretical model the main insight of löthgren (2000) is to express the output vector y of dimension m in polar coordinates:   (1) where denotes the euclidian norm of vector y (  ), θ(y) is an (m-1) vector of polar coordinate angles of the output vector y, and the m functions mi: [0, π/2] m-1 → [0,1] define the coordinates of the normalized output vector. this is illustrated in the two-output case in figure 1. the output vector of farm c is expressed in terms of its norm, oc/ocr, and a single angle θc measuring the relative proportions of fish and prawn outputs, i.e. the output mix. the two functions mf and mp of the polar-coordinate angle θc simply define the (regular) coordinates of the normalized output vector ocr obtained by radial projection of vector oc on the circle of radius 1. the (m-1) polar coordinate angles are obtained recursively as in löthgren (1997), from which the coordinates of the normalized output vector can easily be recovered. this set up allows us to represent any technology by a multi-output ray production function f(x,θ(y)) as follows:   (2) this function gives the maximum norm of the output vector that the firm can produce, given a vector of inputs x and the existing production set p(x), and assuming that any increase in production would involve a proportional increase in all individual outputs. figure 1. graphical presentation of the ray production function   mp(θc)   mf(θc)   cr      •   θc   1   •   cd   •  c           p   •   p’   prawn   output     fish  output     o   1   180 x. irz, j.r. stevenson hence, any technologically feasible input-output combination (x, y) is defined by the inequality. in terms of figure 1, the value of the ray production function is simply equal for farm c to the ratio ocd/ocr. under the assumption of strong input disposability, the ray function is positively monotonic in inputs (löthgren, 2000). the usefulness of the ray production function in measuring efficiency derives from its relation to the output distance function. it follows from equation (2) that, for any observed output vector y:   (3) this is indeed observed in our graphical example, as ratio oc/ocd is obviously equal to oc/ocr divided by ocd/ocr. this relationship is most important because we know that virtually all the properties of a multi-output technology can be recovered from the distance function. for instance, brummer, glauben and thijssen (2002) use it to characterize technological change and productivity growth, while kim (2000) derives measures of output substitutability from it. equation (3) therefore implies that the same can be done from the ray production function. for our purpose, it is sufficient to recognize that output elasticities are easily derived from the ray production function as:   (4) this expression gives the percentage change in all outputs resulting from a one percent change in input j and is expected to take a positive value (fousekis, 2002). alternatively, appendix 1 demonstrates that because the ray production function entertains some duality with both the maximum revenue and minimum cost functions, this elasticity can be interpreted as the revenue elasticity or the scale-adjusted cost share of input j. the scale elasticity follows immediately (löthgren, 2000):   (5) this elasticity should be compared to unity to establish whether the firm operates under decreasing, constant or increasing returns to scale. 2. estimation strategy 2.1 the econometric model the estimation of firm-level efficiency scores from a ray production function follows the stochastic frontier methodology initially proposed by aigner, lovell and schmidt 181efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture (1977). accordingly, a scalar-valued composed error term is introduced in the empirical ray production function8:   (6) where β is a vector of parameters to be estimated; v is a symmetric random variable that is independently and identically distributed across individuals; and u is a non-negative random variable. this specification recognizes the fact that production is first affected by random shocks and measurement errors, which are captured by the disturbance term v. however, the productive performance of farms is also determined by the quality of managerial decisions and it is likely that some farmers make mistakes, i.e., that they are technically inefficient. this is formally captured by the random variable u that describes the deviation of the norm of the observed output vector y from the maximum achievable norm, which is conditional on the exogenous shock v. given a parameterisation of the ray production function and distributional assumptions on the random terms, equation (6) can be estimated by the maximum likelihood methods that have now become commonplace in the stochastic frontier literature9. we adopt the specification of battese and coelli (1995) who relax the assumption of identically distributed inefficiency terms by considering that ui is obtained by truncation at zero of a normal variable n(µi; σu 2) where10:   (7) the term zi denotes a vector of potential determinants of inefficiencies, including farm size, while δ is a vector of parameters to be estimated. note that because the inefficiency effects enter the model in a highly non-linear way, there is no identification problem when using the same variable in the specification of the ray production function and as an inefficiency effect.11 the likelihood function is derived algebraically as in battese in coelli (1993) and it can then be maximized numerically to produce estimates of both the ray production function and the vector of parameters δ. further, while the individual inefficiency levels are not directly observable, the method allows for calculation of their predictors by applying the procedure first proposed by jondrow et al. (1982). as the expressions for these predictors are presented in battese and coelli (1993) only for the multiplicative model, while ours is additive, they are worth reporting here. first, the conditional expectation of the inefficiency term u given a total residual e=v-u is derived from 8 notice that the error term is introduced in an additive rather than multiplicative way because, as explained earlier, we do not want to use a logarithmic functional form due to the ‘zero value’ problem. 9 see coelli, rao and battese (1998) for an introductory presentation of this literature and kumbhakar and lovell (2000) for a more detailed and technical one. 10 the individual subscript i was ignored up to this point for notational clarity. 11 an example of a stochastic production frontier where land appears both as an input and as an inefficiency effect is ngwenya, battese and fleming, cited on page 212 of coelli, rao and battese (1998). the issue of identification is also discussed in battese and coelli (1995) where a time trend is used to capture both technological change and inefficiency change over time. 182 x. irz, j.r. stevenson the expression of the conditional density function of u given e presented in full in battese and coelli (1993)12:   (8) where:   (9 a and b) and f(.) and f(.) denote the density and distribution functions for the standard normal random variable. these expressions express mathematically that the random variable u, conditional on e, is simply obtained by truncation at zero of the normal variable n(m*,s* 2). the farell output-oriented efficiency score follows immediately:   (10) where denotes the fitted output norm and is the estimated residual. 2.2 quantifying the strength of the inefficiency effects next we turn to the issue of quantifying the explanatory power of the inefficiency effects introduced in vector z, which is motivated by our primary aim of exploring the robustness of any potential ir by introducing farm size as an efficiency effect. this problem has been largely ignored in the literature, as the only attempt at tackling it of which we are aware is pascoe and coglan (2002). their procedure simply involves regressing the estimated technical efficiency scores against the vector of inefficiency effect variables z by ols. this approach is ad hoc and seems unsatisfactory because it fails to recognize the highly non-linear way in which the inefficiency effects enter the model. from equation (7), it is evident that the mean of the normal variable truncated at zero to model inefficiencies is a linear function of the z variables but this implies that the relationship between predicted efficiencies (10) and these variables takes a complex non-linear form. we therefore prefer to investigate this question differently. a first approach compares the full specification of the model to a restricted one where the inefficiency effect variable zk is dropped from vector z. the comparison is based on the decomposition of the total variance term e into its random shock and inefficiency components u and v (coelli, 1995): γ*=γ/[γ+(1-γ)π/(π-2)] (11) 12 in the remainder of this section, we again omit the farm subscripts for notational clarity but note that e, u, µ*, z, zk, y and te are all farm-specific. 183efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture where parameter γ=σu 2/(σu 2+σv 2). this quantity γ* measures the variation in production not accounted for by physical factors that is attributed to inefficiencies rather than random shocks. hence, the difference between this quantity for the full model and the restricted model gives us directly a measure, in percentage terms, of the explanatory power of the inefficiency effect variable zk. we would also like to be able to measure the strength of the relationship between any zk variable and technical efficiency by calculating a standard elasticity but, once again, the literature seems to have ignored this issue. from equations (8) and (9), one can derive the responsiveness of the conditional predictor of u to a change in any inefficiency effect variable zk:   (12) using this expression in equation (10) defining the efficiency score, one obtains:   (13) this elasticity gives the percentage change in efficiency resulting from a unit percentage change in variable zk. note that it depends not only on the parameter estimates but also on the data so that it can be estimated at any sample point or at the sample mean. the empirical section of the paper uses this expression to derive what we call the technical efficiency elasticity of farm size. 3. data and empirical model two main regions of the philippines for brackishwater pond aquaculture were selected for this particular study. the northern central luzon region has brackishwater fish ponds in the four provinces of pampanga, bulacan, bataan and zambales. the western visayas region is located in the central philippines, and includes the provinces of iloilo, capiz, negros occidental and aklan. the sample was stratified by farm size and by province, based on census data from 1997 provided by the bureau of agricultural statistics. production and socio-economic data were then collected by interviews with farm operators and caretakers (salaried supervisors). a total of more than 150 farms were initially surveyed but several observations were dropped because of inconsistencies and/or missing values, so that our analysis is based on a sample of 127 individuals. table 1 presents the summary statistics of the production variables. the farms in the study area are relatively large, with an average surface area of more than eleven hectares, and land is unequally distributed, as indicated by a gini coefficient of 0.67. the main intermediate input corresponds to the seeds13, followed by the feeds and, finally, fertilizers. 13 this means the “fry” for prawns, “juveniles” for crabs and “fingerlings” for milkfish and tilapia. 184 x. irz, j.r. stevenson this cost structure reflects the extensive nature of brackishwater aquaculture in the philippines, as even in semi-intensive production systems, the feeds account for the major share of cash costs. also, the substantial cost of fertilizers reveals that farm operators attempt to bolster the natural productivity of aquaculture ponds, while the production process in intensive aquaculture relies solely on the provision of feeds from an external source for the growth of the cultivated species. finally, the summary statistics also suggest that labor represents an important cost of production, as, on average, the total wage bill exceeds the cost of any individual intermediate input14. table 1. summary statistics* variable mean standard deviation minimum maximum outputs (kg)         milkfish 4,356 1,098 0 80,000 tilapia 674 230 0 25,600 prawns 691 202 0 22,240 crabs 311 79 0 8,000 inputs         land (ha) 11.5 1.9 0.1 130.0 labor (man days) 1,160 220 187 26,312 feeds (pesos) 95,259 39,617 0 4,420,893 fert (pesos) 33,578 5,867 0 403,260 seeds (pesos) 183,770 46,518 0 4,140,000 *all variables are expressed on a per year basis. with respect to outputs, milkfish is the dominant production in volume. this is not surprising as the polyculture production system described here represents a recent evolution of the traditional milkfish monoculture system (chong et al., 1984). the average milkfish yield of less than 500kg per hectare confirms the extensive nature of production. the volumes produced of the other species appear relatively small compared to that of milkfish but the relative importance of the species is different in value terms. given that prawns fetch a price nearly ten times as high as that of milkfish per weight unit, they actually represent the dominant production in terms of revenue share15. this price differential is explained in part by the fact that milkfish and tilapia are consumed domestically, while an important proportion of the prawns are exported to the high-income markets of japan and the united states. however, notice that crabs, which are also exclusively sold on domestic markets, also receive high prices and are therefore important productions in 14 the wage rate for farm labor is approximately 150 php/day in central luzon and 100 php/day in the western visayas. 15 the average prices per kilogram for our sample are 45php for milkfish, 31php for tilapia, 412php for prawns and 210 php for crabs. 185efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture economic terms. finally, we note that, although not apparent in table 1, the farms in the sample choose different associations of species. first, a large majority of farms (82) practice the polyculture of at least two species, hence justifying our earlier discussion on multi-product technologies. and second, the association of all four species is only adopted by a relatively small fraction of the sample farms (11), implying that there is a large number of zero output values in the sample. we choose a quadratic functional form as a first step in estimating the output ray function defined in equation (6):   (14) where the vector w includes each of the (m-1) polar coordinate angles θ(y) and the k inputs, and d is a regional dummy taking a value of unity for the farms located in the western visayas16. the quadratic production function is a flexible functional form in the sense that it can serve as a local second-order approximation to any unknown production function. this specification therefore gives flexibility to the model which can accommodate zero values on both inputs and outputs. the empirical specification includes the three following inputs: land and labor, defined as in table 1 as the total surface area of the aquaculture farm and the number of man days of labor used on the farm; and intermediate inputs, expressed in value terms, and hence representing an aggregate of the feed, seed and fertilizer inputs. on the output side, all four productions were used to define the three polar coordinate angles for tilapia, crabs and prawns. the last step in specifying the model involves choosing the inefficiency effects z, which should include variables susceptible of influencing the adoption of particular management practices or the determinants of their adoption (irz and mckenzie, 2003). given the focus of this paper on the ir, farm size is included as it is our aim to establish whether small and large farms adopt different management practices that lead to differences in efficiency. it is also possible that management differs across regions, and we therefore include the regional dummy as well as inefficiency effect. other variables, such as training and experience of the operator, probably have an influence on efficiency but our data unfortunately does not allow for their inclusion. 4. empirical results 4.1 partial productivity indicators we start our analysis of the ir by investigating the relationship between farm size and land productivity as, although imperfect, partial productivity indicators have played an important role in the development of the ir literature. table 2 presents the results of three ols regressions relating a measure of land productivity to farm size and, in order to account for possible regional effects, the regional dummy d. the first regression uses the 16 we introduce the regional dummy because the preliminary ols regressions discussed below suggest that there might be technological differences between the two regions. 186 x. irz, j.r. stevenson crudest measure of land productivity, i.e. harvest weight per hectare, and the results seemingly indicate a significant and positive relationship between farm size and productivity. however, it makes little sense to add weights of species that fetch widely different prices and the second regression tackles this problem by measuring land productivity in terms of revenue per hectare. the regression has a surprisingly large explanatory power, as indicated by a r-squared value of 0.42 and reveals a significant and negative relationship between farm size and revenue per hectare. the coefficient of the farm size variable is an elasticity and indicates that a 10% increase in farm size results in a 2.2% decrease in revenue per hectare. finally, the coefficient of the regional dummy is also negative and significant, indicating that farms tend to be substantially less productive in the western visayas than in central luzon. the last regression accounts for differences in use of intermediate inputs when comparing farms as it measures land productivity by gross margin per hectare17 but, although it confirms the results of the previous regression, its explanatory power is too low to draw definite conclusions. table 2. farm size and partial productivity   dependent variable regressors log(harvest weight per hectare) log(harvest value per hectare) gross margin per hectare constant 6.52 11.60 90,94 (37.32) (71.78) (6.78) log(farm size) 0.87 -0.22 -8,95 (11.91) (-3.30) (-1.60) western visayas -0.85 -1.69 -63.53 dummy (-4.04) (-8.69) (-3.93) r2 0.55 0.42 0.13 note: t-values in parenthesis the difference in results between the first two regressions imply that, on a per hectare basis, larger farms tend to produce more in weight but less in value terms than smaller ones. hence, it is likely that larger farms tend to choose output combinations with greater emphasis on lower value species (tilapia, milkfish). the difference in results between the last two regressions is more difficult to interpret. it could indicate that smaller farms make a more intensive use of intermediate inputs, or rely more on family labour, than larger farms. we conclude from this preliminary analysis that there is only weak evidence of an inverse relationship between land productivity and farm size. 17 note that for this regression, the dependent variable is the level of the gross margin and not its logarithm. this is so because some farms have negative gross margins, which prohibits the use of a log-log functional form for this regression. 187efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture 4.2 specification tests and the structure of the technology the stochastic ray production frontier described above was tested against simpler alternatives in order to gain some insights into the structure of the technology and inefficiencies. a second objective is to define a more parsimonious specification as the full model requires estimation of a relatively large number of parameters given the sample size18. the results of likelihood ratio tests are presented in table 319. table 3. specification tests   log-likelihood lr statistic critical value outcome null hypothesis     5% 1%   1 no inefficiencies -113.0 39.2 8.8 12.5 reject 2 no inefficiency effects -104.3 21.9 6.0 9.2 reject 3 no regional effects -94.1 1.6 6.0 9.2 accept 4 no farm size effect -100.0 13.4 3.8 6.6 reject 5 input-output separability -195.2 203.8 16.9 21.7 reject first, we test the composed error specification against the hypothesis of absence of inefficiencies by comparing the log-likelihood of our model against that obtained by standard ols regression. the likelihood ratio statistic of 39.2 exceeds by far its critical value and we therefore conclude to the presence of substantial inefficiencies across our sample farms20. this implies that the modelling of the technological relationship between inputs and outputs as a stochastic ray production function rather than a deterministic one is strongly supported by the data. the second test investigates the explanatory power of the inefficiency effect variables. it is also strongly rejected, implying that the regional dummy and farm size variables have, jointly, a statistically significant influence on efficiency. the third test considers the null hypothesis that the regional effects, introduced into the model through the regional dummy in the ray production function and in the inefficiency effect component of the model, are inexistent. the hypothesis is accepted, which stands in sharp contrast to the results obtained earlier based on partial productivity indicators. there is no inconsistency here, however, because the ray production function can accommodate possible differences in output mix across regions, while partial productivity indicators fail to do so21. next, the explanatory power of farm size on inefficiencies is tested and the null hypothesis of no farm-size effect is strongly rejected. we conclude from these four tests that the regional dummy variable can be dropped from the speci18 the total number of parameters in specification (14) is equal to 34, for a sample size of 127. 19 the test statistic is lr=-2*{ln(l(h0))-ln(l(h1))}, where l(h0) and l(h1) denote the values of the likelihood function under the null and alternative hypotheses (coelli, rao and battese, 1998). 20 note that the null hypothesis includes the restriction σu=0. as this parameter is necessarily positive, the test statistic follows a mixed chi-square distribution, the critical values of which are found in kodde and palm (1986). 21 in terms of figure 1, the efficiency of farm c is measured radially, which means that this farm is implicitly compared to farms with a similar output mix. by contrast, gross margin or revenue per hectare measures fail to account for possible differences in output combinations when comparing farms. 188 x. irz, j.r. stevenson fication of the model, while farm size as an inefficient effect should be retained. the last test investigates whether inputs and outputs are separable by comparing our model to a restricted version where the parameters of all cross-terms between inputs and polar coordinates angles in (18) are set equal to zero. the null hypothesis is rejected at any sensible level of significance, which implies that it would not be possible to aggregate consistently the four outputs into a single index. this is why the ray production frontier is used rather than a frontier production function, which requires output aggregation prior to estimation. altogether, we conclude from this series of tests that there are substantial inefficiencies among the sample farms, which are partially explained by farm size, while the regional dummy can be dropped from the model’s specification. further simplification of the specification is not possible as the tests indicate that the technology is truly multi-product and the relationship among inputs and outputs is a complex one. table 4. estimated stochastic ray production frontier parameter estimate t-ratio ray frontier α0 0.569 0.68 αa 0.018 0.01 αl 0.965 0.83 αi -0.890 -1.40 αθt -0.685 -0.64 αθc 0.417 0.36 αθp -0.858 -1.87 βaa 0.047 1.27 βll 0.001 0.08 βii -0.092 -13.76 βθtθt 0.140 0.20 βθcθc -0.320 -0.48 βθpθp 0.448 2.00 βal 0.034 0.98 βai 0.403 11.72 βaθt -0.689 -0.69 βaθc 0.588 0.34 βaθp 0.998 1.88 βli -0.218 -5.16 βlθt 0.103 0.11 βlθc -0.920 -0.86 βlθp -0.031 -0.09 βiθt 0.843 1.53 189efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture βiθc 0.580 0.69 βiθp 0.368 1.14 βθtθc 0.120 0.22 βθtθp 0.084 0.27 βθcθp 0.066 0.24 inefficiency model δ0 -2.356 -2.26 δa 2.292 4.43 variance parameters s2=su 2+sv 2 1.052 3.02 g=su 2/s2 0.944 32.46 log-likelihood -94.147   subscript notations: a =  land input, l =  labor inputs, i =  intermediate inputs, (θt, θc, θp) =three polar coordinate angles corresponding to tilapia, crabs and prawns respectively; α0 and δo are the constant parameters. the results of the maximum likelihood estimation for our preferred specification are presented in table 4. we note that many of the coefficients present relatively low levels of statistical significance but this should be expected as there is a high level of collinearity among the covariates22. the individual parameters of the technology are not directly interpretable and we therefore compute in table 5 the elasticities of the production ray function at the sample mean, together with their standard errors. most straightforward to interpret are the input elasticities described in equation (4). first, there is a significant and positive relationship between land input and production, as a one percent increase in farm size results in a 0.58% increase in all outputs. hence, land stands out as a key production factor which can be explained by the extensive nature of the technology. second, the elasticity with respect to intermediate inputs is also highly significant, with a one percent increase in that aggregate resulting in a 0.36% increase in production. finally, the elasticity with respect to labor is very small, negative and not statistically significant, which means that the model fails to capture a positive relationship between labor input and production. there are several possible explanations for this negative result. it is difficult to measure labor input properly, in particular as far as farm operators are concerned and the labor variable presents a high degree of collinearity with the other inputs. we also note that the finding of a negative and/or insignificant labor elasticity, although paradoxical, represents almost an empirical regularity (whiteman, 1999). the scale elasticity is obtained by summation of all three input elasticities to give a value of 0.92, with a standard error of 0.11. hence, the technology exhibits slightly decreasing returns to scale at the sample mean but the hypothesis of constant returns to scale cannot be rejected. on the 22 this is not unusual when using flexible functional forms. for instance, in the full translog specification of his model, löthgren (2000) reports only five significant coefficients (5%) from a total of 21 in the specification of the technology. 190 x. irz, j.r. stevenson output side, the elasticities of the ray function with respect to the polar coordinate angles are more difficult to interpret. we conclude, however, that the representation of the technology that we obtain appears reasonably consistent with theoretical expectations. table 5. elasticities of estimated ray production function at sample mean elasticity w.r.t. estimate t-ratio land 0.58 4.51 labor -0.03 -0.43 intermediate inputs 0.36 7.90 qt 0.03 0.12 qc 0.08 0.34 qp 0.61 7.37 4.3 inefficiencies and the inverse relationship the large t-ratio on parameter g in table 4 confirms that inefficiencies are statistically significant. the mean efficiency score for the sample is equal to 0.3723, which is very low and implies that the sample farms could potentially increase production 2.7 times without any increase in inputs or change in technology. this finding suggests that there is considerable room for managerial improvement of the farms in the study area and represents an empirical validation of yap’s contention that many brackishwater ponds are underdeveloped and under-productive (yap, 1999). it can also be explained by the fact that extensive production systems have not been the focus of much research and extension activity in the philippines. the interviews carried out with farmers confirmed that formal extension services are simply not regarded as an important source of technical information by the operators of extensive farms. finally, it is also necessary to recognize that the extensive production systems considered here are intrinsically complex and offer numerous opportunities for farmers to make mistakes. this is so because these systems are open, due to the frequent exchange of the pond’s water, which limits the farmer’s control of the production process. furthermore, the production process depends on the natural productivity of the pond, which itself relates to populations of various plankton and filamentous algae species that are difficult to manage and sensitive to temperature, salinity, soil conditions and the chemical and nutrient composition of the culture water (arfi and guiral, 1994)24. the situation is very different in intensive production where the growth of the target spe23 in the additive model presented here, the predicted efficiency scores can take negative values, which is theoretically impossible. we therefore replaced negative values by zeros when that occurred (in only a few cases) prior to calculating this average. 24 we are thankful to pierre morrisens for this idea. 191efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture cies depends primarily on the feeds brought from outside of the farm and the pond has little biological function beyond the provision of oxygen to the fish/crustaceans (kautsky et al., 2000)25. figure 2 presents the frequency distribution of efficiency scores and indicates a high level of heterogeneity within the sample. the distribution is very flat, as reflected by a standard error of 0.26, and is spread over the whole possible range, from a minimum of zero to a maximum of 0.97. we now turn to the direct analysis of the ir by investigating whether these large variations in technical efficiency scores are related to farm size. the likelihood ratio tests already demonstrated the existence of a significant relationship between farm size and efficiency, which is confirmed in table 4 by the large t-ratio of parameter δa. furthermore, note that this parameter takes a strictly positive sign, indicating that larger farms in our sample are less efficient than smaller ones. hence, we conclude to the existence of a statistically significant ir in philippine brackishwater aquaculture. we would like, however, to go further in identifying the strength of this relationship, which cannot be established directly from the parameter estimates and we now implement for that purpose the two approaches discussed in the methodological section. our first suggestion was to compare the full model to a restricted version where farm size is dropped as an inefficiency effect. we find that for the full specification, inefficien25 an analogy with agriculture might be useful here. extensive aquaculture, like organic farming, seems to be management intensive while intensive aquaculture, like conventional farming, tends to rely on the application of standard technological packages that leave little initiative to the farmer. figure 2. frequency distribution of efficiency scores 0 5 10 15 20 25 0-0.1 0.1-0.2 0.2-0.3 0.3-0.4 0.4-0.5 0.5-0.6 0.6-0.7 0.7-0.8 0.8-0.9 0.9-1 efficiency score n um be r o f f ar m s 192 x. irz, j.r. stevenson cies account for 86% of the total variance term, implying that the bulk of the variation in production not accounted for by physical factors is attributed to inefficiencies rather than random shocks (i.e., what pascoe and coglan, 2002, refer to as luck). for the restricted model, where farm size is dropped from the z vector, inefficiencies account for only 73% of the total variance term. we therefore conclude that variations in production not accounted for by inputs are attributable to random shocks for 14%; farm size for 13%; and unexplained inefficiencies for 73%. this implies that the ir, although statistically significant, appears to be of only limited quantitative importance. next, we compute the efficiency elasticity of farm size corresponding to equation (13) and obtain a value of -0.137 at the sample mean. this indicates that a 10% increase in farm size decreases the level of farm-level efficiency by a modest 1.4% for the average farm and confirms the previous result of an ir of only limited strength. when farm-level efficiency is predicted by the mode of the distribution of u given e, the efficiency elasticity at the sample mean takes the same value at the three-digit level. the results are therefore robust to the choice of predictor used to infer farm-level efficiency scores. from a methodological point of view, it is also interesting to compare our results to those obtained by application of the procedure suggested by pascoe and coglan (2002) to quantify the explanatory power of the inefficiency effect variables. when regressing by ols the predicted efficiency scores against the logarithm of farm size, we obtain results that are simply inconsistent with the first-stage maximum-likelihood estimation. the estimated efficiency elasticity of farm size at the sample mean is 0.24, with a t-ratio of 3.52, and the r-squared for this regression is only 9%. clearly, the sign of the elasticity is inconsistent with that of parameter δa in table 4. furthermore, these results suggest that farm size explains only 7.7% (=0.09*0.86) of the variation in outputs not accounted for by physical inputs, while we find a value almost twice as large. hence, we conclude that this procedure, which is not consistent with the underlying model of efficiency measurement, can lead to erroneous conclusions regarding both the direction and the strength of the relationship between inefficiency effect variables and efficiency scores. we therefore believe that our methodological contribution is important in deriving the policy implications of the popular battese and coelli (1995) model. finally, we simulate the production effect of applying the comprehensive agrarian reform law, with its five hectare retention limit, to fish ponds. this is done by considering that large farms are broken done into units of five hectares, while farms smaller than the limit are not affected. we compute the adjustment in efficiency for each farm via equations (8-10), and the production effect is found by multiplying the change in efficiency by observed production. in accordance with the previous results, we find that this hypothetical land reform would increase production of the sample farms only marginally (3.5% for prawns, 2.5% for milkfish, 2.3% for crabs and 3.4% for tilapia). 5. discussion and conclusion this paper uses a stochastic ray production function in order to investigate a potential inverse relationship in philippine brackishwater aquaculture, based on a cross-section of 127 farms. the estimated multi-product technology is not separable in inputs and outputs, implying that our approach is superior to the estimation of a stochastic production 193efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture function, which requires the aggregation of outputs into a single index. returns to scale are slightly decreasing at the sample mean but the crs hypothesis cannot be rejected. the distribution of efficiency scores is spread out over the whole possible range with an average value of 0.37, which is extremely low. large potential productivity gains are therefore achievable in the study area, without any change in the technology, output mix or input combination. is land redistribution or an improvement in the functioning of the land market a key to achieving these efficiency gains? our analysis reveals that it is probably not the case. we find that there clearly exists a significant inverse relationship between farm size and productivity, but that the strength of this relationship is limited. farm size explains only 13% of the variability in outputs not accounted for by physical inputs, against 73% for unidentified factors, and 14% for random shocks. the elasticities that we derive indicate that when farm size doubles, efficiency decreases by 14%. while substantial, that percentage is small in view of the very low average level of efficiency in the sample. it is therefore likely that application of the land reform laws to brackishwater fish ponds, which so far have secured exemptions via intense political lobbying by the pond owners and lease holders, does not constitute a panacea to unlock the productive potential of these areas. there might be legitimate reasons, on equity grounds, to call for the removal of these exemptions, but the efficiency case for this policy carries only limited weight. we know that the cost of implementing land redistribution programs is always high, and that is likely to be particularly true in the philippines where issues of corruption, weak law enforcement and slowmoving bureaucracy in coastal areas are well documented (primavera, 2000). although this is an important result for policy formulation, it is unfortunately a negative one as we are left with the conclusion that variations in efficiency relate to unexplained factors. the best we can do at this level is therefore to speculate on the underlying reasons leading to the poor average technical performance of the farms. here, we believe that the lack of r&d investment in brackishwater aquaculture is a key constraint to the production and productivity growth of the sector. even aquaculture specialists recognize the difficulty of managing these systems, and it therefore seems that there is a need to generate knowledge before even considering investment in extension services. it remains to be shown that such investments are economically desirable, but our results suggest that the potential gains from improved farm management are very large. references aigner d., lovell, k. and schmidt, p. (1977). formulation and estimation of stochastic frontier models. journal of econometrics, 6: 21-37. ahmed, m. and lorica, m.h. (2002). improving developing country food security through aquaculture development lessons from asia. food policy, 27: 125-141. alauddin, m. and tisdell, c. (1998). bangladesh’s shrimp industry and sustainable development: resource-use conflict and the environment. asian fisheries science, 11: 97-120. arfi, r. and guiral ,d. (1994). chlorophyll budget in a productive tropical pond algal production, sedimentation, and grazing by microzooplankton and rotifers. hydrobiologia, 272 (1-3): 239-249. 194 x. irz, j.r. stevenson battese, g.e. (1997). a note on the estimation of cobb-douglas production functions when some explanatory variables have zero values. journal of agricultural economics, 48 (2): 250-253. battese, g. and coelli, t. (1993). a stochastic frontier production function incorporating a model for technical inefficiency effects. working paper in economics and statistics, no. 69, university of new england, department of econometrics. battese, g. and coelli, t. (1995). a model for technical efficiency effects in a stochastic frontier production function for panel data. empirical economics, 20: 325-332. brümmer, b., glauben, t. and thijssen, g. (2002). decomposition of productivity growth using distance functions: the case of dairy farms in three european countries. american journal of agricultural economics, 84 (august): 628-644. caves, d.w., christensen, l.r. and diewert, w.e. (1982). multilateral comparisons of output, input and productivity using superlative index numbers, economic journal, 46: 256-273. chong, k.c., lizarondo, m.s., de la cruz, z.s., guerrero, c.v. and smith, i.r. (1984). milkfish production dualism in the philippines: a multidisciplinary perspective on continuous low yields and constraints to aquaculture development. iclarm technical report 15, manila. coelli, t. (1995). estimators and hypothesis tests for a stochastic production function: a monte carlo analysis. journal of productivity analysis, 6: 247-268. coelli, t. and perelman s. (2000). technical efficiency of european railways: a distance function approach. applied economics, 32: 1967-1976. coelli, t., rahman, s. and thirtle, c. (2002). technical, allocative, cost and scale efficiencies in bangladesh rice cultivation: a non-parametric approach. journal of agricultural economics, 53 (3): 607-626. coelli, t., rao, d.s.p. and battese, g.e. (1998). an introduction to efficiency and productivity analysis. boston: kluwer academic publishers. corre, v.l.j., janeo,r.l. caipang, c.m.a. and calpe a.t. (1999). sustainable shrimp culture techniques: use of probiotics and reservoirs with “green water”. pcamrd paper 32, los banos. coull, j.r. (1993). will the blue revolution follow the green revolution? the modern upsurge of aquaculture. area, 25 (4): 350-357. fan, s. and chan-kang, c. (2003), is small beautiful? farm size, productivity and poverty in asian agriculture. proceedings of the 25th conference of the international association of agricultural economists, durban, south africa 16-22 august: 112-123. fao (2002). the state of world fisheries and aquaculture 2002, fao, rome. färe, r. and primont, d. (1995). multi-output production and duality: theory and applications, kluwer academic publishers. fousekis, p. (2002). distance versus ray function: an application to the inshore fishery of greece. marine resource economics, 17: 251-267. greene, w.h. (1990). a gamma-distributed stochastic frontier model. journal of econometrics, 13: 101-116. grosskopf, s., hayes, k.j., taylor, l.l. and weber, w.l. (1997). budget-constrained frontier measures of fiscal equality and efficiency in schooling. review of economics and statistics, lxxix (1): 116-124. 195efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture irz, x. and mckenzie, v. (2003). profitability and technical efficiency of aquaculture systems in pampanga, philippines. aquaculture economics and management, 7 (3-4): 195-212. jana, b.b. and webster, c.d. (2003). the potential and sustainability of aquaculture in india. in: jana, b.b. and c.d. (eds.) sustainable aquaculture: global perspectives. binghamton: food products press. jha, r., chitkara, p. and gupta, s. (2000). productivity, technical and allocative efficiency and farm size in wheat farming in india: a dea approach. applied economics letters, 7: 1-5. jondrow, j., lovell, k., matterov, i. and schmidt, p. (1982). on the estimation of technical ineffiency in the stochastic frontier production model. journal of econometrics, august: 233-238. karagianis, g., katranidis, s.d. and tzouvelekas, v. (2002). measuring and attributing technical inefficiencies of seabass and seabream production in greece. applied economics letters, 9: 519-522. kautsky, n., ronnback, p., tedengren, m. and troell, m. (2000). ecosystem perspectives on management of disease in shrimp pond farming. aquaculture, 191 (1-3): 145-161. kim, h.y. (2000). the antonelli versus hicks elasticity of complementarity and inverse input demand systems. australian economics papers, 39 (2): 245-261 kodde, d. a. and f.c. palm (1986). wald criteria for jointly testing equality and inequality restrictions. econometrica, 54: 1243-1248. kumbhakar, s.c., gosh, s. and mcguckin, j.t. (1991). a generalized production frontier approach for estimating determinants of inefficiency in us dairy farms. journal of business and economic statistics, 9: 279-286. kumbhakar, s.c. and lovell, c.a.k (2000). stochastic frontier analysis. cambridge: cambridge university press. lothgren, m. (1997). generalized stochastic frontier production models. economics letters, 57 (3): 255-259. lothgren, m. (2000). specification and estimation of stochastic multiple-output production and technical inefficiency. applied economics, 32: 1533-1540. lovell, c.a.k., richardson, s., travers, p. and wood, l.l. (1994). resources and functionings: a new view of inequality in australia. in: eichlorn, w. (ed.), models and measurement of welfare and inequality. berlin: springer-verlag. morrison paul, c.j., johnston. w.e. and frengley. g.a.g. (2000). efficiency in new zealand sheep and beef farming: the impacts of regulatory reform. the review of economics and statistics, 82 (2): 325-337 mundlak, y. (1963). specification and estimation of multiproduct production functions. journal of farm economics, 45: 433-443. naylor, r.l., r.j. goldburg, primavera, j.h., kautsky, n., beveridge, m.c.m., clay, j., folke, c., lubchenco, j., mooney, h. and troell, m. (2000). effect of aquaculture on world fish supplies. nature, 405: 1017-1024. orea, l., alvarez, a. and morisson paul, c.j. (2002). modeling and measuring production processes for a multi-species fishery: alternative technical efficiency estimates for the northern spain hake fishery. efficiency paper series, department of economics, university of oviedo. 196 x. irz, j.r. stevenson pascoe, s. and coglan, l. (2002). the contribution of unmeasurable inputs to fisheries production: an analysis of technical efficiency of fishing vessels in the english channel. american journal of agricultural economics, 84 (august): 585-597. primavera, j.h. (1997). socio-economic impacts of shrimp culture. aquaculture research, 28 (10): 815-827. primavera, j.h. (2000). development and conservation of philippine mangroves: institutional issues. ecological economics, 35 (1): 91-106. sen, a. (1962) an aspect of indian agriculture. economic and political weekly, annual number, 2: 23-36. stevenson, r.e. (1980). likelihood functions for generalized stochastic frontier estimation. journal of econometrics, 13: 57-66. tisdell, c. (2003). aquaculture’s potential impacts on conservation of wild stocks and biodiversity. aquaculture economics and management, 7 (1-2): 155-165. whiteman, j.l. (1999). the measurement of efficiency where there are multiple outputs, general paper g-134, centre of policy studies, monash university. yap, w.g. (1999). rural aquaculture in the philippines, rome: fao. appendix 1. dual properties of the ray production function the revenue maximisation problem can be written in terms of the ray function as:   (a.1) denoting by λ the lagrange multiplier, the first order conditions are:   (a.2)   (a.3) re-arranging (a.2), multiplying by yj and summing over all outputs gives:   (a.4) 197efficiency and farm size in philippine aquaculture the first term of this sum can be re-written as  , but since the function θm is homogenous of degree zero in y,   further, using (a.3), equation (a.4) reduces to:   (a.5) this expression means that the lagrange multiplier is simply the unit value of the norm. applying the envelop theorem to the original problem (a.1) therefore gives us:   (a.6) hence, the elastictities of the revenue function and output ray function with respect to any input k are equal and are expected to be positive. we also use (a.5) to rewrite (a.2), from which it follows that the marginal rate of transformation between two outputs is:   (a.7) suppose all the derivatives of the ray function with respect to the angles are equal to 0. this implies that the previous ratio pj/pi is simply equal to yj/yi, which can only be the case if the ppf is perfectly approximated in the plane (yi;yj) by a circle. hence, the restriction that all derivatives of the ray production function with respect to the (m-1) angles are equal to zero means that the ppf is a perfect sphere of dimension m. the ray function also shares some dual properties with the minimum cost function. we proceed as before to rewrite the lagrangian of the cost minimisation problem:   (a.8) the focs are:   (a.9) 198 x. irz, j.r. stevenson   (a.10) proceeding as before it follows that , implying that:   (a.11) the elasticity of the ray function with respect to any input xk is therefore interpreted as the scale-adjusted (optimal) cost share of that input. bio-based and applied economics 4(1): 17-32, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-15088 organisation as a key factor in localised agri-food systems (lafs) corrado giacomini, maria cecilia mancini* department of economics, university of parma, via kennedy 6, 43125 parma, italy date of submission: april 28th, 2014 abstract. most studies of localised agri-food systems (lafs) focus on the localised concentration of members and firms, and pay less attention to organisational factors, particularly those of an exogenous nature. this paper focuses on the role of organisation in a lafs, assessing the efficacy of eu organisational measures aimed at strengthening the concentration of supply from the recent cap reform 2014-2020. the paper has three sections. part one describes the evolution of the concept of lafs. part two examines the leading role played by institutions in organising relationships between firms in a lafs. the example provided is that of the measures affecting the organisation of supply introduced by the recent cap reform, 2014-2020. it makes particular reference to the distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia (‘industrial tomato district – northern italy’). part three describes how organisational factors can lead to the creation of a lafs, while the criterion of proximity is necessary but not sufficient. keywords. agricultural policy, organisation, contractualisation, agri-food, place. jel codes. q18, l23, o18 1. introduction various concepts can be used to interpret the economic development of a specific area. these include: marshall industrial districts, localised production systems (lps) and clusters. these three models have three common characteristics: 1. external economies; these are determined by the proximity of players in the production system; 2. knowledge, in other words, the skills and know-how of individuals and firms, is not transferred outside; 3. cooperative relationships exist between firms and the market. the concept of ‘industrial district’ was introduced in the 19th century by marshall (1890), who analysed the advantages of external economies for small enterprises localised * corresponding author: mariacecilia.mancini@unipr.it. 18 c. giacomini, m.c. mancini in a specific area. he found that external economies are generated by the local concentration of small firms and by the presence of a plurality of actors linked through production and trade, and thus recognised the role of the social and institutional environment of the firm (cresta 2008). marshall’s work resulted in the creation of a new scenario for local development policies, which can be used to create favourable conditions for local firms. external economies, in fact, result from industrial and organisational resources in a given area, as well as intangible variables relating to un-codified innovation and the quality of social capital. mutual trust between clients and suppliers of semi-finished goods, worker know-how and lower informational asymmetry between supply and demand are all inherent elements. building on marshall’s work, becattini (1989) more recently defined an industrial district as “a socio-economic entity characterised by the joint presence in a circumscribed area, set by nature and history, of a community of people and population of firms”1. accordingly, for both marshall and becattini, the local factors underpin historical relationships that assist in the development of external economies that lead to a positive environment which strengthens the competitive capacity of firms, mostly small, and system. the second concept, localised production systems (lps) (courlet and pecquer 1992; courlet et al. 1993; courlet 2002), is widely agreed to be somewhat similar to marshall’s districts. lps can be defined as a set of firms, sufficiently near to each other and reciprocally linked, which produce goods directly or indirectly for the same end market. lps are characterised by the geographical and/or organisational proximity of member firms and by a common historical or cultural link. this affects the role of firm activity and resources in the production system, and in part explains the strength of the ties and trade between internal activities and resources and their reproduction and evolution over time. the concept of cluster is also widely considered to be a reworking of industrial districts. porter (1990) finds that the competitive advantage of an area lies in the close link between area and economy, and thus the presence of a cluster of firms localised in a restricted area. porter identifies clusters as “geographic concentrations of interconnected companies and institutions in a particular field. clusters encompass an array of linked industries and other entities important to competition.” these three approaches have all been used in agri-food economics to describe and classify the production dynamics of the territorial groups of small agricultural and food firms2. an example is the concept of localised agri-food systems (lafs), which appeared in french literature in 1996 as syal, or systèmes agro-alimentaires localisés. these systems are defined as “production and service organisations (agricultural and agri-food production units, marketing, services and gastronomic enterprises, etc.) linked by their characteristics and operational ways to a specific territory. the environment, products, people and their institutions, know-how, feeding behaviour and relationship networks combine within a territory to produce a type of agricultural and food organisation in a given spatial scale” (cirad-sar 1996; muchnik and sautier 1998). the key words in this definition are ‘organisation’ and ‘specific territory’. 1 the recent volume edited by becattini, bellandi and de propris (2009) contains a series of studies on the evolution of the concept of industrial district and is of particular interest. 2 there is a great deal of italian literature on agricultural and agri-food districts, including iacoponi (1990); favia (1992); cecchi (1992); becattini (2000); sassi (2009); brasili and marchese ( 2012). 19organisation as a key factor in localised agri-food systems (lafs) ten years later, muchnik (2006) updated the definition of lafs describing them as “models of agri-food development based on the valorisation of local resources, more respectful of the environment, more respectful of diversity and agri-food product quality, more respectful of dynamics of local development and today’s challenges in the countryside”. the two definitions, ten years apart, highlight the evolution in the concept of lafs, resulting from attempts to theorize values expressed in the contexts in which lafs operate (courlet 2002; requier-desjardins et al. 2003; correa et al. 2006; boucher 2007; perriercornet 2009; muchnik 2010; requier-desjardins and colin 2010; fournier and muchnik 2010; sforzi and mancini 2012; torres salcido and muchnick 2012). initially, by focusing on spatial proximity of players in the production model, lafs production paradigm was similar to cluster theory (fournier and muchnik 2010). but more recently, the concept has been more closely linked to the local characteristics of products, people, institutions and social relationships that connect food and place. this research focused on the relationship between lafs and the qualification of local products, where collective action often seeks the designations of origin (do). lafs is also a model that is capable of evolving according to the emergence of new requirements for rural development, such as sustainability, multifunctionality and product quality etc. lafs is thus also “a process under construction, a spatial area comprising relationships between players sharing interests in one or more rural agri-food sectors” (boucher 2007). this definition, among other things, also helps to explain why the concept of lafs has a dual interpretation. on one hand, a lafs is a physical object; a group of agri-food activities with a local collocation. at the same time, it also constitutes an approach or method of analysis of development processes for local resources that is useful for the formulation of development policy (muchnik et al. 2008; muchnik 2009; fournier and muchnik 2010; fourcade et al. 2010). the state and other institutions play a key role in development processes and can offer incentives for firm aggregation in several ways. they can provide infrastructure for connections to markets and promote and regulate types of organisation through which firms can interact formally or informally within the system. in some cases, institutions are so deeply involved in the functioning and organization of lafs that they constitute the very “matrix” (courlet et al. 1993; aubert et al. 2001). interventions on the part of the european union (eu) are particularly relevant. since the early 2000s, the eu has regulated supply and distributed support to various supply chains such as tomatoes, oilseeds, fruit, vegetables and oil. this has impacted on local areas, where producers are encouraged to organise. today, support is given to all sectors, as border protection and price support is no longer available, and competition is a global phenomenon. today’s competition plays out between production systems, rather than between firms, as was the case in the past. the models in the recent reform of common agricultural policy 2014-20203 are contract systems, producer organisations (po) and interbranch organisations (ibo). these organisations enhance a sense of belonging to area and have a clear impact at the local level as they tend to act in the joint interests of their members. consequently, this paper analyses the role of public and private institutions in the formation of a lafs. in fact, the interfirm organisation underpinning the creation and develop3 see regulation (eu) n. 1308/2013 of the european parliament and the council of 17 december 2013 establishing a common organisation of the markets in agricultural products and repealing council regulations (eec) n. 922/72, (eec) n. 234/79, (ec) n. 1037/2001 and (ec) n. 1234/2007. 20 c. giacomini, m.c. mancini ment of a lafs requires governance to be able to lead member firms to establish reciprocal relationships in the space where they are located (benko and lipietz 1992). the paper is divided into three sections. part one describes the evolution of the concept of lafs. part two examines the leading role played by institutions in organising relationships between firms in a lafs. the example provided is that of the measures affecting the organisation of supply introduced by the recent cap reform. it makes particular reference to the distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia (‘industrial tomato district – northern italy’). part three describes how organisational factors are a key determinant, whereas the proximity factor is a necessary but not sufficient condition. 2. area and organisation in the formation of lafs a good number of the many success stories of localised agri-food systems concern concentrations of small agri-food firms that process local agri-food products in limited areas (perrier-cornet 2009). the key dimension of the system is always the ‘area’, or the fact that the firms are physically close to one another, and this is what allows for the development of positive externalities thanks to the synergies of joint interest and information flows between firms (requier-desjardins and colin 2010). in comparison with other production sectors, agri-food systems present unusual characteristics that affect both product characteristics and the aggregation of firms. raw materials, whether they are vegetable or animal, are living organisms which closely reflect the natural resources present in their production area and, in general, wherever they are found. the french term terroir is particularly useful to express the idea of place in agrifood economics. terroir includes cultural and social aspects along with natural resources which affect the end agri-food products. a key aspect is savoir faire, or the knowledge and skills belonging to human resources in the area, as well as the synergy derived from sharing these. through these interconnections, the characteristics, the history and the name of the agri-food product are closely linked to the place, and make up the reputation of the product as well as the place. the cultural and social value of local production and the role of collectivity in production know-how have given rise to a rich field of research in france. since the 1980s, researchers (sylvander and lassaut 1994; bérard and marchenay 1995; letablier and delfosse 1995; torre 2002) have studied the influence of place on agri-food products and especially typical or specialty products. typical products feature three types of characteristic; the specific nature of local resources; the history and tradition of production and the collective dimension with the presence of shared local knowledge (sylvander 1995; de sainte maire et al. 1995; bérard and marchenay 1995; allaire and sylavander 1997; barjolle et al. 1998; casabianca et al. 2005). in this light, place is the explanatory variable of the production model of a geographically concentrated set of firms. lafs success stories in underdeveloped and developing countries (latin america and africa) also tend to focus on the link between firms within a given area. in this case, the perspective is production models for local development policy (bom-konde et al. 1995; cerdan and sautier 1998; boucher and requier-desjardins 2005a; boucher and requierdesjardins 2005b; requier-desjardins et al. 2003; mancini 2013). muchnik, cañada and torres salcido (2008) widen the approach with their suggestion that the geographical area of a lafs is not necessarily one continuous geographi21organisation as a key factor in localised agri-food systems (lafs) cally bounded space4. it can also be an ideal reference area that is not spatially continuous, but divided, but which still constitutes a single entity on the basis of common identity reference points (bonnemaison et al. 1999). this is important given that that production activities are often spread over different areas and the ‘localness’ of a lafs is provided by a sense of belonging and the shared nature of interests of those taking part in social networks and economic organisations, which do not necessarily coincide with geographical boundaries. according to this approach, lafs depends not on an area but rather on the system of relationships between firms, which may not lie within a single area. geographical proximity is a potential advantage of local concentration, but it is organisational proximity which gives a lafs the dynamism necessary to meet global challenges (rallet and torre 2004; torre 2000). this organisational proximity is enhanced by a sense of belonging and the common nature of interests. the lafs can, in fact, be analysed as the outcome of cooperation between firms having common interests, localised in one area, which are organised and which agree on production and sales standards in order to gain market advantage over other producers who may or may not be in the same area and who do not follow the rules of the lafs. geographical proximity is central to the coordination of members, and may or may not have local boundaries. it is necessary to establish the extent to which geographical limitations can be overcome without jeopardising the very foundations of the system, the sense of belonging and the common nature of interests (rallet 2002)5. institutions play a key role as they can provide incentives for horizontal (locallybased) development by providing the regulatory framework which legitimises behaviours and choices. these horizontal relationships constitute the “organisation capital” of the lafs, which gradually grows along with relationships between firms, with institutions taking an active role in their development (aubert et al. 2001)6. the set of regulations, the collaboration between lafs members and the legal framework underwritten by local authorities, form the basis of the formal and/or informal governance of the lafs, which is almost always informal, in relation to its aim (torre 2000). 3. eu policy for the aggregation of agri-food firms direct eu intervention in farm prices was halted in 2003 by the fischler reform, (johan and swinnen 2008). in the reform of agricultural policy, 2014-2020, the novelty is that the responsibility for the support and stabilisation of agricultural income is given to three tools. these tools are in existence for some time: on the supply side, there are po in all sectors and ibo which regulate relationships within the chain. the third tool is that of contract systems, namely the formalisation of trade negotiations and the regulation of relationships within the chain covering all affected parties. state intervention extends 4 see fournier and muchnik (2010) who write: “geographical proximity ( “concentration”) is not a sine qua non for the development of a syal”; although they referr to different geographical scales for possible development later in the work, they do not consider a scale larger than a region. 5 the use of itc has increased the area and changes the geographical form of organisation of firms (cappellin 2000). 6 examples of public institutional intervention include codes of specifications and the recognition of do products. see also menard (2000). 22 c. giacomini, m.c. mancini these contracts to all interested operators when signed by pos and ibos representing the majority of operators in an area (danel et al. 2012). these innovative measures, which will strengthen the contractual position of farmers, are contained in cap 2014/2020 and from article 152 onwards in regulation 1308/2013, ‘single cmo’. this alters the position of the ec with respect to supply aggregation, previously promoted and supported within the tight limits of certain cmo (hops, tomatoes, oilseeds, fruits and vegetables, and oil) in compliance with monopoly legislation. today, pos and ibos are extended to all sectors and are no longer primarily a tool for the distribution of aid, as they have been to date for most member states. the clearest example are the operational programmes of the fruit and vegetable pos. from now on, pos and ibos are to become a tool for organising supply, regulating the market and increasing the contractual power of farmers. a report by the french agriculture ministry (malpel et al. 2012) states that pos are associations of farm producers who come together to organise the trade of their produce, to obtain technical assistance, and constitute structures providing storage and processing, and supporting product promotion and enhancement. rio and nefussi (2001) identify certain necessary conditions for setting up and developing ibo. these include the presence of operators active in the same product, or family of similar products, supply chain, in a defined region or country, who draw up a joint strategy on the basis of democratic decisions, hence benefitting from a broad delegation of power by public authorities. coronel and liagre (2006) define an ibo as a private organisation recognised by the state which groups together upstream and downstream operators of the same supply chain. the aim is to make contractual policy choices that develop chain performance and protect its interests, while at the same time ensuring equality between members. the definition by rio and nefussi includes an interesting aspect not mentioned by coronel and liagre in that it specifies that area is an essential factor for an ibo. this is necessary for a public authority to delegate power. indeed, it is what makes it possible for the ibo to extend the contractual rules stipulated by the ibo to non-members of the same area. the ibo translates the strategy agreed upon by various supply chain actors into collective contracts regulating behaviour within firms and in the market. such agreements form the guidelines for supply chain relationships and impose a hierarchical order, which is subordinated to the collective agreements expressed in contracts (coronel and liagre 2006). perrier-cornet and sylvander (2000) write that do chains7 can be analysed as processes of economic cooperation in a given place, between operators organised amongst themselves by way of shared rules, leading to a collective comparative advantage8 from which each individual benefits. in this light it is clear why the success stories involving lafs concern dos and/or specialty products and why the entrepreneurs in these chains are often organised as ibos. such products can only be managed collectively, and the ibo is the most useful type of organisational structure for this (giacomini et al. 2012). the 7 this is true of all typical products. 8 torre (2000) notes that pdo producers who commit to meeting the standards imposed by a code of specifications are helping to build a localised system based on cooperative relationships and a joint strategy for product enhancement. for the link between système localisé de production et d’innovation and quality food production, see also allaire and sylvander (1997). 23organisation as a key factor in localised agri-food systems (lafs) function of protecting the collective ownership of the food product by all members of the chain is often realised by an ibo constructing ‘entry barriers’9. this can lead to a quasimonopoly rent10, in the marshall sense of the term in that supply chain operators share profits according to interbranch agreements. describing do product supply chains (pdo, pgi, etc.) from the point of view of organisational structures along the lines of williamson (1991), perrier-cornet and sylvander (2000) classify them as a hybrid form11. the chains are based on cooperation between members, and defined by long-term contractual relationships that do not affect their autonomy or ownership rights. williamson finds that in hybrid forms relationships between parties are regulated, or rather governed, by principles of authority, and some decision making powers are transferred to third party institutions12. in short, hybrid forms have the function of mediating between the market and entrepreneurs who have entrusted to themselves the governance of the collective interest resulting from the relationships developed in the relevant area. perrier-cornet and sylvander note that for do products, and in general for all lafs where there is governance capable of promoting and defending collective interests, the third party institution to which power is entrusted could be the ibo. the institution is, in fact, required to mediate between operators in the various phases and also directs planning of output in terms of quality and quantity; it produces information on company behaviour within the chain and on market trends, promotes trading partnerships and protects chain interests with regard to public institutions and competitors. it can also activate entry barrier mechanisms. accordingly, in this scenario, the relationships along the chain are concretised in contractual relationships underpinned and mediated by interbranch agreements. these are the main functions of the ibo which, ultimately, act as collective contracts that can intervene in numerous areas: adapting supply to demand, fixing sales terms through example contracts, developing criteria and quality control procedures, gathering and transferring information on market trends, and promoting and valorising products. trading relationships between firms are regulated by formal or informal contracts, but the collective interests implicit in the chain relationships, especially where strengthened by the physical proximity of firms, encourage the chains to organise and adopt rules imposed on its individual links through some sort of hybrid organisation, such as an ibo. for example, by way of reg. no. 261/201213, the ec recently intervened to prevent a milk crisis like the one experienced in 2009. this states that formal written contracts strengthen the responsibility of chain operators and raise awareness of the importance of market signals, improve price transmission and match supply to demand, as well as pre9 reputation or name is the real common good of pdo products, and belongs to the collectivity. 10 for pdo products this can be seen as profit from local quality and as additional income from the local ‘anchoring’ of production (perrier-cornet and sylvander 2000). 11 hybrid structures are between the market and an organisation (williamson 1991) and consist of ‘governance structures’ which manage transactions. they are characterised by being able to exploit goods owned by autonomous members, without this leading to a single integrated firm (menard 1997). 12 see menard (1997), and for governance of ‘hybrid organisations’ of do supply chains see raynaud and sauvée (2000). 13 regulation (eu) n. 261/2012 of the european parlament and of the council of 14 march 2012 amending regulation (ec) n. 1234/2007 of the council as regards contractual relations in the milk and dairy products. 24 c. giacomini, m.c. mancini venting unfair competition. in order to ensure a fair standard of living for milk producers through strengthened contractual power, the ec assigns pos the task of negotiating terms, including prices, with dairies, whilst ibos are given the responsibility of regulating the supply of pdo and pgi cheeses. the ec also emphasises that ibos ‘can play a useful role in facilitating dialogue among the various stakeholders in the supply chain and in promoting best practice and market transparency’, and encourages member states to encourage all interested parties to become members of an ibo. 4. the role of eu policy and the distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia14 industrial tomato production and processing have been carried out in the provinces of parma and piacenza15 in northern italy for over a hundred years. indeed, this activity has been rooted in agricultural and industrial innovation and widespread dissemination and training since the early years of the 20th century. in these two provinces, and nearby areas of the po plain, a scientific approach to farming was popularised among farmers, and training and services to farmers were promoted by local institutions. a noteworthy example is that of16 the stazione sperimentale delle conserve alimentari (ssica) (http:// www.sica.it), a state-funded research centre founded in parma in 1922 for the development of the food industry. from that time it has been an important element in the continuity and expansion of agri-food in the area, which is known as the ‘italian food valley’ thanks to the presence of numerous specialty products, including parmigiano-reggiano cheese and prosciutto di parma ham17. history and the accumulation over time of collective elements have always characterised the tomato processing industry in parma and piacenza. the local identity of the area has always been strong, and has been the premise for external economies for firms involved in the dissemination of innovation, trade partnerships and joint cultural growth etc. this has increased the competitive advantage of the area compared with the tomato industry in southern italy, which is markedly less advanced. it is, however, to be noted that towards the end of the 1970s the local proximity of the different phases proved to be insufficient and parma and piacenza were unable to set up and maintain a system that could be used by all individual farms and companies for a collective goal. 14 the distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia was analysed in a qualitative-quantitative study. the historical evolution from birth to today was studied qualitatively and data 2006-2012 was used to show current quantitative dimensions of the system. 15 at the end of the 1990s, surface area given over to industrial tomato growing in the two provinces accounted for almost 15% of the entire surface in italy, and 65% of that in the region of emilia-romagna. 16 only in the early years did the tomato processing industry in parma and piacenza have the characteristics of a rural agro-industry as described by requier-desjardins (2002), in other words carry out post harvest activities serving local farms which were mainly household units. but it very quickly took on the characteristics of industrial activity requiring significant capital endowment, and produce was sold on italian markets and overseas. 17 the area of distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia includes the distretto del prosciutto di parma dop (pdo parma ham district) (mora and mori 1995; giacomini et al. 2010) and the lafs of the cheese formaggio parmigiano reggiano dop (giacomini et al. 2012). apart from the distinction between lafs and district in terms of the characteristics outlined in the introduction, the two localised systems differ significantly from distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia as they cover a smaller area, especially the pdo parma ham district, and in that the products are typical specialities. but in both of these localised systems, the organization of inter-firm relationships promoted by the consortium and its governance is a key factor. 25organisation as a key factor in localised agri-food systems (lafs) as a result of repeated market crises from over-production, the ec introduced reg. no 1151/78, providing aid per tonne for fresh tomatoes destined for processing. the aid is based on contracts signed between tomato producers and processors, or between their associations. the contracts fixed amounts, times and prices, for which a minimum level was fixed by the ec each season. at first, this regulation ushered in a period of stability, but producers soon began to apply for increasing levels of aid, and output shot up. accordingly, the ec introduced fixed production quotas for each processing plant. for the purposes of the present discussion, one of the most interesting innovations was that support was given only to those processing firms that had signed contracts with pos18, and also paid the minimum price for produce within the allowed quota. hence, the pos benefited directly from the aid and received the payments which were passed on to their producer members. this ec’s intervention followed on from direct action by the italian ministry of agriculture to encourage production aggregation. it encouraged producers in parma and piacenza, and nearby areas, to form pos and at the same time persuaded the parma and piacenza processing industry to reduce its number and increase the size of the existing processing plants. some of the biggest plants were, and are today, owned by cooperatives recognised as pos19. this agricultural policy and legislative framework underpins the growth of a po system which, in northern italy, has developed with relative efficiency. it is based on large firms specialised in tomato production and processing, and encourages the creation of better more efficacious relationships between different phases of the supply chain. the aggregation of supply in the pos and the rationalisation of the processing industry in northern italy, centred on the production basin of parma and piacenza, made it clear to farmers and processors that market equilibrium was in the best interests of all parties. consequently, in the early 2000s, representative farmer and industry organisations reached interbranch agreements for industrial tomatoes for all of northern italy, fixing the quantities that factories would buy, as well as prices and quality characteristics. the reform of the fruit and vegetable cmo of 2007 (reg. no. 1182/2007) brought about a fundamental change in public interventions aimed at industrial tomato production, as well as other processed fruits and vegetables. aid was no longer provided, even under quota limits by volume of output processed, and payments were decoupled as per the fischer reform of 2003 for all other sectors. however, given that about 50% of earnings from tomato production is derived from eu support, the new regulation allowed member states the option of reaching complete decoupling gradually, in order to prevent abrupt changes from destabilizing the entire system. through the new regulation, coupled support at 50% could be maintained for three years until the 2010/2011production season, which was opted for by italy. clearly, decoupling could have removed the motivation for industrial tomato producers and processors to draw up interbranch agreements, which were mainly reached to qualify for financial support. instead, decoupling allowed the industry to count on low18 between about 1985 and 1995 industrial tomato producers and other fruit and vegetable producers formed producers associations which were similar in form and function to po. it was with reg. no. 2200/96, the new fruit and vegetable cmo, that the associations became po. 19 an example is copador, a cooperative and po in the province of parma. it is the largest in the province and one of the largest in europe in 1999 it already had a capacity of over 250 thousand tonnes of fresh tomato (giacomini and mancini 2000). 26 c. giacomini, m.c. mancini er fresh tomato prices, and producers to accept lower prices. this led firms and pos to strengthen the existing organisational structures across northern italy and particularly in parma and piacenza (arfini et al. 2007). a preliminary series of meetings in 2007 led to the setting up of an association called distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia20. members were pos and processing firms from parma, piacenza and the neighbouring province of cremona. between 2007 and 2011 this association was active in gathering and disseminating production and processing data to members. it also provided opportunities for technical and commercial contact between members and operators in other areas of northern italy. the distretto was originally based in parma and covered three provinces: parma, piacenza and cremona. subsequently it expanded to include the whole of northern italy, thus including pos and processing firms in the regions of emilia-romagna, lombardy, veneto and piedmont (table 1). table 1. industrial tomato cultivation area of members of the distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia. year area tomato surface (ha) 2007 parma, piacenza and cremona provinces 15,173 2008 parma, piacenza and cremona provinces 16,530 2009 parma, piacenza, cremona and mantova provinces 21,410 2010 emilia-romagna, lombardy, veneto and piedmont regions 37,944 2011 emilia-romagna, lombardy, veneto and piedmont regions 34,784 2012 emilia-romagna, lombardy, veneto and piedmont regions 32,472 2013 emilia-romagna, lombardy, veneto and piedmont regions 29,175 source: authors’ elaboration on distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia data (www.distrettopomodoro.it) this expansion was one of the reasons for the distretto becoming an inter-regional interbranch organisation in 2011, which was formally recognised by the region of emilia-romagna and subsequently by the ec (www.distrettopomodoro.it). in 2013 the ibo distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia had the following members: eighteen pos, 10 of which account for most of the fresh tomato output (95%) in the area and 6 of which own their own processing plant , processing over 40% of the tomatoes of the district; twenty-one processing firms, many with a turnover exceeding 100 million euro and in no case under 20 million euro; representative organisations of farmers and industry; and, lastly, local authorities with advisory functions and chambers of commerce of provinces involved and research bodies. in 2013 the distretto processors received about 2 million tonnes of fresh tomatoes, constituting 98% of the industrial 20 the term distretto was not used in the same sense as becattini (1987). here the term expresses the wish that the organisation might constitute an instrument to help local economic development. 27organisation as a key factor in localised agri-food systems (lafs) tomatoes produced in northern italy and over 50% of the pan-italian total production. this represents, almost entirely, tomatoes from po members. accordingly, the high level of pos and processor representation means the distretto is a key component of the interbranch agreement. to date, the agreement has been signed outside the context of the ibo21 but by the same parties. it sets the reference price for the season for industrial tomatoes grown in northern italy, as well as quality standards and coefficients for calculating the final price, the amounts of fresh tomatoes to be grown and supplied to firms represented by their branch associations. the distretto, in its role as ibo, makes use of model supply contracts to be used by each po and processor in order to close sales to processors. for combined grower-processor cooperatives, a supply commitment is made and the price is not fixed beforehand. the example contract contains a series of rules approved by the distretto whereby signatories are required to ensure the traceability of tomato batches and to label the end product as ‘made in italy’. they are also required to inform the po, and thus the ibo, of the amounts delivered to each factory every day and of payments. if payment is not made, the distretto can halt supply to the firm and exclude it from the next season’s negotiations until the debt is paid; or, where established in the interbranch agreement and in the example contract, sanctions can be imposed. the steady nature of supply in terms of quantity and quality, and the ibo behaviour regulations, have had a significant impact on production choices. more than 50% of tomato production is used for higher value added products such as pulps, juices, sauces and cubed tomatoes, which has increased the reputation of outputs from the area. the areas also has a good reputation for customer service among italian and international supermarket chain buyers and the multinational firms that use tomato concentrate in their products. almost 75% of the po members’ growing area, and the biggest processors in emilia-romagna, are located within the distretto, and exports of processed tomatoes from emilia-romagna reached 330 million euro in 2011 (canali 2012). the “organisational capital” of the lafs distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia consists of rules drawn up by the distretto on the basis of eu policy. the distretto itself, acting in its role as ibo, governs the collective interest of member firms (courlet et al. 1993; courlet 2002; aubert et al. 2001). hence, the factor that aggregates the lafs distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia is not so much the geographical proximity of the firms scattered across northern italy, but rather the organisational proximity, which is supported by a common historical and cultural background, particularly in the provinces of parma and piacenza. 5. concluding remarks unlike many lafs described in the literature, the distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia covers a large area, which is also highly developed. it includes nearly all of 21 up until now, the price of fresh tomatoes for a current season in northern italy has been set without input from the ibos, and only by the pos and the processing industry, represented by its own professional organisation. due to monopoly legislation, current cmo regulations on fruits and vegetables (reg. n.1182/2007) prohibit ibos from setting prices, particulary where the organisations are dominant in the area. 28 c. giacomini, m.c. mancini the regions comprising the po plain and is one of the most industrialised areas of europe. the product is something of a commodity; moreover tomatoes are hardly a characteristic specialty of northern italy. on world markets, in fact, tomato products (paste, pulp, sauces etc.) tend to invoke the image of southern italy. yet the economies of the provinces of parma and piacenza are characterised by the food industry22, and the local history of cultural and social development has played a key role in the formation of the distretto. in its current form, the factor which aggregates the lafs distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia is not geographical proximity of firms scattered all around northern italy, but is the result of the organisational background previously developed in response to eu agricultural policy rather than geographical proximity of different players in the chain (rallet and torre 2004; torre 2000). it is significant that in emilia-romagna, the region where most of the firms in the distretto are concentrated, the cooperative movement has been historically strong in farming sectors such as dairy, pig farming and tomatoes. eu tomato support was thus absorbed by a chain which was already familiar with some type of organisation. about 40% of output was already processed by cooperative owned plants, forcing non-cooperatives to rationalise and increase in size and decrease their numbers to better absorb the concentrated supply from growers. the tomato industry lafs in northern italy was formed thanks to a common culture based on the farming industry and the cooperative approach to farm management, accompanied by its efficient institutional structure. the same cannot be said for the other half of italy’s tomato output, (concentrate, canned tomatoes, pulp and sauces) from the south of italy23, which is subject to eu intervention and policy in the same way as the north. in southern italy the absence of an industrial tomato lafs has prevented the formation of external economies generated by cooperative relationships between firms and the spread of innovation. the result has been little rationalisation, and yet there is still a high number of firms (100 in 2011). there is, therefore, fierce competition and fresh tomato prices are lower. indeed, there have been cases in the past where the ec minimum price was not respected24. in the distretto del pomodoro da industria – nord italia on the other hand, price stability and stable ibo agreements between farmers and the industry have allowed bigger firms to focus on value added and brand promotion and enhancement. the distretto del pomodoro da industria-nord italia is thus a different type of lafs from those based on typical specialty products from restricted areas or those arising in limited rural areas of developing countries. its key characteristic is the horizontal structure of relationships between firms, enabled not so much by geographical proximity, as by the intervention of institutions, particularly the distretto, in its role as ibo. 22 the two provinces were home to agri-food industries from the early years of the 20th century. many firms were cooperatives. particularly important were the dairy industry (parmigiano reggiano, grana padano and other cheeses), preserved pork products (prosciutto di parma ham, sausages and salami), pasta and baked goods (notably barilla) and tomato and sugar beet processing. 23 the south of italy is unfortunately often hostage to organised crime, which is an important factor in slowing development. 24 in northern italy, the reference price for industrial tomato is fixed by an interbranch agreement. in the south however such agreements have never been reached, in spite of various attempts, and the price is usually lower. during the period when eu support was given on condition of a minimum price for fixed quotas, firms in southern italy bought a significant portion of tomato outside the quotas at prices lower than the minimum. 29organisation as a key factor in localised agri-food systems (lafs) references arfini, f., donati, m. and giacomini, c. (2007). possible impact of the new fruit and vegetable common market organisation reform on the industrial tomato supply chain in italy. politica agricola internazionale 4: 82-96. allaire, g. and sylvander, b. (1997). qualitè spécifique et innovation territoriale. cahiers d’economie et sociologie rurales 44: 29-59. aubert, f., guérin, m. and perrier-cornet, p. (2001). organisation et territoire: un cadre d’analyse appliqué aux espaces ruraux. revue d’economie régionale & urbaine 3: 393-413. barjolle, d., boisseaux, s. and dufour, m. (1998). le lien au terroir. bilan des travaux de recherche. institut d’économie rurale. lausanne: ethz, antenne romande. becattini, g. (1987). l’unità di indagine. in becattini, g. (ed), mercato e forze locali: il distretto industriale. bologna: il mulino. becattini, g. (1989). riflessioni sul distretto industriale marshalliano come concetto socioeconomico. stato e mercato 25: 111-128. becattini, g. (2000). “distrettualità” fra industria e agricoltura. la questione agraria 2: 11-23. becattini, g., bellandi, m. and de propris, l. (2009). a handbook of industrial districts. edward elgar publishing. benko, g. and lipietz, a. (2002). de la regulation des espaces aux espaces deregulation. in boyer, r. and saillard, y. (eds), théorie de la regulation, l’état de saviors, la découvert “recherches”: 293-303. bérard, l. and marchenay, p. (1995). lieux, temps, et preuves: la construction sociale des produits de terroir. terrain 24: 153-164. bom-konde, p., muchnik, j. and requier-desjardin, d. (1995). diffusion des savoir faire et des produits: la transformation du manioc et du mais au sud et à l’ouest du camerun (coll.). cahiers la recherche-développement 40, montpellier. bonnemaison, j., cambrezy, l. and quinty-bourgeois, l. (1999). les territories de l’identité, vol. 2. paris: editions l’harmattan. boucher, f. (2007). l’agro-industrie rurale et les systèmes agroalimentaires localisés: de nouvelles approches pour le développement territorial. in xliiie colloque de l’asrdlf les dynamiques territoriales: débats et enjeux des différentes approches disciplinaires. 11-12 et 13 juillet, grenoble et chambéry. boucher, f. and requier-desjardins, d. (2005a). la concentration de las queserias rurales de cajamarca: retos y dicultades de una estrategia colectiva de activation. agroalimentaria 21, mérida, venezuela: universidad de los andes: 13-27. boucher, f. and requier-desjardins, d. (2005b). la concentration des fromageries rurales de cajamarca: enjeux et difficultés d’une stratégie collective d’activation liée à la qualité, 20. lima (pérou): projet syal (accord cirad-ciat-iica). brasili, c. and marchese, a. (2012). i distretti agroalimentari e le produzioni dop, igp e stg. economia e diritto agroalimentare xvii: 105-132. canali, g. (2012). il pomodoro da industria nel nord italia: l’innovazione organizzativa per migliorare la competitività. agriregionieuropa 30, http://www.agriregionieuropa. univpm.it. 30 c. giacomini, m.c. mancini cappellin, r. (2000). learning economy, tecnologie dell’informazione e sistemi produttivi regionali. economia e diritto del terziario 3: 853-898. casabianca, f., sylvander, b., noël, y., béranger, c., coulon, j.b. and roncin, f. (2005). terroir et typicité: deux concepts-clés des appellations d’origine contrôlée. essai de définitions scientifiques et opérationnelles. in colloque international de restitution des travaux de recherche sur les indications et appelations d’origine geographiques produits agricole et alimentaires d’origine: enjeux et acquis scientifiques, 17-18 novembre, paris: inra-inao: 199-213. cecchi, c. (1992). per una definizione di distretto agricolo e distretto agroindustriale. la questione agraria 46: 81-107. cerdan, c. and sautier, d. (1998). sistèmes localizé de production de fromage au nordest du brésil: le cas de gloria (sergipe). in communication à l’atelier réseaux locaux d’entreprises alimentaires: règles d’action et critères d’évaluation dans les dynamiques territoriales, 26. cycle syal et construction de territoires inra-sad/ cird-tera/cnearc. cirad-sar. (1996). systèmes agroalimentaires localisés: organisations, innovations et développement local. montpellier. rapport atp. coronel, c. and liagre, l. (2006). les interprofessions agroalimentaires en france. paris: ministère français des affaires etrangères – dgcid dct/eps iram/redev. correa, c.a., boucher, f. and requier-desjardins, d. (2006). como “activar” los sistemas agroalimentarios localizados en américa latina? un análisis comparativo. agroalimentaria 22: 17-27. courlet, c. (2002). les systèmes productifs localisés. un bilan de la littérature. etud rech syst agraires dev 33: 27-40. courlet c. and pecqueur, b. (1992). les systèmes industriels localisés en france: un nouvel model de développement. in benko, g. and lipietz, a. (eds), les régions qui gagnent. districts et réseaux: les nouveaux paradigmes de la géographie économique. paris: puf: 81-102. courlet c., pecqueur, b. and soulage, b. (1993). industrie et dynamiques de territories. revue d’économie industrielle 64 (2etrimestre): 7-21. cresta, a. (2008). il ruolo della governance nei distretti industriali. un’ipotesi di ricerca e classificazione. pubblicazioni dases. milano: franco angeli. danel, j.b., malpel, g.p. and texier, p.h. (2012). rapport sur la contractualisation dans le secteur agricole. cgaaer n. 12100. paris: ministére de l’agriculture, de l’agroalimentaire et de la forét. de sainte-marie, c., prost, j.a., casabianca, f. and casalta, e. (1995). la construction sociale de la qualité, enjeux autour de l’appellation d’origine contrôlée “brocciu corse”. in nicolas, f. and valceschini, e. (eds), agro-alimentaire: une economié de la qualité, paris: inra – economica:185-197. favia, f. (1992). l’agricoltura nei sistemi produttivi territoriali. la questione agraria 46: 109-136. fourcade, c., muchnik, j. and treillon, r. (2010). coopérations, territories et enterprises agroalimentaires. versailles: editions quae. fournier, s. and, muchnik, j. (2010), l’approche “systèmes agroalimentaires localisés” (syal), un outil d’intervention pour le développement territorial?. in colloque 31organisation as a key factor in localised agri-food systems (lafs) innovation and sustainable development in agriculture and food. isda 2010, www.isda2010.net. giacomini, c. and mancini, m.c. (2000). l’economia del pomodoro a parma nell’ultimo ventennio. parma economica 132: 91-105. giacomini, c., arfini, f. and menozzi, d. (2010). processi di qualificazione e spillovers: il caso del prosciutto di parma dop. qa rivista dell’associazione rossi doria 3: 55-80. giacomini, c., arfini, f. and de roest, k. (2012). interprofession and typical products: the case of parmigiano-reggiano cheese. sviluppo locale xv: 125-148. iacoponi, l. (1990). distretto industriale marshalliano e forma di organizzazione delle imprese in agricoltura. rivista di economia agraria 4: 711-744. johan, f. and swinnen, m. (2008). the policy economy of the fischler reforms of the common agricultural policy. bruxelles: ceps. letablier, m.t. and delfosse, c. (1995). genèse d’une convention de qualité. cas des appellations d’origine fromagères. in allaire, g. and boyer, r (eds), la grande transformation de l’agriculture. paris: inra-economica: 97-118. malpel, g.p., cointat, a., foullade, p., devos, p. and amanda, f. (2012). rapport: mission sur l’organisation économique de la production agricole. paris: conseil général de l’alimentation, de l’agriculture et des espace ruraux, cgaaer n. 11104, mars, ministére de l’agriculture, de l’agroalimentaire et de la forét. mancini, m.c. (2013). localized agro-food systems and geographical indications in the face of globalization: the case of queso chontaleño. sociologia ruralis 53(2): 180-200. marshall, a. (1890). principles of economics. london: macmillan and co. menard, c. (1997). le pilotage des formes organisationnelles hibrides. revue économique 48 (3): 741-750. menard, c. (2000). une nouvelle approche de l’agro-alimentaire: l’économie néo-institutionnelle. economie rurale 255-256: 186-196. mora c. and mori, s. (1995). sulle tracce dei distretti agroindustriali: un caso di studio. la questione agraria 59: 157-185. muchnik, j. (2006). sistemas agroalimentarios localizados: evolución del concepto y diversidad de situaciones. in iii° congreso internacional de la red sial, alimentación y territorios. baeza (jaén). muchnik, j. (2009). localised agrifood systems: concept development and diversity of situations. in annual meetings of the agriculture, food, and human values society and the association for the study of food and society. pennsylvania: state college. muchnik, j. (2010). localised agri-food systems: concept development and diversity of situations. sviluppo locale 35: 3-20. muchnik, j. and sautier, d. (1998). systèmes agroalimentaire localizé et construction de territories. proposition d’action thematique programmé. monpellier: cirad. muchnik, j., sanz canada, j. and torres salcido, g. (2008). systemes agroalimentaires localizés: état des recherché et perspectives. cahiers agricultures 17 (6): 513519. perrier-cornet, p. (2009). les systèmes agroalimentaires localizés sont-ils ancrés localement? un bilan de la littérature contemporaine sur le syal. in aubert, f., piveteau, v. and schmitt, b. (eds), politiques agricoles et territories: 49-68. paris: ѐditions quae. perrier-cornet, p. and sylvander, b. (2000). firmes, coordination et territorialité. une lecture économique de la diversité des filières d’appellation d’origine. économie rurale 258: 79-89. 32 c. giacomini, m.c. mancini porter, m.e. (1990). the competitive advantage of nations. london: macmillan press ltd. rallet, a. (2002). l’économie de proximité. etudes et recherché, syst.agraires dév 33: 11-26. rallet, a. and torre, a. (2004). proximité et localization. economie rurale 280: 25-41. raynaud, e. and sauvee, l. (2000). signes collectifs de qualité et structures de gouvernance. économie rurale 258: 101-112. requier-desjardin, d. (2002). les systèmes agroalimentaires localizés en amérique latine: un facteur de compétitivité des l’agro-industrie rurale sur des marches globalizés? economie et société 9-10: 1421-1440. requier-desjardin, d., boucher, f. and cerdan, c. (2003). globalisation, competitive advantages and the evolution of production systems: rural food processing and localized agri-food systems in latin-american countries. entrepreneurship and regional development 15(1): 49-67. requier-desjardin, d. and colin, a. (2010). l’évolution du débat sur les syal: le regard d’une economist. revue d’économie régionale & urbaine 4: 651-668. rio, y. and nefussi, j. (2001). gérer les marchés et la qualité alimentaire: double défi pour les interprofessions. cahiers club dèmeter 10. sassi, m. (2009). i distretti agroalimentari di qualità e rurali nella letteratura economicoagraria italiana. working paper, dipartimento di ricerche aziendali, università degli studi di pavia, p. 14, msassi@eco.unipv.it. sforzi, f. and mancini, m.c. (2012). a reinterpretation of the agri-food system and its spatial dynamics through the industrial district. agricultural economics (zemědělská ekonomika) 58 (11): 510–519. sylvander, b. (1995). conventions de qualité, concurrence et coopération. cas du “label rouge” dans la filière volailles. in allaire, g. and boyer, r. (eds). la grande transformation de l’agriculture. paris: inra economica: 73-96. sylvander, b. and lassaut, b. (1994). l’enjeu économique de la qualité sur les marchés des produits agro-alimentaires. in multon, j.l., arthaud, j.f. and soroste, a. (eds), la qualité des produits alimentaires: politique, incitations, gestion et contrôle. paris: lavoisier: 30-59. torre, a. (2000). economie de la proximité et activités agricoles et agro-alimentaires. eléments d’un programme de recherche. revue d’economie régionale et urbaine 3: 407426. torre, a. (2002). le aoc sont-elles des clubs? réflexions sur les conditions de l’action collective localisée, entre cooperation et régles formelles. revue d’économie industrielle 100 (3e trimestre): 39-62. torres salcido, g. and muchnik, j. (2012). globalisation/fragmentation process: governance and public policies for localized agri-food systems. in arfini, f., mancini, m.c. and donati, m. (eds), local agri-food systems in a global world. market, social and environmental challenges. newcastle upon tyne, uk: cambridge scholars publishing : 97-116. williamson, o. (1991). comparative economic organisation: the analysis of discrete structural alternatives. administrative science quaterly 36 (2): 269-296. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 313-329, 2012 factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals in the food and pharmaceutical chains cristina mora1*, davide menozzi1, gijs kleter2, lusine h. aramyan3, natasha i. valeeva3, karin l. zimmermann3, giddalury pakki reddy4 1 department of food science, university of parma, italy 1 2 rikilt, wageningen university & research center, the netherlands 3 lei, wageningen university & research center, the netherlands 4 agri biotech foundation, india abstract. the production of genetically modified (gm) animals is an emerging technique that could potentially impact the livestock and pharmaceutical industries. currently, food products derived from gm animals have not yet entered the market whilst two pharmaceutical products have. the objective of this paper is twofold: first it aims to explore the socio-economic drivers affecting the use of gm animals and, second, to review the risks and benefits from the point of view of the life sciences. a scoping study was conducted to assess research relevant to understanding the main drivers influencing the adoption of gm applications and their potential risks and benefits. public and producers’ acceptance, public policies, human health, animal welfare, environmental impact and sustainability are considered as the main factors affecting the application of gm animal techniques in livestock and pharmaceutical chains. keywords. genetically modified (gm) animals, socio-economics, life sciences, acceptance, sustainability jel codes. q57, q18, d11. 1. introduction the production of genetically modified (gm) animals is an emerging technique that could potentially impact the livestock and pharmaceutical industries. most gm animals have been developed for research in private or university laboratories; rodents, but also rabbits and pigs, are genetically modified to study action and function of gene mechanisms. apart from those gm animals developed for recreational purposes (e.g., the first gm animal commercialized was glofish®, a gm zebra fish with a fluorescent gene to glow in the dark under uv light), some gm animals are also being produced to improve livestock production, such as those developed to increase growth, to be disease resistant or to increase the quality of their products (meat, milk, etc.). other applications, such as enviropigtm, were created to reduce the environmental impact of farming (e.g., reduc* corresponding author: cristina.mora@unipr.it. 314 c. mora et alii ing phosphorus pollution). finally, genetic engineering can be used for bio-medical and human health applications, like gm livestock (cows, goats, sheep, pigs, chickens or rabbits) developed for producing pharmaceutical proteins from milk, egg white or other fluids (e.g., blood), human antibodies, animal tissue or organs for use in human transplants, or xenotransplantation (houdebine, 2009; laible, 2009; murray et al., 2010; vàzquez-salat et al., 2012). although the economic analyses of potential costs and benefits of gm crops are widely described and used, there is little analysis of gm applications in the animal and pharmaceutical chains. this is because genetic modification of animals has proceeded much slower than crops, for a variety of reasons, such as socio-economic, technical, human health, environmental and animal welfare factors. this paper examines the main drivers affecting the development and adoption of transgenic animals from a socio-economic and life science point of view. a scoping study was conducted to assess research relevant to understanding the main drivers influencing the adoption of gm applications. europe has had a leading role in the development of cloned and gm animals throughout the ‘90s. notable examples include dolly, the sheep that was the first animal created by cloning through transfer of a cell nucleus from a differentiated cell to an egg cell at the roslin institute in scotland. another example is herman the bull, developed by the dutch biotechnology company gene pharming europe. genetic modification was applied so that subsequent generations of female offspring would produce the protein lactoferrin through their milk, which can be used for food, nutraceutical, and pharmaceutical purposes. other experimental animals have been developed at european institutions, including genetically modified fish and chicken, with specific advantages and benefits to food production and other areas of application. despite considerable european innovations occurring in the area of gm animal technology, many of the current activities in the field of gm food animals take place outside the eu, in particular regions like the far east, north and south america, and australianew zealand. it can be envisaged that some of these animals will possibly find their way into the european food supply chain through imports from overseas, in particular given that the eu is the world’s largest international trading block for food commodities. in a more general sense, improvements in animal biotechnology (including but not limited to genetic modification of animals) are expected to result in economic benefits for farmers, processors and consumers. for instance, the development of gm fish species growing faster than non-gm ones is expected to reduce farming costs, e.g. feeding costs, while providing economic advantages for consumers in terms of lower prices (menozzi et al., 2012). however, the distribution of these benefits depends on many factors like the type of technology (cost reducing or quality enhancing applications), market structure and competitiveness (concentration ratio, suppliers’ market power, etc.), information transparency (labelling and traceability programs, etc.), price elasticity, consumer acceptance, etc. besides the direct economic effects, other externalities should also be considered in the overall economic evaluation. in particular, transgenic animals could provide substantial benefits to consumers in the form of safer food produced by healthier livestock, improved products including food with additional health benefits, and, in a more general sense, a cleaner environment through reduction of the environmental footprint of livestock farming (laible, 2009). on the other hand, the application of animal biotechnology should be 315factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals properly controlled so as to prevent unintended environmental damage or increased risks to human health, as well as animal health and welfare. the objective of this paper is twofold: first it aims to provide insight into the socioeconomic drivers affecting the adoption of genetically modified (gm) animals in the food and pharmaceutical production chain (feed industry, breeding industry, primary sector, processing industry, and pharmaceutical industry). second, it aims to review the risks and benefits from the point of view of the life sciences on issues like public health, animal health, animal welfare, environmental safety, sustainability, and agro-biodiversity. 2. material and methods scoping studies aim to map rapidly the key concepts underpinning a research area and the main sources and types of evidence available (arksey and o’malley, 2005). scoping study guidelines have been developed to provide suggestions on how to identify relevant papers (keywords, journals, web sources, etc.) for the socio-economic dimensions. strict limitations on the use of search terms were avoided in these guidelines in order to identify relevant studies more clearly and study a selection at the outset and reporting stages. the process is not linear but iterative, requiring researchers to engage with each stage using reflection and, where necessary, to repeat steps to ensure that the literature was covered comprehensively. the kind of terms that it was appropriate to search for was a key question for which all partners involved in the scoping study were asked to provide feedback. an initial list was provided as suggestions (table 1), and new terms were added iteratively. table 1. keywords applied in the socio-economic search biotechnologies-related keywords methods-related keywords animals-related keywords use-related keywords gm animals ge animals transgenic animals clone gm food traceability labelling identity preservation animal welfare intellectual property rights stem cell dna nucleus transfer biotech genetic trait revenue cost, benefit price economic effects cost-benefit analysis supply chain analysis willingness to pay added value food safety costs livestock economics net present value fish, salmon, carp, tilapia pig, sow, swine sheep, goat cow horse rabbit chicken bees food meat feed milk pharmaceutical vaccine medical nutraceutical 316 c. mora et alii several sources were considered in the analysis of the literature: electronic databases, reference lists, key journals and existing networks. the search strategy for electronic databases (e.g. internet, cd-rom, etc.) was developed from the research questions and definitions of keywords and key concepts. it was important to check the reference lists and bibliographies of studies found through the database searches to ensure they had been included in the scoping exercise. another important step was the hand-searching of key journals; this helped to identify studies missed in database and reference list searches. finally existing knowledge and networks could generate information about research. contacting relevant national or local organizations working in the field, eu projects and/or eu support researches with a view to hand-searching libraries and/or identifying unpublished work thus improved the analysis. papers in english were preferred in the study; however, relevant publications in other languages (e.g., italian, dutch, spanish, etc.) were included in the research as well, provided there was an abstract in english covering the main information included in the paper (subject, method applied, main results, etc.) or, alternatively, the main information had been translated into english for charting and reporting. a “data charting form” was defined to collect and standardize all the information of the relevant papers. this form included general information about each study (e.g., year, aim of the study, source, etc.) and specific information (e.g., genetic modification, economic effects, governance issues, methodology applied, main results, factors affecting the adoption of gm technologies, geographical location, outcome measures, data source, secondary results, etc.). in this way, the main characteristics of each study analyzed were shown in the form of a table or graph. these data formed the basis of the analysis. a total of 145 studies were collected from different sources. 3. socio-economic factors affecting the introduction of gm animals a third of the selected studies involved food chains and only in a relatively smaller proportion pharmaceutical chains (30%); about a half of the studies were reviews of transgenic applications and only one third empirical or econometric analysis. this shows the large number of reviews about potential applications of gm animals, rather than actual economic data. many studies were published between 2002 and 2003 (30%), as well as in more recent years (25% after 2007). the type of animals involved was mostly bovine (44% of the studies), fish (30%) and swine (30%), showing a marked interest of research in these species. the review of methods to evaluate the economics of gm animals shows that, although there is great potential of gm applications to improve the performance of animal production chains and pharmaceutical products in theory, the applications ready for the market are very limited (mora et al., 2011). empirical research on economic factors, such as costs and benefits, affecting the introduction of gm applications in animal and pharmaceutical products compared to gm crop products is substantially lacking. for gm applications in animals, most of the economic analyses are focused on gm applications related to introduction of gm hormones or gm vaccines in animals. the economic analysis of gm applications in animals themselves (e.g. introducing foreign dna into germline) are lacking to a great extent. besides, most of the studies are not at the chain level, but at the farm or laboratory level. a wide variety of methods and techniques are used to 317factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals analyze the economic advantages and disadvantages of gm applications including quantitative economic models, scenario analysis with simulation models, econometric analysis, and qualitative telephone interviews. from the literature studied, the main factors affecting the (future) application of gm animals techniques to livestock and pharmaceutical chains range from public and producers’ acceptance to public policies. other factors, such as environmental sustainability, human health effects, animal welfare and ethical concerns are also involved and will be analysed in the following sections. 3.1 public acceptance public acceptance is generally considered as a “condicio sine qua non” for any development of transgenic animals in food and pharmaceutical chains. the uncertainty of consumers’ reaction is the largest issue in assessing the potential of animal biotechnologies worldwide (caswell et al., 2003). the framework suggested for adopting technology, therefore, takes the consumer as a starting point. consumers’ attitude (positive vs. negative) and concerns (health, food safety, unnaturalness, ethical, environmental, animal health and welfare, etc.) are fundamental factors to understanding gm adoption and public perceptions of gm technology. these issues have been the focus of several studies (novoselova et al., 2007; frewer et al., 2011). many studies show that public acceptance of gm application is lowest where food or animals are involved (gaskell et al., 2000; aerni, 2004). the fact that plant applications received higher support than animal applications has been reported by a research carried out in the u.s. (knight, 2006). a fao global pool reports that 62% of all respondents worldwide opposed the application of biotechnology to increase farm animal productivity. another example is a survey performed for the pew initiative on food and biotechnology, which indicates that 65% of consumers disagree with the idea of creating transgenic fish to improve efficiency of production (logar and pollock, 2005). the end-user acceptance of biotech varies considerably by application area and by world geography. medical and pharmaceutical biotechnology related to gm animals is generally accepted by most, due to perceived personal benefits for patients carrying strong interests and willingness to take high risks. so in the pharmaceutical sector the level of acceptance for gm animal applications is higher, ranging from 83% in developing countries to 70% in japan (devlin et al., 2009), because of the expected advantages and the different array of political actors (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). the final user of gm animal food-related applications is the consumer. in countries where food security is not a priority, consumers acceptance of gm animals is expected to be lower, especially for those applications offering economic advantages, like accelerated growth. only a few applications, such as enviropigtm or pigs with omega-3 fatty acids, offer non-economic advantages (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). fish biotechnology shows the lowest acceptance rate. the low tolerability for gm fish may stem from several factors, including environmental concerns. if geographic differences are considered, consumers’ acceptance is higher in developing countries where the requirement for enhanced food production might be met by application of this technology (devlin et al., 2009). different cultural values were also reported for gm animals resistant to common diseases, such as mastitis. 318 c. mora et alii american animal welfare organisations believed that application of gm would result in a welfare improvement for mammals, whilst their european counterparts consider it to be an excuse to worsen housing conditions and veterinary interventions, with a negative impact on animal welfare (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). another study shows that disease-resistant animals were the most accepted among livestock-derived products by u.s. consumers, while the least accepted were animals producing tastier and tender meat, those producing human organs for xenotransplantation, and those providing increased outputs (knight, 2006). some empirical studies analyze consumer acceptance of specific gm products, e.g. reporting a higher consumer preference of conventional over gm pork (novoselova et al., 2005). in this case, the negative perception of gm pork may be compensated by improvements in quality, increased animal health and welfare (greger, 2011), a lower impact on the environment, less residues and a price discount (novoselova et al., 2005). increased animal welfare has the most positive effect on consumer choices, whereas improvement in environments receives the lowest utility. this means that, according to this study, consumers trade off gm applications with significant benefits, included price discount. in other words, they have an interest in gm products as long as they bring them different benefits and they are substantially cheaper. the amount of monetary compensation is also dependent on gm application (novoselova et al., 2005). price discount is the most quoted personal benefit for accepting gm salmon (kuznesof and ritson, 1996, grunert et al., 2001, bennet et al., 2005). other benefits associated with gm salmon consumption are health benefits, resulted from higher omega-3 intake (lutter and tucker, 2002; qin and brown, 2006; smith et al., 2010) and environmental benefits, from reducing the need for chemical usage (bennet et al., 2005) or using less fodder (grunert et al., 2001). low consumer acceptance results in high price discounts required by consumers to buy gm salmon, or premium price to avoid this product (kaneko and chern, 2005, chen and chern, 2004, chern and rickertsen, 2004, grimsrud et al., 2002). consumer acceptance in the u.s. is higher than in europe, which leads to a lower price discount required than for european consumers (chern and rickertsen, 2004). other important factors, like environmental sustainability, human health effects, animal health and welfare and ethical concerns may also affect consumer acceptance of gm fish. in this context, a study conducted within the pegasus project analysed 71 papers containing data on public perceptions of agri-food applications of genetic modification (frewer et al., 2013). these papers were published between 1994 and 2010, reporting on data collected between 1990 and 2008, and were amenable to formal meta-analysis. the results indicate that consumer intention to use the products of gm animals was lower than for gm plants or for gm applications in general, independent of region. among europeans, there was less intention to purchase and a lower acceptance for the products derived from gmos than in asia and north america. similarly, results show that north american and asian consumers had more positive attitudes to gm applied to agri-food production compared to europeans. north americans perceived more benefits associated with gm overall when compared to europeans and asians. however, benefit perception increased with time in all of the regions for which analysis was possible. this effect occurred independent of whether the target of the application was focused on gm animals, plants or generic applications. north american, south american and asian participants perceived fewer risks than europeans. risk percep319factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals tion increased with time, almost equally compared to benefit perception increase, independent of region and of target organism. in contrast, ethical and moral concerns were greater in north america and asia compared to those in europe. 3.2 producers’ acceptance like consumers, producers may also have concerns about the adoption of a new technology. uncertainty surrounding the way the technology will perform in the future, concerns related to increased dependency on input suppliers, expectations of higher input prices, problems related to coexistence at the production stage and segregation along the supply chain, uncertainty of the results and of the likely consumer acceptance, are among the main producers’ concerns cited in the literature reviewed (melo et al., 2007; novoselova et al., 2007; areal et al., 2012). it is also clear that producer acceptance will depend on the benefits expected from the gm application (reduction of feeding costs, increase yields, etc.) and on how costs and benefits are distributed across the chain. it is often argued that the costs of technology adoption occur in one stage of the chain, while the benefits are perceived in another stage (novoselova et al., 2007). initially, the methods for animal transgenesis, such as microinjection technology (i.e. dna transfer via direct microinjection into a pronucleus or cytoplasm of embryo), were highly inefficient, but recent scientific advances have overcome many of these technical difficulties (houdebine, 2009). however, it has been suggested that gm animal applications for food production are more technically difficult to develop than the pharmaceutical ones, mostly because of difficulties in selecting the appropriate target genes and because of increased welfare concerns, especially regarding growth-related transgenesis (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). moreover, the long reproductive cycles of large animals, such as cows, is considered as a major limiting factor, since projects involving such animals require significant investment over extended periods of time (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). compared to mammals, avian species are easy to raise and have short reproductive cycles and high egg production; they are therefore particularly suited to more efficient production of commercially valuable and biologically active proteins in egg white for pharmaceutical and industrial use (li and lu, 2010). similarly, the high research attention placed on transgenic fish is explained by technical factors, i.e., a higher production of eggs that can be more easily manipulated (aerni, 2004), as well as by economic reasons, since fish farming is a rapidly growing market (menozzi et al., 2012). it has also been suggested that existing structural differences in different production chains will also have an effect in the adoption of gm animals. the strong vertical integration and the powerful role of multinational companies in sectors like pharmaceuticals may facilitate the adoption of a new application (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). the commercial release of transgenic animal products into food chains may also require new boundaries, e.g., segregation and other handling measures required to guarantee coexistence (areal et al., 2012). this implies additional costs on the production chains while also creating new objects of governance requiring specific regulatory attention (bloomfield and doolin, 2011). the production of high-value products from transgenic livestock, e.g. lactose-free milk, could also affect the structure of agricultural industry with new niches and segmented markets (melo et al., 2007). 320 c. mora et alii in the specific case of aquaculture, it has been suggested that a company that produces a new growth-enhanced salmon may not just face scepticism from consumers, but may also be shunned by the fishery industry itself. american aquaculture producers have been described as reluctant to accept gm fish, and aquaculture producers’ association in norway reassured the consumer that they will not use gm salmon in their farms (vazquezsalat and houdebine, 2012). established local fish producers might fear new competition from transgenic fish and a radical change in the market structure of the sector. if transgenic fish become widely grown because of their higher efficiency, and if special broodstock are required to produce fry for on-growing to adults, which cannot be used as broodstock, a dependency on input suppliers is created. depending on the arrangements made for seed supply, this dependency may become more or less oppressive for fish farmers (beardmore and porter, 2003). in turn, retailers, who wield most market power in the food business and value consumer concerns more strongly than producers’ innovative strategies, may be unwilling to buy transgenic fish and run the risk of being ostracized by their customers. companies may also be afraid of anti-gmo campaigns by activist groups which might negatively affect the public image of the brand (aerni, 2004). the picture varies considerably if we consider the pharmaceutical sector. biopharming is the production of pharmaceutical compounds in plant and animal tissue in agricultural systems and it is considered as the next major development in both farming and pharmaceutical production (kaye-blake et al., 2007). for biomedical applications, gm animal technology not only enjoys the greatest public acceptance due to perceived personal benefits – such as obtaining cheaper drugs produced more quickly – overriding other ethical concerns (devlin et al., 2009), but also commands supreme economic incentives. for pharmaceutical firms the use of transgenic animals for producing proteins and other pharmaceutical compounds in milk and other animal tissues, promises a method for reducing production costs and increasing yields. however, due to the high costs, the production of transgenic animals such as pig, goat, sheep and cattle must bring an elevated profit in order to be an economically feasible investment. drugs produced by animal bioreactors, although highly valuable, are often targeted to a small community of patients which makes these applications less attractive to multinational companies’ investment (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). nonetheless, the production of high-value pharmaceutical substances is the principal and most promising application for animal transgenesis (melo et al., 2007). so it is not surprising that the recombinant protein atryn® (human antithrombin-iii) produced in transgenic goats’ milk was approved in the eu in 2006 (houdebine, 2009) and the ruconesttm (rhucin® outside the eu), a recombinant c1-inhibitor produced by a gm rabbit, in 2010 (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). 3.3 policy implications public policies affect the profitability of private r&d investment through mechanisms that include direct public funding of research, intellectual property rights legislation, regulatory policies, financial and tax policies, education policies and other policies covering the environment and industry (caswell et al., 2003). several documents have been produced to provide insights into the governance of products derived from transgenic animals (gavin, 2001; kleter and kok, 2010). food safety and environmental risk 321factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals assessments are considered fundamental steps to deal with these new technology applications. recently, a review was carried out on behalf of the european food safety authority (efsa) to define environmental risk assessment criteria for gm fish to be marketed in the eu (cowx et al., 2010). it has also been argued that, as decisions made by one country may affect the others, different approaches towards decision-making should be harmonized as much as possible (le curieux-belfond et al., 2009). intellectual property rights (i.e. patents, trademarks and copyrights) influence a firm’s incentive to invest in r&d by enhancing a firm’s ability to capture rent and profits resulted from the innovation (caswell et al., 2003). in the case of biotechnology and transgenic animal in particular, this is a very difficult issue. the transgenic animals’ patent debate is not confined to technical and legal arguments and has extended over ethical and political issues, including public opinion. many products of nature (like specific antibiotics, microorganisms, protein etc.) have been successfully patented protecting the innovators right to reproduce. but it is debatable whether a naturally occurring substance can be patentable, as it lacks novelty and inventive steps. however, if a product of nature is enriched, purified or modified in an industrially useful format, it is then patentable. biological materials which previously existed in nature are patentable provided they are purified from their natural environment and confirm to the general patentability principles regarding novelty, non-obviousness, utility and sufficiency of disclosure (daneshyar et al., 2006). the future of private industry funding for biotechnology r&d will be influenced by the regulations in force. for instance, multinational companies in the pharmaceutical industry were believed to be unwilling to invest in gm applications until they are accepted by regulatory agencies such as the u.s. food and drug administration (fda) or the european medicines agency (ema) (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). in particular, environmental and food safety regulations are expected to affect the profitability of r&d by i) increasing the costs of developing new technology by: extending the time necessary to bring a product to market and ii) increasing the cost of meeting stricter standards (caswell et al., 2003). regulatory policy and industry practices associated with transgenic livestock must be transparent and effectively communicated to achieve consumer acceptance (kochhar and evans, 2007). strict control of an animal or a herd starts at the level of identification. reliable and permanent identification is already available in the livestock industry in many forms, such as ear tags, ear tattoos, external electronic transponders, subcutaneous electronic transponders, etc. (gavin, 2001). segregation measures along the supply chain to guarantee coexistence of gm and non-gm animals and derived products may impact producers’ willingness to adopt the technology (areal et al., 2012). therefore, the impact of heavy regulatory procedures may be stronger in the breeding sector, where the abilities of small and medium enterprises to efficiently comply with it can be limited, than in the pharmaceutical sector, where the market is highly harmonised and shaped to absorb the administrative regulatory burden (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). labelling and information policies could be a solution in helping consumers to make a deliberate choice and in helping producers to differentiate their products. assuming that gm animals and derived products will be properly labelled in the eu once approved and commercially available, it is unclear whether the food obtained from gm animals will have to be labelled on other markets. the u.s. fda is now debating whether gm salmon should be labelled (u.s. food and drug administration, 2010), mostly for environmen322 c. mora et alii tal and allergenicity reasons, although this would lead to a different solution compared to food from gm crops. labelling regulations will lead to extra costs, including the costs of traceability (novoselova et al., 2007). monetary costs associated with tracing and labelling biotech-derived animals and their products have to be taken into account, especially in countries like u.s. where such regulations are not in force for gm crops. other costs that might be necessary to meet the regulatory requirements (e.g., segregation with physical containment for gm fish) will also have to be considered. the costs of complying with regulations will likely reduce the private profitability of the technology, but the public will benefit from reduced risk. thus, the balance between the costs and benefits of the regulation will determine the social cost-effectiveness of the regulation (caswell et al., 2003). finally, it has been argued that gm animals will likely face similar regulatory challenges in the u.s. and eu for their strict regulations in both pharmaceutical and food sectors. however, it is not clear yet if these regulations will also be applied in other countries where investment is high (e.g., argentina and china), or if a more favourable regulatory framework will offer a competitive advantage (vàzquez-salat and houdebine, 2013). in this context, china, where regulatory requirements for the approval of gm animals and derived products are already in place, is expected to take the lead thanks to a favourable policy environment and steady investments in this field. 4. life science factors affecting the adoption of gm animals as explained above, the pegasus project also explored the factors of gm animals producing food, feed or pharmaceuticals which have an advantageous or disadvantageous impact from a life science perspective. the outcomes were summarized in a project report (kostov et al., 2011). from a general, overall review of the literature and risk assessment guidance documents [including the codex alimentarius and scientific panels of the european food safety authority (efsa)], different categories of factors were identified. these were human health, animal health and welfare, the environment, sustainability and agro-biodiversity. human health considerations include the potential effects on consumers of gm animal-derived foods as well as humans, such as farmers, coming into contact with the animals. for the safety of foods produced from gm animals, internationally harmonized guidelines have been published by the fao/who codex alimentarius (codex alimentarius, 2009). this is an international organization representing nations of the world which sets internationally recognized standards and codes of conduct for food quality and safety. the scientific panels of efsa on genetically modified organisms and on animal health and welfare recently published guidance on the assessment of food and feed safety as well as animal health and welfare, which expands upon the codex alimentarius’ (efsa, 2012). a central role in the approach recommended by codex alimentarius and the efsa gmo panel is the comparative assessment of gm products with conventional non-gm counterparts with a history of safe use, in addition to the molecular characterization of the introduced genetic material. the focus of the additional tests is on the differences identified by this comparative analysis. commonly considered items include the occurrence of unintended effects alongside targeted modification, potential toxicity and allergenicity (of the introduced or altered components), nutritional value, and horizontal gene transfer. 323factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals additional considerations include, for example, the potential transfer of zoonotic pathogens from the animal (acting as a reservoir) to humans and the safety of the vectors used for the transformation of the gm animal (e.g. viruses) (codex alimentarius, 2009; efsa, 2012). among the advantages identified are the ability to produce enhanced quantities of food (food security) or food with increased quality characteristics, as well as new or ameliorated pharmaceuticals for the cure of patients. as a disadvantage, potential human health impacts linked to the use of this technology have to be assessed before the product can be marketed (kostov et al., 2011). the impact on the health and welfare of the gm animals themselves are also a focus of attention. this includes the health of founder animals, selected further for desirable traits and absence of other adverse symptoms and used for commercial production as well as the first generations after genetic modification. the approach is comparative in this case too, and compares the impact of the genetic modification of the gm animal versus the health and welfare of non-gm animals. moreover, health and other phenotypic characteristics of the gm animal compared to a non-gm animal may also serve as an important indicator for potential adverse effects on both consumers and people coming into contact with the animal. welfare includes the ability of the animal to express its normal behaviour, among other things, and is linked to animal health. an advantage of the use of gm technology in animals is the ability to enhance resistance against parasites and diseases, while the disadvantages include possible suffering of the animals during the genetic modification process (including that of surrogate dams) as well as potentially adverse effects on the offspring (kostov et al., 2011). the potential environmental impact of gm animals straddles a wide range of issues, of which two important ones are 1) the possible effects on wild populations, such as introgression or replacement (once the gm animal is released into the environment) and 2) the impact on the eco-system as a whole. these effects can be caused by either or both of two factors; the behaviour of the gm animal itself once released into the environment (e.g. after escape) and the production systems used for raising the gm animal as compared to conventional systems. the possible advantages identified include the decreased environmental burden of more efficient production systems as well as diminished requirements for space and inputs (e.g. for rapidly growing farmed fish). the possible disadvantages identified include possible disruption of ecosystems and loss of biodiversity of wild populations (kostov et al., 2011). with regard to the issues of sustainability, this relates to the ecological footprint of the production system for raising the gm animal (and whether this has changed as compared to conventional production). agro-biodiversity relates to the animal breeds that are available to breeders for creating new breeds with desirable characteristics. a possible advantage of gm animals in this respect is that this technology widens the genetic resources available to the breeders for improvement of animal characteristics (such as disease resistance). on the other hand, there may be a loss of agro-biodiversity of commercially used breeds (e.g., if less competitive than gm animals) as well as issues related to the privatization of genetic resources (e.g., patenting) (kostov et al., 2011). the advantages and disadvantages from life science perspectives have been further explored in depth in three case studies, growth-enhanced salmon, dairy cattle producing human lactoferrin through their milk, and rabbits producing humanized polyclonal 324 c. mora et alii antibodies. these case studies include aspects of terrestrial and aquatic animals, as well as food and pharmaceutical applications (kostov et al., 2011). growth-enhanced gm salmon, which is to be used in aquaculture, does not grow bigger than conventional cultured salmon but reaches its marketable size within a shorter time span. the possible advantages identified include nutritional benefits for consumers if fish becomes more affordable and hence is consumed in greater amounts by certain segments of the population (leading to increased uptake of omega-3 fatty acids). another envisaged advantage is decreased environmental burden caused by aquaculture systems employing gm fish owing to less feed inputs required and less waste for the same outputs. possible disadvantages are animal health issues, such as skeletal deformations observed in some studies on experimental gm fishes and enhanced stress under oxygen-deprived conditions caused by increased need for oxygen. an environmental issue, and a possible disadvantage, which has received a lot of attention surrounding the potential market introduction of growth-enhanced salmon, is the effect of escape of such fish into the wild on natural salmon populations. because of this, one company seeking market approval in the usa has proposed to grow this salmon in tanks in land-locked facilities instead of the conventional aquaculture practice employing pens in open waters (kostov et al., 2011). with regard to the recombinant human lactoferrin protein (naturally occurring in human mother’s milk) produced through the milk of gm dairy cattle, it is noted that this product may have different purposes. for example, lactoferrin’s antibacterial properties may strengthen the animal’s defence against certain bacterial infections, such as mastitis. because of its antibacterial properties, it may also find applications in human medicine, after purification from the bovine milk. moreover, because of its iron-binding capacities, the bovine form of lactoferrin has been used as an ingredient for baby and infant foods. the human version of this protein could help consumers to avoid allergic reactions. depending on the application chosen, the products could thus fall under different categories, each covered by a different legislation (besides gmo regulations), such as dietary supplements, human or veterinary medicine, or foods for medicinal or particular nutritional uses. a possible advantage of the gm dairy cattle producing recombinant human lactoferrin is the improved health of humans and animals, while possible disadvantages include animal health and welfare effects on the first generation of offspring and their dams (so-called “large offspring syndrome”, which may occur at high frequencies as a result of cloning techniques for creating the gm animals) (kostov et al., 2011). with regard to the production of humanized polyclonal antibodies in rabbits, this aims at the application of antibodies for “passive immunization” of human subjects against the antigens, such as pathogens, with which the rabbits have been challenged so as to trigger the production of antibodies neutralizing the antigen. these antibodies contain a range of molecules with slightly different structures that recognize distinct parts on the antigen, to which they bind, forming an antibody-antigen complex that can be further neutralized by specialized cells of the host’s immune system. replacing the rabbit’s own polyclonal antibodies with a humanized version helps to prevent possible reactions against rabbit-derived proteins when antibodies purified from serum of immunized gm rabbits are used in human subjects. a wide range of antigens can be used to challenge the gm rabbits so as to trigger the production of antibodies recognizing these antigens. this provides a flexible production platform that can be employed against a great variety of dis325factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals eases to be treated with passive immunization, and is also envisaged as a possible advantage for human health. a possible disadvantage is the environmental consequences of a hypothetical escape of these animals into the wild. it is considered that gm animals used for production of pharmaceuticals will have to be kept in highly contained facilities under disease-free conditions, so that the animals would be unlikely to be able to cope with natural conditions in the hypothetical event of escape (kostov et al., 2011). the case studies above show that a number of generalizations are possible on potential issues relating to food and feed safety, animal health and welfare, environmental safety, sustainability and agro-biodiversity. but at the same time each specific case also raised case-specific concerns and envisaged benefits from the life-science perspective. 5. conclusions the production of transgenic animals, which could potentially have a big impact on the livestock and pharmaceutical chains, has proceeded much slower than genetic modification of crops. improvements in animal biotechnology are expected to result in economic benefits for farmers, processors and consumers. beside the direct economic effects, other externalities, both positive and negative, should be considered in the overall evaluation. the interest in gm development in aquaculture is stronger than for terrestrial animals. there are several reasons for this; faster growth rates in fish and improved feed conversion rates that may result in a cost reduction, and thus lower market prices, which also explain why the economic impact of the introduction of gm fish could be significant. the case of growth-enhanced gm fish shows that benefits for producers, arising from increased growth rates and food conversion rates, may lead to a reduction in costs and, without a full transmission of these advantages to consumers, to an increase in gross margin. at the same time, environmental and human health risks should be considered in depth in the overall evaluation of the transgenic fish introduction. in fact, serious ecological concerns associated with gm fish farming may make necessary physical containment strategies, which may potentially limit the economic attractiveness of gm fish. biopharming is a new territory for the agricultural and pharmaceutical industries, and presents novel challenges for government regulators and others. due to the high cost, the production of transgenic animals such as pig, goat, sheep and cattle must bring an elevated profit in order to be a feasible economic investment. for this reason, the production of high-value pharmaceutical substances, which correspond to a market worth billions of dollars, is currently the principal and most promising application for animal transgenesis. however, the financial commitment required during the protracted development phase has halted many attempts at commercial exploitation and, at present, only two drugs produced in this way have reached the market. given the rapid development of these technologies and the intense gm debate of the 1990s, some governments are beginning to produce a regulatory response to the marketing of gm animals. experts argue that the distinction between the u.s. and eu approaches, which in the past accompanied the development of gm crops, might be less marked in the case of gm animals (vàzquez-salat et al., 2012). both players are going to face stakeholders’ adversity, e.g. from animal welfare organizations, and a lower positive pressure from multinational companies. the regulatory strategy adopted by these global play326 c. mora et alii ers will affect their ability to exploit the commercial potential of biotechnologies as well as international trade. in this context international bodies, such as fao, world health organization (who) and world organization for animal health (oie), will have an important role in providing forums for neutral discussion and encouraging harmonization in the food sector (vàzquez-salat et al., 2012). a review of these issues in general and for the three case studies in particular (growthenhanced salmon, dairy cattle producing recombinant human lactoferrin, rabbits producing humanized polyclonal antibodies) shows that at present it is not possible to make generalizations on the possible advantages and disadvantages of gm animals from a life science perspective. so should one of these be introduced for possible marketing in europe, a case-by-case approach will need to be followed for the assessment of these issues. acknowledgments an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 1st aieaa conference ‘towards a sustainable bio-economy: economic issues and policy challenges’. 4-5 june, 2012, trento, italy. this research has been supported by the pegasus (public perception of genetically modified animals – science, utility and society) project which is funded by the european commission through the seventh framework programme (grant agreement n. 226465). the following people contributed to the research described in this paper: p. rüdelsheim, g. smets (perseus, belgium); g. dimov, t. dzhambazova, k. kostov (agrobioinstitute, bulgaria); l.m. houdebine (inra, france); a. merigo, s. pancini, g. sogari (university of parma, italy); j. bartels, m.j. reinders, i. van den berg, x. zhang (lei, the netherlands); j. van dijk, m. groot, m. noordam (rikilt, the netherlands); i.a. van der lans, a.r.h. fischer (wageningen university, the netherlands); s. bremer, m. kaiser (university of bergen, norway); g. rowe (institute of food research, u.k.); b. salter, n. vàzquez salat (king’s college of london, u.k.); m. brennan, l.j. frewer, m. raley (university of newcastle, u.k.); k. millar (university of nottingham, u.k.). in particular, we gratefully acknowledge leadership and coordination of prof. lynn frewer. the information contained in this paper reflects only the authors’ opinions and the sole responsibility lies with the authors. the european commission is not liable for any use of the information contained therein. references aerni, p. (2004). risk, regulation and innovation: the case of aquaculture and transgenic fish. aquatic sciences 66: 327-341. areal, f.j., riesgo, l., gómez-barbero, m. and rodríguez-cerezo, e. (2012). consequences of a coexistence policy on the adoption of gmht crops in the european union. food policy 37: 401-411. arksey, h. and o’malley, l. (2005). scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. international journal of social research methodology 8: 19-32. beardmore, j.a. and porter, j.s. (2003). genetically modified organisms and aquaculture. rome, italy: fao fisheries circular no. 989. 327factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals bennett, b., d’souza, g., borisova, t. and amarasinghe, a. (2005). willingness to consume genetically modified foods – the case of fish and seafood. aquaculture economics & management 9: 331-345. bloomfield, b.p. and doolin, b. (2011). imagination and technoscientific innovations: governance of transgenic cows in new zealand. social studies of science 41(1): 59-83. caswell, m.f., fuglie, k.o. and klotz, c.a. (2003). agricultural biotechnology: an economic perspective. new york: novinka book. chen, h-y. and chern, w.s. (2004). willingness to pay for gm foods: results from a public survey in the usa. in: evenson, r.e. and santaniello, v. (eds.), consumer acceptance of genetically modified foods, london: cabi publishing, 117-129. chern, w.s. and rickertsen, k. (2004). a comparative analysis of consumer acceptance of gm food in norway and the usa. in: evenson, r.e. and santaniello v. (eds.), consumer acceptance of genetically modified foods, london: cabi publishing, 95-109. codex alimentarius (2009). foods derived from modern biotechnology (2nd edition). rome: codex alimentarius commission, joint fao/who food standards programme, food and agriculture organization. ftp://ftp.fao.org/codex/publications/ booklets/biotech/biotech_2009e.pdf cowx, i.g., bolland, j.d., nunn, a.d., kerins, g., stein, j., blackburn, j., et al. (2010). defining environmental risk assessment criteria for genetically modified fishes to be placed on the eu market. scientific/technical report submitted to efsa, parma: efsa. daneshyar, s.a., kohli, k. and khar, r.k. (2006). biotechnology and intellectual property. scientific research and essay 1: 20-25. devlin, r.h., raven, p.a., sundstrom, l.f. and uh, m. (2009). issues and methodology for development of transgenic fish for aquaculture with a focus on growth enhancement. in: overturf, k. (ed), molecular research in aquaculture, ames (iowa): wileyblackwell publishing, 217-260. efsa (2012). guidance on the risk assessment of food and feed from genetically modified animals and on animal health and welfare aspects. efsa journal 10: 2501 [43 pp.] http://www.efsa.europa.eu/en/efsajournal/doc/2501.pdf frewer, l.j., bergmann, k., brennan, m., lion, r. meertens, r., rowe, g., siegrist, g. and vereijken, c. (2011). consumer response to novel agri-food technologies: implications for predicting consumer acceptance of emerging food technologies. trends in food science and technology 22: 442-456. frewer, l.j., van der lans, i.a., fischer, a.r.h., reinders, m.j., menozzi, d., zhang, x., van den berg, i. and zimmermann, k.l. (2013). public perceptions of agri-food applications of genetic modification – a systematic review and meta-analysis. trends in food science and technology. gaskell, g., allum, n., bauer, m., durant, j., allansdottir, a., bonfadelli, h. et al. (2000). biotechnology and the european public. nature biotechnology 18: 935-938. gavin, w.g. (2001). the future of transgenics. regulatory affairs focus may 2001: 13-18. greger, m. (2011). transgenesis in animal agriculture: addressing animal health and welfare concern. journal of agricultural and environmental ethics 24: 451-472. grimsrud, k.m., mccluskey, j.j., loureiro, m.l. and wahl, t.i. (2002). consumer attitudes toward genetically modified food in norway. american agricultural economics association annual meeting, july 28–31, long beach, california. 328 c. mora et alii grunert, k.g., lahteenmaki, l., nielsen, n.a., poulsen, j.b., ueland, o. and astrom, a. (2001). consumer perceptions of food products involving genetic modification – results from a qualitative study in four nordic countries. food quality and preference 12: 527-542. houdebine, l.m. (2009). production of pharmaceutical proteins by transgenic animals. comparative immunology microbiology and infectious diseases 32: 107-121. kaneko, n. and chern, w. (2005). willingness to pay for genetically modified oil, cornflakes, and salmon: evidence from a u.s. telephone survey. journal of agricultural and applied economics 37: 701-719. kaye-blake, w., saunders, c. and ferguson, l. (2007). preliminary economic evaluation of biopharming in new zealand. agribusiness and economics research unit report 296, lincoln (new zealand): lincoln university. kleter, g.a. and kok, e.j. (2010). safety assessment of biotechnology used in animal production, including genetically modified (gm) feed and gm animals – a review. animal science papers and reports 28: 105-114. knight, a.j. (2006). does application matter? an examination of public perception of agricultural biotechnology applications. agbioforum 9: 121-128. kochhar, h.p.s. and evans, b.r. (2007). current status of regulating biotechnologyderived animals in canada-animal health and food safety considerations. theriogenology 67: 188-197. kostov, k., dzhambazova, t., dimov, g., van dijk, j., groot, m., kleter, g., noordam, m. smets, g. and pakki reddy, g. (2011). report on scenario development of gm animals and food, wp4 – “life science dimension”, deliverable 4.1, pegasus project. http://www.pegasus.wur.nl kuznesof, s. and ritson, c. (1996). consumer acceptability of genetically modified foods with special reference to farmed salmon. british food journal 98: 39–47. laible, g. (2009). enhancing livestock through genetic engineering – recent advances and future prospects. comparative immunology microbiology and infectious diseases 32: 123-137. le curieux-belfond, o., vandelac, l., caron, j. and séralini, g.-é. (2009). factors to consider before production and commercialization of aquatic genetically modified organisms: the case of transgenic salmon. environmental science & policy 12: 170-189. li, j-j. and lu, l-z. (2010). recent progress on technologies and applications of transgenic poultry. african journal of biotechnology 9(24): 3481-3488. logar, n. and pollock, l.k. (2005). transgenic fish: is a new policy framework necessary for a new technology? environmental science & policy 8: 17-27. lutter, r. and tucker, k. (2002). unacknowledged health benefits of genetically modified food: salmon and heart disease deaths. agbioforum 5: 59-34. melo, e.o., canavessi, a.m.o., franco, m.m. and rumpf, r. (2007). animal transgenesis: state of the art and applications. journal of applied genetics 48: 47-61. menozzi, d., mora, c. and merigo, a. (2012). genetically modified salmon for dinner? transgenic salmon marketing scenarios. agbioforum (3): 276-293. mora, c., menozzi, d., aramyan, l., valeeva, n., pakki reddy, g. and merigo, a. (2011). report on production chain context. deliverable 3.1, pegasus project. http://www. pegasus.wur.nl. 329factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals murray, j. mohamad-fauzi, n., cooper, c.a. and maga, e.a. (2010). current status of transgenic animal research for human health applications. acta scientiae veterinariae 38(suppl 2): s627-s632. novoselova, t., van der lans, i.a., meuwissen, m.p.m. and huirne, r.b.m. (2005). consumer acceptance of gm applications in the pork production chain: a choice modelling approach. eaae congress, august 23-27, 2005, copenhagen, denmark. novoselova, t.a., meuwissen, m.p.m. and huirne, r.b.m. (2007). adoption of gm technology in livestock production chains: an integrating framework. trends in food science & technology 18: 175-188. qin, w. and brown, j.l. (2006). consumer opinions about genetically engineered salmon and information effect on opinions. a qualitative approach. science communication 28: 243-272. smith, m.d., asche, f., guttormsen, a.g. and wiener, j.b. (2010). genetically modified salmon and full impact assessment. science 330: 1052-1053. u.s. food and drug administration (2010). public hearing on the labeling of food made from the aquadvantage salmon. background document, august 2010. vàzquez-salat, n. and houdebine, l-m. (2013). will gm animals follow the gm plant fate? transgenic research 22(1): 5-13. vàzquez-salat, n., salter, b., smets, g. and houdebine, l-m. (2012). the current state of gmo governance: are we ready for gm animals? biotechnology advances 30(6): 1336-1343. bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 301-320, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-17437 short communication a tribute to giovanni anania: scholar, mentor, friend this section reports the contributions to the special session chaired by jo swinnen held at the 29th international conference of agricultural economists, milan, 9-14 august 2015 to honor the memory and contribution of giovanni anania. giovanni suddenly and unexpectedly passed away on 15 july 2015. giovanni has been for many of us a warm colleague and friend, and an example of moral integrity, leadership and commitment to any endeavor he engaged in. those of us who had the privilege of working closely with giovanni count our collaborations with him as among the most stimulating and rewarding of our careers. he was mentor of many students and especially in italy he was reference for various generations of agricultural economists. giovanni began his career as an outstanding economist getting a post-graduate diploma at the portici centre in naples and earning the phd from the university of california at davis. he quickly rose through the ranks and became full professor and head of the department of economics at the university of calabria, italy. giovanni was a great scholar and participated in or coordinated many national and international research projects. he published many books and articles, receiving the european association of agricultural economists (eaae) quality of policy contribution award. giovanni provided several relevant scientific contributions mostly in the fields of agricultural policy analysis and international trade. he significantly contributed to the profession as an active member of national and international associations and recently served as president of the eaae. he also played an important role in the policy debate both at the national and international level through consulting activities with european commission, fao, ictsd, and oecd. last, but not least, giovanni was also a great organizer. he was ready to do whatever it takes to organize successful scientific events, defining stimulating agendas and planning memorable social outings, such as the iatrc conferences in isola capo rizzuto and capri. the special session in honour to the memory of giovanni has been organised in two parts: the first part focuses on giovanni’s contributions to agricultural economics, while the second one on giovanni’s contributions to scientific associations and institutions. we are very grateful to the colleagues and friends of giovanni who contributed to that session and to the hundreds of agricultural economists who participated. margherita scoppola president of aieaa 302 a tribute to giovanni anania tribute with respect to his work on trade policies and agreements mary bohman (ers-usda, us), colin carter and alex mccalla (university of california, davis, us) we write these words to help us celebrate the life of giovanni anania both as a talented and internationally recognized applied agricultural economist, but more importantly as a warm, caring, ever positive human being. we were blessed with the opportunity to work with him as a scholar, enjoy him as a conscientious, understanding and collaborative colleague, and as a loving friend whom we loved in return. indeed, he was a true and loyal friend and a loving husband to his wife margherita. we shall all miss him but are much better off for having known him. we focus on two facets of giovanni: the man-the wonderful human being and the scholar -whose work will be his lasting legacy. giovanni the man we all first encountered giovanni at davis as a fellow student, as a co-author and as his major professor. we all watched as he did extremely well in our program and was always intellectually curious and challenging to be around. once you met giovanni you were hooked for life. you wanted to be his friend and he reciprocated in kind. giovanni was the heart and soul of his davis graduate student co-hort. he and margherita hosted large, italian style dinners at their graduate student apartment with tables, chairs and dishes they borrowed from their close friends ila and mondi temu to seat everyone. giovanni’s leadership among students portended his future leadership roles that we all have benefited from. he was always fair, seeking to see all sides of the issue, careful in his judgements and sensitive to those on the other side. he didn’t have a discriminatory bone in his body. after he left davis all of us counted him as a valued colleague and forever friend. giovanni was constantly engaged internationally with the international agricultural trade research consortium (iatrc), a member since 1986 when he attended as a graduate student. he was a regular and active participant, with the aaea, iaae and the european association of which he was the current president. all three of us marveled at his organizational prowess as we worked as a team to put on two wto conferences in calabria and capri, both cosponsored by the iatrc. we were all thrilled when giovanni went out of his way to attend our 50th anniversary celebration of the uc davis phd program this past march. he came, he said because he was a life time fan of the uc davis program. as usual he broke up the house as he helped recall some of the non-academic happenings of his decade. for all of us it was our last chance to enjoy being giovanni’s friend. we are proud that he was such a distinguished ambassador for the uc davis program. alex mccalla had the special pleasure interacting with giovanni closely over an extended period as he worked through a complex theoretical and modelling topic in inter303a tribute to giovanni anania national trade. in his phd dissertation acknowledgement he wrote: “working with alex mccalla was always stimulating and encouraging. the lessons i learned from him go far beyond the matter of this dissertation. i only hope that i will be able to establish with my students the kind of relationship that i had with him”. that relationship lasted 30 years until july 15th and will always be cherished. we have abundant evidence that he was loved by his students. we shall all miss him, but we will be sustained by remembering the good times. giovanni the scholar giovanni came to davis with a firmly established concern for the economics of agriculture and the welfare of rural people in southern italy. his early writings were concerned with market imperfections and the impacts of discriminatory policies. at davis he chose to work on international trade issues because he saw things like targeted exports subsidies, embargoes and trade preferences as real issues in agricultural trade but as he tried to model them he found traditional spatial trade models did not properly deal with the possibility of countries being both importers and exporters of the targeted product. his thesis addressed and provided a modelling approach to deal with the issue. this was the beginning of his life time interest in multilateral, bilateral and unilateral trade policies, analysis of their impacts and critical role in trade negotiations. in the early 1990s, giovanni (and alex mccalla) published a paper showing the importance of alternative assumptions regarding arbitrage behavior when modeling discriminatory trade policies. they found the previous literature was quite restrictive due to the use of simple arbitrage rules. they applied their more realistic model to the us-ussr grain embargo in the late 1970s and concluded that this type of export embargo is unlikely to be effective. in this same time period, giovanni examined the domestic and international impacts of the u.s. export enhancement program (eep) for wheat. eep used targeted in-kind subsidies to expand u.s. exports and was designed specifically to compete with subsidized exports from the european community (ec). with his co-authors, mary bohman and colin carter, professor anania found that eep could not be welfare-improving for the u.s. it was in this early work that giovanni demonstrated his tremendous skill for modeling complicated international commodity markets. he had a talent for seeing the core economic drivers instead of getting lost in the obscure details. this was one of the central themes of his research program throughout his career. just a few years ago he published an insightful paper on calibrating mathematical programming spatial models. in a 2000 oecd report, giovanni identified the major agricultural trade policy concerns of oecd non-members. the insights from his research were used to supplement oecd documents that considered how emerging and transition economies were affected by the implementation of the uruguay round agreement. professor anania assisted the oecd in understanding the issues at stake for emerging and transition economies in multilateral trade negotiations and the resulting policy implications. in a paper entitled “agricultural export restrictions and the wto: what options do policy-makers have for promoting food security?” giovanni examined the likely trade, food security and development implications of various options for disciplining agricultural export restrictions. this paper was published in 2013 by the international center for 304 a tribute to giovanni anania trade and sustainable development and it was a thorough analysis of the implications of various options for disciplining agricultural export restrictions. giovanni was the leading economics expert on the world market for bananas. he conducted a number of influential studies on regional trade deals between the eu (the largest importer of bananas) and banana exporters and the resulting impacts on trade in bananas and the overall competitiveness of the industry. continuing his scholarship in complex linkages between international and domestic markets, last year, with margherita scoppola, giovanni published a timely paper on the importance of assumptions made about market structure and firm behavior in empirical trade policy analysis. recognizing that market structure matters in agricultural trade, they incorporate imperfectly competitive markets in a spatial modeling framework. their paper will serve as a roadmap for other trade researchers trying to include realism in their models. we hope by now we have documented what an amazing guy giovanni was. he was a first class applied economist with a clear sense of what the real issues were and a great loving friend who you really wanted to hug. we shall miss him. to margherita and his family our thoughts are with you. may you be comforted, as we will be, by remembering how fortunate we all were to have been able to share him for a while. peace. 305a tribute to giovanni anania giovanni anania: shaping the future of european agricultural policy1 jean-christophe bureau (agroparistech paris) and alan matthews (trinity college dublin, ireland) introduction in today’s session we are remembering giovanni anania’s contribution as a scientist, but for many who are present we remember him even more for the person he was. jeanchristophe first came to know giovanni through mutual friends at davis, whereas i came to know him relatively recently. giovanni and i were participants in an eu fp6 project tradeag coordinated by jean-christophe that began in 2005. subsequently, we both participated in the eu fp7 project agfoodtrade also coordinated by jean-christophe. during one of those projects giovanni invited us to hold a project meeting in an agriturismo in calabria. i remember well from that visit both giovanni’s love of food and of his region. then in my time as president of the eaae 2011-2014 giovanni was the association’s vice president and we worked closely together until giovanni succeeded me as eaae president in august 2014. giovanni’s work on eu agricultural policy can be characterised in a number of ways. he early on recognised the inadequacy of analyses of eu agricultural policy which looked at the domestic market alone as though this existed in isolation from the outside world. the growing importance of international agricultural trade flows, the creation of new rules governing agricultural protection and support in the 1994 uruguay round agreement on agriculture and giovanni’s own interest in international agricultural policy issues meant that he always approached the analysis of eu agricultural policy with an international perspective in mind. his approach to eu agricultural policy was also informed by a thorough understanding of local and sectoral issues. giovanni saw no contradiction between devoting time to better understanding the development of agriculture in his local region of calabria and analysing the rules governing international agricultural trade. although he strongly believed in the importance of rigorous scholarship in academic research, he also insisted on the importance of communicating the results of that research to policy-makers and using that research to influence policy. giovanni was not only a modeller but also someone who could use the results and think about the bigger picture. he was always willing to patiently repeat his explanation of complex economic issues, and 1 this is an extended version of the tribute which was delivered by alan matthews at the special session organised to honour the memory and contribution of giovanni anania to the agricultural economics profession at the 29th international conference of agricultural economics, milan, 9-14 august 2015. we would like to thank many friends and colleagues of giovanni who contributed to the preparation of this tribute: filippo arfini, federica demaria, fabrizio de filippis, tassos haniotis, jonathan hepburn, koen mondelaers,, krijn poppe, luca salvatici and margherita scoppola. 306 a tribute to giovanni anania was known for starting this repetition with a gentle “now once again…”. indeed, he recognised that the research-policy interaction was a two-way street, and some of his more important papers were originally prompted by a request to explore a policy question, as we will see. the italian debate on the cap giovanni’s earliest work related to the structural problems of agriculture in the calabria region and his master’s thesis was on different issues related to part-time farming in italy. as a result of this interest he participated in the well-known arkleton trust study on farm household adjustment in western europe in 1992 which strongly highlighted the role of pluriactivity in contributing to farm household income on smaller farms.2 giovanni participated in this project with a number of colleagues who would become important collaborators in his later work, including fabrizio de filippis. de filippis was interested in agricultural policy analysis, and particularly the common agricultural policy, to which he had been introduced by michele de benedictis, while giovanni had returned from his phd studies in the united states with a strong background in agricultural trade policy, influenced by alex mccalla. this project began a fruitful collaboration over the following decades. at the beginning of the 1990s the debate in italy on shaping the future of the cap was in full swing. an early outcome of giovanni’s collaboration with de filippis was a book which they jointly edited on the gatt agreement and european union agriculture, in italian, published in 1996.3 this book was the final outcome of a research project financed by the italian national research council which also included many other younger italian agricultural economists. it was during this project that the second iatrc meeting was held which led to the publication of the book edited by anania, carter and mccalla, agricultural trade conflict and gatt new dimensions in north american european trade relations.4 during the period 1997-2000 giovanni was a member of the inea research team osservatorio delle politiche agricole dell’unione europea led by de filippis which produced a number of reports on eu agricultural policy developments. in the 1997 volume giovanni wrote the chapter concerning international trade and the gatt negotiations.5 in 2000 giovanni put together a team of young italian researchers to examine the state of the art in quantitative modelling of the cap, a project which was also supported by the italian national institute of agricultural economics. the names of the people that giovanni gathered to work on this project are well-known in the profession today in both 2 anania, g. and gaudio, f., farm differences, family strategies and agricultural structural changes. a synthesis of the results of the baseline survey in calabria (italy), in structural policies and multiple job holding in the rural development process, arkleton trust & department of land economy, university of aberdeen, aberdeen (gb), 1991, pp. 264-282. 3 anania, g. and de filippis, f. (eds), l’accordo gatt in agricoltura e l’unione europea, franco angeli, milano, 1996. 4 anania, g., carter, c.a and mac calla, a.f. (eds), agricultural trade conflict and gatt new dimensions in north american european. trade relations, westview press, 1994. 5 anania, g., le implicazioni dell’accordo gatt del 1994 per le politiche agricole dell’ue, in aa.vv., rapporto sulle politiche agricole dell’unione europea nel 1997, inea, roma, 1998,pp. 15-41. 307a tribute to giovanni anania academic and policy circles. the overall objective of the research program was to provide a comprehensive analysis of modelling issues and applications related to the cap. the results of the study were published in 2001 in a volume the contribution of some quantitative research to the evaluation of their effects on the italian agriculture.6 giovanni’s contribution to the project was, not surprisingly, a chapter on modelling agricultural trade liberalisation and its implications for the european union. this paper remains a superb overview of the state of play of global agricultural trade models as of the 1990s. his critique of existing studies is thorough, exhaustive and compelling. his conclusion was that the efforts to model agricultural trade and trade policies, taken as a whole, were not fully satisfactory and left much to be desired. giovanni’s recommendations for improvements were based on the observation that effective solutions already existed to many of the problems he identified, but that “greater care and attention must be paid to tailoring models to answer the specific questions addressed, and abandoning once and for all the claim that, once it has been set up, a model can be used to simulate any change in the policy scenario whatsoever”. his manifesto for improved modelling practice consisted of five points, and these principles also underpinned his own modelling work particularly on bananas as we will see: first, make use of a model which has a structure and specific features which are coherent with the question to be addressed. second, think about integrating the use of different models instead of trying to adapt a model to do things it was never designed to do. third, model the functioning of market and trade policy instruments more effectively and more realistically. fourth, strive for more effective coordination and greater cooperation between modelling efforts, through joint projects and the sharing of information on models and data bases. fifth, put effort into the construction of reliable data bases, which supply the information needed to model both market agents’ behaviours and policies. indeed, these are precisely the directions that simulation modelling has taken, and giovanni was both prophetic and prescient in identifying these needs. during the period 2000-2002, giovanni was the national coordinator for a “scientific research program of national importance” under the italian ministry for university and research on the topic wto negotiations on agriculture and the reform of the common agricultural policy of the european union. this project resulted in the book, published in italian, reform of eu agricultural policy and the wto negotiations.7 the chapters in 6 anania, g. (ed), valutare gli effetti della politica agricola comune. lo “stato dell’arte” dei modelli per l’analisi quantitativa degli effetti delle politiche agricole dell’unione europea, nis, napoli, 2001 (with filippo arfini, piero conforti, pasquale de muro, pierluigi londero, luca salvatici, and paolo sckokai). most chapters were translated in english and are available on line: http://econpapers.repec.org/paper/agsineawp/14804.htm; http://econpapers. repec.org/scripts/search.pl?ft=conforti; http://econpapers.repec.org/scripts/search.pl?ft=arfini; http://econpapers. repec.org/scripts/search.pl?ft=sckokai; http://econpapers.repec.org/scripts/search.pl?ft=anania, accessed 12 october 2015. 7 anania, g. (ed), la riforma delle politiche agricole dell’ue ed il negoziato wto. il contributo di alcune ricerche quantitative alla valutazione dei loro effetti sull’agricoltura italiana, francoangeli, milano, 2005. 308 a tribute to giovanni anania this book, many of which were published in english in international journals, applied the modelling methodologies which had been described in the earlier project to italy. many of those involved recall the satisfaction of being able to apply empirical models to policy questions and to make a contribution to the policy debate. giovanni also contributed to the 2004 book edited by de filippis written in the wake of the partial decoupling introduced by the fischler mid-term review of the cap, towards the new cap: the reform of june 2003 and its application in italy.8 giovanni was again the national coordinator of an italian scientific research program of national importance, together with luca salvatici, margherita scoppola and fabrizio de filippis, on european union policies, economic and trade integration processes and wto negotiations during the years 2008-2010. we have remarked that an important feature of giovanni’s approach was his capacity to link academic rigour with political debate and dissemination of research results. all the researchers working in the projects that he coordinated were strongly encouraged in take part in dissemination and participate in the political debate. the link with inea in these projects with its institutional relationships with the italian ministries of agriculture and foreign affairs and with the italian government gave giovanni the opportunity to offer support to italian policy-makers on these issues. during this period giovanni and fabrizio were often consulted with regard to the italian position on the cap reform process, especially for the cmos that were most important for italy (e.g. olive oil). also as part of his insistence on linking scholarship with the real world, between 2007 and 2009 giovanni was a member of the steering committee of “gruppo 2013”, an italian think tank active on themes related to cap, markets, and international relations coordinated by de filippis and sponsored by coldiretti, the principal italian farmers’ organisation. in 2008 he prepared a paper for this group with alessia tenuta on the effects of regionalisation of aid in the single payment scheme on its spatial distribution in italy.9 european interventions on cap around the same time as the inea project on cap modelling got under way, giovanni took part in the first of many discussions on shaping the future of the eu’s agricultural policy. the macsharry reform of the cap in 1992 had shown that change in the cap was possible, albeit with strong prodding from external pressures such as the need to be able to respond to criticisms from trading partners in negotiating the uruguay round agreement under the gatt. in 1996 an important conference in cork, in which giovanni participated as an invited expert and panel member, issued the cork rural development declaration which set out a ten-point rural development programme for the union.10 in 1997 dg agri had published the report of the influential expert group chaired by allan buckwell towards a common agricultural and rural policy for europe.11 this opened up a 8 de filippis, f., verso la nuova pac. la riforma del giugno 2003 e la sua applicazione in italia, quadernidel forum internazionale dell’agricoltura e dell’alimentazione, 2004. 9 anania, g. and tenuta, a., il futuro dei pagamenti diretti nell’health check della pac: regionalizzazione, condizionalità e disaccoppiamento”, in de filippis, f. ed, l’health check della pac. una valutazione delle prime proposte della commissione, quaderni del gruppo 2013,edizioni tellus, roma, 2008, pp. 29-39. 10 http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/rur/leader2/dossier_p/en/dossier/cork.pdf, accessed 12 october 2015. 11 http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/publi/reports/buckwell_en.pdf, accessed 12 october 2015. 309a tribute to giovanni anania vision of transforming the cap from a policy of generalised direct support payments to a policy with specific targets for market stabilisation, environmental and cultural landscape payments, rural development incentives and transitional adjustment assistance. it was an important milestone in the evolution of the cap and it opened the way for further reflections on the direction of reform. in december 2000 another expert working group on the future of the cap and its implications for rural europe co-chaired by winfried von urff and françois colson started as a joint initiative of the ‘akademie für raumforschung und landesplanung’ (arl, academy for spatial research and planning, arl) and the ‘délégation à l’aménagement du territoire et à l’action régionale’ (datar). the group was sometimes referred to as buckwell ii as it included some of the experts involved in the preparation of the buckwell report, and giovanni was also a member. the vision for sustainable rural economies in an enlarged europe produced by the group proposed a shift in funding from pillar 1 to pillar 2 of the cap while recommending a more territorial, bottom up approach to the development of rural areas through pillar 2.12 giovanni prepared a paper assessing the extent of pressure for a change of the cap to be expected from wto in the light of the doha ministerial declaration in 2001. the papers were completed in summer 2002, just after commissioner fischler proposed his mid term review in july 2002, so it is hard to assess the influence of this report. it certainly fed into the demands for a stronger pillar 2 which characterised the evolution of the cap during the following decade. another area of giovanni’s involvement with the cap was his early contribution to helping to formulate priorities for future research. already in 1998, he took part as an expert in a workshop on research activities priority setting for the 5th eu framework programme of rtd. in 2003 he participated in a workshop to review the draft work programme for “scientific support to policies” for the 6th eu framework programme of rtd. in 2006, he was a member of the group that undertook the first foresight analysis in the field of agricultural research in europe for the standing committee on agricultural research (scar).13 the major task of the expert group was to review the available foresight studies relating to eight “major driving forces” which were to be considered together in the formulation of four future scenarios of the agro-food system evolution. giovanni prepared the background paper on economy and trade. giovanni later presented an extended version of this background paper at a workshop on “reflections on the common agricultural policy from a long run perspective” organized by the commission’s bureau of european policy advisers in brussels in february 2009.14 these reports (the fourth in the series was published in 201515) played an important role in the research planning / agenda setting process of the scar. 12 anania, g. et al., policy vision for sustainable rural economies in an enlarged europe, akademie für raumforschung und landesplanung (arl) & délegation à l’aménagement du territoire et à l’action régionale (datar), studies in spatial development, n. 4, hanover, 2003. 13 foresighting food, rural and agri-futures, european commission, directorate-general for research, february 2007 (with t. gaudin, coordinator, j. cassingena-harper, k. cuhls,l. downey, j. leyten, j. e. olesen, y. schenkel, m. walls and p. raspor). 14 anania, g., the eu agricultural policy from a long run perspective: implications from the evolution of the global context, working paper 09/4, research project on “european union policies, economic and trade integration processes and wto negotiations” financed by the italian ministry of education, university and research (scientific research programs of national relevance), university of calabria. 15 https://ec.europa.eu/research/scar/index.cfm?pg=foresight4th, accessed 12 october 2015. 310 a tribute to giovanni anania he was a keen observer of the most recent cap reform. he was an invited speaker at the conference on the public debate on the cap post-2013 organised by the dg agri in 2010, and he participated in many organised sessions to discuss the reform at meetings of the italian and european associations of agricultural economists, taking a critical but even-handed view of the commission’s proposals. many of us will remember his technicolour slide presentations in which he dissected with exemplary precision the main elements of the reform. in his writings on the cap, giovanni had the rare gift of being able to maintain an appropriate balance between positive and normative analysis. in his interactions with farmers’ unions and policy makers, he always liked to be wholly independent from the most popular positions of stakeholders. some cap analysts heavily emphasize a normative approach to what is wrong with the cap according to the economics textbook: this is correct but often irrelevant in the public debate. other analysts accept too readily the status quo on the argument that it is the best (or least bad) possible policy given the political constraints. giovanni was always realistic and pragmatic in his analysis but never gave up the dream of a better policy. his last contribution on this topic is a magisterial summary of the 2013 cap reform, written together with maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, which is the opening chapter of a book edited by jo swinnen on the political economy of the recent cap reform.16 his final paragraph is worth quoting in full: “it should be clear by now why an overall assessment of the reformed cap remains difficult. the cioloş reform brought positive innovations in the cap as well as innovations which have brought the robust, consistent path outlined by the previous reforms since 1992 to a grinding halt. those who hoped for a significant step forward along the same path, with the reform identifying a clear set of consistent strategic goals pursued by the cap, a more targeted distribution of support and a significant portion of the financial resources devoted to increasing the market competitiveness of farms and promoting the production of public goods, probably have good reasons for being disappointed. those who hoped the financial resources allocated to eu policies for agriculture and rural development would not be severely cut (as feared at the beginning of the decision process), and for the reformed cap to bring as few changes as possible, are probably quite satisfied by the final result.” in other words, cap reform remains unfinished business. sadly, with giovanni’s much too early death, he will no longer be here to help to shape its future. research and policy advice on eu banana policy i now turn to giovanni’s research and policy work on eu banana policy. giovanni started to work on bananas in 2004. the initial stimulus came from an italian consulting company cogea which had been commissioned to undertake an evaluation study on the banana cmo for the eu. giovanni was one of a number of economists who were engaged as consultants on this study. the eu had been required to restructure its banana import 16 anania, g. and pupo d’andrea, m.r., the 2013 reform of the common agricultural policy, in swinnen, j. ed., the political economy of the 2014-2020 common agricultural policy: an imperfect storm, brussels, centre for european policy studies and london, rowman and littlefield international, 2015, 33-86. 311a tribute to giovanni anania arrangements in 1992 following the introduction of the single market which made the previous system of national import quotas inoperative. this import regime had been successfully challenged at the wto by a group of latin american banana exporters and the us. during the negotiations to start the doha round in 2001, the eu had been granted a waiver until 2006 after when it was required to introduce a tariff-only import regime for bananas. the council adopted this regime in november 2005 to start in 2006 but it was immediately challenged at the wto and once again the eu found itself as a defendant in a wto banana case. giovanni had been struck by the existence of different tariff rate quotas (trqs) applied by the eu to imports of bananas from different groups of countries: this was, in his view, a good example of the need to use a spatial model as the most adequate tool to properly model bilateral trade policies. in this context, he developed the first version of his spatial model for bananas to analyse the impact of the 2006 cmo reform.17 subsequently, when the eu found itself yet again as a defendant at the wto, giovanni was thus the main source for the eu to know what would be the consequences for eu production and agricultural income of different options with respect to border protection in the bananas dossier. he assisted both in person and with his spatial model in the negotiations, not directly at the negotiating table, of course, but supporting in the background. without his modelling support, it would have been much more difficult to assess the impact of the choices made. his work on bananas led to a series of first-class papers, including one in food policy for which he was awarded the european association of agricultural economists quality of policy contribution award in 2010.18 this work was not only policy-relevant but also contributed to methodological breakthroughs. one of the problems with spatial trade models is that they typically show a discrepancy between the observed and optimal (equilibrium) quantities. that is, there is typically a divergence between the realised quantities of the produced and consumed commodities and their trade flows, and the production, consumption and import-export patterns generated by the model for the same year. previous researchers had tended to either ignore these discrepancies or to make ad hoc adjustments. in a 2011 paper in economic modelling with quirino paris and sophie drogué, giovanni proposed a calibration procedure in which the calibrated models generate solutions that exactly reproduce quantities produced and consumed as well as trade flows.19 however, he continued to worry about another dimension in which he felt his spatial model was unrealistic. he was conscious that perfect competition (assumed in his spatial model) was a heroic assumption particularly when dealing with trade in bananas. two anti-trust reports by the eu commission reporting evidence of non-competitive behaviour by banana traders were the final “push” to tackle this problem and, together with margherita scoppola, they further developed the spatial model to compare the results of 17 anania, g., the 2005 wto arbitration and the new eu import regime for bananas: a cut too far?, european review of agricultural economics, 33, (4), 2006, pp. 449-484. 18 anania, g., eu economic partnership agreements and wto negotiations: a quantitative assessment of trade preference granting and erosion in the banana market”, food policy, (35), 2010, pp.140-153; anania, g., the 2006 reform of the eu domestic policy regime for bananas. an assessment of its impact on trade”, journal of international agricultural trade and development, (4), 2, 2008, pp. 255-271. 19 paris, q., drogué , s. and anania, g., calibrating spatial models of trade, economic modelling, 28, 2011, pp. 2509-2516. 312 a tribute to giovanni anania trade policy change simulations under different market structures.20 the most important innovations from the modeling point of view were the inclusion in a spatial model of both upstream and downstream market power by traders and the consideration of a range of different oligopolistic structures instead of focusing only on cournot competition. a further insight was that, in combination with the two step calibration procedure developed in the earlier paper, it was possible to derive an estimate for the degree of market power in the banana market from the observed trade outcomes. in the run-up to the geneva agreement on trade in bananas in december 2008 which resolved the disputes between the eu and the latin american banana exporters and the us, tensions had also arisen among developing countries over a broader issue in the doha round negotiations, namely, the extent and pace of tariff reduction on tropical and preference products. while there was a general agreement that tariff reductions should be deeper on tropical products, this was resisted by those countries which benefited from special preferences and which would lose by deep reductions. work at the international centre for sustainable trade and development (ictsd) in geneva had identified that the dispute really revolved around a handful of products, including bananas. they invited giovanni to geneva to talk to the wto delegates of the countries mainly concerned and to present his modelling work on bananas. his even-handed and dispassionate treatment helped to allay some of the concerns and was part of the process in helping the break the deadlock which resulted in the geneva agreement in december 2008. i think it speaks volumes about giovanni’s ability to undertake and present his research in an independent, rigorous and yet fair-minded way that when ecuador was concerned about the impact on its banana exports to the eu of the conclusion of an eu free trade agreement with the central american countries, it was to giovanni that they turned, even though he had been the main economic advisor to the commission a few years earlier during their wto dispute with the eu. all of this work on bananas was disseminated to a wider policy audience in a fruitful relationship with the ictsd during those years.21 giovanni’s most recent work on bananas was as an expert for the consulting company commissioned by dg agri to undertake an evaluation of the eu’s agricultural trade relationships with the african, caribbean and pacific (acp) countries. giovanni’s specific contribution was to examine the role of trade preferences in the development of cameroon’s banana exports to the eu. again highlighting the way in which policy advice and scientific research continually interacted throughout giovanni’s professional career, this work was the stimulus for his contributed paper the role of trade policies, multinationals, shipping modes and product differentiation in global value chains for bananas. the case of cameroon accepted for this conference. alas, giovanni will not be here to present it. 20 anania, g. and scoppola, m., modeling trade policies under alternative market structures, journal of policy modeling,36, 2014, pp. 185-206. 21 anania, g., how would a wto agreement on bananas affect exporting and importing countries?, issue paper no. 21, international centre for trade and sustainable development, geneva, 2009, pp. 1-38; anania, g., the implications for bananas of the recent trade agreements between the eu and andean and central american countries”, policy brief no. 5, 2010, pp. 1-5; anania, g., implications of trade policy changes for the competitiveness of ecuadorian banana exports to the eu market, issue paper no. 10, international centre for trade and sustainable development, geneva, 2011, pp. 1-35. 313a tribute to giovanni anania conclusion in conclusion, we remember a scholar of the utmost integrity, which cost him dearly in his professional career. he had a very strong sense of right and wrong. while very serious and committed on the important issues, he was very relaxed and warm and a great companion once the important issues were addressed. giovanni had the happy knack of bringing people together and making things happen. he was always well-prepared and well-briefed, and always constructive. for all of those who worked with him, he was the most important point of reference both as a source of intellectual stimulation and as a guide to personal conduct. we greatly miss giovanni, and our thoughts are with his wife margherita at this time. 314 a tribute to giovanni anania european association of agricultural economists (eaae) imre ferto (corvino university of budapest, hungary) and alan renwick (university college dublin, ireland) giovanni was a very warm and passionate colleague and friend who served the eaae for many years. as president he was dedicated to making the eaae a strong and leading organisation for the benefit of all agricultural economists across europe. his presence, inspiration and dedication will be missed by all within the eaae. giovanni first became active in the eaae through his membership of the programme committee for the ix congress held in warsaw in 1999. following this he was elected to the eaae board and served between 2002 and 2008. during this time he played an instrumental role in the development of the association. in particular, he commented in detail on the renewal of the constitution process that took place in 2003 and led the introduction of the eaae prizes. in 2011 he joined the board again but this time as vice-president before becoming president at the 2014 conference in ljubljana. since becoming president he began both internal and external initiatives to strengthen the association. internally he began the process of strengthening the relationships between the eaae and its members, in part by reinvigorating the role of the liaison officers. externally his initiatives included the signing of an mou with the australian association and he had begun discussions with the uk agricultural economics society. giovanni had an ongoing desire to see the eaae generally more connected globally and in particular to be represented at international meetings. before becoming president, for example, he was responsible for organising sessions at the iaae conference in durban and at the aaea and waea meetings. throughout his association with the eaae, he was also an avid supporter of the phd workshops and saw them as having a key role to play in developing the next generation of european agricultural economists. it is perhaps fitting that one of his last engagements for the association was speaking at the workshop held in rome in june of this year. whilst he made many contributions to the professional development of the eaae, he also contributed in many other ways. anyone who met him at eaae events benefited from his warmth and enthusiasm and through this he added much to the camaraderie of the association. giovanni’s personality shone through in everything from his wide selection of jumpers through to his famously multi coloured slide presentations! whilst his departure has left a massive hole at the helm of the eaae, all those on the board are determined to continue on the course he established, but he will be sorely missed. 315a tribute to giovanni anania associazione italiana di economia agraria e applicata (aieaa) giovanni cannata (università del molise, italy) giovanni anania accompanied my professional and personal life for more than 30 years. it has been a privilege for me to know him, sharing experiences with him and enjoying his friendship and professional knowledge. it is hard to speak in his honor without being moved by warm memories and emotions, but i will try. and i will try also to avoid any rhetoric tone. i would like to recall a few aspects of giovanni’s life with specific reference to his italian academic and professional career, considering that other colleagues already talked about his outstanding achievements at international level. specifically, i’d like to recall also giovanni’s civil engagement as a man of the south, a son of calabria, the land he came from and he honored a lot. giovanni’s professional life is very consistent with the topic of icae 2015 where his presence is deeply felt, and this is why we wish to pay him a tribute “agriculture in an inter-connected world”. the topic of interdependence between agriculture and the economy and society is central in his research since the very beginning, and this is why we met some thirty years ago. giovanni knows how to master even the most sophisticated analytical tools with great simplicity and to share them with colleagues and collaborators, but never forgetting why these tools are developed for, which is providing answers to relevant problems. he is the quintessence of an applied economist. this is true not only in his well-known research on international trade or european agricultural policies, but also in his “italian” researches focusing on the transformations of agriculture, public intervention in southern italy as well as the labour market in agriculture and pluriactivity or the analysis of some production sectors such as the citrus fruit, olive oil, and dairy sectors. likewise remarkable is giovanni’s good common sense in applying quantitative approaches to the study of territorial systems and to the analysis of business structures, thus drawing implications for the future. providing insights for future directions in real life settings featured his works on europe and international trade as well as on his italian works, especially as far as calabria is concerned. calabria towards the future. the analysis of the implications of these researches contributes a lot in strengthening our collaboration in a particularly fertile season for research in italy, that of the so-called targeted research programs, when the government, via the national research council, promoted multi-year projects concerning specific objectives, like the ipra (increase of agricultural resources productivity) or the raisa (advanced research for the innovation of agricultural systems). these were the good old times for research, in italy, unfortunately gone away. with the collaboration of other colleagues from the university of calabria, giovanni remarkably contributed first to solve some issues in territorial analysis (and i greatly benefited of his help and advise) and later to build up a think tank on international trade and policy. 316 a tribute to giovanni anania referring to institutional service, fundamental is giovanni’s contribution to many organizations such as inea, the italian national institution of agricultural economics (recently shut down by an unfortunate decision of the italian government) and istat, the italian national institute of statistics. when inea regional offices were established, giovanni was its great catalyst in calabria. this office is a sort of grass-root think tank, a knowledge lab well rooted in the local environment but looking at the global. a gym for the many youths who began a research career, some more successful than others, but all of them holding a huge debt of gratitude to giovanni. considerable is also his contribution to istat, where giovanni actively participates to the modernization of agricultural statistics and to the design of agricultural census. giovanni is also the promoter of a number of initiatives aimed at aggregating scholars and experts. for instance, i remember the support he gave me during my presidency of the italian association of agricultural economics or his contribution to the rossi doria association and, more recently, to the establishment of aieaa, the italian association of applied agricultural economics, whom he is a co-founder. furthermore, i underline his role as one of the most active member of the group 2013, an interesting experience where not only producers, but also stakeholders at large and policy-makers make use of scholars’ independent advices and analyses. even in this case giovanni’s role is key, walking in the footpaths of a glorious tradition of agricultural economists that can be traced back to ely’s institutional school. besides his active and constructive contributions to congresses, workshops and seminars, i would like to mention also an activity where giovanni is specially good at, that is mentoring of younger colleagues, probably a legacy of his experience at the portici centre. it is worth mentioning his enthusiastic, friendly, informal contribution to the summer schools for phd candidates and post-docs, organized by sidea first and later on by aieaa. giovanni offers his experience and knowledge to the young participants by stimulating them with provocative questions such as: “i got my phd: what shall i do with it?” when the aieaa is established, giovanni provided precious suggestions on its statute design, so that it has to be firmly research-oriented, more open than other italian associations to the international debate, and focusing on the “analysis of agricultural economics and policy in a multidisciplinary context”. giovanni’s curriculum is so outstanding both from research and profession service viewpoints, and well known by all of you, as proven by the fact that many of you all elected him to the eaae presidency, that what i just said are probably only minor aspects. therefore, i would like to turn now to something that probably not everybody in this room is aware of, that is his civil engagement. giovanni is one of the best examples of a scholar who was educated in his own home region, specialized abroad and then decided to come back in his own region to contribute to its development, despite the offer of positions in more prestigious academic institutions. giovanni is an example of social investment aiming at building human capital in an underdeveloped region. before concluding, let me recall some activities showing his engagement with and dedication to the development of his home region, the special relationship with calabria featuring his whole life, just the way they were told me. 317a tribute to giovanni anania giovanni is a member of the editorial board of “meridiana” (1989-1995), a multidisciplinary journal founded in 1987 by a group of scholars looking at the italian “mezzogiorno” in a very open-minded way, well beyond the received cultural stereotypes. he always looked at the problems of “mezzogiorno” (inequality and geographical disparities, political and social regulation, environmental policies, etc.) addressing a demand of knowledge whose coordinates were scientific rigor and policy relevance. in a conference significantly entitled “public choices, private strategies, and economic development in calabria. knowledge to make decisions”, giovanni wrote: “universities are often rightly criticized for their limited ability in offering to the surrounding territory the results of their researches. the awareness of this limit brought the department (of economics, ed.) to open its doors and to decide to disseminate, mostly to a non-academic audience, the results of those researches more directly concerned with the public and private choices particularly relevant for the economic development of calabria. a conference and a volume are just the first step to make available what we do to ones who, with different roles and responsibilities, are in charge of making decisions, which are relevant for the regional development. we hope that our readers will share our view about the usefulness of what we have done so far, pushing us to do more and better in the future.” as an example of his civil commitment, let me tell you that giovanni actively supports the cooperative breeding farm “valle del bonamico”, helping in solving its organizational and marketing problems. the cooperative is active within an initiative of the diocese of locri-gerace, devised to organize unemployed young people in the valleys “bonamico” and “careri” and to offer them labour opportunities as an alternative to a fate of marginalization and probably mafia enrolment. employment and entrepreneurship as a possible remedy to underdevelopment and social deviance in calabria. solidarity and trust-building as an antidote to the prevailing individualism and familistic closure. giovanni enthusiastically joins, as a funding partner, also the cooperative “terre grecaniche”, whose mission is to rebuild local communities able to plan their own future. the cooperative’s goal is the improvement of productive use of local resources and the development of farming in the “grecanica” area (or bovesìa: a part of the province of reggio calabria, where the spoken dialect is a derivation of ancient greek). the cooperative allocates part of its revenue to the creation of microcredit projects and solidarity initiatives in developing countries as well as in projects aimed at contrasting school drop-out in the “grecanica” area. finally, giovanni is also engaged in local political life: he gives always, when required, his personal contribution at local and regional level in informal terms, offering his knowledge derived from years of studies on the issues of the agricultural sector and, more generally, of economic development. giovanni was to me a colleague with first class academic and human talents. giovanni was a partner in academic fights. giovanni shared with me fruitful research programmes. giovanni was a leader for fellows and colleagues. giovanni is, and i’m sure will still be, a reference and a fraternal friend to many of us. 318 a tribute to giovanni anania european commission josé manuel (cuqui) silva rodriguez we had many wonderful contributions on giovanni anania the academic and on his countless friends. i would like to make a small contribution in between professional and personal, because behind that great agricultural economist who was giovanni also was a great person. negotiations in the eu banana sector were always complex. i think that this is the product in which there are more differences of opinion differences between the dollar area producers and acp producers, but also differences between european countries. differences between the very liberals, such as germany, and those with production, as spain or france, or those who want their former colonies to continue to export to europe. there are also differences between those who want to spend to sustain the sector, and those who refuse any budgetary effort. so when in 2005 we had to propose an external tariff on bananas, you can imagine that this was anything but easy to agree in coreper. each ambassador had a different opinion. we did not look like easily reaching a common position, but we had to do so before the start of the ministerial meeting of the wto in hong kong, as i am referring to the month of december 2005. i still remember very well the date the agreement came at the beginning of an evening on the first friday of december 2005 (i had to catch a flight the same evening…). fortunately, we negotiators from the commission had a very effective weapon we had agreed to commission an external study on the banana sector, a study led by giovanni. today, it sounds normal that the commission requests external academic studies, but at that time this was still very new. in fact this study pioneered the collaboration between dg-agri and the academic world. as negotiator, i felt very well protected and supported, not only by colleagues who were with me in the meetings aldo, mary, tassos, elisabetta or nicolas among others but above all i felt supported by the factual arguments provided to me by the study done by giovanni. and although no one particularly liked the numbers produced by giovanni, no one was also able to contest them – and if nobody seems happy with an agreement, but can live with it, this is a sign of a good agreement! the study on the banana market also allowed me to meet giovanni. i am a person who is interested in people above all. meeting giovanni was a wonderful gift. his intelligence, his humour, his humanity and especially that look of his, will always accompany us. death, margherita, although sure, is always unwelcome. fortunately, somehow we sense that people do not leave us completely; and i think the smile of giovanni remains alive among us. 319a tribute to giovanni anania european commission tassos haniotis (dg agriculture) i am the last to speak in this session we would all have liked never to have taken place. i will thus not focus on giovanni’s academic contributions, already mentioned, but raise instead three more personal aspects in our professional relationship. but before i do so, i would like to start from something cuqui already mentioned – negotiating with “a number” and bring some personal relevant background information. i started my career in the commission with cuqui (in a market unit), in a job more related to my passport than my field of academic expertise (trade). but i soon moved into an analytical unit, and started working on developing a market model at a time a myth was circulating in the corridors of dg agri, one stemming from a former director’s general statement that claimed “don’t give me numbers, give me room for manoeuvre”! yet everything that cuqui said about his ability to better negotiate as a director general was stemming exactly from the fact that he had numbers the solid numbers that giovanni had produced. and it is evidence of the monumental change of mentality that has taken place in dg agri since then, with giovanni’s work fitting perfectly well in solidifying this change. i don’t exactly remember when i first met giovanni. mary mentioned to me earlier that he was in the icae in buenos aires, the first one that i also went to. but i do not recall meeting him there. i do recall though when i first came across his name. it was during these “modelling years” of mine, when out of curiosity i was leafing through the ajae annexes for names of europeans that received, like myself, their phd degree from us universities. this is when i first noticed giovanni’s name, and remembered it especially since he worked with my idol of the time, alex mccalla. in person i believe i first met him at the icae in sacramento in 1997. since then, we often met, especially during my fischler years and beyond. we developed a pretty close relationship based on what we broadly agreed on that numbers matter, that policy concepts matter, and that trade distortions are real issues for policy making. from this professional relationship, i would like to mention three areas one where we always agreed, on where we often disagreed, and one more personal. we always agreed on trade, on the necessary path of trade reform, on the speed of reform which has to be the right one to allow smooth adjustment, and on the importance of always looking at the big picture. giovanni was a pragmatist, and it was this pragmatism that gave him, as a trade modeller, the capacity to put things into perspective taking the real world as his starting point. after all, models are supposed to be a representation of reality, and not the other way round. we often disagreed on income support, and more specifically on its logic. as many academics do, giovanni considered that the target of income support should be meanstested. i believed, and continue to do so, that family income should not be an item for farm policy since taxation (a national responsibility in the eu) is there to address differences in the level of wealth, and implementation complexities would make any such meas320 a tribute to giovanni anania ures counter-productive. i always considered this debate trivial; more important is for me the debate about the logic of greening, or voluntary coupled support and it is exactly in these areas that i will miss giovanni’s critical point of view the most. his contribution to jo swinnen’s book on the recent cap reform shows how pertinent the policy questions he raised in this book are going to be in the very near future. but i would like to finish with a more personal note, one stemming from the common interest we developed in recent years on something that united us beyond academics. we both came from a very old part of this old continent of ours, a part with so many similarities. very often, such similarities are drawn from our problems, and from the fact that their analysis does not always point to a “lysis” (solution), but sometimes even to paralysis. yet our similarities are much deeper and different than this. scanning the internet you will fast discover that calabria is the region first occupied by two tribes which ancient greeks called “oenotrians” and “itali”. the first name comes from the greek word for wine, whose production was of interest to giovanni. and the “itali” are a reminder that the origins of your country may come more south that some would like to believe. but this part of italy also goes by the name of magna grecia, indicating the long historical links between our countries. and the name comes as a more pertinent reminder that this region of the world is where trade, and especially trade in food items (giovanni’s main area of academic interest), has been from ancient times a factor that unites people, reflecting and promoting their cultures and diversity. in this part of the world, in the two corners of the italian boot, a dialect is still today spoken by a few thousand people a dialect called by some medieval, or better, byzantine greek, also known by the name of griko. on numerous occasions giovanni invited me to visit together this part of italy, and i will always regret that i will never have the chance to do it with him. i will certainly do it for him, though. and i am sure that, from wherever he is, he will have learned how to tell us in this dialect “ steo ettù ma ‘sà “ “i am here with you”! for me, the only thing that is left to say is to use the very word we have in modern greek to bid farewell to a friend: addio! bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 153-174, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-20087 innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products: the case of “parmigiano reggiano” as an ingredient maria cecilia mancini*, claudio consiglieri department of economics, università degli studi di parma, via j. kennedy 6, 43125 parma, italy date of submission: 2015 30th, september; accepted 2016 8th, june abstract. typical products can contribute to socio-economic development of their place of origin if they are able to take part in the logic of the global market. the aim of this research is to examine one type of innovation, the use of pdo products as ingredients, as a part of a strategy to re-launch pdo products which have a mature market. the evolution of the concept of innovation is discussed; innovation is then considered in relation to product life cycle and information asymmetry. there is then a case study on the use of pdo parmigiano reggiano cheese as an ingredient in industrial processing. this case shows that even incremental innovation can have serious effects for the market when it is applied on production phases which lie outside the direct control of the pdo producers. in order to protect the consumer as well as the pdo producer, it would be advisable for new legislation to regulate in more detail innovation involving products bearing origin certificates. keywords. incremental innovation, pdo, information asymmetry, product life cycle, ingredient, mature market, typical products jel codes. m31, q13, o30 1. introduction although the integration of typical production systems in global trade circuits is associated with various risks, such as the commercialisation of tradition (barthel, 1996; lindholm, 2008), new power relations in the typical supply chain (rangnekar, 2004; dupuis and goodman, 2005; arfini et al., 2010) and exclusion of poorer farmers from global value chains (shapiro, 1983; prost et al., 1994; mancini, 2013), overcoming traditional dichotomies, such as that between typical vs. standardized production systems or local vs. global, is increasingly noted by scholars and is becoming widespread on the market. murdoch and miele (1999) and rastoin and vissac – charles (1999) state that the development of typical products goes hand in hand with globalization. in fact, because *corresponding author: mariacecilia.mancini@unipr.it 154 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri typical products can be strong contenders in national or export markets, they are exposed to the challenges of the global market and their success requires a wide range of strategies, including innovation. innovation clearly involves obstacles on both the demand and supply sides, as well as many benefits, particularly when the territorial quality of a product is certified. eu certifications pdo/pgi/tsg1, for instance, institutionalize three main factors: the specific nature of local resources used in the production process; the history and tradition of production techniques; the collective dimension and the presence of locally shared knowledge (bérard and marchenay, 1995; barjolle et al., 1998; casabianca et al., 2005; rocchi and romano, 2006). these three factors are institutionalized in a code of specifications, approved by eu; so whatever type of innovation is subsequently proposed, formal amendment to the code has to be authorized by the commission. in spite of this, however, innovation occurs, especially in sectors where the market for the certified product is saturated and new outlets are required. this study discusses innovation as a strategy for the re-launch of pdo/pgi/tsg2 products where the market is mature, and focuses on some critical aspects. it focuses on the particular type of innovation which is becoming increasingly common; the use of pdo products as ingredients in industrial processing. the study starts with a literature review on the topic of typical products and innovation (section 2). this is followed by the definition of a theoretical framework for the discussion of the concept of innovation in relation to typical product life cycles and information asymmetry (section 3). there is then a case study on the use of pdo parmigiano reggiano cheese as an ingredient for industrially processed foods, as a strategy to face the mature market of the pdo product. this is supported by testing of the physical and chemical qualities of industrial products containing processed parmigiano reggiano. there is a discussion of possible consequences of such innovation on the market (section 4) and final remarks are then made (section 5). 2. literature review on the relationship between typical products and innovation for the sake of this research, we define a typical product as “a product which presents unique quality attributes which are the expression of the specific nature of the territorial context in which the production process takes place” (belletti et al., 2006). a typical product thus derives its unique qualities from being closely linked to a territory physically and anthropically3. because it involves the economic sustainability of production in a significant part of european rural areas, the relationship between typical products and innovation is of 1 pdo, protected designation of origin; pgi, protected geographical indication; tsg, traditional speciality guaranteed, reg. (ec) 1151/2012. 2 for the sake of simplicity, we use the term pdo below to refer to pdo, pgi and tsg. 3 in this literature review, contributions both on typical and traditional products were considered. in fact, according to regulation (eu) n. 1151/2012 of the european parliament and of the council of europe 21 november 2012 on quality schemes for agricultural products and foodstuffs, traditional refers to “the proven usage on the domestic market for a period that allows transmission between generations; this period is to be at least 30 years”. the sharing of concepts such as “people”, “place” and “time” provide a close link between “traditional” and “typical”. 155innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products interest to policy makers as well as the academic community. the european commission encourages these producers to become more competitive through innovation, including modern techniques of production, management, and marketing and promoting nutritional and health aspects of these products (e.g. ec, 2007). but in spite of this, various studies have shown that the relationship between typical products and innovations is complex and often problematic. in cases where the traditional and territorial nature of products is institutionalized in certifications such as pdo, there are limitations on innovation that can be made. in fact, codified rules on characteristics of production techniques and the product impact on the level of innovation and time required to adopt it in such supply chains (marty, 1998). for these products, innovation mainly pertains to product innovations, such as packaging innovations and changes in product composition, product size and form or new ways of using the product. process innovations are less common, given their impact on the authentic identity of the product and its production process (kühne and gellynck, 2009). nevertheless, according to kühne et al. (2010), feasible applications may also relate to improving the production process in order to assure quality and traceability. moreover, although innovations, in particular organizational ones, can be valuable for typical products, they can meet with resistance on the part of different actors in the supply chain (kühne and gellynck, 2009) where small and medium enterprises are not always receptive to changes. consumer perception is also a key issue. a good understanding of consumer perceptions, expectations and attitudes towards innovations in traditional food products is crucial for the successful introduction of innovations (linnemann et al., 2006). according to guerrero et al. (2009), the degree of acceptance of innovations applied to traditional products is closely dependent on type of innovation. consumers are particularly positive towards packaging innovations because they do not modify the core characteristics of the traditional food product and provide sought-after benefits, e.g. longer shelf life. innovations meet consumer approval when they increase safety levels or are associated with clear tangible benefits (bruhn et al., 1992; caporale and monteleone, 2004; cayot, 2007; guerrero et al., 2009) which enhance nutritional value or improve the nutrient profile of products, e.g. reducing salt, saturated fat or sugar content (guerrero et al., 2012). but product innovations with implications for the sensory properties are rejected (cayot, 2007; kühne et al., 2010) and compromises on taste for health are not welcomed by consumers (verbeke, 2006). khune et al. (2010) argue that consumer attitudes towards innovation in traditional products are segmented and vary between countries and within countries. nowadays, the complex relationship between typical products and innovation, on both supply and demand side, is accompanied by the challenges of mature markets where re-launch strategies are required. in recent years, on mature pdo product markets, it has become increasingly frequent to use pdo products as an ingredient of industrially processed foods. but although there is a large amount of literature on the relationship between local production systems and mass-produced industrial systems, the function of innovation, and particularly the use of pdo products as an ingredient, has been very little studied, and little is known about threats to the commercial success of this strategy. this raises new research questions on the potential paths to overcoming the dichotomy between the two production systems, and raises the need for policy discussion on 156 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri processing of pdo products outside the certified production system. this paper aims to examine this field and form a starting point for such a debate. 3. aim and theoretical framework as stated above, the aim of this research is to examine one type of innovation, the use of pdo products as ingredients of industrially processed food as a strategy to re-launch pdo products which have a mature market. it aims to focus on possible consequences on the market and identify medium long term critical aspects. the concept of innovation is considered in its evolution and therefore discussed according to product life cycle with particular reference to typical agri-food products. the relationship between innovation and information asymmetry is then discussed. 3.1 innovation and product life cycle according to the oecd oslo manual (2005): “innovation is the implementation of a new or significantly improved product (good or service), or process, a new marketing method, or a new organizational method in business practices, workplace organisation or external relations”. this definition takes into account progress in understanding the innovation process and its economic impact, as well as the field of non-technological innovation and the linkages between different innovation types. the definition is the outcome of a great deal of literature that has been studying the meaning of innovation, as well as comprehensive classification, for decades. in fact, elsewhere, it is widely agreed that innovation follows invention, where invention is the discovery of something new (myers and marquis, 1969; trott, 2012). as “innovation is not a single action but a total process of interrelated sub-processes” (myers and marquis, 1969), it is not only about physical change but can involve the introduction of a new good, a new method of production, the opening of a new market, the conquest of a new source of supply of raw materials, the introduction of a new organization (schumpeter, 1934) and/or new management tools or services (trott, 2012). innovations vary in the degree of newness to an adopting unit, and this variation is captured by the notion of radicalness (dewar and dutton, 1986). incremental innovation introduces relatively minor changes to the existing product, exploits the potential of the established design, and often reinforces the dominance of established firms (nelson and winter, 1982; ettlie et al., 1984; dewar and dutton, 1986; tushman and anderson, 1986). radical innovation, on the other hand, is based on a different set of engineering and scientific principles and often opens up whole new markets and potential applications (dess and beard, 1984; ettlie et al., 1984; dewar and dutton, 1986). radical innovation often creates great difficulties for established firms (cooper and schendel, 1976; rothwell, 1986; tushman and anderson, 1986) and can be the basis for the successful entry of new firms or even the redefinition of an industry. the distinction between the two types of innovation is not however one of hard and fast categories. instead, there is a continuum of innovations that range from radical to incremental (hage, 1980). although radical and incremental pertain to distinctions along a theoretical continuum of the level of new knowledge embedded in an innovation, the middle values of this continuum are difficult to interpret. a helpful 157innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products contribution comes from garcia and calantone (2002), who on the basis of existing literature identify a third category of innovation between radical and incremental; “really new”. the classification is made according to two pairs of factors: macro/micro perspective and marketing/technological discontinuity. the macro-perspective aims at measuring how the characteristics of the innovation are new to the world, the market or the industry, while micro-perspective is identified when innovativeness of the product is related to the firm (or the customer). the second pair of factors – marketing and technological discontinuity – depends on the forces from which discontinuities may originate (figure 1). “product innovation may require new marketplaces to evolve and/or new marketing skills for the firm. similarly, product innovation may require a paradigm shift in the state of science embedded in a product, new r&d resources and/or a new production process for a firm. some products, of course, may require discontinuities in both marketplace and technological factors.” (garcia and calantone, 2002; p.119). so, radical innovations have discontinuities along both macro/micro and levels as well as marketing/technology sublevels. really new innovations have discontinuities along a single level, macromarketing or macrotechnology, but not both, and on one dimension of the sublevel macromarketing or macrotechnology. incremental innovations have discontinuities only along the micro level. the potential of innovation varies according to the product and the phase of the product life cycle. product life cycle (plc) theory identifies a set of common stages in the commercial life of products, shown as a curve divided into four phases: introduction, growth, maturity and decline (see among others buzzel, 1966; polli and cook, 1969; kotler and scott, 1998). each stage has a duration and curve depending on different factors (cox 1967; rink and swan 1979) which have different influence in the different phases (day, 1981). literature has also shown that many products have a life cycle that differs from the standard one (cox, 1967; swann and rink, 1982). these include agri-food prodfigure 1. product innovativeness. source: authors’ elaboration on garcia and calantone (2002). 158 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri ucts, which show a primary cycle and a second cycle. the first corresponds to the usual plc, while the second cycle is shorter and less intense (kotler and scott, 1998). in other words, the fourth decline stage does not end the product life cycle but leads into a recycle, by means of extrinsic changes of the product, without there being any modifications in intrinsic attributes of quality, nutrition or taste and smell (pilati, 2004). for typical products, the plc is also much longer than the few years normal for other products, and it is thus likely that consumption models will alter during the cycle. the renewal stage which takes place when the market of the product is in advanced maturity and about to decline is different for typical products (figure 2). although there is a great deal of literature on innovation, minarelli et al. (2015) found that there are few studies addressing innovation in the food sector. their analysis of the food sector suggests that a determinant of innovation is collaboration, in particular when smalland medium-enterprises (smes) collaborate with universities and other similar stakeholders4. they argue that “further studies should seek to better understand innovation-related interactions where innovation types prioritised by firms can also change in relation to either different stages of a firm’s life cycle or the product life cycle in food companies” (p.50). this study aims at reducing this gap by focusing on an innovation aimed at relaunching a mature pdo product which may undergo unexpected changes when adopted by actors external to the pdo system. 4 the impact of geographical proximity between food producers and universities or public research laboratories is analysed by maietta (2015). figure 2. life cycle of an agri-food product. source: kotler and scott (1998). 159innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products 3.2 innovation and information asymmetry the use of a pdo product as an ingredient of an industrially processed food is an interesting strategy not only for pdo producers but also for manufacturers of the food, given that this is enriched by the pdo product and its reputation. it allows both types of producer to increase frequency of use by customers and/or to find new market outlets, thus halting or reversing falling price trends. the strategy can be particularly effective where the ingredient and the final product are quality brands from differing market segments. the benefits of such innovation may however be subject to limitations due to the information asymmetry of the agri-food market. information asymmetry exists on a market where not all agents have the necessary information available to make an optimum allocation of resources (akerlof, 1970; klein and leffler, 1981, shapiro, 1983, stiglitz 1987). because consumers are not able to verify credence attributes, the intangible quality attributes of a product, agri-food markets are particular affected by highly asymmetric levels of information between producers and consumers on the quality of products (anania and nisticò, 2004). search attributes of a product can be identified before purchase and experience attributes during consumption, but credence attributes cannot be verified even after consumption (darby and karni, 1973). in recent years, consumers have increasingly started to search for products combining recognizable material characteristics with an intangible content meeting ethical, cultural and health consciousness needs. however, although it is important for the consumer to know as much as possible about intangible attributes it is not necessarily in the producer’s interests to supply full and precise information (boccaletti and moro, 1993). information asymmetry thus encourages moral hazard for producers, who may place on the market products of lower quality than what is claimed, while the consumer accepts a different level of risk from what is claimed. in the long term, however, consumers will meet information from sources other than producers, such as consumer associations, magazines and journals etc., and become aware of the moral hazard. adverse selection will occur, in that consumers realize they have been misled and stop buying high quality products. in the long term, this will lead to a decrease in the number of products offered for sale and a loss of collective wellbeing (grazia et al., 2008). there is thus a pressing need for institutions and private actors to provide information in order to prevent this loss of social well-being (shapiro, 1983). intervention is required to ensure that markets are transparent, by way of measures such as the introduction of quality standards, regulations on labelling and advertising, recognition and registration of brands, supervisory authorities, production guidelines etc. for pdo products, the italian law in 2004 laid down that the use of a pdo as an ingredient is subject to authorization of the product consortium. law d.l. 297/2004 states “that the reference to a protected name in the labeling, presentation and advertising of products made, processed or transformed, is not punishable when authorized by the consortium for the protection of the protected name…”5. more recently, regulation eu 1151/2012 of the european parliament and european council 5 in the absence of a recognized protection consortium, authorization may come from the ministry of agriculture, food and forestry. 160 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri on the regimes of quality of agricultural products and food extends protection to pdo/ pgi products used as ingredients, banning the evocation, misuse and imitation of the name in the list of ingredients of processed products where the product is not present (art. 13). 4. a case study from the dairy sector: pdo parmigiano reggiano cheese 4.1 the parmigiano reggiano supply chain parmigiano reggiano is one of the most representative pdo products of the longstanding italian gastronomic tradition. its history dates back to the thirteenth century when benedictine monks began producing it in emilia. in the late eighteenth century, cheese dairies were introduced, making it possible for small producers to process milk into parmigiano reggiano cheese (de roest and menghi, 2000). in the twentieth century there was strong growth thanks to the foundation of the consorzio del formaggio parmigiano reggiano (cfpr) in 1934, whose mission has always been to protect the typical nature of the product, the designation and the brand. in 2013, parmigiano-reggiano pdo production stood at 1.12 billion euro (1.97 billion euro consumer turnover). the cheese was made in 340 dairies covering 3,100 farms. it absorbed about 15% of national milk output and employed 20 thousand people, rising to 50 thousand along the whole supply chain6. the actors of this supply chain are milk producers, dairy owners, wholesalers-agers and traders; all members of cfpr. for many years, the supply chain was able to ensure adequate income for mountain farms, where sale of milk to cooperative dairies was the only source of income, as well as for hill and flatland farms. but since the 1980s, global competition has severely damaged mountain farming and many farms have been forced to close (arfini and mancini, 2013). today, the parmigiano-reggiano supply chain is no longer able to provide the same level of economic and social support to disadvantaged rural areas as in the past. 4.2 the parmigiano reggiano market parmigiano reggiano is traditionally and most frequently used to add flavor to food. as a hard cheese, it is mainly grated and used with pasta, the first course in an italian meal. parmigiano reggiano and grana padano represent a specific market segment within the overall cheese market because of the way they are used (de roest and menghi, 2000). but in the last few years, sales on the italian market have fallen. an increase in stocks on the supply side has led to a fall in market price. time analyses of the trend of prices on the wholesale market of 12 month matured parmigiano reggiano cheese show that prices are sensitive to output quantity, which is typical of a commodities’ market, even though this pdo cheese should behave like a niche product, with a degree of price stability (arfini and mancini, 2013). the problem is also due to the policy of large retailers which currently sell about 70% of parmigiano reggiano at promotional prices (pugliese, 2010; giacomini, 2010). 6 agricoltura (2014), la filiera del parmigiano reggiano. supplemento 56. 161innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products on the demand side, consumption of parmigiano reggiano on the italian market is today in a context of economic crisis7 which has decreased purchasing power of italian households and has led to a decrease in food consumption in real terms. a key factor in domestic demand for parmigiano reggiano in the current period is the price difference with its main competitor, grana padano. this is a similar cheese with a long ripening period, but it is produced using more industrial techniques. if the retail price difference between these two cheeses rises, then some consumers – particularly those living outside the parmigiano reggiano production area – will switch over to grana padano. in other words, demand varies according to the absolute price level of parmigiano reggiano cheese and to the price difference between it and grana padano cheese (de roest and menghi, 2000; giacomini, 2010; cersosimo, 2011). stagnation in consumption is also a result of changes in diet in italy, as hard ‘grana’ cheese is being replaced by lower calorie fresh cheeses8. finally, the degree of penetration of parmigiano reggiano in the domestic market is very high. data show that around 60% of italian households consume parmigiano-reggiano (arfini et al., 2006) and nearly 100% consume parmigiano reggiano and/ or grana padano (rama, 2010). the frequency of consumption is also high, mainly due to the type of consumption: on average, among customary consumers, parmigiano reggiano is consumed 5 times per week; 60% of these consumers use parmigiano reggiano daily. the parmigiano reggiano consortium and producers have responded to these problems by rationalizing supply in a supply regulation plan approved by the ministry for agriculture. the plan was based on the eu regulation 261/2012 as regards contractual relations in the milk and milk products sector, and its key element was the continuation of “parmigiano reggiano milk quotas” given to farmers. the aim was to regulate supply and re-balance the relationships of strength between farmers and dairies in the supply chain (giacomini and manfredi, 2013). another measure adopted by the cfpr to rationalize supply on the domestic market is promotion of exports, for which it has renewed financial support. in 2014, a total of €4 million was spent9. finally, cfpr has been promoting technical and marketing innovation for years. the parmigiano reggiano supply chain now collaborates with external actors, such as food manufacturers, working towards new packing and consumption models. vacuum packing of pieces of cheese for longer periods of storage, and individually packaged portions for snacking, were introduced as far back as the 1980s. in the 1990s grated cheese was launched in response to requirements for time saving; more recently, the strategy of co-branding is meeting new types of demand. 4.2.1 parmigiano reggiano pdo as an ingredient an increasingly successful type of innovation of pdo products, including parmigiano reggiano, is the use of the product as an ingredient in industrially processed food. an example is the co-branding scheme of 2007 between the cfpr and mcdonalds for a 7 in 2014, final demand for parmigiano reggiano fell by 3% compared to 2013, and in 2013 it had fallen by 1% compared to 2012 (sole24ore, 2014). 8 mark up (2008), “mercati. i formaggi 2008”, ottobre; mark up (2013), “il formaggio fresco resiste alla crisi”, luglio; agricoltura (2014), la filiera del parmigiano reggiano. supplemento 56. 9 www.parmigianoreggiano.it 162 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri parmigiano-reggiano burger. this successfully combined mcdonalds, an emblem of the global market, with the consolidated reputation of parmigiano reggiano, a product representing the gastronomic culture of a place10. the co-branding of this innovative product brought added value deriving from the synergy between the reputation of the two brands and the taste preferences of two types of consumer. other products using parmigiano reggiano as an ingredient include filled pasta containing the cheese, and crisps flavoured with parmigiano reggiano and black pepper11. the spread of such products suggests that consumers are appreciating the guarantee of the typical nature of the pdo ingredient associated with new uses. earle (1997) and martinez and briz (2000) classify this as an incremental innovation. pdo parmigiano reggiano is also being used as an ingredient in processed dairy products made by melting cheeses. these are processed cheese slices or wedges12, used in cooking, traditionally perceived by the consumer as made from reject pieces of various cheeses, and thus as low value added products. in fact, processed cheeses have an average price 30% lower than the average cheese price. in 2013, processed cheeses accounted for 7% volume of the italian cheese market, or about 530 million euro, and their penetration was 85% for cheese slices and about 50% for wedges13. the use of a pdo product as an ingredient gave parmigiano reggiano producers entry to a new market segment and, at the same time, the opportunity to update consumer experience of processed dairy products. today on the italian market there are italian and overseas brands of processed cheese products which feature pdo parmigiano reggiano as an ingredient14, and their advertising often cites benefits of enrichment with the nutritional characteristics of pdo parmigiano reggiano. 4.3 product characteristics and production techniques the product specification code defines parmigiano reggiano as: “a hard cheese, slowly matured, produced with cow’s milk, raw, partially skimmed in a natural process” and states that: “the milk… must come from cows whose diet is based on the use of fodder obtained in the area of origin.” parmigiano reggiano is produced exclusively in the area defined by the code of specifications15 where the cows’ diet is fodder produced in the area. silage and fermented foods are not permitted. strict feeding regulations are the main reason for lower milk 10 the burger was sold at a higher price than others and was on sale for a limited period of time (13 months) (reitano and pantano 2009). the characteristic of scarcity influenced the consumer to consider this product rare (walchli, 2007; geylani et al. 2008). 11 the main brands of pasta using co-branding with parmigiano reggiano are barilla and fini, and the crisps are produced by kettle. 12 processed cheese products enriched with parmigiano reggiano pdo include various brands of cheese spread (parmareggio, boni, margi, etc.); their market value however is residual. 13 assolatte, (2014) relazione annuale settore lattiero caseario anno 2013. editoriale il mondo del latte, milano. 14 the same type of innovation involves the pdo grana padano production system. grana padano is used as an ingredient for the production of stuffed pasta and processed cheeses. therefore, parmigiano reggiano and grana padano are competitors in this segment too. 15 the provinces of parma, reggio emilia, modena and part of the provinces of mantova and bologna, plains, hills and mountains between the po and the river reno. 163innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products yield per cow, and higher production costs than for industrial milk, and competitor cheeses such as grana padano. production standards define the method of processing milk into cheese as well as the area of production. these methods are the core of the scheme because they ensure that traditional methods are followed. one of the main provisions, for example, is that no preservative except salt can be used in the processing phase. during the long phase of ripening, which has to be at least 12 months, the main constituents of the cheese are transformed; particularly important nutritionally are the protein transformations. the milk protein is ‘digested’, or decomposed into smaller components right down to amino-acids. this gives parmigiano reggiano its distinctive taste and makes it more digestible. 4.4 the survey in the industrial production of processed cheese, cheeses are added to other ingredients, including water and emulsifiers16, then heated and mixed to a stable homogenous emulsion. in traditional processes, the mixture was heated to between 75 and 100°c, but with modern technology the sterilization temperature (121°c) can be reached by way of steam injection heat exchangers. given that the advertising of slices and wedges highlights the characteristics of pdo ingredient products and aims to differentiate them from competitor products which do not contain pdo ingredients, this study aimed to establish whether the industrial process, particularly the heating process, impacts on the quantity and/or quality of the characteristics of the pdo ingredient. we examined nine processed cheese products (wedges) on the end market, of which three contain pdo parmigiano reggiano as an ingredient. the three products containing parmigiano reggiano represent the universe of such products on the italian market17. for these three, we examined consumer advertising for explicit claims of a direct link between product characteristics and pdo ingredient characteristics. the claims were in fact found: the advertising cited particularly “naturalness”, “genuineness”, “goodness” and “nutritional quality” of parmigiano reggiano18, and implied that these qualities were transferred from the pdo ingredient to the processed cheese. for the aims of the research, these descriptions were codified into observable product characteristics. the terms “natural” and “genuine” are applied to unadulterated products which retain the characteristics of their natural factors. these characteristics can be observed in parmigiano reggiano cheese, as it is the outcome of a strictly artisan process but it is 16 emulsifying agents (citrates and/or sodium polyphosphates) are essential, as without them, the mixture loses water through evaporation and the fat separates, leaving a rubbery mass of lumps. 17 the other six products (not containing parmigiano reggiano) are those brands available on the shelves of coop, conad and esselunga. market share of these three retailers is nearly 40% of the total market. 18 company wesbites contain the following statements about wedges enriched with pdo parmigiano reggiano: “[they] are a completely new type of processed cheese, enabled by the outstanding natural and genuine qualities of parmigiano reggiano”; “…parmigiano reggiano, with its special nutritional qualities, is the only cheese ingredient; “all the authentic goodness of our parmigiano reggiano, the only cheese ingredient, can be found in our soft slices; they are delicately flavoured and perfect for adding flavor to dishes every day as well as for making toasted cheese sandwiches. 164 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri more difficult to define and observe such characteristics in industrially made products such as processed cheeses, where the production process necessarily affects the natural and genuine qualities of the ingredient. an analysis of consumer perception of these qualities and their relationship to industrial processing would be necessary, but lies beyond the scope of this research. “goodness”, on the other hand, is the presence of characteristics which meet consumer taste. the product specification for parmigiano reggiano says the cheese is “fragrant, delicate, full flavour but not peppery”, but here again, the verification of whether the characteristics are retained in the processed cheese would require consumer perception evaluation and analysis techniques. these too lie outside the scope of this research. this research was however able to focus on “nutritional quality”. the next section looks at the combination of nutritional elements. 4.4.1 data analysis table 1 reports the ingredients shown on the label for each of the nine products examined19. it shows that three products contain pdo parmigiano reggiano in a percentage between 19.6 and 30%. all products of course contain the essential raw ingredients: milk, water, milk proteins, whey or rennet, and in some cases, butter and cream. emulsifiers are the traditional phosphates (e452 – e339) and citric acid (e330 – e331). currently, the amount of polyphosphates used in industrial food process19 the products have been conventionally called 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9. table 1. ingredients shown on the labels of the processed cheese wedges. brand ingredients 1 parmigiano reggiano pdo 25%, water, whey, milk protein, emulsifier: sodium citrate, acidity regulator: citric acid, thickening agent: carrageenan. 2 parmigiano reggiano pdo 19,6% (milk, salt, rennet), pasteurized fresh whole milk, water, whey concentrate, cream, butter, milk protein, emulsifiers sodium citrate and potassium citrate, acidity regulator: citric acid. 3 milk, parmigiano reggiano pdo 30% (milk, salt, rennet) cream, milk protein, emulsifier e331, acidity regulator e330. 4 cheese, water, whey powder, butter, milk protein, emulsifier: sodium citrate; acidity regulator: citric acid; stabilizing agent: carrageenan. 5 cheeses (milk, salt, rennet), water, whey concentrate and / or powder, butter (cream and / or whey), milk protein, emulsifiers: sodium polyphosphates, sodium citrate. 6 milk (40%), cheese, cream, milk protein, emulsifiers (e331), acidity regulator: citric acid. 7 leerdammer cheese 100%, water, cream, emulsifiers e452, e339. 8 cheeses, water, whey concentrate and / or powder, butter, milk protein di latte, emulsifiers: sodium polyphosphates, sodium citrate. 9 cheese (milk, milk enzymes, salt, rennet) 43%, water, butter, whey powder, emulsifier: sodium citrate, acidity regulator: citric acid. source: product labelling. 165innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products ing is undergoing drastic reduction because it is now known that excessive ingestion of phosphorous harms human health by eliminating calcium from the body and weakening muscles and bones (travia, 1979; messa, 2008; cozzolino et al., 2009; cupisti and d’alessandro, 2011). only two of the sample products use polyphosphates, but they are not products using the pdo ingredient. as noted above, we examined the combination of nutritional elements; it was evaluated and compared by measuring the protein, carbohydrate and fat contents. proteins vary between a minimum of 10% and a maximum of 14.7%; carbohydrates between 3% and 6.5% and fats between 13.1% and 21% (table 2). 4.4.2 results the research question for this test is: “does the presence of the pdo parmigianoreggiano ingredient enrich the “nutritional elements” of the end product enough to justify consumer advertising claims?” the three main constituents (protein, carbohydrates and fats) are found to be distributed evenly around the average values with relatively low levels of standard deviation, regardless of the presence or absence of the pdo ingredient. in other words, the three variables are distributed around the average values with no appreciable differences (figure 3). in order to verify possible nutritional differences between processed cheeses containing pdo and other ‘standard’ products, a t-test of hypothesis for the difference between the two group means was run, and results are shown in table 3. the t-test verifies whether the mean values of the three main constituents are equal across the pdo-enriched (group a) and traditional (group b) processed cheeses. the calculated values of the t-test statistics are compared with the tabulated critical values of the student t distribution at 95% confidence level, with 7 degrees of freedom. because the t-test is known to be sensitive to the number of observations, which in this application is rather limited, the parametric testing is complemented with a non-parametric analysis – less demanding on the data table 2. percentage composition of protein, carbohydrates and fats of the processed cheese wedges protein % carbohydrates % fats % 1 14 5 15 2 11.4 5.5 13.1 3 14.0 4.3 16.0 4 11.5 6.5 18.5 5 12 4 17 6 14.7 4.4 18 7 12 3 17 8 14 4.6 16.5 9 10 4 21 average 12.6 4.6 16.9 dv_std 1.60 1.00 2.23 source: product labelling. 166 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri – carried out employing the mann-whitney (1947) u statistic (table 3). both the parametric t-test and the non-parametric mann-whitney (1947) u statistic provide the same result with respect to the level of statistical significance of the difference between the two sample means for every constituent. therefore, the statistical analyses undertaken here suggests that there are no statistically significant differences between the two group means for proteins and carbohydrates, while the mean for fats is statistically significant at the 5% level. but although this is statistically significant, it isn’t particularly relevant in nutritional terms. in fact, the legal classification of cheeses on the basis of fat content of dry matter (art. 53 law no. 142 of 1992) specifies three categories: full fat cheese containing > 35% fat; light or semi-fat cheeses with fat content between 20% and 35% and low-fat cheeses with <20% fat content. these classifications are broad, in that fat content of light or semi-fat cheeses can vary between 20 and 35%. table 4 shows that all samples fall into the ‘full-fat’ category, so internal variations have little nutritional relevance. note also that the percentages shown in table 4 are calculated for about 250 gr., which is an extremely large portion of processed cheese. more detailed observations can be made on the ‘functional’ components of the pdo ingredient. the proteins contained in high quantities (33%) in parmigiano reggiano are known to be of excellent biological quality. this is thanks to the amino-acid composition which includes essential amino-acids, and because they are easily digestible thanks to the proteolytic enzymes from the milk and the milk bacteria. the average content of free amino-acids is in fact 23.2% of proteins with a minimum of approximately 19% and a maximum of over 27%. the content of free amino-acids is directly proportional to the length of the ripening period up to 15 months, after which it stabilizes. with continued ripening, the amino-acids increasingly metabolize and are eventually freed. the second aspect, the digestible nature, is given by the long ripening period when the main constituents are transformed. the transformation of proteins is the most interfigure 3. distribution around average value of variables (protein, carbohydrates, fats). source: authors’ elaboration. 167innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products esting from the nutritional point of view, because the action of the proteolytic enzymes breaks the long casein chains up into peptides. the casein is thus much more easily digestible. a growing number of researchers (gobetti et al., 2002; fitzgerald and maisel, 2003; phelan et al., 2009) are focussing on the nutritional content of peptides in dairy products. certain peptides have been found to have important functional qualities, such as positive anti-oxidant effects and antithrombotic effects on the cardiovascular system, effects on the immune, gastrointestinal, and nervous systems as well as possible anti-tumor effects. these are termed bio-active peptides. but naturally, given that they comprise short sequences of amino-acids, peptides are sensitive to anything that alters protein structure, including heat, acidity and enzyme reactions. so it is clear that using cheeses ripened over a long period and thus rich in bio-active peptides in heattreated end products may compromise or ‘flatten’ the table 3. statistical analyses of group means. protein % carbohydrates % fats% groups a and b (n=9)       average 12.6 4.6 16.90 standard deviation 1.60 1.00 2.23 group a (n=3) average 13.1 4.9 14.70 standard deviation 1.5 0.6 1.50 group b (n=6) average 12.4 4.4 18.00 standard deviation 1.7 1.2 1.60   t-test for h0 :µa −µb =0 h1 :µa −µb ≠0 ⎧ ⎨ ⎩ t(7) 0.654 0.708 -2.923** student t critical value at 95% confidence 2.37 mann-whitney u test for h0 :µa =µb h1 :µa ≠µb ⎧ ⎨ ⎩ -0.264 -1.037 2.334** source: authors’ elaboration using stata 12. notes to table 3: group a with pdo; group b without pdo; ** significant at the 5% level. table 4. fat content as a percentage of dry matter. fat % 1 44.1 2 46.6 3 43.7 4 50.7 5 51.5 6 48.5 7 53.1 8 47.0 9 60.0 source: authors’ elaboration. these percentages are calculated proportionally using the formula h2o% = 100 (proteins + carbohydrates + fats) for each sample. 168 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri functional properties of the pdo ingredient (lund, 2003). in fact, it has been noted that industrial processing affects negatively a series of micro-constituents and/or functional substances and makes their presence less significant (korhonen et al., 1998)20. we therefore find that the nutritional properties of the pdo ingredient are compromised by the melting process and it is not true, as is sometimes claimed, that they are completely transferred to the end product. 5. discussion from the point of view of both parmigiano reggiano producers and the food industry, this type of innovation can be classified as incremental (figure 1). for the actors in the parmigiano reggiano supply chain, the use of the product as an ingredient changes nothing at macro level; there is no use of alternative technology and the structure of the sector is unaltered. only at micro-level producers are given the opportunity to increase sales to the food industry. the use of the product as an ingredient does not alter the macro level for the food industry either. technologically and commercially, no innovation is taking place in the sector. it is a micro-innovation at the level of the individual company, in that using the pdo widens the range of products it can offer on the market. what is unusual in this case is that there is an indirect impact on the parmigiano reggiano production system and reputation of the typical product which is caused by an innovation adopted by the food industry, external to the parmigiano reggiano production system. it has been shown that as the pdo product can be heavily processed, some of its characteristics may not survive in the end product. these are credence attributes which cannot be perceived by the consumer, and if consumer advertising uses the reputation of such characteristics which have in fact been modified by processing, there is a discrepancy between communication and physical features of the product. the theory of information asymmetry holds that consumers in the future will have access to alternative sources of information, which will help them to find about credence attributes and become newly aware of certain facts. there will then be adverse selection whereby consumers will stop buying the product. this could negatively affect various different actors. in the first place, the food industry could lose market share, and there could be negative effects on brand reputation. secondly, pdo producers could also lose market share and see their reputation harmed. thirdly, cfpr, which encourages and permits the strategy, could suffer. like many typical product consortia (mancini, 2012), cfpr has played a key role in protecting and developing parmigiano reggiano, but if it loses consumer trust, decades of activity in promoting it could be undone. finally, there will be debate on pdo legislation which permits pdo products to be used as ingredients without effectively protecting the consumer from information asymmetry. this case shows that even incremental innovation can have serious effects when it is applied on production phases which lie outside the direct control of the pdo producers. the 20 note, however, that this research covers only one of the quality aspects advertised for parmigiano reggiano as an ingredient and it would be useful to examine the other important characteristics, the ‘authentic’, genuine’, ‘natural’ and ‘good’ qualities, and their effect on the end product. 169innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products presence of food manufacturers impinging on the traditional relationship between the consortium (parmigiano reggiano producers) and consumers is causing the consortium to lose control of the supply of information, and this could have negative effects on the entire pdo production system. asymmetry of information could compromise the success of the relaunch of mature pdo products, and in general hinder collaboration between typical product systems and industrial systems which is, at present, a promising avenue for the economic development of many rural areas. but as reputation is a necessary condition for food companies to continue using typical products and exploit their name to enhance their own products, collaboration between these two systems depends on the typical product maintaining a strong reputation for excellence. in today’s market, where the integration of local and global characteristics is finding increasingly favourable response from consumers, it is therefore in the interests of both production systems to work for the break-down of the dichotomy. 6. final remarks typical products will be competitive and will also contribute to socio-economic development of their place of origin if they are able to take part in the logic of the global market. this study focused on innovation, a competitive strategy, with regard to pdo products which have a mature market. it examined the case of parmigiano reggiano pdo cheese used as an ingredient to enrich industrially processed cheese, and found that where innovation is carried out by actors external to a pdo system, it can lead to a loss of control over consumer information by pdo producers, which has potential negative repercussions on pdo product reputation. in order to prevent this, there needs to be effective collaboration between holders of the intellectual property of the designation and those who use its reputation. to date, italian legislation fails to ensure that consumers are correctly informed, even though it makes compulsory the consortium to allow the use of the product as an ingredient. european legislation is also lacking, as it does not prevent adverse selection which in the long term can lead to a loss of collective well-being. as boisvert (2006) says, quality labels, such as pdo, can be used as instruments for policies promoting the preservation of cultural heritage when they are associated with relevant ‘smart’ rules. it is necessary today for typical production systems to collaborate with the food industry in order to hold their place on global markets. to this end, extensive policy discussion is necessary in order to create legislation to regulate more closely innovation involving products bearing origin certificates, particularly their use as ingredients and, at the same time, preserve their distinctive nature and protect the consumer as well. acknowledgement the authors wish to thank mario veneziani for his precious collaboration. references akerlof, g. (1970). the market for ‘lemons’: qualitative uncertainty and the market mechanism. quarterly journal of economics 84: 488-500. 170 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri anania, g. and nisticò, r. (2004). public regulation as a substitute for trust in quality food markets: what if the trust substitute cannot be fully trusted? journal of institutional and theoretical economics 160: 681-701. arfini, f. and mancini, m.c. (2013). local institutions and territorial competitiveness in the case of parmigiano reggiano localised production system. paper presented at the 2nd aieaa conference ‘between crisis and development: which role for the bio-economy’, 6-7 june, 2013, parma, italy. arfini, f., belletti, g. and marescotti, a. (2010). prodotti tipici e denominazioni geografiche. strumenti di tutela e valorizzazione. gruppo 13 quaderni, edizioni tellus arfini, f., boccaletti, s., giacomini, c., moro, d. and sckokai, p. (2006). case study: parmigiano reggiano. european commission, bruxelles. barjolle, d., boisseaux, s. and dufour, m. (1998). le lien au terroir. bilan des travaux de recherch. eth institut d’économie rurale, lausanne. barthel, d. l. (1996). historic preservation: collective memory and historical identity. rutgers university press, www.bcin.ca. accessed september, 03 2015. belletti, g., burgassi, t., manco, e., marescotti, a. and scaramuzzi, s. (2006). “la valorizzazione dei prodotti tipici: problemi e opportunità nell’impiego delle denominazioni geografiche. in ciappei, c. (ed.), la valorizzazione economica delle tipicità locali tra localismo e globalizzazione, firenze, florence university: 169-264. bérard, l. and marchenay, p. (1995). lieux, temps, et preuves: la construction sociale des produits de terroir. terrain 24: 153-164. boccaletti, s. and moro, d. (1993). la difesa delle produzioni agroalimentari tradizionali nella cee. rivista di politica agraria 2: 39-46. boisvert, v. (2006). from the conservation of genetic diversity to the promotion of quality foodstuff: can the french model of ‘appellation d’origine contrôlée’ be exported?. in capri/ipgri international workshop on property right, collective action and conservation of local genetic resources, rome. available online at http://ageconsearch.umn.edu/ bitstream/50071/2/capriwp49. accessed august, 30 2015. bruhn, c.m., cotter, a., diazknauf, k., sutherlin, j., west, e., wightman, n., williamson, e., and yaffee, m. (1992). consumer attitudes and market potential for dairy-products utilizing fat substitutes. journal of dairy science 75: 2569–2577. buzzell, r.d. (1966). competitive behavior and product life cycles. wright, j. and goldstucker, j. (eds.), new ideas for successful marketing, chicago: american marketing association. caporale, g. and monteleone, e. (2004). influence of information about manufacturing process on beer acceptability. food quality and preference 15: 271–278. casabianca, f., sylvander, b., noël y., béranger c., coulon j.b. and roncin f. (2005). terroir et typicité: deux concepts-clés des appellations d’origine contrôlée. essai de definitions scientifiques et opérationnelles. symposium international territoires et enjeux du développement régional, lyon. cayot, n. (2007). sensory quality of traditional foods. food chemistry 101: 154–162. cersosimo, d. (ed.) (2011). i consumi alimentari. evoluzione strutturale, nuove tendenze, risposte alla crisi. proceedings. gruppo 2013, roma. 171innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products cooper, a.c. and schendel, d. (1976). strategic responses to technological threats. business horizons 19: 61–69. cox, w. jr. (1967). product life cycles as marketing models. journal of business 40: 375384. cozzolino, m., ciceri, p., volpi, e.m., olivi, l. and messa, p.g. (2009). pathophysiology of calcium and phosphate metabolism impairment in chronic kidney disease. blood purification 27: 338-344. cupisti, a. and d’alessandro, c. (2011). impatto dei componenti noti e non noti della dieta sull’apporto di fosforo. giornale italiano di nefrologia 28: 278-288. darby, m. and karni, e. (1973). free competition and the optimal amount of fraud. journal of law and economics 16: 67-88. day, g.s. (1981). the product life cycle: analysis and application issues. journal of marketing 45: 60-67. de roest, k. and menghi, a. (2000). reconsidering ‘traditional’ food: the case of parmigiano reggiano cheese. sociologia ruralis 40: 439–451. dess, g.g. and beard d.w. (1984). dimensions of organizational task environments. administrative science quarterly 29: 52-73. dewar, r.d. and dutton, j.e. (1986). the adoption of radical and incremental innovations: an empirical analysis. management science 32: 1422-1433. dupuis, e.m. and goodman, d. (2005). should we go ‘home’ to eat? toward a reflexive politics of localism. journal of rural studies 21: 359-371. earle, m.d. (1997). innovation in the food industry. trends in food science and technology 8: 166-175. ettlie, j.e., bridges, w.p. and o’keefe, r.d. (1984). organization strategy and structural differences for radical versus incremental innovation. management science 30: 682-695. european commission (2007). european research on traditional foods – project examples. dg research, european commission, brussels. fitzgerald, r.j. and meisel, h. (2003). milk protein hydrolysates and bioactive peptides. in p.f.fox, and mcsweeney, p.l.h. (eds), advanced dairy chemistry – volume 1 proteins, springer: 675:698. garcia, r. and calantone, r. (2002). a critical look at technological innovation typology and innovativeness terminology: a literature review. the journal of product innovation management 19: 110-132. geylani, t., inman, j.j. and hofstede, f.t. (2008). image reinforcement or impairment: effects of cobranding on attribute uncertainty. marketing science 27: 730-744. giacomini, c. (2010). i mercati, la filiera e il comparto agro-industriale. marketing club, convegno “il parmigiano reggiano nuove opportunità per il futuro, c.c.i.a.a. di parma, www.pr.camcom.it/statistica-studi-e-altri-servizi/i-convegnisulleconomia-del-territorio-2010. giacomini, c. and manfredi, f. (2013). parmigiano: sistema di produzione in fase di trasformazione. parma economica 3: 18-24 gobetti, m., stepaniak, l., de angelis, m., corsetti, a. and di cagno, r. (2002). latent bioactive peptides in milk proteins: proteolytic activation and significance in dairy processing. critical reviews. food science and nutrition 42: 223-239. 172 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri grazia, c., green, r.h. and hammoudi, a. (2008). qualità e sicurezza degli alimenti. una rivoluzione nel cuore del sistema agroalimentare, milano: franco angeli. guerrero, l. a., claret, a., verbeke,w., vanhonacker, f., enderli, g., sulmont, r.c., hersleth, m. and guàrdia, m. d. (2012). a cross-cultural conceptualization of the words traditional and innovation in a food context by means of sorting task and hedonic evaluation. food quality and preference 25: 69–78. guerrero, l., guardia, m.d., xicola, j., verbeke, w., vanhonacker, f., zakowska-biemans, s., sajdakowska, m., sulmont-rosse´, c., issanchou, s., contel, m., scalvedi, m.l., granli, b.s. and hersleth, m. (2009). consumer-driven definition of traditional food products and innovation in traditional foods. a qualitative cross-cultural study. appetite 52: 345–354. klein, b. and leffler, k. (1981). the role of market forces in assuring contractual performance. journal of political economy 81: 615-641. korhonen, h., pihlanto-leppala, a. rantamaki, p. and tupasela, t. (1998). impact of processing on bioactive proteins and peptides. trends in food science and technology 9: 307-319. kotler, p. and scott, w.g. (1998). marketing management (7th edition)”, prentice hall international. kühne, b., vanhonacker, f., gellynck, x. and verbeke, w. (2010). innovation in traditional food products in europe: do sector innovation activities match consumers’ acceptance?. food quality and preference 21: 629–638. kühne, b. and gellynck, x. (2009). food chain networks as a leverage for innovation capacity. in 3rd international european forum on system dynamics and innovation in food networks, innsbruck-igls, austria: university of bonn, ilb press. hage, j. (1980). theories of organization, wiley interscience, lindholm, c. (2008). culture and authenticity, wiley-blackwell. linnemann, a.r., benner, m., verkerk, r. and van boekel, m.a.j.s. (2006). consumer driven food product development. trends in food science and technology 17: 184-190. lund,d. (2003). predicting the impact of food processing on food constituents. journal of food engineering 56: 113-117. maietta, o.w. (2015). determinants of university-firm r&d collaboration and its impact on innovation: a perspective from a low-tech industry. research policy 44: 13411359. mancini, m.c. (2013). geographical indications in latin america value chains: a “branding from below” strategy or a mechanism excluding the poorest?. journal of rural studies 32: 295-306. mancini, m.c. (2012). protected designation of origin: an instrument of consumer protection? the case of parma ham. progress in nutrition 14: 161-176. mann, h.b., and whitney, d. r. (1947). on a test of whether one of two random variables is stochastically larger than the other. annals of mathematical statistics, 18: 50–60. martinez, m.g. and briz, j. (2000). innovation in the spanish food and drink industry”. international food and ribusiness management review 3: 155-176. marty, f. (1998). which are the ways of innovation in pdo and pgi products. in arfini, f. and mora, c. (eds.) typical and traditional products: rural effect and agro173innovation and marketing strategies for pdo products industrial problems, istituto di economia agraria e forestale, facoltà di economia, università degli studi di parma, parma, 41-58. messa, p. (2008). impact of ca/p disorders on risks and comorbidities. contributions to nephrology 161: 215-21. minarelli, f., raggi, m. and viaggi, d. (2015). innovation in european food smes: determinants and links between types. bio-based and applied economics 4: 33-53. myers, s. and marquis, d.g. (1969). successful industrial innovation: a study of factors underlying the innovation in selected firms. paper no. nsf 69-17, national science foundation, washington, dc. murdoch, j. and miele, m. (1999). back to nature: changing “worlds of production” in the food sector. sociologia ruralis 39: 465–483. nelson, r. and winter, s. (1982). an evolutionary theory of economic change, harvard university press. oecd/eurostat (2005). oslo manual. guidelines for collecting and interpreting innovation data. third edition. organisation for economic co-operation and development statistical office of the european communities. phelan, m., aherne-bruce, s.a., o’sullivan, d., fitzgerald, r.j. and o’brien, n.m. (2009). potential bioactive effects of casein hydrolysates on human cultured cells. international dairy journal 19: 279-285. pilati, l., (2004). marketing agro-alimentare, uni service, trento. polli, r. and cook, v. (1969). validity of the product life cycle. journal of business 42: 385-400. prost, j.a., casabianca, f. and de sainte maire, c. (1994). “la certification des produits agricoles de corse. eléments d’analyse d’une situation paradoxale. in corsica. isola problema tra europa e mediterraneo. università di salerno, salerno. pugliese, f. (2010). il parmigiano reggiano. nuove opportunità per il futuro. proceedings, camera di commercio, parma, 6 marzo. rama, d. (2010). da ripensare il modello delle “grandi” dop italiane? il caso del grana padano. agriregioneuropa 6: 20. rangnekar, d. (2004). the socio economics of geographical indications. a review of empirical evidence from europe. in international centre for trade and sustainable development and united nations conference on trade and development. rastoin, j.l. and vissac-charles, v. (1999). le groupe stratégique des enterprises de terroir. revue internationale pme 12: 171-192. reitano, a. and pantano, e. (2009). consumer’s behaviour and demand of local products: the case of mcdonald’s and italian local producers alliance. international journal of management sciences 8: 629-636. rink, d.r. and swan, j.e. (1979). product life cycle research: a literature review. journal of business research 7: 219-242. rocchi, b. and romano, d. (eds) (2006). tipicamente buono: concezioni di qualità lungo la filiera dei prodotti agro-alimentari in toscana”, milano: franco angeli. rothwell, r. (1984). the role of small firms in the emergence of new technologies. omega 12: 19-29. schumpeter, j. a. (1934). the theory of economic development: an inquiry into profits, capital, credit, interest and the business cycle. cambridge: harvard university press. 174 m.c. mancini, c. consiglieri shapiro, c. (1983). premiums for high quality products as a return to reputations. the quarterly journal of economics 9: 659-679. stiglitz, j.e. (1987). the causes and consequences of the dependence of quality on price. journal of economic literature 25: 1-48. swann, j.e. and rink d.r. (1982). fitting market strategy to varying product life cycles. business horizon 25: 72-76. travia, l. (1979). manuale di scienza dell’alimentazione. roma: il pensiero scientifico ed.. trott , p. (2012). introduction management and new product development. new jersey: prentice hall. tushman, m.l. and anderson, p. (1986). technological discontinuities and organizational environments. administrative science quarterly 31: 439-465. verbeke, w. (2006). functional foods: consumer willingness to compromise on taste for health?. food quality and preference 17: 126-131. walchli, s.b. (2007). the effects of between partner congruity on consumer evaluation of co-branded products”, psychology and marketing 24: 947-973. bio-based and applied economics 4(2): 103-123, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-15301 the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes: the case of the guadalquivir river basin (southern spain) gloria salmoral1,2,*, alberto garrido1 1 water observatory of the botín foundation and ceigram, research centre for the management of agricultural and environmental risks, technical university of madrid, 28040, madrid, spain 2 centro de prospectiva estratégica – ceproec, instituto de altos estudios nacionales, quito, ecuador date of submission: january 2nd, 2015 abstract. several studies have analysed the effects of european environmental policies on water quality, but no detailed retrospective analysis of the impacts of the common agricultural policy (cap) reforms on observed water quality parameters has been carried out. this study evaluates the impact of the cap and other drivers on the concentrations of nitrates and suspended solids in the guadalquivir river basin (southern spain) over the 1999-2009 period. the most important drivers that are degrading both water quality indicators are exports from upland areas and agricultural intensification. water quality conditions have improved in regions where there has been abandonment and/or deintensification. the decoupling process has reduced the concentration of nitrates and suspended solids in a number of subbasins. although agricultural production and water efficiency in the basin have improved, high erosion rates have not yet been addressed. keywords. common agricultural policy, freshwater quality, nitrates, suspended solids, panel data. jel codes. q18, q25 1. introduction water quality conditions play a critical role in present and forthcoming water sustainability. by 2015, the ecological status, as defined by the water framework directive (wfd), of almost half of europe’s surface water bodies is likely to be poor, with pressure from diffuse agricultural pollution becoming a growing concern (eea, 2012). achieving more efficient and equitable water management objectives at catchment level, not only relates to the actual water resource itself, but is influenced by water related policies * corresponding author: gloria.salmoral@upm.es, gloria.salmoral@gmail.com. mailto:gloria.salmoral%40upm.es?subject= mailto:gloria.salmoral@gmail.com 104 g. salmoral, a. garrido and the application of scientific knowledge, for instance, the blueprint report (european commission, 2012a) emphasizes the need for better implementation and deeper integration of water policy objectives with the common agricultural policy (cap). during the period 1999 to 2009, two cap reforms were implemented: agenda 2000 and 2003 cap. the objectives of agenda 2000 were based primarily on the convergence of cereal support prices with world markets and the introduction of decoupled area payments for herbaceous crop growers (mapa, 2002). the 2003 cap reform introduced a more radical change with the establishment of the single payment scheme (sps) for all crops, decoupled from production and conditional upon cross-compliance. “cross-compliance is a mechanism that links direct payments to compliance by farmers with basic standards concerning the environment, food safety, animal and plant health and animal welfare, as well as the requirement of maintaining land in good agricultural and environmental condition (gaec)”1. cross-compliance involves 18 statutory management requirements (e.g. the nitrates directive) and a number of measures for ensuring gaec (e.g. control of soil erosion and soil organic matter content). under both reforms, farmers could participate in agri-environmental measures (aem) (e.g. organic farming, crop and farming extensification and set aside) as part of rural development programmes (ojec, 1999) and some of these aem became mandatory with the introduction of cross-compliance. based on the changes introduced by the cap reforms, we analyse their effects on existing water quality conditions. several differing results were reached with respect to the expected effects of the 2003 cap reform on changes of nitrate pollution. on the one hand, no significant changes were found in water quality status when crop pattern changes after the reform do not differ significantly in nutrient requirements, as in the midi-pyrenees (france) (belhouchette et al., 2011). the concentration of nitrates in this case, would not decrease if there is not a big reduction in subsidies in the event of non-compliance (ibid). however, decoupled income support can lead to reductions in nitrate pollution as a result of more diversified production patterns and extensive management practices with the introduction of less nitrogen-intensive crops and the reduction of the cultivated area of the most nitrogen intensive crops (gallego-ayala and gómez-limón, 2009; cortignani and severini, 2012). volk et al. (2009) highlighted that the most effective way to mitigate nitrate pollution would be to pursue management practices that move away from conventional farming and towards eco-farming practices, and to convert arable land to pastureland. on the other hand, decoupled direct subsidies, together with higher agricultural prices, can stimulate intensification and crop development linked to trade liberalization (martínez and albiac, 2006; sieber et al., 2013). these potentially conflicting outcomes are an obstacle to the attribution of the observed environmental effects to policy reforms. another environmental concern is soil erosion. some studies have identified this to be a consequence of intensification promoted by subsidies coupled to crop production (boardman et al., 2003), particularly for traditional olive orchards in spain (de graaff and eppink, 1999). the sps still favours more intensive olive orchards since the amount of this payment at farm level was, until 2014, dependent on historical production during the 1999-2002 period (de graaff et al., 2011). nevertheless, there is no specific eu legal basis 1 http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/envir/cross-compliance/index_en.htm. http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/envir/cross-compliance/index_en.htm 105the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes for soil protection in europe, and the soil framework directive proposal was withdrawn in 2014, although the european commission is working on the thematic strategy for soil protection (european commission, 2006), e.g. soil protection as an integral part of the gaec (european commission, 2012a). in europe, no ex-post evaluation of the implications of cap implementation for observed surface water quality has yet been performed. considering the failure to fulfil the goals of the wfd and the existing environmental concerns in europe, this study proposes an approach for determining the implications of the cap reforms for nitrates and suspended solids during the period 1999 to 2009, utilizing a specific case study in the guadalquivir river basin (southern spain). our approach aims at understanding the relationships between water quality parameters and factors such as agricultural production, natural environment and economic policy indicators. 2. materials and methods 2.1 site of study the guadalquivir river basin (grb), located in southern spain, was selected for the case study due to existing water quality concerns, as well as the importance of agricultural production in the basin. the main pressure on surface water bodies in the grb is diffuse pollution (50%), followed by point pollution (37%) (grba, 2012). emerging water quality problems caused by diffuse pollution are related to land and water use in the basin, i.e. agricultural production on hillsides aggravates water runoff and soil erosion (blomquist et al., 2005). there is a high risk of erosion in the basin as a result of olive orchard production (gómez, 2008; taguas et al., 2011; taguas et al., 2013). erosion rates are in excess of 50 t ha-1 year-1 for 20% of the olive orchard extension in the upper and middle part of the grb (rga, 2008). in 2009, cropland accounted for approximately 2,650,780 ha (not including pastureland), with 31% of the area under irrigation. olive orchards are the principal crop in the case study site and account for 56% of the total cropland area, followed by wheat (13%) and sunflower (9%) (magrama, 2012). the grb has a surface area of 57,530 km2, and the climate in the basin is mediterranean with precipitation ranging from 289 mm to 743 mm over the 1998-2009 period. the hydrographic network is configured around the axis of the guadalquivir river, which is 655 km long and has a mean annual discharge of 7022 hm3. estuarine water bodies are to be found downstream, including the doñana national park, which is a high-biodiversity area and a wildlife shelter for migratory european and african birds (fernández-delgado, 2005) (figure 1). 2.2 subbasin delineation and water quality dataset based on a 100 × 100 m digital elevation model (dem) (cnig, 2011), the drainage area of each monitoring station is calculated. a total of 89 water quality monitoring stations are located within the grb, which cover a total of 12,619 km2. this accounts for 22% of the grb. the drainage area identifies the area upstream of the monitoring station that is related to the existing water quality conditions. arcgis 9.3 (esri, 2009) is used 106 g. salmoral, a. garrido to map out the subbasin boundaries that are delineated by means of a two-step process. first, if a monitoring station is located at the mouth of the subbasin, the delineated subbasins provided by grba (2012b) are selected. second, if a monitoring station is situated inside a subbasin, the bottom boundaries are delineated using the dem. the 89 delin eated subbasins are then classified depending on the dominant type of irrigated agriculture according to the criteria of geographic proximity, production orientation and economic importance (rga, 2010a): olive orchards (‘olive’), mountainous areas (‘mountain’), intensive crops in coastal areas (‘coast’) and semi-intensive crops (‘semi-intensive’) (figure 2). a water quality dataset is created for each monitoring station, including the water quality indicator (nitrates and suspended solids) and the year and month for the period from september 1998 to august 2009 according to data available from the grba (2011), though the series are not complete for all stations (table 1). 2.3 water quality trends in order to understand our water quality dataset, we identified the annual2 water quality trends. in general, the water quality parameters in the grb have remained stable dur2 in our study, the annual scale refers to the period comprising the agricultural season from the beginning of september until end of august. figure 1. guadalquivir river basin. 107the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes ing the study period. but most of the significant trends for both nitrates and suspended solids are indicative of a degradation of the water quality conditions. for nitrates, the prevalent existing annual trends indicate an increase (linear or minimum) in the concentration of nitrates (figure 3). the group of nitrate-increasing trends occur mostly within figure 2. study subbasins classified by dominant type of agriculture. source: own elaboration based on monitoring station location (grba, 2011), digital elevation model (cnig, 2011) and main irrigated regions (rga, 2010a). table 1. descriptive statistics for monthly observations at 89 sampling stations over the 9/19988/2009 period and by subbasin classified according to dominant type of irrigated agriculture. subbasin classification no. sampling stations nitrates suspended solids no. observations p10 p50 p90 no. observations p10 p50 p90 (mg l-1) (mg l-1) mountain 13 916 1 2 7 827 3 8 30 olive 41 2201 1 5 21 2551 4 25 156 coast 3 158 1 5 26 210 11 41 191 semi-intensive 32 2307 2 12 33 2377 9 53 280 *p10: 10th percentile; p50: 50th percentile (median), p90: 90th percentile. 108 g. salmoral, a. garrido ‘semi-intensive’ areas in the south-eastern and mid-guadalquivir valley and the river estuary, dominated by annual crops. regarding the behaviour of suspended solids, most trends show a quadratic component (15 out of 89 subbasins), and particularly a u-shaped curve (14 subbasins). nevertheless, despite the acute concentrations of suspended solids in the basin, only five monitoring stations recorded reductions in the concentrations of suspended solids. the concentration of suspended solids is improving in the east, upper and middle part of the basin. the concentration of suspended solids (both linear and quadratic) is worsening across the subbasins classified as ‘olive’ in particular and in ‘semi-intensive’ areas along the guadalquivir river axis (figure 3). figure 3. linear and quadratic trend regressions with significant coefficients (p<0.05) for median annual values of concentrations of nitrates and suspended solids. the linear trend provides the slope (b) of the time variable (h), with yt = a + bht + εt, where yt is the concentration of either nitrates or suspended solids, ht is the time trend (t=1,...,t) and εt is the error term. the quadratic trend equation yt = a + bht + cht 2+ εt is used to check for convex or concave trend behaviour. the classification of dominant agricultural areas across the basin is also shown. 2.4 subbasin characterization the main factors related to surface water quality conditions for each subbasin i and agricultural season t, characterized by 21 variables over the period september 1998 to august 2009 are as follows: 1) climatic and physical environmental characteristics (precipitation, slope, erosion, soil permeability, exportno3 and exportss), 2) urban point sources (population density), 3) agriculture structure and productivity measures (biomassrainfed, biomassirrigated, shannon, % drip and ncons), and 4) economic and policy indicators (agenda 2000 reform, 2003 cap reform, subsidiesrainfed, subsidiesirrigated, % coupling, vz ratio, crop price index, pricen and pricefuel) (see table 2 for further details). arcgis 9.3.1 (esri, 2009) was used to adapt geographical information from biophysical (i.e. basin) or administrative (i.e. municipal, province) level to subbasin level. 109the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes the mean annual precipitation, slope, erosion rates and soil permeability were calculated for each subbasin based on georeferenced information (cnig, 2011; grba, 2012b; sgpyusa, 2012). the categorical erosion and soil permeability variables were weighted by the area of each classification. exports of nitrates (exportno3) and suspended solids (exportss) from upland areas were also considered as factors affecting the environmental quality. they were included as the concentration of the water quality indicator for the closest upstream subbasin. although this study focuses on diffuse pollution, we also estimated point source pollution using population density based on the annual population of each municipality (ine, 2013). for agricultural structure and productivity measures, total aboveground biomass in dry weight was used as an indicator of agricultural intensification since it can aggregate all agricultural biomass generated within a region. the study area includes 129 crop species. the total aboveground biomass was calculated separately for rainfed (biomassrainfed) and irrigated (biomassirrigated) systems by totalling the agricultural (t) and residual (t) production and dividing by the subbasin area (ha). agricultural production comprises the economic or agricultural parts (grain, fibre, fruit or tuber). residual production refers to the crop residues that remain in the field after the crop is harvested. supplemental material a details the calculation process for crop area and total aboveground biomass, distinguishing between rainfed and irrigated systems and annual and woody crops. secondly, crop diversity was measured using the shannon index (shannon index), which spatially and temporally characterizes crop area allocation to different species. a greater shannon index value is indicative of more diversified agricultural areas. thirdly, irrigation system modernization is included as the percentage of drip irrigation (% drip) per type of agricultural classification (‘olive’, ‘semi-intensive, ‘coast’ and ‘mountain’), sourced from the andalusian regional government (rga 2010c). % drip is interpolated and extrapolated between 1997 and 2008 to obtain the annual observations for the 1999-2009 period. finally, since data on nitrogen fertiliser applications are not available at subbasin level, the average consumption of nitrogen (ncons) at subbasin level was estimated by multiplying the average nitrogen rates in spain (kg ha-1) by the total cropland area per subbasin (ha) and dividing by the total area of each subbasin (ha). for the economic and policy indicators, the study looks at the effects of the cap, the eu nitrates directive and crop, fertiliser and fuel prices. agricultural subsidies (subsidiesrainfed and subsidiesirrigated in € ha-1) were used as the first cap policy indicator for the 1999-2009 period, which considers agenda 2000 (2000-2006) and the 2003 cap reform (2007-2009) changes. a one-year lag for both variables (l.subsidiesrainfed and l.subsidiesirrigated) was also considered, since farmers’ behaviour might also be influenced by subsidies from the previous agricultural season. a total of 32 crops were eligible for subsidies. the second cap policy indicator was the average percentage of coupled subsidy (% coupling). calculations for both cap indicators are detailed in supplemental material b. agenda 2000 introduced some voluntary agricultural aems for farmers (e.g. strip zones and organic farming) and the 2003 cap reform considered gaec as a requirement for cross-compliance. however, no information is available at subbasin level regarding the level of participation to aems during agenda 2000 and gaec during cross-compliance implementation. since we cannot characterize the aems and gaec in quantitative terms, a dummy variable characterizes agricultural policy implementation after the 2000/01 agri110 g. salmoral, a. garrido ta bl e 2. c ha ra ct er iz at io n of s ub ba si ns b y ag ric ul tu ra l s ea so n ov er th e pe rio d fr om 9 /1 99 8 to 8 /2 00 9. va ria bl e cl as sifi ca tio n va ria bl e u ni ts av ai la bl e da ta c lim at e an d ph ys ic al en vi ro nm en t pr ec ip ita tio n m m m on th ly ra st er d at a (s g py u sa , 2 01 2) sl op e % d ig ita l e le va tio n m od el w ith a g rid c el l s iz e of 1 00 m x 1 00 m (c n ig , 20 11 ) er os io n t h a-1 c la ss ifi ca tio n: 0 -5 , 5 -1 2, 12 -2 5, 2 550 , 5 010 0, > 20 0 e ro sio n ra te s ( g rb a , 2 01 2b ) pe rm c la ss ifi ca tio n: 1 : v er y lo w, 2: lo w, 3 : m ed iu m , 4 : h ig h; 5: v er y hi gh s oi l p er m ab ili ty (g rb a , 2 01 2b ) ex po rt s o f n o 3 an d ss fr om u pl an d ar ea s ( ex po rt n o 3, ex po rt ss ) m g n o 3 l-1 m g ss l -1 w at er q ua lit y in di ca to r c on ce nt ra tio n fo r t he n ea re st h ea dw at er su bb as in (g rb a , 2 01 1) u rb an p oi nt so ur ce s po pu la tio n de ns ity po pu la tio n pe r k m -2 a nn ua l p op ul at io n by m un ic ip al ity (i n e, 2 01 3) a gr ic ul tu re st ru ct ur e an d pr od uc tiv ity m ea su re s to ta l a bo ve gr ou nd b io m as s f or ra in fe d cr op s ( bi om as s ra in fe d) a nd irr ig at ed c ro ps (b io m as s ir rig at ed )1 t h a-1 l an d us e m ap s f or y ea rs 1 99 9, 2 00 3 an d 20 07 (r g a , 2 01 0; m a rm , 20 09 ). a nd al us ia n irr ig at ed c ro p in ve nt or ie s f or y ea rs 1 99 6 an d 20 02 (r g a 19 99 ; 2 00 3) i rr ig at ed c ro p lo ca tio n in 2 01 03 c ro p yi el ds (m a rm , 2 01 2) h ar ve st in de x (s ee s up pl em en ta l m at er ia l a t ab le a 1) r es id ue to p ro du ct ra tio (s ee s up pl em en ta l m at er ia l a t ab le a 1) c ro p di ve rs ity (s ha nn on in de x) m un ic ip al c ro p ar ea d at a (m a g ra m a , 2 01 2a ) m od er ni za tio n of ir rig at io n sy st em (% d rip ) % i rr ig at io n m et ho d (s ur fa ce , s pr in kl er a nd d rip ) a re a by ir rig at ed ag ric ul tu re c la ss ifi ca tio n (‘o liv e’, ‘s em i-i nt en siv e, ‘c oa st’ a nd ‘m ou nt ai n’ ) fo r y ea rs 1 99 7 an d 20 08 in a nd al us ia (r g a , 2 01 0b ). c on su m pt io n of n itr og en (n co ns )1 kg h a-1 a ve ra ge n at io na l n itr og en c on su m pt io n ra te s ( m a g ra m a , 2 01 2b ) 111the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes va ria bl e cl as sifi ca tio n va ria bl e u ni ts av ai la bl e da ta ec on om ic a nd po lic y in di ca to rs ag en da 2 00 0 re fo rm d um m y va ria bl e w ith v al ue o f 1 a fte r 2 00 0/ 01 a gr ic ul tu ra l s ea so n 20 03 c a p re fo rm d um m y va ria bl e w ith v al ue o f 1 a fte r 2 00 6/ 07 a gr ic ul tu ra l s ea so n a gr ic ul tu ra l s ub sid ie s f or ra in fe d cr op s ( su bs id ie s ra in fe d) a nd ir rig at ed cr op s ( su bs id ie s ir rig at ed )1, 2 € ha -1 a gr ic ul tu ra l s ub sid ie s p er u ni t o f p ro du ct io n (€ t-1 ) o r c ul tiv at ed a re a (€ h a-1 ) b ef or e 20 06 /0 7 ag ric ul tu ra l s ea so n (s ee s up pl em en ta l m at er ia l b ta bl e b1 ) p er ce nt ag e of d ec ou pl ed p ay m en ts , r ef er en ce p er io d an d su bs id ie s pe r u ni t o f p ro du ct io n (€ t-1 ) o r c ul tiv at ed a re a (€ h a-1 ) a fte r 2 00 6/ 07 ag ric ul tu ra l s ea so n (s ee s up pl em en ta l m at er ia l b t ab le b 1) c ro p yi el ds (m a rm , 2 01 2) pe rc en ta ge o f c ou pl ed su bs id y (% co up lin g) 1 % p er ce nt ag e of d ec ou pl ed p ay m en ts (s ee s up pl em en ta l m at er ia l b t ab le b1 ) n itr at e vu ln er ab le z on e ra tio (v z ra tio )1 n itr at e vu ln er ab le z on e an d cr op a re a aff ec te d by e u n itr at es d ire ct iv e (b o ja 1 99 9; b o ja 2 00 1) cr op p ric e in de x1, 2 n at io na l c ro p pr ic es (m a g ra m a , 2 01 2b ) fu el p ric e (p ric e fu el) eu ro l -1 a nn ua l f ue l p ric e (a sa ja , 2 01 1) (u pa , 2 01 2) n itr og en e le m en t p ric e (p ric e n ) eu ro t-1 n n itr og en e le m en t p ric e. a nn ua l f er til ise r p ric es (m a g ra m a , 2 01 2b ) 1 m un ic ip al c ro p ar ea d at a (m ag ra m a , 2 01 2a ) i s al so r eq ui re d fo r th e ca lc ul at io n in o rd er t o de te rm in e cr op a re a at s ub ba si n le ve l ( se e su pp le m en ta l m at er ia l a ). 2 a o ne -y ea r l ag w as a ls o co ns id er ed a s an e xp la na to ry v ar ia bl e. 3 p ro vi de d by th e g ua da lq ui vi r r iv er b as in a ut ho rit y. 112 g. salmoral, a. garrido cultural season (agenda 2000 reform) and a second dummy variable accounts for agricultural policy changes after the 2006/07 agricultural season (2003 cap reform). the eu nitrates directive implementation is accounted for by the ratio of nitrate vulnerable zone per subbasin area (vz ratio). the extension of the vulnerable zone was divided by the subbasin area and multiplied by the proportion of crop area affected by the eu nitrates directive within the vulnerable zone. a crop price index was calculated based on 2000 current prices and weighted by crop production. a one-year lag for crop price index (l.crop price index) was also considered, since agricultural practices might also depend on prices from the previous agricultural season. the prices of the nitrogen element (pricen) and fuel (pricefuel) were also considered for the subbasin characterization. pricen was calculated as the weighted price of each fertiliser based on nitrogen element content. 2.5 significant correlations between variables under study a pairwise correlation analysis was performed between all independent and dependent variables under study in order to better understand their behaviour. independent variables that present constant values between subbasins and significant correlations (ρ>0.5, p<0.001) with other explanatory variables were excluded from the subsequent analysis of panel data regressions. 2.6 fitting panel data models 2.6.1 model formulation panel data analysis for n units (subbasins) over t periods (agricultural seasons) is applied in order to explain the variation of the median (p50) of both physicochemical indicators taking into account the variables described in section 2.4 that characterize the water quality status. through panel data analysis we can model time series processes while accounting for heterogeneity across geographical units (i.e. subbasins characterized by monitoring stations). the general regression model for analysing panel data is formulated as follows: yit = zi´α + x´it β + εit i= 1,..., n; t=1,..., t, (1) where xit is the itth observation of each explanatory variable. heterogeneity is controlled by the intercept zi´α, where zi includes a constant term and a set of individual or groupspecific variables (greene, 2012). the error component model includes the unobservable unit effects (λi) and the remainder disturbance (uit): εit =λi + uit. (2) the fixed effect (fe) model assumes λi to be fixed, independent of uit and identically distributed (iid) (0, σ2 u). this model requires estimating n separate λi that, together with the intercept zi´α, comprise a dichotomous variable (νi) for each unit. fe only analyses the 113the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes impact of variables that vary over time, since time-invariant variables are absorbed by νi. the random effect (re) model assumes λi to be random, where λi ~ iid (0, σ2 λ), uit~ iid (0, σ2 u) and λi to be independent of uit (baltagi, 2008). however, fe or re regression residuals often have attributes that ordinary least squares (ols) cannot handle. feasible generalized least squares (fgls) or panel corrected standard errors (pcse) can be used to deal with heteroskedasticity3 (het), contemporaneous cross-correlation4 (ccc) and first-order autocorrelation5 (ar (1)). driscoll and kraay standard errors (dkse) is applied when the autocorrelation is a moving average type (ma) (hoechle, 2007), which represents the average value of a variable over a given period of time. we opted for the pcse or dkse models, since our dataset does not always have the same number of observations per subbasin and fgls requires rectangularized datasets. 2.6.2 model selection stata 12 statistical software (statacorp, 2011) was used for model fitting. we set up models on three different scales: 1) the whole basin including all subbasins (‘total’), 2) a group of subbasins selected according to the dominant type of irrigated agriculture: ‘olive’, ‘semi-intensive’, ‘coast’ and ‘mountain’, and 3) a group of subbasins selected according to actual water quality time trends: ‘increasing’, ‘decreasing’ and ‘minimum’. regressions for the ‘maximum’ classification were not carried out because there were fewer observations (less than 10). since the analysis comprises two water quality parameters and different subbasin classifications, we used the following abbreviation: [water quality parameter] [subbasin classification]. variables were log-transformed as ln(variable+1) and standardized to have a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one. regressions were firstly run for pooled ols, and we discarded the explanatory variables with a variance inflation factor greater than 4. then panel re and fe ols were run. after running the re model, we conducted the breusch and pagan lagrange multiplier test (breusch and pagan, 1980) to verify the absence of re with the null hypothesis that error variance across units is zero. after running fe regressions, we tested the null hypothesis that all dichotomous variables are zero (ho: ν1 = ν2 = νi = 0) by means of a f test (snedecor and cochran, 1983). the selection of re or fe depends on whether the individual error component (uit) and explanatory variables are correlated. this is identified using the hausman test (hausman, 1978). we chose the pcse model when disturbances were assumed to be heteroskedastic across panels or heteroskedastic and contemporaneously cross-correlated across panels with or without ar (1). heteroskedasticity was detected in the fe residuals with the modified wald statistic for groupwise heteroskedasticity (greene, 2012). to test the crosssectional correlation, we performed the pesaran test (pesaran, 2004) after running fe with the null hypothesis that the error term is independent across sections. finally, autocorrelation was tested under the null hypothesis of no serial autocorrelation (wooldridge, 2002). 3 the error variance of each panel is not constant. 4 observations of some panels are correlated with other panels during the same period of time. it refers to the error correlation of at least two or more panels. 5 autocorrelation occurs when errors are not independent with regard to time. 114 g. salmoral, a. garrido we opted for the dkse model when heteroskedasticity, cross-correlation panels and ma were detected’ ma was identified if the coefficient of determination presented larger values for the dkse model than for pcse. explanatory variables with a pairwise correlation coefficient greater than 0.5 were excluded from the regressions. we only kept variables with significant coefficient estimators. the wald test checked that the removed variables were not significant in the final panel model regression according to the null hypothesis that coefficients are zero. 3. results and discussion 3.1 main correlations between variables under study we first analysed the correlations between all the examined independent and nonindependent variables before performing the panel data regressions. the significant pairwise correlations that are reported in this section refer to p<0.001. under farmers’ control, larger fertilization rates (ncons) are correlated to larger levels of nitrates and sus pended solids in rivers (ρ>0.5). besides, when the price of nitrogen fertilisers (pricen) and fuel (pricefuel) increases, ncons decreases (ρ>-0.1). pricen and pricefuel are larger after both the agenda 2000 (ρ>0.5) and 2003 cap reforms (pricen: ρ>0.8, pricefuel: ρ>0.6). both pricen and pricefuel are highly correlated (ρ>0.9). the modernization of irrigation systems is also significant after both agricultural reforms (ρ>0.1) (see supplementary information c and table c1). these results show that, aside from a few significant policy changes, there are other factors that occur in parallel, which may have an effect on farmers’ behaviour, with consequences for water quality indicators, i.e. the increase of price of nitrogen fertilisers and fuel. for the agricultural production systems, both larger values of agricultural intensification (biomassrainfed: ρ>0.2 and biomassirrigated: ρ>0.5) and greater crop diversity (shannon index: ρ>0.2) degrade the level of the two water quality indicators. as a result, we can expect agricultural regions with a greater variety of crops to be more intensified, as the shannon index indicates with its positive correlation to biomassirrigated (ρ>0.3). for erosion concerns, specific soil conservation practices should be considered with a greater variety of crops, e.g. vegetation filters, contour tilling. more frequent tillage practices or herbicide control of weeds reduce surface cover and roughness (vanwalleghem et al., 2011) and can lead to higher erosion risks. in terms of the impacts of policy measures, we found larger concentrations of nitrates and suspended solids are positively correlated with a larger degree of coupling to production (% coupling: ρ>0.4), agricultural subsidies (subsidiesrainfed: ρ>0.1, subsidiesirrigated: ρ>0.3), and implementation of nitrate vulnerable zones (vz ratio: ρ>0.3). furthermore, we found a greater probability of runoff or leakage for nitrates in the vulnerable zones that can also be explained by the greater soil permeability in these zones. nevertheless, policy makers and farmers need to bear in mind that alongside controlling nitrogen pollution, additional measures need to be applied in vulnerable zones to restrict erosion rates, as the positive sign of the ratio of vz to concentrations of suspended solids suggests. concentrations of nitrates are higher after the 2003 cap reform (ρ>0.07), whereas the concentration of suspended solids decreases (ρ>-0.07) after the agenda 2000 reform. the reduction of 115the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes erosion rates after the agenda 2000 reform in our study is consistent with fleskens and de graaff (2010). they also found positive environmental outcomes of cross-compliance and aem policy instruments with respect to soil conservation. 3.2 panel data analysis modelling results for the median annual measurements of nitrates (table 5) and suspended solids (table 6) indicate whether panel data analysis is required instead of pooled regression when there are relevant random effects or fixed effects between subbasins. models fitted with fixed effects (‘minimum no3, ‘decreasing ss’ and ‘increasing ss’) require a dichotomous variable for each control entity for all time-invariant differences between subbasins, and only assess the net effect of predictors changing over time. pricen and pricefuel were not considered in the panel data regressions because of their high correlation (ρ>0.5, p<0.001) with the agenda 2000 reform and the 2003 cap reform. additionally, erosion was not included either in the analysis because of its correlation with slope (ρ>0.6, p<0.001) (see supplementary information c and table c1). for the total study area (‘total’) and ‘olive’ subbasin sample, the concentration of nitrates increases with nitrate export from upland areas (exportno3), biomass intensification (biomassrainfed and biomassirrigated), population density (population density) and soil permeability (perm). as a result, more agriculturally intensified regions are related to larger concentrations of nitrates, where, as in previous studies, export from upland areas can be a major contributor of excess nutrients (king and balogh, 2011). besides, there is a greater probability of nitrate leakage for more permeable soils, as the positive sign of perm in ‘total’ and ‘olive’ (as well as in ‘no trend’) indicates. in ‘mountain’, concentrations of nitrates are larger with greater agricultural intensification, lower agricultural subsidies for irrigated areas (biomassirrigated and subsidiesirrigated) and before the 2003 cap reform. the negative sign of the 2003 cap reform might represent the effect of a shrinkage of agricultural areas by nearly 30% during the study period (from 41,675 ha to 29,130 ha), with this explanatory variable concealing drivers not directly related to cap measures. deintensification has occurred in ‘mountain’ with a decrease of irrigated biomass, particularly with respect to industrial crops (from 7.7 to 4.9 t ha-1) and cereals (from 12.2 to 10.4 to ha-1). however, after the reform, there has been some intensification with respect to fodder (from 11.5 to 17.1 t ha-1), as well as with the expansion of irrigated olive orchards (from 390 to 1,520 ha). technical progress (i.e. irrigation of spanish farms) makes it possible to maintain or even increase crop yields in areas with less propitious physical conditions (bakker et al., 2011). as hatna and bakker (2011) reported, processes of abandonment, intensification and expansion can be found at the same time and are more likely to occur in dry, warm and accessible areas. this study also shows that the nitrate content of receiving water bodies can be reduced through irrigation system modernization (negative sign of % drip in ‘increasing no3’). the concentration of nitrates drops with modernized systems because nitrogen losses in the irrigation return flows are reduced through the development of more efficient irrigation systems (lecina et al., 2010; barros et al., 2012). similarly, the reduction in the area of vulnerable zones (negative sign of vz ratio in ‘increasing no3’ and ‘semi-intensive no3’) is related to higher concentrations of nitrates. as a result, the whole alluvium area 116 g. salmoral, a. garrido should be considered as a nitrate vulnerable zone when considering mitigation measures (arauzo et al., 2011; arauzo and valladolid, 2013). besides, the observed negative trend with respect to the concentration of nitrates in ‘decreasing no3’ is correlated with the implementation of the decoupling process (% coupling), as well as with lower irrigated subsidies (subsidiesirrigated). these results would be in line with the more extensive mantable 5. panel data regressions for nitrates (no3) considering all the subbasins (total), by type of agriculture (olive, coast, semi-intensive and mountain) and by existing time trend (decreasing, increasing, minimum and no trend). the regression models include significant variables (p<0.05) only. dependent variable no3 subbasin classification explanatory variables total olive coast semiintensive mountain decreasing increasing minimum no trend exportno3 0.21*** 0.14** 0.27*** 0.25** 0.23*** precipitation -0.19* perm 0.10*** 0.15* -0.13*** 0.11*** population density 0.09*** 0.15*** 0.75*** 39.65*** 0.07*** biomassrainfed 0.32*** 0.25*** 0.35*** 0.24*** biomassirrigated 0.37*** 0.38*** -0.61* 2.85*** 0.21*** shannon 0.13* 0.09*** ncons 0.71*** 0.23*** % drip 0.35** -0.38*** vz ratio -0.06*** -0.52*** 3.69** price index 0.09* l.price index -1.02* subsidiesrainfed -0.09* 0.30*** subsidiesirrigated 0.08* l.subsidiesrainfed -0.48* l.subsidiesirrigated 0.17* % coupling 0.76*** -0.98*** 0.15* agenda 2000 reform 0.07* -0.45*** 0.62* 2003 cap reform -0.11* -1.71*** 0.41*** 1.62*** -0.27** -0.95*** -19.21*** intercept 0.21*** 0.14** 0.27*** 0.25** 0.23*** no. subbasins 89 41 3 32 13 5 3 14 71 no. observations 873 334 30 260 137 35 70 51 717 r2 0.49 0.46 0.76 0.49 0.28 0.53 0.54 0.70 0.57 model dkse with re pcse with re pooled ols dkse with re pooled ols pooled ols pooled ols pcse with fe pcse with re het het het het het het ma ma ccc ccc ccc ccc ccc * p<0.05, ** p<0.01, *** p<0.001. ols: ordinary least squares, pcse: panel corrected standard errors, dkse: driscoll-kraay standard errors, fe: fixed effects, re: random effects, ar(1): ar(1)-type autocorrelation, ma: autocorrelation with moving average, ccc: contemporaneous cross-correlation, het: heteroskedasticity. 117the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes agement practices applied under decoupled income support (piorr et al., 2009; cortignani and severini, 2012). consequently, in the light of our results, the new 2014 cap reform should mitigate diffuse pollution thanks to total decoupling from production. for the total basin (‘total ss’), we find that erosion rates increase with export of sediments from upstream (exportss), biomass intensification (biomassrainfed and biomassirrigated), agricultural subsidies in irrigated areas (subsidiesirrigated), modernized irrigated systems (% drip) and after the 2003 cap reform. exportss is related to the negative sign of terrain slope (slope) (as in ‘semi-intensive ss’, ‘mountain ss’, ‘minimum ss’ and ‘no trend ss’), since sediments are dragged from upstream and accumulated downstream (gómez, 2008) table 6. panel data regressions for suspended solids (ss) for all subbasins (total), by type of agriculture (olive, coast, semi-intensive and mountain) and by existing time trend (decreasing, increasing, minimum and no trend). the regression models include significant variables (p<0.05) only. dependent variable ss subbasin classification explanatory variables total olive coast semiintensive mountain decreasing increasing minimum no trend exportss 0.23*** 0.17*** 1.57*** 0.34*** 0.95*** 0.29*** 0.19*** slope -1.18** -0.11*** population density 0.19*** 0.28*** 0.21*** 0.13* 0.26* 0.20*** biomassrainfed 0.29*** 0.45*** 0.32*** biomassirrigated 0.10*** shannon 0.19*** ncons 0.08*** % drip 0.19*** -0.20*** vz ratio 0.16* l.price index 0.09*** 0.11*** 0.30** 0.10*** subsidiesrainfed 0.20* subsidiesirrigated -0.24*** -0.36*** -0.60*** -0.45*** -0.16*** % coupling 0.23*** 0.17*** 1.57*** 0.34*** 0.95*** 0.29*** 0.19*** agenda 2000 reform -0.29*** 4.77** -0.46*** -0.51*** -0.44*** -0.26*** 2003 cap reform -1.18** -0.11*** intercept 0.19*** 0.28*** 0.21*** 0.13* 0.26* 0.20*** no. subbasins 89 41 3 32 13 5 3 14 71 no. observations 803 330 31 291 133 39 28 134 638 r2 0.60 0.52 0.86 0.62 0.49 0.86 0.89 0.74 0.58 model pcse with re pcse with re pooled ols pcse with re pcse with re pcse with fe panel fe pcse with re pcse with re het het het het het het het het ar(1) ar(1 ccc ccc ccc p<0.05, ** p<0.01, *** p<0.001. ols: ordinary least squares, pcse: panel corrected standard errors, fe: fixed effects, re: random effects, ar(1): ar1-type autocorrelation, ccc: contemporaneous cross-correlation, het: heteroskedasticity. 118 g. salmoral, a. garrido (see also table c1 in supplementary information c). more efficient irrigation systems are associated with higher concentrations of suspended solids, probably consistent with the expansion of new irrigated areas on steeper slopes in the basin (gómez-limón and riesgo, 2012). in contrast, lower concentrations of suspended solids are found after the agenda 2000 reform (as well as in ‘semi-intensive ss’, ‘mountain ss’, ‘minimum ss’ and ‘no trend ss’) perhaps because of the positive soil conservation effects of applied aem. our study also highlights that a greater variety of crops (positive sign of shannon index in ‘olive’ and ‘no trend ss’) might be related to more frequent tillage practices or herbicide control of weeds. it is worth highlighting that soil management practices have been proven to be unsustainable in the spanish olive sector worsened by frequent tillage, and the dependence on external sources of farm income (gomez et al., 2008; junta de andalucía, 2008; xiloyannis et al., 2008). as farmers do not notice the economic costs of inappropriate soil management much, they do not feel obliged to adopt soil conservation practices (ibáñez et al., 2014). payments to farmers found in breach of not fulfilling the cross-compliance requirements under the new cap (2015-2021) would be reduced immediately. the decreasing trends of suspended solids (‘decreasing ss’) in subbasins are explained by improving water quality conditions upstream (exportss), lower biomassrainfed, larger subsidiesrainfed and with the implementation of the decoupling process (% coupling). as with the nitrate models, the decoupling process seems to be a useful tool for reducing erosion risks. this negative trend can also be explained by the reduction of the total agricultural area in this group of subbasins. by contrast, the ‘increasing ss’ trend is supported by the 2003 cap reform and a higher price index from the previous season (l.crop price index). higher crop prices may result in a greater production intensity (kirchner and schmid, 2013; renwick et al., 2013), which may lead farmers to make production decisions without evaluating the subsequent environmental consequences (boardman et al., 2003). both fertiliser and fuel prices increased after the 2003 cap reform which incurred additional costs for farmers which probably resulted in the reduction of sustainable soil conservation practices, e.g. cover crops, contour tilling. 4. conclusions this study analyses diffuse pollution in the grb resulting mainly from land use cover and agricultural practices, focusing on the effects of the cap reforms from 1999 to 2009. the study identified significant correlations between all the examined independent and non-independent variables before performing the panel data regression. this enabled us to understand the existing relationships that later proved to be consistent with the results of the panel data regressions. the observed relationships of nitrates and suspended solids with the natural environment, agricultural sector characteristics, urban areas and economic policy factors should not be extrapolated because other basins will have different features. however, a better understanding of these correlations is useful for improving the coordination of policies related to water and land management. it is not easy to discern the effects of point and diffuse sources on the water quality status. in general, exports of both nitrates and suspended solids from upland subbasins and the intensification of agricultural systems increase the concentration of both water 119the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes quality indicators. in regions where agricultural abandonment and/or deintensification have taken place (i.e. ‘mountain no3’ and ‘decreasing ss’), the water quality conditions have improved. the decoupling of agricultural subsidies through the cap reform and the reduction of subsidies for irrigated land is also related to the improvement of both water quality indicators. therefore, in the light of our results, the new 2014 cap reform will perhaps bring about environmental benefits in terms of reduced diffuse pollution and erosion risks thanks to the decoupled support scheme. however, it is worth noting that there was a missed opportunity to create political synergies between the wfd and the cap as the cap 2014 gaec did not establish measures to control irrigation, i.e. water abstraction permits, water meters and reporting on water use (european court of auditors, 2014). although some improvements in the concentration of suspended solids were observed in the basin, concentrations were found to increase in more productive areas with better water efficiency and larger subsidies for irrigated land after the 2006/07 agricultural season. the impact of intensification is particularly significant for erosion rates in ‘olive’ and under irrigated conditions. erosion rates were found to be larger in intensified agricultural regions because of poor soil management practices. there is a mismatch between the regulations concerning the wfd and soil protection, since the wfd does not provide any guidance on achieving good ecological status, specifically for sediment standards (rickson, 2014) with many watercourses in europe failing to meet the standard of ‘good ecological status’. potential weaknesses and limitations due to the assumptions made in this study include the calculation of irrigation modernization and nitrogen consumption, since they underestimate variability across subbasins. secondly, information regarding the level of participation in aems during agenda 2000 and gaec during cross-compliance implementation, would help to characterize this in quantitative terms. improvements could be achieved based on those calculations. while our modelling framework included some of the most important income support measures and a key price index, post-2007 price volatility in international and european agricultural markets may interfere with our causation hypotheses. an intra-annual assessment would determine whether short-term commodity prices affect the physicochemical status of surface water bodies. finally, low r2 values suggest, particularly in the ‘mountain’ nitrates model, that additional explanatory variables, e.g. livestock load, are required to explain a larger proportion of the variance of the water quality parameters. despite the technical and political difficulties that appeared during the negotiation of the post-2014 cap, conditionality measures, greening components and rural development programmes in the 2014 cap reform may well offer great opportunities for improving the water quality conditions encountered in the grb. acknowledgements funding for this work was provided by the botín foundation and water observatory team. we would like to thank two anonymous reviewers and editor whose thoughtful comments were very helpful in improving this manuscript. 120 g. salmoral, a. garrido references arauzo, m., valladolid, m. (2013). drainage and n-leaching in alluvial soils under agricultural land uses: implications for the implementation of the eu nitrates directive. agriculture, ecosystems & environment 179: 94-107. doi: 10.1016/j.agee.2013.07.013 arauzo, m., valladolid, m. and martínez-bastida, j.j. (2011). spatio-temporal dynamics of nitrogen in river-alluvial aquifer systems affected by diffuse pollution from agricultural sources: implications for the implementation of the nitrates directive. journal of hydrology 411: 155-168. doi: 10.1016/j.jhydrol.2011.10.004 asaja (2011). el precio del gasóleo agrícola [www document]. http://www.agroterra. com/blog/actualidad/el-precio-del-gasoleo-agricola/61929/ (accessed 2.20.15). baltagi, b.h. (2008). econometrics. 4th edition. syracuse, new york: springer. barros, r., isidoro, d. and aragüés, r. (2012). irrigation management, nitrogen fertilization and nitrogen losses in the return flows of la violada irrigation district (spain). agriculture, ecosystems & environment 155: 161-171. doi: 10.1016/j.agee.2012.04.004 belhouchette, h., louhichi, k., therond, o., mouratiadou, i., wery, j., ittersum, m. van and flichman, g. (2011). assessing the impact of the nitrate directive on farming systems using a bio-economic modelling chain. agricultural systems 104: 135-145. blomquist, w., giansante, c., bhat, a. and kemper, k. (2005). institutional and policy analysis of river basin management. the guadalquivir river basin, spain. world bank policy research working paper. boardman, j., poesen, j. and evans, r. (2003). socio-economic factors in soil erosion and conservation. environmental science & policy 6: 1-6. boja (1999). decreto 261/1998, de 15 de diciembre, por el que se designan las zonas vulnerables a la contaminación por nitratos procedentes de fuentes agrarias en la comunidad autónoma de andalucía. boletín oficial de la junta de andalucía 5, 405-407. boja (2001). orden de 27 de junio de 2001, conjunta de las consejerías de medio ambiente y de agricultura y pesca, por la que se aprueba el programa de actuación aplicable en las zonas vulnerables a la contaminación por nitratos procedentes de fuentes agrarias. boletín oficial de la junta de andalucía 75, 315-319. breusch, t.s. and pagan, a.r. (1980). the lagrange multiplier test and its applications to model applications specification in econometrics. the review of economic studies 47: 239-253. cnig (2011). centro de descargas. centro nacional de información geográfica [www document]. digital elevation model dem100. url http://centrodedescargas.cnig. es/centrodescargas/index.jsp (accessed 3.1.11). cortignani, r. and severini, s. (2012). a constrained optimization model based on generalized maximum entropy to assess the impact of reforming agricultural policy on the sustainability of irrigated areas. agricultural economics 43: 621-633. de graaff, j. and eppink, l.a.a.j. (1999). olive oil production and soil conservation in southern spain, in relation to eu subsidy policies. land use policy 16: 259-267. de graaff, j., kessler, a. and duarte, f. (2011). financial consequences of cross-compliance and flat-rate-per-ha subsidies: the case of olive farmers on sloping land. land use policy 28: 388-394. doi: 10.1016/j.landusepol.2010.08.001 eea (2012). european waters current status and future challenges. european environment agency, copenhagen. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.agee.2013.07.013 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2011.10.004 http://www.agroterra.com/blog/actualidad/el-precio-del-gasoleo-agricola/61929 http://www.agroterra.com/blog/actualidad/el-precio-del-gasoleo-agricola/61929 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.agee.2012.04.004 http://centrodedescargas.cnig.es/centrodescargas/index.jsp http://centrodedescargas.cnig.es/centrodescargas/index.jsp http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2010.08.001 121the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes esri (2009). arcgis desktop: release 9.3.1. environmental systems research institute, redlands, california. european commission (2006). thematic strategy for soil protection. com(2006) 231 final. european commission (2012a). a blueprint to safeguard europe’s water resources. communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions. brussels. european commission (2012b). the implementation of the soil thematic strategy and ongoing activities. com(2012) 46 final. european court of auditors (2014). integration of eu water policy objectives with the cap: a partial success. luxembourg. doi:10.2865/15216 fernández-delgado, c. (2005). conservation management of an european natural area. doñana national park, spain. in: groom, m.j., meffe, g.k., carroll, c.r. (eds.), principles of conservation biology. sinauer associates inc., sunderland, massachussets, usa, pp. 536-543. fleskens, l. and de graaff, j. (2010). conserving natural resources in olive orchards on sloping land: alternative goal programming approaches towards effective design of cross-compliance and agri-environmental measures. agricultural systems 103: 521534. doi: 10.1016/j.agsy.2010.05.005 gallego-ayala, j. and gómez-limón, j.a. (2009). analysis of policy instruments for control of nitrate pollution in irrigated agriculture in castilla y león, spain. spanish journal of agricultural research 7: 24-40. gómez, j.a. (2008). sostenibilidad de la producción de olivar en andalucía. junta de andalucía. consejería de agricultura y pesca. gomez, j.a., amato, m., celano, g. and koubouris, g.c. (2008). organic olive orchards on sloping land: more than a specialty niche production system? journal of environmental management 89: 99-109. doi: 10.1016/j.jenvman.2007.04.025 gómez-limón, j.a. and riesgo, l. (2012). sustainability assessment of olive groves in andalusia: a methodological proposal. new medit 2: 39-49. grba (2011). visores cartográficos [www document]. red ica. red dma. url http://idechg.chguadalquivir.es/geoportal/es/servicios/visorcartografico.html (accessed 2.1.11). grba (2012a). propuesta de proyecto de plan hidrológico de la demarcación hidrográfica del guadalquivir. memoria. guadalquivir river basin authority. ministry of environment and rural and marine environment. grba (2012b). geoportal. descargas. [www document]. guadalquivir river basin authority. url http://idechg.chguadalquivir.es/geoportal/es/servicios/descargas. html (accessed 2.1.12). greene, w.h. (2012). econometric analysis. 7th edition. upper saddle river, nj: pearson. hatna, e. and bakker, m.m. (2011). abandonment and expansion of arable land in europe. ecosystems 14: 720-731. doi:10.1007/s10021-011-9441-y hausman, j.a. (1978). specification tests in econometrics. econometrica. journal of the econometrica society 46: 1251-1271. hoechle, d. (2007). robust standard errors for panel regressions with cross-sectional dependence. stata journal 7: 281-312. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.agsy.2010.05.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2007.04.025 http://idechg.chguadalquivir.es/geoportal/es/servicios/visorcartografico.html http://idechg.chguadalquivir.es/geoportal/es/servicios/descargas.html http://idechg.chguadalquivir.es/geoportal/es/servicios/descargas.html 122 g. salmoral, a. garrido ibáñez, j., martínez-valderrama, j., taguas, e.v. and gómez, j.a. (2014). long-term implications of water erosion in olive-growing areas in southern spain arising from a model-based integrated assessment at hillside scale. agricultural systems 127: 70-80. doi: 10.1016/j.agsy.2014.01.006 ine (2013). population figures and demographic census [www document]. spanish national institute. http://www.ine.es (accessed 4.25.13). junta de andalucía (2008). sostenibilidad de la producción de olivar en andalucía. junta de andalucía. consejería de agricultura y pesca. king, k.w. and balogh, j.c. (2011). stream water nutrient enrichment in a mixeduse watershed. journal of environmental monitoring 13: 721-731. doi:10.1039/ c0em00584c kirchner, m. and schmid, e. (2013). integrated regional impact assessment of agricultural trade and domestic environmental policies. land use policy 35: 359-378. doi: 10.1016/j.landusepol.2013.06.008 lecina, s., isidoro, d., playán, e. and aragüés, r. (2010). irrigation modernization in spain: effects on water quantity and quality. a conceptual approach. international journal of water resources development 26: 265-282. doi:10.1080/ 07900621003655734 magrama (2012a). crop area at municipal level. subdirección general de estadística. secretaría general técnica. ministerio de agricultura, alimentación y medio ambiente. magrama (2012b). agricultural statistics yearbooks. agricultural seasons 1998/1999 to 2008/2009 [www document]. http://www.magrama.gob.es (accessed 4.1.12). mapa (2002). informe de actividad 2001. campaña 2000-2001. ministerio de agricultura, pesca y alimentación. fondo español de garantía agraria. marm (2009). spanish land use map 1999-2008. scale 1:50,000. ministry of agriculture and marine affairs. marm (2012). monthly raster distribution of average rainfall in spain. sistema de información del agua [www document]. http://www.marm.es (accessed 6.1.11). martínez, y. and albiac, j. (2006). nitrate pollution control under soil heterogeneity. land use policy 23: 521-532. doi: 10.1016/j.landusepol.2005.05.002 ojec (1999). council regulation (ec) no 1257/1999 of 17 may 1999 on support for rural development from the european agricultural guidance and guarantee fund (eaggf) and amending and repealing certain regulations. official journal of the european communities 160: 80-102. pesaran, m.h. (2004). general diagnostic tests for cross section dependence in panels. working papers in economics 435: 1-39. piorr, a., ungaro, f., ciancaglini, a., happe, k., sahrbacher, a., sattler, c., uthes, s. and zander, p. (2009). integrated assessment of future cap policies: land use changes, spatial patterns and targeting. environmental science & policy 12: 1122-1136. doi: 10.1016/j.envsci.2009.01.001 renwick, a., jansson, t., verburg, p.h., revoredo-giha, c., britz, w., gocht, a. and mccracken, d. (2013). policy reform and agricultural land abandonment in the eu. land use policy 30: 446-457. doi: 10.1016/j.landusepol.2012.04.005 rga (1999). inventario y caracterización de los regadíos en andalucía. regional government of andalusia. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.agsy.2014.01.006 http://www.ine.es http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2013.06.008 http://www.magrama.gob.es http://www.marm.es http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2005.05.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2009.01.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2012.04.005 123the common agricultural policy as a driver of water quality changes rga (2003). inventario y caracterización de los regadíos de andalucía: actualización 2002. regional government of andalusia. rga (2008). el sector del aceite de oliva y la aceituna de mesa en andalucía. sevilla. rga (2010a). agenda del regadío andaluz. agriculture and fisheries ministry. regional government of andalusia, sevilla. rga (2010b). inventario de regadíos 2008 y su evolución. regional government of andalusia. ministry of environment. rga (2010c). land use and land cover maps of andalusia 1956-1999-2003-2007. scale 1:25.000. regional government of andalusia. rickson, r.j. (2014). can control of soil erosion mitigate water pollution by sediments? science of the total environment 468-469: 1187-1197. doi: 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2013.05.057 sgpyusa (2012). raster distribución mensual de la evapotranspiración potencial media en españa. sieber, s., amjath-babu, t.s., jansson, t., müller, k., tscherning, k., graef, f., pohle, d., helming, k., rudloff, b., saravia-matus, b.s. and gomez y paloma, s. (2013). sustainability impact assessment using integrated meta-modelling: simulating the reduction of direct support under the eu common agricultural policy (cap). land use policy 33: 235-245. doi: 10.1016/j.landusepol.2013.01.002 snedecor, g.w. and cochran, w.g. (1983). statistical methods. 6th edition. new delhi: oxford and ibh. statacorp (2011). stata: release 12. statistical software. college station, tx. taguas, e.v., ayuso, j.l., pérez, r., giráldez, j.v. and gómez, j.a. (2013). intra and interannual variability of runoff and sediment yield of an olive micro-catchment with soil protection by natural ground cover in southern spain. geoderma 206: 49-62. doi: 10.1016/j.geoderma.2013.04.011 taguas, e.v., moral, c., ayuso, j.l., pérez, r. and gómez, j.a. (2011). modeling the spatial distribution of water erosion within a spanish olive orchard microcatchment using the sedd model. geomorphology 133: 47-56. doi: 10.1016/j.geomorph.2011.06.018 upa (2012). el gasóleo agrícola, en máximos históricos upa exige el mantenimiento de las ayudas actuales. la tierra 231: 38-41. volk, m., liersch, s. and schmidt, g. (2009). towards the implementation of the european water framework directive? land use policy 26: 580-588. doi: 10.1016/j.landusepol.2008.08.005 wooldridge, j.m. (2002). econometric analysis of cross section and panel data. london: the mit press. xiloyannis, c., martinez raya, a., kosmas, c. and favia, m. (2008). semi-intensive olive orchards on sloping land: requiring good land husbandry for future development. journal of environmental management 89: 110-119. doi: 10.1016/j.jenvman.2007.04.02 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2013.05.057 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2013.05.057 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2013.01.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.geoderma.2013.04.011 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.geomorph.2011.06.018 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2008.08.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2008.08.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2007.04.02 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2007.04.02 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(1): 1-20, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-13622 does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? klaus mittenzwei1,*, wolfgang britz2, christine wieck2 1 norwegian agricultural economics research institute, oslo, norway 2 institute for food and resource economics, university of bonn, germany abstract. the vast majority of domestic support to farmers in the european union (eu) is notified in the world trade organisation (wto) green box as decoupled payments. the eu considers this support to minimally distort production and/or trade. as demonstrated in the literature, this claim is questionable. this paper aims at analyzing this claim using a global, spatially differentiated, partial equilibrium simulation model with endogenous land supply functions. comparing a complete elimination of the eu green box measures with a baseline scenario, the model results indicate only small distortionary effects in production and trade. hence, eu support notified to the green box seems to be compatible with the general requirements of the green box. the finding seems to result from the assumption of unchanged eu border policies. keywords. modeling, agricultural policies, domestic support, green box, trade liberalization, wto. jel codes. f13, q11, q17, q18 1. introduction a major achievement of the uruguay round agreement on agriculture (uraa) was the establishment of common rules for international agricultural trade and the establishment of quantitative constraints for domestic support measures to agriculture (josling and tangermann, 1999), which were placed into three ‘boxes’ according to their distortionary effect. however, the extent to which notified support measures do in fact comply with the specific criteria set out for the three boxes remains unclear. that question is especially relevant for the european union (eu) which by now shields the overwhelming part of its domestic support from reduction commitments by notifying it under the socalled “green box”. the single farm payment (sfp) of the eu alone amounts to about 40 bio € per year and pays to farmers, on average, close to 300 € per hectare of farmed land (european commission, 2011: figure 8). can such expensive support measures really only minimally distort trade and/or production as required to satisfy the green box requirements? there is both a legal and an economic approach to this question. the * corresponding author: klaus.mittenzwei@nilf.no. http://dx.doi.org/10.13128/bae-13622 2 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck legal approach would carry out an assessment of whether the measure in question complies with the policy-specific criteria set out in the uraa. albeit swinbank and tranter (2005) raise doubts as to whether the sfp complies with the requirements for the green box; we will not consider legal questions in the following. there are so far no comparable cases in the dispute settlement mechanism of the world trade organization (wto) which would provide information beyond the arguments of swinbank and tranter (2005) whether the eu’s green box payments, including the sfp, meet the criteria for notification in the green box (rude 2001). focusing on economic issues, theoretic approaches such as dewbre et al. (2001) or viaggi et al. (2011) highlight possible pathways regarding how fully decoupled payments, which are not linked to current production, still might impact allocation decisions. this can happen if decoupled payments affect risk attitude, reduce the costs to finance investments, or if farmers expect updates of entitlements to decoupled payments depending on their current production program. in all cases, the theory suggests higher production levels and thus a potential impact on trade. quantitative approaches focus either on the trade implications of potential decoupling scenarios of eu direct payments (e.g. banse et al., 2008; boulanger et al., 2010; brockmeier et al., 2008; anderson et al., 2010) or on eu domestic production effects (bhaskar and beghin, 2009; schokai and moro, 2009; balkhausen et al., 2008; rude, 2008; gohin, 2006). where simulation models are used, usually little production – and thus trade – and welfare effects are found. however, the pathways described by dewbre et al. (2001) are often not considered in these studies, as producers are assumed to be risk neutral, and neither changes in costs for finance nor expectations about future policy changes are considered. econometric studies which estimate impacts of decoupled payments on production should implicitly capture also effects not covered in simulation models; their findings generally also suggest limited allocative effects. that holds also for the so-called “wealth” effect. this effect regards the asset structure of farm households and how these assets, including land, are affected by the re-design of agricultural policies (femenia et al., 2010). the objective of this paper is to analyze the global trade, eu trade and welfare impacts that may result from the abolishment of the eu green box measures. to accomplish this objective, we use the detailed, spatially differentiated, partial equilibrium, multicommodity model capri2 that is, due to its endogenous modeling of input markets (such as land) and comprehensive coverage of policy instruments, uniquely suited to analyze this kind of question. we first link the policy instruments specified in the model (such as the sfp, remaining coupled payments, agri-environmental payments or less favoured area (lfa) support payments) to the detailed categories of the wto-notification boxes to develop indicators that reflect the official notification of eu domestic support. thereafter, we implement a scenario in which all green box measures are abolished. our research adds to the existing literature by accounting for potential production and trade effects that may result from eu green box support in a modeling framework that considers both in detail eu green box support including pillar ii measures and the 2 common agricultural policy regionalised impact model. further information can be found in britz and witzke (2011) and under: www.capri-model.org. 3does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? global integration of eu agricultural markets. this allows for a realistic and up-to-date assessment of the trade impact of the eu green box policies considering the multiple distortionary policy effects present in current markets. we specifically focus on interactions between eu green box payments and the land market. here, kilian and salhofer (2008) and kilian et al. (2012) show in their theoretical and empirical analysis that the sfp capitalizes on land values over time. we thus explicitly consider that fact by allowing for an endogenous land supply, while modeling the interplay between land farmed and premium entitlements. however, due to the nature of our simulation model, we neglect the pathways described by dewbre et al. (2001). the paper proceeds as follows. the next section elaborates on the topic of trade distortion and green box payments, while section 3 provides an exposition of the capri model, and section 4 presents an overview on the scenario implementation. section 5 contains the modelling results followed by a discussion and conclusion in the last section. 2. market distortions and the wto green box the uraa classifies domestic agricultural policies into three categories that differ according to the extent to which they distort production and/or trade. trade-distorting policies are notified in the amber box (or aggregate measurement of support – ams), for which spending limits apply, while trade-distorting policies that underlie productionlimiting programmes are grouped in the blue box. these two boxes thus are sector specific exemptions from the general wto “agreement on subsidies and countervailing measures” (scm) rules, introduced to prevent the failure of the uruguay round and thought of as an intermediate step towards trade liberalization. indeed, the so-called “peace clause” did not allow to open dispute settlement cases against notified measures under the boxes until 2004. policies are placed in the green box, and thus thought to comply with general wto rules, if they “meet the fundamental requirement that they have no, or at most minimal, trade-distorting effects or effects on production” (wto 1994: 59). the green box is further divided into twelve categories for which policy-specific criteria apply. for seven of the twelve categories, the policy-specific criteria requires that (a) the amount of the payment may not be related to, or based on, the type or volume of production and/or that (b) no production shall be required in order to receive such payments.3 although these categories, with their policy-specific criteria, may simplify the assessment as to whether a given policy instrument meets the overall green box requirements, they provide little help to evaluate the abovementioned fundamental requirement. one reason might be that the economic concept of market distortions is seemingly intuitive, while its practical applicability is less straightforward. as we only analyze changes in the eu green box in the following, we keep all other policies unchanged.4 3 see agreement on agriculture. part of annex 1a «multilateral agreements on trade in goods» of the agreement establishing the world trade organization. marrakesh declaration of 15 april. marrakesh. the seven categories are: decoupled income support, income insurance and income safety-net programmes, natural disaster relief, structural adjustment assistance through resource retirement, structural adjustment through investment aid, regional assistance programmes, and other direct payments. 4 concerning empirical studies, and especially when agricultural sector models are involved, the non-intervention situation required to assess the size of market distortions might have the character of a structural break for 4 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck the basic green box requirement has so far been at stake in only one wto dispute settlement case (wto, 2004), relating to us support to cotton. after the end of the peace clause, six new dispute settlement cases regarding agricultural products and policies have been filed to the wto since january 2004, compared to nineteen cases in the period between 1996 and 2003. however, none of the new cases address green box measures. figure 1 shows the development of the three types of support for the eu between 1995 and 2008 where the green box is split between the seven categories that must not be related to production and the remaining five categories which encompass, for example, agri-environmental measures. figure 1. support to agricultural producers in the european union as measured by the wto by type of support, 1995-2009 (mill euro). source: authors’ calculations based on wto (var.). the numbers clearly show that the eu has continuously reduced its trade-distorting domestic support since the wto-agreement came into place in 1995. as an effect of the 2003 cap-reform to decouple direct payments, domestic support has been shifted almost completely from the blue box to the green box. it is now mainly channelled through green box categories for which the relevant policy-specific criteria state that neither the payment amount nor the payment eligibility must be related to production. the green box share of total support from the eu has increased further since 2009 as most remaining coupled support regimes are integrated in the sfp. at the same time, eu countries gain some flexibility as part of the cap 2013-reform to introduce national coupled payment programs financed under the cap. member states have not yet come forward with detailed program which the model’s parameters are not longer valid (lucas, 1976). we therefore refrain from simulating in here also a fully liberalization scenario where also eu border protection for agricultural products is removed. 5does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? implementation measures. in any case, these programs are still restricted and could fall at least partially under de-minimis, i.e. agreed upon thresholds under the scm up to which subsidies are allowed. recently, the eu has declared that it will no longer provide export subsidies. formally, the eu has still considerable amber box support based on guaranteed market prices (or administrative prices). the resulting ams is measured using world market prices from the mid-eighties. any possible new agreement would update these prices; at least at current price levels, the ams would basically altogether vanish. that leaves indeed only the green box payments as wto relevant support and motivates the focus of our analysis. 3. overview on capri modeling system and modeling of sfp 3.1 overview the capri model (britz and witzke, 2011) is a global comparative-static deterministic partial equilibrium model with a strong focus on europe, consisting of a detailed supply module for selected countries and a global market module in which the detailed supply module is integrated. the supply module, covering only the eu, norway, turkey and western balkans, comprises independent aggregate non-linear farm programming models covering approximately 50 crop and animal activities at either regional (nuts 25) or farm type level. each non-linear programming model maximises regional or farm type agricultural income with explicit consideration of the cap instruments of support at given prices, subject to technical constraints for feeding, young animal trade, fertilization, set-aside, a land supply curve and production quotas. the farm type level (gocht and britz, 2011) provides for the whole eu a consistent disaggregation from the regional level to about 1850 farm type models differentiated by farm specialization and economic size. prices for agricultural outputs are endogenous based on a sequential calibration (britz, 2008) between the supply models and the global market model. the latter is a global spatial multi-commodity model covering 77 countries or country aggregates in 40 trade blocks and about 50 products.6 the armington approach (armington, 1969), assuming that the products are differentiated by origin, allows simulating bilateral trade flows and related bilateral, as well as multilateral, trade instruments, including tariff-rate quotas. capri has been intensively used for the assessment of the different common agricultural policy (cap) reforms (see e.g. britz et al. 2012; oecd, 2011), but also to address trade policy questions: piketty et al. (2009) and burrell et al. (2011) have used capri for the assessment of bi-lateral trade liberalization between eu and mercosur countries, whereas renwick et al. (2013) used capri in conjunction with a land use model to investigate the removal of pillar i and a possible wto compromise with a focus on land abandonment. 5 the “nomenclature d’unités territoriales statistiques” (nuts) refers to spatial administrative units in the eu context where the layers of nuts 1, nuts 2, and nuts 3 are usually distinguished with nuts 1 referring to the highest administrative level below state level. 6 raw commodities in the supply model correspond roughly to the products of the market model. for the dairy sector and the oil seed sector, however, there is processing of raw commodities into products for final demand. 6 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck 3.2 policy instruments and wto policy indicators for the eu, the programming models cover in rich detail the different coupled and decoupled subsidies of the first pillar (pillar 1) of the cap, as well as major ones from pillar 2 (i.e., lfa support, agri-environmental measures, natura 2000 support). the interaction between payment entitlements and eligible hectares for the sfp (including the single area payment schemes – saps) as well as the different sfp implementation rules at member state level are considered explicitly in the model and explained in detail in the next two sections. decoupled payments are thus simulated in capri relatively closely to their definition in existing legislation. the remaining payments like possibly coupled payments for suckler cows, sheep and goats, as well as national “specific support programs” under article 68 of council regulation (ec) no. 73/2009 are also implemented closely to their specific eligibility rules, and accordingly allocated to different production activities. the rather high disaggregation regarding production activities of the regional farm model template and the resolution by farm types inside of nuts 2 regions clearly provides an implementation advantage. currently, more than 30 coupled payment schemes are differentiated, in addition to decoupled income support (sfp). the schemes cover almost all payments within the first pillar of the cap.7 as mentioned in the previous paragraph, important payments of the second pillar of the cap are covered as well. each premium scheme is defined by four attributes: (1) the groups of production activities covered; (2) payment rates for each group of activities; (3) the way the premium is implemented (per ha, per head, per slaughtered head or per main output coefficient); and (4) possible ceilings in values and/or physical limits, such as the maximum number of hectares or heads eligible. the numerical attributes of the premiums can be differentiated in a hierarchical manner from eu over member states, and sub-regional eu differentiation (nuts 1, nuts 2), and finally to farm types in nuts  2 regions, and are typically stored as a time series. during models runs, payments are endogenously updated subject to national value ceilings so as to ensure that they do not violate those ceilings. this is done by first calculating the amount of payments based on eligible acreage/animals and actual payment rates. this amount is compared to the national ceiling. if the national ceiling is overshot, payment rates are reduced using a flat percentage reduction rate. the regional programming models are then solved again to adjust the amount of eligible acreage/animals. this procedure is repeated until the national ceilings are no longer violated. the market model endogenously captures market interventions and subsidized exports as a function of market and administrative prices as well as support to consumers and processors, respectively. border protection is based on specific and ad-valorem tariffs which can be defined bi-laterally. tariffs and per unit quota rents under bi-lateral and multi-lateral tariff rate quotas (trqs) are explicitly modelled. these tariffs are endogenous in the model as 7 premiums to arable land (“grandes cultures”), durum wheat premiums in traditional regions, durum wheat premiums in established regions, rice premiums, premiums to pulses, premiums to energy crops, silage premiums in sweden and finland, suckler cow premiums, direct premiums to dairy cows, extensification premiums to bulls, steers and suckler cows, payments to sheep and goats, and supplementary payments to sheep and goats, to olives, to fruits and vegetables, to the wine sector, to tobacco, to cotton, to starch potatoes; different type of nordic aid premiums in northern sweden and finland as well as complementary national premiums in the new member states during the transition period. 7does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? they can change dependent on minimum import price regulations. care is given to capture the different trade preferences with respect to tariff reduction and trqs granted by the eu under the everything-but-arms agreement and other preferential trade agreements. capri contains information regarding the eu’s domestic support notifications to the wto and calculates endogenously whether some elements of product-specific ams qualify for the de-minimis rule. if this is the case, that ams is taken out of current total ams. besides ams, capri calculates blue box and green box support. in addition, overall trade-distorting support (otds) consisting of ams, de-minimis support and blue box support is calculated. based on a comparison of those policies included in capri and those notified to the wto, we expect that capri mirrors all blue box payments and the majority of total green box payments. based on value, almost all payments in capri belong to the green box. the two most important blue box payments are coupled payments to suckler cows and cereals, the latter related to national programs. what is missing in capri are very specific payments such as natural disaster payments and more general payments such as general services, public stockholding, structural adjustment and member states’ specific programs such as gas rebates. we also expect capri to correctly reflect the market price support component of ams, and de-minimis support. 3.2 micro-economic analysis of the single farm payment consider the following optimization problem: x ,z maxπ = p ' y −w 'x + s 'z s.t. y = f x ,z( ) z ≤ z [λ] (1) where y and x are vectors of marketable outputs and inputs with prices p and w while z are non-marketable inputs with given farm endowment z, with attached per unit subsidies s, and f is a general multi-input multi-output production function. the first order condition (foc) of the above problem reveals that the marginal value of the product must be equal to per unit costs, which are either equal to the market price w or the opportunity costs λ minus the subsidy s: p '∂ f ∂x −w = 0 (2) p '∂ f ∂z −λ + s = 0 (3) given the fact the sfp covers by now all crops and is also paid to idling land, the sfp may be appropriately considered to be a uniform premium s as in the model above. as the subsidy rates are not entering the foc for the marketable inputs (2), they will not change 8 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck optimal input use and output quantities; therefore, they will have no allocative effects. for the case of land, equation (3) states that the return to land for each crop including the sfp must be equal. accordingly, an absolute change in s will provoke the same absolute change in the opportunity cost λ. next, we extend the model in (1) to a utility maximization problem (see (4)) for the farmer (e.g., accounting for risk, preferences for certain output or input mixes). as long as the first derivative towards any of the variables p, y, w, x in the model above does not depend on the per unit subsidy, i.e. if the subsidy sum enters as a separate additive term in the utility function as in (4), we arrive at the same basic finding, i.e. the subsidy will only change the opportunity costs of the fixed endowments: x ,z maxu = g(p, y ,w ,x ,z)+ s 'z s.t. y = f x ,z( ) z ≤ z [λ] (4) the discussion around possible production effects of such per unit subsidies thus relates to extensions of the decision problem in (4) through the inclusion of premium s into the utility function g. as dewbre et al. (2001) points out, there are several such extensions. if u is related to income and risk, the farmer’s attitude towards risk might depend on its income, such that there is no additive relation as in (4) since s is an argument of g(.). equally, the prices paid by farmers, e.g., interest on credits, might depend on their income or on their asset value which might depend on λ, and thus indirectly on s. and finally, an endowment such as land in the case of the sfp might not be considered fixed. the subsidy s would be attached to x in that case, and then clearly provoke an allocative effect. however, in the case of the sfp, even considering land as a marketable input would not change the picture from (4) for increases of s as the subsidy is upper-bounded by the number of entitlements. hence, at an optimal program where the entitlements are binding, an increase in s cannot change the optimal allocation. in the following, we will use the deterministic model capri where land is considered a marketable input while explicitly considering premium entitlements which are assumed to be non-tradable across nuts2 regions. 3.4 modelling land supply and total agricultural land use the capri model comprises land supply and transformation functions at the regional level and for different farm types within a region which allows for the endogenous supply of arable land and grassland in response to a change in marginal land rents. the behavioural functions for land supply were parameterised based on the results of van meijl et al. (2006) and golub et al. (2006). in addition, some adjustments based on geographical information system (gis) analyses and simulation experiments using the dynaclue8 model, were necessary in order to capture the regional resolution of capri. the 8 a dynamic version of the ‘conversion of land use and its effects’ model. further information can be found in verburg et al., (2010). 9does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? core of the farm programming model reaction when cap support is reduced, results from the interaction between the land supply function and subsidies to land (the sfp and the support to lfa under pillar 2) which together account by far for the largest share of cap spending. figure 2. effects of the sfp on land markets   land supply land rent source: britz et al. (2012). to obtain the full sfp, a farmer must not only possess one hectare of land in good agricultural and environmental condition but must also have a (tradable) payment right (the following description is cited from britz et al., 2012). figure 2 depicts the impact on the land rent, and it helps illustrate the reactions to changes in the sfp. for simplicity, we did not graphically capture changes in other cap support. in the absence of the sfp, the amount of land under agricultural cultivation is determined by the intersection of the marginal returns in agriculture to land (mr) and the land supply from other sectors (t0 in figure 2). the sfp, as a subsidy to land use in agriculture, shifts the mr curve upward according to the size of the subsidy. without further restrictions, agricultural land use would be expanded to a new intersection between the two curves. because of the introduction of the entitlements, such an expansion does not occur, as the old and the new mr curves are identical beyond the entitlement point, where the subsidy cannot be claimed. accordingly, immediately after its introduction, the subsidy is capitalised into the payment rights. however, each year some agricultural land is lost to non-agricultural uses such as building, infrastructure, recreation and other needs for society. according to eurostat (2012), the share of agricultural land converted to non-agricultural uses (soil sealing) has been 0.2% p.a. in 38 european countries between 2000 and 2006. therefore, the land supply curve shifts to the left over time. depending on the slope of the land supply curve and the speed and size of the shift, the economic rent linked to the sfp will be partially re-distributed from the entitlements to land. once the new intersection between the mr and the 10 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck land supply curves is to the left of the original entitlements, at that point (t1), the subsidy will be fully capitalised in the land rent. because the land supply curves are rather steep in many countries and due to a continuous decline in agricultural land as observed in almost all eu member states, as we assume in our 2020 baseline (i.e., more than fifteen years after the introduction of the policy reform called “mid term review), the capitalisation only occurs on land and not on payment rights. this interpretation follows a theoretical (kilian and salhofer 2008) and empirical analysis carried out by kilian et al. (2012) and is further supported by the present legislative text (european commission, no year), which states that entitlements that are not claimed for two consecutive years, will be withdrawn. femenia et al. (2010) argue that there may be large wealth effects for farmers generated from the capitalization of farm subsidies in land prices if farmers are also the owners of the land. 4. baseline and counterfactual scenario while the model is calibrated to the base year 2004, a reference run or baseline is composed for the year 2020. the baseline captures developments in exogenous variables. these include policy changes foreseen in current legislation, population growth, gdp growth and agricultural market development for the year 2020 (table 1). it relies on a combination of three information sources (for a detailed description see britz and witzke, 2011): (1) most importantly, the aglink-cosimo baseline, (2) analysis of historical trends and (3) expert information (blanco fonseca et al., 2010). table 1. exogenous drivers considered for the baseline construction. exogenous drivers value inflation 1.9% per annum growth of gdp per capita 2.0% nominal per annum for the eu, 10.5% for india, 1.5% for usa, 4% for russia, 1.5% for least developed countries and acps, and 1% for rest of the world demographic changes eurostat projections for europe and un projections for the rest of the world technical progress 0.5% input savings per annum (affecting exogenous yield trends), with the exemption of n, p, k needs for crops where technical progress is trend forecasted domestic policy national decisions on coupling options and premium models, with their expected implementation date for the 25 eu member states (25 different premium schemes, compliation by massot martí, 2005) common market organizations supply and demand shifted according to the expert forecasts (european commission, 2005) trade policy final implementation of the 1994 uruguay round agreement plus some further regional trade agreements, such as nafta world markets supply and demand forecasts (fao, 2005) source: own compilation. 11does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? the share of green box payments covered by capri in the 2020 baseline is considerably higher compared to the 2004 base year as the national envelopes now include several policy instruments that were either not in place or accounted for differently in 2004. in 2020, the national envelopes include: the sfp, the remaining coupled payments and national support under article 68. equally, the ex-ante data base covers a major part of pillar 2 spending, such as agri-environmental schemes, less favoured area (lfa) supports, and natura 2000 payments. the counterfactual scenario is composed of all elements of the baseline in addition to a complete removal of all eu agricultural support notified in the wto green box and captured by capri. the construction of the scenario hence allows us to study how production and trade are influenced by the eu green box support. it is important to keep in mind, however, that all other policy instruments, in particular market access, remain unchanged. that is, we evaluate the potentially trade-distorting effects of the eu green box support in the presence of all other eu policy instruments. 5. model results this section presents the most important results of the counterfactual scenario. the main finding is a small overall change in production volumes indicating some coherence between the classification of the eu green box support and the support’s production-distorting impact. compared to the baseline, the elimination of total green box support in capri leads to a less than 4 per cent reduction in the net production of major commodities such as cereals, oil seeds, meat, eggs and dairy products (table 2). similarly, there are even smaller changes in the demand volumes of these commodities. the changes in traded volumes are also limited, although the percentage changes may be quite high as the absolute volumes are low. imports increase across all commodities, while exports show a decrease. for instance, there is a 19 per cent increase in eu cereals imports, while eu exports decrease by 14 per cent. the percentage changes are even more pronounced for products based on feed-concentrates like pork and egg, while they are smaller for products based on roughfodder such as beef and dairy. therefore, if measured in percentage changes, the tradedistorting impact of the eu green box support seems to be greater than its productiondistorting effect. total demand in the eu decreases with increasing market prices. since the decrease in production is higher than the reduction in demand and lower exports does not offset the increased gap between demand and production, imports increase. however, the still limited increase in imports in absolute terms might be caused by the fact that border protection for major products is still rather high and tainted by instruments which prevent a rapid reaction of imports to changes in eu prices such as trqs and flexible levies linked to minimum border prices. some relative trade effects appear quite high, because the absolute numbers are small. generally, table 3 reveals that trade effects seem to be larger than production effects, and the relative effects are quite significant for most sectors except dairy. a closer look at the import flows reveals that, in general, imports to the eu grow mostly from regions with significant exports to the eu in the baseline. this result is straightforward, as the relative 12 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck competitiveness between the world regions are unchanged in the counterfactual scenario, and is also caused by the armington assumption on the imperfect substitution of imported goods from different destinations. one exception is sugar, where africa, the largest exporter to the eu covering more than 50 percent of total exports in the eu, enjoys a smaller increase (1.2 per cent) than its trade competitors in australia and new zealand (3.6 per cent) middle and south america (3.3 per cent). a reason for this might be the eu trade policy for sugar with tariff rate quotas and bilateral trade arrangements. the removal of the eu green box leads to ambiguous land use change across the regions in europe (figure 3). dark red coloured regions experience the largest reduction in land use (41.2 per cent compared to the baseline), while dark green coloured regions are characterized by virtually no change or even a slight increase. the reduction of agricultural land in most regions in the eu is less than 5 per cent. broadly speaking, regions at the boundary of the eu experience a larger reduction in land use than regions in the middle of the eu. table 2. market balance for the eu in 2020 by type of scenario (1000 tons, percentage change compared to baseline in italics). baseline elimination of green box prod. a imp. b exp. b dem. c prod. a imp. b exp. b dem. c cereals 306 662 10 912 30 602 286 972 301 539 12 987 26 274 288 252 -1.7 19.0 -14.1 0.4 oilseeds 32 364 18 562 1 073 49 853 31 359 19 352 966 49 745 -3.1 4.3 -10.0 -0.2 meat 44 903 690 2 696 42 897 44 134 757 2 262 42 629 -1.7 9.7 -16.1 -0.6 beef 7 772 217 411 7 578 7 709 219 372 7 556 -0.8 0.9 -9.5 -0.3 pork 23 420 20 1 801 21 639 23 018 26 1 528 21 516 -1.7 30.0 -15.2 -0.6 eggs 7 187 15 299 6 903 7 075 21 242 6 854 -1.6 40.0 -19.1 -0.7 dairy products 70 985 243 2 892 68 336 70 547 249 2 827 67 969 -0.6 2.5 -2.2 -0.5 milk powder 865 5 76 794 853 5 73 785 -1.4 12.3 -3.9 -1.1 cheese 10 278 30 565 9 743 10 188 31 553 9 666 -0.9 3.3 -2.1 -0.8 oils 18 542 5 341 6 743 17 140 18 333 5 390 6 604 17 119 -1.1 0.9 -2.1 -0.1 sugar 15 548 6 387 1 373 20 562 15 504 6 482 1 348 20 638 -0.3 1.5 -1.8 0.4 notes: a net production, b excluding intra-eu trade, c demand composed of human consumption, processing, feed use, and change in intervention stocks. source: capri modelling system. 13does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? figure 3. regional land use change (percentage change relative to baseline). source: own map based on capri-results. table 3. imports to the eu in 2020 by geographic region a and type of scenario (1 000 tons, percentage change compared to baseline in italics). non-eu europe a africa north america b middle and south america asia australia and new zealand baseline cereals 3 539 2 5 415 1 917 10 35 meat 45 9 20 373 19 231 dairy products 106 47 6 24 77 sugar 372 3 765 999 1 233 19 elimination of green box cereals 4 571 29.2 3 12.7 6 105 12.8 2 258 17.8 12 19.4 44 27.9 meat 50 10.7 10 18.5 30 44.9 421 12.7 23 18.4 232 0.3 dairy products 110 4.4 49 2.8 6 -2.2 25 1.8 77 0.7 sugar 382 2.6 3 810 1.2 1 032 3.3 1 238 0.5 19 3.6 notes: a non-eu europe: switzerland, norway, western balkans, russia, ukraine, belarus, kazakhstan, morocco, turkey, tunesia, algeria, egypt, israel, and middle east; b north america: usa, canada and mexico. source: capri modelling system. 14 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck for instance, reductions in land use are particularly high in southern spain, southern italy, greece, the baltics, north-eastern finland, parts of sweden, and scotland. on the contrary, regions in central france and central germany show almost no change in agricultural area use. the removal of the eu green box support decreases production mainly by a reduction of agricultural land use, although there are also direct impacts on production from removing remaining coupled support (suckler cows, sheep and goats; smaller national coupled programs) and removing the agri-environmental programs. as a result, eu market prices increase as do crop and animal output yields which are due to both intensification and a change in the underlying cropping pattern. table 4 shows that eu producer prices increase by up to 5 per cent compared to the baseline, while the effect on consumer prices is somewhat lower. as market prices increase, the eu loses its relative competitiveness to other actors in the world market, hence leading to reduced exports. the same is true for countries outside the eu like norway, turkey and the western balkans. the model results underscore the fact that the major part of the otds and the current total ams of the eu in its current definition are rather detached from the price and quantity developments in eu agriculture (table 5). as administrative prices remain unchanged, only changes in quantity for those products for which ams is calculated may potentially trigger changes in ams. about half of blue box payments are tied to land use in eu agriculture. eliminating the green box support thus has the effect of reducing blue box payments through a decrease in overall land use. however, production activities still benefitting from coupled (blue) support show lower decreases or even slight increases compared to those not directly supported. equally, some non-exempt measures such as processing aid are reduced since productions is lowered. table 4. commodity prices for the eu in 2020 by type of scenario (euro per ton, percentage change compared to baseline in italics). baseline elimination of green box consumer price producer price consumer price producer price cereals 2 523 135 2 529 0.2 140 3.7 oilseeds 2 401 290 2 417 0.7 305 5.2 meat 5 440 1 758 5 518 1.4 1 822 3.6 beef 7 975 3 029 8 057 1.0 3 106 2.5 pork 5 388 1 418 5 446 1.1 1 472 3.8 eggs 2 949 672 2 996 1.6 710 5.7 dairy products a 1 683 270 1 712 1.7 286 5.9 skim milk powder 2 014 1 974 2 092 3.9 2 031 12.3 cheese 4 823 3 354 4 906 1.7 3 435 2.4 oils 3 004 1 237 3 031 0.9 1 263 2.1 sugar 6 793 449 6 795 0.0 451 0.5 note: a producer price for cow and buffalo milk. source: capri modelling system. 15does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? the overall welfare effects of eliminating green box support are quite limited. rather, welfare is distributed differently between farmers, the tax payer and indirectly, via the price changes, consumers. the decomposition of total welfare into consumer surplus, producer and processor surplus, and taxpayer costs indicates that consumers remain largely unaffected (-8 208 mio €), while taxpayers gain (+47 672 mio €) at the expense of producers and processors (-40 626 mio €) (table 6). table 6. decomposition of welfare for the agricultural sector of the eu in 2020 by interest group and type of scenario (mio euro, percentage change compared to baseline in italics). baseline elimination of green box consumer surplus 7 691 839 7 683 631 -0.1 producer and processor surplus 117 310 76 684 -34.6 taxpayer costs 43 702 -3 970 -109.1 budget costs 51 221 3 746 -92.7 tariff revenues -7 520 -7 716 2.6 total welfare 7 765 448 7 764 285 -0.0 source: capri modelling system. table 5. wto policy indicators a for the eu in 2020 by type of scenario (in mio euro). otds curr. tot. ams mps non-ex. dir. pay. de minimis blue box green box baseline total of commodities 12 764 9 344 8 591 753 698 2 722 47 213 primary commodities 7 889 4 497 4 479 18 671 2 722 47 213 cereals 5 001 4 497 4 479 18 473 32 15 319 meat 61 61 fodder 958 958 20 336 dairy products 1 375 1 375 838 536 secondary commodities 3 500 3 473 3 274 199 27 elimination of green box total of commodities 12 413 9 236 8 493 743 676 2 501 primary commodities 7 581 4 418 4 401 17 662 2 501 cereals 4 919 4 418 4 401 17 469 32 meat fodder 956 956 dairy products 1 353 1 353 828 526 secondary commodities 3 478 3 464 3 265 199 14 notes: a otds: overall total direct support calculated as sum of mps, non-ex. dir. pay., and blue box; curr. tot. ams: current total ams calculated as sum of mps and non-ex. dir. pay.; mps: market price support; non-ex. dir. pay.: non-exempt direct payments. source: capri modelling system. 16 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck the intuition is straightforward as a large drop in budget expenditures on agriculture foremost benefits taxpayers. not astonishing given the decoupled nature of the biggest part of the removed subsidies, producers are mostly unable to avoid the budget cut through farm management adjustments such as changes in the optimal mix of production activities as their loss compares to about 85 percent of the taxpayer’s benefit. moreover, the budget costs in the counterfactual scenario are lower than the revenues from agricultural import tariffs such that the taxpayers’ surplus turns slightly positive. 6. discussion and conclusion the removal of the green box results in a slight decrease in eu domestic production. less supply is available on the eu market, which in turn drives up market prices to a certain extent. with respect to the international position of the eu food sector, this leads to a decrease in exports and an increase in imports, but these effects are overall small. the main uncertainty in this impact chain relates to the supply reaction induced by the sfp reduction. this depends on the calibration of the land supply function as a somewhat different shape or elasticity of the function leads to change in the supply reaction. as mentioned above, in the calibration of the land supply function, we follow van meijl et al. (2006) and golub et al. (2006). thus, the main finding of the simulation indicates that eu support under the green box distorts the absolute volumes of production and trade only to a minor extent. for small trade volumes, the relative changes can be significant for specific commodities. thus, from an economic point of view, eu support notified to the green box seems to be compatible with the general requirements of the green box. that does not preclude, of course, that those measures may be green box-incompatible for legal reasons. the literature does not report examples from model simulations involving the complete dismantling of the eu green box measures, likely because that scenario is politically unlikely. in any case, such a scenario may provide a useful supplement to theoretical studies on the production effects of the sfp and empirical studies focusing on single farms. exercises with other large-scale models would be of potential interest. in general, our results support the segment of the literature that finds the production effects of sfp payments to be limited (e.g. schokai and moro, 2009; rude, 2008; gohin, 2006). in addition, our results seem consistent with anderson et al. (2006) who find that a reduction in domestic support in general provides much fewer welfare improvements than an improvement in market access. however, both our analysis and other studies using large scale models could face a similar criticism. most of them assume a risk-neutral, profit maximizing farmer and do not consider possible feedbacks of green box payments on input prices. unlike our analysis, it seems that other studies neglect the effects of entitlements. the standard assumption in the widely used gtap model (urban et al. 2012) is that land can only be used in agriculture. the cge analysis based on that model, which assigns the sfp (as we judge correctly) as a factor subsidy to land, will hence find no allocative effect according to equation (3). assigning parts of the sfp as a subsidy to land or capital will generate allocative effects in the analysis. such an implementation of the sfp contradicts its actual implementation, and if introduced to capture the pathways described e.g. in dewbre et al. (2001), is at odds with the micro-economic assumptions and market descrip17does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? tions underlying the cge, which assume profit maximization and do not consider a link between wealth and credit prices. analyses with partial equilibrium models such as aglink-cosimo or ag-memod of the sfp seems to generate results which simply reflect the so-called coupling factors introduced (see balkhausen et al. 2008), so that we do not consider them as a suitable benchmark for comparison. banse et al. (2008) combine, rather loosely, a cge model, the partial equilibrium model esim and the supply side of capri. the scenario which is closest to our analysis encompasses full trade liberalization with the removal of direct payments, but also a partial lift of cross-compliance and changes to pillar ii. accordingly, results are far more directly comparable. still, they find, similar to the analysis presented here, only limited production effects from domestic support. the strongest effects are reported for land rent changes, but the article does not provide a decomposition with regard to the underlying drivers (trade liberalization or reduction in domestic support). our results demonstrate that the green box support effects are overlaid by the distortionary effects of multiple other policy instruments applied in the eu. the continuously high level of eu border protection and its specific implementation (trqs, minimal border prices) insulate eu markets to a certain extent on the import side from world markets. removing subsidies allow eu market prices to increase, which partly offsets the reduction in output. consequently, the limited trade effects mainly result from the fact that output is slightly reduced and that eu exports decrease with increasing eu market prices. at the same time, land supply functions are in most eu regions inelastic, so that a land subsidy reduction impacts mostly land rents and thus land owner incomes, but only has a small effect on allocative decisions. from a trade policy point of view, our study addresses the question of how to judge the potential production and trade distortionary effects of agricultural policies in the context of wto dispute settlement procedures. should they be assessed in the presence of other policy instruments, or should they be assessed in comparison to a hypothetical nonintervention and unbiased market scenario? our model results underscore the intuitive finding that less border protection would give rise to a larger effect on production and trade of the complete elimination of green box measures. they thus support a well-known result in economic theory that the distortionary effect of a measure is influenced by the presence of other existing measures. this is, of course, exactly the idea of the blue box which links supply boosting support instruments with supply control measures to reduce their distorting effects. to the best of our knowledge, the few wto disputes that have addressed the distortionary effects of agricultural policies to date have not utilized largescale sector models. in this respect, our study indicates that the results from detailed agricultural sector models, like capri, may well be useful as an input for those disputes. an issue for future research remains the point raised by femenia et al. (2010) indicating that ignoring the downside risk aversion of farmers, if they are also the owners of their land, may lead to an understatement of production effects. acknowledgements the authors gratefully acknowledge very supportive comments from three anonymous reviewers and the editor. 18 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck references anderson, k., valenzuela, e. and van der mensbrugghe, d. (2010). global welfare and poverty effects: linkage model results. in: anderson, k., cockburn, j. and martin, w. (eds), agricultural price distortions, inequality and poverty, washington dc: world bank, march 2010, 49-85. anderson, k., martin, w. and valenzuela, e. (2006). the relative importance of global agricultural subsidies and market access. world trade review 5(3): 357-376. armington, p.s. (1969). a theory of demand for products distinguished by place of production. international monetary fund staff papers 16(1): 170-201. banse, m., helming, j.f.m., nowicki, p., van meijl, h. (2008). future of european agriculture after the health check. german journal of agricultural economics 57(3/4): 2-10. balkhausen, o., m. banse, and grethe, h. (2008). modelling cap decoupling in the eu: a comparison of selected simulation models and results. journal of agricultural economics 59(1): 57-71. bhaskar, a. and beghin, j.c. (2009). how coupled are decoupled farm payments? a review of the evidence. journal of agricultural and resource economics 34(1): 130-153. blanco fonseca, m., burrell, a., gay, h., henseler, m., kavallari, a., mbarek, r., pérez domínguez, i. and tonini, a. (2010). impacts of the eu biofuel target on agricultural markets and land use: a comparative modelling assessment, jrc scientific and technical report eur 24449 en, institute for prospective technological studies, joint research centre, european commission, luxembourg: publications office of the european union. boulanger, p., jomini, p., zhang, x., costa, c. and osborne, m. (2010). an economic assessment of removing the most distortive instruments of the common agricultural policy (cap). 12. annual etsg conference, lausanne. britz, w. (2008). automated model linkages: the example of capri. german journal of agricultural economics 57(8): 363-367. britz, w. and witzke, p. (2011). capri model documentation 2011, university of bonn, http://www.capri-model.org/docs/capri_documentation.pdf. accessed 12 june 2013. britz, w., gocht, a., pèrez dominguez, i., jansson, t., grosche, s. and zhao, n. (2012). eu-wide, regional and farm level effects of premium decoupling and harmonisation following the health check reform. german journal of agricultural economics 61(1): 44-56. brockmeier, m., pelikan, j. and klepper, r. (2008). the wto negotiations and the cap. german journal of agricultural economics 57(3/4): 165-177. burrell, a., ferrari, e., gonzález mellado, a. , himics, m. , michalek, j. , shrestha, s. and van doorslaer, b. (authors), burrell, a. (editor) (2011): potential eu-mercosur free trade agreement: impact assessment. jrc reference reports, eur 25011 en, luxembourg dewbre, j., antón, j. and thompson, w. (2001). the transfer efficiency and trade effects of direct payments. american journal of agricultural economics 83(5): 1204-1214. european commission (no year). fact sheet: the single payment scheme. http://ec. europa.eu/ agriculture/direct-support/pdf/factsheet-single-payment-scheme_en.pdf. accessed 24 april 2013. 19does the “green box” of the european union distort global markets? european commission (2005). prospects for agricultural markets and income 2005-2012 – update for eu markets, brussels: directorate-general for agriculture. european commission (2011). farm economics brief no. 1: income developments in eu farms. http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/rica/pdf/brief201101.pdf. accessed 18 march 2013. eurostat (2012). agri-environmental indicator – land use change. http://epp.eurostat. ec.europa.eu/statistics_explained/index.php/agri-environmental_indicator_-_land_ use_change. accessed 29 january 2014. fao (2005). world agriculture: towards 2015/2030. a fao perspective, rome: food and agriculture organization. femenia, f., gohin, a. and carpentier, a. (2010). the decoupling of farm programs: revisiting the wealth effect. american journal of agricultural economics 92(3): 836-848. gocht, a. and britz, w. (2011). eu-wide farm types supply in capri how to consistently disaggregate sector models into farm type models. journal of policy modeling 33(1): 146-167. gohin, a. (2006). assessing cap reform: sensitivity of modelling decoupled policies. journal of agricultural economics 57(3): 415-440. golub, a., hertel, t.w., lee, h.-l. and ramankutty, n. (2006). modeling land supply and demand in the long run, gtap resource #2111. purdue university. josling, t. and tangermann, s. (1999). implementation of the wto agreement on agriculture and developments for the next round of negotiations. european review of agricultural economics 26(3): 371-388. kilian, s. and salhofer, k. (2008). single payments of the cap: where do the rents go? agricultural economics review 9(2): 96-106. kilian, s., anton, j., salhofer, k. and röder, n. (2012). impacts of the 2003 cap reform on land rental prices and capitalization? land use policy 29(4): 789-797. lucas, r. (1976). econometric policy evaluation: a critique. carnegie-rochester conference series on public policy 1: 19-46 oecd (2011). evaluation of agricultural policy reforms in the european union. paris: oecd. piketty, m.-g., weissleder, l., meirelles de souza filho, h., batalha, m. o., adenäuer, m. and becker, a. (2009). assessing agricultural trade policies options with european union: a brazilian perspective. agricultural economics 40(4): 447-457. renwick, a., jansson, t., verburg, p. h., revoredo-giha, c., britz, w., gocht, a. and mccracken, d., (2013): policy reform and agricultural land abandonment in the eu. land use policy 30(1): 446-457 rude, j. (2008). production effects of the european union’s single farm payment. canadian journal of agricultural economics 56(4): 457-471. rude, j. (2001). under the green box. the wto and farm subsidies. journal of world trade 35(59): 1015-1033. schokai, p. and moro, d. (2009). modelling the impact of the cap single farm payment on farm investment and output. european review of agricultural economics 36(3): 395-423. swinbank, a. and tranter, r. (2005). decoupling eu farm support: does the new single payment scheme fit within the green box? the estey centre journal of international law and trade policy 6(1): 47-61. 20 k. mittenzwei, w. britz, c. wieck urban, k., jensen, h. g. and brockmeier, m. (2012). how decoupled is the sfp in gtap: using a sensitivity analysis to uncover the degree of coupling. 15th annual conference on global economic analysis change and uncertainty “new challenges for global trade and sustainable development”. june 27 to 29, 2012. geneva. van meijl, h., van rheenen, t., tabeau, a. and eickhout, b. (2006). the impact of different policy environments on agricultural land use in europe. agriculture, ecosystems and environment 114(1): 21-38. verburg, p., van berkel, d.b., van doorn, a.m., van eupen, m. and van den heiligenberg, h.a. (2010). trajectories of land use change in europe: a model-based exploration of rural futures. landscape ecology 24(2): 217-232. viaggi, d., meri r. and gomez y paloma, s. (2011). farm-household investment behaviour and the cap decoupling: methodological issues in assessing policy impacts. journal of policy modeling 33(1): 127-145. wto (var). domestic support notifications of the european communities/european union. geneva: world trade organization. wto (1994). agreement on agriculture. part of annex 1a “multilateral agreements on trade in goods” of the agreement establishing the world trade organization. marrakesh declaration of 15 april. marrakesh. geneva: world trade organization. wto (2004). united states – subsidies on upland cotton. report of the panel. wt/ ds267/r. 8 september 2004. geneva: world trade organization. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 237-255, 2013 commodity futures markets: are they an effective price risk management tool for the european wheat supply chain? cesar revoredo-giha1, marco zuppiroli2,*1 1 scotland’s rural college (sruc), land economy and environment research group, food marketing research team, edinburgh, uk 2 università degli studi di parma, dipartimento di economia, parma, italy abstract. the instability of commodity prices and the hypothesis that speculative behaviour was one of its causes has brought renewed interest in futures markets. the paper analyses the european wheat futures markets (feed and milling) and the chicago board of trade’s wheat contract as a comparison. although the main purpose of the paper is to analyse whether futures markets are still useful for hedging (considering the demands from different market participants), implicitly this can be seen as testing whether the increasing presence of speculation has made futures markets divorced from physical markets. the results indicate that hedging with futures markets is still a viable alternative for dealing with price risk. this is particularly true in short period hedges (e.g. merchants and processors), where the basis seems to have been affected by the observed price instability. keywords. futures markets, wheat, hedging, commodity prices, price risk. jel codes. g13, q14, g01 1. introduction the relatively recent instability of commodity prices has brought back the interest on futures markets and their use for hedging as a device to reduce vulnerability to risk. as pointed out by lence (2009), vulnerability to risks is amongst the most important problems faced by commodity producers in developing and developed countries. furthermore, this renewed interest has extended use of futures and options contracts to the area of food security, as they have been proposed as a way in which importing countries could manage price volatility (sarris et al., 2011). as it is well known futures markets perform several functions: they provide the instruments to transfer price risk, they facilitate price discovery and they are offering commodities as an asset class for financial investors, such as fund and money managers who had not previously been present in these markets. * corresponding author: marco.zuppiroli@unipr.it. 238 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli commercial participants use futures contracts to hedge their crops or inventories against the risk of fluctuating prices, e.g., processors of agricultural commodities, who need to obtain raw materials, would buy futures contracts to guard against future price rises. if prices rise (i.e., both cash and futures prices), then they use the increased value of the futures contract to offset the higher cost of the physical quantities they need to purchase. however, hedgers are not the only agents operating in futures markets, as one can also find non-commercial participants, who do not have any involvement in the physical commodity trade in contrast to commercial participants, such as farmers, traders and processors. these are called “speculators” and they buy and sell futures contracts in order to obtain a profit. it’s a matter of fact the massive increase in trading in commodity derivatives over the past decade; commodity derivatives include futures and options traded on organised exchanges as well as the forwards and the options traded over the counter. trading in commodity derivatives also increased along with the rapid expansion of the presence of the commodity index traders (united nations, 2011). this paper focuses on the usefulness of futures prices for hedging against price risk, paying particular attention to the hedging performance in recent years. in addition, the work can be considered as an indirect test of whether the increasing presence of speculation in futures markets has made them divorced from the physical markets, and therefore, not useful for price hedging. the reason behind this is because from all the reasons mentioned behind the increasing volatility in commodity prices (e.g., increasing demand for biofuels, draughts, china’s increasing demand for food), speculation, as applied by index funds, seems to be the only one that might imply a divorce between futures and physical markets, all the other reasons can be considered as movements on the fundamentals within the commodity markets. the paper is structured as follows: first, we provide a brief overview of the discussion of how events in futures markets are affecting commodity price volatility. this is followed by the empirical part of the paper where the data and the methods are explained. the next section presents the results of the different tests and the last section offers some conclusions. 2. evidence on volatility and speculation the purpose of this section is to briefly review evidence on both the rise in volatility in commodity prices, focusing on the wheat market, and the effects of speculation on futures markets. 2.1 volatility in wheat prices most of the studies on the behaviour of commodity prices in recent years assert that food price volatility has increased. in fact, figures 1 to 3, which present the evolution of wheat spot prices in three eu countries (france, italy and uk) during a 25 years interval and in chicago, show increasing dispersion in commodity prices since 2007. to quantify the increasing dispersion observed in commodity prices table 1 was constructed. it presents the volatility of the returns (i.e., first differences of logarithmic nomi239european commodity futures markets nal prices) of the four spot prices presented in figures 1 to 3 and it considers three periods 1988-97, 1998-2005 and 2006-12. as shown in table 1 the volatility of the returns increases over time in all the markets. it is important to note that while table 1 shows that recent volatility (i.e., since 2007) increased since the 1980s, gilbert and morgan (2010) pointed out in the past that there have been also periods of high volatility and the recent levels could return to historical levels over the coming years. figure 1. france and italy: evolution milling wheat spot prices, 1998-2012. 0.00 50.00 100.00 150.00 200.00 250.00 300.00 350.00 27 /0 3/ 19 98 27 /0 7/ 19 98 27 /1 1/ 19 98 27 /0 3/ 19 99 27 /0 7/ 19 99 27 /1 1/ 19 99 27 /0 3/ 20 00 27 /0 7/ 20 00 27 /1 1/ 20 00 27 /0 3/ 20 01 27 /0 7/ 20 01 27 /1 1/ 20 01 27 /0 3/ 20 02 27 /0 7/ 20 02 27 /1 1/ 20 02 27 /0 3/ 20 03 27 /0 7/ 20 03 27 /1 1/ 20 03 27 /0 3/ 20 04 27 /0 7/ 20 04 27 /1 1/ 20 04 27 /0 3/ 20 05 27 /0 7/ 20 05 27 /1 1/ 20 05 27 /0 3/ 20 06 27 /0 7/ 20 06 27 /1 1/ 20 06 27 /0 3/ 20 07 27 /0 7/ 20 07 27 /1 1/ 20 07 27 /0 3/ 20 08 27 /0 7/ 20 08 27 /1 1/ 20 08 27 /0 3/ 20 09 27 /0 7/ 20 09 27 /1 1/ 20 09 27 /0 3/ 20 10 27 /0 7/ 20 10 27 /1 1/ 20 10 27 /0 3/ 20 11 27 /0 7/ 20 11 27 /1 1/ 20 11 27 /0 3/ 20 12 eu ro /t on ne france italy source: la depeche agricole and ager borsa merci di bologna. note: figures correspond to standard milling wheat in rouen (france) and bologna (italy). figure 2. uk: evolution of feed wheat spot prices, 1988-2012. 0 50 100 150 200 250 03 /1 0/ 19 88 03 /0 4/ 19 89 03 /1 0/ 19 89 03 /0 4/ 19 90 03 /1 0/ 19 90 03 /0 4/ 19 91 03 /1 0/ 19 91 03 /0 4/ 19 92 03 /1 0/ 19 92 03 /0 4/ 19 93 03 /1 0/ 19 93 03 /0 4/ 19 94 03 /1 0/ 19 94 03 /0 4/ 19 95 03 /1 0/ 19 95 03 /0 4/ 19 96 03 /1 0/ 19 96 03 /0 4/ 19 97 03 /1 0/ 19 97 03 /0 4/ 19 98 03 /1 0/ 19 98 03 /0 4/ 19 99 03 /1 0/ 19 99 03 /0 4/ 20 00 03 /1 0/ 20 00 03 /0 4/ 20 01 03 /1 0/ 20 01 03 /0 4/ 20 02 03 /1 0/ 20 02 03 /0 4/ 20 03 03 /1 0/ 20 03 03 /0 4/ 20 04 03 /1 0/ 20 04 03 /0 4/ 20 05 03 /1 0/ 20 05 03 /0 4/ 20 06 03 /1 0/ 20 06 03 /0 4/ 20 07 03 /1 0/ 20 07 03 /0 4/ 20 08 03 /1 0/ 20 08 03 /0 4/ 20 09 03 /1 0/ 20 09 03 /0 4/ 20 10 03 /1 0/ 20 10 03 /0 4/ 20 11 03 /1 0/ 20 11 03 /0 4/ 20 12 g b p/ to nn e source: agricultural and horticultural development board (ahdb). note: figures correspond to east anglia feed wheat. 240 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli figure 3. chicago: evolution of wheat spot prices, 1988-2012. 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 01 /0 1/ 19 88 01 /0 7/ 19 88 01 /0 1/ 19 89 01 /0 7/ 19 89 01 /0 1/ 19 90 01 /0 7/ 19 90 01 /0 1/ 19 91 01 /0 7/ 19 91 01 /0 1/ 19 92 01 /0 7/ 19 92 01 /0 1/ 19 93 01 /0 7/ 19 93 01 /0 1/ 19 94 01 /0 7/ 19 94 01 /0 1/ 19 95 01 /0 7/ 19 95 01 /0 1/ 19 96 01 /0 7/ 19 96 01 /0 1/ 19 97 01 /0 7/ 19 97 01 /0 1/ 19 98 01 /0 7/ 19 98 01 /0 1/ 19 99 01 /0 7/ 19 99 01 /0 1/ 20 00 01 /0 7/ 20 00 01 /0 1/ 20 01 01 /0 7/ 20 01 01 /0 1/ 20 02 01 /0 7/ 20 02 01 /0 1/ 20 03 01 /0 7/ 20 03 01 /0 1/ 20 04 01 /0 7/ 20 04 01 /0 1/ 20 05 01 /0 7/ 20 05 01 /0 1/ 20 06 01 /0 7/ 20 06 01 /0 1/ 20 07 01 /0 7/ 20 07 01 /0 1/ 20 08 01 /0 7/ 20 08 01 /0 1/ 20 09 01 /0 7/ 20 09 01 /0 1/ 20 10 01 /0 7/ 20 10 01 /0 1/ 20 11 01 /0 7/ 20 11 01 /0 1/ 20 12 u s ce nt s/ b us he l source: chicago mercantile exchange (cbot). note: figures correspond to soft red winter wheat. table 1. wheat spot price volatility by period. cash market 1988 1997 1998 2006 2007 2012 chicago 0.280 0.313 0.495 rouen n.a. 0.168 0.286 bologna n.a. 0.142 0.196 east anglia 0.180 0.217 0.233 source: own calculations based on data from ahdb, cbot, la depeche agricole and ager borsa merci di bologna. note: the volatility indicator was computed as the standard deviations of annualized (i.e., multiplied by √250, where 250 approximates the trading days in the year) logarithmic daily nominal spot price returns. 2.2 speculation in futures markets from all the possible reasons behind the surge in commodity prices (e.g., draughts, use of food crops for biofuels), the only one that could imply a break in the relationship between the futures and spot market is the increasing presence of speculation on the futures market (e.g., bohl and stephan (2012) for a recent literature review on the issue). a number of authors – e.g. gheit (2008); masters (2008); masters and white (2008) – have asserted that speculative buying by index funds in commodity futures and over– the–counter (otc) derivatives markets (i.e., trading is done directly between two parties, without any supervision of an exchange) created a ‘‘bubble,’’ with the result that commodity prices, and crude oil prices, in particular, far exceeded fundamental values at the peak (irwin, et al., 2009. p. 377). furthermore, according unctad (2009): 241european commodity futures markets “financial investors in commodity futures exchanges have been treating commodities increasingly as an alternative asset class to optimize the risk-return profile of their portfolios. in doing so, they have paid little attention to fundamental supply and demand relationships in the markets for specific commodities. a particular concern with respect to this financialization of commodity trading is the growing influence of so called index traders, who tend to take only long positions that exert upward pressure on prices. the average size of their positions has become so large that they can significantly influence prices and create speculative bubbles, with extremely detrimental effects on normal trading activities and market efficiency. under these conditions, hedging against commodity price risk becomes more complex, more expensive, and perhaps unaffordable for developing-country users. moreover, the signals emanating from commodity exchanges are getting to be less reliable as a basis for investment decisions and for supply and demand management by producers and consumers.” (unctad, 2009, p. iv). in contrast with the aforementioned view, irwin et al. (2009) considered that fundamentals offer the best explanation for the rise in commodity prices. four of their points are worth noting: first, the arguments of bubble proponents are conceptually flawed and reflect misunderstanding of how commodity futures markets actually work, as they state that the money flows that go into futures and derivatives markets pressures the demand for physical commodities, when that money only operates in the futures market.2 second, a number of facts about the situation in commodity markets are inconsistent with the existence of a substantial bubble in commodity prices such as the fact that the available data do not indicate a change in the relative level of speculation to hedging. third, the available statistical evidence does not indicate that positions for any group of investors in commodity futures markets, including long–only index funds, consistently lead futures price changes and fourth, there is a historical pattern of attacks upon speculation as scapegoat during periods of extreme market volatility. it is clear that if futures market prices follow factors that are not related to fundamentals, one should expect futures and spot prices to become divorced or less correlated. this disassociation would necessarily bring a reduction in the effectiveness of hedging spot price risk using futures markets. as it is well known the correlation between both prices (futures and spot) is fundamental for the traditional minimum variance calculation of the optimal hedging ratio (ederington, 1979; sanders and manfredo, 2004). therefore, one could say that, if after computing the hedging ratio and the hedging effectiveness measures one finds that hedging in futures markets is still a useful tool for risk management, then it means that both markets are still related and the financialization of futures markets has not broken that link. this is the topic of the work of the next section. 2 note that there are at least two ways in which futures markets can affect the physical markets: the first one is through arbitraging between the two markets. the second way is through the use that commercial entities make of futures prices for pricing their products (e.g., processors selling flour for future delivery). clearly, the latter strategy makes sense only if the entities believe that the two markets are related. as regards the former reason, note that arbitrage will force both prices (futures and spot) to converge at the delivery time. 242 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli 3. data and methodology 3.1 data description the futures market price data used for the analysis was from the feed wheat contracts from the london international financial futures and options exchange (liffe) and for milling wheat contracts from the marché à terme international de france (matif). in order to provide a comparison wheat contracts (i.e., the deliverable varieties correspond to milling wheat) data from the chicago mercantile exchange group (cbot) were also used. for liffe and cbot contracts the data comprised the period 1988 until 2012, while for matif contracts the data were available only since 1998. as hedging performance requires the contemporary evaluation of cash price changes, spot prices from east anglia (uk), rouen (france), bologna (italy) and chicago (usa) were also collected. 3.2 methodology the methodology of the paper is based on carter (1984) and it comprises two parts: first, it explores the efficiency of wheat future markets, and second, hedging effectiveness is addressed for the periods before and after 2006, i.e., two periods of very different volatility levels. the choice of studying the efficiency of the markets and not only the hedging effectiveness is due to the fact that if the markets do not operate efficiently (e.g., they are thin) then they cannot be useful for hedging. 3.2.1 efficiency analysis the efficiency analysis of the studied futures markets comprised three complementary analyses: (1) price efficiency; (2) market unbiasedness; and (3) forecasting predictability of futures markets. as regards price efficiency, in this paper it is limited only to information conveyed from historical prices, i.e., only the so-called “weak price efficiency” was tested (fama, 1970).3 it consisted of studying the autocorrelation of the returns (i.e., first difference of futures price logarithms) and verifying that they show low autocorrelations (i.e., because past information of returns would be not useful to predict future returns). the market unbiasedness is associated to the theory of “normal backwardation” and the possibility that speculators would perceive profits for absorbing the taking risks (i.e., an inefficient market should give a structural advantage to the long positions taken by speculators with respect to the short positions taken by hedgers). according to carter (1984) this characteristic is typical of thin markets where the hedgers, interested in transferring the risk to other agents, would accept returns favouring in the long-run the buyers of the contracts. market unbiasedness was tested using the implication simulating a trade routine, such as the long position taken by speculators in futures market, should earn them positive 3 other notions of efficiency, i.e., semi-strong or strong, would have required either availability of public information on the market fundamentals (e.g., supply-demand sheets, ending stocks, stock to use ratio) or private information. 243european commodity futures markets profits over time (in contrast to hedgers who are supposed to be continuously net short and making losses equivalent to the price insurance they pay for their reduction in price risk). in this paper, following carter, we used the trading routines designed by cootner (1960) and gray (1961). the gray’s trading routine assumes that the speculator takes a net long position all the year round. if the annual harvest is immediately hedged, the price at harvest time must be low enough to induce speculators to invest on the long side of the hedge. futures prices must rise continuously over the postharvest life of the contracts in order to insure profits for speculators as a whole. the hypothetical gray’s trading routine involves purchasing the futures contract closest to maturity buying it on the first trading day in the delivery month of the preceding futures contract. then, every contract is sold on the first trading day of its own delivery month. in contrast to gray’s routine, cootner noted that hedgers were not always net short, in fact, when commitments to deliver at fixed prices are larger than commitments to buy, hedging may be net long. therefore, during the period of declining interest on shorthedging, prices must fall. under this condition a rational behaviour of speculators is to be long not for all the months but only for a part of the year (being short the other periods). to apply cootner’s routine, information on price seasonality was extracted from the data. this allowed us to adapt the trading routine to the actual price dynamics determining the months which are better for taking long and short positions. the forecasting ability of futures markets of the spot price at the delivery time comprised two aspects: first, whether futures prices were good predictors of spot prices at the delivery time (considering the average futures prices at the planting month and the average spot prices at the delivery month) was measured using the mean squared errors of the prediction divided by the average spot price at the delivery month (i.e., the coefficient of variation).4 the second aspect was to observe the sign of the prediction error to verify whether there was an apparent bias (i.e., whether the errors were all positive or negative). 3.2.2 hedging effectiveness analysis the optimal hedging ratio was computed using equation (1) (ederington’s, 1979; leuthold et al., 1989; sanders and manfredo, 2004), where δpst the change in the spot price at time period t, δpft the change in the futures price at time period t, β is the hedging ratio α is the intercept of the regression and εt is the regression error) and the r2 values give the proportionate reduction of price risk attainable (i.e., the measure of hedging effectiveness, hull, 2008). δpst =α +βδpft + εt (1) myers and thompson (1989) found that the model with the prices in levels provided a poor estimation of the ratio (since the variables are normally non-stationary), instead the estimation of a model such as (1) provided reasonably accurate estimates (myers and thompson, p. 859). 4 a coefficient of variation was used instead of just the mean square prediction error to allow for a comparison of the results for the studied markets (given the fact that the each of the studied markets are in different currencies). 244 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli to test the stability of the hedging ratios over time slope dummy variables were introduced for the years 2006 until 2012. the augmented model with dummies is given by (2): 2( ) δpst =α +βδpft + γ i ⋅di ⋅δpft i=2006 2012 ∑ + εt (2) where di the dummy variable that takes the value of 1 in year i and 0 otherwise, the γ i are the coefficients associated to the slope dummy, so the hedging ratio corresponding to year i is equal β γ( )+ i furthermore, in equation (2) β represents the coefficient for the period before 2006. note that a model such as (1) allows us to consider hedging for different future markets users along the wheat supply chain, e.g., for merchants and processors one would consider hedging on short intervals such as 7-days or 30-days, in contrast to farmers that might be interested on hedging over considering longer intervals such between planting and harvesting.5 as regards the hedging model for wheat farmers, this needs to take into account that growing season for wheat is a lengthy one (generally 10 to 11 months), and moreover, the cultivation calendar differs in all the studied countries. in the uk, the cultivation of winter wheat begins approximately between mid september to 3rd week october; in a normal season harvesting starts mid-august ending at the beginning of september. in france, and mostly in italy, cultivation starts later than uk. it begins between october and mid november and finishes at the end of june (italy) or july to early august (france). for the us the cropping calendar is approximately the same as in northern europe, i.e., planting in september and harvesting in july. therefore, for italy and the us, the post-harvest price should be taken during july while for uk and france during august would be better. table 2 presents the information used for computing farmers’ optimal hedging. it was considered that the farmer opened the hedge at the month of the planting time and the hedging was lifted after nine, ten or eleven months depending on the country (see table 2). table 2. parameters adopted for farmers’ hedging by countries country exchange contract delivery month planting time (month of year t) post-harvest time (month of year t+1) us cbot september september july italy matif september / august (*) october july france matif september / november (*) october august uk liffe november october august notes: (*) the september contract is available on matif only until 2007. for merchants and processors it was assumed that the hedging was not “seasonally specified”. this was due to the fact that merchants and processors usually hedge their 5 in this paper only price risk is considered and ignores production risk in the computation of the optimal hedging ratios for farmers. 245european commodity futures markets physical (spot) positions all over the year holding position in the futures market for less than 10-11 month. therefore, the lengths of the hedging were assumed to 30, 60 and 90 trading days. these intervals imply, approximately, one month and a half, three months and four months period respectively. finally, such as in carter (1984) a very interval hedging was included (7 trading days, i.e., approximately 10 calendar days). 4. results and discussion 4.1 results from the efficiency analysis 4.1.1 price efficiency analysis figures 4 to 6 show that the autocorrelation coefficients for the returns for time lags from 1 to 12 (each lag represented with a different colour) working days for each contract. the values of the coefficients are relatively low (concentrated between -0.2 and 0.2) for all the contracts and markets, suggesting that the current returns are relatively independent from the past information and therefore price efficient in fama’s sense. furthermore, in comparative terms, the matif market (see figure 6) seems to perform better in terms of price efficiency than the other two markets as its autocorrelations are closer to zero. figure 4. cbot autocorrelation coefficients for wheat futures returns, 1988-2012. -­‐1.00 -­‐0.80 -­‐0.60 -­‐0.40 -­‐0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 m ar ch -­‐1 98 8 ju ly -­‐1 98 8 de ce m be r-­‐ 19 88 m ay -­‐1 98 9 se pt em be r-­‐ 19 89 m ar ch -­‐1 99 0 ju ly -­‐1 99 0 de ce m be r-­‐ 19 90 m ay -­‐1 99 1 se pt em be r-­‐ 19 91 m ar ch -­‐1 99 2 ju ly -­‐1 99 2 de ce m be r-­‐ 19 92 m ay -­‐1 99 3 se pt em be r-­‐ 19 93 m ar ch -­‐1 99 4 ju ly -­‐1 99 4 de ce m be r-­‐ 19 94 m ay -­‐1 99 5 se pt em be r-­‐ 19 95 m ar ch -­‐1 99 6 ju ly -­‐1 99 6 de ce m be r-­‐ 19 96 m ay -­‐1 99 7 se pt em be r-­‐ 19 97 m ar ch -­‐1 99 8 ju ly -­‐1 99 8 de ce m be r-­‐ 19 98 m ay -­‐1 99 9 se pt em be r-­‐ 19 99 m ar ch -­‐2 00 0 ju ly -­‐2 00 0 de ce m be r-­‐ 20 00 m ay -­‐2 00 1 se pt em be r-­‐ 20 01 m ar ch -­‐2 00 2 ju ly -­‐2 00 2 de ce m be r-­‐ 20 02 m ay -­‐2 00 3 se pt em be r-­‐ 20 03 m ar ch -­‐2 00 4 ju ly -­‐2 00 4 de ce m be r-­‐ 20 04 m ay -­‐2 00 5 se pt em be r-­‐ 20 05 m ar ch -­‐2 00 6 ju ly -­‐2 00 6 de ce m be r-­‐ 20 06 m ay -­‐2 00 7 se pt em be r-­‐ 20 07 m ar ch -­‐2 00 8 ju ly -­‐2 00 8 de ce m be r-­‐ 20 08 m ay -­‐2 00 9 se pt em be r-­‐ 20 09 m ar ch -­‐2 01 0 ju ly -­‐2 01 0 de ce m be r-­‐ 20 10 m ay -­‐2 01 1 se pt em be r-­‐ 20 11 m ar ch -­‐2 01 2 lag  1 lag  2 lag  3 lag  4 lag  5 lag  6 lag  7 lag  8 lag  9 lag  10 lag  11 lag  12 source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. figure 5. liffe autocorrelation coefficients for wheat futures returns, 1988-2012. -­‐1.00 -­‐0.80 -­‐0.60 -­‐0.40 -­‐0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 no ve mb er -­‐1 98 9 m ar ch -­‐1 99 0 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 0 m ar ch -­‐1 99 1 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 1 m ar ch -­‐1 99 2 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 2 m ar ch -­‐1 99 3 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 3 m ar ch -­‐1 99 4 ju ly-­‐ 19 94 jan ua ry -­‐1 99 5 m ay -­‐1 99 5 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 5 m ar ch -­‐1 99 6 ju ly-­‐ 19 96 jan ua ry -­‐1 99 7 m ay -­‐1 99 7 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 7 m ar ch -­‐1 99 8 ju ly-­‐ 19 98 jan ua ry -­‐1 99 9 m ay -­‐1 99 9 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 9 m ar ch -­‐2 00 0 ju ly-­‐ 20 00 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 1 m ay -­‐2 00 1 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 1 m ar ch -­‐2 00 2 ju ly-­‐ 20 02 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 3 m ay -­‐2 00 3 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 3 m ar ch -­‐2 00 4 ju ly-­‐ 20 04 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 5 m ay -­‐2 00 5 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 5 m ar ch -­‐2 00 6 ju ly-­‐ 20 06 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 7 m ay -­‐2 00 7 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 7 m ar ch -­‐2 00 8 ju ly-­‐ 20 08 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 9 m ay -­‐2 00 9 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 9 m ar ch -­‐2 01 0 ju ly-­‐ 20 10 jan ua ry -­‐2 01 1 m ay -­‐2 01 1 no ve mb er -­‐2 01 1 m ar ch -­‐2 01 2 lag  1 lag  2 lag  3 lag  4 lag  5 lag  6 lag  7 lag  8 lag  9 lag  10 lag  11 lag  12 source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. 246 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli figure 6. matif autocorrelation coefficients for wheat futures returns, 1998-2012. -­‐1.00 -­‐0.80 -­‐0.60 -­‐0.40 -­‐0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 se pt em be r-­‐1 99 8 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 8 jan ua ry -­‐1 99 9 m ar ch -­‐1 99 9 m ay -­‐1 99 9 se pt em be r-­‐1 99 9 no ve mb er -­‐1 99 9 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 0 m ar ch -­‐2 00 0 m ay -­‐2 00 0 se pt em be r-­‐2 00 0 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 0 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 1 m ar ch -­‐2 00 1 m ay -­‐2 00 1 ju ly-­‐ 20 01 se pt em be r-­‐2 00 1 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 1 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 2 m ar ch -­‐2 00 2 m ay -­‐2 00 2 ju ly-­‐ 20 02 se pt em be r-­‐2 00 2 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 2 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 3 m ar ch -­‐2 00 3 m ay -­‐2 00 3 ju ly-­‐ 20 03 se pt em be r-­‐2 00 3 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 3 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 4 m ar ch -­‐2 00 4 m ay -­‐2 00 4 ju ly-­‐ 20 04 se pt em be r-­‐2 00 4 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 4 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 5 m ar ch -­‐2 00 5 m ay -­‐2 00 5 ju ly-­‐ 20 05 se pt em be r-­‐2 00 5 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 5 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 6 m ar ch -­‐2 00 6 m ay -­‐2 00 6 se pt em be r-­‐2 00 6 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 6 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 7 m ar ch -­‐2 00 7 m ay -­‐2 00 7 se pt em be r-­‐2 00 7 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 7 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 8 m ar ch -­‐2 00 8 m ay -­‐2 00 8 au gu st-­‐ 20 08 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 8 jan ua ry -­‐2 00 9 m ar ch -­‐2 00 9 m ay -­‐2 00 9 au gu st-­‐ 20 09 no ve mb er -­‐2 00 9 jan ua ry -­‐2 01 0 m ar ch -­‐2 01 0 m ay -­‐2 01 0 au gu st-­‐ 20 10 no ve mb er -­‐2 01 0 jan ua ry -­‐2 01 1 m ar ch -­‐2 01 1 m ay -­‐2 01 1 au gu st-­‐ 20 11 no ve mb er -­‐2 01 1 jan ua ry -­‐2 01 2 m ar ch -­‐2 01 2 m ay -­‐2 01 2 lag  1 lag  2 lag  3 lag  4 lag  5 lag  6 lag  7 lag  8 lag  9 lag  10 lag  11 lag  12 source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. 4.1.2 market unbiasedness analysis as explained in the methodology before implementing the trading routines it is necessary to estimate the seasonality of futures prices for each of the markets. figure 7 presents the seasonality analysis using nearby futures prices. as regards the seasonality for cbot prices, on average, prices approximately have a decreasing trend from january to july and rose steadily thereafter. the seasonality in matif prices is similar to the observed for cbot prices. in contrast, liffe seasonal pattern is not that clear and it shows an approximate a two step seasonal pattern: one between may and june (decreasing) and another between october and november (increasing). figure 7. average monthly price indexes of wheat futures. 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 jan feb mar apr may jun jul aug sep oct nov dec pr ic e in de x months cbot matif liffe source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. 247european commodity futures markets table 3 reports the results from implementing gray’s trading routine (i.e., ‘long only’) and cootner’s trading routine (i.e., ‘long and short’). the table shows the average profits per trade that could be earned, before brokerage fees. cootner’s routine shows profits higher than gray’s routine for all the markets. table 3. results of trading routines in wheat futures. exchange speculative market position dates price at beginning and ending dates number of trades average profit / loss per trade t-ratio liffe long only 1/11/89 -1/03/12 £/t. 110.5-164.8 112.00 £/t. -1.01 -0.06 liffe long and short 1/11/94 – 1/11/11 £/t. 107.1-147.8 102.00 £/t. 0.39 0.03 matif long only 1/09/98 – 1/03/12 €/t. 118.9-214.5 73.00 €/t. 2.36 0.11 matif long and short 2/11/98 – 1/11/12 €/t.124.3-187.8 78.00 €/t. 2.74 0.14 cbot long only 1/03/88 – 1/03/12 $/bu. 3.2-6.6 120.00 $/bu. -0.06 -0.08 cbot long and short 1/03/88 – 1/12/11 $/bu. 3.2-6.0 143.00 $/bu. 0.06 0.10 source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. note: ”long only” refers to gray’s trading routine and “long and short” to cootner’s trading routine. while in cbot and liffe markets the gray’s routine show losses, cootner’s routine in those markets resulted in profits. in the matif market, both routines showed a profit (slightly higher in the case of cootner’s (€2.74) than gray’s (€2.36)). however, it should ne noted that in none of the cases the average profits were statistically different from zero (using a t student test) at 95 per cent significance. therefore, conclusion from table 3 is that none of markets show a systematic bias in favour of speculators. 4.1.3 forecasting ability analysis with respect to the forecasting ability of the futures markets, figure 8 presents the results of the analysis (i.e., in terms of the forecasting errors). it shows that the prediction power in all the markets6 was between 60 and 70 per cent when the entire sample is considered (first set of columns in figure 8). if the sample period is broken down into 19892005 and 2006-11, it is clear that the prediction errors worsen during the period 2006-11. on the possible bias of the errors, figures 9 to 11 show that the sign of the errors were both positive and negative without indicating any clear bias. 6 for the matif exchange, the prediction test was carried out considering the spot prices from the rouen market. 248 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli figure 8. coefficient of variation of the prediction errors. source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. note: data for matif exchange are available since year 1999 instead of 1989. figure 9. cbot – forecasting errors of futures markets by contract. -400.0 -300.0 -200.0 -100.0 0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0 600.0 se p 89 se p 90 se p 91 se p 92 se p 93 se p 94 se p 95 se p 96 se p 97 se p 98 se p 99 se p 00 se p 01 se p 02 se p 03 se p 04 se p 05 se p 06 se p 07 se p 08 se p 09 se p 10 se p 11 us c en ts / bu sh el source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. 249european commodity futures markets figure 10. liffe – forecasting errors of futures markets by contract. -80.0 -60.0 -40.0 -20.0 0.0 20.0 40.0 n ov 8 9 n ov 9 0 n ov 9 1 n ov 9 2 n ov 9 3 n ov 9 4 n ov 9 5 n ov 9 6 n ov 9 7 n ov 9 8 n ov 9 9 n ov 0 0 n ov 0 1 n ov 0 2 n ov 0 3 n ov 0 4 n ov 0 5 n ov 0 6 n ov 0 7 n ov 0 8 n ov 0 9 n ov 1 0 n ov 1 1 g b p / t on ne source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. figure 11. matif – forecasting errors of futures markets by contract. -200.0 -150.0 -100.0 -50.0 0.0 50.0 100.0 se p 99 se p 00 se p 01 se p 02 se p 03 se p 04 se p 05 se p 06 se p 07 n ov 0 8 n ov 0 9 n ov 1 0 n ov 1 1 eu ro / to nn e source: own calculation based on data presented in section 3.1. note: to evaluate matif futures price forecasting power, spot price from rouen were used. 250 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli 4.2 results from the hedging effectiveness analysis tables from 5 to 9 provide the results of the analysis of the hedging effectiveness of futures contracts for all the studied markets. as mentioned different operators along the supply chain have their own particular hedging needs and this was taken into account by considering different hedging lengths. as equations (1) and (2) were estimated using time series, in order to avoid spurious associations, the series used (i.e., the price differences) were tested for unit roots using the phillips–perron test (phillips and perron, 1988), which considers that the process generating data might have a higher order of autocorrelation. in addition, the test is robust with respect to unspecified autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity in the disturbance process of the test equation. all the series were found stationary, and therefore, it was possible to estimate equations (1) and (2) by ordinary least squares. the results for the farmers’ hedging exercise are presented in table 5. they show that when the entire sample is used, the performance of the european exchanges, in terms of the variance reduction that farmers could have attained through hedging is better than in the chicago market. thus, a us farmer hedging 39 per cent of his wheat using the chicago wheat futures would have reduced his price risk only by 14 per cent; whilst the reduction using the european exchanges ranged from 40 per cent (for the case of spot prices from bologna and the matif futures markets) to 73 per cent (for the east anglia spot prices and the liffe futures markets). however, the results for the entire sample hide the dramatic changes in the hedging ratios since 2007 for all the cases. as shown in table, the optimal ratios changed significantly during the period 2006-07 to 2010-11. it is clear from table 5 that if farmers had computed their hedging ratios based only on historical price information; the errors on the strategy would have been significant. in this sense, probably the most appropriate strategy for computing hedging ratios would have been that proposed by myers and thompson (1989), which consists of incorporating additional relevant information (e.g., supply and demand conditions). the results for hedges for lengths of 7, 30, 60 and 90 days are presented in tables 6 to 9 for the different exchanges and spot markets. these are supposed to represent other supply chain operators such as merchants or processors, who do not need to hedge in a specific season of the year, as in the case of farmers. as shown in the tables, the short-term hedges report a substantive reduction in price risk with r2 that are, in general, high (with more than 75 per cent of price risk reduction). furthermore, for all the studied markets, the performance of the short-term hedges improves with the increase of the hedge length. in fact, the 7 days hedges are relatively low, particularly if wheat from bologna is hedged using matif. in contrast with the results from the farmers’ hedging exercise, the inclusion of the slope dummy variables do not improve much the r2 of the hedging regressions (despite the fact that in many cases the coefficients are statistically significant), i.e., the changes in the hedging ratios add little to the reduction in price risk. 251european commodity futures markets 5. conclusions the primary aim of this paper has been to study whether hedging in futures markets is useful instrument for price risk reduction for commercial entities operating with commodities along the wheat supply chain. thus, the focus was on two european wheat futures markets, liffe and matif, in addition of cbot market for comparison purposes. the evaluation comprised two stages: first, the efficiency analysis of the futures markets, which consisted of three sub-analyses: price efficiency, market unbiasedness, and the forecasting ability; and second, the effectiveness for hedging. as regards the efficiency analysis, the results indicate that the increasing participation of speculative investors mentioned in the recent literature, have not reduced the market price efficiency. the same result was found with respect to the market unbiasedness. in this respect, the test show that holding a speculative position showed that the average profits during the last 20 years were not statistically different from zero. the forecasting performance of futures markets showed that the prediction capacity of in the three markets was modest with a coefficient of variation of the error that was between 25 to 40 per cent. table 5. estimates of hedging ratios and effectiveness for farmers’ hedging. cases coefficients r2 slope dummies for years with high variability obs. α β 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 cbot chicago farmer’s hedging 10.25 0.39 0.14 448 (2.36) (8.55) with year dummies 11.94 0.86 0.67 0.19 -1.67 -0.42 2.15 -0.73 448 (3.92) (13.51) (1.85) (-18.29) (-5.39) (10.81) (-3.93) liffe east anglia farmer’s hedging -5.79 1.01 0.73 330 (-7.58) (29.95) with year dummies -6.12 1.12 0.87 -0.15 6.73 -1.62 0.39 -0.85 330 (-10.26) (23.41) (-2.53) (8.72) (-8.79) (5.30) (-9.01) matif rouen farmer’s hedging -8.71 0.82 0.64 249 (-7.71) (21.10) with year dummies -7.71 1.26 0.70 -0.47 2.93 -0.54 -1.41 249 (-6.73) (8.69) (-3.13) (4.65) (-2.57) (0.00) (-3.35) matif bologna farmer’s hedging -10.61 0.78 0.40 286 (-9.67) (13.81) with year dummies -11.26 0.78 0.46 -0.10 2.60 -0.05 0.78 0.27 286 (-8.77) (4.41) (-0.51) (2.82) (-0.20) (2.91) (0.63) note: the numbers in parenthesis below the coefficients are the t-statistics. 252 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli table 6. cbot – chicago: estimates of effectiveness of short-term wheat hedging. cases coefficients r2 slope dummies for years with high variability obs. α β 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 7 days hedge 0.06 0.86 0.72 6,297 (0.37) (128.01) with year dummies 0.10 0.84 0.73 -0.08 0.07 0.01 0.14 -0.08 0.09 0.06 6,297 (0.61) (63.47) (-2.04) (2.83) (0.76) (4.62) (-3.44) (3.70) (0.91) 30 days hedge 0.33 0.85 0.77 6,274 (1.11) (145.77) with year dummies 0.26 0.86 0.78 0.12 0.04 -0.03 0.21 -0.21 -0.02 0.11 6.274 (0.86) (72.05) (3.37) (2.04) (-1.82) (7.76) (-9.73) (-0.79) (1.26) 60 days hedge 0.44 0.92 0.80 6,244 (1.10) (158.84) with year dummies 0.22 0.92 0.81 0.17 0.04 -0.03 0.42 -0.16 -0.02 0.15 6,244 (0.56) (79.54) (4.79) (1.99) (-1.84) (14.41) (-7.75) (-0.79) (1.18) 90 days hedge 0.54 0.94 0.81 6,214 (1.13) (161.34) with year dummies 0.41 0.93 0.81 0.11 0.03 -0.04 0.18 -0.01 0.16 -0.36 6,214 (0.83) (80.89) (3.00) (1.68) (-2.65) (5.44) (-0.68) (6.32) (-4.48) note: the numbers in parenthesis below the coefficients are the t-statistics. table 7. liffe – east anglia: estimates of effectiveness of short-term wheat hedging. cases coefficients r2 slope dummies for years with high variability obs. α β 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 7 days hedge 0.03 0.55 0.32 6,101 (0.65) (53.07) with year dummies 0.00 0.35 0.34 0.22 0.33 0.39 0.27 0.33 0.24 0.57 6,101 (0.08) (21.45) (2.69) (10.49) (11.09) (6.23) (10.23) (7.79) (5.45) 30 days hedge 0.04 0.80 0.65 6,078 (0.56) (106.93) with year dummies -0.07 0.60 0.68 0.30 0.32 0.38 0.29 0.31 0.17 0.45 6,078 (-0.99) (48.12) (4.46) (15.16) (16.28) (8.66) (13.91) (6.80) (8.14) 60 days hedge 0.00 0.89 0.78 6,048 (0.04) (145.41) with year dummies -0.06 0.77 0.78 0.24 0.15 0.22 0.20 0.15 0.15 0.25 6,048 (-0.70) (70.11) (4.56) (8.43) (12.34) (6.31) (8.15) (7.32) (3.79) 90 days hedge -0.05 0.95 0.86 6,018 (-0.54) (192.66) with year dummies 0.01 0.88 0.86 0.04 0.06 0.12 0.13 0.05 0.12 0.04 6,018 (0.08) (96.53) (0.99) (4.29) (8.59) (3.88) (3.51) (7.03) (0.55) note: the numbers in parenthesis below the coefficients are the t-statistics. 253european commodity futures markets table 8. matif rouen: estimates of effectiveness of short-term wheat hedging. cases coefficients r2 slope dummies for years with high variability obs. α β 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 7 days hedge 0.04 0.72 0.48 3,670 (0.51) (58.40) with year dummies 0.03 0.54 0.50 0.22 0.35 0.32 0.21 0.15 0.01 -0.05 3,670 (0.36) (14.33) (2.55) (7.58) (6.90) (2.74) (3.21) (0.15) (-0.53) 30 days hedge 0.07 0.93 0.85 3,647 (0.68) (141.03) with year dummies -0.09 0.82 0.85 0.16 0.21 0.12 0.10 0.08 -0.01 0.25 3,647 (-0.84) (39.42) (3.42) (8.60) (5.03) (2.37) (3.26) (-0.52) (4.68) 60 days hedge 0.12 0.95 0.91 3,617 (1.05) (191.33) with year dummies -0.06 0.92 0.91 0.04 0.07 0.03 0.10 0.05 -0.05 0.10 3,617 (-0.51) (60.41) (1.22) (3.96) (1.50) (2.36) (2.61) (-2.43) (2.48) 90 days hedge 0.15 0.99 0.94 3,587 (1.28) (241.48) with year dummies 0.25 0.95 0.94 -0.01 0.04 0.07 0.22 0.06 -0.02 0.03 3,587 (1.98) (79.64) (-0.29) (2.74) (4.65) (6.47) (3.87) (-1.42) (0.89) note: the numbers in parenthesis below the coefficients are the t-statistics. table 9. matif – bologna: estimates of effectiveness of short-term wheat hedging. cases coefficients r2 slope dummies for years with high variability obs. α β 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 7 days hedge 0.09 0.35 0.18 3,670 (1.13) (28.85) with year dummies 0.11 0.34 0.19 0.07 0.02 -0.03 -0.04 -0.05 0.12 -0.07 3,670 (1.27) (8.92) (0.78) (0.33) (-0.57) (-0.52) (-1.02) (2.49) (-0.67) 30 days hedge 0.15 0.70 0.57 3,647 (0.94) (70.20) with year dummies -0.07 0.71 0.59 0.19 0.02 -0.19 -0.09 0.04 0.15 -0.12 3,647 (-0.45) (22.51) (2.72) (0.50) (-5.16) (-1.44) (1.10) (3.81) (-1.53) 60 days hedge 0.04 0.81 0.71 3,617 (0.20) (93.43) with year dummies -0.29 0.92 0.73 0.07 -0.03 -0.31 -0.37 -0.12 0.12 -0.30 3,617 (-1.45) (35.70) (1.29) (-0.86) (-10.05) (-5.17) (-3.74) (3.45) (-4.69) 90 days hedge 0.00 0.90 0.78 3,587 (0.01) (114.28) with year dummies -0.13 1.00 0.80 -0.06 -0.06 -0.27 -0.10 -0.13 0.11 -0.40 3,587 (-0.54) (45.09) (-1.26) (-2.27) (-9.85) (-1.49) (-4.78) (3.53) (-6.58) note: the numbers in parenthesis below the coefficients are the t-statistics. 254 c. revoredo-giha, m. zuppiroli with respect to the hedging effectiveness analysis, the results can be divided into: first, farmers’ hedging, and second, by other supply chain members. for farmers, although some of the results indicate a significant reduction in the price risk (e.g., liffe-east anglia and matif-rouen), it is clear that the instability of the period 2006-07 to 2010-11 affected significantly the estimation of the optimal hedging ratios. furthermore, the introduction of dummy variables to control for the variability shows an important improvement in the reduction of the price risk. this is common to all the markets. therefore, one can conclude that price volatility affected significantly the hedging effectiveness for farmers. the results for the other participants of the wheat supply chain (i.e., short hedging) show, for most of the cases, higher price risk reduction than that observed for farmers’ hedges (although an exception are the 7-day hedges for wheat from bologna being hedged at the matif market). in addition, the inclusion of dummies in the regression to estimate the optimal hedging ratio do not increased much the r2 (such as in the case of the farmers’ hedge), showing that short-term hedges were not much affected by the increasing price volatility. the above results imply that the studied futures markets are not only still efficient but may also be a useful tool for the reduction of price risk (e.g., they might be useful for food security purposes). however, it is important to stress that the analysis carried out in this paper is only valid for the regions where the exchanges are and cannot be extrapolated to other regions without careful evaluation. acknowledgements an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 2nd aieaa conference “between crisis and development: which role for the bio-economy”, 6-7 june, 2013, parma, italy. references bohl, m., and stephan, p. (2012). does futures speculation destabilize spot prices? new evidence for commodity markets. www.papers.ssrn.com. accessed 28 october 2012. carter, c. (1984). an evaluation of pricing performance and hedging effectiveness of the barley futures market. western journal of agricultural economics 9(1): 1-13. cootner, p.h. (1960). returns to speculators: telser versus keynes. journal of political economy 68(4): 396-404. ederington, l. h. (1979). the hedging performance of the new futures markets. journal of finance 34(1): 157-170. fama, e. (1970). efficient capital markets: a review of theory and empirical work. journal of finance 25(2): 383-417. gheit, f. (2008). testimony before the subcommittee on oversight and investigations of the committee on energy and commerce, u.s. house of representatives. http:// energycommerce. house.gov/cmte_mtgs/110-oi-hrg.062308. gheit-testimony.pdf. accessed 20 september 2012. 255european commodity futures markets gilbert, c.l. and morgan c.w. (2010). has food price volatility risen ? university of trento, department of economics working paper no.2. http://www.unitn.it/files/2_10. pdf accessed 20 september 2012. gray, r.w. (1961). the search for a risk premium. journal of political economy 69(3): 250-260. hull, j.c. (2008). fundamentals of futures and options markets. new jersey: prentice hall. irwin, s. h., sanders, d. r., and merrin, r. p. (2009). devil or angel? the role of speculation in the recent commodity price boom (and bust). journal of agricultural and applied economics 41(2): 377-391. leuthold, r. m., junkus, j. c. and cordier j. e. (1989). the theory and practice of futures markets. lexington, ma: lexington books. lence, s. h. (2009). do futures benefit farmers? american journal of agricultural economics 91(1): 154-167. masters, m.w. (2008). testimony before the committee on homeland security and government affairs, u.s. senate. http:// hsgac.senate.gov/public/_files/ 052008 masters. pdf. accessed 20 september 2012. masters, m.w., and white a.k.. (2008). the accidental hunt brothers: how institutional investors are driving up food and energy prices. http://accidentalhuntbrothers. com/. accessed 22 september 2012. myers, r.j., and thompson, s. r. (1989). generalized optimal hedge ratio estimation. american journal of agricultural economics 71(4): 858-868. phillips, p.c.b., and p. perron (1988), testing for a unit root in time series regression. biometrika 75(2): 335-346. sanders, d.r., and manfredo, m.r. (2004). comparing hedging effectiveness: an application of the encompassing principle. journal of agricultural and resource economics 29(1): 31-44. sarris, a., conforti, p., and prakash, a. (2011). using futures and options to manage price volatility in food imports: theory. in prakash a. (ed.). safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. rome: food and agriculture organization of the united nations. unctad (2009). trade and development report 2009, geneva. united nations (2011). price volatility in food and agricultural markets: policy responses. united nations, june. bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 279-300, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-17555 review article research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? davide viaggi department of agricultural sciences (dipsa), university of bologna, viale fanin, 50 40127 bologna (italy) date of submission: october 5th, 2015: accepted november 15th, 2015 abstract. studies on the effects of research and innovation in agriculture have been largely characterised by efforts to make a connection between expenditure and productivity. a number of issues have challenged the ability of productivity to measure the effects of research, namely, in recent years, increasing efforts towards improving the environmental performance of the farming sector. besides environmental concerns, however, a number of recent concepts have emerged that are shaping the current research and policy agenda and which could result in a revision of the productivity concepts used to evaluate research impacts. the objective of this paper is to discuss these issues and their implications for studies on the impact of research and innovation. we address, in particular, the following issues: a) the development of the of bioeconomy and related concepts such as the circular economy, resource efficiency and bio-refinery; b) the connection with entrepreneurship and eco-innovation; c) changing tools in research assessment, in particular the widespread use of life cycle assessment (lca); and d) the evolving concepts of sustainability and ecosystem services. we argue that while the traditional notion of productivity, intended as output/input ratio, maintains (and may be strengthens) its role on the aggregate, a more analytical interpretation of the pathways towards research impacts is needed, as well as a broadened view of productivity and its determinants. keywords. agriculture, research, innovation, productivity, bio-refinery, circular economy, bioeconomy jel codes. q16 1. introduction and objectives the link between research, innovation and productivity has gained growing attention in the last decade. the productive focus of agriculture in the mid-twentieth century appeared rather straightforward. yet the environmental crisis of the late twentieth century brought a wider variety of issues to the forefront. at the outset of the twenty-first cencorresponding author: davide.viaggi@unibo.it. 280 d. viaggi tury, the dilemma in eu agriculture appeared to be whether to move towards more traditional, organic farming or to modern biotechnology-based agriculture (de wilt et al., 2001). now, however, the scenario is more complex. on the one hand, different agricultural technologies and sustainability pathways co-exist (worldwide at least); on the other hand, attention has moved from choosing between existing technologies to a focus on new technological developments through innovation. at the same time, the concept of sustainability is changing: initially it was focused mainly on environmental effects, then enlarged to economic and social sustainability and resource efficiency. the recent decade has refocused attention on feeding the word while preserving resources for future generations, which is the “mantra” of the current debate and recent events (see expo 2015), with a clear renewed attention on productivity. policy has followed and promoted this change in focus. an example is the evolution of the common agricultural policy (cap) from providing incentives to production through market support, to focusing more on income support, to a mix of sustainability and income support, and to the present aggregate of productivity, resource efficiency and climate change concerns. the relationship between research, innovation and productivity has taken on a growing policy focus in the eu (in particular with the eu2020 strategy), with an increasing focus on competitiveness, innovation and resource efficiency. this has also affected subsequent policy implementation, including the cap 2014-2020. in this programming period, and in particular in the rural development component, innovation has a prominent role, including new connections with research, especially through the new instrument represented by the european innovation partnership (eip). the focus of agricultural research in the last two centuries has followed the needs expressed by society and policy, with deep changes over time (spierz, 2014). in recent years, increasing attention to public good production by agriculture (environmental, working quality etc.) has affected both the focus of research and the breadth of impacts that would be necessary to measure to account for these effects. a general definition of productivity is the ability of production factors to produce output (latruffe, 2010). this can be measured through a ratio between output and input. however, a wide body of literature has treated productivity measures in agriculture addressing both conceptual and practical issues in implementing this concept. the literature includes simple measures of partial productivity (e.g. relating output to individual inputs as well as measures accounting for more than one input (e.g. multiple factor productivity). a more comprehensive measure of productivity is total factor productivity (tfp), which is a ratio of the (monetary) aggregation of all outputs and the aggregation of all inputs. this concept often follows a time series approach to account for productivity improvements based on changes in tfp (coelli, 2005; latruffe, 2010). fuglie (2015) shows that tfp has a major role in accounting for the growth of agricultural production over time, though with a differing weight in different time periods and in different regions. productivity indexes have been discussed and extended to account for a number of issues, including the growing variety of inputs and outputs related to environmental and resources concerns. several multi-output, resource-saving, or dynamic specifications are now attempting to tackle these issues. this has led, among others, to proposing extensions such as environmentally adjusted tfp or even green tfp (e.g. chen and golley, 2014). 281research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? besides measuring productivity, the economic literature has attempted to investigate the factors affecting productivity and its changes. this has been done largely through econometric models using productivity measures as dependent variables and various influencing factors as explanatory variables. among such factors, research and innovation have a prominent role. in particular, the research to date has focused on seeking to make a connection between research expenditure and productivity (alston et al., 2010, 2011; wang et al., 2013). research and innovation are indeed potentially key explanatory variables of changes in productivity over time. through the provision of new knowledge (increasing the knowledge stock), embedding this knowledge in new technologies (enlarging the technology set) and the diffusion of innovation in the economic system, research is expected to directly affect the relationship between input and output and hence improve productivity. in this way, the role of research and innovation can be seen as a way of escaping (or at least modifying) trade-offs among goods, given limited resource availability, by enhancing technical possibilities. yet as research is costly, this implies a trade-off between present consumption and investment in technology development. methods used to assess this connection may utilise econometric techniques on large data sets of (relatively simplified) information, as well as case study type approaches (alston et al., 1995; gaunand et al., 2015). altogether, the link between research, innovation and productivity is conceptually straightforward, but much less easy to streamline in practice. this is partly due to technical issues, such the practical difficulties in proving numerically the linkage between research and productivity change, in part due to data limitations. further conceptual difficulties are due to the complexity of the system connecting research, innovation and productivity. this is underscored by, among others, the long-standing debate about the difficulty in matching demand and supply of innovation, the on-going discussion regarding the functioning of knowledge and innovation systems, and the growing discussion on the multiple directions (functions and objectives) of agriculture and related research. there are also potential counterintuitive effects of research, such as the negative impacts of highly codified public research on local enterprises (maietta, 2015). making this linkage has also become more difficult over time due to the increased variety of technology pathways (conventional, integrated, organic and more) used in agriculture and of the goods (private, public, intermediate) produced by agriculture. these issues have been exacerbated in recent years by the emerging focus on the bioeconomy and renewed attention devoted to resource efficiency and productivity. the concepts related to the bioeconomy emphasise the complexity of technical and economic linkages that can transmit the effects of research (viaggi et al., 2012; swinnen and weersink, 2013). finally, worldwide trends, including the opening of various economies and climate change, have given additional weight to uncertainty and dynamics, with a special emphasis on non-linear and “non-trend” dynamics and fundamental uncertainty in the outcome and relevance of any technology change and policy action. it is now rather well established that the assessment of the impacts of research (especially public research) should deal with multiple dimensions, covering not only economic, but also environmental, health, social, and policy impacts. furthermore, it is accepted that innovation results from the activities and interactions of multiple actors. understanding the impact of a research activity/organisation increasingly requires paying attention to the 282 d. viaggi intermediaries as well as the beneficiaries (i.e. the innovation network) of the research results (gaunand et al., 2015). while some of the issues above have already been covered extensively in the literature, others are rather new and the scientific community is still in the process of identifying the challenges ahead. the objective of this paper is to discuss the link between research, innovation and productivity in agriculture in light of selected emerging economic and sustainability concepts, mainly, but not exclusively, linked to the development of the bioeconomy. the paper addresses, in particular, the following issues in relation to the link between research and productivity: a) the concept of ‘bioeconomy’ and related concepts such as the circular economy, resource efficiency and bio-refinery; b) the connection with entrepreneurship and eco-innovation; c) changing tools in research assessment, in particular the widespread use of life cycle assessment (lca); and d) the evolving concepts of sustainability and ecosystem services. in relation to these fields, this paper attempts to identify implications for the concept of productivity and for the understanding of the linkage between research and productivity, in particular seeking to identify developments that may challenge the current notion of productivity. this reasoning is then used to develop implications for future research. the paper does not intend to focus specifically on the measurement of productivity (though this is clearly an important issue in this context and is implicitly or explicitly addressed at several points in the paper). rather, it focuses on the connection between objectives/ mechanisms and the effects of research. moreover, while recognising that the issue has relevance for all scales of analysis, the focus of this paper is implicitly more on the micro to meso level and closer to the research level, compared with many productivity-oriented studies. in addition, it tends to be more on the threshold between decision support and assessment methods, largely because the paper seeks significant inspiration from trends in evaluation practice and decision making concerning research and innovation funding. we do not restrict attention to a specific field of research; while at the same time not excluding research in the social sciences, however, the paper focuses more on “classical” technological research. the paper is organised in three main sections beyond this one. in the next section (2), we review the literature on the four issues listed above and their implications for tracing the effects of research on productivity; in section 3 we discuss the implications of the findings from the literature for future research and evaluation practices. concluding remarks are provided in section 4. 2. research and productivity: selected issues 2.1 changing paradigms in economic organisation: bioeconomy, circular economies and biorefinery the concept of the bioeconomy, based on the sustainable exploitation of biological resources, has emerged as a key strategy in many countries to meet human needs while taking into account resource efficiency requirements. after having proposed several dif283research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? ferent definitions in recent years, the eu communication on the bioeconomy and the accompanying working document (european commission, 2012a; european commission, 2012b) defines the bioeconomy as encompassing “the production of renewable biological resources and their conversion into food, feed, bio-based products and bioenergy. it includes agriculture, forestry, fisheries, food and pulp and paper production, as well as parts of chemical, biotechnological and energy industries. its sectors have a strong innovation potential due to their use of a wide range of sciences (life sciences, agronomy, ecology, food science and social sciences), enabling and industrial technologies (biotechnology, nanotechnology, information and communication technologies (ict), and engineering), and local and tacit knowledge.” based on this delimitation, the eu bioeconomy accounts for an annual turnover of more than 2 billion euro (of which almost half from the food sector) and more than 20 million employees. besides its economic importance and potential, the bioeconomy strategy provides major challenges for policy and research. several of these challenges are already taken up in the work programmes of the seventh framework programme and the horizon 2020 research and innovation program of the eu. the definition of the term ‘bioeconomy’ is still a matter of discussion (see schmidt et al., 2012), in part due to the fact that different countries have been using different definitions. for example, the oecd and the usa definitions are more focused on biotechnology than that of the eu. different views are also linked to the use of the term bioeconomy in different branches of research, with different normative visions of technology. in particular, there is an emerging tension between an industrial/process vision of the bioeconomy and a territorial/landscape vision. in spite of this diversity, a common feature of the different visions of the bioeconomy is the central role of knowledge, research and innovation. from the point of view of tracing the impact of research, the bioeconomy goes in the direction of making the problem more “analytical” and more difficult. first, it tends to promote a stronger decomposition of material flows, and increasing the potential for re-combinations. in addition, it tends to promote cross-discipline and cross-sector “contaminations”, making it more difficult to identify the flows of effects. finally, working with biological materials tends to increase the degree of uncertainty about the characteristics of input and output, as well as of the outcome of research processes and their applications. a final and perhaps more important issue is that, given the knowledge-based nature of the bioeconomy, the impact of research critically depends on the stock of available knowledge and how it is mobilised to exploit newly produced knowledge. a symptom of the complexity and difficulty in providing clear-cut judgements is that the development of the bioeconomy is accompanied by a mix of opposite expectations about its effects and its role in ensuring sustainability. pfau et al. (2014) identify different visions: (1) the assumption that sustainability is an inherent characteristic of the bioeconomy; (2) the expectation of benefits under certain conditions; (3) tentative criticisms in light of potential pitfalls; and (4) the assumption that the bioeconomy impacts negatively on sustainability. this clearly hints at the potential opposite (ambiguous) effects of the bioeconomy on sustainability. a concept largely embedded in the bioeconomy discourse is that of bio-refinery. biorefinery is the sustainable processing of biomass into a spectrum of bio-based products and bioenergy. it is based on the idea of a stepwise treatment of biomass starting from the 284 d. viaggi highest added-value components down to energy (cascading approach) in such a way as to make the most out of limited biomass resource availability. bio-refinery in europe is promoted as one of the key economic organisational concept in the bioeconomy, in particular for non-food chains. the research may focus on different issues in this field. one key focus is the extraction of an increasing number of products from the same initial biomass; however, the qualifying feature of bio-refinery is the ordering of extraction, in such a way as to maximise the value of production prior to the destruction of the biomass. this also goes in the direction of a higher level of disaggregation of biomass in more simple and basic components that can later be used as the building blocks of a variety of products. the degree of pureness of the obtained materials seems to have an added value here. at the same time, in many cases, the actual value of such products is uncertain due to the fact that they are “far” from final products, new to the market (or new substitutes of existing ones) or due to quality issues (presence of residues etc.). moreover, technologies developed by new research may yield a displacement of effects from one step to the other or change the structure of downstream processes after changing a step in the process. finally, research can also lead to modified economic relationships, e.g. new products may have the potential to transform by-products into main products, justifying the process based on market forces, with implications in the allocation of effects. this effect is potentially more important as the number of potential extractions from the same raw material grows. as in all processes using biomass, which are often characterised by high transport costs per unit, spatial location is an essential feature of industrial organisation and the economic viability of processes. an emerging concept closely connected to the bioeconomy is that of the circular economy, which relates to the idea that the economy should rely less on external raw materials and more on the re-use of resources that are already in the system. chertow and ehrenfeld (2012) define the circular economy and discuss the process of the organisation of circular economies in industrial symbioses. at present, the circularity of the economy (measured by the degree of circularity intended as the share of materials that flow back into the antropic system) is rather limited. hass et al. (2015) provide an estimation of the degree of circularity of the global and the eu-27 economy for 2005. they show that there is a global flow of roughly 4 gigatonnes per year (gt/yr) of recycled waste materials; this is of moderate size compared to 62 gt/yr of processed materials and 41 gt/yr of outputs. biomass has an important role in this process as it accounts for 19 gt/yr with only a 3% (7% in the eu-27) degree of circularity. one of the reasons for this is that biomass is largely used for energy purposes (including food), which makes it non-recyclable. here, however, the definitions and the system considered are of significant importance; if biomass is produced sustainably (that is, without damaging soil or water resources and without depleting ecological carbon stocks), it can be considered renewable and the emitted co2 as well as waste flows can largely be recycled into new primary biomass within ecological cycles (jordan et al., 2007). closing the cycle for biomass-related industries hence involves closing the cycle of nutrients (nitrogen and phosphorous), reducing waste from production and consumption, changing dietary patterns towards less meat demanding diets. as a result, both agriculture 285research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? and food are heavily affected by the process of getting to a more circular economy, or, looking at the other side of the coin, can directly contribute to it. the concept of the circular economy has implications not only in terms of the organisation of the economy, but also in relation to the role of technologies and, hence, research. indeed, a growing focus of research is now related to closing the cycles of key materials, e.g. nutrients. this implies considering the degree of closeness of an economy as a key indicator of performance of the system or a change thereof as an important impact indicator for research. at the same time, the focus on circularity questions traditional productivity measures if they do not qualify the origin of raw materials (recycled or newly extracted). in economic terms, this implies investigating the different economic values attached to external versus re-used resources. resources are re-used at a cost; external resources have a cost affected by extraction costs and scarcity rents. both costs may change depending on the quantity allocated to a given source or another. this hints at least at the idea that the degree of closeness of an economy may not tell the full story in economic terms, as actual values may be not proportional to the degree of closeness/openness. instead, the value of resources in classical productivity measures can actually be more informative about the degree of optimal closeness of an economy, except in the case of externalities, market distortions or information failures. when market prices are not considered to be good estimates, shadow price approaches may help to investigate the actual degree of scarcity of resources (e.g. halvorsen and smith, 1984). finally, an issue related to impacts in the circular economy and bioeconomy (i.e. using living organisms) is that scarce resources may in fact change over time, depending on the availability of resource stocks and technology. a pertinent example is the growing attention to the increasing scarcity of phosphorous in the field of agriculture. hence, eventual indicators of circularity may require the flexibility to change over time to account for critical issues. another issue that is typical of living organisms is their inherent variability, which should be taken into account in both evaluation and policy design (carillo e maietta, 2014). 2.2 entrepreneurship and eco-innovation the role of the different actors in research and innovation is another issue that is changing dramatically. in a simplified (older) vision of research and technology uptake, the market and policies played major roles. the market was seen as a promoter of private research and the main determinant of technology uptake, whereas the public sector, for its part, was a research provider and promoter of targeted technology uptake, e.g. through subsidies. the transfer of innovation from science to the industry, initially thought of as a sort of linear process, has been over time supported by specific extension policies aimed at smoothing and encouraging this one-way flow. this naive idea of technology transfer has been widely challenged over time, notably by investigating the number of actors, institutions and mechanisms that provide a bridge between research and the farming sector and considering feedback loops between the farming sector and research. the broad-based literature on agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (akis) indicates that this has become increasingly important in agriculture, especially in relation to the bioeconomy (esposti, 2012). relevant categories go beyond single extension units and farmers. networks are becoming a more and more 286 d. viaggi important category in this field. networks also support a dynamic view of the innovation process, in which different types of actors can get involved at different stages and innovators need to continuously reflect and re-position themselves with respect to their environment. this view of the innovation process also implies that facilitators and innovation monitoring and evaluation methods can play a major role. in addition, it implies a rethinking of policies to ensure that they are not excessively aimed at determining innovation direction, but rather support facilitation activities and the emergence of innovation initiatives (klerkx et al., 2010). accounting for higher and growing complexity also requires adequate approaches for research and evaluation. a pertinent example is that of the impact pathways evaluation approach (douthwaite et al., 2003). participatory approaches in different steps of the research to innovation processes have become particularly evident in the context of eu initiatives. the process started with the eu technology platforms at the outset of the seventh framework programme and has become paramount in the context of the new horizon 2020 programme, focusing on the contribution to competitiveness through research and innovation and promoting a multiactor approach in research projects. in this context, one of the most relevant phenomena in recent decades, which was also largely supported by the development of the bioeconomy, is the role of entrepreneurship in research and innovation. entrepreneurship can take different forms, from brokerage of innovation as a specific business activity, to the financing of innovation, up to a sort of “innovation entrepreneurship”. moreover, the process of developing ‘entrepreneurship’ activities and attitudes by researchers is increasingly being promoted. the role of entrepreneurship has attracted attention in the field of biotechnology for at least two decades with the emergence of the term “bio-entrepreneurship” (schoemaker and schoemaker, 1998). the concept includes a wide range of typologies, ranging from researchers developing enterprises to exploit their knowledge to entrepreneurs investing in life science research and development companies. this concept is now widespread and increasingly used in specific educational programmes involving university students and researchers (see e.g. uctu and jafta, 2015). this pathway also draws attention to the process of building research objectives and priorities. a specific point concerns the growing role of businesses in building innovation strategies and, through these, guiding the development of oriented applied research. as this approach becomes more important, the building of circular connections between research and business seems to be giving additional weight to business, which is providing a vision for the future, while research has more and more the (limited) aim of buttressing this vision with much needed knowledge. from the point of view of impact evaluation, a key issue in recent years is the incorporation of collective values (e.g. public goods concerns such as environmental and resource issues) into market strategies by the private sector. this can be viewed as the progressive merging of private and public type values. this is witnessed by a process of strategic choice on the part of industry, awareness and related behavioural changes by consumers and the appropriate functioning of markets and marketing, including the communication of values and the transmission of information about products and processes. in the incorporation of ‘green’ concerns into private business, a key concept is that of eco-efficiency. the concept attempts to reconcile economics and the environment. the 287research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? world business council for sustainable development (wbcsd) in 1992 defined eco-efficiency as being “ …achieved by the delivery of competitively-priced goods and services that satisfy human needs and bring quality of life, while progressively reducing ecological impacts and resource intensity throughout the life-cycle to a level at least in line with the earth’s estimated carrying capacity” (schmidheiny, 1992, cited in govindan et al., 2014). the green economy has been put forward as an even more positive and environmentally focused way of seeing the economy. it is intended as an economy seeking to reduce environmental and ecological impacts and that fosters sustainable development without degrading the environment. it also incorporates the idea of fairness. an interesting area of attention linking research and the green economy is provided by eco-innovation, which also offers examples of the articulated interplay between firm strategies, their economic context and inter-firm relationships. the exploration of the factors of eco-innovation effort is considered to be at the heart of new research directions in the new millennium (rashid et al., 2014), driven in particular by four eco-innovation drivers: regulatory push, technology push, market pull, and firm strategies. in the context of this trend, the connection between vision, research objectives and the impacts of technological innovation is becoming of central importance. for example, björkdahl and linder (2014) explain how and why a shared environmental vision can accelerate environmental innovation. specifically, they emphasize that a shared environmental vision can lead to an increase in the number of application areas and in increased market sales based on existing green solutions. however, they also show that the efficacy of the shared vision is dependent on a good match between the environmental problems faced and the core competencies of the firm. cuerva et al., 2014 found that the factors driving eco-innovation are different from other types of innovations. based on a questionnaire carried out in the spanish food and beverage sector, they found that technological capabilities such as r&d and human capital foster conventional innovation, but not green innovation. on the contrary, the implementation of quality management systems (qms) and differentiation contribute only to the adoption of green innovations. one of the findings of this study is that greater implementation of voluntary certification schemes would be more effective in enhancing ecoinnovation than public subsidies. furthermore, attention to collaboration and the needs of consumers are positively associated with eco-innovation. triguero et al. (2013), studying eco-innovation in europe at the firm level, found that those entrepreneurs who give importance to collaboration with research institutes, agencies and universities, and to the increase in market demand for green products, are more active in all types of eco-innovation. greater attention to existing regulations shape eco-product and eco-organisational innovations while expected regulations and access to subsidies and fiscal incentives do not have any significant effect on decisions to eco-innovate. policy, management and communication instruments are playing a key role here as promoters of change. for example, quality management and certification schemes have been at the core of a wide field of research in recent decades and are increasingly the subject of analysis. new communication technologies may have a key role in boosting these connections, e.g. by improving the awareness of consumers and their ability to choose, or providing information, for example, about the quality and eco-friendliness of products. examples include apps that help search for non-gmo, organic, or in-sea288 d. viaggi son food1. the role of these technologies in shaping awareness, preferences and future demand-supply interaction is still largely unexplored. 2.3 emerging methods for measuring the impacts of research: towards a diffuse life cycle assessment approach? another strategy for understanding the implications of current trends in the analysis of the links between research and productivity is to look at instruments for measuring the impacts of (new) technologies and, indirectly, of research. in this perspective, a dominant role is currently played by life-cycle assessment (lca). lca is an assessment method focusing on impacts generated by each unit of product (or, more appropriately, functional unit) along its lifecycle, from “cradle to grave”. the basis of the method is a compilation of the inventory of inputs and outputs, notably with reference to key resources (e.g. energy, water) or pollutants (e.g. ghg, nitrogen). besides the inventory phase, lca is being expanded to include the evaluation of differences among technology alternatives, including the use of multi-criteria analysis and the linkage with economic performance, e.g. using lifecycle costing, along the life cycle of a given product. lca has been used for more than two decades as an environmental assessment tool and is increasingly used to support marketing messages. it is increasingly used as the basis for the selection of products in ‘green procurement’ and the inclusion of products in various national and regional eco-labelling schemes, i.e. european flower, german blue angel, nordic swan eco-label etc. it is now widely promoted for early evaluation of research and innovation processes. in particular, lca was already applied in the seventh framework programme of the eu (tilche and galatola, 2008) and is now regularly required in the calls of horizon 2020. in principle, lca responds to the basic idea of productivity, though expressed in a reverse way, i.e. aiming at minimising the unit of input and emission per unit of product. notably, however, it tends to maintain a multidimensional and rather broad (and diverse) view of such a ratio, depending on the environmental indicators measured for input and output. from the point of view of the linkage between research and productivity, lca addresses the need to better account for the broader impacts of technological research, hence considering a potentially wide range of effects on complex systems. in addition, it seeks to account for environmental effects along the value chain of a given product (broken down in different key phases), hence being able to explicitly account for displacement or compensatory effects at different stages of the chain. it also takes into consideration by-products and recycling. furthermore, lca makes it possible to support prescriptions regarding the steps in the process where intervention/research is more urgent due to higher criticalities in terms of impacts. for its characteristics, lca appears especially suitable to address the impacts of innovation and research applied to the emerging issues discussed above (bioeconomy, circular 1 http://grist.org/list/this-powerful-app-brings-organic-farming-into-the-candy-crush-age/ http://foodtank.com/news/2013/10/twenty-three-mobile-apps-changing-the-food-system 289research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? economy and bio-refinery). in fact, several papers already report applications referred to these issues. for example, mattila et al (2012) discuss the methodological aspects of applying lca to industrial symbioses and, more generally, to circular economies. the literature is also developing on the specificities of the application of lca to bio-refinery systems (sandin et al., 2015). lca is also at the forefront of the measurement of eco-efficiency, which to date has been using different methods, ranging from simple indicators to modelling. lca and dea are arguably amongst the most used (govindan et al., 2014; lin et al., 2012). an example of the application in agriculture is available in picazo-tadeo et al. (2012). yet lca applications have also experienced difficulties and the above-referenced literature emphasise a number of open issues. while databases are now more and more available for standard applications of well-established technologies, coefficients needed for new technologies or for rapidly evolving product chains are often not readily available. conceptual issues related to the boundaries of the system remain open, especially for not yet well-structured or evolving production chains. moreover, lca yields comparable results only when the functional unit is perfectly comparable, which weakens the potential for comparing different products or processes yielding different results in terms of services. applications to the concepts of bioeconomy and biorefinery emphasise the issue of the attribution of impacts internally to the system considered; at the same time, as the process is purposely designed to yield multiple products, the issue of finding a common functional unit or to allocate common effects to different products is also highlighted. sandin et al. (2015) explore how the choice of the allocation methods influences results and in which decision contexts the choice is particularly important, by testing six allocation methods in a case study of a bio-refinery using pulpwood as feedstock. the results indicate that the choice of allocation method deserves careful attention, particularly in consequential studies and in studies focussed on co-products representing relatively small flows. an issue of specific interest for this paper is that lca tends to focus attention on environmental/resource use, whilst economic and social impacts remain more difficult to account for. notably, recent attention has been devoted to the use of life cycle costing (lcc), which is an economic assessment tool considering all projected significant and relevant cost flows over a period of analysis expressed in monetary value. it can be applied to a physical asset life or to the life cycle of a product/services in analogy to lca. notably, this is gaining attention for use in public procurement, another area of innovation in which the purchasing power of public institutions is used to provide incentives towards environmentally friendly technologies (iisd, 2009; dragos and neamtu, 2013). from an economic point of view, two key nodes remain open issues, in particular in evaluating the impact of research. first, the way in which research can impact the production process includes several variables (e.g. uptake, organisation of the production process, concentration etc.), which makes it necessary to estimate potential impacts based on a number of assumptions. the use of lca and location (including related limitations) must also be considered in the light of the different types of chains addressed: i.e. short, long, and global. concepts connecting the measurement of impacts and trade relationships are also emerging, such as virtual water and water footprint. second, the “engineeristic” impact in terms of changes in flows needs to be given an economic value. this also implies assumptions about, for example, the location of impacts. 290 d. viaggi taking the case of the use of water resources, abstraction can have unit costs of a different order of magnitude depending on the source used. it should also be acknowledged that the distribution of impacts across sectors can be non-neutral. an issue related to the economics of lca information is its role in decision-making. on this issue, sandin et al. (2014) note that, “particularly in inter-organisational r&d projects, the roles of lcas tend to be unclear and arbitrary, and as a consequence, lca work is not adequately designed for the needs of the project considered. there is a need for research on how to choose an appropriate role for lca in such projects and how to plan lca work accordingly” (sandin et al., 2014, p. 97). similarly, considering the connection with the work on the measurement of eco-efficiency, govindan et al. (2014), draw attention to the need to better connect these studies to supply chain management. 2.4 from performance to positioning: sustainability and ecosystem services the wider context in which the above issues have been developed has been characterised by the widespread use of the concept of sustainability as the increasingly important aim of agriculture and food systems and, related to that, of sustainability-oriented technology change. without entering into the debate with respect to the definition of sustainability, it is clear from the literature that it is to a large extent related to socially constructed notions. on the one hand, the literature points out and advocates the need for the political process to define sustainability (schepers, 2014). on the other hand, it is claimed that sustainability is a continuous social learning path and that such a transformation should be “profound (e.g. affecting moral standards and value systems), transversal (e.g. requiring the involvement of individuals as well as collective action) and counter-hegemonic (e.g. requiring the exposure and questioning of stubborn routines)” (wals e rodela, 2014). it is also important to emphasise that the problems encountered are not only related to providing adequate definitions, but also touch upon the empirical conceptualisation and practical measurement of sustainability, including its relationship with globalisation and development literature (olson et al., 2014). a good example of the practical problems faced in the measurement of sustainability is given by the approaches towards the assessment of environmental sustainability of agriculture, somehow the component of sustainability better studied, as compared to economic and social sustainability. this issue has been largely addressed in the literature through the use of indicators (bockstaller et al., 2008). as the number of indicators developed is both high and varied, the literature has also formulated a number of proposals for composite indicators and integrated sustainability assessments (rodrigues et al., 2010a; 2010b). moreover, a number of methodologies have been developed relying not only on more or less complex (sets of) indicators (singh et al., 2009), but also on modelling (ness et al., 2007). the literature notes the contradiction among the different requirements expressed towards these tools, which are expected to be at the same time specific yet broad, tailored but standardised (ness et al., 2007). there is also demand for composite indexes, whilst recognising that simple aggregate indexes can provide misleading information to decisionmakers (singh et al., 2009). in most cases, data availability remains the clearest criterion for decisions about the individual indicators and tools to be used. bockstaller et al. (2008) 291research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? conclude that, as the data available at the regional level are usually limited, several simple indicators should be used, at least at this level. only when more detailed information is available can indicators based on operational models be useful. in experimental studies, when possible, it is suggested to use both measured indicators and model-based indicators. in recent years, concepts such as resilience and vulnerability have increasingly accompanied or replaced that of sustainability. the detailed consideration of each of these terms would require the examination of a wide body of literature, which is beyond the scope of this paper. notably, all of these issues have found noteworthy parallel use in ecology, environmental economics and development economics, highlighting the importance of dynamics and the relevance of “potential” effects/changes. another feature of these concepts is their attempt to be comprehensive, which is at times pursued at the cost of difficulties with accurate definitions and measurement. the most direct implication for productivity measures arising from this field of study is a push for a stronger consideration of sustainability in both output and resource concerns. it should, however, be emphasised that expectations regarding easy corrections of traditional productivity measures may be overambitious. one of the consequences of the increasing uncertainty in the different interpretations of ‘sustainability’ and the difficulty in the measurement of outcomes/impacts of processes, accompanied by the quest for more comprehensive concepts, is the move towards proxies able to measure the positioning towards the future, rather than the direct measurement of outcomes/impacts either exante or ex-post. as a consequence, also in relation to the measurement of productivity and of the effects of research, the consideration of proxies, or of a limited number of selected issues (most likely measuring pressures), could remain the more realistic option. a concept closely related to sustainability assessment is that of ecosystem services (es). according to teeb (2010), es are the direct and indirect contributions of ecosystems to human well-being. they are most often categorized into four types (mea, 2003; teeb, 2010): provisioning, regulating, habitat and cultural services. in contrast to other approaches, the es approach takes ecosystems directly into account and links them to the uses that human beings can make of the services they provide. the approach has gained a broad consensus and has increasingly been adopted in policymaking. the use of es presents several advantages, among which, notably for the scope of this paper, to include in the same framework services directly linked to “traditional” productivity measures (provisioning) and those that relate to other ecosystem roles in human life, thus making explicit the various trade-offs, synergies and relative weights. on the other hand, es make it possible to link issues related to the economics of sustainability with the ecosystem context and to cast sustainability issues in a territorial and landscape dimension (van zanten et al., 2014). of significant importance is also the fact that the concept seems to be particularly suitable for policy communication. on the other hand, a number of studies show that the understanding of es, and their inherent trade-offs, require an enlargement of the system considered and hence re-introduces, and even emphasises, the trade-offs between detail and comprehensiveness. furthermore, es does not solve data issues, which remain a key driver of the choice of specific indicators and their measurement strategies, nor do they address the problem related to the attribution of economic values to es services, at least for the part represented by public goods-type services and externalities (viaggi, 2015). 292 d. viaggi another issue linked to sustainability is related to the strategies currently being used to achieve improved product sustainability. far from traditional end-of-pipe approaches, current strategies directly address process and product design, value chain organisation or even producer habits. this is the focus of a wide body of literature on alternative technology options in agriculture, but it is now also of increasing importance for food production. in this regard, van der goot et al. (2016) list several technological strategies, including: avoiding dilution, minimizing drying, focusing ingredient production on functionality rather than purity, tailoring ingredient production to specific applications rather than for general use, developing smaller and more flexible fractionation processes which should also be located in the vicinity of the application, and using milder process conditions for less refined ingredients. in other words, sustainability concerns are increasingly embedded in the whole product design and chain/system functioning. similar approaches are advocated for most of the issues connected to sustainability, including the promotion of the circularity of the economy. these considerations have implications in particular for the measurement of impact in research aimed at improving sustainability, which in fact tends to require an analysis (and awareness) of entire processes and a comprehensive view of the related economic dimensions. 3. discussion, implications for research and the way forward each of the issues and perspectives illustrated above has potential specific implications for the relationship between research, innovation and productivity and for the measurement/evaluation of the impacts of research. the implications can be broadly organised into three interconnected topics: a) measurement of productivity; b) parameters able to explain changes in productivity, especially due to research; c) ways of making the connection between research efforts and productivity change. as far as the measurement of productivity is concerned (point a) the emergence of environmental and resource problems, and the new areas of concern illustrated above, have primarily brought to the attention (even more strongly than before) the need to expand the range of output indicators and the range of resources to be considered as input. besides this, the current trends seem to introduce novelties in the quality of the effects sought, which are increasingly represented by: a) soft effects, amenable to interpretations and flexibility in the social construction of related values (and hence prices), and; b) effects that are more valued for their potential than for their actual observable effects. altogether, while the classical measures of productivity remain key references at the aggregate level, the emerging attention to circular economies and resource efficiency brings into question, in particular, the application at intermediate and lower levels of aggregation (chains, firms, small territorial units). here, the widespread diffusion of lca signals (and partially responds to) the need to develop more functional measures of the effects of (and in) different steps in the chain, and brings directly to attention the technological and economic inter-linkages among different processes. lca is itself, however, challenged by the emphasis on circularity and by the social construction of values related to impacts. indeed, the discrepancy between more accurate technical measures of impact 293research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? (or at least pressures) and the limited ability to valuate their effects in economic terms is still very high. it is likely that the new issues emerging from the development of the bioeconomy will further contribute to this discrepancy, making the effects of research even more difficult to measure objectively. these reflections also lead to question the extent to which economics can actually play a role in measuring productivity effects in light of current technological development. on the one hand, many issues addressed above, such as circularity in the economy, can already be incorporated into the measures currently being used, if prices work well, particularly with respect to scarcity. on the other hand, it is becoming more difficult to account monetarily for the preferences of final consumers, who are becoming less stable and more driven by perceptions, expectations and information distortions (especially for services that are less and less related to basic needs or for those that are new for consumers). it is also becoming difficult to identify the economic mechanisms that are determining the impact of research, starting with the use of new knowledge and the adoption of new technologies. in this context, the traditionally clear distinction between private and public goods and the category of externalities (and the related instruments for economic valuation), are also weakening due to the “marketization” of environmental and social values, the increasingly explicit socially (or policy) driven construction of values and preferences and the growing number of cases of goods that are somewhere between private and public. these trends expose the system to the instability of preferences over time, which may lead to difficulties in prediction, overlapping and double counting. they also require (and partially ensure) greater attention to information and communication, the embedding of technology change in participatory processes, and the awareness of the processes leading to the construction of values. similarly to output measurement, the interpretation and understanding of determinants of productivity (point b), and among them research, also require effort to account for an increasing number of parameters that contribute to the explanation of productivity changes. this includes accounting better for a larger number and diversified quality of input, more complex interplays among sectors and larger geographical interactions. a specific element requiring attention is the strengthening of the connection between research and innovation efforts and the stronger linkages with human capital and entrepreneurship attitudes. changes in the way research is performed must also be better analysed. research is becoming increasingly analytical, cross sector and taking on multiple methods of interaction (in interdisciplinary, multidisciplinary and transdisciplinary contexts). it is also necessary to take into account the multiple number of actors, which also imply different ways of understanding the directions of interaction among different pieces of knowledge. in this framework, information about research expenditure, even when available, becomes less and less satisfactory in accounting for research efforts, without considering the increasing difficulties in linking expenditures to the specific objectives of research (and hence expectations about the direction of its impacts). furthermore, specific attention should be paid to understanding how to account for the existing stock of knowledge. past research expenditure is less and less a good way for accounting for the increased stock of very diversified knowledge; this issue in itself deserves to be the subject of more focused research, considering improved proxies and a 294 d. viaggi better understanding of mechanisms taking into account spatial dynamics, including flows of knowledge and technology. the connection between research and its effects (point c), is possibly the most puzzling of the three topics listed above, and its evolution is still less studied compared with performance measurement and its potential determinants. in addition, recent literature shows that addressing this link is not only a matter of measuring items, but more widely of understanding and codifying cause-effect relationships among factors affecting the direct and feed-back loops between research, technology adoption and performance change. relevant issues to be accounted for include scope and scale of the evaluation, i.e. what is the right bundle of products/issues to be addressed and at what geographical level and process detail. bioeconomy research is a good example of the need to better understand how to address these issues: innovation tends to be increasingly analytical in improving processes as its effects are becoming “finer” and there is a tendency toward a greater disaggregation of biomass into smaller blocks. but some concerns do exist (among which sustainability, counteracting this trend). the joint pathway of the circular economy and biorefinery is leading towards the need for more analytical and more comprehensive approaches. yet their effects and, arguably, the perception of their effects has become more ambiguous and difficult to measure. a more specific issue relates to time lags for the effects of research. most of the literature emphasises that long time lags are necessary to allow research to impact on productivity (alston, 2010; wang, 2013). however, the evolution of the bioeconomy and the explicit focus on innovation in research programmes (see horizon, 2020) may be expected to push for reducing such lags, or, more likely, to diversify even more the lags among the various pieces of research. this variety of potential time lags is also visible from having a simultaneous quest for very applied research supporting short-term innovation and a very open “blue sky” (in the words of the eu commission) and fundamental research. in addition, given the status of continuous change and the different technologies that interact, the role of both indirect and unexpected effects, which may in fact occur at different points in time, are more prominent. another economic issue, stemming in part from the evolution in governance/legislation and the existence of more sophisticated technologies, is the growing complexity of property rights in research results. this makes the use of research results and the appropriation of their benefits more distributed, while the participation in the exploitation and the potential for alternative uses of knowledge also become wider whilst, at the same time, requiring more flexible ways of collaboration. given this complexity of chain effects, one of the strategies for future understanding of the impact of research would be to look at shorter chains of effects, i.e. between research and adoption/organisation, or between adoption and performance, rather than trying to address the long way between research and final changes in the system, with the related causality problems. altogether, one could argue that, while the productivity of research should remain and even become a more important focus of research, the real priority issue is not the measurement of impacts (though it is to some extent), but rather the mechanisms making the link between research and its impacts, which could also be considered as a good (or the best) proxy of impact itself, or at least as a measure of potential impact. 295research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? several pathways for further research crosscutting the simplified three points illustrated above can be identified. these include, notably, the following: 1. there is a need to identify improved representations of goods, technologies and their change that can be used to better account for the current trends in technologies that break down biomass and recombine its compounds; one direction could be in representing input as bundles of attributes (elements) and the output as potential attributes rather than products. 2. there is also a need to better investigate new institutional mechanisms, especially the role of entrepreneurship in research, knowledge exploitation and the social construction of successful technologies. this connects with the notion of business models and the “shape” (or, better, “non-shape”) of enterprises (which, metaphorically, can be better represented by an amoeba rather than any other constant form concept) becoming more and more a bundle of loosely connected rights and values; this trend is emphasised by the growing complexity in technology ownership and the exploitation of innovation. 3. a better study of the interplay between consumers and producers, beyond simplified market mechanisms, is also needed. on this issue, new awareness building and marketing strategies (social networks) and thoroughly informed/aware communities (yet often limited in their intepretation ability) connecting demand and supply, boosted by new technologies (e.g. smartphones) call for the need for collaboration and linkages between studies on production and studies on consumption in order to directly deal with uncertainty about prices and market shares. this is particularly relevant for new technologies for which the market has yet to be developed, in which frequently changing or new policy measures are also often observed. 4. new communication technologies have a key role in several of the processes mentioned above; though they are playing a disruptive role in changing societies, their role as means and promoters of change in economic behaviour linked to innovation and exploitation of research is still insufficiently studied. 5. there is also a need for studies on tools and strategies to deal with uncertain futures. a specific issue related to emerging technologies and their interplay with awareness and market building is the difficulty in predicting futures; trends are less and less a relevant indication for the future, while a breakthrough of new solutions may be more relevant. on this point, economic valuations using potential trend-breaking scenarios may require greater attention with respect to on past-based expectations. 6. the investigation of new potential tools to measure productivity and link with research is also needed. the existing tools are for the most part well-established in the literature; sometimes they are seen to be novel when “discovered” by different disciplinary fields or when new variants become available, but in the last couple of decades there have mostly been incremental innovations rather than radical innovations in this field. contamination among existing tools could be a promising pathway and is already under way, e.g. studies proposing combinations of lca and dea analysis, or lca and multi-criteria analysis. 7. this goes hand by hand with the further development of studies to better understand research and technology impact pathways in this changing context; a distinguishing feature of future studies could be found in a more extended use of impact 296 d. viaggi pathways approaches, to better account for the larger set of determinants discussed in this paper. 8. an investigation into the new role of policy and related mechanisms is also needed. not only regulation and policy-defined prices contribute to reveal and signal preferences through the value chain; the building of new markets is becoming a stronger policy issue that has a broad range of implications. indirect policy mechanisms, such as those helping to reveal preferences related to public goods or facilitating coordination, are becoming more important, yet continue to be poorly understood. an increased emphasis on policy measures related to awareness, information, education and knowledge management may also result in the need for different tools to study policies, e.g. more qualitative and systemic tools. 9. information and data needs remain a key issue for researchers in the field of the evaluation of research impacts on productivity. gaps primarily involve productivity measures, in particular “non-conventional” components of productivity, such as environmental improvements considered in multi-output productivity specifications or input-saving approaches. data gaps are also very much relevant for research expenditure and potential intermediate explanatory variables (e.g. akis actors). however, it should be emphasised that this issue cannot be restricted to complaints regarding insufficient data availability. rather, data users and providers should collaborate in coconstruct data sources taking into account forward looking needs. in addition, greater attention should be given to emerging sources of data due to the digitalisation of huge amounts of information and related opportunities for data mining and linkages of databases (still largely unexploited). 4. conclusions this paper has investigated the implications for research, innovation and productivity studies of selected bioeconomy-related issues, namely: a) the concepts of bioeconomy, circular economy, resource efficiency and bio-refinery; b) the connection with entrepreneurship and eco-innovation; c) changing tools in research assessment, in particular the widespread use of lca; and d) the evolving concepts of sustainability and ecosystem services. we argue that the “traditional” idea of productivity intended as an output/input ratio maintains (and may strengthen) its role on the aggregate, though the current trends in research are more focused than they were in the past on creating “potential” rather than straightforward changes. furthermore, we find that, while the role of research in productivity change is likely increasing, it is becoming somewhat more difficult to link changes in productivity to specific research actions. as a result of the above, the understanding of the interconnections and pathways between research and productivity are becoming more relevant than final productivity measures themselves, though much more difficult to trace than in the past. policy and practitioners are requiring improved ways of performing ex-ante and ex-post analyses that are better connected with decision making and capable of managing interplays between aggregate and disaggregate levels. this is also in line with a growing emphasis on incorporating sustainability concerns into private (both firm and consumer) behaviour while dealing with globalised markets and global environmental and social concerns. 297research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? this highlights a number of new challenges for research in economics, especially related to agriculture, food and the bioeconomy. a key issue concerns the need for methodological developments, which may find their basis in the improved knowledge of new research processes and new technologies, as well as in a better understanding of surrounding societal change. it also requires economists to take up the “procedural” and cultural challenges of an increased involvement in the agriculture and bioeconomy innovation system, while at the same time guaranteeing objective analyses and robust independent judgements, suitable for evidence-based support to decision-making. acknowledgments the author wishes to thank ornella maietta and laurens klerkx for their useful comments and suggestions on intermediate versions of this paper. an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 4th aieaa conference, ancona, 11-12 june 2015. the usual disclaimers apply. references alston, j., norton, g.w. and pardey, p.g. (1995). science under scarcity. principles and practice for agricultural research evaluation and priority setting. cab international. alston, j. m., andersen, m. a., james, j. s. and pardey, p. g. (2011). the economic returns to u.s. public agricultural research. american journal of agricultural economics 93 (5): 1257-1277. doi:10.1093/ajae/aar044. alston, j.m., andersen, m.a., james, j.s. and pardey, p.g. (2010). persistence pays: u.s. agricultural productivity growth and the benefits from public r&d spending. persistence pays: u.s. agricultural productivity growth and the benefits from public r&d spending. http://www.scopus.com/inward/record.url?eid=2-s2.074549206738&partnerid=tzotx3y1. björkdahl, j. and linder, m. (2014). formulating problems for commercializing new technologies: the case of environmental innovation. scandinavian journal of management 31 (1): 14-24. doi: 10.1016/j.scaman.2014.05.001. bockstaller, c., guichard, l., makowski, d., aveline, a., girardin, p., and plantureux, s. (2008). agri-environmental indicators to assess cropping and farming systems. a review. agronomy for sustainable development 28 (1): 139-149. doi: 10.1051/ agro:2007052. carillo, f. and maietta, o.w. (2014). the relationship between economic growth and environmental quality: the contributions of economic structure and agricultural policies. new medit 13 (1): 15-21. chen, s. and golley, j. (2014). ‘green’ productivity growth in china’s industrial economy. energy economics 44 (july): 89-98. doi: 10.1016/j.eneco.2014.04.002. chertow, m. and ehrenfeld, j. (2012). “organizing self-organizing systems.” journal of industrial ecology 16 (1): 13-27. doi: 10.1111/j.1530-9290.2011.00450.x. coelli, t., rao, d., o‟donnell, c. and battese, g. (2005). an introduction to efficiency and productivity analysis. springer, new york, second edition. 298 d. viaggi cuerva, m. c., triguero-cano, a. and córcoles, d. (2014). drivers of green and nongreen innovation: empirical evidence in low-tech smes. journal of cleaner production 68 (april): 104-113. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2013.10.049. de wilt, j. g., diederen, p. j. m., butter, m. and tukker, a. (2001). innovation challenges for european agriculture. foresight 3 (4): 341-352. http://www.scopus.com/inward/ record.url?eid=2-s2.0-3543122960&partnerid=tzotx3y1. douthwaite, b., kuby, t., van de fliert, e. and schulz, s. (2003). impact pathway evaluation: an approach for achieving and attributing impact in complex systems. agricultural systems 78 (2): 243-265. doi: 10.1016/s0308-521x(03)00128-8. dragos, d. and neamtu, b. (2013). sustainable public procurement: life cycle costing (lcc) in the new eu directive proposal. epppl, 1: 19-30. esposti, r. (2012). knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy: lessons from the past, challenges for the future. bio-based and applied economics 1 (3): 235-268. european commission (2012a). innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe, swd (2012). 11 final. brussels, 13.2.2012. com(2012) 60 final. european commission (2012b). commission staff working document accompanying the “communication on innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe”, brussels. fuglie, k. (2015). accounting for growth in global agriculture, bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 201-234. gaunand, a., hocdé, a., lemarié, s., matt, m. and de turckheim, e. (2015). how does public agricultural research impact society? a characterization of various patterns. research policy 44 (4): 849-861. doi: 10.1016/j.respol.2015.01.009. govindan, k., sarkis, j., chiappetta jabbour, c.j., zhu, q. and geng, y. (2014). eco-efficiency based green supply chain management: current status and opportunities. european journal of operational research 233 (2): 293-298. doi: 10.1016/j. ejor.2013.10.058. haas, w., krausmann f., wiedenhofer, d. and heinz, m. (2015). how circular is the global economy? an assessment of material flows, waste production, and recycling in the european union and the world in 2005. journal of industrial ecology 19 (5): 765-777. doi: 10.1111/jiec.12244. halvorsen, r. and smith, t.r. (1984). on measuring natural resource scarcity, journal of political economy 92 (5): 954-964. international institute for sustainable development (iisd) (2009). life cycle costing in sustainable public procurement: a question of value. iisd, winnipeg, manitoba, canada, 28 pp. klerkx, l., aarts, n. and leeuwis, c. (2010). adaptive management in agricultural innovation systems: the interactions between innovation networks and their environment. agricultural systems 103 (6): 390-400. doi: 10.1016/j.agsy.2010.03.012. latruffe, l. (2010). competitiveness, productivity and efficiency in the agricultural and agri-food sectors, oecd food, agriculture and fisheries papers no. 30. maietta, o. w. (2015). determinants of university-firm r&d collaboration and its impact on innovation: a perspective from a low-tech industry. research policy 44 (7): 13411359. 299research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity? mattila, t., lehtoranta, s., sokka, l., melanen, m. and nissinen, a. (2012). methodological aspects of applying life cycle assessment to industrial symbioses. journal of industrial ecology 16 (1): 51-60. doi: 10.1111/j.1530-9290.2011.00443.x. mea (2003). ecosystems and human well-being. a framework for assessment. ness, b., urbel-piirsalu, e., anderberg, s. and olsson, l. (2007). categorising tools for sustainability assessment. ecological economics 60 (3): 498-508. doi: 10.1016/j. ecolecon.2006.07.023. olsson, l., hourcade, j.-c. and kohler, j. (2014). sustainable development in a globalized world. the journal of environment & development 23 (1): 3-14. doi: 10.1177/1070496514521418. pfau, s., hagens, j., dankbaar, b. and smits a. (2014). visions of sustainability in bioeconomy research. sustainability 6 (3): 1222-1249. doi: 10.3390/su6031222. picazo-tadeo, a.j., beltrán-esteve, m. and gómez-limón, j.a. (2012). assessing ecoefficiency with directional distance functions. european journal of operational research 220 (3): 798-809. doi: 10.1016/j.ejor.2012.02.025. rashid, n., jabar, j., yahya, s. and shami, s. (2014). dynamic eco innovation practices: a systematic review of state of the art and future direction for eco innovation study. asian social science 11 (1): 8-21. doi: 10.5539/ass.v11n1p8. rodrigues, g.s., rodrigues, i.a., de almeida buschinelli, c.c. and de barros, i. (2010a). integrated farm sustainability assessment for the environmental management of rural activities. environmental impact assessment review 30 (4): 229-239. doi: 10.1016/j.eiar.2009.10.002. rodrigues, g.s., rodrigues, i.a., de almeida buschinelli, c.c. and de barros, i. (2010b). integrated farm sustainability assessment for the environmental management of rural activities. environmental impact assessment review 30 (4): 229-239. doi: 10.1016/j.eiar.2009.10.002. sandin, g., røyne, f., berlin, j., peters, g.m. and svanström, m. (2015). allocation in lcas of biorefinery products: implications for results and decision-making. journal of cleaner production 93 (april): 213-221. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.01.013. sandin, g., clancy, g., heimersson, s., peters, g.m., svanström, m. and ten hoeve, m. (2014). making the most of lca in technical inter-organisational r&d projects. journal of cleaner production 70 (may): 97-104. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2014.01.094. schepers, s. (2015). managing the politics of innovation and sustainability. journal of public affairs 15: 91-100. doi: 10.1002/pa.1521. schmidheiny, s. (1992). changing course: a global business perspective on development and the environment, the mit press, cambridge ma, pp. 448. isbn: 9780262193184. schoemaker, h. j. and schoemaker, a. f. (1998). the three pillars of bioentrepreneurship. nature biotechnology 16 (suppl): 13-15. retrieved from http://www.scopus.com/ inward/record.url?eid=2-s2.0-0032067967&partnerid=tzotx3y1 singh, r.k., murty, h.r., gupta, s.k. and dikshit, a.k. (2009). an overview of sustainability assessment methodologies. ecological indicators 9 (2): 189-212. doi: 10.1016/j. ecolind.2008.05.011. spiertz, h. (2014). agricultural sciences in transition from 1800 to 2020: exploring knowledge and creating impact. european journal of agronomy 59 (september): 96-106. doi: 10.1016/j.eja.2014.06.001. 300 d. viaggi swinnen, j. and weersink, a. (2013). challenges and policy options in the global bioeconomy: introduction and overview. agricultural economics 44: 379-380. teeb (2010). the economics of ecosystems and biodiversity: mainstreaming the economics of nature: a synthesis of the approach, conclusions and recommendations of teeb. tilche, a. and galatola, m. (2008). corner ‘eu life cycle policy and support.’ the international journal of life cycle assessment 13 (2): 166-167. doi: 10.1065/lca2008.02.378. triguero, a., moreno-mondéjar, l. and davia, m.a. (2013). drivers of different types of eco-innovation in european smes. ecological economics 92 (august): 25-33. doi: 10.1016/j.ecolecon.2013.04.009. uctu, r. and jafta, r. c. c. (2013). bio-entrepreneurship as a bridge between science and business in a regional cluster: south africa’s first attempts. science and public policy 41 (2): 219-233. doi: 10.1093/scipol/sct049. van der goot, a.j., pelgrom, p.j.m., berghout, j.a.m., geerts, m.e.j., jankowiak, l., hardt, n.a., keijer, j., schutyser, m.a.i., nikiforidis, c.v. and boom, r.m. (2016). concepts for further sustainable production of foods. journal of food engineering 168 (january): 42-51. doi: 10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2015.07.010. van zanten, b.t., verburg, .h., espinosa, m., gomez-y-paloma, s., galimberti, g., kantelhardt, j., kapfer m., lefebvre m., manrique, r., piorr, a., raggi, m., schaller, l., targetti, s., zasada, i., viaggi, d. (2014). european agricultural landscapes, common agricultural policy and ecosystem services: a review. agronomy for sustainable development 34 (2): 309-325. doi: 10.1007/s13593-013-0183-4. viaggi, d., mantino, f., mazzocchi, m., moro, d. and stefani, g. (2012). from agricultural to bio-based economics? context, state-of-the-art and challenges. bio-based and applied economics 1: 3-11. viaggi, d. (2015). editorial. journal of environmental planning and management 58 (12): 2082-2087. doi: 10.1080/09640568.2015.1084832. wang, s.l., heisey, p.w., huffman, w.e. and fuglie, k.o. (2013). public r&d, private r&d, and u.s. agricultural productivity growth: dynamic and long-run relationships. american journal of agricultural economics 95 (5): 1287-1293. doi: 10.1093/ ajae/aat032. yin, k., wang, r., zhou, c.. and liang, j. (2012). review of eco-efficiency accounting method and its applications. acta ecologica sinica 32 (11): 3595-3605. doi: 10.5846/ stxb201104280564. zilberman, d., kim, e., kirschner, s., kaplan, s. and reeves, j. (2013). technology and the future bioeconomy. agricultural economics 44 (s1): 95-102. doi: 10.1111/agec.12054. bio-based and applied economics 3(3): 205-227, 2014 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14628 a multi-region approach to assessing fiscal and farm level consequences of government support for farm risk management joseph cooper1,*, benoît delbecq2 1 economic research service, usda, washington dc, usa 2 brechbill farms, auburn, indiana, usa abstract. the 2014 u.s. farm act has new programs for providing producers with commodity support payments covering “shallow losses” in revenue. we develop an approach to examine the sensitivity of the farmer’s downside risk protection to marginal changes in the deductible in shallow loss program scenarios. the copula approach we use simultaneously considers price and yield correlation across all u.s. counties producing several major field crops. we find that average payments under the shallow loss program scenarios are elastic with respect to the program’s payment coverage rate. to empirically assess where shallow loss is likely to most benefit producers, we map at the county level the ratios of expected shallow loss payments to crop insurance premiums for corn, soybeans, cotton, and winter wheat. as tail dependencies among individual crop yield densities may vary spatially, we propose a method for grouping counties in a t-copula that allows for heterogeneity in tail dependencies. keywords. 2014 u.s. farm act, copula, nonparametric yield density, shallow revenue loss jel codes. q10, q18, c14 1. introduction the 2014 u.s. farm act (more precisely, the agricultural act of 2014) was signed into law in early february, 2014, after approximately three years of hearings. many policy recommendations for title i of the 2014 farm act – historically the main section dealing with commodity support – revolved around the debate over whether federal farm support programs should focus mainly on protecting farmers against deep losses in revenues (or yields) or also include protection against shallow losses (shields and schnepf, 2011). in its current form, u.s. federal crop insurance offers revenue coverage levels ranging from 50% to as high as 85%, i.e., deductibles from 50% to 15%. therefore, it covers deep losses in crop revenue but the deductibles leave producers exposed to potential for out-of-pocket * corresponding author: jcooper@ers.usda.gov. 206 j. cooper, b. delbecq loss (i.e., shallow loss). one possible legislative response is for federal crop insurance to be complemented by shallow loss coverage in the farm act legislation. in fact, several characteristics of the average crop revenue election program (acre) in title i of the 2008 farm act fitted the general definition of a shallow loss coverage program. in particular, acre could trigger a revenue payment with state level crop revenue falls as low as 10% relative to the benchmark revenue (in addition, a farm level trigger with no deductible needed to be met). however, the acre program cannot be truly considered a pure shallow loss program. in addition to the 10% state level deductible, the acre program limited payments to 25% of benchmark revenue, hereby fully covering state revenue losses when state revenue was between 67.5% and 90% of expected revenue, but with the payment at the ceiling when revenue was below 67.5% of expected revenue. hence, even with the cap on payments, a portion of the deep losses are covered. in addition to acre, the 2008 farm act’s supplemental revenue (sure) program was a whole farm standing disaster assistance program that covered some of the deductible in the federal crop insurance program in case of disasters. a true (albeit conditional) shallow loss program, sure, expired in september 2011. title i of the 2014 farm act allows the farmer to choose to enroll in agricultural risk coverage (arc), a shallow loss program. in the analysis in this paper, we examine the earlier but similar arc that was included in legislation that u.s. senate passed in 2012. that arc, with an 11% deductible (i.e., the coverage rate is 89%), and payments capped at 10% of benchmark revenue, is purely a shallow loss program, with a per acre payment rate fully covering revenue losses when revenue is between 79% and 89% of expected revenue. presumably, the seemingly arbitrary 89% coverage rate was not chosen based on any general principles for farm risk management, but as a result of a budgetary scoring exercise. this choice of coverage rate begs the question of what the impacts of different coverage rates would be on program payments.1 in fact, the arc that was actually passed by congress has a coverage rate of 86 percent of expected (or benchmark) revenue, demonstrating the tweaking of program parameters during the development of program proposals. the main goal of this paper is to develop an approach to examine the sensitivity of average payments as well as the farmer’s downside risk protection to marginal changes in the deductible in shallow loss program scenarios, based on one-percent increments over the 15% to 5% deductible range (i.e., revenue coverage rates in the range of 85 to 95%). given that the program that we examine has a payment ceiling of 10% of benchmark revenue, our analysis covers a program that would provide support for actual revenues in the range of (75 to 85)% to (85 to 95)% of benchmark revenue, i.e., losses between (5 to 15)% and (15 to 25)% of benchmark revenue are examined. to analyze how the payment distribution changes with the coverage rate requires an estimation approach that can differentiate over small increments in the coverage rate, such as the kernel-based approaches in goodwin and ker (1998) and cooper (2010). however, these approaches have never been simultaneously applied to more than one region. since the federal government needs to concern itself with national level impacts as well 1 in addition to arc, the 2014 farm act has shallow loss support in the form of the supplemental coverage option (sco) for program crops besides cotton and the stacked income protection (stax) program specifically for upland cotton. a farmer’s participation in individual-arc precludes participation in sco. for the sake of brevity in our discussion of shallow loss support, we focus on arc. 207an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management as regional implications, minimizing aggregation bias requires using county level data (the lowest aggregation level available nationally). and as county yields are spatially correlated, to produce unbiased national level figures we require a simulation approach that can simultaneously account for correlation across all counties yet allow for examination of marginal changes in the coverage rate with the kernel-based densities (or parametric densities, for that matter). we conduct our analysis for all counties that grow corn, soybeans, winter wheat, and upland cotton (the latter not an arc crop but included here nonetheless for academic interest) for which the national agricultural statistics service (nass) of the u.s. department of agriculture (usda) reports data. to date, the only published approaches to estimating farm act support that address the spatial correlation across multiple regions use block bootstrap approaches (e.g., cooper, 2010; dismukes et al., 2011). these approaches work by simply drawing with replacement vectors of a year’s worth of historical data. since each random draw is a cross-section of all regions included in the analysis, historical correlations between the regions are maintained. however, by imposing no other assumptions on the data, the empirical distribution for each region is only defined in 1/t probability increments, where t is the total number of data points for each region in the analysis. since us county level data is relatively sparse before 1975, we had approximately 35 years of county level data for a broad coverage of the us. this is equivalent to estimating a density in 2.87% increments, which is not sufficiently defined for addressing incremental changes in the shallow loss coverage rate. in response, this paper uses copula approaches with nonparametric price and yield distributions that can simultaneously estimate revenue distributions across all counties reporting yields for each of the four crops using empirical distributions that are defined over arbitrarily small probability increments. in considering spatial relationships in yields, imposing only the historic correlations on the simulated marginal densities may be overly restrictive by not considering possibilities for tail dependencies in yields (i.e., extreme yield events may occur simultaneously across groups of counties). as tail dependencies among individual crop yield densities may vary spatially, we propose a method for grouping counties in a t-copula that allows for heterogeneity in tail dependencies. using this approach, we compare payments and their impacts on farm revenue for county and farm level implementations of arc. next, we compare arc support payments and their revenue impacts to those under the existing acre program. finally, we generate maps to assess how the relative size of arc payments to federal crop insurance varies regionally. 2. background 2.1 general background before moving to the discussion of the mechanics of specific shallow loss programs, we provide a more general background on government policy for farm risk management in the us, and contrast it with that in the eu, focusing on policies covering field crops. in this paper, we use the term “farm risk management” as a convenience. that is, the term is not intended to imply the purpose of the government support we examine, e.g., whether it is to augment mean and/or higher moments of income. historically, the risk manage208 j. cooper, b. delbecq ment agency (rma) of the usda oversees multiple peril crop insurance programs that address within season yield and/or revenue risk, where the base price is calculated from futures price falling in the crop year the policies cover. the farm services administration (fsa) of the usda traditionally oversees policies in title i of the farm act, with price targets that are fixed for the life of a farm act (typically 4-5 years), and starting with the 2008 farm act, policies with revenue garantees based on interseasonal calculations. these general policy differences between federal crop insurance programs and title i commodity support programs suggest that, at least to some extent, these two sets of programs have different policy goals. while farm risk management policy in the eu is very differentiated between countries, all significant farm risk management policy in the us is managed by the federal government. the latter means that program rules do not differ across the us, but which is not to suggest that all qualifying crops are insurable under the federal crop insurance in all regions and up to the same coverage levels (rma, 2014a). while eu support has largely moved to lump sum supports, such as single area payments, with the 2014 farm act, such support (i.e., direct payments) is eliminated in the us, save for some transitionary cotton support while new rules are implemented. see the chapters on titles i and xi in ers (2014) for an overview of commodity support in the 2014 farm act, cafiero et al (2007) for a detailed discussion of risk management policy in the eu, and capitano (2010) for a detailed comparison of eu-us differences. in the not too distant past, title i of the farm act addressed price risk (e.g., the marketing loan program and the counter-cyclical payment program), and the multiple peril federal crop insurance programs addressed yield risk, although fsa does administer ad hoc disaster assistance that historically has been yield-based (an exception was the marketing loss assistance of the late 1990s). today however, rma’s revenue-based crop insurance policies cover more acres than do yield-based insurance policies. with the 2008 farm act, fsa began administering revenue-based programs – acre and sure, and while these programs have expired, the 2014 farm act has new revenue support programs administered by fsa – the arc program – and supplemental coverage option (sco) and stacked income protection plan (stax), which are administered by rma (effland, cooper, and o’donoghue, 2014). stax, which only applies to cotton, is essentially a substitute for price-based and lump sum support that was adminstered by fsa under title i of the 2008 farm act, suggesting some bluring of the traditional risk management niches of rma and fsa. with lump sum support eliminated in the u.s., all support is now counter-cyclical to low yields, prices, or revenues (while noting that arc and price loss coverage [plc] in title i of the 2014 farm act are paid to base [historic] acres), which is a marked distinction to the eu, with its continued use of lump sum support. another distinction between the two regions is the higher emphasis on crop insurance in the us. federal crop insurance is administered by the government, including rate setting, but is delivered to farmers by private companies. federal crop insurance is supported by the government via premium subsidies, support for administrative and operating expenses, and sharing of underwriting risks. in recent years, it has become a larger budgetary item than title i support. in fact, crop insurance in the u.s. has become widespread enough, with 119 million insured hectares in 2014 (rma, 2014b), that even in the aftermath of the 2012 drought that resulted in massive yield shortfalls in major field crops in much of the country, ad 209an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management hoc disaster payments were not made for these crops. at least in some eu countries, crop insurance covers only “exceptional events” (capitano et al, 2010), while in the us, traditional federal crop insurance can cover up to 85% of expected yields or revenue depending on the crop and region, and the new shallow loss programs providing protection for losses between the chosen coverage rate under the traditional insurance program and a higher “shallow” rate, albeit at different levels of yield aggregation. at what coverage rate level systemic risk in yields taper off and idiosycratic risk begins to predominate is difficult to say, but it seems safe to say that federal support in the us can cover multiple sources of idiosycratic (e.g. hail) and systemic (e.g., drought) risk. 2.2 agricultural risk coverage the arc program is complex and we will only describe its principle properties here. under the senate’s arc program, a qualifying producer would make a one-time choice for the life of the next farm act to receive the revenue support based on farm or county level benefit calculations.2 the arc revenue payment (denoted as arcijt) to producer i of crop j in period t as defined in the 2012 proposed legislation is: arcijt = max{ 0, min[(0.10 ∙ brijt ), (arcgrijt − acrijt )]} ∙ pe ∙ aijt (1) where: brijt is the benchmark revenue, calculated as the 5-year olympic moving average (an average that removes highest and lowest values) yield per eligible acre of crop j for farm or county i times the 5-year olympic moving average of the national marketing year average price. if average yield for the individual is less than 60% (70% in 2013 crop years or later), then 60 (70)% of the applicable “transitional yield” is used in its place;3 arcgrijt is the agricultural risk coverage guarantee revenue, calculated as 89% of the benchmark revenue (br). acrijt is the actual crop revenue, calculated as county or farm yield for crop year t times the higher of the u.s. average midseason cash price for marketing year t or the crop’s marketing assistance loan rate; pe is the percentage of eligible acres planted and is 65% for the farm level payment and 80% for the county level payment. the prevented planting rate is 45% in either case;4 aijt is the total of eligible acres for farm or county i. in the case of arc, eligible acres are all acres planted to crop j. to the extent possible, the proposed legislation calls for making separate arcgr calculations for irrigated and nonirrigated acres. note that unlike the 2008 farm act, the 2 this paper examines the senate version of arc. the version actually passed into law with the 2014 farm act differs in some parameters and provisions, but not in the manner that is germane to the focus of this paper. 3 the “transitional yield’ is defined as per the risk management agency (usda) and generally mirrors average county yield. 4 a functionally equivalent statement to equation (1) is arcijt = min{ (0.10 ∙ brjt ), max[0, (arcgrjt − acrjt )]} ∙ eeij ∙ aijt. 210 j. cooper, b. delbecq proposed 2012 senate bill does not give the farmer the choice between enrollment in the revenue-support program or the “traditional” price-based supports, and the latter are eliminated. arc payments are subject to total limits per recipient and spouse, as well as limits based on adjusted gross income (as defined in federal tax code). the arc program does not cover cotton, which has its own support option under title xi of the proposed bill. nonetheless, the benefit of the research process is that we can still model cotton support under arc. title xi of the 2014 farm act also has two shallow loss options, which are designed to complement federal crop insurance, and while we cannot address these here for the sake of brevity, our analysis approaches can be extended to those as well as to other federal crop insurance policies. there are a number of differences between the arc and acre programs that are too numerous to cover here. besides differences in the coverage rate and the maximum payment rate, these include the omission of the farm to aggregate yield ratio and the double trigger. unlike under acre, the farmer enrolling in arc does not receive a percentage of direct payments, which are eliminated in the proposed legislation as well in the 2014 farm act. like acre, arc payments in the 2012 senate bill are made to planted acres, but total acres receiving payments are limited to acres planted on the farm over the 2009 to 2012 crop years (plus some allowed acreage adjustments) under arc instead of base acres on the farm under acre. unlike the acre revenue guarantee, the arc revenue guarantee has no floor or ceiling on how much it is allowed to move from year to year, but on the other hand, calculation of average prices uses a longer time frame under arc than under acre. a more detailed description of the acre program is available in cooper (2010). 3. methodology for estimating the density function for arc payments for the simulation of arc payments, we need to generate the distributions of market year price and county or farm yields. however, the procedure for doing so is considerably complicated by the fact that price and yields are temporally correlated with each other, and yields across regions are spatially correlated. hence the estimated distributions must take these correlations into account or measures of the variability of payments and their impacts on revenue variability will be incorrect. we estimate the density function for payments based on: 1) estimates of price and yield densities for a particular base year; and 2) an empirical method for imposing the historical correlations on this simulated data. the appendix provides a schematic of the general steps in the methodological approach. 3.1. modeling the price-yield relationship using price and yield deviates our focus is on estimating the distribution of payments for a given reference crop year t, given that at pre-planting time in t, season average prices and realized yields are stochastic. as such, sector level modeling that separately identifies supply, demand, and storage is unnecessarily complex and would divert the focus of this article. a convenient way to address our questions is to model prices and yields as percentage deviations of realized prices and yields at the end of the season from the expected values at the beginning of the season when planting decisions are made. 211an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management the benefit of our reduced form approach is that it is computationally tractable and transparent. in principle, program payments may affect the farmer’s production decisions. one potential limitation of our reduced form approach for generating the price-yield distribution is that it assumes that the price distribution does not shift in response to possible non-random switches in planted crop acreages (both within and across crops) due to availability of a new program. future research can focus on adapting the model to allow for potential price shifts due to the support. one could develop a model with supply functions for the principal crops, where supply is a function of the first and second moments of revenue per acre, and with downward-sloping farm-level demand curves. a recursive application of this model could find the market clearing prices at planting time associated with potential supply shifts induced by the support payments. a structural model with carryover stocks could permit payment analysis across years. while the academic literature is rich with papers on price estimation for commodities (for an overview see goodwin and ker, 2002), few express prices in deviation form. one example that does is lapp and smith (1992), albeit as the difference in price between crop years rather than between pre-planting time and harvest within the same crop year. as price deviation was measured between years, yield change was not included in their analysis. paulson and babcock (2008) provide a rare example of analysis of within-season price-yield relationship in an examination of crop insurance. like them and cooper (2010), we re-express the historical price and yield data as proportional changes between expected and realized price and expected and realized yield within each period, respectively. for the model, the realized county, state, and national average yields, yit , are detrended to 2011 terms to reflect the proportional change in the state of technology between that in time t and that in 20115. we detrend yield based on the standard practice of using a linear trend regression of yit = f(t).6 the expected value of yit, or e(yit), is calculated from the fitted trend equation. based on historical yield shocks, δyit = y e y e y it it it ( )( ) ( ) − we generate the detrended yield distribution, yit d as y e y y 1it d i it2011 ( )( )= + ≠ 2011, (2) where index i corresponds to all geographical units for which nass has provided data over the study period for the corresponding crop. price is transformed into deviation form, δpt as the difference between the expected and realized (harvest time) price, or δpt = p e p e p t t t ( )( ) ( ) − using the short time series of available yield and price data to calculate yi d and δp results in discontinuous distributions that are inadequate to investigate subtle incremen5 the crop subscript is omitted. 6 we examined the results across multiple counties using various forms of trend regressions (e.g. loess and fully flexible fourier), and found the simulation results to not be highly sensitive to the model specification. 212 j. cooper, b. delbecq tal changes in the shallow loss coverage rate. therefore, we start by simulating continuous distributions of yi d and δp. 3.2. generating the distribution of yields and prices like deng, barnett, and vedenov (2007) and goodwin and ker (1998), we utilize the nonparametric kernel-based probability density function (härdle, 1990; silverman, 1986) for generating a smoother yield density than that which would be supplied by a block bootstrap. while a parametric density function such as the beta could be used as an alternative, the nonparametric density function allows more flexibility in modeling the density functions. the downside is the lower level of fit of nonparametric densities relative to the parametric densities, but then, given our relatively low sample size of years, we do not attempt to test best parametric versus nonparametrics fits. the kernel function, as applied to our notation and omitting the geographical subscript i, is f y th k y y h ˆ 1 l d t t l d t d 1 ∑( )= − = l = 1,…,l. (3) where yl d are the yield points for which the density function is estimated. it allows us to generate values of y d distributions that approach a continuous function as l approaches infinity. equation (2) gives support to generating yield values over the observed range of detrended yields, i.e., the (l x 1) vector y d is drawn over the y ymin ,maxd d( )( ) ( ) interval. the function k(.) is a gaussian kernel (ibid.).7 the optimal bandwidth h for smoothing the density is calculated according to equation 3.31 in silverman (1986), which is a common choice for single mode densities such as those being evaluated here.8 we simulate a yield distribution for each {crop, geographical unit} combination by taking n = 10,000 draws of yield values, denoted as y d* from each estimated kernel density. the draws are generated using a table-based inverse cdf approach combined with interpolation (e.g., derflinger et al., 2009). that is, we first construct tables of the yield values and their associated probabilities from the estimated kernel densities. then, for each randomly chosen probability, the closest pair of probability values spanning the random probability draw are looked up in the table along with their associated pair of yield values. more precise approximations of the continuous distributions are constructed by linear interpolation between these two {probability, yield} points from the tables. the simulated price deviations are generated using the same kernel approach, again with 10,000 draws from the inverse cdf. yields and prices generated from a kernel-based density function can be expected to have a lower standard error than the actual data given the smoothing of the density (but greater than with a parametric functional form). we bring the standard error of the kernel-generated yields back to the level of the actual data by assuming that any difference between the kernel yield and the actual yield is normally generated noise with mean zero, 7 we found the estimated density of program payments to be insensitive to the choice between gaussian and biweight kernels. 8 the bandwidth h = 0.9/n0.2×min[s(!y),z(!y)/1.34], where !y is the (nx1) variable for which the density is to be estimated, s(!y) is the standard deviation, and z(!y) = yi – yj, is the inter-quartile range, where yi and yj are the 75th and 25th percentile values of the values of !y sorted in ascending order. 213an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management and add this noise to each y d* . this approach and its application to generating farm level yields y fd* is discussed in more detail below. 3.3. imposing the historical correlations on the simulated densities of course, as drawn, the simulated national, state, and county detrended yields, and the simulated price deviation for each crop, being i.i.d., do not have the same pearson correlation matrix as the historical (actual) data, even if these have the correct means and variances.  the historical correlations between these m+1 data vectors need to be imposed on their simulated counterparts, but without changing their respective means and variances, where m is the number of yield vectors in the model.  to do so we rely on a copula-based approach (nelsen, 2006). a block bootstrap would automatically maintain the historic relationship between the marginals. the downside of the copula relative to the block bootstrap is that by imposing the copula we may not well capture the true relationships between the marginal densities. on the other hand, as noted earlier the block bootstrap produces insufficiently smooth densities given low degrees of freedom for yield data in many counties particularly to analyze marginal changes in support payments (plus, there is the question of whether pre-1970s yield data is relevant to contemporary yield analysis). given r the n-by-(m+1) matrix of simulated data vector, the basic outline of the copula process is to: (1) generate a n-by-(m+1) matrix of uu ni u0 1ni { }= ≤ ≤ that follow a desired multivariate distribution (in our case the meta-t distribution), which is defined over a target correlation matrix, c, and a vector of potentially different degrees of freedom parameters ν and (2) use an inverse probability density function (pdf) approach to find ur r* 1 ( )= − where u 1− is a loose mathematical notation. r* will have (approximately) the same target inter-variable dependence relationship parameters as the historical data. the matrix u can be thought of as the structure of the association between the marginal distribution functions. formalized first by sklar (1959, 1973), copulas are multidimensional functions that couple multivariate distribution functions with their univariate marginal distribution functions. therefore, a copula can be used to convert a set of uncorrelated variables (e.g., our simulated yield and price distributions) to a multivariate distribution with a dependence structure defined by the target inter-variable relationship parameters of the chosen functional form. the t-copula is of particular interest when modeling crop yield distributions because it has the ability to capture lower and upper tail dependence. this is a desirable feature if extremely low (crop failure) or high yields are likely to occur contemporaneously at neighboring locations. a downside of the t-copula is that it has symmetric tail dependencies.9 the t-copula is the unique copula of a random vector x that has a multivariate t distribution with ν degrees of freedom and univariate t-distributed marginal distributions, each with the same degrees of freedom parameter, ν (e.g., demarta and mcneil, 2005). there is an inverse relationship between ν and extreme value (or tail) dependence (embrechts et al., 2002). because all marginal distributions share a common degrees of 9 archimedean copulas (e.g. clayton and gumbel) have asymmetric tail dependencies but do not appear practical for application to the large number of marginal distributions that we consider. 214 j. cooper, b. delbecq freedom parameter, the tail dependence imparted by the t-copula is highly symmetrical. given the geographical extent of our analysis, this constitutes a non-negligible limitation to generating multivariate yield densities. we address this issue by relying on the so-called grouped t-copula described in daul et al. (2003) and demarta and mcneil (2005). the grouped t-copula is similar to the t-copula except that subgroups of the univariate t-distributed marginal distributions of random vector x are now allowed to have different degrees of freedom parameters, resulting in varying levels of asymptotic tail dependence. in this paper, we estimate different degrees of freedom parameters for groups of counties classified by farm resource region. these regions were constructed by the economic research service to represent “geographic specialization in production of u.s. farm commodities” based on physical (climate, soils, topography, water), and socioeconomic farm characteristics (heimlich, 2000). we form two other groups, one with all state-level yield marginal distributions and the other one with the national yield and price marginal distributions. in total, we estimate 11 degrees of freedom parameters for corn and winter wheat, 10 for soybeans, and 8 for cotton. for each crop j included in the analysis, we impose historical correlations on the m i.i.d. simulated detrended yield distributions and the price deviate distribution following steps outlined in demarta and mcneil (2005). first we estimate nonparametrically the (unknown) marginal distributions of the actual data y y pd , , ,d m d 1{ }= by so-called pseudo-likelihood (genest et al., 1995). this method consists in extracting the “probabilities” associated with each value of the actual data to derive the empirical marginal distribution functions, f̂di as follows: f d t ˆ ( ) 1 1 1d d d t t 1 i i t, ∑= + { }≤ = (4) where 1 is the indicator function, which takes value one when the condition between brackets is met and zero otherwise. note that if the matrix of actual data, d , is not full rank, i.e., d < number of columns of d then it is bootstrapped to ensure full rank. this entails that, at this stage, t may be greater than the number of years of the historical data (t=10,000 in the present analysis). using equation (4), we can form the matrix of marginal distributions of the historical data, vv̂ { }t t t(1, )= ′ ∈ , with  v v v f y f y f p, , ˆ , , ˆ , ˆ t t t m d t d d t m d ,1 , 1 ,1 ,m1( )( ) ( )( ) ( )= =+ . the unknown parameters that uniquely define the grouped t-copula are the correlation matrix and, in our particular case, the degrees of freedom associated with each of the m+1 marginal distribution functions. in the context of the t-copula, lindskog et al. (2003) suggests a method-of-moments estimator for the correlation matrix. following this procedure, we first construct the empirical kendall’s tau rank correlation matrix of the actual data, ĉτ which is an unbiased and consistent estimator of the true kendall’s tau matrix. second, we transform this matrix into the corresponding pearson correlation matrix, ĉ using the result of lindskog et al. (2003) who prove that there is a direct correspondence between kendall’s tau and pearson correlation’s coefficient for the family of elliptical distributions, to which the multivariate-t belongs: c cˆ sin 2 ˆπ = τ . (5) 215an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management daul et al. (2003) show that the equality cannot be maintained in the case of meta-t distributions in which degrees of freedom parameters differ across groups of univariate marginal distributions, but the approximation error is small. we use the spectral decomposition-based approach proposed by higham (2002) to force the obtained correlation matrix to be positive semi-definite and contain all ones on the diagonal in the event that it does not meet these requirements. next, we estimate a separate degrees of freedom parameter for each of the m+1 univariate marginal distributions in v̂ by maximizing the likelihood function of the t copula (e.g., bouyé et al., 2002). with the estimated degrees of freedom parameters and correlation matrix in hand, we can now build matrix u . the multivariate t distribution is a mixture of a multivariate random normal distribution (mvn) and the root of a univariate inverse gamma distribution (ig). generalizing this mixture construction, we simulate the grouped t-copula following demarta and mcneil (2005). we start by generating n=10,000 draws of a (m+1)dimensional mvn distribution, z with mean vector from the historical yield and price data and correlation matrix ĉ we then construct m+1 perfectly dependent10 wi variates by applying the inverse cumulative distribution function (cdf) of each univariate ig(νi/2,νi/2) to the same n=10,000 random draws of a uniform distribution u(0,1). the next step is to calculate the so-called multivariate meta t random vector (embrechts et al., 2002), x as: w zx i i i m1 ( 1){ }= ≤ ≤ + (6) where each vector of xi is a univariate t distribution with νi degrees of freedom, the correlation amongst which is ĉ finally, the matrix of marginal distributions of the grouped t-copula, u is formed by applying the cdf of the univariate t distribution with νi degrees of freedom to the corresponding vector xi. we then generate discrete correlated simulated county, state and national yield, and national price distributions, r* by using the same table-based inverse cdf functions for the kernel marginal densities discussed earlier, in which the “probabilities” from the grouped t copula are used to find the corresponding price and yields from the nonparametric distributions in r (that is, the p-values from the grouped t copula are matched with same p-values in the linearly interpolated tables for the kernel density, and the associated price and yield values for the latter p-values are looked up in these tables). spearman rank correlations are maintained throughout the successive steps. the copula approach above imposed the historical correlations on the simulated densities for 1,171 corn counties, 1,017 soybean counties, 734 winter wheat counties, and 117 upland cotton counties. 3.4. generating the farm level yield distribution in general, farm level yields with adequate time series and relevance to specific regions are not available from the usda. one approach to developing farm level yield is to infer it from federal crop insurance premiums in conjunction with information from 10 perfect dependence in this case means that kendall’s tau is equal to one (demarta and mcneil, 2005). 216 j. cooper, b. delbecq nass on county yields, using the assumption that the premiums are actuarially correct, that the nass county yields have the same distribution as the county yields for the crop insurance participants, and that the difference between county and farm level yield is distributed normally with mean zero (coble and dismukes, 2008). these first two assumptions are strong and are hard to test in general, but cooper et al. (2012) suggest some empirical evidence for the third. we select the inflation factor, kiα such that the actual production history (aph) indemnity calculated from our yield distribution is equal to the aph premium: n p e y ymin max ( ) , 0i k i aph i k ni k n 1 ,2008 2 ki ∑ω θ{ }( )− − α − ’ where y y h y yˆ ( ˆ ) ( ˆ )ni k in k in ki i k i k2 2 0.5 α σ σ( )( ) ( )= + ⋅ − , y e y yˆ ( )(1 ˆ )in k i in k ,2010= + , hin a n(0,1) random variable, y( ˆ )i kσ the standard deviation for ŷi k , i kω is the rma base premium rate for the crop and county, pi aph the aph price, and the coverage θ is .65.11 for each county-crop combination, we generate the simulated farm-level yields by adding a normally distributed random shock with mean zero and standard deviation kiα our simulated county-level yield data to generate simulated farm-level yields. another approach to generating the county to farm noise could be to use to use a “rule of thumb” potentially based on analysis of actual farm level yield data. the risk management agency maintains farm level data on farmers enrolled in the programs, but the length of the time series on this data has been relatively low, but is growing and may be sufficient within a few years to make this approach a feasible alternative to inferring the standard error of yields from crop insurance premiums. see cooper et al. (2012) for additional discussion of this topic. 4. data data on county, state, and national planted yields for corn, wheat, and soybeans are supplied by the national agricultural statistics service (nass) of the u.s. department of agriculture. we assume that each farmer’s benchmark yield for the purpose of arc calculations is simply the county average yield. for each crop, we follow ther risk management agency’s (rma) definitions of the expected and realized prices as used in their revenue-based insurance policies. for example, for realized price pt for corn, we use the average of the daily november prices (october prices starting in 2011) of the december chicago board of trade (cbot) corn future in period t. for the expected value of price pt, or e(pt), we utilize a non-naive expectation, namely the average of the daily february prices of the december cbot corn future in period t, t = 1975,…,2011. 11 according to a personal communication in 2012 with the chief actuary of the usda’s risk management agency, the base premium rate is the appropriate crop insurance rate from which to infer the farm level standard deviation of yield. here we assume that the producer does not choose enterprise units, but if one wanted to account for these, i kω be scaled by a ratio of the premium under some average choice of enterprise units versus that under the basic option. this ratio would be less than one, thus lowering kiα . 217an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management by definition, the senate’s arc’s actual crop revenue (acr) is calculated using the midseason average national cash price. based on an examination of monthly cash prices and sales volumes over the last 37 years for corn, soybeans, and winter wheat, we find that the mid-season price is on average 97% to 98% of the season average price. therefore, we assume a 0.02 basis value between the two. we convert p2011 to the cash price using the basis defined as the median difference between pt and the nass season average price in t over the ten years prior to 2011. 5. discussion of the payment simulation results tables 1 and 2 present the simulation results for arc payments per acre, gross revenue per acre, and total gross revenue with arc payments for the 2011 crop year for corn, soybeans, winter wheat, and upland cotton, assuming that producers have chosen the county-level option or the farm-level option, respectively (noting that upland cotton is not included as an arc eligible crop in the proposed legislation). the results are weighted by planted acres for all counties for which nass reported county level data over 1975 to 2010. to conserve space, the lower bound of the 95% confidence intervals for payments per acres (section a in the tables) is not shown, but the values are close to zero. similarly, the upper bound of the confidence intervals are not shown for gross revenue plus the payments (section c), because these are the same as in the gross revenue only case (section b). to preserve the impacts of spatial correlation in the reported national-level statistics, the data in the (number of counties) ×10,000 matrix of simulation results is summed vertically through each of the 10,000 columns to derive the 1×10,000 draws of the national level impacts. as can be seen in the first output column of tables 1 and 2, average payments per acre tend to be relatively low, and not exceeding $5.08 per acre in any scenario given 2011 price and yield assumptions. the farm-based average payments are larger than the countylevel ones despite the farm-level program paying to a lower share of planted acres than its county-level counterpart. the difference between the farm and county payments can be attributed, at least in part, to differences in risk between farmand county-level yields (and we expect payments to be increasing in yield variability). hence, without an empirical analysis like this paper, one would not be able to say which program would provide greater benefits. section d of tables 1 and 2 presents two measures of downside risk reduction. we show that arc would produce relatively low decreases in the coefficient of variation (cv) of revenue (last column), with the maximum change being a 4.18-percent decrease in the case of wheat with the farm-level trigger. however, cv is limited in informational value in the case of the asymmetric distributions assessed here. alternatively then, the tables also provide the change in the lower bound of the empirical 95% confidence interval of revenue in moving from the case of gross revenue (section b of the tables) to gross revenue plus the payment (section c). this measure of downside risk reduction ranges from 1.35% to 3.89% depending on the scenario, with the latter being for winter wheat with the county option (see table 2). hence, while the average benefits that would be provided by the arc program would appear small for 2011, its impact on reducing downside revenue risk would not appear trivial, particularly for winter wheat producers. in general for 2011, 218 j. cooper, b. delbecq ta bl e 1. s im ul at ed a rc p ay m en ts p er a cr e, g ro ss r ev en ue p er a cr e, a nd t ot al g ro ss r ev en ue w ith a rc p ay m en ts , 2 01 1 cr op y ea r, fa rm -le ve l t rig ge r. c ro p a . a rc re ve nu e pa ym en t p er a cr e b. g ro ss re ve nu e pe r a cr e sk ew c . r ev en ue p er a cr e w /a r c d . % c ha ng e c -b sk ew m ea n ($ / ac re ) u pp er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. o f va ria tio n % o f tim e pa ym en t is m ad e m ea n ($ / ac re ) lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) u pp er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. o f va ria tio n m ea n ($ / ac re ) lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. of va ria tio n lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i c oe ff. o f va ria tio n c or n 4. 64 12 .0 4 2. 70 15 .2 4 84 4 63 6 11 55 0. 38 0. 23 84 8 64 6 0. 37 1. 70 -2 .9 0 41 .0 8 so yb ea n 5. 08 10 .4 1 2. 10 17 .6 2 58 0 42 9 77 1 0. 43 0. 33 58 5 43 9 0. 42 2. 36 -3 .6 7 28 .2 7 w in te r w he at 3. 28 5. 96 1. 61 22 .1 2 24 9 17 1 36 7 0. 57 0. 55 25 3 17 7 0. 55 3. 42 -4 .1 8 14 .8 9 c ot to na 4. 77 10 .6 3 2. 09 28 .4 3 78 3 42 2 12 32 0. 66 0. 66 78 7 43 2 0. 65 2. 46 -1 .9 0 6. 60 a n ot e th at u pl an d co tt on is n ot in cl ud ed a s an a rc e lig ib le c ro p in th e se na te ’s 20 12 fa rm b ill le gi sl at io n no r i n th e 20 14 f ar m a ct . ta bl e 2. s im ul at ed a rc p ay m en ts p er a cr e, g ro ss r ev en ue p er a cr e, a nd t ot al g ro ss r ev en ue w ith a rc p ay m en ts , 2 01 1 cr op y ea r, co un ty -le ve l t rig ge r. c ro p a . a rc re ve nu e pa ym en t p er a cr e b. g ro ss re ve nu e pe r a cr e sk ew c . r ev en ue p er a cr e w /a rc d . % c ha ng e c -b sk ew m ea n ($ / ac re ) u pp er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. o f va ria tio n % o f tim e pa ym en t is m ad e m ea n ($ / ac re ) lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) u pp er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. o f va ria tio n m ea n ($ / ac re ) lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. of va ria tio n lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i c oe ff. o f va ria tio n c or n 2. 30 11 .5 7 5. 22 6. 56 84 4 63 6 11 55 0. 38 0. 23 84 6 64 4 0. 37 1. 35 -1 .4 5 19 .6 7 so yb ea n 2. 25 9. 85 4. 73 12 .0 0 58 0 42 9 77 1 0. 43 0. 33 58 2 43 7 0. 43 1. 97 -1 .4 0 8. 16 w in te r w he at 2. 63 6. 89 2. 23 9. 33 24 9 17 1 36 6 0. 57 0. 52 25 2 17 8 0. 55 3. 89 -2 .9 2 7. 31 c ot to na 2. 75 12 .6 2 5. 42 7. 41 78 3 42 2 12 32 0. 66 0. 66 78 5 43 2 0. 66 2. 26 -0 .9 4 1. 83 a n ot e th at u pl an d co tt on is n ot in cl ud ed a s an a rc e lig ib le c ro p in th e se na te ’s 20 12 fa rm b ill le gi sl at io n no r i n th e 20 14 f ar m a ct . 219an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management if implemented, the farm-level program would tend to provide higher mean benefits than the county program across all crops. it would also yield marginally greater reductions in downside revenue risk than the county-level program for corn, soybeans, and cotton, while this conclusion is reversed for winter wheat. table 3 has the same output format as tables 1 and 2, but for the acre program from the 2008 farm act. the difference in design between acre and arc are big enough that a priori assessments of the empirical differences between these two programs are difficult to make. average payments under acre were lower than for both farm-level and county-level arc across all crops. based on the percent change in the lower bound of the empirical 95% confidence interval between gross revenue and gross revenue plus the payment, arc’s downside revenue risk protection was superior to acre’s for all crops but cotton for which acre is dramatically better. when considering the coefficient of variation as a measure of risk, while we reach the same conclusion, it is worth noting that the superiority of acre over arc for cotton is not as pronounced. assuming she or he had a choice, a farmer would prefer arc over acre given yield and price conditions similar to 2011. however, under the acre program, farmers still received 80% of the (fixed) direct payments, as well as marketing loan benefits, albeit at a 30 percent reduction in marketing assistance loan rates, in addition to the revenue payment. note that the 95% confidence intervals in tables 1 to 3 are nonparametric and account for asymmetry, but of course, the mean and coefficient of variation do not. to provide further information on the (a)symmetry of the revenue distributions, we include the skewness measure (third moment) for gross revenue and the percentage change in skewness of gross revenue plus the payments relative to the base gross revenue distribution to tables 1 to 3. a value of zero for this measure means that a distribution is symmetric. for our revenue distributions, the average skewness is positive, showing that the right tail of gross revenue is long relative to the left tail, a not surprising result based simply on the fact that the distribution of revenue is truncated at $0. the average percentage change in skewness is positive, demonstrating that with the addition of the payments, the distributions have become increasingly skewed to the right, which is as one would expect adding the payments to do if they work as planned. the arc program proposed by the senate is only one option among many commodity support programs that could be designed to protect farmers against shallow losses in crop revenue. while arc in its 2012 senate version covers losses between 11% and 21% of benchmark revenue, one could envision lowering or increasing the coverage rate. we investigate what happens to average arc payments per acre when letting the coverage rate vary from 85% to 95%, which corresponds to losses ranging between (15% to 25%) and (5% to 15%) of benchmark revenue, respectively. resulting farmand county-level payments are represented on figure 1. average payments as a function of the coverage rate tends to be relatively linear although a couple of cases exhibit small positive second derivatives. all functions are elastic with respect to the coverage rate. moving from a coverage rate of 85% to 95% (or reducing the deductible from 15% to 5%), average payments increase by a minimum of $0.60 for the farm-level cotton program to $1.44 for the farmlevel soybean program. in percentage terms, the most dramatic increased is observed for the county-level soybean program with 69%. not only does the level of coverage matter to the farmer but it also impacts the total cost of the program to the government. american 220 j. cooper, b. delbecq ta bl e 3. s im ul at ed a cr e pa ym en ts p er a cr e, g ro ss r ev en ue p er a cr e, a nd t ot al g ro ss r ev en ue w ith a cr e pa ym en ts , 2 01 1 cr op y ea r.a c ro p a . a c re re ve nu e pa ym en t p er a cr e b. g ro ss re ve nu e pe r a cr e sk ew c . r ev en ue p er a cr e w /a c re d . % c ha ng e c -b sk ew m ea n ($ / ac re ) u pp er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. o f va ria tio n % o f tim e pa ym en t is m ad e m ea n ($ / ac re ) lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) u pp er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. o f va ria tio n m ea n ($ / ac re ) lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i ($ ) c oe ff. of va ria tio n lo w er bo un d, 95 % c i c oe ff. o f va ria tio n c or n 1. 20 11 .9 6 9. 83 2. 79 84 4 63 6 11 55 0. 38 0. 23 84 5 64 2 0. 38 1. 07 -0 .7 0 7. 26 so yb ea n 1. 04 9. 27 10 .1 6 4. 22 58 0 42 9 77 1 0. 43 0. 32 58 1 43 6 0. 43 1. 74 -0 .6 8 3. 77 w in te r w he at 0. 76 4. 67 7. 39 2. 73 24 9 17 1 36 6 0. 57 0. 52 25 0 17 4 0. 56 1. 94 -1 .0 6 3. 11 c ot to n 2. 23 26 .4 1 6. 17 4. 52 78 3 42 2 12 32 0. 66 0. 66 78 5 44 6 0. 66 5. 68 -0 .7 9 1. 98 a ac re c al cu la te s re ve nu e lo ss es a t t he s ta te le ve l b ut a ls o in cl ud es a fa rm le ve l t rig ge r. ta bl e 4. s im ul at ed a ve ra ge p ay m en ts a nd d ow ns id e ri sk r ed uc tio n fo r fa rm -le ve l ( fa rc ) a nd c ou nt yle ve l ( ca rc ) a rc a nd a cr e g iv en t hr ee c as h pr ic e sc en ar io s. % c as h pr ic e c or n so yb ea ns w in te r w he at c ot to n av g. p ay m en t ( $/ ac re ) % c ha ng e c i lo w er b ou nd av g. p ay m en t ( $/ ac re ) % c ha ng e c i lo w er b ou nd av g. p ay m en t ( $/ ac re ) % c ha ng e c i lo w er b ou nd av g. p ay m en t ( $/ ac re ) % c ha ng e c i lo w er b ou nd 80 % 8. 49 3. 52 8. 69 4. 66 4. 84 5. 98 6. 17 3. 59 fa rc 10 0% 4. 64 1. 70 5. 12 2. 39 3. 28 3. 46 4. 77 2. 46   12 0% 3. 01 1. 02 3. 42 1. 32 2. 43 2. 14 3. 97 1. 66 80 % 5. 05 3. 62 6. 18 5. 71 4. 95 7. 88 4. 42 4. 06 c -a rc 10 0% 2. 30 1. 35 2. 25 1. 97 2. 63 3. 89 2. 75 2. 26   12 0% 1. 31 0. 69 0. 97 0. 69 1. 60 1. 98 1. 92 1. 21 80 % 8. 48 7. 69 8. 02 11 .1 4 2. 99 9. 04 8. 51 17 .5 1 a c re 10 0% 1. 20 1. 07 1. 04 1. 74 0. 76 1. 94 2. 23 5. 68 12 0% 0. 29 0. 15 0. 14 0. 21 0. 28 0. 46 0. 70 1. 07 221an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management farmers planted 92.3 million, 75.2 million, and 41.1 million acres of corn, soybean, and winter wheat in 2011. based on our estimates, increasing the coverage rate from 85% to 95% would raise the cost to the government by $267 million and $209 million under the farmand county-level options, respectively. the arc payments presented up to this point were estimated under the assumption that cash prices, used to calculate actual revenues, were at the 2011 levels. in table 4, we report what would happen to payments if market prices were 80% and 120% of their 2011 levels based on our simulations. we first observe that average program payments per acre and downside risk protection, measured by the percent change in the lower bound of the confidence interval of average revenue, both have a negative (as expected) and nonlinear relationship with cash prices. furthermore, while downside risk protection is higher for acre than arc at low price levels (relative to 2011), the drop off in this metric as cash prices increase is much more rapid for acre than arc. at relatively higher cash prices, average payments per acre and downside risk protection remain comparatively higher for the farm-level arc program (f-arc). at lower prices, c-arc has more impact on reducing downside risk than f-arc, for all crops considered in this study. more broadly speaking, it would seem that when benchmark revenue is determined at an aggregate level (e.g., county for c-arc or state for acre), average payments and downside revenue protection tend to skyrocket as cash prices fall. with a farm-level trigger (as in f-arc) the rate of change in these two metrics is noticeably slower. that is, figure 1. average national arc payments as a function of the coverage rate factor in the acr’s “guarantee revenue”. 222 j. cooper, b. delbecq payments remain more “under control” with the more targeted f-arc as prices drop. when taking all these observations into account, it would seem that c-arc is an intermediate between acre and f-arc, with more moderate increases in payments as prefigure 2. ratio of federal rp crop insurance premiums to farm level arc payments for a representative farmer in each county. 223an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management vailing cash prices decrease compared to the former, and a higher likelihood of no payments being made than the latter. we hypothesize that shallow loss support like arc is likely to be of relatively greater interest to farmers in less risky production regions. figure 2 shows maps of county level the ratio of the (pre-subsidy) federal rp insurance premium to average farm level arc payments for a representative farmer for each county in the data set. rp is farm revenuebased crop insurance product, and we assume the producer chosen coverage rate is 70%. when actuarially correct, the rp premium is equal to the mean rp indemnity payment. since the rp insurance covers deep (or at least deeper) losses and the arc covers shallow losses, we presume a priori that rp insurance premiums will be larger relative to average arc payments the riskier the production region. this hypothesis is visually affirmed by the maps in figure 2. for corn and soybeans, the ratio tends to be lower for counties in the corn belt, and higher in riskier areas such as the south east or far north. for winter wheat, the ratio is clearly higher in texas than the generally less risky production areas in kansas. as the premium subsidy on rp is expressed as a percentage of the total premium, the results in these maps show that in riskier production regions, federal commodity support in the form of arc payments will tend to be lower relative to federal commodity support in the form of insurance premium subsidies 6. conclusions the 2014 farm act provides farmers with options for “shallow loss” revenue support, including a variant of the arc program discussed in this paper. the choice of the deductible for determining the arc payment was in flux over the negotiations period leading to the 2014 farm act, and may be so again in negotiations over the next farm act, given the significant impact this choice can have on support payments. the main goal of this paper is to develop an approach for examining the sensitivity of the farmer’s downside risk protection to marginal changes in the deductible in shallow loss program scenarios. in particular, this paper develops an approach with nonparametric price and yield distributions that can simultaneously estimate revenue distributions across all counties reporting yields for four major crops using empirical distributions that are defined over arbitrarily small probability increments. we find that average payments are elastic with respect to the revenue program’s coverage rate. in addition, using this approach, the paper compares payments and their impacts on farm revenue for county and farm level implementations of arc. we find that based on our estimates of expected payments and their impacts on downside revenue risk, producers are likely to prefer the farm-level implementation of the revenue support program to the county-level versions, as least for the 2012 senate proposal arc. furthermore, our maps show a tendency for shallow loss support to be a greater proportion of total commodity support (defined here as arc payments plus federal crop insurance support) in primary production regions. for this analysis, no attempt was made to adjust the price deviates for exogenous variables (e.g., changes in interest rates) that may have caused a shift in the distribution of price deviates over time. an econometric approach for accounting for the effects of these variables on price deviates is addressed in cooper (2010). future analysis can seek to apply information from that approach to re-centering the price distributions as modeled here. 224 j. cooper, b. delbecq while the empirical analysis in this paper is for a u.s. policy subject, the methods discussed here are general and apply to a wide variety of subjects for which the analysis requires that systemic risk across large geographic regions be addressed. for example, in the eu, the second pillar of the common agricultural policy reform for 2014-2020 offers a new risk-management toolkit including insurance schemes for crops, animals, and plants. the methods discussed in this paper could be directly applied to assessing the budgetary costs and impacts on farm revenues in the eu of possible insurance programs in a manner that accounts for systemic weather risks within and across eu member countries. but the methods discussed here have applications beyond crop insurance. many models that seek to empirically assess how producers respond to changes in risk require the simulation of prices and yields. since weather impacts can be systemic, correct analysis of how producers may respond across a wide region to these impacts require that the simulated yields across the producers maintain the correlations of the actual historic data. the approach demonstrated here can impose these relationships across thousands of representative farmers, or sub-regions. furthermore, the same approach can be used to simulate correlated weather data across a large number of regions, which is useful in modeling multi-region (e.g., counties, provinces) impacts of risk management strategies for climate change. based on historical precedent, negotiations over the next farm bill will include discussion of what is the overall strategy for handling farm risk, and what is the government’s role in this strategy. does the addition of revenue supports to the farm act, which started with the 2008 farm act and continues into the 2014 farm act, complicate the message of which risks – e.g., downside revenue risk in general, idiosyncratic risk, systemic risk, price risk, yield risk – are to covered, and if so, why? that is, what risks should be partially borne by the government, and in what forms does the support get delivered to producers? with the 2008 farm act, and continuing into the 2014 farm act, risk support niches provided by fsa and rma have shifted. before 2008, rma-managed programs covered revenue risk and fsa programs addressed price risk. now, fsa also has a program that manages revenue risk. with the 2014 farm act, risk/income support programs for cotton producers under fsa purview (in title i) have been transferred to rma albeit in another form (in title xi). these evolving roles for administrative agencies beg the question of how the government might rebalance its resources on reducing yield risk, price risk or revenue risk, or some combination of these. can these ends be achieved while avoiding program overlap and in ways that increase transfer efficiency and also in ways that reduce costs of adapting to climatic variability? economics cannot easily answer the normative aspects of some of these questions, but the empirical approach presented here can help inform the debate over the government’s role in risk management. acknowledgments an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 3rd conference of the associazio ne italiana di economia agraria e applicata (aieaa), 25-27 june 2014 at alghero, italy. the views expressed are the authors’ and do not necessarily represent those of the economic research service or the us department of agriculture. 225an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management references bouyé, e., durrleman, v., nikeghbali, a., riboulet, g., & roncalli, t. (2000). copulas for finance-a reading guide and some applications. available at ssrn 1032533. capitanio, f. (2010). the increase in risk exposure of the european farmers: a comparison between eu and north american tools looking at the cap post 2013. briefing note for european parliament pe 438.594, ip/b/agri/ic/2010_050. cafiero, c., capitanio, f., cioffi, a. and a. coppola (2007). risk and crises management in the reformed european agricultural crises policy. canadian journal of agricultural economics 55 (2007): 419-441. coble, k., and r. dismukes (2008). distributional and risk reduction effects of commodity revenue program design. review of agricultural economics 30: 543-553. joseph cooper, carl zulauf, michael langemeier, and gary schnitkey (2012). implications of within county yield heterogeneity for modeling crop insurance premiums. agricultural finance review vol. 72/1: 134-155. cooper, j. (2010). average crop revenue election: a revenue-based alternative to pricebased commodity payment programs. american journal of agricultural economics 92: 1214-1228. cooper, j., c. zulauf, m. langemeier, and g. schnitkey (2012). implications of within county yield heterogeneity for modeling crop insurance premiums. agricultural finance review 72: 134-155. deng, x., b. barnett, and d. vedenov (2007). is there a viable market for area-based crop insurance? american journal of agricultural economics 89: 508-519. derflinger, g., w. hormann, j. leydold, and h. l’ecuyer (2008). efficient numerical inversion for financial simulations. in: monte carlo and quasi-monte carlo methods., a.b. owen ed. springer-verlag. dismukes, r., k.h. coble, d. ubilava, j.c. cooper, and c. arriola (2011). alternatives to a state-based acre program: expected payments under a national, crop district, or county base. economic research report no. (err-126), 42 pp, economic research service, usda, september 2011. effland, a., j. cooper, and e. o’donoghue (2014). 2014 farm act shifts crop commodity programs away from fixed payments and expands program choices. amber waves, economic research service, u.s. department of agriculture, june 7, 2014. ers. agricultural act of 2014: highlights and implications. economic research service, usda, august 2014. http://www.ers.usda.gov/farm-bill-resources.aspx (accessed 10/12/0214) embrechts, p., mcneil, a., & straumann, d. (2002). correlation and dependence in risk management: properties and pitfalls. in: risk management: value at risk and beyond, m. dempster and h. moffatt, eds., cambridge university press, pp. 176-223. genest, c., ghoudi, k. & rivest, l. (1995). a semi-parametric estimation procedure of dependence parameters in multivariate families of distributions. biometrika 82, 543-552. goodwin, b.k. (2009). payment limitations and acreage decisions under risk aversion: a simulation approach. american journal of agricultural economics 91: 19-41. goodwin, b., and a. ker (1998). nonparametric estimation of crop-yield distributions: implications for rating group-risk crop insurance contracts. american journal of agricultural economics 80: 139-153. 226 j. cooper, b. delbecq goodwin, b. and a. ker (2002). modeling price and yield risk. in: a comprehensive assessment of the role of risk in agriculture, ed. r. just and r. pope, 289-324, norwell, ma: kluwer academic publishers. härdle,w. (1990). applied nonparametric regression, cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. heimlich, r. (2000). farm resource regions. aib-760, economic research service, u.s. department of agricolture. higham, n. j. (2002). computing the nearest correlation matrix – a problem from finance. ima journal of numerical analysis, 22(3): 329-343. lapp, j. and v. smith (1992). aggregate sources of relative price variability among agricultural commodities. american journal of agricultural economics 74: 1-9. nelsen, r.b. (2006). an introduction to copulas, 2nd edition. new york: springer. paulson, n. and b. babcock (2008). get a grip: should area revenue coverage be offered through the farm bill or as a crop insurance program? journal of agricultural and resource economics 33(2): 137-153. rma (2014a). cost estimator. risk management agency, u.s. department of agriculture. http://ewebapp.rma.usda.gov/apps/costestimator/ (accessed 10/12/0214). rma (2014b). summary of business records and data. risk management agency, u.s. department of agriculture. http://www.rma.usda.gov/data/sob.html (accessed 10/12/0214). shields, d. and r. schnepf (2011). farm safety net proposals for the 2012 farm bill. report 7-5700, congressional research service, november 10, 2011. silverman, b.w. (1986). density estimation, london: chapman and hall. sklar, a. (1959). fonctions de répartition à n dimensions et leurs marges. publ. inst. statist. univ. paris 8(1): 11. sklar, a. (1973). random variables, joint distribution functions, and copulas. kybernetika 9(6): 449-460. u.s. department of agriculture (2008). 2008 farm bill side-by-side. washington, d.c.: economic research service, http://www.ers.usda.gov/farmbill/2008/2. u.s. senate (2012). s. 3240 agriculture reform, food and jobs act, agriculture committee, u.s. senate, june 21st, 2012. http://www.ag.senate.gov/download/?id=ced10412bf5e-46a8-bdef-e2594584ac9b. 227an approach to assessing consequences of government support for farm risk management appendix. schematic of the general steps in the methodological approach discussed in section 3. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 257-275, 2013 structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms cristina salvioni1, elisa ascione2,*, roberto henke21 1 department of economics, university of chieti-pescara, pescara, italy 2 inea, rome, italy abstract. objective of this work is to investigate the structural change and economic dynamics of farms pursuing diversification and differentiation strategies in italy. the analysis was performed on a panel of data built on the basis of information collected by the italian fadn between 2003-2009. for the purpose of the analysis, we divided the population of commercial italian farms into a five-fold farm typology based on size and the extent of diversification and differentiation strategies adopted by the farms. in detail, farms are defined as differentiated when they make use of a system of quality certification, while they are defined as diversified when they take up nonfarming activities (agritourism, social farms etc.). the findings show that conventional farms remain by far the largest category within the population of italian commercial farms, while only 13% of the total commercial farms are classified as differentiated and/or diversified. farms adopting product differentiation strategies are found to have an income growth path similar to that of conventional farms. yet the category of diversified farms is the only one showing an upward trend with regard to income per worker in the observed years, while farms relying entirely on agricultural products appear to perform poorly in terms of labour productivity. keywords. income diversification; farm profiles; farm policy; italian agriculture. jel codes. q010; q120; q180. 1. introduction after world war ii, italian agriculture was affected by a wave of modernisation associated with the paradigm of productivism. during this period, the farming system underwent a major structural change encompassing a rapid decrease in the number of farms (associated with a large increase in average farm size), as well as an increase in the dependence on purchased inputs (fabiani, 1986). these phenomena were particularly intense in the northern plains, while farms in the southern and mountainous areas primarily conserved many of the traits associated with traditional, “lagging behind” agriculture: small holding sizes, a low level of technological equipment and aged and pluriactive holders. any attempt at diversification (e.g., pluriactivity), was originally interpreted by the supporters of productivism solely as a strategy for survival, which was the prerogative * corresponding author: ascione@inea.it. 258 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke of marginal, small or residential farms (bowler et al., 1996). however, over the last three decades, product differentiation and income diversification strategies have proved to be not only a survival strategy but also a means of developing attributes that were interpreted, in the view of productivism, as backward, but for which consumers were willing to pay a premium price (gil et al., 2000; loureiro and hine, 2001). in other words, differentiation and diversification strategies proved to be a source of competitive advantage and were effective in improving the profitability of the farms. this, in turn, explains why farmers have increasingly adopted these strategies. farmers have constantly tried to diversify their production either to reduce the agronomic and climatic risk as well as the price risk on the output or to create new and interweaved sources of income originating from on-farm activities. this tendency has been enhanced by the renewed role of agriculture and rural areas in society due to agenda 2000 (european commission, 1997), as well as by the increased perception of farmers as the primary natural resource managers and landscape stewards. the growing integration of agriculture into the rural economy has contributed to the creation of more opportunities to diversify farms even in fields unrelated to farming. in this process, food market segmentation and the variety of services offered by farms have also been key in explaining the interest in the diversification of farm activities. at the same time, rural development policies, the so-called “second pillar of the common agricultural policy (cap)”, became pivotal in widening the realms of intervention of multifunctional diversification to the production of externalities and public goods and also to stimulating other economic activities with indirect social and environmental effects (european commission, 1997; oecd, 2005). cap policies have been increasingly addressing the production of public goods and services in agriculture and improving the environmental function of the agricultural activities through a process of “greening” of the cap (matthews, 2012). however, the extent to which this process has been successful and thorough in recent years is a matter of further discussion (mardsen and sonnino, 2008; zahrnt, 2009). in summary, recent decades have seen a proliferation of product differentiation and income diversification initiatives. product differentiation(moving farm production toward agricultural goods with unconventional characteristics (e.g., organic farming, pdo and pgi products) results in a deepening2 of farming activities (van der ploeg and roep, 2003). yet income diversification replaces agricultural products with other outputs that compete for the allocation of production factors while broadening the scope of the business (oecd, 2009). the aim of this work is to investigate the diffusion of income diversification and product differentiation strategies in italian agriculture and to compare the structural change and economic dynamics of farms pursuing these strategies to those of farms that have not adopted them. previous related literature has focused attention either on the diffusion of the diversification strategies among farmers and the characteristics of diversified farms over a limited period of time (belletti et al., 2003; henke and salvioni, 2008; meert et al., 2005) or on the role played by idiosyncratic characteristics of farmers with respect to the 2 according to the original definition, deepening refers also to activities such as processing and marketing of agricultural products. 259structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms adoption of diversified activities (aguglia et al., 2009; esposti and finocchio, 2008; jongeneel et al., 2008; mcnally, 2001). we contribute to this literature by analysing the performance of conventional compared with diversified farms over time. the analysis was performed using the data collected by the italian farm accountancy data network (fadn) survey between 2003 and 2009 (last available year when the analysis has been performed). this time period is justified on the basis that before the year 2003 the participation to the survey was voluntary, as a consequence the sample was biased due to self-selection. from year 2003 onward the survey is conducted on a random sample that is representative of the population of commercial italian farms. the italian perspective on these matters is relevant for many reasons. regarding product differentiation, italy has long founded its strategy of agricultural development and competitiveness on quality attributes and the ties between production and origin3 (sylander et al, 2000; treagar et al., 2007; carbone and henke, 2012). regarding diversification, recent studies have focused on two aspects that are related to the potential for on-farm income diversification in italy: the wide range of territorial features and the large spectrum of farm sizes and types, which enable new activities for farmers and their family members (belletti et al., 2003; di iacovo, 2003; ieep, 2009). the paper is structured as follows: in the first section, we review the new diversification trajectories that have emerged in italy in recent decades; in the second section, we describe the data and the farm typology used to segment the population of italian commercial farms in mutually exclusive categories that take into account the extent of differentiation and diversification activities in farms. the results of the application of this typology are presented in the following sections: in section 4 we compare the structural and economic characteristics of italian commercial farms by farm type, while in sections 5 we follow their evolution between 2003-2009. finally, section 6 draws some conclusions and sketches possible future work. 2. paths of diversification in agriculture 2.1 a glance at the farm income problem one of the traditional problems affecting the primary sector is the low level of income caused by a limited endowment of financial capital, a low rate of return on farm assets, the inelasticity of either supply and demand and, ultimately, the technological changes that progressively worsen the price-cost squeeze (gardner, 1992; cochrane, 1958; tweeten, 1979). for example, in italy from the 1970s onward, the percentage of agricultural to total real net value added at factor costs (also referred to as factor income) has slowly increased from 20% to 40% (henke and salvioni, 2011). in spite of that, only a third of the farms has been able to remunerate the factors of production at a level equal to or slightly higher than the opportunity cost. moreover, this level of remuneration clearly decreases if one considers the remuneration levels net of the public support ensured by the european union. 3it is worth recalling that italy has a high number of protected designation of origin (pdos) and protected geographical indication (pgis) (244), the first in europe, with a share of 22%. 260 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke the remedies suggested by the economic theory to overcome the farm income problem in the view of productivism have been growth and specialisation. more recently, farms have begun to tackle this problem by adopting different diversification strategies. diversification in agriculture has been discussed in a recent debate on the methods and potential results of transition and reorganisation processes underway in agriculture (van der ploeg, 2002; van der ploeg and roep, 2003; wilson, 2007). according to this literature, the move toward multifunctionality and diversification in western agriculture can be interpreted as a reaction to the dominant socio-technological regime of the agri-food system, i.e., large-scale production, the gradual replacement of natural capital by financial and man-made capital, a tendency toward mono-crop agriculture, the abandonment of artisan processes and products, the centralisation and vertical integration by which costs are externalised (e.g., environmental, social), and the concentration of control and profits. these aspects of industrialisation carry negative effects for the quality of the natural environment (e.g., pollution, loss of biodiversity) and the food produced, as well as a loss of autonomy for those involved in agricultural production and a growing subjugation to the logic of the agri-industrial system. likewise, other practices such as on-farm sales can be viewed as instruments for reducing dependence on the industrial and financial system, increasing employment and value added in agriculture, and regaining autonomy. this process of change garners strong support from social movements that are concerned with the relocation of food products, environmental issues or social equity. after decades of success of the modernist paradigm that has pushed farms into production intensification and specialisation, the lack of sustainability of this process (stressed by the economic crises and the long-standing process of agriculture economic decline) has stimulated a search for new activities that lead to other and differentiated sources of income that are sometimes off-farm but are increasingly on-farm, however of a non-agricultural nature (wilson, 2007 and 2008). the result of this process has been that of a co-existence of different models of agricultural development that have been catalogued as post-modernist, neo-modernist, or multifunctional, according to the specific aspects highlighted within this more generalised decomposition of the dominant model (ravenscroft and taylor, 2009). 2.2 offand on-farm diversification one possible trajectory of the diversification process (figure 1) is off-farm income diversification (arkleton trust, 1983; evans and ilbery, 1993; marsden, 1990). following this strategy, farm households decide to allocate part of their labour resources to off-farm employment (pluriactivity) with the goal of maximising and stabilising family incomes, which is referred to as the sum of onand off-farm family income4. pluriactivity has been a very successful model in italy, as shown by many studies in the 1980s and 1990s (de benedictis, 1990; fabiani, 1991; saraceno, 1985). these stud4 pluriactivity is only one way to deal with low returns on agricultural activities. other diversification strategies involving the off-farm deployment of resources other than labour are the leasing of land and buildings, as well as renting out of machinery. 261structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms ies focused on the persistence of pluriactivity in agriculture as a new mode of organising production factors between agriculture and other off-farm activities that would ultimately ensure the survival of primary activities, especially in remote and marginal areas that otherwise would have been abandoned. however, pluriactivity functions successfully where economic and social conditions for off-farm work for the family members exist and are prosperous. in other words, the success of pluriactivity directly depends on the nonagricultural context (fabiani, 1991). the analysis of the non-agricultural context in which farmers operate is beyond the scope of this paper; accordingly, this topic is not investigated. another possible path that farms can follow to counteract a decline of income is onfarm diversification. this process occurs when a farm business undertakes a new activity that is intended to increase returns through resources available on the farm. the current literature investigates several forms of on-farm diversification (oecd, 2009). three main forms of on-farm diversification can be identified: agricultural output diversification, product differentiation and non-agricultural income diversification. figure 1. offand on-farm diversification. 1    2   diversification on-farm agricultural output diversification product differentiation (e.g., organic, pdo) non-agricultural income diversification (e.g., agritourism, natural resource management, energy production) off-farm pluriactivity agricultural output diversification is intended to thwart uncertainty. more specifically, the goal of output diversification is to reduce the risk of the return by selecting a mixture of agricultural activities with net returns that have a low or negative correlation (heady, 1952). product differentiation (chamberlin, 1933) refers to those strategies in which farmers produce goods with specific and unique quality attributes. the profit-maximising strategy is not to minimise costs but rather to create a differentiated product that provides the firm with a degree of market power. the differentiated product may even cost more to produce but can increase profits if customers are willing to pay more to purchase it. differentiation makes high quality product an imperfect substitute for other standard goods; thus, con262 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke sumers of the quality goods are more loyal and producers are less susceptible to the activity of competitors. this means that farmers producing high quality products operate in niche markets where they may be able to charge higher prices for their high quality products than perfect competition would allow. the diversification path can also take the direction of a new business that does not necessarily or entirely relate to the agricultural business, for example agri-tourism, energy production (e.g., photovoltaic, wind-powered) or natural resource management. in these cases, diversification can be interpreted as a process that widens the range of production possibilities of the farm business beyond agriculture but that utilises the same production factors and structures. in this paper, we focus on the two latter forms of on-farm diversification, namely product differentiation and non-agricultural income diversification (henceforth income diversification). 2.3 on-farm diversification in italy product differentiation strategies are widely used by italian farmers. as in other mediterranean countries, food quality differentiation in italy has been primarily based on the territorial linkages of production. this is partly explained by the fact that this type of product differentiation is perceived as a means to foster rural development, for example by increasing cross-sectoral interactions and enhancing civic pride (tregear et al., 2007) and has received support from both national and eu policy makers. an early piece of evidence on the quality orientation of italian farmers can be found in the rapid increase in the number of territorial food labels over the last 20 years. a second piece of evidence is the wide diffusion of organic farming. previous works have highlighted the extent and the relevance of on-farm income diversification in italy (belletti et al., 2003; henke and salvioni, 2008). in particular, the taxonomy of the activities has revealed the relevance of the integration of downstream activities such as processing and direct sales as well as quality certification. limited to a few but significant cases are the more innovative activities that move farms away from the primary activities, such as tourism, recreational services, etc. however, one specific feature captured by the analyses is the co-existence of activities within the same farm: “complex” systems of activities and functions are arising that cast farms in a new light and imply a reorganisation of the use of factors, entrepreneurial skills and territorial relationships. the latest italian agricultural census (2010) defined income diversification as the presence of other gainful activities alongside agricultural production. according to this restricted definition, only 5% of the total farms are diversified. however, even within this small category of farms, there is a wide spectrum of diversification profiles that feature farms with several gainful activities that interact with each other and farms with a complex allocation of production factors. the amendment to the cap has also contributed to the enhancement of diversification in italy due to the generous financial support granted to farms that choose to diversify along this path. in particular, the rural development policy with agro-environmental programmes and investment plans has ensured the acknowledgment of diversified and multifunctional farms to units that have favoured the production of public goods and that 263structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms introduce green measures and sustainable investments in green technology, animal welfare and food quality improvement. 3. methodology and data this study utilises data collected by the fadn survey. the fadn is an annual sample survey, carried out with a uniform methodology at the eu level; since 2003, the sample has been randomly selected in full compliance with the requirements of statistical representativeness (cagliero et al., 2011).the field of observation consists of commercial farms, i.e., those with european size units (esu) over 4800 euros. the fadn survey provides information on the presence of differentiation and diversification activities on farms. for example, information is provided on whether the farm makes use of organic farming or low-impact techniques and if it produces landscape or bio-diversity conservation services, as well as agri-tourism, commercial (direct selling) or social (e.g. educational, therapeutic) services. in addition to these indications, fadn provides information on the use of protected designation of origin (pdo) and protected geographical indication (pgi) or whether the farm produces traditional products. from 2008 onward, the survey also recorded information regarding the value of total production due to a) pdo, organic and other products covered by quality certification products, and b) agri-tourism, on-farm recreational activities, on-farm processing (wine, cheese, etc.) and other services (e.g., educational, green care). this information can be used to sort farms into homogeneous groups in terms of their efforts in the areas of product differentiation and income diversification. to provide a consistent basis for the description of the main characteristics of distinct groups of farms and compare their income evolution over time, in this article we make use of a farm typology that divides the fadn farms by size, and the extent of product differentiation and on-farm income diversification (salvioni et al., 2013). the proposed typology builds on a simple two-step methodology. first, we selected all farms that recorded a total output (to) of less than 15000 euros and defined these farms as micro farms5. in the second step, we sorted the remaining non-micro farms into four groups according to the magnitude of their efforts in terms of income diversification and product differentiation. the first group covers farms with a total output larger than 15000 euros and with at least 30% of the total output originating from non-farming goods and services6. this group of farms adopted income diversification strategies, henceforth called diversified farms. the second group, referred to as differentiated farms, covers farms with at least 30% of the total output originating from the production of quality-certified products. the third group, hereinafter referred to as differentiated and diversified (d&d), includes farms for which output from both product differentiation and income diversification was above 30% of total output value. finally, the fourth group includes all the other 5 the separation of micro farms from the rest of the population under analysis is primarily because these farms play more of a welfare and environmental role rather than a productive role with respect to the rest of the population, as will be demonstrated in the following sections. 6 the cut-off values used to define different groups of farms were based on expert judgment (salvioni et al., 2013). the 30% threshold was intended to focus on farms where on farm diversification strategies play an important role in income generation. 264 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke non-micro farms, i.e., farms with total outputs larger than 15000 euros and with less than 30% of the total output related to the use of strategies of either income diversification or product differentiation (in this way the 100% of the fadn farms is reached). we refer to this latter group as conventional farms. it is worth noting that the term conventional in this article is not used in opposition to organic or other alternative farming practices. rather, conventional refers to a farm that is producing only agricultural products and of standard quality. this classification of farms into different categories may be sensitive to changes in the thresholds defined above and to the year in which the differentiation and diversification efforts were measured. this does is not an issue in our application because the aim of this paper was not to understand whether income diversification and product differentiation emerge as important dimensions to explain differences between farms but rather to study the structural and economic characteristics of farms that adopted product differentiation and income diversification strategies and to compare these to conventional farms, i.e., to farms that have not adopted these two strategies. we first present the main structural and economic characteristics of the different farm types observed in 2008. we then compare the economic performance over time of the identified groups of farms by making use of a seven-wave balanced panel7 of more than 3000 farms for which continuous records are available from 2003 to 2009. we focused our analysis of the characteristics of non-micro farms observed in the year 2008 because this was the first year in which information regarding the involvement in income diversification was collected. 4. structural and economic characteristics by farm type in this section, we present the main structural (table 1 and figure 2) and economic (table 2) characteristics of the italian commercial farms by the farm types described in the previous section. the data refer to year 2008; this was the first year in which the fadn survey started to collect the information used to discriminate between farms via the extent of differentiation and diversification activities. focusing on only one year allowed us to exploit the information gathered from the entire sample8 that in year 2008 covered 11,234 commercial italian farms. most importantly, after weighting the sample observations using an appropriate system of weights, our results can be extended to represent the entire population of commercial italian farms. micro farms comprise 15% of italian commercial farms. as expected, their size (in terms of both total and utilised agricultural area (respectively taa and uaa) is the smallest group of the population under study. the small size also reflects a very small number of annual working units (awu). regarding production, micro farms are relatively more specialised in the production of permanent crops (grapes, olives and fruit) and cereals, oil and protein seed (cop) crops than commercial farms, while micro farms are relatively de-specialised in more labour-intensive productions such as horticultural crops and livestock. 7 for more detailed information about the construction of this panel, see henke and salvioni (2013). 8 this will not be possible when we analyse the balanced panel, as already mentioned in section two. 265structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms micro farms recorded a median farm net value added per unit of labour (fnva/ awu) that is half the value recorded in the entire sample. as expected, this group of farms presents the lowest results in terms of labour productivity. however, these findings cannot simply be interpreted as a symptom of the poverty of the farm household; rather, this low level may be due to the fact that they are hobby, residential or retirement farms. micro farms are not oriented toward farm income maximisation but instead towards the maximisation of other non-economic variables such as social welfare of the farm household (perali et al., 2005). in many of these cases, farm income is likely used by these farm households to complement other sources of off-farm income. it is also interesting to note that the average financial aid received under pillar 1 in percentage of the farm net value added is above the value recorded for the entire population. in other words, pillar 1 support is an important share of farm income in this group of firms. however, the average percentage ratio of pillar 2 payments to farm net value added is below the population average, which suggests low participation with the agri-environmental and other payment schemes under pillar 2. the same applies to the investment subsidy scheme as noted by the null value of the percentage ratio of cap payments related to capital assets under pillar 2. these latter results may result from different causes. on the one hand, these farms may have little access to pillar 2 financial aid due to the difficulties and the lack of competence in following the procedure to make a request for this kind of support; on the other hand, this result could be due to the inability of pillar 2 to solve the structural and economic problems of this group of farms. finally, the low percentage of payments related to capital assets may be the result of a lower propensity to invest; conversely, the farm household may easily find the financial sources needed to cover their smaller investments. the analysis needed to test these hypotheses is beyond the scope of this study. table 1. structural characteristics by farm type – 2008 (weighted data). micro conventional diversified differentiated d&d total number of farms % 15 71 6 5 2 100 awu (n.) median 0.7 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.2 0.9 taa (ha) median 5.0 11.0 7.5 11.1 12.5 7.4 uaa (ha) median 4.5 9.8 6.6 10.4 11.8 6.5 source: our elaboration of the fadn data. of all italian commercial farms, 71% are conventional. these farms make little or no use of diversification and differentiation strategies. their size is large both in structural and financial terms. their median endowment of total and utilised land as well as their working units are above the median of the farm population. the same applies to their economic results. these farms feature a relatively strong specialisation in the production of intensive and industrial products such as horticultural crops and livestock. regarding public support, it is interesting to note that on average they receive financial aid under pillar 1 of the cap is in line with the aid received by other non-micro farms, while support from pillar 2 is relatively lower. this result was largely expected because direct payments under pillar 2 of the cap are primarily associated with the adoption of multifunctional 266 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke and diversification activities. however, conventional farms attract more payments related to assets. this was also expected because this support mostly takes the form of investment subsidies primarily associated with the modernisation axis of pillar 2. diversified farms cover 6% of the total population of italian commercial farms. their median land size reveals that most farms in this group are fairly small, with total and utilised land respectively equal to 7.5 and 6.6 ha. these values are significantly closfigure 2. specialisation by farm type 2008 (weighted data). 0%   10%   20%   30%   40%   50%   60%   70%   80%   90%   100%   micro   conventional   diversi;ied   differentiated   d&d   total   cop  crops   horticultural  crops   permanent  crops   livestock   mixed   source: our elaboration on fadn data. table 2. economic characteristics by farm type – 2008 (weighted data). micro conventional diversified differentiated d&d total fnva/to % median 48.9 58.4 69.2 56.7 56.7 56.0 defl. fnva/awu € median 6,622 18,245 17,832 16,597 19,493 13,142 pillar 1/fnva % mean 30.7 25.8 14.5 36.7 16.8 27.1 pillar 2 direct payments/fnva % mean 1.2 5.1 3.5 6.9 7.4 3.6 pillar 2 non-direct payments/fnva % mean 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 1.4 0.0 source: our elaboration on fadn data. note: financial data are deflated using the gdp deflator 2005=100. note: pillar 1 and 2 median payments are always equal to zero; as a result, we report the mean values. note: pillar 2 non-direct payments include the investment subsidies not included in the pillar 2 direct payments. 267structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms er to those observed among micro rather than non-micro farms. the median labour use of these farms is above the values for the entire farm population. the higher use of labour in these farms can be due to a substitution of internal labour with contracted labour because owners work mainly for non-farming activities. in terms of production, diversified farms specialise in permanent crops. the median income per worker for these farms is similar to that recorded for other non-micro farms, and it is interesting to note that diversified farms present the highest farm net value added to the total output ratio (fnva/to). this ratio is a proxy for farm profitability: an increase in this indicator reveals that a larger share of revenues is used to cover the remuneration of inputs (labour, land and capital), while the share of costs due to raw and intermediate goods decreases. in situations of farms adopting income diversification strategies, the relatively high value of profitability is likely the result of the uptake of non-agricultural activities with returns higher than farming. it is also interesting to note that the mean percentage of the financial aid received under pillar i over the farm net value added is significantly lower than the value recorded in all other farm types. the mean percentage ratio of pillar 2 direct payments to farm net value added is the lowest among non-micro farms, while the percentage of non-direct payments under pillar 2 (mainly investment subsidies) over the farm net value added is on average close to zero. the overall result is that farms that adopted income diversification strategies are less dependent on cap support than other farms. differentiated farms cover 4.6% of the total population of italian commercial farms. differentiated farms have median large endowment of total and utilised land. the use of labour in these farms is in line with that observed in the rest of the non-micro farm population. differentiated farms present strong specialisation in the production of horticultural and permanent crops, while they are relatively under-specialised in livestock production. the median labour productivity in these farms is lower than that of the rest of the non-micro farms, and the median index of profitability in differentiated farms is lower than diversified farms. regarding public support, differentiated farms receive an average level of financial aid under pillar 1 and pillar 2 (especially in the form of direct payments) that is substantially larger than that for other farm types. these results suggest that the types and levels of support provided by the cap meet the specific policy needs of farms that adopted product differentiation strategies. finally, the d&d farms cover 2% of the total commercial farms and is composed of farms that have the largest endowment of both land and labour. d&d farms are relatively more specialised toward livestock production than the rest of the population. d&d farms feature the highest median labour productivity in the population while, as observed for the differentiated farms, the median index of profitability is lower than the value recorded for the other farm types. this latter result can be partly attributed to the recent crisis experienced in the livestock production sector. regarding public support, this group of farms receives relatively little support under pillar i, while the mean percentage of pillar 2 direct and non-direct payments over the farm net value added is the highest in the population. all in all, this evidence suggests that d&d farms are large users of pillar 2 benefits, which is likely due to a larger interest in agri-environmental measures or a higher propensity to invest than the other farm types. 268 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke 5. farms’ growth paths we will now analyse the growth paths that have been followed by the previously identified farm types using the information contained in the balanced panel of farms for which continuous records are available from 2003 to 2009. to this end, we calculated the average annual percentage changes in the median values of the main structural and economic characteristics by farm type: land, labour, value added to total output ratio, value added, and value added per unit of labour and per hectare of utilised land (table 3). table 3. average annual percentage change in the median structural and economic characteristics by farm type (2003-2009, balanced panel data). micro conventional diversified differentiated d&d uaa -1.17 0.12 -1.18 -0.56 2.17 total land -0.85 0.10 -2.18 0.45 0.99 awu -2.21 -2.80 -2.63 -1.58 -0.87 fnva/to 4.31 0.51 2.06 1.76 -2.33 fnva/uaa -0.09 -2.46 5.23 3.15 -3.85 fnva/awu 4.25 0.69 6.10 1.30 -5.91 source: our elaboration on fadn data. note: the financial variables have been deflated using the gdp deflator 2005=100. regarding the structural characteristics, the data indicate that all farm groups, with the exception of conventional and d&d farms, experienced a reduction in utilised land. it is worth noting that diversified farms were the group that most intensively disinvested in farmland. given their decrease in total land, the reduction in cropped area does not reflect a change in land use; this reduction instead signals the progressive substitution of non-agricultural activities to farming. the other group in which we observed negative changes both in total and arable land is that of micro farms; this evidence suggests a progressive marginalisation of this group of farms likely leading to the exodus of many of these farms from the commercial segment of the sector and, eventually, from agriculture. the negative changes in labour observed in all farm types confirm that italian commercial farms as a whole continue to experience a process of labour restructuring. this reduction is particularly intense in conventional, d&d and micro farms. the relatively large changes in land and labour observed in both differentiated and diversified farms suggest that these two groups of farms are still searching for an optimal resource allocation that would allow them to increase their efficiency and profitability. this is partly because their transition toward high quality agricultural production and non-agricultural activities often requires a change in the set of heuristic rules that enable the farm to perform daily business. when farmers move toward diversification, these rules need to evolve (nelson and winter, 1982); in other words, farmers have to search for solutions to threats and opportunities implied by the new diversified activities. most importantly, it is not always easy for farmers to build an optimal portfolio of farm and non-farm activities, especially when the latter requires highly specific labour skills that are very different 269structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms from the skills required for farming. for example, over-diversification may cause the loss of control over the farm’s competence leveraging and combinative capabilities and hence its organisational coherence (dosi et al., 1992; pavitt, 1998). regarding economic results, we analyse the farm net value added to the total output ratio; this indicator, a proxy of farm profitability, increased in all farm types, with the exception of d&d farms. this common positive trend is partly due to the increase in agricultural prices experienced at the end of the decade. the increase in profitability is larger in the groups of diversified and differentiated farms than in the conventional farms. recalling that farms adopting product differentiation are less specialised than the conventional farms in cops, i.e. in the group of crops that most benefitted from the recent agricultural price bubble, this result may be interpreted as a signal that the farms that adopted product differentiation strategies have been able to reduce their dependence on off-farm inputs and have been able to increase the share of the value added kept in the farm and not passed it to the rest of the supply chain. regarding farms adopting income diversification strategies, an increase in profitability can be interpreted as the result of the substitution of more profitable non-agricultural activities for farming. finally, it is worth noting the large increase in profitability in micro farms; the noteworthy specialisation in the production of cops by micro farms is likely driven by the agricultural price bubble. the income per unit of land declined in the d&d, conventional and micro farms. however, regarding the diversification and differentiation groups, land productivity increased. keeping in mind that these two latter groups of farms decreased their farmland allowance over time, their increase in land productivity is partly due to the fact that they have been able to concentrate farming in the most productive land, while reducing it in marginal land, and partly to the uptake of activities more profitable than standard farming. the income per unit of labour shows an increase in diversified, differentiated and micro farms but remained relatively stable in conventional farms. finally, the income per unit of labour declined in d&d farms. labour productivity is a very important indicator of economic performance because it provides a simple measurement of the efficiency with which inputs are used to produce goods and services. income per labour unit may also provide information about the living standards of farmers. this explains why it is often proposed to assess whether the agricultural policy objectives have been achieved (hill, 1991). given the importance of this indicator for the evaluation of the economic performance of farms, in the following section we provide more insight into evolutionist dynamics by farm type. focussing on labour productivity, figure. figure 3 reports the scatter plots of income per labour unit by farm type. these graphs are useful to understand the degree to which the distribution of labour productivity is stretched or squeezed by farm type. conventional farms present the most stretched distribution, which is likely because they are not specialised for specific productions and are instead active in a wide range of crop and livestock productions, each associated with different income levels. overall, in farms adopting income diversification and/or product differentiation strategies, the distribution of income per unit of labour is more squeezed than in conventional farms despite the fact that there are farms with very high values of income per labour unit within each of these groups. finally, the income per unit of labour in micro farms is primarily concentrated in a small region that is very close to the horizontal axis, i.e., to zero income per labour unit. 270 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke the differences in the levels of income by farm type can be more easily perceived using figure 4, which also displays the evolution of the median values of labour productivity by farm type. the results show that, though it increases over time, the income per labour unit in micro farms remained significantly lower than that obtained in the rest of the sample. among the non-micro farms, those following both product differentiation and income diversification strategies are higher at the beginning of the observed period, but exhibit a sharp drop in income per labour unit in more recent years. this result is likely due to their specialisation in livestock production, a sector that experienced a drop in income in the most recent years under observation. the rest of the non-micro farms presented an increase in income per unit of labour over 2007 and 2008, which is likely due to the effect of the agricultural commodity price bubble that began in 2007. it is interesting to note, first, that farms using product differentiation strategies had better results than the conventional farms over 2004-2008. second, it is also interesting that the farms that adopted income diversification strategies experienced a progressive increase in labour productivity and, contrary to the rest of the non-micro farms, did not incur a labour productivity reduction in 2009. this suggests that the uptake of non-agricultural activities shelters farms from the temporary shock to farm income caused by weather or price shocks. consequently, the uptake of these activities may help to stabilise the total (agricultural and non-agricultural) farm income. it is also interesting to note that farms that adopted income diversifigure 3. scatter plot of income per unit of labour by farm type (2003-2009). 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 2003 2005 2007 2009 2003 2005 2007 2009 2003 2005 2007 2009 micro conventional diversified differentiated d&d total eu ro (0 00 ) source: our elaboration on fadn data. 271structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms fication recorded median levels of income per unit of labour below those recorded for the rest of the non-micro farms at the beginning of the observed period. however, in the most recent years, the results for the farms that adopted income diversification are in line with those of other non-micro farms. in other words, diversified farms are characterised by a positive and rapid dynamic that has allowed them to overcome their income problems and to approach the level of income per unit of labour achieved in the other non-micro farms. finally, we compare the annual growth rates of income per worker for the total farms to those recorded in farms that specialised in permanent crops (table 4). table 4. annual growth rate of median fnva/awu in farms that specialised in the production of permanent crops by farm type (2003-2009). conventional diversified differentiated d&d total agriculture 0.7 6.1 1.3 -5.9 permanent crops 1.8 8.7 3.2 6.8 source: our elaboration on fadn data. the focus on these farms is due to the relative specialisation of income-diversified and product-differentiated farms in the production of these crops. in the entire population of non-micro farms, as well as in farms that specialised in permanent crops, the average annual income growth rate was lower in the conventional farms than in the diversified and differentiated farms. these results suggest that income diversification and product differentiation strategies may be a solution to the low farm income problem. however, we leave the counterfactual analysis of how labour productivity would have grown, if income diversification and product differentiation strategies had not been adopted, for future research. figure 4. median of income per unit of labour (fnva/awu) by farm type (euros). source: our elaboration on fadn data. 272 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke 6. conclusions in this paper we used the information collected by the italian fadn to provide evidence regarding the structural and economic characteristics, as well as performance over time, of farms that adopted product differentiation and diversification strategies. for this purpose, we divided the population of commercial farms into a five-fold farm typology. the methodology proposed is relatively simple and shows significant limits such as the arbitrary cut-off points used to classify farms. however, results produced are interesting and seem to reflect quite effectively and realistically the different behaviour of the identified groups of farms. our first finding is that only 13% of the total italian commercial farms have adopted product differentiation and/or income diversification strategies. this result is clearly in line with the figure produced, on this matter, by the latest italian agricultural census. this low percentage was expected because product differentiation and income diversification are innovative strategies with respect to conventional farming, i.e., farms that specialise in the production of standard agricultural products. another interesting outcome is related to the dynamics of structures and economic results by farm type. farms adopting product differentiation strategies are fairly stable in terms of structure and demonstrate a relatively better economic performance than conventional farms. this suggests that the experience gained over time in producing and marketing products with attributes for which consumers are willing to pay a premium over the standard price are leading these farms toward increasing levels of profitability. however, in the last few years, these farms appear to follow an income per unit of labour growth path that is similar to that of conventional farms. in other words, weather and agricultural price shocks cause the same types of temporary farm income shocks in all farms that rely substantially on agricultural production (even those with high-quality products). we also find that the group of farms that adopted income diversification strategies is experiencing a process of deep structural change, as well as increases in both profitability and income per unit of labour. these phenomena suggest that farms that adopted income diversification strategies are still looking for an optimal resource allocation that would allow them to further increase their efficiency and profitability over time. the relatively low income per unit of labour in diversified farms in the first years of the study, as well as the downward trend in d&d may be partly due to the fact that it is not always easy for a farmer to build an optimal portfolio of both standard agricultural and innovative activities as well as agricultural and non-agricultural activities while maintaining the organisational coherence of the farm. it is also worth noting that the category of diversified farms is the only one showing an upward trend in income per unit of labour in the last observed years, while farms relying entirely on agricultural products appear to perform poorly after 2008. this suggests that the new non-agricultural sources of income contribute to stabilising the overall farm income per unit of labour in diversified farms. because farm income stabilisation is a cap objective, effective direct income stabilisation tools or indirect ones (like diversification measure in pillar 2) seem to be highly desirable. that means, for pillar 2, more flexibility at the farm level for access to pillar 2 support, a better timing of payments and, more generally, the elimination of the rigidities often imposed by the rules of the current rural development plans. this, in turn, would favour a larger uptake of income diversification 273structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms strategies, thus accelerating farm income stabilisation. when new and more recent data become available, it will be possible to assess whether the observed trend toward stabilisation is a permanent trait of income diversification rather than the result of a temporary shock to the income of diversified farms. the analysis also demonstrates that micro farms often play only an ancillary role in terms of total household income generation. however, micro farms have been found to receive a larger share of payments compared to their income than non-micro farms. given the large number of micro farms operating in italy, future research is needed to better understand what role these farms play (e.g., productive, welfare or environmental) and what type of policy action can be designed to fulfil the objectives that are relevant to the needs and opportunities of micro farms. acknowledgements an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 2nd aieaa conference “between crisis and development: which role for the bio-economy”, 6-7 june, 2013, parma, italy. the authors wish to thank two anonymous referees and the editor for their helpful suggestions and comments. references aguglia, l., henke, r. and salvioni, c. (eds.) (2009). multifunctional agriculture. entrepreneurial behaviour and strategies in the search for diversification. inea studi&ricerche. naples: edizioni scientifiche italiane. arkleton trust (1983). institutional approaches to rural development in europe. report of a seminar held in scotland, 17-22 october 1982. langholm, dumfriesshire. belletti, g., brunori, g., marescotti, a. and rossi, a. (2003). multifunctionality and rural development: a multilevel approach. in van huylenbroeck, g. and durand, g. (eds.), multifunctional agriculture: a new paradigm for european agriculture and rural development, aldershot (uk) and burlington (vt, usa): ashgate. bowler, i., clark, g., crockett, a., ilbery, b. and shaw, a. (1996). the development of alternative farm enterprises: a study of family labour farms in the northern pennines of england. journal of rural studies 12(3): 285-295. cagliero, r., cisilino, f. and scardera, a. editors (2011). evaluating rural development programmes using fadn data. inea. roma: rete rurale nazionale. carbone, a. and henke, r. (2012). sophistication and perfomance of italian agri-food exports. international journal of food system dynamics 3(1): 22-34. chamberlin, e. (1933). the theory of monopolistic competition: a re-orientation of the theory of value. cambridge, mass.: harvard university press. cochrane, w. w. (1958). farm prices, myth and reality. minneapolis: university of minnesota press. de benedictis, m. (ed.) (1990). trasformazioni agrarie e pluriattività in italia. inea studi&ricerche. bologna: il mulino. di iacovo, f. (2003). new trends in the relationship between farmers and local communities in tuscany. in van huylenbroeck, g. and durand, g. (eds), multifunctional 274 c. salvioni, e. ascione, r. henke agriculture: a new paradigm for european agriculture and rural development, aldershot (uk) and burlington (vt, usa): ashgate. dosi, g. and teece, d.j. (1998). organizational competencies and the boundaries of the firm. berlin: springer. esposti, r. and finocchio, r. (2008). determinants of farm diversification and interaction with the cap. an application to fadn of marche region (italy). xii eaae conference “people, food and environments: global trends and european strategies”, 26-29 august, ghent (belgium). european commission (1997). agenda 2000 for a stronger and wider union. bulletin of the european union, supplement 5. evans, n.j. and ilbery, b.w. (1993). the pluriactivity, part-time farming, and farm diversification debate. environment and planning a 25(7): 945-959. fabiani, g. (1986). l’agricoltura italiana tra sviluppo e crisi. bologna: il mulino. fabiani, g. (ed.) (1991). letture territoriali dello sviluppo agricolo. milano: franco angeli. gardner, b. (1992). changing economic perspectives on the farm problem. journal economic literature 30: 62-101. gil, j.m., gracia, a. and sanchez, m. (2000). market segmentation and willingness to pay for organic products in spain. the international food and agribusiness management review 3(2): 207-226. heady, e.o. (1952). diversification in resource allocation and minimization of income variability. journal of farm economics 34: 482-496. henke, r. and salvioni, c. (2008). multifunzionalità in agricoltura: sviluppi teorici ed evidenze empiriche. rivista di economia agraria 1: 5-34. henke, r. and salvioni, c. (editors) (2013). i redditi in agricoltura: processi di diversificazione e politiche di sostegno. inea studi&ricerche. roma. hill, b. (1999). farm households incomes: perceptions and statistics. journal of rural studies 15(3): 345-358. institute for european environmental policies (ieep) (2009). provision of public goods through the european union agriculture european commission. dg agriculture, brussels. jongeneel, r. a., polman, n.b.p. and slangen, l.h.g. (2008). why are dutch farmers going multifunctional? land use policy, 25(1): 81-94. loureiro, m.l. and hine, s. (2001). discovering niche markets: a comparison of consumer willingness to pay for a local, organic, and gmo-free product. selected papers of 2001 aaea meeting. chicago. mardsen, t. and sonnino, r. (2008). rural development and the regional state: denying multifunctional agriculture in the uk. journal of rural studies 24: 422-431. marsden, t.k. (1990). towards the political economy of pluriactivity. journal of rural studies 6(4): 375–382. matthiews, a. (2012). greening the cap: the way forward. qa‒rivista dell’associazione rossi-doria 4: 37-59. mcnally, s. (2001). farm diversification in england and wales – what can we learn from the farm business survey? journal of rural studies 17(2): 247-257. meert, h., van huylenbroeck, g., vernimmen, t., bourgeois, m. and van hecke, e. (2005). farm household survival strategies and diversification on marginal farms. journal of rural studies 21(1): 81-97. 275structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms nelson, r. and winter, s. (1982). an evolutionary theory of economic change. cambridge (mt): harvard business school press. organisation for economic co-operation and development (oecd) (2009). the role of agriculture and farm household diversification in the rural economy: evidence and initial policy implications. tad/ca/apm/wp(2009)1/final. paris. organisation for economic cooperation and development (oecd) (2005). multifunctionality in agriculture. what role for private initiatives? paris. pavitt, k. (1998). the social shaping of the national science base. research policy 27(8): 793-805. perali, f., salvioni, c. and tommasi, n. (2005). la tipologia delle imprese agricole basata sui dati dell’indagine ismea. in ismea, agricoltura e ruralità: indagine socioeconomica sull’agricoltura italiana, milano: franco angeli. ravenscroft, n. and taylor, b. (2009). public engagement in new productivism. in winter, m. and lobley, m., what in land for? the food, fuel and climate change debate, london: earthscan. salvioni, c., henke, r. and ascione, e. (2013). the emergence of new development trajectories in italian farms. in ortiz-miranda, d., moragues-faus, a. and arnaltealegre, e. (eds). agriculture in mediterranean europe: between old and new paradigms, research in rural sociology and development volume 19. bingley (uk): emerald, 207-232. saraceno, e. (1985). il part-time nell’agricoltura dei paesi occidentali: line evolutive e strumenti di intervento. la questione agraria 18: 47-62. sylvander, b., barjolle, d. and arfini, f. (eds.) (2000). the socio-economics of origin labelled products in agri-food supply chains: spatial, institutional and co-ordination aspects. actes et communications 17, paris: inra. tregear, a., arfini, f., belletti, g. and marescotti, a. (2007). regional foods and rural development: the role of product qualification. journal of rural studies 23(1): 12-22. tweeten, l. (1979). foundation of farm policy. lincoln: university of nebraska press. van der ploeg, j.d. (2002). revitalizing agriculture: farming economically as starting ground for rural development. sociologia ruralis 40(4): 497-511. van der ploeg, j.d. and roep, d. (2003). multifunctionality and rural development: the actual situation in europe. in van huylenbroeck, g. and durand, g. (eds.), multifunctional agriculture. a new paradigm for european agriculture and rural development. aldershot (uk) and burlington (vt, usa): ashgate, 37-53. wilson, g.a. (2007). multifunctional agriculture. a transition theory perspective. cambridge, ma (usa) and wallingford (uk): cabi publishing. wilson, g.a. (2008). from ‘weak’ to ‘strong’ multifunctionality: conceptualising farm-level multifunctional transitional pathways. journal of rural studies 24: 367–383. zahrnt, v. (2009). public money for public goods: winners and losers from cap reform. working paper n. 08/2009, brussels: ecipe. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 277-300, 2013 how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation beatrice camaioni1, roberto esposti2, antonello lobianco2, francesco pagliacci2,*, franco sotte1 1 the national institute of agricultural economics (inea), rome, italy 2 università politecnica delle marche, dept. of economics and social sciences, ancona, italy abstract. although representing less than 20% of total cap expenditure, the rural development policy (rdp) 2007-2013 is supposed to support rural areas which are facing new challenges. currently, many eu rural areas are experiencing major transformations and the traditional urban-rural divide seems outdated (oecd, 2006). going beyond dichotomous definitions and approaches, the paper applies at eu nuts 3 level a new composite and comprehensive measure of rurality and peripherality (the peripherurality indicator, pri): the higher this index, the more rural and peripheral a given region is. within a principal component analysis (pca) approach, this indicator takes into account both conventional socio-economic indicators and the relevant geographical characteristics of the region. on the basis of this analysis, the paper also puts forward a clusterisation of nuts 3 regions across europe and assesses the correlation between the rdp expenditure intensity, the pri and the different regional clusters. this analysis is aimed at assessing the coherence of rdp fund allocation with the real characteristics of eu rural space. keywords. rurality and peripherality, eu rural development policy, multivariate analysis jel codes. o18, q01, r58 introduction: the scope of the paper this paper aims to investigate the links between the degree of rurality in eu nuts 3 regions and the allocation of rural development policy (rdp) expenditures throughout this area. rural regions still play a key role within the eu economy and society, even though the relative dominance and major vitality of its urban space, from mega cities to the network of its medium-sized cities, has been repeatedly pointed out (espon, 2005). moreover, eu rural space faces new challenges and new opportunities which are due to ongoing major transformations and an increasing heterogeneity, especially after the enlargement of the eu towards eastern countries. * corresponding author: f.pagliacci@univpm.it. authorship may be attributed as follows: first section to sotte, second and fifth sections to pagliacci, third section to camaioni, fourth and sixth sections to esposti, seventh section to lobianco. 278 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte with regard to this evolutionary pattern, the traditional urban-rural divide can be considered largely outdated (oecd, 2006). a new geography of eu rural space has emerged and new definitions and taxonomies are needed. although in previous studies on eu rural space major geographical issues were substantially ignored (copus, 1996; ballas et al., 2003; bollman et al., 2005; vidal et al., 2005; copus et al., 2008), a new representation of eu rural geography necessarily implies a proper consideration of how conventional rural features (e.g., low density, key role of agriculture, etc.) combine with geographical features (e.g., remoteness, integration with urban areas, etc.). in order to achieve this new representation of eu rural space, the present paper puts forward a new composite and comprehensive peripherurality indicator (pri), linking together both conventional rural and geographical features. such a multidimensional approach can help in defining different typologies of rural areas across the eu and, in turn, it could also support policy makers in better framing and targeting the eu rdp. the rdp is the second pillar of the common agricultural policy (cap) (funded by the european agricultural fund for rural development, eafrd). it supports the implementation of rural development programmes across the eu. at present, for the 2007-2013 programming period, the rdp is aimed at supporting rural areas which are facing new challenges by promoting their economic restructuring, enhancing the sustainable management of natural resources, helping regions to meet future social, economic and environmental challenges (sotte, 2009; esposti, 2011). the analysis of the current spatial allocation of rdp expenditure can help in assessing how these declared objectives match the real characteristics of the eu regions and their true degree of rurality. the most disaggregated territorial level at which the analysis can be performed is eu nuts 3 level. at this level, the spatial allocation of current rdp expenditure not only depends on the top-down ex-ante political decisions taken by the eu and/or the member states, but also by the bottom-up capacity of each territory (nuts 3 region) to attract and use these funds. the paper is organised as follows. the second section briefly summarises the in-depth debate about the definition of eu rural areas, ranging from the most “conventional” typologies proposed by the oecd (2006) and eurostat (2010). the role of a multidimensional (i.e., multivariate) approach and the relevance of often neglected geographical aspects is then stressed. in in the third section, the available data for a more thorough and comprehensive analysis of peripherality and rurality across europe, together with some critical issues, are presented. the fourth section briefly presents the adopted methodology, a combination of multivariate techniques (principal component analysis and cluster analysis) through which a composite peripherurality indicator (pri) is computed. the fifth section provides the main results of the analysis by showing how this pri is distributed across the eu space. a clusterisation of rural regions is also illustrated and discussed. the sixth section shows the allocation of rdp funds across nuts 3 regions, by emphasizing the links between this distribution, the computed pri and the identified urban-rural clusters. the final section concludes the paper, suggesting some possible directions for future research. concept, definition and classification of the rural space in the eu the concept of rurality according to its relevance among eu main priorities and policies, rural development has become one of the major topics in agricultural economics as well as in other social 279how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation sciences. nevertheless, the concept of rural development remains a “disputed notion, both in practice, police and theory” (van der ploeg et al. 2000, p. 404). the lack of a strong and common theoretical foundation still affects most of the literature on the concept and definition of “rural” itself and on the consequent taxonomy. therefore, before providing taxonomies about the eu rural areas and assessing the allocation of eu rdp funds in this respect, the concept of “rural” has to be explicitly defined and discussed. in focusing on the proper definition of rurality, many studies pointed out the relevance of the major evolution which has affected agriculture and rural areas in both developing and developed countries over time (johnston, 1970; timmer, 1988; saraceno, 1994; basile and cecchi, 1997; romagnoli, 2002, sotte, 2003; sotte et al., 2012). those transformations, both from the historical and the geographical perspective, call for different approaches in classifying rural areas as well as in defining rural development policies. in this work, we follow the evolutionary concept of rurality and of rural development suggested in sotte (2003) and sotte et al. (2012). in the 50s and 60s, due to the still crucial role of agriculture, the concept of “rurality” and the identification and classification of rural areas were mainly based on sectoral variables (e.g., the share of the agricultural employment) (the so-called agrarian rurality model). since the 70s, the importance of agriculture in eu regions has fallen steadily. thus, the agrarian rurality model has been progressively replaced by the industrial rurality framework. this decline in agricultural activities was accompanied by rapid rural depopulation and urbanization (basile and cecchi, 1997). therefore, in the industrial rurality framework, rural areas were mainly defined and classified according to demographic criteria (i.e., population density). despite these generalized demographic trends, some rural regions still experienced successful development patterns, often based on manufacturing, thanks to other favourable conditions (economic dynamism, social mobility and cohesion, etc.) (esposti and sotte, 2002). mostly following these cases of “rural success”, in the 90s another form and concept of rurality emerged (the post-industrial rurality). two major elements characterise rural areas within this new model. first, the territorial dimension of rurality has now become relevant, especially in terms of a stronger integration across the rural space and between rural and urban territories. within this integration, the role assigned to the rural regions consists in supplying the society with a whole set of services associated to public goods, either environmental goods (e.g., clean air and water, biodiversity…) or “cultural” goods (e.g., landscape, historical heritage, agricultural traditions, etc.). the second element is that, given this large set of possible services, many different forms of rural-rural and rural-urban integration has emerged and may co-exist. polymorphism has thus become one of the key feature of the rural space within the post-industrial rurality, e.g., in post-industrial societies. together with the current co-existence of the three different models of rurality across the eu27, this polymorphism clearly affects how rural areas can be defined and classified. while none of the conventional measures (based on sectoral or demographic indicators) can capture these complex and polymorphic features, it seems increasingly evident that a proper definition and classification needs to be multidimensional and that it is still useful that these conventional indicators remain included within such multidimensionality. 280 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte indicators, measures and typologies of rural areas: towards a multidimensional approach as mentioned, the debate about the concept of rurality inevitably opens the debate about how to properly define rural areas. actually, a univocal and homogeneous definition of rural areas is still lacking at international level (montresor, 2002; anania and tenuta, 2008). for example, the european commission (ec) does not provide any formal criteria to identify those areas where rural development policies are to be implemented: each member state is autonomously in charge of defining its own rural areas. this lack is due to the considerable differences in terms of demographic, socio-economic, and environmental conditions occurring across the eu rural space (european commission, 2006; hoggart et al., 1995; copus et al., 2008). moreover, it may also be attributed to the lack of homogeneous and comparable statistical information at territorial level which may foster the identification of a common statistical definition of rural areas (bertolini et al., 2008; bertolini and montanari, 2009). nevertheless, since the 90s, significant steps forward in providing a homogeneous definition have been taken and some general criteria are now widely accepted. the most well-known urban-rural typologies are those adopted by the oecd (1994; 1996; 2006) and the ec (eurostat, 2010). both follow a similar and simple approach, based on demographic density and on the presence of major urban areas (thus recalling the aforementioned industrial rurality model). according to this oecd-eurostat methodology, nuts 3 regions in eu27 member states are classified as predominantly urban (pu), intermediate (ir) and predominantly rural (pr). however, this approach suffers from a major drawback. it measures “rurality” using a single indicator (i.e., demographic density) and, then, this indicator is collapsed into a discrete ordinal variable that distinguishes only three typologies of rurality/urbanity. such measure seems too rough to capture the evident and increasing polymorphism observed across eu27 rural areas. actually, the emergence of a post-industrial concept of rurality makes the measures just based on density outdated and insufficient. recently, the oecd (and even the fao) has launched new research strands in order to put forward new and more comprehensive measures of rurality based on a qualified set of variables (faooecd report, 2007; the wye group, 2007). this is the underlying idea of multidimensional approaches to define and classify rurality. they consist in using a wide set of variables, usually ranging from socio-demographic (e.g. population density) and sector-based variables (e.g., the share of agriculture within the economy) to territorial/geographical features (e.g., land-use, remoteness, integration with the urban space, etc.). a thorough review of these multidimensional approaches can be found in copus et al. (2008). many of these works have identified the major typologies of rural areas across europe, by applying multivariate statistical approaches and by taking into account a broad list of socio-economic indicators. some of these analyses focus on either single (auber et al., 2006; buesa et al., 2006; kawka, 2007; lowe and ward 2009; merlo and zaccherini, 1992; anania and tenuta, 2008) or a few eu member states (barjak, 2001; psaltopoulos et al., 2006), while other works analyse the rural space across the whole eu. to mention a few, terluin et al. (1995) analyse lessfavoured areas in the eu15; copus (1996) analyses nuts 3 regions in the eu12 comparing aggregative and disaggregative methods (factor analysis and k-means cluster analysis) 281how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation with about 45 socio-economic indicators. ballas et al. (2003) apply factor analysis and cluster analysis to eu27 nuts 3 regions and also suggest a sort of peripherality index. bollman et al. (2005) move from the original oecd urban-rural typologies and suggest an additional grouping of rural areas (leading, middle, lagging regions). vidal et al. (2005) analyse the spatial features of rural areas in the eu12, according to demographic, economic, sector-based and labour market variables. combining socio-economic and geographical features the present paper pursues the abovementioned multidimensional approach in order to analyse eu rural areas and at the same time suggests some further improvements in this direction. while the relevance of different (and conventional) socio-economic features in characterising rural areas is again stressed, an additional set of indicators covering geographical features is also proposed. the underlying idea is that geography matters when defining rural areas, as, according to the post-industrial rurality model, rurality and its different possible forms also have to do with the degree and quality of integration of a given area with the surrounding space. on the basis of this key idea, the paper adds a set of spatial/geographical variables to a more conventional set of indicators expressing rurality and its evolutionary stage (agrarian, industrial, post-industrial). few studies have concentrated on a link between the economic and geographical features, which are explicit in defining rural areas (cecchi, 1999; ballas et al., 2003), even though this has never been done at the nuts3 level across the whole eu27 space. in the present analysis, the four aforementioned dimensions of rurality are linked together by computing a composite and comprehensive indicator. it expresses the idea that rural areas can be defined according to an evolutionary combination of conventional features (e.g., population density and the role of agriculture) and indicators of their integration (or exclusion) with respect to the surrounding space. these are the major thematic areas considered here: • socio-economic indicators (population-based approach); • the role of agriculture (sector-based approach); • land use and landscape features (territorial approach); • accessibility/remoteness over different territorial scales (geographical approach). in particular, regional accessibility is considered as a key variable in this study. despite the rapid increase in the use of information and communication technologies (ict) and the efforts made to reduce the digital divide, remoteness still remains a major feature of many eu rural areas. several regions, although rural in a traditional sense, are closely integrated with (and provide many services to) the surrounding urban space. these spatial and geographical issues are included in this analysis taking into account two different perspectives: the distance from major urban areas and some indexes of potential accessibility. to achieve a synthetic indicator of this spatial dimension, a distance matrix between the centroids of all the eu nuts 3 regions is firstly computed. as remoteness usually refers to the distance from some major cities, for each region the distance from major eu urban areas is taken into account. in particular, the concept of mega (metropolitan economic growth area) is here used. megas are the most important urban areas among 282 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte the european fuas (functional urban areas), according to population, transport, tourism, industry, knowledge economy, decision-making and public administration (espon, 2005). five typologies of megas are identified: global nodes (or global megas), category 1 megas, category 2 megas, category 3 megas and category 4 megas. secondly, regional remoteness is expressed according to the multimodal potential accessibility indexes. these indicators take into account the presence of physical infrastructures connecting regions, thus reducing travel times and costs. all of them measure how easily people living in one region can reach people located in other regions. both the multimodal accessibility index (measuring the minimum travel time between two regions by combining road, rail and air networks) and the air accessibility index (taking into account only the air network) are considered here. both indexes are computed by summing the population in all other european regions weighted by the travel time needed to reach them (espon, 2005)2. the combination of these two dimensions (distance from megas and accessibility indicators) provides a detailed and somehow original representation of the real eu geography, where remoteness and peripherality do not only depend on geographical distance from major urban areas but also on the endowment and quality of infrastructures allowing integration between the rural and the urban space. the dataset following such multidimensional approach, 24 variables are collected in order to identify the heterogeneity of eu rural areas (table 1). the variables refer to the aforementioned four different thematic areas: i) socio-demographic features (7 variables); ii) structure of the economy (7 variables); iii) land use (3 variables); iv) geography (7 variables). although most of these variables are conventional in multidimensional approaches to rurality (except the fourth area), some comments are needed for the variables “population” and “average sgm”. in the former case, it is worth noticing that all adopted variables are expressed in relative terms in order to make them independent on regional size that shows a remarkable heterogeneity in the sample. for instance, the group of variables “socio-demographic features” are meant to express the demographic structure and dynamics (as in the case of “population variation”) regardless the regional size. nonetheless, the lack of any variables expressing the regional size would prevent from separating those regions whose specificity is, in fact, being dominated by the presence of large towns or urban agglomerations. therefore, the “population” variable turns out to be necessary to isolate this group of highly urban regions and identify their main characteristics. variable “average sgm” is included among the second group of variables (“structure of the economy”), although, in fact, it does not represent the relevance of the agricultural sector within the regional economy but the characteristics of the regional farms both in terms of economic performance and size. therefore, it seems needed to distinguish “agricultural” regions due to a relatively underdeveloped economy from highly devel2 in order to avoid distorting “edge” effects, in computing accessibility and distances european regions bordering the territory covered by espon have also been taken into account. 283how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation oped regions where agriculture still maintains a relevant share within the economy due to highly competitive farms. in the latter case, the strength and relevance of the agricultural sector within a given rural region is often caused by a strong integration with the urban space; this is not necessarily true in the former case (von thünen, 1826). these variables are collected at eu27 nuts 3 territorial level. although the nuts 2010 classification is currently in force (commission regulation (ec) no 105/2007), eurostat data have not yet been fully updated. therefore, for the purpose of the current work, the nuts 2006 classification (commission regulation (ec) no 1059/2003) is adopted. thus, the original sample size is composed of 1303 nuts 3 regions. however, further adjustments in the sample have been made to exclude specific regions. in particular, regions far from the european continent have been excluded (the nuts 3 regions belonging to the french departements d’outre-mer and to the spanish and portuguese atlantic islands). thus, the final sample is made up of 1288 nuts 3 regions. the nuts 3 level allows a detailed representation of eu rural space. previous studies mainly focused on the nuts 2 level (see, for instance, shucksmith et al., 2005) which is, in fact, too large a scale to be representative in terms of rural features: most nuts 2 regions usually include both urban and rural space. an even smaller scale (e.g., the lau 2 level) could improve the analysis further but it is unfeasible given the current data availability for all eu member states. nonetheless, working at nuts 3 level may still lead to some practical problems. firstly, some of the adopted variables (table 1) are not available at nuts 3 level for all eu countries. secondly, even when available in principle, several variables show a large amount of missing values. missing observations have been replaced with data observed at the closest higher territorial aggregation that is either nuts 2 or nuts 1 level. a third issue concerns the considerable size heterogeneity of nuts 3 regions in the eu27. in fact, nuts 3 regions in peripheral and more sparsely-populated countries tend to be larger than nuts 3 regions in more central areas. a final issue about the nuts 3 territorial scale has to do with its appropriateness for policy analysis. in particular, it may be debatable whether this scale is appropriate when analysing fund allocation for those policies whose decisions are taken at a higher level (eu or country level). this is the case of the rdp studied here. this issue will be discussed in more detail in next sections according to the time coverage of the available data, the analysis focuses on the last observed year, ranging between 2006 and 2010. as most of the selected variables are structural, it is reasonable to assume that they are not significantly influenced by the negative economic trend which has started in 2008. in addition, two variables are included to express the main long-term dynamics within the eu in terms of population growth (2000-2010 variation) and the change in multimodal accessibility (2001-2006 variation). a new composite measure: the peripherurality indicator (pri) the 24 variables described in table 1 are expected to capture the heterogeneity of rurality and of its evolutionary stages across eu space. the passage from such multidimensional set of features to a composite measure of rurality, and then to rural typologies, is here obtained following a 3-step methodology. first of all, conventional principal component analysis (pca) is applied to the 24 elementary variables. this technique reduces the dimension of the problem to be 284 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte table 1. variables adopted in the analysis grouped in 4 thematic areas. variable definition year source mean standard deviation so ci ode m og ra ph ic fe at ur es population resident population (000) 2010 eurostat 386.00 462.34 population variation average annual variation (in %) of the resident population 20002010 eurostat 0.15 0.74 net migration rate ratio of the difference between immigrants and emigrants with respect to the average population, including statistical adjustments 2010 eurostat 1.22 5.36 density ratio of the resident population on the total surface of a given area (in km2) 2010 eurostat 456.23 1056.67 unemployment rate unemployed population (aged 15-64) as % of the total economically active population 2009 eurostat 8.36 3.82 young-age dependency ratio ratio of the number of people aged 0-14 with respect to the number of people aged 15-64 2010 eurostat 22.45 3.71 aged dependency ratio ratio of the number of people aged 65+ with respect to the number of people aged 15-64 2010 eurostat 29.02 6.39 st ru ct ur e of th e ec on om y gva agriculture (%) share of gva from sector a (nace classification rev. 2) on the total 2009 eurostat 2.94 3.36 employment agriculture (%) share of employment in sector a (nace classification rev. 2) on the total 2009 eurostat 7.22 9.43 employment manufacturing (%) share of employment in sectors c-e(nace classification rev. 2) on the total 2009 eurostat 18.84 8.06 employment services (%) share of employment in sectors g-u(nace classification rev. 2) on the total 2009 eurostat 66.43 12.36 per capita gdp gdp in euro per inhabitant (pps) 2009 eurostat 21,945 9,465 average farm size average agricultural area (in ha) per agricultural holding 2007 eurostat (farm structure survey) 42.74 52.57 average sgm average standard gross margin (in esu) per agricultural holding 2007 eurostat (farm structure survey) 41.13 42.13 285how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation investigated, while preserving most of the original statistical information (everitt and hothorn, 2010)3. after the extraction of the principal components (pcs), it is possible to compute a standardised score for each statistical unit (i.e., for each of the 1288 eu nuts 3 regions under study). the second step consists in using these pc scores as input for a conventional cluster analysis (ca). the 1288 regions are grouped according to the extracted pcs and respective scores, in such a way that the units in the same cluster are more similar (in terms of rurality and peripherality) to each other than to those belonging to other groups (kaufman and rousseeuw, 1990). considering the specific dataset and problem under study, a hierarchical cluster analysis is performed here, as this approach seems more suitable for properly handling outliers and it does not require the ex ante definition of the 3 due to these properties, the use of the pca to obtain a composite measure of rurality is not new in this literature (nui maynooth et al., 2000; ocana-riola and sánchez-cantalejo, 2005; vidal et al., 2005; nordregio et al., 2007; bogdanov et al., 2007; monasterolo and coppola, 2010). variable definition year source mean standard deviation la nd u se artificial areas (%) share of total surface which is covered by artificial areas (urban fabric, industrial and commercial units…) 2006 corineeurostat 12.88 17.18 agricultural areas (%) share of total surface which is covered by agricultural areas 2006 corineeurostat 51.31 20.73 forests (%) share of total surface which is covered by forests and other semi-natural areas 2006 corineeurostat 32.82 21.90 g eo gr ap hy (s pa tia l d im en sio n) air accessibility the index is calculated by summing the population in all the other eu nuts 3 regions, weighted by the travel time to go there by air. values are standardised with the eu average (eu27=100) 2006 espon (project 1.1.1) 92.94 37.55 multimodal accessibility the index is calculated by summing the population in all the other eu nuts 3 regions, weighted by the travel time to go there by road, rail and air. values are standardised with the eu average (eu27=100) 2006 espon (project 1.1.1) 95.65 38.54 multimodal accessibility change relative variation (in %) of the multimodal accessibility index 20012006 espon (project 1.1.1) 10.11 12.22 distance from mega1 distance from closest mega1 (centroid) authors’ elaboration 264.95 257.70 distance from mega2 distance from closest mega2 (centroid) authors’ elaboration 203.48 174.76 distance from mega3 distance from closest mega3 (centroid) authors’ elaboration 153.42 140.80 distance from mega4 distance from closest mega4 (centroid) authors’ elaboration 108.86 85.05 table 1. continued. 286 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte number of clusters4. both the pca and the ca stress the multidimensional characteristics of rurality in europe. nonetheless, they are still unable to provide a comprehensive and univariate (i.e., synthetic) measure of rurality of any given eu region. therefore, the third methodological step consists in using the pc scores to compute a composite peripherurality indicator (pri). to do this, an ideal region with “extreme” urban features is identified. this ideal region represents a sort of urban benchmark across the eu and it is defined on the basis of the two eu global megas: paris and london (espon, 2005). for each extracted pc, the average score is computed for the two nuts 3 regions of paris and london, thus representing the scores for this ideal eu benchmark. secondly, the statistical “distance” between any nuts 3 region and this ideal urban benchmark is computed as the euclidean distance over the k-dimensional space of the pcs extracted5: ∑ ( )= − ∀ = ∀ =pri y y i n p k, 1,..., and 1,...,i ip ubpp 2 (1) where n = 1, …., n indicates the set of regions under consideration, yip represents the i-th region’s score for the p-th pc and yubp represents the urban benchmark’s score for the p-th pc. by construction, the greater the pri the more rural and/or peripheral the i-th region is. the pri captures both a socio-economic and a geographical (spatial) distance from “urbanity”: therefore, here it is called the peripherurality indicator (pri). main results: the eu rural space principal components and cluster analyses table 2 (upper part) shows the results of the extraction of the pcs6. following the guttman-kaiser criterion7 six pcs should be extracted. the same indication emerges from 4 when studying the urban-rural typologies, both hierarchical and partitioning approaches have been adopted: copus (1996) and vidal et al. (2005) applied partitioning methods; buesa et al. (2006) and dimara and skuras (1996) adopted aggregative (hierarchical) clustering approaches. 5 the euclidean distance is used to compute the pri from the selected pcs because this distance metric is more sensitive to extreme values (therefore, it highlights more extreme rural/urban features) than other distance metrics, e.g., the manhattan distance. the adopted metric implicitly assumes a sort of complementarity among the k different “dimensions” (in this case, different pcs) over which the distance is computed. one can argue that this complementarity might overemphasize those features of rurality/urbanity that are redundant across these different dimensions. in the present case, however, the euclidean distance is computed on pc scores and pcs are orthogonal by construction, thus they do not contain redundant information. for this reason, it seems preferable to apply this distance calculation to the extracted pcs rather than to the original 24 elementary variables where, definitely, a significant redundancy can be observed. 6 it is preliminarily helpful to test whether the selected variables are suitable for pc extraction. the kaisermeyer-olkin (kmo) test is applied on the original variables. this is a test of sampling adequacy calculated as the ratio between the sum of squares of all correlations of the variables and the same sum plus the sum of all bivariate partial correlations. if this ratio is low all variables do not share much variance and the pc extraction becomes less meaningful. the kmo test ranges from 0.0 to 1.0. according to kaiser (1974), scores lower than 0.5 are unacceptable, [0.5, 0.6) are miserable, [0.6, 0.7) are mediocre, [0.7, 0.8) are middling, [0.8, 0.9) are meritorious, [0.9, 1.0) are marvellous but satisfactory values should be greater than 0.5. in the present case, the kmo test on the variables under study is fully satisfactory (.738). 7 the guttman-kaiser criterion suggests choosing those principal components which are able to explain at least 70-80% of the cumulative variance. 287how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation the analysis of the eigenvalues (pc with eigenvalues greater than 1). however, there is a substantial drop in all indicators between the 5th and the 6th pcs. thus, in order to make the interpretation easier, only the first 5 pcs are extracted. they account for 67.46% of total variance, with each of them explaining at least 5% of total variance and showing an eigenvalue greater than 1.5. to provide an interpretation of these 5 pcs, the respective factor loadings are reported in the lower part of table 2. factor loadings are the correlation coefficients between the original variables and the pcs. factors are regarded as not significant (and not shown in table 2) when they are smaller than |.15|. the sign and the magnitude of these factor loadings allow an economic interpretation, and hence labeling, to be attributed to the extracted pcs. pc1 – economic and geographical centrality: this refers to both geographical and economic variables. it is positively related to accessibility indexes, share of employment in services, per capita gdp, share of artificial areas and demographic density. it is negatively related to the distance from megas and the relevance of the agricultural sector. thus, pc1 sums up most of the characteristics of “urbanity” in terms of both economic centrality and accessibility. pc2 – demographic shrinking and ageing: this pc mainly refers to socio-demographic features. it is positively related to the aged dependency ratio, whereas it is negatively related to the annual population variation, young-age dependency ratio and net migration rate. this pc thus captures two interrelated social phenomena, demographic shrinking and population ageing, which are deeply affecting many rural regions across europe. pc3 – manufacturing in rural areas: this pc is positively linked to the share of employment in manufacturing activities and to the share of agricultural areas. the youngage dependency ratio is also positively related to the pc, while a negative factor loading is observed for the unemployment rate. this can be explained by the fact that, across europe, manufacturing regions usually show a better performing labour market. pc4 – land use: forests vs. agricultural areas: this pc captures land use characteristics, by distinguishing agricultural regions from regions covered by forests. the average farm size also shows a negative factor loading. regions with the highest scores for this pc are mountain regions (e.g., the alps, the pyrenean region and northern scandinavia), while the lowest scores are observed in the north-western european plain areas. pc5 – urban dispersion: this pc is positively related to demographic density, % of artificial areas on the total, % of employment in manufacturing activities. thus, positive values for pc5 are associated to urban and industrial areas. however, pc5 is also negatively related to annual population variation, net migration rate and the young-age dependency ratio. thus, it captures a sort of declining “urbanity”, or urban dispersion associated to industrial decline. on the basis of the selected pcs, a standardized score can be assigned to each nuts 3 region. moving away from these factor scores, regions can be clustered applying a hierarchical ca (the agglomerative algorithm agnes is used)8 that generates the whole hierarchy of clusters. finally, seven clusters of homogeneous regions are identified. cluster centres for the five pcs are reported in table 3 (upper part). according to these results, 8 agnes is the acronym of agglomerative nesting. the algorithm is included into the ‘cluster’ package of software r (r version 2.15.2 has been used). 288 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte the clusters can be interpreted and labelled as follows: i) peripheries; ii) nature-quality regions; iii) cities; iv) remote regions; v) mixed-economy regions; vi) shrinking regions; vii) manufacturing regions. table 2. pc extraction (eigenvalues and variance explained of the first 7 pcs) and factor loadings (only significant values, ≥ |.15|, are reported). variable pc1 pc2 pc3 pc4 pc5 pc6 pc7 pc extraction eigenvalues 7.61 2.82 2.08 1.90 1.78 1.20 0.91 % of variance 31.71 11.74 8.66 7.92 7.44 4.99 3.79 cumulative % of variance 31.71 43.45 52.11 60.03 67.46 72.46 76.24 pc factor loadings so ci ode m og ra ph ic fe at ur es population -0.302 -0.175 population variation -0.348 -0.401 net migration rate -0.201 -0.327 density 0.176 -0.237 -0.317 0.350 unemployment rate -0.346 -0.231 young-age dependency ratio -0.270 0.199 -0.234 -0.286 aged dependency ratio 0.388 0.194 st ru ct ur e of th e ec on om y gva agriculture (%) -0.287 employment agriculture (%) -0.290 employment manufacturing (%) 0.381 0.274 0.326 employment services (%) 0.272 -0.290 -0.268 per capita gdp 0.248 0.165 average farm size 0.412 -0.201 -0.214 average standard gross margin 0.383 -0.283 la nd u se artificial areas (%) 0.217 -0.186 -0.301 0.343 agricultural areas (%) 0.403 -0.479 forests (%) 0.541 -0.229 g eo gr ap hy (s pa tia l di m en sio n) air accessibility 0.314 multimodal accessibility 0.322 0.151 multimodal accessibility change 0.162 distance from mega1 -0.280 -0.168 -0.183 distance from mega2 -0.296 distance from mega3 -0.293 -0.157 distance from mega4 -0.209 -0.226 -0.229 source: authors’ elaboration. 289how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation the eu geography emerging from the ca can be illustrated through the territorial distribution of the seven clusters (figure 1) as well as through the distribution of the number of nuts 3 regions, resident population and total area across clusters (table 3, lower part). nevertheless, a detailed description of the characteristics and territorial distribution of clusters goes beyond the scope of the present study. here, our main interest is the representation of eu space that the cluster output generates. table 3. defining typologies: cluster centres according to the 5 pcs and size in terms of number of regions, population, total area. clusters pc1 pc2 pc3 pc4 pc5 1. peripheries -3.25 -0.65 -0.68 0.08 -0.43 2. nature-quality regions -0.10 -0.07 -0.41 1.43 -1.40 3. cities 3.42 -1.47 -1.29 -0.15 0.97 4. remote regions -6.33 -0.89 0.00 -0.77 1.89 5. mixed-economy regions 1.10 -0.01 0.85 -1.06 -0.72 6. shrinking regions 0.38 4.09 -1.70 -1.10 0.46 7. manufacturing regions 0.54 0.42 1.16 1.10 0.53 clusters no. nuts 3 regions population (000 inhab.) area (km2) % nuts 3 regions % population % area 1. peripheries 204 74,965 1,516,377 15.84 15.08 35.22 2. nature-quality regions 140 42,546 774,287 10.87 8.56 17.98 3. cities 185 133,075 118,173 14.36 26.77 2.74 4. remote regions 77 27,065 411,722 5.98 5.44 9.56 5. mixed-economy regions 315 132,382 927,612 24.46 26.63 21.54 6. shrinking regions 91 10,774 93,351 7.07 2.17 2.17 7. manufacturing regions 276 76,370 463,983 21.43 15.36 10.78 total 1,288 497,177 4,305,504 100 100 100 source: authors’ elaboration. the pri in order to achieve a composite measure of rurality, the pri is computed applying (1) to the regional factor scores obtained from pca. the pri is expressed as the distance from an urban benchmark: thus, the greater this indicator, the more rural and/or peripheral is the given region. in figure 2, the values of the pri are mapped for the whole set of 1288 nuts 3 regions. as expected, the lowest values are observed in capital-city regions and, more generally, in the urban space. on the contrary, the highest values are observed for mediterranean regions, and for regions located in central-eastern europe and in northern scandinavia. looking at figure 2 from a more general perspective, the pri shows a wide range of variation, from very urban contexts (e.g., eu capital cities) to deep rural and remote conditions (peripheral eu areas). therefore, this indicator draws a relatively new geography of eu regions, by including different but interdependent features in a single and comprehensive measure. 290 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte figure 1. territorial distribution of the seven clusters. source: authors’ elaboration. figure 2. pri values across eu nuts 3 regions. pri source: authors’ elaboration. 291how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation although groups of regions with relatively homogeneous values can be identified, a large variability in the values of pri is observed when considering the seven clusters previously identified. table 4 shows the average values (arithmetic means) and the standard deviations of the pri across clusters. on average, the pri ranges from 11.32 (“cities”) to 18.50 (“remote regions”). some clusters share very similar pri average values. although standard deviations are generally low, it is debatable whether the difference observed in the average pri has any statistical significance or not. to answer this question, an anova (analysis of variance) was performed. it suggests that no statistical difference in the value of the pri occurs between mixed-economy regions and manufacturing regions and between manufacturing regions and nature-quality regions. these clusters somehow represent a sort of middle ground between “urbanity” and “rurality”. while some clusters clearly identify the urban space and others clearly show rural and peripheral features, “intermediate” clusters identify the combination of urban and rural features in a well-integrated continuum, representing one of the key features of european space9. table 4. pri across clusters: averages and standard deviations.   pri mean standard deviation 1. peripheries 16.74 0.78 2. nature-quality regions 15.46 0.74 3. cities 11.32 2.03 4. remote regions 18.50 0.91 5. mixed-economy regions 14.99 0.85 6. shrinking regions 16.28 1.06 7. manufacturing regions 15.18 0.76 source: authors’ elaboration. the allocation of rdp funds across the eu space in order to finally analyse the spatial allocation of the rdp funds at the adopted territorial scale, thus investigating its relationship with the aforementioned definitions of (periphe)rurality, data have also been collected for the expenditure of the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd). we consider data on total eafrd real expenditures, taking into account the total real payments as registered ex post by the eu bureaus. payments at individual (anonymous) beneficiary level are then aggregated at nuts 3 level, according to the nuts 2006 classification (about 1300 regions). years 2007 to 2009 are considered. by themselves, these expenditure data do not allow directly representing the different support across regions due to their considerably different size. therefore, the analysis on 9 this feature is particularly evident in some eu countries or macro-regions; for instance, the north-eastern and central italian regions (esposti and sotte, 2002). 292 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte fund allocation is performed here by means of three indexes expressing the expenditure intensity: 1. rdp expenditure per unit of utilised agricultural area in ha (€/uaa); 2. rdp expenditure per agricultural annual working unit (€/awu); 3. rdp expenditure per thousand euros of agricultural gross value added (€/.000 €). data on utilised agricultural areas (uaa) and annual work units (awu) are collected from the eurostat farm structure survey (2007). data on agricultural gva are taken from eurostat national accounts (the average value for years 2007 to 2010 is considered). according to the declared objectives, the final step of the present analysis consists in linking these findings with the territorial allocation of the eu policy and funds dedicated to rural space, defined as the rdp. this link may eventually show to what extent the rdp is “rural”, that is, to what extent its funds prevalently go to more rural regions. this research question is not new as previous studies have already investigated the territorial allocation of eu rdp funds (shucksmith et al., 2005; crescenzi et al., 2011). however, these works have , at the most, considered the nuts 2 level, and the allocation of rdp support did not concern real expenditure but only the ex ante allocation of funds (as established by political decisions taken at eu and national levels), or the reconstruction of real expenditure based on some sample observations (e.g., fadn data). moreover, these investigations limited their attention to the eu15. therefore, what is new in the present analysis is the higher level of territorial disaggregation (nuts 3 level) and coverage (eu27), and the nature of the expenditure data. the latter are the total real payments as registered ex post by the eu bureaus aggregating individual beneficiaries at nuts 3 level. a further novelty is that, while previous studies prevalently linked eu support to the degree of rurality expressed through conventional indicators (mostly the oecd-eurostat urban-rural typologies), here rurality is measured though a comprehensive and continuous indicator, the pri. it can be argued that the nuts 3 territorial scale might not be appropriate for this kind of policy analysis, that is to say, for investigating the distribution of policies whose ex ante allocation decisions are taken at a higher territorial and institutional level (eu, nuts 0 or nuts 1 level). in fact, this is the main reason why working at nuts 3 level with real expenditure data may offer greater insight than previous works. the expenditure observed at this territorial scale does not only depend on ex ante top-down political decisions but also on the bottom-up capacity of territories to attract and really use these funds. this kind of policy evaluation, therefore, does not only concern political decisions but also has to do with the real implementation of policies across space. with this implementation, the underlying higher-level political decision is only one of the factors involved. the other contribution is the capacity and the specific features of individual territories (nuts 3 regions) which are likely to affect the expenditure they really receive. as discussed in previous sections, the allocation of the overall rdp funds for the period 2007-2009 is investigated here by looking at the rdp expenditure intensity. this indicator allows comparability despite size heterogeneity across the regions. figures 3-5 map expenditure intensity per uaa, per agricultural awu, per thousand euros of agricultural gva. the values show a remarkable heterogeneity, but the overall picture also significantly changes with the three indicators. for example, rdp expenditure intensity per unit of 293how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation figure 3. 2007-2009 rdp expenditure per unit of utilised agricultural area (€/uaa). source: authors’ elaboration. figure 4. 2007-2009 rdp expenditure per agricultural annual working unit (€/awu). source: authors’ elaboration. 294 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte uaa is particularly low in the plain regions of northern france and in spain. conversely, rdp expenditure intensity per agricultural gva (in thousand €) is particularly high in the regions of eastern european countries due to their lower agricultural gva levels. looking at the territorial distribution of these expenditure intensities, a preliminary remark concerns the particularly high values observed in a few cases. analysing in detail the rdp expenditure intensity at nuts 3 level, some outliers can be detected: they mainly refer to urban areas, where uaa and awu are quite small but expenditure is still significant as several rdp beneficiaries are located in these regions. this implies “artificially” high levels of expenditure intensity. thus, according to the distribution of these indexes (and by considering very high thresholds), these outliers have been eliminated from the dataset. after excluding these outliers from the dataset, the number of the observations under investigation is of 1273, 1271 and 1284 regions, respectively. table 5 reports the value of the expenditure intensities per urban-rural eurostat typology and per cluster. when the eurostat typologies are considered, the evidence fully confirms the expectations: pr regions are more supported than pu regions, both in terms of expenditure levels and intensities. thus, the eu rdp seems properly targeted towards more rural areas. however, when the expenditure distribution across the seven clusters is considered, a more complex pattern emerges. in terms of expenditure per unit of uaa, “shrinking regions”, “nature-quality regions”, “manufacturing regions” and “peripheries” are more supported than other clusters. on the contrary, both “remote regions” and “mixed-econfigure 5. 2007-2009 rdp expenditure per unit of agricultural gross value added (€/.000 €). source: authors’ elaboration. 295how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation omy regions” receive much lower support. the expenditure per agricultural awu tends to be higher in the “shrinking regions” and “nature-quality regions”, while, once again, “remote regions” receive less support than all the other clusters. this evidence is at least partially reversed in the case of expenditure per agricultural gva: in this case, “remote regions” receive higher support, due to the lower value of agricultural gva registered in these areas. the differentiated support intensity emerging for the clusters demonstrates that the allocation of rdp expenditure across eu space is much more articulated and controversial than it appears to be by simply looking at the eurostat urban-rural typologies. table 6 shows the correlation coefficients between the rdp expenditure levels and intensities and two alternative indicators of rurality: a quite conventional and frequently adopted indicator (i.e. population density); a multidimensional composite indicator taking explicitly into account the spatial dimension, i.e., the pri. firstly, it is worth noticing that pri expresses rurality in the opposite direction to density: the greater the pri, the greater the degree of rurality. table 6 provides contradictory evidence if we look at expenditure levels. a higher density (lower rurality) implies lower expenditure, but the same occurs with a higher pri (higher rurality). therefore, these indicators are apparently not concordant in capturing rurality and the consequent rdp expenditure allocation. when considered in terms of expenditure intensity, however, the correlations seem to be more coherent. whatever indicator of rurality we consider, it does not seem to be statistically correlated to rdp expenditure per uaa. on the contrary, the expenditure per agricultural awu is lower in more rural regions regardless of the indicator we adopt. the opposite is found in the case of rdp expenditure per agricultural gva: support is higher in more rural regions, although this correlation is not statistically significant when rurality is expressed simply by population density. table 5. 2007-2009 rdp expenditure per urban-rural typology and cluster (regional averages). total expenditure (000 €) expenditure per uaa (ha) expenditure per awu expenditure per agric. gva (in .000 €) urban-rural typology predominantly rural (pr) regions 19,130 130.76 3,048.21 154.72 intermediate (ir) regions 10,611 111.33 2,997.10 117.72 predominantly urban (pu) regions 5,786 101.07 2,625.86 89.82 clusters 1. peripheries 23,393 135.55 1,801.96 137.13 2. nature-quality regions 19,059 147.76 4,720.54 180.06 3. cities 4,304 120.35 3,273.43 96.04 4. remote regions 14,389 60.44 533.27 124.88 5. mixed-economy regions 11,933 69.89 2,067.80 76.20 6. shrinking regions 6,934 152.09 7,797.13 242.67 7. manufacturing regions 9,851 141.76 2,714.20 127.04 source: authors’ elaboration. 296 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte table 6. pearson correlation coefficients between rdp expenditure and different indicators of rurality (p-values in parenthesis).   density pri total expenditure -0.051 (0.066) -0.094* (0.001) expenditure per uaa 0.033 (0.245) -0.023 (0.416) expenditure per awu 0.091* (0.001) -0.073* (0.009) expenditure per agri gva -0.009 (0.760) 0.090* (0.001) *: statistically significant at 5%. source: authors’ elaboration. some concluding remarks the aim of this paper is to analyse the distribution of rdp support across the eu27 space and, in particular, to assess to what extent this supposedly “rural” policy really supports rural regions more than non-rural, or urban, ones. answering these empirical research questions, however, brings to light a preliminary and preparatory conceptual and practical issue, that is, how to properly define “rurality”. in this regard, the paper tries to go beyond the conventional definition of urban-rural typologies proposed by the oecd (1994; 1996; 2006) and eurostat (2010). a multidimensional approach is suggested in order to capture the multiple features and the considerable heterogeneity within the eu rural space. while remoteness and peripherality still represent major weaknesses for many rural regions, it is true that there are many examples of rural areas showing high integration with the urban space and good economic and social performance. at the same time, the urban space may itself encounter serious difficulties and several urban areas show a clearly declining tendency. in the middle, a wide and heterogeneous intermediate space can hardly be interpreted according to the rough urban-rural dichotomy as it presents both dimensions, both manufacturing activities and agricultural specialisation, both good performance and declining trends. rurality must therefore be measured with a composite and comprehensive indicator (the pri is proposed here) and at an appropriate territorial scale (nuts 3 is considered here). by computing the pri at nuts 3 scale, the analysis of the degree and characteristics of rurality suggests a more complex geography at eu level. following this “geography”, the analysis of the spatial allocation of rdp expenditure may also provide unexpected evidence. on the basis of the results obtained, the eu rdp seems less “rural” than stated in the political intentions. in relative terms (per unit of land and, above all, of labour), urban and central regions tend to be more supported than strongly rural and peripheral ones. in fact, this is not a completely new and surprising result. although on a different geographical scale and coverage and using different policy data, previous findings have already questioned a clearly positive link between the degree of rurality and the amount of support delivered through the eu rdp (shucksmith et al., 2005, crescenzi et al., 2011). 297how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation in fact, assuming this is one major purpose of this policy, the rdp does not apparently induce any real redistributive effect from the urban to the rural space throughout the eu. therefore, the present paper confirms that empirical evidence seriously challenges the territorial targeting of this eu policy and that a further research effort is needed to understand the main forces behind this spatial allocation and to analyse more thoroughly the rdp expenditure by looking at the spatial allocation by single axes and measures. nonetheless, the evidence provided here goes beyond the policy issue of better targeting the rural policy to the rural space. it also questions how the rural space itself is defined and identified within the eu. urban-rural typologies and, more generally, dichotomous or discrete variables, but also univariate indicators (such as population density), do not provide an accurate enough representation of eu geography and, therefore, of the rural space. the multidimensional nature of rurality involves socio-economic characteristics, the structure of the economy, remoteness and peripherality. this multidimensionality also implies that rurality is naturally heterogeneous in its characteristics, especially across a quite diverse space like the eu27. all these features must be captured by composite and comprehensive indicators in order to allow a more accurate and insightful analysis of the link between policy support and the degree and nature of rurality. acknowledgments an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 2nd aieaa conference “between crisis and development: which role for the bio-economy”, 6-7 june, 2013, parma, italy. this study is part of the wwwforeurope research project funded by the european community fp7/2007-2013 under grant agreement n° 290647. the authors would like to thank two anonymous referees and the editor for their useful suggestions on a earlier version of the paper. references anania, g. and tenuta, a. (2008). ruralità, urbanità e ricchezza nei comuni italiani. la questione agraria 1: 71-103. auber, f., lepicier, d. and schaffer, y. (2006). the construction diagnostic des espaces ruraux français : proposition de méthode sur données communales et résultats a l’échelle du territoire national. notes et etudes economiques 26. ballas, d., kalogeresis, t. and labrianidis, l. (2003), a comparative study of typologies for rural areas in europe, paper presented at the 43rd “european congress of regional science association”, jyvaskyla, 27-30 august. barjak, f. (2001). regional disparities in transition economies, a typology for east germany and poland. post communist economies 13(3): 289-311. basile e. and cecchi c. (1997). differenziazione e integrazione nell’economia rurale. rivista di economia agraria 52(1-2): 3-27. bertolini, p., montanari, m., peragine and v. (2008). poverty and social exclusion in rural areas. bruxelles: european commission. bertolini, p. and montanari, m. (2009). un approccio territoriale al tema della povertà in europa: dimensione rurale e urbana. economia & lavoro 1: 25-52. 298 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte bogdanov n., meredith d. and efstratoglou, s. (2007). a typology of rural areas in serbia. in: tomić d. and sevarlić m. (eds). development of agriculture and rural areas in central and eastern europe. proceedings from 100th seminar of eaae, novi sad, 553-562. bollman, r., terluin, i., godeschalk, f. and post j. (2005). comparative analysis of leading and lagging rural regions in oecd countries in the 1980s and 1990s, paper presented at the european congress of the european regional science association (ersa). amsterdam: vrije universiteit, 23-27 august. buesa, m., heijs, j., pelliero, m.m. and baumert, t. (2006). regional systems of innovation and the knowledge production function: the spanish case. technovation 26: 463-472. cecchi, c. (1999). rural local systems: central, peripheral of marginal areas? paper presented at the xviii congress of the european society for rural sociology (esrs) “how to be rural in late modernity. process, project and discourse”, lund (sweden), august 24-28. copus, a.k. (1996). a rural development typology of european nuts 3 regions. working paper 14 (air3-ct94-1545), the impact of public institutions on lagging rural and coastal regions. copus, a.k., psaltopoulos, d., skuras, d., terluin, i. and weingarten, p. (2008). approaches to rural typology in the european union. luxembourg: office for official publications of the european communities. crescenzi, r., de filippis f. and pierangeli, f. (2011), in tandem for cohesion? synergies and conflicts between regional and agricultural policies of the european union. leqs paper no. 40/2011, london school of economics, london. dimara, e. and skuras, d. (1996), microtypology of rural desertification in greece. working paper 20, (air3-ct94-1545). esposti r. (2011), reforming the cap: an agenda for regional growth? in: sorrentino, s., henke, r., severini, s. (eds.), the common agricultural policy after the fischler reform. national implementations, impact assessment and the agenda for future reforms, farnham: ashgate, pag. 29-52. esposti, r. and sotte, f. (2002). institutional structure, industrialization and rural development. an evolutionary interpretation of the italian experience. growth and change 33(1): 3-41. espon (2005). potentials for polycentric development in europe. project 1.1.1, final report. stockholm: nordregio. european commission (2006). rural development in the european union. statistical and economic information. report 2006. bruxelles: dg agri. eurostat (2010). a revised urban-rural typology. in eurostat, eurostat regional yearbook 2010. luxembourg: publications office of the european union. everitt b.s. and hothorn t. (2010). a handbook of statistical analysis using r. boca raton (fl): taylor & francis group. fao-oecd (2007). oecd-fao agricultural outlook 2007-2016. report, rome, july 7th. hoggart, k., buller, h., and black, r. (1995). rural europe; identity and change. london: edward arnold. johnston, b.f. (1970). agriculture and structural transformation in developing countries: a survey of research. journal of economic literature 3: 369-404. 299how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation kaiser, h.f. (1974). an index of factorial simplicity. psychometrika 39: 31-36. kaufman, l. and rousseeuw, p. (1990). finding groups in data: an introduction to cluster analysis. hoboken (n.j.): wiley series in probability and mathematical statistics. kawka, r. (2007). typisierung von ländlichen räumen in deutschland, unpublished oecd rural policy reviews: germany, paris. lowe, p. and ward, n. (2009). rural futures: a socio-geographical approach to scenarios analysis. regional studies 43(10): 1319-1332. merlo, v. and zaccherini, r. (1992). comuni urbani e comuni rurali. milano: franco angeli. monasterolo, i. and coppola, n. (2010). more targeted rural areas for better policies. in: proceedings of the 118th eaae seminar ‘rural development: governance, policy design and delivery’, ljubljana, slovenia, 25-27 august 2010. montresor, e. (2002). sviluppo rurale e sistemi locali: riflessioni metodologiche. la questione agraria 4: 115-146. nordregio, ums riate , rrg spatial planning and geoinformation, eurofutures finland, lig (2007). regional disparities and cohesion: what strategies for the future. report commissioned by european parliament committee on regional development, ip/b/regi/ic/2006_201. http://www.europarl.europa.eu/meetdocs/2004_2009/documents/dv/200/200705/20070530 intraregionaldisparitiesen. pdf . nui maynooth, centre for local and regional studies, national spatial strategy (2000). irish rural structure and gealtacht areas. http://www.irishspatialstrategy.ie/docs/ report10.pdf. ocana-riola r. and sánchez-cantalejo c. (2005). rurality index for small areas in spain. social indicators research 73: 247-266. oecd (1994). creating rural indicators for shaping territorial policy. paris: oecd. oecd (1996). territorial indicators of employment. focusing on rural development. paris: oecd. oecd (2006), the new rural paradigm. policies and governance. paris: oecd. psaltopoulos, d., balamou, e. and thomson, k.j. (2006). rural/urban impacts of cap measures in greece: an interregional sam approach. journal of agricultural economics 57: 441-458. romagnoli a. (2002). caratteri della ruralità ed evoluzione degli spazi rurali, in basile e. and romano d. (eds.). sviluppo rurale: società, territorio, impresa. milano: franco angeli. saraceno e. (1994). recent trends in rural development and their conceptualisation. journal of rural development 10(4): 321-330. shucksmith, m., thomson, k. and roberts, d. (eds.) (2005), cap and the regions: territorial impact of common agricultural policy, wallingford: cab international. sotte f. (2003), an evolutionary approach to rural development. some lessons for the policymaker in: daes, drustvo agrarnih ekonomistov slovenije slovensko kmetijstvo in evropa unija, ljubljana (slovenia) conference of the slovenian associations of agricultural economist. sotte f. (2009), la politica di sviluppo rurale 2007-2013. un primo bilancio per l’italia, gruppo 2013-coldiretti, quaderni, rome: edizioni tellus. 300 b. camaioni, r. esposti, a. lobianco, f. pagliacci, f. sotte sotte, f., esposti, r. and giachini, d. (2012). the evolution of rurality in the experience of the “third italy”. paper presented at the workshop european governance and the problems of peripheral countries (wwwforeurope project), vienna: wifo, july 12-13. terluin, i., godeschalk, f.e., von meyer, h., post, j. a. and strijker, d. (1995). agricultural incomes in less favoured areas of the ec: a regional approach. journal of rural studies 2(2): 217-228. the wye group (2007). handbook rural households’ livelihood and well-being statistics on rural development and agriculture households income. new york (ny) and geneva: united nations, http://www.fao.org/statistics/rural/. timmer c.p. (1988). the agricultural transformation, in chenery h., srinivasan t.n. (eds.), handbook of development economics,north holland, amsterdam, 1: 275-331. van der ploeg j.d., renting h., brunori g., knickel k., mannion j., marsden t., de roest k., sevilla-guzmán e. and ventura f. (2000). rural development: from practices and policies towards theory. sociologia ruralis 40(4): 391-408. vidal, c., eiden, g. and hay, k. (2005). agriculture as a key issue for rural development in the european union. un economic commission for europe. working paper no. 3. von thünen, j.h. (1826). die isolierte staat in beziehung auf landwirtshaft und nationalökonomie. pergamon press, new york (english translation by wartenberg c.m. in 1966, p.g. hall, ed.). in memory of giovanni anania it is with deep sadness that we announce the untimely and sudden death of our friend and colleague prof. giovanni anania on wednesday, 15 july. prof. anania was one of the founders of the aieaa and indeed one of its most active promoters. an assiduous researcher at the international level, prof. anania was also full professor at the university of calabria (italy) and president of the european association of agricultural economists (eaae). we remember him for his scientific commitment, his moral integrity and his extraordinary human qualities. the next issue of bae will include a section with notes by colleagues in memory of giovanni. bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 201-234, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-17151 accounting for growth in global agriculture keith fuglie economic research service, u.s. department of agriculture, washington, dc date of submission: august 21st, 2015; accepted october 4th, 2015 abstract. rising prices of agricultural commodities have renewed concerns about constraints to agricultural productivity. to assess productivity trends, total factor productivity (tfp) is generally preferred to partial productivity indexes as an indicator of technical and efficiency changes because it is more closely related to the unit costs of production. but measuring tfp is demanding of data, and developing comprehensive and comparable indexes of international agricultural tfp has been challenging. this study proposes a growth accounting approach, using fao data on quantity changes in inputs and outputs and aggregating input changes using cost shares derived from other sources, as a consistent way of constructing agricultural tfp indexes for world agriculture. this produces aggregate growth rates for agricultural output, input and tfp at the country, regional and global levels. results suggest that the rate of agricultural tfp growth accelerated in recent decades, especially in developing countries. most regions of the world now rely on productivity-based growth rather than resource-based growth to raise agricultural output. keywords. growth accounting, technical change, total factor productivity jel codes. q16, o13 1. introduction the reversal of the long-run decline in global prices for agricultural commodities that occurred in the first decade of the 21st century raised concern that the rate of productivity growth in world agriculture may have slowed. if so, this would pose serious challenges to meeting projected future growth in the global demand for food and exacerbate environmental degradation as more resources would be converted to produce food. in fact, there is evidence of a slowdown in the rate of growth in cereal grain yields (alston et al., 2009). however, single-factor productivity measures like crop yield mix the effects of technical change with intensified use of other inputs like fertilizer and irrigation. since total factor productivity (tfp) accounts for the contributions of all inputs to production, it is a better indicator of technical or efficiency improvements and more closely associated with changes in production cost. * corresponding author: kfuglie@ers.usda.gov. 202 k. fuglie tfp is the real output produced by a firm or industry over a period of time divided by the real input used by that firm or industry over the same period of time (where real input refers to the combined use of land, labor, capital and material resources employed in production). it is often difficult to provide meaningful definitions of real output or real input due to the heterogeneity of outputs produced and inputs used. however, it is possible to provide meaningful definitions of the output growth and input growth between any two periods of time using index number theory (caves et al., 1982). using information on output and input quantities and prices alone from two or more points in time, one can derive indexes of output and input growth, with the difference in their growth being defined as the growth in tfp. the measurement challenge for tfp growth is whether information is available to represent output and input quantities and prices at a sufficiently disaggregated level to account to quality differences in these measures. most of the readily available data for measuring tfp growth is found in high-income countries, which is why most agricultural tfp studies have focused on these countries. from a series of studies compiled by alston et al. (2010), it appears that the growth rate of agricultural tfp may have slowed in a number of developed countries (namely, australia, the united kingdom, south africa and possibly the united states), lending further support to the productivity slowdown hypothesis. for most countries, and for the world as a whole, estimates of agricultural tfp can only be approximated. while there are limitations with the coverage of output data, the larger challenge is with the input data. while the fao provides quantity information on several of the major inputs used in agricultural production, data on their costs and prices is mostly lacking. arnade (1994) used data envelope analysis (dea) to get around the lack of input price data, solving linear programming problems to trace out a world agricultural productivity frontier and determine the distance of each country to that frontier. in this framework, shifts in the frontier over time (defined over all or a group of countries) represents technical change, whereas the distance of a particular county to the frontier represents technical inefficiency of that country. together, changes in technology and efficiency sum to the rate of growth in tfp. coelli and rao (2005) give a summary of studies that have used this approach and provide updated estimates comparing agricultural tfp among 93 countries over 1980-2000. however, the dea method is sensitive to the “dimensionality” issue: as more or fewer countries or inputs are added to the analysis, results change. it is also sensitive to outliers. further, as coelli and rao (2005) point out, the solutions to the linear programming problems provide shadow values for the inputs, which in many cases appear to be implausible, at least at the country level (implying, for example, that the marginal values of land, labor and/or other inputs are often zero). another approach to dealing with the lack of input prices (or actually, lack of input cost shares), was proposed by avila and evenson (2010). they used input cost shares estimated from agricultural censuses in brazil and india to impute cost shares for other developing countries (specifically, they applied india cost shares to asia and africa and brazilian cost shares to latin america, making some adjustments based on relative input intensities per hectare). applying these cost shares to input quantities from fao, they estimates agricultural tfp growth rates for 78 developing countries for 1961-1980 and 1981-2000. unlike many of the dea models which found that agricultural tfp growth was apparently negative – even for countries experiencing the green revolution of the 1970s and 1980s – avila and evenson (2004) reported positive and accelerating tfp growth for these developing countries. 203accounting for growth in global agriculture nin-pratt and yu (2010) used the avila and evenson (2010) cost shares to set upper and lower bounds on the input shadow values in a dea application (which they called “constrained” tfp) to generate agricultural tfp estimates for 63 developing countries over 1967-2006. they found significant differences between estimates of constrained and unconstrained tfp growth and their constrained tfp growth results were closer to those of avila and evenson (2010). findings from these studies suggest the average rate of agricultural tfp growth for developing countries had risen since the 1980s but there remained large variation among countries. this first result, of higher average tfp growth in recent decades, seems at odds with the productivity slowdown hypothesis, but these estimates typically lag at least a decade from the present and rarely have complete global coverage. the present study uses growth accounting to construct tfp indexes for agriculture world-wide. the approach is similar to what avila and evenson (2010) proposed, but with a much broader and representative set of input cost shares for constructing agricultural input indexes. the analysis includes industrialized, developing and transition countries for a near-complete global coverage. it extends my earlier work (fuglie 2008, 2010b, 2012) which has steadily developed and improved upon this approach. in addition to providing updated evidence on agricultural tfp growth (extending the estimates through 2012), the principal methodological innovation in this paper is to include a comprehensive measure of animal feed in the aggregate input index. most studies of international agricultural productivity have ignored animal feed as an input in agricultural production, using the fao measure of net agricultural output (which subtracts from gross output the portion of crops kept on farms for use as feed) to net out animal feed. however, this measure does not account for by-products from food manufacturing and other industries that are processed into animal feed nor crops that are imported for use as feed. the present study extends the approach suggested by nin et al. (2003) to construct a more complete estimate of animal feed using the fao commodity balance sheets. it is expected that the revised estimates of aggregate agricultural inputs will be higher (and thus agricultural tfp somewhat lower) as a result of this more complete accounting of inputs used in agriculture. more complete coverage of inputs provides better estimates of tfp and improves our ability to track growth in productivity. but as the input quantities are generally not adjusted for quality, these estimates should be considered as “raw tfp” (avila and evenson, 2010). in particular, labor inputs are measured in terms of the number of economically active adults employed primarily in agriculture. part-time employment and the improvement in schooling and skills are not factored in. many of the national tfp studies from industrialized countries have gone to great lengths to account for the rising quality of labor and other inputs in measuring the change of total inputs used in agriculture (e.g., see ball, 1985; ball et al., 1997). controlling for changes in input quality will generally raise the estimate of input growth and therefore lower the residual between output and input growth. we should expect that the raw tfp growth estimates reported here should be somewhat higher than the tfp growth estimates from these national studies. another point regarding the interpretation of tfp growth is that since it is estimated as a residual between output and input growth, it will tend to reflect not just pure technical change but also economies of scale, improvements in technical and allocative efficiency, and changes in the quality of natural resources like soil, water and climate. the latter is especially important in light of the impact of climate change on agriculture. if climate 204 k. fuglie change is negatively affecting agricultural productivity, say due to the effects of increased heat stress on crop yields, then estimates of tfp growth would indicate the net effect of the gains from technical, efficiency and scale improvements against the losses in productivity from natural resource degradation. a final point to keep in mind is that simply measuring tfp growth does not tell us anything about the causes of this growth. however, in order to have an explanation for tfp growth, it is first necessary to have a good measure of it. the next section of the paper describes in detail the methods and sources of data used to construct agricultural tfp indexes for each country, region and the world as a whole. this is followed by a discussion of some of the main findings on trends in global agricultural productivity growth during 1961-2012. the final section concludes and offers some suggestions for future research. 2. methods and data 2.1 measuring total factor productivity growth here, i sketch out the procedures used to construct internationally comparable measures of agricultural tfp growth relying primarily on fao data on agricultural inputs and outputs, and supplementary information on production costs from other studies. define total factor productivity (tfp) as the ratio of total output to total inputs in a production process. let total output be given by y and total inputs by x. then tfp is simply: tfp = y/x (1) changes in tfp over time are found by comparing the rate of change in total output with the rate of change in total input. expressed as logarithms, changes in equation (1) over time can be written as: = − d tfp dt d y dt d x dt ln( ) ln( ) ln( ) (2) which simply states that the rate of change in tfp is the difference in the rate of change in aggregate output and input. agriculture is a multi-output, multi-input production process, so y and x are vectors. when the underlying technology is represented by a constant-returns-to-scale cobbdouglas production function and where (i) producers maximize profits so that the output elasticity with respect to an input equals the cost share of that input and (ii) markets are in long-run competitive equilibrium so that total revenue equal total cost, then equation (2) can be written as: ∑ ∑= − − − − tfp tfp r y y s x x ln ln lnt t i i t i ti j j t j tj1 , , 1 , , 1 (3) where ri is the revenue share of the ith output and sj is the cost-share of the jth input. total output growth is estimated by summing over the growth rates for each output com205accounting for growth in global agriculture modity weighted by its revenue share. similarly, total input growth is found by summing the growth rate of each factor of production, weighted by its cost share. tfp growth is just the difference between the growth of total output and total input. one difference among growth accounting methods is whether the revenue and cost share weights are fixed or vary over time. paasche and laspeyres indexes use fixed weights whereas the tornqvist-thiel and other chained indexes use variable weights. allowing the weights to vary reduces potential “index number bias.” index number bias arises when producers substitute among outputs and inputs depending on their relative profitability or cost. in other words, the growth rates in yi and xj are not independent of changes ri and sj. for example, if labor wages rise relative to the cost of capital, producers are likely to substitute more capital for labor, thereby reducing the growth rate in labor and increasing it for capital. for agriculture, index number bias in productivity measurement appears to be more significant for inputs than outputs. cost shares of agricultural capital and material inputs tend to rise in the process of economic development while the cost share of labor tends to fall. commodity revenue shares, on the other hand, appear to show less change over time. to reduce potential index number bias in tfp growth estimates, cost shares are varied by decade whenever such information is available. for outputs, however, base year prices (or equivalently, base year revenue shares) are fixed, since these depend on fao’s measure of constant, gross agricultural output (described in more detail below). the base period for output prices is 2004-2006. a key limitation in using equation (3) for measuring agricultural productivity change is a lack of representative cost share data for most countries. for the present study, direct estimates of cost shares were assembled for 22 countries representing about two-thirds of world agricultural output. for another set of countries where input prices are not available or market-determined, (sub-saharan africa and transition economies of the former soviet union and eastern europe) econometric estimates of production elasticities were used in place of cost shares. for remaining countries, representing about 25% of world agricultural output, cost shares are approximated by applying cost shares from a “like” country. the section below on “input cost shares” provides details on the data sources and assumptions. the framework outlined above provides a simple means of decomposing the relative contribution of tfp and inputs to the growth in output. using g(z) to signify the annual rate of growth in a variable, the growth in output is simply the growth in tfp plus the growth rates of the inputs times their respective cost shares: ∑ ( )( ) ( )= + = g y g tfp s g x j j j j 1 (4) i call equation (4) a cost decomposition of output growth since each sj g(xj) term gives the growth in cost from using more of the jth input to increase output.1 it is also pos1 strictly speaking, input prices are held constant when estimating total input growth, so any increase in cost comes from using more quantity of the input and not from changes in its price. if input and/or output prices actually change between any two periods over which tfp growth is estimated, this would affect the distribution of the economic gains in tfp but not the measure of tfp growth itself. for example, if output prices fell between the two periods, some of the gains in tfp would be passed on to consumers in the form of lower food prices. if fertilizer prices increased between two periods, some of the gains in tfp would be distributed as higher payments for fertilizers. in competitive equilibrium, any tfp benefits that are retained by the farm sector will be capitalized into the price of sector-specific capital inputs (land) so as to maintain the zero profit (total cost= total revenue) condition. 206 k. fuglie sible to focus on a particular input, say land (which i will designate as x1), and decompose growth into the component due to expansion in this resource and the yield of this resource: ( ) ( )= +g y g x g y x 1 1 (5) this decomposition corresponds to what is commonly referred to as extensification (land expansion) and intensification (land yield growth). we can further decompose yield growth into the share due to tfp and the share due to using other inputs more intensively per unit of land: ∑( ) ( ) ( )= + + = g y g x g tfp s g x x j j j j 1 2 1 (6) i call equation (6) a resource decomposition of growth since it focuses on the quantity change of a physical resource (land) rather than its contribution to changes in cost of production. figure 1 gives a graphical depiction of the growth decomposition described in equation (6). the height of the bars indicate the growth rate of real output. growth in real output is first decomposed into growth attributable to agricultural land expansion (extensification) and growth attributable to raising yield per hectare (intensification). finally, yield growth itself is decomposed into input intensification (i.e., more capital, labour and fertilizer per hectare of land), and tfp growth, where tfp reflects the efficiency with which all inputs are transformed into outputs. improvements in tfp are driven by technological change, improved technical and allocative efficiency in resource use, and scale economies. the decomposition of output growth into these components is both intuitively appealing and has some direct policy relevance: land expansion and input intensification figure 1. growth in output, yield and tfp. 207accounting for growth in global agriculture are strongly influenced by changes in resource endowments and relative prices. for example, increasing population density or higher crop prices can induce more intensive use of existing farmland and investments in land improvement (boserup, 1965). but in the short run, the ability to raise yield through intensification is largely confined to existing technology. changes in tfp, on the other hand, are driven by changes in technology and allocative efficiency. yield growth resulting from incremental improvements to technology can be sustained over the long-run through investments in research and development (r&d). 2.2 data fao’s 1961-2012 annual time series of crop and livestock commodity outputs and land, labor, livestock, farm machinery, inorganic fertilizers and animal feed inputs are the primary source used to construct the national, regional and global quantity measures. in some cases these data are modified or supplemented with data from other sources (such as national statistical agencies) when they are considered to be more accurate or up-todate, as described below. output for agricultural output, fao publishes estimates of annual production of 198 crop and livestock commodities by country since 1961. fao also aggregates production into a measure of the gross agricultural output using a common set of global average commodity prices from 2004-2006 and expresses this in constant 2005 international dollars. fao excludes production of animal forages but includes crop production that is used for animal feed and seed in estimating gross agricultural output. the fao also provides a measure of output net of domestic production used for feed and seed. however, the net production measure does not exclude imported grain that may be used as feed or seed, or grain that is exported and used in another country for these purposes. because current (or near current) prices are fixed to aggregate quantities and measure changes in real output over time, the fao gross agricultural output is equivalent to a paasche quantity index. the set of common commodity prices is derived using the gearykhamis method. this method determines an international price pi for each commodity which is defined as an international weighted average of prices of the i-th commodity in different countries, after national prices have been converted into a common currency using a purchasing power parity (pppj) conversion rate for each j-th country. the weights are the quantities produced by the country. the computational scheme involves solving a system of simultaneous linear equations that derives both the pi prices and pppj conversion factors for each commodity and country. the fao updates these prices every five years and recalculates its index of gross production value back to 1961 using its most recent set of international prices. see rao (1993) for a thorough description and assessment of these procedures. i use the fao value of gross agricultural output in constant 2005 international dollars as the basis for a consistent measure of output for each country and the world. however, due to the influence of weather and other factors, agricultural production is volatile from year to year, and it can be difficult to disentangle short-run fluctuations from 208 k. fuglie long-term trends. to relieve the data of some of these fluctuations, i smooth the output series for each country using the hodrick-prescott filter (setting λ = 6.25 as recommended for annual data by ravn and uhlig, 2002). even with smoothing there is still considerable curvature in the output series, although much of the year-to-year fluctuation in output has been removed from the data. i assume that the smoothed series provides a better indicator of productivity trends and that annual variation around this trend is primarily due to short-term disturbances like weather. inputs inputs are divided into six categories: farm labor, agricultural land, two forms of capital inputs – farm machinery and livestock, and two types of intermediate inputs – inorganic fertilizers and animal feed. the primary source of information is fao, which published annual estimates beginning in 1961 (and for farm labor beginning in 1980) for each country, except for former soviet socialist republics (ssrs) for which data begin in 1992. i extend the time series for each of the ssrs back to 1980 from shend (1993) and further to 1965 using lerman et al. (2003). farm labor is the total number of adults (males and females) who are economically active in agriculture. fao currently publishes farm labor estimates and projections for each country of the world from 1980 to 2020, although previously fao also published estimates for 1961-1979. fao estimates are used for each country except china, nigeria and transition economies (former soviet union and eastern europe). estimates are backcast from 1980 to 1961 using the agricultural labor force growth rates from the 2006 version of fao labor force statistics, which included estimates from 1961 onward. for china, agricultural labor estimates are from the statistical yearbooks of the national bureau of statistics of china. for nigeria, labor force estimates are from fuglie and rada (2013), who determined that fao farm labor force estimates for this country were grossly undercounted. to derive more plausible estimates, fuglie and rada (2013) used fao data (2006 version) for 1961-1966 and then extrapolated them to the present assuming a 2% annual growth rate. for transition economies, national agricultural statistical sources are used, as reported in eurostat for the baltic countries and eastern europe, cisstat for russia, belorussia and moldova, the international labor organization’s laborsta for ukraine, and the asian development bank for asiatic former soviet republics. pre-1992 labor estimates for these countries are from shend (1980) and lerman et al. (2003). agricultural land is the area in permanent crops (perennials), annual crops, and permanent pasture. cropland (permanent and annual crops) is further divided into rainfed area and area equipped for irrigation. the areas of rainfed cropland, irrigated area and permanent pasture are then aggregated into a quality-adjusted measure that gives greater weight to irrigated cropland and less weight to permanent pasture in assessing agricultural land changes over time (see the next section on land quality). however, for agricultural cropland in sub-saharan africa total area harvested for all crops is used rather than the fao cropland series (fuglie and rada, 2013). for china i use sown crop area (national bureau of statistics of china) for cropland, given unreasonable discontinuities in the cropland series of both the fao and chinese government sources (fan and zhang, 2002). for new zealand, fao cropland series prior to 2002 fails to reflect changes in a consistent definition over time. for cropland, i use the area in grain, seed, fodder and horticul209accounting for growth in global agriculture tural crops from statistics new zealand (2003) for 1961-2001, and fao data from 2002 onward. for similar reasons, for cropland in indonesia prior to 1990 national estimates from the badan pusat statistik as described in fuglie (2010b) are used. farm machinery is the total metric horse-power (cv) of major farm equipment in use.2 it is the aggregation of the number of 4-wheel riding tractors, 2-wheel pedestrian tractors, power harvester-threshers, and milking machines, expressed in “40-cv tractorequivalents.” the average cv per machine is assumed to be 40 cv per 4-wheel tractor, 12 cv per 2-wheel tractor, 20 cv per power harvester-thresher, and 1 cv per milking machine. however, due to insufficient information no adjustment is made for differences across countries or over time in farm machinery sizes within these categories, except for china, which reports farm machinery inventories in power units (national statistical bureau of china). the fao reports continuous time series data for 4-wheel tractors, harvest-threshers and milking machines, but not 2-wheel walking tractors. for many developing countries, particularly in asia, 2-wheel tractors have been a major component of farm mechanization. for 2-wheel tractors, fao reports numbers in use for 1970s but then discontinued this series until recommencing it in 2002. for interim years, i collected national farm machinery statistics on 2-wheel tractors in use from the agricultural censuses of china, japan, south korea, taiwan, thailand, philippines, indonesia, indian, bangladesh, pakistan, and sri lanka, and interpolated between census years. these countries constitute most of the global use of 2-wheel tractors in use on farms. presently, fao farm machinery statistics only extend to 2009 (and for many countries they may not extend past 2005).3 to extend estimates of farm machinery to 2012, national statistics on the number of tractors and combine-harvested from more recent years were collected for a number of countries: bangladesh (hassan, 2013), china (national statistical bureau of china, 2014), europe (eurostat), india (singh et al., 2015), japan (ministry of agriculture, forestry and fisheries), russia (russian federation federal state statistics service, 2015), and the united states (national agricultural statistical service, 2014). for remaining missing data, farm machinery stocks were extrapolated using the average growth rate from the three most recent years of available data. livestock capital is the aggregate value of animals used for breeding, milking, egg laying, wool production, and to provide animal traction. to approximate livestock capital, total inventories of animals on farms, measured in “cattle equivalents” are used.4 inven2 this measure of capital stock is based on physical inventories. an alternative is to estimate capital stock as the sum of accumulated past investments with depreciation (perpetual inventories). larson et al. (2000) used the perpetual inventory method to estimate agricultural capital stocks for 62 countries over 1967-1992. this is a promising effort but coverage remains incomplete. 3 in addition to the number of farm machines in use, fao reports the value of gross capital stock of farm machinery and equipment annually from 1975 to 2007. this value is computed by multiplying the number of 4-wheel tractors, harvester-threshers, and milking machines in use by a fixed unit price and adding $35 of hand tools per agricultural worker. thus, the two measures, of machines in use and the value of gross capital stock of farm machinery, are highly correlated. however, 2-wheel tractors are not included in the fao estimate of gross capital stock. 4 the fao agricultural capital stock series makes a distinction between livestock “fixed assets” and livestock “inventories” simply by treating 85% of value of farm animals as fixed assets (breeding stock) and the rest as pure inventories. since we are primarily interested in the growth rate of livestock capital, it makes no difference which measure is used since they are directly proportional to one another. 210 k. fuglie tories include dairy cows, other cattle, water buffalo, camels, horses, other equine species (asses, mules, and hinnies), small ruminants (sheep and goats), pigs, and poultry species (chickens, ducks, and turkeys), with each species weighted by its relative size. the weights for aggregation are based on hayami and ruttan (1985, p. 450): 1.38 for camels, 1.25 for water buffalo, dairy cows and horses, 1.00 for other cattle and other equine species, 0.25 for pigs, 0.13 for small ruminants, and 12.50 per 1,000 head of poultry. fertilizer is the amount of major inorganic nutrients applied to agricultural land annually, measured as metric tons of n, p2o5, and k2o nutrients. the source of the data is the international fertilizer association, except for small countries, which is from fao. animal feed is the total amount of crop (except fodder), animal and fish products used for feed, measured in tonnes of dry-matter (dm) equivalents. data on commodities used for animal feed are from the fao commodity balance sheets. in addition to total dm, total metabolizable energy (me)5 and total crude protein (cp) of animal feeds were estimated.6 parameters for the dm, cp and me mcal/kg (for ruminants) for each type of feed are from the national research council (1982). see appendix table a1 for details. table 1 shows how the composition of global animal feed evolved over the three decades between 1976-1980 and 2006-2010 (reported in 5-year average annual quantities). there was a significant shift toward greater use of oilcrops and oilcrop meals (or cakes) in feed, contributing to an overall rise in the protein content of animal feeds. over these three decades, the amount of cp in the global feed mix rose by 84%, while total dm and me increased by 58 and 56%, respectively (dm and me are highly correlated with each other). by 2006-2010, cereal grains (including processing by-products such as brans and distiller grains) contributed about 64% of total me and 41% of total cp. the share of animal and fish products (whey, milk, meat and fish products) in global animal feeds declined over time. while these six inputs account for the major part of total agricultural input usage, there are a few types of inputs for which complete country-level data are lacking, namely, use of chemical pesticides, seed, veterinary pharmaceuticals, energy, and services from farm structures. however, more detailed input data are available from several of the national studies from which input cost shares are derived (see section below on input cost shares). to account for these inputs, i assume that their growth rate is correlated with one of the six input variables just described and include their cost with the related input. for instance, services from capital in farm structures as well as irrigation fees are included with the agricultural land cost share; the cost of chemical pesticide and seed is included with the fertilizer cost share; costs of veterinary medicines are included in the animal feed cost share, and energy costs are included in the farm machinery cost share. so long as the growth rates of the observed input and its unobserved counterparts are similar, then the model captures the growth of the unobserved inputs in the aggregate input index. 5 metabolizable energy is total energy of feed consumed after accounting for energy in feces, urine and gasses. 6 for a few small countries the fao commodity balance sheets do not report feed utilization data. for these countries, regional average amounts of dm, cp and me per livestock unit are multiplied by the number of livestock units in that country to estimate total feed. all of these countries are estimated to use substantially less than one million tonnes of feed per year and the total feed use of these countries combined amounts to less than 0.005% of global feed use. 211accounting for growth in global agriculture table 1. the changing composition of global animal feed (average annual quantities). million metric tons (dry matter) % change share of total 1976-80 2006-10 1976-80 2006-10 quantity cereals (grain & bran) 644 891 38.4 0.72 0.63 oilseeds (crops, meal, oil) 93 278 199.0 0.10 0.20 roots and tubers 49 58 19.0 0.05 0.04 other crops 30 71 139.6 0.03 0.05 milk, whey & butter 65 91 40.4 0.07 0.06 meat & fish (meat, meal, oil) 15 19 23.5 0.02 0.01 total 896 1,409 57.3 1.00 1.00 metabolizable energy cereals (grain & bran) 1,878 2,613 39.2 0.72 0.64 oilseeds (crops, meal, oil) 259 794 206.6 0.10 0.20 roots and tubers 137 162 18.1 0.05 0.04 other crops 67 147 120.7 0.03 0.04 milk, whey & butter 211 278 32.0 0.08 0.07 meat & fish (meat, meal, oil) 50 63 26.5 0.02 0.02 total 2,601 4,058 56.0 1.00 1.00 crude protein cereals (grain & bran) 73.9 100.1 35.4 0.55 0.41 oilseeds (crops, meal, oil) 35.5 108.6 205.9 0.27 0.44 roots and tubers 2.7 2.6 -3.8 0.02 0.01 other crops 3.4 11.4 238.5 0.03 0.05 milk, whey & butter 9.9 12.8 29.9 0.07 0.05 meat & fish (meat, meal, oil) 8.0 9.7 21.4 0.06 0.04 total 133.4 245.3 83.9 1.00 1.00 source: feed quantities from fao commodity balance sheets; feed composition from national research council (1982). 2.3 land quality the fao agricultural database provides time-series estimates of agricultural land by country and categorizes this as either permanent pasture or cropland (which is further divided in arable and permanent crop land). it also provides an estimate of area equipped for irrigation. the productive capacity of land among these categories and across countries can be very different, however. for example, some countries count vast expanses of semi-arid lands as permanent pastures even though these areas produce very limited agricultural output. using such data for international comparisons of agricultural productivity can lead to serious distortions, such as significantly biasing downward the econometric estimates of the production elasticity of agricultural land (peterson, 1987; craig et al., 1997). 212 k. fuglie in this study, because i estimate only productivity growth rather than productivity levels, differences in land quality across countries is less of an issue. the estimates depend only on changes in agricultural land and other inputs over time. however, a bias might arise if changes occur unevenly among land classes. for example, adding a hectare of irrigated land would likely make a considerably larger contribution to output growth than adding a hectare of rain-fed cropland or pasture. to account for the contributions to growth from different land types, i derive weights for irrigated cropland, rain-fed cropland, and permanent pastures based on their relative productivity and allow these weights to vary regionally. in order not to confound the land quality weights with productivity change itself, the weights are estimated using country-level data from the beginning of the period of study (i.e., using average annual data from 1961-1965). i first construct regional indicator variables (regioni, i = 1,2,…5, representing developed and former soviet bloc countries, asia-pacific, latin america and the caribbean, west asia and north africa, and sub-saharan africa). i then regress the log of agricultural land yield in a country (its total output y divided by the sum of cropland and pasture area) against the proportions of agricultural land in rain-fed cropland (rainfed), irrigated cropland (irrig), and permanent pasture (pasture). multiplying the land-use proportions by the regional indicator variables allows the coefficients to vary among regions: ∑α ( ) + = = ln y cropland pasture rainfed region * i i i 1 5 ∑ ∑β γ( ) ( )+ +pasture region irrig region* * i i i i i i (7) the coefficient vectors α, β and γ provide the quality weights for aggregating the three land types into an aggregate land input index. countries with a higher proportion of irrigated land are likely to have higher average land productivity, as will countries with more cropland relative to pasture. the estimates of the parameters in equation (7) reflect these differences and provide a ready means of weighting the relative qualities of these land classes. the regression estimates show that, on average, one hectare of irrigated land was between 1.1 to 3.0 times as productive as rainfed cropland, which in turn was 10-20 times as productive as permanent pasture. the results give plausible weights for aggregating agricultural land across broad quality classes. in fact, this approach to account for land quality differences among countries is similar to one developed by peterson (1987), who derived land quality weights by regressing average cropland values in u.s. states against the share of irrigated and unirrigated cropland and long-run average rainfall. he then applied these regression coefficients to data from other countries to derive an international land quality index. the advantage of my model is that it is based on international rather than u.s. land yield data and provides results for a larger set of countries. the effects of this land quality adjustment on global land use change are shown in table 2. when summed up using unadjusted data, between 1961 and 2012 total global agricultural land expanded from 4,429 million ha (mha) to 4,930 mha, or by about 11%. when adjusted for quality, “effective” agricultural land expanded by 28%, or nearly three times the rate of growth in raw area. the reason is that irrigated area expanded much faster than oth213accounting for growth in global agriculture er types of land and when weighted for its greater productivity, it implies a much greater expansion in “effective” agricultural land. for the purpose of tfp calculation, accounting for the changes in the quality of agricultural land over time increases the growth rate in total agricultural inputs and commensurately reduces the estimated growth in tfp. table 2. global agricultural land use changes between 1961 and 2012 (millions of hectares).     developed countries transition countries developing countries world (millions of hectares) rainfed cropland 1961 357 272 567 1,196 2012 309 219 734 1,262 % change -14% -19% 30% 6% irrigated cropland 1961 33 11 100 145 2012 50 23 242 315 % change 51% 110% 141% 118% permanent pasture 1961 885 358 1,845 3,089 2012 774 380 2,199 3,353 % change -13% 6% 19% 9% total agricultural land 1961 1,276 641 2,512 4,429 2012 1,133 622 3,175 4,930 % change -11% -3% 26% 11% (millions of hectares of rainfed cropland-equivalents) quality-adjusted agricultural land 1961 505 329 884 1,718 2012 482 305 1,419 2,206 % change -4% -7% 60% 28% source: agricultural land area from fao, with adjustments made for china, indonesia and new zealand based on national data sources. cropland includes fao’s measure of arable land and land under permanent crops except for sub-saharan africa, where cropland equals total area harvested. cropland for china is total sown area. land quality adjustments reflect the average productivity of different land types relative to rainfed cropland and are derived from regression analysis (see text). this adjustment for changes in different classes of land allows us to further refine the resource decomposition of output growth in equation (6) to isolate the contribution of irrigation apart from expansion in agricultural area to output growth. letting x1 be the quality-adjusted quantity of land (and for simplicity, dropping the region subscripts on the land quality parameters), then a change in x1 is given by δx1 = αδ(cropland) + βδ(pasture) + (γ-α)δ(irrig). (8) the first two right-hand-side terms indicate the expansion in land area (with growth in pasture area adjusted for quality to put in on comparable terms with cropland expan214 k. fuglie sion). the third term isolates the contribution of irrigation expansion: (γ-α)*100% gives the percent augmentation to yield, holding other factors fixed, from equipping a hectare of cropland with supplemental irrigation. dividing equation (8) by x1 converts the expression into percentage changes so that it shows the respective contributions of changes in rainfed cropland, pasture area and irrigation to output growth. combined with equation (6), the resource decomposition expression shows the contributions to agricultural growth from expansion of agricultural land, extension of irrigation, intensification of other inputs per hectare, and improvements in tfp: ∑θ α θ β θ γ α( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )= + + − + + = g y g x g x g x s g x x g tfp c c p p w w j j j j 1 1 1 2 1 (9) where θc, θp and θw are the shares of quality-adjusted agricultural land in crops (x1c), pasture (x1p), and irrigated area (x1w), respectively (note: x1 = x1c + x1p + x1w). the first two terms [θcαg(x1c) + θpβg(x1p)] give the share of output growth attributable to land expansion (holding yield fixed), while the third term [θw(γ-α)g(x1w)] indicates the share of output growth due to the extension of irrigation (holding other inputs fixed). the fourth term of equation (9) gives the contribution to growth of input intensification and the last term the contribution of growth in total factor productivity. input cost shares the fao (and supplementary) quantity data allow us to calculate the growth rates for six categories of production inputs (land, labor, machinery capital, livestock capital, and material inputs represented by fertilizer and feed), but to combine these into an aggregate input measure requires information on their cost shares or production elasticities. for this i draw upon 19 studies that have estimated nationally or regionally representative cost shares or production elasticities for agricultural inputs (see appendix table a2 for a list of these studies and the cost shares derived from them). these costs shares are assumed to be representative of not only those nations but also for other countries in the same region. for instance, the cost shares from india were applied to other countries in south asia, the cost shares for indonesia were applied to other countries in southeast asia and the pacific, the cost shares for mexico were assigned to other countries in central america and the caribbean, and the cost shares for brazil were applied to other countries in south america as well as the north africa-west asia region. these assignments were based on judgments about the resemblance among the agricultural sectors of these countries. countries assigned to the cost shares from brazil tended to be middle-income countries having relatively large livestock sectors, for example. for agricultural capital, some of these studies only reported an aggregate cost share for all capital services. to partition capital services into machinery and livestock capital services, i used the average proportions of capital stock in machinery, livestock and tree capital for low, middle and high income countries reported in butzer et al. (2012), and assigned the cost share of capital services from trees to land. while the lack of direct observations on input cost shares for most countries introduces uncertainty in the tfp estimation, the countries for which cost shares are observed represent about 65% of the global agricultural economy. this proportion rises to threefourths when sub-saharan africa and the former soviet union are included – regions where econometrically-estimated production elasticities are used in place of cost shares. 215accounting for growth in global agriculture thus, countries to which input cost shares were imputed represent only one-quarter of world agricultural output. another argument in support of this approach is that there is a significant degree of congruence among the cost shares reported for these country studies. for the developing countries for which cost shares data are available (india, indonesia, china, brazil and mexico), farm-supplied inputs (land, labor, and livestock capital) account for between 60 and 90% of total costs, while inputs supplied by industry (machinery, or fixed capital, and purchased materials such as fertilizers and processed animal feed), accounted for a far smaller share of resources. the cost share of inputs supplied by industry rises with the income of a country, and accounts for a third or more of total costs in the more highly industrialized countries. the use of modern inputs in transition countries, on the other hand, fell sharply after reforms were initiated in the early 1990s. these patterns of input use is reflected in cost shares estimated or imputed for these countries. of perhaps greater concern is that some of the cost shares are becoming out of date. while the model attempts to adjust cost shares for each decade, it is still dependent on the information available from other published studies. if cost shares are unavailable for recent years, the model uses the last available data. in the case of china, the last nationally comprehensive input cost shares for which we have estimates is for 1992. in china’s rapidly changing agricultural sector, we should expect that the use of costs modern industrialize inputs (and their share of total cost) to continue to rise, and tfp may be overestimated if the input index is not capturing the full extent of this transformation. continued effort to extend and update national estimates of agricultural costs of production is necessary to undertake global productivity assessments like the one described here. country and regional productivity using the methodology and data described above agricultural tfp indexes are estimated for nearly every country of the world on an annual basis beginning in 1961 (and since 1965 for the independent states of the former soviet union). however, some countries have dissolved or are too small to have complete data. for the purpose of estimating long-run productivity trends, some national data are aggregated to create consistent political units over time. for example, data from the nations that formerly constituted yugoslavia are added together to make comparisons with productivity before yugoslavia’s dissolution. similarly, data were aggregated for czechoslovakia, ethiopia and the former soviet union (tfp series for individual ssr’s begin in 1965). because some small island nations have incomplete or zero values for some agricultural data, three composite territories were constructed by adding up available data for island states in the lesser antilles, micronesia, and polynesia. altogether, the countries included in the analysis account for more than 99.7% of fao’s global gross agricultural output. the only areas not included in the analysis that have significant agricultural production are the west bank and gaza. in addition to individual countries, data are aggregated and tfp indexes estimated at the regional level. input and output quantity aggregation is straight forward since they are all measured in the same units (although not adjusted for quality differences in the inputs). regional cost shares are the weighted averages of the national cost shares for the countries in a region. appendix table a3 provides a complete list of countries included in the analysis and the regional groupings. 216 k. fuglie 3. results: growth in agricultural productivity 3.1 sources of growth in global agriculture table 3 provides summary findings on productivity measures for the global agricultural economy as a whole over the past five decades and for the entire 1961-2012 period. the first two columns of results show average annual growth rates of total agricultural outputs and inputs and the remaining columns indicate growth rates in four measures of productivity: changes in tfp, labor productivity, land productivity, and cereal grain yield per hectare harvested. the average growth rate of world agricultural output remained remarkably stable over time, rising by 2.8% per year in the 1960s and between 2.1% and 2.5% per year in every subsequent decade. the source of output growth, however, shifted from being primarily input-driven to productivity-driven. annual growth in total inputs fell from 2.8% in the 1960s, to between 1.5% and 1.7% in the 1970s and 1980s, and to less than 0.8% since 1991. table 3. productivity indicators for world agriculture (average annual growth rate in percent). period gross output total input total factor productivity output per worker output per hectare of land cereal yield per area harvested 1961-1970 2.79 2.79 0.00 1.13 2.44 2.88 1971-1980 2.29 1.74 0.56 1.55 2.12 2.08 1981-1990 2.10 1.49 0.62 0.59 1.76 1.88 1991-2000 2.17 0.63 1.54 1.92 2.06 1.56 2001-2012 2.52 0.84 1.68 2.83 2.59 1.53 1961-2012 2.23 1.30 0.93 1.25 2.01 1.94 gross output: fao gross production value in constant 2004-2006 international dollars. total input: author’s aggregation of agricultural land, labor, capital and material inputs (see text). tfp: the difference between output growth and total input growth, based on author’s estimation. output per worker: fao gross production value divided by number of persons working in agriculture. output per hectare: fao gross production value divided by total arable land and permanent pasture. cereal yield: global production of maize, rice and wheat divided by area harvested of these crops. the average annual growth rate in series y is found by regressing the natural log of y against time, i.e., the parameter b in ln(y) = a + bt. offsetting the declining growth in inputs to keep output growth from falling has been productivity. annual tfp growth rose from a global average of 0% in the 1960s to about 1.7% since 2001. the growth in global agricultural tfp has been generally lower than growth in either land or labor productivity. this reflects an intensification of capital and material inputs in agriculture, which raise land and labor productivity but may not affect tfp. also, since the number of workers in agriculture expanded faster than agricultural land area, the growth rate in labor productivity tended to be lower than growth in land productivity. however, at the global level the agricultural labor force is now declining in 217accounting for growth in global agriculture absolute terms (while agricultural land is still expanding), so the rate of labor productivity growth now exceeds the rate of land productivity growth. in the most recent period of 2001-12, output per worker grew by 2.8% per year while output per hectare grew by 2.6% per year. the growth rate in cereal yield per area harvested, which has been used as a harbinger of slowing productivity growth, has actually remained fairly stable since 1990, averaging at least 1.5% in annual decadal growth rates. this is below the nearly 2.9% rate of yield growth achieved in the 1960s, but does not appear to indicate a persistent slowdown in yield growth. note that land productivity (output per hectare of land in agriculture) has generally grown more rapidly that crop yield per area harvested. the main reason for this in increased land use intensity. while yield of individual crops is generally calculated on the basis of area harvested, land productivity is based on total output in a calendar year from the area designated as agricultural land. increased land use intensity has come about from greater use of multiple cropping and less cropland in fallow or devoted to fodder crops. globally, cropland intensity (total area harvested divided by total area designated as cropland) gradually increased from about 0.74 in the 1960s to 0.78 in the 1990s, but then grew more rapidly reaching 0.85 by 2012. the decomposition of global output growth into contributions from inputs and tfp is depicted in figure 2. the height of each column gives the average annual rate of output growth by decade. over the entire 50-year period, total inputs grew at about 60% the rate of output growth, implying that improvement in tfp accounted for about 40% of new output. however, the rate of input growth declined over time, and tfp’s contribution to output growth increased. by the 2001-12 period, tfp accounted for two-thirds of the growth in global agricultural production. figure 2, panel a shows the contributions of various inputs to global agricultural growth according to their share of total costs (see equation 4), and the residual, or tfp. increased use of material inputs, especially fertilizer, was a leading source of agricultural growth in the 1960s and 1970s, when green revolution cereal crop varieties became widely available in developing countries (these crop varieties were more responsive to fertilizers, especially when grown under irrigation). fertilizer and animal feed use also expanded considerably in the soviet union during these decades, where they were heavily subsidized. the exceptionally low rate of input growth in global agriculture during the 1990s was due primarily to the rapid withdrawal of resources from agriculture in the countries of the former soviet bloc when these countries underwent a transition from a centrally planned to market economies. by the early 2000s agricultural resources in this region had stabilized, and there was a recovery in the global rate of input growth compared with the 1990s. also in the 2000s, the world’s agricultural labor force began to shrink for the first time in modern history. while the size of the agricultural labor had been falling for decades in industrialized countries, this is now also the case in china and latin america. south asia may also soon enter into a period where the absolute size of its farm labor force declines, if it hasn’t already (rada, 2013). in low income countries (especially those in sub-saharan africa), the number of persons primarily employed in agriculture continues to rise although the share of the labor force working in agriculture is falling. 218 k. fuglie figure 2. sources of global agricultural growth. panel a: input cost decomposition panel b: resource decomposition. 219accounting for growth in global agriculture the line shows the average annual growth rate in gross agricultural output during the period specified. the shaded components of the bar show the contribution of an input or productivity to total output growth. in panel a, the growth rate of an input is weighted by its cost share. panel b shows the growth rate in agricultural land (and the contribution of irrigation to raising effective land area) and the growth rate in yield, which is further decomposed into growth due to input intensification (inputs per area) and total factor productivity (tfp). figure 2 panel b shows the resource decomposition of global agricultural growth slightly differently. instead of by input cost as in panel a, it shows the relative contribution of growth in land and water (irrigation), input intensification and tfp to growth (see equation 9). the rate of expansion in natural resources (land and water for irrigation) has diminished over time while the rate of growth in resource yield has risen. the underlying source of resource yield gain has shifted markedly from input intensification to improvement in tfp. as expected, the inclusion of animal feed as an explicit input in production raised the growth rate of inputs and reduced the growth rate of tfp. however, the changes were not substantial and did not affect the general pattern of tfp growth acceleration world-wide over the study period. over the entire 1961-2012, tfp growth without animal feed data (where feed use was assumed to grow at the same rate as the size of the livestock herd) averaged 1.01% per year, compared with 0.94% per year with animal feed inputs measured directly. the most significant effect of including animal feed was on tfp growth rates estimated for the former soviet union (fsu), especially the pre-transition era (19611991). without including animal feed inputs, agricultural tfp in fsu remained virtually unchanged between 1961 and 1991, but with animal feed inputs it regressed by 23%. it would imply that during the soviet era, agricultural growth was largely achieved by increasing levels of inputs but with declining marginal (and average) productivities in the use of those inputs. 3.2 sources of agricultural growth by world region the same kind of growth analysis shown above for global agriculture can be carried out at the regional or country level. figure 3 shows the contribution to agricultural growth from land, labor, capital, material inputs, and tfp for industrialized market economies, developing countries, and transition economies of the former soviet union and eastern europe. in industrialized economies (panel a), the average annual rate of output growth fell from around 2% in the 1960s and 1970s to less than 1% in the last three decades. this slowdown in agricultural growth partly reflects engel’s law, where per capita food demand is satiated and the growth in food demand reflects the growth in population, which is declining in these countries. labor and land (and in recent decades, capital and materials as well) are being withdrawn from the agricultural sector. the fact that output is able to continue to expand in the face of these resource withdrawals is entirely due to tfp. the increase in the productivity of the resources remaining in the sector has been rapid enough to offset the decline in the amount of resources used. the high rate of tfp growth enabled the agricultural sectors of these countries to remain internationally competitive, and developed countries as a whole were net exporters of food. 220 k. fuglie figure 3, panel b indicates that improved productivity performance in developing countries was the proximate cause of the acceleration in global agricultural tfp growth after 1990. during the 1960s and 1970s, annual tfp growth averaged less than 1% for these countries, but since 1990 their agricultural tfp growth doubled to nearly 2% per year. for developing countries as a group, agricultural labor declined in absolute numbers over the 2001-12 period. this was primarily due to the exit of nearly 100 million chinese farm workers to the non-farm sector. this trend is likely to accelerate in the coming decade not only in china but in other developing countries as well, as structural transformation moves workers out of agriculture. sub-saharan africa, however, is expected to continue to experience growth in the size of its agricultural labor force at least through 2020, according to fao projections. during the era of central planning (pre-1991), today’s transition economies (figure 3 panel c) experienced agricultural tfp regression. all agricultural growth achieved in this region during this period was due to resource expansion, especially the rapid growth in material inputs like fertilizers and feed. inputs supplied to agricultural were often at highly subsidized rates. when the soviet bloc broke apart in 1991 and these countries began to move toward market economies, agriculture underwent a sharp contraction as subsidies were withdrawn from the sector. agricultural output growth resumed in the 2000s, and most of this renewed growth can be attributed to improvement in tfp. more region-specific information on agricultural output tfp growth is provided in table 4. these estimates show considerable heterogeneity in agricultural tfp growth rates among regions, which is even more pronounced if tfp is compared at the national level – not shown but available from economic research service (2015). the outstanding productivity performers over the past few decades have been brazil and china. both are large agricultural producers (china has by far the largest agricultural sector in the world, accounting for 24% of gross agricultural output in 2013 according to fao, and brazil was the fourth largest, after india and the united states). tfp growth over the past several decades enabled china to remain largely self-sufficient in foodstuffs during a period of rapidly rising domestic food demand (due to population and per capita income growth) despite virtually no new land for agriculture. for brazil, rapid tfp growth since the 1980s enabled it to move from a food deficit country to become a major exporter of agricultural commodities. besides these countries, southeast asia, south asia, and north africa have also accelerated their agricultural tfp growth, achieving an average annual growth rate of over 2% since 2001. a number of industrialized regions (southern europe, south africa, northeast asia, and north america) have maintained agricultural tfp growth rates averaging at least 1.9% per year since 2001. these estimates are generally higher than those reported by country studies of agricultural tfp growth in these regions (ball et al., 2010). but recall that the tfp estimates reported in national studies typically make adjustments for quality changes in inputs, particularly labor, while the estimates reported in table 4 do not. adjusting an input for quality changes usually increases the share of output growth that is “accounted for” by growth in that input (e.g., adding one more skilled worker to the agricultural labor force raises output by more than adding one more unskilled worker). so, the tfp estimates in table 4 should be interpreted as including not only the effects of technical change, but also the effects of using inputs of higher quality. 221accounting for growth in global agriculture figure 3. sources of agricultural growth in industrialized, developing, and transition economies. panel a: industrialized countries. panel b: developing countries. panel c: transition economies. 222 k. fuglie table 4. agricultural output and total factor productivity growth in global regions. region 1961-1970 1971-1980 1981-1990 1991-2000 2001-2012 output tfp output tfp output tfp output tfp output tfp developing countries 3.15 0.61 2.97 0.85 3.42 1.06 3.61 2.00 3.42 1.96 sub-saharan africa 3.01 0.17 1.07 -0.12 3.17 0.90 3.21 1.11 3.25 0.60 latin america and caribbean 3.05 0.80 3.32 1.33 2.27 0.90 3.15 2.02 3.19 2.00 caribbean 1.70 -0.93 1.98 0.35 0.62 -0.52 -0.51 -0.26 0.39 -0.09 central america 4.64 3.00 3.72 1.82 1.36 -1.79 2.96 2.68 2.21 1.90 andean 2.97 1.44 2.82 1.08 2.79 0.47 3.20 1.78 2.66 1.46 northeast (brazil, mainly) 3.56 0.24 3.86 1.07 3.45 2.95 3.58 2.38 4.10 3.23 southern cone 1.80 0.49 2.87 2.57 1.13 -0.88 3.17 1.26 2.76 0.79 asia (except west asia) 3.28 0.74 3.11 1.02 3.64 1.41 3.71 2.55 3.49 2.61 northeast asia (china, mainly) 4.79 0.93 3.32 0.69 4.45 1.79 5.04 3.94 3.52 3.09 southeast asia 2.63 0.48 3.92 1.85 3.34 0.42 2.96 1.36 4.00 2.53 pacific 2.52 -0.04 2.34 0.21 1.58 -0.65 2.06 0.51 2.16 0.92 south asia 2.02 0.57 2.66 0.81 3.32 1.21 2.66 1.03 3.63 2.04 west asia-north africa 2.87 1.33 3.02 1.52 3.56 1.35 2.79 1.47 2.49 2.13 north africa 2.62 1.28 1.57 0.34 4.19 2.52 3.26 1.58 3.49 2.70 west asia 2.98 1.13 3.65 2.09 3.30 0.75 2.60 1.50 2.01 1.86 industrialized countries 2.06 0.76 1.94 1.62 0.72 1.14 1.36 1.94 0.56 2.00 europe, northern 1.55 0.93 1.36 1.26 0.51 1.40 0.37 1.38 0.11 1.44 europe, southern 2.11 1.43 1.96 1.87 0.69 1.13 1.32 1.88 -0.40 1.92 japan-s. korea-taiwan 3.52 1.67 2.45 1.95 1.19 1.34 0.06 2.06 -0.28 2.02 australia-new zealand 2.90 0.91 1.69 1.59 1.49 1.18 3.22 2.79 0.67 1.35 canada-usa 2.06 0.47 2.29 1.55 0.68 1.00 1.96 1.95 1.10 1.96 south africa 3.18 -1.12 2.55 0.95 1.21 2.97 1.54 3.01 2.55 2.62 transition countries 3.54 -0.69 1.29 -0.56 0.80 0.25 -3.61 0.41 1.39 1.30 eastern europe 2.67 -0.16 1.73 0.32 -0.03 0.60 -1.33 0.04 -1.18 0.08 russia-ukraine-belarusmoldova-kazakhstan 0.76 -1.33 1.41 0.44 -5.43 1.00 2.35 2.39 central asia & caucasus 4.71 1.93 0.55 -1.20 0.11 1.60 3.98 2.02 baltic countries 0.93 -0.97 1.09 0.49 -6.00 -1.75 1.87 1.90 world 2.79 0.00 2.29 0.56 2.10 0.62 2.17 1.54 2.52 1.68 the average annual growth rate in series y is found by regressing the natural log of y against time, i.e., the parameter b in ln(y) = a + bt. regions experiencing persistent low growth in agricultural tfp include sub-saharan africa, eastern europe transition economies, southern cone countries of south america, the caribbean and pacific island nations. all of these regions show a growth trend in agricultural tfp of substantially less than 1%. sub-saharan africa is the most critical case, given its large population, rapid population growth, and heavy dependence on agriculture as a source of livelihood. the fact that agricultural tfp growth has remained low for this 223accounting for growth in global agriculture region means that it has remained poor and food insecure, and increasingly dependent on food imports. 4. conclusions the principal advantage of a tfp measure of productivity growth is that it clearly distinguishes between resource expansion, resource substitution, and technical or efficiency improvements in resource utilization as sources of economic growth. growth in tfp is more likely to be associated with lower unit costs of production, and, in long-run equilibrium, changes in market prices of output, than partial productivity indexes. the limitation of tfp is that it is subject to error if outputs and/or inputs are not fully or appropriately measured or if procedures for aggregation are biased. this paper seeks to move toward plausible indexes of international agricultural tfp by constructing a more complete accounting of the inputs employed in the sector. specifically, the paper develops an explicit measure for animal feed inputs, something which most previous studies of international agricultural productivity have ignored. animal feed inputs are composed of much more than the portion of crops retained on farms and fed to animals. it includes many by-products of food manufacturing, such as oilseed cakes, distiller grains, milling brans, sugar and molasses, whey, animal slaughter waste, and fish meal. the paper proposes three ways of aggregating these diverse feed sources into a single quantity measure of feed input: dry-matter weight, metabolizable energy in mcal, and tonnes of crude protein. it turns out that the growth in dry-matter weight and metabolizable energy are highly correlated, while the growth of crude protein has been more rapid, implying quality improvement in the overall animal feed mix over time. one direction for future work could be to develop a quality-adjusted measure of feed input that combines energy and protein (and perhaps other nutrients). as expected, inclusion of animal feed in the measure of total agricultural inputs led to higher growth in measured agricultural inputs and thus lower growth in agricultural tfp for the world economy over 1961-2012, although the differences were not substantial. results did not alter the central finding from my previous analyses using this approach (fuglie, 2008, 2010b, 2012) that there has apparently been a significant acceleration in global agricultural productivity growth since the 1990s. this is in contrast to evidence – based primarily on partial productivity indexes like crop yield – that since around 1990 the rate of agricultural productivity has significantly slowed in most of the world (alston et al., 2009; alston and pardey, 2014). the evidence for accelerated productivity arises from the fact that the real growth of agricultural output has not fallen while growth rates for most agricultural inputs have declined. it suggests that much of the rapid growth in crop yield and land and labor productivity observed in the 1960s and 1970s was due to factor substitution (especially fertilizer for land and capital for labor), and once the growth of other factors is taken into account, the real gains in efficiency during these decades were not exceptional. the present analysis suggests, though, that the global trend is hardly uniform. at least three general patterns of agricultural growth are evident: 1. in industrialized market economies, the agricultural output growth rate is slowing while input growth has turned negative. tfp growth offset the decline in resources to keep output from falling in absolute terms. 224 k. fuglie 2. the dissolution of the soviet union in 1991 imparted a major shock to agriculture in transition economies as they began the adjustment from centrally-planned to market-oriented economies. in the 1990s, agricultural resources sharply contracted and output fell. agricultural inputs stabilized in the early 2000s and agricultural growth resumed in former soviet states but not yet in eastern european. agricultural tfp growth, which was negative during the soviet era, turned positive following economic reforms. 3. in developing countries, agricultural productivity growth doubled from around 1% per year during 1960-1990 to around 2% per year during 1991-2012. two large developing countries in particular, china and brazil, have sustained exceptionally high tfp growth in recent decades. several other developing regions, including southeast asia, central america, and north africa, also registered accelerated tfp growth in the 1990s and/or 2000s. very recently, agricultural tfp growth in india has also accelerated. the major exception is the developing countries of sub-saharan africa, where long-run tfp growth has remained below 1% per year. despite these generally optimistic findings on agricultural productivity growth, the next several decades present major challenges to maintaining present rates of improvement. the prospects for a general slowdown, even though it may not have yet occurred, are probably inevitable. one source of a slowdown, as alston and pardey (2014) argue, is if global investments in agricultural r&d are not sufficiently robust to create new productivity-enhancing technologies and offset technological obsolescence. stagnant or declining spending on public agricultural r&d in industrialized countries, which has been a key source of major scientific advances for world agriculture, may put future productivity growth in agriculture at risk. another source of a slowdown is likely to emerge from natural resource degradation, particularly from the warming of the climate. the effects on agriculture from climate change may be positive in some areas in the short term, but are likely to turn increasingly negative over time. having a robust measure of agricultural tfp growth as outlined in this paper provides a promising means of tracking these developments and for analysing their causes and consequences. nonetheless, the measurement of world agricultural tfp continues to suffers from some serious limitations, so caution is warranted in its interpretation. information on farm investments in new capital is incomplete, leading to deficiencies in the measurement of agricultural capital stock and capital services. heterogeneous quality of inputs, especially land, may introduce serious measurement errors when aggregating across national and regional frontiers. the labor input, which is always hard to measure in agriculture where much of the work is done by unpaid family members, could be mismeasured if hours worked per capita changes, not to mention skill levels. a broader issue in agricultural productivity measurement is the consumption of unpaid (but socially valuable) environmental resources. agriculture imposes significant costs on the environment in the form of greenhouse gas emissions, soil and water quality degradation, consumption of scarce and non-renewable water resources, and loss of biodiversity. how agricultural productivity growth affects these costs is not well understood (although evidence being assembled by the oecd (2014) suggests that in many cases agricultural productivity growth is conserving of environmental as well as market resources). insufficient 225accounting for growth in global agriculture understanding of the environmental inputs and outputs associated with agricultural production (and how to value them) represents a serious limitation to using any standard productivity index to judge questions of long-term sustainability of agricultural systems. the important question about the usefulness of tfp is not so much whether it is complete as a productivity index, but rather does it convey more meaningful information than commonly used alternatives like crop yield? the same informational deficiencies that plague tfp also affect the interpretation of other available measures as indicators of the rate of technical change. the growth accounting approach proposed in this paper seems to provide additional and useful insights on the nature and sources of economic growth that partial productivity indexes lack. efforts to construct tfp also point the way to what needs to be done to strengthen them. acknowledgements the author would like to thank ornella maietta, nicholas rada and davide viaggi for their comments on an earlier draft of this paper. nicholas rada also contributes to building the ers database on international agricultural productivity. the views expressed in this paper are the author’s own and should not be attributed to the u.s. department of agriculture or the economic research service. references alston, j., babcock, b. and pardey, p. (eds.) (2010). the shifting patterns of agricultural production and productivity worldwide. midwest agribusiness trade and research ames: information center, iowa state university, ames. alston, j., beddow, j. and pardey, p. (2009). agricultural research, productivity, and food prices in the long run. science 325(5945): 1209-1210. alston, j., and pardey p. (2014). agriculture in the global economy. journal of economic perspectives 28(1): 121-146. arnade, c. (1994). using data envelopment analysis to measure international agricultural efficiency and productivity. technical bulletin no. 1831. washington, dc: economic research service, u.s. department of agriculture. asian development bank. on-line statistical database system. manila, the philippines. https://sdbs.adb.org/sdbs/index.jsp. accessed 16 march 2015. avila, a.f.d. and evenson, r. (2010). total factor productivity growth in agriculture: the role of technology capital. in pingali, p. and evenson, r. (eds.), handbook of agricultural economics, volume 4. amsterdam: elsevier, pp. 3769-3822. ball, v.e. (1985). output, input and productivity measurement in u.s. agriculture, 194879. american journal of agricultural economics 67: 475-486. ball, v.e., bureau, j-c, nehring, r., and somwaru, a. (1997). agricultural productivity revisited. american journal of agricultural economics 79: 1045-63. ball, v.e., butault, j., mesonada, c. and mora, r. (2010). productivity and international competitiveness of agriculture in the european union and the united states. agricultural economics 41: 611-627. 226 k. fuglie boserup, e. (1965). the conditions of agricultural growth: the economics of agrarian change under population pressure. london: allen & unwin. butzer, r., mundak, y. and larson, d. (2012). measures of fixed capital in agriculture. in: fuglie k., wang, s.l. and ball, v.e. (eds.), productivity growth in agriculture: an international perspective. wallingford, uk: cab international, pp. 313-34. cahill, s., and rich, t. (2012). a production account for canadian agriculture, 19612006. in: fuglie k., wang, s.l. and ball, v.e. (eds.), productivity growth in agriculture: an international perspective. wallingford, uk: cab international, pp. 33-72. caves, d., christensen, l., and diewert, w. e. (1982). the economic theory of index numbers and the measurement of input, output, and productivity. econometrica 50: 1393-1414. cisstat. cis cd-rom. official statistics of the countries of the commonwealth of independent states moscow: interstate statistical committee of the commonwealth of independent states. coelli, t. and rao, d.s.p. (2005). total factor productivity growth in agriculture: a malmquist index analysis of 93 countries, 1980-2000. agricultural economics 32: 115-134. craig, b., pardey, p. and roseboom, j. (1997). international productivity patterns: accounting for input quality, infrastructure, and research. american journal of agricultural economics 79: 1064-1076. cungu, a. and swinnen, j. (2003). transition and total factor productivity in agriculture, 1992-1999. working paper 2003/2. leuven, belgium: research group on food policy, transition and development, katholieke universiteit. economic research service (2014). agricultural productivity in the united states. agricultural productivity briefing room. washington, dc: economic research service, u.s. department of agriculture, washington, dc. http://www.ers.usda.gov/dataproducts/agricultural-productivity-in-the-us.aspx. accessed 1 june 2015. economic research service (2015). international agricultural productivity. agricultural productivity briefing room. washington, dc: economic research service, u.s. department of agriculture. http://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/internationalagricultural-productivity.aspx. accessed 15 october 2015. eurostat. database, statistics, employment and unemployment (lfs). european commission. http://epp.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/ . accessed 3 march 2015. evenson, r., pray, c. and rosegrant, m. (1999). agricultural research and productivity growth in india. research report number 109. washington, dc: international food policy research institute. fan, s. and zhang, x. (2002). production and productivity growth in chinese agriculture: new national and regional measures. economic development and cultural change 50: 819-38. fao. faostat database. rome: food and agriculture organization of the united nations. http://faostat.fao.org/ . accessed 15 june 2015. fernandez-cornejo, j. and shumway, c. (1997). research and productivity in mexican agriculture. american journal of agricultural economics 79: 738-753. fuglie, k. (2008). is a slowdown in agricultural productivity growth contributing to the rise in commodity prices? agricultural economics 39: 431-441. 227accounting for growth in global agriculture fuglie, k. (2010a) sources of growth in indonesian agriculture. journal of productivity analysis 33: 225-240. fuglie, k. (2010b) total factor productivity in the global agricultural economy: evidence from fao data. in: alston, j., babcock, b. and pardey, p. (eds.), the shifting patterns of agricultural production and productivity worldwide. ames: midwest agribusiness trade and research information center, iowa state university, pp. 63-95. fuglie, k. (2011). agricultural productivity in sub-saharan africa. in: lee, d.l. and ndulo, m.b. (eds.), the food and financial crises in sub-saharan africa: origins, impacts and policy implications. wallingford, uk: cab international, pp. 122-153. fuglie, k. (2012). productivity growth and technology capital in the global agricultural economy. in: fuglie k., wang, s.l. and ball, v.e. (eds.), productivity growth in agriculture: an international perspective. wallingford, uk: cab international, pp. 335-368. fuglie, k., and rada, n. (2013). resources, policy and agricultural productivity in subsaharan africa. economic research report 145. washington, dc: economic research service, u.s. department of agriculture. fuglie k., wang, s.l. and ball, v.e. eds. (2012). productivity growth in agriculture: an international perspective. wallingford, uk: cab international. hassan, m.s. (2013). present status, prospects and challenges of farm mechanization in bangladesh. beijing, china: un escap centre for sustainable agricultural mechanization. hayami, y. and ruttan, v.w. (1985). agricultural development: an international perspective, 2nd edition. baltimore: johns hopkins university press. hayami, y., ruttan, v.w. and southworth, h. (eds.) (1979). agricultural growth in japan, taiwan, korea and the philippines. honolulu: university press of hawaii. international fertilizer association. ifadata. washington, dc: international fertilizer association (ifa). http://www.fertilizer.org/ifa/ifadata/search.accessed 30 march 2015. kwon, o.s. (2010). agricultural r&d and total factor productivity of korean agriculture. korean journal of agricultural economics 51(2): 67-88 (in korean). laborsta. database, bureau of statistics. geneva: international labour organization. http://laborsta.ilo.org/. accessed 6 april 2015. larson, d., butzer, r., mundlak, y. and crego, a. (2000) a cross-country database for sector investment and capital. world bank economic review 14(2): 371-391. lerman, z., kislev, y., biton, d. and kriss, a. (2003). agricultural output and productivity in the former soviet republics. economic development and cultural change 51: 999-1018. ministry of agriculture, forestry and fisheries (2012). main indicators relating to agriculture, forestry and fisheries. tokyo: ministry of agriculture, forestry and fisheries. national agricultural statistical service (2014). 2012 census of agriculture. washington, dc: u.s. department of agriculture, washington, dc. national bureau of statistics of china. china statistical yearbook. beijing: china statistics press. http://www.stats.gov.cn/tjsj/ndsj/2014/indexeh.htm. accessed 27 april 2015. 228 k. fuglie national research council (1982). united states-canadian tables of feed composition: nutritional data for united states and canadian feeds, third revision. washington, dc: national academy press. nin, a., arndt, c., hertel, t., and preckel, p. (2003). bridging the gap between partial and total factor productivity measures using direction distance functions. american journal of agricultural and applied economics 85: 928-942. nin-pratt, a. and yu, b. (2012). getting implicit shadow prices right for the estimation of the malmquist index: the case of agricultural total factor productivity in developing countries. agricultural economics 41: 349-360. oecd (2014). monitoring progress towards green growth in agriculture. joint working party on agriculture and the environment. paris, france: organisation for economic cooperation and development. peterson, w. (1987). international land quality indexes. staff paper p87-10. st. paul, mn: department of applied economics, university of minnesota. rada, n. (2013). agricultural growth in india: examining the post-green revolution transition. paper presented at the annual conference of the agricultural and applied economics association, august 4-6, 2013, washington, dc. rao, d.s.p. (1993). intercountry comparisons of agricultural output and productivity. fao economic and social development paper. rome: united nations food and agriculture organization. ravn, m. and uhlig, h. (2002) on adjusting the hodrick-prescott filter for the frequency of observations. review of economics and statistics 84(2): 371-376. russian federation federal state statistics service (2015). russia in figures: agriculture. moscow: russian federation federal state statistics service. schimmelpfennig, d., thirtle, c., van zyl, j., arnade, c. and khatri, y. (2000). short and long-run returns to agricultural r&d in south africa, or will the real rate of return please stand up? agricultural economics 23: 1-15. shend, j. (1993). agricultural statistics of the former ussr republics and the baltic states. statistical bulletin no. 863. washington, dc: economic research service, u.s. department of agriculture. singh, r.s., singh, surendra, singh, s.p. 2015. farm power and machinery availability on indian farms. agricultural engineering today 39(1): 45-56.  statistics new zealand (2003). agricultural statistics 2002. wellington: statistics new zealand. swinnen, j., dries, l., and macours, k. (2005). transition and agricultural labor. agricultural economics 32: 15-34. thirtle, c., piesse, j. and schimmelpfennig, d. (2008). modeling the length and shape of the r&d lag: an application to uk agricultural productivity. agricultural economics 39: 73-85. van der meer, c. and yamada, s. (1990). japanese agriculture: a comparative economic analysis. london: routledge. zhao, s. sheng, y. and gray, e. (2012). productivity of the australian broadacre and dairy industries: concept, methodology and data. in: fuglie k., wang, s.l. and ball, v.e. (eds.), productivity growth in agriculture: an international perspective. wallingford, uk: cab international, pp. 73-108. 229accounting for growth in global agriculture appendix table a1. composition and price of animal feedstuffs. feed type price (2005 $/t) dry matter (%) crude protein (%) dietary energy (mcal/kg) wheat 158 89 14.2 3.45 rice (milled equivalent) 279 89 7.6 3.47 barley 119 88 11.9 3.27 maize 142 89 9.6 3.40 rye 112 88 12.1 3.24 oats 114 89 11.8 3.02 millet 181 90 11.6 3.34 sorghum 154 90 11.1 3.40 cereals, other 142 89 9.6 3.40 brans 158 89 15.2 2.74 potatoes 30 23 2.2 0.84 cassava 30 37 1.5 1.31 yams 30 23 2.2 0.84 sweet potatoes 30 37 1.5 1.31 roots & tubers, other 30 37 1.5 1.31 sugar cane 33 15 1.2 0.41 sugar beet 43 11 1.5 0.38 molasses 440 94 9.7 2.91 sugar (raw equivalent) 440 100 0.0 4.30 pulses (beans, peas) 556 89 22.6 3.31 oilcrops 274 90 39.2 3.67 vegetable oils 274 100 0.0 8.85 soybean meal 274 90 42.9 3.37 groundnut meal 274 93 48.1 3.39 sunflowerseed meal 274 90 23.3 1.75 rape & mustard meal 274 92 35.6 3.08 cottonseed meal 274 93 37.9 2.46 palm kernel meal 274 90 42.9 3.37 copra meal 274 92 20.7 3.34 sesameseed meal 274 93 45.5 3.15 oilseed meal, other 274 90 42.9 3.37 vegetables 188 92 21.6 2.35 fruits 349 89 4.6 2.67 cocoa beans 1,038 87 11.8 2.18 meat, meat meal & offal 1,322 94 51.4 2.93 animal fats, including butter 274 100 0.0 9.92 whey 312 93 13.3 3.33 milk, excluding butter 312 12 3.3 0.70 eggs 892 94 51.4 2.93 230 k. fuglie feed type price (2005 $/t) dry matter (%) crude protein (%) dietary energy (mcal/kg) fish 411 50 32.7 1.86 fish meal 411 92 65.5 3.20 oilcrops include soybean, cottonseed, groundnuts, rapeseed, sesame, sunflower, coconuts, palm kernels and other. sources: feed composition from national research council (1982); prices are fao global average commodity prices from 2004-2006, except for the following: prices for roots and tubers have been adjusted downward to reflect feed quality; wheat price is used for bran; soybean price is used for all oilcrops and meals, vegetable oils, and animal fats; fish and fish meal price are assumed to be 1.5 times the price of soybean. table a2. agricultural input cost shares. source study country/ region and period of study input input cost shares input shares applied to 1961-70 1971-80 1981-90 1991-00 2001-10 2011-12 industrialized countries               usa (1948-2011) economic research service (2014), based on ball (1985) labor 0.219 0.170 0.155 0.196 0.203 0.133 usa land 0.190 0.212 0.187 0.171 0.147 0.245 livestock capital 0.111 0.114 0.115 0.102 0.091 0.077 fixed capital 0.112 0.117 0.155 0.113 0.112 0.100 crop materials 0.175 0.193 0.222 0.274 0.298 0.274 livestock materials 0.192 0.194 0.166 0.143 0.150 0.170 canada (1961-2006) cahill and rich (2012) labor 0.345 0.406 0.303 0.431 0.349 0.349 canada land 0.035 0.023 0.022 0.016 0.016 0.016 livestock capital 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.005 0.005 fixed capital 0.146 0.147 0.162 0.087 0.085 0.085 crop materials 0.223 0.211 0.279 0.262 0.328 0.328 livestock materials 0.242 0.206 0.229 0.200 0.217 0.217 australia (1978-2009) ^ zhao et al. (2012) with butzer et al. (2012) decomposition of total capital stock labor 0.176 0.176 0.093 0.088 0.099 0.099 australia and new zealand land 0.349 0.349 0.600 0.661 0.541 0.541 livestock capital 0.182 0.182 0.110 0.085 0.136 0.136 fixed capital 0.137 0.137 0.096 0.065 0.081 0.081 crop materials 0.115 0.115 0.074 0.076 0.105 0.105 livestock materials 0.041 0.041 0.026 0.025 0.039 0.039 japan (1880-1985) van der meer and yamada (1990) labor 0.388 0.351 0.313 0.313 0.313 0.313 japan land 0.288 0.224 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200 livestock capital 0.024 0.028 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026 fixed capital 0.113 0.165 0.195 0.195 0.195 0.195 crop materials 0.077 0.107 0.117 0.117 0.117 0.117 livestock materials 0.110 0.125 0.149 0.149 0.149 0.149 231accounting for growth in global agriculture source study country/ region and period of study input input cost shares input shares applied to 1961-70 1971-80 1981-90 1991-00 2001-10 2011-12 korea-taiwan (1914-1971; 1971-2007) 1961-70 is average for korea and taiwan from hayami et al. (1979); 1970+ from kwon (2010) using korea data labor 0.374 0.558 0.349 0.208 0.156 0.156 south korea and taiwan land 0.417 0.227 0.392 0.506 0.519 0.519 livestock capital 0.020 0.004 0.009 0.010 0.012 0.012 fixed capital 0.010 0.016 0.040 0.080 0.122 0.122 crop materials 0.130 0.097 0.105 0.098 0.096 0.096 livestock materials 0.049 0.097 0.105 0.098 0.096 0.096 united kingdom (1952-2005) thirtle, piesse and schimmelpfennig (2008) labor 0.327 0.164 0.136 0.137 0.137 0.137 united kingdom land 0.084 0.126 0.179 0.216 0.216 0.216 livestock capital 0.031 0.052 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.060 fixed capital 0.183 0.199 0.202 0.204 0.204 0.204 crop materials 0.220 0.281 0.235 0.176 0.176 0.176 livestock materials 0.155 0.178 0.199 0.209 0.209 0.209 europe, northern except uk (1972-2002) ^ ball et al. (2010); capital decomposition from butzer et al. (2012) labor 0.339 0.339 0.251 0.243 0.229 0.229 northern europe except united kingdom land 0.043 0.043 0.082 0.082 0.080 0.080 livestock capital 0.020 0.020 0.026 0.017 0.014 0.014 fixed capital 0.075 0.075 0.111 0.141 0.143 0.143 crop materials 0.243 0.243 0.254 0.251 0.265 0.265 livestock materials 0.280 0.280 0.276 0.265 0.268 0.268 europe, southern (19732002) ^ ball et al. (2010); capital decomposition from butzer et al. (2012) labor 0.539 0.539 0.403 0.388 0.443 0.443 southern europe land 0.073 0.073 0.112 0.136 0.089 0.089 livestock capital 0.019 0.019 0.022 0.016 0.012 0.012 fixed capital 0.072 0.072 0.094 0.130 0.121 0.121 crop materials 0.141 0.141 0.207 0.148 0.139 0.139 livestock materials 0.155 0.155 0.161 0.182 0.195 0.195 south africa (1947-1992) schimmelpfennig et al. (2000) labor 0.232 0.210 0.166 0.161 0.161 0.161 south africa land 0.129 0.143 0.169 0.144 0.144 0.144 livestock capital 0.043 0.018 0.010 0.035 0.035 0.035 fixed capital 0.252 0.230 0.237 0.239 0.239 0.239 crop materials 0.246 0.279 0.275 0.274 0.274 0.274 livestock materials 0.098 0.120 0.143 0.147 0.147 0.147 developing countries & regions             sub-saharan africa (1961-2008) fuglie (2011) labor 0.248 0.248 0.248 0.248 0.248 0.248 sub saharan africa land 0.315 0.315 0.315 0.315 0.315 0.315 livestock capital 0.308 0.308 0.308 0.308 0.308 0.308 fixed capital 0.024 0.024 0.024 0.024 0.024 0.024 crop materials 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 livestock materials 0.049 0.049 0.049 0.049 0.049 0.049 mexico (1960-1991) fernandez-cornejo and shumway (1997) labor 0.257 0.240 0.119 0.115 0.115 0.115 central america & caribbean land 0.505 0.352 0.179 0.225 0.225 0.225 livestock capital 0.089 0.161 0.315 0.263 0.263 0.263 fixed capital 0.089 0.161 0.315 0.263 0.263 0.263 crop materials 0.031 0.027 0.017 0.045 0.045 0.045 livestock materials 0.029 0.059 0.056 0.090 0.090 0.090 232 k. fuglie source study country/ region and period of study input input cost shares input shares applied to 1961-70 1971-80 1981-90 1991-00 2001-10 2011-12 brazil (1970, 1985, 1996, 2006) unpublished estimates provided by nicholas rada, calculated from brazilian agricultural censuses labor 0.434 0.434 0.443 0.415 0.373 0.373 south america, north africa and west asia land 0.342 0.342 0.159 0.115 0.083 0.083 livestock capital 0.096 0.096 0.090 0.070 0.053 0.053 fixed capital 0.071 0.071 0.110 0.177 0.161 0.161 crop materials 0.027 0.027 0.120 0.112 0.255 0.255 livestock materials 0.030 0.030 0.078 0.111 0.076 0.076 china (1952-1992) fan and zhang (2002) labor 0.443 0.396 0.413 0.333 0.333 0.333 china, mongolia, and north korea land 0.250 0.209 0.178 0.258 0.258 0.258 livestock capital 0.210 0.222 0.207 0.190 0.190 0.190 fixed capital 0.021 0.021 0.087 0.074 0.074 0.074 crop materials 0.038 0.064 0.084 0.121 0.121 0.121 livestock materials 0.038 0.039 0.031 0.023 0.023 0.023 india (1956-1987; 19802008) * evenson et al. (1999); rada (2013) labor 0.406 0.419 0.564 0.554 0.505 0.505 south asia land 0.314 0.210 0.173 0.181 0.267 0.267 livestock capital 0.213 0.269 0.123 0.115 0.052 0.052 fixed capital 0.003 0.010 0.024 0.043 0.065 0.065 crop materials 0.014 0.042 0.066 0.047 0.044 0.044 livestock materials 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.060 0.067 0.067 indonesia (1961-2006) fuglie (2010a) labor 0.370 0.538 0.476 0.388 0.392 0.392 southeast asia and pacific land 0.219 0.195 0.188 0.306 0.329 0.329 livestock capital 0.327 0.166 0.221 0.160 0.120 0.120 fixed capital 0.018 0.020 0.004 0.010 0.015 0.015 crop materials 0.033 0.048 0.054 0.045 0.046 0.046 livestock materials 0.033 0.033 0.057 0.091 0.098 0.098 transition countries & regions             ussr, european (1965-1990; 1992-1999) lerman et al. (2003); cungu and swinnen (2003) labor 0.104 0.104 0.104 0.190 0.190 0.190 european states of the former soviet union and formerly communist countries of eastern europe land 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.230 0.230 0.230 livestock capital 0.183 0.183 0.183 0.170 0.210 0.210 fixed capital 0.043 0.043 0.043 0.090 0.090 0.090 crop materials 0.143 0.143 0.143 0.070 0.070 0.070 livestock materials 0.270 0.270 0.270 0.250 0.210 0.210 ussr, asia (1965-1990; 19921999) lerman et al. (2003); cungu and swinnen (2003) labor 0.194 0.194 0.194 0.190 0.190 0.190 irrigationdependent asian states of the former soviet union land 0.210 0.210 0.210 0.230 0.230 0.230 livestock capital 0.054 0.054 0.054 0.300 0.270 0.270 fixed capital 0.113 0.113 0.113 0.090 0.090 0.090 crop materials 0.379 0.379 0.379 0.070 0.070 0.070 livestock materials 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.120 0.150 0.150 * evenson et al. (1999) and rada (2013) do not report a cost share for animal feed for india. to derive the feed cost share for india, i estimated total feed costs from fao commodity balance sheets on feed utilization and divided this by fao gross agricultural output (both valued at fao international prices for 2004-2006). i then subtracted the feed cost share from the livestock capital cost share reported in the evenson et al. (1999) and rada (2013) studies so that the input shares sum to 1.00. ^ when studies did not report fixed capital separately from livestock capital, average capital component shares for high-income, middle income, and low-income countries from butzer et al. (2012) were used to divide total capital into these components. cost shares in italics are extrapolations using estimates from the nearest period available. 233accounting for growth in global agriculture source: compiled by author from sources listed. eldon ball, shenggen fan, jorge fernandez-cornejo, oh-sang kwon, nicholas rada, david schimmelpfennig and colin thirtle kindly provided additional, unpublished data. table a3. countries and regional groupings included in the productivity analysis. sub-saharan africa (ssa) (developing) central eastern horn sahel southern western nigeria cameroon burundi djibouti burk. faso angola benin   car kenya ethiopiab c. verde botswana côte d’ivoire congo rwanda somalia chad comoros ghana   congo, dr seychelles sudanb gambia lesotho guinea   eq. guinea tanzania mali madagascar g. bissau   gabon uganda mauritania malawi liberia   sao tome niger mauritius sierra leone   & principe senegal mozambique togo     namibia     swaziland     zambia           zimbabwe     latin america & caribbean (lac) (developing)  n. america africa northeast andes s. cone c. america caribbean developed developed brazil bolivia argentina belize bahamas canada south africa fr. guiana colombia chile costa rica cuba usa   guyana ecuador paraguay el salvador dom. rep.     suriname peru uruguay guatemala haiti       venezuela honduras jamaica       mexico l. antillesa       nicaragua puerto rico           panama trin. & tob.     asia-pacific west asia & north africa developed south asia se asia pacific ne asia west asia north africa japan afghanistan brunei fiji china bahrain algeria korea, rep. bhutan cambodia micronesiaa korea, dpr iran egypt taiwan nepal indonesia n. caledonia mongolia iraq libya singapore sri lanka laos png   israel morocco   bangladesh malaysia polynesiaa   jordan tunisia   india myanmar solomon is.   kuwait   pakistan philippines vanuatu   lebanon syria   thailand   oman turkey   viet nam   qatar uar           s. arabia yemen 234 k. fuglie oceania europe developed europe former soviet union (transition) developed northern southern transition baltic e. europe cac australia austria cyprus albania estonia belarus armenia n. zealand belgium-lux. greece bulgaria latvia kazakhstan azerbaijan   denmark italy czecholithuania moldova georgia   finland malta slovakiab   russia kyrgyzstan   france portugal hungary   ukraine tajikistan   germany spain poland   turkmenistan   iceland   romania   uzbekistan   ireland sweden yugoslaviab       netherlands switzerland         norway uk         cac = central asia & caucasia. a composite territories composed of several small island nations. b statistics from the successor states of ethiopia (ethiopia and eritrea), sudan (sudan and south sudan), czechoslovakia (czech and slovak republics), and yugoslavia (slovenia, croatia, bosnia, macedonia, serbia and montenegro) were merged to form continuous geographical coverage since 1961. issn xxxx-xxxx (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 109-124, 2012 positive mathematical programming approaches – recent developments in literature and applied modelling thomas heckelei*, wolfgang britz and yinan zhang university of bonn, germany abstract. this paper reviews and discusses the more recent literature and application of positive mathematical programming in the context of agricultural supply models. specifically, advances in the empirical foundation of parameter specifications as well as the economic rationalisation of pmp models – both criticized in earlier reviews – are investigated. moreover, the paper provides an overview on a larger set of models with regular/repeated policy application that apply variants of pmp. results show that most applications today avoid arbitrary parameter specifications and rely on exogenous information on supply responses to calibrate model parameters. however, only few approaches use multiple observations to estimate parameters, which is likely due to the still considerable technical challenges associated with it. equally, we found only limited reflection on the behavioral or technological assumptions that could rationalise the pmp model structure while still keeping the model’s advantages. keywords. positive mathematical programming, estimation of programming models, farm and sector models, policy impact assessment, review jel-codes. c61, q12, q18 1. introduction positive mathematical programming (pmp) is an approach to calibrate (agricultural) programming models by introducing non-linear terms in the objective function such that optimality conditions are satisfied at observed levels of decision variables. applications of pmp date back almost 25 years (kasnakoglu and bauer, 1988), but a more widespread use and subsequent discussion in the literature required a general motivation offered by howitt (1995). a key factor of success was the ability of pmp-type models to generate solutions with realistic diversification of production activities and smooth supply responses without adding weakly justified constraints to the model formulation. the development of pmp coincided with an increased attractiveness of programming models as their explicit technology representation facilitates interdisciplinary research on agrienvironmental interaction connecting economic and bio-physical aspects of agricultural systems. heckelei and britz (2005) as well as henry de frahan et al. (2007) review the use * corresponding author: thomas.heckelei@ilr.uni-bonn.de. 110 t. heckelei, w. britz and y. zhang of the approach in applications and the methodological development until that time. paris (2011, p. 340-419) provides a recent pmp introduction in the context of a more general and highly interesting textbook on ‘symmetric programming’. heckelei and britz (2005) specifically focus on parameter specification and simulation behavior of pmp models and criticize the weak empirical justification and consequently arbitrary model response implied by many of the early applications. they argue in their conclusions that the future use of pmp-type approaches should avoid the arbitrary specification of parameters and dual values of constraints by incorporating prior information in the calibration step, for example on supply elasticities or land values, or go one step further and estimate parameters of non-linear programming models using multiple observations. the authors acknowledge, however, the considerable methodological challenges related to the latter. this paper aims at assessing the progress with respect to the empirical foundation of pmp-type approaches since the review by heckelei and britz (2005). for this purpose we not only look at journal articles that are likely more advanced, but also review the empirical specification and calibration of larger scale programming models regularly used in agricultural and environmental policy analysis. apart from the empirical foundation, we also like to add another dimension to the assessment by looking at limits and advances of the economic rationale behind pmp-type methodologies thereby picking up an issue already raised by heckelei (2002) and heckelei and wolff (2003). despite the fact that we mostly talk about quantitative methodological issues here, we will ourselves rarely use a formal mathematical exposition. the length limit of this paper precludes a suitable technical treatment of the issues considered. consequently, we run the danger of a less than desirable level of precision at times. we try to accommodate this as much as possible by trying to refer to the literature in a targeted fashion such that the reader may dig into the technical details with the consultation of the references. the paper comprises two main sections: next, the literature since 2005 is reviewed focusing on methodological advances and distinguishing the three areas calibration, estimation and rationalisation of pmp-type models. the subsequent section reviews some programming models regularly applied in evaluating policies affecting the agri-environmental system with a focus on how pmp is applied and how its application interacts with the remaining structure of the model. finally, we summarize and conclude. 2. recent methodological advances of pmp-type approaches in the next two subsections we stick to parameter specification issues and distinguish here between the two ways heckelei and britz (2005) suggested to improve the empirical base of pmp models: using (1) exogenous information on supply responses and shadow prices of resources in calibrating the models to a base year observation on activity levels and (2) estimating programming model parameters in an econometric sense using multiple observations. the final subsection then briefly addresses issues related to the theoretical rationale of pmp models wondering if advances have been made to improve upon the original ad-hoc introduction and motivation of non-linear parameters to the objective function. 111positive mathematical programming approaches 2.1 calibration in the early or ‘standard’ approach of pmp a first phase added constraints to the original linear program (lp) forcing production activities to observed levels. heckelei and britz (2005) argue in their conclusion that such a first phase is neither necessary nor advisable as shadow prices of resource constraints are set arbitrarily by this procedure and the calibration can be done directly based on the first order conditions of the non-linear model. furthermore, they strongly recommend the use of prior information such as estimated supply elasticities to define the non-linear terms of the objective function as they dominate the simulation response of the model to changing economic conditions but no information on this is contained in just one observation. the first publication to be mentioned in this context since 2005 is henry de frahan et al. (2007). they calibrate a large sample of belgian farm models individually, thereby preserving farm heterogeneity in an agricultural sector analysis. their pmp approach skips the original first step and directly calibrates the models based on the first order conditions of the non-linear constrained optimization model. the constraints relate to milk and sugar quotas but land is assumed to be tradable between farms moving this input into the variable cost component using farmland rental values from the database. the shadow prices of the quotas are approximated by the gross margin differential between the quota products and the next best alternative crop (henry de frahan et al. 2007). non-linear cost terms in the objective function follow the ‘traditional’ pmp quadratic functional form in activity levels with only diagonal terms determined by the so-called “average cost function” approach (heckelei, 2002, p. 11) a modified pmp calibration approach is introduced by kanellopoulos et al. (2010) in the context of the newly developed farm systems simulator (fssim). it does use a first step with calibration constraints for technical reasons, but sets the shadow price of land to the observed average gross margin, thereby acknowledging that land is the only binding constraint in the base year and consequently captures all returns to fixed factors. a newly introduced parameter then allows for a continuous shift between linear and nonlinear cost function parameters while keeping marginal cost constant at the level satisfying the calibration condition. this parameter is directly related to the supply elasticities of the simulation model. for its specification the authors use exogenously given supply elasticities and, alternatively, by an iterative procedure optimizing the forecasting ability across two time periods. the latter outperformed the «standard pmp» approach based on an out-of sample test. a unique feature of this pmp application is that fssim is formulated in rotations rather than using the typical single production activities. mérel and bucaram (2010) point out that most studies using prior information on supply elasticities – which seems to be the most frequently used calibration approach according to our review of models presented below – perform a ‘myopic’ calibration, i.e. they ignore the change of resource shadow prices when translating the elasticity information to model parameters, a problem already addressed by heckelei (2002, p. 12 and p. 57). the special contribution of mérel and bucaram (2010) is, however, the very rigorous treatment of the question under what conditions a programming model can be exactly calibrated to exogenous own-price supply elasticities. they derive necessary and sufficient conditions for calibrating models with leontief and ces production functions both combined with quad112 t. heckelei, w. britz and y. zhang ratic objective function entries. merel et al. (2011) extend the approach to a generalized ces formulation and hint at the possibility of incorporating more than one constraint. it is not clear to us if the two technically impressive contributions by mérel and bucaram (2010) and merel et al. (2011) may be adapted to the case where not only own price, but also cross price elasticities are available. when looking at the non-myopic calibration effort by britz and adenäuer (2009), a question of perhaps more practical relevance is what happens if the conditions for exact calibration are not fulfilled. are there any insights to be gained on how closely the model may be calibrated to the given elasticities? or similar to the discussions of flexible functional forms in behavioral regression models: what are the requirements for the parameterization of constrained programming models to be able to represent any model consistent behavior up to a certain degree of flexibility? this would certainly be also relevant for the estimation of programming models to which we now turn to. 2.2 estimation the first steps to move into the direction of econometric estimation of pmp models or, more generally, programming models were already made by paris and howitt (1998) who introduced the generalized maximum entropy (gme) principle to the specification of pmp models. the first use of multiple observations was britz and heckelei (2000) and an indication of statistically consistent estimation could be provided by heckelei and wolff (2003) when using optimality conditions of programming models as estimating equations. buysse et al. (2007b) introduce the term «econometric mathematical programming» (emp) for this and consider it a relevant and likely enlarging field for the analysis of multifunctionality issues in agriculture as new appropriate datasets become available. they do cite heckelei and britz (2005), however, who concluded that the estimation of programming model parameters in the context of larger, policy relevant models might be methodologically quite challenging and had not yet been shown. buysse et al. (2007a) put emp to practice analyzing the reform of the common market organization in the eu’s sugar sector. they use a sample of 117 belgian sugar beet producing farms across 9 years to estimate parameters of a cost function quadratic in activity levels by employing gme on the first order conditions of the farm programming models. allowing some parameters to vary between farms they can add restrictions to calibrate each individual farm model to a reference period. sugar beet quota rents are estimated simultaneously with the cost function parameters using the prior assumptions that quotas are binding and rents cannot be negative. the authors acknowledge that the assumption of binding quotas considerably simplifies an already complex estimation problem as the algorithm does not need to identify the status of the constraints. the issue of binding or non-binding constraint is addressed methodologically by jansson and heckelei (2009) in the context of a spatial equilibrium trade model. a weighted least squares criterion estimates optimality conditions including complementary slackness conditions. prices and trade cost are simultaneously recovered incorporating the primal and dual side of the model. a simulation exercise shows that this approach is superior in a mean square error sense to previous two-step algorithms to calibrate spatial trade models. they conclude by suggesting that the general approach could also be applied to pmp type models. 113positive mathematical programming approaches arfini et al. (2008) perform a cross sectional estimation of a quadratic cost function using 50 sample farms from the emilia-romagna region. unlike other farm level pmpmodels, the calibrated programming models not only incorporate this cost function but also separately estimated linear, ’farm level‘ demand functions for the products, thereby endogenising prices. calibration of individual farm models is achieved by using specific ’deviations‘ of costs and prices being interpreted as the ’distance‘ of the farm to costs and prices at the regional level (page 10). we cannot really decide if an endogenous price formulation makes sense in their empirical setting, but the combination of pmpcalibrated farm programming models with a product demand functions formulation is a useful tool in general. paris (2011, p. 397-400) – also referring to a 2005 paper in italian by arfini and donati – focuses on the cost function estimation employed by arfini et al. (2008) within a pmp chapter of his book on symmetric programming. he stresses that this approach of specifying the total variable cost function is similar to the estimation of a dual cost function in econometric models. the difference is seen in the additional structure assumed (‘known’) and the often negative degrees of freedom when estimating pmp models. in our view the dissimilarities go further and the connection is not fully worked out as a dual cost function returns the minimum cost at given input prices subject to a technology being able to produce the given output quantities. even if one interpreted activity levels in pmp models as equivalent to output quantities, then the typical pmp non-linear cost function still misses the consistent connection to variable inputs and corresponding prices as determined by an underlying technology. this lack of rationalisation certainly applies to almost all pmp type applications beyond the papers by arfini, paris and co-authors and we devote an extra sub-section to it below. jansson and heckelei (2011) provide probably the most extensive estimation exercise up to this date, estimating 217 regional agricultural programming models with 23 crop production activities for the eu. here, a bayesian highest posterior density estimator replaces the typical gme applications in the field allowing for a less computationally demanding and – with respect to the employed prior information – a more transparent estimation of the cost function parameters. dual values of resource constraints (land, quotas) are estimated using average gross margins as a basis for formulating an imprecise prior reflecting limited knowledge before the estimation. despite the advantages of the bayesian estimation compared to gme, the authors still had to assume that resource constraints are binding to render the estimation exercise feasible. so far, all estimation exercises in the field lack the implementation of statistical inference for the estimated parameters. buysse et al. (2007a) argue that this is not their prime interest as the models’ calibration is the main objective (p. 33). jansson and heckelei (2011) similarly state that the empirical content of the parameters is higher compared to previous calibration exercises based on one observation (p. 149). the key issue here is however the highly demanding nature of the computations required for hypothesis tests in the context of these complex models. conceptually, means exist with bootstrapping gme models or simulating bayesian posterior distributions (jansson and heckelei, 2011b). another issue – not really restricted to the estimation of programming models – is the so far seemingly arbitrary decision on what model variables are treated as random. for example, whereas jansson and heckelei (2011) treat observed acreages, prices, yields, 114 t. heckelei, w. britz and y. zhang and input requirements as random, arfini et al. (2008) implement the same variables as deterministic. the specification in this regard is not discussed in either of the two and seems to perhaps reflect how much the authors identify themselves more with the econometric (random observations) or programming branch (deterministic observations) of the production economics literature. gocht (2009, p. 51ff) combines the estimation of a pmp-type model with the reoccurring problem of estimating input allocations to production activities from farm accountancy data. he argues that a simultaneous use of observed activity levels in an optimisation model and observed aggregate input cost categories offers more information for the estimation of input coefficients compared to previous approaches. the general claim is confirmed by an out-of-sample-test for belgian farm data. the specification of a calibrated farm group model is an automatic side effect of the, admittedly, challenging estimation exercise. 2.3 rationalisation of pmp models the above mentioned calibration or estimation papers leave an important question mostly unanswered: what is the economic or technological rationale behind the non-linear terms in the objective function of the simulation model? this question was raised more generally before by heckelei (2002, p. 51ff) but was not discussed by heckelei and britz (2005). the answer seems central for a proper use of pmp based models. a key argument for their application instead of econometric ones is the facilitated analysis of agri-environmental interactions by explicitly simulating farm management (use of fertilizer, plant protection, tillage, irrigation, etc.). under the assumption of a leontief technology, input use increases linearly with the production activity levels and determines their gross margins. if the non-linear pmp terms in the objective function are seen to relate to input use, for example caused by heterogeneous land quality or rotation effects, then they also imply a discrepancy between average and marginal input application rates (and a deviation from a leontief technology). an environmental indicator using the average rates (input coefficients) would consequently be inconsistent with the model structure. the same discrepancy holds for the calculation of economic indicators based on the leontief input coefficients. are we able to motivate the non-linear costs in a way which preserves the assumption of a leontief technology for land and intermediate inputs? let’s assume the relation of (opportunity) costs and activity levels (x) not accounted for either by linear constraints (ax ≤ b) or the variable cost entries in the objective function (c), can be expressed by a non-linear capacity constraint (heckelei, 2002, p. 30) as f(x) = 0. the capacity constraint might be understood as a non-linear aggregation of labor and capital requirements of the activities bounded by a fixed labor and capital stock. this interpretation is inviting if the linear objective function covers only the difference between revenue (r) and variable costs and labor/capital are not bounded by the linear constraints. the resulting model is: max x π = (r − c)'x s.t. ax ≤ b λ[ ] f (x)= 0 µ[ ] . 115positive mathematical programming approaches its first order optimality conditions differ from those of the usual pmp approach only by the shadow price μ of the capacity constraint (l for lagrangian): ∂l ∂xi = ci + a i 'λ + ∂ f ∂xi µ ≥ ri ⊥ xi ≥ 0 ∀i for all i. one could equivalently define a function g(x) for which holds that ∂g ∂xi = ∂ f ∂xi µ + f x( ) ∂µ ∂xi for all i, remove the capacity constraint and add g(x) to the objective function. consequently, a non-linear objective function could be rationalised with a capacity constraint. however, at this point we are not sure if there exists a functional form for the capacity constraint such that g(x) becomes quadratic as often assumed in pmp. for sure it is possible to simply stick to an explicit constraint formulation and doole et al. (2011) used this to calibrate total milk production on farm as a quadratic function of herd size. leaving the behavioural model of profit maximisation behind and not longer assuming non-linearities in the technology, the mean-variance risk model constitutes a fitting and rather straightforward rationalisation of the quadratic non-linear objective function entries (heckelei, 2022, p. 41). cortignani and severini (2009) and severini and cortignani (2011) develop a pmp approach that additionally takes risk aversion behavior into account to evaluate insurance schemes. petsakos et al. (2011) refrain from extra non-linear costs terms such that remaining quadratic objective function entries represent a covariance matrix of gross margins. the authors apply gme to adjust this matrix to perfectly calibrate the model and interpret the resulting matrix as the true covariance matrix. 3. review of some pmp based models this section discusses pmp type models with a focus on those designed for repeated application over a longer time horizon and for which documentation was available. nevertheless, a fully transparent selection rule could not be applied and the selection likely depends on our subjective and limited overview. for each model, a pre-selected list of attributes were collected as far as possible from papers and websites and afterwards verified by the authors of the models1 which also added missing information (see table 1). while focusing on pmp based models, we would like to mention, that according to our literature review, the only larger regularly applied model in the european arena not using pmp appears to be aropaj (decara et al., 2005). besides aropaj, the programming models of the mccarl school (schneider et al., 2007: fasom; schneider and schwab, 2006: 1 we would like to thank (in alphabetical order) for filling out the questionnaire and clarifying further questions to the model: filippo arfini, university parma/it, fipim; ali ferjani, art, tänikon/ch, silas-dyn; horst gömann, vti, braunschweig/de, raumis; john helming, lei, the hague/nl, dram; lucinio judez, university madrid/es, promapa; robert mac gregor, agriculture and agri-food canada, ottawa/can, dram. 116 t. heckelei, w. britz and y. zhang eufasom; havlik et al., 2011: globiom) are other large-scale systems not relying on pmp. and even in a fasom inspired model, pmp is now used: pasma (schmid and sinabell, 2007), replaces the quadratic terms by a step-wise linear function, a combination of pmp with linear programming and convex combination constraints (mccarl, 1982). 3.1 model types the review reveals that pmp based models cover a wide range of approaches which might be roughly categorised by three types. the first group comprises bio-economic farm models, typically being quite rich in the technology description and comprising many different activity variants for producing one output. application of pmp to these model types is relatively new; ffsim (kanellopoulos et al., 2010) is taken here as an example. a possible explanation for the limited use could be that researchers dealing with only a few model instances continue to use traditional approaches to model calibration by changing manually coefficients and employing a rich constraint set. the second strand of models are price exogenous models for aggregate agents, either farm type groups as in farmis (offermann et al., 2005), fipim (arfini et al., 2003), promapa (júdez et al., 2008) and capri-farm (gocht and britz, 2011) or regional models as in raumis (cypris, 2000), silas-dyn (mann et al., 2003), capri-reg (britz and witzke, 2008) and dram (helming, 2005). most farm type groups models use single farm records as the source, in europe often data from the farm accounting data network (fadn). exemptions are fipim which adds data from iacs, a geo-referenced data base set up for the control of the direct payments claims of the cap, and capri-farm which uses the farm structure survey. most models integrate crop and livestock activities and seem to comprise both animal feed and crop nutrient requirements. silas-dyn seems to be the only recursive-dynamic model in that group and the only one using a capital stock constraint. finally, we have two large scale north-american systems in the third group of models which incorporate price endogeneity for outputs: cram (horner et al., 1992) from canada and reap (johansson et al., 2007) for the u.s.. both combine by now pmp with a spatial equilibrium setup following takayama and judge (1971) to incorporate price feedback directly in the model structure. alternatively to the takayama-judge approach, capri and some models covering member states such as raumis or silas-dyn are linked to market models in a more or less coherent way (cf. britz, 2008) to allow for price feedback. compared to price exogenous model applications, the price feedback clearly dampens the allocation response in the overall model chain. dram is a national approach where regional models are linked to allow for clearing of the manure market. this feature can be switched on in raumis on demand. 3.2 pmp specification in the models most models using regional/national data also seem to be linked to some outlook activity, i.e. are used for ex-ante policy assessment and thus face the question if and how to update their pmp terms to a future point in time whereas models at the farm level generally do not project the model specification into the future. models with a national or regional 117positive mathematical programming approaches focus such as dram, promapa or swap incorporate specific features such as manure trade or explicit consideration of irrigation activities (promapa). the latter, as well as the use of different intensity variants (capri, promapa, dram) or different crop rotations (reap and fssim) might require additional pmp terms to steer substitution between the variants/crop rotations rendering myopic calibration even more questionable. some of models reviewed were designed from the beginning to use pmp, other switched to pmp during their lifetime and might have changed the model structure as a consequence, for example raumis dropped flexibility constraints used in earlier versions. in most of the reviewed models, the constraint set is small and the number of decision variables is large so that the allocation response depends to a large extent on the pmp parameters. in most of the models, explicit consideration of capital and labor is missing such that their allocative impact must be captured by the pmp terms. the importance of the non-linear terms for simulated changes in crop areas and herd sizes and thus output quantities might even be higher than at first glance or as the model documentations might suggest. many of the constraints mentioned in the model documentations often directly steer other endogenous variables apart from crop acreages and herd sizes. animal nutrient requirements and other constraints related to feeding often determine the feed mix, nutrient crop requirements often endogenously drive the fertilizer mix. labor constraints do not impact directly the allocation if the model structures allows for buying labor, but rather define hired labor use. the same holds for restrictions, for example relating to stable places if the model comprises investment possibilities. however, in some models these restrictions are not symmetric as they are not matched with dis-investments or off-farm labor activities. these observations underline that the allocation response in the second strand of pmp based models rests to a large extent on the pmp parameters. fipim, however in the newest estimated version operating for three european regions (arfini and donati, 2011), and capri (jansson and heckelei, 2011) are the only models reviewed for which pmp parameters are estimated (at least partially). all remaining (and capri for the case of some (perennial) crops not covered by the estimations and for livestock) seem to rely on exogenous elasticities, and all but two seem to employ a myopic calibration method (heckelei, 2002: 12) which neglects the effects of changing dual values on the simulation response. here merel et al. (2010) develop an easy-to-use correction to at least account for the effect of one major constraint such as land. the two exemptions are a variant of the swap model used by merel and specific sub-modules in reap where crop rotations are employed in conjunction with a cet transformation. here, several sets of transformation elasticities are introduced in sensitivity experiments. from these, the set which came closest to the elasticities from another model was chosen. in many cases, the sources of the exogenous elasticities used in the calibration step are not found in scientific papers or model descriptions available. related to the question of parameter derivation is the question of how dual values of resource constraints are generated, as they might impact the range of stability. interestingly, despite the criticism and straightforward alternatives to the biased estimates of duals derived in the so-called first stage of the original pmp formulation that are offered in the literature (júdez et al., 2001; heckelei and wolff, 2003; heckelei and britz, 2005), many models still rely on it. ta bl e 1. o ve rv ie w o n re vi ew ed m od el s m od el ba sic m od el ty pe ti m e a ct iv iti es fe ed c ro p nu tr ie nt s po lic y in st ru m en ts pm p te rm s ri sk sh ad ow p ric es la nd in ve st m en t la bo ur ra u m is a gg re ga te re gi on al pr og ra m m in g m od el s, c s ea 31 c ro ps 16 li ve st oc k en do g fe ed m ix fr om in di vi ua l pr od uc ts n ,p ,k pr od uc tio n qu ot as , d ire ct pa ym en ts , d ec ou pl in g, se tas id e, st oc ki ng ra te li m its , m in im um la nd u se a nd a gr oen vi ro nm en ta l r eq ui re m en ts m fix ed co nt in uo us re -in ve st m en t co st s c on st ra in ts d riv e hi re d la bo ur fa rm is a gg re ga te fa rm ty pe m od el s c s ea 27 c ro ps 22 li ve st oc k en do g fe ed m ix fr om in di vi ua l pr od uc ts n ,p ,k pr od uc tio n qu ot as , d ire ct pa ym en ts , d ec ou pl in g, m od ul at io n, se tas id e, st oc ki ng ra te li m its , m in im um la nd u se re qu ire m en ts m fix ed co nt in uo us re -in ve st m en t co st s c on st ra in ts d riv e hi re d la bo ur c a pr i a gg re ga te re gi on al an d fa rm ty pe m od el s c s ea 37 c ro ps (a ll ag r. la nd us e) 16 li ve st oc k en do g fe ed m ix fr om 8 bu lk s n ,p ,k , m in /m ax m in er al c ou pl ed a nd d ec ou pl ed pr em iu m s, pr od uc tio n qu ot as , a bc su ga r m ar ke t r eg im e, se tas id e, gr ee ni ng in st ru m en ts of c a p e (a nn ua l cr op s) m re st on ly a bc su ga r b ee t re gi m e la nd /q uo ta re nt s ex og en ou s, re st 1s t la nd su pp ly cu rv e, im pe rf ec t su bs tit ut io n ar ab le a nd g ra ss la nd s d ra m li nk ed a gg re ga te re gi on al m od el s c s 16 a ra bl e/ 3 fo dd er c ro ps 8 liv es to ck dr y m at te r fr om ro ug ha ge cr op s f or c at tle he rd pr od uc tio n qu ot as fo r s ug ar , m ilk a nd st ar ch p ot at oe s, di re ct pa ym en ts , d ec ou pl in g, m an ur e po lic ie s m 1s t fix ed ff si m bi oec on om ic fa rm ty pe m od el s (t yp ic al fa rm s) c s n ,p ,k m m ea nva ria nc e fix ed pr o m a pa a gg re ga te fa rm ty pe m od el s c s 31 c ro ps (o f w hi ch 5 fo dd er ) 4 liv es to ck en do g fe ed m ix c ou pl ed a nd d ec ou pl ed pr em iu m s, pr od uc tio n qu ot as , se tas id e, m od ul at io n re nt al v al ue o f la nd e xo ge no us , re st 1 st fix ed , i rr ig at ed an d no n -ir rig at ed c ra m ta ka ya m aju dg e ty pe m od el w ith ex pl ic it pr od uc tio n fu nc tio n fo r ag ric ul tu re 12 c ro ps 6 liv es to ck fix ed fi pi m c s 11 c ro ps 3 liv es to ck e fix ed re a p ta ka ya m aju dg e ty pe m od el w ith ex pl ic it pr od uc tio n fu nc tio n fo r ag ric ul tu re c s ea pr ede fin ed ra tio s fix ed a nd c ou nt er -c yc lic al pa ym en ts , t ar ge t p ric es , lo an ra te s, lo an d efi ci en cy pa ym en ts , a nd d om es tic , ag rie nv iro nm en ta l p ro gr am s m fix ed , d iff er en t so il ty pe s i n re gi on s sw a p 12 c ro ps fix ed si la sd yn a gg re ga te re gi on al pr og ra m m in g m od el s rd ea 37 c ro ps in cl ud in g al pi ne g ra zi ng ac tiv iti es 17 li ve st oc k fe ed m ix fr om 55 fe ed ty pe s, su m m er / w in te r r at io n m in (n ,p ,k , m g) a nd m ax (n ,p ) sw iss d ire ct p ay m en ts sy st em an d ec ol og ic al re qu ire m en ts , pr od uc tio n qu ot as ,a nd en vi ro nm en ta l i m pa ct s m 1s t fix ed in ve st m en t ac tiv iti es (b ui ld in gs / m ac hi ne ry ) c on st ra in ts d riv e hi re d la bo ur a bb re vi at io ns : c s: c om pa ra tiv e st at ic ; r d : r ec ur si ve d yn am ic ; e a : e xan te ; m : m yo pi c ca lib ra tio n ag ai ns t ex og en ou s el as tic iti es ; e : e st im at ed ; n : n itr og en ; p : p ho sph at e; k : k al iu m ; 1 st : du al s fr om fi rs t s ta ge p m p n ot e: e m pt y ce lls im pl y m is si ng in fo rm at io n ta bl e 1. c on tin ue d m od el o th er re st ric tio ns in te ns ity va ria nt s en v. in di ca to rs m ai n da ta so ur ce s c ov er ag e re so lu tio n o th er fe at ur es w eb sit e, m od el d oc um en ta tio n so ftw ar e g ra ph ic al u se r i nt er fa ce ra u m is n b al an ce n at io na l a cc ou nt s o f a gr ic ul tu re fa rm st ru ct ur e su rv ey c al cu la tio n da ta g er m an y 30 0 n u ts 3 na tio na l l in ka ge po ss ib le e .g . o f m an ur e tr ad e ht tp :// w w w. vt i.b un d. de /n o_ ca ch e/ en / st ar ts ei te /in st itu te s/ ru ra l-s tu di es /r es ea rc har ea s/ po lic yim pa ct -a ss es sm en t/v tim od el lin gne tw or k/ ra um is. ht m l fo rt ra n fa rm is n b al an ce g er m an re gi on na l s ta tis tic s a nd fa d n g er m an y fa rm ty pe g ro up s ht tp :// w w w. vt i.b un d. de /e n/ st ar ts ei te / in st itu te s/ ru ra l-s tu di es /r es ea rc har ea s/ po lic yim pa ct -a ss es sm en t/v tim od el lin gne tw or k/ fa rm is. ht m l g a m s c a pr i pr od uc tio n qu ot as , se tas id e, pr em iu m en tit le m en t, c a p gr ee ni ng in st ru m en ts , g h g em iss io ns 2 fo r c ro ps a nd an im al s n ,p ,k b al an ce s, a m m on ia a nd g h g e m iss io ns , lc a e ne rg y re gi on al st at ist ic s a nd f ss c al cu la tio n da ta ex te rn al o ut lo ok s ( a g li n k c o si m o ) eu 27 /n or w ay / tu rk ey /w es te rn ba lk an s ~1 80 0 fa rm ty pe s / re gi on al m od el s se qu en tia l c al ib ra tio n w ith g lo ba l m ar ke t m od el , s pa tia l d ow nsc al in g w w w. ca pr i-m od el .o rg g a m s ow n de ve lo pm en t, ja va d ra m m ax im um a m ou nt o f n a nd p fr om o rg an ic an d m in er al fe rt ili ze r pe r c ro p pe r r eg io n 8 fo r d ai ry co w s, 2 fo r ar ab le c ro ps a m m on ia em iss io ns , n b al an ce d ut ch f a d n a gr ic ul tu ra l c en su s h an db oo ks n et he rla nd s 66 re gi on s m an ur e tr ad e be tw ee n re gi on s g a m s ff si m m an y o w n su rv ey s, te ch ni ca l c oe ffi ci en t ge ne ra to r, cr op g ro w th m od el s eu ro pe xx ty pi ca l f ar m s g a m s pr o m a pa ir rig at ed a nd no nirr ig at ed cr op s sp an ish f a d n sp ai n 14 0 fa rm ty pe s (s pe ci al isa tio n x si ze x re gi on ) g a m s fo rt ra n a c c es s c ra m fl ex ib ili ty b ou nd s st at ist ic s c an ad a, a gr ic ul tu re an d a gr i-f oo d c an ad a, fo r t he m ed iu m t er m p ol ic y ba se lin e, u sd a , f or in te rn at io na l d at a c an ad a 29 c ro p pr od uc tio n re gi on s u p to 4 m ar ke t r eg io ns fi pi m 3 re gi on s i n ita ly fa rm g ro up s re a p yi el d fu nc tio ns fr om e pi c , cr op ro ta tio ns u sd a p ro du ct io n da ta er s co st d at a u s 45 p ro du ct io n re gi on s c et fu nc tio ns fo r til la ge p ra ct ise a nd cr op ro ta tio ns g a m s sw a p m on th ly ir rig at io n w at er c al ifo rn ia 33 re gi on s ht tp :// sw ap .u cd av is. ed u/ si la sd yn m in 7 % e co lo gi ca l c om pe ns at io n a re as 4 in te ns ity le ve ls n ,p ,k , m g ba la nc es a m m on ia a nd g h g e m iss io ns lc a e ne rg y a gr ic ul tu ra l i nf or m at io n sy st em ec on om ic a cc ou nt s f or a gr ic ul tu ra l sw iss f a d n d at ab as e sw itz er la nd 8 zo ne s a nd 3 p ro d. re gi on s in te ra ct io n w ith s w iss m ar ke t m od el a nd li nk ag e to s w iss a gr ic ul tu re l ife c yc le a ss es sm en t ( sa lc a ) lp l a bb re vi at io ns : c s: c om pa ra tiv e st at ic ; r d : r ec ur si ve d yn am ic ; e a : e xan te ; m : m yo pi c ca lib ra tio n ag ai ns t ex og en ou s el as tic iti es ; e : e st im at ed ; n : n itr og en ; p : p ho sph at e; k : k al iu m ; 1 st : du al s fr om fi rs t s ta ge p m p n ot e: e m pt y ce lls im pl y m is si ng in fo rm at io n 120 t. heckelei, w. britz and y. zhang unfortunately, the review of these longer standing applied models contributes little (if at all) to the question of how to economically rationalise the introduction of non-linear terms on the objective function. many models do not explicitly consider capital and labor, suggesting that the pmp terms are related to the two primary factors. that interpretation is explicitly used by arfini and donati (2011), but hard to defend for models such as raumis, farmis or silas-dyn where labor and capital are explicitly handled via constraints (fixed factors) or through the objective function (variable factors). 4. summary and conclusions heckelei and britz (2005) considered the typical pmp application up to this point to have an insufficient empirical base and suggested to either use exogenous information and/or multiple observations. our literature review and discussion first looks at papers published since this earlier review to see if things have changed. the use of prior information in calibration such as exogenous elasticities or price data for the dual values or resource constraints has clearly increased. rising awareness of the problem can also be inferred from the fact that some calibration approaches explicitly evaluate the resulting simulation behavior. a highly technical set of papers discusses the required conditions that need to be fulfilled for programming models to be exactly calibrated to a set of exogenous own price elasticities. applications of what the literature termed econometric mathematical programming (emp), i.e. the estimation of programming model parameters based on multiple observations, are still few (regarding number of papers and independent groups engaged in it). while the use of estimators differs probably for good reasons depending on the available data and prior information, divergence in other core assumptions, for example regarding which data are treated as deterministic or stochastic, might be a sign of the still emergent status of that research field. researchers still face considerable computational challenges for large-scale applications preventing, for example, to relax the assumption that constraints are binding for all observations. moreover, full statistical inference on estimated parameters is not beyond the conceptual state yet. a research gap we consider at least as important relates to the lack of a clear rationale, i.e. a combination of behavioral and technological assumptions for the use of typical pmp from model parameterizations. the only exemption is given by papers relying on a meanvariance risk analysis where the quadratic part of the objective function is rationalised by the covariance matrix of uncertain returns. a previously discussed and recently employed alternative of non-linear (capacity) constraints is shown to be completely equivalent to the non-linear objective function entries as long as certain functional restrictions are satisfied. other behavioral or technological assumptions which would completely move away from typical pmp formulation but still allow for a differentiated analysis of factors affecting agri-environmental interactions could not be identified. the second part of our review deals with pmp based programming models build for repeated use in policy evaluation exercises. even though most of these rather diverse models (from small scale bio-economic to national or international scope) are european models, also large-scale, price endogenous, north american models use pmp in different variants. apparently, the share of (n)lp based models drawing on other calibration 121positive mathematical programming approaches methods has considerably decreased. the models maintained by groups which are also involved in emp development are often at least in part parameterized by econometric estimations. most other applications calibrate their models against exogenous elasticities. early approaches criticised as leading to arbitrary allocation response such as the so-called «standard approach» are abandoned. however, calibration is still mainly done in a myopic way ignoring feedbacks with resource constraints and despite the fact that easy alternatives exist. equally, many models still use the original first phase of pmp leading to biased shadow prices of binding resources. the recent developments in the pmp literature clearly move towards a better understanding and improvement of related model specifications. a more solid empirical foundation of models regularly applied in evaluations of agricultural policies or those affecting agriculture can be identified and clearly support an increased reliability of the results. further improvements in coverage and quality of empirical approaches are still desirable, but the still limited economic rationalisation of pmp-type approaches remains an at least important deficiency. progress in this area is needed to increase not only scientific acceptability, but also the trust in and understanding of this modeling approach in the policy process. this seems rather important given the increasing relevance of national and global issues requiring sound economic models with technology rich specifications of farm and aggregate agricultural systems. acknowledgements the research for this paper was partially funded by the european commission under fp7 in the context of the collaborative project fadntool (grant agreement 265616) references arfini, f. and donati, m. (2011). impact of the health check on structural change and farm efficiency: a comparative assessment of three european agricultural regions. proceedings of the oecd workshop on disaggregated impacts of cap reforms. paris: oecd, 75-90. arfini, f., donati, m. and paris, q. (2003). a national pmp model for policy evaluation in agriculture using micro data and administrative information. paper presented at the international conference agricultural policy reform and the wto: where are we heading? capri, italy, june 23-26, 2003. arfini, f., donati, m., grossi l. and paris, q. (2008). revenue and cost functions in pmp: a methodological integration for a territorial analysis of cap. paper presented at the 107th eaae seminar modelling of agricultural and rural development policies. sevilla, spain, january 29 – february 1st, 2008. britz, w. (2008). automated model linkages: the example of capri. german journal of agricultural economics 57(8): 363-367. britz, w. and adenäuer, m. (2009). calibration of regional programming models to exogenous supply elasticities by a variable cost function: the capri-expamod example. in: integrated assessment of agriculture and sustainable development (agsap), march 10-12, 2009, egmont an zee (the netherlands), 52-53. 122 t. heckelei, w. britz and y. zhang britz, w. and witzke, p. (2008). capri model documentation 2008: version 2. , last accessed march 2, 2012. buysse, j., fernagut, b., harmignie, o., henry de frahan, b., lauwers, l., polomé, p., van huylenbroeck, g. and van meensel, j. (2007a). farm-based modelling of the eu sugar reform: impact on belgian sugar beet suppliers. european review of agricultural economics 34(1): 21-52. buysse, j., van huylenbroeck, g. and lauwers, l. (2007b). normative, positive and econometric mathematical programming as tools for incorporation of multifunctionality in agricultural policy modelling. agriculture, ecosystems and environment 120: 70-81. cortignani, r. and severini, s. (2009). modeling farm-level adoption of deficit irrigation using positive mathematical programming. agricultural water management 96: 1785-1791. cypris, c. (2000). positive mathematische programmierung (pmp) im agrarsektormodell raumis. phd dissertation, department of economic and agricultural policy, university of bonn. bonn, germany. de cara, s., houzé, m. and jayet, p. a. (2005). green house gas emissions from agriculture in the eu: a spatial assessment of sources and abatement costs. environmental and resource economics 32(4): 551–583. doole, g.d., ramilan t. and pannell d. (2011). framework for evaluating management interventions for water-quality improvement across multiple agents. environmental modelling and software 26: 860-872. gocht, a. (2009). methods in economic farm modelling. phd dissertation, department of economic and agricultural policy, university of bonn. bonn, germany. gocht, a. and britz, w. (2011). eu-wide farm type supply models in capri how to consistently disaggregate sector models into farm type models. journal of policy modeling 33(1): 146-167. havlík, p., schneider, a.u., schmid, e., böttcher, h., fritz, s., skalský, r., aoki, k., de cara, s., kindermann, g., kraxner, f., leduc, s., mccallum, i., mosnier, a, sauer, t. and obersteiner, m. (2011). global land-use implications of first and second generation biofuel targets. energy policy 39: 5690-5702. heckelei t. and wolff, h. (2003).  estimation of constrained optimisation models for agricultural supply analysis based on generalised maximum entropy. european review of agricultural economics 30(1): 27-50. heckelei, t. and britz, w. (2005). models based on positive mathematical programming: state of the art and further extensions. in arfini, f. (eds.), modelling agricultural policies: state of the art and new challenges. proceedings of the 89th european seminar of the european association of agricultural economics. parma, italy: university of parma, 48–73. heckelei, t. (2002).  calibration and estimation of programming models for agricultural supply analysis. habilitation thesis, university of bonn. bonn, germany. heckelei, t. and britz, w. (2000). positive mathematical programming with multiple data points: a cross-sectional estimation procedure.  cahiers d’economie et sociologie rurales 57(4): 28-50. helming, j.f.m. (2005). a model of dutch agriculture based on positive mathematical programming with regional and environmental applications. phd dissertation, wageningen university. wageningen, netherlands. 123positive mathematical programming approaches henry de frahan, b., buysse, j., polomé, p., fernagut, b., harmignie, o., lauwers, l., van huylenboreck, g. and van meensel, j. (2007). positive mathematical programming for agricultural and environmental policy analysis: review and practice. in: weintraub, a., romero, c., bjørndal, t., epstein, r. and miranda, j. (eds.), handbook of operations research in natural resources. international series in operations research & management science, 2007, volume 99, 1, 129-154. horner, g., corman, j., howitt, r. e., carter, c. a. and macgregor, r. (1992). the canadian regional agriculture model, structure, operation and development. technical report 1/92, ottawa, ontario, canada: agriculture and agri-food canada. howitt, r.e. (1995). positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics 77(2): 329-342. jansson, t. and heckelei, t. (2009). a new estimator for trade costs and its small sample properties. economic modelling 26: 489-498. jansson, t. and heckelei, t. (2010). estimation of parameters of constrained optimization models. in: gilbert, j. (eds.), frontiers of economics and globalization, emerald group publishing limited, vol. 7, 1-26. jansson, t. and heckelei, t. (2011). estimating a primal model of regional crop supply in the european union. journal of agricultural economics 62(1): 137-152. johansson, r., peters, m. and house, r. (2007). regional environment and agriculture programming model. technical bulletin 1916. united states department of agriculture, economic research service. júdez, l., andres, r., ibanez m., de miguel, j.m. and miguel, j.l. (2008). impact of the cap reform on the spanish agricultural sector. paper presented at the 109th eaae seminar the cap after the fischler reform: national implementations, impact assessment and the agenda for future reforms. viterbo, italy, november 20-21st, 2008. júdez, l., chaya, c., martinez, s., and gonsalez, a.a. (2001). effects of the measures envisaged in “agenda 2000” on arable crop producers and beef and veal producers: an application of positive mathematical programming to representative farms of a spanish region. agricultural systems 67: 121-138. kanellopoulos, a., berentsen, p., heckelei, t., van ittersum, m. and oude lansink, a. (2010). assessing the forecasting performance of a generic bio-economic farm model calibrated with two different pmp variants. journal of agricultural economics 61(2): 274-294. kasnakoglu, h. and bauer, s. (1988). concept and application of an agricultural sector model for policy analysis in turkey. in: bauer, s. and henrichsmeyer, w. (eds.), agricultural sector modelling, proceedings of the 16th symposium of the eaae, kiel: wissenschaftsverlag vauk, 71-84. mann, s., mack, g. and ferjani, a. (2003). können produktionsentscheidungen als investitionsentscheidungen modelliert werden? german journal of agricultural economics 52(7): 333-340. mccarl, b.a. (1982). cropping activities in agricultural sector models: a methodological approach. american journal of agricultural economics 64: 768-772. merel, p.r. and bucaram, s. (2010). exact calibration of programming models of agricultural supply against exogenous sets of supply elasticities. european review of agricultural economics 37: 395-418. 124 t. heckelei, w. britz and y. zhang mérel, p.r., simon, l., and yi, f. (2011). a fully calibrated generalized constant-elasticity-of-substitution programming model of agricultural supply. american journal of agricultural economics 93(4): 936–948. offermann, f., kleinhanß, w., hüttel, s. and küpker, b. (2005). assessing the 2003 cap reform impacts on german agriculture using the farm group model farmis. in: arfini, f. (eds.), modelling agricultural policies: state of the art and new challenges. proceedings of the 89th european seminar of the european association of agricultural economics. parma, italy: monte università parma, 546-564. paris, q. and howitt, r.e. (1998). an analysis of ill-posed production problems using maximum entropy. american journal of agricultural economics 80(1): 124-138. paris, q. (2010). economic foundations of symmetric programming. cambridge university press, cambridge. petsakos, a. and rozakis, s. (2011). integrating risk and uncertainty in pmp models. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources. eth zurich, zurich, switzerland, august 30 september 2nd, 2011. schmid, e. and sinabell, f. (2007). on the choice of farm management practices after the reform of the common agricultural policy in 2003. journal of environmental management 82(9): 332-340. schneider, u.a. and schwab, d.e. (2006). the european forest and agricultural sector optimization model. working paper, hamburg university, , last accessed march 2, 2012. schneider, u.a., mccarl, b.a. and schmid, e. (2007). agricultural sector analysis on greenhouse gas mitigation in us agriculture and forestry. agricultural systems 94: 128–140. severini, s. and cortignani r. (2011). modeling farmer participation to a revenue insurance scheme by means of positive mathematical programming. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources. eth zurich, zurich, switzerland, august 30 – september 2nd, 2011. takayama, t. and judge, g.g. (1971). spatial and temporal price and allocation models. journal of international economics 3(3): 304-304. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 235-268, 2012 knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy: lessons from the past, challenges for the future roberto esposti1 department of economics and social sciences, università politecnica delle marche, piazzale martelli 8 60121 ancona (italy) abstract. the paper presents an evolutionary perspective on how agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (akis) have adapted over time to new challenges and technological paradigm and trajectories. starting from a conventional science-based approach and the robust empirical evidence supporting it, the analysis highlights the emergence of some system failures and the need for new conceptualization and design of the akis. particularly concentrating on developed countries’ agenda, we then discuss how, along this evolutionary pattern, bioeconomy emerges as the convergence of traditional sectors as a result of these new technological trajectories. finally, some implications for the eu policies are drawn. key-words. agricultural knowledge and innovation system, productivity, r&d, bioeconomy jel-codes. q16, o30 1. introduction the object of this paper is the agricultural knowledge and innovation system (akis), that is, “the set of agricultural organisations and/or persons, and the links and interactions between them, engaged in the generation, transformation, transmission, storage, retrieval, integration, diffusion and utilisation of knowledge and information, with the purpose of working synergistically to support decision making, problem solving and innovation in agriculture” (röling and engel, 1991; see also poppe, 2012b). the aim of this paper is to analyze the conceptual and organizational evolution of this system and its gradual adaptation to progressively changing contexts and scenarios. in this respect, the paper also aims at discussing the main implications of this evolution in terms of institutional and policy changes. the structure of the paper pursues this objective by firstly reviewing the contribution that the literature has attributed to the akis in determining, over the last century, a remarkable growth of factor productivity in agriculture (section 2), then drawing attention to the criticisms that have gradually emerged in that respect, particularly considering the new challenges and the new technological paradigm that the akis is now facing (section 3). this evolution results in a substantial widening of the scope of the system, from the strict boundaries of the agricultural sector to the broader contours of the so-called bioeconomy (section 1 corresponding author: r.esposti@univpm.it. 236 r. esposti 4). paying particular attention to eu policies, the final section outlines the steps that have been taken and the initiatives that are being proposed to build an eu-level knowledge and innovation system in accordance with the afore-mentioned evolutionary process. 2. an institutional success: the long-term agricultural productivity growth last century experienced a remarkable growth of agricultural production at a global level (alston et al., 2010a). such a strong increase in agricultural supply counterbalanced the large growth of global food demand, thus allowing for stable and relatively declining agricultural prices (alston et al., 2009b, 2010b), and it has been almost entirely generated by a major increase in agricultural factor productivity (fuglie, 2010). table 1 reports the growth rate of land and agricultural labour productivity during the second half of the last century. land productivity growth was initially quite homogeneous between developing and high-income countries. then, a significant drop in growth rates was observed in the latter during the last decades of the period, while it continued to remain stable in developing countries (pardey and pingali, 2010). labour productivity growth, on the contrary, does not show any decline, and it is much higher in highincome countries due to a more intense loss of agricultural labour force. a significant part of this productivity growth can be attributed to massive capital intensification, that is, the increase of capital endowment per unit of agricultural labour and land. however, capital intensification has been just one of the drivers of factor productivity growth. the other major driver has been technological progress (fuglie, 2010). total factor productivity (tfp) provides a measure of productivity growth that does not depend on the intensification of some production factors. therefore, it expresses that part of growth that can be exclusively attributed to a purely technological component.2 we may observe (table 2) that agricultural tfp growth rates continued to rise in both developed and developing countries up to the last decade of the last century. then, a slight decline occurred in the last period, but this can be almost entirely attributed to developed countries and especially to the top producing areas worldwide, that is, north-america and europe. here, the drop in the tfp growth rate is remarkable and has been widely emphasized and investigated (also known as agricultural productivity slowdown) (alston and pardey, 2009). however, it remains true that world agriculture really experienced a huge productivity step forward during the second half of the last century. worldwide, in about 50 years, land productivity increased by almost 150%, agricultural labour productivity by almost 75%, and agricultural tfp by about 55%. a sort of “slow magic” (pardey and beintema, 2001) occurred which can be identified in the continuous and incessant scientific and technological progress that brought innovations into agricultural production. this in turn allowed world agriculture, or its richer part, to escape the trap of food shortage: using the words of alston et al. (2009a), mendel (the capacity to improve crop yields) eventually prevailed on malthus (the food shortage induced by population pressure). 2 regardless how it is actually calculated or estimated, total factor productivity (sometime also called multi factor productivity) is an index that expresses the ratio between an aggregate index of outputs and an aggregate index of inputs. therefore, tfp growth expresses the increase in aggregate output production obtained from a given level of aggregate input use: it measures that part of output growth not explained by a higher factors’ use (ball and norton, 2002). 237knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy unquestionably, both major drivers of productivity growth (capital intensification and technological change) have been considerably favoured by policies that strongly promoted agricultural production either through price support or direct coupled payments. in the eu, in particular, the common agricultural policy (cap) provided the farmers with robust incentives to invest in new capital and to introduce technological innovations, together with increasing technical prescriptions that oriented the direction of this capitalisation and innovation process. accordingly, the gradual shift observed since the eighties from these agricultural policies towards progressively decoupled or extensification-oriented support may have played a role in the observed productivity slowdown. nonetheless, the influence of agricultural policies (and of the cap, in particular) on agricultural technological change and productivity may be more complex and not unidirectional3 and is well beyond the scope of this paper that only focuses on akis policies, i.e., those policies that explicitly promote agricultural research and innovation.4 table 1. land and agricultural labour productivity: average. annual growth rate (%), 1960-2005 land productivity agricultural labour productivity 1960-1990 1991-2005 1960-1990 1991-2005 world 2.03 1.82 1.12 1.36 high-income countries 1.61 0.72 4.26 4.18 middle-income countries 2.35 2.30 1.51 2.02 low-income countries 2.00 2.39 0.46 1.03 china 2.81 4.50 2.29 4.45 usa 1.81 1.50 3.64 1.54 source: alston et al. (2010a). table 2. avg. annual growth rates (%) of agricultural total factor productivity (tfp), 1960-2007 1960s 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s world 0.49 0.63 0.92 1.54 1.34 developed countries 1.21 1.52 1.47 2.13 0.86 transition countries 0.67 -0.26 0.25 0.73 1.92 developing countries 0.18 0.54 1.66 2.30 1.98 usa and canada 0.86 1.37 1.35 2.26 0.33 europe (exc. fsu) 1.17 1.31 1.22 1.63 0.59 source: fuglie (2010). 3 for instance, esposti (2007) shows how a support coupled to agricultural production may, in fact, reduce agricultural labour productivity as it maintains within the sector the labour force that would otherwise move to other sectors. 4 see oskam and stefanou (1997) for a more extensive view on this issue. 238 r. esposti 2.1. the role of public r&d starting with the fifties and sixties of the last century, most researchers and analysts identified the key engine of the above-mentioned productivity growth in a sequence of major mechanical, chemical and biological innovations and in the r&d investments that have generated or induced them. early empirical studies supported the idea that relevant and appropriate r&d investments were the cause of those technological innovations that had a direct impact on agricultural productivity (evenson, 2001). however, in the case of agricultural innovations, this research and innovative effort combined with other major factors that enabled or favoured their adoption and diffusion. in particular, two other driving forces have been the increasing amount of human capital embodied in agricultural labour force (education) (huffman, 2001) and the (mostly public) provision of a set of services and institutions aimed at informing farmers about the existence of new technological solutions, as well as facilitating the learning process concerning their suitability and appropriate application (extension) (evenson, 2001). of this “knowledge triangle” (research, extension and education),5 the r&d component (and public research, in particular) has been largely considered prevalent and hierarchically dominant because it generated those results that eventually activated the other components. table 3 (upper part) reports the growth rate of public agricultural r&d in real terms. continuous growth in agricultural r&d investments over time is evident in both developed countries and developing or emerging countries (beintema and stads, 2008, 2010; beintema, 2010). however, growth rates are regularly declining in developed countries and they are not entirely compensated by the higher growth of developing countries. at least until the last decade of the last century, the declining but still positive growth of agricultural r&d expenditure accompanied an increasing productivity (tfp) growth. then, when the growth of r&d expenditure continued to decline, the tfp also started slowing down. whether this declining growth rate can also be observed in private agricultural r&d is more questionable. first of all, collecting comparable data on private agricultural r&d is challenging since it is difficult the define the boundaries of what “agricultural” r&d is across different countries and periods (esposti, 2011).6 secondly, most of the evidence and discussion about the declining agricultural r&d growth rate has to do with public budget cuts observed, in real terms, in many countries in recent years. nonetheless, despite the different patterns observed for private r&d with respect to public r&d (huffman and just, 1999), the arguments and implications about the r&d declining growth rate are usually extended to both components of the agricultural research effort. in particular, for both public and private research, the link between agricultural r&d investments and pro5 despite the recent conceptual and institutional developments that will be more extensively discussed in section 4, the prevalent representation of the akis remains the so-called “knowledge triangle” whose vertices are research, education and extension (oecd, 2012). the eu adopts a slightly different version, the three components being research, high education and innovation (european commission, 2011). 6 for instance, alfranca and huffman (2003) report quite different shares of private r&d on total national agricultural research for european countries: 60% for the uk, 25% for italy, 10% for germany and spain. pardey et al. (2006b), however, present slightly different data: in 2000, the private share was 71% in the uk, 54% in germany, 54% in all oecd countries. with reference to 2000, kirschke et al. (2011) indicate that the average private share is 54% in developed countries and only 6% in developing countries. 239knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy ductivity growth has been repeatedly and carefully investigated and confirmed by rigorous econometric models and estimates over the last decades and in recent years (alston et al., 2000; evenson, 2001; alston et al., 2011). in general terms, it can be concluded that this empirical literature emphasizes this cause-effect link between agricultural r&d expenditure and productivity growth so strongly that the existence of this direct link was seldom questioned. table 3. cross-country comparison of public agricultural research expenditure (in real terms) and of agricultural research intensity (ari) (public and private r&d), 1976-2005 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s avg. annual r&d growth rates (%)a world 4.5b 2.0 1.7 1.5b high-income countries 2.5b 2.1b 0.2b 1.1b low and middle-income countries 7.0b 2.2 3.3 1.9b usa 3.2 2.4 2.0 0.9c france 3.9 -6.8 germany 1.0 2.4 total oecd 1.9 0.4 china 4.8 6.7 india 6.2 7.0 agricultural research intensity (ari)d,g high-income countries 1.94 3.01 4.19 5.38 low and middle-income countries 0.44b 0.53b 0.62 0.69 usae 1.68 2.64 2.65 chinae 0.41 0.35 0.40 indiae 0.18 0.24 0.34 italyf 0.75 1.20 francef 3.50 3.70 germanyf 4.10 4.10 spainf 1.10 1.50 ukc 5.40 6.20 a source: asti database b source: author’s elaborations on pardey and beintema (2001) c source: author’s elaborations on pardey and alston (2012) d source: pardey and pingali (2010) e source: pardey et al. (2008) f source: esposti et al. (2008) g ari data may be not consistent with data reported in the upper part of the table, as this latter only concerns public agricultural r&d. a reliable cross-country comparable ari, however, must include both private and public r&d. 240 r. esposti 2.2. a certain idea of the akis this strong cause-effect relationship between investment in agricultural research (but also extension and education) and productivity growth postulates an underlying idea of the akis. in essence, this relationship was interpreted as a sort of “reduced form” specification of that complex and continuously evolving institutional process that handles and affects the creation, adoption and diffusion of agricultural innovations. of this complex process, r&d and productivity performance are, somehow, the initial and the final stages, respectively. though apparently this idea can be considered as an expression of the socalled linear model of innovation, it really wants to grasp the fact that, far from being a simple linear process, technological innovation is rather the product of a system. the numerosity and complexity of subjects, agents and relations involved in this institutional process not only make them a “system” (namely, the akis), but it also implies that an increase in r&d effort “upstream” can be converted into an improvement in the productivity performance “downstream” only if this “system” works correctly and effectively.7 nonetheless, the pivotal role of r&d tends to postulate a top-down flow of knowledge. according to this idea, innovation is essentially science-based, i.e. a “ready-to-use” solution offered by science in favour of “downstream” applications, including agriculture. therefore, this literature, more or less explicitly assumes or accepts a science-based supply-side idea of the akis (ss akis) (falk et al., 2010). this idea has found its major justification in the nature and intensity of technological growth experienced by global agriculture. a progress mostly made of process innovations that has enabled generalized yield increase (or reduction in factor use per unit of production), across many different applications and contexts. these process innovations mostly consisted in ready-to-use technology packages flowing top-down (from the research to the field), to be adopted in full without (or with a limited) specific adaptation or learning effort: new agricultural machinery, new chemical fertilizers, new active ingredients for weed control and pathogenic biological agents, and new crop varieties with higher yields or resistance. though the validity of this interpretation originally concerned the historical experience of developed countries, this ss perspective was applied also to less developed countries with the introduction of strongly science-based and essentially global innovations; that is, innovations coming from public research centres of international reputation (for example, international agricultural research centres, iarcs) (maredia and raitzer, 2010) or from few high-level public or private research centres of technologically leading countries. this global agricultural r&d can be considered as the classic example of an ss akis that delivers key innovations from few centres of worldwide excellence into applied research and adapts them to the specific needs at the national or local level and, eventually to the farmers’ adoption. 7 given its systemic nature, drawing sectoral boundaries of this complex set of interacting agents is difficult. eventually, agricultural is just one link along the food chain and this is particularly true in developed countries. the knowledge and innovation system, therefore, should be extended to include other relevant subjects along the food chain like, for instance, food industries and large retailers. though some of these non-agricultural agents are implicitly included in the akis (industries supplying agricultural production factors, for instance, are major funders of private agricultural r&d), most of the literature reviewed and critically discussed here maintains its primary focus on the agricultural sector. for the sake of simplicity and of space limits, this preference is also maintained here. 241knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy at the same time, this prevalent ss perspective has dictated a coherent policy agenda. a proper policy did not only have to strongly focus on research but it was also expected to find solutions to the problems arising from this configuration, such as providing public research, stimulating and orienting private research, granting intellectual property rights on agricultural knowledge and innovations to some extent, stimulating technological spillovers across sectors and territories. 3. success, failures and new challenges 3.1. the lessons we learned the main lesson that can be learnt from the contribution of the ss akis to the global agricultural productivity growth is that it represents a case of institutional success. it depends on appropriate incentives, norms and regulations, that is, on the smooth functioning of what we can consider, in broad sense, formal and informal institutions.8 this smooth functioning is expressed by the ability of the system to effectively manage that peculiar “good” represented by scientific and technological knowledge. we can summarize this success in terms of a properly designed akis that continuously generates new knowledge that can be gradually incorporated “downstream” (from research to production) in actual technological innovations but which can still continue to be diffused as public good.9 from an ss perspective, the origin of this entire institutional process is the production of scientific knowledge, largely unincorporated and “free” which acts as a pure public good. this knowledge can result in some large-scope technological solutions. these are sometimes incorporated in proprietary forms (e.g., patents) that make scientific knowledge assume the character of a private (or club) good (oehmke et al., 1999). in fact, however, the scope of these new technologies is so wide that it enables a host of specific (or sectoral) technological applications with little or no reciprocal rivalry. in practice, by virtue of this almost unlimited application potential, at this stage scientific knowledge tends to maintain a certain degree of public-good nature.10 in the case of agriculture, at the origin of this process, there were revolutionary scientific results and theories (in mechanics and thermodynamics, chemistry, biology) that produced broad-spectrum technological solutions (for example internal combustion engine, industrial synthesis of chemicals, genetic hybridization), the so-called general purpose technologies (gpt),11 which were later “appropriated” by the agricultural sector through some specific applications (ruttan, 2008). these sector-specific technology applications become forms of knowledge with a higher degree of incorporation, that is of a more private nature. this is the case of conventional agricultural technological innovations strictu sensu that characterized the produc8 for a detailed discussion on these different types of institutions see parto (2003). 9 good examples of the reconstruction of the institutional success underlying the akis, especially in the usa experience, can be found in pardey and beintema (2001), huffman and evenson (2006), alston et al. (2010c). 10 the most emphasized example of the relevance of broad-spectrum public scientific and technological knowledge is the contribution of non-profit international agricultural research centres, iarcs, to the so called green revolution of the 1960s and 1970s (gardner and lesser, 2003; dalrymple, 2008; brooks, 2011). 11 “new and evolutionary growth theorists point out that the level of spillovers varies among sectors and technologies. they are thought to be greatest where there is a pervasive cluster of technologies or general purpose technologies” (van meijl and soete 1995, p. 112). 242 r. esposti tivity “miracle” of the last century: new fertilizers or pesticides, new agricultural machinery, new plant varieties (pardey and pingali, 2010). parallel to this “downstream” movement of scientific knowledge towards production applications, and to this gradual change in the nature of scientific and technological knowledge, another form of largely non-scientific, practical and contextual, and diffused knowledge is produced. it has a limited degree of incorporation and maintains a high degree of public nature though often “local” (that is, it concerns specific contexts, applications, conditions, etc.). a “cloud of knowledge” which is made up of information, training, and learning about a given technological solution, its scientific basis and its potential applications, but also of cases of successes and failures and of opinions and beliefs around it. if the core of this cloud is the prerogative of research and technological development, its larger edge is actually determined by a more composite set of stakeholders. despite this inherent complexity, the clearest support to this success, in terms of empirical evidence (decades of empirical studies on the relationship between agricultural r&d and productivity growth), are the high social returns to “knowledge” investments. generalized high returns have been mostly found for public agricultural research, but also for private research, as well as for extension and education (alston et al., 2000; evenson, 2001; huffman, 2001; huffman and evenson, 2006; alston, 2010). alston et al. (2000) present a survey of more than 1800 estimates of the social rate of returns to research and extension investment obtained over time starting from 1953. they report quite high average returns of more than 80%. although the authors stress the wide variability of estimates, it remains true that widespread high returns are considered a well-established and robust evidence. evenson (2001) analyzes a large number of studies and estimates of the returns to investments in agricultural research reaching similar conclusions that are generalizable to different countries and contexts. a main implication derived from this generalized empirical evidence is that the overall level of investment in these activities (mostly research and extension) is lower than the table 4. estimated annual marginal internal rates of returns (%) to agricultural r&d and extension r&d only extension only r&d+extension alston et al. (2001) – various countries mean 99 85 48 highest 5,645 636 430 lowest -7 0,0 negative evenson (2001) – various countries median 49 41 45 highest 285 215 119 lowest negative 0 0 alston et al. (2011) – 48 usa states, various methodologies mean 10-23 highest 12-29 lowest 8-15 243knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy socially desirable level (the underinvestment hypothesis; esposti and pierani, 2006). even very recent studies, which take into account all the possible methodological complications in estimating these returns, confirm that “agricultural productivity growth is worth many times more than the annual spending on agricultural r&d (including extensions)” (alston et al., 2011, p. 1225). therefore, “most states (or countries) substantially underinvest in agricultural r&d” (alston et al., 2011, p. 1225). 3.2. some critical evidence: where and why does the system fail? the underinvestment hypothesis has been revitalized by the slowdown in the growth of agricultural r&d expenditure that emerged in the last decades, especially in developed and technologically leading countries (huffman and just, 1999). on the one hand, this slowdown or decline in research expenditure reinforces the idea of underinvestment. on the other hand, it seems to provide a strong argument to explain the productivity slowdown observed in several developed countries. there are two implicit assumptions behind this interpretation. the first assumption is that the slowdown is real, that is, the computed tfp growth rate correctly measures the actual productivity performance. the second assumption is that the primary objective of agricultural r&d is to improve productivity performance as indicated by tfp growth. however, since the main target of agricultural r&d is actually shifting from strict productivity performance to other objectives (environmental quality and protection, risk reduction, etc.), measuring the returns to r&d based only on the basis of its impact on agricultural tfp may be misleading, and other evaluation methods should be preferred (alston et al., 1998). if we accept these assumptions, however, there is an apparent contradiction between high returns to agricultural research, education and extension, and a slowdown in expenditure. this is one of the empirical facts that progressively brought out some more critical views on the real contribution of the ss akis to productivity growth and regarding the fact that such contribution has to be intended as a clear institutional success. another clear contradiction concerns the relevance of agricultural technological spillovers, that would indicate a strong public nature of agricultural knowledge and innovation, and the lack of convergence in agricultural productivity, that would indicate, on the contrary, its prevalent private (or non-public) nature. in support of a prevalent public-good nature, there is a large literature (see johnson and evenson, 1999, schimmelpfennig and thirtle, 1999; esposti, 2002) showing the relevance and extent of agricultural technological spillovers both across sectors and countries. a consequence of technological spillovers and, more generally, of the public nature of knowledge, should be convergence in agricultural productivity. as they may rely on the same technology base, it is reasonable to expect that agriculture in different countries and territories tends towards common productivity levels. the empirical evidence, however, does not entirely support this convergence hypothesis. 12 12 it should be clarified, however, that a prevalent public nature of agricultural knowledge does not necessarily imply productivity convergence for two major reasons, both related to the heterogeneous agricultural conditions across countries and regions (esposti, 2011). first of all, a permanent productivity gap may persist even with the same technology, simply because one country/region has a better environmental endowment (weather conditions, soil quality, etc.). secondly, a given technological solution, though public, may have been designed for 244 r. esposti table 5 shows the results obtained by ball et al. (2010) for the long-term multilateral comparison of agricultural tfp across the usa and eu countries. no undisputable path of convergence emerges. some countries recover at least part of the productivity gap (as in the case of spain), some others do not (as in the case of italy).13 table 5 also shows the results obtained by ball et al. (2002) who compared agricultural tfp across the usa states and the results presented by pierani (2009) concerning long-term agricultural tfp convergence across italian regions. in both cases we can conclude that, although weak catching-up processes may be observed, absolute tfp convergence is never actually achieved. pierani (2009) concludes that convergence occurs but it is actually conditional: regions with lower initial tfp levels do catch up, but they converge towards different long-term tfp levels. this comparison, across countries and regions, would reveal that there is no clear empirical support which gives the idea that agricultural productivity growth is based on a stock of knowledge and technological innovation behaving as a public good. on the contrary, it is rather evident that, besides significant technological spillovers, the generation of new knowledge and innovations maintains its specificity and remains an exclusive access for some countries (or territories). this implies that countries that produce new knowledge or innovation according to their own specific needs and objectives (leader countries) always retain a productivity advantage compared to countries that mostly adapt to their own needs technological solutions produced elsewhere (follower countries) (pardey et al., 2008). table 3 (lower part) compares the intensity of agricultural research (agricultural research intensity, ari) (beintema and elliott, 2011) across developed and developing countries. this indicator is the ratio of annual expenditure in agricultural r&d to agricultural value added or gdp. a sharp difference (pardey et al., 2006a, 2006b) emerges between the leader countries, i.e., those having a permanently higher tfp and showing a more research-intensive agriculture, and follower countries. as discussed in esposti (2011), the presence of a public component together with a non-public component of agricultural knowledge and technological innovations may explain the apparent contradiction between large and persistent technological gaps and widespread technological spillovers. thus, it explains the persistence of countries with a leader strategy (and akis) together with countries with a mostly adaptive follower strategy (and akis). this failure to exploit all potential non-rival uses of the available stock of knowledge and technological innovation has also its counterpart in the comparison across different agricultural productions (esposti, 2000; alston et al., 2010c). some productions may remain largely excluded from the benefits induced by new technological solutions and, as a consequence, also territories or countries with a strong production specialization.14 some specific conditions and, thus, may be more effective in some countries/regions than in others. 13 for further details and evidence on agricultural tfp comparison, see: craig et al. (1998), mccunn and huffman (2000), ball et al. (2001), ball and norton (2002; part i), ball et al. (2004), liu et al. (2011). a broad empirical literature can be found on agricultural productivity convergence across regions and countries, in both italian and eu cases. however, this literature mostly concentrates on partial factor productivity (agricultural labour productivity, in particular) and not on tfp convergence which is of major interest here (sassi, 2009). 14 according to the discussion above about the role of country/regional heterogeneity in preventing convergence, the lack of absolute convergence may not be necessarily intended as a system failure caused by the incomplete public nature of agricultural knowledge. in fact, knowledge can be public but with different effectiveness in heterogeneous conditions. in this sense, we may still conclude that there is a “failure to exploit all the potential non245knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy table 5. multilateral tfp comparison across countries, usa states and italian regions lowest tfp/ highest tfp (initial year) lowest tfp/ highest tfp (middle year) lowest tfp/ highest tfp (final year) italian tfp/highest tfp spanish tfp/ highest tfp ball et al. (2010) (usa&eu countries, 1973-02) 0.39 0.55 (1988) 0.57 initial year = 0.63 middle year = 0.56 final year = 0.57 initial year = 0.44 middle year = 0.77 final year = 0.84 ball et al. (2002) (usa states, 1960-96) 0.35 0.32 (1978) 0.32 pierani (2009) (italian regions, 1951-02) 0.36 0.47 (1980) 0.4 an immediate interpretation of these possible failures of the traditional ss akis focuses on the already mentioned underinvestment hypothesis. this failure is, in turn, determined by the inadequate management of the public-good nature of agricultural knowledge and innovation. like all goods with a prevalent, or relevant, public-good nature, the provision (i.e., the investments) of agricultural research falls short of the optimal level that would be indicated by high social returns.15 this interpretation evidently applies to public agricultural r&d whose main purpose is to generate knowledge with a high degree of “publicity”, but it may also be valid for private r&d (for which high rates of return are observed, as well; alston et al. 2000; evenson, 2011) to the extent that its results are not entirely appropriable. according to this interpretation, the observed reduction in the agricultural r&d investment rate in many countries would express a tendency to act as free-riders, i.e., to benefit from technological solutions developed in other contexts only focusing, whenever possible, on adaptation to their own specific conditions. it is a sort of the tragedy of the commons involving the international dimension of akis especially with regard to the high-level research (pardey et al., 2008).16 this tendency would also explain the diminishing returns of these investments (alston, 2010). it tends to produce just additive and incremental knowledge and innovations, less adoptable and adaptable in different contexts than those in which they are produced. from this perspective, productivity slowdown and lack of convergence in agricultural productivity (both across countries or regions and different agricultural productions) are just results of this progressive deterioration of the global and largely public components of the akis. rival uses” not because of the public/private nature of knowledge but because of the irreducible heterogeneity of agricultural conditions. 15 “these institutional failures continue to impose very large opportunity costs on individual states and the nation as a whole” (alston et al., 2011, p.1276). 16 this argument, combined with the observed reduction of public agricultural r&d growth rate, should lead to a reduction in technological spillovers. however, the empirical evidence provided so far does not support this interpretation. it may be just a matter of time as it takes years for observed spillovers to respond to the decline in r&d growth. as for tfp and r&d returns calculation, major measurement problems may also arise as to how technological spillovers are computed and attributed to agricultural productivity (johnson and evenson, 1999). 246 r. esposti nonetheless, his interpretation of system failures does not raise substantial doubts about the validity of the ss akis or about its capacity to cope with future challenges. its major limits or failures depend on the public nature of knowledge and innovation and not on where this new knowledge and innovation comes from, that is, on its strongly sciencebased and supply-side design. however, we can also put forward a less immediate, and conventional, interpretation of these system failures. it consists in questioning the classical ss design of the akis. the key argument of this critique is that most of the large productivity gains observed in the past decades at both global and local levels are not due to contributions of science and research that have been then transferred and adapted “downstream” towards productive uses. looking inside the “black box” of agricultural innovations, it turns out that this role has often been over-emphasized by focusing on few successful cases. but what really underlies the “miracle” of agricultural productivity growth, the actual engine of agricultural innovation, is what has been previously termed as the “cloud of knowledge”. therefore, the knowledge and innovation that the akis is expected to produce, diffuse and adopt is not necessarily scientific knowledge of academic rank or knowledge embedded in some proprietary technology. more often, and more critically, it is a widespread collective and practical knowledge and, though sometimes tacit, informal and local, it tends to be free and public to any possible extent.17 in this respect, the biggest institutional failure of an ss akis rather lies in having focused its attention (and most resources) on a limited portion of the process, the generation and application of that kind of scientific-technological knowledge, and on a conventional and limited idea of innovation. the productivity slowdown itself can be interpreted as a support to this analysis. despite the huge and still growing investments in agricultural research, the outcome in terms of productivity is decreasing simply because not enough attention and effort have been directed to those factors that really gave impetus to productivity. 3.3. new challenges and diverging agendas in the last decade, the need for a critical review of the design and the organization of the traditional ss akis has been strengthened by the new emerging challenges for global agriculture. on the one hand, the main challenge of the last century returns with a new urgency: the ability to produce enough food to feed a growing and more demanding population (alston et al., 2009b, 2010b). this is the never-ending challenge of agricultural technology, that of food security (“to feed the world”) (alston and pardey, 2009; freibauer et al., 2011). but, compared to last century, today global agriculture faces a different landscape (beddow et al., 2010; kirsten, 2010; maracchi, 2010). the above-mentioned productivity slowdown, the strong food consumption growth in emerging countries such as china, india and russia (more than one-third of the 17 some sentences taken from galiay (2010) clearly express the sense of this critique. “lessons from case studies on aks governance: […]overall, a failure to incorporate diverse values/norms in a common and shared vision”, “partial in scientific advice, insufficient in risk assessment, insufficient in communication and dialogue”, “lack of inclusiveness in framing issues and lack of sense of urgency”. for a critical view of the traditional akis design, see also glover (2012) and ritter (2012). werrij (2009) offers a further perspective on the failures of an akis strongly focused on high-level research and on the linear model of innovation. he also analyses the implications for a proper agricultural research policy within developed countries. 247knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy world population), and the recent turbulence in agricultural commodity markets all these factors confirm that the challenge of food security has not been definitively won in the last century and now it tends to assume new dimensions (huffman and evenson, 2006; kirschke et al., 2011; glover, 2012; pardey and alston, 2012; ritter, 2012). again paraphrasing alston et al. (2009a), we can argue that malthus is getting his revenge on mendel: after a century in which agricultural technological progress (symbolized by crop genetic improvement) was able to meet the challenge of an increasing food demand, there are now legitimate doubts as to whether this success can be repeated. in fact, a large number of people worldwide did not win the challenge of food security in the past and are likely to suffer the greatest consequences of a renewed food shortage even in the future (sadler, 2010). but the real novelty with respect to the previous century is that this challenge can now be won only under specific conditions (and constraints). the main condition is environmental sustainability. not only must the growth in supply obtained through further technological innovations be compatible from an environmental perspective, but agriculture is also expected to actively contribute to sustainable growth by playing a role with respect to the global environmental issues of the century (renewable energy, climate change mitigation, etc.) (msangi et al., 2009). in fact, this first condition leads to a second fundamental requirement. the agriculture of the future must necessarily be multifunctional, i.e., it must have the ability to produce other non-food goods and services, of public or collective interest, in addition to food. these include environmental services that bring us back to sustainability. in affluent societies, in particular, post-industrial agriculture is expected to produce landscape and aesthetic values, cultural and recreational services, physical and mental health services, etc. moreover, since agriculture is the first link in the food chain, it is expected to ensure food safety and food quality, i.e., health, nutritional, environmental and ethical safety of food as well as to ensure food origin and provenience. sustainability and multifunctionality, however, require knowledge and innovation of a different nature compared to the more conventional challenge of food security: more product innovations (or functional innovations, as discussed below) than process innovations; organizational and marketing innovations and not just technological innovations. therefore, more complex innovations18 and knowledge is required. no longer simply “mendel against malthus” but “much more than mendel” (a wider idea of agricultural innovation) against “much more than malthus’ (more extensive needs to be met). moreover, further productivity growth strictu sensu and sustainability and functionality can easily come into conflict. the actual risk is that, due to the difficulties encountered in defining an agenda that reconciles both these needs,19 two different and diverging agendas eventually emerge (pardey et al., 2006b, p. 2). an agenda for the new scarcity which mostly concerns agriculture, people and countries for which the challenge of food security remains prevalent (lele et al., 2010; beintema and elliott, 2011; kirschke et al., 2011, p. 39); an 18 see below the concept of system innovation. 19 several proposals have been put forward at various institutional levels, and especially by those international institutions dealing with these issues at global level (fao, wb, ifpri, etc.), in order to establish a strategy for an akis able to reconcile these potentially diverging needs; for example, that of sustainable intensification (house of lords, 2011, ch. 1-3). 248 r. esposti agenda for the post scarcity which mostly concerns more affluent countries in which food security seems secondary to the challenges of sustainability and multifunctionality.20 given these diverging agendas, a spontaneous reorganization of the akis inevitably requires a diverging akis design. for a strategy that still focuses on the challenges of new scarcity, the basic idea is that of an ss akis with a strong global/international component and a greater attention to strengthen the diffusion of the benefits to countries, territories and agriculture hitherto excluded (akis/rd, 2000; rivera et al., 2005). for a strategy primarily focused on the challenges of post scarcity, a substantial rethinking and reorganization of the akis emerges as a priority.21 the higher complexity of innovations, required by agricultural sustainability and multifunctionality, depends on two aspects. first of all, these innovations are often intended to tackle very specific local issues and, even when issues are actually global (for instance, reduction in ghg emissions), the solutions must still be “local”, that is, strongly placebased and tailored. secondly, these innovations potentially involve a larger number of stakeholders. as they concern not only quantitative food production22 but also many other aspects related to food (quality, safety, origin, etc.) and to non-food functions, the validity and acceptability of these innovations often depend on the proper involvement and contribution of all these stakeholders. these features imply a redesigned akis that is able to take advantage of new technological paradigms and opportunities, providing bottom-up together with top-down flows of knowledge, and which is pulled from the demand-side rather than exclusively pushed by the supply-side (ritter, 2007; hall, 2007; moreddu, 2012). 4. looking for a new model23 4.1. new technological paradigm and trajectories beside the new challenges, another major driver of this reorganization of the akis is the gradual emergence of a genuinely new technological paradigm and of new technological trajectories it generates (freibauer et al., 2011). broadly speaking, the technological paradigm underlying the conventional ss akis was characterized by the progressive introduction of process innovations to meet the main need of that agricultural model: to produce more with fewer factors of production, i.e., to increase the productivity of agri20 a major impulse to this shift of the agenda towards post-scarcity issues has been given by the evolution of the agricultural policy in developed countries. in the eu, in particular, the evolution of the cap in the last two decades towards more conservative and low-impact objectives has significantly affected the creation and adoption of technological and organizational innovations by farmers and by all other relevant subjects (oskam and stefanou, 1997) and has therefore contributed to this need for a redesigned akis. unfortunately, for a long period, this policy evolution did not coordinate with akis policies. section 5 focuses on this aspect. 21 for instance, pardey et al. (2012) highlight that in 1985 69% of the research expenditure of the usa state experiment stations (saes) was concentrated on projects aiming at improving productivity. since then, this share has continuously been dropping down to 56% in 2007 (last observed year). 22 as already mentioned, even if we limited our attention to innovations aimed at a purely quantitative increase in food production, they may still involve a larger number of subjects than farmers alone: food industries, retailers, etc. nonetheless, the focus here is primarily on agriculture and, therefore, on farmers’ innovations. 23 henceforth, the analysis will prevalently focus on those affluent countries (like the eu) whose agricultural sectors are mostly oriented towards post-scarcity agenda. 249knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy cultural inputs. the technological trajectories developed along this paradigm were mainly those of varietal innovations, animal genetics, chemistry, pharmaceuticals and plastics for agricultural use, and agricultural machinery. over the past two decades, a new technological paradigm has appeared. in fact, the new gpt that are currently becoming predominant, or are expected to prevail in the next few decades (ict, microelectronics and nanotechnology, modern biotechnology, neuroscience, robotics, advanced materials, photonics) show an agricultural application potential of substantially different nature. in particular, they facilitate new innovative dimensions in addition to process innovation: product innovation and, above all, function (or functional) innovations. it is worth noticing that the introduction of a new agricultural business or function is mostly the outcome of an organizational or marketing innovation, and not so much of a technological innovation. however, these innovations often have a technological “activation”, i.e., a technology component that enables or facilitates these new solutions. the new paradigm thus takes advantage of the capacity of the new gpt to improve this non-technological innovation potential. in this sense, such gpt are also known as key enabling technologies (ket): while not central to the innovative solution they still enable them (european commission, 2010b, p. 131).24 therefore, the new paradigm opens a new space for functional innovation. figure 1 depicts this innovative hyperspace (the agricultural innovation hyperspace). in the conventional technological paradigm, most innovations were process innovations and were intended to increase productivity, strictly intended as tfp (type i productivity). the advent of new technologies and of the hyper-consumer progressively expands the innovation space in the direction of product innovation (the food innovation space), a large ideal innovative space where new food products may find peculiar innovative combinations of functionality, convenience and naturalness (esposti, 2009). but these same technological solutions also facilitate the organizational and managerial innovations that constitute the space of functional innovation through some combinations of sustainability and multifunctionality. all these latter innovations contribute to improve agricultural performance in terms of production of goods and services of private or collective utility and, eventually, in terms of agricultural income. but here productivity growth remains more elusive, difficult to measure and to compare. we can thus refer to this performance improvement as growth of functionality25 or, to keep the analogy with the standard notion of productivity, of type ii productivity. 24 “kets reflect the enabling nature of general purpose technologies that support widespread industrial deployment and provide significant economic improvement over existing complementary technologies” (van meijl and soete, 1995, p112)”; “most general purpose technologies play the role of “enabling technologies”, opening up new opportunities rather than offering complete, final solutions” (bresnahan and trajtenberg, 1995, p. 84). for instance, agrotourism, direct selling, organic agriculture have been among the most impacting innovations in eu agriculture in the last two decades. strictly speaking, they are not technological innovations or, at least, they are not process innovations. they are product and, above all, functional innovations with a prevalent organizational and marketing content. nonetheless, they have been facilitated by new technological solutions. for instance, agrotourism and direct selling have been strongly favoured by the advent of the web and, more generally, of the ict (information & communication technologies). also, energy production from agricultural biomass is taking advantage of modern biotechnologies. 25 the european commission, for instance, refers to “soil functionality” when dealing with technological innovations that improve the whole productive capacity of soils (not only food, but also environmental functions) (european commission, 2012a). 250 r. esposti this new innovative space26 is made up of continuous incremental improvements, problem-solving adaptations, tailored solutions, often drawn from (or along with) the final users, farmers or food producers, i.e., the demand-side of the akis. therefore, these technological solutions are not produced as a ready-to-use invariable technological package. any technological solution tends to be rather just a temporary stage in the continuous improvement and adaptation, within the networks of users, of an innovative idea originally developed for the solution of a specific problem and then diffused and made “collective”. therefore, we move from a one-way closed-space ss paradigm to a multi-directional open space paradigm that could be called permanent-beta network (pβn). this paradigm shift is the eventual consequence of the change in the nature, in the frequency and in the direction of movement of the “object” of the system, that is, scientific and technological knowledge. its nature evolves from well-delimitated final technological innovations to more “liquid” knowledge and solutions. its frequency shifts from a discrete release of new technological innovations towards a continuous flow of incremental adaptations. as will be discussed in section 4.3., its prevalent direction of movement changes from an unidirectional movement, mostly generated by scientific knowledge, to a multidirectional and non-hierarchical movement across all agents and stakeholders involved. this shift in technological paradigm gradually but deeply changes the fundamental properties of the knowledge and innovations system itself and it is expected to change its design, organization and functioning. moreover, opening this potential innovation space towards a variety of new products and functions inevitably expands the traditional sectoral boundaries. this widening of sectoral boundaries, however, does not depend on the fact that food production, particularly in affluent societies, necessarily embraces all the other links along the food chain. the argument here is that, even though the focus remains on agriculture, the boundaries themselves of “agriculture” are becoming larger. this expansion, in particular, makes agriculture overlap with, and therefore converge to, other sectors. this convergence of traditional sectors in broader and inclusive combination favoured, if not induced, by the new technological paradigm as well as by the new challenges, is now largely identified as the bio-based economy or bioeconomy.27 in this dynamic and evolutionary perspective, bioeconomy is thus a stage of this evolutionary process from the old to the new technological paradigm and from the old to the new challenges; it is the innovative hyperspace represented in figure 1.28 as a consequence, the 26 in this respect, it seems inappropriate to think about future agriculture in terms of a choice between two contrasting trajectories; typically, biotech vs. organic agriculture (neubauer, 2010). what really characterizes the future perspectives of agriculture is the occupation of all this innovation space, which is the combination and coexistence of all the viable technological trajectories. 27 several more or less concordant definitions of bio-based economy or bioeconomy have been proposed (european commission, 2012e; danish presidency of the council of the european union, 2012). for more details, see http://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy. however, it seems largely agreed that the concept itself of bioeconomy comes from the recent technological evolution: “the bioeconomy consists of all industries that use biological processes to produce products: food, fiber, green chemicals, pharmaceuticals, biofuels and energy. agriculture and fermentation were the key elements of the traditional bioeconomy. the modern or new bioeconomy is based on our expanding knowledge of molecular and cell biology and takes advantage of information technology and nanotechnology” (from the call for papers of 128th eaae seminar) (http://www.economia.uniroma2.it/ icabr-conference/sarea.php?p=15&sa=192). 28 in this respect, bioeconomy is intended here in a wider perspective compared to conventional definitions. conventional definitions mostly focus on the convergence of sectors whose production is based on biologi251knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy analysis of the knowledge and innovation system must necessarily expand its traditional sectoral scope (akis) towards these more inclusive and dynamic boundaries: the knowledge and innovation system for bioeconomy (kisb). figure 1. the agricultural innovation hyperspace p r o c es s in n o v a ti o n s “old” paradigm, ss akis type i productivity (tfp) function innovations product in novatio ns “new” paradigm, akis? type ii productivity food innovation space sustainablity mult ifu nctio nalit y n at u r al n es s convenience functionalit y cal processes (therefore with a strong emphasis on biotechnology). here, in bioeconomy we also include those activities that are linked to these biological processes because they share with them the same resource base, in particular land. for instance, agrotourism, strictly speaking, is not a bio-based activity. nonetheless, it is a landbased activity that can not be separated from bio-based activities that constitute conventional agriculture. for a discussion on a wider definition of bio-based economy or bioeconomy, see also schmid et al. (2012). 252 r. esposti 4.2. is agricultural tfp obsolete? the prevalence of process innovations in the “old” technological paradigm implied that the agricultural innovation performance could be captured by a measure of productivity growth, i.e., tfp growth. tfp was intended, and still is, as a proxy of technological level and its growth as a proxy of technological progress. gradually moving towards the new paradigm, however, the identification and implementation of a univocal appropriate measure expressing an innovative performance is more challenging. along with “traditional” process innovations that increase the amount of product obtainable from a given amount of production factors (type i productivity), product and functional innovations mostly result in a performance improvement of different nature (type ii productivity): new and better products but also more and better non-market goods and services which can be hardly measurable or observable. under these latter circumstances, the usual construction of aggregate indices of output and input to perform the calculation of tfp may face serious measurement difficulties. this is not a genuinely new problem in the literature. the intense debate on the so-called productivity paradox29 (brynjolfsson, 1993), developed especially in the nineties, concerned the problems encountered in tfp calculation whenever relevant quality improvements of both factors of production and products or services were observed. in this respect, the slowdown in tfp growth registered in usa and eu agriculture in recent decades (table 2) could be considered as “our” productivity paradox. whenever the sector began to move towards food safety & quality, environmental sustainability and multifunctionality, thus providing superior performance in terms of consumer satisfaction and social utility, the conventional measures of productivity reported a slowdown. evidently, passing from the “productivity slowdown” to the “paradox” emphasizes that what may appear as a declining performance, or even failure, of the knowledge and innovation system may be, at least in part, an artefact due to measurement errors or, to be more precise, to new and larger measurement errors induced by the evolution of the system itself. this also implies a more cautious interpretation of what emerges from tfp calculation and comparisons across space and time: the decline of tfp growth may be not necessarily an indicator of failure. it may rather (or also) be an indicator of structural changes in the nature of the system. two different approaches can be identified to cope with this methodological challenge. the first solution is to remain focused on the calculation of tfp as a primary and univocal proxy of productivity. of course, this calculation must be adapted to take into account these product and function innovations. this implies a multi-output specification of the production process that admits quality heterogeneity, production of non-market services of collective interest (in essence, positive externalities) as well as of negative externalities (oskam and stefanou, 1997), and also admits that the production of all these market and non-market goods and services may show some degree of time-varying jointness (or non-separability) (oskam and stefanou, 1997; oecd , 2001). serious doubts can be raised on whether the neoclassical production theory (on which the concept and the calculation/estimation of the tfp is based) (chambers, 1988), 29 the productivity paradox is given by the massive introduction of ict in most sectors, and mostly in services that apparently did not generate any impact in productivity figures. 253knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy is flexible and adaptable enough to properly take into account all these aspects. several adjustment and extensions have been proposed within this production theory in this respect.30 nonetheless, it has still to be demonstrated that such complex and highly datademanding adaptations really enable empirical productivity analysis with the same accuracy and comparability of the conventional tfp calculation. given these difficulties, an alternative option consists in recognizing that the traditional tfp calculation (as well as the underlying production theory), though valid, is not able to take full account of these kinds of innovation. in other words, productivity performance is made up of two different elements (see figure 1): type i productivity (i.e., conventional tfp) capturing the productivity gains arising from process innovations; type ii productivity (or functionality) expressing performance improvement resulting from product and functional innovations. this second productivity type can be measured, in levels and growth rates, through a battery of indicators that accompany the traditional tfp. therefore, an overall assessment and comparison of productivity performance will eventually be multicriteria. the literature on this second line of research is at an early stage (ball and norton, 2002, part iii; esposti, 2008), but it represents a promising line of methodological and empirical study. 4.3. towards a new model: from akis to kisb the analysis carried out so far emphasizes the need of a re-definition and re-design of the akis mostly due to the substantial change in the nature and dynamics of the “object” of the system (knowledge and innovations). however, it remains difficult to illustrate in details which structure and features the system is actually going to assume along this evolutionary process. eventually, the final outcome of this evolutionary process depends on how the involved agents and institutions will behave and adapt to the new context and how policies will accompany and condition this transition. this evolution still being largely in progress, incomplete, and country-specific, it seems only possible to outline some of its general characteristics and to provide some general guidelines for its proper design. an uninterrupted international debate on purposes, limitations, needs and challenges of the akis started in the sixties (bergeret, 2012, p. 9). this debate determined an evolution in the conceptualization of the akis and induced its progressive reform. figure 2 outlines, very schematically and synthetically, the main stages of this reform process.31 conceptually, the key driver of this debate is the gradual emergence of the socalled knowledge system thinking (röling, 1992), namely the belief, dictated by the evidence, that agricultural innovative performance is the final outcome of complex systemic interactions between different actors and institutions involved in the production and dis30 for instance, a recent paper by zuniga gonzales (2012) proposes a bio economic-oriented tfp (btfp) where the tfp calculation is extended and adjusted to include production of other non-agricultural products (biofuels) obtained from farming activities. kim et al. (2012) analyse farm-level productivity performances within a multi-output framework taking explicitly into account complementarities, scope economies and non-convexities associated to the diversification of farm activity. this approach may be interesting to evaluate the performance of multifunctional farms. 31 for more details on the knowledge system thinking and on the progressive shift from aks to ais and akis, see dockes et al. (2011), poppe (2012b) and eu scar (2012). 254 r. esposti semination of knowledge and in its incorporation into innovative technological solutions (knickel et al., 2009). even within this systemic logic, however, a top-down (ss) conceptualization of the akis was initially prevalent. at the top of the system there is scientific research whose production of knowledge and innovation flows downstream, through education and extension, up to final applications in agricultural production (from lab to field; ltof). the rise of the knowledge system thinking has progressively challenged this view in favour of an interpretation that emphasizes a stricter coordination and integration between the components of the “knowledge triangle” (research, education and extension) that eventually generates those various forms of knowledge and technological solutions to be finally transferred to producers. this was the original conceptualization of the aks (agricultural knowledge system) (poppe, 2012b) that essentially remains a top-down and supply-side representation, although not necessarily science-based (from lab, classrooms and meeting rooms to field, lcmtof). in fact, the next stage consisted in questioning the supply-side dominance in favour of a more active role of the demand-side (namely, farmers or final users). the peer interaction between users and the institutions of knowledge creation and diffusion eventually converts this knowledge into actual innovative practices (knowledge&innovation system thinking). this evolution determined a new conceptualization, that of the ais (agricultural innovation system) (the world bank, 2011), and, then, of the akis (agricultural knowledge and innovation system) (deschamps, 2011; bergeret, 2012, p. 11-12; oecd, 2012) that emphasized the bi-directional interaction between supply and demand-side and the combination of top-down and bottom-up knowledge and information flows (from lab to field, from field to lab, ltof-ftol). this view is essentially non-hierarchical, but based on the quantity and quality (i.e., intensity) of the interactions and flows of knowledge occurring within this system. this element is exalted further in the last stage of this conceptual and organizational evolutionary path. according to this perspective, the system is not an articulation of conceptual interacting components (as in the knowledge triangle: research, education, extension), but rather a network of real heterogeneous, autonomous but interdependent evolving subjects whose interaction is itself specific and dynamic. these subjects go beyond the traditional boundaries of the system, since in this context also consumer organizations, pressure groups and lobbies, opinion movements may become relevant. in short, the system is made of a wider range of stakeholders. what really structures and drives the system, therefore, is not some ex-ante allocation of functions and resources across conventional categories (research, extension, education), but the actual behaviour of these stakeholders, their choices, conflicts and cooperation. the system actually becomes an actively participated network operating both on a local and on a global scale (from stakeholder to stakeholder, stos). 32 this change in the conceptualization of the akis, and the consequent need to reform it accordingly, comes from the new challenges and paradigms outlined above. as they induce sectoral convergence, it is necessary to switch from a strictly agricultural perspective 32 a clear example of this evolution is the concept of linsa (learning and innovation networks for sustainable agriculture) (crepe, 2011; solinsa, 2012). see also paffarini and santucci (2009). 255knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy to a system open to all traditional sectors now converging into bioeconomy: from akis to kisb (guillou, 2012). moreover, while the conventional ss akis was based on an idea of knowledge codified into stable forms, thus allowing appropriate institutional arrangements to regulate its public/non-public nature, in the new paradigm, knowledge is a good with a much more complex nature and dynamics. an exemplary expression of this evolution is the concept of system innovation. this is a more complex and articulated idea of innovation which incorporates/hybridizes its different implications, the strictly technological content but also its organizational content as well as its social and environmental implications. system innovation inevitably and directly involves not only the supplier-user relationship but also consumers, citizens, agricultural-rural communities and institutions, etc. (geels, 2005). a kisb with a strong network structure is the natural counterpart of this idea of innovation (eu scar, 2012).33 it is a system where a top-down structure (ss kisb) should be replaced by a network structure (pβn kisb). this latter structure is eventually able to generate those complex system innovations by fostering not only research, dissemination and education, but also other critical processes for a successful innovation, that is, participation, experimentation, training and learning by doing and interacting.34 designing the kisb as a network, however, does not immediately imply a well-functioning system. there are serious risks associated to a network structure. first of all, what is expected to be a well-functioning network in the conceptual design may eventually function as a highly fragmented and disorganized system, in practice, not able to selforganize and self-coordinate its activities (klerkx and proctor, 2013). in essence, it may behave as a system incapable of designing new technological trajectories because it produces and circulates incoherent fragments of knowledge and innovation instead of producing and circulating system innovations. this new perspective may also be helpful to better understand what happened in eu agriculture in the last two decades. most of the major successful novelties (for instance, agrotourism, organic agriculture, direct selling, agroenergy) are not usually considered as innovations because of their non-technological nature. however, they can be definitely regarded as product and function innovations and fit the concept of system innovation for which technology is often just a facilitating factor. for the most part, these innovations were generated spontaneously within local and specific contexts which then spread across the whole agricultural sector. in analyzing these successful cases, the role of public policy should not be understated. several policy interventions played a major role in favouring these product and functional innovations. the evolution of the cap of the last two decades, in particular, contributed a lot. as the attention here focuses on akis/kisb policies, however, we must acknowledge that these successful novelties had little to do with the research and innovation policy. research, as well as extension and education, certainly made their contribu33 “system innovations are multi-factor, multi-actor and multi-level (multi-scaled) and can be only understood in terms of historical co-evolutionary process which link-up all these actors, factors and levels” (geels, 2005). on system innovation, see also barbier (2010) and verguts et al. (2010). 34 this idea of complex innovation (or system innovation) finds various expressions though all based on the same idea. for example, hall (2011) proposes the concept of agricultural innovation networks to meet new challenges (“an increasingly complex agenda”). along the same line, we find analogous or similar concepts: collective intelligence, social innovation, multi-actor (or participative) innovation, innovation and learning networks (deschamps, 2011; bergeret, 2012; cristiano, 2012; eu scar, 2012; klitgaard, 2012; poppe, 2012b). 256 r. esposti tion but not following a pre-determined strategy imposed by some pivotal institution. this contribution emerged gradually and spontaneously and accompanied the emergence of these innovations. therefore, strictly speaking, it is not an institutional success, but rather the success of a system of permanent and high-quality relations. therefore, these successful innovations are the result of the proper functioning of a network. at the other extreme, consider a case that can be definitely regarded as a failure in the recent experience of many national kisb within the eu: the case of genetically modified (gm) crops. the national systems have invested significant resources in public (public universities hold several biotechnology patents) and private (clusters of highly innovative biotech firms) research, in high-level education and training (many university degree programs dedicated to modern agro-biotechnology), in information, dissemination and technical assistance (the remarkable effort of supplier firms, often multinational corporations, to inform and convince about the validity and viability of these technological solutions). yet, all this effort has been almost completely lost in terms of final outcomes, that is, productive applications and productivity performance. it is definitely a system failure. is it an institutional failure? actually, institutions and agents made their deliberate choices within a legal framework (e.g., patent protection) and a set of incentives that were not fundamentally different compared to other countries where the advent of gm crops was more successful. it was rather a network failure. many relevant stakeholders (e.g., consumers) as well as fundamental aspects of a proper network participation, discussion, and collective decision making were neglected. most of the key actors and stakeholders operating within the network did not coordinate their choices and actions, and their interactions were not intense enough to avoid that all the innovative effort was dispersed and lost within the network due to actors’ different needs, views and beliefs. 5. some final considerations: a new policy design for the kisb at this stage of the analysis, therefore, it is difficult to argue how the new system (the kisb) should be structured. as mentioned, its mostly spontaneous evolution is still in progress and depends on many heterogeneous interacting stakeholders. moreover, properly outlining and designing a well-functioning network is more challenging than organizing a strongly hierarchical system. nonetheless, the role of policies in this respect remains crucial especially within sectors (like agriculture) where policies, even when they do not explicitly focus on research and innovation, still strongly affect the behaviour of agents within the akis/kisb. therefore, to conclude the present analysis we attempt to draw some general conclusions about the most appropriate policy to induce, govern and influence the depicted evolutionary trajectory of the kisb. the attention concentrates on the eu policy. not only because it directly concerns those developed countries whose agriculture and bioeconomy is of primary interest here, but mainly because the eu seems an exemplary case of the attempt to move in a direction consistent with the depicted evolution of the kisb and of the difficulties encountered in designing coherent and effective policies in this respect. the ambition to build a common eu-wide kisb (european commission, 2011) encounters two serious and mutually reinforcing coordination problems. the first coordination problem concerns the struggle of any european policy to harmonize and, gradually, 257knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy orient heterogeneous and specific national (and sometimes regional) policies (materia, 2012; poppe, 2012a). this harmonization effort, though needed, can not disregard heterogeneity, that is, the fact that there is no one-fits-all model of the kisb to which all eu countries and regions should easily converge. the second problem concerns the difficult coordination of the two main sectoral eu policies that directly or indirectly affect the kisb, namely the cap and the eu research policy. if we consider the current design of these european policies, this latter coordination problem is less visible at present since the cap contains only a limited number of measures (and resources) for the kisb, which are mostly concentrated in axis 1 of the second pillar (sotte, 2009).35 on the contrary, inspired by the lisbon agenda, the current research policy already incorporates a number of ideas and initiatives that clearly focus on some key aspects of the depicted evolution of the system. in particular, under the seventh framework programme (fp7) (i.e., the main line of research funding by the eu), one of the ten key areas, “food, agriculture and fisheries, and biotechnology”, is specifically aimed at building a european knowledge based bio-economy (kbbe).36 nevertheless, this eu research policy design inevitably maintains a top-down (ss) perspective. 35 sotte (2009) analyses the budget allocation of italian regions within their rural development programmes across the different measures. funds allocated to measures concerning innovation, education and training, extension, dissemination and technical assistance are just 6% of the total budget; quite close to funds allocated to generational turnover (5%), much less than funds spent on agro-environmental measures (32%). 36 the kbbe budget is about 2 billion euro of research funds, almost 4% of the total fp7 budget. figure 2. evolution of the knowledge system thinking in the conceptualization of the akis ltof r&d education farmers lcmtof stakeholder 1   (s1) stos extension education extension r&d farmers lof-­‐ftol education extension r&d farmerss2 s3 s4 sn 258 r. esposti a more demand-side and bottom-up perspective should be provided by the cap and, in particular, by its second pillar measures.37 improving this demand-side of the kisb and ensuring a closer matching with the supply side is one of the main purposes in reforming these eu policies for the period 2014-2020. the eu research policy continues along the line that has already been defined in the previous period. “europe 2020” contains an ambitious programme of research funding (“horizon 2020”) (european commission, 2011) in which the kbbe maintains a central position (european commission, 2012a; danish presidency of the council of the european union, 2012) (http:// ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy).38 this research policy, however, is now adopted within a new framework, the innovation union initiative (http://ec.europa.eu/research/innovation-union/) (european commission, 2010a). it is one of the key initiatives inspired by “europe 2020” and its ambition is to make different eu policies (e.g., research and agricultural policies) converge towards the common goal of increasing the innovation capacity within the eu, in all countries and all sectors. the innovation union initiative provides over 30 different actions. of major interest here, it is the creation of thematic european innovation partnerships (eip) to favour innovations on specific sectors and issues. one of these eip concerns agriculture: the european innovation partnership (eip) for agricultural productivity and sustainability (eipa) (matthews, 2011). though there is still an incomplete information on how this new instrument will work, the most recent communications of the eu commission (european commission, 2012a; 2012f) clarify its objectives, design and functioning. on this basis, epi-a appears to be a real step forward in order to build a kisb in accordance with the discussed evolution, the new challenges and technological trajectories. on four aspects, in particular, the eip-a seems to fully capture the evolution of the system (european commission, 2012a; 2012f). first of all, it clearly acknowledges that agricultural innovations are expected to improve not only productivity in conventional sense (tfp) but also the performance with respect to other agricultural functions (soil functionality) (european commission, 2012a, p. 4). secondly, and related to the former point, the eip-a seems consistent with a wider scope of the system moving from the strictly sectoral boundaries of agriculture to the bioeconomy, as clearly emphasised in many of the declared areas of innovative actions (european commission, 2012a, p. 8-9). thirdly, the eip-a emphasises that the agricultural knowledge and innovation system has a prevalent network structure, weakly hierarchical and with many heterogeneous agents involved (european commission, 2012a, p. 6). as a consequence, the current unsatisfying performance of the system should be intended as a network failure.39 finally, the initiative clearly aims at building the missing bridge between the eu research policy and the cap (european commission, 37 the potential contradiction between eu research policy on agriculture and the eu rural development policy emerges more clearly by looking at the actual figures. neubauer (2010) reports data on the research projects funded under the sixth framework programme in the areas of “agricultural biotechnology” and “organic agriculture”. the former area has received total funding which is about four times the funding received by the latter. the second area, however, received much more support within the second pillar of the cap (sotte, 2009). 38 in particular, agricultural issues are mostly framed within the objectives of food safety and sustainable agriculture. the resources dedicated to the kbbe during the entire period should amount to 4.5 billion euros, more than double the budget for the kbbe in the fp7, but still just about 5% of the total budget of horizon2020. 39 “the scientists do not know what the farmers want and the farmers do not know what science does” (matthews, 2011). 259knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy 2012a, p. 7), that is, at coordinating and matching the top-down and bottom-up initiatives to eventually generate real innovative behaviours and choices. nonetheless, the novelty and these remarkable strengths of the eip-a initiative may remain just good intentions if not accompanied by an appropriate design and implementation. at the moment, some weaknesses clearly emerge in this respect. the first problem concerns funding. the eip-a by itself will have a very limited funding, as it is rather expected to mobilize and orient resources made available within horizon2020 and the cap (second pillar). in relative terms, however, these latter resources are still marginal. within the current cap reform proposals, this novel initiative will involve only a small portion of the budget (4.5 billion euros corresponding to just over 1% of the total cap budget). these resources will be dedicated to agricultural (or bioeconomy) research and will be managed with the clear objectives, rules and procedures of the eu framework program for research (european commission, 2012a,b). therefore, it may just represent a transfer of money from a eu policy to another, not necessarily a coordination between them. eventually, the eip-a might not be strong enough to counterbalance the institutional inertia of both eu research policy and the cap. on this latter aspect, a stronger contribution to reduce this inertia can be expected from the reform of the cap’s second pillar. the current proposal identifies the transfer of knowledge and the impulse to innovation as one of the six key horizontal priorities (european commission, 2012d). on the actual contribution of this rural development policy to the eip-a initiative, however, other potential weaknesses can be identified. on the one hand, the cap remains jealous of its strictly sectoral boundaries. therefore, it is willing to accept, at least apparently, the integration with the research policy, but shows greater difficulty in opening to those other sectors that, together with agriculture, converge in the bioeconomy. while the eu research policy claims the kbbe, the cap’s emphasis on innovation remains almost exclusively confined within the traditional agricultural sector. on the other hand, the rural development programmes are expected to bring all these interventions, coordinated by the eip-a, into the local contexts where they may not meet similar and coordinated interventions at the national and local scale. more generally, the “local” kisb might not be ready to integrate this top-down impulse coming from the eu within their own bottom-up effort (fieldsend, 2012). the eu commission seems aware of these potential weaknesses of the eip-a and proposes an instrument to overcome the funding issues as well as the institutional inertia of the two eu policies the eip-a is expected to coordinate. this instrument is the creation of operational groups (og) that should transfer in practice all the strengths of the eip-a initiative. og should behave as innovation networks involving all the relevant stakeholders and working on all the possible relevant areas of the bioeconomy. funded by both horizon2020 and the second pillar of the cap, og will be asked to reduce the gap between scientists and farmers, thus improving the innovative performance of the eu agriculture and bioeconomy. while acknowledging that these og may be of strategic relevance to make the eip-a effective, however, there is still little information on how they will be brought together and how they will function in practice. therefore, only next years will show whether the reformed design and implementation of the involved eu policies will really follow the declared objectives and will be able to meet the abovementioned expectations. 260 r. esposti acknowledgements an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 1st aieaa conference ‘towards a sustainable bio-economy: economic issues and policy challenges’. 4-5 june, 2012, trento, italy. the author wishes to thank two anonymous referees and the editor for their helpful suggestions and comments on an earlier version of the paper. the usual disclaimers apply. references akis/rd (2000). strategic vision and guiding principles. agricultural knowledge and information systems for rural development (akis/rd), rome: fao. alfranca, o., huffman, w.e. (2003). aggregate private r&d investments in agriculture: the role of incentives, public policies and institutions. economic development and cultural change 52(1): 1-21. alston, j.m. (2010). science of science policy: evidence and lessons from studies of agricultural r&d. paper prepared for the workshop “science of science measurement”, 2-3 december, national science foundation, washington, d.c. alston, j.m., andersen, m.a., james, s.j., pardey, p.g. (2011). the economic returns to u.s. public agricultural research. american journal of agricultural economics 93(5): 1257-1277. alston, j.m., babcock, b.a., pardey, p.g. (eds.) (2010a). the shifting patterns of agricultural production and productivity worldwide. the midwest agribusiness trade and research information center, ames: iowa state university. alston, j.m., beddow, j.m., pardey, p.g. (2009a). mendel versus malthus: research, productivity and food prices in the long run. staff paper p09-1, department of applied economics, university of minnesota. alston, j.m., beddow, j.m., pardey, p.g. (2009b). agricultural research, productivity and food prices in the long run. science 325: 1209-12010. alston, j.m., beddow, j.m., pardey, p.g. (2010b). food commodity prices in the long run: the crucial role of agricultural research and productivity. eurochoices 9(3): 36-42. alston, j.m., chan-kang, c., marra, m.c., pardey, p.g., wyatt, t.j. (2000). meta-analysis of rates of return to agricultural r&d: ex pede herculem? research report 113, international food policy research institute (ifpri), washington, d.c. alston, j.m., james, j.s., andersen, m.a., pardey, p.g. (2010c). persistence pays. u.s. agricultural productivity growth and the benefits from public r&d spending. natural resource management and policy vol 34, new york: springer. alston, j.m., norton, g.w., pardey, p.g. (1998). science under scarcity. principles and practice for agricultural research evaluation and priority setting. wallingford: cab-international. alston, j.m., pardey, p.g. (2009). theme overview: agricultural productivity and global food security in the long run. choices 24(4) (http://www.choicesmagazine.org/). alston, j.m., pardey, p.g. (2011). global and u.s. trends in agricultural r&d in a global food security setting. in: oecd, improving agricultural knowledge and innovation systems, oecd conference proceedings, paris: oecd publishing, 19-40. 261knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy baldi, l., casati, d. (2007). induced innovation hypothesis: some evidence in italian agriculture. rivista di economia agraria lxii(4): 515-540. ball, v. e., butault, j.p., san juan,c., mora, r. (2010). productivity and international competitiveness of european union and united states agriculture. agricultural economics 41(6): 611-627. ball, v.e., bureau, j.c., butault, j.p., nehring, r. (2001). levels of farm sector productivity: an international comparison. journal of productivity analysis 15(1): 5-29. ball, v.e., butault, j.p., nehring, r. (2002). united states agriculture, 1960-96: a multilateral comparison of total factor productivity. in: ball, v.e., norton, g.w., agricultural productivity. measurement and sources of growth. boston. kluwer academic publishers, 11-35 ball, v.e., hallahan, c., nehring, r. (2004). convergence of productivity: an analysis of the catch-up hypothesis within a panel of states. american journal of agricultural economics 86(5): 1315-1321. ball, v.e., norton, g.w. (2002). agricultural productivity. measurement and sources of growth. boston: kluwer academic publishers. barbier, m. (2010). the ecologization of agricultural sciences and technology and the role of social studies about it. presentation made at the international workshop on “system innovations, knowledge regimes, and design practices towards sustainable agriculture”, 16-18 june, lelystad, the netherlands. beddow, j.m., pardey, p.g., koo, j., wood, s. (2010). the changing landscape of global agriculture. in: alston, j.m., babcock, b.a., pardey, p.g. (eds.), the shifting patterns of agricultural production and productivity worldwide, the midwest agribusiness trade and research information center, ames: iowa state university, 7-38. beintema, n.m. (2010). financial and human capacities in agricultural r&d in developing countries: recent evidence. presentation made at the global conference on agricultural research for development (gcard), 28-31 march, montpellier. beintema, n.m., elliott, h. (2011). setting meaningful investment targets in agricultural research and development: challenges, opportunities and fiscal realities. in: conforti, p. (ed.), looking ahead in world food and agriculture: perspectives to 2050, rome: fao, 347-387. beintema, n.m., stads, g-j. (2008). measuring agricultural research investments. a revised global picture. asti background note, international food policy research institute (ifpri), washington, d.c. beintema, n.m., stads, g-j. (2010). public agricultural r&d investments and capacities in developing countries. recent evidence for 2000 and beyond. asti background note, international food policy research institute (ifpri), washington, d.c. bergeret, p. (2012). an introduction to the eu scar collaborative working group (cwg). presentation made at conference “the future of agricultural knowledge and innovation systems”, 5 march, brussels. bresnahan, t.f., trajtenberg, m. (1995). general purpose technologies “engines of growth”? journal of econometrics 65(1), 83-108. brooks, s. (2011). is international agricultural research a global public good? the case of rice biofortification. the journal of peasant studies 38(1): 67-80. brynjolfsson, e. (1993). the productivity paradox of information technology. communications of the acm 36(12): 66–77. 262 r. esposti chambers, r. (1988). applied production analysis. a dual approach. cambridge mass.: cambridge university press. craig, b., pardey, p., roseboom, j. (1998). international productivity patterns: accounting for input quality, infrastructure and research. american journal of agricultural economics 79(4), 1064-1076. crepe (2011). what bio-economy for europe? summary report, co-operative research on environment problems in europe (crepe), april, brussels. cristiano, s. (2012). learning from the experiences of implementing integrated research projects with a multi-actor aaproach: how to implement them in the eu programmes? presentation made at conference “enhancing innovation and the delivery of research in the eu agriculture”, 7 march, brussels. dalrymple, d.g. (2008). international agricultural research as a global public good: concepts, the cgiar experience and policy issues. journal of international development 20(3): 347-379. danish presidency of the council of the european union (2012). the copenhagen declaration for a bieconomy in action. declaration presented at the conference “bioeconomy in action”, 26-28 march, copenaghen. deschamps, l. (2011). responses to new agricultural challenges. presentation made at the oecd conference “agricultural knowledge systems: responding to global food security and climate changes challenges”, 15-17 june, paris. dockes, a-c., tisenkopfs, t., bock, b. (2011). reflection paper on akis. scar akis colloborative working group (cwp), wp1, brussels. esposti, r. (2000). the impact of public r&d and extension expenditure on italian agriculture. an application of a mixed parametric/nonparametric approach. european review of agricultural economics 27(3): 365-384. esposti, r. (2002). public agricultural r&d design and technological spill-ins. a dynamic model. research policy 31(5): 693-717. esposti, r. (2007). regional growth and policies in the european union: does the common agricultural policy have a counter-treatment effect? american journal of agricultural economics 89(1), 116-134. esposti, r. (2008). principali problemi metodologici nel confronto tra aziende biologiche e convenzionali. in: doria p., valli c. (a cura di), la produzione agricola mediterranea tra biologico e convenzionale. working paper sabio n. 5, rome: inea, 33-66. esposti, r. (2009). solving the controversy between functional and natural food: is agrifood production becoming modular? in: lindgreen, a., hingley, m., vanhamme, j. (eds.), the crisis of food brands. sustaining safe, innovative and competitive food supply. aldershot: gower publishing, 139-153. esposti, r. (2011). convergence and divergence in regional agricultural productivity growth. evidence from italian regions, 1951-2002. agricultural economics 42(2): 153-169. esposti, r. (2012). the driving forces of agricultural decline. a panel-data approach to the italian regional growth. canadian journal of agricultural economics 60(3): 377-405. esposti, r., lucatelli, s., peta, e.a. (2008). innovations strategies and consumption trends in italy: a focus on the agro-food sector. materiali uval – analisi e studi, n. 15, 263knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy ministero dello sviluppo economico, dps, rome, http://www.dps.mef.gov.it/documentazione/uval/materiali_uval/muval15.pdf (downloaded on 1st april 2012). esposti, r., materia, v.c., sotte, f. (2010). far lavorare la scienza per il territorio. le regioni come agenzie di ricerca agricola. milano: franco angeli. esposti, r., pierani, p. (2000). modelling technical change in italian agriculture: a latent variable approach. agricultural economics 22(3): 261-270. esposti, r., pierani, p. (2003a). building the knowledge stock: lags, depreciation, and uncertainty in r&d investment and productivity growth. journal of productivity analysis 19(1): 33-58. esposti, r., pierani, p. (2003b). public r&d investment and cost structure in italian agriculture, 19601995. european review of agricultural economics 30(4): 509-537. esposti, r., pierani, p. (2003c). r&d, technology and productivity growth in italian agriculture, 1963-1991. cahiers d’economie et sociologie rurales, 2nd trimester 2003, 67: 5-27. esposti, r., pierani, p. (2006). price, private demand and optimal provision of public r&d investment. an application to italian agriculture, 1960-1995. empirical economics 31(3): 699-715. eu scar (2012). agricultural knowledge and innovation systems in transition – a reflection paper. european commission-standing committee on agricultural research (scar), brussels. european commission (2010a). europe 2020 flagship initiative innovation union. communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions, com(2010) 546, brussels. european commission (2010b). european competitiveness report 2010. european commission, dg enterprise and industry, brussels. european commission (2011). from challenges to opportunities: towards a common strategic framework for eu research and innovation funding. green paper, european commission, com(2011) 48, brussels. european commission (2012a). communication from the commission to the european parliament and the council on the european innovation partnership “agricultural productivity and sustainability”. european commission, com(2012) 79 final, brussels. european commission (2012b). the european innovation partnership “agricultural productivity and sustainability”. european commission, memo/12/147, 29 february, brussels. european commission (2012c). enhancing innovation and the delivery of research in the eu agriculture. backgound paper for the participants to the conference “enhancing innovation and the delivery of research in the eu agriculture”, european commission, 7 march, brussels. european commission (2012d). agricultural research in the eu. strengthening links between the framework programme and the cap. res(12)1398, dg agriculture and rural development, european commission, brussels. european commission (2012e). innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe. communication from the commission to the european parliament, the 264 r. esposti council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions, european commission, com(2012) 60 final, brussels. european commission (2012f). the european innovation partnership “agricultural productivity and sustainability”. priority and delivery mechanisms. conference in brussels, 19 november. evenson, r.e. (2001). economic impacts of agricultural research and extension. in gardner, b.l., rausser, g.c., handbook of agricultural economics. volume 1a. amsterdam: north-holland-elsevier, 573-628. falk, r., bakhshi, h., falk, m., geiger, w., karr, s., keppel, c., leo, h., spitzlinger, r. (2010). innovation and competitiveness of the creative industries. background report for the 2010 european competitiveness report, wifo, vienna. freibauer, a., mathijs, e., brunori, g., damianova, z., girona i gomis, j., o’brien, l., treyer, s. (2011). sustainable food consumption and production in a resourceconstrained world. the 3rd scar foresight exercise, european commission-standing committee on agricultural research (scar), brussels. fuglie, k.o. (2010). total factor productivity in the global agricultural economy: evidence from fao data. in: alston, j.m., babcock, b.a., pardey, p.g. (eds.), the shifting patterns of agricultural production and productivity worldwide, the midwest agribusiness trade and research information center, ames: iowa state university, 63-95. galiay, p. (2010). the science in society rationale behind. presentation made at crepe workshop “what knowledge for sustainable agriculture?”, 8 june, brussels. gardner, b., lesser, w. (2003). international agricultural research as a global public good. american journal of agricultural economics 85(3): 692-697. geels, f.w. (2005). technological transitions and system innovations: a co-evolutionary and socio-technical analysis. cheltenham: edward elgar publishing ltd.. glover, a. (2012). agricultural research and innovation – the prize. presentation made at conference “enhancing innovation and the delivery of research in the eu agriculture”, 7 march, brussels. guillou, m. (2012). eu agricultural research and innovation: needs and priority areas. presentation made at conference “enhancing innovation and the delivery of research in the eu agriculture”, 7 march, brussels. hall, a. (2011). partnerships in agricultural innovation systems: who puts themtogether? and what comes next?. presentation made at the oecd conference “agricultural knowledge systems: responding to global food security and climate changes challenges”, 15-17 june, paris. hall, t. (2007). scar foresight process. building an agricultural research agenda in europe in the long term. presentation made at the eu conference “towards future challenges of agricultural research in europe”, 26-27 june, brussels. house of lords (2011). innovation in rueu agriculture. european union committee, 19th report of session 2010-12, authority of the house of lords, london. huffman, w.e. (2001). human capital: education and agriculture. in gardner, b.l., rausser, g.c., handbook of agricultural economics. volume 1a. amsterdam: north-holland-elsevier, 333-381. huffman, w.e., evenson, r.e. (2006). science for agriculture. a long-term perspective. 2nd edition. oxford: blackwell publishing. 265knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy huffman, w.e., just, r.e. (1999). the organisation of agricultural research in western developed countries. agricultural economics 21(1): 1-18. johnson, d.k., evenson, r.e. (1999). r&d spillovers to agriculture: measurement and application. contemporary economic policy 17(4): 432-456. kim, k., chavas, j-p, barham, b., foltz, j. (2012). specialization, diversification, and productivity: a panel data analysis of ricefarms in korea. agricultural economics 43(6): 687-700. kirschke, d., häger, a., noleppa, s. (2011). rediscovering productivity in european agriculture. theoretical background, trends, global perspectives and policy options. hffa orking paper 02/2011, humboldt forum for food and agriculture, belin. kirsten, j. (2010). the new landscape of global agriculture. agricultural economics 41(issue supplement s1): v-ix. klerkx, l., proctor, a. (2013). beyond fragmentation and disconnect: networks for knowledge exchange in the english land management advisory system. land use policy 13(1): 13-24. klitgaard, k. (2012). knowledge exchange tools in multi-actor research projects: the experience from endure. presentation made at conference “enhancing innovation and the delivery of research in the eu agriculture”, european commission, 7 march, brussels. knickel, k., brunori, g., rand, s., proost, j. (2009). towards a better conceptual framework for innovation process in agriculture and rural development: from linear models to systemic approaches. journal of agriculture education and extension 15(2): 131-146. lele, u., pretty, j., terry, e., trigo, e., klousia, m. (2010). transforming agricultural research for development. report prepared for the global conference on agricultural research (gcard), 28-31 march, montepellier. liu, y., shumway, c.r., rosenman, r., ball, v.e. (2011). productivity growth and convergence in u.s. aagriculture: new cointegration panel data results. applied economics 43(1): 91-102. maietta, o.w. (2004). crescita della produttività e capitale umano nell’agricoltura italiana. qa la questione agraria 2004/4: 105-140. maracchi, g. (2010). il ruolo della ricerca scientifica per l’agricoltura in un contesto globale. in: accademia dei georgofili (2010), la ricerca scientifica pubblica. strutture e organizzazione per le scienze agrarie, quaderni 2010-i, firenze: edizioni polistampa, 9-16. maredia, m.k., raitzer, d.a. (2010). estimating overall returns to international agricultural research in africa through benefit-cost analysis: a “best-evidence approach”. agricultural economics 41(1): 81-100. materia, v.c. (2012). evoluzione dei sistemi della conoscenza in agricoltura in europa e nel mondo. are – agriregionieuropa 8(28): 6-11 (http://agriregionieuropa.univpm.it/). matthews, a. (2011). the future role for the european innovation partnership for agricultural productivity and sustainability. cap reform blog (http://capreform.eu/), downloaded on 1 april 2012. mccunn, a., huffman, w.e. (2000). convergence in u.s. productivity growth for agriculture: implications of interstate research spillovers for funding agricultural research. american journal of agricultural economics 82(2): 370-388. 266 r. esposti moreddu, c. (2012). agricultural innovation systems: examples from outside europe. presentation made at conference “the future of agricultural knowledge and innovation systems”, 5 march, brussels. msangi, s., tokgoz, s., batka, m., rosegrant, m. (2009). investment requirements under new demands on world agriculture: feeding the world with bioenergy and climate change. paper written in support of the fao expert meeting on “how to feed the world in 2050”, 24-26 june, fao, rome. neubauer, c. (2010). european research area: agro-environmental research priorities. presentation made at crepe workshop “what knowledge for sustainable agriculture?”, 8 june, brussels. oecd (2001). multifunctionality. towards an analytical framework. paris: oecd publishing. oecd (2012). improving agricultural knowledge and innovation systems. oecd conference proceedings, paris: oecd publishing. oehmke, j. f., weatherspoon, d. d., wolf, c. a., naseem, a., maredia, m., hightower, a. (2000). is agricultural research still a public good? agribusiness 16(1): 68-81. oskam, a.j., stefanou, s. (1997). the cap and technological change. in ritson, c. and harvey, d. (eds), the common agricultural policy. wallingford: cab-international, 191-224. paffarini, c., santucci, f.m. (2009). theory and practice of advisory work in a time of turbulence. proceedings of the xix european seminar on extension education (esee), 15-19 september, assisi (perugia), ali&no editrice, perugia. pardey, p.g., alston, j.m. (2012). global and u.s. trends in agricultural r&d in a global food security setting. in: oecd, improving agricultural knowledge and innovation systems, paris: oecd conference proceedings, 19-40. pardey, p.g., alston, j.m., beintema, n.m. (2006a). agricultural r&d spending at a critical crossroads. farm policy journal 3(1): 1-9. pardey, p.g., alston, j.m., james, j.s. (2008). agricultural r&d policy: a tragedy of the international commons. staff paper p08-08, department of applied economics, university of minnesota. pardey, p.g., andersen, m.a., chan-kang, c., alston, j.m. (2012). a long-run price index and the real cost of us agricultural research. department of applied economics, staff paper, st. paul: university of minnesota (in preparation). pardey, p.g., beintema, n.m. (2001). slow magic: agricultural r&d a century after mendel. food policy report, international food policy research institute (ifpri), washington, d.c. pardey, p.g., beintema, n.m., dehmer, s., wood, s. (2006b). agricultural research. a growing global divide? asti initiative (ifpri), international food policy research institute, washington, d.c. pardey, p.g., pingali, p.l. (2010). reassessing international research for food and agriculture. report prepared for the global conference on agricultural research for development (gcard), 28-31 march, montpellier. pardey, p.g., roseboom, j., craig, b.j. (1992). a yardstick for international comparisons: an application to national agricultural research expenditures. economic development and cultural change 40(2): 333-349. 267knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy parto, s. (2003). transitions: an institutionalist perspective. merit (maastricht economic research institute on innovation and technology) – infonomics research memorandum series, 2003-019 (http://edocs.ub.unimass.nl/loader/file.asp?id=818, downloaded on 1st april 2012). pierani, p. (2009). multilateral comparison of total factor productivity and convergence in italian aagriculture (1951–2002). depfid working papers –2/2009, department of economic policy, finance and development, university of siena. poppe, k.j. (2012a). findings of the eu scar collaborative working group. presentation made at conference “the future of agricultural knowledge and innovation systems”, 5 march, brussels. poppe, k.j. (2012b). akis-agricultural knowledge and innovation systems in transition: findings from the eu scar collaborative working group on akis. in oecd, improving agricultural knowledge and innovation systems. oecd conference proceedings, paris: oecd publishing, 41-51. ritter, w. (2007). stockholm workshop and beyond. presentation made at the eu conference “towards future challenges of agricultural research in europe”, 26-27 june, brussels. ritter, w. (2012). the future orientation of agricultural research policy in times of increasing uncertainty. presentation made at conference “enhancing innovation and the delivery of research in the eu agriculture”, 7 march, brussels. rivera, w.m., qamar, m.k., mwandemere, h.k. (2005). enhancing coordination among akis/rd actors: an analytical and comparative review of country studies on agricultural knowledge and information systems for rural development (akis/ rd), rome: fao. rizzi, p.l., pierani p. (2006). agrefit. ricavi, costi e produttività dei fattori nell’agricoltura delle regioni italiane (1951-2002). milano: franco angeli. röling, n.g. (1992). the emergence of knowledge systems thinking: a changing perception of relationships among innovation, knowledge process and configuration. knowledge and policy: the international journal of knowledge transfer and utilization 5(1): 42-64. röling, n.g., engel, p.g.h. (1991). it from a knowledge system perspective: concepts and issues. in kuiper, d. and roling, n.g. (eds.), european seminar on knowledge management and information technology. department of extension science, wageningen: wageningen university, 8-20. ruttan, v. (2008). general purpose technology, revolutionary technology, and technological maturity. staff paper p08-3, department of applied economics, university of minnesota. sadler, p. (2010). sustainble growth in a post-scarcity world. consumption, demand and the poverty penalty. aldershot: gower publishing. sassi, m. (2009). agricultural convergence and cap in the eu-15: a territorial approach. atlantic economic journal 37(4): 449-450. schimmelpfennig, d., thirtle, c. (1999). the internationalization of agricultural technology: patents, r&d spillovers, and their effects on productivity in the e.u. and u.s. contemporary economic policy 17(4): 457–468. schmid, o., padel, s., levidow, l. (2012). the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective. bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 47-63. 268 r. esposti solinsa (2012). findings in member states on contexts for linsas. presentation made at conference “the future of agricultural knowledge and innovation systems”, 5 march, brussels. sotte, f. (2009). la politica di sviluppo rurale 2007-2013. un primo bilancio per l’italia. gruppo 2013-coldiretti, quaderni, rome: edizioni tellus. the world bank (2011). agricultural innovation systems. an investment sourcebook. overview. washington: the world bank. van meijl, h., soete, l. (1995). it spillovers and productivity growth: an empirical application to france. oecd economic workshops on information society, workshop no. 1, 28-29 june, toronto. verguts, v., dessein, j., lauwers, l., werkman, r.a., termeer, c.j.a.m. (2010). understanding eco-industrial development processes through multiple change perspectives. presentation made at the international workshop on “system innovations, knowledge regimes, and design practices towards sustainable agriculture”, 16-18 june, lelystad, the netherlands. werrij, f. (2009). agricultural research at cross roads of scientific excellence and societal relevance. rivista di economia agraria lxiv(1-2): 5-11. zuniga gonzales, c.a. (2012). total factor productivity and the bio economy effects. selected paper prepared for presentation at the international association of agricultural economists (iaae) triennal conference, 18-24 august, foz do iguaçu, brasil. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(2): 125-150, 2012 tools for integrated assessment in agriculture. state of the art and challenges wolfgang britz1, martin van ittersum2, alfons oude lansink3, thomas heckelei1 1 bonn university, institute for food and resource economics, germany 2 wageningen university, plant production systems group, the netherlands 3 wageningen university, business economics group, the netherlands abstract. the increased interest in integrated assessment (ia) of agricultural systems reflects the growing complexity of policy objectives and corresponding impacts related to this sector. the paper contemplates on the status of quantitative tools for ia in agriculture, drawing on recent european experiences from the development and application of large-scale integrated modelling systems which are both multi-dimensional/disciplinary and covering multiple spatial scales. specific challenges arise from the numerous roles of agriculture with societal relevance, the heterogeneity of farms and farming systems across a geographical region and the multitude of environmental impacts of interest associated with agricultural production. conceptual differences between typical bio-physical and economic models as well as deficiencies regarding validation and uncertainty analysis require continued efforts to improve the tools. keywords. integrated assessment, quantitative tools, multi-scale analysis, agricultural systems, model validation jel-codes. c63, q10, q18, q57 1. introduction porter and rossini (1980) introduced the term “integrated impact assessment” (iam) for activities which, based on quantitative and qualitative approaches, inform policy processes about economic, social and environmental consequences of changes in policy instruments. the term “integrated” stresses both the interdisciplinary nature and the importance of coherence and consistency of this activity. they raised in their seminal paper issues such as the need to “integrate component contributions from professionals of diverse disciplinary backgrounds”, of “validation of analytical techniques” and of “evaluation of study approaches”, issues which are still relevant today as our paper will show. based on newer developments, we prefer however to distinguish between “integrated assessment” (ia) and “impact assessment” (ima), where the former describes a 1 corresponding author: wolfgang.britz@ilr.uni-bonn.de. 126 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei scientific activity and the latter a formal evaluation procedure of legislative proposals in public administrations. following the integrated assessment society (tias) we define integrated assessment as “the scientific ‘meta-discipline’ that integrates knowledge about a problem domain and makes it available for societal learning and decision making processes” (tias, 2011). other definitions, such as the one by rotmans and asselt (1996) see it as a process of combining and communicating interdisciplinary knowledge on complex phenomena. the term “impact assessment” has gained importance in recent years due to the fact that the eu and some national governments require a formal assessment of new legislative proposals (eu commission, 2009). following the famous brundtland report of 1987 (un, 1987), impact assessment addresses three pillars of economic, environmental and social sustainability, and consequently is “integrated” or “interdisciplinary” by nature. from this follows a recently increased policy relevance of quantitative ia tools. in addition to this ‘pull’ effect, scientists themselves increasingly acknowledge the fact that global challenges related to agriculture cannot be usefully analysed by sticking to separate, disciplinary approaches. the aim of our paper is to reflect on the status of tools for integrated assessment in agriculture drawing on recent experiences from the seamless project (system for environmental and agricultural modelling linking science and society; van ittersum et al., 2008), the development and application of the capri model (common agricultural policy regional impact; britz and witzke 2008) as well as related european projects, and to derive key challenges and research questions for the future. accordingly, our focus is on quantitative large-scale approaches in the european research community focusing on agriculture which integrate components operating on different spatial scales and assessing both economic and environmental impacts. seamless aimed to develop concepts and procedures for ex-ante policy impact assessment, and, connected to that, an integrated framework called seamless-if for multi-level and multi-dimensional analysis including flexible model chains. it also developed some new model components such as apes (agricultural production and externalities simulator, donatelli et al. 2010) and fssim (farming systems simulator, louhichi et al. 2010a,b) and generated the infrastructure to link some existing ones such as capri. the paper is organized as follows. in the next section we will discuss features of agriculture and agricultural policies which underline the need of a specific approach and specific tools in this area. expanding on that, section 3 focuses on farm heterogeneity as a key issue in ia of agricultural systems and discusses the current available approaches, covering micro and macro approaches and their linkage. the subsequent section is devoted to environmental impact assessment, specifically how to properly capture technology and technology choice and adoption. section 5 discusses challenges in component linkage including information technology (it) questions, followed by a section on model calibration, validation and uncertainty analysis. then we conclude and mention some aspects and challenges not covered by the paper. 2. ia of agricultural systems: specific challenges agriculture differs from other economic sectors in terms of its environmental and economic dimensions. from an environmental viewpoint, an important distinctive fea127tools for integrated assessment in agriculture ture of agriculture is its strong dependency on land as production factor. consequently, the impact of agricultural production on the environment, the landscape and land-use is much more prominent than the impact of other economic sectors and in that respect only comparable to forestry. more generally, agriculture has substantial interactions with soil, water and air as well as with habitats (eea, 2007: 294-305). a second distinct attribute of agricultural production is its direct reliance on production with living species in open biological systems, introducing inter alia questions of animal and plant health, animal welfare and bio-diversity into agricultural impact assessment, a feature again shared with forestry. the pre-dominantly open production systems based on biological processes more often cause non-point-source environmental externalities compared to other economic sectors. mass and nutrient flows are harder to manage than in non-agricultural production processes and nutrient and agro-chemical losses to the environment are to a certain extent unavoidable. emissions of nutrients or agro-chemicals into soil, air and water are subject to complex biological transformation processes and show a high spatial and temporal variability. technical solutions to reduce emissions applied in other sectors such as spatial confinement combined with the use of filters is usually infeasible in agriculture. accordingly, environmental externalities can often not easily be separated from the production of market output. a specific further challenge is given by the multitude of environmental impacts of interest – such as emissions to ground and surface water of nitrogen and phosphorus compartments, ammonia emissions and emissions of gases relevant to climate change (galloway et al., 2008). from an economic perspective, the agricultural sector also differs in several ways from most non-agricultural sectors. it is characterized by an atomistic structure, with many small family operated enterprises and considerable farm heterogeneity due to cross-farm differences in management quality as well as natural and infrastructural location factors. albeit agriculture’s contribution to gdp in the european union as a whole is small (1.8% in 2008, eurostat, 2010: 100), it is still a core economic activity in rural regions with important upand downstream linkages, especially in the new member states (eu commission, 2008: 103ff). accordingly, a strict separation between rural development policies and agricultural policies is not possible, as acknowledged by integrating rural development related policy instruments (pillar ii) in the common agricultural policy (cap) of the european union. beyond its role in the rural economy, farming also shaped landscapes and settlements over centuries, forming cultural heritage and generating touristic attractiveness (daugstad et al., 2006). from a wider perspective, agriculture is increasingly integrated in what is termed the “bio-economy” (eu commission 2012) which requires a multi-sector perspective in ia. the role of the agricultural sector in the overall economy is fundamentally different in developing countries, where agriculture typically provides food security in subsistence settings as well as a large share of employment and corresponding income to the rural population. at the same time, food expenditures constitute a major part of urban household budgets. with agriculture’s growing integration into international markets, spill-over effects of agricultural policies on developing country markets regularly occur. according to the eu’s policy coherence for development approach (eu commission, 2007), assessment of european agricultural policies should hence cover impacts on developing countries, reflecting the fact that the eu is world-wide the largest importer of agricultural and 128 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei food products from developing countries. the recent food price crisis has underlined again the importance to assess the impact of developed countries’ (agricultural) policies on developing countries and that a careful distinction between households that are netconsumer or net-producers of food is necessary. another more recent specific challenge for ia of agriculture vis-à-vis other economic sectors is the dual role it plays in managing greenhouse gas emissions. on the one hand, agriculture is a major emitter of gases contributing to global warming such as n2o and ch4. on the other hand, agriculture may contribute to the solution of the global warming problem by carbon sequestration or the production of renewable energy (lee et al., 2007). at the same time, climate change will have profound impacts on agriculture and will require adaptation to maintain agriculture’s production capacity for food, feed, fibre and energy (schmidhuber and tubiello, 2007; quiroga and iglesias, 2009). in the european union, agriculture is one of the few sectors for which most relevant policies are defined and managed at the eu level. impact assessment of eu agricultural policies is thus inherently pan-european and the relevance of assessments requires addressing the whole eu with its diversity of farms and farming systems. at the same time, it faces the challenge that not all policies are uniformly implemented across the eu, such as the agri-environmental measures under pillar ii of the cap which are programmed and implemented by national/regional governments using a rather diverse portfolio of instruments. finally, many developed countries including the eu provided income support to agriculture over decades by shielding the sector from world markets through trade policy instruments and, often, guaranteed minimum prices. the eu’s opening of the domestic agricultural sector to international markets in the past two decades still causes adjustment processes, for example the change of private and public risk management under an increasing volatility of prices. parallel to opening domestic markets, the income support in the form of direct payments is increasingly linked to management requirements. in order to receive the full payment, farmers have to comply with certain practices relevant for the environment, animal/ human health, or animal welfare (for the newest suggestions on “greening”, see eu commission 2011). these types of measures not only increase the need for ia per se but also require reflecting farm heterogeneity in the analysis as the measures’ impacts at the national or eu level strongly depend on the distribution of farm characteristics – an aspect focused on in the next section. summarizing, it is evident that the agricultural sector differs in several aspects from other sectors of the economy, asking for specific tools to evaluate policies impacting on the agricultural sector. science has responded to that challenge by developing and applying a highly specialized and diverse set of quantitative approaches and tools. these are differentiated by resolution in space (plot, farm, regions, country, globe), by system components and processes they focus on (bio-physical, economic or social), by time horizon and other attributes. the integrated view in impact assessment requires tools aiming at a more holistic analysis of policies, such as the integrated assessment tools developed in seamless and sensor (sustainability impact assessment: tools for environmental, social and economic effects of multifunctional land use in european regions; helming et al., 2008). 129tools for integrated assessment in agriculture 3. farm heterogeneity as a core challenge in agricultural ia 3.1 farm heterogeneity and scaling-up the foregoing discussion showed that many policy issues nowadays require an integrated assessment, i.e. an assessment that accounts for the interrelated economic, environmental and social effects at country, regional, farm or even plot levels. therefore, integrated assessments need methods for scaling up economic, environmental and social variables from the field/farm level to higher aggregation levels (region, country). scaling methods should account for (i)  heterogeneity in time and space, (ii)  existence of ecological and economic feedback loops (e.g. endogenous prices), and (iii)  the non-linearity of many functional relationships (van gardingen et al., 1997; wossink et al., 2001). figure 1. overview of ia concept decision  making   know-­‐how   risk  a-tude   further  preferences   state  of  nature   endowment   herds   machinery/buildings/   installa?ons   labor   produc?on  rights   equity/access  to  credits   irriga?on  water   soil   climate   slope   plots   farm   markets   ground-­‐  and  surface  water   bio-­‐diversity   policy  environment   standards/taxes/subsidies   social  &  cultural   environment   ghg  emissions   erosion   soil  degrada1on   carbon  sequestra1on   nutrient/pes1cides   run-­‐off  and  leaching   …   input  demand   output  supply   prices   marke?ng   opportuni?es   aggregate  level   plot  level   farm  level   heterogeneity in time and space can be accounted for by invoking the hierarchy concept (ewert et al., 2009) according to which individual agents and their situations are the building blocks of an agro-economic system, in figure 1 highlighted by the central position of the farm as core decision unit. quantification of an agro-economic system requires that individuals are characterized by their attributes and that rela130 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei tionships governing interactions among individuals are described (weston and ruth, 1997). each individual (i.e. farm operated by a farmer) can be characterized at time t by the attributes: state of nature (st), fixed endowments (bt), and technology set (φt). also, farmers may generally differ in whether and how they evaluate different objectives such as profit, risk, preferences for on-farm work or specific farming system or management practices and future utility e.g. expressed by discount rates. the state of nature at time t is determined by market and institutional mechanisms at higher economic scales that determine prices and market conditions for primary factors, inputs and outputs, the supply of new techniques and policy constraints, incentives and disincentives. the values of all attributes and the farmer’s objectives at time t determine yt, representing the actual farmer’s choices on the use of inputs and the production of outputs, which determine the farm’s impact on the environment. antle and mcgucking (1993) included scaling-up in a general spatio-temporal model by statistical aggregation. their method accounts for nonlinearity in agricultural production and assumes that the characteristics of individual farms in the population (st, bt, φt) induce a joint distribution y(st, bt,φt) of the aggregate outcomes, e.g. input use and environmental impacts. an expected value for aggregate output, input and environmental indicators is obtained by integrating over the joint distribution of st, bt and φt, i.e. if yt is the measure of interest we get. economic feedback to lower scales may take place through prices of input and outputs determined in regional or world markets. regional and world-wide economic models of market processes are common (i.e. partial equilibrium models, computable general equilibrium models) but often have to be redefined in order to incorporate the behaviour of micro level (field/farm) simulation tools (just, 1993: 38). scaling up should also account for ecological feedback mechanisms if aggregate environmental impacts of agriculture affect e.g. the technology set and its effectiveness and efficiency, such as agriculture’s impact on climate change, nutrient deposition or the development of resistance of pests to pesticides as a result of continued pesticides application. 3.2 current approaches to capture farm (including location) heterogeneity this section describes three categories of models that account for farm heterogeneity in time and space, i.e. farm type models, regional models and hybrid approaches. the approaches are summarised in table 1. 3.2.1 farm scale and farm type models this category of models consists of a diverse set of (non)-linear programming and econometric models that have in common that they model the behaviour of a single farm or farm type. among the eu wide (non)-linear programming models that capture farm heterogeneity are aropaj, fssim and the farm type models in capri. aropaj (de cara and jayet, 2000; de cara et al., 2005) represents the supply and onfarm consumption of agricultural products for the european union (eu) based on 1307 representative farm-types, aggregated from several fadn (farm accouncy data network) farms and differentiated by fadn region, specialization, economic size, and altitude class. 131tools for integrated assessment in agriculture each farm type is represented by an independently solved linear programming model. results can be aggregated to the regional (120 regions within the eu), national and european levels. aropaj represents most crop and animal activities and their interactions at farm level (mixing farming system like multiple crops with cattle breeding for example). moreover, it includes several greenhouse gas emission (ghg) indicators related to agricultural activities. fssim is a non-linear programming model template developed within seamless, covering the most important annual and permanent crop activities and various livestock activities (louhichi et al., 2010a; louhichi et al., 2010b). fssim’s farm typology extends the existing eu typology (decision 85/377/eec, 1985) which classifies farms according to their income and specialization with the farm’s land use and intensity of farming (andersen et al., 2007). furthermore, a spatial allocation procedure was developed to georeference farm types allowing the aggregation of model results at farm type level to both natural (territorial) and administrative regional level (elbersen et al., 2006; kempen et al., 2010). the fssim model template, as with aropaj, is applied to an “average farm” constructed by averaging input and output data of fadn farms of the same type according to the farm typology. detailed information on crop management stems from surveys and the fadn records and generates feasible input-output combinations, currently available for 109 farm types in 12 major eu production regions. the capri farm type models (gocht and britz, 2010) are described below in the context of the capri regional models. econometrically estimated farm type models usually consist of a set of input demand and output supply equations based on duality theory. fadn data have been employed in numerous studies to estimate such models. specific econometric techniques account for farm heterogeneity in the data. fixed-effects, random effects and the hausman-taylor model (baltagi, 1995; gardebroek and oude lansink, 2003) assume farm-specific intercepts in each of the supply and demand equations (oude lansink and peerlings, 2001). applications in europe cover both instruments from the cap (e.g. oude lansink and peerlings, 1996; boots et al., 1997) or environmental ones (e.g. oude lansink and peerlings, 1997). generalised maximum entropy (gme) estimation (oude lansink, 1999) and the now more often preferred bayesian methods allow for estimating a full set of farm-specific parameters also in cases where the number of observations is smaller than the number of parameters to be estimated by introducing prior information regarding model parameters. gardebroek (2006) showed that bayesian random coefficient models are superior to classic random coefficient models as they allow for incorporating prior information and avoid estimation problems in panels with a small time series component. most farm scale models regularly applied to policy impact assessments assume either profit maximizing behaviour (aropaj, duality based approaches) or take also risk attitudes into account (fssim). 3.2.2 regional models regional models for agriculture are usually comparative static supply models of the agricultural sector in a country, where typically administrative regions are treated as representative farms. this regional `farm` pursues a large number of arable crop and live132 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei stock activities and produces marketable outputs and intra-sectorally produced inputs. since the lowest resolution level is the region (usually level iii of the nomenclature des unités territoriales statistiques (nuts), i.e. about 1300 regions for eu 27 which represent bigger cities or smaller regions with a population size between 150000 and 800000 inhabitants), the extent to which heterogeneity is represented is limited. two regional models which integrate economic and environmental aspects are raumis (gömann et al., 2007) and dram (helming, 2005). both are to a large extent comparable to capri (see below for a more detailed description), being comparative-static and employing positive mathematical programming (pmp) to steer the allocation. a specificity of dram is a differentiation of the dairy herd by milk yield. raumis uses a full cost approach where investment goods are depreciated by operating hours and labour can be sold and bought. both models can be solved at national level to simulate trade in manure. 3.2.3 hybrid models integrating farm level and regional level models hybrid models integrate farm level models into regional level models. two examples of hybrid models are capri and seamless-if. the capri model (britz and witzke, 2008; gocht and britz, 2010) consists of a supply and a market module. the supply module comprises independent aggregate non-linear programming models representing approximately 50 crop and animal activities of all farmers at either regional (nuts ii) or farm type level. the farm type layer provides for the whole eu2 a consistent dis-aggregation from the regional level to about 1850 farm type models differentiated by farm specialization and economic size. prices for agricultural outputs are rendered endogenous based on sequential calibration between the supply models and a global, spatial multi-commodity model. capri allows for modular applications as e.g. regional supply models for a specific member state may be run at fixed exogenous prices without market feedback. the farm type model layer may be switched on or off, in the latter case turning capri into a regional model. another important feature of capri is its ability to spatially scale down results to clusters of 1x1 km grid cells, covering crop shares, crop yields, animal stocking densities and fertilizer application rates and allowing for linkage with the bio-physical model dndc (britz and leip, 2009). the seamless integrated framework shares many of the characteristics of the hybrid capri model; capri is integrated within seamless-if. in seamless-if, the farm level model represented by fssim has a richer underpinning of crop management practices and environmental impacts than the farm level model in capri. using a link to an agronomic component, fssim allows the introduction of new activities making technological innovation scenarios possible. however, due to data limitations, it only covers a few representative farm types so far. for those, an explorative link between fssim and the regional programming models in capri is made by the module expamod (dominguez et al., 2009). 2 versions until spring 2012 do not break-down bulgaria and romania to individual farm types due to missing fadn data. 133tools for integrated assessment in agriculture table 1. overview of approaches to model farm heterogeneity, scaling up and feedback loops type examples major data sources major properties representative bioeconomic farm model fssim own surveys, fadn crop rotations, parameterized from crop growth model; explicit consideration of location factors such as soil; current and future practices; focus on important farming systems; risk attitude representative farm type models aropaj fadn focus on current practices, no rotations; typically profit maximizing behaviour assumed duality based econometric models fadn or similar single farm records only implicit representation of technology, simulation of all farms in samples; typically profit maximizing / cost minimizing behaviour assumed regional programming model raumis, dram regional statistics implicit / explicit representation of interaction between farms at regional level; focus on current practices; no crop rotations; often calibrated based on pmp hybrid capri, seamless regional and global statistics, fadn supply side: regional or farm type models; link to global multicommodity model allows for endogenous prices based on sequential calibration 3.3 limitations of current approaches as discussed above, integrated assessment of agricultural and environmental policies has to capture heterogeneity at the field/farm level and requires methods for scaling up field/farm level responses to regional and higher levels in order to capture economic and ecological feedback loops. the three approaches discussed, i.e. farm level models, regional models and hybrid models differ in the way they represent heterogeneity, scaling up and feedback loops. farm level models allow for modelling the behaviour of individual farms. however, in practice only a limited number of representative farms are modelled, due to a lack of information on individual farms and in order to preserve the empirical tractability. farm level models do not scale up responses and do not account for feedback loops at higher levels of aggregation (e.g. prices, environmental impacts). models that operate at regional levels are more suited for representing aggregate behaviour of a region and some models account for feedback loops, such as exchange of agricultural inputs between regions and price adjustments in markets of inputs and outputs. however, regional models poorly address the heterogeneity at the farm and field level. instead, each region is considered as one ‘farm’. hybrid models combine the strengths of farm level and regional level approaches. they account for heterogeneity at the level of representative farms and account for economic 134 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei feedback loops (i.e. prices are determined within the model), that typically need iterative procedures to ensure consistency in the feedback loop. generally, all operational approaches mentioned above are of a comparative-static nature and do not assess structural change. the conceptual approach of updating farm type weights (number of farms in certain classes) in baseline and scenario simulation for future years was developed in the seamless project (zimmermann et al. 2009b) and the empirical analysis was performed (zimmermann et al. 2009a), but it was not implemented in simulation. finally, ecological feedback loops are presently not accounted for in any of the models discussed. 3.4 challenges for future research current approaches for modelling heterogeneity among farms have several shortcomings that can be addressed by future research. first, current approaches generally lack a proper account for environmental impacts emerging through spatial relations or interactions between different farms, such as those related to the occurrence of pests and diseases, green and blue ecological corridors or hydrology and nutrient emissions. clearly, including such spatial interactions is complicated and requires a thorough understanding of the mechanisms themselves and the involvement of the proper disciplines. furthermore, current approaches for modelling heterogeneity suffer from a limited availability of data on e.g. environmental impacts, management, local climate and geographical conditions. accordingly, spatial variability in location factors (soil type, climate, slope, surrounding land cover, accessibility etc.) is typically not explicitly (aropaj, capri farm types) or only partially (fssim) covered. bio-physical processes and interaction between farm management and the environment are however strongly depending on these location factors, and are often highly non-linear. collecting the necessary data is very time consuming and costly and integrating this information in models adds to the model complexity. although spatially referenced data on soil, climate and land use are increasingly available, thanks to e.g. satellite information, these data generally miss a link to on-farm management practices. also, it is still not known whether the benefits of a greater resolution outweigh the costs of collecting and integrating more data. a more general intriguing question for future research is consequently, what the minimum complexity level of modelling is for various agricultural and environmental policy issues? and finally, dynamics and structural changes are so far often not covered. here, agent-based models have clear advantages compared to traditional equilibrium models (happe et al. 2006), but current concepts are limited to regional case studies due to resource and data requirements and empirical validation is still not sufficiently developed (zimmermann et al., 2009b). 4. modelling technology and technology adoption to quantify environmental impacts and economic modernization environmental impacts of agriculture are strongly related to bio-physical characteristics of agricultural production processes and management decisions. therefore, an integrated assessment of policies at an aggregate level, in order to feed bio-physical models and approaches with an appropriate level of detail, requires a detailed technology and 135tools for integrated assessment in agriculture agro-management representation at the micro level for determining environmental effects of policies. the latter is generally not needed for determining economic impacts in the narrow sense, i.e. without attempting to value externalities, where dis-continuities at the farm level are smoothed at the aggregated level. also, many integrated assessments aim to assess future changes, sometimes with a time horizon of decades. hence, knowledge of current and future production technologies is relevant. however, data on current and future production technologies are usually not available; even for current activities realized on farms, basic information such as the amount and timing of fertilizer use on specific crops are typically not available from official statistics. there are three interlinked approaches to overcome this missing data problem: • own data sampling. seamless conducted own surveys to sample the necessary, relatively detailed, data on agricultural management in ca. 15 regions in the eu (zander et al., 2009). • use of engineering information as for example found in farm management handbooks. • statistical estimators which combine own data and engineering information with sectoral statistics or farm accounting data to derive process and region specific attributes consistent to observed aggregated quantities, for example on total fertilizer or feed use. it is obvious that limited data availability at farm and regional level introduces a high uncertainty about technical coefficients of models. 4.1 new technologies and their adoption one main challenge in integrated assessments lies in incorporating technologies, i.e. elements of the production set, which are currently not yet or rarely used by farmers, or are even not yet fully developed, usually referred to as “alternative activities” (van ittersum and rabbinge, 1997; hengsdijk and van ittersum, 2003). some examples of alternative activities are no-tillage systems, precision agriculture technologies, technologies with more targeted input application which might increase yields or low-input alternatives such as organic farming. if their process details are spelled out in details, then their performance as measured by economic, social and environmental indicators can be evaluated. however, even in win-win situation where no obvious dis-advantages to farmers from implementing innovative processes are visible, the adoption by farmers might be slow. positive mathematical programming (howitt, 1995) and variants thereof used to overcome the normative character of programming based approaches (for example in fssim and the capri supply models) cannot deal with alternative activities if the farmers’ choices with regard to them are still unobserved. promotion of alternative activities, is however an often proposed measure to mitigate negative externalities from agriculture or to strengthen positive externalities. impact assessments then need to quantify the impact of policy measures such as subsidies on the implementation of alternative activities. defining which farm management options will be chosen under certain future conditions (policy and market environment, climate change etc.) seems to be a core question for many agrienvironmental policy assessment studies and can so far hardly be answered with the tools discussed by us; hence future research should address this. new methodologies such as 136 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei agent based modelling describing knowledge diffusion (berger, 2001) and belief formation (hegselmann and krause, 2002) in the farming population might be linked to existing tools to improve simulation of adoption processes. to capture different agro-management options for one type of production such as cropping wheat, different production activities need to be formulated such as fertilization through chemical fertilizers only or combined use of chemical and organic (e.g. manure) fertilizers. most classical aggregate programming models working at the regional or farm type group level include only one production activity variant characterized by current average input and output coefficients. higher detail in technology is the domain of socalled bio-economic models (e.g. brown, 2000; janssen and van ittersum, 2007) where the economic model is linked to bio-physical process models (see e.g. jame and cutforth, 1996) describing e.g. the interaction between soil, climate, farm management, crop growth and water and the nutrient cycle. fssim (louhichi et al. 2010b) provides an example of such a bio-economic model. it can be linked to a crop-growth model (belhouchette et al., 2011) which delivers inter alia crop rotation related environmental indicators such as nutrient surpluses to fssim. estimation of biotic stresses from pests, weeds and diseases is generally not possible with crop growth models. here, expert-based rules are generally applied (e.g. dogliotti et al., 2004). a key challenge with respect to alternative activities refers to the decision on how many and which must be identified to adequately capture future options and secondly how to assess these in where crop growth or other bio-physical models crop growth models are not available or tested. there are often many activities which may theoretically be relevant, and due to non-linear relationships between inputs and outputs these could all be relevant for inclusion in programming models. 4.2 temporal scales the currently available agro-technology rich programming models are typically comparative static in nature with a medium-term planning horizon, whereas many environmental process models are formulated (recursive) dynamically. biophysical processes usually take a long time until steady state solutions are achieved or until variation has been captured adequately. therefore, crop growth models often perform simulation over decades, assuming no-change in farm management regarding the timing or rates, but typically taking stochastic variation of weather into account. the long-term simulations often target accumulation or depletion processes of nutrients in soils and their feedbacks on crop growth and environmental indicators (tittonell et al., 2010; dogliotti et al., 2004; hengsdijk and van ittersum, 2003). typically, averages over the simulation period are then used to parameterize the economic models. so far, there is little scientific work on integrating changes in farm management over time, which are underlying e.g. past yield increases, with the dynamic bio-physical feedback processes as described in crop-growth models (cf. barbier and bergeron, 1999). it thus remains challenging to consistently simulate processes across different time scales. to summarize, technologically rich simulation models are necessary to spell out environmental impacts, though also economic and social ones, which is challenging both due to low data availability and with respect to consistent links to market models. specifically, more research on the simulation of adoption of alternative technologies and the underly137tools for integrated assessment in agriculture ing spatial-dynamic processes is desirable to improve ia by including technological innovations which are promising from an engineering point of view. 5. modules, models, tools and data 5.1 challenges in combined model usage the coherent application of different model components in an impact assessment remains a challenge, even if tools such as seamless-if have generated technical infrastructure for combined application of components. in most applications, the linkage is uni-directional bottom-up or top-down. that easily leads to inconsistencies if, to take a classical example, the supply response to price changes in a detailed supply model at the bottom of the chain is different from the market model at the top used to derive market clearing prices. that consistency issue is found in all applications where components show overlap in endogenous variables, and clearly reaches way beyond the question of differences in reactions to price changes in combined tool use. there are three ways for achieving consistency – with their specific pros and cons. firstly, the components can be merged into one simultaneously solved model. however, that solution proves often hard or even infeasible from a computational point of view, especially if the components involved work on different spatial and temporal scales or employ different numerical solution strategies. it is for instance clearly impossible to embed the actual simulations with a fully specified crop growth model into a bio-economic farming model based on constrained optimization. it is also quite challenging to debug and to systematically analyse the outcome of the evolving super-models. secondly, the components can be sequentially linked so that the e.g. supply behaviour of the market model is updated based on the results of the supply model such as in capri (britz, 2008). that approach was further explored in seamless, to link capri and gtap (global trade analysis project, a global economic data base with a matching computable general equilibrium model template) (jansson et al., 2009). the iterative solution requires however a rather stringent it integration and might fail if not all components show rather smooth, convex reactions to changes in the update process. and thirdly, modules in components can be parameterized such as to summarize results or the behaviour of some other component. an example is the approach adopted in seamless to summarize simulations of a specific farming activity with a crop growth model into a vector of input/output coefficients and eventually a co-variance matrix of yields (in fssim). an example from the economics domain is expamod (dominguez et al., 2009) in seamless where allocation responses of farm type models are extrapolated to the regional scale. meta modelling is also an often applied strategy to summarize the behaviour of a model and to avoid the high computational load of performing simulations with e.g. complex bio-physical models for a large number of locations and technological alternatives (e.g. in capri-dynaspat, britz and leip, 2009). it has been applied in sensor to build a tool which only consists of meta-models and hence no longer requires the original components in applications (sieber et al., 2008). in seamless, meta-modelling was to a large extent avoided, to keep the full functionality offered by the individual components. 138 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei the experiences gained both from the work on expamod, from linking caprigtap (jansson et al., 2009; britz and hertel, 2009), from combining economic and landuse cover change modelling (britz and verburg, 2010), as well as from sequential calibration in capri underline again the crucial role of harmonized data bases (cf. janssen et al., 2009) for combined model application. harmonization encompasses common classifications for different dimensions such as time, space, products or processes as well as numerical consistency where required. in capri, the data underlying the market and the supply models are fully harmonized enabling a swift combined application. in many other cases, applications suffer both from differences in definitions, numerical inconsistencies or incomplete coverage of the data underlying the components. we might thus conclude (again) that integrated impact assessment requires increased efforts to harmonize data bases of tools from different domains. that harmonization requires the combined expertise of modellers and those responsible for official statistics. 5.2 how much and what type of software is needed in ia? the components underlying the assessment must be operated in an it environment, and especially seamless investigated into novel it approaches to host and link components (cf. rizzoli et al, 2008; wien et al., 2010) and promoted the use of a declarative approach, i.e. an approach that describes components and models as well as their relations in a formal way outside the procedural software code implementing the linkage. integration of components from different disciplines provides a challenge due to diverging traditions in it use. economic modellers often rely on algebraic modelling languages (amls) which offer a compact, declarative way to code economic models and a transparent link to performing solvers for different problem formats (britz and kallrath 2012), or use statistical packages for estimation and simulation of econometric models. the community of agent based models has developed its own libraries in object oriented programming languages (cf. luna and stefansson, 2000)). seamless has invested in building similar libraries for crop-growth models (donatelli et al., 2010). seamless started with a far reaching vision to develop a generic approach allowing to link components, bringing together tool developers from different domains to exchange knowledge and visions about concepts and technical realizations. for those involved, it was a beneficial process which led to a broader, better informed view on existing solutions in the different domains as well as cost and feasibility of harmonization in it across those domains and automated tool usage. a possible conclusion is the fact that the existing diversity in technical realization reflects, at least to a certain extent, comparative advantages. some core functionalities offered by the specific solutions in use are very hard to replace by generic approaches – licensing of and building interfaces to performing numerical solvers for constrained non-linear optimization provides an example from economic modelling. additionally, the investments of the different communities into coding their models and into human capital to efficiently use the underlying software platforms lead to large sunk cost. it solutions for combined component use must be capable of integrating the existing diversity of tools. therefore, seamless did not reprogram larger pre-existing components such as capri or gtap in another language compatible with the open modelling interface (openmi), but rather devel139tools for integrated assessment in agriculture oped openmi compliant wrapper applications which call these components (wien et al., 2010; gijsbers et al., 2007). based on the experiences with seamless two conclusions can be made. first, better and more harmonized documentation of components across disciplines is needed for combined applications. at least for those outputs and inputs subject to linkage with other components, clear definitions of units used, underlying product and process classification, and clear spatial reference must be provided to avoid errors and to ease communications in-between modelling communities and with the client. secondly, fully automated linkage across components from different domains is very hard to achieve, and given the dynamics in component development, costly to maintain even with advanced approaches such as ontologies (janssen et al., 2009). nevertheless, the paradigm of exchangeable components promoted in seamless could well open the door for further improvements of modelling in other domains as well. 6. model calibration, validation and uncertainty analysis 6.1 model calibration, evaluation and validation ia models are computerized tools to analyse complex real world problems in their social, economic, environmental and institutional dimensions. technically, ia models often consist of interlinked sub-models, using outputs from one sub-model as inputs to another. in the scientific process of their development each model and preferably the entire model chain must be calibrated and evaluated or validated. model calibration is the procedure of parameter adjustments to reproduce the response of the object system within a range of accuracy specified by some performance criteria (refsgaard and henriksen, 2004; scholten, 2008); it aims at matching simulation results and measurements (observations). model validation is the substantiation that a model possesses a satisfactory range of accuracy for the intended application of the model (refsgaard and henriksen, 2004; scholten, 2008) and therefore generally requires to specify the purpose of the application. often the terms ‘calibration’ and ‘validation’ have different (operational and sometimes even conceptual) meanings across different disciplines. in biophysical science, model calibration typically refers to the process of tuning the model parameters, each within their theoretically or empirically valid domain such that the simulated values best fit the observed values according to some defined statistic (for example minimum root mean square error – wallach et al., 2011). generally this is done for observations from an experiment in one or several years. economists would typically term this process parameter estimation and use the word ‘calibration’ in contexts where the number of observations is not sufficient to identify all model parameters. consequently, calibration of complex economic models often implies the use of an exact calibration procedure adjusting parameters of a behavioural specification to reproduce observed historical data. an example of such a procedure for constrained optimisation models is positive mathematical programming (howitt, 1995). biophysical models are typically evaluated or validated by simulating selected processes and comparing the results against an independent experimental dataset, not used in the calibration exercise. if the validation exercise leads to confidence in the 140 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei model, it is then often used for simulations in similar conditions without a calibration procedure, while for dissimilar situations new calibrations must be performed. if the model has been calibrated and validated for a representative set of conditions in a particular region, it is used in regional studies with regional input data (therond et al., 2011). a complicating factor in regional analyses can be that the biophysical model does not include all major processes that determine production or environmental impacts in the farming reality of a specific region. for instance, cropping system models generally do not consider pests and diseases, while these are important determinants of farming and regional yields. then, usually an extra calibration step is used to empirically correct for such factor(s) (e.g. supit, 1997; wolf et al., 2010 within the european crop growth monitoring system). for (agricultural) economic models, subsequent validation of the model against an independent dataset is rare and not the general practice. this is partly due to the fact that real human (economic) systems rarely allow performing experiments. consequently, there is often just one historical data set for the model domain, i.e. the data set already used for calibration. models are then often used for forecasting based on the assumption that the description of the processes, including the calibrated parameters, also hold for the future. nevertheless, economic models are sometimes tested against out-of-sample historical data either from the same system used for calibration but a different period of time or a similar system for the same time period. examples in our context are kanellopoulos et al. (2010) who used such a set-up to test the quality of predictions of a bio-economic farm model, whereas heckelei and britz (2000) assessed different specifications of regional supply models regarding their performance in forecasting observed reactions to policy changes. such simulation experiments can be seen as a test of the validity of the calibrated structural parameters across the time or spatial domain. they also do require, however, out-of-sample data on all exogenous drivers of the considered tool whose acquisition might be costly or prohibitive for complex ia models. additionally, the trade-off between setting observations aside for out-of-sample tests and a more robust estimation of parameters due to a larger sample needs to be taken into account. therefore, such procedures have been rarely used for the system models considered here, but we nevertheless plea for more ex-post analyses as part of model ‘validation’ exercises. in a model chain, independent calibration and validation of individual model components is adequate as long as no feedbacks exist between the components. if feedbacks do exist then also the combined models in the model chain must be calibrated and validated adding to the complexity of the task. to our knowledge, examples of such calibration and validation exercises are rare in general and in the agricultural system domain they do not exist in the literature. despite these limitations, larger modelling systems such as capri have been increasingly applied in policy relevant contexts3. the required acceptance for this development could be interpreted as the outcome of an ‘extended peer review’ (van der sluijs, 2002) created by many iterations of applications, publications and user feedback. such a type of validation might be the only one currently feasible for complex ia modelling tools as a whole. 3 for a list of projects and publications with capri applications, see . 141tools for integrated assessment in agriculture 6.2 uncertainty analysis given the complexity of the problems addressed and the complexity of the models themselves, ia models are subject to various types and sources of uncertainties which may have important implications for their reliability and acceptance. proper calibration and model validation may take away some of these uncertainties, but models may still reproduce observed data for the wrong reasons or may reproduce historical data while not making proper forecasts. to become useful tools, therefore, an assessment of uncertainties in ia models is essential. uncertainty analysis may be defined as the assessment of uncertainty in model results due to incomplete knowledge of model parameters, input data, boundary conditions and the conceptual model. ideally, the combined effects of these uncertainties are taken into account. furthermore, the uncertainty originating from the decision context (exogenous factors) may be included (scholten, 2008). sensitivity analyses can be regarded as a method contributing to uncertainty analysis. uncertainty analysis in ia models has received considerable attention within the scientific literature. an important body of literature has focused on typologies of uncertainties. one such typology, based on others, is proposed by walker et al. (2003). they discriminate between statistically quantifiable uncertainty, uncertainty in the scenario definition (scenario uncertainty) and uncertainty due to an imperfect understanding of the underlying problem (recognised ignorance). these three types of uncertainties can pop up at different places in an ia model, i.e. in the model boundaries (what is endogenous and exogenous to the model), model structure (equations) and its technical implementation (code), model inputs and model parameters. all these uncertainties will likely accumulate in the model output. however, it is unclear if these uncertainties increase or decrease actual quantitative errors. a second topic in the literature refers to tool catalogues and guidelines for selecting appropriate methods (van der sluijs et al., 2003) and frameworks for the systematic assessment of uncertainties (e.g. krayer von krauss and janssen, 2005; janssen et al., 2005). since ia models are often developed with the aim to provide scientific input to decisionmaking processes, they can also be characterised as “science-policy interfaces” (van der sluijs, 2002; watson, 2005) or “bridge building tools between science and policy” (rotmans and van asselt, 2001). this function can only be satisfied if the information supplied by and through the model meets the information requirements of the policy design process. in practice, much of the science and literature has focused on uncertainty from a modeller’s perspective and generally uncertainty analysis has been treated much more extensively in biophysical models, such as cropping system models (e.g. wallach et al., 2011; payraudeau et al., 2007) than in bio-economic and economic models (e.g hertel et al., 2007). bio-economic farm models typically contain very large numbers of technical coefficients varying by site. this renders the uncertainty analysis of relevant model outputs difficult because uncertainty information for all model parameters is rarely available. therefore, uncertainties are often only assessed with respect to econometrically estimated parameters using standard errors for draws in monte carlo analyses. a broader assessment requires use of subjective distributions to include parameters for which no empirical uncertainty distributions are available. as written above, parameters are not the only source of uncertainty and the number and complexity of uncertainties inherent to ia modelling in agriculture suggests to take a 142 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei more user-oriented approach, where the type of uncertainty analysis and resulting information is defined by the final model (result) users (iiasa, 2002; cec, 2004; gabbert et al., 2010). this helps to focus the uncertainty analysis on the relevant model outputs. 7. summary and conclusions ia tools for agriculture are developed and used to inform policy processes about social, economic and environmental impacts of legislative proposals. this paper has identified some key scientific challenges in that respect. firstly, impacts in all three sustainability dimensions depend to a large extent on attributes which show a high variability across farms, both relating to location factors, farm management and further attributes such as farm size. capturing farm heterogeneity while at the same time modelling interactions across time and regional scales remains a challenge. such interactions encompass market interactions, social interactions such as belief formation regarding alternative technologies, and environmental interactions such as for example development of pests and diseases in landscapes. secondly, spelling out environmental impacts, though also economic and social, asks for a detailed technology description which can often only be achieved by close integration of bio-physical and economic models. challenges here are manifold: (a) bio-physical models often work on field scale, whereas economic models typically represent averages of administrative regions; (b) bio-physical process models have typically both a high temporal resolution (often days) and cover long simulation horizons based on recursive-dynamic simulations, whereas most technology rich programming models are comparative static with a medium term horizon; (c) assessing alternative technologies requires identification of relevant future options which may be numerous and selections are often subjective, whereas their simulation requires availability of models; (d) last but not least, data availability regarding farm management is low, and an inclusion at least of some basic attributes such as fertilizer application rates and timing, animal housing systems and manure management would be highly beneficial. thirdly, combined application of tools and models also calls for combined model calibration and validation. different disciplines have different traditions in that respect. a potentially promising activity is combined ex-post validation exercises, also to increase the common understanding about calibration and validation. at the same time, more research on how to assess and communicate uncertainties in combined tool use is necessary. from the technical side, more focus on the implementation of quality assurance in the coding process (incl. documentation) of ia tools seems to be beneficial. component and tool linkage while maintaining flexibility in software use for components from different disciplines and domains remains a challenge. there are many other important aspects and challenges in iam which could not be covered by our paper, and we will mention a few. from an institutional viewpoint: how can we ensure maintenance of existing tools without losing scientific impetus and competition? what is the impact of tool use in ia on policy processes? how to understand and improve the policy-science interface, i.e. the interaction between scientists involved in the ia and various levels of administrations, stakeholders and decision makers? and, there are further scientific challenges, for instance on how we can improve knowledge 143tools for integrated assessment in agriculture about alternative ways to present agricultural systems by computerized, independent components which are integrated into tools. how much detail is needed and what is the trade off with flexibility? how to address policies and developments affecting agriculture jointly with other sectors while maintaining detail in representing the agricultural system? there are many promising, so far more case study type, approaches such as regional cges or multiplier analysis where it remains to be seen if they can be successfully expanded to pan-european type assessments (britz et al. 2011, viaggi et al. 2010). iam is a growing research field of high societal relevance with many remaining challenges. it offers not only agricultural economists, but all agricultural scientists ample opportunity to demonstrate advantages of an interdisciplinary and theme-focused approach to research. it also promotes a healthy balance between further specialization in different fields of agricultural sciences and deepened interaction between these fields. references andersen, e., elbersen, b. godeschalk, f. and verhoog, d. (2007). farm management indicators and farm typologies as a basis for assessments in a changing policy environment. journal of environmental management, 82 (3): 353-362. antle, j.m. and mcgucking, t. (1993). technological innovation, agricultural productivity, and environmental quality. in: carlson, g.a., zilberman, d. and miranowski, j.a. (eds), agricultural and environmental resource economics. new york: oxford university press: 175-220. baltagi, b.h. (1995). econometric analysis of panel data. new york: john wiley and sons. barbier, b. and bergeron, g. (1999). impact of policy interventions on land management in honduras: results of a bio-economic model. agricultural systems, 60 (1): 1-16. belhouchette, h., louhichi, k., therond, o., mouratiadou, i., wery, j., ittersum, m.v. and flichman, g., (2011). assessing the impact of the nitrate directive on farming systems using a bio-economic modelling chain. agricultural systems, 104 (2): 135-145. berger, t. (2001). agent-based spatial models applied to agriculture: a simulation tool for technology diffusion, resource use changes and policy analysis. agricultural economics, 25 (2-3): 245-260. boots, m., oude lansink, a. and peerlings, j. (1997). transaction costs and distortions in dutch milk quota trade. european review of agricultural economics, 24: 31-46. britz, w. (2008). automated model linkages: the example of capri. agrarwirtschaft, 57 (8): 364-267. britz, w. and hertel, t. (2011). impacts of eu biofuels directives on global markets and eu environmental quality: an integrated pe, global cge analysis. agriculture, ecosystems and environment, 142 (1-2): 102-109. britz, w. and kallrath, j. (2012). economic simulation models in agricultural economics: the current and possible future role of algebraic modeling languages. in: kallrath j. (ed.), algebraic modelling systems: modeling and solving real world optimization problems, heidelberg: springer: 199-212. britz, w. and leip, a. (2009). development of marginal emission factors for n losses from agricultural soils with the dndc-capri meta-model. agriculture, ecosystems and environment, 133 (3-4): 267-279. 144 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei britz, w. and witzke, p. (2008). capri model documentation 2008: version 2, university bonn, , accessed 11 july 2012. britz, w., verburg, p. and leip, a. (2011). modelling of land cover and agricultural change in europe: combining the clue and capri-spat approaches. agriculture, ecosystems and environment, 142 (1-2): 40-50. britz, w., jansson, t., törmä, h., witzke, h.-p., zawaliñska, k. and dwyer, j. (2011). modelling cap pillar i and ii instruments approaches in the capri-rd project. european association of agricultural economics conference 2011, zurich (switzerland), august 30th-september 2nd. brown, d.r. (2000). a review of bio-economic models. cornell african food security and natural resource management (cafsnrm) program, cornell university. cec (2004). service contract for review of the rains integrated assessment model-reference env.c1/ser/2003/0079, , accessed 11 july 2012. daugstad, k., ronningen, k. and skar b. (2006). agriculture as an upholder of cultural heritage? conceptualizations and value judgements. a norwegian perspective in international context. journal of rural studies, 22 (1): 67-81. de cara, s. and jayet, p.a. (2000). emissions of greenhouse gases from agriculture: the heterogeneity of abatement costs in france. european review of agricultural economics, 27 (3): 281-303. de cara, s., houz, m. and jayet, p.a. (2005). methane and nitrous oxide emissions from agriculture in the eu: a spatial assessment of sources and abatement costs. environmental and resource economics, 32 (4): 551-583. dogliotti, s., rossing, w.a.h. and van ittersum, m.k. (2004). systematic design and evaluation of crop rotations enhancing soil conservation, soil fertility and farm income: a case study for vegetable farms in south uruguay. agricultural systems, 80 (3): 277-302. dominguez, i-p., bezlepkina, i., heckelei, t., romstad, e., oude lansink, a.g.j.m. and kanellopoulos, a. (2009). capturing market impacts of farm level policies: a statistical extrapolation approach using biophysical characteristics and farm resources. environmental science and policy, 12 (5): 588-600. donatelli, m., russell, g., rizzoli, a.e., acutis, m., adam, m., athanasiadis, i.n., balderacchi, m., luca bechini, l., belhouchette, h., bellocchi, g., bergez, j.e., botta, m., braudeau, e., bregaglio, s., carlini, l., casellas, e., celette, f., ceotto, e., charronmoirez, m.h., confalonieri, r., corbeels, m., criscuolo, l., cruz, p., di guardo, a., ditto, d., dupraz, c., duru, m., fiorani, d., gentile, a., ewert, f., gary,c., habyarimana, e., jouany, c., kansou, k., knapen, r., lanza filippi, g., leffelaar, p.a., manicil., martin, g., martin, p., meuter, e., mugueta, n., mulia, r., van noordwijk, m., oomen, r., rosenmund, a., rossi, v., salinari, f., serrano, a., sorce, a., vincent, g., theau, j.p., thérond, o., trevisan, m., trevisiol, p., van evert, f.k., wallach, d., wery, j. and zerourou, a. (2010). a component-based framework for simulating agricultural production and externalities, in: brouwer, f.m. and van ittersum, m.k. (eds.), environmental and agricultural modelling: integrated approaches for policy impact assessment. dordrecht: springer: 63-108. 145tools for integrated assessment in agriculture eea (2007). europe’s environment, the fourth assessment. copenhagen: european environment agency. elbersen, b., kempen, m., van diepen, k., andersen, e., hazeu, g. and verhoog, d. (2006). protocols for spatial allocation of farm types, seamless report no. 19, seamless integrated project, eu 6th framework programme, contract no. 010036-2, . eu commission (2007). eu report on policy coherence for development. com(2007) 545 final. brussels. eu commission (2009). impact assessment guidelines. sec(2009) 92. brussels. eu commission (2011). regulation of the european parliament and of the council establishing rules for direct payments to farmers under support schemes within the framework of the common agricultural policy, sec(2011) 1153 final, sec(2011) 1154 final, , accessed 11 july 2012. eu commission (2008). rural development in the european union: statistical and economic information report 2008. brussels: eu commission. eurostat (2010). europe in figures: eurostat yearbook 2010. luxembourg: publications office of the european union. ewert, f., van ittersum, m.k., bezlepkina i., therond, o., andersen, e., belhouchette, h., bockstaller, c., brouwer, f., heckelei, t., janssen, s., knapen, r., kuiper, m., louhichi, k., alkan olsson, j., turpin, n., wery, j., wien, j.e. and wolf j. (2009). a methodology for enhanced flexibility of integrated assessment in agriculture. environmental science and policy, 12 (5): 546-561. gabbert, s., van ittersum, m., kroeze, c., stalpers, s., ewert, f., and alkan olsson, j. (2010). uncertainty analysis in integrated assessment: the users‘ perspective. regional environmental change, 10 (2): 131-140. galloway, j.n., townsend, a.r., erisman, j.w., bekunda, m., cai, z., freney, j.r., martinelli, l.a., seitzinger, s.p. and sutton, m.a. (2008). transformation of the nitrogen cycle: recent trends, questions, and potential solutions. science, 320: 889-892. gardebroek, c. (2006). comparing risk attitudes of organic and non-organic farmers with a bayesian random coefficient model. european review of agricultural economics, 33 (4): 485-510. gardebroek, k. and oude lansink, a. (2003). farm productivity differentials using panel data: the hausman taylor approach. journal of agricultural economics, 54 (3): 397-415. gijsbers, p.j.a., wien, j.e., verweij, p., and knapen, r. (2006). advances in the openmi. in: proceedings of 7th international conference on hydroinformatics. nice, france: hic 2006, 72-81. gocht a., and britz, w. (2010). eu-wide farm type supply models in capri how to consistently disaggregate sector models into farm type models. journal of policy modeling, 33 (1): 146–167. gömann, h., kreins, p. and breuer, t. (2007). deutschland – energie-corn-belt europas?. german journal of agricultural economics, 56 (5-6): 263-271. happe, k., kellermann, k., balmann, a. (2006): agent-based analysis of agricultural policies: an illustration of the agricultural policy simulator agripolis, its adaptation and behavior. ecology and society, 11 (1): article 49. 146 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei heckelei, t., and britz w. (2000): positive mathematical programming with multiple data points: a cross-sectional estimation procedure. cahiers d’economie et sociologie rurales, 57 (4): 28-50. hegselmann, r. and krause, u. (2002). opinion dynamics and bounded confidence – models, analysis, and simulation. journal of artificial societies and social simulation, 5 (3). helming, j.f.m. (2005). a model of dutch agriculture based on positive mathematical programming with regional and environmental applications. phd thesis, wageningen university, the netherlands. helming, k., pérez-soba, m. and tabbush, p. (2008). (eds.) sustainability impact assessment of land use changes, berlin and heidelberg: springer verlag. hengsdijk, h. and ittersum, m.k. van (2003). dynamics in input and output coefficients for land use studies: a case study for nitrogen in crop rotations. nutrient cycling in agroecosystems, 66 (3): 209-220. hengsdijk, h. and van ittersum, m.k. (2003). formalizing agro-ecological engineering for future-oriented land use studies. european journal of agronomy, 19 (4): 549-562. hertel, t., hummels, d., ivanic, m. and keeney, r. (2007). how confident can we be of cge-based assessments of free trade agreements?. economic modelling, 24 (4): 611-635. howitt, r.e. (1995). positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics, 77 (2): 329-342. iiasa, 2002. uncertainty treatment in integrated assessment modelling. conclusions from a workshop held at iiasa in laxenburg (austria), 24-25 january. jame, y.w. and cutforth, h.w. (1996). crop growth models for decision support systems. canadian journal of plant science, 76 (1): 9-19. janssen, p.h.m., petersen, a.c., van der sluijs, j.p., risbey, j.s. and ravetz, j.r. (2005). a guidance for assessing and communicating uncertainties. water science and technology, 52 (6): 125-131. janssen, s. and van ittersum, m.k. (2007). assessing farm innovations and responses to policies: a review of bio-economic farm models. agricultural systems, 94 (3): 622-636. janssen, s., andersen, e., athanasiadis, i.n. and van ittersum, m.k. (2009). a database for integrated assessment of european agricultural systems. environmental science and policy, 12 (5): 573-587. jansson, t., kuiper, m. and adenaeuer, m. (2009). linking capri and gtap. seamless d3.8.3, , accessed 11 july 2012. just, r.e. (1993). discovering production and supply relationships: present status and future opportunities. review of marketing and agricultural economics, 61 (1): 11-39. kanellopoulos, a., berentsen, p., heckelei, t., van ittersum, m.k. and oude lansink, a. (2010). assessing the forecasting performance of a generic bio-economic farm model calibrated with two different pmp variants. journal of agricultural economics, 61 (2): 274-294. kempen, m., elbersen, b.s., staritsky i., andersen, e. and heckelei, t. (2011). spatial allocation of farming systems and farming indicators in europe. agriculture, ecosystems and environment 142(1-2): 51–62. 147tools for integrated assessment in agriculture krayer von krauss, m.p. and janssen, p.h.m. (2005). using the w&h integrated uncertainty analysis framework with non-initiated experts. water science and technology 52 (6): 145-152. lee, heng-chi, mccarl, bruce a., schneider, uwe a. and chen, chi-chung, (2007). leakage and comparative advantage implications of agricultural participation in greenhouse gas emission mitigation. mitigation and adaptation strategies for global change, 12 (4): 471-494. louhichi, k., janssen, s., kanellopoulos, a., li, h., borkowski, n., flichman, g., hengsdijk, h., zander, p., blanco, m., stokstad, g., athanasiadis, i.n., rizzoli, a.e., huber, d., heckelei, t. and van ittersum, m.k. (2010a). a generic farming system simulator. in: brouwer, f.m. and van ittersum, m.k. (eds.), environmental and agricultural modelling: integrated approaches for policy impact assessment. dordrecht: springer: 109-132. louhichi, k., kanellopoulos, a., janssen, s., flichman, g., blanco, m., heckelei, t., berentsen, p., oude lansink, a., van ittersum, m.k. (2010b). fssim, a bio-economic farm model for simulating the response of eu farming systems to agricultural and environmental policies. agricultural systems, 103: 585-597. luna f. and stefansson, b. (eds.) (2000). economic simulations in swarm: agent-based modelling and object oriented programming. dordrecht and london: kluwer academic. oude lansink, a., and peerlings, j. (1997). effects of n-surplus taxes : combining technical and historical information. european review of agricultural economics, 24 (2): 231-247. oude lansink, a., and peerlings, j. (2001). micro econometric models for agricultural sector analysis. in: heckelei, t., witzke, h.p. and henrichsmeier, w. (eds.) agricultural sector modelling and policy information systems. kiel: wissenschaftsverlag vauk kiel: 52-64. oude lansink, a. (1999). generalized maximum entropy and heterogeneous technologies. european review of agricultural economics, 26 (1): 101-115. oude lansink, a., and peerlings, j. (1996). modelling the new eu cereals and oilseeds regime in the netherlands. european review of agricultural economics, 23 (2): 161-178. payraudeau, s., van der werf, h.m.g. and vertes, f. (2007). analysis of the uncertainty associated with the estimation of nitrogen losses from farming systems. agricultural systems, 94 (2): 416-430. porter, a.l. and rossini, f.a. (1980). technology assessment/environmental impact assessment: toward integrated impact assessment. ieee transactions on systems, man, and cybernetics, 10 (8): 417-427. quiroga, s. and iglesias, a. (2009). a comparison of the climate risks of cereal, citrus, grapevine and olive production in spain. agricultural systems, 101 (1-2): 91-100. refsgaard, j.c. and henriksen, h.j. (2004). modelling guidelines terminology and guiding principles. advances in water resources, 27: 71-82. rizzoli, a.e, donatelli, m., athanasiadis, i., villa, f., huber, d. (2008). semantic links in integrated modelling frameworks. mathematics and computers in simulation, 78 (2-3): 412-423. 148 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei rotmans, j. and van asselt, m.b.a. (1996). integrated assessment: a growing child on its way to maturity. climatic change, 34 (3), 327-336. rotmans, j. and van asselt, m.b.a. (2001). uncertainty in integrated assessment modelling: a labyrinthic path. integrated assessment, 2 (2): 43-55. schmidhuber, j. and tubiello, f.n. (2007). global food security under climate change. proceedings of the national academy of sciences usa (pnas), 104 (50): 19703-19708. scholten, h. (2008). better modelling practice an ontological perspective on multidisciplinary, model-based problem solving. phd thesis, wageningen university, the netherlands. sieber, s., müller, m., verweij, p., haraldsson, h., fricke, k., pacini, c., tscherning, k., helming, k. and jansson, t. (2008). transfer into decision support: the sustainability impact assessment tool (siat). in: helming, k., tabbush, p. and perez-soba, m. (eds.), sustainability impact assessment of land use changes. berlin: springer: 107-128. supit, i. (1997). predicting national wheat yields using a crop simulation and trend models. agricultural and forest meteorology, 88: 199-214. therond, o., hengsdijk, h., casellas, e., wallach, d., adam, m., belhouchette, h., oomen, r., russell, g., ewert, f., bergez, j.e., janssen, s., wery, j. and van ittersum, m.k. (2011). using a cropping system model at regional scale: low-data approaches for crop management information and model calibration. agriculture, ecosystems and environment, 142 (1-2), 85-94. tias (2011). defining integrated assessment. website of the integrated assessment society, , accessed 11 july 2012. tittonell, p., corbeels, m., van wijk, m.t. and giller, k.e. (2010). field – a summary simulation model of the soil–crop system to analyse long-term resource interactions and use efficiencies at farm scale. european journal of agronomy, 32 (1): 10-21. un (1987). report of the world commission on environment and development: our common future, transmitted to the general assembly as an annex to document a/42/427 development and international co-operation: environment. van den bergh, j.c.j.m. and nijkamp, p. (1991). operationalizing sustainable dynamic economic models. ecological economics, 4 (1): 11-33. van der sluijs, j.p. (2002). a way out of the credibility crisis of models used in integrated environmental assessment. futures, 34 (2): 133-146. van der sluijs, j.p., risbey, j.s., kloprogge, p., ravetz, j.r., funtowicz, s.o., corral quintana, s., guimaraes pereira, a., de marchi, b., petersen a.c., jansen p.h., hoppe, r. and huijs, s.w.f. (2003). rivm/mnp guidance for uncertainty assessment and communication: detailed guidance. report no. nws-e-2003-163. utrecht: copernicus institute for sustainable development and innovation. van gardingen, p.r., russell, g., foody, g.m. and curran, p.j. (1997). science of scaling: a perspective on future challenges. in: van gardingen, p.r., foody, g.m. and curran, p.j. (eds.) scaling-up: from cell to landscape. cambridge/new york/melbourne: cambridge university press: 371-378. van ittersum, m., ewert, f., heckelei, t., wery, j., alkanolsson, j., andersen, e., bezlepkina, i. et al. (2008). integrated assessment of agricultural systems – a component-based framework for the european union (seamless). agricultural systems, 96 (1-3): 150-165. 149tools for integrated assessment in agriculture van ittersum, m.k. and rabbinge, r. (1997). concepts in production ecology for analysis and quantification of agricultural input-output combinations. field crops research, 52 (3): 197-208. van waveren r.h., groot s, scholten h, van geer f.c., wösen j,h.m, koeze r.d. and norrt j.j. (2005). good modelling practice handbook, stowa report 99-05 dutch dept. of public works, institute for inland water management and waste water treatment, report 99.036, , accessed 11 july 2012. viaggi, d., raggi, m. and sardonini l. (2010). integrated analysis. deliverable d 3.2 of the cap-ire project, university bologna, 76 pages, , accessed 11 july 2012. walker, w.e., harremoës, p., rotmans, j., van der sluijs, j.p., van asselt, m.b.a., janssen, p., and krayer von krauss, m.p. (2003). defining uncertainty: a conceptual basis for uncertainty management in model-based decision support. integrated assessment, 4 (1): 5-17. wallach, d., buis, s., lecharpentier, p., bourges, j., clastre, p., launay, m., bergez, j.e., guerif, m., soudais, j. and justes, e. (2011). a package of parameter estimation methods and implementation for the stics crop-soil model. environmental modelling & software, 26 (4): 386-394. watson, r.t. (2005). turning science into policy: challenges and experiences from the science-policy interface. philosophical transactions of the royal society, 360: 471-477. weston, r.f. and ruth, m. (1997). a dynamic, hierarchical approach to understanding and managing natural economic systems. ecological economics, 21 (1): 1-17. wien, j.-e., rizzoli, a.e., knapen, r., athanasiadis, i., janssen, s., ruinelli, l., villa, f., svensson, m., wallman, p., jonsson, b. and ittersum, m. (2010). a web-based software system for model integration in impact assessments of agricultural and environmental policies. in: brouwer, f., van ittersum, m. (eds), environmental and agricultural modelling. integrated approaches for policy impact assessment. dordrecht: springer: 207-234. wolf, j., hessel, r., boogaard, h.l., wit, a. de, akkermans, w., and diepen, c.a. van (2010). modeling winter wheat production over europe with wofost – the effect of two new zonations and two newly calibrated model parameter sets. in: methods of introducing system models into agricultural research, vol. 2. madison, wis.: american society of agronomy. wossink, a., oude lansink, a. and struik, p. (2001). non-separability and heterogeneity in integrated analysis of non-point source pollution. ecological economics, (38) 3: 345-357. zander p., borkowski n., hecker j.m., uthes s., stokstad g., rørstad p.k. and bellocchi g., (2009). procedure to identify and assess current activities, pd3.3.p, seamless integrated project, eu 6th framework programme, contract no. 010036-2, , accessed 11 july 2012. zimmermann, a., heckelei, t. and adenäuer, m. (2009a). methodology and code to simulate structural change in seamless-if: results for seamless test regions and integration into seamless-if. seamless report no. 36, seamless integrated project, eu 6th framework programme, contract no. 010036-2. 150 w. britz, m. van ittersum, a.o. lansink, t. heckelei zimmermann, a., heckelei, t. and pèrez dominguez, i. (2009b). modelling farm structural change for integrated ex-ante assessment: review of methods and determinants, environmental science & policy, 12 (5): 601-618. bio-based and applied economics 5(1): 5-26, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-15247 analysing the economy-wide impact of the supply chains activated by a new biomass power plant. the case of cardoon in sardinia andrea bonfiglio, roberto esposti* department of economics and social sciences, università politecnica delle marche , piazzale martelli 8, ancona (italy) date of submission: 2014 18th, december; accepted 2015 21st, june abstract. this study investigates the impact on the economy of sardinia (italy) generated by a new biomass power plant fed by locally cultivated cardoon. the cardoon also serves the production of biopolymers. the impact is assessed at an economy-wide level using two multiregional closed input-output models, which allow us to take into account the entire supply chain activated and the supra-local effects generated by trade across local industries. the effects are computed under alternative scenarios simulating different levels of substitution of existing agricultural activities with the new activity (cardoon). results show positive and locally significant impacts in terms of value added and employment. however, these impacts are substantially influenced by the degree of substitution. results also suggest that there are specific territorial areas that are more sensitive to negative effects induced by substitution. keywords. multiregional i-o model, biomass energy, supply chains, cardoon, sardinia. jel codes. r11, r15, q42 1. introduction this study concerns a project for the construction of a biomass power plant at porto torres in sardinia, an italian region. the plant, having a power of 135 mwt, is expected to use about 250 thousand ton/year of biomass (straw) deriving from the local cultivation of cardoon (cynara cardunculus) for the production of electricity and thermal energy. moreover, the project contemplates the extraction of vegetable oil from the cardoon for the production of biopolymers as an alternative to petroleum-based plastics. the objective of the project is thus twofold: reducing the use of fossil fuels and stimulating local economy by cultivating cardoon. * corresponding author: r.esposti@univpm.it. 6 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti the present paper is aimed at assessing the local and supra-local economy-wide impacts deriving from the implementation of the power plant and, in particular, from the consequent activation of the cardoon supply chain within the specific agricultural and economic conditions of sardinia. the methodology adopted consists of multiregional input-output (i-o) models that compute impacts in terms of value added and employment at both local and supra-local levels. therefore, only socio-economic impacts are of interest here, while environmental implications, which can be particularly relevant in such a case, are not considered. impacts derive from all the backward linkages that the biomass power plant will activate to guarantee its functioning, including the provision of biomass, and from the production and sale of oilseeds. they also come from possible substitution of existing agricultural activities that the introduction of the cardoon might cause in local economies. impacts are computed under alternative hypotheses about the land use associated with the new cardoon production. a scenario assumes that the cardoon will be established on uncultivated and suitable land (currently unutilized or that will be abandoned within few years). a further scenario hypothesises that all the land required by the cultivation of cardoon replaces pre-existing agricultural production. another and more realistic scenario considers a mixed case where only a part of the land to be allocated to cardoon is unutilized while the remaining part substitutes existing activities. the analysis of biomass power plants is a relatively recent topic. however, there is already a quite wide and well-established literature on the assessment of their overall impacts. most of the relevant studies concentrate on what seems to be the most important concern underlying renewable energy, i.e. overall environmental implications (ucsusa, 2011). though such implications are beyond the scope of this paper, there are two major aspects faced by those studies that are also relevant to the present study. a first aspect regards the need for assessing all processing stages, from production of raw materials to distribution of energy. in environmental studies, this assessment is carried out by adopting a life cycle assessment (lca) framework (heller et al., 2004). a second aspect is concerned with the need for a spatially explicit analysis, based on the consideration that both magnitude and direction of impacts are not only localised but also differentiated across space (höltinger et al., 2014). moreover, in these studies, there is an increasing awareness that all impacts have to be carefully taken into account for a proper evaluation. they are environmental as well as social and economic impacts with a focus on the entire production process, on the one hand, and on the local/spatial implications, on the other hand (madlener and vögtli, 2006). with reference to this kind of integrated socio-economic and environmental assessment (ministry of agriculture and land – british columbia, 2007), an increasing number of studies, evaluating economic impacts of biomass power plants, have been recently carried out. following the abovementioned directions, these studies take the whole “from-biomass-to-energy” supply chain into account and explicitly consider local specificities and the consequent differential impacts (kaffka et al., 2011). to perform such economic assessment, regional multisectoral models have been consistently adopted. some studies use computable general equilibrium (cge) models (deloitte access economics, 2014), while others employ multiregional input-output (i-o) models. among the latter, we can mention, in particular, the impact analysis for planning (implan) i-o models (timmons et al., 2007). both cge and i-o models provide rich details in terms of local/regional interdependences and, therefore, of differ7economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant ential impacts. one of the main differences is that i-o models disregard possible impacts on prices. however, in the case of local medium-size plants, one may reasonably suppose that these impacts are not significant and can be therefore neglected. since no major price impacts are expected in the case under study, we decided to adopt a multiregional i-o approach. this is a well-established and standardised methodological framework. nevertheless, it was applied in a non-traditional way by assessing impacts associated with scenarios related to different degrees of crop substitution. this approach can be assimilated to sensitivity analyses performed by previous studies to assess the robustness of results (abdoulmoumine et al., 2012). however, the novelty here is that the use of i-o methodology goes beyond the mere sensitivity analysis as it looks at policy implications of a biomass power plant in sardinia induced by different levels of crop substitution. the rest of this article is organised as follows. the next section shortly describes the area under investigation. section 3 illustrates the methodology adopted, the data used and how alternative scenarios have been modelled. section 4 provides results under different scenarios whereas the last section offers some concluding remarks and suggestions for further research. 2. the area under study the area under investigation is the northwest portion of sardinia, italy. in particular, the project for the construction of a biomass power plant involves the municipality of porto torres, where the production of bioenergy and biopolymers will be carried out, and eight main local districts that have been identified as possible areas of cultivation of cardoon (figure 1). these districts are: anglona, gallura, goceano, marghine-barbagia, mejlogu, montacuto, nurra-sassarese-romangia (where porto torres is located) e planargia-montiferru. these areas comprise about one hundred municipalities, which were regrouped on the basis of common historical, geographical and productive characteristics. the localisation of these areas is motivated by the need to rationalise the costs of transferring cardoon to the biomass power plant (and thus to reduce environmental impact related to road transportation), take advantage of strong socio-economic relationships between the northern part of sardinia with the industrial site of porto torres and contrast negative dynamics of the agro-food sector in these areas. some general indicators about socio-economic characteristics of the various local districts provide interesting evidence on the substantial diversity across the areas under consideration (table 1). some territories, especially the coastal ones, reveal a significant degree of urbanization (nurra sassarese romangia) and a presence of manufacturing industries (marghine barbagia and gallura). most territories, however, are characterized by low population density, depopulation, aging and high incidence of agricultural activity, though residual and incapable of ensuring the same productivity and profitability of other sectors. a common aspect is that agriculture in these areas has undergone a profound transformation in recent decades characterized by extensification and progressive abandonment. the different territorial characteristics affected the identification of the areas potentially available for the cardoon. a study based on land suitability classification (fao, 1976) distinguishes the available land in five different classes of suitability characterized by different levels of productivity and profitability. it concludes that the area that can be allo8 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti cated to the cultivation of cardoon amounts to more than 72 thousand hectares, 11% of total available area and corresponding to a potential quantity of biomass of 825 thousand tons, far beyond the needs of the plant (250 thousand tons). the study also identifies the figure 1. the area under study, sardinia, italy (municipal administrative level) 1    2   porto torres gal   ang   mon  nsr   mej   pla   mar   goc   table 1. main socio-economic indicators of the local districts involved in the project, sardinia, italy. district pop. (2011) employees (2008) var. % farms 2000-10 uaa per farm (2010) var. % uaa 2000-10per km2 var. % 2001-11 % of pop. % in agr. % in manif. anglona 46.1 -0.2 28.1 8.0 7.2 -50.6 29.9 5.5 gallura 29.5 -1.0 41.0 4.7 16.3 -50.5 26.5 -6.9 goceano 24.5 -9.6 30.0 16.9 9.8 -47.6 30.3 -12.5 marghine barbagia 40.1 -7.2 38.4 7.5 26.5 -44.5 33.5 15.0 mejlogu 24.9 -9.1 31.6 17.2 13.6 -52.1 39.3 5.4 montacuto 23.7 -6.2 32.1 9.7 9.0 -31.2 41.5 21.3 nurra sassarese romangia 138.8 4.0 33.5 4.3 8.2 -47.7 13.4 -1.5 planargia montiferru 39.8 -3.2 31.3 15.3 6.8 -49.0 27.5 11.2 source: authors’ own elaboration on istat (2001a,b; 2012a,b,c,d); 2008 data are estimated. 9economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant quantity of biomass attributed to each district and that of oilseeds obtainable by cultivating cardoon, which was estimated as 11% of biomass (table 2). the area to be used for the cultivation of cardoon can be indirectly estimated by dividing planned production by average productivity levels. it amounts to over 22 thousand hectares, of which about 70% concentrate in the districts of nurra sassarese romangia, mejlogu and montacuto. table 2. area and production of cardoon in the local districts involved in the project, sardinia, italy. district area production biomass oilseeds ha % tons % tons % anglona 1,482.2 6.7 17,340 7.0 1,907 7.0 gallura 750.4 3.4 7,163 2.9 788 2.9 goceano 1,066.3 4.8 10,732 4.3 1,181 4.3 marghine barbagia 2,163.3 9.8 21,175 8.5 2,329 8.5 mejlogu 4,741.9 21.5 54,762 22.1 6,024 22.1 montacuto 3,544.3 16.1 35,786 14.4 3,936 14.4 nurra sassarese romangia 6,791.6 30.8 86,163 34.7 9,478 34.7 planargia montiferru 1,529.7 6.9 15,129 6.1 1,664 6.1 total 22,069.7 100.0 248,250 100.0 27,308 100.0 source: authors’ own elaboration. 3. methodology: impact evaluation 3.1 the multiregional closed i-o models the i-o methodology allows the assessment of the overall impact generated in an economy by a shock in the final demand (miller and blair, 2009). it is commonly used to assess the socio-economic benefits produced by a given agricultural project or investment (bonfiglio and esposti, 2014) and can be very useful whenever the objective is to evaluate the overall impacts generated by linkages along supply chains. the application of this methodology in the field of bioenergy is not new. see for instance english et al. (2004), madlener and koller (2007), perez-verdin et al. (2008), herreras martínez et al. (2013) and wang et al. (2013). in this study, estimation of the impacts generated by the cardoon supply chain was made by using two closed 37-sector 9-region i-o models: a traditional demand-driven model and a mixed-variable one. the regions analysed are the eight districts where the cardoon will be cultivated in addition to the rest of sardinia. unlike the traditional model, the mixed-variable i-o model assesses the impact that a variation of output, rather than of final demand, produces on a given economy. this is possible by making the output of given sectors and the relevant final demands exogenous and endogenous to the model, respectively. in spite of some differences in terms of construction and a higher complexity associated with mixed-variable models, the mechanism through which the effects propagate through10 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti out the sectors is the same so making the results perfectly comparable (more simply, the relevant impacts can be added). the only difference lies in the nature of initial shock, which is the final demand in a traditional model while it is the output in a mixed-variable model. both models are closed with respect to the household sector. this allows us to estimate three kinds of effects: direct, indirect and induced effects. the former coincide with the initial variation of final demand (or output in the case of a mixed-variable model) whereas indirect effects derive from the existence of backward linkages among sectors. supposing an increase in the final demand (or output) of a given sector, these effects are those which are indirectly produced by the initial increase. this variation causes an increase in purchases from other sectors, which are therefore forced to adjust their level of production to a higher level of input demand. in addition, induced effects come from increases in labour income that translate into an increase in household consumption and, in turn, in the output of sectors which adjust to a higher level of final demand. finally, both models present the benefits of a multiregional approach, particularly the capability of capturing spatial effects among industries located in different regions, i.e. interregional spillover and feedback effects. the former are changes in exporting regions induced by regions that purchase inputs from outside to satisfy internal requirements, while the latter are those effects that return to the importing regions since they can also be exporting regions for others. for instance, the region that has been initially involved by a variation of final demand (or output) could purchase inputs from another region. this latter could increase the level of production to satisfy external requirements. this increase is part of spillover effects. moreover, the exporting region could in turn purchase inputs from the importing region. the change in output that this brings about in the importing region represents a feedback effect. since the traditional i-o model is well known in literature, here we shortly present only the mixed-variable one. consider an economy made by two regions (r, t) and three sectors (i,j = 1, 2, 3), of which two are intermediate sectors and one is an institutional sector represented by households. now suppose that we want to estimate the impact of an output variation in sector 1 of both regions. the model can be formulated as follows: y1 1 x2 1 y1 2 x2 2 y ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ =m−1n x1 1 y2 1 x1 2 y2 2 yx ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ with m = −1 −a12 11 0 −a12 12 −k1 1 0 1− a22 11( ) 0 −a22 11 −k2 1 0 −a12 21 −1 −a12 22 −k1 2 0 −a22 21 0 1− a22 22( ) −k2 2 0 −h2 1 0 −h2 2 1− h3( ) ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ n = − 1− a11 11( ) 0 a11 12 0 0 a21 11 1 a21 11 0 0 a11 21 0 − 1− a11 22( ) 0 0 a21 21 0 a21 22 1 0 h1 1 0 h1 2 0 1 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪⎪ ⎩ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ (1) 11economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant where yi r indicates the final demand of sector i in region r, xi r the output of sector i in region r, y is the total labour income and yx the labour income paid by other institutions for services offered by households. looking at matrices m and n, aij rr a regional input coefficient, i.e. products of sector i in region r purchased as inputs from sector j in region r and aij rt an interregional trade coefficient expressing products of sector i in region r purchased as inputs from sector j in region t. in other words, it represents exports from sector i in region r to sector j in region t, or rather imports of sector j in region t from sector i in region r. yet, hi r is a labour income coefficient, expressing the share of labour income on sector i’s output and ki r is a consumption coefficient, expressing the share of income paid by households for purchasing commodity i produced in region r. to determine the output impact on the overall economy generated by a variation of output of sector 1 in both regions δx1 1 and δx1 2 the matrix m n1− is multiplied by the vector δx1 1 ,0,δx1 2 ,0,0⎡⎣ ⎤⎦ −1 . to calculate the impact in terms of value added, model (1) must be modified as follows: y1 1 v2 1 y1 2 v2 2 v3 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ = mv̂-1( )-1 n x1 1 y2 1 x1 2 y2 2 yx ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ (2) where vi r is value added of sector i in region r, v3 equals value added received by households for services offered to households themselves (domestic services), v 1,v ,1,v ,v2 1 2 2 3= v i r is value added of sector i in region r per output unit and v3 is value added received by households for domestic services per labour income unit. note that the model does not give information on variation of value added in sector 1 whose output is exogenous. to find the corresponding change in value added, the following formula, based on a linear relationship between output and value added, is applied: δv1 r = δx1 r v1 r . analogously, for assessing the impact in terms of employment, model (1) becomes: y1 1 e2 1 y1 2 e2 2 e3 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ = mê-1( )-1 n x1 1 y2 1 x1 2 y2 2 yx ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ (3) where ei r is employment of sector i in region r, e3 equals employment in the household sector for services offered to households themselves (domestic services), e 1,e ,1,e ,e2 1 2 2 3= ei r is the employment of sector i in region r per output unit and e3 measures employ12 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti ment in the household sector for domestic services per labour income unit. like income model, even employment model does not give information about sector 1 whose output is exogenous. to find the relevant change in employment the following formula is applied: δe1 r = δx1 r e1 r . 3.2 data and regionalisation procedure the starting point for the construction of the multiregional i-o models is a 2008 37-sector i-o table of sardinia (italy) produced by irpet (regional institute of economic planning of the tuscany).1 the table, evaluated at basic prices, was first aggregated into 35 sectors to guarantee correspondence with sectoral and territorial detail of the available employment data.2 next, it was disaggregated into the territories under study using a three-stage regionalisation procedure (bonfiglio, 2006). the first stage consists in applying a location quotient to estimate regional input coefficients3 and total imports of each region from the rest of sardinia. we used the augmented flegg et al. location quotient4 (aflq) (flegg and webber, 2000) since it shows to be superior in comparison with other location-quotient-based techniques. its superiority is mainly related to its capability to minimise the differences between estimated and true multipliers and thus to estimate more reliable impacts (bonfiglio and chelli, 2008; bonfiglio, 2009). this is due to its specific properties. in fact, it has been designed to solve an important drawback of traditional location quotients, i.e. the overestimation of i-o coefficients (and so underestimation of regional imports), through better modelling of regional and sectoral specialisation. a more reliable estimation of regional imports is particularly important in multiregional i-o models where trade relationships between regions play a significant role. the aflq was calculated using 2008 estimated employment data at a municipal level (then aggregated at a district level), distinguished by sector. given the lack of official information on employment disaggregated at municipal and sector levels for the year 2008 (i.e. the reference year of the i-o table), data on employment, with the exception of agriculture, have been estimated using 2001 data on employees of local units coming from the last available census (istat, 2001a). data on non-agricultural workers were then updated to reflect 2001-2008 changes in levels of working-age resident population at a municipal 1 in italy, there are no official regional i-o tables. for this, they are generally derived starting from the national i-o table published by istat and by integrating all existing superior data at a regional level to increase their reliability. as to sardinia, it was decided to use an i-o table built by irpet, which has a long and recognized experience in the construction of i-o tables at both regional and multi-regional levels, which are perfectly consistent with the system of istat/eurostat territorial economic accounts. 2 specifically, sector “manufacture of chemicals and chemical products” has been aggregated with sector “production of pharmaceutical, chemical-medicinal and botanical products” and sector “publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting activities” with sector “telecommunications”. 3 the location quotient was directly applied to sectoral flows, which have been preliminarily regionalised using employment ratios at a sectoral level. 4 the aflq is based on the use of a parameter that allows reduction in the tendency of i-o coefficients, derived through location quotients, to overestimate local production. in this study, we chose a value of 0.36, since it has the highest probability of being the most reliable in different regional contexts (bonfiglio, 2009). 13economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant level.5 about the agricultural sector, the 2001 figures have been replaced with information on family and continuous non-family employees resulting from the 2010 census on agriculture (istat, 2012b). employees were finally adjusted by a nonlinear optimization technique6 using 2008 data on total employees related to 45 labour local systems (istat, 2012d) and employees by sector resulting from regional economic accounts (istat, 2012c) as constraints.7 the second stage uses a gravity model to allocate total imports among regions. the model assumes that the probability of attraction exerted by a given region is an indirect function of the distance from other regions8 and a direct function of its ability to attract flows of goods and services, approximated by its sectoral size in terms of employment. the first two phases are repeated recursively for all districts under consideration then obtaining a preliminary version of a (35-sector) x (9-region) i-o table of sardinia. the last stage consists in inserting all available superior data and applying a nonlinear optimization technique to remove possible discrepancies with the starting i-o table. this technique was applied to the entire multiregional table including the quadrants of primary payments, distinguished in value added and other payments, and of final demand, disaggregated into household consumption and other components. as regards primary payments, value added at a municipal level has been preliminarily estimated using employment coefficients (ratios between municipal workers and regional workers operating in given sectors) adjusted using the simple location quotient. estimates were then adjusted by applying a nonlinear optimization technique constrained to information on value added by sector resulting from the regional i-o table and superior data on value added at a provincial level distinguished by macro-sectors (istat, 2011). the value added by municipality and by sector thus obtained was then aggregated by district and added into the table as superior data. labour income, which is a part of value added, was estimated starting from regional economic accounts, since the relevant information is missing in the regional i-o table. specifically, it was calculated by multiplying sectoral value added reported in the regional table by the ratio between labour income and value added resulting from economic accounts. it was therefore assumed that the incidence of labour income on value added is the same in all districts. the other components of value added were calculated as a residual. to estimate the remaining payments, the ratio between sectoral value added by district and total sectoral value added was used. regarding the quadrant of final demand, household consumption was initially derived by multiplying value added by the ratio between household consumption and value add5 as for the year 2008, we used istat pre-census data on resident population in municipalities. 6 non-linear optimization procedures used in this study adopt a cross-entropy method (golan et al., 1994), which is based on the minimization of the entropic distance between the initial matrix of estimates and the final matrix under given constraints in terms of accountancy and related to availability of superior data. 7 2008 istat data on employment of sardinian local labour systems slightly differ from those resulting from regional economic accounts. the difference is about 9 thousand employees in less. to ensure consistency between the two information sources and thus ensure convergence of the optimization procedure, sectoral data from economic accounts have been adjusted to make the total coincide with that of local labour systems. 8 the distances between districts used in the gravity model were calculated as geodesic distances between centres of each area. we adopted geodesic distances rather than other commonly used distances such as simple straight lines in order to take account more appropriately of higher distances due to shape of the earth. for the calculation of distances, we used geographic data at a municipal level, which come from the enea archive (enea, 2002). 14 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti ed by sector resulting from the regional i-o table, while the other components of final demand were estimated using value added ratios. the result of this optimization procedure is a balanced table, consistent with the regional one, from which sectoral outputs by district can be easily derived by adding up columns. outputs were then used to convert intersectoral flows into input and trade coefficients. in order to estimate both the impacts related to the production of biomass for the power plant and those associated with the production and use of oilseeds, we also added two new sub-sectors connected with the cultivation of cardoon in each district involved: the biomass and the oilseeds sectors. therefore, the final multiregional i-o table is a 37-sector table. the addition of new sectors requires the computation of the relevant coefficients (regional input coefficients, interregional trade coefficients, employment, labour income, value added and household consumption coefficients). in this regard, we used the balance sheet for the whole production of cardoon provided by the project and distinguished by territorial area. it provides data about revenues from the sale of oilseeds and biomass, direct payments, purchase of seeds, fertilisers, chemicals, mechanical and transport services, financial costs and profits. regional input coefficients have been derived by dividing purchases of inputs by outputs, which equal total revenues. value added coefficients have been calculated by dividing the sum of financial costs and profits by outputs. as the balance sheet does not distinguish between the two products, biomass and oilseeds, we estimated the coefficients of these two sub-sectors by applying output (revenues) ratios to the coefficients of the cardoon. moreover, it was assumed that the inputs necessary for the cultivation of cardoon are purchased locally within each district. this implies that interregional trade coefficients (extra-local purchases or sales) of these new sectors in each district are null.9 the relevant employment and labour income coefficients are zero because the project assumes that the cultivation of cardoon will rely on agricultural contractors. impacts in terms of labour income and employment related to the cultivation of cardoon are thus produced indirectly through purchases of mechanical services from the agricultural sector. also the corresponding coefficients of household consumption are null since the project does not contemplate the direct sale of products from the cultivation of cardoon to consumers. as regards oilseeds sub-sector, the project establishes that the relevant output is entirely used to produce bio-polymers. we modelled this activity by including the expected intermediate sales from oilseeds sub-sector of each district to sector “rubber and plastics” located in the district of nurra sassarese romangia within the multiregional i-o table. 3.3 alternative scenarios the hypothesis that maximizes impact (corresponding to the full-additional scenario) assumes that the cardoon will be cultivated on unutilized and suitable land and therefore 9 in the cases where a sector producing inputs necessary for the cultivation of cardoon was not present in a district, it was supposed that inputs are purchased from an existing sector of the closest district. in these cases, interregional trade coefficients are not null. 15economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant will not cause any substitution of other crops. in this case, the benefits of the cardoon supply chain will be full since the cardoon adds to existing agriculture. however, this hypothesis is hardly tenable for most local districts. in fact, according to 2010 agricultural census data, only in the district of gallura there is potentially available area that can be used for cultivating cardoon (that is, unutilized agricultural area plus set-aside land) (table 3). in all other districts, in order to assure adequate provisions to the biomass power plant, it would be necessary to replace existing crops. on average, about 33% of the area that is necessary for the cardoon should be subtracted from other uses. table 3. available unutilized agricultural area and required cardoon area in the various districts of sardinia (italy), 2010. area available area (ha) utilized agricultural area to be replaced unutilized agricultural area set-aside total ha % of area for cardoon anglona 1,176.22 0 1,176.22 305.99 20.6 gallura 2,230.51 757.52 2,988.03 0 0.0 goceano 411.93 74.73 486.66 579.68 54.4 marghine barbagia 988.05 152.68 1,140.73 1,022.52 47.3 mejlogu 2,479.14 0 2,479.14 2,262.77 47.7 montacuto 1,083.76 587.48 1,671.24 1,873.06 52.8 nurra sassarese romangia 4,866.44 1,603.49 6,469.93 321.68 4.7 planargia montiferru 561.27 80.28 641.55 888.16 58.1 total 13,797.32 3,256.18 17,053.50 7,253.90 32.9 source: authors’ own elaboration on istat (2012b). the full-additional scenario supposes that when the biomass power plant will be operative, after a limited initial period where alternative biomass will be imported, all necessary and suitable land for feeding the plant will be available owing to progressive release of abandoned land. it is evident that this process of progressive release might not be complete when the plant will become operational, thus making substitution necessary. in order for substitution to occur, however, there should be convenience in cultivating cardoon. one possible reason could be related to higher profitability compared with other crops. however, such convenience can be hardly represented within the adopted approach, since, in the i-o models we used, agricultural sector aggregates several activities. moreover, prices are included within i-o flows and are supposed to be constant. nonetheless, there could be other important reasons of convenience in cultivating cardoon. one relates to supply contracts, which are likely to be stipulated with farmers in order to assure constant provision to the industrial site of porto torres. these contracts will fix prices and quantities over given periods, so reducing the risk of market volatility. this risk reduction could induce farmers to replace even crops that are averagely more profitable but par16 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti ticularly subject to price volatility. convenience could also be explained with the relative simplicity in cultivating cardoon. in fact, several operations can be easily mechanized and can be attributed to contractors specialized in offering mechanical services. this process of productive deactivation could be favoured by progressive ageing of farmers operating in the area under study. under these hypotheses, substitution can be effectively modelled by the approach adopted (see section 3.4). crop substitution can have compensating effects with respect to the gross benefits generated by the cardoon supply chain. in principle, these effects can even offset all gross benefits and, therefore, they have to be carefully taken into account in performing impact evaluation. to measure both gross and net impacts associated with a different degree of crop substitution, three scenarios were simulated: 1. full-additional scenario (no substitution): it is based on the hypothesis that the cardoon adds to existing agriculture by occupying unutilized land suitable area. 2. partial-substitution scenario: it assumes that a part of the area, which is necessary for the cultivation of cardoon, will be taken from already used agricultural area. this represents the most realistic hypothesis. 3. full-substitution scenario: it supposes that all the area to be allocated to cardoon comes from currently used agricultural area. simulating different levels of substitutions also allows the identification of a breakeven point, i.e. that level of substitution at which the benefits of the cardoon supply chain are offset by the implicit (or opportunity) costs generated by the replacement of agricultural activities. for lower costs there are still benefits whereas for higher costs there will be increasing losses. a graphical illustration of these scenarios may be helpful to clarify the key differences among them (figure 2). this representation only considers value added (va) impacts and assumes that the value added per hectare associated with the cardoon is lower than that related to other agricultural activities. if taa (total agricultural area) is higher than uaa (utilized agricultural area) and the available area for new activities (taa – uaa) is larger than uac (utilized area for cardoon), we have the full-additional scenario where all the va impacts generated by the cardoon (represented by a solid area) are additional and correspond to the gross (net) social benefit generated by the project. a second and more general case occurs whenever taa-uaa>0 but uac>(taauaa), identifying the so-called partial-substitution scenario. in this case, the new activity generates an economy-wide impact in terms of va that is partly additional and, for the remaining part, competitive with the benefits produced by the agricultural activities replaced by the cardoon, so generating a loss that compensates gross benefits. the net social benefit can thus be either positive or negative. the larger the competitive land (i.e. the greater the area subtracted by the cardoon and measured by uaa−(taa-uac)), the lower the net social benefit. a special case occurs when the additional va equals the lost social va thus making the net social benefit equal to zero. the break-even point measures that degree of land substitution that makes this special case occur. a third case arises whenever taa equals uaa. in such a circumstance, all the uac replaces units of uaa and we have the full-substitution scenario where there might be a social loss produced by the replacement of existing agricultural activities with the cardoon. 17economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant figure 2. diagram describing the three scenarios adopted. 1    2   uaa uac taa uva gross (net)social benefits legend: uvac = va of cardoon per hectare uvao = va of other agricultural activities per hectare taa = total agricultural area (ha) uaa = utilized agricultural area (ha) uac = utilized area for cardoon (the area in hectares is measured by segment uac-taa) uvao uvac uva 3. full-substitution scenario uvao uvac uaa=taa uac social loss 1. full-additional scenario ha ha 2. partial-substitution scenario uvao uvac taa uac uaa social loss uva ha gross social benefits € € € the level of substitution simulated in these scenarios is measured as a percentage of reduction in the output of the agricultural sector, corresponding to the value of the uaa potentially allocable for the cultivation of cardoon in replacement of existing activities. reduction in output was estimated by multiplying the hectares used for the production of cardoon by the average unit value of agricultural output. the latter, which is a measure of land productivity (in value) and differs in the various districts, was obtained by dividing agricultural output, deriving from the multiregional i-o table, by the uaa surveyed in 2010. 3.1 modelling impacts estimation of impacts in terms of value added and employment was made by applying the two multiregional i-o models described previously. under the full-additional scenario, we used a traditional demand-driven model to assess the impact produced by requirements for inputs (such as biomass, machinery maintenance, water, waste disposal, transport, etc.) that are necessary to guarantee the functioning of the plant. it is assumed that the power plant purchases inputs only from the sectors of the district where it operates (nurra sassarese romangia), except for purchases of biomass, which, instead, comes from various districts. furthermore, it was supposed that only a share of total fixed and 18 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti variable expenses made by the power plant concern the local economy and thus produce local impacts. project expenses addressed to local sectors and necessary for managing the power plant were allocated to corresponding i-o sectors using istat ateco 2007 classification (istat, 2009). they were modelled as positive changes in final demand of the sectors involved. we also adopted a mixed-variable model to evaluate the impact generated by the production and sale of oilseeds, modelled as a positive change in the output of oilseeds sub-sectors related to the cultivation of cardoon in each district. total impact of the cardoon supply chain is thus the sum of these two impacts. under substitution-based scenarios, we used the mixed-variable model to estimate the effects of a decrease in agricultural output corresponding to the level of substitution. this impact offsets that estimated under the full-additional scenario. the parameters used and related to agriculture are average values represented in the i-o table. this hypothesis seems consistent since how farmers will react in terms of land allocation is unknown. as already remarked, they are likely to substitute worse activities in terms of profitability, provided that there will be substitution, but could even replace more profitable activities for reasons related, for example, to market volatility and risk aversion, technical simplicity and ageing. moreover, the activities replaced could be more or less integrated with the rest of economy, thus having different i-o coefficients. therefore, the average coefficients represented by the i-o table allow us to take account of these extremes avoiding unrealistic hypotheses about the kind of agricultural activities that could be replaced.10 in this way, however, the effects generated by substitution and estimated by the model could overestimate the actual impact; hence, they should be considered as an upper limit of potential effects induced by substitution. 4. results the impacts induced by the cardoon supply chain on the local economy under different scenarios significantly differ across districts. with reference to value added impacts, in the case of no substitution, the project generates an annual increase of 20.4 mio €, equivalent to an average of 0.07% of 2008 value added of sardinia (table 4). most impact, however, is absorbed by the district of nurra sassarese romangia. this is because, in this area, there are most project operations related to the functioning of the biomass power plant in addition to the cultivation of cardoon. the other districts are instead involved only by the provision of biomass and oilseeds. nevertheless, this project can be particularly important for less developed areas, such as mejlogu and montacuto, as indicated by the relevant and relatively higher shares of local value added generated by the cardoon supply chain. under the hypothesis of partial substitution, about 30% of the benefits generated in terms of value added would be lost. goceano is the district with the highest decrease in benefits. in this district, the loss of value added equals 27% of initial benefits produced by the cardoon. all the other territories would continue to benefit from the cardoon, par10 in any case, within an i-o model, the replacement of agricultural activities having average characteristics can also be justified economically by assuming redistribution of the components of value added due to a reduction in profits, which become lower than the profits related to the cardoon, and a corresponding increase in other components such as labour costs, net taxes and depreciation. in this way, coefficients remain unaltered but there are incentives to substitution. 19economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant ticularly gallura and nurra sassarese romangia, owing to a higher availability of unutilized land. it is interesting to note that gallura would lose about 3% of benefits although there is no substitution in this district. this occurs for the spatial interdependence among regions: a decrease in production in a region can generate negative effects in other regions because of reciprocal sectoral linkages. table 4. impacts produced by the cardoon supply chain in terms of value added, sardinia, italy. area benefits per scenario break-even point (% of hectares replaced) substitution elasticity of impact full additional (000 €) % va (2008) partial substitution (% of full impact) full substitution (% of full impact) anglona 856.1 0.21 77.8 -7.5 93.0 1.075 gallura 463.9 0.08 97.2 -34.5 74.4 1.345 goceano 494.5 0.27 -26.9 -134.2 42.7 2.342 marghine barbagia 971.6 0.24 70.0 35.3 154.6 0.647 mejlogu 2,508.7 0.64 15.7 -78.0 56.2 1.780 montacuto 1,602.0 0.40 30.4 -32.8 75.3 1.328 nurra sassarese romangia 9,166.0 0.22 93.9 4.0 104.1 0.960 planargia montiferru 653.4 0.28 6.6 -62.0 61.7 1.620 rest of sardinia 3,766.1 0.02 90.8 69.5 327.9 0.305 sardinia 20,482.3 0.07 71.4 -2.2 97.8 1.022 source: authors’ own elaboration. under the full-substitution scenario, the value added impact generated by the cardoon supply chain would be neutralised, also producing a loss that is equivalent to 2% of initial benefits. most districts would be penalized. this is particularly true for goceano, where the loss of value added is 134% of the initial benefits produced by the cardoon in this district. the areas that instead would maintain benefits are marghine barbagia, which preserves 35% of benefits, nurra sassarese romangia, which restrains 4% of positive impacts, and the rest of sardinia, with about 70% of benefits.11 the break-even point indicates that the overall benefits of the cardoon supply chain would be neutralised in correspondence to about 98% of substitution.12 in other words, only if in each district 98% of the hectares that are necessary for the cultivation of cardoon were taken from already cultivated land, the benefits of the cardoon supply chain would be eroded completely. for lower values, there will be net benefits. 11 the capability of the rest of sardinia to maintain, in the case of substitution of agricultural activities, a high percentage of impacts produced by the cardoon supply chain is related to the fact that this area is only indirectly affected by the substitution that happens in the districts. 12 since there is proportionality between levels of substitution and reduction in value added/employment (this can be easily observed in figures 3 and 4), the break-even point can be calculated by dividing the impact estimated under the full-additional scenario by the reduction in value added/employment associated with a decrease by 1% in agricultural output due to substitution (i.e. slopes of the straight lines represented in figures 3 and 4). 20 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti at a district level, it can be observed that the break-even point is mostly under 100%. as expected, it is higher in those cases where there are higher net benefits. in marghine barbagia, nurra sassarese romangia and the rest of sardinia the break-even point is higher than 100%. this apparently odd result is an indicator of how far we are from offsetting the benefits and, therefore, of how large these benefits are. for instance, a value of 154.6% (i.e. the result obtained for marghine barbagia) means that if the hectares replaced in each district were 54.6% larger than the hectares that are actually required for cultivating cardoon, local benefits would be eventually offset. this is consistent with the result that, in those districts, a part of benefits remains even under the full-substitution scenario. substitution effects and the break-even point can also be displayed graphically. it can be noted that, as the level of substitution increases, the area of net benefits tends to shrink proportionally (figure 3). the critical area (that is, that degree of substitution at which benefits are entirely offset and there are losses) is particularly small. in fact, the break-even point is collocated almost at the end of the straight line that displays the reduction in value added due to increasing substitution. the so-called “substitution elasticity of impact” indicates the percentage of reduction in benefits due to 1% of substitution of agricultural activities (table 4).13 it is also a measure of the degree of sensitivity 13 this elasticity is calculated by dividing the loss of benefits induced by 1% of substitution by the benefits generated by the full-additional scenario (and then multiplied by 100). figure 3. benefits and losses in terms of value added generated by the cardoon supply chain in sardinia, italy. 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 m io € % of substitution losses for substitution full-additional scenario benefits break-even point area of net benefits source: authors’ own elaboration. 21economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant of the economy to substitution. the higher this indicator, the higher the level of sensitivity of the economy to possible replacement of agricultural activities for the cardoon. as regards value added, the substitution elasticity of impact for all sardinia is 1.022. this value indicates that per each percentage point of reduction in agricultural output due to substitution (or per each 1% of hectares that are replaced), the overall value added generated by the cardoon supply chain diminishes by 1.022%. in the case of full substitution, the reduction in benefits would thus amount to 102.2%. this means that the benefits obtained under the full-additional scenario are entirely offset (100%) and an additional loss (2.2% of those benefits) is also generated. the substitution elasticity of impact ranges from 0.305, in the rest of sardinia, to 2.342 in goceano, which therefore reveals to be the most sensitive to possible substitution. with reference to employment, full-additional scenario generates an increase in employment of about 400 employees, which corresponds to 0.06% of total employment (table 5). also in this case, most impact concentrates on the district of nurra sassarese romangia, although benefits, relatively to local economy, are again higher and more significant in less developed areas. on the contrary, substitution causes higher negative impacts than those recorded for value added. this can be explained by relatively higher employment multipliers (lower productivity) and relatively lower value added multipliers (low profitability) that characterize agriculture in the districts considered. in fact, under partial substitution, 40% of overall benefits are lost or rather about 160 jobs are no more created. the areas that show the highest employment impact are in particular gallura, nurra sassarese romangia, the rest of sardinia and, to a lower extent, anglona and marghine barbagia with just 18% of the benefits estimated. the other areas, especially goceano and planargia montiferru, experience losses. table 5. impacts produced by the cardoon supply chain in terms of employment, sardinia, italy. area benefits per scenario break-even point (% of hectares replaced) substitution elasticity of impact full additional (employees) % empl. (2008) partial substitution (% of full impact) full substitution (% of full impact) anglona 11.4 0.17 51.5 -135.0 42.6 2.350 gallura 8.5 0.06 93.8 -104.5 48.9 2.045 goceano 5.4 0.15 -149.4 -361.0 21.7 4.610 marghine barbagia 20.8 0.21 18.3 -74.5 57.3 1.745 mejlogu 24.6 0.38 -74.2 -267.2 27.2 3.672 montacuto 20.1 0.27 -31.0 -150.2 40.0 2.502 nurra sassarese romangia 212.8 0.25 92.3 -37.8 72.6 1.378 planargia montiferru 12.6 0.25 -113.6 -269.6 27.1 3.696 rest of sardinia 75.1 0.02 90.6 68.6 318.1 0.314 sardinia 391.3 0.06 60.0 -55.8 64.2 1.558 source: authors’ own elaboration. 22 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti in the case of full substitution, on the contrary, there would be a net loss of more than 200 employees. all areas would be penalized except for the rest of sardina that will maintain about 69% of employment impact. in line with these results, the breakeven point is 64%, by far lower than that of value added. it indicates that it is sufficient to replace less than two-thirds of the agricultural area necessary for cultivating cardoon to see the benefits of the cardoon supply chain disappear. in all districts, the break-even point is under 50%, with the exception of marghine barbagia (57%) and nurra sassarese romangia (73%). graphically, the break-even point related to sardinia is collocated about in the middle of the straight line, which describes the decrease in employment caused by increasing substitution. for this, two separate areas are clearly identified: an area of net benefits (to the left of the break-even point) and a more limited area of net losses (to the opposite side) (figure 4). finally, as expected, the substitution elasticity of impact is higher than that of value added and equals 1.558. it varies from 0.314, in the rest of sardinia, to 4.610 in goceano (table 5). these results can be very helpful for policy makers in evaluating more correctly the socio-economic implications of the construction of a biomass power plant in sardinia. firstly, they measure possible negative effects in addition to potential positive impacts for the economy. in fact, they indicate to what extent crop substitution induced by the introduction of the cardoon in sardinia will produce compensating effects with respect to the figure 4. benefits and losses in terms of employment generated by the cardoon supply chain in sardinia, italy. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 e m pl oy ee s % of substitution losses for substitution full-additional scenario benefits break-even point area of net benefits area of net losses source: authors’ own elaboration. 23economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant gross benefits generated by the cardoon supply chain. compensation in terms of value added may vary from 30% to 100% with possible but restrained reductions in the current levels of value added, while that related to employment may go from 40% to full offset and a relatively significant reduction. secondly, they give important information about the sensitivity of different areas to potential substitution effects. in other words, they assist policy makers in identifying territorial contexts where possible negative impacts induced by the introduction of the cardoon could be more significant locally. from this point of view, goceano as well as planargia montiferru and mejlogu are the areas that would suffer to a greater extent from the replacement of existing agricultural activities with the cardoon in terms of both value added and employment. 5. concluding remarks this study assessed the economy-wide impact produced by the supply chains, in particular that of the cardoon (biomass and oilseeds), activated by a biomass power plant within the local economy of sardinia, an italian region. for this aim, two multiregional closed i-o models were adopted. the areas considered are eight districts where the cultivation of cardoon will be introduced. three different scenarios were analysed in relation to the degree of substitution of existing agricultural activities: full-additional, partial and full-substitution scenarios. under the hypothesis of no substitution, results show positive and locally significant impacts in terms of value added and employment, though limited in comparison with the overall economy size. they are the sum of direct, indirect and induced effects generated by intersectoral and interspatial linkages of the sardinia economy. in addition, findings show that in the case of a partial substitution, which represents the most realistic scenario, most benefits will be maintained especially in terms of value added. with reference to employment, however, negative effects would be higher. full substitution would exacerbate these impacts, by producing net losses in most districts in terms of value added, and in all districts in terms of employment. from a territorial standpoint, results also show that there are specific areas that are more sensitive to negative effects induced by substitution of existing agricultural activities with the cardoon. the present analysis offers valuable policy implications since it gives objective and empirical support to public choices concerning the suitability or desirability of private investments and, eventually, the need and the extent of a public contribution in this respect. in particular, this study provides policy makers with useful information to assess the impact that the implementation of a biomass power plant can have on the economy of sardinia. in fact, it takes into account not only its potential benefits but also those opportunity costs (substitution effects) that this project can generate. nonetheless, results should be taken with caution. firstly, they can be affected by the data used, in particular the coefficients of the adopted multi-regional i-o models. the latter represent estimates, as far as they can be representative, of real economic flows recorded in a given period and may therefore change over time. secondly, and more importantly here, results depend on the approach we adopted to compute economy-wide impacts, which suffers from some limitations. in particular, two aspects should be stressed. a first aspect is concerned with the hypothesis that the cardoon will replace “average” agricultural 24 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti activities, represented, within the i-o model, by coefficients of the entire agricultural sector, which aggregates activities having different production characteristics. this assumption may overestimate negative impacts induced by substitution. a second aspect is related to the hypothesis that the introduction of the cardoon and possible substitution of other agricultural activities do not generate any effect on prices as the i-o approach is based on constant prices. this assumption may be consistent only with small changes within the economy and, therefore, with small impacts generated by the new investment. although overall results seem to confirm this, there is however the possibility that effects are locally overestimated since results show relatively significant impacts related to some specific areas. finally, it is also worth reminding that an important concern about this kind of power plants and, therefore, a major challenge for policy makers is about their negative social and environmental implications in addition to overall socio-economic impact. from this point of view, the adopted approach is not helpful unless it is being appropriately adapted and extended towards an integrated assessment of all impacts, including the environmental ones, generated by this kind of investments. further research is therefore needed to cope with these data and methodological limitations by suggesting suitable extensions and modifications of the approach here adopted. acknowledgments although this paper is common to both authors, the authorship can be attributed as follows: sections 3 and 4 to bonfiglio; sections 1, 2 and 5 to esposti. this paper develops a study commissioned and funded by an italian company involved in the energy sector. the authors wish to acknowledge the financial and scientific support given by the company that made the present analysis possible. they also wish to thank two anonymous referees and the editor for their helpful comments and suggestions on an earlier version of the paper. the usual disclaimers apply. references abdoulmoumine, n., kulkarni, a., adhikari, s., taylor, s. and loewenstein, e. (2012). economic analysis of municipal power generation from gasification of urban green wastes: case study of fultondale, alabama, usa. biofuels, bioproducts and biorefining 6(5): 521-533. bonfiglio, a. (2006). the impact of romania’s accession to the eu. an analysis of the effects of regional development policy through a multi-regional i-o model. agricultural economics review 7(2): 40-54. bonfiglio, a. (2009). on the parameterization of techniques for representing regional economic structures. economic systems research 21: 115-127. bonfiglio, a. and chelli, f. (2008). assessing the behaviour of non-survey methods for constructing regional input-output tables through a monte carlo simulation. economic systems research 20(3): 243-258. bonfiglio, a. and esposti, r. (2014). assessing the economic impact of an agricultural project in a petroleum-exporting country. international development planning review 36(2): 133-154. 25economy-wide impact of a biomass power plant deloitte access economics (2014). economic impact of a future tropical biorefinery industry in queensland. paper prepared for qutbluebox (queensland university of technology). kingston, australia: deloitte access economics pty ltd. enea (2002). archivio climatico dbt comuni. http://clisun.casaccia.enea.it/pagine/ comuni.htm. english, b.c., jensen, k., menard, j., walsh, m., de la torre ugarte, d., brandt, c., van dyke, j. and hadley, s. (2004). economic impacts resulting from co-firing biomass feedstocks in southeastern united states coal-fired plants. selected paper prepared for presentation at the american agricultural economics association annual meeting, denver, colorado, july 1-4, 2004. fao (1976). a framework for land evaluation. fao soils bulletin 32. rome. flegg, t.a. and webber, c.d. (2000). regional size, regional specialization and the flq formula. regional studies 34(6): 563-69. golan a., judge g. and robinson s. (1994). recovering information from incomplete or partial multisectoral economic data. review of economics and statistics 76(3): 541549. heller, m.c. keoleian, g.a., mann, m.k. and volk, t.a. (2004). life cycle energy and environmental benefits of generating electricity from willow biomass. renewable energy 29(7): 1023-1042. herreras martínez, s., van eijck, j., pereira da cunha, m., guilhoto, j.j.m., walter, a. and faaij, a. (2013). analysis of socio-economic impacts of sustainable sugarcane–ethanol production by means of inter-regional input–output analysis: demonstrated for northeast brazil. renewable and sustainable energy reviews 28: 290-316. höltinger, s., schmidt, j., schönhart, m. and schmid, e. (2014). a spatially explicit techno-economic assessment of green biorefinery concepts. biofuels, bioproducts and biorefining 8(3): 325-341. irpet (2008). tavola input-output della regione sardegna 2008. florence. istat (2001a). 14° censimento della popolazione e delle abitazioni. rome. istat (2001b). 8° censimento generale dell’industria e dei servizi. rome. istat (2009). classificazione delle attività economiche ateco 2007 (derivata dalla nace rev. 2). rome. istat (2012a). 15° censimento popolazione e abitazioni 2011. rome istat (2012b). 6° censimento generale dell’agricoltura. rome istat (2012c). conti economici regionali. anni 1995-2011. rome. istat (2012d). occupati residenti e persone in cerca di occupazione nei sistemi locali del lavoro. anni 2004-2011. rome. kaffka. r., jenner, m.w., wickizer, d. and williams, r.b. (2011). economic, social and environmental effects of current and near-term biomass use in california. davis, usa: california biomass collaborative, university of california. madlener r. and vögtli, s. (2006). diffusion of bioenergy in urban areas: socio-economic analysis of the planned swiss wood-fired cogeneration plant in basel. cepe working paper no. 53. zurich, switzerland: centre for energy policy and economics (cepe). madlenera, r. and kollerb, m. (2007). economic and co2 mitigation impacts of promoting biomass heating systems: an input–output study for vorarlberg, austria. energy policy 35(12): 6021-6035. 26 a. bonfiglio, r. esposti miller, r.e. and blair, p.d. (2009). input-output analysis. foundations and extensions. uk, cambridge: cambridge university press. ministry of agriculture and land british columbia (2007). guidelines for socio-economic and environmental assessment (seea). land use planning and resource management planning. strategic land policy & legislation branch, economic analysis section, vancouver. perez-verdin, g., grebner, d.l., munn, i.a., sun, c. and grado, s.c. (2008). economic impacts of woody biomass utilization for bioenergy in mississippi. forest products journal 58(11): 75-83. timmons, d., damery, d. and allen, g. (2007). energy from forest biomass: potential economic impacts in massachusetts. report prepared for massachusetts division of energy resources and massachusetts department of conservation & recreation. ucsusa (2011). environmental impacts of biomass for electricity. union of concerned scientists, usa. http://www.ucsusa.org/clean_energy/our-energy-choices/renewableenergy/environmental-impacts-biomass-for-electricity.html. accessed 14 may 2015. wang, s., xu, f., xiang, n., mizunoya, t., yabar, h., higano, y. and zhang, r. (2013). a simulation analysis of the introduction of an environmental tax to develop biomass power technology in china. journal of sustainable development 6(1): 19-31. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(2): 131-149, 2013 heterogeneous preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa stijn speelman1,*, prakashan chellattan veettil2 1 department of agricultural economics, ghent university, belgium 2 department of environmental and resource economics, institute of economic growth, delhi, india abstract. in the light of growing water scarcity appropriate institutional arrangements are needed to complement technical interventions, in order to ensure more efficient use and allocation of water in agriculture. a theoretically interesting institutional intervention is the installation or improvement of water rights, but the benefits of such intervention and their distribution are insufficiently researched. this paper contributes to the water rights literature by applying a state-of-the-art valuation method to a case study in south africa. using a latent class choice modelling approach the heterogeneity in the benefits generated by changes in water rights is investigated. two segments could be distinguished in the sample population. while one of the segments has a lot to gain from a water rights reform, benefits for the other seem rather limited. furthermore they clearly differ in preference for specific improvements. such considerations should be taken into account in policy design. keywords. choice modelling; latent class model; water rights reforms; smallholder irrigators; south-africa jel codes. q15, q58 1. introduction increasing population growth, economic activity and development pose increasing stress on water resources worldwide. in this context, understanding is growing that technical solutions alone are not sufficient to deal with this problem and that appropriate institutional arrangements are needed to complement the technical interventions and to ensure more efficient water use and allocation (kemper, 2001; brennan, 2002; bruns et al., 2005). water (use) rights, water pricing, laws regulating water use and enforcement mechanisms are examples of such institutional arrangements (kemper, 2001). the theoretical rationale for establishing water rights is based on arguments of efficiency. araral (2010) for example states that only when water rights are clearly defined, pareto optimal outcomes are possible and molle (2004) explains that clearly defined water rights will reduce uncertainty and conflicts. 1 corresponding author: stijn.speelman@ugent.be. 132 s. speelman , p.c. veettil in this study a choice experiment (ce) considering hypothetical water rights configurations was conducted for studying the gains associated to water right improvements in south africa. this approach is similar to the one taken in frija et al.(2008), speelman et al.(2010a,b) and veettil et al. (2011). the current study uses the same dataset as speelman et al. (2010a,b). nevertheless, speelman et al. (2010b) mainly focused on the average benefits of such reforms. some interaction terms were introduced in the rank ordered logit model to get a first insight into the effect of socio-economic variables, but the number of interactions that can be included is limited2. in speelman et al. (2010a) a different approach was therefore taken: the population was divided in a number of segments according to a number of socioeconomic variables. such segmentations allow to see the effect on all the attributes, however it is not shown whether the effects in the different segmentations reinforce or counter each other. as a consequence the potential to develop targeted policies is limited when using this approach. therefore in the current article the data from the choice experiment are analysed using a latent class modelling approach. this adds a focus on the heterogeneity in benefits between groups of respondents to the previous literature. understanding is not only gained on the aggregate or average economic value associated with changes in the water rights framework, but also on the distribution of the benefits among clearly identified groups of respondents (boxall and adamowicz, 2002). studying the potential of water right improvements for smallholders in south africa is relevant in the light of their poor production performance and of the weak cost recovery at smallholder irrigation schemes under a general context of water scarcity. moreover these smallholders consist of a heterogeneous group (van averbeke et al., 2011; denison and manona, 2007), justifying the focus on the heterogeneity in benefits. the aim of the study is therefore to reveal the economic value for smallholders of the benefits generated by improving the water rights framework and to show how these benefits are differing across beneficiaries. given the context described above, such information is highly relevant for policy-makers. the second section reviews the literature on the importance of water rights. in the third section the relevance of choosing the smallholder irrigation sector in south africa for this case study is explained by assessing the current water rights framework and the smallholder sector. the fourth section describes the different steps in the methodology, with an additional focus on the importance of accounting for heterogeneity. then the results are presented and discussed. finally conclusions are formulated, highlighting the policy relevance. 2. literature review from a new institutional economics perspective, water rights are seen as an institution that serves as a source of incentives for individual and group behaviour governing water use. they serve as a mechanism for avoiding externalities in the use of water and they generate incentives for efficient resource use and for avoiding depletion and overexploitation (narain, 2009). the way water rights are defined will structure the incentives and disincentives which members of society face in their decisions regarding water own2 as a consequence this approach only allows to see the effect of some socio-economic variables on some specific water right attributes, not on the entire set. 133preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa ership, use and transfer. moreover, a well-defined set of rules is necessary to allow market transactions to take place (qureshi et al., 2009). as indicated by challen (2000, 2002) and wichelns (2004), the potential inefficiency of water rights is linked to the transaction costs associated with the making of decisions over the use of water. in general ill-defined property rights create higher transaction costs (information search, negotiation, monitoring) and limit the value people assign to a resource (randall, 1978; ostrom, 2000; heltberg, 2002; linde-rahr, 2008). this confines the incentives for resource users to sustainably manage a resource (matthews, 2004; hodgon, 2006; yandle, 2007). the focus of empirical work on property rights has thus far mainly been on explaining the role and functioning of property rights over natural resources, and in part on their emergence. there is however a need for research that quantifies the benefits of improving rights (brennan, 2002; dinar and saleth, 2005; linde-rahr, 2008; irimie and essmann, 2009; araral, 2010) and that identifies how these benefits differ within the population. transaction costs theory offers an interesting framework to study policy changes (challen, 2002; crase et al., 2002). in contexts where respondents face policy related transaction costs, such as those originating from ill-defined water rights, choice modelling and standard contingent valuation surveys can be used to estimate willingness to pay to reduce transaction costs, in this way evaluating the institutional settings (mc cann et al.,2005). some applications of this approach to evaluate potential changes in a prevailing institutional structure were recently developed for the case of water rights (e.g., crase et al., 2002; herrera et al., 2004; frija et al., 2008; speelman et al., 2010a,b; veettil et al., 2011). 3. case study background 3.1. water rights in south africa in south africa the national water act (republic of south africa, 1998) abolished the previous system of water rights and entitlements, which were linked to the land rights. a new system of administrative limited-period and conditional authorizations to use water, called licenses, was installed (nieuwoudt, 2002). in the new system ownership of water is held by the state, implying that the authorizations only concern usufruct rights. to use water, a person must be issued with a licence by the department of water affairs (dwaf). this water use licence will specify the water user, the property or area where the water may be used, the specific use authorized, and in most instances conditions of use (republic of south africa, 1998). although the new water rights system is not yet made fully operational, several shortcomings have already been identified (tewari, 2009). while quantities will be specified in the water use license, they are not guaranteed or enforced (republic of south africa, 1998). in this way water supply is not perceived as reliable by farmers. furthermore louw and van schalkwyk (2002) and tewari (2009) have criticized the provisions made in the national water act regarding transferability. market forces are generally believed to ensure efficient allocation of water (bjornlund and mckay, 2002; nieuwoudt and armitage, 2004; zekri and easter, 2007; brooks and harris, 2008; tewari 2009). in south africa however a water management agency has the responsibility over the trade in water use 134 s. speelman , p.c. veettil authorizations. this administrative procedure3 proposed in the water act seems to create unnecessary transaction costs certainly for transfers occurring among irrigators within the same irrigation scheme. according to donohew (2009) the potential negative externalities of such transfers are limited. the administrative procedure might therefore limit the potential efficiency gains from water right transfers (shi, 2006; donohew, 2009; tewari, 2009). finally a five year review period of the licenses is foreseen. this should allow government to take timely measures to maintain the integrity of the water resources, to maintain a balance between available water and water requirements, or to accommodate changes in water use priorities (dwaf, 2004). backeberg (2006) and tewari (2009) explain that this short review period will have a negative effect on farmers’ investment decisions. because the conditions (for instance the volumes of abstractions) attached to licenses may change at each review, this gives farmers the impression that the licenses are insecure (nieuwoudt and armitage, 2004). 3.2. the south african smallholder irrigation sector smallholder irrigation is considered as an important rural development factor in south africa. it is believed to create employment opportunities, generate income and enhance food security (perret, 2002). nevertheless performance and economic success of the smallholder irrigation schemes have been very poor and fall far short of the expectations of planners, politicians, development agencies and the participants themselves (van averbeke et al., 2011). in a context of increasing water scarcity, the smallholder irrigation schemes suffer from poor cost recovery of water service costs (perret and geyser, 2007) and poor water use efficiency (yokwe, 2009). huge investments are made to rehabilitate existing schemes (perret and geyser, 2007). in these revitalization programmes there also is attention for institutional solutions (denison and manona, 2007). there are however inequalities and significant class-based differences among the households engaged in smallholder irrigation, generating different farming styles with divergent interests (denison and manona, 2007; cousins, 2010). it is thus important to take this heterogeneity into account in the formulation and evaluation of reform policies, because too much emphases on common interest will certainly lead to policy failures. 4. methodology and data 4.1. designing the choice experiment for the analysis of the benefits of improving the water rights system in south africa a choice experiment was developed. choice experiments are a survey-based technique for modelling preferences for goods, where goods are described in terms of their attributes and the level these take. respondents are presented with various descriptions of the good, 3 in the national water act it is stated that permanent transfers, constituting trade in water licenses, will be subject to all requirements for license applications. this means that the water management authority has to approve every transfer. one of the criteria that will be used in the evaluation is that a balance should be maintained between the interest of the parties involved in the trade and the general public interest (dwaf, 2004). 135preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa differentiated by the attribute levels and they are asked to select their preferred alternative. choice experiments enable to value multidimensional interventions in a system (hanley et al., 2001, burton et al., 2007; rigby et al., 2010). in our study, they will be used to determine willingness to pay (wtp) for improvements in the water rights system. these wtp values reflect the potential benefits obtained by water users from changes in the water rights system. because they are relying on the choice between a series of alternatives, instead of asking for respondents’ wtp explicitly, choice experiments are considered a reliable way of eliciting wtp values (hanley et al., 2001). the design of a choice experiment involves the specification of the attributes and their levels. based on literature review (louw and van schalkwyk, 2002; perret, 2002; nieuwoudt and armitage, 2004; backeberg, 2006; pott et al., 2009, tewari, 2009) and expert knowledge4, three water rights dimensions are chosen as attributes. these characteristics do not consist of operational-level rights5 but rather of so called “property rights dimensions”. yandle (2007) describes how these dimensions can be used to assess the quality of a property right. attenuation of the right with respect to one of these dimensions is expected to lead to a lower quality property right, reducing the value for the owner (crase and dollery, 2006). in our case “duration”, “transferability” and “quality of title” are considered. “duration” refers to the period of time for which the operational-level rights are guaranteed or the time until the rights regime is renegotiated. if duration increases, rights holders will have more incentives to use a resource sustainably (backeberg, 2006; yandle, 2007). “transferability” considers if transfers of water rights are allowed and which procedures are used for transfers. the “quality of the title” dimension describes the capacity of the title to adequately define the resource and how much of a resource rights holders may extract. this dimension is related to the reliability of the supply. theoretically it is expected that rights with longer duration, where transferability is least restricted and where supply is guaranteed will be preferred. to be able to economically value attribute changes, it is necessary to also include a pricing vehicle in the choice experiment. here water charge is included for this purpose. the next step in the specification of the attribute space is the stipulation of the attribute levels that will be used in the experiment. for duration two levels are included ‘5 years’ and ‘10 years’. for transferability the levels considered are ‘no transfer’; ‘agency based transfer’ and ‘market transfer’ and for “quality of the title”, two levels are used in this study: ’no guaranteed supply’ and ‘guaranteed supply’. finally three water charge levels are used: 0.06, 0.09 and 0.12 r/m³. a more elaborated discussion on the choice for these levels can be found in speelman et al. (2010a). table 1 gives an overview of the different attributes and their levels. after the selection of the attributes and the determination of the levels, the choice sets, which will be presented to the respondents, need to be constructed. in this case all possible combinations of four attributes, two with two different levels and two with three different levels would provide 36 possible water right definitions. this is called a full factorial design. clearly, it would not be feasible for respondents to choose among 36 profiles. therefore, as described in speelman et al. (2010a) a three stage procedure was used 4 the attributes were discussed with officials from the dwaf and the water research commission 5 operational level rights determine the actions a property rights holder must, may, or can not take with regard to a resource 136 s. speelman , p.c. veettil generating three blocks of three choice sets each containing four choice options. finally a graphical representation was used for the attributes and their levels because it was expected that part of the respondent population would be illiterate. 4.2. importance of accounting for heterogeneity farms are heterogeneous with regard to a range of factors like input endowments, ownership structure, location, farm management and crop mix. as a result policy interventions will have differential effects on them. this will be reflected in differences in their preferences and consequently also in their behaviour. agent-based models specifically try to capture this heterogeneity (straton et al., 2009), but also in choice models acknowledging this is very important. understanding the extent and form of the heterogeneity will promote usefulness of the results for policy formulation (ruto et al., 2008). a proper representation of heterogeneity improves the insight in the factors underlying respondent behaviour and willingness to pay, and how the benefits and costs of policies are distributed across beneficiaries (colombo et al., 2009). furthermore researchers have found that when heterogeneous preferences are not properly accounted for, valuable information is discarded and inconsistent estimates and biased welfare measures are obtained (boxall and adamowicz, 2002; birol et al., 2006; carlsson et al., 2003; hynes et al., 2008; bujosa et al., 2010). provencher and bishop (2004) showed in a simulation study that the models accounting for heterogeneity outperform the ones that assume homogeneity of preferences (in the absence of specification errors). unfortunately, most environmental studies so far assumed homogeneity of preferences (hanley et al., 2003), implying that all respondents are assumed to have the same taste for attributes. this is a very serious limitation in many environmental related issues where there is wide variation in preferences for attributes. for the case of changes in water rights attributes, veettil et. al (2011) for example have reported wide variations in preferences among farmers. to our knowledge, the study by veettil et al. (2011) up to now was the only one which relaxed the homogeneity assumption in the property right preference elicitation process by assuming perfect heterogeneity. however assuming perfect heterogeneity is not that useful for policy formulation, because policy makers usually are interested in policies targeted towards specific sections of the population. table 1. attributes and levels used in the choice sets in south africa. attributes levels transferability not transferable agency based transfer market transfer duration 5 year 10 year quality of the title guaranteed quantity no guaranteed quantity price* 0.06 r/m³ 0.09 r/m³ 0.12 r/m³ *the average exchange rate at the time of data collection was 1r=0.13us$. 137preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa 4.3. econometric model in this study a latent class model (lcm) is used for the econometric analysis of the data collected. this type of model, which ce practitioners have started employing most recently, allows accounting for preference heterogeneity (birol et al., 2006). the underlying theory of the lcm posits that individual behaviour depends on observable attributes and on latent heterogeneity that varies with factors that are unobserved by the analyst. this heterogeneity can be captured through a model of discrete parameter variation. thus, it is assumed that individuals are implicitly sorted into a set of q classes, but the class membership of any particular individual, whether known or not to that individual, is unknown to the analyst (greene and hensher, 2003). in lcm, the population thus consists of a finite and identifiable number of groups of individuals (i.e., segments or classes), each characterised by relatively homogenous preferences. these classes, however, differ substantially in their preference structure. this approach can accommodate preference heterogeneity while allowing for the number of classes to be determined endogenously by the data. in the lcm, belonging to a class with specific preferences is probabilistic, and depends on the social, economic and attitudinal characteristics of the respondents (birol et al., 2006). in this paper we follow greene and hensher (2003) and employ a standard lcm specification which assumes a random utility model. this model has two parts, an observable component (βsxnjt) and an unobservable random component εnjt|s. thus, the utility that an individual n obtains from selecting alternative j in the tth choice set is unjt|s = βsxnjt + εnjt|s (1) where u is the utility obtained by individual, β is a vector of parameters of segment s, x is a vector of attributes from the ce and ε is a random component following a type 1 extreme distribution. it is assumed that the systematic component (βsxnjt) of equation (1) can be decomposed into two components. the first relates to the specific attributes of the choice made. the second captures individual specific characteristics (i.e., socio-economic and attitudinal variables). the choice probability for an individual n, given that he belongs to segment s, of selecting an alternative i from a choice set of j alternatives, for a specific choice activity is as follows: prnit/s = eβ 's xnit i=1 i ∑ eβ 's xnjt ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ ⎟ (2) the probability that an individual belongs to a specific segment can be expressed as follows: prns = ea 's zn s=1 s ∑ ea'szn ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ ⎟ (3) 138 s. speelman , p.c. veettil where zn is a vector of individual-specific variables and as a vector of segment specific utility parameters to be estimated. the unconditional probability that any randomly selected respondent chooses an alternative is obtained by combining the conditional probability in (2) with the segment membership probability in (3), resulting in following equation (4). prni = s=1 s ∑ ea 's zn s=1 s ∑ ea'szn ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ ⎟ t=1 t ∏ eβ 's xnit j=1 j ∑ eβ 's xnjt ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎜⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ ⎟⎟ (4) in the lcm the heterogeneity in preferences is thus incorporated through the systematic component of utility (βsxnjt). there also exist models such as the covariance heterogeneity model, which incorporate heterogeneity in the error components (colombo et al., 2009). a major advantage of the proposed lcm is its ability to enrich the traditional economic choice model by including psychological factors. this integrated modeling strategy also offers an opportunity to merge various social psychological and economic theories in explaining behaviour (boxall and adamowicz, 2002). hence the proposed lcm is well suited for our case study. the parameters in equation (4) are estimated using maximum likelihood estimation procedure using limdep 9.0 nlogit 4.0. estimation requires the number of segments s to be determined in advance. we therefore run models with 2, 3 and 4 segments and employ various statistical criteria to select the “optimal” number segments. the log likelihood, ρ2, akaike information criterion (aic) and the bayesian information criterion (bic)6 are used to determine the optimal number of segments (ruto et al., 2008; colombo et al., 2009). once the parameter estimates have been obtained, a measure of economic value can be derived for each water right attribute using the formula given in equation 5 below (hanemann, 1984). these ratios, which are often referred to as marginal implicit prices can also be interpreted as a marginal rate of substitution (mrs) between water rights attributes and money: the coefficient βm gives the marginal utility of income and is the coefficient of the price attribute, and βk is the coefficient of the water rights attributes: wtp= βk/βm (5) this wtp for attribute changes and the 95% confidence intervals were estimated for the different segments of the lcm using the wald procedure (delta method) in limdep 9.0 nlogit 4.0. 6 the model has the most optimal fit when these criteria are minimized. the akaike criterion is specified as −2lnl+jδ, where lnl is the log-likelihood of the model at convergence, j is the number of estimated parameters in the model, and δ is a penalty constant which equals 3 ; the bayesian criterion is specified as −lnl+(j/2)*ln(n) where lnl is the log-likelihood of the model at convergence, j is the number of estimated parameters in the model and n is the number of observations 139preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa 4.4. data the choice experiment was conducted in april 2008 in the limpopo province of south africa. seven irrigation schemes were identified from the national database of smallholder irrigation schemes. the sample included both larger irrigation schemes with over 100 farmers and smaller schemes with only 30-40 farmers. in addition differences in cropping patterns, reflecting varying degrees of water scarcity, were covered7. within the schemes about 30% of the farmers were randomly selected from a list of active farmers. in total 134 questionnaires were completed, providing 402 choice sets. besides the ce experiment, there was a structured questionnaire collecting detailed information regarding farming activities, alternative income sources and other relevant institutional aspects of water management. 5. results in table 2 some socio-economic and farm characteristics of the respondents in the sample are presented. the average age of the farmers in the sample was 58 years. they have a low education level (average of 5.6 years of schooling) and own small plots (average of 1.2 ha of irrigated land). this picture of an aging and low educated farming population, cultivating small plots at smallholder irrigation schemes in rural south africa was described by several authors (perret, 2002; hope et al., 2008). also the finding that a majority of the famers was female (62%) is in line with these studies. on average the respondents produce 4 crops. maize is the main summer crop while spinach, beans, beetroots, cabbages and tomatoes were the most important winter crops in the sample. the monetary income generated by irrigated agriculture is quite low. for most of the households in the sample, cropping is not their primary income source. as in most rural areas of south africa, pensions and child allowances are more important income sources (perret, 2002; hope et al., 2008). the non-farm income of the respondents is highly variable. also the income share from irrigated farming among the farmers was highly varying, ranging between 1% and 100% with an average of 29%. higher dependency on income from irrigated farming was generally associated with a lower overall income level, as it generally reflected an absence of other income sources. it must be noted that most production is subsistence-oriented. farmers were furthermore questioned about their trust in water management institutions. for three levels of water management institutions8 they could indicate their degree of trust on a 4 point likert scale. the three scores were then combined in an overall trust score. the average trust score of 2.4 indicates that overall trust level is in between “trust somewhat” and “do not trust very much”. a majority of the farmers (61.2%) did already experience water shortages and a small majority (53.7%) already experienced conflicts about water. finally, in irrigation schemes the distance from the water intake often has an impact on the quantity of water available and on the supply reliability. the situation of the plots of the respondents within the irrigation scheme was therefore also recorded. it is observed that more 7 in the drier parts of limpopo most farmers are limited to growing maize during the wet summer season. in other parts of the province production is more diversified, with the majority of the farmers producing maize in summer and a wide variety of crops in winter. 8 see speelman et al., 2010a for more details 140 s. speelman , p.c. veettil head-end farmers are included in the sample (42.5%), compared to middle (28.4) and tailend farmers (29.1). possibly this is because we sampled among active farmers and given the worse water supply situation the percentage of unused plots in the middle and tail-end parts of the schemes might be higher. table 2. selected sample population characteristics. mean (st. dev ) min-max continuous variables 57.8 (13.2) 27-85 farmers’ age (years) education (years) 5.6 (4.5) 0-15 household size 6.4 (2.7) 1-15 # crops cultivated 4 (2.5) 1-11 irrigated plot size (ha) 1.2 (0.4) 0.4-4 income from irrigation (r/year) 1993 (2798) 0-16504 income share from irrigation (%) 29 (24) 0-100 non-farm income (r/year) 16672 (16708) 0-94320 trust in water management institutions 2.4 (0.9) 1-4 categorical variables gender (% male) 37.3 occurrence of water conflicts (% no) 46.3 occurrence of water shortage (% no) 38.8 field situation % head %middle %tail 42.5 28.4 29.1 the first step in the latent class model approach is determining the number of segments. table 3 presents the statistical criteria used for this decision. the log likelihood and ρ2 statistics improve as more segments are added, supporting the presence of multiple segments in the sample. the 2-segment solution provides the best fit to the data since, although aic statistics decreases, bic starts to increase again as more segments are added to the model. improvements in the other criteria are also much smaller from 2 to 3 and 3 to 4 segment models. for comparison table 4 first provides the results of the conditional logit. these results were also presented in speelman et al. (2010a,b). all the coefficients in the conditional logit model are highly significant and all the signs are as expected a priori. all of the water rights attributes are significant factors in the choice for a water right specification, and a positive change in any single attribute increases the probability that a particular specification is selected. in other words, the respondents prefer water rights with longer duration, guaranteed supply, which are transferable. the sign of the price coefficient indicates that the effect on utility of choosing a choice set with a higher price level is negative. when the price attribute is used as the normalizing variable, the most important attribute is guaranteed supply. 141preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa table 3. criteria to determine optimal number of segments. # segments log likelihood ρ2 aic bic 1 -1051.5 0.371 1.752 1.773 2 -948.8 0.432 1.600 1.667 3 -932.9 0.441 1.592 1.706 4 -925.4 0.446 1.598 1.758 table 4. results of the conditional logit and latent class models. cl lcm segment 1 segment 2 duration 0.096*** (0.014) 0.126*** (0.033) 0.112*** (0.011) quality of title 0.628***(0.038) 3.19*** (1.211) 0.318*** (0.029) price -0.048***(0.015) -0.140*** (0.039) -0.031** (0.013) agency based transfer 0.230***(0.050) -0.093 (0.112) 0.355*** (0.037) market transfer 0.360***(0.051) 0.902 (0.106) 0.509*** (0.046) model statistics pseudo ρ² 0.371 0.432 log l -1051.469 -948.868 segment function lcm : respondents’ social and economic characteristics constant 1.221 (1.340) trust in water management institutions -0.629 ** (0.298) farmers ‘ age -0.014 (0.016) gender -1.020 ** (0.455) income share from irrigation -0.327 (0.934) occurrence of water conflictsa -0.181 (0.479) a dummy variable indicating whether respondents have already experienced conflicts regarding irrigation water. ***1% significance level,** 5% significance level, *10% significance level with two-tailed tests. next the results of the 2-segment lcm are reported in table 4. the upper part of the table displays the utility coefficients from water rights attributes, where the lower part reports the segment membership coefficients. the segment membership coefficients for the second segment are normalized to zero allowing identification of the segment membership coefficients for the first segment (birol et al., 2006). these coefficients are then interpreted relative to this normalized segment. for segment 1 the utility coefficients for all attributes except the transferability attributes are significant and the segment membership coefficients reveal that having trust in the water management institutions and being male decreases the probability that a respondent belongs to the first segment. the other factors do not signifi142 s. speelman , p.c. veettil cantly affect membership. for the second segment all attributes are significant determinants of the choice, and except for the price attribute, higher levels of these attributes increase the likelihood that respondents in segment 2 choose a particular water right specification. the effect of a higher price is significant and is again negative for this segment. the relative size of each segment is estimated by inserting the estimated coefficients into equation (3). this generates a series of probabilities of each respondent belonging to either one of the two segments. based on their largest probability score the respondents are assigned to one of the segments. it is found that 36.5% of the sample belongs to the first segment and 63.5% belongs to the second segment. in table 5 the descriptive statistics for a number of social, economic and farming characteristics of each segment are reported. a significant higher proportion of respondents in the second segment is male, they are better educated, have more trust in water management institutions and are spatially located closer to the schemes’ water intake. on average they have both higher non-farm and farm incomes, but for irrigation income the difference with segment 1 is not significant. age, household size and occurrence of water conflicts are also not significantly differing between the two segments. table 5. profiles of respondents belonging to the two segments. segment 1 (n=49) segment 2 (n=85) gender (% male) *** 22 45 farmers’ age 56 (11.5) 60 (14.1) household size 6.7 (3.0) 6.2 (2.5) education** 4.4 (4.2) 6.3 (4.5) field situation head % 35 47 middle % 35 25 tail % 30 28 occurence of water conflicts (% no) 46 47 trust in water management institutions *** (average score) 2.2 (0.8) 2.6(0.9) non-farm income ***(r) 12551.5 (9633.5) 19048.2 (19323.4) income from irrigation 1732.2(2757.5) 2140.8 (2826.3) # crops cultivated 3.9 (2.6) 4 (2.6) occurence of water shortage (% no) 38 39 t-tests and pearson chi square tests show significant differences (*) at 10% significance level; (**) at 5% significance level, and (***) at 1% significance level. finally table 6 presents the implicit prices and their confidence intervals for attribute changes for respondents of both segments. for the qualitative attributes the implicit prices reflect the wtp for a level change, for example smallholders in the first segment are willing to pay 0.2283 r/m³ for water if there would be a shift from non-guaranteed to guaranteed supply. for the duration which is included as a quantitative attribute the implicit 143preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa price is the wtp for a unit increase in this attribute. it can be observed that for most attributes wtp for changes is clearly lower among respondents of the first segment. only for guaranteed supply a substantial wtp is found for respondents of this segment. table 6. segment specific willingness to pay for changes in water right dimensions and 95% confidence intervals (figures are in 0.01r/m³). segment 1 segment 2 duration 0.903 (0.165; 1.641) 3.590 (0.499; 6.680) quality of title 22.830 (3.925; 41.735) 10.246 (1.730; 18.762) agency based transfer -0.663 (-2.208; 0.882) 11.410 (1.765; 21.055) market transfer 0.646 (-0.857; 2.149) 16.373 (2.750; 29.996) 6. discussion in comparison with the earlier studies by speelman et al. (2010a,b) the lcm approach allowed us to identify that the smallholder population consists of two distinct groups with a different preference structure. this information can help policy makers to target their interventions. this finding is also in line with the observation of denison and manona, (2007) who claimed that smallholder irrigators in south africa are heterogeneous, with different farming styles making it impossible to design one-fit-all policy interventions. a first clear difference between the two segments in our lcm is observed with respect to the attitude towards a shift to agency based water right transfers. this is revealed in table 4 and table 6. the difference could possibly be explained by differences in the level of trust in the water management institutions between the two segments. this effect of trust was also suggested in speelman et al. (2010a), where a segmentation was made based on trust level. the respondents in segment 1, which have a significantly lower trust in the water management institutions, dislike the idea of a system of agency based transfers, while for the respondents in segment 2, preference is clearly positively influenced by such a system, resulting in a positive wtp. while for respondents of the second segment the ongoing water pricing reforms9 and the water right reforms can thus go hand in hand, this does not seem the case for those of the first segment. for policy makers this emphasizes the need to acknowledge the complementarity between different institutional reforms as identified by veettil et al. (2011) and earlier by saleth and dinar (2005). to make this complementarity work for irrigators of the first segment water management institutions should gain the trust from these water users. an obvious way to do this is by improving the functioning and service delivery of these institutions. also a recognition 9 the introduction of water charges is one of the ongoing reforms in the south-african water sector (dwaf, 2004) 144 s. speelman , p.c. veettil in the institutional structure of the traditional governance systems managing the access to and the use of water resources in the rural communities might be a crucial issue to increase local trust (kapfudzaruwa and sowman, 2009). a second important finding is that respondents from the first segment are more sensitive to the price attribute. when considering their socio-economic profile, this is in line with expectations, because several characteristics (income levels, gender, field situation, education level) seem to indicate that the respondents in segment 1 are socio-economically worse off than those in segment 2. therefore the higher price coefficient and the lower levels for most other attributes may well reflect the limited capacity of these poorer farmers to pay for water, a problem already identified by backeberg (2006) and perret and geyser (2007). since the wtp for attribute changes is a reflection of the benefits for farmers generated by these changes, it is shown that water right reforms clearly generate less benefits for farmers of the first segment. policy makers will have to design other interventions to lift up this poorest, more subsistence oriented segment of the smallholder population. denison and manona, (2007) for example propose that interventions to reduce the market dependency for inputs and outputs would be an interesting intervention for this type of farmers because it reduces external cash exchange and supports risk reduction. in contrast with their low wtp for other attribute changes, respondents of the first segment have a high wtp for guaranteed water supply. these farmers rely more on irrigated agriculture for their income and livelihood. as a consequence they seem to be more risk averse with respect to failures in water availability. in their typology of smallholders denison and manona (2007) distinguish a similar type of smallholders and suggest that interventions to reduce risk are best suited for this type of farmers. this is confirmed by our findings because guaranteeing water supply is such a risk reducing intervention. given the heterogeneous risk profile of the two segments a potentially interesting intervention would be the introduction of security differentiated water rights. lefebvre et al. (2012) showed that such a system offers interesting opportunities in terms of risk allocation. from a government perspective this would probably also be a less costly measure compared to guaranteeing water supply for all. finally a plausible explanation for the larger preference for water rights with longer durations among respondents in segment 2 could be the positive relationship between education and investments in productivity. this relationship implies that better educated people are more inclined to make investments to increase productivity, but as explained by backeberg (2006) typically this type of investment decisions is negatively affected by a short duration of the licenses. 7. conclusions better institutional arrangements to coordinate use and resolve conflicts are highly needed for the water sector in many countries (brennan, 2002). in this light, there is a growing understanding that irrigation water rights are important and that a lack of effective water rights systems creates problems for the management of water supplies (matthews, 2004; bruns et al., 2005). this paper contributes to the water rights literature by applying a latent class valuation of water rights reforms to a case study of smallholder irrigators in south africa. we assess 145preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa the economic value for smallholders of the benefits generated by improving their water rights. as ruto et al. (2008) indicate it is also important to understand what underlies differences in values that people place on institutional changes. in our study we aim to understand who benefits from which reforms. our latent class modelling approach allows us to capture and explain the heterogeneity in the preference structure of smallholder irrigators. in general our results are in line with theoretical expectations (bruns et al., 2005; hodgson, 2006) regarding the benefits of water rights reforms: for smallholders there are positive and significant economic benefits associated with the improvements of the water rights. nevertheless two segments could be distinguished. while one of the segments has a lot to gain from a water rights reform, benefits for the other seem rather limited. to stimulate this latter segment other policy interventions might be more suitable. this confirms the findings of denison and manona (2007), who in their report on the revitalization of the smallholder irrigation sector in south africa identified several types of farmers and suggested that different policy initiatives would be needed for each of them. furthermore the segments clearly differed in their preference for individual changes in water right dimensions. the difference in wtp for guaranteed supply for example reveals an heterogeneity in risk profile of the segments and could be a reason to consider security differentiated water rights. the demonstrated heterogeneity in benefits therefore shows the importance of targeted policies moreover by using the knowledge concerning heterogeneity in the formulation of policies, acceptance of/ and support by stakeholders can be increased. acknowledgement the corresponding author is post-doc fellow of the research foundation flanders. references araral, e. (2010). reform of water institutions: review of evidences and international experiences. water policy 12(s1): 8-22. backeberg, g. (2006). reform of user charges, market pricing and management of water: problem or opportunity for irrigated agriculture? irrigation and drainage 55: 1-12. birol, e., karousakis, k. and koundouri, p. (2006). using a choice experiment to account for preference heterogeneity in wetland attributes: the case of cheimaditida wetland in greece. ecological economics 60: 145-156. bjornlund, h. and mckay, j. (2002). aspects of water markets for developing countries: experiences from australia chile and the us. environment and development economics 7: 769-795. boxall, p.c. and adamowicz, w.l. (2002). understanding heterogeneous preferences in random utility models: a latent class approach. environmental and resource economics 23: 421-446. brennan d. (2002). water-policy reform issues: an overview. proceedings of an international workshop on water policy reform: lessons from asia and australia. bangkok, thailand: aciar proceedings no 106, 7-12. brooks, r. and harris e. (2008). efficiency gains from water markets: empirical analysis of 146 s. speelman , p.c. veettil watermove in australia. agricultural water management 95: 391-399. bruns, b., ringler, c. and meinzen-dick, r. (2005). chapter 12: reforming water rights: governance, tenure, and transfers. in: bruns, b., ringler, c., meinzen-dick, r. (eds), water rights reform: lessons for institutional design, washington, usa.: ifpri, 283-310. bujosa, a., riera, a. and hicks, r.l. (2010). combining discrete and continuous representations of preference heterogeneity: a latent class approach. environmental and resource economics 47: 477-493. burton, m., marsh, s. and patterson, j. (2007). community attitudes towards water management in the moore catchment, western australia. agricultural systems 92: 157178. carlsson, f., frykblom, p. and liljenstolpe, c. (2003). valuing wetland attributes: an application of choice experiments. ecological economics 47: 95-103. challen, r. (2002). economic analysis of alternative institutional structures for governance of water use. proceedings of an international workshop on water policy reform: lessons from asia and australia. bangkok, thailand: aciar proceedings no 106, 13-30.. challen, r. (2000). institutions, transaction costs, and environmental policy: institutional reform for water resources, cheltenham, uk: edward elgar, 233 p. colombo, s., hanley, n. and louviere, j. (2009). modeling preference heterogeneity in stated choice data: an analysis for public goods generated by agriculture. agricultural economics 40: 307-322. cousins b. (2011). what is a ‘smallholder’? class-analytic perspectives on small-scale farming and agrarian reform in south africa. in hebinck, p., shackleton, c. (eds), reforming land and resource us in south africa: impact on livelihoods, new york: routledge, 86-111. crase, l., dollery, b. and lockwood, m. (2002). transaction costs emanating from policy flexibility in water markets. . proceedings of an international workshop on water policy reform: lessons from asia and australia. bangkok, thailand: aciar proceedings no 106, 31-47. crase, l. and dollery, b. (2006). water rights: a comparison of the impacts of urban and irrigation reforms in australia. the australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 50: 451-462. denison, j. and manona, s. (2007). a rough guide for irrigation development practitioners: principles, approaches and guidelines for the participatory revitalisation of smallholder irrigation schemes. wrc report no tt 308/07, pretoria, south africa: water research commission. dinar, a. and saleth, r.m. (2005). can water institutions be cured? a water institutions health index. water science and technology, water supply 5(6): 17-40. donohew, z. (2009). property rights and western united states water markets. the australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 53: 85-103. dwaf (2004). national water resources strategy paper of south africa, pretoria, south africa: republic of south africa, department of water affairs and forestryfrija, a., chebil, a., speelman, s. and van huylenbroeck, g. (2008). effect of changes in the institutional structure of irrigation water property rights on the willingness to 147preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa pay of farmers for water. proceedings of the xiith eaae congress: people food and environments: global trends and european strategies, ghent, belgium. greene, w. and hensher d. (2003). a latent class model for discrete choice analysis: contrasts with mixed logit. transportation research part b: methodological 37(8): 681-698. hanley, n., mourato, s. and wright, r. (2001). choice modelling approaches: a superior alternative for environmental valuation. journal of economic surveys 15: 435-462. heltberg, r. (2002). property rights and natural resource management in developing countries. journal of economic surveys 16: 189-214. herrera, p., van huylenbroeck, g. and espinel, r. (2004). an application of the contingent valuation method to assess the efficiency of the institutional structure of irrigation property rights: the case of the peninsula of santa elena. international journal of water resource development 20: 537-551. hodgson, s., 2006. modern water rights, theory and practice. fao legislative study 92, rome, italy: fao. holmes, t.p. and adamowicz, v.l. (2002). chapter 6: attibute based methods. in: boyle, k.j., champ, p.a. (eds.), a primer on non-market valuation, boston: kluwer academic publishers, 171-219. hope, r.a., gowing, j.w. and jewitt, g.p.w. (2008). the contested future of irrigation in african rural livelihoods-analysis from a water scarce catchment in south africa. water policy 10: 173-192. hynes, s., hanley, n. and scarpa, r. (2008). effects on welfare measures of alternative means of accounting for preference heterogeneity in recreational demand models. american journal of agricultural economics 90(4): 1011-1027. irimie, d.l. and essmann, h.f. (2009). forest property rights in the frame of public policies and societal change. forest policy and economics 11: 95-101. kapfudzaruwa, f. and sowman, m. (2009) is there a role for traditional governance systems in south africa’s new water management regime? water sa 35(5): 683-692. kemper, k. (2001). the role of institutional arrangements for more efficient water resources use and allocation. water science and technology 43(4): 111-117. lefebvre, m. gangadharan, l and thoyer s. (2012). do security-differentiated water rights improve the performance ofwater markets? amererican journal of agricultural economics 94(5): 1113-1135. linde-rahr, m. (2008). willingness to pay for forest property rights and the value of increased property rights security. environmental and resource economics 41: 465478. louw, d.b. and van schalkwyk, h.d. (2002). efficiency of water allocation in south africa: water markets as an alternative. proceedings of the irrigation water policies: micro and macro considerations conference, ,agadir, morocco. matthews, o.p. (2004). fundamental questions about water rights and market reallocation. water resources research 40: w09s08 mccann, l., colby, b., easter, w.k., kasterine, a. and kuperan, k.v. (2005). transaction cost measurement for evaluating environmental policies. ecological economics 52: 527-542. molle, f. 2004. defining water rights: by prescription or negotiation? water policy 6: 207– 227. 148 s. speelman , p.c. veettil narain, v., 2009. water rights system as a demand management option: potentials, problems and prospects. in: saleth r.m. (ed), strategic analyses of the national river linking project (nrlp) of india: promoting irrigation demand managment in india: potentials, problems and prospects, colombo, sri lanka: iwm, 127-145. nieuwoudt, w.l. and armitage, r.m. (2004). water market transfers in south africa: two case studies. water resources research 40: w09s05 ostrom, e. (2000). private and common property rights. in: bouckaert, b., de geest, g. (eds.), encyclopedia of law and economics, vol. ii: civil law and economics, celtenham, uk: edward elgar, 332-379. perret, s. (2002). water policies and smallholding irrigation schemes in south africa: a history and new institutional challenges. water policy 4(3): 283-300. perret, s. and geyser, m. (2007). the cost of irrigation: adapting existing guidelines to assess the full financial costs of irrigation services. the case of smallholder schemes in south africa. water sa 33: 67-78. pott, a., versfeld, k., van rooyen, m. and muir, a. (2009). a scoping exercise to investigate the potential need for, and nature of, water trading in south africa. wrc report no kv 222/09, pretoria, south africa: water research commission. provencher, b. and bishop, r. c. (2004). does accounting for preference heterogeneity improve the forecasting of a random utility model? a case study. journal of environmental economics and management 48(1): 793-810. qureshi m.e., shi t., qureshi s.e. , proctor w. 2009. removing barriers to facilitate efficient water markets in the murray-darling basin of australia. agricultural water management 96: 1641-1651 randall, a. (1978). property institutions and economic behavior. journal of economic issues 12: 1-21 republic of south africa (1998). national water act. pretoria, south africa rigby, d., alcon, f. and burton, m. (2010). supply uncertainty and the economic value of irrigation water. european review of agricultural economics 37(1): 97-117. ruto, e., garrod, g. and scarpa, r. (2008). valuing animal genetic resources: a choice modeling application to indigenous cattle in kenya. agricultural economics 38: 89-98. saleth, r.m. and dinar, a. (2005). water institutional reforms: theory and practice. water policy 7: 1-19. shi, t. (2006). simplifying complexity: rationalizing water entitlements in the southern connected river murray system, australia. agricultural water management 86: 229239. speelman, s., farolfi, s., frija, a., d’haese m. and d’haese, l. (2010a). the impact of the water rights definition on smallholder irrigators’ willingness to pay for water in limpopo province, south-africa. environment and development economics 15(4): 465-483. speelman, s., frija, a., farolfi, s. and van huylenbroeck g. (2010b). valuing improvements in the water rights system in south africa, a contingent ranking approach. journal of the american water resources asscociation 46(6): 1133-1144. straton, a.t., heckbert, sc., ward, j.r. and smajgl, a. (2009). effectiveness of a marketbased instrument for the allocation of water in a tropical river environment. water resources 36(6): 743-751. 149preferences for water rights reforms among smallholder irrigators in south africa tewari, d.d. (2010). a detailed analysis of evolution of water rights in south africa: an account of three and a half centuries from 1652 ad to present. water sa 35(5): 693710. van averbeke, w., denison, j. and mnkeni, p.n.s. (2011). smallholder irrigation schemes in south africa: a review of knowledge generated by the water research commission. water sa 37(5): 797-808. veettil , c. p., frija, a., speelman, s., buysse, j. and van huylenbroeck, g. (2011). complementarity between water pricing, water rights and local water governance: a bayesian analysis of choice behaviour of farmers in krishna river basin, india. ecological economics 70(10): 1756-1766. wichelns, d. (2004). new policies are needed to encourage improvements in irrigation management. journal of irrigation and drainage engineering 130: 366-372. yandle, t. (2007). understanding the consequences of property rights mismatches: a case study of new zealand’s marine resources. ecology and society 12(2): 27. yokwe, s. (2009). water productivity in smallholder irrigation schemes in south africa. agricultural water management 96: 1223-1228. zekri, s. and easter, k.w. (2007). water reforms in developing countries: management transfers, private operators and water markets. water policy 9: 573-589. issn xxxx-xxxx (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 65-80, 2012 economics of food security: selected issues silvia saravia-matus, sergio gomez y paloma and sébastien mary european commission – joint research centre – institute for prospective technological studies (ipts) , seville, spain abstract. the present article reviews selected key challenges regarding food security from both an academic and policy-oriented angle. in the analysis of the main constraints to achieve food access and availability in low and high-income societies, a detailed distinction is made between technological and institutional aspects. in the case of low-income economies, the emphasis is placed on the socio-economic situation and performance of small-scale farmers while in high-income economies the focus is shifted towards issues of price volatility, market stability and food waste. in both scenarios, productivity and efficiency in the use of resources are also considered. the objective of this assessment is to identify the type of policy support which would be most suitable to fulfil the increasing food demand. innovation programmes and policies which integrate institutional coordination and technical support are put forward as strategic tools in the achievement of food security goals at regional and global level. key words. food security, technology and innovation policies, small-scale farmers, market stabilization jel codes. q18, q16, q01 1. introduction «food security exists when all people, at all times, have physical, social and economic access to sufficient, safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life. the four pillars of food security are availability, access, utilisation and stability. the nutritional dimension is integral to the concept of food security» (world summit on food security, rome, november 2009). the concept of food security has been present in the policy agenda for many years now and in this particular context, it appears to have evolved into two yet complementing themes as the world is said to be in a status of post-food surplus disposal (world food programme, 2007). on one hand, there is the urgent issue of under-nourished people that are mainly located in rural areas of low-income countries, where local access to food, technology and natural/agri-resources is the major constraint. on the other hand, highincome countries feel threatened by volatile food markets (e.g. meeting g20 agriculture ministers, 2011) and are primarily concerned with long-term strategies that will guarantee * corresponding author: silvia.saravia-matus@ec.europa.eu. 66 s. saravia-matus, s. gomez y paloma and s. mary food availability and affordability in the medium and long run as the competition on limited resources continues to increase. from an academic outlook, the discussion on food security touches on several aspects. one relevant subject is that of how to increase agricultural productivity where the role of technology adoption, the declining effects of the green revolution, the potential benefits of incorporating biotechnology, among others, are assessed (pingali, 2007; otsuka and kalirajan, 2005; estudillo and otsuka, 2004; pingali and traxler, 2002; evenson, 2001, 2003; lipton, 2001). another thematic trend in the scientific literature is concerned with the macroeconomic analysis of price volatility, trade and market stability (gilbert and morgan, 2010; apergis and rezitis, 2011). likewise, the effects of the demand for biofuels, farmland acquisition/investments and the food price crisis on small-scale farmers have also been well-documented topics (swinnen and squicciarini, 2012; dauvergne and neville, 2010; deininger, 2008; ivanic and martin, 2008). the aim of this paper is to explore the two main policy angles to food security briefly introduced above and assess their related obstacles under the light of academic findings. for this purpose, section 2 examines the most pressing food security challenges from the respective view of low and high-income countries. section 3 discusses potential opportunities and focuses on initiatives which may contribute to reducing hunger and malnourishment while also securing food availability and environmental sustainability at a global level. this section concludes by highlighting the strategic relevance of integrating institutional and technological innovations to achieve food security goals in the short and long term. 2. analysis of food security challenges in high and low-income countries about one billion people globally do not have adequate food to meet their basic nutritional needs (fao, 2010a) and according to the ifad 2011 rural poverty report, the under-nourished mainly belong to the poorest households in rural areas. if we take into consideration that over 80 percent of rural households are said to depend directly on farming and agriculture (ifad, 2011), the development of the rural and agricultural economy becomes pivotal to reduce poverty and hunger worldwide. in addition, there is evidence that the proportion of farmland cultivated in small holdings has been growing since 1960’s, particularly in africa and asia (lipton, 2006). sen (1998) and others (tomlinson, 2011; smith et al., 2000) argue that the dynamics of income earning and of purchasing power may indeed be the most important component of food insecurity and starvation. in this respect, smith et al. (2000) analyse fiftyeight developing countries with high prevalence of food insecurity. their findings indicate that there was little correlation between national food availabilities and food insecurity. in their study, food availability is measured in terms of daily per capita dietary energy supply and balance while food insecurity is defined following the guidelines established by fao. interestingly, the group of countries which exhibited the highest severity of food insecurity were those with high poverty, yet, high food surpluses. the latter is consistent with the view that poverty is the most widespread cause of food insecurity for the selected countries in the time period covered by this study (1990’s). the emphasis in the academic literature is thus placed on food access (or the capacity of households to fulfil their minimum dietary needs) as the main limiting factor of food security. 67economics of food security: selected issues however, the current policy debate on food security is strongly dominated by the issue of food availability and affordability, particularly in high-income societies (although some low-income countries have also taken protective measures such as banning of grain exports to maintain national stocks at times of food price pikes). reports from both international organisations and the agricultural industry have claimed (and worked under the statement) that in order to meet the food requirements of the nine billion population of 2050, an expansion of food production of 70 per cent is needed (with a base reference of 2006). while pretty et al. (2010), fao (2009a; 2009b) and godfrey et al (2010) work with the «70%» figure, others such as tilman et al. (2011) have forecasted that a much higher increase in global crop supply will be needed, i.e. 100-110 per cent increase from 2005 to 2050. it is worthwhile to dwell on the origins of the rather quoted estimate of 70 per cent increase of food production. tomlinson (2011) offers a critique by arguing that this «70 per cent» figure does not correspond to an increase in actual tonnes of production or yields but the aggregate volume produced within the crop and livestock sectors, which is calculated by multiplying the different quantities by the price of each commodity. in this estimation, fruit and vegetables are excluded and if the weight of the actual production was used, the figure would, for instance, be reduced by 6 per cent. another fundamental issue is that the 70 per cent estimate does not account for wasted food or matters related to unequal food distribution and access. regarding food waste, it is estimated that the loss may rise to almost one third of harvested crops. the average current global edible crop harvest is said to be about 4600 kcal per person per day, but harvest and distribution losses along with post-consumer waste cause the loss of 1400 kcal (smith, 2000 and lundqvist et al., 2008; cited by tomlinson, 2011). if reductions on food waste could be effectively implemented, it is plausible to assume that the «70 per cent» level estimations could be lowered. despite the limitations of this quite fragile figure, it cannot be ignored that feeding a growing population with limited resources and in a sustainable manner is undoubtedly a challenge and it is clearly justified to plan ahead and to be proactive in designing preventive measures. yet, a balance must be sought since the focus on the estimation of future food requirements should not lessen the importance of addressing the particular challenges of the food vulnerable or the (semi-)subsistence / small-scale farmer located in lowincome areas. it is therefore necessary to establish a common starting point for an analysis based on institutional coherence, technology transfer and support aimed at achieving food security for low and high-income societies. in sub-section 2.1, food (and nutrition) insecurity is assessed at the rural sector and farm level of low-income countries. the emphasis on the rural areas of developing countries is based on the fact that notwithstanding the changing demographic trends (increasing displacement to urban centres), nowadays the majority of the food-insecure and poor still belong to the rural economies and are highly dependent on farming. in sub-section 2.2, the food security challenges from a high-income society perspective are addressed. instability brought about by volatile food markets in recent years is discussed along with an examination of key drivers for future demand and supply. in addition, the less obvious aspect of over-nourishment is also briefly discussed. 68 s. saravia-matus, s. gomez y paloma and s. mary 2.1 food security in low-income countries: the rural and farm level perspective a natural starting point of analysis of the food access question is that of rural and agrarian economies in low-income areas and the ability of their population to secure higher income, improve production and enhance livelihoods. (semi) subsistence farmers often rely on their production to secure only partially their household consumption, which is far from reaching the nutritional balance required for a healthy life. therefore, the focus of this section is now on to the main technological and institutional obstacles preventing rural farm households from meeting their dietary needs. first, the technological and physical (including the pressures on the fragile natural resource base) constraints are taken into consideration before moving on to the institutional barriers. 2.1.1 technological, scientific and physical constraints african countries are said to currently achieve less than 30 percent of their potential yield (world bank, 2010; deininger, 2011). this would imply that substantial increases in cultivated land may not be an absolute requirement and forest cover need not be substantially reduced in order to effectively increase agricultural output (a positive announcement, particularly in terms of climate change impact reduction). in fact, it is estimated that «in developing countries, 80 percent of the necessary production increases would come from increases in yields and cropping intensity and only 20 percent from expansion of arable land» (fao, 2009a). in other words, the current technology level in the agricultural sector of most low-income areas has substantial room for improvement without necessarily expanding arable land area. this, however, entails that technology must be not only developed and adapted to the needs of non-temperate climates in low-income countries but that an effective diffusion mechanism must be in place along with timely access to agricultural inputs. likewise, agricultural practices must be adapted so that a sustainable use of natural resources is ensured. each of these obstacles is next explored in detail. regarding the development and access to yield-improving technology which is tailored to the specific agro-ecological setting of low-income countries several aspects must be considered. according to pingali (2007) recent developments in genetically modified crops are promoted by large multinationals that focus on relatively few (tempered weather-based) crops excluding crops in tropical, arid, marginal or stress-prone environments. simultaneously, other academics are in favour of greater precaution in the application of biotechnology outside the contexts of high-income countries and temperate climate and advocate for more research on its unknown effects, especially in tropical regions (mcaffee, 2004; serageldin and persley, 2000). currently, many low-income countries do not have the technical and regulatory capacities to assess the benefits and costs of modern biotechnology in their domestic agriculture and eventually to monitor the inclusion of transgenic crops in their agriculture (fao, 2009a). in the meantime, academic findings suggest that the positive effects of the green revolution technology on the yields of the main three cereals (maize, wheat and rice) have started to stagnate or decline. adlas and alchot (2006) analyse long-term yield growth of rice in various ecosystems and states of india between 1967 and 1999. their findings indicate that yield growth (of areas where adoption of modern varieties and irrigation coverage were nearly complete) slowed down during the late green revolution period (i.e. after 1985). pingali (2007) argues that the decline in the productivity 69economics of food security: selected issues growth rates of the three primary cereals may be attributed to: 1) degradation of the land resource base due to intensive cultivation 2) declining infrastructure and research investment and 3) increasing opportunity cost of labor (mainly arising from the off-farm sector). fao (2009a) has also recorded a (at global level) decline of the rate of growth in yields of the major cereal crops from 3.2 percent per year in 1960 to 1.5 percent in 2000; although the decrease may be higher in climate or resource-stressed areas. the challenge for technology is to reverse this trend and to re-focus agricultural research on the particular physical and technological constraints of farmers in low-income countries in order to close the yield gap while attempting to promote a sustainable use of natural resources. other obstacles are related to the elimination or substitution of agricultural practices which hinder sustainable and productive processes. the latter are mainly related to the adequate management and use of land, water, pesticide and fertilizer. for instance, the reduction of land degradation would require not only the introduction of minimum/zero tillage and the prevention of soil erosion but also a balanced nutrient and water access. in the case of tropical agriculture, efforts should be targeted to securing sustainable alternatives to the «slash and burn» system. water management is also of great importance. irrigated agriculture covers one fifth of arable land and contributes nearly 50 percent of crop production (fao, 2009a). water scarcity could turn into a major problem if deforestation rates are not controlled or if irrigation systems are not efficient (i.e. water logging and salinity resulting from excessive water use and poorly designed drainage systems) (ali and byerlee, 2001). adequate pesticide use and research on potential effects are pending tasks for most agricultural sectors in low-income areas. according to ruttan (2000) there are shortcomings (some of which may be even unforeseeable at this point) in the use of pesticides and pathogen resistant crop varieties since an appropriate assessment of long-term impact for tropical and other non-tempered environments has not been fully undertaken. clearly, uncontrolled use of chemical methods to deal with plant or animal pests may induce to the evolution of more resistant pathogens which nowadays are able to spread worldwide due to international travel and trade. as a consequence, there will be a substantial need to constantly update and replace pesticides in order to deal with environment specific constraints (ruttan, 2000). supply, access and use of macro nutrients/fertilisers constitute another risk factor for agricultural production worldwide. the scarcity of macro nutrients especially nitrogen and phosphorous is acknowledged in both policy and scientific literature. undersupply of nitrogen and phosphorus poses a critical constraint to yields in least developed regions. in the case of humid regions, nitrogen is leached to surface waters and groundwater. inefficient n input to agriculture (too little or too much) leads to land degradation (scar, 2011). phosphorus is the major non-renewable and non-replaceable input to agriculture. grain yields are highly sensitive to phosphorus deficiency. phosphorus is mainly lost from cropland by erosion and washed into rivers and the sea where it becomes lethal to coastal and marine ecosystems leading to the loss of freshwater as well (scar, 2011). a recent paper published by keyzer (2010) addresses the issue of upcoming scarcity of phosphorus. the author argues that the shortage of this macro-nutrient in the next 80 or 100 years (due to lack of recycling) will affect not only yields but production costs in agriculture and other industries. in other words, phosphorous scarcity will have an impact on rising food prices, growing food insecurity and widening inequalities between rich and poor countries. 70 s. saravia-matus, s. gomez y paloma and s. mary another issue to consider in the development of yield-improving technology is the impact on biodiversity. a potential trade-off between protecting biodiversity through traditional agriculture and securing the highest yields possible per hectare may arise for farmers in low-income countries. currently, a dozen species of animals provide 90 percent of the animal protein consumed globally and just four crop species provide half of plant-based calories in the human diet (fao, 2009a) but in (semi)subsistence farming, households rely in a great diversity of plants and crops to fulfil very basic needs. although the yield potential and yield gaps for rainfed crops per country and agro-ecological zone have been calculated by the international institute for applied systems analysis (world bank, 2010), one key challenge is to learn how to exploit the technical advantages of different farm structures (i.e. size, production mix, input mix, food chain coordination, etc.) and their economic potentials within each agro-ecological zone while protecting the biodiversity. in this respect, the challenge is to incorporate a joint techno-economic and ecological dimension to the management of natural resources and biodiversity in agricultural practices. rural infrastructures, harvest equipment and storage facilities also represent a handicap for the agricultural sector in low-income countries. inadequate or absent harvest equipment and storage facilities constitute key factors in the high percentage of output losses at farm level. in the case of african tropical agriculture, the percentages of harvest losses are estimated above 30 per cent and in the case of sierra leone, estimations indicate up to 40 per cent (maffs, 2009; nsadp, 2009). transport and communication costs besides restricting the ability of rural producers to engage in more effective trading arrangements also contribute to high percentages of harvested output losses, due to long travel distances and/or poor roads and vehicles (holloway et al., 2000; renkow et al., 2002). likewise, fuels prices also increase production costs through the increased prices of imported factors of production (such as pesticides, herbicides or fertilisers). the reduction in harvest losses and the physical connection of remote areas to sale points or local development poles (airports, harbours, and country capitals) is therefore a key issue for improving rural livelihoods. the development of an adequate network of rural infrastructures is an essential prerequisite for the improvement of food commercialisation and for the viability/sustainability of food producers located in isolated regions. furthermore, according to ccafs report (2010) changes in the mean and variability of climate will affect the hydrological cycle, crop production and land degradation, particularly in regions where the most of the world’s hungry are (i.e. sub-saharan africa and south asia). moreover, the report underscores that climate change (through variable rainfall and temperature) has the potential to transform food production, especially the patterns and productivity of crop, livestock and fishery systems. currently, small farmers in high-risk areas do not have wide access to monitoring or information services, which could help them prepare for climate variability and extreme events. in this respect, barrios et al. (2008) analyse the impact of climatic change on agricultural production for the case of sub-saharan africa between 1961 and 1997. their results indicate that changes in country-wide rainfall and temperature have been major determinants of agricultural output in the region. in fact, the authors’ simulations indicated that if rainfall and temperatures had remained at their pre-1960’s means then the agricultural output gap between sub-saharan africa and other developing countries by the end of the 20th century would have been approximately one third of its actual magnitude. 71economics of food security: selected issues 2.1.2 institutional constraints during the 2008 food price rise, small semi-subsistence farmers were not found to be supply responsive (fao, 2009b). according to fao (2009b) this behaviour is partly explained by simultaneously increasing production costs (i.e. fuel and fertilisers) faced by small producers during this period. likewise, it was emphasised that the occurrence of a price shock (even if it is the highest in many years) does not create enough incentives to increase production in face of the downward price trend that has dominated the agricultural scene in the last decades. in any case, it should be stated that most (semi)subsistence farmers are only marginally integrated in the market systems and as stated by evenson and gollin (2003) their participation largely depends on the relative difference between prices and costs. in other words, transaction costs play an important role in the decision to self-consume or engage in trading (de janvry et al., 1991), especially as they are mostly household-specific. moreover, given that smallholders are likely to follow both risk-reducing and coping strategies (ellis 2000), timely access to market information, credit and extension services can allow them to benefit from market opportunities. however, resource constraints (at national and local levels) and the limited existence or absence of socio-economic mechanisms (such as farmer associations, producer cooperatives or integrated food chains) which would enable a faster and more efficient access to this type of institutional support and ultimately increase market participation, constitute important practical obstacles. another institutional constraint is related to issues of contract enforcement (benham and benham, 2000; dorward, 2001). this is essential to foster economic interaction and organization not only within the agricultural sectors but across other sectors (mainly industrial) as a way to promote agri-business activities. the latter is also relevant when it comes to land access and management in low-income countries, particularly in the light of the recent and increasing trend of large-scale investment in farmland (also referred to as land grabbing). both policy documents and academic articles have pointed out to the potential negative effects of these land transactions for small-scale farmers (deininger, 2011; hallan 2011). in this respect, major considerations include the adequate valuation of land, the respect for traditional/informal property rights, the impact on local labour market and the ability to flexibly reallocate land in case an investment fails (world bank, 2011). lastly, as stated by von braun and meinzen-dick (2009) it is in the long-run interest of investors, host governments and the local people involved to ensure that any land arrangement is properly negotiated, practices are sustainable and benefits are shared. the latter also implies an adequate evaluation of water (and other resources) management and distribution. finally, the agricultural productivity of smallholders also depends on the adequate provision of public goods. access to education and health services for the rural population are seen as key aspects to increase agricultural productivity (yúnez-naude and taylor, 2001; appleton and balihuta, 1996). in the case of africa, particular attention should be given to the aids pandemic, which will entail dramatic changes to the composition of rural communities (fao, 2010a). civil conflict and war periods are also factors which erode the livelihoods systems of both urban and rural populations. 72 s. saravia-matus, s. gomez y paloma and s. mary 2.2 food security in high-income countries: the global and market level perspective the outlook given to food security in high-income countries is mainly concerned with sustainability, long-term availability, and consequently, affordability of food. for example, the global food security programme, which is the uk’s main public funders of food-related research and training, is aimed at «meeting the challenge of providing the world’s growing population with a sustainable and secure supply of safe, nutritious and affordable high quality food. that food will need to be produced and supplied from less land and with lower inputs and in the context of global climate change, other environmental changes and declining resources» (global food security, 2011). in other words, the focus from this viewpoint is to meet the rising demand for food in ways that are environmentally, socially and economically sustainable while keeping affordable prices. 2.2.1 technological, scientific and physical constraints higher competition on limited resources such as energy, land, macro-nutrients or fresh water, leads to higher costs for the environment and for food production and manufacturing. although farmers in high-income countries maintain high productivity in the use of agricultural inputs, the transport and retailing practices need to become more efficient and effective in both in their provision of safer and healthier food and in the reduction of food waste. although evidence on waste estimation is relatively weak, arguably, there is a significant proportion of food grown which is lost or wasted after farm gate before and after consumption. the latter is said to be equivalent to 30 per cent of food grown and if this estimated total amount of food waste could be halved in 2050, it would correspond to a 25 per cent increase of today’s production (global food security, 2011). hodges et al. (2011) estimate that from the 222 million tonnes of edible food supply in 2008 in the usa 9 per cent (19.5 million tonnes) were lost at the retail level and 17 per cent (37.7 million tonnes) at the consumer level. the total proportion of food lost was thus 26per cent or 57.1 million tonnes. their estimate for on-farm and between the farm and retailer was of 3 per cent, reaching an overall figure of 30 per cent food loss. similarly, hall et al. (2009) estimate for the usa a food waste per capita of 1400kcal which corresponds to one third of the average current global edible crop harvest. the authors also highlight that food waste contributes to excess consumption of freshwater and fossil fuels which, along with methane and co2 emissions from decomposing food, impacts global climate change. food waste under their calculations would account in the usa for more than one quarter of the total freshwater consumption and approximately 300 million barrels of oil per year. the resulting environmental degradation calls for increasing efficiency not only in the agricultural sector but in the sub-sequent steps of food manufacturing, including consumption. recently, the increase in demand for bio-fuels has potentially exerted pressures not only on world prices for agricultural commodities but on land use, i.e. how much planting area could be diverted from producing other crops to those used as feedstock for the production of bio-fuels (fao, 2009b). this issue is also connected to land grabbing/acquisition in low-income countries, as many projects foresee the cultivation of sugar cane, maize or palm oil to produce bio-fuels. to illustrate this, in 2008 the total area under biofuel crops was estimated at 36 million hectares, more than twice the 2004 level (world 73economics of food security: selected issues bank, 2010). according to fao (2009b) the development of the bio-energy market will also determine how far it will be possible to meet the growing demand with the available resources and at affordable prices. 2.2.2 institutional and market aspects volatility refers to variations in economic variables over time and the emphasis is placed on whether these variations are predictable or unpredictable (gilbert and morgan, 2010). the variations in prices become problematic when they are large and cannot be anticipated and, as a result, create a level of uncertainty which increases risks for producers, traders, consumers and governments and may lead to sub-optimal decisions (fao et al., 2011b). volatility in prices for many agricultural products is connected to a range of factors. lower global stocks (associated to higher transport and storage costs), high fuel prices, poor harvests in export countries (many of these related to major climatic events), rising demand for bio/agro-fuels and increased demand for meat and milk products are all elements which may influence price volatility. likewise, the un special rapporteur on the right to food has underscored the emergence of a speculative bubble on food commodities (de schutter, 2010). these different aspects affecting food/agricultural price volatility deserve some additional remarks. for instance, stocks play a key role in equilibrating markets and smoothing price variations (fao, 2009b). since the 1995 high price situation, global stock levels have on average declined by 3.4 percent per year (particularly in cereals) and uruguay round agreements are said to have been instrumental in reducing stock levels in major exporting countries. the global economy is also strongly vulnerable to any major climatic event affecting one or several of the main «grain belts». one example is the impact of the extreme drought which affected russia in 2010, followed by floods in australia (soares et al., 2011). fuel prices not only affect the prices of agricultural inputs but have been an important determinant in the increase of bio-fuel production. bio-fuels are as well considered an important factor in the determination of agricultural prices. for example, out of the increase of nearly 40 million tonnes in total world maize use in 2007, almost 30 million tonnes were absorbed by ethanol plants alone. yet, a more permanent effect of the food and financial crisis of 2008, according to the world bank (2010), was that it prompted some food import-dependent countries to reconsider their policies to reduce vulnerability from what is considered to be an «undue-dependence» on imports, while other export countries have relied on export bans as protectionist measures of national food levels. another type of issues mainly related to over-nourishment, obesity and diet-related ill heath have started to get further attention in both policy and academic papers (lipton, 2001; global food security, 2011). according to tomlinson (2011) who quotes fao reports (2006) the world food economy is being increasingly driven by the shift of diets and food consumption patterns towards livestock products. in high-income countries, meat consumption is projected to increase from 90.2 kg/person/year in 1999 to 103 kg/ person/year in 2050 while consumption of dairy products is also expected to increase from 214 to 227 kg/person/year for the same time period. the result is a highly obese population with increasing health problems (lipton, 2011; hodges et al., 2011). consequently, food availability and affordability must also contemplate parallel programmes of 74 s. saravia-matus, s. gomez y paloma and s. mary public health and consumer education along with the improvement of production and retailing processes. 3. possible opportunities and policy alternatives this section now addresses the technological and institutional opportunities as well as policy alternatives which could be considered in order to address food security challenges concerning both access and availability. the discussion is structured in two parts: (i) technology (which increases productivity and reduces environmental damage) and institutional coordination (to integrate small scale farmers) (ii) market stabilization and the role of governments and international agencies (to promote transparency in foreign land investment, research on climate change and technology, provision of market information). 3.1 technology & institutional coordination: research and access beyond the farm level it has been recognized that farming in low-income countries has on average the largest room for technical improvement at global level (world bank, 2010; deininger, 2011). technology which adapts to the needs of low-income agricultural areas is therefore of key relevance to achieve general food security objectives. however, the necessary resources to promote research on productivity enhancement (which include genetic improvements or bio-technology) and sustainable management are lacking in low-income countries. the application of improved technology (adapted to the circumstances of non-temperate or environmentally marginalized zones) could increase average yields two to threefold in many parts of africa, and twofold in the russian federation (government office for science, 2011). a primal initiative in the reduction of food insecurity is based on supporting agricultural research for areas with high potential for technical improvement and performance. the spread of current best practices (in terms of extension services and technology adoption) to reduce yield gaps may be consequently expected to play a crucial role in improving food security both in its access and availability dimensions. for the purpose of dissemination and adoption of new technology, the establishment of public-private partnerships, producer associations and cooperatives which support not only training but guarantee the well-functioning of food chains and access to inputs and services for small and medium producers (i.e. mainly credit, insurance, veterinary services) have proven successful tools (lipton, 2006; world bank 2006). the same principle applies for the adoption of environmental friendly practices in the context of low-income countries. the widespread adoption of any of these practices will take place if they are tied to the improvement of rural livelihoods and not only the preservation of natural resources. in the case of recycling of macro nutrients such as phosphorous, further support might be required. in other words, the results of agricultural research to improve productivity must include a dissemination and adoption strategy which is compatible with farmers’ utility and profit maximisation decisions. successful stories in agricultural sectors of low-income areas (which entailed an increase in rural employment, output and value added) illustrate that technology adoption is sustainable when tied to market opportunities (world bank, 2006; lipton, 2006). these experiences illustrate that it is possible for small scale farmers who are organized in a cooperative or association to invest and smooth 75economics of food security: selected issues supply when there is guaranteed access to and stable demand from (domestic or international) markets. traditionally, a well-established food chain with straightforward contracts becomes a strategic tool and government support varies from funding research and setting up networks of producers (preferably in different stages of the production and export processes) to introducing regulations which enhance international trade opportunities. financial and insurance schemes would also play relevant roles. similarly, agricultural research can also play a role in exploring production models which combine agro-forestry and fishery activities for small and medium farmers. the latter is expected to not only maintain and use different natural resources in a sustainable manner but also to diversify agricultural livelihoods. diversification both on-farm and offfarm is recognised as suitable strategy to reduce risk and increase food access (ellis, 2000). for this reason, opportunities through the participation in vertically integrated agri-business structures could also be of relevance to increase rural incomes. overall, it is essential to undertake technology improvement programmes in institutional settings which guarantee incentives for the adoption of sustainable food production practices. in other words, technology adoption which increases productivity in a environmentally friendly manner will take place when rewards are easily quantifiable. in the context of a market-economy, pre-requirements include the improvement in market information and transparency (fao, ifad, oecd, unctad, wfp, world bank, wto, ifpri and un hltf, 2011) which may reduce risk aversion in agricultural production. risk-reducing strategies are one of the main differentiators between small/medium family based farms and large commercial farms, particularly in low-income economies. the primacy and the gap between the two types of farming also depend on a number of factors including technology level, production mix and agrarian management. one way forward is to promote pro-poor investment in agricultural sectors. falcon and naylor (2005) propose to focus on crops produced and consumed by those who are food insecure. as argued above, private-public partnerships are innovative mechanisms to organise input supply and smooth output production among small and medium farmers. 3.2 market stabilization and the role of governments and international organizations in the attempt of reducing price volatility, it is crucial to highlight the importance of creating a world trading system and incentive structures for the agricultural sector that not only maintains stable food prices but keeps agricultural producers motivated to stay in business and invest in updated technology and sustainable agricultural practices. adequate price signals are therefore essential to push investment both in highand low-income countries’ agriculture. simultaneously, global markets have to function effectively for an increasing number of countries to join in active international trade and have access to a stable supply of imports (fao, 2009a; fao, 2011a). in the same line, export bans at times of food stress (which exacerbated the 2007-2008 food price spike) should be avoided and thus food selfsufficiency as a viable option to contribute to global food security should be further revised in both high and low-income countries (foresight, the future of food and farming 2011). countries may consider combined measures to be better prepared for future shocks to the global food system, through coordinated action in case of food crises, reform of trade rules and joint finance to assist people affected by a new price spike or localised disaster. 76 s. saravia-matus, s. gomez y paloma and s. mary in other words, the focus should be not only on increasing food supply and availability but also on access of the world’s poor to the food they need to live active and healthy lives (fao, 2009a). increased opportunities (through the diversification of farm-household income) in the rural areas would also contribute to reverting or decreasing the pressure of migration on urban centres (it is estimated that by 2050, 70 percent of the world population will reside in urban areas). the reversal or containment of this trend would also bring positive effects in terms of urban pollution or increase in the number of settlement in environmentally risky disaster-prone zones (landslides, floods). a complementing measure would also include incentives which relieve pressures on the future balance between supply and demand. for example, support waste reduction programs can be undertaken (via education, campaigns). in parallel to waste reduction, it is also possible to affect people’s diets via taxation, campaigns or regulatory actions. in particular, it is important to better assess the needs and the associated consequences of food assistance in the long run. in extreme situations, food aid allows ensuring short-term food security. however, it has been criticised for generating potential perverse effects on long-term development of markets and private agents. in order to limit such negative effects, agencies and donors can inform market agents about their intentions for food aid distribution and limit the duration of such activities (wfp, 2005). international organizations may also contribute in setting coordinated institutional frameworks to reduce other specific food security threats. for instance, joint efforts could be increased in order to provide timely and accurate information on climate change risks and forecasts of natural disaster and their impact on agricultural production. another important role relates to the emerging trend of farmland investment contracts in low-income countries. in this respect, land contracts could be publicly available as a way to certify their transparency and fairness in the allocation of property rights (hallam, 2011). their involvement could promote investments which not only protect local land rights but also provide technological spill over to smaller farmers as well as market access/opportunities. 3.3 concluding remarks in summary, food security at the rural or farm level is directly linked to the attainment of the 1st of the millennium development goals: eradicate extreme poverty and hunger (united nations, 2009). but, assuming a continuation of current trends in key factors such as agricultural production and income, the number of food-insecure people would not significantly decrease over the next ten years (shapouri et al.; usda, 2010). therefore, simply planning for an increase in overall production which does not focus on distribution and access is inadequate. special attention is clearly needed in areas where highest productivity increases are possible, thus promoting an integrated course of action to deal with food access and availability. to conclude, it is essential to re-focus and coordinate food security research agenda and policy making in order to deal with both high-income and low-income perspectives on food security through the creation of initiatives which address both technological and institutional constraints. as fao (2009a) states, adequate supply of food at the aggregate level, globally or nationally, does not guarantee that all people have enough to eat and that hunger will be eliminated. but if the global food trade scenario creates incentives 77economics of food security: selected issues and opportunities for individuals in low and high-income countries to effectively engage in sustainable production and consumption patterns an important step towards securing food access and availability is likely to be made. acknoledgements the authors would like to thank jacques delincé for valuable comments. the views expressed are purely those of the authors and may not in any circumstances be regarded as stating an official position of the european commission. references agrimonde (2010). scénarios et défis pour nourri le monde en 2050. s. paillard, s. treyer, b. dorin (coordinateurs). versailles: editions quae. ali, m. and byerlee, d. (2002). productivity growth and resource degradation in pakistan’s punjab: a decomposition analysis. economic development and cultural change 50(4): 839-864. apergis, n. & rezitis, anthony n. (2011). food price volatility and macroeconomic factors: evidence from garch and garch-x estimates. journal of agricultural and applied economics 43 (1): 95-110. appleton, s. and balihuta, a. (1996). education and agricultural productivity: evidence from uganda. journal of international development 8(3): 415-444. climate change, agriculture and food security ccafs (2010). agriculture, food security and climate change: outlook for knowledge, tools and action. report no. 3. benham, a., benham, l. (2000). measuring the costs of exchange. in: menard, c. (eds.), institutions, contracts and organizations: perspectives from new institutional economics. cheltenham, uk.: edward elgar. barrios, s., ouattara, b. and strobl, e. (2008). the impact of climatic change on agricultural production: is it different for africa? food policy 33(4): 287-298. deininger, k. (2011). challenges posed by the new wave of farmland investment. journal of peasant studies 38(2): 217-247. dauvergne, p. and neville, k.j. (2010). forests, food and fuel in the tropics: the uneven social and ecological consequences of the emerging political economy of biofuels. journal of peasants studies 37(4): 631-660. daviron, b., nango dembele, n. murphy, s. and rashid, s. (2011). report on price volatility, a zero draft consultation paper. high level panel of experts on food security and nutrition. 11 may 2011. de janvry, a., fafchamps, m., sadoulet, e. (1991). peasant households with missing markets: some paradoxes explained. economic journal 101(409) pp 1400-1417. de schutter, o. (2010). food commodities speculation and food price crises, regulation to reduce the risks of price volatility united nations special rapporteur on the right to food. briefing note 02 – september 2010. dorward, a. (2001). the effects of transaction costs, power and risk on contractual arrangements: a conceptual framework for quantitative analysis. journal of agricultural economics 52(2): 59-73. 78 s. saravia-matus, s. gomez y paloma and s. mary ellis, f. (2000). rural livelihoods and diversity in developing countries. oxford university press. estudillo, j.p. and otsuka, k (2004). lessons from three decades of green revolution in the phillippines, mimeo, foundation for advanced studies on international development. evenson r. e. (2001). economic impacts of agricultural research and extension. in: gardner, b.l. and rausser g.c. (eds.), handbook of agricultural economics, vol. 1, north holland. evenson, r.e. and gollin, d. (2003). assessing the impact of the green revolution: 19602000, science, 300: 758-762. falcon, w.p. and naylor, r.l. (2005). rethinking food security for the twenty-first century. american journal of agricultural economics 87(5): 1113-1127. fao (2004). the state of food and agriculture 2003-04. agricultural biotechnology: meeting the needs of the poor? fao, rome. fao (2009a). how to feed the world in 2050, rome. fao (2009b). the state of agricultural commodity markets, rome. fao (2010a). the state of food insecurity in the world, rome. fao (2010b). summary of world food and agricultural statistics. faostat 11 october 2010 fao, rome, italy. fao, ifad, oecd, unctad, wfp, world bank, wto, ifpri and un hltf (2011a). improving food market transparency and policy response for food security: the agricultural market information system, a scoping report. may 2011. fao, ifad, imf, oecd, unctad, wfp, world bank, wto, ifpri and un hltf (2011b). price volatility in food and agricultural markets: policy responses. g20 agriculture ministers (2011). opening speech by the president of the french republic, n. sarkozy, , accessed 15 december 2011. gilbert, c.l. and morgan, c.w. (2010). food price volatility. philosophical transactions of the royal society b 365: 3023-3034. global food security (2011). strategic plan 2011-2016, uk. godfrey, h.c.j., beddington, j.r., crute, i.r., haddad, l., lawrence, d., muir j.f., pretty, j., robinson, s., thomas, s.m. and toulmin, c. (2010). food security: the challenge of feeding 9 billion people. science 327:812-818. hall k.d, guo, j. dore, m. and chow, c.c. (2009). the progressive increase of food waste in america and its environmental impact. plos one 4 911. hallam, d. (2011). international investment in developing country agriculture – issues and challenges. food security 3(suppl 1): 591-598. hodges, r.j., buzby, j.c. and bennett, b. (2011). postharvest losses and waste in developed and less developed countries: opportunities to improve resource use. journal of agricultural science 149(s1): 37-45. holloway, g., nicholson, ch. delgado, s. staal, s. ehui, s. (2000). agroindustrialisation through institutional innovation transaction costs, cooperatives and milk-market development in the east-african highlands. agricultural economics 23: 279-288. ivanic, p. and martin, w. (2008). implications of higher global food prices for poverty in low-income countries. agricultural economics 39: 405-416. 79economics of food security: selected issues ifad (2011). rural poverty report 2011, rome. lipton, m. (2001). challenges to meet: food and nutrition security in the new millennium, proceedings of the nutrition society (2001). 60: 203-214. lipton, m. (2006). can small farmers survive, prosper, or be the key channel to cut mass poverty? electronic journal of agricultural and development economics 3(1): 58-85. maffs ministry of agriculture, forestry & food security in sierra leone (2009). planning, evaluation, monitoring and statistics division. agricultural statistics bulletin, volume 1. mcafee, k. (2004). geographies of risk and difference in crop genetic engineering. geographical review 94(1): 80-106. nsadp (2009). national sustainable agriculture development plan 2010-2030. gosl government of sierra leone. otsuka, k. and kalirajan, k.p. (2005). an exploration of a green revolution in sub-saharan africa. electronic journal of agricultural and development economics 2(1): 1 6 pingali, p. (2007). will the gene revolution reach the poor? – lessons from the green revolution. 7th manshold lecture. wageningen, january 26, 2007. pingali, p. and traxler, g. (2002). changing locus of agricultural research: will the poor benefit from biotechnology and privatisation trends. food policy 27: 223-238. pretty j., sutherland w.j., ashby j., auburn j. et al. (2010). the top 100 questions for global agriculture and food. international journal of agricultural sustainability 8: 219-236. renkow, m., hallstrom, d., karanja, d. (2002). rural infrastructure, transaction costs and market participation in kenya. journal of development economics 73 (may): 349-367. ruttan, v. (2002). productivity growth in world agriculture: sources and constraints. the journal of economic perspectives. 16(4): 161-184. scar (2011). standing committee on agricultural research (scar). 3rd foresight exercise sustainable food consumption and production in a resource-constrained world. shapouri, s., rosen s., peters, m, badequano and allen, s. (2010). food security assessment, 2010-2020. report from the economic research service, us department of agriculture, july 2010. serageldin, i. and persley, g.j. (2000). promethean science: agricultural biotechnology. the environment and the poor consultative group on international agricultural research. washington, dc. sen, a. (1981). poverty and famines. oxford: clarendon. sen, a. (1998). the possibility of social choice. noel lecture, december 8, 1998. smith, l.c., el obeid, a.e. and jensen, h.h. (2000). the geography and causes of food insecurity in developing countries. agricultural economics 22: 199-215. soares, j., williams, m., simoes, m., jarvis, i., bingfang, w., leo, o., fabre, p., huynh, f., kosuth, p., lepoutre, d., singh parihar, j., justice, c. and williams iii, d. (2011). strengthening global agricultura monitoring: improving sustainable data for worldwide food security & commodity market transparency proposal. the g20 global agricultural monitoring initiative. may 2011 geo, embrapa, agriculture and agri-food, irsa, jrc european commission, cirad, ird, cemagref, geosys, isro, university of maryland, usda-fas. 80 s. saravia-matus, s. gomez y paloma and s. mary swinnen, j. and squicciarini, p. (2012). mixed messages on prices and food security. science 335 (january) policy forum. the government office for science (2011). foresight. the future of food and farming. final project report. london. thompson, r. (2010). global food security and rural development. nestlé creating shared value and rural development report 2010. tomlinson, i (2011). doubling food production to feed the 9 billion: a critical perspective on a key discourse on food security in the uk. journal of rural studies. doi: 10.1016/j.jrurstud.2011.09.001. united nations (2009). the millennium development goals report. von braun, j. and meinzen-dick, r. (2009). land grabbing by foreign investors in developing countries: risks and opportunities. ifpri policy brief 13 april 2009. world food programme (2005). desk review on emergency needs assessment and the impact of food aid on local markets. donovan, c., mcglinchy, m., staatz, j., tschirley, d., michigan state university. world food programme (2007). wfp strategic plan (2008-2011). wfp tools and approaches to hunger, rome. world bank (2005). the millennium development goals, the latin american and caribbean perspective. washington dc. world bank (2006). agriculture and rural development (ard) enhancing agricultural innovation: how to go beyond the strenghtening of research systems. washington d.c. world bank (2010). rising global interest in farmland. washington, d.c. world bank (2011). the rise of large farms in land abundant countries. do they have a future? deininger, k. and byerlee, d. policy research working paper 5588. world summit on food security (2009). declaration of the world summit on food security. rome 16-18 november 2009. yúnez-naude, a. and taylor, e. (2001). the determinants of nonfarm activities and incomes of rural households in mexico, with emphasis on education. world development 29(3): 561-572. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(2): 191-207, 2013 what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? main implications in different national contexts francesco mantino*1 national institute of agricultural economics, rome, italy abstract. this paper will address the changes the cap post‐2013 may bring to its second pillar in eu countries. after the presentation of the legislative package put forward by the european commission, a debate emerged in some countries on how to define rural development strategies for the period 2014‐2020. the paper will discuss positive innovations and main challenges of the new rural development policies with respect to what happened in the 2007‐2013 period. in particular, the paper intends to focus on the following issues: 1) which relevant changes have been introduced in the rural development framework; 2) how these changes can influence the preparation of the next programming period 2014-2020, looking more in depth at three countries (italy, spain and france); 3) what lessons can be drawn from this reform and the initial implementation in three countries in terms of institutional changes and their likely success and failure. this analysis concludes that the success or failure of the 2014-2020 reform of rural development will significantly depend on what types of transaction costs and incentive systems will be brought about within the programming system. these two factors in turn will strongly depend on the way the different actors will perceive the different costs and incentives, their expectations on the role of rural development programmes in a context where budget for agriculture is shrinking everywhere, and finally their capability to build new strategic alliances and cooperation at every level (national, regional and local) with other economic and social actors. future policy scenarios might bring new and heavy constraints to rural development policies and consequently might also reduce the opportunities of institutional innovations. keywords. common agricultural policies, rural development, institutional changes. jel codes. q18 1. introduction after the publication of the proposals by the european commission, in october 2011 (ec, 2011), the discussion and the negotiations on the reform of the common agricultural policy (cap) have brought about over the previous months quite different results for the two pillars. we can assume that, after the conclusion of the tri-lateral discussion among the european parliament (ep), the european commission (ec) and the european council (ec) and the final agreement which has been recently reached, the new regulation concerning the 2nd pillar can be considered as definitive. * corresponding author: mantino@inea.it. 192 f. mantino the main objectives of this paper are as follows: 1) to explore which relevant changes have been introduced in the rural development regulation; 2) how these changes can influence the preparation of the next programming period 2014-2020, by examining more in depth three countries (italy, spain and france); 3) what lessons can be drawn from this reform and the initial implementation in terms of institutional changes and their likely success and failure. this analysis will be carried out in a context where a political agreement has been already reached with the irish presidency on the multiannual financial framework (mff), thus concluding the negotiations on the eu’s medium-term financial framework until 2020. the actual mff regulation and the accompanying inter-institutional agreement including various declarations by the parties must be voted in the parliament in the autumn 2013 once the council has adopted the draft mff regulation. the overall mff ceiling and the allocation for the cap pillars 1 and 2 as agreed by the european council in february 2013 were not changed in the final agreement. in this scenario most of member states and regions have already started preparing their programming documents, which are rural development plans (rdps) and for operational programmes (ops) deriving from the structural funds (sfs): that is, european social fund (esp) and european regional development fund (erdf). 2. main changes in regulations concerning rural development and sfs the new set of regulations2 introduced different types of changes, which are becoming as evident as the preparation of the programming documents is going forward. the main changes can be summarised as follows: 1. the introduction of a common programming frame including cohesion policies and rural development which aims to strengthen integration between them and a more flexible programming system for rural development; 2. a new emphasis on innovation in agricultural systems; 3. more emphasis on cooperative approaches in specific fields as food chain projects, entrepreneurial networks and local development projects; 4. more selective targeting to rural areas and beneficiaries: e.g. lfa, small farms, farms not exceeding a certain size, new comers (start-up initiatives), etc. we can add to these specific changes in the rural development regulation all those relevant changes in the framework of the 1st pillar that have relevant impacts on the pro2 two regulations are crucial for rural development: • the new regulation concerning common rules for erdf, esf, eafrd and emff com(2011) 615 final/2, a regulation of the european parliament and of the council laying down common provisions on the european regional development fund, the european social fund, the cohesion fund, the european agricultural fund for rural development and the european maritime and fisheries fund covered by the common strategic framework and meef; • the specific regulation on rural development com(2011) 627 final/2, a regulation of the european parliament and of the council on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd) 193what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? gramming and management of rdps. among those it is worth mentioning at least two: a) the first one concerns the greening rules, which will have relevant effects on the design of agro-environmental measures, especially on the new baseline levels related to the future farmer’s commitments; b) the second change concerns the broader transfer of decisions on the modalities of implementing the 1st pillar at the country level, with the consequence of allowing higher integration among the rural development measures and the regionalised support to be provided via the new direct payments. the common programming frame is represented by a set of thematic objectives underlying the europe 2020 strategy and a common programming document: the partnership agreement (pa). this document should define a shared strategy (among the different funds) and the coherent modes for coordinating actions that are individually financed by each fund. the pa should also define the contribution of rural development policy to the common set of objectives of europe 2020. an integrated pa is certainly the biggest challenge of the new programming period, due to the traditional separation between funds in the concrete implementation of past eu policies. in fact, both rural development and fishery policy have got, since agenda 2000, a relative autonomy from the cohesion policy, producing separate programmes and even different programming cycles, with very few relations between them (excluding objective 1 regions in the 2000-2006 period). in the period 2007-2013 this separate approach has been confirmed by the existence of two different national documents: the national strategic frame (nsf) for sfs and the national strategic plan (nsp) for eardf. the pa 2014-20 is strongly different from the nsp 2007-2013, with regard to the potentiality of strategic guidance of rdps. there are several elements that contribute to strengthen the strategic function of the ap 2014-20 in comparison with the previous period: • the need to set precise targets for each thematic objective of the europe 2020 strategy; • the need to explain how (economic, social and environmental) conditionality is to be fulfilled before the programme approval; • the demonstration of a sufficient administrative capability for all institutions which are responsible of the programmes’ management; finally, the need to describe how coordination is going to be ensured by the different institutions, in order to implement effective actions in the different territories (urban, rural, coastal areas) and in favour of specific target groups. integration of eu funds under a common framework can provide new opportunities for public choice to avoid duplications and policy overlapping, and to strengthen synergies among different policy instruments. integration might also provide new opportunities for local private and public potential beneficiaries in mixing different sources of funding for their investment needs. but at the same time integration of eu funds will be possible only if policy makers and administrations responsible of the different funds agree to cooperate in more effective ways than in the past. this is not easy for two different reasons. first, agenda 2000 and the consequent separate programming system brought about different working rules and strategies which in turn increased over time the lack of communication between cohesion and rural development policies. second, in each sector policy makers and public administrations usually consider their set of financial resources and policy instruments as their own fenced area where only they can take allocation decisions. for 194 f. mantino these reasons policy makers and public administrations are not used to collaborate in policy design and implementation. this implies that the new common frame will raise the need of coordination and also the transactions costs related to the coordination system (meetings, committees, human resources involved, etc.). the introduction of a common framework is joined to a more flexible system of organising the rdp. this is also presented by ec as a an element of simplification that was introduced by the reform. this new system is based on six priorities (instead of four) and a menu of measures that can be combined without any restrictions (instead of being ex-ante grouped in four axes). in any case, moving from a logic based on measures to a result-oriented approach will not be costless. first, in public administrations structures the logic will continue to be measure-based because they are still strongly organised according to expertise in single measures and are used to design future planning by measures and not by results. the new approach would consequently require a reorganisation of the present technical and administrative rdp delivery structures in a very different way. second, even farmers’ organisations and local delivery agencies are used to express their policy demand as a list of policy measures and not as a specific set of economic and social needs to be fulfilled by policy strategies. in both cases there is a demand strongly influenced by the past and present ways in which rural development policy has been supplied until now, consequently causing a strong path-dependency mechanism. main stakeholders are used to deal with rdp measures already in place, which they have practiced for years and they know very well how to manage in farm advice. innovation in the agricultural system is another key issue and one of the horizontal principle that next generation of programmes should pursue, through a better transfer of the research outputs to the farm system and a more effective use of more traditional policy measures as vocational training and extension services. innovation will also be considered as a criterion to allocate funds among potential beneficiaries of rdps. innovation does not only depend on technologic novelties, but also on social and organisational progresses in the farm system (dwyer, 2013). a concrete signal of the real consideration addressed to innovation by future rdps will be given both by the enforcement rules of this principle (e.g. in selection criteria used to assess applications for funds) and also by the amount of financial resources that will be allocated to the european partnership for innovation groups, vocational training and extension services. innovation groups are not completely new in rural development. they have been introduced in the present phase 2007-13 through ad hoc measure concerning cooperation for development of new products, processes and technologies in the agriculture and food sector and in the forestry sector, that aimed to promote the cooperation between primary producers in agriculture and forestry, the processing industry and/or third parties (article 29 of the ec regulation no. 1698/2005). but the diffusion of such groups has been quite limited and unevenly diffused at regional level. the challenge will be the mainstreaming of this approach, that did not get so great success in the present rdps. as the case of leader initiative has shown, mainstreaming an innovative approach does not always bring to success. moreover, innovation overcomes regional administrative borders and this might be a factor driving towards a multi-regional programming, especially in those countries with a regionalized institutional setting. in any case, an effective selection and setting up of innovation partnerships raises new costs of coordination and information, which should be taken into account in policy design of future rdps. 195what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? the new regulations (both the common one and that specific for rd) put a strong emphasis on cooperative approaches promoted by farmers, agro-industrial entrepreneurs and local non-farm actors. article 36 of the rd regulation focuses on different forms of intermediate institutions promoting cooperation: food chains (short and long ones), entrepreneurial networks, leader-like partnerships, etc. these forms are now quite diffused in rural areas, especially in those countries we are examining here (italy, france and spain). the real challenge with the operational support of food-chains is the demonstration of the value added generated for primary producers (the farm sector strictu sensu), a condition to be verified before and after the conclusion of the project. as diverse evidences in this field have already shown, enhancement of primary producers’ value added usually depends on their bargaining power and the inter-professional contracts that are set up between farmers associations and agro-industry, rather than on ex-ante criteria imposed by the state and/or regional administrations. instead, food chain projects usually focus on structural investments and do not take into account contractual arrangements and the general organisation of the chain, that is the crucial issue in many cases. with regard to the leader-like approaches, now called in the common regulation “community-led local development” (clld), the real novelty concerns the opportunity of using all funds to finance rural development projects and extending this approach to cover even urban, peri-urban (rural-urban fringe) and finally coastal areas. in this case previous experience can facilitate the extending of clld approach to areas and public administrations different from agriculture and rural policies. those who are unfamiliar with clld might prefer simpler and more direct instruments to support local development initiatives. instead, multi-fund approach covering all types of areas is strongly advised by ec services, who recently published guidelines to implement clld in all european areas. in effect, multi-fund approach could offer more opportunities for mixing funds to cover non-sector interventions and consequently focusing eafrd on more sector needs in agriculture and agro-industry and even in capacity building of local communities. multi-fund approach in local development is not new, but it requires time and human resources to be invested in information, coordination and learning processes both at level of regional administrative structures and local communities. after twenty years of leader programmes we can assume that this capital of information, coordination and learning capabilities has been accumulated in those administrative structures dealing with rural policies and in rural communities, but the same cannot be said for the other structures and urban communities. this is the reason why this approach is perceived as burdensome and complex by the “new comers” of local development. every policy reform of rural development is in reality carried out in three different phases: 1) the preparation of the reform principles in the regulations; 2) the definition of the policy strategy by programmes at national and/or regional level; 3) the definition of more operational criteria for applications’ eligibility and selection by management authorities. it is worth recalling that innovative principles, although introduced by eu regulations, can be hampered by inefficient and ineffective policy strategies and operational rules. this means that every reform might eventually fail when concrete rules are set up, because relevant stakeholders contribute to make strong resistances to the process of reform and institutional change. looking at the 2014-2020 reform of rural development, there are two fundamental factors which can affect the ways the reform is translated into policy strategies and operational criteria: 196 f. mantino • first, the general policy scenario for next period, including the relations between rural development and cohesion policies within the partnership agreement, the role of national policies and, last but not least, the redistributive effects of the reform of the 1st pillar of cap; • second, the perception of the reform by main stakeholders, their responses (acceptance or resistance) to the institutional changes which the reform implies. this will contribute to explain success and failure factors of strategies of rural development in the next programmes. we are going to examine the policy scenario in the third paragraph and then the role of success and failure factors in the fourth one. 3. the new scenario for designing the future rural development in europe: new relations with cohesion policies, 1st pillar of the cap and national policies as already mentioned, the first steps in building the future program strategy (in every european country) is the preparation of the pa. this document is more complex than in the previous programming periods, not only because of the multi-fund and multi-goal strategy, with all characteristics we have already stressed in the previous paragraph, but also for the different policy constraints which should be taken into account (mantino, 2013). the first set of rules and constraints is represented by the package of eu regulations and the ec position paper containing country-specific recommendations on the future use of eu funds, to be considered in the pa and rdps design (see the left-hand side of the figure 1). ec services prepare the position paper for each country by taking into account of the progresses and lessons coming out of the 2007-13 programmes. on the basis of these results, the ec position paper would provide country-specific guidelines on priorities and governance of eu funds. this is a new institutional step in the whole decision-making process: in the past ec services evaluated national strategies after the programme proposal was conceived and officially submitted by member states. this implies the european commission is going to play a major role in influencing national and regional strategies in the programming phase 2014-2020. the pa should also take into account of the national reform programme (right-hand side of the figure 1), where strategies have been defined for economic development, in agreement with the european commission. in conclusion, rural development policies, while should be conceived and implemented with a regional and territorial logic, will be constrained by european strategic guidelines and implementing rules. the development of rural areas in the future programmes cannot follow a separate approach, it should be part of the whole set of development strategies which are being planned in each country. this will be increasingly true in many fields, e.g. the case of research, renewable energies, climate change, water and irrigation infrastructures, digital services, etc. this new frame somehow forces the european funds working together and also affects internal governance of cohesion and rural development policies, both at national and regional level, via the programming role of the state, the regional and local communities (mantino, 2010). future strategies for rural development will be also influenced by the financial frame for 2014-20. when we look at the current draft budget allocations that have been recently 197what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? circulated by ec concerning the rural development in the 2014-20 period, total resources devoted to rural development decrease from 95,5 billion € of the 2007-13 period to 84,7 billion € (10,6 billion €, 11,1% at 2011 constant prices). most of the bigger countries (especially poland losing almost 29%, then germany, spain and romania) seem to lose in the global allocation, with the exception of italy and mainly france (figure 2). in particular, italy will gain in the rural development budget, and in the cohesion policy. the current estimate of the ministry of economy is that this country will move from the present 28,7 billion € to 29,5 billion in the 2014-20 period. also, italy is going to receive, according the mff agreement, a specific endowment of 500 million € for interventions in rural areas to be funded by erfd. to understand the more general financial frame for the future rural development strategy, even the future financial budget for national agricultural policies will be crucial. rural development policies are more and more policies funded by eu. this role increased over time for two reasons: 1. the decreasing availability of national resources for the support of the agricultural sector. this is quite evident in italy, for example, where financial resources devoted to own agricultural policies are shrinking over time, especially after the beginning of the recent financial and economic crisis (2008); figure 1. programming system of eu funds (cohesion and rural development) in 2014-2020. source: information drawn from the regulations package. 198 f. mantino 2. the broad range of measures included into the menu. previous reforms of cap enlarged the panoply of available measures to member states, so as to include also typologies of instruments belonging to the tradition of the 1st pillar (e.g. risk management measures). looking at the italian case, the global budget for agricultural policies was strongly reduced in the central years of crisis (figure 3). this is due to the reduction of both national and regional budgets for agricultural policies, and in particular to the package envisaged by the financial stability programme. while national policies were progressively being cut, eu policies3 were raising both in absolute and relative terms, so as to become a stable source of public support. it is worth recalling here that in the next future the macro-conditionality related to financial discipline and the stability and growth pact will affect in a relevant way the opportunities to finance policy support in agriculture and rural areas. the move from the pre-crisis years (2006-8) to three last years (2009-11) was really astonishingly critical for agricultural policy in italy: national policies devoted to agriculture were globally reduced by almost 1/3 and regional policies by 1/5 of their initial budget. unfortunately, similar data are not available for other european countries, so we can use state aid expenditures as a proxy of national expenditures in agricultural sector from the data published by the european commission services (dg competition) on the ec 3 eu policies also include the national quota of co-funding that is a sort of constrained allocation for each member state, to be added to eu quota for cohesion and rural development policies. figure 2. resource allocation in 2014-20200 period by member state in comparison with 2007-2013 (european commission, 2013). figure_2 pagina  1 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 million  €  2007-­‐13 million  €  2014-­‐20 199what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? web scoreboard, providing time series of state aid by sector and objective since 1992 to 2011 (at 2000 constant prices). when we look at the time series of state aid for agriculture in eu-27 member states, we can confirm that national financial support has strongly decreased since the second half of the 90s, then after the last eu enlargement to the central-eastern countries there was a new temporary increase and finally a further decrease has taken place since 2008 (figure 4). in this context, pa and rdps resources will be under heavier political pressures from the various stakeholders, in order to counterbalance, to some extent, the cuts of national resources and will be allocated to cover partly previous interventions benefitting from national funds. this will drive policy-makers (national and regional) to design generic and multi-scope strategies, with the consequence of shaping non-focused policy objectives. the third element of the policy scenario come from the potential impacts of the 1st pillar reform, in particular from the redistribution effects linked with the regionalisation of the direct payments (dp). recent analyses of different scenarios for italian agriculture (pupo d’andrea and de vivo, 2013) highlight that: a) regions with the present greatest share of direct payments (lombardia, veneto and puglia: 36,5%), unless a conservative scenario is being adopted, will be beneficiaries of lower shares; b) a redistribution in favour of mountain and hill areas will take place in almost all regions; c) a relevant redistribution will occur across different types of farm, even in the most conservative scenario: reduction of dp for specialist cereal and other field-crops farms and for specialist livestock farms in northern italy; reduction of dp for specialist fruit, citrus fruit, olive farm types in southern italy. in conclusion, rural development programmes will be substantially affected by three components of the future scenario: figure 3. public expenditures for agriculture and rural development in italy: regional policies, national policies, eu policies. 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 )*00) 1.000,0) 2.000,0) 3.000,0) 4.000,0) 5.000,0) 6.000,0) 7.000,0) 8.000,0) 9.000,0) eu)policies na:onal)policies regional)policies bi lli on &€ source: annuario agricoltura italiana, inea. 200 f. mantino 1. they will be more framed in the complex set of general objectives and constraints provided by europe 2020 economic policy and the related national reform programmes. this is going to raise a new awareness of complementarities with structural funds and searching for synergies between them ; 2. in many countries, due to financial cuts of national and regional expenditures, rdps are going to become the only and one structural policy addressed to agricultural sector, with the consequent generation of increasing pressures and demand by the agricultural stakeholders; 3. pressures are also coming by regions and areas losing from dp regionalisation, to compensate for the cuts of 1st pillar with further allocation of rdps’ resources. 4. policy strategies in some european countries strategic choices that member states are making at the present moment concern the number of programmes and the division of responsibilities between central government and regions, the thematic priorities and the territorial priorities. the state of the art is quite different according to which member state is considered. here we focus on three countries (italy, france and spain), where the discussion on possible options for rural development strategies is more advanced than in others4. 4 information used here derive from interviews with responsible officials of rural development policies in each country. figure 4 – state aid for agricultural sector in eu-27, million €. figure_4 pagina,1 ,,1992 ,,1993 ,,1994 ,,1995 ,,1996 ,,1997 ,,1998 ,,1999 ,,2000 ,,2001 ,,2002 ,,2003 ,,2004 ,,2005 ,,2006 ,,2007 ,,2008 ,,2009 ,,2010 ,,2011 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 eu27 eu27 source: european commission, dg competition, state aid scoreboard 2013. 201what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? italy in this country there will be 21 regional rdps and also two national programmes: one addressed to risk-management measures and one to the national rural network. the justification for the risk management national programme lies in the complex management at regional level and in related scale economies at national level. other priorities requiring a stronger coordination at national level are innovation and knowledge transfer in agriculture, irrigation infrastructures and interventions in agri-food sector with interregional scope. the ec position paper outlines the need for a greater role of ministry of agricultural policies, but national programmes for these thematic priorities seem unrealistic, given the present distribution of functions between state and regions and the bargaining power of these two institutions. food chains will be one of the main priorities of pa in the context of enhancing the competitiveness of agriculture and forestry. short and long food chains will be supported through the instrument of the integrated projects, which have been adopted widely in the present italian rdps. a common approach is going to be proposed by pa to avoid disparities and failures in the different regions. territorial priorities have to be included in the strategic design, both at national and regional level. rural territories will be defined with the same approach adopted in the 2007-2013 period, when they were identified in four main typologies. within these typologies, the most remote areas represent a relevant priority for the erdf5 and eardf. there will be a national programme funded by erdf addressing this category of areas. even rdps can assume territorial priorities, in particular with a stronger emphasis on mountain areas. this option will not be considered by all italian regions, only some of 0ly (emilia-romagna, marche and friuli venezia-giulia). the new role of mountain and most remote areas will enhance the territorial dimension in the national and regional programmes. this undoubtedly represents a step forward with regard to the 2007-2013 programming period. even the future leader approach is going to be more territorially targeted, with a more selective approach to the choice of the eligible territories. a multi-fund logic is going to be implemented by the italian authorities, although with relevant differences in relation to the region. spain in this country the programming structure will be still based on 17 rdps plus two national programmes (the national rural network; irrigation infrastructures). the nature of coordination is going to become more formalised through specific instruments than in italy. first, the central government is going to prepare an intermediate programming document (the national framework), placed between pa and rdps, aiming at setting detailed guidelines to the design and enforcement of measures at regional level. second, the government is going to appoint a national management authority with the task of coordinating all 5 a specific earmarking of 500 million € has been approved by european council for these areas within the mff agreement. 202 f. mantino regional authorities and promoting synergies with cohesion policies in several crucial topics for national policies, such as water management, soil erosion, flood prevention and forest fire fighting. a stronger effort in this direction is recommended by the ec position paper (2012). spain does not put any particular emphasis on territorial priorities, leaving the regions and autonomous communities free to decide what territorial strategy has to be adopted. on the whole, spain does not seem to adopt relevant changes in the strategic programming with regard to the present period. france this country, after the beginning of the new government by mr. hollande, is more oriented towards a relevant devolution of responsibilities in the design and the management of the european programmes. this trend is also confirmed for rural development, with the option of 26 regional rdps and only one national programme for the rural network. as in the spanish case, this devolution is somehow requiring more coordination efforts at national level, ensured by a national framework providing strong guidance to each measure. the regionalised option is still under discussion, but the representatives of the french ministry of agriculture state that this is going to prevail as the most likely policy scenario. territorial strategy in france is linked to the leader approach and to macro-regional contexts, especially in mountain areas. leader approach encompasses urban and periurban areas with a multi-fund logic. multi-regional programmes underpin territorial strategies for five massif areas (alpes, central massif, jura, pyrenees and vosges) and for four river basins. in conclusion, france is going to give a relevant impulse to the regionalisation process of rural development, while it is maintaining his territorial approach with a broader use of leader method and cohesion policies addressed to interregional areas. looking at three countries, we can summarise the following strategies: • in italy there is a confirmation of the regionalised organisation of rural development and cohesion policy, but at the same time the central level is trying to foster an increasing focus on territorial priorities. some intervention, due to scale economies and greater effectiveness, is being managed at central level; • in france, there is a strong political pressure towards a more regionalised model, but with a reinforced coordination at the central level by the ministry of agriculture; • in spain, which remains a regionalised country, this model will be strengthened through more coordination by central level. thus, coordination has emerged as the focal point and one of the major institutional weakness in all decentralised countries, not only in italy and spain (mantino, 2010). this has been stressed in ec position papers concerning the use of european funds in the next programming period and will be emphasized in the future, because coordination is going to involve not only administration of agriculture, but also administrative bodies responsible of other policies, and can generate strong resistance in a world fenced by policy specialization and sectoral lobbies. 203what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? 5. the success and failure factors in the next rural development programmes the recent reform of rural development does not involve radical changes in the present basic framework of rules. we could use in this case the concept of «incremental institutional change» introduced by douglass c. north (1990)6. now the question is the following: what is the likely degree of success of the most relevant aspects of this reform? this question is particularly important for all those novelties introduced by the recent reform (integration of funds, concept of innovation, cooperative approaches, etc.). the results of this reform strongly depend on three key institutional factors: • the effects of the reform on perceived transaction costs; • the system of incentives which the reform foresees and is going to put in place in the national/regional programmes with the aim to compensate the new transaction costs arising from the reform; • the presence of agents of change who can efficiently exploit the new system of incentives and give a support to main novelties of the reform. most of new rules of this reform contribute to change of transaction costs of designing and implementing the future pa and rdps. the involvement of different funds, instruments and sector administrations, as a consequence of the integrated approach required by this reform, contributes to increase three types of costs: 1. coordination costs, linked to a common programme for all funds (pa) and to the need for a consistency between different programmes and integrated projects; 2. information costs, linked to increased complexity of new rules and the need for acquiring information on the modes the other policies usually operate; 3. learning costs, linked to the new rules and to the exchange of expertise in different fields of interventions. the size of these costs can generate serious constraints in managing and accessing future policies, both for public administrations and for individual beneficiaries, as we have already mentioned in the first paragraph. in this respect, transaction costs are evident in the process of coordination of different funds in the preparation of the pa. information costs arise, for example, for experts in one type of policy to access the complex frame of rules pertaining to other type of policies. learning costs are related to new rules are going to emerge over time in preparing and implementing a very complex document like pa or local integrated projects and food chain projects. rural development regulation, however, does not only contribute to raise transactions costs, but also to reduce them in two different ways: first, by introducing specific incentives aiming to take into account transaction costs; second, by simplifying some of the previous rules that have been burdensome both for public administration/advisory service and for final beneficiaries. some example of the latter can be found either in the definition of common rules between categories of investment which are supported by structural funds and eafrd or in the use of standard costs to prepare the individual application for agricultural investment. both types of simplifica6 this does not mean that institutional changes are not relevant in the reform, but simply that it is going to make «…adjustment to the complex of rules, norms, and enforcement that constitute the institutional framework» (north, 1990: 83). 204 f. mantino tions have been strongly requested by public administrations and farmers’ organisations during the preparation of the reform proposals. which are the main incentives for coordination of different funds? actually, regulations do not foresee incentives, but simply prescriptions for policy makers and administrations which are responsible of funds’ management: they have to set up mechanisms and structures with the specific task of coordination. regulations state that effective structures and mechanisms should be submitted to the european commission either in national documents (pa) or in regional programmes. these prescriptions do not automatically ensure that they will be effective: these mechanisms can be only formally created, but their substantial compliance with the coordination principle can be hardly verified. if the main stakeholders follow their own “utility function” (as d.c. north would say) and respond to their interest groups, there will be no incentive to cooperate in the real world. but for agricultural stakeholders there are several implicit incentives in cooperating with other economic and social actors in contributing to the preparation of the partnership agreement. these incentives are clearly evident now, while the pa is being prepared in the different european countries. first, there is an opportunity of giving voice to agricultural sector’s needs also to non-agricultural policy makers that usually neglect them because of the traditional separation among sectors in the public administration. in principle, there is no opposition from funds other than eafrd to cover financial needs of those territories where agriculture has still a relevant economic and social role. second, there is a good argument in favour of cooperation among funds everywhere public interventions cannot be designed and implemented only by one fund: e.g. water resources, climate change, biodiversity, renewable energy and last but not least, food chains. incentives to coordinate become more visible at the local level, where local strategies and/or pressure groups express a demand for integrated policies, independently from the source of funds. this is the case, for example, of food-chain projects, where changes in competitiveness not only depend from agricultural investments but also from research and territorial infrastructures (e.g. logistic platforms). in any case, cooperative approaches at the local level, being they either under the form of food-chain projects, or farm networks, or integrated projects promoted by groups of farmers and public-private partnerships, are all projects entailing higher transaction costs in comparison with the single and more traditional application for public funds. in that respect, the regulation on rural development allows, in all those cases, to cover transaction costs deriving from information, animation, coordination, monitoring and running costs of the local “agency” or group of farmers involved in the project. the new regulation opens this opportunity to different types of project, other than the local action plans managed by lags: now collective projects focusing on agri-environment, climate change, renewable energy, forestry, etc. are envisaged. these collective forms of project design can also contribute to reduce the costs of local selection and monitoring for public administration, while it entails more impact at territorial level. on the contrary, these forms might be perceived as more costly by some part of public administration more prone to path-dependency and less open to institutional change. incentives to coordinate can also be placed in a national strategy allocating financial resources to specific areas under the condition to implement a place-based policy. this is 205what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? the case of the italian strategy for the most remote areas7, promoted by the ministry of economic development, the ministry of agricultural policies and the ministry of labour and social services, whose main objective is combining different policies and funds (european, national and regional). this strategy will be carried out under the coordination of the ministry of territorial cohesion and can work only under the condition of a multilevel collaboration. for the other institutions (either national or regional) the main incentives to cooperate are in the political ownership of the initiative and its potential results and visibility. the new programming system, as we have earlier mentioned, implies a series of transactions costs due to the result-oriented logic and the introduction of a quantified target system. a good example of incentive for public administration is given by the performance reserve aiming to provide financial rewards to most effective and efficient programmes. this reserve has been used in the previous period for cohesion policies and programmes, with some relevant results in italy because it was linked, in the convergence regions, to the fulfilment of important targets in the infrastructure and services sector. the incentive systems in this experience largely depended from two key factors: a) the quality of targets defined to measure the programme performance; b) the capability of managing and strengthening the target system at eu and national level. the introduction of the performance reserve also in the field of rural development policies needs to evaluate if the two conditions can be sufficiently developed there. looking at the past experience in rural development it must be outlined that a strong investment in human resources, methods and technical assistance should be done in the initial years of the programming period. so, in this case the possibility of extending this instrument to rural development is highly controversial. the reform of rural development has also contributed to reduce transaction costs via some form of simplification of implementing rules: it is the case of the introduction of standard costs to justify simplified procedures for the expenditures accounting and the payment control. this change can be relevant both for public administrations and for final beneficiaries. but it is worth saying that still a certain amount of work has to be done in the process of simplification and harmonisation of rules among the different funds. in conclusion, the success or failure of the 2014-20 reform of rural development will significantly depend on what types of transaction costs and incentive systems the new programming system will bring about. these two factors in turn will strongly depend on the way the different actors will perceive the different costs and incentives, their expectations on the role of rural development programmes in a context where budget for agriculture is shrinking everywhere, their positions with regard to non-agricultural institutions and stakeholders within a common framework where all funds should collaborate to pursue the europe 2020 strategy and, finally, their capability to build new strategic alliances and cooperation at every level (national, regional and local) with other economic and social actors. future policy scenarios might bring new and heavy constraints to rural development policies and consequently might also reduce the opportunities of institutional changes. in that case, pa and rdps will prevail with extensive strategies: policy-makers and public administrations will be driven to design generic and multi-scope strategies, with the consequence of shaping non-focused policy objectives (mantino, 2012). 7 these types of areas are generally far from urban centres and from main agglomerations of services. 206 f. mantino but at the same time this scenario might force towards different policy strategies. this reform, when carefully examined, can offer relevant opportunities: a) to counterbalance transaction costs via specific incentives (e.g. financial performance reserve for most performing programmes or support to collective projects for running and animation costs); b) to reduce transaction costs via more simplified procedures (e.g. simplified payment rules through the direct cost system); c) to reduce transactions costs via some reorganisation process of the delivery structure (e.g. grouping technical and administrative structures by rd objectives, leaving apart traditional organisation by measure). in that case, pa and rdps will prevail with more focused strategies: this means more focused on few and selected strategic topics and more territorially oriented. it is likely that both type of strategies (extensive and more focused) will be put in place, although it is very hard saying which will prevail at the end. policy strategies will be defined within the new institutional framework, where innovative and conservative attitudes coexist. as d.g. north says, «…the actual institutional framework is in fact a mixed bag of institutions that promote such productivity-raising activities and institutions that provide barriers to entry, encourage monopolistic restrictions, and impede the low-cost flow of information» (1990:64). references dwyer, j. (2013). transformation for sustainable agriculture: what role for the second pillar of cap? biobased and applied economics 2(1): 29-48. http://www.fupress.net/ index.php/bae/article/view/12174 european commission (2011). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd), bruxelles, com(2011) 627/3. european commission (2012). position of the commission services’ on the development of partnership agreement and programmes in italy for the period 2014-2020, bruxelles. http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/what/future/pdf/partnership/it_position_ paper.pdf european commission (2012). position of the commission services’ on the development of partnership agreement and programmes in france for the period 2014-2020, bruxelles. http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/what/future/pdf/partnership/fr_position_paper_fr.pdf european commission (2012). position of the commission services’ on the development of partnership agreement and programmes in spain for the period 2014-2020, bruxelles. http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/what/future/pdf/partnership/es_position_paper.pdf mantino, f. (2010). the reform of eu rural development policy and the challenges ahead, notre europe policy paper, no. 40, paris. http://www.eng.notre-europe.eu/0112327-the-reform-of-eu-rural-development-policy-and-the-challenges-ahead.html mantino, f. (2012). the eu proposals for rural development after 2013: a good compromise between innovation and conservative choices?, notre europe policy brief, paris. 207what is going to change in eu rural development policies after 2013? http://www.eng.notre-europe.eu/011-3041-the-eu-proposals-for-rural-developmentafter-2013-a-good-compromise-between-innovation-and-conservative-choices.html mantino, f. (2013). la programmazione dello sviluppo rurale 2014-2020: il position paper e l’accordo di partenariato. agriregionieuropa 32(9), marzo. http://www.agriregionieuropa.univpm.it/dettart.php?id_articolo=1037 matthews, a. (2013). the cap budget in the mff agreement, in cap reform.eu. http:// capreform.eu/the-cap-budget-in-the-mff-agreement north, d. c. (1990). institutions, institutional change and economic performance. cambridge university press, new york. pierangeli, f. (2013). quadro finanziario pluriennale 2014-2020: una prima analisi degli impatti agriregionieuropa 32(9), marzo. http://www.agriregionieuropa.univpm.it/ dettart.php?id_articolo=1046 pupo d’andrea, m.r., de vivo c. (2013). la regionalizzazione degli aiuti diretti, inea. http://www.rica.inea.it/pac_2014_2020/pac_italia.php viaggi, d. (2012). rural development in the post-2013 cap: huge opportunity or devil in the details? intereconomics 47(6), november/december. bio-based and applied economics 5(1): 63-81, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-16367 the instability of farm income. empirical evidences on aggregation bias and heterogeneity among farm groups simone severini*, antonella tantari, giuliano di tommaso università della tuscia, dafne, viterbo, italy date of submission: 2015 29th, june; accepted 2016 16th, february abstract. this paper analyses the instability of farm income experienced by a constant sample of italian farms over the period 2003-2012. it assesses the extent of the aggregation bias due to the use of aggregated vs. single farm data and estimates the level of farm income variability in several groups of farms for the whole period and for two sub-periods. differences between groups and periods are assessed by means of non-parametric tests. results suggest that analyses based on aggregated farm data are likely going to strongly underestimate the extent of income variability faced by farmers. income variability levels differ among farm groups and have significantly increased over the considered time. this has policy implications regarding the risk management tools recently introduced within the rural development policies and how these should be targeted on the farms that more need them. keywords. farm income, income instability and variability, aggregation bias, farm heterogeneity, risk management policies jel codes. q12, g320, q18 1. introduction farming is a risky business because forces (such as weather) beyond the control of farmers affect their income (mishra and sandretto, 2002). farm income stability has been one of the goals of agricultural policies both in the us and the eu (mishra and sandretto, 2002: 209). this is because income instability negatively affects farmers’ well-being and decisions, their ability to expand operations and repay debt and, in turns, this can also have secondary effects on agribusiness firms and creditors (mishra and el-osta, 2001; mishra and holtausen, 2002; mishra and sandretto, 2002; vrolijk and poppe, 2008; vrolijk et al., 2009). while a large number of studies focuses on price and/or yield and revenue instability (looking often at single crops or very specialised farms), there are not many analyses specifically focused on the stability of the whole farm income. this seems an important * corresponding author: severini@unitus.it 64 s. severini, a. tantari, g. di tommaso knowledge gap because “… farmers are ultimately concerned more about their net incomes than about prices and costs” (mishra and sandretto, 2002: 219). the lack of empirical evidences on income instability in the eu may become a constraint for monitoring and designing the set of tools that have been introduced by the recently reformed common agricultural policy (cap) to support farmers to cope with risk (matthews, 2010; meuwissen et al., 2011; tangermann, 2010)1. this paper tries to fill this gap investigating the level of income variability of a large constant sample of italian farms over the period 2003-2012. this allows to assess the level of farm income variability in the whole considered sample and in several farms grouped according to production orientation, size and economic performances as well as of two consecutive periods of time. the paper aims at identifying the information that are useful for designing and targeting income stability policy tools focusing on two aspects. on the one hand, it assesses whether it is preferable to use variability indexes that account only for down-side risk (i.e. movements of farm income on the left side of the distribution) (horcher, 2005) or common variability indexes considering both sides of the distribution. on the other hand, the paper assesses how important it is to account for the heterogeneity existing within the farm sector. this issue is relevant because of two main reasons. first, as it is well known, focusing on regional or national aggregates is expected to generate aggregation bias that underestimates the level of variability experienced by farmers (coble et al., 2007). this aspect is relevant also to correctly assess the extent of the compensations of income losses that the recently introduced cap income stabilization tool will pay to farmers. this is especially because it is still not very clear how the reference income and deviations from it will be assessed provided the existing heterogeneity in data availability and quality among eu member states. second, because farms strongly differ in terms of several dimensions, different farm groups can face different levels, types and evolution of variability. the paper contributes to the existing literature because, based on our current knowledge, empirical evidences based on individual farm income data on the use of down-side risk indicators, on the extent of the aggregation bias and on whether income variability has increased over time are scant in the agricultural economics literature. furthermore, the analysis is innovative because, to test for differences in terms of income variability between farm groups and periods, it uses non-parametric approaches that are less affected than parametric tests by the presence of outliers – a situation that is often encountered when using individual farm data. the results of the analysis could also feed the policy debate regarding whether the instability of farm income is a relevant policy concern and the introduction of the new cap risk management measures is justified. the analysis also provides insights on how to target intervention on the farm groups where it is more needed. the next section casts the analysis into the previous literature on farm income variability while the following one describes data and methodology. section 4 presents the 1 regulation (eu) no 1305/2013 of the european parliament and of the council of 17 december 2013 (o.j.e.u. l 347 of the 20.12.2013) establishes risk management measures that cover: (a) financial contributions to premiums for farm insurances (art. 37); (b) financial contributions to mutual funds (art. 38); (c) an income stabilisation tool, in the form of financial contributions to mutual funds, providing compensation to farmers for a severe drop in their income (art. 39). 65the instability of farm income obtained empirical results while the last paragraph critically discusses the main findings of the analysis, underlines its weaknesses and identifies possible areas for further research. 2. literature review on farm income instability several risks affect farm businesses but most of the analyses focus on the business risk that is generated by the aggregate effect of production, market and other sources of business specific risks (hardaker et al., 2007). while many analyses have been focused on single farm risk sources (e.g. yield risk or price risk) or single production enterprises (e.g. milk production), what is relevant is the interaction among the many elements generating business risk (oecd, 2009). this is because the overall risk a farmer is facing depends on the interactions among the different production activities carried on-farm and on the evolution of different parameters (e.g. product prices and yields). furthermore, in the eu, farm incomes are supported by mean of direct payments that represent around 30% of farm income (european commission, 2011) and have been claimed to reduce income variability (agrosynergie, 2011; cafiero et al., 2007; el benni et al., 2012). these elements support the idea that, to evaluate the business risk a farmer is facing, it is needed to account for the variability of the overall income of his/her farm over time (mishra and sandretto, 2002; oecd, 2009). in almost all the agricultural economic literature, analyses on farm risk refer to income (agrosynergie, 2011; el benni et al., 2012; el benni and finger, 2013; european commission, 2011; finger and el benni, 2014; meuwissen et al., 2008; oecd, 2003, 2009; vrolijk and poppe, 2008; vrolijk et al., 2009). however, the variability of the economic performances of firms can also be analysed by using cash flow indicators2 (plewa and friedlob, 1995). some authors have supported the idea that cash flow can be used to do so because of two main reasons. first, cash flow is better observable and harder to manipulate under generally accepted accounting principles. second, it is closer to liquidity management and can be a good indicator for the analysis of the firm’s survival: a company that is short on cash could fail and be technically bankrupt despite it has a large amount of accounts receivable on its balance sheet. despite this, cash flow has not been used yet in the agricultural economic literature apart in few cases (meier, 2004). because of this, we have decided to focus on farm income to allow for the comparability of the results with those of previous analyses. in order to assess the level of instability farmers are facing, it is preferable to have farm-level time-series because the aggregation of data from different farms generates aggregation bias. at higher levels of aggregation, poor incomes in some farms are offset by good incomes in others thereby reducing the overall variability (coble and dismukes, 2008; finger, 2012; oecd, 2009)3. several authors conclude that using aggregated data can severely underestimate the farm level risk (coble et al., 2007; coble and dismukes, 2008; kimura et al., 2010; popp et al., 2005). despite this, empirical evidences on the extent of aggregation bias in the case of farm income variability are scant. 2 we thank one of the anonymous reviewers for suggesting us to consider this branch of literature. the use of cash flow seems a very promising and innovative direction for future research developments. in particular, it could be very interesting to compare income variability with cash flow variability. 3 however, this phenomenon is reduced when systemic risk is pervasive and relevant. 66 s. severini, a. tantari, g. di tommaso this paper focuses on business related risks and considers only farm income. this seems coherent with the sectorial nature of cap. however, other analyses, such as mishra and sandretto (2002), have investigated the instability of the income of farm households, i.e. considering also off-farm income. mishra and sandretto (2002) showed that the variability of the incomes of farm families has not diminished over the considered 7 decades. however, their analysis relies on national-wide data and does not provide evidences about differences within the sector4. farm level analyses in the us focus more on the decomposition of household income variability by income sources than on the level of income variability per se (mishra and el-osta, 2001; mishra et al., 2002). empirical evidences based on single farm data are not abundant also in europe. the analyses by vrolijk and poppe (2008) and vrolijk et al. (2009) represent relevant pieces of literature on this issue. these rely on large samples of farms, have been developed in a considerable number of eu countries and allow for comparison between countries and types of farming. however, differences between countries and types of farms have not been subject to statistical testing. finally, the focus in the eu is in most of the cases on farm business income (i.e. off-farm incomes are not considered) because of data availability constraints and the agricultural policy orientation of the analyses. however, this is not the case of recent analyses developed in switzerland where the national farm data network also collects data on off-farm incomes (el benni et al., 2012; finger and el benni, 2014). in order to assess and to manage risk, it has been found that, in some cases, it can be preferable to consider down-side risk other than common variability indexes (miller and leiblein, 1997). this is because farmers are generally more concerned with movements of farm income on the left side of the distribution (horcher, 2005). however, indexes considering both sides of the distribution could perform equally well whenever, for example, the distribution of income over time is symmetric. thus, the use of one type of variability index or the other should be chosen on the basis of the specific situation under study. 3. data and methodology 3.1 data having to assess the variability of farm economic results over the years, there is the need to select farms that have been in the samples for a reasonably long period of years. the analysis is based on data from all individual farms that belonged to the whole italian sample of the farm accountancy data network (fadn) during all years of the decade 2003-2012. thus, the dataset is made by a balanced panel because the considered farms do not change over the 10 years. these are 2404 farms for 24040 observations. referring to a constant sample of farms and the same time interval allows for better comparing results among farm groups and sub-periods because this avoids that some of the reported differences may be due to changes in farm composition5. the resulting num4 mishra and sandretto (2002) use individual farm data in the second part of their paper to verify that off-farm income has contributed to the farm household income stability. 5 the use of an unbalanced panel dataset, while increasing the number of observations, could generate comparability problems. this is because farms refer to time intervals of different length and to different periods (e.g. at the beginning or at the end of the interval of time). 67the instability of farm income ber of farms is large enough also for comparing groups of farms selected within the sample. this is important because the considered farms have been grouped according to types of farming, economic size and productivity level (european commission, 2010) (table 1). 7 types of farming (tf) have been considered to account for production orientation and specialisation. economic size refers to small, medium and large farms defined by mean of the european size unit (esu) classes provided by fadn. finally, farms have been also classified into four groups according to the level of a partial productivity index calculated as the ratio between farm income and the amount of labour used on farm in terms of annual work units (awu) (european commission, 2010). unfortunately, the choice to have only farms belonging to all considered 10 years has driven us to have a not randomly selected sub-sample. this has two important consequences. on the one hand, the selected sub-sample cannot be considered representative of the whole farm population. on the other hand, the statistical weights provided by fadn annually for each sampled farm cannot be used for reporting the results to the farm population. however, despite these limitations, it is important to note that the distribution of the farms within the sub-sample is very similar to the distribution of farms within the whole sample when grouped by types of farming, macro-regions and altimetry zones (table a1 and a2 in the appendix). the finger and kreinin (1979) similarity indexes computed on the two samples show a level of similarity that is never below 90%6. this suggests that the sub-sample does not provide an incomplete representation of the italian farming sector. 3.2 income definition and treatment of trends the focus is on the fadn variable farm net income (fi) that is the remuneration to fixed factors of production of the family (work, land and capital) and remuneration to the entrepreneur’s risks (loss/profit) in the accounting year (european commission, 2007). fadn is a business oriented database, thus it provides data on the income coming from the farming activities but it does not provide data on off-farm income earned by farm family members. however, it includes returns from nonfarm-based production activities such as, for example: hiring out of equipment, agro-tourism and forestry activities. fi is net of taxes linked to the farming activity but does not deduct personal taxes that are very much dependent on the overall amount of income (both on and off-farm) of the family members. the size of the fi depends, among others, on the relative amount of factors owned by the family provided that fi is net of the wage, rent and interest paid to third parties. thus, if a farmer decides to use a large amount of external factors, this implies that (ceteris paribus) the remaining fi declines and, in some cases, it is likely that it becomes also more variable7. 6 the finger – kreinin index has been originally developed to compare the structure of the export of products of two countries. it sums the shares of all products considering, for each product, the minimum value between the two series. thus, it assumes a value of 100% in the case of complete similarity, while it tends to zero as long as similarity declines. 7 the choice to use external factors is a management decision and farms indeed differ because they use different management strategies. the choice of obtaining labour, land and capital from third parties affects farm economic performances, their variability over time and, in turns, the wellbeing of farm families. thus, it seems logical that different management strategies have different implications also in terms of the income risk farmers face. 68 s. severini, a. tantari, g. di tommaso as shown in the previous paragraph, farm income has been the economic variable used to assess the farm risk by almost all the analyses developed on the eu farm sector. this is because farm income describes better than other variables (e.g. revenues) the economic performances of a specific farm provided that, at the end, farmers are interested in how much the resources they use on-farm are remunerated and how this remuneration varies over time. the fact that the mean or expected value of farm income has a trend or a cyclical behaviour does not necessarily imply risk: an economic variable may follow well-defined patterns that are known to farmers (oecd, 2009). trends in income may occur because, for example, prices generally increase over time due to inflation and trends are pervasive in crop yields. for this reason, it has been chosen to eliminate the impact of inflation and to assess the variability around the trend (if existing). the original fi series have been first deflated by using the gdp deflator and later standardised (dividing each value by the 10 year average) to have all series centred around 1. the series have been then explored to identify linear trends by pooling all farms into 7 types of farming (tf) (i.e. farms with a similar production pattern) (european commission, 2010) (table 1). the trends have been estimated by using a robust regression approach based on two weight functions (huber weights and bi-weights) to account for the presence of outliers (finger and hediger, 2008; huber, 1964; maronna et al., 2006). because in all types of farming but specialised granivore farms significant linear trends have been identified, the deflated fi series have been detrended in those 6 cases8. 3.3 variability indexes the detrended series have been used to calculate two variability indexes in each farm. these are standard deviation (v1) and semi-standard deviation (v2) of farm income over the decade9. for a generic i-th farm, this latter index has the following structure: v 2i = tfii ,t40 ha <10 ha 10-20 ha 20-30 ha 30-40 ha >40 ha no of agents in % non-growing agents growing agents exiting agents non-transferable sfptransferable sfp sources: own calculations. transferability of sfp from the exiting agents to their successor agents yields an average farm-exit rate of around 1.5% in the period under consideration (figure 8). this more or less corresponds to the farm-exit rate observed in switzerland from 2000 to 2010. a gradual reduction in sap (direct-payment versions d1-d4) does not affect the 125transfer of single farm payment entitlements to farm successors figure 7. percentage of exiting agents and agents taking over farm from predecessors in different farm-size categories (d1). 7% 18% 23% 20% 21% 8% 15% 19% 18% 20% 72% 71% 73% 77% 77% 72% 71% 73% 77% 78% 21% 11% 4% 2% 2% 21% 13% 8% 5% 3% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% <10 ha 10-20 ha 20-30 ha 30-40 ha >40 ha <10 ha 10-20 ha 20-30 ha 30-40 ha >40 ha no of agents in % agents taking over farm other agents exiting agents non-transferable sfptransferable sfp sources: own calculations. figure 8. average farm-exit rates for the whole of switzerland in the transferable and non-transferable sfp scenarios. 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 d1 d2 d3 d4 fa rm -e xi t r at e in % p er y ea r ‘direct payment’ version transferable sfp non-transferable sfp source: own calculations. 126 g. mack, a. möhring, a. ferjani, a. zimmermann, s mann agents’ exit rate if the sfp are completely transferable (cf. figure 8). by contrast, in the ‘non-transferable sfp’ scenario, successors receive no sfp. this causes a corresponding drop in their income, which in turn brings about a rise in the exit rate from version 1 to 4 (figure 8). figures 9 and 10 show the effects of transferable sfp entitlements on the lease prices of recently leased arable and grassland plots. both figures give the average values of the last three forecast years as a percentage of the lease prices of the base years 20062008. figure 9 shows that the lease prices for arable land in the ‘transferable sfp’ scenario change only slightly. only if the sap are reduced by up to chf 700 per ha (version 4) do the lease prices fall by around 7%. this clearly demonstrates that with a relatively moderate farm-exit rate of 1.5%, a shift from sap to sfp has only a limited influence on lease prices. if, on the other hand, the supply of leased land increases – as in the ‘nontransferable sfp’ scenario – a somewhat sharper fall in lease prices for all recently leased arable plots of up to 12% on average is to be expected. lease prices for grassland, especially in the mountain region, are falling by up to 30% (figure 10). accelerated structural change and an increase in the supply of land are the main causes of significantly lower lease prices. figure 9. lease prices for arable land (plain region): average value of all newly leased plots in the last 3 forecast years (100% corresponds to the lease-price level in the initial years 2006-2008). 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 ‘direct payment’ version non-transferable sfptransferable sfp source: own calculations. 127transfer of single farm payment entitlements to farm successors 4. discussion and conclusion the agent population of the sector model is based on the 3,400 fadn farms. geographically, the 3,400 fadn farms are spread throughout switzerland. because, however, a spatially realistic local structure is necessary for simulating land trade among agents, a spatial reference on the municipal scale was implemented in the sector model. the geo-referenced local data describe the location of all farmyards and their cultivated plots of land, with the actual plot sizes as well as the distance and altitude differences between the farmyard and plots constituting the underlying data for the simulation of the land market in swissland. in this respect, the sector model differs fundamentally from other agent-based models that divide the space into raster cells of equal size (balmann, 2000; happe, 2004; lobianco and esposti, 2010; van der straeten et al., 2010). in total 59 municipalities were introduced in swissland in order to model neighbourly relationships among the fadnbased agents. these municipalities were derived from seven duplicated genuine reference municipalities. neighbouring-agent type, number of plots per agent, and plot sizes – all of which influence the leasing decisions of the agents and their changes in farm size – are determined by the models’ spatial references, as defined by the selected reference municipalities. model validations with further reference municipalities are therefore necessary in order to estimate the impact of the selected reference municipalities on the model results. figure 10. lease prices for grassland (mountain region): average value of all newly leased plots in the last 3 forecast years (100% corresponds to the lease-price level in 2006-2008). 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% d1 d2 d3 d4 d1 d2 d3 d4 ‘direct payment’ version non-transferable sfptransferable sfp source: own calculations. 128 g. mack, a. möhring, a. ferjani, a. zimmermann, s mann for the modelling of structural change in agent-based models farm-takeover criteria specified by numerical constraints are necessary (lauber, 2006). although driving forces of structural change are known for switzerland from rossier et al. (2006) specified constraints are not available. for that reason an exogenously determined minimum household income for farm exits was introduced in the model. this assumption influences the number of exiting farms and their farms size distribution substantially. for that reason further studies on driving forces of farm-takeover decisions are necessary. the modelling of the land market with the agent-based sector model swissland simulates the plot-by-plot leasing of land to the surrounding neighbour agents that is customary in switzerland. the bidding process is restricted to eight neighbour agents within the same reference municipality. based on the findings of strohm (1998), it was assumed that only five nearest neighbours were involved in the bidding process. only in the event that no agent could be found were three further neighbours considered. according to berger (2001) it was also assumed that plots which could not find a tenant are reoffered in subsequent years on the land market. the lease price is modelled iteratively, with the current lease price being assumed as an upper limit. if there is no tenant for this value, the lease price is lowered incrementally. all these model assumptions ensure that plots finding no tenant farmer and becoming fallow land are not overestimated by the model (lauber, 2006). the allocation of plots to agents is performed according to purely economic criteria – not always the case in real-life scenarios in switzerland, where leasing decisions are often made based on personal relationships (lauber, 2006; strohm, 1998). this leads to an overestimation of economic driving forces of land allocation processes and results in the economic advantage of leasing and farm growth being overestimated rather than underestimated. on the other hand the modelling of the plot-by-plot leasing of land to neighbouring agents is common practice in switzerland. in addition the modelling of real plot sizes, and the differences in distance and altitude between the farmyard and the plots enables the simulation of farm-size distributions changing fairly smoothly in the context of structural change as the results show. the results show that sfp which are tradable to farm successors increase the pace of structural change by very little, and have only a slight effect on lease prices. as long as a delayed structural change of the current order of magnitude of about 1.5% per annum prevails in switzerland, only minimal effects on lease prices are to be expected, especially for arable land. it is only for grassland in the mountain region that a fairly intensive shift to single farm payments causes a significant reduction in the lease prices. moreover, calculations confirm that intensification of structural change through non-tradable sfp would lead to a significant reduction in lease prices, meaning that non-tradable sfp entitlements would be an effective policy instrument for enhancing land mobility and structural change. the results of this normative study confirm the findings of previous studies. references art (agroscope reckenholz-tänikon research station art), 2006 to 2008. grundlagenbericht 2006 to 2008. agroscope reckenholz-tänikon research station art, ettenhausen. 129transfer of single farm payment entitlements to farm successors balmann, a. (2000). modeling land use with multi-agent systems. perspectives for the analysis of agricultural policies. proceedings of the iifet 2000: microbehavior and macroresults. berger, t. (2001). agent-based spatial models applied to agriculture: a simulation tool for technology diffusion, resource use changes and policy analysis. agricultural economics 25(2): 1-16. blw (2011). vernehmlassung zur agrarpolitik 2014-2017 (ap 14-17). weiterentwicklung der agrarpolitik in den jahren 2014 bis 2017. erläuternder bericht. 23. märz 2011. blw, mattenhofstrasse 5, 3003 bern. bundesrat (2012). botschaft vom 1. februar 2012 zur weiterentwicklung der agrarpolitik in den jahren 2014-2017 (agrarpolitik 2014-2017) (bbl 2012 2075). ciaian, p., kancs, d’a. and swinnen, j. f. m. (2008). static and dynamic distributional effects of decoupled payments: single farm payments in the european union. available at ssrn: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1142728 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ ssrn.1142728 ciaian, p. and kancs, d’a. (2012). the capitalization of area payments into farmland rents: micro evidence from the new eu member states. canadian journal of agricultural economics/revue canadienne d’agroeconomie 60(4): 517–540. giuliani, g. (2002). landwirtschaftlicher bodenmarkt und landwirtschaftliche bodenpolitik in der schweiz. eine theoretische und empirische agrarökonomische analyse anhand von daten über handelsfälle von landwirtschaftsland in den kantonen aargau, graubünden und zürich. eth dissertation no. 14781. happe, k., and balmann, a. (2002). struktur-, effizienzund einkommenswirkungen von direktzahlungen. agrarwirtschaft 51: 376-389. happe, k. ( 2004). agricultural policies and farm structures. agent-based modelling and application to eu-policy reform. studies on the agricultural food sector in central and eastern europe. halle, institute of agricultural development in central and eastern europe (iamo) 30: 298. kilian, s. and salhofer, k. (2008). single payments of the cap: where do the rents go? agricultural economics review 9(2): 96-106. kilian s., antón, j., salhofer, k. and röder, n. (2012). impacts of 2003 cap reform on land rental prices and capitalization. land use policy 29: 789-797. lauber, s., (2006). agrarstrukturwandel im berggebiet. ein agentenbasiertes, räumlich explizites agrarstrukturund landnutzungsmodell für zwei regionen mittelbündens. tänikon, eidgenössische forschungsanstalt agroscope reckenholz-tänikon art. lobianco, a. and esposti, r. (2010). the regional multi-agent simulator (regmas): an open-source spatially explicit model to assess the impact of agricultural policies. computers and electronics in agriculture 72: 14-26. meier, b., g. giuliani and flury c. (2009). flächentransfers und agrarstrukturentwicklung bis 2007. agrarforschung 16(5): 152-157. möhring, a., zimmermann, a., mack, g., mann, s., ferjani, a. and gennaio, m.-p. (2010). multidisziplinäre agentendefinitionen für optimierungsmodelle. schriften der gesellschaft für wirtschaftsund sozialwissenschaften des landbaus e.v. 45: 329-340. 130 g. mack, a. möhring, a. ferjani, a. zimmermann, s mann möhring, a., mack, g., zimmermann, a., gennaio, m.-p., mann, s. and ferjani, a.(2011). modellierung von hofübernahme und –aufgabeentscheidungen in agentenbasierten modellen. ysa 2011, 163-188. rossier, r. and b. wyss, (2006). determinanten der hofnachfolge. agrarforschung 13(4): 144-149. strom., r. (1998). verlaufsformen der faktormobilität im agrarstrukturwandel ländlicher regionen. eine empirische studie am beispiel von betriebsaufgaben in den kreisen emsland und werra-meissner. dissertation, university of göttingen. wissenschaftsverlag vauk. kiel. van der straeten, b., buysse, j., nolte, s., lauwers, l., claeys, d. and van huylenbroeck, g. (2010). a multi-agent simulation model for spatial optimisation of manure allocation. journal of environmental planning and management 53(8): 1011-1030. zimmermann, a., möhring, a., mack, g., mann, s., ferjani, a. and gennaio, m.-p. (2011). die auswirkungen eines weiterentwickelten direktzahlungssystems. modellberechnungen mit silas und swissland. art-bericht 744. agroscope reckenholztänikon research station art, tänikon, ch-8356 ettenhausen. bio-based and applied economics 3(3): 249-269, 2014 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14681 structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks: evidence based on local action groups in the veneto region, italy elena pisani*, laura burighel dipartimento territorio e sistemi agro-forestali (tesaf), università di padova, italy abstract. the paper assesses the structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation projects promoted by local action groups (lags) in different periods (from leader ii to leader axis) using social network analysis (sna) in a specific case study: the veneto region in italy. the classical indexes of sna have been critically examined, and the paper also presents innovative indexes that can capture the peculiarity of transnational cooperation: disaggregated densities of the network and transnational centrality of the node. these indexes are useful in order to quantify how transnational a network actually is, and to measure the power-information that each actor (lag) can acquire through its transnational contacts. the methodology can become a tool for managing authorities to implement new forms of evaluation of transnational cooperation of lags. keywords. rural, transnational cooperation, leader, social network analysis, evaluation. jel codes. o22, o18 1. introduction since the 1950s rural areas have been extensively analyzed and evaluated using a sectorial approach that allows the comparison with certain urban standards and, consequently, deprives them of their peculiar characteristics (bell et al., 2010; sotte, 2006). in the last 30 years a new narrative has emerged considering each rural territory as a unique environment, with a local combination of social, economic and institutional factors (saraceno, 2013). the rural space is now conceived as a multifunctional territory and the diversities of rural areas are reckoned as potential economic opportunities, complementary to urban ones (sivini, 2006; leon, 2005). the importance of a territorial approach to rural development has been officially recognized by the european commission (ec 1997, 1996, 1988) and the concept has been applied through the leader (liaison entre actions de développement de l’économie rurale) initiative, which proposes an ‘area-based’, ‘bottom-up’ and ‘multi-sectorial’ approach (ec no 1698/2005 and ec no 1305/2013). according to its prin* corresponding author: elena.pisani@unipd.it. 250 e. pisani, l. burighel ciples, leader tries to promote each territory preserving and fostering its specificities and diversities, which are considered as relevant economic opportunities (saraceno, 2013) but with a new socio-institutional method that distinguishes leader from other classical rural development programmes and projects. with this method, local actors should be inserted in a process of territorial regeneration achieved through innovative local governance, structured on a ‘new social order’ (papadopoulou et al., 2011). in order to highlight strengths and weaknesses when passing from ambitious theoretical premises to real applications, a critical and systematic evaluation of the financed initiatives are required. this study contributes to the literature on the evaluation of rural development with specific reference to the eu-funded leader projects, proposing a quantitative evaluation approach based on classical and new indexes of social network analysis (sna) applied to transnational cooperation (tnc) projects promoted and implemented by local action groups (lags). the results, referred to the veneto region and evidencing the evolution of the networks in different programming periods (leader ii, leader + and leader axis), could be used by the managing authority to assess lag performance and informative efficiency in implementing these initiatives. the application is essentially descriptive and does not attempt to exhaustively explain the dynamics behind the projects’ ties; it is a pilot study that could be integrated in future researches by questionnaires and interviews assessing the quality of the initiatives. the paper opens with a brief theoretical overview of the neo-endogenous rural development approach and then focuses on the main features of the transnational cooperation projects financed by leader. despite the innovative lines, critical elements have appeared in the implementation, mainly related to regulatory and administrative frameworks, setting up of partnerships, project design and effective cooperation during implementation (enrd, 2014). all these elements evidence the necessity for a detailed monitoring and evaluation process (follow-up phase), with core elements that refer to ‘project’s outputs in social, economical, and environmental terms; method of implementation and partnership performance; and future prospects or mainstreamed outcomes’ (enrd, 2012: 32). the evaluation method – sna – is then briefly presented. sna has already been applied to the investigation of internal network structures and network dynamics of lags (marquardt et al., 2012; nardone et al., 2010; franceschetti, 2009), but not yet to a detailed examination of the transnational networks promoted by the lags. the proposed methodology, applied to the case study of tnc projects of veneto lags for different leader programming periods, applies to specific measures and results. these show a reduction in the size and density of the network that, at first sight, could be interpreted as a worsening performance of tnc projects. in practice, the data attest to a reshaping of the transnational, national and regional compositions, suggesting increased efficiency in the information flows within the network of tnc projects and a better selection of cooperating lags. the paper concludes with an overview of the case study results and some suggestions for possible future research, evidencing the applicability of the method to different regional situations. 2. transnational cooperation in neo-endogenous rural development the present state of discussion on rurality is the result of an evolution in the approaches to rural development, passing from an ‘exogenous’ to an ‘endogenous’ 251structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks approach, till reaching the contemporary ‘neo-endogenous’ approach (shucksmith, 2009). the first was influenced by keynesian and neo-liberal economic theories that, even if starting from diverging viewpoints, led to a sectorial top-down approach, and conceived the development of rural areas as a consequence of the development process initiated in urban areas (lowe, 2006; lowe et al., 1995). the endogenous perspective enhanced the local human and environmental differences, and balanced the economic, social and environmental factors using a combined locally-based approach (gkartzois and scott, 2013), progressively integrated in a new mode of governance to coordinate the actors at different levels. as a consequence, various local actors have to promote local development, within a network composed not only of horizontal but also vertical relations (shucksmith, 2009). the locally-based approach retained from the previous endogenous perspective the consideration of rural areas as places with unique characteristics and resources that necessitate flexible and specific paths for development (lysgard and cruickshank, 2013); it also gives continuity to some elements of the exogenous approach, as it draws attention to connections with extra-local territories (shucksmith, 2009; vitale, 2006; leon, 2005). the post-modern economy is ‘informational, global and networked’ (castells, 2011), therefore local and supra-local actors are also interconnected within a complex global network. these connections are developed in a bi-dimensional way (vertical and horizontal) within an economic sector and intersectorially to gain access to new economic opportunities (murdoch, 2000; ray, 1998). the rural interconnections can be graphically represented by a ‘rural web’; this continuously reshapes its power relations and development opportunities (esparcia, 2014). moreover, the capacity to develop relations represents one of the possibilities for rural areas to renew their image and become more attractive and, consequently, stimulate the urban demand for rural products and services, thus increasing their economic performances (ploeg, 2006; vitale, 2006). the increased importance of rural development is acknowledged within the eu common agricultural policy (cap)1 (european commission, 2011; oostindie et al., 2010). in particular, the leader approach provided an opportunity for the european institutions to implement a neo-endogenous approach that could deal with rural areas from a multidimensional perspective (shucksmith, 2009; vitale, 2006; murdoch, 2000; storey, 1999). the leader approach considers the diversities of the territories as the starting point for development programmes in such a way that the specific economic, social, environmental and institutional conditions become the basis for a territorial route to integrated economic development (wellbrock et al., 2013;). thus, the capacity of any territory to be integrated in the globalized economy only partly relies on sub-national social, cultural and institutional forms of support; it is through the enhancement of a local network in parallel to the supra-local network that multi-level governance is strengthened (tola, 2010; depoele and ebru, 2006). local action groups, the local public-private partnerships implementing the leader approach, are characterized by the following elements: empowerment and social capital (casieri et al., 2010; nardone et al., 2010; storey, 1999), local governance (mackenwalsh and curtin, 2013, secco et al., 2010; shucksmith, 2009) and local service provision (lukesch, 2007; gaudio and zumpano, 2006). lags promote all these elements by means 1 the contribution of cap to market support decreased from 74% in 1992 to 10% in 2009. contemporarily, the expenditure for rural development rose from 8% to 20% and the contribution to direct payments rose from 18% to 70% (ec, 2011). 252 e. pisani, l. burighel of cooperation, structured on the network and its dynamics that provide the opportunity to acquire resources and innovate (esparcia, 2014, moseley, 2003). as with the ‘rural web’, the network is formed by relations developed on horizontal and vertical levels and, referring to the horizontal relations, it is possible to distinguish between local horizontal ties, among local partners that form the lag, and extra-local horizontal ties. different forms of cooperation can be activated to strengthen these extra-local ties: article 63 of the council regulation no 1698/2005, dealing with cooperation within leader, distinguishes between interterritorial and transnational cooperation. the former refers to cooperation of territories within the member state, the latter to cooperation of territories among member states and possibly extra-eu countries. lags can also implement and facilitate other forms of cooperation related to the other three axes, but in this study the focus is on transnational cooperation2. according to ray (2006), the transnational perspective on european rural development acknowledges the ‘big transformation’ of the last 30 years. in fact, transnational cooperation has the potential to intensify knowledge exchange and expand the pooling of expertise of individual and collective actors that are fundamental to obtain new viewpoints in the solution of problems and, consequently, innovation (dwyer, 2013). local territories have specific knowledge and information that are part of their competitive advantage (saraceno, 2013) and transnational cooperation can contribute to knowledge sharing among different european territories (saxena et al., 2007; ray, 2001). moreover, ray (2001) specifies three rationales that motivate lags participation in tnc projects. the first is ‘to take advantage of similarity’, as the project stems from commonalities, related to natural resources, cultural heritage or services provided. the second is ‘to take advantage of complementarity’, combining different resources or places for a continuous action, according to a strategic alliance of co-opetition where conflicting and shared interests are combined to create a fruitful relationship (pasquinelli, 2013; bengtsson and kock, 2000). these two rationales are fundamental for a learning process where common and different knowledge is shared and elaborated by the local actors to their reciprocal advantage, enhancing a european added value (mariussen and virkkala, 2013). moreover the flows of innovative knowledge among the network actors are fundamental in order to promote smart development, based on social innovation (erdn, 2013; dax et al., 2013). the third rationale is ‘to reach critical mass’, for example using international contacts to increase the size of local markets and the number of end consumers, thus final beneficiaries (ray, 2001). tnc projects create the possibility for integration in the european system, keeping pace with international economic structures (enrd, 2012). lags can thus be compared to network organizations with ‘repetitive exchanges among semi-autonomous organizations that rely on trust and embedded social relationships to protect transactions and reduce their costs’ (borgatti and foster, 2003: 995). transnational and inter-territorial cooperation is a way to enlarge lags networks in order to become integrated in the supra-local system, and take advantage of the creation of shared capital for some common actions. indeed, lags have a public-private nature and should try to create economic and social benefits for their territory (council regulation (ec) no 1698/2005, art. 61, 2 it is not easy to take a census of transnational projects at european level during the leader axis period, since the enrd projects database is updated voluntarily and could result as incomplete. the eu rural review – leader and cooperation (2012) presents 209 projects approved and notified to the european commission. 253structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks 62; regulation (eu) no 1305/2013). the network activity is fundamental to produce these impacts, as pointed out by various authors (aral and alstyne, 2007; borgatti and foster 2003; burt, 2002; granovetter, 1973). based on the above discussion, it appears necessary to identify some tools that can assess the results not only concerning policy standards but also networks and governance. sna can be a useful tool for the structural evaluation of this activity, especially if adequately integrated by a qualitative assessment capable of explaining the context and dynamics of the network (midmore et al., 2010). more specifically, the added value of sna corresponds to a quantitative assessment of the entire network (i.e. relations, information and knowledge flows), not limiting the analysis to the performance of single lags. 3. methodology transnational cooperation projects are an opportunity for lags to exchange fruitful information, contextual expertise and local knowledge, thus enhancing the opportunities for innovation and economic benefits. these projects create a social and institutional grid of direct and indirect relations, thus sna is the most appropriate tool to quantitatively and graphically describe the network structure and the power distribution within it (hanneman and riddle, 2005; borgatti and foster, 2003). actors are parts of various and overlapping networks that influence their behaviour and norms, so an analysis of their relations can depict the social and relation dimensions of the economic activity (wellman, 1988). different authors have applied sna to the analysis of lags structures and relations, but the focus has mainly been on the network composing the lags, while here it is on the network created by the lags during tnc projects. some of the classical sna indexes have been adopted and these are summarized in table 1. in the proposed evaluation approach of tnc projects, it is also important to identify specific indexes able to capture the peculiar features of the transnational cooperation. analysing the network of tnc projects implemented by the lags (that is a regional ego-network3), different kinds of nodes have to be considered: transnational, national and regional. these are related according to the squared matrix in table 2. in order to assess the peculiarities of tnc project networks , the densities of each type of relation are summarised in table 3. these decomposed indexes are based on the classical idea of density (ranging between 0 and 1) as a proportion of all ties actually present in the network compared to those that could potentially be (borgatti and everett, 1997), but here the formula is applied on specific types of relations. it is now possible to analyze how much the projects invest in the activation of transnational, interterritorial or regional ties according to the potential opportunities they have. these indexes indicate the composition of the network density according to equation (1). 3 an ego-network is a network composed of a specific actor (ego) and the actors to which ego is connected (alters); all of them are connected by ties (everett and borgatti, 2005). in this case study the ego corresponds to a group actor (the veneto lags implementing tnc projects), and the alters are the partners of veneto lags involved in tnc projects (national and transnational lags). 254 e. pisani, l. burighel d tot n n n d p d p d p d p d p d p n n    1 2 * * * * * *   1 2 n rr rr nn nn tt tt rn rn rt rt nt nt( ) ( ) ( )= − = + + + + + − (1) where tot n( ) is the total number of ties present in the network and n is the total of nodes in the network, drr is the regional density, prr is the regional ties potential, dnn is the national density, pnn is the national ties potential, dtt is the transnational density, ptt is the transnational ties potential, drn is the regional-national density, prn is the regionalnational ties potential, dnt is the national-transnational density, pnt is the national transnational ties potential, drt is the regional-transnational density, prt is the regional transnational ties potential. to have a clearer idea of the composition of the network ties and to facilitate the comparison over time, the proportion of effective types of ties is also calculated, according to the formula in table 4. this calculation obtains the percentage of the different types of relations within the network. table 1. some classical social network analysis indexes. size (n) number of nodes in the network. degree (d(n)) number of relations that involve the specific node. density (dn) proportion of all ties that are present in the network compared to those that could be present. it corresponds to: , where tot(n) is the total number of ties present in the network. geodesic distance number of ties of the shortest path linking two nodes. diameter the larger geodesic distance of a network. component maximal subgraph in which a path exists from every node to every other. degree centrality normalized number of edges incident upon a node, corresponding to: d n n   1 ( ) − closeness centrality normalized geodesic distance of a node from all the other nodes in the network. betweenness centrality number of geodetic paths that pass through a given node, indicating the role of connector of one actor for the others. centralization normalized distribution of degree centrality among all the nodes in the network. eigenvector centrality weighted degree measure in which the centrality of a node is proportional to the sum of centralities of the nodes it is adjacent to. intended as a measure of node importance in a network based on its connections. source: borgatti and everett (1997). table 2. classification of nodes and their relations in a tnc project. regional lags national lags transnational lags regional lags rr rn tr national lags nn tn transnational lags tt source: own elaboration. only one-dimensional relations are considered. 255structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks table 3. density for specific types of relations. regional density drr proportion of ties among regional nodes that are present in the network (rr(n)) compared to all the ties that could be present among regional nodes prr where p r r 1 2rr ( )= − and r is the number of regional nodes in the network. rr n prr ( ) national density dnn proportion of ties among other national nodes that are present in the network compared to all the ties that could be present among other national nodes pnn where p na na 1 2nn ( )= − and na is the number of national nodes in the network. nn n pnn ( ) transnational density dtt proportion of ties among transnational nodes that are present in the network compared to all the ties that could be present among transnational nodes ptt where p t t 1 2tt ( )= − and t is the number of transnational nodes in the network. tt n ptt ( ) regionalnational density drn proportion of ties among regional nodes and national nodes that are present in the network compared to all the ties that could be present among regional and national nodes prn where p r na*rn = rn n prn ( ) nationaltransnational density dnt proportion of ties among national nodes and transnational nodes that are present in the network compared to all the ties that could be present among national and transnational nodes pnt where p na t*nt = nt n pnt ( ) regionaltransnational density drt proportion of ties among regional nodes and transnational nodes that are present in the network compared to all the ties that could be present among regional and transnational nodes prt where p r t*rt = rt n prt ( ) source: own elaboration. table 4. proportion of specific types of relations. regional/total proportion of ties among regional nodes that are present in the network and all the ties present in the network. rr n tot n  ( ) ( ) national/total proportion of ties among other national nodes that are present in the network and all the ties present in the network. nn n tot n  ( ) ( ) transnational/total proportion of ties among transnational nodes that are present in the network and all the ties present in the network. tt n tot n  ( ) ( ) regional–national/ total proportion of ties among regional and national nodes that are present in the network and all the ties present in the network. rn n tot n  ( ) ( ) nationaltransnational/total proportion of ties among national and transnational nodes that are present in the network and all the ties present in the network. nt n tot n  ( ) ( ) regionaltransnational/total proportion of ties among regional and transnational nodes that are present in the network and all the ties present in the network. rt n tot n  ( ) ( ) source: own elaboration. 256 e. pisani, l. burighel the transnational dimension can also be analyzed through transnational centrality (tc) in relation to the veneto lags, which traces the formula of degree centrality, defined as the normalized number of ties in a node (borgatti and everett, 1997), but is based on transnational edges, calculating the total number of transnational relations in the specific node: t t n n     1c ( )= − (2) where t(n) is the number of transnational relations in the node and n is the number of nodes in the network. these indexes can be useful to understand the transnational structure of a network. in particular, through the decomposed indexes of density and the proportion of different types of relations over the effective edges it is possible to measure the composition and transnational component of a network. on the other side transnational centrality helps to understand the relevance given by a node to transnational relations, especially if compared to degree centrality. 4. empirical application the sna and the new indexes presented were applied in a specific case study: the tnc projects implemented by the lags of the veneto region in different programming periods. 4.1 case study in veneto, local action groups cover 65% of regional municipalities and 38% of the population (veneto region, 2010). for the period 2007-2013, veneto lags have implemented the highest number of tnc projects in italy. compared to the national level, veneto is also the region where there is the highest public and private financial contribution to tnc projects implemented during the leader axis period. despite these positive results, the regional data show discrepancies among planned, approved and effectively implemented projects (see figure 1), probably due to procedural and administrative difficulties (veneto region, 2010). the number of projects implemented passed from 7 in leader ii to 8 in leader + and 7 in leader axis, so it was interesting to analyze the evolution of the network of projects over time. the following analysis is based on secondary data collected by the italian rural network (rrn) for different programming periods. in particular, the data referred to leader ii and leader + periods have been extracted from the final tnc inventory (zanetti, 2009; zumpano, 2001), while the data of the leader axis period represent the state-ofplay with regard to implementation of tnc projects (rrn)4. to guarantee the consistency and comparison of information no other types of territorial cooperation were considered and the focus is on transnational cooperation of lags within leader. the collected 4 italian rural network database: http://89.119.249.9:8080/birt/procoopleader/index.jsp. accessed 4 april 2014. 257structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks data have been processed through the gephi5 open source software, which enables the mathematical and graphical elaboration. the results have to be considered with caution because of the changing of lags members and territory from leader ii to leader axis, and the mutating lags priorities and political focuses. besides the assessment of network structure and dynamics, the best and worst lag performances are evidenced. this could represent a possible limit of the present analysis and a more detailed focus on qualitative issues is required in order to correctly understand the results. 4.2 analysis of the structure of tnc projects network in veneto, leader ii, leader + and leader axis programming periods the analysis considers the network of veneto lags involved in tnc projects as a whole, in order to understand the potential and real possibilities for information and knowledge exchange and the power distribution within the network. the network referring to the leader ii period is presented in figure 2. the values of the most interesting sna indexes are presented in table 5, with reference to the leader ii period. during leader ii the network is composed of 39 nodes clustered in 3 components. one of these is formed by two nodes, another by three nodes, while the third is composed by the majority of nodes (34), including the other nationals. the network density is 53.3% and is related to the high number of effective relations compared to the theoretical ones. the disaggregated indexes show the highest values for the density of ties among national nodes (83.6%) and among regional and other national nodes (75.4%). the proportion between the various types of relations and the total possible show a prevalence of ties among national and regional-national nodes (32.7%), only 5.3% are among regional nodes. 5 https://gephi.org/. figure 1. comparison between planned, approved and effectively implemented tnc projects by lag in veneto region, leader axis programming period. 0 1 2 3 4 5 alto bellunese prealpi e dolomiti patavino bassa padovana polesine delta del po polesine adige marca trevigiana terre di marca venezia orientale antico dogado montagna vicentina terra berica baldo lessinia pianura veronese planned projects approved projects effective projects source: own elaboration based on projects data from italian rural network at http://89.119.249.9: 8080/birt/procoopleader/index.jsp (accessed 2014), www.gal.veneto.it (accessed 2013), veneto region (2010). 258 e. pisani, l. burighel figure 2. transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, leader ii. source: own elaboration based on projects data from zumpano (2001). to facilitate the visual representation, the black dots indicate veneto lags, dark grey transnational partners and light grey other italian partners. table 5. indexes of the transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, leader ii. classical sna indexes new sna indexes of tnc projects sna index value sna index value sna index % size 39 regional density 0.583 regional/total 5.3 connected components 3 national density 0.836 national/total 36.2 average degree 20.256 transnational density 0.073 transnational/total 1.0 centralization 0.009 regional-national density 0.754 regional–national/total 32.7 density 0.533 national-transnational density 0.282 national-transnational/total 14.9 regional-transnational density 0.394 regional-transnational/total 9.9 source: own elaboration based on projects data from zumpano (2001). table 6 shows that the lag with the highest degree centrality is “sinistra piave” (0.868)6, while lag “alto bellunese” has the lowest (0.026). the values of transnational centrality confirm these findings: the lag “sinistra piave” appears to be the most active in 6 the lag “sinistra piave” is now part of lag “alta marca trevigiana” 259structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks terms of capacity to acquire new information and knowledge from transnational partners (0.211). also considering the betweenness centrality, the “sinistra piave” presents the highest value (90.222), meaning that this node functions as a relevant connector for many other lags and it can share information, expertise and knowledge with many other partners. the network of tnc projects evolves during the leader + programming period and it is presented in figure 3, with the overall values of the network given in table 7. during leader + the size of the network partially decreases to 32 nodes (from the 39 of the previous programming period), grouped in 4 components (two of these are composed of only two nodes, one is of 8 and one of 20). the density strongly decreases to 19.2% (the value was 53.3% in the previous period). the disaggregated densities also decrease, even if at a much lower level than before. during this period, the majority of relations are among transnational nodes (31.6%) and only 1% of the effective ties are among regional nodes. thus, it seems that in this period the veneto lags are mostly inserted in a network of transnational projects, mainly implemented by transnational table 6. indexes of the transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, by node, leader ii. gal degree transnational degree degree centrality closeness centrality betweenness centrality transnational centrality alto bellunese 1 1 0.026 1.000 0.000 0.026 prealpi e dolomiti bellunesi e feltrine 28 4 0.737 1.152 1.556 0.105 cargar montagna 31 6 0.816 1.061 28.222 0.158 sinistra piave 33 8 0.868 1.000 90.222 0.211 destra piave 31 6 0.816 1.061 28.222 0.158 baldo lessinia 28 4 0.737 1.152 1.556 0.105 colli berici 28 4 0.737 1.152 1.556 0.105 patavino 28 4 0.737 1.152 1.556 0.105 venezia orientale 2 2 0.053 1.000 0.000 0.053 source: own elaboration based on projects data from zumpano (2001). table 7. indexes of the transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, leader +. classical sna indexes new sna indexes of tnc projects sna index value sna index value sna index % size 32 regional density 0.067 regional/total 1.1 connected components 4 national density 0.444 national/total 16.8 average degree 5.938 transnational density 0.221 transnational/total 31.6 centralization 0.005 regional-national density 0.185 regional–national/total 10.5 density 0.192 national-transnational density 0.124 national-transnational/total 20.0 regional-transnational density 0.186 regional-transnational/total 20.0 source: own elaboration based on projects data from zanetti (2009). 260 e. pisani, l. burighel nodes and the opportunity for new knowledge exchange and cooperation among regional lags is strongly reduced. the lag with the highest degree centrality is “prealpi e dolomiti” (0.323), but in this case the lag with highest degree centrality and the highest betweenness centrality does not correspond to the lag with highest transnational centrality, which is lag “alto bellunese” (0.226). the role of information brokers in the network is played by lag “prealpi e dolomiti” and lag “patavino”, since their betweenness centrality values are the highest (84 and 90) and they are part of the largest component. to complete the analysis, the whole network referring to the leader axis period is presented in figure 4. as for the other programming periods, a summary of the most significant indexes is presented in table 9. during leader axis the size of the network further decreases to 28 nodes, grouped in 3 components, one including 5 actors, another with 11 and the third with 12. however, the density slightly increases (20.4%) with a reshaping of disaggregated densities. the national density again has the highest value (57.4%), while the lowest value refers to transnational density. considering the proportion of effective types of relations over the effective relations of the network, the regional/total proportion is the highest (22.1%). as shown in table 10, the node with the highest degree centrality is “polesine adige” (0.370) and that with the highest betweenness centrality is “montagna vicentina” (30). the nodes with the highest transnational centrality are “alto bellunese” (0.111) and “polesine adige” (0.111). considering transnational and betweenness centrality together, lag “alto bellunese” represents a key actor and information broker for the whole network, thanks to the international ties from its involvement in three figure 3. transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, leader +. source: own elaboration based on projects data from zanetti (2009). 261structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks different tnc projects and its betweenness power. it also shows a certain evolution and stability in its transnational relations, with an increasing number of projects and partners over time. table 8. indexes of the transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, by node, leader +. gal degree transnational degree degree centrality closeness centrality betweenness centrality transnational centrality alto bellunese 7 7 0.226 1.000 6 0.226 baldo lessinia 1 1 0.032 1.000 0 0.032 polesine delta del po 8 6 0.258 2.474 0 0.194 prealpi dolomiti 10 2 0.323 1.895 84 0.065 gal delle aree rurali di la spezia 3 1 0.097 2.263 0 0.032 gal patavino 4 2 0.129 1.789 90 0.065 venezia orientale 1 1 0.032 1.000 0 0.032 source: own elaboration based on projects data from zanetti (2009). figure 4. transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, leader axis. source: own elaboration based on projects data from italian rural network at http://89.119.249.9: 8080/birt/procoopleader/index.jsp (accessed 4 april 2014). 262 e. pisani, l. burighel 4.3 analysis of the dynamics of tnc projects network in veneto, leader ii, leader + and leader axis programming periods the size and density of the networks evolved over time, as shown by the graphs in figure 5. the network size decreased from 39 during leader ii, to 32 during leader table 9. indexes of the transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, leader axis. classical sna indexes new sna indexes of tnc projects sna index value sna index value sna index % size 28 regional density 0.327 regional/total 23.4 connected components 3 national density 0.571 national/total 20.8 average degree 5.5 transnational density 0.056 transnational/ total 2.6 centralization 0.007 regional -national density 0.091 regional–national/ total 10.4 density 0.204 national-transnational density 0.222 national-transnational/ total 20.8 regional-transnational density 0.172 regional-transnational/ total 22.1 source: own elaboration based on projects data from italian rural network at http://89.119.249.9: 8080/birt/procoopleader/index.jsp (accessed 4 april 2014). table 10. indexes of the transnational cooperation network of veneto lags, by node, leader axis. lag degree transnational degree degree centrality closeness centrality betweenness centrality transnational centrality alto bellunese 5 3 0.185 1.545 26.000 0.111 prealpi dolomiti 2 1 0.074 2.364 0.000 0.037 gal montagna vicentina 8 2 0.296 1.273 30.000 0.074 gal patavino 6 1 0.222 1.727 0.000 0.037 gal bassa padovana 6 1 0.222 1.727 0.000 0.037 gal terra berica 6 1 0.222 1.727 0.000 0.037 gal antico dogado 6 1 0.222 1.727 0.000 0.037 gal pianura veronese 6 1 0.222 1.727 0.000 0.037 gal baldo lessinia 4 2 0.148 1.000 0.000 0.074 polesine delta del po 2 1 0.074 1.800 0.000 0.037 polesine adige 10 3 0.370 1.000 16.000 0.111 source: own elaboration based on projects data from italian rural network at http://89.119.249.9: 8080/birt/procoopleader/index.jsp (accessed 4 april 2014). 263structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks + to 28 nodes during leader axis. this could signify a progressive decreasing interest in transnational projects, possibly due to bureaucratic limits, but it could also mean that lags implement tnc projects only if able to respect the complex administrative procedures established for this type of cooperation and if the project is effectively relevant for them. the network density also decreased with a negative peak during the leader + (0.533; 0.192; 0.204). according to burt’s theory of structural holes, a dense network can have limited efficiency, because the cost of connection is not compensated by the value of the information shared, which could be indirectly gained through another tie (burt, 1992). this would mean that the case studied has a positive trend in relation to the efficiency of the information flow, since the density decreased. this trend is also confirmed figure 5. evolution of tnc leader network in veneto. source: own elaboration. figure 6. comparison between the trend of regional-transnational density and trend of the proportion of regional-transnational ties. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 leader ii leader + leader axis drt rt(n)/tot(n) source: own elaboration. 264 e. pisani, l. burighel by the regional-transnational density and by the proportion of effective regional-transnational ties. as shown in figure 6, the density of regional-transnational ties decreased; this means that each veneto lag chose to cooperate with differentiated transnational partners. according to burt, this is an optimization of the access to information and knowledge that will be more diversified and less redundant. furthermore, the proportion of transnational ties increased, meaning that the investment in transnational relations increased, despite the reduction of their density. the analysis of the evolution of disaggregated density also shows that most potential relations were implemented within national nodes. at the same time, the trend of regionalregional density is negative, with a strongly negative peak during leader + (0.583, 0.067, 0.327). however, this cannot have a clear interpretation, because it can be supposed that other forms of lags cooperation are taking place within the regional territory because opportunities are easier compared to transnational projects. furthermore, the proportion of relations among regional nodes, increased during the different programming periods. the relations among national nodes were prevalent during leader ii and leader axis periods while during leader + most of the relations were among transnational nodes. the actors more central in terms of transnational ties changed in the different periods. during leader ii “sinistra piave” registers the highest transnational centrality and lag “alto bellunese” has the lowest value. nevertheless, during leader + “alto bellunese” shows the highest value for the same index, confirming a positive trend during leader axis. this attests to its positive evolution in terms of number of projects presented and implemented and in partners’ continuity, which probably indicates good experience and stability. even if it is possible to identify a correspondence between the values of degree centrality and those of transnational centrality during leader ii, the following periods do not show a clear correspondence. thus, the nodes with more connections within the network do not necessarily implement the highest number of transnational relations. 5. conclusions the discussion presented in this paper proposes an innovative approach for the evaluation of transnational projects implemented by local action groups. in order to clarify the importance that these projects can have for lags, an initial explanation has been given of the advantages of cooperation: the improvement of competitiveness, the pooling of expertise and know-how, the promotion of innovation by sharing best practices and new ideas, and the enhancement of territorial identity (esparcia, 2014; dwyer, 2013; ray, 2006, 2001; pasquinelli, 2013). transnational cooperation projects can increase the opportunities for their partners to take advantage of ‘similarity’ and ‘complementarity’, thus of co-opetition (pasquinelli, 2013; ray, 2001). during the implementation of these projects, lags compose a network that facilitates the sharing of knowledge and information in a form of social learning at both local and extra-local level. these elements are part of the advantages of extra-local relations among territories that, together with vertical and local horizontal relations, guarantee a neo-endogenous approach to rural development as proposed by leader. the tnc network has been analysed through social network analysis, in order to have a complete overview of the projects not only in terms of quantitative data, but also considering the direct and indirect relations that they can produce; to visualize 265structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks the evolution of the network the analysis also included past programming periods. the proposed sna indicators are useful to evaluate the structure and performance of transnational cooperation networks and can be used by the managing authority at regional level in order to understand the informative efficiency of the financed initiative. the case study presented shows a very dynamic network, which evolved in terms of size and density, and also with respect to the internal composition of the actors and their relations. this is reflected in new possibilities for information flow and for the access to new knowledge. the analysis of the structure and dynamics of the tnc projects network in veneto suggests a positive evolution of the efficiency of information transmission, since the proportion of transnational partners increased but the regional-transnational density decreased. these elements attest to the importance of the new indexes, which capture critical features that the classical indexes of sna are not able to assess. the analysis focused only on the case study of transnational cooperation projects implemented by lags within the leader measure “cooperation”. a deeper analysis could also consider other forms of territorial cooperation implemented by lags (such as cross-border, interregional or interterritorial cooperation), because other forms of cooperation could give the same advantages highlighted for tnc in leader. cooperation plays a central role in the creation of a network among rural groups in different territories and nations, but it represents an interesting opportunity for the integration of economic actors operating in more than one territory and economic sector, as in the case of agrofood chains (mantino, 2014). this suggests that the proposed methodology could also be applied to this field of research, especially given that article 35 of regulation 1305/2013 covers this type of cooperation. the use of sna indicators for the evaluation of transnational cooperation is a relatively simple system based on secondary data that could be applied in all italian and european lags in order to understand different trends and changes in transnational cooperation in diverse regions and countries. a deeper analysis could be useful, in association with a qualitative study to better interpret the evaluation results, considering different variables of particular interest such as: (i) the lag context and present and past tnc experience; (ii) identification of the different ways to become involved in tnc projects; (iii) the effectiveness of the tools for partners search; (iv) the usefulness of preparatory and joint actions; (v) the lessons learnt and tnc best practices at european level (vi) identification of the factors facilitating participation in tnc (vii) the perceptions on results achieved and value added of the project. the combination of qualitative and quantitative methods in the evaluation process can more fully express the social and institutional learning dimensions of transnational cooperation in leader as suggested by high et al. (2007). furthermore, the investigation could be useful in order to identify the best qualitative and quantitative network characteristics necessary to determine a long-term impact of the cooperation, also considering the central role that this is going to acquire in the 20142020 programming period. acknowledgments an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 3rd conference of the associazio ne italiana di economia agraria e applicata (aieaa), 25-27 june 2014 at alghero, italy. 266 e. pisani, l. burighel references aral, s. and alstyne, m. van (2007). network structure & information advantage. in: proceedings of the academy of management conference, philadelphia, pa: 1-36. bell, m., lloyd, s. and vatovec, c. (2010). activating the countryside: rural power, the power of the rural and the making of rural politics. sociologia ruralis 50(3): 205224. bengtsson, m. and kock, s. (2000). “coopetition” in business networks—to cooperate and compete simultaneously. industrial marketing management 29: 411-426. borgatti, s. and everett, m.g. (1997). network analysis of 2-mode data. social networks 19: 243-269. borgatti, s. and foster, p. (2003). the new paradigm in organizational research: a review and typology. journal of management 29(6): 991-1013. burt, r.s. (1992). the social structure of competition. in: nohria, n., eccles, r.g. (eds.), networks and organizations, boston: harvard business school press, 57–91. casieri, a., nazzaro, c. and rosselli, l. (2010). trust building and social capital as development policy tools in rural areas. new medit 1: 24-30. castells, m. (2011). the rise of network society. new york: wiley-blackwell. council regulation (ec) no 1698/2005 of 20 september 2005 on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd). http://eur-lex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=oj:l:2005:277:0001:0040:en :pdf. accessed 27 november 2013. dax, t., strahl w., kirwan j. and maye d. (2013). the leader programme 2007 – 2013: enabling or disabling social innovation and neo-endogenous development? insights from austria and ireland. european urban and regional studies, doi: 10.1177/0969776413490425. depoele, l. van and ebru, e. (2006). local development strategies in the eu. the case of leader in rural development. national seminar on functioning of local selfgovernment institutions in punjab and eu countries (16-17 august 2006), chandigarh (india). dwyer, j. (2013). transformation for sustainable agriculture: what role for the second pillar of cap? bio-based and applied economics 2(1): 29-47. esparcia, j. (2014). innovation and networks in rural areas. an analysis from european innovative projects. journal of rural studies 34: 1-14. european commission (2011). the cap in perspective: from market intervention to policy innovation. agriculture policy perspective brief n.1 rev. http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/policy-perspectives/policy-briefs/index_en.htm. accessed 15 december 2013. european commission (1997). rural documents. cap 2000 working documents. http:// ec.europa.eu/agriculture/publi/pac2000/rd/rd_en.pdf. accessed 12 december 2013. european commission (1996). the cork declaration: a living countryside. report of the european conference on rural development, cork. http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/ rur/cork_en.htm. accessed 12 december 2013. european commission com(88)501 (1988). the future of rural society. commission communication transmitted to the council and to the european parliament. 28 july 1988. bulletin of the european communities, supplement 4/88. http:// 267structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks ec.europa.eu/agriculture/cap-history/crisis-years-1980s/com88-501_en.pdf. accessed 12 december 2013. european network for rural development (2014). report on ‘the state-of-play of the implementation of rural development programme measure 421 in the eu-27’. http://enrd.ec.europa.eu/enrd-static/app_templates/enrd_assets/pdf/leader-gateway/ measure_421_state_of_play_final_may_2014.pdf. accessed 26 march 2014. european network for rural development (2012). leader transantional cooperation guide. http://enrd.ec.europa.eu/enrd-static/leader/tnc_guide/en/tnc_guide_en.html (last updated 27/11/2012). accessed 26 march 2014. european rural development network (2013). knowledge as a factor of rural development. warsaw: institute of agricultural and food economics – national research institute. everett m. and borgatti s.p. (2005). ego network betweenness. social networks 27: 31-38. franceschetti, g. (2009). capitale sociale e sviluppo rurale. padova: cleup. gaudio, g. and zumpano, c. (2006). la programmazione negoziata tra vincoli istituzionali e sviluppo partecipativo. in: cavazzani, a., gaudio, g. and sivini, s. (eds), politiche, governance e innovazione per le aree rurali, napoli: edizioni scientifiche italiane, 231-258. gkartzois, m. and scott, m. (2013). placing housing in rural development: exogenous, endogenous and neo-endogenous approaches. sociologia ruralis doi: 10.1111/ soru.12030. granovetter, m. (1973). the strength of weak ties. american journal of sociology 78(6): 1360-1380. hanemann, r. and riddle, m. (2005). introduction to social network analysis. riverside: university of california. high c. and nemes g. (2007). social learning in leader: exogenous, endogenous and hybrid evaluation in rural development. sociologia ruralis 47(2): 103-119. leon, y. (2005). rural development in europe: a research frontier for agricultural economists. european review of agricultural economics 32(3): 301-317. lysgard, h.k. and cruickshank, j. (2013). creating attractive places for whom? a discourse-theoretical approach to knowledge and planning. environment and planning 45: 2868-2883. lowe, p. (2006). concetti e metodi nelle politiche europee di sviluppo rurale. in: cavazzani, a., gaudio, g. and sivini, s. (eds.), politiche, governance e innovazione per le aree rurali, napoli: edizioni scientifiche italiane, 259-270. lowe, p., murdoch, j., ward, n. (1995). networks in rural development: beyond exogenous and endogenous models. in: van der ploeg, j.d. and van dijk, g. (eds), beyond modernization, the impact of endogenous rural development. assen: van gorcum, 87-105. lukesch, r. (2007). the lag handbook. brussels: leader observatory. macken-walsh, a. and curtin, c. (2013). governance in rural development: the case of the rural partnership programme (rpp) in post-socialist lithuania. sociologia ruralis 31(4): 246-264. mantino, f. (2014). rethinking rural development approaches and their relations with agricultural and agro-food local systems, paper at the 3rd aieeaa conference, 25-27 june 2014, alghero, italy. 268 e. pisani, l. burighel mariussen, a. and virkkala, s. (eds.) (2013). learning transnational learning. abingdon: routledge. marquardt, d., möllers, j. and buchenrieder, g. (2012). social networks and rural development: leader in romania. sociologia ruralis 52(4): 398 – 431. midmore, p., partridge, m.d., olfert, m.r. and ali, k. (2010). the evaluation of rural development policy: macro and micro perspectives. eurochoices 9(1): 24-29. moseley, m. j. (2003). local partnership for rural development: the european experience. oxon: cabi publishing. murdoch, j. (2000). networks: a new paradigm of rural development. journal of rural studies 16: 407-419. nardone, g., sisto, r. and lopolito, a. (2010). social capital in the leader initiative: a methodological approach. journal of rural studies 24(4): 63-72. oostindie, h., ploeg, j.d. van der, broekhuizen, r. van, ventura, f., milone, p. (2010). the central role of nested market in rural development in europe. rivista di economia agraria 65(2): 191-224. papadopoulou, e., hasanagas, n. and harvey, d. (2011). analysis of rural development policy networks in greece: is leader really different? land use policy 28(4): 663-673. pasquinelli, c. (2013). competition, cooperation and co-opetition: unfolding the process of inter-territorial branding. urban research and practice 6(1): 1-18. ploeg, j.d. van der (2006). esiste un nuovo paradigma di sviluppo surale? in: cavazzani, a., gaudio, g. and sivini, s. (eds.), politiche, governance e innovazione per le aree rurali, napoli: edizioni scientifiche italiane, 259-270. ray, c. (2006). modelli di dinamiche interlocali nell’europa dello sviluppo rurale. in: cavazzani, a., gaudio, g. and sivini, s. (eds.), politiche, governance e innovazione per le aree rurali, napoli: edizioni scientifiche italiane, 353-364. ray, c. (2001). transnational co-operation between rural areas: elements of a political economy of eu rural development. sociologia ruralis 41(3): 279-295. ray, c. (1998). culture, intellectual property and territorial rural development. sociologia ruralis 38(1): 3-20. regulation (eu) no 1305/2013 of the european parliament and of the council of 17 december 2013 on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd) and repealing council regulation (ec) no 1698/2005. http://eur-lex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=oj:l:2013:347:04 87:0548:en:pdf. accessed 26 march 2014. saraceno, e. (2013). disparity and diversity: their use in eu rural policies. sociologia ruralis 53(3): 331-348. saxena, g., clark, g., oliver, t. and ilbery, b. (2007). conceptualizing integrated rural tourism. tourism geographies 9(4): 347-370. secco, l., de re, r., pettenella, d. and cesaro, l. (2010). la valutazione della qualità della governance partecipativa in ambito rurale. agriregionieuropa 6(23): 61-64. sivini, g. (2006). occorre una nuova politica per lo sviluppo rurale locale. in: cavazzani, a., gaudio, g. and sivini, s. (eds.), politiche, governance e innovazione per le aree rurali, napoli: edizioni scientifiche italiane, 81-96. sotte, f. (2006). sviluppo rurale e implicazioni di politica settoriale e territoriale, un approccio evoluzionistico. in: cavazzani, a., gaudio, g. and sivini, s. (eds.), polit269structures and dynamics of transnational cooperation networks iche, governance e innovazione per le aree rurali, napoli: edizioni scientifiche italiane, 61-80. shucksmith, m. (2009). disintegrated rural development? neo-endogenous rural development, planning and place-shaping in diffused power contexts. sociologia ruralis 50(1): 2-14. storey, d. (1999). issues of integration, participation and empowerment in rural development: the case of leader in the republic of ireland. journal of rural studies 15(3): 307-315. tola, a. (2010). strategie, metodi e strumenti per lo sviluppo dei territori rurali, franco angeli, milano. vitale, a. (2006). le politiche comunitarie di sviluppo rurale: empowerment o modernizzazione neoliberista? in: cavazzani, a., gaudio, g. and sivini, s. (eds.), politiche, governance e innovazione per le aree rurali, napoli: edizioni scientifiche italiane, 97 112. wellmann, b. (1988). structural analysis: from method and metaphor to theory and substance. in wellmann b. and berkowitz s. d. (eds.), social structures: a network approach. cambridge: cambridge university press, 19-61. wellbrock, w., roep, d., mahon, m., kairyte, e., nienaber, b., dominguez-garcia, m.d., kriszan, m. and farrell, m. (2013). arranging public support to unfold collaborative modes of governance in rural areas. journal of rural studies 32: 420-429. veneto region (2013). programma di sviluppo rurale per il veneto 2007-2013. texts updated through ‘allegato a alla dgr. n. 314 del 12/03/2013’. http://www.regione. veneto.it/web/agricoltura-e-foreste/psr-2007-2013. accessed 21 november 2013. veneto region (2010). valutazione in itinere del programma di sviluppo rurale 2007-2013 della regione veneto, relazione di valutazione intermedia. http://www.regione.veneto.it/web/agricoltura-e-foreste/valutazione-psr. accessed 23 november 2013. zumpano, c. (2001). repertorio progetti di cooperazione. roma: litotipografia principe. zanetti, b. (2009). i progetti di cooperazione transnazionale in leader+. inea in http://dspace.inea.it/handle/inea/752. accessed 3 december 2013. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 301-321, 2013 an integrated pmp model to assess the development of agro-energy crops and the effect on water requirements michele donati1,*, diego bodini2, filippo arfini2, annalisa zezza3 1 department of biosciences, university of parma, italy 2 department of economics, university of parma, italy 3 national institute of agricultural economics, italy abstract. this paper presents an integrated model for the economic and environmental assessment of the use of natural resources when new activities (i.e. biomass crops for energy production) are introduced into the farm production plan. the methodology is based on the integration of positive mathematical programming (pmp) with the aquacrop model developed by fao. pmp represents farmer decision processes and evaluates how farms react to the biomass-sorghum activity option at different price levels. aquacrop evaluates the relationship between water needs and biomass production and assesses the effect of the land allocation on water requirements at regional level. the integration of these two models assists global policy evaluation at regional level as it makes it possible to identify the economic threshold for biomass crops, the change in land allocation and total water requirement. the model can help policy makers to evaluate the impacts of variations in crop profitability and market innovations on farm profitability, land use and water consumption and the sustainability of the market scenario. keywords. agroenergy economics, positive mathematical programming, water demand, aquacrop jel codes. c61, q42, q24, q25, q51 1. introduction farmer interest in agro-energy production is mainly due to the high level of financial subsidies for renewable energy production. european strategy against climate change indicates agriculture as one of the main sectors that should contribute through specific actions to achieve the objectives established for 2020 (european commission, 2010). the 20142020 cap reform also states that european agriculture can play a major role in mitigating global warming through new entrepreneurial vision and the substitution of fossil energy with renewable energy (european commission, 2009). agro-energies are thus considered as an instrument to enhance energy security, reduce greenhouse gas emissions and raise farm income (petersen, 2008). agricultural biomass and agronomic management are the main resources to generate environmentally virtuous processes on farms. * corresponding author: michele.donati@unipr.it. 302 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza despite the theoretical advantages for european society, the threats as well as the benefits of agro-energy need to be carefully evaluated. on one hand, agricultural biomass used for producing fuel, heat and electricity has favourable effects on the environment, but on the other hand, it can determine end-consumption competition and excessive pressure on natural resources. biofuel gives rise to concern about the sustainability of the non-food supply chains. rising demand for biofuel has led to widespread exploitation of arable land for growing first and second generation biofuel crops. according to the internal biofuel strategy, 10% of total transport fuel should be biofuels (biodiesel or bioethanol) in european union (eu) by 2020 (european commission, 2006). if this is considered in terms of available land surface, the risk of agricultural land overexploitation is real (zezza, 2008). another example of how renewable energies can contribute to a sustainable society is biogas. biogas in the po valley, in italy, is very profitable as a result of large public subsidies and very short payback time, and is expanding rapidly. most of the biogas plants maximize economic performance using biomass that in part originates from waste such as slurry and agroindustrial wastes, and often from specialized crops, in particular maize. about 200 ha of dedicated crops are used in a biogas plant of 1mw. this type of agroenergy farms present a low level of crop diversification, which brings the risk of creating monoculture requiring intensive use of pesticide. they also use large quantities of water for irrigation for the entire plant growing cycle. overexploiting resources means reducing agricultural commodities for food and feeding purposes but also jeopardizing the equilibrium of the ecosystem. soil depletion, biodiversity reduction, aquifer pollution and water scarcity are important concerns which need to be taken into consideration alongside global warming. paradoxically, it sometimes appears that it is necessary to sacrifice the environment in order to save it (doornbosch and steenblick, 2007). to produce food and fibre, eu agriculture takes about 50% of the available fresh water, while at global level this percentage is 70% (oecd, 2010). the rapid growth of agro-energy poses the need for management of irrigation water in order to avoid excessive pressure on the resource and water crisis in drought periods (oecd, 2010). increasing demand for water from other economic sectors and society worsens the problem of water scarcity. in line with the eu water framework directive (wfd) (directive n. 2000/60/ ec), member states will have to apply administrative and economic tools for saving irrigated water and controlling the use of water for agriculture. the objective of the wfd is threefold: protect water resources, optimize water use and sustain agricultural productivity. as a limited resource, water should be managed through appropriate economic instruments to drive user behaviour to improve efficiency in water distribution and application. wfd encourages the use of a set of economic instruments, including the tariff system and the market for water entitlements to rationalize water allocation, which might assign an economic value to water. without an explicit value, users pursuing private interests will use water as a free access resource compromising its sustainable exploitation (hardin, 1968). but if water is perceived as a scarce resource and an economic good, farmers have to compare alternative crops to identify those maximising farm income and minimizing the cost of the water consumption (garcía-vila and fereres, 2012; bazzani et al., 2007; bazzani et al., 2004; ward and michelsen, 2002). the problem becomes particularly important in mediterranean regions and in drought periods (howell, 2001). 303pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption agricultural biomass production for agro-energy supply chain is an alternative that farmers are increasingly considering in their decision making, but according to the type of crop it has a big effect on water availability. in the case of sorghum for second generation bioethanol production, water consumption for irrigation is not high, but in other cases, like maize for biogas, where maize is intensively cultivated, it can be much higher. evaluating the impact of agro-energy production on land and water use can support policy makers in planning intervention to optimize the use of scarce resources. local water management authorities in particular need to be made aware of likely farm allocation decisions and the potential water consumption of agro-energy crop development. this information supports water distribution planning and implementation of tools to regulate water for irrigation. to support policy and management decisions, quantitative models based on mathematical programming (mp) are usually implemented. the literature shows that mp can be used for farm management and policy assessment. mp models generate an optimization process of an objective function subject to a set of constraints and can be implemented following normative and positive approaches. the normative approach can be considered the “classical” mp tool for farm management. the characteristics of normative mp models are related to the level of knowledge about the farmer technological set, prices and costs and farmer assumptions in a suboptimal condition. the model requires a large amount of technical and economic data. a normative mp model will typically identify optimal production level and the optimal use of inputs to maximize revenue or minimize costs. these models have a prescriptive character, they indicate what the decision maker ought to do in order to optimise his objective and they do not reproduce what he is actually doing. normative models are useful for their capacity to predict the use of inputs. in the case of water, demand can be calculated for single farms or for groups of farms. for groups of farms, models can reproduce water supply nodes in order to reorganize the network and water allocation more efficiently (harou et al., 2009; bartolini et al., 2007; rosengrant et al., 2000; garcía-villa and fereres, 2012). positive mp models, or positive mathematical programming (pmp) (howitt, 1995; paris and howitt, 1998; heckelei et al., 2012) are used on the other hand for policy assessment when the size of inputs and variable costs are not precisely known. in a context of poor information, they can predict farm use under the hypothesis that the observed production level is considered optimal by the entrepreneur. variation in output market price, or in specific coupled (or decoupled) payments, leads to a new optimal production level. the main feature of positive mp models is to calibrate, for a given farm, the observed production level and to estimate a non linear cost function that reproduces the cost of the inputs. the technological matrix defines the productivity level for the observed crops and activities. pmp typically identifies the cost that economic agents are willing to pay in order to be optimal at the observed level. these models can be developed for a single farm or a group of homogeneous farms belonging to a large region (arfini and donati, 2011). while normative mp models can describe in great detail the technological level and predict the use of inputs, they meet difficulties assessing the impacts of new market and policy scenarios when many farms in a region are considered. this is because of the difficulty in collecting and differentiating technological information among farms. by contrast, positive mp models can easily estimate the cost of technology and thus assess the 304 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza impact of new market and policy scenarios for a large group of farms. such farms usually belong to large samples such as fadn which do not collect micro information related to the input use of each farm activity. for pmp models, the drawback is the lack of information related to the physical use of inputs. there are two possible strategies in order to provide information on input use: i) consider in pmp models the use of specific inputs (helming and peerlings, 2003), although there is the problem of considering different technological sets and input-output relationships for many farms; ii) integrate pmp models with other methodologies that consider more specifically input-output relationships for some specific inputs. water as an input can be introduced into mp models (including pmp) in various ways: i) water is considered as a constraint with fixed water requirement coefficients (graveline and mérel, 2012; cortignani and severini, 2009; medellin-azuara et al., 2010); ii) water is included within the production function linking crop yields to water application (garcía-villa and fereres, 2012; graveline and mérel, 2012) through the introduction of biophysical information including local environment characteristics (garcía-villa and fereres, 2012; cortignani and severini, 2009). in particular, a model estimating the relationship between yields and water use has recently been developed by fao: aquacrop. aquacrop (steduto et al., 2009) permits evaluation and simulation of yield responses with regard to water application for a group of crops. it takes account of specific information on climate conditions, soil characteristics and irrigation management. pmp has shown to be very efficient for policy analysis purposes (heckelei et al., 2012) and particularly for assessing the introduction of a new crop in the production pattern of a group of farms (arfini and donati, 2013). the present analysis was conducted considering new activities as “latent” information that the entrepreneur can use for maximizing the objective function. pmp provides results using small amounts of information on the latent crop (yield and market price) without a detailed description of the technological set for all the inputs. it was used to evaluate the farmer’s ability to choose agricultural activities not observed in the base year (röhm and dabbert, 2003; blanco et al., 2008; arfini and donati, 2013) this paper presents an integrated framework of models answering research questions on assessment of impact of a new activity (e.g. agro-energy crops) on the agricultural production plan of a region. the assessment considers key issues for policy makers: land use, supply variations, territorial specialization, economic impact and environmental implications of the change in water use by farmers. the framework integrates micro-based pmp and the aquacrop model. more specifically the goal is to assess the effects of the introduction of sorghum for biomass production on land and water allocation in the province of parma, in emilia romagna region in northern italy. the model simulates different market scenarios for sorghum in order to evaluate the level of sustainability and policy implications at different market prices. the paper consists of five sections. the first discusses pmp methodology using latent crop information. the second presents the aquacrop model, adapted to the characteristics of the area under investigation and the purpose of this research. the third section describes the integration of the models and their structure. the fourth presents results of simulations using aquacrop. the fifth section presents the main results and their implications for policy. in the conclusion, opportunities for future research are discussed. 305pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption 2. pmp model with latent information pmp appeared in the world of mp quite recently thanks to the pioneering studies of howitt (1995) and paris and arfini (1995). its impact on agricultural economists was important in generating a wide field of literature that has led over time to more sophisticated modelling. various elements have influenced the development of pmp models over time: research objectives, characteristics of available information, number of farms in the sample, number of farms that are represented by the models, level of representativeness of the data at regional level, method of calibration, method of estimating the non linear cost function as well as theoretical assumptions underpinning the models. two distinct strands can be seen in the literature: the first considers pmp as a calibration method (howitt, 1995; heckelei and wolff, 2003), while the second considers pmp as a method of estimating variable costs (arfini and paris, 1995; paris and howitt, 1998; paris and arfini, 2000; paris, 2012). this paper follows the approach proposed by paris (2012), where pmp assesses the impacts of market scenarios and agricultural policy by estimating the variable cost function associated with the use of inputs. as regards the pmp models that consider latent information, the background hypothesis is based on the assumption that farmers have knowledge of a set of information regarding production activities, which is larger than the set of information that can be observed from the production plan. some of this farmer information comes from their previous experience, some from the experience of their neighbours or from advice on new crops given by experts (agronomists). the economic and technological information regarding activities that are perceived as more costly or more risky will not be used in the production plan, but will remain latent until it becomes economically useful. the decision to change the production plan or technological choices is usually motivated by variables such as risk aversion, level of technical knowledge, availability of capital, family structure, age of the farmer, the presence of support agencies in the territory, etc. all these variables affect the farmer’s decision process and lead to the selection of a certain combination of crops. why does a farmer produce soft wheat and alfalfa and not, for instance, tomato and sugarbeet, which are produced on other farms in the area? the farmer could potentially insert tomato and sugar beet into his production plan, but he does not currently produce them because they are not profitable for his farm. until they become profitable, information is “latent” in the sense that it is known by the farmer but not used. economic information related to farm crops identified as “latent” can however be introduced into a pmp model in two different ways: 1. as “latent technology”, when a given crop is adopted only by a group of farms in the sample: each farm belonging to the same sample is cross-linked with the others through a common set of cost function parameters and shares the same technology. because there is self-selection, a given crop existing in the production pattern of farm “a” can be adopted by farm “b” if there is economic advantage; 2. as “latent crop”, when the information is related to a given crop that does not exist in the farm production plan for any farms belonging to the sample. of course, in the real world farmers are not alone. they are in an environment characterized by different production decisions deriving from different production possibili306 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza ties, among which the farmer selects what he assumes to be the best solution. the main driving force that leads farmers to select one production plan and not others is the cost function associated with each activity. the total cost function is the economic measure of the available technology and all the other factors. the total cost includes all variable costs perceived by the farmer for each activity. some of these costs are clearly registered by bookkeeping and identified as explicit costs, while others are only perceived by entrepreneur and are implicit costs of the decision. farmer behaviour can be formally reproduced by a production plan where the observed activities are accompanied by latent activities. we present the pmp model, articulated in three phases (paris and howitt, 1998), including non-observed activities, and consider, for sake of simplicity, only one farm with two sets of products: activities realized r (for r=1,2,…,r) and latent activities l (for l=1,2,…,l). we assume that xr is the vector of the realized output quantities and x l the vector of latent output quantities. the observed quantity levels for realized and latent activity are known and correspond to xr and x l respectively. farm activity is subject to limiting factors i (for i=1,2,…,i) and the upper bound values for each factor are included in vector b farm technology is provided by the coefficients of the i by r matrix ar for the realized activities, and of the i by l matrix a l for the latent activities. given this information, we can develop the first pmp phase through a problem that maximizes the gross margin (gm) as follows: = − + − ≥ ≥ gm p c x p c xmax ( ) ' ( ) 'r r r l l lx x0, 0r l (1) where pr and pl represent the vectors of realized output prices and latent output prices respectively, while, cr and cl the vectors of the exogenous specific costs for the realized and latent activities. the objective function (1) is maximized with respect to the non-negative variables xr and x l and is subject to the following constraints: + ≤a x a x b y( )r r l l (2) ε λ≤ +x x ( )r r r (3) ε λ≤ +x x ( )l l l (4) constraint (2) identifies the relationship between the total demand of input to produce xr and x l (left hand side) and the total input supply (right hand side). the shadow prices of the binding farm resources b are represented by the vector y. constraints (3) and (4) are the pmp calibrating constraints, while λr λl are the dual values of the realized and latent activities. λr represents the hidden costs, i.e. the implicit marginal costs of the realized activities, and λl the implicit marginal cost associated with the latent activities. 307pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption in the definition of the problem (1)-(4), the latent crop is added from the first phase, assigning it a very low production level x l close to zero, while the data related to the prices and specific costs are taken from market and must guarantee a condition of positive marginal profit. yields are assumed by experts and by literature. this first pmp setting provides dual information for realized and latent crops to be used in the second phase, where a non-linear function is estimated. we choose the following quadratic cost function             x x q x x 1 2 r l rl r l (5) where matrix q is symmetric positive semidefinite and includes parameters to be estimated by properly methods. in this work, the parameter estimation is carried out adopting the maximum entropy approach (paris and howitt, 1998) considering the following relationship: λ λ         +         =         c c x x qr l r l r l rl (6) where the explicit and implicit costs recovered in the previous phase should be equal to the marginal cost derived from the quadratic total cost function (5). in analytical terms: λ λ λ λ λ λ                             +                             =                                                         � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � c c c c c c x x x x x x q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q r r rr l l ll r r rr l l ll r r rr l l ll r r r r r rr r l r l r ll r r r r r rr r l r l r ll rrr rrr rrrr r l rrl rrll l r l r l rr l l l l l ll l r l r l rr l l l l l ll llr llr llrr lll lll llll 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 (7) as shown in equation (7), the parameters of the q matrix provide the information about the substitution and complementarity relationships among activities and, thus, between realized and latent activities (arfini and donati, 2013; paris and howitt, 1998). the new non linear cost function estimated by using the maximum entropy technique is used in the third phase of pmp to calibrate the observed situation without the calibrating constraints: 308 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza + −             + ≤ ≥ ≥ s t p x p x x x q x x a x a x b max 1 2 . . r r l l r l rl l l r r l l x x ' 0, 0 ' r l (8) at this stage, all the information about latent activities is incorporated in a model that can be applied to evaluate policy and market scenarios. the model output shows the change in resource allocation (e.g. land), the marginal value of resources (dual values) and the dynamics in output levels as well as other important economic information on revenue, subsidy, total variable cost and gross margin variations. 3. an overview of aquacrop in an economic system characterized by a limited availability of resources, models that can indicate a better allocation of inputs and resources are a key to making optimal decisions. evaluating the use of sensitive inputs for the environment, like water, becomes more complex if carried out at regional level. specific environmental characteristic of an area (e.g. rainfall, soil characteristics, temperature, etc.) have to be associated with the technical capability of farmers and with crop profitability. moreover, yields are the simplest expression of crop productivity, but a direct relation between yield and input use is hard to identify especially if the information is not directly registered in a bookkeeping system. researchers have thus developed models able to create a link between yields and input use on the basis of information collected over time or by experimental methods. one of the models which can best simulate water-limited attainable yield is aquacrop developed by fao (steduto et al., 2009). the model provides and predicts the crop yield according to water needs and different irrigation methods. fao methodology considers the use of empirical production functions to evaluate crop yield response to water (doorenbos and kassam, 1979). the central feature is the following equation, relating yield to water used in the irrigation process: −    = −    y y y k et et et x a x y x a x (9) yx ya are the maximum and actual yields, etx and eta are the maximum and actual evapotranspiration, and ky the proportionality factor between relative yield loss and relative reduction in evapotranspiration. the problem of water scarcity led to a different theorization of equation (9), which now separates field crops from tree crops. in particular, for field crops, fao researchers proposed re-elaborating the equation in order to plan, manage and simulate different water management scenarios. so on the basis of work by doorenbos and kassam (1979), aquacrop evolved by: i) dividing the et into crop transpiration tr and soil evaporation (e); ii) developing a model relating to canopy growth and senescence in order to estimate 309pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption tr and its separation from e; iii) considering the final yield y as a function of final biomass b and harvest index hi and iv) considering and separating the effects of water stress into four components: canopy growth, canopy senescence, tr and hi. the central equation of the new aquacrop is thus: ∑= ×b wp tr (10) where tr is the crop transpiration (in mm) and wp is the water productivity parameter (kg of biomass per m2 and per mm of cumulated water transpired over the time period in which the biomass is produced). equation (10) implies a shift from the seasonal or longterm evaluation used by doorenbos and kassam (1979) to a daily time relationship that is closer to the time scale of crop responses to water deficits. aquacrop considers three important aspects: soil, crop and atmosphere. soil is considered by determining the level of fertility that can affect crop development as well as water balance. crops and plants are measured and simulated using data relating to growth, development, and yield processes. atmosphere is reproduced considering thermal regime, rainfall, evaporative demand, and carbon dioxide concentration. in order to better simulate reality, a wide range of parameters such as the irrigation system, water productivity, crop adjustments to stress can be modified and reflect on the final yield. 4. model architecture the model is divided into three parts or modules. each module is devoted to a specific task and interfaced with the others providing the input information. figure 1 presents a scheme where the different phases of the model are specified and linked. the first module provides information about the characteristics of the farms belonging to the sample and information related to the water use. in a diversified territorial context where different agronomic areas are embedded, it becomes important to cover different farm types and to truthfully represent land use and productivity levels. there is thus a compromise between minimizing the amount of data entered into the model and the need to provide enough details of individual farmer behavior and technologies and production decisions at farm level. the use of two databases providing complementary farm information is very useful: iacs (integrated administration and control system) database provides information on land use of each farm, while fadn (farm accountancy data network) database provides economic2 and technical information regarding farm type. the integration of iacs with fadn makes it possible to measure the exact dimension of agricultural production systems, gross marketable output, subsidies distributed and the amount of variable costs attributable to each process in areas smaller than nuts3 (arfini et al., 2005). the integration of fadn and iacs databases with aquacrop into a single database gives a complete dataset of land use, technical and economic parameters for production processes and water use of all the farms included in the area considered by the model. the 2 fadn farm accountancy data network, provides information for italy at farm level on the explicit variable cost (accounting cost) per activity. 310 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza aggregation is performed at macro-farm level, i.e. farms grouped by size and farm specialization and by each agricultural area (a homogeneous altitude area belonging to the same province). more precisely, in each province three altitude levels, seven classes of size (0-10 ha, 10-20 ha, 20-30 ha, 30-50 ha, 50-100 ha, 100-300 ha, > 300 ha) and three economic sectors (arable crops, fruit and vegetables, and animal production) were considered. figure 1. pmp model architecture. aquacrop simulations iacs datafadn data pmp model constraints land constraints agronomic constraints land allocation farm income dynamics water allocation input pmp model output water constraints cap constraints scenarios cap and market prices agroenergy crops the second module consists of the pmp optimization model, which estimates variable costs for all activities and assesses the impact of policy and market scenarios. there are two calibration phases: the first is obtained by n linear programming models (one for each macro-farm) adopting the calibration constraints, and the second calibration is achieved by using the non-linear cost function estimated in the second pmp phase. the second calibration allows to verify that the model reproduces the observed land allocation without calibrating constraints. once verified, the model is ready to be implemented for the simulation phase of all sets of constraints: land, agronomic, water and policy constraints (cap). the simulation phase considers at baseline level (year 2012) the main first pillar cap measures, like decoupling and payment modulation. this part of the model can support modification in cap mechanisms, such as the transition from historical to regionalized decoupling, as well as market price variation. the third module addresses the results of the simulation. the results are stored in specific output files readable by statistical and spreadsheet software by adopting gdx routines (gams, 2012). these routines generate an organized output comprising calibrating checks, land and water allocation, and farm economic variable dynamics. 311pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption 5. aquacrop simulations with regard to the research question of this paper, aquacrop makes it possible to calculate the amount of water that each crop requires in relation to the level of observed yield. one of its key features concerns the climate characteristics of the area. the model requires information on daily maximum and minimum air temperatures, daily rainfall, daily evaporative demand of the atmosphere expressed as reference evapotranspiration, and the mean annual carbon dioxide concentration in the bulk atmosphere. the climatic parameters adopted were collected from the meteorological measurements recorded in the emilia-romagna region, from 1 january 2002 to 31 december 2009. for the annual carbon dioxide value, we adopted the co2 concentration in the mauna loa observatory in hawaii, a monitoring centre used by aquacrop. the reference value of evapotranspiration was calculated using fao criteria (allen et al., 1998) and parameters were determined using the fao’s model eto-calculator (raes et al., 2009). in aquacrop, the crop system is represented by five different linked and interrelated modules concerning: phenology, aerial canopy, rooting depth, biomass production and harvestable yield. each different crop grows and develops over its cycle by expanding its canopy and its rooting system at the same time. table 1 shows crop growing characteristics used in the evaluation of water requirement. the six crops are the arable crops for which aquacrop provides information for simulations on response of yield to irrigation water use. table 1. crop growing characteristics adopted in the simulation process. crop sowing date harvest date plant density (plant ha-1) maize 01-apr 10 august 95 x 103 silage maize 01-apr 10 august 85 x 103 sorghum 13 may 11 september 200 x 103 sugar beet 10-apr 29 august 100 x 103 soybean 1 may 7 september 350 x 103 tomato 01-apr 19 july 35 x 103 the characteristics of soil (hydraulic conductivity, water content, field capacity, permanent wilting point) adopted in the study follow the standard profile suggested by the fao model. this means that soil characteristics within the area are not differentiated. aquacrop also has an irrigation management component which makes it possible to operate on soil fertility and on the type of irrigation system. standard model values were used for soil fertility, while the period and the method of irrigation were differentiated according to crop for the irrigation system (table 2). as noted above, the study focused on the interdependence between water requirement and biomass in order to analyze how an increase in applied irrigation water (aiw) influences the production in terms of biomass (fresh yields). the aquacrop model was used to generate non-linear yield response functions to aiw, able to highlight the production trend of the yield level in relation to aiw. the simulations were carried out starting with a rain-field crop, and increasing aiw by season, 312 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza applying constant increments of irrigation water (different for each type of crop), in order to reach the maximum level of biomass. table 3 reports an example of how results were organized to generate non-linear yield response functions for sugarbeet. table 2. irrigation management hypothesized for each crop considered in simulation procedure. crop sowing date harvest date irrigation treatments method maize 01-apr 10 august 4 irr.schedule sprinkler silagemaize 01-apr 10 august 4 irr.schedule sprinkler sorghum 13 may 11 september 2 irr.schedule sprinkler sugarbeet 10-apr 29 august 8 irr.schedule sprinkler soybean 1 may 7 september 3 irr.schedule sprinkler tomato 01-apr 19 july 16 irr.schedule drip table 3. production level according to different aiw sugarbeet (t/ha). year applied irrigation water (mm) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 2002 35.1 39.7 43.6 44.6 44.5 44.0 43.5 42.7 42.1 41.6 41.2 41.0 2003 4.2 5.2 9.7 17.1 24.8 32.4 36.5 40.1 41.8 42.8 43.0 42.2 2004 4.6 5.3 13.3 27.4 33.1 38.2 42.5 43.6 44.2 42.7 41.6 41.4 2005 14.5 18.4 27.2 33.1 38.0 41.7 44.2 45.0 44.4 42.2 41.6 41.5 2006 3.6 4.8 9.0 16.7 28.3 36.1 41.4 44.4 45.1 44.8 43.5 42.3 2007 18.7 20.9 24.2 29.4 34.1 38.0 40.6 42.3 43.4 44.2 44.2 43.4 2008 26.2 27.7 30.8 34.4 36.9 39.2 40.7 41.5 42.0 42.2 42.0 41.7 2009 4.9 7.1 13.0 20.7 28.4 34.6 39.2 41.0 42.0 42.0 42.2 42.2 from the data in table 3 and according to the methodology proposed by garcía-vila and fereres (2012), three non-linear crop-water production functions related to the 20th, the 50th and the 80th percentile were identified. the percentile values made it possible to obtain a non-linear function (polynomial), that reports the contribution of irrigation to the production of fresh yield. table 4 shows the values of fresh yield obtained for the different levels of aiw according to a distribution over three percentiles for sugarbeet. table 4. percentiles values from simulation for sugarbeet (t/ha). percentile applied irrigation water (mm) 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 20th 4.0 5.2 9.5 17.0 27.6 34.2 38.7 40.8 41.9 41.9 41.5 41.3 50th 9.7 12.8 18.8 28.4 33.6 38.1 41.0 42.5 42.7 42.5 42.1 41.9 80th 27.9 30.1 33.4 36.4 39.3 42.1 43.6 44.5 44.6 44.3 43.7 42.5 313pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption the results obtained for each crop were represented by polynomial functions in order to better describe the evolution of fresh yield production in relation to the applied irrigation water, i.e. the yield-aiw functions. in figure 2, the vertical axis of each chart shows the level of fresh yield produced (t/ha), and the horizontal axis shows the different levels of applied irrigation water. the results demonstrate that the polynomial functions fit the simulations responses provided by aquacrop with a high level of r2. figure 2. simulated biomass production for 8 years in response to different levels of applied irrigation water (aiw): (a) sugar beet; (b) silage maize; (c) maize; (d) sorghum; (e) soybean; (f ) tomato. 1   (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) 2    3   314 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza 6. impact assessment 6.1 land allocation the integrated model was developed in the agricultural context of a lowland area of emilia romagna (northern italy). for the purposes of clarity and brevity, the impact assessment presents the results of a homogenous area, the province of parma. the latent crop introduced in the simulation phase was sorghum for bioethanol production. we assume that this variety of sorghum is currently not present in the regional production plan. the information concerning average yields, price and specific production cost for sorghum was taken from an experimental study promoted by the emilia romagna region aiming to evaluate the possibility of building a regional supply chain for bioethanol. the results presented were developed in the framework of the “health check” cap reform. the market simulations consist of increasing the price of sorghum by 1 €/t in 200 steps, to reach the maximum price of 200 €/t. the results identify the economic threshold for sorghum, that is the starting price from which sorghum for biomass can be inserted into the production plan of farms in the province of parma. figure 3 shows the total area that would be grown with sorghum in the region at different level of sorghum price. the graph presents a curve that starts to increase from a level of 58 €/t, the profitable threshold for the crop. the price dynamics causes a big increase in sorghum acreage. the rotational constraints and the complementary and substitution relationships within the cost matrix prevent farm surfaces from becoming specialized in a single crop. the graphical representation of the simulation shows the different production levels with regard to different price levels, so that it is possible to identify the price to pay to producers in order to obtain a certain quantity of raw material. so, for example, if the supply chain needs 20.000 ha of sorghum, the price that should be paid to farms is more or less 108 €/t. the simulation also shows variation in the relative incidence of sorghum compared to other crops in the regional production plan. figure 4 highlights that the increase in the incidence of sorghum on the regional production plan is due to a big fall in the incidence of fodder crops and wheat. it is important to note that in this study, the prices of other crops are assumed to be constant throughout, but likely market price modifications would produce a change in profitability across the model, with different impacts on sorghum production responses. 6.2 water consumption the simulations carried out by the integrated model capture the relationships between yields and the applied irrigation water. for the six crops in table 1, this relationship was estimated by using aquacrop as previously described, while for the other crops information has been taken from the literature. for sugarbeet, maize, silage cereals, tomato, soya and sorghum, yields are non-linearly related to aiw, while for the other irrigated crops (e.g. alfalfa) an exogenous fixed relationship was assumed. the polynomial regressions estimated for the six crops are used in the aquacrop model to identify the quantity of irrigated water each farm needs to obtain the observed yield. polynomial functions from the 50th percentile were used. the difference in terms of aiw among farms is reflected in 315pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption the observed yield. to adapt the yield-aiw functions to the observed information, a correction factor was applied as follows: = ⋅yield f w v( )n j n j n j j, , , (11) figure 3. evolution of the sorghum hectares due to price variation (parma province). 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 35,000 40,000 45,000 50,000 (ha) (€ /t ) figure 4. evolution of the specific incidence of each crop on the regional production plan (parma province). 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1 10 19 28 37 46 55 64 73 82 91 100 109 118 127 136 145 154 163 172 181 190 199 €/ton    -­‐  sorghum in c.  % wheat maize other  cereals fodder  crops sorghum others 316 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza where the yield for each irrigated crop j (for j=1,2,…,j) and each farm n (for n=1,2,…,n) is derived from the non linear function obtained by aquacrop simulations multiplied by a weighting value v j calculated as the ratio between the average observed yield and the average yield provided by aquacrop simulations. wn j, the variable related to aiw to be estimated for each farm and crop. this correction makes it possible to retain the shape of the yield-aiw function and model feasibility. in fact, the difference between observed and experimental yield data can be unavoidable (dillon and hardtacker, 1993; cortignani and severini, 2009). table 5 presents the aiw estimated levels for the six crops simulated in aquacrop. from experimental tests, sorghum yield is assumed to be 23 t/ha corresponding to 121.1 mm of aiw. table 5. estimated aiw per crop in parma province. area altitude farm type class of size (ha) no. of farms sugarbeet silage cereals maize tomato soya sorghum aiw (mm) parma plain arable crops 0-10 1233 158.8 28.3 159.8 86.9 121.6 121.1 parma plain arable crops 10-20 452 185.4 234.5 169.4 131.4 121.1 parma plain arable crops 20-30 175 118.8 8.9 171.7 240.7 151.6 121.1 parma plain arable crops 30-50 129 220.4 32.1 21.2 211.2 168.0 121.1 parma plain arable crops 50-100 97 271.9 418.9 63.7 151.3 407.8 121.1 parma plain arable crops 100-300 20 51.4 145.2 234.5 240.7 121.1 parma plain arable crops > 300 1 30.1 121.1 parma plain horticulture 0-10 10 158.6 86.9 121.1 parma plain horticulture 10-20 6 185.4 169.4 121.1 parma plain horticulture 20-30 8 118.8 172.1 240.7 121.1 parma plain horticulture 30-50 14 220.4 21.2 211.1 121.1 parma plain horticulture 50-100 10 271.9 63.7 151.3 121.1 parma plain dairy 0-10 90 160.0 211.1 121.1 parma plain dairy 10-20 127 185.5 630.5 234.5 160.1 121.1 parma plain dairy 20-30 121 118.8 8.9 171.7 240.7 121.1 parma plain dairy 30-50 180 220.4 32.1 21.2 196.3 121.1 parma plain dairy 50-100 97 271.9 418.9 63.7 164.9 121.1 parma plain dairy 100-300 28 51.4 145.2 234.5 211.1 121.1 parma plain dairy > 300 6 13.8 418.9 234.5     121.1 parma plain all all 2804 174.6 169.3 234.5 196.4 154.7 121.1 for five crops out of six, the aiw changes according to the farm, revealing a direct relationship with the specific crop yield. but for sorghum the aiw level is the same for all farms in relation to the supposed uniform yield in the area. the relationship yield-aiw was used to evaluate the impact of the potential introduction of sorghum for biomass production in terms of water demand. price rises may persuade farmers to convert cereal land and grassland to sorghum with a negative effect on 317pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption the water consumption. in particular, the process of substitution of a non-irrigated crop, like wheat, with an irrigated crop, like sorghum, generates an increase in total irrigated water for the province of parma. more specifically, when a price of 70 €/t for sorghum is applied, about 30% of the wheat disappears in favour of sorghum. this shift produces an increase of the total irrigated water of 2.5%, which corresponds to an increase of 1.5 million m3 compared to before sorghum was introduced (see figure 5). figure 6 shows the trend in consumption of water for irrigation. up to a price of 61 €/t irrigated water consumption declines by 0.5%, due to a process of substitution between sorghum and grassland with high aiw. this substitution is interrupted by the demand for forage from dairy farms, represented by a specific constraint in the model. figure 6. dynamics in water consumption with sorghum cultivation (province of parma). 52,000 54,000 56,000 58,000 60,000 62,000 64,000 66,000 68,000 70,000 72,000 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93 97 10 1 10 5 10 9 11 3 11 7 12 1 12 5 12 9 13 3 13 7 14 1 14 5 14 9 15 3 15 7 16 1 16 5 16 9 17 3 17 7 18 1 18 5 18 9 19 3 19 7 price  scenarios  -­‐  €/t. .0 00  m 3 figure 5. irrigated water allocation. 0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 70,000 57 62 67 72 77 82 87 92 97 10 2 10 7 11 2 11 7 12 2 12 7 13 2 13 7 14 2 14 7 15 2 15 7 16 2 16 7 17 2 17 7 18 2 18 7 19 2 19 7 price  scenarios  -­‐  €/t. .0 00  m 3 sorghum grassland soya silage  maize tomato maize sugarbeet 318 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza the model captures the impact of farm production decisions on the allocation of water, but it does not capture efficiency in the use of irrigated water. an implicit assumption of the model is that farmers in the province take the production decisions considering that water is available, and water allocation is a consequence of their decision. from this point of view, the calibrated aiw represents the willingness to use water for each crop. this implies that there are no direct constraints on the total available water per farm and, therefore that trade of water entitlements cannot be evaluated in this model. 7. conclusions this paper uses positive mathematical programming model to evaluate the effects of agro-energy crop cultivation on land and water allocation. the agro-energy crop is sorghum for the production of second generation bioethanol. the model simulates the introduction of sorghum as a new crop in the farm production plan in the lowlands of parma, an agrarian region in northern italy, and evaluates crop economic threshold and the change in farm crop set and irrigated water use. the model considers latent crop information in each farm production plan, so that in the simulation phase, new crops, such as sorghum for biomass production, are considered a new option with regard to the crops already activated in the observed situation (arfini and donati, 2013). the second pmp phase estimates non-linear cost functions where information about the latent crop is included. the main constraint of the model is related to the total farm land. water appears in the third phase through the yield-aiw function which defines the relationship between crop yields and the quantity of aiw. the yield-aiw function is estimated by simulating the yield response of the crop in relation to different aiw quantities; simulations were carried out by implementing aquacrop (steduto et al., 2009) for six crops: sugarbeet, maize, silage cereals, tomato, soya and sorghum. the simulation results revealed the capacity of the model to evaluate the productive potential of sorghum for biomass in the region and the consequences on the regional production plan. the scenarios developed to estimate the sensitivity of the sorghum in relation to a variation in its market price made it possible to identify the price level necessary for providing a sufficient quantity of raw material to feed a second generation bioethanol supply chain. the increase in sorghum price leads to a reduction in wheat and fodder crops; maize is also affected by a process of substitution. the pmp model makes it possible to evaluate the impact of sorghum cultivation on water consumption for irrigation. the results show that increasing land use for biomass sorghum in the lowlands of parma province, a dairy and horticultural area, entails an increase in the total irrigated water quantity due to a decline in non-irrigated crops, like wheat. the information about water consumption will be useful for policy makers in preventing excessive demand for water in areas where the risk of drought might generate non-efficient water allocation. furthermore, the model can evaluate the impact of the cap on irrigation water needs as well as land use. the 2014-2020 cap reform, which emphasized environmental objectives in agricultural policies, could also be evaluated in order to predict effects on water resources using a similar approach. the model does however present certain limitations. the aquacrop simulation was run on the crops included in the fao model dataset. this is because yield-aiw functions for fodder crops, such as alfalfa and permanent meadows, have not been estimated. 319pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption furthermore, the pmp model presented in this study does not consider an explicit water constraint, and it is thus not possible to simulate reductions in water availability and identify the dual value associated with this resource. optimizing the model to include this information would provide a value for levels of water scarcity in certain groups of farms or areas, and would be useful in identifying an appropriate price. finally, a water constraint in the model would make it possible to simulate the water entitlement market and put in place economic tools to make the use of water for irrigation more efficient. acknowledgments an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 2nd aieaa conference “between crisis and development: which role for the bio-economy”, 6-7 june, 2013, parma, italy. the present work was carried out in the framework of the project biosea “optimization for bioenergy supply chains for an economic and an environmental sustainability” financed by the italian ministry of agriculture and forestry (www.biosea.dista. unibo.it). we thank the azienda agraria sperimentale “stuard” of parma, italy for providing experimental data on sorghum h133 for biomass. the authors wish to thank the two anonymous referees and the editor for their helpful suggestions and constructing comments on an earlier version of the paper. references allen, r.g., pereira, l.s., raes, d., and smith m. (1988). crop evapotraspiration. guidelines for computing crop water requirements. irrigation and drainage paper no. 56. rome: fao. arfini f., donati m., and zuppiroli m. (2005). un modele quantitatif pour l’evaluation des effets de la riforme de la pac en italie. economie rurale 285: 70-87. arfini, f., and m., donati (2011). the impact of the health check on structural change and farm efficiency: a comparative assessment of three european agricultural regions. disaggregated impacts of cap reforms. paris: oecd, 75–90. arfini, f., and donati, m. (2013). organic production and the capacity to respond to market signals and policies: an empirical analysis of a sample of fadn farms. agroecology and sustainable food systems 37: 149-171. arfini, f., donati, m., and zuppiroli, m. (2005). un modèle quantitatif pour l’évaluation des effets de la réforme de la pac en italie. economie rurale, 285: 70–87. arfini, f., and paris, q. (1995). a positive mathematical programming model for regional analysis of agricultural policies. in sotte, f. (ed.). the regional dimension in agricultural economics and policies, eaae, proceedings of the 40th seminar, june 26-28, ancona: 17-35. bartolini f., bazzani g.m., gallerani v., raggi m., and viaggi d. (2007).the impact of water and agriculture policy scenarios on irrigated farming systems in italy: an analysis based on farm level multi-attribute linear programming models. agricultural systems, 93: 90-114. bazzani g.m., di pasquale s., gallerani v., morganti s., raggi m., and viaggi d. (2005). the sustainability of irrigated agricultural systems under the water framework directive: first results. environmental modelling & software 20: 165-175. 320 m. donati, d. bodini, f. arfini, a. zezza bazzani g.m., di pasquale s., gallerani v., and viaggi d. (2004). irrigated agriculture in italy and water regulation under the european union water framework directive. water resources research 40/7:1-8. blanco, m., cortignani, r., and severini, s. (2008). evaluating changes in cropping patterns due to the 2003 cap reform. an ex-post analysis of different pmp approaches considering new activities. paper prepared for presentation at the 107th eaae seminar “modelling of agricultural and rural development policies”, seville. brooke, a., d. kendrick, a. meeraus, r. raman, and r. e. rosenthal (2011). gams: a user’s guide. washington, dc: gams development corporation. cortignani, r., and severini, s. (2009). modeling farm-level adoption of deficit irrigation using positive mathematical programming. agricultural water management 96: 1785-1791. dillon, j.l., and hardtacker j.b. (1998). farm management research for small farmer development. rome: fao. doornbosch, r., and steenblik, r. (2007). biofuels: is the cure worse than the disease?. round table on sustainable development, paris: oecd publishing. dorenbos, o.t., and kassam, a.h. (1979). yield response to water. irrigation and drainage paper n., 33. rome: fao. european commission (2006). an eu strategy for biofuels, brussels. european commission (2009). why do we need a common agricultural policy?, brussels. european commission (2010). europe 2020. a strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth, brussels. european parliament and european council (2010). directive 2000/60/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 23 october 2000 establishing a framework for community action in the field of water policy, luxembourg. gams (2012). gams gdx facilities and tools. washington, dc: gams development corporation. garcía-vila m., and fereres e. (2012), combining the simulation crop model aquacrop with an economic model for the optimization of irrigation management at farm level. european journal of agronomy 36: 21-31. graveline, n., and mérel, p. (2012). how do farmers adapt to water scarcity? intensive margin adjustments in beauces’ agriculture. paper presented at the ecoprod seminar of inra, montpellier. hardin, g. (1968). the tragedy of the commons. science 162: 1243-1248. harou, j.j, pulido-velazquez, m., rosenberg, d.e., medellín-azuara, j., lund, j.r., and howitt, r.e (2009). hydro-economic models: concepts, design, applications, and future prospects. journal of hydrology 375: 627-643. heckelei, t., britz, w., and zhang, y. (2012). positive mathematical programming approaches – recent developments in literature and applied modelling. bio-based and applied economics 1: 109-124. heckelei, t., and wolff h. (2003). estimation of constrained optimisation models for agricultural supply analysis based on generalised maximum entropy. european review of agricultural economics 30(1): 27-50. helming, j., and peerlings, j. (2003), effects of eu dairy policy reform for dutch agriculture and economy; applying an agricultural programming / mixed input-output model, paper presented at 25th international conference of agricultural economists, durban. 321pmp to assess agroenergy impact on water consumption howell, t.a. (2001). enhancing water use efficiency in irrigated agriculture. agronomy journal 93: 281-289. howitt, r.e. (1995). positive mathematical programming. american journal of agriculture economics 77: 329–342. medellín-azuara, j., harou, j.j., and howitt r.e. (2010). estimating economic value of agricultural water under changing conditions and the effects of spatial aggregation. science of the total environment 408: 5639-5648. oecd (2010). water resources in agriculture: outlook and policy issues. paris: oecd publishing. paris, q. (2012). economic foundations of symmetric programming. cambridge university press, new-york. paris, q., and arfini, f. (2000). funzioni di costo di frontiera, auto-selezione, rischio di prezzo, pmp e agenda 2000. rivista di economia agraria 2: 211-242. paris, q., and howitt, r.e. (1998). an analysis of ill-posed production problems using maximum entropy. american journal of agricultural economics 80: 124-138. petersen j.-e. (2008). energy production with agricultural biomass: environmental implications and analytical challenges. european review of agricultural economics 35: 385-408. raes. d., steduto, p., hsiao, t.c., and fereres e. (2009). aquacrop – the fao crop model for predicting yield response to water: ii. main algorithms and software description. agronomy journal 101: 438-447. röhm, o., and dabbert, s. (2003). integrating agri-environmental programs into regional production models: an extension of positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics 85(1): 254-265. rosegrant, m.w., ringler, c., mckinney, d.c., caia, x., keller, a., and donosod, g. (2000). integrated economic–hydrologic water modeling at the basin scale: the maipo river basin. agricultural economics 24: 33-46. steduto, p., hsiao, t.c., raes, d., and fereres, e. (2009). aquacrop – the fao crop model to simulate yield response to water: i. concepts and underlying principles. agronomy journal 101: 426-437. ward, f. a., and a.m., michelsen (2002). the economic value of water in agriculture: concepts and. policy applications. water policy 4: 423-446. zezza, a. (2008). bioenergie:quali opportunità per l’agricoltura italiana, collana studi e ricerche inea, edizioni scientifiche italiane, napoli. bio-based and applied economics 4(1): 55-75, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14196 italian agri-food exports in the international arena anna carbone1, roberto henke2,*, alberto f. pozzolo3 1 università della tuscia 2 italian national institute of agricultural economics – inea 3 università del molise date of submission: march 21st, 2014 abstract. the aim of the paper is to highlight the positioning of the so-called made in italy agro-food exports in foreign markets considering global world tendencies as well as country specific trends. besides, we aim at disentangling the role of product quality from price competition as a driver of competitive advantages. to these ends, the work combines two different methodologies, applied in three steps. first, we estimate the elasticities of italian exports, with respect to world imports, italian export prices and the competitors’ prices. second, an index of the sophistication of exports’ flows that captures the role of quality in global competition is calculated. third, the estimated elasticities are compared with the changes in the sophistication levels. results allow for product-specific trends to stem out from the overall picture. exports’ performance varies according to the type of product and to the degree of market completion. although, the made in italy aggregate seems overall competitive, the analysis pinpoints some drawbacks in the positioning of some products in the world arena. focus on wine and on olive oil, two major italian exporting sectors, helps in understanding the potential of the joint methodology adopted. keywords. exports’ elasticities, exports’ sophistication, made in italy, world demand jel codes. q17, f14 1. introduction world agri-food markets are increasingly competitive. competitive strategies are based on a wide range of attributes that segment the market and smooth price competition. nevertheless, given the emergence of new competitors with different production cost levels, price competition is altogether relevant and not only in world bulk markets. the paper seeks at highlighting the position of the italian agro-food exports in international markets given major global tendencies; trends related to the importing countries; as well as, those specific of italy as an exporter. besides, one more goal is to disentangle * corresponding author: henke@inea.it. 56 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo the role of product quality from that of price competition as drivers of the observed competitive advantages. in order to meet these ends the paper suggests a three-step methodology that helps to combine information on the trends developing in the world markets with those related to a single exporter. first, we estimate the elasticities of exports to: i) world demand; ii) prices of exports; and iii) prices applied by main competitors. these highlight the capacity of exports to adjust to market trends and to react to competitive pressures. second, the level of so-called “sophistication” (lall et al., 2006) of exports in the world markets is assessed. the “sophistication” concept, as expressed by the prody index, encompasses all product’s and process’s quality attributes and is related to its capability to reward inputs, as well as to the kind of competition prevailing on the market for that very product. last, the estimated long-run elasticities and the changes in the level of “sophistication” of each product over the observed time span are put together in a simple graphical analysis. the analysis considers 30 export sectors of the italian agro-food balance commonly referred to as the agro-food made in italy. the observed time span is the period 1996/972010/11. it is important to underline that the level of aggregation chosen for the analysis is intermediate, and quite different from the usual trade analysis. in fact, on the one hand, trade analysis in applied industrial economics is usually based on more aggregated data and seeks at comparing performances across macro sectors. on the other hand, agribusiness marketing analysts look at trade focusing on a single product (or on small bunches of similar/substitute products), thus going deeper at the search for drivers of competitiveness. while these two approaches have both evident and well known advantages, it is the authors’ opinion that the meso-level used for the present research is a useful complement to the previous ones because it allows for a sound comparison among many products within the same sector. our results show that the positioning of italian exports greatly varies according to the type of product and to the degree of market completion. in some cases, italian exports contrast increasing world competition by increasing quality levels (i.e. their sophistication content); this happens when producers are capable to enhance the quality and the origin of their products. in other cases, when quality cannot be increased and/or costs can be lowered via higher level of efficiency at firm or at chain level, price competition is chosen, by keeping average unit values at lower levels than those of the competitors. all considered, in many cases, in spite of a growing world competition, these products seem successful in defending, and sometimes even to increase, their world market shares. the rest of the paper is organized as follows: section 2 presents some descriptive data on mii exports; section 3 describes the methodology; section 4 presents the main results, including a couple of detailed examples on olive oil and wine: two italian strategic exporting sectors. section 5 concludes. 2. agri-food made in italy exports: a short description moving from trade data available in the un comtrade databank at 6 digit level (hs6), we aggregated the over 700 items referred to agri-food into 95 items from which we 57italian agri-food exports in the international arena selected the 30 ones included in the agri-food made in italy1. the trend from 1996/97 to 2010/11, of the share of the agri-food made in italy is reported in figure 1 where 5 biennial averages represent the whole time span the aggregate includes a mix of fresh produce (vegetables, tomatoes, grapes and the cluster apples, kiwis and pears) and processed food (all the other items, as shown in table 1). actually, the specific features of mii can stem both from the nature of the agricultural produce – this is especially the case for fresh vegetables and fruit – and/or from traditional processing techniques. mii agri-food products are therefore connected to the country, no matter if processed or not, or if made with imported raw material. 1 total exports are referred to 122 countries (world). values are at current values in us dollars. table 1. agri-food made in italy exports: shares and variations. shares on total made in italy share var. (diff.) export var.% rca rca var. % 2010/2011 2010-11/1996-97 2010-11/1996-97 2010-11 2010-11/1996-97 wines < 2 lts 16,4 2,4 195,0 11,3 75,8 dry pasta 6,5 -1,3 108,3 20,8 12,5 sauces and other condiments 6,4 2,2 282,0 1,5 60,7 canned tomatoes 6,2 0,0 149,9 13,5 18,8 apples, kiwi and pears 5,5 -0,1 148,1 6,8 63,1 other cheese 5,3 0,3 168,1 5,0 110,9 bakery products 4,6 0,8 206,3 3,1 10,1 virgin olive oil 4,6 0,4 178,2 28,4 147,7 fresh vegetables 4,3 -1,2 97,6 2,1 -24,3 chocolate products 4,1 0,5 186,4 3,0 70,4 processed coffee 3,8 1,7 355,4 6,2 -45,4 grapes 2,9 -1,4 67,0 11,6 17,7 fresh pasta 2,8 0,2 171,4 8,1 0,9 sparkling wine 2,5 0,4 192,6 18,7 23,0 fruits juices 2,5 -0,5 108,4 2,5 5,4 confectionary products 2,2 -0,6 95,1 0,9 -30,2 prepared vegetables 2,1 0,0 152,5 1,2 13,5 processed rice 2,1 -1,1 66,0 2,2 -81,7 fresh cheese 2,0 1,4 678,9 9,0 244,4 meat cut 2,0 0,4 210,8 4,4 43,2 mineral water 1,9 0,9 354,2 3,1 78,6 prepared fruit 1,9 -1,6 37,8 1,7 -60,7 wines > 2 lts 1,8 -1,5 39,0 5,4 -24,8 ice creams 1,2 0,3 221,6 4,1 15,3 non-virgin olive oil 1,1 -1,9 -8,6 9,7 -47,7 fresh tomatoes 1,0 -0,2 116,8 1,2 -18,6 grated cheese 0,9 0,2 234,9 12,3 47,9 vermouth 0,8 -0,5 49,9 15,2 26,3 blue cheese 0,5 -0,2 74,0 9,6 73,3 mixed olive oil 0,3 -0,1 70,5 9,0 -37,8 total made in italy 100,0 151,0 mil on total agri-food exp. 71,2 67,9 * variation of total italian agri-food exports source: our elaborations on un-comtrade data. 58 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo the common feature of these products is in that they are well reputed abroad due to their italian origin and recall the generally appreciated italian diet and life-style. their net trade balance is mostly positive even if there are few exceptions (one of the most noticeable is olive oil whose net trade balance is negative). altogether, these products are the core of italian exports as shown by the large share of the total agri-food exports they represent: 71% of the total in 2010/11, slightly increasing compared to 1996/97 (table 1 and figure 1). in the observed period of time, bottled wine (i.e. wine in bottles with less than two litres, in tables and figures is: wine< 2 lts) shows by far the largest share of the export values (16.4% in 2010/11, 13.9% in 1996/97). in 2010/11 wines are followed, at a distance, by dry pasta (6.5%), sauces and other condiments (6.4%) and canned tomatoes (6.2%). of these products, sauces and other condiments show the largest increase in the share, as they were featuring a value of 4.2% in 1996/97. actually, all the other major items represent quite a stable share of the total export values over the period observed, as a result of export trends basically aligned and with a limited expansion over time, especially when compared to minor flows which are relatively more dynamic. looking at the fresh component of the agri-food made in italy exports, data show a sort of steadiness of the shares (as in the case of apples, kiwifruits and pears) if not a cerfigure 1. trend of the share of the agri-food made in italy on the total agri-food italian exports. 59italian agri-food exports in the international arena tain degree of reduction (fresh vegetables and grapes), so that their position in the ranking of the 30 mii products becomes relatively low. looking at the export dynamics, the variation of the export values at current prices are all positive, with the only exception of the non-virgin olive oil. in the same table 1 we considered also the balassa index (also referred to as the revealed comparative advantage – rca). the index compares the share of a country’s export flow for a specific product (sector) with the share hold by the same product (sector) in world’s total exports. the index formula is as follows: =rcai j xi j xj xi w xw , , , where xi,j is the exports of the item i of the country j; xj the total agri-food exports of the country j; xi,w is the world exports of the good i and e xw the world agri-food exports. the index is greater than 1 for all the agri-food made in italy items, indicating specialisation of the country for these items (except confectionery products for which italy does not show a revealed competitive advantage, with a value of balassa index of 0.9). the range of values is wide as it spans from 1.2 for prepared vegetables to 28.4 for virgin olive oil. the lower values (around 1-2) are relative to fresh and prepared vegetables as well as prepared fruits and fruit juices; while for products such as dry pasta, canned tomatoes, grated cheese, virgin olive oil, grapes and wine < 2 lts, sparkling wines and vermouth, italy shows higher level of revealed competitive advantage (index values above 10). the variations of rca show the trends in the specialization pattern of the country relative to world specialization. index variations are mixed; with some products that show negative values while other facing a positive one, with varying intensity. particularly high rates of increase in specialisation are recorded for many cheese categories, and for virgin olive oil, chocolate products, sauces and other condiments, mineral water and wine < 2 lts. on the contrary, for some products such specialisation significantly decreases by time: fresh tomatoes and fresh vegetables, processed coffee and rice, non-virgin and mixed olive oils, confectionery products, prepared fruit and wine > 2 lts. for all these products, italy is de-specialising due to a wider presence of the old competitors or due to the entry of new ones on the international arena,. another interesting point is that overall the distance covered by the agri-food mii exports has increased, with larger flows of exports going to further countries such as china, and canada. 3. methodology econometric analyses of export demand elasticities, specific both at country and at product level, have long tradition in economics, going back at least to adler (1946) and horner (1952). more recent examples include, among others, the estimates of shortand long-run elasticities of exports and imports for the g7 countries in hooper et al. (2000) 60 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo and those of us import and export at the sector level by mann and pluck (2007).2 a vast strand of literature has also focused on country level imports and exports of agricultural products, in particular commodities.3 overall, the estimates of export demand elasticities obtained in literature are quite heterogeneous, depending on the goods, the countries and the time periods under scrutiny. however, a common view in the most recent literature is the importance of conducting analyses at a narrow sector level, to reduce the impact of changes in product quality. for this reason, our estimates are based on a detailed data set where italian exports are represented by 95 food and agricultural products (30 of which are gathered in the socalled made in italy) sold to 48 among the largest trade partners4. the econometric specification follows mann and plück (2007), where the annual growth rate of each product exports on each customer country is a function of two distinct sets of variables, respectively catching the short and the long run reactions: δln(exportijt) = β0 + β1 δln(exportijt-1) + β2 δln(importijt) + β3 δln(importijt-1) + + β4 δln(auvexpijt) ++ β5 ln(δauvimpijt) + β6 ln(exportijt-1) + + β7 ln(importijt-1) + β8 ln(auvexpijt-1) + β9 ln(auvimpijt-1) + + β10 yt + α ij + ε ijt (1) where: δx is the annual variation of the generic variable x; ln(exportijt) is the logarithm of the italian exports of product i towards country j in year t; ln(auvexpijt) is the logarithm of the average unit values (auv) of italian exports of product i toward country j in year t; ln(importijt) is the logarithm of the total imports of the product i from the country j in year t; ln(auvimpijt) is the logarithm of the auv of the imports of product i from the country j in year t; yt is a dummy variable per each year t; α ij is a dummy variable per each product i and country j; εijt is a zero-mean error term. the estimated coefficients can be interpreted as follows: • β1 measures the inertia of italian exports; • β2 is the instant elasticity of italian exports to the import demand; • β2 + β3 is the short-run elasticity of italian exports to the import demand; • β4 is the short-run elasticity of the italian exports to the export auv; • β5 is the short-run elasticity of the italian exports to the import auv; • -β7/β6 is the lung-run elasticity of the italian exports to the import demand; • -β8/β6 is the long-run elasticity of the italian exports to the export auv; • -β9/β6 is the long-run elasticity of the italian exports to the import auv. 2 see also sawyer and sprinkle (1996), for a survey of the previous literature. 3 see for example devadoss et al. (1988) and, more recently, reimer et al. (2012). 4 the selected countries, are: albania, arab emirates, australia, austria, belgium, brazil, bulgaria, canada, chile, china, croatia, cyprus, czech republic, denmark, finland, france, germany, greece, hong kong (sar), hungary, india, ireland, israel, japan, korea, rep., kuwait, latvia, lithuania, luxembourg, malta, norway, poland, portugal, romania, russia, saudi arabia, slovak republic, slovenia, south africa, spain, sweden, switzerland, thailand, tunisia, turkey, ukraine, united kingdom, united states. in 2010-2011, these cover more than 90% of the agro-food made in italy trade (de filippis, 2012) and have been selected out of 122 trade partner countries, based on the share of italian foreign trade they cover, provided that yearly detailed data were available for the whole time span under analysis. 61italian agri-food exports in the international arena the model is estimated using the procedure first suggested by arellano and bond (1991) for dynamic panels, using the stata routine of david roodman (2009). although mann and plück (2007) prefer to use a fixed effect estimator, we follow this more rigorous and efficient procedure that avoids introducing the bias caused by the presence of the time-invariant component in the error term that is by definition correlated with the lagged dependent variable. we use the two-steps, system estimator with orthogonal deviations. moreover, our specification search suggests to use lags 5 to 7 of δln(exportijt-1) and of ln(exportijt-1) used as instruments, that guarantees passing the hansen test for overidentifying restrictions.5 in addition to estimating standard export demand functions, we looked at the mii exports watching at their “sophistication”. this is defined as the content of a good in terms of technology, packaging, branding, other aspects of quality, as well as scale economies and any other factor affecting the value of the product (lall et al., 2006). the basic idea is that the more sophisticated the items produced and exported the higher the income earned. thus, the sophistication content of a product can be indirectly measured by the per-capita gdps of the exporting countries through the prody index (lall et al., 2006; rodrik, 2006; hausmann et al., 2007). following the literature, the prody index associated to each good (or set of goods) i is defined as the sum of the per-capita gdp of all the countries j exporting that good, where each country’s gdp is weighted by a measure of the trade specialisation of the country in that item, expressed by balassa’s index of revealed comparative advantages – rca, normalized by the sum of rca of all exporting countries. formally: ∑=prody s gdppci j ij j (2) where si,j is the weighting factor given by   j ji ji ji rca rca s , , , the index produces a ranking of values that is interpreted as a relative measure of the content of attributes that better remunerate inputs. more in details, products with a high index are sold by richer countries, that are supposedly better able to focus on quality attributes and on market imperfections to reduce the impact of sheer price competition. furthermore, the evolution of the prody index reflects changes in the sophistication level of each product. here the time trend is caught by comparing the 2010-11 values with those at the beginning of the observed period, 1996-97. from the formula above, it is clear that its variation over time can be explained by two different effects. first, it can 5 in unreported regressions, available from the authors upon request, we have verified that our results are basically unchanged using a fixed effect estimator. 62 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo change according to variation in gdp per capita of the exporting countries. second, it may reflect changes in countries’ export specialization patterns. though relatively new, the prody index has already been applied to the analysis of chineese exports (rodrick, 2007), portoguese exports (lebre de freitas and salvado, 2009), italian total exports (di maio e tamagni, 2008) and italian agri-food exports (carbone and henke, 2012). in this paper, we apply the prody index to agri-food products that are defined also by the quality level within each category. following minondo (2007), for each product we considered two levels of quality according to the median world-level value of the export auv and then apply the usual formula. formally: ∑∑ =prody rca rca gdpiq j i jq j i jq j , , were q indicates the different level of quality of the exports (high and low), and all other expressions are as defined above. the index is built using the same export dataset as in other parts of the research and per capita gdp as released by world bank (development indicators series) measured in purchasing power parity (ppp) at constant 2005 values. combining the analysis of the elasticities with that one of the sophistication, we can obtain a broader picture of the global and country specific determinants of competitiveness for mii agri-food exports. more in detail, the proposed approach allows on one side, to look at the kind of competition that characterizes world markets for a given product and, on the other side, to detect to what extent italian exports are able to adjust to trends in both costumers’ demand and competitors supply, focusing on markets where price competition is less intense and exports are, hence, more rewarding. 4. empirical findings 4.1 elasticities of italian exports of mii agri-food products measures of the short-run and long-run elasticities of italian exports with respect to the evolution of world demand allow a better understanding of the strength and weaknesses of the country agri-food international specialization. a high elasticity with respect to world demand, for example, witnesses the ability to single out the fastest growing markets. on the contrary, it clearly implies a higher vulnerability during recessions. the elasticity with respect to relative prices is also a crucial characteristic of exports. indeed, when exporters enjoy some degree of market power, the total value of aggregate exports is less affected by changes in italian export auvs or in the auvs of the imports of our clients from our competitors. table 2 presents the summary statistics of the data used in the regressions, showing a high degree of variability. in particular, although the mean and median values of the annual rates of growth of exports and auvs by country of destination, year and product are relatively small, the standard errors and the minimum and maximum values point to significant heterogeneities, that justify our econometric analysis. 63italian agri-food exports in the international arena table 3 reports the results of the estimation of the econometric model described in section 3 on a sample of yearly data within 15 years (1996-2011) on exports to our 48 major trade partners. panel (1) reports the results of the estimates on the whole sample. all coefficients have the expected sign and are statistically significant at the 1% level, providing strong support to our empirical specification. in particular, the negative coefficient of the lagged dependent variable suggests the presence of an error correction mechanism in the dynamics of exports. columns (2) to (5) present the results of the estimates on different sub-samples, distinguishing between mii and other products and between exports towards high income and lower income countries, according the world bank classification. these respectively accounts for about 94% and increasing over the period, and about 6% and descreasing. the distinction between the two groups of clients is relevant as high income countries are the major buyers of quality products. in all specifications, the coefficients have the expected sign, although in some cases they are not statistically significant. interestingly, the estimates obtaiened from the different sub-samples are rather similar. a neater interpertation of the economic meaning of these coefficients can nonetheless be gained whatching at the short and long-run elasticities with respect to world demand and prices that can be obtained as a function of the estimated coefficients. table 4 presents such values. the estimated instant elasticity to import demand is 0.37. this means that, on average, a 10% increase in the total value of agri-food imports of our trade partners determines immediately a 3.7% increase in the value of italian exports. this reaction is larger for mii agri-food exports (0.40) than for other agri-food products (0.34), although the difference is not statistically significant. the expansion of our exports in reaction to an increase in demand is higher for high income countries (0.39) than for low income countries (0.32), but then again, the difference is not statistically significant. the estimates of the shortrun elasticity – that measures the total effect after two years – show the capacity to better adjust to changes in demand as time goes by. the average coefficient raises to 5.2%, and the adjustment remains significantly higher for mii agri-food products (0.54 vs 0.45)and for high income countries (0.49 vs 0.35), although in none of the cases the difference is statistically significant at the standard confidence levels. table 2. summary statistics of regression data. variable mean median standard deviation minimum maximum import – rate of growth 0.12 0.10 1.05 -10.37 13.10 export – rate of growth 0.10 0.09 0.61 -12.77 10.14 auv of exports – rate of growth 0.03 0.03 0.60 -9.55 9.06 auv of imports – rate of growth 0.04 0.03 0.47 -10.12 14.86 exports – natural logarithm 12.96 13.19 2.76 0.00 20.79 imports – natural logarithm 16.46 16.73 2.60 0.00 24.00 auv of exports – natural logarithm 0.91 0.92 1.22 -4.52 12.54 auv of imports natural logarithm 0.56 0.57 1.28 -7.94 15.80 64 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo the value of -0.11 of the short-run elasticity with respect to export auvs implies that a 10% rise of italy’s export prices determines a reduction in total revenues of 1.1%, a small value also in comparison to similar analyses for other sectors (e.g., hooper et al., 2000). this means that italian exports enjoy a relatively stable demand even in situations of increasing prices. in the case of non mii agri-food produtcs, this elasticity is slightly smaller (0.08 as opposed to 0.11), however, the difference is not statistically significant. accordingly, the coefficient is larger in the case of exports to low income countries (1.3% as opposed to 0.09% for high income countries), although also in this case the difference is not statistically significant. as expected, exports to low income countries are therefore more sensitive to price competiton. table 3. regression results. variable total (1) made in italy (2) others (3) high income countries (4) low income countries (5) coeff. s.e. sig. coeff. s.e. sig. coeff. s.e. sig. coeff. s.e. sig. coeff. s.e. sig. δln(exportijt-1) -0.346 *** -0.235 ** -0.305 *** -0.194 -0.214 * 0.084 0.105 0.117 0.147 0.123 δln(importijt) 0.366 *** 0.399 *** 0.335 *** 0.394 *** 0.326 *** 0.020 0.032 0.028 0.030 0.029 δln(importijt-1) 0.158 *** 0.139 *** 0.111 *** 0.096 * 0.123 *** 0.030 0.038 0.045 0.056 0.042 δln(auvexpijt) -0.107 *** -0.085 -0.106 *** -0.092 *** -0.135 *** 0.021 0.055 0.026 0.031 0.039 δln(auvimpijt) 0.097 *** 0.097 *** 0.086 *** 0.091 *** 0.144 *** 0.020 0.032 0.027 0.027 0.038 ln(exportijt-1) -0.117 *** -0.126 *** -0.133 *** -0.145 *** -0.045 0.028 0.049 0.046 0.048 0.041 ln(importijt-1) 0.074 *** 0.094 *** 0.081 *** 0.097 *** 0.027 0.018 0.037 0.029 0.033 0.020 ln(auvexpijt-1) -0.105 *** -0.057 -0.114 *** -0.123 -0.051 * 0.022 0.044 0.030 0.038 0.031 ln(auvimpijt-1) 0.088 *** 0.068 * 0.078 *** 0.111 * 0.030 0.023 0.040 0.028 0.038 0.031 no. observations 38,496 15,202 23,294 29,259 7,743 hansen test (p-value) 0.05 0.18 0.05 0.08 0.04 the dependent variable is the rate of growth of exports. estimates are conducted using the two-steps, orthogonal, system estimator of the xtabond2 stata routine by david roodman (2009), that follows the arellano and bond (1991) gmm methodology; lags 5 to 7 of δln(exportijt-1) and of ln(exportijt-1) are used as instruments; standard errors are robust to heteroskedasticity; *** indicates significance at the 1% level, ** at the 5% level and * at the 10% level. 65italian agri-food exports in the international arena in the case of the elasticity with respect to average auvs of imports of the trade partners, the average short-run elasticity is relatively low (0.09), implying that in the shortrun italian exporters are relativley shed from price competition coming from their foreign competitors. looking at the disaggregated coefficients, we see that the results are consistent with the previous findings, with mii products ready to get advantage of competitors’ price increases and with low income countries more sensitive to prices. consistent with economic theory, long-run elasticities are higher than instant and short-run elasticities. table 4 shows that a 10% increase in world import agri-food products determines a raise in italian exports of 6.3%. a high value, although smaller than unity, indicating that italian shares are declining in the long-run. as expected, the elasticity in the case of mii agri-food products is higher than the one of the other products, and in this case the difference between the two values is statistically significant at the 1% level. once again, this is evidence of the ability of mii to better follow world demand. a similar result applies to long-run elasticity to import avus when separating high income countries and low income countries. the former value being well above the second with statistically significant difference. long-run elasticities with respect to italy’s export auvs are higher for low income countries than for high income countries, while the opposite is true for the average import auvs of trade partners. elasticities to export’s and import’s auvs are also lower for mii agri-food products. the elasticities presented so far are average values. however, we are interested in differences across products, depending on their capacity to match consumers’ needs and table 4. elasticity of italian exports of agrifood products. elasticities total made in italy (a) others (b) difference (a) vs. (b) low income countries (c) high income countries (d) difference (c) vs. (d) β2 instant to import demand 0.37 *** 0.40 *** 0.34 *** 2.26 0.32 *** 0.39 *** 3.83 ** β2 + β3 short-run to import demand 0.52 *** 0.54 *** 0.45 *** 1.34 0.45 *** 0.49 *** 0.14 β4 short-run to export auv -0.11 *** -0.08 -0.11 *** 0.12 -0.13 *** -0.09 *** 1.50 β5 short-run to import auv 0.09 *** 0.10 *** 0.09 *** 0.07 0.14 *** 0.09 *** 0.68 -β7/β6 long-run to import demand 0.63 *** 0.74 *** 0.60 *** 12.11 *** 0.61 *** 0.67 *** 1.21 -β8/β6 long-run to export auv -0.89 *** -0.45 ** -0.85 *** 0.08 -1.13 ** -0.84 *** 0.10 -β9/β6 long-run to import auv 0.75 *** 0.54 *** 0.59 *** 3.18 * 0.68 0.77 *** 0.81 the colums difference reports the values of the chi-squared test for differences between the coefficients estimated in the two samples; *** indicates significance at the 1% level, ** at the 5% level and * at the 10% level. source: our elaborations on un-comtrade data. 66 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo the degree of market power gained in different sectors and countries. to gauge a sense of these differences, we have estimated the econometric model of section 3 separately for each mii agri-food product. figure 2 presents the long-run elasticities of italian exports of each mii agri-food product with respect to: i) the total import of that same product by our 48 major trade partners; ii) the export auvs; iii) auvs of imports of the same product by our main trade partners6. 6 in the case of few products, econometric estimates did not provide statistically and economically significant results; for this reason we have decided to drop them from this and the following figures; results of regressions for each product are available from the authors upon request. table 5. prody index for the made in italy agri-food products. products ($) ranking ($) ranking ($) % herborinated cheese lq* 27,759 1 47,196 1 19,437 70.0 grated cheese 19,988 16 40,636 2 20,649 103.3 processed coffee 19,481 17 34,534 3 15,053 77.3 fresh cheese 26,754 2 34,209 4 7,455 27.9 fresh pasta 20,548 14 33,422 5 12,874 62.7 other cheese 26,742 3 30,669 6 3,927 14.7 sparkling wine lq** 10,732 29 27,592 7 16,860 157.1 chocolate products 24,133 5 27,254 8 3,121 12.9 confectionery products 21,070 10 27,497 9 6,427 30.5 bakery products 24,897 4 27,216 10 2,320 9.3 meat cuts 20,086 15 26,350 11 6,263 31.2 sauces and other condiments 21,808 9 25,873 12 4,065 18.6 ice creams 23,136 7 24,994 13 1,858 8.0 virgin olive oil 19,314 18 24,045 14 4,731 24.5 apples, kiwi and pears 23,520 6 22,906 15 -614 -2.6 fruit juice 14,859 22 21,479 16 6,620 44.6 vermouth lq** 18,636 19 20,118 17 1,483 8.0 fresh tomatoes 22,971 8 19,409 18 -3,563 -15.5 fresh vegetables 17,284 20 18,358 19 1,074 6.2 mixed olive oil lq* 10,203 30 17,782 20 7,579 74.3 canned tomatoes lq** 15,013 21 16,818 21 1,805 12.0 non virgin olive oil lq* 20,921 12 16,802 22 -4,119 -19.7 prepared vegetables lq** 13,666 24 16,583 23 2,917 21.3 wine <2lt lq* 20,606 13 15,827 24 -4,780 -23.2 mineral water lq** 13,202 26 15,810 25 2,608 19.8 dry pasta lq* 13,938 23 14,201 26 263 1.9 wine>2 lt lq** 10,915 28 13,346 27 2,431 22.3 prepared fruit lq** 12,406 27 11,555 28 -851 -6.9 grapes lq** 13,395 25 10,237 29 -3,159 -23.6 processed rice 21,028 11 6,065 30 -14,963 -71.2 variation2010-111996-97 source: our elaborations on un-comtrade and world bank data. *low quality products at 2010-11. ** low quality products both at 1996-97 and at 2010-11. 67italian agri-food exports in the international arena with respect to the ability of mii exports to satisfy an increase in foreign demand, data show that the majority of the products are capable to take advantage from an increase in clients demand. with the exception of blue cheese (that shows a negative value, probably due to some export dynamics that are not adequatly captured by the econometric specification), all other products show elasticities ranging from slightly below 0.5 for sauces and other condiments to values above unity for ice creams, mixed olive oil and nonvirgin olive oil, fruit juices, vermouth, sparkling wine and wine in large bottles. in these sectors, exporters are therefore able to successfully exploit the long-run dynamics of foreign demand. the smallest values are, instead, those of processed rice, virgin olive oil and of processed coffee. in the long-run, many items show negative elasticities to exports auvs, consistent with the hypothesis that market power of exporting firms becomes weaker over time, because buyers can change their consumption habits and other exporting countries may adopt more aggressive pricing strategies. products that suffer most from a long-run increase in their export price are virgin olive oil, processed rice and dry pasta, followed by all cheeses, but grated ones. nevertheless, four products show a statistically and economically significant positive elasticity: mixed olive oil, non-virgin olive oil, canned tomatoes and vermouth. in the whole, this measure shows much more mixed patterns across products compared with the previous one. finally, also the long-run elasticities of italian mii agri-food exports, with respect to competitor’s auvs, show quite different values depending on the product considered. figure 2. long-run elasticity of italian exports. 68 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo for many products, the estimated elasticity is positive and larger than unity, indicating a strong ability of italian exporters to take advantage from any increase in the price of competitors and, conversely, the risk of loosing market shares if they reduce their prices. in the long-run, the elasticites are particularly high for non-virgin olive oil, prepared vegetables, cheeses, excluding blue cheese, and ice creams. although less common, negative values are recorded for: processed coffee, fresh fruit and vegetables (excluding grapes), mixed olive oil, vermouth and sparkling wines. last, it is worth to pinpoint that further unreported results show that, although the relationship between the long-run elasticities of italy’s export auvs and import auvs from our competitors is, as expected, negative and statistically significant (since a rise in export auvs has the same effect of increasing relative prices as a reduction of our competitiors’ auvs), it is not particularly strong. similarly weak is the relationship between the shortand long-run elasticities to export and import avus. finally, the long-run elasticity of exports with respect to import and export avus shows no correlation with the incidence of each product on total exports at constant prices. in other words, contrary to what one might expect, the elasticities with respect to avus are not higher in absolute value for the products that represent a significant share of our mii agri-food exports. in a nutshell, our results show that although italian exporters of mii agri-food products enjoy some degree of market power, price competition remains a relevant issue, suggesting the existence of a significant trade-off between strategies based on quality, brand reputation and so forth, on the one side, and strategies basically focused on prices, on the other side. 4.2. the sophistication level of the made in italy exports as underlined in the methodological section, the prody index is a measure of the sophistication level of an exported good. table 3 shows, for agri-food mii exports, the values of the index as well as the rankings built upon these values and the absolute and percentage variations of the index in the period under study. focusing on the prody values at 2010-11, it is easy to see that the range covered is quite wide, spanning from a maximum of about 47,000 usd for blue cheese, to a minimum of about 6,000 usd for processed rice. although mii products embrace almost the entire range of prody values, it is important to underline that mii exports are predominantly located in the upper half of the distribution (>15,000 usd). in other words, this means that mii mostly includes agri-food items that are quite sophisticated relative to other agri-food exports. the market segments in which these products are competing are diverse but, overall, high quality and highly differentiated; conversely, there are also some products for which price competition is relatively more important. it is interesting to highlight that at the top of the ranking there are highly processed products such as cheese, bakery, sparkling wines, chocolate products, confectionery, processed coffee, and others: all products for which branding, packaging and market segmentation are all cues of competition. on the contrary, at the bottom of the ranking there are less processed, simpler products such as preparation of fruit and vegetables, fresh fruit, canned tomatoes, olive oils, wine, processed rice, for which sophistication seems to be a less important key to compete in the world markets. 69italian agri-food exports in the international arena fully consistent with the observed sophistication ranking, at the bottom of this distribution there are many products for which the italian exports are classified as low quality according to their auv (see section 3). these are, overall, 8 products with auvs below the world median for the entire period (prepared vegetables, canned tomatoes, grapes and prepared fruits, and also mineral water wine> 2 lt., sparkling wine and vermouth); plus 5 products whose auvs were above the world median at the beginning of the period and fell under this value at the end of the period (dry pasta, wine< 2 lt., non-virgin olive oil and mixed olive oil, and blue cheese). the tendency of italian exports to reach world markets at low prices for those products that compete on low sophisticated market segments indicates that italy is somehow catching up the kind of competition that characterize more the market for these products. looking at the variations of the prody index, the first evidence is that there is a majority of positive signs (23 products) while for 7 products the level of sophistication reduced over the period. among the latter there are: processed rice, grapes and tomatoes, processed fruits, non-virgin olive oil and wine in bottles with less than 2 litres. due to this reduction, these products fall in the lower part of the distribution where the role of lower income countries is increasing and, thus, price competition is more intense and remuneration of inputs tends to be lower. on the other side, the products that met the major increase of the prody index climbed many positions on the sophistication ranking and are ready to engage competition on quality attributes that better reward inputs. 4.3. export elasticities and changes in prody index the very different values of the elasticity of italian mii agri-food exports to world demand are due to different factors, such as the degree of substitutability among similar goods in the food consumption basket, the quality of our products, constraints on the supply side and the market strategies of producers, the market power of exporting companies. these features may also drive changes over time in the prody indeces. indeed, both elasticities and sophistication deal somehow with the nature and intensity of competition: the first refers to the country’s exports, while the second refers to overall world exports. it is then interesting to merge the two measures in order to obtain a unified view of the impact of world markets trends for mii goods and of italy’s position in those markets. this is done comparing the values of the long-run elasticities with the rate of change of the prody index (figures 3-5). at first sight, there seems not to be a simple relationship between these two variables: the coefficient in a cross-section regression is not statistically significant on all the three cases considered. however, dividing each figure into four quadrants, depending on whether the prody index has grown or decreased over the sample period and on whether each elasticity is greater or smaller than unity in the case of the elasticity of imports to world demand – or grater or smaller than zero in the case of elasticity to auv –, we obtain a more nuanced picture where italian exports performance is compared to global tendencies. as we have already mentioned earlier, an increase of the prody index indicates that competition in world markets increasingly relies on quality and product/process attributes, and less on price. clearly, a reduction indicates the opposite trend, where price competition becomes more pressing. 70 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo figure 3 shows that most of the products that have registered an increase of their prody index show a long-run elasticity of exports with respect to world demand that is smaller than one (e.g., processed coffee, grated cheese, but also confectionery and chocolate products, fresh pasta, meat cuts and virgin olive oil). this means that, while world demand for these products is increasingly sophisticated and therfore should allow higher price/ cost margins, italian exports are not fully responsive to these trends and, hence, italian firms are unable to fully benefit from the opportunities arising in international markets. of course, an elasticity lower than one implies at the same time that italian exporters are better shielded from the negative consequences of contractions of world demand. for other products (i.e., mixed olive oil, ice creams, sparkling wines and wine in large bottles, fruit juice and canned tomatoes) the increase in the degree of sophistication is associated instead with a high elasticity with respect to the demand for imports. in these cases, italian exporters are able to exploit the opportunities that come from foreign markets, although this clearly implies that they are more severly affected during downturns. coming to the elasticity of demand wih respect to changes in the auvs of exports (figure 4), this is negative for the majority of mii agri-food exports, showing that italian exporter have narrow margins to increase their prices. in other words, despite the high reputation commonly tributed to mii, many of these products are definitely price sensitive. however, it is worth to pinpoint that there is a group of items whose demand is less price sensitive even in the long run, among these mixed olive oil, canned tomatoes, vermouth, confectionery, fresh pasta and meat cuts. the fact that most of the products that show a rise in their prody index also have an elasticity of exports with respect to the auvs of imports from our competitors that is larger than zero (figure 5) confirms that, even in the higher market segments, price competition is relevant in the long term and that italian goods not only suffer from other countries’ competition but it is also able to take advantage from competitors’ lack of price competitiveness. finally, some products show very perculiar market trends. canned tomatoes, for example, have registered a strong increase of the prody index and at the same time show a high long-run elasticity with respect to export auvs, a trend that is consistent with a progressive switch towards higher quality and, at the same time, a good export performance. on the contrary, in the case of processd rice, the reduction of the prody index associated with a low elasticity with respect to both the foreign demand and auvs suggests that the overall performance is likely to depend on a qualitative mismatch between the italian product attribute specification and the world demand major trends. 4.4 further insights on two important italian export sectors: wine and olive oil in this subsection we focus on two sectors, the olive oil and the wine sectors. these are of major importance for italian agro-food exports and help in getting a sound idea of the useful insights that can be derived from the joint methodology proposed in the paper. in our dataset the olive oil sector is represented by three lines of exports: virgin olive oil, non-virgin olive oil and mixed olive oil. among these, the first features higher intrinsic quality and is more rooted in the place of production. the analysis shows that: competition on international markets for this product is increasingly based on sophis71italian agri-food exports in the international arena figure 3. changes in the prody index and long-run elasticity of italian exports to world demand. sparkling wine, processed rice, fresh tomatoes and blue cheese have been removed from the gaph as they are outliers figure 4. changes in the prody index and long-run elasticity of italian exports to export auvs. sparkling wine, processed rice, fresh tomatoes and blue cheese have been removed from the gaph as they are outliers 72 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo tication; italy acts in the higher layer of the market (auv is high) where it has high and increasing revealed competitive advantages. besides, long-run elasticities show that the italian product is not well able to benefit entirely from the positive trends in world demand and, also, that it is affected from the concurrence of other countries both when its own exports price increases and when facing changes in the competitors’ prices. thus, virgin olive oil well represents the general trends pinpointed for the whole mii. on the contrary, non-virgin and mixed olive oils occupy less sophisticated market segments, with the former facing a decline of the sophistication index in the time span observed, while the latter records an improvement. also the positioning of italian export flows in these two sectors is different from what we have seen for virgin oil: in this case auv has shifted below the world median and the rca are smaller and declining even if the value of the long-run elasticity of exports to world demand is higher than what we have found for the virgin olive oil. we interpret this as a consequence of the more stringent conditions on the supply side for virgin olive oil than for the other two product types. also different is the behaviour of exports with respect to auvs: for both, direct price elasticity is positive, indicating the capability to face price increase with a smaller reduction of sales. this is especially true for mixed olive oil where branding is increasingly important; as it is also witnessed by the mentioned improvement in the sophistication ranking. the same line of interpretation may be applied to the negative values of cross-price elasticity for the mixed olive oil for which strong market segmentation seems to reduce substitutability. summing up, the analysis made it clear that these items represent three well distinct segments in the world’s market both from the consumers’ perspective and the supply side and also that italy plays different roles and shows different performances in each of them. figura 5. changes in the prody index and long-run elasticity of italian exports to import auvs. sparkling wine, processed rice and fresh have been remouved from the gaph as they are outliers 73italian agri-food exports in the international arena another example of the potential of the joint methodology when looking at trade dynamics is provided by the wine sector. also in this case the data set distinguishes three different export flows: wine in small bottles (< 2lt), wine large in bottles (>2 lt) and sparkling wines, the first being by far the most important for italian agri-food trade balance (16.4% of mii exports) with italy showing high rcas for the three of them. the three sectors are connected in different respects at the production level via reputational links, scope economies and, in many cases, by joint production. world markets for these products seem to be influenced by different determinants in the observed time span, with competition driven by higher and increasing sophistication in the sparkling wine market; a prevalence of price competition for wine in large bottles and a shift from more to less sophisticated markets for wine in small bottles. in such a complex global arena italy is a major player both for the quantity sold and the quality of its products. actually, the low level of the auvs of its exports in these cases is to be regarded as the mere consequence of its very high shares of world supply. more significant here are the elasticity values that confirm the different behaviours of the three products. indeed, as expected to some extent, wine in large bottles, that is a rather bulk production, shows the highest value of demand elasticities as a consequence of looser constraints on the production side that allow for easier adjustments to expansion of clients’ demand. the values of price elasticities, both direct (positive) and cross (negative), for sparkling wine seems to indicate the behaviour of a luxury good signalling a higher status and for which consumers are willing to pay more. this is just the opposite of what holds for the other two wine categories. 5. conclusions the paper assesses the export performance of the so-called made in italy agro-food products. our results show that world markets for mii products are characterized by high quality and sophisticated attributes and that these increased over the observed time span. these markets seem to remunerate better mii exports, which seem to be also growing at a constant pace, allowing italy to be a leading global competitor in world supply, as it is also confirmed by its high revealed comparative advantages. the general picture stemming out from the elasticity analysis seems also good, with mii exports that are able to at least partially follow world demand and enjoying quite stable share even in presence of rising prices and increased competition by competitors. nonetheless, it has been also highlighted that these exports show only a slightly better performance on more rewarding markets of high income countries with respect to nonmii exports. furthermore, some specific weaknesses are depicted by the product specific analysis. actually, for some products, quality is still too low to be able to provide strong competitive advantages; while for others, in spite of the high quality of our exports, italy is unable to defend its world market shares. among the 30 sectors that form the mii, 8 have an auv below the world median and another 5 switched from the upper half of the auv distribution to the lower half. furthermore, the small values of the long-run elasticities of exports to world demand indicates that italian agri-food exports are so far on a declining trend as these are not able to fully catch up with the expanding demand, even though the mii products do better. in addition to that, both direct and cross price elasticities show that even in these partially 74 a. carbone, r. henke, a.f. pozzolo competitive markets where product quality is key, price competition is still important and affects the competitive dynamic although with varying intensity. all in all, the methodology suggested, that combines the traditional elasticity analysis with the newer “sophistication” approach, has been able to capture product specific behaviours and relevant discrepancies between the tendencies on world markets and the country trends. this is clearly shown by the cases of canned tomatoes and processed rice. where the strong increase of the prody index and the high long-run elasticity with respect to export auvs, for the first indicate a progressive switch towards higher quality and, a good performance of italian export. on the contrary, the reduction of the prody index associated with a low elasticity with respect to both the foreign demand and auvs, in the case of processd rice, suggests the italian product is not able to adjust the world demand major trends. the in-depth line of reasoning on the different market positioning and exports performance for wine and olive oil exports provided an example on the potential of the combined methodology proposed that allows for comparisons that are revealing of trends that cannot emerge neither from more aggregate analysis nor from analysis that focuses only on one product at a time. acknowledgments we gratefully acknowledge coldiretti and gruppo 2013 for providing financial aid for carrying out the study on which this article is based.we also wish to thank fabrizio de filippis, coordinator of gruppo 2013, and the anonimous referees of the review for their comments to a previous version of the text. references adler, j.h. (1946). the postwar demand for united states exports. review of economic statistics 28: 23-33. antimiani, a., and henke, r. (2007). old and new partners: similarity and competition in the eu foreign agri-food trade. food economics 4(3): 129-138. arellano, m. and bond, s. (1991). some tests of specification for panel data: monte carlo evidence and an application to employment equations. the review of economic studies 58: 277-297. carbone, a. and henke, r. (2012). sophistication and performance of italian agri-food exports. journal of food system dynamics 3(1): 22-34. devadoss, s., meyers, w.h. and helmar, m. (1988). export demand elasticity: measurement and implications for u.s. exports, proceedings of the ncr-134 conference on applied commodity price analysis, forecasting, and market risk management. st. louis, mo. de filippis, f. (ed.) (2012). l’agroalimentare italiano nel commercio mondiale. quaderni del gruppo 2013. tellus, roma italy di maio, m. and tamagni, f. (2008). the evolution of world export sophistication and the italian trade anomaly. rivista di politica economica 98 (1-2): 135-174. 75italian agri-food exports in the international arena hausmann, r., hwang, j. and rodrik, d. (2007). what you export matters. journal of economic growth 12: 1-25. hooper, p., johnson, k. and marquez, j. (2000). trade elasticities for the g-7 countries. princeton studies in international economics 87. princeton university press. horner, f.b. (1952). elasticity of demand for the exports of a single country. the review of economics and statistics 34: 326-342. lall s., weiss, j.and zhang, j. (2006). the “sophistication” of exports: a new trade measure. world development 34(2): 222-237. lebre de freitas, m. and salvado, s. (2009). industry similarities and comparative advantages in portugal: an empirical assessment based on 2005 trade data, gee papers 10. mann, c.l. and plück, k. (2007). understanding the u.s. trade deficit: a disaggregated perspective. in g7 current account imbalances: sustainability and adjustment ed. richard h. clarida, 247-282. university of chicago press. minondo, a. (2007). exports’ quality-adjusted productivity and economic growth. etsg papers (www.etsg.org). reimer, j.j., zheng, x., gehlhar, m.j., marchant, m.a. and bosch, d.j. 2012. export demand elasticity estimation for major us crops. journal of agricultural and applied economics 44(4): 501-515. rodrik, d. (2006). what’s so special about china’s exports? china & world economy 14(5): 1-19. roodman, d. (2009). how to do xtabond2: an introduction to difference and system gmm in stata. stata journal 9(1): 86-136. sawyer, w.c. and sprinkle, r.l. (1996). the demand for imports and exports in the us: a survey. journal of economics and finance 20: 147-178. bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 235-259, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-16368 the evaluation of ecosystem services production: an application in the province of ferrara parthena chatzinikolaou1,*, davide viaggi1, meri raggi2 1 department of agricultural sciences, university of bologna, italy 2 department of statistical sciences, university of bologna, italy date of submission: june 30th, 2015, accepted november 4th, 2015 abstract. this paper presents an evaluation of the provision of ecosystem services (es). the analysis is based on the design of a framework suitable to be translated into a multi-criteria evaluation process, followed by empirical testing. it focuses on the different categories of es and applies a set of non-overlapping indicators available from existing statistical sources. the framework is applied in a traditional cultural landscape, the province of ferrara, situated in the emilia-romagna region of italy. to develop an applicable framework, we have chosen a set of es indicators from the millennium ecosystem assessment. according to the results and based on the indicators used in each category, the provision of cultural and provisioning services is high in all of the municipalities, while there is greater diversity in the provision of regulating and supporting services. a key challenge in our analysis was related to the lack of information on the actual provision of es at the municipality level, which led to a significant use of proxy indicators. use of improved datasets, explicit consideration of policy scenarios and accounting for local priorities about es provision have been identified as the most relevant avenues for future research in this area. keywords. ecosystem services, evaluation, indicators, multi-criteria analysis, classification jel codes. q57, c38 1. introduction the ecosystem concept describes the interrelationships between living organisms and the non-living environment. “an ecosystem is a dynamic complex of plant, animal, and microorganism communities and the non-living environment interacting as a functional unit” (mea, 2005). there is a full range of ecosystems, from natural forests, to ecosystems managed and modified by humans, such as agricultural land. ecosystems provide a variety of benefits to people that are divided into market and non-market ecosystem goods or ecosystem services (es) and classified in multiple ways. * corresponding author: parth.chatzinikolao2@unibo.it 236 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi the millennium ecosystem assessment framework (mea, 2003) identified four categories of es: (1) provisioning services, such as food and water; (2) regulating services, such as flood and disease control; (3) supporting services, such as nutrient cycling; and (4) cultural services, such as spiritual, recreational, and cultural benefits. following the economics of ecosystems and biodiversity (teeb, 2010a), es are the direct and indirect contributions of ecosystems to human well-beings and are also categorized into four types: provisioning, regulating, habitat and cultural services. a new classification of es is currently under development at the international level by the common international classification of ecosystem services (cices, 2013). according to cices, there are three types of services: provisioning, regulation (maintenance), and cultural services. the concept of es is being integrated into current biodiversity policies at the global and european levels (ec, 2009; perrings et al., 2011). the eu has adopted an ambitious strategy to halt the loss of biodiversity and es by 2020 (ec, 2010b, 2011). there are 6 main targets, and 20 actions to help europe reach its goal. target 2 focuses on maintaining and enhancing es and restoring degraded ecosystems by incorporating green infrastructure into spatial planning. improved ways and methods for es quantification, mapping and assessment are needed to investigate the number and quality of es produced by individual ecosystems and to increase the ability to feed such knowledge into policy design (teeb, 2010b). while provisioning es can often be directly quantified thanks to the availability of primary data, for other ecosystem services the collection of such information is often impossible (maes et al., 2015). thus, for most regulating, supporting, and cultural services, researchers must rely on proxies for their quantification. as a result, altogether, data on quantifiable es remain limited and only a small number of indicators are being used for those that cannot be measured directly (feld et al., 2010, 2009; layke et al., 2012). reviews of indicators used for es are now available from the literature and contribute to developing reliable indicators for modelling, as well as for bridging current data gaps (cowling et al., 2008; egoh et al., 2012)few studies are embedded in a social process designed to ensure effective management of ecosystem services. most research has focused only on biophysical and valuation assessments of putative services. as a mission-oriented discipline, ecosystem service research should be user-inspired and user-useful, which will require that researchers respond to stakeholder needs from the outset and collaborate with them in strategy development and implementation. here we provide a pragmatic operational model for achieving the safeguarding of ecosystem services. the model comprises three phases: assessment, planning, and management. outcomes of social, biophysical, and valuation assessments are used to identify opportunities and constraints for implementation. the latter then are transformed into user-friendly products to identify, with stakeholders, strategic objectives for implementation (the planning phase. several studies have assessed changes in land use and their connection with the provision of es (carreño et al., 2012; fontana et al., 2013; silvert, 2000). in many cases, their output includes environmental and land use information that are connected to landscape features, although few yield a direct assessment of changes in es provision (burkhard et al., 2012; swetnam et al., 2011). according to de groot et al. (2010), es approaches and es valuation efforts have changed the terms of discussion on nature conservation, natural resource management, and other areas of public policy. these efforts have strengthened 237the evaluation of ecosystem services production both public and private sector development strategies and improved environmental outcomes (de groot, 2006; de groot et al., 2002). the multidimensional logic of es seems highly consistent with approaches based on multi-criteria decision analysis (mcda). mcda is a general framework for supporting complex decision-making situations with multiple and often conflicting objectives. regarding es evaluation, mcda methods have been applied as decision support systems that integrate economic and noneconomic values (newton et al., 2012), used as approaches for cost-benefit analysis (wegner and pascual, 2011), or as a methodological framework for addressing value dimensions related to es (mendoza and prabhu, 2003). oikonomou et al. (2011) proposed a conceptual framework that combines ecosystem function analysis, multi-criteria evaluation and social research methodologies for introducing an ecosystem function-based planning and management approach. ananda and herath (2009) provided a review of research contributions on forest management and planning. the objective of this paper is to evaluate the provision of ecosystem services focusing on the different categories of es and applying a set of non-overlapping indicators available from secondary data sources. the approach used is based on the outranking method preference ranking organisation methods for enrichment evaluations (promethee). to evaluate the provision of ecosystem services, we used a traditional cultural landscape, the province of ferrara, situated in the emilia-romagna region and a set of es from the millennium ecosystem assessment framework as criteria for the evaluation. the area consists of 26 municipalities, comprising the urban centre of ferrara and adjoining agricultural lands within the ancient and vast po river delta. the area is characterised by historicalcultural locations, the surrounding landscape and protected areas of natural importance. in the present study, along with the application of promethee ii, a comparison and ranking of the 26 municipalities of the province is performed, based on the selected es indicators. different studies have used ranking approaches as a tool to evaluate es. at times those tools are used as part of a larger es assessment process that can involve simultaneously identifying es and drivers of change, as well as ranking the most important services (lópez-marrero and hermansen-báez, 2011; shelton, 2001). the model assumes that the criteria are equally important, i.e. they did not use any weighing approach to reflect the relative preferences of decision makers. the structure of this paper is as follows: the following section describes the promethee multi-criteria analysis framework; in the third section (application), the case study and the selected es indicators are introduced. in the fourth section, we present the results of the application of the promethee method for the evaluation of the provision of the es in the province of ferrara. in the discussion sections, the key challenges as well as difficulties and limitations in our analysis are summarized, followed by a final concluding section. 2. methodology among the various mcda methods and the different software applications available, we used promethee ii, which applies the outranking method and provides a complete ranking of a discrete set of possible alternatives, from the best to the worst, using the concept of net flow (brans and mareschal, 2005; brans and vincke, 1985). it is well adapt238 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi ed to problems where a finite number of alternatives are to be ranked whilst considering several and sometimes-conflicting criteria (brans et al., 1998). in addition, the mathematical model is relatively easy to understand and is capable of determining preferences among multiple decisions (vinodh and jeya girubha, 2012). promethee, unlike other outranking methods, does not aggregate good scores on some criteria and bad scores on others (it is non-compensatory), uses less pairwise comparisons, does not have the artificial limitation of rigid scoring systems (e.g. the use of a 9-point scale for evaluation) and allows more flexibility in the determination of the weights (albadvi, 2007). a considerable number of successful applications has been treated by the promethee methodology in various fields such as banking, manpower planning, water resources, investments, medicine, chemistry, health care, tourism, and dynamic management (andreopoulou et al., 2011, 2009; behzadian et al., 2010, 2013; olson, 2001; olson et al., 1998). wolfslehner et al. (2011) based on a promethee ii algorithm, calculated relative sustainability impact rating. moreover, madlenera et al. (2007) used the promethee method to compare and rank different energy scenarios according to 16 economic, social, environmental, and technological criteria. regarding es evaluation and assessment, segura et al. (2015) applied a promethee-based method to obtain new composite indicators for provisioning, maintenance and ‘direct to citizen services’. fontana et al. (2013) have also used promethee to compare land use alternatives considering es as criteria. queiruga et al. (2008) applied promethee to rank spanish municipalities according to their appropriateness for the installation of waste electrical and electronic equipment recycling plants. moreover, vaillancourt and waaub (2004) used promethee to rank regions in order to allocate greenhouse gas emission rights. chatzinikolaou et al. (2013) applied promethee for the comparison and ranking of eu rural areas based on social sustainability indicators. hermans et al. (2007) used promethee to evaluate river management alternatives and elicit preferences to rank and compare individual and group preferences. promethee has also been used in environmental management for ranking and selecting environmental projects (yan et al., 2007) and environmental impact assessments for ranking waste management alternatives and air quality/emission problems (huang and wang, 2014). for the implementation of the method the following procedure is recommended. 2.1 problem definition the procedure proposed by brans et al. (1986) starts by considering the multi-criteria problem (1): max {f1(a),…fk(a),\ a ∈ k} (1) where k is a finite set of actions and fi,i = 1,…k, are k criteria to be maximized. the promethee methods include two phases (roy, 1991): • the construction of an outranking relation on k, • the exploitation of this relation in order to provide an answer to (1). in the first phase, a valued outranking relation based on a generalization of the notion of criterion is considered: a preference index representing the preferences of the alterna239the evaluation of ecosystem services production tives is defined. the exploitation of the outranking relation is realised by considering a positive and a negative flow for each action. 2.2 identification of alternatives the procedure is carried out by choosing among different elements to be examined and assessed using a set of criteria. these elements are called actions or alternatives. in the present study, the “alternatives” to be examined and evaluated are the 26 municipalities of the province of ferrara. in this sense, the concept of an alternative is used to identify different objects to compare rather than reciprocally excluding courses of action. 2.3 defining a set of criteria. the criteria represent the tools that enable alternatives to be compared from a specific point of view. the alternatives are compared pairwise under each criterion. two alternatives a and b, can express an outright preference, a weak preference or indifference. in the present study, criteria are represented by a set of es indicators, which are presented in the next section. 2.4 evaluation matrix once the set of criteria and the alternatives have been selected, then the payoff matrix is built. this matrix tabulates, for each criterion–alternative pair, the quantitative and qualitative measures of the effect produced by that alternative with respect to that criterion. 2.5 determining the multi-criteria preference index the preference structure of promethee is based on pairwise comparisons. the preference index, for each pair of alternatives a, b ∈ k (where k is the set of alternatives) ranges between 0 and 1. the higher it is (closer to 1), the higher the strength of the preference for a over b. when the pairs of alternatives a and b are compared, the outcome of the comparison is expressed as follows: • p(a,b) = 0 means indifference between a and b, or no preference of a over b; • p(a,b) ~ 0 means a weak preference of a over b; • p(a,b) ~ 0 means a strong preference of a over b; • p(a,b) = 1 means a strict preference of a over b; h(d) is an increasing function of the difference d between the performances of alternatives a and b on each criterion and d is the deviation between the evaluations of two alternatives on each criterion (2) (vincke, 1992). h d( ) = p a,b( ) ,d ≥ 0, p b,a( ) ,d ≤ 0. ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ (2) 240 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi 2.6 weighting once the preference function pi (i= 1,2,3,…n represent the criteria) is defined, the weights of each criterion must be determined. the weights π represent the relative importance of the criteria used, if all criteria are equally important then the value assigned to each of them will be identical (hermans and erickson, 2007). the multi-criteria indicator of preference π(a,b) which is a weighted mean of the preference functions p(a,b) with weights πi for each criterion, express the superiority of the alternative a against alternative b after all of the criteria are tested. the values of π(a,b) are calculated using the following equation (brans and mareschal, 2005) (3): ∑ ∑ π π ( ) ( ) π = = = a b p a b , , i k i i i k i 1 1 (3) in the present study, the shape of the h(d) function selected is the gaussian form (koutroumanidis et al., 2002) (4): h(d) = 1 exp{-d2/2σ}2 (4) where d is the difference among the alternatives a and b [d = f(a) = f(b)] and σ is the standard deviation of all differences d and for each criterion. the model simulates 50 scenarios of weights and on each scenario of weights ten scenarios on the standard deviation of s distribution of gauss. the ten scenarios σ oscillate from 0.25 s until 2.5 s with step 0.25 s, where s the standard deviation of all differences d for each criterion. the model formulates 500 different net flows for each alternative and calculate the medium value (mareschal and brans, 1991). 2.7 ranking the alternatives the traditionally non-compensatory models include some for which the preferences are aggregated by means of outranking relations. the ranking of alternatives under promethee uses the positive flow (5), which indicates the preference of the alternative a above all others, the negative flow (6) that indicates the preference of all of the alternatives compared with the alternative a, and the net outranking flow (7), which is the balance (difference) between the positive and the negative flows. φ+(a) = σb∈k π(a,b) (5) φ-(a) = σb∈k π(b,a) (6) φ(a) = φ+(a) φ-(a) (7) 241the evaluation of ecosystem services production 3. application in the province of ferrara 3.1 case study the study area is the province of ferrara, located on the eastern side of the emiliaromagna region. it is composed of 26 municipalities covering an area of 2,632 km2 and a total population of about 359,000 (table 1). extending to the po river delta, the province offers sceneries of rare charm and contains important natura2000 sites: the river po delta of the only true delta in italy and contains a complex national wetlands system. the natura 2000 site’s important coastal habitats and water bird species are under threat from the eutrophication of the lagoon waters, due to the accumulation of underwater vegetation. the regional park of the po delta is part of a system of the protected areas in the region. the park is divided into six “stations” around the southern area of the po delta, which are characterised and differentiated by particular environmental and landscape features. all of the areas are characterised by a wonderful natural environment which have led to the development of human activities such as fishing, agriculture, tradition, culture and art. agriculture and trade are the most important sectors in the area, followed by building and industry. the main environmentrelated activities are connected to habitat restoration and conservation, species protection habitat, management of selected critical areas and the elaboration of development plans (marino et al., 2014). the rural development plan (rdp) of the emilia-romagna region has proposed different measures that contribute to the preservation of landscapes and focus on the delivery of ecosystem services. specific rdp amendments include reinforced efforts contributing to water management, restructuring of the dairy sector, improved broadband internet infrastructure in rural areas, biodiversity, climate change mitigation and adaptation. furthermore, thanks to this policy action the park is improving agriculture in a positive and sustainable manner, e.g. organic production. since reclaimed lands have replaced the wetlands, agriculture has replaced the typical landscape elements (marshes, pine woods) with large extensions of embankments and water channels (viaggi et al., 2014). table 1. municipalities in the province of ferrara code territory population x1 argenta 22,087 x2 berra 5,088 x3 bondeno 14,864 x4 cento 35,444 x5 codigoro 12,337 x6 comacchio 22,428 x7 copparo 16,943 x8 ferrara 131,842 x9 formignana 2,802 x10 goro 3,879 x11 jolanda di savoia 3,016 x12 lagosanto 4,978 x13 masi torello 2,344 x14 massa fiscaglia 3,543 x15 mesola 7,092 x16 migliarino 3,670 x17 migliaro 2,225 x18 mirabello 3,420 x19 ostellato 6,462 x20 poggio renatico 9,770 x21 portomaggiore 12,190 x22 ro 3,380 x23 sant’agostino 7,052 x24 tresigallo 4,553 x25 vigarano mainarda 7,491 x26 voghiera 3,823 source: istat and own elaboration 242 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi 3.2 selection of ecosystem service indicators identifying consistent, quantifiable and comparable indicators supports the development of models and evaluation of es. determining what to measure and what method to use is directly related to the availability of data and the type of indicator. however, mainstreaming es concepts more broadly will require information designed for policymakers, including data, decision support tools, and “indicators” – information that condenses complexity to a manageable level and informs decisions and actions (bossel, 2002). although global indicators provide an overview that allows for a regional or national scale analysis, in many cases there is limited information available. the demand for ecosystem services is increasing in many european countries, yet there is still a scarcity of data on values at regional scale (gatto et al., 2013). as a result, proxy indicators are often used as surrogates. proxy methods are especially used for cultural services, as these services are difficult to directly measure and model. yet there are limitations to their use. several reviews have tried to assess and summarize the use of indicators to provide information (feld et al., 2009; layke et al., 2012; van zanten et al., 2014). moreover, egoh et. al. (2007) provided an extensive literature review of studies, excluding sub-global assessments, and identifying es indicators. the selected es indicators in the present study are those that are considered to give sufficient information on the benefits that people derive from an ecosystem (de groot et al., 2012) among those available in the regional databases (i.e. publicly available for the entire emilia-romagna region). this was partly done on purpose to assess the usability of secondary data to assess the provision of es at the municipality level. the data obtained from statistics usable as proxies of es provision in the area were provided by the national institute of statistics (istat), other statistical databases (eurostat; faostat) and regional sources (e-r; pr ferrara). provisioning and cultural services have the greatest number of indicators compared to other services. land cover proved to be an important indicator for all four categories of services. land cover data typically contains land use, such as agricultural land, vegetation types, and forest. the selected es indicators are presented in table 2, divided according the different categories of es. (see appendix for more detailed information). 3.3 provisioning services among the studies that evaluate provisioning services, food provision receives the most attention. indicators used for food production include agricultural production (potential) measured in hectares of land, livestock numbers or vegetation suitability for fodder production and grain yield (fezzi et al., 2014; palacios-agundez et al., 2015; pohle et al., 2013). other provisioning services directly linked to human well-beings are crop production, capture fisheries, and livestock production (pohle et al., 2013). in the present study, the number of agricultural holdings, the utilised agricultural area and the area of arable land have also been used as indicators to measure food provision. regarding raw materials, the indicator used is the wooded area. another service is water provision. it is important to note that water provision or supply is not the same as water regulation. the latter is the process through which clean water becomes available, whilst water provision or supply is water that 243the evaluation of ecosystem services production table 2. selected ecosystem services indicators ecosystem service category (mea) ecosystem service group ecosystem service indicators code indicator source provisioning food provision k1 number of agricultural holdings eurostat -2012 food provision k2 utilised agricultural area eurostat-2012 food provision k3 arable land faostat -2010 water provision k4 irrigated area istat-2010 water provision k5 irrigated area surface water (natural and artificial basins, lakes, rivers or waterflows) istat-2010 water provision k6 irrigated area underground water istat-2010 raw materials k7 wooded area istat-2010 regulating regulation of water k8 volume of irrigation water istat-2010 regulation of water k9 volume of irrigation water surface water (natural and artificial basins, lakes, rivers or water flows) istat-2010 regulation of water k10 aqueduct, irrigation and restoration consortiums istat-2010 supporting biological control k11 organic agricultural area istat-2010 production quality k12 agricultural area of pdo and/or pgi farms istat-2010 cultural recreation and tourism k13 visitors arrivals pr ferrara -2010 recreation and tourism k14 italian visitors, arrivals pr ferrara -2010 recreation and tourism k15 foreign visitors, arrivals pr ferrara -2010 aesthetic enjoyment k16 collective accommodation establishments e-r -2010 aesthetic enjoyment k17 hotels and similar establishments e-r -2010 aesthetic enjoyment k18 holiday and other short-stay accommodation, camping grounds, recreational vehicle parks and trailer parks e-r -2010 recreation and tourism k19 number of active enterprises (total) e-r -2010 recreation and tourism k20 number of active enterprises in agriculture (crop and animal production, support activities to agriculture and post-harvest crop activities, forestry and logging, fishing and aquaculture ) e-r -2010 recreation and tourism k21 number of active enterprises in accommodation and food services activities e-r -2010 recreation and tourism k22 number of farms with other gainful activities (agritourism, recreational and social activities, initial processing of agricultural products, renewable energy production, wood processing) e-r -2010 source: μεα and own elaboration. 244 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi is already available for use. a number of previous ecosystem service studies have used water production, i.e. the volume of water produced by area, as an es or as a surrogate for an es. water provision is measured through different indicators that include surface or ground water availability (fan and shibata, 2014; karabulut et al., 2015). in the present study, the indicators for water provision are related to the irrigated area, by distinguishing surface water use (natural, artificial basins, lakes, rivers or waterflows) from underground water. 3.4 regulating services generally, there is a lower number of indicators for regulating services as they are not directly consumed or physically perceived by people. the majority of studies that evaluate regulating services has evaluated in particular climate and water regulation (larondelle et al., 2014; pan et al., 2014). climate regulation services mainly relate to the regulation of greenhouse gases; therefore, the indicators for climate regulation included carbon storage, carbon sequestration, and greenhouse gas regulation. another common regulating service that is mapped is water flow regulation (simonit and perrings, 2011; stürck et al., 2015). indicators used for mapping water flow regulation are nutrient retention and land cover (boyanova et al., 2014; schmalz et al., 2015). the total benefit to people from water supply is a function of both the quantity and quality. however, due to the lack of suitable municipality scale data on water quality for quantifying the service, proxies are used as an estimation of the benefit (egoh et al., 2008; müller and burkhard, 2012). in the present study, the indicators used for water regulation are: a) the volume of irrigation watersurface water (natural and artificial basins, lakes, rivers or waterflows); and b) underground, aqueduct, irrigation and restoration consortiums. 3.5 supporting services this category of es, according to the conceptual framework of the common international classification of ecosystem services (cices), is categorized under regulating and maintenance services. the few indicators that have been identified relate to species and habitat. the comparatively lower numbers of indicators for supporting services could be attributed to the lack of information available on these services (barbier, 2007, 2013). the identification of indicators for services such as life cycle maintenance and maintenance of genetic diversity are rather generic and it is hence difficult to find suitable indicators (balvanera et al., 2006; swinton et al., 2007). the most common examples include indicators for primary production, production quality and controls and nutrient cycling (benayas et al., 2009; crafford and hassan, 2013). in the present study, the indicator used for biological control is the organic agricultural area and the area of protected designation of origin (pdo farms) and the area of protected geographical indications (pgi farms) are applied for production quality. 3.6 cultural services cultural services are non-material benefits that include recreation, spiritual and aesthetic value. identifying an indicator that represents these challenges, and that is spatially 245the evaluation of ecosystem services production represented, is fundamental for the measurement of the capacity of ecosystems to generate human benefits. schaich et al. (2010) proposed an alternative approach to fill the knowledge gaps in cultural services that links es research with cultural landscape research. this approach is based on the development of a well-being index based on indicators and metrics derived from existing measures of well-being. groups of indicators described by suites of metrics are commonly aggregated to evaluate components of well-being. these indicators represent social cohesion, education, health, leisure time, safety and security (guhn et al., 2012; huntington, 2000). the majority of these indicators describe the quantity and quality of ecosystems, economic drivers, and social inputs. however, these types of measures are not directly used in quantifying the delivery of es. the individual indicators are usually used to develop composite measures and are based on quantitative values, such as generally recognised qualitative assessments (smith et al., 2013). the most common indicators for cultural services include recreation and ecotourism, which can be directly measured through a number count of visitors (milcu et al., 2013). visitor information can also be obtained from national statistics or from park inventories. in the present study, we used the number of foreign or italian visitors. indicators used for recreational activities vary among studies, from accommodation suitability and summer cottages, deer hunting and fishing to natural areas and forested area for recreational purposes (naidoo et al., 2011). indicators include scenic sites, water bodies or forests as well as visitor numbers and accessibility to natural areas. in the present study, with respect to recreational activities, we used the active enterprises in agriculture, the active enterprises in accommodation and food service activities and the farms with other gainful activities, such as agritourism, recreational and social activities. although these indicators are relatively easy to quantify, indicators for aesthetic and spiritual activities are still in the early stages of development and those that exist are difficult to quantify and compare between countries or regions (eagles, 2002). in addition, in the present study, we used the collective accommodation establishments, hotels and similar establishments, holiday and other short-stay accommodations, campgrounds, recreational vehicle parks and trailer parks as proxy indicators for aesthetic services. 3.7 application of promethee ii the initial stage is the evaluation matrix, which presents the performance of each alternative in relation to each criterion. in our analysis, the alternatives are the 26 municipalities of the province of ferrara (x1-x26, table 1) and the criteria are the 22 es indicators (k1-k22, table 2). the performance of each alternative in relation to each criterion is presented in table a1 and the evaluation matrix is presented in table a2 (see appendix). using the data contained in the evaluation matrix, the alternatives are compared pairwise with respect to each criterion. the second stage involves the exploration of the outranking relation. the results are expressed by the preference functions, which are calculated for each pair of options. in the present study, the model assumes that the criteria are equally important and simulates different scenarios for weighing accordingly. in the final stage, two alternatives (a,b) are compared with each other and each one is assigned two values of flows. the positive flow expresses the total superiority of the alternative against all of the other alternatives for all of the criteria. the negative flow 246 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi expresses the total superiority of all of the other alternatives against alternative for all of the criteria. φ(x) the net flow of each alternative (the difference between the positive and the negative flow) and is used to obtain the final evaluation. 4. results table 3 presents the evaluation of the study areas, as obtained from the net flows. according to the value of the net flow, the 26 municipalities are divided into 5 groups. the first group of municipalities, characterised by high positive net flows, consists of: comacchio, goro, argenta and jolanda di savoia, all located in the western area of the province. comacchio and argenta have the highest values in the indicators that represent cultural services, such as foreign visitors, hotels and similar establishments, the number of active enterprises providing accommodation and food service activities and the number of farms with other gainful recreational activities. goro has the highest rate in the number of active enterprises in agriculture (crop and animal production, support activities to agriculture) and the highest number of farms with other gainful agricultural activities. moreover, jolanda di savoia has the highest rate in the agriculture area of pdo and/o pgi farms. these features are indeed connected to key features of the area. since a large part of the territory is within the po delta park, it contains important natura2000 sites. visits to the area increase considerably during the summer months. during this period, demand for beaches, areas of high naturalistic value and historical sites has resulted in the development of receptive structures, such as rental houses, hotels, camping areas, beaches with restaurants, etc. summer tourism is also an important market for horticultural farms (most of which are close to the seaside). the second group of municipalities, with a positive but lower net flow, are migliaro, codigoro, vigarano mainarda and bondeno. migliaro and codigoro, located in the western area of the province, have high rates in the indicators that represent cultural services, such as italian visitors, holiday and short-stay accommodation, camping grounds, recreational vehicle parks and trailer parks. migliaro also has the highest rate in organic agricultural area. moreover, bondeno table 3. classification of the 26 municipalities municipality net flow (φ) 1 comacchio 2,888194373 2 goro 2,543589598 3 argenta 1,997682356 4 jolanda di savoia 1,190854183 5 migliaro 0,720865791 6 codigoro 0,709070084 7 vigarano mainarda 0,694387495 8 bondeno 0,614876652 9 massa fiscaglia 0,402104543 10 portomaggiore 0,257389617 11 mesola 0,194863948 12 poggio renatico 0,146803521 13 cento 0,008314139 14 ro -0,14634547 15 sant’agostino -0,21655112 16 migliarino -0,27198083 17 ostellato -0,28124392 18 lagosanto -0,30769265 19 mirabello -0,68414923 20 masi torello -1,00385534 21 ferrara -1,14179801 22 voghiera -1,26554807 23 formignana -1,32908587 24 copparo -1,34379219 25 tresigallo -2,09068952 26 berra -2,28626409 source: own elaboration 247the evaluation of ecosystem services production and vigarano mainarda, located in the eastern area of the province, have the highest rate in the irrigated area from natural and artificial basins. the third group, with positive net flows around 0, consists of massa fiscaglia, portomaggiore, mesola, poggio renatico and cento. small negative flows around 0 distinguish the fourth group including ro, sant’agostino, migliarino, ostellato lagosanto, and mirabello. these groups of municipalities are in the middle of this evaluation, since the rates are neither extremely high nor particularly low. municipalities with negative net flows have low rates in more than one ecosystem system indicator, like agricultural farms with other gainful activities such as agritourism, recreational and social activities, initial processing of agricultural products or renewable energy production and the agricultural area of pdo and/or pgi farms. these results are connected to key features of the area, since the main recreational activities in the area are related to habitat restoration and conservation and species protection habitat (especially birds) while other agricultural activities are seen negatively, mainly because of the negative effect on water quality. the fifth and last group of municipalities, located in the central area of the province, (masi torello, ferrara, voghiera, formignana, copparo, tresigallo and berra) has negative net flows below -1. berra has no organic agricultural area, hotels or similar accommodation services. tresigallo has no wooded area. formignana has no hotels or similar establishments. other indicators with low rates are agricultural farms with other gainful activities such as agritourism, recreational and social activities, initial processing of agricultural products or renewable energy production and the agricultural area of pdo and/or pgi farms. there is the potential to modify/improve the landscape through different projects. for example, some such initiatives include: the evaluation of the economic impact of climate change on agriculture, conservation of natural areas, valorisation of local products, restoration of ecological areas as tourist attractions, restoration of forested areas, and the greening of farms to restore the traditional landscape). 5. discussion due to its explorative nature, this study is subject to several weaknesses and a number of options for improvement. the main issue concerns the number of gaps in the es metrics and indicators available at the regional level, with respect to the number and quality of indicators needed to reflect the es approach in a comprehensive way. the most important challenge in our analysis was, accordingly, the lack of information with respect to the provision of es at the regional level. the indicators available for most es are not fully satisfactory in their ability to evaluate the quality and quantity of benefits provided. the number of es indicators in each category varies significantly due to the different data availability and reliability. this prevented us from achieving a thorough understanding of the behaviour of individual services. in addition, due to data paucity, it was not possible to consider the interactions between specific services. another limitation in the application of promethee is that it did not use any weighing approach to reflect the relative preferences of potential decision makers or society. according to macharis et al. (2004), the model assumed that the criteria were equally important and simulated different scenarios for appropriate weighing. 248 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi moreover, we did not consider alternative scenarios of es production. in this respect, there is potential for further research as the model could be used to simulate alternative scenarios based on post-2013 measures that can affect the supply or demand of es. in that case, the model could involve stakeholder preferences with respect to the services to be provided and the indicators and criteria to assess the services. for the valuation of es, identification of relevant stakeholders is a critical issue (hein et al., 2006). in almost all steps of the valuation procedure, stakeholder involvement is essential to determine main policy and management objectives and to identify the main relevant services and assess their values. this is an aspect that could be strengthened in further research. 6. conclusions the objective of this paper is to evaluate the provision of ecosystem services in a traditional cultural landscape in the province of ferrara. it is mostly an explorative paper intended to verify the possibility of using available secondary data at the municipality level to comparatively assess es provision. the case study area is characterised by historicalcultural sites, agricultural areas and protected areas of natural importance. from the final outranking, we can observe that the provision of ecosystem services varies greatly from one municipality to the next. regarding the various es categories, all of the municipalities offer a significant number of provisioning and cultural services, mainly connected to recreational opportunities; on the contrary, there is greater diversity in the provision of regulating and supporting services. this evaluation can support the characterisation of agricultural lands in terms of the provision of multiple es. this exercise also contributes to the discussion surrounding the public goods provided by agriculture and efforts toward a better use of resources and can ultimately improve the spatial targeting of policy measures. a key challenge of ecosystem management is determining how to manage multiple es across landscapes. enhancing important provisioning es, such as food and timber, often leads to trade-offs between regulating and cultural es, such as nutrient cycling, flood protection, and tourism. in terms of further research, the model can also be used to simulate alternative scenarios, based on future agricultural policies that may affect the supply or demand of es (ec, 2010b). alternative scenarios could be built based on the provisions of the new programming period affecting landscape structure and behaviours related to es. the objectives of the cap 2014-2020 are oriented towards the sustainable management of natural resources and climate action (e.g. ‘greening’ in the first pillar) (viaggi, 2015). in particular, post-2013 measures include agri-environmental payments to improve es, mechanisms that can affect landscape management, such as water and nature conservation measures, and other mechanisms promoting demand for es, such as rural tourism. this should also provide an opportunity for more focused evaluations that address the data gaps and indicator limitations observed in this study. references albadvi, a. (2007). formulating national information technology strategies: a preference ranking model using promethee method. eur. j. oper. res. 153: 290-296. 249the evaluation of ecosystem services production ananda, j., and herath, g. (2009). a critical review of multi-criteria decision making methods with special reference to forest management and planning. ecol. econ. 68: 2535-2548. andreopoulou, z., manos, b., viaggi, d., polman, n. (editors) (2011). agricultural and environmental informatics, governance, and management: emerging research applications. igi global, usa. andreopoulou, z.s., koutroumanidis, t., and manos, b. (2009). the adoption of e-commerce for wood enterprises. int. j. bus. inf. syst. 4: 440-459. balvanera, p., pfisterer, a.b., buchmann, n., he, j.-s., nakashizuka, t., raffaelli, d., and schmid, b. (2006). quantifying the evidence for biodiversity effects on ecosystem functioning and services. ecol. lett. 9: 1146-1156. barbier, e.b. (2007). valuing ecosystem services as productive inputs. econ. policy 22: 178229. barbier, e.b. (2013). economics of the regulating services. in: levin s.a. (ed.), encyclopedia of biodiversity (second edition). waltham: academic press, pp. 45-54. behzadian, m., kazemzadeh, r.b., albadvi, a., and aghdasi, m. (2010). promethee: a comprehensive literature review on methodologies and applications. eur. j. oper. res. 200: 198-215. behzadian, m., hosseini-motlagh, s.-m., ignatius, j., goh, m., and sepehri, m. (2013). promethee group decision support system and the house of quality. group decis. negot. 22: 189-205. benayas, j.m.r., newton, a.c., diaz, a., and bullock, j.m. (2009). enhancement of biodiversity and ecosystem services by ecological restoration: a meta-analysis. science 325: 1121-1124. bossel, h. (2001). assessing viability and sustainability: a systems-based approach for deriving comprehensive indicator sets. conservation ecology 5(2): 12. boyanova, k., nedkov, s., and burkhard, b. (2014). quantification and mapping of flood regulating ecosystem services in different watersheds – case studies in bulgaria and arizona, usa. in: bandrova t., konecny m., and zlatanova s. (eds.), thematic cartography for the society. springer international publishing, pp. 237-255. brans, j.-p., and mareschal, b. (2005). promethee methods. in: figueira, j., salvatore, g., ehrgott, m. (editors), multiple criteria decision analysis: state of the art surveys. springer, new york, pp. 163-186. brans, j.p., and vincke, p. (1985). a preference ranking organisation method: (the promethee method for multiple criteria decision-making). manag. sci. 31: 647-656. brans, j.p., vincke, p., and mareschal, b. (1986). how to select and how to rank projects: the promethee method. math. program. mult. criteria decis. mak. 24: 228-238. brans, j.p., macharis, c., kunsch, p.l., chevalier, a., and schwaninger, m. (1998). combining multicriteria decision aid and system dynamics for the control of socio-economic processes. an iterative real-time procedure. eur. j. oper. res. 109: 428-441. burkhard, b., kroll, f., nedkov, s., and müller, f. (2012). mapping ecosystem service supply, demand and budgets. chall. sustain. nat. cap. ecosyst. serv. model. valuationaccounting 21: 17-29. carreño, l., frank, f.c., and viglizzo, e.f. (2012). tradeoffs between economic and ecosystem services in argentina during 50 years of land-use change. agric. ecosyst. environ. 154: 68-77. 250 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi chatzinikolaou, p., bournaris, t., and manos, b. (2013). multicriteria analysis for grouping and ranking european union rural areas based on social sustainability indicators. int. j. sustain. dev. 16: 335-351. cices (2013). the common international classification of ecosystem services report to the european environment agency. cowling, r.m., egoh, b., knight, a.t., o’farrell, p.j., reyers, b., rouget, m., roux, d.j., welz, a., and wilhelm-rechman, a. (2008). an operational model for mainstreaming ecosystem services for implementation. proc. natl. acad. sci. 105: 9483-9488. crafford, j., and hassan, r. (2013). valuing regulating and supporting ecosystem services of the subtropical estuaries of kwazulu-natal in south africa. in: hassan r.m., mungatana e.d. (eds.), implementing environmental accounts. springer netherlands), pp. 207-218. eagles, p.f.j. (2002). trends in park tourism: economics, finance and management. j. sustain. tour. 10: 132-153. ec (2009). consultation on the future “eu 2020” strategy (brussels: commission of the european communities). ec (2010a). european commission: europe 2020. a strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth. com(2010) 2020 (brussels). ec (2010b). the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future, 18 november 2010, (brussels). ec (2011). european commission: our life insurance, our natural capital: an eu biodiversity strategy to 2020. com(2011) 244 (brussels). egoh, b., rouget, m., reyers, b., knight, a.t., cowling, r.m., van jaarsveld, a.s., and welz, a. (2007). integrating ecosystem services into conservation assessments: a review. ecol. econ. 63: 714-721. egoh, b., reyers, b., rouget, m., richardson, d.m., le maitre, d.c., and van jaarsveld, a.s. (2008). mapping ecosystem services for planning and management. agric. ecosyst. environ. 127: 135-140. egoh, b., drakou, e.g., dunbar, m., maes, j., and willemen, l. (2012). indicators for mapping ecosystem services: a review. joint research centre institute for environment and sustainability. e-r region of emilia romagna. http://agricoltura.regione.emilia-romagna.it/. eurostat. european statistics http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat. fan, m., and shibata, h. (2014). spatial and temporal analysis of hydrological provision ecosystem services for watershed conservation planning of water resources. water resour. manag. 28: 3619-3636. faostat. statistics of food and agriculture http://faostat3.fao.org/. feld, c., sousa, j., da silva, p., and dawson, t. (2010). indicators for biodiversity and ecosystem services: towards an improved framework for ecosystems assessment. biodivers. conserv. 19: 2895*2919. feld, c.k., martins da silva, p., paulo sousa, j., de bello, f., bugter, r., grandin, u., hering, d., lavorel, s., mountford, o., pardo, i., et al. (2009). indicators of biodiversity and ecosystem services: a synthesis across ecosystems and spatial scales. oikos 118: 1862-1871. fezzi, c., bateman, i., askew, t., munday, p., pascual, u., sen, a., and harwood, a. (2014). valuing provisioning ecosystem services in agriculture: the impact of cli251the evaluation of ecosystem services production mate change on food production in the united kingdom. environ. resour. econ. 57: 197-214. fontana, v., radtke, a., bossi fedrigotti, v., tappeiner, u., tasser, e., zerbe, s., and buchholz, t. (2013). comparing land-use alternatives: using the ecosystem services concept to define a multi-criteria decision analysis. ecol. econ. 93: 128-136. gatto, p., vidale, e., secco, l., and pettenella, d. (2013). exploring the willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services by residents of the veneto region. bio-based appl. econ. 3(1): 21-43. de groot, r. (2006). function-analysis and valuation as a tool to assess land use conflicts in planning for sustainable, multi-functional landscapes. landsc. urban plan. 75: 175-186. de groot, r., brander, l., van der ploeg, s., costanza, r., bernard, f., braat, l., christie, m., crossman, n., ghermandi, a., hein, l., et al. (2012). global estimates of the value of ecosystems and their services in monetary units. ecosyst. serv. 1: 50-61. de groot, r.s., wilson, m.a., and boumans, r.m.j. (2002). a typology for the classification, description and valuation of ecosystem functions, goods and services. ecol. econ. 41: 393-408. de groot, r.s., alkemade, r., braat, l., hein, l., and willemen, l. (2010). challenges in integrating the concept of ecosystem services and values in landscape planning, management and decision making. ecol. complex. 7: 260-272. guhn, m., schonert-reichl, k., gadermann, a., marriott, d., pedrini, l., hymel, s., and hertzman, c. (2012). well-being in middle childhood: an assets-based population-level research-to-action project. child indic. res. 5: 393-418. hein, l., van koppen, k., de groot, r.s., and van ierland, e.c. (2006). spatial scales, stakeholders and the valuation of ecosystem services. ecol. econ. 57: 209-228. hermans, c.m., and erickson, j.d. (2007). multicriteria decision analysis: overview and implications for environmental decision making. in: erickson, j.d., messner, f., ring, i. (editors.), ecological economics of sustainable watershed management. elsevier science, amsterdam, the netherlands.. hermans, c., erickson, j., noordewier, t., sheldon, a., and kline, m. (2007). collaborative environmental planning in river management: an application of multicriteria decision analysis in the white river watershed in vermont. j. environ. manage. 84: 534-546. huang, j., and wang, y. (2014). financing sustainable agriculture under climate change. j. integr. agric. 13: 698-712. huntington, h.p. (2000). using traditional ecological knowledge in science: methods and applications. ecol. appl. 10: 1270-1274. istat. italian national institute of statistics http://www.istat.it/it/. karabulut, a., egoh, b.n., lanzanova, d., grizzetti, b., bidoglio, g., pagliero, l., bouraoui, f., aloe, a., reynaud, a., maes, j., et al. (2015). mapping water provisioning services to support the ecosystem–water–food–energy nexus in the danube river basin. ecosyst. serv. article in press, doi:10.1016/j.ecoser.2015.08.002. koutroumanidis, t., papathanasiou, j., and manos, b. (2002). a multicriteria analysis of productivity of agricultural regions of greece. oper. res. 2: 339-346. larondelle, n., haase, d., and kabisch, n. (2014). mapping the diversity of regulating ecosystem services in european cities. glob. environ. change 26: 119-129. 252 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi layke, c., mapendembe, a., brown, c., walpole, m., and winn, j. (2012). indicators from the global and sub-global millennium ecosystem assessments: an analysis and next steps. indic. environ. sustain. concept appl. 17: 77-87. lópez-marrero, t., and hermansen-báez, l.a. (2011). participatory listing, ranking, and scoring ecosystem services and drivers of change. gainesville, fl: usda forest service, southern research station. macharis, c., springael, j., de brucker, k., and verbeke, a. (2004). promethee and ahp: the design of operational synergies in multicriteria analysis.: strengthening promethee with ideas of ahp. eur. j. oper. res. 153: 307-317. madlener, r., kowalski, k., and stagl, s. (2007). new ways for the integrated appraisal of national energy scenarios: the case of renewable energy use in austria. energy policy 35: 6060-6074. maes, j., egoh, b., willemen, l., liquete, c., vihervaara, p., schägner, j.p., grizzetti, b., drakou, e.g., notte, a.l., zulian, g., et al. (2015). mapping ecosystem services for policy support and decision making in the european union. ecosyst. serv. 1: 31-39. mareschal, b., and brans, j.p. (1991). bankadviser: an industrial evaluation system. vis. interact. model. 54: 318-324. marino, d., gaglioppa, p., schirpke, u., guadagno, r., marucci, a., palmieri, m., pellegrino, d., and gusmerotti, n. (2014). assessment and governance of ecosystem services for improving management effectiveness of natura 2000 sites. bio-based appl. econ. 3(3): 229-247. mea (2003). ecosystems and human well-being. a framework for assessment. mea (2005). millennium ecosystem assessment. ecosystems and human well-being. mendoza, g.a., and prabhu, r. (2003). qualitative multi-criteria approaches to assessing indicators of sustainable forest resource management. for. ecol. manag. 174: 329343. milcu, a.i., hanspach, j., abson, d., and fischer, j. (2013). cultural ecosystem services: a literature review and prospects for future research. ecol. soc. 18(3): 44. müller, f., and burkhard, b. (2012). the indicator side of ecosystem services. ecosyst. serv. 1: 26-30. naidoo, r., weaver, l.c., stuart-hill, g., and tagg, j. (2011). effect of biodiversity on economic benefits from communal lands in namibia. j. appl. ecol. 48: 310-316. newton, a.c., hodder, k., cantarello, e., perrella, l., birch, j.c., robins, j., douglas, s., moody, c., and cordingley, j. (2012). cost–benefit analysis of ecological networks assessed through spatial analysis of ecosystem services. j. appl. ecol. 49: 571-580. oikonomou, v., dimitrakopoulos, p., and troumbis, a. (2011). incorporating ecosystem function concept in environmental planning and decision making by means of multi-criteria evaluation: the case-study of kalloni, lesbos, greece. environ. manage. 47: 77-92. olson, d.l. (2001). comparison of three multicriteria methods to predict known outcomes. eur. j. oper. res. 130: 576-587. olson, d.l., mechitov, a.i., and moshkovich, h.m. (1998). cognitive effort and learning features of decision aids: review of experiments. j. decis. syst. 7: 129-146. palacios-agundez, i., onaindia, m., barraqueta, p., and madariaga, i. (2015). provisioning ecosystem services supply and demand: the role of landscape management to rein253the evaluation of ecosystem services production force supply and promote synergies with other ecosystem services. land use policy 47: 145-155. pan, y., wu, j., and xu, z. (2014). analysis of the tradeoffs between provisioning and regulating services from the perspective of varied share of net primary production in an alpine grassland ecosystem. ecol. complex. 17: 79-86. perrings, c., naeem, s., ahrestani, f.s., bunker, d.e., burkill, p., canziani, g., elmqvist, t., fuhrman, j.a., jaksic, f.m., kawabata, z. ’ichiro, et al. (2011). ecosystem services, targets, and indicators for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity. front. ecol. environ. 9: 512-520. pohle, p., gerique, a., lópez, m., and spohner, r. (2013). current provisioning ecosystem services for the local population: landscape transformation, land use, and plant use. in: j. bendix, e. beck, a. bräuning, f. makeschin, r. mosandl, s. scheu, and w. wilcke (eds.), ecosystem services, biodiversity and environmental change in a tropical mountain ecosystem of south ecuador. springer berlin heidelberg, pp. 219-234. pr ferrara. the province of ferrara http://www.provincia.fe.it/. queiruga, d., walther, g., gonzález-benito, j., and spengler, t. (2008). evaluation of sites for the location of weee recycling plants in spain. waste manag. 28: 181-190. roy, b. (1991). the outranking approach and the foundations of electre methods. theory decis. 31: 49-73. schaich, h., bieling, c., and plieninger, t. (2010). linking ecosystem services with cultural landscape research. gaia ecol. perspect. sci. soc. 19: 269-277. schmalz, b., kandziora, m., chetverikova, n., müller, f., and fohrer, n. (2015). waterrelated ecosystem services – the case study of regulating ecosystem services in the kielstau basin, germany. in: l. chicharo, f. müller, and n. fohrer (eds.), ecosystem services and river basin ecohydrology. springer netherlands, pp. 215-232. segura, m., maroto, c., belton, v., and ginestar, c. (2015). a new collaborative methodology for assessment and management of ecosystem services. forests 6: 1696. shelton, d. (2001). application of an ecosystem services inventory approach to the goulburn broken catchment. in: rutherford, i., sheldon, f., brierley, g., and kenyon, c. (eds.), third australian stream management conference august 27-29, 2001. cooperative research centre for catchment hydrology: brisban, pp. 157-162. silvert, w. (2000). fuzzy indices of environmental conditions. ecol. model. 130: 111-119. simonit, s., and perrings, c. (2011). sustainability and the value of the “regulating” services: wetlands and water quality in lake victoria. ecol. econ. 70: 1189-1199. smith, l.m., case, j.l., smith, h.m., harwell, l.c., and summers, j.k. (2013). relating ecoystem services to domains of human well-being: foundation for a u.s. index. ecol. indic. 28: 79-90. stürck, j., schulp, c.j.e., and verburg, p.h. (2015). spatio-temporal dynamics of regulating ecosystem services in europe – the role of past and future land use change. appl. geogr. 63: 121-135. swetnam, r.d., fisher, b., mbilinyi, b.p., munishi, p.k.t., willcock, s., ricketts, t., mwakalila, s., balmford, a., burgess, n.d., marshall, a.r., et al. (2011). mapping socio-economic scenarios of land cover change: a gis method to enable ecosystem service modelling. j. environ. manage. 92: 563-574. 254 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi swinton, s.m., lupi, f., robertson, g.p., and hamilton, s.k. (2007). ecosystem services and agriculture: cultivating agricultural ecosystems for diverse benefits. spec. sect. ecosyst. serv. agric. serv. agric. 64: 245-252. teeb (2010a). the economics of ecosystems and biodiversity: mainstreaming the economics of nature: a synthesis of the approach, conclusions and recommendations of teeb. teeb (2010b). the economics of ecosystems and biodiversity: a quick guide to the economics of ecosystems and biodiversity for local and regional policy makers. vaillancourt, k., and waaub, j.-p. (2004). equity in international greenhouse gases abatement scenarios: a multicriteria approach. eur. j. oper. res. 153: 489-505. viaggi, d. (2015). special section: exploring the contribution of landscape management to the rural economy. j. environ. plan. manag. 58: 2082-2087. viaggi, d., raggi, m., galimberti, g., manrique, r., targetti, s., and zavalloni, m. (2014). csa1: the eastern ferrara lowlands, italy. in: deliverable d4.20 summary report on wp4 task 2, activities a) b) c) d). vincke, p. (1992). multicriteria decision-aid. new york: wiley. vinodh, s., and jeya girubha, r. (2012). promethee based sustainable concept selection. appl. math. model. 36: 5301-5308. wegner, g., and pascual, u. (2011). cost-benefit analysis in the context of ecosystem services for human well-being: a multidisciplinary critique. spec. issue polit. policy carbon capture storage 21: 492-504. wolfslehner, b., and vacik, h. (2011). mapping indicator models: from intuitive problem structuring to quantified decision-making in sustainable forest management. ecol indic. 11: 274-283. yan, j., dagang, t., and yue, p. (2007). ranking environmental projects model based on multicriteria decision-making and the weight sensitivity analysis. j. syst. eng. electron. 18: 534-539. van zanten, b., verburg, p., espinosa, m., gomez-y-paloma, s., galimberti, g., kantelhardt, j., kapfer, m., lefebvre, m., manrique, r., piorr, a., et al. (2014). european agricultural landscapes, common agricultural policy and ecosystem services: a review. agron. sustain. dev. 34: 309-325. 255the evaluation of ecosystem services production appendix table a1. ecosystem services provision. n um ber of agricultural holdings u tilised agricultural area a rable land irrigated area irrigated area surface w ater (natural and artificial basins, lakes, rivers or w aterflow s) irrigated area underground w ater w ooded area argenta 777 23104,96 21202,5 7897 650,83 69,83 317,2 berra 241 5005,19 4662,83 1692 422,35 37,98 38,17 bondeno 587 12818,7 12156,22 2864 1588,8 61 22,7 cento 459 4965,41 4561,23 503 256,98 32,85 4,34 codigoro 327 10891,06 10769,79 6685 343,19 22,6 75,71 comacchio 293 10033,64 9694,82 6406 1260,9 44,07 114,77 copparo 677 11631,09 10465,28 2402 404,45 40,68 33,63 ferrara 1604 27874,6 22799,17 7433 1744,5 591,27 86,82 formignana 103 1720,67 1470,55 382 78,18 7,5 2,09 goro 24 638,48 635,48 174 22 0 3 jolanda di savoia 199 8230,48 7991,19 3200 53,8 12 23,13 lagosanto 68 2124,74 1981 1468 59,16 0 17,73 masi torello 98 1527,95 1316,11 349 7,2 0 16,64 massa fiscaglia 102 3042,2 3000,49 1017 57,06 13,6 1,77 mesola 282 4698,31 4592,52 3375 32,58 0 11,7 migliarino 92 2831,47 2382,05 1121 55,52 0 5 migliaro 52 3111,55 3073,59 264 10,85 0 15,24 mirabello 43 1293,97 1196,75 70,7 11,6 23,06 0 ostellato 349 11857,18 11206,6 5738 490,46 61,99 8,69 poggio renatico 244 5894,04 5233,23 1423 538,62 121,05 15,26 portomaggiore 324 10036,12 9166,19 2901 254,48 70,35 59,04 ro 163 2756,83 2590,52 709 5,9 37,34 20,12 sant’agostino 168 2404,4 2134,56 414 196,09 23 0 tresigallo 80 1436,99 1240,67 359 52,41 8,31 0 vigarano mainarda 177 3182,31 2538,07 638 353 200,76 9,54 voghiera 214 3763,29 2814,05 1301 348,72 20,62 11,61 256 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi table a1. ecosystem services provision (continued). volum e of irrigation w ater volum e of irrigation w ater surface w ater (natural and artificial basins, lakes, rivers or w aterflow s) volum e of irrigation w ater underground w ater in or near the farm aqueduct, irrigation and restoration consortium o rganic agricultural area a gricultural area of pd o and/or pg i farm s v isitors a rrivals argenta 22219871,85 1842392,49 18277528,04 6542 3169 5409 berra 8888067,05 1295545,48 3634800,82 0 164 91 bondeno 8721393,28 4753715,27 880400,95 100 563 898 cento 1425067,73 785070,95 108623,73 18,3 56,5 11696 codigoro 43698065,67 1058176,82 40023575,57 1389 426 3985 comacchio 18585945,8 3681841,57 13115943,65 1140 651 455142 copparo 10260339,76 1248347,74 3813132,4 143 451 4889 ferrara 22737104,04 6201258,36 6654913,52 2535 440 175549 formignana 1257376,39 290371,02 529924,59 5,2 18,7 88 goro 514795,61 264000 236735,34 0 0 465 jolanda di savoia 28055933,9 138237,82 27293092,73 25,6 3802 56 lagosanto 4133759,17 141047,59 2738931,48 0 16,3 358 masi torello 1019254,47 23917,94 83147,47 20,4 129 124 massa fiscaglia 3653570,09 476962,64 2930395,31 552 0 88 mesola 8472806,43 60708,87 7768578,41 29,5 528 2944 migliarino 3917812,87 94048,48 3562210,88 1126 88,7 1025 migliaro 943095,47 28136,22 914959,25 2187 0 88 mirabello 198455,23 35615,66 100623,67 0 0 88 ostellato 18812898,76 1416033,01 16451586,06 435 28,1 5668 poggio renatico 3957393,46 1420865,38 2017315,88 6,2 93,5 271 portomaggiore 8556809,49 843795,16 6507314,36 316 246 3328 ro 2460678,75 21073,95 667629,1 29,8 11,9 97 sant’agostino 1241949,89 557231,38 572812,61 18,1 14,3 792 tresigallo 1326476,31 139231,6 171284,57 108 85,3 1066 vigarano mainarda 1858061,51 995519,79 228545,16 13,9 41,9 2471 voghiera 4077942,32 866873,9 161755,34 1,62 863 258 257the evaluation of ecosystem services production table a1. ecosystem services provision (continued). italian v isitors, a rrivals foreighners v isitors, a rrivals c ollective accom m odation establishm ents h otels and sim ilar establishm ents h oliday and other short-stay accom m odation, cam ping grounds n um ber of active enterprises (total) n um ber of active enterprises in agriculture (crop and anim al production, n um ber of active enterprises in accom odation and food n um ber of farm s w ith other gainful activities (agritourism , recreational and social activities) argenta 4579 830 25 5 20 1347 16 89 80 berra 79 12 0 0 0 260 9 13 14 bondeno 735 163 9 2 7 748 16 50 19 cento 9101 2595 16 7 9 2154 17 131 15 codigoro 3244 741 14 5 9 837 56 60 22 comacchio 365022 90120 107 27 80 2545 289 393 22 copparo 4152 737 10 3 7 975 7 69 27 ferrara 126404 49145 172 34 138 10860 30 697 64 formignana 78 10 1 0 1 139 3 8 6 goro 442 23 8 2 6 1197 1009 21 5 jolanda di savoia 56 0 3 0 3 130 6 13 11 lagosanto 303 55 3 1 2 343 25 19 4 masi torello 114 10 5 0 5 152 0 10 6 massa fiscaglia 78 10 1 0 1 194 7 15 3 mesola 2542 402 10 4 6 604 163 34 35 migliarino 929 96 7 0 7 266 1 20 9 migliaro 78 10 2 0 2 116 1 5 2 mirabello 78 10 1 0 1 185 2 11 4 ostellato 4788 880 10 2 8 363 10 27 16 poggio renatico 223 48 7 1 6 488 5 27 8 portomaggiore 2969 359 10 1 9 759 6 55 30 ro 93 4 4 0 4 161 4 14 12 sant’agostino 633 159 4 3 1 386 1 28 5 tresigallo 807 259 3 2 1 268 2 18 4 vigarano mainarda 1758 713 7 3 4 390 4 28 7 voghiera 206 52 3 0 3 273 5 15 13 258 p. chatzinikolaou, d. viaggi, m. raggi table a2. evaluation matrix k1 k2 k3 k4 k5 k6 k7 k8 k9 k10 k11 x1 10,03% 91,20% 91,77% 12,99% 8,24% 0,88% 1,37% 9,62% 8,29% 82,26% 28,31% x2 3,11% 90,02% 93,16% 2,78% 24,95% 2,24% 0,76% 3,85% 14,58% 40,90% 0,0% x3 7,58% 92,72% 94,83% 4,71% 55,48% 2,13% 0,18% 3,78% 54,51% 10,09% 0,78% x4 5,92% 91,54% 91,86% 0,83% 51,07% 6,53% 0,09% 0,62% 55,09% 7,62% 0,37% x5 4,22% 91,36% 98,89% 11,00% 5,13% 0,34% 0,70% 18,92% 2,42% 91,59% 12,76% x6 3,78% 91,09% 96,62% 10,54% 19,68% 0,69% 1,14% 8,05% 19,81% 70,57% 11,36% x7 8,74% 91,06% 89,98% 3,95% 16,84% 1,69% 0,29% 4,44% 12,17% 37,16% 1,23% x8 20,70% 91,12% 81,79% 12,23% 23,47% 7,96% 0,31% 9,84% 27,27% 29,27% 9,09% x9 1,33% 92,18% 85,46% 0,63% 20,48% 1,96% 0,12% 0,54% 23,09% 42,15% 0,30% x10 0,31% 92,06% 99,53% 0,29% 12,63% 0,0% 0,47% 0,22% 51,28% 45,99% 0,0% x11 2,57% 90,57% 97,09% 5,26% 1,68% 0,37% 0,28% 12,15% 0,49% 97,28% 0,31% x12 0,88% 92,51% 93,23% 2,42% 4,03% 0,0% 0,83% 1,79% 3,41% 66,26% 0,0% x13 1,27% 92,73% 86,14% 0,57% 2,07% 0,0% 1,09% 0,44% 2,35% 8,16% 1,33% x14 1,32% 94,61% 98,63% 1,67% 5,61% 1,34% 0,06% 1,58% 13,05% 80,21% 18,15% x15 3,64% 88,17% 97,75% 5,55% 0,97% 0,0% 0,25% 3,67% 0,72% 91,69% 0,63% x16 1,19% 90,54% 84,13% 1,84% 4,95% 0,0% 0,18% 1,70% 2,40% 90,92% 39,77% x17 0,67% 92,68% 98,78% 0,43% 4,11% 0,0% 0,49% 0,41% 2,98% 97,02% 70,27% x18 0,56% 86,05% 92,49% 0,12% 16,42% 32,64% 0,0% 0,09% 17,95% 50,70% 0,0% x19 4,50% 93,54% 94,51% 9,44% 8,55% 1,08% 0,07% 8,14% 7,53% 87,45% 3,67% x20 3,15% 92,84% 88,79% 2,34% 37,85% 8,51% 0,26% 1,71% 35,90% 50,98% 0,11% x21 4,18% 92,09% 91,33% 4,77% 8,77% 2,42% 0,59% 3,70% 9,86% 76,05% 3,15% x22 2,10% 92,93% 93,97% 1,17% 0,83% 5,27% 0,73% 1,07% 0,86% 27,13% 1,08% x23 2,17% 90,23% 88,78% 0,68% 47,32% 5,55% 0,0% 0,54% 44,87% 46,12% 0,75% x24 1,03% 90,48% 86,34% 0,59% 14,58% 2,31% 0,0% 0,57% 10,50% 12,91% 7,49% x25 2,28% 90,62% 89,76% 1,05% 55,31% 31,46% 0,30% 0,80% 53,58% 12,30% 0,44% x26 2,76% 92,05% 84,78% 12,99% 26,81% 1,59% 0,31% 9,62% 21,26% 3,97% 0,04% 259the evaluation of ecosystem services production table a2. evaluation matrix (continued). k12 k13 k14 k15 k16 k17 k18 k19 k20 k21 k22 x1 13,72% 86,14% 84,66% 15,34% 91,20% 20,0% 80,0% 91,77% 1,19% 6,61% 10,30% x2 3,28% 98,63% 86,81% 13,19% 90,02% 0,0% 0,0% 93,16% 3,46% 5,0% 5,81% x3 4,39% 97,75% 81,85% 18,15% 92,72% 22,22% 77,78% 94,83% 2,14% 6,68% 3,24% x4 1,14% 84,13% 77,81% 22,19% 91,54% 43,75% 56,25% 91,86% 0,79% 6,08% 3,27% x5 3,91% 98,78% 81,41% 18,59% 91,36% 35,71% 64,29% 98,89% 6,69% 7,17% 6,73% x6 6,49% 92,49% 80,20% 19,80% 91,09% 25,23% 74,77% 96,62% 11,36% 15,44% 7,51% x7 3,88% 94,51% 84,93% 15,07% 91,06% 30,0% 70,0% 89,98% 0,72% 7,08% 3,99% x8 1,58% 88,79% 72,0% 28,0% 91,12% 19,77% 80,23% 81,79% 0,28% 6,42% 3,99% x9 1,09% 91,33% 88,64% 11,36% 92,18% 0,0% 100% 85,46% 2,16% 5,76% 5,83% x10 0,0% 93,97% 95,05% 4,95% 92,06% 25,0% 75,0% 99,53% 84,29% 1,75% 20,83% x11 46,19% 88,78% 100% 0,0% 90,57% 0,0% 100% 97,09% 4,62% 10,0% 5,53% x12 0,76% 86,34% 84,64% 15,36% 92,51% 33,33% 66,67% 93,23% 7,29% 5,54% 5,88% x13 8,43% 89,76% 91,94% 8,06% 92,73% 0,0% 100% 86,14% 0,9% 6,58% 6,12% x14 0,0% 84,78% 88,64% 11,36% 94,61% 0,0% 100% 98,63% 3,61% 7,73% 2,94% x15 11,23% 91,20% 86,35% 13,65% 88,17% 40,0% 60,0% 97,75% 26,99% 5,63% 12,41% x16 3,13% 90,02% 90,63% 9,37% 90,54% 0,0% 100% 84,13% 0,38% 7,52% 9,78% x17 0,0% 92,72% 88,64% 11,36% 92,68% 0,0% 100% 98,78% 0,86% 4,31% 3,85% x18 0,0% 91,54% 88,64% 11,36% 86,05% 0,0% 100% 92,49% 1,08% 5,95% 9,30% x19 0,24% 91,36% 84,47% 15,53% 93,54% 20,0% 80,0% 94,51% 2,75% 7,44% 4,58% x20 1,59% 91,09% 82,29% 17,71% 92,84% 14,29% 85,71% 88,79% 1,02% 5,53% 3,28% x21 2,45% 91,06% 89,21% 10,79% 92,09% 10,0% 90,0% 91,33% 0,79% 7,25% 9,26% x22 0,43% 91,12% 95,88% 4,12% 92,93% 0,0% 100% 93,97% 2,48% 8,70% 7,36% x23 0,60% 92,18% 79,92% 20,08% 90,23% 75,0% 25,0% 88,78% 0,66% 7,25% 2,98% x24 5,93% 92,06% 75,70% 24,30% 90,48% 66,67% 33,33% 86,34% 0,75% 6,72% 5,0% x25 1,32% 90,57% 71,15% 28,85% 90,62% 42,86% 57,14% 89,76% 1,03% 7,18% 3,95% x26 22,94% 92,51% 79,84% 20,16% 92,05% 0,0% 100% 84,78% 1,83% 5,49% 6,07% bio-based and applied economics 4(2): 125-147, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14776 farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices davide menozzi1, martina fioravanzi2, michele donati2,* 1 department of food science, university of parma, via kennedy 6, 43125 parma (italy) 2 department of biosciences, university of parma, via kennedy 6, 43125 parma (italy) date of submission: august 11th, 2014 abstract. the 2014-2020 common agricultural policy (cap) reform defines new rules for farmers including maintenance of the ecological focus area (efa). sustainability is also a requirement to meet consumer expectations and a competitive advantage for firms. this paper aims to evaluate the farmers’ intention to implement sustainable practices related to the efa measure and to the private sustainability schemes proposed by the food industry. the theory of planned behaviour (tpb) was applied on a sample of durum wheat producers to analyse intentions 1) to maintain 7% of the arable land as an efa, and 2) to implement the private sustainability scheme. structural equation modelling was applied to test for the relative importance of intention determinants. the farmers’ attitude and past behaviour positively affect intentions to implement the efa, while perceived behavioural control and attitudes predict intentions to adopt the private sustainability scheme. these results suggest possible interventions that public authorities and supply chain leaders might implement to stimulate farmers’ sustainable behaviours. keywords. common agricultural policy, durum wheat, theory of planned behaviour, sustainability, ecological focus area. jel codes. q18, d22, q01 1. introduction the design of alternative, sustainable agricultural systems and technologies is largely debated in the literature and rapidly evolving. the environmental objectives have become increasingly integrated into the eu’s common agricultural policy (cap), and the new 2014-2020 reform reinforces eco-friendly agricultural practices by introducing new commitments for beneficiaries. the cap green direct payment (greening), accounting for 30% of the national direct payment envelope, rewards farmers for respecting three actions: crop diversification, maintenance of permanent grassland and the ecological focus area * corresponding author: michele.donati@unipr.it. mailto:michele.donati@unipr.it 126 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati (efa). as defined by the regulation (eu) n. 1307/2013, the greening is a new mandatory component of the cap which compensates for the possible profit losses incurred by farmers for provisioning environmental public goods and services to the wider public, such as landscapes, farmland biodiversity, etc. (european commission, 2013)1. crop diversification aims to avoid the monoculture practice and establishes that farms with more than 10 ha of arable land will need to cultivate a least two crops, while on farms with more than 30 ha farmers will need to cultivate at least three crops. the ratio between the permanent grassland and the total agricultural area (at national, regional, sub-regional or farm level) must not fall by more than 5% of a reference ratio to be established in 2015. the efa action forces farms with more than 15 hectares of arable land to maintain at least 5% of the arable land (likely 7% after 2017) to an area with particular environmental characteristics, such as strip and buffer areas, environmental set-aside and nitrogenous fixing crops. because of its high compliance costs, the new cap mechanism will likely affect farmers’ decisions (input allocation) and the economic results of farms (schulz et al., 2014; solazzo et al., 2014). besides the cap, sustainability is becoming an important requirement to meet consumer expectations and, thus, a competitive advantage for firms that can guarantee the monitoring of the processes’ environmental performances. in several cases the cooperation between farmers and food industries to meet retailer and consumer needs has produced effective private (voluntary) sustainability schemes able to achieve a more sustainable supply chain and to create value for the stakeholders (hamprecht et al., 2005; muradian and pelupessy, 2005). examples are the processed tomato district in northern italy and the sustainable agricultural initiative (sai, 2013). in this context, farmers’ acceptance to participate in these schemes needs to be considered. although private sustainability schemes may contribute to improve the farm profitability, some barriers can prevent the participation of farmers. there are significant transaction costs in implementing sustainability schemes (falconer, 2000), such as those necessary to get additional information on procedures and profitability of similar experiences; in this context, internal or external barriers may exist, like farmers’ risk aversion, market and policy uncertainty, cultural resistance, high farm fixed investments, and lack of long-run entrepreneurial vision. all these factors drive farmers’ behaviour and potentially reduce their willingness to adopt eco-friendly agricultural practices. while the effect of cap payments on farmers’ behaviours has been widely studied in the economic literature, the agri-environmental measures have been less investigated. in particular, the second pillar agri-environmental actions have been evaluated to understand the responsiveness of farmers and their effectiveness at the territorial level (primdahl et al., 2010; godard et al., 2008; buysse et al., 2007). attempts to predict the impact of agri-environmental measures and related payments on farmers behaviour and decisions have been developed mainly applying mathematical programming techniques (arfini and donati, 2013; louhichi et al., 2010; janssen et al., 2010; galko and jayet, 2011; buysse et al., 2007; röhm and dabbert, 2003) and other econometric models, such as stochastic production frontier (reinhard et al., 1999), random parameter logit (espinosa-godet et 1 according to the regulation (eu) n. 1306/2013, failure to respect the greening component should lead to penalties up to the 125% of the greening payment. 127farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices al., 2010), nonparametric regression (kleinhanß et al., 2007), and dual approach in production theory (bonnieux et al., 1998). despite the extensive use of quantitative methodologies to study the adoption of agri-environmental measures, behavioural approaches such as attitude-based methods, have also been used to predict the farm response to new environmental policy design. in particular, the theory of planned behaviour (tpb) (ajzen, 1991), which focuses on the assessment of behavioural intentions determinants, has been widely applied to understand and predict the likely behaviour of farmers regarding environmental protection actions. the tpb suggests that the likelihood of a particular behaviour can be predicted by the individual’s intention to perform that behaviour, capturing the motivational factors that influence behaviour. according to the tpb, behaviour is guided by the favourable or unfavourable evaluation of the behaviour (attitude towards the behaviour), perceived social pressure (subjective norms, sn) and perceived ability to perform the behaviour (perceived behavioural control, pbc). in general, the more favourable the attitude and subjective norm, and the greater the perceived control, the stronger the intention to perform a given behaviour should be (ajzen, 1991). although widely applied in the analysis of consumer’s behaviour (see, e.g., menozzi and mora, 2012; menozzi et al., 2015), the tpb has been successfully used to predict entrepreneurial behaviour, such as starting a business (kautonen et al., 2013), or to test the determinants of farmers’ strategic behaviour (bergevoet et al., 2004), providing more predictive power than personality traits or demographic characteristics. there have been a large number of tpb studies addressing environmental and sustainability-related behaviours in agriculture, such as farmers’ conservationrelated behaviour (beedell and rehman, 2000; yazdanpanah et al., 2014), improved grassland management (martínez-garcía et al., 2013), climate information use (sharifzadeh et al., 2012), adoption of soil erosion control practices (wauters et al., 2010), adoption of environmentally-oriented behaviour (power et al., 2013), participation in sustainability programs (corbett, 2002), and in other sustainable agricultural practices (e.g., fielding et al., 2008). all of these tpb applications attempted to identify the driving factors that lead producers to adopt a given decision. the results are important for policy makers and food chain actors who consider the cause-effect linkage between policies and producer behaviour to develop the most appropriate strategy and intervention to stimulate farmers’ sustainable behaviour (beedell and rehman, 2000). this paper adds to this stream of literature by evaluating the farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable agricultural practices. in particular, we have studied the intention 1) to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as efas and 2) to implement at farm level a private sustainability scheme as proposed by the food industry. in relation to the 2014-2020 cap reform, we decided to concentrate the study only on the efa actions because of its high estimated compliance cost (solazzo et al., 2014). the analysis focused on durum wheat producers in italy. this mediterranean production represents the raw material for one of the most important italian food chain: the pasta’s food chain. in 2013, the pasta industry showed an annual turnover of 4.5 billion € equal to 3.5% of the italian food industry turnover. almost the entire quantity of semolina used in italy, obtained from 1.2 billion hectares cultivated with durum wheat, is addressed to the pasta industry (ismea, 2014). moreover, this sector has shown to be particularly sensitive to cap changes (cisilino et al., 2012), and its intensive production in some parts of italy constitutes an environmental 128 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati issue to consider. understanding the farmers’ perception towards greening cap practices and private approaches to sustainability can contribute to improve the cooperation among the food chain operators and a better integration of the public and private sustainable measures. the following section describes the theoretical framework and its application to durum wheat farmers defining the hypotheses to be tested. based on this theory a working model was developed to evaluate the farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable agricultural practices. the data collection and analytical procedures to test the hypothesis are outlined in the next section and the empirical results are presented. discussion and conclusions make up the final section of the paper. 2. the theoretical framework the econometric models generally applied to study farmers’ adoption of eco-friendly agricultural practices employ a range of determinants such as farm and farmer characteristics, institutional setting, individual perceptions related to the economic environment, etc. hansson et al. (2012) noticed that psycho-social models have recently been used in the field of behavioural economics and have been shown to explain economic behaviour and to increase the relevance of economic models. this paper extends this research by introducing psychosocial constructs to explain farmers’ intention to adopt environmental sound practices (i.e. maintenance of at least 7% of the arable land as efas and implementation of a private sustainability scheme) by applying ajzen’s (1991) theory of planned behaviour (tpb). originating from social psychology, the tpb considers the individual’s intention to perform a given behaviour a central factor in performing the behaviour. intentions are assumed to capture the motivational factors that influence a behaviour, and depend on beliefs that link the given behaviour to certain outcomes (attitudes) and on the perceived social pressure to perform the behaviour (subjective norms). intentions are expected to influence behavioural performance to the extent that the person has actual control over the behaviour (pbc). in the agri-environmental context, the tpb thus contributes to our understanding of the emergence of farmers’ behaviour and determinants prior to any observable action, which has notable implications for agricultural policy and food industry strategy (kautonen et al., 2013), for example if the objective is to promote sustainable management of natural resources by fostering a culture of sustainability among farmers (matthews, 2013). indeed, from a methodological perspective, tpb is an appropriate theoretical framework providing a parsimonious model for understanding farmers’ beliefs and motivations, and how information can influence behaviour (fielding et al., 2008). attempts to promote sustainable agricultural systems, e.g., by private sustainability schemes, will require an understanding of how behavioural change can be influenced. in this context, questions regarding farmers’ environmental sustainability behaviours are increasingly tackled by using the tpb for its ability in addressing complex behaviours depicting the mechanisms that lead people to be supportive of such ecological practices (yazdanpanah et al., 2014). the role of individual attitudes, social pressure and control over the behaviour can be evaluated and assessed to understand what encourages farmers to accept or reject agri-environmental practices as part of their farm management activities. 129farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices prior applications of the tpb to the agri-environmental context suggest that attitude, subjective norms and pbc explain from 23% to 72% of the variance in intention (corbett, 2002; sharifzadeh et al., 2012; fielding et al., 2008; wauters et al., 2010; yazdanpanah et al., 2014). the farmers’ intention to adopt environmental sound practices was found to be positively affected by their personal attitudes towards the behaviour (e.g., fielding et al., 2008; wauters et al., 2010). secondly, it has been argued that farmers’ behaviour is not fully under volitional control (sharifzadeh et al., 2012), whilst is strongly influenced by external stakeholders such as producers’ organizations, food industries, public authorities, etc. thus, pbc and subjective norms become valuable theoretical constructs. therefore, in this study we suggest that: h1a: a favourable attitude would significantly predict farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable agricultural practices. h1b: subjective norms would significantly predict farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable agricultural practices. h1c: pbc would significantly predict farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable agricultural practices. although the success of the tpb in predicting behaviour has been proved (armitage and conner, 2001), it has been argued that for some behaviour and contexts the inclusion of other variables may increase the model’s predictive power (menozzi et al., 2015). it is reasonable to assume that the farmers with greater environmental awareness and who feel moral responsibilities toward environmental behaviours could be expected to have more positive attitudes towards the adoption of sustainable agricultural practices (beedell and rehman, 2000; corbett, 2002; fielding et al., 2008). therefore, a measure of moral obligation, defined as an individual’s perception of the moral correctness or incorrectness of performing a behaviour (ajzen, 1991), has been added to the model suggesting the following hypothesis: h2: moral obligations have a positive and significant effect on farmers’ attitudes towards sustainable agricultural practices. several studies have also suggested that past behaviour may be an important predictor of future behaviour (armitage and conner, 2001). fielding et al. (2008) argued that past efforts in ecological management practices, comprising a set of behaviours that require substantial outlay of time and capital, are likely to have a substantial impact on future intentions. consistent with their argument and findings, a variable measuring past behaviour was also included in the model relative to efas and expected to be a positive predictor of intentions. thus, we propose the following: h3: farmers that have already an ecological area on their agricultural holdings would intend to maintain the efas also in the future. consistent with similar studies (see, e.g., kautonen et al., 2013), the model specification includes also other variables related to the structure of agricultural holdings (e.g., farmer age, % of rented agricultural land, % of durum wheat acreage, etc.), in order to monitor their effect on behavioural intentions. therefore the contributions of this paper are twofold. first, it provides an understanding of the determinants of durum wheat farmers’ adoption of sustainable agricultural practices (efas and private sustainability schemes), in the context of the forthcoming 2014-2020 cap reform and the possible initiatives proposed by the food industry. sec130 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati ondly, the relationships between tpb predictors and intention to adopt environmental sound practices will be addressed, justified, and empirically tested using structural equation modelling (sem) technique. 3. data and methodology a survey on a sample of durum wheat producers in italy, involved in the pasta’s supply chain, allowed to analyse two behaviours related to sustainable agricultural practices: 1) the maintenance of at least 7% of the arable land as efas, and 2) the implementation at farm level of a private sustainability scheme including the adoption of eco-friendly farming practices. for this latter behaviour, the questionnaire suggested as an example few possible actions that farmers could have implemented within the private sustainability scheme, such as pesticides and chemical fertilizers reduction, renewable energy provision, integrated agriculture, etc. the questionnaire specified that the farmers would have to agree with other stakeholders (i.e. the food industry) their commitments to the ecofriendly farming practices included in the scheme. the specific mechanisms of the private sustainability scheme and related economic incentives were not investigated. the aim was to assess the intention to adopt at farm level the new environmental strategies developed within the pasta supply chain, once they become available. since at the time of the survey neither the 2014-2020 cap reform nor the private sustainability schemes were implemented by the italian durum wheat producers, the study focused on intention to behave as a proxy for actual behaviour (lobb et al., 2007). however, explorative research including extensive literature searches and a focus group was conducted prior to questionnaire design in an attempt to minimise the differences in observed and real responses. a sem technique was used to test for the relative importance of determinants in the two considered behavioural intentions. 3.1 data collection a survey was conducted from june to july 2013 on a sample set of farmers involved in the pasta supply chain producing durum wheat in italy. in particular, all of the contacted farmers signed contracts with the world’s largest pasta producer. contract farming establishes the technical and agronomic criteria for growing and delivering durum wheat with a specified quality as well as price. most of these farms belong to producers’ organisations (pos), which represent the main interface between farmers and the industry. through the pasta industry and pos, we have identified 211 durum wheat producers that were formally involved in the supply chain of the world’s largest pasta industry, distributed uniformly in the three italian geographical areas, i.e., north, centre and south. as shown in figure 1, this survey was conducted in different steps, starting with the organisation of a preliminary focus group of 6 participants (4 farmers, 1 food industry representative and 1 agronomist) to identify the main issues perceived by durum wheat producers regarding the new cap reform (fioravanzi, 2013). the focus group identified the relevant behaviours related to cap reform and agro-environmental practices to be tested with statistical analysis. then, a questionnaire based on the tpb constructs 131farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices was defined and sent to the farmers by regular and electronic mail. in the beginning of the questionnaire, a request of participation was emphasised with the explanation of the study’s aim and the instructions to fulfil the questionnaire to prepare and commit the farmers to the survey. farmers could fill in the questionnaire in three ways: on-line by a specific webpage, by phone through direct interview, and by paper questionnaire to return via regular mail. figure 1. analysis design. questionnaire  building   focus  group identifying  relevant   behaviours questionnaire   formulation questionnaire  submission  and  data   collection preparation   questionnaire   webpage request  of  survey   participation  send  by   regular  mail  and  email on-­‐line by  phone data  quality  check  and   processing statistical  analysis by  paper   support   identifying  target  farms northern  farms central  farms southern  farms a total of 73 questionnaires were completed, 16 by paper and 57 on-line questionnaire; no farmers decided to reply by phone interview. after two incomplete questionnaires were removed, the final sample consisted of 71 respondents. as shown in table 1, the sample set was almost equally distributed between the three geographical areas. most of the farms of the sample are specialised in field crops, particularly cereal production, while 63% of the farms belonged to pos. the farms that were surveyed in central italy were larger, in terms of utilised agricultural area (uaa), than were those in the northern and southern regions. as shown in table 1, their size is much larger than the average size of farms specialised in field crops in italy (i.e. 13 ha). the percentage of durum wheat surface on total uaa is on average 43% for the sample, with higher values 132 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati in southern and central regions (respectively 64% and 45%), and a lower value in northern italy (20%). this data is higher than the italian average (29%), and the average for the three macro-areas (north 6%, centre 35% and south 53%). on average, 40% of the uaa of the surveyed holdings was rented, with a greater incidence in central and northern italy (respectively 58% and 36%) as compared to southern regions (20%). this figure is slightly higher than the italian average data for farms with durum wheat production. approximately 35% of the total revenue is represented by the single farm (decoupled) payment, demonstrating the high level of dependence of these farms on public subsidies. the introduction of more balanced cap payments could strongly affect farms’ revenues and, consequently, investments. the high percentage of durum wheat revenue and cultivated surfaces of the total reflects the high degree of specialisation, particularly in the surveyed farms of central and southern italy. in this sample, the farmer’s average age is approximately 50 years; this figure is lower than the average age of italian farmers producing durum wheat (62 years). the average distance of farms from the mill is 125 km, with higher values in the southern regions (172 km), and a lower distance in the central italy (88 km). it can be concluded that the surveyed farms are larger, more specialized in the production of durum wheat, managed by younger farmers then the national population. these differences are likely to be influenced by the sampling criteria, i.e. farms with contractual agreements with the food industry; indeed, vertically integrated farms are more likely to be larger and managed by younger and trained managers than non-integrated ones (deininger and byerlee, 2012). table 1. description of the main characteristics of the sample set and italian farms producing durum wheat. description sample italy north centre south total north centre south total no. of farms 21 29 21 71 14,718 31,818 156,254 202,790 specialised in cereals 17 22 20 59 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. belonging to the producers’ organisation 16 16 13 45 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. utilised agricultural area per farm (uaa, average ha) 114.6 212.6 71.3 141.8 13.4 a 14.5 a 11.5 a 12.8 a durum wheat surface per farm (average ha) 23.1 94.8 45.3 80.4 8.0 9.9 6.3 7.0 % durum wheat surface on total uaa 20.2 44.6 63.6 43.0 5.5 a 34.9 a 52.5 a 28.9 a % rented agricultural land on total uaa 36.1 58.3 19.7 40.4 44.3 24.7 21.7 31.4 % single farm payment of total revenue 29.1 31.1 46.8 35.1 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. % durum wheat revenue of the total revenue 18.8 45.0 59.2 41.5 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. farmer age (average) 50.6 47.1 53.3 50.1 62.9 a 62.4 a 58.5 a 61.5 a distance from milling plant (km) 129.1 87.6 172.2 124.9 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. a data referred to farms specialised in field crops. source: own elaboration on data of the 2010 agricultural census. 133farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices 3.2 model measures the questionnaire was defined considering a) ajzen’s conceptual and methodological guidelines for constructing a tpb questionnaire (ajzen, 1991; 2006), b) previous findings on similar topics (beedell and rehman, 2000; corbett, 2002; fielding et al., 2008; wauters et al., 2010; hansson et al., 2012), and c) the preliminary focus group (fioravanzi, 2013). after having explained in detail the 2014-2020 cap reform in terms of greening commitments and the possibility to adopt private environmental sustainability schemes, two behaviours were surveyed: 1) the maintenance of at least 7% of the arable land with particular environmental characteristics (ecological focused area, efa), and 2) the implementation at farm level of the private sustainability scheme including the adoption of eco-friendly farming practices like fertilizers and pesticides reduction, green energy, integrated agriculture, etc. the questionnaire explained that the farmers, that voluntarily had decided to participate in the scheme, would have agreed with other stakeholders (i.e. the food industry) their commitments to the included environmental sustainability practices. the participants received a questionnaire containing items measuring the model variables across these two behaviours: attitudes, subjective norms, pbc, moral obligation and behavioural intentions. all of the items were scored on a 7-point likert scale (1 = “strongly disagree”, 7 = “strongly agree”); the questionnaire items related to model variables are listed in table 3 and table 4 with the resulted means and standard deviations. regarding the first behaviour analysed, i.e. maintenance of efas, attitudes were measured using four questionnaire items (e.g., “maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is negative – positive for the environment”), the subjective norms were measured by means of eight items (e.g., “the mills and the food industry expect me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa”), three items measured the pbc (e.g., “whether i maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is a decision that depends entirely on me”) and two items measured behavioural intentions (e.g., “i intend to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa”). a measure of perceived moral obligation (beedell and rehman, 2000; corbett, 2002; fielding et al., 2008) was added to the tpb model, including two items in the questionnaire (e.g., “i believe that maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is fair for future generations”). a variable measuring past behaviour was also modelled to consider farmers that have already efa features on their arable land. the respective single-item measure in the survey questionnaire was: “my farm is already maintaining part of its arable land as an efa”. concerning the second behaviour, i.e. the adoption of the private sustainability scheme, a total of four questionnaire items measure attitude in this survey (e.g., “implementing sustainability schemes will improve the environmental quality”). subjective norms were measured by six questionnaire items (e.g., “the public authorities expect me to implement sustainability schemes”), while four questionnaire items assessed the pbc (e.g., “my skills and knowledge allow me to implement sustainability schemes”). two questionnaire items measured behavioural intentions (e.g., “i intend to implement sustainability schemes”). finally, moral obligation was measured by two questionnaire items (e.g., “i believe that implementing sustainability schemes is a commitment to society”). the questionnaire also included items forming variables related to the structure of agricultural holdings (e.g., farm size, farm location, crop cultivation, etc.), and other 134 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati socio-economic aspects (e.g., % durum wheat revenues of the total farm revenues), in order to monitor their effect on behavioural intentions. 3.3 data analysis we tested the hypothesis specified in section 2 by applying an extended version of the tpb model, as defined by ajzen (1991), where intention is determined by attitudes, subjective norms and pbc, farm characteristics and other socio-economic aspects, and where attitudes are influenced by farmers’ moral obligations. a structural equation model (sem) technique was employed on the data that were collected to test for the relative importance of intention determinants in the two considered behaviours. in contrast to other techniques, like multiple regression, sem determines the specifications of the model structure with both latent and observed variables. the latent variables are abstract phenomena that cannot be directly measured by the researcher; latent variables are formed by observed variables (in this case the questionnaire items) that are hypothesised to measure them. the extent to which each questionnaire item is measuring the same psychological construct (e.g., attitudes) is assessed by confirmatory factor analysis, cfa (byrne, 2010). cfa, often referred to as the measurement model, is used when the researcher has some knowledge of the underlying latent variable structure or wishes to evaluate a priori hypotheses driven by theory. in other words, the measurement model (cfa) depicts the links between the latent variables and their observed measures. the internal consistency of the latent variables has been assessed by cronbach’s alpha coefficient. the relationships between the latent variables, identified as the structural model, are usually formulated by linear regression equations, graphically expressed by so-called path diagrams using arrows (see figure 2 and figure 3). sem deals not only with a single simple or multiple linear regression, but with a system of regression equations allowing more complex modelling (nachtigall et al., 2003; mulaik, 2009). using sem it is possible to examine the influence of several variables on several other variables, according to a specified model. in sem exogenous latent variables (i.e. independent variables) “cause” fluctuations in the values of other latent variables in the model (byrne, 2010). in the case studied, subjective norms, pbc, moral obligation and other background variables, such as farmers’ age, are examples of such external factors. endogenous latent variables (i.e. dependent variables) are influenced by the exogenous variables in the model either directly or indirectly, i.e. mediated by other (endogenous) variables. fluctuation in the values of endogenous variables is explained by the model (byrne, 2010). thus, the whole tpb can be tested in relation to the dataset in one analysis (hankins et al., 2000)2. the use of different goodness-of-fit indices is generally recommended to test how well the observed data fit the model. the model fit was assessed with chi-square normalised by the degrees of freedom (χ2/df), comparative fix index (cfi) and root mean square error of approximation (rmsea). the coefficient of determination r-square was used to measure the explained variance of the endogenous variable (i.e., intention). the models were estimated using maximum likelihood procedures. to make sure that the overall fit was not inflated because of the small sample size relative to the degrees of freedom of the model, 2 information on the mathematical foundations of structural equation models can be found in mulaik (2009). 135farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices we performed a model-based bootstrapping simulation (yuan and hayashi, 2003; byrne, 2010). bootstrapping methods are re-sampling simulations with repetition from the initial collected sample (byrne, 2010). bootstrapping is widely used with path modelling and sems, as these models usually are associated with many degrees of freedom and therefore require a larger sample size than the collected sample (dentoni et al., 2012). in this study, a model-based bootstrapping simulation increasing the sample up to one thousand repetitions leaves the overall fit of the model still acceptable on the basis of the chi-square, rmsea and cfi. 4. results 4.1 farmers’ intention to maintain part of the arable land as an efa farmers reported a moderately low level of knowledge regarding the overall new cap reform. table 2 shows that farmers believe that the new reform will moderately reduce the land value and farm labour. the beliefs of the modifications of the input use (labour included) indicate that the durum wheat producers expect to reduce rather than increase the level of input used in response to the cap reform. moreover, given a supposed reduction in the level of subsidies and farm margins, the respondents have indicated a significant land value reduction in response to the new cap. on the other hand, farmers don’t believe that the cap reform will significantly affect the durum wheat acreage and the fallow areas. table 2. the perceived effects of the new cap. description mean (sd) p value 3 self-reported level of knowledge regarding the new cap 1 3.62 (1.60) 0.049 how do you believe that the cap reform will affect the durum wheat acreage? 2 3.85 (1.13) 0.252 how do you believe that the cap reform will affect the input use? 2 3.70 (1.26) 0.050 how do you believe that the cap reform will affect farm labour? 2 3.52 (1.21) 0.001 how do you believe that the cap reform will affect the fallow areas? 2 4.23 (1.46) 0.196 how do you believe that the cap reform will affect the land value? 2 3.49 (1.31) 0.002 source: own elaboration. 1 scale: 1 (“worst”) – 4 (“moderate”) – 7 (“excellent”). 2 scale: 1 (“strong reduction”) – 4 (“no variation”) – 7 (“strong increase”). 3 one-sample t-test on value 4 (“moderate” or “no variation”). then, we have investigated the intention to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa (behaviour 1), which is considered the most costly greening measure included in the cap reform (matthews, 2013). farmers have expressed a low intention to adopt the new agro-environmental measure (items scores lower than 2.60), even though they believe that the efa is “positive” for the environment (table 3). in this case, farmers are called to adopt practices foreseen by a regulatory public body that might be perceived as an intrusion in the farmer’s decision process. the attitude towards the behaviour is generally nega136 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati table 3. variables and questionnaire items of behaviour 1 “ecological focus area”, cronbach’s alpha, means and standard deviations (sd). variables questionnaire items mean sd p value 2 intention (alpha = 0.95) i intend to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa 1 2.59 2.00 0.000 i’m sure that i will maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa 1 2.39 1.96 0.000 attitude (alpha = 0.81) maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is bad (1) – good (7) 3.79 2.06 0.391 maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is unrealistic (1) – realistic (7) 3.45 1.67 0.007 maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is unprofitable (1) – profitable (7) 2.41 1.29 0.000 maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is negative (1) – positive (7) for the environment 4.97 2.04 0.000 subjective norms (alpha = 0.89) other farmers expect me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa 1 2.89 1.74 0.000 my family expects me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa 1 3.63 2.02 0.130 the mills and the food industries expect me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa 1 3.68 1.86 0.146 the public authorities expect me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa1 4.87 1.83 0.000 the cooperatives and pos expect me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa1 3.69 1.78 0.146 the agronomists expect me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa 1 3.54 1.76 0.029 other durum wheat producers will maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa1 3.25 1.65 0.000 consumers (society) expect me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa1 4.39 1.98 0.098 pbc (alpha = 0.75) i think that maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is possible 1 3.77 2.11 0.372 my skills and knowledge allow me to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa 1 3.37 2.09 0.013 whether i maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is a decision that depends entirely on me 1 4.45 2.20 0.088 moral obligation (alpha = 0.94) i believe that maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is fair for future generations 1 4.24 2.01 0.319 i believe that maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa is a commitment to society 1 4.10 1.99 0.678 past behaviour my farm is already maintaining part of its arable land as an efa 1 3.68 2.69 0.313 source: own elaboration. 1 scale: 1 (“strongly disagree”) – 7 (“strongly agree”). 2 one-sample t-test on intermediate value 4. 137farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices tive; although durum wheat producers believe that they would provide public goods by maintaining at least 7% of the arable land as an efa (i.e., is “positive” for the environment, score 4.97), they also note that this measure could have negative consequences on farm profitability (score 2.41) and be unrealistic (score 3.45). this result is not contradictory, while suggesting that the farmers’ greatest concern is the supposed economic losses from the reduction of productive arable land and not the uncertainty of the positive externality generated. in fact, the general statement “bad – good” yielded 3.79, not significantly different than the median value 4, indicating that farmers perceive both positive and negative consequences. according to the subjective norm items, farmers perceive that especially public authorities and, to a lesser extent, consumers/society expect and would approve their decision to adopt the greening efa measure. from the farmers’ point of view, the public authorities (e.g., the eu and regions) maintain the role of agricultural policy makers and controllers, while consumers represent the end-users of their environmental services provision. the items measuring the moral obligation, however, show different opinions since the mean values, not significantly different than 4 (intermediate level), and the relatively high standard deviations indicate that while some respondents believe in the relevance of the efa for future generations and society, others are not convinced. the scores of the other subjective norm items indicate that farmers perceive that agronomists and other producers would not expect them to perform the behaviour. the other mean scores of the subjective norms, not significantly different than 4, may suggest that farmers might require more participation by external subjects in making their efa decision, such as industries or pos, who may give suggestions on how implement (interpret) the efa measure and provide technical advice. the pbc items confirm that farmers believe to a lesser extent that their skills and knowledge allow them to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa. nevertheless, farmers claim that this decision would be made autonomously. the cronbach’s alpha coefficient values showed a good internal reliability of the constructs. figure 2 shows the results of the structural equation model predicting the intention to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa. the overall goodness-of-fit of the illustrated model, as measured by the fit indices, indicated a good fit to the data. the results show that attitude, subjective norms, pbc, moral obligation and other farms characteristics (i.e., the relative importance of the single farm payment, the relative importance of the durum wheat surface and revenue) accounted for 55% of the variance in the intention to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa (figure 2). this confirms that the hypothesised antecedents account for a significant amount of the variance in intentions. hypothesis h1a suggests that a favourable attitude would predict farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable agricultural practices. the farmers’ attitude towards the behaviour, i.e., the positive or negative personal evaluation of maintaining the arable land as an efa, is indeed the main determinant of the intention (β=0.87, p<0.05), supporting h1a. the other tpb variables are not significant predictor of behavioural intentions; these findings are in contrast to h1b and h1c which suggest, respectively, that subjective norms and pbc would significantly predict farmers’ intention to adopt environmental sound practices. the past behaviour is a significant positive predictor of intentions (γ=0.21, p<0.05). this finding confirms h3 predicting that farmers that have already an ecological area on their agricultural holdings would intend to maintain the efas also in the future. 138 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati the percentage of the durum wheat acreage positively affects the intentions to implement the efa (γ=0.27, p<0.10). the perceived moral obligation, i.e., the personal normative considerations felt by farmers with respect to future generations and society, strongly affects attitude (γ=0.88, p<0.01). hypothesis h2, which predicts that moral obligations have a positive effect on farmers’ attitudes towards sustainable farming, is thus supported. this result suggests that, rather than directly influencing intentions, the farmers who felt a self-generated personal moral obligation had more positive personal attitudes towards the behaviour, which significantly affects the intention to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa. the percentage of the durum wheat surface and the percentage of the durum wheat income are positively correlated (φ=0.62, p<0.01). hence, the moral obligation construct and the other tpb variables are all positively correlated. 4.2 farmers’ intention to implement a private sustainability scheme the analysis of the participation in private sustainability schemes suggests a moderately positive willingness to manage farm activities to achieve environmental goals (table 4). this result is probably due to the voluntary nature of the proposed eco-friendly scheme which is viewed as a flexible entrepreneurial tool for fostering the environmental effort of farmers in a market key. it is likely that the energy production from agricultural biomass indicated as part of a sustainability scheme to be agreed with the food industry, has more contributed to define a clearer connection of the farmer’s environmental efforts with the market, than the cap greening did. however, the attitude of durum wheat producers, based on behavioural belief, personal perception, knowledge and experience, points out that the sustainability scheme is good for environment and human wellbeing, although it will not affect farm’s profitability. indeed, farmers moderately disagree that it would improve farm income (score 3.49), and neither agree or disagree that it would figure 2. structural equation model results, behaviour 1 “ecological focus area”: r-squared, standardised coefficients, correlations and standard errors (in parenthesis). intention attitude subjective norm pbc % durum wheat acreage % rented agricultural land % durum wheat income 0.87 (0.56)** 0.03 (0.30) 0.10 (0.88) -0.16 (0.15) 0.12 (0.09) 0.27 (0.14)* r2 = 0.55 0.68 (0.13)*** 0.62 (0.10)*** -0.21 (0.09)** moral obligation 0.88 (0.06)*** 0.73 (0.12)*** 0.83 (0.10)*** past behaviour 0.21 (0.10)** signif. codes: *** = p < 0.01; ** = p < 0.05; * = p < 0.10. model fit: χ2/df = 1.387; cfi = 0.922; rmsea = 0.074. 139farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices increase durum wheat price (score 3.97). this uncertainty may have affected the individual evaluation. farmers are normally risk averse agents (hennessy, 1998) and a change in farm production can engender concerns for future farm profitability. the high score for table 4. variables and questionnaire items of behaviour 2 “sustainability scheme”, cronbach’s alpha, means and standard deviations (sd). variables questionnaire items mean sd p value 3 intention (alpha = 0.94) i intend to implement sustainability schemes 1 4.58 1.91 0.013 i’m sure that i will implement sustainability schemes 1 4.17 1.90 0.457 attitude (alpha = 0.83) implementing sustainability schemes will improve the environmental quality 2 5.08 1.85 0.000 implementing sustainability schemes will improve the life quality 2 4.77 1.81 0.001 implementing sustainability schemes will increase farm income, if associated with a certification 2 3.49 1.79 0.020 implementing sustainability schemes will increase the durum wheat price, if associated with a certification 2 3.97 1.91 0.902 subjective norms (alpha = 0.92) my family expects me to implement sustainability schemes 1 4.52 1.84 0.020 the mills and the food industries expect me to implement sustainability schemes 1 4.59 1.80 0.007 the public authorities expect me to implement sustainability schemes 1 5.04 1.73 0.000 the environmental associations expect me to implement sustainability schemes 1 5.39 1.78 0.000 the cooperatives and pos expect me to implement sustainability schemes 1 4.46 1.68 0.023 consumers (society) expect me to implement sustainability schemes 1 5.01 1.66 0.000 pbc (alpha = 0.80) my skills and knowledge allow me to implement sustainability schemes 1 4.61 1.81 0.006 whether i implement sustainability schemes is a decision that depends entirely on me1 5.10 1.88 0.000 i think that implementing sustainability schemes is possible 1 4.97 1.51 0.000 the new technologies could encourage me to implement sustainability schemes 1 5.04 1.44 0.000 moral obligation (alpha = 0.90) i believe that implementing sustainability schemes is fair for future generations 1 5.30 1.65 0.000 i believe that implementing sustainability schemes is a commitment to society 1 4.83 1.79 0.000 source: own elaboration. 1 scale: 1 (“strongly disagree”) – 7 (“strongly agree”). 2 scale: 1 (“extremely unlikely”) – 7 (“extremely likely”). 3 one-sample t-test on intermediate value 4. 140 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati items related to subjective norms indicates that farmers agreed that environmental associations, public authorities, consumers and society in general expect them to implement private sustainability schemes. hence, farmers’ beliefs concerning family, industries, cooperatives and pos expectations about the implementation of eco-friendly practices are also not negligible. the personal skills and the technology can positively contribute to adopt the sustainability schemes; similarly, the autonomy in decision making is a key factor of the pbc. however, the information collected cannot clarify the farmer’s willingness to cooperate with other actors, other farmers and industries, which might reduce the level of autonomy but improve the results. the cooperation along the supply chain represents an important straightness for making sustainability actions effective and for achieving economic and environmental objectives (ilbery and maye, 2005). figure 3 shows the results of the structural equation estimation concerning the intention to implement at farm level the private sustainability scheme as proposed by the food industry. the estimated model shows good fit with the data. the tpb model accounted for 81% of the variance in the intention to implement the private sustainability scheme. the pbc positively affects intentions (γ=0.63; p<0.01). this result confirms h1c, which suggests that pbc would predict farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable agricultural practices. in other words, the individual perceived capacity to face difficulties in performing the behaviour is the main determinant of intentions. the pbc construct is mainly defined by the role of knowledge and the real possibility to implement at farm level the private sustainability scheme. behavioural attitude also play a major role, although to a lesser extent than the pbc, as antecedent of intention (β=0.36; p<0.05). this result supports h1a suggesting that a favourable attitude would predict farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable figure 3. structural equation model results, behaviour 2 “sustainability scheme”: r-squared, standardised coefficients, correlations and standard errors (in parenthesis). signif. codes: *** = p < 0.01; ** = p < 0.05; * = p < 0.10. model fit: χ2/df = 1.276; cfi = 0.948; rmsea = 0.063. 141farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices farming practices. consistent with h2, predicting that moral obligations have a positive effect on farmers’ attitudes towards sustainable agricultural practices, farmers’ attitude is positively influenced by their moral considerations for future generations and society (γ=0.74; p<0.01). the subjective norm is even not a significant predictor of intention, contrasting with h1b. the incidence of durum wheat acreage on total uaa is another influent driver of behavioural intentions (γ=0.17; p<0.05). this means that the wider the share of durum wheat area, the greater is the intention to join private sustainability schemes, that could result in a lower demand for fertilizers, in the production of renewable energies and/or in the conversion to ecological practices (e.g., integrated and organic farming). 5. discussion and conclusions the results show that attitude, subjective norms, pbc and other farms characteristics accounted for 55% and 81% of the variance in the intention, respectively, to maintain at least 7% of the arable land as an efa and to implement at farm level the private sustainability scheme. these results are satisfactory because a meta-analysis of 185 independent studies in a wide number of domains found that attitude, subjective norms and pbc, on average, accounted for 39% of the variance in intention (armitage and conner, 2001). hence, past applications to the agri-environmental context suggest that tpb variables explain from 23% to 72% of the variance in intention (corbett, 2002; sharifzadeh et al., 2012; fielding et al., 2008; wauters et al., 2010; yazdanpanah et al., 2014). the particular novelty of this paper is in evaluating the italian durum wheat farmers’ intention to adopt sustainable agricultural practices related to the 2014-2020 cap reform design (the efa) and to the private schemes as proposed by the food industry. the efa, although being evaluated as a positive initiative for enhancing the public good provision, is perceived by farmers as a costly measure that can depress the farm economic performance. farmers evaluate the efforts that are required by the greening not properly compensated by the economic transfer (approximately 100 €/ha). this study shows that the farmers’ attitude is the main determinant that positively affects the intention to implement the efa. thus, the awareness that farm investment in efa can protect and improve rural environmental quality is the key element that may support the farmers’ decision to dedicate at least 7% of the arable land to areas with particular environmental features. in past tpb research related to agri-environmental practices, farmers’ attitude has consistently emerged as an important predictor of intentions in different domains, including the adoption of soil erosion control practices (wauters et al., 2010), riparian zone management (fielding et al., 2008), water conservation activities (yazdanpanah et al., 2014) and climate information use (sharifzadeh et al., 2012). as suggested by other authors, a measure of moral obligation may contribute to an independent effect in the prediction of behavioural intentions for certain forms of social behaviour (sparks et al., 1995; beedell and rehman, 2000). in this study, however, the measure of moral obligation did not prove to be a significant direct predictor of intention. perceived moral obligation may be less important in situations in which behaviour is compulsory (de lauwere et al., 2012), as for the commitment to an efa. nevertheless, in this study, the farmers who felt a self-generated personal moral obligation had more positive personal attitudes, which significantly affected the intention to dedicate at least 7% of the arable land to an efa. the farm’s level of spe142 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati cialisation can explain the relationship between the percentage of durum wheat acreage and the intention to maintain arable land as an efa, with the supposed better knowledge of the cap reform and the related criteria of exclusion (matthews, 2013). hence, several studies have argued that repetition of past behaviours can influence current behaviour (see, e.g., corbett, 2002). in this study, past actions taken to maintain natural elements that are required by the efa (e.g., strip and buffer areas, environmental set-aside, etc.) have been strong indicators of farmers’ intention to behave in the future. meaningful past behaviour could include past participation in public-sponsored programs, as well as past actions taken independently to care for the agricultural area, such as planting vegetation not intended for livestock feed (corbett, 2002). the results show a moderate intention to adopt private sustainability schemes for providing positive externalities to society, but preferably if under farmers’ control. attitudes and pbc, including the capacity to manage with own knowledge the sustainability scheme, are the intention’s main drivers. the significant effect of pbc, confirmed by other studies (see, e.g., fielding et al., 2008), may indicate the presence of inhibiting factors or the absence of necessary skills or resources to perform the behaviour. the relevance of collective actions for adopting environmental practices in durum wheat production resulted negligible: the subjective norm, that evaluates the perceived pressure of industries, cooperatives and pos for introducing private schemes, is not significant and cannot be considered as a driving factor. this can mask a lack of coordination between durum wheat producers and other actors along the supply chain in managing the environmental strategies. this situation is highlighted in other studies aiming to identify the level of synergy for integrating environmental sustainability practices into the food chain (ilbery and maye, 2005; renting et al., 2003; falconer and saunders, 2002; falconer, 2000). in particular, farmers seem to perceive that pos are uniquely finalized to sell the product on the market at best possible economic conditions, rather than contributing to redesign the food chain in a more innovative and sustainable way. the cross-comparison of the two analysed behaviours shows both differences and similarities. the intention to maintain the efa land is negative, with average scores of the related questionnaire items significantly below the intermediate value, while the intention to implement the private sustainability scheme is moderately positive. this confirms that the efa requirement is likely considered as an unavoidable costly restriction, whose economic effects are unequally distributed along the chain. on the other hand, the private sustainable scheme seems to be perceived as a possible strategy for improving farmers’ profitability and to catch opportunities within a common effort throughout the pasta supply chain. attitude is a significant predictor of intention in both cases, indicating that as long as durum wheat producers favourably evaluate the sustainable farming practices, they will have higher intention to implement them, and vice versa. the pbc items for the private sustainability scheme yielded significantly higher values than the efas3, indicating that farmers perceive a greater level of knowledge and skills in implementing the private sustainable scheme then in maintaining the efas. in both cases, the subjective norms is not statistically significant in predicting intentions, suggesting that the farmers’ perception of social pressure (e.g., what the food industry, pos, agronomists, public authorities, 3 the mean score of the pbc items for the private scheme is 4.93, while for the efa is 3.86 (p<0.001). 143farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices etc., expect them to do about the behaviour) and descriptive norm (i.e., how other farmers would behave) doesn’t affect their intention to implement the sustainable practices. this may also suggest that the pasta supply chain and other key stakeholders (e.g., public authorities) should improve the involvement of farmers in exchanging information and sharing the benefits of implementing the eco-friendly practices. the tpb may provide suggestions for possible interventions aiming to stimulate the behaviour (ajzen, 1991). in particular, the analysis clearly indicates the need for a better understanding of farmers regarding the new cap tools. although the questionnaire provided farmers with some specific information regarding the cap reform, we believe that most of the farmers’ concerns towards the greening are due to an incomplete understanding of the new policy instrument. thus, efforts to improve not only the farmers’ knowledge of the greening agricultural payments per se, but also their awareness of the rationale for greening payments, including the new role that the society requires of agriculture, is a central issue that must be addressed by both the policy makers and the food chain operators. although this would require many efforts in terms of time and money, public training programs enabling farmers to acquire the necessary complete understanding of the new policy design are highly recommended. given the low intention of durum wheat farmers to implement the efa measure, a peripheral route of communication using implicit persuasion techniques, which is recommended when farmers are less motivated to perform the desired behaviour, may be more appropriate (jansen et al., 2010; de lauwere et al., 2012). for the adoption of private sustainability schemes, it is evident the need of a greater involvement of farmers in the environmental strategy of the food chain through an enhancement of the strategic role of the pos. as suggested by the analysis, the relationships between pos and food industry should be strengthened to give response to environmental issues creating economic conditions to compensate for transaction costs, and to provide technical support for farmers to improve their skills and knowledge to implement sustainability schemes. farms are not isolated entities but rather participate through their cooperatives and pos in enhancing the competitiveness path of each food chain. this research also shows that the success of a private sustainability scheme will be limited unless the supply chain leaders succeed in shaping more positive farmer attitudes towards ecological practices. indeed, efforts to solve technical difficulties when adopting eco-friendly farming practices are likely to have little effect when farmers’ attitudes remain negative. given a moderately positive intention to implement private sustainability schemes, supply chain leaders could effectively involve durum wheat producers with a more traditional argument-based communication campaign (e.g., instruction cards, checklists and software, etc.). however, tailored communication, taking different farmers’ attitudes into account, is also recommended (jansen et al., 2010). we acknowledge that the limited number of respondents and the length of the questionnaire are the primary limitations in the current study. moreover, our analysis has only modelled self-reported behavioural intention. the triangulation of these results with onfield observations may provide further consistent results. it is also possible that the questionnaire formulation, providing examples of private schemes mainly based on integrated farming, reduction of fertilizers and pesticides and agro-energies, might have limited the spectrum of alternatives to individual farm environmental strategies. nevertheless, this study, originally designed in the context of the forthcoming 2014-2020 cap reform, pro144 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati vides a comprehensive picture of the main determinants that public authorities and food chain operators must address to improve the italian durum wheat producers’ adoption of the new cap’s greening practices and private sustainable schemes. aknowledgments the authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance of dr. davide ampollini in data collection, dr. cesare ronchi for the overall support and the durum wheat producers who kindly participated in the survey. the authors would like to thank the anonymous reviewers for their stimulating and helpful comments on earlier versions of this paper. references ajzen, i. (1991). the theory of planned behaviour. organizational behavior and human decision processes 50(2): 179-211. ajzen, i. (2006). constructing a tpb questionnaire: conceptual and methodological considerations. available at: http://people.umass.edu/aizen/tpb.html (last accessed 7 march 2014). arfini, f. and donati, m. (2013). organic production and the capacity to respond to market signals and policies: an empirical analysis of a sample of fadn farms. agroecology and sustainable food systems 37(2): 149-171. armitage, j.c. and conner, m. (2001). efficacy of the theory of planned behaviour: a meta-analytic review. british journal of social psychology 40(4): 471-499. beedell, j. and rehman, t. (2000). using social-psychology models to understand farmers’ conservation behaviour. journal of rural studies 16(1): 117-127. bergevoet, r.h.m., ondersteijn, c.j.m., saatkamp, h.w., van woerkum, c.m.j. and huirne, r.b.m. (2004). entrepreneurial behaviour of dutch dairy farmers under a milk quota system: goals, objectives and attitudes. agricultural systems 80(1): 1-21. bonnieux, f., rainelli, p. and vermersch, d. (1998). estimating the supply of environmental benefits by agriculture: a french case study. environmental and resource economics 11: 135-153. buysse, j., van huylenbroeck, g. and lauwers, l. (2007). normative, positive and econometric mathematical programming as tools for incorporation of multifunctionality in agricultural policy modelling. agriculture, ecosystems & environment 120: 70-81. byrne, b.m. (2010). structural equation modeling with amos. basic concepts, applications and programming. new york, us: routledge – taylor & francis group. cisilino, f., de vivo, c., henke, r., pupo d’andrea, m.r. and vanni, f. (2012). the effects of decoupling on the cop sector in italy: an ex-post performance analysis. international agricultural policy 2: 47-63. corbett, j.b. (2002). motivations to participate in riparian improvement programs. applying the theory of planned behavior. science communication 23(3): 243-263. de lauwere, c., van asseldonk, m., van ‘t riet, j., de hoop, j. and ten pierick, e. (2012). understanding farmers’ decisions with regard to animal welfare: the case of changing to group housing for pregnant sows. livestock science 143(2-3): 151-161. http://people.umass.edu/aizen/tpb.html 145farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices deininger, k. and byerlee, d. (2012). the rise of large farms in land abundant countries: do they have a future? world development 40 (4), 701-714. dentoni, d., menozzi, d. and capelli, m.g. (2012). group heterogeneity and cooperation on the geographical indication regulation: the case of the “prosciutto di parma” consortium. food policy 37(3): 207-216. espinosa-goded, m., barreiro-hurlé, j. and ruto, e. (2010). what do farmers want from agri-environmental scheme design? a choice experiment approach. journal of agricultural economics 61(2): 259-273. european commission (2013). overview of cap reform 2014-2020. agricultural policy perspectives brief 5. available at http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/policy-perspectives/ policy-briefs/05_en.pdf (last accessed 05.12.2014). falconer, k. (2000). far-level constraints on agri-environmental scheme participation: a transactional perspective. journal of rural studies 16: 379-394. falconer, k. and saunders, c. (2002). transaction costs for sssis and policy design. land use policy, 19(2): 157-166. fielding, k.s., terry, d.j., masser, b.m. and hogg, m.a. (2008). integrating social identity theory and the theory of planned behaviour to explain decisions to engage in sustainable agricultural practices. british journal of social psychology 47: 23-48. fioravanzi, m. (2013). evaluation of the intention to adopt agri-environmental measures in farms growing durum wheat. msc degree dissertation, university of parma. galko, e. and jayet, p.a. (2011). economic and environmental effects of decoupled agricultural support in the eu. agricultural economics 42: 605-618. godard, c., roger-estrade, j., jayet, p.a., brisson, n. and le bas, c. (2008). use of available information at a european level to construct crop nitrogen response curves for the regions of the eu. agricultural systems 97: 68-82. hamprecht, j., corsten, d., noll, m. and meier, e. (2005). controlling the sustainability of food supply chains. supply chain management: an international journal 10(1): 7-10. hankins, m., french, d. and horne, r. (2000). statistical guidelines for studies of the theory of reasoned action and the theory of planned behaviour. psychology & health 15: 151-161. hansson, h., ferguson, r. and olofsson, c. (2012). psychological constructs underlying farmers’ decisions to diversify or specialise their businesses. an application of theory of planned behaviour. journal of agricultural economics 63(2): 465-482. hennessy, d.a. (1998). the production effects of agricultural income support policies under uncertainty. american journal of agricultural economics 80(1): 46-57. ilbery, b. and maye, d. (2005). food supply chains and sustainability: evidence from specialist food producers in the scottish/english borders. land use policy 22(4): 331344. ismea (2014), scheda settore: cereali. available at www.ismeaservizi.it/seminativi/cereali (last access: 08.12.2014). jansen, j., renes, r.j. and lam, t.j.g.m. (2010). evaluation of two communication strategies to improve udder health management. journal of dairy science 93(2), 604-612. janssen, s., louhichi, k., kanellopoulos, a., zander, p., flichman, g., hengsdijk, h., meuter e., andersen e., belhouchette h., blanco m., borkowski n., heckelei t., hecker m., li h., oude-lansink a., stokstad g. thorne p. van keulen h. and van ittersum, http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/policy-perspectives/policy-briefs/05_en.pdf http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/policy-perspectives/policy-briefs/05_en.pdf http://www.ismeaservizi.it/seminativi/cereali 146 d. menozzi, m. fioravanzi, m. donati m.k. (2010). a generic bio-economic farm model for environmental and economic assessment of agricultural systems. environmental management 46: 862-877. kautonen, t., van gelderen, m. and tornikoskic, e.t. (2013). predicting entrepreneurial behaviour: a test of the theory of planned behaviour. applied economics 45: 697-707. kleinhanß, w., murillob, c., san juanc, c. and sperlichd, s. (2007). efficiency, subsidies, and environmental adaptation of animal farming under cap. agricultural economics 36: 49-65. lobb, a.e., mazzocchi, m. and traill, w.b. (2007). modelling risk perception and trust in food safety information within the theory of planned behaviour. food quality and preference 18(2): 384-395. louhichi, k., kanellopoulos, a., janssen, s., flichman, g., blanco, m., hengsdijk, h., heckelei t., berentsen p., oude-lansink a. and ittersum, m.v. (2010). fssim, a bioeconomic farm model for simulating the response of eu farming systems to agricultural and environmental policies. agricultural systems 103: 585-597. martínez-garcía, c.g., dorward, p. and rehman, t. (2013). factors influencing adoption of improved grassland management by small-scale dairy farmers in central mexico and the implications for future research on smallholder adoption in developing countries. livestock science 152: 228-238. matthews, a. (2013). greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy. bio-based and applied economics 2(1): 1-27. menozzi, d. and mora, c. (2012). fruit consumption determinants among young adults in italy: a case study. lwt – food science and technology 49(2): 298-304. menozzi, d., halawany-darson, r., mora, c. and giraud, g. (2015). motives towards traceable food choice: a comparison between french and italian consumers. food control 49: 40-48. mulaik, s.a. (2009). linear causal modeling with structural equations. boca raton, florida, us: chapman and hall/crc. muradian, r. and pelupessy, w. (2005). governing the coffee chain: the role of voluntary regulatory systems. world development 33 (12): 2029-2044. nachtigall, c., kroehne, u., funke, f. and steyer, r. (2003). (why) should we use sem? pros and cons of structural equation modeling. methods of psychological research 8(2): 1-22. power, e.f., kelly, d.l. and stout, j.c. (2013). impacts of organic and conventional dairy farmer attitude, behaviour and knowledge on farm biodiversity in ireland. journal for nature conservation 21: 272-278. primdahl, j., vesterager, j. p., finn, j. a., vlahos, g., kristensen, l. and vejre, h. (2010). current use of impact models for agri-environment schemes and potential for improvements of policy design and assessment. journal of environmental management 91: 1245-1254. reinhard, s., lovell, c. k. and thijssen, g. (1999). econometric estimation of technical and environmental efficiency: an application to dutch dairy farms. american journal of agricultural economics 81: 44-60. renting, h., marsden, t.k. and banks, j. (2003). understanding alternative food networks: exploring the role of short food supply chains in rural development. environment and planning a 35(3): 393-412. 147farmer’s motivation to adopt sustainable agricultural practices röhm, o. and dabbert, s. (2003). integrating agri-environmental programs into regional production models: an extension of positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics 85(1): 254-265. sai (2013), annual report. available at www.saiplatform.org (last access: 05.12.2014). schulz, n., breustedt, g. and latacz-lohmann, u. (2014). assessing farmers’ willingness to accept “greening”: insights from a discrete choice experiment in germany. journal of agricultural economics 65: 26-48. sharifzadeh, m., zamani, gh.h., khalili, d. and karami, e. (2012). agricultural climate information use: an application of the planned behaviour theory. journal of agricultural science and technology 14: 479-492. solazzo, r., donati, m., arfini, f. and petriccione, g., (2014). a pmp model for the impact assessment of the common agricultural policy reform 2014-2020 on the italian tomato sector. new medit 13(2): 9-19. sparks, p., shepherd, r. and frewer, l.j. (1995). assessing and structuring public attitudes towards the use of gene technology in food production: the role of perceived ethical obligation. basic and applied social psychology 16(3): 267-285. wauters, e., bielders, c., poesen, j., govers, g. and mathijs, e. (2010). adoption of soil conservation practices in belgium: an examination of the theory of planned behaviour in the agri-environmental domain. land use policy 27(1): 86-94. yazdanpanah, m., hayati, d., hochrainer-stigler, s. and zamani, g.h. (2014). understanding farmers’ intention and behavior regarding water conservation in the middle-east and north africa: a case study in iran. journal of environmental management 135: 63-72. yuan, k.-h. and hayashi, k. (2003). bootstrap approach to inference and power analysis based on three test statistics for covariance structure models. british journal of mathematical and statistical psychology 56(1): 93-110. http://www.saiplatform.org issn xxxx-xxxx (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 1-2, 2012 presidential address this is the first issue of the journal bio-based and applied economics (bae), promoted by the newly funded associazione italiana di economia agraria ed applicata (italian association of agricultural and applied economics). the reasons for the foundation of a new association are rooted in the rapid change over time of the purpose and the methods of scientific research in the field of agriculture and food. the idea of launching a new journal is deeply embedded in the awareness of this change. accordingly, the journal will seek to contribute to scientific debate in the most cutting edge and innovative areas covered by the disciplines and themes addressed by the association, with a close attention to the developing policy debate and clearly focusing on the international dimension of this debate. it is not by chance that the new journal is launched almost at the same time as the recent communication on the bioeconomy released by the eu commission on “innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe”. the discussion on the bioeconomy, now developing exponentially worldwide, allows to make more explicit new challenges and to foster the debate on the sustainable use of biological resources, as well as to explore new dimensions of development and rural economies. bae provides a forum for the presentation and discussion of applied research in the field of bio-based sectors and related policies, informing evidence-based decision-making and policy-making. it intends to provide a scholarly source of theoretical and applied studies while remaining widely accessible for non-researchers. bae seeks applied contributions on the economics of bio-based industries, such as agriculture, forestry, fishery and food, dealing with any related disciplines, such as resource and environmental economics, consumer studies, regional economics, innovation and development economics. besides well-established fields of research related to these sectors, bae aims in particular to explore cross-sectoral, recent and emerging themes characterizing the integrated management of biological resources, bio-based industries and sustainable development of rural areas. special attention will also be paid to the linkages between local and international dimensions. this first issue provides a set of review papers on selected ‘hot’ issues in and around the field of the bio-based economy, and economics. far from being an exhaustive set of papers that shed light on a systematic view of the broad field addressed by the journal, 2 presidential address they are rather teasers that we hope will provide opportunities for thought-provoking discussion and stimulating research. we sincerely hope this initiative will contribute to boost the debate on the bio-based sectors and will help to move attention from the policy discussion to vanguard advances in the related multiple disciplinary fields. prof. giovanni cannata president associazione italiana di economia agraria e applicata bio-based and applied economics 4(1): 77-100, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14996 the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi maria sassi department of economics and management, university of pavia, v. s. felice 5, 27100 pavia date of submission: september 22nd, 2014 abstract. this paper investigates conditional and unconditional maize price volatility in malawi at the country and local-economy market levels and related welfare costs. the empirical analysis applies an arch/garch approach that uses monthly data from january 1991 to march 2013, and the welfare cost is estimated via the lucas formula. the study findings underline the importance of the domestic factors in explaining maize price volatility and of seasonality in affecting the unconditional variance and welfare cost. keywords. maize price volatility, welfare cost, local-economy market, malawi jel code. q11, q12, q13 1. introduction using an arch/garch approach, this paper investigates maize price volatility in malawi at the country level and with reference to nine local-economy markets using monthly data over the time period of january 1991 to march 2013. this information is collected to estimate related welfare costs via the lucas formula. approximately 80 percent of the malawian population relies on maize production for income and food consumption. dominating the country’s maize sector, 96 percent of the total cropland is occupied by smallholder and resource-poor farmers who practice rain-fed methods in typically harsh climates (feed the future, 2013). maize is cultivated for subsistence needs, and only 20 percent of the total production is marketed by one-third of the country’s smallholder farmers (fuentes, 2013). however, the main harvest of the year does not provide an adequate food supply over several seasons, particularly during the lean season. for this reason, a large proportion of the population depends on the local economy or national market food purchases when stocks are depleted. moreover, market dependence on maize has increased over time with pressure from populations whose growth is exceeding the pace of household production (elis and manda, 2012; sahley et al. 2005). thus, the analysis of maize price volatility provided in this paper can support informed policy strategies aimed at addressing the negative effects that these processes * corresponding author: msassi@eco.unipv.it. 78 maria sassi have on welfare trends for a significant portion of the malawian population that lives in chronic poverty and food insecurity. in a recent paper, minot (2014), analysing the trends of food price volatility in africa, noted that, in the wake of the global food crisis of 2007-2008, there was an unprecedented interest by international organisations and governments in high and volatile prices in the international cereal markets and very few empirical investigations addressed this issue with reference to the african context. explanations for developing countries were based on the ideal maximum pass-through assumption, an hypothesis that tends to divert attention away from domestic factors, such as production and consumption shocks, which are often more influential in affecting local market volatility (rapsomanikis, 2009). the possible influence of these factors may, for instance, be reflected in the fact that reported staple food price volatility levels in the global market are lower than those of african countries (minot, 2011). moreover, the existing literature shows that the maximum passthrough hypothesis is not valid for all cases (conforti, 2004; quiroz and soto, 1995). the global price corresponds to the futures market price, which is not equivalent to the price at which the majority of households and farmers buy and sell cereals in africa. rather, households and farmers trade based on local market prices that are denominated in local currencies that reflect local market conditions (gilbert, 2011). it is also important to note that transportation costs, stabilisation policies, and the variety of cereals traded on international and african markets may limit or even fully protect local markets from the world market price pass-through mechanism. for these reasons, studies on international cereal markets must include investigations of volatility at the national and local market levels. such examinations are necessary for constructing responsive policies aimed at mitigating the negative effects of cereal price volatility and its consequent reduction in welfare losses in particular (aizeman and pinto, 2005; deaton, 1999). an extensive body of literature indicates that unforeseen price variations following endogenous or exogenous shocks in world cereal markets can lead to sudden and major social and economic consequences for individuals, households, and farmers while also impacting economic growth, inequality, and balance-of-trade trends in developing countries (see, for example, prakash, 2011). recent studies also show that these negative impacts are not typically offset by good economic times, and as a consequence, negative effects are likely to have a permanent effect (aizeman and pinto, 2005). this impact is exacerbated by the fact that numerous developing countries are not currently implementing adequate mechanisms designed for reducing or managing risks for producers and consumers (balcome, 2011). the aforementioned study by minot (2014) includes malawi in its sample of analysed african countries and investigates maize price volatility. however, the study does not consider three critical aspects that are relevant to developing accurate conceptualisations of volatility. first, the adopted measures of price volatility do not control for seasonality and trends. second, the issue of data quality is not discussed. third, the study’s focus on aggregate average volatility, standard deviation and unconditional variance, does not account for intra-year and inter-month variability in the data series. these aspects must be considered to develop an adequate understanding of maize price volatility in malawi, and the present study will incorporate these aspects using the approach outlined below. 79the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi in this paper, volatility is measured from unpredictable components of price variability. for this reason, the maize price series has been de-trended and seasonally adjusted. the control for seasonality is especially important as it acts as a predictable indicator of cereal prices. in malawi, a major maize price increase occurs during the lean season before the maize harvest from january to march, whereas a major reduction in prices occurs after the harvest from april to june, when most households sell their maize yields (sassi, 2012; 2014). the quality of maize price data for malawi should also be adequately discussed. for example, the number of local-economy markets utilised for the computation of average prices at the country level has improved over time, leading to possible bias in long-term price investigations. this limitation justifies our decision to integrate our analysis at the country level with the investigation of the nine local-economy markets. moreover, following suggestions from the study by minot (2014), we examine a longer study period to produce more robust results. finally, our analysis is based on the conditional and unconditional variance value that is estimated using the arch/garch approach. the existing literature generally focuses on aggregate average values of volatility while providing very few indications regarding whether distributions are leptokurtic, i.e. on the possible “heavy” nature of the distribution tails and, hence, the amount of variability in the data they capture. this study overcomes this limitation focusing on monthly dynamics of volatility and allowing a deeper understanding of the effect of domestic factors on the unpredictable variability of maize price. to this end, our analysis begins with an investigation of the pass-through mechanism through examinations of integration between the malawian maize market and international and south african markets. the south african market is included because 60 to 70 percent of cereal imports into malawi originate either formally or informally from southern african countries, namely mozambique, zimbabwe, zambia and tanzania (zant, 2005). moreover, the existing literature focusing on the recent food price spike excludes short-term effects, focusing only on long-term relationships with south african maize prices. we have accounted for this aspect by considering a longer time period, and we provide a more robust analysis of the influence of domestic, regional, and international factors that affect maize price volatility in malawi. the study also compares volatility in international and malawian maize prices for this same reason. the paper is structured as follows. section 2 addresses the issue of data quality. section 3 illustrates the adopted empirical strategy, which is outlined in three steps. first, we present the approach selected for determining maize price transmission. we then discuss the procedure followed to compute the unpredictable component of maize price. finally, we describe the arch/garch approach adopted to estimate unconditional and conditional volatility as well as the lucas formula, which is used to calculate the welfare cost of volatility. this same structure is applied for the presentation and discussion of results provided in section 4. section 5 presents the conclusions. 2. data our empirical investigation on volatility in malawi is based on the price of maize in malawi as well as in international and south african markets. 80 maria sassi for the study of malawian maize prices, we consulted the monthly retail white maize prices in kwacha (mwk) per kilogram provided by the famine early warning system network (fewsnet) national representative in malawi as well as the malawian ministry of agriculture and food security. our definition of white maize includes local, composite, and hybrid varieties. in malawi, there are three maize markets, the local-economy, farm-level, and national markets. in our empirical investigation, we consider the local-economy market. as illustrated by mapila et al. (2013), a local-economy market is defined as a trading centre for a specific rural area that consists of villages and communities. at this market level, maize is sold by producers directly to consumers, or by large traders stationed at the reference central market, and by roving traders who buy from producers and sell to large traders at the same reference trading centre. the local-economy market does not account for maize traded in villages or communities, i.e., in the farm-level market, where prices are discussed in terms of the farm-gate price. this market also excludes maize sold to the malawian agricultural development marketing corporation (admarc) at national market prices established by this government-controlled institution. the quality of our dataset reflects the evolution of the methodology adopted by the ministry of agriculture and food security for the collection of food crop prices at the local-economy market scale. the current agricultural price data system was established in 1988 as an agricultural marketing and estate development initiatives and funded by the world bank until 1995, when responsibility for the system was transferred to the agroeconomic survey of the ministry of agriculture and food security with the financial participation of various donors. over time, data collection procedures were improved with the support of the initiative for development and equity in african agriculture (idea malawi, 2005). in 2005, efforts to refine this system were accelerated in response to unusual variations in prices between markets and time and with the discovery of missing information in the official data. the retail price survey for crops currently covers 80 local-economy markets of its original 30, 72 of which are used to calculate monthly data (government of malawi, 2003). data are collected on a weekly basis at the local-economy market level and aggregated according to the simple monthly average at the market and national levels. over the time period analysed in this paper, the number of local-economy markets with at least one maize price observation per year used for country-level, averageprice calculations by the ministry of agriculture and food security has increased from an average of 17 from 1991 to 1995 to an average of 67 from 2009 to 2013 (figure 1). this fact represents a weakness in our long-term price investigation as it may lead to biased conclusions. malawi is characterised by poor maize market integration across livelihood zones and regions (world food programme, 2010; mapila et al., 2013). in fact, maize price levels and their degree of variability are affected by numerous factors such as harvest conditions, climatic circumstances, transportation costs, commercial openness, and household welfare, all of which vary, often significantly, across the country (malawi vulnerability assessment committee, 2005). in this circumstance, data cannot be comparable over time. the price series also exhibit a number of missing monthly values that have largely been collected in the field, with the support of local key informants, and remaining values have been estimated using the classic method of mean substitution. 81the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi for the local-economy market-level analysis, we selected market datasets that had missing values for no more than two consecutive months per year, and missing values were treated as previously described. as a consequence, only nine local-economy markets were considered. however, these markets account for various districts and regions, as illustrated in table 1. table 1. local-economy markets analysed by district and region. local-economy market district region chitipa chitipa northern karonga karonga rumphi rumphi mzuzu mzimba nkhotakota nkhotakota central mitundu lilongwe chimbiya dedza lizulu ntcheu nchalo chikwawa southern for the analysis of the pass-through mechanism, we used the international price in us dollars (us$) for us no. 2 yellow maize, f.o.b. gulf of mexico provided by the world bank and the white maize spot price of south african future exchange (safex) in south african rand (zar), f.o.b. johannesburg. figure 1. number of maize markets with at least one observation made each year (1991-2013). 0   10   20   30   40   50   60   70   80   19 91   19 92   19 93   19 94   19 95   19 96   19 97   19 98   19 99   20 00   20 01   20 02   20 03   20 04   20 05   20 06   20 07   20 08   20 09   20 10   20 11   20 12   20 13 *   n um be r  o f  m ar ke ts   * data are for the period of january to march 82 maria sassi for the purposes of our investigation, we also used the consumer price index (cpi) provided by the imf for the us and south africa in addition to the same index variable provided by the malawian national statistical office and reserve bank of malawi for malawi. finally, the exchange rates for mwk to us$ and zar were provided by the reserve bank of malawi. 3. empirical strategy 3.1 approach to maize price transmission following baffes and gardner (2003), gilbert (2011), and minot (2011), we adopted a vector error correction (vec) model to analyse the transmission of maize price changes from the international and south african markets to the malawian market. this approach allowed us to examine the nature of this relationship over time and, as a consequence, to examine the extent of the pass-through (listorti, esposti, 2012). more precisely, we examined the long-run equilibrium between the international and south african maize price and the malawian maize price, the short-run dynamics and adjustment to the log-run price relationship, and the flow of price information from international and south african maize markets to the malawian maize market (rapsomanikis, 2009). the vec model was adopted because our variables were non-stationary, i(1), and cointegrated (engle and granger, 1987). first, we tested the international, south african, and malawian maize price series for the presence of a unit-root using the augmented dickey-fuller (adf) with the number of lagged variables used to determine the residuals of serial correlation based on the schwarz information criterion (sbic) with 15 maximum lags. the results of the adf test were compared with those of the phillips-perron (1988) non-parametric unit-root test (see, for example, moledina et al., 2004), which is supported by asymptotic theory and which therefore performs better for large samples (mahadeva and robinson, 2004). moreover, this test has two main advantages over the adf test. the test is robust for general forms of heteroskedasticity in the error term and does not require any lag length specification for the test regression. we then detected whether linear combinations of international or south african and malawian maize prices were stationary by conducting the johansen (1991, 1995) test. as previously mentioned, due to the presence of i(1) and cointegrated series, we estimated a vec model specified as follows: δpt m =α +θ pt−1 m − β pt−1 w( )+δδpt−1w + ρδpt−1 m + ε t w = international, south african (1) where δ is the difference operator; pm is the natural logarithm of the real maize price in malawi expressed in mwk and converted to us$ and zar according to the specification of w; pw is the natural logarithm of the real market maize price in us$ for the international price and in zar for the south african price; α is a constant; θ is the error correction coefficient; β is the cointegration factor expressing the long-run elasticity of domestic prices with respect to international prices; δ is the short-run elasticity of the domestic maize price relative to the global or south african maize price; ρ is the autoregressive term; and εt is the error term. 83the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi as suggested by minot (2011), the nominal malawian maize price in us$ and the international price of maize in us$ were converted to real terms using the us consumer price index. the same procedure was adopted for testing pass-through values from the south african to malawian maize market. in this case, we used the south african consumer price index to compute the real price series. 3.2 unpredictable components of price variability following moledina et al. (2004), we focused on the stochastic component of the price process as an appropriate measure of volatility. for this reason, the malawian and global maize price time series were seasonally adjusted and de-trended. we applied this procedure to both nominal and real prices, with the latter obtained by deflating the nominal price by the consumer price index. the results are compared based on these two price typologies due to concerns raised in the literature (see, for example, peterson and tomek, 2000) that problems of biased estimates can occur when series are deflated. such biases include potential changes to the time series process and the generation of spurious cycles that do not reflect original data. as the results for the variables for real and nominal prices were virtually identical, following what suggested by the literature (see, for example, sarris, 2000; moledina et al., 2004; huchet-bourdon, 2011), this paper only presents empirical findings based on deflated prices. as was previously underlined, predictable and seasonal movements around the trend are of peculiar importance to the analysis of cereal prices and, more specifically, to the analysis of maize prices in malawi. for this reason, the time series were seasonally adjusted using an x-12-arima procedure (findley et al., 1998) based on multiplicative adjustments. in other words, the price time series is a multiplicative function of the trendcycle, seasonal and random components. according to the statistical tests, such as the akaike’s information criterion (aic), this decomposition method provided a better fit to the additive model, showing that seasonal effects fluctuate proportionately with the trend. this result is confirmed by empirical literature that makes reference to the same methodology for calculating the composition of malawian maize prices (cornia et al., 2012; sassi, 2012, 2014) the hodrick-prescot (1997) filter was adopted to extract the long-term trend component from the price series. this method minimises series variance in the smoothed area of the series. the smoothness of the trend estimate depends on a penalty parameter. the higher is the value of this parameter, the smoother the resulting trend will be. in our analysis, the value of the penalty parameter was assumed to be equal to 14,400, following the original hodrick-prescot value for monthly data (quantitative micro software, 2007). the natural logarithm for the seasonally adjusted price series divided by the trend component represents the price time series used to analyse maize price volatility, i.e. the deviation of the observed maize price from its trend. a de-trended time series was adopted because the global bai-perron l breaks vs. none stability test (bai and perron, 2003) for the regression coefficients of the seasonally adjusted series over its trend, highlighted the existence of multiple structural breaks in all considered price series. as suggested by sarris (2000), by de-trending the time series we avoided misrepresenting structural breaks in the trend as increases in series variance. 84 maria sassi 3.3. measuring price volatility and its welfare cost this paper estimates conditional volatility as a measure of price volatility using an arch/garch approach. this particular model typology requires the use of a stationary time series. for this reason, we first tested our seasonally adjusted and de-trended price series in natural logarithm to determine the presence of a unit-root. according to the existing literature, when the unit-root-hypothesis is rejected, i.e., the mean and autocovariance are not time-dependent, the series remains in levels. on the contrary, the first-difference series must be adopted. however, the unit root test has low power in the presence of a small sample and structural breaks in the series (sarris, 2000). for this reason, we tested the existence of structural breaks by performing the global bai-perron l breaks vs. none stability test, which confirmed multiple structural breaks in the series. thus, following sarris (2000) and dhen (2000), we decided to use the first-difference series as a measure of price volatility. as the second step of our investigation, we tested for serial correlation using the following model: δyt = αt + εt (3) where y is the natural logarithm of the de-trended and seasonally adjusted price. all variables are in natural logarithm. we investigated the possibility that the residuals from our regression may be correlated with their own lagged values using the breusch-godfrey test. when a serial correlation was found, we determined the order of the autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) process and adjusted equation (3) by including autoregressive (ar(p)= p ∑θ p yt− p and moving average (ma(q)= q ∑ρq ε t−q terms as follows: δyt =α t + p ∑θ p yt− p + q ∑ρq ε t−q + ε t (4) model (3) is the “null hypothesis model” which is tested against the complete and alternative model (4) which includes also ar and ma parts. the abovementioned breusch-godfrey test, combined with the aic and schwarz criterion (sbic), informed the selection of ar(p) and ma(q) terms. after correcting for serial correlation, we tested for arch terms, i.e., autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity in the residuals, by performing the arch lagrange multiplier (lm) test. because all of the time series presented an arch term, we estimated an arch-type model for all of the series. more precisely, we initially made reference to a garch(1,1) model because previous studies, specifically those focusing on the analysis of financial time series, have favoured its performance over that of other models (hansen and lunde, 2011). 85the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi in our garch(1,1) model, equation (4) was used as the mean equation, whereas the equation for the conditional variance (σ2) was σ 2 =ω +αε t−1 2 + βσ t−1 2 (4.a) where ω is a constant α and β are parameters, ε t−1 2 is the previous month’s residual volatility (the arch term given by the square residual lag of equation 4), and σ t−1 2 denotes the last month forecast variance—the so-called garch term. four types of error distribution have been verified: the normal gaussian distribution, the student’s t-distribution, the generalised error distribution, and the generalised error distribution with a fixed parameter. to determine the most appropriate model, we performed three tests: the q-statistics test for detecting the absence of serial correlations in the mean equation; the jarque-brera test for verifying normal distributions among the residuals; and the arch lm test for proving the absence of residual arch effects. when the results of the abovementioned tests indicated the garch(1,1) model as not appropriate to describe the investigated phenomena we estimated other variance models (arch, tarch, egarch, and parch) selecting the appropriate according to the aforementioned tests. the model estimated in each case is indicated in the tables presenting results in section 4. as previously indicated, the trend was not included as an exogenous variable in the estimated arch-type models contrary to what has generally been done in empirical investigations reported in the literature on volatility (see, for example, sarris, 2000). in fact, we decided to de-trend the time series. to detect possible efficiency losses in our two-step approach for the definition of the de-trended and seasonally adjusted price time series, we tested our garch models using: a seasonally adjusted price time series and including the hodrickprescot filter and a linear trend as regressor alternatively; and the original price time series with the hodrick-prescot filter or linear trend and a seasonal factor as regressors. the aic and sbic tests indicated that our choice did not compromise the efficiency of our estimate. we monitored the conditional variance process using the estimated variance of returns. moreover, as equation (4.a) satisfied the non-negative constraints (0 ≤ α and 0 ≤ β) and stationarity condition (α + β < 1) which ensures that the process has finite variance (hamilton, 1994), we calculated the unconditional variance of ε as follows: σ 2 = ω 1−α − β (5) the conditional and unconditional variance of maize price in malawi at the country and local-economy market levels were both adopted to assess the volatility welfare cost according to the lucas formula (lucas, 1987). lucas constructed an agent model in which the utility function (u) of a single consumer over an infinite horizon in the case of absence of volatility is u v = t=0 ∞ ∑β t aegt( )1−γ 1− γ (6) 86 maria sassi where a is the mean level of consumption at time t, g is its rate of growth, γ is the degree of risk aversion, and β is the discount factor. in the presence of volatility, consumption in each period includes a stochastic stream such that equation (6) becomes u v = t=0 ∞ ∑β t aegt e−0.5σ 2 ε t( )1−γ 1− γ (7) where σ2 the natural logarithm of consumption variance, describes the amount of risk present and ε is a random variable whose natural logarithm is normally distributed with a mean of zero and a variance of σ2. the welfare cost of volatility (λ) is represented by the level of utility calculated via (6) and (7), where λ is chosen such that the consumer is indifferent to the deterministic stream and risk stream adjusted by compensation (lucas, 2003, p.4). the result, when solving for λ is the lucas formula, which follows the mathematical notation λ ≅ 0.5 γσ 2 (8) according to lucas (2003), the compensation parameter depends, naturally enough, on the amount of risk present (σ2) i.e. the conditional and unconditional variance estimated by our garch models, and the consumer’s aversion to the determined risk(γ). concerning this latter parameter, we referred to varying degrees of risk aversion that are commonly observed in the literature, over a range of one to four in magnitude, and thereby adopted the highest value (prakash, 2011). 4. results and discussion 4.1. market integration the results for price transmission are illustrated in table 2. these results confirm that from january 1991 to march 2013, maize prices in malawi only show a statistically significant, long-term relationship with the safex maize price and are consistent with the results reported in the literature, such as the findings of rapsomanikis (2009) for the 1998-2008 period. as maize is an imported commodity, β, the cointegration factor, is positive and less than one. according to the estimated parameter, approximately 70 percent of the proportional change in south african maize prices is transferred to the malawian price in the long-run, with an error correction coefficient of nearly 12 percent. short-term effects between international or safex maize prices and maize prices in malawi are found to be statistically insignificant over the time period investigated. thus, in malawi, the short-run maize price movements are primarily affected by domestic market conditions. moreover, the statistically significant autoregressive term indicates that past shocks in the domestic market play an important role in determining future maize price trajectories. 87the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi the studies that focus on malawi attribute this result to government price interventions and active government involvement in the maize market operations. as underlined by jayne et al. (2006, 2008, 2010), the admarc, which is controlled by the government, can purchase and sell maize, set private sector price bands, and control imports and exports with licenses and duties. this board operates not only in response to economic conditions but often acts according to political circumstances. moreover, malawi possesses a strategic grain reserve that is operated by a state agency, the national food reserve agency (nfra). ellis and manda (2012), focusing on the 2000s, provide a detailed discussion of the failure of the malawian government to stabilise maize markets, of the role of the admarc and nfra in exacerbating maize price variability levels, and of variability trends resulting from seasonal and climatic shocks in particular. the effect of government presence on volatility is first demonstrated by the fact that our analysis finds that unconditional variance for the unpredictable maize price component of malawi is greater than that of international maize price volatility (table 3). in both the analysed cases, the estimated constant term (ω) and garch parameters (α and β) are strongly statistically significant. moreover, the garch process is meanreverting (α+β<1). table 2. maize price pass-through mechanism (january 1991-march 2013). δpt m = 0.0017 (0.0081) − 0.0283 (0.0124) pt−1 m − 1.3826 (0.6354) pt−1 w ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ − 0.05936δ (0.1375) pt−1 w + 0.4560 (0.05589) δpt−1 m + ε t m = malawi w = international standard ols regression statistics adj. r-squared  0.1951 sum sq. resids 4.4961 s.e. equation 0.1312 f-statistic 22.3285 log likelihood 164.1200 aic -1.2084 sbic -1.1544 mean dependent 0.0024 s.d. dependent 0.1462 summary statistics for the var system determinant resid. covariance 5.39e-05 determinant resid covariance 5.23e-05 log likelihood  554.1317 aic -4.1067 sbic -3.9715 δpt m = −0.0012 (0.0112) − 0.1156 (0.0279) pt−1 m − 0.6953 (0.0279) pt−1 w ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ − 0.0519 (0.1276) δpt−1 w + 0.4765 (0.0754) δpt−1 m + ε t m = malawi w = safex standard ols regression statistics adj. r-squared 0.2829 sum sq. resids  2.1300 s.e. equation 0.1284 f-statistic 18.3648 log likelihood  86.2061 aic -1.2361 sbic -1.1492 mean dependent -0.0036 s.d. dependent 0.1517 summary statistics for the var system determinant resid. covariance  0.0001 determinant resid covariance 0.0001 log likelihood  223.9019 aic -3.2165 sbic -2.9992 (...) p-value 88 maria sassi our empirical findings also show that the unpredictable component of the international maize price is more sensitive to external shocks during the volatility phase: the arch parameter is found to be greater than the garch value. conversely, in malawi, the higher estimated garch parameter found with respect to the arch value indicates that volatility during the previous period has a stronger effect on the development of volatility. 4.2 the garch process the limited effectiveness of policy interventions to respond to volatility-inducing crisis events (sahley et al., 2005) becomes increasingly apparent through an analysis of the conditional variance of the unpredictable component of malawian maize prices (figure 2). according to our findings, the distribution of this variable is leptokurtic, with the highest values coinciding with crisis episodes related to climatic events, namely in 1992, 1994, 2002-2003, 2005-2006, and 2012. this result is fairly predictable. rain-fed agriculture is the dominant farming system applied in malawi, and thus, maize production is highly vulnerable to climatic shocks, which have resulted in acute food shortages and food insecurity over the last two decades (sahley et al., 2005). with maize being the chief dietary staple and with very limited alternative sources of dietary energy available, the elasticity of maize demand is low, and thus, any variation in the volume of maize production significantly affects price fluctuations (manda, 2010). hence, increases in maize prices resulting from a production shortage generate higher levels of volatility. however, during the 2000s in particular, the impact of these events was largely fuelled by strategic grain reserve mismanagement, the admarc interventions based on poor crop estimates, and more recent failures in fertiliser policy (chirwa, 2009; jayne et al. 2010). with constraints limiting both supply and demand, the introduced market restrictions appear to have further accentuated fluctuations in price volatility. considering the yearly average conditional volatility by month over the investigated time period, it can be argued that maize price volatility is also driven by factors other than weather events and government policies. table 3. garch estimate of maize price volatility for the international and malawian markets (january 1991-march 2013). international market malawian market ω 0.0012 [0.0067] 0.0029 [0.0177] α (arch term) 0.4332 [0.0004] 0.2425 [0.0307] β (garch term) 0.2917 [0.0224] 0.4209 [0.0423] arima process (2,2) (0,1) garch (1,1) (1,1) garch distribution normal normal unconditional variance 0.0041 0.0094 [...] p-value 89the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi figure 3 shows that, on average, the conditional variance of the unpredictable component of maize price reaches its highest levels in february, may, june, and september in relation to variations in maize stocks. this seasonal component of volatility further limits food access for poor households. our findings show that in february, maize prices reached a peak. this period marks the end of the lean season when the majority of poor households have depleted maize grain stocks produced in the previous season and when most farmers have already sold their maize yields (cornia et al., 2012; sassi, 2012; 2014). these abnormally high maize prices during a time of intensified population dependence on the local-economy market for maize demand is an incentive for large-scale wholesalers to release maize stocks accumulated throughout the year (jayne et al., 2010). in february, market activity intensifies, resulting in relatively higher levels of volatility. at the start of the main harvest period, which lasts from april to july, maize is readily available, and the majority of poor farmers sell their maize production early on in the marketing season, often in a desperate effort to repay debts incurred during the previous farming season and to meet short-term cash needs (jayne et al., 2010). as a consequence of this excess supply, maize prices decline, reaching their lowest and most volatile levels in march. during this period, distressed sellers become price takers, and because the admarc is active only in the latter part of the season (june), there is no floor price. moreover, wholesalers and traders compete to acquire as much maize as possible before the adcmrc sets the floor price (jayne et al. 2010, manda, 2010). as illustrated by mapila et al. (2013), private traders start to buy maize at the beginning of the harfigure 2. conditional variance of the unpredictable component of maize price in malawi by month (january 1991-march 2013). .004 .008 .012 .016 .020 .024 .028 .032 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 c on di tio na l v ar ia nc e 90 maria sassi vest period, whereas the admarc typically does this at a later date, primarily because the organisation first waits until the official selling and purchasing price are announced. for this reason, to secure income, poor smallholder farmers often prefer or are forced to sell their maize yields to private traders at lower prices than those established by the admarc. under the pressures induced by these dynamics, the maize market becomes more volatile. as was reported by jayne et al. (2010), when the admarc enters the market, the parastatal agency competes with private traders to acquire maize. as a consequence, maize prices tend to rise rapidly. however, volatility reduced because the admarc price band limits the floor and ceiling of price fluctuations, and by this time, traders have already purchased the majority of maize supplies needed. as a result, the majority of poor households begin to run out of food stocks from their own production by september (sassi, 2012). maize demand intensifies and there is an expansion in maize sales with the approach of the next farming season. during this period, maize prices and maize price volatility increase. 4.3 the welfare cost of volatility the high level of maize price volatility estimated through our empirical investigation corresponds with a relevant welfare cost for smallholder farmers that increase during specific periods of the year due to the estimated seasonal component of the maize price volatility. assuming the highest level of consumer’s price risk aversion (γ=4) as suggested by the literature for poor smallholder farmers in malawi (mac brey msusa, 2007), over the figure 3. yearly average maize price and conditional variance of the unpredictable component of maize price in malawi by month and the maize seasonal calendar. 1   2    3   91the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi analysed time period, the lucas formula indicates that the welfare cost of the estimated maize price volatility constitutes an average of 1.7 percent of 1 percent of average monthly consumption, with a maximum value of 6.3 percent of 1 percent of average monthly consumption. because the assumption of complete markets of the lucas formula cannot be confirmed in the case of malawi, the estimated welfare cost of volatility is likely to be higher. following lucas (2003), this cost should be considered negligible for a mature economy in light of the implementation cost of policies aimed at eliminating fluctuations. however, on this point it must be reminded that the welfare cost measured by this paper is not related to aggregate consumption as in lucas, but to the consumption of a subsistence staple food. thus, its burden on the food security of poor households in malawi may be relevant, particularly for distressed sellers. the increase in maize price volatility during the high-price period further compromises the ability of poor households to purchase food. in addition, poor households must endure the consequences of high maize price volatility during the low-price period when they are forced to sell maize with reductions in expected real incomes, which act as disincentives to investment in farming activity. the maize price volatility dynamics estimated through our study also accentuate the low-income and food-insecure status of poor households because the most common method for coping with shocks in the country involves limiting food portion sizes and the frequency of meals (world food programme, 2010). the poorest households may also suffer from irreversible impacts on human capital and future production and income flows because another typical response strategy to shocks involves selling livestock and assets at low prices, seeking employment in the informal market, and migrating to urban centres (malawi vulnerability assessment committee, 2005). furthermore, surplus maize producers, that do not have stock capacities, suffer due to the seasonal component of volatility. 4.4 volatility in local-economy markets the aforementioned considerations become even more critical at the local-economy market level, in which the unconditional volatility of the stationary garch process, with the estimated parameters being statistically significant (table 4), is considerably higher than the value at the country level (figure 4). in addition, over the analysed time period, the intensity of volatility varies across the local-economy markets of the same region (figure 5). mapila et al. (2013) emphasise the key role of the admarc price in maize price formation at the local market level in combination with the minor effects of spatially varying factors. in contrast, our analysis suggests that volatility appears to be more heavily influenced by factors that reflect specific conditions of local-economy markets (figure 6 and 7). such factors include maize supply and demand features such as the existence of maize imports from bordering countries, food aid provisions, the development of the informal market, diversification, road networks and transportation costs, weather conditions, wealth levels, soil quality, and population density. for example, local informants suggested that maize price volatility in rumphi is attributable to frequent droughts. this possibility is consistent with the results of the estimated garch(1,0) model, in which the arch term is found to strongly affect volatil92 maria sassi table 4. garch estimate of maize price volatility in malawian local-economy markets (january 1991-march 2013). deflated ω α (arch term) β (garch term) arima process garch garch distribution chitipa 0.0077 [0.0029] 0.3354 [0.0031] 0.3666 [0.0133] (1,1) (1,1) normal karonga 0.0030 [0.0050] 0.1706 [0.0008] 0.7324 [0.0000] (1,1) (1,1) normal rumphi 0.0089 [0.0000] 0.8320 [0.0000] (1,1) (1,0) normal mzuzu 0.0059 [0.0026] 0.1546 [0.0034] 0.5545 [0.0000] (1,2) (1,1) normal nkhotakota 0.0080 [0.0096] 0.2515 [0.0114] 0.3929 [0.0321] (2,2) (1,1) student’s t mitundu 0.0262 [0.0000] 0.1654 [0.0300] (1,1) (1,0) normal chimbiya 0.0160 [0.0000] 0.2032 [0.0455] (0,1) (1,0) normal lizulu 0.0059 [0.0016] 0.3549 [0.0005] 0.4379 [0.0001] (1,1) (1,1) normal nchalo 0.0111 [0.0001] 0.6245 [0.0000] 0.2006 [0.0434] (1,1) (1,1) normal [...] p-value figure 4. unconditional variance of the unpredictable component of maize price for the malawian local-economy markets and country-average value (january 1991-march 2013). 1    2   0,026   0,031   0,053   0,02   0,023   0,031   0,02   0,028   0,063   0   0,01   0,02   0,03   0,04   0,05   0,06   0,07   u nc on di ti on al  v ar ia nc e   malawi=  0.009   93the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi fi gu re 5 . c on di tio na l v ar ia nc e of t he u np re di ct ab le c om po ne nt o f m ai ze p ric e fo r m al aw ia n lo ca l-e co no m y m ar ke ts b y m on th ( ja nu ar y 19 91 -m ar ch 20 13 ). 1   2   3   .0 0 .0 2 .0 4 .0 6 .0 8 .1 0 .1 2 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 c hi tip a conditional variance .0 0 .0 2 .0 4 .0 6 .0 8 .1 0 .1 2 .1 4 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 k ar on ga conditional variance .0.1.2.3.4.5.6 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 r um ph i conditional variaice .0 1 .0 2 .0 3 .0 4 .0 5 .0 6 .0 7 .0 8 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 m zu zu conditional variance .0 0 .0 2 .0 4 .0 6 .0 8 .1 0 .1 2 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 n kh ot ak ot a conditional variance .0 0 .0 4 .0 8 .1 2 .1 6 .2 0 .2 4 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 m itu nd u conditional variance .0 1 .0 2 .0 3 .0 4 .0 5 .0 6 .0 7 .0 8 .0 9 .1 0 9 2 9 4 9 6 9 8 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 2 c hi m iy a conditional variance .0 0 .0 4 .0 8 .1 2 .1 6 .2 0 .2 4 9 2 9 4 9 6 9 8 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 1 2 li zu lu conditional variance .0 0 .0 5 .1 0 .1 5 .2 0 .2 5 .3 0 .3 5 .4 0 92 94 96 98 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 n ch al o conditional variance 94 maria sassi ity dynamics. this aspect may also partly explain why the highest levels of volatility were reached in the months of may and august, when the dramatic need to sell a poor a short maize production increased the price response of the market, resulting in an intensification of volatility. in the local-economy market of chitipa the monthly average maize price volatility is relatively low during the lean season, likely due to the region’s location adjacent to the figure 6. yearly average conditional variance of the unpredictable component of maize price in the local-economy markets of northern malawian region by month (january 1991-march 2013). figure 7. yearly average conditional variance of the unpredictable component of maize price in the local-economy markets of northern and southern malawian regions by month (january 1991-march 2013). 95the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi major maize surplus area of tanzania (minot, 2011), which in turn causes the area to be affected by cross-border trade: imports can mitigate the price market response to domestic factors. according to our results, the highest level of unconditional volatility found in the local-economy market of nchalo, which is located in southern malawi, seems to be dependent on shocks: the arch term in the garch(1,1) model is higher than the garch term. this local-economy market is located in a densely populated area that is prone to flooding and in a region where the dominant farming system is characterised by households with the smallest plots of land in the country. our analysis indicates that not only the level but also the time dynamics of maize price volatility varies across the local-economy markets. as discussed by jayne et al. (2010), this latter aspect may be determined by the fact that market activity varies seasonally and regionally. maize is marketed at earlier periods in areas dominated by poor smallholder farmers who specialise in maize production or who wish to purchase chemical fertilisers. these farmers effectively wish to use income from other activities or livelihood strategies during the lean season. a different strategy is adopted by poor smallholder farmers who combine tobacco production with maize production. these farmers sell tobacco first while selling maize later in the season to capitalise on higher prices. in turn, maize markets in these areas are activated later on in the marketing season. as a consequence of the estimated intensity of conditional maize price volatility, the welfare costs calculated at the local economy-market level are found to be dramatically higher than those at the country level (table 5). table 5. summary of the welfare cost of conditional price volatility by local-economy market (january 1991-march 2013). local-economy market mean minimum maximum std. dev. no. observations chitipa 0.0487 0.0195 0.2223 0.0327 265 karonga 0.0558 0.0125 0.2617 0.0397 265 rumphi 0.0521 0.0177 1.0097 0.0945 265 mzuzu 0.0387 0.0269 0.1490 0.0163 265 nkhotakota 0.0456 0.0266 0.2011 0.0271 264 mitundu 0.0627 0.0523 0.4727 0.0320 265 chimbiya 0.0401 0.0320 0.1974 0.0175 266 lizulu 0.0528 0.0219 0.4485 0.0484 265 nchalo 0.0725 0.0279 0.7705 0.0841 265 moreover, as demonstrated in figures 6 and 7, the seasonal component of maize price volatility is also confirmed at the local-economy market level. despite single-market specificities, maize price volatility and thus welfare cost reach a peak when the majority of poor households depend on markets as buyers only, net buyers, or distressed sellers. 96 maria sassi 5. conclusions several interesting findings emerge from our empirical investigation. first, the study confirms the findings of the existing literature focusing on more restricted time periods that argue that maize price volatility in malawi is primarily dependent on domestic factors rather than on international market shocks. the malawian maize market is integrated with the south african market but only with respect to long-run trends. as a consequence, to reduce maize price volatility levels, which in malawi are higher than those of the international market, a primary focus on domestic policies is needed. one of the most relevant findings of the country-level analysis relates to the effect of seasonality on unconditional volatility: maize price volatility levels are higher during certain periods of the year. this trend is confirmed at the local-economy market level despite varying spatial factors that determine different volatility dynamics. these findings underline the need to improve or establish an effective storage, marketing, and trade structure for inter-seasonal and spatial arbitrage. moreover, this finding partly confirms the storage model. according to the model’s prescriptions, increases in price and volatility are positively correlated: price increases tend to deplete stocks and increase volatility (williams and wright 1991). in our study, maize price volatility levels also rise when the price of this staple food declines due to the poor stock capacity of poor smallholder farmers and their often desperate need to sell produce. moreover, the seasonal dynamics of maize price volatility reflects the complex maize marketing system established in malawi and the composite production and consumption strategies put in place by poor smallholder farmers and their households in a poor and highly food-insecure country. in fact, the analysis suggests that the conditions in farm-level and national maize markets affect price volatility at the local-economy market level. poor households depend on the local-economy market for purchasing and selling maize when the farm-level market cannot satisfy their food and income needs. the farm-level market remains undiversified on both the demand and supply side in addition to being heavily exposed and vulnerable to climatic shocks due to the presence of a rain-fed-dominated farming system. trade business remains poorly developed and, due to high transportation costs, operative over short distances (zant, 2005). due to the existence of a single major harvest and poor stock capacity, the majority of poor households, assuming their combined role of consumers and producers, depend on the local-economy market during the same periods of the year (jayne et al. 2010). according to our analysis, maize price volatility levels increase with the intensification of negotiations between poor smallholder farmers and private traders and declines when the admarc activates the national market. this finding suggests the importance of enhancing poor farmer productivity and marketing knowledge in an effort to limit maize price volatility. minot (2014) presents a number of possible explanations for his findings regarding the fact that african countries with large state agencies attempting to stabilise food prices generally show higher volatility levels than those with little or no stabilisation efforts. our empirical investigation of the conditional variance allows us to better address this issue. our results suggest that maize price volatility on the maize local-economy market in malawi intensifies with an increase in competition among private actors before the admarc 97the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi enters the market. in particular, private traders during the post-harvest period strengthen their activity to avoid price band limitations and competition from this state agency. it should also be noted that volatility is partly affected by competition within the private sector in the local-economy market, which is severely constrained by government trade controls and, more generally, by a dysfunctional policy environment (sahely et al., 2005). moreover, due to the presence of a diet composition and agricultural production structure that are both dominated by maize, maize demand and supply dynamics are not affected by the price of substitutes and complements. for this reason, the recent discussion on clarifying the role of the admarc in private-sector participation (jayne et al., 2010) should be enlarged and be also focused on the need to diversify the maize economy as a means for poor households to manage risks of maize price volatility. with respect to the seasonal aspect of volatility, according to our results, volatility intensity reaches its highest levels during the adverse price conditions for poor households when they are sellers and buyers hurting their food security because a more limited food access. in contrast to the conclusions of certain authors (waug, 1994; oi, 1961; massel 1969), such households only suffer from the welfare costs of volatility. for this reason, our findings support the body of literature (see, for example, pallage and robe, 2003) that perceives smoothing price volatility gains as being significantly high particularly during maize price volatility seasonal peaks in this land-locked country, which exhibits widespread food insecurity and poverty and a lack of major natural resources other than lake malawi, thus making populations dependent on maize production for household welfare, economic growth, and employment. according to our analysis, a new food price problem faces policymakers in malawi. the classical policy dilemma examines strategies for keeping prices low enough to ensure low-income consumers’ access to food while also keeping prices high enough to incentivise farm production (jayne et al., 2010). a new consideration involves devising strategies for reducing volatility levels when maize prices reach their peak and lowest values. this problem, which is related to the classical dilemma, is of specific importance for the improvement of food security in malawi. features of the seasonal component of maize price volatility underlined by our empirical investigation damage the consumption capability of the vast majority of malawians represented by buyers only, net buyers, and distressed sellers of this dominant staple food. acknowledgements the author would like to express her gratitude for the valuable comments and information provided by james bwirani (fewsnet, malawi); olex kamowa (fewsnet, malawi); raphael msyali (ministry of agriculture and food security, mzimba north district agriculture office); mario maggi (university of pavia); and gift kawamba (ministry of agriculture, malawi). the contents of this article solely reflect the opinions of the author. references aizeman, j. and pinto, b. (2005). managing economic volatility and crisis. a practitioners guide. new york: cambridge university press. 98 maria sassi bai, j. and perron, p. (2003). computation and analysis of multiple structural change models. j. appl. econom. 18(1): 1-22. baffes, j. and gardner, b. (2003). the transmission of world commodity prices to domestic markets under policy reforms in developing countries. j. policy reform 6(3): 159-180. balcome, k. (2011). the nature and determinants of volatility in agricultural prices: an empirical study. in: prakash, a. (ed.), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. rome: fao, 89-110. chirwa, e. (2009). the 2007–2008 food price swing: impact and policies in malawi. fao, commodities and trade technical paper no 12, rome: fao. conforti, p. (2004). price transmission in selected agricultural markets. commodity and trade policy research working paper no 7, rome: fao. cornia, g.a., deotti, l. and sassi, m. (2012). food price volatility over the last decade in niger and malawi extent, sources and impact on child malnutrition. undp regional bureau for africa, working paper 2012–002. deaton, a. (1999). commodity prices and growth in africa. j. econ. perspect. 13(3): 23-40. dehn, j. (2000). commodity price uncertainty in developing countries. centre for the study of african economies, working paper wps/2000-10. elis, f. and manda, e. (2012). seasonal food crises and policy responses: a narrative account of three food security crises in malawi. world dev. 40(7): 1407-1417. engle, r.f. and granger, c.w.j. (1987). co-integration and error correction: representation, estimation, and testing. econometrica 55(2): 251-276. feed the future (2013). malawi fact sheet. january 31st, http://www.feedthefuture.gov/ sites/default/files/resource/files/ftf_factsheet_malawi_jan2013.pdf. findley, d., monsell, b., bell, w., otto, m., chen, b.c. (1998). new capabilities and methods of the x-12-arima seasonal adjustment program (with discussion). journal of business and economic statistics 16(2): 127-176. fuentes, p. (2013). malawi fertilizer assessment july 2013. muscle shoals alabama: international fertilizer development center. http://www.ifdc.org/r-d/research/malawifertilizer-assessment.pdf/. gilbert, c.l. (2011). grains price pass-trough, 2005-2009. in: prakash, a. (ed.), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. rome: fao, 127-148. government of malawi (2003). price information data collection methodology. lilongwe: agro-economic survey unit of agricultural planning services, moafs. hamilton, j.d. (1994). time series analysis. princeton: princeton university press. hansen, p.r. and lunde, a. (2011). a comparison of volatility models: does anything beat a garch(1,1)?. http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.161 .7472&rep=rep1&type=pdf hodrick, r.j. and prescott, e.c. (1997). postwar u.s. business cycles: an empirical investigation. journal of money, credit, and banking 29: 1–16. huchet-bourdon, m. (2011). agricultural commodity price volatility. oecd food, agriculture and fisheries paper no. 52, paris: oecd publishing. ideaa malawi (2005). improving agriculture market price data project document. lilongwe: initiative for development and equity in african agriculture (ideaa). jayne, t.s., chapoto, a., minde, i. and donovan, c. (2008). the 2008/09 food price and food security situation in eastern and southern africa: implications for immediate 99the welfare cost of maize price volatility in malawi and longer term responses. msu international development working paper no. 97, http://fsg.afre.msu.edu/papers/idwp97.pdf jayne, t.s., sikito, n., ricker-gilbert, j. and mangisoni, j. (2010). malawi’s maize marketing system. london: department for international development. jayne, t.s., zulu, b. and nijhoff, j.j. (2006). stabilizing food markets in eastern and southern africa. food policy 31: 328–341. johansen, s. (1991). estimation and hypothesis testing of cointegration vectors in gaussian vector autoregressive models. econometrica 59: 1551–1580. johansen, s. (1995). likelihood-based inference in cointegrated vector autoregressive models. oxford: oxford university press. listorti, g., esposti, r. (2012). horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets: fundamental concepts and open empirical issues. bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 81-108. lucas, r.e. (1987). models of business cycles. oxford: basil blackwell. lucas, r.e. (2003). macroeconomic priorities. am. econ. rev. 93: 1-14. mac brey msusa, h. (2007). production efficiency of smallholder farmers in malawi: a quadratic programming approach. journal of development in sustainable agriculture 2: 103-116. mahadeva, l. and robinson, p. (2004). unit root testing to help model building. handbooks in central banking. london: andrew blake & gill hammond series editors. malawi vulnerability assessment committee (2005). malawi baseline livelihood profiles. version 1, http://pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/pnadg538.pdf. manda, w.l. (2010). price instability in the maize market in malawi. thesis submitted to the school of international development studies, university of east angalia, in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy. http:// ueaeprints.uea.ac.uk/10599/1/thesis_manda_e_2010.pdf mapila, m.a.t.j., kristen, j.f., meyer, f. and kankawamba, h. (2013). a partial equilibrium model of the malawi maize commodity market. ifpri discussion paper 01254. massell, b.f. (1969). price stabilization and welfare. quarterly journal of economics 83(2): 284–298. minot, n. (2014). food price volatility in sub-saharan africa: has it really increased?. food policy 45: 45-56. minot, n. (2011). transmission of world food price changes to markets in sub-saharan africa. ifpri discussion paper 01059, http://www.ifpri.org/sites/default/files/publications/ifpridp01059.pdf moledina, a.a., roe, t.l. and shane, m. (2004). measuring commodity price volatility and the welfare consequences of eliminating volatility. paper presented at the aaea annual meeting on august 1-4, 2004 denver colorado. oi, w.y. (1961). the desirability of price instability under perfect competition. econometrica 29(1): 58–64. pallage, s. and robe, m. (2003). on the welfare costs of economic fluctuations in developing countries. international economic review 44(2): 677–98. peterson, h.h. and tomek, w.g. (2000). implications of deflating commodity prices in time-series analysis. ncr-134 conference, chicago il, april. phillips, p.c.b. and perron, p. (1988). testing for a unit root in time series regression. biometrika 75 (2): 335–346. 100 maria sassi prakash, a. (2011). why volatility matters. in: prakash, a. (ed.), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. rome: fao, 3-26. quantitative micro software (2007). eviews 6 user’s guide ii. irvine ca: quantitative micro software, llc. quiroz, j. and soto, r. (1995). international price signals in agricultural prices: do governments care?. documento de investigacion 88, georgetown university, santiago, chile, ilades postgraduate economics programme. http://fen.uahurtado.cl/wpcontent/uploads/2010/07/inv88.pdf rapsomanikis, g. (2009). the 2007-2008 food price swing. impact and policies in eastern and southern africa. commodities and trade technical paper 12, rome: fao. sahley, c., groelsema, b., marchione, t. and nelson, d. (2005). the governance dimensions of food security in malawi. usaid. ftp://ftp.fao.org/upload/eims_object/photo_library/usaid_malawi_sept2005.pdf sassi, m. (2014). economic and health determinants of child nutritional status in the malawian district of salima. european journal of development research advance online publication, 16 january 2014; doi:10.1057/ejdr.2013.62. sassi, m. (2012). short-term determinants of malnutrition among children in malawi. food security 4: 593-606. sarris, a.h. (2000). has world cereal market instability increased?. food policy 24: 337350. stigler, m. (2011). commodity prices: theoretical and empirical properties. in: prakash, a. (ed.), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. rome: fao, 27-43. waugh, f.v. (1944). does the consumer benefit from instability?. quarterly journal of economics 58(4): 602–14. world food programme (2010). comprehensive food security and vulnerability analysis. republic of malawi. rome: world food programme. zant, w. (2005). food import risk in malawi: simulating a hedging scheme for malawi food imports using historical data. commodity and trade policy research working paper no. 13. rome: fao. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(1): 83-91, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-14189 observing and analysing the bioeconomy in the eu – adapting data and tools to new questions and challenges robert m’barek*, george philippidis, cornelia suta, cristina vinyes, arnaldo caivano, emanuele ferrari, tevecia ronzon, ana sanjuan lopez, fabien santini european commission, joint research centre (jrc), institute for prospective and technological studies (ipts) 1 abstract. the concept of ‘bioeconomy’ is receiving increased attention in policy and business circles. the european commission (ec) has initiated the bioeconomy strategy which is a signal of intent that the eu seeks to meet the challenge of reconciling responsible-resource usage respecting sustainability criteria, with wealth-generation. to this aim, the ec’s joint research centre (jrc) has been entrusted to implement a bioeconomy information systems observatory within which the objective is to develop an ongoing coherent picture of the activities of this sector, whilst developing forward-looking tools of analysis to help respond to the aforementioned challenge. this paper provides a discussion on the research activities which are currently under development at the jrc. whilst the scale of ambition of the bioeconomy observatory is significant, it is recognised that much of the research conducted so-far remains workin-progress and is therefore only a starting point to fully capturing the nuances of this diverse and complex sector. keywords. bioeconomy, european union, social accounting matrix, cge, databases. jel codes. q1, q2 1. introduction as a reflection of the importance of the ‘bioeconomy’ in european union (eu) policy circles, in late 2012 the european commissioner for research and innovation led an initiative known as the ‘bioeconomy strategy’, co-signed by the commissioners for agriculture and rural development, environment, maritime affairs, and industry and entrepreneurship. within this strategy, the ec defines the bioeconomy as, “the production of renewable biological resources and the conversion of these resources and waste streams into value added products, such as food, feed, bio-based products and bioenergy” (ec, 2012, p. 3). indeed, as a potentially important source of sustainable growth within the eu, the european commission (ec) definition of ‘bioeconomy’ encompasses all kinds of biomass use whilst respecting three sustainability goals (economic, social, and environmental). * corresponding author: robert.m’barek@ec.europa.eu. http://dx.doi.org/10.13128/bae-14189 84 r. m’barek et alii this holistic approach represents an opportunity for the eu to simultaneously reconcile responsible-resource usage and wealth-generation. on the other hand, existing european and global policies do not always provide a set of coherent objectives to be pursued at the same time. to better understand these conflicts of interest, one must first have a clear picture of the status quo. according to the latest available official numbers for 2009, the bioeconomy in the eu represents a market estimated to be worth over eur 2 trillion, providing 20 million jobs and accounting for 9% of the total employment (ec, 2012, p. 5). a more recent study (carus, 2012a) estimates a turnover of eur 2.8 trillion and approximately 29 million jobs for the year 2012. nevertheless, both sources only provide broad estimates which are highly uncertain. the bioeconomy strategy aims at focusing the eu’s common efforts in the right direction to “help europe to live within its limits. the sustainable production and exploitation of biological resources will allow the production of more from less, including from waste. the bioeconomy will also contribute to limiting the negative impacts on the environment, reduce the heavy dependency on fossil resources, mitigate climate change and move europe towards a post-petroleum society” (ec, 2014a). yet, the definition of right direction is open to interpretation. accordingly, under the auspices of the bioeconomy strategy, a european bioeconomy panel has been set up to support interactions between different policy areas, sectors and stakeholders, in order to get a global overview of the different components and dimensions of the bioeconomy. the bioeconomy panel brings together, in one group, people with different perspectives and areas of expertise (ec, 2014b). in addition, an expert group for bio-based products has been created to assist the commission in the preparation of legislation or in policy definition in particular in the framework of the reviewed industrial policy (bio-based news, 2014). furthermore, the eu research and innovation programme from 2014 to 2020, known as horizon 2020, also includes research relevant to this sector (ec, 2014c). in addition to the eu strategy, several eu member states have also designed their own national bioeconomy strategies, which are linked in particular through the standing committee for agricultural research (scar) to the european commission. on a separate front, the bioeconomy action plan also foresees the establishment of a bioeconomy information systems observatory “to regularly assess the progress and impact of the bioeconomy and develop forward-looking and modelling tools.” (ec, 2014d) the european commission’s joint research centre (jrc), entrusted to implement the bioeconomy observatory, has proposed three main pillars which aim to: i) monitor investments in research, innovation and skills; ii) reinforce policy interaction and stakeholder engagement; and iii) enhance the knowledge of markets and competitiveness. in this short paper, the focus is on the last of these pillars, which aims at the description, quantification and analysis of the development of sectors in the bioeconomy from a socioeconomic point of view. more specifically, this paper provides some insights into ongoing research activities within bioeconomy observatory of the jrc related to data and economic assessment tools implemented in-house under the auspices of the integrated agroeconomic modelling platform (imap) (m’barek et al., 2012). the paper is therefore organized as follows. section 2 describes the jrc state-of-theart data storing, comparing and visualisation tool for agriculture, markets and models, 85observing and analysing the bioeconomy in the eu known as datam. section 3 deals with the description of bio-based sectors in each of the eu member states (ms), based on the application of a detailed set of social accounting matrices (sam). section 4 introduces a global simulation model for forward-looking scenario analysis. section 5 concludes. 2. databases and visualisation of the bioeconomy since 2010, the jrc’s in-house data management tool, known as datam, has been employed to streamline data related tasks when researching agricultural markets. more specifically, it has been used as a source for economic modelling purposes, an easy to use data validation tool when cross checking between different databases, and as a way of analysing results. using one interface only, users can rapidly access the main agricultural and trade databases (as provided by eurostat, faostat, fapri, usda, oecd and others) as well as the in-house model databases. the tool therefore addresses different needs, ranging from data collection and data checks to advanced reporting with the possibility to export data. the overall accessibility to datam is extended through a web-based version, which was inaugurated in january 20142. more information about this tool can be found in hélaine et al. (2013). the lack of data for measuring bioeconomy is one of the main challenges of the bioeconomy observatory. currently, relevant indicators can be found in varied databases from different providers. datam’s contribution consists of providing access to different existing datasets collected both from publicly available sources, such as eurostat and fao, and non-public and/or ad-hoc data and that can be used by researchers, policy makers and general public to monitor bioeconomy figures in europe. to some extent, datam already includes data relevant to certain areas of the bioeconomy, (e.g., agriculture, food, energy). for example currently available data for agriculture refers to production, land area, prices, agricultural trade, population and employment. moreover, crops are more than just a source of food and feed (animal or human consumption), but also a main provider of biomass. as one of the data sources already available in datam, the fao food balance sheet database provides, among others, valuable information for the bioeconomy as it also contains non-feed and non-food uses of crops. in the future, the aim is to incorporate a comprehensive picture in relation to the other main sectors providing biomass: forestry, fisheries and aquaculture, industries other than food, biotechnology-based or not, and waste sectors. since the objective of the bioeconomy observatory is to measure bioeconomic activity in the european union, the main public data provider used for this purpose will be eurostat. biomass is an important product of the bioeconomy which, until recently, has only received limited attention from statistical data providers. very few databases include comprehensive data on biomass supply (such as production, market value); among those, two could be mentioned: eurostat material flow accounts and seri global material flow database. to partly fill in the gap with respect to agriculture, the jrc in collaboration with the nova institute is working on a database with estimates of biomass supply (fresh matter and dry matter). using coefficients found in the literature, biomass dry mat2 accessible at http://www.datamweb.com/ 86 r. m’barek et alii ter is extracted from harvested agricultural biomass (fresh matter). in addition, thanks to the use of recovery coefficients, this dataset responds to the need of measuring used and unused crop biomass at the eu level. unused biomass can then be used as an indicator of the scope of biomass available for recycling or fertilising activities. further work will be needed for other sources of biomass. there are also significant data gaps regarding the total biomass flows (use of biomass supplied), in particular concerning trade aspects, different uses between food, feed, fuel and other industrial purposes, and waste. the bioeconomy observatory will seek to combine information from various sources and datasets (such as, for example, industrial production and structural business statistics) to portray as comprehensive a picture as possible of the eu biomass balance sheet. 3. profiling the bioeconomy using sam multipliers in the context of different projects, the agrilife unit at jrc developed ‘social accounting matrices for eu27 with a disaggregated agricultural sector’ (agrosam) (mueller et al., 2009) for each of the member states. a description of the database building process and an example of its use in the examination of the bioeconomy for spain can be found in cardenete et al. (2012). in their paper, the authors employ multiplier analysis to examine the economic structure and relative influence of bio-based sectors relative to the rest of the economy. following this line of research, traditional multiplier analysis is also employed as a vehicle to better understand the role of the bioeconomy across all eu27 member states. forward linkage (fl) and backward linkage (bl) are relative measures of supplierbuyer relationships within the economy under conditions of leontief technologies. more specifically, the fl measures the relative importance of sector x as a supplier to the remaining industries in the economy whereas the bl measures sector x’s relative importance as a demander of goods from remaining sectors. thus, if sector x has a bl or fl greater than 1, then 1€ of intermediate input (bl) or output change (fl) in that sector generates an above-average level (i.e., greater than €1) of wealth measured against the remaining sectors. those sectors which encompass fl and bl greater than 1 are identified as key or strategically important sectors. as an initial step, it was deemed necessary to improve the relevance of the study by updating the agrosam tables for all of the eu27 members from the year 2000 to 2007.3 the choice of update year is motivated by the availability of eurostat supply and use tables (sut) for almost all of the eu27 regions. thus, the non-agrofood accounts in the updated agrosam (i.e., industry costs, commodity supplies, exports, imports, final demands, investment demands, margins and net taxes) are taken directly from eu27 sut tables. the agri-food sector accounts are updated to 2007 subject to additional secondary data targets from eurostat (2013), whilst a further set of macroeconomic aggregate demand targets for each eu27 member state (eurostat, 2013) are also enforced subject to sam balancing restrictions. 3 given the data intensive nature of input-output tables, there is typically a time-lag in their construction. this problem is further exacerbated when one is attempting to find a consistent year across 27 eu member state. 87observing and analysing the bioeconomy in the eu as noted above, the desired application for these data is the calculation of multipliers for 45 designated bio-based sectors.4 to aid the process of comparison and profiling of the bioeconomic sectors across member states, a series of statistical tests are envisaged. thus, employing a hierarchical cluster analysis, it is possible to identify regional clusters of eu members employing bl and fl variables as segmenting variables. in this way, the original 27 member states are reduced to a smaller number of regional clusters, with a similar identifiable set of bio-based structures. to identify which bioeconomic sectors are structurally heterogeneous across clusters, one-way anova tests can be implemented to focus on comparing the differences in the bl mean multiplier by sector and the fl mean multiplier by sector, across the clusters, whilst further identification of key sectors (fl and bl greater than 1) will pinpoint strategically significant sectors. 4. simulating macro-economic impacts of biobased technologies in the eu to promote and monitor the development of the eu bioeconomy, the european commission launched a complementary project to the bioeconomy observatory, the systems analysis tools framework for the eu bio-based economy strategy project (satbbe5). the sat-bbe project aims at developing an analysis tool for monitoring the evolution of the biobased economy based on both quantitative and qualitative analytical models and tools. there are already several models and tools that can be, and have been, used to evaluate certain aspects of the bioeconomy. for example, plevin et al. (2013), wicke et al. (2011), edwards et al. (2010), laborde (2011) and kim et al (2011) analyse the impacts of first-generation biofuels on indirect land use change (iluc). the first three aforementioned papers review existing models and highlight the modelling challenges when modelling iluc. laborde (2011) presents a detailed study using a customised computable general equilibrium (cge) model linking trade liberalization, iluc, biofuels and greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions. employing a statistical analysis, kim et al. (2011) detect evidence for iluc that might have been catalysed by united states biofuel production. other studies (ciaian and kancs, 2011; rathmann et al., 2010) focus more on food security and land use competition between food production and biofuels with the use of statistical, time-series analytical mechanisms. while timilsina et al., (2011) employ a cge for the same purpose, linking oil price, biofuel and food supply. lastly, tyner (2010) and banse et al. (2008) have focused on the link between biofuel policies and global agricultural markets, the former with descriptive analytical tools and the latter with the use of a customised cge model. in the context of the bioeconomy observatory, a collaboration involving the jrc is currently underway which employs a customized recursive dynamic global cge model 4 only those sectors where a clear bioeconomic input is identifiable are chosen (based on an examination of the intermediate input structure in the supply and use tables of the eu27. other (aggregate) sectors such as chemicals, textiles etc., where a bioeconomic sector is present, were discarded owing to a large non bioeconomic component in the output of the sector, whilst a lack of information was available to disaggregate the bioeconomic from the non-bioeconomic component across all 27 eu members. 5 http://www3.lei.wur.nl/satbbe/project.aspx. 88 r. m’barek et alii known as the magnet model (modular applied general equilibrium tool)6. this model has already been applied to analyse the behaviour of the bio-based sectors and their inter-linkages with the rest of the economy (van meijl et al. 2012). one specific aim of the current study is to understand the role of second generation biofuel technologies capturing both the direct and indirect economic impacts of this bio-based sector. from a data perspective, magnet principally relies on the well-known gtap database which describes bilateral trade patterns, production, consumption and intermediate use of commodities and services. the current release of the gtap database (narayanan et al., 2012) includes dual reference years (2004 and 2007) as well as coverage of 129 regions and 57 gtap commodities. the input-output tables of several countries, especially oecd members, were adjusted in the gtap 8 version, to match 2004 and 2007 agricultural production statistics by sector. these are particularly important adjustments for the bioeconomy, given the large percentage that agricultural products contribute to the final costs of bio-energy products. within the sat-bbe project, approximately 30 of the 57 sectors are classified as bio-based or potentially bioeconomy sectors, while some sectors include activities that are partially bio-based, such as food processing, wood and paper industries. in terms of modelling, magnet builds on the standard gtap cge template by including non-standard modules that can be activated depending on the relevance of the policy question at hand. thus, additional modules are activated to incorporate endogenous land supply and land transformation between sectors, whilst a specific module encompassing the activities of first generation biofuels and its interaction with (inter alia) agricultural sectors, is also included. in addition, magnet characterises fertilizer as a separate activity, considering the impact of this sector on crop yields and thereby on land use change. as noted above, the jrc will be looking to further extend the work to analyse the potential role of second generation biofuels, biochemicals and/or bio-electricity. the supply of biomass from woody or grassy crops and from residues and waste are not considered yet, but subject to data constraints, are important possible candidates for further research. 5. conclusions before starting any analysis related to bioeconomy and partially incoherent objectives this concept brings about, a clear picture of available data and methodologies is needed. to this end, the european commission established a bioeconomy observatory. within this framework, the jrc is extending its web-based data management tool (datam) to provide access to different datasets that can be used by researchers, policy makers and the general public to monitor in particular the primary sectors of the bioeconomy in europe. an analytical and economic way to better understand the role of the bioeconomy across all eu27 (28) member states is performed through multiplier analysis. updating and employing the ‘social accounting matrices for eu27 with a disaggregated agricultural sector’ (agrosam), developed at jrc, regional clusters of eu members, different bioeconomic structures and strategically significant sectors can be identified. indicating significant and key sectors is already an important evidence for potential investments to 6 http://www.wageningenur.nl/en/expertise-services/research-institutes/lei/research-areas/international-policy. htm. 89observing and analysing the bioeconomy in the eu foster growth and/or create jobs. however, constituting new markets, and at least parts of the bioeconomy are novel markets, as well as incentivizing investments, need a stable and long-term policy framework. capturing the influence of policies and other drivers in a coherent framework can be achieved with the so-called general equilibrium models. within the bioeconomy observatory and in collaboration with other research institutions, the magnet model (modular applied general equilibrium tool) is used to analyse the behaviour of the bio-based sectors and their inter-linkages with the rest of the economy and europe’s trade relationship with third countries. providing a consistent forward-looking economic framework, for instance the potential role of second generation biofuels, biochemicals and/or bio-electricity under specific macro-economic and policy assumptions, is quantified. as an approach to steer biomass to its most beneficial uses for the economy, society, and the environment, the “cascading principle” (ep, 2013; p. 6) could become the guiding paradigm. as defined by the german federal environment agency, this framework provides a, “...strategy for using raw materials or the products made from them in chronologically sequential steps as long, often and efficiently as possible for materials and only to recover energy from them at the end of the product life cycle. it is based on the use of so-called ‘cascades of use’ that flow from higher levels of the value chain down to lower levels, increasing the productivity of the raw material” (carus, 2012b, p. 2). this definition places the use of biomass for energy generation at the end of the cascade, which at present is not the case, and therefore would not provide a level playing field for all actors (ec 2011) and equal access to – sustainable biomass. beyond these criteria, it is ultimately up to the society (and policy makers) to decide on the use of biomass. choices are to be made. to analyse the cascading use, a particular challenge from a modelling perspective is to identify and disaggregate those bioeconomic components of existing industry classifications to form new subsectors. in this way, a more detailed quantitative approximation of the importance of individual bioeconomy sectors on upstream suppliers and downstream markets is plausible, which more closely captures the concept of the cascading use. acknowledgment: the project benefited from support granted by the european union’s seventh framework programme under grant agreement no 341300 (bioeconomy information systems observatory project). authors acknowledge valuable comments by hans van meijl, alejandro cardenete, edward smeets, andrzej tabeau, maria del carmen delgado and damien plan. the views expressed in this paper are the sole responsibility of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views of the european commission. references banse, m., v. meijl h., tabeau a. and wojter g. (2008). “will eu biofuel policies affect global agricultural markets?” european review of agricultural economics 35(2): 117-141. 90 r. m’barek et alii bio-based news (2014). european commission: expert group on bio-based products established”; http://bio-based.eu/news/european-commission-expert-group-on-biobased-products-established/ [2014, march 5]. cardenete, m. a., boulanger, p., del carmen delgado, m., ferrari, e. and m’barek, r. (2014), agri-food and bio-based analysis in the spanish economy using a key sector approach. review of urban & regional development studies, forthcoming, doi: 10.1111/rurd.12022 carus, m. (2012a). structure of the bio-based economy, nova institute. project presentation at joint research centre. carus, m. (2012b). bio-based economy in the eu-27: a first quantitative assessment of biomass use in the eu industry; nova institute. ciaian, p. and kancs d.a. (2011). interdependencies in the energy–bioenergy–food price systems: a cointegration analysis. resource and energy economics 33(1): 326-348. edwards, r., mullighan d. and marelli l. (2010). indirect land use change from increased biofuels demand comparison of models and results for marginal biofuels production from different feedstocks”, jrc scientific and technical reports (http://www.eac-quality.net/fileadmin/eac_quality/user_documents/3_pdf/indirect_ land_use_change_from_increased_biofuels_demand_-_comparison_of_models. pdf). elbersen, b, startisky, i, hengeveld, g, schelhaas, m-j, naeff, h. and böttcher, h (2012). atlas of eu biomass potentials. deliverable 3.3: spatially detailed and quantified overview of eu biomass potential taking into account the main criteria determining biomass availability from different sources. (http://www.biomassfutures.eu/ work_packages/wp3%20supply/d_3_3__atlas_of_technical_and_economic_biomass_potential_final_feb_2012.pdf). european commission (2011). bio-based economy in europe: state of play and future potential part 2; summary of the position papers received in response of the european commission’s public on-line consultation), p. 6; http://ec.europa.eu/research/ consultations/bioeconomy/bio-based-economy-for-europe-part2.pdf. european commission (2012). innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe” com (2012)60; http://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/pdf/official-strategy_en.pdf. european commission (2014a). bioeconomy strategy; http://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/policy/strategy_en.htm [2014, march 5]. european commission (2014b). bioeconomy panel; http://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/policy/panel_en.htm [2014, march 5]. european commission (2014c). horizon 2020; see societal challenge 2, titled “food security, sustainable agriculture and forestry, marine, maritime and inland water research, and the bioeconomy”; http://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/h2020/ index_en.htm [2014, march 5]. european commission (2014d). bioeconomy information systems observatory; http:// ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/policy/observatory_en.htm [2014, march 5]. european parliament (2013). report on innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe (2012/2295(ini)); http://www.europarl.europa.eu/sides/getdoc. do?pubref=-//ep//nonsgml+report+a7-2013-0201+0+doc+pdf+v0//en 91observing and analysing the bioeconomy in the eu hélaine s., himics, m., m’barek, r., caivano a. (2013). datam data on agriculture, trade and models; a tool for flexible management, extension and integration of (model) databases, jrc scientific and policy reports (http://ftp.jrc.es/eurdoc/ jrc81668.pdf). horridge, m. (2003). sambal: a gempack program to balance square sams. technical report, center of policy studies, monash university. (http://www.copsmodels.com/ archivep/tpmh0048.zip). kim, s. and dale b.e. (2011). indirect land use change for biofuels: testing predictions and improving analytical methodologies. biomass and bioenergy 35(7): 3235-3240. laborde, d. (2011). assessing the land use change consequences of european biofuel policies final report. washington d.c., u.s.a., international food policy research institute (ifpri). m’barek, r., britz w., burrell a. and delincé j. (2012). an integrated modelling platform for agro-economic commodity and policy analysis (imap) – a look back and the way forward, jrc scientific and policy reports (http://ftp.jrc.es/eurdoc/jrc69667. pdf). mueller, m., perez-dominguez, i. and gay, h. (2009). construction of social accounting matrices for eu27 with a disaggregated agricultural sectors (agrosam). jrc scientific and technical reports (http://ipts.jrc.ec.europa.eu/publications/pub. cfm?id=2679). narayanan g.b., aguiar, a. and mcdougall r. (eds) (2012). global trade, assistance, and production: the gtap 8 data base, center for global trade analysis, purdue university”. (https://www.gtap.agecon.purdue.edu/databases/v8/v8_doco.asp). plevin, r.j. and kammen d.m. (2013). indirect land use and greenhouse gas impacts of biofuels. encyclopedia of biodiversity (second edition). waltham, academic press: 293-297. rathmann, r., szklo a. and schaeffer r. (2010). land use competition for production of food and liquid biofuels: an analysis of the arguments in the current debate. renewable energy 35(1): 14-22. smeets, e., vinyes, c., tabeau, a. and van meijl, h., (under review 2014). evaluating the macro-economic impacts of biobased technologies in the eu. jrc scientific and policy reports. timilsina, g.r., mevel s. and shrestha a. (2011). oil price, biofuels and food supply. energy policy 39(12): 8098-8105. tyner, w.e. (2010). the integration of energy and agricultural markets. agricultural economics 41: 193-201. van meijl, h., smeets, e., van dijk, m., powell j. and tabeau, a. (2012). macro-economic impact study for biobased malaysia. the hague, the netherlands, lei wageningen ur. vries, b de., vuuren, d van., elzen, m den. and janssen, m. (2001). the targets imange energy regional (timer) model. technical documentation. rivm report 461502024, bilthoven. wicke, b., verweij, p. van meijl, h. van vuuren, d.p. and faaij, a.p.c. (2011). indirect land use change: review of existing models and strategies for mitigation. biofuels 3(1): 87-100. bio-based and applied economics 4(1): 1-16, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14715 effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming antonio alvarez1, carlos arias2 1 university of oviedo and oviedo efficiency group 2 university of león and oviedo efficiency group date of submission: july 17th, 2014 abstract. the increasing intensification of dairy farming in europe has sparked an interest in studying the economic consequences of this process. however, empirically classifying farms as extensive or intensive is not a straightforward task. in recent papers, latent class models (lcm) have been used to avoid an ad-hoc split of the sample into intensive and extensive dairy farms. a limitation of current specifications of lcm is that they do not allow farms to switch between different productive systems over time. this feature of the model is at odds with the process of intensification of the european dairy industry in recent decades. we allow for changes of production system over time by estimating a single lcm model but splitting the original panel into two periods, and find that the probability of using the intensive technology increases over time. our estimation proposal opens up the possibility of studying the effects of intensification not only across farms but also over time. keywords. dairy farms, intensification, latent class model, panel data. jel codes. c23, d24, q12 1. introduction the number of dairy farms in the european union has fallen dramatically in recent decades and continues to decline. given that farm output remains roughly at quota level, over the same period the average size of dairy herds has increased steadily. at the same time, genetic and management improvements in dairy cattle have permitted large increases in milk production per cow. these structural changes have provided the basis for the propagation of intensive systems of production in the dairy sector. in fact, intensification is often mentioned as a feature of structural change, reinforcing the interest in the analysis of the impact of intensification on productivity and efficiency. the relationship between structural change and intensification has an interesting aspect in our empirical example since institutional and geographical reasons make it difficult to grow by accruing more land. * corresponding author: carlos.arias@unileon.es. mailto:carlos.arias@unileon.es 2 a. alvarez, c. arias some of the farms are small, with fragmented land and located in hilly areas (del corral et al., 2011). obviously, the cessation of these farms does not increase the land available for the farms that stay in production and that are mainly located in flatter coastal areas. extensive dairy farming, on the other hand, consists of producing milk using mainly on-farm produced forage with low stocking rates. fostering production using extensive systems has often been an explicit goal of agricultural policy, justified by factors such as environmental soundness, improved animal welfare, or use of abundant land in some areas. in contrast to this, many dairy farms in europe have gone in the opposite direction, adopting more intensive production systems. despite the importance of the intensification process and the intense policy debates it has generated, few papers have studied the intensification of dairy farming using economic analysis. most articles have adopted a technical perspective, describing the physical changes of the process (e.g., simpson and conrad, 1993), while very few have analyzed the economic consequences of this process (some exceptions are alvarez et al., 2008, 2010, and nehring et al., 2011). from an empirical point of view, the coexistence of both extensive and intensive farms implies that there are two different technologies in the sector. this runs contrary to the assumption of a common technology for all farms which is the most frequent in the production literature. however, there is also awareness among researchers of the estimation bias that arises if such an assumption is unrealistic. for this reason, several approaches have been followed in dairy sector studies in order to account for the likely existence of different technologies. the most basic one is to drop a number of farms from the sample on the grounds that they may operate under a different technology (tauer and belbase, 1987). a second approach is to split the sample into several groups based on some observable farm characteristics. for example, hoch (1962) divided the sample into two groups based on the location of farms, while newman and matthews (2006) considered two different technologies depending on the number of outputs each farm produces. classifying farms as intensive or extensive is not as straightforward as it might appear. for example, nehring et al. (2011) used the number of cows per hectare in order to split the sample. however, the stocking rate partition does not fully describe the production system as other aspects such as the productivity of cows or the share of concentrates in the feed ration could also be taken into account. in this paper we avoid an ex-ante classification of farms as extensive or intensive by estimating a latent class model (lcm). this model assumes that several unknown technologies (classes) have generated the sample, and allows for the estimation of the parameters of the different technologies plus the probability that each observation has been generated by a specific technology. to the best of our knowledge, the starting point of previous models in the literature is a set-up and estimation proposal that assumes that the probability of each observation belonging to a class (i.e. using an intensive or extensive technology) is constant over time. this implies that changes during the period of analysis, no matter how dramatic, do not lead to a farm being labeled as belonging to a different class (use of a different technology). such an assumption becomes increasingly untenable as the number of observed periods gets larger. the objective of the present paper is twofold. first, we wish to determine whether the intensification process that has been taking place in recent decades has come to an end or whether dairy farms are still switching from extensive to more intensive produc3effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming tion systems. for this purpose, we make a simple methodological proposal to circumvent the assumption of class probability being constant over time. second, we are interested in analyzing the effects of intensification on farms’ efficiency. in particular, for given inputs we would like to know whether intensive farms have the potential to produce more output than extensive farms, and if so, the degree to which intensive farms achieve such potential. in order to fulfill these two objectives, in the empirical section of the paper we use a panel of dairy farms in northern spain to illustrate the feasibility of estimating a lcm with time-varying probabilities. our objectives are firstly to measure the changes over time in the probability of belonging to a class (technology) and secondly to analyze the effects on production potential and efficiency of dairy farm intensification1. unlike previous studies, our methodological proposal allows us to look specifically at the farms that might have tilted towards a more intensive production system in the period of analysis. the organization of the paper is the following. in the next section we describe the model. in section 3, we present the data and the empirical model. in section 4 we show the econometric estimation of the latent class models. in section 5 there is a discussion of the empirical results. the paper ends with some conclusions. 2. the model we use a lcm to analyze the extent of intensification in our dataset. the initial step is to check whether the lcm identifies different technologies and if those technologies represent different degrees of intensification. the starting point is a log-linear stochastic production frontier (orea and kumbhakar, 2004) such as: ( )= + −y f x v uln ln | | |it it j it j it j (1) where x is a vector of inputs, y a single output, v a symmetric random disturbance, and u a one-sided random disturbance that measures technical inefficiency. subscript i (i=1,… ,n) denotes firms, t (t=1,…,t) denotes time, and subscript j (j=1,…,j) indicates a technology in a finite set. the vertical bar means that there is a different production function (different parameters) for each class j. we assume that, conditional on each class, the random disturbances v and u follow a normal and a truncated normal random distribution respectively. in a latent class model we need to consider three likelihood functions. the first is the likelihood function of a firm i at time t belonging to class j: ( )= θlf g y x, ,ijt it it j (2) where θj represents the set of parameters of technology (class) j, and g denotes the likelihood function of a production frontier (kumbhakar and lovell, 2000). the second is the likelihood function of a firm i conditional on class j, obtained as the product of the likeli1 the present paper is related with a strand of literature linking technological choices with efficiency. as an example, kompas and nhu che (2006) studied the effect of different technologies on the efficiency of dairy farms by including in the inefficiency model a set of variables reflecting technological choices. 4 a. alvarez, c. arias hood functions in each period. ∏ ∏ ( )= = θ = = lf lf g y x, ,ij ijt t t it it j t t 1 1 (3) finally, the unconditional likelihood function of firm i is calculated averaging the likelihood conditional on each class using the prior probabilities of class membership pij as weights: ∑= = lf lf pi ij ij j j 1 (4) prior probabilities can be interpreted as the probabilities attached to class j membership (greene, 2005). these prior probabilities can be parameterized using a multinomial logit model: ∑ δ δ ( ) ( ) = = p z z exp exp ij j i j i j j 1 (5) where zi is a vector of “separating variables” and δj a vector of parameters to be estimated. the “separating variables” are related to the adoption of a technology and, as a result, can be used as explanatory variables of the prior probability of using that technology. after estimation of the model in (1) by maximum likelihood a “posterior probability” can be computed as: ∑ = = lf p lf p prij ij ij ij ij j j 1 (6) as equation (6) shows, the prior probability of class membership for each farm is weighted by the empirical likelihood that the farm belongs to that class. this implies that the ability of each technology to explain the observed production of a farm is incorporated in the calculation of the posterior probability. in a sense, the estimates obtained with the parsimonious parametric model of the prior probability are complemented with information on individual fit to provide a more accurate evaluation of the probability of class membership. in fact, the posterior probability is considered the best estimate of class membership (greene, 2005), and as such, the value of this probability is the criterion that we will use for determining whether a farm is using a particular technology. as mentioned above, a subtle feature of the lcm for panel data is that prior probabilities are modeled as time invariant. in practical terms, time-invariant probabilities amount 5effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming to assuming that changes in farms over time do not affect the classification of a farm as intensive or extensive. however, we expect some farms to change the use of inputs during the period of analysis in ways that suggest tilting towards intensive farming. our aim, therefore, is to circumvent the assumption of time-invariant probabilities in the empirical analysis. for that purpose, we estimate a single lcm model for the whole period of analysis but split the observations for each farm into two periods, where the first period roughly corresponds to (t=1,…,t/2) and the second period to (t=t/2+1,...,t). in this approach, farm i is considered to be a different farm in each of the two periods. as a result, the probability of class membership is constant for a given farm during each of the two periods but can change from the first period to the second. alvarez and del corral (2010) report time-varying probabilities of class membership in the conventional panel lcm through a slight modification of equation (6). they use as weighting factor of prior probabilities the likelihood function of each observation in each year (lfijt in equation 2) instead of the likelihood function of each farm (lfij in equation 3). this computational choice allows them to report time variation of a feature of the model, latent class probability, assumed to be constant over time for estimation purposes. therefore, the time variation of probability reported is akin to variation around a constant mean. instead, our estimation proposal avoids such problems by allowing class probability to change from the first sub period to the second while being constant in each sub period. in principle, it is possible to divide the original sample in three or more sub periods. however, the time length of the panel shortens accordingly, causing econometric and numerical problems. in fact, the limit of this increasingly finer division in sub periods would be to estimate a pooled model. this amounts to treating the dataset as a cross section of farms instead of taking into account the existence of a panel. in this case, in each observation farm i is treated as a different farm, thereby allowing probabilities of class membership to vary freely over time. the downside is that we disregard the information provided by observing the same farm in several periods and that the computed probabilities of class membership are not necessarily parsimonious. indeed, it would be possible to observe some farms moving repeatedly from one class to the other. all in all, this approach seems prone to numerical problems and to difficulties in interpreting the results. in fact, in the empirical application that we propose the lcm with pooled data failed to converge. 3. data and empirical model the data used in the empirical analysis consist of a balanced panel of 128 spanish dairy farms observed over the 12 year period from 1999 to 2010. in general, the units in the sample are small to medium-sized family farms. in table 1, we show the evolution of the average value of a set of variables related to intensification such as milk, number of cows, land, stocking rate, milk yield per cow, milk per hectare and purchased concentrate per cow. table 1 shows that, on average, farm output has grown during the sample period (64%) through an increase in the number of cows (44%) but much less so in land (16%). the stocking rate (23%), milk yield per cow (13%), milk per hectare (41%) and purchased concentrate per cow (6%) all grow in the period analyzed. in summary, these descriptive statistics depict a process of farm growth with intensification. 6 a. alvarez, c. arias table 1. evolution of intensification features (sample means). year milk (l) cows land (ha) cows per hectare milk per cow (l) milk per hectare (l) purchased concentrate per cow (kg) 1999 233250 33 18 1,97 6823 13657 3291 2000 253326 35 18 2,02 7005 14365 3266 2001 279077 37 18 2,17 7200 15896 3370 2002 312127 40 18 2,35 7419 17783 3434 2003 313470 41 18 2,38 7292 17675 3451 2004 332461 43 18 2,41 7501 18420 3465 2005 348243 43 19 2,42 7729 19027 3483 2006 361358 44 19 2,41 7877 19323 3470 2007 360131 45 19 2,41 7841 19089 3554 2008 362113 45 20 2,39 7661 18765 3557 2009 363012 46 20 2,40 7591 18912 3537 2010 383172 47 21 2,43 7699 19304 3489 % increase 1999-2010 64% 44% 16% 23% 13% 41% 6% the empirical specification of the production function is translog. we have chosen a flexible functional form in order to avoid imposing unnecessary a priori restrictions on the technologies to be estimated. the empirical counterpart of equation (1) is the following translog production frontier: ∑ ∑∑ ∑β β β γ= + + + + − = == = y x x x td v uln | | ln 1 2 | ln ln | | |it j k j k kit kl j kit lk lit m j m m it j it j0 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 12 (7) the dependent variable (y) is the production of milk (liters). we have considered only one output since these farms are highly specialized (more than 90% of farm income comes from dairy sales). five inputs are included: (x1) number of cows, (x2) purchased feed (kilograms), (x3) ‘farm expenses’ (includes expenditure on inputs used to produce forage crops, namely seeds, sprays, fertilizers, fuel, and machinery depreciation), (x4) ‘animal expenses’, such as veterinary, medicines, milking and other expenses, and (x5) land. all monetary variables are expressed in constant euros of 2004. additionally, 11 time dummy variables (tdm=1 if t=m, tdm=0 otherwise ) were introduced to control for factors that affect all farms in the same way in a particular year but which vary over time, such as weather (the excluded period is 1999). prior to estimation each input was divided by its geometric mean. in this way, the first order coefficients of the translog production function βk j can be interpreted as output elasticities evaluated at the geometric mean of the inputs. the prior probabilities of class membership are assumed to be a function of two “separating variables”: the natural logarithm of the stocking rate (cows per hectare) and 7effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming the natural logarithm of purchased concentrate feed per cow. since prior probabilities are modeled as time-invariant in each sub period, the separating variables are averaged over time within each period. 4. econometric estimation in this section, we report the main results of the estimation of two latent class models by maximum likelihood: a) panel model, i.e. using panel data and time-invariant class membership probabilities. b) split-panel model, i.e., estimating a single lcm model but allowing the probabilities of class membership to differ over time. this is achieved by splitting the sample into two periods where the probability of class membership is constant within each period but can change for the ‘same’ farm from the first period to the second. in other words, the estimation proceeds by treating each farm in the second period as a different farm. in both models two latent classes were found.2 as mentioned above, we make the prior probability of belonging to a latent class a function of two variables: ‘cows per hectare of land’ and ‘purchased concentrate per cow’. since these variables measure the degree of intensification of a dairy operation, we have labeled as “intensive” the latent class which shows positive estimates of the coefficients of both ‘separating’ variables in the prior probability equation. the estimates of the prior probability function of the intensive class for both models are shown in table 2. table 2. prior probability equation for the intensive class. panel model split-panel model constant -11.906* -13.112** ln(cows/land) 1.7919** .8632* ln(concentrate/cows) 1.3510* 1.5513** *, **, significantly different from zero at 0.05 and 0.01 significance levels respectively standard errors reported in tables a1 and a2 in the appendix next, the farms were classified as intensive using the highest (greater than 0.5) estimated posterior probabilities (equation 6) since these provide the best estimates of class membership for an individual (greene, 2005). in table 3 we show descriptive statistics of the two groups (intensive and extensive) for the two models estimated. the descriptive statistics of each group roughly agree with the labels we gave to the classes based on the effects of intensification variables on the probability of being in each 2 we also tried to fit a model with three classes but it did not converge. 8 a. alvarez, c. arias class. as expected, intensive farms have larger values of key variables such as milk per cow, milk per hectare and feed per cow. intensive farms are also larger in terms of milk production but are rather similar to extensive farms in terms of land. in our view, the explanation for this result is that marginal increases of land are unlikely to be an option for farmers due to the fact that most abandonments take place in less favoured (mountainous) areas while remaining farms are mainly located in the coastal plain, so that the land available after some farms shut down cannot be used by the remaining farms. for this reason, farmers who wish to increase production need to use more feed per cow and in some cases buy more productive cows, thereby becoming more intensive. in table 4 we report the output elasticities for the two groups evaluated at the geometric mean of the sample. the differences in the elasticities across groups can be seen as evidence of different technological characteristics. the complete set of estimated parameters of the production functions are reported in tables a1 and a2 in the appendix. all elasticities, with one exception, are significantly different from zero at conventional levels of significance. despite the different assumptions behind the two models, the table 3. characteristics of the estimated production classes (sample means). panel model split-panel model intensive extensive intensive extensive observations 804 732 798 738 milk (l) 365442 280884 371525 274994 cows 42.7 40.3 43.2 39.9 land (ha) 18.0 19.8 18.3 19.6 cows per hectare 2.45 2.16 2.4 2.1 milk per cow (l) 8129 6745 8202 6677 milk per hectare (l) 20329 14779 20428 14718 purchased concentrate per cow (kg) 3533 3352 3579 3304 table 4. output elasticities evaluated at the geometric mean of the sample. panel model split-panel model intensive extensive intensive extensive cows .7176** .4626** .7491** .4553** feed .2969** .3623** .2737** .3685** farm expenses .0405** .0718** .0508 ** .0767** animal expenses .0296** .0964** .0206 * .0789** land .0368** .0339** .0214 .0295* *, **, significantly different from zero at 0.05 and 0.01significance level, respectively 9effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming output elasticities evaluated at the sample geometric mean are similar between them. the similarity between the estimates and farm classifications obtained suggests that the differences between the two models (time varying versus constant latent class probability) are a significant but moderate feature of the sample. on the other hand, it is interesting to note that there are wide differences between the parameters of the two latent classes (within each model). for example, the output elasticity with respect to cows is almost twice as large in the intensive group as it is in the extensive group. on the other hand, the output elasticity of feed is always larger in the extensive group. these different elasticities imply large differences in marginal productivity of inputs across technologies (extensive or intensive), especially for cows and feed. 5. empirical analysis of intensification and efficiency in this section we use the results of the estimation of the lcm to analyze a set of issues with important policy implications. first, we are interested in studying the evolution of the intensification process over time. second, we want to analyze the differences in technical efficiency between intensive and extensive farms. 5.1. evolution of intensification over time we want to check if the probability of adopting the intensive technology increases over time. we should note that this analysis is only possible in the split-panel model proposed in the present paper and not in the conventional panel lcm. for this purpose, we regress the posterior probabilities of being in the intensive class against individual dummies (fixed effects) and a binary variable (dt) that takes the value zero for the first half of the period analyzed and one for the second half. this is an unconditional analysis over time and is clearly different from the conditional analysis of prior probabilities that could be achieved by including a time trend in equation (5). in the conditional analysis, prior probabilities can change over time, keeping input use and separating variables constant. in the unconditional analysis performed here, the posterior probability varies over time due to changes in the use of key inputs such as feed, cows or land. the equation to be estimated is the following: = + +a b d wpr | | |ijt i j j t it j (8) where j denotes the latent class and w is a random disturbance assumed to follow a normal distribution with zero mean and constant variance. in each class, we have estimated the posterior probability for each individual (i=1,…,128) and for each period (t=1,..,12). expression (8) represents a general proposal with j different classes. in this case, there would only be j-1 free equations since the dependent variable, the posterior probability, adds up to one. as we are considering only two latent classes (intensive and extensive) in our setting, we only have one relevant equation. we choose to estimate the equation corresponding to the posterior probability of the intensive class. 10 a. alvarez, c. arias table 5 shows the estimated coefficient of the time binary variable (b|j) for the posterior probability of intensive class in the split-panel model. this coefficient is positive and significantly different from zero, indicating that the probability of being classified as an intensive farm is larger in the second period. we interpret this result as evidence of “intensification” of dairy production in our sample over the period analyzed. in our view, the average change over time of the probability of belonging to the intensive class provides evidence of farms in the sample tilting towards an intensive production system. additionally, the change in class probability between the two periods allows for some descriptive analysis of the subset of farms that have switched production system in the conventional sense of crossing the threshold defined by a class probability of 0.5. in particular, 13 extensive farms became intensive in the second period, while 8 farms switched from intensive to extensive. in table 6 we show the characteristics of the farms that changed to a different production system. the farms that become intensive in the second period reflect the typical transformation pattern: increase in the stocking rate and feed per cow, resulting in higher milk per cow and per hectare. on the other hand, the farms that switch from the intensive to the extensive class keep the stocking rate unchanged but reduce the amount of feed per cow, lowering milk per cow and per hectare. we would like to stress two features of this exercise: first, its descriptive and exploratory nature since the 0.5 probability cut-off point that defines intensive or extensive farms is arbitrary; second, the intensification measured by the increase in the probability of being in a latent class is an average effect compatible with farms moving in both directions. table 5. analysis of the evolution over time of posterior probabilities. coefficient (b|intensive) standard error t-statistic .0363 .0099 3.28 fixed effects not shown table 6. characteristics of the farms that switch production system over time. from extensive to intensive from intensive to extensive period 1 extensive period 2 intensive period 1 intensive period 2 extensive farms 13 13 8 8 milk (l) 279777 383108 269831 301237 cows 37.2 42.9 35.3 42.5 land (ha) 16.5 16.6 14.8 17.7 cows per hectare 2.1 2.4 2.4 2.4 milk per cow (l) 7061 8381 7456 7004 milk per hectare (l) 15796 21242 18246 17191 feed per cow (kg) 3483 3824 3307 3204 11effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming 5.2. the effect of intensification on dairy farm efficiency in this section, we want to explore the effect of intensification on production efficiency. two questions are addressed. first, are intensive farms more efficient than extensive farms? second, which technology is more productive (i.e., does one of the two frontiers lie above the other one)? the level of technical efficiency can be calculated as the ratio between current output and potential output, as defined by the technological frontier. an output-oriented index of technical efficiency can be computed as: ( )= −te u| exp |it j it j (9) subscript j in equation (9) indicates that the technical efficiency index can be calculated with respect to each of the latent class frontiers (orea and kumbhakar, 2004). in our case, we can thus consider two different frontiers. table 7 shows the average technical efficiency for the two technologies. table 7. average efficiency of the estimated classes (intensive/extensive). panel model split-panel model intensive frontier extensive frontier intensive frontier extensive frontier full sample .92 .92 .91 .93 intensive farms .94 .96 .94 .96 extensive farms .88 .89 .87 .89 as can be seen, for the full sample the average level of technical efficiency is quite similar both between models (panel vs. split-panel) and between latent technologies (intensive frontier vs. extensive frontier). however, if we consider the two groups of farms separately, a very interesting result is found: intensive farms have a higher level of technical efficiency in all the four frontiers. additionally, the average technical efficiency is higher in the extensive frontier than in the intensive one. this last result seems to indicate that the latent frontier of the intensive group dominates the other, that is, for any given set of inputs it is possible to produce more output with the intensive technology. we try to shed some light on this issue by calculating the difference in frontier output between the two frontiers using the actual inputs of the farms: = −d y yln ˆ ln ˆit it i it e (10) where yln ˆit i yln ˆit e is the (log of) frontier output of farm i at time t evaluated at the intensive (extensive) technology. table 8 shows the average value of the differences between the frontiers (dit) calculated using the actual inputs of the farms for the full sample as well as for the two classes. 12 a. alvarez, c. arias as the differences between the frontiers are calculated using natural logs, dit can be interpreted approximately as the percentage difference of potential output between both frontiers. the intensive frontier is, on average, 9.6% above the extensive frontier in the panel model, while this difference is 10.8% in the split-panel model. the relationship between technical efficiency and intensification can be explored further by analyzing the correlation between the estimated indexes of efficiency and the probability of being in the intensive class. as technical efficiency is time-varying and so is the probability in the split-panel model, we have included a time dummy as a control variable in the regression. by doing so, we avoid confounding the effect of the change of probability over time with the effect of time. table 8. average difference between the frontier output of the two technologies. panel model split-panel model full sample .0962 .1080 intensive farms .0883 .0988 extensive farms .1049 .1180 table 9. relationship between technical efficiency and intensification. panel model split-panel model ols ols ols with farm dummies intensive frontier extensive frontier intensive frontier extensive frontier intensive frontier extensive frontier probability of intensive class 0.0607** 0.0658** 0.0786** 0.0752** 0.0545** 0.0439** time dummy -0.0010** 0.0009** -0.0014** 0.0007* -0.0013** 0.0008** *, **, significantly different from zero at 0.05 and 0.01significance level, respectively in table 9, we show the results of regressing the level of technical efficiency against the probability of being in the intensive class and a time dummy that takes the value 1 for the second period. we show the results for both models (panel and split-panel) and for both frontiers (intensive and extensive). in the split-panel model we perform two different estimations: standard ols and ols with farm dummy variables. the inclusion of individual effects is not possible in the conventional panel model because the probability of class membership is constant over time. we find common patterns of results for both models and estimators. the probability of being in the intensive class increases the level of technical efficiency with respect to both frontiers in the two models and for both estimation methods. the coefficient of 13effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming the time dummy indicates that the index of technical efficiency estimated using the extensive frontier increases over time while the index of technical efficiency estimated using the intensive frontier decreases over time. this result is probably due to different patterns across frontiers of the yearly shifts of the production frontier measured by the coefficients of the time dummy variables. the time dummy coefficients of the intensive frontier (tables a1 and a2 in the appendix) show a clear upward trend at the beginning of the period followed by a fall in the final years. the upward shift of the production frontier over time is compatible with decreasing technical efficiency if the movements of the frontier are due to productive improvements of a subset of leading farms while other farms do not move immediately towards the shifted frontier. on the other hand, the extensive frontier features smaller and erratic shifts over time. in our view, it is not surprising to observe farms approaching, on average, a production frontier with no sudden upward shifts. additionally, the split-panel model provides a subtle result: the probability of being in the intensive class changes across farms and increases over time (on average). in other words, there are two sources of variation. the coefficient of the probability using plain ols is estimated using both sources of variation. however, the coefficient of the probability using ols with farm dummy variables is estimated using only the over time variability. the results show that the estimates of the coefficient of probability are 0.0545 (intensive) and 0.0439 (extensive) when using only changes over time, while the same estimates increase to 0.0786 (intensive) and 0.0752 (extensive) when using both cross-section and time variation of the posterior probability. in summary, it seems that the bulk of the change in efficiency caused by changes in the probability of being in the intensive class can be attributed to changes over time of this probability. 4. conclusions the assumption of time-invariant prior probability of a latent class can be circumvented by estimating a single lcm but splitting the original panel into two or more periods. this proposal allows for the estimation of the technology of different production systems without an assumption that becomes increasingly untenable as the period of years analyzed increases. on the positive side, our proposal is simple and straightforward. on the negative side, it is not part of a formal model. as a result, there is no clear rationale for choosing the number of periods in which the original panel should be split. by splitting the original panel into two periods, we find in our empirical application that the probability of being in the “intensive dairy” class increases over time. this result can be interpreted as evidence of dairy farming intensification over the sample period. we find differences in technical efficiency if we split the sample in terms of the production system using the posterior probability of each latent class. more precisely, the average technical efficiency is higher for farms that belong to the intensive latent class. additionally, the intensive frontier dominates the extensive frontier, indicating that the intensive technology is more productive that the extensive one. this result can be seen as an economic rationale for the observed trend towards the intensification of dairy farms. what are the policy implications of these findings? given that the intensive technology is more productive and that intensive farms are more efficient, i.e. produce closer to their frontier than extensive farms, it seems that the trend towards intensification will 14 a. alvarez, c. arias continue in the near future. this trend can be seen as a problem if the environmental consequences of intensification are taken into account. the new reform of the common agricultural policy may also affect farmers’ technology choices. on the one hand, the phasing out of milk quotas may result in higher production. in this sense, intensive farms will find it easier to boost production since they do not depend heavily on forage. at the same time, productivity and efficiency gains associated with intensification can be a plus on a more competitive environment. on the other hand, the new direct payment scheme which will move towards a uniform payment per hectare may lower the incentives to adopt intensive systems. references alvarez, a., del corral, j., solis, d. and pérez, j.a. (2008). does intensification help to improve the economic efficiency of dairy farms? journal of dairy science 91(9): 3693-3698. alvarez, a. and del corral, j. (2010). identifying different technologies using a latent class model. extensive versus intensive dairy farms. european review of agricultural economics 37(2): 231-250. del corral, j., perez, j.a. and roibas, d. (2011). the impact of land fragmentation on milk production. journal of dairy science 94(1): 517-525. greene, w. (2005). reconsidering heterogeneity in panel data estimators of the stochastic frontier model. journal of econometrics 126(2): 269-303. hoch, i. (1962). estimation of production function parameters combining time-series and cross-section data. econometrica 30(1): 34-53. kompas, t. and nhu che, t. (2006). technology choice and efficiency on australian dairy farms. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 50(1): 65-83. kumbhakar, s.c. and lovell, c.a.k. (2000). stochastic frontier analysis. cambridge: cambridge university press. newman, c. and matthews, a. (2006). the productivity performance of irish dairy farms 1984-2000: a multiple output distance function approach. journal of productivity analysis 26(2): 191-205. nehring, r., sauer, j. gillespie, j. and hallahan, c. (2011). intensive versus extensive dairy production systems: dairy states in the eastern and midwestern u.s. and key pasture countries the e.u.: determining the competitive edge. selected paper prepared for presentation at the southern agricultural economics association annual meeting, corpus christi, tx. orea, l. and kumbhakar, s.c. (2004). efficiency measurement using a latent class stochastic frontier model. empirical economics 29(1): 169-183. simpson, j. r. and conrad, j.h. (1993). intensification of cattle production systems in central america: why and when. journal of dairy science 76(6): 1744-1752. tauer, l. and belbase, k. p. (1987). technical efficiency of new york dairy farms. northeastern journal of agricultural and resource economics 16(1): 10-16. 15effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming appendix table a.1. estimation of the panel model. variable class 1 class 2 coefficient std. error coefficient std. error constant 12.5724 .0158 12.542 .0152 cows (lnx1) .7176 .0213 .4626 .0241 feed (lnx2) .2969 .0137 .3623 .0152 crop (lnx3) .0405 .0067 .0718 .0080 animal (lnx4) .0296 .0091 .0964 .0110 land (lnx5) .0368 .0104 .0339 .0125 (lnx1)2 .2030 .1445 -.0854 .1096 (lnx2)2 .0257 .0486 -.1737 .0612 (lnx3)2 .0575 .0152 .0523 .0149 (lnx4)2 -.0731 .0247 .0069 .0320 (lnx5)2 .2857 .0398 -.0624 .0542 lnx1lnx2 -.3277 .0641 .0663 .0732 lnx1lnx3 -.0999 .0395 .0103 .0301 lnx1lnx4 .3738 .0532 -.0394 .0561 lnx1lnx5 -.2055 .0584 -.0263 .0657 lnx2lnx3 .1055 .0238 -.0608 .0219 lnx2lnx4 -.0960 .0321 .0827 .0369 lnx2lnx5 .1288 .0405 -.0160 .0413 lnx3lnx4 -.0307 .0149 .0025 .0164 lnx3lnx5 -.0426 .0196 .0196 .0231 lnx4lnx5 -.0619 .0275 .0138 .0282 td00 .0206 .0129 .0072 .0172 td01 .0366 .0131 -.0046 .0173 td02 .0358 .0130 .0243 .0175 td03 .0313 .0131 -.0181 .0173 td04 .0519 .0131 .0038 .0171 td05 .0707 .0132 .0359 .0172 td06 .0952 .0132 .0366 .0173 td07 .0839 .0132 .0378 .0175 td08 .0529 .0134 -.0156 .0175 td09 .0559 .0134 -.0275 .0177 td10 .0661 .0139 .0032 .0172 sigma .0909 .0078 .1537 .0064 lambda 1.0506 .3484 2.7329 .3866 prior probability equation constant -11.906 5.2881 ln(cows/land) 1.7919 .6078 ln(concentrate/ cows) 1.3510 .6600 16 a. alvarez, c. arias table a.2. estimation of the split-panel model. variable class 1 class 2 coefficient std. error coefficient std. error constant 12.5754 .0135 12.536 .0146 cows (lnx1) .7491 .0203 .4553 .0211 feed (lnx2) .2737 .0148 .3685 .0149 crop (lnx3) .0508 .0068 .0767 .0078 animal (lnx4) .0206 .0093 .0789 .0118 land (lnx5) .0214 .0115 .0295 .0136 (lnx1)2 .2943 .1448 -.0405 .1092 (lnx2)2 .0121 .0460 -.0964 .0645 (lnx3)2 .0732 .0147 .0410 .0134 (lnx4)2 -.0530 .0263 -.0447 .0331 (lnx5)2 .2786 .0400 .0407 .0609 lnx1lnx2 -.3067 .0613 -.0549 .0693 lnx1lnx3 -.1158 .0375 -.0217 .0316 lnx1lnx4 .2953 .0530 .0704 .0591 lnx1lnx5 -.2457 .0563 .0135 .0596 lnx2lnx3 .0825 .0226 -.0131 .0217 lnx2lnx4 -.0526 .0331 .0418 .0396 lnx2lnx5 .1130 .0410 -.0562 .0452 lnx3lnx4 -.0275 .0151 .0003 .0160 lnx3lnx5 -.0263 .0199 -.0053 .0224 lnx4lnx5 -.0350 .0274 .0306 .0289 td00 .0201 .0126 -.0013 .0162 td01 .0376 .0129 -.0108 .0174 td02 .0351 .0133 .0238 .0188 td03 .0283 .0130 -.0151 .0166 td04 .0471 .0132 .0099 .0165 td05 .0660 .0128 .0408 .0167 td06 .0917 .0130 .0457 .0167 td07 .0790 .0129 .0463 .0172 td08 .0531 .0131 -.0143 .0171 td09 .0563 .0131 -.0292 .0172 td10 .0697 .0134 .0007 .0170 sigma .0883 .0067 .1497 .0060 lambda 1.1750 .3155 3.0344 .4630 prior probability equation constant -13.112 4.2444 ln(cows/land) .8632 .3943 ln(concentrate/ cows) 1.5513 .5247 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(2): 119-135, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-14477 the contribution of different off-farm income sources and government payments to regional income inequality among farm households in italy simone severini*, antonella tantari1 università degli studi della tuscia. dep. dafne, via s. c. de lellis, snc – 01100 viterbo (italy) abstract. this paper investigates the contribution of different off-farm income sources and common agricultural policy direct payments on income inequality among farm households. the analysis uses the gini coefficient concept and its decomposition on the whole sample of farm accountancy data network individual farms of italy in 2011. a marginal increase in either off-farm incomes or direct payments reduces income concentration. this result could feed the current debate regarding the application of the new cap in italy. deciding on a narrow definition of “active farmer” or not using the redistributive payment could increase dp and fhi concentration. of the five considered off-farm income sources, only pensions reduce income concentration. therefore, policies reducing the level of pensions will increase income inequality. finally, if rural development policies have also to reduce income inequality, these should be aimed at increasing job opportunities for additional family members. keywords. farm household income, income concentration, disaggregation of the gini coefficient, off-farm income, cap direct payments. jel codes. q12, d31, q18. 1. introduction raising farm income and changing its distribution are still among the main goals of government intervention in the farm sector, even if new perspectives regarding the “farm problem” have been developed (gardner, 1992). studies on the evolution of income of italian farms show an increasing trend of the level of farm net value added per unit of labor during the past decades (henke and salvioni, 2010) and a decreasing gap among income levels of farm and non-farm families (rocchi et al., 2012). however, the large heterogeneity in asset positions across italian farm households suggests to also focus on the income distribution within the farm population (i.e. income inequality) as it has been done in other countries (gardner, 1968; de janvry and saudolet, 2001). furthermore, due to the ever increasing contribution of off-farm incomes (ofi), it seems more appropriate to move the attention from farm income (fi) to farm household income (fhi). * corresponding author: severini@unitus.it. full research article 120 s. severini, a. tantari the analysis focuses on the concentration of farm household income among farm families in italy and is developed on the whole sample of fadn individual farms in italy for the last available year (2011). this large sample also allows its stratification according to different macro-regions and zones within italy. the analysis, developed by calculating the gini concentration coefficient2 and its decomposition by income sources, is aimed at assessing the concentration of fhi and the role played by the considered income components with regard to it. more specifically, the objectives are to assess: 1) how and how differently dp contribute to the concentration of both farm income (fi) and farm household income (fhi); 2) whether ofi as a whole would bring about a reduction in fhi concentration; 3) sign and extent of the effect of the different ofi sources on fhi concentration. furthermore, by comparing the results referring to different macro-regions and zones of italy, it is possible to show whether the obtained results vary according to the physical, structural and economic environments in which farm families live. the originality of this paper is that it extends the analysis from the fi to the whole fhi considering different off-farm income sources as well as cap direct payments (dp) and uses a large farm-level dataset. this allows to discuss the issue of which income concept should be the reference for the measurement of the contribution of dp to income distribution, to compare and to quantify the contribution of single off-farm income sources to farm household income inequality and, finally, to consider the possible role played by some other policies (including pension, rural development and regional policies) affecting the possibility that farm families have to earn ofi. the next section provides a brief review of the literature on income concentration within farm families and few elements motivating the analysis in the italian case. section 3 presents data and methodology, while section 4 presents and discusses the obtained results. the final section provides some policy considerations and identifies possible future research developments. 2. literature review on the income inequality among farm households a large part of the literature on income distribution deals with the contribution of agricultural policies on income distribution and variability because these are concerned with income support and distribution as well as with other environmental, sustainability and rural development goals. this topic has been explored by several studies conducted in the us (ahearn et al., 1985; gardner, 1969; mishra and sandretto, 2002; mishra and elosta, 2005; mishra et al., 2006; mishra et al., 2009; mishra et al., 2010), in europe (allanson, 2008; el benni and finger, 2013; keeney, 2000; schmid et al., 2006) and in a crosscountry comparison including canada (moreddu, 2011). this topic is very relevant also in italy because farm households strongly differ in asset positions. for example, italian farms have very different size: the last agricultural census (2010) show that farms smaller than 5 ha of utilized agricultural area (uaa) are around 73% of the italian farms but have less 2 using the gini coefficient, this paper refers to relative inequality in contrast with absolute inequality such as in allanson (2008). 121contribution of different income sources to regional inequality than 15% of the whole uaa. on the contrary, farms with more than 100 ha of uaa are around 1% of the farm population but have around 26% of the whole uaa. most of the analyses on income concentration have found that government payments decrease income inequality (ahearn et al., 1985; el benni and finger, 2013; keeney, 2000; mishra et al., 2002; mishra et al., 2009; moreddu, 2011; severini and tantari, 2013a and 2013b) even if some other studies reached the opposite conclusion (allanson, 2008; schmid et al., 2006). only a limited number of these analyses decompose the gini coefficients to analyze the contribution of each income source on income inequality (el benni and finger, 2013; keeney, 2000; mishra et al., 2009; severini and tantari, 2013a and 2013b) and few of these account for differences in the farm population within the considered countries (el benni and finger, 2013; mishra et al., 2009). the role of cap policies in changing income distribution is currently under scrutiny in italy because the italian government is deciding on how to apply the recently reformed dp and rural development policies. in particular, the definition of the requirements needed to qualify for being beneficiaries of dp (i.e. “active farmer”) and the possibility to introduce a redistributive payment for the first 30 ha of land of each farm3 could strongly influence farm income distribution among italian farms. the increased importance of ofi in generating farm household income has been documented in many countries including the us and switzerland, making this income component a relevant share of fhi (el-osta et al., 1995; el benni and finger, 2013, mishra et al., 2009) and influencing farm organization and performances (lien et al., 2010; pfeiffer et al., 2009). this stimulated a growing literature on the effect of ofi on fhi both in developing and in developed countries (de janvry and saudolet, 2001; ahearn et al., 1985; boinsvert and ranney, 1990; el-osta et al., 1995; findeis and reddy, 1987; mishra et al., 2009). empirical analysis on this specific topic in europe is more limited and, with the noticeable exceptions of el benni and finger (2013), hill (1999) and allanson and rocchi (2008), most of the papers focus on the concentration of only farm income. as shown by hill (1999), this seems a limitation because it does not consider the multiplicity of sources of income farm households are relying upon (de janvry and saudolet, 2001). this is also true in italy given that the relative importance of ofi can be very high especially in those families managing small farms provided that off-farm labor participation in italian farm households is negatively correlated with farm size (corsi and salvioni, 2012). thus, taking into account ofi allows to analyze how dp affect fhi concentration and to consider also nonagricultural policies affecting ofi (boisver and ranney, 1990; findeis and reddy, 1987). this paper, building on the previously described literature, looks at the following research topics. first, it compares the contribution of dp on fi concentration with that on fhi concentration. indeed, different results are expected not just because the relative importance of dp decreases when moving from fi to fhi, but also because of the effect of ofi on the distribution of fhi among farm households. second, off-farm incomes as a whole reduce income concentration (de janvry and saudolet, 2001; ahearn et al., 1985; boinsvert and ranney, 1990; el-osta et al., 1995; findeis and reddy, 1987; mishra et al., 2010; mishra et al., 2009; el benni and finger, 3 respectively articles 9 and 41 of reg. (eu) no 1307/2013 of the european parliament and of the council of 17 december 2013. official journal of the european union, l 347/608, 20.12.2013. 122 s. severini, a. tantari 2013). however, we test whether this is also true in italy and, if this is the case, whether this effect is more or less strong than in other countries. third, this paper investigates the contribution of the different single sources of offfarm income. the results of this analysis could feed the policy debate provided that some governmental programs, including rural development policies, could be used to increase the importance of some of these income components. finally, because of the differences across territories in terms of availability of off-farm income opportunities, structure and level of income from farming, and the relative importance of dp in the generation of income, the analysis is developed not just on the whole italian sample, but also separately for farm households belonging to different regions and zones. this allows us to assess whether policies should be tailored differently in the different cases. 3. data and methods 3.1. data the analysis is based on all individual farms belonging to the italian farm accountancy data network (fadn)4. this is a sample of 9,722 units in 2011 corresponding to a weighted sample of 728,440 families (table 1)5. the whole sample has been stratified by altimetry zones and macro-regions. the former are hilly, mountain and plain zones while the five macro-regions are north-west, north-east, center, south, and main islands. the decomposition of family income has been performed for every subsample. the sampled farms are mainly located in hilly zones (4,579 families) while in plain and mountain zones there is a smaller distribution of farm families (3,077 and 2,066 families, respectively). the distribution by macro-regions highlights that a large share of the sample is located in the south and north-east of italy. the analysis focuses on farm household income (fhi) that consists in two components: income from farming (or farm income) (fi) and off-farm income (ofi). the former is made of revenues from farming activities and cap direct payments minus costs for intermediate consumptions and external factors (european commission, 2010b). in the analysis, fi is divided into two components: market income (mi) and direct payments (dp), with mi = fi dp. it is important to note that, as it is the case of many eu member states and other countries, mi is negative in some farms (european commission, 2010a; mishra, 2009) causing also around 6.3% of the farms having negative fi levels (table 1). the italian fadn provides data regarding the relative importance of ofi coming from the following five sources: wages, income from independent activities, pensions, income from capital and a residual group of off-farm income sources. first of all, the fhi is decomposed into three categories (mi, dp and ofi) in order to assess their impact on 4 corporate farms are excluded from the analysis. fadn is managed by the european commission (european commission, 2010 b). the european commission relies on national liaison agencies. in italy, it is the istituto nazionale di economia agraria (inea) of rome. 5 it is important to recall that fadn does not include farms below a given size. this is not the case of other surveys such as, for example, the agricultural business survey (rea). thus, families managing very small business are not considered in the analysis. 123contribution of different income sources to regional inequality the whole fhi. subsequently, the decomposition has been expanded further to consider each one of the five ofi components previously described. 3.2. gini decomposition by income source gini decomposition by income source has been developed following pyatt et al. (1980): g= rk *gk *sk k=1 k ∑ (1) in which: rk (the gini correlation) denotes the ratio of the covariance between the income component yk and the rank of total income y and the covariance between yk and its own rank, with observations ordered with respect to total income and income from the k-th source, respectively: rk = cov yk ,f y( )( ) cov yk ,f yk( )( ) −1≤rk≤1, where: rk = cov yk ,f y( )( ) cov yk ,f yk( )( ) −1≤rk≤1 (2) table 1. sample size and average income level (total and by income sources) in the whole sample and in the sub-samples. year 2011.   number of families (n) weighted number of families (nw) households with negative fi (%) farm household income (fhi) (euro/ house-hold) market income (mi) (euro/ house-hold) direct payments (dp) (euro/ house-hold) off farm incomes (ofi) (euro/ house-hold) whole sample 9,722 728,440 6.3 35,548 17,790 9,946 7,812 altimetry zones               plain 3,077 239,090 7.4 38,619 19,362 12,246 7,011 hill 4,579 370,522 5.1 32,216 16,127 8,910 7,179 mountain 2,066 118,828 7.4 38,358 19,136 8,816 10,406 macro-regions               north-west 1,983 87,256 10.7 36,022 19,667 12,753 3,603 north-east 2,069 137,925 7.3 42,184 22,155 8,180 11,849 center 1,794 104,622 5.1 35,080 16,322 11,451 7,308 south 2,826 272,255 3.9 32,111 14,886 8,708 8,517 islands 1,050 126,383 4.9 31,622 15,968 8,887 6,767 note: fhi = mi + dp + ofi; fi = mi + dp. source: own elaboration on italian fadn sample. 124 s. severini, a. tantari inspection of the latter equation suggests that rk = 1 only if f (yk) = f (y), implying that farm families have the same ranking with respect to the k-th income component as they have with respect to total income (see pyatt et al., 1980). for example, if the rk for dp is close to 1, this means that households having relatively higher income levels also receive relatively higher levels of dp. gk denotes the gini coefficient for the k-th income component. sk denotes the income share of the k-th income source (i.e. share of yk relative to y). the product between rk and gk gives the concentration coefficient of the k-th income source (ck). it measures how income from each source is transferred across a population that is ranked with respect to the level of total income each member of the population received. equation (1) means that each income component influences income concentration according to how important that source of income is (sk), and to how it is distributed among the sample (gk), as well as according to the level of the “gini correlation” between this income component and the rank of total income (rk) (stark et al., 1986). pyatt et al. (1980) and lerman and yitzhaki (1985) developed a measure that partitions the overall inequality of a particular distribution into contributing components. this measure, in the case of income, accounts for the ‘proportional contribution to inequality’ of the k-th income source: pk = (rk * gk * sk)/g (3) in order to evaluate the relative contribution of a single income component to income inequality, lerman and yitzhaki (1985) derived the following measure of the gini coefficient rate of change with respect to the mean of k-th income component: dg dµk = 1 µ * ck −g( ) (4) in which µk is the mean value of the k-th income component. from this it is possible to derive the elasticity of the gini coefficient for each income component as follows: ηk = µk g * dg dµk = 1 g * µk µ * ck –g( )⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ (5) this allows the measurement of the contribution of a one percent change of a single income source on the income concentration, assuming that the internal ratio between the total income distribution and the mean of the income source remained undisturbed (el benni and finger, 2013, p. 641). as noted by keeney (2000) and mishra et al. (2009), with a substantial incidence of negative incomes, g(y) may become overstated, perhaps causing values greater than 1. however, the decomposition procedure previously described remains applicable as long as the average value of all income sources is positive for the entire sample (pyatt et al., 1980; findeis and reddy, 1987). therefore, because the average income for each income source is ηk = µk g * dg dµk = 1 g * µk µ * ck –g( )⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ 125contribution of different income sources to regional inequality always positive in the whole sample and in the sub-samples, it has been possible to use this procedure for our dataset. furthermore, because the focus of this analysis is to decompose farm household income and to analyze the contribution of ofi and dp on income concentration, it did not seem fundamental to calculated adjusted gini coefficients. 4. results of the empirical analysis 4.1. level and composition of farm household income average farm household income is higher in the north-east and north-west and in families located in plain zones. the same distribution occurs for market income: in the north-east mi is around 22,000 euros. as already noticed, 6.3% of the considered families have negative farm income indicating that the amount of direct payments (dp) received is not big enough to compensate for negative mi. these families are mainly located in the north-west (table 1). the average level of dp is around 10,000 euro per farm: in plain zones and in the north-west this value is higher because these farms used to produce commodities that have received a strong policy support. in the whole sample, offfarm incomes (ofi) are around 7,800 euro per family, but this level is higher in mountain zones and in the north-east. the distribution of the main sources of income is not homogeneous in the different geographical areas: in fact, the relative share of ofi is very high in the south (around 47%), while it is lower in the north-west (around 13%) where market incomes generate more than half of the fhi (table 1). stratification by altimetry zones shows that ofi contributes more to the generation of farm household income in hilly areas (around 43% of fhi) while mi and dp are relatively more important in families located in the plains (table 1). 4.2. concentration of farm household income in the whole sample fhi is not very concentrated, showing a gini coefficient of around 0.53, lower than fi concentration. indeed, the relative importance of ofi in reducing total income concentration should be stressed. the relative shares as well as the relative concentration coefficients of the different sources of income strongly differ (table 2). mi is very concentrated (gini coefficient of 0.987), also because of the presence of negative values in the sample, while dp and ofi are less concentrated. while the gini coefficients of dp and ofi are quite similar, the degree of correlation with the rank of total income (r) is higher for ofi, meaning that this source of income is more important for high income families. the relative importance of ofi in the formation of total income is bigger than that of dp but their relative contribution to total inequality, as measured by the gini elasticity, is quite similar. both these sources of income contribute to the reduction of total income inequality, even if the magnitude of this effect is low. because of its high degree of concentration, mi increase total income inequality. the opposite is true for dp. indeed, the proportional contribution of dp to fi inequality is larger than the proportional contribution of dp to fhi concentration. this is mainly due 126 s. severini, a. tantari to the declining share of dp moving from fi to fhi. however, this is also due to the fact that dp are less correlated with fhi. as it will be discussed in paragraph 4.4, the different sources of ofi contribute differently to fhi inequality. 4.3. concentration of farm household income in the altimetry zones and macro-regions the analysis shows that the results for the considered subsamples are very similar to those obtained from the whole sample (table 3) with very few exceptions. thus, the following text refers only to these few exceptions. the gini coefficient for farm household income is only slightly higher in families located in plain zones than in the other altimetry zones. mi and dp are relatively more important in the plain zones. the gini coefficient for mi is slightly higher in the plain zones where it becomes bigger than one, due to the presence of cases with negative mi6. finally, elasticity values for ofi are relatively smaller in the hilly zones and larger in the plain zones than in the whole sample. the analysis performed on geographical areas gives very similar results as those obtained on the whole sample. ofi reduce fhi inequality in all macro-regions except for the south (table 4). the contribution of each source of income to fhi inequality is comparable with what has been observed for the whole sample. however, the gini elasticity of dp in the northwest is bigger than in the rest of the sample: this is mainly due to the relatively high share of dp in this area. 6 negative mi have also been reported in previous studies on farm income concentration such as, for example, findeis and reddy (1987), keeney (2000) and mishra et al. (2009). table 2. gini decomposition of farm household income and farm income in the whole sample. year 2011.         share (%) gini coefficient correlation coefficient concentration coefficient proportional contribution to inequality elasticity (%) s g r c p η market income mi 37.5 0.987 0.731 0.721 0.509 0.134 direct payments dp 21.2 0.713 0.496 0.353 0.141 -0.071 off-farm income ofi 41.3 0.660 0.681 0.450 0.350 -0.063 farm household income fhi 100.0 0.531 1.000 0.531 1.000 0.000 market income mi 63.8 0.987 0.882 0.870 0.777 0.139 direct payments dp 36.2 0.713 0.617 0.440 0.223 -0.139 farm income fi 100.0 0.714 1.000 0.714 1.000 0.000 note: fhi = mi + dp + ofi; fi = mi + dp. source: own elaboration on italian fadn sample. 127contribution of different income sources to regional inequality 4.4. the contribution of different sources of off-farm incomes on total household inequality the decomposition of the 5 ofi sources allows the assessment of their specific contribution to fhi concentration. pensions generate the biggest share of ofi in all subgroups of families, accounting for around 17.6% of the fhi, even if wages account for a similar share. the other sources of ofi only account for a limited portion of farm household income. among the different ofi sources, pensions are the least concentrated and have the lowest gini correlation: this means that a relative increase in pensions’ share could lead to a bigger decrease of fhi concentration if compared with other sources of off-farm income (gini elasticity of -0.077) (table 5). among the analyzed sources of ofi, pensions seem to be the most effective in reducing fhi inequality, mainly because of their higher share and their lower degree of concentration. among the other sources of ofi, wages and, to a lesser extent, incomes from independent work have a not negligible proportional contribution to fhi inequality (table 5). both sources have gini coefficients and correlations higher than the pensions. this is why these income sources tend to increase fhi inequality and to partially counterbalance the contribution of pensions. this is true in the whole sample and in all examined subsamples (see table a.1 in the appendix). the elasticity value of ofi (i.e. the effect of a unitary increase of the share of ofi) in the italian farm families is lower than the values estimated, for example, by mishra et table 3. gini decomposition of farm household income in the altimetry zones of italy. year 2011.     share (%) gini coefficient correlation coefficient concentration coefficient proportional contribution to inequality elasticity (%) s g r c p η hill             market income 36.5 0.924 0.696 0.643 0.463 0.098 direct payments 20.3 0.701 0.474 0.332 0.133 -0.070 off-farm income 43.2 0.659 0.717 0.473 0.404 -0.029 farm household income 100.0 0.506 1.000 0.506 1.000 0.000 mountain             market income 37.8 0.997 0.773 0.771 0.540 0.162 direct payments 20.4 0.673 0.406 0.273 0.103 -0.101 off-farm income 41.8 0.674 0.683 0.460 0.357 -0.062 farm household income 100.0 0.540 1.000 0.540 1.000 0.000 plain             market income 38.6 1.055 0.749 0.789 0.548 0.162 direct payments 22.9 0.740 0.551 0.408 0.168 -0.061 off-farm income 38.5 0.655 0.625 0.409 0.284 -0.102 farm household income 100.0 0.556 1.000 0.556 1.000 0.000 source: own elaboration on italian fadn sample. 128 s. severini, a. tantari al. (2009) in the us but in line with most of the values estimated by el benni and finger (2013) in switzerland. the elasticity values of ofi in the italian farm families seem limited because some sources of ofi do not decrease fhi concentration. the relative importance of ofi in italian families is lower than the share of ofi estimated for the us but bigger than the relative importance of ofi in switzerland agriculture (mishra et al., 2009; el benni and finger, 2013). income from pensions remains the only ofi source that strongly reduce income inequality7. 7 this is particularly true in the north-east, in which the contribution of this source of income is above the average value (table a.2 in the appendix). in the north-west all ofi sources reduce fhi inequality, with pensions table 4. gini decomposition of farm household income in the macro-regions of italy. year 2011.     share (%) gini coefficient correlation coefficient concentration coefficient proportional contribution to inequality elasticity (%) s g r c p η north-west             market income 51.9 1.352 0.872 1.179 0.748 0.229 direct payments 34.7 0.734 0.610 0.448 0.190 -0.157 off-farm income 13.4 0.845 0.447 0.378 0.062 -0.072 farm household income 100.0 0.818 1.000 0.818 1.000 0.000 north-east             market income 38.5 0.937 0.776 0.727 0.545 0.159 direct payments 16.0 0.733 0.493 0.361 0.112 -0.048 off-farm income 45.5 0.599 0.648 0.388 0.343 -0.112 farm household income 100.0 0.514 1.000 0.514 1.000 0.000 center             market income 37.6 1.009 0.679 0.685 0.486 0.111 direct payments 22.5 0.729 0.508 0.370 0.157 -0.068 off-farm income 40.0 0.679 0.695 0.472 0.357 -0.043 farm household income 100.0 0.529 1.000 0.529 1.000 0.000 south             market income 32.1 0.858 0.591 0.507 0.368 0.047 direct payments 20.6 0.678 0.463 0.313 0.146 -0.060 off-farm income 47.3 0.623 0.729 0.454 0.486 0.013 farm household income 100.0 0.442 1.000 0.442 1.000 0.000 islands             market income 38.3 0.896 0.750 0.673 0.498 0.115 direct payments 19.9 0.709 0.480 0.341 0.131 -0.068 off-farm income 41.8 0.646 0.712 0.459 0.371 -0.047 farm household income 100.0 0.517 1.000 0.517 1.000 0.000 source: own elaboration on italian fadn sample. 129contribution of different income sources to regional inequality results of the analysis performed on the considered regions and zones in which the whole sample has been divided do confirm the main findings previously described for the italian whole sample (see appendix). the different off-farm income sources are not equally effective in decreasing income inequality: only pensions could be useful to decrease fhi inequality, while the other sources of ofi have a negligible impact on fhi inequality or, as in the case of wages and income from independent work, contribute to increase it. 5. conclusions the main result of the analysis is that the concentration of farm household income (fhi) is not very high and lower than that of only farm income (fi). this arises two policy relevant questions provided that the inequality of income distribution among the farm population is also used to justify policy intervention in rural areas. the first is whether it is correct to focus our attention only on fi as it is often the case in the cap policy debate. the results of the analysis suggest that, if the interest is on the wellbeing of farm families, it seems more appropriate to consider fhi because narrowing the analysis only on fi allows just a partial approach to cope with this issue. the second question refers to whether fhi is so concentrated to require an intervention to reduce its concentration. the provided evidences on the level of fhi concentration contributing the most. in all three altimetry zones, pensions decrease fhi inequality to a similar extent and the other sources of off-farm income have only a limited contribution on farm household income concentration. pensions are particularly effective in reducing fhi concentration in plain areas in which, due to their higher contribution to fhi and lower concentration, they have an elasticity above the average in absolute values (table a.2). table 5. gini decomposition of farm household income including all different sources of off-farm income. whole italian sample. year 2011.     share (%) gini coefficient correlation coefficient concentration coefficient proportional contribution to inequality elasticity (%) s g r c p η market income 37.5 0.987 0.731 0.721 0.509 0.134 direct payments 21.2 0.713 0.496 0.353 0.141 -0.071 off-farm incomes (ofi):             pensions 17.6 0.735 0.409 0.301 0.100 -0.077 wages 16.5 0.872 0.650 0.567 0.176 0.011 independent work 5.8 0.952 0.605 0.576 0.063 0.005 capital 1.2 0.987 0.497 0.491 0.011 -0.001 other off-farm income 0.3 0.996 0.166 0.165 0.001 -0.002 farm household income 100.0 0.531 1.000 0.531 1.000 0.000 source: own elaboration on italian fadn sample. 130 s. severini, a. tantari can be used by policy makers to decide whether income distribution policies specifically focused on farm households are really needed given that general policies, such as tax and welfare policies, are already available also to pursue income distribution goals. however, it is important to consider that future evolutions of cap can change this situation. the analysis has shown that reducing the level of dp and concentrating them on a smaller number of beneficiaries may result in an increase of fhi concentration. on the contrary, the increasing role ofi are playing in generating fhi is expected to have the opposite effect. in the case reducing fhi concentration is perceived as a policy relevant goal, it is important to identify the most appropriate policy tools to reach it. the analysis has provided insights regarding the use of agricultural as well as other policies. as dp are concerned, the analysis has confirmed the findings of previous studies: dp play an important role in reducing income concentration of italian farm households and this is the case also when the whole fhi is considered. this is because dp are relatively more important for those farms generating limited levels of market income (i.e. farm income net of dp). these results can feed the current debate regarding the application of the new dp policy measures in italy taking into account also their potential implications in terms of income distribution. on the one hand, applying a “narrow” definition of “active farmers” could strongly reduce the number of beneficiaries of dp and increase dp concentration. on the other hand, the redistributive payment for the first 30 ha could reduce dp concentration because it moves part of the overall amount of dp from large to small farms. both measures can have an effect on household income concentration even if the extent of such effect is reduced in those households where the relative importance of ofi is high. fhi inequality can be affected also by a large set of not agricultural policies by means of their impact on ofi. the results of the analysis allow for considerations regarding pension, rural development and regional policies. pensions received by members of farm households have been found to reduce fhi concentration. therefore, policy makers should be aware that any change in welfare policies causing a reduction of the level of the pensions earned by farm families will increase fhi concentration. rural development and regional policies can affect the possibility of farm family members to work off-farm and to generate off-farm incomes. however, the analysis has shown that an increase of wages or incomes from independent activities does not result in a decrease of fhi concentration. therefore, rural development and regional policy measures increasing only the level of income of the current beneficiaries of these sources of income are not expected to decrease income inequality. this suggests that, if policy makers want these policies also to decrease fhi concentration, these should be specifically aimed at enlarging the number of family members earning these sources of income. this issue could be taken into consideration in the new rural development programs that italian regions are currently designing. finally, it is important to underline some methodological issues. first of all, the developed large individual farm dataset reporting both farm and off-farm incomes could provide the basis for further research such as, for example, on the degree of pluriactivity of italian farm households (severini et al., 2014) or on the variability of farm income and farm household income. however, the analysis presented in this paper is subject to some limitations apart from those that are common to the studies based on the decomposition 131contribution of different income sources to regional inequality of the gini coefficient (lerman and yitzhaki, 1985) and the difficulties in measuring fhi (hill, 1999). the empirical analysis has been developed on a single year and this neither allow to assess the stability of the obtained results over time nor to investigate the dynamic of the investigated phenomena accounting for policy or market induced responses. thus, future researches should analyze more years to cope with these issues. furthermore, it seems useful in future research to compare the income disparity within farm families with that within non-farm families because this can show whether the income disparity within farm households is higher than that within non-farm families. this is an important issue because this can help in answering whether it exists a justification for policies specifically aimed at decreasing income inequality in farm households. acknowledgments we would like to thank the participants of the research project “analisi delle dinamiche evolutive del reddito in agricoltura attraverso l’utilizzo della banca dati rica” funded by the italian ministry of agriculture (mipaaf) and coordinated by the istituto nazionale di economia agraria (inea) (rome). references ahearn, m., johnson, j. and strickland, r. (1985). the distribution of income and wealth of farm operator households. american journal of agricultural economics 67: 1087–1094. allanson, p. (2008). on the characterization and measurement of the redistributive effect of agricultural policy. journal of agricultural economics 59(1): 169-187. allanson, p. and rocchi, b. (2008). a comparative analysis of the redistributive effects of agricultural policy in tuscany and scotland. review of agricultural and environmental studies 86: 35-56. boinsvert, r. n. and ranney, c. (1990). accounting for the importance of nonfarm income on farm family income inequality in new york. northeastern journal of agricultural and resource economics 19(1): 1-11. corsi, a. and salvioni, c. (2012). offand on-farm labour participation in italian farm households. applied economics 44(19): 2517-2526. de janvry, a. and sadoulet, e. (2001). income strategies among rural households in mexico: the role of off-farm activities. world development 29(3): 467-480. deppermann, a., grethe, h. and offermann, f. (2013). distributional effects of cap liberalization on western german farm incomes: an ex-ante analysis. european review of agricultural economics, doi: 10.1093/erae/jbt034. el benni, n. and finger, r. (2013).the effect of agricultural policy reforms on income inequality in swiss agriculture – an analysis for valley, hill and mountain regions. journal of policy modeling 35 (4): 638–651. el-osta, h., mishra, a. k. and morehart, m. j. (2007). determinants of economic wellbeing among u.s. farm operator households. agricultural economics 36: 291 – 304. european commission (2010 a). developments in the income situation of the eu agricultural sector. dg agriculture and rural development, directorate l. bruxelles, december. 132 s. severini, a. tantari european commission (2010 b). farm accounting data network. an a to z of methodology. version 04/11/2010. http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/rica/pdf/site_en.pdf accessed: february 2012. findeis, j. l. and reddy, v. k. (1987). decomposition of income distribution among farm families. northeastern journal of agricultural economics 16: 165–173. gardner, b.l. (1969). determinants of farm family income inequality. american journal of agricultural economics 51: 753–769. gardner, b. l. (1992). changing economic perspectives on the farm problem. journal of economic literature, xxx(march): 62–101. henke r., salvioni c. (2010), la diversificazione del reddito nelle aziende agricole italiane: una via di uscita dalla crisi?, xlvii convegno sidea, campobasso. hill b. (1999). farm household incomes: perceptions and statistics. journal of rural studies 15: 345-358. keeney, m. (2000). the distributional impact of direct payments on irish farm incomes. journal of agricultural economics 51(2): 252-265. lerman, r. j. and yitzhaki, s. (1985). income inequality effects by income source: a new approach and applications to the u.s. review of economics and statistics 67(feb.): 151–156. lien, g., kumbhakar, s. c. and hardaker, j. b. (2010). determinants of off-farm work and its effects on farm performance: the case of norwegian grain farmers. agricultural economics 41: 577 – 586. mishra, a. k., sandretto c. l. (2002). stability of farm income and the role of nonfarm income in u.s. agriculture. review of agricultural economics 24(1): 208-221. mishra, a. k., el-osta, h. s., morehart, m. j., johnson, j. d. and hopkins, j.w. (2002). income, wealth, and the economic well-being of farm households. u.s. dep. of agric., ers, aer-812, july. mishra, a. k., el-osta, h. s. (2005). decomposition of variability in farm household assets and debt. journal of agribusiness 23(2): 163-182. mishra, a. k., moss c., erickson k. (2006). farm wealth inequality within and across states in the united states. agricultural and resource economics review 35(2): 251264. mishra, a. k., el-osta, h. and gillespie, j.m. (2009). effect on agricultural policy on regional income inequality among farm households. journal of policy modeling 31: 325-340. mishra, a. k., el-osta, h. and shaik s. (2010). agricultural policy reform and its effect on income inequality. journal of income distribution, 19(1): 75-95. moreddu, c. (2011). distribution of support and income in agriculture. oecd food, agriculture and fisheries working papers, no. 46, oecd publishing, paris. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1787/5kgch21wkmbx-en. accessed february 2012. pfeiffer, l., lopez-feldman, a. and taylor, j. e. (2009). is off-farm income reforming the farm? evidence from mexico. agricultural economics 40: 125–138. pyatt, g., chen, c. and fei, j. (1980). the distribution of income by factor components. quarterly journal of economics 95: 451–473. rocchi b., stefani g., romano d. and landi c. (2012) are italian farming households actually poorer than other non agricultural households? an empirical analysis. paper 133contribution of different income sources to regional inequality prepared for presentation at the 1st aieaa conference ‘towards a sustainable bioeconomy: economic issues and policy challenges’ 4-5 june, 2012. trento, italy. schmid, e., hofreither, m. f. and sinabell, f. (2006). impacts of cap instruments on the distribution of farm incomes – results for austria. discussion paper dp-13-2006, universitat fur bodenkultur, wien (austria). severini s., tantari a., scardera a., cesaro l. (2014). l’uso della banca dati rica per l’analisi dei redditi delle famiglie agricole. agriregionieuropa 36. . severini, s. and tantari, a. (2013a).the impact of agricultural policy on farm income concentration: the case of regional implementation of the cap direct payments in italy. agricultural economics 44(3): 275-286. severini, s. and tantari, a. (2013b).the effect of the eu farm payments policy and its recent reform on farm income inequality. journal of policy modeling 35(2): 212–227. stark, o., taylor j.e. and yitzhaki, s. (1986). remittances and inequality. the economic journal 96 (sept.): 722-740. von witzke, h. and noleppa, s. (2007). agricultural and trade policy reform and inequality: the distributive effects of direct payments to german farmers under the eu’s new common agricultural policy. humboldt university berlin, department agricultural economics. working paper nr. 79/2007. 134 s. severini, a. tantari appendix. results for the macro-regions and altimetry zones of italy. table a.1. gini decomposition of farm household income. data regarding only the sources of offfarm income in the macro-regions of italy. year 2011.   share (%) gini coefficient correlation coefficient concentration coefficient proportional contribution to inequality elasticity (%) north-west             pensions 7.9 0.858 0.315 0.270 0.026 -0.053 wages 4.0 0.969 0.557 0.540 0.026 -0.014 independent work 0.9 0.993 0.629 0.624 0.007 -0.002 capital 0.5 0.996 0.534 0.532 0.003 -0.002 other off-farm income 0.2 0.997 -0.078 -0.078 0.000 -0.002 north-east             pensions 21.1 0.635 0.308 0.195 0.080 -0.131 wages 18.3 0.855 0.659 0.564 0.200 0.018 independent work 5.3 0.952 0.563 0.535 0.055 0.002 capital 0.7 0.994 0.537 0.534 0.007 0.000 other off-farm income 0.1 0.998 0.240 0.240 0.001 -0.001 center             pensions 18.5 0.704 0.381 0.269 0.094 -0.091 wages 12.6 0.915 0.702 0.642 0.153 0.027 independent work 6.8 0.958 0.714 0.684 0.087 0.020 capital 1.9 0.985 0.609 0.599 0.022 0.003 other off-farm income 0.2 0.996 0.137 0.136 0.001 -0.001 south             pensions 18.5 0.744 0.450 0.335 0.140 -0.045 wages 21.4 0.829 0.641 0.531 0.256 0.043 independent work 6.2 0.946 0.594 0.562 0.079 0.017 capital 1.1 0.984 0.400 0.393 0.010 -0.001 other off-farm income 0.2 0.997 0.349 0.348 0.002 0.000 islands             pensions 16.5 0.752 0.438 0.329 0.105 -0.060 wages 14.7 0.871 0.642 0.559 0.159 0.012 independent work 7.9 0.926 0.596 0.552 0.085 0.005 capital 1.9 0.976 0.544 0.531 0.019 0.001 other off-farm income 0.8 0.986 0.208 0.205 0.003 -0.005 source: own elaboration on italian fadn sample. 135contribution of different income sources to regional inequality table a.2. gini decomposition of farm household income. data regarding only the sources of offfarm income in the altimetry zones of italy. year 2011.     share (%) gini coefficient correlation coefficient concentration coefficient proportional contribution to inequality elasticity (%) hill             pensions 17.8 0.737 0.443 0.326 0.115 -0.063 wages 16.6 0.871 0.655 0.571 0.188 0.021 independent work 7.2 0.943 0.628 0.593 0.085 0.012 capital 1.4 0.985 0.561 0.553 0.015 0.001 other off-farm income 0.2 0.998 0.450 0.449 0.002 0.000 mountain             pensions 14.2 0.767 0.377 0.289 0.076 -0.066 wages 21.1 0.854 0.660 0.563 0.220 0.009 independent work 4.6 0.963 0.581 0.559 0.047 0.002 capital 1.3 0.986 0.524 0.516 0.013 -0.001 other off-farm income 0.7 0.988 0.041 0.040 0.001 -0.006 plain             pensions 19.1 0.713 0.370 0.263 0.090 -0.100 wages 14.1 0.881 0.641 0.565 0.144 0.002 independent work 4.4 0.959 0.599 0.575 0.046 0.002 capital 0.7 0.990 0.318 0.315 0.004 -0.003 other off-farm income 0.2 0.995 0.010 0.010 0.000 -0.002 source: own elaboration on italian fadn sample. bio-based and applied economics 4(2): 165-178, 2015 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-13597 technical efficiency in brazilian citrus production felippe clemente*, viviani silva lírio, marília fernanda maciel gomes federal university of viçosa, minas gerais, brazil date of submission: november 17th, 2013 abstract. the purpose of this study was to analyze the technical efficiency of citrus producing properties in sao paulo state, in 2009 and 2010. for this, producers were interviewed; non–parametric data envelopment analysis approach was applied to calculate levels of technical efficiency, and an econometric approach was applied to establish technical efficiency determinants. the results showed that a great part of sao paulo citrus producing properties works inefficiently and the variables that mostly contribute to increase efficiency are “producer schooling “ and “experience as rural producer”. keywords. technical efficiency, citrus sector, dea. jel codes. q12, c25 1. introduction orange culture is present in all brazilian states in quite different production standards. at the same time, orange production is an activity concentrated in part of the country, as 96% of production comes from only six states, with distinction for sao paulo which is responsible for 78% of the production (agrianual, 2010). in the context of brazilian agro-business the citrus sector stands out, comprising over 24 thousand rural properties and directly employing 11.2% of the agricultural workforce of sao paulo state and 2.2% of brazil. in 2010, brazil was the main orange producer in the world with 31% of production, followed by the united states and european union with 16% and 11% respectively. in external sales the occupied post is equivalent: the country is the main exporter of concentrated frozen orange juice with nearly 80% of the international market. added to this information is the fact that since 1994 orange juice exports have settled around 1.1 and 1.4 million tons, producing more than a billion dollars in foreign exchange (neves, 2005). regarding the orange production in sao paulo state, despite its relative importance, it is noted that production is not uniformly distributed amongst citrus producers; there * corresponding author: felippe.clemente@ufv.br. mailto:felippe.clemente@ufv.br 166 f. clemente, v.s. lírio, m.f. maciel gomes is a discrepancy between the number of producers and the quantity produced. according to clemente (2010), the orange production structure in the interior of são paulo state is characterized by “many produce little” and “a few produce much”. producers of up to 100 hectares correspond to 48% of the total number of producers, but they respond for only 17.5% of the production. in another extreme, producers with over 300 hectares correspond to only 17% of the total number of producers, but respond for 43.3% of the são paulo production. from this information it is believed that there is room to investigate the existence of possible inefficiency in orange production in sao paulo. in fact, the efficiency concept is relative and differs from efficacy and yield. efficacy is linked only to what is produced, without considering the resources used for production. yield is established by the ratio between what was produced and what was spent in production. whereas efficiency compares what was produced, given the resources available, with what might have been produced with the same resources, so that, if the productive unit is very far from this parameter, it can be considered inefficient. there are two ways by which a technically inefficient unit can become efficient: the first one is by reducing inputs, maintaining constant production; the second is increasing production, maintaining constant inputs (mello et al., 2005). in applied terms, efficiency analysis of productive units is important both for strategic aims (comparison between productive units), and for planning (evaluation of results of use of different combination factors) and for taking decision (such as improving current performance by analysis of distance between current production and potential production). in this context, the purpose of the present study is to analyze the technical efficiency of citrus producing properties in sao paulo state, based on information corresponding to years 2009 and 2010, phase in which interviews were carried out with citrus producers so as to obtain information regarding orange production in each property. for that, the present study is structured in four sections, besides this introduction. in section two, theoretical referential system of the study is presented and in section three is the analytical referential system. the main results obtained and the study conclusions are presented in sections five and six. 2. evolution of brazilian citrus sector the orange crop is widespread in brazil, being cultivated in almost all states. at the same time, the orange is a spatially concentrated culture: around 96% of production comes from only six states, especially são paulo, which accounts for about 78% of production (agrianual, 2010). next are bahia, sergipe, minas gerais, paraná and rio grande do sul, all with less than 7% of the national production (table 1). the southeast region has become the largest development center of the sector due to the exceptional fruit quality and favorable climate. in the 20s, the establishment of experimental stations in são paulo and conducting research for citrus improvement enabled the provision of good quality fruit for the domestic market and export to argentina, uruguay, england and other european countries. according to reis (2001), the citrus industry in brazil took off from the stage called “conservative modernization” of agriculture, between the years 1965 to 1979, which had as its main features, among others, subsidized rural credit, export incentives 167technical efficiency in brazilian citrus production and tax exemptions. in addition, large fluctuations in the production of the united states, brazil’s main international competitor in the marketing of citrus, due to frequent frosts opened space for the placement of domestic production of fruit “in natura” and the frozen concentrated orange juice abroad which enabled the growth of acreage and processing industries orange (maia, 1996). however, unlike other cultures strongly encouraged in this period, the citrus sector continued on a strong expansion also during the 1980s, when the international financial crisis caused depressive effects on the economy, reducing the supply of agricultural credit and reducing subsidies to the sector. in the 1990s, the growth process of the country continued to occur and currently brazil is the main producer of orange and also the main exporter of frozen concentrated orange (slcc) juice, with about 80% market share. table 1. brazilian citrus production – 2008. states production % sp 353,228,235 78.4 ba 27,374,902 6.1 se 18,923,284 4.2 mg 14,311,863 3.2 pr 12,681,373 2.8 rs 8,217,108 1.8 brazil 450,850,956 100 the development of the brazilian citrus industry began in the late 1950s. in 1959, it was installed the first juice concentrate factory in brazil, mining beverage company. in 1961, a company of sao paulo, paulista citrosuco, sent to the united states the first 1,000 tons of concentrated juice. however, the major impetus for the development of the brazilian citrus industry was the frost that hit the orchards of florida in 1962, reaching the destroy of 13 million adult trees. this frosting turned out to be a milestone for the brazilian industry (abecitrus, 2007). there was a shortage of raw material to supply the u.s. domestic market and european markets and the brazil came to occupy these markets, accelerating the development of orange processing industry. with the development of the processing industry of juice, there have been significant changes in the citrus sector. firstly, the production structure has changed considerably. according margarido (1998), industry growth stimulated the concentration of production in medium and large orange-producing properties, with a high rate of employment. moreover, the consumption profile of the fruit changed with the possibility of processing and export. while in 1972 about 69% of brazilian production was intended for the domestic market of fresh fruit and only 2% for export, at the end of the 80s, with the development of the industry, about 37% of the production was intended market “in natura” and more than 60% of brazilian production was aimed at processing industry (coelho, 1996). currently, according to neves (2005), 82% of fruit harvested are processed, leaving only 18% to the market in natura. thus, the majority of brazilian orange production is intended for the juice industry, which is concentrated in são paulo. the citrus sector involves 168 f. clemente, v.s. lírio, m.f. maciel gomes more than 24,000 farms and directly employs about 11.2% of the agricultural labor force in the state of são paulo and 2.2% in brazil. exports of orange juice remains, since 1994, between 1.1 and 1.4 million tons, generating more than $ 1 billion of foreign exchange. (neves, 2005). 3. theoretical background according to lovell (1993), in micro-economic analyses the production function is normally represented as a relation between y the produced quantity of the good and a set of x1, x2,…, xn which identify the quantities of several factors used, observing the most efficient production process. in other words, it is “a technical relation which associates to each endowment of production factors the maximum quantity of product obtained through the use of these factors” (barbosa, 1985). in this extent, the question of efficiency gains important outlines. for sato (1975), the aggregation of production functions and their subsequent econometric estimate aiming at generating a macro production function, not taking into account differences in productive efficiency, yield biased results. such results, when employed by agents responsible for the productive process, may compromise the efficient allocation of resources, which, most times, are scarce and expensive. in other words, comparing different production units, errors may occur, should the analysis be based only on the mean production function estimate. this happens because there are differences in the use of production factors, which produce different levels of technical efficiency in production. thus, in order to correctly appreciate the production function associated to a certain region or estate, it is necessary to eliminate the existing inefficiencies in each production unit, or to consider them appropriately in the intended analyses. given that, it is necessary to estimate a frontier production function that characterizes the best technology (best practice), from which comparisons can be made between production units in terms of production efficiency and structure of production technology. figure 1 illustrates difference between a mean production function estimated by least squares and a frontier production function. it can be observed that in the mean function, while minimizing the deviation squares, there are points above and below the function. in the frontier function, all points are situated on or below it. points on the frontier refer to efficient units. similarly, points below the frontier present some type of inefficiency (färe et al., 1994). once this is done, it is possible to estimate the production function, which will best express the relations between inputs and product with no inefficiency. 4. methodology 4.1 data envelopment analysis in a productive structure, the maximum quantities of products that can be obtained, given the inputs used, determine the production frontier (lins and meza, 2000). orange production, as well as other agricultural activities, involves very variable production systems, making decision taking on the best allocation of resources a very complex matter. 169technical efficiency in brazilian citrus production data envelopment analysis (dea) (charnes et al., 1978) use dmu’s concept and is a non-parametric technique based on mathematical planning to analyze the relative efficiency of production units. in the literature related to dea models, a production unit is considered a decision making unit (dmu), since these models provide measures to evaluate the relative efficiency of decision making units. according to ferreira (2005), the fundamental difference between the dea approach and parametric analysis, such as the stochastic frontier, is in fact the first to be non-parametric estimating a deterministic frontier, and the second is parametric, based on stochastic function. a limitation to the use of the parametric approach to measure efficiency stems from the fact that it can present estimation problems, some of them are highlighted in maietta (2002). thus, the non-parametric approach that uses mathematical programming, like dea, seems more appropriate. another considerable advantage of dea in relation to parameter estimation is the individual identification of each producer in the issue efficiency, which is possible through the efficiency scores generated by the operation of the model. these characteristics make the method a potentiality to explain with greater property and little interference from reviewers, the complexities inherent in real conditions (ferreira, 2005). despite the advantages presented, this methodology also has disadvantages, among which stands out the sensitivity to the presence of outliers and the inclusion or exclusion of one or more units in the set of observations, the number of variables considered in the analysis, the impossibility of statistically test the results and also to disregard the presence of random factors and measurement errors, so that the whole distance to the border is considered due to inefficiency (bonaccorsi and daraio, 2004). alternatives to dea methodologies were developed in order to advance in studies on efficiency. in this sense, aigner, lovell and schmidt (1977) proposed a specific production function for “cross-section” data, in which deviations in relation to the production function could be due to productive inefficiency and random effects. this function is called stochastic production frontier (sfa). the sfa model has advantages, with little sensitivity to the problems of measurement errors, the estimation of confidence intervals for the coefficients of efficiency to take a figure 1. representation of production function 170 f. clemente, v.s. lírio, m.f. maciel gomes chance on returns to scale and the major disadvantages such as the fact can suffer from the same problems of traditional regression analysis, the limitations related to the omission of variables, possible autocorrelation of errors, heteroscedasticity and endogeneity (bonaccorsi and daraio, 2004). thus, notes-that there is no consensus in the literature justifying the choice of the dea or stochastic frontier, as both have advantages and disadvantages. the choice of dea model to this work was due mainly to the size of the database analysis. to incorporate the multi-product and multi-input production nature, charnes et al. (1994) proposes the dea technique for analysis of different units, regarding relative efficiency. the distance1 function is employed to incorporate the multi-product and multi-input nature in the productivity and efficiency analysis, without the necessity of specifying behavioral goals of decision makers. according to bravo-ureta and pinheiro (1993), the convenient form of describing the multi-product characteristic of production is by production technology, defined by set s, represented in equation (1): s={(x, y) : x can produce y} (1) which is defined by the set of all input and product vectors (x, y) so that x can produce y in which x is a non-negative input vector (k x 1) and y a non-negative product vector (m x 1) the set of production technologies can equivalently be defined by the set of production possibilities p(x), which represents the set of all product vectors y, that can be produced by the input vector x in other words, px={y : x can produce y} (2) the distance function with product orientation, according to coelli et al. (2005), can be defined by the set of products p(x) as ( ) ( )= ∅ ∅ ∈d x y y p x, min :  0 (3) ( ){ }( ) ( ) ( )= ∅ ∅ ∈ − d x y y p x, máx :    0 1 (4) in which, ∅ in expression (3) is: the inverse of the factor by which the production of all output quantities could be increased while still remaining within the feasible production possibility set for the given input level (coelli, prasada rao and battese, 1998). the distance function d0(x, y) might have values lower or equal to 1, if the product vector y is an element of the set of possibility of production p(x); if it is equal to 1, (x, y) it will be on the technological frontier; thus, production will be technically efficient. 1 it can be defined as input orientation and product orientation. input orientation characterizes production technology by proportional minimization (contraction) of input vector, given a product vector. product orientation characterizes production technology by proportional maximization of product vector, given an input vector. 171technical efficiency in brazilian citrus production the product-oriented dea model with assumption of non-constant returns to scale tries to maximize the proportional increase at the product level, maintaining the quantity of inputs fixed. in accordance with charnes et al. (1994), it can be algebraically represented as: φ( ) = θ λ − + −d x y max, s s0 1 , , , (5) subject to: φ λ− + =+y y s 0i λ− + + =−x x s 0i λ ≤n1' 1 λ ≥ 0 ≥+s 0 ≥−s 0 in which yi is a vector (m x 1) of product quantities of the i-th dmu; xi is a vector (k x 1) of input quantities of the i-th dmu; y is a matrix (n x m) of ndmus products; x is a matrix (n x k) of n dmus inputs; λ is a weight vector (n x 1); n1 is a vector (n x 1) of number ones; s+ is a vector of floats related to products; sis a vector of floats related to inputs; and ϕ is a scalar that has vectors equal to or higher than 1 and indicates dmus efficiency score, in other words, a value equal to 1 indicates technical efficiency of the i-th dmu, in relation to the rest, while a value higher than 1 shows the presence of relative technical inefficiency. the problem presented in (5) is solved n times – once for each dmu, and, as a result, presents values of ϕ and λ, ϕ the dmu efficiency score under analysis λ supplies the peers (efficient dmus that serve as reference for the i-th inefficient dmu). 4.2 the second stage although the use of tobit models as “second stage”, to explain efficiency indices from dea estimation of frontiers, has gained popularity in the 1990s and 2000, most recently mcdonald (2009) showed that its use may be inappropriate, and that, in such applications, the estimator maximum likelihood (ml) is generally inconsistent, unlike the ordinary least squares estimator (ols). as a consequence, it was estimated a regression using the method ols. at this point, one should try to concentrate on information referring to the properties characteristics (size and number of employees) and producer characteristics (age, schooling and experience as producer). it is expected that these variables positively impact on the fact of properties being efficient. therefore the following equation was estimated, based on primary data obtained with a sample of citrus producers in sao paulo state: β β β β β β ε= + + + + + +y i e te t nfi i i i i i i1 2 3 4 5 6 (6) in which: yi = efficiency scores obtained by data envelopment analysis. consequently, each dmu has a positive efficiency coefficient, limited to the interval 0 to 1; 172 f. clemente, v.s. lírio, m.f. maciel gomes ii = producer age (in years); ei = producer schooling (in years); tei = as rural producer (in years); ti = property size (in hectares); nfi = number of employees in properties; εi = term. the equation estimate (6) allows inferences to be made for the whole population without quality loss. it is expected that all of these variables impacting positively on the efficiency of the property. age and time as farmer demonstrate the skill from the branch of citrus. the education variable indicates the level of expertise of the grower and the variable size of the transformed property in the production of oranges implemented. 4.3 study area in order to investigate the level of production of the orange growers and the quantity of inputs used, interviews with orange producers of são paulo were previously selected for application of a structured questionnaire were conducted from december 2009 to february, 2010. growers of eleven cities in the state of são paulo, a region that has the largest orange production in the country were interviewed. the state of são paulo had, in 2006, approximately 6300 active growers, concentrating 81% of the national production of oranges. neves (2005) shows that citrus regions in são paulo are divided into north and northeast, central, south and new south (figure 2). the first comprises the region trough and barretos, são josé do rio preto and votuporanga and catanduva region, accounting for 45% of production in the state. second, participating region of araraquara and matão, itápolis and taquaritinga, representing 30% of production. in the south, part of the region of limeira, avare/botucatu and itapetininga. have the new south comprises of bauru, itapetininga. these last two regions concentrate 25% of production (tavares, 2006). when the sample structure, aimed to select the regions where most growers are concentrated orange production in the state of são paulo. the calculation of sample2 size, with a confidence interval and tolerance of sampling error of 10%, resulted in 67 questionnaires. for stratification of the sample, the participation of the regions in orange production in the state of são paulo and then the production of the main regions in 2003 were used. thus, we selected 30 questionnaires for the north and northeast, 20 questionnaires for the central region and 17 questionnaires to the south/new south. because regions of barretos, catanduva and sao jose do rio preto is located in the north and northeast, 17 questionnaires for the region of barretos, 6 to 7 and catanduva region to the region of são josé do rio preto were applied. for the center, the 20 questionnaires were administered in the araraquara region and for south/south new 10 questionnaires were administered in the region of limeira, in the region of jau 4 and 3 in the region of bauru. 2 sample size: = − + n z p q n d n z p q . . . [ .( 1) . . ] 2 2 2 (grenee, 1993). 173technical efficiency in brazilian citrus production figure 2. são paulo regions. 4.4 source of data the mean capital cost of properties in the interior of sao paulo state and the mean price of orange sold for industry were collected at the institute of agricultural economy (iea). aiming at investigating the characteristics of farmers and properties, an exploratory survey was carried out with 67 orange producers in eleven cities of sao paulo state in 2010. 5. results and discussion 5.1 descriptive characteristics of sample structured questionnaires were applied to 67 orange producers in sao paulo state. the questionnaires aimed at investigating the characteristics of citrus producers and at collecting information about the property, such as size and number of employees. among the main characteristics, it was noticed that, in total, 34% of interviewed producers were aged between 23 and 50 years and 66% were over 50 years, which indicates the prevalence of older producers. in addition, it was observed that 33% of producers had studied up to 5 years and 51% had studied over 10 years. regarding the experience as rural producer, the results show that 26% of producers were up to 20 years in the activity, 24% were in activity between 20 and 30 years and 50% have been producing over 30 years, showing the prevalence of citrus producers with a wide experience in the orange production. from the analysis of property size (figure 3), presence of “small“ and “average size” properties stand up (up to 100 hectares), with 48%. for 81% of producers, the main source of income is agriculture and 55% obtain an annual gross income of over r$ 100.000 with orange (figure 4). 174 f. clemente, v.s. lírio, m.f. maciel gomes figure 3. property size. 48%   34%   15%   3%   from  1  to  100  hectares   from  101  to  300  hectares   from  301  to  600  hectares   over  600  hectares   figure 4. annual gross income with orange. 3%   28%   14%   19%   15%   21%   up  to  r$  10,000   from  r$  10,001  to  r$  50,000   from  r$  50,001  to  r$  100,000    from  r$  100,001  to  r$   200,000   from  r$  200,001  to  r$  500,000   over  r$  500,000   as for the labor profile, it is noticed that 84% of properties have contracted labor and 16% count exclusively on family labor. though the use of family labor is a characteristic of small properties, in this type of property the use of constant and paid labor has been found. regarding the number of constant employees, it was verified that the average of workers hired per property is approximately 6. however, there is a large disparity of labor between farms, since there are properties with up to 75 employees and properties with none. this is also shown by the high standard deviation value (11.75). in summary, the results show differences in the productive characteristics of citrus properties in sao paulo state, particularly regarding schooling, gross income and experience as rural producer. these divergences may imply in certain orange production inefficiency in the region. 175technical efficiency in brazilian citrus production 5.2 analysis of technical efficiency technical efficiency compares what was produced, given the available resources, with what might have been produced with the same resources. therefore, data envelopment analysis was used to verify the orange production efficiency in properties. the variables employed in the efficiency model for sample as a whole, along with descriptive statistics are presented in table 2. table 2. descriptive statistics of variables employed in producer efficiency model, 2010. variable mean standard deviation maximum minimum orange production (40.8kg box) 34,920.59 39,444.87 136,263.00 738.37 property size (in ha) 190.66 287.95 2,100.00 12.00 number of employees 6.13 11.75 75.00 0.00 capital cost (in r$) 714,063.98 1,049,592.85 7,578,522.00 46,695.12 producer age (in years) 55.21 13.11 79.00 23.00 producer schooling (in years) 9.93 5.43 17.00 1.00 experience as producer (in years) 31.52 14.29 63.00 5.00 these variables reflect property characteristics (production, size, employees and capital cost) and producer characteristics (age, schooling and experience as producer). a relative difference in magnitude is evident in units that constitute the sample, particularly the high standard deviation resulting from relative dispersal of data around the mean, which declines central tendency inferences table 3 shows statistical summary of technical efficiency calculation of units that constitute the sample. by the technical efficiency score means, it is possible to visualize the efficiency level in properties. individualized scores allow more specific notes on each productive unit, indicating inefficiency in resources, as well as pointing to dmus that serve as model. this observation is important to analyze the real situation of each property in detriment to group performance. table 3. technical efficiency scores of citrus properties. variables efficient units mean standard deviation maximum minimum technical efficiency 13.43% 0.79 0.21 1.00 0.25 the results demonstrate that citrus properties of sao paulo present significant technical inefficiency level. the technical efficiency mean was 0.79, which suggests the possibility of production increase, considering the same proportion of inputs currently used, taking as reference the product-oriented model. while analyzing the producing regions of sao paulo state, 176 f. clemente, v.s. lírio, m.f. maciel gomes it can be observed that 67% of efficient properties are in the north and northeast of the state. this occurs due to the fact that these regions are the oldest in orange production in the country, which enabled producers to gain greater knowledge on the best combination of inputs. regarding the most inefficient properties, 71.4% are located in the south and southeast regions of the state. to compare the inefficiency level of productive units based on the technical efficiency mean score, an indicator was created and defined by ferrier and porter (1991), which follows: 1 score −1⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ x 100 (14) thus, as this analysis is output-oriented, on average inefficient firms could  produce 26.6% more output, given their inputs. aiming at verifying the efficiency determinants in citrus producing properties in sao paulo state, the ols econometric model was used. the results of the model can be observed in table 4. for analyze the possible correlation between “producer age” and “experience as rural producer”, we made other estimations in ii and iii. table 4. factors associated to technical efficiency in citrus producing properties in sao paulo state – ols model. variable i ii iii property size 0.00028ns 0.00037ns 0.00017ns number of employees -0.010 ns -0.0121** -0.0076ns producer age 0.0063 ns 0.0099** producer schooling 0.0145** 0.0128* 0.0136* experience as rural producer 0.0048ns 0.0087*** constant 1.391*** 1.422*** 1.148*** r2 22.85 20.50 19.46 * 10% of significance; ** 5% of significance; *** 1% of significance ns no significance. we could observe in estimation i that only the variable “producer schooling” is significant at 5%. to the estimation iii the variable “experience as rural producer” is a positive and highly significant determinant of efficiency, however the impact of “producer schooling” on technical efficiency is much stronger. 6. conclusion this study analyzed the efficiency of citrus producing properties in sao paulo state from 2009 to 2010, using the non-parametric data envelopment analysis approach to calculate technical efficiency levels. in addition, the ols econometric model was used to find the technical efficiency determinants of citrus producers. 177technical efficiency in brazilian citrus production the results confirmed the hypothesis that citrus producing properties are inefficient. in other words, given that we have an output-orientation in this analysis, the farmers do not obtain the maximum output from their resources. the reduction of these inefficiencies could increase the production in the entire sector. the variables that mostly contribute to increase efficiency are “producer schooling” and “experience as rural producer”. references aigner, d., lovell, k. and schimidt, p. (1977). formulation and estimation of stochastic frontier production function models. journal of econometrics 6(1): 21-37. abecitrus (2007). associação brasileira dos exportadores de cítricos. informativo abecitrus. ribeirão preto. agrianual 2010. (2010). anuário estatístico da agricultura brasileira. são paulo: argos, inc. bonaccorsi, a. and daraio, c. (2004). econometric approaches to the analysis of productivity of r&d systems. production functions and production frontiers. in: moed, glanzel, shmoch (eds.), handbook on quantitative science and technology research, kluwer academic press. bravo-ureta, b.e. and pinheiro, a.e. (1993). efficiency analysis of developing country agriculture: a review of the frontier function literature, agricultural and research economic review 22: 88-101. clemente, f. (2010). viabilidade de implantação de contratos futuros de suco de laranja concentrado congelado no brasil. monograph, department of rural economics, federal university of viçosa, viçosa, mg, brazil. charnes, a., cooper, w.w. and rhodes, e. (1978). measuring the efficiency of decision making units. european journal of operational research 2: 429-444. charnes, a., cooper, w. w., lewin, a. y. and seiford, l. m. (1994). data envelopment analysis: theory, methodology and application. dordrecht: kluwer academic. coelho, f.c. (1996). análise do mecanismo de transmissão de preços de laranja e soja entre os mercados externo e interno. msc dissertation, department of rural economics, federal university of viçosa, viçosa, mg, brazil. coelli, t., o’donnell, c.j. and battese, g.e. (2005). an introduction to efficiency and productivity analysis. springer. ferreira, m.a.m. (2005). eficiência técnica e de escala de cooperativas e sociedade de capital na indústria de laticínios do brasil. phd dissertation, department of rural economics, federal university of viçosa, viçosa, mg, brazil. gomes, a.p. and baptista, a.j.m. s. (2009). função de produção de fronteira e tomada de decisão na agropecuária. sober(2009), belo horizonte. lins, m.p.e. and meza, l.a. (2000). análise envoltória de dados a perspectiva de integração no ambiente de apoio à decisão. rio de janeiro: coppe/ufrj, inc. lovell, c.a.k. (1993). production frontiers and productive efficiency. in: fried h., lovell, c.a.k., schimdt, s. (eds), the measurement of productive efficiency: techniques and applications. london: oxford university press. maia, m.l. (1996). citricultura paulista: evolução, estrutura e acordo de preços. são paulo: iea, inc. 178 f. clemente, v.s. lírio, m.f. maciel gomes maietta, o.w. (2002). the effect of the normalisation of the shadow price vector on the cost function estimation, economics letters 77(3): 381-385. margarido, m.a. (1998). transmissão de preços internacionais de suco de laranja para preços ao nível de produtor de laranja no estado de são paulo. são paulo: iea, inc. mello, j.c.b.s., meza, l.a., gomes, e.g. and neto, l.b. (2005). curso de análise de envoltória de dados. sbpo(2005), gramado, rs. mcdonald, j. (2009). using least squares and tobit in second stage dea efficiency analyses. european journal of operational research 197: 792-798. neves, m.f. (2005). estratégias para a laranja no brasil. são paulo: atlas s.a., inc. reis, b.s., lirio, v.s. (2001). negociações internacionais e propriedade intelectual no agronegócio. ufv: der, inc. sato, k. (1975). production functions and aggregation. amsterdam: north-holland publishing company. tavares, m.f.f. (2006). o mercado futuro de suco de laranja concentrado e congelado: um enfoque analítico. phd dissertation, department of economics, federal university of rio grande do sul, porto alegre, rs, brazil. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 209-211, 2013 between crisis and development: which role for the bioeconomy (and bio-economists) donato romano president associazione italiana di economia agraria e applicata (aieaa) the metaphor of the economic cycle, that is the natural fluctuation of the economy between periods of expansion and contraction, is as old as modern economic thought and dates back at least to early nineteen century when authors as sismondi (1819) provided the first systematic exposition of economic crises. however, the recent years – featuring first the commodity price spikes, followed by the great recession and a very slow and highly uneven recovery in different regions of the world – have marked a dramatic change in the way lay people as well as economists look at recent developments in the economy. acknowledging that “this time is different” (reinhart and rogoff, 2009) and we are perhaps entering a “new normality” (krugman, 2013) of “secular stagnation” (summers, 2013) are the ideas the current debate is focusing upon. why is it so? one reason, probably the most important one, is the length of the global economic crisis and its apparent inertia to any effort to get rid of it. the other one is the very long period of macroeconomic (and price) stability – the so called “great moderation” – preceding the 2007-08 economic turmoil. we do not know when and how the current economic conditions will be overcome, but what we do know is that they are changing profoundly our lives and have already had significant welfare and distributional effects all over the world. this is very likely to permanently redesign the loci of economic activity at global, regional and country level as well as at sectoral level within a given economy. the reshaping of the economic landscape brings about a series of consequences for the bio-economy as well as bio-economists, linked to the double meaning of crisis, which is at the same time a threat and an opportunity, as always in economic history. indeed, the global economic crisis has changed the relationships between bio-based activities and economic development. on one side, the more traditional food and agricultural production has been suffering, because of the drop in the final and intermediate demand of agrofood products. on the other side bio-economic activities act as social safety nets, creating employment opportunities, reducing vulnerability of the poor and delivering a multiplicity of environmental services. at the same time, the recent crisis-induced changes have reinforced an already ongoing process of “renaissance” of agricultural economics (sexton, 2013) and, at a broader level, the blossoming of bio-economics. indeed, after a couple of decades of complacency among policy makers and the public at large that we had solved the food problem, the recent commodity price spikes as well as the global economic crisis brought back at the 210 donato romano top of the policy agenda the role of agricultural economics and policy, and the role of agricultural economists as researchers and key policy advisors to decision makers. to what extent, where and how the crisis has changed those relationships and what role bio-based activities can play in the economic recovery towards a sustainable development path were the overall objectives of the second aieaa conference held in parma (italy) on 6-7 june 2013. the conference gathered more than seventy papers addressing an array of research and policy relevant questions such as: is agriculture playing a buffer role against the global crisis? how the crisis has changed the pro-poor features of agricultural growth? what are the impacts of crisis on poverty and food insecurity? what are the impacts of crisis on rural-urban disparities and horizontal and vertical inequality? what are the impacts of crisis on migration and remittance flows? what strategies have been implemented by households, firms and farms to cope with the shocks? what is the role that bio-economy activities can play in recovering and future economic development strategies? the bae editor invited some of the speakers to revise and submit their own papers for publication in this bae special issue. this is not meant to be an exhaustive account of all the topics debated in parma1; nevertheless it represents a significant essay of the wide range of topics discuss at the conference, covering issues such as food commodity price volatility and institutional arrangements to manage risk in commodity markets, structural and economic dynamics in italian farming sector, the spatial allocation of eu rural development funds, and the impact in terms of water requirements of agro-energy corps. in particular, sarris makes a thorough assessment of the state of the art on the food price volatility and food security conundrum. specifically, the author defines what food price volatility is about and shows that the major risks for a food importing developing country involve not only large and unpredictable price variations but also trade finance as well as import contract enforcement. finally, the author suggests how to design institutions and policies to assist developing countries better cope with the risks of commodity market volatility. the purpose of the paper by revoredo-giha and zuppiroli is twofold: analyze whether futures markets are still useful for hedging (analyzing the european wheat futures markets and the chicago board of trade’s wheat contracts as a comparison), and testing whether the increasing presence of speculation has made futures markets divorced from physical markets. the results show that hedging with futures markets is still an effective option for reducing price risk, particularly in short term hedges. salvioni et al. investigate the structural change and economic dynamics of farms pursuing diversification strategies (i.e. pursuing multifunctionality through non-farming activities) vs. differentiation strategies (i.e. adopting product differentiation through a quality certification) in italy. the most important outcome is that only diversified farms show a significant improvement in labor productivity expressed as income per worker, while the labor productivity performances of differentiated farms are not that good. camaioni et al. try to assess the coherence of eu rural development fund allocation with the real characteristics of eu rural space. in doing so, that authors go beyond the usual dichotomous definitions and approaches, proposing a composite and comprehensive 1 the interested reader can download all conference papers at http://ageconsearch.umn.edu/handle/149623. paper presentations are also downloadable at aieaa website (www.aieaa.org). 211between crisis and development: which role for the bio-economy (and bio-economists) measure of rurality and peripherality, the so-called peripherurality indicator. using this indicator the eu rural development policy appears less “rural” than stated in the political intentions. in relative terms (per unit of land and, above all, of labour), urban and central regions tend to be more supported than more rural and peripheral ones. finally, donati et al. present an integrated model for the economic and environmental assessment of natural resources use when new activities (i.e. bioenergy crops) are introduced into the farm production plan. the model integrates a standard positive mathematical programming model with the aquacrop model developed by fao. the results of the simulations show that this model can help policy makers in assessing the impacts of changes in farm production plans on farm profitability, land use and water consumption and the sustainability of new market/policy scenarios, such as the 2014 cap reform which emphasizes environmental objectives in agricultural policy. references camaioni, b., esposti r., lo bianco a., pagliacci, f. and sotte, f. (2013). how rural is the eu rdp? an analysis through spatial fund allocation. bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 277-300. donati, m., bodini, d., arfini, f. and zezza, a. (2013). an integrated pmp model to assess the development of agro-energy crops and the effect on water requirements. bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 301-321. krugman, p.r. (2013). “a permanent slump?” the york times, november 13, 2103. accessed at http://www.nytimes.com/2013/11/18/opinion/krugman-a-permanentslump.html?_r=0 on december 3, 2013. reinhart, c.m. and rogoff, k.s. (2009). this time is different: eight centuries of financial folly. princeton university press. princeton. revoredo-giha, c. and zuppiroli, m. (2013). commodity futures markets: are they an effective price risk management tool for the european wheat supply chain? biobased and applied economics 2(3): 237-256. salvioni, c., ascione, e. and henke, r.(2013). structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms. bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 257-276. sarris, a. (2013). food commodity price volatility and food insecurity. bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 213-236. sexton, r. (2013). “the renaissance of agricultural economics”. the president’s column, the exchange, newsletter of the aaae, may-june 2013. accessed at http://www. aaea.org/publications/the-exchange/newsletter-archives/mayjune-2013/presidentscolumn on december 3, 2013. sismondi, j.c.l.s. de (1819). nouveaux principes d’économie politique ou de la richesse dans ses rapports avec la population. chez delaunay, treuttel et wurtz, paris. summers, l.h. (2013). speech at fourteenth jacques polak annual research conference “crises: yesterday and today”. international monetary fund, washington d.c., november 8, 2013. accessed at http://larrysummers.com/video/ on december 3, 2013. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(2): 173-189, 2013 income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms francesco ansaloni1,* , francesco pyszny1, rodolfo marquina2, álvaro claros liendo3, álvaro claros goitia3, josé luís quispe huanca3, japhet zapana pineda4 1 school of environmental sciences, university of camerino, italy 2 desco centro de estudios y promocion del desarollo, ngo, arequipa, perù 3 proreca programa regional de camélidos, la paz, bolivia 4 acra asociacion de cooperacion rural en africa y américa latina, ngo, la paz, bolivia abstract. this paper analyses the production costs and income of eight groups of farms: five private farms and three belonging to the andean rural community. these farms are located in peru and bolivia and breed alpacas and llama for both meat and fibre. the research is based on case studies. each case study includes several farms, grouped according to similar characteristics: available resources; breeding techniques and geographical location. a farm economic data analysis was undertaken by determining economic budget income. statistics and data from 2003 were analysed to determine farm resources and farm production costs, per animal head and net farm income per labour unit and livestock head. this paper is relevant as regards economic data for production systems which are more often analysed for sociological and cultural aspects and less often for economic data and identification of real productive economic data which are not generally market driven. keywords. south american domestic camelids, farm management analysis, meat production, peru, bolivia. jel codes. q12 1. introduction and objectives from an environmental sustainability point of view, the peruvian and bolivian altiplano is extremely fragile. the altiplano rises to heights from 3,800 to 5,000 metres above sea level and extends over 180,000 square kilometres. the plateau is a unique eco-region shared by peru and bolivia where the main pastoral farms of south america are located. the main problems of the area are its geographical isolation from rural communities, over-grazing, soil erosion, deforestation, underdevelopment of human resources and low farm productivity. alpacas and llamas are fundamental to the livelihood of a large part of the altiplano. the importance of these animals is evidenced by the fact that the vicuña, the wild ances* corresponding author: francesco.ansaloni@unicam.it. 174 f. ansaloni, f. pyszny, r. marquina, a. claros l., a. claros g., j.l. quispe h., j. zapana p. tor of the alpaca, is portrayed on the peruvian flag while the llama is represented on the bolivian flag. many studies have been dedicated to the analysis of various aspects of the altiplano: ecosystem and farming; livestock genetics; farming and breeding systems to rural development and social conditions. there are very few economic analytical studies of camelid breeding farms (westreicher et al., 2006); this number is even more limited when compared to available analyses of other animal species in other countries. when potential livestock production within countries is analysed, the particular aspects and contribution to farm economic sustainability and their market prospects have neither been assessed nor recognised. the key objective of this paper is an economic budget income and production cost analysis of eight groups of llama and alpaca camelid breeding farms in the altiplano: five private enterprises and three belonging to the andean rural community. these farms, located in peru and bolivia, breed camelids for both meat and fibre. furthermore, we try to make recommendations for farm improvement in the future. the initial thrust of this project responds to needs expressed by camelid breeders and some of their organisations to increase income levels. the overall aims of the research, however, were motivated by the necessity to improve breeding and meat processing techniques and to inform various organisations in order to stimulate the domestic camelid sector. the aim, as above, is relevant as regards economic data for production systems which are more often analysed for sociological and cultural aspects and less often for economic data and identification of real productive economic data which are not generally market driven. 2. camelid farming in south america alpacas and llamas, south american domestic camelids (sadc), are the only practical and productive activity in the altiplano (fernández-baca, 2005: 11; ipacperu, 2012). the camelidae family is a small group of mammalian animals. two members of the old world camels live in africa and asia (the arabian and the bactrian) and four members of the new world camels live in south america: two domestic alpaca and llama (scla, 2012) and two protected species – guanacos and vicuñas, which remain in the wild (fernández-baca, 2005: 16; westreicher et al., 2006: 2). currently there are 2,863,333 alpaca and 3,227,412 llama in latin america (pachao, 2005; cfr. fernández-baca, 2005: 14; fairfield, 2006: 31; petrie, 1995). there are 3,128,000 alpaca and 3,315,000 llama worldwide (fao, 2000 cited by bonanni, 2004: 87). ninety-six percent of the south american alpaca and llama are in peru and bolivia. the remaining 4% is divided among argentina chile, ecuador and colombia. more than 80% of alpacas and the entire population of llamas belong to small farmers and peasant communities with very limited resources, located in isolated areas of the andes without access to basic services such as health care and education (fernándezbaca, 2005: 7). the remaining 20% of alpaca are distributed between medium sized farmers and communal enterprises. according to research by inei-cenagro, 60% of alpaca and 76% of llamas in peru are found in farms with less than 50 hectares (fernández-baca, 2005: 20). farms under 3 hectares of land have 32% of alpacas and 46% of llamas. this 175income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms situation creates high animal population per land unit, and overgrazing resulting in land erosion and insufficient feed supply. several differences in farm size, organisational level and technical skills can be observed in alpaca and llama breeding farms. according to fernadez-baca (2005: 23) there are three categories of breeders: 1) andean rural community (comunidades campesinas) and minifondi (small farms); 2) small and medium sized producers; and 3) associated companies. rural communities in peru (ayllu) and minifondi possess 80% of alpaca farms and almost all of llama farms. communal ownership of land is usually found in rural communities while livestock belongs to individuals or single families (fernándezbaca, 2005: 21). furthermore among these farms the ayni system of reciprocity is widespread (shepherd, 2005: 38). this is a system of time differentiated exchange of labour, seed, coca and the like which works to bond the andean peoples together (distaso and ciervo, 2006; cepes, 2009). distribution of seed was governed by informal and flexible networks based on reciprocity between families and communities, the ayllu. for farm jobs that require several individuals, a family may ask relatives and neighbours to collaborate. payment is generally made by returning the favour. in general, farm breeder communal organisations group together several family units ranging from 25 to 100 or more families; the number of livestock heads depends on the number of families in the community. families are related to one another at various levels of kinship. traditionally and within the livestock farms, families share grazing areas according to local norms; this is true especially for crop rotation and times when land lies fallow (castañeda, 2011). the property system introduced under spanish colonialism, originally despoiled traditional andean kinship-based rural communities of their collective livelihood. ayllu territorial control was limited almost exclusively to remote herding communities whose pastoral economies had little appeal for the landed oligarchy (healy, 2004: 28). smallholders constitute the majority of farmers and comprise over 80% of the altiplano farm population practicing a highly diversified agriculture. an average, alpaquero families (alpaca herders) own 80 animals; families with fewer than 100 animals represent 80% to 90% of all producers. however, a small proportion of families owns 400 or more animals and has much greater economic opportunities. alpaqueros with fewer than 100 animals are engaged in subsistence production. a herd size of less than 100 animals is considered too small to maintain good genetic quality, unless reproducers are regularly exchanged with other herds. in some very poor regions, families may own as few as 20 animals (fairfield, 2006: 32). over 70% of privately owned andean farms in peru are less than five hectares in size. the largest land holdings are the property of corporate communities, such as the numerous peasant communities (comunidades campesinas) and peasant groups (grupos campesinos). in 1991 it was estimated that 5,500 of these communities still existed. in 1990, these official forms of common entitlement, as opposed to individual private ownership, accounted for over 60 percent of pasture lands, much of which lies in the punas of the southern andes (vera, 2006). in bolivia in 2001, about 2.7 million people were living on small farms, which constitute 87% of all agricultural units. these small farms cover only 14% of the country’s arable land. forty six percent of these small farmers live in the valleys, 37% live in the altiplano, 176 f. ansaloni, f. pyszny, r. marquina, a. claros l., a. claros g., j.l. quispe h., j. zapana p. and 17% live in the lowlands. small farms in the altiplano and the valleys are defined as those spanning 3.5 or fewer hectares, while small farms in the lowlands refer to those with less than 50 hectares (fairfield, 2004: 3). small and medium peruvian producers own from 10-12% of the alpaca population in farms with 500-2,000 or more heads of livestock with above average production levels. these farmers have an enterprising spirit, carry out animal checks, use modern technology, are informed and market oriented (fernández-baca, 2005: 21) and reach above average production levels. it has been estimated that associated farm enterprises in peru own about 8% of the total alpaca livestock in farms with several thousand heads. various institutions work with sadc. these include regional and state herder and producer associations, peasant worker confederations, government institutions (minag, 2012; conacs; conveagro), along with research centres, universities and ngos (bebbington, 1996, 1997a and 1997b; bebbington and thiele, 1993). despite there being numerous organisations, their political and overall influence is weak (fairfield, 2004: 23-24). in general, there is a lack of co-ordination between and among public institutions. in the agricultural sector, for example, numerous different agencies handle projects that should either be closely coordinated or handled by a single institution. principal sadc products and services include: fibres for clothing and other textiles, fresh meat or salted charqui (jerky) and chalona, transporting individuals and goods such as hides, manure pellets for fuel and fertilizers. peruvian alpaca fibre is a major export for high quality products. llama fibre on the other hand is not as highly prized and is destined for internal use (fernández-baca, 2005: 15). peruvian alpaca fibre producers are among the very poorest members of peruvian society. the alpaqueros are poorly organised and geographically spread out over the area (papaioannou, 2005). intermediaries capture much of the value in the production chain, leaving alpaqueros with very low prices for their fibre. it has been estimated that 85% of alpaca fibre production goes to the industrial market – mainly the export market; 15% is destined for skilled craftsmen and personal use (fernández-baca, 2005: 34). in 2004, 3,200 tonnes of alpaca fibre was produced in peru (conacs, 2005 cited by fernández-baca, 2005: 33). statistics for llama fibre are not reliable. it is estimated that 40 percent of llama fibre is destined for processing by skilled craftsmen or industry; the remaining 60% is for personal use. in 2001, according to the peruvian ministry of economy and finance, the total production was 800 tonnes (fernández-baca, 2005: 35-36). for sadc breeders meat is an important product, both nutritionally and from an income point of view and is on a par with fibre production (fernández-baca, 2005: 20 and 39; fairfield, 2006: 43). in peruvian urban areas camelid meat consumption is quite low while in rural localities and among poorer individuals it is rather widespread (fernández-baca, 2005: 41). among the factors with a positive influence on sadc meat consumption are its nutritional value, the high level of environmental sustainability of the breeding method and the positive consumer perception of the product due to the uncontaminated landscape of the andean plateau production areas. the main problems limiting market potential for camelid meat involve sanitation issues and strong prejudices on the demand side. urban consumers tend to identify this food with the poverty of the campesinos. in fact, as income 177income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms grows, urban consumers prefer other kinds of meat, such as beef (bonanni, 2004: 44; sammells, 1995; sammells & markowitz, 2004). camelid meat is largely traded in informal markets. significant quantities of meat travel from the highlands to markets as far as lima (peru), but there is no cold chain in transport (fairfield, 2006: 43). uncertified llama meat was marketed in quasi-clandestine fashion often camouflaged as sausages sold as hotdogs on the street corners of downtown la paz (bolivia); its unauthorised possession is punisheable by municipal fines (healy, 2004: 31). the absence of municipal slaughterhouses equipped for llamas in bolivian cities in the altiplano, such as la paz and oruro, penalised indigenous camelid herders as well as poor urban consumers by preventing fresh llama meat from entering the marketplace in sanitary conditions (healy, 2004: 31). a potential international market for alpaca meat exists but it is a far and distant goal. sanitary conditions are still inadequate, and strict restrictions have been imposed by western countries on meat imports (fairfield, 2006: 45). 3. data collection and methodology a case study approach was used and the methodology adopted to analyse economic data of some groups of breeding farms (case studies) in bolivia and peru was the calculation of the economic budget (kay et al., 2004; olson, 2004). farm net income was calculated by subtracting the variable and fixed costs from farm gross income. farm net income incorporates remuneration from the following production variables: rented land, farm capital interest, farm labour and profit. production costs are the individual farm’s total variable and fixed costs; these costs have been calculated per animal. net income has also been calculated per labour unit and per animal head, subdividing total net income by the corresponding number of workers and animal heads. although this is not an innovative methodology, the overall lack of accounting data, absence of market driven policy on some farms in the research area and the scarcity of economic studies on camelid breeding farms, ensure that the application of original data is still of interest. the choice of this research method arises from the need to collect, elaborate and compare detailed data from various productive and cultural situations in a uniform manner; to the capacity of farm groups to reflect the various production systems in a specific territory; to constraints due to limited resources for the survey. each group is made up of several farms grouped by similar available resources, homogeneous breeding techniques and geographical location. farm groups were selected to represent the specific local area where they are located; for this reason they do not reflect state statistical averages in the countries studied. the methodological starting point was the selection of farms in each group. each individual farm was required to meet the following criteria to be included in a group: 1) available resources: quantities per farm system; 2) highly specialised production: the largest share of farm income comes from the product being studied; 3) production technique: per farm system; 4) profitability: the farm is able to remain in the market; 5) entrepreneur (breeder): market oriented, relatively young, open to innovation and collaboration in the research project. 178 f. ansaloni, f. pyszny, r. marquina, a. claros l., a. claros g., j.l. quispe h., j. zapana p. the criteria for selecting the farms for the survey were established by determining first the farm reference group (type) to be investigated. the farm reference model is used to illustrate the farm production system and most common income levels achieved in the environmental, professional and institutional context of the territories under discussion. in general, the farm system should reflect the wealth of the majority of the people employed in a significant number of farms specialised in the production of the goods studied and located in a determined territory. in this way, case studies (with each farm group representing a case study) are determined by regional camelid experts taking into consideration: 1) agro-ecology and location of the farm, 2) herd size; and 3) production systems that make the most significant contributions to regional production. the first step in the construction of the farm system is the identification of the particular territory and/or the geographical area devoted to sadc production: the geographical area with the highest density of animal population. the definition of the most convenient dimension of the farm system productive resources can be deduced either by statistical analysis of the farm’s reality or empirically. the analysis of the regional statistic distribution of the farms for classes of economic dimension (average turnover) makes it possible to identify the most common classes and their average size. the choice of this method is conditioned by the availability of reliable statistical data. the most frequent empirical investigation in the farm system consists in the information offered by experienced witnesses. the advantage obtained by operating empirically lies in eliminating the cases of scarce importance. the risk could consist in devoting greater importance to more visible productive realities although with lower statistical incidence in the context. a farm group consists of a minimum of 5-7 farms and reflects a farm system representing the local productivity area (agribenchmark, 2012; deblitz et al., 2002; garcia and gomez, 2006). technical and economic data for each farm group are the average values of the farms that belong to that group. a preliminary test interview was carried out on two farms before beginning the actual research. this was done to ensure that the questionnaire was fit for purpose to generate meaningful data and to reduce interview time. this preliminary test was carried out by the authors of this paper in collaboration with local technicians. data reliability was ensured by way of a budget analysis presented by these two test farms. in conclusion, we have identified eight farm groups, five of them being private enterprises and three rural community farms. data was collected from 53 peruvian farms (pe) and 16 bolivian farms (bol) located in the altiplano and specialising in llama and alpaca breeding. three peruvian farm groups are family managed and located in the south of the country (arequipa region).they include small, medium and large farms: the size of the farm system is determined by herd size (llama, alpacas and sheep) and available land area. the two private bolivian farm groups are in the south-central region and western region of the country. the three andean rural community farm groups are located in the southcentral and southern regions of bolivia (table 1). the reference year used for six of the farm groups was 2003. the biennial period 2003/04 was used for bol curahuara and bol oruro turco; values for these two latter farms have been averaged over the two-year period. data collection was initially carried out using a standard questionnaire drafted in english and translated into spanish. the questionnaire was identical for all farms. the 179income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms questionnaires have been edited by the authors who personally, or in collaboration with some local technicians known to farm personnel have visited the breeding farms, interviewed the persons in charge and collected the technical and economic farm data. farm data collection was carried out using structured interviews with farmers during repeated visits to their farms by the authors of this paper or technicians trained by the authors. the difficulties encountered during data collection were due to the complexity of this activity caused mainly by limited or non-existent farm accounting data; a further complication was the fact that many farms, especially those in rural bolivia, are not market oriented; the need to travel hundreds of kilometres to reach farms that are isolated from populated centres rendered the task time consuming and difficult. the number of farms in each farm group range from a minimum of three to a maximum of twenty-eight. although the small number of farms in the bol quetena, bol coroma and the bol pozo cavado group is not highly representative they have been included because they are not private farms but rather rural community farms with total surface areas of about 4,000, 3,000 and less than 1,000 hectares respectively. a labour unit (lu) has been defined as 2,700 work hours per year, 300 work days per year, nine hours per day. these numbers reflect a situation where available labour exceeds demand both as regards the market and the individual family farm needs. defining labour units in terms of hours facilitates comparisons among the farms studied. in some farms, various jobs are carried out by several individuals only for some months of the year and on some days actual work is limited to a few hours on family farms. the total number of nine work hours is the average effective minimum number of work hours per day. 4. results and discussion 4.1 farm resources the main farm resources are grazing pastures and livestock followed by farm equipment and machinery. the first resource is represented by the quantity of bofedal land available per head. bofedales are naturally irrigated peat pasture grazing land capable of producing large quantities of forage. wetlands of the high andean mountains are exceptional ecosystems due to their hydrological characteristics in a surrounding arid environment (klima 2012). in general and above all there are very few bofedales or wetlands on farms and especially in rural communities. in all farms camelid breeding is carried out along with sheep rearing. the use of grazing land depends on the total number of livestock, camelid and sheep, per hectare. the minimum number observed in rural communities is 0.14 heads per hectare and in one community, where only wetlands were taken into consideration, there were none. the largest total number of livestock per land surface, on the other hand, was noted in a group of peruvian farms: 0.70 for small farms, 1.07 medium farms and 1.61 for large farms. in other private bolivian farms the average number was 0.42 livestock heads per hectare. the composition of farm capital reported in the farm groups has been shown to depend almost exclusively on livestock patrimony. the relationship between the number of llama and alpaca heads varies greatly (table 2). the alpaca is the most common species noted in the peruvian farms, whereas in bolivia it is the llama. finally, in the bolivian 180 f. ansaloni, f. pyszny, r. marquina, a. claros l., a. claros g., j.l. quispe h., j. zapana p. rural communities only the llama is present. the average financial amount for case studies, calculated by multiplying the number of llama, alpaca and ovine heads by their annual average market value surveyed in the territory where the farms are situated, varies from a minimum of usd 4,500 to a maximum of just under usd 38,000. the equipment and machinery capital includes only some health and sanitation tools (syringes for vaccination equipment), sheep shears and in some instances, motorcycles or trucks. agricultural machinery is nonexistent. in the peruvian case studies and for the bol quetena andean rural community 3% of company capital was allocated to equipment and machinery whereas in the other cases it was less than 1%. the value of these production factors corresponds to their actual value when wear and tear is taken into consideration. the infrastructure available to camelid breeders is, in general, quite limited as is the farm area allocated for: butchering, administering anti-parasite baths, animal rest as well as pens, and rudimentary fenced areas built with any materials available. the deficiency of electric energy determines the impossibility to realize a cold chain (bonanni 2004: 86). in all of the farm groups there is a complete lack of farm product reinvestment (stored forage, seeds etc.). the reduced number of labour units (lu), at a maximum of 4.2 lu for peruvian farm groups, highlights the characteristics of family farms. there is also a wide variety in the total number of animals per lu which varies from about 29 animals to over 160 animals (table 3). table 1. average values for groups of farms (2003 and biennial 2003/2004 for bol curahuara and bol oruro). farm groups country, department, region no. of farms in the group land (ha) livestock (heads number) no. of labour unitstotal bofedal -wetlands llama and alpacas sheep private family farms pe small peru, arequipa, arequipa 9 176 28 70 53 4.2 pe medium peru, arequipa, arequipa 28 232 47 191 57 4.2 pe large peru, arequipa, arequipa 6 427 120 583 106 4.2 bol curahuara de carangas bolivia, oruro, curahuara de carangas 5 522 164 249 26 2.9 bol oruro turco bolivia, oruro, turco 5 789 25 226 25 3.0 andean rural community bol quetena bolivia, potosì, sud lipez 3 3055 50 313 17 2.9 bol coroma bolivia, potosì, sud oeste (south west) 3 910 48 191 28 1.8 bol pozo cavado bolivia, potosì, altopiano sur 3 3834 0 190 79 4.0 181income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms table 2. farm stock capital value (usd)* (2003 and biennial 2003/2004 for bol curahuara and bol oruro). farm groups livestock equipment and machinery total amount % amount % amount % private family farms pe small 5794 97.8 129 2.2 5923 100.0 pe medium 13228 97.3 357 2.7 13585 100.0 pe large 37961 97.2 1086 2.8 39047 100.0 bol curahuara 11208 100.0 0 0.0 11208 100.0 bol oruro turco 12401 99.2 103 0.8 12504 100.0 andean rural community bol quetena 16084 96.9 508 3.1 16591 100.0 bol coroma 4491 99.6 19 0.4 4510 100.0 bol pozo cavado 7483 99.7 24 0.3 7507 100.0 *1.00 us dollar equals 3.479 peru nuevo sol (pen), year 2003; 1.00 us dollar equals 7.85 bolivian bol., year 2003 and 2004. table 3. animal heads (2003 and biennial 2003/2004 for bol curahuara and bol oruro). farm groups llama and alpaca heads number per lu total livestock heads number per lu private family farms pe small 16.7 29.3 pe medium 45.4 59.0 pe large 138.8 164.0 bol curahuara 85.9 94.8 bol oruro turco 75.3 83.7 andean rural community bol quetena 107.9 113.8 bol coroma 106.1 121.7 bol pozo cavado 47.5 67.3 4.2 farm proceeds in general the main portion of income depends on the result of the economic budget for llama and alpaca breeding and sales of other products of animal origin (sheep, cuts of meat, charqui, chalona, fibre and leather). the result of the economic budget for llama and alpaca breeding takes into consideration the following variations: (±)growth of the livestock during the year (comparison between initial and final inventory of the live capital); (+)sales of live heads during the production year; (+)personal meat consumption (farm product not sold), i.e. fresh and dried meat, maize, potatoes, quinoa, etc. consumed by the 182 f. ansaloni, f. pyszny, r. marquina, a. claros l., a. claros g., j.l. quispe h., j. zapana p. herder and his family (-)purchasing of heads during the year. other farm proceeds includes sales from: vegetable products (vegetable crop sales, including maize, potatoes, quinoa, etc.) and vegetable family consumption (chuño, or dehydrated products or even freeze dried mountain potatoes or other tubers, and quinoa); other products/services (rural tourism, house building and handcrafted articles such as knitted items, textile products and and work activity, also extra-agricultural, done in other farms; personal consumption of sheep heads, fibre, leather, charqui and chalona. farm gross income per head (total farm proceeds of the sale of the farm products divided by the average number of animal heads present in the farm groups) varies from 19.07 usds to 6.03 usds (fig. 1). the high farm proceeds in the pe small herd might be due to intensive family work in other activities, for example the sale of handmade textile products and meat processing. on the other hand, those with the lowest proceeds, namely the rural communities, have a production system based on local product and service exchange which is not open to business markets. results show that farm proceeds derive in large part either directly or indirectly from animal stock capital. in particular, and excluding the bol coroma, proceeds from llamas and alpaca ‘breeding economic budget’ and from other sales of animal origin products (‘sheep sale, meat cuts, charqui, chalona, fibre and leather’) account for a minimum of 73% of total farm group proceeds to a maximum of 93%. the bol coroma is different from the other farm groups because farms engage in highly differentiated activities. farm proceeds from ‘other products/services’ represents from two to seven per-cent, with the exception of bol coroma which exceeds 40%. bol coroma does shearing and slaughtering, bol curahuara operates in rural tourism while bol oruro works in the building trade-house construction. there were only two farm groups with vegetable production. finally, personal consumption of heads of sheep, fibre, leather, charqui, chalona, for the breeder and his family is common in every farm group and varies from a minimum of 3% to a maximum of around 17% of total farm proceeds . 4.3 production costs we can distinguish between variable and fixed costs; the former indicates costs that change with production levels, for example part-time labour, transport, sanitary costs to maintain healthy livestock (medicinal, sanitary consultations), etc. fixed costs are the production means that remain constant regardless of production levels, for example, wages, taxes, mortgage costs, maintenance and building insurance, depreciation of machinery and instruments, bank interest, etc. finally, fixed costs include land costs and farm capital interest. land costs refer to costs for land use; for example if the land is owned, the cost can be equivalent to the cost of local rents. farm capital interest is the cost sustained to invest money in stock and to advance capital. the production cost per animal per year ranges from usd 9.40 to a low of usd 3.00. variable costs range from usd 0.20 per head to a maximum of usd 4.40 per head (fig. 2) and are lower in the bolivian farm groups. in fact, the rural bolivian communities, which use grazing lands only for animal feeding do not purchase production equipment and have no variable wage costs (cfr. distaso and ciervo 2006). 183income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms fixed costs range from a low of usd 0.40 per head to a high of usd 2.90 per head. land costs have been taken into consideration only for the peruvian farm groups. bolivian rural communities have no market for land. in peru, the amount of average rent contracts for land is known and it is therefore on this basis that land costs for production have been estimated. land costs range from a low of usd 0.20 per head to a high of usd 0.40 per head. interest on overall farm capital is in proportion to return on stock capital (animals, equipment and machinery), advanced capital or loans necessary to cover at least a part of costs to purchase production equipment to begin farm production. interest varies from usd 1.90 per animal head to usd 4.7 per head. the high incidence of interest costs in bolivia is due to the following: 1) high value of animals; in the bol oruro turco, for example, the value of the 257 animals (llama, alpacas, sheep) accounts for 99% of company capital; 2) extended period needed for capital advances (on average 12 months); and 3) inflation – at the time of this study inflation in peru was 4.52% while in bolivia it was as high as 8.34%. figure 1. farm proceeds per animal head per year (usd) (2003 and biennial 2003/2004 for bol curahuara and bol oruro). 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 bol oruro turco pe small pe large bol curahuara pe medium bol quetena (rc) bol coroma (rc) bol pozocavado (rc) u s $ self consumption of heads sheep, fiber, leather, charqui, chaloma rural tourism, house building, handicraft activity sheep sale, meat cuts, charqui, chalona, fibre, leather result economic budget llamas alpacas breeding vegetable products 184 f. ansaloni, f. pyszny, r. marquina, a. claros l., a. claros g., j.l. quispe h., j. zapana p. figure 2. production cost per animal head per year (usd) (2003 and biennial 2003/2004 for bol curahuara and bol oruro). 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 bol oruro turco pe small pe large bol curahuara pe medium bol quetena (rc) bol coroma (rc) bol pozocavado (rc) u s $ variable cost fixed cost land cost farm capital interest 4.4 farm net income the variability of net income per labour unit (lu) and per animal head in farm groups highlights the difficulty in arriving to a general conclusion. the positive results of net income, both for lu and per head, show that all of the farm groups’ income exceeded fixed and variable costs. the highest level of total farm income was 7,606 usd while the lowest was as little as 834 usd (table 4). in peru, although the total number of lus does not noticeably change among farm groups, it would seem that the total farm income is proportional to the number of raised heads. in the private bolivian farms, the bol oruro higher income (4,323 usd) in comparison to that of bol curahaura (2,840 usd) seems justified, with an equal number of lus, by a greater sale of “other products of animal origin”. in the rural communities, the bol coroma with a higher level of income seems to depend on the presence of a smaller 185income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms number of working units and on lower costs per head. farms in the pe large reported the highest net income per lu at usd 1,811.00, while bol pozo cavado reported the lowest net income at usd 279.00. for bolivian private farms, net income ranged from usd 1,441.00 per lu to a low of usd 979.00. this seems to indicate that since the work hours are the same, the difference is due to greater sales of other farm products rather than from animals. the highest net income per lu in the rural communities was usd 805.00 and this seems to be the result of a lower number of lu and lower costs per animal head. it is interesting to compare data from the existing literature in the field. according to fairfield, whose information is based on data collected from interviews with experts, an average altiplano family earns about usd 200-300 per year (2004: 4-5). in the poorest regions of northern potosí, family incomes are as low as usd 70 per year. the highest incomes for small producers in the altiplano reach around usd 2,000-3,000 per year. healy describes how llama breeders in the southern bolivian province of pacajes saw their incomes increase from about usd 996 to usd 1,752 per year in 1995 as a result of the services provided by aigacaa, the herders association of the high andes and some assistance from universities and ngos (2001: 194 cited by fairfield 2004: 4-5). fairfield’s income estimates for a typical family with about 80 animals range from usd 345 to usd 800 per year (2004). on the low end, a conacs representative estimates income from fibre at a mere usd 122 per year, with a total annual income of only usd 345 from all sources, including fibre, meat, and sale of live animals (2006). some studies, however, have concluded that small alpaca herders receive about half of their income from fibre and about half from meat. net income per animal head per year ranges from usd 17.20 for the bol oruro farm to usd 2.50 for bol quetena. among the most important causes that contribute to explain the variability of farm net income, are the low farm productive specialization and limited market orientation. as regards meat production techniques, for example, we have noted the following less than pertable 4. farm net income per year (usd) (2003 and biennial 2003/2004 for bol curahuara and bol oruro). farm groups total farm net income usd farm net income per lu usd farm net income per animal head usd private family farms pe small 1642 391 13,3 pe medium 2025 482 8,2 pe large 7606 1811 11,0 bol curahuara 2840 979 10,3 bol oruro turco 4323 1441 17,2 rural community bol quetena 834 287 2,5 bol coroma 1449 805 6,6 bol pozo cavado 1116 279 4,1 186 f. ansaloni, f. pyszny, r. marquina, a. claros l., a. claros g., j.l. quispe h., j. zapana p. fect production techniques: i) animal stock is the main, if not exclusive, farm capital. farms breed several types of animals. llama is present on all farms but is never the only animal as llamas are raised along with alpacas or sheep; ii) high variation in age at which the animal is slaughtered. as reported by condori et al. (2001) the best age for slaughtering is between 16 and 18 months for alpacas and 19–21 months for llamas, while in reality slaughtering takes place when animals are over 30 months old. the main reason for this is not due to market type but depends on the family’s need for money to cover private expenses. in order to accomplish this, the best heads are saved to produce quality textile fibre for eventual sale and to meet personal family needs. consequently, those animals not suitable to produce high quality fibre are slaughtered. farmers do not consider specialised animal breeding for meat to be an important factor to raise income; and iii) farms engage in producing a wide range of raw materials and processed products, including selling livestock, fresh meat, llama and alpaca charqui and lamb cured meats along with textile fibre and skins. 5. conclusions from the point of view of farm breeding techniques and economic data we have identified the farm production systems of some groups of breeding farms in bolivia and peru by applying empirical criteria and identical methodology. among production systems in general, the level of intensive farming seems to depend above all on the size of the herd, which in turn depends on the ability of the farm to produce animal feed, the amount of land available, particularly naturally irrigated peat pasture grazing land, and the type of farm, namely whether it is a private or rural community farm. for example, the number of llama and alpaca head does not exceed 0.20 per hectare in rural communities; in particular the bol pozo cavado, with its 3,834 hectares, barely reaches 0.04 head per hectare. on the other hand, and as far as private farms are considered, there are higher numbers ranging from a minimum of 0.28 heads per hectare (bol oruro) to a maximum of 1.36 (pe large). furthermore, the number of heads raised per labour unit increases from small private family farms to larger farms. in the pe small family farm, the number of llama and alpaca heads per labour unit is scarcely more than 16.66, while in other farm groups there are on average 46.48 heads per pe medium sized private family farms and in the bol pozo cavado rural community, 80.59 on the bolivian oruro and curahuara private farm groups and 117.61 on the bol coroma, bol quetena and pe large private family farms. from the point of view of farm net income, all farm production systems identified even with different farm net income results, located in the difficult geographical regions and from the point of view of fodder production and in spite of the fact that they are not generally market driven are still sustainable. farm net income incorporates remuneration from the following production variables: rented land, farm capital interest, farm labour and profit. economic sustainability is an important factor necessary to channel these production systems towards an improved market approach. factors that impact greatly on farm net income include the size of productive areas and the level of production specialisation. both in peru and in bolivia private market orientated farms have herds that are larger than average. on the other hand, low income farms are for the most part in rural communities with herd numbers below average and 187income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms located at a noteworthy distance from the market. from the point of view of a market economy, the fact that these rural communities have persisted should not be the only factor to be considered. their production system is unique and characterised, in particular, by reciprocity of services and collective land ownership. in this sense, their vulnerability depends for the most part on how they face future social changes and in particular the impact on community equilibrium should they become more market orientated. this study, due to the lack of farm organisation that made technical and accounting data collection difficult, in no way represents an exhaustive study of the economic situation of the andean camelid breeding farms. this study is limited in fact, to a small sample of farms over a one or two year period. it is a small contribution that can be extended to other situations to overcome difficulties associated with technical and economic data collections. it also stimulates the application of this method to determine net income per farm group. based on these research results, the authors have made recommendations for future farm improvement. these recommendations include reducing farm production costs by improving technical management such as introducing proper slaughtering procedures and implementing budgeting techniques to include systematic collection of accounting data. to increase income, farms could implement the following strategies: improve genetic selection for both alpaca and llama to be used for fibre processing; and increase the sale of live heads and fibre, add other sellable products with higher added value including handmade textile products, meat processing and rural tourism. finally, and to ensure that the farms increase their market share, they should set up professional training programmes and encourage breeders to join breeding associations with an eye to producing greater added value in rural areas. although this research project is a joint effort, francesco ansaloni is responsible for sections 1, 3 and 5; francesco pyszny for sections 2 and 4. the other authors are responsible for farm budget data collection, advising farms on data analysis methods and interpretation of results. acknowledgements funding for this research was provided by the european union (fifth european community framework programme for research, technological development and demonstration (1998-2002) – inco dev programme – ica4-ct-2002-10014) through the decama (sustainable development of camelid products and services defined as market oriented in the andean region project.) the authors wish to thank paola bonanno and ioannis papaioannou for their assistance and encouragement. references agribenchmark (2012). what we do> methods> data, http://www.agribenchmark.org/ . bebbington, a. (1996). organisations and intensifications: campesino federations, rural livelihoods and agricultural technology in the andes and amazonia. world development 24(1): 1161-1177. 188 f. ansaloni, f. pyszny, r. marquina, a. claros l., a. claros g., j.l. quispe h., j. zapana p. bebbington, a. (1997a). social capital and rural intensification: local organisations and islands of sustainability in the rural andes. the geographical journal 163: 189-197. bebbington, a. (1997b). new states, new ngos? crises and transitions among rural development ngos in the andean region. world development 25(11): 1755-1765. bebbington, a., thiele, g. (1993). non-governmental organisations and the state in latin america: rethinking roles in sustainable agricultural development. new york: routledge. bonanni, p. (2004). analisi della filiera della carne dei camelidi sud-americani domestici in bolivia e perù. tesi di laurea discussa presso la facoltà di medicina veterinaria, corso in produzioni animali estensive eco-compatibili, università di camerino. castañeda, p.c. (2011). las comunidades campesinas también son pueblos indígena. la revista agraria 134: 11-12. cepes (2009). centro peruano de estudio sociale, portal rural, conflicto por recurso hidrico entre la comunidad campesina de carhuancho y el proyecto especial tambo ccaraccocha, huancavelica 2009. http://www.cepes.org.pe/. conacs (2012). consejo nacional de camélidos sudamericanos, organismo decentralizzato del ministerio de agricultura, perù. condori, c., renieri, c., ayala, c., rodriguez, t. and martinez, z. (2001). estudio y caracterizacion de la aptitud de produccion de carne en llamas (lama glama) [study and characterization of the aptitude of meat production in llamas (lama glama)]. in gerken, m., renieri, c., (eds.). progress in south american camelids research. eaap publ., wageningen (105): 211-236. conveagro (2012). convencion nacional del agro peruano, http://www.conveagro. org.pe/. deblitz, c., izquierdo, l. and von davier, z. (2002). ifcn/fal, braunschweig, international farm comparison network ifcn type-cal farm models, ifcn beef report 2002, status and prospects of typical beef farms world-wide, editors, issn 16109880. distaso, m., ciervo, m. (2006). rural economy as economy of reciprocity. the case of the ayllus of the bolivian andeses, rivista di economia agraria 1: 105-132. fairfield, t. (2004). the politics of livestock sector policy and the rural poor in bolivia, fao, pplpi working paper n.15, pro-poor livestock policy initiative, http://www. fao.org/ag/againfo/programmes/en/pplpi/docarc/wp15.pdf . fairfield, t. (2006). pro-poor livestock policy initiative, the politics of livestock sector policy and the rural poor in peru, fao, pplpi working paper n.32, http://www.fao. org/ag/againfo/programmes/en/pplpi/docarc/wp15.pdf . fernández-baca, s. (2005). situación actual de los camélidos sudamericanos en perú, regional tcp project tcp/rla/2914 “support to the breeding and utilization of south american camelids in the andean region”. university cayetano heredia and conacs of perú, fao, http://tarwi.lamolina.edu.pe/~emellisho/zootecnia_archivos/situacion%20alpcas%20peru.pdf garcia, o. and gomez, c.a. (2006). international farm comparison network (ifcn). the economics of milk production in cajamarca, peru, with particular emphasis on small-scale producers, fao, pro-poor livestock policy initiative, pplpi working paper no. 34, http://www.ifcnnetwork.org/en/start/index.php . 189income analysis in south american domestic camelid farms healy, k. (2004). towards an andean rural development paradigm? in report on bolivia, nacla report on the americas, november-december. ipacperu (2012). instituto peruano de la alpaca y camelidos, peruvian institute of the alpaca, http://www.ipacperu.org/planact-1.php.htm . kay, r. d., edwards, w.m., duffy, p.a. (2004). farm management fifth edition. mcgraw-hill, boston. klima (2012). analysis of vegetation changes in high andean wetlands in southern peru, http://www.klima.tu-berlin.de/index.php?show=forschung_amerika_bofedales&lan=en . minag (2012). ministerio de agricultura, perù, camelidos sudamericanos, http://www. minag.gob.pe/portal/sector-agrario/pecuaria/situaci%c3%b3n-de-las-actividadesde-crianza-y-producci%c3%b3n/cam%c3%a9lidos-sudamericanos . olson k. d. (2004). farm management: principles and strategies. iowa state university press, iowa. pachao, n. (2005). characteristics of the supply and demand of charqui, typed, progetto di ricerca decama, perù, arequipa. papaioannou, i. (2005). analisi economica degli stadi di trasformazione e distribuzione della filiera della carne di camelidi sud-americani domestici in bolivia, perù e argentina, tesi di laurea del corso in scienze e tecnologie delle produzioni animali, università di camerino, facoltà di medicina veterinaria, a.a. 2004/2005. petrie, o.j. (1995). harvesting of textile animal fibres, fao agricultural services bullettin n.122, rome, http://www.fao.org/docrep/v9384e/v9384e00.htm . sammells, c. (1995). folklore, food, and seeking national identity: urban legends of llama meat in la paz, bolivia, david buchan student essay prize, international society for contemporary legend research. sammells, c. and markowitz, l. (2004). came de llama: alta viabilidad, baja visibilidad. in: didier genin, hans-jachim plcht, rodolfo lizarazu and tito rodriguez (eds.), waira pampa un sistema pastoril camelidos-ovinos del altiplano drido boliviano, la paz: ostrom, conpac, and ibta19,9 5. scla (2012). south central llama association, non-profit organisation, http://www.scla. us/llamafacts.html . shepherd, c.j. (2005). agricultural development ngos, anthropology, and the encounter with cultural knowledge. culture & agriculture 27(1): 35–44. doi: 10.1525/ cag.2005.27.1.35. vera, r.r. (2006). grassland and pasture crops, country pasture/forage resource profiles, bolivia, http://www.fao.org/ag/agp/agpc/doc/counprof/bolivia/bolivia.htm access june 21 st 2012. westreicher, c.a., mérega, j.l. and palmili, g. (2006). review of the literature on pastoral economics and marketing: south america, report prepared for the world initiative for sustainable pastoralism (wisp). iucn (the world conservation union). earo, argentina. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(2): 151-172, 2013 post-2013 eu common agricultural policy: predictive models of land use change severino romano, mario cozzi1, paolo giglio, giovanna catullo technical-economic department for the management of agricultural and forest land, faculty of agriculture, university of basilicata, italy abstract. this article presents a multi-temporal uncertainty-based method that incorporates a statistical regression model with a view to establishing the risk (probability) of land cover changes as a function of a set of environmental and socio-economic driving factors. the morphologic, climatic and socio-economic variables were examined using an artificial neural network (ann) model and the multi-layer perceptron (mlp). following the analysis, maps indicating the suitability to future changes were generated on the basis of observed transitions. from these maps two possible land use scenarios were built, applying the markov chain principle. the region of basilicata, in southern italy, was selected for the analysis. the results highlight: a) a good inclination to change towards specialised crop systems, provided there is sufficient water supply; b) that some cropping patterns are not suitable for changes, partly because they are found in a context with severe limitations for alternative uses. keywords. neural networks, multi-layer perceptron (mlp), common agricultural policy, rural development. jel codes. c45, q58 1. introduction agriculture and forestry play a crucial role in the production of environmental public goods, such as landscapes, agricultural lands, biodiversity, climate stability, and for their ability to prevent natural disasters, such as floods, drought and fires. on the other hand, many agricultural practices may have an environmental impact, thus causing soil degradation, water pollution as well as the destruction of natural habitats and biodiversity loss. this was reported in 2010 in the ec communication “cap towards 2020”, com (2010) 672/5 (european commission, 2010). the ec declaration emphasises that the role of agriculture and forestry is extremely important for the climate and the environment, both locally and globally. changes in land cover ensue from interacting processes which act at different scales in space and time and impact on human and physical environments (munroe and müller, 2007; schneeberger et al., 2007). at the same time, those processes are driven by biophysi1 corresponding author: mario.cozzi@unibas.it. 152 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo cal and socio-economic variables (driving forces), which shape landscape patterns and determine their spatial organisation (van doorn and bakker, 2007; serra et al., 2008). this article aims seeks to analyse the spatial and temporal dynamics of land use, and the mechanisms leading to changes by using multi-temporal variables and socio-economic indicators. understanding the above relationships is extremely important for enabling scientists, landscape managers and policy makers to design conservation/promotion strategies aimed at preserving the unique features of landscapes (kates et al., 2001). studies dealing with land use changes often make reference to research on global changes (dai et al., 2005; turner, 1990; turner et al., 1994). such models have been developed to assess the interactions between driving factors and land use changes, with a view to predicting variations in space and time (pin lin et al., 2011). over the last few years, several studies have highlighted different approaches, as classified by agraval et al. (2002) and verbug et al. (2004). such classifications include stochastic models of optimization, dynamic models of simulation and empirical models (li and yeh, 2002; verburg et al., 2002; dai et al., 2005; castella et al., 2007; dendoncker et al., 2007). in many cases, empirical models can correctly simulate the spatial processes of land use changes, although they are less reliable when they are confronted with human behaviour as the main factor affecting the changes in land use (irwin and geoghegan, 2001). this is not because empirical models do not take into account economic factors; on the contrary, they often include variables that catch economic effects (irwin and geoghegan, 2001). there are variables used in agriculture, such as the distance to roads, slope and agricultural gdp that help understand economic impacts. in addition to the empirical component, hybrid models also include simulation models that are designed to foresee all changes that are likely to occur in given scenarios. an example is provided by markov chains, the aim of which is to simulate changes, as a function of explanatory variables. the innovative aspect of this work consists in the real possibility to correlate spatial and temporal variations of land use to environmental and socio-economic variables and assess, at the same time, their possible effects on land use. in fact, the primary sector has been largely influenced by the past cap measures, notably those related to the direct payment system. a significant example is the set-aside measures: it has been proven that they have resulted in expanding uncultivated areas, with the subsequent increase in the risk of erosion and land abandonment (boellstorff et al., 2005). moreover, the subsequent measures, such as the single farm payment and the midterm review of the cap, have produced direct impacts on the primary sector, causing, in particular, a decrease in the value of the agricultural landscapes (riccioli et al., 2007). in addition, it has been demonstrated recently that reducing direct payments would result in the reduction of arable lands in favour of areas intended for pastures and natural grasslands (sieber et al., 2013). changes in land use result from complex interactions between physical, but also social, economic and environmental, factors (versterby and heimlich, 1991; dale et al., 1993; houghton, 1994; pijanowski et al., 2002; erfu d., 2005). this means that the knowledge and understanding of territorial dynamics can help foresee the future trends of change. to do that, we need a modelling method that takes into consideration several variables and adjusts them over time to build reliable change scenarios (chen et al., 2010). 153post-2013 eu common agricultural policy a typical approach to land use change modelling is based on the understanding of the cause-and-effect relationship between some variables and historic changes. such relations will be the cognitive layer needed for the implementation of an analytical model to make future predictions of transition/change in land use. to this purpose, it can be useful to use neural networks (artificial neural network) and multivariate analyses for assessing the potential future transitions of land use. through the simulation of a deductive logical path, neural networks constitute excellent models of space-time simulations. one of the most important classes of unidirectional feed-forward ann with supervised training is the multi-layer perceptron (werbos, 1974; rumelhart et al., 1986). this procedure is able not only to assess the degree of relationship between the cause and effect variables of past phenomena, but can also simulate future scenarios of potential changes. two possible scenarios are taken into account in our simulation: the baseline scenario describes a stationary trend of incentives projected into the future, while the future cap scenario simulates the effects induced by the next agricultural incentive system provided for by the 2014-2020 cap reform. the ann-mlp model has several advantages, including its non-linear modelling ability and the possibility to be spatialised. the results obtained represent a cognitive support and a valuable tool for decision-making intended to respond by way of targeted actions to the new economic and environmental challenges of the future. 2. methodology 2.1 artificial neural network model an ann can be defined as an information/mathematical calculation model based on biological neural networks. the model includes several information interconnections, made up of artificial neurons, appropriately linked by connections2. neurons receive and then elaborate some input stimuli, which are mathematically represented by weights. the result of such elaborations is called activation value and the neuron is activated when the result reaches a given threshold. early stage neurons are connected to late stage neurons so as to form a neural network. a network is normally made up of three stages. in the first stage we have inputs (i): this layer has the function to deal with inputs in order to adjust them to the requests of neurons; the second layer is the hidden one (h) and deals with the real elaboration, and can also be made of several levels of neurons. the third layer is the output (o) and deals with gathering the results together and adjusting them to the requests of the following block of the neural network. as compared to other predictive techniques, anns have the advantage of describing the existing relations between input and output variables, without previous knowledge of the links between the variables themselves. moreover, they are able to identify the interactions and the nonlinear responses existing between the considered variables (batchelor et al., 1997). application examples of anns have been carried out to quantify land use changes (nemmour et al., 2006) for risk analysis (kanungo et al., 2006) and for predicting environmental dynamics (villa et al., 2007; follador, 2008). 2 connections determine the information flow between the units. they can be unidirectional when information is transferred in one way, bidirectional when information is transferred in both ways. 154 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo there are many different types of ann. their main differences are represented by the applied function, the accepted values and the learning algorithm. for the present work, the selected ann model is the one with a supervised learning algorithm based on backpropagation (rumelhart et al., 1986). this is an iterative gradient algorithm designed to minimize measurement errors between the real output of the neural network and the desired output. in the case under study, we have used an ann model based on the use of the multilayer perceptron (mlp). mlp is a recurring multilevel neural network with a feedback configuration. such a neural structure is made up of three layers: an input layer (that in our case is represented by the variables involved in land use changes), one or more hidden layers and an output layer (represented by land use changes). the first layer (input) is represented by ith neurons; each of them is associated with a variable x involved in land use change. each variable is in turn associated with a weight w, generating the signal, which will be sent to the neuron in the following layer: netj = σixi•wi,j (1) where netj is the signal received by neuron j, xi is the variable and wi,j is the weight related to the input layer i and the hidden layer j. then, the signal netj is submitted to jth neurons of the hidden layer. such a layer is activated only if it reaches a given pre-established threshold. it may be calculated using a sigmoid function: ϕ j = 1 1+e−net j (2) the sigmoidal-type activation function produces an output ranging from 0 to 1; hence the response of the network can be interpreted as a changing probability. this study predicts 5,000 interactions with an initial activation value of 0.1, as indicated by eastman (2006). from the hidden layer, if activated, the signal will be transferred to the following layer (output), made up of lth neurons, whose values represent the transition probabilities. pl = σjwj,lφj (3) where pl is the transition probability of lth neuron of the output layer; wj,l is the weight related to the hidden layer and the output layer; j is the activation function of jth neuron of the hidden layer. the algorithm used for the generation of the output is a back-propagation algorithm. this type of algorithm was chosen since it can be applied to nonlinear functions, just like the cause-effect relationship considered in the analysis of land use changes. it is a supervised learning algorithm by which the output estimated by the network is compared with a known or desired output (i.e. the actual changes in land use occurred in the period under examination). the purpose of this comparison is to obtain an estimated output, which is as close as possible to the desired output. the difference between the two outputs produces an error used to correct the weights. 155post-2013 eu common agricultural policy in this study, the error is quantified using the standard deviation; the training set is repeated until the error function is reduced to an acceptable level el = σl(outl − pl ) 2 (4) where el is the error of lth neurons of the output layer; outl is the output value of lth neuron of the output layer; pl is the estimated output of lth neuron of the output layer. the tested variables can be expressed in terms of presence/absence, or by a gradient, which measures the variation along well-defined sets of time, such as topographic data, i.e. slopes and exposures, and climate data, i.e. rainfall and temperature. sometimes there is no linear relationship between the two types of variables, whereas non-linear mathematical relations may occur, so it is necessary to carry out statistical regression assessments. the output layer has 2 neurons that correspond to 2 possible states: 1 = transition, 2 = permanence. the result of the transition is a raster (risk) map containing values ranging from zero (no likelihood of change) to 1.0 (maximum likelihood of change). 2.2 scenario analysis upon obtaining the risk maps, we built some possible future land use change scenarios by means of the markov chain methodology. a markov chain is a dynamic process made up of a finite number of states and some known probabilities in discrete sets of time (logofet and lesnaya, 2000; yemshanov and perera, 2002). an existing discrete state ut can be used to predict an existing discrete state ut+1 multiplied by a transition probability matrix pt, corresponding to the current set of time t: ut+1 = ut • pt (5) thus, the transition probability pi,j (that is from state i to state j) generally derives from a transition sample, which occurs in a set of time. the assessment of maximum likelihood of transition probability (anderson and goodman, 1957) is given by: pi , j ,t =nij / nij j=1 n ∑ (6) where nij is the number of transitions from state i to state j. once the potential transitions at a given time have been obtained, it is necessary to localize them in space. one of the most widely used and tested methods is the multiobjective analysis, the main function of which is to determine the set of all efficient solutions, which allows for the allocation of land across multiple use classes. if we observe the ith pixel which passes from the land use u’ to u (xiu→u’), and the transition potential of the ith pixel pi u→u’, and considering the surface demand for the 156 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo land use u (su), the allocation of changes is calculated in compliance with the principle of the function maximization, by using whole numbers according to the following equation: max xu '→u •pl u '→u k ,u∑ (7) we use the principle of function maximization since in the final phase of the analysis it is necessary to place the ith pixel, which passes from the use u’ to u, where it is most likely to occur. if we do not apply this principle, the potential transitions calculated up to this point would not have the right space location but would be randomly distributed in the territory under examination. in the case study carried out, we used a simulator, the land change modeller, which was positively tested in a survey on the most important land change prediction models (bibby and sheperd, 2000). this simulator, operating in a gis environment, enables taking into account any constraints (presence of protected areas, ope-legis constraints, etc.) and present and future incentives/disincentives (environmental and socio-economic parameters, etc.), through the creation of suitable maps that have a considerable impact on potential transition and change in land use (figure 1). figure 1. applied simulation model. 157post-2013 eu common agricultural policy 2.3 study area and characterization of land use basilicata is a southern italian region the geographical position of which is marginal compared to the main driving centres of italian economic life. the region covers a territory of 9,992 square kilometres. despite its high diversity, it has a mediterranean climate, characterised by hot and dry summers, cold rainy winters, with continental characteristics in the hinterland. the clear orographic diversification between the western and eastern parts of the region corresponds to a clear differentiation in climate between the territories of the two provinces. rainfall is lower in the east, whereas the eastern-most part of the region usually records values ranging from 500 to 600 mm/year, which is typical of semi-arid or arid climates. according to the specific morphologic and climate conditions, land use distribution is quite heterogeneous, ranging from extensive agricultural systems and natural areas, mostly in the western area of the region, to more specialised agricultural systems in the hilly and flat lands of the eastern part of the region. such a distribution has been accepted in the national planning instruments (national strategic plan for rural development, 2009) that classify the region as a totally rural territory (less than 150 inhab./km2), in which the following areas may be distinguished: b: flat area deemed to be a “rural area with specialised intensive agriculture” this area is located on the ionian side of basilicata region; it accounts for 8% of the regional surface area and includes six municipalities. it is characterised by flat land and access to water resources. its agriculture is specialised, intensive and profitable. in fact, on an agricultural area accounting for 9.4% of the regional utilised agricultural land, the value added of the primary sector in this area is 25% of the value added of the regional primary sector (basilicata rural development plan 2007-2013). d: hilly and mountainous “rural areas with severe limitations for development” (92% regional surface; 125 municipalities). within the macro-area d the following districts may be distinguished: • d1: areas with more advanced farming models. this district covers 39% of the regional surface area and includes 60 municipalities. its land area is mostly hilly with alternating plains. the agricultural activities in this district basically include arable crops and pastures, with specialised crop production in flat areas, specialised tree crops that account for 12% of the district utilised agricultural area (basilicata rural development plan 2007-2013). • d2: the hinterland of hilly and mountainous areas. this district is located in the central area of basilicata region; it accounts for 53% of the regional surface area and includes 65 municipalities. it encompasses mostly mountainous lands with large woodland and pasture areas. specialised crop systems are practiced only on 5% of the district utilised agricultural area (basilicata rural development plan 2007-2013), due largely to the elevation and slope of the area that is unfavourable to those crops. 2.4 multivariate analysis of potential future transitions once the most significant changes were identified, the multivariate analysis of potential future transitions was applied by examining a set of possible causes for changes. 158 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo the variables taken into account in land use changes can have a different level of correlation depending on the changes that have already occurred. moreover, as reported by irwin and geoghegan (2001), the empirical models of land use change include the explanatory variables acquired from different sources and calculated in a gis. in accordance with the literature (bernetti et al., 2010; lombardo et al., 2005; pijanowski et al., 2002), physical (distances, land type, slopes, altitude) and socio-economic variables (population, gross domestic product) are taken into account. in order to highlight a statistical correlation between the cause (accessibility, climate, geomorphologic, and socio-economic data) and the subsequent change, we used cramer’s test v3 (cramer, 1999). this test was useful for the selection of the most significant variables to be taken into account for change. the choice of test v as a correlation measurement is due to the data structure in the raster matrix, which does not show the same number of lines and columns. this method represents a symmetric index of association that takes values ranging from 0 to 1, extremes included. its value is 0 only if there is independence between the characters, while it is 1 if there is a perfect connection, namely at least one of the two characters perfectly depends on the other. cramer’s v gives non-significant information if it is referred to continuous characters; its objective is to supply indications on the level of non-structured association between characters, especially qualitative and/or nominal ones. in the present study the applied v coefficient is >0.15, since beyond such a value there is good intensity of dependence between the variable and the considered change (eastman 2006). the choice of the variables, reported in table 1, is based on the literature (bernetti et al., 2010; lombardo et al., 2005; pijanowski et al., 2002) and is statistically confirmed by cramer’s test v. each variable was included in the model as a raster datum; in particular the first group of variables includes information concerning the accessibility, defined as the easiness of reaching a specified point within the area under analysis. moreover, among the three accessibility variables we have considered the distance from current soil cover, assuming that bordering areas between two different covers may have a higher transition probability. the second group of variables refers to morphology, where the associated information layers express a different level of influence on land use. they were included as variables in the model since they help calculate several operational limitations, by restricting land uses and the level of mechanization. the third group reports climate data. the environmental variables have been considered as being important in the analysis, as their values affect the crop choices for different areas. lastly, the fourth group includes different socio-economic variables concerning the primary sector. the value reported in the information layers is obtained from the following equation: 3 the test is used to assess the correlation level between the variables considered. v is calculated from the standard deviation, according to the following function: v = sqrt(χ2 / (n (k 1))) where χ2 is the standard deviation, and k is the lowest number of rows and columns in the matrices of the raster map. 159post-2013 eu common agricultural policy table 1. tested variables. factor variable description accessibility road distance (m) urban land cover distance (m) distance from current soil cover (m) binary maps (presence/absence) on which the distance was calculated. geomorphologic data digital elevation model* (mamsl) slope* (%) layers reporting the altitude and grade of slope of the area (100mx100m resolution). climate data total precipitation* (mm) mean temperature* (°c) layers reporting total yearly rainfall, and average annual temperatures of the area; both calculated as average values. socio-economic data gdp in agriculture (€) agricultural employment (%) change of bred cattle (%) change of sheep cattle (%) all variables refer to the municipality unit and are calculated as the percent variation recorded in the reference period. * variable used in the creation of change suitability maps for the “future cap” scenario”. final value initial value initial value ×100 (8) where the final and the initial values represent, respectively, the variables’ values at the end and at the beginning of the reference period of the analysis. the land use maps, considered in different time frames, refer to corine (co-ordination of information on the environment, heymann, 1994) land cover (clc) database. the complete nomenclature includes 44 classes organised in 3 levels; in the specific case it has been reclassified into 14 land use classes (table 2) indicating also the extent and percentage of regional surface in each class. as for the agricultural sector, cereals are mainly cultivated in hilly regions, while fruit and vegetables are almost exclusively concentrated in the flat and irrigated area. pastures are instead spaced out by cereals in hilly areas and are associated with husbandry. the analysis of the agricultural and rural context highlighted the widespread presence of agricultural and forestry activities, which may have beneficial effects on land management, protecting the environment, and enable processes of enhancement of endogenous resources (de vivo and d’oronzio, 2007). in analysing the land cover corresponding to the two time frames, according to the scheme reported in table 2, there are 196 combinations (14 classes t x 14 classes t+1). among these combinations we highlighted the ones that have a surface larger than 500 ha (0.5% regional surface). table 3 shows the transitions drawn from the comparison between clc1990 and clc2000. the testing and training set represent, respectively, the number of pixels on which the network performances are verified and the number of pixels on which the network is “trained”. the accuracy indicates the level of precision recorded at the end of the iterations. its value is not constant across land uses , as it depends on the dimension of the testing set and on the number of variables involved in the change process. 160 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo table 2. land use classes considered in the analysis. land use classes 3rd level clc extension (ha) regional surface % urban areas 111-142 14314 1.43% arable land 211-213 369882 37.05% permanent crops 221-223 39002 3.91% pastures 231 12626 1.26% complex cultivation patterns 241-242 92546 9.27% land principally occupied by agriculture, with significant areas of natural vegetation 243-244 56317 5.64% broad-leaved forest 311 264556 26.50% coniferous forest 312 9634 0.96% mixed forest 313 13718 1.37% natural grasslands 321 40555 4.06% moors and heathland 322 17739 1.78% transitional woodland-shrub 324 42628 4.27% open spaces with little or no vegetation 331-334 20044 2.01% wetlands 411-523 4826 0.48% source: corine data elaboration, 2006. the variables reported in table 1 have been used for building transition potential maps, or suitability maps for the “baseline” scenario. as in the case of suitability maps for the “future cap scenario” (see figure 1), they were designed by considering the same geomorphologic and climate variables in all of the transitions considered (table 3), with an average level of accuracy of 75%. we have generated a suitability map of each considered transition, reporting the most significant ones in figure 2. the maps indicate the suitability of a given land area or territory to undergo a transition, and provide an indication of locations susceptible to change in the future. we have reported the two most significant maps, in terms of potential land use changes: the former shows the potential abandonment of scarcely productive arable areas, while the latter indicates the potential degradation of forests, above all in hard-to-reach areas. 2.5 scenario building and simulation the scenario analysis supplies a strategic planning method aimed at supporting decision-makers in making flexible long-term plans. it is based on the development and assessment of a future series of structurally different but plausible scenarios, which include the main uncertainties of the given context (wack, 1985). based on transition potential maps, or suitability maps (figure 2), we designed land use maps for 2050, by applying the markov chain (eastman and toledano, 2000). to this end, we opted to perform the analysis on a broad time horizon, because rural development measures do not produce “immediate” effects. 161post-2013 eu common agricultural policy table 3. matrix of potential future transitions (baseline scenario). transition description variables testing and training set (number of pixels) accuracy from to annual crops associated with permanent crops arable land poorly productive associated crops converted in arable land digital elevation model (dem, mamsl) slope (%) mean temperature (°c) total annual precipitation (mm/y) distance from arable land (m) gdp from agriculture (€/y) agricultural employment (%) 169 79.84% land principally occupied by agriculture, with significant areas of natural vegetation arable land local increase in arable land, with cultivation in shrub lands dem (mamsl) slope (%) mean temperature (°c) total annual precipitation (mm/y) distance from arable land (m) gdp from agriculture (€/y) change of cattle farms (%) change of sheep and goat farms (%) 354 79.55% annual crops associated with permanent crops fruit trees and berry plantations areas which have specialised in fruit plantations dem (mamsl) slope % mean temperature (°c) total annual precipitation (mm/y) distance from orchards (m) gdp from agriculture (€/y) agricultural employment (%) 287 95.47% land principally occupied by agriculture, with significant areas of natural vegetation annual crops associated with permanent crops increase of arable lands and permanent crops, with the transformation of shrub lands dem (mamsl) slope (%) mean temperature (°c) total annual precipitation (mm/y) gdp from agriculture (€/y) agricultural employment (%) change of sheep and goat farms(%) 307 89.77% arable land land principally occupied by agriculture, with significant areas of natural vegetation scarcely productive arable lands, left to natural spontaneous vegetation dem (mamsl) slope (%) mean temperature (°c) total annual precipitation (mm/y) gdp from agriculture (€/y) agricultural employment (%) 327 87.18% land principally occupied by agriculture, with significant areas of natural vegetation broad-leaved forest scarcely productive arable lands, partially covered with shrubs, left to natural woodland dem (mamsl) slope (%) mean temperature (°c) total annual precipitation (mm/y) distance from broad-leaved forest (m) change of cattle farmers (%) change of sheep and goat farmers (%) 154 79.74 162 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo figure 2. examples of suitability maps. from annual crops to land principally occupied by agriculture, with significant areas of natural vegetation from broad-leaved forest to sparsely vegetated areas this was a stochastic process where the transition probabilities (table 4) were used in a matrix (pt). starting from the analysis of the changes that occurred in the time interval 1990-2000 and using the probability matrix pt, it is possible to implement a forecast for 2050 (ut+1). table 4. stochastic matrix. status i (t+1) st at us j (t) p11 p12 … … p1n p21 p22 … … p2n … … … … … … pn1 pn2 … … pnn where n is the number of discrete statuses of markov chain, and pij the transition probabilities (included between 0 and 1) from status j to status i in the time interval between t and t+1 (coquillard and hill, 1997). the matrix obtained describes a system that changes by time-discrete increases, where the sum of the fractions along a line of the matrix is equal to one; the diagonal, instead, gathers the number of pixels which do not undergo a transition between the initial (t) and the final (t+1) date. some authors (schwartz 1991, roxburgh 2009) suggest the creation of just a small number of sufficiently distinct scenarios usually two to four -, to demonstrate more low transition probability high transition probability 163post-2013 eu common agricultural policy clearly the existing differences. in the present study two scenario analyses were proposed. scenarios were constructed by long-term simulations (2050) : • “baseline” scenario, based on current socio-economic trends; • “future cap” scenario to highlight the effects of the next cap reform 2014-2020. the two scenarios have been distinguished on the basis of the possible application of post-2013 measures. thus the “baseline” scenario that simulates the persistence of current eu policy, with no hypotheses of future interventions, was solely created on the basis of the current socio-economic trends, determined by the cap rules in force. therefore, it is a strongly “deterministic” scenario because it forecasts that such trends will continue in the future. on the contrary, the “future cap” scenario that simulates the implementation of new post-2013 measures may not be affected by the current socio-economic trends. thus the transition probabilities included in the markov matrix are only determined by geomorphologic and climate variables; this allows the identification of the effects of the post-2013 measures, simulated by incentive/disincentive maps, that modify the transition probabilities of the matrix. the scenarios obtained do not predict the future situation per se, but are rather a tool to improve the understanding of the possible long-term consequences of present and future trends of incentives/disincentives in the agricultural and agro-environmental sector. accordingly, we chose a long-term projection, without allowing for intermediate stages which could divert attention from the focus of the analysis and which would provide partial results or a poor differentiation between the scenarios. within the agricultural policies we find plenty of driving forces which can result in meaningful future projections; however, building scenarios that include all of the components would ultimately make the analysis and assessment phase too confusing. therefore, we opted to choose some specific measures relative to both the new direct payment system and the new priorities of rural development. the scenario was built by adopting raster maps of constraints/incentives. constraints values equal to 0 indicate an absolute constraints, and values equal to 1 indicate areas free to evolve . for incentives, values lower than 1 act as disincentives, whereas values above 1 act as incentives. following this approach, three ‘new’ cap measures have been “translated” into three raster maps, two being connected with the new direct payment system and the other concerning the new rural development plan, differentiated on the basis of different effects that measures would have on the area, according to the land use. the aim of these information layers is to modify the transition probabilities reported in the markov matrix, in order to orient the change processes. in other words, a layer of incentives corresponds to an increase in the transition probability in the direction it translates, while a layer of constraints corresponds to a decrease in the transition probability in the direction indicated by the layer itself. the first raster map of cap measures (2014-2020) was built by considering a significant innovation in the direct payment system, as money allocation to fruit and vegetable crops and vineyards was not previously allowed, except for tomatoes, citrus orchards and processed fruit. based on these remarks we have created an information layer of incentives for the irrigated areas, which could potentially host fruit and vegetable crops but 164 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo which are now widely used for extensive cereal cultivation, since there is no incentive to transform them into more complex cropping patterns. the second information layer was created by modifying the new direct payment system and simulating the compliance with greening measures. this results in a constraint map that does not actually allow for the transformation of the meadow and permanent pasture areas into arable lands. finally, the third variable we introduced is once again an incentive, spatially differentiated on the basis of land use. such an information layer was built on the new priorities of the rural development policy, putting emphasis on the contents of priorities 4 and 5 of the new rural development policy, namely “protecting and improving ecosystems depending on agriculture” and “transition towards a low carbon economy”, respectively. such priorities include a large number of measures ranging from environmental sustainability to forestation. these measures have been thus translated into an information layer with different incentive levels. more specifically, this layer provides incentives to permanent wooded areas, mixed and broad-leaved woods, areas presently occupied by shrubs and evolving woods, to turn them into permanent woods. incentives are also foreseen, to a lesser extent, to meadow and permanent pasture areas, which were already stimulated in the previous information layer, while the other land uses are left free to evolve, with no particular constraints, or incentives. this information layer is extremely important for the reference land, characterised by large areas directly concerned by the measures simulated by the layer. as previously indicated, the measures associated with rural development may produce results only in the medium-long term, therefore the effects of raster maps were simulated until 2050 so as to be able to assess their impact, notably on forestry. 3. results figures 3 and 5 show the localization of the changes recorded in the individual areas highlighted in the comparison (cross-tabulation) between the present land cover and the cover foreseen for 2050, respectively for the baseline and the future cap scenarios. figures 4 and 6 show the land use changes as percent distribution of the area type to which they were recorded in 2010. in line with what has already been emphasised in the previous paragraph, the areas intended for pasture are expected to further decline (-16.50%) in the future, as a possible consequence of a progressive decrease in the number of raised heads. in the remaining areas we do not notice any particular change compared to the current state, except for a slight increase in wooded areas. the decline in pasture areas can be explained by the lack of a policy specially targeted to protect those lands. the moderate increase in woodland areas may, instead, be linked to the abandonment of marginal areas and the subsequent transformation of the same areas that, if left uncultivated, would evolve towards natural environments. the observation in figure 3 highlights how almost all transitions concerning arable land are localized in the area characterised by a hilly topography, with difficult access to water resources. on the contrary, the transitions concerning the forestry sector are mostly recorded in area d2, where most of the regional woodlands are located. 165post-2013 eu common agricultural policy figure 3. land use change map: “baseline” scenario. 1 2 3 in this area we record a 10.5% increase of woodland. the limited transitions involving the fruit and vegetable sector are localized in the area b that is characterised by a flat trend and the possibility to irrigate. in this area the fruit and vegetable area increases by 10.15% (figure 4). observing the map of “future cap” scenario shown in figure 5, there are no new land conversions into arable crops, and the loss of wooded areas is prevented. this is the result of the pasture protection policy, simulated through the interaction of direct payments and rural development measures (first and third information layers). the analysis points out that natural grasslands and pasture areas declined compared to the baseline scenario, evolving towards wild woodlands. at the same time, there are more specialised crops as well as better infrastructures in the areas featured by favourable geomorphologic and climate conditions. the increase in crop specialisation is related to the second information layer applied, 166 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo that simulates an incentive for the irrigated areas that could be intensively farmed. the incentive system applied led to an increase in crop specialisation mostly reserved to area b. this is an area characterised by better access to water resources and more efficient and modern infrastructures. figure 6 shows that the transitions concerning the fruit and vegetable sector are mostly concentrated in area b, where specialised agriculture is practised. within this scenario the fruit and vegetable land is shown to increase by 25.7% that is significantly higher than 10.15% observed in the baseline scenario. the other transitions concerning wood and pasture covers are distributed rather unevenly between the areas d1 and d2. the comparison of the two change maps shows how the adoption of targeted cap measures may play a role in the evolution of land use, in particular for the preservation of some natural environments that would be exposed to the risk of degradation and abandonment in the absence of appropriate measures aimed at recovering their protective function. the simulation of eu measures through the incentive/disincentive layers leads to the permanence of agricultural activities in areas d1 and d2 and the reduction of agricultural land abandonment, compared to an evolution that would not be guided by targeted measures. figure 4. distribution of “baseline” scenario transitions (in brackets the areas that shifted from use u to u’). 167post-2013 eu common agricultural policy therefore, it is worth highlighting how the area covered by sparse vegetation, which is increasing in the baseline scenario, would decrease as a result of the adoption of the measures predicted in the “future cap scenario”, particularly following the application of priorities 4 and 5 of the rural development policy. in particular, we can observe that when shifting from the “baseline” scenario to the “future cap” scenario, arable land decreases while wooded areas, as well as pastures and grasslands, increase. these two different evolutions are associated with the interaction between the first and third information layers applied in the “future cap” scenario. the concurrent use of these two layers has, on one hand, hampered the conversion of pastures into arable lands (that occurred in the baseline scenario) and, on the other, by encouraging wooded areas, it resulted in the increase of natural areas and the decline of marginal land abandonment observed in the baseline scenario. figure 5. land use change map: “future cap” scenario. 1 2 3 168 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo figure 6. distribution of “future cap” scenario transitions. 4. conclusions in the model applied we have planned three post-2013 macro-interventions related to both the new system of direct payments and the new rural development priorities. in particular, we have envisaged incentive measures for the fruit and vegetable sector, programs targeted to limit the increase in annual (arable) crops, instruments aimed at improving the maintenance of wooded areas, and forestation actions. using these models in the regional context has revealed the different levels of reactiveness of the basilicata territory to the driving forces leading to change. in particular, the model underscored the low transition potential of areas d1 and d2, characterised by a geomorphologic system that has severe limitations and difficult access to water resources. in fact, such areas are characterised by vast rain-fed arable lands. moreover, due to incentives to more specialised crops, they are poorly susceptible to change. on the other hand, we have observed a high transition potential in specialised fruit and vegetable cropped areas where geomorphologic and climate conditions are susceptible to change, notably where water resources are easily accessible. in these areas we have observed that the implementation of specific measures could actually lead to turn extensive crops into specialised fruit and vegetable production resulting in higher income per surface unit. 169post-2013 eu common agricultural policy moreover, the “future cap” scenario showed the positive influence of the incentive layer for shrubs and woodlands, mainly found in areas d1 and d2 as well as in the regions characterised by hillsides at risk of erosion. thus, the safeguard of forest cover reduces the risk of hydrogeological instability. the analysis of results confirms that the applied approach can be a valuable tool for studying the prediction of future land change scenarios and understanding the impacts of current policy strategies, which include actions involving land use in general and agronomic practices in particular. its main advantage lies in the possibility to gather a large number of variables in the model that affect, to a varying extent, the evolution of land use change. the strength of such an approach lies in the possibility of formulating ex-ante assessment models of local development policies, on the basis of the results obtained. the reliability of the model is closely connected to the availability of the spatial data involved in the change processes; hence, it is better to have a wide basis of geo-referenced variables to emphasise the positive effects of some policies and mitigate the possible undesired consequences. the limitations of the applied model are above all the quality and the level of spatial detail of input variables. for improving the accuracy of the analysis it would be useful to consider a higher number of variables involved in land use changes, maybe by means of discrete choice models (choice experiment) that can effectively describe behaviours, thus getting closer to understanding the actual evolutionary dynamics. future developments of the model would require the use of dynamic climate variables in order to assess the effects of changes more accurately and identify the strengths and weaknesses of agriculture and forestry, which are playing an increasingly important role in the dynamics of climatic and environmental changes. acknowledgements we are grateful to the referee for useful suggestions. we would furthermore like to thank prof. davide viaggi for valuable comments on the manuscript. references agarwal, c., green, g. l., grove, m., evans, t., and schweik c. (2002). a review and assessment of land-use change models: dynamics of space, time, and human choice. center for the study of institutions population, and environmental change. indiana university. anderson, t. w. and goodman, l. a. (1957).statistical inference about markov chains. annals of mathematical statistics 28: 89-110. batchelor, w. d., yang, x. b. and tschanz, a. t. (1997). development of a neural network for soybean rust epidemics. transaction of asae 40: 247–252. bernetti, i. and marinelli, n. (2010). evaluation of landscape impacts and land use change: a tuscan case study for cap reform scenarios. aestimum 56: 1-29. bibby, p. and sheperd, j. (2000). gis, land use, and representation. environment and planning b: planning and design 27: 583-598. boellstorff, d., benito, g. (2005). impacts of set-aside policy on the risk of soil erosion in central spain. agriculture, ecosystems and environment. 107: 231-243. 170 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo castella, j.c., kam, s.p., quang, d.d., verbug, p.h., hoanh, c.h. (2007). combining topdown and bottom-up modelling approaches of land-use/ cover change to support public policies: application to sustainable management of natural resources in northern vietnam. land-use policy 24(3), 531-545. chen, h. and pontius, r. g. jr (2010). diagnostic tools to evaluate a spatial land change projection along a gradient of an explanatory variable. landscape ecology 25: 13191331, doi: 10.1007/s10980-010-9519-5. coquillard, p., hill, d.r.c. (1997). modélisation et simulation d’écosystèmes des modèles déterministes aux simulations à événements discrets, collection “recherche en écologie”, paris, masson éd. cramér, h. (1999). mathematical methods of statistics, princeton university press. dai, e., wu, s.h., and shi, w.z., (2005). modeling change-pattern-value dynamics on land-use: an integrated gis and artificial neural networks approach. environmental assessment 36(4), 576-591. dale, v., onell, r., pedlowski, m., southworth, f. (1993). causes and effects of land use change in central rondonia, brazil. photogrammetric engineering & remote sensing 59: 997-1005. de vivo, c., d’oronzio, a. (2007). il psr basilicata 2007-2013: partenariati forti e strategie di sviluppo di qualità. rivista dello sviluppo rurale 9: 21-25. dendoncker, n., rounsevell, m., and bogaert, p. (2007).spatial analysis and modeling of land-use distributions in belgium.computers, environment and urban systems, 31(2): 188-205. eastman, j.r. (2006). idrisi andes, tutorial, ma, usa, clark labs, clark university. eastman, j.r., toledano, j. (2000). markov chain and cellular automata approaches to land cover change modeling, workshop presentation (invited), 4th international conference on integrating gis and environmental modeling, banff, alberta, sept. 2-8, 2000. erfu, d., shaohong, w., wenzhong, s., chui-kwan, c., ahmed, s. (2005).modeling change-pattern-value dynamics on land use: an integrated gis and artificial neural networks approach. environmental management 36(4): 576-591, doi: 10.1007/s00267-004-0165-z european commission (2010). the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future. communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions. follador, m. (2008). modellizzazione spazio-temporale delle dinamiche di uso del suolo ed analisi comparata di differenti approcci predittivi. phddissertation, università degli studi di bologna. irwin, e. g. and geoghegan, j. (2001). theory, data, methods: developing spatially explicit economic models of land use change. agriculture, ecosystems and environment 85: 7-23. heymann, y. (1994). corine land cover: technical guide. european commission, directorate-general, environment, nuclear safety and civil protection. houghton, r. a. (1994). the world-wide extent of land-use change. bioscience 44: 305313. 171post-2013 eu common agricultural policy kanungo, d.p., arora, m. k., sarkar, s. and gupta, r. p. (2006). a comparative study of conventional, ann black box, fuzzy and combined neural and fuzzy weighting procedures for landslide susceptibility zonation in darjeeling himalayas. engineering geology 85: 347-366. kates, r.w., clark, w.c., corell, r., hall j.m., jaeger, c.c., lowe, i. (2001).environmental and development – sustainability science. science 292: 641-642. li, x., and yeh, a. g. o.(2002). neural-network-based cellular automata for simulating multiple land use changes using gis. international journal of geographical information science 4: 323-343. lombardo, s., pecori, s., petri, m. (2005), investigating territorial dynamic using decision tree. conference proceedings.cupum 2005. logofet, d. o. and lesnaya, e. v. (2000). the mathematics of markov models: what markov chains can really predict in forest successions. ecological modelling 126: 285-298. ministero delle politiche agricole alimentari e forestali (2009). piano strategico nazionale per lo sviluppo rurale. 8 april 2009. munroe, d. k., muller, d., (2007). issues in spatially explicit statistical land-use/cover change (lucc) models: examples from western honduras and the central highlands of vietnam. land use policy 24(3): 521-530. nemmour, h. and chibani, y. (2006). multiple support vector machines for land cover change detection: an application for mapping urban extension. isprs journal of photogrammetry & remote sensing 61: 125-133. pijanowski, b.c., brown, d.g., shellito, b.a., and manik, g.a. (2002). using neural networks and gis to forecast land use changes: a land transformation model. computers, environment and urban systems 26: 553-575. pin lin, y., jay chu, h., chen, f., verburg, h. (2011). predictive ability of logistic regression, auto-logistic regression and neural network models in empirical land-use change modeling – a case study. international journal of geographical information science 25(1): 65-87. psr 2007-2013 regione basilicata.delibera n. 410 del 5 marzo 2010. riccioli, f., scozzafava, g. (2007). il pagamento unico e la condizionalità nella modifica del paesaggio rurale: un caso di studio. firenze university press. xxxvi incontro di studio ce.s.e.t., pp. 233-248. roxburgh, c. (2009). the use and abuse of scenarios. mckinsey quarterly november: 1-10. rumelhart, d. and mcclelland, j. (1986).parallel distributed processing. mit press, cambridge, mass. sieber, s., amjath-babu, t.s., jansson, t., müller, k., tscherning, k., graef, f., pohle, d., helming, k., rudloff, b., saravia-matus, b.s., gomez y paloma, s. (2013). sustainability impact assessment using integrated meta-modelling: simulating the reduction of direct support under the eu common agricultural policy (cap). land use policy 33: 235-245. schneeberger, n., bürgi, m., and kienast, p. d. (2007). rates of landscape change at the northern fringe of the swiss alps: historical and recent tendencies. landscape and urban planning 80(1): 127-136. schwartz, p. (1991). the art of the long view: planning for the future in an uncertain world. 1st ed. doubleday, new york. 172 s. romano, m. cozzi, p. giglio, g. catullo serra, p., pons, x., and sauri, d. (2008).land-cover and land-use change in a mediterranean landscape: a spatial analysis of driving forces integrating biophysical and human factors. applied geography 28(3): 189-209. turner, b. l. ii. (1990). two types of global environmental changes: definitional and spatial scale issues in their human dimensions. global environmental change 1: 14-22. turner, b. l. ii, meyer w. b., and skole d. (1994). global landuse land-cover change: towards an integrated study. ambio 23: 91-95. van doorn, a. m., and bakker, m. m. (2007). the destination of arable land in a marginal agricultural landscape in south portugal: an exploration of land use change determinants. landscape ecology 22(7): 1073-1087. verburg, p.h., soepboer, w., veldkamp, a., limpiada, r., espaldon, v., mastura, s.a. (2002). modelling the spatial dynamics of regional land use: the clue-s model. environmental management 30(3): 391-405. verburg, p.h., schot, p., dijst, m. j., veldkamp, p. (2004). land use change modelling: current practice and research priorities. geojournal 61: 309–324. versterby, m., and heimlich, r.. (1991). land use and demographic change: results from fast-growing countries. land economics 67: 279-291. villa, n., paegelow, m., camacho, o. m. t., cornez, l., ferraty, f., ferré, l. and sarda, p. (2007). various approaches for predicting land cover in mountain areas. communication in statistics-simulation and computation 36: 73-86. werbos, p. j. (1974). beyond regression: new tools for prediction and analysis in the behavioral sciences. phd dissertation, harvard university, cambridge, mass. wack, p. (1985). scenarios: shooting the rapids. harvard business review 63: 139–150. yemshanov, d. and perera, a. h. (2002). a spatially explicit stochastic model to simulate boreal forest cover transitions: general structure and properties. ecological modelling 150: 189-209. bio-based and applied economics 3(3): 229-247, 2014 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-15087 assessment and governance of ecosystem services for improving management effectiveness of natura 2000 sites davide marino1, pierluca gaglioppa2, uta schirpke3,4, rossella guadagno1, angelo marucci1, margherita palmieri1, davide pellegrino1*, natalia gusmerotti5 1 university consortium for socioeconomic and environmental research (cursa), rome, italy 2 regione lazio, rome, italy 3 institute for alpine environment, eurac research, bolzano, italy 4 institute of ecology, university of innsbruck, innsbruck, austria 5 scuola superiore sant’anna, pisa, italy abstract. the natura 2000 network is the cornerstone of the eu biodiversity strategy aimed at halting the loss of biodiversity and ecosystem services. yet in many eu member states the level of development and execution of management plans and conservation measures of natura 2000 sites is often very low due to scarce financial resources; for this reason management effectiveness is rarely achieved. this paper presents initial insights from the life+ mgn project and highlights the costs and benefits associated with 2 out of 21 natura 2000 study sites in italy in order to present a new governance approach relying on the qualitative and quantitative valuation of ecosystem services (es). preliminary results suggest that the quantification of costs and benefits related to the natura 2000 network is crucial for reaching natura 2000 conservation objectives and measuring management effectiveness. keywords. natura 2000, ecosystem services, pes, governance, local communities. jel codes. q570 1. introduction 1.1 costs and benefits associated with the natura 2000 network the eu’s biodiversity conservation policy framework follows eu environmental action programmes, as well as international initiatives such as the convention on biological diversity (cbd) and the bern convention. the main legal umbrella for the protection of nature and biodiversity in the eu consists of the habitats directive (92/43/eec) and the birds directive (79/409/eec), under which the european natura 2000 network of protected areas was established. the main purpose of the natura 2000 network is to * corresponding author: d.pellegrino@cursa.it. 230 d. marino et al. ensure the long-term protection of europe’s most valuable and threatened species and habitats. according to the european natura 2000 barometer, the natura 2000 network currently includes 5,315 special protection area (spa) sites encompassing 593,486 km2, and 22,529 sites of community importance (sci) (719,015 km2) covering around 18% of the eu land area (european commission, 2011; hoyos et al. 2012). eu member states are responsible for the management of natura 2000 sites through the implementation of conservation measures and the development of specific management plans. although the latter are not mandatory, they are a major instrument for reaching conservation goals and clearly define allowed and forbidden activities, roles and responsibilities of authorities and other stakeholders potentially involved in managing natura 2000 sites (kruk et al., 2010). on the basis of the principle of subsidiarity, member states are responsible for determining management costs, but the habitats directive article 8 also allows for european community co-financing, where needed. however, one of the main challenges for member states, and particularly for the sites’ management authorities, remains the lack of sufficient financial resources for the complete implementation of management plans or other measures. this is a threat to species and habitat conservation goals. according to gantioler et al. (2010), the overall cost for implementing natura 2000 in the eu-27 is estimated at €5.8 billion per year. the current amount of funding available to support the network is not clear, even though the annual eu budget for natura 2000 is estimated at around €550-1,150 million (kettunen et al., 2011). however, while putting a monetary figure on the cost of implementing these plans is an essential prerequisite for ensuring sufficient economic resources for their management, establishing the economic benefits of natura table 1. funds available for financing natura 2000 during period 2014-2020. eu funding instruments proposed budget 2014-2020 (€) european commission regulation european financial instrument for the environment (life) € 3.2 billion (of which €2,713.5 million for subprogramme for environment) com(2011) 874 final european fund for regional development (erdf) european territorial cooperation under erdf € 183.3 billion com (2011) 614 final european territorial cooperation (etc) under erdf € 11.7 billion com (2011) 614 final european social fund (esf) € 84 billion com(2011) 500 final european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd) €435.6 billion for common agricultural policy €101 billion for rural development com(2011) 627 final european maritime and fisheries fund (emff) €7,535 billion com(2011) 804 final framework programme for research and innovation (horizon 2020) €80 billion com(2011) 500 final source: own elaboration by european commission regulation 231assessment and governance of ecosystem services 2000 helps to determine its social desirability, as well as increasing awareness about the importance of natura 2000 for human well being (hoyos et al., 2012). in this context, primary economic valuation studies can be considered a promising evaluation instrument for natura 2000, as they can contribute to managing the network by explicitly acknowledging relevant socio-economic implications (rojas-briales, 2000; halahan, 2002; ten brink et al., 2002) particularly in a regional context (getzner and jungmeier, 2002). specific actions of the eu biodiversity strategy include securing adequate financing for the conservation measures required for natura 2000 sites at both the eu and national/regional level. to date, most eu co-funding for natura 2000 has been made available by integrating biodiversity goals into various existing eu funds or instruments. table 1 shows the eu funds available for financing natura 2000 during next programming period 2014-2020. in particular, only the life fund provides dedicated support to biodiversity and natura 2000, while other eu funding instruments primarily contribute to eu goals on rural, regional, infrastructural, social and scientific development. the integrated cofinancing model continues to form the basis for eu funding of natura 2000 in the next programming period 2014-2020, supporting strategic goals to further embed the implementation of the eu biodiversity strategy into other relevant policy sectors and their financing instruments and, at a practical level, linking biodiversity goals with a broader management of land and natural resources (kettunen et al., 2014). 1.2 governance of ecosystem services many studies have demonstrated the role of biodiversity in supporting the provision of ecosystem services (ma, 2005; díaz et al., 2006; harrison et al., 2014; byrnes et al., 2014). moreover, our understanding of the linkages between biodiversity and ecosystem services and the possible effects of biodiversity loss on the delivery of ecosystem services is increasing (schulze and mooney, 1993; loreau et al., 2002; balvanera et al., 2006; cardinale et al., 2006). benefits from ecosystems are, however, rarely taken into account by politicians, private companies and other important decision makers. in this regard, the recognition and demonstration of the wider socio-economic benefits of natura 2000 should be an important tool for influencing stakeholder attitudes, attracting new funding, informing land-use decisions, and integrating protected areas into regional development planning (european commission, 2013). furthermore, the value of these benefits mostly exceed the management costs associated with natura 2000 and have been estimated at around €200-€300 billion per year (european commission, 2013). the acknowledgement of the value of es increases not only the social acceptance and attainment of conservation objectives, but their economic valuation also raises new arguments in favour of biodiversity conservation (cimon-morin et al., 2013). the integration of ecosystem services arguments into management plans and strategies for protected areas is becoming a pillar of public policies aimed at environmental protection (garcía-mora and montes, 2011; harrison et al., 2014). moreover, policy makers are committed to identify adequate policy tools to manage the natural environment within and outside protected areas. in order to protect biodiversity and ecosystems (bes), guarantying the provisions of their services, the teeb studies identified three clusters of tools that policy makers could implement (teeb, 2011): 232 d. marino et al. • providing information, for instance, by reforming national accounting systems and integrating bes values into policy assessments; • setting incentives, for instance, by rewarding benefits through payments and markets, reforming harmful subsides and addressing losses through regulation and pricing; • regulating use, for instance, by creating protected areas and investing in green infrastructure. accordingly, it is necessary to define and implement a wide range of governance and management tools, referring to the environmental policy mixes, including both the command and control approach and market based instruments (ackerman and steward, 1985; freeman, 1997). the latter are instruments that provide incentives for undertaking particular actions (oecd, 2004; oecd, 2008), such as price-based instruments (taxes and charges); liability instruments; subsidies; market creation measures and the assignment of well-defined property rights and other instruments, such as environmental agreements (ea) for biodiversity conservation. ea consist of legal frameworks for contracts between landowners and other parties, where the landowner voluntarily commits himself/herself to refrain from using land (conservation contracts) or to carry out activities that conserve or promote biodiversity (management contracts) in a specific area. the other party (either a private or a public participant) makes a financial payment in return that can take different forms, such as money transfers, tax exemptions or reductions (subsidies), or a credit (for instance, in the case of carbon market). in this framework, particular attention should be paid to payments for ecosystem services (pes), defined as voluntary transactions where a well-defined es (or land-use likely to secure that service) is ‘bought’ by at least one es buyer from at least one es provider, if and only if the es provider secures es provisions (conditionality) (wunder, 2005; teeb, 2011). 1.3 aim of the paper in italy, the management authorities natura 2000 sites can adopt a management plans or integrate conservation measures into other planning instruments such as sectorial or territorial plans to achieve a site’s conservation goals. yet the integration of regulatory instruments (general regulatory measures, specific administrative measures or contracts between public and private stakeholders) is not always clear for the management authorities of sites and this can affect achieving conservation goals and management effectiveness. thus, innovative management tools are needed and, in our opinion, the acknowledgement of the value of biodiversity and ecosystem services provided by sites is a prerequisite for better defining and implementing conservation strategies. in this context the aim of this paper is to assess and compare es and management costs related to natura 2000 sites in italy, according to the methodology elaborated at the european level (gantioler et al., 2010), in order to highlight the benefits and costs associated with conservation actions and stimulate discussion regarding new instruments for effective management. despite several limitations, our analysis allows to define a new governance approach aimed at improving management effectiveness through the valorisation of es provided by italian sites. 233assessment and governance of ecosystem services 2. italian case studies our analysis started from initial insights from the life+ making good natura (mgn) project involving 21 italian agro-forest natura 2000 sites. for each site, habitat cover and land use were analysed, the site’s management instruments were examined and socio-economic data were gathered through questionnaires for site management authorities. subsequently, meetings with local public and private stakeholders were organised to assess their perceptions and identify the most important es. after the local meetings, the main es were selected on the basis of the socio-economic and environmental characteristics of the sites, considering critical issues and opportunities for the development of the territory. after a brief description of the above-mentioned cognitive steps of the project (analysis of site management instruments, questionnaires for management authorities and stakeholder meetings), we presented the results of 3 es assessments in 2 out of 21 natura 2000 study sites and compared these values with costs for conservation measures. the two sites presented in this paper (table 2) are “bagni di masino e pizzo badile” (it2040019) in the forest of lombardy val masino (lombardy region) and “monte della stella” (it8050025) in cilento and vallo di diano e alburni national park (campania region). table 2. natura 2000 study sites. type code name region bioregion extent [km²] sci it8050025 monte della stella campania mediterranean 11.8 sci it2040019 bagni di masino pizzo badile lombardy alpine 27.6 source: schirpke et al., 2013a,b; marino et al., 2014 the sci “bagni di masino pizzo badile” coincides with the forest of lombardy val masino, in the western branch of the valley. different types of vegetation were identified: deciduous and coniferous forests in the basal part and on the upper side of the valleys; timber forests , especially in the valley and in the most accessible areas and mountain pastures to the upper limit of vegetation. this area exhibits the qualities of the classic alpine glacial cirques, rugged granite peaks, glacial deposits and accumulations of debris slopes, that are appreciated by mountain enthusiasts. the considerable wealth of the environment is accompanied by the abundance of species belonging to the alpine fauna, including: chamois, deer, ibex, marmots and eagles. the sci “monte della stella” is a typical mountainous-hilly site. it is largely covered by forests consisting mainly of chestnut trees; the lower altitudes include holm-oak woods, often mixed with downy oak and flowering ash. in the sci, there are also thermo-mediterranean shrubs and mountain grasslands and xeric mediterranean shrubs. with regard to the avifauna, the total species known to date are 119, of which 22 are listed in annex i of the birds directive and 57 are nesting on the site. the site presents degradation associated with inappropriate forest management and the abandonment of pastures and/or overgrazing, as well as the presence of pylons on the peaks of mount stella. a dense network 234 d. marino et al. of trails guarantees access to the site. in addition, the prey rescue centre of sessa cilento serves as an environmental education centre. 3. methodology 3.1 management instrument analysis the habitats directive has a crucial role for natura 2000 site conservation and management. according to the habitats directive article 6, member states establish necessary conservation measures including, in as need be, appropriate management plans specifically designed for natura 2000 sites or integrated into other development plans, and appropriate statutory, administrative or contractual measures which correspond to the ecological requirements of the natural habitat types in annex i and the species in annex ii present on the sites. in particular, the term “conservation measures” refers to “a series of measures required to maintain or restore the natural habitats and the populations of species of wild fauna and flora at a favourable conservation status”. in our study, we analysed two site management instruments with regard to all measures and tools developed for and implemented in the site areas. in particular, with the help of site management authorities we collected and examined all available documentation (specific management plans and conservation measures) for both sites. this first review helped us to identify differences in management approaches between the sites and to highlight conservation objectives for each habitat and/or species and related management and environmental issues involving the provision of es. 3.2 questionnaires submitted to local management authorities in order to acquire other specific information on the natura 2000 study sites, we analysed the questionnaire sent by email to both site management authorities (monte della stella e bagni di masino-pizzo badile). the main objective of the questionnaire was to collect information related to the environmental and managerial context of each natura 2000 study site in order to provide a functional cognitive framework for the es analysis and evaluation in the study sites. the questionnaire included both closed and open questions and assistance was provided to interviewees in compiling their answers. according to gaglioppa et al., 2013 the main difficulty with the design of the questionnaire was related to the different characteristics and responsibilities of local partners (national parks, interregional parks, regional administrative authorities, regional forest management bodies, etc.), and consequently the different management approaches of each natura 2000 site (direct, mediated by regions or by provinces). therefore, it was decided to structure the questionnaire in such a way as to have different levels and sectors for the different types of information sought, in order to gather an initial general set of data with the collaboration of management authorities and other local administrative bodies and stakeholders. the questionnaire was divided into five sections including both closed and open format questions: 1. general information: information identifying pilot site and interviewee; 235assessment and governance of ecosystem services 2. description of the site: a synthetic description of the site from an ecological, administrative and managerial point of view (connection with protected areas, state of maintenance of habitats, fauna and flora, river basin description, state of surface and groundwater, cartographic and gis data, different authorities involved in managing the site and their interaction also with citizens, land planning instruments for the site, management plans and conservation measures and regulatory frameworks for natura 2000 sites, local communities’ civic uses and rights of common, scientific publications and research on the site); 3. economic-financial resources: information about the site’s economic and financial resources (management authorities’ budgets, the sites’ annual institutional financing, site management outflows over the last 5 years, administration costs, management and conservation measures, human resources, participation in projects and other measures for improving maintenance of habitat and species; 4. economic, environmental and social aspects: qualitative information on some environmental, economic and social aspects such as change of land cover and landscape in recent years and the relationship between this change and site creation, the state of conservation of the habitats, present forest and agricultural activities within the site and other economic issues, difficulties and threats to the maintenance of protected habitats due to social-economic activities, stakeholders involved directly and indirectly in managing the site, rdp (rural development programme) measures to promote organic farming and financing of natura 2000 network, land maintenance and environment conservation contracts); 5. ecosystem services (es): information on main es provided by the site on the basis of management authorities’ in-depth knowledge of natura 2000 sites; stakeholders directly or indirectly involved in the management of these es; fauna species threatened by habitat fragmentation, fundraising activities, self-financing and pes or peslike schemes implemented (wunder, 2005; pettenella et al., 2012). 3.3 stakeholder meetings along with the questionnaires submitted to site management authorities (gaglioppa et al., 2013), integrated by way of a cartographic analysis of the study sites’ habitat and land uses (schirpke et al., 2013b), another useful source of information for defining main es for each study site were meetings with institutional and private stakeholders during the preliminary project phase. indeed, habitats and land use-based preliminary es analyses (see chapter 2.5) identified some differences with respect to the relative qualitative values among es; while the analysis based on the questionnaires mainly reflected the management authorities’ point of view without fully taking into account local institutions and community perceptions and needs. meetings with institutional and private stakeholders were organised at each natura 2000 pilot site and generally involved municipalities, county administrations, park management authorities, farmers, hunters, fishermen, ngos, volunteers, as well as agronomists, biologists, environmentalists, hotel and restaurant managers, local associations, environmental guides, tour operators, and local residents. during these events project actions and objectives were presented and the main es and environmental issues were 236 d. marino et al. debated in order to highlight various specific aspects (local peculiarities, the local community’s perception of the site, rivalries and oppositions between different stakeholders etc.) and to make informed choices with regard to the main es to which innovative financing schemes could be targeted (marino et al., 2014). 3.4 management costs analysis the management cost analysis for the bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) and monte della stella (it8050025) study sites was based on the eu methodology presented in the report “costs and socio-economic benefits associated with the natura 2000 network” elaborated by the institute for european environmental policy (ieep) (gantioler et al., 2010; figure 1). the costs of natura 2000 can be classified into (gantioler et al., 2010): 1. one-off management costs: • costs for the finalisation of sites, such as costs for scientific studies, administration, consultation, etc.; figure 1. structure of natura 2000 costs. source: gantioler et al., 2010 237assessment and governance of ecosystem services • costs for management planning, i.e. one-off costs for preparing management plans, establishing management bodies, consultations, etc. 2. investment costs: • cost of land purchase; • one-off payments of compensation for development rights; • infrastructure costs for the improvement/restoration of habitat and species; • other infrastructure costs contributing to conservation, e.g. for public; • access, interpretation works, observatories and kiosks, etc.. 3. costs for management planning (unlike the costs for management plans): • running costs of management bodies; • costs for review of management plans; • costs for public communication. 4. habitat management and monitoring costs: • conservation management measures– maintenance and improvement of habitats’ favourable conservation status; • conservation management measures– maintenance and improvement of species’ favourable conservation status; • implementation of management schemes and agreements with owners and managers of land or water for following certain prescriptions; • provision of services; compensation for rights foregone and loss of income; developing acceptability ‘liaison’ with neighbours; • monitoring; • maintenance of infrastructure for public access, interpretation work, observatories and kiosks, etc.; • risk management (fire prevention and control, flooding etc.); • surveillance of the sites. the dotted lines (figure 1) indicate that two categories are covered both under “one off costs” and “recurrent costs”, namely “management planning” and “compensation”. their inclusion under one or the other heading depends on the frequency of the payment (gantioler et al., 2010). financial resources identified in monte della stella’s management plan are related to the regional operational programmes (rop) and the rural development plans (rdp) structural funds 2007-2013 rop campania and, in particular, axis i “environmental sustainability and attractiveness of culture and tourism”, axis ii “improving the environment and the countryside” and axis iii “quality of life in rural areas and diversification of the rural economy”. bagni di masino e pizzo badile’s management plan was prepared within preparatory project life03nat/it/000139 “reticnet: 5 sci for the conservation of wetlands and priority habitat”, funded by the european union. 3.5 assessment of ecosystem services values the es assessment included three different services: wild food (provisioning service), erosion regulation (regulating service) and the recreational value (cultural service). this selection of es was carried out on the basis of the management instrument analysis, the 238 d. marino et al. questionnaire to management authorities, the stakeholder meetings and cartographic data analysis for both study sites. according to similar studies (burkhard et al., 2012; bastian, 2013), es were first valued qualitatively by assigning an ordinal score of es provision (3-high, 2-medium, 1-low, 0-not significant) to natura 2000 habitats and corine land cover classes. the scores were obtained by expert knowledge and account for specific ecological functions, potential distance of es demand1, and intrinsic biodiversity (further details in schirpke et al., 2013b). for each study site, an area-weighted mean value was calculated for the selected es based on the cartography after attributing an ordinal score to each habitat and land cover class. furthermore, this qualitative es valuation was integrated by way of additional qualitative or quantitative data, where possible. in the following, we provide a short description of the applied method: • wild food (mushrooms): the productivity of mushrooms is particularly variable and depends on local conditions such as climate, vegetation, and soil, as well as disturbance, e.g. harvest activities or timber removal. as no data on collected quantities were available, the annual mean production was estimated at 1.5 3 kg mushrooms per ha forest (croitoru and gatto, 2001; goio, 2006). the production area was delimitated by including forest land cover classes and excluding areas above 2000 m a.s.l. and slopes over 80%. the monetary value was estimated based on the mean market value of 22.50 €/kg (de marchi and scolozzi, 2012). • erosion regulation: as forest has a protective role (scrinzi et al., 2006), the area with an elevated erosion and landslide risk, obtained from the inventory of landslide phenomena in italy (iffi) (apat, 2007), was identified and the percentage of the area without forest in respect to the area covered by forest was calculated to quantify the contribution of the forest to the avoided erosion. in this case the es valuation did not include an economic valuation. • recreational value: the qualitative valuation based on the land cover was integrated with information including a list of the possible recreational activities. for the bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) study site, data from two automatic counting stations were available. the tourism development of the intersecting municipalities was measured by the bed capacity obtained from statistical data (istat, 2011). the bed capacity was then used for an economic valuation of the recreational value by calculating the mean accommodation value based on the mean overnight cost and the degree of utilization (trademark italia, 2013), as mean overnight costs can be considered as a measure of the recreational economic value and the people spending nights in hotels are usually tourists. moreover, potential day-trippers were identified and quantified up to 1.5 hours driving from the study areas (schirpke et al., 2013c), but could not be included in the monetary valuation due to the lack of data, i.e. number and origin of visitors that is necessary to quantify travel costs. 1 an es only exists if there is a beneficiary (boyd and banzhaf, 2007). 239assessment and governance of ecosystem services 4. results 4.1 management approaches from the management instruments analysis we found that both the monte della stella (it8050025) and bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) sites have a specific management plan2 the main objective of which is to ensure the maintenance of habitats and species of community interest present on the site area according to the habitats and birds directives (table 3). however, it is worth noting that these management plans differ according to the specific local context. the bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) management plan was adopted in order to define a milestone for the natura 2000 network implementation in a large and complex area including valtellina and valchiavenna. accordingly, this plan was defined to connect different elements of the environmental network (such as pian di spagna-lago di mezzola natural reserve and other four mountain sics) and to define the main guidelines for their integration. its general objective is to make human activity development more sustainable and to reduce their direct or indirect impact on species and habitats. the plan also defines primary management provisions to follow outside the site area. 2 piano di gestione sic it 8050025 monte stella dd a.g.c.5 n. 2 del 21/02/2012; piano di gestione sic it2040019 bagni di masino pizzo badile pizzo del ferro. table 3. management instrument identified for each study site. type code natura 2000 site management authority management instrument general objective sic it8050025 monte della stella campania region management plan ensuring the restoration or maintenance of natural habitats and species of community interest (habitats directive annex i and annex ii and birds directive annex i) at a favourable conservation status. this general objective includes: ecological sustainability objectives, (habitats and species conservation); socio-economic sustainability objectives aimed at promoting a functional socio-economic development for reaching biodiversity conservation objectives. sic it2040019 bagni di masino e pizzo badile lombardy region management plan ensuring the restoration or maintenance of natural habitats and species of community interest and guaranteeing the maintenance and/or restoration of ecological balances through proper management actions. source: own elaboration 240 d. marino et al. since monte della stella (it8050025) is already part of an ecological network along with cilento, vallo di diano e alburni national park and other natura 2000 sites, the main objective of its management plan is to ensure ecological connectivity between these areas along with the maintenance of specific habitats and species. in bagni di masino e pizzo badile the status of habitats is excellent (97%) and species conservation is mostly good (66%), whereas in monte della stella habitat and species conservation is generally good (100% of habitats and 64% of species). 4.2 management costs on the basis of eu methodology (gantioler et al., 2010) we estimated current management costs for both study sites (bagni di masino e pizzo badile and monte della stella). however we could not estimate the costs for all types of activity because many items are not reported in the sites’ management plans. for example, for both study sites, the running costs of the management bodies were not available as they do not have their own management bodies, and are rather managed by other authorities. data extrapolated from bagni di masino e pizzo badile and monte della stella’s management plans revealed a total cost estimation of €3,132,000 and €497,000 respectively for a period of around 5 years (average length of a management plan). of this amount more than 90% of the costs are dedicated to habitat management and monitoring costs for both study sites. since the use of average costs provides more comparable indicators, an average cost per hectare was estimated during the process of total cost assessment (table 4). 4.3 results of the assessment of ecosystem service values for the qualitative valuation, an area-weighted mean es value was calculated for the selected es for both study sites (table 5, figure 2). while for bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) the es values are generally low due to the presence of large areas without vegetation, monte della stella (it8050025), which is mainly covered by forest, has high es values. regarding the single es, the following results were obtained: • wild food (mushrooms): almost 95% (1,126 ha) of the total area of monte della stella (it8050025) can be considered as suitable for mushrooms, producing a total of between 1,689 to 3,379 kg/year. the potential total economic value was estimated between 38,000 and 76,000 euro/year. • erosion regulation: a total of 1,021 ha (37%) of the bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) study site has an elevated erosion and landslide risk of which 178 ha (17%) are covered by forest. in addition, alpine grasslands contribute to the stabilization of the soil as indicated in figure 2a). • recreational value: the alpine landscape of the bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) study site, with its rich flora and fauna, has an elevated aesthetic value and offers many possibilities for hiking, climbing, and excursions. a campground is located just before the entrance of the sic,. a hotel with thermal spa (hotel relais bagni masino terme & spa), is an important point of attraction, and is located on-site at bagni masino (1,132 s.l.). furthermore, two mountain huts offer accommodation 241assessment and governance of ecosystem services during the short summer period and are linked to the rome path, the most famous hiking trail in the alps. two automatic counting stations installed in the study area indicate between 36 and 435 visitors daily all the year round. the sic is located within two municipalities with several accommodation facilities available with a capacity of 1,707 beds and an economic value of 61,650 euro for the year 2013. up to 1.5 million potential day-trippers reach the study site with 1.5 hours driving or less. table 4. monte della stella and bagni di masino e pizzo badile sites’ recurrent costs. recurrent costs monte della stella (it80500025) €/ha bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it20400019) €/ha € % € % c os ts fo r m an ag em en t pl an ni ng running costs of management bodies 0 0 0 0 costs for review of management plans 190,000 6 0 0 costs for public communication. 100,000 3 30,000 6 subtotal 290,000 9 245.76 30,000 6 10,88 h ab ita t m an ag em en t a nd m on ito rin g co st s conservation management measures– maintenance and improvement of habitats favourable conservation status 1,528,000 49 85,000 17 conservation management measures– maintenance and improvement of species favourable conservation status 0 0 30,000 6 implementation of management schemes and agreements with owners and managers of land or water for following certain prescriptions 300,000 10 5,000 1 provision of services; compensation for rights foregone and loss of income; developing acceptability ‘liaison’ with neighbours 0 0 0 0 monitoring 344,000 11 80,000 16 maintenance of infrastructure for public access, interpretation work, observatories and kiosks etc. 590,000 19 242,000 49 risk management (fire prevention and control, flooding etc.) 80,000 3 25,000 5 surveillance of the sites 0 0 0 0 subtotal 2,842,000 91 2,408.47 467,000 94 169.39   total cost 3,132,000 100 497,000 100 source: own elaboration based on study sites’ management plans 242 d. marino et al. monte della stella (it8050025) has a dense trail network offering nature itineraries and excursions to historic sites. for example, an ancient fort was situated at the summit of monte stella, also referred to as ‘sacred mountain’. nowadays, it hosts an old chapel and a radar station. the seven municipalities intersecting the sic offer various accommodation facilities with a total of 2,143 beds and an economic value amounting to ca. 72,600 euro for the year 2013. moreover, the study area has huge potential for day-trippers, given that almost 4 million people live within a 1.5 hour drive from the study area. table 5. area-weighted mean value obtained from qualitative es valuation (3-high, 2-medium, 1-low, 0-not significant) based on two different maps. study area es qualitative es value corine land cover map natura 2000 habitat map bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) erosion regulation 1.25 1.29 recreational value 1.48 1.92 monte della stella (it8050025) wild food (mushrooms) 2.82 2.79 recreational value 2.91 2.80 5. discussion and conclusions the objective of this paper was to attempt an initial quantification of the value of the es and management costs for two italian natura 2000 sites. due to the explorative nature of this study it should be noted that the preliminary results discussed here require further development and that some weaknesses were faced during the analysis of the data. additional socio-economic data is needed to valuing certain ecosystem services and more detailed information about management costs is also required. to date, it has not been possible to estimate the monetary value of erosion regulation services for the bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019) site due to the lack of data. for the same reason, we also experienced difficulties in estimating various cost items, such as “one off costs”. accordingly, in the analysis we have only included “recurrent costs” for those management plan measures aimed at ecological and socio-economic sustainability. the results show a higher financial investment level for the monte della stella (it2040019) site, likely due to the greater availability of eu funding, in particular through rop-rdp campania funds. from our analysis, it was noted that 49% of costs are dedicated to maintaining (or improving) habitat conditions that are, at present, generally in a “good state of conservation”. the assessed es show both high qualitative values, although the economic value is relatively low with respect to management costs. besides the two es (wild food and recreational value) included in this study there are many other important ones such as water provision, climate regulation, and erosion control. furthermore, our results indicate that, given the good conditions for recreational activities, the study area has great potential for day-trippers. with regard to the bagni di masino pizzo badile (it2040019) site, the share of costs related to habitat conservation is around 17% and 98% of habitats are in an excel243assessment and governance of ecosystem services lent state of conservation. in this case, costs for maintaining facilities for tourists (49%) are high, which is in keeping with the identification of “recreational value” as one of the most important es for the site area, and confirmed by the qualitative and quantitative es assessment. due to limited data availability, its economic valuation indicates only a small part of the total value and should be integrated with expenses for transportation, food, recreational equipment, etc. moreover, for this area, the number of potential day-trippers figure 2. es value (3-high, 2-medium, 1-low, 0-not significant) based on spatial land cover information for a) erosion regulation and b) recreational value of bagni di masino e pizzo badile (it2040019), c) wild food and d) recreational value of monte della stella (it8050025). where available, further qualitative information was included as indicated on the map legends. a) erosion regulation (it2040019) b) recreational value (it2040019) c) wild food (it8050025) d) recreational value (it8050025) 244 d. marino et al. greatly exceeds the accommodation opportunities available in the area and should be considered as an important potential financial resource. an initial comparison between annual economic benefits related to the three (2 for monte della stella and 1 for bagni di masino) es assessed (see par. 3.3) and annual management costs (table 4) shows an average benefit-cost ratio of around 50%. however, due to the current limited data availability, in this paper we have only considered a small number of es, without taking into account the monetary value of erosion regulation services that could increase the benefit-cost ratio, and have limited the analysis to its qualitative (non-monetary) importance for bagni di masino. hence, we suppose that when all es are evaluated, the benefit-cost ratio of overall benefits will likely exceed costs, as was the case in previous assessments (gantioler et al., 2010; ten brink, 2011). the results of this paper show that information about management costs is often incomplete. however, we argue that the quantification of costs relating to the natura 2000 networks is crucial for a systematic approach to environmental accountability that measures and evaluates the management effectiveness of natura 2000 sites whilst redefining sites’ conservation strategies. in a context of stagnant and uncertain funding for biodiversity conservation, the need to define governance and management tools, such as pes or pes-like schemes, should offer a considerable potential to raise new funds for biodiversity or to use existing funding more efficiently. it is also necessary, however, to pay attention to their design, and to ensure both their fit within specific socio-economic contexts and their capacity to modify rule-making structures. these two aspects are fundamental when seeking both effectiveness and social acceptability (muradian and rival, 2012). governance of ecosystem services is characteristically multi-layered and entails a complex structure involving a multiplicity of actors and many interrelations between the ‘local’ and the ‘global’. solving such problems normally requires moving from thinking in terms of single, ideal managerial approaches (e.g. command-and-control, markets or community-based management) to combining governance structures, scales and tools (muradian and rival, 2012). acknowledgments an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 3rd conference of the associazio ne italiana di economia agraria e applicata (aieaa), 25-27 june 2014 at alghero, italy. this work was supported by the european union through the project life+ “making good natura” (life11 env/it/000168). references ackerman, b.a. and stewart, r.b. (1985). reforming environmental law. stanford law review 37: 1333-1365. apat (2007) rapporto sulle frane in italia. il progetto iffi – metodologia, risultati e rapporti regionali. bastian, o. (2013). the role of biodiversity in supporting ecosystem services in natura 2000 sites. ecological indicators 24: 12-22. 245assessment and governance of ecosystem services balvanera, p., pfisterer, a. b., buchmann, n., he, j.-s., nakashizuka, t., raffaelli, d. and schmid, b. (2006). quantifying the evidence for biodiversity effects on ecosystem functioning and services. ecology letters 9: 1146-1156. boyd, j., banzhaf, s., 2007. what are ecosystem services? the need for standardized environmental accounting units. ecol. econ. 63: 616-626. burkhard, b., kroll, f., nedkov, s., müller, f. (2012). mapping ecosystem service supply, demand and budgets. ecological indicators 21: 17-29. byrnes, j.e.k., gamfeldt, l., isbell, f., lefcheck, j.s., griffin, j.n., hector, a., cardinale, b. j., hooper, d.u., dee, l.e., emmett duffy, j. (2014). investigating the relationship between biodiversity and ecosystem multifunctionality: challenges and solutions. methods in ecology and evolution 5: 111-124. cardinale, b.j., srivastava, d.s., duffy, j.e., wright, j.p., dowing, a.l., sankaran, m., jouseau, c. (2006). effects of biodiversity on the functioning of trophic groups and ecosystems. nature 443, 989-992. cimon-morin, j., darveau m., and poulin m. (2013). fostering synergies between ecosystem services and biodiversity in conservation planning: a review. biological conservation 166: 144-154. costanza, r., d’arge, r., de groot, r.s., farber, s., grasso, m., hannon, b., limburg, k., naeem, s., o’neill, r.v., paruelo, j., raskin, r.g., sutton, p., van den belt, m. (1997). the value of the world’s ecosystem services and natural capital. nature 387(6630): 253-260. croitoru, l., gatto, p. (2001). una stima del valore economico totale del bosco in aree mediterranee. monti e boschi 52(5): 22-30. de marchi, m., scolozzi, r. (2012). la valutazione economica dei servizi ecosistemici e del paesaggio nel parco naturale adamello brenta. valutazione ambientale 22: 54–62. díaz, s., fargione, j., chapin iii, f.s., tilman, d. (2006). biodiversity loss threatens human well-being. plos biol. 4 (8), e277. http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal. pbio.0040277. accessed 30 october 2013. european commission (2013). the economic benefits of the natura 2000 network. synthesis report. final luxembourg: publications office of the european union, isbn 978-92-79-27588-3. european commission. (2011). natura 2000 barometer. http://ec.europa.eu/environment/ nature/natura2000/barometer/index en.htm. accessed 01 july 2011. freeman, j. (1997). collaborative governance in the administrative state. ucla law review 1: 14-19. gaglioppa p., guadagno r., marino d., marucci a., palmieri m., pellegrino d. (2013). analisi della gestione e dei finanziamenti riguardo ai servizi ecosistemici. report del progetto makinggood natura (life+11 env/it/000168), cursa, roma, pp. 253. gantioler s., ten brink p., rayment m., bassi s., kettunen m., mcconville a. (2010). financing natura 2000 – financing needs and socio-economic benefits resulting from investment in the network. background paper for the conference on ‘financing natura 2000, 15-16 july 2010. dg environment contract env.b.2/ ser/2008/0038. institute for european environmental policy / ghk / ecologic, brussels. 246 d. marino et al. garcía-mora, m.r., montes, c. (2011). an+20. el desafío de la gestión de los espacios naturales de andalucía en el siglo xxi, consejería de medio ambiente, junta de andalucía, españa. getzner, m., jungmeier, m. (2002). conservation policy and the regional economy: the regional economic impact of natura 2000 conservation sites in austria. journal of nature conservation 10: 25-34. goio, i. (2006). la funzione produttiva delle foreste: confronto tra contabilità standard e verde. estimo e territorio 11: 16-23. halahan, r. (2002). socio-economic benefits of natura 2000 in the uk. wwf uk. harrison, p.a., berry, p.m., simpson, g., haslett, j.r., blicharska, m., bucurd, m., dunford, r., egoh, b. garcia-llorente, m., geamănă, n., geertsema, w., lommelen, e., meiresonne, l., turkelboom, f. (2014). linkages between biodiversity attributes and ecosystem services: a systematic review. ecosystem services 9 (september 2014): 191-203. http://www.wwf.org.uk/filelibrary/pdf/n2kuk.pdf. accessed 30 october 2013. hoyos d., petr mariel p., pascual u. etxano i. (2012). valuing a natura 2000 network site to inform land use options using a discrete choice experiment: an illustration from the basque country. journal of forest economics 18: 329-344. istat (2011). rilevazione sulla capacità degli esercizi ricettivi anno 2011. roma kettunen, m., baldock, d., gantioler, s., carter, o., torkler, p., arroyo schnell, a., baumueller, a., gerritsen, e., rayment, m., daly, e., pieterse, m. (2011). assessment of the natura 2000 co-financing arrangements of the eu financing instrument. a project for the european commission – final report, institute for european environmental policy (ieep). brussels. kettunen, m., torkler, p. and rayment, m. (2014). financing natura 2000 in 2014-2020: guidance handbook. european commission dg environment. brussels. kruk r.w., de blust g., van apeldoorn r.c., bouwma i.m. and sier a.r.j. (2010). information and communication on the designation and management of natura2000 sites. summary main report 1: the designation in 27 eu member states. alterrarapport 2043(1). wageningen. loreau m., naeem s., inchausti p., eds. (2002). biodiversity and ecosystem functioning: synthesis and perspectives, oxford univ. press. marino d., schirpke u., gaglioppa p., guadagno r., marucci a., palmieri m., pellegrino d., de marco c., scolozzi r. (2014). assessment and governance of ecosystem services: first insights from life+ making good natura project. annali di botanica 4: 83-90. millennium ecosystem assessment (mea) (2005), ecosystems and human well-being: biodiversity synthesis, world resource institute, washington, dc. ministry of environment decree guidelines for natura 2000 management (decree september 3rd 2002). muradian r., rival l. (2012). between markets and hierarchies: the challenge of governing ecosystem services. ecosystem services 1(1): 93-100. oecd (2004). the recommendation of the council on the use of economic instruments in promoting the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, c(2004)81, paris. 247assessment and governance of ecosystem services oecd. (2008). report on implementation of the 2004 council recommendation on the use of economic instruments in promoting the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity. env/epoc/gsp/bio(2008)1/final. oecd. paris. pettenella d, vidale e, gatto p, secco l. (2012). paying for water-related forest services: a survey on italian payment mechanisms. iforest 5: 210-215. http://www.sisef.it/iforest/contents?id=ifor0626-005. accessed 21 november 2012. rojas-briales e. (2000). socio-economics of nature protection policies in the perspective of the implementation of natura 2000 network: the spanish case. forestry 72(2): 199-207. schirpke, u., scolozzi, r., de marco, c. (2013a). analisi dei servizi ecosistemici nei siti pilota. parte 1: analisi della letteratura. report del progetto making good natura (life+ 11 env/it/000168), eurac research, bolzano, p. 54. schirpke, u., scolozzi, r., de marco, c. (2013b). analisi dei servizi ecosistemici nei siti pilota. parte 4: selezione dei servizi ecosistemici. report del progetto making good natura (life+11 env/it/000168), eurac research, bolzano, p. 43. schirpke, u., scolozzi, r., de marco, c. (2013c). analisi dei servizi ecosistemici nei siti pilota. parte 3: identificazione dei potenziali beneficiari. report del progetto making good natura (life+11 env/it/000168), eurac research, bolzano, p. 44. schulze, e. d., mooney, h. a., eds. (1993), biodiversity and ecosystem function. springer, new york. scrinzi, g., gregori, e., giannetti, f., galvagni, d., zorn, g., colle, g., andrenelli, m. (2006). un modello di valutazione della funzionalità protettiva del bosco per la pianificazione forestale: la componente stabilità dei versanti rispetto ai fenomeni franosi superficiali. forest@ 3: 98-155. teeb (2008) an interim report. european communities. available online: http://www. teebweb.org/publication/the-economics-of-ecosystems-and-biodiversity-an-interimreport/. accessed: 16-01-2014. teeb (2011). the economics of ecosystems and biodiversity in national and international policy making. earthscan, london and washington. ten brink p., monkhouse c., richartz s. (2002). promoting the socio-economic benefits of natura 2000. institute for european environmental policy. brussels. ten brink p., badura t., bassi s., daly, e., dickie, i., ding h., gantioler s., gerdes, h., hart, k., kettunen m., lago, m., lang, s., markandya a., mazza, l., nunes p.a.l.d., pieterse, m., rayment m., tinch r. (2011) estimating the overall economic value of the benefits provided by the natura 2000 network. final synthesis report to the european commission, dg environment on contract env.b.2/ser/2008/0038. institute for european environmental policy/ghk/ecologic. brussels. trademark italia (2013). il trend alberghiero 2013. http://www.trademarkitalia.com. accessed 13 may 2014. wunder s (2005). payments for environmental services: some nuts and bolts. cifor occasional paper no. 42. http://www.cifor.cgiar.org/publications/pdf_files/occpapers/op-42.pdf. accessed 30 october 2013. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(1): 45-61, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-12713 an expost economic assessment of the intervention against highly pathogenic avian influenza in nigeria mohamadou l. fadiga*, iheanacho okike, bernard bett1 international livestock research institute, box 320 icrisat bamako mali abstract. this study assesses the intervention against avian influenza in nigeria. it applied a simple compartmental model to define endemic and burn-out scenarios for the risk of spread of hpai in nigeria. it followed with the derivation of low and high mortality risks associated to each scenario. the estimated risk parameters were subsequently used to stochastically simulate the trajectory of the disease, had no intervention been carried out. overall, the intervention costs us$ 41 million, which was yearly disbursed in various amounts over the 2006-2010 period. the key output variables (incremental net benefit, disease cost, and benefit cost ratio) were estimated for each randomly drawn risk parameter. with a 12% annual discount rate, the results show that the intervention was economically justified under the endemic scenario with high mortality risk. on average, incremental benefit under this scenario amounted to us$ 63.7 million, incremental net benefit to us$27.2 million, and benefit cost ratio estimated to 1.75. keywords. avian influenza, infection control, biological risk management, damage function, incremental net benefit jel codes. q02, q18, q14 1. introduction nigeria has a poultry industry with about 160 million birds estimated at us$ 250 million (fdlpcs, 2007).the industry contributes up to 10% to the country’s agricultural gross domestic product and accounts for 36% of the country’s total protein intake. the overall sector attracts investment and yields a net worth of us$ 1.7 billion a year (frn, 2007). the commercial poultry sector represents 15% of the total poultry population and is of significant economic importance to the country and the west africa region because of its contribution to employment, food security and livelihoods. however, the sector is still hampered by difficulties linked to obsolete infrastructure for animal health, poor disease surveillance strategy, and weak diagnosis and control systems. these factors put nigeria at a high risk of introduction and spread of trans-boundary animal diseases such as the highly pathogenic avian influenza (hpai) subtype h5n1 as confirmed by the report of the technical committee of experts on the prevention and (eventual) control of hpai h5n1 in nigeria (fdlpcs, 2005). the necessity of this committee’s work was triggered * corresponding author: m.fadiga@cgiar.org. http://dx.doi.org/10.13128/bae-12713 46 m.l. fadiga, i. okike, b. bett by the enormous and unprecedented social and economic impacts of avian influenza in asia where over 200 million domestic poultry had either died or been destroyed with 175 people having contracted the infection, of which, 93 had died as a direct result of hpai infection between 2003 and 2005 (world bank, 2006). the federal government of nigeria (fgn) had developed emergency preparedness plans for dealing with any incursion of the disease into nigeria (fdlpcs, 2006) because of the economic significance of poultry farming and the potential for the outbreak of becoming a pandemic with incalculable consequences. however, the first wave of outbreaks, which started in february 2006 lasted for 21 months and created panic among the populace. there was significant unease among scientists and policy makers as little was known about the disease although the role of migratory bird species of the anseriformes and charadriiformes as natural reservoirs for the disease had been confirmed (stallknecht and shane, 1988). keeler, berghaus, and stallknecht (2012) also established that the persistence of virus on surface water depends on the temperature (ambient), degree of salinity (hypothesized), and ph (neutral to slightly basic). however, the case of nigeria is complicated by common practices such as illegal poaching and trades of wild birds for food and medicines and maintaining captive wild birds next to domesticated poultry, which are major factors contributing to the spread of the disease (teru et al., 2012). the fact that 60% of all poultry produced in nigeria originate from village extensive and backyard intensive production system referred to as “sector 4” according to fao classification of poultry production systems (fdlpcs, 2007) is also a compounding factor. “sector 4” is the main supplier of birds to retailers, consumers, and live bird markets notwithstanding the limited, if at any, application of biosecurity measures (muteia et al., 2011). it was feared that this situation combined with a notable weak infrastructure for animal health, disease surveillance, diagnosis and control across sub-sahara africa, the effects of hpai escaping the boundaries of nigeria would be disastrous for the food security and livelihoods of millions of people (gueye, 2007) and catastrophic for the continent if it evolved as an influenza pandemic. such a dire scenario was possible given the virus’ high propensity for random mutations and capacity to change in antigenicity, infectivity, and virulence (holmes, 2010; pfeiffer et al., 2011). the picture painted above was seriously taken and urgently addressed by the nigerian government. it provided the near-perfect impetus for policy makers to decide to intervene based on the precautionary principle. in the immediate aftermath of the initial outbreaks, the worst of the fears became increasingly plausible. the disease spread rapidly to 97 local government areas in 25 states and the federal capital territory. four hundred thousand birds were culled in the first two months; egg and chicken sales declined by 80% within two weeks following the announcement of hpai outbreaks (oie, 2007). there was a near total boycott of poultry products in the country with all the associated negative effects of a zoonotic and trans-boundary disease on the industry (tiongco, 2009; beach et al., 2008; akinwumi et al., 2010; rich and wanyioke, 2010). at the west african regional level and in quick turns, niger, cameroon, benin, ghana, and côte d’ivoire, all confirmed outbreaks of the disease (oie, 2011). these events galvanized the international community into action with nigeria receiving significant in-kind aid materials such as disinfectants, protective gears, vehicles and equipment (perry et al., 2011). on its part, the fgn began receiving funds from the world bank through a loan contracted to support its effort to minimize the threats posed by h5n1, prepare against 47assessment of intervention against avian influenza influenza pandemic, and prevent further spread of hpai to other parts of the country under the nigeria avian influenza control project (naicp) (world bank, 2006). the naicp had a total of four components: animal health (budget us$ 29.2 million), human health (us$ 18.25 million), social mobilization and strategic communication (us$ 4 million), and implementation support/monitoring and evaluation (us$ 6.8 million). the allocation of funds across these activities let transpire an understanding by the fgn for a need to move beyond health issues to successfully deal with the disease. using the case of vietnam, herington (2010) argued for the necessity to account for economic, political, and social factors in addition to the epidemiological factors in order to design the most objective and effective approach to deal with disease outbreaks. it is through this process known as securitization that a country could evoke the argument of national security interest to be able to undertake actions often not consistent with the narrow interest of market agents and politicians at the local level (herington, 2010). international perception about the disease may not be enough to undertake actions such as culling birds, destroying eggs, and quarantining poultry farms according to herington (2010). drawing from the cases of severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) and avian influenza in china, wishnick (2010) warned that securitization is not a panacea and advocated for a more balanced approach that enlists the public as a partner for the government to be successful in implementing its plans. this approach is broadly consistent with the actions taken by the fgn to quell hpai. in the entire event, nigeria suffered two major waves of outbreaks in 2006 and 2007 with a small and final episode in july 2008 (figure 1). in all, there were 362 outbreaks that led to one human case fatality and the destruction of 1.3 million infected birds for which figure 1. distribution of total outbreaks in nigeria by months for 2006-2010 0   25   50   75   100   125   jan ua ry   fe bru ary   ma rch   ap ril   ma y   jun e   jul y   au gu st   se pte mb er   oc tob er   no ve mb er   de ce mb er   number  of   outbreaks   month   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   48 m.l. fadiga, i. okike, b. bett $5.4 million was paid in compensation to 3,037 affected poultry farms/farmers (world bank, 2010). the naicp was implemented from april 2006 to may 2011 during which time us$ 41 million were disbursed by the world bank to the project. as the project was ending the world bank commissioned the international livestock research institute (ilri) to conduct an independent impact assessment of the project to determine the degree to which the project outputs have contributed to the achievement of the project development objectives. the objectives of this study are threefold: (1) develop counterfactual scenarios to measure the extent to which the intervention had minimized losses; (2) assess the economic justification of the intervention; and (3) determine the threshold composite risk level necessary to justify the intervention. in this article, we first outlined a theoretical framework of disease control to understand the economic foundation of disease risk management and mitigation. second, we presented an assessment of hpai risk based on observed data to derive the scenarios that were considered, followed by a presentation of the data, and a stochastic analysis of hpai risk. we proceeded with the economic assessment of the intervention against hpai followed by a final section on the concluding remarks. 2. theoretical framework disease outbreaks induce cost due to production losses, untimely slaughters, and reduced productivity causing welfare losses at all levels of the supply chain (wolf, 2005). these losses could be mitigated through strategically targeted interventions. theoretically, these targeted interventions seek to minimize losses in expected damage from disease outbreaks. accurate assessments of damages caused by animal diseases require integrating epidemic and economic models (paarlberg et al., 2005; pritchett and johnson, 2005). rich and winter-nelson (2007) applied an integrated epidemiological and economic model to study the spatial and temporal impacts of foot-and-mouth outbreak in the southern cone of south america. egbendewe-mondzozo et al. (2013) applied similar approach with stochastic transmission rate for an ex ante assessment of using vaccination as an option to control avian influenza in the u.s. under this framework, the expected damage function could be calculated at the country level. it is proxied by the expected total (tc) a sum of expected direct (dc) indirect (ic), and could be formally defined as follows: tc (ϕ) = dc (ϕ) +ic (ϕ) (1) the specification of the direct cost component broadens the deterministic approach proposed by bennett (2003). it contains a component ϕ to indicate the vector of intervention that links expected total cost of the disease, overall risk, and size of the intervention used to reduce risk. equation (1) is a function of the probability, p(ϕ) of a bird being affected. this probability is a composite risk parameter derived as a product of risk of spread, s(ϕ), and mortality risk, m(ϕ). it is a function of the intervention cost, r(ϕ). both the composite risk parameter and the cost of intervention are function of the vector of ϕ that includes surveillance, culling, carcass disposal, cleaning, compensation, and edu49assessment of intervention against avian influenza cation, among other things. under this specification, the optimal composite risk, p φ( )(ϕ) under which the intervention would make economic sense could be numerically derived. at that point, the marginal cost of an additional unit of intervention equals its marginal benefit and the net social welfare gain of the intervention to its incremental net benefit. the direct cost refers to the monetary values of physical losses as a result of mortality associated with hpai calculated by applying the respective unitary prices to each category of physical losses. these physical losses include chicken death and egg losses (using the share of laying hens out of the dead chickens) as a result of the disease and the applied control strategies. the expected chicken death l(ϕ) the basis of the expected physical losses is calculated by multiplying the composite risk estimate and the population of z and can be formally expressed as follows: l φ( )= p φ( )*z p φ( )= s φ( )*m φ( ) ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ (2) the expected egg loss is found by multiplying annual production per layer by the share of layers out of the expected total dead chickens. the indirect cost involves the ripple effects such as effects of price shocks on supply chain actors, spill-over effects such as effects on the tourism sector, and long term macroeconomic effects of the disease (oie, 2007). while the direct cost could be easily assessed with a partial budgeting approach, the indirect cost proves more complicated to determine. there is a general agreement based on the existing body of research on hpai that the indirect cost of hpai dwarfs the direct cost (oie, 2007; diao et al., 2009). there is also an agreement that their measurements require extensive data that may be difficult to obtain, especially in developing countries (oie, 2007). hence, we utilised a ratio that puts the indirect cost at 1.24 times the direct cost derived from estimated direct and indirect costs of hpai in nigeria in an ex ante analysis that used a computable general equilibrium (diao et al., 2009). the incremental benefit represents the cost saving accrued to nigeria as a result of the intervention. it is the difference between what would have been the total cost of hpai to nigeria had no action been taken and what it was under the intervention. the incremental cost corresponds to the world bank’s yearly disbursements between 2006 and 2010. the incremental net benefit is obtained by subtracting the incremental cost from the incremental benefit. 3. risk assessment and scenario derivation the estimation of economic impacts of hpai outbreak in nigeria is based on losses from mortality/culling incurred in the course of the outbreak. the magnitude of these losses is assumed to depend on the risk of disease spreading between states and the risk of a bird dying from the disease following exposure in the affected states (figure 2). there are at least two levels of aggregation between the state and the bird that should have been considered (i.e., local government area and village) to minimize making erroneous inferences when using aggregated data (state level) to address issues at local level (local government and village level). this could not be done because the outbreak dataset 50 m.l. fadiga, i. okike, b. bett used had more reliable information at higher (state) than lower (village) levels. a composite estimate of the risk of a bird being affected could be obtained by combining the two measures of risk shown in figure 2 and outlined in the theoretical framework. given the high uncertainty associated with the hpai risk estimates defined above, two risk scenarios (i.e., the best and the worst case scenarios) that are expected to enclose the plausible risk levels are provided for each risk estimate. the risk of introduction of the disease is not considered in this analysis because the focus is on an outbreak that had already occurred. though multiple introductions of the virus might have occurred over the three-year period when the outbreak was active, these introductions are not considered as being independent events since they happened at a period when hpai epidemic was active in many parts of the world. the risk of spread of hpai in nigeria was analyzed using a simple compartmental susceptible-infectious (si) model assuming that all newly infected states were infected by indirect contact with infectious states during the same wave of the epidemic. this is a system of differential equations that calculates the effects of a disease in a population by using preceding disease parameters known as transition rates (rich and winter-nelson, 2007). two scenarios were considered: (i) the outbreak burns out due to a reduction in the number of susceptible states, and (ii) the outbreak becomes endemic after a short peak. the assumption made for the first scenario is that re-stocking is done 90 days after culling and adequate biosecurity measures are put in place that will protect a large proportion of the newly introduced birds from getting exposed to the virus. for the second scenario, it is assumed that restocking is done routinely after 90 days but inadequate biosecurity measures are implemented. in this case, the replacement stock has an equal chance of being exposed to the disease as the indigenous population. the model assumes that all newly infected states (c) were infected by indirect contact with infectious states (i) during the same wave of the epidemic. the contact between states could be associated with purchases, movements of infected birds, or transfers of infectious material (e.g. feaces) via fomites from infected to uninfected villages. let s be the number of susceptible states per day, i the number of infectious states per day, and n the total number of states, the number of newly infected states c is given βsi/n. the parameter β the transmission coefficient of the disease. it represents the average rate at which an infected state infects susceptible state in a day in a population consisting of susceptible states. the β therefore derived nc/si (ward et al., 2009) for each day (t) of the epidemic. this model ignores spatial transmission dynamics as it assumes that states had similar epidemiological characteristics (defined by hpai risk factors, contact patterns and recovery rates) and were equally at risk of infection at the start of the epidemic. the outbreak dataset (naicp, undated) was, hence, aggregated at the state level in figure 2. components of the risk of occurrence of hpai outbreak in nigeria. proportion of states affected given that the country is infected (risk of spread) probability that a bird will be affected given that a state is infected (mortality risk) 51assessment of intervention against avian influenza order to obtain one record/state/phase of the outbreak. the first phase occurred between january and august 2006 while the second occurred between november 2006 and november 2007. the duration of α was assumed to be equal to the duration between the dates when the outbreak was reported and when depopulation was done at the state level (bett et al., 2014). the transmission coefficients and the duration of infectiousness were estimated using the outbreak data set. the transmission coefficient was estimated β = 0.02 and the mean duration of infectiousness α = 49 days while the incubation period of the disease, was assumed to be γ = 3 days. henning et al. (2009) reported that incubation period could be anywhere between 2 and 14 days. the transmission rate, mean duration of infectiousness, incubation period, number of days, say ρ, required before restocking after culling, and number of states were used to solve the system of differential equations (3) and (4) for the number of susceptible, infected, incubating, and resolved cases, r, at each day (t). the prevalence at each day (t) is derived as i/n and the average prevalence over time represents the risk of spread of the disease between states. the estimates of the risk of spread over a 1 year period are 0.13 and 0.27 for the burn-out and endemic scenarios, respectively. s c i r s c i r 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 t t t t t t t t 1 1 1 1 β ρ β γ γ α α ρ               = − − − −               ×               − − − − (3) s c i r s c i r 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 t t t t t t t t 1 1 1 1 β β γ γ α α               = − − −               ×               − − − − (4) the initial conditions are s0 = n, n = 37, c0 = 0, and r0 = 0. the parameters α, γ, β, and ρ remains as previously defined. figure 3 provides an illustration of the evolution of hpai prevalence under these two scenarios. the risk of infection (or mortality risk, as the case fatality rate is 100%) was derived using the mean proportions of poultry that died (combining case fatalities and culled birds) out of the total population at risk in 2006 and 2007 for the states that had population at risk data. the mean proportions obtained were 2% and 1% for 2006 and 2007, respectively. overall, given the high uncertainty associated with the hpai risk estimates defined above, two risk scenarios (i.e., the best and the worst case scenarios) that are expected to enclose the plausible risk levels are provided for each risk estimate. 4. data consideration this study utilises both factual data and projected data under the counterfactual scenarios. the factual data include outbreak numbers, number of affected states, number of 52 m.l. fadiga, i. okike, b. bett dead chickens, number of culled chickens, compensation cost, and cost of culling and disposal per bird were compiled by naicp and available on the project’s website at www. aicpnigeria.org. the production and price data are from fao (fao, 2010). table 1 illustrates the data used in the study. projected mortalities under the counterfactual scenarios are derived using the disease risk parameters as described in table 2. about 85% of the flocks that was affected by hpai in nigeria were layers (fasina et al., 2007). the rest was mainly comprised of broilers and village chickens. the expected physical losses in egg and broiler and their expected monetary values were calculated using these parameters accordingly with the composite risk estimate (i.e., product of risk of spread and mortality risk) and the population at risk. 5. stochastic analysis outbreak data at state level were used to simulate an empirical distribution of the mortality risk. the risk of spread was also simulated using a truncated normal distribution generated from the previously described average risk spread estimates. both the risk of spread and the risk of a bird becoming infected were assumed to evolve stochastically over the studied period. the simulation was conducted using simetar, an excel add-in software that randomly draws from the distribution of the risks of spread and the mortality risk to iteratively solve for the key output variables. richardson et al. (2004) provide detailed information about the algorithm. figures4 and 5 illustrate the distribution of risk of spread and risk of infection, respectively. the stochastic averages of risk of spread were 0.2746 and 0.1663 under the endemicity and burn-out scenarios, respectively. the stochastic averages of infection risk were 0.0088 and 0.0174for the low and high mortality risk scenarios, respectively. all key output variables (disease cost, incremental benefit, incremental net benefit, and benefit cost ratio) were stochastically determined. the resulting outputs were a set of figure 3. risk of spread of a hpai outbreak in nigeria. 0%   10%   20%   30%   40%   50%   0   100   200   300   400   day   prevalence   endemic  state   unstable  epidemic   53assessment of intervention against avian influenza table 1. data sources. names value sources disease parameters number of outbreaks 320 naicp (undated) number of states affected 25 naicp (undated) mean incubation period (days) 3 assumed. see henning, pfeiffer, and vu (2009) mean duration of infectiousness (days) 49 assumed. see bett et al. (2014) at village level case fatality rate 100 who (2011) transmission rate 0.02 calculated from outbreak data mortality risk 0.01 and 0.02 calculated from outbreak data risk of spread 0.13 and 0.27 calculated from outbreak data population affected number of susceptible varies year-to-year calculated number of infected varies year-to-year calculated number of dead see table 3 naicp (undated) for factual data and derived for counterfactuals number of culled see table 3 naicp (undated) for factual data and derived for counterfactuals production parameters chicken losses vary year-to-year calculated based on epidemiological and production parameters egg losses vary year-to-year calculated based on the share of layers (85%) among affected bird (fasina, 2007) and epidemiological and production parameters price of chicken varies year to year. us$ 2.76/head on average fao(2010) price of egg varies year to year. us$ 1.8/kg on average fao (2010) compliance and compensation compensation cost us$ 1.96/head oie (2007) cost of culling and disposal per bird us $ 1.00 oie (2007) control cost per bird us $ 0.38 oie (2007) other parameter ratio indirect to direct cost 1.24 derived from diao et al. (2009) 54 m.l. fadiga, i. okike, b. bett 500 possible solutions from which parameter of central tendencies and distribution were derived and presented. 6. disease cost and economic assessment of intervention table 3 presents a comparison between observed and expected birds’ mortalities from culling and the disease itself under the four previously outlined scenarios. these estimates were based on the stochastic averages of the spread and infection risk parameters. the results show that the additional number of birds that would have been saved by the intervention between 2008 and 2010 under the burn-out scenario would be 46,960and 93,794 for the low and high mortality paths, not significant enough to warrant the investment from a financial standpoint. hence, the analysis mainly focused on the two scenarios of endemicity. the descriptive statistics on the key output variables in table 4 indicate that had the intervention not been carried out, the average cost of hpai to the nigerian economy over the 5-year period (2006-2010) would have amounted to us$ 144.97 million under the high mortality path. studies such as fasina (2008) estimated the total cost of hpai at us$ 244 million for a mild case scenario whereby 10% of the commercial flock would be affected and us$690 for a severe scenario. you and diao (2007) estimated the direct cost at us$ 250 million under a worst case scenario that involves the disease spreading along the two major flyways and between us$ 48 and us$ 52 million for a best case scenario where the disease would be confined to a single flyway. these studies deal with ex ante analysis of hpai. the distribution of the potential cost of the disease was also evaluated. as indicated in table 4, there was 30% chance that the economic damage caused by hpai would be above us$ 173.61 million under the most disastrous scenario and 90% chance that it would be greater than us$ 53.36 million. the incremental benefit of the intervention over the five-year period would amount to us$ 63.7 million. the incremental net benefit is obtained by subtracting the bank disbursements from the net benefit, which yielded us$ 27.22 million. this amount is the net gain of the intervention. the results in table 4 indicate that there is 40% chance that the intervention would not lead to positive incremental benefit. the distribution of the generated incremental net benefit of the intervention ranged from a minimum of -us$65.10 million to a maximum of us$702.33 million. the derived incremental benefit and the cost of the intervention are used to calculate the benefit cost ratio of the project. the average benefit cost table 2. composite risk estimates for the various risk scenarios considered. scenario risk estimate composite estimatespread mortality spread mortality burn-out low 0.13 0.01 0.0013 burn-out high 0.13 0.02 0.0026 endemic low 0.27 0.01 0.0027 endemic high 0.27 0.02 0.0054 55assessment of intervention against avian influenza ratio amounts to 1.75 (table 4). it indicates for the endemic scenario with high mortality path, the intervention would have made economic sense. however, there is no certainty to the economic justification, as it is determined by the magnitude of the risk of bird infection in affected states. in any case, as illustrated in table 4, there is more than 50% chance that the investment would be economically justified under the endemic scenario with high mortality path. furthermore, there is 15% chance that the benefit cost ratio would be above 3.86, 10% chance that it would be above 5.36, and 5% chance that it would reach at least 8.79. results of the economic justification of the project should be interpreted with care. for instance, the diagnostic capability of the nigerian veterinary public health service has improved under the intervention, the diagnostic laboratories have been upgraded, and the morale of veterinarians in public sector has been boosted figure 4. simulated risk of spread of hpai to other states. 0%   3%   6%   9%   12%   15%   18%   frequency   0.01   0.07   0.13   0.19   0.25   0.31   0.37   0.43   risk  of  spread   figure 5. simulated risk of bird infection in affected states. 0%   12%   24%   36%   48%   60%   frequency   0.00   0.06   0.12   0.18   0.23   0.29   0.35   0.41   mortality  risk   56 m.l. fadiga, i. okike, b. bett as a result of their performance during the outbreaks. currently these veterinarians are better trained and equipped to deal with hpai and other diseases than they were before the outbreaks (perry et al., 2011). these are referred to as preventive spillover benefits by gramig and wolf (2007). these benefits are difficult to quantify in a cost benefit analysis framework although documented in the assessment of the intervention, which call for more caution in the interpretation of the results. a breakeven analysis was conducted to find the minimum hpai risks (of spread and of infection) that would justify the investment. various combinations of risk of spread and risk of bird infection led to the threshold benefit cost ratio, as the two parameters simultaneously determine losses. notwithstanding, our findings indicate that a composite risk estimate at 0.006 would be necessary to cause economic damage high enough to justify the intervention. this would correspond to an infection risk of 0.022 under the endemic scenario, considering the disease is already present in the country. at breakeven risk level, the disease would have caused economic damages amounting to us$ 118 million over the five-year period. table 3. observed and projected mortalities under the counterfactual scenarios (thousand birds).   2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 factual(a)   died 612 135 2 0 0 culled 405 360 3 0 0   total 1,017 496 5 0 0 counterfactual scenarios(b)   burn-out low died 612 135 46 23 11   culled 405 77 37 19 9   total 1,017 212 83 42 21       burn-out high died 612 184 90 45 22   culled 405 151 74 37 18   total 1,017 335 163 82 41       endemic low died 612 155 151 151 151   culled 405 127 124 124 124   total 1,017 282 274 274 274       endemic high died 612 304 296 296 296   culled 405 250 243 243 243   total 1,017 554 540 540 540 notes: (a) monthly distribution of the observed mortalities is presented in appendix 1. (b) expected mortalities are obtained by multiplying population at risk with the risk of spread and the mortality risk. the number of culled birds is derived from the susceptible birds that have not died. the expected egg loss is found by multiplying annual production per layer by the share of layers out of the expected total dead birds (see table 1 for more information). 57assessment of intervention against avian influenza 7. conclusion outbreak data in nigeria were used to simulate the risk of spread of hpai to states in nigeria and the risk of bird infection. these risk parameters were applied to assess the potential cost of hpai to nigeria under four scenarios (burn-out with low mortality, burn-out with high mortality, endemic with low mortality, and endemic with high mortality) had the intervention not been carried out. our findings indicate that for the two burn-out scenarios, the number of birds that would have been saved would not have been enough to warrant the investment of us$ 41 million. this conclusion, for the burn-out scenarios, is purely financial as it discounts the possibility of loss of human lives and the application of precautionary principle informed by the poor state of infrastructure and known weaknesses of the veterinary service in nigeria at the time of the outbreak. from a global view point, the potential evolution of the disease to a pandemic could have been enough to warrant such an investment given concerns within the international community on the high likelihood of the disease becoming endemic in nigeria. nevertheless, the analyses show that under the scenario where the disease became endemic with high mortality risk, the investment would generate incremental net benefit significant enough to justify the investment. in reality, the nigeria hpai outbreaks claimed more than 1.3 million birds and could not be classified under any of the two table 4. descriptive statistics and percentile distribution of the effects of intervention against hpai on key output variables over 2006-2010 under the high mortality path. percentiles risk of spread risk of infection disease cost incremental benefit incremental net benefit benefit cost ratio stochastic average 0.27 0.02 144.97 63.70 27.22 1.75 standard deviation 0.06 0.02 115.99 115.99 115.99 3.18 5% 0.18 0.00 52.94 -28.33 -64.81 0.00 10% 0.20 0.00 53.36 -27.91 -64.39 0.00 30% 0.24 0.00 55.14 -26.14 -62.62 0.00 40% 0.26 0.00 64.40 -16.87 -53.35 0.00 50% 0.27 0.02 124.20 42.93 6.45 1.18 60% 0.29 0.02 150.53 69.26 32.78 1.90 70% 0.31 0.02 173.61 92.34 55.86 2.53 75% 0.31 0.03 190.12 108.85 72.37 2.98 80% 0.32 0.03 201.70 120.43 83.95 3.30 85% 0.33 0.03 222.25 140.98 104.50 3.86 90% 0.35 0.04 276.87 195.60 159.12 5.36 95% 0.37 0.07 401.91 320.64 284.16 8.79 note: the results presented in each column should be interpreted separately. they are based on the 500 possible solutions. the risk parameters and the benefit cost ratio are unitless while cost of inaction, incremental benefit, and incremental net benefit are in us$ million over five year period with 2006 as base year. a 12% discount rate was applied. the rate is consistent with that currently applied by the central bank of nigeria (cbn) (cbn, 2012). the stochastic averages of yearly values of key output variables are presented in appendix 2. 58 m.l. fadiga, i. okike, b. bett burn-out scenarios explored in this paper. similarly, the outbreaks did not persist with high mortality as the last one occurred in july 2008. if the intervention is perceived to have helped averting the endemic and high mortality scenario, then the benefit would have by far exceeded the cost, hence the investment would be highly justified. there also are multiple positive externalities that are difficult to account in the calculations of the benefit of the intervention. for example, the investment helped nigeria improve its health service delivery infrastructure and strengthened its public health and veterinary services capacity in biosecurity protocols and communications to deal with disease outbreaks of significant magnitude. so, the lessons learnt from this intervention, including the induced behavioral changes within the populace and the acquired knowledge of what to do when confronted with similar situations in the future, are incalculable. from the financial, economic and welfare standpoints also outlined in this paper, an overall conclusion could be reached that the intervention was useful. references akinwumi, j., okike, i. and rich, k. m. (2010). analysis of the poultry value chain and its linkages and interactions with hpai risk factors in nigeria. international food policy research institute washington, d. c. and international livestock research institute, nairobi, kenya. hpai research report no. 39. http://www.ifpri.org/publication/analyses-poultry-value-chain-and-its-linkages-and-interactions-hpai-riskfactors-nigeri-0. accessed 18 june 2013 beach, r h., kuchler, f., leibtag, e. and zhen, c. (2008). the effects of avian influenza news on consumer purchasing behaviour: acase study of italian consumers’ retail purchases. economic research report number 25. washington dc: united states department of agriculture (usda). bennett, r. (2003). the ‘direct costs’ of livestock diseases: the development of a system of models for the analysis of 30 endemic livestock diseases in great britain. journal of agricultural economics 54(1): 55-71. bett b., henning j., abdu p., okike, i. et al. (2014). transmission rate and reproductive number of the h5n1 highly pathogenic avian influenza virus during the december 2005–july 2008 epidemic in nigeria. trans-boundary emerging disease 61(1): 60-68. cbn [central bank of nigeria]. discount window. available at http://www.cenbank.org/ rates/discwindow.asp.accessed 22 october 2013. diao x., alpuerto, v. and nwafor, m. (2009). economy-wide impact of avian flu in nigeria – a dynamic cge model analysis. hpai research brief | no. 15. www.ifpri. org/sites/default/files/publications/hpairb15.pdf. accessed december 2012 egbendewe-mondzozo, a., elbakidze, l, mccarl, b. a., ward, m. p., et al. (2013). partial equilibrium analysis of vaccination as an avian influenza control tool in the u.s. poultry sector. agricultural economics 44(1): 111-123. fao [food and agriculture organization of the united nations]. fao statistical database faostat(2010). http://www.fao.org. accessed on march 26 2012. fdlpcs [federal department of livestock & pest control services]. (2007). current issues in the control of avian influenza in nigeria. presentation by saidu, m.d.stakeholders meeting with poultry association. abuja. 59assessment of intervention against avian influenza fdlpcs [federal department of livestock & pest control services]. (2006). comprehensive emergency preparedness and differentiated action plan for the surveillance and control of highly pathogenic avian influenza in nigeria. version 1.4. abuja. federal ministry of agriculture and rural development. fdlpcs [federal department of livestock & pest control services] (2005). strategies for prevention of introduction, disease surveillance networking and contingency plan for a disease emergency. report of the technical committee of experts on the prevention and control of highly pathogenic avian influenza in nigeria in nigeria. abuja. federal ministry of agriculture and rural development. frn [federal republic of nigeria] (2007). avian influenza control and human pandemic preparedness and response project. national baseline survey final report. www.aicpnigeria.org/documents/aicp%20baseline%20survey.pdf. accessed 22 october 2013 fasina, f.o., sirdar m.m. and bischop s.p. (2008). the financial cost implications of the highly pathogenic notifiable avian influenza h5n1 in nigeria. onderstepoort journal of veterinary research 75(1): 39-46. fasina, f. o., meseko, a.c., joannis, t. m., shittu, i. a. et al. (2007). control versus no control: options for avian influenza h5n1 in nigeria. zoonoses public health 54(5): 173-176 gramig, b.m. and wolf, c. (2007). estimating within herd preventive spillovers in livestock disease management. american journal of agricultural economics 89(5): 12191225 gueye, e.f. (2007). evaluation of the impact of hpai on family poultry production in africa. world poultry science journal 63(3): 391-400. henning, j., pfeiffer, d.u. and tri vu, l. (2009). risk factors and characteristics of h5n1 highly pathogenic avian influenza post-vaccination outbreaks. veterinary research 40(3): 15. herington j. (2010).securitization of infectious diseases in vietnam: the cases of hiv and avian influenza. health policy and planning 25: 467-475. holmes, e.c. (2010). the comparative genomics of viral emergence. proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america 107 (supplement 1): 1742-1746. narrod c. (2009). approach for evaluating the impact of hpai control options. a collaborative research project funded by dfid and implemented by the international livestock research institute (ilri), international food policy research institute (ifrpi), royal veterinary college (rvc). hpai research brief | no. 7 – year 2009. http://www.ifpri.org/sites/default/files/publications/hpairb07.pdf. accessed 10 january 2013. keeler, p.s., berghaus, r.d. and stallknecht, d.e. (2012). persistence of low pathogenic avian influenza viruses in filtered surface water from waterfowl habitats in georgia, usa. journal of wildlife diseases 48(4): 999-1009. muteia, h., oparinde, a. and maina, g. (2011). a descriptive analysis of the impact of avian influenza outbreaks on the livelihoods of poultry farmers in nigeria. african journal of agricultural research 6(20): 4680-4692. naicp [nigerian avian influenza control project]. undated various reports. available at www.aicpnigeria.org. accessed on 10 october 2012. 60 m.l. fadiga, i. okike, b. bett oie [world organization for animal health] (2011). disease outbreak map. http://web. oie.int/wahis/public.php?page=disease_outbreak_map. accessed march 2011. oie [the world organization for animal health], (2007). economic analysis –prevention versus outbreak costs. final report part i. submitted by civic consulting agra ceas consulting part i. berlin, germany. paarlberg, l, seitzinger, h. and lee, j. (2005). economic modeling of livestock disease outbreaks. international journal of agribusiness management review 8(1): 62-77. perry, b., randolph, t., bett, b., grace, d. et al. (2011). independent impact assessment of the world bank-funded nigeria avian influenza control and human pandemic preparedness and response project (naicp). project report. http://www.aicpnigeria.org/documents/naicp%20independent%20evaluation%20_main%20report%20 plus%20annexes_21%20april%202011_1-1.pdf. accessed 10 november 2011. pfeiffer, d.u., otte, m.j., roland-horst, d., inui, k. et al. (2011). implications of global and regional patterns of highly pathogenic avian influenza virus h5n1 clades for risk management. the veterinary journal 190(3): 309-316. pritchett, l. and johnson, k. (2005). animal disease economic impacts: a survey of the literature and typology of research approaches. international food agribusiness management review 8(1): 23-45. richardson, j.w., schumann, k. and feldman, p. (2004). technical guide for simetar. college station, texas. rich, k.m. and wanyioke, f. (2010). an assessment of the regional and national socioeconomic impacts of the 2007 rift valley fever outbreak in kenya. american journal of tropical medicine and hygiene 83 (supplement 2): 52-57. rich, k.m. and winter-nelson, a. (2007). an integrated epidemiological-economic analysis of foot and mouth disease: applications to the southern cone of south america. american journal of agricultural economics 89(3): 682-697. stallknecht, d.e. and shane, s.m. (1988). host range of avian influenza virus in freeliving birds. veterinary research communications 12(2-3): 125-141. teru, v.c., manu, s.a., ahmed, g.i., junaidu, k. et al. (2012). situation-based survey of avian influenza viruses in possible “bridge” species of wild and domestic birds in nigeria. influenza research and treatment. 2012, article id 567601, 8 pages doi:10.1155/2012/567601 tiongco, m.m. (2009). controlling avian flu and protecting people’s livelihoods in africa and indonesia. a collaborative research project funded by dfid and implemented by the international livestock research institute (ilri), international food policy research institute (ifrpi), royal veterinary college (rvc). hpai research brief | no. 6 – year 2009. http://www.ifpri.org/sites/default/files/publications/hpairb06.pdf ward, m.p., maftei, d., apostu, c. and suru, a. (2009). estimation of the basic reproductive number (ro) for epidemic highly pathogenic avian influenza subtype h5n1 spread. epidemiol. infect. 137(2): 219-226. wishnick, e. (2010). dilemmas of securitization and health risk management in the people’s republic of china: the cases of sars and avian influenza. health policy and planning 25: 454-466. who [world health organization]. avian influenza fact sheet. http://www.who.int/ mediacentre/factsheets/avian_influenza/en/. accessed 13 december 2012. 61assessment of intervention against avian influenza world bank. 2006. nigeria avian influenza control and human pandemic preparedness and response project. washington d.c. the world bank. http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/2006/03/6759863/nigeria-avian-influenza-control-human-pandemic-preparedness-response-project-nigeria-avian-influenza-control-human-pandemic-preparedness-response-project world bank. 2010. nigeria avian influenza control and human pandemic preparedness and response project. unpublished aide memoire of the 8th supervision mission. wolf, c. (2005). producer livestock disease management incentives and decisions. international journal of agribusiness management review 8(1): 46-61. you, l. and diao, x. (2007). assessing the potential impact of avian influenza on poultry in west africa – a spatial equilibrium model analysis. journal of agricultural economics 58(2): 348-367. appendix 1. monthly distribution of dead and culled chickens, 2006-2010. month year   total 2006 2007 2008 dead culled dead culled dead culled january 63,166 92,692 35,582 107,915 0 0 299,355 february 59,087 100,539 7,456 47,592 0 0 214,674 march 3,616 14,920 2,754 9,944 0 0 31,234 april 329,549 44,128 168 462 0 0 374,307 may 3,443 10,946 734 1,350 0 0 16,473 june 18,108 8,626 8,735 42,736 0 0 78,205 july 7,409 13,910 23,970 54,179 1,913 2,587 103,968 august 47,703 3,968 30,189 62,178 0 0 144,038 september 3,004 4,000 3,134 10,736 0 0 20,874 october 1,402 2,486 573 1,821 0 0 6,282 november 58,528 82,600 8,439 18,296 0 0 167,863 december 17,314 25,988 4,606 3,030 0 0 50,938 total 612,329 404,803 126,340 360,239 1,913 2,587 1,508,211 appendix 2. yearly discounted stochastic averages of key output variables of the intervention against avian influenza in nigeria (in us$ million). key output variables years total 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 incremental cost 20.00 5.32 7.31 3.34 0.49 36.48 incremental benefit -3.55 0.28 24.29 22.32 20.34 63.70 incremental net benefit -23.55 -5.03 16.98 18.98 19.85 27.22 note: the figures are stochastic averages of discounted yearly key output variables (except for incremental cost). a 12% discount rate was applied with 2006 as base year. bio-based and applied economics 6(3): 259-278, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-23340 immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni*, roberto esposti department of economics and social sciences, università politecnica delle marche, ancona, italy date of submission: 2017 1st, august; accepted 2017 25th, december abstract. the objective of this paper is to detect stylized facts and put forward testable hypotheses on the presence and role of immigrant workforce in italian agriculture. this research focuses on professional agriculture as represented by the italian fadn over the period 2008-2015. descriptive statistics show that immigrants are an important component of the workforce employed in professional agriculture over this period, even with wide disparities between regions, sectors and classes of economic size. immigrants are concentrated in larger and more productive farms and their presence is positively correlated with farm’s labour productivity (lp). to understand whether they are more productive, or they are just occupied by more productive farms, the relationship between lp and their contribution to agricultural production, in terms of annual working units (awu), is modelled at the farm level, by assuming alternative model specifications. results emphasize that, in many cases, statistically significant relationships between the contribution of immigrants and farm-level lp can result from model misspecifications. accounting for farms’ heterogeneity can greatly influence the dimension of this link. moreover, when assuming persistence of lp with a dynamic specification, this relationship disappears. keywords. immigrant workforce, fadn sample, labour productivity, dynamic panel models. jel codes. q12, j24, j61. 1. introduction according to official statistics, in italy, in 2015, immigrants represented almost 10% of the total workforce and were mainly employed in the services sector (66%), followed by the manufacturing sector with 29% (mainly construction) and, finally by the agricultural sector (6%) (istat, 2016). a strand of scientific literature supports the idea that immigrants contribute to economic growth because they provide relatively cheap workforce especially in those cyclical or seasonal sectors strongly based on cost competition, *corresponding author: s.coderoni@staff.univpm.it 260 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti such as construction or agriculture (somerville and sumption, 2009a and 2009b). moreover, against a background of declining employment in agriculture, they play a crucial role in meeting seasonal labour demand of the sector because they represent a highly mobile workforce (hanson and bell, 2007). however, as immigrant workers frequently replace native ones in less skilled jobs, they often appear to be less productive. this also motivates why in non-scientific literature and in the media immigrant workforce is often regarded just as unskilled and cheap labour. nonetheless, in sectors like agriculture where skillness is not necessarily linked to human capital accumulation (i.e., education) but mostly to experience and traditional knowledge, it can be rather the case that immigrant workers are more productive and that they can increase the productivity of other factors of production. the main objective of the present work is to assess the contribution of immigrant to market-oriented italian farms’ production and productivity. in particular, the attention is on the empirical relationship between the presence of immigrants and farm-level labour productivity. while this empirical assessment in not completely new (see section 2 for a brief review of the recent literature in this respect) the main interest here is in performing such analysis not with aggregate (national or regional) sectoral data but on the basis of farm-level (micro) data. a balanced panel of farms allows detecting the high heterogeneity occurring within italian agriculture in terms of presence and performance of immigrant workforce. to pursue this research objective, we use here the italian farm accountancy data network (fadn) sample, which includes information on professional and market-oriented farms and excludes all those farming practices that do not exceed a minimum economic size. this fadn panel is extracted over years 2008-2015 (section 3) and the presence, the distribution and the main features of immigrant workers across farm typologies, farm size and geographic location is firstly investigated (section 4). then, the relationship between farm-level labour productivity and the presence of immigrant workforce is estimated adopting alternative panel model specifications and the respective estimators (section 5). section 6 concludes. 2. labour productivity and migration: overview of the literature between 1960 and 2010, the proportion of foreign-born in the population of highincome oecd countries has increased from less than 5% to about 11%, and the proportion of immigrants originating from developing countries has grown from 1.5% to 8.0%. although on average this workforce can be regarded as low-educated, an increasing proportion of these migrants has a higher education level. therefore, it should not surprise that, on the one hand, the effects of immigration on the economy and, above all, on the labour market of the rich receiving countries have been widely investigated. on the other hand, within these countries immigration and its labour market effects have become a major political issue (brunello et al., 2017; docquier and machado, 2017). though still lagging behind countries such as the us, canada and australia, this interest has particularly increased in those countries where immigration, and its implications, are relatively more recent. this wide literature largely agrees on the fact that immigration flows increase employment, raise total output and per capita income of natives, but it also redistribute income 261immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis among factors of production (lalonde and topel, 1997; devadoss and luckstead, 2008; clemens, 2013). in fact, immigration has important effects because it increases the relative supply of some types of workers, changing factor proportions and relative prices. therefore, while the overall impact is expected to be positive, this is not necessarily true for all the components of an economy, i.e., all groups of workers and all sectors. eventually, most of the policy debate about immigration relates to its effects on income distribution. this redistribution effect has mostly to do with the quality of this labour force (education and skillness) but also with the activities and sectors where it is eventually employed.1 on the one hand, low skilled immigration increases the supply of low-skilled labour mostly concentrated in low-productivity sectors. one major consequence of this is that immigrant workforce induces a higher supply of low skills thus reducing the wages and employment probabilities of low skilled natives especially in low-productivity sectors. therefore, immigration tends to be regarded as a major source of unfair competition and potentially social dumping (rye and andrzejewska, 2010), on native low-skills workers and this seems particularly critical in the case of unauthorized or irregular immigrant workers (edwards and ortega, 2017). on the other hand, however, when low and high skills are complements in production, immigration increases the productivity and wages of high skilled workers: the returns to education raise and natives have stronger incentives to acquire additional schooling (brunello et al., 2017). this may justify why countries that receive migrants regularly (us and several other migrant-receiving countries such as canada, australia, and new zealand) have in place skills-based admission procedures (stark et al., 2017). all the arguments above about the impact of immigrant workforce on the domestic labour market and economy eventually calls back the impact of migrant workforce on aggregate, sectoral and firm-level productivity and, consequently, on respective wages (anderson et al., 2006). nonetheless, the results in the empirical literature concerning the existence of productivity differentials between migrants and native workers are mixed and controversial.2 at the aggregate level, a negative relationship between immigrant workforce and labour productivity is very likely to emerge whenever this workforce (due either to lower quality or to any other reason) concentrates in low-productivity sectors. agriculture, construction and some service sectors are typically among these. but if we remove this composition effect and concentrate on the impact of immigrant workers on labour productivity at the sector or firm-level, the evidence is much less clear and, more importantly, the underlying assumption that these workers are of lower quality (skills and education) may be seriously questioned. if we limit the attention to agriculture, i.e. one of the most relevant and studied sector in this respect, recent evidence suggests that the immigration inflow seems to have generated a productivity slowdown within the agricultural sectors of countries where the phenomenon is much more recent. this does not occur in countries that have traditionally seen substantial immigration like us and uk (kangasniemi et al. 2012). this difference can be attributed, again, to the different migrant labour quality in the uk. 1 this effect may also occur because of internal migration especially from rural to urban areas (combes et al., 2017). 2 for example, peri et al. (2015) and albarrán et al. (2017) present evidence of the positive impact of stem (scientists, technology professionals, engineers, and mathematicians) immigrant workers on total factor productivity in us. 262 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti despite these country differences, however, evidence in favour of a positive effect of migration on agricultural productivity seems to prevail. bove and elia (2017) point out that such positive impact depends on the fact that immigrant workers carry a new range of skills and perspectives, which stimulate technological innovation and fuel entrepreneurship and this contribution seems to be more relevant in developing countries. for instance, klocker et al. (2018) show that migrant workers’ knowledge represents a key resource for climate change adaptation in agricultural production. this role played by immigrants in agriculture as environment builders, bringing expertise encouraging productivity improvements also within the wider rural economy, is confirmed by other studies and in other contexts like australia (hanson and bell, 2007), greece (kasimis et al. 2003; kasimis and papadopoulos 2005; labrianidis and sykas, 2009) and spain itself (gómez–tello and nicolini, 2017). another relevant aspect pointed out within this strand of empirical studies is that in cyclical or seasonal sectors, such as agriculture, immigrants may contribute to production performance as they represent a highly mobile workforce thus playing a crucial role in meeting seasonal labour demand despite the declining employment of natives (hanson and bell, 2007; somerville and sumption, 2009a and 2009b). in this respect, siudek and zawojska (2016) analyse migrant agricultural workers from poland to the uk finding that immigrant workers are very relevant for old member states’ agricultures, since the natives are less likely to accept low wages and bad working conditions and not always meet the employers’ demands in terms of work motivation and mobility. an often disregarded aspect dealing with the immigrants’ productivity in agriculture is that such contribution may largely differ within the sector due to the wide heterogeneity across farms especially in terms of size and production specialization. those agricultural specializations, such as horticulture and fruits production, that rely heavily on unskilled and cheap labour to meet their seasonal demand, could greatly benefit from the presence of an abundant immigrant workforce (wells, 1996). on the other hand, livestock production, that requires specialized workers along production phases similar to those of the manufacturing sector could be a less suitable activity for unskilled immigrants while, on the contrary, may take advantage from immigrants with long-term experience in animal breeding (huffman and evenson, 2001). analysing california vegetable production, devadoss and luckstead (2008) show that immigrant workers positively influence productivity of the other factors of production, i.e., native skilled workers, material input, and capital. within this recent literature, contributions on the italian agriculture case are rare. this seems surprising considering that italy, like spain, is one of the affluent countries where intense immigration is a relatively new phenomenon and, also for this reason, the majority of immigrants originate from developing countries and are relatively low skilled. moreover, italian agriculture is very heterogeneous and shows strong geographical specificity. therefore, immigrant workers tend to concentrate in specific farm typologies and areas. according to ievoli and macrì (2008) and macrì et al. (2017) the presence of immigrants in italian agriculture is higher in two specific and quite different contexts: areas characterised by high seasonality of labour demand (mostly fruit and vegetable productions in the southern part of the country);3 areas experiencing a lack of permanent labour 3 coderoni et al. (2015) also stresses the presence, in these specific contexts, of a significant and growing amount of irregular and over-exploited immigrant workers. 263immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis supply in specific agricultural activities (mostly the intensive livestock productions in northern italy). as a consequence, italian agriculture seems to be an interesting case to investigate whether the relationship between immigrant workers and labour productivity occurs because of the specific quality of this workforce or because of a pure intrasectoral composition effect, that is, immigrants concentrate in farms with higher (or lower) labour productivity. such kind of assessment evidently requires farm-level data and the italian case is particularly suitable in this respect thanks to the availability of the fadn sample allowing the extraction of a pretty numerous and heterogeneous balanced panel of farms. 3. the fadn sample official statistics might be inaccurate in representing the real immigrant workforce in italian agriculture (coderoni et al., 2015).4 indeed, due to the presence of undeclared and seasonal workers, the number of immigrant workforce employed in agriculture could be largely underestimated.5 additionally, these data do not involve only the italian professional agriculture, that is, the real market-oriented farms, but all the farms operating on the italian territory, regardless of their professional nature. the well-known problem concerning “real” labour data collection cannot be easily overcome with any data surveyed. instead the issue of assessing only the market oriented farms can be addressed by referring to proper surveys. for this reason, we used the farm accountancy data network (fadn) dataset, which includes only professional farms intended as an entrepreneurial market-oriented activity. according to the italian fadn, on average the sample covers 97% of standard output (so), 95% of utilized agricultural area (uaa), 92% of annual working units (awu) and 91% of lu at national level.6 the reference population from which the fadn sample is drawn includes only those farms with an economic size (es) of more than a certain threshold that changes over the years (4,800 euro of yearly standard gross margin until 2013 and more than 8,000 since 2014). in this respect, the fadn sample is only representative of a sub-population of italian farms that can be here referred to as professional or commercial farms (sotte, 2006). data used to describe the relevance of immigrant workforce in italian agricultural professional farms in the first part of the analysis refer the full unweighted italian fadn sample observed from 2008 to 2015. this sample consists of 24,950 farms, each recorded up to eight years; the total number of observations is thus 87,351. the share of farms by specialization and classes of economic size is presented in the table 1.a. farms are grouped into three categories: small farms (with a so less than 25,000 euros), medium farms (with a so between 25,000 and 100,000 euros) and large farms (with a so higher than 100,000 euros). 4 the un migrant workers’ convention (article 2.1) defines a migrant worker as “a person who is to be engaged, is engaged or has been engaged in a remunerated activity in a state of which he or she is not a national”, irrespective of his/her migratory legal status (un, 1990). though in the eu policy context, mobility refers to movements within the eu, while migration – to movements between eu and non-eu countries, in this paper we will use the term immigrant worker to refer to both eu (other than italians) and not-eu workers. 5 see among others fondazione ismu (2017) and amnesty international (2012) for data on the estimation of the presence of irregular immigrant workforce in italian agriculture. 6 http://www.rica.inea.it/public/it/presentazione.php. 264 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti instead, to study the relationship between farms’ productivity and the presence of immigrants in the second part of the research, only the 2008-2015 fadn constant sample has been used, which consists of 2,233 farms that sum up to 17,856 observations (table 1.b). the use of the balanced panel has the advantage of preventing issues that might be caused by the random nature of the sample, i.e., farms entering and exiting the market. however, it might decrease the representativeness of results. in this particular case, the constant sample includes a larger share of medium-sized farms and a smaller share of smaller farms with respect to the full unweighted sample. however, these aspects do not represent a major problem for the analysis proposed (see section 5 for further details). table 1. numbers and shares of observations in the fadn sample 2008-2015 by typology and size: a) full italian sample and b) constant sample. a) italian fadn b) italian fadn constant sample nr. observations % n. observations % type of farming dairy 8,566 9.80 1,999 11.20 cereals 10,528 12.10 2,371 13.28 grazing livestock 11,101 12.70 1,904 10.66 fruits 11,605 13.30 3,020 16.91 granivores 3,456 4.00 383 2.14 mixed 7,477 8.60 1,613 9.03 olives 3,637 4.20 401 2.25 horticulture 10,440 12.00 2,183 12.23 arable crops 10,317 11.80 1,721 9.64 wine 10,224 11.70 2,261 12.66 economic size large 30,112 34.50 5,774 32.34 medium 37,010 42.40 8,843 49.52 small 20,229 23.20 3,239 18.14 total 87,351 100.00 17,856 100.00 4. immigrant workforce in italian agriculture thorough fadn data the fadn dataset gives interesting insights on the presence of immigrant workforce in italian agriculture highlighting their relevant contribution to italian agricultural production (table 2). in the sample analysed, total immigrant workforce in 2015 is of 4,684 units, which represent 22.5% of total salaried workforce in the sample. these shares are quite similar to what macrì et al. (2017) find analysing the sub-sample of farms that employ salaried workers in the italian agricultural census. according to the authors, immigrant workforces in 2010 is 25% of agricultural workforce (233,055 units on a total employment of 938,103). 265immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis since 2008, the share of immigrants on total occupation is increased on average by 33%. seasonal immigrants, as expected, represent 89% of total immigrant workforce and this share is almost stable over the period analysed. indeed, the share of seasonal immigrants on total seasonal workers, which is 22% in 2015, is increasing over time (by an average 31%), denoting a growing relevance of this type of flexible workers for italian seasonal agricultural activities. in terms of awu, absolute figures are rather different from the numbers of immigrants, in particular they are lowered by the presence of not fully employed workforce. however, shares of immigrants’ awu are quite similar. as regard the qualification of these workers, information provided by fadn reveal that unskilled workers (both permanent and unseasonal) represent around the 95% of total immigrants in 2015. this evidence somehow confirms the idea that immigrant work in italy is generally unskilled (brunello et al., 2017). for what concerns country of origin, the majority of immigrants comes from a single european country, romania. in 2015, they account for 37% of the total immigrant workforce in italy. asia and africa7 are respectively the second and third most important areas of origin of immigrants. workers from slovakia and czech republic exhibited the fastest growth rates, though their shares are small (table 3). as regards the country of origin, thus, we could distinguish also for immigrant agricultural workers, the same characteristics underlined by rye and andrzejewska (2010) of a southern european model of migration, with heterogeneity of immigrants’ nationalities and related differentiation of cultural origins. besides aggregated figures, analysing the relevance of immigrants by disaggregating data at different levels can provide more interesting insights on their actual relevance. firstly, looking at percentages of immigrants on total workers by farm specialization and economic size, as an average value of the overall sample (table 4), some well-known patterns seem to emerge. indeed, not all labour-intensive sectors show a high presence of immigrants.8 the concentration of immigrants is higher in the dairy sector (41%), horticulture and grazing livestock sector (30%), fruit production (27%) and arable crops production (25%), while for other specializations, such as olives and cereals, it is less important. again, immigrants are mostly seasonal workers, with higher shares in fruits production, horticulture and livestock. in the farm typologies where they are most occupied, they represent an important share of the total seasonal workforce. table 4 shows also data on the presence of immigrants in relation to the economic size of farms. results are quite clear: at national level, medium and large farms have a higher presence of immigrants. on average, they almost have three times the concentration of small farms. the share of immigrants on employed workforce is 8% in small farms, 22% in medium-sized farms and 23% in large ones. in terms of awu, proportions do not change significantly, apart from the lower share of seasonal immigrants over total immigrants, for all the categories analysed. sig7 the dataset does not contain the information necessary to disaggregate further locations of origins for these two groups. 8 the labour-intensive sectors in the sample are those with a labour factor share higher than 40% (horticulture, wine, cereals and mixed crops and livestock), those with more than 50% (arable crops), and those with more than 60% (fruits and olives). data on factor shares are available upon request. 266 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti table 2. numbers and shares of immigrants and working units of immigrants by year. italian fadn sample 2008-2015. year numbers immigrant workforce (n) employees (n) immigrant/ employees (%) immigrant seasonal/total seasonal (%) immigrant seasonal/tot immigrants (%) 2008 4,778 28,429 16.81 16.84 89.07 2009 6,119 27,191 22.50 23.32 92.04 2010 5,500 29,856 18.42 18.28 89.73 2011 5,777 28,293 20.42 20.54 91.34 2012 6,152 29,106 21.14 21.01 89.91 2013 7,213 27,370 26.35 26.66 90.97 2014 6,983 23,700 29.46 29.79 89.85 2015 4,684 20,823 22.49 22.06 87.66 ∆%15/08 -1.97 -26.75 33.84 31.00 -1.59 year awu immigrant workforce (n) employees (n) immigrant/ employees (%) immigrant seasonal/total seasonal (%) immigrant seasonal/tot immigrants (%) 2008 1,391 9,610 14.47 15.30 73.14 2009 1,570 8,473 18.53 21.01 75.73 2010 1,540 8,426 18.28 19.57 74.20 2011 1,648 8,402 19.61 21.50 77.70 2012 1,821 8,936 20.38 21.27 74.63 2013 2,199 8,861 24.81 27.07 78.11 2014 2,133 8,015 26.61 28.80 77.10 2015 1,453 6,748 21.53 21.42 70.86 ∆%15/09 4.46 -29.78 48.76 40.03 -3.12 table 3. nationality of major groups of immigrants per year and average variation (2008/2015). year africa albania asia poland czech republic romania slovakia total 2008 715 1,217 273 544 89 1,230 164 4,232 2009 649 1,438 433 812 312 1,541 300 5,485 2010 885 1,224 693 453 127 1,425 108 4,915 2011 690 1,151 707 600 53 1,643 325 5,169 2012 940 747 1148 447 60 1,779 318 5,439 2013 1152 864 1459 385 112 2,231 441 6,644 2014 1149 473 1423 353 89 2,292 677 6,456 2015 764 234 488 232 175 1,527 711 4,131 % 2015 18.49 5.66 11.81 5.62 4.24 36.96 17.21 100.00 average growth (%) 4.30 -16.84 20.28 -6.35 44.14 5.16 44.99 1.85 267immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis nificant differences can however be hidden by aggregate data. table 5 shows the shares of immigrants by type of contract and region. when disentangling data at sub-national level, the question of reliability of the information provided becomes much more relevant. two issues regarding data must be underlined here: first, the problem of fadn data representativeness becomes more important when disaggregating data; secondly, it is likely that data in some regions are influenced by the higher presence of not regularly employed workforce (ievoli and macrì, 2008, coderoni et al., 2015), thus their presence can be underestimated in regions where these workers are not declared (neither for statistical purposes), especially in seasonal activities (mac, 2013). even with the issue of data reliability, disentangling figures by regions still gives some interesting information on the distribution of immigrant workforce in the italian agriculture. figure 1 maps the average share of immigrants by region as obtained with the fadn dataset over the period 2008-2015. regions differ quite remarkably in terms of their concentration of immigrant workforce on regularly employed workers. against a national average value of 22%, trentino alto adige, liguria, campania and valle d’aosta show percentages higher than 50% (70% for valle d’aosta) of immigrant workforce on total salaried workforce, while apulia, emilia romagna and calabria have a value equal or less than 5%. about the type of contract, in some regions (piemonte, sicilia, valle d’aosta, liguria, abruzzo, puglia, calabria, lazio and lombardia) mostly of the south more than 90% of these workers are seasonal. the importance of seasonal immigrant workers in the southern regions reflects the specific agricultural specializations of these regions. in fact, table 4. shares of immigrants by farm specialization and economic size. italian fadn sample 20082015. type of farming numbers awu immigrant/ employees immigrant seasonal/tot. seas. immigrant seasonal/tot. imm. immigrant/ employees immigrant seasonal/tot. seas. immigrant seasonal/tot. imm. dairy 41.20 42.22 82.39 36.38 40.93 61.57 cereals 9.83 9.37 76.01 8.03 9.48 51.34 grazing livestock 29.77 28.47 67.21 27.16 26.63 49.17 fruits 26.70 27.16 97.14 21.43 22.95 89.64 granivores 10.77 7.73 49.15 11.75 7.37 28.48 mixed crops and livestock 14.10 13.66 86.24 14.46 14.63 66.23 olive 4.10 3.69 87.97 3.91 2.83 65.97 horticulture 29.74 30.34 92.42 27.05 29.22 86.12 arable crops 25.15 25.84 95.79 22.38 25.65 88.64 wine 10.32 10.35 89.29 10.23 11.35 70.70 economic size large 23.18 23.68 89.12 20.42 22.29 74.37 medium 21.51 21.06 93.33 21.99 22.27 80.62 small 8.27 7.82 91.43 10.12 10.06 77.02 italy 21.98 22.09 90.19 20.39 21.92 75.46 268 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti with few exceptions, the share of immigrants in the total seasonal workforce is larger in the south. looking at awu, the picture is quite similar even if shares are lower. 5. immigrant workforce and farm level labour productivity 5.1 correlation coefficients at farm level given that immigrant workers are a relevant part of italian professional agriculture’s workforce, and that they represent the bulk of the workers in some regions and farm types that are the more productive ones (like bigger farms), it is essential to understand whether their contribution is associated or not with higher levels of productivity. to analyse the possible relation between the incidence of immigrant work and farm’s productivity, we figure 1. share of immigrants by region. italian fadn sample 2008-2015. 269immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis have used a measure of partial productivity, i.e. labour productivity (lp), defined as lpit = nvait/awuit where, for any i-th generic farm and year t, nva is the net value added and awu are the annual working units at the farm level. this indicator has been calculated for the entire sample. statistical relationships between farms’ productivity and the contribution of immigrant workers, in terms of the share of immigrant awu over the total awu, have been inspected by means of a correlation analysis. table 6 shows correlation coefficients for the total observations in the sample between the share of immigrant awu and lp for regions, farm typologies and economic size. data reveal a generalized positive relation between the share of immigrant awu and labour productivity at both farm typology and regional level. regions with higher correlation coefficients are trentino and campania and, consistently, farm typologies are fruits production and horticulture, which are very relevant in these regions. indeed, it could be argued that the “real relationship” between economic performance and the share of immigrants is better captured at the level of types of farming rather than at geographical level. the magnitude of correlation coefficients for the different classes of economic size are lower and a slightly negative coefficient is found for table 5. shares of immigrants by region and type of contract. italian fadn sample 2008-2015. region number awu immigrant/ employees immigrant seasonal/tot. seas. immigrant seasonal/tot. imm. immigrant/ employees immigrant seasonal/tot. seas. immigrant seasonal/tot. imm. abruzzi 27.07 25.81 81.23 35.30 39.05 70.60 apulia 5.16 5.04 97.09 7.63 7.13 88.25 basilicata 12.92 12.59 95.76 15.33 14.76 91.51 bolzano 57.27 58.70 99.85 47.56 52.67 99.45 calabria 0.57 0.57 100.00 0.48 0.49 100.00 campania 52.38 53.88 99.19 33.86 37.37 95.99 e.romagna 1.63 1.61 92.65 1.80 1.85 82.74 f.v.giulia 26.07 27.38 89.81 22.20 29.27 72.30 lazio 42.44 46.39 77.46 38.17 46.44 68.72 liguria 51.49 50.43 91.77 58.39 58.52 90.98 lombardy 44.70 50.48 61.91 37.01 64.38 43.36 marche 8.26 7.73 76.80 7.87 9.30 62.79 molise 8.28 7.52 86.20 10.25 7.80 60.62 piedmont 44.89 48.29 81.86 37.28 49.77 55.68 sardinia 6.74 6.02 69.39 7.83 5.61 30.30 sicily 8.52 8.80 97.43 13.29 14.64 96.39 toscany 19.00 21.82 77.57 16.05 21.88 56.27 trento 73.43 73.98 99.27 70.21 75.61 94.69 umbria 12.68 12.77 75.87 12.97 15.38 59.57 v.d’aosta 69.55 70.55 68.08 72.60 81.50 58.94 veneto 15.61 17.07 83.19 14.19 19.03 66.86 270 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti larger farms. this could hint at a possible spurious correlation due to size effects between the share of immigrants and other farms characteristics. this generalised positive relationship between lp and the share of immigrant awu is an aspect that requires deeper investigation. though small, this link exists and signals that more productive italian farms are associated with higher presence of immigrant work. correlation, of course, does not imply causality and the direction of the possible link between the two indicators needs to be tested. 5.2 the empirical model to more properly assess the possible nexus between lp and immigrant workforce at farm level, a panel data analysis has been performed. as already clarified, data used for this part of the analysis refer to the constant fadn italian sample of n=2,233 farms observed over the years from 2008 to 2015. the use of the balanced sample can decrease the representativeness of results, however, for the purposes of our analysis this can be a minor problem, as less represented farms in the constant sample (i.e. small farms) have, table 6. correlation coefficients between the share of immigrants awu and lp at farm level. italian fadn sample 2008-2015. region correlation coefficient t-value types of farming correlation coefficient t-value trentino 0.332 16.505 fruits 0.130 14.126 campania 0.216 14.640 horticulture 0.125 12.823 liguria 0.185 11.706 dairy 0.073 6.736 lombardy 0.141 10.006 mixed 0.071 6.176 tuscany 0.131 9.459 grazing livestock 0.066 7.019 sardinia 0.135 8.595 olives 0.055 3.33 alto adige 0.172 8.423 granivores 0.049 2.863 basilicata 0.130 7.471 cereals 0.038 3.913 emilia romagna 0.078 6.585 arable_crops 0.035 3.594 umbria 0.103 6.270 wine 0.012 1.189 friuli venezia giulia 0.097 6.249       abruzzi 0.090 5.623       valle d’aosta 0.110 4.711       veneto 0.060 4.500       marche 0.045 2.774       molise 0.054 2.761       sicily 0.038 2.620 economic size corr. coefficient t-value lazio 0.034 2.171 small 0.061 8.650 apulia 0.020 1.345 medium 0.020 3.890 piedmont 0.010 0.896 large -0.014 -2.462 calabria 0.004 0.258 italy 0.049 14.516 271immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis on average, a lower concentration of immigrant workers. a major advantage, however, is that using a balanced sample minimizes the possible attrition due to farms entering and exiting the agricultural sector (and the fadn sample). in particular, working with a constant sample of farms eliminates the risk that the actual farm-level productivity performance, its evolution and its relationship with immigrant workforce is confused with change in the composition of the sample and, thus, by the different productivity and presence of immigrants of the entering farms with respect to the existing ones. to model the relationship, we assume that the farm’s share of awu immigrant workers (on the total workforce) influences farm’s lp. the argument underlying this link is that immigrants have been found to be a highly relevant workforce for some regions, farm typologies and sizes and their contribution is correlated with farm lp. this relationship is specified with the following dynamic polynomial form: lpit = α + η1lpit-1 + η2lpit-2 + βiit + ∑aρaiit,a + γaltit +μageit + ∑fωftit,f + ∑mδmsit,m + ∑kφkdt,k + ∑rτrrit,r + εit (1) where i indicates the generic i-th farm ("iîn) and t the year ("tî2008-2015); lp is the labour productivity; alt is the log of the average elevation of the farm; age is the age of the farm holder; i the share of immigrant awu on total farm awu while ia is the share of immigrant awu per type of farm activity (i.e., a= livestock, cultivation, generic/not specified); sm the economic size expressed by 3 dummies (namely, m=small, medium and large); tf is the farm specialization typology (i.e., f=arable crops, cereals, dairy, etc.); dt are time dummies; rr regional dummies (where r indicates the region); ε is the usual spherical disturbance; α,η1,η2,β,ρa,μ,γ,ωf,δm,φk,τr is the set of unknown parameters to be estimated. equation (1) is estimated following a sequence of steps in order to elicit the role of exclusion/inclusion of variables in determining the observed linkage between labour productivity and the presence of immigrants of interest here (i.e., parameters β or ρa). a static model is first estimated (η1,η2 =0) also disregarding the different activities where immigrant workers are employed within the farm (β ≠ 0 and ρa = 0, "a) and the heterogeneity among farms both in terms of specialization (ωf = 0, "f) and size (δm = 0, "m) (model 1). then, farm heterogeneity is admitted (ωf ≠ 0, "f; δm ≠ 0, "m) (model 2), and the activities where immigrants are employed are detailed (β = 0 and ρa ≠ 0, "a) (model 3).9 finally, a dynamic specification is adopted (η1,η2 ≠ 0) in order to take the typical time dependence (i.e., serial correlation) of agricultural labour productivity into account (esposti, 2012 and 2014). the dynamic model is estimated through the same sequence of specifications of the static case (models 4 to 6).10 therefore, all the estimated models assume that farm lp is a function of the share of immigrants’ awu, the altitude of the farm location, the age of the farm’s owner and regional and time dummies controlling for spatial and time dependence of the farm-level lp. as panel models 1 to 3 are static, they can be treated as conventional pooled models 9 in this latter case, farm typology dummies are not included (ωf = 0, "f) as they overlap with information about immigrants’ activity. 10 two lags of the dependent variable lp are included in this dynamic model as this ar(2) specification turns out to be the best fitting lag order. 272 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti and estimated via ordinary least squares (ols).11 on the contrary, dynamic panel models 4 to 6 are estimated via generalized method-of-moments (gmm).12   5.3 results and discussion results of the static models are reported in table 7. besides other control variables13, in all these models the existence of a positive contribution of immigrant workforce to farms’ lp, seems to be confirmed by the high value of the statistically significant parameters associated with i. in model (1), this coefficient is at first very high. however, when introducing farms’ heterogeneity this effect seems to weaken considerably; besides, when controlling by immigrants’ activities, this positive effect appears to be linked only to croprelated activities. indeed, fruits and horticulture farm types have shown the highest correlation coefficients between the immigrants’ work and lp at the farm level. however, when assuming persistence of lp, results change substantially (table 8). in the simplified model (4), migrant workforce still plays an important role in explaining the lp performance, as it may capture all the other characteristics of the farms that are not accounted for (e.g. as immigrants are mostly occupied in biggest and more productive farms, without controlling for farm size, can make emerge a spurious relationship). in fact, when introducing farms’ heterogeneity, the link between i and lp disappears, both the in the aggregate and disaggregate specifications. these results would suggest that in the case of italian agriculture the relationship between productivity and immigrant workforce essentially is a composition effect, that is, it depends on the fact that these workers concentrate in more productive farms in terms of size and specialization. the main consequence of this, is that many empirical studies assessing this relationship in agriculture may suffer from a severe misspecification problem whenever the farm heterogeneity in this respect is not properly taken into account. in such cases, the positive contribution of immigrant workforce to the farms’ labour productivity would just be the result of an improper specification of the relationship. introducing a more complex specification this relationship eventually disappears. 6. concluding remarks and policy implications this research analyses the presence of immigrant workforce in italian agriculture by exploiting farm-level data and proposes an evaluation of their role in explaining farm level labour productivity using panel data econometrics. immigrants emerge as a relevant component of italian agriculture, representing 22.5% of the employed workforce in 2015. there are wide disparities in the share of immigrants between regions, sectors and classes of economic size, that underline quite well known territorial patterns of seasonal and permanent migration. more seasonal or labour-intensive farm typologies (namely cultivations 11 the pooled model is here preferred to a fixed-effect specification as the dummies included among regressors in (1) already take most of farm heterogeneity into account. 12 the estimator chosen is system gmm for its asymptotic properties (arellano, 2003). 13 all the models confirm the importance of the altitude of the farm, the age of the farm owner, the year and the region in which the farm operates. 273immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis table 7. ols estimation of models 1 to 3 (standard error in parenthesis). coefficient model 1 model 2 model 3 α 50.598* 31.480* 33.981* (1.083) (1.193) (1.038) β 24.447* 6.696* (1.661) (1.556) γ -1.715* -0.914* -1.156* (0.182) (0.179) (0.168) μ -0.234* -0.097* -0.104* (0.015) (0.014) (0.014) ρ_livestock 2.276 (1.950) ρ_cultivation 13.043* (2.714) ρ_generic -3.099 (0.695) ω_arable 3.178* (0.802) ω_cereals 8.724* (0.761) ω_dairy 1.212 (0.818) ω_fruits 0.826 (0.745) ω_granivores 0.179 (1.342) ω_grazing -0.328 (0.806) ω_horticulture -1.080 (0.878) ω_olives 10.261* (1.328) ω_wine -5.050* (0.766) δ_large 19.989* 19.432* (0.416) (0.409) δ_small -10.917* -9.305* (0.495) (0.493) regiona yes yes yes yeara yes yes yes aestimates of the regional and time dummy coefficients are available upon request. *statistically significant at 5% level. 274 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti table 8. gmm estimation of models 4 to 6 (standard error in parenthesis). coefficient model 4 model 5 model 6 η1 0.387* 0.410* 0.398* (0.028) (0.024) (0.025) η2 0.097* 0.120* 0.116* (0.025) (0.022) (0.022) β 8.844* -0.199 (2.086) (1.784) γ -0.667* -0.530* -0.604* (0.299) (0.253) (0.259) μ 0.024 -0.085* -0.003 (0.057) (0.036) (0.050) ρ_livestock -5.031 (7.144) ρ_cultivation 1.904 (2.498) ρ_generic -2.384 (2.618) ω_arable 1.049 (0.780) ω_cereals 5.034* (0.901) ω_dairy 0.192 (0.889) ω_fruits 0.468 (0.739) ω_granivores -1.918 (2.151) ω_grazing -0.953 (0.770) ω_horticulture 0.142 (1.050) ω_olives 2.310 (3.554) ω_wine -2.472* (0.766) δ_large 9.678* 9.060* (0.939) (0.970) δ_small -5.380* -5.542* (0.605) (0.579) regiona yes yes yes yeara yes yes yes aestimates of the regional and time dummy coefficients are available upon request. *statistically significant at 5% level. 275immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis and livestock breeding) seem to attract the bulk of the available immigrant workforce, while their concentration is less relevant in other sectors. the geographic distribution is quite uneven and is strictly linked to farm typology. the positive correlation between share of immigrants and labour productivity at the farm level, which is robust across all farm sizes and typologies, seems to indicate these two measures go by some means together. however, when analysing this relationship with more sophisticated model specifications, results do not confirm a clear link between the two measures. when a static modelling framework is adopted, results point to a positive relationship between immigrants’ work and farms’ labour productivity. when introducing the assumption of temporal persistency of lp and controlling for farms’ heterogeneity, this effect seems to disappear. indeed, it can be also argued that another source of misspecification arises from the choice of indicators. in fact, lp might not be a proper indicator of farm’s productivity because it does not account for all factors of production. thus, further extensions of the present analysis include to improve the measure of farms’ productivity with an indicator of total factor productivity that better represents the economic performance of farms. even if results do not point to a positive relationship between immigrant workforce and lp, this research confirms, using farm-level data, that immigrants are a relevant and growing component of the italian agriculture. they are concentrated in large and medium-sized farms and their presence is associated with higher level of lp. moreover, their contracts are largely (90%) seasonal ones. given this picture, it is clear why (not only) italian agriculture needs a legislative framework more adapted to facilitating the hiring these workers to complete several of the critical farm operations. indeed, the issue of agricultural seasonal immigrant workers, in italy, is not exclusively a legislative issue, as many of these workers are – in some regions more than in others – irregular ones. in these cases, legislation must be at first enforced, to improve the workers deprecable conditions, even to avoid regular (both domestic and immigrant) workers occupation to be displaced by this “social dumping”. however, for the legally and regularly occupied immigrant workforce, the legislative framework is part of the problem. the european union has a specific directive promoting the use of selection and recruitment procedures of immigrant workforce directly in the areas of origin. the current legislative framework, is represented by the eu directive 2014/36/ue “on the conditions of entry and stay of third-country nationals for employment purposes as seasonal workers”. this is, in principle, consistent with european migration policy and the needs of the agricultural production. however, for obvious reasons, excludes european workers that are, in the italian case, the bulk of immigrant workers. a more coordinated vision of the subject could help governing the phenomenon and facilitate the regular and reciprocally fruitful employment of these workers to complete several of the critical farm operations. to this respect, studies on this field can provide evidence and suggestions for policy making. acknowledgments authors are listed in alphabetic order. authorship may be attributed as follows: section 5 to edoardo baldoni; sections 3, 4 and 6 to silvia coderoni; section 1 and 2 to roberto esposti. 276 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti references albarrán, p., carrasco, r. and ruiz-castillo, j. (2017). are migrants more productive than stayers? some evidence from a set of highly productive academic economists. economic inquiry 55(3): 1308–1323. amnesty international, (2012) exploited labour. migrant workers in italy’s agricultural sector, 2012 amnesty international available at the following url: https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/news/2012/12/italy-time-address-exploitation-migrantworkers/ anderson, b., ruhs, m., rogaly, b. and spencer s. (2006). fair enough? central and east european migrants in low-wage employment in the uk, york: joseph rowntree foundation. arellano, m. (2003). panel data econometrics, oxford: oxford university press. bove, v. and elia, l. (2017). migration, diversity, and economic growth. world development 89: 227–239 brunello, g., lodigiani, e. and rocco, l. (2017). does low skilled immigration cause human capital polarization? luiss guido carli /school of european political economy. working paper n. 9/2017, september 2017. isbn 9788868561048 clemens, m. (2013). the effect of foreign labour on native employment: a job specific approach and application to north carolina farms. cgd working paper 326. washington, dc: center for global development. coderoni, s., macrì, m.c. and perito, m.a. (2015). sommerso e illegalità: vincoli allo sviluppo sostenibile del sistema agroalimentare. agriregionieuropa, anno 11, n.41. combes, p-p., démurger, s. and li, s. (2017). productivity gains from agglomeration and migration in the people’s republic of china between 2002 and 2013. asian development review 34(2): 184–200. devadoss s. and luckstead j. (2008). contributions of immigrant farmworkers to california vegetable production. journal of agricultural and applied economics, 40(3): 879–894. docquier, f. and machado, j. (2017). income disparities, population and migration flows over the twenty first century. italian economic journal 3: 125–149. edwards, r., ortega, f. (2017) the economic contribution of unauthorized workers: an industry analysis. regional science and urban economics 67: 119–134. esposti, r. (2012). the driving forces of agricultural decline: a panel-data approach to the italian regional growth. canadian journal of agricultural economics 60(3): 377-405. esposti, r. (2014). on why and how agriculture declines. evidence from the italian post-wwii period. structural change and economic dynamics 31: 73-88. fondazione ismu, (2017). stima presenze irregolari – anni 1991-2013. http://www.ismu.org/irregolari-e-sbarchi-presenze. gómez–tello, a. and nicolini, r. (2017). immigration and productivity: a spanish tale. journal of productivity analysis 47: 167–183. hanson, j. and bell, m. (2007). harvest trails in australia: patterns of seasonal migration in the fruit and vegetable industry. journal of rural studies 23: 101–117. huffman, w. e. and evenson, r. e. (2001). structural and productivity change in us agriculture, 1950-1982. agricultural economics 24: 127-147. 277immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis ievoli, c. and macrì, m.c. (2008). heath check and labour market: critical evidences and political needs. proceedings of 109th eaae seminar the cap after the fishler reform: national implementations, impact assessment and the agenda for future reforms, viterbo. istat, (2016). dataset: foreigners. data by gender, nace 2007, professional status, sub national level, http://stra-dati.istat.it/index.aspx. kangasniemi, m., mas, m., robinson, c. and serrano, l. (2012). the economic impact of migration: productivity analysis for spain and the uk. journal of productivity analysis 38(3): 333-343. kasimis, c. and papadopoulos, a.g. (2005). the multifunctional role of migrants in the greek countryside: implications for the rural economy and society. journal of ethnic and migration studies 31: 99–127. kasimis, c., papadopoulos, a.g. and zacopoulou, e. (2003). migrants in rural greece. sociologia ruralis 42: 167–184. klocker, n., head, l., dun, o. and spaven, t. (2018). experimenting with agricultural diversity: migrant knowledge as a resource for climate change adaptation. journal of rural studies 57: 13–24. labrianidis, l. and sykas, t. (2009). migrants, economic mobility and socio-economic change in rural areas: the case of greece. european urban and regional studies 16(3): 237–256. lalonde, r.j. and topel, r.h. (1997). economic impact of international migration and the economic performance of migrants. chapter 14 in rosenzweig, m.r. and stark, o., handbook of population and family economics: amsterdam, north holland, 799-850. mac (migration advisory committee) (2013). migrant seasonal workers. the impact on the horticulture and food processing sectors of closing the seasonal agricultural workers scheme and the sectors based scheme. london. macrì, m.c, cardillo, c., perito, m.a. and coderoni, s. (2017). foreign workers in italian agriculture. an analysis with census micro data. paper presented at the first sidea-siea joint conference, bisceglie-trani, september 13rd–16th. macrì, m.c. (2013). il capitale umano in agricoltura. supplemento al n. 20/2013 di agrisole del 17/05/2013. peri, g., shih, k. and sparber, c. (2015). stem workers, h-1b visas, and productivity in us cities. journal of labour economics 33(s1): s225–s255. rye, j.f. and andrzejewska, j. (2010). the structural disempowerment of eastern european migrant farm workers in norwegian agriculture. journal of rural studies., 26: 41–51. siudek t., zawojska a. (2016). foreign labour in agricultural sectors of some eu countries. paper presentes at the 160th eaae seminar rural jobs and the cap”, warsaw, poland, december 1st-2nd. somerville, w. and sumption, n. (2009a). immigration in the uk: the recession and beyond. equality and human rights commission, march 2009, london. somerville, w. and sumption, n. (2009b). immigration and labour market: theory, evidence and policy. migration policies institute. equality and human rights commission. london. sotte, f. (2006). imprese e non-imprese nell’agricoltura italiana. politica agricola internazionale 1: 13-30. 278 edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni, roberto esposti un (1990). international convention on the protection of the rights of all migrant workers and members of their families. adopted by general assembly resolution 45/158 of 18 december 1990. wells, m. (1996). strawberry fields. politics, class, and work in california agriculture. cornell university press, itacha. rural-urban migration and implications for rural production alan de brauw migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy giorgio osti immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni*, roberto esposti economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil linda arata1,*, sofia hauschild2, paolo sckokai1 is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? maria rosaria pupo d’andrea*, simona romeo lironcurti issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(2): 93-117, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-12944 agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration between us and italy franco rosa1,*, michela vasciaveo1, robert d. weaver2 1 department of food science, economic unit, university of udine, italy 2 department of agricultural economics, sociology and education, penn state university, usa abstract. purpose of this article it to get some evidences of market interaction between united states and italy using the time series analysis of spot prices spanning from january 1999 to may 2012 for crude oil and three ag-commodities: wheat, corn and soybean. these crops have been selected for their relevance in ag-commodity exchanges between us and italy markets. the integration between us and italy agricultural markets is hypothesized for the consistent volume of crop traded between these two countries while the price transmission is related to the leading price signals of the cbt (chicago board of trade). the integration between oil and ag-commodity markets is suggested both by the large use of energy intensive inputs, (fertilizer, seed, machinery) in production of these ag-commodities, and their use in biofuel production. the results suggest: a) for us market the evidence of market integration between crude oil and us ag-commodities; b) for italy the integration with us ag-commodity markets and less evidence of integration with the oil market. these results are valuable information both for the agents and policy makers contributing to improve the information accuracy to predict the price movements used by marketing operators for their strategies and policy makers to set up policies to re-establish conditions of market efficiency and allocate these ag-commodities in alternative market channels. keywords. agricultural commodity prices, time series analysis, cointegration, price transmission, market integration. jel codes. c22, q11, q13 1. introduction since 2006, the biofuel market in the united states has established a link between the prices of crude oil and grains such as corn characterized by the co-evolution of ag-commodity prices (abbott et al., 2008). the massive production of energy, mainly liquid fuels, from agricultural commodities has continued to strengthen these links between agricultural and energy markets and defined a dominant feature of current conditions in the agricultural sector. a resulting trend has been noted as a stronger dependency between crude oil, gasoline, and ag-commodity prices (tyner and taheripour, 2008). brazil pro* corresponding author: franco.rosa@uniud.it. assess overall price transmission full research article 94 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver vides a useful example of a well-integrated, long-term agro-energy market with the oil and cane-bioenergy (ethanol and electricity) market integration to define an energy market in which oil and sugar cane prices exhibit strong comovement. there are other countries where these price links have become increasingly strong: the prices of wood pellets and, to a lesser extent, the wood chips in austria have been following with a growing degree of correlation the prices for heating fuel in 2006 and 2007 (schmidhuber, 2007). prices of oil and agricultural commodities sharply rose in 2007, peaking in the second half of this year for some products and in the first half of 2008 for others. the causes of price spikes during 2007-2008 include some which were exogenous to the agriculture (macroeconomic), growth of food demand by the bric countries, and speculation on the oil prices and other factors (piot-lepetit and m’barek, 2011; oecd, 2008). others causes are due to physiological changes in market conditions from period to period, natural shocks such as weather, pests or regulatory restrictions in domestic markets (fao et al., 2011). these events raise new questions concerning ag-commodity price movement. first, have new trends been established for ag-commodity prices? second, to what extent have recent price shock been temporary or permanent? third, how have these shocks and possibly persistent trends affected comovement of commodity prices? fourth, how has the nature of unanticipated shocks changed? price transmission depends on the market efficiency and it may have limited by a number of causes, at least in the short-run. for example, these conditions may have included supply availability to the final consumer, demand circumscribed by bottlenecks in the distribution, logistic problems in transportation, blending systems (e10), spatial arbitrage, and political constraints like the border measures and subsidies affecting the exchanges. thus, the purpose of this paper is to contrinbute to the understanding of the transmission of oil prices to agricultural markets. we expect that our results will contribute to better understand the nexus of agricultural and energy markets and its consequences for trading relations between us and italy. we choose to study italy and us as settngs that provide the basis for a test of the hypothesis of market integration and price transmission (yang and leatham, 1999). during the 20092010 commercial campaign, italy imported 60% of soft wheat, 87% of soybeans and 20% of maize from usa (associazione nazionale cerealisti, 2011). the paper is organized as follows: section 2 reviews relevant literature; section 3 presents the time series methodology used; section 4 describes the price series used and provides a preliminary descriptive analysis of price correlations; section 5 presents results; and final section 6 provides conclusions and suggestions for future research. 2. literature review market efficiency exists if price pass through between markets is complete such that they differ only by the transaction costs (ardeni, 1989). rational expectations and competitive storage theory supports the hypothesis that commodity stocks, expected prices and hauling costs are keydrives of commodity prices in equilibrium. importantly, shortages can induce substantial price shocks, helmberger and weaver (1977) and helmberger et al.(1982). it is widely acknowledged that the increased use of central commodity exchanges affects the extent and speed of transmission to market levels in response to leading price signals (rapsomanikis et al., 2006). deaton and laroque (1991) have used 95agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration the storage model to show that prices are not normally distributed, because the stockholding behaviour by risk-averse agents generates an autoregressive pattern which is much stronger than what can be explained by the storage activity of risk-neutral agents. this market behaviour induces shocks in supply and demand that are correlated over time. on the supply side, this correlation is also induced by correlated shocks while on the demand side persistence in demand for working stocks induces intertemporal correlations. however, prices jumps may be induced by speculative demand by producers in response to anticipated stock-outs, see helmberger and weaver (1982). the decline of the dollar value (trostle, 2008) and the speculation stemming from increased futures market volume are further factors contributing to recent agricultural commodity price movement (robles et al., 2009). further, supply side factors include relatively lower growth in agricultural production and yield, increases in energy prices that have induced increased farm production costs (tyner and taheripour, 2008; sumner, 2009; von braun et al., 2008), and climatic events (trostle, 2008). the indirect price transmission through energy feed stock substitutes (e.g. sugar) led to increased demand for land and other limited resources diverting them from other agricultural crops, reducing their supply and driving up their prices (schmidhuber, 2007). the growth of the biofuels production is an important driver of recent corn and oilseed demand growth (gilbert, 2010; zhang et al., 2010; ciaian and d’artis, 2011a,b). biofuel policies, encouraging farmers to produce feed-stocks for biofuel, have increased the dependency between agricultural and energy prices (yu et al. 2006; campiche et al., 2007; zhang and reed 2008; gilbert, 2010; gohin and chantret, 2010; nazlioglu, 2011). policy has also conditioned price transmission as trade restriction, import tariffs, export subsidies or taxes, and macroeconomic exchange rate policies have impacted the efficiency of arbitrage by insulating the domestic markets and hindering the transmission of price signals (sarris, 2013). esposti and listorti (2013) investigate the role of the trade policy by analyzing the agricultural price transmission in presence of bubbles, using italian and international weekly spot (cash) price over the years 2006–2010. they observe that the bubble has had only a slight impact on the price spreads and that the temporary trade policy measures, when effective, have limited this impact. these interventions are responsible for excess demand or supply schedules of domestic commodity markets possibly generating asymmetric price responses with nonlinear price adjustment (quiroz and soto, 1996; sharma, 2002, rapsomanikis et al., 2006, 2011; harri et al., 2009; gutierrez et al., 2013). the market integration between oil and ag-commodities has been explored using econometrically estimated demand and supply models based on partial or computable general equilibrium models (lapan and moschini, 2012; de gorter and just, 2010; hertel et al., 2010). these models incorporate calibrated price elasticities and long-run assuptions to simulate dependence of agricultural commodity prices to oil shock prices. an alternative approach used to explore market efficiency is time series analysis to test market integration, price transmission, cointegration, asymmetric response, and causal nexus among markets (2011; ciaian, 2011b; gilbert, 2010; gohin et al., 2010; goodwin, 1992; granger and lee, 1989; harri et al., 2009; minot, 2011; rapsomanikis et al., 2006; sarris, 2013; zhang et al., 2008). here, we use time series analysis to test the hypothesis of market integration between us and italy and in a broader sense to verify the efficiency of agricultural markets for some ag-commodities selected for their importance in trade 96 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver (tomek and myers, 1993; rosa, 1999; nazlioglu, 2011; rosa and vasciaveo, 2012; esposti and listorti, 2013; gutierrez et al., 2013). whether agricultural and food commodity prices are unjustifiably volatile and unrelated to the market fundamentals has been extensively considered by balcombe (2009, 2013) and gilbert (2010). persistence of these effects on prices has been considered by serra and gil (2012), algieri (2012), chatellier (2011), balcombe (2009), listorti and esposti (2012), rosa and vasciaveo (2012). in presence of excess volatility beyond that which can be accounted for by changes in market fundamentals, the prices may be driven by fad or speculative bubbles, and commodity prices may become inefficient signals for resource allocation (gilbert and morgan, 2010; balcombe and fraser, 2013). timevarying volatility of commodity price series leads to autocorrelation patterns in the conditional variance of price innovations where the variance is conditional on an information set available at the time forecasts are being formed. engle (1982) has termed this conditional heteroscedasticity and developed the autoregressive conditional changes in economic fundamentals. time-varying volatility in commodity prices has the same general effect on statistical inference as any other form of heteroscedasticity causing a loss of efficiency and estimated standard errors may be biased (engle, 1982). excess kurtosis causes also problems whenever inference requires a particular distributional assumption on the disturbance terms. although the normal distribution is typically chosen, the actual distribution of commodity prices appears to have fatter tails than the normal. this can be a particular problem in maximum likelihood estimation of commodity market models. (myers, 1992). 3. methodology our analysis uses cointegration and vector error correction models to explore spatial market relationships and price transmission (rapsomanikis et al., 2006). the analysis is performed in the following three steps: 1) we determine whether univariate price series are nonstationary or i(1) (if both price series are not i(1), they cannot be cointegrated); 2) if they are both stationary or i(0), we examine their dynamic interrelationship (leucci et al., 2013) with the vector autoregressive (var) model; 3) if the series are both i(1), the null hypothesis that they are not cointegrated is tested with the johansen procedure; 4) and if the results suggest evidence of long-run relationship between variables, we estimate vector error correction models (vecm). the scheme of this approach is reported in figure 1. 3.1. unit root test the first step of the analysis is to test for stationarity and whether each series is integrated with the same order. we employ several unit root tests to consider robustness of our inference including: augmented dickey-fuller (1979) [adf], phillips-perron [pp] (1988) and kwaitkowski-phillips-schmidt-shin [kpss] (1992). these tests (except for kpss) examine a null hypothesis of a unit root against the alternative of i(0) stationarity. stationarity is the null hypothesis for kpss. if the adf statistic has a negative sign, as the absolute value increases the level of confidence for rejection of the hypothesis of unit root 97agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration is increased. the usefulness of adf is limited in the presence of an explosive root (balcombe and fraser 2013). the adf test follows from µ β α ε= + + + +∑− − = y t y c yt t i t i t i k 1 1 (1) where μ is the constant, β is the coefficient on the time trend, k is the lag order of the autoregressive process, dyt-i is the lagged difference of y whose magnitude is measured by c and ε is the error. the unit root test is carried out under the null hypothesis α = 0 against the alternative hypothesis of α < 0; nonstationarity is rejected when α is significantly different from 1. a common problem with conventional unit root tests is that they do not allow for any break in the data generation process. if a structural break is hypothesized, the conventional adf test is biased toward the acceptance of the null resulting in a dramatic loss of power. further, the adf allows for higher-order autoregressive processes including lags of the order k that have to be pre-determined. assuming the break time to be exogenous, perron (1989) suggests that the power to reject a unit root decreases when the stationary alternative is true and the structural break is ignored. following perron’s characterization of the form of structural break, zivot and andrews (za, 1992) formulate three different characterizations of the trend break: i) model a, “the crash model”, allows the break in the intercept; ii) model b, “the changing growth model”, allows for a one-time change in the slope of the trend function with the two segments joined at the break point; and iii) model c, “the mixed model”, combines simultaneously the one-time changes in the level figure 1. scheme of the price analysis to test the market integration and price transmission conditions.                   assess overall price transmission reject accept if not the same johansen test h0: no cointegration specify and estimate vecm; assess dynamic, speed of adjustment if both i(0) if both i(1) test for the order of integration (adf, pp, kpss, za) no cointegration estimate var on levels estimate var on differences source: own elaboration of the scheme proposed by rapsomanikis et al. (2006). 98 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver with the slope of the trend function of the series2. the aim of this procedure is to sequentially examine evidence of breakpoint candidates and select the one that gives most weight to the trend stationary alternative. hence, to test for a unit root against the alternative of a one-time structural break, zivot and andrews propose the following regression equations (derived from equation 1) corresponding to the three cases noted above: µ β α γ ε= + + + + +∑− − = y t y du c yt t t i t i t i k 1 1 (model a) µ β α θ ε= + + + + +∑− − = y t y dt c yt t t i t i t i k 1 1 (model b) µ β α θ γ ε= + + + + + +∑− − = y t y dt du c yt t t t i t i t i k 1 1 (model c) where dut is an indicator dummy variable for a mean shift occurring at each possible break-date while dtt is the corresponding trend shift variable. the za unit root test is an endogenous structural break test with unknown timing in the individual series that uses the full sample and different dummy variables for each plausible break date. the break time is selected where the t-statistic from the adf test of unit root is at a minimum (most negative), then a break date is chosen where the evidence is least favourable for the unit root null. the null hypothesis is that the series is integrated without an exogenous structural break against the alternative that the series can be represented by a trend-stationary process with only one break point occurring at some unknown time. the za test is a variation of pp’s original test with the endogenous implementation of structural breaks in the analysis: the date of the break is determined with the t-statistics test of the unit root, with respect to the criteria of minimum values. the za test regards every point as a potential break-date and runs a regression for every possible break-date sequentially. 3.2. cointegration analysis: the johansen test cointegration analysis examines whether two series are linked to form an equilibrium relationship. the intuition of cointegration is that two price series cannot evolve in opposite directions for very long time if they are cointegrated. this condition is examined by estimation of the static regression between i(1) variables: µ α ε= + +y xt t t (2) 2 for the three models, zivot and andrews estimate the testing equation by allowing the break to take place beginning successively in the second, third, fourth, and so on, observation, up to observation t l, where t stands for the total sample size used in the estimation and l are the lags. the alternative specifications are estimated by ols, and the length of the lag (k) for the difference terms is determined by starting at k = 8, and working backwards until significant values are identified. the estimate of the breakpoint is that particular observation corresponding to the minimum t-value for the one period lagged term, for each model a, b, and c. in order to test the unit root hypothesis, this minimum t-value is compared with a set of asymptotic critical values from the work of zivot and andrews (1992). 99agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration where xt is a vector of independent variables. the system is cointegrated if the errors εt are i(0). in this case, equation (2) may be interpreted as a long-run equilibrium condition of the process y(t). the johansen cointegration test uses the vector autoregressive (var) model with k lags assuming the variables are i (1) written in error-correction form (johansen, 1995). to determine the presence of cointegration between variables, the lag length (k) is determined with the schwarz bayesian criterion (sbc or bic test, schwarz, 1978) and then the cointegration rank (r) is estimated. 3.3. gregory hansen test gregory and hansen (1996) propose cointegration tests which are an extension of the zivot and andrew (1992) unit root tests to incorporate a single structural break in the underlying cointegrating relationship. the gh test extends the adf*, zt * and zα * type tests designed to test the null of no cointegration against the alternative of cointegration in presence of a single structural break. these authors consider three variations of equation (2) that includes dummies for the structural change: model c: level shift: µ θ α ε= + + +y du xt t t t (3a) model c/t: level shift with trend µ θ β α ε= + + + +y du t xt t t t (3b) model c/s: regime shift (intercept and slope coefficients change) µ θ α α ε= + + + +y du x du xt t t t t t1 2 (3c) where t is time subscript, ε is an error term and du is a dummy variable. model c entails a level shift in the equilibrium relationship, model c/t adds a trend component to the previous model whilst model c/s deals with the regime shift by adding a change in the slope coefficients. the structural change is endogenously determined by the smallest value (the largest negative value) of the cointegration test statistics across all possible break points. 4. data and descriptive analysis to perform the empirical analysis, we use weekly spot prices3 of three ag-commodities and the oil prices for the period spanning from 1999 to 2012; this frequency has been used to capture more accurately the price movements and linkages (nazlioglu, 2011). soft wheat, maize and soybeans are selected for their importance in ag-commodity trade between us and italy: wheat is highly energy intensive and is a key product for human nutrition while corn and soybean are the most important ag-commodities for animal feeding and biofuel. table 1 reports the list of variables used in the analysis. 3 spot prices are used because most of the transactions in italy are made in these markets. for more details see rosa and vasciaveo (2012) 100 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver table 1. description of ag-commodity price series. variable description source italian corn price (cit) weekly average of spot prices in €/ton of national hybrid corn-market at the origin (cit) datima provided by ismea1 soybean price (sit) weekly average of spot prices in €/ton of soybeans with 14% of moisture--market at the origin (sit) datima provided by ismea wheat price (wit) weekly average of spot prices in €/ton of good mercantile wheat--market at the origin (wit) datima provided by ismea us corn price (cus) weekly average of spot prices converted in €/ton of us yellow no. 2 corn at the gulf of mexico (cus) fao international commodity price database soybean price (sus) weekly average of spot prices converted in €/ ton of us no. 1 yellow soybean at the gulf of mexico (sus) fao international commodity price database wheat price (wus) weekly average of spot prices converted in €/ ton of us no. 2 soft red winter wheat at the gulf of mexico (wus) fao international commodity price database oil price oil weekly spot prices of brent crude oil converted in €/barrel (oil) us energy information administration (eia, 2012) datima is a collection of statistical databases including italian agricultural market data and foreign trade; ismea is the italian agri-food market institute to be comparable, the us agricultural and oil commodities price series quoted in $ are converted into euro currency, using the official $/€ exchange rate4 and converted to natural logarithms. visual inspection of the price series reported in figure 2 suggests a nonlinear trend component exists for each of the series. figure 2 also suggests a relatively steady price period existed during 2005, followed by wider fluctuations to the end of 2008, and wider fluctuations in the final stage for all commodities prices. the wider oil price variability does not seem to affect the fluctuation of the ag-commodity prices. these observations motivate the need to examine the existence of structured breaks that define sub-samples to examine better the effect of volatility. 4.1. testing for presence of bubbles figure 2 also suggests the possible presence of bubbles. during the period 2006-10, sub-periods of explosive price are apparent as also noted by huchet-bourdon (2011). bubbles have been noted as occurring in 2006 when levels of agricultural and food prices increased sharply followed by a collapse, as well as between 2006 and 2008, 2008-2010 and more recently in autumn 2012. (phillips, p.c.b., shi s., yu j., 2012). a number of 4 available at http://www.statistics.dnb.nl/index.cgi?lang=uk&todo=koersen 101agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration tests have been used to identify the sharp increases and declines in prices also known as explosive bubbles. we followed phillips, shi and yu (2012), psy hereafter, who developed a method to test for explosive behavior and date the origin and collapse of bubbles. this method is used to check for presence of multiple bubbles of the pcb5 type in a sample data. (phillips, shi and yu, 2012; gilbert and morgan, 2010). we apply the more recent generalized sup-augmented dickey-fuller (gsadf) test proposed by psy, for explosive bubbles with variable windows widths in the recursive regression: α β φ ε= + + ∑ +− = −y r r r r y r r y, ,t t i t t1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 eτ ~ n (0,s2) (4) here the null hypothesis of nonstationarity (h0: br1,r2 = 0 ) is tested against the alternative hypothesis h1: br1,r2 > 0 which implies explosive behaviour. our results reveal evidence of bubble behaviour for wheat, rice soybean oil and rapeseed oil price series during the first month of 2008. beyond fundamentals, the gsdaf test does not provide sufficient evidence to infer whether these bubbles are the result of a trend and may persist in the agcommodity market. we have tested with the psy test the series used for this analysis and results are reported in table 2 for different length of time series and window widths. the analysis provides insights to price behaviour during the examined periods and their consequences for the analysis. the results of table 2 do not support the hypothesis that bubbles occurred during the sample period with an exception for sit with window width 0.1, however for window width of 0.4 the values are substanitially below the critical threshold at 99 and 95% critical values. the period 2006:1-2008:52 is also examined for bubbles as past literature reports more evidence of price volatility during this period (gil5 pcb is the acronym for price collapsing speculative bubbles that are nonlinear processes (evans,1991 explosive during the phase of bubble eruption, but they may be stationary over the whole sample period. figure 2. index of current prices of some agri commodities and oil prices  source: own elaborations. cit, wit, sit, cus, wus, sus: €/ton; for oil: €/barrel; jan 04, 2002= 100. 102 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver table 2. results of the gsadf recursive test with one lag. series lag window nr of observations test statistics gsadf critical values 99 95 90 cus 1 0.1 168 1.1787 2.9822 2.2381 2.0277 cus 1 0.4 168 1.1788 1.9957 1.4001 1.1322 cit 1 0.1 168 2.0310 2.9822 2.2381 2.0277 cit 1 0.4 168 -0.0909 1.9957 1.4001 1.1322 sit 1 0.1 168 3.5970 2.9822 2.2328 2.0278 sit 1 0.4 168 0.2132 1.9975 1.4001 1.1322 sus 1 0.1 168 1.8955 2.9822 2.2328 2.0278 sus 1 0.4 168 -0.1245 1.9957 1.4002 1.1392 wit 1 0.1 168 2.1124 2.9822 2.2328 2.0278 wit 1 0.4 168 -0.5607 1.9957 1.4001 1.1392 wus 1 0.1 168 0.9183 2.9822 2.2328 2.0277 wus 1 0.4 168 0.0573 1.9957 1.4002 1.1392 oil 1 0.1 168 1.2566 2.9822 2.2328 2.0278 oil 1 0.4 168 0.1011 1.9976 1.4002 1.1392 time series 1999:1-2012:52. shaded values are above the critical values. table 3. results of gsadf recursive test with one lag. series lag window nr of observations test statistics gsadf critical values 99 95 90 cus 1 0.1 156 2.5989 3.0681 2.2972 1.9947 cus 1 0.4 156 2.5989 2.0938 1.4633 1.1652 cit 1 0.1 156 2.1584 3.0681 2.2972 1.9947 cit 1 0.4 156 3.4991 2.1114 1.4575 1.1524 sit 1 0.1 156 2.3889 3.1413 2.2660 1.9882 sit 1 0.4 156 2.3889 2.0939 1.4633 1.1652 sus 1 0.1 156 1.9957 3.1413 2.2660 1.9882 sus 1 0.4 156 2.1787 3.0682 2.2972 1.9947 wit 1 0.1 156 4.7593 3.1413 2.2660 1.9882 wit 1 0.4 156 4.7593 2.0939 1.4633 1.1652 wus 1 0.1 156 3.1313 3.1413 2.2660 1.9882 wus 1 0.4 156 2.1584 2.0938 1.4633 1.1652 oil 1 0.1 156 3.0871 3.1413 2.2660 1.9882 oil 1 0.4 156 3.0871 3.0682 2.2972 1.9947 time series 2006:1-2008:52. shaded values are above the critical values. 103agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration bert, 2010, rosa and vasciaveo, 2012). results are reported in table 3. for the series cus, cit, sit the test values are above the critical values, using the windows width 0.4 but below critical values using the windows width 0.1; a possible explanation is that the smaller window width includes price values less volatile compared to the larger window. for wheat, the results are above the critical values for both window widths. these results are more difficult to explain because in contrast with wus and other ag-commodity in italy (areal et al., 2013), the 2007-2008 us wheat market experienced reduced stock levels. reduced production levels, in conjunction with very low carryover stocks, resulted in an extremely tight global market and is likely to have affected the expectations of market operators in italy. another possible explanation is the interaction between spot and future markets. given an high share of wheat open interest held by noncommercial traders in an already tight market, the demand for long-term wheat future contracts may have affected spot prices and generated bubbles due to strengthening inventory demand. the tests performed by areal et al. (2013) have revealed weak presence of multiple bubbles in the food prices finding that when present, bubbles have been quite short, continuing between two and fourth months before collapsing. 4.2. stationary and structural break tests we next consider the order of integration and testing the stationary condition6 with the unit root test for levels and first differences. a number of tests are used with results reported in table 4. we find all variables are integrated of first order i(1)7 table 5 reports the results of the zivot-andrews test with one break. minimum za statistics for the levels of the variables reject the hypothesis of structured breaks implying the evidence of the unit root tests may be accepted with the exception of oil and sus. allowing for the identified breaks and a deterministic trend for these products, the null hypothesis of unit root process is rejected. the test is performed in three versions reported in previous section 3. a structural break is found in the us soybeans series, the estimated date is july 2004 (week 29) fitted with drift (model a) and a change in the trend slope and drift (model c). the oil series is stationary with a break in october 2008 (week 40) and change in trend slope and drift. a possible explanation of the 2004 structural break is the massive growth in biofuel production in the us starting with 2004. the successive 2008 break in the oil series corresponds to the oil price peak. the other price series are found to be i(1) confirming the results of traditional unit root tests. while sus and oil price series are stationary in model c, this condition is not so evident in model a (only for oil) or in model b; for this reason it is conservatively assumed that all the variables are integrated of order one i(1). 4.3. preliminary evidence of comovement among italian and us ag-commodity prices the graphic evidence of comovement in levels for the historical price series (figure 2) suggests strong comovement with a moderate deviations from cyclical long-run move6 this condition implies that the mean, variance and autocorrelation of the series do not change over time; 7 the differences of the alternative tests used in this analysis are not contradictory about stationary condition. 104 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver ments, non-linear trend components, and wider range fluctuation in latest periods. oil price patterns could have affected the agricultural markets during the period (1999-2012) and changed the price dynamics generated by market fundamentals (headey and fan, table 4. unit root test results. levels first differences adf pp kpss adf pp kpss intercept cus -0.31 -1.28 1.93* -13.84* -33.22* 0.14 sus -1.42 -1.35 2.20* -30.21* -30.99* 0.08 wus -2.23 -2.15 1.79* -28.81* -28.75* 0.03 cit -1.77 -2.08 1.18* -16.35* -16.41* 0.05 sit -1.28 -1.02 2.22* -14.74* -21.10* 0.06 wit -1.48 -1.77 1.03* -18.51* -19.42* 0.06 oil -1.23 -1.17 2.48* -21.42* -21.42* 0.04 trend & intercept cus -1.59 -2.91 0.44* -13.88* -33.66* 0.05 sus -3.06 -3.08 0.36* -30.20* -31.02* 0.03 wus -3.36 -3.29^ 0.12^ -28.80* -28.73* 0.02 cit -2.47 -2.76 0.12^ -16.35* -16.37* 0.03 sit -2.73 -2.46 0.17° -14.73* -21.09* 0.04 wit -2.07 -2.36 0.16° -18.50* -19.41* 0.04 oil -2.78 -2.71 0.14^ -21.41* -21.41* 0.04 schwarz information criterion to determine the optimal lags for adf test; the bandwidth for pp and kpss tests is selected with newey-west using bartlett kernel (by default). */°/^ denote statistical significance at 1, 5 and 10% respectively.   table 5. zivot andrews one break test. model a change in drift model b change in trend model c change in drift and trend critical value 1% 5% 10% model a -5.34 -4.80 -4.58 model b -4.93 -4.42 -4.11 model c -5.57 -5.08 -4.82 the asymptotic critical value for zivot and andrews (1992) test at different levels of significance cus -3.63 -3.10 -3.42 sus -4.98** (2004: w29) -4.15 -5.48*** (2004: w29) wus -3.78 -3.50 -3.87 cit -3.20 -2.83 -3.82 sit -4.03 -3.02 -4.03 wit -3.18 -2.81 -3.26 oil -3.27 -3.30 -5.16** (2008: w40) ***/** denote statistical significance at 1% and 5% respectively; break date in brackets. 105agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration 2008; oecd, 2008). the price correlation between two variables, here given by the prices of ag-commodities is measured linearly with the pearson correlation coefficient (r). given nonstationarity of the underlying series of price levels, we examine correlation of stationary first differences.8 the correlation coefficients between the oil price and each ag-commodity price are computed over the whole sample and for subsamples with critical 5% values; the results are reported in table 6. for the entire period (1999-2012), we find the pearson correlation in price differences are small with values that vary in the range between 0.06 (dwitdsus) and 0.37 (dcusdwus) with two correlations below the critical 5% value: dsus-dcit and dsus-dwit. these results are consistent with the hypothesis of innovations in prices commove, though such comovement is small in magnitude. we also find that the innovations in italian ag-commodity prices are not influenced by those of the oil prices, though we find evidence of comovement in innovations in oil and us ag-commodity prices. for the subsample period 1999-2004, we find the pearson correlation values vary in the range between -0.03 (dwus and dcit) and 0.53 (dwus-dcus). however, compared to the full sample period we find more coefficients (9) are below the critical value indicating no comovement. across countries, we find evidence of comovement between dwit and dcit and the us ag commodity prices, as well as with oil prices. for italian prices, we find that only for the (dcit, dwit) pair can we reject the hypothesis of correlation. for the period 2004-2008, the estimated pearson correlation values vary in the range between -0.02 (dcus-dwit) and 0.40 (dsus-dcus). critical values indicate there are seven correlation coefficients below the critical value, in each case for pairs of italian and us prices (dcit and dwit with us ag-commodity prices). for the period 2008-2012, we find the pearson correlation values vary in the range between 0.11 (dsus and dwit) and 0.40 (dwit-dcit; dwus-dcus; doil-dsit). with respect to evidence of comovement across oil prices and commodity prices for entire period and sub-periods we find evidence of weak comovement of oil and ag-commodity prices that is weakest during the sub-period 1999-2004 and stronger in the later sub-periods; correlation is smaller with each of the italian ag commodities compared to us. the analysis suggests that for sub-periods energy and agricultural market price comovement seems to become stronger in more recent periods. the general conclusion is that the us ag commodity price innovations appear to be more correlated with those of oil prices while little evidence of such correlation is found between italian ag commodity price innovations and oil price innovations. 4.4 market integration the cointegration analysis is used to examine the comovements between oil and agricommodity prices (johansen and juselius, 1990). some of the series checked for unit roots are found to be stationary with a breaking trend, then the johansen and gregoryhansen (gh) tests are used to check for the presence of cointegration for all pairwise price series that accounts for a break in the cointegration relationship. 8 in a bivariate time series characterized by nonstationarity, correlation of in nonstationary levels is meaningless as by definition the series are not generated by population data generation processes that are invariant with respect to time. in the absence of a population counterpart, correlation would result in spurious inference (johansen, 1989). 106 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver table 6. pearson correlation coefficients for first difference series of ag-commodity prices. series 99/01/08 12/05/25; two tail critical value 5% = 0,0742*; n = 699 d_cit d_wit d_sit d_cus d_wus d_sus d_oil 1.0000 0.2597 0.2037 0.1153 0.1420 0.0706 0.1130 d_cit 1.0000 0.1544 0.0827 0.1907 0.0648 0.0751 d_wit 1.0000 0.2329 0.1603 0.2513 0.2096 d_sit 1.0000 0.3655 0.2150 0.2135 d_cus 1.0000 0.2186 0.2149 d_wus 1.0000 0.2151 d_sus 1.0000 d_oil series 99/01/08 04/07/16; two tail critical value 5% = 0,1154*; n = 289 d_cit d_wit d_sit d_cus d_wus d_sus d_oil 1.0000 -0.0451 0.2196 -0.0258 -0.0333 0.0346 -0.0831 d_cit 1.0000 0.1664 0.0463 0.0921 0.0380 0.0411 d_wit 1.0000 0.1564 0.1312 0.1860 0.0508 d_sit 1.0000 0.5333 0.3176 0.1840 d_cus 1.0000 0.2001 0.2180 d_wus 1.0000 0.1676 d_sus 1.0000 d_oil series 04/07/23 08/10/03; two tail critical value 5% = 0,1323*; n = 220. d_cit d_wit d_sit d_cus d_wus d_sus d_oil 1.0000 0.4456 0.1257 -0.0064 0.1300 0.0769 0.1330 d_cit 1.0000 0.0302 -0.0227 0.1644 0.0577 -0.0529 d_wit 1.0000 0.2964 0.1082 0.2573 0.1080 d_sit 1.0000 0.3518 0.3994 0.2014 d_cus 1.0000 0.3007 0.1356 d_wus 1.0000 0.2280 d_sus 1.0000 d_oil series 08/10/10 12/05/25; two tail critical value 5% = 0,1424*; n = 190. d_cit d_wit d_sit d_cus d_wus d_sus d_oil 1.0000 0.3850 0.2688 0.2402 0.3013 0.1207 0.2538 d_cit 1.0000 0.2399 0.1363 0.2978 0.1076 0.1949 d_wit 1.0000 0.2550 0.2356 0.3585 0.3905 d_sit 1.0000 0.3943 0.1662 0.2519 d_cus 1.0000 0.1970 0.3013 d_wus 1.0000 0.2893 d_sus 1.0000 d_oil * shaded values are below the critical values. source: author computation. 107agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration table 7. johansen trace test for cointegration in price level: 1999:w1-2012:w21. cus sus wus cit sit wit cus sus 18.87 wus 27.79** 26.44** cit 26.60** 27.15** 30.74** sit 12.74 25.91** 32.52*** 29.56** wit 23.93* 29.33** 42.17*** 31.24*** 28.69** oil 15.36 17.73 21.16 23.11 16.38 19.50 the critical values are 31.15, 25.87 and 23.34 for 1%, 5% and 10% respectively (mackinnon-haugmichelis, 1999, critical values). ***, ** and *denote statistical significance at 1%, 5% and 10% level of significance, respectively. null is no cointegration. the results of the trace test reported on table 7 indicate that all ag-commodity prices are pair wise cointegrated with the exception of sus and cus and sit and cus. these results suggest that italian and us agricultural markets are integrated while there is not statistical evidence that oil market affects the ag-commodity markets in us or in italy. an absence of cointegration is found for cus and sus. this is consistent with a dominance of ethanol demand for corn that drives a wedge between the two markets. table 8 reports the results of the cointegration test for the first sub-period and shows the null hypothesis of no cointegration is rejected for us corn and wheat with italian commodity prices. us soybeans is cointegrated with the italian ag-commodities, confirming the results obtained during the entire period of observation and is also cointegrated with the oil prices; us corn is cointegrated with us soybean and wheat. the italian ag-commodity markets appear to be cointegrated with the us soybean market, and a significant cointegration exists between it soybeans and oil prices. table 8. johansen trace test for cointegration: period 1999:w1-2004:w29. cus sus wus cit sit wit cus sus 26.10** wus 30.80** 25.95** cit 21.47 34.33*** 20.40 sit 17.32 39.44*** 15.48 18.18 wit 17.24 34.24*** 17.60 23.18 17.75 oil 21.37 30.75** 18.89 22.44 24.10* 17.03 ***, ** and *denote statistical significance at 1%, 5% and 10% level of significance, respectively. the results reported in table 9 for the sub-period (2004-2008) suggest a different market condition: italian corn, soybeans and wheat prices are cointegrated with their corresponding italian prices though not in all cases with us prices and never with the oil 108 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver prices. the pairwise cointegrations between soybean and corn in the italian markets suggest also that the price movements of these two major ag-commodity markets are moving together. the first observation inherent in this period is that us and italian ag-commodity prices move together and us commodity prices are not in general cointegrated with italian ag-commodity prices. we also find an absence of cointegration between us commodity price pairs. table 9. johansen trace test for cointegration: period 2004:w30-2008:w40. cus sus wus cit sit wit cus sus 15.60 wus 19.70 12.93 cit 21.70* 23.18 12.69 sit 13.71 24.74* 34.77*** 31.06** wit 23.95* 24.37* 30.09 16.53 30.44** oil 15.32 19.03 12.66 10.85 15.24 17.36 ***, ** and *denote statistical significance at 1%, 5% and 10% level of significance, respectively. for the last sub-period presented in table 10, the situation is consistently different. the null hypothesis of absence of cointegration with oil is rejected for all products except cit. these findings are consistent with the increasing use of ag-commodities in biofuel production that has generated more interdependence between oil and ag-commodity markets. we also find us prices to be cointegrated except between soy and wheat. us corn is cointegrated with italian corn and with wheat while italian soy appears not to be cointegrated with us corn prices. for each product, us and italian markets appear cointegrated. no evidence of cointegration across italian product prices is found. table 10. johansen trace test for cointegration: 2008:w41-2012:w21. cus sus wus cit sit wit cus sus 27.75** wus 29.53** 16.70 cit 24.50* 9.51 14.86 sit 18.05 47.26*** 11.59 9.20 wit 42.80*** 19.27 62.59*** 13.35 9.62 oil 28.80** 36.68*** 36.22*** 20.46 32.39*** 35.91*** ***, ** and *denote statistical significance at 1%, 5% and 10% level of significance, respectively. 109agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration these results are supported by the observations of other authors. campiche et al. (2007) found that while there is no evidence of cointegration among the variables for the period 2003-2005, corn and soybean prices are cointegrated with crude oil prices in the next period 2006-2007. harri et al. (2009) found robust evidence of cointegration between crude oil and corn, soybeans starting in april 2006. nazlioglu (2011) examined the cointegration between oil and three key ag-commodity prices and found evidence of corn and soybean price cointegration with the oil prices during the period 2008-2010. structural break timing has been determined a priori in the previous papers. here, we examine evidence of breaks within the context of our cointegration models, using gregory-hansen tests based on equations (3a – 3c) that allow for identification of structural break for the entire period 1999-2012. results are reported in table 11. table 11. g-h cointegration test with one structural break9 for us ag-commodities and oil: 1999:w1-2012:w21. cus-oil sus-oil wus-oil adf* c -3.45 -4.21 -4.23 c/t -3.84 -5.38** (2004: w34) -4.26 c/s -4.06 -4.94* (2008: w10) -4.65 zt * c -4.69** (2010: w19) -4.44* (2007: w39) -3.81 c/t -5.52*** (2004: w22) -5.72*** (2004: w33) -3.85 c/s -5.72*** (2004: w37) -5.20** (2007: w39) -4.03 zα * c -42.20** (2010: w19) -40.26** (2007: w39) -28.61 c/t -56.96** (2004: w22) -61.15*** (2004: w33) -28.91 c/s -62.39*** (2004: w37) -52.52** (2007: w39) -31.49 ***/**/* statistical significance at 1%, 5% and 10% level of significance, respectively; break dates in brackets. for oil and cus price, the adf* test did not reject the null hypothesis of no cointegration with model in the versions c, c/t and c/s whereas zt * and zα * type test results suggest the rejection of the null for each of the three models. significance of structural breaks were found for may and september 2004 (week 22 and 37) and may 2010 (week 19). for soybeans and oil, the three tests do not support the rejection of the null hypothesis of cointegration and structural break evidence is found for august 2004 (week 33); besides, zt * and zα * fail to reject the null in the regime shift model with a break in july 2007 (week 39). for the long-run relationship between wheat and brent prices, no evidence was found 9 model c: level shift, model c/t: level shift with trend, model c/s: regime shift. null hypothesis: no cointegration. for adf* and zt * tests, critical values in model c are: -5.13 at 1%, -4.61 at 5% and -4.34 at 10%; in model c/t:-5.45 at 1%, -4.99 at 5% and -4.72 at 10%; in model c/s: -5.47 at 1%, -4.95 at 5% and -4.68 at 10%. critical values for zα * test are -50.07, 40.48, -36.19 respectively at 1, 5 and 10% in model c; -57.28, -47.96 and –43.22 at 1, 5 and 10% in model c/t; -57.17, -47.04 and -41.85 at 1, 5 and 10% in model c/s. the optimal lag length for adf* test was selected by akaike information criterion. 110 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver for cointegration; a possible explanation is the wheat prices are less dependent on energy prices because only a limited quantity is used in the ethanol production. table 12. g-h cointegration test with one structural break for it ag-commodities and oil. cit-oil sit-oil wit-oil adf* c -3.77 -4.11 -3.75 c/t -4.01 -4.13 -3.84 c/s -4.27 -4.20 -4.27 zt* c -3.58 -3.69 -3.36 c/t -3.58 -3.71 -3.33 c/s -3.73 -3.84 -3.59 zα* c -24.72 -27.95 -21.93 c/t -24.63 -28.21 -22.15 c/s -28.14 -29.42 -25.67 ***/**/* statistical significance at 1%, 5% and 10% level of significance, respectively; break dates in brackets. the results of gregory hansen tests reported in table 12 do not in any case support the inference of cointegration between the crude oil and the italian ag-commodity prices. the results of table 13 suggest the cointegration between the italy and us ag-commodity markets. these findings are consistent with those obtained by running the cointegration test without structural breaks. results appear to be more robust for wheat and soybean commodities (confirmed by all the three tests). for corn, evidence of cointegration follows only from the zt * and zα * tests. table 13. cointegration test with one structural break between italian and us ag-commodities. cit-cus sit-sus wit-wus adf* c -3.89 -4.83** (2010: w19) -5.29** (2001: w34) c/t -4.21 -4.96* (2010: w19) -5.26** (2001: w14) c/s -4.43 -6.11*** (2008: w29) -5.56*** (2004: w28) zt * c -4.81** (2008: w31) -7.11*** (2010: w19) -5.70*** (2001: w19) c/t -5.10** (2003: w27) -7.04*** (2010: w19) -5.71*** (2001: w19) c/s -4.86** (2008: w26) -7.63*** (2010: w19) -5.98*** (2004: w29) zα * c -45.21** (2008: w31) -90.15*** (2010: w19) -61.46*** (2001: w19) c/t -50.52** (2003: w27) -88.94*** (2010: w19) -61.49*** (2001: w19) c/s -46.00* (2008: w26) -103.52*** (2010: w19) -67.48*** (2004: w29) ***/**/* denote statistical significance at 1%, 5% and 10% level of significance, respectively. break dates in brackets. 111agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration 5. price transmission market imperfections may interfere with the price adjustment process in many ways: asymmetric response, speed adjustment, biased information, decisions of storage and inventory holding, policy intervention and others (granger et al., 1989). market conditions determine price transmission. if the condition of market efficiency holds, the price change in one market is instantaneously and completely transmitted to the related market and the price difference will reflect only the transfer cost (fama, 1970; goodwin, 1992). the cointegration condition of long-run equilibrium requires that the integrated pair-wise series comove together. price transmission is tested with a cointegration error correction model (rapsomanikis et al., 2006; minot, 2011). the hypothesis of price transmission from us (here assumed to be the leading market) versus italy (domestic market) is empirically justified by the large volume of unidirectional commodity flow that has created a strong dependency of italy on us exports of these ag-commodities: more than the 90% of the entire volume of italy’s ag-commodity trade is with us. the price transmission analysis is performed by using the vector error correction model vecm in the following general form: α π γ ε= + + ∑ +− = −p p pt t kk q t k t1 1 (5) where pt is a n x 1 vector of n price variables; δ is the difference operator, δpt = pt – pt-1; εt is a n x 1 vector of error terms; α is a n x 1 vector of estimated parameters that describe the trend component; π is a n x n matrix of estimated parameters for the long-term relationship and the error correction adjustment; and γk is a set of n x n matrices of estimated parameters for the short-run relationship between prices, one for each of q lags of the model. the vecm provides a basis for evaluation of relationships across cointegrated series given that cointegration implies that the two prices move closely in the long-run, though in the short-term the two series could drift apart. this approach is appropriate if the following two conditions are held: i) all variables are nonstationary and integrated of order one i(1), following a random walk; ii) the variables are cointegrated in a linear combination that satisfies the stationary condition. the cointegration equation is: pd = α + β pw + ε10 (6) pd and pw are the prices representative of two spatially separated markets integrated of the same order and the error term ε is stationary, β, the cointegrating vector is the price response of dominated market to price changes of the leading market in the long-run. since prices are expressed in logarithms, β is the long-run elasticity of the domestic price with respect to the us price or the long-run elasticity of price transmission. the expected value for imported commodities is a β value ranging between 0 < β < 1; for β = 0 the 10 this equation is comparable to eq (2) of the previous section (goodwin, 1992). 112 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver us market has influence on the italian markets, for β=1 the price change in us market is entirely passed to the italian market (ravallion, 1986); considering the lagged effect i.e. β = 0.5 the 50% of the change in us price will be transmitted to the italian price in the long-run (minot, 2011). the regression equation form for vecm model is: α θ β δ ρ ε( )= + − + + +− − − −p p p p pt d t d t w t w t d t1 1 1 1 (7) where pt d is the natural logarithm of the italian (domestic) price of corn, soybeans and wheat respectively, pt w is the natural logarithm of the us (world) price of the same italian commodities, α, θ, β, δ, and ρ are parameters to be estimated and εt is the error term, the expression in parenthesis (pd t-1βpw t-1) is the deviation from the long-run equilibrium. the following two terms measure the short term impact of the lagged increments (δ) of the natural logarithm of international and domestic prices (conforti, 2004). the error correction coefficient (θ) measures the speed of adjustment, expected to fluctuate in the range between -1<θ<0. if the lagged error correction term (the term in parentheses) is positive, the domestic price is too high given the long-term relationship, then the negative value of θ “corrects” the error by making it more likely that the δpt d is negative. the larger θ is in absolute value (closer to 1), the more quickly the domestic price (pd) will adjust to the value consistent with its long-run relationship to the world price (pw). the coefficient of change in the world price (δ) is the short-run elasticity of the italian price relative to the us price and represents the percentage adjustment of domestic price one period after a one percent shock in international price. the expected value is 0<δ<β (minot, 2011). the coefficient of the lagged change in the domestic price (ρ) is the autoregressive term, indicating the change of the italian price caused by the change of the corresponding price in the next period, the expected value ranges between -1<ρ<1. table 14 reports the results for the transmission of us prices to the corresponding italian prices. the unit root tests reported above suggest that each domestic price is nonstationary, and the johansen cointegration test is used to test for a long-run relationship between the italian and the us prices. the results suggest that all the domestic prices have a long-run relationship with the us prices for the corresponding commodity. the long-run elasticity of price transmission is statistically significant for all the commodities and very high for soybeans (0.96) and wheat (0.74) meaning that a high percent change of the us price is passed through to the italian price in the long-run. the speed of adjustment coefficient (θ) is negative as expected for sit and wit and statistically significant at 1% level while for corn there is a slightly positive θ. the value of short run adjustment coefficient (δ) is in the expected range but is not significant for all pairs of commodities. the auto-regressive term is statistically significant for all the variables and is higher for corn. summarizing the results obtained from the transmission model, for each commodity we find the long-run relationship values (β coefficient) are larger than those that indicate short-run transmission (δ). an important role is performed by the autoregressive term meaning that for the corn market in italy, the 42% of the change of corn price in period t, is transmitted to period t+1; for the soybean market the value of lr adjustment increases to 0.96 and the short run autoregressive value declines to 0.013; for the wheat market, the lr adjustment value is 0.74 and the autoregressive value is 0.026. 113agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration 6. conclusion a number of studies have presented results that support the hypothesis of integration among the ag-commodity markets; more recently many researchers have demonstrated the growing interaction between oil and the ag-commodity price, and more difficulties in predicting the price changes of ag-commodities. since the price comovements are becoming increasingly complex, this research has been dedicated to test the hypothesis of market integration and price transmission between us and italy for oil and some relevant ag-commodities. our results offer traders and policy makers more reliable information to improve their decisions in market trade and policy formation. time series analysis has been used for testing the initial hypothesis that the oil price is an exogenous signal driving the ag-commodity prices. this is intuitively justified by the large amount of energy inputs used for the ag-commodity production (e.g. fuel, fertilizer, seed, machinery) and the growing quantity of ag-commodities used for biofuel production. the link between us and italy ag-commodity markets is grounded on the large volume of ag-commodities flowing from us to italy and the recognized leadership of us prices settled at the cbt. however, price transmission is a more complex phenomenon embedding the comovement, completeness, speed of adjustment asymmetries, in a contest of rapid market change (engle and granger, 1987; johansen and juselius, 1990). in short our results highlight the importance of identifying sample breaks in time series. as clearly illustrated in table 9 and 10, results and inferences are not robust across sample periods. intuitively, this highlights the need to empirically determine the time location of structural breaks. by definition, the presence of such a break implies a change in the underlying data generating mechanism and, therefore, a change in parameter values and perhaps functional form of any relationships. based on identified structural breaks, we find cointegration to vary across sample periods for both cointegration between us and italian markets within us or italian domestic settings. these results also highlight the sample dependence of structural estimates, an intuitive statement that is often overlooked when results are compared across papers using different sample periods. table 14. transmission of the us food prices (world) versus the italian food prices (domestic). commodity unit root in italian prices adf pp kpss za long-run relationship johansen test error correction model long-run adjustment β speed of adjustment θ short-run adjustment δ autoregressive term ρ cit yes yes 0.569* 0.002 0.015 0.416* sit yes yes 0.963* -0.038* 0.013 0.202* wit yes yes 0.738* -0.017* 0.026 0.296* * statistically significant at 1% level. 114 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver references abbott, p., hurt, c., and tyner, w. (2008). what’s driving food prices? farm foundation issue report. farm foundation, oak brook, il. algieri b. (2012), price volatility, speculation and excessive speculation in commodity markets: sheep or shepherd behaviour, zentrum fur entwircklungforshung reserearch, university bonn, de. ardeni p.g. (1989), does the law of one price really hold for commodity prices?. american journal of agricultural economics, 71: 303-28. areal f.j., balcombe k., and rapsomanikis g. (2013), testing for bubbles in agriculture commodity markets, mpra paper n° 48015 on line http://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen. de/48015. associazione nazionale cerealisti. (2011). la mappa dell’import in italia dei cereali, semi oleosi e farine proteiche. source: http://www.slideserve.com/magdalena/la-mappadell-import-in-italia-dei-cereali-semi-oleosi-e-farine-proteiche. balcombe k.(2009), the nature and determinants of volatility in agricultural prices: and empirical study from 1962 to 2008. in: sarris, a. and morrison, j. (eds.), the evolving structure of the world agricultural trade. rome, italy fao, 09-136. balcombe, k., and fraser, i. (2013). explosive root regimes and volatility shifts in economic time series ,(draft), school of economics university of kent canterbury. campiche, j.l., bryant, h., l., richardson, j. w., and outlaw, j. l. (2007). examining the evolving correspondence between petroleum prices and agricultural commodity price. the american agricultural economics association annual meeting, portland, or, july 29-aug. 1. chatellier v., (2011). price volatility, market regulation and risk management: challenges for the future of cap. international agricultural policy 1: 33-50. ciaian, p. and d’artis, k. (2011a). interdependencies in the energy-bioenergy-food price systems: a cointegration analysis. resource and energy economics, 33(1): 326-348. ciaian, p. and d’artis, k. (2011b). food, energy and environment: is bioenergy the missing link? food policy, 36(5): 571-580. de gorter, h. and just, d. r. (2010). the social costs and benefits of biofuel: the intersection of environmental, energy and agricultural policy. applied economic perspectives and policy, 32(1): 4-32. conforti, p. (2004). price transmission in selected agricultural markets. commodity and trade policy research working paper no 7. rome: food and agriculture organisation. deaton, a. and laroque, g. (1995). estimating a non linear rotational expectations commodity price model with unobservable state variables. journal of applied econometrics, 10: 9-40. dickey, d. a., and fuller, w. a. (1979). distribution of estimators for time series regressions with a unit root. journal of american statistical association, 74: 427-431. eia. (2012). biofuels issues and trends independent statistics. source: http://www.eia.gov/ biofuels/issuestrends/pdf/bit.pdf. engle r.f.,and granger c.w.j., (1987). cointegration and error correction: representation, estimation and testing. econometrica, 55: 251-276. 115agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration esposti, r. and listorti, g. (2013). agricultural price transmission across space and commodities during price bubbles. agricultural economics, 44: 125–139. fama, eugene f. (1970). efficient capital markets: a review of theory and empirical work, journal of finance, 25 (2), 383-417. fao, ifad, oecd imf, wfp unctad. (2011). “price volatility in food and agricultural markets: policy responses” fao, rome. gilbert, c.l. (2010). how to understand high food prices. journal of agricultural economics, 61: 398–425. gilbert c.l. and morgan c.w. (2010), has food price volatility risen? revised version 8 april 2010. workshop on methods to analyze price volatility. seville. spain. january 2010. goodwin b.k. (1992). multivariate cointegration tests and the law of one price in international wheat markets. review of agricultural economics, 14: 117-124. gohin, a. and chantret, f. (2010). the long-run impact of energy prices on world food markets: the role of macro-economic linkages. energy policy, 38(1): 333-339. granger, c.w. j. and lee, t.,h.,(1989). investigation on production, sales inventory relationships using multi-cointegration and non symmetric error correction models. journal of applied econometrics, 4, 145-159. granger, c.w.j. and newbold p., (1974), spurious regression in econometrics. journal of econometrics, 2, 111-120. gregory, a. w. and hansen, b.e. (1996). residual-based tests for cointegration in models with regime shifts. journal of econometrics, 70: 99-126. gutierrez l. and piras f. (2013). a global weath market model (glowmm) for the analysis of wheat export prices, paper presented at the annual conference aieaa”, parma. harri, a., nalley, l. and l. hudson, d. (2009). the relationship between oil, exchange rates, and commodity prices. journal of agricultural and applied economics, 41(2): 501–510. headey, d. and fan, s. (2008). anatomy of a crisis: the causes and consequences of surging food prices. agricultural economics, 39 (suppl): 375-391 helmberger, p.g., weaver r.d., and haygood k.t. (1982). rational expectations and competitive pricing and storage. american journal of agricultural economics, 64: 266-270. helmberger p. and weaver r. (1977). welfare implications of commodity storage under uncertainty. american journal of agricultural economics, 59: 639-651. hertel, t., tyner, w. and beirut, d. (2010). the global impact of biofuel mandate. the energy journal, 31: 75-100. huchet-bourdon, m. (2011). agricultural commodity price volatility: an overview. oecd food, agriculture and fisheries working papers, no. 52, oecd publishing johansen s., (1989). correlation, regression and cointegration of non stationary economic time series. unpublished paper, univ. copenhagen, denmark. johansen, s., juselius, k. (1990). maximum likelihood estimation and inference on cointegration with application on demand for money. oxford bulletin of economics and statistics, 52: 169-209. kwaitkowski, d., phillips, p.c.b., schmidt, p. and shin, y. (1992). testing the null hypothesis of stationarity against the alternative of a unit root. journal of econometrics, 54:159-178. 116 f. rosa, m. vasciaveo, r.d. weaver lapan, h. and moschini, g. (2012). second best biofuel policy and the welfare effect on quantity mandates and subsidies. journal of environmental economics and management, 63: 224-241. leucci, a.c., ghinoi s., sgargi d. and junior v.j.w. (2013). variation and links among food and energy international process. an analysis through var models from 2000 to 2012, paper presented at the 2.nd annual conference aieaa, parma. mcnew, k. and fackler, p.l. (1997). testing market equilibrium: is cointegration informative?. journal of agricultural and resource economics, 22: 191-207. listorti, g. and esposti, r., (2012), horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets: fundamental concepts and open empirical issues. bio-base and applied economics, 1, 81-108. minot, n. (2011). transmission of world food price changes to markets in sub-saharan africa. ifpri discussion paper 01059 paper series, no: 4682. source: http://ssrn. com/abstract=1233058. minot, n. (2012). food price volatility in sub-saharan africa: has it really increased? international association of agricultural economists (iaae) triennial conference, foz do iguaçu, brazil, august 18-24. myers, r.j. (1992). time series econometrics and commodity price analysis. department of economics the university of queensland. nazlioglu, s. (2011). world oil and agricultural prices: evidence from nonlinear causality. energy policy 39: 2935-2943. oecd (2008). rising food prices: causes, consequences and responses. oecd policy brief. perron, p. (1989). the great crash, the oil price shock and the unit root hypothesis. econometrica, 57:1361-1401. phillips, p.c.b. and perron, p. (1988). testing for a unit root in time series regressions. biometrica, 75: 335-346. phillips, p.c.b., shi s., and yu j. 2012. testing for multiple bubbles. cowles foundation discussion paper no. 1843. yale university. piot-lepetit, i.m., and barek, r. (eds.). (2011). methods to analyse agricultural commodity price volatility. springer science+business media, llc 20. quiroz, j.a. and soto, r. (1996). international price signals in agricultural markets: do governments care? unpublished mimeo, gerens and ilades/georgetown university. rapsomanikis, g., hallam, d. and conforti, p. (2006). market integration and price transmission in selected food and cash crop markets of developing countries: review and applications. in: fao and edward elgar (eds.), agricultural commodity market and trade: new approaches to analyzing market structure and instability. cheltenham, uk. rapsomanikis, g. (2011). price transmission and volatility spillovers in food markets. in: a. prakash (edit.). safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. fao. rome. ravallion, m. (1986). testing marketing integration. american journal of agricultural economics 68 (2): 292–307. robles, m., torero m. and von braun, j. (2009). when speculation matters. issue brief 57, 117agricultural and oil commodities: price transmission and market integration washington, dc: international food policy research institute. source: http://www. ifpri.org/sites/default/files/publications/ib57.pdf. rosa, f. (1999). testing the quality-price relations in parmigiano and padano cheese markets, journal of international food & agribusiness marketing 10(3): 19-43. rosa, f. and vasciaveo, m. (2012). volatilità dei prezzi agricoli: un confronto fra prodotti e paesi dell’ue, agriregionieuropa, 31. . sarris, a. (2013). food commodity price instability and food security. 2nd annual conference aieaa, parma. serra, t. and gil, j.m. (2012) price volatility in food markets: can stock building mitigate the price fluctuation?. paper presented to the international association of agricultural economists, foz do iguaçu, brazil, august 18-24. sharma, r. (2002). the transmission of world price signals: concept issues and some evidences from asian cereal markets. ocde global forum on agriculture. ocde, ccnm/gf/agr 10. schmidhuber, j. (2007). biofuels: an emerging threat to europe’s food security? impact of an increased biomass use on agricultural markets, prices and food security: a longer-term perspective. notre europe sumner, d.a. (2009). recent commodity price movements in historical perspective. american journal of agricultural economics 91 (5): 1250-1256. tomek, w.g. and myers, r.j. (1993). empirical analysis of agricultural commodity prices: a viewpoint. review of agricultural economics 15 (1): 181-202. trostle, r. (2008). global agricultural supply and demand: factors contributing to the recent increase in food commodity prices. usda, economic research service, report wrs-0801. tyner, w.e. and taheripour, f. (2008). policy options for integrated energy and agricultural markets. review of agricultural economics 30: 387-396. von braun, j. et al. (2008). high food prices: the what, who, and how of proposed policy actions. ifpri. source: http://www.ifpri.org/publication/high-food-prices. yang, j. and leatham, d.j. (1999). price discovery in wheat futures markets, journal of agricultural and applied economics, southern agricultural economics association, 31(02): 359-370. yu, t.h., bessler, d. a. and fuller, s. (2006). cointegration and causality analysis of world vegetable oil and crude oil prices. selected paper prepared for presentation at the american agricultural economics association annual meeting, long beach, california july 23-26 zhang, q. and reed, m. (2008). examining the impact of the world crude oil price on china’s agricultural commodity prices: the case of corn, soybean, and pork. proceedings of the southern agricultural economics association annual meetings, dallas, tx, february 2–5 zhang, z., lohr, l., escalante, c. and wetzstein, m. (2010). food versus fuel: what do prices tell us? energy policy 38: 445–451. zivot, e. and andrews, d.w.k. (1992). further evidence on the great crash, the oil price shock and the unit root hypothesis. journal of business and economic statistics 10: 251-270. bio-based and applied economics 3(3): 285-294, 2014 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-14767 short communication global governance of biofuels: a case for public-private governance? farhad mukhtarov1, patricia osseweijer2, robin pierce3 1 ada university, ahmadbey aghaoglu street, 11, baku az1009, azerbaijan 2 delft university of technology, julianalaan 67, 2628bc delft, the netherlands 3 harvard law school, 23 everett st., cambridge, ma 02138, usa abstract. with this paper, we examine the current state of global governance of biofuels and assess the potential regulatory and non-regulatory mechanisms for such governance. we ask two questions: a) what are the current efforts and initiatives towards the global governance of biofuels; and b) which form of global governance is more likely to emerge in the field of bioenergy. we come to the conclusion that institution building through private governance and non-state actor partnerships can offer a viable and effective means of governance. however, the primacy of partnerships and networks in global governance also means a number of pitfalls to avoid, especially with regard to legitimacy and inclusion. drawing lessons from the fields of forest and marine policy, we close with a number of policy recommendations for better private initiatives and partnerships for global governance of biofuels. keywords. private governance, biofuels, partnerships, legitimacy. jel code. f5 1. introduction: the rise of biofuels a bio-economy is a new buzzword in the global public policy community. a bioeconomy can be broadly defined as a socio-economic system where biomass is used for the production of materials previously derived from fossil fuels. one of the major tenets of a bio-economy is the production and use of bioenergy, which have gained global prominence in the first decade of the new millennium (fao, 2008). the first decade of the 20th century has seen the six-fold increase in the production volumes of biofuels from 18 billion litres to 110 billion litres (unep, 2009). according to the world energy outlook (2013), this trend will grow and the use of biofuels will triple by 2035. it would then represent eight per cent of all road-transport fuel consumed (ibid). despite the fact that oil prices have been high in the last decade, the price of bioethanol and biodiesel mostly remain higher than conventional petroleum (rathenau institute, 2011). this explains why bio-energy requires support from nation-states through man* corresponding author: fmukhtarov@gmail.com. 286 f. mukhtarov, p. osseweijer, r. pierce dates of blending, production and subsidies to the industry (bailis and baka, 2011). as a result, government programmes have been launched in support of biofuels (jenkins, 2008; kircher, 2012), and international public-private partnerships, academic and practitioner conferences, workshops and university curricula are established worldwide (e.g. levidow et al., 2013). by framing biofuels as a solution to the looming climate change, greater energy security and new economic opportunities in agriculture, prominent global actors such as the european union (eu), the european commission (ec), the governments of the us, uk, brazil, india support some form of a transition to a bio-economy (rathenau institute, 2011). the political-economic system around biofuels is characterised by global production, consumption and movement of capital and demands a global form of governance. relatively few studies to date have examined the extent of governance of biofuels, and those which have, emphasize the prevalence of national level regulation and the ad hoc and discordant state of global initiatives (e.g. bastos lima and gupta, 2013; mccormick et al., 2012; bailis and baka, 2011). scholars increasingly realize that some form of global governance of biofuels is necessary (e.g. scarlat and dalemand, 2011; bastos lima and gupta, 2013). for example, bastos lima and gupta (2013) made a case for global ‘non-governance’ of biofuels and called attention to more research in this field. given the policy importance of the bio-economy transition as pushed by the european commission, the us and the bric (brazil, russian, india, and china) countries, and the controversy which biofuels spurred in terms of their sustainability, global governance indeed needs more policy and research attention. with this policy commentary, we examine the current state of global governance of biofuels and assess the potential forms for governance to emerge. we ask two questions: a) what are the current efforts and initiatives towards the global governance of biofuels; and b) which form of global governance needs to be pursued and how. section 2 discusses various types of global governance mechanisms from the international relations literature; section 3 reviews the existent global governance mechanisms in the area of biofuels. section 4 makes the case for institution building through multi-stakeholder partnerships and makes policy suggestions on strengthening it based on parallels with the areas of water and forest resources. finally, section 5 discusses the policy implications and conclusions of the commentary. 2. the global environmental governance the concept of global governance was introduced in the field of international relations a few decades ago, and has since emerged as a burgeoning academic and policy field (rosenau, 1992; pattberg, 2005; biermann and pattberg, 2008). the rise of this concept is linked to the process of globalization and the realization that many policy issues cross state boundaries and need to be tackled transnationally. global governance allows us to move beyond the traditional dichotomies of national versus international and public versus private governance (pattberg, 2005), and emphasizes the non-state actors and networks in managing public policy issues as opposed to government hierarchies (rosenau, 1992). from the outset, global governance has been conceptualized in the form of international regimes (conca, 2006; biermann et al. 2009). international regimes are more than 287global governance of biofuels formal international agreements; these are the set of norms and rules, which guide the behaviour of actors and provide stability to a certain arena of international relations without immediate legislative enforcement (conca, 2006). regimes exist in many areas of transnational environmental governance; examples include the montreal protocol for the protection of the ozone layer, the kyoto protocol of the united nations framework commission for the climate change (unfccc), and the basel convention for control of transboundary movements of hazardous wastes and their disposal (undp, 2003). at the same time, the policy areas where efforts to build an international regime have failed also abound, as with freshwater resources, forests, and soil management (conca, 2006). in view of this, some authors have argued that global governance should be viewed broader than only international regimes and include institution-building through academic and policy conferences, global assessments, reports, and public-private partnerships and global networks (e.g. biermann et al., 2009; pattberg 2005; gupta 2009; mukhtarov, 2007). a notable form of global institution building takes place through the spread of certain norms, practices and models across political jurisdictions (mukhtarov, 2014). in such areas as global water governance and innovation management, researchers have studies the mechanisms and outcomes of such spread of institutions as a form of global governance (dobbin et al., 2007; mukhtarov, 2014; mukhtarov and gerlak, 2013). the third form of governance in addition to regimes and institution building is the international market. market-based instruments are common in establishing certain forms of governance, as with the greenhouse gas emissions and the biodiversity offsets and payments for ecosystem services (e.g. bouma et al., 2012). however, letting international market decide on bioenergy issues is questionable due to the market externalities this may trigger, such as land-grabs and that of associated resources, such as water (mehta et al., 2012); the hikes in food prices and concerns with food security and social justice (rathenau institute, 2011). the market governance of biofuels is the current status quo, and regulated by only national level legislation, which is arguably insufficient for the environmental protection. in the words of the brundtland commission, “the earth is one but the world is not”, and for an effective environmental protection, the whole life cycle of biofuels has to be regulated globally (the world commission on the environment, 1987: 27, cited in conca, 2006: 10). below we assess the current initiatives around biofuels against other two forms of global governance. 3. global initiatives to govern biofuels the latest reports of international organizations, such as fao, suggest that the policies for biofuel subsidies need to be reconsidered given the uncertainties around their impact on climate change, land use change in producer countries and effects on the environment at large (fao, 2008). recent research has further raised questions on whether large-scale production of biofuels contributes to the social and environmental objectives set out by the millennium development goals (bailis and baka, 2011: 828). some critics of biofuels have claimed that the food price hikes of 2008 are directly linked with the increased global biofuel production (rathenau institute, 2011). furthermore, the public and academic debates around biofuels are polarized as to what constitutes a bio-based future (levidow et al., 2013). one divergent view of such future is the agro-industrial vision of the bio-based 288 f. mukhtarov, p. osseweijer, r. pierce economy where large-scale biofuel production is encouraged; and another is the agro-ecological vision, where biofuels are produced at a local scale (levidow et al., 2013; schmid et al., 2012). putting global initiatives in place where views are polarised is a policy challenge. according to bastos lima (2009), the international efforts to govern biofuels can take three forms: through the reports and studies on biofuels ordered and conducted by multinational organizations such as the un, fao and unep; through networks, forums and partnerships to promote the bio-fuels, such as the bio-energy associations and the be-basic research consortium; and through the roundtables and networks whose primary goal is to establish international certification and sustainability standards for biofuels. all of these forms rely on non-state actors and their initiatives (bailis and baka, 2011). among those non-state actors, three groups of actors can be distinguished: the private sector actors such as the world bioenergy association (wba), and the global bioenergy partnership (gbp); environmental groups, such as the friends of the earth (foe), world wide fund for nature (wwf); and scientific networks, such as the nuffield council on bioethics (nuff) and the scientific committee on problems of the environment (scope). the non-state initiatives mostly converged around the issue of environmental social certification of biofuels as products and production processes (bailis and baka, 2011). examples of global initiatives include the roundtable on sustainable palm oil, the roundtable on sustainable biofuels, bonsucro, and the roundtable on responsible soy, as well as the roundtable on sustainable biofuels (rsb), and better sugar cane (bsc) (scarlat and dalemand, 2011). these initiatives represent the form of global private governance, which have been created by the agri-business and aim to establish the international standards for biofuel trade (bastos lima and gupta, 2013; mccormick et al., 2012). such an upsurge in the private initiatives can be explained by the lack of inter-state agreements on biofuels. the recent un efforts to create a regime on biofuels, such as the high-level conference on world food security in 2008, have not led anywhere (e.g. bastos lima and gupta, 2013). such “deficit” of global governance is alarming (fao, 2008; bastos lima and gupta, 2013), and scholars have called for governments to link the biofuel negotiations to international negotiations on climate change and wto (scarlat and dalemand, 2011), or to international water or energy negotiations (bastos-lima and gupta, 2009). at the same time, the formation of an interstate regime is formidable given that the authority of states has been eroded in the last few decades, the knowledge and perceptions about the impacts of biofuels are highly contested and uncertain; and the production, trade and consumption of biofuels happen at a global level making multi-party government negotiations extremely challenging (conca, 2006). the failures of regime building efforts in other areas, such as freshwater and forests, indicate the new reality where private forms of global governance gain importance and need to be fostered. the private governance of biofuels, however, presents certain challenges, such as the legitimacy of certification schemes and rules set by roundtables and led by private actors (bernstein and cashore, 2007; bailis and baka, 2011). in addition, critics claimed that science, and often economics and land use planning, become the most important sources of legitimacy in such type of global governance surpassing the questions of ethics and possible value conflicts (mukhtarov and gerlak, 2014). there is a lack of accountability of voluntary initiatives and partnerships and there are concerns about the extent to which social and environmental movements and actors from the global south participate (bastos lima 289global governance of biofuels and gupta, 2013; mukhtarov 2007). having studied two such certification schemes, namely, the roundtable on sustainable palm oil (rspo) and the cramer commission criteria, partzsch (2009) claimed that these initiatives failed to include actors from developing countries, and lack mechanisms of control and accountability. awareness raising and capacity building programmes at national and local scales are necessary to strengthen the legitimacy of the voluntary schemes at large. in a separate analysis of legitimacy of rspo, schouten and glasbergen (2011) suggested that legitimacy could be approached from multiple dimensions, such as legality, moral justifications, and consent or acceptance. they claimed that rspo is facing the tension between building internal legitimacy with its diverse actors whose opinions need to be taken seriously in compromised decisions, and external legitimacy with the influential environmental and social movements and ngos. while rspo has faired relatively well in terms of internal legitimacy, it has not been able to ensure acceptance of influential external actors (shouten and glasbergen, 2011: 1898). they suggested that the legitimacy of rspo and private governance institutions more generally need to be studied ‘bottom-up’ in order to understand how legitimate they are at the local level where the production processes take place. from this brief literature analysis, we can conclude that the current forms of global governance in biofuels converge on non-binding institution-building led by the industry in partnership with states, universities and, to a lesser extent, civil society actors. there is no international regime for biofuels and it is unlikely to emerge given the complexity of negotiations. at the same time, the prevalence of non-state institution building raises questions about the legitimacy, accountability and equal representation of various actors in such fora. the task of a researcher and policy-maker engaged in this area is thus to explore how private forms of governance of biofuels may be strengthened through multistakeholder partnerships. 4. private governance: lessons from forestry and marine policy the challenges faced by the voluntary schemes of certification of biofuels are typical problems of private global governance. there is an emerging stream of literature, which analyses the role of private actors in global governance and the mechanisms to encourage their legitimacy, accountability and transparency (e.g. pattberg, 2005, 2007). lessons can be drawn from other areas of governance, such as forest management, freshwater resources and marine policy to help build or improve the existent partnerships and initiatives in biofuels. successful examples of private governance initiatives include the forest stewardship council (pattberg, 2005), the programme for the endorsement of forestry certification (pefc), and the marine stewardship council (msc) (kalfagianni and pattberg, 2013). a valuable lesson comes from the field of freshwater governance, where the efforts to build an international regime have failed at the 1992 earth summit and other high-level international meeting including within the united nations (conca, 2006; gupta, 2009). a more successful path of governance has been taken by the growing number and diversity of discourses and social movements as driving forces of an emerging world order in the field of freshwater resources (gupta 2009; mukhtarov and gerlak, 2013). conca (2006: 7) 290 f. mukhtarov, p. osseweijer, r. pierce referred to this as “a plethora of institutional forms that do in fact constitute the global governance of these problems”. similarly, the global governance of biofuels is more likely to succeed promoting diverse and seemingly discordant non-state actor based institutionbuilding initiatives and discourses rather than targeting an inter-state agreement (shubert and gupta, 2013; conca, 2006). this may eventually culminate in a formation of an international regime, which will build upon the strengthened institutions and state and nonstate actors. in such a manner, we treat the efforts of regime-formation and institution building as complementary, but place more emphasis on institution building as a more promising avenue to create a lasting system of rules. another lesson comes from the field of forest governance and is the success of forest stewardship council (fsc), a standard-setting partnership of private actors, environmental groups and experts, which brought together former adversaries. fsc in addition to its standard-setting function also facilitates institution building at the global level, brokers knowledge and norms and provides an arena for actors to learn and share experiences (pattberg, 2005). the success of fsc has encouraged the development of marine stewardship council (msc), which is now an established and successful organization (pattberg, 2006). furthermore, the structure and organization of fsc may provide lessons for private initiatives in biofuels. the tripartite system of organization within fsc is an interesting model in which business, social and environmental interests are equally represented in the general assembly, which in turn, elects the board of directors, an executive branch of fsc. the participation of actors from the south and north is equal and therefore contributes to the external and internal legitimacy of fsc. this in turn enhances the reputation of the council as impartial and contributes to consumer confidence in purchasing the products with an fsc label (pattberg, 2005). a further lesson from the fsc experience is that it has multiple functions in the world of forest governance and is not limited to sustainability certification. in addition, it sets rules of what is considered as sustainable forestry and the ‘regulatory rules’ on the style of communication, conflict resolution and suchlike. furthermore, fsc has been instrumental in brokering knowledge and norms more broadly and to provide the necessary environment for learning in various types of networks it facilitates and is part of (pattberg, 2005). more lessons for private biofuel governance may be drawn from the area of marine policy. in their study of private governance of marine ecosystems, kalfagianni and pattberg (2013) found that msc and the aquaculture stewardship council (asc) differ in rule-setting work in a way that more stringent standards promoted by msc resulted in less adoption of these standards and are mostly limited to the rich north, whereas the asc standards, being more relaxed, are more widely spread. the same relationship exists in forestry, where the fsc standard being stricter than that of programme for the endorsement of forest certification (pefc), has attracted less membership and is not as widely used (kalfagianni and pattberg, 2013). thus, the less stringent rules may be more conducive to membership in such organizations. drawing attention to the example of globalgap, the european based sustainable agriculture certification initiative which also benchmarks the national versions of gap from outside europe, such as mexicogap and newzealandgap, kalfagianni and pattberg (2013: 131) further suggested that standardsetting may also happen at the national level with later acceptance at the global level. this allows for taking a stepwise approach to global governance as an emerging cumulative form of national level regulations and voluntary standard setting. 291global governance of biofuels 5. conclusions in the introduction to this paper, we have posed two questions: a) what are the current efforts and initiatives towards the global governance of biofuels; and b) which form of global governance is more likely to be successful? concerning the first question, we observed that there is a diversity of initiatives at both national and international levels. however, the current drive for biofuels happens through the mandates and incentives of nation-state actors; and those international efforts are in the form of voluntary partnerships and mostly in the area of sustainability reporting, which has to do with the jurisdictional constraints in that legislation in one nation neither applies nor is enforceable in another. secondly, we believe that private forms of governance, largely, through partnerships with governments, is the future centrepiece of the biofuel governance. pursuing global governance through institutions means fostering multi-stakeholder partnerships between multinational corporations, states, research institutions, environmental and social movements as well as representatives of local and regional governments and individual stakeholders. the sustainability standards will have to be pushed and adopted by the agri-business in close cooperation with the states, social movements and environmental groups and other actors. the task of the international community, more specifically, the politicians, business leaders and researchers, is therefore to ensure this in a manner that allows all involved actors to speak out and be heard in decision-making. however, private and non-state governance also have pitfalls. the issue of legitimacy of partnerships led by the private sector, and that of their accountability and transparency need to be discussed in academic and practitioner circles and studied further. another important issue is inclusion of less privileged actors in partnerships and giving them voice in decision-making process in order to enhance the democratic decision-making, the external legitimacy and reputation of these partnerships. without legitimacy, neither the partnerships, nor the sustainability criteria or certification schemes, which they develop will be accepted by the major actors involved in global biofuel policy. looking at other areas of global environmental governance, such as forests, freshwater resources and marine ecosystems can be useful for fostering such legitimacy and acceptance. surely, global governance of forest and water resources is different from that of biofuels. water and forest resources are primary resources, whereas biofuels are derived from biomass, which in turn comes from forests, agriculture and requires water. nevertheless, we believe that successful examples of private and multi-stakeholder governance from forest and marine governance may provide models for sustainable biofuels, including certification and standard setting. further research exploring theses comparisons is a promising area to pursue in order to foster multi-stakeholder partnerships and institutional forms of governance of biofuels at the global level. acknowledgements we thank be-basic research consortium for funding for this research and two anonymous reviewers for their comments. 292 f. mukhtarov, p. osseweijer, r. pierce references bailis, r., and baka, j. (2011). constructing sustainable biofuels: governance of the emerging biofuel economy. annals of the association of american geographers 101(4): 827-838. bastos lima, m., and gupta, j. (2013). the policy context of biofuels: a case of nongovernance at the global level? global environmental politics 13(2): 46-64. bastos lima, m. (2009). biofuel governance and international legal principles: is it equitable and sustainable? melbourne journal of international law 10(2): 479-492. bernstein, s., and b. cashore. (2007). can non-state global governance be legitimate? an analytical framework. regulation & governance 1: 347–371. biermann, f., pattberg, p. van asselt, h. and zelli, f. (2009). the fragmentation of global governance architectures: a framework for analysis. global environmental politics 9(4): 14-40. biermann, f., and pattberg, p. (2008). global environmental governance: taking stock, moving forward. annual review of environment and resources 33: 277-94. bouma, j., kj. joy, vk. lan, l.a. ramirez, and m. steyn (2012). poverty, livelihoods and the conservation of nature in biodiversity hotspots around the world in nature’s wealth. cambridge: cambridge university press. conca, k. (2006). governing water: contentious transnational politics and global institutions building. cambridge: mit press. dobbin, f., simmons, b. and geoffrey, g. (2007) the global diffusion of public policies: social construction, coercion, competition, or learning. annual review of sociology 33: 449–472. fao (food and agriculture organization). (2008). biofuels: prospects, risks and opportunities. state of food and agriculture. rome: food and agriculture organization. gupta, j. (2009). driving forces in global freshwater governance. in: d. huitema and s.v. meijerink, eds., water policy entrepreneurs: a research companion to water transitions around the globe (cheltenham: edgar elgar, 2009), p. 52. haas, p. (1989). do regimes matter? epistemic communities and mediterranean pollution control. international organization 43(3): 377–403. high-level conference on world food security. (2008). declaration of the high-level conference on world food security. rome: fao. jenkins, t. (2008). towards a biobased economy: examples from the uk. biofuels, bioproducts and biorefining 2: 133-143. kalfagianni, a., and pattberg, p. (2013). fishing in muddy waters: exploring the conditions for effective governance of fisheries and aquaculture. marine policy 38: 124-132. keck, m. and sikking, k. (1998). activists beyond borders: advocacy networks in international politics. ithaca: cornell university press, 228. kircher, m. (2012). the transition to a bio-economy: national perspectives. biofuels, bioproducts and biorefining 6: 240-245. landeweerd, l., p. osseweijer, et al. (2009). distributing responsiblity in the debate on sustainable biofuels. science, engineering and ethics 15: 531-543. levidow, l., birch, k., and papioannou, t. (2013). divergent paradigms of european agro-food innovation: the knowledge-based bio-economy (kbb) and an r&d agenda. science, technology and human values 38(1): 94-125. 293global governance of biofuels mccormick, k., j. mckinnon, and s. fast (2012). global governance of biofuels for transport: viewpoints of key stakeholders? esg lund conference, lund. mehta, l., g. j. veldwisch, and j. franco (2012). introduction to the special issue: water grabbing? focus on the (re)appropriation of finite water resources. water alternatives 5(2): 193-207. mukhtarov, f. (2014) rethinking the travel of ideas: policy translation in the water sector. policy and politics 42(1): 71-88. mukhtarov, f. and gerlak, a. (2014) ways of knowing integrated water resources management: towards versatility of knowledge. policy sciences 47(2): 101-120. mukhtarov, f. and gerlak, a. (2013) river basin organizations in the global water discourse: an exploration of agency and strategy. global governance 19(2): 307-326. mukhtarov, f. (2007) global water governance and the concept of legitimacy. proceedings of the grsc/garnet international conference on “pathways to legitimacy”. university of warwick, sep 17-19, 2007. pahl-wostl, c. gupta, j. and petry, d. (2008) governance and the global water system: a theoretical exploration. global governance 14: 419-435. partsch, l. (2009). the legitimacy of biofuel certification. agricultural human values 28: 413-425. pattberg, p. (2005). what role for private rule-making in global environmental governance? analysing the forest stewardship council (fsc). international environmental agreements: politics, law and economics 5(2): 175-189. pattberg, p. (2007). private institutions and global governance: the new politics of environmental sustainability. edward elgar: london. rathenau institute (2011). getting to the core of the bio-economy: a perspective on the sustainable promise of biomass. the hague. rosenau, james n. (1992). governance, order, and change in world politics. in: governance without government: order and change in world politics, edited by j.n. rosenau and e.o. czempiel, 1-29. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. scarlat, n., and dallemand, jf (2011). recent developments of biofuels/bioenergy sustainability certification: a global overview. energy policy 39: 1630-1646. searchinger, t. (2009). government policies and drivers of world biofuels, sustainability criteria, certification proposals and their limitations. in: biofuels: environmental consequences and interactions with changing land use, edited by r.w. howarth and s. bringezu, 37-52. ithaca, ny: cornell university. schouten, g. and glasbergen, p. (2011). creating legitimacy in global private governance: the case of the roundtable on sustainable palm oil. ecological economics 70: 18911899. schmid, o., s. padel, et al. (2012). the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective. bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 47-63. stone, d. and maxwell, s. (2005). global knowledge networks and international development: bridges across boundaries. new york: routledge. schubert, s. and gupta, j. (2013). comparing global coordination mechanisms on energy, environment, and water. ecology and society 18(2): 22. http://dx.doi. org/10.5751/es-05440-180222 united nations development programme, (2003). the environmental governance sourcebook: challenges, laws, instruments, institutions. undp: bratislava. 294 f. mukhtarov, p. osseweijer, r. pierce unep (united nations environment programme). (2009). towards sustainable production and use of resources: assessing biofuels. nairobi: united nations environment programme. witte, j. and reinicke, w. (2005). business unusual: facilitating united nations reform through partnerships. global public policy institute. accessed 30 march 2007. available from www.gppi.net. world energy outlook factsheets (2013). how will global energy markets evolve to 2035? available from http://www.worldenergyoutlook.org/media/weowebsite/factsheets/ weo2013_factsheets.pdf issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 297-312, 2012 product differentiation and brand competition in the italian breakfast cereal market: a distance metric approach paolo sckokai1, alessandro varacca dipartimento di economia agroalimentare, facoltà di agraria, università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy abstract. this article employs a nation-wide sample of supermarket scanner data to study product and brand competition in the italian breakfast cereal market. a modified almost ideal demand system (aids), that includes distance metrics (dms) as proposed by pinkse, slade and brett (2002), is estimated to study demand responses, substitution patterns, own-price and cross-price elasticities. estimation results provide evidence of some degree of brand loyalty, while consumers do not seem loyal to the product type. elasticity estimates point out the presence of patterns of substitution within products sharing the same brand and similar nutritional characteristics. keywords. distance metric, almost ideal demand system, breakfast cereals, differentiated products jel-codes. q11, d12, l11. 1. introduction although it’s not as developed as in the united states and in the rest of europe, the market of breakfast cereals has been expanding over the last ten years also in italy, showing an upward trend in market penetration, volume and value sales. in particular, in the years 2004-07 we observed a sharp increase in households’ expenditure in breakfast cereals, even though this positive trend has flattened in late 2008-09, probably because of the ongoing economic crisis, and begun to fall late 2009-10. the market for breakfast cereals is characterized by a relevant concentration: the concentration ratio (cr4) is almost 80% and the first two players hold 75% of the market shares. overall, in 2007 kellogg’s accounted for a share of 49.9% in volume sales considering the entire market, followed by nestlé which accounted for 25%. because of its presence in the muesli business only, cameo had a relatively low market share (4%) when considered within the overall market. the same applies also to barilla: the italian brand accounted for 1.4% of the entire market, since it is present only in the segments of simple and fortified cereals. in terms of volume sales across different market segments, kellogg’s was clearly dominating the market with a 45% share in muesli cereals, 46% in fortified cereals and 54% in 1 corresponding author: paolo.sckokai@unicatt.it. 298 p. sckokai and a. varacca simple cereals. the following player was nestlé, accounting for 38% of volume sales in fortified cereals and 20% in simple cereals. cameo was the second player in the muesli business after kellogg’s, with a volume sales share of 32%, after being the segment-leader for years. although it was the second player in the muesli business, cameo did not play any significant role in other segments. after launching its new product line “gran cereale”, in 2006 barilla had just re-engaged the competition in fortified and simple cereals after the withdrawal of “mulino bianco armonie di cereali”, thus its share was still below 2% in both businesses, but increasing over time. given this strong concentration and the strong reputation of the leading brands, manufacturers wishing to set up new businesses in this market incur in high entry barriers when trying to build their (new) reputation and when trying to set up new brands; the result is that consumers can choose among a range of products supplied by a limited number of firms. although the italian market is still lagging behind the european and american markets in terms of per capita consumption, most operators argue that outlooks are encouraging (even for new manufacturers) thanks to the likely evolution of demand in terms of new target consumers (mainly women and children). in fact, innovation plays a strategic role, since a relevant number of new products is systematically launched on the market every year by the two biggest players. in this context of extreme concentration and relevant product innovation activity, we aim to study this market from two points of view: the role that brand loyalty plays on consumers’ choices as well as consumers’ behavior when faced with (new) different products. in line with the methodology proposed by pinkse, slade and brett (2002) and applied by bonanno (2013), our aim of investigating consumers’ attitude towards different breakfast cereals is carried out through a modified almost ideal demand system (aids) that accounts for products’ qualitative attributes. both continuous and discrete characteristics are employed to compute distance metrics, which are included in the model as interaction terms among cross-product prices. the dm approach was developed to address the challenges of differentiated products in demand applications. it was first proposed by pinkse, slade and brett (2002) which developed the dm technique to overcome the dimensionality limitation of neoclassical demand models. recent examples of studies based on dm are pinkse and slade (2004), rojas and peterson (2008), pofahl and richards (2009) and bonanno (2013). the insight of this approach is that each product can be viewed as a unique combination of characteristics and that substitution patterns among products might be the result of the proximity between these characteristics. in line with the lancaster’s approach to demand theory (lancaster, 1966), such characteristics can be thought as spatial attributes where different products can be positioned along, according to their own peculiarities; this means that any differentiated product can be considered as a combination of characteristics in a multidimensional space and substitution patterns are spatially determined. the products attributes can be both continuous and discrete. in demand estimation, the dm method is applied by defining cross-price coefficients as functions of different distance measures between products. besides accounting for spatial distance in products’ characteristics, this methodology also allows us to address one of the aids model weaknesses, namely the large number of cross-price coefficients to be estimated when the model accounts for a sizable number of products. 299brand competition in breakfast cereals 2. the model the demand for breakfast cereals in italy is modeled following the linear approximated–almost ideal demand system developed by deaton and muellbauer (1980): w b p x plog log ( / )jrt jrt k j jkrt krt jrt rt rt jrt 1 ∑α β ε= + + + = . (1) the subscript r denotes the regional markets we’re dealing with (r = 1,...r) while t denotes the time period (t = time = 1,...t). the system is made up of j equations, where j=1,…j is the number of products in each market r, and in each time period t; these equations are linked each other by the expenditure term xrt and by the properties of the demand functions. the total level of expenditure for the j products is xrt, defined as j ∑pjrt*qjrt . the product j’s sales share (the share of expenditure allocated to product j) in market r, at time t is wjrt, defined as p q x ( * ) /jrt jrt rt . prt is a log-linear analogue of the laspeyeres price index defined as j ∑log pjrt*wjrt where w jrt are fixed budget shares, and it is employed to normalize the total expenditure xrt. in principle, j-1 equation and j(j-1)/2 cross price coefficients can be estimated by imposing to the system the restrictions implied by the properties of the demand functions2. for large j, it might become impractical to estimate a large system of equations, and this is likely to be the case when analyzing brand-level data. the adoption of the distance metrics approach will reduce the number of cross-price parameters bjkrt to be estimated through the definition of a new subset of metrics related to the cross price coefficients. in this application of the distance metrics method (which will be referred to as dmla/aids), let z j c and z j d be product j’s attributes, measured in continuous space (calories, fat content, etc…) and in discrete space (brand, flavour, etc…), respectively. let jk cδ and jk dδ be measures of closeness between products j and k, function of continuous and discrete attributes, respectively. the continuous measure of closeness, namely the continuous distance metrics ( jk cδ ), is defined adopting the inverse measure of the euclidean distance in product space between j and k. the euclidean distance indicates how distant two products are in the attribute space, given their characteristics: if two products were different, the magnitude of this indicator would get larger. mathematically, this distance between j and k is the square root of the sum of the squared differences between continuous attributes zl c belonging to product j and k: z zed .jk l jl c kl c 2 ∑( )= − (2) 2 the restrictions are the following: (1) adding-up: a b 1; 0; 0 j j jrt j j jkrt j j jrt 1 1 1 ∑ ∑ ∑β= = = = = = ; (2) homogeneity of degree 0: b 0 k j jkrt 1 ∑ = = ; (3) symmetry: bjkrt = bkjrt; ∀ jk 300 p. sckokai and a. varacca the continuous dm ( jk cδ ) is then specified as the reciprocal of the euclidean distance: ed 1 1 2*jk c jk δ = + (3). this measure varies between 0 and 1, and gets closer to 1 the more similar are the products in terms of characteristics, since the value of ed is closer to 0. this provides a continuously defined indicator of the proximity of two products within the defined attribute space.3 discrete dms do measure the competitive effect of attributes that are not measurable through continuous characteristics. mathematically, discrete dms are represented by dummy variables whose value is 1 whenever product j and k share the same qualitative status or level for a discrete attribute d: if z z if z z 1 0 0 0 jk d jl d kl d jl d kl d δ = − = − ≠ (4) for food products, examples of discrete attributes might be: brand, category, presence of a given characteristics (i.e. functional vs. nonfunctional,...)4 given the closeness measures jk cδ and jk dδ , the cross-price parameter term of the la/ aids is reformulated as follows: k=1 j ∑bjkrtlog pkrt = bjjrtlog pjrt + λ j k≠ j j ∑δ jk c log pkrt + d ∑ϕ j d k≠ j j ∑δ jk dlog pkrt . (5) replacing the cross price parameter (2) in the la/aids equation (1) we obtain: wjrt =α jrt + bjjrtlog pjrt + λ j k≠ j j ∑δ jk c log pkrt + d ∑ϕ j d k≠ j j ∑δ jk dlog pkrt + β jrtlog (xrt / prt )+ ε jt , (6) which gives bj1 = λ jδ j1 c + d ∑ϕ j dδ j1 d ,…, bjm = λ jδ jm c + d ∑ϕ j dδ jm d , where ϕ j dand λ j are param3 the use of bilateral indexes in a multilateral context (more than two different products) can bring to some problems related to the intransitivity of such indexes (rao et al., 2002). in principle, with n products, n(n-1)/2 bilateral indexes can be obtained. however, the index obtained comparing two products’ characteristics may be different from the indirect index obtained by comparing the same two products with a third product that is part of the analysed set. this problem was addressed by hill (1997) and diewert (2005) through the proposal of several multilateral formulas. further research may refine the model introducing such formulas in the dms calculations. 4 for example, taking d1 = brand, a value of jk d1δ = 0 implies that the two products are made by different manufacturers. 301brand competition in breakfast cereals eters to be estimated. since (zjl – zkl)2 = (zkl – zjl)2 then jk cδ = kj cδ and symmetry can be imposed to the λj parameters across equations (i.e., for each product j). furthermore, symmetry can also be imposed for ϕ ds because there is no difference between jk dδ and 1kj dδ = (if d=brand and 1jk dδ = , then also 1kj dδ = ). therefore this implies that bjk = bkj across the j equations. given symmetry, in principle j-1 equations can be estimated with only two cross price parameters. to further reduce the dimensionality of the estimation one may assume ownprice and expenditure coefficients to be constant across equations, thereby reducing the estimation to a single equation. because of the restrictiveness of this assumption, in this work we assume that these coefficients, together with the intercept, are functions of subsets of product characteristics and market parameters: z jrt m m jm0 ∑α α α= + α (7) b b zjjrt s s js b 0 ∑γ= + zjrt h h jh0 ∑β β β= + β the choice of these shifters is arbitrary and results may not be invariant to their choice. however, when using dms, such choice can be justified based on the available data and on the objectives of the study (rojas and peterson, 2008; pofahl and richards, 2009; bonanno, 2013). for example, in this study, the discrete shifters of the cross-price and expenditure parameters (z z ,j b j β ) are those that allow to identify a specific product category, for which we wish to estimate a demand elasticity, while the shifters of the intercept (z j a) are those identifying market specificities of each product (i.e. regional/seasonal demand features). thus, the final specification of the la/aids model becomes5: wjrt =α0 + m ∑αmz jm α + log pjrt γ 0 + s ∑γ sz js b⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ + λ k≠ j j ∑δ jk c log pkrt + d ∑ϕ d k≠ j j ∑δ jk dlog pkrt + β0 + h ∑βhz jh β⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ log xrt / prt( )+ ε jrt (8) wjrt =α0 + m ∑αmz jm α + log pjrt γ 0 + s ∑γ sz js b⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ + λ k≠ j j ∑δ jk c log pkrt + d ∑ϕ d k≠ j j ∑δ jk dlog pkrt + β0 + h ∑βhz jh β⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ log xrt / prt( )+ ε jrt 3. data the database employed for estimating the model has been obtained from a symphonyiri census® scanner dataset including forty-eight monthly observations of breakfast 5 one problem arising from the inclusion of distance metrics into the model has to do with the imposition of the standard demand theory restrictions: with the new interaction terms in equation (8), the standard parametric restrictions of homogeneity and adding up cannot be imposed in a straightforward way. further research may refine the model in order to solve this problem. 302 p. sckokai and a. varacca cereals sales for the period january 2004 – december 2007. sales are recorded in hyper and supermarkets located in seventeen italian iri regions covering most of the national territory. each of the forty-eight monthly observations reports product-specific data for: volume sales; value sales; unit sales; percentage of store selling (indicating the share of stores where at least one unit of a particular product was sold); weighted distribution (indicating the share of annual sales represented by the stores where at least one unit of a particular product was sold); average number of items per store (the average number of barcodes available for that product in the stores selling the product; namely, it is a measure of the depth of the product’s distribution); volume of sales under any type of price promotion; value of sales under any type of price promotion; units sold under any type of price promotion. the products chosen for this analysis belong to firms operating nationally with a value of expenditure share in the national market of at least 0.5%. since the database accounted for some small producers typically bound to regional markets, data were reduced by filtering for these producers, in order to obtain a nationally representative market of italy with 8,160 observation: 10 product combination identified by vendor (barilla, cameo, kellogg’s, nestle and private label) and segment (muesli, fortified and simple) observed across 48 months (from january 2004 to december 2007) and 17 regions (liguria, lombardia, trentino alto adige, friuli venezia giulia, veneto, emilia romagna, toscana, lazio, umbria, sardegna, marche, puglia, campania, sicilia, valle d’aosta+piemonte, abruzzo+molise, basilicata+calabria)6. these 8,160 observations built up the database from which the share values wjrt were calculated. euclidean distances and continuous dms were computed from hand collected information on: calories (kcal/100g); proteins (g/100g); carbohydrates, total and simple (g/100g); fats, total and saturated (g/100g); fiber (g/100g); calcium (mg/100g); sodium (g/100g); iron (mg/100g) (the matrix of continuous distance metrics is reported in appendix 1). such measures were included in the database together with the dummy variables representing discrete dms. finally, prices for each of the ten products were computed dividing value sales by the corresponding volume sales. table 1 presents descriptive statistics of the data for the 10 products included in our analysis; products’ characteristics are included together with average prices, expenditure shares and the promotion share in value terms per item. muesli products are the fattest and most caloric ones while private labels are the cheapest products on the market. despite their high price, kellogg’s fortified products are the ones showing the second largest expenditure share after kellogg’s simple, that are also the most merchandised ones. overall kellogg’s holds more than 50% of the market in breakfast cereals, followed by nestlé and private labels. 4. model specification in estimating the la/aids model we need to account for the issue of endogeneity, since the model may not account for factors affecting consumer’s behaviour (wjt) which 6 iri regions are defined consistently with the administrative borders of the italian regions except for “piemonte and val d’aosta”, “basilicata and calabria” and “abruzzo and molise”. 303brand competition in breakfast cereals ta bl e 1. d es cr ip tiv e st at is tic s of th e te n pr od uc ts (n =8 16 0) br an d ty pe c al or ie s (k ca l/1 00 g) pr ot ei ns (g /1 00 g) to ta l c ar bo hy dr at es (g /1 00 g) si m pl e su ga rs (g /1 00 g) to ta l f at s (g /1 00 g) sa tu ra te d fa ts (g /1 00 g) fi be r (g /1 00 g) pr ic e (€ /k g) pr om ot io n sh ar e (% ) ex p. s ha re (% ) ba ril la fo rt ifi ed 40 5. 00 9. 50 70 .4 0 22 .0 0 8. 00 5. 10 6. 50 7. 03 8. 03 0. 58 c am eo m ue sli 39 6. 00 8. 85 59 .9 0 23 .2 0 12 .6 5 3. 80 8. 50 6. 34 18 .8 0 4. 32 ke llo gg ’s fo rt ifi ed 38 8. 17 9. 33 79 .3 3 30 .1 7 3. 00 1. 42 3. 08 8. 30 19 .4 0 26 .7 7 ke llo gg ’s m ue sli 48 2. 00 8. 00 60 .0 0 19 .0 0 22 .0 0 11 .0 0 6. 00 7. 67 9. 17 3. 09 ke llo gg ’s si m pl e 37 9. 00 8. 35 83 .2 2 17 .7 3 1. 15 0. 28 2. 13 6. 48 22 .8 6 28 .0 2 n es tlé fo rt ifi ed 38 2. 80 7. 56 76 .5 2 31 .0 4 4. 32 1. 92 5. 56 7. 15 16 .7 2 17 .5 1 n es tlé si m pl e 36 7. 00 7. 60 77 .1 0 23 .3 0 1. 85 0. 85 5. 70 6. 65 17 .7 0 10 .8 6 pr iv at e la be l fo rt ifi ed 38 5. 50 8. 15 77 .6 1 26 .0 4 3. 94 2. 34 4. 70 4. 77 14 .3 3 2. 90 pr iv at e la be l m ue sli 42 8. 50 7. 63 62 .3 2 24 .7 0 15 .0 0 6. 93 6. 82 4. 61 8. 25 1. 21 pr iv at e la be l si m pl e 37 4. 64 8. 18 81 .4 5 10 .8 9 1. 05 0. 29 4. 29 4. 15 20 .0 3 4. 42 304 p. sckokai and a. varacca are related to suppliers/retailers’ price setting choices. considering that we are actually dealing with differentiated products, retail prices may not be considered fully exogenous. in fact, in an oligopolistic market, prices are likely to be determined by strategic pricing rules of firms, incorporating both supply and demand characteristics of those products. whenever these pricing rules involve some unobserved demand characteristics, assuming prices as exogenous would lead to biased and inconsistent parameter estimates. the same problem arises with the expenditure variable. instruments are therefore employed to deal with the endogeneity of prices and expenditure. instrumental variable estimates were obtained following dhar, chavas and gould (2003): ten first-stage regressions for price were specified as: p us mrch prd itps irt i i irt i irt i irt i irt0 1 2 3 4θ θ θ θ θ= + + + + (9) i j k j j, ,∑= + ≠ … while the expenditure first stage regression was specified as: x ttr d inc inc , rt rt r r rt rt rt 1 1 2 2∑η φ φ= + + + = (10) where: usirt = unit sales; adopting this variable means accounting for package-related cost variations if we assume that large package sized products are likely to sell a smaller number of units with respect to small package sized products; mrchirt = merchandised units sold/unit sales; this variable measures the amount of product sold through any merchandising and ought to capture the cost of selling a brand. prdirt = price reduction = 100 * price merchandised product – price not_merchandised product price not_merchandised product ; the price-reduction variable is thought to capture costs associated with this kind of merchandising (note that this price reduction must be communicated to consumers for this variable to be relevant); itpsirt = average number of items per store selling; for a given product in a particular geographical area, this measure is the average number of barcodes available for that product per store selling that product. this variable is able to capture the depth of the product’s presence on the shelves and is adopted as an indicator of market power. ttrt = linear time trend, capturing any time-specific unobservable effect of consumers’ expenditure; 305brand competition in breakfast cereals drt = regional dummy variables able to capture variation in expenditure across regions; incrt= yearly household expenditures on all consumer goods differentiated by region, as a proxy of household income. fitted values for prices and expenditure obtained by estimating (9) and (10) were used to replace the corresponding actual values in model (8).with regard to model (8), we have to choose appropriate shifters for the intercept, own-price and expenditure coefficients. we adopt brand and type discrete shifters both for the own-price parameter ( z js b ) and the expenditure parameter ( z jh β ), in order to derive proper elasticity measures. in fact z js b and z jh β identify different products through 2 sets of dummy variables: the former identifies the brand (namely: barilla, cameo, nestlé, kellogg’s and private label), the latter identifies the type (namely: fortified, muesli and simple). the own-price parameters are also shifted by one physical product’s characteristics: average calories kcal( ). this particular products’ characteristic was adopted because of its property to describe synthetically multiple nutritional features of the products we study (sugar content, fats and fiber); this should avoid the risk of multicollinearity. thus the price and expenditure shifters in (8) are defined as: z brand type kcal s s js b n n jn b p p jp b l∑ ∑ ∑γ γ γ γ= + + (11) z brand type h h jh n n jn p p jp∑ ∑ ∑β β β= +β β β (12) the intercept term is shifted by two sets of discrete variables z jm a , one set of monthly dummies accounting for seasonal patterns of consumption and one set of regional dummies accounting for regional differences in food consumption habits. thus: z region month m m jm g g jg m m jm∑ ∑ ∑α α α= +α α α model (8) then becomes: wjrt =α0 + g ∑α gregionjg α + m ∑αmmonthjm α + log p̂ jrt (γ 0 + n ∑γ nbrand jn b + p ∑γ ptypejp b + γ l kcal)+ λ k≠ j j ∑δ jk c log p̂krt + d ∑ϕ d k≠ j j ∑δ jk dlog p̂krt + (β0 + n ∑βnbrand jn β + p ∑β ptypejp β ) log ( x̂ rt / prt )+ ε jrt wjrt =α0 + g ∑α gregionjg α + m ∑αmmonthjm α + log p̂ jrt (γ 0 + n ∑γ nbrand jn b + p ∑γ ptypejp b + γ l kcal)+ λ k≠ j j ∑δ jk c log p̂krt + d ∑ϕ d k≠ j j ∑δ jk dlog p̂krt + (β0 + n ∑βnbrand jn β + p ∑β ptypejp β ) log ( x̂ rt / prt )+ ε jrt in this model, d ∑ϕ d can be considered as indicators of loyalty. in fact, assuming d = brand, ϕ br would be a measure of the cross-price effect of j with respect to other products 306 p. sckokai and a. varacca sharing the same brand (if j and k share the same brand, 1jk brδ = and log p k j j jk br krt∑δ ≠ will account only for those products k whose 1jk brδ = ). in fact, if ϕ br > 0 consumers are likely to respond to an increase in price of the products sharing the same brand by switching to an alternative item produced by the same manufacturer; thus, consumers are brand loyal. on the other hand, if ϕ br < 0 , consumers are likely to respond to an increase in price of the products sharing the same brand by switching to an alternative manufacturer; thus, consumers are not brand loyal. since jk cδ represents a measure of how distant two products j and k are in the attribute space, two products with similar characteristics will show a higher value for jk cδ as compared to couples showing different attribute sets. thus, any term log p* jk c krtδ will influence more the demand response if j and k are close to each other. this means that log p ˆ k j j jk c krt∑δ ≠ can be interpreted as a weighted average of cross-prices, where their weights jk cδ are their distance from j. in this context the continuous closeness measure, λ, is a measure of the impact of all products similar to j on its expenditure share: for λ > 0 consumers tend to respond to any increase in similar products’ prices by switching to items with similar nutritional profiles, while for λ < 0 consumers tend to respond by switching to items with different nutritional profiles. 5. estimation and empirical results parameter estimates of the first-stage regressions for prices and expenditure are omitted for brevity7. estimation of model (13) was carried out through least squares estimation in tsp 5.0. results showed that most parameters associated with the monthly dummies were not statistically significant; for this reason, a second restricted model was estimated excluding such dummies. the fit of the two models was then compared through a likelihood ratio test which showed that the null hypothesis of all monthly dummy parameters being equal to zero could not be rejected8. thus, we have chosen the restricted model as final specification of our demand system. parameter estimates of the restricted model are reported in table 2. in terms of explanatory power, the model shows a very good r-squared (0.95), which is a remarkable result for a model of this type. 5.1 estimated coefficients the regional shifters of the intercept highlight differences in regional food habits: α0 identifies basilicata+calabria (region 17) which does not statistically differ from liguria (α31), friuli venezia-giulia (α34), marche (α311), puglia (α312), abruzzo+molise (α316). dif7 such results are available from the authors upon request. 8 the chi-square of the likelihood ratio test was 11.013 with 11 degrees of freedom, with a corresponding p-value of 0.442. 307brand competition in breakfast cereals ferent patterns appear in other regions, consistently with estimated parameters for the corresponding regional dummies. the own-price shifters related to “type” (γ0 = simple, γ11 = fortified, γ12 = muesli), “brand” (γ0 = private label, γ21 = barilla, γ22 = cameo, γ23 = kellogg’s, γ24 = nestle) and caloric content (γ34) are statistically significant at the 1% level and positive, except for that associated with caloric content. table 2. least squares estimated parameters variables parameter parameter estimate p-value intercept basilicata+calabria/month12 α0 0.1971 0.000 intercept liguria α31 -0.0009 0.538 intercept lombardia α32 0.0110 0.000 intercept trentino alto adige α33 -0.0037 0.033 intercept friuli venezia-giulia α34 -0.0011 0.458 intercept veneto α35 0.0065 0.000 intercept emilia romagna α36 0.0061 0.001 intercept toscana α37 0.0058 0.001 intercept lazio α38 0.0080 0.000 intercept umbria α39 -0.0050 0.005 intercept sardegna α310 -0.0035 0.023 intercept marche α311 -0.0014 0.345 intercept puglia α312 0.0006 0.662 intercept campania α313 0.0038 0.017 intercept sicilia α314 0.0042 0.009 intercept valle d’aosta+piemonte α315 0.0053 0.001 intercept abruzzo+molise α316 -0.0012 0.413 own-price simple cereals/private label γ0 0.4963 .000 own-price fortified cereals γ11 0.1299 .000 own-price muesli cereals γ12 0.2416 .000 own-price barilla γ21 0.2600 .000 own-price cameo γ22 0.0981 .000 own-price kellogg’s γ23 0.1236 .000 own-price nestlé γ24 0.2370 .000 own-price*caloric content γ34 -0.0022 .000 closeness continuous attributes λ 0.4059 .000 closeness brand ϕbr 0.0629 .000 closeness type ϕt -0.0384 .000 expenditure simple cereals/private label β0 0.0047 .000 expenditure fortified β11 -0.0165 .000 expenditure muesli β12 -0.0085 .000 expenditure barilla β21 0.0036 .001 expenditure cameo β22 -0.0070 .000 expenditure kellogg’s β23 0.0057 .000 expenditure nestlé β24 -0.0149 .000 308 p. sckokai and a. varacca any positive sign of the own-price coefficient would reduce the negative impact of the own-price on the corresponding quantity, making the demand function more inelastic and consumers less price sensitive9. therefore, given the significance and the positive sign of all γs in our estimation, the consumers’ price sensitiveness for brands like barilla, cameo, kellogg’s and nestlé and for types like muesli and fortified is lower than for the reference category (private labels for simple cereals). nevertheless this effect is mitigated by the caloric content of the product, which increases the price sensitivity due to its negative sign. the positive sign of ϕ br (.0647) suggests that any increase in price for a products k sharing the same brand with j induces a switch in consumption to products of the same manufacturer. the market is therefore characterized by a certain level of brand loyalty. on the contrary, the negative sign of ϕt (-.037504) implies that consumers are likely to switch to other types of cereals as a response to a price increase. the last set of parameters to be discussed are expenditure shifters, both related to “brand” (β21 = barilla, β22 = cameo, β23 = kellogg’s, β24 = nestle) and to “type” (β11 = fortified, β12 = muesli). in particular, negative and significant coefficients for the interaction between expenditure and “type” discrete attributes indicate that an increase in the total purchases of breakfast cereals leads to a smaller share of fortified and muesli cereals. differently, an increase in expenditure for breakfast cereals leads to a larger share for simple cereals. the same intuition applies also for “brand” discrete shifter: results show that an increase in expenditure for cereals leads to larger (smaller) shares allocated to barilla, kellogg and private label (cameo and nestle). 5.2 own-price and cross-price elasticities estimated marshallian own-price and cross-price elasticities are obtained using the restricted model’s estimated parameters and applying the following formulas: ∑ ∑ ∑ ∑ ∑ ∑ ∑ η γ γ γ γ β β β λδ δ β β β = + + + − + + − = + − + + ≠ β β β β z z z w z z if j k w z z w w if j k 1 jk n n jn b p p jp b l jl b jrt n n jn p p jp jk c d d jk d jrt n n jn p p jp krt jrt 0 o 0 (14) where wjrt ( wkrt ) is the average of product j’s (k’s) expenditure share. own-price and cross-price elasticities, together with their standard errors, are reported in table 3. all elas9 this is consistent with the structure of the slutsky term for estimating price responses in the aids model (moro, 2004): s x p z w w z lnx lnp jj rt jrt s s js b jrt jrt h h jh rt rt2 0 2 0 2 ∑ ∑γ γ β β ( ) ( ) ( )= + + − + + −β if j=k sjk = xrt p jrt pkrt λ + d ∑ϕ d⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ +wjrtwkrt + β0 + h ∑βhz jh β⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ β0 + h ∑βhz jh β⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ lnxrt − lnprt( )⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ if j≠k 309brand competition in breakfast cereals ticities but two (namely, “barilla fortified” own price elasticity and “private label fortified” cross-price elasticity with respect to“kellogg’s fortified”) are statistically significant at 5% or lower. own-price elasticities are negative as expected and their magnitude is the largest in products whose price sensitivity is expected to be higher (private labels). furthermore, muesli products appear to have larger own-price elasticities with the exception of cameo’s. note that the absolute size of these own-price elasticities is in line with those estimated with the dm approach by pofhal and richards (2009) and bonanno (2013) on similar datasets. different patterns of positive and negative cross-price elasticities arise and some rationales can be provided to support these findings. first, cross-price elasticities for products of the same brand but of different type are positive, thus showing a substitution relationship. the rationale for these results can be related to our findings concerning the presence of brand loyalty and the absence of type loyalty. since products of the same brand are perceived as substitutes, any change in prices for kellogg’s muesli or kellogg’s simple may lead consumers to switch to kellogg’s fortified. the same reasoning applies also to other brands or to private labels, which show the same pattern for cross-price elasticities. the magnitudes of these cross-price elasticities are higher for private labels and kellogg’s muesli, while they are lower for nestlé; thus, the incidence of cross price changes on purchasing behaviour is more relevant in the first case. second, cross-price elasticities for products of the same type but different brand are negative, thus showing a complementarity relationship. however, their magnitudes are rather low; thus, their effect on purchasing behaviour is likely to be rather limited. moreover, consistently with the value of λ, the above within-brand substitution is likely to be oriented towards products with similar nutritional characteristics. thus, consumers will tend to switch from fortified to simple (and vice versa) rather than to muesli, whose caloric content is much higher. however, motivating these findings for those brands with just one product type (cameo and barilla) is not straightforward. one possible explanation may be related to the small value of their expenditure share, that makes demand very sensitive to small changes in prices. 6. concluding remarks in our analysis of the italian market for breakfast cereals, the modified aids model including distance metrics has proven to be a good method for estimating demand effects of differentiated products. besides reducing the number of cross-price parameters from forty-five to two, thus increasing the number of degrees of freedom and reducing the burden of estimating a large number of parameters, the model allow us to obtain excellent results in terms of significance of the relevant parameters. most cross-price, own-price and expenditure parameters are all significant at the 1% level and the r-squared of the model is 0.95, indicating the large explanatory power of the variables explaining the expenditure shares. price elasticities are also significant, and most of the times they are consistent with other results obtained from the estimation. 310 p. sckokai and a. varacca ta bl e 3. m ar sh al lia n el as tic iti es a nd s ta nd ar d er ro rs e st im at ed a t t he m ea n po in t o f t he s am pl e ba ril la fo rt ifi ed c am eo m ue sli ke llo gg ’s fo rt ifi ed ke llo gg ’s m ue sli ke llo gg ’s si m pl e n es tlé fo rt ifi ed n es tlé si m pl e pl fo rt ifi ed pl m ue sli pl si m pl e ba ril la f or tifi ed -0 .9 35 2. 24 3 -4 .4 92 0. 46 3 1. 45 3 -4 .8 16 0. 98 8 -4 .8 13 1. 27 7 0. 99 7 (1 .3 35 ) (0 .0 91 ) (0 .0 88 ) (0 .0 19 ) (0 .0 80 ) (0 .0 68 ) (0 .0 43 ) (0 .0 62 ) (0 .0 52 ) (0 .0 40 ) c am eo m ue sli 0. 30 8 -1 .6 90 0. 25 3 -0 .6 97 0. 21 3 0. 23 3 0. 15 7 0. 20 8 -0 .7 47 0. 14 3 (0 .0 13 ) (0 .1 20 ) (0 .0 12 ) (0 .0 08 ) (0 .0 11 ) (0 .0 10 ) (0 .0 06 ) (0 .0 08 ) (0 .0 06 ) (0 .0 06 ) ke llo gg ’s fo rt ifi ed -0 .1 09 0. 03 1 -1 .3 64 0. 24 3 0. 28 6 -0 .0 38 0. 03 5 -0 .0 21 0. 01 6 0. 03 2 (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 27 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 05 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 05 (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 01 ) ke llo gg ’s m ue sli 0. 08 1 -1 .1 64 2. 07 2 -7 .2 02 2. 06 5 0. 05 2 0. 04 8 0. 06 3 -1 .1 18 0. 05 5 (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 12 ) (0 .2 94 ) (0 .0 12 ) (0 .0 08 ) (0 .0 05 ) (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 05 ) (0 .0 03 ) ke llo gg ’s si m pl e 0. 02 3 0. 02 0 0. 25 7 0. 22 9 -1 .7 52 0. 03 7 -0 .0 94 0. 05 3 0. 01 2 -0 .0 59 (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 24 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 03 ) n es tlé f or tifi ed -0 .1 74 0. 05 3 -0 .0 24 0. 01 6 0. 11 2 -0 .8 25 0. 43 9 -0 .0 34 0. 02 5 0. 05 7 (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 07 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 41 ) (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 07 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 02 ) n es tlé s im pl e 0. 04 7 0. 05 6 0. 10 6 0. 01 9 -0 .2 07 0. 69 6 -1 .6 28 0. 09 9 0. 03 0 -0 .2 31 (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 05 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 63 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 05 ) pl f or tifi ed -1 .0 04 0. 31 5 -0 .0 93 0. 08 2 0. 64 0 -0 .2 20 0. 40 2 -8 .4 30 2. 30 7 2. 52 5 (0 .0 13 ) (0 .0 13 ) (0 .0 50 ) (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 26 ) (0 .0 45 ) (0 .0 16 ) (0 .2 84 ) (0 .0 06 ) (0 .0 15 ) pl m ue sli 0. 63 6 -2 .6 77 0. 44 6 -2 .8 79 0. 38 5 0. 39 1 0. 29 2 5. 59 0 -1 7. 57 4 5. 51 7 (0 .0 26 ) (0 .0 21 ) (0 .0 32 ) (0 .0 13 ) (0 .0 33 ) (0 .0 23 ) (0 .0 16 ) (0 .0 15 ) (0 .8 46 ) (0 .0 12 ) pl s im pl e 0. 12 7 0. 12 4 0. 16 0 0. 03 7 -0 .3 92 0. 17 9 -0 .5 89 1. 64 5 1. 49 1 -8 .2 93 (0 .0 05 ) (0 .0 05 ) (0 .0 09 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 20 ) (0 .0 08 ) (0 .0 11 ) (0 .0 09 ) (0 .0 03 ) (0 .1 74 ) 311brand competition in breakfast cereals our findings indicate that, globally, consumers tend to be brand loyal but not type loyal, so that they respond to price changes by switching to products of the same brand, but with similar nutritional profiles. furthermore, private labels are confirmed to be the most price-sensitive products, while the products supplied by the biggest players on the market are the less-price sensitive ones. although being the produce with the smaller market share, barilla grancereale shows the lowest own-price elasticity, which probably indicates that it is perceived as a niche product. despite the relatively large range of products available in the market, resulting from innovation proposed by market leaders, the strong concentration of the market makes very difficult for consumers to take any advantage from the competition among national brands (nb). this intuition is supported by our findings, since the price sensitiveness of nb cereals products is rather low. in this context, private labels represent an alternative and offer an increasing range of cheaper products; on the other hand, their reliance on low prices makes private labels demand extremely price sensitive. besides the strong implications these findings have on the demand side, the supply side deserves to be taken into account as well. as we previously mentioned, the biggest players on the market (namely kellogg’s and nestlé) show an important product innovation rate: new products are yearly launched on the market, and some of them disappear rather quickly. consistently with our findings concerning the absence of consumers’ loyalty to the product type and their tendency to switch to products with similar nutritional attributes, it would be interesting to carry out a cost-benefit analysis for innovating manufacturers. product innovation in a broad sense will undoubtedly help to keep consumers loyal to the brand; however one should propose new lines in line with this consumer profile. for example, a consumer may be happier to switch from simple cereals to fortified cereals rather than to more caloric ones (muesli). from a methodological point of view, the model can certainly be further improved. the choice of the dm shifters is rather arbitrary and may strongly affect the results; moreover, the issue of multicollinearity is very likely to arise. further difficulties could arise when dealing with spatial attributes other than the nutritional ones; in such cases, defining a unique unit of measurement and choosing the correct dimensionality could represent a significant hurdle. finally, if one adopts the dm approach, the imposition of the standard demand theory restrictions is no longer straightforward. thus, further research may try to overcome these problems through an appropriate reformulation of the model. acknowledgements an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 1st aieaa conference ‘towards a sustainable bio-economy: economic issues and policy challenges’. 4-5 june, 2012, trento, italy. references bonanno a. (2013). functional foods as differentiated products: the italian yogurt market. european review of agricultural economics 40(1): 45-71. deaton, a. and muellbauer, j. (1980). an almost ideal demand system. the american economic review 70(6): 312-326. 312 p. sckokai and a. varacca dhar, t., chavas, j.p. and gould, b.w. (2003). an empirical assessment of endogeneity issues in demand analysis for differentiated products. american journal of agricultural economics 85(3): 605-617. diewert, w.e. (2005). similarity indiexes and criteria for spatial linking. in rao, d.s.p. (ed), purchasing power parities of currencies: recent advances in methods and applications. cheltenham, uk: edward elgar,. hill, r.j. (1997). taxonomy of multilateral methods for making international comparisons of prices and quantities. review of income and wealth 43(1): 49-69. lancaster, k.j. (1966). a new approach to consumer theory. journal of political economy 174: 132-157. moro, d. (2004). analisi della domanda, teoria e metodi. milano: franco angeli. pinkse, j., slade, m. and brett, c. (2002). spatial price competition: a semi-parametric approach. econometrica 70: 1111-1155. pinkse, j. and slade, m. (2004). mergers brand competition, and the price of a pint. european economic review 48, 617-643. pofahl, g.m. and richards, t.j. (2009). valuation of new products in attribute space. american journal of agricultural economics 91(2): 402-415. rao, d.s.p., o’donnell, c.j. and ball v.e. (2002). transitive multilateral comparison of agricultural output, input and productivity: a nonparametric approach. in: ball, v.e. and norton g.w. (eds), agricultural productivity: measurement and sources of growth, kluwer academic publishers, 85-116. rojas, c. and peterson, e.b. (2008). demand for differentiated products: price and advertising evidence from u.s. beer market. international journal of industrial organization 26(1): 288-307. appendix table a1. continuous distance metrics barilla fortified cameo muesli kellogg’s fortified kellogg’s muesli kellogg’s simple nestlé fortified nestlé simple private label fortified private label muesli private label simple barilla fortified 1.0000 0.0326 0.0223 0.0063 0.0160 0.0194 0.0125 0.0224 0.0188 0.0140 cameo muesli 0.0326 1.0000 0.0197 0.0057 0.0152 0.0201 0.0138 0.0214 0.0150 0.0140 kellogg’s fortified 0.0223 0.0197 1.0000 0.0050 0.0300 0.0668 0.0216 0.0803 0.0107 0.0206 kellogg’s muesli 0.0063 0.0057 0.0050 1.0000 0.0046 0.0048 0.0042 0.0050 0.0091 0.0044 kellogg’s simple 0.0160 0.0152 0.0300 0.0046 1.0000 0.0300 0.0321 0.0378 0.0088 0.0551 nestlé fortified 0.0194 0.0201 0.0668 0.0048 0.0300 1.0000 0.0273 0.0781 0.0100 0.0216 nestlé simple 0.0125 0.0138 0.0216 0.0042 0.0321 0.0273 1.0000 0.0257 0.0076 0.0316 private label fortified 0.0224 0.0214 0.0803 0.0050 0.0378 0.0781 0.0257 1.0000 0.0105 0.0252 private label muesli 0.0188 0.0150 0.0107 0.0091 0.0088 0.0100 0.0076 0.0105 1.0000 0.0082 private label simple 0.0140 0.0140 0.0206 0.0044 0.0551 0.0216 0.0316 0.0252 0.0082 1.0000 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(2): 199-212, 2012 the determinants of farmer’s intended behaviour towards the adoption of energy crops in southern spain: an application of the classification tree-method giacomo giannoccaro1, julio berbel department of agricultural economics, university of cordoba, spain abstract. despite growing interest in biomass over the last number of years, bio-energy derived from biomass currently contributes to a very small share of the total spanish energy market. how individual farmers choose to respond to the opportunities presented by these relatively novel crops has still received scarce attention. in this paper, farmers’ intentions towards the adoption of energy crops are analyzed. a survey of 201 farmhouseholds in southern spain is explored using a non-parametric approach based on classification tree algorithms. the main outcome of this analysis is that off-farm labour factor affects the adoption of energy crops on farm, together with farm specializations, size of owned land and farmer’s education. while the study confirms the relevance of the main determinants available from the literature, need for further research is emphasised. keywords. farmer behaviour, energy crops, classification tree, adoption of innovation jel-codes. d22, q00, q491. 1. introduction and objective the use of biomass as an energy source has undergone a revival in industrial societies during the last 15 years. with the strong growth in human populations worldwide, global energy consumption is beginning to exhaust conventional fossil energy resources. in addition, the release of co2 from the burning of fossil energy has led to global climate change. increased use of biomass for energy is therefore considered a potential solution as it offers moderate to significant greenhouse gas (ghg) savings compared with the use of fossil energy. indeed, biomass could contribute to rural development through job creation and improved competitiveness in rural areas (fischer et al., 2005). for this purpose, bio-energy is being promoted through the most recent eu directive (2009/28/ec) as well as national policy (renewable energies plan 2005-2010, spain). despite growing interest in biomass in recent years, bio-energy derived from biomass currently contributes to a very small share of the total spanish energy market. indeed, approximately 77% of the primary energy used in spain in 2010 was fossil fuel 1 corresponding author: es2gigig@uco.es. 200 g. giannoccaro and j. berbel based. only 11.3% of total spanish primary energy production came from renewable sources. of these, biomass accounted for a mere 3.8%, far from the established objective (idae, 2010). through the renewable energies plan 2005-2010, spain has fixed the objective of covering 29.67% of the total renewable energy production from biomass. of the three main biomass sources (agriculture, forest and waste), agriculture biomass production is generally considered to have the greatest energy potential (eea, 2006). agricultural biomass includes biomass produced directly from agricultural activities, such as cereal grains, sugar crops, oilseeds and other arable crops, as well as farm forestry in short rotation (e.g. willow and poplar). at the same time agricultural biomass includes crop residues such as straw, and livestock wastes, for instance manure and animals fats. nevertheless, for biomass to play a significant role in the world’s energy future, dedicated energy crops are essential (evans et al., 2010). energy crops on farmland can produce biomass from fast-growing species in high densities and can be collected in short cycles. many studies have been conducted in several areas of spain, on the assessment (technical and environmental) of bio-energy production by means of energy crops, but in the assessment analysis only the off-farm chain has been considered. biomass potential has often been evaluated on the basis of agronomic and climatic conditions (gómez et al., 2011), in terms of the global feasibility of a bio-energy system (gasol et al., 2009; martínez-lozano et al., 2009), as well as environmental issues (butnar et al., 2010; sevigne et al., 2011). yet, none of the studies conducted to date have looked at the farm economics, preferring to focus on the agronomic and technical feasibility of these crops. generally, there is a lack of research on the farm economic issues and little is known about farmers’ attitudes towards the adoption of bio-energy crops. growing energy crops is a non-traditional land use option (i.e. crop farming) which could be considered as innovation (villamil et al., 2008). energy crops face competition from other, arguably more standard uses of farmland, and if not seen as profitable to individual farmers, they will not be grown. farmers’ decisions are therefore a key constraint to potential supply. for instance, sherrington et al. (2008), analysed barriers to adopting new cropping systems (i.e. dedicated energy crops) at the farm gate level in uk. the authors found several barriers to widespread adoption, such as financial returns, and the fact that competing activities were much more rewarding in particular, wheat due to the increasing price a few years before. in addition, farmers need trusted information to make decisions (sherrington et al., 2008), somewhat through differentiated channels (villamil et al., 2008). the authors found that, in the areas studied, farmers need reliable information about technical and agronomic aspects of cultivation, as well as economic returns and contract agreements to produce energy crops. in general, farmers’ attitudes and intentions towards the adoption of energy crops on their farmland have still received scarce attention. to the best knowledge of the authors, there is not a single study focusing on farmers’ attitudes towards the adoption of energy crops in spain. in this context, this paper seeks to analyse farmers’ intentions towards the adoption of energy crops in spain. the research aims to explore farmers’ attitudes towards energy crops assuming that the other external driver factors remain constant. it should be stressed that in the geographic area under consideration energy crops are still not cultivated, therefore adoption of energy crops is seen as product innovation. in addition, all 201an application of the classification tree-method consequences in terms of land and water use, as well as changes in farming practices are outside the scope of this paper. the analysis is based on the stated preferences theory and relies on a sample of 201 farm-households in andalusia (southern spain) carried out in 2009. a non-parametric approach based on classification tree algorithms is used to identify the main socio-economic determinants of farmers’ intentions towards the adoption of energy crops. the remainder of the paper is organised as follows: in section 2 the area study and sample descriptions are provided, followed in section 3 by the methodology. section 4 illustrates the results, and finally concluding remarks are provided. 2. materials 2.1 area description andalusia is the most populous and the second largest, in terms of land area, of the seventeen spanish autonomous communities. figure 1 reports a map of spain. the agricultural utilized area amounts to 4,974,173 ha accounting for 57% of total surface. in 2009 gdp from the agricultural sector was around 6%, with an employment rate of 7% (department of agriculture and fisheries, 2010). the main climatic constraint for agricultural activities is water shortage. the rainfall pattern is typically mediterranean, with wet winters and, hot and dry summer seasons. the average annual precipitation is 560 mm, but drought periods are quite common. as a result, irrigation is the most important economic factor. while only 25% of figure 1. map of case study 202 g. giannoccaro and j. berbel the total cultivated area is irrigated land, more than 60% of total agricultural gdp comes from irrigated crops. with respect to farm size, there is the classical dualism between the number of farmers and farm size. the majority of farmers (60%) cover a very small portion of farmland (7.5%). concerning the cropping pattern, arable land accounts for 32% of farmland. a rain fed system consisting of winter cereals and sunflower prevails. in other tilled areas where water is available, cotton and sugar beet are commonly grown. however, due to the last cap (common agricultural policy) reform in 2006 the prevalence of both crops has decreased considerably. from 2005 to 2009 they have seen a decrease of 44%. on the other hand, permanent crops are quite extensive (33%) with olive grove systems being the most important. citrus, fruit and grapes are also cultivated. in addition, there are permanent meadows called ‘dehesa’ for pig rearing that cover 26% of total utilized area. finally, fresh cut crops (i.e. irrigated horticulture) and other secondary field crops cover a small percentage (department of agriculture and fisheries, 2010). the region also includes a protected zone with 27% of total area belonging to the natura 2000 red, which is the largest area of this kind in the european union. 2.2 farm-household sample in the spring of 2009, farm-households across 3 main provinces of andalusia (jaen, córdoba and seville, accounting for 57% of farmland and 52% of farm-households for the andalusia region) were surveyed by way of a questionnaire and a dataset of 201 interviews was collected. data was collected through face to face interviews. the questionnaire was divided into the following sections: a) information about the household; b) information about the farm; and c) planned behaviour about a number of issues, including towards energy activity. the survey questionnaire was developed in order to analyze farmers’ intentions towards the adoption of energy crops with the rest of the external driver factors being constant. the horizon fixed was 2020 and the scenario (next ten years) was defined assuming as constant circumstances with regard to prices, employment opportunities and other conditions (e.g. water availability) would remain stable at january 2009 levels. moreover, it was assumed that the cap would continue as it is currently planned, particularly with regard to the single farm scheme (sfs), rural development policy (rdp), and other instruments such as milk quotas and crosscompliance. all of these factors and existing differences from farm to farm were also considered stable. the objectives of the survey were: a) to understand the farmers’ plans with respect to energy crops; and b) what factors explain differences in farmers’ intentions. care was taken to gain broad representation of the farming community age, farm size, and type of crop specialization. the main features and representativeness of the data sample are reported in table 1. the main farm specialization covered by the sample was specialist olive groves accounting for 30% of surveyed farmers. otherwise, the group of arable crops reached 45%, special 203an application of the classification tree-method ist cop crops covered 19%, general field crops accounted for 27%; and other permanent crops and, mixed livestock with others crops, represented 10 and 13% respectively. the representativeness of sample is fair with prevalence being for farmers specialized in olive grove systems and other permanent crops. however, it should be stressed that arable crop farmers are overvalued mainly with general field crops meanwhile class of farm size above 50 ha is overrated. as a whole the farmers sampled manage approximately 20 000 ha. finally, the average farmer age in the survey is 54 years, with 56 years being the average in the study area. table 1. comparison between area study and sample total study area sample total surface (ha) % % plain 2361900 57.19% 13267.4 66.41% hill and mountain 1767600 42.80% 6711 33.59% total 4129500 100% 19978.4 100% farm specialization farm cop* 25630 16.47% 38 18.91% general field crops 26420 22.05% 54 26.87% olive grove 71655 46.06% 61 30.35% other permanent 25830 16.60% 21 10.45% livestock and field crops 23785 15.29% 27 13.43% total 155570 100% 201 100% farm classified by class of size farm 0 5 115259 62.55% 42 20.90% 5-20 45753 24.83% 57 28.36% 20-50 12243 6.64% 48 23.88% > 50 11009 5.97% 54 26.87% total 184264 100% 201 100% ha 0 5 209413 7.40% 90.9 0.45% 5-20 243893 8.61% 707.5 3.54% 20-50 350319 12.37% 1598.5 8.00% > 50 1845788 65.19% 17581.5 88.00% total 2831240 100% 19978.4 100% livestock number of unit cattle 324873 10.52% 1715 11.72% sheep and goats 1645406 53.27% 7797 53.29% pigs 1118260 36.21% 5120 34.99% total 3088539 100% 14632 100% farmer’s age (mean of years) 56 54 *cereals, oil seed, and protein. 204 g. giannoccaro and j. berbel 3. methodology the methodology used is a classification tree method, aimed at classifying farmers according to their attitudes (adopt vs reject) in order to identify and profile potential energy crop growers. firstly, discussion on the nature and elicitation of stated intentions is set, then the methodology used in the scope of paper as well as the variables considered as determinants are reported. the use of stated reactions as a good indicator of actual behaviour is a debated issue in the literature. this approach was chosen given that at the time of the study reliable information about the farmer adoption of energy crops was not yet available. indeed, when the questionnaire was set, energy crops were still inexistent in the area (aae, 2008). consequently, ex-post econometric regression in order to underline an adoption pattern of energy crops was discarded in favour of an ex-ante analysis based on the stated responses. in this context, according to attitude theory, and empirical data, behavioural intention is a better predictor of behaviour than any other measures (ajzen, 1991; viaggi et al., 2011a). the information about stated adoption intentions was collected through a closed question formulated as follows: within the next ten years, will there be any energy crops on your farm? the options were ‘yes’ or ‘no’; in addition, farmers’ responses that were not clearly stated (i.e. they did not answer and, they did not know what they would do) were also collected. in addition, it should be stressed that this analysis concerns adoption intentions and, consequently, we are not able to discuss the level of adoption, or in other words what surface area will be devoted to energy crops. finally, the question did not include an explicit reference to a comparison between different crops, farming practices (e.g. rotation, irrigation, fertilization) and other relevant aspects of energy crops farming. these explicit references were considered complicated and unpredictable at the time of surveying given the lack of energy crops in the area. in the following analysis only the stated answer concerning reactions in terms of onfarm adoption is considered as a dependent variable. the dependent variable derived from the question concerning the energy cropping described above, and used in this paper, is quantified as i = [0,1]. value 1 is assigned if the answer to the option of the question was ‘yes’, and 0 if ‘no’. other unclear responses were discarded. indeed, of the 201 farm-households interviews, 154 observations had a valid value. for the purpose of research, the methodology applied is a non-parametric method based on classification tree algorithms. tree-based methods split the sample step by step into smaller and smaller groups according to a mathematical condition. there are several variants of tree-based methods with different splitting criteria (i.e. algorithm). for example, the oldest tree classification algorithm, the chaid (chi-square automatic interaction detector) technique uses a χ2 test to decide which group to split (kass, 1980). however, the algorithm hints a misappropriation in using continuous variables. the cart (classification and regression trees) is used here. it was firstly proposed by breiman et al. (1984). the cart algorithm uses both continuous and categorical attributes for building the decision tree. the splitting measure in selecting the splitting attribute is gini index. usually, it is claimed that cart is most suitable for forecasting, while chaid is better for data analysis. in addition, cart algorithm gives a room to manage 205an application of the classification tree-method missing value. anyanwu and shiva (2009) found that the cart algorithm is largely used as a decision tree technique with high classification and prediction accuracy. for these reasons the cart algorithm is chosen. by using the cart algorithm the tree is obtained in two phases: firstly the tree is built using an algorithm that recursively divides the sample in smaller sub-samples as the tree grows. the procedure takes into account all available variables from the sample and checks if there is any statistically significant difference within the pair with respect to the target variable (in our case the adoption of crop energy). this procedure may result in a too complex tree achieved by growing an overly large tree. then the second phase goes namely the pruning procedure, where ‘unreliable’ branches are pruned in order to minimize over-fitting (anyanwu and shiva, 2009). the pruning technique we used follows the post-pruning approach as the one used in system cart (breiman et al., 1984). the process results in a tree-like structure of groups, also called nodes, in which each node has two child nodes. terminal nodes, also called branches of the tree, define the classification of subjects. in this case, the classification tree was built by splitting each node until its child nodes contained less than six observations. we made this choice based on the size of sample and, essentially taking into account the shortage of adopters. a minimum of 20% of adopters in a branch of the tree was seen as the most convenient splitting result. tree classification has been commonly used in medicine (witbrodt and kaskutas, 2005), veterinary science (nagy et al., 2010) and agricultural economics (viaggi et al., 2011b). the variables considered as determinants are all those derived from the questionnaire. the questionnaire was designed following a review of the literature on farms adopting innovation, even if specific literature concerning energy crops is still scarce. in particular, several farmer characteristics emerge related to an adoption attitude. for instance it is assumed that the younger the farmers, the more likely they are to adopt innovations early in their respective life cycles (rogers, 1995). formal education level is also recognized among farmers’ human capital linked with the adoption of innovation (e.g. fernandezcornejo et al., 1994; breustedt et al., 2008). it is assumed here that better and more educated farmers will increase adoption. on the other hand, it is well documented that farm structural features (e.g. farm size, land ownership, farm specialization) have a strong influence on the farmers’ adoption process (e.g. cutforth et al., 2001; breustedt et al., 2008; villamil et al., 2008; keelen et al., 2009). in addition, it has been claimed that off-farm jobs may be related to the farmer’s attitudes towards new activities. the flexibility of the farmer’s scheduling as well as the complexity of new crops may have a significant bearing on the decision to adopt new farming pattern (hipple and duffy, 2002; fernandez-cornejo et al., 2005; keelen et al., 2009). the full list of variables used, and the way each variable was measured, is shown in table 2. only 21% of the farm-households interviewed stated the intention to adopt energy crops on farm, which is the dependent variable chosen. the farm characteristic variables are related to current farm size in terms of owned land and land rented-in. renting plays a major role in land availability, particularly for annual crops and livestock; about a half of farms rent-in some land. farming specialization covers the main agricultural crop systems across the study area, namely specialized 206 g. giannoccaro and j. berbel cop farm (i.e. winter cereal, sunflower and leguminous crops usually cropped in annual rotation), other general arable crops labelled field crops, olive grove systems, other permanent crops which cover citrus, orchard fruit and vineyards, and finally livestock systems. the latter category covers both specialist livestock and livestock farming with field crops. there are also the farm features related to geographic characteristics, such as altitude. table 2. list of variables used as determinants code variable description coding mean s.d. fa rm fe at ur es land owned total land owned (ha) 78.29 269.34 land rent in (dummy) land rent-in 0 = no, 1 = yes 0.45 0.49 off-farm job (dummy) off-farm labour by household members including farm head 0 = no, 1 = yes 0.60 0.49 specialization main farm specialisation cop field crops olive grove other permanent livestock systems 16.3% 26.8% 34.6% 10.5% 11.8% _ altitude (dummy) location of the farm with respect to the altitude 0=plain, 1=hill/mountain 0.24 0.43 fa rm er ’s fe at ur es age age of farm head (years) age 52.02 13.01 education education level of farm head elementary school, primary school, high school, master, degree, ph.d. 50% 2.6% 24.7% 12.3% 9.1% 1.3% _ extension service (dummy) farmer assisted by an extension service 0 = no, 1 = yes 0.92 0.14 farmer union (dummy) membership of farmer union 0 = no, 1 = yes 0.41 0.49 share gross revenue share of farm income from agricultural activity over total household income (%) less than 10% 10-29% 30-49% 50-69% 70-89% more than 89% 21.5% 21.5% 9% 10.4% 10.4% 27% _ note: 154 observations (only valid answers). indicators connected to off-farm jobs by a household member reports a mean of 0.60. the remaining variables concern the age of the farm owner, his/her education level, the use of extension services and membership in a farm union. finally, there is the share of farm income with respect to the total household income accounting for six levels, ranging from less than 10% to higher than 89%. 207an application of the classification tree-method 4. results figure 2 shows the variables selected by the cart algorithm. the first ramification point represents the first determinant of adoption selected by the procedure. it tells us figure 2. classification tree for the adoption of energy crops on-farm 208 g. giannoccaro and j. berbel that the prevalence of adoption behaviour is higher amongst farmers who do not have offfarm jobs compared to those who do. although only 21.4% of the farms would adopt the energy crops in the group, this share is highly differentiated between farmers who have off-farm jobs and those who do not. while the right route represents 39.6% of surveyed farmers (61 out of 154 observations), of these 24 would adopt new crops on farm by 2020, which in turn covers the largest share of stated adoption behaviour. in fact, this first ramification accounts for 24 out of 33 farmers who would adopt energy crops. in this route the next ramification point, that is, the next predictive factor found by the procedure, was farm specialization. while specialized cop and olive grove farms demonstrate the smallest share of willingness to adopt (only 4 out of 24 farmers), specializations such as general field crops, other permanent crops and, livestock with other crops, account for the majority of adopters. indeed, node 5 accounts for 60.6% (20 over 33) of those who would adopt energy crops in the next ten years. at this point of the tree, node 6 is also a branch of this tree ramification. by contrast, node 5 was additionally split with the size of farm land being the selecting factor. land owned emerges as a relevant factor in the farmer’s decision to adopt energy crops. node 10, where farms with larger land sizes were selected, accounts for 42.4% (14 over 33) of total adopters. although this node covers only 18.2% (28 respondents) of the total sample it constitutes half of those who would adopt energy crops. on the other hand, in node 9, the grouping of smaller farms, there are 6 adopters out of 33 (18%).this route tree ramification follows with two additional nodes, namely node 11 and node 12. these nodes are branches of this tree ramification, which in turn means that non additional ramifications are possible considering all the available variables. once again, the splitting variable is the size of land owned. likewise, the larger the farm, the higher the number of adopters. as a whole, node 12 is the branch node with the higher number of adopters. almost 40% of all farmers who would adopt energy crops (13 over 33) are at this terminal node. let us turn now to the left side of tree ramification, where farmers who have an off-farm job were further divided by the algorithm according to education level. as a result, the sub-group of farmers who have an off-farm job was split into two nodes, respectively node 3 for those who have less than a high school education and node 4 for those who held a higher level of education. in this regard, the findings show that amongst farmers who have an off-farm job, those with a higher level of formal education seem to be more amenable to adopt energy crops on farm. indeed, 6 out of 9 in this ramification fell into node 4. while node 3 is a branch of tree, node 4 was split into two additional nodes, namely node 7 and node 8. the splitting variable was farm specialization. basically, in this ramification the level of farmer education and farm specializations, such as field crops and cop, are the most important features related to the farmers’ adoption. with respect to the overall sample, the results show that only 33 of the 154 farmers interviewed, namely 21.4%, are willing to adopt energy crops on farm. most of these fall into node 2, with off-farm jobs being the discriminating variable. terminal nodes performed by the tree classification method also show that the largest sub-group is node 3, where the majority of rejections are covered with the farmer’s education being the selecting variable. the cart algorithm also performs a ranking of importance for each independent variable of the tree. farm specialization, farm size, off-farm job and farmer’s education were respectively ordered from major to minor importance. 209an application of the classification tree-method the performance of the classification tree was rather good and in line with the experience of other authors (viaggi et al., 2011b; nagy et al., 2010) with about 84% of the choices correctly predicted. indeed, 88.4% of farmer’s rejection behaviour and 69.7% of adoption was correctly classified. 5. concluding remarks the main outcome of this analysis is that farm features such as the off-farm labour factor together with specializations and the size of land owned affect the adoption of energy crops on farm. in addition, personal features such as farmer education levels are also relevant. a large number of southern spanish farmers have jobs off-the-farm. farming activities and practices that create scheduling conflicts between on-farm management and off-farm employment discourage adoption of alternatives. this aspect of compatibility is discussed in the literature. likewise, formal education level is also recognized among farmers’ human capital linked with the adoption of innovation. these findings are in line with the literature on innovation adoption. at the same time, energy crops face competition from other arguably more standard crops in the study area, such as olive grove systems therefore these specialized farms do not seem to perceive energy crops to be as attractive as other specializations. the result of this attitude is that most of the farms in the study area would not adopt energy crops. on the other hand, specializations such as field crops appear to be relevant in the study area. among the field crops cultivated in the area, cotton and sugar beet are most common. it should be stressed that by mean of the last common agricultural policy reform started in 2006 both crops have been constrained by national entitlements. this means that each eu member can produce a maximum area of these crops at a subsided price. as a result, those farmers that were obliged to reduce the amount of farmland devoted to these crops might be more willing to adopt energy crops. similar results have been obtained regarding french farmers who have retreated from sugar beet production and who would be more likely to participate in miscanthus activity (bocquého et al., 2011). finally, farm land size was significant in the tree classification. generally, the adoption of energy crops would be more likely on larger farms. contrary to expectations, factors such as farmer age do not appear here. it should be emphasised that farmer age and education level are strictly correlated with the younger farmers being those who reach higher education levels. in addition, since the sample here is very small it could well be biased. however, according to the results, only the education factor is significant. according to the findings further research should be carried out taking into account for instance the age of assets and the actual available liquidity of farm-households. moreover, farmer’s expectation about market price and job opportunity could well be related to the adoption of energy crops. these latter factors could be relevant in the adoption process, affecting the profitability of food and fibre crops as a whole, and obviously, energy crops. moreover, in times of market price volatility, energy crops might also be considered to be a risk reducing crop through diversification. more insights are also needed with respect to the influence of the common agricultural policy reforms. indeed, incentives for energy crops, as well as other changes in the scheme of support, should be addressed. this aspect is also related to idle/marginal 210 g. giannoccaro and j. berbel lands and the change in the crop-mix that could arise as a result of policy amendments. energy crops could be very interesting alternatives on marginal lands, as campbell et al. (2008) emphasize. this research aimed to explore farmer attitudes and responses towards a new cropping activity, namely energy crops, in a study area that lacked existing examples. the results should be considered as preliminary findings. other aspects related to energy crops, such as potential social (food competition) and environmental (water and land use) threats (evans et al., 2010), need to be analysed. the latter could be relevant in the study area (i.e. water availability) dealing with farm choices. acknowledgment we acknowledge funding from the european commission, 7th framework programme through the project cap-ire (assessing the multiple impacts of the common agricultural policies (cap) on rural economies, . the views expressed here do not reflect those of the eu. the authors thank the anonymous referees and the editor for insightful comments on an earlier draft of this article. references aae (2008). situación de la biomasa en andalucía. agencia andaluza de energía, sevilla, , accessed 15 june 2008. ajzen, i. (1991). the theory of planned behavior. organizational behavior and human decision processes, 50: 179-211. anyanwu, m.n. and shiva, s. g. (2009). comparative analysis of serial decision tree classification algorithms. international journal of computer science and security, 3 (3): 230-240. breiman, l., friedman, j., olshen, l. and stone, j. (1984). classification and regression trees, wadsworth statistics/probability series. florida, usa: crc press boca raton. bocquého, g., jacquet, f., reynaud, a. (2011). determinants of miscanthus adoption: an empirical investigation among french farmers. paper submitted to the 5th “journées de recherches en sciences sociales”, dijon, france, december 8-9. breustedt, g., muller-scheesel, j., latacz-lohmann, u. (2008). forecasting the adoption of gm oilseed rape: evidence from a discrete choice experiment in germany. journal of agricultural economics, 59 (2): 237-256. butnar, i., rodrigo, j., gasol, c.m., castells, f. (2010). life-cycle assessment of electricity from biomass: case studies of two biocrops in spain. biomass and bioenergy, 34: 1780-1788. cutforth, l.b., francis, c.a., lynne, g.d., mortensen, d.a., eskridge, k.m. (2001). factors affecting farmers’ crop diversity decisions: an integrated approach. american journal of alternative agriculture, 16: 168-176. european parliament and council (2009). directive 2009/28/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 23 april 2009 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources and amending and subsequently repealing directives 2001/77/ec and 2003/30/ec, brussels. 211an application of the classification tree-method eea (european environment agency), (2006). how much bioenergy can europe produce without harming the environment?. report no. 7/2006, copenhagen, , accessed 15 june 2008. evans, a., strezov, v., evans, t.j. (2010). sustainable considerations for electricity generation from biomass. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 14: 1419-1427. fernandez-cornejo, j., daberkow, s., huang, w-h. (1994). the adoption of ipm techniques by vegetable growers in florida, michigan and texas. journal of agricultural and applied economics, 26 (1): 158-172. fernandez-cornejo, j., hendricks, c., mishra, a. (2005). technology adoption and offfarm household income: the case of herbicide-tolerant soybeans. journal of agricultural and applied economics, 37: 549-563. fischer, g., prieler, s., van velthuizen, h. (2005). biomass potentials of miscanthus, willow and populus spp.: results and policy implications for eastern europe, northern and central asia. biomass and bioenergy, 28: 119-132. gasol, c.m., martínez, s., rigola, m., rieradevall, j., anton, a., carrasco, j., ciria, p., gabarrell, x. (2009). feasibility assessment of poplar bioenergy systems in the southern europe. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 13: 801-812. gómez, a., rodrigues, m., montañés, c., dopazo, c., fueyo, n. (2011). the technical potential of first-generation biofuels obtained from energy crops in spain. biomass and bioenergy, 35: 2143-2155. hipple, p.c. and duffy, m.d. (2002). farmers’ motivations for adoption of switchgrass. in: janick, j. and whipkey, a. (eds.), trends in new crops and new uses, alexandria: ashs press. idae instituto para la diversificación y ahorro de la energía, , accessed 15 october 2010. kass, g.v. (1980). an exploratory technique for investigating large quantities of categorical data. applied statistics, 29 (2): 119-127. keelen, c., thorne, f.s., flanagan, p., newman, c., mullins, e. (2009). predicted willingness of irish farmers to adopt gm technology. agbioforum, 12 (3/4): 394-403. martínez-lozano, s., gasol, c.m., rigola, m., rieradevall, j., anton, a., carrasco, j., ciria, p., gabarrell, x. (2099). feasibility assessment of brassica carinata bioenergy systems in southern europe. renewable energy, 34: 2528-2535. nagy, k., reiczigel, j., harnos, a., schrott, a., kabai, p. (2010). tree-based methods as an alternative to logistic regression in revealing risk factors of crib-biting in horses. journal of equine veterinary science, 30 (1): 21-26. department of agriculture and fisheries (2010). regional statistics, , accessed 30 november 2010. rogers, e. (1995). diffusion of innovations (4th ed.). new york: the free press. sevigne, e., gasol, c.m., brun, f., rovira, l., pagés, s.m., camps, f., rieradevall, j., gabarrell, x. (2011). water and energy consumption of populus spp. bioenergy systems: a case study in southern europe. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 15: 1133-1140. sherrington, c., bartley, j., moran, d. (2008). farm-level constraints on the domestic supply of perennial energy crops in the uk. energy policy, 36: 2504-2512. 212 g. giannoccaro and j. berbel viaggi, d., raggi, m., gomez y paloma, s. (2011a). farm-household investment behaviour and the cap decoupling: methodological issues in assessing policy impact. journal of policy modelling, 33 (1): 127-145. viaggi, d., raggi, m., gomez y paloma, s. (2011b). understanding the determinants of investment reactions to decoupling of the common agricultural policy. land use policy, 28: 495–505. villamil, m.b., heinze silvis, a., bollero, g.a. (2008). potential miscanthus’ adoption in illinois: information needs and preferred information channels. biomass and bioenergy, 32: 1338-1348. witbrodt, j. and kaskutas, l.a. (2005). does diagnosis matter? differential effects of 12-step participation and social networks on abstinence. american journal of drug alcohol abuse, 31 (4): 685-707. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 3(2): 137-157, 2014 doi: 10.13128/bae-12994 explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification: empirical evidence from tuscany region fabio bartolini1, maria andreoli, gianluca brunori department of agriculture, food environment, university of pisa abstract. on-farm diversification towards multifunctional activities is perceived as central in the common agricultural policy (cap) reform and in the horizon 2020 strategies, because it strengthens territorial and social cohesion of rural areas. while from a “macro” point of view relations between farm-household diversification and rural economies are central in the process of multi-functionality and in the provision of public goods through agricultural activities, from a “micro” point of view onfarm diversification activities can represent a relevant share of farm income. agricultural economics and rural sociology have developed models aiming to explain the determinants of on-farm diversification thus providing a set of variables potentially influencing on-farm diversification. the paper applies a count model to explain the number of on-farm diversification activities that are implemented by farms in tuscany. since the high number of agricultural holdings that do not apply any diversification activity, we propose a two-step model where, firstly a simulation of adoption of diversified strategy as binary variable is considered and secondly, a model analysing the determinants of diversification intensity among the farms that have decided to diversify is implemented. results confirm that location near main touristic areas and vicinity to urban markets are important determinants of on-farm diversification intensity. results highlight a positive contribution of the pillar 2 agricultural policies both in determining the diffusion of on-farm diversification activities and in influencing the intensity of adoption, while high per hectare single farm payments have a negative influence on diversification intensity. keywords. on-farm diversification, multi-functionality, determinants, tuscany. jel codes. q18, q10 1. introduction on-farm diversification towards new activities is seen as central in the common agricultural policy (cap) reform and in the horizon 2020 strategies, since it strengthens the territorial and social cohesion of rural areas (european commission, 2010). in fact, in developed economies several available strategies provide means to differentiate income, while providing additional services and fulfilling functions that have a public 1 corresponding author: fabio.bartolini@unipi.it. full research article 138 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori utility. thus, the increase of farm income through the allocation of household labour to on-farm diversified activities represents one of the main strategies to pursue viability of rural areas. consequently, pluriactivity and diversification have brought about a greater integration and interdependency between farm households and rural economies. the relevance of diversification strategies is growing in rural economies. according to knickel and renting (2000), the relations between farm-household diversification and rural economies are central in the process of multi-functionality and in the provision of public goods through agricultural activities. in fact, based on 2007 agricultural resource management survey (arms) data, vogel (2012) estimates that the contribution of on-farm diversification activities on the total value of us agricultural production is about 40%. other authors (see e.g. carter, 1999) have reported positive effects of diversification activities diffusion on rural development. the british department of environment, food and rural affairs (defra, 2012), estimates that since 2006, the share of uk farmer’s income coming from diversification activities has continuously increased, while irpet (2013), affirms that the share of farm income coming from diversification activity in tuscany region has increased by 20% during the last fifteen years. in 2010, according to henke and povellato (2012) about 5% of italian farmers stated having diversified activities that accounted for 10 million of full time equivalents, i.e. 4% of the total labour force in agriculture. after the world war ii, labour saving technologies have brought about a dualistic development among farms, which have either pursued concentration and specialisation in agriculture production or diversification strategies (see e.g. mcnamara and weiss 2005). large amounts of literature deal with understanding the phenomena of farm diversification and pluriactivity, looking at the contribution of farm, farmer, and household characteristics (hansson et al., 2013) as well as location and space in explaining farm household behaviours (lange et al., 2013). in this paper, determinants and motivations of on-farm income diversification towards activities other than crop and animal production are investigated. the paper addresses the activity classified as “agricultural secondary activities” by eurostat statistics on agriculture, forestry and fishery (see, e.g. eurostat, 2013) and the italian 2010 agricultural census. the determinants of diversification strategies have been studied at micro level, focusing, on one hand, on the adoption of a specific activity (see amanor-boadu 2013) and of categories of activities (e.g. vik and mcelwee, 2011) and, on the other hand, on the adoption intensity by using indices measuring the degree of diversification (e.g. barbieri and mahoney 2009). this paper applies a count data model with the aim to explain the determinants of diversification intensity among farms in tuscany. the level of intensity is measured as a count of available diversification activities. furthermore, zero-inflated count models are applied in order to get an insight on the determinants of adoption of a diversification strategy by using a two step-model, where firstly, a simulation of adoption of a diversification strategy as a binary variable (adoption versus non-adoption) is considered and secondly, the determinants of intensity of on-farm diversification are analysed. the empirical analysis, which used micro-data collected from agricultural census 2010 and from the tuscany agency for agricultural payments (artea), has highlighted heterogeneities among tuscany farms in relation to explanatory variables between determinants of adoption of a diversification strategy and determinants of the intensity of adoption. 139explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification the paper contains five sections each focusing on one topic. in section 2 a review of literature is presented. section 3 focuses on the theoretical model discussing the methodology underlying the econometric approach adopted. section 4 gives a presentation of the data that has been used. the results and conclusions are given respectively in section 5 and 6. 2. adoption of on-farm diversification strategy the theoretical basis of the diversification strategy is rooted on a farm-household model, where a generic farm household chooses to allocate household labour between on-farm or off-farm activities, with the aim to increase income and to ensure a selected consumption level, while meantime ensuring a sufficient level of utility derived by the time allocated to leisure (singh et al., 1986). agricultural economics literature has investigated diversification adoption/diffusion under several perspectives focusing on the identification and definition of a diversification strategy and clarifying how this definition differs from the one of pluriactivity. following the classification proposed by oecd, (2009) and by salvioni et al., (2013), pluriactivity is a consequence of off-farm allocation of household labour while we have diversification when household labour is allocated on-farm. authors highlight that diversification can be pursued by choosing one of the following pathways, a) agricultural output diversification (e.g. crops diversification), b) product diversification (e.g. organic products, protected denomination of origin products) and, c) non-agricultural output diversification (e.g. tourism activities). as salvioni et al. (2013) point out the last two strategies can be grouped into a general category named on-farm income diversification. on-farm income diversification strategy has been largely studied in agricultural economics. since the seminal work of johnson (1967), agricultural economics has identified the increase in returns of productive factors or the reduction of the risk of agricultural activities as main reasons to diversify farm activities. andersson et al. (2003), applying a dynamic portfolio model, found that for risk adverse farmers a lower economic return was compensated by a reduction of the risk, when on-farm diversification is a risk-reduction activity. in this sense the differentiation of portfolio activities might reduce the exposure to several sources of uncertainty that affect farms, i.e. weather, pests and diseases, price and polices related to agricultural production, market and trade uncertainties. thus, on-farm income diversification allows increasing utility for risk adverse farmers by reducing risk exposure due to specialisation (see mcnamara and weiss 2005). mishra et al., (2010) and (2013), have found that on-farm diversification and off-farm labour allocation are less risky activities compared with agricultural production due to lower exposure to financial and physical risks (see bowman and zilberman, 2013). barbieri and mahoney (2009) applying principal component analysis found that in addition to risk and uncertainty reduction (which remains the main goal of diversification) other five goals affect farmers’ behaviour towards on-farm income diversification. these goals are the following, 1) retaining and expanding markets, 2) enhancing financial condition of the farm household, 3) individual aspiration and pursuit of personal interest/hobbies, 4) increasing revenues by means of additional income sources and 5) maintaining family connections keeping household labour on farm. vik and mcelwee (2011) applying a multinomial model to the adoption of diversification categories, found that motivations differ according with the categories of diversification activities. they point 140 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori out that the search for additional income sources is the main motivation to diversify into tourism or other agricultural secondary activities while resource scarcity and availability as well as the desire to meet people are motivations to diversify into green care or social activities. mcelwee and bosworth (2010) individuated farm and household structures affecting the adoption of a diversification strategy and found that larger farms with young and high-educated male farmers are those that diversify. furthermore they point out that farmers using internet on a regular basis show a higher probability to diversify while farmers with established business relations and involved in networking show lower statistical differences between those who diversify and those who do not diversify. other studies have shown how space and location influence the decision making towards on-farm income diversification strategies. the reason that increases the propensity to diversify is the demand and supply of diversified activities due to differences in the attractiveness of landscape, amenities and distance from urban areas and from main markets (zasada, 2011). recently, lange et al. (2013) studied the spatial effect of rural attractiveness in explaining the diffusion of on-farm diversification activities, when this strategy aims to maintain farm viability. mishra et al. (2010) have found that location in peri-urban areas influences the expectations regarding off-farm labour earnings and consequently, determines a higher allocation of household labour to off-farm activities due to the lower profitability of on-farm diversification strategies. both pillar 1 and 2 payments affect the propensity to diversify production. agricultural economics literature has highlighted that cap strongly affects farm structures and types of production, and consequently directs farmers’ behaviour towards on-farm diversification activities (ilbery et al., 2006). based on literature, income support payments affect the overall profitability of the entire agricultural sector and consequently the propensity to invest/innovate within the sector, as well as the propensity to diversify towards activities such as energy production or high value added production (bartolini and viaggi 2012). furthermore, pillar 1 payments reduce the propensity to exit from the agricultural sector by increasing the returns of on-farm activities and consequently reducing the willingness to allocate off-farm factors of production. bowman and zilberman (2013) have pointed out that the mechanism of payments based on eligible crops designed to produce commodities determine an increase in crop specialisation rather than in diversification. on the contrary, pillar 2 payments affect positively on-farm diversification adoption in two ways, firstly via the co-funding mechanism, which reduces investment costs especially for first (competitiveness) and third axes (improving the quality of life in rural areas) payments (bartolini and viaggi, 2013) and secondly via the effects of payments for ecosystems services on rural viabilities and on the maintenance of valuable amenities within rural areas (zanten et al., 2013). 3. methodology 3.1 theoretical model this paper analyses the determinants of intensity of income diversification towards on-farm activities. despite a large amount of literature, only a few empirical papers have studied the issue of diversification intensity. barbieri and mahoney (2009) deal with diver141explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification sification intensity by using a diversification index based on the number of activities carried out on the farm. in this paper we use directly the count of diversified activities adopted that are included in a set of available diversification strategies. such a count can be seen as a proxy of on-farm income diversification intensity. the portfolio of feasible onfarm income diversification strategies is created on the base of the agricultural secondary activities surveyed by the italian 2010 agricultural census, which are mainly related to activities other than agricultural commodities production but that are connected with it. these activities belong to the following groups: a) agri-tourism, b) recreational and social activities, c) educational farms, d) processing farm products, e) aquaculture, f) contract work, g) processing of feed and services for breeding , h) forestry activities; i) renewable energy production; j) handicraft; k) “other” category. as aforementioned, risk attitude and farm income stabilisation are used in economic literature to explain farm diversification strategies. this paragraph presents a theoretical formulation of the optimal intensity of on-farm income diversification, expressed as count of diversified on-farm activities. several authors have stressed the simultaneity between decisions about diversification and household labour allocation between on-farm and offfarm activities. the paper adapts the model developed by mcnamara and weiss (2005) to the choice of diversification. the optimal diversification intensity could be modelled by the allocation of household labour li between a portfolio of n activities ∑ + ≤ = l l li i n 1 0 where l0 measures the amount of household labour allocated off-farm and l is the total household labour endowment. assuming that a generic farm output/service i is produced by the production function2 fi(li) and that farmer faces only uncertainty in output/service price, so that for a generic activity/service i pi is the expected economic return of this diversifying activity, and considering two generic activities i and j whose variance and covariance are σ σ=ii k 2 and σ ρσ=ij k 2 ∀ ≠ =i j n 1,..., with ρ as correlation coefficient such as ρ− ≤ ≤1 1 the expected profit for a generic farm household can be formalised as π ( )( ) = ∑ + − = e p f l wl cni i i i n o 1 that when substituting li = l – l0 yields = −    + −e npf l l n wl cno 0 in w the expectation wage of off-farm labour allocation and c the fixed costs involved in undertaking a generic activity (investment costs, learning costs and transaction costs), with l0 ≥ 0. the equation yields the optimal farm strategy as a function of choice of optimal count of diversified activities. assuming risk aversion of farmers and a utility function that follows a negative exponential distribution π( ) = − −y e1 ra with a constant absolute risk aversion ra and a normal distribution of possible outcomes, it is possible to approximate the decision problem to a function of the first two moments (freund, 1956), such as 2 for simplicity, we assume equal production function among the portfolio of activities; productive factors and policy are omitted in the formal presentation of the model. 142 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori π π π( )= −ce e rv( ) ( ) 0.5 a where ce(π) is the certain equivalent; e(π) is the expected profit; v(π) is the variance. as pointed out by robinson and berry (1987) the variance of the decision problem equals to ρ σ( ) ( )= − + −     v l l n n 1 1 k0 2 2 and then ce(π) equals to π ρ σ( )( ) ( )= −    + − − − + −     ce npf l l n wl cn r l l n n2 1 1o a k0 0 2 2 maximising ce with respect to the decision count of diversified activities yields: ρ σ( ) ( ) = −    − − − − =ce n pf l l n c r l l n ' 1 2 0o a k0 2 2 2 that in a case of linear production function yields: σ ρ( ) ( )= − −    n l l r c * 2 1o k a 1/2 the optimal count of diversification activities increases with a high-risk aversion coefficient ra and with uncertainty in the diversified outcome, and consequently diversification determines a gain due to risk reduction strategies. this gain, as suggested by mcnamara and weiss (2005), is reduced by the amount of learning and transaction costs c needed to implement a new diversification strategy. thus, the farmers’ choices are based on risk attitude, which measures their preferences as regards the set of alternatives and the variance of the expected profit this latter being determined by the expected return of the alternatives and by the productivity in the use of farm household’s resources. albeit purely income motivations might be at the base of farmers’ choices and notwithstanding several papers point to that, nevertheless no explicit economic model has been presented so far; hence, this paper tries to explore empirically whether variables related to both motivations are affecting the intensity of diversification. 3.2 econometrics specification the intensity of the on-farm income diversification, measured as the count of activities adopted among a set of feasible portfolio, is the dependent variable. many economet143explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification ric models such as regression or quantile regressions are used in agricultural economics to estimate the degree or intensity of income diversification (mcnamara and weiss, 2005). those models have been used to explain motivations and determinants by using, as a proxy of diversification intensity, a diversification index obtained either by the count of activities or by a weighted sum of portfolio of activities. mcelwee and bosworth (2010) have applied a categorical data model in explaining determinants of diversification, simulated as a binary variable or as a categorical variable. in this paper, applying a zero inflated count model we estimate diversification intensity via a two-step process, where in the first step the discrete decision about whether to diversify, or not, is explained, while the second step is used to explain determinants of diversification intensity. the use of a zero-inflated count model allows us to treat data with excess of zero value (lambert, 1992; green, 2003) by separating the decision process in these two steps. the simulation of diversification adoption as a two-step process provides a better representation of farmers’ behaviour. the first step allows coping with the boundary in pursuing at least one diversification alternative while the second step analyses the behaviour of farmers who have decided to diversify and who have access to the implementation of several alternatives (amanor-boadu, 2013). application of zero inflated count data are quite common in agricultural economics, e.g. isgin et al. (2008) estimate the factors affecting the intensity of implementation of technological elements in ohio farms, while uematsu and mishra (2011) estimate the determinants affecting the total number of direct marketing strategies adopted by farmers, and bartolini et al., (2011) study the cap impacts on the intensity of innovation. formally, the count of on-farm diversification activities is a function of a set of independent variables xi so ln(λi) = α0 + β’ xi where λi is means of the on-farm differentiation activities, α0 the constant term and β’ is the coefficient of the set of explanatory variables. to analyse the variables, two distributions are considered, namely poisson and negative binomial models (paxton et al., 2011). let υi be the observed event of count data, the parameter β’ depends on the value of explanatory variables; consequently, it is possible to write: e(υi | xi) = λi = exp(β’ xi) i = 1,…n the probability density function for poisson model is λ( ) ( )= = λ− p y x f y e y .pr | !i i i y i i i the poisson specification assumes that the first two moments are equal e[(υ)] = λ v[(υ)] = λ to take into account overdispersion, a more flexible negative binomial regression (nbr) model has been applied. the density function for the negative binomial model is 144 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori γ α γ α α α µ µ α µ ( ) ( )( ) ( )= = + +     +     α− − − − − − nb y x f y y y .pr | !i i i y1 1 1 1 1 i 1 where γ is the gamma distribution function. with α = 0 a negative binomial model is equal to a poisson model. in this paper, we compare the results of a zero-inflated poisson (zip) model with those of a zero-inflated negative binomial (zinb) model. the mechanism underlying the models is related to how zero is generated, since zero value could be originated by two different regimes: a) the first one, where the outcome is always zero (the model explains the determinants affecting the non-adoption of a diversification strategy,) and b) the second one, using poisson (or negative binomial) distribution to explain the outcome produced by a non-negative integer value (green 2003). zero inflated approaches estimate determinants by combining two steps models. the first model is a logit model analysing the discrete choice about the decision whether to diversify or not (first regime). the second model is a poisson or negative binomial model generating a prediction of the count of the diversification activities (second regime). the main interest in applying such type of model is that the results of zero-inflated models return a correction to the estimation by separating the determinants of the count of diversified activities from the determinants of observed zero value that represents the non-adoption of a diversification strategy. in fact, the main assumption of the model is that two separate sets of covariates affect the decision to adopt diversification strategies. following mullahy (1986) and lambert (1992), it is possible to describe the choice as: υi = 0 with ωit υi ~ poisson(αit) probability 1 ωit (in case of poisson model) υi ~ nbr(αit) with probability 1 ωit (in case of negative binominal regression model) the probability of the zero positive outcomes can be expressed as: pr[υi = 0] = {ωi + (1 ωi)g(0) pr[υi = k] = (1 ωit) + (1 ωit)g(k), k=1, 2, 3... , where g(•) depends on the type of model considering the negative binomial probability function, as mentioned above. 4. data used in this paper, we have used micro-data from the 2010 italian agricultural census relating to on-farm differentiation activities undertaken by each farm and a set of variables that describe characteristics of farms, farmers and households. the census database has been merged with data relating to farm location, territorial description of the area, and with data on the amount of single farm payments (sfp) received by farmers and their participation to some rdp measures. this latter information have been taken from artea (the tuscany regional agency for agricultural payments) database. the depend145explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification ent variable represents the count of alternative diversification strategies applied at farm level. in the census questionnaire, the adoption of on-farm diversification activities is analysed by using a list of 17 alternatives that we have classified into 11 categories taking into account their degree of similarity, e.g. putting together contract work provided to other agricultural or non-agricultural enterprises; handcraft and wood processing, etc. these categories include rural-tourism, recreation and social activities, contract work, renewable energy production (different from energy crops production), handicrafts, processing farm products, educational farm activities, aquaculture, production of feed and services for breeding and forestry. table 1 shows the frequency of farms that have the considered activities in tuscany. table 1. tuscany – absolute (#) and relative (%) frequency of implementation of on-farm diversification activities. diversification categories farms (#) (%) agri-tourism 3,487 4.80 contract work 1,375 1.89 processing farm products 1,314 1.81 production of feed and services for breeding 1,004 1.38 forestry activities 891 1.23 handicraft activities 360 0.50 recreational and social activities 244 0.34 educational farms 204 0.28 renewable energy production 230 0.32 aquaculture 25 0.03 other activities 388 0.53 source: data from istat, 6th italian agriculture census (our processing). diversification activities are quite heterogeneous in terms of needed work and skills, provided services and as a source of income. among the several groups of on-farm diversification activities, agri-tourism has the highest frequency among farmers in tuscany. this activity counts ca. 3500 farmers, i.e. almost 5% of all farmers. contract works and on farm processing of farm products come as second and third in importance as diversification activities. both of these activities involve more than 1300 farmers in the region, i.e. more than 1.80% of all farmers. supply of services for livestock and forestry activity count ca. 1000 farmers each, i.e. around 1.3% of all farmers, while social and educational activities have a frequency of 0.5% or below. intensity of on-farm diversification is measured, for each farm, by the count of implemented diversification activities. table 2 presents the number of farms in tuscany according to their diversification activities count. this is the dependent variable in the econometric model and it measures the diversification intensity at farm level. 146 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori table 2. tuscany – absolute (#) and relative (%) frequency of farms according to their count of onfarm differentiation activities. diversification intensity (# of activity farms (#) (%) 0 65,747 90.45 1 5,124 7.05 2 1,309 1.80 3 336 0.46 4 107 0.15 5 44 0.06 6 12 0.02 7 4 0.01 8 3 0.00 source: data from istat, 6th italian agriculture census (our processing). the data illustrate that a vast majority (above 90%) of farmers in tuscany have not applied any diversification strategy. furthermore, data show that with respect to ca. 70,000 farms, some 5,000 (7.05%), implemented one diversified activity and ca. 1,300 farms (1.8%) implemented two diversified activities. the number of farms progressively reduces with the increase of the count of on-farm diversification activities and only some sixty farms apply five differentiation activities or more. the data used contain an excess of zero observations and consequently, zero-inflated models have been used in order to correct the estimation, when having such a large number of zero value observations (see methodology section). as mentioned earlier the dependent variable is the count of the adopted diversified alternatives. as pointed out in theoretical model section, the determinants of diversification focus mainly on two dimensions: risk aversion and income (e.g. increasing profitable use of farm households’ resources). therefore, we have identified explanatory variables belonging to the following five categories, which can be related with those two dimensions: a) geography/location, b) farmer, c) household, d) farm characteristics, and e) policy. descriptive statistics of the selected explanatory variables are presented in annex 1. the first category includes geographical variables such as altitude and regional development programme (rdp) zoning. location in urban or rural areas and the altitude are expected to be relevant as determinants of diversification patterns due to the priority mechanism defining eligibility to the measure 311, promoting diversification in rural areas, and as determinants of change in the demand of diversification related to services (zasada 2011). according to literature, farm location affects expectations regarding offfarm wage and consequently differences in location modify the preferences of household labour allocation (mcnamara and weiss 2005). thus, location variables are more related with the income dimension due to the effects in changing farm households labour revenue expectation between off-farm and on-farm activities and in changing the demand for diversified services provided by the farmers (zasada, 2011; lange et al., 2013) 147explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification agricultural economics research has highlighted the influence of farmer and household characteristics (i.e. our second and third categories) on the risk attitude towards alternative farm strategies. however, while vik and mcelwee (2011) show that male educated young farmers have a higher probability to diversify, other studies show opposite effects due to the influence of the same characteristics on attitude and ability to obtain credit (see bowman and zilbermann 2013). the fourth category of explanatory variables includes farm characteristics that relate to farm structure, farm specialisation, and production technology. according to previous research, farm structure and farming systems influence the level of risk exposure while economies of scale on credit access influence the attitude towards farm specialisation (chavas et al., 2001; mishra et al., 2004; bowman and zilbermann 2013). the fifth category includes variables relating to payments received via agricultural policies. these variables may affect the decision to diversify in several ways, e.g. by preserving rural amenities, by producing changes on the productivity of farm structures or on the profitability and on the timing of adoption of new investments. therefore, policy category affects mainly income dimension, due to the change of relative profitability between output diversification and on-farm income diversification. 5. results and discussion as above mentioned the zero-inflated count model estimates the determinants of diversification intensity in two steps, firstly by identifying variables that affect the probability to observe a zero value and secondly by identifying variables affecting on-farm diversification intensity. results of both poisson and zero-inflated negative binomial models are shown in tables 3 and 4. table 3 presents results in terms of determinants of the adoption of at least one diversification alternative versus non-adoption, while table 4 shows the determinants of diversification intensity. the coefficients of the zero-inflated models can be interpreted in the same way than in standard binary choice models; therefore, coefficients describe the probability to observe a zero value of the count variable, i.e. non-diversification. thus, a significant positive coefficient (table 3) means a high likelihood to observe a zero value (non-diversification), while a significant negative coefficient has opposite meaning. vice versa, coefficients of table 4 describe changes in the expected count of the farmers adopting on-farm differentiation activities. consequently, a positive value of the count outcome indicates that the variable determines an increase in expected outcome of the model and consequently has a positive effect on intensity of diversification, while a significant negative coefficient means that the variable reduces the expected count of diversification intensity. both tables show a comparison between zero-inflated poisson (model 1) and zeroinflated negative binomial (model 2) models. due to joint estimation of the determinants between zero-inflated and count outcome, the selection of estimation affects model results. however, both models (zero-inflated poisson and zero-inflated negative binomial) have positively passed the vuong test. this test compares respectively zero inflated poisson versus standard poisson model and zero-inflated negative binomial versus negative binomial model. results suggest that, due to excess of zero values, zero-inflated poisson and 148 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori zero-inflated negative binomial provide a better fit compared to standard count models3. the results of logit models show that geographical, farm, farmer, household and policy variables affect the probability to observe at least one diversification activity. farmers’ location in urban areas as identified for rdp purposes by inhabitant density is more likely to determine adoption of diversification strategies, while in locations in remote rural areas with development problems (defined by rpd zoning, as rural area where income are lower compared with other regions), one is less likely to observe diversified strategies; such 3 vuong test for model 1 zero-inflated poisson versus standard poisson has obtained a score of 25.25 and significance at 0.01, while voung test for model 2 zero-inflated negative binomial versus negative binomial model has shown a score of 24.08 and significance at 0.01. table 3. determinants of the adoption of a diversification strategy, results of full zero-inflated poisson (zip) and zero-inflated negative binomial (zinb) models (logit). variable (description) variable (code) zero inflated outcome (logit) zip (model 1) zinb (model 2) location in urban areas (dummy) poli_urb -0.053 * -0.0364 * location in rural areas with developing problems (dummy) rur_probsv 0.0807 0.1415 * fourth uaa percentile – very small (dummy) uaa_vl -0.5551 *** 0.222 first uaa percentile – very large (dummy) uaa_vs 0.8244 *** 0.5076 *** amount of uaa (natural logarithm) uaa1_ha -0.0119 *** -0.08732 *** farms with rented land (dummy) uaarent_d -0.7674 *** -0.7663 *** farm specialization in horticulture (dummy) spec_horticolture 0.8047 *** 0.5235 *** farm specialization in permanent crops (dummy) spec_permanent 0.361 *** 0.4114 *** organic farming (dummy) d_bio -1.3439 *** -1.6665 *** use of internet for farm activity (dummy) inform_d -2.3899 *** -3.5944 *** square of farmers’ age age2 0.0018 *** 0.0155 *** farmers younger than 40 years (dummy) d_young -0.1712 * -0.3036 *** education lower than secondary school (dummy) edu_low 0.2701 *** 0.1771 *** use of paid labour (dummy) cond_salecon -1.1772 *** -1.1356 *** participation at rdp first-axis measures (dummy) part_axis1 -0.7710 *** -1.1975 *** participation at rdp agri-environmental schemes (dummy) part_axis2env -0.3083 *** -0.2685 *** participation at rdp forestry measures (dummy) part_axis2for -0.3102 -1.9128 * participation at rdp measure 311 diversification (dummy) part_311 -2.1450 *** -3.1291 *** sfp payments per ha (1000 €) sfpr_ha_uaa -0.1138 * -0.2051 ** constant cons 1.6122 *** 1.644 *** number of observations 72686 72686 *** significant at 0.01; ** significant at 0.05; *significant at 0.1; not significant variables have been omitted. 149explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification variable is significant only for zero-inflated negative binomial model. our results confirm the hypothesis proposed by lange et al. (2013) and zasada (2011) about the demanddriven effects of diversification, due to closeness to potentially high demand for services provided by farm diversification. results emphasise the effects of farmer’s characteristics as a barrier against diversification adoption. in fact, as outlined by mcnamara and weiss (2005), age, education and attitude have a prominent role in explaining diversification due to their influence on risk aversion attitude, wealth and reduction of working load over time. in particular, young and high-educated farmers are more likely to diversify activities according to the life-cycle hypothesis in relation to the decision to allocate resources table 4. determinants of diversification intensity, results of full zero-inflated poisson and zero-inflated negative binomial models (count variable). variable (description) variable (code) count outcome zip (model 1) zinb (model 2) location in urban areas (dummy) poli_urb -0.2164 *** -0.1966 *** location in intensive agricultural rural areas (dummy) rur_int -0.1119 * -0.1097 location in rural areas with developing problems (dummy) rur_probsv 0.4664 *** 0.4095 *** first uaa percentile – very small (dummy) uaa_vs -0.1545 ** -0.1119 * amount of uaa (natural logarithm) uaa1_ha 0.0006 *** 0.0003 ** farms with rented land (dummy) uaarent_d 0.0851 *** 0.005 farm specialization in arable crops (dummy) spec_arable -0.1719 *** -0.1705 *** farm specialization in permanent crops (dummy) spec_permanent -0.0293 -0.0782 ** farmers older than 65 years (dummy) d_old -0.1397 ** -0.1795 ** farmers younger than 40 years (dummy) d_young -0.173 *** -0.1492 *** agricultural education (dummy) edu_agr 0.1026 ** 0.0944 ** education lower than secondary school (dummy) edu_low -0.256 *** -0.1735 *** household lives on the farm (dummy) live_on 0.219 *** 0.1983 *** farm that use mainly household labour (dummy) cond_coltdir -0.2106 *** -0.1458 *** participation at rdp first axis measures (dummy) part_axis1 0.1531 *** 0.0923 ** participation at rdp agri-environmental schemes (dummy) part_axis2env 0.3481 *** 0.2771 *** participation to rdp measure 311 – diversification (dummy) part_311 0.4867 *** 0.3721 *** sfp payments per year (1000 €) sfpr_year -0.0039 *** -0.0051 *** constant constant -0.7281 *** -0.5664 *** ln alpha -0.932 *** alpha     0.1914 *** number of observations 72686 72686 *** significant at 0.01; ** significant at 0.05; *significant at 0.1; not significant variables have been omitted. 150 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori between on-farm and off-farm activities (mishra et al., 2010). results show that farmers who use internet in their business have a higher probability to diversify due to the possibility to reach spatially distant markets and to a higher probability to be involved in networks (mcelwee and bosworth 2010). as pointed out by literature, farm structure strongly affects the likelihood of adopting diversification. according to our results farm specialisation, farm size and production system have a significant effect on adoption of diversification. there is no consensus in literature regarding the effect of farm size on diversification. in fact, while from one hand economies of scale push farms to become more specialised in agricultural production and consequently to diversify less (mcnamara and weiss 2005), on the other hand, the decrease in marginal return of specialisation determines a higher probability of allocating labour to diversified activities due to higher marginal value when allocating an additional household labour unit to diversified activities with respect the specialisation (robinson and barry, 1987). our results seem to confirm the second hypothesis showing that for very small farms scarce land endowment represents a barrier to adopt any diversification strategy. results show that farm specialisation, due to market structure and investment specificity, determine a higher level of risk exposure and consequently risk adverse farmers react by increasing diversification (mishra et al., 2010). however, farm specialisations in horticulture and permanent crops show a low probability of diversification because of the specific market structure (vertical integration). in fact, this kind of market structure reduces price related risk and consequently determines higher investments and a more labour intensive production. according to research results, organic farming is more likely to be diversified because of synergies between diversification strategies (mcelwee and bosworth, 2010). both cap pillars (pillar 1 and pillar 2) influence the probability to observe the implementation of at least one diversification activity. as expected, participation to rdp measures affects positively the probability to observe a diversification strategy. these results confirm the expectations that when participating to modernisation measures or agri-environmental schemes farmers renew and rethink their entire production system. single farm payments (sfp) show same effects, in fact, increasing the amount of received sfp the probability to observe a diversification strategy on-farm increase. the determinants of diversification intensity model are presented in table 4. table 4 shows model results for farms whose dependent variable value is different from zero (farms with at least one implemented diversification activity). positive coefficients mean an increase in the expected count of the dependent variable, while negative coefficients reduce the expected count of diversification intensity. as mentioned in the methodology section, zero-inflated poisson and zero-inflated negative binomial models give different results due to the form of the used distribution function. as explained in the methodology part the main difference arises from the inclusion of α in the zero-inflated negative binomial model. positive and significant observed value of α suggests the best fit for zero-inflated negative binomial compared to zero-inflated poisson. model results show that farm location has a strong effect to the expected count of diversification intensity. vice versa, in the case of location in areas with development problems, due to lower offfarm opportunities compared to other areas, farmers who try to reduce risk exposure are pushed to increase their income diversification through on-farm activities (mishra et al., 2014). 151explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification results highlight that farm characteristics such as size and degree of specialisation affect diversification intensity. farms with a large amount of uaa (utilized agricultural area) and renting of land show an expected count increase towards diversification intensity, confirming the effect of decreasing marginal return of land in case of specialised activities (mcnamara and weiss, 2005). vice versa, farms specialised in arable crops and farms specialised in permanent crops show a reduction in the expected count of diversification intensity due, in the latter case, to a lower flexibility of farm production, although this variable is significant only for zero-inflated negative binomial model. age and education are variables that strongly affect the expected outcome of diversification intensity. results show that both young and old farmers have low expected diversification intensity, and consequently, our work confirms the findings of mcnamara and weiss (2005) regarding the non-linearity of age effects on farm diversification intensity. they pointed out that young farmers are less risk adverse and show a lower propensity towards diversifying activities, while older farmers tend to reduce the amount of workload due to life cycle expectations. according to our study, families living on farm have a higher expected count of diversification. however, when the majority of on-farm labour is satisfied using household labour there are significant negative effects on diversification intensity, while variables related to policy context affect positively the expected outcome of diversification intensity. the results of zip and zinb models stress the positive effects of rdp measures on diversification intensity. results show that farmers are developing new business plans that focus more on the integration of farm income via diversification activities rather than just co-funding agro-tourism or production of renewable energy (the only available diversification activities eligible for measure 311). this allows us to consider participation at rdp measures as a driver to rethink the entire farm production system. participation to any measure belonging to rdp second, environmental, axis positively affects the expected count of diversification intensity due to the improvement of provision of environmental quality, or the breeding or management of endangered species. at the same time, according to the research result the amount of sfp received reduces the diversification intensity due to the mechanism of promotion of specialisation in the production of commodities. 6. conclusion in this paper, determinants of diversification activities are analysed, using the italian census of agriculture and artea (tuscany regional agency for agricultural payments) micro-data. the paper develops an econometric model that explains determinants firstly, of the discrete choice of adoption or non-adoption of a diversification activity and secondly, of the intensity of diversification, measured as a count of adopted alternative diversification categories. a relevant share (ca. 7%) of farmers in tuscany has diversified their farm’s activities mainly by implementing rural tourism, contract work or farm products processing activities. there is a large amount of literature explaining the determinants of adoption of categories of diversified activities, where categories are grouped according to provided services or the amount of efforts and of investments required. these models return interesting results, but in our case, synergies in adoptions and farm strategy show not-mutually exclusive alternatives. this represents a violation of independence of irrelevant alternatives and consequently does not make possible the application of multinomial 152 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori models. in this sense, the paper’s main novelty is represented by the choice to treat diversification as a count variable when trying to explain diversification intensity as a strategy that may be used to reduce on-farm risk exposure. model results show that farm, farmer, household and geographical characteristics strongly influence the attitude towards on-farm diversification activity. in particular, results confirm that diversification activity requires skills, competence and endowment of productive factors that represent a barrier to the adoption for many farms. results confirm previous literature findings in representing diversification strategy as a way to increase household income using on-farm resources and to reduce farmhousehold risk exposure. results show a picture, where diversification is one of the strategies used by farms that a) are viable from an economic point of view for their structural characteristics, b) improve their income by expanding their size (rented land), c) search new ways for increasing farm income, through farm modernization, the research of new markets (organic farming) and the use of tools needed to compete on a global market (internet). on the other hand, the group of farms, which are located in areas with development problems where involvement on agricultural activities is diminishing, are highly dependent on sfp and the activities that are carried out are mainly horticulture crops, olives and vineyards, likely using subcontractor services and/or family labour. in this case, it seems that farmers have a low interest in investing, modernising or improving farm capacity in order to provide an income other than the one coming from pillar 1 subsidies. results confirm that location and geographical variables determine changes in the observed diversification activity. in particular, relations between demand for services provided by diversification (e.g. tourism, handicraft, or contract work) and expectation regarding income sources represented by off-farm activities are determinant for diversification adoption and intensity (lange et al., 2013). results show that these variables are relevant especially in urban areas (which are mainly in plain areas) and in marginal areas, such as rural areas with development problems. in fact, these areas have opposite direction as regards diversification adoption or diversification intensity. urban and peri-urban areas show a low probability to observe diversification adoption and intensity of diversification. location on rural areas with development problems represents a barrier to the adoption of diversification activities. however, at the same time in many areas diversification represents the main opportunity for income creation and risk reduction, due to scarcity or absence of other opportunities for off-farm labour and to the necessity to overcome territorial constraints, in the case of the farmers who internalise by providing social services. consequently, farms, located in these areas, which have adopted a diversification strategy, show a high intensity of diversification. results confirm the effects of cap in driving on-farm diversification intensity. both pillar 1 and 2 payments affect the attitude to diversify, although in opposite directions. pillar 1 payments positively affect the decision to adopt diversification strategy by ensuring liquidity to invest on agriculture (bartolini and viaggi, 2012) and by contrasting exit from farming activities (or off-farm household labour allocation) due to an increase of the overall agricultural sector profitability (raggi et al. 2013). furthermore, rdp measures (pillar 2) promote diversification activity in several ways, such as, a) co-funding investments on diversification (third axis) or on technology provision, such as new 153explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification machinery or new energy plants (first axis), and b) by promoting a sustainable agricultural production (organic production), maintaining and preserving landscape elements and biodiversity. in this paper, when trying to identify determinants of on-farm diversification as a framework of risk reducing behaviour, we have made an assumption that simplifies the definition of diversification intensity by counting the diversification activities provided by the italian agricultural census data. this assumption influences the dependent variable that focuses on the count of activities rather than on income sources, and therefore determines an application of portfolio model based purely on a proxy of intensity. nevertheless, the use of census data for investigating diversification strategy is quite common in agricultural economics literature (see e.g. mcnamara and weiss 2010; mishra et al., 2010) even if in the census a set of relevant economic data (both on-farm and offfarm), networking and social capital dimension are missing. therefore, future works need to be directed to the inclusion of those dimensions, that may have significant effects on the intensity of diversification, and that need ad hoc surveys due to the lack of official data. in the same way, the lack of data does not allow studying the trade-off between diversification and pluriactivity (allocation of household labour and investing in offfarm activities) that together with specialisation represent the main strategy of farmers in reducing risk exposure. thus, further improvements through the identification of alternative farm strategies by understanding dynamics of off-farm labour pattern in other sectors would represent a viable strategy to understand risk aversion effects on agriculture. acknowledgements an earlier version of this paper was presented during the 2nd aieaa conference “between crisis and development: which role for the bio-economy”, june 6-7 2013, parma, italy. the authors wish to thank the anonymous referees and the associated editor for their useful suggestions and comments of earlier version of the paper. references amanor-boadu, v. (2013). diversification decisions in agriculture: the case of agritourism in kansas. international food and agribusiness management review 16: 57-74. andersson, h., ramamurtie, s. and ramaswami, b. (2003). labor income and risky investments: can part-time farmers compete? journal of economic behavior & organization, 50: 477-493. barbieri, c. and mahoney, e. (2009). why is diversification an attractive farm adjustment strategy? insights from texas farmers and ranchers. journal of rural studies, 25: 58-66. bartolini, f. and viaggi, d. (2012). an analysis of policy scenario effects on the adoption of energy production on the farm: a case study in emilia-romagna (italy). energy policy, 51: 454-464. bartolini, f. and viaggi, d. (2013). the common agricultural policy and the determinants of changes in eu farm size. land use policy, 31: 126-135. 154 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori bartolini f., latruffe l., viaggi d. (2011) assessing the effect of the cap on farm innovation adoption. an analysis in two french regions. 122nd seminar eaae (european association of agricultural economists). ancona, italy. bowman, m. s. and zilberman, d. (2013). economic factors affecting diversified farming systems. ecology and society, 18. carter, s. (1999). multiple business ownership in the farm sector: assessing the enterprise and employment contributions of farmers in cambridgeshire. journal of rural studies, 15: 417-429. chavas, j.-p., bruce, l. g. and gordon, c. r. (2001). structural change in agricultural production: economics, technology and policy. in b. gardner and g. rausser, (eds.) handbook of agricultural economics, volume 1: 263-285. elsevier science, amsterdam, the netherlands.. defra (2012). farming statistics diversification and renewable energy production on farms in england 2012. in defra (ed.). defra. european commission, (2010). the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future. downloadable to: http://ec.europa. eu/agriculture/cap-post-2013/communication/com2010-672_en.pdf. eurostat (2013) agriculture, forestry and fishery statistics. 2013 edition, eurostat pocketbooks, luxembourg, 2013, doi 10.2785/45595 freund, r. j. (1956). the introduction of risk into a programming model. econometrica, 24: 253-263. greene w. (2003). econometric analysis. new york prentice hall. hansson, h., ferguson, r., olofsson, c. and rantamäki-lahtinenb, l. (2013). farmers’ motives for diversifying their farm business the influence of family. journal of rural studies, 32: 240-250. hardaker, j. b. (2000). some issues in dealing with risk in agriculture. working paper in agricultural and resource economics. university of new england. graduate school of agricultural and resource economics. henke r., povellato a. (2012). la diversificazione nelle aziende agricole italiane. agriregionieuropa 31. ilbery b., maye d., watts d., holloway l. (2006). research into the potential impacts of cap reforms on diversification activities of tenants farmers in england: baseline study. report for defra irpet (2013). rapporto sul sistema rurale toscano tra congiuntura e struttura alla vigilia della nuova struttura alla programmazione. in irpet (ed.). isgin, t., bilgic, a., forster, d. l., batte, m. t. (2008). using count data models to determine the factors affecting farmers’ quantity decisions of precision farming technology adoption. computers and electronics in agriculture 62: 231-242. johnson s.r, (1967). a re-examination of the farm diversification problem. journal of farm economics 49: 610-621. knickel, k. and renting, h. (2000). methodological and conceptual issues in the study of multifunctionality and rural development. sociologia ruralis, 40: 512-528. lambert d. (1992) zero inflated poisson regression with an application to defected in manufacturing. technometrics 34: 1-14. lange, a., piorr, a., siebert, r. and zasada, i. (2013). spatial differentiation of farm 155explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification diversification: how rural attractiveness and vicinity to cities determine farm households’response to the cap. land use policy, 31: 136-144. mcelwee, g. and bosworth, g. (2010). exploring the strategic skills of farmers across a typology of farm diversification approaches. journal of farm management, 13: 819-838. mcnamara, k. t. and weiss, c. r. (2005). farm household income and on-and-off farm diversification. journal of agricultural and applied economics, 37, pp. 37-49. mishra, a. k., el-osta, h. s. and sandretto, c. l. (2004). factors affecting farm enterprise diversification. agricultural finance review, 64: 151-166. mishra, a. k., erickson, k. w., harris, j. m., hallahan, c. b. and uematsu, h. (2010). determinants of farm household income diversification in the united states: evidence from farm-level data. agricultural and applied economics association denver, colorado. mishra, a. k., fannin, j. m. & joo, h. (2014). off-farm work, intensity of government payments, and farm exits: evidence from a national survey in the united states. canadian journal of agricultural economics, 62: 283-306. mullahy j. (1986). specification and testing in some modified count data models. journal of econometrics 33: 341-365. organisation for economic co-operation and development (oecd) (2009). the role of agriculture and farm household diversification in the rural economy: evidence and initial policy implications. tad/ca/apm/wp(2009)1/final. paris. paxton k.w., mishra a.k., chintawar s., roberts r.k., larson j.a., english b.c., lambert d.m., marra m.c., larkin s.l., reeves j.m., martin s.w. (2011) intensity of precision agriculture technology adoption by cotton producers. agricultural and resource economics review 40:133-144. raggi, m., sardonini, l., viaggi, d. (2013). the effects of the common agricultural policy on exit strategies and land re-allocation. land use policy 31: 114-125. robinson, l. j. and barry, p. j. (eds.) (1987). the competitive firm’s response to risk, london: macmillian publishing company. salvioni, c., ascione, e. and henke, r. (2013). structural and economic dynamics in diversified italian farms. bio-based and applied economics 2: 257-275. singh, i. j., squire, l. and strauss, j. (1988). agricultural household models: extension, application and policy, baltimora and lonon: the johns hopkins university press. uematsu h., mishra a.k. (2011) use of direct marketing strategies by farmers and their impact on farm business income. agricultural and resource economics review 40:1-19. vik, j. and mcelwee, g. (2011). diversification and the entrepreneurial motivations of farmers in norway. journal of small business management, 49: 390-410. vogel s. (2012). multi-enterprising farm household: the importance of their alternative business ventures in the rural economy. eib-101, us department of agriculture, economic research services, october 2012. washington dc. zanten, b., verburg, p., espinosa, m., gomez-y-paloma, s., galimberti, g., kantelhardt, j., kapfer, m., lefebvre, m., manrique, r., piorr, a., raggi, m., schaller, l., targetti, s., zasada, i. and viaggi, d. (2013). european agricultural landscapes, common agricultural policy and ecosystem services: a review. agronomy for sustainable development 34: 309-325. 156 f. bartolini, m. andreoli, g. brunori zasada, i. (2011). multifunctional peri-urban agriculture-a review of societal demands and the provision of goods and services by farming. land use policy, 28: 639-648. annex 1. descriptive statistics of data used category variable description observation mean standard deviation min max geographical plain location in plain areas 72686 0.1206 0.3257 0 1 hill location in hill areas 72686 0.6984 0.4589 0 1 mount location in mountain areas 72686 0.1809 0.3850 0 1 poli_urb location in urban areas 72686 0.1737 0.3789 0 1 rur_int location in rural areas with intensive agriculture 72686 0.1008 0.3011 0 1 rur_trans location in rural areas in transition 72686 0.3408 0.4740 0 1 rur_decl location in rural areas in declining 72686 0.2413 0.4279 0 1 rur_probsv location in rural areas with developing problems 72686 0.1430 0.3501 0 1 farm household live_on famers’ household livees on tha farm 72686 0.8402 0.3663 0 1 selfcons self consumption of agricultural products (more than 50 % of productions) 72686 0.5026 0.4999 0 1 farm d_bio organic production 72686 0.0325 0.1775 0 1 uaa_l small farm size 72686 0.2456 0.4304 0 1 uaa_s medium-small farm size 72686 0.2344 0.4236 0 1 uaa_vl medium-large farm size 72686 0.2489 0.4323 0 1 uaa_vs large farm size 72686 0.2711 0.4445 0 1 uaa_1n logarithm of usable agricultural areas 72686 1037.81 3508.67 0 2292.1 uaarent_d rented-in 72686 0.1552 0.3621 0 1 spec_ livestock farm system specialised in livestock production 72686 0.0554 0.2289 0 1 spec_arable farm system specialised in arable production 72686 0.1738 0.3790 0 1 spec_ permanent farm system specialised in permanent crops 72686 0.5871 0.4923 0 1 spec_ horticulture farm system specialised in vegetable crops 72686 0.0447 0.2068 0 1 cond_ coltdir direct conduction by farmer 72686 0.9561 0.2047 0 1 cond_ salecon conduction using paid labour 72686 0.0378 0.1908 0 1 cond_oth other conduction 72686 0.0059 0.0770 0 1 farmer d_young farmers young than 40 years old 72686 0.1042 0.3056 0 1 157explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification category variable description observation mean standard deviation min max d_old farmers old than 65 years old 72686 0.4138 0.4925 0 1 age2 square of age 72686 3851.43 1740.82 256 9801 inform_d use of internet for farming activities by the farmer 72686 0.0590 0.2351 0 1 edu_agr farmer with agricultural education 72686 0.0388 0.1932 0 1 edu_high farmer with education higher than secondary school 72686 0.3302 0.4703 0 1 edu_low farmer with education lower than secondary school 72686 0.6697 0.4703 0 1 policy part_axis1 participation in at least one measure of first rdp axis 72686 0.0270 0.1622 0 1 part_ axis2env participation in at least one measure of second rdp axis (environmental measures) 72686 0.1038 0.3050 0 1 part_ axis2for participation in at least one measure of second rdp axis (forestry measures) 72686 0.0013 0.0359 0 1 rdp_311 participation in measure 311 of rpd 72686 0.0021 0.0461 0 1 sfp_year amount of single farm payments received per years 72686 1411.35 5758.9 0 426822 sfp_ha amount of single farm payments received per hectare 72686 152.33 1670.14 0 41130 bio-based and applied economics 3(3): 187-204, 2014 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-15017 review article biotechnologies and agrifood strategies: opportunities, threats and economic implications justus wesseler wageningen university, hollandsweg 1, 6706kn wageningen, the netherlands abstract. the production of food employs different kinds of biotechnologies, some of which are more controversial than others. the public and the agrifood sector have developed a number of responses to address their concerns about biotechnologies considered controversial. in this contribution the different strategies chosen by the agrifood sector in the eu in response to the introduction of new biotechnologies in the agrifood complex will be discussed. the contribution concentrates on the example of the introduction of genetically engineered crops and the strategic responses by the eu food industry, namely food processors and food retailers. the contribution concludes with an outlook on the future of the eu agrifood complex. keywords. biotechnology, regulation, technical change. jel codes. q1, l5, l66 1. introduction food processing without biology is nearly impossible. the processing of primary food products such as grains to higher quality products via fermentation uses enzymes. this is one of man’s oldest food processing technologies and has been claimed to be the origin for domesticating grains (katz and voigt, 1986). man’s knowledge about food and food processing has improved and today we have a wide range of biotechnologies available to help us to cultivate and process agricultural products. in particular advances in molecular biology have generated new biotechnologies and will continue to do so. these new technologies offer opportunities for the agrifood sector and society at large, allowing for the reduction of agriculture’s environmental footprint; for increasing food supply, and the diversity of food products available (bennett et al., 2013). while a wide range of opportunities for using biotechnologies are available, views about their benefits differ substantially. the recent debates surrounding the introduction of vitamin a enriched rice (golden rice) (wesseler and zilberman, 2014) and the approval of the genetically engineered (ge) maize 1507 for cultivation in the european * corresponding author: justus.wesseler@wur.nl. 188 j. wesseler union (eu) (rabesandratana, 2014) serve as examples.1 the differences in views are often correlated with the distribution of the benefits and costs of the technology (graff et al., 2009) that are unevenly distributed between different sectors of our economies and between economies (smyth et al., 2014). insect resistant crops reduce pesticide use to the disadvantage of the agriculture chemical industry, but benefit the companies holding the property rights on the new seed products (bennett et al., 2013). countries with a less restrictive regulatory system in agriculture food production might benefit more from biotechnologies increasing their comparative advantage (qaim, 2009). simultaneously, food markets become more differentiated in a response to demands for special food items such as “gm-free” (gm = genetically modified) dairy products providing new opportunities for the agrifood sector. in parallel to the development of new biotechnologies, the regulatory environment has changed. concerns about environmental and health impacts of existing and new technologies have become an important part of regulations (wesseler and kalaitzandonakes, 2011). the regulatory environment in europe has also been influenced by the establishment of the eu and its enlargement (smart et al., 2014). further, different stakeholder groups try to influence regulations on gmos depending on their individual gains, losses and beliefs (graff et al., 2009). in this contribution the different strategies chosen by the agrifood sector in the eu in response to the introduction of new biotechnologies in the agrifood complex will be discussed. the contribution concentrates on the example of the introduction of genetically engineered crops and the strategic responses by the eu food industry. the contribution unfolds as follows. first, a brief eu history on ge food and the regulatory regime will be provided followed by a discussion and assessment of the gm-free response strategy responses of the eu food industry. the assessment mainly concentrates on food processors and food retailers and concludes with an outlook on the future of the eu agrifood complex. 2. eu history on genetically engineered products ge food product developments until 1999 the development of the recombinant dna technology in the early 1970s was the start of modern biotechnology (tramper and zhu, 2011) (see table 1). the bayh-dole act of 1980 in the united states (us), which provided universities and other forms of organisations with the right to exploit patents that had been obtained with public funding, has been seen as key for innovations in modern biotechnology (stevens, 2004). some of the first successful products using rdna technology were a vaccine for swine diarrhoea in 1982 by the dutch company intervet and the production of human insulin for diabetics from ge bacteria by the us company eli lilly. since 1984, the dutch company gist-bor1 for convenience, applications of modern biotechnology in agriculture will be abbreviated with ge for genetically engineered. the term “genetically modified organism” or gmo will be used when referring to eu policies. the differentiation is relevant, as according to the definition of a gmo by the european union, strictly (scientific) speaking they would not exist, except one rejects evolution and follows a “creationist onthology” and hence the term is a political construct (herring, 2008). 189biotechnologies and agrifood strategies table 1. important events in the eu history of modern biotechnology in agriculture. year event 1973 development of rdna technology 1980 bayh-dole act, providing intellectual property right to organisation and individuals from inventions with public funding in the us. 1982 vaccine against swine diarrhoea and production of human insulin (us) by means of rdna technology 1986 first cases of bovine spongiform encephalopathy (bse) in cattle in the uk reported starting the “mad-cow-disease” crisis in the eu. 1986 oecd publication on “recombinant dna safety considerations”, so called “blue book”, setting international standards for safety assessments. 1990 hermann the bull, the first genetically engineered bovine, was born. female off-springs of hermann the bull would produce milk with a high content of lactoferrin to be used to strengthen the immune system of humans. product developed by pharming group n.v., the netherlands 1991 report about hiv contaminated blood samples knowingly be distributed in france published and together with the handling of the “mad cow disease” undermining public trust in regulatory health safety systems in the eu. 1995 flavr savr tomato introduced by calgene (us) but withdrawn in 1999. 1996 dolly, a cloned sheep was born. 1998 first ge crop approved for cultivation in the eu (mon810) 1999 study on mortality effects of pollen from genetically engineered plants on larvae of monarch butterflies published in may 1999 in nature. 1999 environmental council of the eu calls for a temporary ban of approvals of gmos (“quasi moratorium”) in july 1999. 1999 apad pusztai claims negative effects of gm technology on the biology of rats in august 1999. 2000 starlink case: traces of starlink corn, not approved for human consumption were found in food products (taco shells) in the us. 2000 friends of the earth europe launches an eu wide campaign “calling for a halt to the gmo pollution of food and the environment”. 2001 eu directive 2001/18 on the deliberate release of gmos into the environment published. includes the safeguard clause. 2002 european food safety authority established. tasks among others the environmental and food safety assessment of genetically modified organisms (gmos). 2003 regulation 1830/2003 on traceability and labelling of gmos published. introduces the 0.9% threshold level for labelling. 2003 recommendations by the european commission on guidelines for the development of national strategies and best practices to ensure the coexistence of genetically modified crops with conventional and organic farming. 2009 study on the effect of bt maize on the two-spot ladybird published and used as an argument by the german and french government to ban the cultivation of mon810. 2009 lisbon treaty enters into force on december 1, 2009. among others some changes in the approval process of gmos including explicit deadlines for different steps. 2011 regulation (ec) no 1331/2008 of the european parliament and of the council establishing a common authorisation procedure for food additives, food enzymes and food flavourings 2011 regulation on low-level-presence of unapproved events establishing a 0.01% threshold for feed. zero tolerance level for unapproved events for food remains published in june 2011. 2011 judgement on the content of gm pollen in honey by the european court of justice starting a debate on how to measure gmo content in food in september 2011. 2012 study published by seralini et al. claiming toxic health effects of herbicide resistant maize as well as glyphosate. used by the government of france to invoke the safeguard clause. 2013 ttip negotiations launched. gmo approval policy in the two regions important part of the agenda. 190 j. wesseler cades (now dsm) started to insert the bovine chymosin gene in yeast cells, which allows for cultivating the yeast in large fermenters to be used for cheese production. in the late 1980s, the technology was adopted by cheese producers in switzerland, followed respectively by producers in the netherlands, germany, and france, in 1992, 1997, and 1998. parallel, applications for enzymes produced from ge bacteria for bakery products have been introduced (tramper and zhu, 2011). the first ge food product, the flavsavr tomato by calgene, was introduced in 1996 in the uk. the flavrsavr tomato has been an interesting case: it was developed by calgene and introduced to the uk under a licensing agreement by zeneca in 1996, and was removed from the market in 1999. the tomato paste derived from this tomato was labelled and sold by safeway’s and sainsbury, and initially even outsold alternative tomato paste brands. sales drastically declined in 1998, and in 1999 both supermarket chains delisted the product. the problem started according to bruening and lyons (2000) with the broadcasting by dr. arpad pusztai in 1999 about his claim that genetic engineering may have effects on the biology of rats, which resulted in demand declining. safeway and sainsbury not only removed this tomato from their shelves, but also declared that they would refrain from selling any ge food in their stores including animal products derived from animals fed with gm feed (ibid). the first transgenic maize crop was introduced in the us in 1995, followed by ge cotton, soybeans, oil seed rape, and corn (smart et al., 2012 ). the first ge maize approved for cultivation in the european union was the event mon810 by monsanto. cultivation first started in 1998 in france and spain, a year later portugal followed, and germany followed in 2000 (see table 2). while mon810 was approved under the regulations for novel food, regulations changed in the early 2000’s after a temporary ban on approvals, the so called “quasi moratorium”. france and portugal implemented a temporary ban in the early 2000’s (brookes, 2007). france and germany did ban cultivation of mon810 from 2007 and 2008 onwards respectively. the “quasi moratorium” and policy developments since in june 1999 at the meeting of the environmental council five member states, namely denmark, france, greece, italy and luxembourg declared they would block new approvals of genetically modified organism (gmos) until the european commission proposed additional legislation governing their introduction (eu environmental council, 1999). those five member states asked for establishing a more transparent framework for the approval of gmos including a risk assessment that considers explicitly the specificities of european ecosystems, a monitoring scheme and a positive labelling policy. those member states saw this as being important steps to restore public and market confidence; otherwise, “they will take steps to have any new authorisations for growing and placing on the market suspended.” (ibid).2 similarly, austria, belgium, finland, germany, the netherlands, spain, and sweden asked for a thorough risk assessment of gmos and in particular intended “not to author2 in particular many people lost their confidence in government regulators since the mid 1980’s because of the bse scandal, hiv contaminated blood products in france, and other such incidents. 191biotechnologies and agrifood strategies ise the placing on the market of any gmos until it is demonstrated that there is no adverse effect on the environment and human health.” (ibid). since then, the approval process for gmos in the eu differentiates between risk assessment and risk management. technical risk assessment is performed by the european food safety authority (efsa), while risk management, a political decision, involves standing committees, the commission, and the council of ministers (wesseler and kalaitzandonakes, 2011). while prior to the lisbon treaty the council of ministers was involved in the approval process, since the treaty this has been replaced by the appeal committee. with the adoption of the lisbon treaty the approval process has become more strict with respect to deadlines that need to be met. further, with the implementation of directive 2001/18, the procedures for the approval process for gmos in the eu have been revised. regulations addressing monitoring, traceability, and labelling followed (commission of the european communities 2003a,b,c). important to notice, is that in the eu a differentiation is made between approval for release into the environment and for placing on the market (wesseler and kalaitzandonakes, 2011). while several gmos have approval for placing on the market, only five events3 have received approval for cultivation so far: three maize, one potato and three carnation events (gmo-compass, 2014), while 3 genetically engineered crops are produced by introducing dna coding for beneficial traits into the germplasm of crop varieties. each time a transformation happened is referred to as an event and plant breeders select those that are of interest. the derived selected transformation event is defined by an abbreviation such as mon810.ta bl e 2. c ul tiv at io n of b t m ai ze in th e eu ro pe an u ni on (h a) . 19 98 19 99 20 00 20 01 20 02 20 03 20 04 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09 20 10 20 11 20 12 sp ai n 22 ,0 00 30 ,0 00 20 ,0 00 25 ,0 00 25 ,0 00 32 ,0 00 58 ,0 00 53 ,2 25 53 ,6 67 75 ,1 48 79 ,2 69 76 ,0 57 76 57 5 97 32 5 11 63 06 fr an ce 2, 00 0 <2 ,0 00 <5 00 0 0 0 0 49 2 5, 00 0 21 ,1 47 0 0 0 0 0 c ze ch r ep ub lic 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 1, 29 0 5, 00 0 8, 38 0 6, 48 0 48 68 50 90 30 80 po rt ug al 0 1, 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 75 0 1, 25 0 4, 50 0 4, 85 1 5, 09 4 55 00 77 23 92 78 g er m an y 0 0 <5 00 <5 00 <5 00 <5 00 <5 00 34 2 94 7 2, 68 5 3, 17 1 0 0 0 0 sl ov ak ia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 90 0 1. 90 0 87 5 17 40 76 1 0 ro m an ia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ? ? 35 0 7, 14 6 3, 34 4 82 3 58 8 21 7 po la nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 32 0 3, 00 0 3, 00 0 35 00 39 00 40 00 to ta l 24 ,0 00 >3 1, 00 0 >2 0, 00 0 >2 5, 00 0 >2 5, 00 0 >3 2, 00 0 >5 8, 00 0 54 ,9 59 62 ,2 84 11 0, 05 0 10 7, 71 7 94 ,7 50 91 19 3 11 53 86 13 30 70 so ur ce s: b ro ok es , 2 00 7; d em on t a nd t ol le ns , 2 00 4; g m o c om pa ss , 2 01 4. n ot es : ? , c ul tiv at ed b ut a re a no t kn ow n. z er os in di ca te n o co m m er ci al c ul tiv at io n, b ut fi el d tr ia ls p os si bl e. in t he e ar ly y ea rs t he a re a cu lti va te d w ith b t m ai ze in th e eu h as n ot b ee n w el l d oc um en te d. 192 j. wesseler only one maize event, mon810, is currently cultivated as a field crop. for events that have not received approval, a zero tolerance level applies, with exceptions under certain conditions for feed products where a 0.1 per cent level applies (commission of the european communities, 2011). table 3 shows the mandatory labelling requirements for gm food and feed according to regulation 1830/2003. what is noteworthy in the context of the strategic responses of the food sector are the exemptions for the labelling of enzymes derived from genetically modified bacteria and of animal products derived from animals fed with gm feed, while food products derived from gm crops such as soybean oil (derived from gm soybeans) or sugar (derived from gm sugar beets) must be labelled as such. an important part of the directive 2001/18 is the safeguard clause under article 23, which provides member states with the opportunity to ban cultivation in their territory but only under certain conditions: “where a member state, as a result of new or additional information made available since the date of the consent and affecting the environmental risk assessment or reassessment of existing information on the basis of new or additional scientific knowledge, has detailed grounds for considering that a gmo as or in a product which has been properly notified and has received written consent under this directive constitutes a risk to human health or the environment, that member state may provisionally restrict or prohibit the use and/or sale of that gmo as or in a product on its territory.” (commission of the european communities, 2001, p. l 106/13). several member states have invoked the safeguard clause to ban the cultivation of mon810, including, among others, france in 2007, germany in 2009, greece in 2006, and hungary in 2005. efsa has dismissed their arguments as they have failed in providing new scientific reasons for justifying a national ban. the council, who had to decide on the validity of this claim, has not voted in favour, asking the respective members states to remove the national ban (wesseler and kalaitzandonakes, 2011). in 2003 the european commission also published recommendations “on guidelines for the development of national strategies and best practices to ensure the coexistence of genetitable 3. labeling requirements for gmos in the eu. gm product example labeling requirement gm plants, seeds, and food maize, maize seed, cotton seed, soybean sprouts, tomato yes food produced from gmos maize flour, soybean oil, rape seed oil yes food additive/flavouring produced from gmos highly filtered lecithin extracted from gm soybeans yes gm feed maize yes feed produced from a gmo corn gluten feed, soybean meal yes feed additive produced from a gmo vitamin b2 yes food from animals fed on gm feed eggs, meat, milk no food produced with the help of a gm enzyme bakery products produced with the help of amylase no source: modified from commission of the european communities (2003a). 193biotechnologies and agrifood strategies cally modified crops with conventional and organic farming”, which “should provide a list of general principles and elements for the development of national strategies and best practices for coexistence.” (commission of the european communities, 2003). as these guidelines are only recommendations member states not necessarily have to implement specific guidelines for the cultivation of gmos. national coexistence regulations and their impacts on adoption of gm crops are quite diverse. while spain uses existing regulations to govern the production of gm crops, other countries, such as bulgaria, use coexistence regulations which effectively ban gm crop production. many member states have implemented legal rules and regulations governing the cultivation of gmos that in most cases increase the burden of famers that like to cultivate gm crops and in particular making it more difficult for smaller farms (beckmann et al., 2011; 2010; 2006; groeneveld et al., 2013). the approval process of gmos for cultivation for several reasons prevented the approval of gmos for cultivation since 2001. a proposal introduced by commission president barroso at the end of 2009 attempted to circumvent the rules of the qualified majority by shifting the authority of cultivation approval to the national level. this proposal was rejected by a number of member states. legal issues were invoked, including compliance with wto rules and the single european market principle (eesc, 2010). in the same spirit of creating regulatory flexibility, the commission of the european communities has prepared another proposal that would allow member states to declare gmo-free areas for different reasons but in line with the principle of the single european market. the discussion came to a halt but has gained new momentum since january 2014. by the end of 2014 an agreement between the european parliament and the ec has been reached on the possibility for “member states to restrict or prohibit the cultivation of genetically modified organisms (gmos) in their territory” and is expected to be in place in the first half of 2015 (keating, 2014). the year 2011 was another important year affecting the economics of ge crops in the eu. in march of 2011 a new regulation on the authorization procedure for food additives, food enzymes and food flavourings has been introduced that may also effect the use of enzymes produced by genetically engineered bacteria for use in food products. they may need approval ex-post and decision making bodies such as the standing and appeal committees involved may decide similar as they did in the past on other gmos. in june 2011 the council approved a 0.1% tolerance level for unauthorized gm feed imports to the eu and to maintain a zero-tolerance level for unauthorized gm food imports, which has not been considered a change (wesseler and kalaitzandonakes, 2011), while the decision by the european court of justice in september 2011 has a stronger disruptive effect on food markets. the decision (europäischer gerichtshof, 2014) confirms that honey containing pollen of unapproved events cannot be sold in the eu. this practically ends all field trials and hence renders applications for cultivation of gmos in the eu impossible which require testing in the field under european conditions as part of the approval process as preventing pollen from those trials to appear in honey is almost impossible. yet, the eu is not the only region requiring the approval of gmos. almost all other countries in one or the other way regulate the cultivation and import of gmos (ebata et al., 2013; falck-zepeda et al., 2013). as approval processes differ, between countries the approval of gmos shows asynchronicity, which can result in substantial disruptions in international trade (fao, 2014). the appearance of the cdc triffid event in imports of 194 j. wesseler flax seed from canada, an event that has never been commercialised in canada; and the appearance of a rice event from research field trials by bayer in commercial rice fields in the us are two examples. the starlink case shows that split approvals, approval for use as a feed but not as a food, can cause major market disruptions (carter and smith, 2007). the international trade disruption caused by asynchronicity in the approval process has been become one of the important issues of the transatlantic trade and investment partnership (ttip) negotiations between the eu and the us launched in 2013. substantial welfare gains are in particular expected by reducing regulatory barriers to trade (felbermayr et al., 2013). societal responses in the eu the introduction of the first products using rdna technology, including the production of insulin and lactoferrin, met with resistance from different lobby groups (tramper and zhu, 2011). still today, the pharma industry in europe is concerned about the impact of anti-gmo lobby group activities on pharmaceutical products based on rdna technology (lim, 2014; tramper and zhu, 2011). similarly, from the onset food products derived from gm crops have received strong opposition by anti-gmo lobby groups in europe, while in the beginning greenpeace united kingdom (uk) supported monsanto’s development of a biodegradable credit card from ge bacteria (nottingham, 2002). despite the alliance in the case of the credit card with monsanto, greenpeace uk stated: “we will continue to campaign against the use of genetically engineered foodstuffs” (daily news, 1997). interestingly, the use of enzymes produced by ge bacteria for cheese and bakery products industry has not been a major issue by opponents of the rdna technology. additional problems for the food industry arose with the introduction of the aforementioned favrsavr tomato (bruening and lyons, 2000), and continued with the cultivation of ge food crops such as maize, oilseed rape, and soybeans. several field trials as well as farmer cultivation of gmos in the eu have been destroyed. as a result to the opposition on gmos, the number of field trials in the eu since the late 1990s has been reduced substantially (europabio, 2011). notifications for environmental releases decreased from 264 in 1997 to 51 in 2012 (jrc, 2014), and farmers are hesitant to cultivate gm crops because of social pressure (punt, 2013), despite them wanting to cultivate the crop (skevas et al., 2012; 2010; venus et al., 2011). strategies chosen by food processors and retailers strategies chosen by food processors and retailers can be grouped in four major responses: continue with business as usual; adopt a gm-free labelling strategy; adopt a gm-free but not a labelling strategy; or openly not adopt a gm-free strategy (gaugitsch et al., 2012; venus et al., 2012). some retailers have linked their gm-free policy with their sustainability strategy (vigani and olper, 2014). voluntary gm-free standards by retailers increased in the mid of the first decade in the 21st century. major german retailers such as lidl (schwarz group), aldi, rewe, and the edeka group introduced gm-free standards. in italy, barilla and coop introduced 195biotechnologies and agrifood strategies gm-free standards, while in the uk tesco, sainsbury, and other uk retailers abolished their gm-free standards in 2013 and 2014. overall, the degree of gm policies in the eu differs by retailer and by country (greenpeace 2013, 2005). table 4 lists the largest food retailers in the eu selected among the 250 largest retailers in the world (deloitte, 2014) and whether or not they have a sustainability strategy, an explicit gmo-free policy and if they have a gmo-free policy if this has been linked with the company’s sustainability strategy based on their annual report of 2013. what can be observed is that all 37 retailers had a sustainability strategy in 2013. fourteen (about 38%) had an explicit gmo-free policy for their home brand and 12 out of the 14 had their gmo-free policy as part of the sustainability strategy in 2013. those 12 retailers have a share of 32% on the retail revenue. on average, eu food retailers with an explicit gmo-free policy as part of the sustainability strategy included in table 4 have lower retail revenues, 29,676 mio. usd in comparison to the overall average of 30,425 mio. usd, indicating those are the slightly smaller retailers among the top food retailers in europe. food processors also developed gm-free product lines. according to a year-2000 survey by friends of the earth “companies that said that they currently source all their ingredients from gmo-free crops for the food and drink they sell in europe, include pepsi cola, coca cola, heinz, mars, danone, kellogs, campbell foods, cadbury schweppes and kraft/jacobs/suchard.” (friends of the earth, 2000). some companies have mixed strategies such as friesland-campina, which sells gm-free labelled dairy products (landliebe brand) as well as non-labelled ones. in germany, several dairy processing companies developed gm-free dairy products such as bauer and zott. meat processors in germany and other countries developed gmfree meat products too. barilla, danone, nestle, and unilever all have gm-free labelled product lines. barilla is one of the larger food processors that have a clear gm-free strategy. according to the company’s web-site: “barilla has therefore decided to play it safe and refrain from the use of genetically modified ingredients, guaranteeing not to use gmo ingredients for all its products. this choice, which stems from our manufacturing strategy, is unrelated to any ideological commitments.” while a number of retailers and food producers entered the gm-free supply of food products, retailers in the uk have deliberately chosen to exit the market. tesco, among others, has mentioned that the additional costs for gm-free product lines cannot be covered, which is an indication that consumers are unwilling to pay for the additional costs of gm-free products. the costs for gm-free products are an important argument for food processors and retailers is also supported by the market for gm-free products in germany. prior to the introduction of modified labelling criteria in 2008 followed by an increase in “gm-free” labeled food products, stricter requirements for gm-free production lines had been requested (transgen, 2014). also, mcdonalds germany announced that it will not require its suppliers of chicken meat to feed their chickens gm-free feed (topagrar, 2014). here, the argument again had been the high costs this sort of policy would incur. 3. economics of gm-free standards the recent shift to gm-free food products by several food processors and retailers has implications along the value chain. first, retailers and food processors have to ensure that 196 j. wesseler ta bl e 4. g m o p ol ic y as p ar t o f r et ai le r s tr at eg y. c ou nt ry n o. o f f oo d re ta ile rs in to p 25 0 re ta ile rs 20 11 re ta il re ve nu e (u sd m ill io n) c ou nt rie s pr es en t su st ai na bi lit y st ra te gy g m o -f re e po lic y g m o -f re e po lic y as p ar t of su st ai na bi lit y st ra te gy o rg an ic o w n br an d 20 11 re ta il re ve nu e w ith g m o -fe e po lic y (u sd m ill io n) sh ar e of re ta il re ve nu e g m o fr ee p ol ic y au st ria 1 12 49 8 8 1 1 1 1 12 49 8 10 0% be lg iu m 3 50 23 2 20 3 0 0 3 0 0% fi nl an d 2 21 66 0 13 2 2 2 2 21 66 0 10 0% fr an ce 7 32 94 74 15 3 7 2 2 7 16 77 98 51 % g er m an y 8 37 32 63 10 6 8 3 2 5 10 49 28 28 % ita ly 3 36 45 5 4 3 1 1 3 15 27 9 42 % n et he rla nd s 3 60 88 9 19 3 1 1 3 89 50 15 % po rt ug al 1 57 37 10 1 1 1 1 57 37 10 0% sp ai n 2 30 69 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0% sw ed en 2 19 26 0 6 2 2 2 2 19 26 0 10 0% u k 5 18 55 62 24 5 1 0 4 0 0% to ta l 37 1, 12 5, 72 3 n. a. 37 14 12 31 35 61 10 31 .6 3% so ur ce : c om pa ny a nn ua l r ep or ts o f 2 01 3, d el oi tt e, 2 01 4. n ot e: n .a . – n ot a pp lic ab le d ue to p os si bl e do ub le c ou nt in g of c ou nt rie s. 197biotechnologies and agrifood strategies ingredients are gm-free; and farmers producing the raw commodity have to comply with the standards. the impact is mainly on livestock farms as arable farms in the eu do not produce gm crops, except for gm maize, which is almost exclusively used as animal feed. livestock farmers have to ensure that the feeds they purchase are gm-free. this causes a problem mainly for farmers sourcing soybean-based protein feed as soybeans are imported mainly from argentina and brazil where more than 90% are gm. as an example, more than 70% of germany’s raw protein is imported, of which more than 76% is derived from soybeans of which more than 96% are imports from non-eu countries cultivating gm soybeans such as argentina, brazil, canada, and the us (ulmer, 2012). some farmer organizations in collaboration with politicians and other stakeholders in the eu also see the trend towards gm-free labelling as a crop production opportunity. since 2008, an increase in the area allocated to soybean production in the eu can be observed, which mainly took place (according to the most recent data up to 2012) in eastern europe. also, protein substitutes such as oilseed rape in the eu benefit from the demand for gmfree feed. austria, together with bavaria, started a danube soya initiative to increase gmfree soybean production in the danube region (http://www.donausoja.org/). however, the gm-free strategy in the eu depends on the availability on non-gm protein sources outside of the eu. in may 2013, a group of retailers signed the brussels soy declaration to signal to brazilian producers that there is a continuous demand for gm-free soybeans. pro terra, the gm-free soybean producers association in brazil (abrange), announced they would have no problems providing the european market with gm-free soybeans in 2014 (gyton, 2014). nevertheless, gm-free soybeans demand a higher market price. the price premium – about 10% – has been relatively stable between 2008 and 2013 in the eu (felhoelter, 2013) as well as the japanese market (foster, 2010). for maintaining gm-free standards, contracts between the parties involved are used increasing the cost for maintaining the standard. extra costs include the development of contracts, monitoring and enforcement of the contracts, as well as higher farm level production costs of the gm-free commodity. these extra costs need to be recovered, and in the end, part of them (not all) has to be shouldered by final consumers. higher production standards such as a gm-free strategy involve sunk setup costs including: facilities exclusively processing gm-free commodities, uncertain returns on the market, and the possibility of liability for cases when product standards are not met (venus et al, 2012). economic theory tells us that the incentives for adopting a gm-free food products strategy are higher for smaller retailers and food processors than for larger ones (venus et al., 2012; weaver and wesseler, 2004), primarily, as the latter face relatively higher ex-post liability costs in the case of fraud or mislabelling. ex-ante irreversible costs with respect to coexistence at farm level and segregation are also important cost factors (beckmann et al., 2010), which also depend on the specific regulations with respect to coexistence (beckmann et al., 2014; beckmann and wesseler, 2007). there is the risk for food processors and retailers that not only the specific product, but also other own brands and even the whole chain will be affected. this also discourages the adoption of a higher standard if retailers and food processors are present in several countries and trade between the countries, as well as if the flow of information between the different countries works well (vigani and olper, 2014). 198 j. wesseler but processors and retailers might also adopt different strategies if they are present in several markets. this will be easier for retailers than for food processors as retailers will have it easier to source domestic products to cater differences in consumer preferences. the market size can also increase the adoption of a higher standard if the markets are similar (vigani and olper, 2014) such as those in germany, austria, and southern tyrol with a similar history, cultural background, institutions, and language. independent of the countries being present food processors and in particular those producing several products using one input (such as in the dairy sector) will observe an increase in costs not only for the gm-free product line such as milk, but also for other product lines that use the same raw product such as cheese and yoghurt. higher market prices for the gm-free products have to cover not only the additional cost of gm-free product line, but also the additional costs of the other product lines to avoid overall negative effects on company profits (venus et al., 2011). the market power of retailers on the demand side versus food producers, farmers, and food processors on the supply side, may also have an impact on the strategic choices. a higher market power on the demand side encourages vertical product differentiation (von schlippenbach and teichmann, 2012), while the same may hold for the supply side depending on its market power, monitoring and enforcement costs, and the size of the vertically differentiated markets (hamilton and zilberman, 2006) and also effects whether or not producers will ask for mandatory or voluntary labelling to vertically differentiate food products (anania and nistico, 2004). nevertheless, producers may not have the same interest with respect to the labelling standards being used (menapace and moschini, 2014). a look at german dairy processors shows that a great number of small rather than larger processors indeed use a gm-free labelling strategy (venus and wesseler, 2012). some larger retailers use a gm-free strategy for their own brands, but do not label, such as lidl and aldi. this strategy protects the user against complaints from anti-gm food product lobby groups and possible law suits in the event that internal standards are not met, and hence reduces ex-post liability costs. nevertheless, those companies face the costs of maintaining their internal standards. another group of retailers and food processors such as metro or the müller group do not implement a dedicated gm-free policy for their products. metro and the müller group state that they trust the eu’s food safety system and consider gm food products as being safe. another important factor for food processors and retailers is the pressure environmental lobby groups exert. the two major environmental lobby groups, greenpeace and friends of the earth, are particularly visible in france, germany, the netherlands, and the uk (friends of the earth, 2013; greenpeace, 2013; 2005) and have affected company strategies as mentioned earlier. adopting a gm-free standard increases horizontal product differentiation to the benefits of the retailers (scatasta et al., 2007) and hence it is not surprising that retailers embrace gm-free labelling strategies, while food processors that shoulder the extra costs are more careful. 4. discussion and conclusion the gm-free standards for own brands in the late 1990s by uk retailers seems mainly to have been a response to pressure from lobby groups. other retailers in the eu followed 199biotechnologies and agrifood strategies in the early 2000’s. the uk retailers are also the first ones to abandon the gm-free strategy, and according them, because of costs. interestingly, many food processors and retailers have a corporate sustainability strategy with strong commitments for environmental sustainability. the gm-free strategy contradicts the corporate sustainability strategy considering the contribution to sustainability generated by gm crops in general (bennett et al., 2014; barrows et al., 2013; brooks and barfoot, 2014; wesseler et al., 2011) and for europe in particular (groeneveld et al., 2011; wesseler et al., 2007; demont et al., 2004). surprisingly, this argument has not yet been picked-up by the food industry in europe as an argument in favour of gm crops. environmental lobby groups dismiss the aforementioned benefits; and their views and their power seems to be more important. their arguments seem to be more convincing for the general public than the arguments of those supporting gmos, which may become a problem for the food industry. some food processors and retailers may start to use the environmental argument for leaving a gm-free strategy and generate pressure on those in the food industry that have a pronounced gm-free policy, which is often linked to a sustainability strategy . a challenge for the eu food industry will be the costs of a gm-free strategy. the experience of the uk retailers shows that those additional costs are difficult to recover. abandoning a gm-free strategy, or not having one, reduces costs for those retailers and increases their comparative advantage as long as consumers do not differentiate in their purchasing behaviour. while surveys about consumer willingness-to-pay indicate a price premium for gm-free food products, the revealed preferences (marks et al., 2003) and more differentiated willingness-to-pay studies (e.g. kikulwe et al., 2011) tell a different story. this will, in particular, affect the gm-free product lines of food processors and retailers’ gm-free own brands. the larger the share such products have on overall revenues, the larger the potential exposure of those companies to economic sustainability. but food processors and retailers that are globally active will have better possibilities than those active just in one country. nevertheless, there is a niche market for gm-free products and this provides opportunities for smaller food processors and retailers. from an international perspective the eu gm policy increases the costs of its food products and reduces the international competitiveness of its food industry. the asynchronicity in approval processes in combination with a zero tolerance policy for unapproved events generates a disadvantage for the european food industry. but it is not the zero tolerance policy as such, this applies to other countries such as canada and the us as well, but it is the asynchronicity that generates problems as most new events are developed by companies located in the us and first approved there before receiving approval in the eu. this asynchronicity provides a strategic advantage for the food industry in those countries where the gm event has been approved over those countries where it has not. the agriculture commodity traders in those countries do not face the threat of rejected cargos due to the presence of unapproved events in shipments, while this is different in the country where the event has not yet been approved. this is an advantage that walmart, for e.g., with a stronger presence in the us has over, for e.g., carrefour, edeka, or tesco. farmers in the eu may receive some short-term gains from the strategic response of the food industry. the demand for gm-free soybeans benefits soybean farmers in the eu, as well as oilseed rape producers, which serves as a substitute for soybean based protein 200 j. wesseler feeds. also, those who produce for the gm-free market may benefit if the price mark-up overcompensates for the extra costs. this has not yet been observed and it remains a zero sum game for farmers, at least in the dairy sector (venus and wesseler, 2012). many of the issues discussed in this paper are based on anecdotal evidence. this, to a certain extent, can be justified as the number of observations for the specific cases discussed is small. a systematic empirical investigation is urgently needed to further substantiate the arguments being made on moving into and out of the gm-free standards as the economic implications of strategies chosen are substantial from an economic, social, and environmental perspective. with more than 25 years of observations at hand time series analysis should allow us to empirically test those arguments. acknowledgments an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 3rd conference of the associazio ne italiana di economia agraria e applicata (aieaa), 25-27 june 2014 at alghero, italy. references anania, g. and nistico, r. (2004). public regulation as a substitute for trust in quality food markets: what if the trust substitute cannot be fully trusted? journal of institutional and theoretical economics 160: 681-701. barrows, s., sexton, s., and zilberman, d. (2014). the impact of agricultural biotechnology on supply and land-use. environment and development economics 19(6): 676-703. beckmann, v., soregaroli, c. and wesseler, j. (2011). coexistence of genetically modified (gm) and non-modified (non gm) crops: are the two main property rights regimes equivalent with respect to the coexistence value? in: carter, c., moschini, g. and sheldon, i. (eds), genetically modified food and global welfare, bingley, uk: emerald group publishing, 201-224. beckmann, v., soregaroli, c. and wesseler, j. (2010). ex-ante regulation and ex-post liability under uncertainty and irreversibility: governing the coexistence of gm crops. economics: the open-access, open-assessment e-journal 4 (2010-9). http:// www.economics-ejournal.org/economics/journalarticles/2010-9. beckmann, v., soregaroli, c. and wesseler, j. (2006). co-existence rules and regulations in the european union. american journal of agricultural economics 88(5): 1193-1199. beckmann, v. and wesseler, j. (2007). spatial dimension of externalities and the coase theorem: implications for coexistence of transgenic crops. in: w. heijman (ed.) regional externalities, 215-234. berlin: springer. bennett, a. b., chi-ham, c., barrows, g., sexton, s. and zilberman, d. (2013). agricultural biotechnology: economics, environment, ethics, and the future. annual review of environment and resources 3.8: 249-279. brookes, g. (2007). the benefits of adopting genetically modified, insect resistant (bt) maize in the european union (eu): first results from 1998-2006 plantings. dorchester, uk: pg economics ltd. brookes, g. and barfoot, p. (2014). gm crops: global socio-economic and environmental impacts 1996-2012. dorchester, uk: pg economics ltd. 201biotechnologies and agrifood strategies bruening, g. and lyons, j. m. (2000). the case of the flavr savr tomato. california agriculture 54(4): 6-7. carter, c.a. and smith, a. (2007). estimating the market effect of a food scare: the case of genetically modified starlink corn. review of economics and statistics 89: 522-533. commission of the european communities (2011). commission regulation (eu) no 619/2011 of 24 june 2011 laying down the methods of sampling and analysis for the official control of feed as regards presence of genetically modified material for which an authorisation procedure is pending or the authorisation of which has expired. official journal of the european union l166/9-15. commission of the european communities (2003a). question and answers on the regulations of gmos in the eu. memo/03/196. brussels. commission of the european communities (2003b): regulation (ec) no 1830/2003 of the european parliament and of the council of 22 september 2003 concerning the traceability and labelling of genetically modified organisms and the traceability of food and feed products produced from genetically modified organisms and amending directive 2001/18/ec. official journal of the european union l 268/24-28. commission of the european communities (2003c): regulation (ec) no 1829/2003 of the european parliament and of the council of 22 september 2003 on genetically modified food and feed. official journal of the european union l 268/1-26. commission of the european communities (2003d): commission recommendation of 23 july 2003 on guidelines for the development of national strategies and best practices to ensure the coexistence of genetically modified crops with conventional and organic farming. official journal of the european union l 189/36 -47. commission of the european communities (2001). directive 2001/18/eu of the european parliament and of the council of 12 march 2001on the deliberate release into the environment of genetically modified organisms and repealing council directive 90/220/eec. official journal of the european union l 106/1-38. daily news (1997). greenpeace credit card, your biodegradeable friend. . deloitte (2014). global powers of retailing 2014. london, uk: deloitte global services. demont, m. and tollens, e. (2004). first impact of biotechnology in the eu: bt maize adoption in spain. annals of applied biology 145: 197-207. demont, m., wesseler, j., and tollens, e. (2004). biodiversity versus transgenic sugar beets – the one euro question. european review of agricultural economics 31(1): 1-18. ebata, a., punt, m., and wesseler, j. (2013). the approval process of gmos: the japanese case. agbioforum 16(2): 140-160. eesc (2010). opinion of the european economic and social committee on the proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council amending directive 2001/18/ec as regards the possibility for the member states to restrict or prohibit the cultivation of gmos in their territory com(2010) 375 final – 2010/0208 (cod). nat/480 cese 1623/2010 2010/0208 (cod). available at: http://www. eesc.europa.eu/?i=portal.en.events-and-activities-467th-plenary-session-documents. eu environmental council, 1999. 2194th council meeting, luxembourg, 24/25 june 1999. c/99/203/. avialable at: http://europa.eu/rapid/pressreleasesaction.do? reference=pres/99/203&format=html&aged=0&lg=fi&guilanguage=en. 202 j. wesseler europabio (2011). approvals of gmos in the european union. europabio, brussels. europäischer gerichtshof (2014). urteil des gerichtshofes „genetisch veränderte lebensmittel – verordnung (eg) nr. 1829/2003 – art. 2 bis 4 und 12 – richtlinie 2001/18/eg – art. 2 – richtlinie 2000/13/eg – art. 6 – verordnung (eg) nr. 178/2002 – art. 2 – imkereiprodukte – eintrag von pollen aus genetisch veränderten pflanzen – folgen – inverkehrbringen – begriffe ‚organismus‘ und ‚lebensmittel, die zutaten enthalten, die aus genetisch veränderten organismen hergestellt werden‘“, september 6, 2011. falck-zepeda, j., wesseler, j. and smyth, s. (2013). the current status of the debate on socio-economic regulatory assessments: positions and policies in canada, the usa, the eu and developing countries. world review of science & technology and sustainable development 10(4): 203-227. fao (2014). the results of the fao survey on low levels of genetically modified (gm) crops in international food and feed trade. rome: fao. felbermayr, g., larch, m., flach, l., yalcin, e., and benz, s. (2013). dimensionen und auswirkungen eines freihandelsabkommens zwischen der eu und den usa. münchen: ifo institut. felhölter, u. (2013). feed retailer. personal communication. foster, m. (2010). evidence of price premiums for non-gm grains in world markets. abare.gov.au 10.04 conference paper. australian bureau of agricultural and resource economics. friends of the earth europe (2013): maize 1507: toxic and inadequately tested. why gm maize 1507 should be banned. brussels, belgium. friends of the earth europe (2000). european food manufacturers shun gmos but consumers urged to keep up pressure. press release. available at: http://www.foe.co.uk/ cymru/english/press_releases/european_food_manufacturers.html. gaugitsch, h. and heissenberger, a. (2012) comparison of regulatory frameworks of austria, germany, france, and south tyrol for gm free labelling of food products. österreich: umweltbundesamt. gmo compass (2014). gmo database. . graff, d.g., hochman, g. and zilberman, d. (2009). the political economy of agricultural biotechnology policies. agbioforum 12(1): 34-46. greenpeace (2013). essen ohne gentechnik. hamburg: greenpeace e.v. greenpeace (2005) eu markets – no market for gm labelled food in europe. the netherlands: primavera print. groeneveld, r., ansink, e., van de wiel, c. and wesseler, j. (2011). benefits and costs of biologically contained gm tomatoes and eggplants in italy and spain. sustainability 3: 1265-1281. groeneveld, r., wesseler, j. and berentsen, p. (2013). dominos in the dairy: an analysis of transgenic maize in dutch dairy farming. ecological economics 86(2): 107-116. gyton, g. (2014) claims over supply of gmo-free soy refuted. global meat, 25 february, 2014. hamilton, s. and zilberman, d. (2006). green markets, eco-certification, and equilibrium fraud. journal of environmental economics and management 52: 627-644. herring, r. (2008). opposition to transgenic technologies: ideology, interests and collective action frames. nature genetics 9: 458-463. 203biotechnologies and agrifood strategies jrc (2014). deliberate release and placing on the eu market of gmos – gmo register. available at: http://gmoinfo.jrc.ec.europa.eu/overview/. katz, s. and voigt, m. (1986). bread and beer. expedition 28(2): 23-34. keating, d. (2014) deal reached to allow national bans on gom crops. europeanvoice 04.12.2014. available at: http://www.europeanvoice.com/article/deal-reached-onnational-bans-of-gm-crops/. kikulwe, e., birol, e., wesseler, j., falck-zepeda, j. (2011): a latent class approach to investigating developing country consumers’ demand for genetically modified staple food crops: the case of gm banana in uganda. agriculture economics 42: 547-560. lim, x.z. (2014). will european opposition to gm foods slow biomedical advances? genetic literacy project. . lubov, s. (1999). good intentions. forbes. . marks, l.a., kalaitzandonakes, n.g., vickner, s.s. (2003). consumer purchasing behaviour towards gm foods in the netherlands. in: evenson, r.e. and santaniello, v. (eds.), consumer acceptance of genetically modified foods, wallingford, uk: cabi, 23-40. menapace, l. and moschini, g. (2014). strength protection for geographical indicators: promotion incentives and welfare effects. american journal of agricultural economics 96(4): 1030-1048. nottingham, s. (2002). genescapes: the ecology of genetic engineering. london, uk: zed books. punt, m. (2013). the costs of coexistence on farms in germany. paper presented at the 17th international consortium on applied bioeconomy research (icabr) conference innovation and policy for the bioeconomy, ravello, italy, june 18 – 21, 2013. qaim, m. (2009). the economics of genetically modified crops. annual review of environment and resources 1: 3.1–3.29. rabesandratana, t. (2014). cultivation of unpopular gm maize in europe hangs in the balance. scienceinsider 11th february, 2014. scatasta, s., wesseler, j. and hobbs, j. (2007). differentiating the consumer benefits from labelling of gm food products. agriculture economics 37(2-3): 237-242. skevas, t., fevereiro, p., and wesseler, j. (2010). coexistence regulations & agriculture production: a case study of five bt maize producers in portugal. ecological economics 69(12): 2402-2408. skevas, t., kikulwe, e., papadopoulou, h., skevas, i. and wesseler, j. (2012). do european union farmers reject genetically modified maize? farmer preferences for genetically modified maize in greece. agbioforum 15(3): 242-256. smart, r., blum, m., and wesseler, j. (2014). eu member states’voting behavior on ge crop approvals. paper presented at the 18th international consortium on applied bioeconomy research (icabr) conference bioeconomy and development, nairobi, kenya, june 18-20, 2014. smart, r., blum, m. and wesseler, j. (2012). approval processes: comparing canada, the eu, south africa, and the us. paper presented at the 16th international consortium on applied bioeconomy research (icabr) conference the political economy of the bioeconomy: biotechnology and biofuel, ravello, italy, june 24-27, 2012. 204 j. wesseler smyth, s., phillips, p.w.b. and castle, d. (eds.) (2014). handbook on agriculture, biotechnology and development. cheltenham, uk: edward elgar. stevens, a.j. (2004). the enactment of bayh – dole. journal of technology transfer 29: 93-99. topagrar (2014). mcdonald´s erlaubt wieder gvo-futter für hähnchen. . tramper, j. and zhu, y. (2011). modern biotechnology. wageningen, nl: wageningen academic publishers. transgen (2014). ohne gentechnikwieviel gentechnik ist erlaubt? ulmer, h. (2012). bayerische eiweiß – strategie gvo – freier und ökologischer anbau in bayern und europäischen donau – regionen. münchen: landesvereinigung für den ökologischen landbau in bayern e.v. venus, t. and wesseler, j. (2012). bereits doppelt so viel „ohne gentechnik“milch als biomilch in deutschland: welche bedeutung hat gvo-freie milch für unsere milchwirtschaft? deutsche molkerei zeitung 133(2): 24-26. venus, t., kalaitzandonakes, n. and wesseler, j. (2012). ist das angebot von nahrungsmitteln “ohne gentechnik” wirtschaftlich nachhaltig? quarterly journal of economic research 81(4): 93-110. venus, t., casadamon, r., soregaroli, c. and wesseler, j. (2011) comparison of bt and non-bt maize cultivation gross margin: a case study of maize producers from italy, spain and germany. futuragra, rome. vigani, m. and olper, a. (2014). gm-free private standards, public regulation of gm products and mass media. environment and development economics 19(6): 743-768. von schlippenbach, v. and teichmann, i. (2012). the strategic use of private quality standards in food supply chains. american journal of agricultural economics 94(5): 1189-1201. weaver, r.d. and wesseler, j. (2004). food system value chains: implications for agricultural policy. in: van huylenbroeck, g., verbeke, w. and lauwers, l. (eds.), role of institutions in rural policies and agricultural markets, amsterdam: elsevier, 213-223. wesseler, j. and kalaitzandonakes, n. (2011). present and future eu gmo policy. in oskam, a., meesters, g. and silvis, h. (eds.), eu policy for agriculture, food and rural areas, second edition, wageningen, nl: wageningen academic publishers, 23-323 – 23-332. wesseler, j., scatasta, s. and fall, e.h. (2011). environmental benefits and costs of gm crops. in: carter, c., moschini, g. and sheldon, i. (eds), genetically modified food and global welfare, bingley, uk: emerald group publishing, 173-199. wesseler, j., scatasta, s. and nillesen, e. (2007). the maximum incremental social tolerable irreversible costs (mistics) and other benefits and costs of introducing transgenic maize in the eu-15. pedobiologia 51(3): 261-269. wesseler, j. and zilberman, d. (2014). the economic power of the golden rice opposition. environment and development economics. doi:10.1017/s1355770x1300065x. bio-based and applied economics 5(1): 83-98, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-16492 entry deterring effects of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector yvonne zavelberg*, thomas heckelei, christine wieck chair of economic and agricultural policy, university of bonn date of submission: 2015 18th, august; accepted 2016 28th, february abstract. the european commission has launched the so-called “milk package” in october 2012 that allows member states to require compulsory written contracts between milk producers and investor-owned processors. we argue that compulsory contracts have anticompetitive effects when they are exclusive in the sense that they comprise the obligation to supply to the contractor only. the objective of this paper is to set up a game theoretic model to analyze imperfect competition on the raw milk market that may result from entry deterring effects of exclusive contracts between dairy producers and processors. building on the antitrust literature, the model incorporates the specific characteristics of the milk market and considers the risk attitude of milk producers and uncertainty of a rival dairy’s market entry. under certain combinations of probability of the rival’s market entry and risk aversion of the producer, an incumbent can deter market entry by offering an exclusive contract. keywords. entry deterrence, imperfect competition, buyer power, exclusive contracts, dairy processing jel codes. l13, l14, l41 1. introduction in the eu-27, milk is one of the most important agricultural goods, representing about 13% of the total turnover of the european food and beverage industry (eda, 2013). in the past years, structural changes on both producer and processor side, innovations in milk production and the decision of the eu commission to abolish the quota regime changed the milk market. the increasing concentration of dairy processing1 facilities raise concerns regarding buyer market power of dairy processors (bka, 2009, 2012). addressing producers’ position on the market, the european commission launched the so-called 1 own calculation based on data from the agrarmarkt informationsstelle (ami) 2014, a german institution that collects data of agricultural entities. * corresponding author: yvonne.zavelberg@ilr.uni-bonn.de 84 y. zavelberg, t. heckelei, c. wieck “milk package” in october 2012 which aims at strengthening producers’ market position by improving their bargaining power and the transparency of the market. the “milk package” sets criteria for the formation of producer organizations and specifies rules for the regulation of pdo/pgi cheese supply. further, it suggests member states to introduce compulsory written contracts between milk producers and investor-owned processors. due to their specific ownership structure, cooperatives are exempted from this policy. as contracts used in recent years were often not well specified, the recommendation is that contractual agreements should not only become compulsory but also contain a minimum standard of specified criteria (e.g. details on price, volume and duration of contract). currently, 12 member states have introduced compulsory contracts (bulgaria, croatia, cyprus, france, hungary, italy, latvia, lithuania, portugal, romania, slovakia and spain) with a minimum contract durations of 6 month in most states, 1 year in spain and even 5 years in france. other member states have not introduced compulsory contracts but agreed on codes of good practice between producers and processors (belgium, united kingdom). in germany, contracts between farmers and investor-owned dairies are usually negotiated by producer organizations. these contracts usually contain details on quality, price parameters and specify the length of the contracts. in addition to these criteria, contracts shall be more precise about the contracted milk volume in the future. (ec, 2014) in the sector inquiry of the german milk market the question arose how long-term contracts in combination with the obligation to supply the whole production quantity to processors affect competition (bka, 2012). the concern is that by tying up milk producers through long-term contracts without appropriate cancellation periods, strong or dominant processors may use their market power to deter competition or entry to the market for raw milk. combined with the producer’s obligation to supply the full production quantity, this could lead to an abuse of a dominant position, which is prohibited by law (article 102 of the treaty for the functioning of the european union (tfeu)) (bka, 2012, section 106). according to the sector inquiry, 45% of the contracts between private dairies and milk producers have durations longer than two years. furthermore, 85% of german producers delivering milk to private dairy processing facilities are obliged to supply their entire production and the processing facility is likewise obliged to accept the whole amount (bka, 2009). in 2012, 60% of milk is processed in cooperatives. however, in terms of number of processing facilities, only approximately 40% of the 137 active processing facilities in 2012 were cooperatives, the remaining ones are investor owned firms (ami, 2014).2 the frequent use of contracts on the milk market may be explained by their ability to reduce price risks and to secure delivery quantities for dairy producers and input quantities for processors. however, they may also let processors exercise buyer market power by binding dairy producers and reducing delivery flexibility, which may even lead to entry deterrence of other dairy processors. we argue that compulsory contracts have anticompetitive effects as they are exclusive given the obligation to deliver to the contractor only. 2 concerning the eu, the importance of investor-owned companies is even more pronounced: among the top ten of europe’s largest dairy processors in terms of turnover, six firms are organized as investor-owned dairies and four as cooperatives. among the top three only investor-owned dairies can be found (nestlé, danone, lactalis) (miv, 2012). even though investor-owned dairies process only about 36% of european raw milk, this highlights the importance of investor-owned firms in the european dairy market. 85entry deterring effects of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector this is usually the case between milk producer and processor (bka, 2009) and holds likewise for investor-owned and cooperative dairies. anticompetitive effects of exclusive contracts have been scarcely studied under the specific characteristics of agricultural markets (exception e.g.: xia and sexton (2004) for the u.s. cattle industry), and only in the context of the antitrust literature that focusing on seller market power (e.g. segal and whinston, 2000; rasmusen et al., 1991; aghion and bolton, 1978). the analysis of seller market power is however of limited relevance on agricultural markets. although they are often assumed to be perfectly competitive, the structure of agricultural markets is more precisely characterized by a low concentration of producers and a high concentration of processors and retailers (sexton, 2013; mccorriston, 2002; rogers, 2001; rogers and sexton, 1994). therefore, the analysis of buyer market power is central (sexton, 2013; macdonald et al., 2004). however, oligopsony competition or monopsony behavior in an input market are rarely treated in the agricultural economic literature (exceptions are sexton, 2013; mérel, 2011; crespi et al., 2012; sexton, 2013; graubner et al., 2011; alvarez et al., 2000). given the high adoption rate of compulsory contracts and in light of the concern of the german sector inquiry about resulting anticompetitive effects on the milk market, the aim of this paper is to analyse if exclusive contracts between dairy processor and producer restrict competition on the raw milk market.3 this paper goes beyond the existing literature (1) providing a game theoretic analysis of the competitive effects of exclusive contractual relations based on the antitrust literature but in the framework of a monopsonistic market structure and (2) motivating the signing of an exclusive contract with the uncertainty of rival’s entry and risk aversion of the signer in contrast to former models of exclusive contracts. competitive effects of exclusive contracts are modelled between an incumbent investor-owned dairy processor on the milk market and one representative raw milk producer. we assume that a rival (investor-owned) dairy processor with lower marginal production costs threatens to enter the market. a short-term equilibrium in which the incumbent dairy offers an exclusive contract to the producer in order to deter the rival dairy’s market entry is analyzed. after the producer decided whether to accept the contract with the incumbent, the rival decides upon entry. by incorporating uncertainty of rival’s entry and producer’s risk attitude, we show that exclusive contracts can indeed be used to deter entry of a rival processor into a downstream market when the upstream producer is risk averse. most raw milk producers nowadays are highly specialized farms where the main income source results from milk production (eu commission, 2014). not a lot is known about the real “level” of risk aversion among dairy producers, but some evidence exists that dairy farmers are generally risk averse (loughrey et al., 2014; melhim and shumway, 2011). this may lead farmers to sign exclusive contracts with a dairy to reduce the income risk related to their main production activity. the paper is organized as follows: the next section gives an overview on the relevant literature. section 3 presents the game theoretic model. in a baseline model, an exclusive contract between dairy producer and processor is analyzed without incorporating uncer3 germany, as the largest milk producer in europe, stays in the focus of our analysis, motivated by the sector inquiry of the german milk market conducted by the german national competition authority (bka, 2012). however, the analysis may also be relevant for other member states with a similar market structure. 86 y. zavelberg, t. heckelei, c. wieck tainty about the rival’s entry and producer’s risk attitude, resulting in failure to deter entry. in a next step, we show how the inclusion of risk attitude and uncertainty may allow to deter rival’s entry. subsequently, a numerical example underlines the theoretical results. section 4 discusses the model while section 5 concludes. 2. literature review the analysis of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector requires the consideration of the contract design and the competitive effects. empirical studies find that producers strongly favor a redesign of raw milk contracts in terms of contract length and cancellation periods (steffen et al., 2009; schlecht et al., 2013). further, releasing producers of their supply obligation and allowing them to sell to more than one dairy processor is seen as an improvement in terms of both producers’ flexibility and bargaining position (steffen et al., 2009; schlecht et al., 2013; bka, 2012; schaper et al., 2008). concerning the competitive effects of contracts, entry deterring effects of exclusive contracts are analyzed in the antitrust literature focusing on seller market power (e.g. aghion and bolton, 1987; bork, 1978; rasmusen et al., 1991; segal and whinston, 2000). roger and sexton (1994) and sexton (2013) emphasize the importance of oligopsony power in agricultural markets. however, there is little work on exclusionary effects of contracts in the context of the specific oligopsonistic structure between agricultural producers and food processors. macdonald et al. (2004) and vavra (2009) analyze the use of contracts in agricultural markets and discuss the possibility to deter entry of buyers into local markets. to our knowledge, none of the existing studies explicitly models risk behavior of producers and its effects on entry deterrence of exclusive contracts (although innes and sexton (1994) discuss at least the implication). the models used in the antitrust literature for the analysis of seller market power are usually designed in the following way: an incumbent seller contracts a buyer who is usually a consumer with an exclusive supply contract. the contract specifies a compensation for the buyer to accept the contract and to not purchase from the incumbent’s rival, which leads to entry deterrence in the upstream market. the “chicago school” view (director and levi, 1956; posner, 1976; bork, 1978) criticizes the entry deterring effects of contracts and argues that an incumbent confronted with buyers preferring entry of a rival due to increased competition and potentially better prices, would have to pay more for the rival’s exclusion than to be gained from it. the reason is that the incumbent has to compensate buyers for the additional consumer surplus they would have gained in case of entry, which they lose by signing the contract. it has been shown that entry deterrence is not profitable in this case as the lost consumer surplus is higher than the monopoly profit in case of entry deterrence. therefore, the chicago school explained the observable use of exclusive contracts with efficiency reasons rather than anticompetitive behaviour (director and levi, 1956; posner, 1976; bork, 1978). since the 1980s, economists have developed game theoretic models that analyze anticompetitive effects of exclusive contracts. aghion and bolton (1987) developed a model where exclusive contracts are used to extract some of the surplus a potential rival would gain in case of market entry. they analyze the optimal contract length and differentiate between symmetric and asymmetric information about the probability of the rival’s entry 87entry deterring effects of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector and their impacts on entry deterrence. furthermore, the entrant endures fixed costs for entry. they find that entry deterrence leads to a lower economic welfare. later, rasmusen et al. (1991) used buyer’s lack of information to explain the existence of exclusive contracts and their entry deterring effects. if a buyer expects other buyers to sign an exclusive contract, he will also sign the contract without considering the overall economic effect, which leads to entry deterrence and a lower welfare. segal and whinston (2000) reconsidered rasmusen et al.’s (1991) model and showed that market entry is profitable when the rival can sell his product to a minimum number of buyers to cover fixed costs. if buyers sign exclusive contracts, it is difficult for the entrant to get the minimum scale needed and thus entry is deterred. segal and whinston (2000) show that when the incumbent makes discriminatory offers to the buyers, the externalities present between buyers lead to a profitable exclusion of rivals. these analyses explain the signing of exclusive contracts with market disorganization (rasmusen et al., 1991; segal and whinston, 2000) or complex contract terms (aghion and bolton, 1978), even though the signer would be better off without contracts. fumagalli and motta (2006) point out that the above mentioned models assume that buyers are final consumers whereas typically exclusive agreements are rather signed amongst producers or producers and processors or wholesalers. they consider the case where buyers procure a good from an upstream firm that is either from an incumbent producer or a rival producer and then sell it in a final market. in the case of buyers being final consumers, the demand and the payoff of a buyer depend only on the price of the good. but when buyers compete in a downstream market, their market share, the input price and the rival buyer’s price are relevant for demand and affect the possibility of entry deterrence. in recent years, a separate strand of literature emerged where raw milk pricing behavior and the implications for competition are analysed in a spatial market setting (alvarez et al., 2000; huck et al., 2006; graubner et al., 2011). in our analysis, the spatial dimension is not explicitly considered. 3. the model 3.1 general model assumptions on the upstream market one representative4 dairy producer takes the price for raw milk w as given. the (inverse) supply function for raw milk is defined as an inelastic function with w = x2 defined for x > 0 implying that the producer is able to extend production at increasing marginal cost in the short to medium term. dairies accept the entire production quantity x of the producer and cannot choose the quantity they would like to procure. therefore, we assume that processors compete in prices for raw milk à la bertrand. on the intermediate stage of the market, an incumbent dairy (dairy a) is procuring the milk quantity xa from the representative milk producer (producer p). a rival dairy (dairy b) with lower marginal production costs than the incumbent, cb < ca, threatens to enter the market. to enter the market, the rival dairy has to consider fixed costs f. we assume that f is too large for the entrant to offer a compen4 we do not consider a specific number of dairy producers and as we assume that producers take the price for raw milk is given, we just speak about a producer in the following. 88 y. zavelberg, t. heckelei, c. wieck sation for signing an exclusive contract.5 we abstain from incorporating spatial characteristics of the market and assume that the raw milk price offered to the producer is independent of the transport costs or distance between producer and processor. regarding the final dairy product q, we assume a processing relation of x = q for both dairies. if dairy b entered, both processors would be competitors on the market for raw milk and compete in milk prices. due to bertrand price competition, the producer delivers milk to the highest bidder. in order to deter rival dairy b’s entry, the incumbent dairy a can offer an exclusive contract to the producer. the exclusive contract comprises a compensation θa for selling all the produced milk to the incumbent and not to the rival. in case of a signed contract, the fact that the whole amount of raw milk is delivered to the incumbent dairy deters entry as the potential entrant can only procure milk from a free producer. if entry is successfully deterred, monopsony prices and profits are realized. the marketing of the final dairy product is not restricted to a regional market but can be sold on the national or even on the world market, which allows the assumption of a competitive downstream market. hence, dairies take the output price p as given. a short-term equilibrium in which the incumbent dairy offers an exclusive contract to the producer in order to deter the rival dairy’s market entry is analyzed. the timing of the game is as follows: at stage one, the incumbent dairy  a can offer an exclusive contract that specifies a compensation and an exclusive delivery obligation for the whole production amount. the producer decides whether to accept the contract. at stage two, the rival dairy b decides upon entry. at stage 3, active processors set prices. first of all, a basic model demonstrates the effects of exclusive contracts in a framework with a risk neutral producer and certainty of rival’s entry in absence of an exclusive contract. then, these restrictions are relaxed and producer’s risk attitude and uncertainty of rival’s entry are incorporated in the model. 3.2 the basic model in order to discuss the implications of exclusive contracts we analyze two scenarios. in scenario 1, a basic monopsony model structure without contracts is constructed. here, only dairy a and the producer are active on the market. scenario 2 analyzes market entry of dairy b. let us assume that ci < 1, ci < p and wis < p where subindices i = a, b represent the market actor and s=1,2 the scenario. in scenario 1, the monopsony scenario, dairy a maximizes its profit over the price for raw milk offered to the producer. the raw milk price that maximizes dairy a’s profit is given by wa1 and leads to a profit of πa1 the corresponding profit for the producer is denoted by πp1 (see table 1). in scenario 2, the case of dairy b’s market entry, dairies compete à la bertrand. the highest price dairy b can offer is = −w p cb b whereas dairy a’s highest price is = −w p ca a since cb < ca, processor b is able to offer a higher price for raw milk, >w wb a2 2 in case of market entry, dairy b will offer a slightly higher price than dairy a, 5 it would become more difficult for the incumbent to deter a rival’s entry if we would remove the assumption that rival’s fixed costs of entry are too high to also offer a compensation for an exclusive contract. however, the assumption is justified as the entry into a new market involves high entry costs. 89entry deterring effects of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector wb2 = p ca + ε with ε > 0. consequently, the producer will sell to the rival and dairy a will loose its market share resulting in a positive profit πb2 for dairy b and a zero profit for dairy a (see table 1). in this setup, there exists no equilibrium in which both dairies are active on the market. however, we assume that dairy a will not exit the market but is still present in the region with its production facility. in this case, dairy b’s market entry will not result in another monopsony situation, as dairy b has to keep its pricing strategy to prevent dairy a from re-entering the market. table 1. comparison of scenario 1 and 2. sc. price for raw milk raw milk quantity profit dairy a 1 w p c a a 1 3 = x p c a a 1 1 2 3 = ( ) / π a1 = 2 3 3 ( p− ca) 3/2 2 = −w p ca a2 xa2 = 0 πa2 = 0 dairy b 1 wb1 = 0 xb1 = 0 πb1 = 0 2 wb2 = p ca + ε xb2 = (p ca + ε)1/2 πa2 = (ca cb + ε) (p ca + ε)1/2 f producer 1 w p c a a 1 3 = x p c a a 1 1 2 3 = ( ) / π p1 = 2 9 3 ( p− ca) 3/2 2 wb2 = p ca + ε xb2 = (p ca + ε)1/2 π p2 = 2 3 ( p− ca +ε) 3/2 the comparison of the two scenarios demonstrates the incentive for dairy a to deter dairy b’s market entry. in case of market entry, dairy a achieves a zero profit, whereas the profit in the monopsony case, πa1, is positive. the producer, on the other hand, is better off in case of dairy b’s market entry as πp2 > πp1. without taking producer’s risk aversion and uncertainty of rival’s entry into account, the compensation that dairy  a needs to offer to the producer for an exclusive contract must compensate for the producer’s surplus lost when accepting the contract. this is the difference between the profits in the two scenarios, θp ≥ πp2 πp1, which is equal to θp ≥ 2 3 ( p− ca +ε) 3/2 − 2 9 3 ( p− ca) 3/2 (1) the maximum compensation dairy a is willing to offer is θa ≥ πa2 πa1 which leads to θa ≤ 2 3 3 ( p− ca) 3/2 (2) comparing (1) with (2) we observe that the compensation the producer requires is higher than the one dairy a is able to offer, i.e. θp > θa. therefore, offering an exclusive 90 y. zavelberg, t. heckelei, c. wieck contract is not beneficial for dairy a in this setup. consequently, if a lower cost producing dairy b enters the market, dairy a is not able to keep its raw milk source, as the compensation dairy a is able to offer does not offset the higher price dairy b is able to pay. 3.3 risk attitude and uncertainty of entry in order to incorporate producer’s risk attitude, producer’s utility function is defined as u = π p r where the exponent r determines the risk attitude of the producer. if r > 1 the utility function implies a risk loving producer, if r = 1 risk neutrality and if 0 < r < 1 absolute risk aversion. exogenous determinants lead dairy b to enter the market. depending on dairy a’s assumptions on the probability of dairy b’s market entry, dairy a offers an exclusive contract to the milk producer. the probability of entry is denoted by k such that 1 k is the probability of no entry, both for the case of no contract. if successful, the signing of the exclusive contract deters entry of dairy b and thus, probability of entry is zero. whether the offering of an exclusive contract leads to entry deterrence depends on the compensation that dairy  a can pay, which depends on the entry probability of the rival and producer’s risk attitude. is the compensation high enough for the producer to accept, the contract will be signed and entry of the rival is deterred. the market is in a monopsony situation with prices and quantities being as in scenario 1 of the basic model. if the contract with dairy a is not accepted, the producer will sell the entire production quantity to dairy b. the compensation the producer requires for signing a contract with dairy a depends on the payoff required for not staying free on the market. this compensation is the difference between the certainty equivalent (cep) and the payoff under contract (πp1); θp risk =cep −π p1which is equal to θp risk = k π p1( )r + 1− k( ) π p2( )r⎡ ⎣⎢ ⎤ ⎦⎥ 1/r −π p1 (3) the highest compensation that dairy a is able to offer under uncertainty is equal to θa risk = π a1 − kπ a2 + (1− k)π a1⎡⎣ ⎤⎦ (4) for simplicity we define the margin of dairy a as p ca = m and assume that ε = 0. then, inserting the findings from table 1 yields θp risk (ρ,r,m) = k 2 3 m3/2 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ r + (1− k) 2 9 3 m3/2 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ r⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ 1/r − 2 9 3 m3/2 (5) θa risk = k 2 3 3 m3/2 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ (6) rival’s entry can be deterred if θp risk ≤θa risk ((5) ≤ (6)). hence, dairy a can offer a compensation that induces the producer to sign the contract and thus deters entry if θa risk −θp risk ≥ 0 91entry deterring effects of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector to better understand under which conditions this is valid, rearranging leads to m3r /2 k 2 3 3 + 2 9 3 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ r − k 2 3 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ r − (1− k) 2 9 3 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ r⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ≥ 0 (7) whether this inequality holds depends on the values of k, r and m. the margin m = p ca is by definition positive. therefore, entry can only be deterred if the term in brackets in equation is larger than zero, which depends on the variables k and r. figure 1. effective entry deterrence depending on k and r figure 1 shows levels of k and r that lead to a positive term in equation (7) i.e. a situation where entry deterrence is possible. this is valid for all combinations of r and k that lie on the curve and underneath the curve in figure 1. a highly risk averse producer would even accept the contract when the entry probability is high enabling dairy a to maintain the monopsony situation on the market. if, on the other hand, the entry probability is relatively high and risk aversion only moderate dairy a has no possibility to deter entry. contrary to the basic model, it is now possible to deter rival’s entry for certain levels of producer’s risk aversion and the probability of rival’s entry. if the market entry is deterred, the market is in a monopsony situation, resulting in prices and profits of the basic scenario 1 and providing the incentive for dairy a to sign an exclusive contract with 92 y. zavelberg, t. heckelei, c. wieck the producer. if deterrence is possible, then the level of compensation dairy a has to pay to maintain the monopsony position increases with the probability of market entry by dairy b and decreases with the increasing risk aversion of the farmer. 3.4 numerical example using a numerical example roughly reflecting the current situation on the german dairy market, we assume that the marginal costs of the rival are cb = 0.18 ct/kg and the marginal costs of the incumbent are 20% higher, ca = 0.22 ct/kg. the downstream price p for one unit of a (not further specified) dairy product is assumed to be p = 0.48 ct/kg6. basic model based on these numbers, the price that dairy a offers in scenario 1 of the basic model is equal to 9 ct/kg (see table 2). this is a rather low price for raw milk, which results from our crude assumptions and the monopsonistic market structure. table 2. numerical example of the basic model. sc. price for raw milk demanded raw milk profit dairy a 1 wa1 = 0.09 xa1 = 0.29 πa1 = 0.0510 2 wa1 = 0 xa1 = 0 πa1 = 0 dairy b 1 wb1 = 0 xb1 = 0 πb1 = 0 2 wb2 = 0.27 xb2 = 0.52 πb2 = 0.0156 producer 1 wa1 = 0.09 xa1 = 0.29 πa1 = 0.0170 2 wb1 = 0.27 xb1 = 0.52 πb1 = 0.0935 for scenario 2 of the basic model, the highest price dairy  a is able to offer when dairy b enters the market equals w p ca a= = 0 26. and dairy b’s highest price is given by w p cb b= = 0 30. if dairy a has not contracted the producer and rival b enters the market, dairy b is able to outbid dairy a by offering a slightly higher price for raw milk, say wb = 0.27, given bertrand competition. then, dairy a has a profit of zero and dairy b πb. the producer’s expected payoff is given by πp (see table 2). comparing the two scenarios shows that the bertrand price competition leads to a higher price in scenario 2 compared to scenario 1 and a higher quantity of raw milk. this results in more than a fivefold producer’s profit. the example demonstrates dairy a’s incentive to deter rival b’s market entry due to the higher profit that can be achieved in the monopsonistic case. from the producer’s perspective, it would be better if the rival processor enters the market, as this results in higher competition for raw milk and thus in a higher price. for dairy a, holding the monopsony position on the market can only be achieved with an exclusive contract that obliges the producer to deliver the full production of raw milk. 6 data derived from a cost figure provided by the german dairy association(miv, 2011). 93entry deterring effects of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector for the producer to accept, the contract must enclose a compensation for not being able to negotiate/contract with dairy b. therefore, the compensation must at least contain the difference between producer’s profit in scenario 2 and 1. consequently, the compensation must be θp ≥ 0.0765. dairy  a’s profit in scenario 1 is πa = 0.051 and zero in scenario 2, therefore the highest compensation dairy a is able to offer equals θa ≤ 0.051. this compensation is not high enough for the producer to accept, therefore market entry of dairy b will take place. without taking risk aversion into consideration, dairy a cannot deter market entry of dairy b. dairy b will enter the market and bertrand competition for raw milk occurs. risk attitude and uncertainty of entry the compensation that dairy  a is able to offer depends on the expected entry probability of the rival. producer’s required compensation also depends on the entry probability and further on the risk attitude. consequently, both affect the possibility to deter the rival’s entry. the relationship of affordable and required compensations for entry deterrence depending on entry probability and the risk attitude is presented in figure 2. the bold line represents the compensation dairy a is able to offer (θa line). the thin lines represent the compensation that the producer requires under a given level of risk attitude (θp lines). generally, the figure shows that given our numeric assumptions and if risk aversion of the producer is not lower than r = 0.1, entry cannot be deterred if the entry probability is higher than k = 0.552. all compensation lines of the producer (θp lines) lie above dairy a’s compensation line (θa line) after this point. if k = 0.552 and r = 0.1 then θp risk =θa risk = 0.02815 . therefore, if r = 0.1, an exclusive contract and an entry probfigure 2. development of compensations depending on probability. 94 y. zavelberg, t. heckelei, c. wieck ability of k ≤ 0.552 lead to an effectively deterred entry. addressing the risk attitude of the producer, rival’s entry can only be deterred if r ≤ 0.6 and if the entry probability is low enough respectively. starting from a risk behavior of r > 0.6, entry cannot be deterred (all θp lines lie above the θa line there). for a risk averse producer with r = 0.6 the entry probability would need to be very low (k < 0.018) to effectively deter rival’s entry with an exclusive contract. with increasing risk aversion of the producer and with decreasing entry probability, the required compensation of the producer is decreasing. however, at the same time, the compensation that dairy a is able to offer decreases with decreasing entry probability. this shows that under our assumptions regarding marginal costs of production and processing, there are certain ranges of interaction between entry probability and risk attitude where the incumbent dairy a can use an exclusive contract to deter rival dairy b’s entry. 4. discussion even though the concentration of dairy processors is increasing, the entry of rivals into an incumbents market area is still relevant. in the dairy concentration process, processing quantities are continuously increasing which leads to larger market areas (ami, 2014). hence, a rival’s entry can also be interpreted as an existing dairy who wants to increase its market area. certainly, the above presented model covers a complex market structure and therefore relies on abstract assumptions. the complexity of the market presents itself in the different relations along the supply chain. on the one hand, consedering the relation between producers and dairies, the model does not take into account the possible existence of producer organizations. these might exert bargaining power in contrast to the model assumption of the producer being a price taker. on the other hand, regarding the relation between dairies and the downstream market, the model lacks to cover the possible existence of buyer power of downstream firms. however, in order to focus the analysis on the relation between the producer and the dairy, perfect competition on the downstream market was assumed. nevertheless, both assumptions might be worth to relax in future studies. as cooperatives are exempted from the policy of compulsory and exclusive written contracts, our analysis focused on investor-owned dairies. however, the theory of exclusive contracts can also be applied to cooperatives. the literature provides three possible profit maximizing objectives for cooperatives (royer and matthey, 1999). first, cooperatives act like investor-owned firms, they maximize profit and afterwards split profit between members. second, cooperatives maximize total member welfare by maximizing profit over quantities. however, this is not applicable to the milk market due to the obligation to supply the entire production amount to the same dairy. third, cooperatives maximize the price paid to their members and generate a zero profit. therefore, our theory can be applied to cooperatives if we assume that the cooperative maximizes its profit like an investor-owned firm. then, the compensation corresponds to the shared profit of a cooperative. the model does also not change for the entrant, who can then either be an investor-owned dairy or a cooperative. if we stick to the assumption that the fixed costs of market entry are too high for the entrant to offer a 95entry deterring effects of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector compensation, the theory can completely be translated to the case of cooperatives that maximize profits like investor-owned firms. 5. conclusion in this article, we analyzed entry deterring effects of exclusive contracts in an oligopsonistic market. the model is based on the framework of studies analyzing exclusive contracts in the literature (e.g. segal and whinston, 2000; rasmusen et al., 1991; aghion and bolton, 1978, fumagalli and motta, 2006). in contrast to these models on exclusive contracts, we incorporate risk aversion of the producer and uncertainty of rival’s entry. in our model, we assume increasing marginal cost of the raw milk producer and an exogenous downstream market price. the rival’s entry can effectively be deterred under certain combinations of the rival’s entry probability and producer’s level of risk aversion. increasing farmer’s risk aversion reduces the compensation the producer requires to sign an exclusive contract. this implies that the producer forgoes uncertain higher prices in a competitive market environment for the compensation paid. generally, the producer is better off in terms of profit in case of market entry of the rival dairy. only for rather high values of producer risk aversion and low entry probability of the rival, the incumbent dairy can use an exclusive contract to deter market entry. according to empirical studies, the majority of producers prefer a short-term contract period up to two years (schlecht et al., 2013) and the possibility to change the processor on a short notice. in addition, short cancellation periods and extraordinary termination clauses are preferred by the majority of producers which is perceived as a strong bargaining instrument for a better milk price (steffen et al., 2009). these requests are reflected by our model, which shows that the possibility to change the processor is beneficial for producer as he can achieve a higher milk price when the rival dairy processor enters the market. long-term contracts combined with the obligation to supply and long cancellation periods reduce competition on the raw milk market. to assure decision flexibility for farmers regarding their contractual relationship and to improve their ability to change processors in case of unsatisfactory raw milk pricing, we conclude that contracts should have appropriate cancellation periods. from the perspective of the dairy processor there is always an incentive to keep the monopsonistic position on the market. this occurs because market entry of the rival results in market foreclosure for the incumbent as the producer will offer all production to the rival who can pay the better price. the market entry of the rival does not lead to another monopsony as we assume that the incumbent is still active with its processing facilities and wants to regain its market share on the market. therefore, the rival has to maintain its competitive pricing strategy in order to prevent the incumbent from reentering the market. reflecting our results in light of the german sector inquiry on milk, we find that it is possible that a dairy processing company abuses its dominant position with longterm contracts, long cancellation periods and the obligation to supply. therefore, from a competitive standpoint, it is essential to consider these findings in the contract design so that the flexibility of farmers to change processor at least in the medium term is not completely erased. 96 y. zavelberg, t. heckelei, c. wieck acknowlegdment this research was funded by the german reseach foundation under the grant “analysis of dairy production systems differentiated by locations” (wi 2679/2-1). we appreciate helpful comments by the anonymous reviewers. references aghion, p. and p. bolton (1987). contracts as a barrier to entry. the american economic review 77(3): 388-401. alvarez, a.m., e.g. fidalgo, r.j. sexton and m. zhang (2000). oligopsony power with uniform spatial pricing: theory and application to milk processing in spain. european review of agricultural economics 27(3): 347-364. ami (agrarmarktinformationsstelle) (2014). database on raw milk prices and processing quantities of german dairy processors for the year 2001-2012. bonn, germany. bka (bundeskartellamt) (2009). sektoruntersuchung milch. zwischenbericht 2009. available at http://www.bundeskartellamt.de/shareddocs/publikation/de/sektoruntersuchungen/sektoruntersuchung%20milch%20-%20zwischen bericht.pdf?__ blob=publicationfile&v=3, last accessed 16 dezember 2015. bka (bundeskartellamt) (2012). sektoruntersuchung milch. abschlussbericht januar 2012. available at http://www.bundeskartellamt.de/shareddocs/publikation/de/sektoruntersuchungen/sektoruntersuchung%20milch%20-%20ab schlussbericht.pdf?__ blob=publicationfile&v=4, last accessed 16 dezember 2015. bork, r. (1978). the antitrust paradox: a policy at war with itself. new york: basic books. crespi, j.m., t.l. saitone and r.j. sexton (2012). competition in u.s. farm product markets: do long-run incentives trump short-run market power? applied economic perspectives and policy 34(4): 669-695. director, a. and e.h. levi. (1956). law and the future: trade regulation. northwestern university law review 51: 281-296. ec (european commission) (2014). development of the dairy market situation and the operation of the “milk package” provisions. report from the commission to the european parliament and the council. brussels, 13.6.2014. available at http:// ec.europa.eu/agriculture/milk/milk-package/com-2014-354_en.pdf, last accessed 19 november 2015. eda (european dairy association) (2013). the european dairy industry. accessed 201409-18 http://eda.euromilk.org/european-dairy-industry/general-overview.html. fumagalli, c. and m. motta (2006). exclusive dealing and entry, when buyers compete. the american economic review 96(3): 785-795. graubner, m., a. balmann and r.j sexton. (2011). spatial price discrimination in agricultural product procurement markets: a computational economics approach. american journal of agricultural economics 93(4): 949-967. huck, p., k. salhofer and c. tribl (2006). spatial competition of milk processing cooperatives in northern germany. contributed paper prepared for presentation at the international association of agricultural economists (iaae) conference; august 12-18, gold coast, australia. 97entry deterring effects of contractual relations in the dairy processing sector innes, r. and r.j. sexton (1994). strategic buyers and exclusionary contracts. the american economic review 84(3): 566-584. loughrey, j., f. thorne, a. kinsella, t. hennessy, j. mcdonnell, c.o. donoghue and x. vollenweider (2014). the market risk perceptions and management of irish dairy farmers. contributed paper prepared for presentation at the 88th annual conference of the agricultural economics society, agroparistech, paris, france. 10-11 april. macdonald, j., j. perry, m. ahearn, d. banker, w. chambers, c. dimitri, n. key, k. nelson and l. southard (2004). contracts, markets, and prices. organizing the production and use of agricultural commodities. agricultural economic report number 837, united states department of agriculture. mccorriston, s. (2002). why should imperfect competition matter to agricultural economists? european review of agricultural economics 29: 349-372. melhim, a. and c.r. shumway (2011). enterprice diversification in us dairy: impact of risk preferences on scale and scope economies. applied economics 43: 3849-3862. mérel, p. (2011). institutional market power in comté: insights from a ‘double marginalisation’ model. journal of agricultural economics 62(3): 585-603. miv (milchindustrieverband) (2011). milch und mehr – die deutsche milchwirtschaft auf einen blick (milk and more – the german dairy industry at a glance). verlagsbeilage im journalist, dezember. miv (milchindustrieverband) (2012). top 10 molkereien in europa 2012. (top 10 dairies in europe 2012). accessed 2014-09-18 http://www.milchindustrie.de/uploads/ tx_news/top_molkereien_eu_homepage_01.pdf. posner, r.a. (1976). antitrust law: an economic perspective. chicago: university of chicago press. rasmusen, e.b., j.m. ramseyer and j.s. jr. wiley (1991). naked exclusion. the american economic review 81(5): 1137-1145. rogers, r.t. (2001). structural change in u.s. food manufacturing 1958-1997. agribusiness 17(1): 3-32. rogers, r.t. and r.j. sexton (1994). assessing the importance of oligopsony power in agricultural markets. american journal of agricultural economics 76: 1143-1150. royer, j.s. and h. matthey (1999). optimal strategies of marketing cooperatives regarding nonmember business. selected paper, american agricultural economics association meetings, nahsville, te, august 8-11. schaper, c., c. wocken, abelin, k., lassen, b., schierenbeck, s., spiller, a. and l. theuvsen (2008). risikomanagement in milchviehbetrieben: eine empirische analyse vor dem hintergrund der sich ändernden eu‐milchmarktpolitik. in: schriftenreihe der landwirtschaftlichen rentenbank: risikomanagement in der landwirtschaft 23, frankfurt am main, pp. 135‐184. schlecht, s., n. steffen and a. spiller. 2013. vertragsmanagement in molkereien nach auslaufen der milchquotenregelung. german journal of agricultural economics 2: 1-17. segal, i.r. and m.d. whinston (2000). naked exclusion: comment. the american economic review 90(1): 296-309. sexton, r.j. (2013). market power, misconceptions, and modern agricultural markets. american journal of agricultural economics 95(2): 209-219. 98 y. zavelberg, t. heckelei, c. wieck spiller, a. and c. wocken (2006). supplier relationship management. deutsche milchwirtschaft 57(3): 108-110. steffen, n., s. schlecht and a. spiller (2009). ausgestaltung von milchverträgen nachder quote. discussion paper nr. 0909, department für agrarökonomie und ruraleentwicklung, universität göttingen. vavra, p. (2009). role, usage and motivation for contracting in agriculture. oecd food, agriculture and fisheries working paper, no. 16, oecd publishing. xia, t. and r.j. sexton (2004). the competitive implications of top-of-the market and related contract pricing clauses. american journal of agricultural economics 86(1): 124-138. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 213-236, 2013 food commodity price volatility and food insecurity alexander sarris*1 university of athens, greece abstract. the paper first reviews several issues relevant to global food commodity market volatility as it pertains to food security, and food importing developing countries, and then discusses international and national policies and measures to prevent or manage this volatility and related risks. it is shown that market volatility relates to unpredictability of market fundamentals, and price spikes occur when unpredictability increases excessively. the food security risks faced by food import developing countries are discussed and it is highlighted that the major risks involve not only large and unpredictable price variations but also trade finance as well as import contract enforcement. the problem of identifying a price spike is analyzed and it is seen that, despite difficulties in commodity modeling, there are empirical techniques that allow the assessment of the probabilities of price spikes, and could facilitate the triggering of responses. suggestions are made concerning institutions and policies to assist developing countries better cope with the risks of commodity market volatility. keywords. agricultural price volatility, developing countries, food insecurity. jel codes. q11, q17, q18 1. introduction the period since 2006 has seen considerable instability in global agricultural markets. between september 2006 and february 2008, world agricultural commodity prices rose by an average of 70 percent in nominal dollar terms, with prices in some products rising by much more than that. the strongest price rises were observed in wheat, maize, rice, and dairy products. prices fell sharply in the second half of 2008, although in almost all cases they remained above the levels of the period just before the sharp increase in prices started. in 2010 sharp price rises of food commodity prices were observed again, and by early 2011, the fao food commodity price index was again at the level reached at the peak of the price spike of 2008. in 2011 and 2012 prices fell again and then rose again considerably in early 2013. in other words within the past six years many food commodity prices increased very sharply, subsequently declined equally sharply, and then again increased rapidly to reach the earlier peaks. such rather unprecedented volatility in world prices creates much uncertainty for all market participants, and makes both short and longer term planning very difficult. * department of economics, university of athens, greece, 8 pesmazoglou street, athens, 10559, greece. email alekosar@otenet.gr, asarris@econ.uoa.gr. tel no. +30 6944 291796. 214 a. sarris the sudden and unpredictable increases in many internationally traded food commodity prices in late 2007 and early 2008 caught all market participants, especially governments of net food importing developing countries, by surprise and led to many short term policy reactions that may have exacerbated the negative impacts of the price rises. given that several such interventions were in many cases inadequate or inappropriate, many governments, think tanks, and individual analysts called for improved international mechanisms to prevent and/or manage sudden food price rises. similar calls for improved disciplines of markets were made during almost all previous food market price bursts, but were largely abandoned after the spikes passed, largely because they were deemed difficult to implement. the purpose of this paper is first to review several issues relevant to global food commodity market volatility as it pertains to food security, and then to discuss international and national policies and measures to prevent or manage this volatility and related risks, mainly, albeit not exclusively, from the perspective of food commodity dependent developing countries. staple food commodity price volatility, and in particular sudden and unpredictable price spikes, creates considerable food security concerns, especially among those, individuals or countries, who are staple food dependent and net buyers. these concerns range from possible inability to afford increased costs of basic food consumption requirements, to concerns about adequate supplies, irrespective of price. such concerns can lead to reactions that may worsen subsequent instability. for instance excessive concerns about adequate supplies of staple food in exporting countries’ domestic markets may induce governments to take measures to curtail or ban exports, thus inducing further shortages in world markets and higher international prices. the latter in turn may induce permanent shifts in production and/or consumption of the staple in net importing countries, with the result that while subsequent global supplies may increase, import demands may decline permanently altering the fundamentals of a market. the recent food market spike and volatility occurred in the midst of another important longer term development, that highlights additional developing country concerns. over the last two decades there has been a shift of developing countries from the position of net agricultural exporters up to the early 1990’s to that of net agricultural importers (fao, 2006). growing dependence on food commodity imports implies growing vulnerability to external commodity shocks. projections to 2030 and 2050 indicate a deepening of this trend (ibid.), which is due to the projected decline in the exports of traditional agricultural products, such as tropical beverages and bananas, combined with a projected large and growing deficit of basic foods, such as cereals, meat, dairy products, and oil crops. since 1990, the food import bills of least developed countries (ldcs) have not only increased in size, but also in importance, as they constituted more than 50 percent of the total merchandise exports in all years. in contrast, the food import bills of other developing countries (odcs) have been stable or declined as shares of their merchandise exports. these trends were reinforced during the 2007-8 food crisis (prakash, 2011). the above suggests that the problem of managing the risks of food imports has increased in importance, and is already a major issue for several ldcs and low-income food deficit countries (lifdcs)2. the major problem of lifdcs is not only price or quan2 lifdcs are a fao classification. the latest list of may 2012 includes 62 countries. the list of ldcs is one used by the united nations (un) and as of 2012 includes 49 countries. almost all ldcs are also included in the 215food commodity price volatility and food insecurity tity variations per se, but rather major unforeseen and undesirable departures from expectations, that can come about because of unanticipated food import needs due to unforeseen adverse domestic production developments, as well as adverse global price moves. in other words, unpredictability is the major issue. this is also the gist of the argument of dehn (2000a) and cavalcanti, et. al. (2011) who argued that the negative impacts on growth of commodity dependent economies come from unanticipated or unpredictable shocks, rather than from ex-post commodity instability per se. apart from the problem of unpredictability of food import bills for lifdcs, another problem that surfaced during the recent food price spike was the one of reliability of import supplies. several net food importing developing countries (nfidcs) that could afford the cost of higher food import bills, such as some of the middle income oil exporting countries and small island states, during the 2007-8 period faced problems of not only unreliable import supplies but also the likelihood of unavailability of sufficient food import quantities to cover their domestic food consumption needs. this raises a different problem for these countries, namely the one of assurance of import supplies. several of these countries, e.g. those surrounding the arab peninsula and the persian gulf, have unfavorable domestic production conditions and rely on imports for a substantial share of their domestic consumption, as indicated in table 1. unavailability of supplies creates large food security concerns for these countries. the rest of the paper proceeds as follows. in the next section the issue of market volatility and its importance are examined. section 3 considers the issue of the types of risks faced by food importing developing countries. in section 4 the issue of how to lifdc list. the list of nfidcs is a world trade organization (wto) group, which as of 2012 includes all 49 ldcs and another 31 higher income developing countries, for a total of 80 countries. table 1. cereal import dependence 2007-9 (number of countries with percentage share of imports to total domestic supply in given range). 0-10 10-20 20-50 50-75 75-100 total no of countries in group hic 5 3 6 22 36 ldc 16 6 12 9 6 49 lic 18 6 16 8 1 49 mic 16 6 28 14 20 84 oil exporters 3 1 6 1 4 15 sids 1 4 6 31 42 total no of countries 58 20 69 44 84 275 hic-high income countries, mic-middle income countries, lic-low income countries,(world bank definitions), sids=small island developing states, ldc-least developed countries (un definitions). some countries in the ldc, oil exporter and sids groups are included in the other categories as well. source. author’s computations from fao data. 216 a. sarris prevent or lower the occurrence of market volatility and crises is considered. the final section concludes. 2. what is market volatility and why it matters market volatility normally refers to variations of market prices from period to period. as such it is an ex-post concept, in the sense that everyone can observe the market variations. however, what matters for both market participants as well as policy makers are not the market price variations per se, but their unpredictability, and the risks they create. uncertainty of the variable x, when looked at from some period before its realization, is basically a summary measure of the unpredictable elements in the process determining x, that are likely to occur between the time of the prediction and the time of realization of the variable x. for instance if a producer is contemplating producing a crop, he/ she may know the basic process (the model) that determines the yield and the price of the commodity, but he also knows that there are elements of this process, such as rainfall and future price, that cannot possibly be predicted say one year ahead. these unpredictable elements are what create the uncertainty about the outcome of his action to produce the crop. uncertainty then depends on how far into the future one is interested in the variable of interest. in the sequel uncertainty and upredictability are used interchangeably as they refer to the same concept. risk, in turn is generated by uncertainty. in other words risk is generated by actions whose outcomes are subject to unpredictability. in the case of the producer, he knows that production of a crop is uncertain. as long as he does not produce the crop he is not at risk. if, however, he decides to produce it, he places himself at risk, as the outcome of the crop affects his income and welfare. thus it is unpredictability that defines uncertainty, and it is the actions that have uncertain outcomes that create the attendant risks. in the face of uncertain outcomes and prices, agricultural producers, for instance, tend to reduce the risks facing them, by diversification, namely by producing a less uncertain mixture of products. prices normally fluctuate in commodity markets in response to new and continuously changing information about the state of the markets. similarly the underlying uncertainty about future events gives rise to expectations about future market outcomes, such as prices, and different degrees of confidence about these expectations. hence at any point in time one can talk about the underlying uncertainty of the market about a future outcome. the level of information and the actions of the various market participants based on this information determine the probability distribution of expectations as well as actual market outcomes. it is normal in commodity markets that actual prices vary from period to period, and also that expectations of market outcomes, such as prices, also vary. volatility is normally associated with two concepts. the first is variability of the observed prices, and as such it is a concept that can be readily quantified ex-post through some a measure based on observable market prices. the second concept is that of unpredictability, and this, at any one time, refers to the conditional probability distribution of some subsequent market outcome, given current information. such a concept cannot be readily and objectively quantified, as there is no corresponding market variable. it can only be inferred from observed market variables through some appropriate model. 217food commodity price volatility and food insecurity the principal concern of market participants and policy makers alike is not large ex-post variations in observed prices per se, but large shifts in the degree of unpredictability or uncertainty of subsequent prices. such large shifts normally also cause large changes in observed market prices and are associated with what has been termed “excess volatility” (shiller, 1981, prakash, 2011), a rather elusive concept referring to variations of prices outside what maybe inferred or predicted on the basis of expectations of rational efficient markets. a very popular measure of ex-post or realized or historical market volatility, used extensively in finance, is the annualized historic volatility, computed as the standard deviation of the logarithmic returns of prices over a given period of time multiplied by the square root of the frequency of observations. € v =σ t , where € σ = (ri − µ)2 i=1 n ∑ /(n −1) , and € rt = ln(pt ) − ln(pt−1) (1) in the above rt is the logarithmic return of price, p is the (detrended) price of the commodity, n is the number of observations, µ is the average of the logarithmic returns, and t is the frequency of the observations on a yearly basis (252 if daily3, 12 if monthly, etc.). unpredictability in turn is not easily measured as indicated above. one relatively objective measure of unpredictability is “implied volatility”, which is a measure of the market estimate of the ex-ante or conditional variance of subsequent price, based on current observations of values of options on futures prices in organized exchanges, and using the black-scholes model for the computations. estimates based on the two concepts may point in different directions, depending on data. for instance illustrations in prakash (2011) indicate estimates of realized volatilities of cereals, based on observed spot prices in major international markets, such as gulf (as compiled by fao), which exhibit mild upward trends, while estimates of implied volatilities of the same cereal prices, as inferred from option prices in the major exchange trading these derivative instruments, namely chicago mercantile exchange (cme), exhibit strongly upward trends. this suggests that there maybe different determinants of the ex-post and the ex-ante volatilities of food commodities depending on the market where prices are measured. unfortunately there are not many organized commodity options markets, and hence implied volatilities cannot be estimated from readily observed option prices for most commodities. however, there are other ways to measure unpredictability. a popular measure is an estimate of the conditional variance of future price, based on a time series model of the price. models of prices that allow direct estimation of such conditional variances are the class of generalized autoregressive conditional heteroscedastic time series models (garch), introduced by bollerslev (1986). the detrimental effects of uncertainty or unpredictability on both private agents, as well as governments are not hard to understand, and have been the object of both discus3 252 refers to the number of trading days within a year 218 a. sarris sion as well as research for a long time. for instance, keynes (1942) argued that commodity price fluctuations led to unnecessary waste of resources, and, by creating fluctuations in export earnings, had a detrimental effect on investment in new productive capacity, and tended to perpetuate a cycle of dependence on commodities, what we may call in modern growth terminology a “commodity development trap”. the above discussion implies that mere ex-post variability of outcomes does not constitute uncertainty, which is inherently an ex-ante conept. this issue of uncertainty versus mere ex-post variability is important in the discussion of this paper, as compensatory schemes like stabex, as well as the imf’s commodity compensatory financing facility (cff) have adopted a notion of uncertainty that is related to the mere ex-post variability or fluctuations of outcomes such as export earnings or import costs, rather than to their predictability. more recently, there have been efforts to construct indices that correspond more closely to the theoretical notion of uncertainty, namely the notion of unpredictability. dehn (2000b), constructed an index of price instability that distinguishes between negative and positive shocks, and finds, as expected theoretically, that negative commodity price shocks have a significant negative effect on overall economic growth. this was the first study to establish a strong negative empirical link between negative unanticipated shocks and overall economic growth. recently cavalcanti et. al. (2011) also estimated that negative terms of trade shocks (which include high food import costs) have stronger negative growth impacts than positive terms of trade shocks for developing countries. that unpredictability rather than instability is the main problem in agricultural production is one of the oldest, but apparently forgotten or not appreciated, issues in agricultural economics. in fact one of the earliest classic works in agricultural economics considered exactly the issue of agricultural price unpredictability and the benefits of establishing forward prices for producers (johnson, 1947). by establishing forward prices for agricultural producers, one basically eliminates one of the most troublesome and potentially damaging sources of income unpredictability, and makes producers able to plan better their activities. establishing predictability in agriculture has been one of the earliest institutional developments of the modern era in developed countries. in fact the modern us agricultural marketing system realised very early the benefits of a market based system of forward prices, and through the simple system of warehouse receipts, emerged one of the most sophisticated and useful marketing institutions in modern agriculture, namely the institution of futures markets. it is not perhaps coincidental that futures markets developed independently in several countries and long time ago. in more recent years, the development and globalisation of financial markets has led to the proliferation of many other risk management commodity related instruments, notably options, and weather related insurance contracts. while in some developed countries the marketing system response to unpredictability has been the establishment of sophisticated forward markets, in most other countries, both developed and developing, the response of producers, and through their pressure of governments, has been the institution of fixed or minimum price marketing arrangements. the major problem, however, of most such schemes is not that they are in principle wrong, but that they have most often been transformed to price support or taxation instruments that have veered off their purpose of providing forward signals and minimum prices based on proper predictions. 219food commodity price volatility and food insecurity it, therefore, appears that a major issue in post adjustment agriculture in most developing countries, with respect to market volatility, is how to establish some forward pricing or insurance system for agricultural producers and governments without distorting the markets. once such forward mechanisms can be established then one can talk about systems of insurance or systems of compensation. considerable literature has been devoted to understanding the costs of market volatility. prakash (2011) offers a thorough survey. while some literature (lucas, 2003) suggested that the cost of market volatility is quite small in developed countries with efficient capital markets, other literature, that took into account credit constraints and imperfect transmission from international to domestic markets, showed that the cost of market volatility can be substantial for low income developing countries exposed to commodity shocks (guillaumont, et. al., 1999, prasad and crucini, 2000, subervie, 2008, rapsomanikis and sarris, 2008, bellemare, et. al. 2010). 3. volatility risks faced by food importers policies for the effective management of price booms or general market volatility depend on the proper identification and assessment of the risks facing each country. these differ by country, and involve the identification of the parts of a country’ s economy and inhabitants that are vulnerable to food commodity market shocks, as well as the types of market uncertainties which affect these agents. in other words one must outline a “risk profile” of the country to food commodity shocks. in the sequel risks that depend on upheavals in international food markets are discussed. proper response to a food commodity shock differ depending on whether the shock affecting the country is transitory or permanent. factors to consider are the following: (i) does the price shock have its origins in factors external to the country, such as world markets, or in domestic production supply imbalances in the markets concerned? (ii) how transitory are the factors that have led to the price shock? (iii) what is the level of uncertainty concerning the factors that may influence the future course of prices? the answers to these questions are not easy, and there may be legitimate differences of opinion among analysts concerning such assessments. the second issue concerns the possible impacts of the price shock on the country’s economy and its citizens. the impact of increasing prices on the wider economy is determined by a number of structural characteristics, such as the structure of production and food consumption, and the types and income-consumption profiles of households. any adopted policy measure should not try to protect or benefit one vulnerable group by damaging the benefits to another poor constituency. in this context, it is important to ascertain the extent to which price signals are transmitted to the domestic markets, the identification of vulnerable population groups that can be targeted for support, as well as the agricultural sector’s ability to respond to increasing prices. the third issue that is imperative before a country adopts specific policy measures is to ascertain and be clear about the objective of the policy. too often policy measures are adopted with a very narrow objective, and may end up affecting negatively other areas of equally important domestic concern. also if the objective is known and generally agreed upon, then any policy measure can be judged against others that may offer similar ben220 a. sarris efits, but with smaller side effects or negative secondary consequences. finally, if there are more than one policy objectives, it may well be that a combination of measures is necessary to simultaneously achieve all of them. the reactions to the recent price boom, suggest that policy reactions to the food price surge have been prompt, with governments in many developing countries initiating a number of short-run measures, such as reductions in import tariffs and export restrictions, in order to harness the increase in food prices and to protect consumers and vulnerable population groups. other countries have resorted to food inventory management in order to stabilize domestic prices. a range of interventions have also been implemented to mitigate the adverse impacts on vulnerable households, such as targeted subsidized food sales (rapsomanikis, 2009). demeke, et. al. (2011) made a review of policies adopted in response to the recent food price spike and they indicate that the responses of developing countries to the food security crisis appear to have been in contrast to the policy orientation most of them had pursued over the last decades as a result of the implementation of the washington consensus supported by the bretton woods institutions. this period had been characterized by an increased reliance on the market – both domestic and international – on the ground that this reliance would increase efficiency of resources allocation, and by taking world prices as a reference for measuring economic efficiency. the availability of cheap food on the international market was one of the factors that contributed to reduced investment and support to agriculture by developing countries (and their development partners), which is generally put forward as one of the reasons for the recent crisis. this increased reliance on markets was also concomitant to a progressive withdrawal of the state from the food and agriculture sector, on the ground that the private sector was more efficient from an economic point of view. the crisis has shown some drawbacks of this approach. countries depending on the world market have seen their food import bills surge, while their purchasing capacity decreased, particularly in the case of those countries that also had to face higher energy import prices. this situation was further aggravated when some important export countries, under intense domestic political pressure, applied export taxes or bans in order to protect their consumers and isolate their prices from world prices. as a result, several countries changed their approach through measures ranging from policies to isolate domestic prices from world prices; moving from food security based strategies to food self sufficiency based strategies; by trying to acquire land abroad for securing food and fodder procurement; by trying to engage in regional trade agreements or; by interfering with the private markets through price controls, anti-hoarding laws, government intervention in output and input markets, etc. before one discusses any mechanism to manage food import risks it is important to ascertain the types of risks that are relevant to food importers. food imports take place under a variety of institutional arrangements in developing countries. a study by fao (fao, 2003) contains an extensive discussion of the state of food import trade by developing countries. it notes that while in some lifdcs state institutions still play a very important role in the exports and imports of some basic foods, food imports have been mostly privatized in recent years, although with some exceptions, and in some countries, state agencies operate alongside with private importers. 221food commodity price volatility and food insecurity a public sector food importer, namely a manager of a food importing or a relevant food regulatory agency each year faces the problem of determining the requirements that the country will have to satisfy the various domestic policy objectives. such objectives may include domestic price stability, satisfaction of minimum amount of supplies, demands to keep prices at high levels to satisfy farmers, or low to satisfy consumers and many others relevant to various aspects of domestic welfare. the problem of the manager of the food agency is four-fold. first there needs to be a good estimate of the requirements, which is not easy given uncertainties in estimations of domestic production and demand. secondly, the public sector food agency manager, must decide how to fulfill them, namely through imports, or by reductions in publicly held stocks, if stock holding is part of the agency’s activities. a related problem is the risk of non-fulfillment of the estimated requirements which may cause domestic social problems and food insecurity. the third problem of such an agent is how to minimize the overall cost of fulfilling these requirements, given uncertainties in international prices and international freight rates, and to manage the risks of unanticipated cost overruns. for instance, if the agency imports more than is needed, as estimated by ex-post assessment of the domestic market situation, then the excess imports will have to be stored or re-exported and these entail costs. finally, but not least, and related to the overall cost of fulfilling the requirements, the agent must finance the transaction, either through own resources, or through a variety of financing mechanisms. in many countries the state has withdrawn from domestic food markets, and it is private agents who make decisions on imports. the problem, however, of private agents, is not much different or easier than that of public agents. a private importer must assess with a significant time lag, the domestic production situation, as well as the potential demand just like a public agent, and must plan to order import supplies so as to make a profit by selling in the domestic market. clearly the private importer faces risks similar to those of the public agent, as far as unpredictability of domestic production, international prices, and domestic demand are concerned, and in addition faces an added risk, namely that of unpredictable government policies that may change the conditions faced when the product must be sold domestically. during the recent food price crisis, surveys by fao documented the adoption of many short-term policies in response to high global staple food prices, which must have created considerable added risks for private sector agents. furthermore, the private agent maybe more credit and finance constrained than the public agent. in fact the study by fao (2003) indicated that the most important problem of private traders in lifdcs is the availability of import trade finance. the main external uncertainty facing food importers is international price variability and hence unpredictability. once the level of imports needed is determined, there are two additional risks faced by import agents, apart from the price risk. the first is the financing risk, namely the possibility that import finance may not be obtainable from domestic of international sources. this is the risk identified as most crucial by the fao (2003) study for agents in lifdcs. the second risk is counterparty performance risk, namely the risk that a counterparty in an import purchase contact will default and fail to deliver. this latter risk is one that came to the fore during the recent price spike, and is can be due to both commercial and non-commercial factors. commercial factors may include the inability for the supplier to secure the staple grain at the amount and prices contracted because of sudden adverse 222 a. sarris movements in prices. non-commercial factors includes things such as export bans, natural disasters or civil strife, in the sourcing country that may render it impossible to export an agreed upon amount of the staple. market and price variability in agricultural commodities is a fact of everyday life, and most countries and agents have adapted to this reality. the issue, however, which is of concern is “excessive volatility”. conceptually excessive volatility in a commodity should refer to unpredictable movements of price outside some bounds that are deemed to occur infrequently and are deemed to be undesirable. how can one define these bounds? a useful approach is to refer to the concept of risk layering which is well known in the field of risk management and insurance (see for instance world bank, 2005). the idea applied in this context is to start by considering the probability distribution of prices or price changes. this could be a distribution based on historical observations. then one could try to split the range of all possible prices into three intervals defined by a floor and a ceiling price level pf and pc. the choice of these upper and lower bounds could be made with the idea that markets would fail for prices above or below these bounds, and that occurrence of prices outside the bounds would be infrequent. this is what maybe termed the “market failure” risk layer. prices in some range around the mean could be considered to define a “retention layer”, namely price variations that can be handled by agents without any additional measures or risk management instruments. the remaining intermediate price ranges could be termed the “market insurance” risk layer, and the idea is that within these price ranges, there is a variety of market based risk management instruments that can be used to manage market risk. the range outside the minimum and the maximum bounds could then be considered as the “market failure level”, and excessive volatility could be defined as cases when prices fell in that range. figure 1 illustrates the concepts, and figure 2 indicates how excessive market volatility could be measured with actual price series data. clearly defining the relevant bounds is not straightforward, as it is not clear what level of prices constitutes market failure. the notion of frequency maybe more applicable, but even then to agree on the frequency at which prices could be considered to be outside “normal” levels is not straightforward. neverhteless, it is the principle that is illustrated here. 4. policies to manage market volatility and price spikes ηow can individual countries and the international community manage excessive market volatility? there are basically two ways in which individual countries can manage their domestic food markets in the face of excessive international market volatility. one involves trade actions, and the other involves public stockholding. if countries or other agents can be assured their commodity supplies through trade, then they would need to carry lower levels of security stocks. hence trade can be an important substitute for carrying costly physical inventories. trade, however, can be impeded by a variety of problems. policies aimed at facilitating commodity trade, may therefore obviate the need for policies to carry costly security or emergency physical stocks, both nationally and internationally. in the recent as well as previous food crises, there were three major trade facilitation related problems that caused governments to examine carrying larger security stocks. the first concerned unexpected and uncoordinated export bans by key exporters, which tend 223food commodity price volatility and food insecurity to increase international prices. the second was the unavailability of import financing for several lower income food importing countries, and the third was the uncertainty about international contract enforcement in a time of rising prices. the sequel discusses proposals to deal with these problems. figure 1. “risk layers” of market prices.   figure 2. defining price spikes.   224 a. sarris can export bans be prevented? export bans are very disruptive to international markets, as they disturb established trade flows and cause significant losses to traditional trading partners of the countries that import from those imposing export bans. as export bans are a trade measure, the appropriate international forum to discus this is the world trade organization (wto). currently export bans are not forbidden by the wto agreement, as the concern of wto members in the past was with low prices and hence import restriction measures, rather than high prices, which are reinforced by export bans. it would cost little to implement such an agreement among wto members, once they agreed to it, and it would involve a small change in existing wto rules. this, however, is not assured, as some members may not want to abandon the flexibility to control their domestic commodity markets via such an instrument. clearly the developed countries would have a large role to play in revising the wto rules in this direction. a fund for the establishment of an internationally coordinated “global financial food reserve” (or gffr) of basic food commodities the only sure way to avoid excessive market upheavals is to have some amounts of previously accumulated stocks, but every proposal along these lines runs up against coordination and financing problems. the idea of the proposal here is to combine the best parts of the two proposals on reserves that have been discussed considerably, namely the establishment of a coordinated global physical reserve and a virtual reserve aimed at calming futures market speculation. the idea is to have a market based global safety net which would create physical or financial resources in times of price spikes. the major problem with all proposals that have been proposed and deal with market volatility is that they purport to try to prevent the occurrence of a price spike. this, however, is very difficult to accomplish within a globalized market system, and may need very large and uncertain amounts of financial resources, that rightly makes donors uneasy and unwilling to consider. however, if the major objective of a system to deal with market volatility is to prevent the weakest members of the international community from paying the price for an upheaval, which for the most part is not their fault, then one could consider a limited and much cheaper safety net system to ensure support only for those countries. the proposal made here would be an agreement by a group of a few important world grain market participants that would include members of the g8+5 as well as major grain exporters and other donors, to commit funds that could be utilized to hold specified amounts of publicly owned long positions in organized exchanges. in other words the proposal calls for the establishment of an international publicly held “global commodity fund” specifically targeted to basic foods. given low margin requirements, this fund could assure, with relatively modest financial resources, control over a considerable amount of physical reserves. the idea is that a certain amount of financial resources would be used to initially buy an amount of long futures contracts in one or more basic grains. these contracts would be held and rolled over, when the time of expiration comes, and in addition there would be some additional funds to cover potential margin calls in the course of holding the long positions. this could then constitute a “virtual commodity reserve”, but 225food commodity price volatility and food insecurity in its concept it is very different from what has been proposed before by von braun and torrero (2009), and von braun et. al. (2009), as the fund would consist of committed long positions, and would basically act as dormant physical reserve. the fund’s positions would be rolled over from period to period, much like the commercial commodity funds do. the fund’s positions would be dormant and passive when markets are operating in normal conditions. hence its resources would not be used for any “stabilization operations”, albeit, they maybe used to cover margin calls in periods when prices fall below the acquisition price. however, when markets go into an unusual spike, which could be signaled by either the breeching of some prespecified price upper ceiling, the fund would have the option to either take physical delivery, so as to utilize the physical stocks for prespecified purposes, or to sell off the long positions. in either case the fund would command at a time of a price spike either physical stocks or financial profits from its long positions, if liquidated under market spike conditions. these physical stocks or profits could be utilized to promote a global safety net to assist most affected poor countries in obtaining food commodity imports at lower than spiking market prices. in other words the fund and the stocks it could support would not be utilized for market or price stabilization but rather for supporting assistance to needy countries in times of global price spikes. given that the fund’s purpose would not be to stabilize markets, but rather to assure market weak participants that their excess food import costs would be covered, the gffr could be restricted in size to what is estimated as needed for additional or extraordinary assistance to needy food importing countries in times of a food crisis. the cost of such a reserve would be modest. for instance between 2006 and 2008 the total cereal import bill of ldcs increased by roughly 20 percent or about 4 billion us$. if 10 percent of that could have been considered as extraordinary cost of vulnerable poor countries that would be compensated by developed countries as extraordinary aid under some global safety net, then this would amount to 400 million us$. this is much smaller than the funds that were committed by developed countries in support of developing countries in the context of the global food crisis. if the fund before the crisis was of a size of 100 million us$, and it was all invested in cereal stocks via long future positions, then at 5 percent margin it would have commanded physical amounts, worth about 2 billion us$. the profits from a 20 percent increase in prices during the spike (and the actual increase during a spike would have been much larger than this) would then have been around 400 million us$, which would have allowed the fund to compensate some low income developing countries for the extraordinary costs of the import bills. needless to say that these calculations are very quick and simple but are intended to give an order of magnitude to the amounts involved. the gffr would act as a global market based safety net. as its major market operation would be to roll over positions in each period if needed, it would not interfere in the normal functioning of the commodity markets. the allocation of the proceeds or the profits of the gffr from any price spike to needy developing countries could be a separate process, that would entail allocation according to some prespecified development criteria. food import financing and a dedicated food import financing facility (fiff) a major problem facing least developed countries (ldcs) and some net food importing developing countries (nfidcs) is financing for both private and parastatal entities of 226 a. sarris food imports, especially during periods of excess commercial imports. the financing constraint arises from the imposition, by both international private financial institutions and domestic banks that finance international food trade transactions, of credit (or exposure) limits for specific countries or clients within countries. these limits can easily be reached during periods of needs for excess imports, or periods of high prices, thus constraining the capacity to procure finance for food imports and as a result, food import capacity. to this end a fiff was proposed in 2005 to the wto by fao and unctad and elaborated further by sarris (2009), to overcome this problem. the purpose of a food import financing facility (fiff) would be to provide financing to importing agents/traders of ldcs and nfidcs to meet the cost of excess food import bills. the fiff is not intended to replace existing financing means and structures; rather it is meant to complement established financing sources of food imports when needed. the financing will be provided to food importing agents. it will follow the already established financing systems through central and commercial banks, which usually finance commercial food imports using such instruments as letters of credit (lcs). the extra contribution of the fiff would be to provide guarantees to these financial institutions so that they can increase their exposure to the importing countries. it will do so by inducing the exporters’ banks to accept the lcs of importing countries in hard currency amounts larger than their credit ceilings for these countries. a key aspect of the fiff is that it will not finance the whole food import bill of a country, but only the excess part induced by a food crisis. in this way “co-responsibility” will be established, so that only real and likely unforeseen needs will be financed, and the cost of excess financing will be kept at a low level. the basic feature of the proposed fiff is to provide the required finance at a very short notice, and exactly when needed, once the rules of operation are agreed upon in advance. thus, the delays common to past ex-post insurance or compensation schemes that rely on ex-post evaluation of “damages” can be avoided. the proposed fiff will operate in real time. its financial strength would be based on guarantees provided to the fiff by a number of countries or international financial institutions. the costs of a fiff would be minimal through risk pooling for a large number of countries and food products, and low operational costs owing to its risk management activities. the principal risk for the fiff is that the guarantees that it provides will be called to finance non-repayments. this risk could be managed actively. as the facility would not set out to disturb the normal functioning of international food trade, there is a “non-zero” risk that the local or central banks cannot be reimbursed by their local food importing clients. this would primarily be the concern of the domestic and central banks of each country, and not the fiff. nevertheless, lack of reimbursement by the ultimate beneficiaries of the finance may lead commercial banks to default on their obligations (or delay repayment) to the fiff. the fiff would benefit from guarantees from a number of countries. ideally, this would include a number of oecd countries, which would enable the fiff to borrow at aaa terms, when needed. but any group of countries could provide guarantees; the risk rating of the fiff is then likely to be that of the best-rated among these countries. a food import financing facility has existed in the imf since 1981 under the compensatory financing facility (the imf cff). the objective of that was not food import 227food commodity price volatility and food insecurity financing, but rather compensatory financing to countries facing balance of payments problems, and hence could not import food. despite its availability it has been utilized very little, largely owning to the conditionalities imposed on borrowers by the imf. the proposed fiff would be different from the cff in the sense that it would provide guarantees for normal food import finance, and would act in a much more timely fashion, namely before the undesirable event, rather than after. while the fiff envisioned in the current proposals is an international initiative, it could operate also as a policy of major food exporters, such as the eu, canada and others. the us already operates a system very similar to this under its gsm-102 program of the commodity credit corporation. the eu does not have a system of this type, despite the fact that many major agricultural commodity exporting firms and financial institutions operate in the eu. a drawback of the fiff, as mentioned by gilbert and tabova (2011), would be the fact that potential donors would have to count the guarantees provided to the fiff as part of their public debt, even though the guarantees may not be exercised, something that may not be easy for some donors. to this end it is helpful to make rough estimates of the types of amounts of guarantees needed. sarris (2009) made some empirical estimates for the yearly guarantee needs that ldcs and lifdcs would require under such a system and given the data for years up until 2007. the computations suggest that average yearly fiff guarantee financing for ldcs would be in the vicinity of 200-430 million us$, while the financing needs in an exceptional year may reach as much as 2,400 million us$. to put these figures in perspective the average yearly ldc commercial food import bill for all foods between 2000 and 2007 was 10.7 billion us$. hence the fiff average annual financing and hence guarantee needs would constitute about 2-4 percent of yearly ldc combined commercial food imports. in a year of exceptional needs, the value of fiff guarantee financing needed could rise to as much as 23 percent of the total ldc food import bill. if all lifdcs were to be covered by the fiff, then the annual guarantee financing needed would be in the range of 960-1937 million us$, and this constitutes around 1.83.7 percent of the average lifdc food import bill for the period 2000-2007. in an exceptional year the maximum financing needed could rise to as much as 10 billion us$, which would be about 19 percent of the total lifdc average food import bill of the same period. the above amounts are very small compared to the debt levels of the major donors, which, for instance for the us currently stands at around 14 trillion us$, for france to 2 trillion us$, for germany to near 2 trillion us$, etc. the g7 group of most developed countries currently has a level of public debt in the neighborhood of 20 trillion us$. a system to guarantee food import contracts a problem that is acute during food crises is counterparty performance risk, namely the risk of reneging on a delivery contract, faced by many food importers. in other words, the problem in this case is not so much unpredictability of food import costs, or high food import prices, or financing, but rather assurance that supplies will be delivered. this does not only pertain to short term contracts but also longer term contracts. the basic reason for non-performance of international staple food import contracts is adverse price movements or adverse financial events that prevent a food exporter or trader to fulfill an 228 a. sarris import contract. there seems to be no contract enforcement mechanism in international staple food grain transactions. contracts in organized commodity exchanges are enforced because there is a clearing house which is responsible for making sure that all transactions are executed. similarly contracts within one national legal jurisdiction can be enforced as there is a legal system to ensure contract enforcement, albeit a court based legal enforcement system is quite slow. most international contracts are very similar to over the counter (otc) contracts in the sense that is it only the financial and reputation status of the two parties that instills confidence in contract enforcement. there is no mechanism for international contract enforcement, and whatever juridical procedures exist are slow, uncertain, and costly, and cannot deal with the immediate risk of contract cancellation. the basic missing institution is an international contract together with an international clearing house type of arrangement similar to the clearing houses that are integral parts of the organized commodity exchanges, which ensure that all contracts are executed. the key question is whether an international contract along with a clearing type of mechanism can be envisioned to ensure the performance of staple food type of import contracts. a proposal for an international grain contract has been made by berg (2011b), while sarris (2009) proposed the institution of an international grain clearing arrangement (igca). these are complementary proposals, as they aim at the same objective namely global contract enforcement. the objective of an igca would be to guarantee or insure performance of grain import trade contracts (short, medium and long term) between countries or private entities based in different countries. a major function of a commodity exchange clearing house, apart from the settlement of the financial contracts, which amount to the bulk of settlements, is to ensure that physical delivery can take place, if needed. this is for instance one of the functions of the chicago mercantile exchange (formerly the chicago board of trade), and to ensure this a variety of rules and regulations with respect to delivery obligations are adopted by the exchange and the clearing house. in most organized exchanges physical delivery is a very small portion of all transactions, but if a trader insists on delivery then this must be arranged by the exchange. many exchanges have arrangements with warehouses so that physical deliveries can be made against a futures contract, and there are severe penalties for anyone with an open contract who either does not fulfill the financial terms or does not deliver a physical commodity on it. it is these properties that would need to be emulated by an envisioned international contract and a igca, in order to it to be viable as a guarantee institution in international staple food transactions. a global contract, according to berg, (2011) rather than tracking prices in one geographical region, would track “cheapest to deliver” commodities, by designating delivery points in several places in the world. the traders who could deliver on such a contract would be those with relatively low prices. there are precedents to this type of global contract, namely the global sugar futures contracts of the intercontinental exchange and the euronext liffe. in these cases the ports able to provide the cheapest sugar are the first to deliver against the contract. this provides a global signaling system of both price and regional availabilities of sugar ready to export. given that the contracts are provided through organized international exchanges, the delivery on a given contract is guaranteed through the clearing houses of the relevant exchange. 229food commodity price volatility and food insecurity the only potential drawback is the logistical difficulty of having the supplies delivered in some part of the world, which maybe unknown at the time of contracting, and different from the location of the desired place of delivery. however, it would not be difficult to envision that transport services would be readily available in all major delivery points. if a global contract is not instituted by an international exchange then the next best way to implement something on an international scale resembling the functions of an international contract and the clearing house of existing organized exchanges would be to link existing or envisioned commodity exchanges, with their respective clearing houses, or to have international exchanges list contracts with several international points of delivery. in other words, it maybe appropriate to think of how parts of contracts bought in on one exchange could be guaranteed not only by the clearing house of the exchange in question but by clearing houses of other linked exchanges. the problem is that delivery at a recognized warehouse, e.g. near chicago where the cme delivery locations are, may not be what the importer wants, and may need to incur considerable cost to transport those amounts to his desired import location. hence what would be desirable is to have the possibility of taking delivery of the same amount of grain but at a location much closer to the importer’s desired destination. one way to do this would be to establish links between various commodity exchanges around the world, so that the price difference between grain stocks in different locations would be equal to the relevant cost of transport and other transactions charges. the igca could be envisioned as a branch of the linked commodity exchanges which would in essence consist of some parts of the underlying clearing houses of the exchanges. the igca would try to guarantee that physical supplies around the world at various exchanges are available to execute the international contracts in its member exchanges. this could be done, for instance, if part of the financial reserves of the clearing houses that are members of the igca could be transformed into a physical reserve, via for instance holding warehouse receipts in various reliable locations around the world. the advantage of transforming part of the financial reserves into physical reserves would be two fold. first, the value of the underlying reserves would fluctuate with the price of the underlying commodity. this is like marking the underlying assets to market. this would obviate the need by contracting parties to post additional margins in case the price of the commodity increases suddenly. second, and this is perhaps a major positive aspect, if some of the financial reserves of the igca were to be transformed into warehouse receipts, the physical execution of the underlying contracts, and not only their financial settlement, could be guaranteed. the commitments in futures or warehouse receipts of the igca could be liquidated once the actual deliveries on the relevant contract were executed. the liquidation of the physical positions or futures holdings of the igca would provide the funds to return to the contracting parties their posted insurance margins. in fact, since the liquidation of the igca margins would result in a variable amount as prices fluctuate on the underlying warehouse receipts or futures contracts, the restitution to the contracting parties of their initial margins would be variable and close to a fixed share (minus some transactions cost) of the underlying transaction value. hence the true cost to the two parties to an international contract would be the interest foregone or paid for the posted good faith margin. given all the other transactions costs in an international staple food import contract this may not be too high. 230 a. sarris the igca would guarantee the execution of contracts by pooling the resources of several exchange related clearing houses. this would ensure that there would be liquidity in terms of physical reserves to honor individual contracts in case of non-performance by a participant. in fact, the major underlying benefit of the igca would be that by investing a small part of its reserves into physical warehouse receipts or deliverable futures contracts, it would create a global physical commodity reserve stock that could be utilized to execute international staple food contracts in case of non-performance of the exporting party to a transaction. the major difference, however, of such a stock and stocks envisioned in previous discussions on global price stabilization would be that this reserve stock would be used only to make the market work, namely ensure physical delivery and not to change the fundamentals of the market, as most of the other stock holding ideas envision. in the words, the stocks held in the form of warehouse receipts or other physically executable contracts, would perform the function normally done by so-called pipeline stocks, which are held by various market participants to ensure that there is uninterrupted performance of the normal market functions of the agent. their function would not be to stabilize or speculate, but simply to ensure liquidity in the market, much as the financial reserves of the commodity clearing houses ensure liquidity to execute all underlying financial contracts. the necessity for an international arrangement to have such stocks is that there is no such physical liquidity mechanism internationally. in other words one of the main functions of the igca would be to ensure global physical grain liquidity. the igca could spread the risk of non-performance or country problems by holding its commodity reserves in several geographic locations, as well as several organized exchanges. a major risk of such a igca would be that a sovereign country in whose territory, the warehouses of the underlying stocks in which the igca has invested are physically located, could impose export restrictions or bans that may make the physical release of stocks impossible. here, however, is where appropriate export related disciplines could be formulated in the context of the world trade organization (wto), or another regional arrangement, to prevent exactly this type of phenomenon, as discussed above. also if major ifis, such as the world bank, the imf, and other ifis are financiers of such a igca, then the type of sovereign type of default could be guaranteed by these ifis, perhaps in the same manner they provide sovereign guarantees and insurance for other investment projects. in other words, default on any of the contracts insured with the igca would entail default with the ifis behind it, and this may make it harder to default. on the downside, the relevant ifis may be required to devote part of their sovereign guarantee capacity to this. another major risk of the igca maybe the possibility of default by a party. this does not have to be only a supplier (in case for instance of increased prices), but could also be the buyer (in case of suddenly decreased prices), who may not be interested in a contract at some prices that may now be considered too high. in such a case the seller would be losing a portion of the value of the contract due to the decrease in price. given that the igca would be an extended arrangement among viable commodity clearing houses, it could compensate the seller by the difference in the original and current value of the contract insured through the relevant exchange or clearing house. an essential element then of the proposed igca is the internationalization and linkage of commodity exchanges. this implies that the additional performance guarantees that 231food commodity price volatility and food insecurity are envisioned here can be obtained if two conditions exist. first appropriate exchanges must exist in different geographic locations around the world. such locations should most likely be near the major production areas for the commodity in question. second most importers of the food commodity would hedge their subsequent purchases in such exchanges. this can become part of most food importers trading practices, and it probably is already a practice by many importers. the existence of more exchanges would probably reduce the basis risks and hence make trade more efficient. clearly this idea needs more thinking and analysis as there are many details that need to be elaborated. this could be done by a group of knowledgeable market analysts, but if implemented it could go some way to instill more confidence in global food commodity markets. market based approaches to managing market volatility the idea of this approach is to utilize existing market instruments to anticipate food price spikes and insure against their adverse consequences. the major way to do this is via futures and options contracts or similar “over the counter” (otc) instruments. the problem to deal with is whether the use of organized or otc futures and options markets can reduce the unpredictability of the food import bill, and at what cost. consider an agent who needs to plan imports of some basic food and desires to protect himself against a price spike. by buying a futures contract or a call option contract (namely the right to purchase at a future date an amount of the commodity at a prespecified strike price), the agent hedges the risk of a price spike, by locking in a maximum price for the subsequent transaction. when the subsequent transaction in the cash market is executed, the agent can lift the hedge by executing and opposite transaction in the futures or option market (namely sell the futures contract or exercise the option contract if prices have moved above the strike price), so as to counteract any price variation that was not anticipated at the time of planning4. while, on average this type of hedge will not make or lose money, there will be a significant reduction in the conditional volatility of both price and subsequent purchases. the major advantage to the hedger is that the subsequent price for the transaction is known much better than if the agent waited until the time the supplies need to be ordered. in other words predictability is enhanced. sarris, et. al. (2011) as well as dana, et. al. (2006) have examined in detail cases of food importers using futures and options in organized markets and have shown that indeed there are substantial reductions in upredictability. a drawback of using these types of instruments in a developing country context is that credit requirements arising from the need to manage on a daily basis the exchange margin calls (in the case of futures), may run up against credit constraints. another drawback is that if the futures market moves in an opposite direction from the one that the hedge anticipated, the agent (which could be a government agency) may have to lose money, which may be unacceptable to the financing authorities. call options lessen these problems as they basically act as price insurance, by allowing an agent to lock a maxi4 the hedge will be affected by “basis risk”, namely the imperfect correlation between the border price of the country where the agent operates, and the price at the exchange where the hedge is placed. 232 a. sarris mum price for subsequent imports. the cost is that on average the reduction in unpredictability is smaller than when futures are utilized (sarris, et. al. 2011). on the other hand options are more flexible and with known ex-ante costs. they are also less costly than physical stocks. compensatory finance systems these systems arose in the 1970s and 1980s from the need to assist developing commodity exporting countries to deal with sudden drops in export commodity prices. the main ones that have been instituted are the imf compensatory financing facility (cff), and the european union’s stabex, which was replaced by the flex. the imf’s cff (for more extensive recent discussions see gilbert and tabova, 2011, and konandreas, 2011) was created in 1963 and the cereal import element was added in 1981, following the food crisis of 1973-75. its primary purpose was to help imf members cope with temporary export shortfalls and high cereal import costs which create balance of payments problems. imf arrangements and conditionalities applied to such borrowing. the main benefit to the countries that used it was an additional imf window. however, while the trigger for disbursements was tied to commodity prices, the schedule for repayments was not tied to export recovery or import cost declines. this tended to undermine its unique function. strict eligibility requirements and costly financial terms led to it not being used very much by countries, and it was officially abolished in 2009. a smaller imf scheme named the “exogenous shock facility” (esf) was established in 2006 to provide quick and easy access to concessional financing for low income countries facing exogenous shocks such as food commodity price spikes, natural disasters, or other exogenous crises. conditionalities under this scheme are restricted to measures needed to adjust to the shock. the system is currently active. the eu’s stabex was active between 1975 and 2000 as part of the conventions signed between the eu and its former colonies in the asian caribbean and pacific (the acp countries), many of which were dependent of commodities for the bulk of their external income. the idea was to compensate the governments of the acp countries, on a grant basis, for export income shortfalls due to variations in export prices or export quantities. the funds were given, ex-post to the governments, which used them during early periods in a flexible way as balance of payments support, while later they were targeted mostly to the sector affected by the shock. the compensation was given for earnings shortfalls in individual commodities rather than a group of commodities. there were several shortcomings of the stabex, such as delays in fund disbursements that tended to making them procyclical rather than countercyclical, its tendency to not stabilize export earnings, and others, that led the eu to replace the scheme in 2000 by the fluctuations of exports (flex) scheme. the flex had many of the principles of the stabex, but was designed for faster disbursement, and triggers based on overall export income losses rather that on commodity specific losses. the basic problem of all compensatory finance schemes is that they are of necessity backward looking, and hence slowly disbursing. this does not help with smoothing of the export income fluctuations. food import bill variations have not been part of the stabex or flex schemes, albeit the balance of payments and other impacts maybe similar. 233food commodity price volatility and food insecurity if, however, they were to be made part of the existing compensatory finance schemes they would be plagued by similar problems as the existing instruments. they have been viewed by most analysts as additional development assistance tools, rather than commodity risk management schemes. safety nets the idea of a food related safety net is to have a system whereby sudden erosion of the capacity of food insecure households or countries to maintain food consumption, can be dealt with by rapid access to financial resources and food commodities targeted to those most vulnerable to food price spikes. several developing countries have such quick reaction programs, and international assistance could help the affected countries keep the cost of such programs reasonably low in times of crisis. an example of such a global safety net program is the world bank’s global food crisis response program (gfcrp) that became operational in 2008. the program aims to reduce the negative impact of high food prices on the poor, help countries in the design of policies to mitigate the adverse impacts of volatile food prices, and support food producers to enhance productivity and reduce vulnerability to future crises. the gfcrp envisages safety nets in the form of funds to provide cheap food to targeted poor, and financing and technical assistance to increase agricultural supply. its major advantage is that it is quick disbursing. as of mid-march 2013 , the gfcrp had financed operations amounting to 1.56 billion us$ in projects. as of july 2012, world bank emergency response is channeled through the international development association (ida) crisis response window, and the recently approved immediate response mechanism. the facility depends considerably on donor support, which has been substantial. the main issue with such programs is their sustainability in the future. the gffr proposed above could be a way to enhance sustainability in a cost effective way. 5. concluding remarks the problem of food market volatility and intermittent crises and price spikes, does not seem likely to go away in the future, and in fact appears likely to become more acute. the most vulnerable countries are those who normally have little part in creating the food crisis. if growth opportunities of these countries are not to be stalled by occasional food crises, the international community must provide appropriate systems to prevent or manage the spikes. the paper has reviewed several facets of the global food market volatility problem, and the proposals that have been made to deal with it, and has made proposals for what maybe deemed as most cost effective and appropriate policy measures. the first major conclusion is that the major problem that creates undue market volatility and price spikes is excessive unpredictability of the market. when the degree of unpredictability or uncertainty about the market outcomes becomes large, market agents (both public and private) tend to overreact to underlying information, and take destabilizing actions to hedge possible information gaps. in such cases the markets tend to fail, and prices tend to spike. it is these market outcomes, which are rather infrequent, that need to be prevented or controlled. 234 a. sarris it was seen that food price spikes are possible to define and monitor. hence, it seems that there can be an empirical base on the basis of which the international community can base action. it appears that there are several ways to manage (rather than prevent) market volatility and spikes for the benefit of low-income food importing countries, and there have been several proposals along these lines. the paper has reviewed all these proposals and made some new ones. the ones that seem most cost effective and least distorting of international markets are those that are market based. among those, utilizing existing systems of commodity risk management, such as futures and options is the easiest, and could be enhanced by the support of new exchanges in developing countries as well as technical assistance on how to exploit the various instruments available. a new proposal for a new system of a global financial food reserve (gffr) was made, in the form of a fund to finance long positions or food commodities in organized exchanges. such a fund could constitute a dormant virtual physical reserve that could generate physical and financial resources in times of a spike, so as to benefit highly negatively affected developing countries. in other words the gffr would be a market based global safety net. apart from the gffr, the proposal for a food import financing facility (fiff) was also deemed cost effective and an appropriate mechanism to ensure the continuous flow of food imports in times of a spike. it was seen that there are ways to guarantee the performance of international food import contracts, through the promotion of standardized international food contracts in existing international commodity exchanges or the linking of existing exchanges and their clearing houses, through an international grain clearing arrangement (igca). these could be explored further with the collaboration of existing exchanges. the final set of measures that could be taken involve global safety nets. the gffr proposed in the paper is one form of such a global safety net, and a physical emergency reserve to smooth out flows of food aid is another. however, others in the form of permanent funds or technical assistance to help needy countries maintain their local food safety nets can also be envisioned. in summary it appears that there are quite a few cost effective and non-distorting measures and options to lower the probability of food price spikes, and help food importing low-income developing countries to manage the attendant risks. given that food security is of paramount concern to all counties, especially those that are at low levels of food intake, it appears that the international community has a major role to play in ensuring global food security in a world of growing uncertainty. acknowledgements an earlier version of this paper was presented at the 2nd aieaa conference “between crisis and development: which role for the bio-economy”, 6-7 june, 2013, parma, italy. references bellemare, m.f., c.b. barrett, and d.r. just (2010). the welfare impacts of commodity price fluctuations: evidence from rural ethiopia, mpra paper 24457, university library of munich, germany. 235food commodity price volatility and food insecurity berg, a. (2011). the global grain contract: towards a new food security instrument, in a. prakash (editor). safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. fao. rome. bollerslev, t. (1986). generalized autoregressive conditional heteroscedasticity. journal of econometrics 31(3): 307-327 cavalcanti, t. v.de v., k. mohaddes, and m. raissi (2011), commodity price volatility and the sources of growth. cambridge university, cambridge working papers in economics. dana, j., gilbert, c.l., shim, e. (2006). hedging grain price risk in the sadc: case studies of malawi and zambia. food policy 31(4): 357-371 dehn, j. (2000a). the effects on growth of commodity price uncertainty and shocks, washington dc, world bank, policy research working paper no. 2455. dehn, j. (2000b). commodity price uncertainty in developing countries, world bank, policy research working paper no 2426, august. demeke, m., g. pangrazio and m. maetz, (2009). initiative on soaring food prices – country responses to the food security crisis: nature and preliminary implications of the policies pursued, rome, fao. european commission (2008a). update on recent price developments in eu 27 agriculture and food retail, cmd(2008), brussels, dg agriculture and rural development. european commission (2008b). cap health check – impact assessment note no. 8, brussels, dg agriculture and rural development. food and agriculture organization (fao) of the united nations (2006). world agriculture towards 2030/2050. interim report. global perspective studies unit, rome, june . food and agriculture organization (fao) (2003). financing normal levels of commercial imports of basic foodstuffs in the context of the marrakesh decision on least-developed (ldc) and net food importing developing countries (nfidc). fao, commodities and trade division, rome. gilbert, c. l., and tabova, a. (2011). coping with food price surges, in a. prakash (editor). safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. fao, rome. guillaumont, p.s., guillaumont-jeannenee, s., and brun, j.f., (1999). how instability lowers economic growth. journal of african economies 8(1): 87-102 johnson, d.g. (1947). forward prices in agriculture. chicago, university of chicago press. keynes, j.m. (1942). the international control of raw materials, u.k. treasury memorandum, reprinted in journal of international economics, vol. 4, 1974, 299-315. konandreas, p. (2011). global governance: international policy considerations, in a. prakash (editor). safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. fao. rome. lucas, r.e. (2003). macroeconomic priorities. american economic review 93: 1-14. matthews, a. (2010). perspectives on addressing market instability and income risk for farmers, paper presented at a joint aes and sfer conference on ‘the common agricultural policy post 2013’ edinburgh, march prakash, a. (2011). why volatility matters, in a. prakash (editor). safeguarding food security in volatile global markets. fao. rome. prasad, b., and m. crucini (2000). commodity prices and the terms of trade. review of international economics 8: 647-666. 236 a. sarris rapsomanikis, g. (2009). the 2007-2008 food price swing: impact and policies in eastern and southern africa, fao commodities and trade technical paper no 12, trade and markets division, fao, rome. rapsomanikis, g. and a. sarris (2008). market integration and uncertainty: the impact of domestic and international commodity price variability on rural household income and welfare in ghana and peru. journal of development studies 44(9): 13541381. sarris, a. (2009). hedging cereal import price risks and institutions to assure import supplies, fao commodity and trade policy research working paper no 30, trade and markets division, december. sarris, a. conforti, p. and prakash, a. (2010). the use of organized commodity markets to manage food import price instability and risk. agricultural economics 47(1): 47-64. shiller, r. (1981). do stock prices move too much to be justified by subsequent changes in dividends. american economic review 71: 421-436. subervie, j. (2008). the variable response of agricultural supply to world price instability in developing countries. journal of agricultural economics 59(1): 72-92. von braun, j., and torrero, m. (2009). implementing physical and virtual food reserves to protect the poor and prevent market failures, international food policy research institute (ifpri) policy brief 10, washington dc. von braun, j., lin, j. and torero, m. (2009). eliminating drastic food price spikes – a three pronged approach for reserves. international food policy research institute, note for discussion. world bank (2005). managing agricultural production risk: innovations in developing countries. agriculture and rural development department. report no 32727-glb. washington dc. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(1): 1-27, 2013 greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy alan matthews1 trinity college dublin, ireland abstract. environmental objectives have become increasingly integrated into the eu’s common agricultural policy (cap) since the mid-1980s. integration has been pursued through the attachment of environmental conditions to the receipt of direct payments in pillar 1 (cross compliance) and the use of voluntary agri-environment measures in pillar 2. in formulating its proposals for the revision of the cap post-2013, the commission opted to pursue further integration largely through pillar 1 through the introduction of a ‘green’ payment for farmers following a specified set of mandatory farm practices. the legislative process was not concluded in february 2013, but enough is known of the positions of the council and the european parliament to indicate that the level of greening ambition in this cap reform will be very limited. some explanations for the apparent failure to significantly reshape the cap to tackle the problems faced by the natural environment are reviewed. it is suggested that, far from being complementary, cross compliance and voluntary agri-environment measures are competing approaches to further greening of the cap. advocates of a greater focus on environmental objectives need to choose between these approaches. keywords. cap post-2013, greening, cross compliance, pillar 1 jel codes. q01, q18, q24 1. introduction agriculture and forestry have a key role in producing environmental public goods such as landscapes, farmland biodiversity, and greater resilience to natural disasters such as flooding, drought and fire. however, many farming practices also put pressure on the environment, leading to soil erosion, water shortages and pollution, and loss of wildlife habitats and biodiversity. agriculture is also required to contribute to the eu’s climate and energy agenda by reducing ghg emissions, improving energy efficiency, increasing biomass and renewable energy production, and protecting and sequestering carbon in soils. at the same time, agricultural production conditions will be increasingly affected by ongoing climate change. helping to mitigate and adapt to climate change has become a major new chal1 alan matthews is professor emeritus of european agricultural policy at trinity college dublin, ireland. helpful comments from an anonymous referee are gratefully acknowledged. e-mail: alan.matthews@tdc.ie 2 a. matthews lenge for the agricultural sector. managing scarce resources more effectively and increasing resource efficiency in agriculture in terms of external chemical inputs, water and energy use, land use and waste generation is also one of the goals under the flagship initiative a resource-efficient europe under the europe 2020 strategy (cec, 2011a). there has been progress in limiting agriculture’s negative impacts on the environment as well as encouraging more environmentally-friendly agricultural practices on a proportion of european farmland (eea, 2010). emissions of nitrogen and phosphorous into waterways as well as greenhouse gases have been falling. however, successive investigations of the state of the european environment show that we are not yet in a sustainable position. the eu has set ambitious targets for further environmental improvement in connection with water, soils, air, climate and biodiversity (cec, 2011c, annex 2a; eea, 2010). the improvements that have taken place occurred during a period in which growth in eu agricultural output marked time. now, the market context for agricultural production has changed. projections of global food demand and prices suggest there will be strong incentives to increase production in the coming decade (oecd/fao, 2012). in the context of europe’s ongoing economic crisis, policy-makers in many eu countries are targeting increased food production and agri-food exports as a potential growth sector to help lead economic recovery. at the same time, biofuel and renewable energy targets add further to the demand for agricultural resources within the eu, increasing the competition for land with nature (burrell, 2010; deiagra, 2008). this is the context in which the european commission published its proposals for new regulations for the eu’s common agricultural policy (cap) in october 2011 (cec, 2011c). sustainable management of natural resources and climate action is one of the three objectives of the cap post-2013 (cec, 2010). this objective is addressed in the commission’s proposal through a mandatory ‘green’ component of direct payments supporting environmental measures applicable across the whole of the eu territory; through changes in cross compliance; and through more strategic targeting in pillar 2, with the environment and climate change as guiding considerations. the commission proposed to allocate 30% of each country’s national ceiling for direct payments as a green payment to farmers who would be required to follow a number of ‘agricultural practices beneficial for the climate and the environment’. the requirements include ecological focus areas (efas), crop diversification and the maintenance of existing areas of permanent grassland at farm level. an important consideration was that greening should not threaten the viability of the farming sector nor unduly complicate the management of the policy (cec, 2011c, annex 2, p. 6). the commission’s stated goal was to improve the balance between different policy objectives through more targeted measures which would imply greater spending efficiency and greater focus on the eu value added (cec, 2010). both the council (council of the european union, 2011) and the european parliament (european parliament, 2011) initially supported the further greening of the cap towards 2020. this paper assesses the commission’s proposal in the light of the history of efforts to integrate environmental objectives into the cap. there have been essentially two approaches (oecd, 2011).2 one approach has been to add the observance of environmen2 the environmental impact of agriculture has also been addressed through environmental legislation, see jack (2009). 3greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy tal standards and practices as a condition for eligibility to receive direct payments in pillar 1 of the cap. the other approach has been to remunerate farmers who voluntarily enrol in agri-environment measures (aems) for the extra costs involved in managing their land to produce additional environmental public goods in pillar 2 of the cap.3 while these two approaches have proceeded in parallel, expenditure on pillar 1 direct payments remains far more significant than expenditure on environmental measures in pillar 2. nonetheless, there appeared to be a logic in the cap reform process whereby resources would be gradually transferred from direct payments in pillar 1 to the more targeted measures in pillar 2. moving from broad-brush, undifferentiated policies which provide support to all farmers and all land indiscriminately to more targeted measures was the policy approach recommended by oecd agriculture ministers in their 1998 communique and spelled out in the oecd report a positive reform agenda (oecd, 2002). the rationale for targeting is that it leads to reduced transfers, greater policy efficiency with fewer leakages to unintended beneficiaries, and reduced distortions, albeit with the downside of higher transaction costs. following the oecd advice would mean gradually reducing the importance of undifferentiated support in pillar 1 of the cap but increasing targeted payments through aems in pillar 2 where there was evidence of under-supply of environmental public goods. this had been the direction of cap reform between 1992 and 2008, even if the extent and pace of the shift in cap funds left advocates of more radical reform dissatisfied (buckwell, 1997). however, this was not the approach taken by the commission in its proposals for further greening of the cap post-2013. instead, the proposals envisage adding further conditions to the receipt of direct payments in pillar 1. the commission argued that greening pillar 1 payments was the more appropriate choice because the voluntary approach using aems in pillar 2 was unlikely to cover a significant part of the community land area where the environmental pressures due to agriculture were greatest. there was also increasing resistance to a further transfer of funds to pillar 2 both from farm organisations (representing the main beneficiaries of pillar 1 payments) and member states (which are required to finance the non-co-financed share of pillar 2 payments). in february 2013, the commission’s proposals are still in the legislative process and the ultimate outcome is not known. however, the reaction to the proposals in the agricultural council, in the european parliament’s agriculture committee (comagri) and among member states and interest groups was generally critical. environmental groups criticised them for not being ambitious enough. farmers’ groups criticised them for imposing higher costs and taking land out of production when the global need is to produce more food. national administrations were unhappy because of the greater complexity they added in the administration of direct payments. it looks like greening will survive as a concept, but with very limited impact and limited environmental significance – an outcome described by environmental groups as ‘green-washing’ (birdlife and others 2011). in this paper, we explore the commission’s rationale for greening pillar 1 payments, the implications of this approach and the political reactions in the light of previous efforts 3 the two pillars of the cap were introduced in the 1999 agenda 2000 cap reform. pillar 1 funds market price and income support on an annual basis and is fully financed from the eu budget. pillar 2 funds one-off and multi-annual rural development measures on a programmed basis, and is co-financed by the eu budget with member states. 4 a. matthews to green the cap. section 2 describes the gradual integration of environmental instruments into the cap, focusing particularly on pillar 1.4 section 3 briefly evaluates the experience to date with the different cap measures to target environmental objectives. section 4 describes the commission’s recent proposals for the green payment in pillar 1 and the reactions to this. section 5 concludes with some reflections on the reasons for the likely legislative outcome and its implications for those seeking to further green the cap to better meet the major environmental challenges facing agriculture in the coming decade. 2. adapting direct payments to environmental objectives the process of integrating environmental objectives into the cap has been slow and arduous stretching back over the past 25 years. the high levels of market price support that characterised the cap in the 1970s and 1980s were an important contributory factor to the process of intensification which has been the main cause of environmental damage in agriculture. the gradual reduction of price support and its replacement, first, by coupled payments and, subsequently, by decoupled payments was expected to contribute to alleviating some of these environmental pressures. this reform of price and markets policy was accompanied by specific environmental initiatives within the cap. within pillar 1, the introduction of direct payments allowed conditions to be attached to the receipt of aid with the aim of promoting environmental objectives. at the same time, pillar 2 has funded agri-environment measures which have remunerated farmers for practices which provide additional environmental benefits. this section briefly reviews the main milestones in integrating environmental objectives into the cap to date (see buller, 2002 for an earlier review). attempts were made to limit budget expenditure on eu agricultural policy from the early 1980s with the introduction of milk quotas, followed by a series of budget stabiliser mechanisms in the second half of the 1980s. these measures failed to address the fundamental disequilibria in agricultural markets. the reform process began with the macsharry (1992) and agenda 2000 (1999) reforms which compensated farmers for reductions in guaranteed intervention prices through granting coupled direct payments limited to predetermined quantities (hectares in the case of major crops, animal numbers in the case of livestock). the agenda 2000 reform formalised the distinction between market price and income support policies (financed through pillar 1) and rural development policies (financed through pillar 2). the mid-term review (mtr) (2003) and health check (2008) reforms transformed the majority of direct payments into decoupled payments. reforms to a number of commodity regimes (sugar, wine, tobacco, cotton, rice, olive oil) during this period also lowered support prices and provided compensation to farmers in the form of increased direct payments. following the implementation of the health check reforms from 2010, guaranteed support prices now operate at safety net levels and support to farming takes the form of largely decoupled payments through pillar 1 and more targeted interventions through pillar 2. at the same time, the negative environmental costs of growth both in the wider economy and in agriculture were increasingly recognised. the first recognition of environmen4 a companion article reviews the history of agri-environment measures in pillar 2 (dwyer, 2013). 5greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy tal issues in the cap was the introduction of the measure on mountain and hill farming in certain less favoured areas (lfas) in 1975 (directive 75/268/ec). the objective of this measure was to ensure the continuation of agricultural production thereby maintaining a minimum population level and conserving the countryside. it addressed a very specific need to avert the depopulation of marginal farming areas but otherwise did not represent a break-through in terms of integrating environmental objectives into the cap. the commission first drew attention to the need for agricultural policy to take more account of environmental issues, both as regards the control of harmful practices, and the promotion of practices friendly to the environment, in its green paper on perspectives for the cap in 1985 (cec, 1985). the paper recognised that the changes in farming practices in previous decades which had been important in increasing agricultural output had also contributed to the loss of biodiversity, the destruction of valuable ecosystems such as wetlands, and had increased risks of ground and surface water pollution. it identified the importance of setting the environmental reference level or baseline. where the negative consequences of agricultural production justified extending regulatory controls designed to avoid deterioration of the environment, the ‘polluter pays’ principle should apply, and it would not be normal for farmers to expect to be compensated by the public authorities for the introduction of such rules. at the same time, the paper recognised that ‘at least as important as the ‘passive’ protection of the environment is a policy designed to promote farming practices which conserve the rural environment and protect specific sites’ (p. 51). in these cases where agriculture contributes to the conservation of the rural environment and thus produces a public good, society should provide the financial resources to permit farmers to fulfil this task. the paper noted that an added attraction of promoting such practices was that generally they were less intensive (and thereby less productive) and could help to contain the unwanted growth of agricultural production. in the same year, the first agri-environment measure was introduced with article 19 of regulation (eec) 797/85 which allowed member states to make payments to farmers who followed practices compatible with the environment in environmentally sensitive areas. however, only two countries, germany and the uk, made use of this voluntary scheme (cec, 1988). the commission further spelled out its thinking in a 1988 communication which put emphasis particularly on the problems caused by large-scale intensive livestock rearing and intensive crop production in zones at risk of pollution of surface and ground waters by nitrates (‘vulnerable zones’) (cec, 1998), prefiguring the introduction of the nitrates directive in 1991. also in 1988, a five-year voluntary set aside scheme was introduced as a mechanism to control surpluses in arable production (regulation (eec) 1272/88). these ideas formed part of the background to the 1992 macsharry cap reform (cec, 1991). the main thrust of this reform was to reduce the level of guaranteed prices for arable crops and livestock, while compensating farmers through coupled direct payments (area aids in the case of arable crops, headage payments in the case of livestock). to control the increase in budget costs, maximum areas for arable aid and ceilings for the numbers of animals supported by headage payments were set for each country. set aside was made compulsory (for larger farms) as a condition to apply for compensatory payments. the reform included specific instruments (‘accompanying measures’) to encourage less intensive production, both to reduce market surpluses and to alleviate environmen6 a. matthews tal pressures. these included an early retirement scheme, an afforestation scheme and an agri-environment scheme which was mandatory for member states to introduce. member states were obliged to apply ‘appropriate environmental conditions’ to the management of compulsory set aside in arable cropping, and were allowed to introduce environmental conditions on the direct payments offered as headage subsidies for beef cattle and sheep. however, the uk was one of the few to apply conditions to livestock subsidies (alliance environment, 2007). the coming into force of the single european act (1987) added a title on the environment to the european treaties and, for the first time, gave a legal basis for eu environmental policies. the growth in environmental awareness led to the introduction of a raft of environmental legislation affecting agricultural practices. among the more important were the nitrates directive (1991), the pesticides regulation (1991), the habitats directive (1992) and the water framework directive (2000). following the rio summit on sustainable development in 1992, the amsterdam treaty (1997) made sustainable development one of the community’s tasks and clarified the basis for environmental policy. the cardiff process, which required the various formations of the eu council of ministers to develop comprehensive strategies to integrate environmental concerns within their respective areas of activity, began in 1998. the agricultural council’s response was embodied in the agenda 2000 reform (cec, 1999), which thus can lay claim to being the real start to the process of integrating environmental objectives into agricultural policy. under the ‘horizontal measures’ regulation establishing common rules for direct support schemes under the cap, member states were required from 1 january 2000 to apply environmental measures they considered appropriate in view of the land used and the production concerned using one of three options (regulation (ec) 1259/1999). first, implementation of appropriate agri-environment measures applied under rural development programmes could be sufficient. second, member states could make direct payments conditional on observance of generally applicable mandatory environmental requirements. third, member states could attach specific environmental conditions to the grant of payments under a market regime where the environmental situation requires additional efforts. member states could use the proceeds from withholding payments in cases of non-compliance with environmental measures or from reducing payments to larger farms (modulation) to fund increased expenditure on environmental measures in pillar 2. in practice, member states were slow to use the new opportunities. few countries introduced new environmental standards through cross compliance and only two member states chose significantly to expand expenditure on agri-environment and other accompanying measures through the use of modulation (baldock, dwyer, and sumpsi vinas, 2002). separately, under the rural development regulation (regulation (ec) 1257/1999), farmers in receipt of the less favoured areas allowance and participating in aems were required to observe ‘usual good farming practice’, while those granted one-off aids (investment, young farmers, processing and marketing) were required to observe ‘minimum standards regarding the environment’. payments of compensatory allowances under the lfa directive were changed to an area basis to reduce the tendency to overstock resulting from the headage payment system. usual good farming practice was defined as the standard of farming which a reasonable farmer would follow in the region concerned (regulation (ec) 1750/1999). member states were required to set out verifiable standards in their 7greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy rural development plans which, in any case, should entail compliance with general mandatory environmental requirements. these requirements for pillar 2 payments were the precursor for cross compliance in pillar 1 in the mtr reform in 2003. with the implementation of the macsharry and agenda 2000 reforms, eu farm support was characterised by a mixture of market price support and production-limited direct payments. this regime was threatened by the opening of agricultural trade liberalisation negotiations in 1999 in the wto following the completion of the uruguay round agreement on agriculture. the eu along with a number of other countries developed the concept of multifunctionality to try to defend these payments in the forthcoming negotiations, building on the commitment (in article 20(c) of the agreement) that in negotiating the continuation of the agricultural policy reform process ‘non-trade concerns’ would be taken into account (norwegian ministry of agriculture, 2000). multifunctionality asserts that agricultural production produces a range of valued outputs including not only food but also environmental protection, landscape preservation, rural vitality and other public goods. importantly, these multifunctional outputs are jointly produced so that a decline in production would also lead to a reduction in these accompanying services. to maintain the public goods provided by agriculture it was thus necessary to continue to be able to use coupled payments. the multifunctionality concept gave rise to a significant research agenda, not least at the oecd (oecd, 2001, 2003) which identified the degree of jointness in production as a key determinant in policy choice. jointness was found to vary significantly depending on which non-commodity output was in question. it was rarely or never found to exist in fixed proportions, but to vary by farm, region, or production system. with the decoupling of direct payments in the mtr the eu’s payments moved into the green box in wto terminology and were no longer threatened by reduction commitments. as a result, the eu lost interest in promoting multifunctionality although it still survives in the arguments for coupled payments for suckler cow and sheep production in marginal farming areas to prevent land abandonment. while the mtr is known principally for the decoupling of direct payments, it also strengthened the integration of environmental objectives into the cap (regulation (ec) 1782/2003). cross compliance which was introduced as a voluntary option for member states in the agenda 2000 reform became mandatory with the 2003 reform. as of january 2005, for farmers to receive the single farm payment, they had to comply with 19 statutory management requirements (smrs) – five of which are environmental – and with a number of standards to ensure the ‘good agricultural and environmental condition’ (gaec) of agricultural land. the smrs are based on pre-existing eu directives and regulations, while gaec was a new requirement and consisted of 11 standards relating to soil erosion, soil organic matter, soil structure and a minimum level of maintenance of the land. this approach was extended from january 2007 with respect to the whole holding to beneficiaries receiving aid with regard to eight measures under ‘axis 2’ of the second pillar of the cap (art. 51 of regulation (ec) 1698/2005) (alliance environment, 2007). the reform also established the obligation to maintain the ratio of permanent pasture to the total agricultural area at either the national or regional level in view of its positive environmental effect. compulsory set aside was continued, and the environmental benefits connected with the measure were highlighted. a new article 69 was introduced which allowed member states to retain up to 10% of the previously coupled payments in spe8 a. matthews cific sectors (arable crops, beef and sheep) to support specific types of farming which are important for the environment or for improving the quality and marketing of agricultural products. also important was the transfer of funds from the first to the second pillar of the cap through a progressive reduction of direct payments to be used for the funding of rural development measures (modulation). furthermore, it became compulsory for member states to allocate 25% of their pillar 2 funding in the 2007-2013 programming period to axis 2 measures covering land management and agri-environment measures. the health check agreement in 2008 was primarily concerned with completing the mtr reforms by moving to decouple most of the remaining coupled payments, agreeing the abolition of milk quotas, as well as transferring additional funds from pillar 1 to pillar 2 through modulation (regulation (ec) 73/2009). coupled payments at the current level or below were only permitted for the suckler cow and sheepmeat and goatmeat sectors where maintaining a minimum level of agricultural production may be necessary for the agricultural economies in certain regions and, in particular, where farmers cannot have recourse to other economic alternatives. the possibility to make payments to specific sectors up to 10% of direct payment national ceilings was continued, but the menu of options was expanded under the now-relabelled article 68. uses can now include protecting the environment, improving the quality and marketing of products (as previously permitted under article 69) or for animal welfare support; payments for disadvantages faced by specific sectors (dairy, beef, sheep and goats, and rice) in economically vulnerable or environmentally sensitive areas as well as for economically vulnerable types of farming; top-ups to existing entitlements in areas where land abandonment is a threat; support for risk assurance in the form of contributions to crop insurance premia; and contributions to mutual funds for animal and plant diseases. schemes to protect the environment should be designed in the same way as aems in pillar 2; they must build on the cross compliance baseline and the payment can only cover the additional costs actually incurred and income foregone. this particular measure clearly blurs the supposedly distinctive characteristics of measures funded by pillar 1 and pillar 2 as it allows 100% eu financing for multi-annual environmental measures undertaken voluntarily by farmers. from a slow start, some member states have started to use article 68 for environmental objectives, including schemes for supporting permanent grassland under low-intensity use (e.g. in denmark), and for local high nature value farming support schemes (in the burren, ireland), while france has moved its prime à l’herbe grassland support scheme out of pillar 2 and is now funding it under article 68 of pillar 1. cross compliance standards were adjusted and simplified in the health check. two new issues were added to gaec standards in relation to the ‘protection and management of water’ and to ‘protect water against pollution and run-off and manage the use of water’, with associated new related standards. a more contentious element was the division of gaec standards into those that are mandatory and those that are optional. this was seen by some environmental organisations as weakening the environmental baseline as well as opening up the possibility of an unequal mandatory baseline across europe (ieep, 2008b). also significant was the abolition of compulsory set aside from 2009 (after agreement to set the set aside rate at 0% in 2008) in response to tight world market supplies. the loss of the environmental benefits of set aside (in place for arable farmers since 1994) was a significant negative outcome of the health check reform. an optional standard to provide for the establishment 9greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy and/or retention of habitats was introduced specifically to offset the loss of environmental benefits from the abolition of set aside. a potentially important limitation on the use of farming standards by member states was the addition of a prohibition that ‘member states shall not define minimum requirements which are not foreseen in that framework’. the commission had identified four new ‘challenges’ – climate change, renewable energies, water management and biodiversity, later extended to include innovation in these environmental areas and accompanying measures for dairy – which it wanted to address in pillar 2. it proposed to further modulate resources from pillar 1 to finance additional activities to address these challenges. the modulation elements of the commission’s proposal were among the more contentious and were significantly weakened in the final agreement. as an additional inducement, the co-financing rate for the modulated funds was reduced to 25% and to as low as 10% in convergence regions. member states were required to amend their rural development programmes to show how they planned to use these new resources to address these challenges (ieep, 2008b). 3. assessment of cap environmental measures this section briefly evaluates the experiences to date with the different cap instruments to target environmental objectives. the other major influence on the environmental impact of agricultural production is the body of environmental legislation introduced since the 1990s, but we do not discuss this further in this paper. decoupling the move from market price support to direct payments was itself an important contribution to reversing some of the pressures for intensification and environmental damage attributed to the early cap. support to eu agriculture declined from 39% of farm receipts in the mid-1980s to 34% in 2002-2004, and to 20% in 2009-2011 (as measured by the oecd producer support estimate). more important, almost all (98%) of this support in eu15 was output and input linked in the mid-1980s, falling to 70% in 2002-2004 and 52% in 2009-2011 (oecd, 2013). while it is important to avoid attributing causation to correlation, it is striking how the upward increase in eu agricultural output came to a halt at the same time as the implementation of the macsharry reform and has stagnated since that time (figure 1). as agricultural productivity has continued to increase during this period, this implies reduced use of inputs and not only land. decoupling leads to less intensive production because it reduces the effective market price received by producers. a profit-maximising producer would use inputs, such as fertilisers or chemicals, up to the point where the expected marginal return from using an additional unit of input equals its marginal cost. lowering the effective market price lowers the expected marginal return, and thus reduces the optimal input usage. overall production was expected to fall as a result of decoupling (relative to the counterfactual) and to be produced under more extensive (less input-intensive) conditions. although the theoretical conclusion is clear, empirical evidence to support a causal link between decoupling and lower input use is harder to find. ex-post studies examine the 10 a. matthews trend in input use pre-and post decoupling. for example, lmc international (2005), using fadn farm survey data, found that fertiliser use had declined in a number of countries following the macsharry reform (which decoupled arable payments from yield), but there were several exceptions to this finding. they concluded that the fadn data were broadly consistent with the hypothesis that there has been a general reduction in the intensity of cereal farming, but the evidence was neither clear-cut nor particularly strong. one reason is that decoupling also encouraged a reshuffling in the portfolio of crops grown and different crops have different input requirements. in italy, for example, vollaro (2010) found that the expansion of profitable crops like vegetables, flowers and vineyards, along with the receipt of the single payment, increased expenditure on fertilizers and crop protection inputs. other studies using simulation modelling methodologies have found that decoupling reduced the incentive for intensification and use of inputs but that impacts on pollution risk are fairly insignificant (brady, 2011). this is because pollution is influenced primarily by crop-specific characteristics given the geophysical characteristics of a region, and the balance between crop and livestock output, rather than the level of production per se. the environmental impact of direct payments can be strengthened by attaching conditions for eligibility (cross compliance rules are discussed in the next section). in the case figure 1. eu-27 production and land use changes, 1961-2009 source: faostat note: the figures are for the 27 current member states over the whole period. the trend is influenced by the fall in agricultural output in the new member states following their transition to market economies after 1989 but as their share of eu27 output is only around 15% the trend also accurately reflects the evolution in the old member states 11greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy of coupled payments, setting maximum areas or maximum numbers of animals for aid as under the macsharry reform limits the scope for intensification. stocking rate restrictions were another mechanism used to discourage intensification. for the basic beef premium introduced in the macsharry reform, payments were only made on animals up to 2 livestock units (lu)/ha. for the additional extensification premium, a maximum level of 1.4 lu/ha was established, calculated on the basis of the total number of adult bovine animals and sheep and goats. set aside originally introduced for supply control purposes had important environmental benefits especially where land was left fallow (the obligation could also be fulfilled by cultivating non-food crops on set aside land). the scheme was obligatory for larger (commercial) arable crop producers. set aside could be either rotational or non-rotational, with different environmental benefits. farmers could volunteer to set aside a larger share of their land than that stipulated in the regulations. the proportion of the arable crop area that commercial producers had to put into set aside varied from year to year, between 5% and 17.5%, and was reduced to 0% for the 2008 harvest before the scheme was abolished in the following year. over the 2000-2006 period, set aside land covered on average around 6 million ha (around 4 million ha being compulsory set aside), mainly concentrated in the eu-15 and representing around 8% of total arable land. around 800-900,000 ha of set aside land was cultivated with non-food crops (areté consulting, 2008). re-introducing fallow land into arable rotations delivered a range of environmental benefits (ieep, 2008a). the benefits depended on a variety of factors, such as the specific environmental and climatic conditions of the areas concerned by the measure, the type of set aside (fallow, rotational, seeded etc.), the features of the green cover on set aside land, and the land management practices applied but were generally assessed as positive, particularly for water consumption, nitrogen losses, biodiversity, ghg emissions and energy consumption (areté consulting 2008). however, where set aside land was used for the cultivation of energy crops, its environmental impacts generally are not dissimilar to those of the main alternative conventional agricultural systems. the main environmental threat foreseen from decoupling was that it could lead to the abandonment of farming in marginal farming areas where the environmental services depend on farming activities taking place. in the cap itself, the first compensatory allowances for less favoured areas (lfas) were introduced in 1975 to ensure the continuation of farming in areas where natural handicaps caused lower agricultural productivity and farming was becoming vulnerable. in marginal agricultural regions, decoupling risks having a negative impact on biodiversity and landscape mosaic because of the homogenisation of land use that results from land being taken out of production. model simulations show that voluntary aems and national support can act to buffer the full potential impacts of decoupling on landscape values in these regions. also the gaec standards to maintain a minimum level of farming activity help to mitigate the expected effects of the reform (brady et al., 2009). respect for environmental standards and cross compliance it is only when farmers are in receipt of direct payments that requiring them to observe particular management practices beneficial to the environment through cross 12 a. matthews compliance becomes possible; market price support benefits all producers regardless of their production practices. the steady evolution of environmental conditionality, from voluntary to mandatory, and from pillar 2 to pillar 1, was described in the previous section. the standards are derived either from eu legislation (smrs) or form part of a member state’s definition of good agricultural and environmental condition (gaec). furthermore, member states have to ensure that the ratio between arable and grassland does not decrease more than 10% to the detriment of grassland at regional level, compared to the year 2003 (new member states have a different base year). the current gaec framework following the health check which distinguished between compulsory and optional standards is set out in table 1. table 1. eu framework of issues and standards for good agricultural and environmental condition issue compulsory standards optional standards soil erosion: protect soil through appropriate measures minimum soil cover retain terraces minimum land management reflecting site-specific conditions soil organic matter: maintain soil organic matter levels through appropriate practices arable stubble management standards for crop rotations soil structure: maintain soil structure through appropriate measures appropriate machinery use minimum level of maintenance: ensure a minimum level of maintenance and avoid the deterioration of habitats retention of landscape features, including, where appropriate, hedges, ponds, ditches trees in line, in group or isolated and field margins minimum livestock stocking rates or/and appropriate regimes establishment and/or retention of habitats avoiding the encroachment of unwanted vegetation on agricultural land prohibition of the grubbing up of olive trees protection of permanent pastures maintenance of olive groves and vines in good vegetative condition protection and management of water: protect water against pollution and run-off, and manage the use of water establishment of buffer strips along water courses (implemented by 2012) where use of water for irrigation is subject to authorisation, compliance with authorisation procedures note: standards shown in italics were added in 2009 source: annex iii of regulation (ec) 73/2009 13greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy the eu regulation on cross compliance leaves many details of design and implementation to the discretion of individual member states and its regions. eu legislation, e.g. the nitrates directive, does not apply directly to individual farmers but rather to the member state. farm-specific requirements have to be transposed into national legislation by the member states which thus determine what specific management requirements will apply to farmers. farmers’ obligations to ensure gaec are often based on or adapted from previously existing standards of ‘good farming practice’. national gaec standards may have previously been implemented in national legislation (often for specific areas such as protected areas or nitrate vulnerable zones) or may have been non-statutory (e.g. promoted by the advisory services). as for smrs, there are differences in how member states have interpreted and implemented the gaec standards (alliance environment, 2007). member states are also required to establish an inspection and enforcement system, with reduction or withdrawal of direct payments for those farmers who do not comply with the smr and gaec standards. pillar 2 agri-environment measures aems in pillar 2 have the dual role of ‘supporting the sustainable development of rural areas and in responding to society’s increasing demand for environmental services’ (regulation (ec) 1698/2005). aems are designed and implemented by member states or regions as part of their rural development programmes (rdps). it is currently the only measure that all member states/regions must include in their rdps. the measure functions by supporting voluntary commitments (beyond a baseline set by cross compliance) undertaken for a period of five years or longer by farmers and other land managers who enter a management agreement that requires specific environmentally-friendly standards to be met. commitments can cover the following activities: organic farming, integrated production, other extensification of farming systems (i.e. fertilisers and pesticides reduction, extensification of livestock); diversification of crop rotations; reduction of irrigation; action to conserve soil; management of landscape and pastures; actions to maintain habitats favourable for biodiversity; genetic resources; and other targeted actions which for example include the use of integrated environmental planning. to ensure wto compatibility payments are based on costs incurred and income foregone, with the possibility of paying for transaction costs in addition. other environmental measures in pillar 2 include payments related to natura 2000 areas, the water framework directive, natural handicap areas, forests and environmental investments. also measures that support training and the diffusion of knowledge and information, as well as support to the setting-up and use of advisory services, play an important role in improving knowledge of farmers and foresters on environmental matters and in the uptake of more environment-friendly management practices. in 2009, the agricultural area under aems amounted to nearly 38.5 million ha and represented 20.9% of the uaa in the eu-27 (dg agri, 2011). use of aems varies widely between member states. this share was significantly higher in the eu-15 (25.2% or 33.5 million ha) than in the eu-12 (9.7% or 5 million ha). some countries (luxembourg, finland, sweden and austria) had more than two-thirds of their uaa enrolled in agrienvironmental commitments, but in 8 other countries (portugal, cyprus, malta, romania, 14 a. matthews lithuania, the netherlands, poland, bulgaria) this share was below 10%. within countries, schemes tend to be more attractive to farmers who are already farming in a less-intensive way, and it has been difficult to attract more intensive farmers and farmers in more intensively-farmed regions to participate. enrolment also fluctuates in response to the rhythms of programming and budget cycles. aem design and therefore effectiveness in terms of delivery varies widely. design is partly a trade-off between environmental effectiveness and administrative complexity and cost. effectiveness is also influenced by the relative importance of farm income versus environmental objectives in the design of the scheme. the degree to which these measures have led to an improvement in the environmental performance of agriculture is a matter of continued debate. the environmental impacts of pillar 2 measures are monitored through mid-term and ex post evaluations of past and current rdps and data on indicators within the common monitoring and evaluation framework. however, the level of detail of the evidence provided varies considerably between member states, making eu wide assessments problematic (eca, 2011; oecd, 2011). one recent literature review concluded that they have had mixed success depending on the schemes and indicators under investigation (uthes et al., 2011). there is some evidence that aems reverse negative trends in bird monitoring data, particularly in diversified, small-scale landscapes. studies in intensively farmed regions usually reported less successful results and concluded that much more and different conservation efforts are needed. a recent review of aem implementation by the european court of auditors drew attention to the need for more monitoring and recommended for the next programming period that aem expenditure should be more precisely targeted; that there should be a clear distinction between simple and more demanding agri-environment sub-measures; and that member states should be more pro-active in managing agrienvironment payments (eca, 2011). conclusions on pillar 1 payments and environmental objectives the eu has followed two approaches to integrating environmental objectives into the cap. the first, within pillar 1, is to add respect for environmental standards as a condition to receive direct payments and to couple some payments to specific types of farming which are important for protection and enhancement of the environment. the second, within pillar 2, is to remunerate farmers who voluntarily agree to implement practices beneficial for the environment beyond the baseline level. however, the relative funding levels for these two approaches is very different and, despite a widespread perception, there has been no shift to a greater emphasis on aems within pillar 2 over time (table 2). comparisons are made difficult because direct payments are annual payments where changes from year to year reflect policy decisions, mainly the decision to phase in direct payments to the new member states after their accession in 2004 and 2007 respectively. pillar 2 payments show a different rhythm as they are linked to programming periods and payments reflect issues to do with policy implementation as much as policy change. payments made fell in 2007, the first year of the new programming period, because of the time taken for approval of new programmes and to enter into contracts with farmers and others to spend the money. within pillar 2, aems are less affected by this disruption because pay15greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy ments continue to be made to farmers who enrolled in aems in the previous period and because aems are among the first rdp measures that are implemented at the beginning of a programming period. thus, we observe the relative importance of pillar 2 expenditure increasing over time, but within pillar 2 the relative importance of aem expenditure is decreasing year on year in the current programming period. with two years to go, the 2007-2011 annual averages may provide a reasonable guide to the final outcome. within the rural development budget, there is a strong environmental focus. according to the rdps submitted by member states, 45% of the eafrd funding for the 20072013 period (some €43 billion) has been allocated to axis 2 measures (‘improving the environment and the countryside’). around half of this funding, €22 billion, will be spent on agri-environment measures; €472 million will be spent on natura 2000 measures on farm land; and €111 million on natura 2000 measures on forestry land (cec, 2011c, annex 2). actual expenditure figures show that, if anything, axis 2 measures have been even more important to date and that aem expenditure has maintained its projected share of around 50% (table 2). however, the relative importance of pillar 1 and axis 2 payments has not changed in the current programming period. indeed, based on expenditure figures to date, the share of aem expenditures has declined compared to the previous programming period both with respect to pillar 1 and pillar 2 payments, even if the absolute amounts, in nominal terms, show an increase. table 2. relative importance of expenditure on direct payments in pillar 1 and environmental payments in pillar 2, € million and percent chapter 2000-06 average 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2007-11 average € million direct aids 29,861.3 37,045.8 37,568.6 39,113.9 39,675.7 40,178.0 38,716.4 total pillar 2 4,705.6 2,517.4 6,064.5 8,204.3 10,677.0 12,175.0 7,927.6 axis 2 measures 3,456.3 2,054.3 4,546.5 4,740.7 5,437.2 5,834.5 4,522.6 aems in axis 2 2,053.9 1,204.0 2,312.0 2,547.5 2,897.4 3,077.0 2,407.6 share pillar 2 (1) 13.6% 6.4% 13.9% 17.3% 21.2% 23.3% 17.0% share axis 2 (1) 10.4% 5.3% 10.8% 10.8% 12.1% 12.7% 10.5% share aems (1) 6.4% 3.1% 5.8% 6.1% 6.8% 7.1% 5.9% share axis 2 (2) 73.5% 81.6% 75.0% 57.8% 50.9% 47.9% 57.0% share aems (2) 43.6% 47.8% 38.1% 31.1% 27.1% 25.3% 30.4% notes: two measures of agri-environment expenditure are shown in this table. aem expenditure refers only to expenditure on agri-environment measures, while all axis 2 measures include natural handicap payments to farmers in disadvantaged areas, natura 2000 payments, and afforestation payments as well as aem payments. annual expenditure is from q4 of the previous year to q3 of the year shown. it represents payment claims declared by member states. the 2000-2006 figures may not be fully comparable due to methodological differences between the two programming periods. shares labelled (1) are the ratio of the chapter heading to the sum of direct payments and the chapter heading. shares labelled (2) are the ratio of the chapter heading to total pillar 2 expenditure. sources: 2000-2006 figures dg agriculture rural development in the european union 2007; 2007-2011 figures are from dg agriculture financial reports for the eagf and the eafrd for the respective years. 16 a. matthews the continued importance of pillar 1 payments in delivering environmental benefits shows how entrenched is the support for these payments – this was evident in the watering-down of the commission’s modulation proposals in the 2008 health check (ieep 2008b). this is mainly because of the importance of direct payments in providing income support to eu farmers. but an influential secondary narrative defends direct payments as the basis for the delivery of public goods through agriculture.5 lumbroso and garvey (2013) point to the paradox that, from a strong argument for radical reform, the public goods argument has become a legitimation tool for existing measures and a by-product of income support. indeed, it is only because it is linked to direct payments that cross compliance retains its effectiveness. at the same time, the new legitimacy conferred by cross compliance hampers the reallocation of funds in favour of more targeted rural development measures. we return to this paradox in the conclusion. this narrative also sheds light on what is considered to be the appropriate environmental reference level. even if cross compliance is the baseline for pillar 2 voluntary aems, the argument that direct payments in part compensate farmers for the high environmental standards required by cross compliance indicates that, in practice, the environmental reference level is lower, potentially as low as the smrs which are the legal mandatory eu requirements. in practice, in some countries, some gaec standards would also be backed by national legislation which raises the environmental reference threshold. this point is overlooked by proponents of more radical cap reform. not only would more radical reform imply the gradual elimination of most untargeted pillar 1 direct payments in favour of aems in pillar 2, but it would also require securing the environmental benefits currently due to gaec standards. whether this would be done by transferring the gaec standards to broad-based entry-level aems (implying that society continues to bear the costs of meeting these standards) or by transforming the gaec standards into legislation (thus placing the onus of meeting the standards on farmers) will reflect society’s view of the appropriate allocation of property rights in the environment, taking into account the impact on agriculture’s competitiveness. 4. commission’s post-2013 greening proposals promoting sustainable management of natural resources and climate action is one of the three stated objectives of the cap post-2013. in pursuing this objective, the commis5 according to the commission: ‘decoupled direct payments provide today basic income support and support for basic public goods desired by european society.’ (cec 2010, 4). this is further developed in the impact assessment as follows: ‘without basic income support, the less competitive farmers who very often manage marginal land and land in remote areas in an extensive manner, thereby helping to maintain areas of high natural value, may cease their agriculture activity because they no longer make a sustainable income; moreover, gaec that are part of the baseline for agri-environment measures no longer apply to land that does not receive direct payments.’ (cec 2011a, annex 2). according to copa-cogeca: ‘‘direct payments under pillar 1 enable eu farmers to provide a series of public benefits as a result of their farming activity which are valued by society but are not currently rewarded by the market and, in many cases, will never be.’ (copa cogeca, 2010, p 13). the agricultural council underlined: ‘that direct income support to eu farmers currently contributes to ensuring a fair standard of living for the agricultural community; it also enhances the provision of public goods and services by farmers for which the market does not pay, and broadly agrees that this support has proven its worth and will remain an essential element in the cap towards 2020, notably in the context of the additional costs producers face in meeting the eu’s high environmental and animal welfare standards.’ (council of the european union 2011). 17greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy sion had the choice to emphasise either greening pillar 1 (by raising the cross compliance threshold or otherwise adding environmental conditions to part or all of direct payments) or to further modulate funds from pillar 1 to pillar 2 with a view to expanding the scale of aems. the policy advice to the commission, from the oecd and other sources, would be to favour the transfer of funds to more targeted measures in pillar 2. in fact, the commission chose a variant of the former approach in proposing a ‘green’ payment in pillar 1 to farmers following a mandatory set of farm practices contributing to the environment. however, it now looks as if the legislature (council and parliament) will water down this proposal to such an extent that the additional benefits for the environment will be very minimal. in this section, the commission’s proposal is described and the reactions to it are examined with a view to understanding the reasons for the apparent failure of the commission’s strategy. the commission began its reflections of the cap post-2013 in its november 2010 communication which outlined three potential directions for the cap which it called the adjustment, integration and refocus scenarios, respectively (cec, 2010). this communication contained for the first time the proposal to introduce a top-up payment in pillar 1 as part of a greening strategy. specifically, the communication proposed: enhancement of environmental performance of the cap through a mandatory ‘greening’ component of direct payments by supporting environmental measures applicable across the whole of the eu territory. priority should be given to actions addressing both climate and environment policy goals. these could take the form of simple, generalised, non-contractual and annual environmental actions that go beyond cross compliance and are linked to agriculture (e.g. permanent pasture, green cover, crop rotation and ecological set aside). in addition, the possibility of including the requirements of current natura 2000 areas and enhancing certain elements of gaec standards should be analysed. (italics added) the communication attributed the idea of restructuring pillar 1 payments to the european parliament. however, the parliament’s resolution in july 2010 (based on the lyon report) called for the vast bulk of agricultural land to be covered by agri-environment measures and for additional incentives for improved environmental management to be delivered through an enlarged pillar 2 budget (european parliament, 2010). it mentions the idea of a top-up payment in pillar 1 but in the context of multi-annual contracts linked to carbon reduction/sequestration and biomass products.6 in its resolution responding to the communication (based on the dess report), the parliament accepted that ‘natural resource protection should be more closely linked to the granting of direct payments and calls, therefore, for the introduction, through a greening component, of an eu-wide incentivisation scheme with the objective of ensuring farm sustainability and long-term food security through effective management of scarce resources (water, energy, soil) while reducing production costs in the long term by reducing input use’ (european parliament, 2011). 6 the resolution reads (paragraph 71): ‘believes that an eu-funded top-up payment should be made available to farmers through simple multiannual contracts rewarding them for reducing their carbon emissions per unit of production and/or increasing their sequestration of carbon in the soil through sustainable production methods and through the production of biomass that can be used in the production of long-lasting agro-materials;’ (european parliament, 2010). 18 a. matthews it specified that ‘further greening should be pursued across member states by means of a priority catalogue of area-based and/or farm-level measures that are 100% eufinanced; considers that any recipient of these particular payments must implement a certain number of greening measures, which should build on existing structures, chosen from a national or a regional list established by the member state on the basis of a broader eu list, which is applicable to all types of farming; considers that examples of such measures could include: support for low carbon emissions and measures to limit or capture ghg emissions; support for low energy consumption  and energy efficiency; buffer strips, field margins, presence of hedges, etc.; permanent pastures; precision farming techniques; crop rotation and crop diversity; feed efficiency plans’. these ideas prefigure the flexibility options put forward in the debate on the commission’s legislative proposals following their publication. the commission’s intentions were elaborated in its proposal for the next multi-annual financial framework in july 2011 which called for 30% of direct support to be made conditional on ‘greening’ to ensure that the cap helps the eu to deliver on its environmental and climate action objectives, beyond the cross compliance requirements of current legislation (cec, 2011d). in its legal proposals presented to the european council and the european parliament setting out proposed changes to the common agricultural policy (cap) for the post-2013 period on 12 october 2011, the greening requirements were specified to include ecological focus areas (efas), crop diversification and the maintenance of existing areas of permanent pasture at farm level. participants in the proposed small farmers’ scheme are exempt and organic farmers would automatically receive the greening payment (cec 2011c). other greening elements included in the draft regulations include changes to gaec standards, a revamping of pillar 2 aems and a more important role for the farm advisory service in facilitating innovations to deliver climate change and environmental objectives. the changes to the gaec standards were driven in part by a simplification agenda and results in a new framework arranged into four thematic areas and nine issues (cec, 2011e, annex ii). certain articles from the birds and habitats directives were removed from the smr requirements. member states are required to develop new gaec standards for maintaining soil organic matter and protecting wetland and carbon rich soils. the compulsory gaec on ‘avoiding the encroachment of unwanted vegetation on agricultural land’ has been removed. although this was seen as a way of avoiding the abandonment of agricultural land, it was also criticised as driving the removal of habitat in several member states. the optional gaec standards for ‘appropriate machinery use to maintain soil structure’, minimum livestock stocking rates and/or appropriate regimes and ‘establishment and/or retention of habitats’ have also been removed. requirements related to the water framework directive and sustainable use of pesticides directive would become part of cross compliance once implemented by all member states. participants in the small farm scheme would be exempted from cross compliance requirements. the restriction that member states shall not define minimum standards which are not established in the relevant annex is continued. despite the potential significance of some of these changes for environmental management, the real novelty of the commission’s proposals was its attempt to define and fund mandatory green standards applicable across the eu which could be administered as a pillar 1 direct payment. 19greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy in its impact assessment of the proposals in the 2010 communication, the commission asked the question whether it would not be simpler to use part of pillar i funding for complying with environmental measures within rural development policy instead? ‘seen from the perspective of providing choice for the farmers, it would seem preferable to envisage measures with payment levels differentiated by measures according to cost incurred and income forgone, as well as to give more discretion to member states for their design so as to tailor them as much as possible to specific situations’ (cec, 2011c, annex 2, p. 14). its objection to this approach was that it would give too much discretion to member states and farmers. even in a best case scenario, it would not link the greening requirements to pillar i payments and it would not cover the entire eu territory. this would be partly because of insufficient budget resources (comparing existing premia in aems with the future payment levels for the greening component) as well as the varied uptake of agri-environment across member states. the commission saw particular problems for climate change objectives as it would leave open the possibility for only a part of the farm to adopt climate friendly practices while the rest of the farm continues to be operated with potentially detrimental methods undermining the global result. the commission also considered and rejected the option to include the greening requirements as part of gaec standards. ‘to make the greening effective, the measures in the greening component should be compulsory for the farmer, the discretion left to the member state limited, and sanctions effective. if greening is effectively a requirement in the direct payments system, then wouldn’t it be simpler to work instead on enhancing cross compliance?’ (cec, 2011c, annex 2, p. 13). it responded to this question as follows: ‘although this line of reasoning is put forth arguably on simplification grounds, it hides the complexities inherent in member states defining and administering gaec tailored to regional specificities. as the experience with the optional gaec on crop rotation has shown, this approach would not necessarily ensure that the entire eu territory is effectively greened. at the same time, it would meet with considerable resistance from farmers as it would be framed as a requirement rather than an incentive, and arguably do away with the political visibility of greening direct payments that is one of the main drivers of this reform’ (cec, 2011c, annex 2, p. 13). these passages point to the concerns the commission had when formulating its greening proposal. it wanted a universal set of measures which would apply to all farms, it wanted to avoid giving member states discretion, it wanted farmers to see this as an incentive rather than an imposition, but most particularly, it wanted greening to be associated with pillar 1 payments in order to promote their legitimacy and to provide an additional justification for maintaining the pillar 1 budget of the cap. the commission’s proposals gave rise to a lively and mostly critical debate (hart and little, 2012; house of commons, 2012; matthews, 2012, 2013). in february 2013, the legislative process has not yet been concluded. but enough is known of the positions of the main players to suggest that the outcome will be much less ambitious than what the commission proposed, which itself was strongly criticised by environmental ngos as an inadequate response to the stressed state of europe’s natural environment (birdlife et al., 2011). the following resumé of the state of play is based on the european council conclusions on the next mff at its february 2013 meeting (european council, 2013); the summary by the cyprus presidency of the discussions in the agricultural council in december 2012 20 a. matthews (council of the european union, 2012), and the amendments to the commission’s legislative proposals adopted by comagri in january 2013 (european parliament, 2013). virtually all the amendments to the legislative drafts indicate a considerable weakening of the commission’s proposals. 1. the conditions attached to the three greening measures proposed by the commission (crop diversification, ecological focus areas, maintaining permanent pasture) will be relaxed or eliminated, for example, by raising the minimum farm size threshold where the measures apply or extending the types of land uses that count towards efas. for example, the european council particularly specified that “the requirement to have an ecological focus area (efa) on each agricultural holding will be implemented in ways that do not require the land in question to be taken out of production and that avoids unjustified losses in the income of farmers” (european council, 2013, p. 27). 2. greening will effectively be made voluntary by limiting the penalty for non-compliance to the loss of the green payment excluding the possibility of also reducing the basic payment as proposed by the commission. this is despite the commission’s insistence that mandatory participation in the green payment is essential if the measures are to be effective. 3. additional ‘equivalent’ greening measures will be introduced in the name of flexibility. although flexibility in the implementation of environmental measures is often positive, it leaves open the possibility that the equivalent measures selected may have even less impact on the environment than what was proposed by the commission. 4. farmers will be permitted to qualify for the green payment in pillar 1 provided they show they are already managing land in an environmentally-responsible way (‘green by definition’), for example, through enrolment in a pillar 2 aem or in an environmental certification scheme. the problem with these exceptions is that there is clearly no environmental additionality. there is also the risk that farmers might be paid twice (‘double funding’) for the same practices both in pillar 1 and pillar 2. 5. it is probable that the commission’s proposals on gaec standards will be weakened. the elimination of the inclusion of the water framework directive and the sustainable use of pesticide directive as part of cross compliance once the obligations relevant to farmers have been identified has been recommended by comagri and is likely to be supported in council. 6. there will be less money for aems in the rural development pillar. not only has the funding for the pillar 2 budget been reduced in the european council’s conclusions on the next mff, but flexibility will be given to member states to shift a proportion of their pillar 2 budgets to pillar 1 which could further reduce the funds available for rural development. rural development programmes are given new tasks, notably income stabilisation and risk management, which could potentially crowd out spending on aems. the commission had proposed that member states should maintain a minimum spend (25%) of their pillar 2 budgets on agri-environment and climate measures but only in the preamble to the draft rural development regulation and not in in the regulation itself. here there is a difference between the two legislative bodies, with the council favouring the commission’s proposal while comagri has proposed to make this a mandatory requirement in the regulation. 21greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy it must be stressed again that these are predictions based on negotiations in progress in the two legislative bodies and the final outcome could be different. however, the commission’s proposals look likely to be seriously emasculated when they eventually emerge from the legislative process. certainly, neither of the two institutions is pushing for a more ambitious greening agenda. we conclude that the additional environmental benefits likely to materialise as a result of adopting the new regulations for the cap post-2013 will be very minimal, certainly in the context of the budget resources justified by this objective. 5. final reflections on greening the cap through pillar 1 the integration of environmental objectives into the cap has until now progressed along two tracks: attaching environmental conditions to pillar 1 payments and supporting voluntary agri-environment measures in pillar 2. looking at the history of cap reform, the commission might have proposed a redistribution of cap resources in favour of pillar 2 and voluntary aems. such a shift would also be in line with oecd recommendations to favour targeted and transparent measures as part of agricultural policy reform. the commission’s proposals for the cap post-2013 instead proposed to designate 30% of each country’s direct payments national ceiling as a ‘green’ payment conditional on following a set of practices beneficial for climate and the environment. however, we concluded that the eventual legislative outcome is unlikely to lead to major environmental improvements. in this concluding section, we reflect on this apparent failure of the commission’s greening strategy and the reasons for it. a mixture of strategic, technical and political economy factors appear to have played a role. first, farm organisations, as the main beneficiaries of direct payments under pillar 1, are naturally its strongest defenders. direct payments represented on average 29% of agricultural income in the eu in the period 2007-2009 (with total subsidies coming close to 40% of agricultural income) (dg agri, 2012). greening would add to the costs of production although the commission’s calculations suggested that the overall impact would be slight (cec, 2011c, annex 2d). it projected an average decrease in overall farm income per worker of between 1.4% and 3.2%. livestock farms would be more adversely affected because of higher feed costs, while arable farms might even expect to gain because the higher market margin (due the higher market prices caused by the slight reduction in supply) would be sufficient to outweigh the costs of greening. this calculation assumes that farmers would continue to receive the same level of direct payments even in the absence of greening. if greening were the quid pro quo for preventing a cut in the direct payments envelope by anything more than 1-3% income reduction calculated above as the cost of greening, then arguably farmers are better off under the commission’s proposals. second, the commission’s attempt to establish this quid pro quo and to link greening to the size of the cap budget was never credible. it put forward the green payment in pillar 1 as a way to enhance the legitimacy of direct payments and to defend its proposal to maintain a constant cap budget in nominal terms in the next mff. the promise to green the cap may have been necessary to gain the support of the college of commissioners to propose the continuation of cap funding in the commission’s mff proposal. the difficulty was that, once the proposal was made, there was no credible threat to reduce direct payments if ambitious greening measures were not adopted. the two legislative bod22 a. matthews ies worked on the assumption that the budget allocation was exogenous (not necessarily given but not something which would be influenced up or down by decisions taken on greening). there was thus no counterweight to the incentives for agricultural ministers to minimise the additional ‘burdens’ that greening imposes on farmers. while the european council conclusions on the next mff endorsed the commission’s proposal to use 30% of direct payment ceilings for the green payment, this was not linked to any specific level of greening ambition; indeed, the european council called for ‘a clearly defined flexibility for the member states relating to the choice of equivalent greening measures’. by proposing greening as a way of legitimising the existing flow of untargeted pillar 1 payments to farmers, the commission framed the issue in a way that it was bound to lose. third, the farm organisations had a new card which they played to maximum advantage, namely, food security. during the ‘reform period’ 1992 to 2008, agricultural policy reform and the integration of environmental objectives into agricultural policy were mutually supportive. decoupling discouraged the use of off-farm inputs, while encouraging more extensive agricultural production helped to limit the budgetary cost of overproduction during this period when eu market prices were still above world market levels. but since the 2007-2008 price spike and the growing realisation of the fragility of global food supplies, more emphasis is now put on the necessity for europe to contribute to increased food production in the name of ‘food security’. this argument is used particularly against the proposal to designate 7% of arable land as efas (which, given the existence of trees, hedgerows, field margins and awkward corners on many farms which count towards efas implies leaving around 3-4% of cultivated land fallow). it explains the european council’s decision that efas should be implemented in ways that do not require land to be taken out of production. yet only a few years ago arable farmers had to set aside up to 10-15% of their arable land in order to be eligible for direct payments. the change in the market environment explains the different perceptions of the burden of fallowing land in the two situations. fourth, member state governments were unenthusiastic about the commission’s proposal. they have no appetite to pursue further greening through pillar 2 because of the requirement to co-finance this expenditure. but they are concerned about greening in pillar 1 because of the additional administrative complexity it implies, which flies in the face of the continuing demand from member states for simplification. member states have therefore pushed hard for flexibility and the recognition of alternative practices as being equivalent to the commission’s greening proposals. they have also supported extending automatic eligibility for the green payment (‘green by definition’) to other groups of farmers, e.g. those enrolled in aems, for the same reason. in this way, member state interests have also contributed to the hollowing-out of the commission’s greening proposal. fifth, although the european parliament was broadly in favour of some further greening of the cap, its preferred approach was to advocate further reliance on voluntary aems in pillar 2. it never embraced the commission’s idea of a mandatory green payment in pillar 1 in return for higher environmental standards (a form of super cross compliance). instead, it has sought to effectively connect pillar 2-type aem measures to the commission’s pillar 1 green payment through offering a wider ‘menu’ approach to the practices which would determine eligibility for the payment. while many of these individual measures are worthy and desirable, it is hard to see how they belong to the broad23greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy brush payments in pillar 1. by pursuing this approach instead of a more principled position of transferring funds to pillar 2, the parliament has also helped to undermine the commission’s proposal. sixth, a lack of confidence in the environmental effectiveness of the measures proposed made them difficult to defend. requiring every farmer throughout the eu to follow exactly the same management prescriptions, regardless of the ecological context, environmental pressures, or opportunity costs, is a highly inefficient policy approach. environmental ngos pointed out that requiring individual farms to maintain existing levels of permanent pasture would not necessarily help to protect species-rich semi-extensive grasslands and grasslands of high nature value. crop diversification was seen as a secondbest alternative to crop rotation. while the environmental potential of ecological focus areas was more widely recognised, particularly for bidioversity, questions were raised as to whether science supports setting aside individual parts of every farm regardless of its conservation value, or whether a more targeted approach might not be more effective (godfray 2012). the absence of management prescriptions also reduces their likely environmental value. as the european court of auditors pointed out: ‘… the regulation does not specify the concrete objectives, which should be achieved by the farming community in that domain, nor does it explain the impact which is expected from implementing such measures. the absence of such justification raises the questions as to the claimed aim that the policy is results oriented’ (eca, 2012, p. 40). the apparent failure of the commission’s greening strategy points to a more fundamental dilemma for those seeking to orient the cap more towards environmental objectives. during past reforms of the cap, greening pillar 1 payments through cross compliance and promoting voluntary aems in pillar 2 were seen as complementary strategies to green the cap. in fact, it appears they are increasingly competitive, at least as long as pillar 1 payments are primarily intended as income support. increasing the budget for voluntary aems in pillar 2 can only occur by transferring resources from pillar 1. but the effectiveness of cross compliance in pillar 1 depends on the level of direct payments. strengthening voluntary aems in pillar 2 can only occur at the expense of weakening the sanctions for cross compliance in pillar 1, and vice versa. in future, those seeking to orient the cap more towards environmental objectives may need to choose between one approach or the other. targeted agri-environment payments linked to the provision of identifiable and specified environmental public goods are a cost-effective way to achieve environmental benefits. however, if further greening of the cap were pursued through targeted aems in pillar 2, there is a risk that the environmental benefits achieved through cross compliance could be lost. these are mainly the gaec standards which go beyond the environmental baseline set by legislation and incorporated in statutory management requirements. currently, gaec standards do not apply to farmers who opt out of or otherwise do not receive direct payments. it seems necessary that, to be effective, legal force should be given to these codes of good farming practice. this suggests a need to revisit where european society wants to draw the ‘environmental baseline’ or reference level which distinguishes between those obligations which farmers are expected to carry as part of the normal practice of farming (‘polluter pays principle’) and those obligations which society accepts go beyond normal good farming 24 a. matthews practice and where farmers should be remunerated for the additional costs and income foregone in achieving them (‘provider gets principle’). it is often assumed that this is currently given by cross compliance (both statutory management requirements and gaec standards). however, the strong political support for the view that direct payments are, in part, a recognition of the costs that society asks farmers to bear through cross compliance implicitly undermines the ‘polluter pays principle’. if farmers who do not receive direct payments are not expected to observe the cross compliance standards, then these do not form the environmental baseline. whether or not this should be the case deserves wider discussion, taking into account both the impacts on environmental outcomes and the competitive position of farming. references alliance environment (2007). evaluation of the application of cross-compliance as foreseen under regulation 1792/2003. london: institute for european environmental policy (ieep) and oréade-brèche sarl. areté consulting (2008). evaluation of the set-aside measure 2000 to 2006. brussels: directorate-general for agriculture and rural development. baldock, d., dwyer, j. and sumpsi vinas j. (2002). environmental integration and the cap. london: institute for european environmental policy. birdlife et al. (2011). inter-service consultation on cap reform: concerns that greening of the cap is being jeopardised and losing environmental focus. brussels. brady, m. (2011). the impact of cap reform on the environment: some regional results. in: disaggregated impacts of cap reforms, ed. oecd. paris: oecd publishing. brady, m., kellermann, k., sahrbacher, c. and jelinek l. (2009). impacts of decoupled agricultural support on farm structure, biodiversity and landscape mosaic: some eu results. journal of agricultural economics 60(3): 563-585. buckwell, a., ed. (1997). towards a common agricultural and rural policy for europe. european economy, reports and studies. brussels: european commission directorate-general for economic and financial affairs. buller, h. (2002). integrating eu environmental and agricultural policy. in: a. lenschow (ed.), environmental policy integration: greening sectoral policies in europe. london: earthscan publications ltd. burrell, a., ed. (2010). impacts of the eu biofuel target on agricultural markets and land use: a comparative modelling assessment. luxembourg: publications office of the european union. cec (1985). perspectives for the common agricultural policy. communication from the commission to the council and the european parliament com(85)333. brussels. —— (1988). environment and agriculture. communication from the commission to the council and the european parliament com(88)33. brussels. —— (1991). the development and future of the cap: reflections of the commission. communication from the commission to the council and the european parliament com(1991)100. brussels. —— (1999). directions towards sustainable agriculture. communication from the com25greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy mission to the council and the european parliament com(1992)22. brussels: commission of the european communities. —— (2010). the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future. communication from the commission to the council, the european parliament, the economic and social committee and the committee of the regions com(2010)672. brussels. —— (2011a). a resource-efficient europe: flagship initiative under the europe 2020 strategy. com(2011)21. brussels, european commission. —— (2011b). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council establishing rules for direct payments to farmers under support schemes within the framework of the common agricultural policy com(2011) 625; proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council establishing a common organisation of the markets in agricultural products (single cmo regulation) com(2011) 626; proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd) com(2011) 627; proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council on the financing, management and monitoring of the common agricultural policy com(2011) 628. brussels. —— (2011c). common agricultural policy towards 2020 impact assessment. commission staff working paper sec(2011)1153. brussels: european commission. —— (2011d). a budget for europe 2020. communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the economic and social committee and the committee of the regions com(2011) 500. brussels. —— (2011e). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council on the financing, management and monitoring of the common agricultural policy. com(2011)628. brussels: commission of the european union. council of the european union (2011). the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future presidency conclusions, document 7921/11. —— (2012). cap reform: presidency progress report (december 2012), document 17592/12. deiagra (2008). the competition between food crops and non-food crops for energy: what are the effects on agricultural structures and the use of land? ip/b/agri/ fwc/2006-lot 02-c01-. brussels: european parliament, directorate-general for internal policies. dg agri (2011). rural development in the european union: statistical and economic information, 2011 report. brussels: directorate-general for agriculture and rural development. —— (2012). agriculture in the european union: statistical and economic information 2011. brussels: european union directorate-general for agriculture and rural development. dwyer, j. (2013). transformation for sustainable agriculture: what role for the second pillar of cap?, bio-based and applied economics, no. 1. eca (2011). is agri-environment support well-designed and managed? special report no 7/2011. brussels: european court of auditors. 26 a. matthews —— (2012). opinion on certain proposals for regulations relating to the common agricultural policy for the period 2014-2020. opinion 1/2012. brussels: european court of auditors. eea (2010). the european environment state and outlook 2010: synthesis. copenhagen: european environment agency. european council (2013). the multi-annual financial framework, conclusions of the european council 7/8 february 2013. euco 37/13. brussels. european parliament (2010). future of the cap after 2013: resolution of 8 july 2010. 2009/2236(ini). brussels. —— (2011). the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future. european parliament resolution of 23 june 2011. 2011/2051(ini). brussels. —— (2013). proposals for negotiating mandates on commission’s cap reform proposals,. b7-0079/2013, b7-0080/2013, b7-0081/2013, b7-0082/2013. brussels. godfray, c. (2012). oral evidence to the house of commons environment, food and rural development committee, greening the cap. hc 170. london: the stationery office limited. hart, k. and little j. (2012). environmental approach of the cap legislative proposal. politica agricola internazionale-international agricultural policy (1/2012): 19-30. house of commons, c. (2012). greening the cap. environment, food and rural development committee, hc 170. london: the stationery office limited. ieep (2008a). the environmental benefits of set-aside in the eu: a summary of evidence. london: institute for european environmental policy. —— (2008b). ieep cap health check review: overview of key outcomes. cap2020. http://cap2020.ieep.eu/2008/12/2/ieep-cap-health-check-review-political-agreementon-health-check-reached. jack, b. (2009). agriculture and eu environmental law. london: ashgate publishing ltd. lmc international (2005). evaluation of the common market organisation (cmo) in the cereal sector. oxford, uk: lmc international ltd. lumbroso, s. and gravey v. (in press). international negotiations: to what extent do they hinder or foster biodiversity integration into the cap? paris: european forum o nature conservation and pastoralism and iddri sciences po. matthews, a. (2012). environmental public goods in the new cap: impact of greening proposals and possible alternatives. ip/b/agri/cei/2011-097/e001/sc1. brussels: european parliament. —— (in press). greening the cap: the way forward’. qa rivista dell’associazione rossidoria. norwegian ministry of agriculture (2000). proceedings, international conference on nontrade concerns in agriculture, ullensvang, norway, 2-4 july 2000. http://odin.dep. no/ld/mf/conferences/020061990057/index-dok000-b-n-a.html. oecd (2001). multifunctionality: towards an analytical framework. paris: oecd publishing. —— (2002). agricultural policies in oecd countries: a positive reform agenda. paris: oecd publishing. —— (2003). multifunctionality: the policy implications. paris: oecd publishing. 27greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy —— (2011). evaluation of agricultural policy reforms in the european union. paris: oecd publishing. —— (2013). «producer and consumer support estimates database». accessed february 18 2013. http://www.oecd.org/chile/producerandconsumersupportestimatesdatabase. htm. oecd/fao (2012). oecd-fao agricultural outlook 2012-2021. paris and rome: oecd publishing and fao. uthes, s., kuhlman, t., reinhard, s., nowicki, p., smit, m., van leeuwen, e., silburn, a., zasada, i. and piorr, a. (2011). report on analytical framework – conceptual model, data sources, and implications for spatial econometric modelling. work package no. 3, spard – spatial analysis of rural development measures, fp7 contract no. 244944. vollaro, m. (2010). the impact of the single farm payments on the expenditure on fertilizers and crop protection inputs: a comparative study of the italian agriculture. in: 120th seminar, september 2-4, 2010, chania, crete. http://ageconsearch.umn.edu/ bitstream/109428/2/vollaro.pdf. issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 2(1): 91-111, 2013 exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances of dutch biotechnology smes and their policy implications philipp j.p. garbade1, s.w.f. (onno) omta2,*, frances t.j.m. fortuin1 1 food valley organization, postbus 294, 6700 ag wageningen, the netherlands 2 wageningen university, p.o. box 8130, 6700 ew wageningen, the netherlands abstract. policy makers are becoming increasingly aware of the fact that r&d intensive smes play a pivotal role in providing sustainable economic growth by maintaining a high rate of innovation. to compensate for their financial vulnerability, these smes increasingly conduct innovation in alliances. this paper aims to explore the impact of different alliance characteristics on the performance of dutch biotechnology smes. the conceptual model was tested using a sample of 18 biotech smes reporting about 40 alliances. the main findings indicate that alliance performance is positively related to the level of complementarity, the cognitive distance and tacit knowledge transfer by the human resources exchanges. policy makers are recommended to support innovation alliances by providing the infrastructure in which alliances can flourish, e.g. through stimulating the foundation of cluster organizations that can function as innovation brokers. these cluster organizations can provide network formation, demand articulation, internationalization and innovation process support to their member companies and can act as a go-between among alliance partners. as part of the innovation process support activities, they can organize special workshops for biotech smes on how to successfully behave in an innovation alliance. keywords. knowledge transfer, human resources exchange, biotechnology alliances jel codes. o32 1. introduction policy makers are becoming increasingly aware of the fact that r&d intensive smes play a pivotal role in providing sustainable economic growth by maintaining high innovation rates. to compensate for their financial vulnerability, these smes increasingly conduct innovation in alliances. a good understanding of the mechanisms that govern such innovation alliances is therefore a prerequisite for an effective innovation policy. this paper aims at contributing to our understanding of the dynamics of innovation alliances by exploring the impact of different alliance characteristics on the performance of dutch biotechnology smes. an r&d intensive biotech sme is often the product of an innovative idea; an ad-hoc creation triggered by the presence of a “star scientist” (zucker * corresponding author: onno.omta@wur.nl. 92 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin and darby, 1997), following a high-risk strategy that involves cutting edge science (pisano, 2006). hall and bagchi-sen (2002) found in their sample of 74 biotech companies in canada (95% smes) that 28% of the companies originated from universities and 15% were industrial spin-offs, whereas more than 50% was founded as independent ventures (hall and bagchi-sen, 2002). small biotechnology companies are frequently facing resources constraints (majewski, 1998). considerable capital investments are needed to pay for specialized staff and equipment to develop new products and processes and to successfully introduce them to the market. this problem is even more pressing because biotechnology companies, especially those related to the health sector, face long time horizons until first revenues begin to pour in, which often makes them not profitable for a long period of time (denis, 2004). bagchi-sen (2002) mentions the following barriers to innovation: lack of skilled managers or researchers, a lack of physical facilities for research or manufacture, as well as a lack of marketing or distribution channels. biotechnology firms may suffer from resource constraints, but at the same time they generally have a lower bureaucratic burden. they are usually considered to be more flexible and therefore better innovators. unique competencies, a low level of hierarchy and a high internal flexibility (nooteboom, 1994, pisano, 2006) make up for their lower financial power (argyres and liebeskind, 2002). a general overview of the advantages and disadvantages of smes, not limited to the biotech sector, is provided in the literature review of ale-ebrahim et al. (2010), while khilij et al. (2006) conducted exploratory research specifically on the challenges of biotech smes. mangematin et al. (2003) found in their study of 60 french biotech smes, an average growth rate of 30% in turnover and 13% in staff. still, only a small number of biotech firms grow into reasonably large companies, especially those companies that have learned to engage in collaboration projects with a heterogeneous set of partners (powell et al., 2005). the forming of alliances as an effective tool to overcome the problems of limited resources was also found in a study of rothaermel and deeds (2004) on 325 health related biotechnology companies. strategic alliances constitute a powerful strategy for biotech firms to overcome their capital constraints (khilji et al., 2006) and are found to accelerate innovation (terziovski and morgan, 2006). alliances allow access to missing competences and material resources and thus enhance the innovative potential and firm performance (hall and bagchi-sen, 2002, 2007). however, khilji et al. (2006) indicate that not enough is known on how to successfully manage a strategic alliance. pisano (2006) criticizes that business models, organizational strategies and approaches from other high-tech sectors have been used while not taking into account the special characteristics of the biotech sector, and that organizational and institutional innovations are needed to unlock the potential of biotechnology (pisano, 2006:202). the high level of innovativeness of the biotech sector, combined with the high level of alliance formation makes it an ideal sector to study the critical success factors for collaborative ‘open’ (chesborough, 2006) innovation. to date, a number of empirical studies have been carried out to study alliance collaboration in this sector. they focus on the company performance related to the alliance portfolio (see baum et al., 2000; george et al., 2001), the network composition and dynamics (gay and dousset, 2005), or the alliance duration in an uncertain environment (pangarkar, 2003). the alliance collaboration process concerning knowledge management (i.e. nooteboom et al., 2007, standing et al., 2008), 93exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances alliance capabilities (heimeriks and duysters, 2007) and governance (phene and tallman, 2012) are also the focus of more recent studies. however, a literature review (not only on biotech alliances) done by comi and eppler (2009), is still highlighted a lack of research on alliance management, especially in startup biotech companies. the objective of the present paper is to fill this gap by studying the alliance collaboration process to explore the attributes of both successful and less successful innovation alliances among biotech smes. this will allow the improvement of policy support focusing on alliance collaboration process. to this end, different types of alliances, that were set up to carry out joint open innovation projects (in the remainder of this paper termed ‘innovation alliances’), are investigated and their effect on the alliance potential, alliance execution and the alliance performance is mapped. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows: section 2 contains the theoretical framework. in this section the discussion of the resource based view (rbv) will lead to the conceptual model in which the concepts relevant for this research and their relationships are identified. at the beginning of section 3, research methodology, the operationalization of the constructs is presented. section 3 also discusses the methods of data collection and data analysis. section 4, results, starts with the baseline description of the participating companies and their alliances. next, the results are analyzed using partial least squares, while comparing the theoretically expected results with the empirically model. in section 5, conclusions and discussion, the main conclusions are drawn, and suggestions for further research are given and recommendations for practitioners and policy makers are provided. 2. theoretical framework in management literature it has been argued that strategic technology partnering can induce the effective use of heterogenic resources (hagedoorn, 1993; powell et al., 1996; ahuja, 2000; rowley et al. 2000; rosenkopf & almeida, 2003). a better understanding of this phenomenon is achieved by application of the rbv (barney, 1991, alegre et al., 2011). rbv is based on two fundamental assumptions: companies in an industry do not all possess the same resources which provides resource heterogeneity, whereas the partial immobility of these resources preserves this state of disequilibrium (barney, 1991). following the line of thought of the rbv, an alliance is a tool to (partly) overcome the problem of the immobility of resources by creating a new entity with a unique set of resources. nooteboom et al., (2007) claims that while the antecedents of resource heterogeneity and the consequences for the firm’s innovation performance have been studied, the direct effects on the innovation process have largely been ignored. nooteboom et al. fills this gap by shedding light on the causal factors underlying the inter-firm learning process, especially with regard to the cognitive distance between firms. our study aims at taking nooteboom et al.’s important conceptual idea a step further, by looking at alliance formation and execution from a process perspective. we do this by modeling the collaborative open innovation process for which the alliance is set up: from the potential of the alliance for the participating companies via the alliance execution to the final alliance performance. 94 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin 2.1 conceptual model the model developed for the present study conceptualizes the alliance as a collaborative entity created by two or more companies in order to innovate. several factors that are expected to play a role in the innovation alliance collaboration process have been identified. these factors and their assumed relationships are presented in the conceptual model in figure 1. the different constructs are discussed in more detail in the following sections. figure 1: conceptual model 1 2 level of complementarity alliance importance cognitive distance alliance compliance knowledge transfer governance mechanisms alliance synergy exploration and exploitation performance alliance potential alliance execution alliance performance 2.2 alliance potential in the phase preceding the actual start of an alliance, potential partners have to be identified. each potential partner has not only its own distinct set of material and immaterial resources, but also a different expectation of what it might gain from the alliance. the decisions made in the selection process set the stage for the alliance, and determine the alliance potential. we identified the following factors as determinants for the alliance potential: level of complementarity, cognitive distance and alliance importance. 2.2.1 level of complementarity and cognitive distance each potential partner has its own distinct set of material and immaterial resources. the decision has to be made whether to search for partners with similar or complimentary resources. by combining similar resources, realizing economies of scale and scope can be expected (ansoff, 1965; montgomery, 1985), whereas an alliance with a partner that has complementary resources synergy effects might be obtained (harrison et al., 2001). according to rbv, alliances can be considered as tools to create new unique sets 95exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances of resources that enable the partnering firms to (partly) overcome the immobility problem of certain resources. we therefore assume that the potential of an alliance will be positively influenced by the level of complementarity of the resources that are brought into the alliance by the partnering companies and the extent to which these are exchanged. complementary resources deliver learning opportunities and allow the creation of new capabilities (harrison et al., 2001). besides its importance in acquisitions harrison et al. (2001) proved complementary resources to play a major positive role in strategic alliances. chesbrough (2006) also stresses the importance of complementary resources for open innovation projects. so, with the choice of partners, the focal company determines how far its material and immaterial resources will be complimented by those of the partner(s). however, the level of complementarity alone is not enough. selecting partners with complementary resources only makes sense if the partners are able to understand each other’s knowledge contribution. indeed, park and russo (1996) found that joint ventures that used complementary resources failed more often than what was expected. an explanation for this finding might be found in the work of cohen and levinthal (1990), who point at the importance of absorptive capacity; defined as a company’s capability to recognize the value of new information, its ability to assimilate it and to apply it to commercial ends. absorptive capacity is dependent on information redundancy or as nonaka (1994: 29) states: ‘ only individuals sharing overlapping information can sense what the others are trying to articulate’ . it is therefore expected that when the research domains of the partners and the range and methods used (termed ‘ cognitive distance’ by nooteboom, 2000) are too far apart, the level of absorptive capacity will decrease and with this the synergy potential of the alliance. indeed nooteboom et al. (2007) found that there is an optimum cognitive distance in alliances. 2.2.2 alliance importance next to the distinct material and immaterial resources that partners bring into an alliance, their intentions and motivation to turn the alliance into a success are expected to play an important role. the more partners who expect to benefit from the alliance, the more they are likely to be motivated and willing to invest in it. this factor is termed ‘alliance importance’. it is expected that a high level of importance attached to the alliance will positively correlate with alliance performance. 2.3 alliance execution during the alliance execution phase knowledge is transferred and utilized to develop new products and processes. the following factors were identified as essential elements to characterize the quality of project execution: knowledge transfer, technology mapping, outsourcing, governance mechanisms and alliance compliance. 2.3.1 knowledge transfer according to nooteboom (2000, p. 70) knowledge transfer between the alliance partners in all its complexity is the core of every innovation alliance. knowledge transfer deals with the challenge of two or more companies acting on a chosen task as one entity, as 96 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin a sense making system (weick, 1995; choo, 1998). nonaka (1994) identifies two forms of knowledge: explicit and tacit knowledge, and four ways in which knowledge can be transferred: from explicit to explicit, from explicit to tacit, from tacit to explicit, and from tacit to tacit. where explicit knowledge is stored in codified form and can be transferred through documents, tacit knowledge requires human interaction to transfer i.e. through shared experience (nonaka, 1994). nonaka and van krogh (2009) therefore recommend human resource exchange as an effective way to transfer knowledge because it implies a flow of information comprising of both tacit and explicit knowledge. it allows for all four forms of knowledge transfer by creating a mutual understanding including social practices and enables the transformation of resources from both alliance partners into something new. also mutual support in terms of management, coaching and training is assumed to lead to knowledge transfer between the alliance partners. 2.3.2 alliance compliance low alliance compliance is a factor that can crush the expectations resulting from the alliance potential assessment. issues like trust and cooperation within high tech alliances are found to be positively related to human resource exchange practices (collins and smith, 2006). the level to which partners adhere to the agreements made before the actual start of the innovation alliance (termed ‘alliance compliance’) is expected to play an important role by creating the trust and spirit of cooperation necessary for the smooth execution of the collaborative open innovation project. if there is no compliance because of mistrust due to opportunism, missing coordination of company actions knowledge transfer might be lowered. in a company collaboration context this also means that the process of transforming tacit into explicit knowledge slows down or even stops. 2.3.3 governance mechanisms nooteboom (2000) provides a literature review on the problems in governing knowledge transfer. he lists notion of “hostages”, redistribution of ownership of specific investments, balance of mutual dependence, and reputation mechanisms as possible governance mechanisms to deal with these problems. in this paper, we focus on technology mapping, with mutual dependence, and outsourcing of certain innovation activities which encompasses the (re) distribution of ownership. the notions of hostages and reputation mechanism were not included in the present paper, since no trustworthy quantitative data could be collected, due to socially desired answers. here an observatory approach is suggested for further research. 2.3.4 technology mapping intellectual property (ip) is important in alliances in which the partners work closely together to reach certain innovation aims and objectives. ip management is connected to terms like, ip valuation, ip licensing, ip preparation for sale, detection of infringements, and use of ip intermediate markets (chesbrough, 2006). to secure the ownership of ip after a completed discovery is a big issue and is becoming even more challenging in the world of open innovation, where “technologies flow across the boundary of the firm” (per97exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances haps multiple times) and where “obtaining the ability to practise a technology without incurring an infringement action by another firm is more challenging because the full history of the technology development is well known” (chesbrough, 2006, p. 67). patents are often used to protect knowledge from being stolen, provide a possibility to legally own it and make it tradable. patents also indicate the value as a network partner as shown by the research of smith-doerr et al. (1999) on biotechnology firms. patents reduce the risk of infringement but only if all of the knowledge used in the technology application is included in that patent, or possibly in several patents. so to prevent infringements patent mapping is unavoidable. patent mapping checks for all of the granted claims of a patent that is owned by the company and looks also at possible claims that could arise from other patent holders (chesbrough, 2006). this might lead to efforts to obtain possession of patents that are holding key positions in the innovation process of the company or the alliance. in order to reduce the risk of exploring without being able to exploit, one should think of starting patent mapping already early in the innovation process. this reduces the risk of being left with a discovery at the end of the innovation process that cannot be exploited. in an innovation alliance there is also the possibility that the alliance partners look at each other’s patents in order to investigate their potential. in a study about canadian biotechnology start-ups, baum et al. (2000) found alliances that provide access to more diverse information and capabilities per alliance … will prove most beneficial to startups. so resources exchange in the form of ip may be enhanced by letting the alliance partner having a closer look at the patents in store or at technologies with no patents or no patents granted yet. this is also the reason that we prefer to use the term technology mapping in this paper. we extend the meaning beyond the ip protection aspect and focus also on using it as an alliance internal communication tool, and consequently, also as a governance mechanism to transfer knowledge. by mapping the different technologies used in an alliance in a shared document, explicit knowledge as well as redundancies are created. this will help to understand each other’s knowledge domains (e.g. nooteboom, 2000) and since tacit knowledge is turned into explicit knowledge, alliance coordination is simplified. 2.3.5 outsourcing complementary resources possess the potential to enhance synergy. in cases where knowledge is easy to transfer this process is straight forward. however, in cases where the complexity of matching complementarity resources is high, this could lead to hold up (nooteboom, 2000). the way to synergy creation might then go via direct outsourcing of activities to the alliance partner without much direct contact lowering coordination costs. however outsourcing also demands knowledge transfer in order to determine which activities are to be outsourced and in what way the outsourcing process will be set up. 2.4 alliance performance in industry, performance can be assessed at the innovation process level (innovative performance) and at the industrial outcome level (industrial performance, omta and de leeuw, 1997). since the research process takes place within an alliance we are looking at 98 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin the innovative performance at the alliance level. alliance performance in our paper therefore focuses on the output resulting from the collaboration. next to the direct results in terms of new products and processes, this could be new contacts, a better reputation within a network, or a new line of thinking. all of these outcomes may lead to a higher potential of future alliances with current or other partners and therefore demands a dynamic model. however, for the present paper, the choice was made to look at the alliance at one point in time. therefore the output focus lies on the synergy created and in how far the alliance resulted in new knowledge (inventions) and new products and processes (innovations). 2.4.1 alliance synergy synergy describes a situation where the final outcome of a system is bigger than the sum of its parts. this can be found in an alliance in the form of new knowledge that surmounts the knowledge input that was brought into the alliance from both alliance sides as well as to new processes and technologies resulting from the alliance. 2.4.2 exploration and exploitation performance alliance performance covers exploitation performance and exploration performance, where exploitation is concerned with the refinement and extension of existing technologies (lavie and rosenkopf, 2006) and exploration is rooted in the extensive search for potential new knowledge (march, 1991). the theory leads to the following general hypothesis: innovation alliances that show a higher level of complementarity and overcome cognitive distance with intense knowledge transfer lead to the creation of synergy and ultimately to a higher level of innovation performance. 3. research methods for this study a sample was composed of firms active in the dutch biotechnology sector. eighteen smes participated in the study, reporting about 40 alliances. for the empirical test of the model a two-step approach was chosen. firstly the constructs used in the model were operationalized. then the respondents were given the survey to answer the indicator questions on a likert scale of 1 (“not at all”) to 7 (“to a very large extent”). the detailed items used to measure each construct are listed in table 1. partial least squares (pls) software ( ringle et al., 2005) was used to model the alliance collaboration process and to test the main hypothesis. pls delivers construct scores, i.e. proxies of the constructs, which are measured by one or several indicators (henseler et al., 2009:283). pls is a causal modeling approach, developed by wold in 1975 and applicable in strategic management research (hulland, 1999). pls is similar to regression, but simultaneously models the structural path (i.e. theoretical relationship among constructs) and the measurement path (i.e. relationship between a construct and its indicators, chin et al., 2003, p. 25). the procedure enables the modelling of constructs and gives more accurate estimates of interaction effects between constructs, as it takes the measuring errors in the underlying indicators into account. pls shows the significant effects of the different constructs on each other, while every construct itself is reflected by its indicators (measures). with the help of pls (a series of 99exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances ordinary least squares) the constructs are estimated as linear combinations of its measures, by maximizing the explained variance for the indicators and the constructs. as a result the construct is not only maximally correlated with its own set of indicators, but also with the other constructs, according to the structure of the pls model (chin et al., 2003). although table 1. operationalization of constructs level construct convergent validity cross loading indicator questions (likert scales from 1 to 7 are employed) a lli an ce p ot en tia l level of complementarity 0.94 0.95 0.94 to what extent are there complementary resources in this alliance. the exchange of resources in this alliance is important. cognitive distance 0.89 0.85 0.87 0.86 to what extent does the expertise your company posses differ from your alliance partner? to what extent does the research field your company operates in differ from your alliance partner? to what extent are the patents you posses located in a different research field? alliance importance number of staff of your company involved in the alliance a lli an ce e xe cu tio n knowledge transfer 0.81 0.73 0.81 0.78 this alliance partner supports in management coaching and training. this alliance partner exchanges human resources with you. the exchange of human resources in this alliance is important. alliance compliance 0.85 0.91 0.81 in this alliance opportunism occurred to be a problem. in this alliance coordination occurred to be a problem. (both rescaled to 7= ” not at all “down to 1= ” extremely high amount of ”) governance mechanisms outsourcing 0.83 0.90 0.79 activities outsourced to the partner due to restrictions of company apparatus. activities outsourced to the partner due to restrictions of company skills. technology mapping extent of technology mapping used in this alliance. a lli an ce p er fo rm an ce alliance synergy please give the synergy created due to this alliance. exploration performance due to this cooperation new knowledge was generated. exploitation performance 0.83 0.91 0.78 due to this alliance products were developed, that were new to the market. due to this alliance production processes were created or significantly improved. 100 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin partial least squares (pls) can be used for theory confirmation, it can also be used to suggest where relationships might or might not exist and to suggest propositions for later testing (chin and newsted, 1999:313). marcoulides and saunders (2006) warn researchers not to use pls as a “silver bullet” while hair et al. (2011) specify under which conditions pls is indeed a silver bullet. for the decision to apply pls, the scaling, the number of cases and distribution of the data had to be taken into consideration. in contrast to lisrel, pls can deal with small sample sizes as small as 20, depending on the complexity of the model and the size of the effects to be detected (chin and newsted, 1999), and doesn’t require a normal distribution of the data (chin et al., 2003). with 40 alliances, in the present study the necessary condition that the number of cases at least exceeds the number of indicators (haenlein and kaplan, 2004) was reached. the significances of the interaction effects uncovered with pls were tested with bootstrapping. bootstrapping is a cross-validation method. it is a resampling procedure, which yields the same number of cases as in the original sample. as the bootstrapping is based on trial and error it gives slightly different results every time it is used for the same model, which differ even more from each other, the smaller the number of resamples. the number of resamples was chosen to be 1000 exceeding the 200 indicated as minimum by chatelin et al. (2002). the kolmogorov smirnov z test was used for finding differences between pharmaceutical related and agrifood related alliances and the kruskal wallis exact test was used to identify mean differences between the alliances stated by different companies of different size and location categories. 4. results 4.1 baseline description the hypothesis was tested analyzing 40 alliances of 18 smes in the dutch biotechnology sector. of the companies that answered the questionnaire, 6 have business activities in diagnostics, 6 in therapeutics, 3 in food and neutraceuticals and 6 in plants and seeds biotechnology. the majority of the smes are product oriented, with products such as biomarkers for cancer treatment, but also microbiological products related to food safety and breeding. fourteen smes are located in different clusters or cluster like set-ups, such as incubator centers, university campuses or business parks (see table 2), while 4 companies are not connected to a company agglomeration. the cluster or cluster like set-ups are spread all over the netherlands2. they are frequently headed by a coordinating organiza2 the leiden bioscience park (www.leidenbiosciencepark.nl) around leiden university includes more than 70 member companies, the science park amsterdam (www.scienceparkamsterdam.nl) around the university of amsterdam and the ‘vrije’ university of amsterdam consists of around 70 companies, and science park utrecht (www.utrechtsciencepark.nl) around the university of utrecht, more than 60 companies. in the north of the netherlands we find seed valley: (www.seedvalley.nl) a cluster of 22 breeding companies, located at one of the world’s largest plant breeding areas. the food valley cluster, around wageningen university, is coordinated by food valley organization (www.foodvalley.nl) and has more than 100 member companies. about 30 km to the south is the core of the healthvalley cluster (www.health-valley.nl), which is located around radboud university nijmegen, with around 100 member companies. in eindhoven, located in the south east of the netherlands, lies the high-tech campus of the university eindhoven (www.tue.nl) with 108 companies located on it. further to the east on the german border we find the biopartner center maastricht (www.bpcm.nl) located on the health campus of the university of maastricht with 22 companies. 101exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances tion, and financed by membership fees of the participating companies and/or public money. these coordinating organizations provide network formation, demand articulation, internationalization and innovation process support (omta and fortuin, 2011). they do so by organizing consortium meetings and annual conferences, providing matchmaking opportunities for member companies (network formation support), issuing (web-based) innovation alerts and providing information about marketing trends (demand articulation support), representing the member companies at international fairs and organizing business missions (internationalization support), and stimulating facility sharing and organizing of special workshops to enhance innovation management (innovation process support). the smes organized in science parks or university campuses indicated possessing the highest alliances performance levels. smes not related to bioscience parks or clusters described fewer complementary resources, fewer synergistic effects, and used outsourcing to a lesser extent. furthermore, they allocated a smaller level of relative importance to resource exchange, and especially to human resources exchange. their alliance performance levels were lower compared to the other alliances in our study, although they indicated they faced opportunism problems to a lesser extent. table 2. demographics of smes (n=18) and their alliances (n=40) in the present study. sme alliances bioscience park, university campus* 7 16 clusters** 7 15 not related to bioscience parks or clusters 4 9 18 40 * leiden bioscience park, utrecht science park, amsterdam science park, maastricht biopartner center, eindhoven tu ** food valley, health valley, seed valley eleven companies employ 2 to10 full time employees, while six companies employ 10 to 30 employees, and one company even has 113 employees. mangematin et al. (2003) found differences in their study on 60 french biotech smes between the slightly smaller smes (around 10 employees) with small innovation projects targeting niche markets and the slightly bigger smes (around 30 employees), which focused on radical innovation projects and grew faster than the first type (mangematin et al., 2003). also in our study we found a number of differences related to the size of the company. the companies with 10 to 30 employees indicated a higher number of staff involved per alliance, older alliances, used technology mapping to a lesser extent and stated—probably because of the more radical nature of the technology involved—a lower alliance performance level, compared to the smaller firms and the very big firm. the 40 alliances which are the focus of our analysis are split into 26 health-related alliances in 12 companies, and 14 agrifood related alliances between 6 companies. the most important alliance partners were knowledge institutions (in 40% of the cases), big pharmaceutical and chemical trusts (in 15%), other biotech smes (in 18%), and non-bio102 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin tech firms, such as manufacturers (in the 27% of the cases). the sample is dominated by research consortiums and strategic alliances but also includes two informal partnerships. as primary reasons for strating the alliance, increasing innovation and the use of complementary technologies was mentioned most often, followed by the increased access to funding and markets. thirty of the 40 alliances involved 1 to 3 persons from the companies that answered the questionnaire. in 8 alliances, 3 to 10 persons were involved and in two alliances the number of employees involved was not given. in 30% of the alliances more than 2 companies were involved. the ages of the alliances were equally distributed from 1 to 7 years. there were some differences between the groups of health-related and agrifood-related alliances that were able to be uncovered by using the kolmogorovsmirnov z test. among the health-related alliances, more technology was licensed out to the alliance partner(s), and a smaller cognitive distance characterized these alliances. the agrifood related alliances scored higher when it came to complementary resources and also with regard to the number of new products or processes that were created and improved in the alliance. 4.2 the measurement model hulland (1999) suggested a general methodology for applying pls on management issues. first, the reliability and validity of the measurement model has to be assessed before the structural model can be examined and path coefficients interpreted (hulland 1999: 198). the measurement model consists of the constructs and the indicators connected to them. its reliability and validity is assured by verifying individual item reliability, the convergent validity of measures associated with the individual constructs, and the discriminant validity. to measure individual item reliability, the cross-loadings between the indicators and the constructs were checked. every indicator should, in relation to its construct, have a cross loading higher than 0.7, and indicators to which constructs are not connected should never receive high cross-loadings than those to which they are (hulland, 1999). the cross-loadings of the indicators generated here fulfill these requirements (table 1). to assess the convergent validity of the measurement model a choice can be made between cronbach’s alpha and the composite reliability, as developed by fornell and larcker (1981). nunnally (1978) suggests 0.7 as a benchmark and according to hulland (1999) it can be used as a cut-off point for both measures. as cronbach’s alpha tends to underestimate the internal consistency in pls path models (hensler et al., 2009), the composite reliability was used to measure the convergent validity of the constructs in this paper. these were all above 0.7 (table 1). the traditional methodological complement to convergent validity is discriminant validity, which represents the extent to which measures of a construct differ from measures of other constructs in the same model (hulland 1999:199). by making use of the variance the construct shares with its indicators, compared to the variance it shares with the other constructs, the discriminant validity can be assessed by using the ave (i.e., the average variance shared between a construct and its measures). the square root of the ave should be higher than the construct correlations. table 3 shows that this requirement is also met. 103exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances table 3. construct correlations   1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sqrt ave ave 1 alliance compliance 1 0.86 0.74 2 alliance importance -0.20 1 1 1 3 cognitive distance -0.03 -0.11 1 0.86 0.74 4 exploitation performance -0.21 0 -0.11 1 0.84 0.71 5 exploration performance -0.13 0.19 0.28 0.25 1 1 1 6 knowledge transfer 0.15 0.37 0.26 -0.18 0.56 1 0.77 0.59 7 level of complementarity -0.36 0.1 0.07 0.23 0.48 0.29 1 0.94 0.89 8 outsourcing -0.13 0.22 -0.12 0.31 0.38 0.41 0.22 1 0.85 0.72 9 alliance synergy -0.23 -0.14 0.06 0.48 0.56 0.02 0.68 0.34 1 1 1 10 technology mapping -0.32 0.07 -0.53 0.51 -0.08 -0.37 0.19 0.14 0.29 1 1 1 sqrt ave 0.86 1 0.86 0.84 1 0.77 0.94 0.85 1 1   4.3 the structural model to what extent the path coefficient can be trusted depends on the significance level, verified by the t-values (huber et al., 2007) that are generated with the bootstrapping procedure. for our model all path coefficients are significant at least at an α = 0.05 level. the significance of estimated coefficients in the structural model can be seen in the t-values of table 4. the extent to which the endogenous constructs are explained by the exogenous constructs in the model can be determined on the basis of the r² values (displayed below in the text along with the equations derived from the model), wherein r² values of 0.67, 0.33, and 0.19 (with regard to pls path models) are seen as substantial, moderate, and weak, respectively (chin 1998). because the model was specified based on our hypotheses before the data were collected, the sample data were used to test the hypothesis only, and not to determine the structure of the model itself. consequently there was no need for any further model validation (kumar 2010). the following equations can be derived from the model: knowledge transfer[r²=0.29] = 0.31*cognitive distance + 0.46*alliance importance + e1 alliance synergy[r²=0.50] = 0.64*level of complementarity + 0.20* outsourcing + e2 technology mapping[r²=0.41] = -0.46*cognitive distance -0.28*alliance compliance -0.21*knowledge transfer + e3 alliance compliance[r²=0.13] = 0.36*level of complementarity + e4 104 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin table 4. significance of the estimated coefficients in the structural model   original predicted path coefficients sample mean (bootstrap) standard deviation (stdev) t-values alliance compliance -> knowledge transfer 0,23 0,21 0,11 2,16* alliance compliance -> technology mapping -0,28 -0,3 0,13 2,18* alliance importance -> knowledge transfer 0,46 0,45 0,15 3,14** cognitive distance -> knowledge transfer 0,31 0,33 0,12 2,49** cognitive distance -> technology mapping -0,46 -0,46 0,15 3,15** knowledge transfer -> exploration performance 0,54 0,55 0,1 5,43** knowledge transfer -> outsourcing 0,41 0,43 0,14 2,89** knowledge transfer -> technology mapping -0,21 -0,19 0,12 1,78* level of complementarity -> alliance compliance -0,36 -0,38 0,1 3,5** level of complementarity -> alliance synergy 0,64 0,63 0,11 5,97** outsourcing -> alliance synergy 0,2 0,21 0,12 1,75* alliance synergy -> exploitation performance 0,37 0,36 0,15 2,47** alliance synergy -> exploration performance 0,55 0,55 0,08 6,72** technology mapping -> exploitation performance 0,4 0,42 0,11 3,71** *= significant with a likelihood of mistake of 5 percent one tailed **= significant with a likelihood of mistake of 1 percent one tailed figure 2. pls model for testing hypotheses with path coefficients 1 2 cognitive distance alliance potential alliance execution technology mapping outsourcing -0.36 0.64 0.46 0.31 -0.21 0.41 0.40 0.20 0.55 0.37 exploration performance exploitation performance level of complementarity alliance importance knowledge transfer alliance synergy -0.28 0.23 alliance compliance -0.46 0.54 alliance performance 105exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances outsourcing[r²=0.17] = 0.41*knowledge transfer + e5 exploration performance[r²=0.61] = 0.54* knowledge transfer + 0.55*alliance synergy + e7 exploitation performance[r²=0.38]= 0.40*technology mapping + 0.37*alliance synergy + e8 the hypothesis, innovation alliances that show a higher level of complementarity and overcome cognitive distance with intense knowledge transfer lead to the creation of synergy and ultimately to a higher level of innovation performance, holds true as the significant path coefficients in the smart pls model indicate. the central role of knowledge transfer predicated upon human resource exchange becomes visible through the model. the positive path coefficient from cognitive distance leading to knowledge transfer and from knowledge transfer directly to exploration performance underscores that human resource exchange is the primary way of exchanging and converting both explicit and tacit knowledge. what is further interesting to note is the significantly negative path coefficient from the level of complementarity to alliance compliance, which seems counterintuitive at first glance. however, if it is assumed that the value of the complementary resources of each alliance partner is not equally spread among the alliance partners and if unexpected high returns might turn up, one of the partners might decide to harvest them alone, leading to opportunism and a lower alliance compliance. this explanation is supported by the fact that a moderately negative correlation of -0.30* was found from synergy created in the alliance to no problems of opportunism in the alliance. other negative path coefficients are found from alliance compliance to technology mapping, from cognitive distance to technology mapping, and from knowledge transfer to technology mapping. this effectively translates into: in cases of low alliance compliance, a small cognitive distance and a low level of knowledge transfer, a higher use of technology mapping is also found. to explain the interdependence of these constructs, we can elaborate the story which begins from a higher level of complementarity and results in a lower level of alliance compliance. to avoid opportunistic behavior, there is a clear need to put the technological contribution from each partner on paper, using technology mapping in order to create a common shared vision of this. the same holds in case of a smaller cognitive distance where it is even more likely that the partners doubt who is contributing what, and where concerns over becoming deprived of similar ip is higher than in alliances with a higher cognitive distance, i.e., where the knowledge/ip contribution is clearer from the beginning. this conclusion was given further support by an interview with an r&d manager of a high-tech sme who indicated that technology and patent mapping was used only in interaction case of alliance partners with close cognitive distance. in cases of a low level of knowledge transfer the higher level of technology mapping can instead therefore be seen as a communication tool. the positive link between knowledge transfer and outsourcing suggests that there is a need to transfer knowledge first in order to determine an innovation locus based on the core competencies and facilities of the companies. however, no significant positive link was found from technology mapping to outsourcing, which underlines the finding that the potential of technology mapping as an alliance communication tool is often not exploited to full extent. when it comes to alliance performance, 106 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin the direct link from knowledge transfer to exploration performance stands in contrast to exploitation performance, where knowledge transfer—via outsourcing—leads to alliance synergy, or—via technology mapping—to exploitation performance. 5. conclusions and discussion the objective of the present study was to explore the attributes of alliances in the biotech industry in order to derive recommendations for how to improve policy support for smes in the open innovation process. it was hypothesized that innovation alliances that show a higher level of complementarity and deal with cognitive distance by intensive knowledge transfer would show greater synergy creation, and ultimately a higher level of innovation performance. our empirical findings in the dutch biotech sector support this hypothesis. our research also supports earlier findings that alliances allow for access to complementary resources (ireland and hitt, 1999) and that alliance companies often get close enough to each other in order to acquire tacit knowledge (lane and lubatkin, 1998). furthermore it was shown that, depending on the alliance potential, a differentiated alliance execution process employing different governance mechanisms is required to achieve synergy and, in the end, a higher level of exploration and/or exploitation performance. as hypothesized, both explicit and tacit knowledge transfer were demonstrated to be of central importance in the alliance execution phase. the level of knowledge exchange also determined which governance mechanisms were selected for the alliance. knowledge transfer has to be based on the exchange of human resources and an open information flow in order to allow the exchange and conversion of tacit knowledge. we therefore conclude that mechanisms to enhance knowledge transfer, such as human resources exchange, deserve special attention in innovation alliances. the level of knowledge transfer was found to suffer from a lack of clarity about the division of the alliance outcomes among the partners. this indicates that, first of all, it is of crucial importance to make good contractual arrangements prior to alliance execution (tepic, 2012). a collaboration support tool, such as technology mapping, can then be used to create a common view on ip division among the partners and prevent the problem described by shan (1990), i.e., both parties claiming ownership of the generated alliance output. up front clarity about future ip division is also of crucial importance in order to secure investors. shan and song (1997) found that the number of patents acquired was one of the principal triggers for obtaining foreign equity investors. in the agricultural biotechnology sector there are fewer alliances and partnerships relative to the health biotech sector (see bagchi-sen et al., 2011). bagchi-sen et al. (2011) have explained this finding on the basis of the structure of the agrifood biotech industry, in which few big companies state a permanent threat of take-over that prevents smaller biotech firms from entering into alliances with them; as one of the ceos of an agricultural biotech sme in our sample stated, she would rather cooperate with other small companies, research institutes and universities, or with a client, but not with the big competitors next door. such a situation calls for a further stimulation of the open innovation process itself, by creating the trust necessary to enter into cooperations by providing clarity on the ip situation not only when entering the alliance but also during the alliance process itself. we therefore recommend policy makers to support innovation alliances by provid107exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances ing an infrastructure in which alliances can flourish. one way of doing this is by stimulating the formation of cluster organizations that can function as innovation brokers that provide network formation-, demand articulation-, internationalizationand innovation process-support to their member companies (see also the baseline description in omta and fortuin, 2011); such organizations could also act as a go-between among alliance partners (nooteboom, 1999a,b). as part of the innovation process support activities, they can organize special workshops for biotech smes on how to behave in an innovation alliance successfully. in such workshops open innovation support tools, such as contractual arrangements and technology and ip mapping can be presented. enhanced use of these collaborative support tools may also reduce the fear among many biotech smes of stepping into an alliance, because a lack of clarity regarding the future ownership of upcoming results often destroys the necessary compliance level needed to bring the collaboration successfully to a close. acknowledgments the authors would like to thank the companies that contributed to the research. we are also grateful for the suggestions of two anonymous reviewers. part of the study received funding from the european union seventh framework programme (fp7/20072013) under grant agreement n° 245301 netgrow“enhancing the innovativeness of food smes through the management of strategic network behavior and network learning performance”. references ahuja, g. (2000). collaboration networks, structural holes, and innovation: a longitudinal study. administrative science quarterly 45: 425-455. ale ebrahim, n., ahmed, s., and taha, z. (2010). smes; virtual research and development (r&d) teams and new product development: a literature review. international journal of the physical sciences 5: 916-930. alegre, j., sengupta, k. and lapiedra, r. (2011). knowledge management and innovation performance in a high-tech sme industry. international small business journal: published online before print october 12 (2011). ansoff, h.i. (1965). corporate strategy: an analytic approach to business policy for growth and expansion. new york: mcgraw-hill argyres, n.s. and liebeskind, j.p. (2002). governance inseparability and the evolution of the biotechnology industry. journal of economic behavior and organization 47: 197–219. bagchi-sen, s., kedron, p. and scully, j. (2011). a study of r&d, collaboration, and location preferences of health and agricultural biotech firms. evironment and planning. part c, government and policy 29: 473-486. barney, j.b. (1991). firms resources and sustained competitive advantage. journal of management 17: 99-120. baum, j.a.c., calabrese, t. and silverman, b.s. (2000). don’t go it alone: alliance network composition and startup’s performance in canadian biotechnology. strategic management journal 21: 267-294. 108 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin chatelin, y., esposito vinzi, v. and tenenhaus, m. (2002) state–of–art on pls path modeling throug the aviable software. hec research paper series cr 764. chesbrough, h.w. (2006). open business models: how to thrive in the new innovation landscape. harvard business school press boston. chin, w.w., marcolin, b.l. and newsted, p.r. (2003). a partial least squares latent variable modeling approach for measuring interaction effects: results from a monte carlo simulation study and an electronic mail adoption study. information systems research 14: 189-217. chin, w.w. (1998). the partial least squares approach for structural equation modeling. in: marcoulides, g.a.(ed), modern methods for business research, new york: lawrence erlbaum associates, 295-336. chin, w.w. and newsted, p.r. (1999). structural equation modeling analysis with small samples using partial least squares. in: hoyle, r.h. (ed.), statistical strategies for small sample research, sage publications, thousand oaks, 307-341. cohen, w.m. and levinthal, d.a. (1990). absorptive capacity: a new perspective on learning and innovation. administrative science quarterly 35: 128-152. collins, c.j. and smith, k.g. (2006). knowledge exchange and combination: the role of human resource exchange practices in the performance of high technology firms. academy of management journal 49(3): 544-560. comi, a., eppler, m.j. (2009) building and managing strategic alliances in technologydriven start-ups: a critical review of literature. imca working paper 1 choo, c.w. (1998). the knowing organization: how organizations use information to construct meaning, create knowledge, and make decisions. new york: oxford university press. denis, d. ( 2004). entrepreneurial finance: an overview of the issues and evidence. journal of corporate finance 10: 301-326. faul, f., erdfelder, e., lang, a.g. and buchner, a. (2007). g*power 3: a flexible statistical power analysis program for the social, behavioral, and biomedical sciences. behavior research methods 39: 175-191. fornell, c. and larcker, d. f. (1981). evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. journal of marketing research 18: 39-50. gay, b., dousset, b. (2005) innovation and network structural dynamics: study of the alliance network of amajor sector of biotechnology industry.research policy 34(5): 1457-1475. george, g., zahra, s.a., wheatly, k.k. and khan, r. (2001). the effects of alliance portfolio characteristics and absorptive capacity on performance: a study of biotechnology firms. journal of high technology management research 12: 205-226. haenlein, m. and kaplan, a.m. (2004). a beginner’s guide to partial least squares analysis. understand statistics 3(4): 283-297. hagedoorn, j. (1993). understanding the rational of strategic technology partnering: interorganisational modes of cooperation and sectoral differences. strategic management journal 14(5): 371-385. hair, j.f., ringle, c.m. and sarstedt, m. (2011). pls-sem. indeed a silver bullet. journal of marketing theory & practice 19(2): 135-147. hall, l.a. and bagchi-sen, s. (2002). a study of r&d, innovation, and business performance in the canadian biotechnology industry. technovation 22: 231-244. 109exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances hall, l. and bagchi-sen, s. (2007). an analysis of firm-level innovation strategies in the us biotechnology industry. technnovation 27: 4-14 harrison, j.s., hitt, m.a., hoskisson, r.e. and ireland, r.d. (2001). resource complementarity in business combinations: extending the logic to organisational alliances. journal of management 27: 679-690 heimeriks, k.h. and duysters, g. (2007). alliance capability as a mediator between experience and alliance performance: an empirical investigation into the alliance capability development process. journal of management studies 44: 25-49. henseler, j., ringle, c.m. and sinkovics, r.r. (2009). the use of partial least squares path modeling in international marketing. in: sinkovics, r.r. and ghauri, p.n. (eds.). advances in international marketing 20: 277-320. huber, f., herrman, a., meyer, f., vogel, j. and vollhard, k. (2007). kausalmodellierung mit partial least squares: eine anwendungsorientierte einfuehrung , first ed. gabler. hulland, j.s. (1999). use of partial least squares (pls) in strategic management research: a review of four recent studies. strategic management journal 20: 195-204. ireland, r.d. and hitt, m.a. (1999). achieving and maintaining strategic competitiveness in the 21st century: the role of strategic leadership. academy of management executive 13: 43-57. khilji, s. e., mroczkowski, t. and bernstein, b. (2006). from invention to innovation: toward developing an integrated innovation model for biotech firms. journal of product innovation management 23: 528-40. kumar, r. (2010). research methodology: a step-by-step guide for beginners. third edition. sage publications. lavie, d. and rosenkopf, l. (2006). balancing exploration and exploitation in alliance formation. academy of management journal 49: 797-818. lane, p.j. and lubatkin, m. (1998). relative absorptive capacity and interorganizational learning. strategic management journal 19: 461-478. majewski, se. (1998). causes and consequences of strategic alliance formation: the case of biotechnology. phd dissertation, university of california, berkeley. mangematin, v., lemariè, s., boissin, j.-p., catherine, d., corolleur, f., corolini, r. and trommetter, m. (2003). development of smes and heterogeneity of trajectories: the case of biotechnology in biotechnology firms. research policy 32: 737-750 march, j.g. (1991). exploration and exploitation in organizational learning. organization science 2: 71-87. marcoulides, g.a. and saunders, c. (2006). pls: a silverbullet? management information systems quarterly 30(2): 3-9. montgomery, c. a. (1985). product-market diversification and market power. academy of management journal 28: 789-798. nooteboom, b. (1994). innovation and diffusion in small firms: theory and evidence. small business economics 6: 327-347. nooteboom, b. (1999a). roles of the go-between. in: r.th.a.j. leenders and s.m. gabbay (eds.), corporate social capital (deventer: kluwer), 341-355. nooteboom, b. (1999b). innovation and inter-firm linkages: new implications for policy. research policy 28: 793-805. nooteboom, b. (2000). learning by interaction: absorptive capacity, cognitive distance and governance. journal of management and governance 4: 69-92. 110 p.j.p. garbade, s.w.f. (onno) omta, f.t.j.m. fortuin nooteboom b., haverbeke w.h., duysters, g., gilsing, v. and oord, a. (2007). optimal cognitive distance and absorptive capacity. research policy 36: 1016-1034. nonaka, i. (1994). a dynamic theory of organizational knowledge creation. organization science 5(1): 14-37. nonaka, i. and van knogh, g. (2009). tacit knowledge and knowledge conversion: controversy and advancement in organizational knowledge creation theory. organization science 20(3): 635-652. nunnally, j.c. (1978). psychometric theory. new york: mcgraw-hill. omta, s.w.f. and de leeuw, a.c.j. (1997). management control, uncertainty, and performance in biomedical research in universities, institutes and companies. journal of engineering and technology and management 14: 223-257. omta, s.w.f. and fortuin, f.t.j.m. (2011). the effectiveness of cluster organization functions from a member company perspective: the case of food valley organization. international food and agribusiness management association frankfurt, germany. pangarkar, n. (2003) determinants of alliance duration in uncertain environments: the case of the biotechnology sector. long range planning 36: 269-284. park, s.h. and russo, m.v. (1996). when competition eclipses cooperation: an event history analysis of joint venture failure. management science 43: 875-889. phene, a. and tallman, s. (2012). complexity, context and governance in biotechnology alliances. journal of international business studies 43: 61-83. pisano, g. ( 2006). science business: promise, reality, and the future of biotechnology. harvard business school press, boston. powell, w.w., koput, k.w. and smith-doerr, l. (1996). interorganizational collaboration and the locus of innovation: networks of learning in biotechnology. administrative science quaterly 41(1): 116-145. powell, w.w., white, d.r., koput, k.w. and owen-smith, j. (2005). network dynamics and field evolution: the growth of interorganizational collaboration in the life sciences. american journal of sociology 110: 1132-1205. ringle, c.m., wende, s. and will, a. (2005). smartpls 2.0 m3 (beta), hamburg: http:// www.smartpls.de.  rosenkopf, l. and almeida, p. (2003). overcoming local search through alliances and mobility. management science 49: 751-766. rothaermel, f. t. and deeds, d.l. (2004). exploration and exploitation alliances in biotechnology: a system of new product development. strategic management journal 25: 201-221. rowley, t., behrens, d. and krackhardt, d. (2000). redundant governance structures: an analysis of structural and relational embeddedness in the steel and semiconductor industries. strategic management journal 21(3): 369-386. shan, w. (1990). an empirical analysis of organizational strategies by entrepreneurial high technology firms. strategic management journal 11: 129-39. shan w. and song j. (1997). foreign direct investment and the sourcing of technological advantage: evidence from the biotechnology industry. journal of international business studies 28(2): 267–284. smith-doerr, l., j.o. owen-smith, k.w. koput and powell, w.w. (1999). networks and knowledge production: collaboration and patenting in biotechnology. in: leenders, 111exploring the characteristics of innovation alliances r.th.a.j. and gabbay, s.m. (eds.), corporate social capital and liability. dordrecht: kluwer. standing, s., standing, c. and lin, c. (2008). a framework for managing knowledge in strategic alliances in the biotechnology sector. systems research and behavioral science 25(6): 783-796. tepic, m. (2012). innovation capabilities and governance in the agri-food sector. phd thesis, wageningen university. terziovski, m. and morgan, j.p. (2006). management practices and strategies to accelerate the innovation cycle in the biotechnology industry. technovation 26: 545-552. weick, k.f. (1995). sensemaking in organizations. thousand oaks ca: sage. zucker, l.g., and darby, m. (1996). star scientists and institutional transformation: patterns of invention and innovation in the formation of the biotechnology industry. proceedings of the national academy of sciences 93: 12709-12716. bio-based and applied economics 8(1): 3-19, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8144 how did farmers act? ex-post validation of linear and positive mathematical programming approaches for farmlevel models implemented in an agent-based agricultural sector model gabriele mack*, ali ferjani, anke möhring, albert von ow, stefan mann agroscope, socioeconomics research group, 8356 ettenhausen, switzerland abstract. this study evaluates linear programming (lp) and positive mathematical programming (pmp) approaches for 3,400 farm-level models implemented in the swissland agent-based agricultural sector model. to overcome limitations of pmp regarding the modelling of investment decisions, we further investigated whether the forecasting performance of farm-level models could be improved by applying lp to animal production activities only, where investment in new sectors plays a major role, while applying pmp to crop production activities. the database used is the swiss farm accountancy data network. ex-post evaluation was performed for the period from 2005 to 2012, with the 2003-2005 three-year average as a base year. we found that pmp applied to crop production activities improves the forecasting performance of farm-level models compared to lp. combining pmp for crop production activities with lp for modelling investment decisions in new livestock sectors improves the forecasting performance compared to pmp for both crop and animal production activities, especially in the medium and long term. for short-term forecasts, pmp for all production activities and pmp combined with lp for animal production activities produce similar results. keywords. agent-based sector model, farm-level model, linear programming, positive mathematical programming, ex-post validation. jel codes. c61, q18, q19. 1. introduction agricultural policy models apply either linear programming (lp) or positive mathematical programming (pmp) approaches to analyse the impact of policy changes. the main advantages of pmp models over conventional lp models are that they guarantee exact calibration to the base year and avoid predicting overspecialisation without adding weakly justified constraints to the model formulation (kanellopoulos et al., 2010). further *corresponding author: gabriele.mack@agroscope.admin.ch 4 g. mack et alii advantages of pmp models are that they do not require large datasets and can be viewed as a bridge between econometric models, with substantial data requirements, and more limited lp models (heckelei and britz, 2005; howitt et al., 2012). studies evaluating the practice of pmp more than 15 years after howitt published the first paper on this subject in 1995 show that pmp has become very popular in aggregated policy-decision support models (garnache et al., 2015; heckelei et al., 2012). the popularity of pmp is underscored by the fact that the majority of both european and non-european aggregated sector models1 have used it for the calibration of crop and animal production since 2000. however, pmp is much less popular in farm-level models. one reason for the limited use of pmp in this context is that farm-level models generally only take into account the activities observed during the reference period, even though new policies and market conditions allow farmers to undertake new production activities. to date, only a few farmlevel models have used pmp to calibrate the crop activities of arable farms (iglesias et al., 2008; kanellopoulos et al., 2010) or both animal and crop production activities of dairyfarm models (buysse et al., 2007, louhichi et al., 2010). iglesias et al. (2008) extended the pmp approach by incorporating new irrigation technologies for crop production activities in farm-level models using pmp. farm-level models implemented in agent-based models, which use mathematical programming methods to determine the production decisions of the farm agents (happe, 2004; röder and kantelhardt, 2009; lobianco and esposti, 2010; schreinemachers et al., 2011), also prefer an lp approach over pmp. to our knowledge, there have been, to this point, no farm-level models implemented in agent-based models which use pmp. the aim of this study is to assess the best mathematical programming approach for farm-level models implemented in the swissland2 agent-based agricultural sector model on an empirical basis, i.e. going beyond theoretical considerations. we analysed the forecasting performance of a linear optimisation approach compared to a pmp approach. because there is no single pmp approach in practice, but several different mathematical versions of pmp which all influence the forecasting performance of farm-level models, this study reviewed the most frequently used approaches for application in single farm models. to overcome limitations of the pmp approach regarding the modelling of investment decisions, we further investigated whether the forecasting performance of farmlevel models could be improved by applying lp only to those production activities where investment in new sectors plays a major role. this is why we also validated an approach which combines pmp for crop production activities and lp for animal production activities. the ex-post evaluation was carried out for the period from 2005 to 2012, with the 2003-2005 three-year average as a base year. over this period, swiss agricultural policy changed decisively, particularly for milk and meat production. to cite an example, swit1 examples of pmp-based, aggregated models representing either farm-type groups or whole regions are the german farmis model (offermann et al., 2005), the italian fipim model (arfini et al., 2011), the spanish promapa model (júdez et al., 2008), the european capri-farm model (gocht and britz, 2011), the swiss silas model (mann et al., 2003), the german-austrian glowa-danubia decision-support system model (winter, 2005), the european capri-reg model (britz and witzke, 2014), the dutch dram model (helming, 2005), the usda reap model (johansson et al., 2007), the california swap model (howitt et al., 2012) and the new zealand model nzfarm (daigneault et al., 2014). 2 swissland’ is the german acronym for ‘structural change information system switzerland. 5how did farmers act? zerland concluded a free-trade agreement for cheese with the eu in 2007. the same year saw the country’s gradual withdrawal from the milk quota system (flury et al., 2005), as well as the introduction of direct payments for dairy cows. section 2 of this paper gives a brief overview of an lp approach for single farm optimisation models and describes the most relevant pmp versions considered for the evaluation. section 3 gives an overview of the swissland agent-based sector model and describes the different pmp and lp modelling options tested for the 3,400 single farm models implemented in the swissland model for the ex-post period from 2005 to 2012. by drawing a comparison with the historical pathway, section 4 illustrates the forecasting performance of the single farm models at the farm and sectoral scales, and section 5 provides conclusions as to how pmp and lp could be used in farm-based modelling. 2. overview of lp and pmp approaches mathematical programming has been used in agricultural economics for more than fifty years. mathematical programming starts from a decision rule of the decision maker, which determines the levels of the different variables when aiming to optimise the objective set by the decision maker (hazell and norton, 1986). mathematical programming applied to farm models maximises the farm profit. max z =∑ipixi – cixi (1a) subject to: ∑iawixi ≤ bw and xi ≥ 0 (1b) in equation 1a, parameter z denotes the farm profit to be maximised, p is the vector of product prices, c is the vector of variable costs, x is the vector of production levels and i is the index for the production activities. the optimal solution must fulfil the constraints in equation 1b, where bw is the available quantity of resource endowments w, and a is the demand of resource endowments of one unit of x. mathematical programming models assuming constant marginal costs in the objective function became generally known as lp models. a main disadvantage of lp models is a tendency to overspecialise in crop production (howitt, 1995). this was the main reason why howitt (1995) developed models based on the pmp technique. howitt et al. (2012; 245) describe pmp as a ‘deductive approach to simulating the effects of policy changes on cropping patterns at the extensive and intensive margins. the term positive implies the use of observed data as part of the model calibration process’. pmp models use information contained in shadow values of an lp model which is bound to observed activity levels by calibration constraints (step 1). based on these shadow values, a non-linear objective function is specified such that observed activity levels are reproduced by the optimal solution of the new programming problem without bounds (step 2). many pmp-models use a quadratic, decreasing marginal gross margin function (equation 2) that assumes increasing marginal costs in the objective function, whilst returns to scale remain constant. this functional form was proposed by howitt (1995) because of increasing variable costs per unit of production due to inadequate machinery 6 g. mack et alii and management capacity, and due to decreasing yields related to land heterogeneity. max z = ∑ipixi – dixi – 1/2 xiqiixi (2) q revenue xii ii i = ∗ 1 ρ * * (3) di = ci – λi – qiixi* (4) in equation 2, parameter di denotes the vector of the linear term for crop and animal production activity i of the quadratic objective function, whilst qii denotes the symmetric, positive (semi-) definite matrix of the quadratic cost term. most pmp models estimate the matrix coefficients qii and di of the quadratic cost terms based on exogenous supply elasticities ρii from the literature, according to equation 3. in equation 3, the parameter revenue* denotes the observed revenues from product sales in the base year and parameter xi* denotes the production levels of the base year. to determine the coefficients di and qii (equations 3 and 4), the shadow values λi of the calibration constraints for both marginal and preferential activities need to be recovered from the primal lp model described in equation 1. in ‘standard’ pmp the cost functions are estimated for each production activity xi separately, whilst röhm et al. (2003) consider the elasticity of substitution among interrelated crops. because, in ‘standard’ pmp, increasing marginal costs are only assumed for preferential activities whilst constant costs are applied for marginal activities, pmp has often been criticised for its arbitrary assumptions (howitt et al., 2012; kanellopoulos et al., 2010). thus, two pmp versions (howitt et al., 2012) have been developed to overcome these limitations. the first pmp version, the ‘extended pmp variant’, was published by kanellopoulos et al. (2010). it solves this problem by estimating a q matrix for either marginal or preferential activities by using exogenous land rents β in the linear objective function for the available area y according to equation 5: max z =∑ipixi – cixi – β * y (5) another variant of pmp was proposed by paris and howitt (1998). this variant estimates the resource and calibration constraint shadow values based on maximum entropy (me). 3. methods and database 3.1 overview of the agent-based sector model swissland the agent-based swissland model depicts 3,400 farms from the swiss farm accountancy data network [fadn] data pool as realistically as possible in terms of their operational and cost structures, as well as their social behaviour, as a representative sample of the estimated 50,000 family farms in switzerland. the key objects of the model are agents representing fadn farms. for each farm, we model production and investment decisions, farm takeover and farm exit decisions, as well as lease decisions for land plots and inter7how did farmers act? action among agents on the land market (table 1, categorised according to an [2012]). table 1 also lists the various data sources and the methods we use for modelling the decision-making of the agents. for the modelling of lease decisions, a spatial structure of representative reference municipalities was implemented in the model (mack et al., 2013). this allows the farms to interact on the land market. these interactions are only possible within the lease regions and with (constructed) neighbouring agents, however. a lease algorithm enables the plotby-plot allocation of exiting farms’ land to the remaining farms operating in the immediate vicinity. a plot-by-plot bidding process models which neighbouring agent receives the freed-up land and at what lease price. the neighbouring agent achieving the highest expected increase in income with the lease of the plot receives the lease plot. exiting farms are those where the farm manager is not passing on the farm to a successor, or where the potential successor decides against farm takeover on economic grounds. two income parameters, (1) household income per farm and (2) agricultural income per total labour input, were selected to model farm takeover decisions. income criteria to model farm exits and farm entries were derived from the regional income levels in the previous period from 2005 to 2012. a detailed description of the different modules of the swissland model can be found in möhring et al. (2016). because this paper focuses on the modelling of production and investment decisions, we present this issue in detail in section 3.2. the model simulates a forecast period of up to thirty calendar years, corresponding more or less to a generational cycle of the farming family. the adaptive reactions of the individual agents and their behaviour when interacting with other agents are depicted in annual steps. table 1. behavioural and decision submodels included in the swissland agent-based sector model and data collection sources. submodels behaviour data collection decision model sa m pl e su rv ey (f a d n ) sa m pl e su rv ey (r ep re se nt at iv e) c en su s d at a g is d at a ba ye sia n ne tw or k m ic ro ec on om ic h eu ris tic r ul eba se d sp ac e th eo ry -b as ed in st itu tio nba se d pr ef er en ce -b as ed h yp ot he tic al r ul es agent rational decision module production decisions x x farm manager’s life cycle farm takeover, farm exit x x x land market lease decisions for land plots x x x x x x growth and investment investment decisions x x strategy for shifts in labour input x x x x x 8 g. mack et alii swissland calculates sectoral output indicators via an extrapolation algorithm. zimmermann et al. (2015) have compared various extrapolation alternatives for the model. product quantities and prices, land-use and labour trends, income trends according to the economic accounts for agriculture, sectoral input and output factors for calculating environmental impacts, and key structural figures, such as number of farms, size and type of farm or number of farms changing their farming system, are all sectoral output indicators. 3.2 options for modelling production and investment decisions rational agent behaviour is taken as an important basic assumption of the model. hence, each agent maximises its annual household income for each time period t (equation 6). in keeping with the theory of adaptive expectations, the agents (a) make their production decisions based on price (p) and yield (ε) expectations from the previous year (t-1) for the various animal (l) and crop production (g) activities. prices and yields were estimated for each agent on an individual-farm basis using the fadn data for the base year, with the observed price trends and average annual yield changes (∆) resulting from 2000 to 2012 being stipulated exogenously for each time period. household income results from the sale of agricultural products originating from land use (land g) and livestock farming (animal l), from off-farm work (offfarm o), and from the proceeds of direct payments (payment d) less the means-of-production costs (costfunction). the level of direct payments corresponds to the year-specific, production-dependent and production-independent approaches in each case, in accordance with current agricultural-policy provisions. because this study tests various linear and pmp-based quadratic cost functions for crop and animal production activities, the cost functions are described in detail in the equations 7-12 below. max incomea,t = ∑gpa,g * ∆pt-1,g * εa,g * ∆εt-1,g * landa,t,g + ∑lpa,l * ∆pt-1,l * εa,l * ∆εt-1,l * animala,t,l + ∑opa,o * ∆pt-1,o * offfarma,t,o + ∑dpd,a * ∆pt,d * paymenta,t,d – ostfunctiona,t subject to ∑gωa,g,w * landa,t,g ≤ areaa,t ∑lωa,l,w * animala,t,l ≤ placesa,t ∑fωa,f,w * laboura,t,f * landa,t,g + laboura,t,f * animala,t,l ≤ labourcapa,t (6) the resource endowment (ω) of a farm consists of the available area (area), animal places on the farm (places), other capacities limiting animal and crop production (e.g. sugar beet quota, milk quota up to 2007, provisions on the receipt of direct payments), and labour force (labourcap). the use of individual-farm fadn data ensures that various factors influencing the objective-function and production-coefficient matrix are automatically taken into account, 9how did farmers act? allowing the depiction of numerous management options that are typical for switzerland. the cost and output parameters of the production activities are therefore heterogeneous and influence the agents’ decision-making scope. five different options for modelling animal and crop production decisions were analysed in this study (table 2). option 1 determines both crop and animal production decisions based on linear cost functions for 17 crops and 8 animal production activities according to equation 7: max incomea,t = revenuea,t – ∑lcl,a * ∆ct-1,l * animala,t,l – ∑gcg,a * ∆ct-1,g * landa,t,g (7) option 1 does not calibrate the production activities to base-year levels. it takes into account the uptake of crop production activities which were not observed in the base year, but which occur in the farm’s historic crop mix. for animal production activities, it considers the adoption of new production sectors. for modelling new production activities, which were not observed in the base-year, missing information must be added with the help of average values for other farms, or extrapolated using standard data. for all agent activities occurring in the production programme of the forecast years rather than in the base year, the yield and price coefficients are estimated with the aid of a random distribution based on the means and standard deviations of the values for all agents from the same region and farm type (see möhring et al. [2016]). options 2a and 2b apply linear cost functions for animal production activities only, while pmp-based quadratic cost functions are used to determine crop production decisions (equation 8). these options consider only crop production activities which were observed in the base year, whereas, for animal production activities, investment activities in new production sectors are taken into account. max incomea,t = revenuea,t – ∑gcg,a * ∆ct-1,g * landa,t,g – ∑gda,g * landa,t,g – 0.5 ∑gqa,g * land2 a,t,g – ∑lcl,a * ∆ct-1,l * animala,t,l (8) option 2a estimates the matrix coefficients q of the non-linear cost term based on base-year revenues (revenue*) and base-year crop production levels (land*), and uses supply elasticities equal to one owing to the lack of empirical data (equation 9). q revenue landg a g a g a , * * , , = (9) for those production activities where the output is used on the farm itself, is calculated based on linear costs and shadow values according to the german farm type model farmis (schader, 2009): qg,a = (cg,a + λg,a) / land*g,a (10) the linear term d of the quadratic cost function is calculated according to equation 11. dg,a = λg,a – qg,a land*g,a (11) 10 g. mack et alii option 2b estimates the matrix coefficients of the quadratic cost functions for crop production activities on the basis of maximum entropy. the maximum entropy technique in combination with the pmp calibration allows us to recover a quadratic activity variable cost function accommodating complementarity and substitution relations between activities. to estimate the parameter vector dg,a and the matrix qg,a of the variable cost support points for the parameters were defined. as a starting point, the linear parameters dg,a could be centred around the observed accounting cost per unit of the activity. for example, the two unknown parameters are specified as an additive function of a number of support points. we could choose five support points zd (d1,..d5) and zq (zq1,.. zq5) for parameter dg,a and the matrix qg,a. the entropy problem is maximised using support-points consisting of a zd vector and a zq matrix. because no cross cost effects are expected between crop and animal activities, the linear vector d of the quadratic activity cost function is partitioned into one vector which includes the crop activities and a second vector which includes the animal activities. similarly, the quadratic matrix q is partitioned into one matrix which includes the crop activities and a second matrix which includes the animal activities. both pmp approaches guarantee exact calibration of supply decisions at farm and aggregated levels, taking into account the trade of factors among farms. nevertheless, different approaches can produce different results when used to predict the future behaviour of the farmer. options 2a and 2b combine the advantages of both pmp and lp modelling, with pmp calibrating crop production activities to observed base-year levels taking into account the pedoclimatic conditions of the individual farms, and lp enabling modelling of the adoption of new animal production sectors. in all models with a linear cost function in animal husbandry, agents can invest in new barns, allowing them to expand their herd size considerably even within a specific time period, provided that all other necessary resources are available in sufficient quantity. moreover, switching to new production activities is easily possible in the animal husbandry sector. in order to avoid an objective function with an integer formulation, however, individual barn construction variants (previously selected and evaluated according to plausibility) are tested iteratively with the aid of the loop process for each agent entitled to investment. here, the annual external costs of the entire building (depreciation, repair, insurance and interest) are taken into account, irrespective of whether the barn can be fully utilised. if the agent is entitled to receive investment credits or investment aid, these lower the interest charges. ultimately, the variant with the highest positive objective-function value is implemented. in the following year, all animal places resulting from the investment in the barn are available to the farmer. in this case, further use of the old barn is ruled out. investment activities in new animal sectors are taken into account when a farm successor takes over from his predecessor. only for older agents it was assumed that investment was primarily in the animal sectors pursued to date. options 3a and 3b test pmp-based quadratic production-cost functions for both animal and crop production activities (equation 12): max incomea,t = revenuea,t – ∑gcg,a * ∆ct-1,g * landa,t,g – ∑gda,g * landa,t,g – 0.5 ∑gqa,g * land2 a,t,g – ∑lcl,a * ∆ct-1,l * animala,t,l – ∑lda,l * animala,t,l – 0.5 ∑lqa,l * animal2 a,t,l (12) 11how did farmers act? because investments in new barns radically alter the cost structure, the pmp-based cost function completely changes the function values derived in the base year. since no methods were previously available to estimate the change in the pmp-based cost functions derived from the base year, a continuous model approach in which the agents continuously expand their barns by individual animal places was chosen for options 3a and 3b. table 2. modelling options for determining production and investment decisions in the farm-level models of the swissland agent-based sector model. option no name cost function for crop production activities cost function for animal production activities pmp calibration method estimate of matrix coefficients of quadratic cost function investments 1 linear linear linear investment activities for new buildings 2a linear-quadrevenues pmp-based quadratic linear extended revenues investment activities for new buildings 2b linear-quadentropy pmp-based quadratic linear extended maximum entropy investment activities for new buildings 3a quadrevenues pmp-based quadratic pmp-based quadratic extended revenues continuous investment costs for buildings 3b quadentropy pmp-based quadratic pmp-based quadratic extended maximum entropy continuous investment costs for buildings pmp: positive mathematical programming 3.3 assessing forecasting performance in this study, we assess the forecasting performance of the options based on the average forecasting error (afe) measuring the difference between forecasted and historical parameters at the farm and sectoral scales. the farm-scale parameters assess the forecasting performance only of those agents who remained in the sample for the entire simulation period (2005 to 2012). in contrast, sectoral parameters represent changes in the total swiss farm population over the period from 2005 to 2012 and take into account the farm sample changes due to farm exits and entries. therefore, the simulation results from all agents were extrapolated to the sectoral scale based on zimmermann et al. (2015). at the farm scale, the afe measures the percentage difference between historical and forecasted average production levels for each activity. the weighted average forecasting error (wafe) of crops aggregates the afe of all crops based on average production share in the fadn farm sample. the wafe is calculated analogously for animals. finally, the total weighted average annual forecasting error (twafe) aggregates the wafe for crops 12 g. mack et alii and animals equally. at the farm scale, average crop and animal production levels from all fadn farms over a period of three years represent historical parameters. at the sectoral scale, we calculate the production changes from 2003-2005 and 20102012 in percent. the forecasting error measures the deviation from historical values. at sectoral scale, historical values are based on production changes in the total swiss farm population over this period. 4. results the swissland results were obtained for each specification rule of the cost function. table 3 presents the historical average production levels of the corresponding fadnfarms and the afe for crop and animal production activities in the short and long term. linear cost functions for both crop and animal production activities (option 1) lead at farm scale to the wafe of almost 50% for crops and to the twafe for both animal and crop production in both time periods (table 3). the results in table 3 also show that crop activities supported by direct payments, such as extensive grassland, fallow land, oilseed rape, soya and sunflower, are highly overestimated in the linear version (option 1), whilst pmp for crop production activities significantly reduces the afe in both time periods. in the short term, the approaches with quadratic production costs for crop activities and linear production costs for animal activities (options 2a and 2b) show, on average, the same wafe as options 3a and 3b with quadratic production costs for both animal and crop production activities. however, in the long term, options 2a and 2b show better forecasting performance than options 3a and 3b. the forecasting performance of options 2a and 2b improves, in particular, for the livestock categories of cattle, dairy cows, suckler cows, horses and hens, which showed above-average production increases from 2005 to 2012 due to investment activities. furthermore, the afe of fodder and grassland activities decreases in options 2a and 2b because these activities are highly influenced by the cattle production level. only for marginal animal activities, such as sheep and goats, which are underrepresented in the swiss fadn farm sample, is the afe higher in the linear version than in the pmp variants. for crop activities as a whole, the entropy versions and the revenue versions lead to similar results in the short and long term. the results also show that both pmp variants (based on revenues or entropy) do not influence forecasting performance where pmp is combined with lp. where pmp is used for both production categories, the entropy method leads to slightly better forecasting performance in the long term. table 4 shows that all model options using pmp (options 2a to 3b) reproduce the observed farm exits in the long term much better than the linear version (option 1), which significantly underestimates farm exits. because high farm income reduces the probability of a farm exit, these results indicate that the linear version (option 1) significantly overestimates farm specialisation and farm income. comparing the extrapolated production changes of all agents with the historical production changes in the agricultural sector shows that the options with linear cost functions for animals (options 2a and 2b) lead to better results in the long term, particularly in the sectors where the highest production increases were previously observed, such as suckler cows, hens, horses, goats and poultry. in these animal sectors, above-average investments in new housing, which overcompensate for the reduced production owing to farm exits, were observed in the past. 13how did farmers act? table 3. shortand long-term results at farm scale: historical crop and animal production levels of all swiss fadn farms and forecasting errors of the modelling options. historical parameters average production levels of all fadn farms average forecasting error of modelling options [afe in %] 2003 2005 2006 2008 2010 2012 no 1 linear§ no 2a linearquadrevenues‡ no 2b linearquadentropy† no 3a quad revenues¶ no 3b quad entropy¤ base year s l s l s l s l s l s l unit (ha) (ha) (ha) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) bread grain 1.39 1.40 1.46 50 52 10 13 8 12 8 10 6 10 feed grain 1.07 1.13 0.92 84 80 14 5 14 6 12 12 9 12 grain maize 0.22 0.20 0.21 28 21 8 2 8 2 4 6 11 4 silage maize 0.88 0.91 1.00 9 17 7 3 7 3 2 6 3 6 sugar beet 0.30 0.32 0.32 11 12 3 4 3 4 2 3 3 3 potatoes 0.30 0.27 0.25 299 326 2 4 2 5 13 8 3 9 oilseed rape 0.21 0.23 0.30 237 162 14 34 14 33 12 33 12 32 sunflower 0.04 0.05 0.04 321 444 11 15 11 15 15 15 11 15 legumes 0.07 0.08 0.05 130 236 19 18 18 19 12 24 15 24 vegetables 0.09 0.10 0.11 237 224 13 16 13 16 11 15 12 15 fallow land 0.04 0.05 0.03 73 148 13 25 15 23 2 29 14 24 temporary grassland 2.86 2.92 3.34 10 22 5 8 3 10 1 11 0 13 extensive grassland 1.30 1.30 1.31 68 64 1 1 3 5 20 1 3 5 less-intens. grassland 0.69 0.68 0.65 8 13 16 21 17 23 2 25 18 24 intensive grassland 8.66 8.79 8.92 9 11 1 2 0 2 14 3 1 2 extensive pastures 0.21 0.25 0.25 20 21 11 13 7 9 3 16 8 9 intensive pastures 1.77 1.78 1.69 2 3 2 3 5 0 3 2 6 1 unit (lu) (lu) (lu) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) livestock (total) 26.98 27.65 29.83 10 13 5 5 4 6 5 11 5 13 cattle (total) 21.60 22.07 24.00 13 16 7 8 6 8 7 14 8 14 dairy cows 14.80 14.97 16.21 11 15 6 6 3 6 4 11 4 11 suckler cows 1.28 1.57 1.86 15 5 1 2 7 5 22 34 22 35 horses 0.19 0.22 0.20 16 2 1 11 10 2 6 27 4 34 sheep 0.21 0.22 0.22 14 33 29 33 14 30 4 7 3 8 goats 0.05 0.05 0.06 8 6 11 10 7 11 5 23 2 23 sows 3.98 4.14 4.08 5 7 9 10 7 10 6 9 5 7 fattening pigs 2.52 2.61 2.67 7 1 2 4 8 3 14 13 14 2 hens 0.34 0.35 0.59 1 25 19 18 0 21 1 40 3 39 poultry 0.60 0.60 0.67 1 11 13 23 6 12 0 10 0 12 14 g. mack et alii the results show that modelling investment decisions in new animal capacities based on linear cost functions (options 2a and 2b) leads to better results than using continuous investment activities combined with quadratic cost functions (options 3a and 3b). the results also show that pmp used for crop production activities underestimates production increases which are above-average (such as rapeseed, sugar beet, field vegetables etc.). these results are caused by two characteristics of pmp. on the one hand, the farm-level models only take into account the activities observed during the 2005 reference period, so the adoption of new crop production activities in subsequent years could not be taken into account. on the other hand, the quadratic cost functions prevent overspecialisation and above-average production increases for single activities. we can only assess the performance of the model based on its forecasting capacity. 5. conclusions this ex-post validation at farm scale clearly shows that, in the short term, supply curve specifications based on pmp only or on pmp combined with lp for selected historical parameters average production levels of all fadn farms average forecasting error of modelling options [afe in %] 2003 2005 2006 2008 2010 2012 no 1 linear§ no 2a linearquadrevenues‡ no 2b linearquadentropy† no 3a quad revenues¶ no 3b quad entropy¤ base year s l s l s l s l s l s l weighted average forecasting error [wafe in %] crop production       50 55 4 5 4 5 4 7 4 7 animal production     10 14 6 10 6 10 7 13 7 11 total weighted average forecasting error [twafe in %] average       30 34 5 8 5 8 5 10 5 9 s = short term; l = long term; lu: livestock unit; fadn: swiss farm accountancy data network data pool; § linear = linear cost functions for crop and animal production activities; ‡ linear-quad-revenues = linear cost functions for animal production activities and pmp-based quadratic cost functions for crop production activities. estimate of pmp coefficients based on revenues; † linear-quad-entropy = linear cost functions for animal production activities and pmp-based quadratic cost functions for crop production activities. estimate of pmp coefficients based on maximum entropy; ¶ quad-revenues = pmp-based quadratic cost functions for animal and crop production activities. estimate of pmp coefficients based on revenues; ¤ quad-entropy = pmp-based quadratic cost functions for animal and crop production activities. estimate of pmp coefficients based on maximum entropy. 15how did farmers act? table 4. long-term results at sectoral scale: historical sectoral production changes from base year 2003/05 to 2010/12 and deviation of model results from historical sectoral changes (+/%) of the modelling options. unit observed sectoral change from 2003/05 2010/12 no 1 linear§ no 2a linearquadrevenues‡ no 2b linearquadentropy† no 3a quadrevenues¶ no 3b quadentropy¤ historical change (+/-%) deviation from historical sectoral change (+/-%) of the modelling options farm exits total farms  qty. -11% 5% 1% 0% 2% 3% valley region  qty. -12% 5% 4% 2% 4% 6% hill region  qty. -9% 4% -3% -4% 0% -1% mountain region  qty. -10% 3% 1% 1% 1% 1% farm size < 20 ha  qty. -18% 0% -3% 1% -1% 6% farm size 20-30 ha  qty. +4 8% 8% -4% 6% -2% farm size > 30 ha  qty. +15% 9% -4% -13% -4% -19% crop production bread grain ha  -4% -17% -11% -14% -1% -3% fodder crop ha -17% -36% -2% -5% 12% 9% potatoes  ha -17% 28% -7% -7% -1% 1% rapeseed  ha 35% -52% -48% -50% -41% -43% sunflower  ha -32% 23% 12% 12% 18% 15% field vegetables  ha 11% 173% -14% -17% -9% -10% silage maize  ha 12% 2% -6% -5% -14% -6% sugar beet  ha 6% -23% -12% -12% -11% -7% open arable land  ha -6% 8% -6% -8% 0% 1% temporary ley  ha 9% 2% -3% -7% -15% -13% total arable area  ha -2% 5% -4% -7% -4% -3% permanent grassland  ha -2% 5% 2% -2% 3% -2% total utilised agricultural area  ha -2% 5% 0% -3% 1% -2% total livestock  lu 3% 1% -3% -5% -9% -11% dairy cows  lu -6% 4% 2% 1% -3% -2% suckler cows  lu 55% -6% -17% -20% -60% -60% pigs  lu -3% -1% -6% -6% -3% -34% fattening calves  lu -13% 2% 1% 2% 12% 24% fattening bulls  lu -6% 14% 5% 2% 2% 2% cattle total  lu 2% 0% -4% -4% -11% -9% sheep  lu -1% -19% -21% -21% -5% -3% goats  lu 25% 78% 78% 78% -39% -42% horses  lu 13% 93% 81% -11% 88% 122% broilers  lu 31% 18% 13% 8% -38% -40% hens  lu 19% 10% 5% 2% -20% -20% 16 g. mack et alii production activities significantly improve the forecasting performance of an agentbased model compared with specifications based on lp only. for short-term forecasts, where investment decisions do not play a major role, pmp for all production activities and pmp combined with lp produce similar results. for long-term forecasts, the results at farm scale and at sectoral scale show that combining lp for animal production activities with pmp for crop production activities leads to the best forecasting performance. the combined approach could mitigate some limitations of pmp which are relevant mainly in the medium and long term, such as the adoption of new production activities, while still exploiting the advantages of pmp in order to avoid overspecialised model results. this study confirms also the finding of buysse et al. (2007) that, in sectors where new production activities are expected to be adopted owing to market and policy changes (i.e. switching from direct payments towards market support or opening borders of an isolated country), the lp approach could represent an appropriate solution, in particular in long-term forecasts, whereas, in the case of minor policy changes or in the short term (i.e. slight modifications of direct payments or tariffs), pmp could improve the forecasting results. the underlying reason for this might lie in the fact that farmers have to take both gradual and binary decisions. in animal production, either a new house will be built or it will not. after a radical reform of agricultural policy, the farming business will be continued or not. our results have shown that, for such binary decisions, lp is effective. for situations where price fluctuations suggest an increase in potatoes at the expense of a farmer’s wheat acreage, pmp is a more suitable instrument. the results show that supply curve specifications based on the extended variant of pmp and that revenues and specifications based on pmp and maximum entropy lead unit observed sectoral change from 2003/05 2010/12 no 1 linear§ no 2a linearquadrevenues‡ no 2b linearquadentropy† no 3a quadrevenues¶ no 3b quadentropy¤ historical change (+/-%) deviation from historical sectoral change (+/-%) of the modelling options average of absolute deviation from historical sectoral change (%) all attributes 20% 12% 10% 13% 16% lu: livestock unit; § linear = linear cost functions for crop and animal production activities; ‡ linear-quad-revenues = linear cost functions for animal production activities and pmp-based quadratic cost functions for crop production activities. estimate of pmp coefficients based on revenues; † linear-quad-entropy = linear cost functions for animal production activities and pmp-based quadratic cost functions for crop production activities. estimate of pmp coefficients based on maximum entropy; ¶ quad-revenues = pmp-based quadratic cost functions for animal and crop production activities. estimate of pmp coefficients based on revenues; ¤ quad-entropy = pmp-based quadratic cost functions for animal and crop production activities. estimate of pmp coefficients based on maximum entropy. 17how did farmers act? to similar results. the results support other studies by gocht (2005) and winter (2005), both of whom discovered that the different pmp versions led to similar model results. although all tested approaches lead to deviations in the actual observable trends, we may conclude that pmp for crop production activities combined with lp for animal production activities is preferable to full pmp when assessing the forecasting performance of sectoral production changes in the medium or long term. at the same time, this paper shows that, in general, an ex-post validation makes a valuable contribution to improving the accuracy of the model, but can also make a theoretical contribution to the methods used. on the other hand, this example demonstrates that pmp and lp approaches have their strengths and weaknesses in individual areas. for this reason, the methodological considerations for improving mathematical programming should be continued. this will not only improve the predictive accuracy of the model results, but, just as importantly, it will also have positive consequences for the acceptance of model simulations for use in policy advice. 6. references an, l. (2012). modeling human decisions in coupled human and natural systems: review of agent-based models. ecological modelling 229(0): 25-36. arfini, f. and donati, m. (2011). impact of the health check on structural change and farm efficiency: a comparative assessment of three european agricultural regions. proceedings of the oecd workshop on disaggregated impacts of the cap reforms. paris: oecd, 75-90. britz, w. and witzke, p. (2014). capri model documentation 2014. http://www.caprimodel.org/docs/capri_documentation.pdf. accessed 30 october 2014. buysse, j., van huylenbroeck, g. and lauwers, l. (2007). normative, positive and econometric mathematical programming as tools for incorporation of multifunctionality in agricultural policy modelling. agriculture, ecosystems & environment 120(1): 70-81. daigneault, a., greenhalgh, s. and samarasinghe, o. (2014). a response to doole and marsh () article: methodological limitations in the evaluation of policies to reduce nitrate leaching from new zealand agriculture. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 58(2): 281-290. flury, c., mack, g. and pfefferli, s. (2005). modelling the liberalisation of the milk market in switzerland. paper presented at the xi international congress of the european association of agricultural economists. copenhagen, denmark, 23-27 august 2005. garnache, c. and mérel, p.r. (2015). what can acreage allocations say about crop supply elasticities? a convex programming approach to supply response disaggregation. journal of agricultural economics 66(1): 236-256. gocht, a. (2005). assessment of simulation behaviour of different mathematical programming approaches. modelling agricultural policies: state of the art and new challenges, parma, italy: monte universita parma, 166-187. gocht, a. and britz, w. (2011). eu-wide farm type supply models in capr––how to consistently disaggregate sector models into farm type models. journal of policy modeling 33(1): 146-167. 18 g. mack et alii happe, k. (2004). agricultural policies and farm structures: agent-based modelling and application to eu-policy reform. studies on the agricultural and food sector in central and eastern europe. hazell, p.b.r. and norton, r.d. (1986). mathematical programming for economic analysis in agriculture. macmillan publishing company, new york. heckelei, t. and britz, w. (2005). models based on positive mathematical programming: state of the art and further extensions. in arfini, f. (eds), modelling agricultural policies: state of the art and new challenges, parma, italy: monte universita parma, 48-73. heckelei, t., britz, w. and zhang, y. (2012). positive mathematical programming approaches – recent developments in literature and applied modelling. bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 109-124. helming, j.f.m. (2005). a model of dutch agriculture based on positive mathematical programming with regional and environmental applications. phd dissertation, wageningen university. netherlands. howitt, r.e. (1995). positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics 77(2): 329-342. howitt, r.e., medellín-azuara, j., macewan, d. and lund, j.r. (2012). calibrating disaggregate economic models of agricultural production and water management. environmental modelling & software 38: 244-258. iglesias, e. and blanco, m. (2008). new directions in water resources management: the role of water pricing policies. water resources research 44(6): 7-27. johansson, r., peters, m. and house, r. (2007). regional environment and agriculture programming model. technical bulletin 1916. united states department of agriculture, economic research service. júdez, l., andres, r., ibanez m., de miguel, j.m. and miguel, j.l. (2008). impact of the cap reform on the spanish agricultural sector. paper presented at the 109th eaae seminar: the cap after the fischler reform: national implementations, impact assessment and the agenda for future reforms. viterbo, italy, 20-21 november 2008. kanellopoulos, a., berentsen, p., heckelei, t., van ittersum, m. and lansink, a.o. (2010). assessing the forecasting performance of a generic bio-economic farm model calibrated with two different pmp variants. journal of agricultural economics 61(2): 274-294. lobianco, a. and esposti, r. (2010). the regional multi-agent simulator (regmas): an open-source spatially explicit model to assess the impact of agricultural policies. computers and electronics in agriculture 72(1): 14-26. louhichi, k., kanellopoulos, a., janssen, s., flichman, g., blanco m., hengsdijk, h., heckelei, t., berentsen, p., lansink, a.o. and van ittersum, m. (2010). fssim, a bio-economic farm model for simulating the response of eu farming systems to agricultural and environmental policies. agricultural systems 103(8): 585–597. mack, g., möhring, a., ferjani, a., zimmermann, a. and mann, s. (2013). transfer of single farm payment entitlements to farm successors: impact on structural change and rental prices in switzerland. bio-based and applied economics 2(2): 233-250. mann, s., mack, g. and ferjani, a. (2003). können produktionsentscheidungen als investitionsentscheidungen modelliert werden? can production decisions be modelled as investment decisions? agrarwirtschaft 52(7): 333-341. 19how did farmers act? möhring, a., mack, g., zimmermann, a., ferjani, a., schmidt, a. and mann, s. (2016). agent-based modeling on a national scale – experiences from swissland. agroscope science no. 30. paris, q. and howitt, r.e. (1998). an analysis of ill-posed production problems using maximum entropy. american journal of agricultural economics 80(1): 124-138. offermann, f., kleinhanss, w., huettel, s. and kuepker, b. (2005). assessing the 2003 cap reform impacts on german agriculture using the farm group model farmis. proceedings of the 89th european seminar of the eaae. modelling agricultural policies: state of the art and new challenges. parma, italy, 546-564. röder n. and kantelhardt, j. (2009). integrating small farms in agent based models. paper presented at the 111th eaae seminar. canterbury, uk, 26-27 june 2009. röhm, o. and dabbert, s. (2003). integrating agri-environmental programs into regional production models: an extension of positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics 85(1): 254-265. schader, c. (2009). cost-effectiveness of organic farming for achieving environmental policy targets in switzerland. doctoral dissertation, institute of biological, environmental and rural sciences, aberystwyth, aberystwyth university, wales. research institute of organic agriculture (fibl), frick, switzerland. schreinemachers, p. and berger, t. (2011). an agent-based simulation model of human–– environment interactions in agricultural systems. environmental modelling & software 26(7): 845-859. winter, t. (2005). ein nichtlineares prozessanalytisches agrarsektormodell für das einzugsgebiet der oberen donau ein beitrag zum decision-support-system glowadanubia. phd dissertation, university of hohenheim, stuttgart. http://opusho.unistuttgart.de/hop/volltexte/2005/91/pdf/dissertation.pdf. accessed 30 october 2014. zimmermann, a., möhring, a., mack, g., ferjani, a. and mann, s. (2015). pathways to truth: comparing different upscaling options for an agent-based sector model. journal of artificial societies and social simulation 18(4): 11. the future of bio-based and applied economics daniele moro1, fabio gaetano santeramo2, davide viaggi3 how did farmers act? ex-post validation of linear and positive mathematical programming approaches for farm-level models implemented in an agent-based agricultural sector model gabriele mack*, ali ferjani, anke möhring, albert von ow, stefan mann the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context: the case of west bank and gaza strip donato romanoa, gianluca stefania,*, benedetto rocchia, ciro fiorilloa assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination gianluca grilli1,2 estimating a dual value function as a meta-model of a detailed dynamic mathematical programming model claudia seidel, wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 9(3): 263-282, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7758 not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits – lessons for crop breeding in the age of climate change1 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud* school of economics and business, norwegian university of life sciences, p.o. box 5003, n-1432 ås, norway abstract. the advent of biotechnology and conservation of genetic resources hold promise to improve traits to meet the challenges to coffee growing from climate change. developing new varieties by integrating traits in high demand by farmers could greatly increase farmers’ adoption of new varieties. this study aims to inform breeding priority setting by examining farmers’ preferences for coffee traits. a discrete choice experiment was applied to smallholder farmers in northern ethiopia to map their willingness-to-pay for improvements in four coffee traits: i) yield, ii) weather tolerance, iii) disease resistance, and iv) the maturity period. the traits are important to the farmers in their choice of coffee varieties. they prefer weather tolerant and disease resistant varieties; implying that they prefer yield stability over high yielding and early maturing varieties. education level, access to irrigation and farmers’ experience in coffee farming explain the preference heterogeneity across farmers. these results suggest that breeding programs should give priority to yield stability in order to increase farmers’ adoption of new varieties, and secure in situ preservation of these traits. thus, ex situ conservation programs are needed for early maturing and high yielding varieties, which farmers do not give priority to maintain in their own fields. this would improve climate resilience of coffee farming, and at the same time conserve the arabica coffee genetic heritage of ethiopia. keywords. coffee, traits, crop breeding, climate change, discrete choice experiment, willingness-to-pay. jel codes. q18, q51, q55, q57. 1 we would like to acknowledge funding from the norhed project through capacity building for climate smart natural resource management and policy (clinsrap), a collaboration project between the norwegian university of life sciences (nmbu) and mekelle university, ethiopia. we would also like to thank two anonymous referees for very detailed and constructive comments, which greatly helped us improve the paper. any mistakes that remain are, of course, the sole responsibility of the authors. *corresponding author. e-mail: stale.navrud@nmbu.no editor: meri raggi. 264 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud 1. introduction coffee is grown by 20-25 million families in more than 80 tropical and subtropical countries (bacon, 2005; vega et al., 2003). two main coffee species are grown; arabica coffee (coffea arabica) and robusta coffee (coffea canephora), with the former accounting for more than half of the world coffee production. meeting the growing demand for coffee while safeguarding the genetic biodiversity of coffee is, however, a great challenge for policy makers. the advent of biotechnology and conservation of genetic resources hold promise to improve phenotypes of high economic importance and bring socially desirable outcomes. ethiopia is one of the world’s largest coffee producing countries and known to harbor a wide range of coffee genetic diversity in a diverse array of coffee farming systems. there are more than 5,000 varieties of arabica coffee in the country (labouisse et al., 2008, tsegaye et al., 2014), and they can still be found growing wild or semi-wild in the undergrowth of tropical highland forests. ethiopian foreign exchange earnings largely depend on coffee export. there are four main coffee farming practices in ethiopia: i) forest coffee, accounting for 8-10 % of the production, ii) semi-forest coffee (30-35 %), iii) garden coffee (50-57 %) and iv) plantations (5 %)(kufa, 2012). thus, 95 % of the total coffee produced can be attributed to smallholder farmers. the productivity of forest coffee and semi-forest coffee farming is about 200-500 kg per hectare, which is lower than the national average productivity (600 -700 kg per hectare). the coffee species in the forests and farms vary in productivity per hectare, appearance and internal genetic structure (lópez-gartner et al., 2009). the vast genetic variability in coffea arabica genotypes of ethiopia provides opportunities for creating coffee varieties, through selection and hybridization, with good yield performance, distinct quality characters, and resistance to major diseases. the few common pests and coffee diseases include coffee berry disease (cbd) (colletotrichum kahawae), coffee root-knot nematode (meloidogyne spp.) and coffee rust (muller et al., 2009; dubale & teketay, 2000). the threat of cbd remains prevalent in coffee growing regions despite research efforts and policy interventions encouraging planting of disease resistant coffee varieties and fungicide spraying. pest and disease resistant cultivars yield economic benefits because they reduce yield losses and pesticide costs of coffee growers (hein & gatzweiler, 2006). previous studies and policies on annual crops narrowly focus on evaluating the benefits of high yielding varieties, but farmers’ adoption of these improved varieties is low (e.g., dalton, 2004; shiferaw et al., 2014; zeng et al., 2014). in addition, evidence from multi-attribute crop studies in developing countries show that farmers exhibit higher preferences for drought tolerant than high yielding crops (asrat et al., 2010; kassie et al., 2017). however, these studies examine farmers’ preferences for crops such as teff (eragrostis abyssinica) and maize. in contrast, coffee is arguably more robust to weather shocks than annual crops, but the practice of coffee farming is more challenging because of longlasting effects of farming decision, less opportunities for inter-annual agronomic adjustments, as well as the ecological importance of preserving genetic diversity. farmers focus on their private economic benefits, and select and cultivate coffee varieties based on the benefits they obtain and/or expect to obtain from a particular trait 265not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits (hein & gatzweiler, 2006). however, farmers’ emphasis on adoption of high yield coffee varieties could erode the genetic diversity of coffee in the forests and the semi-forest coffee farms. fluctuating market price of coffee, coffee diseases, increased frequency of extreme weather events, and substitute cash crops like khat (catha edulis) can also reduce the genetic diversity of coffee. in coping with the environmental stressors, farmers’ selection of coffee varieties to cultivate and maintain on their farm along with natural processes over generations of cultivation shapes the genetic structure of coffee (baidu-forson et al., 1997; smale et al., 2001). farmers’ interest in increasing yield per hectare, reducing yield loss or shortening the waiting period to start harvesting a normal yield might motivate their decisions to cultivate new varieties and maintain them in their fields. climate change is threatening global coffee yields as changing temperatures and rainfall patterns affect plant growth. the changing climate may also be leaving coffee plants more vulnerable to diseases. thus, in the age of climate change it is important to conserve the genetic diversity in arabica coffee in countries like ethiopia, as this genetic pool is likely to improve the possibilities for adapting coffee growing to future climates and secure the livelihood of smallholder coffee farmers in developing countries (fao 2015).. this paper aims at increasing our understanding of ethiopian smallholder farmers’ preferences for arabica coffee traits. this knowledge can be used to construct breeding programs for coffee varieties farmers are likely to adopt, and thus conserve in-situ. for example, if farmers have strong preferences for high yield traits, they are more likely to maintain such varieties in their farmed fields. however, the farmers would then be less likely to cultivate or maintain other coffee varieties with lower yields, but with drought tolerance and other traits that could critically affect the future ability of coffee to adapt to climate change. in order to preserve these traits, ex-situ conservation efforts would be needed to supplement on the farm (in situ) conservation. while previous studies of ethiopian smallholder farmers have examined trait preferences for annual crops like teff and sorghum (asrat et al., 2010), and found environmental adaptability and yield stability to be important, very little is known about the trait preferences of farmers for perennials like coffee. this paper seeks to answer the following three research questions: 1) which traits of arabica coffee varieties do smallholder farmers prefer to cultivate? 2) are there trait preference variations among the farmers? 3) which sociodemographic factors explain the variations in farmers’ preferences for coffee traits? we employ a discrete choice experiment (dce) to elicit farmers´ preferences and willingness-to-pay (wtp) for improvements in the following traits of arabica coffee: i) yield per hectare, ii) weather tolerance, iii) diseases resistance, and iv) the maturity period. we also explore the preference heterogeneity among the smallholder farmers, and the sources of heterogeneity. the latter is found to be important for designing targeted communication programs, differentiated product offerings, and for identifying market segments and market niches (allenby & rossi, 1999). thus, the results from this study can be used in the dissemination and adoption of improved coffee varieties. 266 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud 2. method and data 2.1 description of the study area the study area is the raya alamata and raya azebo districts of the regional state of tigray in northern ethiopia. the study area is located about 600 km north of addis ababa, the capital of ethiopia and 180 km south of mekelle, the capital of the regional state of tigray with about 4 million inhabitants. most people in this rural area base their livelihood on rain-fed agriculture. the study area includes most of the raya valley, which is one of the focal areas for agricultural expansion with its fertile soils and high agricultural potential. the ethiopian ministry of water resources initiated a hydrogeological study in the raya valley in 2008 aiming to encourage farmers to adopt new technologies to improve productivity and ensure food security in the region (ayenew et al., 2013). the study area, like the other regions in ethiopia, has seen frequent variability in the weather; i.e. fewer normal years and more frequent droughts and flooding (siam & eltahir, 2017). higher rainfall variability in the region has become a challenge for agriculture and environmental conservation as farmers have not adopted technologies that could mitigate crop yield losses. agriculture, being the main source of livelihood activity, involves a mixture of food and cash crop production. the main crops grown are maize, sorghum and teff; but also coffee and khat are found. fruits are also grown as cash crops in the lowland areas. although annual rainfall is moderate, ranging from 450 to 600 mm, the availability of farmland and fertile clay loam soils makes the area well suited to crop production. since 2001/02, the regional government has made unsuccessfully efforts to get khat producers to convert to coffee production. the regional government has banned transportation, selling and buying of khat in the regional markets during the coronavirus pandemic state of emergency, and is planning to introduce new lasting laws to permanently prohibit the use and marketing of khat. one of the tentative measures proposed is to provide subsidies and other incentives to farmers that convert from khat to coffee farming. thus. understanding farmers’ preferences for coffee traits, and factors explaining potential preference heterogeneity among these farmers, could help us understand how effective alternative measures would be and improve their design. 2.2 design of survey, choice experiment and attributes 2.2.1 survey instrument discrete choice experiments (dces) enable us to study goods and attributes for which no market exists (hanley et al 2001). we use dce to evaluate farmers’ preferences for the various traits of coffee varieties, as the other stated preference technique of contingent valuation is not able to value each individual trait. the dce approach is based on a combination of lancaster’s household production theory (lancaster, 1966), and mcfadden’s random utility theory (mcfadden, 1973). lancaster’s household production theory states that the total utility of a good is derived from the characteristics or attributes of the good (lancaster, 1966); while the random utility maximization (rum) model is used 267not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits for analyzing discrete choices, based on the assumption of utility maximizing behavior of individuals (mcfadden, 1973). in dces, individuals are asked to make repeated hypothetical choices among alternatives in choice sets where the pre-specified levels of the different attributes vary. the final survey instrument was designed in a stepwise process; including discussions with key informants and experts from mekelle university, focus group discussions with the farmers; and a series of pretests of the survey instrument prior to the final survey; see table 1. we conducted pre-test surveys in april and may 2016 in four villages in the study area. in the first exploratory survey, we used a structured questionnaire, and carried out face-to-face interviews with informed village community members and local agriculture and development extension agents in the study area. the focus group discussants (n= 20, in five groups, each with four participants) and informant interviewees were used to determine the coffee attributes that were most important to them and to the community. in a pre-test survey we tested the questionnaire on a broad range of respondents in order to reflect the variation we expected to see in the final survey sample and checked whether respondents understood the questionnaire. we kept refining and clarifying the attributes and their levels using reports and opinions from discussants to make them easier for the respondents to understand. using information from the pre-testing, focus group discussions, key informants, model farmers and extension workers in the study area as well as discussions with experts, we selected five coffee attributes to define new coffee variety alternatives. the questionnaire was translated into the local language (tigrigna), and a pre-test face-to-face survey was conducted in may 2016. 36 farmers from the study area who were table 1. description of process of developing the discrete choice experiment (dce) survey. stage research activity period description purpose 1. literature review and semistructured interviews with key stakeholders in the area march-april 2016 identification of coffee attributes, and farming practices in the case study area identify relevant attributes to include in the dce, and sociodemographic and other factors explaining farmers´ choices 2. focus groups (5 groups; each with four discussants; n=20), used both to explore and to pretest a tentative version of the dce april-may 2016 assess farmers’ perception towards the coffee attributes and climate change identify and refine relevant attributes to include in the dce exercise, and questions to map factors affecting respondents´ choices 3 pre-test survey (n =36 face-to-face interviews) may 2016 test survey instrument and follow-up questions about the attributes and the credibility of the valuation scenarios/ choice cards check whether the choice cards and questions are found to be realistic, acceptable and understandable to the respondents 4. final survey (n = 358 face-to-face interviews) may-august 2016 assess preferences of the local people towards different coffee attributes conduct the dce exercise with the selected coffee attributes 268 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud engaged in farming activities (not only coffee production) at the time of the survey were randomly selected for the pre-test. during the pretest of the dce, the choice sets included “quality” and “marketability” attributes, and each choice set had three alternatives and an opt-out option (i.e. none of the alternatives). each alternative was characterized by five attributes. in the pretest, the respondents reported the choice sets to be too complex. therefore, we changed each choice set in the final survey to include only two new alternatives and the opt-out option, where the alternatives included four non-monetary coffee attributes and a cost attribute. previous studies have shown that the use of labeled alternatives in dce has a significant effect on individual choices, and could reduce respondents’ attention to the actual attributes and make them look only at the labels of the alternatives (jin, jiang, liu, & klampfl, 2017). since the goal of this study is to examine preferences for coffee traits, the choice sets comprised the unlabeled alternatives: “alternative a” and “alternative b”; and the opt-out alternative “neither alternative a nor alternative b”, having no additional cost. the final survey was conducted from may to august 2016 by seven experienced interviewers who were trained for three days in survey techniques. they conducted face-toface interviews of a random sample of 358 heads of farming households in the study area. during the interview, interviewers started by explaining the proposed breeding program and possible improvements in the coffee traits/attributes in order to help respondents to prepare for the choice cards. after addressing questions from the respondents, if any, the interviewers proceeded to the dce. afterwards, information about the sociodemographic characteristics of respondents were collected. 2.2.2 design of attributes the procedure in the final selection of attributes and definition of attribute levels is based on a review of previous studies (asrat et al., 2010; wale & yalew, 2007), and examination of opinions expressed in the carefully crafted focus group discussions that include experienced and model farmers, ordinary farmers (mainly coffee breeders) and agricultural researchers as well as extension workers in the area. the experts on crop breeding and agricultural researchers have hands-on experience and practical knowledge about which coffee attributes are important. similarly, the discussants reported that they considered the attributes as important for their selection of a particular coffee variety. the additional payment to fund the breeding program to improve the coffee attributes is presented as an extra cost of the seedlings for that particular coffee plant and is included along with the coffee attributes. thus, the attributes included in the choice sets are: i) yield, ii) weather tolerance, iii) disease resistance, iv) maturity period, and v) extra cost of the seedling. table 2 provides a description of the attributes and their levels. yield refers to the increase in average productivity of a coffee variety in quintal (1 quintal (q) = 100 kg) per hectare. the improvement in yield has been emphasized by policy makers and development practitioners aiming at increasing farmers´ income and ensuring food security. the yield attribute has three levels: no change (the current yield per ha), and 1/4th (one fourth) and 1/3rd (one third) increase in productivity. the current yield per ha varies across different production systems and the coffee varieties. the average productivity in quintals per hectare (q/ha) is 2-3 for forest coffee, 4-5 in semi-forest coffee, 7-8 for garden coffee and 9 for plantation coffee; and the national average is 6-7 q/ha. the productiv269not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits ity for selected varieties and hybrid varieties is in the range of 6-17 q/ha and 15-24 q/ha, respectively. increased yield per hectare raises household income and is expected to have a positive effect on farmers´ willingness-to-pay (wtp) for seedlings of a coffee variety. weather tolerant and disease resistant traits are associated with the performance of the coffee variety in terms of giving a stable yield. weather tolerance refers to the capacity of the coffee variety to withstand drought and frost, and to give a stable yield year after year. this attribute has three levels: no change (meaning little drought or frost tolerant), drought tolerant, and drought and frost tolerant. disease resistance refers to the resilience and resistance of the coffee variety to diseases and pest infections when there is neither drought nor frost and it gives a stable yield year after year. the disease resistance attribute has three levels: no change (meaning little disease resistant), resistance only to common diseases, and high resistance to common and uncommon diseases. increased weather tolerance and disease resistance are expected to increase farmers´ wtp for coffee traits. maturity period refers to the duration of time (in years) the coffee plant need to fully develop and start giving a normal yield. the maturity period attribute has two levels: five years and three years. an increase in the maturity period of the coffee is expected to have a negative effect on people’s wellbeing and their preferences for the coffee variety. the cost attribute is defined as extra costs per seedling. the average cost of a coffee seedling in the area at the time of the survey was approximately etb 5-7. 2.2.3 experimental design this study employs an orthogonal main effect experimental design (omed) to combine attribute levels and create choice sets. in creating the choice sets, we used the r softtable 2. attributes and attribute levels, including the “no change” levels of the opt-out option, used in the discrete choice experiment. attribute description attribute levels yield increased average productivity in terms of yield per hectare of a particular coffee variety no change*, 1/4th increase, 1/3rd increase weather tolerance whether the coffee variety is tolerant to drought and frost and gives stable yield in the face of such weather stress factors. no change*, drought only tolerant, drought and frost tolerant disease resistance whether the coffee variety gives stable yield despite the occurrences of coffee diseases or pest infections in scenarios of no drought and/or no cold weather. no change*, moderate disease resistant, strong disease resistant maturity period the time (in years) the coffee variety needs before giving its first normal yield. no change*, 3 years, 5 years extra cost per seedling the additional payment, in ethiopian birr (etb), an individual farmer is expected to pay per seedling 0, 7, 15, 20, 25 etb notes: # etb = ethiopian birr; at the ppp conversion factor on 31 december 2016, 1 usd=8.68 etb. * “no change” in the opt-out option correspond to a maturity period of approximately 7 years for the traditional coffee varieties. no change to weather tolerance and diseases resistance traits are associated with a little drought and frost tolerance and a little disease resistance, respectively. the opt out traits/attribute levels are not included in constructing the hypothetical choice sets. 270 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud ware version 3.3.2 and adopted the code by aizaki (2012) to execute the experimental design and randomly assign the choice sets into two blocks. the experimental design creates 16 choice sets, and the two blocks include 8 choice sets each. figure 1 shows a choice set as it was presented in a choice card to the respondents. the choice tasks put respondents in a hypothetical setting, offering them choice sets comprising two new alternative coffee varieties (presented as “alternative a” and “alternative b”), and an opt-out option (“neither alternative a nor b”). the two new coffee varieties come at an extra cost of the seedling in order to cover the costs of developing a new variety. the opt-out option has no extra cost of the seedlings as the farmers will then have the traditional coffee variety. the alternatives in the choice sets differ in one or more of the attribute levels. the respondents are randomly assigned to the two blocks, and asked to choose his or her most preferred alternative in a sequence of eight choice sets. the respondents are subjected to only eight choice sets each, with the aim of attaining a balance between fatigue and learning (caussade et al., 2005). similar to meyerhoff and liebe (2009), this study imposed restrictions to avoid unrealistic choice tasks by making the new alternatives have at least one higher attribute level than the opt-out alternative. this avoids new alternatives having inferior values to the opt-out option, but they can have higher extra costs. however, dominant choices created from the experimental design were also presented to the respondents as the removal of irrational or inferior preferences from the choice experiments could affect statistical efficiency (lancsar & louviere, 2006). besides, the presence of new alternatives with higher/ lower non-monetary attribute levels but less/equal cost (dominant/dominated alternatives) than other alternatives could help to examine whether respondents pay enough attention to and understand the choice task. further, having generic alternatives such as “alternative a” and “alternative b” can make respondents focus on the attributes/traits rather than the labels we could have put on the alternatives/ coffee varieties. figure 1. example of a choice card as it appeared in the questionnaire in the final survey. the “neither a nor b” alternative to the right is the opt-out option. which of the following coffee varieties do you prefer? alternative a and alternative b would entail a cost to your household, while no payment would be required for the “neither” option alternative a alternative b neither alternative a nor alternative b: i prefer none of the new varieties yield 1/4th increase 1/3rd increase weather tolerance drought and frost drought disease resistance disease resistant disease resistant maturity duration 3 years 5 years cost per seedling etb 5 etb 20 i would prefer: alternative a _____ alternative b ____ neither ____ note: etb = ethiopian birr; 1 usd=8.68 etb in terms of purchase power parity (ppp) corrected exchange rate on december 31st, 2016. 271not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits 2.3 sample characteristics in the final survey we interviewed 358 farmers residing in the rural areas of raya alamata and raya azebo districts of tigray in northern ethiopia. we applied proportional sampling to give larger quota to districts and villages with larger population and vice versa, and systematic random sampling to select farmers from household head name lists in subdistrict offices. according to the most recent ethiopian central statistical agency census report (csa, 2007), the total number of households in raya alamata and raya azebo was 20,532 and 32,360, respectively. accordingly, the proportion of sampled household heads from the two districts was 60 percent from raya azebo and 40 percent from raya alamata. the sociodemographic characteristics of the farmers are presented in table 3. 2.4 model specification and estimation the conditional logit model is commonly used to analyze consumer choice behavior based on random utility theory (mcfadden, 1974). conditional logit assumes the idiosyncratic errors to be independently and identically distributed (iid) extreme values, and the tastes for observed attributes to be homogeneous. evidence shows that individuals exhibit significant heterogeneity in preferences for goods and services (see alberini & ščasný, 2013; allenby & rossi, 1999; birol, karousakis, & koundouri, 2006). mixed logit (mixl) models relax the independence of irrelevant alternative (iia) assumption of the more restrictive closed-form discrete choice models and allows for heterogeneity of preferences for observed attributes (hensher & greene, 2003; mcfadden & train, 2000). in this model, utility u is assumed to be latent, but observed only with the choice y of alternative j (0, 1, 2) by individual i (i=1, … 358) in choice set t (t=1,2, … 8). a utility function given a choice set t with j alternatives for individual i can be written as; uijt=βixijt+εijt table 3. description of sociodemographic variables used to explain the variations in farmers’ preferences for the selected coffee traits. variable mean median std. dev. definition age 43.2 40 13.6 age of the household head; in years family size 5.6 6 2 total number of family members in the household (including the respondent) education 1.8 0 3 education level of household head; in years market 60 60 49.9 the distance to the main market from home; walking time in minutes farm size 2.9 3 1.9 the area of the farmed land the farmer owns; in timad (1 hectare= 4 timad) irrigable land 0.44 0.5 whether the farmer owns irrigable land; 0=no; 1=yes experience 0.28 0.47 whether the farmer has ever managed a coffee farm (now or before); 0=no; 1=yes 272 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud where xijt is a vector of observed explanatory variables including coffee attributes and sociodemographic characteristics, βi is a vector of conformable parameters (unknown utility weights) the individual assigns to these variables; and εijt is a random term that does not depend on underlying parameters or observed data, with zero mean and iid over alternatives. the utility weight (βi) for a given attribute is given as; βi=β+δ’ivij where β is a vector of mean attribute utility weights in the population, δ is a diagonal matrix which contains the standard deviation (σ) of the distribution of the individual taste parameters (βi) around the mean taste parameter (β), and vij is the individual specific heterogeneity with mean equal to 0 and standard deviation of 1. the mixl model permits random parameters to vary over individuals, and not observation, in order to measure interpersonal heterogeneity. the vector xijt, can include 0/1 terms to allow for alternative specific constant (asc), where asc takes the value 1 for “alternative a” and “alternative b” and 0 for the opt-out option. asc accounts for the systematic differences in choice patterns between the alternatives. behaviorally speaking, the asc parameter reflects the average effect of various components such as endowment effect, status quo bias, omission bias, and the impacts of complexity such as fatigue effects and other unobserved attributes (boxall et al, 2009; meyerhoff & liebe, 2009). the inclusion of an opt-out option can also reflect actual behavioral phenomena by avoiding forced demand, and hence improves the reliability of the welfare measures (boxall et al., 2009; veldwijk et al., 2014). we set the parameters on yield, weather tolerance, disease resistance and maturity period attributes as random and with normal distribution, and the parameter on the cost attribute is set as fixed. a positive sign for significant coefficients of the attributes in the econometric estimation indicates a positive effect of the increase in the respective attribute on farmers’ preferences, whereas a negative sign indicates a negative effect of the attribute on their preferences. statistically significant coefficients on the attributes also enable the calculation of wtp for a change in the attribute. in a utility function linear in its parameters, the marginal wtp equals the negative ratio of the respective coefficient of non-monetary attribute and the coefficient of the monetary attribute (hensher & greene, 2011). the wtp estimates presented in table 4 refer to a marginal, one level change in the attributes. the attributes levels included in this model are presented in table 2, and the sociodemographic variables are defined in table 3. the coefficients in mixl models are estimated with a simulated maximum likelihood estimation technique. this study used the gmnl-package by (sarrias & daziano, 2017) in r software version 3.3.2 to estimate the coefficients on alternative attributes and sociodemographic variables. since the sociodemographic variables do not vary across choices/ observations, their interaction with asc are included to test whether they explain the observed taste variations across farmers or are random parameters across individuals. akike information criteria (aic), bayesian information criteria (bic) and likelihood ratio tests are used to compare the goodness of fit of the model and select the model with superior goodness of fit compared to other models. the inclusion of the sociodemographic variables in the mixl model is used to uncover the factors explaining farmers’ preference heterogeneity. 273not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits 3. results and discussions standard multinomial logit (mnl) models were estimated first, before proceeding to mixl models. table 4 presents the results. other models such as scaled-multinomial logit model and generalized multinomial logit model were also estimated; see appendix a-1. the results from the mixl models show superior fit to the data in this study. in the mixl estimation, we set the coefficients on the attributes yield, weather tolerance, disease resistant and maturity duration to be random parameters with normal distribution, while the coefficient on the cost of seedlings is fixed in order to use it to compute wtp estimates. the maturity duration and cost of seedlings attributes are continuous variables; while the yield, weather tolerance and disease resistance attributes are categorical. the coefficient on asc is significant and positive, implying that farmers prefer the new alternative varieties at some additional cost to the existing varieties that come at no additional cost. less than two percent of the respondents chose the opt-out option, but none of these respondents protested the proposed coffee variety development program and the changes in traits/attributes. although the interviewers were trained to avoid experimenter demand effects (zizzo, 2010), i.e. the respondent trying to please the interviewer by saying what they assumes the interviewer would like to hear, we cannot rule out that this effect might have contributed to the low opt-out percentage. asc captures the average effect of all relevant factors that are not included in the model. thus, farmers´ choice of new improved varieties over the traditional ones seem to be motivated not only by coping with frequent weather changes and occurrence of coffee diseases, but also by the desire for high yield and early maturing traits. results from the mixl model show that the estimated coefficients on yield, weather tolerance, disease resistance and maturity duration are all statistically significant. this implies that any developments in the specified coffee traits have significant effects on farmers’ preferences for coffee varieties. the parameter on the yield attribute is interpreted in relation to an increase in productivity per hectare or an increase in farm income resulting from cultivating a coffee variety. the weather tolerance trait enhances resilience against drought and frost, while the disease resistance trait increases resilience against coffee diseases and pest infections occurring under “no drought” and “no frost” weather conditions. thus, the coefficients on disease resistant and weather tolerant traits can be interpreted as farmers´ preferences for yield stability or resilience to risk of yield loss, and hence is also as an indicator of farmers` risk preferences. the parameter for the maturity period attribute reflects the time preference of farmers. the signs of the coefficients for all attributes/traits are consistent with standard economic theory as farmers prefer increased weather tolerance, higher disease resistance, and higher yield per hectare, but reduced duration of the maturity period and lower extra cost per seedling. the significant and positive coefficient for the yield attribute implies that farmers prefer high yield coffee varieties to low yield coffee varieties, holding all other things constant. this implies that improvement in productivity per hectare of a coffee variety increases the farmer’s preference for this variety. previous dce studies of annual crops (asrat et al., 2010; kassie et al., 2017) showed farmers to have similar positive preferences for the yield improvement attribute. 274 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud weather tolerant and disease resistant attributes are associated with the ability of a coffee variety to withstand environmental stressors and to give stable yield. the estimated coefficients for these two attributes are consistently significant and positive. this could imply that farmers are willing to pay more for seedlings with these traits and are thus willing to give up part of their income in order to ensure stable yield. a dce by asrat et al. (2010) assessing the trait preferences of ethiopian farmers for sorghum and teff crop table 4. results of the mnl model and mixl models without (mixl1) and with (mixl2) sociodemographic determinants of preferences heterogeneity. mnl model mixl1 model mixl2 model asc 4.621*** 8.750*** 6.825*** (0.220) (0.572) (0.600) yield high 0.754*** 1.078*** 0.838*** (0.065) (0.117) (0.231) weather tolerant 0.970*** 1.292*** 1.453*** (0.067) (0.135) (0.284) disease resistant 0.929*** 1.425*** 2.713*** (0.061) (0.131) (0.521) maturity duration -0.452*** -0.548*** -0.665*** (0.034) (0.071) (0.129) cost of seedling -0.044*** -0.058*** -0.065*** (0.005) (0.006) (0.009) yield high. experience 0.028* (0.012) weather tolerant. irrigation -0.001* (0.001) disease resistant. education -0.018* (0.009) disease resistant. age -0.063 (0.045) maturity duration. education 0.051** (0.018) maturity duration. market -0.005 (0.004) maturity duration. experience -0.001* (0.001) n 2860 2860 1869 log-likelihood -1765.161 -1594.251 -1131.047 bic (bic/n) 3578.073 (1.251) 3315.839 (1.159) 2435.356 (1.303) aic (aic/n) 3542.321 (1.239) 3220.502 (1.126) 2308.094 (1.235) note: standard error in parentheses. ***, ** and * denote significant at the 1, 5 and 10 % level; respectively. 275not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits varieties showed that  farmers are willingly forego some income or yield to obtain a more stable and environmentally adaptable crop variety. the coefficient on the maturity period is significant and negative, indicating that farmers prefer early maturing coffee varieties over those coffee varieties that take longer to start giving normal yield. similarly, experimental evidence on rice traits in western africa showed farmers to be willing to pay for early maturing traits (dalton, 2004) note, however, that both asrat et al. (2010) and dalton (2004) looked at annual crops, while coffee is a perennial crop. policy makers often stress the importance of high yield varieties to meet the growing demand for food, but adoption of high yielding variety technologies is low. our study shows that farmers are willing to pay more for improving traits associated with yield stability, such as weather tolerant and diseases resistant traits, than for increasing the yield per hectare or early maturity. the magnitude of the coefficients corresponds to the importance the farmers put on the traits. in a related study, kassie et al. (2017) examined farmers’ preferences for drought tolerant maize in rural zimbabwe, and found that farmers are willing to pay five times more for a variety with a drought tolerance trait than for a variety providing an additional ton of yield per hectare. this implies that farmers are willing to forgo an increase in yield per hectare to get a stable yield on the farm. the subsistence nature of agriculture and escalated poverty in the area might restrain them from adopting a high yield cash crop variety technology with some risk and keep farmers trapped with a low yield and low cost variety technology. table 4 also reports the coefficients of sociodemographic factors that can explain preference heterogeneity among the farmers. heterogeneity around the mean of the taste parameters is consistently apparent with respect to yield, weather tolerance, diseases resistance, and maturity duration traits. therefore, we included age, education, experience with coffee farming, access to irrigation and distance to market in order to assess the observed sources of variation and to identify factors responsible for the heterogeneity. note that the models in table 4 are not directly comparable in the conventional model fit criteria of log likelihood, akaike information criterion (aic) and bayesian information criterion (bic); as the number of observations in the model with the sociodemographic factors (mixl2) is much smaller than in the models without these variables. although bic divided by number of observations (bic/n) is higher in mixl2, this is not the case for the aic/n. thus, we cannot conclude that the inclusion of these sociodemographic factors increases the model fit. we focus on the estimates from the mixl model since the results demonstrate the presence of preference heterogeneity among the farmers. education, access to irrigation, and experience of the farmer in coffee farming were found to be the factors that explain variation around the average level of taste preference for the traits. about 28% of the respondents reported having some experience in coffee farming activities, which explains preference variations for high yield and early maturing traits. considering the high yield trait, farmers with experience in coffee farming exhibit higher preferences for improvements of yield per hectare than farmers without experience. some farmers in the study area are replacing low yield coffee varieties with improved coffee varieties, while others are shifting towards cultivation of other more lucrative cash crops such as khat. farmers with relatively high levels of literacy are found to have lower preferences for disease resistant traits. this finding coincides with gächter et al (2007) that found increased level of education to decrease loss aversion. on the other hand, farmers with better access 276 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud to irrigation reveal lower preferences for weather tolerant coffee traits than the farmers who have no access to irrigation. this is as expected as farmers’ lack of access to irrigation could increase their vulnerability to drought, and thus their risk aversion. the coefficient on the maturity duration attribute is negative. a negative significant coefficient on maturity duration indicates that an increase in maturity duration of the coffee variety reduces farmers’ preferences for that particular variety. farmers’ years of education reduces the negative effect of increasing maturity duration of late-maturing coffee varieties, whereas coffee farming experience increases the negative effect of increasing maturity duration. the could be explained by farmers´ private discount rate to increase with age and decrease with educational level and literacy, as observed by (kirby et al., 2002). these days, almost the entire coffee farming area in the study area has been turned into production of khat and other cash crops. thus, farmers with coffee farming experience tend to be older, and older farmers could have higher private discount rates and thus prefer early maturing traits. in dce analysis, the coefficients in themselves have no direct economic interpretation, but the negative ratio of the coefficients of the attribute to the cost coefficient give the marginal wtp estimate for the changes in the attributes (hensher & greene, 2003). positive and negative marginal wtp estimates reflect utility and disutility of the attribute, respectively. the wtp for a change in an attribute level combined with the increment in the attribute level, leaves the deterministic part of the respondent’s utility for a profile unchanged (fiebig et al 2010) table 5 presents the marginal wtp of the four coffee traits. observing the marginal wtp estimates (deferring the heterogeneity, i.e. the mixl2 model), the farmers are willing to pay more for frost and drought tolerance as well as disease resistance traits, compared to increased yield. the premium is 2-3 times the amount they are willing to pay for a 1/3rd increase in the yield of 1 quintal/ha (1 quintal = 100 kg). this compares well with a similar study of farmers’ preference for maize traits in zimbabwe. kassie et al. (2017) showed that the value farmers attach to drought tolerance is about five times higher than the wtp they attach to changing a variety. our results also reflect the difficulties in making inter-annual adjustment in coffee farming practices. these results can explain the prevailing low adoption of high yield varieties by farmers in ethiopia (wale & yalew, 2007). the coefficient on the maturity period is significant and negative, which implies that an early maturity trait is more preferred to a late maturing trait. the negative sign implies table 5. marginal wtp; in ethiopian birr (etb) (1 usd=8.68 etb in terms of purchase power parity (ppp) corrected exchange rate on december 31st 2016). attributes wtp estimates from the mixl1 model wtp estimates from the mixl2 model asc 150 105 yield, high 18 13 weather tolerant 22 22 disease resistant 24 42 maturity period -9 -10 277not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits that farmers are willing to give up part of their income or yield to shorten the waiting period for the full development of the coffee plant and to start harvesting normal yield. in other words, farmers have disutility from a delay in the time it takes for the coffee seedling to give normal yield. the significant and positive coefficient on asc implies that other unobservable systematic factors also increase farmers’ preferences for new alternative coffee variety over traditional varieties. to summarize, the wtp results confirms that farmers prefer stable yield varieties (i.e. high disease resistant and weather tolerant traits) to high yield varieties or early maturing varieties, holding all other things constant. 4. conclusion understanding farmers’ preferences for coffee traits can help develop policies and breeding programs for new varieties that integrate traits in demand by the farmers, and thus increase farmers’ adoption of new varieties. using a discrete choice experiment, this paper examines farmers’ preferences for increased yield, weather tolerance in terms of adaptation to drought and frost, disease resistance, and early maturing traits of arabica coffee. the results show that farmers are willing to cultivate and pay more for weather tolerant and disease resistant coffee varieties than high yielding and early maturing ones. this indicates that farmers prefer improvements in yield stability traits to traits that maximize yields. thus, crop-breeding programs aiming for larger uptake of new coffee varieties among farmers in order to increase coffee production should primarily develop weather tolerant and disease resistant varieties and combine them with high yield and early maturing traits. the trait preferences of smallholder farmers also have implication for in-situ versus ex-situ conservation of coffee genetic diversity in ethiopia. smallholder farmers with no experience in coffee farming will not cultivate and maintain coffee varieties in their fields if yields are unstable, as they prefer the yield stability traits of weather tolerance and disease resistance. thus, the uptake of varieties with high yield and early maturing traits will be low among farmers in regions without a history of coffee growing. ex-situ conservation programs should therefore give priority to coffee varieties with these and other traits that are less preferred by farmers in order to preserve the full genetic heritage ethiopian coffee. although farmers prefer stable yield to high yield traits, the mixed logit model results show heterogeneity in farmers’ preferences for the coffee traits. farmers with coffee farming experience exhibited higher preferences for high yielding and early maturing coffee traits than those that had no experience in coffee farming. in contrast, farmers with more years of education prefer maturing traits and disease resistant traits less than those with little education. further, farmers with access to irrigable farmland exhibit lower preferences for weather tolerant traits. this implies that tailoring the improved coffee varieties to the preferences of these different groups of farmers would enhance farmers’ adoption of the new varieties. this could make a significant contribution to improving coffee farmers’ adaptation and resilience to climate change. future research is needed in order to test whether our findings on smallholder farmers’ preferences can be generalized to other coffee growing regions in ethiopia and around the world. such new stated preference surveys should be based on best practice guidelines; 278 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud see johnston et al (2017). preferably, similar surveys should be carried out at the same time in different regions in order to better understand what measures are needed for coffee farmers to adapt to climate change impacts. references aizaki, h. (2012). basic functions for supporting an implementation of choice experiments in r. journal of statistical software, 50, 1-24. alberini, a., & ščasný, m. (2013). exploring heterogeneity in the value of a statistical life: cause of death v. risk perceptions. ecological economics, 94, 143-155. allenby, g. m., & rossi, p. e. (1999). marketing models of consumer heterogeneity. journal of econometrics, 89(1-2), 57-78. asrat, s., yesuf, m., carlsson, f., & wale, e. (2010). farmers’ preferences for crop variety traits: lessons for on-farm conservation and technology adoption. ecological economics, 69(12), 2394-2401. ayenew, t., gebreegziabher, m., kebede, s., & mamo, s. (2013). integrated assessment of hydrogeology and water quality for groundwater-based irrigation development in the raya valley, northern ethiopia. water international, 38(4), 480-492. bacon, c. (2005). confronting the coffee crisis: can fair trade, organic, and specialty coffees reduce small-scale farmer vulnerability in northern nicaragua? world development, 33(3), 497-511. baidu-forson, j., ntare, b. r., & waliyar, f. (1997). utilizing conjoint analysis to design modern crop varieties: empirical example for groundnut in niger. agricultural economics, 16(3), 219-226. bello, m., abdoulaye, t., abdulai, a., wossen, t., & menkir, a. (2019). modeling farmers’ willingness to pay for stress tolerance in maize in northern nigeria: how does the states of gains and losses matter? 2019 sixth international conference, september 23-26, 2019, abuja, nigeria paper 295797, african association of agricultural economists (aaae). bertrand, b., etienne, h., cilas, c., charrier, a., & baradat, p. (2005). coffea arabica hybrid performance for yield, fertility and bean weight. euphytica, 141(3), 255-262. birol, e., karousakis, k., & koundouri, p. (2006). using a choice experiment to account for preference heterogeneity in wetland attributes: the case of cheimaditida wetland in greece. ecological economics, 60(1), 145-156. boxall, p., adamowicz, w. l., & moon, a. (2009). complexity in choice experiments: choice of the status quo alternative and implications for welfare measurement. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics, 53(4), 503-519. caussade, s., de dios ortúzar, j., rizzi, l. i., & hensher, d. a. (2005). assessing the influence of design dimensions on stated choice experiment estimates. transportation research part b: methodological, 39(7), 621-640. coromaldi, m., pallante, g., & savastano, s. (2015). adoption of modern varieties, farmers’ welfare and crop biodiversity: evidence from uganda. ecological economics, 119, 346-358. dalton, t. j. (2004). a household hedonic model of rice traits: economic values from farmers in west africa. agricultural economics, 31(2‐3), 149-159. 279not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits dubale, p., & teketay, d. (2000). the need for forest coffee germplasm conservation in ethiopia and its significance in the control of coffee diseases. paper presented at the the proceedings of the workshop on control of coffee berry disease in ethiopia. fao (2015). voluntary guidelines to support the integration of genetic diversity into national climate change adaptation planning: food and agricultural orgnasation of the united nations, rome, italy. 50 pp. isbn: 978-92-5-108882-1. http://www.fao. org/documents/card/en/c/290cd085-98f3-43df-99a9-250cec270867/ fiebig, d. g., keane, m. p., louviere, j., & wasi, n. (2010). the generalized multinomial logit model: accounting for scale and coefficient heterogeneity. marketing science, 29(3), 393-421. gächter, s., johnson, e. j., & herrmann, a. (2007). individual-level loss aversion in riskless and risky choices. discussion paper no. 2007-02, the centre for decision research and experimental economics, school of economics, university of nottingham. hein, l., & gatzweiler, f. (2006). the economic value of coffee (coffea arabica) genetic resources. ecological economics, 60 (1), 176-185. hensher, d. a., & greene, w. h. (2003). the mixed logit model: the state of practice. transportation, 30(2), 133-176. hensher, d. a., & greene, w. h. (2011). valuation of travel time savings in wtp and preference space in the presence of taste and scale heterogeneity. journal of transport economics and policy (jtep), 45(3), 505-525. jin, w., jiang, h., liu, y., & klampfl, e. (2017). do labeled versus unlabeled treatments of alternatives’ names influence stated choice outputs? results from a mode choice study. plos one, 12(8): e0178826. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0178826 johnston, r. j. k. j. boyle, w. adamowicz, j. bennett, r. brouwer, t. a. cameron, w. m. hanemann, n. hanley, m. ryan, r. scarpa, r. tourangeau, c. a. vossler (2017). contemporary guidance for stated preference studies. journal of the association of environmental and resource economists, 4(2):319–405. kassie, g. t., abdulai, a., greene, w. h., shiferaw, b., abate, t., tarekegne, a., & sutcliffe, c. (2017). modeling preference and willingness to pay for drought tolerance (dt) in maize in rural zimbabwe. world development, 94, 465-477. kirby, k. n., godoy, r., reyes-garcıa, v., byron, e., apaza, l., leonard, w., pèrez, e, vadez, v. & wilkie, d. (2002). correlates of delay-discount rates: evidence from tsimane’ amerindians of the bolivian rain forest. journal of economic psychology, 23(3), 291-316. kufa, t. (2012). recent coffee research development in ethiopia. paper presented at the presentation at the “ethiopian coffee export conference: strengthening the legacy of our coffee. november 8-9, 2012, addis ababa, ethiopia. labouisse, j.-p., bellachew, b., kotecha, s., & bertrand, b. (2008). current status of coffee (coffea arabica l.) genetic resources in ethiopia: implications for conservation. genetic resources and crop evolution, 55(7), 1079-1093. lancaster, k. j. (1966). a new approach to consumer theory. the journal of political economy, 132-157. lancsar, e., & louviere, j. (2006). deleting ‘irrational’responses from discrete choice experiments: a case of investigating or imposing preferences? health economics, 15(8), 797-811. 280 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud lópez-gartner, g., cortina, h., mccouch, s. r., & moncada, m. d. p. (2009). analysis of genetic structure in a sample of coffee (coffea arabica l.) using fluorescent ssr markers. tree genetics & genomes, 5(3), 435-446. mcfadden, d. (1973). conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior. mcfadden, d. (1974). analysis of qualitative choice behavior. zarembka, p.(ed.): frontiers in econometrics. in: academic press. new york, ny. mcfadden, d., & train, k. (2000). mixed mnl models for discrete response. journal of applied econometrics, 15(5), 447-470. meyerhoff, j., & liebe, u. (2009). status quo effect in choice experiments: empirical evidence on attitudes and choice task complexity. land economics, 85(3), 515-528. michler, j. d., tjernström, e., verkaart, s., & mausch, k. (2019). money matters: the role of yields and profits in agricultural technology adoption. american journal of agricultural economics, 101(3), 710-731. muller, r. a., berry, d., avelino, j., & bieysse, d. (2009). coffee diseases. coffee: growing, processing, sustainable production. a guidebook for growers, processors, traders and researchers, 495-549. ortega, d. l., waldman, k. b., richardson, r. b., clay, d. c., & snapp, s. (2016). sustainable intensification and farmer preferences for crop system attributes: evidence from malawi’s central and southern regions. world development, 87, 139-151. sarrias, m., & daziano, r. (2017). multinomial logit models with continuous and discrete individual heterogeneity in r: the gmnl package. journal of statistical software, 79(2), 1-46. shiferaw, b., kassie, m., jaleta, m., & yirga, c. (2014). adoption of improved wheat varieties and impacts on household food security in ethiopia. food policy, 44, 272-284. siam, m., & eltahir, e. a. b. (2017). climate change enhances interannual variability of the nile river flow. nature clim. change, 7(5), 350-354. doi:10.1038/nclimate3273 smale, m., bellon, m. r., & gomez, j. a. a. (2001). maize diversity, variety attributes, and farmers’ choices in southeastern guanajuato, mexico. economic development and cultural change, 50(1), 201-225. teressa, a., crouzillat, d., petiard, v., & brouhan, p. (2010). genetic diversity of arabica coffee (coffea arabica l.) collections. ethiopian journal of applied sciences and technology, 1(1), 63-79. tsegaye, b., mohammed, a., shimber, t., getachew, y., & getachew, e. (2014). the influence of sun drying methods and layer thickness on the quality of lowland arabica coffee varieties at gomma i, southewesten ethiopia. research journal of agriculture and environmental management. vol, 3(11), 547-554. vega, f. e., rosenquist, e., & collins, w. (2003). global project needed to tackle coffee crisis. nature, 425(6956), 343-343. veldwijk, j., lambooij, m. s., de bekker-grob, e. w., smit, h. a., & de wit, g. a. (2014). the effect of including an opt-out option in discrete choice experiments. plos one, 9(11), e111805. waldvogel, s. r. (2003). caffeine a drug with a surprise. angewandte chemie international edition, 42(6), 604-605. wale, e., & yalew, a. (2007). farmers’ variety attribute preferences: implications for breeding priority setting and agricultural extension policy in ethiopia. african development review, 19(2), 379-396. 281not my cup of coffee: farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits ward, p. s., ortega, d. l., spielman, d. j., & singh, v. (2014). heterogeneous demand for drought-tolerant rice: evidence from bihar, india. world development, 64, 125-139. zeng, d., alwang, j., norton, g. w., shiferaw, b., jaleta, m., & yirga, c. (2014). agricultural technology adoption and child nutrition: improved maize varieties in rural ethiopia. paper presented at the selected paper prepared for presentation at the agricultural and applied economics association’s 2014 aaea annual meeting. zizzo, d. j. (2010). experimenter demand effects in economic experiments. experimental economics, 13(1):75–98. appendices table a-1. results from multinomial logit (mnl), scaled multinomial logit (s-mnll, mixed logit model with correlated alternatives (mixl), mixed logit model without correlation (mixl_u) and generalized multinomial logit (g-mnl) models. mnl s-mnl mixl_u mixl g-mnl asc 4.621*** 25.530 8.512*** 8.392*** 9.636*** (0.220) (16.563) (0.559) (0.512) (0.813) yield high 0.754*** 1.907** 1.067*** 1.041*** 1.198*** (0.065) (0.701) (0.108) (0.113) (0.143) weather tolerant 0.970*** 2.309* 1.421*** 1.252*** 1.342*** (0.067) (0.965) (0.125) (0.122) (0.145) disease resistant 0.929*** 2.092** 1.366*** 1.388*** 1.631*** (0.061) (0.717) (0.119) (0.127) (0.173) maturity duration -0.452*** -1.406* -0.734*** -0.493*** -0.593*** (0.034) (0.595) (0.069) (0.063) (0.065) cost seedling -0.044*** -0.112* -0.064*** -0.056*** -0.065*** (0.005) (0.046) (0.006) (0.006) (0.007) tau 1.410*** 0.477*** (0.323) (0.091) gamma -0.648 (0.354) n 2860 2860 2860 2860 2860 log-likelihood -1765.161 -1751.089 -1632.741 -1596.428 -1577.198 bic 3578.073 3557.888 3345.067 3320.192 3297.651 aic 3542.321 3516.178 3285.482 3224.855 3190.396 notes: ***, ** and * denotes significant at the 1, 5 and 10 % level; respectively. standard error in parentheses. 282 abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud table a-2. standard deviations of the random parameters from mixed logit model results. estimate std. error z-value pr(>|z|) yield high 1.0931 0.1985 5.51 3.7e-08 *** weather tolerant 1.3818 0.1906 7.25 4.2e-13 *** disease resistant 1.3674 0.2494 5.48 4.2e-08 *** maturity duration 0.6452 0.0964 6.69 2.2e-11 *** note: ***, ** and * denotes significant at the 1, 5 and 10 % level; respectively. figure a-1. distribution of the individuals’ conditional mean for the parameters of yield, weather tolerant, diseases resistant and maturity duration. the grey area displays the proportion of individual with positive conditional mean. a) kernel density for yield improvement b) kernel density for weather tolerant c) kernel density for disease resistant d) kernel density for maturity duration investigating determinants of choice and predicting market shares of renewable-based heating systems under alternative policy scenarios cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes maria de salvo1,*, riccardo scarpa2,3,4, roberta capitello2, diego begalli2 “not my cup of coffee”. farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits. lessons for crop breeding in the age of climate change abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud* does the place of residence affect land use preferences? evidence from a choice experiment in germany julian sagebiel1,*, klaus glenk2, jürgen meyerhoff3 the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? danny campbell*, erlend dancke sandorf bio-based and applied economics 5(3): 325-332, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-18510 short communication “gmo” maize and public health – a case of schumpeterian policy vs. free market in the eu giovanni tagliabue independent researcher, italy date of submission: 2016 3rd, july; accepted 2016 25th, october abstract.eu lawmakers have long refused the cultivation of “genetically modified organisms”. an example of this struggle is the revision of the accepted level of contaminants in maize: rather than admitting that bt maize is safer than “non-gmo” varieties, and therefore european farmers should be allowed not only to import it, but also to produce it, politicians have raised the threshold of the poisonous fumonisins that may be legally present in food and feed. this decision is an example of a “schumpeterian” approach to policy, where public choices are not inspired by a science-based mindset, but are substantially dictated by a calculus of consent; economic/commercial protectionism has also been considered as a motivation. while scholars must continue to explain that every policy decision should have a basis in sound science, no way out of the “gmo” imbroglio seems to be foreseeable, as long as politicians stick to the schumpeterian iron law. keywords. gmo maize, fumonisins, eu biotech regulation, schumpeterian policy, free market jel codes. k32, q18 1. background: the incoherent “gmo” policy in the eu for more than a quarter of a century (1990s to today), the approach of the european union to so-called “genetically modified organisms” has been steered by a steadfast rejection. such ongoing approach led to disruption of the international market: in the years around the turn of the millennium, the block on commercialization in the eu of certain genetically engineered agricultural products, appealing to the alleged inherent riskiness of “gmos”, triggered recourse to the wto by countries which claimed that their exports were unjustly discriminated. the eu lost the dispute (world trade organization, 2006; bernauer and aerni, 2008) and authorized the import of quite a few recombinant corresponding author: giovanni.tagliabue@uniedi.com 326 giovanni tagliabue dna crops and vegetables, but did not stop prohibiting the cultivation of them1 – a sort of de facto compromise. therefore, a clear double standard is currently applied in “gmo” eu politics: on the one hand, we see the persistent refusal to allow the cultivation of such cultivars; on the other, there is a regular, huge stream of importation, above all “gm” soybeans and corn as animal feed, accounting for several million tons annually. european farmers are not allowed to grow ge [genetically engineered] crops, even if they are identical to imported cultivars; apparently against all logic, numerous products are “safe to eat, but only if imported”! (masip et al., 2013, p. 319) the paradox by which the cultivation of “gmos” is substantially banned in europe, while enormous quantities of recombinant dna cereals and legumes are imported to be used as feedstuff, can be explained (tagliabue, 2016b): cultivation of them is prohibited in order not to harm the old-fangled products of eu farmers (graff et al., 2014, p. 13-14), to gain the political and electoral consensus of “organic” food producers (masip et al. 2013, p. 319), to protect the interests of the traditional herbicide/pesticide chemical industry (zilberman et al., 2015, p. 215) and to appease the “anti-gmo” brigade; it is necessary to import them to allow animal breeders to work. europeans must hope that there are no significant drops in the availability of “gmo” animal feed for import, or very serious economic problems would occur, as the european commission itself warns (european commission, 2007a). the costs of such schizophrenic rules are shown by a particularly bizarre example: “extraordinarily, in romania before they joined the eu, gm soybeans were extensively grown and exported to europe. since they joined the eu, romania is now forbidden to grow gm soy as it is not authorized for cultivation in europe. instead, the eu pays farmers in brazil, argentina and us to grow gm soy, and provides subsidies to romania from regional funds.” (baulcombe et al., 2014, p. 35) the path of special regulation for “gmos” took the form of two directives in 1990; the one regarding agricultural products is 90/220 (european community, 1990), whose approach was broadly reiterated, a decade on, in directive 2001/18 (european union, 2001), regarding “deliberate release into the environment” (i.e. cultivation); a partial change was introduced by directive 2015/412 (european union, 2015), but its significance is outside the scope of this article. the method of systematic obstructionism has worked. indeed, the eu has approved the cultivation of just one recombinant dna variety, bt corn mon810 (european commission 2013), which has not stopped various countries constantly blocking it with bureaucratic hurdles, or even (illegally) banning it. for example, the eu court of justice condemned france twice: 1. court of justice, case c-419/03 of 15 july 2004, commission of the european communities against french republic, oj c 275 of 15 november 2003, where the court of justice held that france had infringed community law by failing to transpose directive 2001/18/ec. 2. court of justice, case c-121/07 of 9 december 2008, commission of the european communities v french republic, oj c 95, 28 april 2007, in which france 1 the eu’s official list of authorized “gmos” is not so short: 58 items were imported until recently, plus 19 cleared on 24 april 2015 (http://europa.eu/rapid/press-release_ip-15-4843_en.htm, accessed 8 august 2015), and some 40 requests are still pending; but for all the cultivars – except maize mon810 –use (importation) is allowed for “marketing of food and feed and derived products”, “with the exception of cultivation”: http:// ec.europa.eu/food/dyna/gm_register/index_en.cfm (accessed 8 august 2015). 327“gmo” maize and public health was condemned for failing to comply with the previous judgment (mereu, 2012). various national governments have imposed this constant opposition by appealing to the only legal instrument apparently available until 2015, the “safeguard clause” (european union, 2001, art. 23), by which an eu member state can refuse a “gmo” only when there are well-grounded reasons which are scientifically proven by adequate studies regarding the negative impact of the product on the environment and/or on human health. the european food safety authority is responsible for assessing the grounds claimed by governments; more than once, it has declared as invalid dossiers which this or that country has presented (for mon810, see european food safety authority 2009. the ban by the german and french governments is discussed in ricroch et al., 2010). the efsa’s outcomes are in line with the current consensus: “the main conclusion to be drawn from the efforts of more than 130 research projects, covering a period of more than 25 years of research, and involving more than 500 independent research groups, is that biotechnology, and in particular gmos, are not per se more risky than e.g. conventional plant breeding technologies.” (european commission, 2010a) however, since the opinion of the efsa, even if it is required by law, does not green light products when unjustified requests to block them are rejected (unlike the situation, for example, with similar american agencies), in many cases the «safeguarding» countries have preferred to risk an infraction procedure – which in any case the european commission, for political and diplomatic reasons, is very slow and reluctant to implement – rather than give “gmos” their due go-ahead. to be clear, the commission itself declared that the “anti-gmo” manoeuvres of certain eu countries are inappropriate: “the fact that member states have currently no margin of appreciation on cultivation of authorised gmos has led in several cases some member states to vote on the basis of non-scientific grounds. some of them have also invoked the available safeguard clauses, or used the special notification procedures of the treaty under the internal market, as ways to prohibit the cultivation of gmos at national level.” (european commission, 2010b) such instrumental use of a clause that was designed for other purposes has been blamed again by the same european commission, which underlines that no negative data have emerged regarding any genetically modified product previously authorized: “no member state which had adopted a so-called “safeguard clause” had ever been in a position to put forward new evidence.” (european commission, 2015) it is therefore worth noting that, regarding “gmo(s)”, there has always been a cleavage between the “executive” approach of the commission and the more “political” eu bodies, first of all the parliament – the actual decision-maker which passed the directives. 2. a dubious decision we will now look at a terribly toxic phenomenon: we will see how the inflexible “antigmo” stance of europe’s politicians can inspire regulatory approaches that explicitly increase some small but significant risks for public health. fumonisins2 are powerful mycotoxins, i.e. a highly poisonous product from microscopic fungi: only discovered in the late 20th century, their carcinogenic effect has been 2 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/fumonisin_b1 (accessed 8 august 2015). 328 giovanni tagliabue confirmed in horses, pigs, rats and in humans; ingesting such moulds – among other possible pathological consequences – can generate neural malformations in the foetus, increasing the probability of the child being born with spina bifida. the ecological mechanism by which such substances become a real danger is easy to understand: a pestilent butterfly feeds on corn, deposits faeces where fungi of the fusarium genus abound, especially in the small cavities of the grains that have not been completely consumed. whatever and whoever feeds on the contaminated corn can suffer serious consequences; worse still, the toxic substances can pass into the milk produced by mammals who have digested them. externally applied pesticides have a limited impact, because it is difficult for them to reach the well-hidden target; moreover, the epidemiological incidence is much higher in poor countries, where the cereal is consumed in abundance and where, at the same time, the price of insecticides and fungicides can be prohibitive for farmers. bt corn substantially reduces the infestation, for one very simple reason: many of the insects which start to feed on it do not live long enough to generate the holes in which the fungi can take root. (kaplan, 2000; kershen, 2006; ostry et al., 2010; pazzi et al., 2006). as can be imagined, in many nations healthcare provisions establish clear limits to the acceptable levels of fumonisins in corn destined for human and animal consumption, and impose strict controls. the quantity of toxic substances present in maize varies significantly, depending in part on the climate (it is relatively higher in hotter countries) and above all on seasonal weather trends (higher temperatures encourage the proliferation of the insects that accompany moulds). europe established contamination limits in 2001, then in 2005 (european commission, 2005) and then again in 2006 (european commission, 2006), to come into force on 1 october 2007. it was a wise decision, because incidents are possible: “in the uk in september 2003, the analysis of 30 samples of maize products in supermarkets led to the removal of ten of them because of excessively high levels of fumonisin content. the contaminated samples with the highest fumonisin contents were those labelled ‘organic’” (heldt, 2010, p. 25). but here we must insert a disturbing tale. corn crops in recent years, in particular in italy and france, show a level of fumonisins which makes it impossible to use most of the product for human and animal consumption: the consequent obligation to send hundreds of tons to be destroyed or, in the best-case scenario, to produce energy, is a source of serious damage for agricultural firms; for this reason politicians in italy and france would have liked greater flexibility on the thresholds of the contaminants (for italy, see camera dei deputati, 2007). as a result of the italo-french pressure, the eu food chain and animal health committee unanimously recommended raising the tolerance levels for fumonisins (european commission, 2007b); the related regulation with looser limits was approved in extremis, two days before the coming into force of the law it was amending (european commission, 2007c). probably this decision does not entail a significant risk for consumers, because the new levels should still be low compared to the threshold for real toxicity, but what we want to stress here is the rationale of the political decision, which can be summarised as follows. 1) there are thresholds for tolerance to certain natural poisons, established on scientific bases. 2) in some seasons, it is found that an agricultural product exceeds these thresholds. 3) instead of banning the consumption of the illegal foodstuff, which would entail significant economic losses, let’s raise the allowed toxicity limits: in other words, we choose what seems to be the lesser evil. 329“gmo” maize and public health but let’s go back for a moment to point 2. the presence of unacceptable levels of moulds is not a law of nature; a cultivar which is almost immune to those pests which attacks other varieties exists, it is indeed the only “gmo” authorized for cultivation on the old continent (bt mon810 corn). the only field trial which has been carried out in italy, by experts from a public organisation, showed that such cultivar was much less subject to the deadly phenomenon; a row even erupted over the late dissemination of the data: the malicious think, probably rightly, that if the results had been unfavourable to “gmos”, they would have been published immediately and with a lot of fanfare in the media (nature, 2007). in this specific case, in order not to encourage the use of a “gmo”, which moreover is theoretically authorized, the choice is made to adjust the legal limits of the higher toxicity, which is frequent in the traditional product. yet, european rulers must have known that the cereal whose cultivation they are blocking is imported in huge quantities for use as animal feed. 3. a case of “schumpeterian” policy why did eu office-holders refuse to embrace a science-based approach in this policy decision, and rather opted to adjust the legally admitted levels of food poison? rational observers must be very puzzled, if they are not aware that public choices are often dictated by a different kind of logic: politicians always proclaim their approach to be inspired by the search for common good, but a much less idealistic reading was proposed decades ago by joseph schumpeter, when he argued that, in a democracy, any political or administrative action is a mere corollary of the opportunistic estimates which every law-maker adopts. “the democratic method produces legislation and administration as by-products of the struggle for political office” (schumpeter, 1942, p. 286). it is impossible to escape the clear impression that such a disposition is applicable in our case, and maybe most “normal” politics falls into the narrow definition highlighted by the great economic-political thinker. another quotation may reinforce understanding of the mindset which leads to such apparently illogical policy decisions: “politically speaking, the man is still in the nursery who has not absorbed, so as never to forget, the saying attributed to one of the most successful politicians that ever lived: «what businessmen do not understand is that exactly as they are dealing in oil so i am dealing in votes».” (schumpeter, 1942, p. 286) crude but truthful realism, which explains policy outcomes substantially dictated by a calculus of consent: most probably, in our case eu politicians reckoned that an adjustment of the admitted threshold of maize contaminants would have cost them less than the possible outrage deriving from encouraging “gmo” cultivation. an exquisite example of political expediency. we could also call it a para-machiavellian approach: if the end is to conquer and/or maintain power, and in democracy this means anticipating the probable reaction of public opinion (read: voters), it is easy to link a means to an end: avoiding the complaints from the “anti-gmo” brigade was worth a decision which sets science aside, while at the same time those affected by the consequences (consumers, farmers interested in better seeds) were not expected to protest too much. they did not. 330 giovanni tagliabue 4. by way of conclusion we must distinguish two aspects, i.e. the unscientific approach too frequently used by politicians when they make public choices and the possible ways to correct it. i think that realpolitik, as explained by schumpeter, really helps to understand the hidden motivations of apparently illogical decisions. changing this attitude is a very different story. scientists – both life scientists and social scientists, including agricultural economists – should continue in their efforts: explaining to the public that the “gmo” pseudo-category is a major blunder, that an actual scientific consensus on the subject exists (tagliabue, 2016a) and should be a basis for evidence-based regulation. as for politicians, pleas for a change of policy on “gmo” will probably continue to fall on deaf ears, because schumpeter’s iron law seems to be insuperable. schumpeter does not offer a way to coax or nudge lawmakers into choosing a science-based mindset – neither can the author of this little article, in its limited remit, do so. to imagine a possible development, let’s go back to the beginning of this article: since the european “gmo” policy has already been condemned as a violation of free market, i.e. rules which are voluntarily adopted by the eu, a forced change may come from pressures at the wto level. the 2003-2006 dispute has been settled with argentina and canada, not yet with the usa (wto, 2010). new challenges are to be expected by eu states from other wto members (punt and wesseler 2015, p. 167). if the old continent lawmakers cannot guarantee a coherence between a binding free market framework and certain decisions they have adopted, external forces may drive the eu towards a more consistent agriculture regulation. references baulcombe, d., dunwell, j., jones, j., pickett, j. and puigdomenech, p. (2014). gm science update. a report to the council for science and technology, www.gov.uk/government/publications/genetic-modification-gm-technologies. accessed 8 august 2015. bernauer, t. and aerni, p. (2008). trade conflict over genetically modified organisms. in gallagher, k.p. (ed.), handbook on trade and the environment. cheltenham: edward elgar, 183-193, http://digamo.free.fr/keving8.pdf. accessed 8 august 2015. camera dei deputati (2007). lion: limite di presenza nel mais delle fumonisine, www. camera.it/_dati/leg15/lavori/bollet/200701/0123/pdf/13.pdf. accessed 8 august 2015. europabio (2014). why does the eu import gm crops? www.europabio.org/why-does-euimport-gm-crops. accessed 8 august 2015. european commission (2005). commission regulation (ec) no 856/2005 of 6 june 2005 amending regulation (ec) no 466/2001 as regards fusarium toxins, http://eur-lex. europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/?uri=celex:32005r0856. accessed 8 august 2015. european commission (2006). commission regulation (ec) no 1881/2006 of 19 december 2006 setting maximum levels for certain contaminants in foodstuffs, http://eur-lex. europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/?uri=celex:32005r0856. accessed 8 august 2015. european commission (2007a). economic impact of unapproved gmos on eu feed imports and livestock production, http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/envir/gmo/economic_impactgmos_en.pdf . accessed 8 august 2015. 331“gmo” maize and public health european commission (2007b). summary record of the standing committee on the food chain and animal health, section toxicological safety of the food chain, 20 july 2007, http://ec.europa.eu/food/safety/reg_com/archive/sc_toxic_summary20072007_ en.pdf. accessed 8 august 2015. european commission (2007c). commission regulation (ec) no 1126/2007 of 28 september 2007 amending regulation (ec) no 1881/2006 setting maximum levels for certain contaminants in foodstuffs as regards fusarium toxins in maize and maize products, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/all/?uri=celex:32007r1126. accessed 8 august 2015. european commission (2010a). a decade of eu-funded gmo research (2001-2010), ftp. cordis.europa.eu/pub/fp7/kbbe/docs/a-decade-of-eu-funded-gmo-research_en.pdf. accessed 8 august 2015. european commission (2010b). commission proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council amending directive 2001/18/ec as regards the possibility for the member states to restrict or prohibit the cultivation of gmos in their territory, july 2010, com(2010) 375 final, http://ec.europa.eu/food/food/biotechnology/docs/proposal_en.pdf. accessed 8 august 2015. european commission (2013). questions and answers on eu’s policies on cultivation and imports of gmos, http://europa.eu/rapid/press-release_memo-13-952_en.htm. accessed 8 august 2015. european commission (2015). fact sheet: questions and answers on eu’s policies on gmos, 22 april 2015, http://europa.eu/rapid/press-release_memo-15-4778_ en.htm. accessed 8 august 2015. european community (1990). council directive 90/220/eec of 23 april 1990 on the deliberate release into the environment of genetically modified organisms, http://eur-lex. europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/?uri=celex:31990l0220. accessed 8 august 2015. european food safety authority (2009). scientific opinion on applications (efsa-gmorx-mon810) for renewal of authorisation for the continued marketing of (1) existing food and food ingredients produced from genetically modified insect resistant maize mon810; (2) feed consisting of and/or containing maize mon810, including the use of seed for cultivation; and of (3) food and feed additives, and feed materials produced from maize mon810, all under regulation (ec) no 1829/2003 from monsanto”, efsa journal, 1149, 1–85, www.efsa.europa.eu/en/efsajournal/pub/1149. accessed 8 august 2015. european union (2001). directive 2001/18/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 12 march 2001 on the deliberate release into the environment of genetically modified organisms and repealing council directive 90/220/eec, http://europa. eu/legislation_summaries/agriculture/food/l28130_en.htm. accessed 8 august 2015. european union (2015). directive (eu) 2015/412 of the european parliament and of the council of 11 march 2015 amending directive 2001/18/ec as regards the possibility for the member states to restrict or prohibit the cultivation of genetically modified organisms (gmos) in their territory, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt /?qid=1426590211658&uri=oj:jol_2015_068_r_0001. accessed 8 august 2015. graff, g., hochman, g. and zilberman, d. (2014). the political economy of regulation of biotechnology in agriculture. in herring r. (ed.), oxford handbook of food, politics, 332 giovanni tagliabue and society. oxford: oxford university press, 664-668 (pdf file numbered from page 1), www.oxfordhandbooks.com/view/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780195397772.001.0001/ oxfordhb-9780195397772-e-023. accessed 8 august 2015. heldt, h.-w. (2010). the situation concerning gm crop plants in germany. in academy of science of south africa, gmos for african agriculture: opportunities and challenges, pretoria: assaf, 11-40. kaplan, k. (2000). bt corn: less insect damage, lower mycotoxin levels, healthier corn, www.ars.usda.gov/is/pr/2000/000426.htm. accessed 8 august 2015. kershen, d. l. (2006). health and food safety: the benefits of bt-corn. food and drug law journal 61(2): 197-235. masip, g. et al. (2013). paradoxical eu agricultural policies on genetically engineered crops. trends in plant science 18(6): 312-324. mereu, c. (2012). schizophrenic stakes of gmo regulation in the european union. european journal of risk regulation 3(2): 202-211. http://ejrr.lexxion.eu/article/ ejrr/2012/2/200. accessed 8 august 2015. nature (2007). another inconvenient truth (editorial). nature biotechnology 25(12): 1330, www.nature.com/nbt/journal/v25/n12/full/nbt1207-1330.html, letter by giovanni monastra (an inconvenient version of events), www.nature.com/nbt/journal/v26/ n4/full/nbt0408-379a.html, “response” by nature, www.nature.com/nbt/journal/ v26/n4/full/nbt0408-379b.html. accessed 8 august 2015. nedelnik, j., linduskova, h. and kmoch, m. (2012). influence of growing bt maize on fusarium infection and mycotoxins content a review. plant protection science 48: s18-s24. ostry, v., ovesna, j., skarkova, j., pouchova, v. and ruprich, j. (2010). a review on comparative data concerning fusarium mycotoxins in bt maize and non-bt isogenic maize. mycotoxin research 26(2): 141-145. pazzi, f., lener, m., colombo, l. and monastra, g. (2006). bt maize and mycotoxins: the current state of research. annals of microbiology 56(3): 223-230. punt, m.j. and wesseler, j. (2015). legal but costly: an analysis of the eu gm regulation in the light of the wto trade dispute between the eu and the usa. the world economy 39(1): 158-169. ricroch, a., bergé, j. and kuntz, m. (2010). is the suspension of mon810 maize cultivation by some european countries scientifically justified? information systems in biotechnology 2010: 8-10, www.isb.vt.edu/news/2010/apr/suspension-of-mon810maize-cultivation.pdf. accessed 8 august 2015. schumpeter, j.a. (1942). capitalism, socialism and democracy. london: routledge. tagliabue, g. (2016a). the necessary “gmo” denialism and scientific consensus. journal of science communication 15(04), 1-11. http://jcom.sissa.it/archive/15/04/ jcom_1504_2016_y01. accessed 8 august 2015. tagliabue, g. (2016b). european incoherence on “gmo” cultivation vs. importation. nature biotechnology 34(7): 694-695. world trade organization (2006). reports out on biotech disputes. www.wto.org/english/ news_e/news06_e/291r_e.htm. accessed 8 august 2015. world trade organization (2010). dispute ds291 european communities – measures affecting the approval and marketing of biotech products, up-to-date at 24 february 2010. www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/dispu_e/cases_e/ds291_e.htm zilberman, d., graff, g., hochman, g. and kaplan, s. (2015). the political economy of biotechnology. german journal of agricultural economics 64(4): 212-223. bio-based and applied economics 5(3): 267-285, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-18527 the circular economy and agriculture: new opportunities for re-using phosphorus as fertilizer michele vollaro, francesco galioto, davide viaggi university of bologna/department of agricultural sciences, agricultural economics, bologna, italy date of submission: 2016 24th, august; accepted 2017 2nd, february abstract. the increasing demand of phosphorus (p) worldwide is posing important challenges on the market stability of fertilizers. extracting more p would not guarantee high p quality and low prices. globally, only the european commission, in a recent document about the circular economy strategy, has begun to address the challenge of the dependence on phosphate rock. based on a simple circular economy theoretical framework, this paper proposes an impact analysis of the use of recycled p as a substitute of chemical p fertilizers. two new technologies applied to retrofit existing wastewater treatment plants (wwtp) are considered: moving-bed bio-reactors and struvite crystallization modules. the analyses indicate that the introduction of these technologies prove to be economically sustainable for specific levels of inhabitant equivalent (ie) and that the profitability of struvite, as a substitute of chemical p, increases with increasing levels of p fertilizer prices and for increasing sizes of wwtps. keywords. circular economy, agriculture, phosphorus, fertilizer jel codes. o13, o33, q15, q52, q56, r11 1. introduction agriculture is the main user of phosphorus (p) as fertilizer (p2o5), with a share of about 90% of total phosphate rock (pr) consumption (cordell et al., 2009; brunner, 2010; van vuuren et al., 2010; ec, 2013). this datum would not provoke interest if p reserves were infinite and p extraction costs were marginally decreasing. the actual consumption dynamics of p, however, indicate that p reserves are not sufficient to meet the growing p demand worldwide, even at lower prices (scholz et al., 2013), and that improving p extraction or investing in searching new reserves might yield higher costs and lower quality of p fertilizers (van vuuren et al., 2010). the consequences of such dynamics will negatively affect food security worldwide, especially in developing countries where the consumption of p fertilizers would likely prove to be economically unsustainable. on the other hand, the corresponding author: michele.vollaro@unibo.it 268 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi increased use of low-quality p fertilizers would have reduced effectiveness on crop productivity and would be responsible for increased water pollution, higher risks of eutrophication and wider contamination of heavy (radioactive) metals (von horn et al., 2009). although the increasing awareness about the likely impacts of p dynamics has led decision-makers to devise measures aimed at optimizing p-fertilizers use and reducing water pollution (neset et al., 2012), there is a perception that it may be impossible to significantly reduce dependence on pr as a source of p-fertilizers, as demonstrated by the absence of an international agenda addressing the issues of food security and environmental change (cordell et al., 2009). beyond the theoretical/empirical interest of the scientific community and some actions at country level (cordell et al., 2009), only the european commission (ec) seems to show a concrete interest in facing the issue from a wider political perspective by adopting a circular economy strategy (ec, 2015), in which the willingness to reduce the dependency on pr is demonstrated by the adoption of an action plan addressing, inter alia, the need to improve the recovery rate of secondary raw materials from wastes. based on the recent policy evolutions of the eu, and with the intention of contributing to the development of a new institutional setting inspired by a circular economy approach, the paper proposes first a general theoretical explanation of the circular economy concept as applied to phosphorus resources followed by a preliminary analysis to estimate the cost-effectiveness of two innovative technologies for the recovery of p from wastewater treatment plants (wwtp), based on moving-bed biofilm-reactor (mbbr) and struvite crystallization modules (scm), respectively. as a follow up step, the paper provides a territorial economic impact analysis of the use of struvite as a substitute of chemical p fertilizers by assuming that phosphorus recovery is an economically feasible process as long as environmental benefits1 are considered (hernandez-sancho et al., 2010). the chosen territory is the entire administrative area of the emilia-romagna region, for which data on fertilizer use and on urban wwtps are readily available. the paper continues in the next section with a brief presentation of the policy context and a literature review on economic analyses of p recovery. a theoretical framework introducing the concept of circular economy applied to the case of p-fertilizers is presented in the third section. methodology and data are presented in the fourth section, followed by the presentation of results, a discussion and conclusions. 2. background 2.1 policy context the awareness of the essential nature of phosphorus for life has increased significantly in recent years because the uncertainty in future availability, quality and especially price stability of p (and p fertilizers) is matched with population growth, the overhanging food security and especially the impacts of chemical p fertilizers on water resources. interest 1 environmental benefits are what, in economic terms, are known as positive externalities, i.e., benefits that occur when the actions of firms and individuals have an effect on people other than themselves without economic compensation. 269the circular economy and agriculture has, therefore, grown in facing the issue from a policy perspective, at least in the european union (eu), with the adoption of a circular economy package based on the recovery and reuse of waste materials with the twofold objective of reducing the production of primary materials and the impact on the environment. however, given the scarce interest at the international level in the evolution of p, the action of the eu toward promoting the circularity of the economic systems represents an enormous step forward for setting the future policy agenda according to a sounder economic, social and environmental sustainability perspective. the new european policy course, launched in 2014 with the europe 2020 strategy, has set the ground for driving the eu toward a circular economy framework. major policy weight, indeed, has been attributed to the capacity of member states (ms) to reduce the pressures and impacts of economic and social activities on natural resources, especially soil and water resources. this choice represents the ‘natural’ continuum – and in certain aspects the completion – of a fragmented policy path, initiated decades ago for facing single issues, but which evolved with the emanation of several directives concerning environmental protection (or the limitation of environmental pollution), such as the urban waste water treatment directive 91/271/eec (uwwtd), the nitrates directive 91/676/eec, the water framework directive 2000/60/ce (wfd), the fertilizers regulation 2003/2003/ec, the waste framework directive 2008/98/ec. as stated by the ec (2015), a new paradigm for enhancing the competitiveness of the eu economy without impairing the environmental and natural resources is only possible by “closing the loop” and starting a transition process towards a more circular economy. indeed, this statement introduces the circular economy plan adopted in 2015 by the ec with the specific objectives of reducing eu dependence upon the production and import of raw materials, highly subject to both scarcity of resources and price variability. the intention to drive an economic system towards the circularity of materials (especially secondary raw materials) largely rely upon the innovation capacity of the eu, based on the vast existing technological know-how, the enhancement of research potential (through the horizon 2020 programme) and the financial support for knowledge-based investments through dedicated structural funds. within the broad framework of the action plan for the circular economy, a section is dedicated to recovering and recycling materials, aiming at generating a new lifecycle for wastes and new trading opportunities for secondary raw materials. phosphorus is included in this section as a secondary raw material recovered from sewage and food wastes and recycled through organic and other typologies of fertilizers (e.g. struvite). however, the route for full implementation of recycled p must pass through a further and parallel process for setting the production and trade standards of secondary raw materials. in fact, in 2015, the ec received a working/position document from the fertilizer working group (2014), in which the opportunities for fostering market access for recycled phosphorus is proposed as a valid alternative to the current and future perspective of the dependence of the eu on chemical p fertilizers. this document, de facto, proposes the modification of regulation 2003/2003 on fertilizers in order to allow for the commercialization of recycled p. the opportunity to recover and recycle phosphorus has emerged as a complementary action of the previous eu policies on the reduction of pollution loads in water resources, specifically the uwwtd and wfd, which open to the possibility of reusing treated wastewater. in particular, the uwwtd states that all generated wastewater agglomerations of size between 2,000 and 10,000 inhabitant equivalent (ie) must set up collection and treatment 270 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi systems by december 2005. therefore, one of the main challenges for european authorities in the achievement of the good ecological status of water bodies, as stated in the wfd, is to implement the appropriate treatment of wastewater, even in small agglomerations. this objective is of crucial importance, especially in some territories where urbanisation is characterised by extensive and less populated areas and where investments in sludge networks and advanced treatment plants are relatively costly and financially unsustainable. this is the case, for example, in emilia-romagna, where there are about 1,900 treatment plants (89% of total across the region) serving less than 2,000 each. out of 1,900, about 73% (1,400) involves only the first treatment stage (imhoff tanks) able to retain, at the exit, only the 10% of the introduced p charges. indeed, such conditions, which are common across europe, ought to convince the ec about the need to identify additional sensitive areas, and their related catchments, characterised by punctual and critical pollution loads. this, in turn, would imply the need to upgrade the treatment facilities dedicated to a significant quantity of discharges and the development of new facilities in the near future. in this context, it is crucial to identify the most feasible technologies, from an integrative point of view, to be tackled through new wastewater management projects, designed according to each specific wastewater scenario2. 2.2 literature review the fact that about 90% of global p production (extraction from pr) is used in agriculture as fertilizer has generated noteworthy interest with respect to the dependence of life on pr such to question the long-run sustainability of the resource. indeed, although pr are generated through natural cycles, in terms of social and environmental sustainability, p is considered a finite resource due to the disparity between the rates of natural generation and human use. since most of the p absorbed by plants and animals could be returned to agriculture, for example through crop residues, manure and wwtp effluents, p can be considered as a renewable resource, provided that it can be recovered and returned to agriculture as a convenient and non-polluting input. however, in order to meet the growing global demand for food, agricultural production has become more specialised and – for many commodities – globalised, implying the unlikely return of the p extracted to the soil of production. another important cornerstone of the sustainability of p production is the fact that it is essential for life. indeed, the growing global demand for food has given rise to increased demand for p fertilizers, globally. the main – and relatively less costly– source of p fertilizers is the phosphate rocks (pr), the known reserves of which are located mostly in morocco, the united states and china. extracting p fertilizers (mostly p2o5) from pr (and distributing it worldwide) is cheaper than returning p to soil and waiting for it to be available to plants. therefore, from an economic perspective, p needs to be treated as a non-renewable resource. this perspective is strengthened by the fact that p has no substitutes in nature and there is no way to obtain it by synthesis. 2 by wastewater scenario we intend the combination of pollution sensitiveness of the areas (which depends upon the catchments location) and the typology and charge of pollutants. 271the circular economy and agriculture the main implication deducible from these considerations, together with the diffuse distribution of relatively small treatment plants unable to retain phosphorus, is that the most practical alternative to non-renewable p would be to invest in technologies capable of recovering ‘used’ p and to make it available for use. in such a perspective, p recovery is an economically feasible process as long as environmental benefits are taken into consideration (hernandez-sancho et al., 2011). taking as an example the data on the balance of p charges (ratio between p in entry and exit) in emilia-romagna (arpa, 2012), the level of effectiveness for p retention in wwtps increases with the level of treatment3. in particular, for the first stage the retention level is 10%, whilst for second and third is about 57%and 85%, respectively. however, the total ie served by each typology represents 2%, 11% and 87%, respectively, indicating that most p is still lost in lowand medium-sized treatment plants. from these data, it can be deduced that innovations for the recovery of p and improving water treatments are mostly needed to retrofit the lowand medium-sized plants, in order to raise the effectiveness of p recovery and to lower the investment and operational costs. in fact, one of the promising technologies4 for the recovery of p from wwtp, as well as from other types of effluents, is represented by a reactor to add as a module into existing treatment plants, and capable of precipitating p into struvite5, a mineral composed of p, n and mg (booker et al., 1999; laridi et al., 2005). struvite can be used as a slow release fertilizer at high application rates without the danger of damaging plant roots (bridger et al., 1962; lunt et al., 1964). likewise, because struvite is insoluble in natural water, eutrophication problems and infiltration in groundwater are prevented, hence representing another advantage in its use as fertilizer. therefore, phosphorus recovery as struvite can be seen as a basic process for achieving sustainable development. the other valid alternative for recovering p from wwtp is represented by an innovative technology based on the concept of microbiological accumulation and digestion of waste p, capable of being accumulated as an organic compost. such technology is implemented by the means of a moving-bed biofilm reactor6, inoculated with specific micro-bacterial material, on which the effluent is left to stream (mcquarrie et al., 2011; barwal et al., 2014). 3 the available (and traditional) technology organizes the wastewater process in three subsequent levels: primary, allowing the sedimentation of large and solid waste (imhoff tanks); secondary, providing biological oxidation and a low level of microbial disinfection; tertiary or advanced, with filtration and a high level disinfection (mostly using advanced technologies such as uv ray). the higher the level the less is the risk for human health in using treated wastewater. according to the standard set by environment protection agency (epa) in the usa, wastewater from primary depuration must not be used; the second level allows for superficial uses such as furrow irrigation for orchards and industrial crops not intended for human and animal consumption, for recharging non-potable water-tables and the preservation of humid habitats and minimum vital flows of rivers; the tertiary level allows for irrigation of crops intended for human consumption, the recharge of water bodies for bathing (or more generally for recreational uses) and the recharge of potable water-tables (unep, 2011). 4 promising in terms of potential large diffusion. 5 the presence of struvite as a mineral precipitate into the wwtp has been discovered because it usually accumulates into the pipes creating obstacles to the flow of the treated water. in order to keep the plants working in an efficient way, the pipes need to be continuously cleaned from struvite, implying additional maintenance and operating costs. 6 mbbr is composed by a bio-plastic film, inoculated with specific microorganisms capable of catching and retaining selected materials. the films become carriers once inoculated. such carriers work inside a tank and they are set in movement when the wastewater flows inside the tank. in the last a stage the whole system becomes a reactor (a system in which a chemical-physical reaction occurs). 272 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi the costs of recovering phosphate during wastewater treatment can be calculated at 2€ per kg p as a minimum and may total more than 8€ per kg p under specific conditions (dockhorn, 2007; dockhorn, 2009 schaumm, 2007). pr7 in the united states is sold at between $35 and $50 per tonne (us geological survey) depending on purity. these values show that there are no economic incentives for implementing p recovery technologies in the wastewater sector since it is cheaper for the fertilizer industry to continue using pr as feedstock. however, it is important to remember that the recovery of p from wastewater involves noteworthy environmental benefits because it prevents eutrophication in the receiving environment, and increases the availability of a non-renewable resource. in this light, when the economic feasibility of projects with environmental effects is analysed, beyond the internal impacts, environmental benefits should also be considered (hernandez et al. 2006). it follows that the economic performance of new technologies potentially improving environmental conditions should be evaluated in terms of their pollutant abatement capacity and total benefits, including the related monetized environmental benefits. 3. theoretical insights surrounding the circular economy concept applied to phosphorus resources as previously stated, p is an essential building block of life. indeed, it is an irreplaceable element of modern agriculture, as there is no substitute for its use either as animal feed or as fertiliser (ec, 2013). the reserves of pr in the european union (eu) are very limited and not sufficient to meet the internal demand of p, especially fertilizers. hence, given that the eu is a net importer of p, the prospective growth in eu domestic fertilizer demand would determine, beyond import dependency, a resulting rise in the extraction costs of p from pr. moreover, the current use of p, especially as chemical fertilizers, is partly inefficient as the share not taken up by plants leaks out causing water pollution and eutrophication. such externalities constitute the increasing costs to be borne by society. therefore, the prospective increase in the demand and externalities of chemical p-fertilizer use would imply the likely increase in private and social costs. this scenario provides for incentives for the exploitation of alternative sources of p, such as the one presented in this paper, and the related theoretical implications concerning the circular economy framework. a possible interpretation of the depicted scenario is offered in figure 1 where the demand for p is satisfied by two alternative sources of supply, characterised by two different technologies: p extracted from pr, namely technology a, and p extracted from secondary raw materials (recycled from treated wastewater), namely technology b. it is assumed that the marginal costs required to supply p through technology a increases with increasing demand, while the costs to bear with technology b are independent on the quantity demanded. panel 1 of figure 1 describes a scenario in which the current demand for p is satisfied exclusively by technology a, as the supply costs for technology b are relatively higher. on the other hand, panel 2 of figure 1 describes a scenario where the prospective higher 7 high quality pr have a title of about 30% in p2o5. 273the circular economy and agriculture demand for p is satisfied by both technology a and b. in the context of the latter scenario, p would be supplied by technology a up to a given amount of resource use, say q(a), while the residual amount of the resource, required to satisfy the entire demand, say q(b), would be supplied through technology b. it follows that level q(a) could be interpreted as the threshold value below which the resource is supplied solely through traditional technologies and above which the resource is supplied also through new technologies, while q* remains the point identifying the optimal level of overall phosphorous use. scenario 2 shows two interesting features. first, by decreasing the cost of technology b, we reach a solution in which the social optimum is given by a combination of the two technologies rather than the substitution of one with the other. we can expect that the combination will be more in favour of technology b, the more its cost is reduced. second, by reducing the cost of b, the overall amount used increases. this could be interpreted as a sort of rebound effect and should be considered carefully if an environmental effect is included in the model (which is not the aim of this paper). the uptake of alternative technologies, therefore, seeks to modify the equilibrium points of resource usage, q*, and to induce related changes in private and social welfare. indeed, welfare changes are determined by the cost loss brought about by the transition from the traditional to the alternative technology for the supply of phosphorus. it can be deduced that the supply of recycled p is feasible when it contributes to an increase in the welfare of society. figure 1. welfare impacts caused by the implementation of a circular economy strategy for phosphorus resources. resource use (q) m ar gi na l b en efi ts a nd m ar gi na l c os ts ( €) supply with technology b q* demand supply with technology a resource use (q) m ar gi na l b en efi ts a nd m ar gi na l c os ts ( €) supply with technology b q(a) q* demand supply with technology a q(b) – social optimum q(a) – resource consumption with technology a q(b) – resource consumption with technology b w – welfare gain obtained by combining supply technologies 1 2 w 274 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi however, if a scenario of invariance of p-fertilizer demand is considered, a gradual increase in recycled p-fertilizer use might occur as well because of a reduction in the costs required to supply p with alternative technologies or by an increase in the supply costs of traditional technologies. all of these conditions might be plausible to explain the coexistence of alternative technologies, but is not yet sufficient to guarantee the transition to a full circular economy strategy (sole use of recycled resources) because of lock-in effects (zeppini et al., 2014). namely, a technology that is dominant in a particular application domain, could be resistant to competing alternatives even if the latter can be considered socially desirable. scholars attribute this phenomenon mainly to the fact that the introduction of new technologies might not reach the critical mass of adopters causing the transition (bikhchandani et al., 1992; arthur, 1989) or a critical price (solomon, 2000). 4. methodology cost effectiveness analysis (cea) and cost benefit analysis (cba) are the two main methods adopted for carrying out economic assessments. cea usually compares monetary costs and physical benefits (i.e., nutrient recovery). cba, for its part, compares monetarily valued costs and benefits (i.e. nutrient recovery and the shadow prices of water quality improvement). cea avoids the controversial monetization of intangible assets, such as the environment, and is usually designed for the comparative assessment of alternative measures, rather than for a clear-cut judgment on the feasibility of a project or a policy. cba is designed to assess the viability of the intervention, as it requires an estimation of costs and of both tangible and intangible benefits. this approach could also be adopted to deal with the theoretical background previously described as it allows for an assessment of the impacts brought about through the transition from traditional supply technologies to recycling. however, in the present study we assume that recycling is preferable to non-recycling, so the problem we face is to compare the two most recent wastewater treatment technologies. although the two innovative technologies are related to distinct phases of the wastewater treatment process and they can be combined together to upgrade current wwtps, it is assumed that due to budget constraints the regulator seeks to identify the most cost effective option. in the following section, a cost effectiveness (ce) analysis has been implemented to compare the two alternative systems as regards the p abatement capacity, which, for the considered technologies, is equivalent to the recovery capacity8: ( ) ( ) ïþ ï ý ü ïî ï í ì = j j i i ji a xnc a xncz ;max , (1) 8 recovery capacity is not the same as recycle capacity, however, both the considered technologies enable recycling. the step of recovery is limited to the capacity of the technology of retaining the p that otherwise would have been left in the effluent, while the recycling is the further step in which the recovered p is made available for being traded. as for the technology producing struvite, both steps coincide, while for mbbr the sludge obtained from the digestion might be subject to specific processes before being traded. 275the circular economy and agriculture where z is the recovery capacity, x is the size of the treatment plant in terms of ie, nc(x) is the net cost obtained by the difference between costs c(x) and benefits b(x) and a is the level of p abatement for the two alternative options, i and j. 5. data the methodology has been implemented by simulating the uptake of the described technologies in the emilia-romagna region. the territory of emilia-romagna can be considered as a unique case study given the availability of reliable data, provided by arpa (the regional agency for environmental protection) on fertilizer use as well as on the wastewater sector. fertilizer prices have been extracted by the chamber of commerce of modena (a province of emilia-romagna) where imported fertilizers are traded throughout the emilia-romagna region. table 1. evolution of fertilizer consumption in the emilia-romagna region. fertilizers (000 t) period nitrate phosphatic potassic compost organic <2007 227 48 9 123 38 average 2007-2011 178 39 8 104 52 >2011 219 25 7 91,5 64 ∆% total 2004-2011 -15.11% -61.40% -37.50% -33.85% 50.00% ∆% excluding crises pre07-post11 -3.67% -47.55% -19.23% -25.81% 68.42% ∆% per ha 2004-2011 3.19% -55.32% -52.00% source: own elaboration on arpa data (elaborated from istat). table 1 shows the evolution of fertilizer consumption in emilia-romagna during the period 2004-2013. given the occurrence of the global economic crises, which has resulted in significant price volatility and a price peak between 2007 and 2011 (table 2 and figure 1), the series has been truncated in two sub-periods in order to assess the evolution by isolating the crises period. chemical fertilizers have recorded a gradual reduction in consumption during the considered decade. in particular, by excluding the crises period in which the reduction was largely induced by the price peak, it can be noted that nitrate fertilizers, for which substitutability makes it an elastic product, the reduction reached about 4%, while it has been more accentuated for the phosphate with a fall of about 48%, indicating a very low elasticity. on the contrary, organic fertilizers, having a function more related to an amendment than a fertilizer, have experienced a consumption increase of about 70%. such data indicate an actual change in the regional agricultural sector toward a major use (attitude) of substitutes for replacing chemical products. table 2 and figure 2 clearly show that, excluding the crises period of 2008-2011, the price for chemical p in emilia-romagna region has steadily increased, from 230 €/t in january 2007 to about 500 €/t in october 2015, an increase of about 100%. nitrates fer276 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi tilizers, for their part, recorded a positive increase in prices up until november 2011 and maintained a steady pace thereafter at an average level of 350 €/t. the high price volatility recorded during the period 2007-2011, with a peak in 2008 at 870 €/t, has yielded an average reduction in chemical p fertilizer consumption of about 19%. the estimated elasticity of demand of about -0.19 indicates that chemical p fertilizer is inelastic with respect to price variations. table 2. evolution of fertilizer prices in the emilia-romagna region. nitrates (can) phosphatic (tsp) jul2007-2010 280 463 >2010 334 474 ∆% 2007-post 2011 59.74% 100.56% source: own elaboration on arpa data (elaborated from istat) figure 2. evolution of n and p chemical fertilizer prices in the emilia-romagna region. 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 €/t phosphatic (tsp) nitrates (can) source: own elaboration on cciaa modena. such evidence is coherent with the typology of a product unique to chemical p fertilizers obtained from a non-renewable (fossil) resource and exchanged in markets characterised by both monopolistic competition and natural monopoly forms (few states selling similar goods). as mentioned in the previous paragraphs, the potential substitution of chemical p fertilizer could come from the recycling of p present in sludge and wwtp effluents. in order to evaluate the recovery potential, an overview of the wwtp system in emilia277the circular economy and agriculture romagna region is presented. the emilia-romagna region, in the last decade, has considerably invested in the improvement of the efficiency and effectiveness of wwtps and related networks. data collected biannually by arpa since 2005 indicate the realisation of economies of scale due to specific investments in infrastructure, for modernization, new urban sludge networks and connections to treatment plants, which have augmented the treatment capacity and increased the effectiveness of the plants with the resulting improvement to the efficiency of the treatment system. further steps forward have been realised by improving the nutrient recovery capacity and the return of the muds into the economic system, especially to agriculture. such basic condition results to be highly favourable for more important and longer-run engagements in investments for developing new technologies, to be applied, in particular, to nutrient recovery. table 3 presents the situation highlighted by arpa in 2012 with regard to wwtps in the emilia-romagna region by typology (expressing the current level of technology) and the classes of urban conglomerations served. during the period 2005-2012, as concerns systems greater than 2,000 ie, reductions in the number of agglomerates, in the number of plants (from 245 in 2005 to 222 in 2012) and industrial ie have been recorded, with improvements in the efficiency and reduction in environmental pressures. table 3. wwtps in the emilia-romagna region per typology and conglomeration classes in 2012. urban conglomeration classes number of plants (per typology) project potential (per typology) (ie) i (n°) ii (n°) iii (n°) tot (n°) i (ie) ii (ie) iii (ie) tot (ie) 0 – 1,999 1,377 469 31 1,877 174,515 311,940 47,045 533,500 2,000 10,000 0 65 75 140 0 397,515 531,620 929,135 10,001 15,000 0 2 21 23 0 18,500 457,700 476,200 15,001 – 100,000 0 2 37 39 0 96,000 1,684,400 1,780,400 >100,000 0 0 20 20 0 0 4,681,333 4,681,333 total 1,377 538 184 2,099 174,515 823,955 7,402,098 8,400,568 source: arpa emilia-romagna. note: typology i stays for primary, ii for secondary and iii for tertiary (or advanced). indeed, since 2005, there has been a noteworthy reduction in the pollution loads at the exit stage of the wwtp. in particular, recent data shown in table 4 point to an improvement in abatement capacity9 from 2009 to 2012 of about 4.2% and 2.6% for secondary and advanced wwtps, respectively, a stagnation for primary plants and a reduction for plants equipped with den and dep technologies. improvements in the reuse of muds resulting from the treatment systems have been recorded since 2007. as shown in table 5, the reuse of muds in agriculture has increased by 40%, contributing to the substitution of costly chemical fertilizers and a reduction in dumping. 9 abatement capacity is the relative difference between pollutants loads entry and exit. 278 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi ta bl e 4. 2 00 920 12 d iff er en ce s in p lo ad s pe r w w tp ty po lo gy in th e em ili aro m ag na r eg io n. pl an ts (n °) fl ow (m 3 /y )/ 10 3 pr oj ec te d ie (i e) tr ea te d ie (i e) n itr at es lo ad s ph os ph at ic lo ad s a ba te m en t ca pa ci ty en tr y (t/ y) ex it (t/ y) en tr y (t /y ) ex it (t /y ) pr im ar y (i ) 1, 37 7 7, 78 2 17 4, 51 5 85 ,2 86 34 2. 4 29 1. 1 49 .8 44 .8 10 .0 % se co nd ar y (i i) 53 8 44 ,6 94 82 3, 95 5 53 5, 74 8 2, 01 8. 7 63 7. 7 24 7. 6 10 5. 3 57 .5 % a dv an ce d (i ii ) 18 4 38 6, 58 5 7, 40 2, 09 8 4, 40 2, 50 9 17 ,6 86 .8 4, 06 0. 5 2, 38 5. 2 35 6. 4 85 .1 % ∆% 2 00 920 12 i -6 .3 9% -1 7. 95 % -1 6. 35 % -1 7. 52 % -1 7. 53 % -1 7. 51 % -1 7. 55 % -1 7. 50 % -0 .6 % ii 4. 67 % -3 .0 2% 6. 30 % 8. 29 % 15 .8 4% -1 3. 00 % 7. 79 % 2. 13 % 4. 3% ii i 3. 95 % -1 0. 47 % 1. 37 % 1. 09 % 7. 73 % -1 1. 00 % 8. 18 % -5 .2 9% 2. 6% d en itr ifi c (d en ) 80 29 ,7 75 46 3, 54 0 32 4, 39 9 1, 17 9. 8 30 2. 6 15 3. 9 58 .6 61 .9 % d ep ho sp ha t ( d ep ) 9 6, 48 0 13 7, 80 0 10 9, 27 8 25 6. 9 89 .8 27 .7 8. 5 69 .3 % d en + d ep 95 35 0, 33 0 6, 80 0, 75 8 3, 96 8, 83 2 16 ,2 50 .0 3, 66 8. 1 2, 20 3. 6 28 9. 3 86 .9 % ∆% 2 00 920 12 d en 9. 59 % -5 .4 3% 4. 76 % 10 .9 2% -2 .4 1% -6 .7 8% -1 0. 31 % -4 .7 2% -3 .5 % d ep -1 0. 00 % -8 8. 33 % 27 7. 02 % -8 4. 01 % -8 8. 31 % -9 0. 99 % -9 0. 07 % -8 4. 93 % -1 3. 1% d en +d ep 1. 06 % 1. 61 % 16 .5 6% 17 .4 5% 24 .8 8% 13 .1 8% 25 .6 1% 11 .9 1% 1. 9% to ta l 2, 09 9 43 9, 06 1 8, 40 0, 56 8 5, 02 3, 54 3 20 ,0 47 .9 4, 98 9. 3 2, 68 2. 6 50 6. 5 so ur ce : a rp a e m ili aro m ag na . n ot e: d en a nd d ep re fe r t o tr ea tm en t p la nt s eq ui pp ed w ith s pe ci fic te ch no lo gi es a do pt ed fo r t he im pr ov em en t o f t he n a nd p re co ve ry . 279the circular economy and agriculture table 5. quantity of reused and disposed muds per typology in the emilia-romagna region. reuse disposal total agriculture other reuse dumping incineration other   2007 8,309 9,514 33,550 8,043 8,379 67,794 2009 8,766 14,874 25,817 7,840 0 57,297 2012 11,860 19,555 14,751 10,071 0 56,237 ∆ % 40.51% 67.51% -72.82% 25.87% -100.00% -20.17% source: arpa emilia-romagna. note: values in tonne/yr of dry substance. the most important aspect emerging from the presentation of the data in tables 4 and 5 is the potential for achieving the abatement of p in primary plants and the large room for improvement in the abatement of secondary and advanced plants by employing the proposed new technologies. in support for such statement, a simulation of the possible market prices for muds is realized on the basis of the relative (to the p title10) prices of chemical p fertilizer, conditional on a simple analysis of market opportunities for the development of fertilizer products based on muds, such as soil improver and compost. table 6. simulation of market price for wwtp muds relative to the title in p and n and market opportunity muds from wwtps (2007-2012) fertilizers regional market – since 2007 abatement n from 65 to 75%   chem fertilizers prices: n raised by 60% p from 68 to 81%     p raised by 100%   fertilizers consumption: n (chem) stable reuse (agriculture and compost) from 30 to 56%     p (chem) reduced by 50%       organic raised by 70% value of p 0,5 – 0,6 €/kg   value of p (chem – p2o5) 1,1 €/kg value of n 0,6 – 0,7 €/kg   value of n (chem) 0,7 €/kg source: own elaboration on arpa emilia-romagna and cciaa modena data. note: chem stays for chemical. indeed, as illustrated in table 6, while chemical p consumption declined during the period 2007-2012, organic fertilizers and the reuse of muds in agriculture (as compost or soil improver) increased in response to the price rise of n and p. in particular, it is important to highlight that the increase in reuse of muds occurred in concomitance to the improvement in the p abatement capacity of muds, which implies a higher level of p returned to the land. from all such information it would be reasonable to deduce that there is evidence of a substitution of muds and organic fertilizers for chemical p ferti10 the title of p is the physical content of phosphorus in the chemical compound, expressed in percent terms. 280 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi lizers. on the basis of such a deduction, a simulation of the value of p contained in the muds would provide for a reference for the comparative assessment of alternative p sources obtained by innovative technologies. supposing that, in terms of nutrient availability and chemical title, mud is a full substitute for p and n chemical fertilizers, the simulation results, shown in table 6, indicate that p components of muds present a half relative value with respect to chemical fertilizers, while the value of n does not vary. this simulation, therefore, provides preliminary information regarding the relative advantage in using p from muds as a possible substitute of chemical p. a second consideration is related to the absence of heavy metals in muds, such as uranium and cadmium, which are instead present in chemical p extracted from pr and which, inevitably, remain in soil and leach into water. 6. results the results of the investment and costs analysis are depicted in figure 3. the adoption of mbbr technology (red line) does not significantly alter the maintenance and operating (m&o) costs up to the size of 10,000 ie (for technical reasons11), while beyond such a level the costs follow an exponential increase. on the other hand, the results show that the costs for the scm (blue line) marginally decrease as the size of wwpts increase (in terms of ie). figure 3. economic impact trends of two alternative treatment processes with increasing size of the treatment plant: absolute (a) and average (b) values. source: own elaboration. more specifically, figure 3 shows the trend of the cost-effectiveness indicators per increasing size of the treatment plants for both innovative technologies. comparing both innovative technologies, mbbr and scm, panel a and b show the estimated evolution of the costs-pollutant abatement ratio for increasing size of the wwtp. in particular, the 11 the technical efficiency of mbbr depends on the flow of wastewater. in particular, mbbr modules can efficiently treat wastewater up to a predetermined flow. this implies that higher flows need to be split and treated by more than on module of mbbr. mbbr technologies do not show increasing returns to scale. 281the circular economy and agriculture abatement in panel a is measured in per cent levels, regardless of the wwtp size, while in panel b it is measured in per cent referred to ie. the graphs reveal the existence of a threshold for a size of about 10,000 ie, below which mbbr proves to be more cost-effective and above which the scm is more cost-effective. in the emilia-romagna region, as exposed in table 3, about 70% of the treatment plants are smaller than the estimated threshold, but do not reach the 5% of the wastewater treated in the region. this consideration, on one hand, implies the wider opportunity offered by the new technology to retrofit primary stage (small) plants at relatively low costs, improving p abatement and reducing pollution loads on water resources. on the other hand, however, the scarcity of technical information does not allow us to elaborate a more comprehensive cost-benefit analysis on the use of mbbr. for the scm, instead, a preliminary cost-benefit analysis has been elaborated on the basis of both the presented technical data at the regional level and the technical data of the scm, for a plant size of 120,000 ie. figure 4 indicates the relative costs and benefits for the employment (retrofit) of a scm based on a secondary depuration stage wwtp (about 55% abatement of p). the annual benefits are computed by accounting for the reduction of operative costs, mainly due to lower maintenance and operations, the relative reduced mud production and the revenue from the sale of struvite as fertilizer. the costs, instead, take into account the annualized capital costs, the specific factors needed to separate the struvite and the electricity. the balance returns positive, especially for technical reasons due to the fact that the struvite is a direct residue of the treatment procedure that obstructs the tubes and, hence, needs to be removed (a cost for the depuration procedure). figure 4. costs and benefits of the use of a scm in a 120,000 ie plant. 0 20.000 40.000 60.000 80.000 100.000 120.000 140.000 benefits (€) fertilizers (struvite) selling reduction of operative costs for recovering pumps and tubes reduction of reagent centrifugation for discaling reduction of polimeries used for discaling reduciton of produced muds due to production of struvite reduciton of produced muds due to reduction of reagents for smell abatement reduction of reagents for smell abatement 0 10.000 20.000 30.000 40.000 50.000 60.000 costs (€) annual capital cost struvite reagents (mgcl) electricity source: own elaboration. 282 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi based on the cost and benefit estimations for struvite production and by allowing for a range of possible prices for p fertilizer, a market-based cost-benefit analysis is provided in figure 5. as shown, a net convenience in investing in a scm retrofit for large-sized wwtps might be obtained for prices of p fertilizers greater than the 150-200 €/t range. over such range, the profitability should linearly increase for higher values of p prices. this simulation, together with the results of the cea, implies non-linear profitability of installation of scms for increasing wwtp size. figure 5. market-based cost-benefit analysis for the employment of a scm in a 120,000 ie plant. 0 20.000 40.000 60.000 80.000 100.000 120.000 140.000 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 v al ue (€ ) sale price of p fertilizer (€/t) benefits costs source: own elaboration. with regard to the adoption of scm, a concise representation of the results could be expressed in a twofold perspective: the production costs (transformation value) of struvite diminish for increasing sizes of wwtps (in terms of ie) and the relative profitability of installing (retrofitting) a scm, given by the substitution value of the struvite, increases for increasing prices of chemical p-fertilizers. having estimated the economic value of the struvite on the basis of the value of current p fertilizer title, the results of the profitability analysis indicate a substitutability rate of 1.2 (in terms of p title), which would be sufficient to cover about 2% of the regional territory. the environmental impacts of mbbr and scm adoption can be identified in the significant reduction in p-nutrient leaching in water bodies, leading to a consistent reduction of environmental damage. these considerations, however, make it possible to infer that, from an environmental perspective, the implementation of the chemical p removal processes is better off for the scm than for the mbbr processes. 7. discussion and conclusions the analytical approach and related results have shown that the implementation of innovative technologies applied to wwtps (in particular for the introduction of scm) 283the circular economy and agriculture have the potential to improve pollution abatement and to reduce abatement costs. furthermore, the results indicate that the production of an alternative and sustainable source of p fertilizer, namely struvite, show decreasing marginal costs for increasing size of the wwtp (in terms of ie). this outcome supports the outlined theoretical framework of circular economy according to which the alternative supply of recycled p-fertilizers would become profitable and, hence, represent an environmentally and economically sustainable substitute to chemical p-fertilizers, inducing a virtuous cycle of consumption and production of fertilizers. although the approach is limited to specific conditions (p recovery from wwtps only and from one region), the paper is able to demonstrate that, for an outlook of increasing food demand and the need for enhancing food security while preserving/ improving environmental conditions, the investments in (social, economic and environmental) sustainable technologies might stimulate confidence in devising measures/policies that respond to a circular economy paradigm. improvements for this line of research might be possible by widening the scope of the analysis by including animal manure as raw material for p recovery and by considering a larger geographical territory. another factor that limits the analytical reach of the paper is the lack of specific technical information concerning the functionality of the mbbr technology, which has prevented a specific cost-benefit analysis. the main message this article intends to convey is that economic approaches, especially within the framework of the circular economy, that are employed to evaluate environmentally beneficial innovative alternatives, should play a greater role in contributing to satisfy environmental targets, in an economically sustainable manner, through the identification of the most promising innovations. this can be instrumental in determining a rational and efficient level of pollution/abatement in a watershed, which is considered to be a very important policy objective (ancev et al., 2006). according to ancev et al. (2006), indeed, the efficient target should not be identified as a single number for any given watershed. rather, its value will be dependent on the abatement options available, and on the policies targeted at incentivizing the adoption of those options. as an expected consequence, it can be stated that instead of imposing exogenous environmental targets, policy makers ought to consider the costs of environmental damages and the abatement options available to the polluters. the targets can be set in such a way that the total costs i.e., the sum of abatement and damage costs are minimized (ancev et al., 2006). acknowledgments this paper has been elaborated within the project “set up of protocols for the interdisciplinary assessment of technologies for the improvement of water cycle” funded by the basic research academy fund (farb) of the university of bologna. the authors wish to convey special gratitude to prof. claudio ciavatta, prof. claudio marzadori, dr. marco grigatti, dr. luigi sciubba, dr. cesare accinelli and dr. mariangela mencarelli of the university of bologna for having provided the technical data on the mbbr and scr technologies. 284 m. vollaro, f. galioto, d. viaggi references ancev, t., stoecker, a.l., storm, d.e. and white, m.j. (2006). the economics of efficient phosphorus abatement in a watershed.  journal of agricultural and resource economics 31(3): 529-548. arthur, w.b. (1989). competing technologies, increasing returns and lock-in by historical events. economic journal 99: 116-131. barwal, a. and chaudhary, r. (2014). to study the performance of biocarriers in moving bed biofilm reactor (mbbr) technology and kinetics of biofilm for retrofitting the existing aerobic treatment systems: a review.  reviews in environmental science and bio/technology 13(3): 285-299. bikhchandani, s., hirshleifer, d. and welch, i. (1992). a theory of fads, fashion, custom, and cultural change as informational cascades. journal of political economy 100(5): 992-1026. booker, n.a., priestley, a.j. and fraser, i.h. (1999). struvite formation in wastewater treatment plants: opportunities for nutrient recovery.  environmental technology 20(7): 777-782. bridger, g.l., salutsky, m.l. and starostka, r.w. (1962). metal ammonium phosphates as fertilizers. journal of agricultural and food chemistry 10: 181-188. brunner, p. h. (2010). substance flow analysis as a decision support tool for phosphorus management. journal of industrial ecology 14(6): 870-873. cordell, d., drangert, j. o. and white, s. (2009). the story of phosphorus: global food security and food for thought. global environmental change 19(2): 292-305. dockhorn, t. (2007). stoffstrommanagement und ressourcenökonomie in der kommunalen, abwasserwirtsschaft, tu braunschweig 74. dockhorn, t. (2009). about the economy of phosphorus recovery. in ashley, k., mavinic, d. and koch, f. (eds), international conference on nutrient recovery from wastewater streams, london, iwa publishing, 145-158. european commission (2013). consultative communication on the sustainable use of phosphorus. com(2013) 517. european commission (2015). closing the loop an eu action plan for the circular economy. com(2015) 614. hernández-sancho, f., molinos-senante, m. and sala-garrido, r. (2010). economic valuation of environmental benefits from wastewater treatment processes: an empirical approach for spain. the science of the total environment 408(4): 953-957 laridi, r., auclair, j.c. and benmoussa, h. (2005). laboratory and pilot-scale phosphate and ammonium removal by controlled struvite precipitation following coagulation and flocculation of swine wastewater. environmental technology 26(5): 525-536. lunt, o.r., kofranek, a.m. and clark, s.b. (1964). nutrient availability in soil, availability of minerals from magnesium ammonium phosphates. journal of agricultural and food chemistry 12(6): 497-504. mcquarrie, j.p. and boltz, j.p. (2011). moving bed biofilm reactor technology: process applications, design, and performance. water environment research 83(6): 560-575. molinos-senante, m., hernández-sancho, f., sala-garrido, r. and garrido-baserba, m. (2011). economic feasibility study for phosphorus recovery processes. ambio 40(4): 408-416. 285the circular economy and agriculture neset, t.s.s. and cordell, d. (2012). global phosphorus scarcity: identifying synergies for a sustainable future. journal of the science of food and agriculture 92(1): 2-6. schaum, c.a. (2007). verfahren für eine zukünftige klärschlammbehandlungklärschlammkonditionierung und rückgewinnung von phosphor aun klärschlammasche, schriftenreihe war, tu darmstadt 185. scholz, r.w., ulrich, a.e., eilittä, m. and roy, a. (2013). sustainable use of phosphorus: a finite resource. science of the total environment 461: 799-803. solomon, s., weisbuch, g., de arcangelis, l., jan, n. and stauffer, d. (2000). social percolation models. physica a: statistical mechanics and its applications 277(1-2): 239-247. van vuuren, d.p., bouwman, a.f. and beusen, a.h.w. (2010). phosphorus demand for the 1970–2100 period: a scenario analysis of resource depletion. global environmental change 20(3): 428-439. von horn, j. and sartorius, c. (2009). impact of supply and demand on the price development of phosphate (fertilizer). in ashley, k., mavinic, d. and koch, f. (eds), international conference on nutrient recovery from wastewater streams, london, iwa publishing, 45-54. unep (2011): technologies for climate change adaptation – the water sector, tna guidebook series zeppini, p., frenken, k. and kupers, r. (2014). thresholds models of technological transitions. environmental innovation and societal transitions 11: 54-70. websites us geological survey: http://minerals.usgs.gov/minerals/pubs/commodity/phosphate_ rock/ arpa (istat): http://dati.istat.it/index.aspx?datasetcode=dccv_impdep cciaa modena: http://www.borsamercimodena.it/listino.asp?dat=30/05/2016&tip=1&no megr=concimi+chimici,+anticrittogamici,+antiparassitari&idgr=18&anno=201 6&set=22 fertilizers working group (2014): 5a com position paper_final.pdf; (the files can be found under the tab “additional information”) bio-based and applied economics 8(1): 1-2, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-8143 editorial the future of bio-based and applied economics daniele moro1, fabio gaetano santeramo2, davide viaggi3 1 università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy 2 università degli studi di foggia, italy 3 università di bologna, italy bio-based and applied economics, the official journal of aieaa (associazione italiana di economia agraria ed applicata), was founded in 2011 and published the first issue at the beginning of 2012. bae is now a well-established international journal, currently indexed in several scientific databases, including isi-web of science and scopus. its citation performances have been ever growing and are expected to grow further during the next years. years from 2012 to 2019 have been characterised by major changes in the profession and in the editorial practices. the choice to give the journal a thematic focus on one of most innovative aspects of the profession (the emerging bioeconomy), as well as encouraging contribution from all the most traditional areas, has been a distinguishing appreciated choice. several other new topics have meanwhile emerged in the economic literature, such as ecosystem services, climate change, digitalisation and the circular economy, accompanied by new approaches to study complex human, firms and markets behaviour. the academic context has changed even more dramatically. publishing has become more competitive and provides continuous stimuli to operate in new and more effective ways. the open access approach (chosen by bae since the beginning) is becoming the new normal for publications; authors are expecting quick reactions and timely decisions; linkages with social media and diffusion of the papers published has become a key strategic feature. bae has always tried to keep pace with changes in the surrounding environment, but 2019 will represent a major milestone in this direction. this editorial is aimed at presenting the state-of-art of bio-based and applied economics (bae) and the main changes that have led to a major reorganization of the journal. bae continues to be a free open-access on-line journal promoted by aieaa, and to welcome contributions on the economics of bio-based industries at large. the journal is open to topics related to agriculture, forestry, fishery and food, and is also open to submissions of related disciplines, such as resource and environmental economics, consumer studies, regional economics, innovation and development economics. in order to face the challenges listed above, and to deal with a fast-increasing number of submissions, coupled with a higher quality of submitted manuscripts, bae has gone through a deep reorganization of the board. the team is now composed by two editors in chief, responsible of the overall management of the journal, one managing editor and three associate editors that oversee the peer-review process. the editorial team also 2 d. moro, f.g. santeramo, d. viaggi includes an editorial assistant that helps managing submission, proofs, and dissemination of information related to bae through media and social networks. apart from the renewal of the editorial structure, bae has been interested by a major transition to a new online platform, which provides improved services for authors and readers of the journal. the new platform is designed to be more user-friendly and to increase the visibility of manuscripts hosted in bae. the editorial strategy has been improved as well. the new board is working to ensure a faster process from submission to publication. first, the board has started a more explicit policy on suggested reviewers: each author is asked to suggest a list of potential reviewers (that do not have conflicts of interests) that are likely to be willing to review the submission. second, the eic and the ae are encouraged to complete a timely review process by following a protocol designed to having a first (editorial) decision within fifteen days and, for papers sent out for revision, a first round completed in three months. a third change is the inclusion of junior reviewers, a new strategy that is expected to have good impact on the process. in addition, the board has started again to publish a very limited number of invited papers, authored by emerging or widely recognized experts. the rationale of publishing a limited number of invited papers is to guarantee space to host articles on topics that are considered of particular interest for the readers of bae. the board will also renew the tradition of open calls for special issues that will now be managed by guest editors, in charge of proposing the theme of the special issue and of managing the entire review process, under the constant supervision of the eic. the journal will encourage proposals for review articles that are likely to provide a valuable synthesis on the state of art on selected topics. last but not least, bae has now social media profiles (e.g. facebook, linkedin and twitter) that help communicating news and events related to the journal. we believe these changes will provide a strong input to the growth of bae. the future of our profession will be certainly characterised by even faster changes in the topics, in the scale of analysis and in the methods able to match the emerging new problems. the dialogue with society will also become more important as well as the ability to valorise the role of research in a world characterised by a high amount of information, but difficulties with interpretation and growing complexity of processes leading to action. this will affect the whole policy of aieaa, looking at the perspective role of scientific associations as key actors in a context of worldwide transformations. and, of course of bae, being one of the flagship initiatives of the association. in turn, the ability of bae to be an active actor in detecting and promoting scientific debate on such new issues, as well as taking up the challenges and the opportunities, and anticipating (or even leading) transitions, will be key for the future of the journal. in such a dynamic context, the changes listed above are for sure not definitive, rather a key step for enabling bae to ensure timely and proactive adaptations to the future. further changes are expected already in 2020, with a partial renewal of the editorial board as well as with initiatives boosting the connection with the associates and with the scientific community. the future of bio-based and applied economics daniele moro1, fabio gaetano santeramo2, davide viaggi3 how did farmers act? ex-post validation of linear and positive mathematical programming approaches for farm-level models implemented in an agent-based agricultural sector model gabriele mack*, ali ferjani, anke möhring, albert von ow, stefan mann the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context: the case of west bank and gaza strip donato romanoa, gianluca stefania,*, benedetto rocchia, ciro fiorilloa assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination gianluca grilli1,2 estimating a dual value function as a meta-model of a detailed dynamic mathematical programming model claudia seidel, wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 6(2): 159-182, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-19162 once part-timer always part-timer? causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers alessandro corsi1,*, cristina salvioni2 1 department of economics and statistics “cognetti de martiis”, università di torino, italy 2 department of economics, università di chieti-pescara, italy date of submission: 2016 13th, october; accepted 2017 23th, may abstract. off-farm labour participation is an important way in which farm households adapt their labour resources to farm labour needs, and is often viewed as an income integration and an insurance against risk. nevertheless, it has also been questioned as a step for exiting agriculture. it is therefore important to assess whether or not it is a permanent status and which are its determinants. most papers on this issue are based on cross-sectional analyses and thus disregard the problem of persistence in the state. using a 5-wave panel of italian family farms we estimate different dynamic nonlinear panel data models of the determinants of off-farm labour participation. we allow for two sources of persistence: unobserved heterogeneity and state dependence, and in addition we control for the initial conditions problem. we find a strong persistence in the state and our findings show that, when taking all these features into account, the present work state is almost totally explained by the previous state and by idiosyncratic characteristics. the variables concerning the farm and the farmer’s characteristics, typically found to be relevant in cross-sectional analyses, are not significant in the dynamic setting. the reasons for the inconsistency between our results and those of cross-sectional studies are discussed, and an interpretation of how the determinants influence the off-farm labour participation is presented. the distinction between true state dependence and individual heterogeneity has important policy implications that are discussed. keywords. off-farm work, farm household, state dependence, panel data, cap reform. jel codes. j220, j430, q120. *corresponding author: alessandro.corsi@unito.it 160 a. corsi, c. salvioni 1. introduction agriculture in most western countries is characterized by an overwhelming share of family farms, which means that farm operation and farm household are tightly linked1. in particular, the labour allocation of household members between farm and off-farm labour is an important choice for the household. indeed, the off-farm labour participation of farmers is a structural feature of both developed and developing economies, and off-farm income is an increasing part of farm household income (oecd, 2003; eurostat, 2002). it is part of the secular trend in declining agricultural employment, as productivity in agriculture increases and, due to the finite nature of land, no additional productive and employment basis can be created in the sector (except for intensification). combining onand off-farm work, at the individual and/or at the household level (pluriactivity), may indeed be an efficient use of the labour resources of households. taking into account income opportunities stemming from the farm and from alternative employments allows the growth and stabilization of household income. nevertheless, part-time farming has also been considered for its influence on the prospects of farms. a discussed related issue is whether it favours the survival of family farms or it is a step towards the exit from farming, with contrasting results. for instance, weiss (1999) found a negative impact of part-time farming on farm survival, while breustedt and glauben (2007) found the opposite. these papers are part of a stream of literature dealing with the changes in agricultural labour. this stream is theoretically based on todaro’s (1969) and harris and todaro’s (1970) model of labour migration, extended by barkley (1990), and uses aggregated data (e.g. breustedt and glauben, 2007; d’antoni et al., 2012; petrick and zier, 2011, 2012; olper et al., 2014). their focus is on the net exits from farming, and they do not deal with the contemporary presence of on-and off-farm work. our focus is rather on the process of combining on-and off-farm labour and in our perspective it is important to ascertain whether off-farm labour participation is a permanent status. one important feature in this respect is the flexibility of off-farm work status, i.e., to what extent farmers can and do enter and exit an off-farm work status, and for which reasons. hence, our theoretical reference is the literature on farm household models. starting from the seminal paper by huffman (1980), labour choices in farm households have been widely analysed, initially considering the off-farm labour participation of farm operators (sumner, 1982) and subsequently considering the joint decision-making of off-farm labour participation of husbands and wives (e.g. huffman and lange, 1989; tokle and huffman, 1991; lass and gempesaw, 1992), in addition to including the use of waged labour (benjamin et al., 1996; blanc et al., 2006) and the onand off-farm labour participation of operators, spouses and other household members (kimhi, 1994, 2004; benjamin and kimhi, 2006; bjørnsen and biørn, 2010; corsi and salvioni, 2012; biørn and bjørnsen, 2015). most of the research has concerned the u.s., but several analyses are also devoted to the determinants of off-farm labour participation in the eu (corsi, 1994; benjamin et al., 1996; weiss, 1997; woldehanna et al., 2000; juvančič and erjavec, 2005; benjamin and kimhi, 2006; salvioni et al., 2008; bjørnsen and biørn, 2010; corsi and salvioni, 2012; biørn and bjørnsen 2015). 1 the high supervision costs of hired labour, due to the technical features of agricultural production, have been noted to explain this situation: by contrast, family labour does not require supervision because family members are involved in the income that it provides (pollack, 1985). 161causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers a common feature of this stream of research, with a few exceptions, is that the analyses are based on cross-sectional samples2. this approach nevertheless prevents analysing the dynamic nature of off-farm labour participation choices and disregards the persistence of the phenomenon. persistence means that individuals that have experienced the event under study in the past are more likely to experience it in the future than those who have not experienced it in the past. however, the reason for persistence can be true state dependence and/or heterogeneity (heckman, 1981a). true state dependence exists when the previous state modifies the attitudes, constraints or parameters so that the probability of the present state is affected by the previous state. true state dependence has a truly behavioural origin. for instance, when taking on an off-farm job implies sunk search costs, this creates a difference between the choice of taking on a new off-farm job and the choice of continuing keeping an off-farm job. or, if an off-farm job is taken on, there might be costs related to the adaptation of the farm operation to the new situation (e.g., higher mechanization or a change in the type of farming or in the farming intensity to cope with lower family labour input), costs that are not incurred if the farmer already has an off-farm job. obviously, the same holds for the change in opposite direction, i.e., from off-farm occupation to no off-farm occupation. this makes the continuation of the offfarm state more likely than its change. heterogeneity represents the unobservable time-invariant idiosyncratic characteristics that affect the choices across time periods. while some time-invariant variables influencing the choice can be observed and hence controlled for, some are not measured or are inherently unobservable, such as, for instance, a farmer’s taste or aversion for off-farm work. such variables create a permanent push towards a specific state, so that the previous state apparently affects the future one. persistence and its reason are relevant for policy implications. weiss (1997) notes that “asymmetric adjustment behaviour may cause serious problems for designing an appropriate policy to encourage (or impede) a specific form of agricultural production such as part-time farming”, in particular because policies cannot be easily reversed. by contrast, as noted by corsi and findeis (2000), if heterogeneity is the principal source of state persistence, then more traditional instruments can be used. persistence has actually been initially analysed in two waves panel data (gould and saupe, 1989; weiss, 1997; corsi and findeis, 2000; ahituv and kimhi, 2002; juvančič and erjavec, 2005) and, more recently, in long span studies (bjørnsen and biørn, 2010 and 2015) accounting for both state dependence and heterogeneity. however, in the case of state dependence it is important to control for both the observed and unobserved determinants of initial participation status. it has been shown (arulampalam et al., 2000) that even if the model controls for unobserved heterogeneity, in order to disentangle the effect of state dependence from unobserved heterogeneity, the initial conditions need to be modelled instead of being assumed as exogenously given, since they may be correlated with the unobservables. not accounting for the initial conditions may lead to biased estimates of the effects of true state dependence and individual heterogeneity which, in turn, has important policy implications. 2 even the most recent research addressing issues related to off-farm labour participation like, e.g., the interrelationship between off-farm work and agro-tourism (khanal and mishra, 2014), or between off‐farm labour market decisions and agricultural shocks (mathenge and tschirley, 2015) use cross-sectional data. 162 a. corsi, c. salvioni this paper analyses the off-farm labour participation with a dynamic panel data model3 allowing for both heterogeneity and true state dependence, and handling the initial conditions problem. since our estimation is performed on a panel sample of italian farms for the 2003-2007 period and in this period a major reform of the common agricultural policy (cap) occurred, this study also accounts for the relevant changes4. this paper is structured as follows. section 2 presents the theoretical framework and the econometric strategy. in section 3, the data on which the analysis is based are presented. the estimation results are presented and discussed in section 4, both from the econometric and the factual perspective. the paper is concluded by some final considerations. 2. theoretical model and econometric strategy 2.1 cross-sectional modelling the theoretical model typically employed to analyse farmers’ off-farm labour choices is the well-known farm-household model (nakajima, 1986; singh et al., 1986; huffmann, 1991), which can be adapted according to corsi (2007 and 2008) to take into account the cap reform. the model assumes that the farmer maximizes utility over consumption and leisure, under constraints of income and time. the income constraint comprises both farm income and off-farm wages. the kuhn-tucker maximization conditions yield the following first-order conditions: ∂(p+s)q /∂f ≤ μ/λ (1) w ≤ μ/λ (2) where q is the quantity of good produced by the farm; p is its price; s is the coupled payment per unit of output; f is time spent working on the farm; w is the off-farm market wage; and μ and λ are the marginal utilities of leisure and income, respectively. in a pluriactive farm, equations (1) and (2) hold as equalities: that is, the marginal value product of farm labour (inclusive of the coupled support) is equal to the market wage and to the leisure-income marginal rate of substitution (mrs)5. 3 all panel data model are dynamic in that they take into account the time series dimension of the sample. however, functions that specifically model the effect of lagged dependent variables are usually referred to as dynamic panel data models. 4 the 2003 reform (the so-called fischler reform) has been the most important step in the process of change in the cap from trade and market distorting measures to more neutral interventions, leading to a more decoupled, and hence less market distorting, support (oecd, 2004). its most important measure was replacing the semicoupled subsidies (i.e., subsidies per hectare of specific crops and per animal head) with the fully decoupled single farm payment scheme (sfp), providing income support to farmers regardless of their current production decisions. in italy the decoupling was immediately implemented in the first possible year, 2005. furthermore, disregarding the possibility of introducing forms of regional distribution for the direct subsidies, italy decided to adopt the so-called historical criterion: farmers were granted their sfp according to an entitlement based on the semi-coupled subsidies that they received in the 2000-2002 reference period. 5 using this model, the impact of a direct payment has long been established (el-osta et al., 2004; ahearn et al., 2006; corsi, 2007 and 2008; hennessy and rehman, 2008): a decoupled direct payment is tantamount to an increase in non-labour income. hence, for a farmer participating in off-farm work, a decoupled direct payment 163causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers the reduced form typically employed in analyses of off-farm labour participation starts by defining the reservation wage w*, obtained by setting the off-farm labour supply to zero and solving for w. the reservation wage is compared to the market wage w, which is a function of personal characteristics and the conditions of the local labour market. therefore, participation (indicated by a dichotomous variable y) occurs if w>w*, which means that prob(y=1) = prob(w>w*). from the theoretical model, w* is a function of the price of agricultural products, variables affecting on-farm labour productivity, and taste shifters. the market wage is a function of personal characteristics that influence human capital and labour market characteristics. typically, the reduced-form equations are probit or logit equations that estimate the influence of these variables on the probability of (w-w*) being greater than zero. four categories of explanatory variables are typically included: individual6, household, farm and local market characteristics. 2.2 dynamic modelling in a dynamic setting, expected utility and expected income streams have to be considered. moreover, the costs for shifting from one work condition to the other are to be taken into account. to a large extent, these costs are sunk costs, such as, for instance, job search costs and costs for adapting the farm to the new work status and the implied labour needs. call c1 the costs for shifting from non-participation to participation and c2 the cost for the reverse change; t the time-horizon for work incomes; r the discount rate; wt the wage that the farmer could earn by working off the farm in time t; f1t and f2t the farm income that the farmer could earn when working and not working off the farm, respectively, in time t. the probability of participation in year t for a farmer not already participating is (for simplicity, we consider utility as only stemming from income; non-pecuniary benefits from different jobs can be easily incorporated): prob yt =1| yt−1 =0( )= prob e t=1 t ∑ wt + f1t − f2t( ) 1 1+r( )t −c1 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥>0 ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ ⎫ ⎬ ⎪ ⎭⎪ (3) and the probability of continuing not participating is: prob yt =0| yt−1 =0( )= prob e t=1 t ∑ wt + f1t − f2t( ) 1 1+r( )t −c1 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥≤0 ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ ⎫ ⎬ ⎪ ⎭⎪ (4) will decrease off-farm work. however, if production and labour allocation decisions are not separate, then it is unclear which type of work – on-farm or off-farm – will be reduced. by contrast, a decrease in coupled support has both a wealth and a substitution effect. the decrease in the marginal value product of family farm labour induces a reduction of on-farm work. simultaneously, the decrease in income decreases the mrs, which means that the farmer consumes less leisure. hence, the overall result is an increase in off-farm work. given that the cap reform is a combination of an income payment and a decrease in the average revenue, the two effects operate in opposite directions. 6 observable personal characteristics are taken as proxies for individual idiosyncratic preference shifters; some attempt has been undertaken to capture non-pecuniary benefits of farm work through personal statements (howley et al., 2012). 164 a. corsi, c. salvioni the probability of not participating in time t for a farmer who participates in time t-1 is: prob yt =0| yt−1 =1( )= prob e t=1 t ∑ f2t −wt − f1t( ) 1 1+r( )t −c2 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥>0 ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ ⎫ ⎬ ⎪ ⎭⎪ (5) or: prob yt =0| yt−1 =1( )= prob e t=1 t ∑ wt + f1t − f2t( ) 1 1+r( )t +c2 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥<0 ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ ⎫ ⎬ ⎪ ⎭⎪ (6) hence, the probability of continuing to participate for a farmer already participating is: prob yt =1| yt−1 =1( )= prob e t=1 t ∑ wt + f1t − f2t( ) 1 1+r( )t +c2 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥≥0 ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ ⎫ ⎬ ⎪ ⎭⎪ (7) from a comparison of (3) to (7), it can be concluded that, for every strictly positive c1 or c2, prob(yt=1|yt-1=1) > prob(yt=1|yt-1=0). hence, costs for shifting from one condition to another create a state dependence, and not including them among the explanatory variables would lead to an omitted variable bias. since potential shifting costs are not observable, the issue can be addressed by including the past off-farm work state as an explanatory variable in the participation equation as a proxy for the costs for shifting from one condition to another. a further reason for observed persistence in the labour state can be heterogeneity, i.e., farmers’ or farms’ unobservable idiosyncratic characteristics that make participation more or less likely; thus, when observing panel data, heterogeneity translates into an apparent dependence of the present state on the previous state (spurious state dependence). 2.3 econometric model unlike most previous studies, we exploit the panel nature of our data to analyse the determinants of off-farm labour participation, controlling for both true state dependence, created by shifting costs, and heterogeneity, and handling the initial conditions problem. the probability that a farm operator will work off the farm is estimated by applying a dynamic non-linear (probit) random effects model that accounts for both unobserved heterogeneity and true state dependence. the non-linear dynamic random effect model we start from is: prob(yit=1) = φ(β0xit + γyit-1 + ui + εit) (8) where yit is a dummy variable equal to 1 if the farm operator i participates in off-farm work in year t (t=1,…,t), and 0 otherwise, so that yit-1 is used to test the effect of true state dependence; φ is the normal cumulative density function; x is a vector of observable 165causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers time-variant and time-invariant explanatory variables; β0 and γ are parameters to be estimated; ui is an individual idiosyncratic term that represents time-constant unobservable individual characteristics, i.e., heterogeneity; and εit is a random component, uncorrelated across individuals and years. the standard random effects model assumes that the unobserved individual-specific components ui are uncorrelated with the observed explanatory variables. in the real world, this assumption may not hold. a further issue that may result in biased estimates of the parameter of the lagged variable, and hence of the magnitude of state dependence, is the initial conditions problem – whether yi1 is independent of ui. the problem is caused by the presence in the equation of both the past value of the dependent variable and of an unobserved heterogeneity term and the correlation between them. the treatment of initial conditions is crucial because misspecification will result in an inflated parameter of the lagged dependent variable that measures the magnitude of the cost of shifting employment. different estimators that cope with these issues for the nonlinear dynamic panel data model have been proposed: heckman (1981), wooldridge (2005) and orme (2001). it has been shown (arulampalam and stewart, 2009) on the basis of simulation experiments that none of the three estimators dominates the other two in all cases. in most cases, all three estimators display a satisfactory performance, except when the number of time periods is very small. we estimated all three models to test the robustness of our results, but for the sake of brevity, we present here only wooldridge’s (2001) model. the results of the other models are largely consistent with the results that we present and are reported in the appendix. in wooldridge’s approach, the individual term is assumed to be a function of the initial condition and the means of the explanatory variables7: ui = α0 + α1yi1 + α2μi+νi (9) where yi1 is the state in the first observed year; μi is a vector of the means of the explanatory variables over the entire observed period; and νi is a random individual component, uncorrelated across individuals. the overall model is therefore: prob(yit=1) = φ(α0 +β0xit + γyit-1 + α1yi1 + α2μi+νi +εit) (10) the model is estimated as a random effects probit by a maximum likelihood method. 3. data this study relies on data collected by the italian farm accountancy data network (fadn) survey. the survey started to be conducted on a statistically representative basis 7 to reduce the number of parameters to be estimated, we adopt the popular version of wooldridge’s (2005) solution to the initial conditions problem, and we use the within means of time-varying explanatory variables calculated over the 4 years following the initial one. skrondal and rabe-hesketh (2014) showed that for periods larger than 3 this model does not produce significant bias. 166 a. corsi, c. salvioni in 2003. the sample is stratified according to criteria of geographical region, economic size (european size units -esu) and type of farm (tf)8. the field of observation is the total of commercial farms, that is, farms with an economic size greater than 4 esu (4,800 euro)9. in this study, we employ a 5-wave balanced panel of 3,294 farms for which data were collected in all years from 2003 to 2007. we only kept family farms10. the models are estimated over the 2004-2007 period because the year 2003 is used to define the initial condition. table 1 presents the descriptive statistics for the dependent and explanatory variables over the 5 years11. the dependent variable is a dummy variable that indicates whether the farm operator works off the farm. the share of farms operators who have an off-farm job is 6.6 percent over the entire 2003-2007 period. it increases from 6.3 percent in 2003 to 7.3 percent in 2007, with a drop to 6 percent in 2004. these percentages are much lower than the participation in off-farm work revealed by the usda’s agricultural resource management survey data (fifty-two percent of farm operators) in the us (fernandez-cornejo, 2007) and by the farm structure survey (thirty-six percent of eu-27 family farm managers) in the eu (european commission, 2008). the lower participation rate recorded in the italian fadn is partly because the fadn refers to professional, larger farms that typically participate less in off-farm employment and partly because pluriactivity is less widespread in the southern countries of the eu (european commission, 2008). following previous research, we use four categories of explanatory variables to specify the model for the off-farm participation decision: individual, household, farm and local market characteristics. individual attributes include age, age squared and gender of the operator; it was not possible to control for the effect of education because this information is not collected by the survey. previous research with cross-sectional data typically has found a positive effect of age on participation but with a curvilinear pattern (shown by the age squared variable), reaching a peak and then declining. the household non-labour incomes, i.e., capital income and pensions, are used to explore the existence of a wealth effect. non-labour income (capital and pension income), is –admittedly, poorly – measured by dummy variables. larger values are theoretically expected to have a negative effect on off-farm participation. unfortunately, we can only measure the presence of these types of income with dummy variables, and we have no information on the number and characteristics of other household members. farm characteristics include farm size (in hectares); farm location (mountain, hills and plains as base category); total debts in thousand euro; degree of mechanization (horse 8 fadn defines a farm as specialized in a tf if the standard gross margin (sgm) for the particular production covers more than 2/3 of the total sgm. sgms are obtained on the basis of the farm area (number of heads) and a crop (livestock) and area specific standardised gross margin. 9 small farms are more interested in pluriactivity. though 4 esu (4,800 euro) is a small size, the exclusion of farms below this threshold leads to underestimate the importance of the phenomenon. the results should therefore be interpreted as concerning the observation field of fadn. 10 farms that were not characterized as sole ownership or private partnership were not considered in this analysis. 11 ours is an artificial panel data set obtained from a series of cross-sectional surveys. hence, the weights provided by the fadn, which are based on standard gross margin, standard output, and costs, are no more valid for inference to the general population. therefore, we decided to apply no weight to the observations in our sample. the generalization of our results to the general population should therefore be performed with some caution. 167causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers power per hectare of used land); working capital in thousand euro; specialization in the production of labour intensive, seasonal and all-year-round types of farming; the presence of direct selling; and dummies for organic farming and agro-tourism. farm size is typically expected to decrease off-farm participation because larger farms are usually more profitable, which makes off-farm labour comparatively less attractive. mountain and hill table 1. descriptive statistics of the variables (2004-7 unless otherwise stated).   mean std.dev. share of off-farm labour participants 2003-2007 0.07 0.07 share of off-farm labour participants 2003 0.06 0.01 share of off-farm labour participants 2004 0.06 0.01 share of off-farm labour participants 2005 0.07 0.01 share of off-farm labour participants 2006 0.07 0.01 share of off-farm labour participants 2007 0.07 0.02 personal characteristics operator’s age 54.19 13.60 operator’s age squared 3121.84 1513.44 operator’s gender (1=m, 0=f) 0.83 0.38 farm characteristics uaa (ha) 33.70 69.74 share of land in property (%) 0.67 0.39 working capital (1000 euro) 128.04 357.75 total debts (1000 euro) 11.87 106.42 hp/uaa 19.03 44.27 types of farming labour intensive all year round (0/1) 0.36 0.48 types of farming labour intensive seasonally (0/1) 0.33 0.47 mountain (0/1) 0.19 0.39 hills (0/1) 0.45 0.50 plains (0/1) 0.37 0.48 direct sales (0/1) 0.21 0.41 organic farming (0/1) 0.04 0.19 agro-tourism (0/1) 0.03 0.16 household characteristics pension income (0/1) 0.23 0.42 capital income (0/1) 0.01 0.11 cap reform coupled payments (1000 euro) 3.48 33.79 single farm payment (1000 euro) 7.84 33.21 economic environment agricultural to total employment (%) 6.35 4.03 va per inhabitant (1000 euro) 21.72 5.23 168 a. corsi, c. salvioni farms are typically characterized by low returns. accordingly, the farm location in mountains and hills should be expected to positively affect the off-farm participation of farm household members attempting to increase total household income with alternative offfarm incomes. nevertheless, these areas typically also provide less employment opportunities, which would have the opposite effect. the higher the debt is, the higher the interest that farmers have to pay to lenders. this situation might provide an incentive to farm households to work off-farm to find new sources of income to pay back the debt. there are no clear theoretical expectations regarding the sign of the coefficient of mechanization. the use of machines could reduce the labour hours required on farms and therefore increase the probability of off-farm labour participation. by contrast, a high investment in machinery could be a sign of the deep commitment of the household in farm activities and, more importantly, could raise farm income, thus discouraging off-farm labour participation. high levels of working capital are expected to increase productivity and to lower off-farm labour attractiveness. off-farm work is also expected to be discouraged in those cases in which farms are specialized in all-year-round labour intensive and, to a lesser extent, in seasonal labour intensive types of faming. the use of organic farming is anticipated to reduce the likelihood of off-farm work, given the higher labour requirements of these farming systems as compared to conventional farming. finally, direct selling, in addition to offering agro-tourism services, is labour intensive and should reduce off-farm activities12. the variables that describe the local labour market and the external economic environment are at the provincial level (provinces are administrative bodies that correspond to the nuts-3 level of eurostat). all data are drawn from national accounting data published by istat, i.e., the national official statistical agency. the agricultural to total employment ratio is introduced to account for employment opportunities outside agriculture13. value added per inhabitant is an overall measure of the degree of economic development of the area where the farm is located and is also a proxy for the opportunity cost of agricultural labour. these two variables are expected to positively influence the probability of off-farm participation because the higher these ratios, the more job opportunities are available. the variable called single farm payments (sfp) is equal to zero before the cap reform implementation in 2005, and is equal to the relevant payment in the following years. hence, it is an indicator of both the policy structural change and of the intensity of the intervention. given that sfp is allocated based on the historical production mix, it can be considered as exogenous (indeed, decoupling aims at making public support exogenous to production choices). the amount of the sfp is farm-specific, and its impact is a pure 12 some of these variables (in particular, the share of rented land, the mechanization variable, and the semicoupled payments, presented below) may be suspected of being endogenous because, in principle, the off-farm labour choice can influence them. we tested the use of lagged values of these explanatory variables to overcome the possible issue, but the results were almost identical to those presented here. the results are available from the authors upon request. 13 it would have been desirable to introduce other important variables concerning local labour markets, the activity rate and the employment and unemployment rates. unfortunately, in 2004 istat changed the methodology of the labour force surveys; thus, the series from 2004 onward is not comparable to that of previous years. for this reason, we could not add these variables. regardless, if these variables are introduced in the models for the 20042007 period, they are never significant. 169causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers wealth effect. prior to the introduction of the sfp, eligible farms received partially coupled payments (per hectare or per animal head) represented by the relevant variable. the overall effect of these latter payments is ambiguous because they may have both an income and a substitution effect. it is important to note that all the above expected effects of the explanatory variables refer to the static farm household model. hence, they are what the theory predicts when changing state implies no cost and no change in farm setting. 4. results 4.1 econometric results table 2 shows the results of the estimates. in addition to the results of wooldridge’s model, we report the estimation of a static pooled probit model that assumes no heterogeneity and no state dependence. this estimation is tantamount to having cross-sectional estimates, which means that, in a sense, it is a benchmark for “traditional” cross-sectional analyses of off-farm labour participation. both models are estimated for the 2004-2007 period to allow comparisons. we also report the estimates of the marginal effects of the variables on the probability of off-farm labour participation. as usual, they are estimated at the mean values of the continuous variables and at the median value for the dichotomous variables. column [1] gives the standard pooled probit estimates. actually, the results are largely similar to those typically found in cross-sectional analyses. the probability that the farm operator participates in off-farm work is found to be affected significantly by the idiosyncratic characteristics of the farmer (age, sex) and of her household (the presence of pensions and of capital income), whereas no statistically significant influence is found for the socio-economic conditions at the provincial level. regarding the farm characteristics, higher mechanization rates, higher percentages of owned land, the farm being located in mountainous areas and making use of direct selling, and a higher single farm payment increase the probability of working off-farm. by contrast, the use of organic farming techniques, higher percentages of working capital and being specialized in the production of all-yearround labor-intensive agricultural products significantly decrease the probability of the operator working off-farm. all these results are commonly found in cross-sectional studies. column [2] gives the estimates of wooldridge’s model, which accounts for the effect of yt-1, i.e., the past off-farm labour state (state dependence), and controls for the initial conditions and heterogeneity14. the past state parameter is highly significant15. the cor14 we also estimated two further models. the first model (dynamic pooled probit) accounted for state dependence but did not address heterogeneity or the issue of the initial conditions. the parameter related to the past state was strongly significant and large. in addition, this model, compared to the pooled sample model, presented a dramatic increase in the log-likelihood, and a likelihood ratio test strongly rejected the restriction implied by the static pooled sample. important changes also occurred even in the covariates, because the parameters of all individual characteristics and of several farm characteristics were no more statistically significant.. a further model (dynamic random effects) added the state in the initial year and allowed individual heterogeneity. these results are presented in the appendix. 15 as a robustness check, the past state parameter has been compared to the estimates of the other models. to compare the parameters of random effects models, they must be rescaled by multiplying them by 1 ρ− where 170 a. corsi, c. salvioni table 2. estimates of the models of off-farm labour participation. [1] pooled [2] wooldridge coeff. std.err. marg. eff. coeff. std.err. marg. eff. y(t-1) 1.234*** 0.127 0.048 y(0) 2.724*** 0.293 0.107 personal characteristics     operator’s age 0.011 0.010 0.029 0.040 0.001 operator’s age squared -0.000*** 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 operator’s gender (1= male) 0.258*** 0.050 0.045 0.321 0.002 farm characteristics     uaa (ha) -0.001 0.000 -0.000 -0.004 0.006 0.000 share of land in property (%) 0.370*** 0.051 0.040 0.140 0.350 0.006 working capital (1000 euro) -0.001*** 0.000 -0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 total debts (1000 euro) 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.000 hp/uaa 0.001** 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.005 0.000 tf labor int. all year round (0,1) -0.380*** 0.048 -0.038 0.129 0.239 0.005 tf labor int. seasonally (0,1) -0.091** 0.043 -0.010 0.258 0.223 0.010 mountain (0,1) 0.107** 0.050 0.012 0.276** 0.137 0.011 hills (0,1) 0.027 0.042 0.003 0.140 0.121 0.006 direct sales (0,1) 0.175*** 0.043 0.021 -0.019 0.133 -0.001 organic farming (0,1) -0.296*** 0.101 -0.026 -0.135 0.401 -0.005 agritourism (0,1) -0.094 0.116 -0.009 -0.906 0.623 -0.036 household characteristics     pension income (0,1) -0.271*** 0.049 -0.026 -1.384*** 0.127 -0.054 capital income (0,1) 0.641*** 0.129 0.111 0.695** 0.336 0.027 cap reform     coupled payments (1000 euro) -0.002 0.002 0.000 -0.001 0.005 0.000 single farm payment (1000 euro) 0.002*** 0.001 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.000 economic environment     ag. to total employment (%) 0.001 0.006 0.000 -0.005 0.071 -0.000 va per inhabitant (1000 euro) 0.000 0.005 0.000 0.085** 0.039 0.003 2004-2007 averages1     pension income (0,1) 1.205*** 0.197 0.047 tf labor int. all year round (0,1) -0.607** 0.273 0.014 constant -1.660*** 0.290 -2.839*** 0.776 rho 0.573*** 0.053 log likelihood -3030.73 -1509.54 chi-squared (df) 438.25*** (21) 3480.62*** (41) 1 only significant four-year averages variables are reported. *, **, *** = significant at the 10%, 5%, 1%, respectively. 171causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers relation coefficient, which measures the effect of unobserved heterogeneity, is 0.573 and is also highly significant. hence, the results suggest that both true state dependence and heterogeneity are important in determining persistence. heterogeneity represents individual unobservable factors, but its effect is symmetrical, as is the case with the other covariates, and the issue of heterogeneity is basically an econometric issue, implying biased estimation if not properly controlled. by contrast, true state dependence creates an asymmetry in farmers’ behaviour and is an economic issue that stems from true changes in the farm setting. the existence of true state dependence is not simply an econometric issue; rather, it is a behavioural issue. furthermore, the means of the explanatory variables, i.e., the parameters involved in the correction of the potential bias due to the initial conditions, are also significant. this finding suggests that coping with the initial conditions issue is important to avoid biased estimates16. to measure the effect of the past off-farm labour state on present participation, in addition to the marginal effect (me) shown in table 2, we calculated the average partial effect (ape). the former is an estimate of the change in probability of the outcome due to a unit change of the relevant dummy variable, which is evaluated at the mean values of the independent variables (or at their median, in the case of dummy variables) and can be interpreted as the effect of the relevant variable for a “representative” farm. the latter is an average of the difference between the probability of the outcome when the past state is set to one and when it is set to zero for each farm at the actual values of the variables. the results of the mes and apes are 0.048 and 0.058. that is, the probability that the present state is participation is approximately 5 percent higher if the past state was participation. this finding provides a measure of the part of persistence that is due to heterogeneity. in the dynamic model (not shown here), not accounting for heterogeneity or for the initial state, the percentages are much higher (0.175 for ape, 0.686 for me). the reason is that, in the dynamic model, the past state variable also absorbs the effect of the unobservable idiosyncratic characteristics17. hence, the comparison with the model accounting for heterogeneity suggests that an appreciable part of persistence is due to heterogeneity. although our results provide strong evidence that there is indeed persistence in offfarm labour participation and that both heterogeneity and state dependence determine it, it is difficult to appreciate how much of the persistence is due to either. however, the above-mentioned considerations would suggest that heterogeneity could be of greater importance than true state dependence. this notion contrasts with the results of biørn and bjørnsen (2015), who actually find very low levels of covariance among the statespecific random effects that account for heterogeneity. this can be due to the fact that they do not control for the initial conditions problem, which may induce an overestimate of true state dependence (heckmann, 1981b). from their study, it is nevertheless unclear ρ is the constant cross-period error correlation (arulampalam, 2009). after rescaling, the past state parameters for the heckman, orme, and wooldridge models are of remarkably similar magnitude (0.874, 0.763 and 0.806, respectively). 16 the past state parameter estimated in the dynamic random effects model, including the past state and the initial state but not controlling for the initial state bias, is 0.704 compared to 0.773 in wooldridge’s model (rescaled values), thus suggesting that not controlling that bias would cause the effect of the past state to be underestimated. 17 vice versa, excluding the past state variable would cause the effect of the other variables to be overestimated; see ahituv and kimhi (2002). 172 a. corsi, c. salvioni what the relative weight of true state dependence is, although they also find evidence of persistence. in summary, from the econometric perspective, the main conclusions are that crosssectional pooled estimation is rejected vs. models that account for heterogeneity and state dependency, and that correcting for the initial state is also crucial. 4.2 effects of the variables from the factual perspective, after introducing state dependence and heterogeneity and controlling for the initial state conditions, none of the idiosyncratic farmer observable characteristics, usually found to be significant in cross-sectional models, is found to have statistically significant effects on the probability that the operator works off the farm (see section 4.3 for a discussion of these differences in results). the two variables related to household income (pensions and capital income) are strongly significant. if the household has any capital income, the probability of off-farm labour participation is significantly increased, albeit in a limited measure. at the mean values of the variables, the probability is increased by 2.8 percent. this finding is not consistent with our expectations and with the results of previous studies (mishra and goodwin, 1997; mishra and goodwin, 1998; mishra and holthausen, 2002), according to which farm household wealth acts as a substitute for off-farm work. this effect is interpreted as a lower need for extra work income because wealth helps these farms to smooth consumption when income falls. a possible interpretation of the positive result is that off-farm employment may be induced by high off-farm wages that, in turn, provide more financial assets that yield capital incomes18. if a household member has a retirement or invalidity pension income, then the probability that the farm operator has an off-farm job, as expected, significantly decreases. in this case, the marginal effect is -5.4 percent. a possible interpretation is that, for poor farm households, off-farm income that stems from pensions of other members decreases the income needs, thus raising the off-farm reservation wage of the operator. alternatively, the old age of the operator and of the other members of the family make them less interested in off farm work. finally, the presence of elders and individuals with a disability in the household increases the time that is devoted to caring activities, thus discouraging off-farm work (salvioni et al., 2008). a farm’s being located in mountain areas has a significant and, as expected, positive effect. farms in those areas are typically less profitable, which might induce more pluriactivity. the value added per inhabitant is significant and, as expected, positive. this result confirms our expectations about larger probabilities of off-farm work in more economically developed areas i.e., where more job opportunities are available and the alternative income provided by off farm jobs is higher. all-year-round labour-intensive types of 18 remark nevertheless that if this were the case, a problem of endogeneity would result (we are grateful to a referee for drawing our attention to this point). though, applying to non-linear models, such as the one we estimate, the 2sls method usually employed in linear models leads to “forbidden regression” (angrist and pischke, 2009). forbidden regressions produce consistent estimates only under very restrictive assumptions that rarely hold in practice (see for instance wooldridge, (2010), pp. 265-268). the risk of producing inconsistent estimates further increases when the endogeneity problem is referred to a binary explanatory variable such as capital income in our model. 173causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers farming, the share of land in property and the amount of working capital are not significant in wooldridge’s model19. neither the variable of coupled payments (before the cap reform) nor the variable of the single farm payment (after the reform) exhibits significant effects. again, this finding makes a difference in respect to the pooled model, for which the sfp variable is strongly significant. regardless, the sign is negative for semi-coupled payments and positive for sfp. the former sign would be consistent with theoretical predictions and would suggest that the substitution effect of coupled payments dominates the wealth effect. by contrast, the positive sign of the sfp would contradict the theoretical expectations, at least if production choices were separable from consumption and family labour allocation choices (if not, there are no a priori predictions). the non-significance of decoupled payments is not consistent with the results of many previous parametric us studies (dewbre and mishra, 2002; el-hosta et al., 2004; goodwin and mishra, 2004; ahearn et al., 2006; serra et al., 2005), which have found – indeed, very small20 – effects of decoupled payments on farm and off-farm labour and on total work hours, but they support more recent results (pandit et al., 2013), which find that neither direct nor indirect government payments have any impact on the off-farm labour supply of farm operators. also olper et al. (2014) find for the eu that the evidence of a negative effect of decoupled payments on agricultural outmigration is weak in a dynamic setting, and in no model by petrick and zier (2012) do direct payments have any effect on agricultural employment. the cap reform explicitly attempted to substitute decoupled for coupled payments without substantially changing the total expenditure. hence, even from a theoretical perspective, its effect is ambiguous (corsi, 2007 and 2008), and its weak effects on off-farm participation, if any, are not surprising. 4.3 discussion in this paragraph, we discuss the meaning and the implication of persistence in terms of farmers’ behaviour and of policy implications, by comparing cross-sectional and dynamic panel analyses. most likely the most striking result – also robust across all estimated models – is that, after introducing state dependence and heterogeneity and controlling for the initial state conditions, in none of these dynamic models do the idiosyncratic farmer observable characteristics have statistically significant effects on the probability that the operator works off the farm. additionally, many of the farm characteristics found to be significant in cross-sectional models are no more significant in this dynamic setting. although more research is needed to generalize our results, our findings are at odds with an entire stream of literature based on cross-sectional samples (including some of our previous studies), where personal, farm and labour market characteristics are typically found to be important determinants. we conclude that past experience has a genuine behavioural effect in the sense that otherwise identical individuals who did not experience participation would behave differently from those who did experience it.  in other 19 their coefficients are nevertheless significant in both the heckman and orme specifications. 20 for instance, the coefficients estimated by dewbre and mishra (2002), although statistically significant, indicate that a thousand-dollar payment decreases the total work by approximately or less than one hour per year. regarding off-farm work, the largest estimate is that by ahearn et al. (2006), who estimate that a thousand-dollar payment decreases the probability of off-farm labour participation by 0.4-0.5 percent. 174 a. corsi, c. salvioni words, we find structural state dependence. we also find that unobservable idiosyncratic characteristics do have an influence on off-farm labour choice and most likely have a stronger effect, but we find scarce evidence of an effect of observable farm and personal characteristics. importantly, this difference emerges when estimating different models from the same data and comparing the dynamic model accounting for heterogeneity and state dependence vs. the pooled model equivalent to a cross-sectional setting. thus, the problem is how to explain the relevance of the personal and farm characteristics found in cross-sectional studies. this problem calls into question the interpretation given to the results of cross-sectional studies, that are typically interpreted in causal terms, implying, e.g., that an older age or a smaller farm size makes farmers more likely to take on an off-farm job. tentatively, we conjecture that the relationship between personal and farm characteristics, such as age and farm size, found in models in which past experience is not taken into account could be interpreted in the following manner: i) some unobservable characteristics, of both the farm and the farmer, exert a permanent push in the direction of a particular state. for example, low soil fertility (hence, unobservable lower returns from the farm) or a farmer’s preference for non-agricultural work, may create a tendency to look for an off-farm job. ii) some observable characteristics of the farm and the farmer (such as small farm size or education) also create a tendency to take on an off-farm job. iii) these two groups of variables influence the choice whether to take an off-farm job the first time it is made, which is nevertheless contingent on the availability of sufficiently remunerative job opportunities and on a sufficiently low cost of changing status. iv) the influence of the age variable found in cross-sectional studies is therefore actually because an older age means that, for those who look for an off-farm job, more years have passed, which implies that more opportunities of finding such a job may have occurred. v) once the choice is made, the off-farm work status tends to remain the same because some farm setting is changed after this choice, because the unobservable and observable characteristics remain at work, and because of the costs implied by changing status again. hence, once a status is chosen, the subsequent situation is dominated by the previous situation; thus, the influence of the observable variables apparently vanishes. in this sense, one might think of an “off-farm job trap” and of a “full-time on-farm job trap”. this interpretation of the discrepancy between the cross-sectional and the dynamic models in terms of “status traps” should nevertheless be made with some caution, given that our panel is not very long, even if it has been proven that 4 years are enough to produce valid and reliable results (arulampalam and stewart, 2009). anyway, we feel that our results deserve attention on a possible misinterpretation of the results of cross-section models. the effect of personal and farm characteristics are at risk of being severely exaggerated if the econometrician fails to recognise the presence of persistence. hence, our results and their interpretation also have policy implications. if pluriactivity is considered by policy makers to be desirable, e.g., because it helps maintain the agricultural activities in a rural area and thus prevents depopulation, then appropriate policies have to be chosen to induce farmers to engage in off-farm activities in the area and to choose not to quit farming. our results suggest that the unobservable specific characteristics of farms and farmers are prevailing in determining persistence. hence, the levers on which to operate are those that permanently change the individual propensity to work off the farm, e.g., focusing on education and development of personal skills. our results 175causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers show that also true state dependence determines persistence. hence, along with policies affecting individual characteristics, also policies facilitating farmers’ access to the off-farm labour market could be appropriate. given true state dependence, an initial effort is necessary to induce the off-farm labour participation of farmers, but after this initial treatment, incentives are less necessary to sustain the desired behaviour over time. finally, our results suggest that both decoupled and coupled payments are not significant variables in explaining the off-farm labour participation of italian farmers. this is consistent with recent us studies (pandit et al., 2013), while the related literature on the effects of farm subsidies on labour outflow from agriculture gives mixed results. for instance, a negative effect of pillar i subsidies on net labour outflow from agriculture had been found by olper et al. (2014) using panel data at the aggregate level, and similar effects are found for subsidies by breustedt and glauben (2007), though other papers do not find significant effects (glauben et al., 2006; pietrick and zier, 2011 and 2012). remark nevertheless that these results apply to quitting agriculture, not to combining onand off-farm labour. the implication of our results is that policymakers should not increase government spending in the form of agricultural subsidies to reduce unemployment. 5. summary and conclusions in this paper, we examine the issue of the off-farm labour participation of farm operators. we estimate different models that allow both heterogeneity and true state dependence, and that cope with the initial conditions problem, using a panel sample of italian farms. we find a strong persistence in the state, which is mainly explained by unobserved heterogeneity. the past labour state is also an important determinant of the off-farm labour participation choices of italian farmers. these results imply that policies aimed at fostering off farm employment should focus on interventions that permanently change the individual propensity to work off the farm, e.g., focusing on education and development of personal skills. variables typically found to be significant determinants of these choices, and also appearing as such in pooled sample estimations, are no more significant when true state dependence and heterogeneity are controlled for. we also find that the effects of the change in cap, and more generally of coupled and decoupled payments, are weak and generally insignificant. to some extent, our results are at odds with the usual interpretation given to the results of cross-sectional studies concerning the effect of farm and operator characteristics. in general, our findings point to the conclusion that persistence effects are at work, because the choice of a work state modifies the preferences or the constraints that the farm operator faces (e.g., because changing status may imply sunk costs), or because an operator’s unobservable preference toward off-farm work can be met contingent on local job opportunities, and the cumulative probability of finding such a job increases along with time. the discrepancy between our results and those of the traditional cross-sectional studies calls for more research to clarify these issues. promising research lines could include modelling the changes of labour state rather than the states per se, in the line undertaken by biørn 176 a. corsi, c. salvioni and bjørnsen (2015), but coping with the issue of the initial values, or using job search models and modelling the permanence in the states. this task is left for further research. references ahearn, m.c., el-osta, h.s. and dewbre, j. (2006). the impact of coupled and decoupled government subsidies on off-farm labour participation of u.s. farm operators. american journal of agricultural economics 88: 393-404. ahituv, a. and kimhi, a. (2002). off-farm work and capital accumulation decisions of farmers over the life-cycle: the role of heterogeneity and state dependence. journal of development economics 68: 329-353. angrist, j.d., and pischke, j-s. (2009). instrumental variables in action: sometimes you get what you need. chapter 4 in angrist, j.d., and pischke, mostly harmless econometrics: an empiricist’s companion, princeton, nj: princeton university press: 113-220. arulampalam, w., booth, a.l. and taylor, m.p. (2000). unemployment persistence. oxford economic papers 52(1): 24-50. arulampalam, w. and stewart, m.(2009). simplified implementation of the heckman estimator of the dynamic probit model and a comparison with alternative estimators. oxford bulletin of economics and statistics 71: 659–681. barkley, a. p. (1990). the determinants of the migration of labour out of agriculture in the united states, 1940–85. american journal of agricultural economics 72: 567–573. benjamin, c. and kimhi, a. (2006). farm work, off-farm work, and hired farm labor: estimating a discrete-choice model of french farm couples’ labour decisions, european review of agricultural economics 33: 119-147. benjamin, c., corsi, a. and guyomard, h. (1996). modelling labour decisions of french agricultural households. applied economics 28: 1577-1589. bjørnsen, h.m. and biørn, e. (2010). interrelated labour decisions of farm couples: a censored response analysis of off-farm work. agricultural economics 41: 595–610. biørn, e. and bjørnsen, h.m. (2015). what motivates farm couples to seek off-farm labour? a logit analysis of job transitions. european review of agricultural economics 42(2): 339-365. blanc, m., cahuzac, e., elyakime, b. and tahar g. (2006). demand for on-farm permanent hired labour on family holdings. european review of agricultural economics 35: 493-518. breustedt, g. and glauben, t. (2007). driving forces behind exiting from farming in western europe. journal of agricultural economics 58(1): 115-127. chamberlain, g. (1984). panel data. in griliches s. and intriligator m. (eds.), handbook of econometrics, amsterdam, north-holland. corsi, a. (2008). impacts of the 2003 cap reform on pluriactivity and on labour markets. in cristoiu a. and curtiss j. (eds.), income and factor markets under the 2003 cap reform – workshop proceedings, office for official publications of the european communities, luxembourg, (2008): 53-63, corsi, a. (2007). cap reform and agricultural labor: a theoretical analysis’, pagri politica agricola internazionale 2: 91-107. 177causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers corsi, a. (1994). imperfect labour markets, preferences, and minimum income as determinants of pluriactivity choicesin caillavet f., guyomard h. and lifran, r. (eds.), agricultural household modelling and family economics, amsterdam, elsevier. corsi, a. and findeis, j.l. (2000). true state dependence and heterogeneity in off-farm labour participation. european review of agricultural economics 27: 127–51. corsi, a. and salvioni, c. (2012). offand on-farm labour participation in italian farm households. applied economics 44(19): 2517-2526. d’antoni, j., mishra, a. k. and barkley, a. p. (2012). feast or flee: government payments and labor migration from u.s. agriculture. journal of policy modeling 34: 181–192. dewbre, j. and mishra, a.k. (2002). farm household incomes and us government program payments. paper presented at the annual meeting of the aaea, long beach, california, july 28-31. el-osta, h.s., mishra, a.k., and ahearn, m.c. (2004). labour supply by farm operators under “decoupled” farm program payments. review of economics of the household 2: 367–385. european commission(2008). note to the file: other gainful activities: pluriactivity and farm diversification in eu-27. dg agriculture and rural development, ltb d, brussels. eurostat (2002). incomes of agricultural sector households, luxembourg. fernandez-cornejo, j. (2007). ‘off-farm income, technology adoption, and farm economic performance. usda economic research report (err n. 36), available at: http://www.ers.usda.gov/publications/err-economic-research-report/err36.aspx. glauben, t., tietje, h. and weiss, c. (2006). agriculture on the move: exploring regional differences in farm exit rates in western germany. jahrbuch für regionalwissenschaft 26(1): 103-118. goodwin, b.k. and mishra, a.k. (2004). farming efficiency and the determinants of multiple job holding by farm operators. american journal of agricultural economics 86: 722-729. gould, b.w. and saupe w.e. (1989). off-farm labour market entry and exit. american journal of agricultural economics 71: 960-67. harris, j. r. and todaro, m. p. (1970). migration, unemployment and development: a two-sector analysis. the american economic review 60(1): 126–142. heckman, j.j. (1981a). statistical models for discrete panel data. in manski, c.f. and mcfadden, d. (eds.), structural analysis of discrete data with econometric applications, cambridge, ma, mit press: 114–178. heckman, j.j. (1981b). the incidental parameters problem and the problem of initial conditions in estimating a discrete time-discrete data stochastic process. in manski, c.f. and mcfadden, d. (eds.), structural analysis of discrete data with econometric applications, cambridge, ma, mit press: 179-194. hennessy, t.c. and rehman, t. (2008). assessing the impact of the “decoupling” reform of the common agricultural policy on irish farmers’ off-farm labour market participation decisions. journal of agricultural economics 59: 41–56. howley, p., dillon, e. and hennessy, t.c. (2012). the role of non-pecuniary benefits in the labour allocation decision of farmers. redp working paper series 12-wp-re-02, available at: http://www’teagasc’ie/rural-economy/downloads/ workingpapers/12wpre02’pdf*. 178 a. corsi, c. salvioni huffman, w.e. (1980). farm and off-farm work decisions: the role of human capital. the review of economics and statistics 62(1): 14–23. huffman, w.e. (1991). agricultural household models: survey and critique. in hallberg, m.c., findeis, jl. and lass, d.a. (eds), multiple job holding among farm families, ames. iowa state university press: 79–111. huffman, w.e. and lange, m.d. (1989). off-farm work decisions of husbands and wives: joint decision making. the review of economics and statistics 71: 471–4480. juvančič, l. and erjavec, e. (2005). intertemporal analysis of employment decisions on agricultural holdings in slovenia. agricultural economics 33: 153–161. khanal, a.r. and mishra, a.k. (2014). agritourism and off-farm work: survival strategies for small farms. agricultural economics 45: 65–76. kimhi, a. (1994). quasi-maximum likelihood estimation of multivariate probit models: farm couples’ labour participation. american journal of agricultural economics 76: 828-835. kimhi, a. (2004). family composition and off-farm participations in israeli farm households. american journal of agricultural economics 86: 502-512. kimhi, a. (1994). participation of farm owners in farm and off-farm work including the option of full-time off-farm work. journal of agricultural economics 45: 232–239. lass, d.a. and gempesaw, c.m. (1992). the supply of off-farm labor: a random coefficients approach. american journal of agricultural economics 74: 400-411. mathenge, m.k. and tschirley, d., l. (2015). off‐farm labour market decisions and agricultural shocks among rural households in kenya. agricultural economics 46: 603-616. mundlak, y. (1978). on the pooling of time series and cross section data. econometrica 46: 69–85. mishra, a.k. and goodwin, b.k. (1997). farm income variability and the supply of offfarm labor. american journal of agricultural economics 79: 880-887. mishra, a.k. and goodwin, b.k. (1998). income risk and allocation of labour time: an empirical investigation. applied economics 30: 1549-1555. mishra, a.k. and holthausen, d.m. (2002). effect of farm income and off-farm wage variability on off-farm labour supply. agricultural and resource economics review 31(2): 187-199. nakajima, c. (1986). subjective equilibrium theory of the farm household, amsterdam: elsevier. oecd (2004). analysis of the 2003 cap reform, oecd, paris. oecd (2003). farm household income, oecd, paris. olper, a., raimondi v., cavicchioli d. and vigani m. (2014). do cap payments reduce farm labour migration? a panel data analysis across eu regions. european review of agricultural economics 41: 843–873. orme, c.d. (2001). two-step inference in dynamic non-linear panel data models. mimeo, university of manchester. pandit, m., paudel, k.p. and mishra, a.k. (2013). do agricultural subsidies affect the labour allocation decision? comparing parametric and semiparametric methods. journal of agricultural and resource economics 38(1): 1-18. petrick, m. and zier, p. (2011). regional employment impacts of common agricultural policy measures in eastern germany: a difference-in-differences approach. agricultural economics 42(2): 183–193. 179causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers pietrick, m. and zier, p. (2012). common agricultural policy effects on dynamic labour use in agriculture. food policy 37: 671-678. salvioni, c., sciulli, d. and parodi, g. (2008). do caring services affect off-farm work? evidences from italy. agricultural economics review 9(2): 42-53. serra, t., goodwin, b.k. and featherstone, a.m. (2005). agricultural policy reform and off-farm labour decisions. journal of agricultural economics 56: 271-285. skrondal, a. and rabe‐hesketh, s. (2014). handling initial conditions and endogenous covariates in dynamic/transition models for binary data with unobserved heterogeneity. journal of the royal statistical society: series c (applied statistics) 63(2): 211-237. singh, i., squire, l. and strauss, j. (1986). agricultural household models: extensions, applications, and policy. baltimore: john hopkins university press. sumner, d.a. (1982). the off-farm labor supply of farmers. american journal of agricultural economics 64: 499-509. tokle, j.g. and huffman, w.e. (1991). local economic conditions and wage labor decisions of farm and rural nonfarm couples. american journal of agricultural economics 73: 652-670. todaro, m. p. (1969). a model of labour migration and urban unemployment in less developed countries. the american economic review 59: 138–148. weiss, c.r. (1997). do they come back again? the symmetry and reversibility of offfarm employment. european review of agricultural economics 24: 65-84. weiss c.r. (1999). farm growth and survival: econometric evidence for individual farms in upper austria. american journal of agricultural economics 81: 103-116. woldehanna, t., lansink, a.o. and peerlings, j. (2000). off-farm work decisions on dutch cash crop farms and the 1992 and agenda 2000 cap reforms. agricultural economics 22: 163-171. wooldridge, j.m. (2005). simple solutions to the initial conditions problem in dynamic, nonlinear panel data models with unobserved heterogeneity. journal of applied econometrics 20: 39–54. wooldridge, j.m. (2010). econometric analysis of cross section and panel data, cambridge, massachusetts, the mit press. appendix we present here the different models that we estimated for dealing with the problems of true state dependence heterogeneity, and the initial conditions issue. in the following yit is a dummy variable equal to 1 if the farm operator i participates in off-farm work in year t (t=1,…,t), else 0; x is a vector of observable time-variant and time-invariant explanatory variables; β0 and γ are parameters to be estimated; φ is the normal cumulative density function; ui is an individual idiosyncratic term representing time-constant unobservable individual characteristics, i.e., heterogeneity; and εit is a random component, uncorrelated across individuals and years. the benchmark is the pooled model, equivalent to a cross-sectional model, since it assumes that past states have no effect and that all time-invariant variables are included: 180 a. corsi, c. salvioni prob(yit=1) = φ(β0xit + εit) with corr(εit, εis) = 0 ∀ s≠t (pooled model) a second model accounts for state dependence, but does not deal with heterogeneity nor with the issue of the initial conditions. prob(yit=1) = φ(β0xit + γyit-1 + εit) (dynamic pooled model) the third one adds to the past state the state in the initial year (y1) among the explanatory variables and allows for individual heterogeneity (ui), modelled as a random effect. prob(yit=1) = φ(β0xit + γyit-1 + ιy1 + ui + εit) (dynamic random effects model) the heckman approach to the initial conditions problem involves assuming the following specification of the initial value of the dependent variable: yi1 = zi1π + ηi where zi1 is a vector of exogenous variables including xi1 and other instrumental variables (for example pre-sample variables) and ηi is assumed to be correlated with ui, but uncorrelated with εit for t ≥ 2. then ηi can be written as ηi = θui + εi1 (θ > 0), with ui and εi1 independent of one another. it is also assumed that εit and ui are normally distributed with variance 1 and σu, respectively. the function for the initial time period is therefore specified as yi1 = zi1π + θui + εi1 and this equation is estimated jointly with the one of the remaining time periods. the output is therefore an estimate of the initial year equation, and of the following years equation, including the correlation term. since the initial conditions problem is due to the correlation between the yit-1 regressor and the individual heterogeneity term, orme’s approach is to insert a correction term in the equation. he substitutes ui with another unobservable term uncorrelated with the initial observation, under the assumption that ui and εit follow a bivariate normal distribution. this term: hi = e(ui|yi1) = (2yi2-1)συϕ(ζ’zi /σu)/φ[(2yi2-1) ζ‘zi /σu] is the generalized error term from a probit estimated for the initial year, where z are the covariates, ζ the relevant parameters, ϕ and φ the normal density and distribution functions. the generalized error terms are inserted as regressors in a random effect probit model for the remaining years, so that the overall model is: prob(yit=1) = φ(α0 +β0xit + γyit-1 + τhi +νi +εit) (orme’s model) the following table presents the results of all the above models, also including for comparison wooldridge’s model. 181causes for persistence in off farm work state of farmers ta bl e a 1. e st im at es o f t he m od el s of o fffa rm la bo r p ar tic ip at io n. [1 ] po ol ed [2 ] d yn am ic p oo le d [3 ] d yn am ic r e [4 ] h ec km an [5 ] o rm e [6 ] w oo ld rid ge c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. y( t1) 2. 65 0* ** 0. 05 5 1. 14 3* ** 0. 12 1 1. 41 7* ** 0. 11 5 1. 22 3* ** 0. 11 8 1. 23 4* ** 0. 12 7 y( 1) 2. 95 3* ** 0. 30 2 0. 14 2 2. 72 4* ** 0. 29 3 pe rs on al ch ar ac te ri sti cs             o pe ra to r’s a ge 0. 01 1 0. 01 0 -0 .0 11 0. 01 2 -0 .0 31 0. 02 2 -0 .0 15 0. 02 2 -0 .0 19 0. 02 1 0. 02 9 0. 04 0 o pe ra to r’s a ge sq ua re d -0 .0 00 ** * 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 o pe ra to r’s g en de r ( 1= m al e) 0. 25 8* ** 0. 05 0 0. 09 1 0. 06 5 0. 09 2 0. 13 0 0. 16 4 0. 12 3 0. 20 3 0. 12 8 0. 04 5 0. 32 1 fa rm ch ar ac te ri sti cs             u a a (h a) -0 .0 01 0. 00 0 -0 .0 01 0. 00 1 -0 .0 02 0. 00 2 -0 .0 01 0. 00 1 -0 .0 02 0. 00 1 -0 .0 04 0. 00 6 sh ar e of la nd in p ro pe rt y (% ) 0. 37 0* ** 0. 05 1 0. 26 7* ** 0. 06 7 0. 41 0* ** 0. 13 7 0. 51 5* ** 0. 12 8 0. 39 0* ** 0. 13 4 0. 14 0 0. 35 0 w or ki ng c ap ita l ( 10 00 e ur o) -0 .0 01 ** * 0. 00 0 -0 .0 00 * 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 -0 .0 01 ** * 0. 00 0 -0 .0 00 ** 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 1 to ta l d eb ts (1 00 0 eu ro ) 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 2 h p/ u a a 0. 00 1* * 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 1 0. 00 1 0. 00 1 0. 00 0 0. 00 1 0. 00 1 0. 00 1 0. 00 5 tf la bo r i nt . a ll ye ar ro un d (0 /1 ) -0 .3 80 ** * 0. 04 8 -0 .2 55 ** * 0. 06 4 -0 .3 92 ** * 0. 12 3 -0 .2 98 ** * 0. 10 9 -0 .4 96 ** * 0. 12 1 0. 12 9 0. 23 9 tf la bo r i nt . s ea so na lly (0 /1 ) -0 .0 91 ** 0. 04 3 -0 .0 32 0. 05 7 0. 04 2 0. 10 9 0. 04 7 0. 09 8 -0 .0 11 0. 10 7 0. 25 8 0. 22 3 m ou nt ai n (0 /1 ) 0. 10 7* * 0. 05 0 0. 13 9* * 0. 06 6 0. 27 2* 0. 14 3 0. 20 2 0. 13 9 0. 27 2* * 0. 13 8 0. 27 6* * 0. 13 7 h ill s ( 0/ 1) 0. 02 7 0. 04 2 0. 04 8 0. 05 7 0. 18 1 0. 12 4 0. 12 4 0. 10 9 0. 13 5 0. 12 1 0. 14 0 0. 12 1 d ire ct sa le s ( 0/ 1) 0. 17 5* ** 0. 04 3 0. 10 9* 0. 05 7 0. 09 6 0. 09 7 0. 13 2 0. 09 0 0. 15 6 0. 09 6 -0 .0 19 0. 13 3 o rg an ic fa rm in g (0 /1 ) -0 .2 96 ** * 0. 10 1 -0 .1 91 0. 13 3 -0 .2 26 0. 25 5 -0 .1 72 0. 21 7 -0 .2 54 0. 25 0 -0 .1 35 0. 40 1 a gr oto ur ism (0 /1 ) -0 .0 94 0. 11 6 -0 .2 08 0. 15 6 -0 .3 56 0. 28 8 -0 .1 42 0. 27 2 -0 .3 20 0. 27 9 -0 .9 06 0. 62 3 ta bl e a 1. (c on tin ue d) . [1 ] po ol ed [2 ] d yn am ic p oo le d [3 ] d yn am ic r e [4 ] h ec km an [5 ] o rm e [6 ] w oo ld rid ge c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. c oe ff. st d. er r. h ou se ho ld ch ar ac te ri sti cs             pe ns io n in co m e (0 /1 ) -0 .2 71 ** * 0. 04 9 -0 .3 62 ** * 0. 06 7 -0 .7 81 ** * 0. 10 2 -0 .7 71 ** * 0. 10 8 -0 .8 18 ** * 0. 10 2 -1 .3 84 ** * 0. 12 7 c ap ita l i nc om e (0 /1 ) 0. 64 1* ** 0. 12 9 0. 53 6* ** 0. 16 6 0. 90 3* ** 0. 21 9 0. 73 5* ** 0. 25 9 0. 86 8* ** 0. 20 9 0. 69 5* * 0. 33 6 ca p re fo rm             c ou pl ed p ay m en ts (1 00 0 eu ro ) -0 .0 02 0. 00 2 -0 .0 02 0. 00 2 -0 .0 02 0. 00 6 -0 .0 01 0. 00 3 -0 .0 02 0. 00 5 -0 .0 01 0. 00 5 si ng le f ar m p ay m en t ( 10 00 e ur o) 0. 00 2* ** 0. 00 1 0. 00 1* 0. 00 1 0. 00 2 0. 00 2 0. 00 2* 0. 00 1 0. 00 2 0. 00 2 0. 00 2 0. 00 2 ec on om ic e nv iro nm en t             a g. to to ta l e m pl oy m en t ( % ) 0. 00 1 0. 00 6 0. 00 7 0. 00 8 0. 02 1 0. 01 6 0. 00 9 0. 01 5 0. 01 7 0. 01 6 -0 .0 05 0. 07 1 va p er in ha bi ta nt (1 00 0 eu ro ) 0. 00 0 0. 00 5 0. 00 9 0. 00 6 0. 02 7* * 0. 01 3 0. 01 3 0. 01 2 0. 01 8 0. 01 2 0. 08 5* * 0. 03 9 20 04 -2 00 7 av er ag es 1             pe ns io n in co m e (0 /1 ) 1. 20 5* ** 0. 19 7 tf la bo r i nt . a ll ye ar ro un d (0 /1 ) -0 .6 07 ** 0. 27 3 c on st an t -1 .6 60 ** * 0. 29 0 -1 .8 71 ** * 0. 37 3 -3 .0 00 ** * 0. 72 6 -2 .7 73 0. 66 1 -2 .7 59 ** * 0. 70 7 -2 .8 39 ** * 0. 77 6 rh o 0. 62 0* ** 0. 04 8 0. 61 9* ** 0. 03 8 0. 60 2* ** 0. 04 9 0. 57 3* ** 0. 05 3 h (o rm e) 1. 36 7* **   th et a (h ec km an ) 1. 25 5* ** 0. 14 7   lo glik el ih oo d -3 03 0. 73 -1 64 0. 47 -1 53 7. 42 22 69 .1 8 -1 54 5. 95 -1 50 9. 54 c hi -s qu ar ed (d f) 43 8. 25 ** * (2 1) 32 18 .7 63 ** * (2 2) 33 34 .8 7* ** (2 4) 40 0. 17 ** * (2 2) 16 64 .3 8* ** (2 5) 34 80 .6 2* ** (4 1) n ot e: s ig ni fic an ce le ve ls a re d en ot ed b y on e as te ris k (* ) a t t he 1 0% le ve l, tw o as te ris ks (* *) a t t he 5 % le ve l, th re e as te ris ks (* ** ) a t t he 1 % le ve l. 1 o nl y si gn ifi ca nt fo ur -y ea r a ve ra ge s va ria bl es a re re po rt ed . bio-based and applied economics 5(3): 217-235, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-18766 quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain stéphan marette umr économie publique, inra, université paris-saclay, f-78850 grignon, france date of submission: 2016 24th, august; accepted 2017 2nd, february abstract. this paper focuses on questions related to the regulation of quality in the food chain. the paper first recalls the new challenges related to quality in the food chain, with an emphasis on the issue of sustainability. this first part underlines that the numerous dimensions related to sustainability make the regulation necessary but difficult. then the paper introduces a partial equilibrium model calibrated with empirical data, for helping evaluate which regulatory instrument should be socially preferred ex ante on a case-by-case basis. an application to the milk market focuses on linseed for feeding dairy cows, which reduces methane emissions and increases the omega-3 content of milk. simulations compare the impact of the exclusive use of one label signaling omega-3, versus the impact of a minimum-quality standard imposing linseed in the diet of all dairy cows. both instruments would have a positive impact on consumers’ surpluses and some producers’ profits. this application shows that details about the influence of regulatory tools on surpluses may be given on a case-by-case basis. keywords. market regulation, quality, sustainability, experiment, welfare estimation jel codes. d82, c91 1. introduction there are still many open questions when designing public policy for improving food quality (unnevehr et al., 2010). food-borne diseases, pesticides use, various pollutions coming from agriculture, nutrient deficiencies, malnutrition, obesity, animal welfare (…) are among the numerous pathways in which food impacts consumers’ welfare, public health and environment. the choice of regulatory instruments for improving quality is difficult, since the regulator should choose among many instruments, such as mandatory norms and standards, labels and information programs, taxes and/or subsidies depending on products quality (hahn and tetlock, 2008). these regulatory questions are particularly acute for the sustainability of the food sector, since many public debates now turn to questions related to the long-term viability and the public impact of the food sector (fao, 2010). corresponding author: marette@agroparistech.fr 218 stéphan marette the paper focuses on questions related to quality/sustainability regulation in the food chain. the paper first recalls the new challenges related to quality in the food chain, with an emphasis on sustainability. it underlines that the numerous dimensions related to sustainability make the regulation necessary but difficult. the paper also underscores that the theory cannot directly conclude which instrument should be socially preferred. in such a context, estimations of willingness-to-pay (wtp) and econometric estimations are useful for complementing the theoretical analysis and evaluating policies ex ante, on case-by-case basis. in particular, calibrated models with empirical estimations try to combine different sources of data to understand and predict possible responses to policy changes, aiming at improving quality and sustainability of products. we introduce a partial equilibrium model calibrated with empirical data, for helping evaluate which regulatory instrument should be socially preferred ex ante on a case-by-case basis. an application to the milk market focuses on linseed for feeding dairy cows, which reduces methane emissions and increases the omega-3 content of milk. by mixing up an environmental dimension and a heath dimension, linseed for feeding dairy cows directly pertain to the sustainability of the milk sector. the calibrated model uses willingness to pay for milk elicited in a lab. indeed, lab experiments provide many details about the way participants receive information, since the organizer precisely controls messages revealed to participants. from elicited wtp, simulations were conducted for estimating variations in surpluses related to different policy. more precisely, simulations compare the impact of the exclusive use of one label signaling omega-3, versus the impact of a minimum-quality standard (mqs) imposing linseed in the diet of all dairy cows. the integration of estimated marginal cost in profit functions of supply chains leads to endogenous market prices of products, following the choice of one regulatory instrument. we show that both instruments would have a positive impact on consumers’ surpluses and some producers’ profits. eventually, we insisted on the limits of these simulations. this paper adds to the literature by focusing on some overlooked questions resulting from regulation. the application with milk products shows that interesting details, like the impact of regulatory tools on sustainability, may be tackled for helping public debates. this papers differs from general equilibrium models like fapri (see fapri, 2016) or globiom (see globiom, 2016), in which regulatory tools for improving quality are not studied with such a level of precision. this paper also contributes to the literature on welfare estimates with wtp elicited in the lab. in particular, we expand the choice of regulatory instruments with a label policy and a mqs, which may increase the role of experimental data. we also detail the endogenous prices competition following the choice of a regulatory instrument. this differs from previous contributions by lusk et al. (2005), lusk and marette (2010), marette et al. (2008 and 2011), rousu et al. (2007) and rousu and lusk (2009), only focusing on the impact of information and only using fixed market prices. this paper is organised as follows. the next section first recalls the new challenges related to quality in the food chain, with an emphasis on sustainability. after presenting the motivations of regulation, we show that an empirical application helps evaluate policies ex ante, since economic theory alone cannot conclude which regulatory instrument should be preferred. an empirical application quantifies the welfare impacts of the exclusive use of one label signaling omega-3, and one minimum-quality standard imposing linseed in the diet of all dairy cows. the final section concludes. 219quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain 2. new challenges linked to the sustainability of the food sector quality of foods encompasses many dimensions. in the food sector, the concept of sustainability has recently gained momentum, and this term can be seen as a “holistic” concept, gathering all the private and public dimensions related to the quality, defined in a broad sense (see krystallis et al., 2012). the sustainability questions have recently emerged on the agenda of firms, non-governmental organizations (ngos) and governments. sustainability mixes up many dimensions such as security of the supply of food, health, nutrition, safety, affordability, organoleptic characteristics, strong food industry in terms of jobs and growth, durability of the farm sector with “reasonable” land use, animal welfare, relative naturalness of the production, and obviously many environmental characteristics such as climate change, quality of air, soil and water, biodiversity, absence of dangerous residues (tobler et al., 2011). passionate debates around these topics suggest a complex balance between private and public interventions for reaching sustainability, integrating all these dimensions. the three following examples underline the complex links between different dimensions including environmental, public health and social dimensions. 2.1 farmed tropical shrimps the environmental impact of farmed shrimp production is particularly acute, since the expansion of farmed tropical shrimps implies many problems (see debaere, 2010). in particular, natural-coastal habitat has been destroyed to create ponds for shrimp production. shrimp farming has destroyed mangroves areas in some asian countries. these mangroves are particular vital for wildlife protection and also serve as a natural barrier against storms. the supply of water to shrimp farms have contaminated some coastal-land areas with salt water. eventually, the high concentration of shrimps in ponds leads to serious pollutions, with possible outbreaks of disease such as salmonella for shrimps and ultimately for consumers (wwf, 2014). producers use antibiotics for thwarting pollution and foodborne diseases, which led to health regulations with bans of some dangerous antibiotics (disdier and marette, 2010). one solution for improving the sustainability of this process consists in developing organic shrimps that reduce both concentration in ponds and use of antibiotics, even if this organic process significantly increases the cost of products (disdier and marette, 2012). for other goods like avocado and quinoa, the booming demand also entails many problems regarding the land use by farmers and the management of natural resources (may, 2016). 2.2 the palm oil controversy palm oil is increasingly used in many products sold in supermarkets (friends of the earth, 2005). its production, mainly in malaysia and indonesia, has become a sensitive topic, with ngos intensive campaigns against its use (e.g., greenpeace, 2007). researches have highlighted environmental damage related to palm oil production, as the destruction of rainforests in southeast asia and their replacement by gigantic palm groves, with numerous detrimental consequences for biodiversity, endangered species, such as oran220 stéphan marette gutans, and greenhouse gas emissions. the health impact of palm oil, which has a high concentration of saturated fat compared to alternative oils, is another issue generally overlooked by ngos and the media. eventually, the issue of land use also matters when focusing on the production of alternative oleaginous crops (e.g., groundnut, cotton, sunflower, soy or rapeseed oil). indeed, to supply the same amount of oil, one would need to plant 5 to 10 times as much land with other oleaginous plants compared to palm groves (economist, 2010). this makes the palm oil relatively efficient in terms of yields per hectare compared to other oleaginous crops (disdier et al., 2013). consumers are faced with difficulties to consider all these previous issues. 2.3 linseed for ruminants because of enteric fermentation, ruminants are emitting a lot of methane that is one important greenhouse gas (fao, 2012). as the methane lifespan is only twelve years, reducing the related emissions would have a rapid effect on the atmosphere (fao, 2012). adding oilseed lipid supplements from linseed, rapeseed, soybeans, or sunflower to the diet of dairy cows significantly reduces the production of methane. linseed appears as the most efficient supplement leading to configurations with a 20% or 30% reduction in methane emissions (nguyen et al., 2012). beyond the reduction of emissions, linseed in dairy cows diet also leads to milk with a higher content in omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids protecting the cardiovascular system for consumers (glasser et al., 2008). eventually, growing more linseed for supplementing milk offers other advantages regarding the land use. in particular, linseed is tailored to crop rotations as a break crop for cereal production (chan, 1996).1 despite these advantages coming from linseed, a vast majority of bottles sold in the world offer milk from cows fed a diet without linseed, namely with corn or other fodders (marette and millet, 2014). 2.4 sustainability and market mechanisms these three previous examples lead to important remarks regarding the link between market mechanisms and regulation. first, with many food productions, environmental and public health characteristics are interdependent and cannot be considered separately. second, as environmental characteristics are related to nutrition characteristics, there is a complexity in trade-offs related to the production for reaching a satisfactory level of sustainability. third, consumers cannot take into account all criteria and trade-offs linked to sustainability, which limits their ability to influence the market for providing incentives towards sustainable products. fourth, supply chains are not always organized for promoting new sustainable practices. this question of supply chains particularly matters for food multinationals, since being publicly perceived as “unsustainable” companies could lead to financial losses and/or a negative reputation. fifth, because of all previous points, market failures and absence of incentives to provide all public/private characteristics lead to suboptimal provision of quality/sustainability by sellers of a supply chain. sixth, regulation 1 because of cow feeding in pasture, organic milk also reaches a higher level of omega-3 compared regular milk coming from cows mainly fed a diet with corn in barns. 221quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain is necessary, but the numerous dimensions related to sustainability make this regulation extremely difficult and potentially doomed to failures. these previous points lead to the following question: is a relevant and coherent regulation possible with so many dimensions at stake for defining sustainability? as it is almost impossible to reply to such a broad question, the rest of this paper will try to offer some arguments for “streamlining” the debate. the next section will search in the economic and theoretical contributions for understanding the tools that could be selected, in order to improve quality and sustainability. 3. the regulatory tools for improving quality and the economic analysis market failures and the absence of incentives to provide public/private goods lead to sub-optimal choices of quality/sustainability by a supply chain. regulation is then required to guarantee that products provide satisfying attributes for consumers. however, there is no certainty that regulation improves agents’ situations, because of costs and distortions coming from regulatory instruments. despite the abundance of theoretical works, no single instrument is clearly superior for improving welfare and guiding policy choices (goulder and parry, 2008). we may distinguish three categories of regulation, for which advantages and distortions can be underlined. (1) the norms and mqs impose on producers a minimum level of quality/safety and they can take many forms, such as obligations to achieve a particular result, like pesticide residues in products, or specifications on processes, like some crop rotations bringing natural sources of nitrogen rather than chemical fertilizers. a mqs also concerns the authorization procedures for new products such as genetically modified organisms or meat from cloned animals. by guaranteeing a minimum level of quality/sustainability to consumers, standards make trade easier (disdier and marette, 2010). however, mqs have the drawback of reducing both the diversity of products, by eliminating poor qualities, and the competition, by limiting entry to the market for some firms (ronnen, 1991, and marette, 2007). (2) information and labelling policies are more favourable to product diversity because they allow the presence of various qualities bought by consumers under full knowledge of food characteristics (bonroy and constantatos, 2015). labels are sometimes compulsory, as in the case of informative messages on nutrition. these information policies aim at guaranteeing the consumers’ freedom of choice. the main limit of labels comes from the imperfect recall by consumers and their possible confusion between good and bad characteristics related to products, as soon as the information given is technical or complex. furthermore, a tendency toward the proliferation of labels is observed, with in particular, the multiplication of claims on health, environment and/or sustainability, which may limit the impact of labels for helping consumers (marette, 2010). (3) the mechanism of taxation and/or subsidization is a regulatory alternative based on a price impact on the consumers’ choices, since prices are affected by a tax/subsidy per unit sold (marette et al., 2008). if taxes aim at limiting the purchases of dangerous or unsustainable products, the revenue that they generate creates a tax resource available for subsidising sustainable products or other actions such as information campaigns. such a process results in double profit, called double dividend. but the low elasticity of food 222 stéphan marette demand in relation to prices limits the impact of price variations induced by tax/subsidies on the quantities consumed. as shown by hahn and tetlock (2008), goulder and parry (2008) and disdier and marette (2012), economic analyses do not give any definitive conclusions on the optimal use of these tools. the combination of tools often limits some of the drawbacks presented above, even if the unnecessary redundancy of tools is a burden for the society. it is then important to examine the regulatory costs linked to each type of tools, which may affect the supply chain’s competitiveness as well as its long-term viability, in particular for small and medium-sized firms. regarding the supply chain and the contractual relationships, there is a lack of analysis studying the share of regulatory costs inside the supply chain and the consequences on entry/exit. among the exceptions, bonroy and lemarié (2012) theoretically study the downstream labeling and the upstream price competition, and they underline the complexity of contractual links among producers of a supply chain. regarding producers, the industrial organization particularly raises the issue of the link between competition and regulation. for firms, the regulatory requirements usually lead to an increase in variable costs and so-called sunk (non-recoverable) costs. variable costs directly depend on production and are passed on to consumers via prices. conversely, once the investment has been made, sunk costs like the purchase of specific equipment for refrigeration, or staff training expenses do not directly depend on production. they do not directly affect prices but influence the competition structure when the producers’ margins do not cover these sunk costs. shaked and sutton (1987) and sutton (1991) underscored the importance of endogenous sunk costs on concentration. counterintuitively, they showed that concentration increases as market size increases, which is particularly the case with the process of trade liberalization or the emergence of a monetary union. if quality, r&d and information are produced at a fixed/sunk cost, a firm by selecting a relatively high level of quality can potentially drive competitors with lower-quality products out of a market. existing producers may choose not to pass on the fixed/sunk cost to consumers via prices, thus eliminating potential rivals. regulation may reinforce the firms’ concentration via its impact on sunk costs presented in the previous paragraph. very few works have raised questions about the possibility of preventing the reduction in competition induced by regulation in the presence of endogenous sunk cost. crespi and marette (2009) show that the generic advertising policies of the type “eat fruit and vegetables” allow the advertising costs to be shared among producers, and competition to be maintained (the same mechanism applies to pooled r&d expenses). by pooling the sunk cost of generic advertising among producers, generic advertising counteracts the phenomenon inherent to the reduction in competition linked to quality, safety or advertising expenses when these are sunk. industry-funded check-off programs of generic advertising affect firms’ strategies and can be procompetitive. the check-off ’s crowding-out effect reduces the ability of a firm to use its private expenditures to avoid a rival’s market access. even if an empirical measure is difficult, this effect of maintaining (or destroying) a competitive structure must be taken into account by models, when a regulatory choice is decided. there are a few theoretical works to help the public decision-maker when faced with a particular food question. the theory cannot directly conclude which instrument should be socially preferred. as shown by roosen and marette (2011) and disdier and marette 223quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain (2012), empirical works are useful for complementing the theoretical analysis and evaluating policies ex ante, on case-by-case basis. 4. an empirical application: the regulatory tools and the welfare analysis integrating experimental results this section provides one example of an applied welfare estimate, even if other types of calibrated models are possible (see roosen & marette, 2011).2 this section analyses the integration of individual estimates of willingness-to-pay (wtp), using a partial equilibrium approach to provide a welfare analysis for choosing regulatory instruments on a caseby-case basis. experiments are useful for quantifying consumers’ reaction to information about attributes and regulation, leading to quantitative welfare analysis. this application to the milk market studies linseed for feeding dairy cows, which reduces methane emissions and increases the omega-3 content of milk, as explained in the subsection 2.3 above. we now turn to a brief description of the protocol of the experiment (see also marette, 2014). 4.1 the experiment we conducted an experiment in dijon, burgundy, france, in multiple one-hour sessions in june 2012. the sample consisted of 114 people aged between 18 and 69 years and representative for age and socio-economic status of the population in dijon. our experiment focused on bottles of milk. we offered 3 liters sold by the brand candia and called grandlait and 3 liters sold by the supermarket brand carrefour since these supermarkets are located in dijon. the choice of the grandlait candia is motivated by its use of linseed for feeding cows leading to more omega-3 compared to conventional milk, as the carrefour one. a label filière nutrition, oméga-3 naturels posted on the bottle grandlait candia indicates the high-content in omega-3. the size of this label filière nutrition, oméga-3 naturels posted on the bottle is relatively small (length: 2 cm, width: 1.5cm). two sentences linked to this label mention an improved diet for cows leading to more omega-3. three other labels of a similar size were posted on this bottle. these labels indicating specific characteristics were entitled saveur de l’année 2012, agriconfiance and la route du lait. the size of these labels was also relatively small (length: 2 cm, width: 1.5cm). to elicit participants’ wtp, our experiment used the bdm procedure (for becker, degroot and marschak, 1964). further information was revealed to participants, and a willingness to pay (wtp) was elicited after each message for both types of milk. the question was: “what is the maximum price you are willing to pay for the following bottles of milk?” the question was repeated for each product. the initial explanations made clear that one of the elicited wtps would be randomly selected at the end of this experiment 2 roosen and marette (2011) compared the approach of this paper with an alternative approach based on a calibrated model combining elasticities of demand obtained from times-series econometrics and average wtp value obtained from the experiment. rousu et al. (2014) introduce a new approach with a hicksian surplus measure that couples variations in wtp coming from information under a non-hypothetical experimental auctions, with time-series revealed preference demand estimates. 224 stéphan marette for determining whether participants will have to buy milk (i.e., performance-based financial incentives). the bdm procedure implemented at the end of the experiment works as follows.3 if the selected wtp is smaller than the randomly drawn price, the participant will receive the €15 indemnity without purchase. if the wtp is higher than the price, the compensation is equal to €15 less the price randomly drawn, and the participant receives the milk bottles (3 liters). the purchasing price was randomly selected among “prices” uniformly distributed between €0.1 and €5 with an increment of 10 cents. in the explanations, we did not reveal the distribution of prices between €0.1 and €5 and no participant asked any question about this range of prices. however, with the candy bar example given in the initial instruction, we insisted on the fact that, with the bdm procedure, the dominant strategy for a participant really consists in reporting her/his “true” wtp. the timing of the experiment was the following. the session started with the initial instructions to explain the bdm mechanism. they received general instructions and signed a consent form. based on different types of information revealed to participants, several rounds of wtp elicitation with the bdm procedure were successively carried out. in the initial round (round #0) of the experiment, only the carrefour milk from cows fed a diet without linseed was made available to the participants, since milk without linseed is dominating the french market (with a market share in volume equal to 95%). participants had two minutes for observing the bottle. we simply informed participants that 3 bottles of 1 liter were sold between €2 and €2.5 in supermarkets in burgundy. no more price information was given in the subsequent rounds. consequently, round #0 only elicited participants’ wtp for 3 liters of milk from cows fed a diet without linseed. the grandlait candia milk from cows fed with linseed was introduced before round#1 with two additional minutes for observing the new bottle. participants observed this new bottle with the posted labels, but we did not insist on these labels in our talk. then this round #1 elicits wtp for both products, namely for 3 liters of carrefour milk and 3 liters of candia milk from linseed fed cows. in round #2, a simple message was revealed. the experiment was conducted in two treatments, varying the order of messages provided to two subgroups of participants. 54 participants first received messages on omega-3 (and after, other messages on the environment), while 57 participants first received messages on the environment and the methane emissions (and after, other messages on the omega 3). as information on omega-3 is at the core of this section, we restrict our attention to the 54 participants who first receive the message on the omega-3 without any other previous messages. regarding round#2, the following additional message was communicated to the subgroup of 54 participants as following: “one liter of milk grandlait candia has 3 times more omega-3 than a liter of milk carrefour. the presence of omega-3 in milk grandlait candia comes from feeding cows with linseed.” new wtp were elicited for both products. other rounds eliciting wtp are not disclosed in this paper. our analysis will focus on two bids (wtp1) for each product before receiving the message on the omega-3 content, and two bids (wtp2) for each product after receiving this message. 3 with a candy bar example given with the initial instructions, we carefully explained that a purchasing price will be drawn at random at the end of the experiment, and purchasing choices will be enforced by comparing this purchasing price to one of the wtp randomly selected (namely, by following the bdm procedure). 225quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain at the end of the experiment, participants completed an exit questionnaire on different issues, including their judgments on the labels posted on the bottle grandlait candia with a high content in omega 3. bottles were still on the participants’ tables, which allowed them to recheck the labels if they wanted. the experiment concluded by randomly selecting one type of milk (carrefour or grandlait candia) and one of the elicited wtp, which were used to determine whether participants had to purchase the bottles. 4.2 impact of the simple message on wtp and perception of participants regarding the labels the omega-3 message is valued by some consumers and leads to significant change in wtp. for each product, a wilcoxon test for comparing paired samples confirms a significant difference at 1% between wtp in rounds #2 and #1. after the revelation of the message, the average wtp for the milk grandlait candia significantly increases, while the average wtp for the conventional milk carrefour significantly decreases (see also marette, 2014). table 1. participants’ opinion about the labels from the exit questionnaire. labels posted on the bottle grandlait candia % of participants noticing the label at round #1 a % of participants considering the label as useful b nutrition for a sector, omega-3 25.4 % 94.1 % flavor of the year 2012 76.4 % 50.9 % agri-trust 41.1 % 78.4 % road of milk 27.4 % 23.5 % note: table 1 summarizes the replies from 51 participants, since 3 participants did not reply to these questions. a the exact question was: “when we gave you the bottle grandlait candia in round #1, did you notice the following labels?” b the exact question was: “on the bottle grandlait candia, do you think that the following labels are useful?” we did not ask additional questions about which characteristic could be deemed as useful. at the end of sessions, the exit questionnaire asked several questions about the labels. table 1 details questions on the four labels posted on the bottle grandlait candia with a high content in omega 3. table 1 clearly indicates that some labels were not noticed at the time the bottle was given to participants (in round #1). the first column shows that the label nutrition for a sector, omega-3 has the lowest rate of “recognition”, namely 25.4 % of participants. table 1 also shows that participants favor this label nutrition for a sector, omega-3 indicating a high omega-3 content, deemed as useful by 94.1% of participants (second column). the 25.4 % of participants who initially noticed this label nutrition for a sector, omega-3 suggests that some significant improvements for signaling the high omega-3 content are possible, via regulatory interventions that are now studied. 226 stéphan marette 4.3 simulations regarding the exclusive use of one label signaling the omega-3 content or the mqs before studying the impact of two regulatory tools, we first introduce the baseline scenario without regulation. with the following methodology, (1) consumers’ choices are inferred from participants’ wtp elicited in the experiment, and (2) the market equilibrium is not an experimental finding but rather an induced outcome coming from the model. 4.3.1 baseline scenario in the baseline scenario representing the market situation in france at the time of the experiment, four labels were printed on the bottle grandlait candia. for this baseline scenario, the round#1 is the closest one to the market situation. for the surplus determination, it is assumed that a participant purchases a good if her/his wtp in round#1 for a good is higher than the price observed on average in the supermarkets in france, namely if wtp p1ii i ii, > for 3 liters of the product ii={conv,omeg} (see rousu et al., 2007). the indexes conv and omeg are respectively related to the conventional milk carrefour and the grandlait with a high content in omega-3. at the time of the experiment, the observed average prices for 3 liters were =p €2.1conv and =p €2.9omeg , and these average market prices are fixed in the baseline scenario. a participant i chooses the product that generates the highest utility, and thus the surplus for the baseline scenario is: = − −cs wtp p wtp pmax{ 1 , 1 ,0}a i conv i conv omeg i omeg, , . (1) in round#1, participants simply observed products with a limited knowledge. the lack of information leads to decisions the participants could subsequently regret if information was revealed. if the information on omega-3 was revealed as in round#2 with wtp2ii i, , some participants would not buy the product, start to purchase a product or change the products they were purchasing. for a participant i, the effect of ignorance was linked to the absence of information about the omega-3 is = −d j wtp wtp[ 2 1 ]ii i ii i ii i ii i, , , , , where jii,i is an indicator variable taking the value of 1 if, at round#1, participant i is predicted to have chosen the product ii at the market price pii , with >wtp p1ii i ii, (and 0 otherwise). this effect of ignorance is added to the surplus given by (1) leading to the complete surplus: = − − + − + − cs wtp p wtp p j wtp wtp j wtp wtp max{ 1 , 1 ,0} [ 2 1 ] [ 2 1 ] b i conv i conv omeg i omeg conv i conv i conv i omeg i omeg i omeg i , , , , , , , , . (2) with our simple specification, the different actors in the supply chain (farmers, processors, retailers etc.) are grouped into a single production stage representing the supply of a given product. for each product, the supply chain’s profit depends on the number of participants choosing the conventional milk, which is the case for consumers with a net surplus, ω1 i > 0 , where ω1 i =wtp1conv ,i − pconv −max{wtp1omeg ,i − pomeg ,0} , and the number participants choosing the milk with omega-3, with a net surplus δ1 i > 0 , where δ1 i =wtp1omeg ,i − pomeg −max{wtp1conv ,i − pconv ,0} . we also consider the total marginal cost over all the supply chain equal to cconv for 3 liters of conventional milk and to comeg 227quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain or 3 liters of milk with omega-3. the estimated profit for each supply chain over the 54 participants is: π1,conv = (pconv − cconv ) k ω1 i( ) i=1 i=54 ∑ π1,omeg = (pomeg − comeg ) k δ1 i( ) i=1 i=54 ∑ , (3) with k(z) equal to 1 if z>0 and 0 otherwise. the marginal cost are given by bonnet and bouamra-mechemache (2016) who computed both retailers’ and manufacturers’ margins. the total marginal cost estimates for retailers and manufacturers are equal to €0.47 per liter for conventional fluid milk (and cconv = €1.41 for 3 liters of conventional milk), and €0.55 per liter for organic milk (and comeg = €1.65 for 3 liters). we assume that the marginal cost for the grandlait candia is equal to comeg, since this production process of production is very close to the organic-milk process. the welfare taken into account by the regulator is given by the sum of consumers’ surpluses and profits given in (2) and (3). we now turn to the impact of each regulatory tool. 4.3.2 exclusive label under this first scenario, we assume that the regulator (1) uses generic advertising for informing all consumers about the label nutrition for a sector, omega-3 (with precise explanations) and/or (2) provide enough incentives to the producers/supply chain for only developing and promoting the label nutrition for a sector, omega-3. the cost of the generic information is incurred by the regulator and not detailed in this analysis. only this label nutrition for a sector, omega-3 indicating a high-content in omega 3 would be printed on the front of the bottle grandlait candia and/or recognized by consumers because of the generic advertising. this label could even be posted with a greater size compared to the actual size. it is assumed that all producers of conventional milk continue producing conventional milk.4 this new marketing strategy would be very close to the message revealed in round #2 to the subgroup of 54 participants. wtps elicited after the short message on omega-3 can be used as a credible approximation of consumers’ reaction to a single nutrition for a sector, omega-3 label. the market prices pconv and pomeg are now endogenous. the impact of this exclusive label is measured by considering the wtp following the message released at round#2. because the message is revealed to all participants, the effect of ignorance disappears, and the complete surplus is: = − −cs wtp p wtp pmax{ 2 , 2 ,0}c i conv i conv omeg i new, , . (4) compared to the baseline scenario with the complete surplus given by (2), the average relative variation in surplus following the introduction of the exclusive label is equal to 4 the other labels could also be withdrawn for promoting the clarity of this label nutrition for a sector, omega-3, which would make clear the presence of omega-3 because consumers focus on one logo. 228 stéphan marette δcs = [ i=1 i=54 ∑ csc i −csb i ] csb i i=1 i=54 ∑ . for each product, the supply chain’s profit depends on the number of participants choosing the conventional milk which is the case with a gain ω2 i > 0, w he re ω2 i =wtp2conv ,i − pconv −max{wtp2omeg ,i − pomeg ,0} , and t he nu m ber of participants choosing the milk with omega-3, with a gain δ1 i > 0 , where δ2 i =wtp2omeg ,i − pomeg −max{wtp2conv ,i − pconv ,0} . the profit for each supply chain is π 2,conv = (pconv − cconv ) k ω2 i( ) i=1 i=54 ∑ π 2,omeg = (pomeg − comeg ) k δ2 i( ) i=1 i=54 ∑ (5) with k(z) equal to 1 if z>0 and 0 otherwise. each supply chain maximizes its profit by considering the price of the other supply chains as given. the optimal prices pconv * and pomeg * are given by a groping process, since all participants’ wtp are discrete values. we assume that the groping process started with a first choice of pomeg 1 ≠ pomeg with pomeg 1 maximizing π 2,omeg given by (5). for a price pomeg 1 , the other supply chain selects a price pconv 1 maximizing π 2,conv * given by (5). for this price pconv 1 , the other supply chain adjusts its price by selecting pomeg 2 that maximizes the profit π 2,omeg (…). when no individual deviation is beneficial, the process stops with pconv * and pomeg * leading to π 2,conv * and π 2,omeg * . the average variations of profits following the introduction of the exclusive label are δπconv = π 2,conv * −π1,conv( ) π1,conv and δπomeg = π 2,omeg * −π1,omeg( ) π1,omeg . 4.3.3 mqs imposing linseed in the diet of all dairy cows a quality standard would impose linseed intake in the diet of all dairy cows in all farms. the simulations take into account the following key factors. the mqs is imposed without any additional information revealed to consumers via generic advertising. the regulator puts resources in the management of the certification, rather than in generic advertising. the existing certification process filière nutrition, bleublanc-coeur could be extended to all farmers (blanc bleu coeur association, 2012).5 even if the “new conventional” products could show the label signaling the omega-3, very few consumers would notice it, as shown in the first column of table 1, and, for many consumers, the value of this label would be likely depreciated because all producers would use it. even if no additional information is revealed, the mqs modifies the effect of ignorance accounted for in the complete surplus. the standard increases the complete surplus of “ignorant” consumers, because of the improvement in the quality of the conventional product. a new wtp for the “conventional” product with linseed is included in the effect of ignorance. 5 in essence, this mandatory linseed supplementation is close to the mandate for ethanol and biodiesel that are blended with gasoline for automobiles in many countries. 229quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain the mqs is costly for producers since linseed is more expensive than other ingredients of the conventional diet of cows. this standard leads to an increase of the marginal cost cconv of bottles of milk from cows actually fed without linseed and turning to linseed because of the mandatory regulation. we assume that the standard leads to either a 5% increase of the total marginal cost, with the new marginal cost equal to 1.05×cconv, or to a 10% increase of the marginal cost, with the new marginal cost equal to 1.1×cconv.6 this instrument changes the nature of the whole conventional milk that becomes a new product with linseed. in this case, the wtp premium ( −wtp wtp2 1omeg i omeg i, , ) observed for milk with linseed after the release of information on the impact of linseed can be applied to the conventional milk. however, a statistically significant difference was observed in round#1 between wtp1omeg i, and wtp1conv i, . this small difference is such that δ = =e wtp e wtp[ 1 ] / [ 1 ]conv omeg 0.89. it means that, in stage #1, the milk candia from cows fed with linseed differs from the conventional milk because of the taste, the brand, and other characteristics indicated by different labels. even if the premium −wtp wtp2 1omeg i omeg i, , linked to the message on the impact of linseed is applied to the conventional milk enriched with linseed because of the standard, we correct the new wtp of the new conventional product by the parameter δ . it means that the wtp difference between both products is the same in stages #1 and #2. thus the wtp for the “new conventional” milk coming from cows fed a diet with linseed is equal to δ= ×wtp wtp2 2conv with lin i omeg i_ _ , , . as the mqs does not reveal any information, participants take their decisions as in round#1 and as described with equation (1), except that prices are endogenous with pconv and pomeg replacing pconv and pomeg . the new value δ= ×wtp wtp2 2conv with lin i omeg i_ _ , , is accounted for in the effect of ignorance, −j wtp wtp[ 2 1 ]conv i conv with lin i conv i, _ _ , , , where jconv i, is an indicator variable taking the value of 1 if participant j is predicted to have chosen the conventional product at the new market price. under a mqs, participants have no additional information compared to the baseline scenario, which leads to choices equivalent to the ones of equation (1). however, the effect of ignorance changes with the mqs compared to the baseline scenario. for a participant i, the complete surplus integrating the effect of ignorance with a mqs is: = − − + − + − cs wtp p wtp p j wtp wtp j wtp wtp max{ 1 , 1 ,0} [ 2 1 ] [ 2 1 ] d i conv i conv omeg i omeg conv i conv with lin i conv i omeg i omeg i omeg i , , , _ _ , , , , , . (6) for each product, the supply chain’s profit depends on the number of participants choosing the conventional milk which is the case with a net surplus ω3 i > 0 , where ω3 i =wtp1conv ,i − pconv −max{wtp1omeg ,i − pomeg ,0} , and the number of participants choosing the milk with omega-3, with a net surplus δ3 i > 0 , where δ3 i =wtp1omeg ,i − pomeg −max{wtp1conv ,i − pconv ,0} . compared to the profits indicated by 6 we found an extra-cost of € 0.016 per liter of milk linked to 0.6 kg of linseed per cow and per day and including the certification cost (see table “lait” p.17 in the blanc-bleu coeur association, 2012). as we offered 3 liters, the extra marginal cost is € 0.05 for bottles of conventional milk impacted by the mqs, which corresponds to an increase of 3.5% compared to the marginal cost cconv = €1.41. this increase of 3.5% is a lower bound of the possible increase, since the linseed price would increase if the linseed use was mandatory. 230 stéphan marette equation (3), the total marginal cost over the entire supply chain increases of 5% or 10%, leading to a new marginal cost equal to 1.05×cconv or 1.1×cconv for 3 liters of new conventional milk with linseed. by only reporting the case with 1.1×cconv, the estimated profit for each supply chain over the 54 participants is: π 3,conv = (pconv −1.1× cconv ) k ω3 i( ) i=1 i=54 ∑ π 3,omeg = (pomeg − comeg ) k δ3 i( ) i=1 i=54 ∑ , (7) the optimal prices pconv * and pomeg * are given by the groping process similar to the one detailed after the equation (5). the variations of surpluses and profits are given by formulas similar to the ones related to the exclusive label, namely δcs, δπconv and δπomeg, presented above. the variations of surpluses and profits were estimated on an excel spreadsheet. table 2, shows the impact of the exclusive label given in the second column, and the impact of the mqs, given in the third and fourth columns for two possible changes in the marginal cost of the conventional milk, 1.05×cconv and 1.1×cconv. table 2 shows significant economic benefits coming from both regulatory instruments, with the welfare variations at the bottom of table. with a regulator who maximizes the welfare, the choice of the instrument leading to the highest welfare depends on the mqs marginal cost. when the increase of the marginal cost is relatively low, 1.05×cconv in the third column, the welfare variation with the exclusive label is lower than the one with the mqs, despite the reduction of products diversity coming from the mqs. in this case it is socially optimal to select the mqs, leading to a quality increase of the conventional milk with a very low impact on both marginal cost and profit of the supply chain with the new conventional milk. conversely, when the increase of the marginal cost is relatively high, 1.1×cconv in the fourth column, the welfare variation with the exclusive label is higher than the one with the mqs, implying a reduction of products diversity. the comparison between instruments in table 2 reveals important differences in gains among participants. the exclusive label provide a high variation in benefits to the supply chain offering milk with linseed (+40%), since this supply chain may charge a higher price based on wtp positively influenced by the exclusive label. this relative high-price increase (+17.2%) of the high-quality milk with linseed explains the relatively low increase in the consumers’ surplus (+12.7%). because of this relative high price for the milk with linseed, some consumers/participants switch to the conventional milk, which explains the positive profit variation for the supply chain of conventional milk despite the price decrease of conventional milk. compared to the exclusive label, the mqs tends to relatively favor consumers compared to producers. as consumers do not change their demand with the mqs, the changes in prices are small, which limits the gains for producers.7 even if no additional infor7 the optimal prices are the same for both configurations of marginal costs related to mqs, since the wtp determining the demand in (7) are discrete values. 231quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain mation is revealed, the mqs modifies the effect of ignorance in the complete surplus given by (6), with the wtp increase for the new conventional product with linseed. the standard increases the complete surplus of “ignorant” consumers because of the quality improvement of the product. 4.4 limitations of the methodology and extensions because of flaws linked to lab experiments, and also because profits and surpluses of table 2 are inferred with simulations, there is no definitive conclusion. the reader should keep in mind that the results come from lab experiments and questionnaires that are criticized by some economists. because of possible biases coming from lab experiments, the results of this section only provide suggestions that could help debates and future research. moreover, many simplifications were made with the model represented by equations (1) to (7). several extensions are necessary for confirming the results of table 2. first, the supply chain can/should be taken into account in this partial equilibrium model. by using real purchase data it is possible to develop a structural econometric model of demand and supply that takes into account the relationships between manufacturers and retailers (see bonnet and bouamra-mechemache, 2016). this structural econometric model allows to distinguish between processors and retailers margins, which is promising for understanding vertical relationships. for instance, the different actors and margins in the supply chain could be integrated in an alternative calibrated model, combining elasticities of demand obtained from time-series econometrics and average wtp obtained from the experiment (see roosen and marette, 2011). second, sunk costs could/should be integrated by considering profits over a whole population. in other words, we could extrapolate the profits coming from (3), (5) and (7) and linked to the 54 participants to the overall population of france by considering the average yearly consumption. this would lead to yearly gross-profits from which sunk costs related to quality effort could be subtracted. boland et al. (2014) provide a precious methodology for evaluating sunk costs and values of assets in the industry. the evaluated sunk table 2. relative variations (%) in profit and surplus coming from the exclusive label or the mqs. exclusive label mqs with 1.05×cconv mqs with 1.1×cconv price variation of milk without linseed 4.7% 4.7% 4.7% price variation of milk with linseed and label(s) 17.2 % 3.4 % 3.4 % profit variation for supply chain offering conventional milk, initially without linseed 1.1 % 0.7% 14.2% profit variation for supply chain offering milk with linseed 40 % 8 % 8 % consumers’ surplus variation 12.7 % 37.6 % 37.6 % welfare variation1 10.3 % 15.8% 9.4 % 1the welfare is given by the sum of consumers’ surplus and profits. 232 stéphan marette costs related to the milk quality could be integrated in the previous profits estimate. eventually, the regulator should also take into account all administrative/regulatory costs overlooked in this section, but essential for getting a complete costs-benefits analysis. third, the analysis should consider some configurations for which the regulation targets several goods and/or several characteristics related to goods. wtp for a good/ characteristic may vary depending on whether it is evaluated on its own, or as part of a “broad basket” of goods/characteristic, which ultimately raises the question of the stability of wtp.8 kahneman and knetsch (1992) underlined the sub-additivity effect that occurs, when the estimated wtp for the improvement of one characteristic plus the estimated wtp for another characteristic is greater than the “common wtp”, when participants are asked to value the two characteristics together. an interesting extension would consist in diversifying the contexts in which wtp for one and/or several characteristics are estimated, for understanding the sensitivity of wtp elicitations. 5. conclusion despite shortcomings, we have been able to shed lights on one important question related to quality and sustainability regulation. the application to the milk market focused on linseed for feeding dairy cows, which reduces methane emissions and increases the omega-3 content of milk. simulations compared the impact of the exclusive use of one label signaling omega-3, versus the impact of a minimum-quality standard imposing linseed in the diet of all dairy cows. both instruments would have a positive impact on consumers’ surpluses and some producers’ profits. the integration of experimental results in calibrated models helps to assess ex ante the impacts of regulatory measures, that is to say, before the effective implementation of food, environmental or health policies. the experimentation results are a basis to anticipate consumers’ reactions and so the calibrated models help to anticipate the price adjustments on markets and provide useful results to the public decision-maker. applied welfare estimations are useful for evaluating policies ex ante (or ex post) on a case-by-case basis and helping public debates. these methods can be applied to costs-benefits analyses showing the consequences of the various public choices. acknowledgements this paper was presented the 5th conference of the italian association of agricultural and applied economics (aieaa), held in bologna, june 16-17, 2018. the speech given at this conference and the present paper are both dedicated to the memory of giovanni anania. i thank stefano boccaletti and participants at the conference for their comments. the research leading to these results received funding from the european union’s h2020 8 the stability of wtp is questionable even when only one product is considered. marette et al. (2017) show that the wtp for a given type of product are particularly sensitive to the order of different mechanisms and to the period of the experiment. conversely, for a product, the variations of wtp coming from explanatory messages about private or public attributes are particularly stable over the order of different mechanisms and the period of experiments. in other words, as marginal wtp for characteristics are stable, they can be credibly integrated in costs-benefits analyses. 233quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain programme under grant agreement number 633692 (susfans: sustainable food and nutrition security through evidence based eu agro-food policy, details on http://www.susfans.org/). the author only is responsible for any omissions or deficiencies. references becker, g.m., degroot, m.h. and marschak, j. (1964). measuring utility by a singleresponse sequential method. behavioural science 9(3): 226-232. blanc bleu coeur association (2012). charte blanc bleu cœur. available at: http://www. sante.gouv.fr/img/pdf/bleu_blanc_coeur.pdf , paris, france. boland, m. a., crespi, j. m. and turner, t. m. (2014). measuring sunk costs in agricultural and food industry assets: why some assets sell below appraisal. journal of agricultural and food industrial organization 12(1): 1-15. bonnet, c. and bouamra-mechemache, z. (2016). organic label, bargaining power, and profit-sharing in the french fluid milk market. american journal of agricultural economics 98(1): 113-133. bonroy, o. and lemarié, s. (2012). downstream labeling and upstream price competition. european economic review 56(3): 347-360. bonroy, o. and constantatos, c. (2015). on the economics of labels: how their introduction affects the functioning of markets and the welfare of all participants. american journal of agricultural economics 97(1): 239-259. crespi, j. and marette, s. (2009). the pro-competitive effect of demand enhancing check-off programs. american journal of agricultural economics 91: 389-401. debaere, p. (2010). small fish – big issues. the impact of trade policy on the global shrimp market. world trade review 9(2): 353-374. disdier, a.c. and marette, s. (2010). the combination of gravity and welfare approaches for evaluating non-tariff measures. american journal of agricultural economics 92 (3): 713-726. disdier a.c., and marette, s. (2012). taxes, minimum-quality standards and/or product labeling to improve environmental quality and welfare: experiments can provide answers. journal of regulatory economics 41: 337–357. disdier, a.c., marette, s. and millet, g. (2013). are consumers concerned about palm oil? evidence from a lab experiment. food policy 43: 180–189. economist (2010). the other oil spill. web edition june 24th 2010. fao (food and agriculture organization of the united nations) (2010) sustainable diets and biodiversity: directions and solutions for policy, research and action. international scientific symposium biodiversity and sustainable diets united against hunger, rome: fao. fao (food and agriculture organization of the united nations) (2012), global impact domain: “methane emissions”, available at: http://www.fao.org/wairdocs/lead/ x6116e/x6116e00.htm. rome: fao. fapri (food and agriculture policy research institute) (2016) general information available at http://www.fapri.iastate.edu/used. ames, ia, usa. friends of the earth, 2005. the oil for ape scandal how palm oil is threatening orangutan survival. research report, london, uk. 234 stéphan marette globiom (global model to assess competition for land use between agriculture, bioenergy, and forestry) (2016). general information available at http://www.globiom. org/. vienna, austria. greenpeace (2007). how the palm oil industry is cooking the climate. available at http://www.greenpeace.org/international/en/publications/reports/cooking-the-climate-full/ amsterdam, netherland. glasser, f., ferlay, a. and chilliard, y. (2008). oilseed lipid supplements and fatty acid composition of cow milk: a meta-analysis. journal of dairy science 91: 4687-4703. goulder, h. and parry, i. w. h. (2008). instrument choice in environmental policy. review of environmental economics and policy 2(2): 152-174. hahn, r. and tetlock, p. (2008). has economic analysis improved regulatory decisions? journal of economic perspectives 22: 67-84. kahneman, d. and knetsch, j. (1992) valuing public goods: the purchase of moral satisfaction. journal of environmental economics and management 22: 57-70. krystallis, a., grunert, k. g., de barcellos, m. d., perrea, t. and verbeke, w. (2012). consumer attitudes towards sustainability aspects of food production: insights from three continents. journal of marketing management 28(3-4): 334-372. lusk, j. l., house, l. o., valli, c., jaeger, s. r., moore m., morrow, b. and traill, w. b. (2005). consumer welfare effects of introducing and labeling genetically modified food. economics letters 88: 382-388. lusk, j. l. and marette, s. (2010). welfare effects of food labels and bans with alternative willingness to pay measures. applied economic perspectives and policy 32: 319-337. may, g. (2016). healthy foods that are ruining the environment. the telegraph, webedition.18 august 2016. marette, s. (2007) minimum safety standard, consumer’s information and competition. journal of regulatory economics 32: 259-285. marette, s., roosen, j. and blanchemanche, s. (2008). taxes and subsidies to change eating habits when information is not enough: an application to fish consumption. journal of regulatory economics 34: 119-143. marette, s. (2010). consumer confusion and multiple equilibria. economics bulletin 30(2): 1120-1128. marette s., j. roosen, and blanchemanche s. (2011). the combination of lab and field experiments for benefit-cost analysis. journal of benefit-cost analysis 2(3): 1-35. marette, s (2014). economics benefits coming from the absence of labels proliferation. journal of agricultural and food industrial organization 12: 65-73. marette, s. and millet, g. (2014). economic benefits from promoting linseed in the diet of dairy cows for reducing methane emissions and improving milk quality. food policy 46: 140-149. marette, s., martin, c. and bouillot, f. (2017). two experiments in one: how accounting for context matters for welfare estimates. food policy 66: 12-24. nguyen, t.t.h., van der werf, h.m.g., eugène, m., veysset, p., devun, j., chesneau, g. and doreau, m. (2012). effects of type of ration and allocation methods on the environmental impacts of beef-production systems. livestock science 145: 239-251. ronnen, u. (1991). minimum quality standards, fixed costs, and competition. the rand journal of economics 22(4): 490-504. 235quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain roosen, j., and marette, s. (2011). making the ‘right’ choice based on experiments: regulatory decisions for food and health. european review of agricultural economics 38(3): 361-381. rousu, m. c., huffman, w. e., shogren, j. f., and tegene a. (2007). effects and value of verifiable information in a controversial market: evidence from lab auctions of genetically modified food. economic inquiry 45(3): 409-432. rousu, m. c., and lusk, j. l. (2009). valuing information on gm foods in a wta market: what information is most valuable? agbioforum 12(2): 226-231. rousu m. c., marette s., thrasher j. f. and lusk j. l. (2014). the economic value to smokers of graphic warning labels on cigarettes: evidence from combining market and experimental auction data. journal of economic behavior and organization 108: 123-134. shaked, a. and sutton, j. (1987). product differentiation and industrial structure, journal of industrial economics 36: 131-152. sutton, j. (1991). sunk costs and market structure, cambridge, ma, mit press. tobler, c., visschers, v. h. and siegrist, m. (2011) eating green. consumers’ willingness to adopt ecological food consumption behaviors. appetite 57(3): 674-682. unnevehr, l., eales j., jensen, h., lusk, j.l., mccluskey, j. and kinsey, j. (2010). food and consumer economics. american journal of agricultural economics 92: 506-521. wwf (2014). (world wildlife fund). farmed shrimp. available at http://www.worldwildlife.org/industries/farmed-shrimp, washington, dc, usa. bio-based and applied economics 6(2): 139-157, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-18007 non-livestock value chains. lateral thinking for the securing of the sahelian livestock economies abdrahmane wane1,*, ibra touré2, aliou diouf mballo3, cheikh ibrahima nokho4, aminata konaté ndiaye5 1 research economist cirad-selmet research unit-ppzs joint appointment position at ilri-pil programme, ilri campus, mara house building, po box 30709, nairobi, kenya 2 research geographer cirad-selmet research unit-ppzs – hosted at cilss – 03 bp 7049, ouagadougou, burkina faso 3 statistician economist, fao rome, italy, viale del terme di caracalla, 00153 rome, italy (previously trainee engineer at cirad-ppzs, dakar, senegal) 4 statistician economist, currently being recruited by the world bank washington dc, usa (previously trainee engineer at cirad-ppzs, dakar, senegal) 5 rural economist, currently being recruited by the usaid – feed the future senegal “naatal mbay” program (previously trainee economist at cirad-ppzs, dakar, senegal) date of submission: 2016 10th, february; accepted 2017 9th, may abstract. in a rapid rural appraisal conducted in 2012 in the senegalese sahel, agropastoralists of thiel expressed their need for technical and scientific support in peanut value chain development. value chain analysis assessed the performance of the stakeholders. multiple correspondence analysis clarified power relationships among them. social network analysis facilitated the understanding of social and technical relationships inside the particular node of agropastoralists. results show that the peanut crop is both a source of cash flow (marketing) and a pillar of food (basic consumption) and feed (by-products) security. this paper also highlights a lack of convenient economic environments, mutual assistance, capacity transfer and knowledge sharing on the best agricultural practices among agropastoralists, despite their weak production performance. agropastoralists have no influence in the peanut value chain and are dependent on decisions from other actors. technical support and knowledge sharing appear to be key for agropastoralists to control and adopt agricultural innovations. keywords. diversification, value-chain, social network, sahel. jel codes. d12, d13, q02. *corresponding author: awane@cirad.fr 140 a. wane et al. 1. introduction in the sub-saharan agricultural sector, diversification consists of a gradual movement away from subsistence food crops toward additional market-oriented crops (parthasarathy et al., 2008). it has long been accepted that rural producers adopt diversification economic activities in situations with high levels of uncertainty and in the absence of contingency markets (berhanu et al., 1996) to manage both predictable and unpredictable flows of income (robinson and barry, 1987) and to secure rural livelihood systems (niehof, 2004; wane et al., 2009a). farmer motivations to diversify are also specifically addressed through research activities on diversification, risk and income (bezu et al., 2012; baird and gray, 2014); food insecurity mitigation (michler and josephson, 2015); climate change coping strategies (di falco and veronesi, 2013a; 2013b; phillipo et al., 2015); and/ or violent conflicts (paul et al., 2015). similarly, sahelian agropastoralists must diversify their economic activities as they encounter global challenges—including climate change— as well as economic, social and political crises (ickowicz et al., 2012). annually, sahelian pastoral households also deal with extreme seasonal variability, leading to spatiotemporal and asymmetrical distributions of resources. they mainly use various forms of mobility recognised as sustainable strategies of herd management. due to the threat of acute damage to pastoral productive assets, the environment and individual livelihoods by the aforementioned constraints, sahelian households use livestock markets to balance short-term consumption needs and long-term herd building strategies to meet future consumption needs (wane et al., 2009a; fadiga, 2013). thus, they primarily attempt to secure their livestock production systems (tran, 2011), as well as their socioeconomic and cultural heritage. in addition, diversification of income and food sources remains a prevalent ex-ante uncertainty-reduced management strategy to secure the living conditions of sahelian agropastoralists. on the other hand, ex-post alternative mechanisms are used to smooth consumption, but they remain random, like the mechanisms of most peasant households in developing countries (valvidia et al., 1996). however, in the sahel, diversification strategies in the crop sector continue to be treated as secondary modes of production. in addition, gap-efficiency analysis along commodity value chains remains very weak. the diversification of agropastoral product value chains in the sahel is similar to the notion of the a-system, which was initially highlighted by ruben et al., (2007). the a-system is characterised by traditional production systems with multiple small producers and intermediaries, local value chains, weak market information systems, longer transportation distance and time and complex distribution networks. accordingly, based on the concept of productivity measured as the economic output of a combination of production factors – including labour, capital and other factors – this paper emphasises the importance of the term “other factors” in the sahelian contexts by analysing their complex relationships and the induced incentives that exist in agropastoral value chains. the main objective of this paper is to better describe this complexity, identify bottlenecks and highlight alternative interventions that significantly impact the position of agropastoralists in non-livestock value chains. by doing this, we also address the risk and uncertainty management decisions of the sahelian agropastoralists by using social network and multiple correspondence analysis approaches in an unprecedented way. an 141non-livestock value chains unexpected finding is the predominance of strong social relationships, with a tiny technical knowledge network among actors. this paper begins with an overview of value chain analysis. section 1 focuses on the methodological challenge of quantitatively assessing the performance of different stakeholders. it then provides a justification for the use of social network analysis to better understand relationships between agropastoralists and to explore new ways to improve the agropastoralists’ position in non-livestock value chains. section 2 describes a case study in senegalese agropastoral areas, where producers clearly expressed the desire to be technically and scientifically supported in peanut value chain improvement. section 3 develops a discussion on the main findings and shows how groups of individuals differ based on influential and non-influential factors. finally, a conclusion outlines alternative interventions that could support agropastoralists in adopting innovations and best practices. 2. area of study, conceptual framework, method description and sampling strategy after a presentation of the area of study, the peanut value chain is mapped, followed by a description of the conceptual framework, the methodological approach and the household sampling strategy for primary data collection. 2.1 area of study value chain analysis increasingly requires a minimum amount of statistical data. in the sahel, data collection requirements were broadly highlighted by a large study from the world initiative for sustainable pastoralism (hatfield and davies, 2006). moving towards quantifying value chain analysis is highly recommended (rich et al., 2011) to better evaluate the performance and impact of innovative interventions, although network complexity is already qualitatively characterised in livestock systems (riisgaard et al., 2010). our study was conducted in 2013 in the agropastoral area of thiel, located in the south of the senegalese sahel on the edge of the peanut basin (figure 1). this main peanut cultivation area extends along the north-south strip of 220 km and the east-west strip of 200 km. it represents a third of the farmland and is a source of employment for many households in the region. in 2012, peanut production in senegal declined significantly. in this context, the agropastoralists of thiel produced 270 tons of peanuts, averaging 1.9 tons per encampment. this production remains too marginal compared to national peanut production. in terms of scientific research, there is an increasing consensus concerning the need to provide statistical evidence to better understand complex agropastoral production systems and livelihoods, even though the mobility of actors, informal relationships and nonmarket drivers do not facilitate such an orientation. in senegal, the main agropastoral and pastoral production system is concentrated in the ferlo region, which is 67,610 km² and makes up approximately a third of the national territory (touré et al., 2003). with a surface area of 1,031.46 km2, the agropastoral unit of thiel is located in the silvopasture reserve of ferlo, which is approximately 60 km southeast of dahra, the largest livestock market in senegal. its closeness to the senegal 142 a. wane et al. groundnut basin and the advancement of the agricultural front strengthen the land tenure competition between farmers and breeders. however, crop-livestock integration is increasingly observed in the rural community of thiel. thus, during our investigations in 2013, figure 1. the agropastoral rural community of thiel. source: glcn-fao, 2005, touré 2014. 143non-livestock value chains 92 percent of household heads identified themselves as agropastoralists, and 1 percent of respondents reported exclusively practicing agriculture, whereas in surveys conducted in 2006–2007, only 48.1 percent of household heads identified themselves as agropastoralists (wane et al., 2009a). crop-livestock integration facilitates cross-fertilization because crop residues feed animals, which in turn contribute to soil fertility through organic matter transfer. the ethnic composition in the rural community of thiel is diverse and includes three major groups: the fulani, the seereer and the wolofs. 2.2 conceptual framework: peanut value chain mapping the “value chain” concept is similar to the notions of productive chains, the french “filières,” marketing chains, supply chains and distribution chains (webber and labaste, 2009). basically, the value chain is the full range of value-adding activities required to bring a product or service through the different phases of production, including procurement of raw materials and other inputs, assembly, physical transformation, acquisition of required services (such as transport or cooling) and ultimate response to consumer demand (kaplinsky and morris, 2002). farmers and agropastoralists are the first link in the peanut value chain in thiel (figure 2). another important link in this chain are the public and private support unit firms that provide inputs and buy back the peanuts produced. traditionally, government authorities sell subsidised seed to producers, then collection points are set up at harvest time to buy peanuts in exchange for vouchers redeemable in the future. other actors in the value chain include women—usually the wives of household heads—who produce oil, peanut paste and food concentrate from peanuts that are purchased or harvested. in 30 percent of the encampments in thiel, women perform this processing activity. another important value chain node is the traders, who buy large amounts of peanuts from the producers for resale in markets in touba, the flagship city located 100 km from thiel and the economic peanut hub in senegal. much of the production is sold in thiel. traders process the peanut seeds to remove mould and pests before reselling. transactions on peanuts also involve a large group of players that are very active, such as middlemen who buy and shell peanuts. these traders are often based in touba, and they also sell seeds, as well as the derivative products used for animal feed and energy products. these traders also constitute an important link in the value chain and offer support services to producers trying to sell to touba. usually, they have trucks that can carry 40 peanut bags from 30 to 50 kg, for a transportation cost of 1,000 xof1 per bag. note the existence of two terminal markets that shorten the marketing chain of peanuts: the local market of the rural community, where most collectors and processors sell shelled peanuts, oil and peanut butter, and the assembly market of touba, where the middlemen trade only unshelled peanuts. 1 xof represents the iso currency code for the west african cfa franc. in june 30, 2012: 1 xof = 0.0019305381 usd. 144 a. wane et al. 2.3 method description the limitations of the traditional value chain approach are most notable in agropastoral value chain analysis. such analysis is supposed to assist in both the invention of mechanisms of data collection adapted to the characteristics of pastoral activities (mobility, informal activities, self-centred economy and self-bounded rationality) and the intelligent use of tools, such as social network analysis. challenges within the social network can be identified by analysing vulnerabilities within the network, thus helping to move to a more resilient system (alary et al., 2016). the role of networks as facilitators of the coordination and distribution of productive resources could be analysed by using social network analysis as a comprehensive framework for investigating network phenomena through primary data collection. for the agropastoralists of thiel, the main hypothesis that should be tested is whether there are strong links among social relationships, technical cooperation and knowledge sharing. the two most important parameters in social network analysis are the individual factors called “nodes” or “vertices” and their links or relationships, also called “edges” or “ties.” thus, a social network r(n,g) is defined by a group of nodes: n = 1,2,…,n and real-valued nxn matrix g. each line i and each column j of this matrix represents an individual node, and their intersection gij indicates whether there is a relationship between them; gij takes a binary value according to the existence (1) or absence (0) of a link. in addition, there is an important notion of distance that characterises the position of one node in relation to another. this distance between two nodes – also called the geodesic – determines relevant indicators, such as the density measures (which are easily calculable) and the centrality measures (which are slightly more complex to determine) (gomez et al., 2013). whereas density measures highlight the connection level of the network by comparing the present links and those possible if all nodes were linked, centrality measures determine what makes one node more prominent than another (gomez et al., 2013). figure 2. the peanut value chain mapping of thiel. fu nc tio ns a ct iv iti es a ct or s input supply production collection processing wholesale & retailing consumption seed supply fertiliser supply storage growing harvesting drying peanut shelling peanut collection peanut transportation and selling peanut peanut paste oil feed animal wholesaling retailing consumption public authorities and enterprises farmers farmers public authorities and enterprises hauliers middlemen public enterprises processing women wholesalers and retailers consumers source: authors’ elaboration. 145non-livestock value chains centrality refers to the importance and the influence of a node in terms of the numbers of links that the node has. centrality indicators can be elaborated to reflect the multidimensional character of this notion: the degree centrality considers which important nodes have many relationships or links (edges) with others (wasserman and faust, 1994). the degree centrality is equal to the number of neighbours that a node has. in the case of an oriented social network, one distinguishes between in-degree and out-degree measures. in-degree indicates the number of links that nodes receive and is interpreted as a prestige indicator, and out-degree indicates the number of relationships from the node and represents the influence of the node. dividing by n 1 should standardize these indicators. the betweenness centrality considers that the importance of a node depends on the frequency with which it serves as an intermediate between two nodes. therefore, a vertex has power if it stands on the geodesic of two actors. however, this power is lowered if the geodesic of these two nodes is not unique; in this case, there is another canal from which the information can pass. formally, the importance of a node i is measured by dividing the number of times that i stands on the geodesic between two nodes j and k by the number of geodesics of these two nodes. thus, the betweenness of a node is calculated as i p kj p kjk j i i , ∑ ( ) ( ) = ≠ (1) with pi(kj) being the number of geodesics between k and j that pass by i and p(kj) being the total number of geodesics between k and j. the standard version of this indicator is i p kj p kj n ns k j i i 2 3 2 , 2 ∑ ( ) ( ) = − + ≠ (2) the closeness centrality measures the distance between one node and other nodes of the social network (beauchamp, 1965). it is equal to the inverse of the average geodesic between this node and the other. the closer a node is to other nodes, the shorter the average distance between one node and the others. thus, the formula for the closeness centrality of a node i is p d n ij ij 1 1 ∑ = − (3) with dij equaling the number of links in the geodesic between i and j2. 2 the analysis could be technically extended to consider bi-dimensional cost-distance communication aspects between two nodes and to select from detailed information about non-dominated vectors (gomez et al., 2013). however, this is outside the scope of this exploratory paper. 146 a. wane et al. table 1. procedures for determining the level of influence of value-chain actors. dimension variables questions asked modalities setting power of the price qa35 how are input prices fixed? regardless of him, by consensus, by himself, by market prices qa37 are you able to influence input prices? yes, no qa41 how output prices are fixed? regardless of him, by consensus, by himself, by market prices qa43 are you able to influence output prices? yes, no dependence on market qa38 do you have to buy inputs even when prices are high? yes, no qa44 do you have to sell outputs even when prices are low? yes, no qa49 do you have alternative possibilities to sell even if your major clients don’t buy? yes, no asymmetric information qa47 are you able to control the market? yes, no qa48 do you know the final destination of your product? yes, no sources: authors’ elaboration. relationships between peanut value chain actors should be further characterised by the analysis of the influence of each of them (i.e., the power relationships). in this paper, this influence is studied through three criteria: dependence on markets, information asymmetry and pricing power. the power relationships in the value chain will be located through simultaneous examination of these three criteria and a multiple correspondence analysis (mca). the first approach is traditional; it only allows the identification of groups of influential actors. it does not give details about the individuals that influence or the level of their power. thus, the concepts of distance and dispersion between two groups of individuals, the distance between two modalities, the distance between a modality and the centre of gravity, and barycentric relationships between groups of individuals and modalities allow an initial overview of the degree of influence of each stakeholder. however, this does not necessarily serve to identify power disparities inside each group of stakeholders. the second approach provides an indicator that calculates the influence of particularly influential individuals as follows: i q w ki q q q j j j q ij q 1 1 ∑∑= = = ∈ (4) with wj q being the weight accorded to the modality j of the question q and kij being the 147non-livestock value chains answer given to the question by the individual i. the indicator of influence is the sum of the modality weights declared by individuals. following this, to classify individuals according to their degree of influence, we developed a threshold of influence calculated as follows: s = max(inon-influent*mnon-influent)+min(iinfluent*minfluent) (5) with mj being the weight of the class i. 2.4 sampling strategy the livelihoods of ferlo’s herders are so specific that it is useful to specify the contents given to the investigation units. the pastoral family does not limit itself to the parents and their direct descendants. there are four types of residency units in the sahel: (1) villages (in fulani: nokuu), or places where physical presence is important; (2) pastoral household activities, which allow us to identify the concessions (guuré in plural, wuro in singular) that are large units of residence; (3) encampments (gallédji in plural, gallé in singular) that are socio-economic units of people (with blood ties or not) who totally or partially combine their resources to foster collective well-being; and (4) households (poye in plural, foyré in singular) composed of relational atomic units of people tied by blood or by marriage (wane at el., 2009b). for the fieldwork, we focused on the borehole of thiel, which is a structuring or keystone element of pastoral and agropastoral activity in this area. the first phase of the fieldwork involved updating an existing database built in 2006–2007 with a census of pastoral and agropastoral encampments dependent on this borehole (wane et al., 2009). this complete database of 163 encampments provides basic information, such as the names and surnames of the encampment head, his ethnicity, the geographical coordinates, and herd composition by species. this updated database facilitates the definition of a representative sampling of the socio-demographic diversity of the thiel site. in 2013, our investigation covered 120 encampments, which from a statistical point of view should represent a margin of error of 4.61 percent and a confidence level of 95 percent. from this initial investigation, we found that only 80 encampments among the 120 encampments (67 percent) produce peanuts. of these 80 encampments, only 22 have women as owners of peanut processors. we interviewed the household heads of these 80 encampments, as well as 22 women who were peanut processors. investigations in these 120 encampments will allow us to identify the real position of producers (in terms of influence) from thiel in the peanut value chain, calculate the added value created at each node, analyse the interactions between the peanut value chain actors, and identify bottlenecks in order to provide alternative interventions to improve the value chain. to achieve these goals, we conducted interviews with other key value chain actors: three big collectors, three important middlemen and nine haulers. 148 a. wane et al. 3. position of peanut producers in the value chain: solid social relationships but weak technical and economic interconnections using descriptive statistics, we first present some overall features of peanut activity at the agropastoral site of thiel. we then highlight what seems to be the main difficulty for the producers: technical cooperation and knowledge sharing are seriously limited. finally, we describe the asymmetry in the distribution of power among the stakeholders of the value chain. 3.1 overall features of peanut activity in 2012, the production of peanuts in thiel was carried out at four sites in the southwest of the rural community near agricultural areas (thiel seerere, moola, darou-nahimnguer and siilat). nearly 95 percent of agropastoralists create value from their primary crop production; the remaining 5 percent produce crops exclusively for self-consumption. however, the overall value is still unevenly distributed among producers (gini index: 0.65). only a small number of agropastoralists manage to capture significant value creation, and 90 percent of them receive half of the total value added along the value chain. almost all agropastoralists (95 percent) create value by selling at markets, and they generate 162 xof or each kilogram of peanut product, which represents 29 percent of the total added value per kilogram obtained (figure 3). the middlemen of touba contribute more by providing 177 xof (32 percent) towards the formation of the overall added value, processing women contribute 146 xof (27 percent) per kilogram of peanut processed to oil, and collectors contribute 63 xof (12 percent). figure 3. contribution of each group of actors to the formation of the overall value. collectors 12% processing women 27% agropastoralists 29% middlemen 32% sources: authors’ elaboration. 149non-livestock value chains the dominance of middlemen in the formation of the added value is explained by their monopoly position in the market. they are price-makers and thus have the power to set the purchase price at which they buy peanuts from growers and the price at which they sell. they are in high demand, and agropastoralists use them to sell their products. the middlemen are in theory able to make an option on the total production. in the process of peanut production, the producers of thiel use peanuts as seed and fertilizer. an important proportion of the peanuts used for seed comes from purchases made by public authorities or middlemen (89 percent), but they also come from stocks after harvest. bearing in mind the lack of flexibility in government administrative procedures, seed obtained from middlemen is more available and accessible for 58 percent of agropastoralists. in addition, 44 percent of producers are supplied from the public support units, and a similar proportion uses stock; however, the ability to use stock depends on the quality and quantity of the previous crop year. few farmers (1 percent) declared getting seeds from their neighbourhoods. groundnut cultivation in thiel is largely dependent on the volumes of seed and to a lesser extent on the quantities of fertilizer used, as well as the amount of labour and livestock available. the villages, which get large quantities of seed, experience better performance. a number of agropastoralists (30 percent) only use fertilizers and labour to cultivate, whereas a very large proportion (80 percent) use cattle to till the land for growing peanuts. the latter situation is not surprising because the area is dominated by agropastoral activities. seed prices vary depending on the suppliers. the average price fixed by the government is 225 xof/kg. however, the average price from other suppliers is 433 xof/kg and, at times, the price reaches 800 xof/kg. fluctuations in current prices fixed by middlemen depend on the quality of the previous crop year and prices of inventories and influence the supply of crop seeds from agropastoralists, as well as from those who are engaged in farming. the main uncertainty of the government’s supplies derives from the uncertainty of their ability to provide sufficient quantities and quality at the right moment. although the prices offered by the government are relatively stable due to a form of implicit subsidy, there are some logistical constraints in the distribution channel. sahelian agropastoralists react to fluctuating prices by combining various supply sources, including the government, the middlemen and/or their own stocks. 3.2 social network analysis of the peanut value chain the matrix of social networks (figure 4), which represents the positions of the different players in the value chain, shows that the bigger the square, the more important the requests from actors to any one given actor. middlemen from touba (in yellow) are the most requested actors and have a dominant role in the peanut value chain. it seems that all the 120 investigated farmers sell to one of the three middlemen, who are in an oligopsony situation. considering past interactions, most farmers seem to be conservatively attached to at least one of these three middlemen. in fact, there is perhaps hardly any support for or transfer of technical and cultural practices among the agropastoralists themselves (figure 5). only agropastoralists from 150 a. wane et al. thiel seerere (in red) and moola (in green) share knowledge on their agricultural practices. the others do not help each other; they almost all consider agricultural production as secondary to livestock activities. cooperation in disseminating knowledge, understanding of practices and cultivation techniques could help minimise input quantities and costs in light of current conditions and help reduce post-harvest losses. figure 4. relationships among actors in the peanut value chain of thiel. source: authors’ elaboration. figure 5. capabilities transmission among producers. source: authors’ elaboration. 151non-livestock value chains however, overall in the rural community of thiel, there are very few technical and economic links. this was discovered by measuring the density of the value chain, which accounted for only 3 percent of the overall potential links. social links are also very important as revealed by almost all interviewees. 3.3 influential power of peanut value chain actors to thoroughly represent the influence of each actor in the value chain, we use a graph (figure 6, here) that is supported by questions summarised in table 1. thus, the first axis summarises all the information contained in the data. indeed, from the left to the right of this axis, we pass from actors that have modalities related to influential individuals to actors that have modalities for non-influential individuals. therefore, using the first axis ordering consistency (faoc-i) criterion, the first axis is sufficient to characterise the actors according to their level of influence. there are two types of individuals: those attracted by modalities that characterise an influential individual, and those attracted by modalities of the variables specific to a noninfluential individual (refer to table 1 for the variables). the individuals who are on the figure 6. influence levels of the different nodes of the peanut value chain. source: authors’ elaboration. 152 a. wane et al. side of negative abscissa participate in pricing the inputs; they are not obliged to buy if the price of inputs is high (i.e., they do not depend on the market). these individuals fix or contribute to fixing the sale price, and they are not obliged to sell if the price is low. they master the market and know the final destination of the product. these characteristics are typical for an influential individual in a value chain. however, the non-influential individuals must buy even if the price of the inputs is high. the sale prices of their products are fixed, and they must sell even if the price is low. finally, they do not master the market or know the final destination of their products. they are real price takers, and their modalities are those of individuals who have little influence within the value chain. the main actors of the value chain are all in very different environments. the middlemen of touba act within a vast market, with many agents coming from several cities of senegal or from abroad (morocco, vietnam, the ukraine and china). the agropastoralists also deal with the middlemen of touba if they cannot sell in the local market of thiel. the processing women and the collectors, for whom intermediary activities are not a priority, are in the same position. therefore, the middlemen of touba have a larger market share and are the dominant actors in the value chain. they even have equipment for post-harvest crop processing, such as machines for hulling and the capacity to recruit personnel. on the contrary, agropastoralists and processing women have little capital with which to purchase equipment and machines or to hire competent personnel. the middlemen of touba, the collectors and some processing women have the modalities characteristic of an influential individual. this is explained by the fact that touba is considered the heart of the peanut market in senegal. the middlemen completely master the market and buy the crops for the prices they have set, even if they consider the prices fixed by other middlemen. the collectors can buy the products supplied by agropastoralists with more competitive prices because they expect that some of the agropastoralists must sell to meet their daily consumption needs. therefore, the balance of power gives no choice to agropastoralists because they have low production volumes as well as weak financial and economical capacity, although some producers can be influential. influential producers use their stock to sow and sell it only if they perceive favourable prices. they seem to be more informed than the others. the position of the processing women is mixed. those who are on the positive side of the abscissa are not influential; others are on the negative side and are influential. the collectors, the middlemen of touba, and to a lesser extent the processing women, are the most influential members of the peanut value chain of thiel. on the other hand, agropastoralists and haulers remain vulnerable. the indicator built on the multiple correspondence analysis (mca), which appears more precise in the identification of influential actors, supports this result. therefore, 80 percent of the processing women are influential within the value chain. only 22 percent of haulers are in this position. the producers are the most vulnerable in the market: 80 percent do not have any influence in the value chain. capital is also very important in the development of a value chain: it reinforces the production capacity of agropastoralists through the purchasing of seeds, materials and fertilizer, and it helps middlemen practice product management and motivates them to buy more peanuts from the producers. access to capital assists the processing women in 153non-livestock value chains acquiring high-quality process materials, which are also more adaptable and better adhere to health and safety specifications. in the rural community of thiel, the agropastoralists do not have access to formal agricultural credit. only 29 percent of the peanut producers turn to financial credit. among these agropastoralists, 77 percent were somewhat or completely dissatisfied with the quality of financial services, which are expensive and require prohibitive repayment conditions. most agropastoralists practice self-financing to buy seeds and fertilizer and/or to recruit people. the processing women are in the same position because the decision to borrow from financial operators depends on the position of the encampment chief and his creditworthiness. the collectors also claim that inadequate capital is a barrier. according to them, one of the principal ways to improve the peanut value chain is through access to credit. 4. population-specific discussion in the background of relatively high risks and uncertainties that characterises the sahelian livestock production systems (d’alessandro et al., 2015), agropastoralists of thiel also depend on peanut production to secure their livelihoods. the peanut crop development in thiel largely arises from its closeness to the senegal groundnut basin that influences agropastoralists’ engagement in these agricultural practices and production. the agropastoral area of thiel is inhabited mostly by three categories of populations: the seereer, the wolofs and the fulani. each of these categories is characterised by specific cultural practices that influence production systems. functionally, peanut production helps to distinguish between two groups. on the one hand, the group composed of both the seereer and the wolofs is keener to practice agriculture for cultural and economic reasons, although livestock remains a form of insurance and patrimony. on the other hand, the group exclusively composed of fulani is mainly oriented towards animal production and practices agriculture as a secondary or diversification activity. for all these categories of population, the peanut crop is used as is and/or processed into cooking oil by women agropastoralists for self-consumption and marketing, whereas crop residues are destined for animal feed. in this overall context, which is also characterised by relatively weak production volumes, market fundamentals are not the main drivers for peanut crop production, given its multiple uses. there are some similarities with herd management in extensive and pastoral systems, in which the objective function of producers is a composite utility function that balances their short-term consumption needs and long-term herd building strategy (fadiga, 2013). for these reasons, they participate in market(s) in an opportunistic way (wane et al., 2010). however, the peanut crop remains key for household livelihoods and provides them with food, animal feed and a cash crop. in this regard, the peanut value chain analysis displays the overall context shaping the actions of the fulani agropastoralists, who are mostly hindered and characterised by a lack of incentives to perform adequately or at least at the levels reached by others ethnic groups, such as the seereer. for the fulani, the low standard of living and acute need for cash could lead them to sell their weak production even without adequate and expected market prices. this sit154 a. wane et al. uation is exacerbated by the poor supply of financial services (for instance, in the area, there is only one financial structure, and it provides predatory short-term loans with very high interest rates). in addition, infrastructure is weak, with all-weather poor rural roads driving up transportation costs. furthermore, the strong dependency on rainfed agriculture constitutes an aggravating factor in a context of climate change. in such a situation, instead of trying to sell to the middlemen who usually propose higher prices, agropastoralists end up limiting the area in which they sell their production. in addition, the lack of incentive to engage in such a demanding journey to reach the main market forces agropastoralists to rely heavily on some collectors present in the local market. finally, their lack of knowledge regarding peanut production in comparison to the other group (the seerere and wolofs), as well as the frailty of technical cooperation, does not facilitate the emergence of an enabling environment for producers, who remain the weaker node of the peanut value chain. 5. conclusion with options to move forward in these conditions, improving the peanut value chain in thiel requires taking action to boost the agropastoralists’ position—locally and eventually globally—to refine the economic environment. 5.1 at the producer level one of the main points highlighted in this case study is the weakness of the economic, technical and organizational cooperation between producers, despite their claim to be developing strong social relationships. thus, the capacity building of the producers should be more focused on pragmatic goals. for instance, it could be decided to gradually increase the level of technical cooperation and the sharing of knowledge in agricultural practices. in this case, it could be interesting to inclusively build from 3 percent of the overall potential economic and technical cooperation towards more significant levels. 5.2 at the value chain level public policies could help by providing a better integration of heterogeneous knowledge (including local scales) and by orienting agricultural research toward development outcomes. due to the economic dominance of livestock activities in this semi-arid area and the importance of food in household budgets, the main option is to intensify croplivestock activities to obtain viable and sustainable production systems (mcintire et al., 1992). this implies the increased use of external inputs, adaptation of agricultural innovations to local conditions, and the provision of incentives for smallholder farmers in order to strengthen their production capacity, build trust along the value chains and create a favourable business environment. one concrete way to attempt this inclusive objective could be to ensure that the actors of the value chain benefit from moving towards the establishment of genuine inter-professional actions through a technical, organizational, managerial and management innova155non-livestock value chains tion platform. this platform, through which all stakeholders will be represented, should be a framework that considers different expectations, identifies the main constraints within the value chain, and allows the co-construction of innovations and the facilitation of their appropriation, which should include collective sharing of best practices in production and management. the innovation platform members will be notably responsible for the (i) development of rules for the micro sector (participation requirements, definition of floor prices to maintain economic viability, reference prices, and technical specifications); (ii) the validation of quality conventions for inputs and final products; (iii) the capacity building of stakeholders through technical and technological training programs to increase agricultural yields, as well as post-production training in terms of management and organization (business plans, networking, central purchasing units, etc.) to improve agricultural productivity; (iv) the development of credit and insurance systems adapted to crop-livestock systems and (v) the implementation of market information systems to reduce information and position asymmetries. in terms of policies, public authorities should consolidate existing producer organizations and networking across permanent frameworks for consultation, exchanges, collaboration and learning. they should design sustainable intensification options, minimise losses and wastes in peanut value chains and systematise impact assessments of major solutions through a gender lens, given that the impact of gender on these issues should be considered as improvement strategies are developed. finally, this study stresses the role and importance of social networks, which could be more finely analysed to design improvements for the training and organization of producers. therefore, combining the traditional value chain approach with social network analysis is crucial to move forward towards resilient systems. 6. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank the coraf/wecard (the west and central african council for agricultural research and development) and the ausaid (the australian agency for international development) for commissioning and supporting this study as part of a regional research project (code n°: nrm/6/cf/ausaid/2011-14/). many people have generously contributed to the study by providing documentation and ideas, including researchers from cirad-selmet and the group of scientific interest “ppzs” (pole on pastoralism and drylands). references alary, v., messad, s., daoud, i., aboul-naga, a., osman, m.a., bonnet, p., and tourrand, j.f. (2016). social network and vulnerability: a clear link in bedouin society (egypt). human ecology 10 pp., doi 10.1007/s10745-016-9807-z. baird, t.d. and gray c.l. (2014). livelihood diversification and shifting social networks of exchange: a social network transition? world development 60 (1): 14-30. beauchamp, m.a. (1965). an improved index of centrality. system research 10: 161–163. doi: 10.1002/bs.3830100205 (article first published online: 28 dec 2006). 156 a. wane et al. berhanu, w., colman, d. and fayissa, b. (2007). diversification and livelihood sustainability in a semi-arid environment: a case study from southern ethiopia. journal of development studies 43(5): 871-889, doi: 10.1080/00220380701384554. bezu, s., barrett, c.b. and holden, s.t. (2012). does the nonfarm economy offer pathways for upward mobility? evidence from a panel data study in ethiopia. world development 40(8): 1634-1646. d’alessandro, s.p., fall, a.a., grey, g., simpkin, s.p. and wane, a. (2015). senegal agricultural sector risk assessment. agriculture global practice note; no. 16. washington, d.c.. world bank group. di falco, s. and veronesi, m. (2013a). how can african agriculture adapt to climate change? a counterfactual analysis from ethiopia. land economics 89 (4): 743–766. di falco, s. and veronesi, m. (2013b); managing environmental risk in presence of climate change: the role of adaptation in the nile basin of ethiopia. environmental and resource economics 57(4): 553-577. fadiga, m.l. (2013). valuation of cattle attributes in the malian humid and sub-humid zones and implications for a sustainable management of endemic ruminant livestock. environmental economics 4(1): 2013, 39-50. gomez, d., figueira, j.r. and eusebio, a. (2013). modelling centrality measures in social network analysis using bi-criteria network flow optimization problems. european journal of operational research 226(2): 354-365. hatfield, r., and davies, j. (2006). global review of the economics of pastoralism”, report prepared for the wisp world initiative for sustainable pastoralism with contributions from wane, a., kerven, c., dutilly-diane, c., biber, j.p., merega, j.l., odhiambo, m.o., behnke, r. and gura, s., iucn: nairobi. http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/926271468184776681/senegal-agriculturalsector-risk-assessment ickowicz, a., ancey, v., corniaux, c., duteurtre, g., poccard-chappuis, r., touré, i., vall, e. and wane, a. (2012). crop–livestock production systems in the sahel – increasing resilience for adaptation to climate change and preserving food security. in proceedings of fao/oecd workshop on “building resilience for adaptation to climate change in the agriculture sector”, 23-24 april 2012, rome, fao-ocde. 40 pp. kaplinsky, r. and morris, m. (2002). a handbook for value chain research. paper prepared for the idrc, 113 pp. http://www.ids.ac.uk/ids/global/pdfs/vchnov01.pdf mcintire, j., bourzat, d. and pingali, p. (1992). crop-livestock interaction in sub-saharan africa. world bank, washington, d.c., 246 pp. michler, j.d. and josephson, a.l. (2015). to specialize or diversify: agricultural diversity and poverty persistence in ethiopia. conference paper, august 9-14, 2015, milan, italy, international association of agricultural economists. niehof, a. (2004). the significance of diversification for rural livelihood systems. food policy 29: 321-338. parthasarathy rao, p., joshi, p.k., shravan, k. and kavery g. (2008). agricultural diversification in andhra pradesh, india: patterns, determinants and implications. (published jointly with the international food policy research institute, ifpri). research report no. 2. patancheru 502 324, andhra pradesh, india: internation157non-livestock value chains al crops research institute for the semi-arid tropics), 100 p. http://oar.icrisat. org/1360/1/533-2008_research_report_no_2.pdf paul, s., shonchoy, a.s. and dabalen, a. (2015). food crop diversification as a risk mitigating strategy during conflict: evidence from cote d’ivoire. institute of developing economies (ide) 496, japan external trade organization (jetro), 47 pp. phillipo, f., bushesha, m. and zebedayo s.k.m. (2015). adaptation strategies to climate variability and change and its limitations to smallholder farmers. a literature search. asian journal of agriculture and rural development 5(3): 77-87. rich, k.m., ross, r.b., baker, a.d. and negassa, a. (2011). quantifying value chain analysis in the context of livestock systems in developing countries. food policy 36: 214–222. riisgaard, l., bolwig s., ponte s., du toit a., halberg n., and matose f. (2010). integrating poverty and environmental concerns into value-chain analysis: a strategic framework and practical guide. development policy review 28(2): 195–216. robinson, l. and barry p. (1987). the competitive firm’s response to risk. new york: macmillan publishing. ruben, r., van boekel, m., van tilburg, a. and trienekens, j. (eds.). (2007). governance for quality in tropical food chains, 309. the netherlands: wageningen acadamic publishers. schulze, b., spiller, a. and wocken, c. (2006). relationship quality in agri-food chains: supplier management in the german pork and dairy sector. journal on chain and network science 6(1): 55–68. touré, i., diop, a.t. and diouf, a. (2003). dynamic analysis of landscapes and landcovers for the knowledge and evolution of the pastoral ecosystems in the ferlosenegal”. in proceeding of the vii international rangelands congress, editions n. allsopp isbn number 0-958-45348-9: 134-136. tran, m. (2011).  investment in pastoralists could help combat east africa food crisis. the guardian, 2 sept. 2011. valvidia, c., dunn, e.g. and jetté, c. (1996). diversification as a risk management strategy in the andean agropastoral community. american journal of agricultural economics 78: 1329-1334. wane a., camara a.d., ancey v., joly n. and kâ s.n., (2009a). choix individuel et sécurisation collective formes de salariat dans les exploitations pastorales du sahel sénégalais (ferlo). socio-économie du travail, économies et sociétés ab (31)  : 1443-1468. wane, a., touré, i. and ancey, v. (2009b). assets of the market, assets of the rural world: pastoral market income distribution in the senegalese sahel (ferlo). journal of income distribution 18(3-4): 232-248. wane, a., ancey, v. and touré, i. (2010), pastoralisme et recours aux marchés. cas du sahel sénégalais (ferlo). agriculture 19(1): 13-20. wasserman, s. and faust, k. (1994). social network analysis: methods and applications. cambridge university press webber, c.m. and labaste, p. (2009). building competitiveness in africa’s agriculture – a guide to value chain concepts and applications, washington d.c., world bank, 204 pp. bio-based and applied economics 6(2): 183-208, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-18518 quality of life and territorial imbalances. a focus on italian inner and rural areas paola bertolini, francesco pagliacci* department of economics “marco biagi”, università di modena e reggio emilia, italy and capp (centro di analisi delle politiche pubbliche), italy date of submission: 2016 28th, june; accepted 2017 8th, march abstract. the italian national strategy for inner areas stresses the importance of improving socio-economic conditions of people as the only way to reverse negative demographic trends in those areas. in this respect, improving quality of life (qol) may represent a key driver. this work provides a statistical tool to measure existing gaps in qol levels across italian nuts 3 regions, by focusing on inner areas. being qol a multidimensional concept, a composite indicator is computed following a noncompensatory approach: the qol mazziotta-pareto index. firstly, we consider the variability of this indicator across italy, with respect to the presence of inner areas. this analysis breaks down the supposed negative relationship between qol and presence of inner areas, which the paper proves to be mostly overlapping with rural ones, by controlling for sub-national structural divides. secondly, spatial aspects make the picture more complex. neighbourhood affects qol at local level and through global, and local indicators of spatial autocorrelation, groups of nuts 3 regions sharing similar qol levels with their neighbours, are detected. from a policy perspective, locked-in paths among neighbouring regions can influence the effectiveness of place-based policies. keywords. inner areas, rural areas, quality of life, spatial effects. jel codes. o18, r00, r10, r11. 1. introduction across european countries, geographical differences in terms of economic and social development may also affect quality of life (qol). qol is similar to the multidimensional concept of wellbeing, being a function of people’s life circumstances (mea, 2005). thus, it does not comprise just economic aspects (e.g., meeting people’s basic material needs): it may also refer to social networks, people’s health, their sense of worth and the sustainability of the environment on which they depend (cagliero et al., 2011; costanza et al., 2008; *corresponding author: francesco.pagliacci@unimore.it 184 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci petrosillo et al., 2013). at eu level, qol shows wide territorial imbalances, for instance among urban and rural areas (eurofound 2014). even the eu rural development policy has traditionally stressed the importance of the quality of life in rural areas. nevertheless, when focusing on qol territorial imbalances, the urban-rural divide is just part of the story. even the concept of ‘inner areas’, which has been introduced by the italian government, may play a role (barca et al., 2014). the idea behind this concept is rather simple: as stressed by christaller (1933), cities and larger towns have always provided population with essential services (e.g. education, health, mobility). according to the model of economic growth that had occurred in italy since the end of world war ii, those urban hubs have been attracting more and more people also because of the variety of services they could offer (barca et al., 2014). conversely, minor municipalities and other remote areas have started lagging behind. suffering from geographical (and economic) remoteness and being affected by negative demographic trends, they have experienced a steady deprivation of essential services, which, in turn, has made the population decrease faster. these trends have led to negative effects such as: population abandonment and reduction of economic activities, disaggregation of the fabric of society, increasing costs in terms of land management. despite the surge of counter-urbanization processes since the 1980s (dematteis, 1986; oecd, 2009), most of rural and remote areas still suffer from these drawbacks (bertolini et al., 2008; copus et al., 2015), whose costs are paid by the country as a whole (barca et al., 2014). thus, besides traditional north-south socio-economic divides, other kinds of spatially divergent dynamics still affect italy, suggesting the existence of local core-periphery patterns. to tackle this situation, the italian government launched a specific national strategy for inner areas, firstly aimed at defining them. according to it, inner areas are those municipalities that, being located at some considerable distance from major urban poles, suffer from a limited provision of essential services. thus, such a definition essentially refers to a spatial (hence, more conventional) theoretical framework for inner areas, although a wide part of the european literature now points out ‘aspatial’ models of peripherality (copus, 2001; kuhn, 2015; bock, 2016; noguera and copus, 2016). conversely, inner areas as defined by the national strategy (namely, on a spatial basis) tend to share rural and agricultural traits (barca et al., 2014). since its launch, this strategy has fuelled the attention of italian policymakers towards the need for improving social and economic conditions of people living in inner areas, as the only way to reverse negative demographic trends. assuring a good performance of the local labour market, creating new forms of employment, and enhancing qol levels represent the only way to cut emigration from inner areas and to attract new people and households (barca et al., 2014). given these important policy implications, this paper provides some simple statistical tools for policy analysis, and in particular for assessing and measuring existing gaps in qol levels across italy, with a specific attention to rural and inner areas. as qol is a multidimensional concept, its measurement poses three major methodological issues (oecd, 2008), which this paper explicitly tackles: i) defining the most appropriate territorial level of analysis, according to available data; ii) returning a composite and comprehensive qol indicator, whose variability across italy can be eventually assessed; iii) properly stressing the role of spatial spillovers in influencing such a variability. 185quality of life and territorial imbalances the rest of the paper is organised as follows. section 2 introduces the concept of inner areas, as defined by the italian national strategy for inner areas. section 3 tackles the main measurement issues linked with a spatial definition of inner areas, suggesting some ways to assess the importance of inner areas at nuts 3 level. section 4 provides a synthetic indicator of qol, discussing main methodological approaches and returning main results. main relationships between inner areas and qol are also described. section 5 focuses on spatial issues, by introducing into the analysis the role of spatial neighbourhoods. section 6 concludes the paper. 2. the italian national strategy for inner areas in 2014, the italian government launched the national strategy for inner areas as a way to promote innovative projects within remote municipalities. in this framework, remoteness is assessed in terms of lack of essential services, considered as constituents of the eu ‘citizenship’ (barca et al., 2014). focusing on the provision of services, the strategy defines inner areas on the basis of their geographical distance from those centres (i.e. large cities) providing services. thus, rather than an ‘aspatial’ definition of inner peripheries, a spatial approach is mostly adopted. referring to service provision as a key element to classify the territory is not a completely new approach: it was introduced in 2008 by the eu dg regio, with the goal of better classifying rural areas in comparison to the official oecd classification, which had been mainly based on population density (dijkstra and poelman, 2008). dg regio combined the oecd population criterion with an indicator of distance and it considered the driving time (namely 45 minutes) to reach a city of at least 50.000 inhabitants, as a main centre of services. in contrast to the dg regio classification, the methodology suggested by the italian national strategy does not consider rural conditions or number of inhabitants of cities: it only focuses on the effective availability of services at municipal level, defining inner areas in terms of their spatial remoteness. in particular, inner areas deserve political attention – and a national strategy – for many reasons. firstly, they hide wide potentials, holding an important environmental (e.g., water, forests, natural and human landscapes), cultural (historic settlements, small and rural museums, skills centres) and agricultural heritage (barca et al., 2014). secondly, they still represent a key part of italy (60% of the total land area and 25% of italian population). in order to improve their socio-economic conditions, the national strategy moves from inner areas’ main problems. in fact, most of them have been facing a steady process of marginalisation, followed by a degradation in the provision of essential services (health, education and mobility). therefore, they are expected to increase their own marginalisation, boosting national social costs in terms of hydro-geological instability, degradation of both cultural and landscape heritage, decay and soil consumption (barca et al., 2014). as a way to reverse these trends, both enhancing qol and improving labour market performances represent effective policy tools (barca et al., 2014). in particular, the strategy moves from the idea that, despite common sense, some inner municipalities have been able to implement good practices, over time. thus, if inner 186 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci areas’ economic marginalisation does not represent an unavoidable process, the strategy just aims to spread the knowledge about those best practices, trying to replicate them across italy (barca et al., 2014). in most cases, interventions involve the promotion (and preservation) of local environment and local cultural resources. to this respect, the definition of inner areas as suggested by the strategy could overlap with the identification of rural regions, which experience a significant lack in essential services provision as well. nevertheless, both inner and rural areas may also share some potential strengths. for instance, they both have plenty of area-specific agricultural productions, which originate from tight connections between the territory and local skills. inner areas are home for many typical productions (pdos and pgis), prompting local food industry1 (barca et al., 2014). given the existence of such a potential, studies on rural development have often highlighted the emergence of positive tendencies (such as the increase in rural tourism and the diffusion of agriculture multifunctionality), which may prompt the development of both rural and inner areas (hoggart et al., 1995; paniagua 2012), overcoming traditional urban-rural economic divides (pagliacci, 2017). besides a radical change in its theoretical perspective, even the implementation of this strategy is innovative, as each region is forced to select a limited number of pilot programme areas2, to promote territorial safeguarding, valorisation of natural and cultural assets (namely sustainable tourism), agricultural activities, renewable energy and energy saving, handicraft and local knowledge. as underlined above, the enhancement of qol at local level sits at the heart of the national strategy for inner areas, their socio-economic development being the main aim of the strategy. in other words, qol emerges as an important target of this strategy. actually, the enhancement of qol is crucial to promote local development, involving both economic growth and a greater social inclusion. as already mentioned, the ultimate objective – and guiding light – of the strategy is reversing population trends in inner and remote areas. a reversal in demographic dynamics is acknowledged as a key factor to limit social costs linked to socio-economic marginalisation, hydrogeological instability and degradation of both human and environmental capital. therefore, qol levels cannot be ignored: actually, they represent key drivers in people’s settlement choices. it follows that assessing qol divides between urban poles and inner areas represents a key issue, especially in helping policy makers in fine-tuning their own policies (barca et al., 2012). furthermore, qol divides matter even within inner areas, which now show polymorphic traits, having followed differentiated trajectories of development for decades (barca et al., 2014). thus, assessing different needs across different areas as well as different geographic patterns may represent a great improvement to the strategy itself. 1 foodstuffs represent cultural assets as they refer to local identities. furthermore, new types of employment may originate, thanks to major changes in agro-food activities and in the distribution process, which may also show positive effects on the environment (barca et al., 2014). indeed, common agricultural policy stresses cross-compliance as a key point (matthews, 2013). 2 although following nationally shared criteria, regions are in charge of identifying the neediest areas, according to a well-defined selective approach (barca et al., 2014). 187quality of life and territorial imbalances 3. how “inner” are nuts 3 regions? methodological and measurement issues 3.1 share of inner areas at nuts 3 level the national strategy provides a detailed and innovative methodology to classify italian municipalities. while mapping and zoning have always represented challenging tasks for policy makers, barca et al. (2012) suggest that any place-based policy would take great advantage from more accurate indicators of existing territorial differences. here, the identification of inner areas moves from the polycentric structure of italy, where just some main cities provide services to other municipalities that gravitate around them, each of them with its own level of spatial remoteness. three main theoretical assumptions drive this way of mapping inner areas (barca et al., 2014): • the network of differentiated urban centres provides the whole range of essential services, generating catchment areas according to a gravitational models (christaller, 1933); • other minor municipalities’ degree of spatial remoteness from this network may hinder social inclusion as well as qol levels (inner areas in a spatial perspective); • inner areas are not homogeneous and, in fact, they are becoming more diverse with regard to their own socio-economic and territorial development (sotte et al., 2012; barca et al., 2014; copus et al. 2015). for decades, they have followed different evolutions, according to both their natural/geographical characteristics and their relative proximity/remoteness to urban areas. in other words, different time-space evolutionary patterns have occurred among inner areas. from a methodological perspective, identification of inner areas is a two-step procedure. firstly, italian municipalities acting as service providers are defined as those municipalities (or groups of neighbouring municipalities) being able to provide simultaneously: i) the full range of secondary education; ii) at least one major emergency care hospital; ii) at least one medium railway station, with an average degree of uptake for regional services and some long-distance journeys3. accordingly, both urban poles and inter-municipal poles are defined as those cities (or groups of contiguous cities) that provide the whole set of these services4. then, all remaining municipalities are classified into four different typologies (outlying areas; intermediate areas; peripheral areas and ultra-peripheral areas), according to spatial accessibility. number of minutes taken to get from each municipality to the nearest urban pole is considered to compute each band (less than 20 minutes, less than 40 minutes, less than 75 minutes, more than 75 minutes) (barca et al., 2014). as stressed, such a classification moves from a spatial definition of inner areas, considering no other socio-economic weaknesses but remoteness. eventually, moving from this six-typology classification, a broader definition of inner areas is provided by just putting together intermediate, peripheral and ultra-peripheral areas (barca et al., 2014). given the purposes of this work, here we refer to this broader definition of inner areas. nevertheless, some methodological drawbacks occur. a first issue deals with the territorial level of the analysis. inner areas are defined at municipality level, but no reliable 3 barca et al. (2014) provide further details on the characteristics of services under consideration. 4 all nuts 3-level capital municipalities are considered as urban poles, even when they do not provide all the aforementioned set of essential services (barca et al., 2014). 188 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci qol indicators are available at such a territorially disaggregated level. at the maximum, any analysis can refer to nuts 3 level (i.e., 110 observations). thus, municipal data have to be converted into nuts 3 level data5. to return robust results, the relevance of inner areas within each nuts 3 region is computed according to three alternative indicators. firstly, number of municipalities is considered. given the i-th nuts 3 region and its n municipalities, the inner-municipality indicator (ii) is defined as follows: i m ni jj n 1∑ = = (1) where j is one of the n municipalities in the nuts 3 region i and the generic element mj can take two different values: mj = 1, when j is classified as either intermediate or peripheral or ultra-peripheral; mj = 0, otherwise. alternatively, both population and land area are considered. as in (1), given the i-th italian nuts 3 region and its n municipalities, the inner-population indicator (ipi) and the inner-area indicator (iai) are defined as follows: ip m p p ( ) i j jj n jj n 1 1 ∑ ∑ = = = (2) ia m a a ( ) i j jj n jj n 1 1 ∑ ∑ = = = (3) where j is one of the n municipalities in the nuts 3 region i, pj is its population and aj is its land area. as in (1), the generic element mj can take two values (either 0 or 1). each indicator may range from 0 to 1: 0 stands for the absence of inner area; 1 stands for the absence of non-inner areas. figure 1 returns the values of each of the three indicators at nuts 3 level. while ii and iai show similar patterns, when focusing on population, the share of inner areas at nuts 3 level is generally lower. just in a few southern nuts 3 regions, the share of population living in inner municipalities is above 50%. a sharp north-south divide also emerges when looking at average values at regional level (table 1). among italian nuts 2 regions, liguria, piedmont and lombardy share the lowest shares of population living in inner municipalities (less than 12%). on the opposite side, in three southern regions (i.e., basilicata, molise and calabria) more than 55% of their population lives in inner areas. thus, such a north-south divide should be always taken into account in the rest of the analysis. 5 the authors are aware that such a transformation may results into concrete limitations for the analysis. in some cases, nuts 3 regions might be internally heterogeneous. thus, a focus on lau 2 territorial units would be much more appropriate for this kind of analysis, if data about qol were available. 189quality of life and territorial imbalances figure 1. inner areas, share out of the total by nuts 3 region: number of inner municipalities (left); inner population (centre); inner land area (right). 1 source: authors’ elaboration table 1. inner areas, share out of the total by region. regions inner municipalities (ii) inner population (ipi) inner land area (iai) north-west piedmont 38.06% 11.70% 46.29% aosta valley 59.46% 30.50% 71.60% lombardy 33.03% 10.69% 45.95% liguria 43.83% 8.89% 50.52% north-east trentino-alto adige 76.28% 44.93% 81.24% veneto 33.05% 18.72% 38.06% friuli-venezia giulia 39.45% 13.77% 53.79% emilia-romagna 41.95% 13.11% 42.84% centre tuscany 44.25% 13.10% 51.30% umbria 61.96% 25.31% 48.51% the marches 44.35% 14.77% 42.73% latium 76.72% 28.06% 64.62% south abruzzo 75.41% 37.05% 70.96% molise 80.15% 61.11% 83.37% campania 49.00% 14.70% 63.19% apulia 54.26% 26.05% 44.92% basilicata 96.18% 74.65% 92.32% calabria 79.95% 55.21% 81.10% the islands sicily 74.62% 41.34% 73.36% sardinia 84.35% 52.27% 84.54% italy 51.72% 22.43% 59.77% source: authors’ elaboration. 190 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci 3.2 inner areas and other indicators of rurality as already stressed, inner areas are expected to share important rural traits (barca et al., 2014). having computed nuts 3 level indicators, we can compare them with alternative indexes of rurality: eurostat urban-rural typologies (eurostat, 2010); the pri (peripherurality indicator) (camaioni et al., 2013); the fri (fuzzy rurality indicator) (pagliacci, 2017). each indicator is built on an alternative methodology, all of them referring to the whole eu-27. eurostat (2010) defines urban-rural typologies according to population density and controlling for the presence of large cities. such a single indicator is eventually collapsed into a discrete ordinal variable, returning three urban-rural typologies: predominantly urban (pu), intermediate (ir) and predominantly rural (pr) regions. thus, it is too rough to capture increasing rural areas’ polymorphism (camaioni et al., 2013). camaioni et al. (2013) compute the pri, following a multidimensional approach. they apply a conventional principal component analysis to a 24-variable dataset (covering sociodemographic features, economic structure, land use, remoteness). then, an ideal urban benchmark (i.e., a region being extremely urban in europe) is identified and statistical distances between any other eu region and this benchmark are computed (camaioni et al., 2013). so, for each region, the pri returns jointly the extent of rurality and peripherality. eventually, the fri stresses the concept of urban-rural continuum. it applies fuzzy logic to six input variables (covering role of agriculture, population density and landscape/ use of land) and it returns a final output (i.e., the fri), which ranges from 0 to 1, where 0 stands for completely urban; 1 stands for completely rural (pagliacci, 2017). the statistical relationship between indicators of inner areas and indicators of rurality can be assessed by means of pearson correlation coefficients. table 2 returns the correlation between ii, ipi, iai respectively and the aforementioned three indicators of rurality computed for italian nuts 3 regions6. in any specification, correlations are positive and statistically significant, also thanks to the spatial definition of inner areas adopted by the strategy. coefficients are larger for the fri than for the pri, although the latter also assesses nuts 3 regions remoteness (thus, a spatial concept, similar to the one referring to inner areas). similar findings emerge when looking at the presence of inner municipalities among different eurostat urban-rural typologies. point-biserial correlation between each dummy variable and the presence of inner areas is consistent with expectations: correlation is positive for pr regions (inner areas’ share is larger in pr regions than in nonpr ones), and it is negative for both pu and ir ones. when comparing average shares of inner areas among three typologies, similar evidence is returned: one-way anova (analysis of variance) tests whether average values are statistically different or not.7 tests show statistically significant differences in any specification. as a strong relationship between rural and inner areas emerges, the national strategy for inner areas implicitly refers to rural areas, as well. 6 here, just 107 observations are considered, as neither pri nor fri values are available for monza and brianza, fermo, barletta-andria-trani. actually, those nuts 3 regions were just instituted in 2004. 7 preliminarily, levene’s test is computed. it tests the null hypothesis that groups’ variances are equal. if they are, simple f test for the equality of means in a one-way anova is performed; otherwise, welch (1951) method is adopted. 191quality of life and territorial imbalances table 2. relationships between inner indicators and indicators of rurality (pri, fri, urban-rural typology) (p-values in parenthesis). ii ipi iai pearson correlation coefficients: pri (camaioni et al., 2013) 0.522* 0.560* 0.487* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) fri (pagliacci, 2017) 0.657* 0.601* 0.638*   (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) point-biserial correlation: urban-rural typology: pr regions 0.471* 0.538* 0.421* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) ir regions -0.242* -0.269* -0.248* (0.012) (0.005) (0.010) pu regions -0.291* -0.341* -0.218* (0.002) (0.000) (0.024) avg. comparison: avg. pr regions 0.689 0.461 0.677 avg. ir regions 0.459 0.224 0.478 avg. pu regions 0.343 0.112 0.407 levene’s test 0.182 6.608* 0.318 (0.834) (0.002) (0.728) one-way anova  17.919* 31.324* 12.871* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) * statistically significant at the 5% level. source: authors’ elaboration. 4. qol as a multidimensional concept 4.1 the mazziotta-pareto index as a multidimensional concept (mea, 2005), qol includes both economic aspects and social-relational ones (cagliero et al., 2011; costanza et al., 2008; petrosillo et al., 2013). thus, measuring qol is harder than measuring the presence of inner areas: it requires the challenging construction of a composite and multidimensional index (oecd, 2008; mazziotta and pareto, 2014). in the case of qol, both ‘objective’ and ‘subjective’ aspects matter. the former dimension refers to physical and health status, personal income, local standards of living (malkina-pykh and pykh, 2008; petrosillo et al., 2013). the latter focuses on individuals’ subjective experience of their lives (land, 1996) as well as psychological responses (e.g., life and job satisfaction and personal happiness). although the european foundation for the improvement of living and working conditions follows a subjective approach in carrying out surveys on the level of quality of life across europe (e.g., eurofound, 2014), here 192 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci no subjective measures of qol are included, as assessing them is rather difficult. actually, no sociologic surveys or investigations (shin and johnson, 1978) are available at nuts 3 level. therefore, this analysis just focuses on objective qol indicators. according to this perspective, a wide literature has already discussed the main drivers of qol at sub-national level. in particular, urban-rural divides have been widely investigated (see for instance cagliero et al., 2011; florida et al., 2013; shucksmith et al., 2009; sørensen, 2014). in italy, the most cited qol indicator, available at nuts 3 level, is provided by the financial newspaper “il sole 24 ore”. every year, it returns a qol indicator based on 36 single variables, grouped into six different thematic areas (economic wealth, business activities and employment, services and environment, population, crime, leisure). despite its large popularity, this indicator suffers from some drawbacks. firstly, it assumes perfect substitutability among original variables (i.e., a good performance in a thematic area may compensate a bad performance in another one). secondly, different standard deviations among each variable may affect the outcome8 (mazziotta and pareto, 2010a; 2010b; 2016). lastly, the set of original variables changes every year: this makes impossible to assess time comparisons. to tackle these drawbacks, an alternative indicator is suggested here: the mazziottapareto index (mpi), a well consolidated indicator to assess qol at local level. the mpi is a non-linear composite index, which transforms individual variables into a standardized indicator. it sums original data up, using arithmetic mean but adjusting it by a ‘penalty’ coefficient, which is related to the variability observed for each unit (mazziotta and pareto, 2016). accordingly, those observations showing unbalanced values of the initial variables are penalised, according to a non-compensatory perspective (mazziotta and pareto, 2010a; 2016). in particular, here we adopt the following methodology to compute a qol mpi. firstly, original variables standardisation occurs. let’s consider the original matrix x, whose generic element is xij. it has n rows (observations) and m columns (variables), which are grouped into p thematic areas. from x, a standardised matrix z is computed (mazziotta and pareto, 2010a), whose generic element zij is alternatively defined as follows: z x m s 100 10ij ij x x j j = + − (4) z x m s 100 10ij ij x x j j = − − (5) where: m x nx ij i n 1 j ∑ = = and s x m n ( ) x ij i n x j 1 2 j ∑ = − = in particular, (4) is applied to those indicators that are concordant in sign with the qol mpi; otherwise, (5) is applied. accordingly, p sub-indicators of qol are computed, 8 this distortion comes from the fact that the synthetic indicator is computed through distances from a benchmark (i.e. the best performing nuts 3 region). 193quality of life and territorial imbalances each of them referring to a thematic area. given h thematic areas, each of them comprising k variables, the h-th sub-indicator of qol is given by: z z k ih i k h j j k , ( 1) 1 ∑ = − + = (6) the p sub-indicators zih are then grouped together and a qol mpi is returned as: mpi m s cvi z z zi i i = − (7) where: m z pz ih h p 1 i ∑ = = s z m p ( ) z ih h p z 1 2 j i∑ = − = cv s mz z z i i i = the s cvz zi i product represents the most innovative aspect of this approach. it penalises those units showing unbalanced values of the p thematic sub-indicators (mazziotta and pareto, 2016). in addition, due to the standardisation provided by (4) or (5), each indicator’s mean is 100 and each standard deviation is 10 (mazziotta and pareto 2010; aiello and attanasio, 2004). here, this methodology is applied to a set of 28 original variables, retrieved for each italian nuts 3 region. they refer to seven different thematic areas linked to qol: • wealth & economic competitiveness (3 indicators), • services (3 indicators), • labour market (5 indicators), • neighbourhood safety (3 indicators), • population (7 indicators), • leisure (2 indicators), • environment & energy (5 indicators). thematic areas partially overlap with the ones provided by “il sole 24 ore”. nevertheless, original variables are open data published by the opencoesione (oc) dataset: the fact that the source of data is istat in most cases assures full comparability of results across time. 9 (table 3). 4.2 qol and its sub-indicators: main territorial patterns seven sub-indicators of qol are returned. each sub-indicator shows standardised values. figure 2 shows the values of each sub-indicator across italian nuts 3 regions. wealth and economic competitiveness show a strong north-south divide, confirming larger qol 9 replicability of the analysis over time is a key issue. indeed, changing the set of variables under study may dramatically affect final outcomes. 194 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci table 3. list of input variables, by thematic area. variable definition effect on qol year source economic wealth & competitiveness per capita gva (€) gross value added (current prices) per inhabitants, all sectors + 2013 istat per capita export (€) exports per inhabitants + 2014 istat (oc) per capita patents patents registered to the european patent office, per million inhabitants + 2011 istat on eurostat data (oc) provision of services diffusion of pre-school services % of municipalities out of the total adopting pre-school services (e.g. nursery schools) + 2012 istat (oc) children 0-3 attending day care and pre-school % of young children (aged 0-3 years) who use day care facilities and other pre-school services + 2012 health emigration ratio share of the out-migration in hospital in other regions out of total hospital admissions 2013 labour market employment rate employed persons (aged 15-64) over the number of people 15-64 (%) + 2014 istat (oc) elderly people employment rate employed persons (aged 55-64) over the number of people 55-64 (%) + 2014 youth unemployment rate unemployed persons (aged 15-24) over the number of persons 15-24 in the labour force (%) 2014 unemployment rate unemployed persons (aged 15+) over the number of persons (aged 15+) in the labour force (%) 2014 gender differences differences in % points between male and female employment rates 2014 neighbourhood safety istat on ministero interno, dipartimento pubblica sicurezza data (oc) rate of thefts number of recorded thefts per a thousand inhabitants 2013 rate of robberies number of recorded robberies per a thousand inhabitants 2013 rate of homicides number of recorded intentional homicides per 100 thousand inhabitants 2013 population population density inhabitants per km2 2014 istat old-age dependency ratio ratio of older dependents (people aged 65+) to the working-age population (15-64) 2014 ageing index number of persons aged 65+ per hundred persons under age 15 2014 195quality of life and territorial imbalances in the north of the country. throughout southern regions and the islands, just ragusa and cagliari show local values which are close to the national average. provision of services is at a maximum across emilia-romagna and tuscany, due to a long-lasting attention to these political items (bripi et al., 2011; giordano and tommasino, 2011). conversely, education and health services show poor performances across the south (e.g., molise, basilicata and calabria) and in lazio. similarly, labour market performance is poor in southern nuts 3 regions, whereas the best performances occur across the socalled third italy (bagnasco, 1977 and 1988), namely in the north-east and alongside the adriatic. neighbourhood safety shows a less sharp north-south divide. best performances variable definition effect on qol year source internal net migration rate difference of immigrants and emigrants within the country in a year, divided per 1000 inhabitants + 2014 external net migration rate difference of immigrants and emigrants (from/to abroad) in a year, divided per 1000 inhabitants + 2014 istat life expectancy at birth, males number of years a new-born male infant would live (assuming no changes in patterns of mortality throughout its life) + 2014 life expectancy at birth, females number of years a new-born female infant would (assuming no changes in patterns of mortality throughout its life) + 2014 leisure live theatre and live music performances tickets sold to live theatre and live music performances, per 100 inhabitants + 2007 istat on siae data (oc) tourists number of overnight stays spent by national and foreign tourists in tourist accommodations, per inhabitant + 2013 istat (oc) environment and energy water use efficiency % of water distributed to customers out of the total volume introduced into the municipality water network + 2008 istat (oc) waste recycling share of municipal waste recycled out of total solid waste (%) + 2014 istat on ispra data (oc) renewable energy % of gwh renewable energy to total energy production in gwh + 2010 air quality monitoring network number of control stations of the air quality monitoring network, per 100 thousands inhabitants + 2012 istat open coesione discontinuity of electricity supply number of long-lasting interruptions in electricity supply (average number per single customer) 2014 istat on autorità energia elettrica, gas, sistema idrico data (oc) source: author’s elaboration. 196 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci are observed across mountain areas (the alps and the apennines), while metropolitan and urban nuts 3 regions show poorer performances. population sub-indicator shows a good performance across emilia-romagna and trentino-alto adige. nevertheless, southern regions do not lag behind northern ones, despite a lower presence of foreign people. leisure activities show a scattered pattern across italy, with urban areas and many northern figure 2. sub-indicators of qol and qol mpi, by nuts 3 region. economic wealth & competitiveness provision of services labour market neighbourhood safety population leisure environment & energy qol mpi source: authors’ elaboration. 197quality of life and territorial imbalances and central italian regions performing above the average. lastly, when considering environment and energy, local performance is good across north-east nuts 3 regions as well as in the aosta valley. in the south, sicily and calabria show bad performances, whereas other inner nuts 3 perform generally better. moving from these sub-indicators, a comprehensive qol mpi is computed, by penalising those nuts 3 regions that show more unbalanced performances. figure 2 also returns main results for qol mpi: most of northern nuts 3 regions share above-the-average levels of qol mpi, while southern ones generally lag behind. rather than returning a ranking of nuts 3 regions (which may change over time), the following sections aim to analyse existing correlations between inner areas and qol levels. furthermore, it is possible to notice that results would not have changed much, if we had not considered the penalty coefficient s cvz zi i indeed, qol mpi and the average mean of the seven indicators for each sub-thematic area are actually highly correlated. nevertheless, the adopted procedure, although being more complex, seems to be more robust from a theoretical perspective. 4.3 qol and inner areas: main relationships the analysis of pearson correlation coefficients makes possible the preliminary assessment of the main relationship between qol levels and the presence of inner areas at nuts 3 level (table 4). at national level, qol dimensions are negatively correlated to the presence of inner areas, with the only exception of neighbourhood safety, which shows a positive relation with the presence of inner areas. a first – hence, preliminary – overlook of these results would suggest that italian inner areas generally suffer from low levels of qol: thus, the launch of a national strategy targeted to them is definitely good news. furthermore, as shown in section 3, given the aforementioned relationship between the presence of both inner and rural areas, same results are expected to hold even with respect to the rural part of the country. nevertheless, same data may hide some more complex patterns, which could contrast this general and first overlook. firstly, different patterns may arise at subnational level. on average, italian southern regions tend to show a larger presence of inner areas than northern ones (section 3). this could affect overall results in terms of qol mpi, as well. thus, it is useful to disentangle previous results by macro-groups of regions. for sake of simplicity, here we refer to the classification provided in table 1: table 5 shows pearson correlation coefficients per sub-indicator and per group of regions. when disentangling by group of regions, differences between urban poles and inner areas seem disappearing. in particular, the negative relationship between inner areas and qol no longer hold. in fact, just a few sub-indicators appear to be statistically related to qol at a sub-national level: • north-west: a positive relation between the sub-indicator neighbourhood safety and the presence of inner areas occurs. actually, the presence of large and unsafe metropolitan areas plays a role. • north-east: service provision is negatively tied to the presence of inner areas at nuts 3 level, when considering total population. nevertheless, both ‘population’ and ‘envi198 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci ronment and energy’ are positively related to the presence of inner areas, as well as the qol mpi. • centre: a negative relation between qol and the presence of inner areas affects many sub-indicators of qol (e.g. economic wealth, service provision, labour market, environment and energy). the only sub-indicator that is positively related to the presence of inner areas is neighbourhood safety. • south: a negative relationship emerges when considering service provision and inner areas; on the contrary, safety is positively associated with a larger presence of inner areas. • the islands: relationships between qol and presence of inner areas are never significant. here, data confirm inner areas’ polymorphism: when controlling per single macro-region, strikingly different results emerge. in the north-east, inner areas do not lag behind urban poles when referring to qol mpi, whereas opposite findings occurs when focusing on central nuts 3 regions. thus, these findings seem supporting the choice made by the national strategy about the implementation of a place-based policy, in accordance with regional governments: such a strategy seems to be more appropriate when dealing with specific problems, which may occur locally. table 4. pearson correlation coefficients between inner areas indicators and indicators of qol (p-values in parenthesis).   ii ipi iai economic wealth & competitiveness -0.504* -0.534* -0.443* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) provision of services -0.523* -0.518* -0.478* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) labour market -0.405* -0.465* -0.352* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) neighbourhood safety 0.310* 0.350* 0.314* (0.001) (0.000) (0.001) population -0.112 -0.200* -0.071 (0.245) (0.036) (0.459) leisure -0.213* -0.298* -0.193* (0.025) (0.002) (0.043) environment & energy -0.370* -0.388* -0.294* (0.000) (0.000) (0.002) qol mpi -0.420* -0.470* -0.357*   (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) * statistically significant at the 5% level. source: authors’ elaboration. 199quality of life and territorial imbalances 5. the role of the neighbouring space regional patterns are just part of the story: actually, spatial effects can be modelled in a more accurate way. italian nuts 3 regions show a narrow extension: on average, their surtable 5. pearson correlation coefficients between inner areas indicators and indicators of qol by macro-regions (p-values in parenthesis). wealth & competitiveness services labour market neighbourhood safety population leisure environment & energy qol mpi north-west ii -0.388 -0.237 0.088 0.493* -0.186 -0.016 0.062 -0.018 (0.056) (0.254) (0.676) (0.012) (0.373) (0.938) (0.768) (0.930) ipi -0.218 -0.114 0.177 0.551* -0.082 -0.098 0.274 0.170 (0.295) (0.588) (0.398) (0.004) (0.697) (0.640) (0.185) (0.418) iai -0.362 -0.145 0.04 0.464* -0.100 0.021 0.074 0.048 (0.075) (0.488) (0.850) (0.019) (0.633) (0.922) (0.726) (0.820) north-east ii 0.212 -0.363 0.267 0.083 0.491* 0.181 0.587* 0.430* (0.344) (0.097) (0.230) (0.713) (0.020) (0.421) (0.004) (0.046) ipi 0.017 -0.487* 0.115 0.407 0.317 0.148 0.428* 0.334 (0.941) (0.022) (0.609) (0.060) (0.151) (0.510) (0.047) (0.129) iai 0.175 -0.378 0.239 0.177 0.452* 0.156 0.597* 0.423* (0.437) (0.083) (0.284) (0.432) (0.035) (0.489) (0.003) (0.050) centre ii -0.663* -0.630* -0.504* 0.295 -0.451* -0.193 -0.428* -0.623* (0.001) (0.002) (0.017) (0.182) (0.035) (0.390) (0.047) (0.002) ipi -0.697* -0.703* -0.538 0.496* -0.421 -0.376 -0.454* -0.672* (0.000) (0.000) (0.010) (0.019) (0.051) (0.084) (0.034) (0.001) iai -0.549* -0.533* -0.421 0.279 -0.324 -0.294 -0.238 -0.531* (0.008) (0.011) (0.051) (0.208) (0.142) (0.184) (0.287) (0.011) south ii 0.082 -0.529* 0.306 0.642* 0.194 -0.251 0.083 0.177 (0.704) (0.008) (0.146) (0.001) (0.363) (0.236) (0.700) (0.408) ipi -0.021 -0.584* 0.179 0.670* 0.071 -0.380 0.047 0.045 (0.923) (0.003) (0.402) (0.000) (0.740) (0.067) (0.826) (0.836) iai 0.070 -0.573* 0.358 0.682* 0.207 -0.331 0.158 0.199 (0.745) (0.003) (0.086) (0.000) (0.333) (0.114) (0.462) (0.352) the islands ii 0.091 0.229 0.476 0.264 -0.068 0.12 0.034 0.333 (0.729) (0.376) (0.053) (0.306) (0.794) (0.646) (0.896) (0.192) ipi -0.107 0.138 0.310 0.219 -0.120 -0.07 0.171 0.180 (0.684) (0.597) (0.225) (0.398) (0.646) (0.792) (0.513) (0.488) iai 0.222 0.221 0.421 0.080 -0.090 0.327 -0.059 0.279 (0.391) (0.394) (0.093) (0.759) (0.731) (0.200) (0.821) (0.279) * statistically significant at the 5% level. source: authors’ elaboration. 200 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci face is 2,745 km2, i.e. a square whose side is just 52 kilometre. thus, people are used to live, work and spend part of their own leisure time across neighbouring nuts 3 regions, and it could be misleading to consider qol at nuts 3 level by just focusing on the relationships between it and socio-economic features in the same nuts 3 region. in fact, space matters (tobler, 1970), at least in two ways. firstly, qol may show spatially clustered patterns, given the fact that neighbouring nuts 3 regions tend to share similar qol levels. secondly, structural characteristics of neighbouring nuts 3 regions (e.g., the presence of either urban poles or inner areas among them) may also affect qol levels, having an impact on people’s everyday life10. to this respect, these characteristics matter and should be considered separately. 5.1 spatial autocorrelation: qol across neighbouring nuts 3 regions the simplest way to assess qol differentials across neighbouring observations is represented by the analysis of global and local indicators of spatial autocorrelation. according to the first law of geography (tobler, 1970), patterns of spatial association are formally assessed by means of the degree of dependency among observations within a given geographic space (anselin, 1988 and 1995). global moran’s i statistics tests for the presence of spatial dependence. it is a synthetic measure of global spatial autocorrelation, computed as follows (moran, 1950; cliff and ord, 1981): i n w w y y y y y y i j n, , ijj n i n ij i jj n i n ii n 11 11 2 1∑∑ ∑∑ ∑ ( )( ) ( ) = − − − ∀ ∈ == == = (8) where yi and yj are observations of a given variable in locations i and j, and wij is the generic element of a (n x n) row-standardized spatial weights matrix (w) defined as follows: w w w ij ij ijj n * * 1∑ = = (9) the generic element wij * in (9) can take two alternative values: w 1ij * = if i ≠ j and j ∈ n(i) w 0ij * = if i = j or i ≠ j and j ∉ n(i) where n(i) is the set of neighbours of the i-th region. n(i), thus w, can be identified in several alternative ways. literature has emphasized the fact there is no univocal preferable specification of w (anselin, 1988). despite alternative suitable weight matrices (e.g. those based on the nearest neighbours), here w is a first-order queen contiguity matrix. thus, two regions are considered as neighbours only if they share a common boundary or vertex (anselin, 1988). on average, each observation shows 4.45 neighbouring regions11. 10 pagliacci (2014) suggested this idea in a preliminary analysis on qol patterns across urban and rural italian nuts 3 regions. nonetheless, that work simply considered the rough indicator returned by “il sole 24 ore”. 11 most of italian nuts3 regions show either 4 or 5 neighbours. nevertheless, the least connected nuts 3 region has just 1 neighbour, whereas the most connected one has 9 neighbours. 201quality of life and territorial imbalances this row-standardized spatial weights matrix (w) allows computing global moran’s i statistic (thus their degree of spatial dependency) on both the qol mpi and other subindicators of qol. global approaches do not allow the detection of specific regional structures of spatial autocorrelation (i.e., either spatial cluster or spatial outliers): to do that, local approaches are also considered. a local indicator of spatial association – lisa (anselin 1995; anselin et al., 1996) is similar to the global moran’s i statistic, but it is region-specific. it tests the hypothesis of random distribution by comparing values in specific locations and values in their neighbourhood (as defined by w). local moran’s statistics returns the distribution of local spatial clusters, which are groups of neighbouring locations showing significant lisa values. at a given significance level, such as 1%, it is possible to detect five alternative cases (anselin, 1995): i) hot spots (locations with high values and similar neighbours); ii) cold spots (locations with low values and similar neighbours); iii) spatial outliers (locations with high values but with low-value neighbours); iv) spatial outliers (locations with low values but with high-value neighbours); v) locations with no significant local autocorrelation. table 6 returns the values for both the global and the local moran’s i statistics, computed for both sub-indicators of qol and the qol mpi itself. a positive spatial autocorrelation occurs for all indicators but neighbourhood safety. the question thus becomes whether this general tendency to clustering yields to some given spatial clusters or not. table 6. global moran’s i statistics (p-value in parenthesis) and local moran’s i statistics (number of nuts 3 regions within each typology).   global moran’s i local moran’s i (lisa) moran’s i hot spots (i) cold spots (ii) spatial outliers (iii & iv) no local autocorrelation (v) wealth 0.678* 14 11 0 85 (0.000) services 0.763* 16 13 0 81 (0.000) labour market 0.809* 6 23 0 81 (0.000) neighbourhood safety 0.057 0 3 0 107 (0.152) population 0.289* 7 6 0 97 (0.000) leisure 0.215* 5 0 0 105 (0.000) environment 0.630* 7 14 0 89 (0.000) mpi 0.802* 10 20 0 80 (0.000) * statistically significant at the 5% level. source: authors’ elaboration. 202 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci the analysis on the lisa values returns straightforward results (table 6). in no cases, spatial outliers occur (confirming the sharp tendency to a positive spatial autocorrelation of observed values). in particular, neighbourhood safety and leisure are characterised by a fewer numbers of both hot and cold spots, whereas economic wealth, service provision and environment are much more clustered in space. referring to the qol mpi, 10 nuts 3 regions are classified as hot spots, thus they benefit from large qol levels even across their neighbourhood. conversely, in 20 cases, low qol levels are reinforced by bad performances even across neighbouring nuts 3 regions. for the sake of simplicity, figure 3 maps the spatial clusters occurring when considering the comprehensive qol mpi. hot spots are mostly located across north-eastern and central italy. conversely, cold spots cover most of southern regions, from campania and apulia to calabria and sicily. in particular, the presence of neighbouring nuts 3 regions sharing similar qol mpi low values may reinforce their lags compared to northern italy. 5.2 neighbouring inner areas and neighbouring urban poles: an opposite effect in analysing spatial effects among neighbouring nuts 3 regions, also the presence of either neighbouring inner areas or neighbouring larger urban poles may play an addifigure 3. hot and cold spots – qol mpi. source: authors’ elaboration. 203quality of life and territorial imbalances tional role in explaining differences in qol levels across the country. to assess it, we refer to the same spatial weights matrix (w) shown in section 5.1, in order to return the spatial lags of the aforementioned indicators of inner areas (ii, ipi, iai): wi w i i j n,i ij ij n i n 11∑∑= ∀ ∈ == (10) wip w ip i j n,i ij ij n i n 11∑∑= ∀ ∈ == (11) wia w ia i j n,i ij ij n i n 11∑∑= ∀ ∈ == (12) where wij is always defined as in (9). table 7 returns pearson’s correlation coefficients between qol indicators and wii, wipi, wiai, at nuts 3 level. overall national data may hide same north-south divides already pointed out, while data disentangled by group of regions provide more insightful findings. in the north-west, no indicators of qol are correlated with the spatially-lagged share of inner areas. in the north-east, both the population sub-indicator and the environment-energy one are positively linked to the presence of inner areas in neighbouring nuts 3 regions. also, the qol mpi as a whole shows a positive correlation with inner areas across the neighbourhood. on the contrary, across central regions, most relationships are negative. as observed in advance, even the share of inner areas across the neighbourhood shows a negative correlation with economic wealth, service provision, environment and energy. thus, in this group of regions, the presence of neighbouring inner areas plays a detrimental effect on qol. therefore, this divide seems increasing qol differentials as well. in southern regions, the presence of urban poles in the neighbourhood seems to have a positive effect just on the provision of services. same relationship is perfectly reversed in the islands, where the share of inner areas in the neighbourhood plays a positive effect also on labour market performances, environment and energy and the qol mpi as a whole. moreover, with the only exception of nuts 3 regions in the centre, the share of inner areas in the neighbourhood is positively related to qol. thus, if inner areas do not show high levels qol, their presence in the neighbouring space surely plays a more positive role, suggesting the existence of positive spatial spillovers. 6. conclusions through the improvement of both social and economic conditions of people living in inner areas, the italian national strategy for inner areas ambitiously aims to reverse negative demographic trends, which still affect most of them. to this respect, improving qol represents a key issue (barca et al., 2014) for both inner and rural areas. indeed, the paper has singled out that in italy they largely overlap. nevertheless, this analysis has partially broken up the negative relationship between presence of inner/rural areas and local qol levels. such a result is suggested by the analysis of both the qol mazziotta-pareto index, a 204 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci table 7. pearson correlation coefficients between spatially-lagged indicators of inner areas and indicators of qol, by macro-region (p-values in parenthesis) wealth & competitiveness services labour market neighbourhood safety population leisure environment & energy qol mpi italy wii -0.629* -0.569* -0.583* 0.136 -0.155 -0.222* -0.524* -0.575* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) (0.157) (0.105) (0.020) (0.000) (0.000) wipi -0.615* -0.546* -0.637* 0.155 -0.150 -0.234* -0.552* -0.583* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) (0.106) (0.117) (0.014) (0.000) (0.000) wiai -0.604* -0.537* -0.562* 0.167 -0.216* -0.195* -0.494* -0.546* (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) (0.079) (0.024) (0.041) (0.000) (0.000) north-west wii -0.403* -0.122 -0.356 0.221 -0.379 0.024 -0.800 -0.246 (0.046) (0.560) (0.091) (0.288) (0.062) (0.910) (0.704) (0.235) wipi -0.070 0.252 -0.274 0.192 0.121 -0.101 0.027 0.140 (0.739) (0.224) (0.184) (0.357) (0.565) (0.629) (0.898) (0.503) wiai -0.367 -0.057 -0.262 0.296 -0.378 -0.008 -0.014 -0.157 (0.071) (0.787) (0.207) (0.150) (0.063) (0.968) (0.946) (0.453) north-east wii 0.192 -0.403 0.191 0.028 0.599* 0.358 0.570* 0.496* (0.391) (0.063) (0.395) (0.902) (0.003) (0.102) (0.006) (0.019) wipi 0.161 -0.510* 0.190 0.353 0.385 0.387 0.514* 0.534* (0.475) (0.015) (0.397) (0.107) (0.077) (0.075) (0.014) (0.010) wiai 0.176 -0.406 0.270 0.109 0.479* 0.510* 0.526* 0.580* (0.433) (0.061) (0.224) (0.630) (0.024) (0.015) (0.012) (0.005) centre wii -0.448* -0.581* -0.411 0.293 -0.367 -0.138 -0.524* -0.526* (0.036) (0.005) (0.057) (0.186) (0.092) (0.539) (0.012) (0.012) wipi -0.436* -0.491* -0.373 0.155 -0.347 -0.024 -0.523* -0.480* (0.043) (0.020) (0.087) (0.491) (0.114) (0.917) (0.012) (0.024) wiai -0.439* -0.553* -0.460* 0.249 -0.446* -0.127 -0.605* -0.561* (0.041) (0.008) (0.031) (0.265) (0.037) (0.574) (0.003) (0.007) south wii 0.059 -0.482* 0.268 0.210 0.132 0.028 -0.097 -0.008 (0.786) (0.017) (0.205) (0.325) (0.538) (0.897) (0.651) (0.972) wipi -0.173 -0.533* -0.001 0.243 0.213 -0.174 -0.152 -0.177 (0.418) (0.007) (0.997) (0.253) (0.317) (0.415) (0.477) (0.408) wiai 0.075 -0.436* 0.252 0.120 0.002 0.030 -0.032 -0.041 (0.726) (0.033) (0.234) (0.578) (0.993) (0.889) (0.883) (0.850) the islands wii 0.068 0.500* 0.694* 0.331 0.125 0.448 0.707* 0.703* (0.795) (0.041) (0.002) (0.195) (0.632) (0.071) (0.002) (0.002) wipi 0.394 0.570* 0.587* 0.274 0.194 0.451 0.465 0.688* (0.118) (0.017) (0.013) (0.287) (0.455) (0.069) (0.060) (0.002) wiai 0.126 0.500* 0.644* 0.633* -0.017 0.311 0.654* 0.770* (0.631) (0.041) (0.005) (0.006) (0.948) (0.224) (0.004) (0.000) * statistically significant at the 5% level source: authors’ elaboration 205quality of life and territorial imbalances composite and comprehensive indicator of qol, computed at nuts 3 level, and different sub-indicators of qol (e.g. neighbourhood safety, labour market, leisure). results suggest that, when controlling for sub-national structural divides, the expected negative relationships between inner/rural areas and qol is softened. for instance, when just focusing on north-eastern regions, a larger share of inner areas at nuts 3 level is associated to higher level of qol. furthermore, even neighbourhood safety (a key driver of qol) is generally larger in more inner/rural nuts 3 regions than in urban ones. accordingly, it is hard to find conclusive results about the relationship between inner areas and qol because of at least two major issues: the way inner areas are measured and the existence of spatial aspects, which make the picture even more complex. referring to the former issue, the computation of three indicators that aim to assess the importance of inner areas according to three different perspectives (i.e. number of municipalities, total population, and land area) represents an important advancement in this field of study. indeed, each of them might be suitable for analysing specific dimensions of qol, for instance, iai seems to be particularly suitable for considering “environment and energy” aspects, whereas ipi can be linked to the provision of services to population. accordingly, also policy implications are expected to differ, as opposite political domains might be interested in assessing the importance of inner areas at nuts 3 level in different ways. the latter issue refers to spatial aspects. people may spend significant parts of their lives out of their own nuts 3 region. therefore, even the neighbouring space is expected to matter in qol. here, main results support this idea. both qol sub-indicators and qol mpi show a positive spatial autocorrelation and it is possible to detect groups of regions whose neighbours share similar qol levels. it follows that even the local development may be influenced by neighbouring regions’ development, as both positive and negative spatial spillovers can affect place-based policies and their effectiveness. the same holds true when considering the presence of inner areas among neighbouring regions: for instance, this work proves that being located close to a nuts 3 region with a higher share of inner areas could have positive effects on qol, especially in the north-east and in the south. thus, inner areas’ diversity clearly emerges. indeed, some of them show more socioeconomic potential, even with respect to qol drivers. such a finding has important policy implications, even with respect to the national strategy for inner areas. the top-down approach, carried out by the italian central government, is crucial when setting policy targets. nevertheless, it is even more important to maintain the decision-making process partially decentralised, in order to identify the most appropriate policy tools to target the neediest areas to be targeted. besides these considerations, this paper points out the effectiveness of the innovative approach chosen by the national strategy for inner areas, which highlights territorial imbalances in terms of people’s needs rather than territorial features. indeed, just the provision of essential services to the population is seen as the main engine for local development, now and in the future. such an approach would allow both scholars and policymakers to go beyond traditional urban-rural divides, which in fact are mostly considered by eu policies (such as the rural development policy). although providing partially overlapping results, a focus on inner areas seems stressing inter-sectoral policies as the best answer to overcome territorial divides and to cope with population changes, both in italy and in the eu. 206 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci acknowledgements authorship may be attributed as follows: sections 1, 2 and 6 to paola bertolini; section 3, 4 and 5 to francesco pagliacci. references aiello, p. and attanasio, m. (2004). how to transform a batch of single indicators to make up a unique one? atti della xlii riunione scientifica della società italiana di statistica (sessioni plenarie e specializzate): 327-338. anselin, l. (1988). spatial econometrics: methods and models. dordrecht: kluwer academic publishers. anselin, l. (1995). local indicators of spatial association – lisa. geographical analysis 27: 93-115. anselin, l., bera, a.k., florax, r.j.g.m. and yoon, m.j. (1996). simple diagnostic tests for spatial dependence. regional science and urban economics 26: 77-104. bagnasco, a. (1977). tre italie: la problematica territoriale dello sviluppo economico italiano. bologna: il mulino. bagnasco, a. (1988). la costruzione sociale del mercato. bologna: il mulino. barca, f., mccann, p. and rodríguez-pose, a. (2012). the case for regional development intervention: place-based versus place-neutral approaches. journal of regional science 52(1): 134-152. barca, f., casavola, p. and lucatelli, s. (eds.) (2014). a strategy for inner areas in italy: definition, objectives, tools and governance. materiali uval series 31.www.dps.tesoro.it/aree_interne/doc/nota%20 territorializzazione%20ai_03%20marzo_2013.pdf bertolini, p., montanari, m. and peragine, v. (2008). poverty and social exclusion in rural areas. bruxelles: european commission. bock b. (2016), rural marginalisation and the role of social innovation: a turn towards nexogenous development and rural reconnection. sociologica ruralis doi: 10.1111/ soru.12119 bripi, f., carmignano, a. and giordano, r. (2011). la qualità dei servizi pubblici in italia. occasional paper 84, roma: banca d’italia. cagliero, r., cristiano, s., pierangeli, f. and tarangioli, s. (2011). evaluating the improvement of quality of life in rural areas. paper presented at 122nd eaae seminar, ancona (italy), 17-18 february. camaioni, b., esposti, r., lobianco, a., pagliacci, f. and sotte, f. (2013). how rural the eu rdp is? an analysis through spatial funds allocation. bio-based and applied economics 2(3): 277–300. christaller, w. (1933). die zentralen orten in süddeutsch-land. jena: gustav fischer. cliff, a. and ord, j.k. (1981). spatial processes: models and applications. london: pion. copus a. (2001),.from core-periphery to polycentric development; concepts of spatial and aspatial peripherality european planning studies 9(4): 539-552. copus, a., melo, p.c., kaup, s., tagai, g. and artelaris, p. (2015). regional poverty mapping in europe – challenges, advances, benefits and limitations. local economy. doi: 10.1177/0269094215601958. 207quality of life and territorial imbalances costanza, r., fisher, b., ali, s., beer, c., bond, l., boumans, r., danigelis, n.l., dickinson, j., elliott, c., farley, j., elliott gayer, d., macdonald glenn, l., hudspeth, t.r., mahoney, d.f., mccahill, l., mcintosh, b., reed, b., turab rizvi, a., rizzo, d.m., simpatico, t. and snapp, r. (2008), an integrative approach to quality of life measurement, research, and policy. s.a.p.i.en.s. 1(1). online since 19.12.08. http:// sapiens.revues.org/169. dematteis, g.(1986). urbanization and counter urbanization in italy. ekistics 53(316/317): 26-33. dijkstra, l. and poelman, h. (2008). remote rural regions. how proximity to a city influences the performance of rural regions. eu regional focus n.1. eurofound (2014). quality of life in urban and rural europe. luxembourg: publications office of the european union. eurostat (2010). a revised urban-rural typology. in eurostat, eurostat regional yearbook 2010. luxembourg: publications office of the european union: 240-253. florida, r., mellander, c. and rentfrow, p.j. (2013). the happiness of cities. regional studies 47(4): 613-627. giordano, r. and tomasino, p. (2011). public sector efficiency and political culture. working papers bankitalia, 786. roma: banca d’italia. hoggart, k, buller, h. and black, r. (1995). rural europe; identity and change. london: edward arnold. kühn m. (2015). peripheralization: theoretical concepts explaining socio-spatial inequalities. european planning studies 23:2, 367-378. land, k.c. (1996). social indicators and the quality of life: where do we stand in the mid-1990s? sinet 45: 5-8. lucatelli, s., carlucci, c. and guerrizio m.a. (2013). a strategy for the ‘inner areas’ of italy. proceedings of the 2nd eurufu (education, local economy and job opportunities in rural areas) scientific conference. asti (italy), 8 october. malkina-pykh, i.g. and pykh, y.a. (2008). quality-of-life indicators at different scales: theoretical background. ecological indicators 8: 854-862. matthews, a. (2013). greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy. bio-based and applied economics 2(1): 1-27. mazziotta, m. and pareto, a. (2010a). la sintesi degli indicatori di qualità della vita: un approccio non compensativo. paper presented at “congresso qualità della vita. riflessioni, studi e ricerche in italia”, firenze, italia. mazziotta, m. and pareto, a. (2010b). measuring quality of life: an approach based on the non-substitutability of indicators. statistica e applicazioni 8(2): 169-180. mazziotta, m. and pareto, a. (2016). on a generalized non-compensatory composite index for measuring socio-economic phenomena. social indicators research 127: 983–1003. mazziotta, m. and pareto, a. (2016). methods for constructing non-compensatory composite indices: a comparative study. forum for social economics 45(2-3): 213-229. millennium ecosystem assessment (mea) (2005). ecosystems and human wellbeing. washington, dc: island press. moran, p.a.p. (1950). notes on continuous stochastic phenomena. biometrika 37: 17–23. noguera, j. and coups, a. (2016). inner peripheries: what are they? what policies do they need? agriregionieuropa 45: 10-14. 208 p. bertolini, f. pagliacci oecd (2008). handbook on constructing composite indicators. methodology and user guide. paris: oecd publications. oecd (2009). oecd rural policy reviews: italy. paris: oecd publications. pagliacci, f. (2014). l’erba del vicino è davvero più verde? un’analisi sulla qualità della vita nelle province urbane e rurali. agriregionieuropa 39: 54-57. pagliacci, f. (2017). measuring eu urban-rural continuum through fuzzy logic. tijdschrift voor economische en sociale geografie 108(2): 157-174. paniagua, a. (2012). the rural as a site of recreation: evidence and contradictions in spain from a geographical perspective. journal of tourism and cultural change 10(3): 264-275. petrosillo, i., costanza, r., aretano, r., zaccarelli, n. and zurlini, g. (2013). the use of subjective indicators to assess how natural and social capital support residents’ quality of life in a small volcanic island. ecological indicators 24: 609-620. shin, d.c. and johnson, d.m. (1978). avowed happiness as an overall assessment of the quality of life. social indicators res. 5: 475-492. shucksmith, m., cameron, s., pichler, f. and merridew, t. (2009). urban-rural differences in quality of life across the eu. regional studies 43(10): 1275-1289. sørensen, j.f. (2014). rural–urban differences in life satisfaction: evidence from the european union. regional studies 48(9): 1451-1466. tobler, w. r. (1970). a computer movie simulating urban growth in the detroit region. economic geography 46: 234-240. welch, b.l. (1951). on the comparison of several mean values: an alternative approach. biometrika 38: 330-336. bio-based and applied economics 6(2): 209-227, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-16395 analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey selim çağatay1,*, celal taşdoğan2, reyhan özeş1 1 akdeniz university, department of economics, 07058, antalya, turkey 2 gazi university, ankara, turkey date of submission: 2015 7th, july; accepted 2017 16th, may abstract. in turkey, a legal requirement of blending bio-ethanol with conventional fuels has been imposed, and this is likely to increase in the future. the blending target policy is multi-dimensional as it has direct and indirect impacts on agricultural and factor markets, trade and budget deficit, income distribution, food security and on environment. in this study, policy analyses are carried out to investigate whether the blending target is feasible and sustainable in terms of the economic structure of turkey. analyses were carried out by employing an agricultural bilateral trade model and agriculture focused social accounting matrix. findings suggest that target rate can be feasible and harmless on food security, if the extra required supply is provided through tariff reduction particularly on imports of wheat and maize rather than promoting their production through price premiums. for achieving sustainability of the target blending rate, new supportive policies have to be implemented to create alternative job opportunities in the rural areas and/or to shift farmers for alternative crops. keywords. bio-ethanol, agricultural trade model, social accounting matrix, price multiplier. jel codes. c61, c67, q11, q18, q42. 1. introduction in order to reduce oil dependence that adversely affects national economies especially in oil importers, recently, use of bio-fuel is encouraged especially in transportation sector in many countries. while transportation sector’s share in the global fuel use is 30 percent, of this, 99 percent is covered by fossil fuels and it is known that approximately 21 percent of the global emission is sourced by fossil fuels (rajagopal and zilberman, 2007). therefore, reduction of the use of fossil fuel in the transportation sector is thought to make some contribution to the solution of environmental problems on global scale as well as reducing the dependence of those countries that have energy deficit. additionally, because *corresponding author: selimcagatay@akdeniz.edu.tr 210 s. çağatay et al. bio-fuels are mainly produced from agricultural products, their possibility to create an increase in agricultural revenues, their potential to create new employment opportunities and their provision of efficiency of use similar to that of fossil fuels lead to the expectation that the use of bio-fuel shall become more widespread in the future (rajagopal and zilberman 2007). nevertheless, one should never forget the possible negative impact of rising bio-fuel use on food security especially in countries which have limited agricultural production and especially if big agricultural producers increasingly shift their production to provide input for energy sector rather than food industry. this would obviously put upward pressure on food prices and might create deteriorating impacts on budgets of low income and poor people. a vast empirical literature that analyzes the impacts of bio-fuel use from various angles and in various countries has been accumulated since the beginning of 2000s. fonseca et al. (2010), timilsina et al. (2010), demirbaş (2009), banse et al. (2008) and birur et al. (2008) provide a comprehensive review particularly of the applied ones and at the same time inform the researchers about alternative methodologies used in these studies. some studies also investigated the pros and cons of bio-fuel use from the sustainability point of view such as diaz-chavez (2011), janssen and rutz (2011), ravindranath et al. (2011) and walter et al. (2011). however the literature with regard to turkey is quite limited, although the importance of transportation industry, energy demand, fossil fuel use and food security in turkey is not different from that of most of the other countries. one of the limited numbers of empirical studies carried out on the impacts of bio-fuel production and consumption in turkey is that of hatunoglu (2010). this study has searched for the potential effects of mandatory blending rate applied on bio-diesel use on the agricultural sector. in the analysis, it has been found out that in cases of the application of 2 and 5 percent mandatory blending, respectively 300 and 750 million litres of bio-diesel should be produced, considering the existing gasoline and diesel oil consumption. the study claims that the degree of sufficiency of the plants with oilseeds is rather low in turkey, that external dependence on these products continues, that the mandatory blending rate may not be possible in agricultural terms and that danger of food safety shall be faced. considering the developments in the world and turkish bio-energy markets çağatay et al. (2012) has intended to establish alternative bio-energy policy proposals for turkey. two empirical models have been used in the study. the first one is a multi-country, multiproduct partial equilibrium agricultural net trade model which statically and comparatively measures the effects of foreign trade policies on the domestic and world markets; and the second one is the turkish agricultural policy analysis model which is a multi-crop econometric model with a focus on the turkish agricultural sector. in the empirical part, under the assumption that turkey has not changed its existing crop varieties to a great extent, it is determined that bio-fuel (bio-diesel and bio-ethanol) production shall require more sunflower and sugar beet supply for which the former should be satisfied by rising imports and the latter by rising domestic production. in addition, soybeans and rapeseed are found as alternative crops to provide bio-diesel however their production should be promoted by government support in order to be used for bio-diesel production. based on the methods used in the above very limited literature on turkey, the methodology employed in this study is more comprehensive as it partially allows simulating 211analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey on macroeconomic variables such as income distribution and policy cost. in addition, the empirical framework provides information regarding the changes in bilateral trade. when one considers the matter from turkey’s standpoint, it is observed that approximately 70 percent of the energy demand in turkey is satisfied through imports (tmmob, 2012). it may be said for turkey that dependence on foreign energy sources in a country which continuously faces external deficit, bears serious risks for a sustainable growth. lowering external dependence on energy and activating renewable energy sources to be able to reduce emission percentages have been an issue significantly discussed in turkey (www.eie.gov.tr). there are three crops that might be used in the production of bio-ethanol; wheat, maize, sugar beet. the current production is realised by provision of price premiums while protecting them with high import tariffs. therefore, one side of the issue is the policy front where turkey hardly keeps her world trade organization (wto) commitments. in addition, the budget burden and/or burden on tax payers and consumers should not be forgotten. on the other side of the issue, there are alternative uses of these raw materials such as feed and food industry. when turkey’s self-sufficiency statistics are considered we may conclude that to sustain the food security in the country the required bio-ethanol raw material demand should be achieved through extra supply rather than shifting some raw materials from food/feed use to energy production. apparently this extra supply would either require extra agricultural land, for which the country has reached the boundary of its fertile land; otherwise this extra would be imported. while the former would necessitate provision of more premiums (keeping in mind budget burden, wto constraint), the latter would necessitate lower tariffs (keeping in mind reduced tariff revenues, negative impact on the current trade balance deficit); the impacts of domestic agricultural markets are also another side to be dealt with. last but not the least, shifting from fossil fuel to bio-ethanol would obviously create positive impacts on environment as well. recently, targets have been identified for mandatory bio-fuel blending ratios in order to reduce external dependence on energy and bio-ethanol blended fuel sales have started as of 2013. accordingly, the energy market regulatory authority (emra) has targeted the minimum ethanol content, made from domestic agricultural products, of gasoline to be 2 percent for 2013 and 3 percent for 2014 through modifications made in the technical regulatory communication related to the types of gasoline and diesel oil in turkey (emra 2009). additionally, just to see the impacts in the extreme case that could become a target in the medium to long run, we assumed the ethanol content of gasoline to reach 10% in 2020. based on the importance of bio-ethanol use in the world and in turkey, this study aims at analysing effects of the imposed bio-ethanol blending rates by the emra on the agricultural products’ markets, household income, factor markets and policy costs. depending on the findings, the main aim is actually to discuss the sustainability and feasibility of this recent bio-ethanol blending rate target. the analyses are carried out in two stages. at the first stage, effects of the bio-ethanol raw material demand created by the mandatory blending rates on the agricultural products market are investigated. at the second stage, impacts of changes in agricultural markets on household income and factor markets are discussed. the next section explains the empirical methods used to carry out the analyses. section three provides empirical findings and relevant discussion. finally the research concludes in section four. 212 s. çağatay et al. 2. the modelling framework the impact analysis in our study necessitates both a decomposition at product level and a modelling framework which shall reveal the interaction between sectors/markets and their distributional impacts. as the impact analysis has both partial and general equilibrium characteristics, the study has been designed in two stages. at the first stage, various scenarios are simulated in order to calculate the impacts the bio-ethanol blending targets in turkey have on wheat, maize and sugar beet markets by using the mediterranean world agricultural trade model (mwatm). at the second stage price multipliers from agriculture focused social accounting matrix (sam) are used to measure the effects on household income and factor markets. to link both empirical methodologies, in other words, to analyse the impacts of partial equilibrium findings on macro accounts, empirical outputs provided by simulations of mwatm are used as inputs to start simulations with sam1. 2.1 the mediterranean world agricultural trade model2 mwatm is a multi-commodity, multi-country, agriculture-focused partial equilibrium trade model utilized specifically to model bilateral trade. the base year of the modelling platform is 2008 and it simulates till 2020. in this dynamic framework, each year is solved to reach equilibrium by using the current year’s levels of exogenous variables and equilibrium findings of the previous year. thus, a connection is established between consecutive time frames. mwatm falls into the class of the “price-equilibrium” models. newton’s global algorithm (kehoe, 1991; wooldridge, 2002) is used to solve the price set which shall equalize excess supply and demand occurring in the country/product markets in the world market. products are assumed to be heterogeneous between countries and therefore the platform individually models imports and exports between two countries rather than modelling the net trade on a country/product basis. in other words, domestic and imported products are differentiated and modelled by the armington method (armington, 1969). 1 actually, mwatm is a sequential dynamic model which provides empirical solutions until year 2020 and on year-by-year basis. the sam employed is a static one. however, we would not see this as a major problem in terms of modelling because the inputs used in static sam for year 2020 simulations are obtained through dynamic simulations solved for 2020 in mwatm. in mwatm cobb-douglas type supply functions are used whereas the sam has leontief production function. however, we ignored this fact because we only use prices derived in mwatm as inputs in sam. 2 mwatm finds its roots in ltem (lincoln university trade and environment model) which is founded on swopsim (static world policy simulation model) and vorsim (vernon oley roningen simulation model) modelling frameworks. mwatm is directly derived from ltem. the country composition of the mwatm is expanded to include bric countries and “trade modelling” part is modified from net trade to armington type. the base year of the model was upgraded to 2008 (from 2004) and the simulation period was extended to 2020 (from 2012). for more technical details about ltem and mwatm see çağatay et al. (2013), (2012); saunders et al. (2008), (2006); saunders and çağatay (2003); çağatay and saunders (2003a; 2003b). 213analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey mwatm includes 25 agricultural products, and of this number, 10 belong to the livestock sector and 15 to crop products3. in the platform, 12 countries4 including turkey, 3 country groups and the rest of the world are endogenously modelled. equations used to connect each country/region to each other and to world market have a standard form. within this standard form only substitute product properties in the agricultural sector may create a difference with respect to the country. the theoretical underpinnings of the model are of an ad hoc nature (colman, 1983). coefficients used in the equations are synthetically specified and are taken from relevant literature, obeying to symmetry and homogeneity conditions5. in general, there are 36 equations, of which 35 are behavioural and one is identity for each country/product. therefore, the whole platform has 13,500 equations. the system in which there are 35 endogenous variables per country/product is simultaneously solved by finding an equilibrium price for each pair of bilateral-country foreign trade in an optimization algorithm. behavioural equations represent trade prices, domestic supply, imports, domestic demand for food, demand for animal feed and demand by processing industry for country pairs. the identity equation solves for exports6. 2.2 price multiplier analysis: social accounting matrix in order to analyse the distributional impacts of policy changes regarding the agricultural sector, the input-output table and the sam that employs it are modified to better focus on the agricultural sector. first of all the year 2002 i-o table (the latest when the paper was written) was updated to year 20087 (base year of the mwatm). then, by using shares in production value the agriculture sector was re-specified to endogenously include wheat, maize, cotton, sugar beet, sunflower and soya. the rest of the agriculture sector consisted of other cereals and annual crops, vegetables, fruits, livestock, agricultural services, forestry, fisheries and 13 agri-food industries including beverages and tobacco. the rest of the economy was grouped under 7 manufacturing, construction, and 3 services industries. in the factor markets, labour use was reclassified according to skills based on education level as unqualified, less qualified and qualified. the same shares of qualifications are used in each agricultural production activity. similarly only for bio-fuel inputs (cereals, maize, sugar beet, soya, sunflower), land was included in 4 different scales based 3 wheat, maize, rice, other cereals, sugar, cotton, sunflower, sunflower flour, sunflower oil, soybeans, soyaoil, soya flour, other oilseeds, other oils, other flour, raw milk, liquid milk, butter, cheese, milk powder, beef, pork meat, sheep meat, poultry, eggs. 4 argentina, australia, blacksea economic cooperation countries (group), brazil, canada, china, european union, indonesia, india, mediterranean countries (group), mexico, new zealand, russia, turkey, usa, rest of the world. 5 see çağatay et al. (2013), (2012); saunders et al. (2008), (2006); saunders and çağatay (2003); çağatay and saunders (2003a; 2003b). 6 as the armington approach is used to differentiate imports and domestic products, bilateral imports are endogenously determined and hence in most of the country/products exports are “closing variable” solved as a residual of the difference between total supply and domestic demand. 7 the 2002 i-o table was updated to 2008 in two steps. first macroeocomic balances and aggregates in 2008 were installed in sam. then, by keeping the technology matrix of 2002 constant (in other words by keeping the intermediate demand constant), the elements of final demand and value added in the i-o matrix were adjusted proportionally to become equal to those in the sam. 214 s. çağatay et al. on size as less than 2 ha, between 2-5 ha, between 5-10 ha and more than 10 ha. finally, in the sam, based on household budget survey, both urban and rural households were grouped according to their status in the job as unemployed, regularly paid labour, labour on daily payment, employer, self-employed and unpaid family labour (previously used in taşdoğan et al., 2010; bhutto and çağatay, 2010). in the sam multiplier models, income and expenditure elasticities are assumed to have unit elasticity. relaxation of this assumption leads us to flexible prices and derivation of price multipliers in flexible price sam is presented in roland-host and sancho (1995). decomposition of the sam income multipliers into transfer, open loop and closed loop effects are presented in stone (1985). in the flexible price model first, endogenous accounts (production activities, goods, production factors and households) and second, exogenous accounts (public, capital and rest of the world accounts) are identified and ordered in accordance with the desired/required policy shocks. then price indices that represent endogenous accounts are replaced by the raw sums in the last column of the sam. finally, effects of an exogenous price shock on the economic system (defined in the endogenous accounts) are simulated through price multiplier analysis to derive the new set of prices that equalize industrial demand and supply (defourny and thorbecke, 1984). derivations of price multipliers are shown in pyatt and round (1979) and rolandhost and sancho (1995). a matrix aij 8 is created by dividing the endogenous accounts (tij) -defined as activities, input demand, factor use and household incomecolumn-cells contained in the sam by the column-sums (yj) corresponding to them (a t yij ij j= -1). a new set of prices is explained as a function of output vector (x) and value of endogenous accounts (p a p xi ij i i= + ). to solve price equation leontief inverse is introduced to the equation (p a xi ij i= -( )1 1 ). ( )1 1-aij is defined as the price transmission matrix and it is used in the derivation of different multiplier effects of a change in exogenous accounts on the endogenous accounts. these multiplier effects include the transfer effect representing the net multiplier effect of a transfer to the exogenous accounts; the open-loop effect revealing the cross effects between different accounts; the closed-loop effect which calculates the last round effects and return back to account where the simulation has started. once the base year of mwatm is updated to the same year with the sam, feedstock equilibrium prices derived from simulation of mwatm were used to create percentage changes in the related feedstock cells of the last “price” column of the sam (çağatay et al., 2013). then the price multipliers were calculated to derive distributional impacts. 3. policy scenarios some presumptions and pre-calculations were made before running the scenarios (table 1). first, gasoline and road fuel consumption forecasts for 2013-2020 period were made by using the past consumption trends in turkey. then, by considering the bio-ethanol blending targets set by the emra, the bio-ethanol equivalent of this forecasted road fuel consumption (over 2013-2020) were calculated. in the next step, corresponding agricultural raw material equivalents were calculated separately for wheat, maize and sugar beet. this calculation is done in order to compare findings when extra bio-ethanol demand 8 this is a 38x38 inter-industry (technology) matrix with i representing outputs and j representing inputs. 215analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey is compensated by one feedstock. the emra’s blending rates for bio-ethanol in 2016 were assumed to be valid until 2019 and the extreme target case of 10% was assumed to be valid in turkey in 2020, in order to respond to the need for an extreme point calculation. an expectation is that the bio-ethanol blending rates which suddenly emerge in the market may increase the demand for relevant agricultural (food) raw materials and this might increase their prices due to temporary excess demand. the question here is whether or not this assumption is valid for each food-raw material and if so, how much the price change will be. the current production of bio-ethanol raw materials in turkey is higher than the required extra quantity by the mandatory blending rates. in this case, new bioethanol demand in the market is not expected and assumed to create a huge effect on the market prices. however, the use of the current supply of bio-ethanol raw materials (domestic production and imports of either of wheat, maize, sugar beet) in the production of extra bio-ethanol might create a fall in availability of feed, oil, etc. therefore, during simulations, the model is not allowed to disturb the current consumption9 patterns of bio-ethanol raw materials. this setting might affect the empirical findings, however it is set to maintain the food security. therefore the extra raw material should be obtained either through planting on new agricultural land or through extra imports, or both. in other words, such recognition prevents the present condition of food security from getting worse. whether the extra supply shall be achieved at home or from abroad, or in other words, whether this will be achieved through a relaxation in the border policies or through a rise in the domestic incentive policies is an important problem and to see their impacts two policy instruments are used in the analyses: import tariffs and price premiums. 9 in the model only consumption of bio-fuel feedstock is fixed, not the consumption of other products. table 1. required bio-ethanol and agricultural raw product equivalents. road fuel consumptiona (million lt.) blending targetb agricultural equivalentc, d (%) (million lt.) wheat (000 t) maize (000 t) sugar beet (000 t) 2013 2,506 2 50 147 125 456 2014 2,408 3 72 212 181 657 2015 2,309 3 69 204 173 630 2016 2,210 3 66 195 166 603 2017 2,112 3 63 186 158 576 2018 2,013 3 60 178 151 549 2019 1,915 3 57 169 144 522 2020 1,816 10 182 534 454 1,651 a: values over the 2013-2020 period were estimated by using the relevant data before 2013. b: blending rate in 2017, 2018 and 2019 were assumed to be same with the rate in 2016. c: production volumes represent the values in the case the bio-ethanol demand is satisfied with only one agricultural raw material at each time. d: conversion coefficients from agricultural production to bio-ethanol: each ton of wheat, maize and sugar beet is equal to 340, 400 and 110 litres of bio-ethanol respectively (ertaş, 2010). 216 s. çağatay et al. to compensate for the extra bio-ethanol demand presented in column 4 of table 1, more than one scenario could have been simulated involving various policy and feedstock mixtures. however, it was decided to stick to two main scenarios, and two criteria were used to give the final decision on scenarios. first, we have checked the self-sufficiency ratios of wheat, maize and sugar beet in turkey and found that these ratios are very close to each other, and all are about 90%; so we decided to compensate the extra bio-ethanol demand equally from the three products. secondly; the main question raised by policy makers was whether it was possible and feasible economically and in terms of food security to meet the extra bio-ethanol demand by sole domestic production and if not what would be the outcome if all the extra demand was imported. therefore, we have not simulated policies’ combinations and instead the decision was between increasing price premiums (to promote production using deficiency payment instrument within the limits allowed by wto) and reducing import tariffs10. from the above perspective only two different scenarios were run. first, to meet the required supply domestically, simultaneous price premiums were introduced on wheat, maize and sugar beet; second, the extra supply was met by simultaneous tariff reductions on imports of wheat, maize and sugar. the current rates of tariffs, price premiums and changes made in the scenarios are summarized in table 2. table 3 presents extra supply amount of wheat, maize and sugar beet to compensate for the policy driven bio-ethanol demand. in the first part of the simulations supply, demand, price and foreign trade effects of the scenarios within the agricultural sector are derived by employing the mwatm model. then empirical findings from the first part are used as inputs to derive the price multipliers in sam, to calculate the impacts on household income and factor markets. in the sam it is not technically possible to simultaneously model the premium increase and the tariff reduction applied on the same product. in other words, it is not possible in the sam to decompose the effects of the shocks in question by policy instruments and only net effects are derived. therefore, effects of the premium and tariff changes in the products are separately modelled in the sam11 and as the sam represents a static accounting framework, price multipliers are calculated for 2013 and 2020 separately. the modelling platform includes a multi sectorial part and a multi-commodity, multicountry part which make it possible to provide numerous empirical findings just after one scenario. however, trying to give more results would have the risk of moving away from the focus and missing the main messages. therefore we decided just to focus on what policy makers were curious about, that is, on findings regarding rural areas, specifically agricultural sector and budget burden. 10 knowing exactly domestic/international price elasticity of supply/imports we refrain from providing outcomes of sensitivity analyses due to limited space and to already existing plenty of empirical findings to present. nevertheless, we would like to mention two aspects that are quite influential on the empirical findings and create the main difference with regard to findings for grains (wheat and maize) and sugar beet. sugar beet is more effective/productive in terms of bio-ethanol yield. however, response to tariff and price change is lower compared to wheat and maize, resulting in higher policy cost in comparison to grains. 11 transformation of tariff reductions to the sam accounts are presented in annex. 217analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey table 2. policy assumptions. current policy-% scenario 1 scenario 2 wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet premium 2013 5.9 6.3 0.0 6.2 7.0 4.0 no change 2014 5.9 6.3 0.0 6.2 7.0 5.0 2020 5.9 6.3 0.0 7.0 10.0 11.0 import tariff       2013 130.0 125.0 135.0 no change 110.0 100.0 80.0 2014 130.0 125.0 135.0 110.0 100.0 80.0 2020 130.0 125.0 135.0 110.0 100.0 80.0 table 3. required supply. blending rate-% blending amount (mil lt.) in both scenarios required extra amount either through domestic production or imports (000 ton) wheat maize sugar beet 2013 2 50 49 42 20 2014 3 72 71 60 29 2020 10 182 178 151 73 *: required bio-ethanol is assumed to be equally supplied by wheat, maize and sugar beet. 4. empirical findings table a1 presents the findings from the simulation of bilateral trade model mwatm. due to the rise in price premiums (1st scenario) an increase both in producer prices and production amounts compared to the base scenario is experienced for the whole period. the increase in production ranges between 0.5%-3% and therefore we may say that these findings are quite feasible considering turkey’s agricultural land. there is a slight fall in imports of wheat and maize and no change in imports of sugar beet. this fall in imports is also expected as the extra domestic production compensates for the domestic demand. there is almost no change in exports of these products which shows that the rise in supply is used in domestic market to satisfy the rising demand. in table a2 the change in bilateral imports are presented. turkey mainly imports wheat from the european union and russia. the fall in imports from each market is about 0.5%. maize is mainly imported from argentina, canada and usa and again there is a fall of about 0.5% from each market. total imports of sugar beet are negligible and there is no change. tariff reductions (2nd scenario) are expected to create a fall in domestic prices (due to increase in imports and total supply) as they represent the difference between world and 218 s. çağatay et al. domestic prices. to convert tariff reductions and incorporate them in sam we referred to sigwele (2007: 231-232)12. as the producer prices are not changed exogenously only slight falls occur in producer prices, and the resulting changes in production, feed demand and export amounts are quite small through the period (table a1). a major change is expected in imports and the increase in imports ranges between 2%-3.2%, 3%-8.5% and 32%100% in wheat, maize and sugar markets, respectively. although the percentages in sugar market are quite high in absolute terms, their absolute value is lower than that of wheat and maize. the rise in wheat imports from the two main markets the european union and russia is about 3% each (table a2). maize imports rise between 3%-10% from argentina and usa while they fall about 1% from canada. although lower in absolute terms, imports from the european union also rise about 7%. sugar is imported mainly from brazil and it shows an increase of about 30%-100%. the budget burden of the two alternative scenarios is given in table 4. the cost of rising the price premium is larger than the lost tariff revenue and it is observed that in the second scenario gains in terms of imported supply for per unit tariff reduction are greater compared to domestic supply increase for per unit premium increase. one should be careful about interpreting import rise in sugar beet. although the percentage is high it is quite small in absolute value (table a2). table 4. budget burden. scenario 1 scenario 2 budget burden (000 $) change in production -% budget burden (000 $) change in imports -% wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet 2013 216,583 1.26 1.31 0.79 64,678 2.13 3.05 32.5 2014 274,235 1.49 1.50 1.06 78,318 2.12 4.12 50.0 2020 546,511 2.07 2.95 2.22 144,883 3.26 8.50 100.0 distributional impacts of scenarios are calculated by using price multipliers derived from agriculture focused sam and findings are given through tables 5, 6, 7 and a3. while tables 5 and a3 provide empirical findings regarding the changes in agricultural land, table 6 presents the effects due to the change in production and finally table 7 shows income effects due to changes in labour income. as sam is a static platform we run simulations in years 2013 and 2020, and present the results for rural areas only13. 12 conversion of tariff reductions to reflect their impact on price vector in the sam: tm in pd = pw(1 + tm) gives us the tariffs as the difference between domestic and world price, pd and pw. domestic and imported products are assumed to be homogenous and pw is assumed to be 1. hence world price is derived as pw = pd/(1 + tm) and change in domestic price due to a tariff change is given as in δpd = 1 1+tm ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟−1 . 13 in general a significant change in technology matrix in the i-o is not expected in short-term. therefore, an income and/or price multiplier analysis through the use of sam is not appropriate and we prefer to derive longterm simulation effects due to the fact inter-industry relations are adopted from i-o matrix. 219analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey table 5. income effect sourced by agricultural lands-transfer effect (million tl)*. rural 2013 2020 scenario 1 scenario 2 scenario 1 scenario 2 wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet land payments < 21 da 0,08 0,34 1,58 -0,79 -2,41 0,40 1,38 4,36 -1,19 -4,13 land payments < 51 da 0,17 0,74 3,41 -1,71 -5,17 0,85 2,96 9,36 -2,56 -8,87 land payments < 101 da 0,06 0,28 1,27 -0,64 -1,93 0,32 1,10 3,49 -0,95 -3,30 land payments > 100 da 0,01 0,03 0,16 -0,08 -0,24 0,04 0,14 0,44 -0,12 -0,41 * annual average exchange rate (tl/usd) is 1.90 and it is assumed to stay constant till 2020. after the increase in price premiums (1st scenario), in both years the main production increase is experienced in sugar beet followed by maize and wheat (table 6). these findings are consistent with those regarding the change in agricultural lands, given in table 5. it is observed that majority of the farms sown for wheat, maize and sugar beet are between 2 ha and 5 ha, followed by farm sizes smaller than 2 ha and then sizes between 5 ha and 10 ha. therefore the main income rise occurs for the farmers producing wheat, maize and sugar beet who own farm areas between 2 ha and 5 ha. in table 6 we also observe the distribution of agricultural income created by the production rise. for all products income mainly goes to low qualified labour while the share accruing to unqualified labour is very small. the remaining part goes to qualified labour force. after the fall in tariffs (2nd scenario), in both years we expect a fall in domestic prices due to two reasons. first, rising imports would create a rise in excess supply and this might put downward pressure on domestic prices. however, this might not be the case if the import rise is just enough to compensate for the rising bio-ethanol demand. secondly, tariffs maintain the difference between word and domestic prices and lowering tariffs might also lower domestic prices as well. rising imports causes a fall in domestic production yielding a further fall in incomes (table 5). the income loss mostly accrues to maize producers and to farmers whose area is in the range of 20%-50% ha. this is followed by the farmers whose area is less than 2 ha. the distribution of income fall among household classes is provided in table a3. in both years, among the income groups, the farmers work for their own account and wage/salary earners loose the most, followed by unemployed. as expected the majority of losers plant area between 2-5 ha. in table 6 we also observe the change in incomes of various labour classes due to the fall in production. for all products income loss mainly accrues to low qualified labour and the share of unqualified labour is very small, while the rest accrues to qualified labour force as in the 1st scenario. table a3 and 7 summarizes the distributional impacts among household groups after the increase in land use and labour demand respectively. as explained before in scenarios 1/2 main income gain/loss is experienced by farmers whose production area is between 2 ha and 5 ha and among these households the ones who work on their own account and the group work on wages get the majority of the income gain/loss. these two groups 220 s. çağatay et al. are followed by unemployed workers. labour income is also distributed in the same way in both years. given the fact that majority of agricultural production is done on areas between 2-5 ha (tuik, 2004) and about 40% and 23% of agricultural income in rural areas accrues to the ones who work on his/her own account and to paid labour force respectively (tuik, 2011), we think it is quite likely that an increase/decrease in agricultural income should affect more small land owners/farmers and the mentioned income groups. 5. conclusion and policy implications bio-ethanol blending target was introduced mostly to cope with the rising gas emissions and energy bill in turkey; however the area of influence of this target is multidimensional. hence, discussing the sustainability and feasibility of this target requires a deeper look into all dimensions. in turkey the agricultural sector has been supported and subsidized in significant amounts for the last 60 years and beginning in 2000s main policy instruments used to support the sector have shifted towards more decoupled policies aligned with the impositable 6. payments to labour force sourced by production increase-open loop effect (million tl)*. rural 2013 2020 scenario 1 scenario 2 scenario 1 scenario 2 wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet wheat maize sugar beet unqualified 0,00 0,01 0,04 -0,02 -0,05 0,01 0,03 0,11 -0,02 -0,09 low qualified 0,03 0,13 0,72 -0,29 -0,92 0,14 0,53 1,99 -0,43 -1,58 qualified 0,02 0,07 0,40 -0,16 -0,52 0,08 0,30 1,11 -0,24 -0,90 total 0.05 0.21 1.16 -0.47 -1.49 0.23 0.86 3.21 -0.69 -2.57 * annual average exchange rate (tl/usd) is 1.90 and it is assumed to stay constant till 2020. table 7. household income effect sourced by labour income-open loop effect (million tl)*. rural 2013 2020 scenario 1 scenario 2 scenario 1 scenario 2 unemployed 0,09 -0,13 0,28 -0,21 wages/salaries 0,16 -0,22 0,49 -0,37 daily paid 0,03 -0,04 0,09 -0,06 employer 0,03 -0,04 0,09 -0,07 own account 0,21 -0,29 0,64 -0,49 unpaid family workers 0,00 -0,00 0,01 -0,01 * annual average exchange rate (tl/usd) is 1.90 and it is assumed to stay constant till 2020. 221analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey tions of the wto agreements. however, the financial burden of this support especially on government budget has been always questioned and criticized by policy makers and sometimes by academics. another long lasting problem for turkish economy is the growing overall trade deficit and recently the agricultural sector contributed increasingly to this deficit in spite of the wide range of products grown on large agricultural lands in turkey. moreover, rising rural unemployment and dominance of small scale producers are also important factors in turkey yielding fluctuations in rural income and low agricultural productivity. last but not the least rising imported energy demand and cost, and rising difficulty in achieving food security are also problems highly related to the overall economy and population growth. the bio-ethanol blending targets planned to decrease the co2 emissions particularly sourced by transportation sector in turkey seem to be influential without any doubt. in the last 25 years, the average share of transportation in overall co2 emissions is about 17% and more than 90% belongs to land transportation14. when the average annual road fuel consumption is considered, it is observed that 17% of total emissions is caused by the use of more than 2 million liters of road fuel. therefore, both policy scenarios create at least a decrease between 2% and 3% in transportation based co2 emissions. however, a more significant decrease (about 8%) requires a more rigid target such as the one in the extreme target case (10% in 2020). this shift to bio-ethanol also creates a fall in road fuel imports between 300.000-500.000 thousand tons (when the target is set between 2%-3%) which rises almost to 1.5 million tons with the rising blending rate up to 10%15. in terms of the impact on import bill and trade deficit, this shift might cause a fall between 1.1%7% in total cost of road fuel imports and a fall of about 30% in trade deficit16. when it comes to the cost of the blending target, significance of suggesting different policy scenarios and/or policy instruments is seen. if price premiums are used as the main policy instrument, the additional cost changes between 1.5%-3.5% of total agricultural support depending on the target blending rate. in addition extra premiums create an additional 0.02%-0.07% rise on the share of total agricultural support in government central budget outlays (demirdöğen et al., 2012). however if import tariff reductions are used as policy instrument, agricultural support and its share in government budget do not change but instead a decrease in tariff revenues is experienced between 1/3-1/4 of the extra premium payments in the first scenario depending on the target blending rates. apparently, the reduction of tariff rate is less costly to the government but deteriorates agricultural and overall trade deficit. the rise in sugar beet imports is ignorable in both scenarios, but the increase in imports of wheat and maize especially in second scenario creates a rise between 2%-15% in cereals trade deficit, depending on the blending rate. nevertheless, because the simulations do not allow for current consumption pattern to change we do not expect a significant change in food security in the country. the other variable that the two scenarios affect in opposite direction is the agricultural income created through the use of both land and labour. while there is an increase in transfers to producers with the rise in price premiums, there is negative transfer after the tariff reduction due to the rising imports and total supply. therefore, unless there is 14 http://www.tuik.gov.tr/prehaberbultenleri.do?id=10829. 15 http://www.tuik.gov.tr/pretablo.do?alt_id=1046. 16 http://www.tuik.gov.tr/pretablo.do?alt_id=1046. 222 s. çağatay et al. a policy precaution in place, the second scenario might create an excess capacity in rural areas both in the form of unemployed labour and unused fertile land. however, the first scenario has the opposite impact both on agricultural land use and rural labour force. the trade-off is between a relatively higher transfer from government budget to agricultural producers in the first scenario, and a lower transfer both from rural households and government to importers of agricultural products, in the second. to conclude, based on the current domestic production capacity in wheat, maize and sugar beet, decreasing the imported energy bill and co2 emissions through bioethanol blending ratio as policy instrument seems to be feasible. however, to make it sustainable, first the blending rates should be reached by reducing import tariffs rather than providing price premiums and second new policies should be in place to promote alternative job opportunities in the rural areas. otherwise with the reduction in tariffs there will be an excess of land and labour in rural areas indicating an inefficient economic situation. for example, social security can be provided for a certain period to those who become unemployed and farmers can be moved to produce alternative crops, and/or development of agriculture related processing industries could be promoted. in fact shifting this excess labour to alternative job opportunities might increase productivity in the agricultural sector. while tariff reductions are not contradictory to the wto impositions, food security would not deteriorate from these reductions. in addition, it is possible that first small scale producers would exit the market due to rising imports. in any case putting a sole blending rate target would not solve problems automatically. because the issue is multi-dimensional a fundamental policy package that deals with all dimensions is needed. 6. acknowledgements this research was funded by agricultural economics and policy development institute, ministry of food, agriculture and livestock, turkey. the authors are grateful to the institute for providing this opportunity. references armington, p.s. (1969). a theory of demand for products distinguished by place of production. imf staff papers 16(1): 159-178. banse, m., van meijl, h., tabeau, a. and woltjer, g. (2008). impact of eu bio-fuel policies on world agricultural and food markets. paper presented at the 107th seminar, seville, spain, january 30-february 1. bhutto, n. and çağatay, s. (2010). measuring sectorial share of green house gases (ghgs) emissions from fossil fuel consumption and offering solutions: the case of turkey. in maria llop (ed.), the air pollution: economic modeling and control policies, chapter 2, bentham books. birur, d.k., hertel, t.w. and tyner, w.e. (2008). impact of bio-fuel production on world agricultural markets: a computable general equilibrium analysis. gtap working paper. no. 53, purdue uni. 223analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey çağatay, s. and saunders, c. (2003a). lincoln trade and environment model (ltem): linking trade and the environment. agribusiness and economics research unit research papers no: 263, new zealand, lincoln university, commerce division. çağatay, s. and saunders, c. (2003b). lincoln trade and environment model (ltem): an agricultural multi-country, multi-commodity partial equilibrium framework. agribusiness and economics research unit research papers. no: 254 new zealand, lincoln university, commerce division. çağatay, s., taşdoğan, c. and r. özeş, r. (2013). türkiye’nin yakıt tüketiminde biyo-dizel kullanım hedeflerinin etki analizi (impact assessment regarding bio-diesel consumption targets in turkey). ekonomik yaklaşım 24(87): 37-68. çağatay, s., taşdoğan, c. and özeş, r. (2012). türkiye akaryakıt tüketiminde biyo-yakıt kullanım hedeflerine yönelik etki-değerlendirme analizi: sektörel ve bölüşüm etkileri (impact assessment regarding bio-fuel consumption targets in turkey: sectoral and distributional impacts). tepge, gıda, tarım ve hayvancılık bakanlığı, ankara. çağatay, s., kıymaz, t., koç, a., bölük, g. and bilgin, d. (2012). dünya’da ve türkiye’de biyo-enerji piyasalarına i̇lişkin gerçekleşen gelişmelerin ve olası değişikliklerin türk tarım ve hayvancılık sektörleri üzerindeki etkilerinin modelenmesi ve türkiye biyo-enerji piyasaları için politika önerileri geliştirilmesi (modeling the impact of developments and potential changes in world and turkey’s bioenergy markets on turkey’s crop and livestock sectors and producing alternative bioenergy policies for turkey). tepge, gıda, tarım ve hayvancılık bakanlığı. no: 204, june, ankara. colman, d. (1983). a review of the arts of supply response analysis. review of marketing and agricultural economics 51(3), december. defourny, i. and thorbecke, e. (1984). structural path analysis and multiplier decomposition within a social accounting matrix framework. economic journal 94: 111-136. demirbaş, a. (2009). political, economic and environmental impacts of bio-fuels: a review. applied energy 86: 108-117. demirdöğen, a., ören, m.n. and alemdar, t. (2012). agricultural support in turkey and rural poverty (in turkish). paper presented at the 10th national agricultural economics congress, konya, 5-7 september. diaz-chavez, r.a. (2011). assessing bio-fuels: aiming for sustainable development or complying with the market? energy policy 39(10): 5763-5769. dufey, a. (2006). bio-fuels production, trade and sustainable development: emerging issues. international institute for environment and development, london. ei̇e. (2011). renewable energy (in turkish). www.eie.gov.tr . accessed after october 1, 2012. ertaş, m. (2010). biyoetanol üretimi için tarımsal atıkların enzimatik hidroliz yöntemi ile şekerlere dönüştürülmesi, bursa teknik üniversitesi, http://depo.btu.edu.tr/ dosyalar/sanayi/dosyalar/murat_ertas.pdf. fonseca, m.b., burrell, a., gay, s.h., henseler, m., kavallari, a., m’barek, r., domínguez i.p. and tonini, a. (2010). impacts of the eu bio-fuel target on agricultural markets and land use: a comparative modeling assessment. institute for prospective technological studies, eur 24449 en. 224 s. çağatay et al. hatunoğlu, e. (2010). biyo-yakıt politikalarının tarım sektörü üzerine etkileri. expert dissertation, the state planning office. ankara. janssen, r. and rutz, d.d. (2011). sustainability of bio-fuels in latin america: risks and opportunities. energy policy 39(10): 5717–5725. kehoe, t.j. (1991). computation and multiplicity of equilibria. in w. hildenbrand and h. sonnensschein (eds.), handbook of mathematical economics volume iv, north-holland. pmbd. (2013). regulation, board decisions, petroleum law, petroleum market board decisions (in turkish). http://www.epdk.gov.tr/mevzuat/kurul/petrol.htm . accessed after october 1, 2012. pyatt, g. and round. j. (1979). accounting and fixed price multipliers in a social accounting matrix framework. economic journal 89: 850-873. rajagopal, d. and zilberman, d. (2007). review of environmental, economic and policy aspects of bio-fuels. policy research working paper. world bank. ravindranath, n.h., lakshmi, c.s., manuvie, r. and balachandra, p. (2011). bio-fuel production and implications for land use, food production and environment in india. energy policy 39(10): 5737-5745. roland-host, d.w. and sancho, f. (1995). modelling prices in a sam structure. review of economics and statistics 77 (2): 361-371. saunders, c. and çağatay, s. (2003). commercial release of gm food products in new zealand: using a partial equilibrium trade model to assess the impact on producer returns in nz. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 47 (2): 233-259. saunders, c., wreford, a. and çağatay, s. (2006). trade liberalization and greenhouse gas emissions: the case of dairying in the eu and new zealand. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 50(4): 538-555. saunders, c., kaye-blake, w. and çağatay, s. (2008). genetic modification technology and producer returns: the impacts of productivity, preferences and technology uptake. review of agricultural economics 30(4). stone, r. (1985). the disaggregation of the household sector in the national accounts. in pyatt, g. and round, j.i. (eds.), the social accounting matrices: a basis for planning, the world bank, washington, 145-185. sigwele, k.h. (2007). the effects of international trade liberalization on food security and competitiveness in the agricultural sector of bostwana. ph.d. dissertation. faculty of natural and agricultural sciences, university of pretoria, south africa. taşdoğan, c., çağatay, s. and şahinöz, a. (2010). 2001-2008 yıllarında türkiye’de uygulanan alternatif tarım politikalarının gelir çarpan analizi ve politika önerileri (income multiplier anaylsis regarding alternative agricultural policies applied in turkey over 2001-2008 period and police suggestions. akdeniz university economics and administrative sciences journal 19. timilsina, g.r., beghin, j.c., van der mensbrugghe, d. and mevel, s. (2010). the impacts of bio-fuel targets on land-use change and food supply. the world bank policy research working paper no. wps5513. tmmob (chamber of mechanical engineers in turkey). (2012). türkiye’nin enerji görünümü (an overview of energy in turkey), research report no: mmo/588, april. 225analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey tüi̇k. (2004). 2001 genel tarım sayımı (general agricultural census). www.tuik.gov.tr. accessed after october 1, 2012. tüi̇k. (2011). hanehalkı bütçe anketi mikro veri seti 2010 (household bedget surveymicro data set). www.tuik.gov.tr. accessed after october 1, 2012. tuik. (2014). http://www.tuik.gov.tr/prehaberbultenleri.do?id=10829. accessed after october 1, 2012. walter, a., dolzan,p., quilodrán, o., de oliveira, j.g., da silva, c., piacente, f. and a. segerstedt. (2011). sustainability assessment of bio-ethanol production in brazil considering land use change, ghg emissions and socio-economic aspects. energy policy 39(10): 5703–5716. wooldridge, j.m. (2002). econometric analysis of cross section and panel data, mit press. annex table a.1. producer price ($/ton), production, feed demand, total imports, total exports (quantities are in 000 tons). base scenario scenario 1 scenario 2 2013 2014 2015 2016 2020 2013 2014 2015 2016 2020 2013 2014 2015 2016 2020 ppwh 404 398 393 388 371 410 406 401 397 384 403 398 393 388 371 ppmz 307 303 299 295 281 317 314 310 307 302 307 303 299 295 281 ppsu 481 481 481 481 481 501 506 506 506 534 481 482 482 482 482 qpwh 19,275 19,578 19,908 20,243 21,559 19,519 19,871 20,221 20,572 22,005 19,283 19,606 19,917 20,251 21,559 qpmz 5,021 5,154 5,288 5,422 5,964 5,087 5,231 5,372 5,512 6,139 5,021 5,154 5,292 5,425 5,960 qpsu 2,858 2,890 2,923 2,956 3,087 2,880 2,921 2,955 2,988 3,156 2,858 2,890 2,923 2,956 3,087 qfwh 982 1,005 1,030 1,054 1,146 986 1,011 1,035 1,060 1,154 983 1,008 1,031 1,055 1,149 qfmz 2,684 2,750 2,820 2,889 3,145 2,680 2,747 2,816 2,883 3,144 2,689 2,762 2,826 2,895 3,167 qmwh 4,036 4,196 4,355 4,516 5,159 4,024 4,181 4,339 4,497 5,135 4,122 4,285 4,448 4,612 5,327 qmmz 1,443 1,504 1,564 1,625 1,870 1,430 1,488 1,547 1,606 1,846 1,487 1,566 1,628 1,692 2,029 qmsu 59 60 60 61 64 59 60 60 61 64 78 90 91 92 128 qxwh 13 13 14 14 16 13 13 14 14 15 13 13 14 14 16 qxmz 19 19 20 21 23 19 19 20 20 23 19 19 20 21 23 qxsu 7 7 7 8 9 7 7 7 8 9 7 7 7 8 9 wh: wheat; mz: maize; p su: sugar beet; p: producer price; qp: production; qf: feed demand; qm: total imports; qx: total exports. 226 s. çağatay et al. table a.2. bilateral imports (000 tons). base scenario scenario 1 scenario 2 2013 2014 2015 2016 2020 2013 2014 2015 2016 2020 2013 2014 2015 2016 2020 qccanwh 197 205 212 220 252 196 204 212 219 250 196 204 212 219 250 qcchnwh 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 qceurwh 1,015 1,055 1,095 1,136 1,297 1,012 1,051 1,091 1,131 1,291 1,038 1,079 1,120 1,161 1,342 qcruswh 1,884 1,958 2,033 2,108 2,408 1,878 1,951 2,025 2,099 2,396 1,927 2,003 2,079 2,156 2,492 qcusawh 31 32 33 35 40 31 32 33 35 39 31 32 33 35 39 qcrowwh 910 946 982 1,018 1,163 907 942 978 1,013 1,157 930 967 1,004 1,041 1,203 qcargmz 417 434 452 470 540 413 430 447 464 533 432 455 473 492 593 qccanmz 149 155 162 168 193 148 154 160 166 191 148 154 160 166 190 qceurmz 43 45 47 49 56 43 45 47 48 56 45 47 49 51 62 qcrusmz 13 13 14 14 16 13 13 14 14 16 13 13 14 14 16 qcusamz 505 526 547 568 654 500 520 541 562 646 523 551 573 595 718 qcrowmz 316 329 342 356 409 313 326 339 352 404 327 345 358 373 449 qcbrasu 44 45 45 46 48 44 45 45 46 48 62 72 73 74 106 qceursu 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 8 8 8 11 qcindsu 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 qcrowsu 7 7 8 8 8 7 7 8 8 8 7 7 7 8 8 arg: argentina; bra: brazil; can: canada; chn: china; eur: european union; ind: india; row: rest of the world; rus: russia; usa: united states of america 227analysing the impact of targeted bio-ethanol blending ratio in turkey table a3. household income effect sourced by agricultural lands-open loop effect (million tl). rural 2013 scenario 1 scenario 2 lands < 2.1ha lands < 5.1ha lands < 10.1ha lands > 10.0ha lands < 2.1ha lands < 5.1ha lands < 10.1ha lands > 10.0ha unemployed 0,10 0,21 0,08 0,01 -0,15 -0,33 -0,12 -0,02 wages/salaries 0,17 0,36 0,13 0,02 -0,27 -0,58 -0,21 -0,03 daily paid 0,03 0,06 0,02 0,00 -0,05 -0,10 -0,04 -0,00 employer 0,03 0,07 0,03 0,00 -0,05 -0,11 -0,04 -0,01 own account 0,22 0,48 0,18 0,02 -0,35 -0,76 -0,28 -0,04 unpaid family workers 0,00 0,01 0,00 0,00 -0,01 -0,01 -0,00 -0,00 rural 2020 scenario 1 scenario 2 lands < 2.1ha lands < 5.1ha lands < 10.1ha lands > 10.0ha lands < 2.1ha lands < 5.1ha lands < 10.1ha lands > 10.0ha unemployed 0,10 0,21 0,08 0,01 -0,25 -0,55 -0,20 -0,03 wages/salaries 0,17 0,36 0,13 0,02 -0,44 -0,96 -0,36 -0,04 daily paid 0,03 0,06 0,02 0,00 -0,08 -0,17 -0,06 -0,01 employer 0,03 0,07 0,03 0,00 -0,09 -0,19 -0,07 -0,01 own account 0,22 0,48 0,18 0,02 -0,59 -1,26 -0,47 -0,06 unpaid family workers 0,00 0,01 0,00 0,00 -0,01 -0,02 -0,01 -0,00 bio-based and applied economics 7(1): 19-38, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-24046 sam multipliers and subsystems: structural analysis of the basilicata’s agri-food sector mauro viccaro1,*, benedetto rocchi2, mario cozzi1, severino romano1 1 school of agricultural, forestry, food and environmental sciences, university of basilicata, potenza, italy. e-mail: mauro.viccaro@unibas.it; mario.cozzi@unibas.it; severino.romano@unibas.it 2 department of economics and management, university of florence, firenze, italy. e-mail: benedetto.rocchi@unifi.it date of submission: 2017 14th, february; accepted 2017 24th, november abstract. local agri-food products are conceived as a form of cultural capital, representing potentially fruitful resources for rural development. italy and its regions offer a rich and diverse agricultural and food heritage that has led to the creation of numerous quality agri-food systems. despite their ability to absorb disturbances and maintain their functions, it is important to develop economic models targeted to analyse the relationships among the components of food systems, in order to identify their strengths and weaknesses and drive the implementation of sectoral policies. in view of the new rural development programme (2014-2020), the aim of this work is to analyse the structure of the basilicata’s agri-food system using a multi-sector model based on a two-region sam, specifically developed for basilicata, an italian region characterised by a highly specialised agri-food sector. results show that the availability of a highly disaggregate multi-sector model of the regional economy may be a valuable supporting tool to design regional policies for innovation and for the development of rural areas, laying the foundation for further analysis. keywords. rural development, agri-food systems, multi-sector model, sam multipliers, subsystem approach. jel codes. e16, r15. 1. introduction agri-food is considered as one of the most crucial sectors for economic growth, as it is the main source of livelihood that makes growth possible (dethier and effenberger, 2012; schultz, 1964). over the last few years, different studies have emphasised the contribution that agri-food can make for rural development, on the regional scale (ilbery and kneafsey, 2000; kneafsey et al., 2001; marsden et al., 2000; murdoch et al., 2000; parrott et al., 2002; tregear et al., 2007). *corresponding author: mauro.viccaro@unibas.it 20 mauro viccaro et alii local agri-food products are conceived as a form of cultural capital; according to the principles of the endogenous development theory (ray, 1998; terluin, 2003), they represent potentially fruitful resources for development, as they can incorporate and add value to many local resources with features that are peculiar to a specific area (brunori and rossi, 2000; marsden et al., 2000). this awareness, combined with the growing consumers’ demand for healthy and safe food, has induced producers to explore new ways of doing business, through initiatives that take over the idea that localised agri-food systems could provide not only economic but also social and environmental benefits, thereby combining marketing with political, socioeconomic and cultural activities that improve collective well-being (volpentesta and ammirato, 2012). in basilicata region (southern italy), agri-food makes a significant contribution to the regional economy in terms of output, employment and exports. the sector contributed €771 million in value added to the basilicata economy in 2014 (istat, 2016a). while its contribution to the regional economy is small relative to other sectors, the basilicata agri-food sector is of strategic importance for the sustainable development of rural communities. the spatial distribution of the production activities, as well as the presence of potential food and wine tourism products with geographical designations (bencivenga et al., 2016), provide it with a key role in sustaining remote rural areas through the generation of income and jobs. different elements show the presence of a valuable “quality” potential in the regional agri-food sector that may be exploited to increase the competitiveness of the regional economy. in the near future, the new 2014-2020 programming period of rural development programme (rdp) will play a major role in enhancing innovation for agriculture, forestry and food industry providing financial support to business choices directed to improve economic and environmental performances, and promoting the organization of competitive food chains. the design and the implementation of regional policy, however, should be increasingly oriented by relevant knowledge on the structure of economy. there are different approaches applied in the analysis of agribusiness1. cook and chadded (2000) describe their evolution linked to the agribusiness, agri-food system and sub-sector (filière) concepts. however, it is important to point out that any strategy of sectoral development should be based on top-down multi-sector approaches, which take into account the dynamics of the agri-food production activities within the wider regional economic system. by the mid-1950s, davis and goldberg (1976) developed the “agribusiness” concept valuating the extent and amount of agricultural and industrial relationships, by the use of the leonetief input-output (i-o) model. since davis and goldberg’s work, the input1 according to david and goldberg’s definition (davis and goldberg, 1976), agribusiness includes three components: 1. the farm supplies aggregate including all intermediate consumptions of agriculture (backwards linkages of agriculture); 2. the farming aggregate composed by all operations of crop cultivation and livestock breeding at the farm level; 3. the processing and distribution aggregate composed by all operations of storage, processing and marketing of agricultural products both for food and non food uses. the processing component can be divide into two further components, the fiber processing and the food processing. this further decomposition of agribusiness allows to separate two subsystems: 1. the agri-food block, including a part of the farming aggregate (agricultural products for food production) and the food processing and marketing component ;  2. the agriindustry block composed by the remaining part of the farming aggregate (non food products) and fiber processing and marketing component. 21sam multipliers and subsystems output analysis has largely been used to study the structure of an economy both at the regional and national level. with reference to italy, among others, chang thing fa (1981) and chang ting fa et al. (2013) use a triangulation method of i-o tables to analyse the structural change of the agribusiness at italian and european level, respectively. belletti (1992), using an i-o subsystem approach, analyses the agri-food sector in more detail studying the delocalization of the agri-food supply chain in tuscany region. however, there are some limitations in using leotief input-output approach. in the leotief model, “…the omission of the general equilibrium links relating output to factorial income and final consumption may be of critical relevance both in aggregate terms (lost gross output) and in the rank ordering of sectors (hierarchy shifting)” (cardenete and sancho, 2006: 322). these limitations can be overcome by extending the conventional i-o methodology in a social accounting matrix (sam) (miller and blair, 2009; rocchi et al., 2015; viccaro et al., 2015). in addition to the inter-industry transactions specific to input-output tables, a sam include balanced accounts for factors, institutions (such as producers, consumers, government) and foreign sectors, closing the cycle of the income distribution and spending. there are numerous examples of the use of sam models in the context of agricultural and food analysis. caskie et al. (1999) use a regional sam to analyse the impact (in term of output, income and employment) of a reduction in the final demand in beef on northern ireland’s economy. psaltopoulos et al. (2006) evaluate the impact of cap measures on rural development in archanes area (crete, greece) using an inter-regional sam. the possibility to decompose through multiregional model the multiplier effects in interregional and intraregional effects is helpful to understand in depth the differences in economy structure among regions, in this case between rural and urban areas. other examples of sam-based studies are reported in rocchi (2009), vega et al. (2014), cardenete et al. (2014) e more recently campoy-muñoz et al. (2017). the cited work by cardenete and colleagues shows the effectiveness of multiplier analysis by using sam models in order to avoid the “missing linkages” typical of the leontief models. based on that, the objective of this work is to analyse the structure of basilicata’s agrifood sector using a multi-sector linear model based on a two-region sam, specially developed for basilicata. through the sam multiplier matrix (miller and blair, 2009), we will evaluate the contribution of each production sector in the agri-food sector to the regional economy and after, following the sub-system approach proposed by momigliano and siniscalco (1982), we will analyse the shares of the production sectors represented in the model that are directly and indirectly committed to satisfy the final demand towards different categories of food. in the light of results of the analysis, a set of policy implication will be discussed. in the following section the potential development linked to the “quality” of agri-food production in basilicata is shortly discussed. section 3 presents the sam and describes the model used in the analysis. the main results are provided and discussed in section 4 while some final remarks are proposed to reader in section 5. 2. the “quality” potential of the agri-food sector in basilicata basilicata’s agri-food sector plays a major role in the regional economy, due to the significant weight of employment in agriculture and the wide range of typical and quality 22 mauro viccaro et alii agri-food products (eight products with a pdo/pgi), besides the number of farms and research bodies involved in the sector. the share of the agriculture’s contribution to the total value added is definitely the highest in italy (5.4% against about 2% at the national level) (istat, 2016a). considering basilicata’s entrepreneurial community, the agriculture has the highest number of firms operating in the region (table 1), which reflects, however, the small average size of agricultural holdings. as to the food industry, its contribution to the overall value added is lower compared to agriculture (2.3%) achieving, however, one of the highest levels on the national scale: this is due to the fact that a large part of the sector still focuses on the production and trade of low value added agri-food products. the importance of the food industry within the regional economy can be clearly seen when considering the manufacturing sector only: food industry ranks just after the automotive sector, both in terms of value added produced (20% vs. 35%) and number of labour units employed (just over 3,200 against about 4,500) (istat, 2016a); food industry is the first in terms of number of operating firms (table 2), which are mainly small and medium enterprises. the analysis of foreign trade enables an outline of the structure and trends of basilicata’s agri-food sector. the most interesting aspect is the reduction in imports recorded just after the economic crisis of 2007 till now, both for the agricultural products (-18%) and for food and beverages (-39%), combined with a significant increase in exports, equal to +24.5% for agriculture and +49% for the food sector (istat, 2016b). basilicata’s food exports in 2015 were above eur 36 million, mostly represented by bakery products accounting for 55% of exports (about eur 20 million), followed by vegetable fats and oils, mainly olive oil (14%) and beverages (10%), basically related to wine exports. another important factor is the trend of food export observed over the last few years. compared to the trend of the other manufacturing sectors (figure 1), food is the only industry that has not been affected by the negative impact of the economic crisis of 2007, but rather continued to grow. table 1. number and % of basilicata’s operating firms by economic sectors (2015). sector n° % agriculture 17,500 34% construction 6,161 12% other services 11,987 23% trade 12,428 24% manufacturing 3,818 7% total 51,894 100% source: own calculations on istat data (istat, 2016a). table 2. number and % of basilicata’s manufacturing firms (2015). sector n° % food and beverage 895 23% textiles, wearing, leather and related products 300 8% wood and of products of wood 553 14% chemicals and plastic products 112 3% non-metallic mineral products 308 8% basic metals and metal products 778 20% machinery and electrical equipment 266 7% motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers 39 1% others manufacturing 567 15% total 3,818 100% source: own calculations on istat data (istat, 2016a). 23sam multipliers and subsystems these positive results seem to have been affected by the quality upgrading of exported products and the subsequent strengthening of those factors, such as certified quality, innovation (organic products) and originality, which constitute the established strengths of image abroad. a recent study on the commercial performance of regional agri-food sectors in italy between 1991 and 2012 confirms the good performance of basilicata in foreign trade, mainly related to the level of specialization of its productions (platania et al., 2015). evidence of the main regional specializations, in economic but also cultural and social terms, derives from some experiences of specialized territorial clusters with a broad production base, such as the distretto agroindustriale del vulture (6,489 businesses covering 15 municipalities), the distretto agroalimentare di qualità del metapontino (7,430 businesses covering 12 municipalities), which have been operating since 2004, and the most recent rural districts (since 2010), including the distretto rurale di pollino-lagonegrese (27 municipalities) and the distretto delle colline e delle montagne materane (19 municipalities). these clustering systems, involving the largest part of the region, focus on quality specialized productions (wine, olive oil, mineral waters, dairy products, pork meat processing, fresh pasta, bakery products, fruit and vegetables and cereal production, preserved food, honey) and their promotion through tourism activities. considering the potential integration that agri-food production activities have with the tourism sector, tourist flows can be an asset in the forthcoming years to promote the development of basilicata agri-food sector, especially with reference to the opportunities offered by “matera 2019”, event, when the town of “sassi” will be european capital of culture. based on a direct interview to the agribusiness operators working in basilicata’s agrifood districts, even though the event has not yet generated any impact on the sector, the figure 1. trend of export of the main sectors of basilicata’s manufacturing industry1 (2005-2015) � �� �� �� �� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� � ��� �� �� � ����������� ����� � ������� ��������������������� ���������������� ����������� ������������� �������������������� �������� ������������� ���������� �������� �������� � ��������������� �­������� source: own calculations on istat data (istat, 2016b). 1 the graph does not show the automotive sector, due to a purely graphical reason, given the significant amount of exports (over 2.2 billion of euro in 2015). even this sector, however, shows a drop just after 2007, with a gradual recovery starting only from 2014. 24 mauro viccaro et alii shared perception of operators is that it can offer good development opportunities in the forthcoming years. a further aspect of interest that emerged from the interviews is the great attention the agribusiness operators attach to research, development, training and innovation in the sector. indeed, based on the analysis conducted by the european commission on the european regions’ innovation capacity in 2014, basilicata was classified as “moderate innovator” (european commission, 2016). investments in innovation in order to improve the competitiveness of the sector (contò et al., 2009) may be supported by the research institutions present in the region that are already operating in that direction. other notable initiatives include the spin-offs coming out of research, recognized by the university of basilicata since 2012 in the following areas: environment, new agri-food products (donkey milk) and innovative services. finally, the new 2014-2020 programming period of rural development programme (rdp) represents an opportunity to increase the competitiveness of the regional economy, providing financial support to business choices directed to improve economic and environmental performances, and promoting the organization of competitive agri-food supply chains. in this context, the structural analysis of the basilicata’s agri-food sector presented in the following paragraphs will provide a set results with interesting policy implications. 3. materials and methods 3.1 a two-region sam model in the present study, the structure of the regional agri-food sector has been analysed using a two-region sam model (basilicata vs. rest of italy) with a detailed disaggregation of accounts for agriculture and food industry production activities (see section 3.3 below). the sam (miller and blair, 2009) is a two-entry matrix recording the flows occurring between all actors of an economic system, in a given place and for a given time period (usually one year). each row/column pair represents respectively the inflows and the outflows of a given account, so that by definition the matrix is balanced (the row totals must equal the column totals). a sam may be considered as an expansion or a generalization of a leontief input-output table. while in the latter, emphasis is laid on the production system, in the sam the perspective is larger. the simultaneous representation of the accounts for production activities, production factors, institutions (households, firms, and public administration), capital formation and exchanges with the rest of the world makes it possible to follow the formation of value-added and its distribution and redistribution in the form of income to the institutions. sams are crucial databases for many quantitative models (e.g. sam linear models and computable general equilibrium models). beside their statistical content, sams are a useful tool to evaluate policy interventions both at the national and regional level. through the solution of a linear model (establishing an appropriate “closure rule”: miller and blair, 2009), it is possible to analyse the structural features of the economy and calculate the impact that exogenous changes on single components have on the whole economic system. in our study, the closure rule considers as exogenous the accounts for national government, capital formation and the rest of the world’ so that the resulting sam multi25sam multipliers and subsystems pliers take thus the value of leontevian-keynesian multipliers. let us consider the matrix of sam coefficients of a single region “r” (miller and blair, 2009: 515): [1] where a is the matrix of inter-industry technical coefficients, c is the matrix of endogenous final expenditure coefficients, v is the matrix of endogenous value-added factors shares, y is the matrix of endogenous coefficients distributing income to institutions and h is the matrix of endogenous coefficients for income re-distribution among institutions. the structure of the matrix of sam direct coefficients of our two-region model, as in any two-region i-o model, is (miller and blair, 2009: 77-80): [2] where the blocks along the main diagonal account for flows within the two regions (b = basilicata and i = rest of italy) while the blocks along the other diagonal represent the (commodity and financial) flows between the two regions. by solving the linear system x = sx + f (where x is the vector of totals of endogenous accounts and f is the vector of exogenous account flows) for x, we have: x = (i s)-1f [3] where m = (i s)-1 is the matrix of sam multipliers. each coefficient quantifies the total increase for each account i deriving from a unit exogenous shock on the account j. note that since the sam-based model endogenizes transactions that not included in the input-output interindustry models, the sam multipliers will generally result larger than the input-output ones. the advantage of using a two-region disaggregation of accounts lies in the possibility of considering the rest of italy as being endogenous to the model; this makes it possible to breakdown impacts on basilicata’s economy calculating not only the total but also the intraand interregional impacts (spillovers and feedbacks). if the calculated matrix of multipliers m enables the estimate of the total impact, the breakdown of the matrix of accounting coefficients s into intraregional and interregional elements enables to calculate the following2: intraregional effects: [4] 2 for details of the multiplier decomposition for multi-region model see the chapter “decompositions in an interregional context” (miller and blair, 2009: 286-288). 26 mauro viccaro et alii where ; interregional spillover effects: mspill = i + s* [5] where ; interregional feedback effects: mfeed = [i (s*)2]-1 [6] 3.2 the sub-system approach starting from the concept of vertically integrated sector (pasinetti, 1973), the structural analysis of basilicata’s agri-food sector has been integrated by the sub-system i-o approach that makes it possible to study an individual sector, or group of sectors, that is considered a subsystem which interacts with the rest of the productive system (belletti, 1992; llop and tol, 2013; momigliano and siniscalco, 1982; montresor and marzetti, 2010). in particular, we use the approach proposed by momigliano and siniscalco (1982), extending belletti’s work (belletti, 1992) in a two-regional model. the input-output approach is based on the representation of the interdependencies existing between different economic sectors. in fact, the level of activation of different production processes in the sectors of the economy depends not only on the final demand directed to them, but indirectly, via the circular flow of the economy, on the final demand directed towards all sectors. in the subsystem approach the production system is divided into blocks, constituted by the shares of the production sectors represented in the original matrix that are directly and indirectly committed to satisfy the final demand towards different categories of goods. let be a the matrix of accounting coefficients representing only the interdependencies existing among production sectors (industries) in the economy. the re-classification of economic quantities from the production sectors to the different “blocks” of the economy working to meet the final demand towards different sectors, may be carried out using the following “b operator” (momigliano and siniscalco, 1982: 155): [7] where the symbol ^ indicates diagonalisation. a generic element bij of the matrix b is the share of activity of the i sector triggered by the final demand directed to the j sector. thus the sum of all rows of matrix b is 1, since the level of activation of different production sectors is completely covered by the production required by the final demand towards the whole production system. any economic quantity may be reclassified from sectors to “blocks” by multiplication, using the operator b. for instance, if l is the vector of employment in different sectors, the matrix l: [8] 27sam multipliers and subsystems subdivides the labour employed in different sectors among different blocks (“subsystems”) of the economy. through matrix l it will be possible not only to assess the relative importance of different subsystems in terms of employment but also to characterise the composition of different subsystems in terms of “shares” of the original sectors. the same operation may be carried out using the vector of value added of different sectors. the reclassification by subsystems is based only on the matrix of coefficients representing the interdependencies existing between different production sectors (the a submatrix in the right side of equation 1), implicitly using a leontevian-type multiplier that does not consider feedbacks through consumption as in the sam multiplier decomposition proposed in the previous section. however, the application of the sub-system approach to a two-region model, like that used in this study, makes it possible to extend the analysis to the participation of each region’s sectors in the fulfilment of the demand addressed to the production sectors of the other region. 3.3 a social accounting matrix for the agri-food system analysis the sam used in this study is a two-region (basilicata vs. rest of italy) matrix referring to 2011, produced in collaboration with the regional institute for economic planning of tuscany (irpet, florence) with most recent statistical records available. the structure of the matrix includes a total of 347 accounts, concerning 51 production activities, 64 goods and 3 production factors (employment and self-employment, and capital), 3 types of institutions (households, businesses, public administration) in the two regions. the household sector is subdivided by income deciles into ten groups, whereas the public administration is distinguished as local and central. there are of course also the accounts entitled to the capital formation and to real and financial flows with the rest of the world. in order to analyse the structure of basilicata’s agri-food sector, the accounts concerning agriculture and the food industry have been broken down in some detail for both basilicata and the rest of italy, using the matrix of inter-industry technical coefficients derived from the national supply-use table produced by the dipartimento di scienze per l’economia e l’impresa of the university of florence for the year 2009 (rocchi et al., 2016). by combining it with the official statistics made available by istat for the year 2011 (value added, employment, import, export), the accounts concerning the food industry activities have been broken down into ten sub-sectors and relative commodities: 1. meat 2. fish 3. olive oil 4. vegetable oils, sugar, pasta 5. vegetables and fruits 6. dairy products 7. cereals 8. animal feed 9. wine 10. water and other beverage the agricultural sector, conversely, has been subdivided using the data of rica (rete di informazione contabile agricola) (crea, 2016) as well as the available data of 28 mauro viccaro et alii fadn (farm accountancy data network) (european commission, 2016b). by combining the two databases, the agricultural sector has been initially broken down into 8 groups of businesses by type of farming for the rest of italy, and into 5 production activities for basilicata. in order to ensure a greater consistency of the analysis, the italian agriculture has been subsequently regrouped in the following 5 subsectors: 1. cereal grains 2. horticulture 3. permanent crops 4. livestock 5. mixed agricultural commodities are grouped under the heading of agricultural products while the final demand is represented by consumption functions (bundle of commodities classified according to the coicop classification). discrepancies between row and column totals of accounts after disaggregation were reconciled balancing the table according the stone-camperhown-meade approach (round, 2003). 4. results 4.1 the structure of basilicata’s agri-food sector based on the matrix of multipliers according to the sam, in 2011 the output value of the fifteen sectors of basilicata’s agri-food system amounted to about eur 1.2 billion, 7.9% of the regional total value. the agri-food share increases when considering the value added (8.3%) and, above all, employment (16.6%). high values are due, as previously mentioned, to the importance of agriculture, which is a typically a labour intensive sector, within basilicata’s economy. table 3 compares the output multipliers of seven macro-sectors making up basilicata’s production system, as it is represented in the sam. the first two rows indicate the increase in final output required to satisfy 1 eur of additional demand addressed to each macro-sector. since basilicata is a region framed within a national economy, a significant share of activation is transmitted outside its regional boundaries. for example, a one-million additional demand addressed to basilitable 3. output multipliers in basilicata’s economy macro-sectors. agriculture other primary activities food industry other manufacturing constructions trade and services public administration bas’ output 2.813 2.745 3.017 2.922 3.027 2.829 2.803 roi’ output 0.934 0.819 1.243 1.156 1.015 0.931 0.848 roi/bas* (%) 34.0% 32.0% 38.1% 37.5% 33.4% 33.8% 32.2% labour** 64.3 0.8 8.7 5.7 19.3 18.4 26.8 *bas: basilicata; roi: rest of italy. **labour unit for millions of euro. 29sam multipliers and subsystems cata’s agriculture generates a 2.8 million increase in the output produced by basilicata’s economy (mostly in the agricultural sector but also in all other sectors), and nearly one million euros in the rest of the italian economy. as a whole, the share of the output multiplier operating outside regional boundaries is about 30 to 40%. significantly, agriculture also shows the highest employment multiplier, whereas the food industry shows a multiplier value that is basically in line (although slightly above) the average of the other manufacturing activities. the analysis of multipliers is detailed in table 4 that proposes data referred to the fifteen sectors in which agri-food has been broken down. the table shows the results of the regional breakdown of multipliers. the three columns to the right of the total multiplier break down the multiplier effect (that is the output growth generated in addition to the initial stimulus) into three components: the regional effect, i.e. the additional output generated by interdependencies (among industries and through final consumption) within the region; the interregional spillover, which is the impact transmitted outside the regional boundaries and generating an increase in the activity in different sectors in the rest of italy; and the interregional feedback, i.e. the additional increase in the regional output resulting from the output growth in the rest of italy. the share of each subsector within the two components of agri-food system (agriculture and food industry) is shown in the second column. it can be noted that most of the regional agricultural output is produced by the farms “specialised” in arable crops and animal husbandry, and by the farms classified as “mixed”. to assess these data we should table 4. regional breakdown of output multipliers in the agri-food sectors. macrosectors’ output (%) total multiplier regional effects interregional spillover interregional feedback roi/bas* (%) agriculture cereal grains 13.2% 2.814 0.866 0.944 0.004 109.01% horticulture 0.0% 2.473 0.705 0.765 0.003 108.51% permanent crops 6.5% 3.060 1.048 1.008 0.003 96.18% livestock 67.1% 2.641 0.744 0.893 0.004 120.03% mixed 13.2% 3.068 0.963 1.101 0.004 114.33% food industry meat 6.0% 3.268 1.048 1.214 0.006 115.84% fish 0.7% 2.774 0.864 0.907 0.003 104.98% olive oil 6.0% 3.438 1.207 1.226 0.006 101.57% vegetable oils, sugar, pasta 41.6% 3.154 0.967 1.182 0.005 122.23% vegetables and fruits 5.9% 3.268 1.066 1.197 0.006 112.29% dairy products 17.4% 3.277 0.987 1.284 0.006 130.09% cereals 3.2% 3.331 1.115 1.210 0.006 108.52% animal feed 1.1% 3.327 1.018 1.303 0.006 128.00% wine 5.7% 3.311 1.038 1.268 0.005 122.16% water and other beverage 12.5% 3.481 1.029 1.447 0.005 140.62% *bas: basilicata; roi: rest of italy. 30 mauro viccaro et alii consider that the type of farming (based on which the agricultural sector is broken down) classifies farms (typically multi-product firms) based on the prevalence of certain production processes. a farm is classified as “specialised” in a given process if the latter represents at least two thirds of the output value. hence the output produced in the farms classified as “livestock farms” is not consisting solely of livestock products but includes also a significant share of other products. similarly the output produced by the other groups of farms consists for its part of a basket of goods. the output multipliers tend to be higher in the food industry than in the agricultural activities. in the first case the initial impact determined by the final demand addressed towards the sectors generates almost always a three times larger total increase of the output produced: in the case of olive oil and of the beverage industry, the overall growth of output is about three and half times the initial stimulus. this is a quite typical structural difference, because in the agricultural activities a lower ratio between intermediate consumption and output results in a lower impact on the activities supplying inputs. considering the regional breakdown of multipliers, since basilicata is a small regional economy open to the rest of the italian production system, it is not surprising that the “return” feedback towards basilicata’s production activities is negligible. conversely, spillovers towards the rest of italy are significant, thereby certifying how basilicata’s production activities depend on imports from the rest of italy. spillovers tend to be higher for industrial activities. the last column of the table sums up these results showing the percentage ratio between the share of the multiplier effect remaining in the region (regional effect plus feedback) and the spillover component. only in the case of farms specialised in permanent crops, the additional growth of the output that remains within basilicata is higher than that “transmitted” to the rest of the italian economy. the industrial activities most open to the rest of italy are the dairy and the beverage industries. these are two important sectors within basilicata’s food industry, accounting for about 30% of the output value: especially in the case of dairy industry, this figure could suggest interesting spaces for an additional integration with the regional agriculture. on the other hand, the olive oil industry shows a higher integration with the regional production system, with an internal multiplier effect that is equal to the produced spillovers: although this is a minor sector in terms of output value, it proves that the commitment to quality can have positive impacts on the rest of the regional economy. 4.2 sub-system analysis the structural analysis of basilicata’s agri-food system can be enhanced through indepth studies using the results of the subsystem-analysis. figures 2 and 3 show the contribution of each subsector of basilicata’s agri-food sector to four different subsystems of the italian economy (basilicata and rest of italy) satisfying certain “blocks” of final demand. since the four blocks represent the total final demand in the sam, the total of the per cent values of each row is always 100. comparing the data classified as “sector” in the two figures, it is possible to see how industrial activities tend to meet the sector-specific demand more than agricultural activities (with the only exception of those of the farms specialised in horticulture that represent, however, a negligible component of basilicata’s agriculture). the participation in the subsystems associated with the demand of the other sectors of basilicata’s agri-food 31sam multipliers and subsystems industry is quite variable in the case of the regional food industry, ranging from 15% of the activity of grains and starch products to 2.2% of the meat-processing industry. the value is more homogeneous in the case of agricultural sectors, which commit, on average, around 11% of their activity to the participation in other subsystems. the datum shows the degree of integration among the components of the agri-food system and could be an interesting indicator of possible areas for innovation to promote its competitiveness. considering the participation in subsystems oriented to the final demand of the other regions (rest of italy), the higher percentage in agricultural subsectors may be assessed as figure 2. share of basilicata’s agricultural sectors to the various “blocks” of the production area. 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% cereal grains horticulture permanent crops livestock mixed sector other agrifood sectors other sectors rest of italy figure 3. share of basilicata’s food sectors to the various “blocks” of the production area. 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% meat fish olive oil vegetable oils, sugar, pasta vegetables and fruits dairy products cereals animal feed wine water and other beverage sector other agrifood sectors other sectors rest of italy 32 mauro viccaro et alii an interesting opportunity for the economy in so far as it expresses the capacity of “attracting” (either directly or indirectly) a higher share of final demand towards the regional production system. however, since basilicata is a small economy open to the rest of the national economy, it would be important to assess the stability of this participation to the subsystems of the rest of the italian economy. much depends on the upgrading of agricultural products directed towards the rest of the national production system: in the case of commodities without a specific quality differentiation (as may be the case of cereal production), they would suffer pressures from regional (or international) potential competitors. tables 5 and 6 show the composition of the subsystems satisfying the final regional demand (broken down into macro-sectors of activity). the composition is expressed both in terms of employment and value added produced. the analysis of composition is repeated using two different breakdowns of the final demand, in order to fully exploit both sectoral and regional breakdown of the model. interdependencies between agriculture and food industry obviously appear especially in the subsystem concerning the food industry, which includes basilicata’s agricultural activities accounting for 26.9% of employment and 11.6% of the value added produced. to satisfy the demand of food industry products, however, the relevant subsystem also activates the agriculture of the other regions (12.5% of subsystem employment and 9% of the value added), in addition to a far more important component in services’ activities. this is again an indicator of interesting areas of integration that might be boosted up in the regional system. the participation of other sectors of basilicata’s economy in the food industry subsystem could probably be increased, resulting lower than that in other subsystems of regional manufacturing. the same analysis of tables 5 and 6 is proposed again in table 7, except that subsystems are referred to the final demand oriented towards the single sectors of basilicata’s table 5. composition of subsystems in terms of employment: macro-sectors. subsystems final regional demand agriculture food industry other manufacturing and constructions trade and services public administration regional agriculture 92.3% 26.9% 0.4% 1.1% 0.2% regional food industry 0.2% 30.6% 0.1% 0.4% 0.1% rest of italy’ agriculture 1.8% 12.5% 0.9% 1.1% 0.2% other manufacturing and constructions 2.1% 7.2% 67.9% 5.1% 4.7% trade and services 3.2% 21.3% 28.9% 90.9% 9.8% public administration 0.4% 1.5% 2.0% 1.4% 85.1% regional agri-food sector 92.5% 57.5% 0.4% 1.5% 0.2% rest of regional economy 2.7% 13.9% 71.3% 85.4% 94.0% rest of italian economy 4.8% 28.6% 28.3% 13.1% 5.8% labour (lu x 1,000) 15.2 10.7 56.6 55.1 67.1 33sam multipliers and subsystems agri-food production activities. for the sake of convenience, the presentation of data has been transposed, with the subsystem components into columns (totals of rows equal to 100). table 7 shows the subsystem composition in terms of regional location of activities. table 6. composition of subsystems in terms of value-added: macro-sectors. subsystems final regional demand agriculture food industry other manufacturing and constructions trade and services public administration regional agriculture 79.6% 11.6% 0.1% 0.3% 0.1% regional food industry 0.5% 36.5% 0.1% 0.3% 0.1% rest of italy’ agriculture 3.3% 9.0% 6.0% 1.6% 0.9% other manufacturing and constructions 6.4% 11.6% 63.6% 5.3% 5.6% trade and services 9.7% 30.0% 29.0% 91.6% 12.1% public administration 0.5% 1.3% 1.2% 0.8% 81.3% regional agri-food sector 80.1% 48.0% 0.2% 0.6% 0.1% rest of regional economy 7.4% 18.0% 67.1% 84.3% 91.3% rest of italian economy 12.5% 34.0% 32.7% 15.1% 8.6% value-added (m€) 320 456 3 347 3 450 3 334 table 7. subsystem composition: sectors of basilicata’s agri-food system. regional subsystems employment value-added regional agri-food sector rest of regional economy rest of italian economy regional agri-food sector rest of regional economy rest of italian economy cereal grains 97.0% 1.1% 1.9% 73.2% 9.9% 16.9% horticulture 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 96.2% 0.9% 2.9% woody 96.4% 2.3% 1.3% 57.5% 24.5% 18.0% livestock 83.5% 4.9% 11.6% 85.2% 4.8% 10.0% mixed 82.2% 6.4% 11.4% 68.1% 11.6% 20.2% meat 62.7% 10.2% 27.1% 51.6% 14.9% 33.5% fish 54.9% 17.9% 27.2% 48.4% 18.6% 33.0% olive oil 56.2% 15.7% 28.1% 32.3% 26.9% 40.8% vegetable oils, sugar, pasta 58.6% 15.3% 26.1% 52.1% 18.1% 29.9% vegetables and fruits 61.6% 11.0% 27.4% 48.9% 16.5% 34.6% dairy products 60.6% 9.2% 30.2% 52.4% 12.1% 35.5% cereals 64.3% 8.8% 26.8% 50.5% 14.5% 34.9% animal feed 55.0% 12.1% 32.9% 44.6% 16.1% 39.2% wine 53.7% 16.8% 29.5% 39.3% 22.6% 38.1% water and other beverage 42.2% 20.7% 37.1%   34.3% 23.7% 42.0% 34 mauro viccaro et alii except for the case of the few farms classified as specialized in horticultural production and showing a sub-system virtually “self-contained” at the regional level (notably in terms of employment generated both directly and indirectly), activities involving animal husbandry (both specialized and mixed) are, among the agricultural ones, those with the highest participation of non-regional components to the satisfaction of final demand. in the case of food industry products, the level of participation in the subsystems by nonregional production activities is quite homogenous, especially in terms of employment. the comparison of the “parallel” subsystems referred to the final demand in the two regions (basilicata and rest of italy) can provide relevant additional indications. table 8 shows the case of the two regional subsystems devoted to fulfill the final demand for accommodation and food services. these are production activities that might benefit from a regionally-based integration with the agri-food sector, in particular with a view to qualitative differentiation and promotion of typical regional products. the level of participation of both regional agriculture and food industry is lower in the case of the basilicata’s subsystem as compared with “the average” of the rest of italy. this means that the final demand towards basilicata’s activities supplying restaurant and accommodation services is less able to activate production and employment within the regional borders than those operating in the rest of italy. such results suggest the existence of an unexploited space for the integration of tourism activities with the local agri-food system. 5. conclusions this study has proposed a structural analysis of basilicata’s agri-food system, based on a two-region sam model, appropriately broken down. the objective of the analysis was to make available helpful information for defining sectoral regional policies, associated with the implementation of the new programming period of rural development policies. the 2014-2020 rural development programme actually offers a major opportunity to increase the regional system competitiveness, by providing public funds equal to eur 680 million. agri-food is an important component of basilicata’s economy, not only in terms of value produced and employment created, but especially for its quality production and local production systems in which all steps of supply chains (agricultural, industrial, and table 8. final demand composition of the restaurant and accommodation services. subsystems employment value-added basilicata rest of italy basilicata rest of italy regional agriculture 3.0% 7.3% 1.4% 3.7% regional food industry 1.7% 2.8% 2.3% 3.4% other primary activities 3.8% 0.3% 3.7% 0.4% other manufacturing and constructions 4.4% 3.3% 8.2% 5.2% trade and services 86.3% 85.6% 83.5% 86.4% public administration 0.8% 0.7% 0.8% 0.9% 35sam multipliers and subsystems marketing steps) find their coordination. the structural analysis of interdependencies between the various components of the agri-food system, via the two-region model, has highlighted important areas of further integration that could drive innovation processes. to enhance the positive impact of agri-food production activities on the regional economic development, two basic strategies may be followed. the first consists in attracting increasing shares of non-regional demand towards basilicata’s products. in this respect, the growth of exports in challenging times, like the recent ones, indicates that first steps in that direction have been made. but the scope for improvement and strengthening in this broad area is still large, encompassing the trade with the other italian regions. basilicata’s agri-food system (in particular its agricultural component) invests a relevant part of its activities for the direct or indirect fulfillment of the final agri-food demand of the other regions. this is a segment of activity requiring a specific strategy to consolidate the comparative advantages to base them mostly on unique features of the regional system, including the quality of the environment, the specificities of the varieties produced, and the knowledge of the context related to production traditions. if the participation in the market of agricultural commodities (like in the case of cereals for the pasta industry) is an important business segment in basilicata’s agri-food system, it can and must be made stable by innovation processes aimed at increasing product qualitative differentiation. the second strategy could be described as the strengthening of interdependencies within the regional production system aimed at increasing the share of the multiplier effect remaining within the regional economic system. the subsystem analysis has demonstrated that there are large areas for increasing integration within regional food chains, in particular between agricultural production and industrial processing. in this sense, rural development policies, especially the measures aimed to promote coordinated actions at the district scale, may be a good basis for creating local supply chains and tighter links among regional production activities. this process, however, should again be driven by qualitative differentiation. if, on the one hand, “shorter” food chains can increase the regional multiplier effect through an enhanced integration between agriculture and food industry, they could also represent an important factor to upgrade (and hence add value to) production, with the possibility of increasing “downstream” integration with other regional sectors. the analysis has shown that in basilicata the integration with food and restaurant and accommodation services is lower than in other italian regions. but there also is much room for intensifying the interdependencies of the regional agri-food system with elements of the public administration (such as, for instance, public providing activities in school canteens or in hospitals). these market opportunities would be useful to improve final consumers’ awareness of regional production peculiarities and might have long-term additional effects on the growth of demand addressed towards the regional production system. results show that the availability of a highly disaggregate multi-sector model of the regional economy is a valuable tool in supporting the design of regional policies for innovation and for the development of rural areas. the structural analysis described in this paper could be further extended at the level of each single chain, with the characterization of the main forward and backward linkages and the interaction with the rest of the national economy. 36 mauro viccaro et alii aknowledgments the paper presents part of the results of the mauro viccaro’s phd thesis on “sambased models for the impact analysis of regional policies on growth, poverty and inequality” developed within the research project “models for the analysis of the development processes at regional scale: the social accounting matrices (sam) as a tool for the analysis of the effects of regional policies on growth, poverty and inequality’ funded by shell italia e&p references belletti, g. (1992). delocalizzazione dei processi produttivi agroalimentari e analisi di filiera. una applicazione alla toscana mediante l’approccio per subsistemi. la questione agraria 42: 165-208. bencivenga, a., vollaro, p.d., forte, f., giampietro, a.m. and percoco, a. (2016). food and winetourism in basilicata. agriculture and agricultural science procedia 8: 176-185. brunori, g. and rossi, a. (2000). synergy and coherence through collective action: some insights from wine routes in tuscany. sociologia ruralis 40(4): 409-423. campoy-muñoz, p., cardenete, m.a. and delgado, m.c. (2017). economic impact assessment of foodwaste reduction on european countries through social accounting matrices. resources, conservation and recycling 122: 202-209. cardenete, m.a. and sancho, f. (2006). missing links in key sector analysis. economic systems research 18(3): 319-325. cardenete, m. a., boulanger, p., del carmen delgado, m., ferrari, e. and m’barek, r. (2014). agri-food and bio-based analysis in the spanish economy using a key sector approach. review of urban & regional development studies 26(2): 112-134. caskie, p., davis, j. and moss, j.e. (1999). the economic impact of bse: a regional perspective. applied economics 31(12): 1623-1630. chang, t.f.m. (1981). l’ipotesi agribusiness: una verifica sulle matrici intersettoriali dell’economia italiana 1965-1973. rivista di economia agraria 2: 291-344. chang, t.f.m., piccinini, l.c., iseppi, l. and lepellere, m.a. (2013). the black box of economic interdependence in the process of structural change. eu and ea on the stage. italian journal of pure and applied mathematics 31: 285-306. conto, f., la sala, p. and papapietro, p. (2009). the metapontum agro-food district of quality: a case study of knowledge, innovation and improvement of human capital in territorial rural development. paper presented at 113th seminar european association of agricultural economists, belgrade, serbia (no. 57477), december 9-11, 2009. cook, m.l. and chaddad, f.r. (2000). agroindustrialization of the global agrifood economy: bridging development economics and agribusiness research. agricultural economics 23(3): 207-218. crea (2016). rete di informazione contabile agricola. http://rica.crea.gov.it/public/it/ index.php. accessed 30 january 2017 davis, j.h. and goldberg, r. a. (1957). a concept of agribusiness. division of research. graduate school of business administration. boston: harvard university. 37sam multipliers and subsystems dethier, j.j. and effenberger, a. (2012). agriculture and development: a brief review of the literature. economic systems 36(2): 175-205. european commission (2016). regional innovation scoreboard 2016. european union. http://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/17824/attachments/1/translations/en/ renditions/native. accessed 30 november 2016. european commission (2016b), the farm accountancy data network. agricultural and rural development. european union. http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/rica/. accessed 30 november 2016. ilbery, b. and kneafsey, m. (2000). producer constructions of quality in regional speciality food production: a case study from south west england. journal of rural studies 16: 217-230. istat (2016a). i.stat: il tuo accesso diretto alla statistica italiana. http://dati.istat.it/index. aspx. accessed 24 october 2016. istat (2016b). coeweb – statistiche del commercio estero. https://www.coeweb.istat.it. accessed 24 october 2016. kneafsey, m., ilbery, b. and jenkins, t. (2001). exploring the dimensions of culture economies in rural west wales. sociologia ruralis 41(3): 296-310. llop, m. and tol, r. s. (2013). decomposition of sectoral greenhouse gas emissions: a subsystem input-output model for the republic of ireland. journal of environmental planning and management 56(9): 1316-1331. marsden, t., banks, j. and bristow, g. (2000). food supply chain approaches: exploring their role in rural development. sociologia ruralis 40(4): 424–439. miller, r.e. and blair, p.d. (2009). input-output analysis, foundations and extensions. new york: cambridge university press. momigliano, f. and siniscalco, d. (1982). note in tema di terziarizzazione e deindustrializzazione. moneta e credito 35(138): 143-182. montresor, s. and vittucci marzetti, g. (2010). the deindustrialisation/tertiarisation hypothesis reconsidered: a subsystem application to the oecd7. cambridge journal of economics 35(2): 401-421. murdoch, j., marsden, t. and banks, j. (2000). quality, nature and embeddedness: some theoretical considerations in the context of the food sector. economic geography 76(2): 107–125. parrott, n., wilson, n. and murdoch, j. (2002). spatializing quality: regional protection and the alternative geography of food. european urban and regional studies 9(3): 241–261. pasinetti, l.l. (1973). the notion of vertical integration in economic analysis. metroeconomica 25(1): 1–29. platania, m., rapisarda p. and rizzo, m. (2015). italian trade specialization: persistence and change in regional agri-food production. agris on-line papers in economics and informatics 7(4): 101. ray, c. (1998). culture, intellectual property and territorial rural development. sociologia ruralis 38(1): 3– 20. rocchi, b. (2009). the cap reform between targeting and equity: a structural policy analysis for italy. european review of agricultural economics 36(2): 175-201. rocchi, b., landi, c., stefani, g., romano, s. and cozzi, m. (2015). escaping the resource 38 mauro viccaro et alii curse in regional development: a case study on the allocation of oil royalties. international journal of sustainable development 18(1/2): 115-138. rocchi, b., romano, d., sadiddin, a., stefani, g., zucaro, r. and manganiello, v. (2016). an assessment of agro-food frauds in the italian economy: a sam-based approach. final report of the research project on “analysis of fraud risks in the agro-food sector”, dipartimento di scienze per l’economia e l’impresa, università degli studi di firenze. florence (it), december 2016, mimeo. round, j.i. (2003). constructing sams for development policy analysis: lessons learned and challenges ahead. economic systems research 15(2): 161-183. schultz, t.w. (1964). transforming traditional agriculture. new haven, ct: yale university press. sraffa, p. (1960), production of commodities by means of commodities: prelude to a critique of economic theory. cambridge: cambridge university press. terluin, i. (2003). differences in economic development in rural regions of advanced countries: an overview and critical analysis of theories. journal of rural studies 19: 327–344. tregear, a., arfini, f., belletti, g. and marescotti, a. (2007). regional foods and rural development: the role of product qualification. journal of rural studies 23(1): 12-22. viccaro, m., rocchi, b., cozzi, m. and romano, s. (2015). the sustainability of non renewable resources use at regional level: a case study on allocation of oil royalties. in vastola, a. (ed.), the sustainability of agro-food and natural resource systems in the mediterranean basin, springer, cham, 225-241. vega, a., miller, a.c. and o’donoghue, c. (2014). economic impacts of seafood production growth targets in ireland. marine policy 47, 39-45. volpentesta, a.p. and ammirato, s. (2013). alternative agrifood networks in a regional area: a case study. international journal of computer integrated manufacturing 26(1-2): 55-66. bio-based and applied economics 8(2): 101-132, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8927 consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food simone cerroni1,2,3,*, verity watson4, jennie i. macdiarmid5 1 department of economics and management, university of trento, trento 38122, italy 2 c3a centre, university of trento, trento 38010, italy 3 institute of global food security, school of biological sciences, queen’s university belfast, belfast bt9 7bl, united kingdom 4 health economics research unit, school of medicine and nutrition, university of aberdeen, polwarth building, foresterhill, aberdeen ab25 2zd, united kingdom 5 the rowett institute, school of medicine and nutrition, university of aberdeen, ashgrove rd w, aberdeen ab25 2zd, united kingdom abstract. consumers’ food choices often deviate from rationality. this paper explores whether deviations from rationality impact home-grown values elicited using either bidor choice-based value elicitation techniques. the paper focuses on second-price vickrey auctions and discrete choice experiments, which are widely used to value innovative private goods and the welfare benefits of policy interventions. the paper reports the results of an experiment that combines induced value and home-grown value elicitation procedures. home-grown values are elicited for a public food policy. the experiment has two treatments that differ in the elicitation technique: secondprice vickrey auction and discrete choice experiment. for each technique, inducedvalue elicitation procedures are used to measure subjects’ deviations from rationality. deviations from rationality are more likely in the second-price vickrey auction. subjects who behave irrationally have higher home-grown values than rational subjects in the second-price vickrey auction. the impact of deviations from rationality is weaker in the discrete choice experiment. keywords. home-grown value, induced value, rationality, experimental auction, discrete choice experiment. jel codes. c91, d12, q18, q51. 1. introduction second-price vickrey auctions (spvas) (vickrey, 1961) and discrete choice experiments (dces) (lancaster, 1966) are widely used to determine the demand for innovative multi-attribute goods in marketing research and estimate welfare benefits of new agri-food, environmental, health and transportation policy interventions in public pol*corresponding author: simone.cerroni@unitn.it 102 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid icy research. such value elicitation techniques are based on standard economic theory’s assumptions. one of the most stringent assumption is that economic agents behave rationally and always make decisions that maximize a given utility function (becker 1962; simon 1986). empirical evidence from disciplines, such as psychology, suggests that economic behavior often deviates from this definition of rationality (e.g., camerer 1995; camerer 1999). this is a problem in non-market valuation because departure from rational behavior “undercuts […] the non-market valuation methods used to evaluate private choice and public policies […]” (cherry et al., 2007, scarpa et al., 2007; burton et al., 2009). this paper contributes to this literature in several ways. the main aim of this paper is to empirically test whether respondents deviate from rational choice behavior and whether deviations from rationality have an impact on respondents’ home-grown values (hgvs) elicited via spva and dce. hgvs are genuinely formed by people without any direct interference from researchers about the value of the good under study (rutsröm, 1998). our empirical application focuses on consumers’ evaluations of an informationbased public policy (i.e., labelling-based intervention) aiming to shift consumers choices towards healthier and more environmentally sustainable food products. more specifically, hgvs for healthier and more environmentally sustainable versions of a ready meal (i.e., beef-based lasagne) are elicited using spva and dce. in this paper, individual deviations from rationality are investigated using induced value (iv) elicitation procedures. the value is said induced because the experimenter provides subjects with the value of the fictitious good under study during the experiment (smith, 1976). irrationality (or rationality) is measured investigating subjects’ deviations from the payoff maximizing strategy in iv settings. rational subjects are those who consistently make demand revealing choices (dce) or submit demand revealing bids (spva) in the iv experiments. subjects who behave irrationally are those who fail to do so. the effect of departure from rational behavior on hgvs is explored within treatment. second, this paper aims to test if deviations from rational behavior and the impact of such deviation on elicited hgvs depend on the nature of the elicitation mechanism: bid or choice-based (spva or dce). the framing of bidand choice-based elicitation mechanism are different and this may have an impact on behavior in iv and hgv settings (lusk and schroeder, 2006; gracia et al., 2011). third, this paper aims to test if underbidding and overbidding in the iv setting is related to bidding behavior in the hgv setting. in particular, we investigate whether underbidding and overbidding behavior in the iv setting spills over to the hgv setting. for example, subjects who tend to underbid in the iv setting bid lower than others in the hgv setting. there is empirical evidence that rationality spills over from different settings, more specifically from market-like contexts to non-market ones (cherry et al., 2003; cherry and shogren, 2007). here, we aim to test whether underbidding or overbidding are behavioral phenomena that are linked more to the specific individual than the type of task. finally, in this paper, we develop and estimate a behavioral model to identify main determinants of subjects’ rationality in iv settings. to the best of our knowledge, we are not aware of other studies performing this analysis in the literature. by using the same dataset used in cerroni et al. (2019), this paper generates new insight into the link between rationality, bidding and choice behavior. the study provides 103consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food new evidence on whether rationality is affected by the use of bidand choice-based value elicitation mechanisms and whether potential deviations from rationality have an impact on hgvs across mechanisms. this evidence can generate new knowledge regarding the reliability and accuracy of hgvs elicited via spva and dce and have important implications for businesses and policy makers who need reliable evidence in order to predict people’s behavior and allows making cost-effective decisions (kassas et al., 2018; ortega et al., 2018). 2. background 2.1 healthier and more environmentally sustainable food choices consumers’ food choices contribute to the high prevalence of diet-related diseases and climate change (e.g., tilman and clark, 2014). a shift towards more sustainable diets is needed to reduce the cost that obesity and climate change are having on the economy (e.g., bryngelsson et al., 2016; santini et al., 2017). sustainable diets are very complex and were defined as: “those diets with low environmental impacts which contribute to food and nutrition security and to healthy life for present and future generations. sustainable diets are protective and respectful of biodiversity and ecosystems, culturally acceptable, accessible, economically fair and affordable; nutritionally adequate, safe and healthy; while optimizing natural and human resources.” (fao, 2012). a relatively substantial amount of research has focused on identifying the main traits of sustainable diets from a nutrition and environmental point of view (e.g., macdiarmid et al. 2012). however, few studies have investigated consumers’ acceptability of proposed sustainable diets (e.g., macdiarmid et al., 2016). the present study contributes to this literature investigating acceptability of sustainable diets by exploring consumers’ trade-offs between two food attributes, namely healthiness and carbon footprint. the vast majority of research generally focused on one attribute or the other (e.g., drichoutis et al., 2006; belcombe et al., 2010; caputo et al., 2013; akaichi et al., 2017; castellari et al., 2019), but failed to investigate whether and to what extent consumers compromise between healthiness and environmental sustainability of food products when they make purchasing decisions (a noticeable exception is koistinen et al. 2013). the understanding of such tradeoffs is important to design information-based policy intervention aiming to promote the uptake of sustainable diets. 2.2 home-grown values elicited via spva and dce spva and dce are widely used to elicit hgvs for innovative food products and estimate net benefits of new public policies. elicitation procedures used in spva and dce are very different (lusk and schroeder, 2006; gracia et al., 2011). in spva, subjects are asked to bid for a series of goods. the bidder who submit the highest bid buys a good, which is randomly selected at the end of the experiment, at a price equal to the second highest bid for that good. in dce, subjects are asked to make repeated purchasing choices in a series of choice scenarios that generally present a couple of goods and an opt-out alternative. subjects buy the good that they have chosen (if any) in one 104 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid choice scenario that is selected at random. they pay the price that is associated to the chosen good.1 economic theory predicts that hgvs elicited for the same good should be equal across methods when a proper incentive scheme is used (i.e., isomorphism). however, empirical evidence does not support this prediction. lusk and schroeder (2006) showed that wtp estimates elicited via spva are lower than those elicited via dce. grebitus et al. (2013) suggested that personality traits partially explain this difference.2 cerroni et al. (2019) found that this difference is due to value-formation and value-elicitation issues. subjects form their preferences differently across mechanisms and the spva is less empirically demand revealing than dce. differences in value formation may be driven by the fact that spva and dce expose subjects to very different valuation environments and framings (lusk and schroeder, 2006; gracia et al., 2011). while, in dce, subjects are asked to make private purchasing choices and each subject’s outcome is independent from others’ decisions, in spva, subjects are asked to place bid in a competitive environment and each subject’s outcome depends on others’ bidding behavior. while, in dce, the price of goods is provided in the choice scenarios and represents only one additional attribute of the presented goods, in spva, subjects are asked to formulate the price that they are willing to pay for the auctioned good without having any reference. 2.3 rationality in spva and dce standard economic theory suggests that spva and dce are theoretically demand revealing (incentive compatible) under a proper monetary incentive scheme. value elicitation issues (or empirical demand revelation) can be tested by using iv experimental procedures (smith, 1976). experimental evidence shows that subjects often deviate from rational behavior in iv experiments. in spva, the weakly dominant strategy is to bid the iv associated to the fictitious good under valuation. empirical evidence suggests that bidding behavior often deviates from the weakly dominant strategy in spva (e.g., kaegel et al., 1987; kaegel and levine, 1993; shogren et al., 2001; lusk and shogren, 2007; drichoutis et al., 2015). overbidding is the most common form of departure from rationality (e.g., kaegel et al., 1987; georganas et al., 2017), however a number of studies reported underbidding (e.g., shogren et al. 2001; hong and nishimura, 2003; noussair et al., 2004). subjects deviate from rational behavior for two reasons. first, they fail to understand the incentives for truthful value revelation. kagel, harstad and levine (1987) and, more recently, ausubel (2004) argued that subjects find spvas difficult to understand. li (2017) differentiated “obviously strategy-proof ” and “not obviously strategyproof ” elicitation mechanisms. a mechanism is obviously strategy-proof when the best 1 we acknowledge that dce has been mostly used in hypothetical settings. in this paper, we only focus on research using dce in incentivised and non-hypothetical settings. 2 other studies showed that isomorphism is not satisfied when hg preferences are elicited using other institutions. for example, rutström (1995) compared english auction, vickrey auction and the becker-degrootmarschak mechanism (bdm); gracia et al. (2011) compared random nth auction and dce; lusk et al. (2004) compared spva, english auction, random nth auctions and bdm; akaichi et al. (2013) compared choice-based dce and ranking-based dce. 105consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food outcome that subjects can obtain by deviating from the dominant strategy is never superior to the worst outcome they can obtain by sticking to the dominant strategy. spva is not obviously strategy-proof and therefore becomes cognitively demanding for subjects (lee et al., 2017). second, spva is not necessarily incentive compatible when subjects behave accordingly to some non-standard expected utility theories (horowitz, 2006). for example, reference-dependent preference models such as those formulated by kȍszegi and rabin (2006). demand revelation in dces has received less scrutiny. nevertheless, deviations from the dominant strategy, which is choosing the payoff maximizing alternative in each choice scenario, seems to be less systematic (collins and vossler, 2009; luchini and watson, 2014; bazzani et al., 2018). collins and vossler’s (2009) found a high level of demand revelation in referenda-style dces. however, luchini and watson (2014) provided less encouraging results in a dce for a private good. bazzani et al. (2018) showed that demand revelation at individual level depends on assumptions made about the distribution of estimated marginal willingness to pay (wtp). recently, cerroni et al. (2019) found that dces are more empirically demand revealing than spvas and showed that value-elicitation issues contribute to differences in hgvs elicited via the two mechanisms in their artefactual field experiment (harrison and list, 2004) that combines hgv and iv procedures. 3. material and methods 3.1 empirical application the paper focuses on hgvs for a new food policy that aims to inform consumers about the healthiness (measured in terms of saturated fat content) and environmental sustainability (measured in terms of carbon footprint) of food products. this information is delivered using a traffic light system (tls) related to food’s carbon footprint, where red stands for high, amber for average, and green for low carbon footprint. this tls is presented alongside a standard tls indicating the healthiness of food products: where red stands for unhealthy, amber for average, and green for healthy food (department of health, 2016).3 the experimental product is a popular ready meal in the uk: frozen beef lasagne. during the experiment, subjects are presented with nine different lasagne that vary in terms of healthiness (3 levels) and carbon footprint (3 levels). these parameters are varied across lasagne by changing the proportions of the traditional lasagne’s ingredients (e.g. beef, pasta, sauce, cheese, etc.). all lasagne have similar appearance and portion size (400 grams). recipes were developed by nutritionists, lasagne were pre-cooked by professional cooks and kept frozen at the rowett institute (university of aberdeen). the experiment was conducted at the scottish experimental economics laboratory (seel, university of aberdeen). 3 more information on how the three different levels of healthiness and carbon footprint were generated is provided in the online supplementary appendix a. 106 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid 3.2 recruitment and sample characterization the pool of sample subjects is the same included in the study by cerroni et al. (2019) and consists of 128 consumers recruited from the general population of aberdeen and surroundings (scotland, uk). subjects were recruited using a variety of methods, including posters and flyers distributed in the city (e.g. university campus, community centers, local workplaces, retail outlets, community events) as well as snowball sampling. this means that we have a non-probability sample. an information sheet describing the study was sent to people who responded to the adverts. they were told that the aim of the study was to understand the decisions people make when choosing food (in this case a beef lasagne) and they would have the chance to buy one of the lasagne based on the choices they made in the experiment. subjects aged 18 or older were recruited. the average age was 36 years, the minimum and maximum age were 19 and 70 respectively. the sample consisted of 64% females and the average annual income was approximately £38,000. subjects were given a show-up fee of £10 for participating to the study. those who purchased food paid in cash and left the experiment with £10 minus the price they paid. subjects who purchased the food were given a cooling bag to keep the food frozen during the remaining part of the day. the study received ethical approval from the rowett institute ethics committee at the university of aberdeen. 3.3 experimental design the experimental design consists of two treatment groups, one for each value elicitation mechanism: spva or dce. in each treatment, both ivs and hgvs are elicited. hgvs were elicited for the multi-attribute lasagne described above. the spva treatment consists of 63 subjects, the dce treatment of 65. subjects who signed up for the study were randomly assigned to treatments. subjects were asked to complete a number of tasks in the following order: a warm-up questionnaire on self-reported level of hunger and satiety, iv task, hgv task and a questionnaire on consumption habits and socio-economic status. to avoid biases such as the earning effect, subjects were informed about earning (or losses) from the iv task at the very end of the experiment. in total, eight sessions were conducted between january 2015 and september 2017, eight for the spva and five for the dce. four of the spva sessions hosted eight subjects, two sessions hosted nine subjects, one session hosted seven subjects and the remaining session hosted six subjects. two of the dce sessions hosted nine subjects, the remaining three sessions hosted ten, eighteen and nineteen subjects. sessions took place either at 1.30pm or 5.30pm to control for possible time and hunger effects. 3.3.1 spva in the induced value setting in the iv setting, each subject participates in nine spvas for nine different tokens (see the supplementary online appendix b). each token is associated with a different iv, 107consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food which ranges from £1.00 to £5.00 in £0.50 increments.4 subjects are informed that their profit depends on their bids for one specific token, called the binding token. the binding token is randomly draw at the end of the experiment. the highest bidder buys the binding token at a price, which is equal to the second highest bid. the profit made by the highest bidder is the difference between the iv associated to the binding token and the buying price. if the profit is positive, this is paid in addition to the show-up fee at the end of the experiment. if the market price is higher than the iv, the subject incurs a loss that is subtracted from the show-up fee. standard economic theory suggests that the weakly dominant strategy is to place a bid equal to the iv of the token. subjects who constantly follow the weakly dominant strategy are considered rational. the others’ behavior departs from rationality. all steps faced by subjects during the experiment are reported in figure 1. figure 1. all steps faced by subjects during the experiment. 3.3.2 spva in the home-grown value setting in the hgv setting, each subject bids for the nine different lasagne (all possible combinations of lasagne's healthiness and carbon footprint levels) (see the supplementary online appendix b). the order in which lasagne were presented was randomized across subjects to minimize order learning and fatigue effects. subjects can purchase only one lasagne, the binding lasagne. they were informed that the binding lasagne is randomly draw at the end of the study. as standard in spva, the highest bidder buys the binding 4 each subject faces the whole range of induced values, but the order of induced values varied across subjects. 108 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid lasagne at a price, which is equal to the second highest bid. this amount of money is subtracted from the show-up fee. all steps faced by subjects during the experiment are reported in figure 1. 3.3.3 dce in the induced value setting in the iv setting, each subject faces nine choice sets that are generated using a fractional factorial design (choicemetrics 2012) (see the supplementary online appendix b for an example). each choice set contains two tokens plus an opt-out alternative. tokens are described using two attributes: the market price and the iv. the market prices and the iv range from £1.00 to £5.00 in £0.50 increments. subjects are informed that their profit depends on the option they chose in the binding choice set. the binding choice set is randomly drawn at the end of the experiment. the profit is the difference between the iv and the market price associated to the chosen token in the binding choice set. if the profit is positive, this is paid in addition to the show-up fee at the end of the experiment. if the market price is higher than the iv, the subject incurs a loss that is subtracted from the initial show-up fee. the order of choice sets was randomized across subjects. standard economic theory suggests that subjects should always choose the alternative that maximizes their payoff. subjects who constantly follow this strategy are considered rational. the others’ behavior departs from rationality. this experimental design differs from previous studies (collins and vossler, 2009; luchini and watson, 2014; bazzani et al., 2018) where tokens with multiple attributes (i.e., color and shape) were used and marginal ivs were associated with attribute levels. while in previous studies, subjects are asked to compute the final iv of tokens mathematically, in this experiment, subjects are provided with that. this typology of design was chosen because it mirrors the design of a standard spva conducted in an iv setting. in the iv spva literature, subjects are not asked to compute the ivs of tokens, instead, they are directly provided with these.5 all steps faced by subjects during the experiment are reported in figure 1. 3.3.4 dce in the home-grown value setting in the hgv setting, each subject is presented with nine choice sets created by using a d-efficient design (choicemetrics, 2012) (see the supplementary online appendix b for an example).6,7 each choice set contains two lasagne and an opt-out alternative. lasagne are described by three attributes: healthiness, carbon footprint and market price. healthiness and carbon footprint can be green, amber or red (3 levels per attribute). the market price ranges from £1.00 to £5.00 in £0.50 increments. the order of choice sets was randomized across subjects. subjects are informed that they buy the selected option in the binding 5 an alternative design would involve the provision of tokens with multiple attributes (i.e., colour and shape) and marginal ivs associated with attribute levels. subjects would be asked to mathematically compute the ivs for each token and place their bids. this design will make the spva mirroring the dce as designed by collins and vossler (2009) and luchini and watson (2014). 6 priors were estimated using data collected from a pilot study with 10 subjects. 7 data from the additional nine choice sets that are presented to subjects after being provided with additional information on saturated fat and carbon footprint are not included in our analyses to avoid confounding. 109consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food choice set. the binding choice set is randomly selected at the end of the experiment. if they chose a lasagne, they buy the lasagne at the corresponding price. this amount of money is deducted from the show-up fee. if they selected the opt-out alternative, they do not purchase the lasagne. all steps faced by subjects during the experiment are reported in figure 1. 4. testable hypotheses, model specifications, results and discussion 4.1 deviations from rationality and home-grown values elicited via the spva 4.1.1 overview of deviations from rationality subjects’ bidding behavior and deviations from rationality in the iv spva are reported in table 1a and 1b. subjects are considered rational if and only if they submit only demand revealing bids in the iv task, meaning that 9 demand revealing bids (out of 9) are submitted. bids are demand revealing, if and only if, these are equal to ivs. in fact, the payoff maximizing strategy is to submit bids that are equivalent to tokens’ ivs. subjects who fail to submit only demand revealing bids deviate from rational behavior. in our sample, we have 14 rational subjects (22.22%) and 49 subjects (77.80%) who deviate from rationality (table 1a). it is interesting to note that there are no subjects who submit 7 or 8 (out of 9) demand revealing bids. this may indicate that subjects do not make random mistakes, they simply understand the experimental procedure (when they submit 9 demand revealing bids out of 9) or not (when they submit 6 or less demand revealing bids out 9). overall, these results seem to suggest that subjects do not easily identify the payoff maximizing strategy of spva as already argued by kagel et al. (1987), ausubel (2004) and li (2017). among subjects who deviate from rationality, we have 22 (34.92%) who constantly underbid (9 underbids out of 9 bids) and only 2 (3.17%) who constantly overbid (9 overbids out of 9 bids). a subject underbids (overbids) when submits a bid that is lower (higher) than the associated iv. the remaining sample has a mixed behavior (25 subjects, 39.68%). in the “mixed behavior” category we have: i) those who underbid and overbid (5 subjects, 20.00%), ii) those who underbid and submit demand revealing bids (7 subjects, 28.00%), iii) those who overbid and submit demand revealing bids (6 subjects, 24.00%) and iv) those who underbid, overbid and submit demand revealing bids (7 subjects, 28.00%) (table 1b). despite the bulk of research reports overbidding (e.g, kaegel et al., 1987; georganas et al., 2017), there are a number of empirical studies that provide evidence for underbidding (e.g., shogren et al., 2001; noussair et al., 2004). previous research has conjectured that overbidding arises when subjects understand that high bids increase the probability of winning, but fail to realize that high bids may generate negative payoffs (georganas et al., 2017). our subjects seem to overestimate the additional cost of overbidding on the final payoff. 4.1.2 testable hypotheses and model specifications the influence of departures from rational behavior on hgvs for lasagne is explored by estimating model 1 using a feasible generalized least-square regression with correction 110 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid for heteroscedasticity. this model tests whether hgvs differ between subjects who consistently submit demand-revealing bids in the iv spva (i.e., subjects who behave rationally) and the others (i.e., subjects whose behavior deviates from rationality).8 main statistics of all variables used in model 1 are described in table 2.9 model 1 takes the functional form in equation 1: bid_hgi,q = α + βhea_a hea_ai,q + βhea_g hea_gi,q + βcf_a cf_ai,q + βcf_g cf_gi,q + βhea_a_irr hea_ai,q * irri,q + βhea_g_irr hea_gi,q * irri,q + βcf_a_irr cf_ai,q * irri,q + βcf_g_irr cf_gi,q * irri,q + εi,q (1) the dependent variable (bid_hgi,q) is each subject i’s bids for lasagne q≠1 (bid_ hgi,q≠1) minus subject i’s bid for the lasagne, which is red in healthiness and carbon footprint, bid_hgi,q=1. therefore, bid_hgi,q = bid_hgi,q≠1 bid_hgi,q=1. the coefficients βhea_a and βhea_g indicate the average marginal willingness to pay (mwtp) for lasagne that are amber (hea_ai,q) and green (hea_gi,q) in healthiness, respectively. the coefficient βcf_a and βcf_g denote the average mwtps for lasagne that are 8 this estimation procedure was used because we tested and rejected normality and homoscedasticity conducting a shapiro-wilk test and a log-likelihood ratio-test, respectively. a random-effect model for panel data was not used because less efficient. 9 detailed summary statistics of marginal bids for each lasagne type are provided in tables c1 in the online supplementary appendix c. table 1a. categorization of subjects’ bidding behaviora. consistent rational behaviorb consistent underbiddingc consistent overbiddingd mixed behaviore 14 (22.22%) 22 (34.92%) 2 (3.17%) 25 (39.68%) table 1b. categorization of subjects’ bidding behavior within the mixed behavior categorya. underbidding and overbiddingf underbidding and rational behaviorg overbidding and rational behaviorh underbidding, overbidding and rational behaviori 5 (20.00%) 7 (28.00%) 6 (24.00%) 7(28.00%) a number of subjects per category. b consistent rational behavior = 9 demand revealing bids out of 9 submitted bids. c consistent underbidding behavior = 9 underbids out of 9 submitted bids. d consistent overbidding behavior = 9 overbids out of 9 submitted bids. e mixed behavior = all the other subjects. f underbidding and overbidding = subjects who underbid and overbid. g underbidding and rational behavior = subjects who underbid and submit demand revealing bids. h overbidding and rational behavior = subjects who underbid, overbid and submit demand revealing bids. i underbidding, overbidding and rational behavior = subjects who overbid and submit demand revealing bids. 111consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food amber (cf_ai,q) and green (cf_gi,q) in carbon footprint, respectively. these mwtps are estimated with respect to red levels of healthiness and carbon footprint, respectively. the variable irr is equal to 1 if subject i fails to submit only demand revealing bids in the iv task, meaning that less than 9 demand revealing bids (out of 9) are submitted. hence, the variable irr is equal to 1 if subject i behaves irrationally. the coefficient βhea_a_irr, βhea_g_irr, βcf_a_irr and βcf_g_irr measure the difference in mwtps for healthy and environmental sustainable lasagne between subjects who behave irrationally (those who fail to submit only demand revealing bids in the iv task) and rationally (those who submit only demand revealing bids in the iv task). 4.1.3 results and discussion results from the estimation of model 1 are reported in table 3. the positive and statistically significant coefficients βhea_a_irr (0.255, p<0.05), βhea_g_irr (0.546, p<0.01), βcf_a_irr (0.279, p<0.05) and βcf_g_irr (0.520, p<0.01) indicate that subjects who deviates from rational behavior have higher mwtps for lasagne's attributes than rational ones. a wald test rejects the null hypothesis that coefficients βhea_a_irr, βhea_g_irr, βcf_a_irr, βcf_g_ irr are jointly equal to zero (100.130, p<0.01).10,11 if we are willing to assume that bids 10 other models were estimated to test the consistency of our results. these models incorporate the rate of submitted non-demand revealing (irrational) bids. estimation results are provided in the online supplementary appendix d. 11 as model 1 is estimated using feasible generalized least squares (fgls), r2 is not an appropriate indicator of explanatory power. here, we report the wald χ2 which is equal to 282.88 and is significant level at p<0.01. we also estimated model 1 using the iterated gls estimator (igls), which allows estimating the log-likelihood. table 2. summary statistics of variables included in the spva-related models. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max bid_hg marginal bid for healthy and low carbon footprint lasagnea 504 0.794 1.447 -4.000 5.000 hea_r = 1 if health is red = 0 otherwise 504 0.250 0.433 0.000 1.000 hea_a = 1 if health is amber = 0 otherwise 504 0.375 0.485 0.000 1.000 hea_g = 1 if health is green = 0 otherwise 504 0.375 0.485 0.000 1.000 cf_r = 1 if carbon footprint is red = 0 otherwise 504 0.250 0.433 0.000 1.000 cf_a = 1 if carbon footprint is amber = 0 otherwise 504 0.375 0.485 0.000 1.000 cf_g = 1 carbon footprint is green = 0 otherwise 504 0.375 0.485 0.000 1.000 irr = 1 if subject behaves irrationally = 0 otherwise 504 0.778 0.416 0.000 1.000 und = 1 if subject consistently underbids = 0 otherwise 504 0.349 0.477 0.000 1.000 a a marginal bid is the difference between any lasagne other than a red in health and red in carbon footprint (in £) and the bid for a red in health and red in carbon footprint lasagne. 112 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid submitted by rational subject are most accurate, these results suggest that failure to submit demand revealing bids in the iv setting generate upwardly biased hgv estimates. this assumption appears to be reasonable, if we consider that irrational subjects are those who failed to consistently identify the payoff maximizing strategy in the iv setting. deviations from rationality can therefore have an important impact on the evaluation of innovative food products and welfare benefits produced by new agri-food policies. 4.2 underbidding and home-grown values elicited via spva 4.2.1 testable hypotheses and model specifications model 2 is estimated to investigate whether underbidding in the iv setting spills over to the hgv setting. model 2 is equivalent to model 1, except for the addition of the interaction variable irr_und = irr * und. the variable und denotes subjects who constantly underbid (9 underbids out of 9 bids) and hence the interaction variable irr_und denotes those subjects who consistently underbid among those categorized as irrational. a subject underbids when submits a bid that is lower than the associated iv. the subjects who constantly underbid are 22 (34.92%) (table 1a). we refrain to investigate whether overbidding spills over from the iv to the hgv setting because only 2 subjects (3.17%) in our sample constantly overbid (9 overbids out of 9 bids) in the iv task (table 1a). model 2 is estimated using a feasible generalized least-square regression with correction for heteroscedasticity and inform on whether subjects who constantly underbid in the iv task have lower hgvs for lasagne’s attributes than the other subjects whose behavior deviates from rationality. others are those who constantly overbid and those who have a mixed behavior. model 2 takes the form below (equation 2): bid_hgi,q = α + βhea_a hea_ai,q + βhea_g hea_gi,q + βcf_a cf_ai,q + βcf_g cf_ gi,q + βhea_a_irr hea_ai,q * irri,q + βhea_g_irr hea_gi,q * irri,q + βcf_a_irr cf_ai,q * irri,q + βcf_g_irr cf_gi,q * irri,q + βhea_a_irr_und hea_ai,q * irr_undi,q + βhea_g_ the latter is equal to – 676.632. table 3. generalized leastsquare regression models with correction for heteroscedasticity for spva data. dep. var: bid_hg coefficients model 1 βhea_a 0.710*** (0.096) βhea_g 1.254*** (0.0961) βcf_a 0.578*** (0.0961) βcf_g 0.873*** (0.0961) βhea_a_irr 0.255** (0.126) βhea_g_irr 0.546*** (0.126) βcf_a_irr 0.279** (0.126) βcf_g_irr 0.520*** (0.126) α -0.298*** (0.099) wald test b: χ2 100.130*** obs. 504 subjects 63 note: ***p<0.01; **p<0.05; *p<0.10 a standard errors in parentheses b h0: βfat_a_irr=βfat_g_irr=βcf_a_ irr=βcf_g_irr = 0 113consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food irr_und hea_gi,q * irr_undi,q + βcf_a_irr_und cf_ai,q * irr_undi,q + βcf_g_irr_und cf_gi,q * irr_undi,q + εi,q (2) 4.2.2 results and discussion results from the estimation of model 2 are shown in table 4 and suggest that underbidding spills over from the iv to the hgv task. subjects who consistently underbid in the iv setting have lower hgvs than the other subjects who behave irrationally. the coefficients βhea_a_irr_und, βcf_a_irr_und and βcf_g_irr_und are not statistically significant. however, the coefficient βhea_g_irr_und is negative and statistically significant (-0.361, p<0.05). a wald test rejects the hypothesis that all these coefficients are jointly equal to zero (11.940, p<0.05).12,13 these results are consistent with previous finding by cherry et al. (2003) and cherry and shogren, (2007) and indicate that underbidding may be an intrinsic individual-specific behavior that does not depend on the type of task (iv or hgv). further research is needed to investigate further this intriguing hypothesis. 4.3 deviations from rationality and home-grown values elicited via the dce 4.3.1 overview of deviations from rationality subjects are considered rational when they submit only demand revealing choices (9 out of 9 choices) in the iv dce task. a choice is demand revealing when it maximizes the subjects’ payoff that subjects can obtain in the choice set. in other words, when it maximizes the difference between the iv and the market price. deviations from rational choice behavior occur when subjects fail to submit only demand revealing choices. in our sample, 40 subjects out of 65 (61.50%) deviate from rational choice behavior, while 25 subjects (38.50%) are rational. similar to the spva, we found that no subjects submit 7 or 8 demand revealing choices which may indicate that subjects do not make random mistakes. 4.3.2 testable hypotheses and model specification we estimate random-parameter logit models in wtp space to test whether hgvs elicited from subjects who behave irrationally in the iv dce task differ from those elicited from rational subjects. models in wtp space reduce possible biases due to the confounding of variation in scale and wtp (train and weeks, 2005). some studies have shown that models in wtp space fit data better than those in preference space (e.g., scarpa et al., 2008) in model 3, the indirect utility function is specified as in equation 3: 12 other models were estimated which incorporate the rate of underbidding and exclude those subjects who constantly overbids (just two) from the analyses, considering them as outliers. results are provided in the online supplementary appendix e. 13 models 2 is estimated using feasible generalized least squares (fgls) and r2 is not an appropriate indicator of explanatory power. here, we report the wald χ2 which is equal to 297.140 and is significant level at p<0.01. we also estimated model 2 using the iterated gls estimator, which allows estimating the log-likelihood. the latter is equal to – 660.525. 114 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid vi,j,k = -λipri,j,k + (λi + ωi)xi,k,j (3) in equation 3, λi = αi /μi, where αi indicates subjects’ preferences for the price of lasagne pri,j,k and μi is the scale parameter. the coefficient vector ωi = θi /αi is the ratio of the vector of coefficients θi that are associated to the vector of non-price attributes xi,j,k and the coefficient αi. the vector ωi indicates the mwtps associated to the vector of non-price attributes xi,j,k. the coefficient ωopt-out is an alternative specific constant related to the opt-out alternative. the coefficients ωhea_a,i and ωhea_g,i denote mwtps for lasagne that are amber (hea_ai,j,k) and green (hea_gi,j,k) in the health dimension, respectively. the coefficients ωcf_a,i and ωcf_g,i indicate mwtps for lasagne that are amber (cf_ai,j,k) and green (cf_gi,j,k) in carbon footprint, respectively. these mwtps are estimated with respect to red levels of healthiness and carbon footprint, respectively. to account for unobserved heterogeneity, we assume that the coefficients ωhea_a, ωhea_g, ωcf_a and ωcf_g are normally distributed, while the αi is lognormally distributed with means and standard deviations to be estimated. the variable irr is equal to 1 if subject i behaves irrationally in the iv dce task, meaning that she/he fails to submit only demand revealing choices (9 out of 9 choices). the coefficients ωhea_a_irr, ωhea_g_irr, ωcf_a_irr and ωcf_g_irr inform on whether mwtps differ between subjects whose behavior deviates from rationality in the iv task and the others (i.e., rational). models 3 is estimated by using methods of maximum simulated likelihood relying on 1,000 halton draws (train, 2009). summary statistics of variables used in model 3 are presented in table 5. 4.3.3 results and discussion results from estimation of model 3 are reported in table 6. we find that coefficients ωhea_a_irr and ωhea_g_irr are not statistically significant. the coefficient ωcf_a_irr is positive and statistically significant (0.433, p<0.05), which suggests that subjects who behave irrationally (in the iv dce task) are willing to pay more than others (i.e., rational subjects) for lasagne that are amber in carbon footprint. in contrast, ωcf_g_irr (-0.317, p<0.01) is negative and statistically table 4. generalized leastsquare regression models with correction for heteroscedasticity for spva data. dep. var: bid_hg coefficients model 2 βhea_a 0.457*** (0.116) βhea_g 0.710*** (0.116) βcf_a 0.301*** (0.116) βcf_g 0.355*** (0.116) βhea_a_irr 0.186 (0.142) βhea_g_irr 0.704*** (0.142) βcf_a_irr 0.245* (0.142) βcf_g_irr 0.582*** (0.142) βhea_a_irr_und 0.141 (0.150) βhea_g_irr_und -0.361** (0.150) βcf_a_irr_und 0.0654 (0.150) βcf_g_irr_und -0.155 (0.150) α -0.300*** (0.0980) wald test b: χ2 98.330*** wald test c: χ2 11.940** obs. 504 subjects 63 note: ***p<0.01; **p<0.05; *p<0.10 a standard errors in parentheses b h0: βfat_a_irr =βfat_g_irr =βcf_a_irr =βcf_g_irr= 0 c h0: βfat_a_irr_und =βfat_g_irr_und =βcf_a_irr_und =βcf_g_irr_und = 0 115consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food significant which indicates that subjects who behave irrationally (in the iv dce task) are willing to pay less than others (i.e., rational subjects) for lasagne that are green in carbon footprint. a wald test rejects the null hypothesis that coefficients βhea_a_irr, ωhea_g_irr, ωcf_a_irr , ωcf_g_irr are jointly equal to zero (9.570, p<0.05). overall, these results show that deviations from rationality in the iv task affect estimated hgvs far less in the dce than in the spva treatment group.14 such results may be related to the fact that dce does not require any strategic interaction among subjects participating to the experiment and expose subjects to decision tasks that resemble “real-life” purchasing situations. these factors may lower the impact that deviations from rationality investigated using iv procedures have on hgvs elicited for lasagne. 4.4 determinants of irrational bidding and choice behavior a behavioral model aiming to capture variables explaining irrational bidding and choice behavior is developed (model 4). data from the spva and dce treatment groups are pooled. the dependent variables irr is a binary variable, indicating if subjects’ bidding or choice behavior deviates from rationality in the iv settings. we included only independent variables that potentially affect the probability of submitting/making demand 14 to test the consistency of estimation results, an alternative model was estimated. in this model, we incorporate the rate of non-demand revealing choices made per subjects. this variable indicates the rate of irrationality. estimation results are provided in tables f2 and f3 of the supplementary online appendix f. table 5. summary statistics of variables included in the dce model. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max ch_hg = 1 if alternative a is selected = 0 otherwise 585 1.099 0.800 0.000 2.000 hea_ra = 1 if health is red in alternative a and b = 0 otherwise 585 0.333 0.472 0.000 1.000 hea_a = 1 if health is amber in alternative a and b = 0 otherwise 585 0.333 0.472 0.000 1.000 hea_g = 1 if health is green in alternative a and b = 0 otherwise 585 0.333 0.472 0.000 1.000 cf_ra = 1 if carbon footprint is red in alternative a and b = 0 otherwise 585 0.333 0.472 0.000 1.000 cf_a = 1 if carbon footprint is amber in alternative a and b = 0 otherwise 585 0.333 0.472 0.000 1.000 cf_g = 1 if carbon footprint is green in alternative a and b = 0 otherwise 585 0.333 0.472 0.000 1.000 prb price of alternative a and b 585 3.000 1.292 1.000 5 irr = 1 if subjects behave irrationally = 0 otherwise 585 0.615 0.486 0.000 1.000 a health and environmental sustainability are not defined in the not-buy alternative (c). b price ranges from £1 to £5, it is =0 for the not-buy alternative (c). 116 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid revealing bids/choices. these are: dce which indicates whether the subject belong to the dce treatment or not; time which indicates whether the subjects participated to the 13.30 or 18.30 session; hungry which indicates the self-reported level of hunger of subjects at the beginning of the experiment (from a minimum of 1 to a maximum of 7), female which indicate if the subject is female or not; age indicating each subject’s age; income which indicates each subjects’ annual net income. summary statistics of variables incorporated in our behavioral models are provided in table 7. the estimation results of model 4 are presented in table 8. we find that the coefficient βdce is negative and statistically significant (-2.282; p<0.01) which indicates that irrational behavior is more likely in the spva than in the dce. we also find that subjects’ hunger level (βhungry) has a negative and statistical significant (-0.260, p<0.10) effect on being irrational. this might indicate that subjects who were hungrier paid more attention to the tasks as they knew lasagne were at stakes during the experiment.15 5. conclusions second-price vickey auctions and discrete choice experiments are widely used to evaluate welfare benefits of new food policies that are not implemented yet. these evaluations are often used in benefit-cost analysis to decide whether to operationalize food policies or not. therefore, it is important to explore the reliability and robustness of evaluations that are conducted using these value elicitation techniques. this paper contributes to this literature by testing if subjects behave rationally when exposed to these value-elicitation procedures and if deviations from rational choice behavior affect policy evaluation. psychologists and behavioral economists have challenged the main underlying assumption of neoclassical economics: economic agents always behave rationally to maximize utility. simon’s notions of sat15 an alternative model in which the dependent variable is the rate of irrational bids/choices submitted is estimated. results are provided in the online supplementary appendix g. table 6. wtp-space multinomial logit models for dce dataa,b. dep. var.: choice coefficients model 3 ωopt-out 2.332*** (0.417) ωhea_a,mean 0.497*** (0.143) ωhea_g.mean 1.583*** (0.152) ωcf_a,mean 0.691*** (0.145) ωcf_g,mean 1.772*** (0.164) ωhea_a,sd 1.051*** (0.0981) ωhea_g.sd 1.115*** (0.121) ωcf_a,sd 0.547*** (0.0589) ωcf_g,sd 1.341*** (0.0954) ωhea_a_irr -0.193 (0.223) ωhea_g_irr -0.590 (0.414) ωcf_a_irr 0.433** (0.174) ωcf_g_irr -0.317*** (0.190) λmean -0.393 (0.286) λsd 2.018*** (0.463) wald test c: χ2 9.570** log-likelihood -433.913 obs. 1,755 subjects 65 note: ***p<0.01; **p<0.05; *p<0.10 a standard errors in parentheses b 1,000 halton draws c h0:ωhea_a_irr =ωhea_g_irr =ωcf_a_ irr =ωcf_g_irr = 0 117consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food isficing and bounded rationality are classic examples (1955; 1986). kahneman and tversky have based part of their research on economic decision making on the idea that two types of cognitive processes exist, the well-known systems 1 and 2. the former is characterized by speed, intuition, associations, heuristics and emotions. the latter by slowness, reasoning, rules, logic and self-control. it is possible to argue that system 2 is dominated by rationality, while system 1 does not. this paper explores the impact of deviations from rationality on the evaluation of new public policies interventions and focuses on an information-based food policy which aims to promote consumption of healthy and environmentally sustainable food products. these are two of the pillars of the notion of sustainable diets. specifically, this study investigates the impact of deviations from rationality on consumers’ home-grown values for ready meals (i.e., frozen lasagne) that are labelled using nutritional and carbon footprint labels. home-grown values are elicited via bid(i.e. second-price vickey auctions) and choicebased methods (i.e. discrete choice experiments). deviations from rationality are explored using induced value procedures. our results suggest that deviations from rationality are more likely to occur in second-price vickey auctions than discrete choice experiments: 77.78% of the sample deviates from rational behavior in second-price vickey auctions, only the 61.50% of the sample in discrete choice experiments. this result suggests that choice-based valtable 7. summary statistics of variables included in the behavioral model. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max irr = 1 if subjects behave irrationally = 0 otherwise 128 0.719 0.451 0.000 1.000 dce = 1 dce treatment = 0 otherwise 128 0.508 0.502 0.000 1.000 time = 1 if lunch session = 0 otherwise 128 0.516 0.502 0.000 1.000 hungry reported level of hunger from 1 (not hungry at all) to 5 (extremely hungry) 128 4.102 1.502 1.000 6.000 female = 1 female = 0 otherwise 128 0.637 0.482 0.000 1.000 age age in years 128 36.466 13.616 19.000 70.000 inc yearly net income in £ 128 38,578.740 29,334.850 5,000.000 150,000.000 table 8. behavioral binary logit modela. model 6 dep. var.: dm coefficients βdce -2.282*** (0.509) βtime 0.310 (0.442) βhungry -0.260* (0.153) βfemale 0.334 (0.475) βage 0.017 (0.016) βincome 1.08e-05 (1.12e-05) α 2.069* (1.125) log-likelihood -61.935 obs. 128 subjects 128 note: ***p<0.01; **p<0.05; *p<0.10 a standard errors in parentheses 118 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid ue elicitation techniques, such as discrete choice experiments, induce rationality more than bid-based methods, such as second-price vickey auctions. this result seems to support li’s (2017) argument that second-price vickey auction is not an obviously strategyproof technique and hence identification of the payoff maximizing strategy is not obvious. which method predict choice behavior better in real settings remains an open question. the impact of irrationality on home-grown values in second-price vickey auctions is rather substantial and systematic. subjects whose behavior deviates from rationality have higher home-grown values for lasagne than rational ones. also, our results indicate that underbidding spills over from induced-value to home-grown value settings, meaning that subjects who consistently underbid in the induced-value setting, tend to submit lower bids than the others in the home-grown setting. this is a very intriguing result, indicating that underbidding may be an intrinsic individual-specific behavior. future research could explore cognitive processes or personal traits driving this phenomenon. on the other hand, deviations from rationality do not seem to follow a clear pattern and barely affect home-grown values elicited via discrete choice experiments. these results may be due to the fact that subjects are exposed to rather different valuations environments and framings in the second-price vickery auctions and discrete choice experiments. for example, subjects may perceive the second-price vickrey auction as a competitive institution and they may tend to adopt a strategic bidding behavior which is consistently used in both induced value and home-grown value settings. in contrast, in the discrete choice experiments, subjects make individual choices that do not generally depend on other consumers’ decisions. hence, strategic behavior is very limited in discrete choice experiments and this may explain why deviations from rationality in induced value setting have little impact on elicited home-grown values. additionally, in second-price vickrey auctions, subjects are asked to form their own home-grown values for different food products, while, in discrete choice experiments, subjects are asked to make choices among food products and market prices are given to subjects in each choice set. the former is a rather unusual situation for a consumer, while the latter is very familiar. hence, it is reasonable to argue that irrationality may play a more substantial role in home-grown values elicited via second-price vickery auctions than discrete choice experiments. overall, we conclude that home-grown values elicited via discrete choice experiments are rather robust. these results may be significant for policy makers who wish to use findings from second-price vickrey auctions and discrete choice experiments in ex ante benefit-cost analyses of new policy interventions. 6. ackowledgements we thank christian reynolds and dimitrios kalentakis for their help in organising sessions and running the experiment at the scottish experimental economics laboratory (seel) at university of aberdeen. we also thank sylvia stephen for her help in creating the recipes for the lasagne and the professional cooks of the human nutrition unit of the rowett institute for preparing the final products. this research was funded by the scottish government – rural affairs and the environment strategic research (resas) – and the chief scientist office of the scottish government health and care directorates. 119consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food 7. references akaichi, f., nayga r.m.jr. and nalley, l.l. (2017). are there trade-offs in valuation with respect to greenhouse gas emissions, origin and food miles attributes? european review of agricultural economics 44(1): 3-31. ausubel, l.m. (2004). an efficient ascending-bid auction for multiple objects. the american economic review 94(5): 1452-1475. bazzani, c., palma, m.a. and nayga, r.m.jr. (2018). on the use of flexible mixing distributions in wtp space: an induced vale choice experiment. the australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 62: 185-198. becker, g.m., degroot, m.h. and marschak, j. (1964). measuring utility by a singleresponse sequential method. behavioral science 9: 226-32. balcombe, k., fraser, i. and di falco, s. (2010). traffic lights and food choice: a choice experiment examining the relationship between nutritional food labels and price. food policy 35(3): 211-220. burton, a.c., carson, k.s., chilton, s.m. and hutchinson, w.g. (2009). why do people non-demand reveal in hypothetical double referenda for public goods? applied economics 41(27): 3561-3569. bryngelsson, d., wirsenius, s., hedenus, f. and sonesson, u. (2016). how can the eu climate targets be met? a combined analysis of technological and demand-side changes in food and agriculture. food policy 59: 152-164. caputo, v., vassilopoulos, a., nayga r.m.jr., and canavari, m. (2013). welfare effects of food miles labels. journal of consumer affairs 47(3): 311-327. castellari, e., marette, s., moro, d. and sckokai, p. (2019). can menu labeling affect awayfrom-home-dietary choices?. bio-based and applied economics, 7(3), 249-263. cerroni, s., watson, v., kalentakis, d. and macdiarmid, j.i. (2019). value-elicitation and value-formation properties of discrete choice experiment and experimental auctions. european review of agricultural economics 46(1): 3-27. cherry, t.l., crocker, t.d. and shogren, j.f. (2003). rationality spillovers. journal of environmental economics and management 45: 63–84. cherry, t.l. and shogren, j.f. (2007). rationality crossovers. journal of economic psychology 28: 261–277 choicemetrics, 2012. ngene 1.1 user manual and reference guide. http://www.choice-metrics.com/download.html [accessed 11.23.2015] collins, j.p. and vossler, c.a. (2009). incentive compatibility tests of choice experiment value elicitation questions. journal of environmental economics and management 58: 226–235. downs, j.s., loewenstein, g. and wisdom, j. (2009). strategies for promoting healthier food choices. american economic review 99(2): 159-164. department of health. 2016. guide to creating a front of pack (fop) nutrition label for pre-packed products sold through retail outlets. https://www.food.gov.uk/sites/ default/files/media/document/fop-guidance_0.pdf [accessed 18/07/2018] drichoutis, a.c., lazaridis, p. and nayga r.m.jr. (2006). consumers’ use of nutritional labels: a review of research studies and issues. academy of marketing science review 9: 93–118. 120 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid drichoutis, a.c., lusk, j.l. and nayga r.m.jr. (2015). the veil of experimental currency units in second price auctions. journal of the economic science association 1(2), 182-196. fao. 2012. sustainable diets and biodiversity. directions and solutions for policy, research and action. proceedings of the international scientific symposium biodiversity and sustainable diets against hunger, 3–5 november 2010 fao headquarters, rome. georganas, s., levin, d. and mcgee, p. (2017). optimistic irrationality and overbidding in private value auctions. experimental economics 20: 772–792 gracia, a., loureiro, m. and nayga, r.m.jr. (2011). are valuations from non-hypothetical choice experiments different from experimental auctions? american journal of agricultural economics 93(5): 1358–1373. grebitus, c., lusk, j.j. and nayga, r.m.jr. (2013). explaining differences in real and hypothetical experimental auctions and choice experiments with personality. journal of economic psychology 36: 11-26. han, s., lerner, j.s. and keltner, d. (2008). feelings and consumer decision making: the appraisal‐tendency framework. journal of consumer psychology 17(3), 158-168 harrison, g. w. and list, j.a. (2004). field experiment. journal of economic literature 42(4): 1009-1055. hong, c.s. and nishimura, n. (2003). revenue non-equivalence between the english and the second-price auctions: experimental evidence. journal of economic behavior and organization 51: 443-458. just, d.r., mancino, l. and wansink, b. (2007). could behavioral economics help improving dietary quality for nutrition assistance program participants? usda economic research paper 43. kagel, j., harstad, r. and levin, d. (1987). information impact and allocation rules in auctions with affiliated private values: a laboratory study. econometrica 55: 1275– 1304. kagel, j. and levin, d. (1993). independent private value auctions: bidder behavior in first-, secondand third-price auctions with varying numbers of bidders. the economic journal 103: 868–879. kahneman, d. and tversky, a. (1979). prospect theory: an analysis of decision under risk. econometrica 47: 263-291. kassas, b., palma, m.a and anderson, d.a. (2018). fine-tuning willingness-to-pay estimates in second price auctions for market goods. journal of behavioral and experimental economics 77: 50-61. koistinen, l., pouta, e., heikkilä, j., forsman-hugg, s., kotro, j., mäkelä, j. and niva, m. (2013). the impact of fat content, production methods and carbon footprint information on consumer preferences for minced meat. food quality and preference 29: 126–136 kȍszegi, b. and rabin, m. (2006). a model of reference-dependent preferences. quarterly journal of economics 121(4): 1133–1165. lancaster, k.j. (1966). a new approach to consumer theory. journal of political economy 74: 132–157. lee, j.y., nayga, r.m.jr, deck, c. and drichoutis, a.c. (2017). cognitive ability and bidding behavior in second price auctions: an experimental study. mpra paper no. 81495. https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/81495/ [accessed 25.02.2019] 121consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food li, s. (2017). obviously strategy-proof mechanisms. american economic review 107(11): 3257-3287. luchini, s. and watson, v. (2014). are choice experiments reliable? evidence from the lab. economic letters 124: 9–13. lusk, j.l., feldkamp, t. and schroeder, t.c. (2004). experimental auction procedure: impact on valuation of quality differentiated goods. american journal of agricultural economics, 86(2): 389–405 lusk, j.l. and schroeder, t. (2006). auction bids and shopping choices. advances in economics analysis and policy 6(1):1-37. lusk, j.l. and shogren, jf. (2007). experimental auctions methods and applications in economic and marketing research. uk: cambridge university press. macdiarmid, j.i., kyle, j., horgan, g.w., loe, j., fyfe, c. and johnstone, a.a. et al. (2012). sustainable diets for the future: can we contribute to reducing greenhouse gas emissions by eating a healthy diet? american journal of clinical nutrition 96: 632-639. macdiarmid, j.i., douglas, f. and campbell, j. (2016). eating like there’s no tomorrow: public awareness of the environmental impact of food and reluctance to eat less meat as part of a sustainable diet. appetite 96: 487-493. noussair, c., robin, s. and ruffieux, b. (2004). revealing consumers’ willingness-to-pay: a comparison of the bdm mechanism and the vickrey auction. journal of economic psychology 25: 725–741. ortega, d.l., shupp, r.s., nayga r.m. jr. and lusk, j.j. (2018). mitigating overbidding behavior in agribusiness and food marketing research: results from induced value hybrid auction experiments. agribusiness 34(4): 887-893. rutsröm, e.e. (1998). home-grown values and incentive compatible auction design. international journal of game theory 27: 427-441. santini, f., ronzon, t., perez dominguez, i., araujo enciso, s. r. and proietti, i. (2017). what if meat consumption would decrease more than expected in the high-income countries?. bio-based and applied economics 6(1): 37-56. scarpa, r., thiene, m. and train, k. (2008). utility in wtp space: a tool to address confounding random scale effects in destination choice to the alps. american journal of agricultural economics 90(4): 994-1010. shogren, j.f., margolis, m., koo, c. and list, j. (2001). a random nth price auction. journal of economic behavior and organization 46(4):409–421. simon, h.a. (1986). rationality in psychology and economics. the journal of business 59(4): s209-s224 smith, v.l. (1976). experimental economics: induced value theory. american economic review 66: 274–279. thaler, r. (1980). toward a positive theory of consumer choice. journal of economic behavior and organization 1: 39-60. thaler, r. and sunstein, c. (2008). nudge: improving decisions about health, wealth, and happiness. new haven: yale university press. tilman, d. and clark, m. (2014). global diets link environmental sustainability and human health. nature 515(7528): 518-22. train, k. (2009). discrete choice methods with simulation, 2nd. ed. cambridge, uk: university press. 122 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid train, k. and weeks, m. (2005). discrete choice models in preference space and willingness-to-pay space. in applications of simulation methods in environmental and resource economics. the economics of non-market goods and resources, vol. 6, edited by r. scarpa and a. alberini (1-16). springer, dordrecht. tversky, a. and kahneman, d. (1989). rational choice and the framing of decision. in karpak, b and zionts, s. (eds.): multiple criteria decision making and risk analysis using microcomputers, nato asi series (series f: computer and systems sciences), vol 56. springer, berlin, heidelberg. vickrey, w. (1961). counterspeculation, auctions and competitive sealed tenders. journal of finance 16: 8-37. wansink, b., just, d.r. and payne, c.r.. (2009). mindless eating and healthy heuristics for the irrational. american economic review 99(2): 165-179. 123consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food appendix a healthiness was based on the amount of saturated fat in the lasagne. the criteria for the saturated fat content of the different lasagne was based on the uk food standard agency guidance; green ≤1.5g/100g, amber >1.5 to ≤5.0g/100g, red >5.0g/100g (fsa 2013). a second tls was used for the carbon footprint. the carbon footprint was the sum of ghge (kgco2e) for each ingredient in the lasagne (ghge data published by audsley et al. (2009)). the system boundaries for these data are from primary production to the point of the regional distribution centre. this does not include food processing, retail, household use and waste but these would be similar for all the lasagne as only the ingredients varied. there are no standardised guidelines for labelling ghge for foods therefore the three levels were set by the researchers; green ≤0.26 kgco2e/100g, amber >0.26 to <0.4 kgco2e/100g, red ≥0.4 kgco2e/100g. the range of meat content between the lasagne was similar to commercially pre-prepared lasagne at the time of the study (7% to 20% meat). references audsley, e., brander, m., chatterton, j., murphy-bokern, d., webster, c., williams, a., 2009. how low can we go? an assessment of greenhouse gas emissions from the uk food system and the scope for reduction by 2050. report for the wwf and food climate research network. 124 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid appendix b induced value spva home-grown value spva induced value dce home-grown value dce 125consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food appendix c table c1. summary statistics of marginal bids in the spva treatmenta. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max bid_hghea_r_cf_a marginal bid for red health and amber carbon footprint lasagne 63 0.237 0.707 -3.000 1.500 bid_hghea_r_cf_g marginal bid for red health and green carbon footprint lasagne 63 0.240 0.981 -4.000 1.950 bid_hghea_a_cf_r marginal bid for amber health and red carbon footprint lasagne 63 0.321 1.025 -4.000 2.000 bid_hghea_a_cf_a marginal bid for amber health and amber carbon footprint lasagne 63 0.773 1.407 -3.500 3.350 bid_hghea_a_cf_g marginal bid for amber health and green carbon footprint lasagne 63 0.764 1.459 -4.000 3.500 bid_hghea_g_cf_r marginal bid for green health and red carbon footprint lasagne 63 1.086 1.508 -3.500 4.000 bid_hghea_g_cf_a marginal bid for green health and amber carbon footprint lasagne 63 1.325 1.581 -4.000 4.500 bid_hghea_g_cf_g marginal bid for green health and green carbon footprint lasagne 63 1.606 1.922 -4.000 5.000 a a marginal bid is the difference between any lasagne other than a red in health and red in environmental sustainable lasagne (in £) and the bid for a red in health and red in environmental sustainable lasagne. 126 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid appendix d in model 1a, we replace the variable irr with irr_freq. the latter indicates the percentage of non-demand revealing bids submitted in the iv setting by each subject. main summary statistics of the variable irr_freq is reported in table d1. results from the estimation of model 1a indicate similar to model 1, but weaker effects (table d2). while, the coefficients βhea_a_irr_freq and βcf_a_irr_freq are not statistically significant, the coefficient βhea_g_irr_freq and βcf_g_irr_freq are positive and significant (0.422, p<0.01 and 0.338, p<0.05). this suggests that mwtp for healthiest and low carbon footprint lasagne (i.e., green) increases when the rate of irrational iv bids increases (i.e., the degree of irrational behavior). a wald test rejects the null hypothesis that coefficients βhea_a_irr_freq , βhea_g_irr_freq, βcf_a_irr_freq, βcf_g_irr_freq are jointly equal to zero (37.800, p<0.01). table d1. summary statistics of variables included in the spva-related models. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max irr_frq rate of non-demand revealing bids per subject 504 0.681 0.394 0.000 1.000 table d2. generalised least-square regression models with correction for heteroscedasticity for spva data. dep. var: bid_hg coefficients model 1a βhea_a 0.525*** (0.126) βhea_g 0.833*** (0.126) βcf_a 0.383*** (0.126) βcf_g 0.483*** (0.126) βhea_a_irr_freq 0.196 (0.146) βhea_g_irr_freq 0.422*** (0.146) βcf_a_irr_freq 0.175 (0.146) βcf_g_irr_freq 0.338** (0.146) α -0.297*** (0.105) wald test c: χ2 37.800*** obs. 504 subjects 63 note: ***p<0.01; **p<0.05; *p<0.10 a standard errors in parentheses b h0: βfat_a_irr_freq =βfat_g_irr_freq =βcf_a_irr_freq =βcf_g_irr_freq = 0 127consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food appendix e three variations of model 2 are estimates: i) model 2a: we estimate model 2 while excluding from the sample the two subjects who constantly overbid in the iv task. these are considered as outliers. ii) model 2b: we specify the variable und as percentage of underbids (per subject) in the iv setting. this variable measures the rate of underbidding. the main statistics for this variable are provided in table e1. iii) variation 2 (model 2c): we estimate model 2b while excluding from the sample the two subjects who constantly overbid in the iv task. table e1. summary statistics of variables included in the spva-related models. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max und_freq percentage of underbidding per subject 504 0.681 0.394 0.000 1.000 128 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid results from the estimation of models 2a, 2b and 2c are provided in table e2. results are consistent across specifications. the coefficient βhea_g_irr_und is always negative and statistically significant. we always reject the null that coefficients βhea_a_irr_und, βhea_g_irr_ und, βcf_a_irr_und and βcf_g_irr_und are jointly equal to zero. table e2. generalised least-square regression models with correction for heteroscedasticity for spva data. dep. var: bid_hg coefficients model 2a model 2b model 2b βhea_a 0.451*** 0.547*** 0.531*** (0.116) (0.124) (0.124) βhea_g 0.703*** 0.703*** 0.786*** (0.116) (0.116) (0.124) βcf_a 0.294** 0.294** 0.373*** (0.116) (0.116) (0.124) βcf_g 0.348*** 0.348*** 0.456*** (0.116) (0.116) (0.124) βhea_a_irr 0.211 0.211 0.127 (0.143) (0.143) (0.184) βhea_g_irr 0.730*** 0.730*** 0.763*** (0.143) (0.143) (0.184) βcf_a_irr 0.267* 0.267* 0.135 (0.143) (0.143) (0.184) βcf_g_irr 0.594*** 0.594*** 0.420** (0.143) (0.143) (0.184) βhea_a_irr_und 0.114 0.114 0.116 (0.151) (0.151) (0.174) βhea_g_irr_und -0.388** -0.388** -0.507*** (0.151) (0.151) (0.174) βcf_a_irr_und 0.0435 0.0435 0.0936 (0.151) (0.151) (0.174) βcf_g_irr_und -0.166 -0.166 -0.102 (0.151) (0.151) (0.174) α -0.290*** -0.290*** -0.285*** (0.0984) (0.0984) (0.104) wald test b: χ2 105.360*** 105.360*** 46.230*** wald test c: χ2 13.18** 13.18** 13.490*** obs. 488 488 488 subjects 61 61 61 note: *p<0.01; **p<0.05; ***p<0.10 a standard errors in parentheses b h0:βhea_a_irr =βhea_g_irr =βcf_a_irr =βcf_g_irr=0 c h0: βhea_a_irr_und =βhea_g_irr_und=βcf_a_irr_und =βcf_g_irr_und =0 129consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food appendix f detailed summary statistics of the choice variable (ch_hg) are provided in table f1 below. table f1. summary statistics of dce choices. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max ch_hga = 1 if alternative a is selected = 0 otherwise 585 0.275 0.446 0 1 ch_hgb = 1 if alternative b is selected = 0 otherwise 585 0.350 0.477 0 1 ch_hgc = 1 if alternative c is selected = 0 otherwise 585 0.374 0.485 0 1 model 3a replaces the variable irr in model 3 with irr_freq. this variable indicates the rate of irrational choice made by each subject. main statistics of this variable are presented in table f2. results from the estimation of model 3a are reported in table f3. none of the coefficients βhea_a_dm_freq, βhea_g_dm_freq, βcf_a_dm_freq and βcf_g_dm_freq is statistically significant and a wald test fails to rejects the hypothesis that these coefficients are jointly equal to zero (0.840). these results indicates that the rate of irrationality does not affect hgv elicited via dce. table f2. summary statistics of variables included in the dce model. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max dm_freq percentage of non-demand revealing choices 585 0.376 0.252 0.000 1.000 130 simone cerroni, verity watson, jennie i. macdiarmid table f3. wtp-space multinomial logit models for dce dataa,b. dep. var.: choice coefficients model 3a ωopt-out 1.884*** (0.416) ωhea_a,mean 0.233 (0.277) ωhea_g,mean 1.209*** (0.194) ωcf_a,mean 0.626*** (0.225) ωcf_g,mean 1.526*** (0.192) ωhea_a,sd 0.969*** (0.0796) ωhea_g,sd 1.548*** (0.114) ωcf_a,sd 0.0816* (0.0450) ωcf_g,sd 1.416*** (0.105) ωhea_a_irr_freq -0.333 (0.414) ωhea_g_irr_freq 0.204 (0.298) ωcf_a_irr_freq 0.262 (0.353) ωcf_g_irr_freq -0.052 (0.305) λmean -0.505 (0.319) λsd 1.963*** (0.350) wald test d: χ2 0.840 log-likelihood -431.878 obs. 1,755 subjects 65 note: *p<0.01; **p<0.05; ***p<0.10 a standard errors in parentheses b 1,000 halton draws c h0:ωhea_a_irr_freq =ωhea_g_irr _freq=ωcf_a_irr_freq =ωcf_g_irr_freq = 0 131consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food appendix g in model 4a, the dependent variable is irr_freq which indicates the rate of irrational bids/choices submitted per subject. summary statistics for this variable are presented in table g1. table g1. summary statistics of variables included in the behavioral model. variable description obs. mean st.dev. min max dm_freq percentage of non-demand revealing observations 128 0.588 0.345 0.000 1.000 results from the estimation of model 4a suggests that the rate of irrationality is higher in the spva treatment as compared to the dce treatment (table g2). the coefficient βdce is negative and statistically significant (-1.731; p<0.01). we find that females (βfem) are more likely to act irrationally (0.492, p<0.10). interestingly, the coefficient βincome is positive and statistical significant (1.05e-05, p<0.10). this may suggest that monetary payoffs in the iv tasks were not high enough to incentivise higher income subjects. table g2. behavioral binary logit modela. generalized linear model dep. var.: dm_freq coefficients βdce -1.731*** (0.260) βtime 0.318 (0.243) βhungry -0.048 (0.076) βfemale 0.492* (0.279) βage 0.02 (0.00827) βincome 1.05e-05* (6.31e-06) α 0.203 (0.578) log-likelihood -60.347 obs. 128 subjects 128 note: ***p<0.01; **p<0.05; *p<0.10 a standard errors in parentheses consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food simone cerroni1,2,3,*, verity watson4, jennie i. macdiarmid5 the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region: a quantitative analysis of a rural community in eastern uganda anna lina bartl agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria romanus osabohien1,3,*, evans osabuohien1,3, precious ohalete2,3 innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? michele vollaro1,*, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 determinants of farm households’ willingness to accept (wta) compensation for conservation technologies in northern ghana evelyn delali ahiale1,*, kelvin balcombe2, chittur srinivasan2 bio-based and applied economics 7(1): 39-58, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-24047 measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard: the case of french and chilean fresh apples federica demaria1,2, pasquale lubello2,*, sophie drogué2 1 crea (consiglio per la ricerca in agricoltura e l’analisi dell’economia agraria), via po n. 14, 00198, rome, italy 2 umr moisa, cirad, ciheam-iamm, inra, montpellier supagro, univ montpellier, montpellier, france date of submission: 2017 13th, march; accepted 2018 1st, february abstract. nowadays, complying with technical, sanitary and phytosanitary (sps) regulations and standards is becoming more and more demanding due to their proliferation and increasing complexity. consequently, increasing requirements in plant health protection and food safety can lead to a loss of competitiveness in countries that are major exporters of fresh products, causing a redistribution of the market shares in certain sectors. exporters complying with regulatory standards benefit from better market access and avoid boarder rejection or product downgrading but incur additional costs due to additional procedures and paperwork. this is the case for french apples producers which are losing competitiveness compared to the chilean ones on foreign markets. this situation can be partially explained by the difficulties of french exporters to comply with international sps requirements. the aim of this article is first to make a compilation of phytosanitary requirements facing french and chilean exporters of fresh apples, then to propose a score (hereafter phytosanitary score) which allows to assess the degree of complexity of these sps requirements. this score is interesting as it synthesizes qualitative information in a metric which can be easily used in quantitative analysis. the results show that even if france and chile are rather close in terms of sps requirements, chilean apples exporters are more capable to comply with foreign sps requisites than the french ones. keywords. cost of compliance, scoring, apples, sanitary and phytosanitary regulations. jel codes. c51, i18, q18. 1. introduction the literature on sanitary and technical regulations has shown that if regulations and standards are market facilitators by decreasing asymmetries, they also hamper trade (swinnen and vandemoortele, 2011; marette and beghin, 2010). the effects that sps regu*corresponding author: pasquale.lubello@supagro.fr 40 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué lations have on the economy depend on how they impact consumers, domestic producers and foreign competitors (swinnen and vandemoortele, 2009). the cost of production and marketing will increase with the increasing complexity of the regulations abroad. in the importing country, compliance with a regulation involves a cost to foreign suppliers, which acts like a trade tax, resulting in a deadweight loss as well as transfers from consumers to producers (beghin and bureau, 2002). on a specific market, foreign producers are impacted by the sps requirements depending on their relative differences in the marginal cost of the regulation, thus on their relative efficiency to comply with importers’ standards. this may affect countries that were major exporters, causing a redistribution of the market shares in certain sectors. it is the case for french apples exporters who compete now with newcomers as china which were not even producers 10 years ago. international trade of apples (and more generally of fruits and vegetables), requires that products intended for marketing come with a phytosanitary certificate (pc) which certifies that they are properly inspected, pest-free, and comply with national and international phytosanitary regulations. however, regulatory constraints and requirements in the importing countries may differ substantially from those in the country of departure. this asymmetry directly impacts the phytosanitary risk management and therefore the costs of compliance. usually, to deliver the pc for fresh apples, countries require either a cold treatment and/or fumigation with methyl bromide (aphis usda, 2014 calvin and krissof, 1998). the former, even if simple to apply, can become quite complicated because the required temperature for cold treatment may vary from one destination to another. moreover, if the majority of countries agree on a pre-shipment cold treatment, others require it during transportation or even at the port of arrival complicating the procedure. but the cold treatment is one among many requirements and paperwork an apple exporter faces before selling its products abroad. even if a producer is able to comply with all these measures, a possible refusal of the apples still remains if at the port of arrival, a further inspection proves that something went wrong during the transportation or if the regulations have changed meanwhile. rejections of apples occurred between the us and japan in 2002, the us and taiwan, australia and new zealand in 2007 (wto, 2010) also between france and vietnam in 2012 (france agrimer, 2015). these examples illustrate that quantifying costs of compliance is not an easy task due to the proliferation of technical and sanitary regulations and standards and to their increasing complexity. moreover, whereas models for policy analysis often require quantitative data, these regulations are often not quantitative. for qualitative standards, like labelling, no numerical values can be directly used. further, these qualitative policies affect different components of costs of production and marketing and cannot be easily aggregated into a single price equivalent. evaluating the protectionist component of these numerous qualitative policies into a protectionist score is likely to remain a challenge (li and beghin, 2014). several authors worked on the issue of introducing qualitative policy instruments in quantitative analysis by producing different synthetic indicators. among others we can quote works on technological positions (jaffe, 1986), regulations on genetically modified organisms (vigani et al., 2011) or varieties of grapes and wines (anderson, 2010). more recently, ferro et al. (2015), li and beghin (2014), winchester et al. (2012) or drogué and demaria (2012) also built synthetic metrics to compare bilateral regulations on maximum residual level of food contaminants. 41measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard in this article we build a phytosanitary score that allows approximating the relative complexity of phytosanitary requirements in the marketing of fresh apples. we compiled the sanitary and phytosanitary regulations french and chilean apples exporters must comply with on their main markets of destination. these two countries have been chosen for two main reasons. first, at international level, in comparison with chile, french producers are losing market share, which could be explained by their difficulties to comply with international phytosanitary regulations. the second reason lies in the characteristics of the countries themselves. france is a traditional provider of apples with a long history of production and consumption, while chile is a more recent producer export-oriented, and, being located in the southern hemisphere; apples in chile are produced off-season. the indicator presented henceforth can be seen as a proxy for higher compliance cost born by exporting countries when shipping their apples abroad. this kind of indicator can be used in econometric models to evaluate the impact of non-tariff barriers on trade. at the same time, supply chain operators can also use it as synthetic information on the complexity of phytosanitary requirements in importing countries. in order to compute our indicator, we first identified all the components of apples phytosanitary requirements chile and france must comply with by destination (number of inspections, number of treatments and location of treatment, signature of an agreement between countries, etc.). then, each component is graded with an increasing value according to its degree of complexity; finally we sum them up in a normalized score. results show that the scores for france and chile are rather close, but suggest that overall france suffers from more stringent foreign regulations and chile is able to reach more easily any destination markets thanks to a better geographical position and phytosanitary situation. the originality of this work is a deeper understanding on sanitary and phytosanitary requirements that french and chilean apples producers necessarily face if they decide to gain foreign markets’ share, and more particularly the design of a tool that allows to grade and to translate regulatory data into a single score useful for quantitative analysis. the paper is organized as follows: section 2 is an overview of the international market of apples and the recent redistribution of market shares between countries in this sector. section 3 is devoted to the presentation of the data on phytosanitary requirements. section 4 presents the building of the score. section 5 is devoted to the sample and the numerical results. section 6 concludes. 2. the international market of apples compared with other markets of agricultural commodities, such as sugar, coffee or bananas, the apple world market can be broadly considered as residual: in 1961, only 9.5% of the world fresh production was traded on international markets and reached 11% fifty years later (2012). the main reason is that, historically, traditional producing countries (essentially western countries) were also the main consumers. from the 90s, an evolution took place in the global geography of production and consumption, leading to evolving trade flows. the description of these changes is therefore important to understand the main opportunities and obstacles encountered by the major exporting countries (like france or chile). 42 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué according to the faostat database, apples are nowadays the second most produced and consumed fruit in the world after bananas and before oranges and grapes. its production evolved greatly during the last 50 years, from 17 million tons in 1961 to more than 76 million tons in 2012 (+300%). this apparently linear development, hides some recent and deep changes in the geography of production. first and foremost, there is the spectacular increase, from the beginning of the 90s, of the chinese production (figure 1). from just 1% of the world production in 1961, it represents today half the global output in the world (48% in 2012)1. in general, during this same period there is a globalisation of apple production and traditional producers (as france or italy) have lost market shares in relative and absolute value, to the benefit of china and emerging countries (figure 2). on the demand side, we observe the same evolution: in countries of traditional consumption, with high incomes, saturated food demand, and with stronger health and environmental concerns, apples suffer the competition of other fruits, including exotic ones (figure 3). in contrast, population growth recorded in emerging economies, combined with higher average incomes and the dissemination of national and international education policies promoting fruit consumption2 explain the increase of their respective demand for fruits, especially apple, one of the easiest to store (figure 3). finally, if the geographical area of apple production and consumption has greatly expanded in the last 20 years, the new consumer countries are not necessarily the producing ones. therefore, and except for china, which is largely able to meet its own domestic 1 what explains this phenomenon is the liberalization process of the chinese market implemented by deng xiaoping (murphy et al., 1992). his reforms have allowed the chinese farmers to sell their excess production on the free market, leaving the market price system drive the allocation of productive investments. 2 who: http://www.who.int/mediacentre/news/releases/2003/pr1/en/. figure 1. world apple market: production (with and without china). source: faostat. 43measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard demand, the increasing consumption of apples in developing countries (like india, indonesia or brazil for example) represents a new opportunity for all exporters. among the major producing and exporting countries in 2012, table 1 differentiates those for which the domestic market remains a priority (such as china) from those for which external demand represents a major challenge. in the latter category, chile, france figure 2. world apple market: production shares selected countries. source: faostat. figure 3. world apple market: per-capita apple consumption – selected countries. source: faostat. 44 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué and italy3, represent about 30% of apple’s worldwide exports. if in the following study, we limit the comparative analysis to france and chile, thus excluding italy, several reasons justify our choice. first, to avoid duplication effect: france and italy have similar characteristics in terms of seasonality, produced varieties, production conditions and supplied export markets. second, the lack of data, especially regulatory data (bilateral phytosanitary agreements), for italy, does not allow us to add this country to the comparative analysis. therefore, we focus on the comparison between france and chile. these two countries differ not only in terms of geographical location, seasonality, climate characteristics or supplied markets4. they also face contrasting trends in exports. french apples exports are falling in the last 20 years, while they are increasing in chile (figure 4). these trends can partly be explained by the differences in importers’ sps requirements. 3. data description of phytosanitary requirements in the apple sector diseases and pest invasions vary greatly with place and time affecting the risk management and the protection of trees. the main pests damaging apples and apples orchards are: insects (codling moth, fire blight, sawfly insects, tortricid, aphids, and fruit tree spider mites), fungal diseases (apple scab venturia inaequalis and powdery mildew podosphaera leucotricha) and viral diseases. viral diseases have been less damaging since plants carried a certificate which guarantees against the presence of the mycoplasma-like organism (mlo) disease, the apple mosaic or the bitter pit disease (affecting the fruit). in order to mitigate the phytosanitary risk, regulators impose that crop products intended for marketing are accompanied by a phytosanitary certificate, defined above. 3 we could add to this short list, new zealand, a strongly export-oriented country. however, it does not represent a sufficient volume of exportations to be mentioned among the major players of the apple world market. 4 according to the detailed trade matrices published by faostat, france exports about 75% to eu countries and 11% to asian countries (in particular middle east). contrariwise, chilean exports are more diversified: half of its exports concern the americas (especially canada and usa), 23% come to asia and 23% to europe. table 1. world apple market: production and export shares – selected countries. country national production on world production (%) national net exports on world exports (%) national net exports on national production (%) italy 3.2 11.3 38.9 chile 2.1 9.6 50.4 china 47.3 9.1 2.1 usa 5.6 8.2 16.0 france 2.4 7.1 31.7 iran 2.4 1.3 5.7 turkey 3.5 1.0 3.0 india 3.8 -1.8 -7.0 source: faostat, 2012. 45measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard these regulatory constraints and associated additional treatment operations impact the sps risk management and increase, the costs of production and marketing. however, even if a producer is able to comply with all these measures, some possible rejection/refusal of products may still happen if at the port of arrival further inspection prove the presence of a pest. rejections of apples occurred between the usa and japan in 2002, the usa and taiwan, australia and new zealand in 2007 (wto, 2010) and in 2012 vietnam stopped apples coming from france and re-negotiated a bilateral sps agreement (france agrimer, 2015). to illustrate the complex nature of pest risk management in the framework of international apple trade, let’s take the example of cold treatment. cold treatment is a common practice to fight main apple pests (especially ceratitis capitata), which in some cases, must be associated to fumigation (aphis usda, 2014). the cold treatment requires that fruits must be stored at a constant temperature between 0° and 4° for a period of 14 to 21 days to prevent contamination of products by harmful organisms. even if simple to implement, the cold treatment may become quite complicated because in case of a random interruption, the procedure must start again from the very beginning. an interruption is more likely to occur during shipment because temperature sensors cannot be verified easily and the common practice is that of cold treatment in transit5. moreover, doubts about the presence of pests or harmful organism in a given area may rise the alert level with consequent tightening of controls. this happened, with vietnam, which denied market access to its trading partners between 2013 and 2015 in order to modify the phytosanitary regulations. in this context analysing sps regulations imposes a case by case analysis. therefore, for the countries under scrutiny (france and chile) we retrieved information from vari5 source: eppo, url: https://www.eppo.int/quarantine/data_sheets/insects/certca_ds.pdf figure 4. france and chile apple exports (1993-2013). source: faostat. 46 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué ous sources. the first and main sources of information are the websites of the national food safety authorities managed by the respective ministries of agriculture (exp@don for france and the servicio agricola y ganadero (sag) / department of agriculture and livestock for chile). however, in some cases information was missing, thus we also consulted the world integrated trade solution (wits) maintained by the world bank, the world trade organisation (wto) dataset and finally the international plant protection convention (ippc). all this information was crossed-checked with experts from the sral (service regional de l’alimentation / french food regional service). the analysis of all the information at our disposal allowed us to identify an exhaustive list of the many requirements apples exporters face6. these requirements are of two types: (i) operational as the cold treatment or fumigation: in this case the requirements from the animal and plant health inspection service of the united states department of agriculture (aphis/usda) are the leading reference in many countries; (ii) administrative, taking the form of inspections or of declarations and can vary a lot according to bilateral agreements between the countries of origin and destination. we identify 9 requirements, called “dimensions” and described in the box a2 in appendix. to each dimension of the phytosanitary regulation we assigned a grade increasing with the complexity of implementation. the lowest grade is 0 (no constraints). then, 1 when the regulation requires a form of monitoring easy to apply; a value equal to 2 or 3 when fulfilling the requirements is complex and finally the maximum value in case of a ban. for instance, the grade for the cold treatment ranges between 0 and 3. it takes a value equal to 0 if any cold treatment is required; a value equal to 1 if the cold treatment is applied in transit, a value of 2 when the regulation requires a cold treatment at the port of arrival and a value of 3 for ban. we assume that any kind of activity is more difficult or more expensive to implement in the country of destination than during the shipment or pre-shipment. indeed (i) the absence of national operators in the foreign countries, (ii) the difficulties related to the use of different languages or different standards or (iii) the potential higher cost of the cold treatment activities in the foreign countries makes the procedure more difficult. the ban is not difficult to implement but it prevents all imports from the banned country; this is the reason why we consider the ban equivalent to assigning the highest grade to each dimension. table 2 displays the grades by dimension. as we can see from table 2, the number and the values of each restriction vary from country to country depending on the underlying domestic regulation. each phytosanitary requirement is controlled and certified by the representative safety authority: the sral in france, the sag in chile. they perform the required inspections and deliver the phytosanitary certificates. once this evaluation has been made, in the next section we synthesize all the components into one metric which gives the relative “phytosanitary distance” between the exporter (i.e. france or chile) and their importers. 4. building a phytosanitary score in order to assess the complexity of the overall sps regulations imposed to french and chilean apple exporters we built a phytosanitary score (hereafter ps). follow6 the analysis was carried out between 2014 and 2016. during this period, no major changes took place in trade relations, except for the negotiation of a new bilateral protocol between france and vietnam. 47measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard ing ferro et al. (2015), ps is designed as the sum of the grade obtained by each phytosanitary constraint (dimension) imposed by the importing country to the exporting one. we then normalized it in order to obtain a value ranging between 0 and 1 and further imposed convexity as in li and beghin (2014). in our analysis we consider that ps measures the relative severity of the phytosanitary constraints imposed by the importing country. table 2. dimensions and grades of the phytosanitary requirements and underlying regulations. dimension values underlying regulations territorial restriction / qo restriction 0 (no restriction) 1 (yes restriction) 2 (ban) bilateral agreements: between france and china, indonesia, sri lanka, taiwan, thailand, vietnam, usa between chile and china, india, taiwan, thailand, usa, mexico. in the other cases, the information comes from: exp@don database (for france) sag database (for chile) wits database (by world bank) food safety authority of importing countries (website) agreement 0 (no agreement needed) 1 (agreement on pre-listing) 2 (agreement on yearly check) 3 (ban) import permission 0 (no ip needed) 1 (the ip has been negotiated) 2 (the ip has not been negotiated) 3 (ban) phytosanitary certificate 0 (no pc) 1 (the pc has been negotiated) 2 (the pc is under negotiation) 3 (the pc is non official) 4 (ban) pre-inspection 0 (no pre-inspection) 1 (pre-inspection is required) 2 (ban) pre-clearance 0 (no pre-clearance) 1 (pre-clearance is required) 2 (ban) pre-cold treatment/fumigation 0 (no treatment needed) 1 (treatment needed) 2 (ban) cold treatment 0 (no cold treatment) 1 (in transit cold treatment) 2 (at arrival cold treatment) 3 (ban) inspection at arrival 0 (no inspection at arrival) 1 (inspection at arrival) 2 (ban) total requirements 24 (maximum requirements) 48 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué subscript i denotes the exporting country and j importing country (here i is equal to france or chile), phytoijn is the grade of the requirement imposed by country j to country i in the dimension n; maxphyton is the highest grade in the dimension n; minphyton is the lowest grade in the dimension n. the ps indicator ranges between 1 (in the absence of any specific requirements) and e ≈ 2.72 which corresponds to the case of a ban, the greater the score the more difficult to comply with all the dimensions of the country of destination’s sps regulation. the advantage of introducing the convexity in the standard is that it imposes more weight on more demanding requirements suggesting that it is more difficult to reach higher standards and thus that the marginal cost of compliance is increasing. we are particularly interested in verifying the relationships between trade and ps that is to say between trade and the phytosanitary requirement (phyto). our intuition being that the two variables are negatively correlated. 5. sample and results crossing data on french and chilean apple exports during the period 1986-2013 with the sanitary regulations, we have been able to select a sample of 82 countries (over 146 destinations in 2013) for france, and a sample of 51 countries (over more than 100 destinations in 2013) for chile (see the complete list of countries in table a1 in appendix). for the selected countries there is a positive flow of apples from france and chile over the period and information on phytosanitary regulations is available. we exclude from our samples, countries with zero trade flows except when those countries imposed a ban on french or chilean apples. the countries in the sample represent, for both exporters and for the entire period, 99% of their exports of apples on average. our sample can be disaggregated in 3 sub-groups. the first one gathers european countries which apply similar phytosanitary regulations (directive 2000/29 ce, european commission, 2000). in this common phytosanitary area, french apples move freely without control or particular certificates, while chilean apples need a simple inspection at arrival. the second sub-group gathers 52 extra-european destinations for which french and chilean apples must be accompanied by a pc or by a specific phytosanitary document or both. the third group is constituted by countries which banned imports of apples from france or chile (indonesia, japan, south africa, south korea and tunisia). table a1 in appendix reports the values of the scores for all countries importing french or/and chilean apples. it shows in the first column the selected countries importing apples from france; in the second column the values of ps; and in the third column the average trade in volume. columns 4 to 7 display the same information for chile. this score is able to capture the degree of complexity of the regulation. in order to test the relationship between trade and the score we proceed by simple correlation analysis. in figure 5 and 6, we can appreciate the position of both exporting countries in comparison to their own trading partners. it is interesting to note that the distribution of the phytosanitary score (ps) seem comparable in the two graphs: the group of european countries is always on the left of the distribution, while the group essentially composed by asian countries is, in both cases, on the right. this illustrates that european countries apply relatively looser regulatory restrictions compared to asian countries, regardless 49measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard of the source of exports. however, while it is obvious that france belongs to the group of european countries (as importer, figure 6), it is also important to note that chile as importer, belongs to the group of countries applying more complex regulations (as china, indonesia, taiwan, thailand, or the usa). the box plot in figure 7 shows the distribution of ps by region. in this figure the higher the boxes the more demanding the phytosanitary requirements between france or chile and their clients. first, we can observe that both exporters face similar average level of complexity by region. however, france is almost always facing a higher degree of variability accordfigure 5. ps country mapping (france). figure 6. ps country mapping (chile). 50 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué ing to the destination. this variability is at its maximum within the asian countries. more generally, the variability increases with the level of complexity. it is also interesting to underline the results obtained for african destinations: while the phytosanitary requirements are strongly homogeneous vis à vis chile, they are very heterogeneous for france. the next figures from 8 to 11 present the relationship between the importers’ complexity of phytosanitary constraints and exports. in order to reduce the high trade variability, we aggregate trade volumes by countries sharing similar or identical phytosanitary scores. in the case of france, we are able to distinguish 6 ranges. conversely, for chile we only have 5 ranges, because of the strong requirements’ homogeneity. figure 8 suggests that for france, the level of trade is, as expected, inversely related to the level of complexity in the sanitary requirements of its partner, and reaches zero in the case of a ban (maximum restriction). figure 9 shows that this result is globally confirmed, even when we eliminate extreme values, such as eu (no restriction) and bans (full restriction). however, results are quite different for chile. as figure 6 shows, the phytosanitary constraints imposed to chile by its trade partners are particularly homogenous (except for a few countries on the right side of the distribution). this strong homogeneity of the score does not allow us to discriminate between several ranges and therefore correctly test the correlation between trade flow and score value. therefore, although figures 10 and 11 show a negative and clear correlation between trade and the complexity in phytosanitary regulations (as for france), the results seem more difficult to interpret. in order to support our argument, we try to provide further analytical details about this topic. if we look at the trade between chile and north-american countries, we can see that, while the volume of apples from chile to the usa is important (103,000 tons on average between 2008 and 2013), this is not the case for mexico (8,000 tons on the same period). the reason has to be found in the stronger demand of mexican regulations. yet, although the usa and chile are located in the same continent (and thus closer in distance), chile exports more with the eu (347,000 tons in average between 2008 and 2013) figure 7. ps distribution by region (average and standard deviation). 51measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard than with the usa. we suggest that the cause can also be attributed to the stringency of the us regulations in comparison with those of the eu. another explanation could be found in the existence of a trade agreement between the two countries under scrutiny and their trade partners. table a1 in appendix shows the existence or absence of a trade agreement. the information suggests that for france the geographical proximity and the existence of a trade agreement often overlap and the link figure 8. ps value by range and volume of french apple export (2007-2013). figure 9. ps value by range and volume of french apple export (2007-2013) without eu countries. 52 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué between the existence of the agreement and the level of trade cannot be clearly traced. moreover, even if the eu (and therefore france) has signed a trade agreement with south africa, south korea and tunisia, french apples are still banned from these countries for phytosanitary reasons. for chile, it is slightly different. there is no particular overlapping between the existence of a trade agreement and proximity. but there is also no clear link between the absence of a trade agreement and the absence of trade. chile exports more apples to colombia, ecuador or peru where no agreement has been signed compared to brazil with figure 10. ps value by range and average volume of chile apple export (2007-2013). figure 11. ps value by range and average volume of chile apples export (2007-2013) without usa. 53measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard which an agreement has been signed. the same is true when the importer is farer: chile is able to export high volumes even without the existence of a trade agreement; it is the case with india, russia, saudi arabia, taiwan or the arab emirates (see table a1). 6. conclusion for a long time, france has taken the world leadership in the apple international markets. but the french competitiveness is short of breath. french exporters point at the increasing complexity of the phytosanitary rules governing fresh fruits trade, especially in asia and the usa. on the other side, chile, a growing stakeholder in the apple sector has seen its exports increase regardless of the destination. even if chile benefit from its off-season supply with respect to its main destinations (usa, europe, china), it seems generally less sensitive to the phytosanitary restrictions. using a synthetic measure, we studied the link between the level of french and chilean apples exports and the complexity of the phytosanitary requirements imposed by importing countries. analysing the regulations for more than 130 destinations (84 importing countries for france and 51 for chile), we were able to draw several conclusions. first, we observe that no significant difference between phytosanitary restrictions imposed to france and chile by destinations exists; therefore, the distributions of ps in figures 5 and 6 are rather similar for both exporting countries. second, there is no clear link between the existence or absence of a trade agreement between the two countries and their trade partners and their capacity to penetrate a specific market. third, we have yet underlined that the french and chilean positions inside the ps distributions is not the same. france belongs to the eu which is less demanding in terms of phytosanitary regulations, while chile belongs to the group of countries applying more complex phytosanitary regulations (as china, indonesia, taiwan, thailand or the usa). therefore, this difference in the relative phytosanitary positions of france and chile with respect to phytosanitary restrictions abroad, allows us to better explain why chile resists better to more demanding destinations in terms of phytosanitary regulations than france (see figures 7 to 11). french exporters suffer higher costs in complying with phytosanitary rules, especially when they are imposed by the most dynamic importing countries (as asian countries). for instance, french producers must make a greater effort in pest risk management in comparison to the chilean producers, when they want to export apples free from the mediterranean fly to china or taiwan. as emerging economies increase their consumption of fruits, with the increase in their per capita income, a new demand appears, especially in asian countries, opening opportunities for apple growers and exporters. however even if chile and france face regulations from asian countries (especially china, taiwan or india), its geographical location, the off-season nature of its production and its natural phytosanitary conditions (mediterranean fly free area) give the former an advantage in terms of capacity of compliance. in the chilean case, as their phytosanitary restrictions are very close to those imposed by asian countries or usa, it acts as a “common regulatory language”. it reduces asymmetries in pest risk management and facilitates 54 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué trade. thus, it is possible to understand why chilean exports to taiwan or usa coexist with high score value: once the constraints overcome, due to a learning effect or similarities in natural phytosanitary conditions, trade can unlock its potential. in the french case, phytosanitary restrictions imposed by asian countries or usa are the translation of really different natural and phytosanitary conditions. then the regulations imposed to france by third countries act as real barriers with high costs of compliance (and learning). these results, despite apparently opposed for france and chile, are both consistent with the economic literature on international trade and non-tariff barriers, and suggest once more that sanitary and technical regulations can facilitate as well as hamper trade causing redistribution in the market shares. aknowledgments this research has been financially supported by the french agency of research (anr) under the project n° anr-13-alid-004 sustain’apple. we want to thank the two anonymous reviewers that helped us improved our article. references anderson, k. (2010). varietal intensities and similarities of the world’s wine regions. journal of wine economics, 5(2): 270-309. aphis usda (2014). treatment manual. retrieved from http://www.aphis.usda.gov/ import_export/plants/ports/downloads/treatment.pdf. accessed march 2014. beghin, j.c. and bureau j.-c. (2002). quantitative policy analysis of sanitary, phytosanitary and technical barriers to trade. international economics 87: 107-130. calvin, l. and krissof, b. (1998). technical barriers to trade: a case study of phytosanitary barriers and u.s.-japanese apple trade. journal of agricultural and resource economics 23(2): 351-366. drogué, s. and demaria, f. (2012). pesticide residue and trade: the apple of discord? food policy 37(6): 641-649. european commission (2000). council directive 2000/29/ec. retrieved from http://eurlex.europa.eu. accessed march 2014. franceagrimer (2015). vietnam. levée de l’embargo relatif aux pommes françaises. retrieved from http://www.franceagrimer.fr/index.php/content/pdf/47787. accessed september 2015. ferro, e., otsuki, t. and wilson, j.s. (2015). the effect of product standards on agricultural exports. food policy 50, 68-79. jaffe, a.b. (1986). technological opportunity and spillovers of r&d: evidence from firms’ patents, profits, and market value. american economic review 76(5): 984-1001. li, y. and beghin, j.c. (2014). protectionism indices for non-tariff measures: an application to maximum residue levels. food policy 45: 57-68. marette, s. and beghin, j. (2010). are standards always protectionist? review of international economics 18(1): 179-192. 55measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard murphy, k.m., shleifer, a. and vishny, r.w. (1992). the transition to a market economy: pitfalls of partial reform. the quarterly journal of economics 107(3): 889-906. swinnen, j.f.m. and vandemoortele, t. (2011). trade and the political economy of food standards. journal of agricultural economics 62(2): 259-280. swinnen, j.f.m. and vandemoortele, t. (2009). are food safety standards different from other food standards? a political economy perspective. european review agricultural economics 36(4): 507-523. vigani, m., raimondi, v. and olper, a. (2011). international trade and endegenous standards: the case of gmo regulations. world trade review 11: 415-37. winchester, n., rau, m.-l., goetz, c., larue, b. otsuki, t., shutes, k., wieck, c., lee burnquist, h., pinto de souza, m.j. and nunes de faria, r. (2012). the impact of regulatory heterogeneity on agri-food trade. the world economy 35 (special issue): 973-993. world trade organisation (wto) (2010). panel report out on apple dispute. retrieved from http://www.wto.org/english/news_e/news10_e/367r_e.htm. accessed march 2014. appendix table a1. ps by country of 20 selected destinations of france and chile apples. france chile country ps value trade average 2007-2013 existence of a trade agreement country ps value trade average 2007-2013 existence of a fta algeria 1.16 63,437 yes algeria 1.18 601 no angola 1.24 46 no bahrain 1.14 1,307 no australia 1.22 14 no belgium 1.18 5,756 yes austria 1.07 614 yes bolivia 1.18 14,974 no bahrain 1.24 365 no brazil 1.15 13,400 yes bangladesh 1.28 261 no canada 1.18 15,548 yes belgium 1.07 37,748 yes china 1.47 12,467 yes brazil 1.21 2,049 no colombia 1.15 68,894 no bulgaria 1.07 16 yes costa rica 1.14 7,810 yes canada 1.15 422 no cyprus 1.18 535 yes china 1.47 638 no denmark 1.18 1,952 yes colombia 1.28 965 no domin. republic 1.25 1,705 no costa rica 1.24 93 no ecuador 1.07 44,748 no cote d’ivoire 1.24 727 no egypt 1.18 5,378 no czech republic 1.07 449 no el salvador 1.14 4,841 yes denmark 1.07 12,580 yes finland 1.18 1,162 yes djibouti 1.00 24 no france 1.18 9,452 yes ecuador 1.20 57 no georgia 1.18 327 no egypt 1.08 1,619 yes germany 1.18 12,456 yes 56 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué france chile country ps value trade average 2007-2013 existence of a trade agreement country ps value trade average 2007-2013 existence of a fta equat. guinea 1.30 31 no greece 1.14 5,028 yes estonia 1.07 318 yes guatemala 1.18 5,403 yes ethiopia 1.24 0.1 no honduras 1.22 3,243 no finland 1.07 11,745 yes hong kong 1.18 8,716 no germany 1.07 56,902 yes india 1.47 20,605 no greece 1.07 96 yes ireland 1.18 2,530 yes guinea 1.20 254 no italy 1.18 10,135 yes honduras 1.24 0.1 no japan 2.72 0 no hong kong 1.00 1,968 no jordan 1.30 797 no hungary 1.07 54 yes kuwait 1.18 3,740 no iceland 1.07 65 yes latvia 1.18 360 yes india 1.19 339 no libya 1.14 2,568 no indonesia 2.72 1,126 no malta 1.18 495 yes iran 1.24 1,576 no mexico 1.51 8,053 yes ireland 1.07 20,274 yes netherlands 1.18 63,406 yes israel 1.46 1,021 yes norway 1.18 3,990 yes italy 1.07 3,952 yes oman 1.14 1,814 no jordan 1.28 213 yes panama 1.19 1991 no kazakhstan 1.18 103 yes peru 1.22 38,402 no kenya 1.28 199 no portugal 1.18 2,978 yes kuwait 1.20 2,226 no qatar 1.18 1,193 no latvia 1.07 72 yes russia 1.18 38,062 no libya 1.20 2,992 no saudi arabia 1.18 49,620 no lithuania 1.07 718 yes south korea 2.72 0 yes luxembourg 1.07 1,092 yes spain 1.18 21,593 yes malaysia 1.11 4,885 no sweden 1.18 5,573 yes maldives 1.00 276 no taiwan 1.47 41,995 no malta 1.07 7 yes turkey 1.18 2,266 yes mauritania 1.20 657 no uae 1.18 26,322 no mayotte 1.07 438 yes united kingdom 1.18 31,919 yes morocco 1.10 914 yes usa 1.51 103,697 yes n. caledonia 1.03 163 yes venezuela 1.18 28,416 no netherlands 1.07 66,287 yes nigeria 1.36 3 no norway 1.07 2,279 yes oman 1.24 2,631 no poland 1.07 644 yes portugal 1.07 25,520 yes romania 1.07 78 yes russia 1.21 26,118 yes saudi arabia 1.12 16,631 no 57measuring the complexity of complying with phytosanitary standard france chile country ps value trade average 2007-2013 existence of a trade agreement country ps value trade average 2007-2013 existence of a fta seychelles 1.20 56 no singapore 1.09 3,770 no slovenia 1.07 36 yes south africa 2.72 40 yes south korea 2.72 0 yes spain 1.07 101,845 yes sri lanka 1.28 49 no sudan 1.24 479 no sweden 1.07 9,104 yes switzerland 1.07 643 yes taiwan 1.47 287 no thailand 1.45 3,375 no togo 1.20 200 no tunisia 2.72 18 yes turkey 1.28 204 yes united arab emirates 1.10 16,033 no uganda 1.17 14 no united kingdom 1.07 132,141 yes uruguay 1.22 24 no usa 1.52 25 no venezuela 1.22 200 no vietnam 1.38 120 no 58 federica demaria, pasquale lubello, sophie drogué box a1. sps requirements description. 1. ban and territorial restriction. the ban forbids all exports of a product towards a third country. the ban may be justified either because of the presence of a quarantine organism in the country of origin but in the country of destination, as it is the case in tunisia or in south africa for french apples. furthermore, countries of destination can temporary refuse imports as in the case of the apples from usa in japan and from france in vietnam (see above). territorial restriction/quarantine organism restriction: the importing country can impose to its providers that goods crossing its borders originate only from specific parts of the country of origin where quarantine organisms are absent or under control. for instance, france has negotiated a protocol with indonesia which makes sure that only apples from the region «pays de la loire» can be exported. china and taiwan impose similar restrictions to chile. area restriction is then an actual trade restriction. 2. accreditation: is a more advanced form of territorial restriction. for instance, china or taiwan establishes a precise list of orchards, of storage and packing facilities, of exporters with the domestic sanitary authorities. the list of accredited organisms can be defined in different ways. in the simplest case it is the local authority (in france the sral) which compiles the list of producers complying with phytosanitary requisites and the importer only needs to approve or not the list. or, the importing country may decide to approve the list after the inspection of the producing units by its own inspectors. the frequency of inspections may vary according to what has been agreed upon by both parties. 3. the import permit (ip): this document is required by few countries imposing additional/reinforced inspections of goods. for instance, israel phytosanitary authorities require that 2% of the total french exports are examined by local authorities (sral). similar requests are addressed to chile by countries like honduras or bolivia. in both cases, it is a more demanding control compared to the one usually performed by national sanitary authorities to deliver the pc. it is for this reason that the results of ip’s inspections are quoted in the pc in the box “additional documents”. 4. the phytosanitary certificate (pc): in the simplest case (as it is the case for france vs. norway), the pc is obtained after a visual inspection by the sral of apples to be exported. thus, issuing the pc is equivalent to an inspection. in more complex cases, the pc must mention also all the additional inspections required by the importing country and certified by the sral (origin of the products, agreement, import permit, cold treatment etc.) 5. pre-inspection (or internal inspection): is an additional inspection required by a few countries among which usa and taiwan. it is also qualified as double internal inspection because it must be implemented by the storage/packing employees before and during the packing operations. this double checking must be validated by the national safety authority. 6. pre-clearance is an additional pre-shipment inspection required by the usa. the pre-clearance procedure must be performed by the aphis/usda inspectors and aphis/usda trained domestic inspectors (from the sral). moreover, the volumes of the sample intended for inspection are defined by the aphis/usda regulation and are larger than those usually required by the sral (it is the reason why the presence of the sral is necessary during the samples’ inspection). however, though we have to consider here the preclearance as a simple additional inspection, negotiations between usa and italy or new zealand show that pre-clearance is a heavier system of export control (2 or 3 inspections) which can coincide in the french case with a mix of pre-inspections and cold treatment. 7. the pre-cooling/fumigation: in case of the presence of the mediterranean fly in the producing country, some importers require that the exporter prove that before the loading of apples in the refrigerated container, the merchandise has already reached the temperature recommended by the regulation (pre-cold treatment) or has been subjected to fumigation (with methyl bromide). in this case the exporter requests the national safety authority to certify the apples have been subject to fumigation or pre-cooling during the storage and they have reached the temperature needed to start the cold treatment. 8. the cold treatment requires that fruits must be stored at a constant temperature between 0° and 4° for a period of 14 to 21 days to prevent contamination of products by harmful organisms. for all destinations requiring the cold treatment during the transit, the sral is requested to inspect and certify all the stages of loading in the refrigerated containers and the position of the sensors. the sral certifies the first stage of the process. 9. inspection at arrival: it is a final and additional (or unique) inspection performed by representatives of the local phytosanitary authority, which sets the volumes of the samples to be inspected. bio-based and applied economics 6(2): 115-118, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-21212 editorial aieaa discussion paper on the cap after 2020 the diversity of agricultural systems in the european union challenges policy makers asking for a renewed capacity to take into account the needs and the aspirations of all actors of the european countryside: farmers, consumers, institutions and territories. the future pac should carefully look at what can be considered today the “value added” that a european framework can produce for agricultural policy. transforming national and local specificities into shared resources may refresh the role of the cap as a fundamental laboratory for the european integration, 60 years after the signature of the rome treaties. as a scientific society deeply committed to the process of knowledge creation supporting the design, implementation and evaluation of the cap, the italian association of agricultural and applied economics (aieaa) wants to contribute to the reform process in the perspective of a dynamic and diversified countryside, where different forms of agriculture can contribute to the flourishing of european society. this discussion paper was prepared in spring 2017 by a working group composed by aieaa members who joined the public consultation on “modernising and simplifying the common agricultural policy (cap)” promoted by the european commission. the aim of the paper is twofold. it allows our association to contribute to the public consultation and it provides a starting point to feed the debate on the future of the cap. promoting a thorough reflection on the design and the development of a rural and agricultural policy, in connection with needs and expectations of italian and european citizens, is part of the aieaa mission. the hope is that this discussion paper may foster a wide and fruitful debate within both our scientific community and the european society. issues at stake in the current cap the functions that european people assign to agriculture are performed to a different extent and with a varying balance among different actors and territories. large and competitive farms ensure the security of the food supply chain and manage a major share of the rural space. however, even though this productive model represents the largest part of output and income produced by agriculture, other models of small or alternative agriculture exist. they provide both commodities and public/social goods, often in marginal and fragile areas, as in urban and peri-urban agriculture, in the growing sector of social farming, in forms of integration oriented to solidarity between farmers and consumers or in forms oriented to the sustainability of rural economies. such a variety of farming models are likely to follow different personal motivations and economic incentives. in front of this variety of european “agricultures”, the current framework of the cap 116 editorial mainly refers to an entrepreneurial-based and market-oriented model of farming, unsuitable to fit other forms of agricultural production and to adapt to marginal and disadvantaged rural areas. the european society faces a further decline of these forms of agriculture with the risk of losing much more in terms of public goods than in terms of private goods. as, for example, in case of the local economies and social cohesion in marginal areas, the conservation of valuable element of landscape linked to no longer profitable forms of cultivation, the countryside stewardship in rural areas. the current cap is a policy framework providing a number of objectives and instruments. not always there are clear evidences of the matching between actual outputs of the policies (involved beneficiaries, supplied financial resources, affected agricultural land, etc.) and expected impacts. this entails problems of overlapping of tools, conflicts among instruments and objectives, which create, in turn, problems of effectiveness and efficiency. the reasons of such a complex structure have to be found in the pressure of countries, stakeholders and the commission itself, each of which pursuing its own objectives. this translated into the use of multi-objective intervention tools (e.g. agricultural income support constrained to the reduction of environmental impacts) that, according to available empirical evidence, do not always work well. direct payments are the main policy tool within the current cap. they were introduced in order to move towards a less distortive support of production and trade, better targeted and more evenly distributed among farms and among territories. the main justification for the current european system of direct payments was tied to the provision of public goods that are better produced at the supra-national level. the last cap reform 2014-2020, however, shaped a complex system of payments to support agricultural income as well as to remunerate specific behaviours or specific status of farmers. this produced a poor consistency between the goals of support pursued (competitiveness of european agriculture, support of agricultural income and provision of public goods) and the instruments applied (direct payments linked to the hectares of owned land). in particular: • the increased income variability, due to the joint effect of market price volatility and climate change trends, limits farmers’ ability to plan investments. although direct payments tend to increase investment propensity, they represent a rent when product market prices are high, but are insufficient to ensure a fair income in case of low prices. • instruments proved to take scarcely into account the territorial differences: the same rules apply for the mountains and the plains, urban and rural areas, different climate areas. the measures devoted to less favoured areas, in particular for agriculture in mountain areas, showed to be ineffective and remained almost unapplied. an insufficient endowment of financial resources, together with a lack of coordination with measures activated under the second pillar of the cap, mostly explain their poor performance. • the green payment, which once again does not take into account the structural diversity of farms, showed to be scarcely effective in addressing the environmental issues, translating into a small environmental effect. • the rules followed in determining individual support do not respond to a fair distribution of the financial resources among farms. small farms are substantially not 117editorial considered inside the cap and they are strongly discriminated with respect to large and intensive farms. further, the policy does not take into account the total income of agricultural households, reducing the effectiveness of targeting of income support. • the mix of income support, incentives and complex regulations make transaction costs in the sector very high. a large share of financial resources ends up in the hands of intermediate agents that successfully lobby to maintain the status quo. • compliance rules and bureaucratic commitments that are sustainable for a large and structured farm, easily becomes a complex and burdensome red tape for small farming. • the land-ownership linked system of direct payments affects land prices reducing land access opportunities for younger farmers. this in turn reduces the effectiveness of policy fostering innovation in agriculture. recommendations for the reform the future cap should match agriculture and food-related objectives with higher level eu and country objectives in an increasing complex, rapidly changing and globalised environment. in this context, a major issue should be the need for a better coordination between the cap and closely related policies, such as those for food &health, the promotion of bioeconomy, the generation and diffusion of innovation, policy for environment and climate change and those affording social issues (e.g. migration, youth condition). innovation will be a key topic for the future eu strategy and should be taken in higher consideration within the future cap. this may include not only measures encouraging innovation adoption by individual farms, as well as by integrated supply chains, but also improving the organization of the agricultural knowledge innovation system. social innovation as well as technological innovation should be considered. entry into the sector (especially by young farmers and new players) and investments should be better connected to innovation actions within the future cap. a better harmonization between cap and national policy should be pursued. a fair minimum standard of living for farmers and other rural people should be assured by fiscal and social policy at the national level. the cap should rather consider factors affecting agricultural income that cannot be addressed neither at the individual nor at the regional or national level, such as price variability and increased environmental risks, and provide a common ground for food safety, food and nutrition security within the common european market, and trade policy. a critical issue is to ensure coordination and critical mass to the adopted measures. in this respect, incentives should be increasingly provided to communities or collective initiatives rather than to individual farmers, switching from a “cap of farmers” to a “cap of territories”. this approach could increase the resilience of rural systems in providing public along with private goods, as the former are often local and their provision requires coordination among the agents from a given area. a territorial approach, involving different subjects on common projects and goals, should characterize the future policy framework. a simplified cap should be more and more based on a contractual approach in favour of whoever is able to achieve the objectives set (certain, measurable and based on a 118 editorial national strategy). market or local community-based provision of public goods should be pursued whenever feasible also with new approaches to regulation. the conservation of the “diversity” of rural and agricultural systems should be included among the cap goals. this would include a clearer vision of diversity among systems and within each system, in which a relevant issue asking for diversified actions is the different role of professional market-oriented farms and other types of farm. the forms of support must be increasingly differentiated according to farm types. professional farms are in charge of producing food and other agricultural commodities in a competitive and sustainable way; for these farms the cap must mainly provide measures to stabilize agricultural income and employment, and encourage investment in innovation and aggregation. conversely, the public function of alternative forms of farming strengthening rural society and protecting the environment should be recognized within the cap and encouraged within territorial projects. the cap should increase its flexibility in quickly addressing the changes in the international economic and social environment. more freedom to adapt the common policy to national, regional and local conditions should be ensured along with an adaptive approach to administrative procedures, with the aim of enhancing the effectiveness of measures and reducing the red tape costs, especially in the rural development policy. at the same time a stronger link to environmental impacts that are more easily measurable at the territory level (with incentives for those governments able to reach the targets) should guarantee a fair commitment of the national, regional and local governments on sustainability agriculture labour issues and social objectives should be strengthened in the cap (migrations, remote areas, entry of new farmers) and regulation in labour and land use should be improved in order to achieve better sustainability. among the cap goals also the maintenance of employment in remote and internal rural areas should be included. a relevant issue not well addressed by the current cap concerns the organization of farmers and the low bargaining power of farmers in the supply chain. strengthening the coordination of the supply chains will need further efforts. the empowerment of farmers within the supply chain should be pursued together with an increased involvement of consumers as active players in the agri-food system. a cap of territories may support the link between healthy food diet programs and local agri-food chain strategies, or may introduce incentives and training opportunities addressed to consumers for improving the demand for agricultural products with eu certification (e.g. pdo, pgi, organic products) and the sustainability of consumer behaviour. at the same time, chain coordination is a key driver to competitiveness on international markets; in this respect it should be prioritised, promoting consistent actions of market penetration, protection of origin and innovation. bio-based and applied economics 6(2): 119-137, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-19112 the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data. the case of carbon footprint in lombardy fadn farms edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni*, roberto esposti department of economics and social sciences, università politecnica delle marche, ancona italy date of submission: 2016 28th, september; accepted 2017 13th, june abstract. this paper aims to assess whether and to what extent environmental and productivity affect each other within heterogeneous farms. the analysis concerns the sample of fadn lombardy farms observed from 2008 to 2013. using the fadn information on production structures and activities, a productivity index (total factor productivity tfp) and an environmental indicator (emission intensity ei) are properly reconstructed at the farm level. the nexus between tfp and ei is then investigated by admitting heterogenous behaviour across farm sizes and specializations. results show that the relationship between tfp and ei is not univocal and suggest that the mitigation of ghg emission can be based on the diffusion of the best practices adopted by high-productivity farms of different size and specialization. keywords. total factor productivity, ghg emissions, fadn, farm-level indicators. jel codes. o13, q12, d24. 1. introduction the main challenge faced by the european agriculture in the early 21st century is how to increase production in order to respond to the significant growth in global food demand while preserving natural resources and the environment. however, assessing to what extent eu agriculture is really moving along this innovative path of, at once, higher productivity and higher environmental sustainability (i.e., better economic and environmental performances), remains a complex methodological challenge. productivity gains are typically measured as total factor productivity (tfp) growth (oecd, 2001a; european commission, 2014), but tfp measures do not account for nonmarketable inputs and outputs. this could lead to a systematic bias in productivity calculations and incorrect policy conclusions as non-marketable goods are important compo*corresponding author: s.coderoni@staff.univpm.it 120 e. baldoni et al. nents of the contribution agriculture gives to overall social welfare (oecd, 2010). nonetheless, some of these environmental effects used or produced by agricultural activities can be precisely measured by appropriate environmental indicators in order to accompany the tfp and provide a more comprehensive representation of the agricultural sector’s performance. this is the case of the agricultural greenhouse gases (ghg) emissions. as the long-run relationship between agricultural tfp and ghg has relevant policy implications, it has been already investigated in the case of italian regions using aggregate (i.e., macro) data (coderoni and esposti, 2013 and 2014). however, the analysis at the micro level remains, to our knowledge, unexplored. such a farm-level viewpoint could provide a more insightful perspective on the production implications of agricultural ghg mitigation. in fact, both in tfp and ghg emission calculation at the macro level, significant aggregation bias can occur eventually obscuring the strongly heterogeneous farm-level relationship between economic and environmental performances. whether and by how much productivity and environmental performance affect each other, and to what extent this influence varies across different farms is an empirical issue. this paper aims to answer these questions using fadn data. the proposed approach firstly computes farm-level tfp and ghg emission measures. secondly, the nexus between the two is assessed econometrically. the investigation is performed on the balanced panel of lombardy fadn farms observed over the period 2008-2013. the rest of the paper is structured as follows. section 2 introduces the topic and overviews the relevant recent empirical literature in this respect. section 3 illustrates the fadn panel dataset and the methodology adopted to reconstruct the tfp index and the emission intensity (ei) at the farm-level. section 4 presents the results of the estimated farm-level relationship between tfp and ei. section 5 discusses the main policy implications of these results and concludes. 2. the productivity and environment nexus: the micro-level evidence the need for a new impulse to productivity growth in western modern agriculture is one of the motivation that led the european union (eu) to launch the european innovation partnership for agricultural productivity and sustainability (eip-agri) in 2012 (european commission, 2012). eip aims to build a bridge between science and the practical application of innovative approaches, with the purpose of addressing the most fundamental challenge faced by european agriculture in the early 21st century: satisfying the expected growth in global food demand, while conserving natural resources and the environment (european commission, 2012). tfp measures productivity as the ratio between an index of total commodity output (crop and livestock products) and an index of total inputs used in production (i.e.: land, labour, capital, and materials). hence, an increasing tfp implies that more output is being produced from a given bundle of agricultural resources (fuglie, 2012 and 2015). however, a major drawback of the conventional tfp measurement is that it only accounts for those inputs and outputs for which there are observable market transactions, while non-marketable resources or outputs are not considered. among these non-marketable goods, agricultural production involves, on the input side, the use of natural resources and, on the output side, the generation of environmental impacts. disregarding non-marketable goods 121the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data in agricultural tfp estimation may induce systematic biases in productivity calculations and, thus, incorrect policy implications (oecd, 2014). moreover, according to fuglie et al. (2016), the appropriate metric for sustainable agriculture should have the property of spatial and temporal variance. in other words, it should be defined at that “natural” scale at which ecosystem processes are affected by agricultural production. as a matter of fact, many environmental factors are highly scale dependent, thus they affect productivity differently depending on the scale of measurement (fuglie et al., 2016). if a too aggregate scale is followed (e.g. the national level), we incur the potential risk of concealing relevant regional or local differences, thus failing in detecting those specific conditions where agriculture is actually unsustainable from an environmental perspective. more importantly, this aggregate scale is not able to assess how farm-level behaviour and choices affect productivity (tfp) and environmental (ei) performances. for instance, rather than being the consequence of a generalized technological improvement, the aggregate tfp growth can be the result of a number of farms entering and exiting agriculture or moving from one type of farming or specialization to another. therefore, working with micro data allows to better detect the nexus between productivity and environmental performances highlighting how these performances vary across space. firm heterogeneity is an essential aspect when this kind of performances is investigated regardless of the sector. however, this aspect is even more critical in the case of agriculture and, in particular, within the italian agricultural sector where large farm heterogeneity and very different productivity levels are observed (esposti, 2011). recent empirical literature on agricultural productivity growth has focused on farmlevel analysis (kimura and sauer, 2015; sheng et al., 2015). nonetheless, empirical studies on the nexus between agricultural productivity and environmental performances using farm-level data are rare and only focus on specific farm typologies (serra et al., 2014). in this respect, more evidence has been reported outside the agricultural sector. cui et al. (2016) analyse productivity, export and environmental performance in us manufacturing firms and find that more productive and export-oriented facilities also show a significantly lower emission intensity. a similar negative relationship between production and environmental performance is found by batrakova and daves (2012) and forslid et al. (2014). other recent studies, however, suggest that the firm-level relationship between emissions intensity and productivity may be more complex (see, for instance, barrows and ollivier, 2014, in the case of indian manufacturing firms). the most relevant evidence emerging from this empirical literature, however, is not a productivity-emission relationship of a general validity, but rather how strongly this relationship may differ across sectors and firms’ typologies. consequently, the main advantage of micro data consists in better capturing such heterogeneity. this seems particularly true in the case of agricultural ghg emissions. as noticed by coderoni and esposti (2014), the dynamic of agricultural ghg emissions depends on two fundamental effects: the scale effect that makes the emission always growing with the size of the farm, and the production technology effect, that may either reduce or increase the emissions. this latter effect is the combination of different forces: technological change, strictu sensu, and the change of agricultural output composition. both forces influence, at the same time, agricultural ghg emissions and productivity and, therefore, the long-term relationship between the 122 e. baldoni et al. two. working with micro data is thus helpful to distinguish the role of the production scale (farm size) and of production technology on these emission performances. 3. farm-level performances 3.1 the fadn sample in the present work, the reconstruction of the farm-level tfp and ei measures is performed on a balanced panel of 345 fadn farms of one of the largest italian region (lombardy) observed over the period 2008-2013. it is worth reminding that the fadn sample is not fully representative of the whole national agriculture. the reference population from which the fadn sample is drawn excludes a significant (in terms of numerosity) amount of italian farms, those with an economic size (es) of less than 4,800 euro of yearly standard gross margin. in this respect, the fadn sample is only representative of a sub-population of italian farms that can be here refereed as professional or commercial farms (sotte, 2006). the choice is here made to limit the analysis to lombardy not only for the relevance of this regional agricultural sector in terms of production and ghg emission. more importantly, this region represents a good compromise between maintaining geographical homogeneity, particularly avoiding the huge differences of farming conditions in the north and in the south of the country, and preserving large heterogeneity across farm typologies. lombardy’s agriculture presents farms operating in mountainous and flat areas, extensive and intensive production processes, very different production specializations also in terms of ghg emissions (e.g. rice and dairy farms are widely represented within this sample). the use of these micro data to compute tfp and ei performances is the main novelty of the present study but it also implies several empirical challenges. 3.2 the farm-level tfp index in the present study, we derive the farm-level tfp measure using the index number approach (oecd, 2001a; fuglie, 2015). this approach is here preferred to other methodologies because it is relatively simple and reproducible and can be used to create comparisons across farms over time (baldoni, 2017). according to this methodology, the tfp index is computed as the ratio between a transitive output index and a transitive input index. transitive output and input indices are obtained using the minimum spanning tree method proposed by hill (2004). the fisher formula is used to create bilateral comparisons. see annex 1 for further details on this tfp calculation. table 1 reports the summary statistics of the computed farm-level tfp indices by specialization and economic size. these statistics clearly highlight the heterogeneity of the productivity performance within any group of farms. in terms of specialization, the farmlevel tfp index shows a higher median in dairy farms followed by rice and wine farms. farms specialized in arable crops, horticulture, mixed crops and livestock, and grazing livestock show highly dispersed tfp levels around the median values. largely heterogeneous productivity performance is observed also in terms of es, though there seems to 123the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data be a positive relation between size and tfp index. larger farms are those with a higher median tfp value followed by medium-sized and small-sized farms. 3.3 the farm-level ei index the environmental performance of agricultural production is multidimensional as farming activity involves several environmental goods and generates diverse positive and negative externalities. within the latter, the environmental impact of agriculture includes among others: soil erosion, chemical residuals, nutrient leaching and ghg emissions. however, the interest here is only on farm-level ghg emissions. sustainability will be thus intended, henceforth, in a restricted sense, with exclusive reference to the farm-level environmental performance and, in particular, to the specific aspect of ghg emissions. the focus on ghg emission depends on both technological and policy arguments. from a policy perspective, climate change mitigation has become one of the most important and most controversial objectives of the international political agenda (gerber et al., 2013). in the eu, in particular, the climate policy sets ambitious mitigation targets also for agriculture (european commission, 2011 and 2012) and the recent common agricultural policy (cap) reforms were expected to put forward instruments and incentives to reach these targets (european council, 2014). from a technological point of view, farm-level ghg emissions actually summarize a whole set of production choices with environmental implications (e.g. use of fossil fuel and fertilizers, livestock breeding and land use changes). moreover, measuring these emissions with a unique aggregate indicator (see annex 2), we can easily express how much an table 1. summary statistics of the computed tfp index by farm specialization and economic size. tfp min median max type of farming: dairy 0.035 0.554 4.693 rice 0.062 0.455 3.967 wine 0.023 0.205 1.339 arable crops 0.022 0.204 2.993 mixed crops and livestock 0.035 0.201 4.222 cereals 0.009 0.175 1.420 fruits 0.014 0.164 1.365 grazing livestock 0.015 0.154 1.707 horticulture 0.002 0.136 4.32 granivores 0.007 0.095 2.067 economic size (es): large 0.007 0.562 4.693 medium 0.014 0.310 4.222 small 0.002 0.124 1.250 124 e. baldoni et al. individual farm contributes to global warming regardless its locations. the fact that ghg emissions are less scale (and territorial) dependent than other environmental indicators (e.g. eutrophication and erosion of soils can have different impact depending on the location) (oecd, 2001b) facilitates the comparison of environmental performances across heterogeneous farms. taking only one environmental aspect into account could provide an incomplete representation of the farms’ environmental performance particularly when there could be trade-off between ghg emissions and other environmental indicators (buratti et al., 2017; laurent et al., 2012). therefore, the ghg emission performance is not assumed here as a comprehensive indicator of the whole environmental impact of farming, but only of the contribution of the farm to global warming. at both the european and global level, the main concern in this respect is how to reduce or limit agricultural ghg emissions without affecting productivity, i.e. without increasing costs or decreasing output. studying the joint ghg and productivity performances can thus be particularly informative. to reconstruct the farm-level ghg emission, we have adapted the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc) methodology (ipcc, 2006) using activity data connected to agricultural production. ipcc standards represent well-established international criteria and protocols, which can be used also to achieve a proper farm-level indicator of ghg emissions (dick et al., 2008; coderoni and bonati, 2013). methane (ch4), nitrous oxide (n2o) and carbon dioxide (co2) emissions are estimated from the following source categories: livestock production, soils, land use, fuel and fertilizers. these different farm-level ghg emissions are then summarised into a unique indicator here called, for the sake of simplicity, the farm carbon footprint (cf). see annex 2 for a more detailed description of the methodology used. in applying the ipcc methodology, the main novelty of the present work with respect to previous studies (coderoni et al., 2013; coderoni and esposti, 2015) consists in the adoption of a farm-specific emission factor (ef), that varies according to farm characteristics or management practices (i.e. more or less intensive management of livestock). due to the limited data availability, this has been possible only for emissions from enteric fermentation of two animal categories (bovine and sheep).1 nonetheless, this emission source is the most relevant at national level as it accounts for 45.6% of total national ghg emissions in 2013 (ispra, 2015). table 2 reports minimum and maximum values of emission factors calculated with this farm-specific methodology. data show large differences with respect to national values. this reflects the importance of the farm specific factors affecting the ef, that vary across farm typologies and sizes.2 table 3 reports the consequent farm-level average cf expressed in tonnes of co2e (see annex 2) and distinguished among its five emission categories. 1 with respect to the other livestock categories, default ef have been used for enteric fermentation of swine, whose contribution is in fact negligible, while in the case of poultry emissions from enteric fermentation are null. 2 among these farm-specific factors we can mention the average age and weight of animals, quantities of milk produced, presence of grazing animals etc. the large variation between minimum and maximum value per livestock category reflects different sizes of the animals included in broad categories (i.e. cattle category includes even lambs). 125the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data table 2. minimum and maximum values of the ef calculated at the farm-level for cattle and sheep. (kg ch4 head-1 year-1). livestock category: national values 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 min max min max min max min max min max min max cattle–male 47.5 2.00 90.4 2.00 86.9 2.00 68.5 2.00 68.50 2.00 68.5 2.0 72.3 cattle–dairy 134.2 60.6 199 51.9 214 56.7 284 57.1 182 57.8 181 54.3 174 cattle-female 47.5 2.00 69.6 2.00 75.9 2.00 68.3 2.00 65.1 2.00 39.1 2.00 43.7 sheep (>1 year) 8.0 4.60 14.3 1.60 13.6 4.60 13.2 4.60 10.3 1.60 16.7 2.30 16.7 sheep (<1 year) 8.0 1.60 10.1 1.60 9.20 1.60 10.5 3.40 9.20 3.40 17.7 1.60 17.7 table 3. farm-level cf distinguished into the five macro emission categories (avg. ton co2e per farm).   2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 % median yearly variation cf livestock 343 367 347 355 346 363 -0.31 cf soils 50.8 51.9 54.7 56.6 51.3 46.3 -0.64 cf fertilizers 30.3 26.1 30.3 29.7 33.0 31.1 -1.52 cf energy 37.7 41.7 34.3 38.5 42.8 39.9 0.01 cf land usea -6.09 -6.50 -6.12 -6.60 -6.46 -6.28 -4.25 cf total 269 282 271 276 274 272 -1.03 a negative sign indicates that there is a removal of emissions due to carbon sequestration. some regularities clearly emerge. values are higher than other studies on cf at the farm level using fadn data (coderoni and esposti, 2015), reflecting a change in the methodology and an increase in emission sources analysed (e.g. urea application, pasture, manure distributed in fields, etc.). the cf associated to livestock largely represents the most important emission source. soils fertilizers and energy follow. nonetheless, the value of cf associated to energy also deserves attention as this source is often disregarded in the empirical studies on agricultural ghg emissions (coderoni and esposti, 2014). in fact, the ipcc methodology attributes it to the energy sector rather than to agriculture. the cf associated to land use (carbon sequestration) is almost irrelevant compared to all other categories. it is worth reminding, however, that here this source only considers agricultural land use since, as detailed in annex 2, most forestry-related activities are not included due to the lack of appropriate and complete information in the fadn dataset. for most categories, slightly declining emissions are observed, with the only exception of energy. this evidence seems to confirm the reduction of overall ghg emission observed within the italian agriculture in the same period (-5.04%) (ispra, 2015). in order to relate emission performance to the scale-independent tfp measure, the cf has been divided for the farm standard output (so), obtaining the ghg emission intensity (ei), i.e. the level of ghg emitted to produce a unit (€) of so. evidently, the scale effect always makes emissions grow with the size of the farm, but here the interest 126 e. baldoni et al. is in assessing whether scale matters in relative terms, i.e. the larger the farm, the higher (lower) the tfp and/or the ei. table 4 reports descriptive statistics of the evolution of ei over time and across farm typologies and sizes.3 it emerges that variability is significantly reduced when a size-dependent indicator is used. nonetheless, physical size still matters: the greater the farm’s utilized agricultural area (uaa), the larger its ei. however, as also confirmed by the negative correlation coefficient, this evidence is not as much clear in terms of es especially because larger farms show sharper decline over time. among agricultural specializations, rice producing farms have the highest ei.4 activities associated to livestock show high ei, as well, but a much sharper declining trend. with the exception of arable crops, all specializations show a declining ei over time. this decline is very relevant for wine and fruit producers whose performances, in fact, are 3 it is worth noticing that the remarkable variation of the ei observed in some cases (years and specializations) is not the consequence of a major change in the ghg emissions but it rather depends on the large variation of the denominator (the so) due to the intense price variations occurred during the period of observation. 4 rice cultivation is relevant in lombardy (32 farms in the balanced fadn panel) and farm size is particularly high, with medium to big farms and 60 ha of average rice uaa. table 4. 2008-2013 evolution of the farm-level emission intensity across different farm typologies (kg co2e/€). 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 % median yearly variation economic size (es):               small 2.070 2.272 1.159 1.132 1.330 1.145 -6.6 medium 2.434 2.263 1.562 1.567 1.630 1.610 -5.1 big 2.906 2.906 1.479 1.562 1.563 1.446 -5.0 correlation coefficient es-ei -0.082 -0.051 -0.089 -0.080 -0.098 -0.090   physical size (uaa):               uaa < 10 ha 1.649 2.066 0.927 0.904 0.892 0.852 -13.9 uaa 10-50 ha 2.571 2.411 1.420 1.422 1.572 1.430 -4.5 uaa > 50 ha 3.337 3.087 2.193 2.336 2.422 2.397 -2.1 correlation coefficient uaa-ei 0.204 0.112 0.346 0.231 0.343 0.374   type of farming: rice 5.555 5.705 4.257 4.517 4.512 4.168 -1.4 dairy 4.096 3.952 1.832 1.789 1.828 1.826 -4.6 grazing livestocka 3.382 3.034 1.688 1.663 1.866 1.826 -4.1 mixed crop and livestock 2.379 2.381 0.899 0.864 1.059 0.824 -9.3 cereals 1.303 1.504 1.096 1.142 1.291 1.167 -2.3 arable crops 1.094 0.905 0.919 1.056 1.375 1.154 1.9 granivores 0.851 0.909 0.379 0.390 0.317 0.319 -6.7 horticulture 0.466 0.644 0.211 0.369 0.309 0.359 -1.9 fruits 0.293 0.299 0.248 0.077 0.158 0.104 -61.7 wine 0.206 0.418 0.134 0.082 0.167 0.304 -67.1 a grazing livestock contains bovine, sheep and goats. 127the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data strongly affected by few farms with very large variations in fertilizers and land use ghg emissions. juxtaposing tables 1 and 4 some evidence in favour of a relationship between the two performances seems to emerge. farm size (smaller farms show lower productivity, but also lower ei) and farm specialization (intensive livestock farms often show high productivity and higher ei) matter for both tfp and ei. nonetheless, a more appropriate statistical assessment is needed to conclude whether, to what extent and in which direction, such a nexus between tfp and ei actually exists. 4. farm-level nexus between tfp and ei the micro level assessment of the relationships occurring between tfp and ei can be very informative about the existence of synergies between productivity growth and ghg mitigation, i.e. the so-called win-win mitigation strategies (unfccc, 2008). looking at the correlation coefficient between the two performance variables (see annex 3), it would emerge that such a positive synergy does not occur since a positive correlation between productivity and emission intensity is observed. at the same time, however, results also indicate that the nexus between ei and tfp is largely heterogeneous across farms. to more properly assess this nexus, here we assume that the farm ei influences its farm tfp. the argument underlying this influence is that the ei can be considered as a sort of proxy or a determinant of the farm technological level. this relationship is specified with the following polynomial functional form (quadratic), also including variables expressing the farm size: tfp ei ei d s s ei s eiln * *  it it it k k t k m m it m m m it m it m m it m it it 2 , , , , 2∑ ∑ ∑ ∑α β γ δ θ π ε( ) = + + + + + + + (1) where i indicates the generic i-th farm and t the generic t-th year. in (1) tfp is the farmlevel tfp, ei the farm-level emission intensity, dt are time dummies, s are dummy variables expressing whether the i-th farm is small, medium or large), ε is the usual spherical disturbance. α, β, γ, φk, δm, θm, are unknown parameters to be estimated. (1) is a conventional linear regression model and can be properly estimated via ols estimation. results are reported in table 5. the existence of a nexus between ei and tfp seems to be confirmed by statistically significant parameters associated with ei and ei2. however, this nexus differs across farms depending on their es. in particular, it is weaker for smaller farms. this relationship, however, is not only dependent on farm size but it is also non-linear and non-monotonic. this emerges clearly if we plot the estimated functional relationship relating tfp to ei. this is done by replacing in (1) the observed independent variables (ei and the dummies) and the respective estimated parameters, and then computing the consequent tfp. the estimated relationship takes an inverted-u shape (figure 1). this occurs for all farm sizes but it’s more evident for medium and large farms. this means that a win-win combination of productivity and sustainability (in terms of ei) is feasible. the inverted-u shape curve suggests that better productivity performances can be still obtained with lower ei. all the points on the left side of the curve’s inversion point (s) thus represent a bench128 e. baldoni et al. mark in terms of environmental sustainability for those that are on the right side. this result is not new in the agricultural sector where farm structures and management techniques are various and complex and, as several international studies on the subject suggest (unfccc, 2008), there is no one-size-fits-all solution to ghg emission mitigation. 5. policy implications and concluding remarks achieving higher productivity levels while preserving environmental resources is a major challenge for the european agricultural sector in the coming decades. this work table 5. ols estimation of model (1) (standard error in parenthesis). coefficient estimate a -1.886 * (0.090) b -0.009 (0.064) g 0.079 (0.065) φ_2009 -0.009 (0.064) φ_2010 0.079 (0.065) φ_2011 -0.043 (0.065) φ_2012 -0.074 (0.065) φ_2013 -0.094 (0.065) δ (medium size) 0.412* (0.097) δ (small size) -0.238* (0.091) θ (medium size) -0.679* (0.087) θ (small size) -0.904* (0.072) π (medium size) 0.079* (0.015) π (small size) 0.107* (0.012) r2: 0.367 observations: 2070 (345 farms, 6 years) * statistically significant at 5% level 129the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data aims to analyse the relationship between ghg emissions and productivity at the farm level. this micro level of analysis, represents the main originality of the study. it seems to be the most appropriate scale to assess the nexus between productivity and emission performance, as it better captures the possible heterogeneity of this nexus across different farm typologies, that would have been missed with aggregated analysis. results confirm the large heterogeneity of farm performance, supporting the need of farm-level approaches. the analysis here presented states that a nexus between ei and tfp actually exists, but it is not univocal. it differs across farm sizes and, within a given size, it is not monotonic. thus, high-productivity and low-emission farms can coexist with farms showing both high tfp and high ei. if this evidence were confirmed for other regions, or at the national scale, it would have critical policy implications. in fact, several studies concerning the linkage between sustainability and productivity with micro data (see section 2) would indicate that the highest productivity firms are also the most sustainable in terms of environmental performance. this would occur because best technologies imply both higher productivity and lower emissions. these findings would induce the policy recommendation that fostering productivity is also going to increase, in turn, environmental sustainability at aggregate level. results here presented, however, give a more complex picture. it is confirmed that there is no inevitable dualism between productivity and sustainability. at the same time, there are farms with high productivity that also show poor emission performances. thus, in these cases, raising productivity might not lead to greater sustainability. an appropriate policy for agricultural ghg emissions mitigation should then stimulate the diffusions of best practices that combine high tfp with low ei. previous studies always suggested even for the italian livestock sector (coderoni et al., 2015), the possibility of introducing mitigation techniques that are able to reduce emissions with very low or even negative costs (i.e. savings). these mitigation actions reveal that there are more efficient ways to produce the same output. this kind of actions can be very important in figure 1. the tfp and ei nexus for large, medium and small farms. 130 e. baldoni et al. reaching climate change mitigation targets, without affecting farm productivity and, therefore, income. a key implication of this result is that some mitigation measures may be somehow selffinancing, thus sustainable in economic terms. whenever farms experience the combined productivity and environmental effects of these measures, the respective policy support can be gradually decreased and even eliminated. in particular, agri-environment climate measures in the rural development policy seem to be suitable to spread best practices in the mitigation approach, e.g. promoting instruments that represent incentives to the farms to adopt climate friendly techniques. under this win-win result, however, this support can be progressively reduced as these techniques will spontaneously spread across farms. results obtained in this study are interesting also from another perspective. as the eip-agri views productivity and environmental sustainability as a unique major objective for the eu agriculture of next decades, it would be particularly helpful to have a unique indicator of these joint performances. this can be achieved with an environmentally-adjusted tfp (eatfp), also known as total resource productivity (trp) (fuglie et al., 2016), which relies on the concept of joint production (use) of marketable and nonmarketable outputs (inputs). this indicator is relevant also in an international policy perspective as the oecd (2014) includes it among the key indicators for monitoring progress towards green growth in agriculture. the present work represents thus just an initial step in the direction of such a joint indicator of economic and environmental performance of the farm level. in this respect, however, results are relevant and encouraging. they suggest that the farm-by-farm correction of tfp with a ei indicator, could be not univocal, i.e. not invariant with the farm structure. in particular, this correction would be more important for smaller than larger farms since, for the same ei, the latter usually show a lower tfp. on the possible extension of the present analysis towards the calculation of a tfp adjusted for the farm ei, future research is expected to provide significant steps forward. 6. acknowledgements authors would like to thank marina vitullo and eleonora di cristofaro (ispra) for the ghg emission reconstruction and antonio giampaolo, davide longhitano and antonella bodini for the fadn dataset. authors are listed in alphabetic order. authorship may be attributed as follows: sections 1, 3.2 and annex 1 to edoardo baldoni; sections 2, 3.3, 5 and annex 2 to silvia coderoni, section 3.1, 4 and annex 3 to roberto esposti. references baldoni, e. (2017). agricultural productivity in space. ph.d. dissertation, dipartimento di scienze economiche e sociali, università politecnica delle marche, ancona. barrows, g. and ollivier, h. (2014). does trade make firms cleaner? theory and evidence from indian manufacturing. working paper, university of california, berkley. batrakova, s. and daves, r. (2012). is there an environmental benefit to being an exporter? evidence from firm level data. review of world economics 148(3): 449-474. 131the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data buratti, c., fantozzi, f., barbanera, m., lascaroa, e., chiorri, m. and cecchini, l. (2017). carbon footprint of conventional and organic beef production systems: an italian case study. science of the total environment 576: 129-137. coderoni, s. and bonati, g. (2013). icaaiimpronta carbonica aziende agricole italiane. working paper. isbn 978-88-8145-246-0, inea, rome. coderoni, s., bonati, g., d’angelo, l., longhitano, d., mambella, m., papaleo, a. and vanino, s. (2013). using fadn data to estimate agricultural greenhouse gases emissions at farm level. in vrolijk, h. (ed.) pacioli 20 complex farms and sustainability in farm level data collection, the hague, lei wageningen ur, pp. 86-102. coderoni, s. and esposti, r. (2013). emissioni di metano e crescita della produttività nell’agricoltura italiana. tendenze di lungo periodo e scenari futuri. la questione agraria 3: 7-43. coderoni, s. and esposti, r. (2014). is there a long-term relationship between agricultural ghg emissions and productivity growth? a dynamic panel data approach a dynamic panel data approach. environmental and resource economics 58(2): 273-302. coderoni, s. and esposti, r. (2015). farm-level ghg emissions and the cap. an econometric assessment on an italian panel. paper presented at the 4th aieaa conference “innovation, productivity and growth: towards sustainable agri-food production” 11-12 june 2015. ancona, italy. coderoni, s., valli, l. and canavari, m. (2015). climate change mitigation options in the italian livestock sector. eurochoices 14(1): 17-24. coelli, t. j., rao, d.s. p., o’donnell, c. j. and battese, g. (2005). an introduction to efficiency and producitvity analysis. second edition. springer. cui, j., lapan, h. and moschini, g. (2016). productivity, export, and environmental performance: air pollutants in the united states. america journal of agricultural economics 98(2): 447-467. dick, j., smith, p., smith, r., lilly, a., moxey, a., booth, j., campbell, c. and coulter, d. (2008). calculating farm scale greenhouse gas emissions. university of aberdeen, carbon plan, the macaulay institute, pareto consulting, saos ltd, scotland. esposti, r. (2011). convergence and divergence in regional agricultural productivity growth. evidence from italian regions, 1951-2002. agricultural economics 42(2): 153-169. european commission (2011). a roadmap for moving to a competitive low carbon economy in 2050. communication from the commission to the council, the european parliament, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions com(2011) 112 final. brussels. european commission (2012). communication from the commission to the european parliament and the council on the european innovation partnership ‘agricultural productivity and sustainability’. com(2012) 79 final. brussels. european commission (2014). commission implementing regulation (eu) no 834/2014 of 22 july 2014 laying down rules for the application of the common monitoring and evaluation framework of the common agricultural policy. brussels.european council (2014). european council 23 and 24 october 2014. conclusions. euco 169/14. brussels. 132 e. baldoni et al. forslid, r., okubo t. and ulltveit-moe, k-h., (2014). why are firms that export cleaner? international trade and co2 emissions. discussion paper no. 8583. centre for economic policy research. fuglie, k. (2012). productivity growth and technology capital in the global agricultural economy. in fuglie, k., wang, s.l. and ball, e.v. (eds), productivity growth in agriculture: an international perspective, oxfordshire, england. fuglie, k. (2015). accounting for growth in global agriculture. bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 201-234. fuglie, k., benton, t., sheng, y., hardelin, j., mondelaers k. and laborde d. (2016). metrics of sustainable agricultural productivity. g20 macs white paper. 25th april 2016. gerber, p.j., steinfeld, h., henderson, b., mottet, a., opio, c., dijkman, j., falcucci, a. and tempio, g. (2013). tackling climate change through livestock. a global assessment of emissions and mitigation opportunities. food and agriculture organization of the united nations. rome. hill, r.j., (1999). international comparisons using spanning trees. in heston, a. and lipsey, r.e. (eds), international and interarea comparisons of income, output and prices, chicago: university of chicago press, pp. 109-120. hill, r.j. (2004). constructing price indexes across space and time: the case of the european union. the american economic review 94(5): 1379-1410. ipcc-intergovernmental panel on climate change (2006). 2006 ipcc guidelines for national greenhouse gas inventories – a primer. prepared by the national greenhouse gas inventories programme. eggleston, h.s., buendia, l., miwa, k., ngara, t. and tanabe, k. (eds), iges, japan. ispra-institute for environmental protection and research (2013). italian greenhouse gas inventory 1990-2011. national inventory report 2013. report 113/2010, rome. ispra-institute for environmental protection and research (2015). italian greenhouse gas inventory 1990-2013. national inventory report 2014. report 231/2015, rome. ispra-institute for environmental protection and research (2016). personal communications with ispra experts. laurent, a., olsen, s.i. and hauschild, m. z. (2012). limitations of carbon footprint as indicator of environmental sustainability. environmental science & technology, 46(7): 4100-4108. kimura, s. and j. sauer (2015). dynamics of dairy farm productivity growth: crosscountry comparison. oecd food, agriculture and fisheries papers no. 87. oecd publishing. paris. oecd (2001a). measuring productivity. measurement of aggregate and industry-level productivity growth. oecd manual, oecd publishing, paris. oecd (2001b). multifunctionality: towards an analytical framework, oecd publishing, paris. oecd (2010). guidelines for cost-effective agri-environmental policy measures. oecd. paris. oecd (2014). green growth indicators for agriculture. a preliminary assessment, oecd green growth studies. oecd. paris. rao, d.s., o’donnell, c. and ball, v.e. (2002). transitive multilateral comparisons of agricultural output, input and productivity: a nonparametric approach. in ball, 133the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data v.e. and norton, g.w. (eds), agricultural productivity: measurement and sources of growth, new york: springer, pp. 85-116. rizzi, p.l. and pierani, p. (2006). agrefit. ricavi, costi e produttività dei fattori nell’agricoltura delle regioni italiane (1951-2002). milano: franco angeli. serra, t., chambers r.g. and oude lansink, a. (2014). measuring technical and environmental efficiency in a state-contingent technology. european journal of operational research 236: 706–717 sheng y., jackson t. and gooday p. (2015). resource reallocation and its contribution to productivity growth in australian broadacre agriculture. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 59: 1–20. sotte, f. (2006). imprese e non-imprese nell’agricoltura italiana. politica agricola internazionale, 1: 13-30. unfccc‐united nation framework convention on climate change (2008). challenges and opportunities for mitigation in the agricultural sector. technical paper fccc/ tp/2008/8. bonn. annex 1. methodology for the tfp calculation productivity measures are here derived using the index number approach. index numbers are a very useful tool widely used in the literature on productivity analysis because they are relatively simple to compute and possess a number of desirable properties (for example, formulas can be derived from microeconomic theory under certain assumptions). however, an important issue arises when using these formulas in cross-sectional or panel comparisons. the use of binary indices to compare each possible pair in the dataset yields a matrix of binary comparisons that might not satisfy the property of transitivity (rao et al., 2002), i.e., a direct comparison between two farms might not be equal to the indirect comparisons of the two through a third one. this property is extremely important because it ensures the internal consistency and the uniqueness of results (hill, 2004). to address the issue of transitivity in this analysis the minimum spanning tree method proposed by hill (1999) has been used. this method is based on chaining a sequence of bilateral comparisons. chaining is typically applied when making chronological comparisons because it exploits the natural ordering of chronological observation. however, in a cross-sectional or panel data settings such a natural ordering does not exists and needs to be identified in order to construct the chain. here we followed hill (1999 and 2004) who suggested to identify the ordering by selecting the most reliable among all possible bilateral comparisons. the author also suggested the use of the paasche-laspeyres spread (pls) to quantify the reliability of comparisons across farms. the pls is a distance function that is zero in the case the vectors of quantities or prices of two farms are proportional. the spread will be small whenever the production structures of two farms are similar, i.e. in the case two farms supply similar productions or set similar prices. after the minimum spanning tree is identified, the fisher index is used to chain bilateral comparisons and derive transitive output and input indexes. productivity measures are then obtained using the hickmoorsteen approach defined as a ratio of an output quantity index on an input quantity index (coelli et al., 2005). 134 e. baldoni et al. the output index is created using the information on the 137 crop and livestock products of the lombardy fadn panel sample here used. the italian fadn dataset contains information on the respective quantity produced and total values. prices are obtained by deflating total values by the quantity produced. all values are recorded in current value and converted into 2008 constant value by using eurostat agricultural price indexes. the input index aggregates the following factors of production: labour, fertilizers, pesticides, external services, water, energy, seeds, feeding stuff, capital, land, reuses and other costs. with respect to labour, the italian fadn dataset records information on hours worked, and salary for all workers (occasional workers, fixed-term contract workers, and permanentcontract workers) except family labour as salary for family workers is not recorded. thus, the annual salary for any family worker is obtained by dividing the farm’s annual net income by the number of its family workers. capital assets considered are machinery, buildings, plantations, and livestock. information on their value and expected life-length are contained in the italian fadn dataset and are used to construct an index of capital services. using the fisher formula, the index of capital services is obtained by aggregating information on the productive stock of each asset weighted by its corresponding user cost. to obtain the productive stock and user costs, a hyperbolic efficiency-loss function is assumed and the average annual yield of italian government bonds with 10-year maturity between 2003 and 2013 is used as exogenous rate of return to capital (rizzi and pierani, 2006). annex 2. methodology for the ei calculation according to the ipcc methodology, the sector “agriculture” produces emissions mainly of two non-co2 greenhouse gases: methane (ch4) and nitrous oxide (n2o), from seven different categories (relevant in italian ghg inventory): enteric fermentation, manure management, agricultural soils, field burning of agricultural residues, liming and urea application. emissions of carbon dioxide (co2) (from the use of machinery, buildings, agricultural operations and transport of agricultural products) are accounted in the sector “energy” and emission and removals of co2 from agricultural soils and biomasses are estimated in the sector “land use, land use change and forestry” (lulucf). as the farm in fact produces emissions from all these three ipcc categories (agriculture, lulucf and energy), the approach here adopted accounts for ghg emissions from all sources with a crosscutting method that combines what ipcc estimates separately. ipcc methodology is based on a linear relationship between activity data and emission factors. the methodology here used basically follows coderoni and esposti (2015), that have applied the methodology described in coderoni and bonati (2013) and coderoni et al. (2013). however, some changes have been made in order to better harmonize the data available in the fadn recent surveys with the most recent ipcc guidelines (2006). table a.1 details the fadn data used to compute emissions from the different sources. emission factors are alternatively default (ipcc, 2006), country specific (ispra, 2015) or farm specific. this latter case represents one of the major novelties of the present approach and occurs only in the case of enteric fermentation for cattle and sheep, because of specific parameter availability. to express all these emissions in a unique unit of measure, i.e., total co2 equivalent (co2e), any different ghg is multiplied by its global warming potential (gwp). the 135the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data conversion factors updated over time by the ipcc are used. currently, italy uses gwps in accordance with ipcc fourth assessment report, i.e. 25 for ch4 and 298 for n2o (ispra, 2015). ghg emissions expressed in co2e represent what we define here as the farm carbon footprint (cf). ghg emission values are aggregated in different ways to enable more detailed analysis at farm and production level. the main aggregates obtained are the cf for five macro categories of emissions. table a.1 shows how all the emission sources considered are grouped into the respective cf categories. table a.1. summary of ghg emission sources considered and respective fadn activity data used. emission sources cf category fadn data n2o manure management cf livestock animal numbers ch4 manure management cf livestock animal numbers ch4 enteric fermentation cf livestock animal numbers, milk production, pasture, % birth, animal average weight ch4 rice cultivation cf crops rice area (uaa) n2o agricultural soils: various -use of synthetic fertilisers cf fertilizers n quantities or fertilisers expenditure -animal manure cf crops manure reuse -histosols cf crops crop area (uaa) -crop residues cf crops crop area (uaa) or crop yield -atmospheric deposition cf fertilizers/cf crops n quantities or fertilisers expenditure. and animal numbers -leaching and run-off cf fertilizers/cf crops n quantities or fertilisers expenditure and animal numbers co2 urea cf fertilizers urea quantities co2 energy cf fuel fuel expenditure or quantities co2 forest land cf land use uaa co2 cropland cf land use uaa co2 grasslands cf land use uaa as the fadn survey is not designed to collect all the information needed for the estimation of farm-level ghg emission, some assumptions have been made to overcome the information gap to compute the farm-level cf. in this respect, an important improvement of the cf calculation compared to previous studies (coderoni and esposti, 2015) concerns the “cf fertilizers”. both direct and indirect emission (due to nitrogen leaching and run-off) are accounted for, starting from data on nitrogen (n) content in the fertilizers applied. as quantities of n purchased are not a compulsory information to be provided to fadn survey, an indirect methodology has been used to compute n applied by farms for which these data are missed. in these cases, as suggested by coderoni and esposti (2015), data on fertilizers expenditures have been used. moreover, the “cf fertilizers” contains also nitrogen input to soils from manure application, and emissions from urea application. the former has been obtained using farm data on manure reuse, and the latter has been 136 e. baldoni et al. estimated applying a default ef (0.20 t c/t urea) (ipcc, 2006) to the quantities of urea distributed as provided by fadn survey. the “cf fuel” has been estimated using alternatively the quantities of fuel purchased and total fuel expenditure at farm level. data on expenditure have been divided by the price of agricultural gasoline observed over time and across different italian provinces (available online) adjusted for the eurostat index price of the means of agricultural production (input/motor fuels). this datum has been used to correct figures on quantities of fuel purchased that are not compulsory in the fadn survey. this allows computing the year-by-year farm-level use of fuel and, thus, the consequent cf applying the respective ef taken from ispra estimates (ispra, 2015). for what concerns rice emission and emissions from land use, the approach adopted is the same of coderoni and esposti (2015). for what concerns rice emissions, the fadn survey does not allow to distinguish between single and multiple aeration cultivation method, which highly influence ch4 emissions. thus, multiple aeration ef is applied, as it is the most widespread cultivation technique. the “cf land use” has been estimated adopting implied emission factors (ief) (ispra, 2015) and multiplying them by the uaa of the respective land use. land use changes have not been considered, if not as a consequence of reduced (or increased) uaa. following ispra (2015), the change in biomass has been estimated only for perennial crops. since the ief obtained with this approach for perennial wood crops would have been negative (thus, represent a source of emissions), for the value of this carbon stocks at maturity a different ief has been used in order to take into account that perennial crops give a higher contribution than annual crops in carbon sequestration. this approach considers a positive value for perennial wood crops using, in the absence of country specific values, an average value of 10 t c/ha (for carbon stock at maturity) considering a cycle of 20 years (ispra 2015 and 2016). annex 3. correlation between farm-level tfp and ei an initial and intuitive evidence about the nexus between tfp and ei at farm level is provided by the simple (pearson) correlation coefficient between the two indicators (table a.2). correlation is significant and positive (0.20) when all farm typologies are considered. thus, it seems that a positive relationship between productivity and emission intensity exists. if we consider individual farm typologies, however, some different performances emerge. first of all, not all farm typologies matter. when statistically significant, correlation is positive for livestock, excluding dairy, and mixed crop and livestock farms. in these cases it is confirmed that the more productive farms are also those with higher ei. on the contrary, the correlation for crops and cereal specializations are negative, therefore more productive farms are also the less polluting ones. this different result would suggest that the nexus between ei and tfp is actually more complex than what appears in the aggregate data that actually hide the large heterogeneity among farm performances. 137the productivity and environment nexus with farm-level data table a.2. correlation between the farm-level tfp and ei across different farm specializations. type of farming: tfp-ei correlation coefficient n. of farms granivores 0.236** 123 grazing livestock 0.227** 172 mixed crop and livestock 0.180* 98 dairy 0.050 563 horticulture -0.026 70 rice -0.074 165 fruits -0.104 129 wine -0.111 111 cereals -0.130** 511 arable crops -0.155* 128 total 0.201** 2070 *,** statistically significant at 10% and 5% respectively bio-based and applied economics 9(1): 1-24, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8416 the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention to adopt risk management tools elisa giampietri1, xiaohua yu2, samuele trestini3,* 1 department of land, environment, agriculture and forestry, university of padova. viale dell’università 16, 35020 legnaro (padova), italy. e-mail: elisa.giampietri@unipd.it 2 department of agricultural economics and rural development, georg-august university of goettingen, platz der göttinger sieben 5, 37073 goettingen, germany. e-mail: xyu@gwdg.de 3 department of land, environment, agriculture and forestry, university of padova. viale dell’università 16, 35020 legnaro (padova), italy. e-mail: samuele.trestini@unipd.it abstract. this paper adds to the ongoing debate about low farmers’ uptake of risk management (rm) tools subsidised by the common agricultural policy (cap). in particular, the research pioneers the investigation of whether and how trust towards the relevant intermediaries and the perceived barriers to adopting may influence farmers’ intention to adopt the insurance and to participate in mutual funds (mf) and in the income stabilisation tool (ist). in the light of the current cap reform, as a novel contribution this paper also questions the efficiency of the new operating rules established by the omnibus regulation. the research proposes a conceptual framework to simultaneously assess these underinvestigated factors and several other determinants of the intention to adopt (e.g. risk attitude). data were gleaned from direct interviews among 105 italian farmers and analysed through structural equation modeling. the results confirm the positive role of trust in influencing the intention to adopt the insurance, which is notoriously affected by problems of information asymmetry. similarly, trust is a key element in influencing the intention to participate in the ist, which is a collective instrument based on solidarity and mutuality indeed. moreover, the higher the perceived barriers to adopting, the lower the intention to participate in a mutual fund, for which therefore further informative initiatives (e.g. on benefits from the adoption and the ease of use) are required. interestingly, the results show a positive impact of the new cap policy changes on the intention to both take out the insurance and participate in the ist, thus opening up to positive prospects for the eu risk management strategy post-2020. to conclude, this study paves the way for new research avenues in the field of farmers’ adoption of subsidised rm tools. keywords. insurance, mutual fund, income stabilisation tool, trust, structural equation modeling. jel codes. d81, g22, q18. *corresponding author. editor: fabio gaetano santeramo. authors’ contributions: samuele trestini (st) and elisa giampietri (eg) conceived and designed the research idea; eg collected data and analysed them with support from xiaohua yu (xy); all authors discussed the results; eg wrote, reviewed and edited the manuscript under the supervision of st. 2 elisa giampietri, xiaohua yu, samuele trestini 1. introduction risk is embedded in the agricultural production, leading to adverse outcomes as yield and income losses for farmers (komarek et al., 2020). particularly, nowadays agricultural risk sources can be mainly identified in the increased severity and frequency of extreme weather conditions, pests and diseases that strike farm yields, and in the global phenomenon of price volatility that determines growing pressures on farmers’ income (ec, 2017a). to cope with multiple risks, in the european union (eu) farmers can resort to adopting subsidised risk management (rm) tools. accordingly, the common agricultural policy (cap) has recently emphasized the role of these tools (meuwissen et al., 2018): in addition to supporting insurances and mutual funds (mf) to cover yield losses, it has introduced the so-called income stabilisation tool (ist) to cope with income drops (el benni et al., 2016). as opposite to the most part of the other member states, italy allocated a specific budget for each of these tools for the period 2014-2020. however, despite the pervading exposure to risks for farmers (trestini et al., 2017a) and the advantages that these instruments provide to farms (enjolras et al., 2014; severini et al., 2019a), in italy the participation rate in subsidised insurance schemes is currently below what policy makers hope for, and the uptake is not homogeneous (coletta et al., 2018). as opposite, hitherto only several private mfs existed at national level, while both the subsidised mutual fund and the ist did not take up; however, it is worth noting that new initiatives (i.e. four mfs and three ists) will be available soon in italy (these are currently requiring the approval). nowadays, there exists a policy interest in understanding how to enlarge the adoption of subsidised tools among the potential beneficiaries in italy. in line with this, nowadays the understanding of farmers’ decision-making process when choosing their preferred risk management tools represents a significant issue for many stakeholders (i.e. academics and researchers, private insurance companies, policy makers, etc.) (cao et al., 2019; meraner and finger, 2019). in particular, as regards the eu rm toolkit this may be useful to provide new insights for reversing the low demand and thus enhancing the efficiency of the rm policy at eu level. a burgeoning effort was given to studying the determinants of crop insurance uptake over the last years. as broadly demonstrated (goodwin, 1993; mishra et al., 2005; enjolras and sentis, 2011), moral hazard and adverse selection represent two major reasons to explain the poor development of insurance market, also justifying the policy intervention through public subsidies by the governments. in recent years the literature extensively discussed the role of several factors affecting farmers’ demand for agricultural insurance: first of all, farmer’s risk attitude and risk perception (hellerstein et al., 2013; menapace et al., 2012 and 2016; van winsen et al., 2016); the adoption of self-coping strategies (enjolras and sentis, 2011); off-farm income and direct payments (finger and lehmann, 2012); expected indemnity from the insurance (liesivaara and myyrä, 2017); prior indemnification (wąs and kobus, 2018); previous experience with farm losses and the level of farm’s debts (wąs and kobus, 2018); direct and indirect experience with the insurance (santeramo, 2018); finally, farm and farmer’s characteristics (ogurtsov et al., 2009; farrin et al., 2016; santeramo et al., 2016). further to the above, in 2017 castañeda-vera and garrido drew attention on farmers’ willingness to adopt as a relevant factor to investigate. furthermore, many authors (see e.g. 3the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention marr et al., 2016) called for the necessity not to overlook the effect of behavioural indicators, alongside the most commonly investigated neoclassical determinants (i.e. risk aversion). for instance, this supports the importance of studying the intention to adopt (i.e. antecedent of the decision makers’ behaviour); in addition, opportunities exist to further knowledge in this area, e.g. by exploring the role of other potential determinants that are still underinvestigated. hence, a serious reflection follows: are other not yet explored factors reducing the interest of eu farmers in adopting these tools? further, it is worth noting that both mfs and the ist received only limited empirical attention both in terms of demand and research, thus representing a relevant focus of investigation to address nowadays. given the above, as a novel contribution this paper aims at investigating whether and how trust towards the relevant intermediaries and the perceived barriers to adopting may influence the intention to adopt the subsidised insurance, and also to participate in the mutual fund and the new ist (these two forms of mutual funds are separately investigated in this work). finally, in the light of the current cap reform, this analysis questions the efficiency of the new rm toolkit’s operating rules provided by the omnibus regulation as follows: do these policy changes affect the intention to adopt? the paper is structured as follows: paragraph 2.1 includes a description of the agricultural risk management at eu level, while the literature and conceptual framework with the hypotheses underlying the analysis are developed in paragraph 2.2; next, data collection, the questionnaire and the methodology are described in paragraph 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3, respectively; moreover, the empirical results are presented and discussed in paragraph 4; finally, the paper concludes with paragraph 5. 2. background 2.1 the eu agricultural risk management strategy in italy, the participation in subsidised rm instruments dates back to 1970, with the creation of the national solidarity fund (law n. 364), then reformed in 2004 (legislative decree n. 102). in particular, the recourse to the insurance tool recorded a long history, also by reason of premium subsidies to farmers (up to 80%). with the health check reform1, in 2009 european reserves were added to national resources, in order to support (up to 65%) the insurance (i.e. the premium) and the mutual fund (i.e. administrative expenses for the setting up) covering for losses caused by adverse climatic events, animal or plant diseases, pest infestations, or environmental incidents. within the eu borders, the policy debate on supporting rm in agriculture has progressively evolved over the last decade: the most recent demonstration comes from both the last cap 2014-2020 reform2 and further its middle-term revision known as omnibus regulation3. in particular, the reform in 2013 has introduced the new ist in the form of a mutual fund to support farmers facing a severe income drop (el benni et al., 2016; castañeda-vera and garrido, 2017; trestini et al., 2018a; cordier and santeramo, 2019; severini et al., 2019b). in 2017, the 1 regulation (ec) n. 73/2009. 2 regulation (eu) n. 1305/2013. 3 regulation (eu) n. 2393/2017. 4 elisa giampietri, xiaohua yu, samuele trestini omnibus regulation has introduced new operating rules: for instance, the increase of the support rate to 70% for each tool and the introduction of sectoral ists with a threshold for compensation lowered at 20% (from 30%). finally, the more recent proposal for the cap post 20204 confirms the possibility for a financial contribution to the aforementioned rm toolkit under national strategic plans. turning to the market of rm tools, the italian agricultural insurance sector grew rapidly over the last 15 years. the most recent data (ismea, 2018) depict this as highly concentrated in terms of products and characterized by a strong imbalance between the north (that concentrates up to 81% of the insured value and 86% of the insured areas), the central italy (10% and 8%, respectively) and the south (9% and 6%, respectively). nevertheless, nowadays the participation rates to subsidised insurance in italy are still below those desired, although the recent history shows a substantial level of public intervention (with a budget of 1,4 billion euro for the period 2014-2020) dedicated to the insurance market, and an ascertained high level of income losses for the italian farms (trestini et al., 2017b). furthermore, it is worth noting that both subsidised mfs and the ist do not yet exist in italy at the moment, even if 97 million euro have been budgeted for each of these tools over the 2014-2020 period. to this purpose, the major difficulties recurrently encountered are related to pre-implementation issues (e.g. design of sectorial or multi-sectorial funds, initial capital stock, organisation) (trestini et al., 2018b), to the lack of a dedicated legislation (actually, with the official approval of specific national legislative decrees, improvements have been recently made on this), and to questions on benefits and limits from the farmers’ side (ec, 2017b). moreover, a major constrain to the development of the ist was represented by the difficulty to correctly and objectively assess farmers’ income losses, due to the current lack of a formal accountancy in the farm sector in italy; however, this has recently been overcome with the introduction of an index-based costing method that opens up new development opportunities for this instrument. as opposite, several private mf initiatives exist in the north of italy (i.e. in trentino province and veneto and friuli venezia giulia regions): these run without subsidies and are promoted by the defence consortia, i.e. producers’ associations based on consolidated mutual agreements and established reciprocity between members, that are historically rooted in those areas. to conclude, it is noteworthy that there are no available observational data on subsidised mfs and the ist to the present time. 2.2 literature and conceptual framework research on this topic has been extensively rooted in the standard expected utility theory: as refers the insurance tool, we know that the expected utility maximizing farmer’s choice to subscribe the contract must be greater from profit with insurance than from profit without it (goodwin, 1993). however, many authors (e.g. kahneman and tversky, 1979) raised an objection to its predictive power of decision-making under risk. based on this, the present study considers several determinants and investigates their simultaneous effect on farmers’ intention, hereafter referred as int, to adopt the subsidised rm tools. this is to satisfy the necessity for a reference frame that is most likely that in which farm4 com (2018) 392 final. 5the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention ers behave under uncertainty. indeed, to our knowledge the use of consolidated frameworks studying the combined action of several factors contemporaneously (as actually happens in a decision-making process) is rare in the literature on rm tools’ adoption and the most part of the studies focuses on one strategy or instrument, and very few exceptions to this exist, e.g. van winsen et al. (2016) and meraner and finger (2019). inspired by the study by van winsen et al. (2016) that explores the role of risk perception and risk attitude as determinants of farmer intended behaviour, in this research we propose three different conceptual models: other things equal, the first (model 1) regards the intention to adopt the insurance whereas, as a novel contribution, the second model (model 2) refers to the mutual fund and the third model (model 3) to the new ist. furthermore, this study focuses on the intention to behave (i.e. the intention to adopt each instrument) as a proxy for actual behaviour (i.e. adoption) (lobb et al., 2007), due to the fact that no forms of subsidised mfs and ist operate in italy to date, as opposite to the insurance. in the literature on farmers’ adoption of rm tools, especially those subsidised by the cap, hitherto scarce attention has been paid to the role of trust, with very little exceptions: e.g. cole et al. (2012) argued that farmers’ mistrust in the insurance market can represent a friction to the uptake. grebitus et al. (2015, p. 85) argued that “the role of trust is considered to be of particular importance where information is sparse, hard to assess or complex; in these situations, trust can substitute for full knowledge”. accordingly, pascucci et al. (2011) highlighted how trust is a relevant factor to efficiently cope with problems of asymmetric information, that notoriously lower the insurance demand due to two major problems as adverse selection (i.e. the tendency of riskier farmers to purchase the insurance) and moral hazard (i.e. the tendency of insured farmers to adopt a riskier behaviour). hence, here we refer to trust as the farmer’s belief in the reliability of relevant intermediaries involved in those settings characterized by imperfect or asymmetric information (i.e. a situation where one actor has greater information than the other actor), as the relationship between principal and agent (jensen and meckling, 1976; eisenhardt, 1989). with regards to the rm tools, farmers are likely to show limited knowledge and a reduced ability to perfectly evaluate if both the insurance contract and the membership rules of mutual funds are adequate for the own interest; at the same time, they tend to assume opportunistic behaviour (e.g. moral hazard). for example, in the insurance market farmers do not always show complete trust that they will receive the payout from the insurance company in return for the premium paid to subscribe the contract, and this can inhibit the contract purchase. therefore, the intermediaries (e.g. insurance providers, local agents, etc.) play a key role in this respect: they gain and retain trust from farmers and, based on this, they match the farmer and the insurer (cummins and doherty, 2006) and encourage farmers’ participation in the insurance program (ye et al., 2017). to summarise, it is reasonable to assume that trust can represent a solution for those situations that are inherently characterized by increasing complexity (see the insurance contract), uncertainty and reciprocal lack of knowledge (this characterizes the insurance, by nature), scarce experience, and the necessity for membership control (as for mutual funds, where members derive utility from a good conduct of all members and a good exercise of the instrument5). as regards 5 this is especially true for mutual funds that, according to a recent ministerial decree (n. 10158/2016), in italy can be created and managed by cooperatives, consortia, producers’ organizations, farm associations, etc. mutual funds are voluntary alliances among members who formalize an agreement related to duties and rights, membership rules, etc. 6 elisa giampietri, xiaohua yu, samuele trestini the mutual funds, a recent document of the european commission (2017b) reported that farmer’s reluctance to trust these collective instruments represents a principal ambiguity that justifies the failure to create mutual funds in italy. in fact, since the fund implies the creation of a financial reserve by the annual contribution by all the members, the potential beneficiaries may question the level of solidarity and mutuality between who benefits and who loses within the fund, and raise questions as who is paying for whom. as opposite, the same document highlighted that the high level of trust between members is conducive to the good operation of those mutual funds run by the defence consortia (see e.g. in trento province in italy), but little empirical evidence exists on this nonetheless. to conclude, since uncertainty is inherent in the choice of rm tools (as farmers may not fully understand the instruments or may have harbour doubts about the behaviour of intermediaries), it is reasonable to suppose that trust represents a catalyst for the adoption of these instruments. following this, we test this hypothesis: h1: trust significantly affects the intention (i.e. the intention to adopt the insurance or to participate in a mutual fund or in the ist). similarly, evidence into the role of farmers’ perceived barriers on farmers’ adoption are limited, with the exception of a recent paper by ye et al. (2017) on crop insurance, thus stimulating our interest in this field. indeed, farmers often know little about the benefits of using rm tools primarily because they receive little education about the instruments. as opposite to this, the literature shows that farmers who are better-informed on the operating rules of the insurance contract and its benefits, thus showing lower perceived barriers, are more willing to purchase the coverage (santeramo, 2019). in line with this, it is worth investigating the role of farmers’ perceived barriers to adopting (that here serve as proxy for the lack of understanding), and we reasonably expect a negative role on the intention for all the investigated tools. based on this, we test the following hypothesis: h2: perceived barriers to adopting significantly affect the intention. nowadays, a further important but still unanswered question is the extent to which policy interventions actually influence farmers’ choice to adopt the cap’s rm toolkit. to this purpose, another innovative element of this study is the investigation of the effect of the changed operation rules established by the agricultural package of the new omnibus regulation as potential drivers of the intention. in our opinion, this may provide interesting insights on cap’s effectiveness to encourage the adoption of subsidised tools. as alluded to in the introduction, the core contribution of this paper is represented by the pioneering investigation of the role of trust and perceived barriers. in addition to these, the conceptual model that we propose considers some other determinants of the intention to adopt the three subsidised tools: their role on farmers’ insurance uptake has already been found to be relevant by the literature, as opposite to their role on the intention to participate in a mf and in the ist that is still unclear at the moment, to the best of our knowledge. inspired by the extant literature on insurance, we investigate the role of past adoption of rm tools on the intention. to this purpose, in line with some other authors (see e.g. 7the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention enjolras and sentis, 2011; cole et al., 2014), santeramo (2019) found that farmers who experienced the insurance tool in the past are more likely to buy it further, with respect to uninsured farmers. moreover, as the previous experience in using rm tools can change farmers’ perception of these instruments (ye et al., 2017), we also test the influence of past adoption on perceived barriers; similarly, we analyse the effect of previous adoption also on trust, for an explorative purpose. furthermore, this study tests whether farmers’ attitude towards risk has power in explaining their intention to purchase the insurance tool or to participate in mfs or the ist. indeed, risk attitude influences many decisions in a farm management context (vollmer et al., 2017): it follows that its understanding is essential to explain and predict farmers’ risk behaviour (i.e. how they act upon risk) and any related policy implications (van winsen et al., 2016; iyer et al., 2020). against this background, we consider the individual risk attitude (namely, the individual orientation towards taking risks) as a fundamental determinant of farmer’s int. based on the standard expected utility theory and thus assuming farmers’ rational behaviour, we expect that more risk averse individuals are more likely to insure (cao et al., 2019). in addition, several authors (enjolras and sentis, 2011; lefebvre et al., 2014) emphasized that farmers facing a higher risk exposure (e.g. a greater frequency of insurable risks) are expected to insure, being the demand positively related to past risky occurrences. thus, we test the role of the perceived risk frequency at farm level (namely, their perceived exposure to risks), assuming that it positively affects int. also, this study investigates the impact of the perceived risk control on int for an explorative purpose, inspired by the literature: coherently with other authors that they cited, wauters et al. (2014) recalled the link existing between people’s behaviour and their degree of control over something. however, no study has yet experimentally explored this link. as intuition suggests, we can assume that farmers with a lower perceived control over risks may be more willing to adopt rm tools. in addition, farmers can adopt several self-coping strategies for coping with risks in order to minimise their losses (bowman and zilberman, 2013; meraner and finger, 2019): these includes (but are not limited to) production contracts (i.e. contracts that ensure that the product will be bought at a set price), diversification and investments for new farm structures and new technologies. to this purpose, marr et al. (2016) stated that the higher is the variety of risk mitigation strategies and the lower the demand for insurance is. hence, our model combines self-coping strategies and int in a unique framework to better fit the real context of farmers’ risk behaviour. finally, we also take into account some individual indicators as gender, age and the level of education, analysing their effect on both the intention to adopt and the attitude towards risk. in particular, the literature suggests that elder farmers, i.e. more experienced, and the better educated ones are expected to be insurance users (sherrick et al., 2004), probably because they can better understand the insurance product (ye et al., 2017) or because they can assess risks more precisely (el benni et al., 2016). as regards risk attitude, franken et al. (2017, p. 42) argued that “risk attitudes have been shown to vary systematically with socioeconomic and individual characteristics, such as age, education, gender”. in particular, van winsen et al. (2016) showed that age has a positive relation with risk aversion, while education can have both a negative and a positive effect. 8 elisa giampietri, xiaohua yu, samuele trestini summarising the above discussion, we also test the hypotheses included in table 1 and figure 1. it is worth highlighting that, among the investigated variables, trust, perceived barriers, perceived risk frequency and risk control, self-coping strategies, past adoption and the effect of cap changes are not observable by scholars, whereas the attitude towards risk is not observable neither by farmers nor by researchers. table 1. hypotheses on relations among variables. relation sign* h1: trust significantly affects the intention (i.e. the intention to adopt each subsidised rm tool) (+/-) h2: perceived barriers to adopting significantly affect the intention (+/-) h3: perceived risk frequency significantly affects the intention + h4: perceived risk control significantly affects the intention (+/-) h5: risk attitude significantly affects the intention + h6: past adoption of rm tools (whatever) significantly affects the intention + h7: policy change provided by the omnibus regulation significantly affects the intention (+/-) h8: self-coping strategies (past_strat1; past_strat2; past_strat3) significantly affect the intention h9: past adoption significantly affects the trust (+/-) h10: past adoption significantly affects the perceived barriers (+/-) * the sign here reported represents the expected positive (+) or negative (-) influence, as evidenced by the existing literature (related to the insurance tool); however, there is also a possible double effect (+/-) and the reason is twofold: i) because the effect has not yet been investigated by the existing literature or ii) because the literature reports both a positive and a negative effect. 3. data and method 3.1 data collection from december 2017 to march 2018 a survey collection was conducted among 127 italian farmers in veneto6 region through direct interviews. respondents who freely accepted to answer the questionnaire were the participants of some training courses organized by a farmers’ association. consistent with wauters et al. (2014), it was indeed a purposive sampling, as the authors needed informed respondents who, based on their farming experience and understanding of rm tools, could provide reliable answers (flick, 2006). the data collection recovered 105 fully completed questionnaires representing the final sample7. a structured questionnaire, pre-tested on a small sample (n = 15), was designed based on the existing literature on this topic and on a preliminary survey8 previously conducted among 23 italian farmers. in the final questionnaire, farmers were pro6 veneto region is the first in terms of value of crop-hail insurance coverage (with over 1.4 billion euros) (https://www.statista.com/statistics/818978/value-of-crop-hail-insurance-coverage-by-region-in-italy/). 7 this sample size is in line with similar studies (see iyer et al., 2020). 8 some open-ended questions asked for: major sources of income and production risks occurring at farm level; most important barriers preventing farmers’ adoption of subsidised rm tools; main self-coping strategies employed to manage risk at farm level. 9the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention vided with a short description of the rm tools subsidised by the cap (i.e. insurance, mfs, ist) to ensure a full understanding. 3.2 questionnaire the questionnaire was divided into four sections investigating: i) the intention; 2) the antecedents of the intention; 3) risk attitude; 4) farm’s and farmer’s characteristics and past strategies to cope with risks at farm level. in particular, in the first one, it was asked to self-assess the individual intention to adopt a subsidised agricultural insurance (int_ ins) or to participate in a mf (int_mf) or in the ist (int_ist): more in depth, the average value from three items (5-point scales) was transformed into a dummy (1 if the value was greater than 3, 0 otherwise) to measure each type of intention9. furthermore, 9 as regards the intention to adopt the insurance tool, the agreement with the following items was asked: “next year, i will consider the adoption of the subsidised agricultural insurance to face yield risk”, “for the next year, i plan to adopt the agricultural insurance to face yield risk”, and “next year, i will adopt the agricultural insurfigure 1. conceptual path model with hypotheses. * intention refers to: insurance adoption (int_ins) in model 1; participation in a mutual fund (int_mf) in model 2; participation in the ist (int_ist) in model 3. the figure does not represent the standard graphical representation of sem: indeed, measured variables (i.e. those determining latent variables, namely indicators) are not shown. in the figure there are two types of unobservable variables as antecedents of the intention: one measured through the lottery task (i.e. risk attitude shown as an oval) and some measured through the indicators within the survey (i.e. trust, perceived barriers, perceived risk frequency, and perceived risk control shown as ovals). finally, past adoption, policy change, selfcoping strategies and farmers’ characteristics are observed variables shown as squares. 10 elisa giampietri, xiaohua yu, samuele trestini the second section of the questionnaire included: several statements to elucidate all the latent variables that cannot be directly measured; a binary yes or no question asking for the past adoption of rm tools (at least once) during the previous five years (past adoption); a five-point psychometric scale (1 = not at all important; 5 = very important) to measure the subjective relevance of the new rules for indemnification provided by the omnibus regulation in order to further adopt the three subsidised tools (policy change). as regards latent variables, for each item respondents were asked to score their agreement on several five-point likert scales. for instance, participants were asked to selfassess their trust (trust) by scoring their agreement with three statements on a likert scale from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree); these statements were based on hartmann et al. (2015), with adjustments. furthermore, three items were used to elucidate the barriers for each tool (perceived barriers), ranging from 1 (not at all a barrier) to 5 (a very important barrier). finally, with regards to risk frequency (perceived risk frequency; five items) and risk control (perceived risk control; five items) farmers were asked to score the likelihood (1 = very unlikely; 5 = very likely) of six different risk sources identified through the above mentioned preliminary survey (i.e. storm, hail, ice, heavy rain, other negative weather conditions, plant diseases) and the degree of control (1 = no control; 5 = very much control) they exerted on them at farm level, respectively. particularly, the items related to risk frequency derived from wauters et al. (2014) with adjustments. the third section of the questionnaire included a lottery task to measure farmers’ risk attitude (risk attitude) (menapace et al., 2012; vollmer et al., 2017; iyer et al., 2020). we used a lottery choice task inspired by eckel and grossman (2008) and assumed constant relative risk aversion (crra) for which the utility is defined as u(x)= x(1-r)/(1-r). in order to measure their subjective preferences for taking risks, respondents were asked to imagine to have 28€ and to gamble over this sure amount: they were asked to select, among six different gambles, the one they wished to play10. with the exception of the first gamble showing a sure outcome (28€) in both cases, every other gamble involved a 50% chance of receiving a low payoff and a 50% chance of a high payoff (expressed in €) as an outcome; gambles from 2 to 6 presented risky outcomes where the expected payoff and risk linearly increased. this method, derived from charness et al. (2013), represents a simple way of eliciting risk aversion: in particular, risk averse respondents choose gamble 1-4, whereas those who choose gamble 5 and gamble 6 are risk neutrals and risk seekers, respectively. following menapace et al. (2012), we considered crra lower bound for the analysis. finally, the last section of the questionnaire investigated farmer’s and farm’s characteristics (i.e. gender, age, education, average farm revenue, utilised agricultural area) and the previous adoption of self-coping strategies as diversification (past_ ance to face yield risk” (composite reliability: 0.88). in relation to the intention to participate in a mutual fund we used: “next year, i will consider the participation in a mutual fund to face yield risk”, “for the next year, i plan to become a member of a mutual fund to face yield risk”, and “next year, i will be a member of a mutual fund to face yield risk” (composite reliability: 0.88). finally, with regards to the intention to participate in the ist we used: “i will consider the participation in the ist to face income risk”, “i plan to become a member of a ist to face income risk”, and “i will be a member of the ist to face income risk” (composite reliability: 0.88). 10 we chose this easily comprehensible lottery task derived from dave et al. (2010) as it is simple, easy to explain and implement, while retaining a reasonable range of risky choices, and it is totally understandable by the respondents. 11the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention strat1), production contracts (past_strat2), investments for new farm’s structures and new technologies (past_strat3). 3.3 methodology the analysis applied a structural equation model (sem) that deals with a system of regression equations. indeed, this multivariate analysis consists of a set of linear equations that simultaneously estimate two or more hypothesized causal relationships between several variables (bollen, 1989): by including them in a single model, sem traces the structure of the decision-making process. in sem models, variables can be both exogenous (independent) and endogenous (dependent), both observed and latent variables (namely, unobservable variables that require two or more measured indicators) as perceptions, selfreported behaviour, or personality traits; moreover, in some cases a variable can be both a predictor and a dependent variable at the same time, whereas the relationship can be direct or indirect. within sem it is possible to distinguish both structured models (that represent the relationship between latent variables) and measurement models (that represent the relationship between the latent variable and its observable indicators). in the model, the parameters to estimate are the regression coefficients, the variances and the covariances of the independent variables. as above mentioned, the popularity of this technique derives from the possibility to concurrently test different impacts among variables (i.e. multiple and simultaneous testing), as opposite to ordinary regression analysis (schreiber et al., 2006); another main advantage is the capability to handle latent variables, which can be both dependent variables and predictors, while controlling for farm’s and farmers’ characteristics. however, an adequate (i.e. large) sample size is required11; moreover, only identified models can be estimated. the interested reader may want to read ullman (2006, p. 40) for a more extensive description and a more extended model statistical specification. following ullman (2006), sem can be expressed as follows: η = bη + γξ + ζ (1) where η is a vector of endogenous variables, b is a matrix of coefficients between endogenous variables, γ is a matrix of regression coefficients denoting the effect of exogenous variables on endogenous variables, ξ is a vector of exogenous variables, and ζ is a vector of the measurement errors. although widely tested in many different contexts, this approach has been only recently proposed in the field of study on farmer’s risk behaviour and the work of pennings and leuthold (2000) represents a pioneering example. more recent applications to risk behaviour analysis are the study by van winsen et al. (2016) and the study by franken et al. (2017): this latter analyses the impact of farm socio-economic and farmer individual characteristics on risk attitude. against this background, our paper represents an innovative attempt to use a sem in explaining the potential relationships of several factors with farmers’ intention to adopt risk management strategies. the descriptive analysis was performed using spss version 24, whereas sem was performed using amos package. in sem models, 11 to overcome this limit, it is worth noting that bentler and yuan (1999) developed test statistics for small sample sizes. 12 elisa giampietri, xiaohua yu, samuele trestini the goodness-of-fit statistics assess the model-data matching; to do this, we used the following indexes: the ratio between χ2 and the degrees of freedom (cmin/df), the comparative fit index (cfi), and the root mean square error of approximation (rmsea). 4. empirical results and discussion as shown in table 2, the average age of respondents is 40 years and the majority of the sample are men (72%), with an upper secondary school level of education (63%) and an table 2. sample descriptive statistics. categories description n. obs % mean s.d. gender (sex) (0) female 29 27.6 (1) male 76 72.4     age (age) n. years     40.12 13.55 education (education) (1) primary school 3 2.9 (2) secondary school 14 13.3 (3) upper secondary school 66 62.9 (4) university degree 22 21.0     average farm revenue (revenue) (gross income from farming/year) (1) less than 50,000€ 62 59.0 (2) 50,000€ 100,000€ 28 26.7 (3) 100,000€ 250,000€ 11 10.5 (4) more than 250,000€ 4 3.8     utilised agricultural area (uaa) n. hectares   14.25 17.04 how relevant are the changes to rm policy provided by the omnibus regulation, in order to adopt risk management tools in your farm? (policy change) (1) not at all important 6 5.7 (2) scarcely important 6 5.7 (3) neutral 52 49.5 (4) sufficiently important 27 25.7 (5) very important 14 13.3     intention to adopt the agricultural insurance (int_ins) (0) no 47 44.8 (1) yes 58 55.2     intention to participate in a mutual fund (int_ mf) (0) no 57 54.3 (1) yes 48 45.7     intention to participate in the ist (int_ist) (0) no 50 47.6 (1) yes 55 52.4     previous adoption of rm tools at farm level (past 5 years) (past adoption) (0) no 73 69.5 (1) yes 32 30.5 adoption of diversification (past_strat1) (0) no 92 87.6 (1) yes 13 12.4 adoption of production contracts (past_strat2) (0) no 98 93.3 (1) yes 7 6.7 previous investments for new farm structures and new technologies (past_strat3) (0) no 101 96.2 (1) yes 4 3.8     13the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention average farm revenue lower than 50,000€ per year (59%). the average utilized agricultural area of farms is 14 hectares and these are heterogeneous in terms of production orientation: permanent crops’ production represents the majority of the sample (50%), followed by livestock (28%), arable crops and horticulture (23%), and only a minority are mixed farms. moreover, up to 70% of the respondents declares no previous adoption of rm tools at farm level. finally, on average respondents show a positive intention to adopt subsidised agricultural insurance schemes (55%) and to participate in the ist (52%) in the near future (i.e. the next year), as opposite to mfs (46%). interestingly, 36% show a positive intention to both subscribe the insurance and to participate in a mutual fund, 38% to both subscribe the insurance and to participate in the ist, 37% to participate in both a mf and the ist, and finally 29% show a positive intention with regard to the three tools. as shown in table 3, all the items present mean values above the scale mean, with the exception of perceived risk control, as expected. hence, the majority of farmers perceive a high risk frequency and considerable barriers to the adoption of subsidised rm tools, are endowed with a scarce control over adverse weather events striking their farm and display a high trust towards the intermediaries. cronbach’s α scores are higher than 0.75 for each considered latent variable, denoting an adequate internal consistency. moreover, the standardized regression weights of the items are significant at 1% level and show values ranging from 0.320 to 0.916. as expected and consistent with the literature (iyer et al., 2020), table 4 shows that our farmers’ sample mainly consists of risk averse subjects (84.8%) who chose gamble 1, 2, 3 and 4, whereas only 6.7% are risk neutral and 8.6% are risk seekers. goodness-of-fit indexes of the estimated models are acceptable, with a root mean square error of approximation (rmsea) of 0.05 (model 1) and 0.06 (model 2 and 3), a comparative fit index (cfi) of 0.9 and cmin/df always lower than 2 in each model. hence, our results demonstrate the usefulness of sem in exploring the relationships of intention and other decision-making attributes with regard to risk management behaviour, consistent with van winsen et al. (2016). furthermore, the variance of farmers’ intention, risk attitude, perceived barriers and trust is explained in the measure of 25%, 15%, 6% and 5% in the first model, respectively; whereas in the measure of 27%, 15%, 1% and 5% in the second model. to conclude, the third model explains up to 25% the intention, 15% the risk attitude and 4% the trust, whereas it does not explain the barriers at all. interestingly, the results (table 5) show a positive effect of trust on the intention in model 1 and 3 (h1 βtrust = 0.22 and 0.24 respectively, significant at 5% level), showing that a greater individual trust increases the intention to adopt the insurance and to participate in the ist. consistently with this, karlan et al. (2014) argued that the more farmers are confident the payout will be properly made by the insurance company and the greater their demand for insurance is. the evidence that trust tends to increase the intention to participate in the ist let us assume that this personality trait might be considered as a substitute for farmers’ need to understand this new instrument (that is currently unfamiliar to them), at least during the setting-up: the greater the amount of trust, the lower the perceived uncertainty linked to these tools (operating rules, management, etc.); however, this deserves further investigations. consequentially, if reinforced (by the bodies responsible for its management, e.g. defence consortia), we can assume that trust might overcome farmers’ original reticence about participating in the ist and foster its progressive 14 elisa giampietri, xiaohua yu, samuele trestini table 3. latent variables. measure item code mean s.d. std. factor loading trusta (cronbach’s α = 0.86) i perceive the intermediaries who support me for the adoption of the agricultural insurance to be reliable trust1 3.17 0.87 0.73*** i am confident that the intermediaries which i refer to for the adoption of agricultural insurance take care of my interest trust2 3.05 1.01 0.86*** i trust in the intermediaries who support me for the adoption of agricultural insurance trust3 2.85 0.89 0.86*** perceived barriers to insurance adoptingb (α = 0.79) i have a scarce perception of the benefits of agricultural insurance’s adoption ins_barr1 3.31 1.17 0.73*** there is low transparency in the mechanisms of agricultural insurance ins_barr2 3.53 1.07 0.78*** i think that the management of agricultural insurance tool is difficult at farm level ins_barr3 3.02 1.05 0.74*** perceived barriers to participating in a mutual fundb (α = 0.78) i have a scarce perception of the benefits of my participation in a mf mf_barr1 3.54 0.94 0.89*** there is low transparency in the mechanisms of mfs mf_barr2 3.45 0.96 0.87*** i think that my participation in a mf is difficult to manage at farm level mf_barr3 3.17 0.86 0.48*** perceived barriers to participating in the istb (α = 0.80) i have a scarce perception of the benefits of my participation in the ist ist_barr1 3.53 0.93 0.92*** there is low transparency in the mechanisms of the ist ist_barr2 3.50 0.85 0.83*** i think that my participation in the ist is difficult to manage at farm level ist_barr3 3.15 0.83 0.57*** perceived risk frequencyc (α = 0.80) storm freq1 3.56 1.11 0.59*** hail freq2 4.20 0.88 0.68*** ice freq3 3.79 1.00 0.68*** heavy rain freq4 3.47 1.15 0.59*** other negative weather conditions freq5 3.36 0.96 0.66*** plant diseases freq6 3.85 0.96 0.52*** perceived risk controld (α = 0.84) storm cont1 2.04 1.22 0.74*** hail cont2 2.19 1.39 0.84*** ice cont3 2.08 1.22 0.82*** heavy rain cont4 2.09 1.23 0.73*** other negative weather conditions cont5 2.35 1.03 0.56*** plant diseases cont6 3.10 1.22 0.32*** *** significant at 1% level. a5-pt likert scale (1=strongly disagree; 5=strongly agree); b5-pt likert scale (1=not a barrier; 5=very important barrier); c5-pt likert scale (1=very unlikely; 5=very likely); d5-pt likert scale (1=no control; 5=very much control). 15the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention development. also, the mutual nature of the ist considers the risk sharing among farmers, thus the need to support and cover other members’ losses (meuwissen et al., 2013): for that reason, farmers need to feel assured and a deep trust can play a crucial role for this. interestingly, trust increases if the individual has formerly made use of subsidised rm tools (h9 βpast adoption = 0.21 at 5% level), suggesting that the previous experience somehow positively drives farmers to be more confident. this result somehow considers the importance of the quality (positive / negative) of past experience which, to the best of our knowledge, has not yet been considered by the extant literature (see e.g. enjolras and sentis, 2011; santeramo, 2019) that focused on investigating direct or indirect experience, or distinguishing between long or recent experience over time: indeed, increased trust is necessarily linked to a positive past experience. so far, the literature highlighted how several bureaucratic and administrative hurdles, as for instance the difficulty in monitoring the historical farm income, constrain the development and demand of mfs and the ist (cordier and santeramo, 2019). to this purpose, our results reveal that the individual perceived barriers also matter: in fact, the higher is the perceived existence of barriers to adopting and the lower is the intention to participate in a mf (h2 βperceived barriers = -0.20 at 5% level); as opposite, no significant effect emerges in model 1 and 3. this foreshadows the hypothesis that our respondents would make use of this instrument if they were provided with practical knowledge about it. in this regard, the competent authorities eligible for setting up and managing mfs in accordance with the national law could play a key role in providing farmers with adequate information (e.g. benefits and transparency in the functioning mechanism), and in reassuring them about the streamlined management rules at farm level, in order to encourage the participation. as regards the perceived frequency of risk occurring at farm level, we can appreciate a positive effect on the intention to both adopt the insurance (βperceived risk frequency = 0.19 at 10% level) and participate in a mutual fund (h3 βperceived risk frequency = 0.21 at 5% level), as expected. this is consistent with meraner and finger (2019) who argue that more risk literate farmers are more likely to resort to off-farm measures as insurance contracts. in table 4. gamble task experiment and crra measure of risk aversion and share of farmers choosing each gamble. gamble low payoff (50%) high payoff (50%) expected payoff riska crra rangesb farmers (%) 1 28 € 28 € 28 € 0 r>7 11.4% 2 24 € 36 € 30 € 6 1.2 1, such as food safety and health standards, and assume also that it has not beneficial effects on consumer welfare. such standard has an anti-competitive effect because it forces the least efficient home producers and foreign exporters to exit from the home market. this is because by reducing the respective cutoff level, ch (and cf), it will increase the minimum firm’s efficiency needed to operate with non-negative profit in the domestic market for both home and foreign firms. 14 in melitz (2003) consumers have identical preferences over a composite (numéraire) good and a continuum of varieties of a differentiated good, with constant elasticity of substitution (ces). this specification ensures that a variation of the number of product varieties affects directly the ideal price index, and thus welfare, i.e. dixitstigliz (1977) “love of variety” preferences. 15 the model assumes that the distribution of marginal costs, c , follow a pareto distribution of marginal productivity 1/c, characterized by the shape (k) and the scale parameter ( a ). the shape parameter is a measure of the dispersion of firms efficiency, e.g. if kh < kf, it means that in home the ratio of very efficient firms to rather inefficient firms is higher than in foreign. instead, the scale parameter defines the (positive) lower bound of the distribution. 300 alessandro olper as a result, the ntm induces a reduction in home market competition, creating a gain in the market share of the most efficient firms (at the expense of the least efficient home and foreign firms) more than compensating the increase in their fixed costs (due to scale economies). this profit-shifting effect for the home firms active in the domestic market is summarized in figure 7. a similar picture applying to foreign firms exporting in the home market. with this model, the implementation of anti-competitive regulations can never be a social optimum because the potentially positive effect of the standard s on the aggregate profits of home firms is always dominated by its negative effect on consumer surplus, due to the loss of the home available varieties.16 clearly, this conclusion could be reversed under the condition such that the standard is implemented to reduce a consumption externality, whenever the increase in the consumers’ surplus attributable to the externality reduction, more than compensate the decrease in the number of home available varieties. 4.3 summary and implications from the above discussion we can derive some important considerations useful for the introduction of the political economy of standards. first, there is a huge economic 16 the introduction of a ntm can also induce an across countries profit-shifting when industries in the two countries are characterized by differences in the shape parameter. indeed, when kh < kf, the ratio of very efficient firms to rather inefficient firms and hence the ratio of winners to losers from the introduction of ntms is higher in home than in foreign, implying that in the aggregate, profits are shifted from foreign to home firms. figure 7. introduction of a standard (s > 1) on the profits of home firms. 𝑐𝑐𝐻𝐻(𝑠𝑠 > 1) 𝑐𝑐𝐻𝐻(𝑠𝑠 = 1) �̅�𝑐𝐻𝐻 𝑐𝑐 𝜋𝜋𝐻𝐻𝐻𝐻(𝑐𝑐) exit losers winners profit shifting from least efficient to most efficient home firms source: adapted from abel-kock (2013). 301the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy uncertainty over the true economic effects of a standard, because results are sensitive to the researcher’s modelling assumptions. this may raise problems in characterizing univocally the conflict of interests over ntms, that will depend on specific market conditions, heterogeneity of the costs structure and type of standard under investigation. hence, generalizations are always difficult. second, as shown by many wto disputes on ntms, there is a genuine uncertainty about the safety, health and environmental benefits of many regulations. this is because, frequently, the scientific consensus can rarely offer a conclusive answer to the effects generated by certain product or technology, especially in the initial phase of the introduction of a new technology (sturm, 2006). third, many modelling exercises often abstract from the precise characterization of the ntm, and thus considerable uncertainty will persist about the level of the welfare maximizing standard.17 this uncertainty opens the door to interest groups and politicians opportunistic behaviors. in fact, politicians, who are electorally accountable for their policy choice, may prefer to implement the least efficient product standard to protect a domestic industry, as the uncertainty on the optimal level of standard translates into a lower electoral penalty for his policy choice. 5. political economy models models of endogenous trade policy start from an economic model as the ones summarized above, and relax the assumption of the (exogenous) welfare maximizer social planner (rodrik, 1995). this is done, firstly by assuming that the objective function maximized by the government gives different preferences to certain distributional outcomes and, secondly, by assuming that voters and lobbying groups are able to transmit their particular preferences to shape the government’s behavior. political economy models can be firstly distinguished in voting models, where the interaction is between unorganized voters and politicians, and lobbying models, where the interaction is among organized interest groups and politicians. the first typology assumes that political parties compete only for votes, with a framework based on some variations of the median voter model.18 the models presented by mayer (1984) and list and sturm (2006) are two examples with applications to trade policy and environmental regulation, respectively. the majority of models used to study both trade policy formation and the effect of environmental and food standards can be classified into interest groups or lobbying models, and have their roots in the olson (1962) logic of collective action, the stigler (1971) theory of economic regulation, and the becker (1983) model of competition among pres17 here the problem is similar to the pigovian tax and the measurability problem of the externality. for example, baumol (1972) argued that it is extraordinarily difficult to measure the social costs of any externality, especially because many costs are psychological and individual in nature. see also the discussion in vaughn (1980), on the relevance of the subjective costs. 18 the most important variations of the basic median voter model are models that assume probabilistic voting behavior (coughlin, 1992), where voters’ intentions are uncertain, and political agency models, which stress the importance of (voters) imperfect information. for an in-depth treatment of the different voting models, see persson and tabellini (2000). 302 alessandro olper sure groups. these models differ by the degree of micro-foundation in the interaction between lobbies and politicians, and by the extent to which they consider an explicit role for voters, elections and/or social welfare within the government objective function. there are different variations, surveyed by rodrik (1995) and helpman (1995). a further distinction is related to the motives of lobby groups, i.e. the electoral motive approach and the influence motive approach (grossman and helpman, 1994 and 1996). the first argues that lobbies wish to promote the candidate that reflects their preferences on a policy issue before upcoming elections. the second argues that lobbies aim at influencing the policy choice of an incumbent politician. currently, for several reasons discussed below, the leading approaches are still based on the menu-auction framework firstly proposed in the “protection for sale” model of grossman and helpman (1994), from now on the gh model. we start by summarizing the main intuition of the gh model, discussing its relevance for empirical analyses, and the most recent extensions to study the endogenous formation of ntms. next, we summarize other recent prominent approaches based on electoral competition. 5.1 the protection for sale framework grossman and helpman (1994) proposed a menu-auction model to study trade policy formation in the context of active pressure groups.19 the key model assumption is that the influence motives of pressure groups are at the heart of campaign contributions. the underlying economic framework is the one of the specific-factor model in a small open economy. interest groups move first, offering politicians campaign contributions linked to their policy preferences, with the objective to maximize the group members’ economic return. next, politicians decide on their policy stances, after knowing how campaign contributions are linked to their selected policies. finally, the government will set the policy vector, t, that maximizes the objective function g(t). this is represented by a weighted sum of lobby group contributions, c, and the wellbeing of the population, w, g(t) = ϕw(t) + c(t), where ϕ is the weight the government places on the voters welfare relative to lobby contributions. gh showed that, at the non-cooperative nash equilibrium, trade policy is selected to maximize the joint surplus of all the parts involved. hence, setting πj(t) as the welfare of the specific-factor owners, the equilibrium trade policy is obtained by maximizing a weighted social-welfare function:20 ∑φ( ) ( ) ( )= + π ∈ t w t t ω j l j . (1) equation (1) says that, in equilibrium, “truthful” contributions schedules by the interest groups induce the government to behave as if it were maximizing a social-welfare 19 the model of peltzman (1976) and the derived political-support function approach of hillman (1982), can be interpreted as reduce forms of the pfs model. see helpman (1995) for an indebt discussion of these models and their link with the gh model, and its extension to electoral competition and international trade negotiations. 20 to solve the equilibrium lobbying game, gh rely on the bernheim and whinston (1986) subgame-perfect non-cooperative nash equilibrium. these authors showed that the set of a lobby’s best responses to any combination of contribution schedules offered by all other lobbies always includes a “truthful” contribution schedule. 303the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy function that weights different members of the society differently, with individual represented by an interest group receiving a weight of 1 + ϕ, while those not represented receiving the smaller weight ϕ (grossman and helpman, 1994, 841). the basic gh model has been firstly derived for trade taxes (tariffs and export subsidies), but the same approach can be applied to other policy instruments as well, such as environmental policy (fredriksson, 1997), import quota (facchini et al., 2006), and food standards (swinnen and vandemoortele, 2008). other important extensions implied the use of monopolistic competition, instead of the specific-factor model, and firms’ heterogeneity (bombardini, 2008; abel-koch, 2013). the most important reason of the gh model success,21 other than its simplicity and elegance, is its micro-foundation for lobbying. indeed, being built on sound economic principles, the model allows for a structural estimation of the theory and the underlying structural parameters, and in particular the relative weight, ϕ. 22 goldberg and maggi (1999) and gawande and bandyopadhyay (2000) tested for the first time the gh model in the context of the us industry protection, using non-tariff measures as protection variable.23 their results strongly support the model predictions, namely that us industry protection structure is increasing in the (inverse) of import penetration ratio, but only for organized industries. yet, the result of these and almost all the applications of the gh model is that the estimated structural parameter ϕ, the weight government attaches to social welfare, is much higher than the one attached to campaign contributions. this means that welfare carries a strong weight in government’s payoff, a conclusion that it is at odd with the model name “protection for sale”.24 5.2 protection for sale and environmental standards one of the first applications of the gh model to the determination of domestic regulations has been developed in the domain of environmental policy.25 fredriksson (1997) modelled a production emission proportional to output. emissions induce disutility to an organized subset of the population defined as “environmentalists” who lobby for reducing 21 there are also criticisms to the gh model structure, and the possibility of testing it empirically. see in particularly rausser et al. (2011) and ederington and minier (2008), respectively. 22 the model predicts that protection in organized industries is growing in the level of (inverse) import penetration, and is decreasing in the value of import demand elasticity (ramsey rule). at the empirical level the main challenge is to estimate a lobby equation using campaign contributions and the import penetration equation, noting that both are simultaneously determined with the protection equation (see goldberg and maggi, 1999, for details). this last point, together with the low disposability of data on campaign contributions, represents the main difficulty in estimating the gh model. 23 the use of ntms instead of tariffs, the standard approach in the majority of the empirical test of the gh model, is the result of the following consideration. while tariffs are decided cooperatively within the gatt/ wto negotiations, ntms are largely decided unilaterally and, as such, this is more consistent with the noncooperative nash equilibrium of the gh model. 24 note, this does not mean that the us government is a pure welfare maximizer. recently, some authors suggested that one reason can be related to firms’ heterogeneity (e.g. bombardini, 2008), namely the fact that within the same industry firms lobby in opposite direction depending on their export (or import) status. however, to date we do not have a sound empirical test of this hypothesis. 25 note, several papers on the political economy of environmental policy, strictly speaking, focused on green taxes and subsidies more than on environmental standards per se. 304 alessandro olper them. as in the standard gh model the specific factor owners called “industrialists” are organized and lobbying the government, while the consumers are unorganized. in this setting, the government chooses an optimal environmental tax rate, t#, aiming at maximizing lobby contributions from the two organized interest groups “environmentalists” (ce) and “industrialists” (ci) conditional to overall welfare w: φ φ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )= + +t c t c t w tω e e i i , (2) where ϕe and ϕi are the relative weights that government attaches to the environmental and industrial lobby groups, respectively. the welfare of the environmental and industrial groups depends on the share of total pollution tax revenue and labor income allocated to the respective lobby groups, the aggregate disutility from pollution of the environmental lobby group, and the aggregated profit of the industrial group. the main result of the paper shows that the political equilibrium environmental tax rate, t#, tends to be different from the (optimal) pigouvian tax, t*, depending on the size of the two lobbies, their political contributions, and the relative weight the government attaches to social welfare. schleich (1999) adds an important extension to the above framework through the use of a trade tariff (or subsidy) within the available government policy instrument set, to study the interaction between green and trade policies. main results show that, with a production externality, only the environmental subsidy will be implemented at the equilibrium because the government, being sensitive to social welfare, has an incentive to implement the most efficient policy that will internalize the externality, in order to maximize campaign contributions from lobbies.26 yet and quite paradoxically, environmental quality could be higher in a situation where only trade policy is available, because the additional distortion induced by the trade policy will damp the government’s income redistribution. see also aidt (1998) and schleich and orden (2000) for similar results considering polluting inputs and a large country, respectively. an important question studied within this strand of literature is the extent to which environmental tax or subsidy are affected by exogenous trade liberalization episodes. fredriksson (1999) extended his lobby model by including an abatement technology and a tariff on the imported pollution good that is exogenously given. key results show that trade liberalization has ambiguous effects on the environmental policy, mainly because tariff elimination reduces output in the pollution sector. hence, environmental quality could increase or decrease after trade liberalization when political economy motives are taken into account. a further extension by eliste and fredriksson (2002) focuses on a situation where the government can use an environmental tax and a production subsidy for the pollution sector. the authors analyzed the effects of an exogenous increase in the green tax showing how this event endogenously increases the production subsidy affecting both the level of output and trade flows. interesting, the authors test their predictions running cross-country regressions on agricultural sectoral data. main results confirm key model propositions, showing that more stringent environmental standards in agriculture are associated with larger direct transfers to farmers. 26 under consumption externality, the same logic implies that the equilibrium government green policy will be a consumption tax on the polluting good, and a trade tax necessary for distributing income from unorganized to organized interest groups. 305the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy lai (2005 and 2007) and kawahara (2014) represent further refinement of the interaction between trade liberalization and environmental standards in a gh model setting. interestingly, kawahara (2014) following mitra (1999) considered the case where interest groups are endogenously given. in particular, they showed that, under certain conditions, unilateral trade liberalization in a large country importing a pollution good, might raise (endogenously) inefficient environmental standards in another (small) exporting country. similarly, fredriksson and matschke (2016) extend the gh model to the federal system case (e.g. the us), showing that trade liberalization leads to a decline in pollution taxes, regardless whether these taxes are set at federal (centralized) or local (decentralized) level, and increases welfare.27 from an empirical point of view results are mixed, in the sense that more open economies affect differently emissions of several pollutants, but tend to reduce so2 in many countries (see frankel and rose, 2005). an interesting application is the one by ederington and minier (2003), who studied the extent to which environmental policy represents a secondary trade barrier. in line with the endogenous trade policy literature and in particular with the important contribution of trefler (1993), these authors accounts for the inherent endogeneity problems in studying the impact of the stringency of environmental standards on trade flows. main results show that import-competing industries are under regulated in the environmental area, but also that lower tariff rates are associated with more stringent standards, i.e. government uses environmental regulation as a secondary means in providing protection to domestic import-competing industries.28 to date, however, a formal test of the gh model in the domain of environmental standards, that exploits information on lobby campaign contributions, does not exist yet. one possible reason is that, when secondary policy issues such as environmental policy are considered, electoral incentives matter more than lobby contributions, as argued by list and sturm (2006). we will come back on this paper and this important hypothesis later. 5.3 protection for sale and food quality standards as it is well known, agriculture and food industry represent, by far, sectors where the diffusion of ntms, and in particular sps/tbt standards, is more pervasive. one of the first applications of the gh model to study food (quality) standards is the work by swinnen and vandemoortele (2008 and 2011).29 these authors introduced two main changes into the standard gh model. first, the modelled standard, s, addresses a consumer externality, e.g. it guarantees a minimum quality level or safety features to a credence good and, as such, it increases consumers’ welfare. second, differently from gh, one key 27 other applications studied how free trade impacts the burden sharing of environmental policies between producers and consumers, and the implication of the stringency of environmental standards (see, e.g., gulati, 2008). 28 by combining data on environmental regulation at the country level with data on pollution intensity at the industry level, broner et al. (2012) showed that countries with laxer environmental policy have a comparative advantage in pollution industries. this represents one of the few robust empirical evidence supporting the pollution-haven hypothesis, namely the idea that because the stringency of regulation varies across countries (and sectors), this affects the location of polluting industries in countries with more laxer environmental regulation, e.g. in developing countries. 29 these and subsequent papers by the same authors are summarized and extended in swinnen et al. (2015). 306 alessandro olper assumption is that consumers, not only producers, are organized into an interest group lobbying the government through campaign contributions.30 on the production side, the structure is similar to gh and the standard is assumed to affect only the firms’ variable costs, as in marette and beghin (2010) and many others. in this setting, defining social welfare w(s) as the sum of producers profit πp and consumers surplus πc, the government objective function ω(s) can be written as φ φ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )= + +s c s c s w s ω c c p p , (3) where cc and cp are the lobby contributions of consumers and producers, and ϕc and ϕp represent the relative weight government attach to consumers and producers interests, respectively. following gh, the government will set the political optimal standard, s#, by maximizing consumer and producer group’ contributions, conditional to social welfare. under these assumptions, the authors find several interesting results. first, in contrast with the socially optimal tariff in a small open economy, where t* = 0, the socially optimal standard may be strictly positive, s* > 0. in fact, although this could lead to a trade reduction effect, it can improve domestic welfare when the quality standard induced increase in consumer welfare more than compensates the producer implementation costs. then, whether the standard can be defined as “protectionist” or not strictly depends by its definition. if we focus on the home country national welfare (the so-called domestic-efficiency argument) then the standard is not protectionist. differently, if we focus on the world welfare, as fischer and serra (2000) did, then the social optimal standard may be protectionist.31 moreover, the authors highlight two key dimensions for analyzing the political optimal standards in an open economy: first, the issue of overor under-standardization; second, whether the standard is protectionist or not, namely if the standard results in higher domestic producer profits at the expense of domestic consumers. when ϕp > ϕc, the public standard is always protectionist, although it can result in both over(s# > s*) or under (s# < s*) standardization. over-standardization happens when producers’ profits rise with a higher standard ∂π ∂ >s( / 0)p at s*. by contrast, under-standardization occurs when the producer profits decrease with the standard (∂π ∂ c p , government weights more consumers interest in setting its optimal standard. in this case the result will be reversed, namely over-(under) standardization will occur when the consumer welfare is increasing (decreasing) with the standard ∂π ∂ s( / 0)c at s*. what is interesting from this results is that, although the politically public standard s# will be sub-optimal, it will never be protectionist, ceteris paribus. 30 the assumption that consumers are politically organized and, therefore, they make campaign contributions, is mainly the result of the observation that in some countries, e.g. european ones, consumers can be organized into interest groups, also through political parties representing their interests (see swinnen et al., 2015). the problem with the empirical implementation of this framework is that very rarely, even in the us, consumer groups make direct campaign contributions. however, the informational lobby approach used by belloc (2015) may be a promising strategy to overcome this issue. 31 this line of reasoning has been proposed in the trade literature by baldwin (1970), who argues that a measure could be defined protectionist if it lowers real global income. this “cosmopolitan-efficiency case”, using the word of bhagwati (1988), is particular relevant to issues such as the design of international trade regimes, i.e. the wto. on this point, see also the discussion in beghin et al. (2015). 307the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy the above discussion highlights the conceptual difficulty behind the analysis of trade effects of standards in general, and in particular when political motives are taken into consideration. under this framework, the classification of ntms as protectionist or not is a priori difficult and uncertain, as such standards should be analyzed carefully and case-by-case. this conclusion appears in line with the inherent difficulty to find a solution to many international trade disputes over food and environmental standards within the wto. from an empirical point of view, no paper to date has tested explicitly the predictions outlined above on the determinants of quality standards using information on both producers and consumers lobby activities.32 pacca and olper (2016) tested the gh model on us manufacturing sectors using as policy variable ntms from unctad-trains related to 2014. interesting, from an inspection of the different us ntms used in that study, one rapidly concludes that more than 85% of them are now sps and tbt measures. their results confirms the gh model predictions, irrespective to the fact that, today, the us protection structure and import penetration are totally different than 25 years ago. yet, the supposed role of the consumer lobby activity is not still considered in this empirical application due to the intrinsic difficulty of measuring it. moreover, to test seriously the extension of the gh model to ntms, one has also to recognize the externality component of the ntms, e.g. along the line of beghin et al. (2015b). yet, this raises further conceptual and empirical issues to the correct specification of the gh model. belloc (2015) presents one of the few applications to the european union of a lobby model to explain the formation of ntms. since data on lobby contributions are not available for europe, she relies on informational lobby, namely information on the participation of national and international business organization in the european commission consultations on trade issues. merging this original information with ntms at tariff line level from 1999 to 2007, she was able to exploit the panel structure of the dataset, showing that participation in consultation meetings increases the probability to find ntms at the industry level. from a theoretical point of view, the author extended a lobbying model of trade policy formation in the spirit of the gh model, to informational lobby. empirical evidence on the economic and political determinants of food standards are provide by li et al. (2014). in particular, they investigated the determinants of the maximum residue limits (mrls) on pesticides and veterinary drugs, showing that mrls are stricter in countries with high income and larger population, and in sectors with comparative disadvantage. interesting, they also found that mrls and import tariffs are policy substitutes. finally, vigani and olper (2013) studied the determinants of gmo standards across 60 developed and developing countries. their main findings showed that the stringency of gmo standards are growing in the country comparative disadvantage in agriculture, in the size of the rural population, in the parallel restriction in environmental regulation, and so on. they also found a strong (non-linear) effect of the share of private media outlets on the stringency of gmo regulations. this result supports the view that, when 32 in the domain of agricultural and food trade policy, gawande and hoeckman (2006) and lopez (2008), tested the basic gh model on us data. main results show that campaign contributions from industry lobbies are central in explaining the cross-industry variations in the protection structure of both ntms and tariffs. 308 alessandro olper ntms address consumers’ sensitive issues, the way the different media outlets inform them becomes a key element of the political economy of standards.33 5.4 protection for sale and standards when firms are heterogeneous to date, only few papers have studied the political economy of a public standard within a firms’ heterogeneity model. abel-koch (2013), building on bombardini (2008), extended the basic gh framework relaxing the assumption of identical firms. in line with the empirical evidence on lobby behavior (bombardini, 2008), it is assumed that only the largest and the most efficient firms will lobby together for ntms, as they gain the most from their introduction (see section 3). in the differentiated good sector all firms with marginal costs c ∈ (0, cl] are organized into a single lobby l, with the upper bound of the marginal cost of these firms lower than the cut-off for selling in the home market ch (cl < ch). instead, all firms with marginal costs c > cl do not join the lobby.34 the welfare of this lobby is then the joint welfare of its member, π π( ) ( )= +s swl h l e l , with the last term indicating the profit of home exporting firms ( π e l ), that is clearly unaffected by the (home) standard s. the equilibrium trade policy is obtained by maximizing a weighted social-welfare function, φ π( ) ( ) ( )= +s w s sω h l , in which organized home firms are weighted 1 + ϕ, while nonorganized (small) firms and consumers are only weighted ϕ. from this maximization process the government sets the political optimal standard, s#. the model assumes that the standard, s, does not address any consumption externality, but represents a “pure” non-tariff measure to trade, like several ntms do. under this assumption, the social planner optimal standard will be s* = 1, namely no standard into the home market. finally, the standard increases the fixed costs of accessing the home market for both the home and foreign firms, by a factor s ∈ [1, ∞). suppose now that the lobby’s marginal gain in profits, and thus the home government’s marginal gain in political contributions, is higher than the weighted marginal loss in social welfare from introducing a ntm, namely π( ) ( )∂ ∂ + ∂ ∂ > w s s s s 0hd l# # at s* = 1. then, home government has an incentive to deviate from the socially optimum, setting s# > 1. the equilibrium level of the optimal government standard s# resulting from this lobby game is a function of several parameters related to the standard’s induced fixed and variable costs on foreign and home firms, the distribution of firms’ marginal costs in the two countries, and the weight the home government puts on social welfare. interestingly, it can be shown that the political optimal standard is decreasing in the import penetration ratio at home, a result that mimics the baseline gh model. this is because, when foreign firms become more competitive relative to home firms, due to a reduction in trade costs or an increase in their productivity, the import penetration ratio will increase and the profit-shifting effect of the standard on home firms will become weaker, reducing the incentive to lobby for the standard. 33 vigani et al. (2012) in studying the trade effects of gmo standards showed that when gmo regulations are treated as endogenous in the trade equation, their trade reduction effect increases substantially. 34 the basic model assumes that there is only one lobby (sector). 309the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy this result is important since it suggests that liberalizing trade and fostering competition from abroad will lower the equilibrium level of the optimal standard, by reducing the gains from the standard of the (large) home firms. as a consequence, the model predicts a positive relationship between tariffs and ntms, that within this framework are thus complements, rather than substitutes (abel-koch, 2013). an important extension is referred to the interaction between home and foreign governments. here, the result depends on how the two governments interact, non-cooperatively or cooperatively. in the first case the result is identical to the unilateral trade policy determination summarized above. instead, when the ntms are set cooperatively in a trade negotiation and countries are symmetric (i.e. same shape parameter), the equilibrium level of the standard which restricts market access for small firms will be higher than in the non-cooperative case. this is due to the fact that also the lobby of large foreign firms has a “voice” on the home government objective function, when policies are set in an international trade agreement (see grossman and helpman, 1995).35 finally, when it is assumed that ntms address a consumption externality, the consumer loss from the variety reduction effect induced by the optimal standard will be compensated by consumer gains of addressing the externality. yet and interesting, the overall results remain unchanged, and the only difference is that even in the absence of lobbying, it may be beneficial to introduce this kind of ntm, at least when the positive welfare effect on consumer health outweighs the negative effect on product varieties. to date, no empirical application tested these predictions using as dependent variable behind-the-border measures. however, bombardini (2008) exploiting the same dataset of gawande and bandyopadhyay (2000), showed that us industries characterized by higher firm size dispersion obtain a higher level of protection because they are more active in lobbying. 5.5 the role of elections and political competition the first attempt to study environmental policy with a voting model is made by congleton (1992), who applied the median voter approach contrasting the policy selection under autocracy and democracy. the simple intuition is that authoritarians tend to prefer a lower environmental standard with respect to the median voter, because decision makers in democracies have a smaller marginal cost for pollution control than authoritarians do. overall, the author finds cross-country support to this prediction. however, more recently fredriksson et al. (2005) qualified both theoretically and empirically this result, showing that what matters is not democracy per se but the interaction between voters participation and political competition, other than environmental pressure groups. mcausland (2003) uses a median voter model to explain environmental policy in a small open economy with two sectors a clean and a polluting one considering also the role of inequality and trade in affecting the behavior of heterogeneous voters. 35 when countries are not symmetric, the shape parameter of the productivity distribution differs. suppose that firm size is more dispersed in home than in foreign, then the standard implemented in home reduces the aggregate profits from exporting of foreign firms, and its social welfare, as showed in section 3. interesting, in a non-cooperative setting this will lead to over-standardization from a global welfare point of view. instead, in a cooperative setting this negative externality is taken into account and leads to under-standardization. 310 alessandro olper contrary to the conventional view, when the economy is closed to international trade, richer voters prefer a weaker environmental policy than poor voters. yet, opening to trade affects the political optimal policy, since in this case the price of goods is less affected by the change in the environmental policy, and therefore changes the voters’ preferences towards it. sturm (2006) modelled an environmental standard using a political agency model where the government (the agent) searches political accountability from voters (the principal). the author studied how the standard raised by the home (importer) country, can be challenged as “green protectionism” by the foreign (exporter) country. home politicians have an informational advantage in evaluating the probability that foreign exported goods cause health or environmental damage, creating an intrinsic divergence between the home and the foreign government. main results show that there exists a political equilibrium in which the importing country applies a more stringent standard than the exporting country, a situation that can be due to both too lax standards in the exporting country or too stringent standards in the importing country. list and sturm (2006) apply the political agency model above to study how politicians decide on both a frontline policy issue and a secondary policy issue, i.e. environmental policy. the key prediction of the model is that the incumbent government manipulates the secondary (environmental) policy to attract voters. using us states and panel data econometrics the authors find that us states environmental expenditures are determined by electoral incentives and the degree of electoral competition. this result is in contrast with the popular view that secondary policies are largely determined by lobbying. one limit of the sturm (2006) approach is that it does not consider lobbying as a determinant of environmental policy, disregarding a key element of the policy making. the first attempt to consider simultaneously electoral incentives and lobbying contributions is due to besley and coate (2001), who combine the citizen-candidate model of representative democracy with the gh menu-action model of lobbying. the model is based on a three-stage game.36 one of the most interesting result from this modelling framework is that lobbying may not matter at all for policy outcomes when there is electoral competition, subject to certain conditions, i.e. when the public good policy is continuous. more in general, the authors conclude that both lobbying and electoral competition should be considered to understand the policy game, as well as the nature of the policy. an interesting model that consider lobbying and electoral incentives together is the one of yu (2005), who adds the relevant concept of direct and indirect lobbying, with the latter referring to the lobbying effort to send message to citizens for influencing their preferred policy. yu (2005) applied the model to environmental policy.37 in general, the model predicts complementarity between direct (money contribution) and indirect (messages) lobbying. however, it also showed that, under certain condition, e.g. when public persuasion of environmentalists is substantially stronger than for industrialists, a substitution relationship between indirect and direct lobbying comes out from the model. this is 36 in the first stage, citizens decide whether to run for office; in the second, utility maximizing voters express their electoral preferences; in the third stage, the candidate will select the political optimal policy. 37 see jaeck et al. (2015) for a recent application of the yu (2005) model logic of indirect lobbying to the case of sustainability standards, related to biofuel in the eu and us. 311the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy consistent with the observed behavior of us green groups where the effort in indirect lobbying tends to overcome the direct ones.38 finally, when electoral competition is taken into account, how this competition translates to policy outcomes depends also on electoral rules and institutions (persson and tabellini, 2000). starting from this consideration, fredriksson and millimet (2004) studied the formation of environmental standards in different electoral systems contrasting majoritarian versus proportional electoral rules. under majoritarian rule with single-member districts, a party needs to receive only 50% of the vote in 50% of the districts to win an election. this implies that political parties may focus on a subset of the population rather than maximizing aggregate welfare (persson and tabellini, 2000), making majoritarian systems more grounded in local interests (milesi-ferretti et al., 2002), and/or inducing a district majoritarian bias in public policy (grossman and helpman, 2005). in contrast, a party needs 50% of the national vote to win under a proportional system. consistently with this intuition, fredriksson and millimet (2004) show that indeed governments set stricter environmental policies under proportional electoral systems, as opposed to the majoritarian one.39 6. the role of international agreements and global value chain this section discusses the problem of international trading rules over ntms shortly. the economics literature on this topic is quite complex, and in recent years experienced a new revival motivated by the doha round crisis, the proliferation of new form of preferential trade agreements (i.e. deep ptas) and, notably, the increasing importance of trade in intermediated goods, outsourcing and the role of global value chain. 6.1 international trading rules over ntms as shown above, both domestic interest groups and/or opportunistic politicians behavior may influence the formation of protectionism public standards. this often happens as a by-product of a trade liberalization process.40 in theory, this government regulatory capture could be prevented by negotiating international agreements not only on trade policy (e.g. tariffs), but also on environmental and food standards (copeland, 1990; maggi and rodriguez-clare, 1998; wto, 2012; swinnen et al., 2015). yet, given the complexity of the effects of many regulatory standards, there is an intrinsic difficulty in setting and applying international rules. moreover, this difficult is also the consequence of the incomplete contract nature of these rules, as by definition 38 interestingly, recent evidence on the lobby’s behavior in the us highlighted the existence of an inverted u-shaped relationship between money contributions and workers/voters controlled by the lobby (see bombardini and trebbi, 2011). in other words, when an interest group controls many voters, it need less money to reach the same lobby’s result. 39 interestingly, heller and holahan (2013) by contrasting electoral rules with the data of the comparative manifesto project on party positions, showed that proportional rules significantly increase the probability that the political parties position is pro-environment. 40 this is because trade liberalization, by inducing the elimination of tariffs, left governments without the firstbest policy instrument to exploit term-of-trade effects (see staiger, 2012, for a discussion of this point). 312 alessandro olper they cannot specify standards for products that may arise in the future (battigalli and maggi, 2003; sturm, 2006). all this precludes the possibility to write efficient international agreements over standards. there are several and diverse approaches to standards in international agreements (wto, 2012). the so called “shallow integration” agreements leave substantial autonomy to national governments in setting standards. “non-discrimination” and the related “national treatment” in the gatt agreement (articles i and iii, respectively) are examples of this approach. by contrast, “deep integration” agreements on domestic policy regulation aim not only at coordinating border protection, but also at addressing more complex coordination problems. the principle of “harmonization” is an example of deep integration. considering the current wto rules, it is not always clear if they should be interpreted as a shallow or deeper integration agreement. this is because, on the one end, the sps and tbt agreements incorporate also harmonization through the use of international standards, and include obligations that are additional to the gatt non-discrimination rules such as, for instance, the need to ensure that standard requirements are not unnecessarily trade restrictive. on the other hand, when a ntm is inconsistent with the nondiscrimination obligations of gatt articles i and iii, it eventually may be justified under one of the general exceptions of gatt article xx.41 more in general, choosing which kind of approach works better to solve the countries’ coordination problem over ntms depends on several factors and also on the level of the externality that the ntm is intended to address. for instance, costinot (2008) focusing on product standards, highlighted that that mutual recognition, in case of local negative consumption externalities, may induce to set too lax standards because governments do not account for externalities generated by their export on foreign markets. by contrast, national treatment has the opposite effect, i.e. too stricter standards, since the government does not take foreign’ compliance costs into account. the political economy literature identifies two key issues that a trade agreement might solve (bagwell and staiger, 2010). first, governments may view trade agreements as helping them avoid beggar-my-neighbor policies – in particular term-of-trade effects – that are unilaterally attractive but mutually inefficient (bagwell and staiger, 1999).42 a second reason is related to the commitment value of international agreements, namely the idea that, ex-post, trade agreements render the government less prone to the pressure of special interest groups (maggi and rodriguez-clare, 1998). one of the first formal analyses of international trading rules over standards is the bagwell and staiger (2001) work, developed within the gh model and stressing the term-of-trade motives. focusing specifically on the trade effects of domestic standards, and so ruling out “global common” issues, they argued that current wto rules – i.e. reciprocity and non-discrimination – with small changes, are already equipped to 41 exceptions of the gatt art. xx relevant for ntms should assure that “nothing in this agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption or enforcement by any member of measures” necessary to protect human, animal or plant life or health, or relating to the conservation of exhaustible natural resources. 42 see broda et al. (2008) and ludema and mayda (2013), for interesting empirical evidence in support of the role of country market power (term-of-trade effect) in determining the tariffs’ level, for both non-wto and wto countries, respectively. 313the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy address the raising issue of the proliferation of domestic standards. accordingly, negotiations over tariffs alone, coupled with an effective “market access preservation rule” that prevents governments from subsequently manipulating their domestic policy choices to undercut the market access implications of their tariff commitments, can bring governments to the efficiency frontier (bagwell and staiger, 2001).43 yet, recently, antràs and staiger (2012a) showed that when international prices are determined as a result of bilateral bargaining – e.g. between the domestic purchaser and the foreign supplier – the above result is overturned, namely one need for deep integration where direct negotiations occur over both tariffs and behind-the-border policies. we will return shortly on this issue. limào and tovar (2011), focused, instead, on the commitment value of international agreements. these authors investigated theoretically and empirically the interaction between government commitment over tariffs and the subsequent use of (less efficient) ntms. the paper extends the basic gh model to the government choice over ntms, modelling the political value of commitment over tariffs in international trade agreements as it improves the bargaining position of a weak government relative to domestic interest groups. the authors tested the model predictions on turkey considering tariffs cap introduced within the wto and the pta with the eu. main results showed that tariff commitments in trade agreements increase the likelihood and restrictiveness of ntms but not enough to offset the original tariff reductions,44 broadly confirming that (domestic) bargaining motive is an important source of the political value of commitment in international agreements. yet, there are other interpretations on the recent diffusion of ntms, especially when developed countries are considered. for example, bagwell and staiger (2013), argued that the proliferation of ntms particularly in developed countries, at a certain degree, could be the result of what they call “globalization fatigue”. with this term, they refer to the fact that the increase in ntms as substitutes to tariffs could be seen as a second-best policy to leave room for negotiations with developing countries. indeed, developed countries’ tariffs have been lowered too much to represent a good “bargaining chip” toward developing countries. the evidence by beverelli et al. (2014) discussed in section 2 is consistent with this interpretation. 6.2 global value chain and trade policy governments’ incentive to cooperate on international agreements over standards could be also the result of the effect of ntms on firms’ fixed costs for entering foreign markets, as summarized in the firms heterogeneity model discussed in section 4.2. in this setting, ntms could determine the extent of competition. ntms that affect fixed costs, besides acting like a tariff, and thus affecting international terms-of-trade, would have an additional effect on market entry decisions in the foreign country. moreover, ntms, by 43 note however that, in the growing situations where international externalities are not pecuniary – such as global warming – this focus on the term-of-trade motive looses importance. 44 limào and tovar (2011) also emphasized that, although in the majority of the investigated situations the government justified the introduction of the new ntms using consumer and/or environmental concerns, the selected ntms never really account for these externalities. 314 alessandro olper imposing fixed costs, will induce trade concentration in larger and more efficient firms (wto, 2012; abel-koch, 2013).45 the proliferation of global chains coordinated by large players increases the international interdependency and may provide a rational for a deep cooperation on ntms (and tariffs) within trade agreement (wto, 2012). in fact, other than spillovers associated to the term-of-trade effect, the break-up of the production process across different countries creates new forms of cross-border spillovers (staiger, 2012; antràs and staiger, 2012b; blanchard, 2014). one of the salient characteristics of global value chain is represented by the surge of trade in (processed) intermediate goods. this is the result of different phenomena, such as the strong reduction of the costs of international transactions – due to both declining trade costs and ict – and the rising role of global players and foreign direct investmentsfdis (see baldwin and lopez-gonzalez, 2014). intermediate input purchases tend to be associated with significant lock-in effects for both buyers and sellers. this is because intermediate input varieties are often customized to the needs of the buyers, incorporating a growing amount of relationship specific investments, which may be hard to recoup when transacting with alternative parties. moreover, offshoring often involves the costly search for suitable foreign suppliers or foreign buyers, which makes separations costly and thereby provides another source of lock-in (antràs and staiger, 2012b). these global value chain linkages alter the conventional calculus of trade policy (blanchard et al., 2016). introducing import tariffs hurt those upstream domestic firms that supply inputs to foreign producers, as tariffs reduce the value of foreign goods, and so the revenue accruing to domestic input suppliers. these linkages reduce the governments’ incentives to impose a tariff. similarly, when domestic firms use foreign value added in production, a part of the gains due to an import tariff translates back through the supply chain to foreign input suppliers (blanchard et al., 2016). the extent to which the current institutional framework, originally drafted for a world trade in final goods, can address this new forms of interdependency, appears to be an open and difficult question (wto, 2012; blanchard, 2014). antrà and staiger (2012b) reported an interesting empirical evidence in support of the ideas that actual wto rules do not work well in presence of global value chain interactions. specifically, for a sample of 16 countries that joined the wto after its creation in 1995, they showed that tariff concessions were markedly greater in sectors with low levels of input customization than in sectors with high levels of input customization (figure 8).46 conceptual and empirical works on the role played by global value chains in affecting government’ incentives over trade policy is still in its infancy. yet, important contributions already exist. for example, orefice and rocha (2014) provide one of the first empirical evidences showing that there exists a two-way link between deep ptas and the share in trade attributable to vertical specialization. in particular, the authors showed that sign45 see alfaro et al. (2015) for a recent model of global value chains where heterogeneous firms decide the boundary along the value chain. see baldwin and lopez-gonzales (2015) for an overview of recent global supply chain stylized facts. 46 antrà and staiger (2012) measured the sectoral level of inputs customization as the share of an industry’s inputs not traded in organized exchanges (see nunn, 2007). 315the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy ing deeper agreements increases trade in production networks between member countries by almost 12 percentage points on average. in addition, the impact of deep integration is more significant for industries that by their nature require higher levels of regulation. blanchard and matschke (2015) combine firm-level data on us foreign affiliate activity with detailed measures of us trade policy to study the interlink of offshoring and ptas. in line with the theoretical expectation they showed positive correlation among us trade preferences and offshoring activity, and the size of the economic effect is important.47 blanchard et al. (2016), introduced cross-border supply chain linkages into the standard terms-of-trade model of trade policy formation based on the gh framework. they used this model to study how government objectives over final good tariffs depend on the nationality of the value-added content embodied in home and foreign final goods. the key prediction of the model is that the surge of global value chain trade is reshaping the political incentive over trade policy, by erasing distinction between final goods made at home versus made abroad. theoretically, blanchard et al. (2016) add two important contributions. first, they showed that, considering the value added content of trade in the production process changes the mapping from prices to income, altering government incentives over trade policy. secondly, by incorporating this new incentives into a political economy model, they reach several new results. for example, the domestic content embodied in foreign final goods dampens a country’s incentive to manipulate its terms-of-trade. interesting, 47 for example, they estimated that a 10% increase in us foreign affiliate exports to the us is associated with a 4% increase in the rate of preferential duty-free access. figure 8. percent deviation from concession by tercile of input customization measure. -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 low input customization medium input customization high input customization pe rc en t de vi at io n fro m m ea n co nc es io n tercile of nunn's (2007) input customization measure source: antras and staiger (2012b). 316 alessandro olper blanchard et al. (2016) using bilateral applied tariffs, temporary trade barriers (i.e. antidumping and countervailing duties) and value-added contents of trade, find strong support to the model predictions. finally, gawande et al. (2015) investigated the trade policy response to the 2008 crisis in seven large emerging countries. the main aim of the paper was the attempt to understand the extent to which the country participation in global value chains represented an important economic factor in driving the trade policy response to the crisis. as it is well known, the effect of border protection in presence of trade in intermediate goods is significantly amplified simply because “goods” crossed the country borders several times (hummels and yi, 2001). interestingly, although they find heterogeneity in the country-level results, overall they support the notion that the position of domestic and foreign exporters in the global supply chain exerted offsetting forces in many countries. in particular, the demand for cheap inputs by downstream users, and the demand for a country’s exports by vertically specialized producers in partner countries, exerted countervailing pressure against protectionist pressure from domestic lobbies. hence, the main message of this paper’s results is that today the nature of trade produces powerful incentives against protectionism, which goes well behind the standard term-of-trade motives. 7. concluding remarks agricultural economists have been traditionally aware that the key determinants of agricultural and food policy are largely political in nature, and this also applies to environmental and food standards, as it clearly emerges from this survey. there is a long and important literature that documents this awareness, taking the peculiarities of ntms into account and raising new theoretical and empirical challenges. as briefly discussed in section 2, building a sound model on the economic effects of environmental and food quality standards is difficult. for the same reason, modelling them as endogenous response to the political process should have higher priority in our research agenda. there are several areas where further progress is needed. first, political economy models in general, and in particular when applied to the formation of regulatory standards, need to consider simultaneously both electoral incentives and lobbying behavior (and their possible interaction). some preliminary effort has been done from a theoretical point of view (e.g. yu, 2005; swinnen et al., 2015). yet, empirical tests of the model predictions are rare, and often too simplistic for understanding the complex interaction between voters, lobbying and political interests. in particular, models of environmental and quality standards are waiting for sound empirical tests. here, the difficulty is to consider more seriously the exact role and behavior of different interests (e.g. “green” versus “industrialist” groups), as well as whether and how consumers’ and voters’ interests really matter. second, the underlying modelling structure to study the political economy of standards should be the one of monopolistic competition with firms’ heterogeneity. this is not only because this modelling framework accounts for more realistic features of the effects of standards, but because it adds a new important dimension in the coalition formation in favor or against ntms. indeed, with firms’ heterogeneity the traditional cross-sectoral conflict over trade policy is broken-down over the within-sector dimension depend317the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy ing on firms’ characteristics. the extension of the gh model to firms heterogeneity could perhaps contribute to solve some empirical inconsistency of the model, as suggested by chang and willmann (2014). yet, a downside of this approach is the need of detailed lobby and industry data at firm level to test the model predictions properly. third, the design of international rules over standards requires a better understanding of the complex coordination problem between countries and firms. however, the policy implications for the effect of environmental and food standards from a model that includes more realistic details of the current globalization waves, i.e. the structure and linkages of modern gvcs, have not been developed yet.48 this perhaps represents one of the most compelling challenges for our profession, given the analytical complexity of this literature and the necessity to adapt actual modelling tools to the peculiarity of agri-food value chains. indeed, this emerging literature, briefly summarized in section 6, has been largely developed with specific manufacturing industries in mind, such as chemicals and electronics, where vertical specialization and global outsourcing are a fact, and focusing mainly on trade policy (tariffs). although also the agri-food sector experienced an increase in vertical specialization, some features of this industry are still different and peculiar. for example, the dependence of the agricultural process on natural resources (land, water, and climatic conditions), the perishable nature of many food products, and differences in international transactions and contracts between players, raise further complexities calling for a careful adaptation of the current modelling tools. all that, clearly, could result in policy implications for regulatory standards that go in different directions with respect to what is emerging with reference to the manufacturing industry. acknowledgment: the author thanks susan senior nello, the editor, and a referee of the journal for several constructive comments on an early draft, as well as lucia pacca and chiara falco for critically reading the manuscript. references abel-koch, j. (2013). endogenous trade policy with heterogeneous firms. nottingham centre for research on globalization and economic policy, mimeo. acemoglu, d., and robinson, j.a. (2006). economic origins of dictatorship and democracy. cambridge university press, new york, ny. aidt, t. (1998). political internalization of economic externalities and environmental policy. journal of public economics, 69: 1-16. alfaro, l., antràs, p., chor, d. and conconi, p. (2015). internalizing global value chains: a firm-level analysis. nber working papers 21582. antràs, p. and staiger, r.w. (2012a). trade agreements and the nature of price determination. american economic review papers and proceedings 102(3): 470-476. 48 some exceptions, largely focused on issues of developing countries, can be find in swinnen et al. (2015). 318 alessandro olper antràs, p. and staiger, r.w. (2012b). offshoring and the role of trade agreements. american economic review 102(7): 3140-3183. arkolakis, c. (2010). market penetration costs and the new consumers margin in international trade. journal of political economy 118(6): 1151-1199. bagwell, k and staiger, r.w. (2013). can the doha round be a development round? setting a place at the table. in feenstra. r. and taylor, a. m. (eds), globalization in an age of crisis: multilateral economic cooperation in the twenty-first century, university of chicago press, chicago: 91-124. bagwell, k. and staiger, r.w. (2010). the world trade organization: theory and practice. annual review of economics 2(1): 223-256. bagwell, k. and staiger, r.w. (2001). domestic policies, national sovereignty, and international economic institutions. the quarterly journal of economics 116(2): 519-562 bagwell, k. and staiger, r.w. (1999). an economic theory of gatt. american economic review 89 (1): 215-248. baldwin, r.e. (2000). regulatory protectionism, developing nations and a two-tier world trading system. in collins, s. and d. rodrik (eds), brookings trade forum, washington, d.c. brookings institution press, 237–293. baldwin, r.e. and lopez-gonzalez, j. (2014). supply-chain trade: a portrait of global patterns and several testable hypotheses. the world economy 38(11): 1682-1721. baldwin, r.e. (1970). nontariff distortions of international trade. the brookings institute, washington, d.c. battigalli, p. and maggi, g. (2003). international agreements on product standard: an incomplete contracting theory. nber working papers 9533. baumol, w.j. (1972). on taxation and the control of externalities. the american economic review 62(3): 307-322. becker, g. (1983). a theory of competition among pressure groups for political influence. quarterly journal of economics 98(3): 371-400. beghin, j.c. (2006). nontariff barriers. center for agricultural and rural development (card) publications 06-wp438, iowa state university. beghin, j.c., maertens, m. and swinnen, j. (2015a). non-tariff measures and standards in trade and global value chains. annual review of resource economics 7(1): 425-450. beghin, j.c., disdier, a.-c. and marette, s. (2015b). trade restrictiveness indices in presence of externalities: an application to non-tariff measures. canadian journal of economics 48(4): 1513-1536. belloc, m. (2015). information for sale in the european union. journal of economic behavior and organization 120: 130-144. bernhagen, p. and mitchell, n. (2009). the determinants of direct corporate lobbying in the european union. european union politics 10(2): 155-176. bernheim, b.d., whinston, m.d., (1986). menu auctions, resource allocation, and economic influence. quarterly journal of economics 101(1): 1-31. besley, t. and coate, s. (2001). lobbying and welfare in a representative democracy. review of economic studies 68(1): 67-82. beverelli, c., boffa, m. and keck, a. (2014). trade policy substitution: theory and evidence from specific trade concerns. wto staff working papers ersd-2014-18. bhagwati, j. (1988). protectionism. cambridge: mit press. 319the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy blanchard, e.j. (2014). what global fragmentation means for the wto: article xxiv, behind-the-border concessions, and a new case for wto limits on investment incentives, wto staff working papers ersd-2014-03. blanchard, e.j., and matschke, x. (2015). u.s. multinationals and preferential market access. review of economics and statistics 97(4): 839-854. blanchard, e.j., bown, c.p. and johnson, r.c. (2016). global supply chain and trade policy. nber working paper 21883. bombardini, m. (2008). firm heterogeneity and lobby participation. journal of international economics 75(2): 329-348. bombardini, m. and trebbi, f. (2011). votes or money? theory and evidence from the us congress. journal of public economics 95(7-8): 587-611. broda, c., nuno limao, n. and weinstein, d.e. (2008). optimal tariffs and market power: the evidence. american economic review 98(5): 2032-2065. broner, f., bustos, p. and carvalho, v. m. (2012). sources of comparative advantage in polluting industries. nber working papers 18337, national bureau of economic research, inc. caliendo, l., feenstra, r.c., romalis, j. and taylor, a.m. (2015). tariff reductions, entry, and welfare: theory and evidence for the last two decades, nber working papers 21768, national bureau of economic research. chang, p-l. and wilmann, g. (2014). protection for sale with heterogeneous interest within industry. working paper, mimeo. coate, s. and morris, s. (1995). on the form of transfers to special interests. journal of political economy 103: 1210-1235. congleton, r. (1992). political institutions and pollution control. review of economics and statistics 74: 412-421. copeland, b.r. (1990). strategic interaction among nations: negotiable and non-negotiable trade barriers. canadian journal of economics 23: 84-108. copeland, b. and taylor, m.s. (1995). trade and the environment: a partial synthesis. american journal of agricultural economics 77: 765-771. costinot, a. (2008). a comparative institutional analysis of agreements on product standards. journal of international economics 75(1): 197-213. coughlin, p.j. (1992). probabilistic voting theory. cambridge, cambridge university press. disdier, a-c and marette, s. (2010). the combination of gravity and welfare approaches for evaluating nontariff measures. american journal of agricultural economics 92(3): 713-726. disdier, a.-c., fontagné, l. and mimouni, m. (2008). the impact of regulations on agricultural trade: evidence from the sps and tbt agreements. american journal of agricultural economics 90(2): 336-350. dixit, a.k. and stiglitz, j.e. (1977). monopolistic competition and optimum product diversity. american economic review 67(3): 297-308. eaton, j. and kortum, s. (2002). technology, geography and trade. econometrica, 70(5): 1741-1779. ederington, j. and minier, j. (2008). reconsidering the empirical evidence on the grossman-helpman model of endogenous protection. canadian journal of economics 41(2): 501-516. 320 alessandro olper ederington, j. and minier, j. (2003) is environmental policy a secondary trade barrier? an empirical analysis. canadian journal of economics 36: 137-154. eliste, p. and fredriksson, p. (2002). environmental regulations, transfers and trade: theory and evidence. journal of environmental economics and management 43: 234250. essaji, a. (2010). trade liberalization, standards and protection. the b.e. journal of economic analysis and policy, 10(1), article 55. facchini, g., van biesebrouck, j. and willmann, g. (2006). protection for sale with imperfect rent capturing. canadian journal of economics 39(3): 845-873. fischer, r. and serra, p. (2000). standards and protection, journal of international economics 52(2): 377-400. fontagné, l., orefice, g., piermartini, r. and rocha, n. (2015). product standards and margins of trade: firm-level evidence. journal of international economics 97(1): 29-44. frankel, j. a. and rose, a.k. (2005). is trade good or bad for the environment: sorting out the causality. review of economics and statistics 87: 85-91. fredriksson, p.g. (1997). the political economy of pollution taxes in a small open economy. journal of environmental economics and management 33: 44-58. fredriksson, p.g. (1999). the political economy of trade liberalization and environmental policy. southern economic journal 65(3): 513-535. fredriksson, p.g. and millimet, d:l. (2004). electoral rules and environmental policy. economics letters 84(2): 237-244. fredriksson, p.g. and matschke, x. (2016). trade liberalization and environmental taxation in federal systems. scandinavian journal of economics 118(1): 150-167. fredriksson, p.g. and millimet, d.l. (2004). comparative politics and environmental taxation. journal of environmental economics and management 48(1): 705-722. fredriksson, p.g., neumayer, e., damania, r. and gates, s. (2005). environmentalism, democracy, and pollution control. journal of environmental economics and management 49(2): 343-365. gawande, k. and hoekman, b. (2006). lobbying and agricultural trade policy in the united states. international organization 60(3): 527-561. gawande, k., and bandyopadhyay, u. (2000). is protection for sale? evidence on the endogenous protection source. review of economics and statistics 82: 139-152. gawande, k., hoekman, b. and cui, y. (2015). global supply chains and trade policy responses to the 2008 crisis. world bank economic review 29(1): 102-128. goldberg, p.k. and pavcnik, n. (2005). trade, wages, and the political economy of trade protection: evidence from the colombian trade reforms. journal of international economics 66(1): 75-105. goldberg, p.k. and maggi, g. (1999). protection for sale: an empirical investigation. american economic review 84: 1135-1355. grossman, g.m. and helpman, e. (2005). a protectionist bias in majoritarian politics. quarterly journal of economics 120: 1239-1282. grossman, g. m. and helpman, e. (1994). protection for sale. american economic review 84(4): 833-850. grossman, g. and helpman, e. (1995). trade wars and trade talks. journal of political economy 103: 675-708. 321the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy grossman, g. and helpman, e. (1996). electoral competition and special interest politics. review of economic studies 63: 265-286. gulati, s. (2008). free trade and the burden of domestic policy. canadian journal of economics 41: 817-837. heller, w.b., and holahan, r. (2013). an institutional theory of public bads regulation: political parties, electoral rules, and environmental policy. paper prepared for presentation at the 2013 annual meetings of the european political science association, barcelona, spain, 20-22 june. helpman, e. (1995). politics and trade policy, nber working papers 5309. hillman, a. (1982). declining industries and political-support protectionist motives. american economic review 72(5): 1180-1187. hillman, a.l. (1989). the political economy of protection. harwood academic, chur, switzerland; london; new york and camberwell, australia. hummels, d., jun, i. and yi, k.m. (2001). the nature and growth of vertical specialization in world trade. journal of international economics 54: 75-96. jaeck, l. hanoteau, j. and bougi, g. (2015). indirect influence, lobbies interdependence and ecological protection. journal of economic research 20: 169-198. kawahara, s. (2014). endogenous lobby formation and endogenous environmental protection with unilateral tariff reduction. environmental and resources economics 57: 41-57. kee, h.l., nicita, a. and olarreaga, m. (2009). estimating trade restrictiveness indices, economic journal 119: 172-199. lai, y-b. (2005). the political economy of tariffs and environmental standards. journal of institutional and theoretical economics 161: 473-490. lai, y-b. (2007). the political economy linkage between trade liberalization and domestic environmental regulations. public choice 133: 57-72. li, y. and beghin, j.c. (2012). a meta-analysis of estimates of the impact of technical barriers to trade. journal of policy modeling 34(3): 497-511. li, y., xiong, b. and beghin, j.c. (2014). the political economy of food standard determination: international evidence from maximum residue limits. economics working papers (2002–2016). paper 47. limão, n. and tovar, p. (2011). policy choice: theory and evidence from commitment via international trade agreements. journal of international economics 85(2): 186205. list, j.a. and sturm, d.m. (2006). how elections matter: theory and evidence from environmental policy. quarterly journal of economics 121(4): 1249-1281. lopez, r.a. (2008). does ‘protection for sale’ apply to the us food industries?. journal of agricultural economics 59(1): 25-40. ludema, r.d. and mayda, a.m. (2013). do terms-of-trade effects matter for trade agreements? theory and evidence from wto countries. quarterly journal of economics 128(4): 1837-1893. maertens, m. and swinnen, j.f.m. (2009). trade, standards, and poverty: evidence from senegal. world development 37(1): 161-178. maggi, g. and rodriguez-clare, a. (1998). the value of trade agreements in the presence of political pressures. journal of political economy 106(3): 574-601. 322 alessandro olper marette, s. (2014). non-tariff measures when alternative regulatory tools can be chosen. mimeo. marette, s., and beghin, j. (2010). are standards always protectionist? review of international economics 181(1): 179-192. mayer, w. (1984). endogenous tariff formation. american economic review 64: 970-985. mcausland, c. (2003). voting for pollution policy: the importance of income in equality and trade. journal of international economics 61: 425-451. mccluskey, j. and winfree, j.a. (2009). pre-empting public regulation with private food quality standards. european review of agricultural economics 36(4): 525-539. melitz, m. j. (2003). the impact of trade on intra-industry reallocations and aggregate industry productivity. econometrica 71(6): 1695-1725. milesi-ferretti, g. m., perotti, r. and rostagno, m. (2002). electoral systems and the composition of public spending. quarterly journal of economics 117: 609-657. mitra, d. (1999). endogenous lobby formation and endogenous protection: a long-run model of trade policy determination. american economic review 89(5): 1116-1134. moenius, j. (2004). information versus product adaptation: the role of standards in trade. international business and markets research, kellogg school of management working paper, northwestern university, evanston. nunn, n. (2007). relationship-specificity, incomplete contracts, and the pattern of trade. the quarterly journal of economics 122(2): 569-600. oates, w.e. and portney, p.r. (2003). the political economy of environmental policy. in maler. k.-g. and vincent, j.r. (eds.), handbook of environmental economics. vol. 1, amsterdam, elsevier, 325-354. olper, a. and raimondi, v. (2008). market access asymmetry in food trade. review of world economics 144(3): 509-537. olper, a. and raimondi, v. (2013). electoral rules, forms of government and redistributive policy: evidence from agriculture and food policies. journal of comparative economics 41(1): 141-158. olper, a., curzi, d. and pacca, l. (2014). do food standards affect the quality of eu imports? economics letters 122(2): 233-237. olson, m. (1965). the logic of collective action. new haven, ct, yale university press. orefice, g. (2015). non-tariff measures, specific trade concerns and tariff reduction. working papers 2015-30, cepii research center. orefice, g. and rocha, n. (2014). deep integration and production networks: an empirical analysis, the world economy 37(1): 106-136. pacca, l. and olper, a. (2016). lobbying for us trade policy in the xxi century: does protection for sale still work? university of milano, mimeo. peltzman, s. (1976). towards a more general theory of regulation. journal of law and economics 19(2): 211-240. persson, t. and tabellini, g. (2003). the economic effect of constitutions. the mit press, cambridge. persson, t., and tabellini, g. (2000). political economics: explaining economic policy. the mit press, cambridge. rausser, g.c., swinnen, j.f.m. and zusman, p. (2011). political power and endogenous policy formation. cambridge, new york: cambridge university press. 323the political economy of trade-related regulatory policy ray e.j. (1981). the determinants of tariff and nontariff trade restrictions in the united states. journal of political economy 89(1): 105-121. rodrik, d. (1995). political economy of trade policy. in grossman, g.m. and rogoff, k.e. (eds.), handbook of international economics, vol. 3. elsevier, 1457-1494. schleich, j. (1999). environmental quality with endogenous domestic and trade policies. european journal of political economy 15: 53-71. schleich, j. and orden, d. (2000). environmental quality with non-cooperative versus cooperative domestic and trade policies. review of international economics 8: 681697. shepherd, b. (2007). product standards, harmonization, and trade: evidence from the extensive margin. policy research working papers no. 4390. world bank, washington, dc. staiger, r.w. and bagwell, k. (1999). an economic theory of gatt. american economic review 89(1): 215-248. staiger, r.w. (2012). non-tariff measures and the wto, wto staff working papers ersd-2012-01, world trade organization (wto), economic research and statistics division. stigler, g. s. (1971). the theory of economic regulation. bell journal of economics 2(1): 137-146. sturm, d.m. (2003). trade and the environment: a survey of the literature. in marsiliani, l., rauscher, m. and withagen, c. (eds.). environmental policy in an international perspective, kluwer academic, 119-149. sturm, d.m. (2006). product standards, trade disputes, and protectionism. canadian journal of economics 39(2): 564-581. swinnen, j., deconinck, k., vandeplas, a. and vandemoortele, t. (2015). quality standards, value chains and international development: economic and political theory, cambridge: cambridge university press. swinnen, j.f.m. and vandemoortele, t. (2011). trade and the political economy of food standards. journal of agricultural economics 62(2): 259-280. swinnen, j.f.m. and vandemoortele, t. (2008). the political economy of nutrition and health standards in food markets. review of agricultural economics 30(3): 460-468. swinnen, j.f.m. and maertens, m. (2007). globalization, privatization, and vertical coordination in food value chains in developing and transition countries. agricultural economics 37: 89-102. trefler, d. (1993). trade liberalization and the theory of endogenous protection: an econometric study of us import policy. journal of political economy 101(1): 138160. vandemoortele, t. and deconinck, k. (2014). when are private standards more stringent than public standards? american journal of agricultural economics 96(1): 154-171. vaughn, k. (1980). does it matter that costs are subjective? southern economic journal 46(3): 702-715. vigani, m. and olper, a. (2013). gmo standards, endogenous policy and the market for information. food policy 43: 32-43. vigani, m., raimondi, v. and olper, a. (2012). international trade and endogenous standards: the case of gmo regulations. world trade review 11(3): 415-437. 324 alessandro olper world trade organization (2012). world trade report 2012. trade and public policies: a closer look at non-tariff measures in the 21st century. geneva. yu, z. (2005). environmental protection: a theory of direct and indirect competition for political influence. review of economic study 72: 269-286. zissimos, b. (2014). a theory of trade policy under dictatorship and democratization, discussion papers 1403, exeter university, department of economics. bio-based and applied economics 9(1): 85-107, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8464 the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity in long standing european agricultural policies. an application to the european geographical indication policy leonardo cei1,*, gianluca stefani2, edi defrancesco1 1 university of padova (italy) 2 university of florence (italy) abstract. in recent years, the european union is stressing the importance of monitoring and evaluating its policies, among which the common agricultural policy plays an important role. policy evaluation, in order to provide reliable results on which to take important legislative decisions, should rely on robust methodological tools. a recent strand of literature casts some doubts about the reliability of the two-way fixed effect estimator when the effect of a treatment is heterogeneous across groups of units or over time. this estimator is widely used in agricultural economics to estimate the effect of policies where effect heterogeneity may be at stake. using the european geographical indication (gi) policy, we compared the two-way fixed effects estimator with a novel non-parametric estimator that accounts for the issues created by effect heterogeneity. the results show that the two estimators, consistently with the concerns expressed by the technical literature, may lead to different estimates of the policy effect. this suggests that treatment effect heterogeneity is likely a concern when assessing the impact of gi-type policies. therefore, the use of the standard estimator may lead to misleading conclusions and, as a result, to inappropriate policy actions. keywords. treatment heterogeneity; geographical indications; impact assessment; two-way fixed effects; policy evaluation jel codes. q18, q56. 1. introduction in recent years, the european union (eu) is stressing the need to move toward an ever more evidenced-based policy making. despite the renewed attention it is attracting nowadays, evidence-based policy making is not a new concept. the discussion about the need to use empirical evidence to understand how policies work and to identify their results was already in place in the 1990s (e.g., oecd, 1994; pawson and tilley, 1997). *corresponding author. e-mail: leonardo.cei@phd.unipd.it editor: fabio gaetano santeramo. 86 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco sanderson (2002) claims that two kinds of evidences are required to improve the governmental action. on the one hand, it is necessary to understand whether the policy action is effective. on the other hand, acquiring knowledge about how a certain policy works is of fundamental importance. in the language of yin (2013), this corresponds to answer, respectively, a “what” and a “why” question. especially the former aspect plays an important role in the current eu common agricultural policy (cap), where the legislator stresses the importance of a constant monitoring and evaluation of its measures, also providing indicators and methodological guidelines, as well as some ex-ante evaluations on quantitative goals. on the verge of the new cap programming period (2021-2027), the policy course that aims at providing evidences about the effectiveness of the policies and measures of the cap is confirmed and stressed. the new cap regulation proposal states that “the current common monitoring and evaluation framework (cmef) and the current monitoring system of direct payments and rural development would be used as a basis for monitoring and assessing policy performance, but they will have to be streamlined and further developed” (european commission, 2018: pg. 9). the rising interest in evidence-based policy making, however, requires proper tools to collect evidences, analyze them and interpret the results. in this respect, a useful reservoir of approaches, methods and techniques to be used in the evaluation process is represented by quasi-experimental approaches. adopting an ex-post perspective (i.e., after the policy has been implemented), the main goal of quasi-experiments is to identify the effect that a certain policy, program or treatment produces on some indicator that measures the policy objectives. basically, this requires to clearly identify the causal relationship between the treatment and the outcome, in order to isolate the effect of the policy from the role played by other confounding factors (khandker et al., 2009). the identification of this causal link, however, constitutes the major effort in real socio-economic contexts. different policy settings have different pitfalls that hinder the correct identification of the causal effect. to overcome these issues, researchers came up, over the years, with strategies and techniques tailored to specific policy settings. to cite some examples, regression adjustment and matching are ways to account for the effect of observable covariates; instrumental variables and difference-in-differences (did) can get rid of the influence of unobservable factors (cerulli, 2015); the regression discontinuity design is well suited in contexts where the administration of the treatment is based upon certain thresholds. as a result, before starting an impact analysis, the researcher should pay attention to the policy he/she aims at evaluating and to the setting where the policy is implemented. the ideal policy setting for impact analysis involves a binary treatment that is administered to one group of individuals, while another group can be used as a control. the two groups can be observed at a single point in time or over a couple of periods. however, some policies are characterized by more complex settings, as is the case of several eu agricultural policies. this is especially the case of long-standing policies, where the participation is voluntary, the enrollment in the treatment not simultaneous, and individuals can be observed for multiple time periods. the policy we refer to in our article, the geographical indication (gi) policy, is an example of this situation. provided that their farm is located in the area of origin of a gi product, farmers do not have any obligation about whether or when to join the specific gi system. 87the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity policy settings where the treatment administration is based on voluntariness and is not simultaneous can be included in the category that is referred to as event study designs (borusyak and jaravel, 2017) or staggered adoption designs (athey and imbens, 2018). an important aspect in event study designs is that the effect of the treatment might not be constant across groups of individuals or time periods, a condition that is referred to as group-time treatment effect heterogeneity. the standard econometric model that has been used so far to deal with this kind of policy frameworks is the two-way fixed effects (twfe), a panel fixed effect estimator with group (or individual) and time effects. de chaisemartin and d’haultfoeuille (2019) noted that the twfe was used in 20% of the empirical articles published on the american economic review between 2010 and 2012. this tool is used in agricultural economics as well, where is exploited to study a variety of topics. dawson (2005), for example, used a twfe regression to measure the contribution of agricultural exports in less developed countries, finding a positive effect of agricultural exports on economic growth. lien and hardaker (2001), in a study on norwegian farmers, showed that, in the choice of the optimal farm plans, subsidy schemes, market conditions and available labor have more importance than the farmer’s risk attitude. in the context of the gi policy, raimondi et al. (2019) investigated the effect of these quality labels on trade, highlighting that the gi policy promotes the export of agri-food products and has positive effects on export prices, while it has weak negative effects on imports. despite the wide use of the twfe, however, a recent bunch of literature questions the validity of this estimator when estimating the impact of the treatment in presence of group-time effect heterogeneity, claiming that it does not provide easy-to-interpret estimates (goodman-bacon, 2018; athey and imbens, 2018; imai and kim, 2019) and, more important, that this estimator can produce, in some cases, biased results (de chaisemartin and d’haultfoeuille, 2019; borusyak and jaravel, 2017; abraham and sun, 2018). given the practical relevance of impact analysis, biased results are a serious concern, especially when institutions stress the link between policy making and empirical evidence, as in the european case. moreover, the european agricultural context is quite rich in policies that have an event study structure, such as the gi policy, the organic certification, or the rural development programs. some studies tried to investigate the effects of these policies. torres et al. (2016) compared, over a 25 years period, the performance of organic and conventional citrus farms in spain using profitability indicators to evaluate farms investments. nordin (2014) and nordin and manevska-tasevska (2013) assessed the impact of the grassland support on agricultural employment in sweden at the municipality and farm level, respectively. within the gi context, cei et al. (2018a) and raimondi et al. (2018) estimated the impact of gis at the regional level, respectively, on agricultural value added in italy and on agricultural value added and employment in italy, france and spain. to our knowledge, however, so far, no study explored the relevance of grouptime treatment effect heterogeneity in measuring the impact of this kind of policies and measures in europe. in light of this, the objective of this paper is to understand whether group-time treatment effect heterogeneity is a concern when estimating the effects on the agricultural value added of the gi policy, an eu agricultural policy characterized by both voluntariness, not-simultaneity of the treatment and persistence of the treatment over time. this is done comparing the results of the standard twfe estimator with the results obtained using a novel estimator proposed by callaway and sant’anna (2018) that spe88 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco cifically accounts for the presence of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity. ideally, if group-time treatment effect heterogeneity is not an issue in the studied context, the results of the two estimators should coincide. understanding the relevance of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity would help in identifying the best strategies to correctly assess the impact of this kind of eu policies. in the next section, we provide a brief overview of the gi policy in the eu and of the economic effects of this policy on the rural economy, and we review the technical literature addressing the issue of group-time effect heterogeneity in impact analysis. here, we also present the novel non-parametric estimator that we will use as a comparison for the twfe estimator. the third section describes the data and methods we used in the analysis, while in the fourth section we present our results, that will be discussed in a critical way in the fifth section. we end the article drawing some conclusion and highlighting the relevant research and policy implications of our work. 2. policy and technical background 2.1 geographical indications in europe and their economic impact geographical indications (gis) are defined as “indications which identify a good as originating in the territory of a member, or a region or locality in that territory, where a given quality, reputation or other characteristic of the good is essentially attributable to its geographical origin” (wto, 1994, article 22). in europe, geographical indications were given a common legal framework in 1992, but some countries (especially mediterranean ones) already had in place, by that time, national provisions regulating gis. according to the european definition of gis, the quality of a gi product directly stems from specific and unique characteristics of the area where the product is produced, i.e. from the terroir. the gi policy regulates two types of gis, the protected designation of origin (pdo) and the protected geographical indication (pgi), but the link between the product quality and the terroir is stronger for the pdo, whose entire production process must take place in the delimited area of origin, while the pgi just requires that at least one of the production steps takes place in the area of origin. the distinctive sign of the eu gi policy is that, in contrast to what happens in other countries, where the protection of gis is mainly based on trademarks, pdo and pgi are public-owned signs. farmers are thus free to join gi schemes, provided they are located within the area of origin and they comply with the rules contained in the product specification. the strong link between gi products and the territories from which they originate is reflected in the objectives of the policy. reg.(eu) no 1151/2012, that currently regulates the european gi system, places a considerable importance on the value adding function of the gi certification, claiming that this legislative tool is able to improve the income of local farmers. in turn, this would reflect in positive effects for the local economy and rural development. the idea that gis can positively affect the economy of the area where their production takes place relies on several economic foundations. first, gis are widely recognized to be market instruments that reduce the information gap between producers and consumers (marette et al., 1999; josling, 2006; anania and nisticò, 2004). providing additional infor89the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity mation to consumers is expected to raise their willingness to pay for the product. if this added value manages to be transferred up the supply chain, it will turn into an economic benefit for producers. another function fulfilled by the gi certification is to act as a substitute for producer’s reputation (menapace and moschini, 2012), which, according to shapiro (1983), needs time to be built, but eventually grants a price premium on the market. finally, gi-type certifications are able to create a rent for a limited number of producers because of the excluding mechanisms that operate in this kind of systems (moran, 1993; perrier-cornet, 1990; josling, 2006; thiedig and sylvander, 2000) as a consequence of area restrictions, yield limits, or both (landi and stefani, 2015; hayes et al., 2004). the value-creation function of gis and quality schemes in general is supported by several studies that approach the problem from a theoretical and modeling perspective (anania and nisticò, 2004; menapace and moschini, 2014; moschini et al., 2008; zago and pick, 2004). on the other hand, however, empirical studies offer a more controversial scenario. consumers usually attach a greater value to gis, despite the occurrence of positive label effects is heterogeneous across gi products (see deselnicu et al. (2013), leufkens (2018) and santeramo and lamonaca (2020) for some meta-analysis of studies on gis and regional products, garavaglia and mariani (2017), menapace et al. (2011) and de-magistris and gracia (2016) for specific studies) however, some difficulties are identified for that value to be transferred to agricultural producers (cei et al., 2018b). with respect to proper impact evaluation analysis, to our knowledge, to date, only two studies have addressed the topic from this perspective. cei et al. (2018a), found a positive impact of the gi protection on regional agricultural value added in italy while raimondi et al. (2018) estimated a positive impact of gis on regional employment in france, italy and spain, and a positive effect on labor productivity in spain. 2.2 group-time treatment effect heterogeneity in impact evaluation the gi policy allows farmers to voluntarily start the production of a gi product provided they are located in the area of origin and they comply with the gi product specification. moreover, the policy has been continuously in place for more than 25 years, so that its activity has been observed for several periods. these characteristics create suitable conditions for the presence of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity. while treatment effect heterogeneity is defined as “the degree to which different treatments have differential causal effects on each unit” (imai and ratkovic, 2013), in line with the relevant literature (see, for example, athey and imbens (2018), borusyak and jaravel (2017), abraham and sun (2018)), group-time treatment effect heterogeneity arises when the effect of the treatment varies across groups of individuals (group heterogeneity), over time (time heterogeneity), or both. in this respect, group-time treatment effect heterogeneity can be considered a specific case of the general treatment effect heterogeneity, where the effect varies not at an individual level, but at the level of groups of individuals (e.g., groups that receive the treatment in the same year, groups for which the effect is estimated in a certain year). three types of group-time heterogeneity can be distinguished according to callaway and sant’anna (2018). the first type, which they refer to as selective treatment timing, is the pure group heterogeneity case, where the effect of the treatment depends on when an individual is treated for the first time (groups are made of individuals who receive the first 90 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco treatment at the same time). time heterogeneity is decomposed into a dynamic treatment effect and a calendar treatment effect. the former considers the possibility that the effect of the treatment may depend on the amount of time an individual has been exposed to the treatment. the latter lets the treatment effect vary according to the moment (period) when the effect is measured. in contexts where group-time treatment effect heterogeneity can show up, researchers usually exploit a standard parametric way to measure the average treatment effect on the treated (att), the two-way fixed effects model. the twfe model, whose specification is reported in (1), is a modification of the classical fixed effects regression. yit = αi + δt + βdit + θxit + εit (1) in (1), i and t are the individual/group and year subscripts, y is the outcome, x is a set of covariates that account for possible confounders, and ε denotes the error term. αi and δi are, respectively, the unit/group and time fixed effects. β, the coefficient associated to the treatment variable dit, is the estimator for the att. the twfe is a regression-based did estimator (abadie, 2005) and as such is able to get rid of the selection bias introduced not only by observable factors (which can be directly included in the set of covariates x), but also by unobservable factors, provided that these factors are constant over time. this characteristic makes the classical fixed effects the perfect parametric counterpart of the did method in the basic impact analysis setting where two groups (treated and controls) are observed over two periods (before and after the treatment). similarly, working with multiple groups and multiple periods, the twfe is expected to provide an average estimate of the treatment effect. this average estimate is the result of the aggregation of the various group-time atts, i.e. the atts for each group of individuals measured in a specific time period1. the aggregation of the group-time atts, however, involves a not linear weights structure, which makes the interpretation of the β coefficient not straightforward (imai and kim, 2019; athey and imbens, 2018; goodman-bacon, 2018). more importantly, in contexts characterized by group-time treatment effect heterogeneity, some of the group-time atts can receive negative weights when aggregated into the twfe estimator (abraham and sun, 2018; borusyak and jaravel, 2017; de chaisemartin and d’haultfoeuille, 2019). negative weights are a potential risk not only for the interpretation, but also for the reliability of the estimator, since they alter the sign of some atts that form the aggregated estimate and thus introduce a bias. to face this issue, several authors suggested some novel estimators, either parametric (imai and kim, 2019) or non-parametric (de chaisemartin and d’haultfoeuille, 2019; callaway and sant’anna, 2018), that do not involve negative weights. in our study, we use the one suggested by callaway and sant’anna (2018) (hereinafter referred to as the csa estimator) and we compare its results with the estimates obtained using the twfe. the csa estimator computes the att for each group of treated units (g) in each time period (t). treated units are those observations that receives the treatment at some point in time during the observation period and they are assumed to not withdraw from the treatment 1 the group-time atts are not actually estimated by the twfe, but some authors offer several decompositions of the twfe estimate in terms of group-time atts (imai and kim, 2019; athey and imbens, 2018; goodman-bacon, 2018). 91the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity once they received it. each group g of treated units is composed of individuals that are treated for the first time in period g (i.e., they are not treated at t < g). controls are the units that never receive the treatment. the authors provide two versions of the estimator, one for balanced panel data, reported in (2), and one for repeated cross sections. (2) in (2), gg is a group binary indicator that identifies individuals first treated at time g, c is a binary variable identifying control units, y is the outcome variable, and is the generalized propensity score2, estimated on a set of covariates x, that estimates the probability of a certain unit to be first treated at time g. the idea behind the estimator resembles the one in lemma 3.1 in abadie (2005) for the classical two groups-two periods setting. basically, control units are weighted down when they have characteristics that are uncommon in the treated group, and weighted up when their characteristics are frequent in the treated group. this mechanism guarantees the balancing of the covariates between the treated (g) and the control group (abadie, 2005; callaway and sant’anna, 2018). basically, the csa strategy computes, for each (g,t) pair, a did estimate weighting control units on the basis of a propensity score measure. the propensity score is estimated for each (g,t) sample, i.e. using all control units and those treated units that form group g. it is important to note that the att can be estimated even for pre-treatment periods, i.e. with g > t. because the treatment is supposed to not affect the outcome before it is administered, the analysis of the pre-treatment atts allows to verify that the conditional parallel trends assumption (i.e., the trends of the outcome variable in the treated and control groups are parallel conditional on x for all g and t) holds. the parallel trend assumption is common in did settings, where we assume that the change in the outcome variable would have been the same in the treated and control group had the treatment not been administered. in a setting with multiple groups and multiple periods, it is required that the parallel trends assumption holds for all g ≤ t. this assumption is fundamentally untestable (callaway and sant’anna, 2018), but once we extend it to cover also pre-treatment periods it can be tested looking at the significance of the pre-treatment att estimates. the means through which the csa strategy addresses the group-time treatment effect heterogeneity issue are the avoidance of making “functional form assumptions about the evolution of potential outcomes” (callaway and sant’anna, 2018, p.9) and the devising of several summary measures that avoid the drawback of negative weights. the main summary measures suggested in callaway and sant’anna (2018) are reported in table 1. the first measure (simple weighted average) is a simple average where each att(g,t) is weighted by the number of treated observations in the respective (g,t) subsample. the selective treatment timing, the dynamic treatment effects and the calendar treatment effects meas2 this definition is provided in callaway and sant’anna (2018), despite the term “generalized propensity score” is used with different meanings in the literature. in rosenbaum and rubin (1984), it refers to a form of the propensity score that accounts for missing data in the covariates, while hirano and imbens (2004) use the same term to indicate a propensity score that also accounts for cases when the treatment is not a binary variable. 92 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco ure the three types of heterogeneity that we mentioned in the first part of this subsection, where the effect is thought to vary according either to the group, to the length of exposure to the treatment, or to the moment when the effect is estimated, respectively. the last summary measure, selective + dynamic, is a combination of selective treatment timing and dynamic treatment effects. each of these summary measures has two levels of aggregation. the first level indicates the att within each group (g), number of periods after the treatment (e), or period (t). the second level measure is an average of the first level measures. as we can see from table 1, to obtain these measures, the group-time atts are weighted on the basis of the size of the samples of interest (which vary according to the different summary measures). in this way, weights are assured to be always positive and meaningful, thus avoiding the occurrence of any bias or difficulty in their interpretation. to better clarify the meaning of the summary measures, we propose a simple practical example. in figure 1, we report hypothetical atts for three groups of individuals. one group (bold line) is first treated at period 1 (g = 1), the second group (dashed line) at period 2 (g = 2) and the last group (dotted line) is treated for the first time at period 3 (g = 3). according to the formulas in table 1, these atts are aggregated into the first level summary measures, which are reported in figure 2. the selective treatment timing (“selective” pane of figure 2) highlights that the average effect is larger for the group that receive the table 1. summary parameters of the att proposed by callaway and sant’anna (2018). summary parameter first level second level weighted average1 selective treatment timing dynamic treatment effects2 calendar time effects selective + dynamic3 1. the weighted average parameter had a single level of aggregation. the term k assures the normalization of weights, and is equal to . 2. e represents the number of periods (years) after a group g of units receive the first treatment. 3. e’ is a specific number of periods, selected by the researcher, after a group g of units receives the first treatment. δgt(e,e’) abbreviates the logic function . 93the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity first treatment in the second period. the dynamic treatment effect (“dynamic” pane) shows that, on average, the longer individuals stays in the treatment, the higher the treatment effect. finally, the calendar treatment effect (“calendar” pane) suggests that the effect measured in the last periods (t = 3 and t = 4) is higher. for this simple example, all this information were easily retrievable from figure 1, but the summary measures gain importance when the number of groups and periods gets large. a final major contribution of callaway and sant’anna (2018) is the derivation of the respective asymptotic theory for both the att(g,t) estimators and the summary parameters. specifically, they derived both a consistent estimator of the variance and a specific bootstrap procedure. the suggested bootstrap procedure in particular has some advantages over traditional bootstrap. it avoids the re-estimation of the propensity score in each draw; it includes, in each iteration, observations from each group; and it allows to compute confidence bands simultaneously valid in g an t. 3. data and methods 3.1 data sources and samples in our study we used two data sources: the italian farm accountancy data network (fadn) and the eu eambrosia database3. the fadn data we worked with cover a nine years period, from 2008 to 2016. fadn is an unbalanced panel collecting farm-level data using a stratified sample design common to all eu member states4. the database reports 3 the eambrosia database is accessible at: https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/food-safety-andquality/certification/quality-labels/geographical-indications-register/ 4 the fadn field of observation consists of commercial farms, which are defined according to country-specific economic size thresholds (see reg.(ec) 1242/2008). for italy, the threshold is set to 4000 euros until 2014 figure 1. hypothetical group-time atts: each line identifies a group of treated units that receive the treatment in a specific time period. figure 2. first-level summary measures for the hypothetical group-time atts reported in figure 1. 94 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco data on farm structure, the farmer and workforce characteristics, the production process and several economic indicators. a specific section of the database reports whether a farm is involved in gi production and details which crop (or animal type, in case of livestock production) is under pdo and/or pgi certification. eambrosia (formerly door), is an european database where all the registered gi products are listed. for each product, several information is reported, including the product specification. to identify the gi case studies on which to perform the analysis, we crossed the information from the two databases. specifically, we know, from fadn, whether a farm is involved in the gi production, to which crop/animal type the certification refers, and where the farm is located. rearranging the information from product specifications, we know which gis can be produced in the area where the farm is located. using this information, we selected two cases, based on: i) no overlap between gis of the same product category in the same area; and ii) presence of control farms (i.e., farms producing the same product without the certification) in the gi area. considering also the need for sufficiently large sample sizes, we selected two gis: mela val di non pdo (apple) and riviera ligure pdo (extra-virgin olive oil). as mentioned in the previous section, a form of the csa estimator for unbalanced panel has not been provided yet, thus we needed to balance the samples to conduct our analysis. since fadn data cover a nine-years period, we created several balanced panels selecting different time spans and dropping units that were not observed in all the years included in the selected span. this balancing procedure will affect our results, because we are dropping treated units. however, as we discuss in the fifth section, this is not a concern for our purpose of comparing the two estimators. the balancing provides a data structure that complies with all the assumptions required by callaway and sant’anna (2018) to implement their technique. 3.2 impact analysis in each sample, the treatment variable, giit, is the binary indicator showing whether a farm i produces the gi product in year t. treated units are those farms for which giit = 1 in at least one year t, that is, farms that at some point in time certify their production as a gi5. in line with the csa assumptions, once a farm adopts the certification, it is not supand to 8000 euros afterward. the stratification is based on three levels: geographical location (european nuts2 regions), economic size, and type of farming. further details can be found at https://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/ rica/index.cfm. 5 it could be the case that some farms produce two versions of the same product certifying a part of the production and commercializing the remaining share without the gi sign. in these cases, the structure of the fadn dataset does not allow to distinguish between the two kinds of production. in the analysis, whenever a farm is reported to use the gi certification for a certain product, is considered to produce “only” gi-certified product. therefore, farms that possibly has a “mixed” production (gi and non-gi) for the same crop are always considered as treated. it must be noted that this issue is probably more relevant for apple farms than for olive oil farms. in the mela val di non pdo origin area the production of non-certifiable varieties is possible and common, while olive varieties grown in the riviera ligure pdo area are quite exclusively the ones admitted by the product specification. 95the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity posed to withdraw from the gi scheme, i.e., the treatment is irreversible6. on the other hand, a farm is included in the control group if it is never treated, i.e. giit = 0 in every year t. control units are selected only among farms located in the same region (nuts2 level for riviera ligure pdo and nuts3 level for mela val di non pdo), and producing the same product of treated farms (e.g., apple farms without the certification for the mela val di non pdo sample). this allows us to perform our analysis in a sufficiently homogeneous socio-economic and legislative setting. to measure whether the gi certification is actually able to increase the added value of the crop to which it applies, the crop gross margin per hectare is used as the outcome variable. the use of this variable has several advantages for our aim. in contrast to farm-level economic indicators, crop-level indicators are not affected by the economic performance of other processes or by the organization of the farm as a whole, and this allows to isolate the effect of the certification7. in addition, the crop gross margin indicator is defined as the difference between the total crop production and total variable costs. measuring the certification impact on the crop gross margin thus allows to consider the effects of the certification both on the crop revenues (e.g., increased prices) and on the variable costs associated to that specific crop (e.g., inputs and certification costs). in turn, this definition of crop gross margin does not account for other eu subsidies that farms might benefit8. the exclusion of other subsidies from the indicator is important to isolate the effect of the gi certification from the possible effects of other cap measures connected to product quality (e.g., second pillar measures). another possible option would have been to use farm prices to measure the effect of the certification, thus focusing on the expected ability of gis to increase these prices, supposing that this is the main effect of the certification. however, it must be noted that the certification usually entails additional costs (e.g., the certification cost to be allowed to use the gi sign). even if one assumes that those additional costs have just a minor importance with respect to the possible effects on farm prices, disregarding the cost side would inevitably lead to a bias in the estimation of the ability of the gi certification to generate an additional value. with respect to the outcome variable, we decided to focus on relative performance improvements rather than on absolute ones. for this reason, since in the did setting results are not scale invariant (lechner, 2010), we use the crop gross margin per hectare in the logarithmic form. the analysis proceeded creating two completely balanced panels, one for each sample. in each sample the effect was first estimated using the twfe and then implementing 6 in the original samples, few farms exit the certification scheme. in these cases, we dropped, before creating the balanced panels, the observations of receding farms from the year when the certification is removed onward. similarly to the reduction in farms due to the balancing, we deem this is not an issue for our purpose of comparing the two estimators. 7 had the objective of the study been to measure the effect of the certification on farm profitability, the crop gross margin would have been a poor choice because it does not allow to attribute to the gi process the costs of factors shared between different farm processes (e.g., labor and capital). this indicator does in fact include the remuneration of these factors. however, the inclusion of these remunerations is exactly what one seeks in estimating the effects on the value added of the gi-certified crop, as in our case. 8 in the fadn database, subsidies are included in the computation of farm-level indicators, such as farm gross margin, farm net value added or farm net income. 96 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco the csa procedure. initially, for each sample, we performed basic analysis using models without covariates. in a second stage, we included some independent variables to consider also the role of other factors that may confound the relationship between treatment and outcome. the identification of these factors was based both on previous studies investigating the determinants of gi adoption (van de pol, 2017; marongiu and cesaro, 2018; niedermayr, kapfer and kantelhardt, 2016) as well as on our knowledge of gi systems. we reported these factors in table 2 (first column), where the type of each variable and their summary statistics are also shown. in the last two columns of table 2, we specified how, in the two methods of analysis that we compared (twfe and csa), we controlled for each factor. the unobservable factor (individual characteristics of the farmer) is automatically controlled for by the did structure of the two estimators (estimator structure in columns 4 and 5 of table 2), under the assumption that farmer’s characteristics do not change over time (at least in the period considered in the analysis). the structure of the estimators accounts for the less favored area (lfa) variable and for the year of observation as well. the location of a farm in a less favored area does not change over time and the did framework differences out its effect. on the other hand, the year of observation is controlled by the time fixed effects in the twfe estimator and by the within-year propensity score estimation in the csa estimator. we controlled for the other observable factors in three different ways. most of them are included in the twfe equation as covariates and in the propensity score equation of the csa estimator (covariate and propensity score in columns 4 and 5 of table 2, respectively). on direct selling and organic a sort of direct matching is performed (direct matching in table 2). because, in the two samples, none or very few treated farms adopt organic farming or directly sell their products, we dropped organic and/or direct selling farms from both the treated and control groups (this procedure explains the absence of sample variation for these variables in table 2). dropping organic and direct selling farms is like directly matching farms on a specific value (i.e., zero) of these variables. this strategy, therefore, allows to control for these factors without including them among the regressors of the twfe model or in the csa propensity score equation9. finally, the definition of the control group (control group in table 2) allows to control for the type of gi product variable, because control units are selected among farms that produce the same type of product of treated farms. 4. results the analysis were conducted on the two samples (mela val di non pdo and riviera ligure pdo) for different time spans, first using basic models without covariates and then adding independent variables10. the first one is the mela val di non pdo sample in a seven years period (from 2008 to 2014). in this sample, 15 farms join the certification system in 2009 and 13 farms enter the gi scheme in 2010. the control group consists of 9 it should be noted that, in this way, only specific farm types are compared (i.e., non-organic and nondirect selling), which makes the results of the analysis not extendable to organic or direct selling farms. again, the objective of our analysis makes this issue irrelevant. 10 the whole analysis was performed using the statistical software r. callaway and sant’anna (2018) provide a specific r command to implement their methodology. 97the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity table 2. factors to be controlled for in the models. factor type summary statistics1 method (twfe) method (csa)mela val di non pdo riviera ligure pdo age of the farmer continuous [min;max] mean st.dev [min,max] mean st.dev covariate propensity score farm located in a less favored area binary [1.00;1.00] 1.00 0.00 [0.00;1.00] 0.71 0.45 estimator structure estimator structure farm performing direct selling binary [0.00;0.00] 0.00 0.00 [0.00;0.00] 0.00 0.00 direct matching direct matching farm producing other gi products binary [0.00;1.00] 0.15 0.35 [0.00;1.00] 0.16 0.37 covariate propensity score farm with organic production binary [0.00;0.00] 0.00 0.00 [0.00;0.00] 0.00 0.00 direct matching direct matching farm utilized agricultural area continuous [0.42;40.85] 5.56 4.73 [0.25;14.62] 1.94 1.70 covariate propensity score individual characteristics of the farmer not observable estimator structure estimator structure labor intensity continuous [0.08;4.04] 0.37 0.26 [0.07;3.87] 0.84 0.58 covariate propensity score education of the farmer: none binary [0.00;0.00] 0.00 0.00 [0.00;1.00] 0.02 0.14 covariate propensity score education of the farmer: primary binary [0.00;1.00] 0.09 0.29 [0.00;1.00] 0.13 0.34 covariate propensity score education of the farmer: lower secondary binary [0.00;1.00] 0.42 0.49 [0.00;1.00] 0.41 0.49 covariate propensity score education of the farmer: upper secondary binary [0.00;1.00] 0.42 0.49 [0.00;1.00] 0.42 0.49 covariate propensity score education of the farmer: university binary [0.00;1.00] 0.07 0.25 [0.00;1.00] 0.01 0.10 covariate propensity score type of gi product categorical control group control group year of observation categorical estimator structure estimator structure 1summary statistics were omitted, in addition to the not observable variable, for the type of product, because it is unique in the samples (either apple or olive oil) and for the year of observation, because the balanced structure of the panels that makes each level (year) equally represented. 98 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco 17 farms that never use the gi certification in the observed period. farms in the riviera ligure pdo sample are observed continuously for 5 years (from 2008 to 2012). only one treated group is present (farms that start to certify in 2010), which consists of 17 units. the control sample is larger, including 91 farms. the results of the impact analysis performed using the twfe for the basic models (without covariates) and for the models with independent variables are reported in table 3. in two of the four models, the gi certification has no statistically significant effect on the outcome variable. however, the gi certification has a negative impact on the crop gross margin per hectare in the mela val di non model without covariates, while the gi effect is positive for riviera ligure olive oil when independent variables are included. in both cases, the parameters associated to the treatment variable are statistically significant at the usual 5% level. in table 4, we report the csa group-time att estimates, which are also displayed graphically in figures 36, along with their 95% confidence intervals. according to the csa estimator definition, groups refer to individuals that receive the treatment (i.e., adopt the gi certification) for the first time in year g. on the other hand, the year column in table 4 indicates the time at which the effect is estimated. in figures 3-6 the estimates in red (post = 0 in the figures boxes) refer to pre-treatment atts and can be used to validate the extended parallel trend assumption. in all samples, the pre-treatment atts do not statistically differ from zero, therefore the assumption is not rejected. the standard errors were computed using the csa bootstrap procedure. referring to the same level of table 3. twfe results for mela val di non pdo and riviera ligure pdo. variable mela val di non pdo riviera ligure pdo basic covariates basic covariates gi -0.35** (0.09) 0.02 (0.10) 0.15 (0.13) 0.31** (0.14) uaa 0.00 (0.02) -0.12 (0.13) age -0.11** (0.02) -0.01 (0.01) education (primary) 2.64** (0.65) 1.39 (0.161) education (lower secondary) 1.59 (1.10) education (upper secondary or university) 0.00 (0.56) other gi 0.21 (0.18) -0.23* (0.13) labor/ha 0.17 (0.14) 0.24* (0.15) note: asterisk (*) and double asterisks (**) denote group-time atts significant at 10% and 5% respectively. 99the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity statistical significance (5%), we note that all samples are characterized by few significant estimates, while the majority of the group-time atts are not statistically significant. the differences between the basic models and the models where covariates were included are minor. the effect of the certification, in the mela val di non case, is positive and statistically significant at the 5% level, for the group first treated in 2009, in 2012 and 2014 (only in 2014 when covariates are considered). conversely, in the same sample, the effect is negative, for the group first treated in 2010, in 2011. in the other sample, the only significant estimate (att(2010,2010)) shows a positive sign. table 4. csa group-time results for mela val di non pdo (without covariates) and riviera ligure pdo (with covariates). mela val di non pdo riviera ligure pdo group1 year att (basic) att (covariates) group1 year att (basic) att (covariates) 2009 2009 -0.17* (0.09) -0.29* (0.17) 2010 2009 0.15 (0.18) 0.37 (0.20) 2009 2010 -0.10 (0.11) -0.15 (0.16) 2010 2010 0.33** (0.17) 0.37** (0.19) 2009 2011 -0.21 (0.16) -0.33 (0.24) 2010 2011 0.06 (0.19) 0.07 (0.20) 2009 2012 0.49** (0.17) 0.78* (0.46) 2010 2012 -0.09 (0.16) -0.08 (0.18) 2009 2013 0.07 (0.12) 0.28 (0.26) 2009 2014 0.54** (0.25) 1.23** (0.44) 2010 2009 -0.17 (0.12) -0.17 (0.12) 2010 2010 -0.20* (0.12) -0.23 (0.17) 2010 2011 -0.66** (0.21) -0.69** (0.20) 2010 2012 -0.01 (0.21) -0.20 (0.25) 2010 2013 -0.21 (0.21) -0.31 (0.20) 2010 2014 -0.25 (0.35) -0.59* (0.32) 1the column group identifies farmers that enter the gi scheme in a specific year g. in the mela val di non sample some farmers adopt the certification in 2009 and others in 2010. conversely, all farmers in the riviera ligure pdo sample start certifying in 2010, therefore only one group is present. note: asterisk (*) and double asterisks (**) denote group-time atts significant at 10% and 5% respectively. 100 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco finally, in table 5, we report the csa summary measures. similarly to what observed for the group-time atts, with the exception of the selective treatment timing for the mela val di non sample, the significance levels of the basic models estimate are similar to those of the models where covariates are considered. because of the presence of only one group of treated units in the riviera ligure pdo sample, all the summary measures for this sample converge to the weighted average. the weighted average is the csa counterpart of the twfe impact estimate, and therefore the one in which we are most interested in for the comparison of the two estimators. in all samples this summary measure is not statistically different from zero. while this results are in line with the twfe estimates for two models (mela val di non pdo covariates model and riviera ligure pdo basic model), for the other two models the evidence is in contrast to what obtained from the twfe estimation. with respect to the other parameters, that can be estimated only in the mela val di non pdo sample, the first-level measures that are statistically significant are usually dynamic or calendar effects but, for the covariates model, selective timing too. we must consider that both dynamic and calendar measures are obtained aggregating two grouptime atts. in this way, each att has a considerable power in shaping the aggregated measure. with respect to the second-level of aggregation measures, none of them are stafigure 3. group-time atts estimates (basic model) – mela val di non pdo sample. figure 4. group-time atts estimates (covariates model) – mela val di non pdo sample. figure 5. group-time atts estimates (basic model) – riviera ligure pdo sample. figure 6. group-time atts estimates (covariates model) – riviera ligure pdo sample. 101the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity tistically significant, indicating that there is no trend of the effect due to selective, dynamic or calendar effects. 5. discussion the results of our analysis show that, in a european agricultural policy framework characterized by event study characteristics, the twfe, the parametric technique that has been commonly used in literature to estimate the att in these contexts, might provide different estimates than a novel non-parametric estimator that accounts for treattable 5. csa summary measures for mela val di non pdo and riviera ligure pdo. mela val di non pdo1 weighted average selective treatment timing dynamic treatment effects calendar time effects summary measure basic covariates summary measure basic covariates summary measure basic covariates summary measure basic covariates θ -0.05 (0.13) -0.02 (0.14) θs(2009) 0.10 (0.09) 0.25** (0.18) θd(1) -0.18** (0.08) -0.26** (0.12) θc(2009) -0.17 (0.11) -0.29 (0.18) θs(2010) -0.27 (0.18) -0.40** (0.16) θd(2) -0.36** (0.14) -0.40** (0.13) θc(2010) -0.15* (0.09) -0.16 (0.11) θs -0.07 (0.13) -0.05 (0.14) θd(3) -0.12 (0.13) -0.27 (0.19) θc(2011) -0.42** (0.14) -0.50** (0.17) θd(4) 0.16 (0.15) 0.28 (0.23) θc(2012) 0.25 (0.17) -0.33 (0.28) θd(5) -0.08 (0.16) -0.12 (0.21) θc(2013) -0.06 (0.13) 0.01 (0.19) θd(6) 0.54* (0.27) 1.23** (0.47) θc(2014) 0.17 (0.27) 0.39 (0.30) θd -0.01 (0.11) 0.08 (0.19) θc -0.06 (0.10) -0.04 (0.16) riviera ligure pdo weighted average selective treatment timing dynamic treatment timing calendar time effects summary measure basic covariates summary measure basic covariates summary measure basic covariates summary measure basic covariates θ 0.16 (0.13) -0.03 (0.21) 1 for the definition of each summary measure reported in this table refer to table 1. note: asterisk (*) and double asterisks (**) denote group-time atts significant at 10% and 5% respectively. 102 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco ment effect heterogeneity. the main concern we observed is not the discrepancy in the magnitude of the estimated effects, which could be traced back to a cumbersome interpretation of the twfe estimate (imai and kim, 2019; athey and imbens, 2018; goodman-bacon, 2018). rather, in some samples, there is a substantial difference in the significance levels of the two estimates. technical literature warns about the possibility that this eventuality may occur in contexts characterized by a differed administration of the treatment and by the continuation of the treatment over multiple periods, and attributes this fact to the possible occurrence of negative weights in the construction of the twfe estimate (abraham and sun, 2018; borusyak and jaravel, 2017; de chaisemartin and d’haultfoeuille, 2019) when treatment effect heterogeneity is at stake. in two of our samples, evidences of group-time effect heterogeneity emerged. in the mela val di non samples, the aggregate measures show that the effect varies over time. we must use caution in relying heavily on these measures, because of the few number of groups in the sample. therefore, despite we found some hints of time heterogeneity, it is difficult to clearly attribute it to dynamic rather than to calendar effects. a stronger evidence of the presence of effect heterogeneity is provided by the single group-time att estimates, whose variability is observed in all samples used in the analysis. the presence of time heterogeneity is reliable given the structure of the gi policy. especially under a calendar point of view, the economic effect of this policy may well depend on factors that varies over time (e.g. prices, level of production, demand). this variability might translate into an inter-annual effect variability. in light of this, the issue of negative weights pointed out by the literature, which may cause the twfe estimator to be biased, may be relevant when estimating economic impacts in the gi context. since the csa estimator is specifically built to address the issue of negative weights when aggregating the single grouptime atts, our results cast doubts about the reliability of the twfe estimates in this policy context. it should be noted, however, that our results are valid just for our scale of analysis, i.e. the farm level, and should not be extended to contexts where the analysis is performed at different scales or with a continuous treatment variable. for example, among the studies we referred to in the introduction, raimondi et al. (2019) study the trade effects of the number of gis in a given product line using decomposed bilateral trade flows at the hs 6-digit level as their units of analysis. in cases like this the csa estimator simply cannot be computed in the current specification. in addition, a characterization of calendar and group effects when the treatment is continuous has not been developed yet. a possible limitation of our study derives from the fact that we dropped several units from the samples we used in the analysis. this was done to balance the panels as well as to perform direct matching on some covariates. on the one hand, dropping observations increases the variance of the estimates (caliendo and kopeinig, 2008; faries et al., 2020). on the other hand, similarly to what happens when trimming observations that lay out of the common support in matching studies, the reference population change (yang et al., 2016). especially the latter issue would be a relevant concern if the aim of the study was to provide a rigorous impact assessment of the gi policy, because results would not be externally valid. however, since our aim is to compare the two estimators using a real policy setting, these concerns are not relevant. 103the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity 6. conclusions in this article, we explored the relevance and the possible effects of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity in impact analysis in the context of the european gi policy. as highlighted by a recent strand of literature, this kind of heterogeneity creates some problems for the estimation of the impact with traditional techniques. in line with these concerns, we observed that the standard parametric way to estimate the effect of the certification, the twoway fixed effects regression, provides different results from a recently developed estimator that accounts explicitly for group-time effect heterogeneity and its negative effects on the estimate unbiasedness. while these results are in line with the evidences reported in technical literature, our study represents, to our knowledge, a first application of a method that takes into account group-time treatment effect heterogeneity in the european agricultural economics context. moreover, our results showed that this kind of heterogeneity might have important practical implications when measuring the impact of policies where the treatment is administered on a voluntary basis and whose effect may depend on factors that changes over time. in the case that we analyzed, i.e. the gi policy, the estimation through the twoway fixed effects estimator not only masks the underlying time effect heterogeneity, but also fails in providing an unbiased estimate of the average gi effect. therefore, estimating the effect of this policy through the twfe might provide biased results and wrong conclusions. notably, time, but also group effects are particularly relevant for agricultural productions which are dependent on weather vagaries and related biotic factors which in turn impact on market equilibrium and resulting prices. since we worked on logarithms of gross margin, wide changes in the level of prices for the baseline (i.e the conventional) product are likely to impact on the percentage premium of the gi counterpart. this issue is particularly relevant because of the tendency of agricultural economists, so far, to estimate the impacts of this type of policies through the classical twfe estimator. it is important to note that the use of the standard parametric estimator does not automatically lead to biased results, because both the presence and the extent of the bias depend on the structure of the weights associated to the single group-time atts. however, using an estimator that does not consider the possibility that the effect of these policies may vary over time and/or across groups of units can lead to misleading conclusions. this is particularly important whenever the outcome of a policy is affected by market conditions, in which case calendar effects are likely to arise. the focus of our study was the european gi certification system, but several other policies can be found in the european agricultural body of legislation where treatment effect heterogeneity may be at stake, such as the rural development programs and their measures that are developed in each cap programming period, or other types of voluntary certifications (e.g., organic certification). in addition, in the eu political context, the assessment of the policies’ performances, especially in the agricultural sector, is acquiring a leading position, which makes the concern of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity even more pressing. the evidence-based policy making course, undertaken in the current cap programming period and confirmed and strengthened for the next one, needs, in fact, reliable evidence to show out its usefulness in building new policies or in improving old ones. the methodological accuracy of impact evaluation studies becomes thus fundamental to avoid inappropriate policy actions guided by misinterpreted evidence. 104 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco bibliography abadie, a. (2005). semiparametric difference-in-differences estimators. the review of economic studies 72(1):1–19. abraham, s., and sun, l. (2018). estimating dynamic treatment effects in event studies with heterogeneous treatment effects. ssrn electronic journal. anania, g., and nisticò, r. (2004). public regulation as a substitute for trust in quality food markets: what if the trust substitute cannot be fully trusted? journal of institutional and theoretical economics 160:681–701. athey, s., and imbens, g.w. (2018). design-based analysis in difference-in-differences settings with staggered adoption. working paper no. 24963, national bureau of economic research, cambridge, ma, https://arxiv.org/abs/1808.05293. borusyak, k., and jaravel, x. (2017). revisiting event study designs. working paper, harvard university, https://scholar.harvard.edu/borusyak/publications/revisiting-eventstudy-designs. caliendo, m., and kopeinig s. (2008). some practical guidance for the implementation of propensity score matching. journal of economic surveys 22(1):31–72. callaway, b., and sant’anna, p.h.c. (2018). “difference-in-differences with multiple time periods and an application on the minimum wage and employment.” ssrn electronic journal. cei, l., stefani, g., defrancesco, e., and lombardi, g.v. (2018a). geographical indications: a first assessment of the impact on rural development in italian nuts3 regions. land use policy 75. cei, l., defrancesco, e, and stefani, g. (2018b). from geographical indications to rural development: a review of the economic effects of european union policy. sustainability 10:3745. cerulli, g. (2015). econometric evaluation of socio-economic programs. theory and applications. heidelberg: springer. de chaisemartin, c., and d’haultfoeuille, x. (2019). two-way fixed effects estimators with heterogeneous treatment effects. working paper no. 25904, national bureau of economic research, cambridge, ma, https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.08807. dawson, p.j. (2005). agricultural exports and economic growth in less developed countries. agricultural economics 33(2):145–152. de-magistris, t., and gracia, a. (2016). consumers’ willingness to pay for light, organic and pdo cheese an experimental auction approach. british food journal 118(3):560–571. deselnicu, o.c., costanigro, m., souza-monteiro, d.m., mcfadden, d.t. (2013). a metaanalysis of geographical indication food valuation studies: what drives the premium for origin-based labels? journal of agricultural and resource economics 38(2):204–219. european commission (2018). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council establishing rules on support for strategic plans to be drawn up by member states under the common agricultural policy (cap strategic plans) and financed by the european agricultural guarantee fund (eagf) and by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd) and repealing regulation (eu) no 1305/2013 105the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity of the european parliament and of the council and regulation (eu) no 1307/2013 of the european parliament and of the council, bussells, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/?uri=com%3a2018%3a392%3afin. faries, d., zhang, x., kadziola, z., siebert, u., kuehne, f., obenchain, r.l., and haro, j.m. (2020). real world health care data analysis. casual methods and implementation using sas. sas institute. garavaglia, c., and mariani, p. (2017). how much do consumers value protected designation of origin certifications? estimates of willingness to pay for pdo dry-cured ham in italy. agribusiness 33(3):403–423. goodman-bacon, a. (2018). difference-in-differences with variation in treatment timing. working paper no. 25018, national bureau of economic research, cambridge, ma, https://www.nber.org/papers/w25018. hayes, d.j., lence, s.h., and stoppa, a. (2004). farmer-owned brands? agribusiness 20(3):269–285. hirano, k., and imbens, g.w. (2004). the propensity score with continuous treatments. in a. gelman and meng, x.l. eds. applied bayesian modeling and causal inference from incomplete-data perspectives. john wiley & sons ltd, pp. 73–84. imai, k., and kim, i.s. (2019). on the use of two-way fixed effects regression models for causal inference with panel data., mit, http://web.mit.edu/insong/www/pdf/ fematch-twoway.pdf. imai, k., and ratkovic, m. (2013). estimating treatment effect heterogeneity in randomized program evaluation. the annals of applied statistics 7(1): 443–470. josling, t. (2006). the war on terroir: geographical indications as a transatlantic trade conflict. journal of agricultural economics 57(3):337–363. khandker, s.r., koolwal, g.b., and samad, h.a. (2009). handbook on impact evaluation. washington, d.c.: the world bank, http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/ en/650951468335456749/handbook-on-impact-evaluation-quantitative-methodsand-practices landi, c., and stefani, g. (2015). rent seeking and political economy of geographical indication foods. agribusiness 31(4):543–563. lechner, m. (2010). the estimation of causal effects by difference-in-difference methods. foundations and trends r in econometrics 4(3):165–224. leufkens, d. (2018). the problem of heterogeneity between protected geographical indications: a meta-analysis. british journal of nutrition 120(12): 2843–2856. lien, g., and hardaker, j.b. (2001). whole-farm planning under uncertainty: impacts of subsidy scheme and utility function on portfolio choice in norwegian agriculture. european review of agricultural economics 28(1):17–36. marette, s., crespi, j.m., and schiavina, a. (1999). the role of common labelling in a context of asymmetric information. european review of agricultural economics 26(2):167–178. marongiu, s., and cesaro, l. (2018). i fattori che determinano l’adozione delle indicazioni geografiche in italia. agriregionieuropa 52:1–8. menapace, l., colson, g., grebitus, c., and facendola, m. (2011). consumers’ preferences for geographical origin labels: evidence from the canadian olive oil market. european review of agricultural economics 38(2):193–212. 106 leonardo cei, gianluca stefani, edi defrancesco menapace, l., and moschini, g. (2012). quality certification by geographical indications, trademarks and firm reputation. european review of agricultural economics 39(4):539–566. menapace, l., and moschini, g. (2014). strength of protection for geographical indications: promotion incentives and welfare effects. american journal of agricultural economics 96(4):1030–1048. moran, w. (1993). rural space as intellectual property. political geography 12(3): 263–277. moschini, g., menapace, l., and pick, d. (2008). geographical indications and the competitive provision of quality in agricultural markets. american journal of agricultural economics 90(3):794–812. niedermayr, a., kapfer, m., and kantelhardt, j. (2016). regional heterogeneity and spatial interdependence as determinants of the cultivation of an emerging alternative crop: the case of the styrian oil pumpkin. land use policy 58. nordin, m., and manevska-tasevska (2013). farm-level employment and direct payment support for grassland use: a case of sweden. agrifood economic centre working paper n.5. nordin, m. (2014). does the decoupling reform affect agricultural employment in sweden? evidence from an exogenous change. journal of agricultural economics 65(3):616–636. oecd. (1994). performance management in government: performance measurement and results-oriented management. pawson, r., and tilley, n. (1997). realistic evaluation. london: sage publications. perrier-cornet, p. (1990). les filières régionales de qualité dans l’agro-alimentaire. etude comparative dans le secteur laitier en franche-comté, emilie romagne et auvergne. économie rurale 195:27–33. van de pol, l. (2017). explaining the spatial distribution in the uptake of pdo and pgi in europe. ms thesis, wageningen university. raimondi, v., curzi, d., arfini, f., olper, a., and aghabeygi, m. (2018). evaluating socioeconomic impacts of pdo on rural areas. paper presented at 7th aieaa conference conegliano, italy, 14-15 july. raimondi, v., falco, c., curzi, d., and olper, a. (2019). trade effects of geographical indication policy: the eu case. journal of agricultural economics. rosenbaum, p.r., and rubin, d.b. (1984). reducing bias in observational studies using subclassification on the propensity score. journal of the american statistical association 79(387):516–524. sanderson, i. (2002). articles evaluation , policy learning and. public administration 80(1):1–22. santeramo, f.g., and lamonaca, e.. (2020). evaluation of geographical label in consumers’ decision-making process: a systematic review and meta-analysis. food research international 131. shapiro, c. (1983). premiums for high quality products as returns to reputations. source: the quarterly journal of economics 98(4):659–680. thiedig, f., and sylvander, b. (2000). welcome to the club? an economical approach to geographical indications in the european union. agrarwirtschaft 49(12):428– 437. 107the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity torres, j., valera, d., belmonte, l., and herrero-sanchez, l. (2016). economic and social sustainability through organic agriculture: study of the restructuring of the citrus sector in the “bajo andarax” district (spain). sustainability 8: 918. wto. (1994). agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights. yang, s., imbens, g.w., cui, z., faries, d.e., and kadziola, z. (2016). propensity score matching and subclassification in observational studies with multi-level treatments. biometrics 72(4):1055–1065. yin, r. (2013). case study research: design and methods. sage pubications. zago, a.m., and pick, d. (2004). labeling policies in food markets: private incentives, public intervention, and welfare effects. journal of agricultural and resource economics 29(1):150–165. the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention to adopt risk management tools elisa giampietri1, xiaohua yu2, samuele trestini3,* drivers and barriers of process innovation in the eu manufacturing food processing industry: exploring the role of energy policies federica demaria, annalisa zezza step-by-step development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments: the example of hazelnut plantation in italy alisa spiegel1,*, simone severini2, wolfgang britz3, attilio coletta2 the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity in long standing european agricultural policies. an application to the european geographical indication policy leonardo cei1, gianluca stefani2, edi defrancesco1 the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability of urban households in iran ghasem layani1, mohammad bakhshoodeh1, mona aghabeygi2*, yaprak kurstal3, davide viaggi3 bio-based and applied economics 9(2): 155-170, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8340 benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape: an analysis of residents’ perception of ecosystem services stefano targetti1,*, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 1 department of agricultural and food sciences, university of bologna 2 department of statistical sciences, university of bologna abstract. ecosystem services are the benefits for society deriving from ecosystems. the perception of ecosystem services by local residents is relevant to understand the extent to which such services contribute to society and regional development. the objective of this study is to assess the perception of ecosystem services associated to rural landscape by local residents and to use them to respond to two main questions: are residents able to attribute flows of services from specific landscape elements to the different socioeconomic sectors? are such perceptions affected by the different landscape features of the area of residency (e.g. rural vs. urban dwellers)? the analysis is carried out using data from a survey (n=295) in a rural area located in north italy (po delta lowlands, province of ferrara). the results show that the urban population has a rather generic and positive consideration of ecosystem services associated to rural landscape elements and that perception is largely related to their recreational experience. the rural population has a more complex understanding of services and is more prone to acknowledge disservices associated to specific elements and/or specific socioeconomic sectors. such differences are likely connected to a more direct experience and to the different spatial scales that affect the perception of ecosystem services. the results indicate that cultural services such as recreation and actions linked to the promotion of the territory are commonly acknowledged. on the other hand, initiatives to enhance the awareness of less visible services (e.g. regulation services) would be useful for improving the valorization of specific landscape elements. keywords. sociocultural valuation, ecosystem disservices, social preference, values, emilia-romagna, agriculture. jel codes. q26, q57. 1. introduction the extent to which landscape and its management impact on socio-economic benefits has been investigated in several studies, following a wide range of approaches (e.g. *corresponding author. e-mail: stefano.targetti@unibo.it editor: francesco vanni. 156 stefano targetti, meri raggi, davide viaggi courtney et al. 2013; schaller et al. 2018). evidence from several case studies supports the idea that landscapes play a relevant role on regional economic and social development and that rural landscape is a resource for the different sectors of the rural economy. for instance, impacts on local economies that can be directly or indirectly related to landscape can be summarized as: opportunities for employment (dissart and vollet, 2011), population growth and socio-cultural benefits (enrd et al., 2010), tourism and recreation (vanslembrouck et al., 2005; vandermeulen et al., 2011), added-value for local products and estates, and attraction of investments and businesses (cooper, hart, and baldock 2009). nevertheless, disentangling the processes affecting the pathways between landscape and local economy is challenging in particular when pubic goods are included in the assessment (schaller et al., 2018). for instance, cooper, hart, and baldock (2009) reviewing the provision of public goods by agriculture reported several case studies with positive impacts of landscape on regional economies, but also underlined that the economic quantification of such impacts was a remarkable challenge. in a recent study carried out in finland, tienhaara et al., (2020) confirm a high consideration of landscape-related benefits by the society. nevertheless, they reported a significant gap between citizens’ willingness to pay and farmers’ willingness to accept for such benefits. such evidence supports the need of a more comprehensive evaluation of the impacts of landscape on local economies and a better understanding of what factors influence people perceptions of these impacts (fieldsend, 2011). in this context, the ecosystem services (es) approach (mea, 2005) provides an appropriate framework of anaysis that focuses on the broad range of socio-economic benefits linking ecosystems and the rural economy (hein et al., 2006). recently, van zanten et al., (2014a) adapted the es cascade (haines-young and potschin, 2010) to connect agricultural landscapes with regional competitiveness and support the assessment of the complex range of benefits for society linked to agro-ecosystems. in the context of es evaluation, three main methodological streams can be identified: ecological approaches focusing on the biophysical processes involved in service provision, economic valuations and sociocultural evaluations (de groot et al., 2002; ruiz-frau et al., 2018). the latter is rooted in the research stream focused on the assessment of people perceptions to assess values and trade-offs between different bundles of ecosystem services and/or landscape elements (martín-lópez et al., 2012). as such, the sociocultural approach entails a wide range of processes of value attribution that relate to intrinsic and relational values as well as mental, social, and health well-being (chan et al., 2016; kumar and kumar, 2008). a common approach to study people perception is based on collecting information on the perception of ecosystem or landscape services from different groups of stakeholders or local residents through different techniques such as participatory methods (e.g. brown and raymond, 2014), or statistical surveys (e.g. martín-lópez et al., 2012). the aim of these studies is generally to find which services are more demanded, the relevant spatial scale of analysis and determinants of values, and the trade-offs between different services and stakeholder groups. a range of works in different rural areas highlights some general trends or drivers of landscape perception from local dwellers. for instance, a general negative perception towards changes in traditional landscapes is very often reported (van zanten et al., 2014b). a relevant heterogeneity is also common in rural societies and spatial scales are considered as one of the most relevant aspect influencing such differences in landscape 157benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape perception (tempesta, 2010). indeed, the mismatch between the biophysical scale of service provision and the institutional scales of benefit perception greatly influence people values and their interaction with the environment (hein et al., 2006). therefore, several studies have focused on different determinants of the attribution of benefits and the links between awareness and both the use of the landscape and the acknowledgment of ecosystem services. in general, it is underlined that: i) the same landscape can be perceived differently by different observers according to their interests and feelings and ii) these differences affect people attitude towards landscape. therefore, evidence reported in literature is consistent with a bi-directional relationship between humans and landscape: on the one hand, landscape affects people values and on the other hand, values affect attitudes and intrinsic motivation of residents towards the environment (eigenbrod, 2016). even though it is commonly acknowledged that non-tangible or less visible es are perceived by people (bell, 2001), the assessment of es perception and its usefulness for the evaluation of landscape effects on regional economies is still in its infancy. less studied issues regards for instance i) the capacity of people to acknowledge the different flows of services to the different sectors of the local economy, and ii) the different perception of services and disservices of residents of areas featuring different landscape features (adams et al., 2003; zhang et al., 2007). in this study, we present an analysis carried-out in a rural coastal region in north italy (po delta lowlands, emilia-romagna). the objective is to assess the different perception of benefits associated to rural landscape in different groups of residents. the goal of the analysis is to respond to two main questions: are residents able to identify different flows of services from landscape elements to the economic sectors? are there gradients of benefit perception related to the different landscape features of the area of residency (e.g. rural vs. urban dwellers)? our work builds on a phone-questionnaire aimed at exploring the relations between the residents’ perception of the benefits and disservices flow from specific landscape elements to agriculture, tourism and residents. in our approach, we employ the definition of landscape as a territory ‘perceived by people’ (council of europe, 2000). therefore, the survey is concerned with the assessment of benefits from biophysical elements of the landscape (e.g. wetlands) and also from less-tangible elements directly related to rural landscape and its character (e.g. “wine roads” or “food festivals”). in that interpretation, landscape entails both “physically” determined elements and socio-cultural aspects that together drive and characterize the territory and its peculiarities (eigenbrod, 2016). such an approach is supported by recent literature that considers social values and perception studies complementary to the analyses focused on economic and ecological criteria (de groot et al., 2002). indeed, the relationship between people and ecosystems and therefore the generation of es, includes intangible aspects linked to ‘relational values’, sense of place and belonging to a community (chan et al., 2016; diaz et al., 2015). the remainder of the paper is organized as follows. section 2 provides the description of the po delta area, the statistical sampling, the questionnaire and the methodological approach aimed at analyzing the database. sections 3 presents the results of the data analysis showing the relations between perception of benefits and the variables describing the respondents’ zone of residency. section 4 discusses the results related to the differences between urban and rural people, the different scale of perception of es and ecosystem dis158 stefano targetti, meri raggi, davide viaggi services and the limitations of the study. section 5 concludes highlighting the most salient issues and providing policy implications related to the study. 2. methods 2.1 description of the case study area. the case study area (csa) is in the po river delta (ferrara province, emilia romagna administrative region, north italy; table 1; figure 1). the area is predominantly plain with intensive agricultural activities, an urbanized coastal area and the relevant presence of landscape elements dominated by water (overall 153 km2 of the csa features water elements such as wetlands, ponds and water channels). population is slightly decreasing in the inner part of the area (-6%) whereas the trend is opposite in the urban centers on the coast (+7% between 1980 and 2000; data: national institute of statistics [istat]). 55% of the csa is under agricultural management with rice as a typical product of the area (namely the pgi: “riso del delta del po”). agriculture has traditionally an important impact on the local economy, but farm structure is rapidly changing: in the decade 20002010, almost 1/3 (28%, istat, 2010) of farms has ceased activity, whereas utilized agricultural area has been stable (-1%, istat, 2010). that trend of farm concentration is similar to other parts of the eu (piorr, 2003). on the contrary, the tourism sector has developed significantly (mainly on the seaside) since the last decades of the 20th century. a peculiarity of the csa is the historical impact of reclamation activities that transformed a wetland-dominated landscape in an agriculture-dominated area (wetlands area is currently c.a. 25% of the original). around 30% of the csa is currently included in the po delta natural park and the whole area is part of the unesco site “ferrara, city of the renaissance, and its po delta”. the main criticalities of the csa are connected to water regulatable 1. general features of the case study area (data: national institute of statistics). area (km2) 957 altitude (m a.s.l.) (–3, +8) topography plain protected areas/total area (%) 29 uaa/total area (%) 55 main agricultural systems cereals, horticulture industrial crops population (inhabitants) 67,988 population density (inhabitants/km2) 71 population trend (% last ten years) –6 (average; +7 in the coastal strip) employed population/total population (%) 49 jobs in tertiary sector/total jobs (%) 47 jobs in industry/total jobs (%) 35 jobs in agriculture and forestry/total jobs (%) 18 159benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape tion (part of the csa is under the sea level) and the growing anthropic impact on the coastal area. in particular, issues related to agricultural activities and the related pollution is relevant also for the tourism (eutrophication of the adriatic sea), whereas the concentration of human settlements on the coast and the summer season tourism has significant effects on availability of water resources for agricultural production and the salinization of groundwater. 2.2 survey description and data analysis. in 2013, a phone survey was carried out in the csa. the survey (295 questionnaires) targeted local residents of the ten municipalities of the csa that were aggregated in three zones according to the main landscape characteristics: • comacchio (comacchio municipality) located by the coast is the main urban center (c.a. one third of the population of the csa lives in comacchio) with relevant tourism activities and historical heritage features; • po delta (codigoro, goro, mesola municipalities) located in the delta where the river po dominates the landscape. • rural wetlands (lagosanto, jolanda di savoia, ostellato, migliarino, migliaro, massa fiscaglia municipalities) located in the hinterlands and with a rural-dominated ‘landscape where rice paddy fields and protected areas such as wetlands characterize the territory; the three zones of residency, together with gender and age classes were employed as stratification levels in the survey (table 2). the questionnaire aimed at collecting information about the perception of benefits from a list of elements typical of the csa including tangible components of the landscape (e.g. wetlands) and other less tangible elements that were strictly connected to the characfigure 1. location of the case study area: po river delta, ferrara province, emilia-romagna. 160 stefano targetti, meri raggi, davide viaggi terisation and promotion of the rural territory (e.g. pgis and pdos, wine and typical food roads, etc.). according to the information collected during a local focus group (composed by 15 representatives of relevant local stakeholder groups such as agriculture and tourism associations, local government and land planning agencies, the po delta natural park, researchers, and the president of the local action group) carried in 2012, the list of elements selected for the survey included nine items that together were considered to contribute to the overall perception of typical landscape: “water channels” (channels and ponds), “waterfowls” (flamingos being the most typical wader in the csa), “wetlands” (wetlands and natural areas), “rice paddy fields” (paddy fields and related fauna), “protected areas”, “bicycle paths”, “wine roads” (wine and typical food roads), “local food festivals”, and “local food products” (local pgis and pdos). the interviewees were asked to state their perception of the benefits flow from the landscape elements to specific sectors of the local economy (agriculture and tourism) and to residents. in particular, the respondent was asked to state for each of the three socio-economic sectors if the element represented a benefit, a disservice or if it was indifferent1. the questionnaire also included a self-assessment question to characterize the respondents’ place of living: as the most typical landscape feature of the csa was related to water, the interviewee was asked to specify if his dwelling area was characterized by water-related elements, rural elements (but not water), or if he/she was living in or close to a urban center. additionally, the job sector of the respondent was recorded to test for potential effects on benefit perceptions related to employment in the specific sectors included in the survey (agriculture and tourism sectors). the respondents’ perception of benefits was categorised as homogenous if the same perception (benefit, disservice or indifference) was attributed to agriculture, tourism and residents, or heterogeneous if the interviewee was able to acknowledge a differentiated perception (i.e. benefit for one sector and disservices or indifference for the others). a multiple correspondence analysis (husson et al., 2020) was employed to assess the relationships between the categorical variables (perception of landscape element benefits, zone of residency and place of living). the variable scores on the axes of the multiple correspondence analysis were also analysed through hierarchical cluster analysis (kaufman and rous1 benefits and disservices were translated from the italian “vantaggio” and “svantaggio” respectively. table 2. demographic features of the csa (istat, 2013) and sample description according to the three stratification levels: residency area, gender and age class. response rate of the survey was 41%. area inhabitants (>18 years) of the csa share of inhabitants per area gender age class (years) ff mm 18 30 30 50 50 – 70 istat, 2013 comacchio 19,485 32% 51% 49% 13% 36% 51% po delta 20,635 34% 52% 48% 12% 28% 61% rural wetlands 21,016 34% 52% 48% 11% 33% 56% sample comacchio 35% 48% 52% 22% 47% 31% po delta 29% 55% 45% 20% 44% 36% rural wetlands 36% 51% 49% 23% 46% 31% 161benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape seeuw, 1990) for the identification of the associations between the variable categories. the perception differences were further analysed with cross tabulation to test whether significant differences were linked with general features of the dwelling area (i.e. coast vs. rural wetlands vs. delta) or to more micro-scale proximity to specific landscape elements (i.e. water vs. urban vs. rural elements). to this aim, the chi-squared test was performed to evaluate the frequency of heterogeneous perceptions attached to the landscape elements and their correlation with the variables “place of living” and “zone of residence”. data analysis was performed with the r statistical software (r core team, 2018). 3. results in general, the largest part of the sample (82%) considered the different landscape elements or initiatives of local promotion linked to the territory as a benefit for at least one socio-economic sector (agriculture and/or tourism and/or residents). the perception of benefits was homogenous in 62% of cases (i.e. the attribution of benefit, disservice or indifference from a specific landscape element did not differ between the three socio-economic sectors), whereas a heterogeneous perception was outlined in the remaining 38% of cases. the most positive elements were those linked with the promotion and characterization of the territory. in particular, “local food festivals” and “local food products” were considered on average the most positive elements (between 92% and 96% of the sample attributed benefits from these elements to agriculture, tourism and residents). “local products” was also perceived as the most positive for the agricultural sector (96%), whereas the highest perception of benefits for tourism and residents (97% and 96% respectively) was attributed to “bicycle paths”. on the other hand, “rice paddy fields” were the element with the lowest perception of benefits (53% on average of acknowledged benefits) and in particular the least positive element of the landscape for tourism and residents (48% and 41% of acknowledged benefits respectively). the results of the multiple correspondence analysis (figure 2 and appendix a) show the variable categories linked to a heterogeneous perception (e.g. benefit for one sector and disservices or indifference for the others or vice versa) grouped on the positive side of axis 1. the categories linked to no differences between sectors concerning the perception of benefits are clustered on the negative side of axis 1. the second axis of the multiple correspondence analysis indicates a gradient between the perception towards elements related to initiatives of local landscape promotion and variables linked to more tangible elements of the landscape like “wetlands”, “waterfowls” and “bicycle paths”. the multiple correspondence analysis also shows a relation between the category “comacchio” in the variable “zone of residence” and the category “urban” in the variable “place of living” and the categories linked to a homogenous perception of benefits for all the sectors (left-hand side of fig. 2) and particularly to the variables of local promotion. on the contrary, the categories linked to a differentiated perception of benefits for agriculture, tourism and residents are more related with the categories “po delta” and “rural wetlands” and the categories “water” and “agriculture”. figure 2 shows a close relation between living closer to waterrelated elements (category “water”) and a higher perception of differentiated benefits from landscape elements such as “wetlands”, “waterfowl” and “rice paddy fields”. similarly, living close to an agricultural area (category “agriculture”) is linked to a more differentiated 162 stefano targetti, meri raggi, davide viaggi perception of benefits from “wine roads” and elements of landscape promotion like “local products” and “local food festivals”. the presence of these associations between variables in the dataset is confirmed by the hierarchical cluster analysis (figure 3) performed on the scores of the first five axes (overall, 54% of variance explained by the five axes of the multiple correspondence analysis). the cluster analysis clearly shows the presence of two separate groups in the dataset: a sub-group highlighting a differentiated perception of benefits between the economic sectors and a sub-group with a more positive perception towards the landscape elements. the relations between “place of living” and “zone of residence” and the landscape elements evidenced in the multiple correspondence analysis are tested through the chi squared test (table 3, cfr. appendix for further details and pearson residuals). heterogeneous perceptions of benefits are significantly different in the three zones of residence for the elements “water channels” and “protected areas”. similarly, living close to specific landscape elements outlines significant differences for “water channels” and “protected areas” but also for “wetlands” and “local food festivals”. in particular, living close to water elements and to rural areas is significantly related with a heterogeneous benefit perception of benefits for the different socio-economic sectors, whereas living in urban areas and in the municipality of comacchio is related with a lower frequency of perceiving differentiated benefits for agriculture, tourism and residents. the job sector of the respondent does not record significant effects on the benefit perception (appendix c). the only exception figure 2. biplot of the multiple correspondence analysis showing the relation between residents’ perception of benefits from the landscape elements and the variables “place of living” and “zone of residence”. landscape variable categories identifying a heterogenous perception are reported in red; categories linked to homogenous perception are reported in black. in blue are reported the categories for the variable “place of living” (close to agricultural areas, water-related elements, urbanized area) and in green the categories for the variable “zone of residence” (comacchio, rural wetlands, po delta). cfr. to table 3 for the acronyms of the variable categories. 163benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape regards wetlands that are more frequently considered a disservices for the agricultural sector by the respondents working in the agro-food sector (with p < 0.05). the influence of living close to specific landscape elements is further described in figures 4 and 5. on the one hand, cases living in urban centers have a higher frequency of perceiving benefits from the landscape and the perception of benefits is less differentiated between the different economic sectors. on the other hand, living close to water or rural elements has an impact on the perception of benefits from water-related landscape. more specifically, cases living close to rural elements have a higher perception of disservices from water channels and waterfowl and generally a higher perception of benfigure 3. hierarchical cluster analysis performed on the first 5 axes of the multiple correspondence analysis (overall 54% of variance explained). the dendrogram shows the similarity between the variable categories (acronyms are presented in figure 2). labels identifying a heterogeneous perception of benefits between agricultural and tourism sectors, and residents are reported in red; categories linked to a homogenous perception are reported in black. table 3. relation between place of living, zone of residence and the frequency of differentiated perceptions of benefits from the landscape elements for agriculture, tourism and residents in the sample. chi-square test and p-values (* = < 0.05; **= < 0.01; ns= not significant) of differences (cfr. appendix b for pearson residuals). place of living zone of residence water channels * x-squared = 7.0743, p-value = 0.0291 * x-squared = 7.2596, p-value = 0.02652 waterfowl ns x-squared = 0.38567, p-value = 0.8246 ns x-squared = 1.3773, p-value = 0.5022 wetlands ** x-squared = 10.89, p-value = 0.004318 ns x-squared = 0.91837, p-value = 0.6318 rice paddy fields ns x-squared = 1.2321, p-value = 0.5401 ns x-squared = 2.7338, p-value = 0.2549 protected areas ≈* x-squared = 5.4052, p-value = 0.06703 * x-squared = 6.6451, p-value = 0.03606 bicycle paths ns x-squared = 0.28116, p-value = 0.8689 ns x-squared = 1.0128, p-value = 0.6027 wine roads ns x-squared = 0.91085, p-value = 0.6342 ns x-squared = 3.8925, p-value = 0.1428 local food festivals ≈* x-squared = 4.98, p-value = 0.08291 ns x-squared = 1.9833, p-value = 0.371 local products ns x-squared = 2.1278, p-value = 0.3451 ns x-squared = 1.0804, p-value = 0.5826 164 stefano targetti, meri raggi, davide viaggi figure 4. perceived benefits from water channels and waterfowls, and wetlands and protected areas. results are presented as gap (%) from total average for cases living close to urban areas, water elements, and rural elements (but not water elements). figure 5. perceived benefits from rice paddy fields and local promotion initiatives. results are presented as gap (%) from total average for cases living close to urban areas, water elements and rural elements. 165benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape efits from elements such as wetlands and protected areas. on the contrary, cases living by water elements have a higher perception of benefits in particular for tourism and residents from elements such as water channels and waterfowl and a higher perception of disservices from wetlands and protected areas. cases linked to water elements have also a slightly higher perception of benefits from paddy fields in comparison to the average, but a lower tendency to consider the local promotion initiatives as a benefit in particular for the agricultural and tourism sectors. 4. discussion the survey outlines that a large share of the respondents associate ecosystem services to specific local landscape elements. moreover, the majority of the sample does not perceive differences in the flow of benefits to the different sectors of the local society. however, a relevant portion of the population (almost 40%) shows a more nuanced awareness concerning the capacity of the territory to deliver benefits to residents, tourism or agriculture. such perception also outlines contrasts in some cases. for instance, rice paddy fields are very often considered as a benefit for the agricultural sector only and a disservice for residents and tourism activities. on the contrary, most of the population acknowledges that the elements linked to the promotion and characterization of the territory are positive. as expected, such elements are perceived as the most advantageous for tourism and for residents. even though many of the considered elements of local promotion were clearly linked to food production, the perception of benefits for agriculture is rather low. that result may be linked to the peculiarity of the csa where multifunctional forms of agricultural production are less developed than in other areas. a further element of interpretation concerns a diffused perception in the csa of agriculture as an artificial activity linked to reclamation and not as part of the authentic traditions of the region. our evidence supports the presence of differences between urban-dominated areas and rural areas. namely, rural dwellers evidenced a more articulated perception of the territory, whereas urban people had the tendency to attribute a more positive meaning to the landscape. an explanation could be that rural people have the tendency to weigh services with disservices from specific landscape elements and are more able to discern a differentiated attribution of benefits between the different economic sectors. also, micro-scale effects were relevant for the perception of disservices: closeness to water elements increased the perception of disservices from swamp-related areas such as wetlands and protected areas (indeed the areas of the natural park are strictly connected to wetlands), whereas in more agriculture-related areas the perception towards waterfowl and water channels was less positive. a potential explanation of that evidence may relate to the different awareness of rural people about the role and the functions of the territory. for instance, living close to specific elements increases the perception of disservices from these elements (e.g. mosquitos, fog, etc. in the case of wetlands). on the other hand, people living in urban areas may attribute a higher value to the recreational function and cultural meanings attached to specific landscape elements, whereas the perception of disservices may be less important. the impacts of micro-scale effects that is evidenced in this work could entail the need to consider with more attention the attitudes of the portion of the population living in rural areas or in more direct relation with specific elements of the landscape. the micro-scale effect on 166 stefano targetti, meri raggi, davide viaggi the perception of landscape elements was however not confirmed in the case of rice paddy fields. indeed, the generalized low perception of benefits from those areas was not linked to spatial effects. such result is likely related with the less positive perception of paddy fields in the urban population. the scarce association of es to those elements of the territory can be related to three main factors related to cultural and regulation services: i) recreational activities that can be attached to paddy fields are limited in comparison to the other landscape features included in the survey, ii) traditional elements of the territory are perceived more positively by people (van zanten et al., 2014) and rice paddy fields are more linked to the reclamation activities carried out in the csa and iii) awareness of regulation services such as the potential of paddy fields in protecting the territory from flood events is often inadequate in local populations (adams et al., 2003). the results point to considerable differences in comparison to other studies on es perception. for instance, muhamad et al., (2014) report a direct relation between es perception and proximity to the ecosystem elements providing the services. the analysis carried out in our csa seems to indicate, though, that people living close to specific elements of the landscape ponder disservices and services. that points to a different spatial scale between es and ecosystem disservices: while es perception covers a wider spatial scale, the perception of disservices is more localized. on the other hand, that result could be interpreted according to a common finding concerning the relation between people and the environment. indeed, a consistent body of literature (e.g. brody et al., 2004) outlines a higher knowledge of people in relation to their proximity to specific landscape elements. in our csa, living closer to specific landscape elements was confirmed to be related with the capacity to attribute services or disservices to specific socioeconomic sectors and thus to a higher knowledge. however, further research would be required to disentangle the causeeffect mechanisms between perception of disservices, spatial scales and awareness of es. various limitations apply to this study. the specificities of the case study limit to some extent the potential for generalization of the results and the nature of the elaborations carried out which remain rather explorative and descriptive. nonetheless, this work suggests the need of in-depth analyses focusing more on the perception of disservices. even though the qualification of benefits and disservices was carried out using rather simple scales and constructs that do not allow more precise quantifications of the relationships among variables, our results support the idea of peculiar attitudes of rural residents driven by disservices rather than by services. this might also be driven by a better knowledge of the related ecosystem services, that tend to suggest that benefits are something “given” because are part of normal rural life, while disservices are more evident as they provide disutility either related to agricultural production or to quality of life. this asymmetry certainly deserves further investigation. 5. conclusions in this study, we analyzed residents’ perception of es associated with rural landscape in a csa featuring relevant anthropic pressure and historical heritage features. the objectives were to assess whether residents were able to identify different flows of services from landscape elements to the different economic sectors and whether such a perception was mediated by different landscape features of the area of residency. 167benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape the work confirms the complex relation between landscape elements, awareness and perception of people that is reported in a range of other studies. in our work, we found that living closer to specific elements have a significant impact on the perception of services and also on the capacity to discern between benefit for residents, agriculture and tourism. the results also corroborate the idea that urban population has a rather generic understanding of ecosystem services produced by landscape elements and tends to see them in a rather indistinct way, largely related to their recreational experience. rural population has a much more complex understanding of benefits and disservices, likely connected to direct experience and/or knowledge of the investigated landscape elements. that effect is probably associated to the different perception scale between services such as recreation (perceived at a wider range) and disservices (perceived more in proximity of specific landscape elements). our results attain to the specificity of the csa, but they support the idea that the different scale of perception between services and disservices is a topic that deserves further research. in particular, regional assessments (including monetary evaluation such as the willingness to pay) should consider with more attention the role of disservices and the spatial heterogeneity of people perception that can entail micro-scale effects. these results can also support a better design of policies related to landscape valorization. the results clearly hint at the usefulness of different communication strategies to inform residents about landscape, building on their different experience. also, levers for value creation maybe different and relate to valorization of different landscape elements depending on the target beneficiary/user. an aspect of our results concerns the rather negative perception of rice paddy fields that is not related to proximity to specific elements. even though rice is a feature of the territory and a traditional product, the residents’ perception in the csa is the least positive. that evidence is in contrast with the general positive results for traditional rural elements that are reported in the literature. such a result is likely related to the low multifunctional value attached to paddy fields but also to the historical background of the csa where agriculture is more connected to the reclamation of the territory and less to the traditions of the region. this however may hint at further reflections about the discrepancy between historically relevant features and the ability to actually valorize them, as well as among the different understanding of these historical features between residents and non-residents. clearly, where these discrepancies do exist, it can be a key priority issue to address in actions for landscape valorization. acknowledgements this work was funded by the eu 7th fp for research, technological development and demonstration under grant agreement n° 289578 (claim project, www.claimproject. eu). this work does not necessarily reflect the view of the eu and in no way anticipates the commission’s future policy. authors’ contribution: st performed data analysis, interpretation of results and the bibliographic research. mr designed the survey and revised the data analysis. dv coordinated the study. all the authors contributed to writing and revising the paper. 168 stefano targetti, meri raggi, davide viaggi references adams, w.m., brockington, d., dyson, j. and vira, b. (2003). managing tragedies: understanding conflict over common pool resources. science (80) 302: 1915–1916. bell, s. (2001). landscape pattern, perception and visualisation in the visual management of forests. landscape and urban planning. 54: 201–211. brody, s.d., highfield, w. and alston, l. (2004). does location matter? measuring environmental perceptions of creeks in two san antonio watersheds. environmental behavior 36: 229–250. brown, g. and raymond, c.m. (2014). landscape and urban planning methods for identifying land use conflict potential using participatory mapping. landscape and urban planning 122: 196–208. chan, k.m.a., benessaiah, k., muraca, b., chapman, m., luck, g.w., gould, r., hannahs, n., tadaki, m., ott, k., taggart, j., gómez-baggethun, e., martín-lópez, b., balvanera, p., satterfield, t., turner, n., klain, s., pascual, u., díaz, s., jax, k. and norton, b. (2016). opinion: why protect nature? rethinking values and the environment. proceedings of the national academy of sciences 113: 1462–1465. cooper, t., hart, k. and baldock, d. (2009). provision of public goods through agriculture in the european union. institute for european environmental policy. london. council of europe (2000). the european landscape convention, florence, 20.x.2000. ets no. 176. courtney, p., mills, j., gaskell, p. and chaplin, s. (2013). investigating the incidental benefits of environmental stewardship schemes in england. land use policy 31: 26–37. de groot, r.s., wilson, m.a. and boumans, r.m.j. (2002). a typology for the classification, description and valuation of ecosystem services. ecological economics 41: 393–408. diaz, s., demissew, s., carabias, j., joly, c., lonsdale, m., ash, n., larigauderie, a., adhikari, j.r., arico, s., bartuska, a., baste, i.a., bilgin, a., brondizio, e., chan, k.m.a., figueroa, v.e., duraiappah, a., fischer, m., hill, r., koetz, t., leadley, p., lyver, p., mace, g.m., martin-lopez, b., okumura, m., pacheco, d., reyers, b., pascual, u., pe, e.s., roth, e., saito, o., scholes, r.j., sharma, n., tallis, h., thaman, r., watson, r., yahara, t., hamid, z.a., akosim, c., al-hafedh, y., amankwah, e., asah, s.t., asfaw, z., bartus, g., brooks, l.a., caillaux, j., dalle, g., darnaedi, d., driver, a., erpul, g., escobar-eyzaguirre, p., failler, p., moustafa, a., fouda, m., fu, b., gundimeda, h., hashimoto, s., homer, f., lavorel, s., lichtenstein, g., mala, w.a., mandivenyi, w., matczak, p., mbizvo, c., mehrdadi, m., metzger, j.p., mikissa, j.b., moller, h., mooney, h.a., mumby, p., nagendra, h., nesshover, c., oteng-yeboah, a.a., rubis, j., schultz, m., smith, p., sumaila, r., takeuchi, k. and thomas, s. (2015). the ipbes conceptual framework — connecting nature and people. current opinion in environmental sustainability 14: 1–16. dissart, j.c. and vollet, d. (2011). landscapes and territory-specific economic bases. land use policy 28: 563–573. eigenbrod, f. (2016). redefining landscape structure for ecosystem services. current landscape ecology reports 1: 80–86. enrd, european network for rural development (2010). thematic working group 3: public goods and public intervention. brussels. 169benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape fieldsend, a.f. (2011). determining the socio-economic value of agricultural landscapes. bulletin of university of agricultural sciences and veterinary medicine clujnapoca. horticulture 68: 338–347. haines-young, r. and potschin, m. (2010). the links between biodiversity, ecosystem services and human well-being. in: raffaelli, d.g. and frid c.l.j. (eds.), ecosystem ecology: a new synthesis. cup, cambridge. hein, l., van koppen, k., de groot, r.s. and van ierland, e.c. (2006). spatial scales, stakeholders and the valuation of ecosystem services. ecological economics 57: 209–228. husson, a.f., josse, j., le, s., mazet, j. and husson, m.f. (2020). package ‘ factominer ’. kaufman, l. and rousseeuw, p.j. (1990). finding groups in data: an introduction to cluster analysis. wiley, new york, ny. kumar, m. and kumar, p. (2008). valuation of the ecosystem services: a psycho-cultural perspective. ecological economics 64: 808–819. martín-lópez, b., iniesta-arandia, i., garcía-llorente, m., palomo, i., casado-arzuaga, i., del amo, d.g., gómez-baggethun, e., oteros-rozas, e., palacios-agundez, i., willaarts, b., gonzález, j.a., santos-martín, f., onaindia, m., lópez-santiago, c. and montes, c. (2012). uncovering ecosystem service bundles through social preferences. plos one 7(6): e38970. mea, (2005). millennium ecosystem assessment. ecosystems and human well-being : our human planet : summary for decision-makers. the millennium ecosystem assessment series. muhamad, d., okubo, s., harashina, k., parikesit, gunawan, b. and takeuchi, k. (2014). living close to forests enhances people’s perception of ecosystem services in a forest-agricultural landscape of west java, indonesia. ecosystem services 8: 197–206. piorr, h.p. (2003). environmental policy, agri-environmental indicators and landscape indicators. agriculture ecosystems and environment 98: 17–33. r core team, 2018. r: a language and environment for statistical computing. ruiz-frau, a., krause, t. and marbà, n. (2018). the use of sociocultural valuation in sustainable environmental management. ecosystem services 29: 158–167. schaller, l., targetti, s., villanueva, a.j.a.j., zasada, i., kantelhardt, j., arriaza, m., bal, t., fedrigotti, v.b.v.b., giray, f.h.h., häfner, k., majewski, e., malak-rawlikowska, a., nikolov, d., paoli, j.c.j.-c., piorr, a., rodríguez-entrena, m., ungaro, f., verburg, p.h., van zanten, b. and viaggi, d. (2018). agricultural landscapes, ecosystem services and regional competitiveness-assessing drivers and mechanisms in nine european case study areas. land use policy 76: 735–745. tempesta, t. (2010). the perception of agrarian historical landscapes: a study of the veneto plain in italy. landscape and urban planning 97: 258–272. tienhaara, a., haltia, e. and pouta, e. (2020). demand and supply of agricultural es : towards benefit-based policy. european review of agricultural economics 47(3): 1–27. van zanten, b.t., verburg, p.h., koetse, m.j. and van beukering, p.j.h. (2014). preferences for european agrarian landscapes: a meta-analysis of case studies. landscape and urban planning 132: 89–101. van zanten, b.t., verburg, p.h., espinosa, m., gomez-y-paloma, s., galimberti, g., kantelhardt, j., kapfer, m., lefebvre, m., manrique, r., piorr, a., raggi, m., schaller, l., 170 stefano targetti, meri raggi, davide viaggi targetti, s., zasada, i. and viaggi, d. (2014). european agricultural landscapes, common agricultural policy and ecosystem services: a review. agronomy for sustainable development 34: 309–325. vandermeulen, v., verspecht, a., vermeire, b., van huylenbroeck, g. and gellynck, x. (2011). the use of economic valuation to create public support for green infrastructure investments in urban areas. landscape and urban planning 103: 198–206. zhang, w., ricketts, t.h., kremen, c., carney, k. and swinton, s.m. (2007). ecosystem services and dis-services to agriculture. ecological economics 64(2): 0–7. internet references unesco site “ferrara, city of the renaissance, and its po delta”. http://whc.unesco.org/ en/list/733 istat (2010). agricultural census. http://www4.istat.it/en/agricultural-census istat (2013). censimento popolazione e abitazioni. http://dati-censimentopopolazione. istat.it/index.aspx economics of culture and food in evolving agri-food systems and rural areas severino romano1, francesco vanni2, davide viaggi3 on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies fabio gaetano santeramo1, emilia lamonaca1,*, domenico carlucci2, biagia de devitiis1, antonio seccia1, rosaria viscecchia1, gianluca nardone1 benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape: an analysis of residents’ perception of ecosystem services stefano targetti1, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 assessing preferences for rural landscapes: an attribute based choice modelling approach cathal o’donoghue1, stephen hynes1, paul kilgarriff2, mary ryan3, andreas tsakiridis3 exploring governance mechanisms, collaborative processes and main challenges in short food supply chains: the case of turkey yaprak kurtsal, emel karakaya ayalp, davide viaggi bio-based and applied economics 5(3): 237-266, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-18520 exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany francesca galli1, sabrina arcuri1, fabio bartolini1, joost vervoort2,3, gianluca brunori1 1 department of agriculture, food and environment, university of pisa, italy 2 environmental change institute, university of oxford, uk 3 environmental governance group, copernicus institute of sustainable development, faculty of geosciences utrecht university, utrecht, the netherlands date of submission: 2016 29th, june; accepted 2016 15th, november abstract. a growing number of people in high income countries, also from the segments of population once considered secure, seek food assistance. diverse food aid initiatives and practices are developed by a range of actors to tackle food poverty; alongside traditional difficulties, new challenges emerge from welfare expenditure cuts, the reorganization of eu funds for the most deprived (fead) and from the spreading of surplus food recovery practices by private companies. based on a preliminary analysis on food assistance practices in tuscany (italy), it emerged that operators involved in food assistance activities are reflecting upon future developments: how is food assistance re-thinking its role to deal with the challenges posed by the current context of change? this work adopts a participatory scenario approach to examine pathways that can be considered robust under uncertainties in the planning context of food assistance. we combine the strengths of back-casted planning, which develops desirable pathways for the future, and explorative scenarios that describe plausible future contexts. results comprise the definition of shared priority themes and plans tested across a set of downscaled scenarios. the methodology provides a promising learning tool to engage with stakeholders and foster a creative future oriented thinking approach to food assistance system’s vulnerability and resilience. keywords. food security, food poverty, scenario analysis, strategic planning, high income countries jel codes. q18, r58, i3 1. introduction in recent years severe crisis, unemployment, immigration and political instability are challenging food and nutrition security worldwide. food and nutrition security (fns) is comprised of availability, access, utilization and stability dimensions (fao, 2001). increascorresponding author: francesca.galli@for.unipi.it 238 francesca galli et al. ingly in high income countries, vulnerable socio economic groups struggle with (food) poverty and health, not primarily as a matter of availability of food but of inadequate income and poverty (riches and silvasti, 2014). in this context of change, a growing number of people seek food assistance (caraher and cavicchi, 2014; lambie-mumford and dowler, 2015). in europe in 2014, 122 million people (24.4%) were at risk of poverty or social exclusion and among these 55 million (9.6%) were not able to afford at least one protein meal every two days (meat, fish, chicken, or vegetarian equivalent) (eurostat, 2015). italy ranks eighth (14.2%) after eastern european countries, with values above the average. the variations before and after the economic crisis (since 2007 to 2013, see figure 1) show that the highest increase of food poverty was recorded in italy: in just six years, people who did not afford a protein meal increased by 129.0%, followed by the uk, (+ 117.5%), and greece (+ 112.3%). figure 1. inability to afford a protein meal every two days in eu countries, comparison 2007-2013 (percentage variation). source: eurostat, 2015. the increase of those requiring food aid is tied to an economic emergency and families in need can be pushed to save on food to meet “less flexible” expenditure items such as electricity, gas and rent (tait, 2015; dowler 2003). before the crisis people were sharply divided between those who were food secure and those who were extremely insecure (i.e., chronic poverty). however, due to the complexity of vulnerability pathways, there has been a gradual intensification of poverty gradients and there is no longer such a clear division: individuals are distributed among poor, temporarily poor, vulnerable and non-poor, and the conditions can quickly worsen or improve (maino et al., 2016, our translation). a temporary relief and support to households living a phase of discomfort comes from a wide range of actors and structures engaged in food assistance activities in different coun239exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany tries. in italy, according to the european court of auditors, seven charities were appointed by the state and operated at national level, 249 organizations operated at regional level and 14.973 charitable organizations operated locally for the distribution of 2 million and 300 thousand final beneficiaries (european court of auditors, 2009). the extensiveness and local specificity of food aid initiatives makes it extremely hard to achieve an exhaustive picture. more widely, several authors raise the concern on the lack of (official) data collection through systematic food insecurity and food charity monitoring (silvasti and karjalainen, 2014; lambie-mumford et al., 2014; perez de armino, 2014; pffeifer et al., 2011), while unofficial data collection by charitable organizations, aimed at keeping track of activities and performances, is by definition partial, therefore incoherent and sometimes unreliable. food aid consists in a diversity of practices tailored to different recipients’ needs including distribution of food parcels, soup kitchens, social restaurants and others. these services are directed to a specific profile of users and rely on a specific supply of food and financial resources. in fact, food assistance practices entail several actors and resource flows that are, formally and informally, interconnected into a delicate “system”. charitable food donations are often combined with the collection and redistribution of ‘surplus’ food – safe food that, for various reasons, is not sold through regular market channels (garrone et al., 2014). food assistance also relies on public support, deriving from the european (i.e., currently, the european funds for the most deprived, fead), national, regional and municipal administrative levels. the continuous relationship between welfare and third sector actors highlights what poppendieck (1998) called the “persistent dilemma” of such initiatives, namely the “deeply felt tension” between responding to immediate hunger with charitable food assistance, the preoccupations associated with the (lack of) supply and tackling the factors underlying the growing demand for these services (tarasuk et al., 2014). several actors, that strive to respond to the emergency faced by the most vulnerable groups of the population, are at the same time under pressure to reframe food assistance in a “right to food” perspective (dowler and o’connor, 2012). elmes et al. (2016) consider the critical role that food bank leaders play in “sense-making” around the ethical and justice dimensions of hunger and food-related illnesses in the united states, contributing to understanding how some food bank leaders in the united states have been adopting a variety of innovative, sustainable and just approaches to food banking, that try to address the root causes of growing levels of hunger in the united states. among italian regions, tuscany has for years been a fairly wealthy region, with per capita income above the national average. however, the crisis that began in late 2007 has threatened this advantage mainly because it brings out some structural weaknesses1. after several years of increase, in line with the general trend in italy, poverty in tuscany seems to be stabilized, as indicated by relative poverty index. in 2014, relative poor have been 5.1% of resident population, 1.6 percentage points less than the previous year. this makes tuscany the fifth less relatively poor region in italy (after trentino, lombardy, emilia romagna and veneto regions). in absolute values, the percentage indicates that 191 thousand residents live below the relative poverty line. 1 in particular, the crisis in the manufacturing sector, the low investments in innovation (with the exclusion of the fashion industry and other technological fields), and the decrease in consumption deriving from the decrease in employment due to industrial restructuring (tomei and caterino, 2013). 240 francesca galli et al. the growth of poverty and social exclusion and the multiplication of possible sliding paths to poverty, as well as those social segments thought to be at low risk only until very recently, raise the need to revise and tailor appropriate and specific policies that are able to deal with this whole series of critical issues through specialized services. based on a preliminary analysis of the main practices adopted by food assistance operators in tuscany (italy), it emerges that food assistance is a highly hybridized system as it assembles components of the food system, civil society organizations, voluntary workers, public social services, consumers (brunori et al., 2016). the degree of government involvement, funding, regulatory controls, voluntary sector participation and reliance on surplus and donations from food chain actors is highly variable and context specific. the initiatives that arise in order to supply surplus food for redistribution are not always coordinated or, sometimes, even competing with each other. they rely upon the interaction between voluntary actors – acting within religious and non religious organizations – that have their own specific history, professional profile and cultural references, but nonetheless collaborate to pursue fns in tuscany, in different ways and different contexts. more consolidated practices, such as food parcels, complement with other emergent ones, such as “emporia of solidarity” (i.e., “shops” where recipients directly “purchase” food through income-based electronic cards), where the charitable aim is coupled with the attempt to reduce stigmatization, increase empowerment and support nutritional choices2. tomei and caterino (2013) made a survey on the services and tuscan structures that deal with combating the phenomenon of food poverty. 75 (out of approximately 150) structures indicate the existence of a more or less formal but consolidated relationship between public social services and non-profit organizations (religious and non religious), as well as procedures through which social services officers signal and ask individuals to seek help from charitable organizations. among the 68 cases out of 75 surveyed, the organizations assert that they routinely handle cases of people reported by the social services of the local municipalities. this assumption of responsibility is not surprising with reference to the associations that conduct their activities in a structured way (i.e., within an ‘institutionalized’ framework), although it is striking that such a link is stated by associations that conduct their activities on an occasional basis. the delicate balance between actors, resources and responsibilities makes the food assistance system vulnerable to increasing demands, changing need and decreasing resources. the elaboration of strategies towards future fns represents a relevant goal to be accomplished. by confronting with leading actors of caritas3, the food bank4, tuscany 2 for example, in emporia, prior to releasing the cards, recipients are encouraged to take part to organized classes in which support is provided in relation to nutritional choices, healthy life styles and family budget management. 3 caritas is the pastoral body of the italian episcopal conference to promote charity. caritas’ main features are: advocacy, widespread presence on the territory and direct contact with recipients; it relies mostly on voluntary resources, both human and material. 4 food aid in italy entails first and second level entities. a second level entity in the chain, acting according to a warehouse model, is the food bank (fondazione banco alimentare onlus, fbao). this is a non-profit organization that for over 25 years has been engaged in the daily recovery of surplus edible food aimed at food poverty, through a dense network of relationships that has allowed to save and redistribute food, otherwise destined for destruction. the regional food banks are 21 territorial organizations that refer to the food bank (fbao) (see santini and cavicchi, 2014). 241exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany regional administration and others, it emerged that these actors are re-thinking their role to address changing needs: private companies are increasingly involved in food assistance operations and adjust their activities and strategies accordingly; public institutions rethink the boundaries between charitable assistance, welfare system and market-based food system. this paper reports on the results of a participatory process, developed around two workshops, involving key players of the food assistance system in tuscany. as a main interlocutor, we addressed caritas, which is now reconsidering its role in contributing to food poverty mitigation by setting up a territorial “alliance for food”, a desirable goal which has been thought of in abstract terms but has not be reflected in concrete yet. by adopting a combination of scenario approaches – namely, explorative scenarios describing plausible future contexts and normative pathways that explore the feasibility of transformative change in different scenarios – we ultimately aim at answering the following research questions: how are actors re-thinking their roles in relation to changing needs? does the scenario-guided planning method enable participants in engaging in new themes, identifying shared priorities and conceptualizing new partnerships that have not been discussed before? we tested the combined methodology with the main actors of the food assistance system in tuscany (italy) in order to address the challenges and pressures of the current context of change. the paper is organized as follows: the next section presents the methodology adopted, by placing it within relevant literature and explains how it was applied. section 3 presents main results and section 4 provides a discussion and concludes. 2. methods 2.1 methodology background the methods we used – explorative scenarios combined with visioning and backcasting – can together be identified as ‘foresight’. a foresight exercise can be defined as “any process focused on building medium to long term futures aimed at influencing present day decisions and mobilizing actions” (gavigan et al., 2001). foresight methodology is increasingly used to orient policy making around food systems: vervoort et al. (2015) show that scenario studies carried out at european level on the food system have increased five-fold between 2002 and 2014, and that an average of five food-related foresight studies are conducted or ongoing in the eu per year. many foresight exercises are participatory, seeking to engage relevant stakeholders, more often conducted in a consultative fashion, and can be developed through qualitative, quantitative or mixed approaches (mallampalli et al., 2016). moreover, foresight can be done for different objectives, of which policy development/formulation is only one of the possibilities. bourgeois (2012) identified three 3 categories of objectives: content (producing new knowledge), process (connecting people, changing ideas) and impact (policy development). foresight is not a tool to predict the most probable future but the main purpose is to “explore” the future in order to guide, or inform, current decision-making processes (fahey, l., 1998: 18). we use scenarios and visioning/back-casting as tools to explore futures for food assistance (vervoort et al, 2014). scenario methodology, based in complex systems research, seeks to recognize and explore uncertainty and complexity in decision-makers’ contexts 242 francesca galli et al. (van der sluijs, 2005; kok et al., 2006). a range of approaches is available to develop different types of scenarios (van notten, 2003). planners must be aware of their decision contexts and how these contexts can evolve, both as a results of external factors and internally through attempts at transformational change. the work presented in this paper combines the strengths of two approaches. together with a diverse group of participants, we developed explorative scenarios that describe food systems contexts on the one hand, and normative “transition pathways” on the other hand, combining them to explore the feasibility of transformative change in the different scenario contexts. making up one part of our approach, explorative scenarios are defined as “multiple plausible futures described in words, numbers and/or images” (van notten et al., 2003). in multi-stakeholder contexts, exploratory scenarios can engage multiple legitimate perspectives involved in framing and addressing challenges such as food security and sustainability (reilly and willenbockel, 2010). however, while explorative scenarios offer diverse contexts for decision-making, they do not represent plans and, by themselves, they provide no direction for action. because of this, outside of specific contexts like the military and the private sector, many scenario processes, especially those led by academics, have been limited in their potential for impact because scenarios are often created but not used to help consider different actions and strategies (wilkinson and eidinow, 2008). however, explorative scenarios can be used to test and inform the feasibility of plans. this is done by cross-examining a plan or policy across different scenarios, each posing their own challenges and opportunities. if a plan is considered to be feasible under a wide range of challenging futures, it can be considered robust. in this project, we therefore combined explorative scenarios with the development of normative strategies through “back-casting”. in a back-casting process, participants start with a vision of a desirable future, and then work backward in time from that vision to identify each step needed to lead to that vision (kok et al., 2011; robinson et al., 2011). this approach has the benefit of allowing for the creation of actionable, proactive futures. by exploring the feasibility of normative transition pathways in the context of different explorative scenarios, we allow for a conscious focus on the changing interactions between actors’ agency and their contexts (vervoort et al., 2014). our approach also adds a cross-level dynamic, in that the explorative scenarios used are a local interpretation of pre-existing european-level scenarios (see brzezina et al., 2016) that provide wider socioeconomic contexts; conversely, the back-casted transition pathways are combined with case studies across europe to contribute to the conceptualization of transition pathways for the future of the european food system5. this combined approach of using explorative scenarios to test back-casted transition pathways is particularly suitable to the case of food assistance for several reasons. first of all, the food and nutrition security challenges that food assistance responds to are contingent upon changing and uncertain socio-economic contexts. explorative scenarios offer distinct and diverse accounts, co-created by local participants, of how future contexts could develop and change the challenges and opportunities of food assistance. secondly, because robust food and nutrition security strategies are needed in the face of this future uncertainty, the back-casting of strategies has the potential to provide food 5 this part of the research is still on-going and will be completed by end of 2017. 243exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany assistance actors with a format in which they can look beyond present limitations and start with their desired long-term objectives, which can then be tested against scenarios to make them more robust. the methodology includes a preliminary phase, consisting of in-depth, semi-structured interviews to food assistance operators, on-site visits and primary data gathering, aimed at identifying current and historical context of practices, actors, resources and skills employed and vulnerable groups addressed. then, a participatory scenario approach was developed within two workshops. the first step of the first workshop focused on creating a draft of local food assistance strategies through formulating a vision for this future and then back-casting planning steps towards the present. in the second step of the first workshop, the set of pre-existing european food system scenarios was down-scaled to the level of food assistance in tuscany to provide explorative scenario contexts. local scenarios were created by examining what the local situation would look like in the context of each european scenario, with attention to key variables that affect the goals of the focal project in the future. the second workshop focused on using the explorative scenario contexts for testing the desirable future visions and multiple pathways toward these visions created in the first workshop, to investigate and challenge the feasibility of these concrete plans for the future of the case, aiming to facilitate new ideas in the process. 2.2 structure workshops based on the preliminary study, we selected 20 participants. participants included representatives of tuscany regional administration, members of the department on citizenship’ rights and social cohesion (youth policy, family and sports, and the regional observatory for the promotion of social citizenship rights). we had the participation of the directors of 10 diocesan caritas tuscany, the coordinators of the emporia in prato and pisa, the manager of the fund-raising of the food bank tuscany, the director of members section of unicoop florence (i.e., retailer), in addition to academic experts on the topic of food poverty, food and agricultural systems. participants’ affiliations are listed in annex 2 and 3. the first workshop was held on the 1st of february 2016, while the second on the 3rd of may, 2016, both in florence at the headquarters of the theological faculty of central italy. the same participants were invited in the two workshops, although on the second one some guests dropped at the last moment, while new participants from the regional administration asked to take part. various contextual reasons contributed to a lower number of participants but still, key senior participants were present, for a total of 12 participants overall. the workshops consisted of several building blocks, which are now briefly described. figure 2 summarizes the workflow of the two workshops. the first three steps were developed in the first workshop and the last three steps in the second workshop. 2.2.1 visioning participants were asked to answer the following question: “what are the elements of a desirable future to ensure access to healthy and nutritious food for everybody in tuscany? and, specifically, “what it is the ideal future for food assistance in tuscany?”. 2030 was chosen as a suitable time horizon for the realization of change, with reference to caritas 244 francesca galli et al. activities. this visioning exercise developed in two steps: 1) brainstorming and 2) clustering of the elements of the vision. participants were invited to reflect in pairs (5 minutes speed-meets repeated three times) on the features of a desirable future for food assistance in tuscany. the post-its were then grouped (collectively) into macro-areas, that constitute the vision. once macro-themes were identified, each participant had 8 stickers to vote for the most important ones: participants voted based on their preference (no explicit rules were given). in order to steer the engagement of stakeholders in the elaboration of the themes within the vision, we asked them to visually represent the elements of each theme, by developing a “rich picture” exercise6. 2.2.2 back-casted planning back-casting is a systematic process for working backwards from a desirable future to identify the steps required that connect the future to the present (kok et al., 2011; robinson et al., 2011; vervoort et al., 2014). at each step we asked the question “if we want to attain [current step] what would we need to do/have in place for that to be possible?”. this 6 the rich picture is a method from soft systems methodology (smm). here, simple drawings and sketches are used to illuminate systemic relationships that are not so easily captured in narrative form. figure 2. building blocks of the two workshops 245exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany question is asked over and over again until the present situation is reached. these steps can then be implemented from the present successively to achieve the desired future. 2.2.3 downscaling european scenarios and causal mapping the goal was to create a clear image of the local scenario at the end of the chosen time horizon (2030) starting from four given scenarios, previously developed by a range of european food system actors and researchers to represent plausible european scenario for the food system (see brzezina et al., 2015). the emphasis was on the introduction of scenarios and their adaptation to make them coherent to the specific context of the case. this meant that a new, local story was invented, where the european scenarios were used as an inspiration and to provide a wider european context. in practice, this step involved immersing the participants in the european scenarios and engaging in an open, imaginative conversation about what the scenario could mean for their decision context. each group discussed individual views and developed a coherent image of the scenario end state, which is developed in further detail through the following activities. the participants in each scenario group discussed what the scenario meant for a list of key elements, to ensure that relevance of the scenario for the decision context of the initiative. the outcome was a narrative description of the scenario end state. participants within their scenario groups were asked to explore the chains of cause and effect amongst the discussed aspects. causal mapping was also used to elaborate the scenarios (coyle, 1996). participants drew arrows between concepts and assigned a plus (+) or minus (-) to the arrow. a (+) indicates a positive effect of increase in one element on the level of the other, for example “an increase in the number of food recipients results in an increase in social inequality”. a (-) indicates an inverse relationship, for example “an increase in the ageing of population results in a decrease in the number of volunteers”. consensus on adding concepts, drawing arrows and giving a sign to the arrows was reached by discussion within scenario groups. the graph-based nature and relative visual simplicity encourages the use of this approach by stakeholders with different backgrounds. 2.2.4 scenario-based review of plans in the second workshop, each scenario group reconvened and used the content of the previous workshop, based on the digitized local scenarios and accompanying materials, such as insights from the causal map and the drawings representing the main features of scenarios. a short round of conversation happened to make sure everyone, including any newcomers to the process, understood the scenario, and still considered it plausible. missing elements were written down on post-its and collected. then, after receiving all the back-casted plans from the first workshop, for every aspect of each plan, the group asked: “is this action/strategy/etc. possible in this scenario, or not? if not, what could be recommended (concretely) to make the plan more feasible in this scenario?”. 2.2.5 plans across scenarios: the matrix during a plenary discussion, each scenario group presented the comments and adaptations made to each plan in order to fit in each scenario. scenario groups prepared their 246 francesca galli et al. comments on what they thought were the main strengths and weaknesses of the plan in their scenario and what their main recommendations would be to make the plan work better in their scenario. these comments were reported on a table organized per plan (horizontal) and per scenario (vertical), as an additional way of capturing the discussion. 2.2.6 review of plans the last step is dedicated to plans’ groups, discussing how to integrate into the plans the comments received by each scenario group. the discussion aimed at identifying which of the scenario-based comments and recommendations occurred across all of the different scenarios and therefore highlighted key strengths, weaknesses and potential improvements to make the plans work better regardless of the scenario (i.e., essentially making them more robust). moreover, scenario-specific recommendations were identified to determine whether it was worth considering as an option to make the plan more flexible in case a certain scenario occurs. 3. results 3.1 identification of the desired vision and elaboration of back-casted plans an overall ideal vision on how stakeholders would imagine food assistance in 2030 in tuscany has been outlined based on the participants’ suggestions. the vision was articulated in macro-themes, which have been prioritized based on voting7. above all, the protagonists of the food assistance system believe that governance is a priority to focus on. in fact, one of the main features of the current food assistance network is the fragmentation of the actors and activities on territory: this is a strength, in terms of flexibility and adaptability to the context, but also one of the main vulnerabilities, whereas rules and actors change also for reasons not linked to the system. the second theme in order of importance is education. a major concern of the food assistance actors is to flank practices, that deal with resolving contingent emergencies, with training and education on issues of food security and nutrition, aimed at all stakeholders in the system. training and education processes should address, first of all, those covering a role of educators and trainers, both internal to the food assistance system (for example, the volunteers and the third sector) or beyond (for example, retail or agribusinesses). the third macro-theme is the definition of a “person-oriented approach”, which is crosscutting. it refers to the ability of the food assistance system to identify, understand and respond more effectively to the needs in relation to the individual conditions, in a flexible and adaptable manner. this also refers to a system that involves the recipients, in a perspective that goes beyond the logic of assistance. the participants split into three groups, one per macro-theme, and through backcasting (i.e., working backwards, from the desirable future to the present, identifying all the steps and actions needed, striving to overcome the limitations and constraints of the 7 the following themes were elaborated and ranked: rights (13 points); governance (23 points) and networks (16 points) – these two themes were joined; person-centred approach (17 points); education (25 points); monitoring (12) – this was considered as a cross cutting issue; food waste (11 points); food quality (11 points). 247exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany present) developed three plans (see annex 4 for detail on each plan), summarized in the following paragraphs. the plans are presented based on the draft elaborated and further refined in the following steps of the process. 3.1.1 a plan for governance and network towards fns in order to address the concern on improving the governance of food assistance, the creation of a coordination table is one of the main instruments proposed, along with the participatory definition of rules and criteria for monitoring and evaluation of the food and nutrition security situation in tuscany. this implies the clarification and definition of rules and multi-level responsibilities (at european, national and regional level). the plan for governance and network consist of two main goals: i) development of an integrated and coordinated network for fns and ii) development of a fns policy according to a prevention approach. the integrated network for fns starts from the creation of a promoters’ group, as a first step of the process. the promoters’ group should be active on a regional level, in charge of the direction of actions, responsible for brokering and raising awareness among regional and local actors. it should also identify local institutional actors to be involved in the coordination of fns in tuscany, addressing among others social health districts. the promoters’ group engages with municipalities and third sector actors in network building activities. based on the network built and the knowledge exchanged, an ad-hoc regional committee on fns is established. a fundamental task to be accomplished by the committee is the activation of monitoring activities of food insecurity on the territory (i.e., a regional observatory on fns). within the promoters’ group stands the third sector network, which is made in charge of involving actors of the supply chain (producers and retailers). inside this network, the third sector organizations develop a self reflection on inner functioning, in order to find common aims and synergic solutions (e.g. on food drives, volunteer pooling, university training/ stage, vouchers, etc.) and develop fundraising actions. the committee works to develop incentives for small and medium enterprises (smes) and retailers in order to encourage corporate social responsibility and donations (e.g. tax relief measures) and, at the same time, steers public authorities to develop tendering processes that award projects of food recovery in public canteens. universities and retailers should also be involved in this process. in addition, the committee lobbies at the european level to ensure continuity in fead support funding. ii) the second main goal is to develop a regional plan for fns in tuscany. the development of a fns policy and action plan, adopting a prevention approach relates primarily to the creation of a dedicated board for the coordination of actions towards fns within the tuscany regional departments. the networking process (described in the first step) should be antecedent to this task (i.e., the initial phase of dialogue should be started with local actors, involving tuscany region departments, local health districts and the committee). it was clarified that the establishment of the committee represents an instrumental objective, functional to achieving the second main objective and not an end per se. the governance model must include higher levels beyond the municipality. governance should take into account homogeneous territorial levels, also beyond institutional borders, 248 francesca galli et al. in order to understand and interpret local specificities8. this approach could also allow to redefine roles between public and private actors. further suggestions were made by stakeholders in relation to “governance and network”: for example setting very short term goals, such as organizing a meeting/seminar with the main actors of the food assistance system, or building a mailing list, or an online platform for sharing experiences (e.g., videos) among food assistance actors. 3.1.2 a plan for education towards fns beyond contingent practices and emergency responses to food need, equal attention should be given to developing education paths to achieve fns. education relates to stimulating openness towards societal problems, voluntary action and gift, together with a food culture. education processes should be planned to address, first of all, those who have a role as educators and trainers, both internal to the food assistance system (e.g., volunteers and third sector) and the food system in general (e.g., retailers or food processors). the plan elaborated for education for fns in tuscany develops around three main goals, which are interconnected and reinforcing one another: i) increasing awareness on available resources and production processes; ii) educating to cultural change towards healthier lifestyles; iii) achieving coordination and sharing of information on relevant themes. i) awareness on available resources. a key issue concerns the definition of a role for private food system actors (i.e., retailers and food producers) who recognize their social responsibility and represent an asset and a strength to aim for quality and healthy food. to this aim, it is necessary to work on increasing awareness on the cost savings linked to surplus recovery and the reduction of waste and the possibilities for reinvestment. the private food system actors should be involved in awareness raising activities (and the extent will depend on the scenario), for example by adjusting new promotion strategies to discourage consumers from buying excess food with respect to their needs. the monitoring activity and the quantification of indicators on food surplus, waste and (hopefully) increased efficiency plays a key role, also to facilitate communication on the overall convenience at all levels (economic, social, environmental). another point on resources was made with regard to the development of relations between local producers and retailers, adapting their supplying strategies to promote local chains (see galli et al. 2016 on the meaning of local food chains), or through “civic food projects” that link restaurants and producers in a local network based on the use of local products. instrumental to the mentioned objectives is enhancing project skills and planning as a specific competence of food assistance actors, that can open new avenues to food recovery. this concerns training to project design and planning, exploiting public-private synergies and activating food assistance actors. this objective also links to education/training for cultural change: third sector should work through projects to encourage donations: develop targeted gift in place of surplus recovery. ii) educating to healthier life styles and cultural change. a key issue concerns the “education of educators”, that means those who have an educational responsibility must be 8 the governance approach adopted by the civil protection in italy mentioned as a best practice, in which the third sector has an explicit and recognized role. 249exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany trained on the specificities of food and nutritional aspect: for example, school teachers and programs should include awareness raising on food, health and environment, by discussing the right to food into civic education programs. education processes must address institutional, food system and food assistance actors. the third sector – specialized on food themes – could provide a support to those who deliver education (e.g., alternating schooling and working), together with higher education and university system. a specific focus was dedicated to religious communities, priests and religion teachers who are responsible for educating parishioners, mostly young citizens. a wider form of communication can address the wider public by organizing debates in public meetings, encourage the use of social media, promote spaces for aggregation and collective activities (e.g., food classes). iii) sharing information on food and nutrition themes. a cross-cutting objective to the mentioned above is the sharing of information among relevant actors. stakeholders have proposed the setting of a board for education on fns at regional level, able to coordinate actions and pursue coherent communication. this eventually may lead to the elaboration of a charter on shared principles among all stakeholders of the education system (social actors, media, ...). for example what is the meaning of right to food? what does it imply? for different people it may mean different things and a shared meaning should be reflected upon. 3.1.3 a “person centred approach” towards fns stakeholder agree that the food assistance system should become able to involve recipients, in a perspective that goes beyond the assistance logic. the food assistance system should be able to identify, understand and respond to specific needs (also in relation to wider conditions), according to a person centred approach. the approach has been declined by the actors in five sub-objectives: i) tailoring assistance practices to receivers needs (e.g. as identifying ways to tailor help to individual, as it happens in emporia of solidarity). food should represent an instrument towards more social inclusion. this objective considers going beyond a more traditional food aid approach and setting up a direction for the recognition of the right to food: recipients should be reactivated through dedicated programs, based on reciprocity (i.e., recipients return in relation to the aid received). an underlying question to be tackled is: who is this “central” person” and what does she/he needs. examples of concrete ways in which to turn this approach into practice are placing food aid within the individual social support path. this will require the involvement of mayors, health services and other institutional actors, in order to cover multiple territorial levels, although caritas and ngos can be the leading actors. ii) identifying multiple and integrated responses to food poverty. this can be achieved through a more efficient and creative recovery of surplus, the siticibo project9 is one example. 9 siticibo, started in milan in 2003 with the good samaritan law (enacted in italy as law n. 155, 16th of july 2003) aims at the recovery and redistribution of surplus food from canteens and catering services (hotels, corporate, hospitals and schools canteens, etc.) as well as big retailers (rovati and pesenti, 2015). food recovered through this channel consists primarily of fresh and ready to eat meals from catering services, while bread, fruits and desserts are often recovered from school canteens. since highly perishable foods are handled, in order to ensure food safety, modes of collection are described in very strict and scrupulous procedures, agreed with donors, and volunteers are properly trained on haccp. essential material requirements to carry out this practice are facilities for heat removal (for the donors) and refrigerated vans, key components of the fleet vehicles. 250 francesca galli et al. iii) effectively identifying food needs (e.g., involving categories of “key witnesses” such as paediatricians, teachers, priests, etc.). integrated responses implies an effective identification of needs and public authorities support, by tuscany region, would be desirable. in order to identify people’s needs, the involvement of “witnesses of poverty” was suggested: paediatrician, family doctors, school teachers, priests, health and social services’ operators and pharmacies are the first figures to be trained on how to recognize food poverty situations and intervene. to be able to monitor needs, the setting up of an “observatory on fns” would represent a fundamental step. the activation of social professions (such as the “frontier operator”) should be explored and valued. mapping opportunities as well as problems of interventions should be supported by the use of it networks, that can contribute to streamline food recovery activities (e.g., involving retailers, producers, collective catering) and consolidate alternative responses to food poverty (e.g., social farming). vi) promoting networking opportunities among citizens within neighbourhoods (e.g., leveraging on suitable spaces available in the various districts). a person centred approach should address the community in which the individual lives. strengthening a sense of community is both an instrument and a desirable goal per se. municipalities represent a key partner of civil society and third sector organizations in contributing to safe and active neighborhoods. green areas and urban spaces, suitable equipment, cleaning and safety of public spaces are local administration responsibilities. the municipality, together with csos and active citizens, should identify and recover available spaces; establish community centres aiming at developing initiatives around food related themes (e.g., urban gardens) and involve schools in these activities and initiatives; organize local fairs, street food occasions to include migrant communities, and neighborhood dinners. vi) enhancing nutritional value and quality of food. this objective refers to the food currently distributed through food aid. incentivizing the recovery of food surplus and the reduction of food waste, as well as the simplification of rules on products’ expiration dates and the alignment of national legislation all over the territory are key themes that should be regulated by law. this process should be led by agriculture and health ministries, and lobbying activities by ngos should have a supportive role to raise awareness on the difficulties met by food assistance operators on a daily basis. 3.2 downscaling of european scenarios to the local context the other outcome consists in the development of four future scenarios for food assistance in tuscany in 2030. these have been elaborated by participants by downscaling four european scenarios, previously elaborated at the european level (see brzezina et al. 2015 for detail). the downscaling process consisted in addressing the question: “what does each (eu) scenario mean for food assistance in tuscany?”. although the four scenarios were developed around a wide set of relevant variables (i.e., economic up or downturn, immigration flows, urban rural relations, public health, availability of food surplus, availability of volunteer workers, degree of government involvement), two key variables across the four scenarios can be identified as being most relevant to food assistance and can be used to simultaneously compare them (see annex 1 for detailed information on the content of each scenario). the first is way of intervention by government, which may 251exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany entail the adoption of an emergency approach (i.e., the state responds from time to time to social emergencies, when they arise) or a strategic approach (i.e., the state anticipates social emergencies by adopting a proactive approach). the second variable relates to the openness of society towards societal problems, such as immigration (i.e., civil society demonstrates an open or a closed attitude). figure 3 shows the locally adapted scenarios. “tuscany in 3d” (top-right). the right to food enters fully into the political debate: food assistance is conceived as a strategic task that allows to tackle bigger problems and needs. public authorities develop a strategic approach to achieve closer collaboration between all players in the food system. citizens are willing to contribute with voluntary work. the role of civil society associations is viewed by government as a resource for survival and functioning of the welfare system. “it could be better” (bottom-right). the pressure on the national health care system – due to rising incommunicable diseases derived from years of poor diet – brings a reduction to public expenditure on social services. a reactive public management approach and poor coordination between services prevail. social actors must find a way to cope with the increased (food) poverty. “solidarity in half ” (top-left). italian government adopts a high budget but targeted welfare strategy, by supporting eligible citizens with minimum incomes, exacerbating the figure 3. local downscaled scenarios based on i) way of intervention by the government and ii) attitude of society towards societal problems. 252 francesca galli et al. differences with the most vulnerable groups. market and redistributive policies ensure fns to all eligible citizens. civil society is very closed and uninterested to social problems. “do i want to go to live in the countryside?” (bottom-left). the government decides budget cuts on social measures, considering these not as a priority. food assistance support is limited to transferring european resources to social parties. the food assistance actors must intercept surplus of small producers and retailers, which are most resilient in the regional context, but this has become more complicated. society is very closed, therefore human resources, i.e. volunteers, are also scarce. 3.3 scenario based review of plans the ultimate aim of this work was to obtain a final version of the plans enriched by the additions, revisions and comments made during the sessions of the second workshop. this was done during the scenario-based review of plans and a last plenary session, during which key recommendations and priorities were indicated by the stakeholders on each plan previously discussed. the table in annex 5 provides detail on the main strengths and weaknesses of each plan across the scenarios and suggestions for improvement of the plans. we can distinguish two levels of elaboration of the plans: revisions and additions to the plans which are valid across all scenarios and revisions and comments which are scenario specific, therefore suitable in case of contingent events happening in different scenarios. in tables 1, 2 and 3, contingent suggestions specific to each of the four scenarios are reported. some general remarks: in the governance and network plan, as well as in the other plans, the initiative by tuscany region is strongly called for. however, the leading role of the tuscany region is not plausible under all the scenarios: this introduces the possibility for other actors/networks to gain a leading role in this process. another general remark applies to all the scenarios: in order to achieve these sub-objectives, creating opportunity of exchange between actors will be necessary. tuscany region leadership would be desirable and, in order to mitigate a scenario of increasing lack of public support, sharp short-term and bottom-up actions by civil society and third sector should be put in place and should gradually involve other institutional and private actors. 4. discussion and concluding remarks the present work has dealt with the elaboration of a strategy for food and nutrition security in tuscany. this has been done by addressing the main stakeholders of the food assistance system, with a primary involvement of caritas but also other key actors, such as the food bank, the regional administration and retailers representatives. the process we have followed is more valuable to stakeholders if it is clear that it is tailored to their aims and improves strategic planning to achieve shared goals in an uncertain future. therefore, the preliminary interviews and meetings were necessary in order to understand what the needs of the organizations were. our work was aimed at supporting the food assistance network in tuscany, with caritas as leading actor, to address and develop the “alliance for food”, a vision which was suggested by stakeholders, although only conceptualized on an abstract level. during the preliminary research and the two workshops organized, the 253exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany “alliance for food” was declined into key themes and fine-tuned into draft strategies, that were not discussed collectively before. a challenging work is still ahead, but this starting point has set the base for further collaborations and developments. this paper started by asking if scenario-guided planning can be a suitable tool to support relevant stakeholders willing to engage in a process of change, and what the combination of methods (i.e., explorative and normative) enables in terms of elaboration of new themes and blind spots and identification of shared priorities in the process of change. table 1. contingency plan for “governance and network”. strategic role of the government the government retreats civil society is open · favorable conditions and relationships: the objectives could be merged into one in order to save time and resources; · promotion of social responsibility for public administration; · creation of opportunities for cross coordination; · promotion of the committee by the region. · take the opportunity to recover food from public canteens: due to the health issue in this scenario, hospital food will be abundant; · as a remedy to some level of conflict, effort to dialogue and pressure by caritas to have more public education/training; · strong reliance on eu funds. civil society is closed · initiative must come from civil society organizations instead of institutional actors; · an initial emergency phase guided by cso is followed by a regime phase, where institutions take the lead. · fns should be included into a social integration policy. · the problem is building a network in a less dense environment: the most relevant intermediate entities should be identified. · consider bank foundations for fundraising campaigns. table 2. contingency plan for “education”. strategic role of the government the government retreats civil society is open · most comments have been included into the main plan · turning to local resources may be a problem if large processors and retailers dominate. in this case municipalities should play a role in promoting local products and territory. · if the state does not spend resources for prevention and education, it is important to identify who are the alternative actors in charge (churches or other actors with a mission on education) civil society is closed · awareness raising campaigns by the third sector to sensitize private actors (retailers and producers) to a “gift” culture. · trainers in charge of education must recognize the need to promote social inclusion while maintaining identity: those who have been integrated into society are a resource · there is need for a cultural change in volunteers: to dedicate to self production and organize gardens, and educating people. · moving beyond the collection of food from others. · leveraging on fund raising and targeted projects are another option in this scenario (e.g. breakfast for kids). 254 francesca galli et al. our first reflection is that the tool provided to stakeholders the opportunity to address uncertainty of future context in a systematic way. during back-casting, participants tried to work backwards from the desirable future to the present, identifying all the steps and actions needed, overcoming the limitations and constraints of the present. this turned out to be a challenging task, because of the difficulties not only in imagining long term ideal goals, but also connecting these long-term goals to concrete actions, that should take place in the medium and short-term. many of these operators spend most of their time facing immediate, daily necessities, which hamper their capacity to have a broader look on structural problems and potential opportunities and make long term plans. in practice this turns, for example, into different kinds of services provided and the lack of a basic, homogeneous level of assistance, as indicated by previous literature (tomei and caterino, 2013). therefore, gathering all these people together in order to engage constructively in a joint discussion on planning fns in tuscany could be considered as a first step towards the alliance for food that had not been considered much as a concrete objective, at least not by all the people involved. in relation to future oriented thinking, a key point concerns the boundary between actors’ sphere of influence and the given scenario context. it is important to realise that this boundary between actors’ sphere of influence and their larger contexts is not fixed or fully exogenous. for instance, changes in policy may normally be considered as part of the decision context for local food initiatives which they will simply have to adapt to. downscaling the scenario in the local context requires dealing with the delicate balance table 3. contingency plan for “person centred approach”. strategic role of the government the government retreats civil society is open · act in order to anticipate objectives which are achieved in this scenario; · enjoying institutional support, parallel action on the plan for fns; · set dietary guidelines for food provision. · diversification of responses: food recovery along social farming strategies, in order to compensate the lack of social policies; · witnesses of food poverty: doctors, pediatricians, etc. could be overwhelmed by the emergency on diseases and health. therefore operators of civil society must be trained. civil society is closed · lay the ground for advocacy work by encouraging social research and sharing studies on social justice at all levels; · awareness-raising campaigns targeting civil society, as well as institutions at local and national level; · move towards education and social inclusion and allocate resources for these tasks. · in a context of scarce resources , could tuscany region act as a broker, at least supporting the network? concentrate strengths on network development; · role of social health districts (sds) could be the most appropriate level for the coordination of actors. however, a strong leadership is deemed necessary to counteract a closed society. this is also valid for witnesses of food poverty; · lobbying for fead resources; · encourage self-production; · work on specific projects, such as breakfast for children. 255exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany between exogenous events in relation to strategic actions: to what extent can stakeholders impact on the scenario and change it? the distinction depends on the public roles of the actors, but also on their perceptions of their own (potential) roles. therefore, this process intended to allow for a conscious focus on actors’ agency potential: implicit in the method is questioning the supposed limitations on agency that participants have in the scenarios10. another crucial aspect in our study was the heterogeneous composition of the group of stakeholders invited to the workshop. caritas represented the main partner, in this case, but it also involved a broader network of stakeholders who have their own critical perspectives and aims. such a “hybrid user environment” – a middle point on a spectrum between a “one client” case and a fully dispersed case – is a specific feature of our case study: it poses a challenge in terms of “appropriation” of the results (i.e., the application of the plan for the achievement of focused impacts becomes inevitably harder) and requires to find a balance between the particular objectives of the main partner and other stakeholders. at the same time, it allows stakeholders to meet with leading partners such as caritas in an inclusive planning process, in a shared space where relevant collaborations and potential synergies can be explored. beyond being appreciated by participants, this hybrid composition allowed them to take a step back while looking at their own plans and to adopt an external vision on the strategies. the discussions took place among a broader range of stakeholders, that would not be involved in a single organizational planning process if conducted only by an actor such as caritas alone. this is particularly relevant for food assistance in tuscany, as this reveals to be a system de facto but not in explicit terms, in which actors otherwise meet and exchange to tackle daily needs but lack a strategic approach to food assistance (at least on a regional level)11. furthermore, the hybridity of the approach is also a useful frame for caritas itself, as it is a highly fragmented organization, where each diocese (there are 17 in tuscany) is quite independent from all the others. another point relates to the downscaling of scenarios on the european food system, that were built by considering a range of eight variables with different states (see brzezina et al., 2016). the adaptation to the local context in relation to the characteristics of food assistance shifted the focus on case study specific variables: the coordinates around government approach and openness of civil society, in the first place, but also other key issues, such as availability of food surplus, volunteers, vulnerable groups and food assistance overall demand. two final remarks: first, the process was initially designed to be developed in four days. we had to shrink into two days for organizational reasons, in order to fit into stakeholders agendas. this inevitably impacted on the degree of elaboration and completeness of downscaled scenarios and planning. second, it is early to make a final 10 moreover within the transmango research process the participation of local cases, and upscaling to the eu level in the final parts of the project, means that their ideas and recommendations could have some impacts at the eu level (which means that eu policy now falls within their sphere of influence to some degree). 11 co-designing of plans across scenarios has not only supported the elaboration and testing of planned actions, but has favoured exchanges between different organizations on ongoing mechanisms, strategies and actions (especially during working groups and lunch time side talks. for example, in relation to nutrition security, it was raised that shortage of fresh fruits and vegetables can be a problem for some food assistance practices (e.g, such as emporia). it emerged instead that there is a large availability of fresh fruits and vegetables in other regions (e.g., in emilia romagna due to the impacts of the russian embargo, or in southern parts of tuscany). it was clarified that it is mainly a matter of logistics and connections between the different actors of the food system. 256 francesca galli et al. statement on the actual feasibility of the plans drafted, let alone their implementation: this needs to be verified through careful monitoring in the next year time, to allow researchers to check on actual implementation, although the first short-term steps have already been set by including the results on the plans in next caritas annual report for tuscany region. acknowledgments the research leading to these results has received funding from the european union’s seventh framework programme (fp7/2007-2013) under grant agreement n°613532 (theme kbbe.2013.2.5-01). the contents of this publication are the sole responsibility of the implementing partner of the project transmango (www.transmango.eu) and can in no way be taken to reflect the views of the european union. the transmango project aims to investigate and empower innovative sustainable food practices across europe. by interacting with decision makers at different levels, the overall aim of the project is to explore how innovative practices could lead to local and european transition pathways towards sustainable food and nutrition security (fns). in transmango, a number of diverse local cases have been selected as relevant practices that can contribute to sustainable fns. in order to support these initiatives in thinking about and taking action toward these transitions we focus on developing transition pathways and scenarios at the level of specific practices. following the local case study workshops, the transition pathways developed within each of the country case studies will be scaled up to european level in the context of european scenarios. references arcuri, s., galli, f. and brunori, g. (2016). ‘local’ level analysis of fns pathways: the case of food assistance in tuscany, italy. transmango: eu kbbe.2013.2.5-01 grant agreement no: 613532. bourgeois, r., ekboir, j., sette, c., egal, c., wongtschowski, m., and baltissen, g. (2012). the state of foresight in food and agriculture and the roads toward improvement. foresight report to gcard 2, part 1, september 2012, rome. brunori, g., galli, f., grando, s. (2017). sustainable agri-food systems: a reflection on assemblages and diversity. systèmes alimentaires / food systems. 1 (accepted for publication and forthcoming). brzezina, n., vervoort, j., helfgott, a. and lord, s. (2016). first transmango european scenarios workshop. deliverable d5.3 caraher, m. and cavicchi, a. (2014). old crises on new plates or old plates for a new crises? food banks and food insecurity. british food journal 116(9). doi: 10.1108/ bfj-08-2014-0285. caritas (2014). false partenze. rapporto 2014 sulla povertà e l’esclusione sociale in italia. http://www.caritasitaliana.it/home_page/area_stampa/00004776_false_partenze___rapporto_caritas_italiana_2014_su_poverta_e_esclusione_sociale_in_italia. html. accessed on 14.10.2016. 257exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany european court of auditors (2009). european union food aid for deprived persons: an assessment of the objectives, the means and the methods employed. special report no. 6, may 2009. available at http://www.eca.europa.eu/lists/ecadocuments/sr09_06/sr09_06_it.pdf. accessed on 5.10.2016. coyle, r. g. (1996). system dynamics modelling: a practical approach. crc press. de armiño, k. p. (2014). erosion of rights, uncritical solidarity and food banks in spain. in first world hunger revisited (pp. 131-145). basingstoke: palgrave macmillan. dowler, e. (2003). food and poverty: insights from the’north’. development policy review 21: 569-580. dowler, e. a. and o’connor, d. (2012). rights-based approaches to addressing food poverty and food insecurity in ireland and uk. social science & medicine 74: 44-51. elmes, m. b., mendoza-abarca, k. and hersh, r. (2016). food banking, ethical sensemaking, and social innovation in an era of growing hunger in the united states. journal of management inquiry 25(2): 122-138. eurostat (2015) eurostat database http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/regions/data/database. fahey, l. (1998). learning from the future: competitive foresight scenarios. john wiley & sons. galli, f., bartolini, f. and brunori, g. (2016). handling diversity of visions and priorities in food chain sustainability assessment. sustainability 8(4): 305. garrone, p., melacini, m. and perego, a. (2014). surplus food recovery and donation in italy: the upstream process. british food journal 116: 1460-1477. gavigan, j., m. zappacosta, k. ducatel, f. scapolo and. pietrogiacomo, p.d. (2001). challenges and priorities for european research: a foresight review. foresight 3: 261271. fao (2001), the state of food insecurity. rome: fao. kok, k., rothman, d. s. and patel, m. (2006). multi-scale narratives from an ia perspective: part i. european and mediterranean scenario development. futures 38: 261284. kok, k., van vliet mathijs, m. , bärlund ilona, i., dubel, a. and sendzimir, j. (2011). combining participative backcasting and exploratory scenario development: experiences from the scenes project. technological forecasting and social change 78: 835-851. lambie-mumford, h. and dowler e. (2015). hunger, food charity and social policy–challenges faced by the emerging evidence base. social policy and society 14: 497-506. lambie-mumford, h., crossley, d., jensen, e., verbeke, m., and dowler, e. (2014). household food security in the uk: a review of food aid final report. defra, uk. maino, f., lodi rizzini, c. and bandera, l. (2016). povertà alimentare in italia: le risposte del secondo welfare. bologna: il mulino. mallampalli, v. r., mavrommati, g., thompson, j., duveneck, m., meyer, s., ligmannzielinska, a., druschke, c. g., hychka, k., kenney, m. a. and kok, k. (2016). methods for translating narrative scenarios into quantitative assessments of land use change. environmental modelling and software 82: 7-20. pfeiffer, s., ritter, t. and hirseland, a. (2011). hunger and nutritional poverty in germany: quantitative and qualitative empirical insights. critical public health 21(4): 417-428. 258 francesca galli et al. poppendieck, j. (1998). sweet charity? emergency food and the end of entitlement. new york: viking penguin. reilly, m., and willenbockel, d. (2010). managing uncertainty: a review of food system scenario analysis and modelling. philosophical transactions of the royal society of london b: biological sciences 365: 3049-3063. riches, g. and silvasti, t. (2014). first world hunger revisited: food charity or the right to food? basingstoke: palgrave macmillan. robinson, j., burch, s., talwar, s., o’shea, m. and walsh, m. (2011). envisioning sustainability: recent progress in the use of participatory backcasting approaches for sustainability research. technological forecasting and social change 78:756-768. santini, c. and cavicchi, a. (2014). the adaptive change of the italian food bank foundation: a case study. british food journal 116(9): 1446-1459. silvasti, t. and karjalainen, j. (2014). hunger in a nordic welfare state: finland. in: riches, g., silvasti, t. (eds.), first world hunger revisited, pp. 72-86. basingstoke: palgrave macmillan. tait, c. (2015). hungry for change. the final report of the fabian commission on food and poverty. fabian society, london. tarasuk, v., dachner, n. and loopstra, r. (2014). food banks, welfare, and food insecurity in canada. british food journal 116(9): 1405-1417. tomei, g. and caterino, l. (2013). un’indagine sulla povertà alimentare. 2° rapporto sull’esclusione sociale in toscana. anno 2013. pisa university press. van der sluijs, j. (2005). uncertainty as a monster in the science-policy interface: four coping strategies. water science and technology 52: 87-92. van notten, p.w., rotmans, j., van asselt, m.b. and rothman, d.s. (2003). an updated scenario typology. futures 35: 423-443. vervoort, j.m., thornton, p.k., kristjanson, p., förch, w., ericksen, p.j., kok, k., ingram, j.s.i., herrero, m., palazzo, a., helfgott, a.e.s., wilkinson, a., havlik, p., masond’croz, d. and jost, c. (2014). challenges to scenario-guided adaptive action on food security under climate change. global environmental change 28: 383-394. vervoort j., helfgott a., lord s., arteaga l., mmachukwu o., curtis j., torres p., ramadhani d.c., mangalagiu d. (2015). analysis of foresight methods in european food futures and effects on european policies at national and eu levels. deliverable d3.1, transmango: eu kbbe.2013.2.5-01 grant agreement no: 613532., 31.10.2015. available at: http://www.transmango.eu/userfiles/project%20reports/d3.1%20foresight%20and%20policy.pdf wilkinson, a. and eidinow, e. (2008). evolving practices in environmental scenarios: a new scenario typology. environmental research letters 3(4): 045017. 259exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany annex 1. summary of local scenarios for food assistance in tuscany in 2030. solidarity in half italian government adopts a restrictive welfare strategy, by supporting “eligible” citizens with minimum incomes, exacerbating the differences with the most vulnerable groups. civil society is very closed and uninterested to social problems. the narrative of the scenario comprises the following key points: • the political environment is becoming more and more closed and racism and xenophobia are widespread. with the slowdown of the crisis and the economic upturn, the resident population improves living conditions and expects better food and environmental quality. • public authorities adopt a strategy of restricting welfare to italian citizens (eg. introduction of minimum income), exacerbating the differences with the most vulnerable groups. • the food system is oriented towards quality production and there is a tighter supply chain coordination. larger companies develop social responsibility projects mainly in the environmental field. • there is growing public attention to the environment, both at european and national levels, restrictive public measures are adopted for environmental protection and sustainable agriculture. the agricultural system is geared towards the recovery of land for agricultural purposes. the overall production is falling in terms of quantity and increases in value. the food prices are very high; due to greater efficiency in the food system, surpluses and waste along the chain are minimized. • civil society is very closed and uninterested to social problems. do i want to go to live in the countryside? the government decides budget cuts on social measures, considering these not as a priority. food assistance support is limited to transferring european resources to social parties. the food assistance actors must intercept surplus of small producers and retailers, which are most resilient in the regional context, but this has become more complicated. society is very closed, therefore human resources, ie volunteers are also scarce. the narrative of the scenario comprises the following key points: • the economy is stagnating. the cost of living in the cities becomes unaffordable for most citizens, who move to rural areas but especially in the peri-urban areas, where poverty and vulnerable groups are concentrated. the greater poverty also leads to a divergence between the dietary habits of the poor, which worsen, and those of the rich, that enhance and sustain the demand for high quality products. • the food scandals undermine consumer confidence in the largest agro-food industry and retailing. the small and medium enterprises reveals to be the most flexible, resilient to the crisis and able to better respond to an increasing attention to the relationship between diet and health and between power supply and local identity. tuscany leverages its local industry tradition and supports small and medium enterprises. the local product is represented as the alternative to a healthy and sustainable globalization of food “taste”. • large retailers are trying to adapt to the new situation in an articulated manner: a part of them meets the demand for local products and high quality, and another pushes on lowering prices and standardization. • public opinion is very sensitive to health, safety and the environment, but not very sensitive to societal problems. the government, faced with cuts in spending on social measures, doesn’t consider food assistance as a priority. they merely manage european resources. • intercepting surplus of small producers and retailers has become more complicated for food assistance actors. moreover there is a lack of volunteers. tuscany in 3d: gifts, rights, duties the “right to food” enters fully into the political debate: food assistance is conceived as a strategic task that allows to tackle bigger problems and needs. public authorities develop a strategic approach to achieve closer collaboration between all players in the food system. citizens are willing to contribute with voluntary work. the role of civil society associations is viewed by government as a resource for survival and functioning of the welfare system. the narrative of the scenario comprises the following key points: • the crisis escalates. inequality and social conflict are increasing. migratory waves exert strong pressure on food assistance systems. public health is deteriorating because of inadequate eating habits. 260 francesca galli et al. • the food system is concentrated in a few large companies. they reduce the surplus because they become more efficient and therefore greater attention is put to avoid waste. to justify itself, businesses engage in social responsibility projects. growing public pressure on big companies to help the solutions. • the welfare state is in crisis. people are seeking new answers and customized to emerging needs. the right to food enters fully into the political debate: food assistance is conceived as a strategic task that allows you to tackle larger problems and needs. public authorities develop a strategic approach that aims to achieve closer collaboration between all players in the food system. • an increasing number of citizens are willing to contribute with voluntary work. the role of civil society associations and is viewed by government as a resource for survival and functioning of the welfare system. it could be better the pressure on the national health care system – due to rising incommunicable diseases derived from years of poor diet – brings a reduction to public expenditure on social services. a reactive public management approach and poor coordination between services prevail. social actors must find a way to cope with the increased (food) poverty. the narrative of the scenario comprises the following key points: • the crisis persists: the middle class impoverishes, the need of assistance, including food, increases. social conflict has become worse in part because of the stronger migration flows. the deterioration of lifestyles generates a deterioration of food styles and this has impacts on health. • the food system is concentrated in the hands of a few large industries who invest in technological development and product innovation (eg. new proteins and quasi-meat). they reduce the surplus because there is more efficiency and therefore greater attention to waste. to justify itself, businesses engage in social responsibility projects. • welfare spending is further compressed, also challenged by the pressure on the national health care system because of diseases related to years of poor diet. • public resources to manage food poverty are increasingly scarce. at the state and regional government levels a management approach continues to prevail, together with the emergency containment and poor coordination between policies, instruments and practices. social actors are having to cope with the increased demand for social services, and in particular food assistance. annex 2. participants workshop 1. it could be better solidarity in half do i want to go to live in the countryside? tuscany in 3d university of macerata, expert university of pisa, expert university of florence, expert university of pisa, expert health district pisa coop retailer florence food bank caritas tuscany caritas lucca regional observatory on poverty caritas pisa caritas pistoia emporia coordinator from prato caritas siena caritas arezzo tuscany region caritas firenze tuscany region tuscany region caritas siena 261exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany annex 3. participants workshop 2. it could be better solidarity in half do i want to go to live in the countryside? tuscany in 3d tuscany region university of pisa, expert university of florence, expert university of pisa, expert caritas lucca regional observatory on poverty food bank caritas tuscany caritas firenze tuscany region caritas pisa caritas pistoia annex 4. backcasted plans. 1. governance and networks sub objective actions (2016→2030) 1. integration and coordination of food assistance activities(2030) 1.1: creation of a “promoters group” active on a regional level, in charge of the direction of actions, responsible for brokering among regional and local actors. this “promoters group” works towards raising awareness of regional stakeholders. 1.2 a: it identifies local institutional actors to be involved in the coordination of fns in tuscany 1.2 b: promoters group address social health districts, which must coordinate and interact. 1.3: the promoters group engages with municipalities and “third sector” actors in network building activities. 1.4.a: based on the network built and the knowledge exchanged, the creation of an ad-hoc regional committee on fns is established. 1.4.b: the third sector network is made in charge within the promoters group to involve actors of the supply chain (producers and retailers) and stimulate a debate on food and nutrition security. 1.5.a: the committee activates a monitoring of food insecurity on the territory, and supports project development. 1.5.b: the third sector develops a self reflection on its inner functioning. they try to find common aims and synergic solutions (example on food drives, volunteer pooling, university training/stage, voucher…) and develop fundraising actions. 1.6 a: the committee elaborates incentives for smes and retailers to encourage csr and donations, tax relief measures. universities and retailers can also be involved. 1.6 b: the committee puts pressure on public authorities to develop tendering process that award points based on the recovery of food in public canteens (needs regulation, green public procurement that is also social). 1.7: the committee lobbies at the european level to ensure fead continuity planning. 2. developing a food and nutrition security action plan (a prevention approach) 2.1: creation of a regional board for the coordination of actions towards food security (same committee as above). actor: tuscany region department 2.2: confronting with local actors (see first column). actors involved: tuscany region dept + regional committee + local health district. providing support to innovative projects existing on the territory, by tuscany region, rdp resources, municipalities, in interaction with bank foundations, universities 2.3: developing a regional plan for fns in tuscany. actor: tuscany region department dedicated to social policies 262 francesca galli et al. 2. education sub objective actions (2016→2030) 1 increase awareness on resources available and production processes 1.1.a retailers favor food surplus recovery 1.2.a emphasize the cost reduction and the possible reinvestment 1.3.a change promotion strategies by retailers (do not encourage buying beyond effective needs) 1.4.a indicators on food waste and increase efficiency in resource use. 1.5.a make explicit and communicate overall convenience ( not only economic advantage ) at all levels 1.1.b gdo increases sale of local products 1.2.b gdo supply with local producers: alliance with gdo 1.3.b promotion of territory and local productions 1.1.c enhance project skills and planning as a specific competence 1.2.c educating the human resources to project design and programming to improve project planning capacity 1.3.c the food assistance actors promote collaboration in order to exploit public-private synergies 1.4.c the food assistance actors activate fundraising strategies 2 cultural change, lifestyles 2.1.a work on training priests and religion teachers 2.2.a educate parishioners. educational training agencies packages 2.1.b training teachers 2.2.b laboratories and trainings in schools 2.1.c create and animate debates in public meetings, encourage the use of social media, promote spaces for aggregation and collective activities (example, food classes) 3 coordination 3.1 sharing of information among relevant actors 3.2.a board on education 3.2.b board on food and nutrition security 3.3.a charter of shared principles among all stakeholders of the education system (social actors, media ...) 3.3.b civic food project: join together restaurants and producers in a local network, focusing on local productions 3. person’s centered approach sub objective actions (2016→2030) 1 finding multiple and integrated responses to the food poverty 1.1 create opportunities for exchange between actors. the region should be the leading facilitator 1.2 map opportunities. the region facilitating the process 1.3 use of it technology to create networks for food recovery. gdo, collective catering and producers of food. 1.4 evaluate the available amount of food. ex. recovery and redistribution of surplus food. 1.5 involvement of local producers networks 2 effective identification of needs 2.1 create opportunities for exchange between actors. the region should be the leading facilitator 2.2 identify the “witnesses” of food poverty: pediatrician, school teachers, priests, health and social services and pharmacies 2.3 creation of an observatory on food and nutrition in security needs, coordinated by social services (regional level) 2.4 training of “witnesses” on how to recognize food poverty needs 2.5 monitoring needs of people 263exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany 3 safe and active neighborhoods 3.1 create opportunities for exchange between actors. this should be led by neighborhoods 3.2 involvement of schools to develop food culture and social relations. the municipality is in charge. 3.3 identify and recover available neighborhood spaces for interaction. the neighborhood and municipality should interact on this action 3.4.a create community centers aiming at developing initiatives around food related themes. interaction between municipality and neighborhood. 3.4.b municipalities allow neighborhoods to use available green spaces (municipal regulations). predisposition of equipment , cleaning , checking safety conditions (ex. children playground). the neighborhood creates food production spaces, (such as urban gardens). 3.5 organize local fairs, street food occasions to include migrant communities, neighborhood dinners. organized with the help of caritas and third sector actors. 4 recipients as protagonists 4.1 create opportunities for exchange between actors. the region should be the leading facilitator 4.2 set up a direction for the recognition of the right to food. mayors, health services … (cover multiple territorial levels) 4.3 place the food aid within the individual social support path 4.4 decrease and gradual substitution of food parcels with emporia (i.e. social markets) establishment. caritas and ngos should be leading actors. 5 food quality 5.1 create opportunities for exchange between actors. the region should be the leading facilitator 5.2 approve the law to promote food recovery and reduce waste 5.3 simplify legislation and on product expiration dates 5.4 alignment of national legislation on the territories these actions should be led by agriculture and health ministries. lobbying by ngos. 264 francesca galli et al. a nn ex 5 . p la ns a cr os s sc en ar io s: s tr en gt hs a nd w ea kn es se s. g ov er na nc e an d ne tw or k tu sc an y 3d it co ul d be b et te r so lid ar ity in h al f d o i w an t t o go to li ve in th e co un tr ys id e? · in th is sc en ar io th e ta rg et s fi xe d fo r 20 30 a re a ch ie ve d, h ow ev er , t o ge t th er e yo u ne ed to st ar t i m m ed ia te ly an d fil l t he g ap s i de nt ifi ed a nd th e de la ys . · th e pr io rit y to a ch ie ve th is sc en ar io is on e st ab lis hi ng a g ov er na nc e sy st em : a p ac t b et w ee n al l t he a ct or s th at a re p ar t o f t he fo od a ss ist an ce sy st em is th e fir st a im , ( a pa ct fo r in te gr at ed p ol ic ie s o n fn s) . · in th is sc en ar io w e ca n th in k of tw o po ss ib ili tie s. th e fir st is “s tr on ge r “ : i n th e ab se nc e of a pr oa ct iv e st at e, so ci et y be co m es se lf or ga ni ze d , o cc up ie s t he la nd , d oe s no t r ec og ni ze th e in st itu tio ns , e ve n op po se s t he in st itu tio ns . th is ra ise s a pr ob le m o f r ep re se nt at iv en es s o f th es e ac to rs . · th e se co nd h yp ot he sis so fte r is th at c iv il so ci et y re or ga ni ze s i ts el f tr yi ng to m ed ia te b et w ee n th e de m an ds o f a ll, to tr y to re co ve r a di al og ue w ith th e in st itu tio ns . i n th is ca se it is n ec es sa ry , b et w ee n no w a nd 20 30 , t o fin d su ita bl e “s pa ce s” w he re th er e ar e re pr es en ta tiv es a ct or s t ha t un de rt ak e a di al og ue a ro un d sh ar ed ob je ct iv es . · in th is sc en ar io th er e is no po ss ib ili ty o f e xp en di tu re : p re ss in g th e pu bl ic a ct or o n no t r et re at in g fr om it s c oo rd in at in g ro le is th e pr io rit y. · g iv en th e sc ar ci ty o f r es ou rc es , eu ro pe an fu nd s t ha t a re a va ila bl e m us t b e us ed w el l. · th is sc en ar io is c ha ra ct er iz ed b y a te ch no cr at ic g ov er nm en t: a ce nt ra l in st itu tio n w hi ch d ec id es fo r a ll in di vi du al s w ho h av e ci tiz en sh ip (e .g ., fo od se cu rit y of th e ci tiz en s is ac hi ev ed , f or e xa m pl e vi a th e in tr od uc tio n of a m in im um w ag e) . · m ar gi na liz ed p eo pl e re pr es en t a ri sk an d a vu ln er ab ili ty : u nd er st an di ng th e po te nt ia l h az ar d lin ke d to m ar gi na liz ed p eo pl e co ul d br ea k th ro ug h th e sy m bo lic (a nd m at er ia l?) w al ls of so ci et y an d le t t he in st itu tio ns d em on st ra te a pr og re ss iv e op en ne ss to w ar ds ex te nd ed ri gh ts . · w hi le th e or ig in al v er sio n of th e pl an h ad a ss ig ne d th e le ad in g ro le to pu bl ic (l oc al ) a ct or s, in th is sc en ar io th er e sh ou ld b e a ro le re ve rs al . th ird se ct or sh ou ld a ct a s a tr ig ge r f or th e cr ea tio n of a n et w or k of a ct or s, in o rd er to d ra w th e at te nt io n of pu bl ic in st itu tio ns o n th e on go in g em er ge nc y an d to in vo lv e th em to co lla bo ra te a nd c ode sig n fu rt he r br oa de r g oa ls. · th er e is ne ed fo r p er va siv e an d effi ci en t co m m un ic at io n flo w s a nd in fo rm at io n. c iv il so ci et y ai m s f or th e rig ht to fo od a s a n en tr y po in t to re di sc us s a nd w id en so ci al ri gh ts an d ci tiz en sh ip . · o ur sc en ar io is c ha ra ct er iz ed b y a w ill in gn es s o f t he p ub lic a ct or to de le ga te · th er e is no c on fli ct b et w ee n so ci al pr iv at e an d pu bl ic . · h er e a pr ev en tiv e ap pr oa ch sh ou ld be d ev el op ed to a nt ic ip at e ne ga tiv e tr en ds . eff or ts sh ou ld b e pu t i n cr ea tin g a ne tw or k w he re th e pu bl ic co or di na te s a nd e xp er im en ts w ith in no va tiv e pr oj ec ts in vo lv in g pr iv at e re so ur ce s . th is ca n al so h el p to so lv e th e la ck o f a bi lit y of th e fo od as sis ta nc e ac to rs t o at tr ac t r es ou rc es . th es e ca te go rie s o f s ta ke ho ld er s sh ou ld b e in cl ud ed w ith in th e co m m itt ee s ( e.g ., po te nt ia l l en de rs a s ba nk in g fo un da tio ns ) . 265exploring scenario guided pathways for food assistance in tuscany ed uc at io n · th e su bs ta nt ia l g oa ls ar e th re e: ac tin g on th e ch an ge o f l ife st yl es , aw ar en es s o f r es ou rc es , an d th e rig ht to fo od . · tw o in st ru m en ta l g oa ls, w hi ch a re th e co or di na tio n an d ed uc at io n of e du ca to rs . e du ca tin g to b et te r lif es ty le s s ta rt in g fr om sc ho ol ed uc at io n an d pr iv at e en tit ie s, su ch as th e m as s d ist rib ut io n. · re so ur ce s : u ni ve rs ity c ou rs es a re no t v er y ke en a nd p riv at e en tit ie s ar e th e m ai n re so ur ce m an ag er s. th e rig ht to fo od is re la te d to th e po lit ic al d im en sio n. m ed ia a nd so ci al m ed ia , bu t a lso c om m itt ee s at d ist ric t a nd n at io na l l ev el s , a nd g a s ca n ra ise a w ar en es s o n th es e iss ue s. · so ci al m ed ia a nd p ol iti ca l c am pa ig ns ac t a s “ m ul tip lie rs n et w or ks ” ar ou nd th e th em e of th e rig ht to fo od . · in re la tio n to re so ur ce s t he re a re tw o ke y ac to rs : o n on e sid e th e in du st ry m an uf ac tu re rs a nd “r es po ns ib le an d aw ar e” c om pa ni es , w hi ch a re no ne th el es s f ra gm en te d; o n th e ot he r l ar ge re ta ile rs . · th e pr ot ag on ist is th e th ird se ct or , w ho sh ou ld p us h fo r m in im um ac ce pt ab le le ve ls in te rm s o f ch ar ac te ris tic s o f q ua lit y an d w ho le so m en es s o f n ew p ro du ct io ns . m or eo ve r i t s ho ul d su pp or t s m al l pr od uc er s a nd o th er n ew w ay s o f in te rc ep tin g fo od s. · in re la tio ns to c ha ng in g lif es ty le s: ho w c an w e fin an ce e du ca tio n pr oj ec ts re la te d to sc ho ol if th e pu bl ic d oe s n ot h av e a st ra te gy a nd re tr ie ve s? a ga in , t he ro le o f c iv il so ci et y an d or ga ni za tio ns ! m an y ac tio ns a nd re sp on sib ili tie s a re a bu rd en fo r c iv il so ci et y as a ct iv e pa rt ic ip an ts . · in te rm s o f c oo rd in at in g co m m un ic at io n. it sh ou ld b e re -d efi ne d at w hi ch le ve l t hi s w ou ld ha pp en : w id er a nd h om og en eo us te rr ito rie s , a s i n th e di st ric ts sh ou ld b e id en tifi ed (o th er th an ad m in ist ra tiv e di st ric ts ). · ed uc at io n pl ay s a k ey ro le in h el pi ng in fo rm at io n flo w s a nd c oo rd in at io n (“ ce nt ra lit y of th e pe rs on ”, w ho is th is pe rs on ?) . · in th is sc en ar io it is n ec es sa ry to w or k on th e id en tifi ca tio n of n ee ds . · w e ar e in a sc en ar io w ith li ttl e or z er o w as te to b e re co ve re d, th er ef or e ed uc at io n pl ay s a k ey ro le to ra ise a w ar en es s, bo th to w ar ds th e co m m un ity a nd to w ar ds th e re ta ile rs . · t ar ge te d gi ft to n ee ds sh ou ld b e bo os te d. · d ev el op c ar e pa th w ay s: c ar ita s en co ur ag es e du ca tio n pa th w ay s t ha t al lo w to in cl ud e w ith ou t lo sin g ow n id en tit y . · ed uc at io n pl ay s a p re ve nt io n ro le ag ai ns t c lo sin g up o f s oc ie ty . · e du ca tio n in cl ud es tr ai ni ng o f op er at or s a nd in st itu tio ns . i n th is sc en ar io tr ai ni ng a nd su pp or t t o se lf pr od uc tio n sh ou ld b e ta rg et ed . · n ee d of re th in ki ng th e su pp ly o f w ha t n ow c om es fo r f re e (s ur pl us fo od ). 266 francesca galli et al. pe rs on ’s ce nt er ed a pp ro ac h · th is sc en ar io p ro vi de s a ra th er po sit iv e sit ua tio n. it is n ec es sa ry to a nt ic ip at e so m e ob je ct iv es a nd di st in gu ish s ub st an ce fr om m et ho d an d pr oc ed ur e. · w e ha ve a ss ig ne d a di ffe re nt p rio rit y to su bob je ct iv es . r ec ip ie nt s a s pr ot ag on ist s b ec om es th e nu m be r 1 pr io rit y, w he re o ne o f t he fi rs t ac tio ns id en tifi ed is to g o to w ar ds re pl ac in g pa rc el s w ith e m po ria w he re p os sib le . th e se co nd ob je ct iv e is “m ul tip le re sp on se s to p ov er ty ”, th e th ird is “q ua lit y of fo od ” an d th e fo ur th is “s af e ne ig hb or ho od s”. · a c ro ss cu tti ng o bj ec tiv e is th e “i de nt ifi ca tio n of th e ne ed s o f t he te rr ito ry ” w hi ch m us t b e de al t w ith m uc h in a dv an ce in c om pa ris on to th e ot he rs . th is is be ca us e, in o rd er to a do pt a st ra te gy it is n ec es sa ry to kn ow a nd m ap o pp or tu ni tie s a nd pr ob le m s i n th e fir st p la ce . · th e co ns ol id at io n of th e ne tw or ks an d re la tio ns hi p w ith re ta ile rs a re a ne ce ss ar y co ns eq ue nc e of th e id en tifi ca tio n of n ee ds . s af et y an d nu tr iti on a re tw o fu nd am en ta l pi lla rs . · in “s af e an d ac tiv e ne ig hb or ho od s”, th e ro le o f p ar ish es to st ee r t he aw ar en es s a ro un d ne ed s o f s oc ie ty is em ph as iz ed . · in th is sc en ar io th e re gi on a nd th e in st itu tio ns a re in th e ba ck st ag e, w hi le th e ac to rs o f s el for ga ni ze d ci vi l s oc ie ty a re in th e fo re gr ou nd . · th is gi ve s a (d iff er en t) pr io rit y to th e ob je ct iv es : i n th e fir st p la ce , a ct in g to cr ea te sa fe a nd a ct iv e ne ig hb or ho od s by st ee rin g co m m un ity a ct io ns , s uc h as u rb an v eg et ab le g ar de ns . · m on ito rin g ne ed s o n th e te rr ito ry an d al so d ea l w ith e du ca tio n ac tiv iti es . a ga in , w ith th e re tr ea t o f pu bl ic a ct or s m an y of th e ac tio ns co m e th ro ug h th e ci vi l s oc ie ty , th at is b ei ng re or ga ni ze d . a ll re sp on sib ili tie s f ro m in st itu tio na l pu bl ic e nt iti es a re n ow fa ce d by c iv il so ci et y , a s w el l a s d iv er sifi ca tio n of a ct iv iti es . th e lo bb y ac tiv ity to w ar ds p ol ic y m ak er s a lso b ec om es a pr io rit y . · d ea lin g w ith th e ce nt ra lit y of th e pe rs on is c om pl ex , w ith in th is sc en ar io , b ec au se o f t he “ in vi sib le s”. w ho is th e “c en tr al p er so n” ? th e in vi sib le s a re a m as s o f p eo pl e in ne ed . · w e ha ve d ist in gu ish ed tw o st ep s: m an ag in g th e em er ge nc y an d ru nn in g th e re gi m e. d ur in g th e em er ge nc y w e se e a ro le fo r t he th ird se ct or , t ha t l ob bi es in st itu tio ns w ith th e ai m o f b rin gi ng th e at te nt io n on fo od ri gh t t o in st itu tio na l l ev el s. c ar ita s m ov es re so ur ce s o n th e as sis ta nc e of th e in vi sib le s ( th e “e xi st en tia l p er ip he rie s” ). · in th e re gi m e it is ex pe ct ed th at th er e w ill b e th e re fr am in g of ci tiz en sh ip . c ar ita s t he re fo re , i s a pr om ot er o f s oc ia l i nc lu sio n de di ca tin g re so ur ce s a nd in fr as tr uc tu re a nd p ro m ot es a ct iv e ci tiz en sh ip o f n ew in cl ud ed p eo pl e. · m on ito rin g of th e ne ed s i s r el ev an t bo th in th e em er ge nc y an d re gi m e . th e “b or de r o pe ra to r” is a k ey fi gu re to g ra sp th e ne ed s o f t he te rr ito ry an d ac ts a s a n in te rm ed ia ry b et w ee n th e tw o “w or ld s” (i .e. , v isi bl e an d in vi sib le ). · th e cr iti ca l a sp ec t i n th is sc en ar io is lin ke d to th e ab se nc e of th e st at e an d a vo lu nt ar y se ct or w ith fe w re so ur ce s. · in th e ba ck gr ou nd th e pu bl ic a ct or do es n ot in te rv en e in th e sc en ar io . lo bb yi ng a nd sp ec ifi c tr ai ni ng w hi ch ad dr es se s p ol ic y m ak er s i s n ec es sa ry : th e pu bl ic a ct or c an no t f ai l t o ac t a s a fa ci lit at or o f t he n et w or k. · ke y ro le o f s oc ia l s er vi ce s b ut w ith a di ffe re nt lo gi c, n ot tr an sf er rin g re so ur ce s b ut h el pi ng to d ev el op sk ill s , a bi lit ie s , e tc . · re ce iv er s a s p ro ta go ni st s: se lfpr od uc tio n pa th w ay s , fo rm s o f ci rc ul ar e co no m y an d tr ad e. · re co ve ry o f s ur pl us : r et ai le rs a lso ch an ge th ei r a pp ro ac h, b y re th in ki ng in in no va tiv e w ay s t he a va ila bl e su rp lu s f oo d sy st em re co ve ry . f or ex am pl e th ey e xp er im en t s pe ci fic pr oj ec ts li nk ed to g ro up s w ith sp ec ia l n ee ds (e .g ., ch ild re n) . bio-based and applied economics 6(1): 1-17, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-20567 a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy tévécia ronzon1*, stephan piotrowski2, robert m’barek1, michael carus2 1 european commission, joint research centre (jrc), directorate for sustainable resources, economics of agriculture, seville, spain 2 nova-institut gmbh, hürth, germany date of submission: 2016 24th, october; accepted 2017 21st, january abstract. in 2014, approximately 18.6 million people in the european union (eu) were employed in the bioeconomy, generating annual turnover of around eur 2.2 trillion. and over the period 2008-2014, almost all sectors of the bioeconomy in the eu experienced labour productivity gains (in terms of turnover per person employed). agriculture and the manufacture of food, beverages and tobacco accounted for three quarters of the jobs and two thirds of the turnover of the european bioeconomy, while, among different sectors, the highest levels of labour productivity were achieved in the manufacture of bio-based chemicals, pharmaceuticals, plastics and rubber, as well as the production of bioelectricity. this eu bioeconomy overview has been compiled after estimating (using comext codes) the bio-based content of hundreds of products produced and manufactured in the bioeconomy sectors. using official statistics, such quantification is easy to replicate and update. it also allows us to highlight similarities and diversities in national bioeconomy patterns within the eu, and to discuss how analysis can support the development of bioeconomy strategies in eu member states. keywords. bioeconomy, europe, jobs, turnover, statistics jel codes. q57 1. introduction ‘the europe 2020 strategy calls for a bioeconomy as a key element for smart and green growth in europe’ (european commission, 2012). monitoring the bioeconomy, a strategic sector in the european union (eu), presents several challenges (m’barek et al., 2014). in particular, it should address the complex task of dealing with a multisectorial and fast-evolving sector (e.g. the emerging bio-based industries). the european commission (ec) defines the bioeconomy as encompassing ‘the production of renewable biological resources and the conversion of these resources and waste streams into value added *corresponding author: tevecia.ronzon@ec.europa.eu 2 t. ronzon et al. products, such as food, feed, bio-based products and bioenergy’; the bioeconomy is operated by ‘the sectors of agriculture, forestry, fisheries, food and pulp and paper production, as well as parts of chemical, biotechnological and energy industries’. the document presenting the eu’s bioeconomy strategy also highlights the social and economic importance of the bioeconomy sectors, which ‘are worth eur  2 trillion in annual turnover and account for more than 22 million jobs and approximately 9 % of the workforce’ (ec, 2012). based on the ec’s definition, the present study defines a methodology for the quantification of the two aforementioned bioeconomy indicators: turnover and number of persons employed (see section 2). designed to provide bioeconomy monitoring indicators, the methodology has to cope with specific constraints, which are to be transparent and replicable, while providing updatable time series data harmonised across the 28 member states of the european union (eu-28). hence, for the sake of transparency and replicability, this methodology relies on official statistics as a data source, addressing the major challenge of estimating the bio-based part (as opposed to the fossil-based part) of mixed sectors or products. the results of the study are presented in section 3, illustrating the sectorial performances and trends of the european bioeconomy (section 3.1) and the diversity of the bioeconomies at eu member state level (section 3.2). in section 4, we discuss the caveats of the approach and we propose some steps forwards. finally, section 5 concludes illustrating how the indicators could be used to support the development of bioeconomic strategies in eu member states. 2. methodology 2.1 defining the scope of the bioeconomy as a first step, we propose a match between the official definition of the bioeconomy given in ec communication com(2012) 60 and the latest european classification of activity sectors, i.e. the second revision of the ‘statistical classification of economic activities in the european community’ (nace rev. 2) (eurostat, 2008). defining the bioeconomy as encompassing the production and manufacture of biomass, 16 nace sectors can be considered to belong, fully or partially, to the bioeconomy. • the production of biomass is covered by section a of nace rev. 2, comprising the agricultural (a01), forestry (a02) and fishing (a03) sectors. • the manufacture of biomass is the result of 12 downstream activity sectors listed in section c. six of these exclusively use biomass as a feedstock, in the manufacture of food products (c10), beverages (c11), tobacco products (c12), leather and leather products (c15), wood and products of wood and cork (16) and paper and paper products (c17). the other six make use either of biomass feedstock or of carbon fossil-based feedstock. since official statistics do not distinguish the manufacture of biomass from the manufacture of other kinds of feedstock, it is necessary to estimate their ‘bio-based share’ (see section 2.3). those six sectors are the manufacture of textiles (c13), of wearing apparel (c14), chemicals and chemical products (c20), basic pharmaceutical products 3a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy and pharmaceutical preparations (c21), rubber and plastic products (c22) and furniture (c31). • finally, section d of nace rev. 2 comprises the production of electricity (d3511), from which the production of bio-based electricity is estimated. the nace rev. 2 divisions presented in table 1 (two-digit) are broken down at nace rev. 2 classes (four-digit), providing a more detailed description of the activity sectors constituting the bioeconomy. furthermore, tables of convergence have been established to link nace sectors with other classifications by product (e.g. the classification of products by activity (cpa) (ec, 2008) and the combined nomenclature (cn) used by eurostat in trade statistics (ec, 2015a)). hence, the nace-based definition proposed here is also compatible with a product-based definition of the bioeconomy, and with the use of other indicators measured at product level (e.g. the trade of bio-based products). 2.2 data sources relying on eurostat data as a basis for calculation of jobs and turnover in the european bioeconomy is justified by the fact that eurostat data already comply with our criteria of being regularly updated, available as time series and harmonised across member states. in particular, the structural business statistics from eurostat report on the two indicators put forward in com(2012) 60 – number of people employed and turnover – for the manufacturing sectors (12 sectors out of the 16 bioeconomic sectors listed in sub-section 2.1) and the production of electricity. the structural business statistics are complemented in this study by other data sources reporting on the primary sectors (i.e. the biomass-producing sectors). employment data are retrieved from eurostat’s labour force surveys (lfsa_egan22d for the agricultural sector and for_emp_lfs for the forestry sector) and economic accounts (aact_eaa01 for the agricultural sector and for_eco_cp for the forestry sector). since there are no economic accounts for the fishing sector (a03) among eurostat databases, we used the annual reports of the scientific, technical and economic committee for fisheries (stecf) as an alternative source. fishing related data are released by the stecf in two different documents: (i) aquaculture data are compiled in the report on ‘the economic performance of the eu aquaculture sector’ (stecf, 2014) while (ii) landings data are released in the ‘annual economic report on the eu fishing fleet’ (stecf, 2016). the data sources and indicators serving as a basis for calculation in this study are listed in table 1 (see also eurostat (2016)). 2.3 estimating the bio-based share by sector of the bioeconomy as mentioned in section 2.1, nine bioeconomic sectors out of the 16 constituting the bioeconomy are fully bio-based, either because they produce biomass (sectors a01, a02 and a03) or because they exclusively use biomass as a feedstock (sectors c10, c11, c12, c15, c16 and c17). the remaining seven transform biomass among other feedstock (c13, c14, c20, c21, c22, c31 and c3511). quantifying their contribution to the bioeconomy entails estimating the extent to which they are bio-based (i.e. their bio-based share). 4 t. ronzon et al. table 1. activity sectors covered in this study, with data sources and indicators used. sector nace code data source (code) indicator used label (code) agriculture a01 eurostat – labour force survey (lfsa_ egan22d) eurostat economic accounts for agriculture (aact_eaa01) employment (-) agricultural goods output (14000), production value at basic prices (prod_ bp) forestry a02 eurostat forestry employment (for_emp_ lfs) eurostat forestry economic accounts (for_ eco_cp) employed persons (emp) output (p1_tot) fisheries a03 stecf 2014 stecf 2016 employees (-) turnover (tur) total employed (totjob) landings income (totlandinc) manufacture of… …food products …beverages …tobacco products …textiles* …wearing apparel* …leather and leather products …wood and of products of wood and cork, except furniture; manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials …furniture* …paper and paper products …chemicals and chemical products (excl. liquid biofuels)* …basic pharmaceutical products and pharmaceutical preparations* …rubber and plastic products* …other organic basic chemicals* (o.w. bioethanol) …other chemical products* n.e.c (o.w. biodiesel) c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c16 c31 c17 c20 c21 c22 c2014 c2059 eurostat structural business statistic (sbs_ na_ind_r2) turnover (v12110) number of persons employed (v16110) production of electricity* d3511 eurostat structural business statistic (sbs_ na_ind_r2) turnover (v12110) number of persons employed (v16110) *partly bio-based sectors. a bio-based share has been applied to the original data to estimate the contribution of this sector to the bioeconomy. data on sectorial bio-based shares (e.g. the bio-based share of the manufacture of chemicals and chemical products, nace c20) are currently unavailable, and are extreme5a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy ly difficult to determine. we propose to infer them from the relative value of bio-based products manufactured by a sector, relative to the total value generated by this sector: ∑ ∑ = = = bbs bbs x turnover turnover i k l j n j j k l j n j k l , , 1 , , 1 , , (1a) where: • bbsi,k,l is the bio-based share of sector i (nace rev. 2), in eu member state k and for year l; • bbsj is the bio-based share of product j, given that sector i manufactures j = n products. bio-based shares vary from 0 for products that do not embed biomass (e.g. prodcom code 20.12.23.30, synthetic organic tanning substances) to 1 for those that are made entirely of biomass (e.g. prodcom code 20.12.22.50, tanning extracts of vegetable origin); • turnoverj,k,l is the turnover of product j, in eu member state k and for year l. before attributing a bio-based share to bio-based products, this approach requires all products manufactured by a given sector to be listed (i.e. n products manufactured by sector i). the more disaggregated the list, the easier it is for experts to estimate the proportion of any particular product that is bio-based. for this reason, we used the combined nomenclature (cn, 2015), which is the most detailed product list in use in european official statistics. correspondence tables allowed us to match the bioeconomic sectors defined in the nace rev. 2 classification with the corresponding products in the cn 2015 nomenclature1. for this study, the bio-based shares of the bio-based products listed in the cn (eight-digit) nomenclature have been determined by around 15 experts from various european countries, who were interviewed by the nova-institute between april 2015 and summer 2016. the experts came from various sectors of the bio-based economy, from companies and industrial associations including the chemicals industry (drop-ins, biotechnology, oleochemistry, organic acids, surfactants, paints, etc.) and the wood industry. other shares were estimated by experts from the nova-institute. the cn nomenclature is used in the eurostat-comext database, which reports only on trade indicators. hence, we applied the products’ bio-based shares (bbsj) to export data by value, in order to calculate sectorial bio-based share (bbsi). indeed, we consider that exports represent the domestic product mix better than imports do. in summary, sectorial bio-based shares (bbsi,k,l; see equation 1a) were approximated as follows: ∑ ∑ = = = bbs bbs x export export i k l j n j j k l j n j k l , , 1 , , 1 , , (1b) 1 in reality, the correspondence is not direct. a first correspondence was obtained between the nace rev. 2 classification of activities (four-digit level) and the prodcom list of products (eight-digit level), before using the correspondence table prodom 2015-cn 2015. note that the prodcom metadata warns: ‘prodcom statistics relate to products (not to activities) and are therefore not strictly comparable with activity-based statistics such as structural business statistics’. 6 t. ronzon et al. where exportj,k,l is the value of the exports of product j, by eu member state k and for year l. 2.4 estimates of the number of persons employed, turnover and location quotient for eu member state k and for year l, the number of people employed in sector i and the turnover of sector i are calculated as: =number of people employed bbs . number of people employedi k l i k l i k l, , , , , , (2) and = xturnover bbs turnoveri k l i k l i k l, , , , , , (3) note that, from a methodological point of view, the calculation of turnover per person in partly bio-based sectors reflects the performance of the sector as a whole (i.e. including the non-bio-based part): = x x turnover per person employed bbs turnover bbs number of people employedi k l i k l i k l i k l i k l , , , , , , , , , , = turnover number of people employed i k l i k l , , , , thus, in place of the turnover per person of a bio-based sector, we have reported the turnover per person employed in mixed sectors (bio-based and non-bio-based parts) in section 3, as the only point of reference we could obtain for those sectors. in addition, as proposed by golden et al. (2015) for the usa, the location quotient of the bioeconomy was estimated at member state and eu-28 level. the location quotient is the indicator usually used to measure how ‘concentrated’ a sector is in a member state compared with the european union overall, i.e. the share of member states’ employment in the bioeconomy (or in a given sector of the bioeconomy) divided by the eu employment share in the bioeconomy (or in the same given sector): =lq % people employed % people employedi k l i k l i eu l , , , , , 28, (4) where: • lq i,k,l is the location quotient of sector i (nace rev. 2), in eu member state k and for year l; • % people employedi,k,l is the proportion of people employed in sector i (the bioeconomy or a nace rev. 2 sector), in eu member state k and for year l; and • and % people employed i,eu-28,l is the proportion of people employed in sector i (the bioeconomy or a nace rev. 2 sector), in the eu-28 and for year l. 7a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy if lqi,k,l    >  1, the proportion of people employed in sector i of eu member state k during year l is higher than the proportion of people employed in sector i in the eu-28 during year l. the labour force of eu member state k is then considered to be more concentrated in sector i than on average in the eu-28. 2.5 data transformation and update the methodology presented above has been integrated into the datam management tool. in particular, this tool allowed us to deal with the complexity of estimating the biobased shares for hundreds of comext products, and to apply them to data obtained from seven datasets updated at various points during the year. the resulting database will be made public online at https://datam.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ datam/mashup/bioeconomics/index.html, and updated automatically several times a year. 3. results 3.1 main features of the eu bioeconomy the bioeconomy employed approximately 18.6 million people in the eu-28 in 2014, generating turnover of around eur 2.2 trillion. between 2008 and 2014, employment in the european bioeconomy contracted, with the loss of nearly 2 million people employed. agriculture and the manufacture of food, beverages and tobacco constituted three quarters of the jobs and two thirds of the turnover of the european bioeconomy. these two sectors are the two main providers of bioeconomy jobs in europe, employing, respectively, 51% and 24% of the persons employed in the european bioeconomy in 2014 (see figure 1). the ongoing restructuring of the agricultural sector led to the loss of 1.2 million of persons employed in the eu-28 between 2008 and 2014. hence, it is the main driver of employment trends in the european bioeconomy. during the same period, employment in the manufacture of wood products and wooden furniture and the manufacture of bio-based textiles also contracted, with the loss of 680,000 of persons employed. this is a significant figure, and contrasts with the modest contribution made by these sectors to total bioeconomy employment (respectively 9% and 5.3% of the total number of persons employed in the eu-28 bioeconomy in 2014). the food, beverages and tobacco manufacturing sector also lost nearly 200,000 jobs. emerging sectors, such as the manufacture of bio-based chemicals (including liquid biofuels), pharmaceuticals, plastics and rubber, employed nearly 18,000 additional persons in 2014 compared with 2008. in contrast, the turnover of the european bioeconomy increased by nearly eur 140 billion between 2008 and 2014. the manufacture of food, beverages and tobacco was the main contributor to the eu-28 bioeconomy turnover in 2014 (51%) (see figure 1). its turnover increased by eur 98 billion over the 2008-2014 period. it is followed by agriculture (17% of the eu-28 bioeconomy turnover), which experienced a turnover increase of eur 26 billion. gains are observed in all sectors of the bioeconomy except the manufacture of wood products and wooden furniture (–eur 20 billion over the period) and the manufacture of bio-based textiles (–eur 6.5 billion). 8 t. ronzon et al. figure 1. persons employed and turnover generated in eu-28 bioeconomy sectors (2014). 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 000 7000 8000 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 production of bio-based electricity manufacture of liquid biofuels manufacture of bio-based chemicals, pharmaceuticals, plastics and rubber (excl. … manufacture of paper and paper products manufacture of wood products and wooden furniture manufacture of bio-based textiles manufacture of food, beverage and tobacco fishing forestry agriculture 1000 persons employed (dark colours) billion euros of turnover (light colours) 900 1,000 9000 10000 11000 1,100 the biomass-producing sectors, i.e. agriculture, forestry and fisheries, tended to be the most labour-intensive sectors of the european bioeconomy; this was particularly the case with agriculture and the fishing sectors, which employed more than 20 persons per million euros of turnover (see figure 2). forestry, the manufacture of bio-based textiles and the manufacture of wood products and wooden furniture were close to the eu average (i.e. 8.3 persons employed per million euros of turnover). the manufacture of food, beverages and tobacco and the manufacture of paper and paper products employed half this average (per million of person employed), while the production of bio-electricity and the manufacture of chemicals (including liquid biofuels), pharmaceuticals and rubber and bio-plastic products employed fewer than 3 persons per million euros of turnover. a decreasing number of persons employed and an increasing turnover resulted in labour productivity gains in the european bioeconomy during the seven-year period 2008-2014 (in terms of persons employed per turnover). interestingly, in absolute numbers, highest gains were obtained in the manufacture of chemicals (including biofuels), pharmaceuticals and plastics, in the manufacture of paper and paper products and in the manufacture of food, beverages and tobacco. however, the highest growth of turnover per person employed was registered in the most labour-intensive sectors. these were, in decreasing order, forestry, agriculture and the manufacture of bio-based textiles. 9a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy figure 2. number of persons employed per million euros of turnover in the bioeconomy sectors. agriculture forestry fishing food, beverage and tobacco textile wood products and wood furniture paper and paper products chemicals, pharmaceuticals and plastics and rubber (excl. biofuels) liquid biofuels electricity 5 10 15 20 25 persons employed per million euros of turnover 3.2 diversity of bioeconomies across eu member states the european bioeconomy shows very heterogeneous sectorial contribution at member state level. bioeconomy sectors have developed differently according to member state biomass endowment or member states access to biomass (e.g. commercial harbours), and also according to prior sectorial development (e.g. maturity of bio-based manufacturing sectors). in this paper, we use two differentiation criteria to portray the diversity of national bioeconomies within the eu (see figures 3 and 4): (i) the degree of concentration of the bioeconomy labour force in biomass producing sectors versus that in (partly) biomass manufacturing sectors; (ii) the average amount of turnover generated by a person employed in the bioeconomy (i.e. turnover per person employed, which is an indicator of labour productivity). according to these two criteria, three main types of bioeconomy can be identified: • group a: below eu average labour productivity in the bioeconomy and above eu average employment share in biomass-producing sectors; • group b: below eu average labour productivity in the bioeconomy and above eu average employment share in (partly) biomass manufacturing sectors; • group c: above eu average labour productivity in the bioeconomy and above eu average employment share in (partly) biomass manufacturing sectors. 10 t. ronzon et al. figure 3. the three main bioeconomy patterns in eu member states. dotted lines represent the eu average (location quotient of the biomass-producing sectors in green and turnover per person employed in red) 3.2.1 group a: below eu average turnover per person employed in the bioeconomy and above eu average employment share in biomass-producing sectors this group comprises bulgaria, croatia, greece, latvia, lithuania, poland, portugal, romania, and slovenia. in all bioeconomy sectors of these countries, the turnover per person employed is lower than the eu average, with only a few exceptions (the fishing sector in lithuania and the manufacture of paper and paper products in portugal). additionally, their domestic labour forces are more concentrated in biomassproducing sectors (i.e. agriculture, forestry and the fishing sector) than in the other eu member states. this is reflected in a location quotient of biomass-producing sectors greater than 1 (see figure 3). a closer look at the composition of their bioeconomy labour forces highlights the importance of the agricultural labour force (from 37% of the people employed in the bioeconomy in latvia to 83% in romania). it also reveals that in all these countries, a lower proportion of people than the eu average is employed in the manufacture of food, beverages and tobacco, in the manufacture of paper and paper products and in the manufacture of bio-based chemicals, pharmaceuticals, plastics and rubber. 11a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy beyond these common features, the nine member states in group a show different specialisations of their bioeconomy labour force in the three biomass-producing sectors. as already stated, agriculture is the largest employment sector by far in these nine member states, but it is particularly developed in romania, greece, poland and slovenia (≥ 65% of bioeconomy labour force). the fishing labour force is also more developed than the eu average in greece, portugal and croatia, as is the forestry sector in latvia, bulgaria, lithuania, and croatia. taking advantage of their forestry resources, latvia and lithuania also show a high concentration of their bioeconomy labour force in the manufacture of wood and wooden furniture. figure 4. geographical distribution of member states belonging to groups a, b and c. note: group a in green, group b in purple and group c in red. 12 t. ronzon et al. 3.2.2 group b: below eu average labour productivity in the bioeconomy and above eu average employment share in (partly) biomass manufacture sectors this group comprises hungary, estonia, cyprus, malta, the czech republic and slovakia. the bioeconomy in group b shows a level of turnover per person intermediate between groups a and c (see figure 3). sectorial turnovers per person are of the same magnitude as those in group a, with the exception of agriculture, which shows higher levels. in contrast to group a, but similarly to group c, the national labour force of group b member states is more concentrated in (partly) biomass manufacturing sectors than on average in the eu2. although agriculture remains the foremost bioeconomy employment sector, the proportion of bioeconomy labour force employed in agriculture is much lower than in group a. this probably reflects a more advanced restructuring process in agriculture than in group a, also resulting in a higher turnover per person employed. it is noteworthy that, after agriculture, group b member states show a concentration of their bioeconomy labour force higher than the eu average in either forestry (slovakia, estonia, the czech republic and hungary) or the fishing sector (malta, cyprus and estonia). member states with a concentration of their biomass-producing sectors in forestry also have a high proportion of their bioeconomy labour force working in the manufacture of wood and wooden furniture (with the exception of hungary). estonia in particular shows the highest proportion among all eu member states (32%). slovakia and the czech republic employ a higher proportion than the eu average in the manufacture of wood and wooden furniture (more than 15%, compared with 7% on average in the eu-28) and in the manufacture of paper and paper products. additionally, the manufacture of biobased textiles employs a higher share than the eu average in slovakia, the czech republic, hungary and estonia. the same is true of the manufacture of bio-based chemicals, pharmaceuticals, plastics and rubber in the czech republic, slovakia, malta and hungary. 3.2.3 group c: above eu average labour productivity in the bioeconomy and above eu average employment share in (partly) biomass manufacture sectors this group includes austria, belgium, denmark, finland, france, germany, ireland, italy, luxembourg, the netherlands, spain, sweden and the united kingdom. the turnover per person employed in the bioeconomy is above the eu average in these countries, which is the result of higher turnover per person employed, in agriculture and all the (partly) biomass manufacturing sectors, than in other eu member states. in addition, their biomass-producing sectors employ a lower proportion of the labour force than the average in the eu. this is mainly because agriculture accounts for only very small proportion of total employment (less than 4%). ireland and austria are the exceptions, with contribution of agriculture to the total labour force still at the eu average level or higher. there are also additional specificities in the composition of group c’s bioeconomy labour force, which is less concentrated in the manufacture of bio-based textiles than on average in the eu (except in italy, where this sector employs 15% of the bioeconomy labour force). in contrast, the manufacture of paper and paper products concentrates a 2 location quotient of the biomass manufacturing sectors higher than one, which is the equivalent of a location quotient of biomass-producing sectors of less than 1 (as shown in figure 3). 13a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy higher proportion of the bioeconomy labour force than in the member states of groups a and b (except in ireland). the proportion of the labour force employed in the manufacture of bio-based chemicals, pharmaceuticals, plastics and rubber is of the same order of magnitude as in group b, but is larger than in group a. those sectors, together with the manufacture of food, beverages and tobacco, are also those displaying the largest labour productivity gap (in terms of turnover per person employed) with groups a and b. belgium, the netherlands, denmark, ireland, sweden and finland have reached very high levels of bioeconomy turnover per person compared with other group c member states. such high levels stem from exceptional performance in one or several bioeconomic sectors. for instance, the highest level of sectorial turnover is reached in the finnish manufacture of paper and paper products, which generated eur 854 0003 of turnover per person employed in 2014. ireland, the netherlands and belgium also rank joint first in terms of turnover per person employed in the manufacture of bio-based chemicals, pharmaceuticals, plastics and rubber (around eur 500,000 of turnover per person employed or higher). similarly, the highest levels of turnover per person employed in the manufacture of food, beverages and tobacco were achieved in ireland, the netherlands, belgium and denmark (more than eur  400,000 of turnover per person employed). the forestry sector achieved more than eur 350,000 of turnover per person in sweden and ireland. luxembourg, finland and sweden reported the highest levels of turnover per person employed in the manufacture of wood and wooden furniture (> eur 270,000 per person employed), denmark and belgium the highest levels in the fishing sector (> eur 230,000 of turnover per person employed), and belgium, denmark and the netherlands the highest values in the manufacture of biobased textiles (> eur 220,000 of turnover per person employed). finally, denmark, belgium and the netherlands show the highest turnover per person employed in agriculture. 4. evaluating the approach the aim of the present paper and database4 is to provide a systematic and transparent system for analysing key indicators of the bioeconomy in europe. the use of official statistics (mainly eurostat) as a data source offers publicly available and consolidated time series, which are harmonised across eu member states. the estimation of bio-based shares at eight-digit cn codes for partly bio-based manufactured products gives insights into the performance of emerging, non-traditional bio-based sectors. the integration of different data sources and calculations into an efficient data management tool (datam) allows for fast data updating as soon as the original data sources are renewed. finally, the use of advanced visualisation software renders the data more accessible, easier to understand and more attractive to the user. throughout the paper, the reader has been informed about specific assumptions taken and/or caveats regarding the chosen approach. in particular, we would like to stress the following points. 3 the data source, eurostat structural business statistics, points out a break in time series. nevertheless, even before the break, the turnover per person employed in the manufacture of paper and paper products in finland reached eur  590,000 per person, which remains the highest level reached in that sector among eu member states. 4 database available at https://datam.jrc.ec.europa.eu/datam/mashup/bioeconomics/index.html. 14 t. ronzon et al. the proposed indicators, jobs and turnover, are compiled in accordance with current policy and analytical needs. in particular, turnover as an economic indicator has advantages and disadvantages. on the one hand, it is a measure of overall economic dynamics of a particular sector, as it includes all totals invoiced during the reference period. on the other hand, it might lead to some double counting and does not provide the real value added of that sector. apart from the number of jobs, we also propose the calculation of the location quotient as a relative measure indicating the concentration of countries in a specific bioeconomy sector. the aggregate numbers for the location quotient are particularly high in some countries because of the enormous numbers of jobs in the agricultural sector. therefore, when using aggregates, the reader should be aware of the important weight of this ‘traditional’ sector in transition, which could disguise the expanding nature of smaller, emergent sectors. an important effort has been made to determine sectorial bio-based shares, e.g. the bio-based share of the manufacture of chemicals and chemical products (nace c20). we propose to infer them from the relative value of bio-based products manufactured by a sector relative to the total value generated by this sector. over time, we expect these numbers to be refined by experts in the field. based on turnover and jobs, we also calculate derived indicators, such as turnover per person. because of the methodological limitation mentioned in section 2.4, the calculation of turnover per person in partly bio-based sectors reflects the performance of the sector as a whole (i.e. including their non-bio-based part). to further analyse the state and potential of the bioeconomy, additional indicators are under development. we propose to complement ‘turnover’ with ‘value added at factor costs’ derived from eurostat structural business statistics, in order to capture more precisely the contribution of individual sectors to the overall economy (without double counting). other indicators are being prepared, derived mainly from eurostat-prodcom (e.g. volume and value of bio-based production, including bio-based chemicals and plastics), or from eurostat structural business statistics (the number of enterprises, investments, wages and salaries). the integration of similar indicators in model-based forward-looking analysis (e.g. van meijl et al., 2016; philippidis et al., 2016) is an important step to link past developments with future pathways. 5. conclusions the results presented in section 3 are one piece of a broader research program aimed at supporting the development of bioeconomy strategies in the eu in the context of the bioeconomy strategy review and of the circular economy package5 (ec, 2015b). supported by data on biomass availability and additional information on bioeconomy companies and plants, a more detailed analysis could be undertaken, with the aim of identifying opportunities for the development of member states’ bioeconomies. 5 the commission will examine the contribution of its 2012 a bioeconomy strategy to the circular economy and consider updating it if necessary (ec, 2015b pp17). 15a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy on the basis of the three broad clusters of national bioeconomies proposed in this paper, one could differentiate policy targets related to the strengthening of (partly) manufacturing sectors versus biomass-producing sectors, and the improvement of labour productivity in general. this would have to take into account biomass endowment and previous sectorial developments (infrastructures). several member states have already proposed strategies (german bioeconomy council, 2015); in this article we name only a few. countries with sufficient biomass endowment and well-developed primary sectors have certainly many opportunities to develop downstream value chains. for example, thanks to finland’s abundant resources, its forestry industry is the core element of the finnish (group c) bioeconomy strategy (finnish ministry of employment and the economy, 2014). key elements are timber, diversification of wood products and bioenergy including wood-based transports, but also biotechnologies for health and pharmaceutical applications. the high turnover per person and location quotient in the specific sectors highlights finland’s exemplary role among northern european countries. examples of member states where potential of value chains in the blue economy is partly untapped are portugal (group a) and ireland (group c). each equipped with important marine resources, they have defined national strategies to develop the blue economy, planning the development of aquaculture, blue energy and blue biotechnologies for the manufacture of pharmaceutical, medical and cosmetic products (irish department for agriculture, 2012; government of portugal, 2013). obviously, previous sectorial developments and industrial clusters often provide the basis to foster the transition from traditional, originally non-bio-based sectors to a higher bio-based share. for example the long-standing experience of the netherlands (group c) in the biotechnology, chemicals and agri-food sectors, combined with excellent logistics and biomass supplies in harbours, opens many options for establishing biorefineries (ser, 2010; dgbi-pdbbe, 2013). several countries in groups a and b, starting from a much lower labour productivity level but endowed with abundant primary production and a sound manufacturing base, could add value through bio-based methods of production. the use of the existing indicators for broad analysis of individual member states has to be accompanied by more in-depth investigation at sector level and including the breakdown of information on regional (nuts2) level. the presented indicators and database are further steps in the provision of more information on the european bioeconomy by the joint research centre of the european commission6 and its research partners. the availability and easy access of the full dataset at https://datam.jrc.ec.europa.eu/datam/mashup/bioeconomics/index.html is in accordance with the open data policy and should trigger feedback from all stakeholders, with the overall aim of improving the existing methodologies and datasets. acknowledgements this paper was part of the bioeconomy information system and observatory (biso) project, a fp7 project coordinated by the joint research centre (jrc) of the european 6 the establishment of a bioeconomy knowledge centre is planned for 2017. 16 t. ronzon et al. commission (https://biobs.jrc.ec.europa.eu/). the authors wish to thank fabien santini (european commission-dg agri) for his support during its time at jrc, lara dammer (nova-institut) for her input on methodological choices, as well as arnaldo caivano (jrc) and alexander lovchev (prognoz) for it support. disclaimer the views expressed are those solely of the authors and should not in any circumstances be regarded as stating an official position of the european commission. references dgbi-pdbbe (2013). groene groei: voor een sterke, duurzame economie. ministry of economy of the netherlands, directorate-general business and innovation, program bio-based economy. ec (european commission) (2008). regulation (eu) no 451/2008 of the european parliament and of the council of 23 april 2008 establishing a new statistical classification of products by activity (cpa) and repealing council regulation (eec) no 3696/93. official journal of the european commission. ec (european commission) (2012). innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe. com(2012) 60 final. brussels, belgium, european commission. ec (european commission) (2015a). regulation (eu) no 1101/2014 of 16 october 2014 amending annex i to council regulation (eec) no 2658/87 on the tariff and statistical nomenclature and on the common customs tariff. official journal of the european commission. european commission (2015b). closing the loop an eu action plan for the circular economy. com(2015) 614 final. brussels, belgium, european commission: 21p. eurostat (2008). nace rev. 2 statistical classification of economic activities in the european community. eurostat methodologies and working papers. luxembourg eurostat (2016). databases. http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/data/database. finnish ministry of employment and the economy (2014). the finnish bioeconomy strategy – sustainable growth from bioeconomy. helsinki, finnish government. german bioeconomy council (2015). bioeconomy policy (part ii), synopsis of national strategies around the world. berlin, german bioeconomy council. golden, j.s., handfield, r.b., daystar, j. and mcconnel, e. (2015). an economic impact analysis of the us biobased products industry – a report to the congress of the united states of america. joint publication of the duke centre for sustainability & commerce and the supply chain resource cooperative at north carolina state university. government of portugal (2013). national ocean strategy 2013-2020: council of ministers resolution no.12/2014. irish department for agriculture, food and the marine. (2012). harnessing our ocean wealth – an integrated marine plan for ireland. dublin, irish government. m’barek, r., philippidis, g.and ferrari, e. (2014). observing and analysing the bioeconomy in the eu-adapting data and tools to new questions and challenges. bio-based and applied economics 3(1): 83-91. 17a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy philippidis, g., m’barek, r. and ferrari, e. (2016). is ‘bio-based’ activity a panacea for sustainable competitive growth? energies 9: 806. ser (2010). more chemistry between green and growth: the opportunities and dilemmas of a bio-based economy (2010/05 e). the hague, the social and economic council of the netherlands. stecf (2014). the economic performance of the eu aquaculture sector (stecf 14-18). eur 27033 en, jrc 93169. luxembourg, publications office. stecf (2016). the 2016 annual economic report on the eu fishing fleet (stecf 16-11). italy, ec-jrc. van meijl, j., i. tsiropoulos, h. bartelings, m. van den broek, r. hoefnagels, m.g.a. van leeuwen, e.m.w. smeets, a.a. tabeau and a. faaij (2016). macroeconomic outlook of sustainable energy and biorenewables innovations (mev ii). the netherlands, lei wageningen ur. a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy tévécia ronzon1*, stephan piotrowski2, robert m’barek1, michael carus2 cost function and positive mathematical programming quirino paris what if meat consumption would decrease more than expected in the high-income countries? fabien santini*, tevecia ronzon, ignacio perez dominguez, sergio rene araujo enciso, ilaria proietti a stakeholder engagement approach for identifying future research directions in the evaluation of current and emerging applications of gmos davide menozzi1*, kaloyan kostov2, giovanni sogari1, salvatore arpaia3, daniela moyankova2, cristina mora1 a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles in a disadvantaged area of tuscany (mugello): implications for the evaluation and the design of cap payments laura fastelli1*, chiara landi2, massimo rovai1, maria andreoli1 bio-based and applied economics 8(2): 179-210, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8930 innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? michele vollaro1,*, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 1 university of bologna/department of agricultural sciences, agricultural economics, bologna, italy 2 university of bologna/department of statistical sciences, bologna, italy abstract. the paper analyses the determinants of farmers’ adoption of innovations and studies the effect of the source of information and the connection with agricultural research on the contribution of innovation to farm performance. the paper uses primary data collected ad hoc in the province of bologna (emilia-romagna, italy) and analyses it through an econometric analysis. the results indicate that structural factors and farm specialisation still play a relevant role in innovation adoption. connection to scientific research triggers significant improvements in terms of value-added and quality of production but does not affect other profitability-related parameters. the results confirm the need for policy to better consider the role of intermediate actors between research and the farmer as well as to better clarify the final performance strategy in order to set the policy instruments right. the paper also highlights the need for further research about farms’ proactivity in searching for and selecting information during the process of innovation adoption and competitive advantages in terms of profitability components. keywords. innovation adoption, information sources, research-innovation link, farm profitability. jel codes. d83, o14, o31, o33. 1. introduction the interest in studying the process of innovation adoption and impact, both from theoretical and empirical perspectives, is motivated by the key role of innovation in fostering agricultural competitiveness and socio-economic growth (ramos-sandoval et al., 2018; sauer et al., 2019). in fact, a noteworthy share of the literature to date has focused primarily on understanding the patterns of innovation diffusion, rather than adoption. in recent decades, several studies have started to broaden the research perspectives on agricultural innovation by introducing frameworks and models aimed at understanding the process of innovation adoption in agriculture (gadhim and pannell, 1999; diederen et al., 2002). the early approaches can be roughly classified into those mostly focusing on eco*corresponding author: michele.vollaro@unibo.it 180 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi nomic interpretations and those taking a more sociological perspective (marra et al., 2003). economists have argued that adoption and diffusion of innovation is motivated by changes in economic factors, such as prices, production efficiency, risk attitude and utility, whilst sociologists have, for their part, highlighted the major role of the adopter’s characteristics and the social environment in which the adoption process occurs. although from different perspectives, both approaches have converged in identifying in the learning behaviour of individuals one of the most important factors in the innovation adoption process which, in turn, characterises the diffusion pattern (rate of adoption) (ruttan, 1996). micro-level studies concerning the adoption and diffusion of innovations has progressed over time by testing new models explaining adoption and new patterns of diffusion, characterised by the inclusion of (farm level) information (uncertainty and risk) and time (diffusion as a sequence of adoptions) factors. while new insights have been identified with respect to the theoretical evolution, the empirical results provide an increasingly varied range of explanations for adoption (ghadim and pannell, 1999), including the recent attention to the innovation behaviour of farmers (läpple et al., 2015; sauer et al., 2019). at the aggregate level, the evolution of theories and practices concerning the concept of innovation have moved from a linear model of knowledge transfer from public research to the farm (röling, 1990), to the so-called agricultural knowledge system (aks), to an even more complex and dynamic innovation process, in which different actors (including public and private stakeholders beyond the research, education and consulting/extension sectors) cooperate in a network, referred to as agricultural knowledge and (information) innovation system (akis) (esposti, 2012; scar, 2012; ramos-sandoval et al, 2019). the akis concept supports the idea that the development and realisation of innovations are not limited to pre-defined and unidirectional processes (path-dependence, demand-pull or technology-push), as in the case of aks, but rather fed by a multitude of processes characterised by a continuous interaction between stakeholders within a network. such a paradigm although, on the one hand, makes the study of approaches to innovation adoption more complex, on the other hand it broadens the research perspectives by allowing for the inclusion of latent or hidden elements in modelling innovation adoption in agriculture, such as multiple information channels, for which the contribution of literature is still limited, and the role of research, recently highlighted by several european policy initiatives such as the european innovation partnership (eip) and the (related) innovation operation groups (iog). an especially relevant gap in the literature concerns the link between upstream connections with research as a source of information and innovation performance on the farm, in a context characterised by the growing role of the farmer in combining information and new technologies in designing farm-level innovations. this paper seeks to contribute to this literature through a farm-level study on the impacts of scientific research in agriculture (sra) on the economic performance of farms taking into account the intermediary steps of innovation adoption. the paper relies mainly on primary farm-level data, collected through direct interviews with farmers using an ad hoc survey questionnaire, with the broad aim of collecting data suitable for analysing the determinants of farmers’ adoption of innovations, the effect of innovation on farm economic outcomes, in terms of different components of profitability of the introduced innovation, and link these back to the role of research in innovation development. 181innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? the contribution of the paper is mainly on empirical grounds, using insights and variables from a wide range of literature. however, our study is inspired by concepts mainly derived from two seminal theoretical frameworks, namely induced technical change by hayami and ruttan (1985) and the evolutionary model by nelson and winter (1982). we apply a demand-driven approach, as proposed by walker et al. (2010), which, together with the recall technique strategy, allows us to set an impact pathway, tracing back the determinants of the effects of successful innovation adoption on economic performance. in this paper, the use of the term innovation is intended as new to the farm/farmer and not as new to the market (mairesse and mohnen, 2010). the main novelty of the paper is the attempt to clarify whether a higher farm performance might be linked to the fact that the adopted innovation is rooted in scientific research. in particular, we investigate the extent to which, and how, the fact that an innovation is known to derive from scientific research affects, beyond the adoption decision, the economic performance of the farm. the origin of innovation from scientific research is identified through collected data about prior-knowledge of farmers. performance is also measured based on farmers’ statements regarding the gains realised from the adoption of the innovation, in terms of reduced costs, increased production, higher value-added and higher product quality. we investigate the effects of information on the adoption decision processes in two steps. after having presented the survey results in terms of descriptive statistics, we first analyse which factors and processes influence farmers’ decisions to adopt, or not to adopt, new technologies; then, as concerns the innovators (the farmers who introduced an innovation), we investigate whether the origin of innovation from scientific research yielded effects on profitability at farm level. the paper continues with a literature review in section 2. the methodology is outlined in section 3, followed by the presentation of the case study area (province of bologna, emilia-romagna) in section 4. section 5 illustrates the results, followed by a discussion in section 6 and concluding remarks in section 7. 2. literature review early studies on innovation adoption at farm level focused mostly on disentangling the innovation adoption process through a micro-economic approach (cochrane, 1958; hayami and ruttan, 1985; thirtle, 1985), by relying on the basic assumption of profit maximisation as the main economic driver for adoption (sunding and zilberman, 2001). on the other side, recent studies on innovation in agriculture, although relying on the same framework, focus more on the variety of different elements determining the adoption, as well as the diffusion processes. indeed, hall (2012) sketches how the modern innovation adoption process goes largely beyond the (public) function of introducing technology to farmers, as exogenously intended by cochrane (1958) and hayami and ruttan (1985), conceiving the innovation in agriculture as a system in which partnership, alliance and network actors work together to develop and spread innovation. a fundamental role in this system is acknowledged to be played by producers and users of knowledge, but the issue of who and how such links are created is still very much under scrutiny. indeed, the multiplicity of underlying dynamics characterising the links between the actors of the 182 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi agricultural innovation system might be at the basis of the discordant findings of studies on innovation adoption. in fact, recent studies on the topic have addressed this issue and are evolving towards the definition and role of knowledge and/or innovation brokers within the akis (klerkx et al., 2009; ramos-sandoval et al, 2019). as regards the adoption of innovation in agriculture, in fact, different studies report varied results with regard to the relative importance of different determinants of adoption (ghadim and pannell, 1999), such as education, credit constraints, land size and others (feder and umali, 1993). one reason for such discordant results can be attributed to the difficulty in relating empirical information, model hypotheses and the conceptual/ theoretical framework in which innovation adoption in agriculture is modelled (lindner, 1987; besley and case, 1993). in fact, the evolution of the theoretical framework progressed towards the inclusion of informational attributes (koundouri et al., 2006; walder et al., 2019) and learning behaviour (ramos-sandoval et al., 2018) into the models hence making it possible to envisage innovation adoption as a dynamic process. information has played a major role in modelling the uncertainty concerning adoption decisions as well as farmers’ risk attitudes and risk aversion behaviour in the face of uncertainty. indeed, in a context of incomplete information, the degree of risk perception is assumed to be affected by learning, as learning can reduce the uncertainty concerning the innovation adoption (especially the downside production risk) (marra et al., 2003; koundouri et al., 2006). time, especially in connection to learning, is another important factor characterising the speed and rate of aggregate adoption and, hence, diffusion (sunding and zilberman, 2001). other additional factors beyond profitability, such as environmental and social sustainability concerns, potentially determining innovation adoption have been explored as well (walder et al., 2019). in relation to the above, diffusion itself has been subject to different interpretations. in economic terms it can still be interpreted as depending mostly on the perceived short-run profitability of the innovation (levins and cochrane, 1996; diederen et al., 2002). however, from a more sociological perspective, innovation diffusion also depends on the spread of information and is negatively related to the distance from the propagation point (rogers, 1983). improvements in human capital through learning affect positively the adoption rate and diffusion of innovation. based on this concept and starting from the evolutionary model of nelson and winter (1982), a stream of research advanced up to the adaptation of the technology acceptance model (tam), proposed by davis (1989), to the farming sector (flett et al., 2004; folorunso et al., 2008; rezaei-moghaddam and salehi, 2010). through tam, innovation adoption is explained as a process that depends on the perceived usefulness and perceived ease of use of the technology which, in turn, affects the acceptance (and the adoption) of the innovation. this theoretical framework belongs mainly to the psychological perspectives of the topic and attributes more importance to the individual beliefs and perceptions underlying the learning behaviour involved in the adoption process. a noteworthy gap in the literature concerns investigating whether and how the origin of innovation, and in particular research, may be related to the economic performance of innovation adopted by the farms1. two aspects can be distinguished: a) one is the “objec1 this topic has been recently explored by hockmann et al. (2018) in the food processing sector, evaluating the impact of internal r&d activities on the economic performance of multinational corporations. 183innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? tive” origin of innovation; and b) the second is the knowledge of the origin. this distinction and the attribution of innovation to specific events or projects is often difficult due to the fact that multiple players and activities may contribute to its development, including the farmers themselves. as demonstrated in the literature, knowledge about innovation, improved through learning, plays a central role in the adoption process (marra et al., 2003). this holds especially in agriculture where the relatively high costs of internal r&d activities do not allow for the easy and affordable development of innovations within the farm (sunding and zilberman, 2001; diederen et al., 2003). for a large part of the literature, the positive role of knowledge by the farmer in the process of innovation adoption is referred to (or limited to) the adoption of available innovations and limited to the features of innovative technologies/solutions, disregarding its origin. in particular, learning (ability) is mostly considered to be a skill that makes the farmer (the innovator) able to reduce the downside risk of the innovation adoption and to improve the performance of the innovation through a process of adaptation to his/her farm’s peculiar characteristics. this approach implicitly assumes that the learning behaviour is considered to be detached from the path leading from research to innovation. instead, here we assume that knowledge about the innovation development process matters in terms of improved adoption processes and economic performance of the farm. this view is consistent with theoretical frameworks and empirical evidence that highlight how the cognitive elements of the innovator, such as his/her educational background (lin, 1991; reimers and klasen, 2013), attainments and experience (foster and rosenzweig, 1995), affect positively both adoption and performance of innovations (sauer et al., 2019), though (knowledge about) origin is not generally explicitly addressed. moreover, this hypothesis easily accommodates the theoretical framework pertaining to akis, according to which farmers interact with articulated networks of actors in the innovation research, development and adoption processes and may hence be aware of, or participate in, the research stages of innovation development or in the further stages of knowledge dissemination (scar, 2012). in this paper, we consider both the knowledge of research generating the innovation and the sources of information about the innovation as potential factors affecting the economic performance of innovation adoption. 3. methodology 3.1 overall approach the analysis proposed in this paper seeks to link information, research and farm-level performance by analysing the declared effects of innovation introduction with respect to farm structural factors, farmers’ characteristics and elements related to the process of innovation adoption, such as the sources of information, specifically the origin from research. the main objective of our study (besides explaining innovation adoption) is to evaluate whether the effects of adopted innovation on farm profitability is affected by the origin of the adopted innovation, in particular how innovation originating from research can affect various aspects of farm performance in different ways. the paper is based on survey data, provided from farmers’ responses to questions. this will require some qualifications, which are provided in the discussion section. 184 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi as mentioned, the paper does not refer to one specific theoretical framework. however, the set of explanatory variables draws mainly from the analysed literature, which is grounded upon the induced technical change theory by hayami and ruttan (1985), for which innovation adoption is responsive to both economic conjuncture and technical evolution brought about by r&d, and the evolutionary model (nelson and winter, 1982), according to which farmers put effort into searching for better techniques and the selection of successful innovations (local searches for innovations, imitation of the practices of others and satisficing economic behaviour). these theoretical frameworks are integrated with insights drawn from the most recent literature on the akis framework and innovation adoption, especially considering linkages with non-farm actors, different sources of information and personal attitudes towards adoption. the theoretical development of the topic involves further aspects of the process in order to better qualify innovation adoption and diffusion, such as diffusion in terms of imitation of adoption, timing of adoption, endogenous and exogenous factors affecting adoption, elements characterising heterogeneity of farmers, etc. in order to address the evolving theoretical framework and to adapt to available data, a variety of methodological approaches have been used in the literature. sunding and zilbermann (2001), in reviewing the innovation process in agriculture, argued that the analytical methodologies mostly suited to evaluate the process of technology/innovation adoption are the binary or the limited dependent variable approaches. this opinion hinges upon the fact that innovation adoption is regarded as a discrete choice and, as such, represented by the means of threshold models. alternative and more articulated approaches have been employed over time, e.g. ghadim and pannell (1999) adopted time-series methodologies, diederen et al. (2002, 2003) used nested and ordered logit models, dimara and skuras (2003) tested the application of partial observability models, while koundouri et al (2006) applied a two-stage binary choice model. given that the objectives of the present study mainly pertain to the evaluation of the effects of different elements of the innovation adoption process on both the adoption choice itself and the consequences of the adoption in terms of positive economic performance, we use econometric techniques belonging to the class of limited dependent variable models on cross-section data derived from an original survey. 3.2 methodological approach a two-stage conceptual framework is employed for modelling the analysis. the first stage concerns farmers’ choice to adopt an innovation and the second concerns the profitability of the adopted innovation. the underlying process is composed by a participation stage and an outcome stage, where the outcome depends on the participation: the first stage is about the choice to adopt or not and, conditional on this first decision, the second is about the economic performance of the adopted innovation. an expected utility maximization framework is used to examine farmers’ choice to adopt, including the sequential adoptions as well. assuming that farmers are profit oriented and that their expected utility depends on the level of profit earned, the objective function of the farmers will be to maximize expected utility through maximizing expected profits (posed that utility is monotonically increasing in expected profit). it follows that a higher profit implies a higher expected utility for farmers. 185innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? thus, for the ith farmer: ui=u(πi(ii,xi,si)), where ui is expected utility of farmer i, πi is expected profit of farmer i, ii is the innovation adopted (that guaranteed the highest performance) by farmer i, xi is vector of determinants of adoption of farmer i that impact expected profits of production, and si is a vector of other factors affecting the ability of farmer i of generating profit. according to lynes et al. (2016), the choice of adopting an innovation occurs if the expected utility ui, expressed in terms of expected profit from the adoption of ii, is greater than the expected utility of no adoption, namely no ii. assuming that the choice of ii depends on xi and si as well, ii(xi,si) and by simplifying the notation, so that ui is stated as a function of ii, the following condition applies: ui(ii)>ui(no ii), such that ui(ii)–ui(no ii)= ∆(ui)>0. expected higher profits, i.e. the outcome, is dependent on the choice of adopting, i.e. the participation. the outcome stage can be identified according to two different specifications. on one hand, the outcome of adopting an innovation, as suggested by cochrane (1958) and levins et al. (1996), can be intended as a continuous choice or a sequence of adoptions, namely more than one adoption, in order to guarantee, according to the technology treadmill, the competitiveness and the profitability of the farm. on the other hand, the outcome stage can be meant as the profitability consequent to the adoption of a specific innovation, namely the realized economic performance resulting from the introduction of the innovation into the farm. in both cases, it is assumed that farmers who choose to adopt knows that the outcome is affected by adoption determinants, such as structural factor (farm size, specialization, mechanization, market), subjective characteristics of the farmer (education, experience, off-farm income, business motivation, entrepreneurial attitude), but they also know that, to maximize the profitability, innovations need to be introduced after a learning process has been made and after that other elements have been scrutinized and evaluated accurately, such as the ability of self-developing the innovation, trial and error, the sources of information from others and links with r&d. expected higher profit can, therefore, be considered as an indirect function of both the determinants, the farmers’ subjective characteristics and the learning process leading to the adoption of a specific innovation. the stage two can be represented as follows: πi[ii(xi,si)]>0, for which >0, >0 and, in turn, >0, while is ambiguous. 3.3 econometric modelling strategy the econometric modelling strategy proceeds in two main steps: first, we provide an analysis of the adoption choice; then we proceed by explaining the performance and connecting it to the source of information. in order to avoid potential confusion across analyses and models, the first group is called adoption models, while the second is referred to as performance models. the analytical models chosen to analyse such variables belong to the class of limited dependent variable models. in the general case, the choice to adopt, namely the adoption model, is observed as a binary action, representing the underlying outcome of the utility maximization: if yai=1 means that ∆(ui)>0, while in the opposite case yai=0. that is, yai=1 when farmer i chooses to adopt the innovation, and yai=0 otherwise. determinants of (xi) 186 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi and other factors (si) are assumed to linearly affect the adoption decision related to the farmers’ choice to adopt. let zai(za1,…,zak) be the set of both the determinants of (xi) and the other factors (si) affecting the adoption choice, aai(aa1,…,aak) be a vector of parameters and εi be a mean zero iid error term. then, the adoption choice can be modelled as: . the choice variable is simply the record of the adoptions, recorded as a single choice (in the case of one innovation) and as a sequence of choices (in the case of more than one innovation). this part of the analysis was carried out by evaluating the determinants of both the propensity to innovate and the number of innovations introduced, by employing a probit and a poisson model, respectively. in addition, a double-hurdle model has been used. this type of model has the advantage of making it possible to analyse the number of adoptions (single or repeated) that are conditional on the analysis of the choice to innovate (participation), which potentially follows a different data generating process (or, rather, that may be affected by different explanatory variables). the additional contribution of the double-hurdle regression is the capacity to clearly separate the factors mainly affecting the choice from those mostly affecting the adoption. the determinants include the technical and commercial characteristics of the farms and the subjective, socio-demographic characteristics of the farmers. other factors include the motivations of farmers to innovate, the knowledge of the adopted innovation prior to its adoption, the sources of information that farmers consulted, including the origin of innovation from scientific research, as well as whether farmers developed the innovation by themselves. following the same rationale, the profitability induced by the adopted innovation, namely the performance model, is observed as a binary outcome as well: if ybi=1 means that >0, while in the opposite case ybi=0. that is, ybi=1 when the adopted innovation yielded an improvement in profitability and ybi=0 otherwise. even in this case, determinants of (xi) and other factors (si) are assumed to linearly affect the improvement in profitability. let zbi(zb1,…,zbk) be the set of both the determinants of (xi) and the other factors (si) affecting the profitability (they do not need to be the same employed in step one), αbi(αb1,…,αbk) be a vector of parameters and ξi be a mean zero iid error term. then, the profitability can be modelled as: . the determinants are the same as the previous analytical model, while other factors include the motivations of farmers to innovate, the knowledge of the adopted innovation prior to its adoption, the sources of information that farmers consulted, including the origin of innovation from scientific research, as well as whether farmers developed the innovation by themselves. profitability is the measure of the realized gains, based on farmers’ declarations, resulting from the introduction of the innovation, in terms of cost reduction, production increase, value-added increase and quality increase. the first three have been collected in per cent terms, while the last in ordinal categorical terms (not at all, low, high, very high). however, they have been transformed in binary variables in order to evaluate solely the presence (not the magnitude) of the declared (positive) effects of the introduced innovation. however, given the use of the recall technique, these variables could suffer from approximation due to difficulties in providing precise estimates of the actual amount (mairesse and mohnen, 2010). such potential measurement errors could lead to biases in estimates and inefficient statistical conclusions and, in turn, render the use of the tobit 187innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? model ineffective. despite this, these data provide for (i) important quantitative information, when used for explorative descriptive statistics and for comparative exercises, and (ii) qualitative information, when opportunely transformed into binary or categorical variables, to be used in econometric models for inferential purposes. indeed, the hypothesis of experiencing better performance if the innovator knows that the adopted innovation is derived from research could be reformulated in terms of positive (or non-null) performances. this implies the cost of losing the magnitude of the effect (marginal effect) but, at the same time, the benefit of at least keeping the presence of the effect (propensity of experiencing a positive outcome). such a perspective makes it possible to approach the analysis by considering the measured performance in terms of latent continuous variables and, in turn, by employing a probit and a heckit model, with the aim, respectively, of analysing the propensity of obtaining positive performances, with regard to the innovators, and of accounting for the possible presence of sample selection bias. in fact, the presence of positive performance outcomes due to the research-innovation link might depend upon the self-selection process of those farmers who decided to innovate because of higher expected gains. each model has been applied separately to each of the four performance variables, using the same set of explanatory variables. the analysis on economic performance has the same specification of the probit adoption regression with the inclusion of the other factors, namely the variables accounting for knowledge of the research-innovation link and source of information (hereafter “information variables”). specifically, the research-innovation link is the variable expressing whether the farmer is informed that the innovation originated from research, while source of information indicates whether the farmer knew about the innovation from external sources or developed the innovation by himself. age of innovation, for its part, is a measure of time distance between the year of introduction and 2015 (maximum 20 years) and is a proxy of farmers’ experience using such innovation (fine-tuning of innovation usage) as well as for the innovation to fully express its effects in terms of economic performance. the dependent variables used in the probit performance models are cost reduction, production increase, value-added increase and quality increment, all expressed as binary variables. 3.4 survey: sampling procedure and questionnaire a survey strategy was adopted because of the absence of datasets on innovation adoption processes and/or the existence of datasets characterised by noteworthy margins of non-representativeness and of collection/transcription errors, such as the ones operated by regional administrations to evaluate measures of the rural development plans (rdp) or the regional level fadn data. the survey strategy represents an appropriate research tool for this work because, like similar research works, this type of approach is preferred for anticipatory/forecast purposes and for studying elements and factors that are much more difficult to identify, such as the innovation adoption process (besley and case, 1993). the sampling plan, aimed at collecting complete information from at least 300 farms in the province of bologna, randomly picked from a sequential selection of about 1000 farms, constrained to be representative of both the agricultural specialization (type of farming) and the altitude level. 188 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi the data have been collected by the way of an ad hoc questionnaire, first checked through direct interviews, further adapted to be used by telephone and finally carried out by telephone interviews (of approximately 15 minutes in length). the survey was designed to collect information about the farm, information about the farmer, specific elements pertaining to the innovation adoption process realised by the farmer and, in sequence, the relative effects on farms’ economic performance from the adopted innovation. the questionnaire is structured in six sections: • the introduction presents the aims of the survey and the project it relates to (eu fp7 project impresa); • the first section includes questions about farm structure: production specialisation and ancillary activities; land, labour, machines, technological plants; • the second section deals with the adoption process, including the choice of innovating, the number and types of innovations introduced, the motivation for, and for not, innovating; • the third section concerns one introduced innovation, namely the most important innovation (in terms of profitability), the sources of information and the link with research; • the fourth section addresses the financial aspects of innovation adoption, in particular whether the innovators benefited from supports from the common agricultural policy (cap) and the amount of total investments; • the fifth section deals with the effects of the adopted innovation in terms of economic performance: perceived changes in costs (efficiency gains), in production (output gains), in value-added products and (higher) product quality; • the sixth section includes questions about future behaviour of the farmers and expectations/sentiments with respect to the cap; • the last seventh and final section includes questions about the socio-demographic characteristics of the farm and the farmer’s family. the first and the last sections of the questionnaire aim to collect, respectively, structural (objective) data about the farms and socio-demographic (subjective) data about the farmers, focusing on those elements considered in the literature as “classic” determinants of innovation adoption, such as specialisation, size, mechanization, altitude, farm income, education, and experience. the second section inquiries into the process of innovation adoption by first exploring (eliciting) the opinion of the farmer about the existence of important innovations (in terms of profitability) in his specialisation sector in the last 20 years. the subsequent information regards the types of innovation introduced on the farm in the last 20 years, as well as the choice of not introducing any particular innovation, specifying innovation with regard to products, production factors and process innovations. crossing these two types of information makes it possible to clearly frame the individual choice context in which the adoption process has been developed. in this section, the farmer indicates which of the introduced innovations is, in his/her view, the most important in terms of profitability. the third section focuses solely on the most important innovation indicated by the farmer and deals mainly with the motivations underlying the adoption. this section has been built on the basis of the induced innovation adoption (iia) by hayami and ruttan (1985) and the evolutionary model (em) by nelson and win189innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? ter (1982). with regard to the iia, farmers were asked whether the choice of innovating was determined, inter alia, also by a reaction to changes in products’ and factors’ prices or by the intention to anticipate the evolution of the markets of both products and production factors. further, the condition of being early adopters or laggards has been investigated by asking farmers for how long the introduced innovation was already commonly used. as regards the em, farmers were questioned about the origin of the introduced innovations, with the aim of exploring the connections between the farmer and the other actors involved in the akis, including the research sector. in primis, a distinction was made between farmers who stated to have created/developed the innovation by themselves (self-innovators) and those who declared to have learned of the innovation from external sources. in this way, for the latter, the information channels can be explored in more detail by referring to a menu of possible sources. the external sources are split into three groups: institutional, market and acquaintances. the institutional group includes sources related to the sphere of agricultural research and extension, such as universities, research centres and other private and public entities (i.e. regional administrations, local authorities, r&d from firms, training etc.); the market group refers to the sources of information from producers, retailers and commercial agents; whereas the acquaintances group involves as a source of information the network of people surrounding each farmer, such as relatives, neighbours and others. this section seeks to highlight the role of information and research, namely the elements representing the potential contribution to further understanding the innovation adoption process as well as the relative weight of agricultural research to the farm-level effects of innovation adoption. the key element meant to establish a connection between external sources and effectiveness of the adopted innovation is the investigation of the research-innovation link that is whether the farmers know about the research behind the development of the adopted innovation. the fifth section is dedicated to the declared effects of the introduced innovation in terms of changes in economic performance, combination of inputs and leisure time. information on the effects on economic performance of the introduced innovation were collected by breaking down the profitability into four elements: cost reduction, production increase, value-added increase and quality increase. the importance of these variables within the context of the innovation adoption process is found in their potential to reveal the mechanism allowing the adopted innovation to contribute to the farms’ overall economic performance (profit). the sixth section investigates the future intentions of the farmers regarding the continuation of the agricultural activity and the adoption of further innovations in the next five years. further inquiries are posed in order to record the opinions of farmers about the relationship between innovation and agricultural policy, as well as the role of innovation for the improvement of competitiveness in agriculture. the last section concludes the questionnaire by inquiring into the future of the farm and of the farmers and eliciting opinions about innovation and the cap. the data collected in this section are used for supporting the evaluation of, and better interpreting, some farmers’ choices, such as the motivations for not innovating. most of the data collected have been recorded as binary or categorical variables, whilst data related to farm size, labour, introduced innovations and others, have been recorded as continuous variables. exceptions are represented by the information related to farms’ economic performance, which has been surveyed according to four variables, 190 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi namely cost reduction, production increase and value-added increase, collected in per cent terms, and quality increase, recorded according to an ordinal categorical variable (not at all, low, high, very high). 4. case study area, data collection process and descriptive statistics 4.1 case study area the agricultural sector in emilia-romagna is one of the most advanced and productive in italy, due to the favourable geographical and climatic conditions (the southern part of the territory is mountainous, whilst the northern part belongs to the po valley, which is a very fertile zone), and the presence of highly specialised enterprises. emilia-romagna is particularly active in the production of cereals (wheat and maize), fruit and livestock (mainly bovines, pigs and poultry) (fanfani and pieri, 2016). the province of bologna is located in the central part of the region, is agriculturally varied and composed of plains, hilly and mountain areas. according to the last agricultural census carried out in 2010 by the italian institute of statistics (istat), the province of bologna accounts for about 10,800 agricultural units over an uaa2 of about 173,000 ha. as shown in table 1, the agricultural sector is mainly based on arable crops, involving about 7,000 farms and about 141,000 ha of uaa. arable crop farming is mainly composed of farms growing cereals (about 4,000) and forage (about 2,000), whose uaa shares are 53% and 27%, respectively. the average size of farms producing cereals and forage crops is 12 and 10 ha, respectively, and more than half of them are located in plain areas. the second major type of farming in the province is livestock and related activities, involving about 800 cattle-holding farms with 33,000 heads as well as 150 swine-breeding farms and 75,000 heads. the largest livestock farms are based in plain areas. regarding fruit cultivation, about 2,700 farms grow orchards over an uaa of about 16,000 ha. 2 uaa stands for ‘utilised agricultural area’. table 1. agricultural census data per specialization (type of farming) and altitude level. specialization plain hill mountain total   cattle farms (milk, beef, ovine-caprine and mixed) 295 454 369 1118 10% cereal crops (wheat, maize, oats, barley) 3177 633 187 3997 37% other arable crops (open field, horticultural, mixed and grain pulses crops) 1284 849 608 2741 25% fruit (orchards, olives and grapes) 1529 1082 90 2701 25% non-classifiable 65 109 28 202 2% total 6350 3127 1282 10759   59% 29% 12%     source: our elaboration on istat data. 191innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? 4.2 sample data and selected descriptive statistics the sample, represented in table 2, includes 178 farms located in the plains (59%), 87 in hilly (29%) and 35 in mountain (12%) areas. according to the principal specialisation, the sample is composed of 20 livestock farms, 116 cereal farms, 69 ‘other arable’ crop farms, 88 fruit farms (including olives, grapes and 11 nurseries), and 7 non-classifiable farms. cereal crop results are the most frequent specialisation with about 39% of the total farms, followed by fruit farms (about 26%), arable crop farms (22%) and cattle farms (7%). given that it is a direct result of the sampling procedure, the sample can be considered to be representative of the province of bologna. table 2. sample units per specialisation (type of farming) and altitude level. specialisation plain hill mountain total   cattle farms (milk, beef, pork and mixed) 5 7 8 20 7% cereal crops (wheat, maize, oats, barley) 86 21 9 116 39% other arable crops (open field, horticultural, mixed and grain pulses crops) 33 21 15 69 23% fruit (orchards, olives and grapes) 49 36 3 88 29% non-classifiable 5 2   7 2% total 178 87 35 300     59% 29% 12%     source: our elaboration of primary data collected. the sample accounts for about 8,000 ha of uaa, of which about 5,000 in ownership. the larger share of the land is that of cereal crop farms with about 36% of total land, followed by cattle farms (27%), (arable) crop farms (18%) and fruit farms (15%). the descriptive statistics of the collected data are presented in table 1a (see annex), while a wider presentation of the statistics of the sections from second to fifth is illustrated in the results section. 5. results 5.1 descriptive results altogether, 121 out of 300 farmers adopted at least one innovation in the last twenty years (about 40%) (the precise question was “in the last 20 years, what kind of product or process innovations have been introduced on your farm?”). this question was posed after asking the farmers about the existence of important innovations in agriculture (“do you believe that in the last 20 years there have been very important innovations in your main field of specialisation (measured in terms of income)?”). almost 47% (140 out of 300) of respondents replied positively. table 3 provides an illustration of these results by crossing the answers to these two questions. 192 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi table 3. cross-tabulation of innovation introduction and consideration of important innovations in the last 20 years. introduction of at least one innovation in the last 20 years total no yes important innovations in the last 20 years no 125 35 160 yes 54 86 140 total 179 121 300 source: own elaboration on collected data. the consistent replies on the diagonal combinations (no-no and yes-yes) are somehow intuitive, while a less straightforward reasoning may emerge from an analysis of the off-diagonal cross-answers. we discuss these four options, in turn, by also attaching some descriptive statistics of the farmers/farms belonging to each combination. the 125 no-no answers (roughly 42% of the sample) are composed of 50% cereal, 26% other arable crop and 15% orchard growers. with respect to the total of each specialisation, cereal growers represent 54% (63 out of 116), other arable crop, 49% (33 out of 67) and the orchard growers, 25% (19 out of 77). these 125 respondents are mainly small farms with low agricultural income. in fact, on average, 83% of them operate on less than 20 hectares and 76% of them have an income from agricultural activities that accounts for less than 30% of family income. such conditions are consistent with the declared reasons for ‘no adoption’, mainly related to high costs. the 54 yes-no answers indicate no adoption in spite of the existence of important innovations in the sector of specialisation. these 54 farms are composed of 41% cereal, 24% other arable crops and 30% orchard growers. with respect to the total of each specialisation, cereal growers represent 19% (22 out of 116), other arable crop, 19% (13 out of 67) and the orchard growers, 21% (16 out of 77). this group also is composed of small farms with low agricultural income, but the frequency of these types of farms is slightly lower than in the previous group. in fact, on average, 72% of them operate on less than 20 hectares and 71% receive an income from agricultural activities that is less than 30% of family income. in this case also, such conditions seem to be consistent with the declared reasons for ‘no adoption’, mainly related to high costs, the expectation of soon retiring from farming (cereal) and maintaining production traditions (orchard). the 35 no-yes replies indicate adoption despite the declaration that there have been no important innovations in the sector of specialisation. these 35 farms are composed of 17% livestock farms, 43% cereal producers, 9% of other arable crops and 26% of orchard growers. with respect to the total of each specialisation, livestock farms represent 30% (6 out of 22), cereal growers, 13% (15 out of 116), other arable crops, 4% (3 out of 67) and the orchard growers, 12% (9 out of 77). this group of innovators is characterised by the fact that they operate on larger farms with higher agricultural incomes. in fact, on average, only 47% of them operate on less than 20 hectares and 49% receive an income from agricultural activities that is less than 30% of family income. these figures clearly differ from those of the previous two groups and the declared motivations for having introduced 193innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? at least one innovation (with positive effects on profitability) mostly refer to reducing costs and increasing production. both groups, and in particular the first one, are consistent with innovations that are more linked to late adoption of existing solutions motivated by economies of scale, rather than by strong innovation behaviour. in the last group, the 86 yes-yes replies consist of 12% of livestock farms, 19% of cereal producers, 21% of other arable crops and 38% of orchard growers. with respect to the total of each specialisation, livestock farms represent 45% (10 out of 22), cereal growers 14% (16 out of 116), other arable crops 28% (18 out of 67) and the orchard growers represent 43% (33 out of 77). this other group of innovators operates on farms with sizes similar to the ones of the previous group, but with higher agricultural income. in fact, on average, 43% of them operate on less than 20 hectares and only 27% of them obtain an income from agricultural activities that is less than 30% of family income. similarly to the previous group, this last group also indicates as the main motivations for adopting at least one innovation (with positive effects on profitability) cost reduction and production increases, with the addition of other motivations pertaining to the improvement of labour conditions, such as reducing fatigue and improving the safety of workers. this profile, which is particularly consistent with the orchard specialisation, denotes farmers who are focusing on agricultural production on well-structured farms and who are open to an understanding of the outside markets’ trends as well as who are highly focused on innovation. on the other hand, about three-fifths of the interviewees (179 farmers) decided not to innovate due to the economic and managerial hurdles that reduce the capacity of farmers to obtain new technology and adopt innovations3. we asked these farmers to motivate their decision not to adopt innovation by choosing among two categories of responses: obstacles and intentional choice. among the obstacles, we proposed high costs, bureaucracy and risks, while for intentional choice we asked about ethical reasons, the intention to quit the business, negative past experiences and the desire to maintain traditional production processes. eighty-four (84) out of 179 replies deemed the excessive costs of adopting innovations to be the main hurdle, while 16 and 18 answers indicated their intention to quit the business soon and to keep maintain production traditions, among the intentional choice group, respectively. therefore, the sample revealed that the main reason for not having adopted innovations in the last 20 years was the excessive cost, highlighting economic barriers and the lack of managerial skills for gaining access to new technology. however, since for 33 out of 51 (65%) other reasons were expressed by cereal farms, we deduce that for about two-thirds of respondents such choice is due to a disinterest in innovation given that they possess less than 20 hectares, no weeding and harvesting machines, and therefore opt for the services of other companies. this is an important point considering the recent structural trends as it points at a dichotomy between larger professional farms, for which innovation remains important, and small farms that keep land tenure but farm via contracts, for which innovation is rather carried out or adopted by contractors themselves, i.e. outside the farm. for the remaining third, we equally deduce that they have not been interested in adopting innovations, but unlike the pre3 detailed descriptions of such data have been omitted in order to save text. these are, however, available from the authors upon request. 194 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi vious farmers, because the technology they possess is considered to still be effective and hence does not need to be replaced or upgraded. the number of innovations introduced in the last 20 years is more than 200 for 121 innovators (an average rate of about 2 innovations per farmer). the distribution of adoptions, shown in table 4, reveals that mechanical innovations are the most frequently adopted ones (32%), followed by energy-water saving (21%), diversification (15%) and biological, agricultural and informatics (about 8% each). the distribution of type of innovations changes if considering the unique (most important) innovation that, according to farmers, yielded the highest impact on profitability. in fact, the shares of mechanical (42%) and energy-water saving (25%) innovations increases, while the others decreased slightly. as for motivations, the adoption of these types of innovations is mainly motivated by the need to reduce costs, to increase production and to face new climatic challenges affecting the availability of natural resources, such as water. as concerns the timing of introduction, about 65% of the mechanical innovations were introduced during the 2010-2015 period, while about 66% of the energy-water saving technologies were adopted in the 2005-2015 period. the adoption timing of the other types of innovation is smoothly spread across the considered time span (1995-2015). the main reasons motivating the adoption of the (one) most important innovation are concentrated in cost reduction (66 or 35%) and production increase (56 or 30%) (122 table 4. number of innovations introduced in the last 20 years and selection of the most important in terms of profitability. type of adopted innovations all adoptions share of adoptions on total unique adoption considered mostimportant in terms of impact on profitability share of important innovations on total biological-genetic 18 8.5% 8 7.5% diversification or manufacturing 32 15.0% 15 14.0% agricultural-zootechnic 18 8.5% 7 6.5% mechanical-automation 68 31.9% 45 42.1% informatics 17 8.0% 2 1.9% energy-water saving (irrigation plants, solar panels, biogas) 44 20.7% 27 25.2% marketing strategies (quality systems, production protocols) 5 2.3% 2 1.9% operational (cooperatives, associations, logistics) 2 0.9% 0 other 9 4.2% 1 0.9% total adoptions 213 100% 107 100% does not know 14 source: own elaboration on collected data. 195innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? replies out of 187)4. however, out of these 122 replies, 31 prove to be jointly chosen by the same farmer, indicating an important synergy between the two aspects in contributing to the increase of profitability5. other motivations, collected in open format, result in general profitability improvement, without any reference to specific motivation, and reduction of worker fatigue. the main motivations for cost reduction and production increases are more frequent for cereals (25%), fruit (19%) and grape farms (16%). in particular, by looking at the (one) most important innovations, mechanical-automation and energy-water saving proves to be the most frequent with 32 and 20 replies out of 66 for cost reduction and 19 and 10 out of 56 for increasing production, respectively. beyond the motivations underlying the choice of the selected innovations, the survey investigated the selection and the adoption processes operated by the farmers. indeed, farmers were asked whether they designed and/or developed the (adopted) innovation by themselves or obtained the information regarding the introduced innovations from external sources (and from whom the farmer was informed about the existence of such innovation). in this respect, farmers who declare to have designed and/or developed the innovation by themselves are denominated “self-developers” and are considered to be the(ir) internal source of information as opposed to the other innovators who declared to have learned about the innovation from an external source of information. the data about the sources of information, shown in table 5, indicate self-developed innovation in the first column and the list of proposed external sources. self-development of innovation has been declared by 31% of innovators, with prevalence for cereal, fruit and nursery farms. it follows that the remaining 69% learned about the innovation from external sources and, in particular, mostly from sources other than public institutions and unions/farmer associations. indeed, 37% of the innovators declared to have acquired information about the innovation they decided to introduce from consultants, courses, local and visits to farms abroad. the second largest share is the 17% represented by the sources of information from people belonging to the sphere of personal relationships of the farmers such as friends, relatives and neighbours. unions and sectorial associations cover 10% of the external sources of information and the relative frequency appears to be uniformly distributed across specialisations. only a residual share of about 2% represents the public institutions devoted to research and development in agriculture as the external sources of information. such a result highlights the importance of intermediation between research and farmers. as a follow up question, farmers were asked to declare their knowledge of the maker/ producer of the innovation. by excluding self-developers, this inquiry reveals that most innovators (about two-thirds), who learnt about the existence of the introduced innovation from external sources, were also aware of who developed the innovation. this might indicate that farmers engage in a careful decision-making process before adopting the innovation or at least show a good level of awareness about its background. qualitative 4 the number of replies is greater than the number of adopters as the inquiry was devised as a multiple-choice question. 5 the link was not explicitly asked, but, in the explicit list, we included the reduction of risks and the diversification of the activity in order to evaluate the motivations directly related to profitability. very few replies were collected. 196 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi ta bl e 5. s ou rc es o f i nf or m at io n fo r i nn ov at io n ad op te d pe r s pe ci al iz at io n. sp ec ia liz at io n se lf de ve lo pe d ex te rn al so ur ce o f i nf or m at io n n o re pl y to ta l in st itu tio ns (u ni ve rs ity , r eg io n, pr ov in ce , m in ist ry ) u ni on s, as so ci at io ns a cq ua in ta nc es , fr ie nd s, re la tiv es , ne ig hb ou rs o th er so ur ce s (c on su lta nt s, re fr es he r c ou rs es / tr ai ni ng s, vi sit in g… ) m ilk -b ee f c at tle be ef c at tle 1 1 2 4 m ilk c at tle 3 2 2 2 9 m ix ed c at tle , m ai nl y pa st er n 1 1 o vi ne -c ap rin e an d pa st er n ca ttl e 1 1 c er ea l c ro ps (w he at , m ai ze , o at s, ba rle y) 12 3 6 10 31 o pe n fie ld c ro ps 2 1 1 4 7 m ix ed c ro ps h or tic ul tu ra l c ro ps 2 2 2 3 1 10 h ig h pr ot ei n cr op s ( gr ai n pu lse s) 2 1 3 c om bi na tio n of c ro ps a nd c at tle 1 1 fr ui t 9 1 2 4 9 25 o liv es 1 1 g ra pe s 3 1 2 10 16 n ur se ry 5 1 2 8 n on -c la ss ifi ab le 1 1 1 3 to ta l 38 2 12 20 45 4 12 1 31 .4 % 1. 7% 9. 9% 16 .5 % 37 .2 % 3. 3% so ur ce : o w n el ab or at io n on c ol le ct ed d at a. 197innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? additions during the interview revealed indeed that farmers rely upon trusted external sources of information and acquaintance with the producers6,7. overall, the sample reveals that the majority of farmers either strictly rely on their own ability to develop an innovation or, on one’s own initiative, search for information and cues from others’ experience in order to make the best innovation choice and to meet their profit expectations. in order to explore the connection between innovation adoption at farm level and research, farmers were asked to state whether they knew that the innovation they adopted originated from a specific agricultural research. this question was addressed only to those farmers that previously declared to have learned of the innovation through an external source of information. we excluded self-innovators from this question because we suppose that they engage in a process for introducing innovation that is mainly based on the self-development of their own ideas, which is completely different from the process followed by the other interviewed innovators. hence, this question was asked to 83 innovators. fifty-three respondents (about 64%) stated that they knew that the innovation was derived from specific research in agriculture. in particular, 29 out of these 53 (about 55%) concern mechanical innovations, mainly related to cereal, grape and fruit farms. the stated effects on economic performance are reported in figure 1. cost reduction, production increase, and value-added increase are measured in per cent increase, while quality increase is measured through four categorical levels (not at all, low, high and very high) of increase due to the introduction of the innovation. the number of observations of these variables does not correspond to the numerousness of the innovators’ sub-sample (121), because not all respondents provided a reply to each of the four questions. zero answers correspond to the actual observation of the performance by the farmer, while a missing reply might be justified by the lack of expectation, detection or perception of any impact on that specific component of profitability (in fact many farmers stated to not know the specific performance). since the answers were not mutually exclusive, respondents had the choice to indicate more than one positive effect and potentially all of the four asked. cost reduction (a), production increase (b), value-added increase (c) show a noteworthy frequency of zeros; this was expected since it is unlikely that one innovation might yield positive profitability outcomes on all of the four considered components at the same time. the effect on cost presents a concentration of positive outcomes within the range of 10-60% cost reduction (with the highest share on the lower boundary of the interval and no case recorded between 40% and 50%), while production and valueadded are more frequently within the 10-40% interval of increase. production increase also shows a fairly high frequency around the 50-60% range. as far as quality increase is concerned, it is observed that about 60% of the replies indicate an improvement in profitability due to high and very high quality increases, while only about 25% show no quality increases at all. 6 for some types of innovation, such as mechanical ones, farmers have a better knowledge of the major brands/ producers because of the presence, in the emilia-romagna region, of a large number of mechanical manufacturers that have been operating there since the beginning of the last century. farmers in the province of bologna possess a deep knowledge of the evolution of mechanical technologies and mechanical manufacturing, which provides them with a sufficient ability to develop their own mechanical innovations. 7 detailed results are available from the authors upon request. 198 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi 5.2 econometric analysis according with the methodology illustrated in section 3, the results obtained from the econometric analyses are reported in two groups: the first pertains to the adoption of innovation (adoption models) and the second concerns the linkage between adopted innovation and performance (performance models). the results of the poisson and probit adoption models, shown in table 6, indicate which factors are most important in determining respectively the number of innovations and the choice of (propensity to) introducing an innovation. the ability of both models to analyse the survey data is quite good, as indicated by the wald χ2 statistics. the results from both models indicate that the propensity to innovate, in particular to adopt more than one innovation, is highly determined by the ecofigure 1. frequency distribution of cost reduction (a), production increase (b), value-added increase (c) and quality increase (d). a (63) b (71) c (75) d (121) 1 source: own elaboration on collected data; number of observations in parentheses. 199innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? nomic size and other structural characteristics of the farm, as well as by some individual and behavioural characteristics of the respondents. the positive role of the share of rented, over total, land may be connected to both the structural characteristics of the farm, likely qualified by a rent-based expansion, and to the overall size in terms of land area. the number of tractors is positively and significantly correlated to the number of innovations (but not to the decision to innovate) and shows that multiple innovations are more likely on large and capital-intensive farms. the positive and significant coefficient of the share of agricultural income shows a higher propensity to innovate on more professionally farms focused on agricultural activity. on the contrary, a higher number of family labourers and the juridical status of individual farms indicate that small farms are less inclined to adopt innovation (these are also correlated to the specialisation given the remarkable share of small cereal farms). as concerns individual and behavioural features, instead, we can observe that more educated farmers and those declaring that, in the last 20 years, important innovations in terms of profitability have been released show a higher propensity to innovate and, in particular, to adopt more than one innovation. in order to further support these first results, and to better explain the process, a twostep model has been applied by employing a double-hurdle regression8. the results are shown in table 7. 8 thanks to an anonymous referee for the suggestion of including a two-step model. table 6. poisson and probit adoption models. characteristics number of introduced innovations (poisson) introduction of innovation (0-1) (probit) coefficient marginal effect coefficient marginal effect innovation important innovations (last 20 yrs.) 0.91*** 0.66*** 0.78*** 0.21*** farm share of rented over total land 0.73*** 0.53*** 1.00*** 0.26*** number of tractors 0.05*** 0.03*** 0.03 0.01 livestock specialisation 0.22 0.16 0.42 0.11 cereal specialisation -0.54*** -0.39*** -0.59*** -0.16*** socio-economic education > than mid-school 0.64*** 0.47*** 0.57*** 0.15*** family income from agric<30% -0.58*** -0.42*** -0.53*** -0.14*** number of family labour -0.16** -0.11** -0.11 -0.03 individual farm -0.38* -0.28* -0.59*** -0.16*** constant -0.70** observations 244 244 wald χ2 146*** 80*** aic 478.6 248.4 bic 513.6 283.4 note: robust standard errors; * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01. 200 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi table 7. double-hurdle model. characteristics number of introduced innovations outcome (quantity) equation farm number of tractors 0.09** livestock specialisation 1.15** cereal specialisation -0.64* fruit specialization, including grape and olives 0.29 socio-economic specialised ag education -0.47* family income from ag <30% -0.63** family workers per ha 1.00* constant 1.21** choice (participation) equation innovation important innovations in last 20 yrs 1.01*** farm location: plain=1; hill=2; mountain=3 -0.22** total land 0.01*** socio-economic education superior than middle school 0.75*** family workers per ha -0.65** σq 1.86*** σqσp -1.69*** observations 245 note: robust standard errors; * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01; σq is the estimated value of the standard deviation of the error term of the quantity equation; σqσp is the estimated value of the covariance between the error terms of the quantity equation and the participation equation. the results obtained through the double-hurdle model confirm those from the poisson and the probit models. in addition, they indicate that the choice of innovating depends highly upon location, especially in the plains and hills. larger farms and higher education contribute to improve the probability of adoption. the consideration of important innovations in the last 20 years notably affects adoption, but it does not contribute to explain the number of adoptions. moreover, what seems to determine increases in the number (quantity) of adoptions are factors related to the type of farming (and relative physical and economic size of the farm). in fact, larger farms with higher agricultural income, such as livestock farms, or farms with higher family labour and higher mechanisation (number of tractors) are more prone to adopt more than one innovation. the core part of the analysis concerns the explanation of the economic performance of the adopted innovation, specifically in relation to its origin from research and in connection to the source of information. the results from the probit performance model concerning each of the four components of the farm’s profitability are shown in table 8. given the application of the performance models to each measure of performance, the number of observations for each group of regression is reduced with respect to the entire sample. 201innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? table 8. probit performance models. characteristics economic performance cost reduction [yes=1; no=0] production increment [yes=1; no=0] value added increment [yes=1; no=0] quality increment [very high, high=1; otherwise=0] innovation research-innovation link 0.21 0.77* 0.76* 0.83** source of innovation [external=1; self =0] -0.93 -1.22* -1.59** -0.87** age of innovation -0.01 0.04 0.06** 0.05* important innovations (last 20 years) -0.73 -1.13** 0.05 -0.07 farm cereal specialisation 0.65 0.53 -0.67 -0.05 share of rented land over total land -0.42 -0.27 -0.42 0.18 socioeconomic individual farm [yes=1; no=0] -0.20 0.11 0.67* 0.10 family income from ag <30% -0.91* -1.72*** -1.37*** -0.32 education > than mid-school 0.34 -0.11 0.52 -0.28 constant 1.98** 1.88** 0.25 0.41 observations 50 56 62 88 pseudo r2 0.176 0.245 0.317 0.115 wald χ2 12.1 14.9* 30.4*** 11.7 aic 71.7 76.6 78.7 123.9 bic 90.8 96.9 100.0 148.7 note: robust standard errors; * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01. the probit performance models applied on cost reduction and quality improvement proved to have a scarce capacity to explain the likelihood of obtaining positive performances. in the first model (cost reduction) only one regressor out of nine is significant and the sample is relatively small, while in the last model only the group of information variables contributes to explaining the variability in quality improvement. on the contrary, the probit performance model proved to perform better when applied on production and value-added increment. in fact, for the latter models, the results show significant contributions in both groups of variables. from all significant results, a common pattern can be identified in the positive contribution of innovation originating from research, but also in the negative effect of external information on the likelihood of obtaining a positive economic performance. these results indicate that farmers who knew the innovation from external sources have lower chances to obtain positive economic performance, especially in terms of valueadded and production, with respect to self-innovators. on the other hand, the positive contribution of research on economic performance is more pronounced in terms of quality. 202 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi however, although the probit performance analysis provides interesting results, its specification might be affected, beyond the reduced number of observations, by selection bias in that only farmers who expect higher economic performance, on the basis of the information they possess, might decide to effectively adopt the innovation. in order to evaluate such a hypothesis, a heckit model, specifically a probit model with sample selection, is run by formally dividing the variables into two groups, namely the selection (adoption) and outcome (performance) variables. the heckit models indicate the presence of a self-selection process of innovation introduction related only to positive expected gains in value-added, as indicated by the significance of ρ, while the other model specifications indicate that both processes are essentially independent9 (table 9). the results indicate that the heckit models appear to be more appropriate in explaining the effects of the information variables on the economic performance. indeed, these models, on one hand, confirm the results related to research and source of information from the previous probit performance models, and, on the other hand, report the same results as the introduction models, with the exception of the variable number of tractors. 6. discussion in this paper we investigate the determinants of innovation adoption and the relationship between origin of innovation and economic performance at farm level. in the sample considered there is a noteworthy share of farmers who are actively innovating, which is partly explained by the long-time horizon taken into account. most frequent innovations are in the field of mechanical innovations and innovation aimed at water-energy saving. this is consistent with the fact that mechanisation is a widespread need across farm specialisations, on the one hand, and with the current need to save resources in a context characterised by climate change; the latter issue is potentially emphasised by the location of the study area in a mediterranean region. multiple innovations are frequent among innovators, which may be explained by both the existence of connections among innovations (innovation packages) and the tendency of most active farm(er)s to innovate continuously (läpple et al., 2015). the results from the adoption models, mainly testing the adoption determinants, are largely consistent with the findings in literature in terms of structural characteristics of the farms, such as farm size, mechanization, labour and production type, and subjective characteristics of the farmers, such as farmer education, experience and off-farm income10. the main novelty arises from the consideration of the judgement of farmers regarding the existence of important innovations in their field of specialisation, which helps to distinguish between cases in which the innovation choice by the farm results from the need of keeping up with a general technology shifts (i.e. replacing obsolescence), aligned to the technological treadmill, from cases in which innovation is more a choice tuned to the specific production and marketing needs of the farm. it also helps to understand the differ9 indeed, results were verified by running a probit regression on the performance variables by solely employing the information variables. the results confirm the ones obtained in the output equation of the heckit model. 10 the consistency of our results has been compared to the following literature: feder and slade, 1984; lin, 2001; daberkow et al., 2003; diederen et al., 2003; dimara et al., 2003; kounduri et al., 2006; cavallo et al., 2014, läpple et al., 2015; ramos-sandoval et al., 2018; sauer et al., 2019. 203innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? ent profiles of the non-innovators, namely those for whom no-innovation is linked to the absence of innovation in the sector in contrast to those foregoing innovation for personal or farm reasons, in spite of the progresses of innovations in the sector. the second group of models, namely the performance models, represent, in our knowledge, the first attempt to evaluate the existence of a relationship between research and farm performance, also taking into account farmer intermediation. the first results support the hypothesis of a differential impact of innovations originating from research, which increase profitability by positively affecting value-added and quality improvetable 9. probit performance model with sample selection. characteristics economic performance cost reduction [yes=1; no=0] production increment [yes=1; no=0] value added increment [yes=1; no=0] quality increment [very high, high=1; otherwise=0] outcome equation (o) innovation research-innovation link 0.31 0.53 0.58* 0.79** source of innovation [external=1; self =0] -1.20* -1.16** -1.16*** -0.91** age of innovation -0.01 0.03 0.04 0.05* constant 1.36** 0.98** 0.98** 0.30 selection equation (s) innovation important innovations (last 20 years) 0.41* 0.48* 0.48** 0.84*** farm breeder specialisation 0.52 -0.11 -0.20 0.56 cereal specialisation -0.47** -0.32 -0.64*** -0.52** share of rented over total land 1.15*** 0.76** 0.99*** 1.03*** number of tractors 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.02 socioeconomic education > than mid-school 0.44* 0.49** 0.53*** 0.52** family income from ag <30% -0.22 -0.62*** -0.44** -0.55*** family labour -0.26** -0.29*** -0.22** -0.09 individual farm [yes=1; no=0] -1.13*** -0.75*** -0.77*** -0.71*** arctan(ρ)† 0.05 -0.27 -1.13* -0.14 observations 241 243 240 232 uncensored obs 50 56 62 88 aic 272.5 301.6 308.7 344.3 bic 321.3 350.5 357.4 392.5 wald χ2 (o) 3.76 4.55 8.42** 10.2** note: robust standard errors; t statistics in parentheses; * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01; † arctan(ρ) indicates the correlation coefficient between output and selection equations. 204 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi ments. on the contrary innovations originating from research do not appear connected to improvements in productivity or cost reduction. although this paper contributes to evidence on the role of research and information sources in improving farms’ economic performance, it is also affected by some limitations that may affect the robustness and the generalisation potential of the results. first, the sample is rather small, in particular for the adopters’ subsample, in particular considering the heterogeneity brought about by the large coverage of different farm specialisations. this may have contributed to the low significance of some of the models and some difficulty in estimation. this has also made potential additional explanatory variables difficult to use. second, the case study relies on a specific province in italy, which, while benefiting from an internal heterogeneity (in terms of farm specialisation and altitude), still represents a specific context in terms of general ecological and legal conditions (including specific priorities e.g. for investment). a third limitation concerns the way the data were collected. due to a lack of better information availability (e.g. from accounting data) and resource limitations, most of the variables are based on statements made by farmers. this is a sensible topic, in particular with respect to the estimation of the impact of innovation on profitability parameters, which also implies a request for a difficult judgement on the part of the farmers, and of the origin of innovation, especially with respect to research, that incorporates a mix of actual information about the origin and level of documentation by the farmers. the origin of innovations and knowledge about it, in turn, relate to each other and are almost impossible to distinguish in the way in which the survey was run. based on other questions and statements by farmers on their own level of information, we can interpret this information mostly as revealing the true origin of innovation, however there is certainly some level of (unmeasurable) approximation. fourth, and connected to the above, using stated information coupled with resource constraints implied the need to collect this information in a simplified way (e.g. using qualitative or dichotomous variables) and, in some cases, to use classes in the data treatment in order to account for “perceptive discontinuities” (such as round numbers in per cent statements). this, however, implies some further difficulty in the estimation and interpretation of the models. these limitations, associated with the promising results achieved, highlight relevance and provide more precise hypotheses for further investigation on this issue. this would require, however, a larger sample, wider territorial coverage and would benefit from linkages to structural and performance data not available for this study. an important message arising from the paper, in spite of the limitations, is that the role of farmers is crucial for innovation development and that farmers who are willing to innovate are engaged in a continuous learning process which includes, beyond the practical knowledge of the available innovations, the knowledge and awareness of the process leading from research to the realisation of the innovation as well. this evidence supports the paradigmatic change of the innovation process from aks towards the akis and multi-actor concepts (scar, 2012), by providing additional insight into the proactive role of farmers in the management of external information coming from different sources, including research, and of own-knowledge within the innovation adoption pro205innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? cess (klerkx et al., 2009; läpple et al., 2015). such proactivity might represent a relative competitive advantage for the improvement of farm performance and a key feature of entrepreneurship. however, its ‘anatomy’ would need to be better analysed in future studies, with the collection of more specific information about on-farm processes leading to innovation adoption or implementation on the farm. 7. conclusions the results of this paper show the importance of innovation for a large share of farms, considering a substantial time frame of 20 years. most frequent innovations are in the field of mechanical innovations and innovation aimed at water-energy saving. multiple innovations are frequent among innovators. classical factors, such as proxies related to farm size, remain the most suited variables to explain the adoption of innovations, while motivations for innovation adoption are largely related to the combination of cost reduction and production increases. the process of innovation development and adoption follows two main pathways: self-development by farmers and development by mostly private companies. agricultural research is generally known to be in the background, but rarely seems to lead directly to technology development and even less to adoption. this may also be connected to the prevailing technologies that are considered to be relevant in the area (mechanisation and water/energy saving), which require important steps in terms of ‘engineerisation’ of knowledge and fine tuning in local conditions (including machinery set-up and feedback from users). in either case, the mediation between research and farmers has an important industry component or, in any case, involves different layers of actors. the (knowledge of) existence of research activities in developing the innovation seems to be associated to better performance only for the specific but important cases of improving the value-added and of achieving very high-quality production. this suggests that scientific research can have a specific role in terms of different performanceimproving strategies, and, in particular, that it can contribute comparatively more to quality, while self-development or industry-led technology adaptation can have a better role in cost reduction. these results also yield relevant insights in terms of research policy. in particular, when promoting multi-actor approaches, innovation policies should better consider different regional/sector objectives in terms of quality, productivity or cost reduction, and related to this, more explicitly evaluate the potentially different roles of private and public research and innovation players. in addition, while it can be expected that economic incentives linked to factor and product prices mainly affect cost reduction through selfinnovation, a stronger role has anyway to be attributed to direct research and innovation incentives if quality objectives are to be pursued. in spite of its limitations, the study hints at the need to further explore the co-existence and interplay among different innovations, different innovation pathways and different innovation impacts. moreover, the interaction between awareness of technology development pathways and actual technology performance at farm level is an issue that was only partially untangled in this paper and one that is undoubtedly worthy of further investigation. 206 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi 8. acknowledgement this study was conducted in the framework of the “impresa” project, which received funding from the european community’s seventh framework programme under the ga 609448. we would like to thank pedro andres garzon delvaux and pavel ciaian for the review of a previous version of the paper. the content of this study does not reflect the official opinion of the european union. responsibility for the information and views expressed in the present paper lies entirely with the authors. 9. references besley, t. and case, a. (1993). modeling technology adoption in developing countries. the american economic review 83(2): 396-402. cavallo, e., ferrari, e., bollani, l. and coccia, m. (2014). attitudes and behaviour of adopters of technological innovations in agricultural tractors: a case study in italian agricultural system. agricultural systems 130: 44-54. cochrane, w.w. (1958). farm prices: myth and reality. u of minnesota press. daberkow, s.g. and mcbride, w.d. (2003). farm and operator characteristics affecting the awareness and adoption of precision agriculture technologies in the us. precision agriculture 4(2): 163-177. davis, f.d. (1989). perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. mis quarterly 13(3): 319-340. diederen, p., van meijl, h., wolters, a. and bijak, k. (2002). innovation adoption in agriculture: innovators, early adopters and laggards. cahiers d’economie et de sociologie rurales 67: 29-50. diederen, p., van meijl, h. and wolters, a. (2003). modernisation in agriculture: what makes a farmer adopt an innovation? international journal of agricultural resources, governance and ecology 2(3-4): 328-342. dimara, e. and skuras, d. (2003). adoption of agricultural innovations as a two‐stage partial observability process. agricultural economics 28(3): 187-196. esposti, r. (2012). knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy: lessons from the past, challenges for the future. bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 235-268. fanfani, r. and pieri, r. (eds.) (2016). il sistema agro-alimentare dell’emilia-romagna. osservatorio agro-alimentare, unioncamere e regione emilia-romagna assessorato agricoltura, caccia e pesca. feder, g. and slade, r. (1984). the acquisition of information and the adoption of new technology. american journal of agricultural economics 66(3): 312-320. feder, g. and umali, d.l. (1993). the adoption of agricultural innovations: a review. technological forecasting and social change 43(3): 215-239. flett, r., alpass, f., humphries, s., massey, c., morriss, s. and long, n. (2004). the technology acceptance model and use of technology in new zealand dairy farming. agricultural systems 80(2): 199-211. folorunso, o. and ogunseye, s.o. (2008). applying an enhanced technology acceptance model to knowledge management in agricultural extension services. data science journal 7: 31-45. 207innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? foster, a.d., and rosenzweig, m.r. (1995). learning by doing and learning from others: human capital and technical change in agriculture. journal of political economy 103(6): 1176-1209. ghadim, a.k.a. and pannell, d.j. (1999). a conceptual framework of adoption of an agricultural innovation. agricultural economics 21(2): 145-154 hayami, y. and ruttan, v. (1985). agricultural development: an international perspective. baltimore: johns hopkins university press. hall, a. (2012). partnerships in agricultural innovation: who puts them together and are they enough? in oecd (eds.), improving agricultural knowledge and innovation systems: oecd conference proceedings, oecd publishing, 219-236. hockmann, h., garzon delvaux, p.a., voigt, p., ciaian, p. and gomez y paloma, s. (2018). corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms: evidence from europe, japan and north america. bio-based and applied economics 7(3), 233-247. istat (2014). symbola, secondo rapporto sulla meccanizzazione agricola verde. klerkx, l., hall, a. and leeuwis, c. (2009). strengthening agricultural innovation capacity: are innovation brokers the answer? international journal of agricultural resources, governance and ecology 8(5-6): 409-438. koundouri, p., nauges, c. and tzouvelekas, v. (2006). technology adoption under production uncertainty: theory and application to irrigation technology. american journal of agricultural economics 88(3): 657-670 läpple, d., renwick, a. and thorne, f. (2015). measuring and understanding the drivers of agricultural innovation: evidence from ireland. food policy 51: 1-8. levins, r.a. and cochrane, w.w. (1996). the treadmill revisited. land economics 72(4), 550-553. lin, j.y. (1991). education and innovation adoption in agriculture: evidence from hybrid rice in china. american journal of agricultural economics 73(3): 713-723 lindner, r.k. (1987). adoption and diffusion of technology: an overview. in aciar proceedings series. marra, m., pannell, d.j. and ghadim, a.a. (2003). the economics of risk, uncertainty and learning in the adoption of new agricultural technologies: where are we on the learning curve? agricultural systems 75(2): 215-234 mairesse, j. and mohnen, p. (2010). using innovation surveys for econometric analysis. in hall, b.h., and rosenberg, n. (eds.), handbook of the economics of innovation (vol. 2). elsevier, 1129-1155. nelson, r.r. and winter, g.s. (1982). an evolutionary theory of economic change. cambridge: harvard u. press. ramos-sandoval, r., más verdú, f. and garcía álvarez-coque, j.m. (2018). do research and extension services improve small farmers’ perceived performance?. new medit 4: 7-19. ramos-sandoval, r., garcía álvarez-coque, j.m. and más-verdú, f. (2019). innovative capabilities of users of agricultural r&d services. regional science policy & practice 11(2), 295-305. reimers, m. and klasen, s. (2013). revisiting the role of education for agricultural productivity. american journal of agricultural economics 95(1), 131-152. 208 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi rezaei-moghaddam, k. and salehi, s. (2010). agricultural specialists intention toward precision agriculture technologies: integrating innovation characteristics to technology acceptance model. african journal of agricultural research 5(11): 1191-1199. rogers, e.m. (1983). diffusion of innovations. simon and schuster. röling, n. (1990). the agricultural research-technology transfer interface: a knowledge systems perspective. in kaimowitz, d. (eds.), making the link: agricultural research and technology transfer in developing countries. westview press boulder, san francisco & london. röling, n.g. (1994). agricultural knowledge and information systems. in blackburn, d.j. (eds.), extension handbook: processes and practices. toronto, canada: thompson educational publ. inc. ruttan, v.w. (1996). what happened to technology adoption‐diffusion research? sociologia ruralis 36(1): 51-73 sauer, j. and vrolijk, h. (2019). innovation and performance–evidence at micro level. applied economics 51(43): 4673-4699. scar, e.u. (2012). agricultural knowledge and innovation systems in transition–a reflection paper. brussels: european commission, standing committee on agricultural research-collaborative working group on agricultural knowledge and innovation system (cwg akis). sunding, d. and zilberman, d. (2001). the agricultural innovation process: research and technology adoption in a changing agricultural sector. handbook of agricultural economics 1: 207-261 thirtle, c.g. (1985). induced innovation in united states field crops, 1939-78. journal of agricultural economics 36(1): 1-14. walder, p., sinabell, f., unterlass, f., niedermayr, a., fulgeanu, d., kapfer, m., melcher, m.and kantelhardt, j. (2019). exploring the relationship between farmers’ innovativeness and their values and aims. sustainability 11(20): 5571. walker, t., ryan, j. and kelley, t. (2010). impact assessment of policy-oriented international agricultural research: evidence and insights from case studies. world development 38(10): 1453-1461. annex obs mean std. dev. min max structural data zootechnics specialisation 300 0.08 0.26 0 1 fruit specialisation, including grape and olives 300 0.26 0.44 0 1 cereal specialisation 300 0.40 0.49 0 1 protein crop specialisation 300 0.06 0.23 0 1 arable crop specialisation, including horticultural crops 300 0.62 0.49 0 1 presence of ancillary activity: yes=1; no=0 300 0.26 0.44 0 1 209innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? obs mean std. dev. min max sale contracts 300 0.33 0.47 0 1 share of rented land over total land 300 0.20 0.30 0 1 own land 300 17.03 27.82 0 300 rented land 300 9.72 25.11 0 200 total land 300 26.75 45.67 0 500 number of tractors 300 3.43 2.83 0 20 number of operational machines 300 3.15 2.32 0 9 demographic data individual farm: yes=1; no=0 300 0.80 0.40 0 1 family farm: yes=1; no=0 300 0.96 0.20 0 1 family labour 285 1.89 1.09 0 7 family labour full time 285 1.35 0.89 0 6 family labour part time 285 0.54 0.86 0 4 education inferior than medium school =1 300 0.22 0.41 0 1 education superior than elementary school =1 300 0.73 0.45 0 1 education superior than high schoo l=1 300 0.09 0.29 0 1 specialized ag education =1 300 0.46 0.50 0 1 family income from ag <30% =1 142 0.55 0.50 0 1 family income from ag <50% =1 176 0.69 0.46 0 1 considerations important innovations in last 20 years: yes=1; no=0 300 0.47 0.50 0 1 continue farming in 5 years: yes=3; maybe yes=2; maybe no=1; no=0 277 2.36 0.79 0 3 introduce innovation in next 5 years: yes=1; no=0 176 0.35 0.48 0 1 innovation important for competitiveness: not at all=0; little=1; enough=2; much=3 272 2.42 0.72 0 3 cap help innovation adoption: not at all=0; little=1; enough=2; much=3 248 1.57 1.00 0 3 cap necessary for supporting agriculture: not at all=0; little=1; enough=2; much=3 267 2.19 0.97 0 3 description of data for non-innovators (reasons for not innovating) no introduction = 1 300 0.60 0.49 0 1 no introduction for high costs = 1 179 0.47 0.50 0 1 no introduction for ethical reasons = 1 179 0.01 0.11 0 1 no introduction for too bureaucracy = 1 179 0.05 0.22 0 1 no introduction for high risks = 1 179 0.06 0.23 0 1 no introduction for quitting activity soon = 1 179 0.09 0.29 0 1 no introduction for negative past experiences = 1 179 0.02 0.13 0 1 no introduction for keeping traditions = 1 179 0.10 0.30 0 1 no introduction for other reasons = 1 179 0.28 0.45 0 1 description of data for the subsample of innovators number of introduced innovations 300 0.71 1.16 0 8 introduction of innovation: yes=1; no=0 300 0.40 0.49 0 1 210 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi obs mean std. dev. min max year of introduction of the innovation 109 2007 6.01 1995 2015 age of innovation wrt to introduction 109 8.03 6.01 0 20 intro for reducing risks = 1 121 0.11 0.31 0 1 intro for diversifying ag activity = 1 121 0.14 0.35 0 1 intro for reducing costs = 1 121 0.55 0.50 0 1 intro for increasing production = 1 121 0.46 0.50 0 1 other reasons (most increasing profitability and reducing labour) 121 0.27 0.45 0 1 reaction to increase in input prices 121 0.49 0.50 0 1 reaction to reduction in output prices 121 0.52 0.50 0 1 anticipate inputs markets trend 121 0.36 0.48 0 1 anticipate outputs markets trend 121 0.37 0.49 0 1 external help from private or seller 120 0.37 0.48 0 1 external help from public institutions 120 0.01 0.09 0 1 no external financial support for introducing innovation 120 0.56 0.50 0 1 level of self-financing: 0=less than 5.000; 3=more than 50.000 91 1.85 1.10 0 3 type of innovations biological and genetic innovations 121 0.07 0.25 0 1 agronomical and zoological innovations 121 0.06 0.23 0 1 mechanical innovations 121 0.37 0.49 0 1 informatics innovations 121 0.02 0.13 0 1 energy and water saving innovations 121 0.22 0.42 0 1 diversification innovation 121 0.12 0.33 0 1 market strategies innovations 121 0.02 0.13 0 1 information about origin of innovation source of information about innovation: external=1; self produced=0 121 0.69 0.47 0 1 knowledge of innovation origin from research 121 0.44 0.50 0 1 effects of introduced innovation on economic performance all effects: presence of (positive) effect=1; otherwise=0 121 0.87 0.34 0 1 cost reduction in % 63 17.81 20.94 0 90 cost reduction: yes=1; no=0 63 0.71 0.46 0 1 production increment in % 71 16.17 24.02 0 100 production increment: yes=1; no=0 71 0.65 0.48 0 1 value added increment in % 75 11.20 18.56 0 100 value added increment: yes=1; no=0 75 0.52 0.50 0 1 quality increment >0: very high, high and low=1; nothing=0 121 0.80 0.40 0 1 quality increment >1: very high, high=1; otherwise=0 121 0.60 0.49 0 1 quality increment: not at all=0; little=1; enough=2; much=3 110 1.64 1.04 0 3 consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food simone cerroni1,2,3,*, verity watson4, jennie i. macdiarmid5 the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region: a quantitative analysis of a rural community in eastern uganda anna lina bartl agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria romanus osabohien1,3,*, evans osabuohien1,3, precious ohalete2,3 innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? michele vollaro1,*, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 determinants of farm households’ willingness to accept (wta) compensation for conservation technologies in northern ghana evelyn delali ahiale1,*, kelvin balcombe2, chittur srinivasan2 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-20479 bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 213, 2016 it is with great honor that i have taken the position of chief editor for bio-based and applied economics. in only five years since its foundation bae, the official journal of the italian association of agricultural and applied economics (aieaa), has regularly published three issues per year and has been indexed in several bibliographic databases, including the emerging sources citation index (esci) of web of science and the scopus database. i wish to take this opportunity to acknowledge the great job made by the previous chief editor, davide viaggi, and his enthusiasm and dedication to the journal. many thanks also to the previous team of associate editors for their contribution in establishing the current standard of bae, and particularly to alessandro corsi and gianluca stefani, who left the board. according to its focus and scope, bae provides a forum for presentation and discussion of applied research in the field of bio-based sectors and related policies, informing evidence-based decision-making and policy-making. in his farewell editorial, davide viaggi stressed a number of challenges, relating to the fact that “bioeconomy economics and policy is still far from being a well-established discipline”; he also concluded that “the economics of the bioeconomy needs most likely to develop not as an independent research area, but rather in close connection with the more traditional areas of agriculture and food economics”. since the beginning, bae has been pursuing this scope, welcoming contributions from several fields and disciplines, such as resource and environmental economics, consumer studies, regional economics, innovation and development economics, production economics, stimulating cross-fertilization among research fields, pointing-out connections and driving towards a tentative definition of a research field for the bioeconomy. much more needs to be done, and i will work to maintain and consolidate this peculiar role of bae, in shaping a new research area. the new team of associate editors is highly qualified to this scope: pavel ciaian, ro berto esposti and simone severini have joined ornella wanda maietta and francesco mantino. i am truly confident that with their help and expertise in different research fields, and the support and contribution of the staff from firenze university press, we will be able to steadily increase the high quality standard of our published articles and even aim to further achievements and diffusion among scholars. daniele moro bio-based and applied economics 8(2): 161-178, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8929 agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria romanus osabohien1,3,*, evans osabuohien1,3, precious ohalete2,3 1 department of economics and development studies, covenant university, ota, nigeria 2 department of economics and development studies, alex ekueme federal university, ndufe alike, ebonyi, nigeria 3 centre for economic policy and development research (cepder), covenant university, ota, nigeria abstract. this study examines how the performance of the agricultural sector can be enhanced in the long-run through institutional framework thereby ensuring food security in nigeria. it employs the ardl (autoregressive distributed lag) with data from the central bank of nigeria (cbn) statistical bulletin, food and agriculture organisation (fao), world development indicators (wdi), and world governance indicators (wdi). food security is used as the dependent variable proxied by the number of the people undernourished under the stability dimension; agricultural sector performance and institutional framework as the independent variables, while population is a control variable. two agricultural variables (agriculture production and agriculture credit) are employed with six variables of institutional framework. the findings show that in the log-run, agriculture production and agriculture credit (agriculture variables) will increase food security by reducing the number of people undernourished by 2% and 18%, respectively. in terms of institutional framework; political stability and absence of violence and rule of law increase food security by reducing undernourishment by approximately 69% and 29%, respectively; control of corruption and voice and accountability tends to reduce food security by increasing the number of the people undernourished by 74%, 51% and 63% respectively. therefore, the study concludes by recommending, among others, that the nigerian institutional framework should be improved (especially the control of corruption) in addressing the challenges in the implementation of food security programmes and ensuring timely distribution of food resources. keywords. agriculture, food security, governance, institutions. jel codes. g38; h1, o43. 1. introduction this study explores the nexus between agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria. it engages autoregressive distributed lag (ardl) as the econometric technique in examining the long-run relationship among the selected variables. the results show that in the long-run, agricultural performance con*corresponding author: romanus.osabohien@covenantuniversity.edu.ng 162 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete tribute to food security by reducing the number of the people who are undernourished (ejikeme, ojiako, and ezeh, 2017; ibe, alozie and, iwueke, 2017). this is germane as ensuring food security is an important factor for human survival (babatunde, omotesho and sholotan, 2007; omonona and agoi, 2007; dias, juliana, giller, and ittersum, 2017; waldron 2017). extant studies have presented the subject of food security from a number of perspectives: government’s involvement, climate change and the need for availability of food and related resources for human consumption (ike, jacpbs and kelly, 2017; osabohien, osabuohien, and urhie, 2018; osabohien, ufua, moses and osabuohien, 2020). the role of institutional framework in ensuring food security cuts across all tiers of government: federal, state and local (osabohien et al., 2018). the different mandates in each tier and territories produce a continuous state of change in the expectations and roles of government (dollery et al., 2003). a great deal of responsibility is of essence at the local level as it interacts directly to the population. at some point the revenue has decreased (bell, 2007) while local government human service responsibilities have increased, mostly at local government level, the impact of such challenges is often evidenced (agranoff, 2014). policy deduction occasionally springs out from the local strata which in turn is been reshaped at the federal level. there exists a strong relationship with specific agricultural policies and the evolution of food security in different regions, which are structured by international relations, changing conditions in urbanized areas and local societal factors (koning, 2017). the effectiveness and/or economic output are no measuring factors on the multiple level problems but it demands for fitness in the government levels for a comprehensive solution (batley and larbi, 2004). provision of access to food for the population is also not properly eradicated as this challenge is been combated on a regular basis. combining biophysical, geographical, political and societal factors appears to be a location outcome with respect to food security (huisman et al., 2016; sheahan and barrett, 2014) the institutionalization of society provides a vital insight in the government proceedings. on a broader view, understanding how innovation, food processing, agricultural development, and access to food get shape is considered as the importance of institutions (acemoglu et al., 2012; booth et al., 2015; frankema, 2014; rodrik et al., 2004; ruttan and hayami, 1984). in general terms, institutions can be defined as “systems of established and prevalent social rules that structure social interactions” (hodgson, 2006). the interaction of human in its environment might not solely be captured by institution but there exists an agreement that institutions are important determinants of the trajectories of socio-ecological systems (young, 2002). despite the effort of successive government administrations in nigeria, non-governmental organizations (ngos), and the international agencies, the challenge of achieving food security has remained a herculean task (ufua, 2015; abdulrahman mani, oladimeji, abdulazeez, and ibrahim, 2017; osabohien, osabuohien, and urhie, 2018; osabohien et al., 2020). however, while the government has made some efforts through various budgetary allocations, supports from international agencies, and so on (androsova et al., 2016; lynam, beintema, roseboom and badiane; osabohien, matthew, aderounmu and olawande, 2019), the instrumentality of accountability, government effectiveness in equitable distribution and preservation of food resources, which could provide relevant support in ensuring food security tends to have been inadvertently neglected in the literature. nev163agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria ertheless, with a stable population growth, the possibility of eradicating hunger by 2050 becomes questionable in nigeria (fao, 2017). this forms one of the motivations for this study that focuses on the need for developing agriculture for sufficient food production and institutional framework food even distribution. the foregoing is essential, as the challenge of distribution along the relevant value chain has resulted in the scarcity of certain food resources. hence, the poor and lower class of the society are usually excluded through hiked prices occasioned by increased cost along the value chain. this points out the need for strong value chain and distribution of food resources in terms of food management in the interest of citizenry (ufua et al., 2018). institutional framework in the context of this study promotes the use of records and data for planning food security issues, with due attention given to all stakeholders who are either involved or affected in the planning and implementation of food security programs (haddad, hawkes, achadi, ahuja, bendech, bhatia and fanzo 2015; olurankinse and oloruntoba, 2017). this could be achieved through the practice of meaningful engagement with the stakeholders at each stage of the implementation of food security programs (ufua et al. 2018). this would result in mutual understanding between the stakeholders and the interveners that may undertake the task of designing the right food distribution strategy and facilitate a conflict free platform to execute the task of accountable food distribution (womack and jones, 2003; ufua et al. 2015; osabohien, afolabi and godwin, 2018). the study is structured as follows: the next session presents the literature review, followed by the adopted methodology, next is the presentation of result and the last session is conclusion, which includes managerial implications, and suggestions for further research. 2. empirical literature it has been predicted that food demand will increase in the coming years, especially nigeria with high population and to control this food demand, strategies for efficient and effective supply of food to all households in nigeria needs to be put in place to mitigate food shortage. this can be done through innovation like warehouse and other storage facilities, among others (osabohien et al., 2018). populations spread of countries in west african sub-region during the period under review; nigeria, which is the focus of this study has a high population growth rate. this has not been reflected on food production and security practice in nigeria. instead, the growth in national population has resulted in a further complexity in terms of availability of food that meets the demands of the population density, especially in urban areas where food production is minimal and the demand is high (ojo, 2004; echebiri and edaba, 2008; jhingan, 2003). it is widely believed in literature that increase in production generates more food capable of reducing food shortage and the exclusion of the poor as a result of hunger as experienced in france and england (fogel, 2004). the improvement in supply of food for both countries showed efficient production of food systems. in terms of food production, nigeria as the most populated country in africa with over 190 million people lags behind other west african countries as its food production observed to be lower (fao, 2017). in this regard, more attention is needed to boost food production, food preservation and distribution, which could form a notable base for projecting the economy to better performance 164 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete in the future. furthermore, it has been noted in mali that, food production (especially food crops) has conventionally formed the bedrock for the pursuit of food security agenda (sidibe et al., 2018). this idea has been a long position of giving main concern of successive governments since mali’s gained political independence in 1960. structural responses to food insecurity in mali have mainly consisted of strategic reforms to enable the nation enhance agricultural production for the attainment of food security (bélières et al., 2008). in rethinking the strategies for sustainable development in ensuring food security in nigeria, the potentials of agriculture can be enhanced through institutional frameworks, effective governance, accountability and regulatory quality. from the empirical study of osabohien, osabuohien, and urhie (2018) employing the autoregressive distributed lag (ardl) technique in examining the role of institutional framework on food security, pointed out that institutional framework in nigeria exerts a negative effect on food security, due to weak institutional quality in nigeria. according to osabohien et al., (2018), the nigerian agricultural sector remains an important sector of the economy, owning to the fact that the sector employs approximately 75% of the total workforce, especially in the rural communities where most of the farmers earn their livelihood. the study of munene, swartling and thomalla (2018) employed the adaptive governance approach which pointed out that strategies to achieve sustainable development needs to be redirected. this would be more effective through the implementation of the framework requiring non-traditional management and governance approaches for a substantial reduction of food waste. it was noted that adaptive governance (ag) has been known to be the medium to change the link between development and disaster risk, with potentially far-reaching implications for policy and practice to ensure food security. similarly, osabuohien et al., (2018) used the qualitative method with focus group discussion to examine how local institutions contribute to food (rice) production in ogun state, nigeria where it was pointed out that local institutions play a key role in food production. in a study conducted by herbel, crowley and ourabah (2012), it was shown that achieving food security and the enhancement of dietary level is at the heart of the sustainable development goals (sdgs). in line with that, sidibé, totin, thompson-hall, traoré, traoré, and olabisi (2018) noted that achieving food security can be done through the enforcement of rules and laws designed at the national level which remains one of the central institutional mechanisms for efficient multi-scale governance in most countries. according to termeera, drimieb, ingram, pereirad, whitting (2018), policymakers are increasingly enlightened on the food security perspective, which has over the years reflected poorly in terms of institutional framework. thus, this paper fills this gap by addressing the question as to what forms of institutional framework is more appropriate to govern food systems in a more holistic way to achieve sustainable development goals (sdgs) of the united nations by the year 2030 and agenda 2063 of the african union. in africa, food security in relatively is high on the policy agenda of governmental authorities all over the globe (candel, 2014). food and agricultural organization-fao (2011) report, ‘food security governance’ relates to the ‘formal and informal’ rules and processes through which interests are expressed, and decisions which are germane to food security in a country are prepared, implemented and enforced on behalf of members of society. from the findings of rodrik (2010), osabuohien et al., (2018) and osabohien et al., (2018), to achieve food security, there is a need for equal opportunity in resource alloca165agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria tion and the delivery of services; coherent and coordinated policies, institutions, and actions. this means that the challenge for policymakers interested in addressing the key policy issues are to redesign strategies that allow countries to have a stable and affordable food supply that is distributed as household food insecurity continues to be widespread with strong inequities across and within countries governance and strategies. given the economic situation in some critical parts of the country, for example; the north-east (scribner, 2017; ajayi and adenegan, 2018), where starvation has been prevalent due to insurgency of boko haram, the use of the right approach to addressing the national challenge of food insecurity, based on a platform of accountability, have remained a maximum requirement for achieving the right results of this subject area. thus, from the fallouts in the literature, this study addresses the gaps in knowledge and takes up the debate to a new level with respect to the issues of food security and agriculture and institutional framework in nigeria. 3. methodological approach of the study the food system concept is poorly reflected in institutional terms at local, national, and international levels (osabohien et al., 2018; fresco, 2009; kennedy and liljeblad, 2016; osabohien et al., 2020). handling problems associated with food insecurity requires a more holistic approach in terms of institutions to fully address it. to achieve the objective of the study, the autoregressive distribution lag (ardl) econometric approach to cointegration is applied in examining the log-run relationship between agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria. the study engaged time series data sourced from the statistical bulletin of the central bank of nigeria (cbn), world governance indicators (wgi), world development indicators (wdi) of the world bank, and food and agricultural organization (fao). the study adopted the malthusian theory of population growth model (malthus, 1798) as recently explained in agarwal (2019); thus, the implicit function of the model is specified in equation (1). foodsec = f(agricvar, insvar, pop) (1) in equation (1) foodsec means food security, used as the dependent variable; agricvar means agriculture variables (two agriculture variables; agricultural production and agricultural credit) were employed, insvar represents institutional variables employed in the study; six major institutional variables were included in the model which are: voice and accountability, political stability and absence of violence, control of corruption, rule of law, government effectiveness and regulatory quality. pop means population, which was used as a control variable in the model. the variables are incorporated in a comprehensive model as shown in equation (2). foodsec = f(agricva2, instvar6, pop) (2) from the model, 2 represents the tow agricultural variables included, 6 represents the six institutional variables included in the model. the explicit form of the model is specified as shown in equation (3) 166 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete foodsec = α0 + α1 agricpro + α2 agriccredit + α3 va + α4 psav + α5 coc + α6 rol + α7 ge +α8 rq+ α9 pop + µ (3) where foodsec represents food security (stability component) proxied by the number of people undernourished, agricpro represents agricultural production, agriccredit represents agricultural credit; va represents voice and accountability, psav represents political stability and absence of violence, coc represents control of corruption, rol represents rule of law, ge represented government effectiveness, rq represents regulatory quality, pop represents population and µ represents the stochastic term. insight of the ardl model is drawn from the empirical work of osabohien et al (2018). the reason for the use of ardl approach compared to other econometric techniques like the johansen cointegration approach is built on the assumption that time series data trend in difference order of stationarity. hence, other approaches to cointegration becomes inefficient in handling this situation. the ardl model is specified in equation (4) the ardl model is presented in equation (4), while the error correction model is presented in equation (5) showing the mechanism and the adjustment speed which presents the extent to which the system adjust to equilibrium when disturbed by exogenous shocks. from equation (5), where: δ is the change in operator and ecmt-1 denotes error correction term. γ represents the speed of adjustment from the short-run to the long-run equilibrium (osabohien et al., 2018). the hypothis is stated that: h0: α0 = α1 = α2 = α3 = α4 = α5 = α6 = α7 = α8 = α9 (there is no long-run relationship) h1: α0 ≠ α1 ≠ α2 ≠ α3 ≠ α4 ≠ α5 ≠ α6 ≠ α7 ≠ α8 ≠ α9 (there is a long-run relationship) 167agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria the a priori expectation of the study is that: agricultural performance and institutional framework increase food security by reducing the number of the people undernourished, while population contributes to food insecurity. this can be demonstrated mathematically as: α0 > 0, α1 > 0, α2 > 0, α3 > 0, α4 > 0, α5 > 0, α6 > 0, α7 > 0, α8 > 0, α9 < 0, implying that the coefficient of the explanatory variables are expected to be positively related to food security (negatively related to the number of the people undernourished), except population. irrespective of the overall progress in reducing food insecurity across the world, nigeria remains one of the countries with the highest number of undernourished people (fao, 2011). some countries have shown progress in terms of food security in recent years, this progress occurred in most countries in europe, eastern and south eastern asia, as well as countries in latin america, while nigeria showed little progress as the country lags behind even among other african countries. food security can be referred to the state where all people, at all times, have physical, social, and economic access to adequate, safe and nourishing food which meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life (fao, 2015). basically, there are four major dimensions of food security, which are availability, accessibility, utilisation, and stability; each of the four dimensions has its own unique component as a measure of food security (pangaribowo, gerber, and maximo, 2013; osabohien et al., 2018). though, the four dimensions of food security are highly important, in this study, given the peculiarity of the economy of our study, we considered mainly the stability aspect. the main reason for focusing on stability is because it addresses the stability of the other three dimensions over time.  individuals will not be considered food secure until they feel so and they do not feel food secure until there is stability of availability, accessibility and proper utilization condition (bajagai, 2019). another major reason for the use of the number of the people undernourished as proxy for food security is because the world is in a nutrition crisis. out of 667 million children under the age of five, scholars have shown that approximately159 million are undernourished (adams, 2017) and household living in poverty suffer to purchase nutritious foods for themselves and other members of the household. most times, these households of which most of them are farmers are constrained by limited access to sufficient agricultural inputs materials like seeds and fertilizers, making it difficult to cultivate the crops that could feed their families. moreover, undernourishment and poverty exist in vicious cycle – children who are undernourished face intellectual deficiency, are less likely to do well in school, and therefore less likely to be productive as adults. as a result, they either struggle to earn enough income in adulthood to purchase nutritious foods or they do not have the productive capacity to grow the food needed to feed their households (adams, 2017). instability of market price of staple food and inadequate risk baring capacity of the people in the case of adverse condition (e.g. natural disaster and adverse weather conditions), political instability is the major factor affecting stability of the dimensions of food security, which we have considered in this study. the dependent variable, food stability is proxied by the number of people who are undernourished. two main independent variables (agricultural performance and institutional framework) with population as the control variable proxied by growth rate of population are engaged in the analysis. 168 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete the study builds on the malthusian theory of population as recently explained in agarwal (2019). this is because according to malthus theory, the population grows exponentially while food production grows arithmetically doubling in each generation; in this wise, while food production is likely to increase in arithmetic progression, population is capable of increasing in geometric progression (agarwal, 2019; malthus, 1798). this situation of arithmetic food growth with simultaneous geometric human population growth predicts a future when people would have no resources to survive. this means many people will have to chase the few available food, in turn, leading to food insecurity. the data, table 1. data sources, measurement of variables and summary statistics. variable identifier data source measurement mean standard deviation minimum maximum food security foodsec fao number of people undernourished (% of total population) 10.8 1.4 8.8 14.3 agriculture agricpro cbn total volume of agriculture production (units) 3707.3 4405.70 38.4 14709.1 agriccredit cbn credit to agricultural sector (million naira) 3827678 4325308 80845.8 1.3 population pop wdi total number of people 1.2 3.1 8.4 1.9 institutional framework va1 wgi institutional qualities -0.7 0.3 -1.6 -0.5 psav2 -1.92 0.20 -2.19 -1.52 coc3 17.10 10.13 0.70 28.00 rol4 1.14 0.19 0.72 1.43 ge5 -0.4 0.81 3 7 re6 -0.8 0.2 0.1 1.5 note: fao: food and agricultural organization; cbn: central bank of nigeria; wgi: world governance indicators; wdi: world development indicators. 1 voice and accountability reflects perceptions of the extent to which a country’s citizens are able to participate in selecting their government, as well as freedom of expression, freedom of association, and a free media (wgi, 2019). 2 political stability and absence of violence/terrorism measures perceptions of the likelihood of political instability and/or politically-motivated violence, including terrorism (wgi, 2019). 3 control of corruption reflects perceptions of the extent to which agents have confidence in and abide by the rules of society, and in particular the quality of contract enforcement, property rights, the police, and the courts, as well as the likelihood of crime and violence (wgi, 2019). 4 rule of law reflects perceptions of the extent to which public power is exercised for private gain, including both petty and grand forms of corruption, as well as “capture” of the state by elites and private interests (gwi, 2019). 5 government effectiveness reflects perceptions of the quality of public services, the quality of the civil service and the degree of its independence from political pressures, the quality of policy formulation and implementation, and the credibility of the government’s commitment to such policies (wgi, 2019). 6 regulatory quality reflects perceptions of the ability of the government to formulate and implement sound policies and regulations that permit and promote private sector development (wgi, 2019). 169agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria sources, and measurement of the variables for the study are presented in table 1. 4. results the results obtained from the ardl approach is presented in this section. 4.1 unit root test to conduct the ardl effectively, the unit root test for stationarity was conducted to determine the integrating order of the selected variables. this is considered as a necessary step in order to validate the assumption that none of the variables should be stationary at second differenced (that is, i [2]). this assumption is aimed at preventing the issue of ‘spurious result. insight of the ardl methodology was drawn from the empirical work of osabohien et al. (2018) and ouattara et al. (2006). ouattara et al. (2006) has it that f-statistic that pesaran (2007) presented seems ineffective when differentiated at order two [i (2)], since the method is based on the premise that variables either co-integrated at order zero [i (0)] or co-integrated at order one [i (1)]. therefore, engaging a unit root tests in the ardl approach to cointegration is to ensure that none of the variables is integrated of order 2 as presented in table 2. in table 2, variables exhibit different levels of stationarity, regulatory quality, political stability and absence of violence, control of corruption, agricultural credit and population are stationary at first difference, while others are stationary at levels. the result from the ardl econometric analysis is presented in table 3 the result obtained from the ardl for both the short-run and long-run dynamics are shown in table 3. the short-run result showed that: 1% change in agricultural productable 2. unit root test for stationary. variables adf t-statistic @ levels cv @ 5% adf t-statistic @ 1stdifference cv @ 5% integration order remark number of people undernourished -1.82 -1.95 -2.75 -1.96 i(1) stationary agricultural production -17.10 -1.95 i(0) stationary agricultural credit -2.90 -3.21 -4.67 -3.69 i(1) stationary population -1.81 -0.92 -4.83 -1.95 i(1) stationary voice and accountability -2.18 -1.95 i(0) stationary political stability/absence of violence -2.31 -2.87 -5.31 -3.82 i(1) stationary control of corruption -1.52 -1.89 -4.41 -3.67 i(1) stationary rule of law -3.91 -3.71 i(0) stationary government effectiveness -3.82 -3.00 i(0) stationary regulatory quality -0.62 -2.99 -5.79 -2.90 i(1) stationary note: adf means augmented dickey-fuller, cv means critical value. source: authors’ using stata 13. 170 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete ta bl e 3. a rd l re su lt. a gr ic ul tu ra l pr od uc tio n a gr ic ul tu re cr ed it po pu la tio n vo ic e & ac co un ta bi lit y po lit ic al st ab ili ty c on tr ol o f c or ru pt io n ru le o f l aw g ov er nm en t eff ec tiv en es s re gu la to ry q ua lit y lo ng -r un r el at io ns hi p -0 .0 2 (0 .0 0) [0 .0 1b ] [0 .0 1* *] -0 .1 8 (0 .1 0) [0 .0 9b ] 0. 74 (0 .1 9) [0 .0 8b ] 0. 51 (0 .6 8) [0 .0 1 b ] -0 .6 9 (0 .4 0) [0 .0 0 a ] 0. 63 (0 .0 8) [0 .4 68 ] -0 .2 9 (0 .0 5) [0 .0 5 c ] 0 .0 8 (0 .0 02 ) [0 .0 01 a ] 0 .2 4 (0 .0 6) [0 .0 8 c ] sh or t r un r el at io ns hi p l1 d l2 d l1 d l2 d l1 d l2 d l1 d l2 d l1 d l2 d l1 d l2 d l1 d l2 d l1 d l2 d l1 d l2 d -0 .0 5 (0 .0 0) [0 .0 0a ] [0 .0 0* ] -0 .0 3 (0 .1 7) [0 .0 1b ] -0 .0 6 (0 .3 5) [0 .0 2b ] [0 .0 2* *] -0 .2 0 (0 .8 0) [0 .0 0a ] 0. 11 (0 .4 9) [0 .1 91 ] 0 .2 00 (0 .6 3) [0 .1 9] -0 .0 7 (0 .3 3) [0 .5 5] -0 .0 6 (0 .1 4) [0 .1 3] -0 .2 1 (0 .4 0) [0 .0 4b ] -0 .0 9 (0 .4 2) [0 .0 2 b ] 0. 03 (0 .0 2) [0 .1 1] 0. 03 (0 .0 2) [0 .0 0 a ] -0 .5 8 (0 .5 6) [0 .0 b ] -0 .6 7 (0 .8 1) [0 .3 2] -0 .0 5 (0 .0 2) [0 .0 0a ] -0 .0 8 (0 .0 9) [0 .0 0a ] -0 .0 9 (0 .8 5) [0 .9 1] -0 .2 1 (0 .9 2) [0 .6 2] n ot e: t he s ta nd ar d er ro r a nd th e pr ob ab ili ty v al ue s ar e in p ar en th es is () a nd [] re sp ec tiv el y. a , b , c m ea ns th at v ar ia bl es a re s ta tic al ly s ig ni fic an t a t 1 % , 5 % an d 10 % re sp ec tiv el y, w hi le l d s ho w s th at v ar ia bl es a re la gg ed a nd d iff er en ce d. d ep en de nt v ar ia bl e is fo od s ec ur ity p ro xi ed b y th e nu m be r o f p eo pl e un de rn ou ris he d. so ur ce : a ut ho rs ’ u si ng s ta ta 1 3. 171agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria tion all things being equal, leads to approximately 2% decrease in the number of people undernourished. this is done by increasing the availability of food as posited in pangaribowo et al. (2013). similarly, increase credit to agriculture helps to increase production that in turn leads to food security by reducing the number of people undernourished by 18%, similar to the findings of osabohien et al. (2018). given the weak control in the level of corruption, increase population, voice and accountability, which are positively related to the number of people who are undernourished meaning that change in these variables increase the number of the people undernourished by 63%, 74%, and 51% respectively, which is similar to the findings of osabohien et al. (2018). the long-run result showed that 1% changed in the first and second lag of agricultural production reduces the number of people who are undernourished by approximately 5% and 3% respectively, meaning that; increase agricultural production contribute to food security by diminishing the number the people who are undernourished. similarly, 1% change in first and second lag of agricultural credit also contribute to the reduction of the number of the people who are undernourished and contribute to food security by approximately 20% and 11%, respectively. population both the first and second lag increased the number of the people undernourished this is akin to malthusian population theory, increase in population increases undernourishment, the reason for this high increase is because of low food production and many people chase little available food produced. the findings of this study in similar to the study of sidibé et al. (2018). sidebe et al. (2018) argued that enforcement of effective rules and laws contribute to food security. in this study, accountability, government effectiveness, regulatory quality, political stability and absence of violence and rule of law in the long-run increase food security by reducing the number of the people who are undernourished these variables in the long-run these variables increase food security in the first lag 6%, 9% and 58% respectively, while in the second lag 21%, 3% and 67% respectively, but corruption and population reduce food security by 3% and 11% respectively. in summary, the general socio-economic and political conditions affect directly affect food security. the major causes, as outlined in the social, economic, and political context, imply that macroeconomic stability; economic growth and its distribution, public expenditure, and governance as well as quality of institutions are among the crucial factors affecting nutritional level (pangaribowo et al. 2013). in line with adams (2017) there is a strong relationship between undernourishment and infection. while undernourishment can cause increased vulnerability to infection, infection also contributes to undernourishment reinforcing a vicious cycle. the consequences of undernourishment include weight loss, damage to mucus membranes surrounding vital organs, impaired growth and development in children, and lowered immunity. this makes it easier for children to become infected by various pathogens. once infected, nutritional status is further worsen, which, in turn, causes reduced dietary intake. chronic exposure to pathogens from living in contaminated conditions can worsen health outcomes and damage the intestine, impairing long-term nutrient absorption. as a result, even if an individual were consuming enough food with the correct nutrients, the body would not be able to use and process those nutrients (adams, 2017). in a study by adams (2017) measuring the costs of hunger in rwanda, it has been estimated that in 2012 there were an additional 280,385 clinical episodes as a result of childhood undernourishment of those, 47,064 were directly resulting from diarrhoea, fever, respiratory 172 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete ta bl e 4. e st im at es fr om e rr or c or re ct io n m ec ha ni sm . re gr es so rs re gr es sa nd d _n pu d _ ag ric pr o d _a cg sf d _ po p d _v a d _p sa v d _c c d _r la w d _g e d _r q ec te rm -0 .0 24 5 a -0 .3 13 7 a -0 .0 35 1 a -0 51 08 7 b -0 .0 95 1 c -0 .0 03 8 -0 .5 56 1 a -0 .0 48 1 a -0 .1 20 1 a -0 .3 21 (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 35 ) (0 .5 45 ) (0 .1 42 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .5 99 ) np u( ld ) 0. 92 16 a -5 86 .9 92 6 -0 .3 54 1 a -2 12 82 .7 3 0. 17 09 0. 11 57 73 -9 .5 02 4 a -0 .5 99 a -0 .5 99 a -0 .2 13 ag ric pr o( ld ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .1 79 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .3 15 ) (0 .5 38 ) ( 0 .4 41 ) (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 (0 .2 00 ) -0 .0 00 48 -0 .0 34 5 -1 11 7. 83 b -9 .1 98 3 0. 02 02 a 0. 00 17 c -0 .0 11 6 a -0 .0 03 a 2. 20 8 3. 10 8 (0 .0 34 ) (0 .8 56 ) (0 .0 22 9) (0 .6 60 ) (0 .0 43 0) (0 .0 60 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 32 ) (0 .5 44 ) (0 .6 7) ac gs f ( ld ) 4 .0 80 9 a 0. 01 21 6 c -0 .0 55 1 0. 00 31 -2 .1 50 8 -4 .0 40 8 b -2 .4 90 9 a 2. 20 8 2. 20 8 2. 20 8 a (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 20 ) (0 .8 09 ) (0 .3 95 ) (0 .7 53 ) (0 .0 25 ) (0 .0 01 ) 0. 54 4 0. 54 4 (0 .0 00 ) po pu la tio n (l d ) -2 .8 00 7 a 0. 09 24 * 1. 60 65 c 1. 04 6 a * -1 .9 40 7 1. 41 07 0. 01 21 a 3. 42 1 a 4. 02 7 a 1. 04 3 a (0 .0 00 0) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 68 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .4 56 ) (0 .1 13 ) (0 .0 00 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 01 ) va (l d ) -0 .0 63 87 a (0 .0 00 ) -3 6. 72 33 2 a (0 .0 00 ) -2 93 06 0. 8 b (0 .0 24 4) -9 66 5. 71 5 (0 .8 67 ) -0 .2 57 39 * (0 .0 08 ) -0 .0 46 4 (0 .5 77 ) 4. 75 68 (0 .0 03 ) 0 .6 68 5 a (0 .0 00 ) -.1 80 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) -.1 80 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) ps av (l d ) -0 .5 86 7 b (0 .0 97 ) 23 1. 20 85 a (0 .0 00 ) 32 .8 65 6 b (0 .0 23 ) 25 76 5. 93 b (0 .0 42 7) -0 .1 91 9 (0 .5 76 ) -0 .6 71 3 a (0 .0 04 ) 0. 44 08 4 (0 .8 41 ) 0. 20 47 (0 .3 65 ) -.1 80 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) -.1 80 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) c c (l d ) -0 .0 02 7 a (0 .0 00 ) -4 5. 12 74 a (0 .0 02 ) 24 78 3. 82 (0 .3 50 ) 13 97 .0 85 (0 .3 86 ) -0 .0 89 0 (0 .4 59 ) -2 .0 17 3 (0 .1 28 ) -2 .3 72 (0 .2 60 ) 0. 92 65 (0 .2 58 ) -.1 80 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) -.1 80 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) rla w (l d ) -0 .7 85 5b (0 .0 47 ) 70 9. 43 12 b (0 .0 31 ) -1 57 1. 81 9 a (0 .0 00 ) -6 16 3. 00 4 (0 .8 65 ) -.1 80 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) 0. 02 00 (0 .9 38 ) 6. 75 78 a (0 .0 00 ) 1. 10 67 a (0 .0 00 ) -0 .2 31 1 (0 .7 05 ) -0 .1 11 a (0 .0 05 ) g e( ld ) -0 .7 85 5b (0 .0 47 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) -0 .4 52 11 (0 .4 05 ) -2 .0 16 7 (0 .7 05 ) -0 .4 92 a (0 .0 00 ) -0 .9 75 (0 .4 05 ) rq (l d ) -0 .7 85 5b (0 .0 47 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) 0. 00 27 a (0 .0 00 ) -0 .8 21 3 (0 .7 05 ) -9 .0 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) -0 .8 11 (0 .7 05 ) -5 .0 11 1 (0 .7 05 ) a dj . r -s q 0. 88 20 0. 98 04 0. 60 62 0. 74 80 0. 83 1 0. 90 95 0. 79 73 0. 69 5 0. 75 0 0. 62 0 a ic : 5 7. 97 31 7 h q ic : 5 9. 21 47 6 sb ic : 6 2. 14 86 5 n ot e: a , b , c m ea ns t ha t va ria bl es a re s ta tic al ly s ig ni fic an t at 1 % , 5 % a nd 1 0% r es pe ct iv el y. d is d iff er en ce o pe ra to r, w hi le l d s ho w s th at v ar ia bl es w er e la gg ed a nd d iff er en ce d ba se d on a ka ik e in fo rm at io n cr ite rio n (a ic ), h an na nq ui nn in fo rm at io n cr ite rio n (h q ic ) a nd s ch w ar z’s b ay es ia n in fo rm at io n cr ite rio n (s bi c) so ur ce : t he a ut ho rs ’ 173agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria infection, and anaemia – all conditions correlated with the adverse impact of undernourishment to ensure the long-run estimates are not spurious and the system adjusted properly to equilibrium, the error correction mechanism as presented in table 4 was employed because, time series regression model is based on the behavioural assumption that two or more time series exhibit an equilibrium relationship that determines both short-run and long-run behaviour for the correction of error. the error correction relates to the fact that last period deviation from long-run deviation influences the short-run dynamics of the dependent variable. the result (-0.0245) from the error correction mechanism showed that the system adjust by approximately 2.5% to equilibrium. the error correction model is that each variable acts dependent (regressand) and independent (regressor). 5. conclusion and recommendations the role of institutional framework in ensuring food security is multifaceted, as it is subjective to collective factors operating at diverse tiers of the social-ecological model. these factors comprise the accessibility of a sufficient food supply and access to food from the federal to the state and local government levels. access to the food supply is in turn mainly influenced by agricultural production; this means that; the higher the production, the more people gain access to food. at the macro-level, food access is driven by factors such as food prices, job opportunities, minimum wages, and social protection policies. therefore, this study has made contribution by explores the importance of food security in nigeria, considering agriculture and institutions as key variables. in other words, the population of nigeria is not equating with the productivity, which in turn has a high negative significant effect on the state of undernourished people. the study found that it is a worthwhile practice for nigeria to pursue food stability as this can form a background to channel the national economy to address the challenges of food. thus, food security can be controlled with a high impact intervention from the government with an indelible intention of reducing corruption at a minimal rate. this could be done through an aggressive support initiative and other pragmatic actions to engage stakeholders to embark on effective food production and distribution that meet household demands. in order to meet households food demand, agricultural incentives should be granted to farmers to increase food production, this is evident from the result obtained in the study which shows that in the long-run increase in agricultural production reduces the number of undernourishment by 5% and 3%, agricultural credit enhances food production base thereby reducing undernourishment by 20% and 11%, respectively. the need to address the issue of food insecurity in nigeria demands a strong institutional framework, which could help demarcate the current situation in its entirety, highlighting the key areas affected, and encourage the advancement of relevant methods that can resolve the issue. this would create a platform of food supply resilience aimed at keeping the developed approach on a rapid response to emerging food security challenges. fresh fruits and vegetables can be made available to the respondent communities without giving lots of dependency on vehicles and increasing the avenue of learning on healthy food options and opportunity to own and grow food (hobsoons bay city council, 2009a: city of darebin 2010). under-development of agriculture, among other factors points to 174 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete the fact that food security would pose the challenge of low per capita productivity, especially in food production, which is relevant to food security. in nigeria, uneven distribution of food probably reflects in price instability, which effects vulnerable households’ ability to make long-term adjustments to their resource constraints. it is necessary to understand the nature of fluctuations in a food system that can aid researchers and policymakers on the strategies to be employed in enhancing the food systems in nigeria. institutional framework is also required to address gender imbalance because social and economic inequalities between men and women also stand in the way of balanced nutrition. more often than not, undernourishment disproportionality affects women. in households vulnerable to food insecurity, women are shown to be at greater risk of undernourishment than men. undernourishment in mothers, especially those who are pregnant or breastfeeding can create a cycle of deficiency that increases the likelihood of a low birth weight child and childhood undernourishment additionally, lack of decision-making power around family planning means that women have less ability to harmonize childbirth and breastfeeding schedules, which has direct implications for nutritional status this menace of food insecurity, especially in nigeria could also be traceable to the inherent crises by herdsmen and boko haram insurgency in the northern parts of the country as the violence between the fulani herdsmen and farmers have become one of nigeria’s most constant security challenges and have left thousands of people displaced and dead in recent years (vanguard, january 11, 2018). crisis in these locations (especially benue that is referred to as the ‘food basket of the nation’ and other high agricultural states) have adversely affected food production and supply, because when there is crisis in these locations, there would be a further challenge on food security which would in turn result to the challenge of food shortage in supply to the various parts of the country like lagos where demands are high, leading to higher prices and scarcity. there could also be wastage of scarce food resources with the emergence of a crisis that could prevent distribution. boko haram insurgency has been an ungodly act that has greatly affected the country’s level of food security. maiduguri, which has been the capital city of borno state, have had food insecurity treats since the outbreak of boko haram conflict. food items supplied from the north such as beans, yam, carrots, beef, potatoes, groundnuts, and vegetables have been affected by the crises emanating from the northern part of the country. utilization of food is of importance for the well been of human development, which is been affected by the crises northern part of nigeria. 6. acknowledgement the initial version of this paper was presented at the first faculty of management and social sciences (fmss) international conference, alex ukwueme federal university, ndufu alike, nigeria, 25-27th june, 2019. comments from the conference panelists are highly appreciated. also, comments from the editor (s) and two anonymous reviewers, which helped in improving the paper, are acknowledged. the views expressed in this article are those of the authors. 175agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria 7. references abdulrahman, s., mani, j.r., oladimeji, y.u., abdulazeez, r.o. and ibrahim, l.a. (2017). analysis of entrepreneural management and food security strategies of small ruminant women farmers in kirikassamma local government area of jigawa state. journal of animal production research 29(1): 419-429. adams, b. (2017). malnutrition is about more than food security, gardens for health international accessed from: https://www.publichealthpost.org/viewpoints/malnutrition-food-security/ afolayan, o., okodua, h., matthew, o. and osabohien, r. (2019). reducing unemployment malaise in nigeria: the role of electricity consumption and human capital, international journal of energy economics and policy 9(4): 63-73. agarwal, p. (2019). malthusian theory of population, intelligent economist, accessed from https://www.intelligenteconomist.com/malthusian-theory/ agranoff, r. (2014). local governments in multilevel systems: emergent public administration challenges. am. rev. public admin 44 (44): 47s–62s. ajayi, c.o. and adenegan, k.o. (2018). rights-based approach to food and nutrition security in nigeria. in: food systems sustainability and environmental policies in modern economies. igi global, pp. 217-234. androsova, i.v., melnichuk, a.v., bondaletov, v.v., vinichenko, m.v. and duplij, e.v. (2016). on the issue of state support of agriculture: regional aspect. international journal of economics and financial issues 6(1s). ayotamuno, j.m. and gobo, a.e. (2004). municipal solid waste management in port harcourt, nigeria: obstacles and prospects. management of environmental quality: an international journal 15(4): 389-398. babatunde, r.o., omotesho, o.a. and sholotan, o.s. (2007).socio-economic characteristics and food security status of farming households in kwara state, north-central nigeria. pakistan journal of nutrition 6 (1): 49-58. bajagai, y.s. (2019). basic concepts of food security: definition, dimensions and integrated phase classification, food and environment, accessed from https://www. foodandenvironment.com batley, r. and larbi, g., (2004). the changing role of government the reform of public services in developing countries. palgrave macmillan, hampshire, uk. bélières, j.f, benoit-cattin, m., barret, l., djouara, h. and kebe, d. (2008). producer organizations in the cotton zone in mali. conditions of emergence and perspectives. rural economy. agricultures, foods, territories (303-304-305): 22-38. bell, p., (2007). how local government can save australia’s federal system. in: brown, a., bellamy, j. (eds.), federalism and regionalism in australia new approaches, new institutions? anu e press, canberra, pp. 171–183 candel, j.j. (2014). food security governance: a systematic literature review. food security 6: 585-601. city of darebin (2010). food security policy. city of darebin, victoria. dias, b.g., juliana, r.p. giller, k.e. and ittersum,m.k. (2017). agriculture, food security and the sustainable development goals: theory and practice in three development contexts. 3rd international conference on global food security conference, cape town, 2017-12-03/2017-12-06. 176 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete dollery, b., marshall, n. and worthington, a. (eds.) (2003). reshaping australian local government. unsw press, sydney. echebiri, r.n. and edaba, m.e.i. (2008). production and utilization of cassava in nigeria: prospects for food security and infant nutrition. pat 4(1): 38-52. ejikeme, j.o., ojiako,j.c. and ezeh, f.c. (2017). enhancing food security in anambra state, nigeria, using remote sensing data. journal of the faculty of environmental sciences, nnamdi azikiwe university akwa, nigeria 6 (9): 27-44 fao (2009). how to feed the world in 2050, accessed from http://www.fao.org/fileadmin/ templates/wsfs/docs/expertpaper/how_to_feed_the_world_in_2050.pdf fao (2011). good food security governance: the crucial premise to the twin-track approach. background paper. esa workshop, fao, rome, accessed from http:// www.fao.org fogel, r.w. (2004). the escape from hunger and premature death, 1700-2100: europe, america, and the third world (vol. 38). cambridge university press. fresco, l.o. (2009). challenges for food system adaptation today and tomorrow. environmental science & policy 12(4): 378-385. haddad, l.j., hawkes, c., achadi, e., ahuja, a., ag bendech, m., bhatia, k. ... and fanzo, j. (2015). global nutrition report 2015: actions and accountability to advance nutrition and sustainable development. intl food policy res inst. herbel, d., crowley, e., ourabah, h. and lee, m.( 2012). good practices in building innovative rural institutions to increase food security. food and agriculture organization of the united nations (fao). hobsons bay city council (2009a). hobsons bay city council community consultation report. hobsons bay city council, victoria. hodgson, g.m. (2006). what are institutions? j. econ. issues 40(1): 1-25. huisman, l., vink, m.j. and eerdt, m. (2016). africa in perspective. in: neaa pbl (ed.), national-level land use dynamics in 10 african countries under a growing demand for food. environmental assessment agency, the hague: pbl, netherlands. ibe s.o., alozie, s. t. and iwueke o.c. (2017). food security among households in eastern nigeria: a descriptive analysis, international journal of gender and development issues 1(6): 1-9. ike, c. u., jacobs, p.t. and kelly, c. (2017). a multidimensional approach to measuring household food security in taraba state, nigeria: comparing key indicators. development in practice 27(2): 234-246. jhingan, m.l. (2003). the economics of development and planning. 36th revised and enlarged edition, vrinda publications (p) ltd, delhi, india kennedy, a. and liljeblad, j. (eds.). (2016). food systems governance: challenges for justice, equality and human rights. routledge. koning, n. (2017). food security, agricultural policies and economic growth: long-term dynamics in the past, present and future. historia agraria 76: 253-315. lele, u., masters, w.a., kinabo, j., meenakshi, j.v., ramaswami, b. and tagwireyi, j. (2016). measuring food and nutrition security: an independent technical assessment and user’s guide for existing indicators. rome: food security information network, measuring food and nutrition security technical working group. 177agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria lynam, j., beintema, n.m., roseboom, j. and badiane, o. (eds.). (2016). agricultural research in africa: investing in future harvests. intl food policy res inst. malthus, t.r. (1798). an essay on the principle of population. chapter ii, p. 18 matthew, o., miebaka-ogan, t., popoola, o., olawande, t., osabohien, r., urhie, e., adediran, o. and ogunbiy, t. (2019). electricity consumption, government expenditure and sustainable development in nigeria: a co-integration approach. international journal of energy economics and policy 9(4): 74-80. munene, m.b., swartling, å.g. and thomalla, f. (2018). adaptive governance as a catalyst for transforming the relationship between development and disaster risk through the sendai framework? international journal of disaster risk reduction 28: 653-663. ojo, s.o. (2004). improving labour productivity and technical efficiency in food crop production: a panacea for poverty reduction in nigeria. journal of food agriculture and environment 2: 227-231. omonona, b.t. and agoi, g.a. (2007).an analysis of food security situation among nigerian urban households: evidence from lagos state, nigeria. osabohien, r. (2018). contributing to agricultural mix: analysis of the living standard measurement study integrated survey on agriculture data set, data in brief 20: 96 -100 osabohien, r., afolabi, a. and godwin, a. (2018). an econometric analysis of food security and agricultural credit facilities in nigeria. the open agriculture journal 12(1): 227-239. osabohien, r., matthew, o., gershon, o., ogunbiyi, t. and nwosu, e. (2019). agriculture development, employment generation and poverty reduction in west africa. the open agriculture journal 13: 82-89. osabohien, r., matthew, a.o. aderounmu, b. and olawande, t. (2019). greenhouse gas emissions and crop production in west africa: examining the mitigating potential of social protection. international journal of energy economics and policy 9(1): 57-66. osabohien, r., osabuohien, e. and urhie, e (2018). food security, institutional framework and technology: examining the nexus in nigeria using ardl approach. current nutrition and food science 14(2): 154-163. osabohien, r., ufua, d., moses, c.l. and osabuohien, e. (2020). accountability in agricultural governance and food security in nigeria. brazilian journal of food technology 23, e2019054. doi: https://doi.org/10.1590/1981-6723.08919. osabuohien, e., okorie, u. and osabohien, r. (2018). rice production and processing in ogun state, nigeria: qualitative insights from farmers’ association. in obayelu, e. (eds).food systems sustainability and environmental policies in modern economics, hershey, pa: igi global, pp. 188-215. pérez-escamilla, r., shamah-levy, t. and candel, j. (2017). food security governance in latin america: principles and the way forward. global food security 14: 68-72. pesaran, m.h. (2007). a simple panel unit root test in the presence of cross‐section dependence. journal of applied econometrics 22(2): 265-312. ouattara, k., ouattara, b., assa, a. and sédogo, p.m. (2006). long-term effect of ploughing, and organic matter input on soil moisture characteristics of a ferric lixisol in burkina faso. soil and tillage research 88(1-2): 217-224. 178 romanus osabohien, evans osabuohien, precious ohalete rodrik, d. (2010). diagnostics before prescription. journal of economic perspectives 24(3): 33-44. scribner, s. (2017). on the brink: as famine looms, world leaders must pay up and deliver political solutions to save lives. shamah-levy, t., mundo-rosas, v., flores-de la vega, m.m. and luiselli-fernández, c. (2017). food security governance in mexico: how can it be improved? global food security 14: 73-78. sheahan, m. and barrett, c.b. (2014). understanding the agricultural input landscape in sub-saharan africa: recent plot, household, and community-level evidence. world bank policy research working paper, pp. 7014. sidibé, a., totin, e., thompson-hall, m., traoré, o.t., traoré, p.c.s. and olabisi, l.s. (2018). multi-scale governance in agriculture systems: interplay between national and local institutions around the production dimension of food security in mali. njas-wageningen journal of life sciences 84: 94-102. thi, n.b.d., kumar, g. and lin, c.y. (2015). an overview of food waste management in developing countries: current status and future perspective. journal of environmental management 157: 220-229. ufua, d.e., papadopoulos, t. and midgley, g. (2015). enhancing lean interventions through the use of systems thinking in the food production industry: a case in the niger delta region of nigeria. in proceedings of the 58th annual meeting of the isss-2014 united states (vol. 1, no. 1). ufua, d.e., papadopoulos, t. and midgley, g. (2018). systemic lean intervention: enhancing lean with community operational research. european journal of operational research 268(3): 1134-1148. vanguard news nigeria (11 january, 2018). nigerian herdsmen crisis: what’s at stake? accessed from https://www.vanguardngr.com/2018/01/nigerian-herdsmen-crisiswhats-stake waldron, a., garrity, d., malhi, y., girardin, c., miller, d.c. and seddon, n. (2017). agroforestry can enhance food security while meeting other sustainable development goals. tropical conservation science 10: 1940082917720667. womack, j.p. and jones, d.t. (2003). lean thinking: banish waste and create wealth in your corporation. 2nd edition. simon and schuster, london. young, o.r. (2002). the institutional dimension of environmental change: fit, interplay, and scale. mit press, cambridge, massachusetts, usa, accessed from https://mitpress.mit.edu/books/institutional-dimensions-environmental-change. consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food simone cerroni1,2,3,*, verity watson4, jennie i. macdiarmid5 the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region: a quantitative analysis of a rural community in eastern uganda anna lina bartl agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria romanus osabohien1,3,*, evans osabuohien1,3, precious ohalete2,3 innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? michele vollaro1,*, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 determinants of farm households’ willingness to accept (wta) compensation for conservation technologies in northern ghana evelyn delali ahiale1,*, kelvin balcombe2, chittur srinivasan2 bio-based and applied economics 9(2): 171-200, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8287 assessing preferences for rural landscapes: an attribute based choice modelling approach cathal o’donoghue1, stephen hynes1, paul kilgarriff2, mary ryan3,*, andreas tsakiridis3 1 national university of ireland, galway 2 luxembourg institute for socio economic research 3 teagasc, the irish agriculture and food development authority abstract. this study adopts a choice modelling framework to disentangle individual preferences for rural landscape attributes based on the viewing of photographs of the irish countryside. using ordered logit and standard panel and pooled regression models, societal preferences are quantified for rural landscape attributes, grouped into natural, agricultural and human-built non-agricultural categories. the preferences of 430 individuals towards 50 rural landscape photographs are analysed. the results show positive preferences for landscapes with natural attributes such as cliffs, mountainous features, water and native trees, as well as preferences for neat/managed agricultural landscapes and traditional human-built features such as stone walls and planted hedgerows. the study shows negative preferences for features such as flooding, unmanaged landscapes, industrial turf cutting and mechanised features such as wind turbines. there is significant preference heterogeneity observed across the sample particularity across the urban-rural residency divide. it is argued that analysing preferences for specific attributes of landscapes rather than preferences for individual landscape photographs allows for further applications particularly in the area of simulation. keywords. rural landscapes, choice modelling, ordered logit, attribute preference heterogeneity. jel codes. q18, q24, q57. 1. introduction agriculture is a multifunctional, natural resource based sector that takes place predominately in rural areas. it provides private goods like the ‘5 fs’: food, feed, fuel, fibre and forest (kern, 2002), generating income for farm families and contributing to the aesthetic character of human-ecological systems. these landscapes also support the delivery of other public goods such as recreation and cultural heritage (kantelhardt et al., 2015) *corresponding author. e-mail: mary.ryan@teagasc.ie editor: francesco vanni. 172 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis and ecosystem services (es) relating to greenhouse gas emissions, water quality and biodiversity (vanni, 2014; van zanten et al., 2014; oecd, 2015; kantelhardt, 2006). these benefits, supplied by a sustainable agricultural sector, are reflected at eu policy level with increasing levels of funding dedicated to protecting rural landscapes and providing additional public goods from farming. as landscape values are often perceived as public goods, in the sense that they are non-excludable and non-rival in consumption, markets cannot place a price on landscape features and quality of landscape services (hanley et al., 2009), nor can they guarantee their adequate provision (schaller et al., 2018; villanueva et al., 2015; rodríguez-entrena et al., 2017). thus, where there is a market failure, there is a case that governments should implement measures to ensure an adequate provision. to do that however knowledge is required in terms of the preferences of society for alternative landscape types and features. a wide range of studies, using different methodologies, have attempted to examine rural landscape preferences and values in order to guide policy and better target expenditure to the most ‘valued’ landscapes. there are a number of studies that use expert judgement to assess the aesthetic quality of landscapes (frank et al., 2013; hermes et al., 2018). however, the perception of value may vary with perspective. for example, land owners and agricultural scientists may place a higher value on landscape attributes that involve the delivery of provisioning of ecosystem services, while members of the general public may subjectively place a higher value on cultural ecosystem services such as the aesthetics and recreational opportunities (lothian, 1999). thus expert opinion may not reflect what is of value personally to individuals or the wider population (tveit, 2009). elsewhere, kirillova et al. (2014) and plieninger et al. (2013) perform a qualitative assessment of the cultural importance of landscapes, while willingness to pay (wtp) is assessed by hynes et al. (2011; van berkel and verburg, (2014); rodríguez-entrena et al., (2017); dupras et al., (2018); bernués et al., (2019) and huber and finger, (2019). the publics’ stated preferences for landscapes and their features have also been surveyed (howley, 2011; howley et al., 2012; schirpke et al., 2016, santos-martín et al., 2019). stated preference surveys often measure landscapes in a holistic way focusing on concepts or characteristics reflected in the landscape (ives and kendal, 2013; tveit et al., 2006). many landscape preference studies also employ non-monetary techniques where landscapes are assessed through rankings of a number of photographs, or monetary techniques to estimate direct and indirect use values (e.g. forest fibres) and/or non-use values (e.g. biodiversity, wilderness, spiritual) for preserving landscapes (garcía-llorente et al., 2012). assessments based on cognitive attributes, such as landscape coherence, mystery, safety, and naturalness, provide a holistic assessment of a visual entity through its single components, rather than defining or focusing on specific physical landscape attributes, such as tree density or presence of hedges (tagliafierro et al., 2013; van zanten et al., 2014). hynes and campbell (2011) analysed the most appropriate economic valuation methodologies for agri-environment policies. they concluded that a holistic valuation approach should be used where the objective is the valuation of the landscape as a whole, whereas an attribute-based approach is appropriate if the objective is to understand preferences for individual components, which may allow for extrapolation using other gis datasets in policy evaluation. choice experiments have been utilised to assess the preference for individual characteristics (hynes and campbell, 2011; rodríguez-entrena et al., 2017; dupras et al., 173assessing preferences for rural landscapes 2018). although they present monetary measures of the willingness to pay for landscape attributes, there is a limit to how many attributes can be considered, albeit some papers (such as bernués et al., 2019) have an extensive array of choice attributes. thus, it may be difficult to apply a choice experiment methodology to assess the preferences for a wide variety of landscape characteristics. garcía-llorente et al. (2012) used photographs within the contingent valuation method to examine preferences for alternative landscape types. follow-up expert opinion was employed to relate the observed willingness to pay for ecosystem services connected to the different landscapes in the photographs. two studies of particular relevance to this research are howley (2011) and schirpke et al. (2016). howley (2011) assessed the effect of personal, geographic and environmental value orientations on landscape preferences. they did not however examine how the landscape attributes themselves could influence preferences or whether the potential effects could vary across survey respondents according to their personal, socio-demographic and geographic characteristics. schirpke et al. (2016) similarly examined attitudes in relation to landscape images by assembling specific landscape attributes using viewsheds from a digital elevation model. although schirpke et al. (2016) consider the relationship between socio-economic characteristics and holistic image-based landscape attributes (as does howley, 2011), their study does not consider the differential preference for specific landscape preferences across socio-demographic characteristics. this paper aims to contribute to the literature of landscape preference valuation by (a) investigating whether individuals’ characteristics interact with landscape attributes, and (b) how these interactions may ultimately affect public preferences for landscapes. the paper used data from howley’s (2011) analysis and builds on schirpke et al. (2016)’s approach by applying expert judgement as opposed to a combination of gis-based and observational attributes to each of the photos. the literature is extended by utilising an attribute choice framework to disentangle individual preferences for a holistic image of a landscape photograph into preferences for specific attributes of that landscape. the approach adopted in this paper facilitates the creation of a formalised model of landscape preferences based on the component attributes. the study uses ireland’s rural landscapes as a case study. the irish rural landscape has, and still is undergoing considerable change. agriculture remains the largest rural land use with the irish agri-food sector accounting for over half of the country’s exports and almost 10% of the economy and employment (teagasc, 2017). in many predominantly rural countries like ireland, landscape images provide a visible representation of how the world sees the country and advertising campaigns such as ireland’s ‘origin green’ are used to promote global agri-food exports. as rural based sectors and the public goods they provide are heavily influenced by public policy, societal preferences in relation to rural areas are important. landscape aesthetics, as one of the most visual and understandable public goods, is as a result, one of the most important drivers of support for the delivery of additional rural public goods. the next section of this paper presents a review of models of landscape preference as a basis for model development. section 3 then describes the data used in the analysis. the methodology is reviewed in section 4 while section 5 presents results and discussion. finally, policy relevant conclusions are provided in section 6. 174 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis 2. models of landscape preferences increasingly, policy is focusing on the role of landscapes in the provision of es, with landscape aesthetics being consistently included as an example of cultural es. many of these es relate to the structure and composition of the landscape (tscharntke et al., 2005; zhang et al., 2007; van berkel and verburg, 2014; van oudenhoven et al., 2012). a variety of ecological/landscape indicators have been used to estimate the relationship between landscape characteristics and the potential for supply of es (kienast et al., 2009; burkhard et al., 2010; van berkel and verburg, 2014), whilst integrative analytical approaches and models have been developed to assess trade-offs between es and economic decisions (vidal-legaz et al., 2013). studies have also assessed the socio-cultural values of ecosystem services delivered by different landscape types (hynes and campbell, 2011; martín-lópez et al. 2012). while the value of the agricultural provisioning function of landscapes can be quantified using farm activity data, the quantification of the aesthetic value of landscapes remains a challenge. there are however studies that focus on particular cultural services that can be attributed to visual landscape characteristics, rather than the totality of potential es. such landscape preference studies use landscape photos to represent different types of landscapes (see for example campbell et al., 2006; rambonilaza and dacharybernard, 2007; moran et al., 2007; hynes and campbell, 2011). while the use of interviews with photo-elicitation and ranking enables researchers to identify landscape preferences and propose reasons underlying them, there are some criticisms of the reliability of evaluating aesthetic preference using photos. bias in stated preferences may arise due to photo quality, light, weather, photo composition, and the number of photos presented (van berkel and verburg, 2014, gill et al., 2015). however, empirical results from numerous studies support the use of landscape images and other visual approaches combined with questionnaires, as a reliable method for the public evaluation of landscapes (svobodova et al., 2012; häfner et al., 2018). 2.1 landscape attributes the concept of utilising landscape photographs as a proxy for landscape characteristics is commonplace in the literature (kaltenborn and bjerke, 2002; arriaza et al., 2004). while a photographic image does not represent the actuality of the experience of being in a landscape, there is a substantial literature that supports their use (häfner et al., 2018). according to dramstad et al. (2006), preferences based on well-selected colour photographs of landscapes are similar to those made in the field. in this study, landscapes are decomposed into their individual attributes to examine the personal preferences for these attributes. in a meta-analysis, van zanten et al. (2014) created a typology of landscape attributes consisting of two levels. at the first level there are four attribute groups: human influence on agricultural landscapes, land cover attributes, landscape elements and biophysical features. the second level decomposes level one attributes into their various components, e.g. farm system, level of fragmentation, mountains etc. landscape scenes used in preference studies need to account for these different types of attributes. it is also important to distinguish the intensity of the various attributes. häfner et al. (2018) found there was a higher preference for point attributes such as 175assessing preferences for rural landscapes individual trees, as opposed to lines of trees or hedgerows, with a higher frequency preferred. the attributes extracted from landscape scenes for this analysis are also in line with those of de ayala et al. (2012). they list the common attributes in landscape level discrete choice experiment studies as vegetation (e.g. trees, hedgerows), rural aspects (grassland, farm buildings), wildlife, water, cultural heritage (monuments, traditional farming), boundaries (stone walls and fences) and recreation (walking trails, fishing). 2.2 judgements landscape has been described as the intersection between physical attributes of a place and individuals’ perceptions of that place (hanley et al., 2009). studies examining landscape values may use either expert judgement (objectivist approach), where the focus is on characterizing the landscape as an object, or personal preferences in the form of a survey (subjectivist approach), where the focus is on viewers’ experiences of the landscape (lothian, 1999; tveit et al., 2006). the objective approach considers landscape quality as an intrinsic attribute of the landscape, and requires an implicit understanding of human preferences for landscape. the subjectivist approach considers landscape quality as a human construct based on the interpretation of what is perceived as landscape through individuals’ memories, associations and imagination. in the subjectivist approach, landscapes provide a means of understanding preferences of landscape viewers (lothian, 1999). within the field of landscape aesthetics, evolutionary theories and cultural preference theories have been developed to explain landscape perception and identify the factors and mechanisms that shape human preferences towards landscapes (häfner et al., 2018). when using personal preferences, the context in which the survey is collected is important. studies that are context specific make upscaling of results difficult (van zanten et al., 2014). studies should therefore control for local context such as attitudes, location and demographics of the respondents. education, for example, has been found to positively influence landscape preferences (häfner et al., 2018). however, in an assessment of landscape aesthetics, frank et al. (2013) found few differences in the preference values across three different categories of respondents: the general population, experts and stakeholders. the location in which a respondent lives can also influence their preferences. metaanalysis results show that urban residents have a higher preference for forest and natural landscapes (van zanten et al., 2014). the landscape value of an area also includes the value placed on it by tourists and those not living in an area. kirillova et al. (2014) examined the aesthetic judgement of tourists using semi-structured interviews and disaggregated their judgements into a total of nine dimensions. zoderer et al. (2016) found that tourists’ perceptions of landscape value vary with the land-use type and their socio-economic characteristics. in summary, some of the spatial, methodological and attribute choices in recent studies are presented in table 1. 3. methodological framework a range of indicators is required to comprehensively describe landscapes. the european landscape convention (elc, 2000) for example integrates biophysical, cul176 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis tural, social, and visual attributes of landscapes. in order to incorporate this integrated view and to combine public and expert opinion, sowinska-swierkosz and chmielewski (2016) developed a methodological framework to identify landscape quality objectives (lqos) which include gis analysis, quality assessments, social survey and expert value judgements. this study also combines expert and public viewpoints in developing a model that links the visual attributes of landscapes (as defined by agricultural scientists) with individuals’ landscape preferences, socio-demographic data and gis analysis. the main benefit of using such a modelling approach is the ability to rank a landscape, using personal preferences derived from a survey but without the need to conduct surveys in every location. similar to the use of value transfer approaches this means that the parameters of the preference model can be used to estimate rank orderings of landscapes without the need for further primary surveys providing time and monetary savings to both researcher and policy maker (hynes et al. 2018). in creating a formalised model of landscape preferences, it is first necessary to define the characteristics or attributes of landscapes. in doing so, choices are made (discussed previously), between broad holistic descriptions and more discrete, generalisable and quantifiable attributes of the landscape. the objective of this study to estimate a landscape preference model that is generalisable in an irish context, thus a model of quantifiable landscape attributes is developed (equation 1) where: max u = ∑i βi × li (1) table 1. choice of landscape attribute in recent studies. paper country general scene or attributes scale (local or national) expert or survey häfner et al. (2018) germany attributes local stated preference survey (n=200) hermes et al. (2018) germany. 100m x 100m scene national expert vidal-legaz et al. (2013)spain. no spatial component scene local stated preference survey (n=226) van der jagt et al. (2014)scotland scene local preference matrix survey (n=100) zoderer et al. (2016) italy scene local stated preference survey (n=659) frank et al. (2013) germany scene local survey consisting of laymen and experts (n=153) bernués et al. (2019) multiple countries (spain, norway, italy) attributes country regional/ provincial stated preference survey (n=1,044) dupras et al. (2018) canada (three regions; saint-jacque, repentigny, and montréal) attributes country regional survey consisting of laymen (n=250) 177assessing preferences for rural landscapes such that in maximising landscape preferences, or in economic terms utility from the landscape, u, a series of parameters βi are estimated that indicate a level of preference for individual attribute li. as a social science analysis, we are interested not only in the landscape attributes that are preferred but also preference heterogeneity across individuals or across groups of attributes , with personal characteristics and attitudes z. max uj = ∑i βi × li × zj (2) individuals’ preference heterogeneity can be decomposed into different components. beyond standard demographic characteristics in describing different groups, attitudinal factors are important (swanwick, 2009). appleton (1975) argues that individual preferences for landscapes depend upon the relationship between an individual and their environment, their experiences of the landscape, where individuals live and how they experience the landscape, while howley (2011) finds heterogeneity in landscape preferences due to both demography and environmental orientations. the model should therefore account for the different drivers of preference variability (equation 3): max uj = ∑i βi × li × zj (demograhics,attitudes,location) (3) in order to understand the structure of individuals’ preferences for landscape attributes, survey respondents were first asked to rank preferences for individual photographs on a 6-point likert scale from (1) ‘not very highly’ to (6) ‘very highly’. while the ranking variable is potentially continuous over the range 1 to 6, discrete values were used for convenience. treating the ranking as an underlying continuous variable, an ordinary least squares (ols) model, of the form: yi = β’xi + εi (4) can be used for individual i, where yi * is the dependent variable reflecting landscape preferences and xi the explanatory variables and εi the error term. as an alternative modelling strategy the dependent variable can also be treated as discrete and the ranking is ordinal, an ordered logit model is employed (greene, 2004): yi * = β’xi + εi (5) for individual i, where yi * is the underlying latent variable reflecting landscape preferences and xi the explanatory variables and εi the error term. where there are six preference values 1,…,6, the following is the observed value of the dependent variable: y = 1 if 0 < yi * < μ1 (6)y = 2 if μ1 < yi * < μ2 y = 6 if μ5 < yi * < μ6 178 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis where y is the preference value for the landscape image and μ, the vector of unknown threshold parameters that is estimated with the β vector. since the dependent variable is an ordered, qualitative variable, we estimate the relationship between y and x with an ordinal response model assuming a logistic distribution. however, as respondents were asked to rank their preference level, the difference between ranking variables has a meaning and is consistent between values. given that the difference between values has a meaning, utilising the ordered logit loses information in the estimation. thus even though the survey respondents use discrete values in their judgement, a continuous framework is also employed to model preferences. 3.1 landscape attributes in classifying landscape attributes, we move from preferences for individual photographs to preferences for a number of specific attributes . these include agricultural attributes, natural attributes, human-built non-agricultural attributes, topography and other attributes. given the nature of the data, where there are repeated values for each survey respondent for each of the 30 attributes selected, we employ a fixed effect panel data ordered logit model (greene, 2001, 2004), which has been widely used for attitudinal studies (fairlie et al., 2014), for the panel data continuous dependent variable: yij = β’zij + ui + εij (7) and for the panel data ordered logit (equation 8): yij * = β’zij + ui + εij (8) where zij represents the landscape characteristics’ specific attributes, ui represents the individual fixed effect and where the panel data variance component σ2 u is also estimated. 3.2 preference heterogeneity we move from person-specific preferences (xi) in the cross-sectional ordered logit model to landscape attributes (zij) in the panel data model. interaction terms (taste-shifters) between the personal and the landscape attributes are incorporated in equation 9 so that the influence of personal characteristics on preferences can be examined: xzij = xi × zij (9) to produce the following model: yij * = β’zij + β1’xzij + ui + εij (10) however, given that there are many landscape characteristic attributes, we combine the attributes into three aggregate characteristics representing natural, agricultural and human-built (non-agricultural) attributes: 179assessing preferences for rural landscapes (11) 4. data to assess the preferences of the public in relation to landscape attributes, a nationally representative survey1 of 430 individuals aged 15+ was conducted in ireland in 2010 (howley, 2011). the survey contained a number of components including: • personal information and demographic characteristics • preferences and attitudes to agriculture, the environment and natural resources • landscape characteristics this demographic and environmental information is later interacted with the respondents’ locations to generate ‘taste-shifters’. the initial parts of the survey also elicited responses in relation to the respondent’s environmental attitudes and orientations. respondents were then asked to indicate their preferences (from 1 not very highly ranked, to 6 – highly ranked) at an aesthetic level, for a range of photographs of rural landscapes. respondents were asked to make full use of the ranking scale and to give the highest ranking to their most preferred landscapes. 4.1 landscape preferences to ascertain landscape preferences, 50 photographs of rural landscapes with a variety of different characteristics were presented to survey respondents. the photos used were selected from a database of 1,000 photos from the national agricultural development authority. they were selected in collaboration with colleagues to attempt to be representative of rural settings, incorporating extensive farming landscapes along with intensive farming landscapes. as the process of selecting images to represent the range of landscapes is relatively arbitrary, it is possible that a different set of photos would produce different outcomes. in order to improve reliability, photos were selected that had similar weather and light conditions. to ensure a representative sample, the survey was collected at different times of the day over the summer months. tables 2 and 3 respectively report the six most preferred and the six least preferred landscapes. the most obvious conclusion is that there is a higher preference for water and coastal features in the landscape. similarly, the presence of animals or heritage features is important. on the other hand, the least preferred landscapes contain human-built features such as motorways or wind turbines and also contain disorder such as flooding or unmanaged scrub and grassland or contain harvested peat bogs. in the data annex, we report the preferences for all photographs. beyond the six most preferred, the next cohort of photos represents well-managed pastoral agriculture scenes and broadleaf forests/trees. those photos ranked just above the least preferred landscapes, represent intensive cereal and horticultural farming on the one hand, as well as marginal scrubland, along with conifer forest. 1 quota sampling and survey validation are reported in howley (2011). 180 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis table 2. most preferred landscapes (photo numbers correspond to ranks in table a1-data annex). 1. coastal image of sea and headland 2. aerial photo of a river estuary 3. coastal cliffs 4. lake in rural setting 5. horses in field 6. large tree next to castle ruin in field table 3. least preferred landscapes (photo numbers correspond to ranks in table a1). 50. flooded farmland 49. new motorway cutting through landscape 48. scrubland next to woodland 47. barren hillside with wind turbine 46. landscape of industrial bogland 45. trees and scrubland with blue horizon 181assessing preferences for rural landscapes 4.2 landscape attributes this study took a relatively simple approach to classifying attributes, attempting to score the significant presence of an attribute, rather than trying to grade the photo for the degree of importance of a particular attribute. thus the presence of an attribute that was immediately visible on a quick inspection was scored as 1, as it was felt that these reflect the dominant attributes of an image. if an attribute was not immediately visible on a quick inspection, the attribute was scored as 0. thus while each photograph has a specific rating of 1-6, we have added additional dummy attributes or explanatory variables for each photo. in the dataset, it is expressed as a separate line for every attribute, with 1 for the presence of the attribute and a 0 otherwise. it thus appears as a panel, with personal characteristics invariant over the panel and landscape attributes varying over the panel. table 4 describes the share of ratings from ‘not very highly’ (1) to ‘very highly’ (6) for these landscape attributes based on the original landscape rankings. ranking these attributes on the basis of where they appear in landscapes with ‘very highly’ ranked preferences, we note the higher preferences for the attributes lakes, cliffs, horses, water, monuments, hedgerows and connemara-type landscape which can be collectively described as ‘landscape descriptions’2. the next highly ranked attributes can be described as ‘pastoral agriculture’ attributes such as livestock and pasture. at the other end of the preference scale, anthropogenic features such as wind turbines, fencing and problems like flooding and rough grazing landscapes (including gorse) have the lowest preference rankings. 4.3 environmental attitudes to gain a deeper understanding of how environmental attitudes might influence landscape preferences, the survey instrument included questions relating to preferences for landscapes as a provider of es (in addition to its aesthetic or intrinsic value), or as a provider of food and fibre, and questions relating to negative attitudes towards the environment in general. the resulting environmental attitudes were aggregated using factor analysis as described by howley (2011), resulting in three underlying factors that accounted for 61% of the underlying variation in responses to the attitudinal statements, namely ‘multifunctionalist’, ‘productivist’ and ‘environmental apathy’. these factors are used in the models as explanatory variables. 4.4 spatial heterogeneity given the heterogeneity of landscapes, spatial heterogeneity of preferences for attributes may exist. previous approaches to account for this used distance decay, where wtp is a function of distance between residence and the site being valued (hanley et al., 2003) or where area-based approaches improve basic distance decay using a radial analysis to model wtp as a function of both distance and quantity of the es (granado-díaz et al., 2020). the distance decay function may also be impacted by the presence of substitute environmental attributes (jørgensen et al., 2013). use and non-use values are also impact2 connemara is a remote, scenic, rugged landscape in the west of ireland. 182 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis ed by distance (jørgensen et al., 2013). for option value related reasons, non-users may prefer an improvement in local landscapes (hanley et al., 2003). we also attempt to capture some of the spatial heterogeneity of preferences by using an urban-rural classification based on the respondent’s location. summary statistics for a variety of taste shifters are presented in table 5. these are categorised in terms of city, town and rural dwellers and include characteristics of individtable 4. landscape attribute summary statistics showing shares of preference rankings from not very highly (1) to very highly (6). attribute 1 2 3 4 5 6 lakes 0.04 0.05 0.09 0.16 0.21 0.46 cliffs 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.13 0.22 0.44 horses 0.1 0.03 0.09 0.17 0.2 0.41 water 0.06 0.08 0.13 0.15 0.23 0.36 monuments 0.09 0.08 0.11 0.18 0.24 0.3 hedgerows 0.07 0.07 0.15 0.19 0.24 0.28 connemara-type landscape 0.04 0.19 0.16 0.17 0.19 0.25 pasture 0.1 0.09 0.15 0.2 0.22 0.24 sloping 0.11 0.12 0.16 0.18 0.21 0.23 stonewalls 0.11 0.1 0.15 0.21 0.22 0.22 cattle 0.13 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.21 0.21 mountains 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.16 0.2 neat agricultural landscape 0.1 0.13 0.16 0.2 0.21 0.2 sheep 0.11 0.11 0.16 0.21 0.22 0.2 green 0.11 0.13 0.17 0.19 0.2 0.2 blue sky 0.15 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.18 bog (peatland) 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.18 sunny 0.14 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.17 0.17 native trees 0.18 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.17 old buildings 0.1 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.21 0.17 flowers 0.11 0.17 0.19 0.21 0.19 0.14 flat 0.16 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.14 cars and machinery 0.22 0.2 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.13 crops 0.13 0.17 0.19 0.21 0.18 0.12 turf 0.18 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.1 0.12 brown 0.19 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 yellow 0.16 0.16 0.2 0.2 0.17 0.12 unmanaged landscape 0.19 0.21 0.2 0.16 0.13 0.12 conifer trees 0.17 0.18 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.11 other buildings 0.18 0.2 0.2 0.17 0.15 0.1 gorse 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.09 fencing 0.4 0.21 0.12 0.09 0.09 0.09 turbine 0.21 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.13 0.08 flooding 0.58 0.27 0.1 0.03 0.01 0.01 183assessing preferences for rural landscapes ual respondents, along with their environmental attitudes, illustrating the degree to which preferences vary depending on where respondents live. specifically, social and demographic information includes respondent’s age range as a continuous variable with values of 1 (under 30) to 4 (60+), with dummy variables indicating respondents’ education level and whether they have a child. two social groups were created; the first includes manual workers and unemployed individuals, whereas professional and managerial workers were classified in the second social class (high social class). in addition, respondents or family members who are involved in farming were compared with those without a farming background. similarly, dummy variables were created to control for the importance of landscape in choosing where to live, the level of respondents’ satisfaction with respect to the area in which they live, the quality of surrounding landscape, and their concern about the environment and conservation. 5. results the results of the models of landscape attribute preferences are considered separately for the ordinal logit and the continuous dependent variable panel and pooled ols models. the influence of personal characteristics on preferences, using taste-shifters (interaction terms) between the personal characteristics and landscape types are also presented and discussed. in table 6, the coefficients for the landscape attributes are reported in terms of natural, agricultural and human-built features, as well as other general attributes such as colour and unmanaged landscapes. although there are many variables, the ols specification table 5. summary statistics of personal characteristics and environmental preferences used as taste shifters. personal characteristic city town rural total has a child (p) 0.365 0.352 0.424 0.379 aged under 30 0.256 0.246 0.250 0.251 aged 30-50 0.410 0.423 0.394 0.409 aged 50-60 0.103 0.092 0.152 0.114 aged 60+ 0.231 0.239 0.205 0.226 university educated 0.442 0.254 0.242 0.319 believes landscape is important in choosing where to live 0.186 0.268 0.424 0.286 satisfied with area in which they live 0.147 0.113 0.106 0.123 believes surrounding landscape is of high quality 0.487 0.599 0.689 0.586 higher social class 0.763 0.634 0.606 0.672 farming background 0.231 0.394 0.614 0.402 care about conservation 0.301 0.359 0.432 0.360 concerned about the environment 0.186 0.324 0.242 0.249 factor loading: multifunctionalist -0.114 0.128 -0.002 0.000 factor loading: environmental apathy -0.036 0.114 -0.081 0.000 factor loading: productivist -0.173 0.073 0.126 0.000 184 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis table 6. coefficients of panel and pooled ordered logit model and panel and pooled ols models for landscape attributes. panel ordered logit model pooled ordered logit model panel ols model pooled ols model explanatory variables beta sd beta sd beta sd beta sd natural landscape characteristics                 connemara type landscape 1.397* 0.419 1.454* 0.118 1.005* 0.073 0.98* 0.075 lakes 0.988* 0.531 1.004* 0.149 0.67* 0.096 0.662* 0.094 cliffs 1.033* 0.294 1.015* 0.083 -0.039 0.035 0.592* 0.052 water 0.628* 0.202 0.632* 0.056 0.393* 0.041 0.383* 0.036 flowers 0.37* 0.213 0.383* 0.058 0.214* 0.045 0.258* 0.038 bogland 0.35* 0.016 0.349* 0.016 0.189* 0.01 0.213* 0.01 sloping 0.193 0.182 0.165* 0.05 0.117* 0.033 0.11* 0.032 native trees 0.034 0.138 0.061 0.038 0.066* 0.03 0.057* 0.025 mountains -0.188 0.26 -0.136* 0.072 -0.095* 0.049 -0.097* 0.046 flat -0.389* 0.153 -0.254* 0.051 -0.113* 0.027 -0.138* 0.033 conifer trees -0.547* 0.314 -0.435* 0.087 -0.262* 0.064 -0.25* 0.057 gorse -0.806* 0.269 -0.639* 0.08 -0.34* 0.047 -0.365* 0.052 flooding -2.409* 0.482 -2.375* 0.134 -1.681* 0.086 -1.708* 0.085 agricultural landscape characteristics                 horses 0.533 0.467 0.6* 0.132 0.26* 0.084 0.26* 0.082 neat agricultural landscape 0.424* 0.232 0.362* 0.067 0.167* 0.048 0.198* 0.043 pasture 0.184 0.176 0.166* 0.049 0.115 0.194 0.109* 0.032 crops -0.375 0.274 -0.368* 0.093 -0.249 0.298 -0.246* 0.06 cut-silage -1.245* 0.591 -1.145* 0.169 -0.755 0.65 -0.688* 0.11 human landscape characteristics                 monuments 0.947* 0.294 0.874* 0.096 0.618* 0.321 0.568* 0.061 hedgerows 0.347 0.302 0.291* 0.095 0.297 0.329 0.257* 0.061 stonewalls 0.117 0.309 0.109 0.095 0.123 0.338 0.123* 0.062 old buildings 0.026 0.3 0.036 0.094 0.073 0.328 0.082 0.06 turf -0.122 0.397 -0.33* 0.125 -0.099 0.434 -0.26* 0.079 turbine -0.271 0.326 -0.429* 0.105 -0.151 0.355 -0.284* 0.068 other buildings -0.167 0.212 -0.395* 0.075 -0.1 0.228 -0.273* 0.048 cars and machinery -0.382* 0.225 -0.509* 0.074 -0.285 0.244 -0.393* 0.047 other landscape characteristics                 yellow 1.019* 0.388 0.905* 0.107 0.646 0.428 0.564* 0.069 green 0.129 0.155 0.138* 0.042 0.091 0.171 0.092* 0.027 unmanaged landscape 0.072 0.257 -0.051 0.074 0.035 0.283 -0.062 0.048 185assessing preferences for rural landscapes is satisfactory from a multi-collinearity perspective, as the vif (variance inflation factor) for all values is less than 10 (kassie et al., 2008). in comparing the models, it is evident that virtually all of the coefficients are within the significance limits of the panel data ordered logit model, so that the models do not in general have substantial differences in their coefficients. we note however that the confidence intervals are wider for the panel data ordered logit than for the pooled version of the model or for the panel and pooled ols specifications, reflecting perhaps that we utilise less of the information in the panel ordered logit model estimation than the in the pooled version or continuous dependent variable ols models. unsurprisingly the breusch-pagan lagrangian multiplier finds the fixed effects insignificant. therefore, we focus on the ols pooled model for the discussion and for the introduction of the taste shifter interactions. overall, the pseudo r2 is 24%, representing relatively large unexplained heterogeneity of landscape preferences. of the natural attributes, the connemara type landscape, which represents a remote rugged mountainous area, has the highest positive coefficient. this is followed by preferences for cliffs, lakes and water as landscape attributes. landscapes with flowers, native trees, bog (peat), sloping land and native trees have the next highest coefficients. landscapes with flooding have the lowest coefficient of the natural landscapes. the mountain landscape has an unexpected sign, but it shares considerable information with the connemara type landscape. in relation to the agricultural landscape attributes, the presence of horses has the greatest positive significance, followed by neat agricultural land and pasture, whilst crops and cut-silage have negative coefficients. in relation to human-built landscape attributes, the presence of monuments has the highest positive and significant coefficient. indeed, it has the second highest coefficient overall. human-built landscape attributes associpanel ordered logit model pooled ordered logit model panel ols model pooled ols model brown -0.368* 0.204 -0.325* 0.056 -0.261 0.226 -0.238* 0.036 constant         3.686 0.276 3.674 0.061 cut point 1 -2.623 0.258 -2.548 0.102 cut point 2 -1.435 0.256 -1.378 0.096 cut point 3 -0.202 0.256 -0.175 0.095 cut point 4 1.105 0.256 1.102 0.095 cut point 5 2.531 0.256 2.508 0.096 sigma squared (u)         0.358       sigma squared (e)         1.149   1.168   rho         0.089                   0.223   pseudo r2     0.079           within         0.080       between         0.866       overall         0.240       n 20600.000   20600.000   20600.000   20600.000   number of groups 50.000       50.000       186 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis ated with farming such as hedgerows and stone walls have the next highest coefficient, followed by old buildings. meanwhile negative preferences are observed on average for industrial or mechanised objects or activities such as wind turbines, cars and industrial turf-cutting. also, yellow and green colours (conditional on other attributes) are positive while unmanaged rural landscapes have a negative coefficient. this preference for managed agricultural landscapes highlights the frequent mismatch between aesthetic preferences and ecological diversity (gobster et al., 2007). interestingly, amongst the least preferred landscapes are unmanaged (potentially biodiversity-rich) landscapes, perhaps reflecting evolutionary processes that favour landscapes that have a greater possibility of providing food and shelter. 5.1 taste shifters we interact personal characteristics and attitudes with preferences for natural, human built and agricultural attributes to form taste shifters. interaction terms between the personal characteristics and landscape types allow us to examine the influence of personal characteristics on preferences and are a means of controlling for observed heterogeneity in preferences within the model. in interacting personal characteristics and landscape characteristics, we group characteristics into natural, human and agricultural characteristics, thus reducing the degrees of freedom. reflecting the fact that attributes have both positive and negative signs in table 8, we break up the groups into positive and negative coefficients. we combine 15 personal characteristics with six different types of landscape attribute. given that there are 90 combinations of these variables with potentially overlapping information and multi-collinearity, we use a principal component analysis (pca) to reduce the dimensionality, and present the detailed results in table a2 data annex. although there are 25 factors with an eigenvalue of more than 1, accounting for 75% of information, on the grounds of parsimony, we select only those with an eigenvalue of 2 or higher (hair et al., 2010). to aid the interpretation of these, we employed a method known as component rotation (bechtold and abdulai, 2014). this method was used to distinguish between components and to facilitate the interpretation of components (see table a3 data annex for detail on rotated components). the widely applied varimax rotation (abdi and williams, 2010) was also employed. table 7 presents the interpretation of the principal components and the coefficients of the pooled ols model interacted with the taste shifters, referencing both the socio-economic characteristics and the landscape attribute group associated with the principal component. for half of these principal components, a single socio-economic characteristic was found to be dominant combined with four landscape attribute groups, positive natural, positive agricultural, positive human and negative natural, highlighting a coherent association with different landscape attribute types. taste shifters capture preference heterogeneity relative to observed characteristics. for example, pc1 corresponds to a negative coefficient on agricultural landscapes for high social class (professional and managerial workers) city dwellers. a positive coefficient on this component suggests a less negative preference for crops and cut-silage than other groups. pc2 refers to the preferences of town dwellers for human and agricultural characteristics that have a positive coefficient. here, a positive coefficient indicates a higher preference for these attributes than the general population. pc3 relates to preferences for natural attributes, 187assessing preferences for rural landscapes where higher social classes, older respondents and those living in towns have lower than average preferences for these attributes. there is a similar impact on human attributes (pc4) with a negative score for higher-educated city dwellers or those with children. city dwellers in pc5 have lower than average preferences for human and agricultural attributes, while for pc6, town dwellers have higher preferences for both positive and negative agricultural attributes and more negative human attributes than average. in pc8, those with environmental concerns and landscape views have a lower preference for negative human aspects. the remaining principal components all relate to individual socio-economic characteristics interacted with the four sets of attributes highlighted above. those that place a high ranking on the importance of landscape in choosing where to live have higher landscape preferences than average, while those that are concerned about the environment or with multi-functional attitudes have lower preferences. in summary, grouping the landscape attributes into natural, agricultural (including human built) and non-agricultural human-built attributes, the results show positive associations with natural attributes such as cliffs, mountainous landscapes, landscapes with water and native trees, neat/managed agricultural landscapes and traditional human-built features such as stone walls and planted hedgerows. the results, as expected, show negative associations with events such as flooding, unmanaged landscapes, industrial turf cutting and mechanised features. table 7. coefficients of pooled ols model interacted with taste shifter principal components. explanatory variables landscape characteristics interactions interpretation landscape attributes coefficient standard error pc1 high social class city dwellers na 0.038 0.005*** pc2 town dwellers ph pa 0.019 0.007** pc3 older, town dwellers and higher social class nn -0.031 0.008*** pc4 higher educated city dwellers with children nh -0.042 0.006** pc5 city dwellers ph pa -0.015 0.006*** pc6 town dwellers pa, nh, na 0.015 0.006*** pc7 satisfaction of area pn, ph, pa, nn, -0.030 0.004*** pc8 environmentally concerned nh -0.035 0.006*** pc9 importance of landscape in choosing where to live pn, ph, pa, nn, 0.040 0.005*** pc10 farming background pn, ph, pa, nn, 0.005 0.005 pc11 multi-functional agriculture pn, ph, pa, nn, -0.048 0.005*** pc12 concerned about the environment pn, ph, pa, nn, -0.015 0.006** note: pn – natural attributes (positive sign); ph – human attributes (positive sign) ; pa – agricultural attributes (positive sign); nn – natural attributes (negative sign); nh – human attributes (negative sign); na – agricultural attributes (negative sign). 188 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis there is significant preference heterogeneity however with different groups favouring or disfavouring different attributes. an urban-rural classification used to capture the spatial heterogeneity of preferences (based on the respondents’ locations) showed that those living in urban areas feel they have a lower quality of surrounding landscape compared to rural areas. unsurprisingly those that have chosen to live in a rural landscape place the highest value on this type of landscape, while farmers have the highest preference for agricultural landscape attributes. urban dwellers are more indifferent towards natural and farming landscapes. underlying eco-centric attitudes are also important drivers. 6. conclusions this study adopted an attribute choice framework to disentangle individual preferences for a holistic image of landscape photographs into preferences for specific attributes of that landscape, and subsequently used these attributes in landscape preference models to relate societal preferences to quantifiable landscape attributes. the study further investigated whether individuals’ characteristics interact with landscape attributes and how these interactions ultimately affect public preferences for landscapes. this paper adopts a middle-ground approach between the methods found in the literature for landscape preference modelling. on the one hand, it is ambitious in relation to the range of landscape attributes as in the case of schirpke et al. (2016) or bernués et al. (2019), but is less ambitious in focusing on preference attributes rather than willingness to pay, as in the stated preference valuation literature. it also extends the work of schirpke et al. (2016) by considering the preference heterogeneity for specific landscape attributes. although unobserved heterogeneity is not considered in this study, the variety of observed heterogeneity incorporated may be more useful for policy and from a simulation modelling perspective. ultimately, the model results highlight differences in how people with different attitudes and characteristics rank landscape features. the impact of taste shifters on various groups illustrates the heterogeneity in rankings. as noted by hynes et al. (2011) the attribute based approach to landscape preferences allows the researcher to examine the general trade-offs which society is willing to make between different attributes of the countryside. on the other hand, modelling landscape preferences based on landscape photos, such as in howley’s (2011) study, is useful if the researcher is interested in understanding preferences for the wider landscape. the approach adopted here is particularly useful where one is interested in the utility gained or lost through a policy that may cause only incremental changes in the landscape or impact on only a small number of attributes. interacting personal characteristics as taste shifters can help us to understand local preferences if the characteristics of the local population differ. the analysis does have the limitation of not being able to identify local preferences in terms of sense of place or relational value. qualitative studies or localised surveys are needed to understand these more nuanced perspectives (pérez-ramírez et al., 2019; vannier et al., 2019; wartmann and purves, 2018). moving from a holistic view of landscapes to analysing preferences for specific attributes of landscapes allows for further applications particularly in the area of simulation. being able to assess preferences for an individual attribute makes it possible to extrapolate the preference ranking of a landscape in an area that has not been ranked directly. it is 189assessing preferences for rural landscapes important to note however that the method adopted in this paper is based on the assumption that the sum of the singular landscape element’s preference scores equates to the preference ranking of the landscape as a whole. that simplifies the way in which humans value the environment and should be considered as a limitation of our study. as such, the method is more appropriate when there are only a limited number of attributes to be considered in a given landscape. human-built landscape characteristics such as stone walls and hedgerows are found to be positively associated with the preference rankings of photos in this study. thus, future land-use changes and landscape development plans should promote the aesthetic role of stone walls and hedgerows and prioritise their conservation. similarly, the recognition of the high aesthetic value that the public places on well-managed/neat agricultural landscapes provides policy justification to incentivise farmers to maintain these public goods in future agri-environmental schemes. the results presented in this paper provide evidence of the preferences of a diverse range of individuals across a number of characteristics that should be of assistance to policy makers attempting to maximise the benefit for society from rural landscapes. the model developed here provides information for decision-makers to examine whether a proposed policy change involving one or more landscape attributes will have a positive or negative impact across the population, while also allowing for more targeted policy formation by disaggregating the population into different preference cohorts. the approach adopted in this paper facilitates the creation of a formalised model of landscape preferences based on the component attributes. decomposing complete landscape images into quantifiable attributes is a common feature of preference studies and can help bridge the gap between the gis literature and landscape analysis. the latter typically takes quantifiable landscape attributes from gis datasets to create typologies of different types of landscapes. meanwhile the former assesses societal preferences for holistic images. our methodology can further allow for the application of societal preferences to quantifiable datasets of landscape attributes, rather than using expert judgement as is currently the case. the approach developed in this study therefore, has implications for planners for landscape character assessments (lca) that often utilise a broad expert knowledge approach to developing lca maps, which may under/over estimate the value of various landscape attributes. future work will apply this methodology in a gis landscape database to re-assess lcas from a societal rather than an expert point of view. future work should also test for the existence of spatial dependence and use spatial regression methods to examine spatial heterogeneity in more detail. acknowledgement the authors acknowledge research funding received from department of agriculture, food and the marine (farm-ecos project ref 15/s/619), teagasc farm management & rural development department and the eu interreg atlantic area programme 2014– 2020 (eapa_261/2016 alice). 190 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis references abdi, h., williams, l.j., 2010. principal component analysis. wiley interdisciplinary reviews computational statistics 2: 433–459. appleton, j. (1975). the experience of landscape. chichester: wiley. arriaza, m., canas-ortega, j.f., canas-madueno, j.a. and ruiz-aviles, p. (2004). assessing the visual quality of rural landscapes. landscape and urban planning 69(1): 115-125. bechtold, k.b., abdulai, a., 2014. combining attitudinal statements with choice experiments to analyze preference heterogeneity for functional dairy products. food policy 47: 97–106. bernués, a., alfnes, f., clemetsen, m., eik, l.o., faccioni, g., ramanzin, m., ripollbosch, r., rodríguez-ortega, t. and sturaro, e. (2019). exploring social preferences for ecosystem services of multifunctional agriculture across policy scenarios. ecosystem services 39: 101002. burkhard b, kroll f. and müller f. (2010). landscapes’ capacities to provide ecosystem services– a concept for land-cover based assessments. landscape online 15: 1-22. campbell, d., hutchinson, w.g. and scarpa, r. (2006). quantifying the landscape benefits arising from the rural environment protection scheme: results from a public survey. tearmann: irish journal of agri-environmental research 4(1): 14-29. dachary-bernard, j. and rambonilaza, t. (2012). choice experiment, multiple programmes contingent valuation and landscape preferences: how can we support the land use decision making process? land use policy 29(4): 846-854. de ayala, a., hoyos, d. and mariel, p. (2012). landscape valuation through discrete choice experiments: current practice and future research reflections. documento de trabajo biltoki dt2012.03, departamento de economia aplicada iii (econometria y estadística), universidad del país vasco, bilbao. retrieved from https://addi.ehu.es/ bitstream/handle/10810/8011/2012.03.pdf?sequence=6&isallowed=y dramstad, w.e., tveit, m.s., fjellstad, w.j. and fry, g.l. (2006). relationships between visual landscape preferences and map-based indicators of landscape structure. landscape and urban planning 78(4): 465-474. dupras, j., laurent-lucchetti, j., revéret, j.p. and dasilva, l. (2018). using contingent valuation and choice experiment to value the impacts of agri-environmental practices on landscapes aesthetics. landscape research 43(5): 679-695. elc (2000). european landscape convention. florence, october 20, 2000. fairlie, r.w., hoffmann, f. and oreopoulos, p. (2014). a community college instructor like me: race and ethnicity interactions in the classroom. american economic review 104(8): 2567-91. fotheringham, a.s., brunsdon, c. and charlton, m. (2003). geographically weighted regression: the analysis of spatially varying relationships. wiley. frank, s., fürst, c., koschke, l., witt, a. and makeschin, f. (2013). assessment of landscape aesthetics validation of a landscape metrics-based assessment by visual estimation of the scenic beauty. ecological indicators 32: 222-231. garcía-llorente, m., martín-lópez, b., iniesta-arandia, i., lópez-santiago, c. a., aguilera, p. a. and montes, c. (2012). the role of multi-functionality in social preferences 191assessing preferences for rural landscapes toward semi-arid rural landscapes: an ecosystem service approach. environmental science and policy 19: 136-146. gill, n., dun, o., brennan-horley, c. and eriksen, c. (2015). landscape preferences, amenity, and bushfire risk in new south wales, australia. environmental management 56(3): 738-753. gobster, p. h., nassauer, j. i., daniel, t. c. and fry, g. (2007). the shared landscape: what does aesthetics have to do with ecology? landscape ecology 22(7): 959-972. granado-díaz, r., gómez-limón, j.a., rodríguez-entrena, m. and villanueva, a.j. (2020). spatial analysis of demand for sparsely located ecosystem services using alternative index approaches. european review of agricultural economics 47(2): 752-784. greene, w. (2001). estimating econometric models with fixed effects. working papers 01-10, new york university, leonard l. stern school of business, department of economics. greene, w. (2004). the behaviour of the maximum likelihood estimator of limited dependent variable models in the presence of fixed effects. econometrics journal 7(1): 98-119. häfner, k., zasada, i., van zanten, b.t., ungaro, f., koetse, m. and piorr, a. (2018). assessing landscape preferences: a visual choice experiment in the agricultural region of märkische schweiz, germany. landscape research 43(6): 846-861. hair, j.f., black, w.c., babin, b.j., anderson, r.e., tatham, r.l., 2010. multivariate data analysis, prentice hall. prentice hall, new jersey.appleton, j. (1975). the experience of landscape. chichester: wiley. hanley, n., ready, r., colombo, s., watson, f., stewart, m. and bergmann, e.a. (2009). the impacts of knowledge of the past on preferences for future landscape change. journal of environmental management 90(3): 1404-1412. hanley, n., schläpfer, f. and spurgeon, j. (2003). aggregating the benefits of environmental improvements: distance-decay functions for use and non-use values. journal of environmental management 68(3): 297-304. hermes, j., albert, c. and von haaren, c. (2018). assessing the aesthetic quality of landscapes in germany. ecosystem services 31: 296-307. howley, p. (2011). landscape aesthetics: assessing the general publics’ preferences towards rural landscapes. ecological economics 72: 161-169. howley, p., o’donoghue, c. and hynes, s. (2012). exploring public preferences for traditional farming landscapes. landscape and urban planning 104(1): 66-74. huber, r. and finger, r. (2019). a metaanalysis of the willingness to pay for cultural services from grasslands in europe. journal of agricultural economics. doi: 10.1111/1477-9552.12361 hynes, s. and campbell, d. (2011). estimating the welfare impacts of agricultural landscape change in ireland: a choice experiment approach. journal of environmental planning and management 54(8): 1019-1039. hynes, s., campbell, d. and howley, p. (2011). a holistic vs. an attribute-based approach to agri-environmental policy valuation: do welfare estimates differ? journal of agricultural economics 62(2): 305-329. hynes, s., ghermandi, a., norton, d. and williams, h. (2018). marine recreational ecosystem service value estimation: a meta-analysis with cultural considerations. ecosystem services 31: 410-419. 192 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis ives, c.d. and kendal, d. (2013). values and attitudes of the urban public towards periurban agricultural land. land use policy 34: 80-90. jørgensen, s.l., olsen, s.b., ladenburg, j., martinsen, l., svenningsen, s.r. and hasler, b. (2013). spatially induced disparities in users’ and non-users’ wtp for water quality improvements testing the effect of multiple substitutes and distance decay. ecological economics 92: 58-66. kaltenborn, b.p. and bjerke, t. (2002). associations between environmental value orientations and landscape preferences. landscape and urban planning 59(1): 1-11. kantelhardt, j., schaller, l. and viaggi, d. (2015). do agricultural landscapes provide socio-economic benefits in rural regions? 29th international association of agricultural economists conference, august 9-14, milan, italy. kassie, m., pender, j., yesuf, m., kohlin, g., bluffstone, r. and mulugeta, e. (2008). estimating returns to soil conservation adoption in the northern ethiopian highlands. agricultural economics 38(2): 213-232. kern, m. (2002). food, feed, fibre, fuel and industrial products of the future: challenges and opportunities. understanding the strategic potential of plant genetic engineering. journal of agronomy and crop science 188(5): 291 – 305. kienast, f., bolliger, j., potschin, m., de groot, r.s., verburg, p.h., heller, i., wascher, d. and haines-young, r. (2009). assessing landscape functions with broad-scale environmental data: insights gained from a prototype development for europe. environmental management 44:1099-1120. kirillova, k., fu, x., lehto, x. and cai, l. (2014). what makes a destination beautiful? dimensions of tourist aesthetic judgment. tourism management 42: 282-293. lothian, a. (1999). landscape and the philosophy of aesthetics: is landscape quality inherent in the landscape or in the eye of the beholder? landscape and urban planning 44(4): 177-198. martín-lópez, b., iniesta-arandia, i., garcía-llorente, m., palomo, i., casado-arzuaga, i., garcía del amo, d., gómez-baggethun, e., oteros-rozas, e., palacios-agundez, i., willaarts, b., gonzález, ja., santos-martín, f., onaindia, m., lópez-santiago, c., montes, c. (2012). uncovering ecosystem service bundles through social preferences. plos one 7(6): e38970. moran, d., mcvittie, a., allcroft d.j. and elston, d.a. (2007). quantifying public preferences for agri-environmental policy in scotland: a comparison of methods. ecological economics 63(1): 42-53. oecd (2015). public goods and externalities. agri-environmental policy measures in selected oecd countries. oecd publishing, paris. pérez-ramírez, i., garcía-llorente, m., benito, a., & castro, a. j. (2019). exploring sense of place across cultivated lands through public participatory mapping. landscape ecology 34(7): 1675-1692. plieninger, t., dijks, s., oteros-rozas, e. and bieling, c. (2013). assessing, mapping, and quantifying cultural ecosystem services at community level. land use policy 33: 118129. rambonilaza, m. and dachary-bernard, j. (2007). land-use planning and public preferences: what can we learn from choice experiment method? landscape and urban planning 83 (4): 318-326. 193assessing preferences for rural landscapes rodríguez-entrena, m., colombo, s. and arriaza, m. (2017). the landscape of olive groves as a driver of the rural economy. land use policy 65: 164-175. santos-martín, f., zorrilla-miras, p., garcía-llorente, m., quintas-soriano, c., montes, c., benayas, j., gómez sal, a., paracchini, m.l. (2019). identifying win–win situations in agricultural landscapes: an integrated ecosystem services assessment for spain. landscape ecology 34: 1789–1805. schaller, l., targetti, s., villanueva, a., zasada, i., kantelhardt, j., arriaza, m., bal, t., bossi fedrigotti, v., handan giray, f., hafner, k., majewski, e., malak-rawlikowska, a., nikolov, d., paoli, j.c., piorr, a., rodríguez-entrena, m., ungaro, f., verburg, p., van zanten, b. and viaggi, d. (2018). agricultural landscapes, ecosystem services and regional competitiveness assessing drivers and mechanisms in nine european case study areas. land use policy 76: 735-745. schirpke, u., timmermann, f., tappeiner, u. and tasser, e. (2016). cultural ecosystem services of mountain regions: modelling the aesthetic value. ecological indicators 69: 78-90. sowinska-swierkosz, b.n. and swierkosz, t.j. (2016). a new approach to the identification of landscape quality objectives (lqos) as a set of indicators. journal of environmental management 184: 596-608. svobodova, k., sklenicka, p., molnarova, k. and salek, m. (2012). visual preferences for physical attributes of mining and post-mining landscapes with respect to the sociodemographic characteristics of respondents. ecological engineering 43: 34-44. swanwick, c. (2009). society’s attitudes to and preferences for land and landscape. land use policy 26: s62-s75. tagliafierro, c., longo, a., van eetvelde, v., antrop, m. and hutchinson, w.g. (2013). landscape economic valuation by integrating landscape ecology into landscape economics. environmental science and policy 32: 26-36. teagasc (2017). agriculture in ireland: the irish agri-food industry. https://www.teagasc.ie/ rural-economy/rural-economy/agri-food-business/agriculture-in-ireland/ tscharntke, t., klein, a.m. and kruess, a. (2005). landscape perspectives on agricultural intensification and biodiversity ecosystem service management. ecological letters 8: 857-874. tveit, m.s. (2009). indicators of visual scale as predictors of landscape preference; a comparison between groups. journal of environmental management 90(9): 2882-88. tveit, m., ode, å. and fry, g. (2006). key concepts in a framework for analysing visual landscape character. landscape research 31(3): 229-255. van berkel, d.b. and verburg, p.h. (2014). spatial quantification and valuation of cultural ecosystem services in an agricultural landscape. ecological indicators 37: 163–174. van der jagt, a.p.n., craig, t., anable, j., brewer, m.j. and pearson, d.g. (2014). unearthing the picturesque: the validity of the preference matrix as a measure of landscape aesthetics. landscape and urban planning 124: 1-13. van oudenhoven, a.p.e, petz, k., alkemade, r., hein, l., de groot, r.s. (2012). framework for systematic indicator selection to assess effects of land management on ecosystem services. ecological indicators 21: 110-122. van zanten, b.t., verburg, p.h., koetse, m.j. and van beukering, p.j. (2014). preferences for european agrarian landscapes: a meta-analysis of case studies. landscape and urban planning 132: 89-101. 194 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis vanni, f. (2014). agriculture and public goods: the role of collective action. netherlands: springer. vannier, c., bierry, a., longaretti, p. y., nettier, b., cordonnier, t., chauvin, c., lavorel, s. (2019). co-constructing future land-use scenarios for the grenoble region, france. landscape and urban planning 190: 103614. vidal-legaz, b., martínez-fernández, j., picón, a. s. and pugnaire, f. i. (2013). tradeoffs between maintenance of ecosystem services and socio-economic development in rural mountainous communities in southern spain: a dynamic simulation approach. journal of environmental management 131: 280-297. villanueva, a.j., targetti, s., schaller, l., arriaza, m., kantelhardt, j., rodriguez-entrena, m., bossi-fedrigotti, v. and viaggi, d. (2015). assessing the role of economic actors in the production of private and public goods in three eu agricultural landscapes. journal of environmental planning and management 58(12): 2113-2136. wartmann, f. m., & purves, r. s. (2018). investigating sense of place as a cultural ecosystem service in different landscapes through the lens of language. landscape and urban planning 175: 169-183. zhang, w., ricketts, t.h., kremen, c., carney, k. and swinton, s.m. (2007). ecosystem services and dis-services to agriculture. ecological economics 64(2): 253-260. zoderer, b.m., tasser, e., erb, k-h., stanghellini, p. s.l. and tappeiner, u. (2016). identifying and mapping the tourists’ perception of cultural ecosystem services: a case study from an alpine region. land use policy 56: 251–261. 195assessing preferences for rural landscapes data annex: assessing population landscape characteristic preferences using disaggregated attributes for rural landscapes table a1. ranking of photos by survey participants. rank photo description 1 coastal image of sea and headland 2 aerial photo of a river estuary 3 coastal cliffs 4 lake in rural setting 5 horses in field 6 large tree next to castle ruin in field 7 rolling hills, with conifers and well-kept fields 8 copper beech tree in parkland 9 sandy beach 10 stream flowing through deciduous forest 11 patchwork quilt of fields and river 12 the rock of cashel historic monument 13 rich farmland and hillside in background 14 remote hillside, with trees 15 large rock in field on hillside 16 field of sheep in lowland good grass and stone walls 17 hillside of bluebells and deciduous trees 18 remote (connemara) mountainous landscape 19 traditional farm building 20 forest track in deciduous trees 21 stonewalls with neat field of sheep 22 stonewall with cows in field and trees on hillside 23 dairy cows in field 24 large field after silage cut 25 stonewalls with neat field of oil seed rape 26 sheep in front of traditional farmhouse 27 statue of harpist in rural village 28 hilly woodland and trees 29 large field of cereal crops 30 wildflower in field of ferns 31 hillside of conifer trees 32 trees and field of rushes 33 mature forest 34 rows of horticulture crops in field 35 neat rows of cereal crops 36 rocky mountain with extensive agriculture 37 tillage field after harvest with blue sky 38 mechanical cutting of turf from bog 39 hillside of conifer 196 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis rank photo description 40 reeds and scrubland 41 marginal land with trees in background 42 large horticulture field 43 barren bogland 44 heather in bogland 45 trees and scrubland with blue horizon 46 landscape of industrial bogland 47 barren hillside with wind turbine 48 scrubland next to woodland 49 new motorway cutting through landscape 50 flooded farmland table a2. principal component analysis. principal component eigenvalue cumulative proportion of variance p. component 1 8.79458 0.0977 p. component 2 6.75435 0.1728 p. component 3 5.62239 0.2352 p. component 4 4.78296 0.2884 p. component 5 4.50848 0.3385 p. component 6 3.63383 0.3789 p. component 7 3.32083 0.4157 p. component 8 2.9566 0.4486 p. component 9 2.75087 0.4792 p. component 10 2.55781 0.5076 p. component 11 2.43572 0.5346 p. component 12 2.2716 0.5599 p. component 13 1.72736 0.5791 p. component 14 1.71575 0.5981 p. component 15 1.64843 0.6165 p. component 16 1.49928 0.6331 p. component 17 1.44856 0.6492 p. component 18 1.39257 0.6647 p. component 19 1.34819 0.6797 p. component 20 1.27425 0.6938 p. component 21 1.15625 0.7067 p. component 22 1.09155 0.7188 p. component 23 1.08972 0.7309 p. component 24 1.07077 0.7428 p. component 25 1.03101 0.7543 197assessing preferences for rural landscapes ta bl e a 3. r ot at ed c om po ne nt s (o rt ho go na l v ar im ax ) w ith lo ad in g < 0. 3. c or re la tio ns ty pe c om p1 c om p2 c om p3 c om p4 c om p5 c om p6 c om p7 c om p8 c om p9 c om p1 0 c om p1 1 c om p1 2 en vi ro nm en ta l a pa th y pn m ul tif un ct io na l pn 0. 43 72 pr od uc tiv ist pn c hi ld pn a ge pn u ni ve rs ity e du ca te d pn so ci al c la ss pn c ity pn to w n pn fa rm in g ba ck gr ou nd pn 0. 52 74 im po rt an ce o f l an ds ca pe in c ho os in g w he re to li ve pn 0. 52 21 sa tis fa ct io n of a re a pn 0. 51 58 q ua lit y of s ur ro un di ng l an ds ca pe pn c on ce rn ed a bo ut th e en vi ro nm en t pn 0. 54 44 c ar e ab ou t c on se rv at io n pn en vi ro nm en ta l a pa th y ph m ul tif un ct io na l ph 0. 54 15 pr od uc tiv ist ph c hi ld ph a ge ph u ni ve rs ity e du ca te d ph so ci al c la ss ph c ity ph 0. 53 63 to w n ph 0. 53 23 fa rm in g ba ck gr ou nd ph 0. 34 01 im po rt an ce o f l an ds ca pe in c ho os in g w he re to li ve ph 0. 35 49 198 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis c or re la tio ns ty pe c om p1 c om p2 c om p3 c om p4 c om p5 c om p6 c om p7 c om p8 c om p9 c om p1 0 c om p1 1 c om p1 2 sa tis fa ct io n of a re a ph 0. 38 08 q ua lit y of s ur ro un di ng l an ds ca pe ph c on ce rn ed a bo ut th e en vi ro nm en t ph 0. 34 69 c ar e ab ou t c on se rv at io n ph en vi ro nm en ta l a pa th y pa m ul tif un ct io na l pa 0. 43 15 pr od uc tiv ist pa c hi ld pa a ge pa u ni ve rs ity e du ca te d pa so ci al c la ss pa c ity pa 0. 35 94 to w n pa 0. 33 58 0. 31 34 fa rm in g ba ck gr ou nd pa 0. 48 66 im po rt an ce o f l an ds ca pe in c ho os in g w he re to li ve pa 0. 49 83 sa tis fa ct io n of a re a pa 0. 49 35 q ua lit y of s ur ro un di ng l an ds ca pe pa c on ce rn ed a bo ut th e en vi ro nm en t pa 0. 49 43 c ar e ab ou t c on se rv at io n pa en vi ro nm en ta l a pa th y nn m ul tif un ct io na l nn 0. 44 12 pr od uc tiv ist nn c hi ld nn a ge nn 0. 44 26 u ni ve rs ity e du ca te d nn so ci al c la ss nn 0. 33 84 c ity nn to w n nn 0. 37 78 199assessing preferences for rural landscapes c or re la tio ns ty pe c om p1 c om p2 c om p3 c om p4 c om p5 c om p6 c om p7 c om p8 c om p9 c om p1 0 c om p1 1 c om p1 2 fa rm in g ba ck gr ou nd nn 0. 37 69 im po rt an ce o f l an ds ca pe in c ho os in g w he re to li ve nn 0. 39 79 sa tis fa ct io n of a re a nn 0. 41 21 q ua lit y of s ur ro un di ng l an ds ca pe nn 0. 34 42 c on ce rn ed a bo ut th e en vi ro nm en t nn 0. 40 1 c ar e ab ou t c on se rv at io n nn en vi ro nm en ta l a pa th y nh -0 .3 38 1 m ul tif un ct io na l nh 0. 37 pr od uc tiv ist nh c hi ld nh 0. 30 44 a ge nh 0. 38 86 u ni ve rs ity e du ca te d nh 0. 30 16 so ci al c la ss nh 0. 40 32 c ity nh 0. 46 38 to w n nh 0. 34 59 fa rm in g ba ck gr ou nd nh im po rt an ce o f l an ds ca pe in c ho os in g w he re to li ve nh 0. 41 22 sa tis fa ct io n of a re a nh q ua lit y of s ur ro un di ng l an ds ca pe nh c on ce rn ed a bo ut th e en vi ro nm en t nh 0. 43 73 c ar e ab ou t c on se rv at io n nh 0. 39 08 en vi ro nm en ta l a pa th y na m ul tif un ct io na l na pr od uc tiv ist na c hi ld na a ge na u ni ve rs ity e du ca te d na 200 cathal o’donoghue, stephen hynes, paul kilgarriff, mary ryan, andreas tsakiridis c or re la tio ns ty pe c om p1 c om p2 c om p3 c om p4 c om p5 c om p6 c om p7 c om p8 c om p9 c om p1 0 c om p1 1 c om p1 2 so ci al c la ss na 0. 30 04 c ity na 0. 48 51 to w n na 0. 56 fa rm in g ba ck gr ou nd na im po rt an ce o f l an ds ca pe in c ho os in g w he re to li ve na sa tis fa ct io n of a re a na q ua lit y of s ur ro un di ng l an ds ca pe na c on ce rn ed a bo ut th e en vi ro nm en t na 0. 30 44 c ar e ab ou t c on se rv at io n na n ot e: p n – na tu ra l a tt rib ut es ( po si tiv e si gn ); ph – h um an a tt rib ut es ( po si tiv e si gn ) ; p a – ag ric ul tu ra l a tt rib ut es ( po si tiv e si gn ); nn – n at ur al a tt rib ut es (n eg at iv e si gn ); nh – h um an a tt rib ut es (n eg at iv e si gn ); na – a gr ic ul tu ra l a tt rib ut es (n eg at iv e si gn ); economics of culture and food in evolving agri-food systems and rural areas severino romano1, francesco vanni2, davide viaggi3 on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies fabio gaetano santeramo1, emilia lamonaca1,*, domenico carlucci2, biagia de devitiis1, antonio seccia1, rosaria viscecchia1, gianluca nardone1 benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape: an analysis of residents’ perception of ecosystem services stefano targetti1, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 assessing preferences for rural landscapes: an attribute based choice modelling approach cathal o’donoghue1, stephen hynes1, paul kilgarriff2, mary ryan3, andreas tsakiridis3 exploring governance mechanisms, collaborative processes and main challenges in short food supply chains: the case of turkey yaprak kurtsal, emel karakaya ayalp, davide viaggi bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 199-214, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-18043 short communication attribute in di ca to r u ni t lo w b en ch m ar k h ig h be nc hm ar k re fe re nc es fo r c re at io n an d be nc hm ar ks d at a g lo ba l d at a lo ca l sc or e g lo ba l (% ) sc or e lo ca l (% ) food wastage u se o f b io ga s p la nt s no /y es no ye s ri se no no 0 0 u se o f b yp ro du ct s fr om th e fo od in du st ry as a ni m al fe ed (% o f fa rm er s) % o f f ar m er s 0% 10 0% be re tta e t a l. 20 13 6 20 17 .6 20 18 m ilk lo ss o n fa rm % 10 % 0% sa fa (e 5 .3 .4 ) be re tta e t a l. 20 13 1 1. 5 90 85 m ilk lo ss a t p ro ce ss in g% 0. 5% 0% sa fa (e 5 .3 .4 ) be re tta e t a l. 20 13 0. 5 0. 2 0 60 traceability tr ac ea bi lit y up st re am of th e su pp ly c ha in av er ag e of c at eg or ie s fo r a ll fa rm er s ca te go rie s: no 0% / pa rt ia lly 50 % /y es 10 0% sa fa (c 3 .3 .2 ) 20 67 .6 20 68 tr ac ea bi lit y do w ns tr ea m o f t he su pp ly c ha in no /y es ca te go rie s: no 0% / pa rt ia lly 50 % /y es 10 0% sa fa (c 3 .3 .2 ) 10 0 66 .7 10 0 67 animal welfare pr op or tio n of pa rt ic ip at io n in ou td oo r g ra zi ng pr og ra m % o f p ar tic ip at io n (f ro m a ll fa rm er s) 0% 75 % ex pe rt c . n ot z 69 10 0 92 10 0 li fe sp an o f t he d ai ry co w s ye ar s 5 ye ar s 8 ye ar s ex pe rt c . n ot z 4. 5 5 0 0 pr op or tio n of pa rt ic ip at io n in lo os e ho us in g pr og ra m % o f p ar tic ip at io n (f ro m a ll fa rm er s) 0% 30 % sa fa (e 6 .2 .1 ) ex pe rt c . n ot z 23 70 .6 77 10 0 pr op or tio n of a ni m al s tr ea te d by a nt ib io tic s in a y ea r % tr ea te d co w s 90 % 30 % sa fa (e 6 .1 .2 ) ex pe rt c . n ot z 17 .5 35 .8 10 0 90 tr an sp or ta tio n du ra tio n to th e sla ug ht er ho us e m in ut es 12 0 m in ut es 30 m in ut es sa fa (e 6 .2 .3 ) ex pe rt c . n ot z 46 .3 42 .9 82 86 1 fe de ra l o ffi ce fo r a gr ic ul tu re (f o ag ). (2 01 4) . m ar kt be ric ht m ilc h. k on su m m ilc h : m ar kt an te ils ge w in n fü r d is co un te r. be rn . 2 h oo p, d ., an d sc hm id , d . ( 20 13 ). g ru nd la ge nb er ic ht 2 01 2. e tt en ha us en . 3 n em ec ek , t ., vo n ri ch th of en , j ., d ub oi s, g ., ca st a, p ., ch ar le s, r ., an d pa hl , h . ( 20 08 ). en vi ro nm en ta l i m pa ct s of in tr od uc in g gr ai n le gu m es in to e ur op ea n cr op r ot at io ns . eu ro pe an jo ur na l o f a gr on om y 28 : 3 80 -3 93 . d oi :1 0. 10 16 /j. ej a. 20 07 .1 1. 00 4 4 g re nz , j . e t a l. (2 00 9) . r is e – a m et ho d fo r a ss es si ng th e su st ai na bi lit y of a gr ic ul tu ra l p ro du ct io n at . r ur al d ev el op m en t n ew s 1: 5 -9 . 5 ja co bs en , s .e . e t a l. (2 01 3) . f ee di ng th e w or ld : g en et ic al ly m od ifi ed c ro ps v er su s ag ric ul tu ra l b io di ve rs ity . a gr on om y fo r s us ta in ab le d ev el op m en t 3 3: 6 51 -6 62 . 6 be re tt a, c . e t a l. (2 01 3) . q ua nt ify in g fo od lo ss es a nd th e po te nt ia l f or re du ct io n in s w itz er la nd . w as te m an ag em en t 3 3( 3) : 7 64 -7 73 . on perishability and vertical price transmission: empirical evidences from italy fabio gaetano santeramo1,*, stephan von cramon-taubadel2 1 department of agricultural, food and environmental sciences, università di foggia, italy 2 department of agricultural economics and rural development, georg-august-universität göttingen, germany date of submission: 2016 2nd, february; accepted 2016 19th, july abstract. studies on the causes for asymmetries in vertical price transmission date back to decades ago, but the attention of theorists and empirical economists is still vivid. in particular the role of perishability is not fully defined. we investigate the vertical price transmission for a heterogeneous group of fruits and vegetables that differ for their degree of perishability. the error correction model we estimate allows to conclude that asymmetries in vertical price transmission tend to vanish for perishable products. keywords. asymmetries, avecm, fruits and vegetables, perishability, vertical price transmission jel code. q11, q13, c32, d40 1. introduction the interest in price transmission, and the number of studies focused on these topics, have rapidly increased during last decades (e.g.griffith and piggott, 1994; benson et al., 2008; santeramo, 2010; cioffi et al., 2011; santeramo and cioffi, 2012a; santeramo and cioffi, 2012b; abdelradi and serra, 2015; kinnucan and zhang, 2015; santeramo, 2015; garcia-german et al., 2016): the implications they have on agricultural markets, industrial strategies, producer and consumer welfare are strong. studies on vertical price transmission (vpt) have preeminently addressed four topics (vavra and goodwin, 2005): the magnitude of price shocks transmission along the supply chain, the speed of transmission, the nature of price transmission in term of symmetry and asymmetries, and the direction of transmission (i.e. whether a shock is transmitted upwards or downwards). asymmetries in vpt may be due to imperfect competition (i.e. market power), adjustment costs, inventory management, political interventions, or asymmetric information (meyer and von cra*corresponding author: fabiogaetano.santeramo@gmail.com 200 f.g. santeramo, s. von cramon-taubadel mon-taubadel, 2004). a vast majority of studies (and scholars) have analyzed the effects of imperfect competition on vpt (e.g. mccorriston et al., 1998; mccorriston et al., 2001; bunte and peerlings, 2003; lloyd et al., 2006; tekgüç, 2013; assefa et al., 2014); the other possible explanations for asymmetries remain quite underinvestigated (few exceptions are saghaian, 2007; abbassi et al., 2012; santeramo, 2015). we depart from previous studies by focusing on the role of adjustments costs and in particular on the role of perishability on vpt. we use monthly prices of ten products that differ for their degree of perishability. apart from reviewing the current knowledge on vpt our main contribution is to provide empirical evidence on how perishability and asymmetries are related. 2. what causes asymmetries in vertical price transmission? asymmetric vpt (avpt) has been motivated in several ways: market power, adjustment costs, inventory management, government interventions, asymmetric information, perishability. mccorriston et al. (1998, 2001) and lloyd et al. (2006) link market power and imperfect vpt. bailey and brorsen (1989) point out that there is not an a priori explanation on whether market power leads to positive or negative asymmetry. a vast majority of authors (e.g. boyd and brorsen, 1988; karrenbrock, 1991; appel, 1992; griffith and piggott, 1994; mohanty et al., 1995) suggest that market power can lead to asymmetric transmission, most predicting a positive asymmetric price transmission1. peltzman (2000) shows that positive asymmetric price transmission is detected in both concentrated and atomistic markets2, while tappata (2009) derives a model of asymmetric price transmission in highly competitive markets. another major explanation for asymmetric price transmission (avpt) is provided by asymmetric adjustment costs3 arising when firms change the quantities and/or prices of inputs and/or outputs. bailey and brorsen (1989) and peltzman (2000) argue that positive avpt is consistent with the easiness for firms facing output reduction to disemploy inputs rather than to recruit new inputs in order to increase output. on the contrary, ward (1982) suggests that avpt is plausible in markets of perishable products in that retailers might hesitate to raise prices for fear of reduced sales leading to spoilage. heien (1980) argues that changing prices is less of a problem for perishable products as their prices are more dynamics. inventory management determines how firms adjust to exogenous shocks and thus may lead to avpt (balke et al., 1998). blinder (1982) argues that inventory management leads to positive avpt: in periods of low demand firms will adjust the quantity produced and increase inventory rather than decrease output prices, increasing prices during periods of high demand (reagan and weitzman, 1982). 1 according to meyer and von cramon-taubadel (2004), positive price transmission mean that prices react more to price rises than to price falls. 2 the results by peltzman (2000) on positive asymmetric price transmission are confirmed by several applied studies in agricultural sectors: pork (abdulai, 2002; gervais, 2011); vegetables (brooker et al., 1997); fruits (pick et al., 1990), among others. 3 the adjustment costs are defined as costs associated with changing retail prices and subsequently adapting retail logistics, wholesale costs and sales (e.g. advertisement and relabeling costs, storage and volume discounts, etc.). 201on perishability and vertical price transmission: empirical evidences from italy gardner (1975) explains the asymmetries in farm-to-retail price dynamics focusing on the role of government interventions to support producer prices. kinnucan and forker (1987), and serra and goodwin (2003) provide some evidence for diary products in support of gardner’s thesis. kinnucan and forker (1987) and von cramon-taubadel (1998) predict a stronger impact of retail-level demand shifts than of farm-level supply shifts on the farm-retail price spread. according to kinnucan and forker (1987) the different impacts imply avpt, while von cramon-taubadel (1998) underlines that only if one type of shift is predominantly positive or negative avpt will arise. bailey and brorsen (1989) conclude on the role of asymmetric information in determining avpt and point out that asymmetries in price series data can result from a distorted price reporting process. as for perishability, contradictory theories have been proposed. ward (1982) suggests that in perishable goods markets price decreases are likely to be fully passed on to the retail and producer level sectors while price increases are partially transmitted. girapunthong et al. (2003) confirm ward’s theory for fresh tomatoes markets: wholesale prices react more to falling producer prices than to rising producer prices. heien (1980) argues that changing prices is less of a problem for perishable products than it is for those with a long shelf life. sexton et al. (2003) suggest that price rises are faster transmitted than price falls which can be avoided by retailers able to exert market power on wholesalers. the empirical literature provides mixed results (table 1). 3. perishability and vertical price transmission in order to understand the role played by perishability on avpt we proceed in two steps. first (lhs of equation 1) we ask ourselves if price changes at different levels of the supply chain of perishable products (e.g. producer δp1 and wholesaler prices δp2, or wholesaler δp1 and retailer prices δp2 etc.) react differently to positive δp+ 1 and negative δp− 1 price changes. second (rhs of equation 1), we observe how the degree of perishability (i.e. the expected losses for spoilage) is related with avpt: 0 ≠ e δp2 δp+ 1 − δp2 δp− 1 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ = f per.( ) (perishability and avpt) (1) we do not have a priori expectations: heien (1980) argues that changing prices is less of a problem for perishable products than it is for those with a long shelf life, because for the latter changing prices incurs higher time costs and losses of goodwill; on the contrary ward (1982) hypothesizes that retailers selling perishable goods might be reluctant to raise prices in line with an increase in farm-level prices given the risk that they will be left with unsold spoiled product. we have extracted monthly prices (at wholesale level, and representative of national prices) for 29 products from the ismea osservatorio prezzi ortofrutta database: 14 fresh vegetables (artichokes, carrots, cauliflowers, onions, green beans, fennel, radishes, lettuces, eggplants, potatoes, peppers, tomatoes, spinaches and zucchinis), and 15 fresh 202 f.g. santeramo, s. von cramon-taubadel ta bl e 1. m aj or fi nd in gs in a pp lie d an al ys es o f v er tic al p ric e tr an sm is si on in p er is ha bl e m ar ke ts au th or jo ur na l ye ar pr od uc t fr eq ue nc y re su lts a gu ia r & s an ta na a gr ib us in es s 20 02 to m at oe s m on th ly po sit iv e a sy m m et ry o ni on s “ sy m m et ry ba ku cs , e t a l. st ud ie s i n a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s 20 07 po ta to es m on th ly sy m m et ry c ar ro ts “ sy m m et ry pa rs le y “ sy m m et ry to m at oe s “ po sit iv e a sy m m et ry pe pp er s “ sy m m et ry be rn ar d & w ill et t jo ur na l o f a gr ic ul tu ra l a nd a pp lie d ec on om ic s 19 96 br oi le r m on th ly n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry be rn ar d & w ill et t ap pl ie d ec on om ic s l et te rs 19 98 br oi le r w ee kl y sy m m et ry br oi le r m on th ly po sit iv e a sy m m et ry br oo ke r e t a l. jo ur na l o f f oo d d ist rib ut io n re se ar ch 19 97 pe pp er s w ee kl y po sit iv e a sy m m et ry h as sa n & si m io ni éc on om ie r ur al e 20 04 to m at oe s w ee kl y n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry c hi co ry “ n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry g ira pu nt ho ng e t a l. jo ur na l o f f oo d d ist rib ut io n re se ar ch 20 03 to m at oe s m on th ly a sy m m et ry b h as sa n & si m io ni éc on om ie r ur al e 20 04 c hi co ry w ee kl y sy m m et ry to m at oe s “ sy m m et ry h ei en a m er ic an jo ur na l o f a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s 19 80 po ta to es m on th ly po sit iv e a sy m m et ry ap pl es “ sy m m et ry o ra ng es “ n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry le ttu ce “ sy m m et ry to m at oe s “ sy m m et ry ku ip er & la ns in k a gr ib us in es s 20 13 br oi le r m on th ly po sit iv e a sy m m et ry ap pl es m on th ly sy m m et ry c ar ro ts “ sy m m et ry po ta to es “ sy m m et ry pi ck e t a l. a gr ib us in es s 19 90 le m on s w ee kl y po sit iv e a sy m m et ry c o ra ng es “ po sit iv e a sy m m et ry c po w er s a gr ib us in es s 19 95 le ttu ce w ee kl y po sit iv e a sy m m et ry 203on perishability and vertical price transmission: empirical evidences from italy au th or jo ur na l ye ar pr od uc t fr eq ue nc y re su lts sc he rt z w ill et e t a l. a gr ib us in es s 19 97 ap pl es m on th ly po sit iv e a sy m m et ry w ar d a m er ic an jo ur na l o f a gr ic ul tu ra l e co no m ic s 19 82 c ar ro ts m on th ly sy m m et ry c el er y “ n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry c ab ba ge “ n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry cu cu m be rs “ sy m m et ry pe pp er s “ n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry po ta to es “ n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry to m at oe s “ n eg at iv e a sy m m et ry w or th ec on om ic r es ea rc h se rv ic e 19 99 c ar ro ts m on th ly po sit iv e a sy m m et ry c el er y “ sy m m et ry le ttu ce “ sy m m et ry o ni on s “ sy m m et ry po ta to es “ sy m m et ry to m at oe s “ po sit iv e a sy m m et ry a re su lts o n sy m m et ry , p os iti ve a nd n eg at iv e as ym m et ry d ep en d on ti m e fr eq ue nc y. b p os iti ve a sy m m et ry a m on g w ho le sa le r a nd re ta ile r p ric es ; n eg at iv e as ym m et ry a m on g w ho le sa le r a nd p ro du ce r p ric es c h ow ev er , o ve r t im e pr ic e ch an ge s ap pe ar to b e sy m m et ric . 204 f.g. santeramo, s. von cramon-taubadel fruits (kiwis, apricots, watermelons, oranges, cherries, clementines, strawberries, tangerines, lemons, apples, melons, pears, peaches and nectarines, plums and table grapes)4. we observe prices at three stages of the supply chain origin, wholesale, and retail – from 2001 to 2011: producer prices are collected on more than thirty collection points, representative markets for volume of production and geographical position; wholesaler prices are collected by fedagromercati on the main wholesaler markets; retail prices are based on sales from surveys on domestic purchases of italian families. we selected products in order to include heterogeneous products according to their perishability, avoiding price series with discontinuities and several missing values5. the final dataset consists of three low perishable vegetables carrots, potatoes and peppers –four medium perishable vegetables – tomatoes, cauliflowers, radishes, eggplants6, and three low perishable fruits lemons, apples and pears. in line with several scholars (griffith and piggott, 1994; powers, 1995; brooker et al., 1997; and worth, 1999; girapunthong et al., 2003; sexton et al., 2003), we assume that producer prices lead wholesale prices, and wholesale prices lead retail prices. we estimated an unrestricted error correction model (von cramon-taubadel, 1998; peltzman, 2000) which allows to capture asymmetries, and long-run and short-run adjustments, and to control for seasonality: δpt i =γ0 +γtt +γ1δpt−1 i +γ2δpt−1 j +α+ectt−1 + +α−ectt−1 − +εt (2) and ectt−1 = pt−1 i −β0 −β1pt−1 j (3) δpt i = pt i −pt−1 i the apexes i and j represent the supply chain level (origin, wholesale or retail), ect the error correction term, t = 11, …, 12 controls for α+ and αadjustment coefficients) are statistically different the price transmission is asymmetric. we test for unit-roots using augmented dickey-fuller (dickey and fuller, 1981), philips-perron (perron, 1988), and zivot-andrews (zivot and andrews, 1992) tests. all series are stationary in level or in their first difference (table 2). the estimates of the error correction models (tables 3 and 4) suggest that prices tend to correct their dynamics and converge towards the equilibrium. the test for asymmetries (table 5) is in 17 out of 40 (43%) cases in favor of avpt. however, asymmetries are found in 16 out of 24 (67%) cases for “low perishable” vegetables and for fruits and only in 1 out of 16 (6%) cases for “medium perishable” vegetables. our evidence favors several theories and empirical studies: peltzman (2000) observes weaker evidence of avpt for perishable products; ward (1982) argues that sellers of perishable goods might be reluctant to raise prices in line with an increase in farm-level prices given the risk that they will be left with unsold spoiled product; serra 4 some of these products are characterized by different market cycles and seasonality in production and consumption, therefore prices cannot be observed throughout the entire year. 5 in order to avoid bias due to missing values we restricted the analysis to time series for which missing values represent less than 5% of the total sample. the series have been interpolated in order to obtain continuous series. 6 our classification of fruits and vegetables according to their perishability relies on a report from the usda (2009). we consider medium perishable the vegetables incurring in average losses for spoilage during transportation larger than the 10% of the traded volume, and low perishable those for which spoilage is lower. 205on perishability and vertical price transmission: empirical evidences from italy ta bl e 2. u ni t r oo t t es ts (p -v al ue s fo r a d f, pp te st s an d te st s ta tis tic s fo r z a te st ). lo w pe ris ha bl ev eg et ab le s m ed iu m p er ish ab le ve ge ta bl es fr ui ts c ar ro ts pe pp er s po ta to es c au lifl ow er eg gp la nt s to m at oe s ra di sh es ap pl es le m on s pe ar s pr od uc er a d f <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0. 01 6 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 pp <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0 .0 47 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0. 04 4 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 za -7 .8 5 -7 .5 4 -4 .1 7 -6 .9 7 -7 .5 1 -7 .7 6 -6 .6 3 -4 .1 0 -5 .9 2 -5 .8 8 w ho le sa le r a d f <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0. 04 8 <0 .0 1 0. 01 4 pp <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0 .0 13 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0. 16 4 0. 01 5 0. 07 6 za -7 .3 3 -7 .4 7 -4 .5 4 -6 .8 8 -7 .7 2 -7 .4 7 -7 .1 4 -3 .9 3 -5 .2 4 -4 .3 0 re ta ile r a d f <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0. 01 1 pp <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0 .4 71 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 <0 .0 1 0. 01 6 <0 .0 1 0. 04 7 za -5 .1 0 -7 .9 2 -4 .1 4 -7 .4 6 -8 .0 1 -7 .3 4 -7 .1 4 -4 .9 1 -5 .1 9 -5 .0 9 th e nu ll hy po th es is f or t he a d f an d pp t es ts i s un it ro ot . t he n ul l hy po th es is f or t he z a t es t is s ta tio na rit y. t he n um be r of l ag s is s ug ge st ed b y in fo rm at io n cr ite ria . za c rit ic al v al ue s 1% = 5 .5 7 , 5 % = -5 .0 8 , 1 0% = -4 .8 2. 206 f.g. santeramo, s. von cramon-taubadel ta bl e 3. e st im at ed e cm m od el fo r p ro du ce r a nd w ho le sa le r p ric es . lo w pe ris ha bl ev eg et ab le s m ed iu m p er ish ab le ve ge ta bl es fr ui ts c ar ro ts pe pp er s po ta to es c au lifl ow er eg gp la nt s to m at oe s ra di sh es ap pl es le m on s pe ar s pw = f( pp ) γ 0 0. 05 1 0. 11 4 0. 03 9 0. 02 9 -0 .1 87 -0 .0 44 0. 17 4 0. 05 8 0. 05 6 0. 04 7 (0 .0 15 ) (0 .0 66 ) (0 .0 12 ) (0 .0 48 ) (0 .0 79 ) (0 .0 77 ) (0 .1 37 ) (0 .0 21 ) (0 .0 28 ) (0 .0 24 ) γ t -0 .0 06 -0 .0 09 -0 .0 04 -0 .0 05 0. 03 1 0. 01 1 -0 .0 31 -0 .0 04 -0 .0 04 -0 .0 02 (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 09 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 06 ) (0 .0 10 ) (0 .0 09 ) (0 .0 15 ) (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 03 ) γ 1 0. 22 5 0. 15 1 -0 .0 18 0. 51 5 0. 07 5 0. 39 3 0. 02 7 0. 11 3 0. 14 1 0. 02 6 (0 .0 90 ) (0 .1 24 ) (0 .1 07 ) (0 .1 70 ) (0 .1 40 ) (0 .1 73 ) (0 .1 41 ) (0 .0 98 ) (0 .1 24 ) (0 .1 26 ) γ 2 -0 .0 22 0. 22 0 0. 38 1 -0 .7 21 0. 03 3 -0 .2 72 0. 11 1 -0 .0 38 0. 69 4 0. 09 4 (0 .0 70 ) (0 .2 20 ) (0 .1 33 ) (0 .2 45 ) (0 .1 86 ) (0 .1 86 ) (0 .2 08 ) (0 .1 64 ) (0 .3 41 ) (0 .1 68 ) α+ -0 .5 24 -0 .5 30 -0 .5 16 -0 .9 35 -0 .1 77 -0 .4 49 -0 .2 76 -0 .7 95 -0 .4 97 -0 .4 91 (0 .1 60 ) (0 .1 44 ) (0 .1 38 ) (0 .3 02 ) (0 .1 73 ) (0 .3 14 ) (0 .2 02 ) (0 .1 83 ) (0 .1 62 ) (0 .1 52 ) α-0 .3 25 -0 .1 61 -0 .1 23 -0 .7 35 -0 .1 42 -0 .2 04 -0 .4 67 0. 06 9 0. 10 8 0. 09 2 (0 .2 05 ) (0 .2 58 ) (0 .2 04 ) (0 .3 46 ) (0 .2 04 ) (0 .3 57 ) (0 .3 34 ) (0 .1 98 ) (0 .2 75 ) (0 .1 69 ) pp = f( pw ) γ 0 0. 06 6 0. 03 1 0. 02 7 -0 .0 27 -0 .1 96 -0 .1 06 0. 15 4 0. 00 2 0. 00 8 0. 00 7 (0 .0 21 ) (0 .0 43 ) (0 .0 12 ) (0 .0 35 ) (0 .0 59 ) (0 .0 70 ) (0 .0 96 ) (0 .0 13 ) (0 .0 09 ) (0 .0 19 ) γ t -0 .0 07 -0 .0 04 -0 .0 01 -0 .0 02 0. 02 9 0. 01 5 -0 .0 21 0. 00 0 0. 00 0 0. 00 2 (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 06 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 07 ) (0 .0 08 ) (0 .0 11 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 01 ) (0 .0 02 ) γ 1 0. 04 4 0. 00 2 0. 31 3 -0 .4 30 -0 .0 36 -0 .3 34 -0 .0 28 0. 37 9 0. 13 6 0. 39 8 (0 .0 96 ) (0 .1 45 ) (0 .1 35 ) (0 .1 47 ) (0 .1 40 ) (0 .1 70 ) (0 .1 45 ) (0 .1 00 ) (0 .1 10 ) (0 .1 32 ) γ 2 -0 .2 38 0. 06 3 -0 .2 46 0. 26 7 0. 02 6 0. 31 5 0. 06 7 -0 .0 46 0. 09 7 -0 .1 80 (0 .1 24 ) (0 .0 82 ) (0 .1 09 ) (0 .0 97 ) (0 .1 05 ) (0 .1 58 ) (0 .0 99 ) (0 .0 60 ) (0 .0 40 ) (0 .0 99 ) α+ -0 .0 87 -0 .1 15 -0 .4 57 0. 41 5 0. 15 6 0. 33 9 0. 00 8 0. 10 8 -0 .0 26 -0 .1 72 (0 .2 21 ) (0 .0 95 ) (0 .1 40 ) (0 .3 65 ) (0 .1 30 ) (0 .2 87 ) (0 .1 41 ) (0 .1 12 ) (0 .0 52 ) (0 .1 19 ) α0. 75 2 -0 .1 01 0. 33 6 -0 .8 12 0. 08 8 0. 22 2 0. 12 7 0. 02 9 0. 24 0 0. 11 2 (0 .2 84 ) (0 .1 70 ) (0 .2 07 ) (0 .6 15 ) (0 .1 53 ) (0 .3 27 ) (0 .2 34 ) (0 .1 21 ) (0 .0 89 ) (0 .1 33 ) o bs . 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 st an da rd e rr or s in p ar en th es is . pp an d pw s ta nd fo r p ro du ce r a nd w ho le sa le r p ric e re sp ec tiv el y. 207on perishability and vertical price transmission: empirical evidences from italy ta bl e 4. e st im at ed e cm m od el fo r w ho le sa le r a nd re ta ile r p ric es . lo w pe ris ha bl ev eg et ab le s m ed iu m p er ish ab le ve ge ta bl es fr ui ts c ar ro ts pe pp er s po ta to es c au lifl ow er eg gp la nt s to m at oe s ra di sh es ap pl es le m on s pe ar s pr = f( pw ) γ 0 0. 06 8 0. 09 7 0. 10 5 0. 08 7 -0 .1 82 -0 .0 06 0. 16 6 0. 06 4 0. 05 7 0. 07 8 (0 .0 22 ) (0 .0 79 ) (0 .0 25 ) (0 .0 49 ) (0 .0 64 ) (0 .0 63 ) (0 .1 06 ) (0 .0 25 ) (0 .0 30 ) (0 .0 36 ) γ t -0 .0 07 -0 .0 01 -0 .0 07 -0 .0 12 0. 03 1 0. 01 2 -0 .0 27 -0 .0 03 -0 .0 03 -0 .0 06 (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 09 ) (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 06 ) (0 .0 09 ) (0 .0 08 ) (0 .0 13 ) (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 04 ) γ 1 0. 12 8 0. 09 0 -0 .2 30 -0 .0 37 0. 13 5 0. 23 1 0. 52 1 0. 17 6 0. 03 1 0. 27 2 (0 .1 28 ) (0 .1 58 ) (0 .0 89 ) (0 .1 54 ) (0 .1 80 ) (0 .1 93 ) (0 .1 55 ) (0 .1 27 ) (0 .1 42 ) (0 .1 66 ) γ 2 -0 .0 82 0. 22 5 0. 25 9 0. 10 6 0. 02 6 -0 .0 18 -0 .3 65 -0 .0 85 0. 16 8 -0 .2 21 (0 .1 53 ) (0 .1 61 ) (0 .1 74 ) (0 .1 38 ) (0 .1 73 ) (0 .1 87 ) (0 .1 29 ) (0 .1 65 ) (0 .1 34 ) (0 .2 21 ) α+ -0 .6 17 -0 .6 02 -0 .8 67 -0 .4 67 -0 .3 33 -0 .7 31 -0 .4 79 -1 .2 21 -0 .3 70 -0 .6 59 (0 .2 97 ) (0 .2 81 ) (0 .1 48 ) (0 .3 41 ) (0 .2 93 ) (0 .3 28 ) (0 .2 23 ) (0 .1 69 ) (0 .2 30 ) (0 .2 27 ) α0. 21 9 0. 26 9 0. 34 6 -0 .2 16 -0 .2 96 0. 06 0 -0 .6 16 0. 04 7 0. 22 1 0. 01 2 (0 .3 18 ) (0 .2 64 ) (0 .1 85 ) (0 .2 78 ) (0 .3 70 ) (0 .3 16 ) (0 .2 56 ) (0 .1 99 ) (0 .1 68 ) (0 .2 87 ) pw = f( pr ) γ 0 0. 02 6 0. 05 3 0. 03 0 0. 07 1 -0 .2 57 -0 .0 52 0. 07 6 0. 06 1 0. 05 7 0. 04 8 (0 .0 19 ) (0 .0 71 ) (0 .0 15 ) (0 .0 54 ) (0 .0 67 ) (0 .0 68 ) (0 .1 29 ) (0 .0 24 ) (0 .0 33 ) (0 .0 29 ) γ t -0 .0 04 0. 00 3 -0 .0 03 -0 .0 04 0. 03 9 0. 01 6 -0 .0 17 -0 .0 05 -0 .0 05 -0 .0 02 (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 08 ) (0 .0 02 ) (0 .0 07 ) (0 .0 10 ) (0 .0 09 ) (0 .0 16 ) (0 .0 03 ) (0 .0 04 ) (0 .0 03 ) γ 1 0. 15 6 0. 09 2 0. 23 8 0. 02 6 -0 .1 75 0. 10 5 -0 .3 26 0. 27 4 0. 05 7 0. 02 1 (0 .1 32 ) (0 .1 44 ) (0 .1 00 ) (0 .1 52 ) (0 .1 81 ) (0 .2 02 ) (0 .1 56 ) (0 .1 55 ) (0 .1 48 ) (0 .1 80 ) γ 2 -0 .0 54 0. 17 7 0. 04 3 -0 .0 10 0. 28 1 0. 09 4 0. 50 6 -0 .1 55 0. 21 2 0. 06 0 (0 .1 10 ) (0 .1 41 ) (0 .0 51 ) (0 .1 69 ) (0 .1 88 ) (0 .2 08 ) (0 .1 88 ) (0 .1 19 ) (0 .1 57 ) (0 .1 36 ) α+ 0. 33 8 -0 .0 56 -0 .0 42 -0 .3 20 0. 18 3 -0 .1 83 0. 10 1 -0 .5 14 0. 01 3 -0 .3 04 (0 .2 57 ) (0 .2 51 ) (0 .0 85 ) (0 .3 74 ) (0 .3 05 ) (0 .3 53 ) (0 .2 70 ) (0 .1 59 ) (0 .2 54 ) (0 .1 86 ) α-0 .1 68 0. 74 0 0. 11 3 0. 66 9 0. 05 2 0. 44 1 -0 .1 86 0. 23 7 0. 42 9 0. 24 0 (0 .2 75 ) (0 .2 36 ) (0 .1 06 ) (0 .3 05 ) (0 .3 86 ) (0 .3 40 ) (0 .3 10 ) (0 .1 87 ) (0 .1 86 ) (0 .2 35 ) o bs . 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 st an da rd e rr or s in p ar en th es is . p w an d pr s ta nd fo r w ho le sa le r a nd re ta ile r p ric e re sp ec tiv el y. 208 f.g. santeramo, s. von cramon-taubadel and goodwin (2003) find asymmetric price transmission in the diary sector while no evidences of asymmetric price transmission along the supply chain of perishable diary products; kim and ward (2013, p. 234) state that “prices higher in the vertical system respond quicker to rising than falling prices, again, except for the most perishables.” 4. concluding remarks asymmetries in vpt may be due to imperfect competition, adjustment costs, inventory management, political interventions, or asymmetric information. evidences and theories on the effects of perishability on vertical price transmission are mixed. we examined how the degrees of asymmetries in vpt and perishability are related. our evidences suggest that vpt is asymmetric for products not affected by large losses for spoilage (e.g. fruits and low perishable vegetables), and tends to be symmetric for more perishable products. our results are consistent with numerous studies (ward, 1982; peltzman, 2000; serra and goodwin, 2003) and in contrast with the results of a meta-analysis conducted by kim and ward(2013, p 234), who state that “the perishables are where the most dramatic differences are seen, where falling farm prices are transmitted far faster than rising farm prices. much of this has to be due to perishability, where rising prices in a highly perishable good can lessen volume sales among goods that have a very short shelf life”. based on our findings, several policy considerations may be expressed, and in particular it may be inferred on the level at which market crises should be administered in f&vs markets (santeramo et al., 2014), or on the efficacy of trade policies (seccia et al., 2009; cioffi et al., 2011; santeramo and cioffi, 2012; dal bianco et al., 2016). deepening on these issues is beyond the scope of the present short note, and is left to future research. we acknowledge that our findings rely on one time frequency (monthly data), however by adopting monthly data our analysis is directly comparable with the vast majority of empirical studies on price transmission. understanding the role of perishability on the vpt seems a promising area of research and it is worth exploring why perishability may induce avpt: perishability implies larger management costs (i.e. specific logistic, refrigeration, packaging, etc.) and increase uncertainty (i.e. potential losses for spoilage reflected in lower price and/ or quantity sold) when the transportation occurs. to the extent that transactions are more and more based on contracts (mcdonald, 2015), the uncertainty and the losses for spoilage tend to be reduced. these issues are left for future research. references abbassi, a., tamini, l.d. and gervais, j.p. (2012). do inventories have an impact on price transmission? evidence from the canadian chicken industry. agribusiness 28: 173186. abdulai, a. (2002).using threshold cointegration to estimate asymmetric price transmission in the swiss pork market. applied economics 34: 679-687. abdelradi, f. and serra, t. (2015). asymmetric price volatility transmission between food and energy markets: the case of spain. agricultural economics 4: 503-513. 209on perishability and vertical price transmission: empirical evidences from italy ta bl e 5. a sy m m et rie s in f & vs p ric es (p -v al ue s an d ty pe o f a sy m m et rie s) . lo w pe ris ha bl ev eg et ab le s m ed iu m p er ish ab le ve ge ta bl es fr ui ts c ar ro ts pe pp er s po ta to es c au lifl ow er eg gp la nt s to m at oe s ra di sh es ap pl es le m on s pe ar s pw = f( pp ) α+ 0. 00 1 0. 00 1 0. 00 1 0. 00 2 0. 30 8 0. 15 5 0. 17 6 0. 00 1 0. 00 2 0. 00 1 α0. 11 6 0. 53 2 0. 54 6 0. 03 6 0. 48 7 0. 56 9 0. 16 5 0. 72 9 0. 69 5 0. 58 9 h 0 0. 10 1 0. 00 2 0. 00 7 0. 35 7 0. 73 1 0. 50 1 0. 37 3 0. 00 5 0. 00 6 0. 01 4 ty pe a pt + a pt + a pt + sy m sy m sy m sy m a pt + a pt + a pt + pp = f( pw ) α+ 0. 69 5 0. 23 1 00 01 0. 25 8 0. 23 4 0. 24 0 0. 95 4 0. 33 5 0. 61 8 0. 15 2 α0. 00 9 0. 55 4 0. 10 7 0. 18 9 0. 56 4 0. 49 8 0. 58 9 0. 81 2 0. 00 8 0. 40 1 h 0 0. 14 4 0. 33 5 0. 00 1 0. 38 9 0. 59 4 0. 65 5 0. 73 1 0. 61 9 0. 25 4 0. 14 1 ty pe sy m sy m a pt + sy m sy m sy m sy m sy m sy m sy m pr = f( pw ) α+ 0. 04 0 0. 03 4 0. 00 1 0. 17 3 0. 25 8 0. 02 7 0. 03 4 0. 00 1 0. 10 9 0. 00 4 α0. 49 2 0. 30 9 0. 06 4 0. 43 8 0. 42 6 0. 85 0 0. 01 8 0. 81 4 0. 19 1 0. 96 7 h 0 0. 09 5 0. 05 5 0. 00 1 0. 94 1 0. 64 4 0. 16 8 0. 85 2 0. 00 1 0. 10 0 0. 03 1 ty pe a pt + a pt + a pt + sy m sy m sy m sy m a pt + a pt + a pt + pw = f(p r ) α+ 0. 19 0 0. 82 4 0. 62 5 0. 39 2 0. 55 1 0. 60 5 0. 70 7 0. 00 1 0. 95 8 0. 10 4 α0. 54 3 0. 00 2 0. 28 9 0. 03 4 0. 89 2 0. 19 7 0. 54 9 0. 20 7 0. 02 6 0. 30 8 h 0 0. 24 5 03 22 0. 40 4 0. 04 8 0. 70 3 0. 26 8 0. 55 8 0. 00 5 0. 07 6 0. 10 4 ty pe sy m a pt sy m a pt sy m sy m sy m a pt + a pt sy m sy m = sy m m et ric p ric e tr an sm is si on ; a pt + = po si tiv e pr ic e tr an sm is si on ; a pt = ne ga tiv e pr ic e tr an sm is si on 210 f.g. santeramo, s. von cramon-taubadel aguiar, d.r.d. and santana, j.a. (2002). asymmetry in farm to retail price transmission: evidence from brazil. agribusiness 18: 37-48. appel v. (1992) asymmetrie in der preistransmission. agrarwirtschaftsonderheft. 135: 178-213. assefa, t.t., kuiper, e. and meuwissen, m. (2014) the effect of farmer market power on the degree of farm-retail price transmission: a simulation model with an application to the dutch ware potato supply chain. agribusiness 4: 424-437. bakucs, l.z., ferto, i. and szabo g.g. (2007). price transmission in the hungarian vegetable sector. studies in agricultural economics 106: 23-40. benson, t., mugarura, s. and wanda, k. (2008). impacts in uganda of rising global food prices: the role of diversified staples and limited price transmission. agricultural economics 39: 513-524. bernard, j.c. and willett, l.s. (1996). asymmetric price relationships in the u.s. broiler industry. journal of agricultural and applied economics 28: 279-289. bernard, j.c. and willett, l.s. (1998). broiler price transmission results and data periodicity. applied economics letters 5: 221-224. boyd, m.s. and brorsen, b.w. (1988). price asymmetry in the u.s. pork marketing channel. north central journal of agricultural economics 10: 103-109. brooker, j.r., eastwood, d.b., carver, b.t. and gray, m.d. (1997). fresh vegetable price linkage between grower shippers wholesalers, and retailers. journal of food distribution research 28: 54-61. bunte, f. and peerlings, j. (2003). asymmetric price transmission due to market power in the case of supply shocks. agribusiness, 19(1): 19-28. cioffi, a., santeramo, f. g. and vitale, c.d. (2011). the price stabilization effects of the eu entry price scheme for fruit and vegetables. agricultural economics 42: 405-418. dal bianco, a., boatto, v.l., caracciolo, f., and santeramo, f. g. (2015). tariffs and nontariff frictions in the world wine trade. european review of agricultural economics 43: 31-57. dickey, d.a. and fuller, w.a. (1981). likelihood ratio statistics for autoregressive time series with a unit root. econometrica 49: 1057–1072. garcía-germán, s., bardají, i. and garrido, a.(2016).evaluating price transmission between global agricultural markets and consumer food price indices in the european union. agricultural economics 47(1): 59-70. gardner, b.l. (1975). the farm-retail price spread in a competitive food industry. american journal of agricultural economics 57: 399-409. gervais j.p. (2011). disentangling nonlinearities in the longand short-run price relationships: an application to the us hog/pork supply chain. applied economics 43: 1497-1510. girapunthong, n. and van sickle j.j., renwick, a. (2003). price asymmetry in the united states fresh tomato market. journal of food distribution research 34: 51-59. griffith, g.r. and piggott, n.e.(1994). asymmetry in beef, lamb and pork farm-retail price transmission in australia. agricultural economics 10: 307-316. hassan, d. and simioni, m. (2004). transmission des prix dans la filièredes fruits et légumes: uneapplication des tests de cointégration avec seuils. économie rurale 283(1): 27-46. 211on perishability and vertical price transmission: empirical evidences from italy karrenbrock, j.d. (1991). the behaviour of retail gasoline prices: symmetric or not? federal reserve bank of st. louis review 73: 19-29. kim, h. and ward, r.w. (2013). price transmission across the us food distribution system. food policy 41: 226-236. kinnucan, h.w. and forker, o.d. (1987). asymmetry in farm-retail price transmission for major dairy products. american journal of agricultural economics 69: 307-328. kinnucan, h.w. and zhang, d. (2015). notes on farm-retail price transmission and marketing margin behavior. agricultural economics 46(6): 729-737. lloyd, t., mccorriston, s., morgan, w. and rayner, t.(2006). food scares, market power and price transmission: the uk bse crisis. european review of agricultural economics 33: 119-147. mccorriston, s., morgan, c.w. and rayner, a.j. (1998). processing technology, market power and price transmission. journal of agricultural economics 49: 185-201. mccorriston, s., morgan, c.w. and rayner, a.j. (2001). price transmission: the interaction between market power and returns to scale. european review of agricultural economics 28: 143-159. mcdonald, j. (2015). trends in agricultural contracts. choices 30(3): 1-6. meyer, j. and von cramon-taubadel, s. (2004). asymmetric price transmission: a survey. journal of agricultural economics 55: 581-611. mohanty s., peterson e.w.f. and kruse n.c. (1995). price asymmetry in the international wheat market. canadian journal of agricultural economics 43: 355-366. peltzman, s. (2000). price rise faster than they fall. journal of political economy 108: 466-502. perron, p. (1988). trends and random walks in macroeconomic time series. journal of economic dynamics and control. 12: 297-332. pick, d.h., karrenbrock, j.d. and carman, h.f. (1990). price asymmetry and marketing margin behavior: an example for california—arizona citrus. agribusiness 6: 75-84. powers, n.j. (1995). sticky short-run prices and vertical pricing: evidence from the market for iceberg lettuce. agribusiness 11: 57-75. saghaian, s. h. (2007). beef safety shocks and dynamics of vertical price adjustment: the case of bse discovery in the us beef sector. agribusiness 23: 333-348. santeramo, f. g. (2010). market integration in european union’s fruits and vegetables sector. doctorate dissertation. santeramo, f.g. (2015). price transmission in the european tomatoes and cauliflowers sectors. agribusiness 3: 399-413. santeramo, f.g. and cioffi, a. (2012a). the entry price threshold in eu agriculture: deterrent or barrier? journal of policy modeling 34: 691-704. santeramo, f.g. and cioffi, a. (2012b). transmission of market crises in the european vegetables sector. politica agricola internazionale-international agricultural policy 2: 37-46. santeramo, f.g., cioffi, a. and vitale, c.d. (2014). a threshold-var approach to assess the efficacy of the eu import regime. international journal of food and agricultural economics 2: 1-12. schertz willet, l., hansmire, m.r. and bernard, j.c. (1997). asymmetric price response behavior of red delicious apples. agribusiness 13: 649-658. 212 f.g. santeramo, s. von cramon-taubadel seccia, a., carlucci, d. and santeramo, f.g. (2009). exports of italian high quality wine: new empirical evidence from a gravity-type model. in: canavari, m., cantore, n., castellini, a., pignatti, e. and spadoni, r. (eds), international marketing and trade of quality food products. wageningen: wageningen academic publishers, 15-29. serra t. and goodwin, b.k. (2003). price transmission and asymmetric adjustment in the spanish dairy sector. applied economics 35: 1889-1899. sexton, r.,m. zhang m. and chalfant, j. (2003). grocery retailer behavior in the procurement and sale of perishable fresh produce commodities. usda economic research service. report no 2 (september, 2003). tappata, m. (2009). rockets and feathers: understanding asymmetry pricing. rand journal of economics 40: 673-687. tekgüç, h. (2013). oligopoly and price transmission in turkey’s fluid milk market. agribusiness 29: 293-305. usda (2009), supermarket loss estimates for fresh fruit, vegetables, meat, poultry, and seafood and their use in the ers loss-adjusted food availability data. economic information bulletin number 44. vavra, p. and goodwin, b.k. (2005).analysis of price transmission along the food chain. oecd food, agriculture and fisheries working papers, no. 3, oecd publishing. von cramon-taubadel, s. (1998) estimating asymmetric price transmission with the error correction representation: an application to the german pork market. european review of agricultural economics 25: 1-18. ward, r.w. (1982). asymmetry in retail, wholesale and shipping point pricing for fresh vegetables. american journal of agricultural economics 62: 205-212. worth, t. (1999). the f.o.b. retail price relationship for selected fresh vegetables. washington, dc: us department of agriculture, economic research service— vegetables and specialties. zivot, e. and andrews, d.w.k. (1992). further evidence on the great crash, the oil-price shock, and the unit-root hypothesis. journal of business and economic statistics 10: 251-270. stampato da logo s.r.l. borgoricco (pd) bio-based and applied economics 9(2): 137-154, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8337 on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies fabio gaetano santeramo1, emilia lamonaca1,*, domenico carlucci2, biagia de devitiis1, antonio seccia1, rosaria viscecchia1, gianluca nardone1 1 university of foggia (italy) 2 university of bari (italy) abstract. the existing literature on the consumers’ attitude toward region-of-origin (roo) provides numerous and varying evidence on the relative importance of this extrinsic attribute as compared to other product characteristics. the article aims at characterising the heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo. we systematically review the literature on roo and build an ad hoc indicator to measure the relative importance of roo as compared to other attributes of agri-food products under investigation. we then explain, through a meta-analytical approach, how the relative importance of roo varies according to factors related to publication process, methodological issues, and characteristics of articles. findings reveal the limited influence of publication process and methodological issues on the relative importance of roo. in contrast, we find a strong effect of characteristics of articles, with the relative importance of roo being highly dependent on products and origins under investigation. the results also highlight that roo is an effective differentiation instrument in the agri-food markets only if supported by geographical indication labels. managerial implications are also provided. keywords. agri-food, consumer, meta-analysis, region-of-origin, systematic review. jel codes. q13, p46, m31. 1. introduction regional imagery is increasingly being recognised as having a commercial value for agri-food products. it provides a subjective source of quality differentiation (henchion and mcintyre, 2000; marcoz et al., 2016). in fact, even though countries operate within an increasingly globalised context, the indication of the region-of-origin (roo) of agri-food products still appears to be a relevant cue for both consumers and producers or marketers (pucci et al., 2017). the roo of agri-food products still matters when examining consum*corresponding author. e-mail: emilia.lamonaca@unifg.it editor: davide viaggi. 138 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. ers’ product evaluations and buying behaviour (chamorro et al., 2015). for producers and marketers, roo allows them to charge prices above marginal cost, thus achieving market power. by using a regional indication, producers and marketers are able to exploit existing associations consumers have with roo and provide their product with an image (bruwer et al., 2012). indeed, the strategic advantage of regional branding is that an agri-food product can be differentiated on the basis of geographic origin, an unique attribute difficult to reproduce and presumed to be a quality cue for the product (van ittersum et al., 2007; chan and marafa, 2013). the existing literature on the consumers’ attitude towards roo provides numerous and varying evidences on the relative importance of this extrinsic attribute as compared to other product characteristics. the roo effect has been analysed, among others, by henchion and mcintyre (2000), who concluded that roo is an important consideration for two out of three irish consumers when deciding to buy quality products and that products from rural areas are generally perceived to be of high quality. in addition, stefani et al. (2006) showed that the narrower and more precisely defined the roo, the higher the quality expectation of consumers supporting the role of origin as a quality cue. empirical evidence shows that roo effect on product evaluation is product-specific and varies depending on the characteristics of consumers. in particular, consumers from different countries tend to perceive roo in a different manner and their knowledge influences the impact of roo on their behaviour (perrouty et al., 2006). in this regard, engelbrecht et al. (2014) demonstrated that roo of wine plays a secondary role in influencing consumers when faced with a purchasing decision on its own, while dekhili and d’hauteville (2009) found that the image of roo has a specific influence on consumers’ selection behaviour for olive oil although with differences between consumers from different countries. similarly, dekhili et al. (2011) showed that french consumers tend to choose olive oil based on official signals, while tunisian consumers mainly use roo and sensory cues. differences across consumers emerges also at the regional level, as in aranda et al. (2015) who found that spanish consumers tend to value la mancha region less than rioja region in choosing wine. their findings suggest different level of importance for roo, relative to other products’ attribute under investigation. overall, roo has an effect if consumers perceive substantial differences between regions in terms of their product-origin associations (marcoz et al., 2016). literature on roo is vast and fragmented, so we aim at characterising the heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo. on the basis of a systematic review of the literature on roo, we have built an ad hoc indicator to measure the relative importance of roo as compared to other attributes of agri-food products under investigation. we have then explained, through a meta-analytical approach, how the relative importance of roo varies according to specific factors related to publication process, methodological issues, and characteristics of articles. the meta-analysis is based on a sample of 27 papers, which differ by products and origins under investigation, and type of methodological framework. we have also expanded the study by santeramo and lamonaca (2020), who evaluated geographical label in consumers’ decision-making process, by proposing a quantile regression analysis. the quantile regression allows us a better representation of the heterogeneity in the index measuring the relative importance of roo. indeed, the quantile regression estimator is robust, which means that the influence of outlying observations is bound. 139on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies our analysis would identify patterns in heterogeneous results in the vast body of research that examines the regional branding construct and the various effects of roo on consumer buying behaviour (e.g. atkin et al., 2017; pucci et al., 2017). the success of regional branding strategies and of regulations protecting regional products largely depends on consumers’ evaluation of roo that informs them on the authenticity of those products (van ittersum et al., 2007). our contribution is to provide a finer granular overview of the roo effects as relates to consumer product evaluations. a better understanding of consumers’ evaluation of roo may benefit producers and marketers in designing differentiation strategies that support the competitiveness of regional products more effectively. furthermore, it may facilitate policymakers in developing roo-based communication strategies and policies on the protection of regional products aimed at supporting rural economies, especially disadvantaged areas. the reminder of the article is as follows. the next section describes the protocol adopted for the systematic review of literature on consumers’ evaluation of roo, as well as the quantitative methods used to examine determinants of heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo across studies. the results, presented in section 3, describe the contribution of publication process, methodological issues and characteristics of studies in explaining heterogeneity in the index measuring the relative importance of roo as compared to other attributes of the product under investigation. the last section concludes with implications for the food industry and policymakers. 2. materials and methods 2.1 systematic review and sample description we systematically reviewed the literature based on roo following the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (prisma) protocol (moher et al., 2009; shamseer et al., 2015). our bibliographic research took place in july-september 2018 and focused on articles published in scopus, including articles up to 20181. in order to be included in the quantitative synthesis (i.e. meta-analysis), papers had to meet two general criteria. first, they had to deal with consumers’ attitude, or preference, or intention to buy or willingness to pay for roo of agri-food products. second, papers had to provide a comparison between roo and other products’ attributes. further inclusion criteria allowed us to select only peer-reviewed published studies, supposed to be validated knowledge with a potentially greater impact in the field, and papers in english, the foremost language used to spread scientific knowledge. we identified an initial set of articles (n = 947) which contained all possible combinations of roo-based, consumer-related, and sector-specific keywords in their title, abstract or keywords. in particular, we ran separate searches in scopus using the following strings: [“place brand” or “region-of-origin” or “umbrella brand”] and [“attitude” or “attribute” or “behaviour” or “choice” or “consumer” or “consumption” or “preference” or “segmentation” or “willingness to pay”] and [“agri food” or “food”]. after removing duplicates (n = 680), two independent researchers screened 267 studies and selected eli1 we do not set time limits in the bibliographic search. 140 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. gible articles on the basis of information contained in the full text (n = 60). we excluded 17 full text articles with reasons2. the steps of the systematic review are synthesised in a prisma flow diagram (figure 1). the final sample includes 43 articles, of which 27 (listed in table 1) included in the quantitative synthesis for a total of 194 observations (articles may include more than one observation). the vast majority of articles in the sample are published in peer-reviewed journals of high-medium prestige (48% in q1, 37% in q2); 37% of articles falls into the subject areas of agricultural and biological sciences, 33% into business, management and accounting, 26% into economics, econometrics and finance. the first study was published in 2001 (van der lans et al., 2001), however the interest for the topic has grown progressively overtime. indeed, about two thirds of articles (74%) were published after 2010, demon2 a general review of place branding literature was excluded due to the lack of evidence on consumers’ attitude, or preference, or intention to buy or willingness to pay for roo of agri-food products. other articles were excluded due to their focus, i.e. city brand not agri-food specific, private brands, physicochemical composition parameter and sensory attributes. further articles not in english (3 out of 17) and not peer-reviewed published (8 out of 17) were excluded. figure 1. prisma flow diagram. source: elaboration on moher et al. (2009). 141on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies strating the dynamic character of the literature on roo (figure 2). more than half of the papers share at least one of co-authors, and the author with the most articles on the topic is s. mueller loose (author of 3 articles). 2.2 a measure of the relative importance of roo we identified 47 types of attributes within our sample, other than roo. we ideally classified them in three categories (table 2): i) intrinsic attributes (13 types) which directly describe products; ii) extrinsic attributes (14 types) which indirectly characterise products (dekhili and d’hauteville, 2009); iii) additional attributes (20 types) which refer to the level of product knowledge and involvement (arancibia et al., 2015). the most frequent attributes in our sample are two extrinsic attributes, namely price and packaging, followed by two intrinsic attributes, namely type and variety. in order to measure the relative importance of roo as compared to other attributes of a product under investigation, we built an index specific for each i-th observation (i.e. estimate) within the j-th reviewed study. the index ( ) is equal to the ratio between the sum of the relative importance of each k-th attribute ( ) and the number of attributes other than roo (ki,j): (1) where , the relative importance of the k-th attribute compared to roo, may assume the following values: figure 2. evolution of the literature on region-of-origin. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 cu m ul at iv e nu m be r ye ar -b yye ar n um be r year-by-year cumulative 142 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. (2) the index, , measures the relative importance of roo with respect to other generic attributes of a product, and ranges between -1 and 1: the higher the index, the table 1. list of articles included in the meta-analysis. reference journal journal rank journal subject area arancibia et al. (2015) agricultural economics review q2 abs atkin et al. (2017) wine economics and policy q1 eef bernabéu et al. (2012) british food journal q1 bma bruwer et al. (2012) journal of foodservice business research q3 abs bryła (2015) appetite q1 nursing dekhili and d’hauteville (2009) food quality and preferences q1 abs dekhili et al. (2011) food quality and preferences q1 abs fernandes-ferreira-madureira et al. (2013)international journal of wine business research q2 bma grebitus et al. (2018) agribusiness q2 eef hollebeek et al. (2007) food quality and preferences q1 abs johnson and bruwer (2007) international journal of wine business research q3 bma marcoz et al. (2016) international journal of tourism research q1 bma mccutcheon et al. (2009) international journal of wine business research q2 bma mtimet et al. (2013) journal of international food and agribusiness marketing q2 bma mueller loose and szolnoki (2012) food quality and preferences q1 abs mueller loose et al. (2013) food quality and preferences q1 abs mueller loose and szolnoki (2010) food quality and preferences q1 abs nunes et al. (2016) wine economics and policy q1 eef perrouty et al. (2006) agribusiness q2 eef rahnama and fadei (2017) journal of food products marketing q2 bma resano-ezcaray et al. (2012) food policy q1 eef robertson et al. (2018) journal of wine research q3 abs sanjuán-lópez et al. (2009) spanish journal of agricultural research q3 abs scarpa et al. (2015) agribusiness q2 eef schnettler et al. (2018) british food journal q1 bma sutanonpaiboon and atkin (2012) journal of food products marketing q2 bma van der lans et al. (2001) european review of agricultural economics q2 eef notes: the rank, provided by the scimago journal & country rank (sjr), refers to the date of publication for the corresponding sjr subject area. abbreviations are agricultural and biological sciences (abs), business, management and accounting (bma), economics, econometrics and finance (eef). 143on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies greater the relative importance of roo as compared to other attributes. the index is distributed with mean 0.34 and standard deviation 0.64, however the relative importance of roo tends to vary according to structural and methodological differences across studies. 2.3 meta-analytical approach and data description we adopt a meta-regression approach to investigate the determinants of heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo as compared to other attributes of products under investigation. we regress the index measuring the relative importance of roo ( ) on its accuracy (i.e. sample size3) and on a set of and -type moderator variables: (3) 3 stanley et al. (2008) suggest to use degrees of freedom (or sample size) as a measure of the accuracy of the variable under investigation. other meta-analyses on the issue follow the same approach (e.g. deselnicup et al., 2013). table 2. relative frequencies (rf) of intrinsic, extrinsic, and additional attributes in the sample. intrinsic rf extrinsic rf additional rf type 0.53 price 1.00 distribution channel 0.39 variety 0.45 packaging 0.62 frequency of choice 0.28 appearance 0.26 brand name 0.39 accompaniment 0.23 alcohol content 0.25 appellation 0.33 concerns for environment 0.21 colour 0.23 medal 0.32 recommendation by others 0.16 vintage 0.21 label information 0.21 concerns for health 0.07 taste 0.20 producer 0.20 preparation format 0.07 sensorial characteristics 0.15 production process 0.14 availability 0.06 serving temperature 0.13 organic label 0.13 advertising 0.05 hedonic liking 0.10 country-of-origin 0.10 consumption for specials 0.04 product quality 0.09 retailer 0.09 nostalgia 0.04 expiry date 0.03 informed liking 0.06 concerns for animal welfare 0.03 smell 0.03 concerns for safety 0.03 curiosity 0.03 state 0.02 fashion of consumption 0.03 knowledge level 0.03 loyalty 0.03 pleasure of consumption 0.03 touristic issues 0.03 traceability 0.03 uniqueness 0.03 notes: the relative frequencies are computed on a total of 194 observations. 144 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. where the accuracy of the index (ni,j) models and corrects publication selection bias4; χr is a vector of r regressors thought to affect the magnitude of the publication selection bias5; ψs is a vector of s regressors, related to relevant characteristics of a study, that influence the magnitude of the index and explain its systematic variation across the observations (i) of the reviewed studies (j); γr and δs are coefficients which reflect the biasing effect of publication selection and of study’s characteristics; εi,j is an independently and identically distributed error term. the vector of x-type moderator variables includes information related to the publication process and methodological issues (table 3). it controls, through a dummy variable, for the presence of more than one article published by the same author (42% of observations). in order to account for the prestige of the journal, specific dummies control for articles published in q1 (51% of observations), q2 (baseline), and q3 (6% of observations) journals, according to the rank provided by the scimago journal & country rank at the date of publication. the dynamic character of the literature on the issue is accounted for using a dummy that discriminates between articles published before and after 20106, whereas a numerical variable controls for the cumulative number of articles published overtime. as for methodological issues, dummies control for methods and reference variables adopted to assess the relative importance of roo. in our sample, we observe articles based on best-worst scaling analyses (6% of observations), choice models (8% of observations), conjoint analyses (19% of observations), focus groups (1% of observations), hedonic price models (9% of observations), latent classes analyses (12% of observations), descriptive statistics (baseline). the reference variables mostly used are percentages in terms of importance of attributes (41% of observations), average importance of attributes (40% of observations), estimated willingness to pay (3% of observations), beta (baseline). the set of ψ-type moderator variables includes dummies related to specific characteristics of studies, to account for heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo (table 3). it controls for specific product category such as olive oil (13% of observations), wine (58% of observations), other products (baseline), and origin such as argentina (13% of observations), australia (14% of observations), chile (2% of observations), new zealand (5% of observations), tunisia (4% of observations), united states (9% of observations), other countries (baseline). lastly, a dummy identifies paper that associate a certified label, such as pdo or pgi, to roo (25% of observations). in order to correct for heteroskedasticity and to obtain efficient estimates, we normalised all but one elements (i.e. xr 7) of the equation (3) by the accuracy of the index, ni,j. 4 publication selection may distort evidence from literature, undermining the external validity of inferences and implications (santeramo and lamonaca, 2021). biases from publication selection may occur if certain results are more likely to be published (e.g. statistical significant results, estimated coefficients of certain sign or magnitude) (stanley, 2005). 5 the x-type moderator variables allow us to capture the wide dimension of selection bias, which is a complex socio-economic phenomenon that goes beyond the mere publication selection (stanley et al., 2008). 6 the year 2010 is the median year of the articles in the sample. in addition, 72% of observations are included in articles post 2010. 7 the rationale of the exclusion is that χ-type moderator variables may influence the likelihood of acceptance for publication, but should not be informative on the index. 145on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies after the normalisation, the intercept and slope coefficients are reversed from the equation (3). the new intercept (α0) is a test for publication selection bias and the new slope (α) is a test for the average value beyond the publication selection bias (stanley et al., 2008). if statistically significant, α0 suggests the existence of publication selection bias, and α allows to conclude on the accuracy of the index (santeramo and shabnam, 2015). we used probit specifications to assess how determinants of heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo influence the likelihoods of observing lower or higher values of the index . these likelihoods are captured by two dependent variables defined as dummies, that distinguish between cases in which roo tend to be less or more important for consumers as compared to other attributes of the product under investigation. the likelihood of observing lower values of the index equals to 1 for negative observations of , and zero otherwise. the likelihood of observing higher values of the index equals to 1 for positive observations of , and zero otherwise. observations of equal to zero, indicating that roo is important as much as a generic attribute of the product under investigation, serve as baseline. table 3. list and description of moderator variables. moderator variable type of variable mean std. dev. obs. x-type moderator variables sample size numerical 372.89 373.47 159 authorship dummy 0.42 0.50 194 q1 (journal prestige) dummy 0.51 0.50 194 q3 (journal prestige) dummy 0.06 0.24 194 post-2010 dummy 0.72 0.45 194 number of paper (cumulative) numerical 15.41 7.07 194 best-worst scaling analysis (method) dummy 0.06 0.24 194 choice model (method) dummy 0.08 0.27 194 conjoint analysis (method) dummy 0.19 0.39 194 focus group (method) dummy 0.01 0.07 194 hedonic price model (method) dummy 0.09 0.29 194 latent classes analysis (method) dummy 0.12 0.33 194 % (reference variable) dummy 0.41 0.49 194 avg. (reference variable) dummy 0.40 0.49 194 wtp (reference variable) dummy 0.03 0.16 194 ψ-type moderator variables certified origin dummy 0.25 0.43 194 argentina dummy 0.13 0.34 194 australia dummy 0.14 0.35 194 chile dummy 0.02 0.14 194 new zealand dummy 0.05 0.22 194 tunisia dummy 0.04 0.20 194 united states dummy 0.09 0.28 194 olive oil dummy 0.13 0.34 194 wine dummy 0.58 0.50 194 146 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. the model in equation (3) is also estimated in a quantile regression fashion. these models allow us to identify factors determining more or less importance of roo (observations of within 50th percentile), less importance of roo (observations of within 25th percentile), more importance of roo (observations of within 75th percentile). the quantile regression allows us to particularise the dependency of the index on determinant of heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo for every quantile and, thus, it can be tailored to the extremes by conditioning on lower quantiles. in addition, the quantile regression estimator is robust, which means that the influence of outlying observations is bound. these properties lead to a better representation of the heterogeneity in the index . 3. results and discussion the results of the probit and quantile regression models are presented in table 4. the analysis of the constant term (α0) and slope coefficient (α) allows us to detect potential publication selection bias. looking at the results from probit models, we find that publication selection bias is more likely to occur for higher values of the index, measuring the relative importance of roo as compared to other product’s attributes under investigation; in contrast, lower values of the index are less likely to be affected by publication selection bias. however, the results of the quantile regression reveal that the constant term is not significantly different from zero at any conventional level, suggesting that the publication selection bias is not a major issue in our sample. we conclude that publication selection does not distort evidence from the literature on roo, or undermine the external validity of inferences and implications on the relative importance of roo (stanley, 2005). this implies that all the heterogeneity we observe in the index depends on publication process, methodological issues, and characteristics of studies. given the absence of publication selection bias, values of the index within the 50th and 75th percentiles tend to be more accurate with the estimated coefficients being positive and significant at 1% level. reflecting on the publication process, the likelihood of having roo more important increases for studies co-authored by experienced scholars (column a); in addition, the higher the values of the index (75th percentile), the greater the importance of roo (column e). as for journal prestige, the quantile regression results show that the relative importance of roo decreases in articles published in q3 journals. this is true in particular for higher values of the index (within 50th and 75th percentile). a comparable result is found in probit models, where the coefficients estimated for articles published in q1 and q3 journals are negative and significant in the specifications in column (b). the probability of having roo more important decreases for studies published in medium-high prestigious journals. however, the probability of having roo less important increases for studies published in journals with lower prestige (q3, for which the estimated coefficient in the specification in column (a) is positive and significant). it is worth noting that, in our sample, the vast majority of articles published in q3 journals are wine-based studies (e.g. johnson and bruwer, 2007; bruwer et al., 2012; robertson et al., 2018) that tends to be negatively correlated with the relative importance of roo (negative and significant coefficient reported in column e). overall, the relative importance of roo tends to decrease with the prestige of the journal in which articles are published. similarly, santeramo and 147on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies lamonaca (2019) argue that the authorship and the prestige of the publication outlet help in explaining the variability in studies’ outcome. if articles are published after 2010, roo less important is less likely to be observed; the opposite is true for roo more important. this evidence support the idea that the importance of roo is likely to increase when the background on the issue is based on a wider set of empirical evidence; indeed, evidences available on the issue show an increasing trend overtime (cfr. figure 2) and the vast majority of them, in our sample, are observed in articles published after 2010. as for methodological issues, both methods or reference variables used in our sample tend to have a limited influence in determining the relative importance of roo. the few exception are best-worst scaling and latent classes analyses. the former tends to be associated with higher relative importance of roo (positive and significant coefficient reported in column e); the latter tends to provide evidence of lower likelihood of roo more important (negative and significant coefficient reported in column b). our results differ from deselnicup et al. (2013), who find a positive influence of conjoint analysis and hedonic price model on the price premium for origin-based labels (not statistically significant in our specifications). the result is not surprising. in fact, estimation techniques may influence the estimated willingness to pay (wtp), whereas latent characteristics of specific sub-sample within the population under investigation are likely to affect the relative importance of roo. the characteristics of studies have a varying contribution on the relative importance of roo. the relative importance of roo decreases in country-specific studies (columns c-e), in particular for australia and new zealand for which the probability of having roo less important increases (column a) and the probability of having roo more important decreases (column b). as suggested in dekhili et al. (2011), nationality or culture appears to influence consumers’ perceptions of the importance of roo as compared to other product’s attributes. similarly, perrouty et al. (2006) show that consumers from different countries tend to perceive roo in a different manner and their knowledge influences the impact of roo on their behaviour. verbeke et al. (2012) suggest the existence of substantial differences in consumers’ awareness of geographical origin between countries with versus countries without a tradition of geographical indications in their agrifood quality policies. for instance, such awareness tends to be higher in countries with a strong tradition of using these quality schemes, e.g. southern (italy and spain) and western (france) europe. we also find product-specific differences; the relative importance of roo decreases in the analysis of olive oil (negative and significant coefficients in columns c-e), for which the probability of having roo more important is decreasing (negative and significant coefficient in column b). in fact, consumers tend to judge olive oil more for intrinsic than for extrinsic attributes (dekhili and d’hauteville, 2009; dekhili et al., 2011). lastly, the relative importance of roo increases in studies where roo is certified by an origin-based label. our result is in line with findings from deselnicup et al. (2013), who provide evidence of greater price premiums for product with certified origin than one using a non-regulated regional name. the interest in the origin of foods is a strong direct and indirect driver of consumers’ use of labels (verbeke et al., 2012). adding regional certification labels (e.g. protected designation of origin –dop–, protected geographical indication –pgi–, american viticultural area–ava–) allows to strengthen regional branding, in particular in the case of lesser known regions (bruwer and johnson, 148 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. table 4. probit model estimation: analysis of publication selection bias. variables probit estimates quantile regression estimates negative index (a) positive index (b) 25th percentile (c) 50th percentile (d) 75th percentile (e) constant (α0) -1.291* 2.215*** 0.001 -0.001 -0.001 (0.729) (0.841) (0.004) (0.00325) (0.002) bias (α0) 6.324 -21.900 -0.106 0.573*** 0.591*** (50.360) (50.200) (0.207) (0.173) (0.087) authorship -0.845 1.892** 0.001 0.002 0.002** (0.597) (0.762) (0.003) (0.002) (0.001) q1 (journal prestige) 0.637 -1.061** -0.001 -0.001 -0.001 (0.577) (0.511) (0.003) (0.002) (0.001) q3 (journal prestige) 1.268* -1.451* -0.001 -0.012*** -0.004*** (0.705) (0.873) (0.003) (0.003) (0.001) post-2010 -2.627*** 4.590*** 0.004 0.004 0.002 (0.836) (1.094) (0.004) (0.003) (0.002) cumulative 0.146** -0.235*** -0.0003 -0.0001 -0.00004 (0.058) (0.073) (0.0003) (0.0002) (0.0001) best-worst (method) omitted omitted 0.003 0.001 0.004** (0.004) (0.003) (0.002) choice (method) -0.798 -0.439 -0.0001 0.001 0.001 (0.652) (0.660) (0.003) (0.003) (0.001) conjoint (method) 0.348 -0.358 -0.001 -0.001 0.001 (0.501) (0.503) (0.003) (0.002) (0.001) focus group (method) omitted omitted 0.003 0.003 0.003 (0.008) (0.007) (0.004) hedonic price (method) 0.192 -1.163 -0.001 -0.0003 -0.001 (0.722) (0.765) (0.003) (0.003) (0.001) latent class (method) 0.816 -2.021*** -0.001 -0.002 -0.0002 (0.689) (0.655) (0.003) (0.003) (0.001) % (reference variable) -0.479 0.254 0.002 0.001 0.001 (0.361) (0.332) (0.002) (0.002) (0.001) avg. (reference variable) -0.662 -0.598 0.002 0.001 0.001 (0.567) (0.650) (0.003) (0.003) (0.001) wtp (reference variable) 0.748 omitted -0.001 -0.001 -0.003* (0.498) (0.004) (0.004) (0.002) certified origin -0.327 0.330 0.440** 0.431*** 0.409*** (0.289) (0.376) (0.187) (0.156) (0.079) argentina 4.470 -4.236 -0.447 -0.106 0.250 (3.187) (3.338) (1.469) (1.228) (0.618) australia 2.616*** -3.562*** -0.749*** -0.689*** -0.609*** (0.730) (1.001) (0.253) (0.212) (0.107) chile omitted 1.642* 0.702* -0.004 -0.123 (0.929) (0.396) (0.331) (0.167) 149on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies 2010). similarly, van der lans et al. (2001) find that the roo cue and pdo label influence regional product preferences through perceived quality. in a nutshell, the relative importance of roo is highly dependent on structural characteristics of studies and, to a lower extent, on issues related to the publication process and methodological issues. the paper however is not exempt from limitations. the evaluation of the relative importance of roo for consumers, through a meta-analytical approach, is based on information retrieved from literature, thus, it is highly dependent on the quality of each article. although the comprehensive analysis of heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo should minimise the biasing effect due to the quality of each article, further studies on the issue should consider to applying a quality assessment tool of articles included in the quantitative synthesis (e.g. cox et al., 2016). 4. conclusions and implications the existing literature on the consumers’ attitude toward region-of-origin (roo) provides numerous and varying evidences on the relative importance of this extrinsic attribute as compared to other product characteristics. in order to characterise the heterogeneity in the relative importance of roo, we systematically reviewed a large number of variables probit estimates quantile regression estimates negative index (a) positive index (b) 25th percentile (c) 50th percentile (d) 75th percentile (e) new zealand 3.037** -4.326*** -0.762** -1.310*** -1.331*** (1.253) (1.291) (0.342) (0.286) (0.144) tunisia 2.164 omitted 0.960 0.154 -0.093 (2.074) (0.695) (0.581) (0.292) united states 5.237 -11.470** -0.915 -0.914 -0.043 (5.005) (4.921) (1.912) (1.598) (0.805) olive oil 0.887 -1.733** -0.950*** -0.825*** -0.379** (0.612) (0.772) (0.359) (0.300) (0.151) wine -0.323 0.823 -0.132 -0.066 -0.216** (0.524) (0.577) (0.242) (0.202) (0.102) observations 142 137 159 159 159 notes: probit and quantile regression estimates of model in equation (3). the dependent variable is a dummy equal to 1 for negative observations of the index in specification in column (a), a dummy equal to 1 for positive observations of the index in specification in column (b), the index in specifications in columns (c), (d) and (e). coefficients estimated for -type moderator variables, related to study characteristics, have been scaled by a factor of 102 in specifications in columns (a) and (b). the index is -0.001 in 25th percentile, 0.001 in 50th percentile, 0.003 in 75th percentile. omitted variables in probit models due to a perfect prediction of failure for observations different from zero. *** significant at the 1 percent level. ** significant at the 5 percent level. * significant at the 10 percent level. 150 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. studies on the issue and provided a quantitative synthesis of empirical evidences on the consumers’ perception of roo. we explained the differences in the relative importance of roo with several control factors related to publication process, methodological issues, and characteristics of articles. the meta-regression results allowed us to conclude on the limited influence of publication process and methodological issues on the relative importance of roo. in contrast, we found a strong effect of characteristics of articles, with the relative importance of roo being highly dependent on products and origins under investigation. we can also conclude that roo is an effective differentiation tool in the agri-food markets only if supported by geographical indication (gi) labels, such as protected designation of origin (pdo), protected geographical indication (pgi), american viticultural area (ava). for instance, it is well-known the higher propensity of consumers in attributing a great importance to gi labels for agri-food products; consumers benefit from gi schemes that certify quality at different geographical levels (van ittersum et al., 2007; verbeke et al., 2012). in this regard, it is worth of mention the positive relation between roo and gi; the addition of regional information on a product label increases consumer confidence in the quality of that product (bruwer and jhonson, 2010). overall, our study suggests that protecting and marketing agri-food products with regional certification labels, such as pdo or pgi, may be beneficial for producers and marketers. they should fine-tune the differentiation of agri-food products through roo, particularly when roo have a positive reputation (santeramo et al., 2020a, b). consider as a representative example the tuscan experience, characterised by a strong regional image (stefani et al., 2006; bryła, 2015). it is therefore critical for policymakers to develop focused communication strategies towards consumers in order to convey attractive information about roo that, as suggested in verbeke et al. (2012), stimulates their interest in the origin of foods and builds favourable perceptions about quality and distinctiveness of products with roo labels. for instance, italian consumers stated that the label of origin “produced in puglia” is considered the preferred attribute for mozzarella cheese due to the high reputation of this region for mozzarella production (viscecchia et al., 2019). the effectiveness of communication strategies should be enhanced by targeting different messages to different target markets (van ittersum et al., 2007; marcoz et al., 2016) and by a new concept of label in terms of contents and communication channels (corallo et al., 2019). indeed, our analysis revealed that the importance of roo for consumers tends to vary according to products and countries involved. hence, communication efforts should stimulate consumers’ interest in roo, especially for wine and in countries without a strong tradition of geographical indications in their agri-food quality policies. furthermore, policymakers should consider the benefits of a collaborative marketing program for regional products. indeed, while many regional products are already under regional certification labels, many more remain out of the protection of an incisive regional logo. in this regard, examples of best practices come from rural development programmes 2014-2020 implemented in the eu member states, where the measure 03 “quality schemes for agricultural products and foodstuffs” allows local policymakers to support regional agri-food products in order to improve competitiveness of producers, create value added for agri-food products of high quality, promote regional products at the local, national and international level. the measure 03 also compensate producers for costs arising from specific management activities 151on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies required to adhere to quality schemes. similar policy approaches would benefit consumers, who obtain information on the authenticity of regional products, producers, who enhance competitiveness in marketing regional products, and overall rural economies, in particular disadvantaged areas. as suggested in atkin et al. (2017), a cohesive effort in promoting strong regional labels may result in growth and success. references arancibia, r.g., rossini, g.and guiguet, e.d. (2015). wine label descriptors and shelf price paid by argentine consumers. agricultural economics review 16(2): 56-72. aranda, e., gómez, m. and molina, a. (2015). consumers’ brand images of wines: differences between two leading spanish denominations of origin. british food journal 117(8): 2057-2077. atkin, t., wilson, d., thach, l. and olsen, j. (2017). analyzing the impact of conjunctive labeling as part of a regional wine branding strategy. wine economics and policy 6(2): 155-164. belsley, d. a., kuh, e., welsch, r.e. regression diagnostics. new york: wiley, 1980. bernabéu, r., díaz, m., olivas, r., olmeda, m. (2012). consumer preferences for wine applying best-worst scaling: a spanish case study. british food journal, 114(9), 1228-1250. bruwer, j., johnson, r. (2010). place-based marketing and regional branding strategy perspectives in the california wine industry. journal of consumer marketing, 27(1), 5-16. bruwer, j., li, e., lang, s., chaumont, s. (2012). perspectives on consumers’ attitudes to wine’s region of origin in a restaurant setting. journal of foodservice business research, 15(3), 300-318. bryła, p. (2015). the role of appeals to tradition in origin food marketing. a survey among polish consumers. appetite, 91, 302-310. chamorro, a., rubio, s. miranda, f.j. (2015). the region-of-origin (roo) effect on purchasing preferences: the case of a multiregional designation of origin. british food journal, 117(2), 820–839. chan, c.s., marafa, l.m. (2013). a review of place branding methodologies in the new millennium. place branding and public diplomacy, 9(4), 236-253. corallo, a., latino, m.e., menegoli, m., de devitiis, b. and viscecchia, r. (2019). human factor in food label design to support consumer healthcare and safety: a systematic literature review. sustainability 11(15): 4019. cox, d.n., hendrie, g.a., carty, d. (2016). sensitivity, hedonics and preferences for basic tastes and fat amongst adults and children of differing weight status: a comprehensive review. food quality and preference, 48, 359-367. dekhili, s., d’hauteville, f. (2009). effect of the region of origin on the perceived quality of olive oil: an experimental approach using a control group. food quality and preference, 20(7), 525-532. dekhili, s., sirieix, l., cohen, e. (2011). how consumers choose olive oil: the importance of origin cues. food quality and preference, 22(8), 757-762. deselnicu, o.c., costanigro, m., souza-monteiro, d.m., mcfadden, d.t. (2013). a metaanalysis of geographical indication food valuation studies: what drives the premium for origin-based labels?. journal of agricultural and resource economics, 204-219. 152 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. dias, c., mendes, l. (2018). protected designation of origin (pdo), protected geographical indication (pgi) and traditional speciality guaranteed (tsg): a bibiliometric analysis. food research international, 103, 492-508. engelbrecht, j.a., herbst, f. and bruwer, j. (2014). region-of-origin (roo) certification as marketing strategy in the south african wine market. international journal of wine business research 26(2): 139-162. fernandes ferreira madureira, t.c. and simões de sousa nunes, f.j. (2013). relevant attributes of portuguese wines: matching regions and consumer’s involvement level. international journal of wine business research 25(1): 75-86. grebitus, c., peschel, a.o. and hughner, r.s. (2018). voluntary food labeling: the additive effect of “free from” labels and region of origin. agribusiness 1-14. henchion, m. and mcintyre, b. (2000). regional imagery and quality products: the irish experience. british food journal 102(8): 630-644. hollebeek, l.d., jaeger, s.r., brodie, r.j. and balemi, a. (2007). the influence of involvement on purchase intention for new world wine. food quality and preference 18(8): 1033-1049. johnson, r. and bruwer, j. (2007). regional brand image and perceived wine quality: the consumer perspective. international journal of wine business research 19(4): 276297. marcoz, e.m., melewar, t.c. and dennis, c. (2016). the value of region of origin, producer and protected designation of origin label for visitors and locals: the case of fontina cheese in italy. international journal of tourism research 18(3): 236-250. mccutcheon, e., bruwer, j. and li, e. (2009). region of origin and its importance among choice factors in the wine-buying decision making of consumers. international journal of wine business research 21(3): 212-234. moher, d., liberati, a., tetzlaff, j. and altman, d.g. (2009). preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the prisma statement. plos med 6(7): e1000097. mtimet, n., zaibet, l., zairi, c. and hzami, h. (2013). marketing olive oil products in the tunisian local market: the importance of quality attributes and consumers’ behavior. journal of international food and agribusiness marketing 25(2): 134-145. mueller loose, s., peschel, a. and grebitus, c. (2013). quantifying effects of convenience and product packaging on consumer preferences and market share of seafood products: the case of oysters. food quality and preference 28(2): 492-504. mueller loose, s. and szolnoki, g. (2010). the relative influence of packaging, labelling, branding and sensory attributes on liking and purchase intent: consumers differ in their responsiveness. food quality and preference 21(7): 774-783. mueller loose, s. and szolnoki, g. (2012). market price differentials for food packaging characteristics. food quality and preference 25(2): 171-182. nunes, f., madureira, t., oliveira, j.v. and madureira, h. (2016). the consumer trail: applying best-worst scaling to classical wine attributes. wine economics and policy 5(2): 78-86. perrouty, j.p., d’hauteville, f. and lockshin, l. (2006). the influence of wine attributes on region of origin equity: an analysis of the moderating effect of consumer’s perceived expertise. agribusiness 22(3): 323-341. 153on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies pucci, t., casprini, e., rabino, s. and zanni, l. (2017). place branding-exploring knowledge and positioning choices across national boundaries: the case of an italian superbrand wine. british food journal 119(8): 1915-1932. rahnama, h. and fadaei, m. (2017). modeling the factors affecting organic or local cucumber purchasing motivations in northern iran. journal of food products marketing 23(6): 705-716. resano, h., sanjuán, a.i. and albisu, l.m. (2012). consumers’ response to the eu quality policy allowing for heterogeneous preferences. food policy 37(4): 355-365. robertson, j., ferreira, c. and botha, e. (2018). the influence of product knowledge on the relative importance of extrinsic product attributes of wine. journal of wine research 29(3): 159-176. sanjuán-lópez, a.i., resano-ezcaray, h. and camarena-gómez, d.m. (2009). developing marketing strategies for jiloca saffron: a price hedonic model. spanish journal of agricultural research 7(2): 305-314. santeramo, f.g. and lamonaca, e. (2019). the effects of non‐tariff measures on agri‐ food trade: a review and meta‐analysis of empirical evidence. journal of agricultural economics 71(3): 595–617. santeramo, f.g. and lamonaca, e. (2020). evaluation of geographical label in consumers’ decision-making process: a systematic review and meta-analysis. food research international 108995. santeramo, f.g. and lamonaca, e. (2021). objective risk and subjective risk: the role of information in food supply chains. food research international 139: 109962. santeramo f.g., lamonaca, e., de devitiis, b., viscecchia, r., nardone, g. (2020a). assessing the role of regional labels for consumers. acta horticolturae [in press] santeramo f.g., lamonaca, e., carlucci, d., de devitiis, b., seccia, a., viscecchia, r., nardone, g. (2020b). innovative quality-based strategies for the agri-food sector. acta horticolturae [in press] santeramo, f.g. and shabnam, n. (2015). the income-elasticity of calories, macro-and micronutrients: what is the literature telling us?. food research international 76: 932-937. scarpa, r., philippidis, g. and spalatro, f. (2005). product-country images and preference heterogeneity for mediterranean food products: a discrete choice framework. agribusiness 21(3): 329-349. schnettler, b., sepúlveda, n., bravo, s., grunert, k.g. and hueche, c. (2018). consumer acceptance of a functional processed meat product made with different meat sources. british food journal 120(2): 424-440. shamseer, l., moher, d., clarke, m., ghersi, d., liberati, a., petticrew, m., et al. (2015). preferred reporting items for systematic review and meta-analysis protocols (prismap) 2015: elaboration and explanation. bmj 349: g7647. stanley, t.d. (2005). beyond publication bias. journal of economic surveys 19(3): 309-345. stanley, t.d., doucouliagos, c. and jarrell, s.b. (2008). meta-regression analysis as the socio-economics of economics research. the journal of socio-economics 37(1): 276-292. stefani, g., romano, d. and cavicchi, a. (2006). consumer expectations, liking and willingness to pay for specialty foods: do sensory characteristics tell the whole story? food quality and preference 17(1-2): 53-62. 154 fabio gaetano santeramo et al. sutanonpaiboon, j. and atkin, t. (2012). using region to market wine to international consumers. journal of food products marketing 18(1): 1-18. van der lans, i.a., van ittersum, k., de cicco, a. and loseby, m. (2001). the role of the region of origin and eu certificates of origin in consumer evaluation of food products. european review of agricultural economics 28(4): 451-477. van ittersum, k., meulenberg, m.t.g., van trijp, h.c.m. and candel, m.j.j.m. (2007). consumers’ appreciation of regional certification labels: a pan-european study. journal of agricultural economics 58(1): 1-23. verbeke, w., pieniak, z., guerrero, l. and hersleth, m. (2012). consumers’ awareness and attitudinal determinants of european union quality label use on traditional foods. bio-based and applied economics 1(2): 213-229. viscecchia, r., nocella, g., de devitiis, b., bimbo, f., carlucci, d., seccia, a. and nardone, g. (2019). consumers’ trade-off between nutrition and health claims under regulation 1924/2006: insights from a choice experiment analysis. nutrients 11(12): 2881. economics of culture and food in evolving agri-food systems and rural areas severino romano1, francesco vanni2, davide viaggi3 on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies fabio gaetano santeramo1, emilia lamonaca1,*, domenico carlucci2, biagia de devitiis1, antonio seccia1, rosaria viscecchia1, gianluca nardone1 benefits for the local society attached to rural landscape: an analysis of residents’ perception of ecosystem services stefano targetti1, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 assessing preferences for rural landscapes: an attribute based choice modelling approach cathal o’donoghue1, stephen hynes1, paul kilgarriff2, mary ryan3, andreas tsakiridis3 exploring governance mechanisms, collaborative processes and main challenges in short food supply chains: the case of turkey yaprak kurtsal, emel karakaya ayalp, davide viaggi bio-based and applied economics 9(3): 225-240, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7768 investigating determinants of choice and predicting market shares of renewable-based heating systems under alternative policy scenarios cristiano franceschinis*, mara thiene university of padova, italy abstract. fostering the uptake of heating technologies based on renewable resources is an important part of the eu energy policy. yet, despite e!orts to promote their diffusion, heating systems based on fossil fuels are still predominant. in order to better tailor energy policies to citizens preferences, it is crucial to collect accurate information on their determinants of heating choices. at this purpose, we adopted a choice experiment and a latent class model to analyze preferences of householders in the veneto region (north-east italy) for di!erent heating systems and their key features. we focused on three devices based on biomass and three on fossil fuels, and accounted for technical, economic and environmental characteristics of such systems. model estimates highlight the presence of substantial preference heterogeneity among the population, which can be partially explained by citizens socio-demographics. we also use model outputs to simulate market shares for heating systems under alternative policy scenarios. results provide interesting suggestions to inform the design of policies aimed at fostering the adoption of biomass-based heating systems. keywords. ambient heating systems choice, latent class model, market shares, willingness to pay. jel codes. c01, q42, q47. 1. introduction developing a strategy to increase the sustainability of the heating sector is a priority for the european union, in order to reduce energy imports and dependency and meet the greenhouse gas emission target established under the paris agreement. currently, heating and cooling account for half of the eu energy consumption and 75% of the fuel used in this sector comes from non-renewable resources (european commission, 2016). to tackle such issues, the 2030 climate and energy policy framework adopted by the european council in 2014 includes three key targets for 2030: i) a 40% reduction of green*corresponding author. e-mail: cristiano.franceschinis@unipd.it editor: meri raggi. 226 cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene house gas (ghg) emissions compared to 1990 levels, ii) a 27% share of renewable energy in gross "nal energy demand and iii) a 27% increase in energy e#ciency (european council, 2014). $e targets for renewables and energy e#ciency were revised upwards in 2018 at 32% and 32.5% respectively. member states are obliged to adopt integrated national climate and energy plans (necps) for the period 2021-2030 to de"ne how they plan to achieve such goals. member states submitted their dra% plans in 2018 and "nal plans must be submitted by the end of 2019. italy, in its dra% plan, set the targets of a 33% reduction of ghg emissions compared to 2005 levels and a 30% share of renewable energy on "nal consumption to be achieved by 2030 (italian government, 2018). in 2017, the values for the two targets were 18% and 17% respectively. $us, as emphasized in the eu country report 2019 (european commission, 2019), further e!orts are needed to ensure the achievement of 2030 objectives. among the speci"c targets set by the plan, there is an annual increase of 1.3% of renewables share in the sector of residential heating and cooling. to achieve such target – among other measures – the plan aims to promote an active role by citizens on the energy demand market and the uptake of micro-generation technologies based on renewables. as such, installation of renewable based residential heating systems in new buildings and replacement of fossil fuel technologies in existing ones plays a crucial role in the energy system transition. to entice the active participation of citizens, it is important to collect information on their heating preferences, in order to retrieve determinants of heating choices. information about heating preferences can be collected via choice experiment, an increasingly popular method for stated preferences analysis. for example, rommel and sagebiel (2017) investigated preferences of german homeowners for micro-cogeneration units for residential use. $eir results suggest how householders have a strong interest in adopting such technologies, with willingness to pay (wtp) values ranging from 11.000 to 23.000 euros. features of micro-cogeneration products, as well as socio-demographics characteristics of houseowners, were found to substantially a!ect their wtp. scarpa and willis (2010) investigated wtp for the adoption of di!erent renewable micro-generation technologies in the uk. speci"cally, they focused on solar photovoltaic, micro-wind, solar thermal, heat pumps, biomass boilers and pellet stoves. $eir results suggest that householders are willing to adopt such technologies, but for most of them wtp values do not cover capital cost. a similar study was carried out by su et al. (2018) in lithuania. authors found householders to prefer solar energy-based technologies over the other renewable based ones. claudy et al. (2010) also estimated consumers’ wtp for di!erent microgeneration technologies, namely micro wind turbines, wood pellet boilers, solar panels and solar water heaters. $e study showed how wtps vary substantially among di!erent technologies and how consumers attitudes and beliefs about the technologies signi"cantly in&uence their wtps. rouvinen and matero (2013) focused on preferences towards di!erent types of heating systems (based on fuel used) and examined the role of system features on householders’ choices in finland. investment cost was identi"ed as the most impactful attribute on householders’ decisions, but non-monetary attributes played a signi"cant role as well. results also provided evidence of preference heterogeneity, partially linked to individuals’ characteristics. similarly, michelsen and madlener (2012) analyzed the in&uence of sensitivity to di!erent heating systems’ attributes on homeowners’ adoption decision. $eir "ndings suggest that importance attached to di!erent attributes a!ects technological features choice: for example, people focused on energy saving are 227market shares of renewable-based heating systems more likely to adopt condensing boilers with thermal support, while consumers attaching a strong value to use of renewables prefer pellet-"red boilers. furthermore, they found socio-demographics and spatial factors to a!ect preferences. ruokamo (2016) explored homeowners’ attitudes towards innovative hybrid home heating systems, described in terms of fuel used and key features, such as costs, comfort of use and environmental impact. $e author found that such technologies are generally well accepted by houseowners and that their preferences are strongly a!ected by socio-demographic characteristics. yoon et al. (2015) compared householders’ wtp for district heating and individual heating. while they found citizens to be generally willing to pay more for district heating, substantial di!erences emerged when accounting for preference heterogeneity: consumers with higher income and education were found to prefer district heating, while those more concerned about costs were willing to pay more for the individual one. in this paper we present the results of a choice experiment aimed at eliciting householders’ preferences towards di!erent heating systems in the veneto region (italy). speci"cally, we focus on six di!erent heating systems, three based on renewables (chip wood, "rewood and wood pellet) and three on fossil fuels (methane, oil and lpg). veneto is a fairly populated region (almost "ve million residents) characterized by air pollution mainly related to high road tra#c in all main cities and by the presence of large industrial districts in several sectors, such as tanning, cement production and furniture manufacturing. when accounting speci"cally for carbon dioxide emission, the residential impact is substantial as well, around the 20% of total emissions (arpav, 2015). to decrease the negative impact of residential sector on the production of greenhouse gases, since 2014 the regional authority supports the purchase of biomass-based heating systems by annually allocating "nancial subsidies (up to '1,600 for stoves and '5,000 for boilers). such policy, however, seems to only marginally meet the expectations of the population, in terms of fostering the adoption of such technologies. for example, in 2018 only 29 citizens applied for the funding and 25 requests were approved, for a total of around '55.000, out of '500,000 allocated policy budget. in 2019 the number of requests was higher (76, of which 66 approved) but again most of the policy budget was not used (around '120,000 allocated out of a budget of '500,000)1. $us, a better understanding of underlying factors motivating householders to stick with a fossil fuel system or to switch to a renewable one, is of crucial to reach the goals of the energy transformation process in the region. building on the evidence provided by the literature on how preferences towards different heating systems are highly heterogeneous and on how socio-demographics play an important role in such variability, we adopt a latent class approach and use socio-demographic characteristics of respondents to predict probability to belong to di!erent classes. $is approach allows to: i) identify di!erent segments of the population according to sociodemographic characteristics; ii) explore how preferences towards di!erent heating systems and their features vary across segments. we then use the estimates of such model to predict market shares for alternative heating systems within two policy scenarios, considering/based on a reduction of: i) investment costs for biomass fueled heating systems; ii) operating costs for biomass-based technologies. both simulated scenarios are in line with the policies implemented by the veneto region, the idea being that our empirical results may become useful 1 data retrieved from https://www.regione.veneto.it/web/ambiente-e-territorio/rottamazione-stufe-bando-2019. 228 cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene to better tailor the features of such policies to the population of the region. reduction of investment cost is a commonly adopted policy to foster use of renewable based technologies, such as the subsidies provided by the veneto region. reduction of operating costs is a possible e!ect of targeted policies as well (e.g. subsidies on fuel purchase). $e objective of our study is twofold: on one hand to investigate how socio-demographic characteristics in&uence citizens choice of heating systems, in order to gain insights on the determinants of adoption of renewable based technologies; on the other, to identify which, among a set of possible policy interventions, can be more e!ective in terms of fostering the di!usion of such technologies among the population. $e remainder of the paper is organized as follows: section 2 describes data collection (sampling procedure, survey design and administration); section 3 formally describes the econometric approach; section 4 reports the results of our study and section 5 draws its conclusions. 2. data collection and survey $is section reports a succinct description of sampling procedure and survey. further details can be found in franceschinis et al. 2016, 2017. data were collected with the support of a market research "rm via a web-based survey addressed to a sample of householders of the veneto region. we used a random sample of householders, strati"ed on the main socio-demographics (age, education, gender, place of residence). a total of 1,557 questionnaires were collected, out of which 1,451 were complete and used for the analysis. $e questionnaire was structured in "ve sections. $e "rst focused on heating system and energy resources currently used by respondents. $e following section included the choice experiment, which is described in detail below. $e third section included follow-up questions about the choices made in the previous section. $e fourth section presented attitudinal questions related to respondents’ psychological traits. $e last collected socio-demographic information. $e choice experiment involved a hypothetical scenario in which respondents were asked to select the heating system they would adopt if they had to renovate their current one among a set of alternative options. $e heating systems presented to respondents were six, three based on biomass ("rewood, chip wood and wood pellet) and three on fossil fuels (methane, lpg and oil). each alternative system was described in terms of six attributes: i) investment cost, ii) investment duration, iii) annual operating cost, iv) co2 emissions, v) "ne particle emissions and vi) required own work. $e respective levels were system-speci"c and are reported in table 1. investment cost is the cost for purchasing and installing the heating system. possible public incentives were not accounted for in de"ning the levels of the attribute. investment duration refers to the lifespan of the heating system, from purchase to dismantling. operating costs include fuel price, maintenance costs and electricity costs for those systems that need it to work. co2 emissions and "ne particles emissions refer to the quantity of co2 and "ne particles released by the fuel combustion processes. to facilitate the evaluation of co2 emissions levels, respondents were informed that 1,000 kg of co2 corresponds to the emissions from driving 6,000 km in a new generation car. to illustrate "ne particles health impacts, respondents were informed that “it has been estimated that if annual "ne particle emissions for one house are 2,000 g, then 229market shares of renewable-based heating systems the total emissions of 10,000 similar houses cause one premature death per year”. finally, required own work refers to the time required to ensure the faultless operation of the heating system (e.g., cleaning and handling fuel loads). $e choice of attributes and their levels was based on earlier studies and on feedback from experts. $e annual operating cost and co2 and "ne particle emissions were computed using as reference the energy consumption of an average detached house with a living area of 120 m2. $e experimental design adopted in the study was an e#cient availability design (rose et al., 2013), according to which only three alternatives were shown in each choice task. $e combination of levels that appeared in each scenario was de"ned with three different sub designs, namely near orthogonal, d-e#cient (scarpa and rose, 2008; rose and bliemer, 2009) and serial designs. for the latter, an orthogonal design was used for the "rst respondent. a%er the choice sequence was completed, a multinomial logit model was estimated in the background and statistically signi"cant parameters were used as priors to generate an e#cient design. $is process continued a%er each respondent and priors were continuously updated to generate a gradually more e#cient design. overall, the design generated 60 choice scenarios blocked in six groups, so that each respondent faced 10 of them. $e sample was split so to have the same number of respondents assigned to the three di!erent sub designs. an example of choice scenario is reported in table 2. 3. econometric approach in our study we estimated a latent class model to investigate variation of tastes towards heating systems types and their features among the householders of the veneto table 1. choice experiment attributes and levels. attributes firewood chip wood wood pellet methane oil lp gas investment cost (') 9,500; 11,000; 12,500 11,500; 13,000; 14,500 13,000; 15,000; 17,000 4,000 4,800; 5,600 4,500; 5,500; 6,500 4,000; 5,000; 6,000 investment duration (y) 15; 17; 19 17; 20; 23 16; 19; 22 16; 18; 20 16; 18; 20 14; 17; 20 operating cost ('/y) 1,200; 2,000; 2,800 2,000; 2,800; 3,600 2,500; 3,750; 5,000 4,000; 5,500; 7,000 6,000; 8,000; 10,000 9,000; 12,500; 16,000 co2 emissions (kg/y) 150; 225; 300 300; 375; 450 375; 450; 525 3,000; 3,750; 4,500 3,900; 4,575; 5,250 3,525; 4,125; 4,725 fine particle emissions (g/y) 4,500; 6,000; 7,500 2,250; 3,750; 5,250 750; 1,500; 2,250 15; 30; 45 150; 450; 750 15; 30; 45 required own work (h/m) 5; 10; 15 1; 2; 3 1; 2; 3 0.5; 1; 1.5 0.5; 1; 1.5 230 cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene region. $e model is based on the random utility $eory (luce, 1959; mcfadden, 1974), according to which a respondent n facing a set of j mutually exclusive alternatives has utility ui for alternative i as a function of attributes xk, so that: uni=!xni+"ni (1) where "ni is the unobserved error assumed to be i.i.d. extreme value type i. to account for heterogeneity in sensitivity to attributes xk, we adopted a latent class model. such model assumes the existence of c classes of respondents, where c is exogenously de"ned by the analyst, based on information criteria indexes. preference vary across classes but are homogeneous within them. as the classes are latent, an equation explaining the probabilistic assignment of individual n into class c needs to be de"ned. using a logit formulation for the class allocation model, with zn being a vector of socioeconomic variables and (c a vector of estimated coe#cients, the probability that individual n belongs to segment c is given by (bhat, 1997): (2) speci"cally, the variables we used in z vector are: i) age, ii) education, iii) income, iv) currently owning a biomass-based heating system. $en, the probability that individual n chooses alternative i, conditional on belonging to class c, takes the logit form (hensher and greene, 2003): (3) where xi represents the vector of attributes associated with each alternative and )nc the vector of estimated coe#cients for class c. $e estimated parameters of the latent class model were used to simulate the market shares of di!erent heating systems under di!erent policy scenarios. speci"cally, the scenarios involve reductions of investment cost (ranging from none to 50% reduction) and operational costs (same levels as previous case) for biomass-based heating systems. we table 2. example of choice scenario. attributes wood pellet lp gas firewood investment duration (years) 19 20 19 fine particles emissions (g/year) 2,250 15 7,500 co2 emission (kg/year) 375 3,525 150 required own work (hours/month) 1 1 15 investment cost (') 17,000 5,000 12,500 operative cost (') 3,750 9,000 1,200 your choice ○ ○ ○ 231market shares of renewable-based heating systems computed choice probabilities in each scenario with the logit formula described in equation 3, by including in it estimated coe#cients )nc and by varying the levels of investment and operational costs according to the reduction scenarios. 4. results $is section reports the results of our study. in the "rst part of the section the estimates of the latent class model are presented, while the second part focuses on the policy scenarios. 4.1 lc model estimates $e "rst step of our modelling approach involves the identi"cation of the optimal number of classes. as suggested by the literature (hurvich and tsai, 1989; nylund et al., 2007), we referred to the aic and bic information criteria, which both favour a speci"cation with 4 classes (table 3). class membership probabilities are 23% for class 1, 36% for class 2, 16% for class 3 and 25% for class 4 (table 4). results of latent class model with four classes are reported in table 22. $e table also reports wtp values for heating systems features, which were computed with respect to the investment cost. to class 1 are more likely to belong older individuals with low income and education, who currently do not own a biomass-based heating system. such class exhibits a strong preference towards methane-fuelled technologies with seemingly no interest in biomassbased ones. as it concerns the attributes, it can be noticed how members of this class are very sensitive to installation and operational costs, which is consistent with their feature of individuals with low income. $is class seems also sensitive to technical features of heating systems, and it shows a preference for systems with a long duration (wtp value of '0.38 for each additional year of duration) and which require low amount of time for maintenance ('0.27 to avoid an hour of work per month). emissions, instead, do not seem to a!ect choices of members of this class. moving to class 2, to this class are more likely to belong younger individuals with high education and income who currently do not possess a biomass-based technology. 2 a part of these results was included in the report “veneto 100% rinnovabile: fotogra"a e prospettive” by the interdepartmental centre giorgio levi cases for energy economics and technology (university of padova), available at http://levicases.unipd.it/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/relazione-"nale.pdf table 3. information criteria for alternative model speci!cations. number of classes number of parameters ll aic bic 1 (mnl) 11 -15,713 31,448 31,506 2 28 -15,081 30,218 30,367 3 44 -15,017 30,122 30,356 4 60 -14,894 29,908 30,227 5 76 -14,886 29,924 30,328 232 cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene as it concerns preferences towards di!erent types of heating system, it can be noticed how members of such class show a strong interest in biomass fuelled system, especially those based on wood pellet. $is suggests that such class has a strong potential in terms of switching from a fossil fuel-based system to a biomass one. $is seems corroborated by the high sensitivity to carbon dioxide and "ne particles emissions of members of this class, which are those willing to pay the most to avoid them among all classes ('0.73/kg/ year for co2 and '0.28/g/year for "ne particles). at the opposite, in this class there seems to be no concern about technical features of heating systems. to class 3, instead, are more likely to belong older individuals who currently own biomass-based heating system. as in the previous class, there seems to be a strong interest in biomass technologies, but in this case, "rewood is the preferred fuel. as it concerns heating systems features, members of this class seem to strongly appreciate technologies with long investment duration ('1.58 for each additional year, largest value among all classes) and low emissions of carbon dioxide ('0.36 to avoid a kilogram per year). finally, members of class 4 (the baseline class) seem to be interested mainly in methane-based systems and in those fuelled by wood pellet. $ey also have a strong aversion to oil-based technologies. as it concerns systems’ features, they seem interested in low maintable 4. lc model results. class size class 1 23% class 2 36% class 3 16% class 4 25% estimate wtp estimate wtp estimate wtp estimate wtp class membership function intercept 0.16 0.24 -0.11 -0.07 age 0.31 -0.31 0.12 degree -0.22 0.43 -0.23 income -0.15 0.32 0.02 owning a biomass fuelled system -0.22 -0.11 0.19 heating system features investment cost -0.41 -0.89 -0.18 -0.49 operational cost -0.38 -0.95 -0.31 -0.46 investment duration 0.16 0.38 0.34 0.38 0.28 1.58 0.17 0.35 required own work -0.11 -0.27 -0.24 -0.27 0.09 0.50 -1.41 -2.87 co2 emissions -0.01 -0.03 -0.73 -0.82 -0.06 -0.36 -0.02 -0.04 fine particle emissions 0.04 0.10 -0.28 -0.31 -0.05 -0.25 0.01 -0.01 heating system type firewood 2.00 4.99 1.89 1.55 chip wood -3.96 1.94 0.99 1.21 wood pellet 0.42 10.88 0.46 4.20 methane 4.81 7.65 0.19 6.29 oil -0.39 2.14 -0.04 -1.26 note: coe"cients statistically signi!cant at 95% in bold. wtp values were computed with respect to the investment cost. 233market shares of renewable-based heating systems tenance requirements and to a lesser degree to avoiding emissions, with low wtp values ('0.04/kg/year to avoid co2 and '0.01/g/year to avoid "ne particles). 4.2 market shares for di!erent heating systems in alternative policy scenarios in this sub-section we report results of market shares simulations for di!erent heating systems in two sets of policy scenarios: i) reduction of investment cost for biomass fuelled heating systems, speci"cally none, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% and 50%; ii) reduction of operating costs for biomass based technologies (same range as above). in the "rst part of the sub-section (4.2.1) we present the average market shares weighted by class size for different heating systems; in the second (4.2.2) we report the shares for biomass technologies within each class. 4.2.1 average market shares in the investment cost reduction scenarios table 5 and figure 1 illustrate weighted average market shares for di!erent heating systems under the investment cost reduction scenario. in the baseline scenario, i.e. no investment cost reduction, most of the population would choose a methane heating system to replace the current one (64.40%), followed by wood pellet (12.61%), lpg (8.82%), "rewood (7.35%), oil (5.39%) and chip wood (1.23%). moving to the 10% reduction scenario, it can be noticed how shares for biomass fuelled technologies slightly increase (around 1% for each system). a 20% reduction seems to trigger a stronger response, with an increase of around 3% for wood pellet and 1.5% for the other biomass-based systems compared to the 10% reduction scenario. in the 30% reduction scenario the share for biomass-based systems further increases, in particular for wood pellet technologies, with a share of around 21% compared to the 12.61% of the baseline scenario. $e fourth scenario (40% reduction), instead, does not show substantial di!erences compared to the previous one. finally, in the last scenario (50% reduction) around 30% of citizens would choose a wood pellet "red system, around the 17% a "rewood one and around the 5% a chip wood one. overall, in such scenario, nearly half of the population would choose to adopt a biotable 5. average market shares under the investment cost reduction scenarios. investment cost reduction heating system none (baseline) 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% chip wood 1.23 1.83 2.69 3.21 4.55 5.49 firewood 7.35 7.90 10.32 13.86 14.93 16.59 wood pellet 12.61 13.94 15.21 21.36 23.79 26.91 biomass total 21.19 23.67 28.22 38.43 43.27 49.00 methane 64.60 63.66 62.49 55.91 52.32 47.33 oil 5.39 4.84 3.53 2.31 1.70 1.21 lpg 8.82 7.84 5.76 3.36 2.71 2.46 total 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 234 cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene mass-based system. $e overall increases of the share of biomass-based systems compared to the baseline scenario are: 2.5%, 7%, 17.2%, 22% and 28% for the alternative investment cost reductions. 4.2.2 average market shares in the operational costs reduction scenarios table 6 and figure 2 report the estimated average shares under the alternative operational cost reduction scenarios. firstly, it is of interest to notice how reducing operational costs seems to have a stronger e!ect in terms of increasing biomass systems market shares compared to the reduction of investment cost. $is seems true in each scenario (i.e. for each magnitude of the reduction) and is particularly evident in the 50% reduction scenario, under which the overall biomass technologies share is around 54% for operational costs reduction and 49% for investment cost reduction. in terms of fostering di!usion of biomass "red systems, this seems to suggest how policies aimed at decreasing operational costs for citizens may be more e!ective than those providing a reduction of the investment cost. by looking more closely at the operational costs reduction scenarios, it can be noticed that, similarly to the previous scenario, a 10% reduction does not lead to a substantial increase in the shares of biomass technologies (between 1% and 2% increase for each system). a 20% reduction has an only slightly stronger e!ect, with an increase of about the 3% for biomass systems shares compared to the previous scenario. a similar relative increase is also shown for the 30% and 40% reduction scenarios. finally, in the last scenario there is a substantial increase in the shares for biomass technologies, especially as it concerns wood pellet, which would be chosen by around the 30% of the population. overall, it seems that a reduction of the operational costs would strongly favour the dif0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 none 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% m ar ke t s ha re (% ) investment cost reduction chip wood fire wood wood pellet methane oil lpg figure 1. average market shares under the investment cost reduction scenarios. 235market shares of renewable-based heating systems fusion of wood pellet systems and only to a lesser degree the di!usion of other biomassbased systems. $is may be due to higher operational costs of pellet "red heating systems, compared to other biomass ones. 4.2.3 market shares in the investment cost reduction scenarios within each class in this section we move from the population-level picture to a class-speci"c analysis, to explore how preference heterogeneity in&uences the di!usion of biomass heating systems. speci"cally, we report and discuss probabilities to choose a biomass-based technology as replacement of the current one within each class in di!erent policy scenarios. table 6. average market shares under the operational costs reduction scenarios. operational costs reduction heating system none (baseline) 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% chip wood 1.23 2.11 3.37 3.88 4.91 6.11 firewood 7.35 8.65 11.21 14.65 15.32 17.71 wood pellet 12.61 14.99 18.07 23.16 25.89 29.94 biomass total 21.19 25.75 32.65 41.69 46.12 53.76 methane 64.60 63.19 60.66 54.08 51.80 45.19 oil 5.39 4.65 2.60 1.71 0.98 0.46 lpg 8.82 6.41 4.09 2.52 1.10 0.59 total 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 figure 2. average market shares for under the operational costs reduction scenarios. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 none 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% m ar ke t s ha re (% ) operational costs reduction chip wood fire wood wood pellet methane oil lpg 236 cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene starting from class 1, table 7 and figure 3 show how in class 1 the market share for biomass devices in the baseline scenario is extremely low (2.60%). such value is consistent with the pro"le illustrated in section 4.1, which highlighted how members of this class are characterized by little interest in biomass technologies and absence of sensitivity to carbon emissions. moving to the cost reduction scenarios, their e!ect on adoption probability seems limited. only in the 50% reduction scenario there seems to be a substantial increase in the biomass share (8% increase compared to the 40% reduction scenario). it seems that a very strong incentive is needed to foster di!usion of renewable based systems in this class. moving to class 2, the share for biomass devices in the baseline scenario equals 32.11%. such results – together with the lc estimates – suggest that this class includes individuals who currently own a fossil fuel "red heating system and around one third of them would switch to a biomass fuelled one, even with no cost reduction. $is seems to corroborate the potential of this class in terms of increasing the di!usion of renewtable 7. class-speci!c biomass systems market shares under the investment cost reduction scenarios. class investment cost reduction none (baseline) 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% class 1 2.60 3.39 5.91 8.66 12.11 19.99 class 2 32.11 36.11 40.18 44.18 48.12 50.08 class 3 61.16 64.12 73.18 78.81 82.18 88.88 class 4 19.98 23.11 27.61 32.81 38.11 45.18 figure 3. class-speci!c biomass systems market shares under the investment cost reduction scenarios. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 none 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% bi om as s m ar ke t s ha re (% ) investment cost reduction class 1 class 2 class 3 class 4 237market shares of renewable-based heating systems able based technologies across the population. as for the previous class, the e!ect of the investment cost reduction seems limited. in this case, however, the low e!ect may be linked to the high income of its members, that could make them less sensitive to costs. class 3 exhibits the highest biomass system adoption probability in the baseline scenario (61.6%). overall, this class seems characterized by individuals that currently use a biomass system and show a high probability of choosing one of the same kind as replacement. importantly, this class seems to be strongly a!ected by cost reduction, with an around 28% increase of the biomass devices share between the baseline and the 50% reduction scenario. $is might be due to the low income of members of this class. finally, biomass systems share in class 4 equals 19.89% in the baseline scenario and 45.18% in the 50% reduction one, thereby suggesting a high sensitivity to investment cost reduction. 4.2.4 market shares in the operational costs reduction scenarios within each class table 8 and figure 4 report market shares within each class in the operational costs reduction scenarios. by comparing results with those reported in the previous section, it is interesting to notice how class 2 and 3 are a!ected more strongly by operational costs reduction, while classes 1 and 4 are a!ected more by investment cost reduction. $is seems to be related to di!erent sensitivity to the two costs highlighted in section 4.1: classes 2 and 3 are more sensitive to operational costs, and as such reducing it has a stronger e!ect in such classes, while the opposite is true for classes 1 and 4. for example, in class 1, at a 50% reduction the share is around 15% for operational costs and 20% for investment cost. at the opposite, in class 3 the share in 5% higher in the case of operational cost reduction. 5. discussion and conclusions in the light of the importance of increasing the sustainability of the residential heating sector, it is crucial to inform energy policies with an accurate knowledge of the determinants of citizens heating choices. to this purpose, we designed a choice experiment aimed at investigating preferences towards heating systems and their features among the citizens of the veneto region. we analysed choice data by means of a latent class model and we used the estimates to forecast market shares for di!erent heating systems under alternative policies scenarios. table 8. class-speci!c biomass systems market shares under the operational costs reduction scenarios. class operational costs reduction none (baseline) 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% class 1 2.60 3.11 4.88 7.91 10.12 15.18 class 2 32.11 37.14 42.24 46.11 49.88 53.11 class 3 61.16 66.89 76.11 81.56 86.88 92.21 class 4 19.98 22.41 26.22 30.33 34.16 40.11 238 cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene $e results of our study suggest how householders’ preferences towards di!erent heating systems and their features are strongly heterogeneous and how such variability can be partially explained by householders socio-demographic characteristics. such "ndings support those of previous studies of the energy literature (e.g. yoon et al., 2015, ruokamo, 2016). importantly, our estimates highlight the presence of population segments which seem to have a strong potential in terms of switching from a fossil fuel system to a renewable-based one. to this segment are more likely to belong individuals who already own a biomassbased heating systems and young individuals with high income and education level. at the opposite, our results highlight the existence of segments of the population with low interest towards the adoption of renewable-based technologies. such segments are characterized by individuals with low income and education who currently own a fossil fuel system. $e simulations of policy scenarios allowed us to retrieve some important information about the e#ciency of di!erent policy measures in terms of fostering the di!usion on biomass technologies. overall, we found that measures aimed at reducing operational costs for householders may induce a broader uptake of biomass appliances compared to those which target investment cost, even if the opposite is true in some segments of the population. $is is particularly important in the context of the veneto region, where subsidies for investment cost are currently in place and they seem to be only partially successful in nudging citizens towards the adoption of biomass-based appliances. we also found that only a large reduction of costs (i.e. 40% or 50% reduction) has a substantial e!ect on the increase of biomass systems shares, in classes with low interest in such technologies. $is suggests that current incentives provided by authorities may not be enough to entice such segments of the population to switch from a fossil fuel to a biomass-based technology. figure 4. class-speci!c biomass systems market shares under the operational costs reduction scenarios. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 none 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% bi om as s m ar ke t s ha re (% ) operational costs reduction class 1 class 2 class 3 class 4 239market shares of renewable-based heating systems acknowledgments $e research was funded by interdepartmental centre giorgio levi cases for energy economics and technology (university of padova), “sustainability of introduction of pellet based heating systems in a mountain area”. references arpav, 2015. inventario regionale delle emissioni in atmosfera. bhat, c.r. 1997. an endogenous segmentation mode choice model with an application to intercity travel. transportation science, 31(1):34–48. claudy, m.c., michelsen, c., o’driscoll, a., mullen, m.r. 2010. consumer awareness in the adoption of microgeneration technologies: an empirical investigation in the republic of ireland. renewable & sustainable energy reviews, 14(7):2154-2160. european commission. 2016. an eu strategy on heating and cooling. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:52016dc0051&from= en european commission. 2019. country report italy 2019. https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/file_import/2019-european-semester-countryreport-italy_en.pdf european council. 2014.: conclusions. european council, general secretariat of $e council. https://www.consilium.europa.eu/uedocs/cms_data/docs/pressdata/en/ ec/145397.pdf franceschinis, c., scarpa, r., $iene, m., rose, j., moretto, m., cavalli, r. 2016. exploring the spatial heterogeneity of individual preferences for ambient heating systems. energies, 9, 407. franceschinis, c., $iene, m., scarpa, r., rose, j., moretto, m., cavalli, r. 2017. adoption of renewable heating systems: an empirical test of the di!usion of innovation theory. energy, 125:313-326. hensher, d. and greene, w. (2003). $e mixed logit model: the state of practice. transportation, 30(2):133–176. hurvich, m., and tsai, c. (1989). regression and time series model selection in small samples. biometrika, 76: 297–307. italian government. 2018. proposta di piano nazionale integrato per l’energia e il clima. https://www.mise.gov.it/images/stories/documenti/proposta_di_piano_nazionale_integrato_per_energia_e_il_clima_italiano.pdf luce, d. 1959. individual choice behavior: a theoretical analysis. john wiley and sons. mcfadden, d. 1974. conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior. in zarembka p. (ed), frontiers in econometrics. academic press, new york, pp 105–142. michelsen, c.c., madlener, r. 2012. homeowners’ preferences for adopting innovative residential heating systems: a discrete choice analysis for germany. energy economics, 34(5):1271-1283. nylund, k. l., asparouhov, t. and muthén, b.o. (2007). deciding on the number of classes in latent class analysis and growth mixture modeling: a monte carlo simulation study. structural equation modeling: a multidisciplinary journal, 14(4): 535-569. 240 cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene rommel, k., sagebiel, j. 2017. preferences for micro-cogeneration in germany: policy implications for grid expansion from a discrete choice experiment. applied energy, 206:612-622. rose, j.m., bliemer, m.c.j. 2009. constructing efficient stated choice experimental designs. transport reviews, 29(5):587-617. rose, j.m., louviere, j.j., bliemer, m.c.j. 2013. e#cient stated choice designs allowing for variable choice set sizes. in: international choice modelling conference, sydney, australia, 3rd-5th july 2013. rouvinen, s., matero, j. 2013. stated preferences of finnish private homeowners for residential heating systems: a discrete choice experiment. biomass and bioenergy, 57:22–32. ruokamo, e. 2016. household preferences of hybrid home heating systems – a choice experiment application. energy policy, 95:224-237. scarpa, r., rose, j.m. 2008. design e#ciency for non-market valuation with choice modelling: how to measure it, what to report and why. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics, 52:253-282. scarpa, r., willis, k. 2010. willingness-to-pay for renewable energy: primary and discretionary choice of british households’ for micro-generation technologies. energy economics, 32(1):129-136. su, w., mengling, l., zeng, s., *treimikien+, d., bale,entis, t., ali-auskait+-*e-kien+c, i. 2018. valuating renewable microgeneration technologies in lithuanian households: a study on willingness to pay. journal of cleaner production, 191:318-329. yoon, t., ma, y., rhodes, c. 2015. individual heating systems vs. district heating systems: what will consumers pay for convenience? energy policy, 86:7. investigating determinants of choice and predicting market shares of renewable-based heating systems under alternative policy scenarios cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes maria de salvo1,*, riccardo scarpa2,3,4, roberta capitello2, diego begalli2 “not my cup of coffee”. farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits. lessons for crop breeding in the age of climate change abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud* does the place of residence affect land use preferences? evidence from a choice experiment in germany julian sagebiel1,*, klaus glenk2, jürgen meyerhoff3 the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? danny campbell*, erlend dancke sandorf bio-based and applied economics 8(2): 133-159, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8928 the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region: a quantitative analysis of a rural community in eastern uganda anna lina bartl agricultural economics and rural development, university of göttingen, germany abstract. for many smallholder farmers in the mount elgon region of uganda, arabica coffee cultivation is the major income-generating activity. although it is widely known that smallholder coffee farmers often live under conditions that barely assure their survival, research to date has failed to examine the composition and distribution of wellbeing within this group. in the present study, a composite indicator of wellbeing is created using information collected from interviews with 431 coffee-cultivating households to investigate wellbeing in the mount elgon region of uganda. from results of an explorative principal components analysis, the factors of trust, security, housing, and landholding, covering a total of ten indicators, provided a comprehensive measure of wellbeing, explaining 81.20% of the total variance. the results show substantial differences in wellbeing within the sub-counties of bulegeni, simu, and namisuni, and even greater differences between these sub-counties. these differences are explained primarily by the physical wellbeing factors of housing and landholding. efforts to improve the quality of housing, particularly in namisuni and bulegeni, for instance, by providing improved access to financial services, construction loans, or subsidized prices for bricks and other construction materials, as well as official land registration in all three sub-counties could improve the wellbeing of households in this area. keywords. composite indicator, mount elgon, smallholder coffee farmers, uganda, wellbeing. jel codes. i31, q12, r21. 1. introduction producing more than 38 thousand tons of arabica coffee (in 2017/18), uganda is among the most important arabica coffee producers in the world (ucda 2018). with around 1.3 million rural households (hh) engaged in coffee production, uganda’s coffee sector has high socioeconomic importance for the country (ubos 2010). in most coffee cultivation areas, smallholder coffee farmers barely live above the subsistence level. in corresponding author: anna.bartl@uni-goettingen.de 134 anna lina bartl uganda, extreme poverty affects more than 33% of the country’s 39 million people, among them a large number of smallholder coffee farmers (bmz 2016). however, only a few research projects have investigated the wellbeing of coffee farmers to date. most of the research to date dealing with the wellbeing of coffee farmers has measured the impacts of participation in specialty markets or cooperatives and focused on how certification programs affect specific aspects of coffee farmers’ wellbeing (e.g., ahmed and mesfin 2017, bacon et al. 2005, ruben and fort 2012). even recent studies on coffee producers’ wellbeing refer to concepts of wellbeing that have been challenged or developed further, or equate wellbeing with welfare. ahmed and mesfin (2017), for example, use the equivalent of consumption per adult as a wellbeing indicator. the analysis of a single dimension of wellbeing such as income or expenditure has been criticized by authors in other research fields including decancq and lugo (2012), who investigated inequality of wellbeing in russia. although some researchers have used questionnaires containing direct questions about farmers’ wellbeing to assess the impacts thereof (e.g., frank et al. 2011), these studies do not clarify how farmers themselves understand wellbeing. other authors have used related terms, such as “quality of life” (see bacon et al., 2005), in their research on the impacts of participation in certification programs among coffee farmers in nicaragua. however, results like those of bacon et al. (2005) show that most coffee farmers (74% of the nicaraguans surveyed) perceive their quality of life as independent of whether they are part of conventional or alternative trade networks, because “sales to alternative markets is not enough to offset the many other conditions that influence the quality of one’s life” (bacon 2005). estoque et al. (2018) claim that wellbeing is a prerequisite for quality of life. as these diverse findings reflect, wellbeing is complex, usages of wellbeing and related terms differ widely, and research is still needed on the structure of wellbeing among hhs engaged in coffee farming. a better understanding of wellbeing will not only enable comparison between individuals within a given area or between groups of different coffee cultivation areas, but also provide the basis for better evaluation of certification programs or policy measures. the high importance of wellbeing is widely recognized in other fields, and the research on wellbeing has been growing worldwide in recent decades (e.g., suh et al. 1996, kahnemann 1999, allen 2001, decancq and lugo 2012, keyes et al. 2002, beaumont 2011, seligman, 2011, dodge et al. 2012). disciplines including psychology, medicine, economics, and sociology have proposed different instruments for the measurement of wellbeing. one of the more recent and broadly applicable definitions is the one proposed by dodge et al. (2012), who define wellbeing as “the balance point between an individual’s resource pool and the challenges faced” in terms of physical, social, and psychological components of wellbeing. in other words: stable wellbeing exists “when individuals have the psychological, social and physical resources they need to meet a particular psychological, social and/or physical challenge” (dodge et al. 2012). hendry and kloep (2002) developed this concept further. the so-called lifespan model, incorporates the idea that solving challenges successfully leads to development in the individual and/or environment, whereas failing to solve challenges impedes the solution of future challenges. their model also assumes that success in meeting challenges depends on the resource pool individuals have. they conclude that research on wellbeing is not only crucial to adequately measure development; wellbeing is indeed also the prerequisite for development. 135the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region adding the assumptions of the lifespan model to the theory of subjective wellbeing proposed by headey and waring (1992), who cite external forces as the precondition for change in the wellbeing balance, one could assume that external forces could lead to a positive or negative development in the wellbeing of individuals and groups. humans could be faced with more challenging situations, for instance, in the environment. considering the estimated decrease in the climatic suitability of most ugandans’ arabica coffee cultivation areas, climate change could have a major impact on coffee farming (damatta et al. 2012, jassogne et al. 2012). coffee farmers are already facing heightened environmental problems such as a higher occurrence of pests and diseases (undp 2012) and greater uncertainties regarding temperature and irrigation. changing weather patterns are also expected to reduce coffee quantity and quality (e.g., jassogne et al. 2012, undp 2012, läderach et al. 2012). this will lead to lower income from coffee sales, which would also have a long-term impact on the resources’ farmers have to devote to other aspects of their wellbeing. considering the aforementioned difficulties, the uganda coffee development authority (ucda) developed a program to counteract the challenges coffee farmers are facing. they state the ambitious aim of quadrupling uganda’s coffee production by 2040 by stabilizing coffee farmers’ resources through measures such as workshops on coffee management and distribution of free coffee seedlings (ucda 2019). the present paper investigates the composition of wellbeing of hhs engaged in coffee farming based on data from 431 quantitative interviews. this investigation requires a definition of wellbeing that takes the coffee farmers’ point of view into account as the basis for policy recommendations that will be able to improve coffee farmers’ and their families’ wellbeing. using the definition of wellbeing formulated by dodge et al. (2012), this paper proposes a composite indicator (ci) of wellbeing based on material wealth (physical component), the fulfillment of social needs (social component), and the fulfillment of basic psychological needs (psychological component), to enable the measurement of wellbeing in one of the three most important arabica coffee cultivation areas of uganda. along with a better understanding of what wellbeing means to farmers, this paper uses a well-established ci for wellbeing and meaningful wellbeing indicators to test the hypotheses that (1) wellbeing is not equally distributed within and between sub-counties in the mount elgon region, and that (2) the physical wellbeing component shows a more substantial impact than the social and psychological components on the constitution of wellbeing among these hhs. both assumptions were formulated based on the observation during previous field visits that the group under investigation is economically vulnerable and based on previous data showing high differences in income from coffee-selling activities. the results of this study show dependencies between different indicators of wellbeing and identify the impact levels of the various indicators. as such, they provide an important idea of how the living conditions of coffee-farming hhs are developing and are of high practical relevance for policy makers. in the materials and methods section that follows this introduction, i provide information on the area in which the study was conducted, the sample and data collection, and the methodological background for the construction of the ci, and briefly explain the framework of the data analysis. in the results section, i present descriptive statistics on the wellbeing indicators and the construction and composition of the ci formula, and also provide insights into wellbeing on a factor level and an overview of the wellbeing distribu136 anna lina bartl tion in this research area. in the final sections, i discuss potential policy implications of the findings for improving wellbeing and methodological limitations of the study. 2. materials and methods 2.1 study area the study was conducted on the western slopes of the mount elgon region, one of the three main arabica coffee-producing regions in uganda (knutsdatter formo and padegimas 2012). for many farmers in the mount elgon region, arabica coffee cultivation is the main source of income. in this region, arabica varieties as bugisu local, sl14, sl28, and kp423 are usually intercropped with bananas, beans, peas, ground nuts, vegetables, and shade trees like avocado and mango. it is estimated that 90% of coffee cultivation takes place on plots of less than 3 hectares (chiputwa et al. 2015). data collection for this study took place in the bulambuli district, which extends over about 809 km², reaches elevations of up to 1526 meters above sea level, and is divided into two counties, elgon and bulambuli county (nphc 2014). surveys were administered in elgon county because 60.5% of its hhs were engaged in coffee farming, whereas coffee farmers in bulambuli county only represented 2.2% of existing hhs (nphc 2014). in elgon county, the three sub-counties of bulegeni, simu, and namisuni were chosen (fig. 1). figure 1. map of (b) south uganda and (a) details of bulambuli district with bulambuli county (grey) and elgon county (white) with the sub-counties bulegeni (blue), simu (turquoise), and namisuni (orange). 137the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region for data collection, 460 coffee-cultivating hhs were randomly selected and visited. the only prerequisite for participation in the study was that farmers were willing and that their hh was engaged in coffee cultivation activities. of these 460 hh, 29 did not provide (sufficient) data for different reasons: hh heads were located but not available for an interview even on the third attempt, hh heads had died or were ill, or another person representing the hh head was unable to provide reliable answers. this left a final data set with completed questionnaires from 431 hhs (table 1). 2.2 sample description comparing the sample distribution with the average hh characteristics for the area in which the study was conducted, slight deviations in socio-demographic characteristics can be seen (table 2). however, statistics on the area’s population were either collected in 2012 (see nphc 2014) or, for those from the most recent reliable source, only refer to the mount elgon region as a whole (unhs 2018). taking the high fertility rates in uganda into account (5.4 children per woman in 2016), these deviations in sample characteristics can generally be accepted due to the broad similarity in socio-demographic trends (supre 2018). as production of cash crops like coffee is usually male-dominated in rural areas of sub-saharan africa, and only coffee farmers were included into the sample group, female-headed hhs are clearly underrepresented (e.g., bolwig 2012, doss 2002).1 however, the data set can be considered largely representative for this research area, except for the small percentage of female-headed hhs and the larger number of people per hh in this study than in the statistics. discrepancies in the data, particularly for the gender of the hh head, could not be excluded in the interpretation of the results. 2.3 data collection data were collected as part of the project “potential improvements for the income situation of smallholder coffee farmers in mount elgon, uganda” developed and implemented by the georg-august university of göttingen, germany, and the national agricultural research organization (naro) of uganda. the theoretical selection of relevant dimensions for the present study and context was conducted based on a literature review (decancq and lugo 2012, dodge et al. 2012, among others) and on data from hh surveys implemented in the mount elgon region in 2015. the resulting framework was discussed with the local research team, consisting of five research assistants who had grown up in coffee-cultivating hhs in the area, in 2017. based on that, questionnaire pre-tests were developed and implemented in the area to 1 only 20.7% of the female hh heads are married. the rest of the female hh heads are single (20.7%), divorced (10.3%), or widowed (48.3%), whereas only 1.5% of the male hh heads are widowed. table 1. number of hhs participating in the study. sub-county participants hh survey bulegeni 156 (36.2%) simu 90 (20.9%) namisuni 185 (42.9%) total 431 (100%) 138 anna lina bartl evaluate the feasibility of the survey and to test the content and construct validity and reliability. after some revisions, the survey was finally successfully implemented in 431 coffee-cultivating hhs in the period from july to december 2018. the final survey of the project comprised seven sections; (i) hh demographics, (ii) farm management system, (iii) access to information and extension material, (iv) general hh living conditions, (v) expected yield and income, (vi) community relations, and (vii) shortages and shocks experienced so far. within five of these sections (ii-vi), a set of subdimensions comprising a total of 44 variable dimensions was developed to measure the wellbeing level of the hhs (table 3). because of different levels of english proficiency in the population, the five local assistants (four male and one female) were trained to conduct an average number of five interviews per day in the local language lugisu. for the time spent to complete the questionnaire (50 minutes on average), each farmer received compensation in the form of bookkeeping and small business management materials. after data cleaning, 431 interviews remained for data analysis. table 2. sample characteristics. quantitative data set bulegeni simu namisuni total research area number of hhs n= 156 n= 90 n= 185 n=431 21,244 1 gender of hh head male 94.2% 95.6% 93.5% 94.2% 81.4% 1 female 5.8% 4.4% 6.5% 5.8% 18.6% 1 age of hh head <18 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1.0% 1 18-30 7.1% 11.1% 16.1% 11.7% 25.9% 1 31-59 60.3% 62.2% 65.0% 62.7% 53.9% 1 >60 32.7% 26.7% 18.9% 25.6% 19.2% 1 highest level of education for head of hh illiterate 3.9% 4.4% 2.2% 3.3 % 9.3% 2 primary school 45.8% 41.1% 59.7% 50.7% 58.7% 2, 3 high school 44.4% 47.8% 34.3% 40.8% 27.8% 2, 4 college 3.9% 3.3% 2.8% 3.3% 8.2% 2, 5 university 2.0% 3.3 % 1.1% 1.9% people per hh md/sd 6.31/2.338 6.41/2.238 5.21/2.170 5.86/2.312 4.638/0.135 2 coffee production is the main source of income 83.2% 93.3% 88.6% 87.7% 83.0% major economic activity is crop farming 2 1data for elgon county from nphc 2014. 2data for elgon region from unhs 2018. 3sum from category: some primary and completed primary for the whole hh. 4sum from category some secondary and completed secondary for the whole hh. 5post-secondary and above for the whole hh. 139the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region 2.4 methodical background for the construction of the ci for wellbeing as pointed out in the introduction section, a ci was constructed for wellbeing based on hh material wealth (physical component), the fulfillment of social needs (social component), and the fulfillment of basic psychological needs (psychological component). in contrast to dodge et al. (2012), the present paper does not investigate wellbeing at the individual level but at the hh level. the hh reflects a social construct, which leads to a high level of overlap in content between social and psychological indicators in the data set presented here (see table 3). for the indicators that reflect the level of trust, for instance, a clear classification into either social or psychological categories cannot be made. mistrust could reflect instability within the community, but it could also stem from fears of opportunistic behavior or from other psychological discomfort, especially when considering the economic vulnerability and dependency of the farmers in our sample group. therefore, the social and psychological wellbeing indicators were merged into a “social-psychological” component. to examine the fulfillment of social-psychological needs, only indicators dealing with the individual-level emotions and social interactions of farmers have been selected for the construction of the ci. all social-psychological wellbeing variables were measured with a five-point likert scale ranging from 1 (not at all) to 5 (very much; the highest subjective wellbeing for that item), except for hh participation in meetings, workshops, and training over the last 12 months, which was measured with a binary survey question and represented as a population percentage. for the physical component, only variables that focus table 3. structure of survey sections relevant to wellbeing. section of the survey dimensions (ii) farm management system area of land for agricultural activity in general, area of land for coffee cultivation, ownership of land, intercropping with other products, livestock, membership in farmer organizations, certification of coffee, farm management practices (iii) access to information and extension material main sources and interest in information on farm management, participation in meetings, workshops (iv) general hh living conditions characteristics of the main house; toilet, wall material, floor material, roofing, source of lighting, cooking, source, distance and mode of treating drinking water, distance to village market, doctor/hospital, and school (v) expected yield and income, access to productive capital/credit yield, prices for coffee cherries and parchment coffee, expected income from coffee selling, other sources of income, labor input coffee production, loans, farm equipment, consumer durables, cellphone, bicycle, motorbike (vi) community relations safe from violence and crime, safe from economic disasters, level of happiness, most people can be trusted, most government officials can be trusted, local government considers concerns voiced by you, most people are willing to help, collaboration with other farmers, heterogeneity within the village, frequency of getting together with others 140 anna lina bartl on the measurable status of material wealth have been included in the analysis: indicators measuring the value of hh belongings or productive hh activities. the scales used here describe an objectively measurable condition, ranked by the status of wealth on the hh level, expressed in some cases by the number of items belonging to the hh, hectares of land, or construction materials for housing. material for housing was ranked from reflecting low wealth (non-permanent materials like mud/soil for walls, earth for floors, and grass/banana leaves for roofing), mid-wealth status (semi-permanent materials like plaster for walls, wood for floors, and sheet metal for roofing) to high wealth (permanent materials like bricks for walls, cement for floors, and tiles for roofing) within the community2. variables used for the construction of the ci were measured using different units and scales. to enable comparison within and between individual indicators and different scales, and to preserve the empirical distribution of the data, the indicators were standardized by computing z-scores (santeramo 2015). for each individual indicator , the average and the standard deviation were calculated. a similar dispersion across indicators emerges when implementing into the normalization formula: to explore whether the theoretically developed indicators of wellbeing are statistically well-balanced and whether the indicators are suitable for the underlying data structure, a principal component analysis (pca) was performed. factors that meet the prerequisites of having eigenvalues larger than one and of individually contributing more than 10% to total explained variance are included in the ci for wellbeing. the square of factor loadings represents the proportion of total unit variance of the ci of wellbeing explained by the factor (jrcec 2008). referring to santeramo (2015), equal weighing does not only represent the weak assumption that all variables have the same importance; it may also induce double-counting bias because a higher number of variables in a subgroup leads to a higher weight of that subgroup. there are many weighing approaches preventing the conclusion that dimensions have similar importance, among them the pca, which relies on data variability and variable correlation (jrcec 2008, nicoletti et al. 2000, santeramo 2015). for the pca-based approach of nicoletti et al. (2000), the variance explained by the factor after varimax rotation could be used to calculate the weight of each factor if correlations between indicators are found. variance explained by the factor weight of the factor for the ci of wellbeing (wq) = total variance of the four factors the z-standardized scores used for the pca were regressed for each factor, and the ci of wellbeing was calculated for each interviewed hh. 2.5 data analysis to compute the ci of wellbeing, i followed the methodological approaches described in the handbook on constructing composite indicators’ of the joint research centre of the 2 the scales were developed based on estimated values of construction material quality within the community resulting from previous qualitative interviews. 141the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region european commission to best fit the constitution of the data at hand (jrcec 2008). spss version 25 was used for tasks including to perform the required pca for the construction of the ci of wellbeing. pearson’s correlation coefficient was used to check for correlations between individual indicators using the z-scores of the items. to assess whether sub-county had an influence on the indicators, factors, or the ci of wellbeing, a one-factor anova was performed. 3. results 3.1 descriptive statistics of indicators after testing all previously mentioned variables, only 19 wellbeing indicators were able to provide specific, measurable, accessible, relevant, and timely (smart) information and fulfill the aforementioned selection criteria for wellbeing (fao, 2013). table 4 provides the categorization into components of wellbeing and descriptive statistics for absolute (not standardized) values of those indicators. the social-psychological indicators with the highest scores (up to 4.56) are represented by the willingness to help and intensity of collaboration with other farmers. whereas the level of happiness and local government considers farmers’ concerns show means of approximately 3.7, trust in government officials shows a lower mean, and trust in most people represents the lowest level of satisfaction at 3.10. all social-psychological indicators show different means in different sub-counties. the lowest means for all trust-related indicators is in bulegeni sub-county. namisuni shows the highest mean for the indicators local government considers farmers’ concerns and trust in government officials. whereas simu subcounty has the highest mean for trust in most people, it is also represented by the highest percentage (68.89%) of hhs that have participated in meetings, workshops, and training during the last 12 months. the individual indicators for the physical component of wellbeing show a very high percentage of hhs (84.4% to 97.8%) with floor and wall materials consisting of earth (floors) and mud/soil (walls) that indicate the lowest level of welfare. in consequence, percentages for indicators showing mid-to high-valued housing materials are low (0.0% to 15.6%), which could also explain the presence of extreme values. hh access to belongings ranges from farm equipment, which nearly all hhs (97.45%) have access to, to consumer durables (mainly radio) (79.58%), cellphone (70.30%), bicycle (ranging from 37.78% to 7.03%) all the way down to motorbikes, which are only present in 8.35% of hhs. only namisuni is an exception, with a higher percentage of access to motorbikes than bicycles. for landholding for agricultural activities in general, the mean for the sample shows 0.95 ha, whereas the hh use on average 0.5 ha of their land for coffee cultivation. in table 4, the wide range of landholding in simu reveals differences in access to land within the sub-county. however, there is also evidence of a general trend of differences in all physical indicators (except from the indicator roofing material) between the sub-counties: simu shows a higher percentage of higher values than other sub-counties. bulegeni also shows a much lower wealth status than other sub-countries, directly followed by namisuni. 142 anna lina bartl table 4. descriptive statistics for the 19 wellbeing indicators. indicator bulegeni (n= 156) simu (n= 90) namisuni (n= 185) total (n=431) extreme values1 social-psychological wellbeing component hh members participated in meetings, workshops, and training (last 12 months) 62.18% 68.89% 60.54% 62.88% 0 trust in most people mean 3.08 3.17 3.09 3.10 0 sd 1.56 1.50 1.54 1.53 trust in government officials mean 3.26 3.36 3.44 3.36 0 sd 1.57 1.34 1.44 1.47 local government considers the farmers’ concerns mean 3.61 3.71 3.77 3.70 0 sd 1.38 1.38 1.30 1.35 willingness to help mean 4.56 4.04 4.06 4.24 0 sd 1.09 1.52 1.49 1.39 intensity of collaboration with other farmers mean 4.06 3.97 4.31 4.15 0 sd 1.49 1.42 1.49 1.35 economically secure mean 3.08 3.72 3.72 3.49 0 sd 1.63 1.39 1.42 1.52 safe from violence and crime mean 3.87 3.27 3.32 3.51 0 sd 1.16 1.60 1.69 1.52 level of happiness mean 3.85 3.77 3.68 3.76 0 sd 1.20 1.45 1.40 1.34 physical wellbeing component farm equipment belongs to hh 98.08% 98.89% 96.22% 97.45% 0 consumer durables belong to hh 78.85% 86.67% 76.76% 79.58% 0 cellphone belongs to hh 71.79% 81.11% 63.78% 70.30% 0 bicycle belongs to hh 26.92% 37.78% 7.03% 20.65% 0 motorbike belongs to hh 5.13% 13.33% 8.65% 8.35% 0 wall material mud/soil 93.6% 84.4% 96.2% 92.8% 31 plaster 3.2% 3.3% 1.6% 2.6% brick 3.2% 12.2% 2.2% 4.6% floor material earth 92.9% 84.4% 97.8% 93.3% 31 wood 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.2% cement 6.4% 15.6% 2.2% 6.5% roofing material grass/banana leaves 1.92% 0% 1.08% 1.16% 0 sheet metal 79.49% 93.33% 93.51% 88.40% tile 18.59% 6.67% 5.41% 10.44% land used for coffee cultivation (ha) mean 0.46 0.77 0.39 0.50 26 sd 0.48 0.99 0.42 0.62 range 3.03 5.26 2.83 5.26 min. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 max. 2.83 5.26 2.83 5.26 143the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region 3.2 pca for the ci of wellbeing a pca was applied to these 19 variables. the best result of the pca (shown in fig. 2) was found for a four-factor solution that can explain 81.20% of the total variance (kaisermeyer-olkin measure (kmo) = 0.681, bartlett’s test of sphericity sig. =0.000) by including ten of the previously derived indicators. the factor trust consists of the indicators trust in most people, trust in government officials, local government considers the farmers’ concerns (fig. 2). the factor security consists of the indicators economically secure, safe from violence and crime, and the level of happiness. the connection between happiness and security can be explained by citing one of the interviewed farmers: “[…] well, to me, happiness is the state of being content with all the prevailing circumstances in life.” for the physical component of wellbeing, the factor housing consists of walls and floors, whereas the factor landholding includes land for agricultural activity and land for coffee cultivation. testing the combination of the variables of the four-factor solution for reliability, the cronbach’s coefficient alpha (c-α) for the total internal consistency shows a value of 0.741, which is acceptable (field 2009). consequently, for the development of the ci of wellbeing, only the variables for the resulting factors trust, security, housing, and landholding are investigated further. factor 1 (trust) explains 31.868%, factor 2 (security) explains 24.568 %, factor 3 (housing) explains 13.959%, and factor 4 (landholding) explains 10.805% of the total variance. as a last step, the relationships between individual indicators are investigated and depicted in table 5 in order to inspect whether correlations between indicators are present and to calculate the weight for each factor using the results of the pca, as suggested by nicoletti et al. (2000). correlation results yield a strong positive relationship between trust in most people and trust in government officials (corr=0.718**), between local government considers the farmers’ concerns and trust in most people (corr=0.587**), and between trust in government officials and local government considers the farmers’ concerns (corr=0.736**). for the indicators of the factor security, the positive relationship is not as strong. there is a positive relationship between wall and floor materials (corr=0.932**) and between land used for agricultural activity and land used for coffee cultivation (corr=0.480). in addition, all physiindicator bulegeni (n= 156) simu (n= 90) namisuni (n= 185) total (n=431) extreme values1 land used for agricultural activity (ha) mean 0.91 1.32 0.80 0.95 24 sd 0.81 1.29 0.61 0.88 range 5.97 7.99 2.95 8.04 min. 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 max. 6.07 8.09 3.00 8.09 1to ensure that all levels of wellbeing are included in the data analysis, these extreme values were not excluded. 144 anna lina bartl cal indicators have positive relationships with each other. pearson’s correlation indicates a relationship between economically secure and (a) land for coffee cultivation (corr=0.129**), (b) land used for agricultural activity (corr=-0.160**). similar relationships between the level of happiness and the indicators of landholding are visible. furthermore, all indicators of the factor trust show a highly significant (p≤0.01) positive correlation with the indicators of security and the landholding indicator land used for coffee cultivation. the perception of being safe from violence and crime correlates negatively with land used for agricultural activity (corr=-0.257**). relationships between indicators of different factors can also be found, but their correlation is not strong (corr<0.5). however, the correlations found between the individual indicators are strong enough to enable the calculation of weights of each factor by dividing the percentage of variance explained by the factor after varimax rotation by the total variance of all factors (jrcec 2008). the results of the pca, relevant for the construction of the ci of wellbeing, are shown in table 6. previously indicated results from the pca lead to the following formula for the ci of wellbeing: figure 2. summarizing the components of wellbeing, the indicators investigated, and the results ofthe principal component analysis (pca). extraction method: principal component analysis; rotation method: varimax with kaiser normalization, rotation converged in 5 iterations. ** highly significant p=0.01. 145the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region ta bl e 5. p ea rs on ’s co rr el at io n w ith z -s co re s of th e te n si ng le in di ca to rs . fa ct or in di ca to r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 tr us t 1. tr us t i n m os t p eo pl e 1 0. 71 8** 0. 58 7** 0. 15 2** 0. 24 2** 0. 21 1** n. s. n. s. 0. 13 7** n. s. 2. tr us t i n go ve rn m en t o ffi ci al s 0. 71 8** 1 0. 73 6** 0. 23 6** 0. 30 9** 0. 28 8** n. s. n. s. 0. 14 6** n. s. 3. lo ca l g ov er m . c on sid er s t he fa rm er s’ co nc er ns 0. 58 7** 0. 73 6** 1 0. 36 3** 0. 36 4** 0. 38 9** n. s. n. s. 0. 16 3** n. s. se cu rit y 4. ec on om ic al ly se cu re 0. 15 2** 0. 23 6** 0. 36 3** 1 0. 40 2** 0. 58 9** n. s. n. s. 0. 12 9** -0 .1 60 ** 5. sa fe fr om v io le nc e an d cr im e 0. 24 2** 0. 30 9** 0. 36 4** 0. 40 2** 1 0. 55 9** n. s. n. s. n. s. -0 .2 57 ** 6. le ve l o f h ap pi ne ss 0. 21 1** 0. 28 8** 0. 38 9** 0. 58 9** 0. 55 9** 1 n. s. n. s. 0. 11 7* -0 .2 44 ** h ou sin g 7. w al l n. s. n. s. n. s. n. s. n. s. n. s. 1 0. 93 2** 0. 33 8** 0. 10 1* 8. fl oo r n. s. n. s. n. s. n. s. n. s. n. s. 0. 93 2** 1 0. 36 0** 0. 10 2* la nd ho ld in g 9. la nd u se d fo r c off ee c ul tiv . 0. 13 7** 0. 14 6** 0. 16 3** 0. 12 9** n. s. 0. 11 7* 0. 33 8** 0. 36 0** 1 0. 48 0* * 10 .l an d us ed fo r a gr ic ul tu ra l a ct iv ity n. s. n. s. n. s. -0 .1 60 ** -0 .2 57 ** -0 .2 44 ** 0. 10 1* 0. 10 2* 0. 48 0* * 1 *s ig ni fic an ce fo r t w ota ile d co rr el at io n is p ≤0 .0 5, * *s ig ni fic an ce fo r t w ota ile d co rr el at io n is p ≤0 .0 1, c or re la tio ns o f 0 .5 a nd a bo ve a re s ho w n in b ol d. ta bl e 6. v ar ia nc e ex pl ai ne d by e ac h fa ct or a nd w ei gh t o f e ac h fa ct or . fa ct or % o f v ar ia nc e cu m ul at iv e % % o f v ar ia nc e aft er va rim ax ro ta tio n w ei gh t o f e ac h fa ct or tr us t 31 .8 68 31 .8 68 23 .4 51 0. 28 88 se cu rit y 24 .5 68 56 .4 36 21 .4 92 0. 26 47 h ou sin g 13 .9 59 70 .3 95 19 .5 67 0. 24 10 la nd ho ld in g 10 .8 05 81 .2 00 16 .6 89 0. 20 55 ex tr ac tio n m et ho d: p rin ci pa l c om po ne nt a na ly si s. w ei gh t o f e ac h fa ct or = % o f v ar ia nc e ex pl ai ne d th e fa ct or a ft er v ar im ax ro ta tio n/ to ta l v ar ia nc e. 146 anna lina bartl ci of wellbeing = (wtrust * trust) +(wsecurity * security) + (whousing * housing) + (wlandholding * landholding) implementing the weights of each factor into the formula for the ci of wellbeing, the final ci formula is: ci of wellbeing = (0.2888 * trust) + (0.2647 * security) + (0.2410 * housing) + (0.2055 * landholding) 3.2.1 influence of sub-county on wellbeing to test the first hypothesis, the first step is to conduct an investigation at the indicator level. the results of the one-factor anova (shown in table 7) confirm the hypothesis of an influence of the sub-county on the perception of being economically secure, and on all indicators of the physical components of wellbeing with p=0.000***. assumptions are also confirmed by the one-factor anova, with p=0.001*** for the influence of sub-county on being safe from violence and crime. for the other social-psychological indicators, no significant influence of sub-county could be found. however, these results should be interpreted carefully for safe from violence and crime (p=0.000***), economically secure (p=0.000***), level of happiness (p=0.000***), and trust in local government officials (p=0.011*) and for all physical indicators (p=0.000***) because levene’s test is undesirably significant, which means that homogeneity of variance cannot be assumed. in addition, the requirement for normally distributed data is not met according to the kolmogorov-smirnov (ks) test (p = 0.000***). however, to fully test the first hypothesis, i also examined to what extent this regional influence is also given for the factors. the results of the one-factor anova (shown in table 8) show a significant influence of sub-county on housing (p=0.004**) and on landholding (p=0.000***). the influence of sub-county on trust (p=0.858) and security (p=0.988) is not significant. however, due to the significance of levene’s test for housing (p=0.000***), landholding (p=0.000***) and security (p=0.043*), these results should be interpreted carefully. in the following section, i investigate factors after standardisation (z-score transformation). using the previously specified formula for wellbeing, the wellbeing index shows a mean of 0.000 for the total group. negative values for the ci show a lower wellbeing compared to the rest of the sample group. the greater the positive figure, the better the wellbeing relative to the mean of wellbeing index for all hhs. to better illustrate how the wellbeing distribution differs by sub-county, boxplots are provided in fig. 3. regarding the wellbeing distribution between sub-counties, it can be seen that simu has the highest mean (0.158), followed by bulegeni (-0.026) and namisuni (-0.055). the range indicates differences within the sub-counties: namisuni has the lowest range (2.238), followed by bulegeni (2.742), whereas simu has the highest range (3.178) for the ci of wellbeing between hhs. the last step is now to have a look at whether this relation is also evident for the overall wellbeing construct. based on the anova (table 9), the influence of sub-counties on the wellbeing index is highly significant (p = 0.003**), but again, levene’s test is significant (p=0.006**), which points to the need for careful interpretation of this result. 147the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region ta bl e 7. o ne -fa ct or a n o va fo r t he in flu en ce o f s ub -c ou nt y on th e in di ca to rs o f t he s oc ia l-p sy ch ol og ic al a nd p hy si ca l w el lb ei ng fa ct or s. fa ct or in di ca to r so ur ce pa rt ia l s s df m s f p( >f ) tr us t tr us t i n m os t p eo pl e be tw ee n gr ou ps 0. 47 5 2 0. 23 8 0. 10 1 0. 90 4 w ith in g ro up s 10 11 .0 33 42 8 2. 36 2 to ta l 10 11 .5 08 43 0 tr us t i n go ve rn m en t o ffi ci al s be tw ee n gr ou ps 2. 95 5 2 1. 47 7 0. 68 4 0. 50 5 w ith in g ro up s 92 4. 02 0 42 8 2. 15 9 to ta l 92 6. 97 4 43 0 lo ca l g ov er nm en t c on sid er s t he fa rm er s’ co nc er ns be tw ee n gr ou ps 2. 28 9 2 1. 14 4 0. 63 1 0. 53 3 w ith in g ro up s 77 6. 10 1 42 8 1. 81 3 to ta l 77 8. 39 0 43 0 se cu rit y ec on om ic al ly se cu re be tw ee n gr ou ps 41 .1 64 2 20 .5 82 9. 22 9 0. 00 0* ** w ith in g ro up s 95 4. 51 6 42 8 2. 23 0 to ta l 99 5. 68 0 43 0 sa fe fr om v io le nc e an d cr im e be tw ee n gr ou ps 32 .5 02 2 16 .2 51 7. 26 6 0. 00 1* ** w ith in g ro up s 95 7. 22 0 42 8 2. 23 6 to ta l 98 9. 72 2 43 0 le ve l o f h ap pi ne ss be tw ee n gr ou ps 2. 47 2 2 1. 23 6 0. 68 8 0. 50 3 w ith in g ro up s 76 8. 94 8 42 8 1. 79 7 to ta l 77 1. 42 0 43 0 h ou sin g w al l be tw ee n gr ou ps 3. 00 6 2 1. 50 3 7. 84 9 0. 00 0* ** w ith in g ro up s 81 .9 59 42 8 0. 19 1 to ta l 84 .9 65 43 0 fl oo r be tw ee n gr ou ps 4. 34 6 2 2. 17 3 9. 19 7 0. 00 0* ** w ith in g ro up s 10 1. 11 6 42 8 0. 23 6 to ta l 10 5. 46 2 43 0 la nd ho ld in g to ta l h ec ta re s o f l an d us ed fo r c off ee c ul tiv at io n be tw ee n gr ou ps 9. 10 9 2 4. 55 5 12 .4 48 0. 00 0* ** w ith in g ro up s 15 5. 86 8 42 6 0. 36 6 to ta l 16 4. 97 8 42 8 to ta l h ec ta re s o f l an d us ed fo r a gr ic ul tu ra l a ct iv ity be tw ee n gr ou ps 16 .6 14 2 8. 30 7 11 .1 46 0. 00 0* ** w ith in g ro up s 31 8. 99 3 42 8 0. 74 5 to ta l 33 5. 60 6 43 0 148 anna lina bartl table 8. one-factor anova for the influence of sub-county on the factors trust, security, housing, and landholding. factor source partial ss df ms f p(>f) trust between groups 0.307 2 0.153 0.153 0.858 within groups 427.693 426 1.004 totai 428.000 428 securit y between groups 0.023 2 0.012 0.012 0.988 within groups 427.977 426 1.005 totai 428.000 428 housing between groups 11.080 2 5.540 5.661 0.004** within groups 416.920 426 0.979 totai 428.000 428 landholding between groups 22.228 2 11.114 11.668 0.000*** within groups 405.772 426 0.953 totai 428.000 428 number of observations = 431. figure 3. bloxplots depicting the ci of wellbeing by sub-county. table 9. one-factor anova for the influence of sub-county on wellbeing index. source partial ss df ms f p(>f) between groups 2.923 2 1.462 5.891 0.003** within groups 105.696 426 0.248 total 108.619 428 149the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region ta bl e 10 . d es cr ip tiv e st at is tic s fo r t he fo ur w el lb ei ng fa ct or s (a ft er z -s co re tr an sf or m at io n) . c om po ne nt fa ct or su bco un ty n v al id m ea n m ed ia n sd va ria nc e ra ng e m in m ax so ci al -p sy ch ol og ic al tr us t bu le ge ni 15 6 -0 .0 26 0. 35 0 1. 07 1 1. 14 8 3. 71 8 -2 .1 89 1. 52 8 si m u 90 -0 .0 19 0. 21 9 0. 95 3 0. 90 9 3. 46 2 -1 .8 28 1. 63 4 n am isu ni 18 5 0. 03 1 0. 31 1 0. 96 4 0. 93 0 3. 81 0 -2 .1 82 1. 62 8 to ta l 43 1 0. 00 0 0. 28 5 1. 00 0 1. 00 0 3. 82 3 -2 .1 89 1. 63 4 se cu rit y bu le ge ni 15 6 0. 00 6 0. 14 4 0. 90 4 0. 81 7 3. 65 3 -2 .0 77 1. 57 6 si m u 90 0. 00 7 0. 38 0 1. 03 6 1. 07 4 3. 67 3 -1 .9 36 1. 73 7 n am isu ni 18 5 -0 .0 08 0. 28 9 1. 06 2 1. 12 7 3. 82 8 -2 .2 49 1. 57 9 to ta l 43 1 0. 00 0 0. 27 3 1. 00 0 1. 00 0 3. 98 7 -2 .2 49 1. 73 7 ph ys ic al h ou sin g bu le ge ni 15 6 -0 .0 26 -0 .2 10 0. 91 1 0. 83 1 5. 13 2 -0 .8 85 4. 24 7 si m u 90 0. 30 0 -0 .2 36 1. 49 0 2. 22 1 5. 95 3 -1 .5 23 4. 43 0 n am isu ni 18 5 -0 .1 25 -0 .2 21 0. 70 8 0. 50 1 5. 46 7 -0 .9 01 4. 56 6 to ta l 43 1 0. 00 0 -0 .2 21 1. 00 0 1. 00 0 6. 08 9 -1 .5 24 4. 56 6 la nd ho ld in g bu le ge ni 15 6 -0 .0 69 -0 .3 32 0. 83 9 0. 70 3 6. 17 0 -1 .2 30 4. 94 0 si m u 90 0. 43 58 0. 10 2 1. 56 3 2. 44 2 8. 62 6 -1 .6 32 6. 99 3 n am isu ni 18 5 -0 .1 54 -0 .3 50 0. 66 3 0. 43 9 5. 15 4 -1 .6 36 3. 51 8 to ta l 43 1 0. 00 0 -0 .2 70 1. 00 0 1. 00 0 8. 62 9 -1 .6 36 6. 99 3 150 anna lina bartl 3.2.2 comparison of physical and social-psychological factors to compare physical and social-psychological influences in a second step, i investigated z-standardized factors. following the descriptive results shown in table 10, the total range and the ranges per sub-county for z-scores of the social-psychological factors trust and security are < 4. the ranges of the z-scores of the factors housing and landholding of the physical component of wellbeing show greater (5.132 to 8.629) differences between minimum and maximum values of z-scores in total and for individual subcounties. the physical component of wellbeing thus indicates greater variation and also a higher diversity in the percentage impact on wellbeing compared to the social-psychological component. however, figure 4 gives a more detailed explanation for the impacts of the individual factors on wellbeing by sub-county. it shows the means for all factors and the ci of wellbeing for the individual sub-counties and reveals that landholding has the strongest impact on wellbeing in all individual sub-counties, although this impact is negative (negative scores correspond to values less than the mean) in the sub-counties of bulegeni and namisuni. the means of the social-psychological factors trust and security are clearly smaller for all individual sub-counties, except for bulegeni, where trust causes lower means for wellbeing of the hhs. with regard to the mean of total wellbeing, the results in fig. 4 show that in simu, the wellbeing score is the highest, followed by bulegeni and namisuni. figure 4. means for the factors trust, security, housing, and landholding, and the ci of wellbeing for the sub-counties bulegeni, namisuni, and simu (after z-score transformation). 151the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region 4. discussion the findings presented here suggest that wellbeing can be explained mainly by the four factors trust, security, landholding, and housing quality, containing in total ten indicators divided into physical and social-psychological components that have different impacts on the wellbeing of individual hhs in the research area. in addition, an influence of the sub-county on wellbeing was found that can be explained primarily by the significant differences found for the physical factors housing and landholding. the physical conditions of the hhs show that only a few have homes with plaster or brick walls, or wood or cement floors. this finding confirms those of the nphc (2014), where only 6.6% of the interviewed hhs responded that their dwellings were constructed with permanent floor materials and 6.9% with permanent wall materials. the total mean for our sample group for land used for agricultural activity is 0.95 hectares, whereas the total mean for land used for coffee cultivation is about half that (0.5 ha). other studies in the mount elgon region of uganda found that the majority of their sample group had less than one hectare of land (e.g., mugagga 2011). for both land used for agricultural activity in general and land used for coffee cultivation, the ranges of values for the area are up to ten times higher than the mean, which indicates wide disparity with regard to landholding in the community, especially in simu. the smaller means for the social-psychological factors could also be explained by the transformation into z-scores: indicators with extreme values, such as those for landholding, have a greater effect on the ci, because indicators are converted to a common scale with a mean of zero and standard deviation of one. here, extreme values were not excluded, because differences in hectares of land could not be ignored in cases where the main economic activity is farming. nevertheless, it is widely accepted that landholdings are the major factor for hhs depending on agriculture. even though the entire social-psychological component and also the individual factors trust and security do not significantly differ between sub-counties (quality of results from anova were confirmed by levene’s and ks tests), the results still show a significant influence of the sub-county on the single indicators economically secure and safe from violence and crime. the means for the final calculated ci of wellbeing indicate the highest wellbeing for the sub-county of simu, followed by bulegeni and namisuni. the same order is found for the range of wellbeing within the sub-counties. to conclude, the results show differences in wellbeing within, and even greater differences in wellbeing between sub-counties, confirming the hypothesis stated at the outset. although there has been no direct research on wellbeing in the area under investigation here, findings reported by the nphc (2014) also indicate differing levels of wealth in different sub-counties: for instance, the percentage of 6-12-year-old children not attending school is 17.6% in bulegeni, 13.6% in namisuni, and 12.9% in simu. in addition, the percentage of 18-30-year-olds who are not in school and not working ranges widely, from the lowest in bulegeni (8.7%), followed by simu (12.5%), to the highest in namisuni (27.1%). looking at the percentage of people eating less than two times a day, simu has the highest rate at 9.3%, followed by namisuni at 7.2% and bulegeni at 5.3% (nphc 2014). in contrast to the results of the present paper, the findings of the nphc (2014) do not clearly indicate distinct trends for the individual sub-counties. 152 anna lina bartl the sub-counties investigated in this study do not border each other. looking at the map of the sub-counties, it becomes clear that namisuni and bulegeni are closer to each other than to simu. the geographical distances between the sub-counties correspond to similarities in the results of the wellbeing index, with sub-counties that are geographically closer showing more similar results. further research should investigate whether geographic location really matters for wellbeing and whether there are other reasons that could explain the differences in physical wellbeing in different sub-counties. a possible explanation for the higher welfare in simu could be the better access to roads, which enable faster and safer transport to the next town and could also lead to economic advantages. another possible explanation could be better ecological conditions. it can be assumed that the presence of sisiyi falls in simu could provide a more constant water source for crop cultivation or lessen the impact of droughts. this could lead to higher income from coffee selling or lower expenditures for food that has to be purchased in addition to self-sufficiency agriculture. proving this assumption would require further investigation of the water sources in bulegeni and namisuni. also, the housing quality parameter could explain the differences in wellbeing, because in namisuni and bulengeni, soils are too poor to make bricks, and transportation costs for bricks in both of these sub-counties with lower wellbeing far exceed the cost of the bricks themselves, whereas in simu, the conditions for building a permanent house do not entail such high transaction costs. there could, however, be several other reasons for better physical wellbeing in simu that should be included in further analyses. it might also be interesting to find reasons explaining the higher trust levels and the lower security perceptions in namisuni than in the other sub-counties. nonetheless, several impacts of the data-driven development of the ci of wellbeing should be considered. here, we interviewed the hh heads, who in our sample group are mainly men. considering that based on their role within the hh, women are more likely to consider the wellbeing of the entire family, there might be differences in the indicators impacting wellbeing. a female perspective could be somewhat more representative of the wellbeing of the entire hh and might also consider more health or educational indicators, such as those found in the women’s capabilities index for malawi developed by greco (2018). due to the widespread gendered division of labor in uganda and the corresponding differences in men’s and women’s responsibilities for coffee-related tasks (bantebya et al. 2014), it might be difficult to collect high-quality data from the hh heads’ wives on questions about the economic or security level of the hh, realms that traditionally are the husband’s responsibility. this issue does not have a major impact on the comparability within our sample group, but the higher number of male-headed hhs interviewed for this study compared to the research area reduces the representativeness of the results for the entire research area. nevertheless, the construction of a ci has the advantage of measuring wellbeing indirectly. indirectly answered questions can lead to a lower impact of social desirability of the answers given by the farmers. it can further prevent low response quality due to different understandings of what complex terms like wellbeing mean. however, there are many different ways to construct a ci, starting with the definition of the term wellbeing, contentrelated selection criteria for indicators, the statistical analysis of reliability of indicators, all the way to the choice of a tool for measuring the weight of influencing factors. even 153the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region if many indicators were involved here, indicators such as the hh head’s health status or coffee productivity might be considered for further data collection. in the future, social and psychological components could be differentiated in more detail to provide an even better picture of what wellbeing means for the hhs investigated. each individual step in constructing the ci influences how well the ci reflects wellbeing. nevertheless, even the best choices in each step would lead to a loss in information due to the merging of single indicators. however, the weighting of the factors was also calculated by the variance of the pca and resulted in higher weighting for trust and security than for landholding and housing. using results from (male) expert interviews would have led to higher weighting for landholding because “land comes first for farmers”3, but for reasons of objectivity, the results of the pca were used. the precondition for the calculation of weights based on results of the pca was that the indicators identified as relevant correlate, which was given after pearson’s correlation. along with the measurement of suitability to use the factor weighing approach of the pca developed by nicoletti et al. (2000), correlations between indicators also provide deeper insights into the data set, which i briefly discuss in the following. from the positive relationship between the perception economically secure and land used for coffee cultivation, it can be assumed that an increase in land used for coffee cultivation is associated with higher income. the positive relationship between the level of happiness and the area for coffee cultivation may be explained by a higher level of business activities and greater freedom to spend money for the cultivation of cash crops. food crops grown by farmers for their own consumption could improve the nutritional status of the hh. sometimes leftovers from subsistence agriculture are sold at local markets, which yields small amounts of cash income. however, this cash income is not sufficient to cover the costs of families’ basic needs such as health care, education, and shelter. one should keep in mind that coffee is only harvested once a year and coffee prices and coffee yields differ from season to season depending on weather and world market prices for coffee. it cannot be assumed that farmers are willing to switch the total area used for subsistence agriculture to coffee cultivation due to significant changes in market prices for the already low prices they get per kilo of coffee. sometimes prices do not even cover the production costs (sayer 2002). if, in such cases, farmers would only cultivate coffee and not engage in any subsistence agriculture, a reduction in wellbeing would likely be the result. in addition, landholding as such usually cannot be increased in this region, while access to land often decreases substantially from one generation to the next due to the high fertility rates and the division of inherited land among siblings (mugagga 2011). this issue will become even more critical if fertility rates remain high and if inherited land continues to be split from one generation to the next (supre 2018). if farmers want to increase the area for coffee cultivation, they will have to do so on the land they currently own. otherwise, land dispossession could lead to even higher negative impacts on the wellbeing of farming hhs. previous results from liebig et al. (2016) also indicate that some of the plots in the same districts “showed no or a very low coffee productivity as a consequence of old 3 in addition to the quantitative interviews presented here, qualitative interviews and expert interviews were conducted by the research team. 154 anna lina bartl coffee bushes or inappropriate management practices”. improving farm management practices could therefore also help the ucda to reach the goal of quadrupling uganda’s coffee production (see ucda 2019) by improving farmers’ resource situation and enabling them to increase their coffee productivity. research on the basic conditions for this could not only help to increase coffee productivity; it could also prevent or slow down the reduction in coffee production as the suitable land for arabica coffee cultivation in uganda declines due to climate change (jassogne et al. 2012). furthermore, results show that farmers’ belief that their concerns are taken into consideration by the local government is stronger than their trust in government officials. therefore, it can be assumed that the trust in institutions is higher than the trust in most people the farmers work with directly. the level of happiness also increases with higher values for trust in most people, trust in government officials, and consideration of farmers’ concerns by the local government (and the other way around). the same correlation is visible for the relationship between all other indicators of security and the indicators of the factor trust. research on the individuals who act as middlemen for coffee sellers (baffes 2006) has shown that they are known to engage in unfair and exploitative business practices. this could explain, for instance, the positive relationship between trust in most people and the perception of being economically secure. mosley and verschoor (2005) confirmed the latter correlation in their study investigating trust levels in sironko and bufumbo, districts close to bulambuli investigated here, and found that trust increases with the wealth status of a hh. however, the high knowledge and information gap in the research area could also have an impact on trust. according to the study by sseguya et al. (2012), which was implemented in southeast uganda, information networks among farmers, extension workers, local governments, and the private sector are very uncommon and lead to a high information gap on the part of the farmers, depending on which sources of information a farmer has access to. the positive relationship between the perception of being safe from violence and crime and (a) trust in government officials and the high positive values for (b) local government considers the farmers’ concerns is consistent with the assumption that farmers who have trust in institutions feel more protected. the results of the data set presented here are only suitable to provide a static specification of wellbeing at the time of data collection. to measure dynamic changes in wellbeing over time, further data collection could enable repeated evaluations and could also include medical or nutritional status or additional aspects of housing quality to increase the number of potential physical indicators. in addition, detailed investigation of factors influencing wellbeing (e.g., income, education, number of children) and of the relationship between perceived deficiencies and wellbeing should be a focus of further research. 5. conclusions the main aim of this paper was to understand how coffee farmers in the mount elgon region of uganda perceive their wellbeing. the ci for wellbeing and the wellbeing indicators served as suitable instruments to test the hypotheses that (1) wellbeing in the investigated research area is not equally distributed within and between sub-counties and that (2) the physical wellbeing component causes a lower wellbeing level of hhs than social 155the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region and psychological indicators. the findings from these hypotheses regarding the composition of wellbeing and the dependencies between wellbeing indicators provide a sound basis for policy recommendations. the selection of nineteen potential indicators for the resulting physical and socialpsychological components of wellbeing was made according to statistical relevance. the results of the explorative pca show that trust, security, housing, and landholding, containing in total ten of the previously selected indicators, provide the most comprehensive composite picture of wellbeing, explaining 81.20% of the total variance. the weight of each factor within the ci of wellbeing—which was calculated by the percentage of variance explained by the factor after varimax rotation divided by the total variance of all factors—was ranked from trust, showing the highest weight, to security and housing, all the way to landholding with the lowest weight. nevertheless, housing and landholding provided the highest z-scores in both directions, negative and positive, and were thus identified as the highest-impact factor for all sub-counties, even after the lowest weighting within the ci formula. due to the high negative values for landholding in bulegeni and namisuni, the hypothesis that physical wellbeing causes lower wellbeing constitutions of hhs than social-psychological wellbeing can be confirmed. for simu, a sub-county with greater access to land, the factor landholding also has a high impact on wellbeing, but in a positive way. the main finding for the physical indicators is the overall low level of wellbeing. the final ci for wellbeing shows differences in wellbeing between and also within sub-counties, which confirms the previously mentioned first hypothesis. the dependencies between indicators and different impact levels of indicators of wellbeing within the ci of wellbeing provide the basis for several policy recommendations. because land area is a variable that cannot be increased in the area under investigation here, the only recommendation that can be made would be to mandate official registration of land to prevent potential land-grabbing motivated by the nutrient-rich volcanic soils in the mount elgon region (undp 2012). official land registration should attempt to establish equal land rights between husbands and wives. at the moment, it is common that the man holds the land rights (even though this is not official). in cases of the male hh head’s death, his male relatives inherit those rights. the loss of land often increases the economic vulnerability of the remaining hh members. this is an important issue, considering that about the half of the female-headed hhs of the hhs presented here are widowed. the level of happiness and the perception of being economically secure could be improved by a higher percentage of land used for coffee cultivation. due to the previously mentioned drawbacks for coffee farmers when increasing the percentage of land for coffee cultivation, this cannot be generally recommended. instead, the results point to policy recommendations that farmers should be trained in methods to improve their currently low coffee productivity to increase their income from coffee production. another recommendation to increase income from coffee selling would be to implement standardized processes for coffee-selling activities. contracts between buyers and sellers, improved access to information about the coffee market to reduce the information gap between buyers and coffee farmers, reliable weighing scales, or even a statutory minimum price could be explored as approaches to increase income from coffee selling and mitigate issues of mistrust. 156 anna lina bartl the currently low housing quality of the majority of hhs is also having an impact on the wellbeing of the coffee-farming hhs. here, development activities could focus on improving housing quality, for instance, by improving access to financial services, providing construction loans, or offering subsidized prices for bricks and other construction materials. this might be an effective approach to improve the level of wealth in the area under investigation and could improve wellbeing levels, especially in namisuni and bulegeni. the results presented here could further be used to investigate the success of existing development approaches in the bulambuli district. to conclude, the results presented here suggest that in the future, the already low wellbeing of the hhs in this area will decrease further with each subsequent generation due to existing land inheritance structures and the steadily decreasing suitability of land for arabica coffee cultivation as a result of changing weather conditions. policy and market-related activities should be implemented to help the coffee farmers in the mount elgon region by enabling them to improve their resource levels and cope with the growing challenges (dodge et al. 2012) in order to maintain—or better, increase—their current levels of wellbeing. 6. acknowledgments the author would like to thank the whole team of naro for logistical support. i am also very grateful to all local field assistants for their reliable assistance and to all of the farmers who were willing to take part in the research program and who welcomed us into their homes. last, but not least, i would like to thank dr. justus masa for advice and local recommendations and comments on this research. 7. references ahmed, m. h., & mesfin, h. m. (2017). the impact of agricultural cooperatives membership on the wellbeing of smallholder farmers: empirical evidence from eastern ethiopia. agricultural and food economics 5(6). allen, r. p. (2001). the wellbeing of nations: a country-by-country index of quality of life and the environment. washington d.c.: island press. bacon, c. (2005). confronting the coffee crisis: can fair trade, organic, and specialty coffees reduce small-scale farmer vulnerability in northern nicaragua? world development 33(3): 497-511. baffes, j. (2006). restructuring uganda’s coffee industry: why going back to basics matters. development policy review 24(4): 413-436. bantebya, g. k., muhanguzi, f. k., and watson, c. (2014). adolescent girls in the balance: changes and continuity in social norms and practices around marriage and education in uganda. country report. london, uk: overseas development institute.. beaumont, j. (2011). measuring national well-being: discussion paper on domains and measures. monthly digest od statistics 790: 117-150. bundesministerium für wirtschaftliche zusammenarbeit und entwicklung (2016). uganda. http://www.bmz.de/de/laender_regionen/subsahara/uganda/index.html. accessed 10 november 2019. 157the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region bolwig, s. (2012). poverty and gender effects of smallholder organic contract farming in uganda. ussp working paper 8, washington, d.c.: international food policy research institute (ifpri). chiputwa b., qaim m. and spielman d. j. (2015). food standards, certification, and poverty among coffee farmers in uganda. world development 66: 400-412. damatta f.m., cavatte p.c. and martins s.c.v. (2012). coffee physiology: growth, yield and quality. in oberthür t., läderach p., pohlan j. and cock j.h. (eds), specialty coffee: managing quality, penang: international plant nutrition institute. decancq, k. and lugo, m. a. (2012). inequality of wellbeing: a multidimensional approach. economica 79(316): 721-746. dodge, r., daly, a., huyton, j. and sanders, l. (2012). the challenge of defining wellbeing. international journal of wellbeing 2(3): 222-235. doss, c. r. (2002). men’s crops? women’s crops?: the gender patterns of cropping in ghana. world development 30(11): 1987-2000. estoque, r. c., togawa, t., ooba, m., gomi, k., nakamura, s., hijioka, y. and kameyama, y. (2018). a review of quality of life (qol) assessments and indicators: towards a “qol-climate” assessment framework. ambio 48(6): 619-638. food and agriculture organization of the united nations (fao) (2013). the directorgeneral’s medium term plan 2014-17 and programme of work and budget 201415. thirty-eighth session of the conference 15 –22 june 2013. c2013/3. rome. field a. (2009). discovering statistics using spss. new york: sage publications. formo r.k. and padegimas b. (2012). mount elgon landslide information needs. feasibility study report. grid-arendal. http://worldcoffee.info/media/docs/uganda-elgon/mt.elgon_report_ final_landslide_formo-padegimas-oct-2012.pdf. accessed 10 november 2019. frank, e., eakin, h. and lópez-carr, d. (2011). social identity, perception and motivation in adaptation to climate risk in the coffee sector of chiapas, mexico. global environmental change 21(1): 66-76. greco, g. (2018). setting the weights: the women’s capabilities index for malawi. social indicators research 135(2): 457-478. headey, b. w. and wearing, a. j. (1992). understanding happiness: a theory of subjective well-being. melbourne: longman cheshire. hendry, l. b. and kloep, m. (2002). lifespan development: resources, challenges and risks. london: thomson learning. jassogne l., läderach p. and van asten p. (2012). the impact of climate change on coffee in uganda: lessons from a case study in the rwenzori mountains. oxfam research reports. nairobi: oxfam research reports. joint research centre-european commission (jrcec) (2008). handbook on constructing composite indicators: methodology and user guide. oecd publishing. paris. kahneman, d. (1999). objective happiness: well-being. the foundations of hedonic psychology 3(25): 1-23. keyes, c. l., shmotkin, d. and ryff, c. d. (2002). optimizing well-being: the empirical encounter of two traditions. journal of personality and social psychology 82(6): 1007. läderach p., ovalle o., lau c., haggar j., eitzinger a., baca m., benedikter a. and zelaya c. (2012). climate change at mesoamerican origins. in oberthür t., läderach p., 158 anna lina bartl pohlan j. and cock j.h. (eds), specialty coffee: managing quality. penang. malaysia: international plant nutrition institute.. liebig, t., jassogne, l., rahn, e., läderach, p., poehling, h. m., kucel, p., van asten, p. and avelino, j. (2016). towards a collaborative research: a case study on linking science to farmers’ perceptions and knowledge on arabica coffee pests and diseases and its management. plos one 11(8): e0159392. mosley, p. and verschoor, a. (2005). the development of trust and social capital in rural uganda: an experimental approach. working papers 2005011. the university of sheffield. mugagga, f. (2011). land use change, landslide occurrence and livelihood strategies on mount elgon slopes, eastern uganda. phd dissertation, faculty of science at the nelson mandela metropolitan university. uganda bureau of statistics (ubos) (2017). bulambuli district. national population and housing census 2014: area specific profiles. kampala. nicoletti, g., s. scarpetta and o. boylaud (2000). summary indicators of product market regulation with an extension to employment protection legislation. working paper no. 226. paris: oecd publishing. ruben, r., and fort, r. (2012). the impact of fair trade certification for coffee farmers in peru. world development 40(3): 570-582. santeramo, f. g. (2015). on the composite indicators for food security: decisions matter!. food reviews international 31(1): 63-73. sayer, g. (2002). the impact of falling world prices on livelihoods in uganda. coffee futurs, uganda coffee report for oxfam. oxford, uk: oxfam gb. seligman, m. e. (2011). flourish: a new understanding of happiness and well-being and how to achieve them. boston: nicholas brealey. suh, e., diener, e. and fujita, f. (1996). events and subjective well-being: only recent events matter. journal of personality and social psychology 70(5): 1091–1102. state of uganda population report (supre) (2018). good governance: a prerequisite to harness the demographic dividend for sustainable development. http://npcsec.go.ug/ wp-content/uploads/2013/06/supre-2018-.pdf. accessed 23 november 2019. sseguya, h., mazur, r., abbott, e. and matsiko, f. (2012). information and communication for rural innovation and development: context, quality and priorities in southeast uganda. the journal of agricultural education and extension 18(1): 55-70. uganda bureau of statistics (ubos) (2010). uganda census of agriculture 2008/2009, uganda bureau of statistics and ministry of agriculture, animal industry and fisheries. kampala. united nations development programme (undp) and bureau for crisis prevention and recovery (bcpr) (2012). climate risk: management for sustainable crop pro-duction in uganda: rakai and kapchorwa districts. new york. uganda coffee development authority (ucda) (2018). ucda monthly report for march 2018. kampala. uganda coffee development authority (ucda) (2019). ucda monthly report for july 2019. kampala. uganda national household survey (unhs) (2018). uganda national household survey 2016/2017 report. uganda bureau of statistics (ubos). kampala. 159the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region list of abbreviations ci composite indicator hh household jrcec joint research centre, european commission ks kolmogorov-smirnov naro national agricultural research organization pca principal component analysis ubos uganda bureau of statistics ucda uganda coffee development authority unhs uganda national household survey consumers’ rationality and home-grown values for healthy and environmentally sustainable food simone cerroni1,2,3,*, verity watson4, jennie i. macdiarmid5 the wellbeing of smallholder coffee farmers in the mount elgon region: a quantitative analysis of a rural community in eastern uganda anna lina bartl agricultural sector performance, institutional framework and food security in nigeria romanus osabohien1,3,*, evans osabuohien1,3, precious ohalete2,3 innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources? michele vollaro1,*, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 determinants of farm households’ willingness to accept (wta) compensation for conservation technologies in northern ghana evelyn delali ahiale1,*, kelvin balcombe2, chittur srinivasan2 bio-based and applied economics 6(1): 57-79, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-18535 a stakeholder engagement approach for identifying future research directions in the evaluation of current and emerging applications of gmos davide menozzi1*, kaloyan kostov2, giovanni sogari1, salvatore arpaia3, daniela moyankova2, cristina mora1 1 department of food and drug, university of parma, parma 43125, italy 2 abi – agrobioinstitute, sofia 1164, bulgaria 3 enea – national agency for new technologies, energy and sustainable economic development, rotondella (mt) 75026, italy date of submission: 2016 30th, june; accepted 2017 3rd, february abstract. the yield of several commodity crops is provided in large part by genetically modified crops in north and south america. however, reservations exist in europe due to possible negative effects on human health or environment. this paper aims to analyse the current research priorities identified in eu countries and to engage european stakeholders into the formulation of future common research needs regarding the effects of the possible adoption of commercially available and forthcoming genetically modified organisms (gmos) in the areas of socio-economics, human and animal health, and environment. additionally, it aims to identify the requirements for sharing available research capacities and existing infrastructures. first a mapping exercise of existing research activities in europe was performed. a questionnaire was developed on a webbased platform and submitted to national focal points to collect information from eu member states. information was collected from 320 research projects conducted in the last 10 years in europe. to refine results of the surveys, twenty invited experts and stakeholders from the public funding agencies of different eu member states participated in an international workshop. this paper reports the main findings of these activities. keywords. genetically modified organisms (gmos), socio-economic, human and animal health, environment, workshop jel codes. q16, q55, o30 1. introduction scientific and technological progress in agriculture has resulted in innovations that have contributed to increase production and productivity. genetically modified (gm) *corresponding author: davide.menozzi@unipr.it 58 d. menozzi crops have shown an extremely rapid adoption rate in many areas of the world. about 12 percent (179.7 million of 1.5 billion hectares) of global cropland was invested with gm crops in 2015 (james, 2015). maize area summed up to 53.7 million hectares in 2015 and gm soybean was cultivated over 92 million hectares during the same cropping season. herbicide tolerance (ht) crops occupy 100 million ha, insect resistant (ir) 26 million ha and crops expressing stacked ht and ir traits were planted on 45 million ha. however at the same time, in different world areas genetically modified organisms (gmos) have experienced a transnational opposition from different interests groups (herring, 2008). opposition to transgenic crops has often argued the lack of sufficient scientific data demonstrating that gm crops are harmless to humans and to the environment (rausser et al., 2015; yang and chen, 2016). although these uncertainties about food and feed products derived from plant breeding is not confined to transgenic plants (herring, 2008) and that, beyond transgenic plants, alternative methods are being applied to obtain new crop varieties (parisi et al., 2016), gmos are often questioned in regards of the uncertainty of their possible risks. schurman and munro (2010) describe how these concerns gained consensus in a network of stakeholders, including consumer, environmental, and social-justice organizations. the european union has endorsed the precautionary principle and therefore in its risk assessment a central role is sought in addressing and dealing with these uncertainties. the eu regulations on gmos constitute a salient issue of risk governance given the politically high visibility of the topic (drott et al., 2013). the eu regulatory framework on gmos includes rules on authorization conditions, traceability, labelling, segregation, co-existence, which are established by the european commission based on the risk assessment procedures conducted by the european food safety authority (efsa) which provides independent scientific advice on this topic (drott et al., 2013). accordingly, scientific research promoted by the european commission so far has also been framed considering the (potential) positive and negative effects of gmos. despite the global opposition, transgenic crops have spread rapidly in the agribusiness, and the number of gm events at the commercial cultivation, precommercial or regulatory stages has more than doubled between 2008 and 2014 (parisi et al., 2016). the uneven adoption rate of gm crops is still evident. us continues to be the lead country with 70.9 million hectares (ca 40% of global) with about 90% adoption for the principal crops: maize, soybean and cotton (james, 2015). while gm plants currently available feature a limited set of different traits, there are several crops with novel traits in the regulatory pipeline and at late stages of research and development (r&d) (e.g., resistance to viruses and pests, tolerance to drought, modified chemical composition, enhanced nutritional content, etc.) (national academy of science, engineering and medicine, 2016). cultivation in the eu has remained limited to bt-maize that in 2013 has been cultivated in almost 150,000 hectares mainly in spain (137,000 ha), followed by portugal, the czech republic, and romania and slovakia (european commission, 2015). however, five new gm events for cultivation are currently being examined by eu commission for a possible imminent approval. at the same time, the number of experimental field release trials has seen a continuous decline over the last years (gómez-galera et al., 2012). it is notable that although a plethora of research projects have been conducted resulting in scientific publications which examine the impacts of gm crops on the receiving environments, on animal and human health, and on the functioning of farms, markets and 59stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research rural communities, the technology is still controversial on a number of levels. there is a large body of scientific evidence suggesting that, although there are still reasons for concern and associated risks which must be carefully assessed (e.g., crop failures, price increases, seed market monopolisation and farmers’ dependency on a few technology providers, coexistence with non-gm crops, negative impacts on non-target organisms, and resistance development in target pest populations, etc.), when managed and used appropriately gm crops may provide notable benefits (e.g., reduced use of pesticides, implementation of notill agriculture which sequesters carbon and builds up exhausted soils, increased harvests, revenues and profits for farmers, reduced mycotoxin content in harvested maize, etc.) (baram and bourrierm, 2011; graef et al., 2012; mora et al., 2012; jacobsen et al., 2013; devos et al., 2014; mannion and morse, 2012). at the same time, there is also a growing body of completed and on-going scientific programmes specifically dedicated to the assessment of the potential socio-economic, environmental and health effects of the use of gm crops within both europe and globally (european commission, 2010). given the number of research initiatives, it is important to focus the available resources for research on the most critical gaps in our knowledge, so that more informed regulatory and policy decisions can be made in the future. this means, at the eu level, to significantly enhance the alignment of the research programmes of the individual member states, identifying knowledge gaps and capacity building needs, in order to avoid duplication of work in these areas, to leverage complementarities, and to enhance coordination between scientists from all over europe. this should be done improving the engagement of stakeholders (e.g., industry, farming organisations, civil society organisations – cso, non-governmental organisations – ngos, eu and national competent authorities, funding organisations, academia, etc.) in the shaping of future research agendas and programmes, in order to make these research programmes more meaningful to the end-users of the scientific results, and to increase legitimisation of research trajectories and ownership (ross, 2007; noteborn and van duijne, 2011; graef et al., 2012). the involvement of stakeholders in the identification of risks and concerns is believed to have a key role in the process of technology evaluation. the use of gmos is given as an example for contested innovation in the eu, which failed to take into consideration the ethical concerns, uncertainties and risks at an early stage of the technology development (van den hoven, 2013). although the use of gm crops in agriculture remains greatly questioned in the eu, new varieties have been developed around the world, which may find their way into the eu market in the near future (parisi et al., 2016). genomic technologies have substantially improved since the appearance of first cultivated gm crops, so that individual plant’s genome can be sequenced and analysed, genotyping methods have improved in throughput and cost efficiency; thus, it is likely that additional traits can be introduced into cultivated plants with increased efficiency and reduce costs associated with breeding. such developments imply the need to steer the public research policy to invest its resources in better correspondence to the social concerns related to genetic technologies. this paper is part of the presto gmo era-net project1 aiming at creating and successfully implementing an era-net (european research area network)2 that will coor1 presto gmo era-net (preparatory steps towards a gmo research era-net), eu fp7, grant agreement n. 612739. see the website: http://www.presto-gmo-era-net.eu. 2 the objective of the era-net scheme is to step up the cooperation and coordination of research activities 60 d. menozzi dinate research activities carried out at national or regional level in the member states and the mutual opening of national and regional research programmes on the effects of gmos in the areas of socio-economics, human and animal health, and the environment (rauschen et al., 2015). in particular, this paper aims to identify knowledge gaps and future research needs on the effects of gmos based on the analysis of the research priorities and a dialogue with the stakeholders. we present the results of a mapping exercise of existing research activities on the effects of gmos in europe, and the main outcomes of an international workshop with relevant experts and stakeholders, european institutions, and csos held in milan in november 2014. 2. material and methods 2.1 mapping of existing research activities the first step was to provide an overview of existing research activities and knowledge regarding the socio-economic, health, and environmental effects of gmos in europe. this was performed by an up-to-date mapping of national research programmes, projects, infrastructures, activities, research groups and capacities in the eu and internationally. the following gmo assessment databases or datasets were used in mapping existing research activities: scar-collaborative working group “gmo risk research” (scar-cwg, 2012), the biosaferes database3, and the european commission’s compendium summarizing the results of 50 gmo research projects, co-funded by the ec and conducted in the period 2001-2010 (european commission, 2010). the data were integrated and updated with a questionnaire developed on a web-based platform (the cadima4 database) and submitted to national focal points to collect information from member states (moyankova and kostov, 2015). through the questionnaire it was possible to collect details describing recent and ongoing projects examining the gmo effects, such as the thematic area of the research, the sources of funding and the type of organizations that carried out the research. the questionnaire was designed in a specialized section of the cadima database for collection of data about the recent and ongoing gmo assessment projects. the projects were characterized by one reviewer according to several categories including: a. type of funding (government, eu funding, industry, other); b. type of project leading organization (research/academy, individual, private company, other); c. regional level of the project consortium (national, international eu, international beyond eu); d. type of organizations in the project consortium (industry, research/academy, governcarried out at national or regional level in the member states and associated states through the networking of research activities conducted at national or regional level, and the mutual opening of national and regional research programmes. 3 the biosaferes database is a worldwide, web-based, free and public-access database of past and current research projects in gmo biosafety, is improving communication within the scientific community, and thus clearly facilitates development of more and better worldwide collaborative research ventures in this field by encouraging synergy. available at: http://biosaferes.icgeb.org. 4 central access database for impact assessment of crop genetic improvement technologies, see the website: http://www.cadima.info. 61stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research ment, other, or mix of them); e. type of gmo analysed in the project (gm plant, gm animal, gm micro-organisms); f. main topic of gmo impact assessment (environment, animal health, human health, technology/society, other); g. sub-topics of impact assessment (e.g., for environment: soil, water, air, biodiversity, plant pest and diseases, geochemical variables, landscape structure, target effects, nontarget effects, other). 2.2 the stakeholder engagement approach starting from the results of the mapping exercise, the objective of the international workshop held in milan on november 24th, 2014, was to use a transparent and structured approach for recommending a list of transnational research needs regarding the effects of gmos in the areas of socio-economics, human and animal health, and environment, as well as requirements for sharing of available research capacities and existing infrastructures. the focus of the workshop was on gm crops or other applications (e.g., animals, micro-organisms, etc.) on the marketplace or near to be commercialized, not necessarily in the eu, but that may have effects in the eu. applications intentionally released into the environment and/or used immediately in feed and food applications were considered. a stakeholder engagement protocol was agreed with project partners to clarify workshop aims, activities, and research question development (menozzi et al., 2014). the stakeholder involvement process began with the generation of a “potential stakeholder database”. the experts were specifically selected based on their career, successfully achievements and long-standing expertise in the field of gmos related to scientific, economic, social and policies aspects. in addition, a broadest group of stakeholders in different fields were added in the database, including representative leaders of farmer’s organizations, public authorities and agencies, eu research institutions, private companies and other relevant stakeholders. a preliminary list was sent to the project partners and integrated with their suggestions. then, the experts and stakeholders were contacted following a step-by-step criteria in order to have a right balance between the three scientific areas, as well as a fair representation of the member states. a registration before the deadline was required in order to define the number of participants, their role and activities, to guarantee the right balance of the attendees. forty-five stakeholders were invited to represent a right balance of expertise between the three areas (i.e. socio-economics, human and animal health, and environment), organizational perspective (academic, member state and eu agency, cso communities) and geographical areas. the international workshop activities, conducted by three facilitators of the university of parma, were divided into two sections. the morning session was dedicated to share and discuss preliminary results of the project with the participants, including the results of the mapping of existing research activities. in the afternoon session the participants were divided into three working groups, based on the area of expertise or interest, to identify the relevant transnational research needs. the three working groups used a structured multi-stage approach, consisting in six steps. steps from 1 to 5 aimed at populating the list of transnational research needs (figure 1), while step 6 consisted in the identification of capacity/infrastructure needs to cover those research needs. 62 d. menozzi figure 1. flow chart for identifying a list of future research needs by the stakeholders. stage 1. a questionnaire was sent two weeks before the workshop to all the experts and stakeholders to identify the main research questions across gm species/traits and effects. based on their replies to the questionnaire, a structured dataset of initial research questions was populated. stage 2. participants in each working group were encouraged to submit modifications to existing research questions or add new ones, given the evidence provided by the mapping of existing research activities. the initial dataset of research questions was then established. stage 3. each working group reviewed the initial dataset of research questions on its area of expertise discussing whether an existing solution to the research need exists and was available. if this was the case, the use of research outcomes already undertaken was recommended. stage 4. if the research need was not investigated so far, or if the results were not already available or applicable, the experts considered if it was on the european agenda or not. if yes, an eu funded project was more appropriate and therefore recommended. stage 5. if the research need was not on the current eu agenda, the experts checked if it could be defined as a transnational interest. if yes, then a programme funded transnationally by the era-net was a likely solution (transnational research need); otherwise, if it was only on a national agenda, then a national project or programme was suggested. stage 6. once the list of transnational research needs was populated, the moderator asked participants which capacity/infrastructure needs were available in order to cover those transnational research needs. a trained facilitator conducted the discussion in each working group. potential disagreements were discussed, and eventually reported as such. all inputs from the working groups were presented in the plenary session, including the areas of persistent disagreements. 63stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research 3. results: existing research activities on gmos in europe information about 320 projects on existing research activities regarding the techno and socio-economic, health, and environmental effects of gmos in europe were collected through the mapping exercise (moyankova and kostov, 2015). the data included the type of organizations leading the projects, the funding source, the topics of the gmo assessment projects (human health, animal health, environment, technological/social), and the studied gmo species. unfortunately, it was not possible to collect consistent information about the projects’ budget and timing. this may have introduced a bias since it was not possible to evaluate the projects’ relative importance and achieved results. nevertheless, the number and type of projects alone provides a valid mapping of current research activities to be used as a starting point for the purposes of the study. the surveyed gmo projects in europe have started between 1989 and 2010. most of the projects (85%) were led by research or academy organizations such as universities, institutes or research centers. a relatively small portion of the projects were led by government organization and private companies, accounting for only 9% and 5% respectively. most of the projects were carried out at national level (198 projects). international collaboration was predominantly among european countries (80 projects), while only 27 projects included countries outside europe. a number of 15 projects did not provide this information. the gmo projects were led by institutions in different european countries. when considering the number of gmo projects per million capita inhabitants, austria is on leader position with 6.0 projects per million capita, followed by denmark (3.1), norway (2.8), finland (2.3), ireland (1.4), hungary (1.2) and belgium (1.1). the other countries, i.e. france, germany, greece, italy, netherlands, spain, sweden, switzerland and united kingdom, have less than 1 project per million capita. the eu is the only funding source for projects leaded by greek and irish organizations, while other organizations based in hungary, sweden and switzerland had only projects funded by national sources (figure 2). seven of the project leader countries are funded mainly by governments, namely uk, spain, norway, italy, germany, finland and austria. the eu was the major funding source for project leaders based in the netherlands, denmark, france and belgium. not surprisingly, projects were mostly focusing on gm plants (196 projects, 68% of the total, figure 3). gm micro-organisms and gm animals were analysed only in 20 (6%) and 10 (3%) projects, respectively. a few projects (7) were dealing with gm plants and micro-organisms at the same time. many projects did not specify the type of gmo that was analysed (n=65, 20%). the interaction of gmo with the environment was investigated in more than a half of the projects (52%, figure 3). one third of the projects (33%) were dealing with the developments of new methods, tools for detection in and analyses of food and feed, methods for risk assessments, new technique, etc. the effect of gmos on human and animal health is a topic of interest in 10% and 4% of the projects, respectively. many projects covered several topics at the same time. the main subjects (environment, human health, animal health and technology/society) showed the same distribution when crossed by type of studied gmos (figure 3). biodiversity preservation is the predominant sub-topic (58%) in the projects studying the interaction of gmos with the environment (table 1). the effect on non-target species was analysed in 25% of the projects. other sub-categories were objects of only few 64 d. menozzi projects. among the different types of gmos, the gm crops are the most investigated for their effect on the environment (table 1). the technological and socio-economic aspects of the gmos were analysed in 120 projects. development of new methods for gmo detection and technological innovation were predominantly studied in 76% of these projects. among the socio-economic issues, the economic efficiency was studied the most, followed by consumer demand and food security (table 1). many projects covering this figure 2. number of gmo projects by funding source (eu, government, industry and other funding source) in europe per country (n = 305). 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% united kingdom switzerland sweden spain norway netherlands italy ireland hungary greece germany france finland denmark belgium austria eu funding government industry other source: own elaboration. figure 3. type of analysed gmos and main topics (n = 320*). 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 gm animals gm microorganisms gm crops gm crops and microorganisms not specified number of projects technology / society environment human health animal health source: own elaboration. * note: many projects covered more than one topic. 65stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research topic did not specify the type of gmo and this hampered the data analysis. fewer projects treated the effects of gmos on human health (table 1). food safety and allergenicy were the most explored sub-topics in particular for gm crops. the effect of gmos on animal health was explored in 15 projects, where feed safety was the only subject analysed. gm crops interaction with human and animal health was the most studied topic, whilst gm animals impact was analysed in only one project. considering the country of the leading organization, switzerland and spain had projects that only dealt with the effects of gmos on the environment. this subject was the most studied in 7 project leader countries, namely uk, sweden, ireland, france, finland, denmark and austria. organizations from belgium, italy and norway were leading mainly projects about technology and social effect of gmos. gmos safety for human health is relatively more studied in 2 countries, i.e. hungary and greece. the less studied subject was the effect of gm feed on animal’s health. only 5 countries were leading few projects about this topic, the most relevant of which was hungary. table 1. health, environment and socio-economics subtopics of the gmo assessment projects in europe (n=320*). gm crops microorganisms gm animals gm crops and microorganisms not specified total food safety 17 1 1 4 23 feed safety 13 2 15 allergenicity 5 5 toxicity 3 3 therapeutic use 1 1 2 nutritional value 2 2 total health 41 2 1 0 6 50 biodiversity 67 11 2 4 14 98 non-target effects 39 2 1 42 soil 8 2 1 1 12 target effects 6 3 9 plant pest and diseases 6 6 other effects 2 2 total environment 128 13 5 7 16 169 economic efficiency 11 1 2 14 consumer demand 1 1 9 11 food security 2 2 other effects 2 2 total socio-economics 14 0 0 2 13 29 innovative technology 53 7 4 1 18 83 technical application 5 3 8 total technology 56 7 4 1 21 91 total 241 22 10 10 55 339 source: own elaboration. * note: many projects covered more than one topic. 66 d. menozzi 4. results: stakeholders view on the future research needs 4.1 workshop participants of the total 45 experts contacted for participating in the international workshop, a final number of 20 individuals participated in the activities (table 2); powers et al. (2014) suggested that a number between 20 and 25 gives a right balance between the diversity of technical and sector perspectives and fluid working relationships. table 2. workshop contracted persons and participants per category. category contacted persons participants participation rate expert environment 11 7 64% expert socio-economics 4 4 100% expert health 7 2 29% stakeholders 14 2 14% european institutions 4 1 25% funding bodies 5 4 80% total 45 20 44% the experts studying the environmental effects of gmos were the most represented, followed by the socio-economic experts. the participants were 44% of total the number of contacted persons. although a fair gender balance was taken into consideration in contacting the experts, males were more represented than women in the final group of participants (75% males). the weakest participation was found among the stakeholders (14%), whilst the highest rate was found among the socio-economic experts (100%), then the environmental (64%) and finally among the health (29%). the participants originated from ten european countries (italy 3, germany 3, the netherlands 2, austria 2, uk 2, swiss 1, spain 1, denmark 1, bulgaria 1, romania 1); three stakeholders represented european organizations/institutions (i.e., copa/cogeca, the public research & regulation initiative – prri –, and the european food safety authority – efsa). the career stage of the participants was quite homogeneous, since most of them were in a senior position, leaders of research units or project leaders. as observed by schneider and gill (2016) having both young and senior researchers in the same group could discourage some participants to express their views, leading seniors to control the discussion with their point of view. 4.2 initial dataset of research questions the initial dataset of research questions to consider in developing research needs, as resulted from stages 1) and 2) (see section 2.2), have been categorised across the subject areas (i.e. socio-economics, human and animal health, and environment), and species/ traits (i.e. gm crops, insects, animals, micro-organisms and all gmos). thus, defined categories of questions were aligned with the results from the mapping exercise to identify 67stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research potential gaps in the research that has been done so far, and the future research directions considered relevant by the stakeholders. table 3 provides a synthetic representation of the initial research needs considered by the experts in their deeper analysis. a list of 48 research questions was developed by the experts in the socio-economic area. the identified projects in the mapping of current research activities (see table 1, section 3) are related mainly to the economic efficiency and consumer demand. similarly, the stakeholders consider important the general economic effects, such as the costs and the profitability, but also more specific subjects like the economics of segregation/co-existence, legislative framework, consumers perception and attitudes, macro-economic, yields, and other effects (table 3). most of them were considered for all gmos and gm crops in general, or insect resistant (ir) crops and herbicide tolerant/herbicide resistant (ht/ hr) crops. for instance, the experts considered the necessity to include ‘non-pecuniary’ benefits in the analysis of costs savings related to ht and ir crops (e.g., off-farm income, management time saving, labour flexibility, equipment cost savings, better standability, etc.), to improve the methodology to analyse the segregation rules of gmos (e.g., the welfare effects of labelling and segregation policy), and to evaluate the economic effects of relatively less widespread varieties, such as virus-resistant cassava and golden rice. only one research question was identified by the workshop participants for species other than crops: the assessment of the socio-economic impact of gm animals. the large portion of research questions in the initial dataset defined by the stakeholder are specific to different types of gm crops which already exist on the market or are under development. gm plants and crops are also subjects of many projects identified during the mapping exercise (table 1). since new gm crops and traits are under development outside the eu, and potentially access to the common market in the next future, the experts and stakeholders have suggested to concentrate research efforts on vegetable species. the european research carried out so far in the area of human and animal health is primary related to the safety of gm food and feed (table 1). during stages 1) and 2) a number of 25 research needs were identified in the area of health (table 3), divided into the main effects food and feed safety, nutritional value, allergenicity, toxicity and other. for instance, the experts considered the need to assess the positive health effects of the reduced fumonisin content in ir crops. it was argued that gm crop unintentionally produce high amount of toxic substances, e.g. acetylated aspartic acid, and that animal will be the main users being exposed to such substances. therefore, research is needed to focus on developing and validating a test protocol in livestock animals. most of these research needs were considered for all gmos, while none where identified for insects and other animals. this probably because it was stressed that the focus was on gmos on the market or near to be commercialized. these results indicate no substantial differences in the research carried out so far and the future research needs in the area of human and animal health as the questions related to the toxicity, allerginicity and food safety are still central for the novel applications of gmos (parisi et al., 2016). a number of 47 research needs were identify by the experts to cover the area of environment (table 3). most of the projects carried out so far on the environmental impact of gmos are dealing with biodiversity and non-target effects (table 1). questions related to the possible effects to biodiversity of the emerging crop varieties and traits are still of interest according the stakeholders for different kinds of gmos. quality of soil and water 68 d. menozzi ta bl e 3. in iti al re se ar ch n ee ds in th e th re e ar ea s: h ea lth , e nv iro nm en t a nd s oc io -e co no m ic s. a ll g m o s g en er al cr op s ir c ro ps h t/ h r cr op s g m c ro ps w ith st ac ke d tr ai ts rn a iba se d pl an ts o th er pl an ts in se ct s o th er an im al s m ic ro or ga ni sm s to ta l fo od sa fe ty 2 2 2 6 n ut rit io na l v al ue 1 1 3 5 a lle rg in ic ity 3 1 4 to xi ci ty 2 1 3 fe ed sa fe ty 2 1 3 o th er e ffe ct s 4 4 to ta l h ea lth 10 2 3 0 0 4 3 0 0 3 25 bi od iv er sit y 2 3 2 4 2 1 14 so il 2 1 1 2 6 w at er 2 1 2 5 pl an t p es t a nd d ise as es 2 1 1 1 5 a ir 1 1 1 3 ec os ys te m se rv ic es 2 2 c lim at e ch an ge 1 1 o th er e ffe ct s 2 5 4 11 to ta l e nv ir on m en t 11 1 7 4 4 5 9 0 0 6 47 ec on om ic e ffe ct s i n ge ne ra l 1 3 2 2 2 1 11 c os ts 2 1 2 1 6 pr ofi ta bi lit y 1 1 2 1 5 se gr eg at io n/ co ex ist en ce 2 2 4 le gi sla tiv e fr am ew or k 2 2 4 c on su m er s a nd so ci et y 1 1 1 1 4 m ac ro -e co no m ic e ffe ct s 1 1 1 3 yi el ds 1 1 2 o th er e ffe ct s 4 2 2 1 9 to ta l s oc io -e co no m ic s 12 12 10 6 3 0 4 0 1 0 48 so ur ce : o w n el ab or at io n. 69stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research are also pointed as important followed by the effects to plant pest and diseases, air, ecosystem services, climate change, and other effects. most of the research needs were identified for all gmos, ir crops or other plants. for instance, stakeholders claimed to develop field methods to monitor soil process intensity and changes, to implement an application of environmental dna to detect changes in biodiversity, and to evaluate the potential effects on non-targeted organisms (ntos) and the possible protein interactions or synergistic effects of stacked events expressing cry and vip proteins. no research need was identified for gm insects or other animals. the initial dataset of research questions was provided to the workshop participant as a starting point, to support thinking about potential research needs that were outside their specific expertise area. the lists supplemented explicit encouragement to participants to think broadly about potential research areas. the activities of the three working groups have followed the structured multi-stage approach described in figure 1. each working group was arranged of 5/6 experts, one moderator and one note-taker, chosen among the project partners. the participants in each working group reached a relatively small list of research needs (from 14 to 18), also by individual questions into groups of questions that were similar or closely related. consolidating individual questions into broader research areas was encouraged when they had similar implications for an assessment or subsequent risk management decision. the complete list of research needs is reported in menozzi et al. (2014). 4.3 socio-economic research needs the “socio-economic” working group identified several categories of research needs. according to the experts efforts are needed to develop a methodological framework for assessing the socio-economic effects of gmos. this framework should be used to inform policy development. socio-economic considerations are already included in the regulatory frameworks on gmos of some countries (binimelis and myhr, 2016). however, it is necessary to work to develop a robust framework and methodology, including criteria, indicators, etc., capturing socio-economic considerations in biosafety decision-making. garcia-yì et al. (2014) identified six topics, i.e. the farm-level economic impacts, the economics of co-existence, the economics of segregation at the supply chain level, the consumers’ acceptance of gmos, the environmental economics impact and the impacts of gmos on food security. thus, although there is a high interest in the implementation of socioeconomic considerations in biosafety regulations (binimelis and myhr, 2016), research is needed to establish a robust framework on the socio-economic impacts of gmos, and methodology covering data gathering, assessment and decision making. from the supply chain point of view, park et al. (2011) have estimated the revenue forgone by eu farmers due to on-going limited use of ir and ht crops. similarly, the effects of the eu regulation on gmos on eu competitiveness and on innovative research developed at the eu level should be assessed, as well as the welfare effects across different groups in society (e.g., farmers, consumers, etc.) in the context of different policy settings (e.g., labelling). for instance, the eu co-existence measures affect farmers differently across eu member states according to the isolation distances (between gm and non-gm crops) required by different countries and for different species (ramessar et al., 2010). an eco70 d. menozzi nomic evaluation of the welfare distribution of flexible co-existence regulations may assist the adoption of proportionate measures (devos et al., 2014). the stakeholders claimed that the effects of gmos along the whole supply chain should be investigated further. this point goes beyond the common cost-benefit analysis; it considers how the structure of supply chains is affected by innovation, how the efficiency is impacted, how the horizontal/ vertical relationships could change, what are the implication on labour market, etc. up to now, research mostly concentrates on how costs and benefits are distributed along the supply chain (garcia-yì et al., 2014). few projects have already dealt with supply chain impact, on structure and performance, of co-existence and segregation measures (e.g., the eu fp6 projects sigmea and co-extra; see also ghozzi et al., 2016); however, a more deep analysis of supply chain effects (e.g., on structure and relationships) is missing. consumers’ attitude towards the use of new techniques in food production (e.g., new breeding techniques, nanotechnology – gmos) needs to be investigated further. in fact, although most of what can be known by questioning on a hypothetical base has already been investigated (dannenberg, 2009), research is missing on consumers’ acceptance studies using real settings. further research efforts are needed to explore on the economic evaluation of the effects (positive and negative) of gmos on the environment, using a multidisciplinary approach (garcia-yì et al., 2014). in this context, a comparative analysis of gm, organic and conventional crops in terms of environmental, social and economic sustainability, should be elaborated. at farm level, research usually evaluated the main economic effects of gm crops, such as yield, costs, gross margin (european commission, 2011). more research is needed to study the economic implications of more efficient gm varieties, like second generation gmos (e.g., nitrogen-efficient gm wheat), e.g., assessing how these gmos move the yield frontier, how improvements in yield efficiency affect the economic performance of farmers, etc. this research need is likely a transnational one, since not all the countries could have the same interest. moreover, other socio-economic impacts are scarcely documented, such as the indirect effects arising from the gm crops management (e.g., how gm applications affect farm management planning, cropping system, crop rotation, etc.). research should also study the differences between intensive and extensive margin effects (bennett et al., 2013), the stability of new gm crops yields (e.g. draught resistant) on a midand longterm basis, and the economic performance of ht crops (areal et al., 2012). finally, the socio-economic group noted the need to develop systematic reviews and meta-analyses to consolidate existing knowledge, and to improve the communication of available evidence. in terms of communication, research is also needed to better understand the key elements in stakeholders’ communication and interaction. 4.4 human and animal health research needs the “human and animal health” working group distinguished research needs across all types of gm species. major consideration related to the gm crops intended to be used as food and feed is whether they are safe for consumption, which should be evaluated under the eu risk assessment frame. while there is substantial amount of experimental data (e.g., feeding studies with laboratory and livestock animals) for the varieties which already exist on the market (flachowsky et al., 2012; snell et al., 2012; ricroch 71stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research et al., 2014), a specific food safety concerns could emerge with the development of new types of gm crops such as plants combining several modifications (stacks) and gm plants with deliberately modified nutritional properties (halford et al., 2014; ramon et al., 2014). specific health related questions were pointed by the stakeholders; for instance, the group agreed that research is needed to explore toxicity effects of multiple bt proteins in in-vitro systems, the potential hypo-allergenicity of gm crops, and the definition of the minimal required inclusion level of plant-expressed phytase for efficient phosphorus utilization of animals. traceability and post-marker monitoring are also among the stockholders concerns; there is also a considerable lack of data on the traceability of specific gm crops, on verification of consumption and/or potential health impacts of gm food ingredients (e.g., gm crops with enhanced fatty acids), as well as on toxic substances produced by gm plants used in feed production (i.e. acetylated aspartic acid). further, the group noted that little knowledge is available on the health effects of producing pharmaceuticals by the use of gm plants. while substantial progress has been made in the development of gm plants for molecular farming, still the scale remains relatively small, mainly performed in laboratory or contained conditions. the major challenge is the legislative frame and the adaptation of the risk assessment principles to this plant biotechnology applications (sparrow et al., 2013). the group agreed that a common feature of risk assessment of potential protein toxicity is needed (bioinformatics). a specific issue was raised for myco-toxins in bt maize; research is needed to assess whether reduced fumonisin content can be found, as well as their potential and real benefits. although there is a large body of knowledge available, there is a need to develop a systematic analysis of the data collected by the regulatory bodies. gm plants producing rnai molecules represent a biotechnological development which seems close to the eu market; therefore, experts have raised concerns over the potential health implications due to the technological differences with the first generation of gm plants. steps towards the identification and evaluation of the specific human and animal health risk that may come with the new generations of gmos and the adaptation of the regulations and risk assessment guidelines have already been taken by the scientists, agencies and regulatory bodies (petrick et al., 2013; ramon et al., 2014). the “health” working group considered a number of research needs related to rnai based plants, for instance more information is needed on survival and uptake in humans and animals, and post-market monitoring. although it’s a corporate responsibility to deal with the commercial production and marketing, the eu authorities must provide the appropriate methodology and tools for their monitoring along the whole supply chain. an example for this is the database on food consumption of the eu member states that is being collated by the efsa. the same is needed for feed ingredients. allergenicity is commonly considered for humans, whereas there is only limited knowledge available on the impact on farm animals. this type of investigation should also explore possible links with post-market monitoring. finally, there is still uncertainty about the potential for horizontal gene transfer of genetically modified micro-organisms (gmms) and viral dna. although this concern has been investigated and discussed in the past (dröge et al., 1998; keese, 2008), stakeholders pointed that better methods need to be developed to assess the presence and diffusion of recombinant dna and cells. 72 d. menozzi 4.5 environmental research needs the “environment” working group determined that the research needs can be prioritised according to the criterion of “ecosystem services” provision (tscharntke et al., 2005). such an approach would involve the monitoring of cultivated land (on-crop area), but also of the space between crops in a landscape (off-crop area), and analyse how these two different kinds of areas influence each other in terms of ecological functionality. in this respect, the need for comparative study of different integrated pest management (ipm) systems used in the eu member states was highlighted, as well as the need to assess the role that gmos (plants and insects) might play in such ipm systems (hokkanen, 2015). moreover, efforts should be directed to study the efficacy of gmos in different gm events which hold promises of relevant economic and environmental benefits, such as blight resistance potato (haverkort et al., 2016), and to a deeper understanding of the development dynamics of insecticidal protein resistance mechanisms in target insects (e.g., corn borers, etc.). additionally, regulating and supporting services (pollination, pest control, soil fertility maintenance, etc.) were considered. the experts concluded that goals for the protection against undesirable effects have to be assessed at the landscape level. this type of monitoring, however, requires instruments to study the possible effects of different stressors, including gmos, on key species and ecosystem services (e.g., on bees and wild pollinators). system interfaces (i.e. land and water) were also defined as important points to explore further, as well as the change of dynamics in the system over time. more information on species assemblages before introduction of gm crops, to define appropriate baseline indicators, is needed for plants, arthropods and micro-organisms (e.g., soil indicators) (van capelle et al., 2016). further, the protection of cultural services was discussed (e.g., how people perceive agriculture, recreation, psychological benefits from contact with nature, etc.). research is needed to study biodiversity in protected areas from different perspectives, in particular to qualify what type and level of biodiversity that society would like to maintain locally. cropping practices (i.e. weed control efficiency) may have indirect effects on nearby valued areas. for instance, the elimination of weeds by farmers on their fields has also an impact on the trophic level in terms of available resources for sap feeders, pollinators, natural enemies, etc., that may in turn affect the functional biodiversity of neighbouring areas and need to be investigated further (bürger et al., 2015). in general, there is also a need to study the people’s perception of different agricultural systems, and this should ideally involve both the natural and the social sciences (multi-disciplinary research). finally, the group included research needs not strictly related to ecological services. there is strong support for looking more into automated and harmonized methods for general surveillance, for studying non-target effects of new modes of action (e.g., rnai) (lundgren and duan, 2013), and for new traits and breeding techniques on the environment. there are still knowledge gaps about the traceability and environmental fate of gmms, and to develop bioinformatic tools for studying their evolution in the system. finally, there is also limited knowledge about the effects of gm arthropods on the environment, and this is also an area characterized by quickly progressing of genomic technologies for possible applications in agricultural as well as in human diseases prevention projects. 73stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research 5. results: requirements for sharing capacities and infrastructures the main requirements for sharing existing (national) capacities and infrastructures were identified during the working groups’ activities. the “human and animal health” working group found that in various countries there is a high level of expertise available for studying the hypo-allergenicity of gm crops which needs to be shared. harmonization and joint initiatives are possible for sharing experiences on the traceability of specific gm crops. since applications for rnai-expressing crops have been mostly developed outside the eu, and limited expertise is available at the eu level, the group concluded that a transnational organization of capacities would put the eu in a position to overcome this deficit in the future. as a lot of research has been done on peptide (e.g., cytotoxic peptides, food peptides) and their physiological effects (e.g., dairy research, antibiotics), the group defined the need to integrate these research capacities available across certain eu countries and sectors, for the purpose of assessing potential protein toxicity as another important study area. for the assessment of allergenicity in farm animals there are probably only limited capacities available at the eu level, and future research would also benefit from transnational organization of resources. a high level of expertise for gmms and viral dna horizontal gene transfer was found in various eu countries; again, the relative research needs are invited to be organized transnationally to increase the overall efficiency. the “environment” working group defined requirements for sharing controlled experimental field sites throughout europe, to allow gmo field testing on representative environments of the various european settings. the fields could also be used to avoid several regulatory constrains which make it difficult for public research in europe to study the effects of gmos. the group discussed the necessity to have meso-cosm facilities for soilbased experiments. the group concluded that calls for multi-/inter-disciplinary actions and projects should invite applications that combine different technologies/methods of scientific enquiry. finally, it was felt that the gm regulatory, testing and monitoring methods should be harmonised, as much as possible, with other, similar methods and approaches in related areas (e.g., pesticide registration, international work on the valuing and monitoring of ecosystem services, etc.). the “socio-economic” working group discussed the need to develop protocols and guidelines for conducting socio-economic impact assessments, which would ensure basic compatibility of results, without sacrificing the flexibility of approaches in the process. similarly to the “environment” group, they also highlighted the need to share field trials, and to develop more field studies for assessing yields, costs, and other economic aspects of the use of gmos. in addition, the need to develop multidisciplinary tasks capable of taking qualitative research (e.g., socio-psychology, behavioural economics, etc.) into account, was included in the list of priorities. finally, the group concluded that researchers’ capacities should be shared, via training and staff exchange programs, thus developing ways to facilitate future collaboration among researchers from different countries (e.g., sharing capacities, phd programmes, etc.). 6. conclusions this paper aims to promote a critical debate among relevant stakeholders and policy makers by identifying future research directions in the evaluation of environmental, health 74 d. menozzi and socio-economic effects of current and emerging applications of gmos. the outcome of the international workshop, which was the follow up of a mapping exercise of existing research activities in europe, is a list of perceived transnational research needs and consequent requirements for sharing existing capacities and infrastructures; it therefore represents more than a generalized description of research trends. the list of research needs will allow those developing research plans to focus more deeply on one or a few themes that were deemed more relevant by the scientific community as well as the european risk managers’ network. this process may provide a basis to develop a prioritization from the perspective of the diverse group of stakeholders, which is to be developed in a next step of the project. the results of the presto gmo era-net project formed the basis for a jointly prepared strategic plan and roadmap for the implementation of the era-net that will coordinate transnational research on the effects of gmos (rauschen et al., 2015). as pointed by twardowski and małyska (2015), the slow progress in the eu decision making process forced several biotech companies to move r&d and applied activities to other regions, thus reducing personnel in the eu and transferring existing know-how outside the eu. moreover, this prevented the commercialization of innovative gmos, possibly resulting in competitive disadvantages for european farmers (park et al., 2011). future directions of socio-economic research on the effects of gmos should primarily consider the development of a methodological framework for analysing the socio-economic effects of gmos. an assessment of the welfare effects across different groups in society may assist the definition of more informed policies. the research questions related to the effects of newly emerging gmos to human and animal health raised by the stakeholders during the workshop were general in many occasions or rather case specific in others. while some of them might be found relevant for the risk assessment to different extend, others are related to traceability and post-market monitoring, and some could appear to be within the scope of the risk assessment frameworks to be developed for the new gmos, such as rnai plants. the environmental research needs identified were prioritised according to the criterion of “ecosystem services”, involving the monitoring of on-crop and off-crop land area, and how these two different kinds of areas influence each other in terms of ecological functionality. the emerging applications, as well as the tendency of gm developers to combine different traits to produce new commercial varieties (the so-called “commercial stacks”) (parisi et al., 2016), pose relevant questions to researchers, risk assessors and policy makers on how to adapt the eu regulatory framework considering the environmental and health-related issues, as well as the socio-economic dimensions (e.g., international trade) when making decisions on gmos. a key factor in implementing this process will be the confidence that those planning and funding research have in the method used (schneider and gill, 2016). the activities described in this paper has explicitly taken into account the wider views of a diversity of stakeholders and end-users (i.e. industry, farming organisations, csos, ngos, eu and national competent authorities, funding organisations, academia). this intended to encourage participation of different scientific communities (scientists from all over europe) in the future joint transnational calls managed through the era-net, to enhance collaboration between actors (to leverage complementarities) and to increase the accountability of research trajectories and outcomes (create an internationally recognizable critical mass). the decision to consider a single group of 20 participants allowed balancing 75stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research the greater diversity of technical and sector perspectives, and the facilitation of more fluid working involvement from all participants. breakout groups allowed the experts to elaborate on a greater number of details surrounding the interfaces of their disciplines with others, and this can thoroughly inform the scientific community in planning and promoting interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary research (powers, 2014). viewed from the perspective of group dynamics, the entire process aimed to achieve a common understanding of the research gaps and needs in the evaluation of current and emerging applications of gmos able to design future research directions. 7. funding this work was supported by the european commission contract 612739, presto gmo era-net (preparatory steps towards a gmo research era-net), funded by the eu fp7 programme. the authors declare no competing financial interests. 8. acknowledgements the authors wish to thank the presto gmo era-net project partners for their inputs into the research, in particular the project coordinator dr. stefan rauschen. the authors gratefully acknowledge the experts and stakeholders who participated in the international workshop for their active contribution to the identification of future research directions in the evaluation of emerging applications of gmos. the authors thank also the anonymous reviewers for their constructive comments. the views expressed are purely those of the authors and may not under any circumstances be regarded as stating an official position of the european commission. references areal, f.j., riesgo, l. and rodriguez-cerezo, e. (2012). economic and agronomic impact of commercialized gm crops: a meta-analysis. journal of agricultural science 151(1): 7-33. baram, m. and bourrierm, m. (2011). governing risk in gm agriculture. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. bennett, a.b., chi-ham, c., barrows, g., sexton, s. and zilberman, d. (2013). agricultural biotechnology: economics, environment, ethics, and the future. annual review environmental research 38: 247-279. binimelis, r. and myhr, a.i. (2016). inclusion and implementation of socio-economic considerations in gmo regulations: needs and recommendations. sustainability 8: 62. bürger, j., darmency, h., granger, s., guyot, s.h.m., messéan, a. and colbach, n. (2015). simulation study of the impact of changed cropping practices in conventional and gm maize on weeds and associated biodiversity. agricultural systems 137: 51–63. dannenberg, a. (2009). the dispersion and development of consumer preferences for genetically modified food — a meta-analysis. ecological economics 68: 2182-2192. 76 d. menozzi devos, y., dillen, k. and demont, m. (2014). how can flexibility be integrated into coexistence regulations? a review. journal of the science of food and agriculture 94: 381-387. dröge, m., pühler, a. and selbitschka, w. (1998). horizontal gene transfer as a biosafety issue: a natural phenomenon of public concern. journal of biotechnology 64(1): 75-90. drott, l., jochum, l., lange, f., skierka, i., vach j. and van asselt, m.b.a. (2013). accountability and risk governance: a scenario-informed reflection on european regulation of gmos. journal of risk research 16(9): 1123-1140. european commission (2010). a decade of eu-funded gmo research (2001-2010). directorate-general for research and innovation, luxembourg: publications office of the european union. european commission (2011). report from the commission to the european parliament and the council on socio-economic implications of gmo cultivation on the basis of member states contributions, as requested by the conclusions of the environment council of december 2008. sanco/10715/2011. european commission (2015). fact sheet: questions and answers on eu’s policies on gmos. brussels. http://europa.eu/rapid/press-release_memo-15-4778_en.htm. accessed 25 may 2016. flachowsky, g., schafft, h. and meyer, u. (2012). animal feeding studies for nutritional and safety assessments of feeds from genetically modified plants: a review. journal für verbraucherschutz und lebensmittelsicherheit 7(3): 179-194. garcia-yi, j., lapikanonth, t., vionita, h., vu, h., yang, s., zhong, y., li, y., nagelschneider, v., schlindwein, b. and wesseler, j. (2014). what are the socio-economic impacts of genetically modified crops worldwide? a systematic map protocol. environmental evidence 3: 24. ghozzi, h., soregaroli, c., boccaletti, s. and sauvée, l. (2016). impacts of non-gmo standards on poultry supply chain governance: transaction cost approach vs. resource based view. supply chain management: an international journal 21(6): 743-758. gómez-galera, s., twyman, r. m., sparrow, p. a., van droogenbroeck, b., custers, r., capell, t. and christou, p. (2012). field trials and tribulations – making sense of the regulations for experimental field trials of transgenic crops in europe. plant biotechnology journal 10(5): 511-523. graef, f., römbke, j., binimelis, r., myhr, a.i., hilbeck, a., breckling, b., dalgaard, t., stachow, u., catacora-vargas, g., bøhn, t., quist, d., darvas, b., dudel, g., oehen, b., meyer, h., henle, k., wynne, b., metzger, m.j., knäbe, s., settele, j., székács, a., wurbs, a., bernard, j., murphy-bokern, d., buiatti, m., giovannetti, m., debeljak, m., andersen, e., paetz, a., dzeroski, st, tappeser, b., van gestel, c.a.m., wosniok, w., séralini, g.-e., aslaksen, i., pesch, r., maly, s. and werner, a. (2012). a framework for a european network for a systematic environmental impact assessment of genetically modified organisms (gmo). biorisk 7: 73-97. halford, n.g., hudson, e., gimson, a., weightman, r., shewry, p.r. and tompkins, s. (2014). safety assessment of genetically modified plants with deliberately altered composition. plant biotechnology journal 12(6): 651-654. 77stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research haverkort, a.j., boonekamp, b.m., hutten, r., jacobsen, e., lotz, l.a.p., kessel, g.j.t., vossen, j.h. and visser, r.g.f. (2016). durable late blight resistance in potato through dynamic varieties obtained by cisgenesis: scientific and societal advances in the durph project. potato research 59(1): 35-66. herring, r.j. (2008). opposition to transgenic technologies: ideology, interests and collective action frames. nature reviews genetics 9: 458-463. hokkanen, h. (2015). integrated pest management at the crossroads: science, politics, or business (as usual)? arthropod-plant interactions 9(6): 543-545. jacobsen, s.-e., sørensen, m., pedersen, s. m. and weiner, j. (2013). feeding the world: genetically modified crops versus agricultural biodiversity. agronomy for sustainable development 33(4): 651-662. james, c. (2015). 20th anniversary (1996 to 2015) of the global commercialization of biotech crops and biotech crop highlights in 2015. isaaa brief no. 51. ithaca, n.y.: isaaa. keese, p. (2008). risks from gmos due to horizontal gene transfer. environmental biosafety research 7(3): 123-149. lundgren, j.g. and duan, j. (2013). rnai-based insecticidal crops: potential effects on nontarget species. bioscience 63(8): 657-665. mannion, a.m. and morse, s. (2012). biotechnology in agriculture: agronomic and environmental considerations and reflections based on 15 years of gm crops. progress in physical geography 36(6): 747-763. menozzi, d., mora, c. and sogari, g. (2014). report on the workshop. presto gmo eranet, university of parma, italy. http://www.presto-gmo-era-net.eu. accessed 24 may 2016. mora, c., menozzi, d., kleter, g., aramyan, l.h., valeeva, n.i., zimmermann, k.l. and pakki reddy, g. (2012). factors affecting the adoption of genetically modified animals in the food and pharmaceutical chains. bio-based and applied economics 1(3): 313-329. moyankova, d. and kostov, k. (2015). report on the analyzed database. presto gmo era-net, agrobioinstitute, sofia, bulgaria. http://www.presto-gmo-era-net.eu. accessed 24 may 2016. national academies of sciences, engineering, and medicine (2016). genetically engineered crops: experiences and prospects. washington, dc: the national academies press. noteborn, h.p.j.m. and van duijne, f.h. (2011). the dutch approach to safety governance of gm agriculture. in baram, m. and bourrierm, m. (eds), governing risk in gm agriculture, cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. parisi, c., tillie, p. and rodríguez-cerezo, e. (2016). the global pipeline of gm crops out to 2020. nature biotechnology 34(1): 31-36. park, j., mcfarlane, i., phipps, r. and ceddia, g. (2011). the impact of the eu regulatory constraint of transgenic crops on farm income. new biotechnology 28(4): 396–406. petrick, j.s., brower-toland, b., jackson, a.l. and kier, l.d. (2013). safety assessment of food and feed from biotechnology-derived crops employing rna-mediated gene regulation to achieve desired traits: a scientific review. regulatory toxicology and pharmacology 66(2): 167-176. 78 d. menozzi powers, c., hendren, c., wang, a. and davis, m. (2014). transparent stakeholder engagement in practice: lessons learned from applying comprehensive environmental assessment to research planning for nanomaterials. u.s. environmental protection agency papers, paper 230. ramessar, k., capell, t., twyman, r.m. and christou, p. (2010). going to ridiculous lengths —european coexistence regulations for gm crops. nature biotechnology 28(2): 133-136. ramon, m., devos, y., lanzoni, a., liu, y., gomes, a., gennaro, a. and waigmann, e. (2014). rnai‐based gm plants: food for thought for risk assessors. plant biotechnology journal 12(9): 1271-1273. rauschen, s., krieger, k., racovita, m., valeeva, n.i., aramyan, l.h., zimmermann, k., ovesná, j., pla, m., ogras, t., fuhrmann, e., karner, s., kerins, g., romeis, j. and spök, a. (2015). strategic implementation plan for an era-net on gmo impact research. presto gmo era-net. http://www.presto-gmo-era-net.eu. accessed 19 october 2016. rausser, g., zilberman, d. and kahn, g. (2015). an alternative paradigm for food production,distribution, and consumption: a noneconomist’s perspective. annual review of resource economics 7: 309-331. ricroch, a.e., boisron, a. and kuntz, m. (2014). looking back at safety assessment of gm food/feed: an exhaustive review of 90-day animal feeding studies. international journal of biotechnology 13(4): 230-256. ross, k. (2007). providing “thoughtful feedback”: public participation in the regulation of australia’s first genetically modified food crop. science and public policy 34(3): 213-225. scar-cwg (2012). risk research on genetically modified organisms – summary report 2009 –2011. standing committee on agricultural research collaborative working group on gmos. http://bmg.gv.at/home/schwerpunkte/gentechnik/fachinformation_allgemeines/scar_collaborative_working_group_risk_ research_on_gmos_. accessed 25 may 2016. schneider, m. and gill, b. (2016). biotechnology versus agroecology: entrenchments and surprise at a 2030 forecast scenario workshop. science and public policy 43(1): 74-84. schurman, r. and munro, w.a. (2010). fighting for the future of food: activists versus agribusiness in the struggle over biotechnology. minneapolis, us: university of minnesota press. snell, c., bernheim, a., bergé, j.-b., kuntz, m., pascal, g., paris, a. and ricroch, a.e. (2012). assessment of the health impact of gm plant diets in long-term and multigenerational animal feeding trials: a literature review. food and chemical toxicology 50(3-4): 1134-1148. sparrow, p., broer, i., e hood, e., eversole, k., hartung, f. and schiemann, j. (2013). risk assessment and regulation of molecular farming a comparison between europe and us. current pharmaceutical design 19(31): 5513-5530. tscharntke, t., klein, a.m., kruess, a., steffan-dewenter, i. and thies, c. (2005). landscape perspectives on agricultural intensification and biodiversity – ecosystem service management. ecology letters 8: 857-874. 79stakeholder engagement: identifying future directions for gmo research twardowski, t. and małyska, a. (2015). uninformed and disinformed society and the gmo market. trends in biotechnology 33(1): 1-3. van capelle, c., schrader, s. and arpaia, s. (2016). selection of focal earthworm species as non-target soil organisms for environmental risk assessment of genetically modified plants. science of the total environment 548-549: 360-369. van den hoven, j. (2013). options for strengthening responsible research and innovation: report of the expert group on the state of art in europe on responsible research and innovation. publications office of the european union. yang, y.t. and chen, b. (2016). governing gmos in the usa: science, law and public health. journal of the science of food and agriculture 96: 1851-1855. a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy tévécia ronzon1*, stephan piotrowski2, robert m’barek1, michael carus2 cost function and positive mathematical programming quirino paris what if meat consumption would decrease more than expected in the high-income countries? fabien santini*, tevecia ronzon, ignacio perez dominguez, sergio rene araujo enciso, ilaria proietti a stakeholder engagement approach for identifying future research directions in the evaluation of current and emerging applications of gmos davide menozzi1*, kaloyan kostov2, giovanni sogari1, salvatore arpaia3, daniela moyankova2, cristina mora1 a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles in a disadvantaged area of tuscany (mugello): implications for the evaluation and the design of cap payments laura fastelli1*, chiara landi2, massimo rovai1, maria andreoli1 bio-based and applied economics 6(3): 229-242, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-23338 reviews articles rural-urban migration and implications for rural production alan de brauw1 international food policy research institute, washington d.c., usa date of submission: 2017 21st, september; accepted 2017 14th, december abstract. rural to urban migration has always been an inherent part of the economic development process, but its impacts are poorly understood, and are often feared by governments, which has led to policies that either attempt to explicitly or implicitly hinder migration. a major concern is that rural-urban migration can threaten food security, through reductions in agricultural production. in this paper, i examine the recent literature on migration and agriculture, which takes the challenge of statistically identifying impacts of migration seriously. i begin by discussing rural-urban productivity gaps and implications for policy, following through to impacts on agricultural production and rural investment. keywords. migration, rural development, agricultural production, rural investment. jel codes. j61, o13, q12, r23. rural to urban migration is part and parcel of the economic development process. as economies develop, people move from working solely in agriculture into the manufacturing and service sectors. this movement takes place through literally millions of decisions made by individuals and households to begin to move away from farms held by households and into either other, more productive rural areas or urban areas. a substantial literature in development economics shows that migration is, on average, quite beneficial to those who migrate (e.g. young, 2013). moreover, not all movement is rural-urban within countries; migrants also gain when they move from one urban area to another (e.g. bryan and morten, 2017). so voluntary migration plays an important role in economic development. however, the implications of migrants are quite contentious. due to negative perceptions of migration, policies often either explicitly or implicitly attempt to hinder migration. under the guise of maintaining food security, some governments have used explicit barriers to 1 alan de brauw is a senior research fellow, international food policy research institute, 2033 k st nw, washington, dc 20006 usa, e-mail: a.debrauw@cgiar.org. i want to specifically thank colleagues who have helped me think about migration over the years, including kate ambler, michael clemens, ed taylor, and many others. i also thank participants at the 2017 aieaa meeting in piacenza for comments that improved this paper. 230 alan de brauw movement, akin to china’s hukou system that has been gradually relaxed since the late 1980s (e.g. mallee, 1995). such restrictions may lead over time to the misallocation of resources within the economy either geographically (jalan and ravallion, 2002) or across sectors (adamopolous et al., 2017). given food and nutrition security concerns of governments, it is important to quantify the effects of internal migration on agricultural production and productivity, if any exist. this paper describes the drivers of rural-urban migration and the developing evidence base related to implications of migration for the rural economy of developing countries. the first section presents an illustrative model to motivate potential implications of migration for rural areas, and discusses its implications. the second section describes evidence related to the rural-urban wage gap, and the third section reviews the literature on effects of migration on agriculture and rural investments, with a careful eye towards papers that provide more carefully argued identification strategies. the final section concludes with policy implications. 1. theory: implications of migration for agriculture and rural investment to understand the potential impacts that migration can have on rural areas as migrants leave, a simple theoretical framework can provide useful insights. migration is inherently a dynamic process, so the illustrative model presented here uses a two period framework. consider a household that is deciding whether or not to send out a migrant. the household is assumed to initially have some capital (k), a labor endowment (l), and a fixed amount of land ( ), and produces agricultural goods according to a production function . if a migrant is sent out, then they may send back remittances (r), which can either be consumed or invested in period two. the household makes two choices; the first is whether or not to send out a migrant in period one, and the second is how much of any remittances to invest in further production in period two. for simplicity, the household is not assumed to save between period one and two, and further it optimizes the utility of consumption across the two periods using the following objective function: (1) the expectations operators suggest that agricultural production, the capital investments, and remittances in period 2 are uncertain. according to the model, the household trades off potential labor (and production) in period 1 for either increased consumption through remittances in year two, or increased production through investment. based on the household level objective function, migration would only occur if the gain in utility in period 2 exceeds any loss from period 1. as a result, theoretically rural-urban migration can have multiple effects in the short term on agriculture or agricultural production. first, migration can potentially cause a lost labor effect; if the individual migrating worked on the farm prior to migrating, household production might suffer if that individual’s labor cannot be replaced either by other family labor, hired labor, or potentially by capital services. slightly extending the model, households might also substitute out of labor intensive crops into less labor intensive 231rural-urban migration and implications for rural production crops, or they might rent out some of their land to other households if property rights over that land are strong enough. second, migrants might send back remittances which allow households to make investments in the family farm. such investments could include inputs such as fertilizer, herbicides, or pesticides, all of which could increase productivity. so at first glance migration could have indeterminate effects on agricultural production or productivity, at least beyond the immediate effects. further, in the short term there are potentially more subtle effects on agricultural production. first, one might perceive that by sending away migrants, households are signaling that they do not need all of their land. if land rights are not fully secure, then migration might lead to higher land expropriation or at least weaker property rights over land. second, decision making about agriculture within the household may change. if the migrant played a role in making those decisions, depending upon the duration of migration spells and communication channels to the migration, someone else within the household might take over deciding what crops to grow, the use of inputs or techniques, how much product to sell, and to whom to sell crops. third, migration may interact with agricultural risk in complex ways. migration is inherently risky, but the correlation between migrant income and agricultural income is likely much lower than the correlation between local off-farm wage labor and agricultural income, since weather risks are spatially correlated. in the longer term, investments that households make in the rural economy may also be affected by migration. three types of investments are particularly important—investments in the nutrition of young children, in education of older children, or in various forms of investment, whether housing, durable goods, or production. investments in the nutrition of young children may come either through remittances allowing the consumption of more nutritious foods, or through the removal of one mouth for households to feed. other investments would take place through remittances or migrants bringing home income, and would depend upon the perceived highest return. for example, the household might perceive long-term investments in education would have the highest return; alternatively, households might perceive high returns (in terms of comfort) to improving housing stock or purchasing durables. productive investments are risky but if expected returns (less any risk premiums) were high enough, migration could stimulate productive investments as well. in sum, theoretically rural-urban migration may have several different impacts on agriculture or agricultural households, which can either be quite direct or indirect. these impacts differ due to context specificity, but there are clear average gains to migration at the individual level. from a whole economy perspective, migration is also beneficial, as it allows economies to reap returns to locally increasing returns to scale from agglomeration (krugman, 1991). therefore, it is important to understand some of the ways that policy makers can embrace migration and find ways to mitigate costs associated with migration; some of these costs are clearly borne publicly while many of the benefits accrue to individuals or businesses. 2. migration, selection, and the productivity gap the labor shift out of agriculture into manufacturing and services has long been thought of as essential to the economic development process (e.g. lewis, 1954), and the 232 alan de brauw share of labor in the agricultural sector has a strong, negative correlation with gdp per capita on a country basis (figure 1). a recent literature both demonstrates that a large gap exists between returns to labor within and outside of agriculture (e.g. gollin et al., 2014), and a debate has surfaced on whether this shift causally relates to the shift from agricultural to non-agricultural work, or relates to worker selection into the non-agricultural sector. if the former explains the gap, then implicit or explicit barriers must exist that constrain individuals from moving out of agriculture. as a result, a policy response to improve welfare would be to reduce such barriers, which might include property rights over land (e.g. jacoby, li, and rozelle, 2002), or access to formal insurance (munshi and rosenzweig, 2016). on the other hand, if the whole gap is due to selection on individual characteristics, then policies to help improve human capital to improve returns to labor both within and outside agriculture should be emphasized. lagakos and waugh (2013) theoretically demonstrate that worker sorting can generate a substantial productivity gap due to the presence of a subsistence food constraint in a roy model. from a macroeconomic perspective, several authors have documented the gap between returns to labor in and outside of agriculture. in studying cross-country productivity differences, restuccia et al. (2008) find that that the agricultural productivity gap is 3.2—in othfigure 1. correlation between gdp per capita and the share of the workforce in agriculture, by country, 2015 alb arg arm ausaut aze bel bgr bih blr blz bmu bol bra brb brn btn can ceb che chl chn civ col cri cub cyp cze deu dnk dom dza eap easeca ecs ecu egy emu esp est eth euu finfragbr geo gmb grc gtm hic hnd hrvhun ibd idn irl irn isl isr ita jam jpn kaz kgz kor lac lca lcn lka lte ltu lux lva mac mar mda mdg mdv mea mex mkd mlt mna mne mng mus mys nac nam nld nor nzloed pan per phl pol prt pry pse pst qat rou rus rwa sau slv srb sur svk svn swe syc tea tec tha tla tmn tto tun tur tza uga ukr umc ury usa ven vnm wsmxkx zaf zmb zwe 4 6 8 10 12 lo g, g d p pe r c ap ita 0 20 40 60 80 share of workforce in agriculture source: world development indicators (2016). 233rural-urban migration and implications for rural production er words, that productivity is higher outside of agriculture by a factor of 3.2. gollin et al. (2014) combine national accounts with cross-sectional data from microeconomic surveys, and find that by controlling for differences in hours worked and human capital per worker between the two sectors, the average agricultural productivity gap falls to 2.1. from a microeconomic perspective, several papers have also documented a wage gap between laborers in agriculture. using household fixed effects, beegle et al. (2011) find an average wage gap of 36 percentage points between migrants and non-migrants from kagera, tanzania. moreover, they find that as migrants have moved farther, they are better off. consistent with this idea, bryan and morten (2017) build a model of migration with migration costs as well as potential benefits to agglomeration, and find it consistent with costly movement in indonesia. they suggest that eliminating moving costs could increase output by an average of 20 percent, by improving selection of workers into specific markets. two other micro studies suggest there may not be gains to reducing migration constraints. first, young (2013) argues that the entire gap can be explained by selection on education, through the study of demographic and health surveys in 65 countries. however, his study uses proxy variables for consumption, including household asset ownership, adult education levels, and child health. perhaps more convincingly, hicks et al. (2017) use two long panels in very different countries (indonesia and kenya) and show that the productivity gap can fully be explained by a complete set of individual and year fixed effects. however, due to the nature of their analysis any gains are measured only among individuals with productivity measured in both sectors; in other words, they cannot rule out the possibility that moving costs or other frictions may constrain individuals who could not migrate, and would have higher productivity in the non-agricultural sector. the discussion above has neglected the fact that returns to labor in agriculture are highly variable over the year. during specific points in the agricultural calendar, returns to labor may be quite high in agriculture, and could even exceed returns to labor outside of agriculture. an example would be during the harvest of perishable crops for which capital is not available or is too costly. on the other hand, at times returns to labor in agriculture may be close to zero, which can lead to seasonal migration. however, seasonal migration does not always occur on its own. in a randomized intervention, bryan et al. (2014) induce seasonal migration during the hunger season in bangladesh, when agricultural tasks are minimal, and find that consumption increases by 30 to 35 percent among households of those who were induced to migrate, and further seasonal migration remains 8-10 percentage points higher in years after the intervention among those who were induced to migrate. in sum, there is clear evidence in the literature that there is a labor productivity gap between agriculture and non-agriculture. it also seems clear that some of that gap is due to the selectivity of migrants out of agriculture a large portion of that gap can be accounted for by selectivity. however, there is also strong evidence that migration is constrained either in general or at the very least seasonally. such constraints include potential access to land (jacoby et al., 2002) and other informal rural institutions. certain institutions, such as caste-based informal insurance networks in india, may further hinder migration by reducing access to such insurance (munshi and rosenzweig, 2016). moreover, due to agglomeration urban areas are likely to continue to grow economically more rapidly, implying that even if selective sorting drove all migration, the equilibrium is constantly shifting at the margin. 234 alan de brauw 3. effects of migration on agriculture and rural livelihoods a major challenge in conducting research on the impacts of migration in general is that a number of endogenous and difficult to observe factors affect the migration process. migrants are likely to be different from non-migrants in both observable and unobservable ways. the opportunities that potential migrants observe outside the village are also not likely to be observable in advance of migration. moreover, if we consider migration from a household decision making perspective, households must both choose whether or not to send out a migrant, as well as which individual or individuals should migrate. as a result, understanding the implications of migration for sending households and areas in general is challenging empirically. the above discussion implies that in order to be able to credibly measure the impacts of migration on rural livelihoods, one needs either a randomized experiment (e.g. bryan et al., 2014), a natural experiment that causes variation in the opportunity to migrate, or a credible instrumental variable that plausibly causes differences in the opportunity to migrate but does not affect household production. for the latter strategy, it is worth noting that such instruments are both probably best linked to a policy change, and represent an estimate akin to a local average treatment effect (angrist and krueger, 2001). in other words, impacts estimated with instrumental variables represent impacts on those most likely to be affected by the instrument, rather than the population at large. given the challenge in identifying impacts of migration, in some cases below evidence from studies of international migration will be included as they have strong identification strategies. 3.1 impacts of migration on agricultural production as discussed in the introduction, there are several competing effects that migration can have on smallholder agricultural production. relatively recent loosening of restrictions on rural mobility in both india and china have substantially increased the volume of internal migrants in the world (deshingkar, 2006). much of the resulting literature focuses on internal migration in china, though there are examples from india, bangladesh, and vietnam as well. in china, there is suggestive evidence that migration shifts production on the margin from more labor to capital intensive techniques. rozelle et al. (1999) and taylor et al. (2003) find that maize yields and agricultural income in northeast china, respectively, are reduced with migration, but increase with remittances. however, they instrument migration with a community network variable and remittances with a community remittance norms variable; both are likely influenced by long term factors that may also affect agricultural production practices and incomes. giles (2006) uses panel data and weather shocks to instrument for village level migration, and finds that as more village migration leads to lower variance in household agricultural income. perhaps the best evidence on the implications for internal migration for agriculture in china is indirect. de brauw et al. (2013), in studying agricultural labor changes resulting from migration, show that in the china health and nutrition survey panel labor inputs fall substantially between 1993 and 2009 (figure 2), both in terms of the share of households doing any farmwork and the number of hours reported conducting farmwork. 235rural-urban migration and implications for rural production nonetheless, according to national statistics, during the same period the value of agricultural production rose by 297 percent in real terms, while cereal yields increased by 19.5 percent. meanwhile, the power (measured in kilowatts) of agricultural equipment being used increased by 175 percent over the same period (china statistical yearbook, 2010). whereas these statistics do not explain how production has been changing at the household level, they clearly show that rapidly increasing internal migration has not negatively affected production in the aggregate, and are highly suggestive that capital has begun to replace labor in chinese agriculture. outside of china, there is further evidence that internal migration does not have much of an effect on overall production. quisumbing and mcniven (2010) study a panel from mindanao, in the philippines, and find no evidence that either internal or international migration has much effect on overall agricultural production. similarly, de brauw (2010) finds evidence of a shift from labor intensive crops (specifically, rice) to land intensive crops in vietnam among vietnamese households participating in seasonal migration. further, there is some emphasis in the literature on understanding the relationship between migration and agricultural technology adoption. for example, in studying data figure 2. hours of farmwork and share of households farming, by survey round, rural areas of china, china health and nutrition survey 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 1993 1997 2000 2004 2006 2009 sh ar e of h ou se ho ld s fa rm in g to ta l h ou rs o f f ar m in g (h jo us eh ol d) hours of farmwork share of households farming 236 alan de brauw from bangladesh mendola (2008) finds a negative correlation between internal (either permanent or seasonal) migration and high yielding variety (hyv) adoption, but a positive correlation between international migration and hyv adoption. however, she uses both household and village level network variables as instruments, either of which could be correlated with agricultural outcomes that might be affected by network participation. foster and rosenzweig (2008) look, in fact, for an opposite correlation; they find that households with initially higher yields for hyvs are less likely to send out migrants in following years. the discussion of impacts on household labor returns to this paper. finally, it is worth mentioning two papers that use exogenous variation to identify the impacts of international migration on a large set of outcomes, including agricultural income. specifically, in studying migration from pacific islands to new zealand made possible through lotteries, gibson et al. (2011a) find no effect on agricultural income caused by migration from tonga, and gibson et al. (2013) find a positive effect on agricultural income caused by international migration from effect from samoa, though it trails off as migrants have been gone for a longer period of time. in sum, there is scant evidence that migration has a negative impact on agricultural production or income among those left behind. instead, households appear to adjust either by shifting to more land intensive crops at the margin, or by substituting capital for labor, and consequently the value of agricultural production does not appear to change. to shed more light on the types of changes before discussing whether migration affects household investments, we explore whether it affects either household or village level labor allocations. given that migration is often gender specific, it can further change bargaining within households that migrants leave, with implications for agricultural decision making. chen (2006) uses the chns to show mild evidence of non-cooperative behavior within households when fathers leave; specifically, mothers spend less time on chores and labor within the household enterprise (agriculture). using later rounds of the chns, mu and van de walle (2011) find that women do more farmwork after migrants leave. de brauw et al. (2013) find that the increasing out-migration of males in china during the 2000s do not affect overall agricultural productivity using several data sources. much of the further evidence in the literature relates to international migration. mendola and carletto (2009) find that having a migrant abroad from albania increases the supply of unpaid work among women, presumably including agriculture. but antman (2015) finds an increase in decision making power among households that male mexican migrants left for the united states; she finds that resources shift towards girls from boys, and women exhibit more decision making power. in sum, recent evidence suggests that as internal migration progresses, it leads to specialization on the farm. wage impacts do not appear to be zero as predicted by lewis (1954); rather, direct and indirect evidence from south asia suggests that as labor is withdrawn from rural markets wages do increase. perhaps most important from a policy perspective, migration has complicated interactions with insurance, as sending out a migrant acts as a substitute for formal insurance. and migration can affect gender relations within households; to the extent that there is a feminization of decision making as a consequence of migration, women may make more decisions about crops to grow, sell, or related to investment decisions, which can affect the way crops are sold on input and output markets. 237rural-urban migration and implications for rural production 3.2 impacts of migration on household investments migration is a dynamic process, and perhaps not surprisingly it therefore can also affect the types of investments that rural households make. assuming that migrants send back remittances, some portion of those remittances may be consumed or saved for investment. if household decision makers can estimate the returns to various types of investment, one might broadly consider three categories of investments. first, households might decide to invest in productive activities within the village. second, they might decide to invest in durables or improving their housing stock. such investments might be preferred to productive investments, because the return in terms of consumption is stable, and returns to productive investments might be expected to be lower or quite variable. third, households could decide to invest in their children, either through ensuring that younger children eat better or older children stay in school longer. the latter effect might be tempered as children get older, however, and become candidates for migration (glewwe and jacoby, 2004). there is little evidence that rural-urban migration leads to productive investments in rural areas. de brauw and giles (2018) find that increased village level migration leads to increased productive investment levels, but among richer households, not among poorer ones. since migration in their sample is more likely to emanate from poorer households, this finding is likely due to general equilibrium effects. in some contexts, remittance rates may be too low to generate enough capital for investment; de brauw et al. (2014) for example compute remittance rates among internal migrants from several african countries, and find they are below 50 percent. there is more strong evidence from the literature on international migration; a potential rationale is that international migration may lead to larger remittances. related to migration from mexico to the united states, woodruff and zenteno (2007) find that households in villages with larger long term migrant networks exhibit higher investment in microenterprises. yang (2008) uses exchange rate shocks during the asian financial crisis to statistically identify remittances back to the philippines, and finds that they lead to increased levels of self-employment and entry into new types of entrepreneurship. on the other hand, gibson et al. (2011a) actually find negative impacts on investments in agriculture and livestock among households in tonga that migrants left for new zealand; it could be that households sold livestock to finance the initial migration and did not replace them. there is substantial anecdotal evidence that migrant remittances are often invested in either durables or improved housing. housing both might serve to make the household better off and to make the household more attractive for the migrant to return to (e.g. yang, 2011). however, the evidence is largely not causal but shows interesting correlations; a challenge is that one needs both panel data that can demonstrate the timing of investments, and one has a plausible identification strategy. an example related to rural-urban migration is de brauw and giles (2018), who use plausibly exogenous variation in the timing of id distribution to show that in china low income households make investments in housing when exposed to more migration. from the international perspective, perhaps the most interesting correlation in the literature is found by osili (2004), who uses a unique sample of nigerian migrants in the united states matched to households in nigeria to demonstrate housing investments among those households as well. 238 alan de brauw somewhat more tractable to measure, at least in terms of timing, is the relationship between migration and investments in the nutrition of young children (children under 5). a positive nutritional status among children under 5 years old has been shown to lead to improved outcomes later in life, including higher wages (maluccio et al., 2011). remittances are not the only mechanism by which nutrition investments might occur; increased women’s decision making power within households is also correlated with better nutritional outcomes among young children (ruel and alderman, 2013), though there might be negative impacts if less time is spent caring for children as a consequence of migration. as such, understanding the correlation between migration and the nutritional status of young children is an empirical question. the main source of evidence on internal migration and young child nutrition is again china; mu and de brauw (2015) use a panel within the chns and an interaction between wage growth in capital cities and the initial migrant network size to show parental migration improves the weight of children for their age, but not their height. internationally, carletto et al. (2011) use difference-in-difference methods to find a positive correlation between migration from guatemala to the united states and child height. in both papers, the effect of migration is measured as a net effect, rather than being caused by either income or changes in women’s decision making power. in contrast, gibson et al. (2011b) find a causal negative impact of migration on child height in tonga. there, one would assume that the time allocation channel discussed above dominates the income and women’s decision making power channels. among older children, households may use migrant remittances to make investments in education, as additional schooling is positively correlated with higher wages. however, from a policy perspective in some countries school attendance among younger children is nearing universal, so there is potentially little chance of impact at young ages in such countries. moreover, as children get older, there is a potential tradeoff between schooling and finding work as a migrant. so as with other questions related to migration, the net effect of migration on school enrollment is an empirical question. perhaps not surprisingly, there is credible evidence in the literature related to findings in both directions, and as with some of the other topics covered in this paper, some of the best evidence relates to international migration. specifically, yang (2008) finds that remittances lead to increased school enrollment in the philippines; theorahides (forthcoming) extends yang’s analysis by aggregating individual level data on destinations from specific localities to instrument for demand shocks, and similarly finds a school enrollment increase of 3.5 percent with spillovers to non-migrants. on the other hand, mckenzie and rapoport (2011) use historical migration rates by state as an instrument, and find that migration reduces school enrollment among 12 to 18 year old boys and 16 to 18 year old girls. two recent papers demonstrate that not all impacts of migration on education are positive. de brauw and giles (2017) show that as migrant opportunity increases within villages from a four province sample in china, high school enrollment decreases. during most of the period they study, completion of middle school is mandatory, so the first major schooling decision individuals make is whether to continue with school or not after mandatory schooling is completed. similarly, pan (2017) uses a change in the hukou policy related to children with urban registered fathers and rural registered mothers reduces high school enrollment among affected children at the margin. 239rural-urban migration and implications for rural production to summarize, migration can affect rural investment through remittances. these investments can have important implications for rural productivity if they are made in productive activities or in children; the effects of housing or durables investments are not likely to change the rural returns to labor in the longer run. to enhance the ability to make productive investments, it is important to be able to remit—in some african countries, remittance levels are low, potentially due to high transaction costs of remitting. if returns to productive investment are high enough in expectation, then rural returns to labor should increase, potentially changing the evolution of the rural-urban wage gap. 4. realizing the development potential of migration the previous two sections have demonstrated that first, in most of the world a ruralurban labor productivity gap exists, and urban laborers obtain roughly twice the return to their labor that rural laborers do. even if this gap is largely due to selection rather than migration restrictions, the presence of local agglomeration effects and locally increasing returns to scale suggest that so long as economies are growing migration will continue from rural areas to urban areas. moreover, the rural economy appears to adapt quickly to these changes; impacts of migration on agricultural production in much of the developing world seem minimal. migration can lead to important investments in microenterprises, nutrition, or schooling, but all differ by context. from a policy perspective, internal migration would seem to be a phenomenon that can help foster economic growth by improving the allocation of labor across sectors. as a result, it seems important to consider migration as policies are developed. while migration might make the provision of public goods such as schools and health clinics a moving target, these are less costly to build and maintain in urban areas than in rural areas on a per capita basis, as population densities are higher. but migration should also be considered when designing other policies, such as social protection. an excellent example is the example of the nrega workfare program in india, which imbert and papp (2017) show was not as effective at growing the rural economy as it would have been had it not reduced seasonal migration. perhaps more effective would be policies that enhance linkages back to rural areas, such as information and communications technologies. ensuring that financial regulations allow for the growth of mobile money services, for example, can help facilitate remittances back to rural areas, also dampening any potential negative effects on agricultural production. moreover, ensuring that land rights are not threatened or perceived to be threatened when migrants leave can help provide informal insurance to migrants, potentially allowing more people to choose where they want to live. 5. references adamapolous, t., brandt, l., leight, j. and restuccia, d. (2017). misallocation, selection and productivity: a quantitative analysis with panel data from china,” working paper, university of toronto. 240 alan de brauw angrist, j. and krueger, a. (2001). instrumental variables and the search for identification: from supply and demand to natural experiments. journal of economic perspectives 15(4): 69-85. antman, f. (2015). gender discrimination in the allocation of migrant household resources. journal of population economics 28(3): 565-592. beegle, k., dercon, s. and de weerdt, j. (2011). migration and economic mobility in tanzania: evidence from a tracking survey. review of economics and statistics 93(3): 1010-1033. bryan, g., chowdhury, s., and mushfiq mobarak, a. (2014). under-investment in a profitable technology: the case of seasonal migration in bangladesh. econometrica 82(5): 1671-1748. bryan, g. and morten, m. (2017). the aggregate productivity effects of internal migration: evidence from indonesia,” nber working paper no. 23540. carletto, c., covarrubias, k. and maluccio, j. (2011). migration and child growth in rural guatemala. food policy 36(1): 16-27. chen, j. (2006). migration and imperfect monitoring: implications for intra-household allocation. american economic review 96(2): 227-231. china statistical yearbook, 2010. beijing: china statistical press. de brauw, a. (2010). seasonal migration and agricultural production in vietnam. journal of development studies 46(1): 114-139. de brauw, a. huang, j., rozelle, s. and zhang, l. (2013). feminization of agriculture with chinese characteristics. journal of development studies 49(5): 689-704. de brauw, a. and giles, j. (2017). migrant opportunity and the educational attainment of youth in rural china. journal of human resources 52(1): 272-311. de brauw, a. and giles, j. (2018). migrant labor markets and the welfare of rural households in the developing world: evidence from china. world bank economic review 32(1): 1-18. de brauw, a., mueller, v. and lee, h-l. (2014). the role of rural-urban migration in the structural transformation of sub-saharan africa. world development 63: 33-42. deshingkar, p. (2006). internal migration, poverty and development in asia. odi briefing paper no. 11. foster, a. and rosenzweig, m. (2008). economic development and the decline of agricultural employment. chapter 47 in schultz, p. and strauss, j. (eds). handbook of development economics, volume 4, elsevier: north holland: amsterdam, 30523084. gibson, j., mckenzie, d. and stillman, s. (2011a). the impacts of international migration on remaining household members: omnibus results from a migration lottery program. review of economics and statistics 93(4): 1297–1318. gibson, j. mckenzie, d. and stillman, s. (2011b). what happens to diet and child health when migration splits households? evidence from a migration lottery program. food policy 36(1): 7-15. gibson, j. mckenzie, d. and stillman, s. (2013). accounting for selectivity and durationdependent heterogeneity when estimating the impact of emigration on incomes and poverty in sending areas. economic development and cultural change 61(2): 247-280. 241rural-urban migration and implications for rural production giles, j. (2006). is life more risky in the open? household risk-coping and the opening of china’s labor markets. journal of development economics 81(1): 25-60. glewwe, p. and jacoby, h. (2004). economic growth and the demand for education? is there a wealth effect? journal of development economics 74(1): 33-51. gollin, d., lagakos, d. and waugh, m. (2014). the agricultural productivity gap. quarterly journal of economics 129(2): 939-993. hicks, j.h., kleemans, m., li, n. and miguel, e. (2017). reevaluating agricultural productivity gaps with longitudinal microdata. working paper, university of california. imbert, c. and papp, j. (2017). migration, rural public works and urban labor markets: evidence from india. working paper, university of warwick. jacoby, h., li, g. and rozelle, s. (2002). hazards of expropriation: tenure insecurity and investment in rural china. american economic review 92(5): 1420-1447. jalan, j. and ravallion, m. (2002). geographic poverty traps? a micro model of consumption growth in rural china. journal of applied econometrics 17(4): 329-46. krugman, p. (1991). increasing returns and economic geography. journal of political economy 99(3): 483-499. lagakos, d. and waugh, m. (2013). selection, agriculture, and cross-country productivity differences. american economic review 103(2): 948-980. lewis, w. a. (1954). economic development with unlimited supplies of labor. the manchester school 22(2): 139-191. mallee, h. (1995). china’s household registration system under reform. development and change, 26(1):1-29. maluccio, j., hoddinott, j., behrman, j., martorell, r., quisumbing, a. and stein, a. (2011). the impact of improving nutrition during early childhood on education among guatemalan adults. economic journal 119(537): 734-763. mckenzie, d. and rapoport, h. (2011). can migration reduce educational attainment? evidence from mexico. journal of population economics 24(4): 1331-1358. mendola, m. (2008). migration and technological change in rural households: complements or substitutes?. journal of development economics 85(1-2): 150-175. mendola, m. and carletto, c. (2009). international migration and gender differentials in the home labor market: evidence from albania. world bank policy research working paper no. 4900. mu, r. and de brauw, a. (2015). unattended but not undernourished: left-behind children in rural china. journal of population economics 28(3): 631-657. mu, r. and van de walle, d. (2011). left behind to farm? women’s labor reallocation in rural china. labour economics 18: s83-s97. munshi, k. and rosenzweig, m. (2016). networks and misallocation: insurance, migration and the rural-urban wage gap. american economic review 106(1): 46-98. osili, u.o. (2004). migrants and housing investments: theory and evidence from nigeria. economic development and cultural change 52(4): 821-849. pan, y. (2017). the impact of removing selective migration restrictions on education: evidence from china. journal of human resources 52(3): 859-885. quisumbing, a., and mcniven, s. (2010). moving forward, looking back: the impact of migration and remittances on assets, consumption, and credit constraints in the rural philippines. journal of development studies 46(1): 91-113. 242 alan de brauw restuccia, d., yang, d.t. and zhu, x. (2008). agriculture and aggregate productivity: a quantitative cross-country analysis. journal of monetary economics 55(2): 234250. rozelle, s., taylor, j.e. and de brauw, a. (1999). migration, remittances, and agricultural productivity in china. american economic review papers and proceedings 89(2), 267-71. ruel, m. and alderman, h. (2013). nutrition-sensitive interventions and programmes: how can they help to accelerate progress in improving maternal and child nutrition?. the lancet 382(9891): 536-551. taylor, j.e., rozelle, s. and de brauw, a. (2003). migration and incomes in source communities: a new economics of migration perspective from china. economic development and cultural change 52(1): 75-101. theoharides, c. (forthcoming). manila to malaysia, quezon to qatar: international migration and its effects on origin-country human capital. journal of human resources. woodruff, c. and zenteno, r. (2007). migration and microenterprises in mexico. journal of development economics 82(2): 509-528. yang, d. (2008). international migration, remittances, and household investment: evidence from philippine migrants’ exchange rate shocks. economic journal 118, no. 528: 591–63. yang, d. (2011). migrant remittances. journal of economic perspectives 25(3): 129-152. young, a. (2013). inequality, the rural-urban gap, and migration. quarterly journal of economics 128: 1727-1785. rural-urban migration and implications for rural production alan de brauw migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy giorgio osti immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni*, roberto esposti economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil linda arata1,*, sofia hauschild2, paolo sckokai1 is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? maria rosaria pupo d’andrea*, simona romeo lironcurti issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 1(1): 81-108, 2012 horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets: fundamental concepts and open empirical issues giulia listorti1,* and roberto esposti2 1 federal office for agriculture (foag), berne, switzerland 2 università politecnica delle marche, ancona, italy abstract. following the dramatic changes experienced by the prices of agricultural commodities in 2007-2008, the analysis of horizontal price transmission mechanisms in agricultural markets has attracted renewed interest. in particular, this has led to the emergence of new challenges for the empirical analysis. how to model the increasing volatility and non linear behaviour of prices, to assess the impact of the policy responses to market turbulence, and how to account for the increasing interconnections between agricultural and non-agricultural commodity markets are amongst the most investigated issues. building on a common analytical framework, this paper discusses and reviews the most recent methodological developments and empirical contributions in the field. keywords. price transmission, cointegration, vecm, volatility, market policies jel classification. q110, c320 1. introduction in recent years, the empirical research on agricultural price transmission has gathered considerable attention. interest in this topic unquestionably increased after the so-called «food crisis» of 2007-2008 in which international agricultural markets were shocked by increased volatility, i.e., a rapid rise and fall of the so-called price bubbles as well as a possible change in the long-term downward trend of agricultural prices (european commission, 2008; irwin and good, 2009). such a dramatic change in the price behaviour clearly brought about a number of crucial research questions which are currently being investigated. in this work, we focus on horizontal price transmission, that is, the transmission of price shocks both across different places and commodities. the objective of this short note is to present some recent developments and open issues of the literature on this topic, all building upon a basic and well-established analytical framework, and to point out future possible research developments. three aspects, in particular, are attracting increasing attention. * corresponding author: giulia.listorti@blw.admin.ch. 82 g. listorti and r. esposti the first key issue concerns the development of appropriate econometric models for the quantitative analysis of price transmission during periods of price exuberance and, more specifically, for the econometric treatment of non-linearities and volatility. secondly, agricultural markets are characterized by a high degree of policy intervention. during the food crisis, the dramatic rise in agricultural price volatility led many governments to adopt or strengthen specific policy measures (tangermann, 2011). these interventions, however, raise serious doubts about their actual direct, indirect and unintended effects across agricultural markets, as the impression is that they boosted rather than mitigated market turbulence. therefore, how to properly model the impact of policy intervention on price transmission, especially in the light of these recent developments, has become a major challenge for the empirical analysis. a third major issue has emerged in recent years which concerns the increasing and complex interconnections between agricultural markets and other commodity and financial markets. a growing body of literature has been focusing on the relationship between food, feed and fuel prices; links between energy (e.g., oil) and agricultural prices; and interconnections between spot and future prices. despite the different underlying theoretical motivations, this empirical literature converged toward a common econometric approach. therefore, it is now possible to refer to horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets and to the related empirical literature, considering all these instances as a unique study. this paper is structured as follows. the key concepts underlying price transmission analysis are described in section 2: the fundamental definitions (section 2.1), the time series properties of agricultural prices (section 2.2), the basic framework for price transmission analysis (section 2.3) with a focus on cointegration models (section 2.4) are presented. then, the most recent literature on agricultural price transmission is reviewed in section 3 by focusing on the three crucial aspects characterizing the current scientific debate on this topic: non linearities (section 3.1), time-varying price volatility (section 3.2), and impact of policy measures (section 3.3). some final considerations and a summary classification of this recent literature conclude our study in section 4. 2. fundamental concepts and methods for the study of price transmission while vertical price transmission refers to price linkages along a given supply chain, with horizontal price transmission we mean the linkage occurring among different markets at the same position in the supply chain. the notion of horizontal price transmission usually refers to price linkages across market places (spatial price transmission). lato sensu, however, it can also concern the transmission across different agricultural commodities (cross-commodity price transmission) (esposti and listorti, 2011), from non-agricultural to agricultural commodities (notably, from energy/oil prices to agricultural prices) (serra et al., 2008; hassouneh et al., 2011), and across different purchase contracts for the same commodity (typically, from futures to spot markets and vice versa; baldi et al., 2011). as detailed below, the key underlying theoretical explanation of spatial price transmission is the spatial arbitrage and the consequent law of one price (lop). on the contrary, for cross-commodity price transmission, the co-movement of prices is mostly driven by the substitutability and complementarity relations among the products (saadi, 2011), 83horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets while transmission from non-agricultural to agricultural commodities is prevalently due to the underlying production technology and cost structure, but also due to the complex drivers (expectations, speculative behaviour, etc.) of financial markets which also underlies the linkage between spot and futures prices1. however, even though the background theory differs, the empirical framework and the econometric implications of these different cases of horizontal price transmission are the same. as our attention in the present paper is on the common methodological issues rather than on different theoretical explanations, we will review empirical applications in all these cases2. in the sections that follow, the general methodological framework for the analysis of horizontal price transmission is presented: the fundamental definitions (section 2.1), the time series properties of the prices (section 2.2), the basic model of price transmission (section 2.3) and, finally, the cointegration approach (section 2.4). 2.1 the basic definitions if we limit the notion of horizontal price transmission to the co-movement of prices of a given product in different locations (spatial price transmission), the spatial arbitrage condition is the key theoretical concept. it implies that the difference between prices in different market places will never exceed transaction costs3, otherwise the profiting opportunities would be immediately exploited by arbitrageurs. the consequence of spatial arbitrage is the law of one price (lop), as already derived by marshall (1890; see also fackler and goodwin, 2001): in markets linked by trade and arbitrage, homogeneous goods will have a unique price, when expressed in the same currency, net of transaction costs. two other familiar theoretical concepts complement those of spatial arbitrage and the lop. in this context, market efficiency indicates the capacity of markets to minimize costs when they match supply and demand. in a competitive market with perfect information, arbitrage will ensure that price differentials will reflect all marketing costs. the concept of market integration refers rather to the tradability of products between spatially distinct markets, irrespective of the presence or absence of spatial market equilibrium and efficiency (barrett and li, 2002; thompson et al., 2002)4. 1 though there may be significantly different interpretations on the drivers of price interdependence, in our survey we will indifferently consider studies working with spot and futures prices. 2 in fact, also in the case of vertical price transmission, the methodological issues and solutions are analogous to those of horizontal price transmission. however, theoretical and policy implications are much different. for instance, due to market power and supply contracts, the asymmetries in price transmission assume crucial importance. therefore, given space limitations and with only few exceptions (kuiper and bunte, 2011; rezitis et al., 2009; rezitis and stavropoulos, 2011), all the empirical literature on vertical price transmission is ignored in this paper. 3 in this paper, in analogy with marshall (1890, p. 325) (see also fackler and goodwin, 2001, p. 977), the term «transaction costs» refers to all costs necessary to transfer commodities between two different locations, thus including transportation costs. 4 though the concept of market integration finds its sound theoretical justification in the takayama and judge price and allocation model (barrett, 2001), it has been used in the literature quite loosely to generally indicate the degree of co-movement shown by prices across spatially separated markets (goodwin and piggott, 2001). actually, other mechanisms, such as information flows, might indeed explain price transmission rather than physical trade flows. therefore, price transmission might occur in the absence of trade (segmented equilibrium) as well as trade might take place in the absence of price transmission (imperfect market integration). 84 g. listorti and r. esposti most empirical works in this field essentially aim at assessing whether the lop holds true. as a matter of fact, it is well recognized that the universal validity of this ‘law’ can be easily questioned, as its assumptions are quite restrictive and unlikely to hold in practice. the lop is a static concept while, in reality, economic processes are dynamic and may show temporary deviations from equilibria. assuming that prices are always in equilibrium is not realistic. indeed, temporary arbitrage opportunities (disequilibrium) might co-exist with long-run equilibrium conditions. moreover, it is clear that many factors can prevent or slow down price convergence (see miljkovic, 1999; conforti, 2004). notably, transaction costs are relevant in agriculture if compared to the unit value of the commodities considered (fackler and goodwin, 2001; barrett, 2001). prices might still not move together if transaction costs are large and volatile or might move together only when their difference is high enough, with respect to transaction costs, to make arbitrage convenient5. in addition to conventional transaction costs, other factors may prevent the validity of the lop: domestic and border regulation policies, market power, product heterogeneity and perishability, exchange rate risks, imperfect flow of information and expectations are some of the factors that interfere with spatial arbitrage, and then with price transmission (miljkovic, 1999; graubner et al., 2011; rezitis and stavropoulos, 2010; santeramo and cioffi, 2010). as these sources of deviations from the lop are often unobservable, in many empirical models they are not explicitly considered and are therefore implicitly captured by disturbance terms. this leads to three major consequences for the empirical analysis. first of all, the assumptions on disturbances imply strong assumptions on how these drivers behave. secondly, the estimated parameters sum up the combined effect of a whole set of factors affecting price transmission, not only the lop. thirdly, all the knowledge and information about these drivers are helpful in finding the appropriate empirical specification and interpretation of the estimation results (fackler and goodwin, 2001). 2.2 time series properties of the prices a fundamental characteristic of a price series is the persistence of its shocks as indicated by its autocorrelation coefficients. if equal to 1, shocks will never vanish over time and the series is said to contain a «unit root» (or integrated of order 1, i(1), since it needs to be differentiated to become stationary, i(0)). as a matter of fact, empirical tests often find evidence of unit roots, then non stationary price behaviour, in the time series of commodity prices6. it is well known, however, that the outcome of unit root tests can be influenced by a number of factors, like data frequency and alternative test specifications (wang and tomek, 2007). furthermore, if not properly taken into account, the presence of structural breaks reduces the ability to reject a false unit root null hypothesis. accordingly, vari5 as transactions costs are usually associated to the real movement of commodities between markets, myers and jayne (2012) and stephens et al. (2012) investigate the possibility that price transmission between spatially distinct markets might vary during periods with and without physical trade flows and might depend on the size of trade flows. 6 for a recent contribution on the theoretical and empirical properties of the agricultural price series, see stigler (2011). 85horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets ous unit root tests have been developed to allow for structural breaks in the time series (amongst others, perron and vogelsang, 1992; clemente et al., 1998; zivot and andrews, 1992; see glynn et al. 2007 for a review). besides structural breaks, in some cases agricultural price series appear to be neither i(0) nor i(1) but rather i(d) processes with 0 < d < 1 (fractional integration). originally proposed by granger and joyeux (1980), the idea of fractional integration implies that, although not behaving as random walks, the price series keep the memory of a given shock for a long period, and this may also generate non-linear patterns quite close to chaotic processes. as emphasized by wei and leuthold (1998) and mohanty et al. (1998) (see also stigler, 2011), this is often the case for agricultural prices (mostly, in fact, future prices). conventional unit-root tests may fail in assessing whether price series are i(0) or i(1) while, in fact, they are i(d) with 0 < d < 1. thus, the presence of such a long memory within the price series has to be tested following appropriate approaches, as that proposed by geweke and porter-hudak (1983) and modified by phillips (1999a,b). therefore, in a standard time series analysis, non-stationary variables are usually assumed to be either first-order integrated, i(1), or second-order integrated, i(2), or fractionally integrated (engsted, 2006). however, the temporary explosive patterns of prices observed in recent years represent a true problem for the analysis. a price series showing explosive behavior is not necessarily an i(2) series. indeed, i(2) series would imply a permanent exuberance of prices while, on the contrary, the observed patterns inflate and deflate within a relatively limited period of time («temporary collapsing bubbles») (diba and grossman, 1988). in other words, price bubbles induce a temporary explosive root in price series in addition to a unit root. if this additional root is not appropriately considered, conventional testing may fail to detect the real underlying stochastic process (evans, 1991). recent works by phillips and magdalinos (2009), philips et al. (2009) and phillips and yu, 2009 (see also gutierrez, 2010) have provided an appropriate framework for assessing the presence of an explosive root within processes that would be otherwise ruled as i(1)7. these sequential tests not only assess on a period-by-period basis the nonstationarity of the price series against an explosive alternative but they are also able to date the beginning and the end of price exuberance («the bubble»). 2.3 the basic empirical framework for price transmission analysis once the time series properties of the agricultural prices have been investigated, price interactions can be properly analysed. in this respect, and also concerning the econometric techniques put forward in empirical applications, fackler and goodwin (2001) identify simple regression and correlation analysis as the oldest approach. the basic representation of a price transmission equation is the following: p1t = β0 +β1p2t +β2tt + εt (1) 7 other modelling frameworks can actually admit transitory deviations from a regular i(0) or i(1) process. koenker and xiao (2006), for instance, show that quantile autoregression models (qar) may allow temporary unitroot tendencies or even explosive behavior, while maintaining stationarity in the long run. 86 g. listorti and r. esposti where p1t and p2t are the prices in locations 1 and 2 at time t, respectively. t represents transaction costs and εt is conventional disturbance. markets 1 and 2 are taken to be perfectly integrated if β1 = β2 =1 and β0 = 0 . these models can be also evaluated in logarithmic form, i.e. p1t = β0 +β1p2t +β2τ t + εt (2) the underlying equation in levels being p1t = e β0p2t β1tt β2eεt (3) where p = log p, τ = log t and β1 is the elasticity of price transmission. for spatial price transmission, β1=1 reflects the validity of the lop, while for transmission across commodities β1 is expected to be close to 1/-1 under perfect substitutability/complementarity. as t (or τ) can be hardly observed, this term and the parameter β2 are actually skipped, and β0≠0 roughly captures all factors contributing to price differentials8. regression model (1), or (2), however, raises two major conceptual and practical concerns. first of all, markets 1 and 2 being interdependent, p2t cannot be assumed exogenous with respect to p1t. in other words, all prices are endogenous. secondly, as mentioned before, any adjustment toward an equilibrium between markets and prices (as expressed by the lop) takes time, and temporary deviations from this equilibrium can be observed. dynamic regression models have thus gained increasing attention because they allow to represent both contemporaneous and lagged price linkages and take price endogeneity into account. the basic version of these dynamic specifications is the vector autoregression (var) model9: pt = cipt i i=1 k + dxt + t (4) where pt is the (n×1; n is the number of price series considered in the analysis) vector of prices (either in levels or logarithms) at time t (thus, pt-i indicates the vector of prices at time t-i, i being the generic time lag from 1 to k), xt is a (m×1) vector of m possible exogenous factors with the associated (n×m) parameter matrix d. the ck are the (n×n) matrices of coefficients of the k-th lagged prices, and εt is a (n×1) vector of disturbances expressing the unobservable serially independent market shocks. a common template embedding all dynamic regression models is provided by fackler and goodwin (2001). granger causality, the so-called ravallion (1986) market integration criteria (based on a radial structure with central and satellites markets) as well as the analyses of impulse response functions (irfs) and cointegration analysis (see next paragraph) can all be interpreted as empirical tools to analyse price transmission within this basic framework. 8 the strong underlying assumption is that all factors possibly contributing to price differentials, but not explicitly taken into account among regressors, are either constant (if a specification like (1) is used) or a constant proportion of prices (if a specification like (2) is used). 9 the var model (4) actually represents the reduced-form specification of the linkages across prices. in order to make the structural relationships (that is, the contemporaneous linkages) explicit, the model has to be rewritten in a structural form (svar): a0pt = aipt−i i=1 k ∑ +bxt +ut . 87horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets the validity of such basic framework lies on the fact that it analyzes price transmission without any available information but prices. other empirical models have been proposed, as variants or alternatives with respect to (4), whenever more information on transaction costs, trade flows, and agents’ expectations are made available (barrett and li, 2002). this is the case of the switching regime models (sexton et al., 1991; baulch, 1997) or of rational expectations models (goodwin et al., 1990). however, the availability of long high-frequency (weekly or daily) price series, on the one hand, improves the capacity of capturing the dynamics of arbitrage processes; on the other hand, it prevents the use of variables other than observed market prices. for these practical reasons, reduced models like (4) have become the most prevalent framework for the empirical analysis of agricultural price transmission. 2.4 cointegration models since the seminal work of ardeni (1989), the concept of cointegration has demonstrated an intuitive appeal for the study of price transmission mechanisms within dynamic regression models. as price series are often nonstationary, as discussed before, cointegration models are ideal to represent how non-stationary variables are linked by a stationary long run relationship (which is, in fact, the main interest of price transmission analysis), though they can diverge from it in the short run. cointegration models thus allow to disentangle short and long run dynamics in price interdependence. their empirical specification takes the form of vector error correction models (vecm) that can be intended as the natural development of model specification (4) under such circumstances. a standard vector error correction model (vecm) can be written as follows (engle and granger, 1987): δpt = αβ 'pt−1 + γiδpt−ii=1 k−1∑ + ε t (5) where pt is the (n×1) vector of prices at time t; α (n×r) is the loading matrix which contains the adjustments parameters toward the equilibrium (the ‘speed’ of price transmission; prakash 1999 cited in conforti 2004); β (n×r) is the cointegration matrix containing the r long-run relationships (cointegrating vectors) expressing the ‘degree’ of price transmission (when prices p are expressed in logs, the coefficients of β can be read as price transmission elasticities); γi (n×n) are matrixes containing coefficients expressing the short-run responses to price shocks; εt is a conventional (n×1) vector of zero-mean, unitvariance, and independent and identically distributed disturbances. the rank of π = αβ’ allows to determine the presence of cointegration (i.e., of a long run relationship) amongst the variables: if rank(π) = 0, the variables are not cointegrated, and the model becomes equivalent to a var in the first differences, δp. in such case, the conclusion would be that there is no long run relationship among prices, and their interdependence is limited to short-run responses to shocks. if rank(π) = n, the variables are stationary, and the model is equivalent to a var in levels like (4)10. if 0 < rank(π) = r < n, 10 though not distinguishing between long-run and short-run price relationships, a var specification of the price transmission equations still admits all the modelling variants presented for the vecm case in section 3. 88 g. listorti and r. esposti the variables are cointegrated11. therefore, for nonstationary series, cointegration has been considered to be a sufficient condition for integrated markets. in a system with n prices, the number of cointegration relations (r) can be also considered as an index of the degree of integration of the respective markets. in the empirical literature on agricultural price transmission of the last twenty years, the vecm approach has become dominant (goodwin and fackler 2001; miljkovic, 1999; listorti, 2009) also because several improvements of the basic specification (5) have been progressively introduced. for instance, threshold cointegration models (balke and fomby, 1997) and asymmetric cointegration models (ghoshray, 2002; meyer and von craumontaubadel, 2004) allow for a more sophisticated representation of how prices respond to shocks in the short run and adjust to their long run equilibrium. these developments will be extensively discussed in the next section. despite this intuitive appeal and its success in price transmission and market integration analysis, the use of cointegration techniques also presents some shortcomings (barrett, 1996; miljkovic, 1999). in particular, given that the long run relation expresses the lop, the fundamental assumption underlying the vecm (5) is that price spreads β’pt-1 (therefore, all components which account for these spreads) are constant, if prices are in levels (or, in the case of prices expressed in logarithms, are a constant proportion of prices). more generally, cointegration is not a necessary condition for markets to be efficiently integrated, since transaction costs (as well as other elements contributing to price spreads) could vary over time and may themselves be nonstationary processes. also in this respect, some possible developments will be discussed in the next section. nonetheless, cointegration analyses should always be accompanied by a careful exploration of the economic characteristics of the markets under study. 3. recent literature and open issues in all variants discussed in the previous section (var models in case of i(0) price series, vecm models when the series are cointegrated, and d-differences var models whenever the i(d) series are not cointegrated), the dynamic regression models constitute the predominant framework for the empirical analysis of agricultural price transmission. however, in its conventional specifications, this modelling approach may fail in providing an adequate representation of the often complex price co-movements. to better capture the observed behaviour of prices, recent research on horizontal price transmission expanded this framework in three major directions: price transmission and non-linearities; price transmission and changing volatility; price transmission and policy intervention. table 1 displays a selection of the most recent contributions with regard to the three directions of research12. for instance, santeramo and cioffi (2010, 2012) and cioffi et al. (2011) present several applications to agricultural markets of the threshold var (tvar) model. 11 hassouneh et al. (2012: 22) review the proper specifications of the price transmission equations depending on the outcome of the unit-root and cointegration testing procedures. 12 stigler (2011) provides a good survey on the main empirical issues raised by the recent price rally on agricultural markets. many of these issues are related to those under discussion here, although our attention is more on the methodological developments put forward by the recent literature rather than on the actual identification of the drivers of the market turmoil in the past few years. 89horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets 3.1 price transmission and non-linearities the general framework of price transmission presented in section 2 is based on the assumption that the prices under study can be represented as linear i(d)13 (mostly i(1)) autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) processes. under such circumstance, a preliminary condition for price transmission analysis is assessing whether these prices show the same order of integration. the knowledge of this common order of integration allows analyzing price transmission by identifying linear short-term and/or long-term relationships. however, actual price movements may seriously question this assumption. 13 d indicates the order of integration. table 1. tentative mapping of the recent contributions on horizontal agricultural price transmission primary focus secondary focus non-linearities volatility policies non-linearities goodwin and piggott (2001) mainardi (2001) sephton (2003) balcombe et al. (2007) balcombe and rapsomanikis (2008) götz et al. (2008) serra et al. (2008) ihle and amikuzuno (2009) ihle et al. (2009) ubilava and holt (2009) amikuzuno (2010) santeramo and cioffi (2010) baldi et al. (2011) brosig et al. (2011) greb et al. (2011) hassouneh et al. (2011) liu (2011) myers and jayne (2011) natanelov et al., (2011) stephens et al. (2012) listorti (2007, 2009) götz et al. (2010) cioffi et al. (2011) djuric et al. (2011) ihle et al. (2011) santeramo and cioffi (2012) volatility rezitis and stavropoulos (2011) busse et al. (2010) hernandez et al. (2011) serra (2011) rapsomanikis (2011) rapsomanikis and mugera (2011) serra et al. (2011) policies dawson et al. (2006) dawson and sanjuan (2006) serra et al. (2006) barassi and ghoshray (2007) esposti and listorti (2011) hernández-villafuerte (2011) rezitis and stavropoulos (2010) thompson et al. (2002) mohanty and langley (2003) verga and zuppiroli (2003) barassi and ghoshray (2007) 90 g. listorti and r. esposti in other words, real observations may suggest that the data generating process is rather a non-linear function of the lagged prices (harvey and leybourne, 2007). in such cases, differentiation does not restore stationarity, and price transmission cannot be analysed as a linear stationary combination of prices. in agricultural markets, such deviations from the conventional linear cointegration framework should not come as a surprise. the price «bubble» observed in 2007-2008 confirmed that these series can hardly be represented by i(d) processes. therefore, the recent literature has increasingly expressed the need for an extension of the basic framework, particularly taking advantage of the developments of applied econometrics coping with the combination of nonstationarity and nonlinearity. more specifically, in the case of agricultural prices, two lines of research can be identified. the first concentrates on nonlinearities found in the individual price series and on the consequences on price transmission. in particular, the attention is on price series showing a temporary explosive root in addition to a unit root: indeed, for these series, no univocal order of integration may be found14. engsted (2006) and nielsen (2010) show that, even if one series shows a temporary explosive root, the cointegration model (and the vecm specification) remains an «ideal framework» for analyzing the linkage between variables that have a common stochastic trend (they are cointegrated), but in which one of the series also has an explosive root. under this circumstance, specification (5) should be written in a form that admits two structural relations. the first contains the usual cointegrating parameters (the linear combination of prices that is i(0)); the second contains the co-explosive parameters (the linear combination of prices that is not i(0) but not explosive) (engested, 2006): δ1δ ρpt = α1β1 'δ ρpt−1 +α ρβρ 'δ1pt−1+ γiδ1δ ρpt−i i=1 k−2 ∑ + ε t (6) where pt is the (n×1) vector of prices at time t; δ ρ = 1− ρl( ) and ρ is the explosive (ρ>1) root. α1 is the conventional cointegration vector15 while βρ contains the co-explosive parameters. all other parameter matrices (α1, αρ, γi) can be interpreted according to equation (5). it is worth noticing that, if the interest rests prevalently in the usual cointegrating (i.e., long run) relationship between the prices (and/or we have not a reliable estimate of ρ), the standard johansen (1995) estimation procedure holds its validity, and we may simply proceed to estimate (5) (see esposti and listorti, 2011) for an application to agricultural prices). however, if we were also interested in investigating the price relationships 14 as mentioned in section 2.2, also fractional integration could generate temporarily non-linear patterns. the presence of long memory in price series can be represented with an arfima (autoregressive fractionally integrated moving average) model (geweke and porter-hudak, 1983; phillips 1999a,b). an application of this approach to agricultural markets can be found in wei and leuthold (1998). wang and garcia (2011) present an extension of this modelling framework to the analysis of time-varying volatility within a garch representation. nonetheless, this approach has found quite limited interest in the analysis of the transmission of agricultural prices and seems less insightful with respect to the recent turbulence of agricultural markets (esposti and listorti, 2010). therefore, it will not be considered in the present review anymore. 15 it can be demonstrated that β1 corresponds to the β of specification (5) (nielsen, 2010). 91horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets within the (co)explosive period, we should firstly find out the value of ρ>1 and then estimate (6) to obtain an estimate of βρ 16. the second direction of research on linearity concentrates on the nonlinearity of the relations among price series (the vecm representation). this is, in fact, what is commonly intended as the «non-linearity problem» within price transmission literature. this issue has already received much attention also because it took advantage of the continuous developments in the concepts and tools of nonlinear cointegration over the last fifteen years (dufrénot and mignon, 2002). three different empirical strategies to include nonlinearity within the conventional vecm can be identified17. an easy and intuitive way to account for nonlinearity is to assume that a regime change intervenes at a certain point in time. it consists in a change in the relationship among prices and is deterministic, that is, induced by some observed exogenous factor (for instance, a new policy, a new regulation, a new technology, etc.). this kind of regime change is introduced in the vecm in the form of a structural break within the cointegration relationship. johansen et al. (2000) generalize the standard johansen cointegration framework by admitting up to two predetermined breaks in the cointegration space, and propose a model where breaks in the deterministic terms are allowed at known points in time. johansen et al. (2000) propose to divide the sample in q periods, separated by the occurrence of structural breaks, where j denotes each period. the general vecm becomes: δ1pt = α β µ ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ' pt−1 te t−1 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ + γe t + γ iδ1pt−i i=1 k−1 ∑ + k i,j j=2 q ∑ d j,t+k−i i=1 k ∑ + θmwm,t m=1 d ∑ + ε t (7) where pt is the (n×1) vector of prices at time t; k is the lag length of the underlying var. β contains the usual long run coefficients in the cointegrating vector and µ = µ1t µ2t ... µqt ⎡ ⎣ ⎤ ⎦ ' is the vector containing the long run drift parameters of the q periods. et is a vector of q dummy variables that take the value 1, i.e.,ejt = 1, if the observation belongs to the jth period (j = 1, …, q), and 0 otherwise; that is, et = e1t e2t ... eqt ⎡ ⎣ ⎤ ⎦ ' . α includes the adjustment coefficients. dt is an impulse dummy (with its lagged values) that equals unity if the observation t is the ith of the jth period, and is included to allow the conditional likelihood function to be derived given the initial values in each period. wt are the intervention dummies (up to d) included to obtain well-behaving residuals. the short run parameters are included in matrices γ (2 x q), γ (2 x 2), k (2 x 1) for each j and i, and θ (2 x 2). εt are assumed to be i.i.d. with zero mean and symmetric and positive definite variance, ω. the cointegration hypothesis 16 once an explosive root is found with an appropriate testing procedure (phillips and magdalinos, 2009; philips et al., 2009; phillips and yu, 2009) and then estimated (engested, 2006), the analysis of price transmission can be carried through this adaptation of the conventional vecm framework. 17 an extensive survey on how to cope with nonlinearities within price transmission analysis can be found in ihle (2009); see also hassouneh et al. (2012). 92 g. listorti and r. esposti is formulated by testing the rank of π = α β µ ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ' ; its asymptotic distribution cannot be generalized as it depends on the number of non-stationary relations, on the location of breakpoints and on the trend specification (johansen et al., 2000). in this approach, the regime changes (the breaks) must be known ex-ante, though appropriate tests can be run in this respect (listorti, 2009). dawson et al. (2006), dawson and sanjuan (2006), listorti (2009) and esposti and listorti (2011) present applications of this structural break approach to the analysis of agricultural price transmission, each with possible variants or adaptations to specific contexts18. a second and more sophisticated approach has received a great deal of attention especially in the last five years19. it collects a set of alternative variants under the common label of regime-dependent or state-dependent vecm models. the underlying assumption is that price series behave as autoregressive processes whose parameters are not constant but change under different regimes, or, in other words, under different values of the prices. this leads to a non-linear representation of the individual data generating process and, possibly, to a non-linear relationship among cointegrated prices. such representation is particularly appealing in the analysis of price interdependence as the presence of transaction costs make arbitrage (thus, the lop) occur only (or differently) when the price differential exceeds a given threshold. the general case of this non-linear vecm (teräsvirta, 1994), is the smooth-transition vecm (stvecm): δpt = α1β 'pt−1 + γi 1pt−ii=1 k−1∑( ) 1−g(st ,γ ,c)( )+ α2β 'pt−1 + γi 2pt−ii=1 k−1∑( )g(st ,γ ,c)+ ε t (8) where superscripts 1,2 indicate the two regimes in which observed prices can be. (8) evidently represents a combination of two vecms which, eventually, implies a non-linear representation of the linkage between prices. while the long run relationship (β) remains the same, all the other parameters expressing the adjustment and short-run dynamics differ across the regimes. in fact, the basic justification behind this approach is to capture the role of transaction costs in regime switching under the assumption that transaction costs actually concern the adjustment and short-run dynamics, not the underlying lr relationship. g(st) is the so-called transition function; its value ranges between 0 and 1 and represents the extent to which the price relationship lies in the two regimes. st is the transition variable which usually takes the form of some lagged price values or lagged residuals from the error correction relationship, while c and γ are just two parameters expressing the thresholds between the two regimes and the speed of transition from one regime to another, respectively. the logistic and exponential specifications of g(st) are the ones that are most frequently adopted in the literature20. 18 an alternative approach is proposed by barassi and ghoshray (2007) that assume that the structural break affects the cointegration rank r rather than the cointegrating relationship: the break generates (or eliminates) the cointegrating relationship among the prices. 19 see hassouneh et al. (2012). 20 ubilava and holt (2009), for instance, adopts an exponential stvecm to analyse price transmission across vegetable oil world markets. 93horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets with respect to the structural break approach, this second stream of literature has the advantage that the regime change is not entered as an exogenous instantaneous shifter, and the movement across the regimes depends on price data themselves. thus, it seems more suited to analyse nonlinear price transmission during period of market instability and whenever the timing and the causes of this change in regime are hardly identifiable. though, in principle, (8) can take many different forms, two specific cases on nonlinear agricultural price transmission have become prevalent in the empirical literature21. in the first one, it is γ = 0. given st, the threshold variable c establishes whether the price linkage is in regime 1 or 2. this is the popular threshold cointegration framework (already mentioned in section 2.4); a threshold vecm (tvecm) specification (ihle, 2009) can be even generalised to more than two regimes, provided that the sum of the value of the transition functions in any regime remains = 1. an early application to agricultural markets comparing a stvecm and a tvecm can be found in mainardi (2001). recent applications of the tvecm approach to agricultural price transmission, just to mention a few, are goodwin and piggott (2001), sephton (2003), serra et al. (2006), ihle and cramon-taubadel (2008), serra et al. (2008), amikuzuno (2010), brosig et al. (2011), greb et al. (2011), rezitis and stavropoulos (2011). in the second case, the actual regime depends on a probabilistic process behaving like a markov chain. the chain determines regime switching; the transition probabilities from one regime to another are established by a time-invariant transition matrix. this version of (8) is the so-called markov-switching vecm (msvecm) specification. among others, recent applications to agricultural price transmission are ihle and cramon-taubadel (2008), and ihle et al. (2009), djuric et al. (2011). out of these two modelling approaches many variants have been proposed (natanelov et al., 2011). analysing in details all these variants as well as their pros and cons is well beyond the scope of this article22. it is worth emphasizing, however, that the common feature of all these tvecm and msvecm approaches is that they all concentrate on the nonlinearity of price transmission (i.e., on the regime change) in the adjustment (error correction) and short-run parameters, leaving the long run equilibrium unchanged (non-regime dependent). for this reason, such models can be called nonlinear error correction models to distinguish them from those where the cointegrating relationship may also be nonlinear (nonlinear cointegration models; see below). therefore, these approaches reflect the idea that nonlinearities in price movements mostly occur during periods of market turbulence or instability and represent temporary changes in how prices respond to deviations from 21 for instance, either symmetric or asymmetric tvecm can be specified (liu, 2011) as well as exogenous or endogenous thresholds (the so-called self-extracting tvecm; ihle, 2009). moreover, in this context, though not necessarily after a formal derivation from (8), other specifications have been proposed to model the adjustment processes and the short-run dynamics. the main purpose of these approaches is to minimize the ex ante restrictions imposed on data with respect to these dynamics. nonlinear parametric (sephton, 2003) and nonparametric specifications (serra et al. 2006; hassouneh et al., 2011) have been used, the latter receiving increasing attention by analysts in this field. 22 note that a sort of structural break approach could also be obtained as a special case of (8). if γ = 0 and the change in regime does not depend on a transition variable, st, but only on an exogenous threshold, c, we obtain a specification where, however, an exogenous break only operates in the adjustment and short-run dynamics, not in the long run (cointegrating) relationship. in this sense, such a solution cannot be regarded, strictly speaking, as a real «structural» break model. 94 g. listorti and r. esposti long run equilibria. this somehow implicit choice of introducing nonlinearities only in the short-run components of the vecm not only prevents the identification (and interpretation) of problems of possibly multiple long-run equilibria, but also expresses the assumption of an underlying theoretical long-run relationship whose validity holds regardless of ‘disturbing’ variables, such as policy interventions, temporary market turbulence, etc. this is evidently appealing in the case of the lop. it must be noticed, however, that some of these ‘disturbing’ variables affecting the short-run dynamics may, in fact, limit spatial arbitrage (thus, the lop itself), as in the case of trade and market policy measures. the rapid development of these nonlinear correction models raised several issues on their estimation and interpretation. on the one hand, the stvecm (and the tvecm variant, in particular) gives the analyst a great flexibility in adapting the model specification to the observed price data. on the other hand, however, it remains true that these models depend on several subjective aspects (how many regimes, which transition functions and/ or which thresholds) and generate ad hoc specifications, where transitions to new regimes or thresholds are determined by the specific price series under study, and results are sometimes hardly replicable, generalizable and even interpretable. a further concern is the appropriate estimation of these nonlinear specifications. classical estimation procedures are based on the nonlinear least squares (nls) or maximum likelihood (ml) estimator, but the application of such estimation procedures to these generalized models may generate results that lack robustness and consistency with theory and expectations. in recent years, bayesian techniques have been often suggested to avoid some of these problems (balcombe et al., 2007; balcombe and rapsomanikis, 2008; greb et al., 2011). a third empirical strategy to cope with nonlinear price transmission responds to the need of consistently admitting nonlinearities and changes in regime in both long run relationships and in adjustment and short run dynamics. for the sake of simplicity, we can call this approach nonlinear cointegration models. in fact, we can group under this category a pretty heterogeneous set of approaches whose common feature is to admit both kinds of nonlinearity. it is worth noticing that an easy way to impose nonlinear short and long run relationships is to specify a vecm, like (5), not in the levels of prices but in some nonlinear transformation of them. cointegration would represents the stationary relationship occurring not among price levels but rather among nonlinear functions of prices. these functions may take the form of n-order polynomials, for instance, though imposing these specifications ex ante may be arbitrary and have a poor theoretical justification. this simple solution to introduce nonlinearities is more frequent in empirical literature than usually acknowledged. in particular, very often the vecm of price transmission is expressed in the logarithm of prices rather than in price levels (listorti, 2009; esposti and listorti, 2011). as mentioned before, this transformation not only facilitates the interpretation of results (estimated parameters can be directly interpreted as elasticities) but it often provides a larger goodness of fit in the estimation stage. still, this transformation implicitly imposes nonlinearities both in the long-run equilibrium and in the adjustment and short-run dynamics. in this third stream of empirical works on agricultural price transmission, however, we actually include those relatively few applications in which a regime switch is admitted in both the short run and in the long-run parts of the vecm. in doing this, as in the structural break case, these works relax the already mentioned limiting assumption 95horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets underlying the conventional vecm in price transmission analysis, namely, that long run price spreads (β’pt-1) and, consequently, all their determinants are time invariant. in particular, götz et al. (2008) propose an approach where not only the short-run adjustment process towards equilibrium is non-linear, as in threshold vecm and markov switching vecm frameworks, but also the long-run equilibrium relationship can display thresholdtype nonlinearity. in listorti (2009), both the adjustment parameters and the cointegrating relationship are assumed to vary according to regime changes that enter the model as structural breaks. stephens et al. (2012) apply grrr (generalized reduced rank regression) techniques to estimate a vecm model admitting regime-dependent long-run and short-run coefficients23. this kind of generalized regime-dependent modelling framework, however, still needs to be developed not only in the estimation stage but also in achieving a consistent regime-switching representation of the different parts of the vecm in addition to providing a sound theoretical justification24. 3.2 price transmission and time-varying volatility the problem of volatility is somehow related to non linearities, and especially to market ‘bubbles’ and instability. volatility is a key concept in the analysis of financial markets: it expresses the standard deviation of the logarithmic returns of a given financial instrument. the major interest in the concept of volatility within price transmission analysis lies in the fact that periods of exuberance can be generated by a temporary increase in volatility (volatility clustering) rather than by a temporary or permanent change in price formation and transmission mechanisms. in fact, one possible reconciliation of conventional i(1) series with the nonlinearities implied by «price bubbles» can be found in a sharp and temporary increase in volatility. in recent years, in particular, the turmoil observed in many agricultural markets has increased the attention of researchers and policy makers on the increasing volatility of prices (balcombe, 2011; european commission, 2011; fao, 2011; hernandez et al., 2011; huchet-bourdon, 2011; prakash, 2011) and on the need for explicitly modelling the change of volatility over time (time-varying volatility) in price transmission analysis25. the modelling issue is, in fact, twofold: how do we include time-varying volatility in price 23 another application to agricultural markets of a modelling framework where both short-run and long-run parameters may be regime-dependent can be found in by myers and jayne (2011). they actually present a singleequation approach which is, however, analogous to a conventional vecm specification. 24 a mention has to be made to a quite different line of research recently emerged in the empirical literature on nonlinearities in agricultural price transmission. as imposing ex ante some forms of these nonlinearities may be arbitrary and hardly confirmed by the data, an alternative approach is to maintain the conventional linear vecm representation and then use the method of local projections to compute nonlinear impulse response functions. kuiper and bunte (2011) analyse price transmission along the meat supply chain by applying the jorda’s method (jorda, 2005) to compute nonlinear responses without the need to specify and estimate an underlying nonlinear dynamic system. 25 here, the interest in the volatility of agricultural prices concentrates on its empirical implications for price transmission analysis. a detailed discussion on its theoretical explanations as well as on its micro and macro implications is beyond the scope of this paper (see stigler, 2011, for a valuable review on the topic). moreover, in the present review of the literature, we only consider studies where volatility (garch effects) is admitted within price transmission models (vecm) while we disregard those empirical works concentrating only on the analysis of the volatility in agricultural price series (piot-lepetit and m’barek, 2011; busse et al., 2011). 96 g. listorti and r. esposti transmission models26? how is the change in volatility itself transmitted across markets (volatility spillovers or contagion)? regarding the first aspect, it is natural to analyse volatility by looking at the variance of the error term of the stochastic process generating the price series under observation. the typical tool of such analysis is the specification of garch (generalized autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity) effects, that is, the specification of a price generating stochastic process whose error term follows itself a stochastic (arma) process. as far as the second aspect is concerned, it is worth noticing that in multivariate stochastic processes, as in price transmission models, these garch effects can also arise across individual series, consequently allowing the time-varying variance of one series to affect that of another series. these are also called multiple garch (mgarch) effects (bollerslev, 1990) and are appropriate tools to analyse volatility spillovers. more generally, admitting mgarch effects in price transmission analysis means to make the difference between market interdependence and contagion explicit. interdependence identifies the permanent «normal (or tranquil) times» linkage across prices, while contagion indicates the temporary increase of this interdependence after a significant shock, that is, in «turbulent times» (bukug et al., 2003). in a context of a remarkable change in price volatility, therefore, the key issue in modelling price transmission is how to take into account these two different situations (forbes and rigobon, 2002; bacchiocchi and bevilacqua, 2009). although the empirical literature ranges over a broader set of methodologies (dungey et al., 2004), mgarch models are one of the currently prevalent methodological solutions to model, at once, market interdependence and contagion during market crises. the flexibility of the mgarch specification and its capacity to give a parsimonious representation of the formation and transmission of time-varying volatility across markets explains the increasing interest in this kind of models. in principle, admitting a mgarch effect within the basic price transmission modelling framework (vecm) is relatively straightforward. this vecm-mgarch model is specified as follows: δpt = αβ 'pt−1 + γiδpt−ii=1 k−1∑ + ε t ε t =ht 1 2 νt (9) where, in addition to the usual notation (see equation 5) νt is an (n×1) vector of zero-mean, unit-variance, and independent and identically distributed disturbances27, while ht 1/2 is the cholesky factor of the time-varying (n×n) conditional covariance matrix ht. this latter is the matrix generalization of univariate garch models and expresses how the current shocks and current volatility of a given price depend on past shocks and past volatility of the same price as well as those of other prices (volatility spillovers). the specification of ht is the key issue underlying the specification and estimation of the vecm-mgarch models (bauwens et al., 2006). the easiest solution is the conditional correlation mgarch (cc26 actually, many studies, especially applications to financial markets, also focus on how volatility affects asset returns (smith, 2009). in agricultural markets, this kind of application may be of interest in the case of futures prices. 27 multivariate normality is usually assumed. 97horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets mgarch) where the conditional covariance matrix has a simple structure as it is decomposed into a matrix of conditional correlations, rt, and a diagonal matrix of conditional variances, dt, of the error terms εt : ht =dt 1 2rtdt 1 2 . in order to facilitate the estimation of such specification, bollerslev (1990) originally proposed a parameterisation of rt that assumes time invariance (constant conditional correlation mgarch, or ccc-mgarch). such specification, however, is not particularly helpful in price transmission analysis as it strongly restricts the capacity of the model to take into account time-varying volatility and volatility spillovers. empirical applications of the vecm-mgarch model to agricultural price transmission thus adopt time-variant parameterisation of rt. it is the case of the dynamic conditional correlation mgarch (dcc-mgarch)28 and of the bekk-mgarch specifications. the latter has been originally proposed by engle and kroner (1995) and specifies the conditional covariance matrix as follows: ht =c 'c+a 'ε t−1 'ε t−1a+b 'ht−1b where a, b and c are (n×n) matrices containing time-invariant parameters to be estimated. c is a lower triangular matrix, a models the influence of past market shocks on current price volatility, while b models the influence of past volatility on current volatility. therefore, with a limited amount of time-invariant parameters, this specification provides a highly flexible representation of how volatility varies and is transmitted. serra (2011) presents an application to agricultural price transmission of this vecmbekk-mgarch model. the two parts of the model (the vecm modelling the price conditional mean and the bekk-mgarch modelling the conditional heteroscedasticity) are estimated jointly using the standard maximum likelihood procedures. several other vecmmgarch approaches to agricultural price transmission have been proposed. all can be considered variants of the approach depicted above. the focus is particularly on possible parametric misspecifications of the conditional covariance. nonlinear specifications have thus been proposed as in the case of the exponential garch (egarch) model (bukug et al., 2003) that also allows for an asymmetric representation of the impact of positive and negative innovations on conditional variances function. serra (2011) proposes a semiparametric variant of the vecm-bekk-mgarch model while ifpri (2011) adopts a combination of both linear and nonlinear specifications of univariate garch models. further possible specifications of the approach admit more complex nonlinearities like in the case of regime-dependent garch structures (the switching regime, swgarch, the smooth transition, stgarch, and the threshold, tgarch, garch models) (bacchiocchi and bevilacqua, 2009). in other cases, modifications are introduced to relax the assumption of multivariate normality of the disturbance terms (copulagarch models) (lee and long, 2009). these latter developments, that can enrich the representation of how volatility varies over time and transmits across markets, are currently less explored in the agricultural price transmission analysis. 3.3 price transmission and policy interventions a final major field of research on horizontal price transmission is the analysis of the role played by policy measures. whatever the underlying theoretical justification be, sev28 applications of the dcc-mgarch specification within vecm approaches to agricultural price transmission can be found in rapsomanikis (2011) and rapsomanikis and mugera (2011). 98 g. listorti and r. esposti eral policy instruments may affect price formation and the relationships among prices generating regime-switching and nonlinearities in price linkages, as well as volatility clustering and volatility spillovers. this is particularly evident in the case of spatial (especially cross-country) price transmission. though not always fully understood (stigler, 2011), it is evident that border and domestic policies (notably, price stabilisation policies) can have a strong influence on cross-country price transmission. in particular, variable levies, export subsidies, non tariff barriers, tariff rate quotas, and prohibitive tariffs are expected to prevent prices from convergence, whereas ad valorem and fixed tariffs should affect price spreads behaving as proportional or fixed transaction costs. in all cases, variations in the adoption of such instruments interfere with spatial arbitrage (that is, the lop) and, thus, affect price and volatility transmission. as a matter of fact, policy factors remained at the margin of the literature on price transmission in agricultural markets (fackler and goodwin, 2001) at least until the recent price crisis. this created a major interest in researchers on the eventual effect of changes in trade policies (introduction of export taxes, reduction of import duties, etc.). while analysing the key-forces underlying an unprecedented price rally, the role of policy factors has become an area that deserves increasing attention, also leading to a constant monitoring of the individual (country-level) policy measures in place29, and to a careful assessment of their intended and unintended consequences on price transmission and volatility (tangermann, 2011). the basic question is: how can policy variables enter the above-mentioned price transmission modelling framework? in general terms, introducing policy variables within the vecm is relatively straightforward from a strictly methodological point of view. from an economic perspective, however, whether this representation is really consistent is more questionable. in particular, one may wonder whether the policy variables affect the short-run (adjustment) or the long-run (equilibrium) relationships or both; whether they affect the price expected value or its volatility, or both; whether they can be treated as exogenous variables or are, in fact, endogenous, that is, they depend on price movements themselves30. on the one hand, the increasingly sophisticated empirical specifications and econometric procedures mentioned above augment the toolbox one can use to include policy variables within the adopted models. on the other hand, however, these more sophisticated approaches often raise questions about the proper way to account for these variables in the analysis. interestingly, despite the recent strong interest of policy makers and public institutions in this respect, the empirical studies explicitly analysing the role of policy in agricultural price transmission remain relatively few compared to the great amount of applications that focus on methodological developments31. 29 see, for instance, . 30 listorti (2007, 2009) discusses how to derive empirical models from a theoretical framework that consistently considers how domestic and border policies affect the co-movement of commodity prices in international markets. 31 we restrict our attention to studies where policy variables are considered within a vecm framework. thompson et al. (2002) in some way represent a borderline case as the impact of the 1993 cap reform on wheat price convergence across eu is analysed within a surecm approach where price interdependence is expressed through the correlation across error terms of individual price equations. 99horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets the prevailing solution to enter policy variables within price transmission analysis remains to interpret the policy regime change as a structural break. once the breaks have been identified, a straightforward way of taking them into account in the estimating procedure is to split the sample according to the structural breaks (barassi and ghoshray, 2007; mohanty and langley, 2003; verga and zuppiroli, 2003), or to introduce specific dummy variables which allow the transmission parameters to vary according to the various policy regimes (dawson et al., 2006; dawson and sanjuan, 2006). in this latter case, following (7), policy variables enter the vecm representation as exogenous structural breaks. even in this apparently straightforward case, however, several practical issues remain. first of all, the location of the structural break points may not be so trivial. in some cases, the policy change intervenes in a well-identified point in time as in mohanty and langley (2003), verga and zuppiroli (2003), listorti (2007, 2009), esposti and listorti (2011). for instance, a structural break approach is adopted by ihle et al. (2011) to assess the impact of the different national implementation of the 2003 cap reform on market integration. the application covers the 2003-2009 period. it concerns the market of young calves, and it also includes, among possible structural breaks, the eruption of the blue tongue disease in 2006. in other cases, dating the structural break may require appropriate unit root or cointegration tests, like in dawson et al. (2006), dawson and sanjuan (2006), barassi and ghoshray (2007). esposti and listorti (2011) adopt a modified unit root test to date the beginning and the end of the 2007-2008 «price bubble». this structural break is then combined with the policy intervention decided to cope with price exuberance, that is, the temporary suspension of eu import tariff on cereals. the very assumption of an exogenous change in policy regime can be questionable, as in some circumstances this change depends on price movements, therefore it is endogenous (this can be the case of some domestic market measures or some border policies). more in general, as underlined by esposti and listorti (2011), the economic interpretation of how policy instruments affect price transmission may not be trivial and may significantly vary moving from (7) to the more sophisticated specifications in (6), (8) and (9). in these latter cases, at least in principle, policy variables may also have an impact on the co-explosive relationship, in (6), on the short-run and adjustment nonlinear dynamics by affecting regime-switching (either movements between the regimes and behaviour within each regime) in (8), on volatility clustering and transmission by entering the mgarch part of (9). the role of trade policies, and in particular of the entry price scheme, is investigated in cioffi et al. (2011) and santeramo and cioffi (2012) in the case of fruit and vegetables within a threshold model (in the tvar specification). in these applications the threshold is, respectively, exogenously set or endogenously determined, to assess whether prices behave differently according to the functioning of the eu entry price system for fruits and vegetables. among the most recent applications, also the msvecm approach seems to be a viable solution to include policy interventions. we can mention djuric et al. (2011) who analyse how the export restrictions implemented by the serbian government during the 2007-2008 price crisis affected international price transmission. this analysis is carried out within an msvecm where the policy change enters the model by determining the regime switch. the same kind of approach is also used by götz et al. (2010) to assess the impact of the temporary export controls introduced in russia and the ukraine on wheat price transmission during the 2007-2008 global food crisis. as in djuric et al. (2011), the 100 g. listorti and r. esposti results emerging from this msvecm approach suggest that the export ban or restrictions increased rather than disciplined market instability. rezitis et al. (2009) uses an analogous msvecm framework to analyse the impact of the 2003 cap reform on vertical price transmission within the greek lamb market. beside these few recent applications, we may acknowledge that the potentials of the current methodological developments on nonlinearities and time-variant volatility in price transmission analysis are still underexploited to assess the role of policy interventions. these few works clearly demonstrate, on the one hand, how far these approaches can take the insight on policy impacts. on the other hand, the way they enter policy measures within the price transmission framework generally remains ad hoc. a critical discussion on possible alternative solutions as well as a comparison of respective results could provide a more robust evidence in this respect. 4. mapping the recent literature: some summary considerations it seems helpful to conclude this survey on the broad and often very technical recent literature on agricultural price transmission by attempting a general and more detached view on the directions this literature is taking and on the consequent perspectives and challenges. table 1 tries to offer this wider perspective by mapping the recent contributions with respect to the three major fields of research discussed in the previous section32. as a matter of fact, most of the recent empirical literature on agricultural price transmission actually concentrates on one of these three major topics or on a combination of them. the picture provided in table 1 suggests some general considerations on the developments achieved as well as on the open issues. first of all, it can be noticed that, although the recent turbulence in agricultural markets demonstrates that these three aspects always co-exist, empirical works taking into account, at the same time, nonlinearities, time-varying volatility and volatility spillovers, and changes in policy regime are still lacking. many empirical works acknowledge the need for more comprehensive approaches and thus cope with two of these issues but, in fact, the novel contribution is usually focused on one of them (the primary focus). the impression is that the major attention is more on purely methodological issues rather than on understanding the real drivers of price comovements and interdependence. this impression is reinforced by the bias of the recent empirical works toward some fashionable methodological solutions, often brought to the spotlight by the successful work of some research groups. in particular, much attention is paid to tvecm, msvec and mgarch models. the prevalence of these approaches, however, does not have to necessarily be intended as a demonstration of their supremacy with respect to alternative methodological solutions. it is clear that the recent evolution of agricultural markets suggests that nowadays a careful analysis of agricultural price transmission and of the respective role of market and trade policies cannot ignore possible nonlinearities, time-varying volatility and volatility spillovers. however, this literature has still to achieve an agreement on which approach 32 due the notable amount of studies provided on this topic in the recent years, table 1 cannot be exhaustive and limits the analysis to the last decade focusing on the most recent contributions (particularly those coping with the 2007-2008 price crisis), and on those introducing some novelty in the methodological toolbox. 101horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets can be generally preferred; on the contrary, the choice of the methodology still remains mostly driven by specific conditions (e.g., available data) and objectives of the study. in more general terms, this emerges as the most significant limit of this recent literature and, consequently, of the present review: it pays a lot of attention to often sophisticated methodological aspects but often disregards, or leaves in the background, several relevant practical issues. these latter issues are critical to find the most suitable and intelligible ways to include policy measures within the existing modelling frameworks and, therefore, to make these empirical studies really able to inform the debate on how policy reforms may «pass-through» across markets (mostly, across national borders) via price transmission (brooks and melyukhina, 2005). in particular, the methodological developments have gone much further compared to the improvements in data availability and quality. the implication is that practitioners now have a wide and robust toolkit to study agricultural price transmission but appropriate data are often lacking. reliable high-frequency agricultural price data remain rare and few research contributions seem to really provide steps forward in this direction. this lack of effort and attention on the availability and quality of data has two major consequences. first of all, researchers may be tempted to apply the abovementioned powerful toolkit to inappropriate data. for instance, amikuzuno (2010) shows how low frequency (e.g., monthly) data might not capture the dynamics of the arbitrage processes thus providing imprecise estimates and misleading inferences about price transmission mechanisms. in other applications, futures rather than spot price data are used without paying much attention to the appropriateness of the methodological framework, and of the underlying theoretical justification, for this kind of data. the second consequence is the strong concentration of empirical applications on a limited group of agricultural commodities and sectors. many studies focus on cereal markets, while several others focus on meat and vegetable oil markets; a significant amount of studies concern the oil-biotehanol-corn or oil-biodiesel-oilseeds price linkage. the bias toward these agricultural commodities can be motivated by the lack of appropriate data for other agricultural products. in particular, the key assumption implied by these studies on horizontal price transmission is that products have a substantially homogenous quality (or time invariant quality differentials) across space. these requirements are quite restrictive and are met only by few agricultural commodities: those on which applications can be found. in many other cases (fruit and vegetables, wine, cheese, just to provide some examples) the suitability of these approaches can be strongly questioned unless data taking into account product quality are available. therefore, future research on agricultural price transmission is expected to continue to produce further improvements «vertically», by incessant refinements of the methodological toolkit, but also to make some progresses «horizontally», by improving the availability and the quality of data thus extending the application to a wider set of agricultural markets. acknowledgements the views expressed in this article are the sole responsibility of the authors and do not reflect, in any way, the position of the foag. authorship may be attributed as follows: sections 1 and 2 to listorti; sections 3 and 4 to esposti. the authors wish to thank 102 g. listorti and r. esposti two anonymous referees and the editor for their helpful suggestions and comments on an earlier version of the paper. references alderman, h. (1992). intercommodity price transmittal. analysis of food markets in ghana. the world bank, wps 884, april 1992. amikuzuno, j. (2010). spatial price transmission analysis in agricultural markets: does the data frequency improve our estimation? contributed paper presented at the joint 3rd aaae and 48th aeasa conference, cape town, september 19-23. ardeni, p.g. (1989). does the law of one price really hold for commodity prices? american journal of agricultural economics 71: 661-669. bacchiocchi, e. and bevilacqua, m. (2009). international crises, instability periods and contagion: the case of the erm. international review of economics 56(2): 105-122. balcombe, k. (2011). the nature and determinants of volatility in agricultural prices: an empirical study. in: prakash, a. (ed.) (2011), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets, rome: fao, 85-106. balcombe, k., bailey, a. and brooks, j. (2007). threshold effects in price transmission: the case of brazilian wheat, maize and soya prices. american journal of agricultural economics 89: 308-323. balcombe, k. and rapsomanikis, g. (2008). bayesian estimation and selection of nonlinear vector error correction models: the case of the sugar-ethanol-oil nexus in brazil. american journal agricultural economics 90(3), 658-668. baldi, l., peri, m. and vandone, d. (2011). price discovery in agricultural commodities: the shifting relationship between spot and futures prices. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. balke, n.s. and fomby, t. b. (1997). threshold cointegration. international economic review 38: 627-645. barassi, m.r. and ghoshray, a. (2007). structural change and long-run relationships between us and eu wheat export prices. journal of agricultural economics 58(1): 76-90. barrett, c.b. (1996). market analysis: are our enriched toolkits well suited to enlivened markets? american journal of agricultural economics 78: 825-829. barrett, c.b. (2001). measuring integration and efficiency in international agricultural markets. review of agricultural economics 23(1): 19-32. barrett, c.b. and li j.r. (2002). distinguishing between equilibrium and integration in spatial price analysis. american journal of agricultural economics 84 (2): 292-307. baulch, b. (1997). transfer costs, spatial arbitrage, and testing for food market integration. american journal of agricultural economics 79: 477-487. bauwens, l., laurent, s. and rombouts, j.v.k. (2006). multivariate garch models: a survey. journal of applied econometrics 21(1): 79-109. bollerslev, t. (1990). modelling the coherence in short-run nominal exchange rates: a multivariate generalized arch model. review of economics and statistics 72(3): 498–505. http://ideas.repec.org/s/spr/inrvec.html 103horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets brooks, j. and melyukhina, o. (2005). estimating the pass-through of agricultural policy reforms: an application to brazilian commodity markets. oecd food, agriculture and fisheries working papers, no.2, paris: oecd publishing. brosig, s., glauben, t., götz, l., weitzel, e-b. and bayaner, a. (2011). the turkish wheat market: spatial price transmission and the impact of transaction costs. agribusiness 27(2): 147-161. buguk, c., hudson, d., and hanson, t. (2003). price volatility spillover in agricultural markets: an examination of u.s. catfish markets. journal of agricultural and resource economics 28(1): 86-99. busse, s., brümmer, b. and ihle, r. (2010). investigating rapeseed price volatilities in the course of the food crisis. paper presented at the 50th annual conference of the german association of agricultural economists (gewisola), september 29-october 1, braunschweig (germany). busse, s., brümmer, b. and ihle, r. (2011). emerging linkages between price volatilities in energy and agricultural markets. in: prakash, a. (ed.) (2011), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets, rome: fao, 107-121. cioffi, a., santeramo, f.g. and vitale, c. (2011). the price stabilization effects of the eu entry price scheme for fruits and vegetables. agricultural economics 42: 405-418. clemente, j., montanes, a. and reyes, m. (1998). testing for a unit root in variables with a double change in the mean. economic letters, 59 (2): 175-182. conforti, p. (2004). price transmission in selected agricultural markets. fao commodity and trade policy research working paper 7, basic foodstuffs service, commodities and trade division. dawson, p.j. and sanjuan, a. (2006). structural breaks, the export enhancement program and the relationship between canadian and us hard wheat prices. journal of agricultural economics 57 (1): 101-116. dawson, p.j., sanjuan a.i. and white b. (2006). structural breaks and the relationship between barley and wheat future prices on the london international financial futures exchange. review of agricultural economics 28 (4): 585-594. diba, b. and grossman, h., (1988). explosive rational bubbles in stock prices. the american economic review 78: 520–530. djuric, i., götz, l. and glauben, t. (2011). influences of the governmental market interventions on wheat markets in serbia during the food crisis 2007/2008. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. dufrénot, g. and mignon, v. (2002). recent developments in nonlinear cointegration with applications to macroeconomics and finance. boston: kluwer academic publishers. dungey, m., fry, r., gonzález-hermosillo, b. and martin, v. (2004). empirical modeling of contagion: a review of methodologies. imf working paper 04/78. engle, r.f. and granger, c. w. j. (1987). cointegration and error correction: representation, estimation and testing. econometrica 55 (1): 251-276. engle, r.f. and kroner, k.f. (1995). multivariate simultaneous generalized arch. econometric theory 11(1): 122-150. engsted, t. (2006). explosive bubbles in the cointegrated var model. finance research letters 3 (2): 154-162. 104 g. listorti and r. esposti esposti, r., listorti, g. (2010). agricultural price transmission across space and commodities. the case of the 2007-2008 price bubble. paper presented at the 47th sidea congress, l’agricoltura oltre le crisi, 22-25 september, campobasso. esposti, r., listorti, g. (2011). agricultural price transmission across space and commodities during price bubbles. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. european commission (2008). high prices on agricultural commodity markets: situation and prospects. a review of causes of high prices and outlook for world agricultural markets. european commission, directorate general for agriculture and rural development, brussels. european commission (2011). high commodity prices and volatility. what lies behind the roller coaster ride? agricultural markets brief, n.1/june, directorate general for agriculture and rural development, agricultural trade policy analysis unit, brussels. evans, g.w. (1991). pitfalls in testing for explosive bubbles in asset prices. the american economic review 81: 922–930. fackler, p.l. and goodwin, b.k. (2001). spatial price analysis. in: b. l. gardner, and g. c. rausser (eds). handbook of agricultural economics, elsevier, 972-1025. fao (2011). the state of food insecurity in the world. how does international price volatility affect domestic economies and food security? fao, rome. forbes, k. and rigobon, r. (2002). no contagion, only interdependence: measuring stock markets comevements. journal of finance 57(5): 2223-2261. geweke, j. and porter-hudak, s. (1983). the estimation and application of long memory time series models. journal of time series analysis 4: 221-238. ghoshray, a. (2002). asymmetric price adjustment and the world wheat market. journal of agricultural economics 53 (2): 299–317. glynn j., perera n. and verma r. (2007). unit root tests and structural breaks: a survey with applications. revista de métodos cuantitativos para la economίa y la impresa 3: 63-79. götz, l., von cramon-taubadel, s. and stephens, e. (2008). threshold adjustment and/ or threshold cointegration? an application to the german apple market. in: götz, l., determinants of pricing in the eu fresh fruit and vegetable markets: the eu entry price system and spatial and vertical price transmission. ph.d. dissertaton, university of göttingen. götz, l., glauben, t. and brümmer, b. (2010). how did policy interventions in wheat export markets in russia and ukraine during the food crisis 2007/2008 influence world market price transmission? paper presented at the the 50th annual conference of the german association of agricultural economists (gewisola), september 29-october 1, braunschweig (germany). goodwin, b. k., grennes, t.j. and wohlgenant, m.k. (1990). a revised test of the law of one price using rational price expectations. american journal of agricultural economics 72: 682-693. goodwin, b.k. and piggot n.e. (2001). spatial market integration in the presence of threshold effects. american journal of agricultural economics 83: 302-317. 105horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets granger, c. and joyeux, r. (1980). an introduction to long memory time series models and fractional differencing. journal of time series analysis 1 (1): 15-29. graubner, m., koller, i, salhofer, k. and balmann, a. (2011). cooperative versus noncooperative spatial competition for milk. european review of agricultural economics 38 (1): 99-118. greb, f., krivobokova, t., von cramon-taubadel, s. and munk, a. (2011). on threshold estimation in threshold vector error correction models. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. gutierrez, l. (2010). looking for rational bubbles in agricultural commodity markets. paper presented at the xlvii annual conference of the italian society of agricultural economics (sidea), 22-25 september, campobasso. harvey, d.i. and leybourne, s.j. (2007). testing for time series linearity. econometrics journal 10(1): 149–165. hassouneh, i., serra, t. and gil, j.m. (2011). non-parametric and parametric modeling of biodiesel sunflower oil crude oil price relationships. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. hassouneh, i., von craumon-taubadel s., serra t., and gil, j.m. (2012). recent developments in the econometric analysis of price transmission. working paper no. 2, transparency of food pricing (transfop). hernández-villafuerte, k. (2011). relationship between spatial price transmission and geographical distance in brazil. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. hernandez, m.a., ibarra, r. and trupkin, d.r. (2011). how far do shocks move across borders? examining volatility transmission in major agricultural futures markets. ifpri discussion paper 01109. huchet-bourdon, m. (2011). agricultural commodity price volatility: an overview. oecd food, agriculture and fisheries working papers, no. 52, paris: oecd publishing . ihle, r. (2009). models for analyzing nonlinearities in price transmission. ph.d. dissertaton, university of göttingen. ihle, r. and amikuzuno, j. (2009). the influence of physical trade flows on the integration of tomato markets in ghana. contributed paper presented at the international association of agricultural economists conference, august 16-22, beijing, china. ihle, r. and von cramon-taubadel, s. (2008). a comparison of threshold cointegration and markov-switching vector error correction models in price transmission analysis. proceedings of the nccc-134 conference on applied commodity price analysis, forecasting, and market risk management. st. louis, mo, april 21-22. ihle, r., von cramon-taubadel, s. and zorya, s. (2009). markov-switching estimation of spatial maize price transmission processes between tanzania and kenya. american journal of agricultural economics 91(5): 1432–1439. ihle, r., brümmer, b. and, thompson, s.r. (2011). structural change in european calf markets: decoupling and the blue tongue disease. european review of agricultural economics 39(1): 157-180. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/5kg0t00nrthc-en 106 g. listorti and r. esposti irwin s.h and good d.l. (2009). market instability in a new era of corn, soybean, and wheat prices. choices, 24 (1): 6-11. johansen, s. (1995). maximum likelihood inference in co-integrated vector autoregressive processes. oxford: oxford university press. johansen, s., mosconi, r. and nielsen, b. (2000). cointegration analysis in the presence of structural breaks in the deterministic trend. econometrics journal 3(2): 216–249. jorda, o. (2005). estimation and inference of impulse responses by local projections. the american economic review 95(1): 161-182. koenker, r. and xiao, z. (2006). quantile autoregression. journal of the american statistical association 101(475): 980-990. kuiper, e. and bunte, f. (2011). asymmetric price transmission in food supply chains: impulse response analysis by local projections. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. lee, t. h. and long, x. (2009). copula-based multivariate garch model with uncorrelated dependent errors. journal of econometrics 150(2): 207–218. listorti, g. (2007). il ruolo delle politiche di mercato dell’ue nei meccanismi internazionali di trasmissione dei prezzi agricoli: il caso del frumento tenero. rivista di economia agraria lxii (2): 229-251. listorti, g. (2009). testing international price transmission under policy intervention. an application to the soft wheat market. associazione alessandro bartola. phd studies series, volume 6. liu, x. (2011). horizontal price transmission of the finnish meat sector with major eu players. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. mainardi, s. (2001). limited arbitrage in international wheat markets: threshold and smooth transition cointegration. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 45(3): 335–360. marshall, a. (1890). principles of economics. 8th edition, new york: macmillan. meyer, j. and von craumon-taubadel s. (2004). asymmetric price transmission: a survey. journal of agricultural economics 55(3): 581-611. miljkovic, d. (1999). the law of one price in international trade: a critical review. review of agricultural economics 21: 126–139. mohanty, s. and langley, s. (2003). the effects of various policy regimes in the integration of north american grain markets. canadian journal of agricultural economics 51(1): 109-120. mohanty, s. peterson, e.w.f. and smith, d.b. (1998). fractional cointegration and the false rejection of the law of one price in international commodity markets. journal of agricultural and applied economics 30 (2): 267-276. myers, r.j. and jayne t.s. (2012). multiple-regime spatial price transmission with an application to maize markets in southern africa. american journal of agricultural economics 94(1): 174-188. natanelov, v., alam, m.j., mckenzie, a.m. and van huylenbroeck, g. (2011). is there comovement of agricultural commodities futures prices and crude oil? paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. file:///users/riccardo/documents/editoria/fup/riviste/bae/f1696_bae_2012_1/02_editing/javascript:winopen(93449); file:///users/riccardo/documents/editoria/fup/riviste/bae/f1696_bae_2012_1/02_editing/javascript:winopen(93449); 107horizontal price transmission in agricultural markets nielsen, b. (2010). analysis of co-explosive processes. econometric theory 26 (3): 882-915. perron, p. and vogelsang t. j. (1992). nonstationarity and level shifts with an application to purchasing power parity. journal of business and economic statistics 10 (3): 301-320. phillips, p.c.b. (1999a). discrete fourier transforms of fractional processes. cowles foundation for research in economics, discussion paper no. 1243, yale university. phillips, p.c.b. (1999b). unit root log periodogram regression. cowles foundation for research in economics, discussion paper no. 1244, yale university. phillips, p. and magdalinos, t. (2009). unit root and cointegrating limit theory when initialization is in the infinite past. econometric theory 25: 1682–1715. phillips, p. and yu, j. (2009). dating the timeline of financial bubbles during the subprime crisis. smu economics and statistics wp series no. 18-2009, singapore. phillips, p., wu, y. and yu, j. (2009). explosive behavior in the 1990s nasdaq: when did exuberance escalate asset values? cowles foundation for research in economics, discussion paper no. 1699, yale university. piot-lepetit, i. and m’barek, r. (2011). methods to analyse agricultural commodity price volatility. berlin: springer verlag. prakash, a. (2011). why volatility matters. in: prakash, a. (ed.) (2011), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets, rome: fao, 1-24. rapsomanikis, g. (2011). price transmission and volatility spillovers in food markets. in: prakash, a. (ed.), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets, rome: fao, 144-163. rapsomanikis, g. and mugera, h. (2011). price transmission and volatility spillovers in food markets of developing countries. in: piot-lepetit, i. and m’barek, r., methods to analyse agricultural commodity price volatility. berlin: springer verlag, 165-180. ravallion, m. (1986). testing market integration. american journal of agricultural economics 68: 102-108. rezitis, a.n., mentesidi, f. and stavropoulos, k.s. (2009). price transmission and markov switching regime shifts: an application to the greek lamb market. in: rezitis, a.n., research topics in agricultural and applied economics, sharjah: bentham science publishers, 1-22. rezitis, a.n. and stavropoulos, k.s. (2010). price volatility and rational expectations in a sectoral framework commodity model: a multivariate garch approach. agricultural economics 42(3): 419-435. rezitis, a.n. and stavropoulos, k.s. (2011). price trasmission and volatility in the greek brolier sector: a threshold cointegration analysis. journal of agricultural & food organization 9(1): article 8 . saadi, h. (2011). price co-movements in international markets and their impacts on price dynamics. in: piot-lepetit, i. and m’barek, r., methods to analyse agricultural commodity price volatility. berlin: springer verlag, 149-164. santeramo f.g and, cioffi a. (2010). spatial price dynamics in the eu f&v sector: the cases of tomato and cauliflower. paper prepared for the 116th eaae seminar, spatial dynamics in the agri-food systems: implications for sustainability and consumer welfare, october 27-30, parma. santeramo f.g. and cioffi a. (2012). the entry price threshold in eu agriculture: deterrent or barrier? journal of policy modeling (forthcoming).  http://www.unilibro.it/find_buy/findresult/libreria/prodotto-libro_str/editore-springer_verlag_.htm http://www.unilibro.it/find_buy/findresult/libreria/prodotto-libro_str/editore-springer_verlag_.htm http://www.unilibro.it/find_buy/findresult/libreria/prodotto-libro_str/editore-springer_verlag_.htm 108 g. listorti and r. esposti sephton, p. s. (2003). spatial market arbitrage and threshold cointegration. american journal of agricultural economics 85(4): 1041-1046. serra, t. (2011). volatility spillovers between food and energy markets, a semiparametric approach. paper presented at the eaae 2011 congress, change and uncertainty challenges for agriculture, food and natural resources, august 30-september 2, zurich. serra, t., gil, j.m. and goodwin, b.k. (2006). local polynomial fitting and spatial price relationships: price transmission in the eu pork markets. european review of agricultural economics 33(3): 415-436. serra, t., zilberman, d., gil, j.m. and goodwin, b.k. (2008). nonlinearities in the us cornethanol-oil price system. selected paper prepared for presentation at the american agricultural economics association annual meeting, orlando, fl, july 27-29. serra, t., zilberman, d. and gil, j. (2011). price volatility in ethanol markets. european review of agricultural economics 38 (2): 259-280. sexton r. j., kling c. l., and carman h. f. (1991). market integration, efficiency of arbitrage, and imperfect competition: methodology and application to u.s. celery. american journal of agricultural economics 73: 568-580. smith, d.r. (2009). asymmetry in stochastic volatility models: threshold or correlation? studies in nonlinear dynamics & econometrics 13(3), article 1 . stephens e.c., mabaya e., von cramon-taubadel s. and barrett c.b. (2012). spatial price adjustment with and without trade, oxford bulletin of economics and statistics (forthcoming). stigler, m. (2011). commodity prices: theoretical and empirical properties. in: prakash, a. (ed.), safeguarding food security in volatile global markets, rome: fao, 25-41. tangermann, s. (2011). policy solutions to agricultural market volatility: a synthesis. international center for trade and sustainable development, issue paper no. 33. teräsvirta, t. (1994). specification, estimation, and evaluation of smooth transition autoregressive models. journal of the american statistical association 89(425): 208-218. thompson, s. r., sul, d. and bohl, m. t. (2002). spatial market efficiency and policy regime change: seemingly unrelated error correction model estimation. american journal of agricultural economics 84 (4): 1042-1053. ubilava, d. and holt, m.t. (2009). nonlinearities in the world vegetable oil price system: el niño effect. selected paper prepared for presentation at the aaea & acci joint annual meeting, milwaukee, july 26-29. verga, g. and zuppiroli, m. (2003). integrazione e causalità nel mercato europeo del frumento tenero. rivista di economia agraria 3: 323-364. wang, d. and tomek, w.j. (2007). commodity prices and unit root tests. american journal of agricultural economics 89: 873-889. wang, x and garcia, p. (2011). forecasting corn futures volatility in the presence of long memory, seasonality and structural change. selected paper prepared for presentation at the aaea & narea joint annual meeting, pittsburgh, july 24-26. wei, a. and leuthold, r.m. (1998). long agricultural future prices: arch, long memory or chaos processes? ofor paper n. 98-03, department of agricultural economics, university of illinois at urbana-champaign. zivot, e. and andrews, d.w.k. (1992). further evidence on the great crash, the oil price shock, and the unit root hypothesis. journal of business and economic statistics 10 (3): 251-261. _goback _goback issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-20085 bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 99, 2016 after almost five years from its foundation and four and a half years of active publishing, the bio-based and applied economics (bae) journal has seen a change in its editorial team. i have stepped down as editor-in-chief and have been replaced by daniele moro. alessandro corsi and gianluca stefani have also decided to leave the team. pavel ciaian, roberto esposti and simone severini have, for their part, joined ornella wanda maietta and francesco mantino as associate editors. bae has, from the beginning, been one of the cornerstones of the newly founded italian association of agricultural and applied economics. launching a journal from scratch as a new association has been, as expected, a huge challenge. however, vision and good work have yielded more than satisfactory achievements. in slightly more than four years, bae has regularly published ten issues (three issues per year) with a total of 66 papers. over the past years, bae has been indexed in a number of major catalogues; in the autumn 2015 it was included in both the emerging sources citation index (esci) of web of science and in the directory of open access journals (doaj). in june 2016 it was accepted for inclusion in scopus. on behalf of the other past editors i wish to thank the aieaa, the members of the international editorial board, and the authors, reviewers and readers. this would not have been possible without their assiduous suggestions, support and contributions. we also wish to thank firenze university press for their guidance in the difficult waters of scientific publishing and indexing. over these years the interest in the scope of the journal has grown steadily. the bioeconomy is becoming a reality and is much better known than it was in 2012. the literature is also gradually taking shape. yet, the use of the term is still accompanied by a good deal of question marks in terms of scope, definitions and avenues for research (see editorial in this issue). agriculture, food and resource issues are attracting growing attention as well. in parallel, the logic of research evaluation is putting a lot of pressure on researchers, who are increasingly selective in choosing their target journals and publication strategies. in short, there are a number of challenges ahead, above all that of matching intellectual ambitions in shaping a new research area with the need for recognition and short-term impact. bae is, i believe, in an excellent position to face these challenges and, even more so, to use them as opportunities to boost the contribution of our scientific community to the welfare and development of society. finally, and again together with past editors, i would like to wish the new editorial team the same exciting and enriching professional and personal growth that we experienced over the past four years. davide viaggi bio-based and applied economics 6(3): 295-313, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-18519 is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? maria rosaria pupo d’andrea*, simona romeo lironcurti crea research centre for agricultural policies and bioeconomy, italy date of submission: 2016 24th, june; accepted 2017 20th, september abstract. the “active farmer” issue has gained attention in the last cap reforms with the increasing attention to the decoupling of the support. the 2014-2020 cap reform has ignited the debate among stakeholders on “who” is actually entitled to receive direct payments. the analysis carried out highlights the heterogeneity in the national implementation of the rules on “active farmer” and the importance of the national legislation of some member states in limiting the access to direct payments, regardless of eu rules. the article points out how the complexity of the rules on “active farmer” arises from the unresolved question on the nature of direct payments. the new rules do not satisfy neither who wants to grant direct payments only to “genuine” farmers nor who wants to grant support to those who, in the spirit of the new approach of direct payments, manages the agricultural land, regardless of the main activity carried out. keywords. active farmer, first pillar, direct payments. jel codes. q18. 1. introduction the issue of the “active farmers” has gained attention over the last common agricultural policy (cap) reforms when the shifting of the support from production to land owners and, consequently, the shifting of the burden of the support from consumers to taxpayers has disclosed the entity of the financial resources granted to the agricultural sector and the need to improve the use of public funds. the decoupling of support provided for by the new cap aims at giving farmers the flexibility to choose the products to be farmed on the basis of market signals (market orientation) or even not to produce. the changes of the policy from a price support to direct payments, made the support more visible and in need to be justified. according to the european commission (2010 and 2011a), the legitimation of support comes from the fact that it is conditional on strengthening the role of agriculture in enhancing the competitiveness of the sector, the environmental protection and the development of rural areas. however, the recognition of the multifunctional role of agriculture in producing not only *corresponding author: mrosaria.pupodandrea@crea.gov.it 296 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti primary products, but, also public goods has resulted in the arising of the “active farmer” issue in the attempt to identify “genuine” farmers eligible for payments. the issue is moreover complicated by the fact that the cap reforms that have followed, did not clarify the nature of direct payments, considered as an income support (to producers), but granted to all who maintain the land in good condition independently from the existence of any production. starting from the analysis of the choices made by the member states under the cap reform 2014-2020, our purpose is trying to answer to a number of questions. first of all we will verify whether these choices tend towards a real limitation on the number of beneficiaries or if they are more formal than substantial. another issue is to ascertain the presence of similarities or differences in the choices of the member states in order to understand if a common ground on which european union (eu) could introduce mandatory rules in the next cap reform (beyond 2020) exists. moreover, looking at the decisions made, we will try to understand how coherent is the figure of the “active farmer” with the logic behind the last cap reform, where an important role is played by the support to the production of public goods and services. in fact, in the member states where the rules are actually binding, the risk is that the people who run the farm, but for whom agriculture is not the main activity, are prevented from receiving support from the cap, thus excluding a large part of people who operate in the spirit of the new functions of agriculture. finally, we will end by highlighting the two conflicting approaches on “active farmer” arising from the different visions of the cap and we will propose two different ways to resolve the dilemma concerning the debate on “active farmer”. the following section provides a summary of the debate developed around the “active farmer” figure and a detailed description of the framework envisaged in the regulation eu 1307/2013. in section 3, the choices made by the member states are analyzed in order to understand the aim of the decisions and the existence of differences/similarities. in section 4, two case studies are presented in order to highlight how the apparent restrictiveness/lack of selectivity represented, respectively, by the large/low number of constraints applied is not confirmed when the actual national implementation is taken into account. finally, some conclusions from the main results of the analysis are drawn and the future development of the rules are discussed on the “active farmer” in an attempt to reconcile the two alternative visions of the “active farmer” role: the “productivistic” active farmer vision, aiming to income support, and the “multifunctional” vision, aiming to remunerate the provision of public goods. 2. the “active farmer” in the cap 2.1 the debate on “active farmer” the debate on “active farmer” was raised for the first time by the european court of auditors in the annual report on the implementation of the budget concerning the financial year 2006 (european court of auditors, 2006). in this report, the system to establish entitlements in the 10 member states which introduced the single payment scheme 297is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? (sps) in 2005 has been examined1. the court highlighted how, especially with the introduction of the regional model, railway companies, horse riding/breeding clubs and golf/ leisure clubs and city council benefited of the sps (european court of auditors, 2006, p. 103). following the court indications, the first attempt in limiting the beneficiaries of the direct payments of the first pillar of the cap dates back to the 2008 reform, the so-called health check of the cap. this limitation was included in the overall rules regarding the “minimum requirements for receiving direct payments” (regulation ec 73/2009, article 28). under this framework, member states had the possibility to ensure that no direct payments were granted to a natural or legal person whose agricultural activities formed only an insignificant part of its overall economic activities, or whose principal business or company objects did not consist of exercising an agricultural activity. with the exception of the netherlands, no member state made use of these former rules to define the “active farmers” (matthews, 2012). the question of the active farmer was raised again in two special reports (european court of auditors, 2011 and 2012b), where it was highlighted how the lack of precision in rules defining farmers and agricultural activity in order to receive the decoupled payment meant that the support was received by “persons or entities having no or only marginal agricultural activity” (european court of auditors, 2011, p. 19). moreover, in the case of new member states applying single area payment scheme (saps), decoupled payments were received also by “public entities managing state land and not otherwise involved in farming” (european court of auditors, 2012b, p. 7). taking into account the fact that no member states made use of the option provided by the health check to exclude non active farmers from benefitting of direct payments, the court, once again, identified a number of beneficiaries whose principal business is other than agricultural activities (european court of auditors, 2011, p. 24). the main difficulty in dealing with the issue of the “active farmer” is that it is closely related with the definition of decoupled support, as envisaged by the commitments undertaken by the eu under the uruguay round of the gatt (general agreement on tariffs and trade). in 1993, at the end of negotiation on agricultural trade liberalization, eu and the other contracting parties agreed commitments in the area of internal support providing for a 20% reduction of support distortive of production and trade (i.e. all forms of more or less coupled support). domestic support with no, or minimal, distortive effect on production and trade (i.e. decoupled direct payment to producers which is not linked to production decisions) was exempted from commitments of reduction and included in the so-called “green box” category. the discussion on the “active farmer” has been further developed in the last cap reform 2014-2020, with the introduction of the new system of direct payments. the strengthening of the decoupling, on one side, and the reduction in financial resources for the cap, both at member state and farm level, on the other side, have fed the debate among stakeholders on “who” is actually entitled to receive cap support, in order to prevent the payments from being granted to farmers for doing nothing2. as matthews (2012) 1 the member states were: austria, belgium (flanders), germany (bavaria), italy, denmark, ireland, luxembourg, portugal, sweden and united kingdom (england, scotland and northern ireland). 2 as result of the decisions taken in the 2014-2020 multiannual financial framework (mff), the financial resources for direct payments and market measures (the first pillar of the cap) was reduced by 12.9% in real 298 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti states “the dilemma at the heart of decoupled direct payments is that if farming activity is no longer required for eligibility, how to ensure that payments go only to ‘farmers’ as conventionally understood?”. the rules on “active farmer” later undertaken under the 2014-2020 cap reform represent a more determined attempt to regulate, under a general eu framework, the issue of the competition between potential beneficiaries on scarce resources (the cap budget). the initial proposal of the european commission established that people for whom (a) the annual amount of direct payments was less than 5% of the total receipts they obtained from non-agricultural activities or (b) their agricultural areas were mainly areas naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation and they did not carry out on those areas the minimum activity established by member state (european commission, 2011b) were excluded from the benefit of the payments. the proposal was considered by the court of auditors (2012a) as a first step towards the right direction. however, the court pointed out the difficulties in implementing and monitoring these criteria. in the following debate, also jambor (2012) and matthews (2012) underlined the increasing in the bureaucracy complexity arising from the need to access to information on the non-agricultural receipts of landholders and costs associated to the calculation of the percentage of direct payments on non-agricultural receipts for each farm. jambor, moreover, stressed the risk to exclude from the payments those farms that manage land, providing for public goods without produce for food, in the absence of a clear definition of what is intended for “non-agricultural activity”. the author has liquidated the question of “active farmer” as a cosmetic operation, created to divert attention from the ineffectiveness of the direct payments instrument. on the same wavelength were bureau and mahé (2015) who questioned the legitimacy of farmers as the only suppliers of environmental services on agricultural lands as a result of the system of direct payments introduced (p. 97). they also asserted that the weakness and complexity of the “active farmer” measures are the result of the choice to point on entitlements and cross-compliance instead of focusing on contractual payments in providing environmental services “in which compensation and cost of services could be made more equal” (p. 98). the authors, moreover, emphasized the potential nullification of the effects of the rules on “active farmers” because of the derogations at member states disposal in reducing their strictness . on the effectiveness of the “active farmers” rules also anania and pupo d’andrea (2015) were doubtful as they assert that “the decision to restrict the set of the beneficiaries of direct payments to ‘active farmers’ only will also be likely to have no tangible results” (p. 82). 2.2 the “active farmer” in the 2014-2020 cap reform the 2014-2020 cap reform has introduced a new and more complex system of direct payments, moving further away from historical farm-related payments towards regional payments more evenly distributed in terms of per hectare support across farms (anania terms. moreover a “external convergence” mechanism was agreed providing for a redistribution of the financial allocation between member states in order to achieve a more equal average direct payment per hectare at national level. under the 2014-2020 cap reform, instead, a mechanism of “internal convergence” was included in order to reduce the differences in the per hectare payment per farm within member state or in each region of a member state (henke et al., 2015). 299is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? and pupo d’andrea, 2015, p. 52). the new system has introduced a more selective form of support, replacing the single payment of the fischler reform with a set of new payments each of which devoted to remunerate specific behaviours or specific status of the farmer. the basic payment, aiming at ensuring the income support, is the main component of this new set of payments; in fact, all other payments (the so-called green payment, the payment for young farmers, the redistributive payment, the payment for areas with natural constraints and the small farms scheme) are restricted only to farmers entitled to receive the basic payment3. however, only “active farmers” receive support under the basic payment scheme, i.e. in order to receive the most selective and targeted support the farmer must be recognized as “active farmer”. in order to limit the rent position resulting from the fact that beneficiaries of direct payments had no longer to produce in order to receive them, the 2014-2020 cap reform established more detailed rules for the identification of who is entitled to receive direct payments. actually, article 9 of regulation eu 1307/2013 specifies who is not “active farmer”, giving member states great flexibility in making criteria more restrictive (or in some cases loosening the constraints imposed by the eu) under a common framework of reference. most likely, the reason why it is used the definition of “active farmer” in a negative connotation (who is not an “active farmer”) is related to the fact that in this way the burden of proof is on those who are defined not active, that have to prove the opposite, i.e. being active. on the contrary, if all farmers were required to prove that they are active, this would increase administrative burdens and bureaucratic costs to them and to the member state. article 9 provides a number of different kind of provisions regarding the rules for being considered “non-active farmer” and the derogations available. in principle, no direct payment shall be granted to a person (natural or legal): 1. whose agricultural areas are mainly areas naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation and who does not carry out on those areas the minimum activity as defined by the member state (article 9(1))4. this provision regards only member states that declared to have self-maintained area5; 2. who operates in airports, railway services, waterworks, real estate services, permanent sport and recreational grounds (the so-called “black list”, or negative list, of people non-active by definition) (article 9(2)). in order to make this provision more restrictive, member state may decide to integrate the “black list” with other non-agricultural business. member states may decide later to withdraw any national addition but they cannot reduce the list contained in the article 9; another provision (the third) concerns the possibility for a member state to exclude from the benefit of direct payments, the natural or legal persons whose agricultural activity is insignificant compared to their overall economic activities (article 9(3)(a)), or whose principal activity or company objects does not consist of exercising an agricultural activity (article 9(3)(b)) (hereinafter referred to as “professional and economic requirements”). 3 for more details on the new system of direct payments see anania and pupo d’andrea, 2015. 4 in accordance with article 4(2)(b) of the regulation eu 1307/2013. this provision applies when the agricultural area naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation represents over 50% of the agricultural area declared by a farmer. 5 these member states are belgium (flanders), germany, france, italy, cyprus, romania, slovakia, united kingdom (scotland and wales). 300 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti however, the persons above considered as “non-active farmers” according to the second and the third provisions can receive direct payments (and thus, to be considered as “active farmers”) if they are able to prove the importance of the agricultural activity carried out in terms of ‘magnitude’ of direct payments received or in terms of non marginality of the agricultural activity. in particular, the above persons are considered “active farmers” if they demonstrate that: • the annual amount of the direct payments is at least 5% of the annual total receipts they obtained from non-agricultural activities in the most recent fiscal year6 (article 9(2)(a)); or • their agricultural activities are not insignificant7 (article 9(2)(b)); or • their principal business or company objective consists of exercising an agricultural activity (article 9(2)(c))8. the rationale of article 9(2) as compared to article 9(3) is that, people who are on the negative list may qualify for direct payments if they provide evidence about the importance of their economic activity in the form required by the member states, in accordance to the provisions contained in the third paragraph of article 9(2) (from 9(2) (a) to 9(2)(c)). however, the same people may still be excluded from direct payments if they do not respect professional and economic requirements eventually applied by member states in accordance with article 9(3). finally, people not qualified as “active farmers”, as they are included in the “black list” or because of the marginality of their agricultural activities, are entitled to receive direct payments, and, therefore, to be considered “active farmers”, if the direct payments received in the previous year were not exceeding 5,000 euro (article 9(4)). member states have the possibility to lower this threshold (also differentiating between regions) making the definition of “active farmer” even more restrictive (henke et al., 2015, p. 43). people who do not carry out a minimum activity on their agricultural lands remain “non-active farmers” even though they receive an amount of direct payment not higher than the threshold set (table 2). the rules for identifying the beneficiaries of the direct payments are also applied to the beneficiaries of a number of measures under the rural development policy of the cap: payments to farmers in mountain areas or in other areas facing natural constraints, support to young farmers, support to new farmers participating to union or national quality scheme, payments to farmers for the converting to, or maintaining, organic farming, support to farmers who adopt high standards of animal welfare, support under risk management measures (regulation eu 1305/2013). 6 receipts from non-agricultural activity are considered all the receipts except those obtained from agricultural activity, those arising from processing of agricultural products and the support received under the first and second pillar of the cap (regulation ec 639/2014, article 11). 7 an agricultural activity is considered not insignificant if the related receipts represent at least one third of the total receipts. member states may lower this threshold, thus loosening the constraint, without allowing a marginal activity to receive direct payments. member states may establish alternative criteria (regulation ec 639/2014, article 13). 8 the agricultural activity is considered to be the principal business or company object of a legal person if recorded as a principal business or company object in the official business register or any equivalent official evidence. in case of natural person equivalent evidence shall be required (regulation ec 639/2014, article 13). 301is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? table 1. “active farmer”: provisions and derogations. derogations to be af naf no minimum activity carried out on area naturally kept article 9(1)1 being into the negative list article 9(2) not meet the (optional) additional national criteria article 9(3) dp ≥ 5% of total non-agricultural receipts article 9(2)(a) naf af af agricultural activity not insignificant article 9(2)(b) naf af af agricultural activity is the principal business or company objective article 9(2)(c) naf af af dp not higher than 5,000 euro (or below) article 9(4) naf af af naf = non active farmer af = active farmer 1 in member states where the provision of article 9(1) is applicable. table 2. option at member state disposal in order to make more or less restrictive the rules on “active farmer”.   negative list article 9(2) agricultural activity not insignificant article 9(2)(b) professional and economic requirements article 9(3)a-b different threshold from 5,000 euro article 9(4) make more restrictive widen the list by adding other activities add additional national requirements lower the threshold below 5,000 euro make less restrictive lower the ratio between agricultural receipts and total receipts less than one third     2.3 some reflections on the “active farmer” rules under the 2014-2020 cap reform we can read the legislation concerning the “active farmer” through two well defined perspectives: on one hand, the rules governing the use of agricultural land, as the basis for accessing to the cap measures; on the other side, the rules concerning the farmer who exercises an agricultural activity, mainly identified by the possession of professional and economic requirements. 302 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti analyzing in depth the rules on active farmer it emerges, as albisinni points out (2012, p. 26), that in the new definition of agricultural activity9 the emphasis is on the (“productivistic”) side of the activity in terms of its ability to perform breeding or cultivation, compared to the ‘old’ (“multifunctional”) definition10 included in regulation ec 73/2009 where for agricultural activity was intended also the “maintaining the land in good agricultural and environmental condition” (article 2(c)). these two definitions contain the ambiguity of the rules on active farmer: the shift to a more “productivistic” vision of the agricultural activity is an attempt to identify farmers towards which to address payments in order to support the income; at the same time, decoupling allows farmers to receive support a part from the production. moreover, the rules on “active farmer” require beneficiaries of certain measures of rural development policy to meet professional and economic requirements or land use, introducing the obligation to comply with a predetermined subjective model, thus moving away from the traditional approach of granting payments to those who operate in accordance with the objectives set (albisinni, 2012, p. 27). farmers involved in organic farming or in maintaining the land in mountainous areas or areas with natural constraints exert an important environmental function, that is independent of the main business of those who practice them. in this regard, it seems that the need to identify “active farmers”, in response to requests from european court of auditors, has been used by national stakeholders and eu key actors for concentrating the financial resources available for rural development on agriculture. the setting of the threshold of 5,000 euro (or lower), below which farmers are considered active by definition, it should ensure that small farmers and part-time farmers, with a significant off-farm income but a valuable activity in the provision of public goods, are not excluded from receiving direct payments (krzyzanowski, 2013). exclusion may occur if a member state has made use of the possibility provided for in article 9(3) to introduce additional professional and economic requirements that must be met by farmers; as we will see in section 4, these rules have been applied only by 4 member states. when dealing with the rules for demonstrating to be an “active farmer” (for those who are above the threshold), it is introduced an element of great uncertainty and differentiation between member states where the status of “active farmer” derives from external elements (the total non-agricultural receipts to which compare the amount of direct payments or the total income to which compare the agricultural income) rather than on what is done in a farm. moreover, it escapes the link between the percentage of direct payments and the total non-agricultural receipts and the meaning of the percentage chosen (d’oultremont, 2011, p. 4). in this regard we have to consider that, the amount of direct payments, in the light of the progressive move toward a flat rate payment, will be increasingly influenced by the amount of land owned rather than the agricultural activity carried out on this land (albisinni, 2012, p. 28-29). 9 article 4, regulation eu 1307/2013, defines as agricultural activity: i) the production, rearing or growing of agricultural products, ii) the maintaining an agricultural area in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation without preparatory action going beyond usual agricultural methods and machineries, iii) the carrying out a minimum activity, defined by member states, on agricultural areas naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation. 10 the two definitions, “productivistic” and “multifunctional” vision of the agricultural activity, are taken from erjavec, lovec, erjavec (2015) containing an interesting analysis of the 2014-2020 cap reform that focuses on three reading keys emerged during the negotiations. 303is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? looking the threshold of direct payment below which a person is an “active farmer” by definition, it is immediately evident that by doing so the legislator does not select the “genuine” farmers, but simply chooses to support small farms defined as such in financial terms (the amount of direct payments received). however, as the literature highlights, it is evident that small farms in terms of direct payments received not necessarily correspond to small farms from the physical point of view (in terms of labour force input or hectares of agricultural area) or small farms in terms of economic size (european commission, 2011c; forgacs, 2015). thus, the aim of the threshold is related only to the need to reduce the excessive administrative burdens for farms receiving small amount of direct payments and for national governments, resulting from the enormous complexity of the article 9. 3. the implementation of the “active farmer” in eu member states starting from the choices made by member states on the implementation of the rules on “active farmer” under the 2014-2020 cap reform, in this section we will provide a picture of how this flexibility has been used and whether there is evidence of similarities in the behaviours or if differences prevail. in table 3, we have summarized the choices made by the member states and communicated to the dg agri through the isamm form11. other information were collected in the first semester of 2015 under a study carried out for the european parliament (henke et al., 2015), then compared with the most recent information. the regulatory framework defined by the member states in relation to the figure of the “active farmer” is analysed taking into account four variables. in table 3, the first column pinpoints the countries that have areas “naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation” and that, consequently, have defined the minimum agricultural activity that farmers have to respect in order to be considered as “active farmers”. it is worth recalling that, in this case, the minimum activity to be carried out by farmer is a compulsory and non-derogatory requirement to access direct payments, even in the case of farmer who are below the threshold identified according to article 9(4). the second column indicates the countries that have chosen to expand the black list of non-agricultural business. the third column identifies the countries that have chosen to introduce additional professional and economic requirements in order to be considered as “active farmers”. the information in the fourth column point out the countries that have chosen to lower the threshold below 5,000 euro (the last column shows the threshold chosen). farmers who have received direct payments below the threshold are excluded from the restrictions imposed by the provisions on the negative list and, where appropriate, by the ones on additional professional and economic requirements. however, the threshold does not exempt farmers to perform the minimum activity on areas naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation if these areas were defined by the member state. in the table, a tick “v” indicates that a member state has used the available flexibility in a scale of possibilities from 0 to 4, where 4 indicates the implementation of the all con11 ‘information system for agricultural market management and monitoring’. the implementation of the rules on “active farmer” is contained in form 2. 304 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti straints available and zero indicates that no constraint has been implemented. only italy has chosen the implementation of all the options available and seems to qualify itself for a high degree of selectivity with respect to the access to direct payments. thirteen countries have opted instead for applying the regulation without defining national adaptations. the rest of member states has chosen to use the flexibility allowed, applying from 1 to 3 options. nine member states have defined the minimum activity to be carried out on agricultural areas naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation. these activities are greatly differentiated among member states, in terms of minimum activities requested, time span within which these activities must be carried out and possibilities, for local authorities, to provide deviations from the general rules. information about the national choices are very fragmentary. however, among the minimum activities are signalled: grazing with the maintaining of minimum stocking density in the case of permanent grassland12, mowing (with destruction or removal of the grass), avoiding deforestation, controlling the spread of unwanted vegetation, avoiding (dense) shrubs, renewing of the grass (dg agri, 2015b). eight member states have decided to extend the black list in order to exclude from the cap support the activities that are not considered agricultural business.13 twelve countries opted for the lowering of the threshold below 5,000 euro, up to 0 euro in belgium-flanders and 1 euro in the netherlands. in the cases of france (200 euro) and luxembourg (100 euro) the threshold has been set at the same level of the minimum requirement to receive direct payments (article 10, regulation eu 1307/2013). in the case of spain and austria the threshold is the same of that for the access to the small farmers scheme. only four countries (greece, the netherlands, italy and spain) provided additional exclusions adding professional and economic requirements that a farmer must comply in order to be considered “active”.14 in these member states, farmers being above the threshold have to prove to be “active”. the percentage of farmers involved ranges from little less than 20% of total farmers in greece to 100% in the netherlands, showing a different administrative burden for national administrations (elaboration on data european commission, 2016c). the variability of this percentage is due to the threshold chosen (1 euro in the netherlands, 5,000 euro in greece) and the structural characteristics of the agri12 for example, in scotland, the minimum agricultural activity for farmers in regions two and three is to undertake an average level of stocking of 0.05 livestock units per hectare for 183 days a year. as an alternative to minimum stocking levels, farmers can carry out an annual environmental assessment across the holding. in italy, the minimum activity is represented by the grazing that must take place for at least 60 days a year with a minimum load of 0.2 livestock unit per hectare. alternatively, the farmer may prove to have carried out at least one mowing a year or other operation aimed at improving pasture. 13 for example they have been excluded enterprises involved in mining activity (germany), forest management (estonia and romania), banking, brokerage business and insurance (italy), construction firms (romania), prisons (romania), national, regional or municipal administrations (bulgaria, italy, malta, the netherland and romania). for further details on the activities added to the black list in the member states concerned see european commission, 2016a. 14 greece and the netherlands exclude natural or legal persons whose agricultural activity represents only an insignificant part of their overall economic activity (article 9(3)(a)) while spain excludes persons whose principal activity or company objects does not consist of exercising an agricultural activity (article 9(3)(b)). italy has chosen to apply both the type of exclusion. 305is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? table 3. the choices of the member states under the legislative framework on the “active farmer”1. definition of minimum activity on areas naturally kept widening of negative list additional professional and economic requirements different thershold from 5,000 euro threshold chosen in derogation to 9(4) article 9(1) article 9(2) article 9(3)a-b article 9(4) euro detail items belgium-wallonia ѵ 1 350 belgium-flanders ѵ ѵ 2 0 bulgaria ѵ ѵ 2 3,000 czech republic 0 denmark 0 germany ѵ ѵ 2 estonia ѵ 1 greece ѵ (a) 1 spain ѵ (b) ѵ 2 1,250 france ѵ ѵ 2 200 ireland 0 italy ѵ ѵ ѵ (a),(b) ѵ 4 1,250 5,0002 cyprus ѵ 1 latvia 0 lithuania ѵ 1 500 luxembourg ѵ 1 100 hungary 0 malta ѵ ѵ 2 250 netherlands ѵ ѵ (a) ѵ 3 1 austria ѵ 1 1,250 poland 0 portugal 0 romania ѵ ѵ 2 slovenia 0 slovakia ѵ ѵ 1 2,000 finland 0 sweden 0 uk-scotland ѵ ѵ 2 uk-wales ѵ 1 uk-england 0 uk-northern ireland 0 croatia 0 eu member states number of contraints implemented pointer positive choice 1 in the table, the percentages of the beneficiaries over the threshold are calculated on the beneficiaries of direct payments in the financial year 2015 (european commission, 2016c). where the stratification does not coincide with the choice of the country, we have done a mathematical proportion (for example for the choice of a threshold equal to 250 euro made by malta, we have subtracted to the cumulative descending share of beneficiaries (in that case <0 i.e. 100%), the product between the percentage of the next stratification (i.e. 0-500) and 2.5 / 5 (i.e. half of range 0-500, the choice of malta of 500 euro). 2 the threshold is fixed to 5,000 euro if more than 50% of the agricultural surface is located in disadvantaged or mountain areas; 1,250 euro for the other farmers. source: own elaboration on dg agri isamm data. 306 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti cultural system of each countries. most of the other member states decided to not apply the additional requirements because of the additional administrative burden (dg agri, 2015a). it is worth noting that three of the four countries that have opted to add professional and economic requirements have also chosen to lower the threshold, making it even harder for “non genuine” farmers to access direct payments, and two of these three countries have opted to widen the negative list, so reducing the number of people allowed to receive direct payments. moreover, in some member states the implementation of the cap reform occurred at regional level, so we have 2 different schemes in belgium (one for wallonia and one for flanders) and 4 different schemes in the united kingdom (england, northern ireland, scotland and wales). as regard the criteria chosen to prove the importance and relevance of the agricultural activity the picture is very heterogeneous among countries. to prove that the agricultural activity is not insignificant (article 9(2)(b)), in 19 countries the agricultural income should represent at least one third of the total income; only finland has lowered this ratio to 5%; 9 countries opted for alternative criteria (e.g. number of eligible hectares above a certain threshold). in order to demonstrate that the principal business consists of exercising an agricultural activity, 11 countries have opted for the registration in an official business register, 4 countries opted for equivalent evidence, 6 countries for alternative criteria, 5 countries opted for a combination of criteria (dg agri, 2015a; european commission, 2016a). 4. the understanding of the weakness about the active farmer’s rules: some case studies in this section we focus our attention on two selected member states placed on opposite sides of the spectrum in terms of restrictions implemented. the aim is to highlight that the greater or lesser selectivity represented by the number of constraints implemented (cfr. table 3) doesn’t always correspond, respectively, to a greater or lesser selectivity when we take into account the implementation of national legislation. in other words, in this section we will demonstrate that a high score, in terms of number of restrictions implemented, does not necessarily correspond to a high selectivity and, conversely, a low score is not always equivalent to a low selectivity. for this purpose we consider the czech republic, which has not implemented any national adaptation, so as to appear non-selective (the options implemented, in table 3, are equal to 0) and, on the other side, italy, who has decided for a strong implementation of the possibilities offered by the cap reform (the options implemented are 4), so as to appear highly selective. 4.1 the czech republic case in the czech republic, stakeholders (ngos, associations and trade unions) were strongly involved in the decision-making process. as a result of this process it has been decided not to extend the negative list. a person or a group of persons which fall under the scope of article 9(2) (the black list) can be regarded as an active farmer if they prove 307is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? that the total receipts obtained from agricultural activities represent at least one third of the total receipts obtained in the most recent fiscal year and if these information are confirmed by an auditor´s report. moreover, czech republic decided not to implement any additional professional and economic requirement (article 9(3)). the threshold below which a farmer is considered active by definition is maintained at 5,000 euro. in this way, the czech republic seems to dispense the small farmers (the 16% of holdings with an economic size of farm lower than 4,000 euro and an average business size of 20 hectares) from the burden of an excessive bureaucracy, preserving their role of maintaining vitality in rural areas. looking at the decisions taken, the czech republic would seem “not selective at all” (henke et al., 2018). however, the perspective changes if one takes into account the national legislation (coll. 50/2015) requiring that the recipient of direct payments has to be an “agricultural entrepreneur” within the meaning of statute no 252/1997 coll. on agriculture. according to this law, it is considered agricultural entrepreneur any natural or legal person that carries out an agricultural production, understood as crop production, livestock production and the processing and selling of agricultural production. this is a much more restrictive definition than that provided for in article 4 of the regulation 1307/2013, where for “agricultural activity” is considered also the maintaining an agricultural area in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation or the carrying out a minimum activity on agricultural areas naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation (see note 9). the issue of the national requirement of “agricultural entrepreneur” has been raised by the association of private farming of the czech republic. then it has been the object of a written question of the european parliament to the european commission (e-003886-16), as czech national legislation appears to be in conflict with european legislation on direct payments, resulting in a reduction in the number of aid applications. the commission has stated that member states may add supplementary criteria if those rules are not contrary to union law. in the specific case, there are no elements that show a conflict between eu legislation and czech law. this does not alter the fact that the more restrictive definition of “agricultural entrepreneur” in czech legislation, as compared to the broader definition of “agricultural activity” in eu legislation, makes the czech republic much more selective than it does at first reading. despite the fact that the country has decided not to implement any restriction, the need to be an “agricultural entrepreneur” could be a significant factor in excluding a large portion of farmers (mainly small farmers) from access to direct payments. 4.2 the italian case on the opposite side we find italy, which has decided to apply all the available restrictions: a) widening the negative list to banks, brokers and insurance, and to the public administrations; b) adding professional and economic requirements in order to access to direct payments (the registration into the national social security (inps) as direct farmer, agricultural entrepreneur; or the possession of an active vat number for agricultural activity); c) lowering the threshold to being considered active farmer by definition to 1,250 euro, except for farms located in disadvantaged or mountain areas for which the threshold is maintained to 5,000 euro; d) setting minimum activity on area naturally kept in a state 308 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti suitable for grazing or cultivation. looking at the implementation of the rules on active farmer, italy appears to be as “highly selective” (henke et al., 2018). the debate that characterized the implementation of these rules showed two conflicting positions. from one side, those who were favorable to a strong selection of beneficiaries of the cap, in order to focus support in the hands of those who carry out agricultural activity as their main business; on the other side, those in favor of maintaining a large number of beneficiaries in order to take into account the environmental function carried out. a compromise was reached between the two positions, that makes italy the country with the largest number of restrictions implemented, but with a small number of farmers potentially excluded from direct payments. in fact, a high percentage of beneficiaries is considered active farmer by definition because they receive an amount of direct payments less than the threshold fixed (at least 64% of beneficiaries receive less than 1,250 euro; however, this figure is underestimated because it does not take into account of farms located in less favored areas for which the threshold is set at 5,000 euro). moreover, for those who perceive an amount of direct payments above the threshold, the additional requirements are not very strict and they are such to include almost all the current beneficiaries of the direct payments of the cap (frascarelli, 2014a). as regard the additional economic requirements, in italy there are many beneficiaries of direct payments who have not a vat number, but most of them fall in the “threshold of non-compliance” (farmers with a turnover of less than 7,000 euro are exempt from any obligation to declare and accounting). those who are above the threshold may require the opening of the agricultural vat number and must exercise a productive activity oriented towards the market, because in italy is not allowed to have a vat number “non-active”. finally, in the case of subjects included in the black list, such as banking or insurance, the exclusion from the benefits of direct payments is mitigated by the possibility of considering “active farmers” the companies they participate. in italy there are important agricultural companies controlled by banks and insurance companies that do not manage their agricultural activities directly but through specific subsidiary agricultural companies that don’t fall in the black list (frascarelli, 2014b). looking at the decisions taken by all the member states, what emerges is a considerable bureaucratic complication, even if a country has decided not to apply any restriction. in fact, legislation concerned is difficult to understand. at the same time, the procedures implemented internally by each country in order to check the provisions on active farmer are very different and, as a consequence, different is the bureaucratic burden on national authorities and farmers. the final result is a great uncertainty about the effectiveness of the provisions in limiting and selecting cap beneficiaries and canalizing support towards the farmers with prevailing agricultural activity. in fact the usefulness of revising the legislation is already being discussed under the omnibus regulation (com(2016)605). 5. discussion and conclusions the analysis carried out in the previous sections has highlighted a picture of high heterogeneity among member states, in terms of measures implemented, of goals pursued and farmers affected. in terms of options implemented, only two member states, italy and the netherlands, have adapted all (or almost all) the eu rules to their national constraints in order to limit 309is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? the access to direct payments. on the other side of the spectrum, thirteen member states have applied article 9 without any national requirement. the other member states have applied from 1 to 3 options. analyzing in depth the choices made by selected member states it is evident that the high number of options implemented does not correspond to a greater selectivity of beneficiaries. in the case of italy, for example, that has implemented all the available options, the national application of the rules on “active farmer” did not guarantee a real limitation in the access to direct payments. this is both for the high share of farmers lying below the threshold for being considered active by definition and for the ‘non strictness’ of the additional requirements. the national implementation of the rules, moreover, is proving to be very complex, with a considerable bureaucratic burden in charge of farmers and national agency of payments and delays in payments. conversely, the czech republic, where the article 9 has been applied without national adaptations, is selective for the access to direct payments on the basis of national legislation. the rules implemented in the member states vary across eu also in the case of the minimum activity on the areas naturally kept in a state suitable for grazing or cultivation, which is the only constraint that would prevent the access to direct payments, without the possibility of derogations, in case of non compliance. at the moment, after the first year of implementation, it is not known whether this complexity is compensated by a real limitation on the number of beneficiaries of the direct payments of the cap. nor the member state where the rules have been implemented in the most effective way. what is clear is the different function assigned to direct payments. in some countries, the choice was to qualify for direct payments who contributes to the vitality of rural areas not excluding a priori persons whose agricultural activity is marginal. in other countries the choices go in the direction of supporting those engaged in agricultural activity in the strict sense. in this latter case, the high costs associated to a strict implementation of the rules can generate effects if these rules translate in a selection of the beneficiaries in order to support the income of producers. the final result is a distorted treatment of the farmers according to the national choices: some activities are considered not-agricultural business in some countries but they are considered agricultural business in others; in some countries the farmers must satisfy additional requirements, not requested in others; the threshold below which a farmer is active by definition is very different among countries. taking into account the heterogeneous distribution of direct payments between member states and the great diversity among member states in terms of practices and agricultural activities and in terms of legal and fiscal framework, it seems difficult to find a field on which to build common rules to define the “active farmers” and, at the same time, for planning the policies aimed to achieve adequate selectivity to access the cap support. unfortunately, there is no information on how many potential beneficiaries were excluded due to the rules on active farmer in the first year of implementation. however, the high administrative costs in respect to the benefit of excluding a very limited number of non-active farmers were recognized by the commission which, for this reason, has proposed, as part of the omnibus regulation (com(2016)605), to give member states the possibility to make optional the application of the rules on “active farmer”, starting from 2018. 310 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti as we have seen, the complexity of the “active farmer” rules arises from the unresolved issue on the nature of direct payments. in fact, the cap reforms which have followed after the 1992 reform (the so-called macsharry reform which first introduced the concept of decoupled payments) changed the tools to support the farmers but the philosophy itself of support remained unchanged15. despite the move from a single payment scheme to a more articulated system of payments, even in 2014-2020 cap reform the better targeted and more selective payments are received, if and only if, a farmer receives the basic payment, i.e. the payment aimed to income support, and in turns, if and only if, she/he is an “active farmer”. so, the “active farmer” rules struggle between the “productivist” and “multifunctional” souls of the cap. the “productivistic” vision of the cap would circumscribe the benefits of support only to those who produce food and/or fiber, being engaged in an agricultural activity in the strict sense. only to those farmers an income support has to be guaranteed. the “multifunctional” soul would provide support to the land managers, independently from the existence of the food/fiber production function. in this sense the direct payments are seen as a remuneration for the provision of public goods (candel et al., 2014). the “productivistic” active farmer vision, making production mandatory, contrasts with the green box constraints under the wto as well as the market orientation towards which the decoupled support aims. the “multifunctional” active farmer vision, on the opposite, suffers from the fact that the payment is irrevocably tied to income support of the farmer and not to the environmental function of land managers in allowing, for example, biodiversity. the conciliation of the two souls of the cap has generated the rules contained in the article 9 which do not meet neither who would rule more strictly on “active farmer” in order to keep the payment in the hands (or the pockets) of the “genuine” farmers, nor who fears that the rules applied could exclude from the benefit of payments, potential beneficiaries who only manage the land (kloranis and vlahos, 2012, p. 10). for instance, the reform broadens the application of the rules on “active farmer” to organic farming or to farmers in mountainous or other areas with natural constraint. this, in member states where additional criteria have been added could, potentially, prevent those who do not meet the requirements of the economic or professional importance of the agricultural activity from receiving support (hart and baldock, 2011, p. 21). the issue is the inconsistency of the direct payments system: only those who receive direct payments need support for the environmental functions and land preservation they carry out? being equal functions, the person who is not a farmer and receives no direct payments is therefore not entitled to receive support? the environmental issue must necessarily be limited to the cap? in our opinion, there are two ways, opposed, to solve this issue. the first is to broaden the definition of “active farmer” to encompass all those who manage the land, regardless of the production function, including also those who are now excluded (those in the black list) and those for whom farming is marginal or insignificant, 15 the analysis of erjavec and erjavec (2015) shows that due to the path dependency in the 2014-2020 cap reform the measures were only gradually altered and the attention towards “environment” and “greening”, proclaimed in all discourses of the eu key actors, was not proportionally integrated into measures and in the budget distribution. 311is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? provided that the support is related to the cost or loss of income resulting from land management, which must be sustainable both in environmental and social terms. this would mean not consider the status of the beneficiaries but what they do. in the second way, it makes sense to narrow the definition of “active farmer” only to those who produce food and fiber in a sustainable way from the economic and environmental point of view, with a support truly commensurate to farm income (savings should be better targeted to farms “needy”). this would require to completely separate the two functions and allocate to the cap, in the strict sense, only part of the current budget, allocating the rest to environmental payments as described above. this could cause problems of compatibility with the wto, depending on how this farm income support is designed. however, taking into account the total ams (aggregate measurement of support) at eu disposal (72,378 million euro for marketing year 2012/13)16 there should be no problems to meet commitments also in the case where eu decided to go back towards fully or partially coupled payments to production. in the last reform, eu has decided to allow member states to devote a high percentage of their financial resources to coupled support. the “new” tool differs from the coupled payment to production of the “old” cap (the one prior the macsharry reform) in the fact that the support is linked to the factors of production (land or head of livestock) rather than to production itself. moreover, its purpose is to create an incentive to maintain current levels of production and must not lead to increased production. the real question is whether it is appropriate for the eu to turn back from its decisions on decoupling, strengthening coupled payments only in order to respond to the problem of the “active farmer”. the future of the rules on “active farmer” is not obvious. the complexity of the national implementation, as well as the lack of a unique path by the member states or of an easily interpretable behaviour, it raises serious doubts about the possibility that in the next cap reform these rules can be made, another time, mandatory and even more restrictive, reducing the flexibility available to countries. however there is no doubt that the future of the “active farmers” issue depends on the future of the direct payments. references albisinni, f. (2012). il cantiere agricolo. report presented at conference soggetti e discipline in agricoltura dopo le riforme europee organized by centro studi di diritto agrario. cosenza. 18 may 2012. available online at http://www.cesdaa.it/downloads/ il_cantiere_agricolo.pdf. anania, g. and pupo d’andrea, m.r. (2015). the 2013 reform of the common agricultural policy. in swinnen, j. (ed), the political economy of the 2014-2020 common agricultural policy: an imperfect storm. ceps paperback, centre for european policy studies, brussels, 33-86. bureau, j. c. and mahé, l.p. (2015). was the cap reform a success?. in swinnen, j. (ed), the political economy of the 2014-2020 common agricultural policy: an imperfect storm. ceps paperback, centre for european policy studies, brussels, 87-135. candel, j.j.l., breeman, g.e., stiller, s.j. and termeer, j.a.m. (2014). disentangling the 16 eu notification to wto g/ag/n/eu/26, 2 november 2015. 312 maria rosaria pupo d’andrea, simona romeo lironcurti consensus frame of food security: the case of the eu common agricultural policy reform debate. food policy 44: 47-58. dg agri (2015a). workshop on the active farmer’s provisions, 27/10/2015. dg agri (2015b), exchange of experience of implementation and control on agricultural activity and permanent grassland elp. expert group meeting, 9/12/2015. d’oultremont, c. (2011). the cap post-2013: more equitable, green and market-oriented?. european policy brief: 5. available online at http://www.egmontinstitute.be/publication_article/the-cap-post-2013-more-equitable-green-and-market-oriented/. erjavec, k. and erjavec, e. (2015). ‘greening the cap’ – just a fashionable justification? a discourse analysis of the 2014–2020 cap reform documents. food policy 51: 53-62. erjavec, e., lovec, m. and erjavec, k. (2015). from ‘greening’ to ‘greenwash’ : drivers and discourses of the cap 2020 ‘reform’. in swinnen, j. (ed), the political economy of the 2014-2020 common agricultural policy: an imperfect storm. ceps paperback, centre for european policy studies, brussels, 215-244. european commission (2010). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions. the cap towards 2020: meeting the food, natural resources and territorial challenges of the future. com(2010) 672 final. brussels, 18.11.2010 european commission (2011a). commission staff working paper. impact assessment. common agricultural policy towards 2020. sec(2011) 1153 final/2. brussels. 20.10.2011. european commission (2011b). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council establishing rules for direct payments to farmers under support schemes within the framework of the common agricultural policy. com(2011) 625 final/2. brussels. 19.10.2011. european commission (2011c). what is a small farm?. eu agricultural economic briefs. n.2, july. european commission (2016a). direct payments 2015-2020. decisions taken by member states. state of play as at june 2016. information note. european commission (2016b). direct payments. eligibility for direct payments of the common agricultural policy. september 2016. european commission (2016c). report on the distribution of direct aids to agricultural producers (financial year 2015). ref. ares(2016 2016)6181665 28/10/2016. european court of auditors (2006). annual report on the implementation of the budget concerning the financial year 2006, together with the institutions’ replies. european court of auditors (2011). single payment scheme (sps): issues to be addressed to improve its sound financial management. special report n. 5. european court of auditors (2012a). opinion no 1/2012 on certain proposals for regulations relating to the common agricultural policy for the period 2014-2020. european court of auditors (2012b). the effectiveness of the single area payment scheme as a transitional system for supporting farmers in the new member states. special report n. 16. forgacs, c. (2015). development of small farms in eu 10 (ceecs) between 2005–2010. in raupelienė, a. (ed), proceedings of the 7th international scientific conference 313is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? rural development 2015, 1-7. available online at http://conf.rd.asu.lt/index.php/rd/ article/view/196/134. frascarelli, a. (2014a). identikit dell’agricoltore attivo. terra e vita 26: 8-10. frascarelli, a. (2014b). l’agricoltore attivo, la soglia minima e la regressività. in de filippis, f. (ed), la pac 2014-2020. le decisioni dell’ue e le scelte nazionali, gruppo 2013, edizioni tellus, rome, 41-61. hart, k. and baldock, d. (2011). greening the cap: delivering environmental outcomes through pillar one. institute for european environmental policy (ieep). available online at http://www.ieep.eu/assets/831/greening_pillar_1_ieep_thinkpiece_-_ final.pdf. henke, r., benos, t., de filippis, f., giua, m., pierangeli, f. and pupo d’andrea, m.r. (2018). the new common agricultural policy: how do member states respond to flexibility?. journal of common market studies 56(2): 403–419 (doi: 10.1111/ jcms.12607). henke, r., pupo d’andrea, m.r., benos, t., castellotti, t., pierangeli, f., romeo lironcurti, s., de filippis, f., giua, m., rosatelli, l., resl, t. and heinschink, k. (2015). implementation of the first pillar of the cap 2014-2020 in the eu member states, study for the european parliament, directorate-general for internal policies, policy department b: structural and cohesion policies. ip/b/agri/ic/2014_45. jambor, a. (2012). on the complexity of defining active farmers. cap reform.eu. available online at http://capreform.eu/on-the-complexity-of-defining-active-farmers/. kloranis, s. and vlahos, g. (2012). the politics of cap: the case of greece. aua working paper series no. 2012-5, agricultural university of athens, department of agricultural economics. krzyzanowski, j.t. (2013). small, young, active – some new elements of the cap reform. problems of world agriculture 13(28): 105-114. matthews, a. (2012). understanding the ‘active farmer’ debate. cap reform.eu. available online at http://capreform.eu/understanding-the-active-farmer-debate. rural-urban migration and implications for rural production alan de brauw migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy giorgio osti immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni*, roberto esposti economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil linda arata1,*, sofia hauschild2, paolo sckokai1 is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? maria rosaria pupo d’andrea*, simona romeo lironcurti bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 131-133, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-17141 introduction sustainability of gi production systems in the framework of the ttip negotiations filippo arfini1, maria cecilia mancini1, mario veneziani1, michele donati2 1 department of economics, università degli studi di parma, via j. kennedy 6, 43125 parma, italy 2 department of bio-sciences, università degli studi di parma, parco area delle scienze 11/a, 43124 parma, italy a vast body of literature has appeared (barham and sylvander, 2011) and a number of seminars of the european association of agricultural economists (eaae) have focussed on the “issue of gis” by highlighting the fundamental characteristics of gi products(arfini and mora, 1998; sylvander et al., 2000; arfini et al., 2012). two elements identify and characterise gi products: the complexity and multifaceted nature of the concept of quality and the multifunctional role of gi systems. the quality of gi products derives from the close dependence on natural and anthropic local resources, the history of the territory of production, the cultural heritage and their own reputation. the reputation of a gi product has developed over time and consumers identify it with the concept of typicity (casabianca and touzard, 2009). the latter is an intrinsic part of the gi quality concept and is perceived by consumers as not reproducible. the multifunctional role of gi systems highlights the necessity of considering different “dimensions” of gi products at the same time. it also helps us to recognize that the gi system is not niche (sylvander and baraham, 2011) but a wider system which is part of an overall economy (allaire et al., 2011). describing the numerous dimensions of gi products entails adopting a multiplicity of approaches to overcome the limits of methodologies used in traditional marketing analysis of value chains. this multiplicity is required to evaluate aspects impacting on quality such as the natural, productive, recreational and cultural aspects of the territory and the multifunctional role of gi systems which shape the rural and local development path, system coordination, agricultural and commercial policy dimensions and the protection of intellectual property rights related to the use of the geographical name. in international trade, these aspects become even more problematic because of the difficulty of safeguarding and protecting gi systems, which synthesise them into the geographical name. furthermore, the two international organisations, the world trade organisation (wto), with its trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights (trips) agreement, and the world intellectual property right organization (wipo), with its lisbon agreement, that regulate the international trade of food products, have adopted different definitions and protection regimes in relation to gi products (addor and grazioli, 2002): • the trips agreement (articles 22.1 and 22.4) reflects a compromise between countries that have different levels of “sensitivity” to gi products. the compromise gives 132 f. arfini, m. cecilia mancini, m. veneziani, m. donati “weak” protection for food items and “strong” protection for wines and spirits. in fact, art. 22 gives the burden of proof of usurpation to the party reporting usurpation. on the other hand, art. 23 concerning wines and spirits establishes protection ex-officio without placing any burden of proof on the party who reports it; • the lisbon agreement regulates the international register of the designations of origin and offers strong protection for all gi products in countries signing the agreement. these, however, are fewer than the wto trips signatory countries. the distinctions brought about by the trips agreements have generated a trade war (josling, 2006) among wto countries. the trade disputes concerning gis exported from the sui generis to the trademark area are not yet resolved in spite of the multilateral negotiations of the wto agreements. nowadays, bilateral negotiations on trade rules between the eu and the usa have been taking place. the ttip – “transatlantic trade and investment partnership” have the objective of laying down rules and solving outstanding trade conflicts, including the one on gis between the usa and the eu in order to allow stable trade relations. all these gi related issues have been discussion topics in the 145th eaae seminar (parma, italy, april 2015) “intellectual property rights for geographical indications: what is at stake in the ttip?”. this section includes a selection of three papers presented at the 145th eaae seminar. the first one, presented by wirth, examines the legal and policy relationships amongst international standards for gis, food safety requirements and voluntary claims related to a food’s attributes within the context of international trade agreements protecting gis, such as the 1994 trips agreement, the eu-canada comprehensive economic and trade agreement (ceta) and the chapter on intellectual property and geographical indications in the ttip currently under negotiation. the second contribution analyses the role of innovation applied to gi products. mancini and consiglieri state that innovation can make gi products competitive in the logic of the global market provided that information asymmetry between producers and consumers is filled. the third contribution by schmitt et al. measures the sustainability of value chains and it is aimed to provide a scientific methodology to objectively assess the real benefits and drawbacks of local versus global value chains. contributions presented at the 145th eaae agree on the fact that the “gi issue” is not limited to the protection of the geographical name but it also has qualitative and socioeconomic implications. therefore, discussions about ttip also need to examine the use of gis as a rural development tool and their production model as an example of sustainability. certainly, it is time to cease the “war of terroir” in the interest of the environment and society worldwide, as well as consumers and producers. in this spirit, the debate on gis in the ttip negotiations could be an arena for fruitful discussion, and an opportunity to recognise what is really at stake with the gi issue. references addor, f. and grazioli, a. (2002). geographical indications beyond wines and spirits – a roadmap for a better protection for geographical indications in the wto trips agreement. the journal of world intellectual property 5: 865-897. 133sustainability of gi production systems in the framework of the ttip negotiations allaire, g., casabianca, f. and thevenot-motted, e. (2011). geographical origin a complex feature of agri-food products. in: barham, e. and sylvander, b. (eds.), labels of origin for food: local development, global recognition. wallingford: cab international. arfini, f. and mora, c. (eds.) (1998). typical and traditional products: rural effect and agroindustrial problems. parma: parma university press. arfini, f., mancini, m.c. and donati, m. (eds.) (2012). local agri-food systems in a global world: market, social and environmental challenges. cambridge: cambridge scholars publishing. barham, e. and sylvander, b. (eds.) (2011). labels of origin for food: local development, global recognition. wallingford: cab international. casabianca, f. and touzard, j.m. (2009). le projet proddig: promotion du developpement durable par les indications geographiques. paris: agence nationale de la recherche, retrieved from sylvander, b. and barham, e. (2011). introduction. in: barham, e. and sylvander, b. (eds.), labels of origin for food: local development, global recognition. wallingford: cab international. sylvander, b., barjolle, d.b. and arfini, f. (eds.) (2000). the socioeconomics of origin labeled products in agro-food supply chains: spatial, institutional and co-ordination aspects. france: inra. josling, t. (2006). the war on terroir: geographical indications as a transatlantic trade conflict. journal of agricultural economics 57: 337-363. bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 175-198, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-17140 sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland emilia schmitt1,2, dominique barjolle1,2,*, anaëlle tanquerey-cado2, gianluca brunori3 1 sustainable agroecosystems group, swiss federal institute of technology zürich eth, 8092 zürich, switzerland 2 research institute for organic agriculture (fibl), frick ch-5070, switzerland 3 department of agriculture, food and environment, università di pisa, 56124 pisa, italy date of submission: 2015 30th, september; accepted accepted 2016 3rd, august abstract. local food generally has a positive image, supported among consumers by the perception of reduced negative impacts on the environment and other dimensions. however, a critical analysis of local food chains’ performance in comparison with more global ones is still needed to objectively assess the real benefits and drawbacks of local and global food chains. a careful analysis needs to be conducted to compare the sustainability performance of local food value chains with global ones. in this paper, the methodology of selecting a set of attributes and indicators of performance to compare the multi-dimensional performance of a local with a global food chain is presented. a specific selection of attributes of performance around five sustainability dimensions (economic, social, environmental, health and ethical) is used to measure and evaluate two swiss milk chains’ performances and compare the local chain with the global one. keywords. local, global, attributes, sustainability, indicators, milk jel codes. q56, q57 1. introduction currently, there is an increasing consumers’ interest about the impact of food products on the environment, on their health or on social aspects. consumers’ demand for “local” food has increased significantly as a consequence of their willingness to purchase quality products and to support local economy and its farms (adams and salois, 2010; king et al., 2010). however, a critical analysis of local food chains’ performance in comparison with more global ones is still needed to objectively assess the real benefits and drawbacks of local and global food chains. in the last years several authors have stressed the need to set up metrics, such as indicators, to assess the sustainability of food systems (ericksen, 2007; van der vorst, 2006). in *corresponding author: barjolle@ethz.ch 176 e. schmitt et al. their article, pretty et al. (2010) even express the question: “how can we develop agreed metrics to monitor progress towards sustainability in different agricultural systems that are appropriate for, and acceptable to, different agro-ecological, social, economic and political contexts?”, which means that such systems of attributes of performance should also be transposable to other countries and contexts, in addition to being objective, holistic and multidimensional (born and purcell, 2006). for the purpose of this paper, we take the conceptual framework proposed by neven (2014), which proposes that a sustainable food value chain can be conceptualized as “the full range of farms and firms and their successive coordinated value-adding activities that produce particular raw agricultural materials and transform them into particular food products that are sold to final consumers and disposed of after use, in a manner that is profitable throughout, has broad-based benefits for society, and does not permanently deplete natural resources”. in this study, the sustainability impact is assessed on two milk value chains in order to compare a local chain with a more global one. actually, a clear distinction between the local and the global remains very unclear because there is no strict definition of local food (edwards-jones, 2010). in this study, we have considered the six criteria listed in brunori et al. (2016) to select the case studies: (i) spatial configuration, (ii) product identity, (iii) physical distance, (iv) size of operations, (v) governance, and (vi) technologies. the local and global cases should be as opposite as possible in a maximum number of criteria. the two case studies in the fresh milk sector that are compared through the sustainability assessment are further described in chapter 3. 2. methodology: sustainability assessment for food value chains several methods for assessing sustainability already exist, such as life cycle assessment (lca) that focuses on the environmental impacts of a defined product all along the production chain, or the response-inducing sustainability evaluation (rise), focusing at a farm or firm level of assessment. however, these methods usually do not include a multidimensional assessment operated at the scale of the entire food value chain (from input suppliers to consumers). the inclusive approach of sustainability assessment (whole supply chain and all aspects of sustainability) is currently rarely conducted as sustainability is often reduced to its environmental aspect or the assessment remains at the farm level (schader et al., 2014). therefore, there is a need to develop a methodological framework to assess the performance of food value chains as a whole, in a way that allows the comparison of all dimensions of sustainability between different chains. the method used in this study has thus this goal of evaluating the sustainability performance of food value chains and comparing a more local chain and a more global chain in the milk sector. the methodology proposed by the sustainability assessment of food and agriculture systems (safa) guidelines from the fao (2013) was the starting point for the elaboration of our methodological framework and proposes 4 main steps (mapping, contextualization, selecting indicators, reporting) that were adapted as follows. these steps are also explained in brunori et al. (2016). 1. mapping: this step mainly focuses on the scope and definition of the system boundaries, in terms of spatial definition and identification of entities. in this case, it is 177sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland important that the compared value chains encompass the same entities and comparable scopes. these are defined and represented in chapter 3. 2. contextualization: as suggested in the safa guidelines, information should be gathered on all aspects of the value chains under study and the surrounding context. knowledge about aspects such as the flows within the chain, interactions between actors, prices, geographical situation of the sector and national physical and socioeconomic contexts, will be crucial to select the relevant indicators (as described in the third step below) and benchmarks. this is in order to grasp what can be the influence of the context on the performance of the value chains. for this reason, additional information has been collected in relation to the context surrounding the cases by what can be called descriptive indicators or ‘descriptors’. they concern agricultural policies, tax and subsidies’ systems, food regulations or natural conditions being used to describe and further define the chain and its context, helping in the later comparison. these descriptors also concern the data for the criteria of local-global distinction. 3. selecting indicators: for the goal of comparison of a local and a global value chain, a list of indicators was developed from different sources and not only from the safa listing. instead of using safa themes, own themes, (what have been designated as “attributes”) were used. attributes are aggregations of a wide range of sustainability criteria for assessment, identified through a media analysis exercise and a delphi survey conducted in both countries (schmitt et al., 2014; kirwan et al., 2014), as described in brunori et al. (2016). sources were selected for their reference to how the performance of food value chains is viewed in the public, scientific, market and policy spheres and most frequent themes were identified through software of qualitative data analysis (kirwan et al., 2014; schmitt et al., 2014). these themes were refined into attributes of performance through a participatory process in which twelve key actors of the food sector were interviewed (schmitt et al., 2014). because the sustainability assessment should be holistic and multidimensional (ostrom, 2009), experts from socio-economical to natural sciences and stakeholders from all stages of the food supply chains were consulted to define attributes and afterwards benchmarks. actors were asked to rank the proposed attributes in order of importance and to change or complete the terms used. the final list of 12 attributes was selected through this iterative process and is shown in table 1. each attribute is thereafter assessed with two or more indicators, which contain specific questions addressed to obtain performance scores. the selection of the indicators was made according to feasibility, data availability and relevance, three criteria often quoted in the literature on sustainability assessment (bockstaller et al., 2009). feasibility means that indicators can realistically be measured in quantitative and qualitative terms and scored in relation to a benchmark. according to fao (2013, p.216), benchmarks are “values or qualitative descriptions of activities, used as the basis by which the performance of an enterprise is evaluated within an indicator domain to facilitate a rating of sustainability performance. regional and/or sectorial averages, as well as defined average (standard) and best practice values can be used as benchmarks”. indicators were adapted from existing lists of indicators (safa, rise, etc.) as these lists also give insights about how such indicators have been measured and what benchmarks can be applied. further indica178 e. schmitt et al. tors have been created according to the case and consulted stakeholders. data availability means that certain indicators were suppressed after checking existing databases and possibilities to gather sufficient representative primary data. relevance means that the selected indicators are relevant for the purpose of comparing local with global, and that means that indicators with a probable difference between the local and global chains were prioritized. the selection of indicators is however specifically adapted to a swiss context and concerns a dairy sector. table 1 shows all indicators by attributes and the questions used for data collection. the benchmarks applied for the assessment, the specific units as well as references are listed in the extended table in annex. 4. reporting: this last step includes the data analysis and its visual representation and discussion. data can be qualitative or quantitative, primary or secondary, and have been collected through semi-structured interviews, online questionnaires and secondary sources (details in table 2). after entry of all data into a database (excel sheets), the performance was calculated for both chains based on the average measures on all the actors of the supply chain’s step concerning each indicator. a score on a percentage scale was calculated for each indicator according to the benchmarks of lower and higher performance. the process of scoring the indicators’ performance is presented in figure 1 with the example of the indicator “producers’ income”. it is a continuous indicator for which the performance is evaluated on a continuous scale between pre-defined values of what could be the highest performance (higher benchmark) and what can be considered as the lowest acceptable performance (lower benchmark). the performance is then calculated with a cross-multiplication as on figure 1 and as of schmitt et al. (2014). the benchmarks are either available from standardized indicators (fao, 2013) or can be adjusted according to context justification (step 1) and experts’ consultation. for example, a veterinary scientist was consulted regarding animal welfare indicators, in addition to consulting swiss statistics on farm animal treatment and programs. most sources consulted to establish the benchmarks are from institutions of the agricultural sector, as the benchmarks need to be in the same relevant context as the data. this limits the use of peer-reviewed literature in the definition of the benchmarks. for example, comparing income with some worldwide standard would not make sense, as incomes in switzerland are usually much higher than in other countries. references included the swiss annual agricultural reporting (federal office for agriculture (foag), 2013), the milk sector statistics (union suisse des paysans, 2012), and reports (federal office for agriculture (foag), 2014) or websites of institutions and organizations in this sector1. benchmarks regarding practices were established following the safa indicators (fao, 2013) or by simulating the worst case and best case scenarios like for the ghg emissions. the references used to define indicators and benchmarks are listed in the table in the annex and the safa indicators are specified with their code (e.g. e 5.1.3). as it can be seen in the table in the annex, some indicators do not have values as benchmarks, but rather a yes/no (e.g. “differentiation of the product”), which 1 swissmilk.ch; www.sbv-usp.ch; blw.admin.ch; etc 179sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland table 1. attributes and indicators for the sustainability assessment. attributes dimensions indicator question value creation and distribution economic differentiation of the product is the product clearly differentiated in order to increase its value? producers’ income what is the price obtained by primary producers? share of producers’ price on sale price what is the share of producers’ price on the sale price? social capital social, economic, ethical cooperative or association of producers in place do producers form cooperatives or associations to defend their interest? interprofessional association or negotiation platform is there an inter-professional association or a platform for actors of the chain to meet and negotiate? working conditions social, economic average wage paid to farm employees what is the salary paid to employees on farm? average annual income of farmers what is the average annual income? (agricultural familial net income incl. direct payments) eco-efficiencyenvironmental, economic production per lifespan of dairy cows how long do you keep the dairy cows before slaughter? what is the average milk production per cow per year? packaging material used what type of packaging is used for the milk (multiple choice cf. categories)? climate change potential environmental, economic transport greenhouse gas emissions what transport means do you use to deliver your product? what is the distance of delivery? production greenhouse gas emissions how much ghg is emitted on the farmproduction stage? biodiversity environmental, health ecological compensation area what is the percentage of the ecological compensation surfaces in relation to the total agricultural area? crop rotations how many crop rotations do you undertake on average per field? locally adapted/resistant/ endangered crop varieties do you use locally adapted/resistant/ endangered crop varieties? (according to pro specia rara) area free of pesticide use on what percentage of your total cropland area is no pesticides applied? gmo-free feed (certified) in the supply chain is the animal feed gmo free (labelled/certified) and do you renounce on the plantation of gmo crops? breeding degree of the livestock what breeds compose your dairy herd? 180 e. schmitt et al. attributes dimensions indicator question soil preservation environmental, health growing of legumes in proportion of cropland surface on what percentage of your cropland do you regularly grow legumes? percentage of organic fertilizers in the total fertilizer application what is the percentage of organic fertilizers in the total fertilizer application? (mineral and organic) food quality & food safety  health, ethical concentrated feed used per kg milk how much concentrated feed do you give to your cows per year? percentage of roughage in the animal feed what is the percentage of roughage in the daily feed ration? food safety standards from suppliers does the food chain actor have food safety insurance from the participants preceding them in the chain? transparency ethical, health proportion of information available to farmers which information is available to farmers (tick from: final price, type of product, place) sufficient and clear information available for consumers what is the information available to consumers on packaging? information made publicly available what information do you make freely available (online)? food wastageethical, environmental use of biogas plants is the farmyard manure and organic waste further processed in biogas plants? use of byproducts from the food industry as animal feed (% of farmers) are byproducts from the food industry used as animal feed? milk loss on farm what percentage of milk is lost (not incl. converted as by-product)? milk loss at processing what percentage of milk is lost at processing stage? traceability ethical, economic, health traceability upstream of the supply chain is it possible to retrace the whole supply chain of the purchased products (incl. feed, package, etc)? traceability downstream of the supply chain are the produced food products clearly marked so that the buyer can completely retrace them to their source? animal welfare ethical proportion of participation in outdoor grazing program do you take part in the project regular outings? life span of the dairy cows what is the average age of the cow at slaughter? proportion of participation in loose housing program are the animals loose in the stable? (according to bts program) proportion of animals treated by antibiotics in a year what proportion of dairy cows is treated with antibiotics on average per year? transportation duration to the slaughterhouse what is the average transportation time to the slaughterhouse? 181sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland indicates that the indicator is qualitative and is not evaluated on a continuous numerical scale. rather, the fact to fulfil the criteria as a whole is considered as the maximum performance. in this case, the performance does not vary but is either 100 or 0%. in some other cases (e.g., “packaging material used”), the indicator is also qualitative but there are other stages of performance between “yes” and “no” and the categories for each percentage of performance are then given in the annex. the last step consisted in analysing the differences of performance in each indicator between the local and the global chain. 3. the swiss milk case study in switzerland, two specific supply chains have respectively been chosen as “global” and “local” examples for comparison according to the six criteria of brunori table 2. overview of the informing stakeholders and data collection procedures. chain actor data collection method local milk value chain cooperative interview 1.5 hour farmers online survey sent to 53 farmers on a total of 75 farmers (17 answers) retailer 1 interview 1.5 hour retailer 2 e-mail and telephone questionnaire processor 1 e-mail questionnaire input provider interview 1.5 hour global milk value chain farmers written questionnaire (5 answers) secondary data processor interview 1.5 hour retailer interview 1.5 hour (in common with interview local chain) input provider interview 1.5 hour (common with local chain) figure 1. benchmarking system of indicators with the example of the indicator “producers’ income”. 182 e. schmitt et al. et al. (2016). the two cases are described in this chapter and table 3 summarizes their characteristics in the six criteria, although the sixth criterion does not show a difference. the global supply chain is represented by a generic milk distributed all over the country by the supermarket owning the brand, thereafter named “global milk”. the supply chain is composed of the steps presented in figure 2. these steps of the supply chain also limit the scope of the assessment by the indicators of sustainability. the milk may come from at least 2,000 dairy farmers. however, the processor uses “industry milk” for a whole segment of products from yogurts to desserts and so it was not possible to know in detail which quantities of milk are used for the global milk and from exactly how many producers it comes. the company processing and packaging the milk is also active at the international level, exporting specific products, but not the fresh milk. the company processes 265 millions kg milk per year but the exact part of fresh milk is not known, though it has been evaluated as around 11% during an interview. the supplying dairy farmers are located in three regions of switzerland: the north-west around basel, the north-east around st-gallen, both assembling milk through collecting centres, and some more independent dairy farmers in the south-west range of jura. these farmers are members of “milk centres” that are responsible for collecting and bulging the milk before delivery to the processor. their governance is however rather weak and the price of industry milk has been falling constantly in the last few years. thus the dairy farmers in this segment often have to produce a large quantity at a low production cost. they are mostly located in the low land and farm intensively with the type and quantity of input allowed within the swiss agricultural legislation. the processing and packaging take place in south switzerland and the milk is distributed all over the country. the distance can be evaluated as a minimum of 200 km between collecting centre and supermarket, and up to 500 km or more travelled within switzerland. fig. 2 shows the estimated average distances (according to interviews and road distances on google.maps) between some steps of the supply chain. in addition, a substantial distance is covered by inputs used as feed for the dairy farmers. they for example use soymeal feed from brazil in the mix fed to dairy cows. although the supply chain is mostly represented at the swiss national level, it is the most “global” fresh milk product available to swiss consumers and which can be contrasted in their purchasing decisions with the local milk described below. the local supply chain on the other hand is represented by fresh milk sold as “pasture milk”, which is based on local resources and sold only in two defined regions by the same supermarket chain (which is divided in autonomous regions). the chain concerns a limited but increasing number of dairy farmers: 57 in the region aare and 18 in the region lucerne. in total the chain concerns approximately 13 to 15 million litres per year. one collector truck picks up the milk from the producers and one manufacturer packages it in each region and then delivers it to the distributing centre of the region. the total distance from farm to supermarket is evaluated between 40 and 100 km. in contrary to the global chain, dairy farmers are restricted in the use of imported feed and soymeal is specifically banned in this special regional milk chain. they have to follow a system of points attributed for good practices and if they do not obtain enough points they can be excluded from the supply chain (ip suisse, 2015). however, some imported cereals like maize, might still be used (mostly from europe) but the exact provenance is hard to 183sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland monitor and highly variable. the next objective of the initiators of this product is then to also control the use of cereals for feed. concerning the social criteria of distinction between local and global, the main difference is that the local milk was an initiative from a farmers’ association, thus united and represented by this cooperative defending their interests and also deciding on the code of practice. the local actors thus have a higher control on the governance of the value chain. the local milk is also clearly differentiated as a local product as it is sold under a label for regional products. 4. results the data collected and the scores of performance of both supply chains are presented in table 4. of the 36 indicators, 20 obtained a better score in the local chain (56%), 7 figure 2. supply chains of the two milk case studies (global above, local below). >1000km 20km 195km 165km 24km >100km 100km (round trip for all farms) 54km 24km global and national inputs 2000 dairy farmers 2 milk collecting center 1 processor 10 distribution centers supermarkets global and national inputs 75 dairy farmers 2 collectorsprocessors 2 distribution centers supermarkets 184 e. schmitt et al. were equal and 9 were better in the global chain. these differences can also be seen in figure 3. on this chart the performance of the global chain has been artificially set to the middle of the scale (50%) and the performance of the local chain normalized to this score and limited between 0 and 100%. it can thus be seen in which indicators the local chain performs two times better or just slightly better, or worse than the global chain. we have set the global chain as reference because it is a conventional supermarket supply chain and the local chain is corresponding more to an alternative. on this radar, it is quite clear that the local chain is situated more at the outsides of the radar, thus showing higher performances. it is especially clear for the attributes transparency, soil preservation and food quality and safety. the local milk performs better for 6 attributes composed each by 2 to 4 indicators. it performs better in multiple dimensions like in the economic and social dimensions (value creation and distribution), in the environmental and health dimensions (climate change potential, biodiversity, soil preservation), and in the ethical and health dimensions (food quality and safety, and transparency). in the economic dimension, which is concerned by the attribute “value creation and distribution”, there are three indicators. the indicator “differentiation of the product” is a yes/no indicator concerning the clear promotion of the product with ecological and/or provenance aspects. the answer is yes for the local chain and no for the global chain, thus explaining the total difference in the score. for the two other indicators, it seems that milk producers in the local chain obtain a slightly higher price on the milk, even though the performance is really low for both chains (12 and 9%). but in proportion to the price of the final product in the supermarket local farmers get a lower share than in the global chain (local farmers get 60 cents out of chf 1.55 (39%) and global farmers get 59.3 cents out of chf 1.43 (43%) for a litre of milk). the increase of the retail price of the local milk is thus translated in a higher margin for the retailer. table 3. description of the case studies along the criteria of local-global distinction (brunori et al., 2016). criteria global milk local milk spatial configuration widely spread production, 2 main collectors, 1 packaging hub and national consumption two separate regions with their own concentrated producers, common collecting and packaging and regional consumption product identity generic product (supermarket brand) differentiated with a label of regional origin and ecological quality physical distance from 200 to 500 km or more (main supply chain). global inputs 40 to 100 km (main supply chain) controlled inputs (continental) size of operations the biggest national enterprise in this sector, transforming 265 million kg milk per year (incl. other dairy products) two regional dairies, overall production of 13 to 15 million litres per year governance farmers weakly organized around regional collecting centers, the processor/retailer detains the decision power on price, processing, etc initiative of farmers organized in an association who manages a book of requirements and negotiate prices technologies most modern and automated technologies most modern and automated technologies 185sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland table 4. data for indicators and performance scores. indicator unit data score (%) global local global local differentiation of the product no/yes no yes 0 100 producers’ income ct/ kg milk 59.3 60.6 9 12 share of producers’ price on sale price % 42.7 39.1 14 0 cooperative or association of producers in place no/yes yes yes 100 100 inter-professional association or negotiation platform no/yes yes yes 100 100 average wage paid to farm employees chf 3200 3250 1 3 average annual income of farmers chf 54 927 51 471 45 30 production per lifespan of dairy cows kg milk per lifespan 28 135 38 233 9 38 packaging material used categories packaging from certified ecological production packaging from certified ecological production 40 40 transport greenhouse gas emissions co2eq./km 51.3 19.8 0 59 production greenhouse gas emissions kg co2eq./kg milk ecm 1.1 1.5 69 53 ecological compensation area % of total agricultural area 11.8 13.3 41 52 crop rotations number of crop rotations 3 5.7 0 68 locally adapted/resistant/endangered crop varieties no/yes no no 0 0 area free of pesticide use % of crop land 27.9 33.5 28 34 gmo-free feed (certified) in the supply chain no/yes 0 87.5 0 88 breeding degree of the livestock average of categories for all farmers 50 22 50 22 growing of legumes in proportion of cropland surface % of the total crop land 0 10.4 0 100 percentage of organic fertilizers in the total fertilizer application % of total fertilizers used 71.4 69.7 71 70 concentrated feed used per kg milk g concentrated feed / kg milk produced 130.4 90.3 25 52 percentage of roughage in the animal feed % of total feed 70 77.3 33 58 food safety standards from suppliers no/yes yes yes 100 100 proportion of information available to farmers average of categories for all farmers 0 42.4 0 42 sufficient and clear information available for consumers categories (%) 40 80 40 80 186 e. schmitt et al. the social dimension concerns two attributes and four indicators. the two indicators of the attribute “social capital” do not show any difference as both chains perform with 100%. in both cases cooperatives and inter-professional organisations are present to support farmers in the defence of their interests and to offer space for negotiations. concerning the attribute “working conditions”, farm employees are paid a little better in the local chain although the difference in performance is minimal (2%) and both are extremely low (1 and 3%). when looking at the annual income of dairy farmers in comparison with the national average in this sector, the ones in the global chain obtain a performance 15% higher. in summary, both chains obtain their equal share of indicators performing better in the social dimension. the environmental dimension contains more attributes and indicators: four attributes measured by 12 indicators, but all of them are also relevant to other dimensions (cfr. table 1). the eco-efficiency is considered both environmentally because the production of more with less is responsible in terms of resource use and planetary boundaries (pretty, 2013) and economically because it can obviously reduce production costs. the first indicator in this attribute looks at the production per cow on their entire lifespan. cows in the local chain live in average a half-year longer and also were reported to produce more per year so the local chain has a better performance. the second indicator concerns the material used for packaging: the most ecological and economical would be to have no indicator unit data score (%) global local global local information made publicly available categories (%) 70 100 67 100 use of biogas plants no/yes no no 0 0 use of byproducts from the food industry as animal feed % of farmers 20 17.6 20 18 milk loss on farm % 1 1.5 90 85 milk loss at processing % 0.5 0.2 0 60 traceability upstream of the supply chain average of categories for all farmers 20 67.6 20 68 traceability downstream of the supply chain no/yes 100 66.7 100 67 proportion of participation in outdoor grazing program % of participation (from all farmers) 69 100 92 100 life span of the dairy cows years 4.5 5 0 0 proportion of participation in loose housing program % of participation (from all farmers) 23 70.6 77 100 proportion of animals treated by antibiotics in a year % treated cows 17.5 35.8 100 90 transportation duration to the slaughterhouse minutes 46.3 42.9 82 86 187sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland packaging at all (re-used bottles) but actually both milks are packaged in similar paperbricks, with however a label of ecological paper production (the fsc label). it is however not recyclable or reusable in both cases and both chains obtain a score of 40%. regarding climate change impacts, the local chain performs better on limiting emissions from transport because of the much shorter distance travelled in the local chain. these scores were calculated from data about transport means and distance and using a life-cycle assessment database that gives coefficients of ghg emissions for transport means. for the second indicator “production greenhouse gas emissions”, no direct measurement of ghg emissions on farms was possible and a secondary source was used. sutter et al. (2013) compare two systems very similar to ours in switzerland. as the local system produces less milk on the same area because of grass-based feed, more ghg, especially methane, are emitted at the production stage (sutter et al., 2013). the biodiversity attribute contains six indicators and the global chain performs better in only one of them. a certain percentage of the farming surfaces must be set aside (noncultivated): this is a requirement for being eligible to certain direct payments and that’s why all farmers comply with this indicator. interestingly, farmers in the local chain still had larger “compensation surfaces” (13.3% on average against 11.8%). the diversity of crops in the rotation is also much higher with an average of 7 crops for local farmers and only 3 for the global chain. farmers in neither chains use locally adapted or rare varieties (according to the pro specie rara catalogue (2016)) and both perform 0% for this indicator. the use of pesticides is done on larger surfaces among farmers of the global chain although the difference is small (performance 28% vs. 34% in the local chain). the use of gmo is figure 3. performance of the local chain compared to the global chain. 1. differentiation of the product 2. producers' income 3. share of producers' price on sale price 4. cooperative or association of producers in place 5. inter-professional association or negotiation platform 6. average wage paid to farm employees 7. average annual income of farmers 8. production per lifespan of dairy cows 9. packaging material used 10. transport greenhouse gas emissions 11. production greenhouse gas emissions 12. ecological compensation area 13. crop rotations 14. locally adapted/resistant/endangered crop varieties 15. area free of pesticide use 16. gmo-free feed (certified) in the supply chain 17. breeding degree of the livestock 18. growing of legumes in proportion of cropland surface 19. percentage of organic fertilizers in the total fertilizer application 20. concentrated feed used per kg milk 21. percentage of roughage in the animal feed 22. food safety standards from suppliers 23. proportion of information available to farmers 24. sufficient and clear information available for consumers 25. information made publicly available (online) 26. use of biogas plants 27. use of byproducts from the food industry as animal feed 28. milk loss on farm 29. milk loss at processing 30. traceability upstream of the supply chain 31. traceability downstream of the supply chain 32. proportion of participation in outdoor grazing program 33. life span of the dairy cows 34. proportion of participation in loose housing program 35. proportion of animals treated by antibiotics in a year 36. transportation duration to the slaughterhouse 188 e. schmitt et al. controversial regarding sustainability and the swiss legislation is one of the strictest in their restriction but still allows some amount in animal feed. farmers in the global chain do not renounce to it and do not use certified gmo-free feed but 87.5% of farmers in the local chain do. regarding traditional species conservation on farms, neither chains had many traditional dairy cows and most tend to have high-producing breeds like red holstein. concerning the attribute soil preservation, the local chain’s farmers use much more legumes in their crop cultures, which give them the advantage in the first indicator. concerning the proportion of organic fertilization, both chains have surprisingly very close scores (71 and 70%). the attribute “food quality and food safety” covers the health dimension of the assessment. the two first indicators are linked to the fat quality found in the milk and in both cases the local chain performs better as the feeding of cows relies much more on fodder rather than concentrates. as a consequence the content of fatty acids in the milk, especially the omega3 to omega6 ratio, is healthier (thomet et al., 2011). there is no difference in terms of safety standards followed by both chains (both 100% performance in the last indicator of this attribute). the four last attributes are linked to the ethical dimensions but also to the social or environmental dimensions. for all indicators of “transparency” the local chain performs around 40% better. these indicators were constructed with categories of information that should be available to farmers, consumers or the public about the product, its production and the enterprises in the supply chain. for the attribute “food wastage”, neither of the chains’ farmers use a biogas plant (first indicator). concerning the use of industry by-products as feed, farmers of the global chain seem slightly better, as well as in avoiding milk losses. at processing, the local processors seem better in avoiding milk losses during packaging. in terms of traceability, the global chain has a better performance concerning the monitoring of traceability downstream of the supply chain (marking products which are sold) but a worse performance for traceability upstream of the supply chain (ability to know the origin of all components). the last attribute “animal welfare” contains five indicators and the local chain presents higher performances in three of them. farmers of the local chain participate in more animal-welfare voluntary programs and thus perform better in “proportion of participation in outdoor grazing program” and “proportion of participation in loose housing program”. they also perform better in the last indicator “transportation duration to the slaughterhouse” probably due to their general geographical position closer to a major slaughterhouse in basel. both chains have cows who do not live for many years (4.5 and 5 years), so both get a null performance according to the benchmarks with a minimum at 5 years, but the local chain still performs a little bit better. concerning animal health, farmers in the global chain seem to give fewer antibiotics and thus perform better in the indicator “proportion of animals treated by antibiotics in a year”. 5. discussion the analysis of several chosen indicators shows a clear distinction between the global and local milk that reflects the difference concerning geographical flows, governance, 189sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland production systems and logistics. the local milk clearly performs better in terms of number of indicators. this difference in performances can be explained in part by important factors that influence the performance score of several indicators, and were mentioned by most actors as relevant. these factors were the strategies in the choice of animal feed and the differentiation of the product. the animal feeding strategy for example influences the whole organization of farms by changing the possibilities of crop rotations, productivity per hectare and per cow, ghg emissions, animal welfare, fat quality in the milk, and also greatly influences the impact on biodiversity abroad where concentrated feed is produced. the differentiation of the product is a whole different marketing strategy that triggers a different supply chain arrangement and the sharing of information. it thus influences transparency, relation among actors, communication with the consumers and price. in contrast, the standardization of the product that is a strategy more typical of global products leads to a decrease of precise information available to consumers and of transparency as well as traceability (for consumers and farmers), but on the other side, it can help to decrease the production costs, reduce waste and deal better with consumption variations over the year. however, the inclusion of social and environmental externalities might balance this. moreover, the local milk chain was still at the beginning of the initiative at time of data collection and is still expected to improve its performance. for the moment, some of the local milk sometimes has to be de-classified and is then mixed with other milks into generic brands. when this happens, a part of the added value due to the differentiation of the product is lost. however, all in all, the efforts of this initiative to promote localness and ecological values around the local milk are shown to contribute to sustainability through our indicators. in comparison with other studies, binder et al. (2012) realized a sustainability assessment of the swiss milk sector in general, which would correspond to our global case study. their indicators are constructed differently and the data are used in a too different way to allow direct comparison with our indicators. however, it is worth to underline that both studies identify similar themes of sustainability like biodiversity, social capital, ghg emissions, hourly wages, etc. applicable to the same stages of the value chain. furthermore, both studies identify similar critical issues and trade-offs, for example that the increase of the biodiversity in switzerland (by increasing conservation surfaces) might impact biodiversity in brazil through the production of concentrated feed and the deforestation linked to the cultivation of the corresponding soya and maize (binder et al. 2012). this was however not the case in our local chain, as local farmers have larger conservation areas while feeding less concentrated feed at the same time. interestingly, their study followed the same methodological process for the selection of indicators and benchmarking, which they call upper and lower boundaries of the sustainability range. a first important result in this study consist as well in the nature of the attributes. in switzerland, milk production is seen by various stakeholders as being important from all points of views (multi-dimensional), but the choice of the attributes themselves reflect the sensitivity that is peculiar to that country and sector. as in binder et al. (2012), social topics like fairness of remuneration of farmers, social capital and working conditions, but as well environmental issues like climate change, biodiversity, soil, food waste and more ethi190 e. schmitt et al. cal and health concerns like food quality, transparency along food chain and animal welfare, are topics that strongly came forward. it is also necessary to acknowledge that the choice of the examined “critical issues” of sustainability of the milk value chain is very hard to maintain objectivity, as the selection of the attributes integrates the stakeholders directly. it then becomes inevitably context-dependent, as they tend to give importance to what is relevant in their daily activities. the final selection is thus linked to that specific cultural and biophysical context. the validity of the specific analysis framework and subsequent results is thus limited to a certain sector and to a certain country. in contrary to pretty et al. (2010)’s hope for a universal tool, we rather think that such indicator tools have to be context-related. therefore, the selection of the attributes and indicators really needs to be done in a participatory way and in connection with that context in order to be relevant (van passel and meul, 2012; binder et al., 2010; bossel, 1999). a participatory process moreover has the advantage to avoid misinterpretations of the issues and results, which is often the case in sustainability assessments, as noted by gasparatos and scolobig (2012). the choice of the key stakeholders is therefore crucial and the researcher has to be aware that the final list of indicators could change the results one way or another (schader et al., 2014). the benchmarking of each indicator is also a crucial phase. it already requires a holistic vision of what the limits in performance of the chain are and could be in the most sustainable and most unsustainable cases and a good knowledge of the context. the stakeholders interviewed during the attributes’ selection phase often emphasized the economic aspects as being the most crucial because without a substantial profit nothing can be done. this leads to the issue of weighting the indicators according to their importance. we have chosen not to dedicate this study to the weighing and further averaging of the indicators because the detailed results and multidimensionality should not be lost. as schader et al. (2014) wrote, there is often a trade-off between the precision of data that researchers can collect and the multi-dimensionality of an evaluation; we then tried to overcome this challenge by downsizing the amount of attributes according to their relevance in the specific context of the dairy sector, while keeping some precise indicators. however the results show that some indicators could have been set aside as they do not show any difference between the local and global chains, such as social capital. collecting data proved to be difficult for the very first (input provision) and last steps (distribution and consumption) of the supply chains in the study conducted. indeed, some agricultural inputs are often imported through market channels that are hard to entirely trace and the sustainability of their production is even harder to assess. the end of the supply chain, with the biggest companies and sometimes the exportation of products, is also hard to be completely captured as stakeholders are harder to anonymise and fear more for the use of their confidential data. these two ends of the value chains are thus a sort of darker zones that deserve more attention in future sustainability assessments. 6. conclusion as seen in this study developing a set of attributes of performance to compare local and global food value chains, the process of selecting the appropriate indicators and benchmarks are crucial. an in-depth exploration of the context and the participation of stakeholders in an iterative process were thus required to define the attributes and focus on the most rel191sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland evant ones. the use of numerous interviews and the wide sources to contextualize and assess each chain’s performance gives to the followed methodology great insight on each chain’s critical issues and on the most relevant attributes to assess. however, at the indicator level, more work should be carried out to weigh them for aggregation; such a process could however be very time-consuming and reduce the transparency of the results and the objectiveness of the assessments. nevertheless, the assessment succeeded in remaining multidimensional and in finding the critical issues that differentiate the local and global chains in their sustainability. the two major advantages of the studied “more local” chain in terms of sustainability are its marketing strategy to differentiate the product in terms of provenance and ecological label. this induces a more coordinated governance among producers and with the retailer. it also prompted a reflexion on the production’s book of requirement and ecological practices on farms. a major impact on sustainability comes from the animal feeding strategy as a grass-based diet influences the rotation of cultures (soil preservation), the biodiversity in switzerland and brazil, the time animals spend outside (animal welfare), and even the nutritional quality of the milk fatty acids. however, the global chain might have the advantage to emit less ghg emissions per kilo milk produced but an lca from input production to consumption would be more adequate to evaluate this specific question. the global chain also might be more efficient in terms of production costs as farmers in the global chain showed higher annual wages, but the local initiative is still at its beginning. references adams, d.c. and salois, m.j. (2010). local versus organic: a turn in consumer preferences and willingness-to-pay. renewable agriculture and food systems 25: 331–341. binder, c., schmid, a. and steinberger, j.k. (2012). sustainability solution space of the swiss milk value added chain. ecological economics 83: 210–220. binder, c.r., feola, g. and steinberger, j.k. (2010). considering the normative, systemic and procedural dimensions in indicator-based sustainability assessments in agriculture. environmental impact assessment review 30: 71–81. bockstaller, c., guichard, l., keichinger, o, girardin, p., galan, m-b. and gaillard, g. (2009). comparison of methods to assess the sustainability of agricultural systems. a review. agronomy for sustainable development 29: 223–235. born, b. and purcell, m. (2006). avoiding the local trap: scale and food systems in planning research. journal of planning education and research 26: 195–207. bossel, h.h. (1999). indicators for sustainable development: theory, method, applications. international institute for sustainable development. brunori, g., galli, f., barjolle, d., van broekhuizen, r., colombo, l., giampietro, m., kirwan, j., lang, t., mathijs, e., maye, d., de roest, k., rougoor, c., schwarz, j., schmitt, e., smith, j., stojanovic, z., tisenkopfs, t. and touzard, j-m. (2016). are local food chains more sustainable than global food chains? considerations for assessment. sustainability 8, 449. edwards-jones, g. (2010). does eating local food reduce the environmental impact of food production and enhance consumer health? the proceedings of the nutrition society 69: 582–591. 192 e. schmitt et al. ericksen, p.j. (2007). conceptualizing food systems for global environmental change research. global environmental change 18: 234–245. federal office for agriculture foag (2014). marktbericht milch. bern, switzerland. federal office for agriculture foag (2013). rapport agricole 2013. berne, switzerland. food and agriculture organization of the united nations fao (2013). safa sustainability assessment of food and agriculture systems guidelines. rome. gasparatos, a. and scolobig, a. (2012). choosing the most appropriate sustainability assessment tool. ecological economics 80: 1–7. ip suisse (2015). directives de production pour le lait des prés. king, r.p., hand, m.s., digiacomo, g., clancy, k., gómez, m.i., hardesty, s.d., lev, l. and mclaughlin, e.w. (2010). comparing the structure, size, and performance of local and mainstream food supply chains. united states department of agriculture, economic research service. kirwan, j., maye, d., bundhoo, d., keech, d. and brunori, g. (2014). glamur wp2 scoping/framing general comparative report on food chain performance (deliverable 2.3). countryside and community research institute, university of gloucestershire, uk. neven, d. (2014). developing sustainable food value chains. guiding principles. fao, rome. ostrom, e. (2009). a general framework for analyzing sustainability of social-ecological systems. science 325(5939): 419–422. pretty, j. (2013). the consumption of a finite planet: well-being, convergence, divergence and the nascent green economy. environmental and resource economics 55: 475–499. pretty, j.,. sutherland, w.j., ashby, j., auburn, j., baulcombe, d., bell, m., bentley, j., bickersteth, s., brown, k., burke, j., campbell, h., chen, k., crowley, e., crute, i., dobbelaere, d., edwards-jones, g., funes-monzote, f., godfray, h.c.j., griffont, m., gypmantisiri, p., haddad, l., halavatau, s., herren, h., holderness, m., izac, a-m., jones, m., koohafkan, p., lal r., lang, t., mcneely, j., mueller, a., nisbett, n., noble, a., pingali. p., pinto, y., rabbinge, r., ravindranath. n.h., rola, a., roling, n., sage, c., settle, w., sha, j.m., shiming, l., simons, t., smith, p., strzepeck, k., swaine, h., terry, e., tomich, t.p., toulmin, c., trigo, e., twomlow, s., vis, j.k., wilson, j. and pilgrim, s. (2010). the top 100 questions of importance to the future of global agriculture. international journal of agricultural sustainability 8: 219-236. pro specie rara (2016). fondation suisse pour la diversité patrimoniale et génétique liée aux végétaux et aux animaux. schader, c., grenz, j., meier, m.s. and stolze, m. (2014). scope and precision of sustainability assessment approaches of food systems. ecology and society 19(3), 42. schmitt, e., graas, n., bougouin, h., cravero, v. and barjolle, d. (2014). glamur wp2 national level report switzerland, frick. sutter, m., nemecek, t. and thomet, p. (2013). vergleich der ökobilanzen von stallund weidebasierter milchproduktion. agrarforschung schweiz 4: 230–237. thomet, p., cutullic, e., bisig, w., wuest, c., elsaesser, m., steinberger s. and steinwidder a. (2012). merits of full grazing systems as a sustainable and efficient milk production strategy. grassland science in europe 16: 273–285. 193sustainability comparison of a local and a global milk value chains in switzerland union suisse des paysans (2012). statistique laitière. brugg, switzerland. van der vorst, j.g. a.j. (2006). chapter 2: performance measurement in agri-food supply-chain networks. in ondersteijn, c.j.m., wijnands, j.h.m., huirne, r.b.m. and van kooten, o. (eds). quantifying the agri-food supply chain. springer, 15–26. van passel, s. and meul, m. (2012). multilevel and multi-user sustainability assessment of farming systems. environmental impact assessment review 32: 170–180. a n n ex attribute in di ca to r u ni t lo w b en ch m ar k h ig h be nc hm ar k re fe re nc es fo r c re at io n an d be nc hm ar ks d at a g lo ba l d at a lo ca l sc or e g lo ba l (% ) sc or e lo ca l (% ) value creation and distribution d iff er en tia tio n of th e pr od uc t no /y es no ye s sa fa (c 3 .3 .1 ) no ye s 0 10 0 pr od uc er s’ in co m e ct / k g m ilk 55 c t/k g 15 6 ct /k g sa fa (c 1 .4 .1 ) u sp 2 01 2 59 .3 60 .6 9 12 sh ar e of p ro du ce rs ’ pr ic e on sa le p ric e % 40 % 60 % u sp 2 01 2, f o a g 20 14 1 42 .7 39 .1 14 0 social capital c oo pe ra tiv e or as so ci at io n of pr od uc er s i n pl ac e no /y es no ye s sa fa (s 2 .2 .1 ) ye s ye s 10 0 10 0 in te rp ro fe ss io na l as so ci at io n or ne go tia tio n pl at fo rm no /y es no ye s sa fa (s 2 .2 .1 ) ye s ye s 10 0 10 0 working conditions av er ag e w ag e pa id to fa rm e m pl oy ee s c h f/ m on th 31 70 c h f/ m on th 61 25 c h f/ m on th sa fa (c 1 .4 .1 ) u sp 2 01 2 32 00 32 50 1 3 a av er ag e an nu al in co m e of fa rm er s c h f/ ye ar 44 ’7 72 c h f/ ye ar 67 ’1 58 c h f/ ye ar h oo p & sc hm id 2 , a gr os co pe 2 01 3, ex pe rt o . s ch m id 54  9 27 51  4 71 45 30 a n n ex attribute in di ca to r u ni t lo w b en ch m ar k h ig h be nc hm ar k re fe re nc es fo r c re at io n an d be nc hm ar ks d at a g lo ba l d at a lo ca l sc or e g lo ba l (% ) sc or e lo ca l (% ) value creation and distribution d iff er en tia tio n of th e pr od uc t no /y es no ye s sa fa (c 3 .3 .1 ) no ye s 0 10 0 pr od uc er s’ in co m e ct / k g m ilk 55 c t/k g 15 6 ct /k g sa fa (c 1 .4 .1 ) u sp 2 01 2 59 .3 60 .6 9 12 sh ar e of p ro du ce rs ’ pr ic e on sa le p ric e % 40 % 60 % u sp 2 01 2, f o a g 20 14 1 42 .7 39 .1 14 0 social capital c oo pe ra tiv e or as so ci at io n of pr od uc er s i n pl ac e no /y es no ye s sa fa (s 2 .2 .1 ) ye s ye s 10 0 10 0 in te rp ro fe ss io na l as so ci at io n or ne go tia tio n pl at fo rm no /y es no ye s sa fa (s 2 .2 .1 ) ye s ye s 10 0 10 0 working conditions av er ag e w ag e pa id to fa rm e m pl oy ee s c h f/ m on th 31 70 c h f/ m on th 61 25 c h f/ m on th sa fa (c 1 .4 .1 ) u sp 2 01 2 32 00 32 50 1 3 a av er ag e an nu al in co m e of fa rm er s c h f/ ye ar 44 ’7 72 c h f/ ye ar 67 ’1 58 c h f/ ye ar h oo p & sc hm id 2 , a gr os co pe 2 01 3, ex pe rt o . s ch m id 54  9 27 51  4 71 45 30 attribute in di ca to r u ni t lo w b en ch m ar k h ig h be nc hm ar k re fe re nc es fo r c re at io n an d be nc hm ar ks d at a g lo ba l d at a lo ca l sc or e g lo ba l (% ) sc or e lo ca l (% ) eco-efficiency pr od uc tio n pe r lif es pa n of d ai ry c ow s kg m ilk p er li fe sp an 25 ’0 00 k g m ilk 60 ’0 00 k g m ilk ex pe rt c . n ot z 28  1 35 38  2 33 9 38 pa ck ag in g m at er ia l us ed ca te go rie s c at eg or ie s: co nv en tio na l p ac ka ge 0 % / r ec yc la bl e pa ck ag in g 2 0% / pa ck ag in g fr om ce rt ifi ed e co lo gi ca l m at er ia l 4 0% / pa ck ag in g fr om re cy cl ed m at er ia l 60 % /p ac ka gi ng fr om re cy cl ed c er tifi ed ec ol og ic al m at er ia l 80 % / no p ac ka gi ng or re us ed p ac ka ge s 1 00 % sa fa (e 5 .1 .3 ) pa ck ag in g fr om ce rt ifi ed e co lo gi ca l pr od uc tio n pa ck ag in g fr om ce rt ifi ed ec ol og ic al pr od uc tio n 40 40 climate change potential tr an sp or t g re en ho us e ga s em iss io ns c o 2e q. /k m 48 .4 c o 2 e q. /k m 0 c o 2 eq ./k m sa fa (e 1 .1 .2 ) be nc hm ar ks c al cu la te d fr om th eo re tic al w or se -c as e 51 .3 19 .8 0 59 pr od uc tio n g re en ho us e ga s em iss io ns kg c o 2e q. /k g m ilk ec m 2. 5 kg c o 2e q. /k g m ilk e c m (e ne rg y co rr ec te d m ilk ) 0. 5 kg c o 2e q. /k g m ilk ec m sa fa (e 1 .1 .2 ). n em ec ek e t a l. 20 08 3 1. 1 1. 5 69 53 attribute in di ca to r u ni t lo w b en ch m ar k h ig h be nc hm ar k re fe re nc es fo r c re at io n an d be nc hm ar ks d at a g lo ba l d at a lo ca l sc or e g lo ba l (% ) sc or e lo ca l (% ) biodiversity ec ol og ic al co m pe ns at io n ar ea % o f t ot al a gr ic ul tu ra l ar ea 6% 20 % sa fa (e 3 .2 .2 ), ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 11 .8 13 .3 41 52 c ro p ro ta tio ns nu m be r o f c ro p ro ta tio ns 3 cr op s 7 cr op s sa fa (e 4 .2 .4 ). ri se 4 ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 3 5. 7 0 68 lo ca lly a da pt ed / re sis ta nt /e nd an ge re d cr op v ar ie tie s no /y es no ye s sa fa (e 4 .3 .3 ) pr o sp ec ie r ar a 20 16 no no 0 0 a re a fr ee o f p es tic id e us e % o f c ro p la nd 0% 10 0% sa fa (e 4 .1 .2 ) r is e ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 27 .9 33 .5 28 34 g m o -f re e fe ed (c er tifi ed ) i n th e su pp ly c ha in no /y es no ye s ja co bs en e t a l. 20 13 5 0 87 .5 0 88 br ee di ng d eg re e of th e liv es to ck av er ag e of c at eg or ie s fo r a ll fa rm er s ca te go rie s: hi gh ly b re d sp ec y fo r i nt en siv e pr od uc tio n -0 % / m ed iu m b re d sp ec y 50 % / t ra di tio na l s pe cy 1 00 % sa fa (e 4 .2 .2 ), ex pe rt c . n ot z 50 22 50 22 soil preservation g ro w in g of le gu m es in p ro po rt io n of cr op la nd su rf ac e % o f t he to ta l c ro p la nd 0% 5% ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 0 10 .4 0 10 0 pe rc en ta ge o f o rg an ic fe rt ili ze rs in th e to ta l fe rt ili ze r a pp lic at io n % o f t ot al fe rt ili ze rs us ed 0% 10 0% sa fa (e 3 .1 .1 ) ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 71 .4 69 .7 71 70 food quality & food safety c on ce nt ra te d fe ed us ed p er k g m ilk g co nc en tr at ed fe ed / kg m ilk p ro du ce d 16 8 g 18 g ip s ui ss e 20 15 13 0. 4 90 .3 25 52 pe rc en ta ge o f r ou gh ag e in th e an im al fe ed % o f t ot al fe ed 60 % 90 % sa fa (e 1 .1 .3 ) ex pe rt c n ot z 70 77 .3 33 58 fo od sa fe ty st an da rd s fr om su pp lie rs no /y es no ye s sa fa (c 3 .1 .3 – 3 .2 .1 ) ye s ye s 10 0 10 0 attribute in di ca to r u ni t lo w b en ch m ar k h ig h be nc hm ar k re fe re nc es fo r c re at io n an d be nc hm ar ks d at a g lo ba l d at a lo ca l sc or e g lo ba l (% ) sc or e lo ca l (% ) biodiversity ec ol og ic al co m pe ns at io n ar ea % o f t ot al a gr ic ul tu ra l ar ea 6% 20 % sa fa (e 3 .2 .2 ), ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 11 .8 13 .3 41 52 c ro p ro ta tio ns nu m be r o f c ro p ro ta tio ns 3 cr op s 7 cr op s sa fa (e 4 .2 .4 ). ri se 4 ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 3 5. 7 0 68 lo ca lly a da pt ed / re sis ta nt /e nd an ge re d cr op v ar ie tie s no /y es no ye s sa fa (e 4 .3 .3 ) pr o sp ec ie r ar a 20 16 no no 0 0 a re a fr ee o f p es tic id e us e % o f c ro p la nd 0% 10 0% sa fa (e 4 .1 .2 ) r is e ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 27 .9 33 .5 28 34 g m o -f re e fe ed (c er tifi ed ) i n th e su pp ly c ha in no /y es no ye s ja co bs en e t a l. 20 13 5 0 87 .5 0 88 br ee di ng d eg re e of th e liv es to ck av er ag e of c at eg or ie s fo r a ll fa rm er s ca te go rie s: hi gh ly b re d sp ec y fo r i nt en siv e pr od uc tio n -0 % / m ed iu m b re d sp ec y 50 % / t ra di tio na l s pe cy 1 00 % sa fa (e 4 .2 .2 ), ex pe rt c . n ot z 50 22 50 22 soil preservation g ro w in g of le gu m es in p ro po rt io n of cr op la nd su rf ac e % o f t he to ta l c ro p la nd 0% 5% ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 0 10 .4 0 10 0 pe rc en ta ge o f o rg an ic fe rt ili ze rs in th e to ta l fe rt ili ze r a pp lic at io n % o f t ot al fe rt ili ze rs us ed 0% 10 0% sa fa (e 3 .1 .1 ) ex pe rt a . f lie ss ba ch 71 .4 69 .7 71 70 food quality & food safety c on ce nt ra te d fe ed us ed p er k g m ilk g co nc en tr at ed fe ed / kg m ilk p ro du ce d 16 8 g 18 g ip s ui ss e 20 15 13 0. 4 90 .3 25 52 pe rc en ta ge o f r ou gh ag e in th e an im al fe ed % o f t ot al fe ed 60 % 90 % sa fa (e 1 .1 .3 ) ex pe rt c n ot z 70 77 .3 33 58 fo od sa fe ty st an da rd s fr om su pp lie rs no /y es no ye s sa fa (c 3 .1 .3 – 3 .2 .1 ) ye s ye s 10 0 10 0 attribute in di ca to r u ni t lo w b en ch m ar k h ig h be nc hm ar k re fe re nc es fo r c re at io n an d be nc hm ar ks d at a g lo ba l d at a lo ca l sc or e g lo ba l (% ) sc or e lo ca l (% ) transparency pr op or tio n of in fo rm at io n av ai la bl e to fa rm er s av er ag e of c at eg or ie s fo r a ll fa rm er s % o f t he fo llo w in g ca te go rie s: fin al p ric e, ty pe o f p ro du ct , p la ce of sa le sa fa (g 2 .3 .1 ) 0 42 .4 0 42 su ffi ci en t a nd c le ar in fo rm at io n av ai la bl e fo r c on su m er s ca te go rie s ( % ) ca te go rie s e ac h w or th 2 0% : l eg al ly re qu ire d in fo rm at io n/ ad di tio na l i nf or m at io n on n ut rit io n / ad di tio na l i nf or m at io n on a ni m al h us ba nd ry co nd iti on s / a dd iti on al in fo rm at io n of in gr ed ie nt s’ so ur ce s / o th er a dd iti on al in fo rm at io n sa fa (c 3 .3 .1 ) 40 80 40 80 in fo rm at io n m ad e pu bl ic ly a va ila bl e ca te go rie s ( % ) c at eg or ie s e ac h w or th 2 0% : l eg al ly re qu ire d in fo rm at io n/ in fo rm at io n on en te rp ris es ’ s tr uc tu re / in fo rm at io n on st an da rd s an d pr oc es se s/ a nn ua l fi na nc ia l re po rt in g/ c or po ra te re sp on sib ili ty re po rt / d at a fr ee ly a va ila bl e sa fa (g 2 .3 .1 ) 70 10 0 67 10 0 attribute in di ca to r u ni t lo w b en ch m ar k h ig h be nc hm ar k re fe re nc es fo r c re at io n an d be nc hm ar ks d at a g lo ba l d at a lo ca l sc or e g lo ba l (% ) sc or e lo ca l (% ) food wastage u se o f b io ga s p la nt s no /y es no ye s ri se no no 0 0 u se o f b yp ro du ct s fr om th e fo od in du st ry as a ni m al fe ed (% o f fa rm er s) % o f f ar m er s 0% 10 0% be re tta e t a l. 20 13 6 20 17 .6 20 18 m ilk lo ss o n fa rm % 10 % 0% sa fa (e 5 .3 .4 ) be re tta e t a l. 20 13 1 1. 5 90 85 m ilk lo ss a t p ro ce ss in g% 0. 5% 0% sa fa (e 5 .3 .4 ) be re tta e t a l. 20 13 0. 5 0. 2 0 60 traceability tr ac ea bi lit y up st re am of th e su pp ly c ha in av er ag e of c at eg or ie s fo r a ll fa rm er s ca te go rie s: no 0% / pa rt ia lly 50 % /y es 10 0% sa fa (c 3 .3 .2 ) 20 67 .6 20 68 tr ac ea bi lit y do w ns tr ea m o f t he su pp ly c ha in no /y es ca te go rie s: no 0% / pa rt ia lly 50 % /y es 10 0% sa fa (c 3 .3 .2 ) 10 0 66 .7 10 0 67 animal welfare pr op or tio n of pa rt ic ip at io n in ou td oo r g ra zi ng pr og ra m % o f p ar tic ip at io n (f ro m a ll fa rm er s) 0% 75 % ex pe rt c . n ot z 69 10 0 92 10 0 li fe sp an o f t he d ai ry co w s ye ar s 5 ye ar s 8 ye ar s ex pe rt c . n ot z 4. 5 5 0 0 pr op or tio n of pa rt ic ip at io n in lo os e ho us in g pr og ra m % o f p ar tic ip at io n (f ro m a ll fa rm er s) 0% 30 % sa fa (e 6 .2 .1 ) ex pe rt c . n ot z 23 70 .6 77 10 0 pr op or tio n of a ni m al s tr ea te d by a nt ib io tic s in a y ea r % tr ea te d co w s 90 % 30 % sa fa (e 6 .1 .2 ) ex pe rt c . n ot z 17 .5 35 .8 10 0 90 tr an sp or ta tio n du ra tio n to th e sla ug ht er ho us e m in ut es 12 0 m in ut es 30 m in ut es sa fa (e 6 .2 .3 ) ex pe rt c . n ot z 46 .3 42 .9 82 86 1 fe de ra l o ffi ce fo r a gr ic ul tu re (f o ag ). (2 01 4) . m ar kt be ric ht m ilc h. k on su m m ilc h : m ar kt an te ils ge w in n fü r d is co un te r. be rn . 2 h oo p, d ., an d sc hm id , d . ( 20 13 ). g ru nd la ge nb er ic ht 2 01 2. e tt en ha us en . 3 n em ec ek , t ., vo n ri ch th of en , j ., d ub oi s, g ., ca st a, p ., ch ar le s, r ., an d pa hl , h . ( 20 08 ). en vi ro nm en ta l i m pa ct s of in tr od uc in g gr ai n le gu m es in to e ur op ea n cr op r ot at io ns . eu ro pe an jo ur na l o f a gr on om y 28 : 3 80 -3 93 . d oi :1 0. 10 16 /j. ej a. 20 07 .1 1. 00 4 4 g re nz , j . e t a l. (2 00 9) . r is e – a m et ho d fo r a ss es si ng th e su st ai na bi lit y of a gr ic ul tu ra l p ro du ct io n at . r ur al d ev el op m en t n ew s 1: 5 -9 . 5 ja co bs en , s .e . e t a l. (2 01 3) . f ee di ng th e w or ld : g en et ic al ly m od ifi ed c ro ps v er su s ag ric ul tu ra l b io di ve rs ity . a gr on om y fo r s us ta in ab le d ev el op m en t 3 3: 6 51 -6 62 . 6 be re tt a, c . e t a l. (2 01 3) . q ua nt ify in g fo od lo ss es a nd th e po te nt ia l f or re du ct io n in s w itz er la nd . w as te m an ag em en t 3 3( 3) : 7 64 -7 73 . bio-based and applied economics 8(1): 63-74, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8146 assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination gianluca grilli1,2 1 economic and social research institute, sir john rogerson’s quay, d02 dublin, ireland 2 trinity college dublin, dublin, ireland abstract. despite the large use of the travel cost method as estimation technique for the demand for forest recreation, information on price elasticity is only seldom reported. in this way, it is hard to understand if a large consumer surplus could be reflected in income opportunities for the local populations, because it is unknown whether the number of annual trips will decrease as a consequence of price changes. this is particularly relevant in remote rural areas, where few other opportunities for additional earnings are available. this contribution attempts to fill this gap, estimating price elasticities for two different specifications of the cost for travel; a first specification includes cost for travel only, while the second comprise on-site expenditures (such as food and accommodation). data were collected by means of a questionnaire survey administrated to a sample of local visitors and analysed with a poisson model. results suggest that visitors have different sensitivities to distance travelled and to expenses locally sustained, the first being more elastic. keywords. travel cost, forest recreation, price elasticity, carpathians, rural development. jel codes. c21, d61, q26. 1. 1. introduction a community-based destination may obtain several benefits from the development of an integrated tourism strategy, including the increase in work places, stimulus to local entrepreneurship and income generation (hearne and salinas, 2002). the development of nature-based forms of tourism may represent an effective strategy to balance the social, economic and environmental spheres of the sustainability (bhuiyan et al., 2016). to understand the strengths and the potentialities of the territory as a tourist destination, decision makers should be aware of the benefits that people obtain from the local resources (faccioli, 2011; tempesta and thiene, 2000). a typical technique used to evaluate recreational benefits is the travel cost model (tcm), which estimates consumer surplus (cs) per trip as a measure of the individual recreational benefit. cs represents corresponding author: gianluca.grilli@esri.ie 64 g. grilli the difference between what the individual actually pays for the trip and the maximum amount he/she was willing to pay for the same trip. a large cs suggests that the foresttourism sector (e.g. local hotels and restaurants) and forest managers could increase prices and obtain higher remuneration, because the willingness to pay of the tourists is (on average) larger than the current cost (hanley and barbier, 2009). however, this information is not enough to design effective policies, because it does not consider the sensitivity of tourists to price changes, i.e. the price elasticity. when tourists are price-sensitive, higher prices could result in a decrease of the number of annual trips (or shorter trips), with no benefits for the local population (levin and milgrom, 2004). in the literature there are plenty of contributions dealing with the estimation of cs for forest recreation but elasticity is rarely estimated, so that the margin for additional earnings is uncertain. despite recreational benefits have been broadly studied, information on price elasticity for forest-based recreation is rare in the literature. to the best of my knowledge, the paper by simões et al. (2013), which illustrates a case study in portugal, is the only recent contribution providing the estimation of price elasticity. while this study is interesting for mediterranean forests, results could be hardly generalized to other areas, for example mountain forests and northern european forests, because they are different in terms of tourists profile and tree species composition. in this paper, i expand the study of price elasticity for forest-based recreation, using a mountain area as case study and two different specifications of the cost for travel. in the first specification, the travel cost depends only on the distance travelled, while in the second all the self-reported costs sustained for the trip are included. in this way, it is possible to distinguish between sensitivity to distance travelled and to expenses inside the location. elasticity informs about how price could be used to increase revenues from a single tourist without the risk to decrease the total number of visitors. therefore, this study is useful not only to raise the question on the importance of elasticity as a policy measure to consider but also for managers and local entrepreneurs to develop an effective management of the destination. the study area is the beskid zywiecki range, a mountainous area in the southern poland, located in the silesian voivodeship. the area is in the carpathians, the highest mountain chain of the central europe, comprehending poland, ukraine, romania, slovakia and the czech republic. understanding the tourists’ demand, its elasticity and the benefits that people obtain from visiting the beskid may contribute in raising the awareness of the role that tourism may play for local development, stimulating an integrated tourism strategy (mirani and farahani 2015). 2. materials and methods 2.1 the study area beskid is the traditional name that it is used to identify some portions of the carpathian mountains. the beskid zywiecki range is a territory of about 60.000 ha of the silesian region (southern poland) composed by three forest districts: jeleśnia, ujsoły and węgierska górka (49º23’42”–49º38’54”n; 18º58’29”–19º27’16”e). the area includes 31,000 ha of landscape park, out of which around 30,000 are included in the natura 2000 net65assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination work, and the babia gora biosphere reserve is included in the unesco natural heritage list. beskid zywiecki has a vast forested territory, forests represent the main natural ecosystem and tourists use to visit the area for nature-based activities. the main tourists´ activities are trekking, sightseeing and sport practising but surrounding villages include other attractions such as churches and castles (i.e. żywiec castle and sucha beskidzka). 2.2 data a questionnaire survey was implemented to collect the necessary information for the tcm. questionnaires were hand-delivered in some strategic places within the destination (hotels, restaurant and main places of interest) in summertime with the help of local workers and forest managers and collected after one month. the sample is unlikely to be perfectly random, because completing the questionnaire is potentially subject to selection bias. the outcome could be described as convenience sampling, which is a limitation that must be considered when interpreting the results. nonetheless, data does provide policyrelevant information and insights on the local forest use. the questionnaire is part of a broader research and it was divided in three section: section a contained questions about tourist characteristics, which was used to collect data for the tcm and for general features of the tourists. section b was designed in order to investigate people´s preferences about a series of environmental issues, including mixed forests and ecosystem services. section c cellected socio-economic characteristics and it was included at the end of the questionnaire, in order to reduce fatigue effects in compiling the most important questions. the present paper discusses the results of section a, interacted with socio-demographic variables obtained in section c. in order to collect data for the tcm, people were asked to state their place of origin and the distance from the destination. the questionnaire included also questions on the main holiday motivations. the number of collected questionnaires was 145, out of which 142 were compiled enough to allow the application of the tcm. the size of our sample is small but it is comparable to other studies, as travel cost model estimation is less data demanding compared to stated preference surveys (champ et al., 2003). as an example, curtis (2002) surveyed a sample of 118 anglers for a travel cost estimation of salmon angling for the whole ireland. englin et al. (1997) used a sample of 120 respondents for the estimation of the recreational benefits of four american states (new york, vermont, maine and new hampshire). table 1 shows the descriptive statistics of the sample. surveyed tourists were 55% females and 45% males. respondents were mostly below 50 years old with a relatively high education, in fact, more than 50% of the sample had at least a bachelor degree. despite the high level of education, which is usually connected with an income higher than the average, most of the people declared a low-income. this apparent odd result may be due to the fact that most of the people are young, so they are still student or at their first job experience, as the age structure of the sample shows. the mean travel cost for reaching the destination was assessed to be 40.8 pln, while the average daily expenditure for additional goods and services (i.e. meals, accommodation) 128.5 pln. the average number of night overstay derived from the sample has been proved to be 5.5 per trip. through the questionnaire, it was possible to collect information regarding the main holiday motivation of the tourists visiting beskid zywiecki. the questionnaire 66 g. grilli contained a list of six typical holiday motivation in mountain areas (kozak, 2002) with the possibility to add other options. two people indicated working as a motivation for their overstay, so they were excluded from the sample. each respondent could mark more than one motivation. table 2 shows that the most cited activity is walking in the mountains (59.3 % of the sample), followed by ecotourism and visiting relatives. this result may indicate that the main source of recreation is nature, in particular forests, which are the main natural element, with its biodiversity. 2.3 the travel cost method the tcm is an evaluation technique, frequently used to value the recreational benefit of particular site (herath and kennedy, 2004; hill et al., 2014), proposed by harold hotelling for the first time in 1947 (h. hotelling, 1949) and then refined by clawson and knetsch (clawson m. and knetsch j. l., 1966). the method assumes that the costs sustained by visitors for visiting the site may approximate the value of their recreational experience (willis and garrod, 1991). another basic idea of the method is that people are travel cost-sensitive, meaning that the higher is the cost (and the longer is the distable 1. socio-demographic characteristics of the respondents. category profile n % mean median st. dev. min max income (pln) 0 -1500 1500-2500 2500-3500 3500-4500 4500-5500 5500-6500 6500+ 39 42 20 19 6 3 11 29.9 30 14.3 13.6 4.3 2.1 7.9 2.74 2 1.77 1 7 age 0 30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60+ 47 29 33 22 9 33.6 20.7 23.6 15.7 6.4 2.38 2 1.32 1 5 education primary high sc. bachelor master phd 9 60 21 43 7 6.4 42.9 15 30.7 5.0 2.85 3 1.08 1 5 gender male female 63 77 45.0 55.0 0.55 1 0.5 0 1 household 140 3.40 3 1.75 0 10 table 2. holiday motivation declared by respondents. holiday motivation frequency % visiting relatives 30 21.4 museums 7 5 walking 83 59.3 sport practising 15 10.7 ecotourism 40 13.57 sightseeing 19 5.7 67assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination tance travelled) and the smaller is the number of trips they make. the demand function is integrated with socio-economic characteristics and sometimes with environmental and site-specific considerations. the resulting demand curve models the number of trips to the recreational site as a function of the cost sustained for the travel and other characteristics: yi = f[(tci,ii,hi(di,vi,si)] where yi is the number of trips of the individual i, tci is the cost that the individual i per round-trip, ii is the individual income while hi is a vector of visitor-specific characteristics. hi may include information about alternative sites (si), study site (vi) and sociodemographic characteristics (di). the dependent variables i used in this paper are (1) the number of trips done in the last year and (2) the number of trips in the last 5 years. these take only non-negative values, so count data models are the most common approaches for the analysis (hellerstein, 1991), in particular the poisson and negative binomial (nb) regressions. the theoretical framework for the use of the poisson model for modelling recreational demand was provided by hellerstein and mandelsohn (hellerstein and mendelsohn, 1993). the authors state that the choice whether visiting or not a site can be described with a binomial distribution, converging to a poisson as the number of trips increase. the poisson distribution for the number of trips y is pr[y=y] = e y y !  y= 1,2,….n where µ is the rate parameter. the poisson distribution can be used in regression by explicating the relation between the mean parameter µ and the vector of x regressors. the usual approach is to use an exponential mean parametrization: µi=exp(x’β) i= 1,2...,n where x is the matrix of regressors and β the coefficients. the poisson regression is estimated through the maximum likelihood method, as all generalized linear models. the poisson model is equi-dispersed, meaning that the mean is equal to the variance. in many cases data are over-dispersed, i.e. the variance is larger than the mean. when data are over-dispersed and the sample is truncated the poisson model returns inconsistent estimates and a nb model should be used, as it adds an extra parameter controlling for overdispersion. the presence of overdispersion was tested with a log-likelihood ratio test that failed to reject the hypothesis of over-dispersion returning a non-significant p-value. the suitability of the poisson model for this case was also enforced when a nb model was tested, as the α parameter was not significant. for this reason, the following analyses continued with a poisson model. when data are collected on-site, there are two other characteristics of the sample that should be considered, truncation and endogenous stratification, for which both poisson and nb models can be corrected (shaw, 1988). truncation occurs because people with zero trips are not surveyed. endogenous stratification is instead related to the higher probability of sampling frequent visitors compared to tourists with only few trips in the 68 g. grilli timeframe. englin and shonkwiler (1995) showed that a poisson model can be corrected for both truncation and endogenous stratification simply replacing the response variable y with y-1. the model was all estimated using stata 12 (statacorp 2011). after the estimation of the econometric model, cs and elasticities can be derived. the cs per trip is estimated with the following formula: cs tc 1 where βtc is the parameter associated with the travel cost variable. elasticity of the demand to the cost of travel (ep) is computed in this way: e x x xp tc tc tc tc μ where xtc is the travel cost variable and μ the mean of the distribution. table 3 describes more in details the variables considered, together with the description and the expected effects. the fuel cost per round-trip was estimated by asking respondents the travelled distance from their starting point to the place where the interview took place. then the travel distance (in km) was multiplied per a cost per km of 0.4 pln, which is the average cost per km available in the official statistics. the number of days spent in the destination and socio-economic variables, including gender, education, occupation, income, education and number of people in the household represent the other covariates and were also collected through the questionnaires (section c). table 3. list of the explanatory variables used in the travel cost. variable code description expected effect* tc pln/trip (fuel) cost per round-trip tc_complete pln/trip average cost of one day including food, accommodation and other expenses n_days integer number average number of days per each trip income classes from 1 to 7 1 represent the poorest class, 7 the reachest + gender 0 1 male female age 1 0 older than 60 otherwise +/education classes from 1 to 6 1 is elementary education, 6 is for phd holders + household integer number number of people in the household + employed 1 0 full-employed otherwise * expected relationship between the explanatory variables and the number of individual trips. 69assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination 3. results and discussions the tcm results are summarized in table 4 and table 5, showing the econometric model and the welfare analysis, respectively. the cost of travelling towards the destination has a negative sign as expected and it is highly significant (p value lower that 0.001) in all the specified models, indicating that the number of visits decrease as the distance (and related cost) increase. the coefficient for tc_expense is also negative. the number of days of each trip has a negative sign suggesting that people making longer trips have fewer annual visits. age is also negatively connected with the likelihood of visiting the zywiec area, so young people contribute more to tourism and recreational activities. the income variable has a positive coefficient, therefore annual visits increases with higher incomes. income shows a very high significance (1% confidence level), which is not common in tcm studies (martínez-espiñeira and amoako-tuffour, 2008). the gender variable has a negative sign; since the male tourists were coded as 0 and females as table 4. results of the different poisson. poisson tc -0.0213*** (0.00205) tc_complete -0.000460** (0.000192) n_days -0.0164** (0.00769) age60more -0.250** (0.119) gender -0.542*** (0.0929) employed -0.266*** (0.101) education 0.161*** (0.0519) household 0.0630** (0.0299) income 0.0610*** (0.0131) constant 1.517*** (0.197) observations 142 aic 974.3 bic 1003.8 ll -477.13 standard errors in parentheses * p<0.10 ** p<0.05 *** p<0.01 70 g. grilli 1, the coefficient states that males are more likely to visit the beskid zywiecki range. people in full employment are less likely to visit the study area, maybe because of less availability of time. personal education is another important variable for describing tourism in the beskid zywiecki range, it has a positive and significant coefficient. tourists seem to be more willing to visit as their education increase. finally, the household variable has positive relationship with the number of visits, suggesting that larger household are more likely to visit. a possible explanation for this result could be that the beskid is a destination for families with children. we now move to the conventional welfare and policy measure, i.e. cs and elasticity, that are calculated from the coefficients of the cost variables. it is important to remember that, in order to extrapolate the welfare measures from truncated models, it has to be assumed that non-visitors have the same demand function as the visitors (hellerstein, 1991). welfare measures are summarized in 5. the polish currency (plz) was converted into € using an average exchange rate of 4.50 plz per euro for 2014 (i.e. when the survey was undertaken). the cs per visit using only the cost of travel (labelled ‘tc’ in table 5) is what is typically shown in tcm studies and it is estimated to be 10€ per visit. this result is comparable to other studies. for example, grilli et al. ( 2014) investigated recreation in mountain areas through a meta-analysis of studies, achieving a mean value of about 11 € per visit and an upper bound of 112€ per visit. the value is also lower than the one found by getzner in the tatra mountains (getzner, 2010), which represent the most important destination within the carpathians and therefore with a higher recreational potential. the cs per year is calculated multiplying the cs per one visit by the average number of trips of the sample, which is 4.6 per year. calculating cs using the total expenses sustained in the destination is less common in the forest recreation literature while it is more popular in the study of consumptive activities, such as fishing or hunting. this study assessed a cs per visit of about 480€ per day, which is comparable to that of fishing (curtis, 2002; curtis and breen, 2017) and lower than natural park tourism in the united states (martínez-espiñeira and amoako-tuffour, 2008). in addition to cs, what is interesting to notice is the elasticity of the demand. the demand appears to be inelastic in the first model (-0.12), suggesting that the number of visit is expected to make only minor variations when the cost for travel (mainly related to fuel) changes. at a practical level an increase of 10% of the average cost for travel would cause an average decrease of 0.05 trips per year. if the cost for travel doubles the number of annual trips decreases by only 0.55 (one trip less every two years). table 5. marginal consumer surplus and elasticity derived from the different models. model tc tc_complete cs per visit (plz) 47 2173 cs per year (plz) 216 9996 cs per visit (€) 10 480 cs per year (€) 46 2208 elasticity -.12 -.90 71assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination when in-situ expenses are also considered in the computation of the travel cost, the estimated elasticity becomes -.90. according to the conventional definition the demand is still considered inelastic but it is closer to one, which is the conventional threshold for the price elasticity of the demand to become elastic. this means that a 10% increase in the average cost of the trip causes a decrease of trips of 0.8, almost one per year. in the remote case that the average cost of travel doubles, people would do 4 trip less per year, i.e. they would not visit anymore. 3.1 implications although information derived from a convenience sampling should be read with care, this study provides useful information to policy-makers. mountain villages all over the world are facing problems connected with depopulation and the necessity to assure sources of income for the inhabitants. valorising the local natural resources for tourism may be an effective strategy to allow additional income generation. local communities might obtain larger profit from tourism (in terms of expenditures locally sustained for food, accommodation, technical equipment etc…) either increasing the number of annual visitors or increasing average prices. with respect to the first option, the close silesian district is one of the most populated areas in poland and represents an interesting basin of potential visitors, which could be reached with more intense marketing activities (vogt et al., 2018). the recent literature on tourism planning suggests that tourism development is perceived positively by local communities (coccossis, 2017; muresan et al., 2016) but raising the number of tourists is likely to increase relevant environmental impacts (lake et al., 2017; mccombes et al., 2015), therefore visitor management is fundamental to preserve the environment (gios and clauser, 2009). the second option to increase local incomes is to raise local prices. the high cs suggests that visitors would be willing to pay more than current amounts for a single visit because they obtain a large benefit from visiting beskid zywiecki. on the other hand, the elastic demand indicates that the number of annual trips could be lower if prices will be too high. therefore, the net effect of raising prices will be uncertain. such evidences suggest that there is not a unique strategy to develop the territory and decision makers should obtain as much information as possible to undertake an effective planning. 4. conclusions forest recreation is a valuable activity and the economic relevance should be carefully monitored. in this paper an investigation of recreational values of mountain forests was presented using a case study located in the polish carpathians, with a focus on price elasticity because this policy measure is not often considered. a travel cost model based on the poisson regression has been estimated using two different cost variables, the first capturing only the cost of travel and the second including also the cost for food and accommodation incurred on site. the estimated consumer surplus of 480€ suggested that there is space for local operators to increase prices and revenues, however the estimated price elasticity of -.90 suggests that visitors are sensitive to local expenditures and therefore local prices 72 g. grilli should be fixed with care, because they may cause a decrease in the number of annual visitors. there is a trade-off between the number of visitors and the expenditures they sustain in the territory, therefore local managers wishing to obtain higher revenues can hardly increase both and should carefully evaluate their preferred management strategy. being aware that a single case study is not enough to draw general conclusions, this study would like to raise the issue and encourage other researchers to further investigate price sensitivity in future recreational studies. 5. acknowledgements the present paper has been realized with the financial contribution of the european cost action eumixfor fp1206 (http://www.mixedforests.eu/). the author wishes to acknowledge the local forest districts, for the help in delivering the questionnaires, in particular to jaroslav jonkisz. the author wishes also to personally thank prof. jerzy lesinski, for his help in translating the questionnaire and for his useful suggestions in writing the manuscript. 6. references bhuiyan, m.a.h., siwar, c., and ismail, s.m. (2016). sustainability measurement for ecotourism destination in malaysia: a study on lake kenyir, terengganu. social indicators research 128: 1029–1045. doi:10.1007/s11205-015-1068-5 champ, p.a., boyle, k.j. and brown, t.c. (2003). a primer on nonmarket valuation, the economics of non-market goods and resources. springer netherlands, dordrecht. doi:10.1007/978-94-007-0826-6 clawson m., and knetsch j. l. (1966). economics of outdoor recreation. coccossis, h. (2017). sustainable tourism and carrying capacity: a new context 19–30. doi:10.4324/9781315240817-10 curtis, j. (2002). estimating the demand for salmon angling in ireland. econ. soc. rev. (irel) 33: 319–332. curtis, j. and breen, b. (2017). irish coarse and game anglers’ preferences for fishing site attributes. fisheries research 190: 103–112. doi:10.1016/j.fishres.2017.01.016 englin, j., lambert, d. and shaw, w.d. (1997). a structural equations approach to modeling consumptive recreation demand. journal of environmental economics and management 33: 33–43. doi:10.1006/jeem.1996.0976 englin, j. and shonkwiler, j., 1995. estimating social welfare using count data models: an application to long-run recreation demand under conditions of endogenous stratification and truncation. the review of economics and statistics 77: 104–112. doi:10.2307/2109996 faccioli, m. (2011). youth’s perception of tourism impact: policy implications for folgaria (italy). international journal of tourism policy 4: 1–35. doi:10.1504/ijtp.2011.046710 getzner, m. and policy, i. (2010). ecosystem services, financing, and the regional economy: a case study from tatra national park, poland. biodiversity conservation 11: 56–61. 73assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination gios, g. and clauser, o. (2009). forest and tourism: economic evaluation and management features under sustainable multifunctionality. iforest-biogeosciences and forestry 2: 192–197. doi:10.3832/ifor0514-002 grilli, g., paletto, a. and de meo, i. (2014). economic valuation of forest recreation in an alpine valley. baltic forestry 20: 167–175. hotelling, h. (1949). letter to the national park service (dated 1947), an economic study of the monetary evaluation of recreation in the national parks. hanley, n. and barbier, e. (2009). pricing nature: cost-benefit analysis and environmental policy. edward elgar publishing. hearne, r.r. and salinas, z.m. (2002). the use of choice experiments in the analysis of tourist preferences for ecotourism development in costa rica. journal of environmental management 65: 153–163. doi:10.1006/jema.2001.0541 hellerstein, d. and mendelsohn, r. (1993). a theoretical foundation for count data models. american journal of agricultural economics 75: 604–611. doi:10.2307/1243567 hellerstein, d.m. (1991). using count data models in travel cost analysis with aggregate data. american journal of agricultural economics 73: 860–866. doi:10.2307/1242838 herath, g. and kennedy, j. (2004). estimating the economic value of mount buffalo national park with the travel cost and contingent valuation models. tourism economics 10: 63–78. doi:10.5367/000000004773166529 hill, r., loomis, j., thilmany, d. and sullins, m. (2014). economic values of agritourism to visitors: a multi-destination hurdle travel cost model of demand. tourism economics 20: 1047–1065. doi:10.5367/te.2013.0323 kozak, m. (2002). comparative analysis of tourist motivations by nationality and destinations. tourism management 23: 221–232. doi:10.1016/s0261-5177(01)00090-5 lake, p., thushara, w., thomas, t., dinil sony, c. and kuruvila, e.c. (2017). rapid environmental impact assessment of eco-tourism in. int. res. j. eng. technol. levin, j. and milgrom, p. (2004). introduction to choice theory. microeconomics 1–25. martínez-espiñeira, r. and amoako-tuffour, j. (2008). recreation demand analysis under truncation, overdispersion, and endogenous stratification: an application to gros morne national park. journal of environmental management 88: 1320–1332. doi:10.1016/j.jenvman.2007.07.006 mccombes, l., vanclay, f. and evers, y. (2015). putting social impact assessment to the test as a method for implementing responsible tourism practice. environmental impact assessment review 55: 156–168. doi:10.1016/j.eiar.2015.07.002 muresan, i., oroian, c., harun, r., arion, f., porutiu, a., chiciudean, g., todea, a., lile, r., muresan, i.c., oroian, c.f., harun, r., arion, f.h., porutiu, a., chiciudean, g.o., todea, a. and lile, r. (2016). local residents’ attitude toward sustainable rural tourism development. sustainability 8: 100. doi:10.3390/su8010100 ostrom, e. (2009). a general framework for analyzing sustainability of social-ecological systems. science 325: 419–22. doi:10.1126/science.1172133 shaw, d. (1988). on-site samples’ regression: problems of non-negative integers, truncation, and endogenous stratification. journal of econometrics 37: 211–223. doi:10.1016/0304-4076(88)90003-6 74 g. grilli simões, p., barata, e. and cruz, l. (2013). using count data and ordered models in national forest recreation demand analysis. environmental management 52: 1249– 1261. doi:10.1007/s00267-013-0119-4 tempesta, t. and thiene, m. (2000). benefits and costs of tourism and outdoor recreation in the natural park of the ampezzo dolomites (veneto-italy). paper presented at the international conference on agritourism and rural tourism. a key option for the rural integrated and sustainable development strategy. perugia, pp. 21–22. vogt, c.a., lindblom, j. and lindblom, j. (2018). a critical review of consumer trends in tourism and destination marketing. in the routledge handbook of destination marketing, routledge, pp. 289–299. doi:10.4324/9781315101163-23 willis, k. and garrod, g. (1991). an individual travel-cost methof of evaluating forest recreation. journal of agricultural economics 1: 33–42. the future of bio-based and applied economics daniele moro1, fabio gaetano santeramo2, davide viaggi3 how did farmers act? ex-post validation of linear and positive mathematical programming approaches for farm-level models implemented in an agent-based agricultural sector model gabriele mack*, ali ferjani, anke möhring, albert von ow, stefan mann the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context: the case of west bank and gaza strip donato romanoa, gianluca stefania,*, benedetto rocchia, ciro fiorilloa assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination gianluca grilli1,2 estimating a dual value function as a meta-model of a detailed dynamic mathematical programming model claudia seidel, wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 7(1): 87-98, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-24049 short communications sanitary and phytosanitary measures in the context of the cptpp agreement sofía boza faculty of agricultural sciences and institute of international studies, university of chile, santiago, chile. date of submission: 2017 16th, march; accepted 2018 15th, march abstract. the comprehensive and progressive agreement for trans-pacific partnership (cptpp) is a notorious example of the proliferation of so-called mega trade agreements. the countries constituting its signatory parties include five hundred million inhabitants and almost fifteen percent of the global gross domestic product. the objective of this paper is to analyze the role of sanitary and phytosanitary (sps) provisions within the cptpp regarding international food trade. three sections are presented: (i) food production, imports and exports among cptpp countries, (ii) the content of the sps cptpp chapter regarding the text of the wto-sps agreement and (iii) concluding remarks. it stands out among the results that there are significant differences in agricultural production capabilities between cptpp parties, which should be addressed in order to achieve the desired integration. keywords. mega trade agreements, agricultural trade, food safety, sanitary and phytosanitary measures, trans pacific partnership. jel codes. f13, f15, q17. 1. introduction the comprehensive and progressive agreement for trans-pacific partnership (cptpp) is a notorious example of the proliferation of so-called mega trade agreements. it was signed as trans pacific partnership agreement (tpp) initially on february 2016 by 12 pacific basin countries: australia, brunei darussalam, canada, chile, japan, malaysia, mexico, new zealand, peru, singapore, united states and vietnam, which altogether comprise almost eight hundred million inhabitants and 40% of the global gdp. tpp partners had two years after signing to ratify the agreement. in january 2017, the president of the united states, donald trump, withdrew the country from the agreement on his first day in office. after a few months of impasse, the rest of the tpp members decided to go ahead without the united states, signing the new version of the agreement in march 2018. the *corresponding author: sofiaboza@u.uchile.cl 88 sofía boza cptpp will come into effect 60 days after at least six of the signatory countries have ratified it. one of the chapters in the new cptpp that did not change at all from the tpp version is the chapter on sanitary and phytosanitary measures (sps). these technical, nontariff measures, which aim to protect food safety as well as animal and plant health, have been characterized in recent decades by their increased visibility, with various effects on agricultural trade flows. the objective of this paper is to analyze the sps provisions within the cptpp, considering the already existing regulatory framework under the agreement on sanitary and phytosanitary measures of the world trade organization (wto) and the agricultural sector profile of signatory countries. our research represents a relevant contribution to the discussion on the possible implications of cptpp for the agricultural sector, as the literature on the trans pacific partnership has been focused so far on its repercussions in general terms (unctad, 2016). 2. agricultural production and trade among cptpp members the cptpp partners are quite diverse regarding size, contribution to gdp and productivity of their agricultural sector. some countries, such as mexico, peru and vietnam, have labor intensive agriculture with low productivity per worker. australia, canada and japan, on the other hand, have low participation in agriculture in terms of total employment but remarkable productivity. these differences are mainly due to technological development and the ability to add value to the products. in fact, in peru and vietnam, small-scale family farming and even subsistence agriculture are still common, but the fast economic growth of both economies and the lack of profitability of family farming are table 1. cptpp partners’ general data on agricultural production (2014). au str ali a br un ei ca na da ch ile ja pa n m ala ys ia m ex ico n ew z ea lan d pe ru vi et na m total population (millions) 23.6 0.4 35.5 17.8 127 30.2 123.8 4.6 30.8 92.5 rural population (millions) 2.4 0.1 6.8 1.8 8.8 7.6 26 0.6 6.7 62 area harvested (millions ha) 36 0 66 4 12 100 61 1 11 49 area equipped for irrigation (1000 ha) 2,550 1 870 1,110 2,469 380 6,500 722 2,580 4,600 employment in agriculture (%) 3.3 2.4 10.3 3.7 12.6 13.4 6.6 25.8 47.4 agricultural value added per worker (constant us$) 52,701 83,868 6,638 50,720 10,127 4,416 28,677 1,949 489 food production value (200406 millions us$) 25,035 50 27,181 8,424 17,730 14,311 35,142 10,334 9,145 27,498 agriculture, value added (% gdp) 3 1 2 3 1 9 3 7 7 18 source: prepared by the author based on fao (2015). 89sanitary and phytosanitary measures in cptpp agreement motivating land abandonment. in vietnam, 56% of rural youth express a desire to migrate to big cities for work (the ahn and minh chanh, 2015). the contribution of agricultural products to total trade also differs considerably among cptpp partners. in some asian economies such as brunei, japan and singapore, the participation of the agricultural sector in exports is negligible (less than 2%). for new zealand, however, it represents more than half of total exports. for most cptpp partners, such as australia, chile, malaysia, peru and vietnam, the contribution of agriculture to exports is ten to fifteen percent. vietnam, in spite of the low agricultural productivity, is now the world’s leading coffee exporter. with respect to agricultural products as a percentage of total imports, the differences are not as significant among countries, with only a 10% gap between the minimum and the maximum. if we consider the size of each market, however, the situation changes. global imports of agricultural products to japan, canada and mexico alone constitute 58% of total cptpp agricultural imports. with regard to intra cptpp agricultural trade, the situation is even more dramatic. canada, japan and mexico concentrate 72% of imports of agricultural products from cptpp countries. 3. analysis of the cptpp sps chapter considering the wto sps agreement the cptpp agreement declares that one of its objectives is to reinforce and build on the sps agreement (art. 7.2.b). from its overture, however, it shows some substantial differences with the wto-sps agreement with regards to its approach to sps issues. the cptpp agreement stresses the importance of preserving compatibility between sps measures and trade. in fact, it establishes within its objectives the protection of human, animal figure 1. contribution of agricultural and non-agricultural products to total exports (%, 2005-2015). source: prepared by the author based on wits. 90 sofía boza and plant life or health, as the sps agreement does, but while facilitating and expanding trade (art. 7.2.a). the wto-sps agreement merely states that sps measures must not constitute a disguised restriction on international trade. figure 2. contribution of agricultural and non-agricultural products to total imports (%, 2005-2015). source: prepared by the author based on wits. figure 3. destination markets of intra cptpp agricultural exports (2014). source: prepared by the author based on wits. 91sanitary and phytosanitary measures in cptpp agreement one of the strategies posed in the cptpp agreement to reduce the potential impacts of sps in trade is to strengthen communication, consultation and cooperation between the parties (art. 7.2.c). for this, as well as for the general supervision of the parties’ implementation of the provisions in the chapter, the cptpp agreement establishes its own committee for sps measures. the main functions of this committee are to: i) act as a forum for the parties on sps matters, ii) identify and develop cooperation projects on sps within the parties and iii) share issues and positions for the meetings at the wto committee on sps measures and at the three international standard-setting organizations recognized by the wto-sps agreement, including codex alimentarius commission, the world organization for animal health and the international plant protection convention. with regards to the third function, suppan (2015) suggests that, despite these consultations being voluntary, it would be difficult for the related authorities to ignore them if the country’s representatives want to give the impression that they are enhancing cooperation. increased communication between cptpp parties also relies on transparency provisions. a particularity of the cptpp agreement is that it highlights the importance not only of sharing information between the parties, but also with “interested persons”, giving both the opportunity to comment on their proposed sanitary and phytosanitary measures (art. 7.13.1). this suggests that the cptpp agreement seeks to facilitate the inclusion of parties’ private sectors in the conception of sps measures; which would be consistent with the large amount of interest and support that food industry representatives gave to tpp sps chapter negotiations in the us (johnson, 2014). in fact, in the us, a high level of participation already exists among companies, public opinion and interest groups in the development of the country’s sps measures (ustr, n.d.). furthering the goal of a discussion of sps measures beyond the institutional level, another addition to the provisions of the wto-sps agreement is that cptpp parties shall make available to the public, by electronic means in an official journal or on a website, the proposed sanitary or phytosanitary measure (…) the legal basis for the measure, and the written comments or a summary of the written comments that the party has received (art. 7.13.5). electronic publication is also mandatory for the final version of the sps. these requirements are also recommended by the wto. in the 2008 document “recommended procedures for implementing the transparency obligations of the sps agreement” (g/ sps/7/rev.3) the wto encourages the submission of an electronic version of the draft regulation along with the traditional notification format. the cptpp goes further, making electronic communication mandatory and expanding its scope. another particular provision of the transparency within the cptpp sps chapter is that it enhances the communication between parties beyond the notification of sps measures, through their competent authorities and contact points. the information that parties exchange is related to: i) detected sps risks of exports from the other party’s territory, ii) relevant changes in the sanitary or phytosanitary situation in all or part of the exporting party which may affect the existing trade, iii) research progress possibly impacting sps regulation and iv) significant changes in the party’s food safety and pest and disease management policies, as well as related practices that have the potential to affect trade. the wto sps agreement also enhances members’ communication through national enquiry points. however, the cptpp focuses this communication on the triggers for the generation of sps measures, seeming to push for the cptpp parties to anticipate complex, pos92 sofía boza sible, forthcoming scenarios related to sps regulation and procedures of the other parties in order to adapt and avoid negative impacts on trade flows. in fact, the cptpp agreement gives relevance not only to the process through which measures are communicated, but also to their conception. like the wto-sps agreement, preference is given to adherence to international standards. however, when a party decides to develop its own sps measures, different from the international ones, the cptpp agreement establishes that they must be based on documented and objective scientific evidence (art. 7.9.2). the use of the adjectives “documented and objective” instead of “available”, as in the wto-sps agreement, means that the precautionary principle (e.g., as in sps art. 5.7), by which the existence of a possible risk has to be considered, is undermined (labonté et al., 2016). another particularity in the cptpp agreement on the topic of transparency is that parties give to other parties, but also interested persons, the possibility to comment on their risk analysis. this is another sign of the aim to facilitate the inclusion of interested groups in sps measures development. the problem is that, given the technical complexity of risk analysis, it is possible that only resourceful counterparts and their operators or interested groups will be able to make informed comments. for the cptpp parties, this could amplify the current gap in regulatory performance on sps that already exists between wto developed and developing countries due to their different scientific capabilities (boza and muñoz, 2017). in this sense, the cptpp sps chapter assumes that every party, and in this case also their interested groups, had a similar infrastructure “for doing science”, which is not factual whatsoever (strether, 2015). the approach that the cptpp sps chapter adopts for the cooperation between parties is quite different from the technical assistance and special and differential treatment provisions of the wto-sps agreement, materialized, for example, in the standards and trade development facility. the cptpp focuses on cooperation in terms of facilitating trade and exchanging information, but is not very specific on what comprises technical assistance. in fact, it establishes that the objective of cooperation in sps is eliminating unnecessary obstacles to trade between the parties (art. 7.15.2). an important means to facilitate trade is the recognition of equivalence of other parties’ sps measures. in this sense, the cptpp agreement goes further than the wto-sps agreement (sps-art. 4), as it establishes that, beyond the specific measures, the parties shall apply equivalence to a group of measures or on a systems-wide basis (art. 7.8.1). the recognition of equivalence starts at the request of the exporting country, which is followed by an assessment carried out by the importing country. this evaluation has to be based on available knowledge, information and relevant experience, as well as the regulatory competence of the exporting party (art. 7.8.5). the last criterion, “regulatory competence”, can be especially challenging, as it is difficult to quantify, and can lead to different interpretations. a measure, group of measures or systems wide basis is considered equivalent when it achieves the same level of protection as the importing party’s measure; or has the same effect in achieving the objective as the importing party’s measure (art. 7.8.6). these requirements are more specific than those in the wto-sps agreement, which considers a measure equivalent if it guarantees an “appropriate” sanitary or phytosanitary protection level for the importer. an additional way to facilitate trade is “regionalization”, a principle in the wto-sps agreement and also explicitly recognized in the cptpp sps chapter. the cptpp pro93sanitary and phytosanitary measures in cptpp agreement cess declaring pest or disease-free areas, and areas of low pest or disease prevalence is very similar to the one specified for the equivalence assessment. it has to be requested by the exporting country, evaluated by the importing country and maintain a continuous exchange of information during the procedure. in this case the cptpp agreement is quite similar to the wto-sps agreement and wto-sps committee guidelines. as already mentioned, transparency is one of the principles that the cptpp sps chapter tries to enhance the most. to that end, another novelty proposed in the cptpp is the auditing of the competent authorities and inspection bodies by the other parties. that procedure is not mentioned in the wto sps agreement. the objective of audits is to determine an exporting party’s ability to provide required assurances and meet the sanitary and phytosanitary measures of the importing party (art. 7.10.1). before the audit starts, both the auditing and the audited parties will discuss the objectives, scopes, requirements to be assessed, and the procedures to assess them. the audit process does not imply a moratorium on the establishment of new sps measures. the results of the audit will be known by the audited party, which can make comments that have to be considered by the auditing party in the preparation of the final report of the conclusions of the process. meanwhile, the information generated during the auditing procedures will not be released to the general public. the costs of the audit will be borne by the auditing party, unless both parties decide otherwise. the cptpp agreement allows the auditing party to take decisions or actions considering the results of the audits. however, those decisions have to be based on objective evidence and data that can be verified, taking into account the auditing party’s knowledge of, relevant experience with, and confidence in, the audited party (art. 7.10.6). it is important to consider that the generation of “objective evidence and data” requires an adequate level of technical capabilities that are specialized in sps issues. as we have already mentioned, the costs of the process are assumed by the auditing party. it is therefore reasonable to wonder whether this mechanism will be used much more frequently by cptpp parties with the lowest specialized human resource constraints. additional interesting innovations in the cptpp sps chapter are related to the procedures for the inspection of imports. first, if required, parties have to exchange complete information about the character, frequency and criteria of their inspections. the cptpp agreement establishes that parties can adjust the frequency of inspections considering past experience, as well as “actions or discussions” under the agreement. according to the cptpp agreement, if a party decides to refuse the import of a good from another party, it has to notify the importer or its agent; the exporter; the manufacturer; or the exporting party at the very least (art. 7.13.6). that notification has to be communicated no later than seven days after the date of the decision (art. 7.13.7) containing the reasons for the refusal, the legal basis and the situation of the rejected goods. one important thing to note is that, according to this provision, the party refusing the shipment is not obligated to communicate its decision to the party from which it proceeds, but only to the producer or to the trader. again, the cptpp is encouraging the role of the private sector. it allows the affected party to request a review of the decision, providing any relevant information during the process. that review process has received some criticism that considers it to be a mechanism that allows a sort of “state-to-state” or “business-to-state” dispute (food and water watch, 2015). 94 sofía boza the cptpp sps chapter also establishes parallel mechanisms to those under the wto sps agreement. for example, the cooperative technical consultations (ctc) can be used by a party whenever there is an sps matter that can potentially affect its trade and cannot be solved administrative or bilaterally. the ctc process is initiated when the concerned party presents its request in writing and the responding party acknowledges receipt. both parties have to meet within 30 days and attempt to resolve the matter within 180 days. the documents generated during the ctc remain confidential, unless the parties agree otherwise. this concealment follows an aim of protecting confidential business information, but neglects that the sps objective, i.e. protection of public, animal and plant life and health, is of a collective nature (suppan, 2015). when parties are not able to arrive at a solution within the ctc, the concerned party can use the cptpp dispute settlement procedure, one of the most significant novelties of the agreement. this dispute settlement will begin operating progressively: for disputes related to equivalence principle, audits or import checks the procedure will be available one year after the agreement comes into effect for the responding party; for disputes related to science and risk analysis, two years later. there are specific provisions on equivalence and risk analysis that the cptpp explicitly excludes from the dispute settlement. in the first case, that parties have to recognize the equivalence of an sps when it has the same effect in achieving the objective as the importing party’s measure (art. 7.8.6.b.). the second is the already mentioned article 7.9.2., according to which parties have to assure that their sps measures follow international standards, guidelines or recommendations or, if not, that they are based on documented and objective scientific evidence that is rationally related to the measures. these exceptions within the scope of disputes are not present in the wto. the details of how the cptpp dispute settlement will operate are described in article 28 of the agreement. one of the most interesting features is that the deadlines for each stage of the dispute process are specified and are quite constraining. for example, once the panel has been fully established, it has 150 days to deliver a preliminary report on the case and another additional 30 days to present the final report to the disputing parties. if these terms were followed and are not regarded as a hopeful declaration of intentions, they would be much shorter than what is common for the wto dispute settlement. that seems to be one of the main motivations for the establishment of the cptpp dispute settlement. in any case, the cptpp allows for the concurrent use of both the wto and cptpp dispute settlements. finally, indirectly related with future sps disputes under the cptpp is the inclusion of the “trade of products of modern biotechnology” in the national treatment and market access for goods chapter. this means that any controversy between cptpp parties related to biotech food products, genetically modified organisms (gmo’s) included, will be primarily approached via the cptpp dispute settlement considering principles of market access, rather than those of sanitary or phytosanitary protection. this is a completely different scenario than the 2003 wto dispute on the european union moratorium on the import of biotech products. in that case, the panel decision and aspects of the procedure were exclusively based on the wto-sps agreement. 95sanitary and phytosanitary measures in cptpp agreement 4. concluding remarks the tpp agreement is a paradigmatic example of a mega trade agreement given the high proportion of the world economy that is included. the economic weight and level of development of cptpp partners is heterogeneous, however. if we focus on the agricultural sector, we can also see important differences in both production and trade patterns; for instance, the level of productivity, which is expected to be largely related to technical capabilities. the sps-cptpp chapter has a stated goal of higher integration between partners. however, all of the above differences can make achieving this difficult. particularly, dissimilarities in technical capabilities must be taken into account, as they are essential in the context of sps. thus, although the chapter provides equal rights for all members, the power to properly exercise some of those rights seems very unequal. an important consequence of this is that the developed partners might override the rest. the tpp sps chapter also encourages the participation of companies in the discussion related to partners’ sps measures. although this can be very positive because companies are directly related to compliance with sps, those in the most developed economies might have higher technical and human capabilities. it is therefore strongly recommended to consider mechanisms for technical assistance in sps issues among the countries in the cptpp, which are not limited to information exchange only, but also balance capabilities to a greater extent. acknowledgement research for this paper was funded by the swiss state secretariat for economic affairs under the seco/wti academic cooperation project, based at the world trade institute of the university of bern, switzerland. the author would like to express her gratitude to dr. christian häberli from world trade institute for his valuable suggestions. references boza, s. and fernandez, f. (2016). world trade organization members’ participation in mechanisms under the sanitary and phytosanitary agreement. international journal of trade and global markets 9(3): 212-227. boza, s. and muñoz, j. (2017). factors underlying sanitary and phytosanitary regulation for food and agricultural imports notified by wto members. the journal of international trade & economic development 26(6): 712-723. fao (2015). fao statistical pocketbook. world food and agriculture. rome, italy: fao. food and water watch (2015). the tpp attack on commonsense food safety standards. http://www.safsf.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/fww-tpp-food-safety-analysis. pdf. accessed 13 june 2016. johnson, r. (2014). sanitary and phytosanitary (sps) and related non-tariff barriers to agricultural trade. washington dc: congressional research services. labonté, r., schram, a. and ruckert, a. (2016). the trans-pacific partnership: is it everything we feared for health?. international journal of health policy and management 5(8): 487-496. 96 sofía boza strether, l. (2015). tpp’s orwellian definition of “science” in its sanitary and phytosanitary (sps) chapter. http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2015/11/tpps-orwellian-definition-of-science-in-its-sanitary-and-phytosanitary-sps-chapter.html. accessed 22 june 2016. suppan, s. (2015). the tpp sps chapter: not a “model for the rest of the world”. institute for agriculture and trade policy. the ahn, d. and minh chanh, n. d. (2015). family farming and farmland policy in vietnam: current situation and perspective. selected paper prepared for presentation at the fftc-mardi international seminar on cultivating the young generation of farmers with farmland policy implications, serdang, selangor, malaysia, may 25-29. unctad (2016). exploring new trade frontiers: viewing the trans-pacific partnership agreement through an agriculture lens. geneve, switzerland: unctad. ustr. tpp made in america. sanitary and phytosanitary measures. https://medium.com/ the-trans-pacific-partnership/sanitary-and-phytosanitary-measures-139878f69771#. rsm791exe. accessed 21 june 2016. vol 18, no 1 (2018) table of contents article book review reseña de la monografía economía y comercialización de los aceites de oliva. factores y perspectivas para el liderazgo español del mercado global samir milli 183-186 universitat politècnica de valència e-issn: 2174-7350 issn: 1578-0732 https://doi.org/10.4995/earn assessing food retail competitors with a multi-criteria gis-based method norat roig-tierno, amparo baviera-puig, juan buitrago-vera, carmen escriba-perez 5-22 the performance of spanish wine exports in international markets francesc j. cervera ferrer, raúl compés lópez 23-48 impact of trade and international transport on environmental quality, a study in latin american and caribbean countries christian martín garcía 49-78 choosing not to choose: a meta-analysis of status quo effects in environmental valuations using choice experiments jesus barreiro-hurle, maria espinosa-goded, jose miguel martinez-paz, angel perni 79-109 product-country image and crises in the spanish horticultural sector: classification and impact on the market m. mar serrano-arcos, juan carlos pérez-mesa, raquel sánchez-fernández 111-133 spatial analysis of agricultural land prices baldomero segura, inmaculada marqués pérez 135-159 is the place of purchase important in shaping consumers’ preferences towards olive oil? héctor corbeto-fabón, zein kallas, josé m. gil 161-182 bio-based and applied economics 7(3): 233-247, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7677 corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms: evidence from europe, japan and north america heinrich hockmann1, pedro andres garzon delvaux2,*, peter voigt3, pavel ciaian2, sergio gomez y paloma2 1 leibniz institute of agricultural development in central and eastern europe (iamo), germany 2 joint research centre (jrc), european commission, spain 3 dg ecfin, european commission, belgium date of submission: xxxx xxth, xxxxxxxxxx; accepted xxxx xxrd, xxxxxxxx abstract. this paper investigates the impact of corporate research and development (r&d) on firm performance in the food-processing industry. we apply data envelopment analysis (dea) with two step bootstrapping using a corporate data for 307 food-processing firms from the eu, us, canada and japan for the period 1991-2009. the estimates suggest that r&d has a positive effect on the firms’ performance, with marginal gains decreasing in the r&d level as well as the performance differences are detected across regions and food sectors. r&d investments in food processing can deliver productivity gains, beyond the high-tech sectors generally favoured by innovation policy. keywords. corporate r&d, dea, double bootstrapping, food-processing industry. jel codes. o30, l66. 1. introduction both the theoretical and empirical literature established that r&d is critical for firm productivity growth. for example, the empirical literature has found that between 1% and 25% of variance in the actual productivity across firms can be explained by differences in r&d investment (hall et al., 2010). however, there is considerably less agreement on the size of the r&d impact on the firm’s productivity (e.g. the size of marginal impact, diminishing vs. increasing returns to r&d). existing analysis of the implications of r&d mainly focus on knowledge-intensive businesses; there are less studies covering r&d and innovation in lowmedium-tech sectors such as food-processing. the literature is highly scattered in the field of agro-food sector ranging from conceptual analysis, system-oriented approach analysis (e.g. jongen and meulenberg, 2005; oecd, 2012, 2013) to public r&d in agro-food sector (alston, *corresponding author: pedro.garzon-delvaux@ec.europa.eu 234 heinrich hockmann et alii 2010). analyses on public r&d and its impact on primary agriculture production are more numerous given that the relevant data is more accessible. conversely, much less effort has poured into the private r&d even though it probably represents the largest share of the overall sector’s r&d (e.g. 59% in japan, 51% in us according to alston et al. 2010). furthermore, the firm level studies seldom focus on specific aspects of r&d (e.g. adoption, product variety). most are case studies with a limited regional or sectorial coverage (e.g. one country, part of the sector). broader quantitative analyses are limited by data measurement and availability constraints. the food-industry is usually considered to be a medium to low r&d intensity sector representing around 0.27 % of the total output in the eu agro-food industry (fooddrinkeurope, 2015) compared to other sectors such as the automobile (5.5%) or pharmaceutical (13.1%) industries (hernández et al. 2015). this is understood, among others, to be related to the fact that the agro-food sector is dominated by smes which do little research, many innovations are often derived from other input sectors and thus are incorporated in machinery, packaging and other manufacturing supplies (e.g. menrad, 2004) as well as many food-products are rather easy to imitate with significant r&d spillovers which reduces firms’ incentive to invest in r&d (gopinath & vasavada, 1999). although this general patterns may hold, the agro-food industry shows a high heterogeneity in the r&d intensity (avermaete et al., 2003; winger and wall, 2006; feigl and menrad, 2008; capitanio et al., 2010). there is a strong geographic heterogeneity in the level of private r&d. heterogeneity is also present in the type of innovation among firms: process, product, or organisational innovation. finally, it is important to mention that firms also differ whether they invest in r&d externally or internally. the objective of this paper is to contribute to this literature by providing empirical evidence on the impact of private (corporate) r&d on productivity of food-processing firms. more specifically, we analyse the size of firm inefficiency and explore the determinants of the inefficiency against the frontier production function using a unique corporate data set of food-processing firms from the eu, us, canada and japan for the period 19912009. to derive productivity parameters, we apply data envelopment analysis (dea) with two step bootstrapping which allows us to correct the bias in (in)efficiency and generate unbiased estimates for (in)efficiencies. 2. methodology to estimate the impact of private r&d on firm productivity we adopt a two-step approach. first, we use dea to estimate firm performance (inefficiencies). second, we run regression to explain the determinants of firm inefficiencies on a set of explanatory variables including private r&d. different approaches have been applied in the literature to identify production frontiers using both parametric and non-parametric methods. here we adopt a non-parametric approach dea with two step bootstrapping (simar and wilson, 2007). the advantage of dea is that it does not require imposing assumption on the functional form of the frontier, there are no restrictions regarding the number of parameters required, it is relatively easy to deal with a whole range of inputs and outputs, and inputs and outputs can have very different units. however, in general, some limitations remain in terms of con235corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms sidering time series, sensitiveness to outliers, demanding to incorporate (nonparametric) statistical inference, etc. methodologically, however, the assumption of a common frontier across countries and sectors is a sensitive issue potentially leading to biased results (koop et al., 2000; limam and miller, 2004; orea and kumbhakar, 2004). this paper avoids assuming a common technology across sectors by estimating at industry-specific technology level. a frontier production function, in general, defines the maximum output achievable, given the current production technology and available inputs. we estimate dea model in the formulation of output distance function: δ̂ i = δ i(x,y |t ) = max δ > 0 |δyi ≤ yλ, xi ≤ xλ, i'λ = 1{ } (1) where δi is inefficiency parameter of firm i, yi is output; δyi is maximum output achievable (frontier), xi and x are inputs; λ are weights used to construct the virtual producer (frontier). the main idea of dea is to find virtual firm (combination of other firms) capable of producing more output for the given inputs. in the second stage, the inefficiency parameters are regressed on a set of explanatory variables, zi, to estimate the determinants of inefficiency: δ i = ziβ + ε í ≥1 (2) where β are parameters to be estiamted and εi is an independent and identically distributed (i.i.d.) error term. for estimation, δ i has to be replaced by δ̂ i (the estimated efficiency scores from the first stage): δ̂ i = ziβ +ξí ≥1 (3) usually a tobit regression is applied to estimate the parameters of β. this procedure become necessary because the error term ei is truncated and not symmetrically distributed with mean zero. examples of the z variables – and as such also used in this study – are r&d intensity, capital intensity, time, country dummies (capturing different institutional settings), etc. simar and wilson (2007) point to several problems with this approach and advocate for the use of a truncated regression, instead. the δ̂ i are serially correlated in an unknown way since each δ̂ i depends on all observation in t. thus the δi are not independent of each other which induces biased estimates in the second step since the usual assumption regarding the error term does not hold. moreover, since xi and yi are correlated with zi (otherwise the second step would make no sense), zi is correlated with ξi. the correlation disappears asymptotically, however, at a very slow rate. as a solution to this bias they suggest a two-step bootstrap algorithm (simar and wilson, 2007). first, we correct the bias in (in)efficiency (in dea). second, we get unbiased 236 heinrich hockmann et alii estimates for (in)efficiencies (in the truncated regression). that is, the bootstrap allows to bias-adjust coefficient estimates and also for calculating proper confidence intervals for the statistical inference. bootstrapping tends to affect the structure of the data, potentially generating other forms of bias through an ‘over-manipulation’ of the data. a possible alternative is to develop an instrumental variable to control for the bias. however, this alternative was not seen as operational taking in consideration the available data. 3. data and variables considering strengths and limitations of several potential sources of data,1 standard & poor’s (s&p) compustat data set (s&p, 2014) was favoured which contains data at firm level collected from companies’ audited annual/quarterly reports. the selection process of firms from the available population of companies entailed several steps. the first consisted in retrieving firms classified as belonging to agriculture (industry code: 0xxx) as well as those to the food-industry (industry code: 2xxx); covering the period 1991-2009. data had to cover revenue, sales, net income, capital and r&d expenditures (if any); number of employees and/or wage sum, industry code, and region/ country (i.e. info on the location of the company’s headquarter/where it is registered). however, as most companies from agriculture did not report r&d expenditures, they were dropped from the final sample. labour input is critical when considering firm performance. in the case of missing ‘number of employees’ but available labour expenditures, the number of employees was approximated by using average wage levels taken from international labour organisation (ilo) and for values of labour costs vice versa. the dataset does not allow distinguishing whether r&d was conducted domestically or abroad. all companies’ r&d expenditure was assigned to the country where the company is registered. the dea approach applied in this paper is sensitive to outliers. moreover, presuming a common production frontier for companies across countries implicitly assumes that all companies have access to the same technology and produce under virtually the same technological restrictions. hence, reducing the sample to a sub-sample comprising of rather homogeneous countries/companies appeared advisable in order to ensure widely unbiased empirical results. outlier observations, however, still need to be excluded from the sample. after carrying out a final outlier check (checking for consistency and order of magnitude across observations as well as along the time series) some further firms/observations had to be dropped. thus, outliers were excluded based on the results of grubbs’ tests centred on the sectoral average growth rates of firms’ r&d stock intensity (k/revenue) over 1 for instance, the amadeus database may contain sufficient cross-section and time series firm level data, but provides information on r&d (if at all) only for very recent years. the presumed emergence of the food-processing sector as medium-tech, evolving from formerly low-tech, could not be investigated accordingly based on such data. another possible source of data could be the eu industrial r&d scoreboard (released by ec joint research centre). this database comprises of fully consolidated firm level data of top r&d investors in europe and elsewhere (year of last audited report + 3 years back in time). however, among the listed companies, there are too few belonging to the food-industry. 237corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms the investigated period.2 moreover, some further observations were dropped for reasons related to the computation of the r&d and capital stocks. in accordance with the literature (see hulten, 1991; jorgenson, 1990; hall and mairesse, 1995; bönte, 2003; parisi et al., 2006), stock indicators (rather than flows) were used as impact variables. it is thus implicitly assumed that a firm’s productivity is affected rather by the cumulated stocks of capital and r&d expenditures and not only by current or lagged flows.3 accordingly, our main impact variable is a firm’s r&d stock (k) and the second impact variable is ‘capital expenditures’ (c) captured as capital stocks. by considering the per capita values of these variables (i.e. per number of employees), it allows us both to standardise the data and to eliminate firms’ size effects (see, for example, crépon et al. 1998). in this framework, knowledge (r&d) and physical capital stocks were computed using the perpetual inventory method based on the following formulas: kt0 = r&dt0 gs,c(k )+δ (4) kt = kt−1 ⋅(1−δ )+ r&dt with t = 1991, … , 2009 (5) ct0 = it0 gs,c(c)+φ j and (6) ct = ct−1(1−φ)+ it (7) where r&d is r&d expenditure and i is gross investment (capital expenditure). the oecd anberd and the oecd stan databases were used to provide growth rates g(k) and g(c) for k and c, respectively. we computed the compounded average rates of change in r&d and fixed capital expenditures in the food-processing sector and per country (c). for some european countries the mentioned databases did not report or allowed calculating specific growth rates for r&dand capital-stocks. the corresponding european averages were assumed in these cases instead. for the us, canada, and japan, however, the growth rates were taken from the literature.4 in general, different depreciation rates (δ) and (ϕ) for k and c should be assumed depending on whether the industry is high-, medium-high, medium-low/low-r&d intensity. in fact, more technologically-advanced sectors are characterised (on average) by short2 grubbs’ test – also known as maximum normalised residual test – assumes normality (which is a desirable property anyway). accordingly, we ran normality tests on the relevant variables (assumption was never rejected). 3 using cumulated r&d and capital stocks – as in the previous relevant literature – overcomes a potential endogeneity problem which can arise if flows are used. 4 for capital growth from oecd (capital services, total; mean percentage change 1985-2009; see: http://stats. oecd.org/index.aspx) and for r&d growth rates the average over the period 1980-1998 was taken from (http:// www.ulb.ac.be/cours/solvay/vanpottelsberghe/resources/dgbvp_oes.pdf 238 heinrich hockmann et alii er product life cycles and by a faster technological progress which together accelerates the obsolescence of the current knowledge and physical capital. in this light, ortega-arquiles et al. (2009) suggested sectoral depreciation rates of 20%, 15% and 12% to the knowledge capital and 8%, 6% and 4% to the physical capital respectively for the high, medium-high-, and medium-low/low-tech sectors, with the latter (δ=12%, ϕ=4%) to be applied here to the foodprocessing industry. these are similar to the 15% and 6% commonly used in the literature (musgrave, 1986; nadiri and prucha, 1996; pakes and schankerman, 1986; hall, 2007). all variables in monetary units were transformed into 2007 euro using the end of year exchange rate. in cases where no direct exchange rate to euro was provided by compustat, for a certain year, the corresponding currency was transferred into usd first and then into euro. after processing the data, the sample used in this paper consists of 307 companies (2948 observations) for the period 1991-2009 registered in either of the following country groups: eu (557 observations), north america (usa and canada, 1,050 observations), and japan (1,341 observations), as shown in table 1. europe is less represented than japanese and north-american counterparts. there is no information on japanese firms prior to 1999 and most regions are less represented for this period. however, the period starting in 2000 is more balanced, including for europe. to control for this data structure we use a dummy variables in our estimations to distinguish these two periods. as shown in table 1, there is observed significant heterogeneity among the 307 firms. the mean number of employees varies between 2211 in japan to 15293 in the eu. nevtable 1 descriptive statistics of main variables variable mean std. dev. min max firms obs. total sample 307 2948 revenue 2308.3 5192.3 0.4 51514 cogs-costs 1443.5 3295.6 0.4 47137 r&d expenditure 89.7 451.7 0 7290.3 capital expend. 1286.4 2996.3 0 25846 employees 10610 31443 2 486000 eu companies 85 557 revenue 2705.8 6602.6 0.4 51514 cogs-costs 1561.2 3323.9 0.4 22873 r&d expenditure 175.6 926.9 0 7290.31 capital expend. 1768.9 4020.4 0 25846 employees 15292.7 36441.3 2 269000 us & canada 79 1050 revenue 3684.8 6607 1.7 50659 cogs-costs 2309.5 4578.3 1 47137 r&d expenditure 72.5 266.4 0 2476 capital expend. 1839.9 3584.2 0 24759 employees 18054 43375 2 486000 japan* 143 1341 revenue 1065.3 1983.5 5 15913 cogs-costs 716.6 1330.7 2 9785.7 r&d expenditure 67.5 181.5 0 1642.2 capital expend. 652.6 1497.7 0 13127 employees 2211 4203 16 36554 *(1999-2009 period only) table 2 sample composition observations per subsector subsector codes no. observations beverages, including alcohol 2080-2087 561 mixed/generalist 2000 490 prepared foods 2090-2099 491 meat and poultry packing 2010-2015 272 sugar and confectionery 2060-2068 252 canned fruits and vegetables 2030-2038 225 grain 2040-2048 226 bakery 2050-2053 197 dairy 2020-2026 18 oils 2070-2079 116 total 2948 239corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms ertheless, in each macro region, apparently, there are also a number of small and even micro-companies. it has to be stressed that the final sample gathers rather large companies, inherent with stock listed company data. this entails that results cannot be easily generalised as rather small private companies operating in the food-processing sector are not captured, but should be considered pertinent to large firms which, in fact, are inclined to be more active in terms of r&d. also, this kind of “pick the winner” effect might be particularly severe in medium and low-tech sectors (like food-processing), where the overall company population tends to be dominated by smaller firms which scarcely engage in r&d investment (becker and pain, 2002). the sample mean of r&d-intensity (r&d/sales) is above 1% in all macro-regions with the eu reporting the highest rate (~6%). this would allow classifying the companies/ sector as medium-tech (even medium-high), according to the commonly applied classification (hatzichronoglou, 1997). considering the median r&d-intensity rather than the mean, the r&d/sales ratios do not change significantly in magnitude in europe and the us/can, but they drop below 1% in japan. however, in the eu and the us/can only a few firms perform r&d at all (but those which do, however, have significant spending), while in japan most companies are engaged in r&d activities but modestly at individual level. in general, the companies active in the food-processing sector in the eu and in the us/ can seem to be fairly similar: eu companies are, in average, a little smaller in terms of revenue (sales) and number of employees but have almost exactly the same ratio of net income/ revenue as those from us/can and also comparable figures in terms of spending on r&d and capital (including their accumulated stocks). in contrast, japanese firms appear smaller and less profitable, more inclined to do corporate r&d, but, in average, at a lower financial (table 1). these differences between macro regions need to be taken in consideration when interpreting the estimated results and performing cross-country comparisons. in terms of sub-sector representation, observations from beverages companies are the most present followed by mixed-activity or generalist food-processing firm and prepared foods, accounting for 53% of the total sample. the remaining subsectors account individually between 4% and 9% the dairy sub-sector which is marginally present in the sample (table 2). table 1 descriptive statistics of main variables variable mean std. dev. min max firms obs. total sample 307 2948 revenue 2308.3 5192.3 0.4 51514 cogs-costs 1443.5 3295.6 0.4 47137 r&d expenditure 89.7 451.7 0 7290.3 capital expend. 1286.4 2996.3 0 25846 employees 10610 31443 2 486000 eu companies 85 557 revenue 2705.8 6602.6 0.4 51514 cogs-costs 1561.2 3323.9 0.4 22873 r&d expenditure 175.6 926.9 0 7290.31 capital expend. 1768.9 4020.4 0 25846 employees 15292.7 36441.3 2 269000 us & canada 79 1050 revenue 3684.8 6607 1.7 50659 cogs-costs 2309.5 4578.3 1 47137 r&d expenditure 72.5 266.4 0 2476 capital expend. 1839.9 3584.2 0 24759 employees 18054 43375 2 486000 japan* 143 1341 revenue 1065.3 1983.5 5 15913 cogs-costs 716.6 1330.7 2 9785.7 r&d expenditure 67.5 181.5 0 1642.2 capital expend. 652.6 1497.7 0 13127 employees 2211 4203 16 36554 *(1999-2009 period only) table 2 sample composition observations per subsector subsector codes no. observations beverages, including alcohol 2080-2087 561 mixed/generalist 2000 490 prepared foods 2090-2099 491 meat and poultry packing 2010-2015 272 sugar and confectionery 2060-2068 252 canned fruits and vegetables 2030-2038 225 grain 2040-2048 226 bakery 2050-2053 197 dairy 2020-2026 18 oils 2070-2079 116 total 2948 240 heinrich hockmann et alii 4. results 4.1 the size of inefficiency an output-oriented efficiency model (variable returns to scale-vrs) was run with a simple specification made of one output and three inputs. inputs consist of capital stock (c), labour (number of employees, e) and total cost of goods sold (cosd). the output was measured as the value of total revenues assumed to be total food related sales, although firms may have sales revenue from other lines of activity and streams of income such as asset management (fuglie et al., 2011). the distribution of efficiency scores by frequency is displayed in figure 1. in general, the figure shows that the inefficiency distribution is skewed to the left indicating that most of the companies operate relatively close to their frontier (panels b and c). very high inefficiencies could only be found for a few companies. moreover, panel (a) shows an estimate of the bias of the inefficiency estimate. the distribution reveals that the bias is considerable. thus conducting an analysis without bootstrapping would have led to largely biased estimated parameters in the second step. panel (b) gives an example of the inefficiencies calculated with the adjusted technology t*. finally, panel (c) give the unbiased estimator (distribution) of the inefficiency. 4.2 the determinants of inefficiency the basic hypothesis of the second stage is that r&d has a positive impact on firm performance. in general, the determinants of inefficiency will be captured by the knowledge base of a company which depends on (a) on own r&d and (b) knowledge created elsewhere (universities, research institutes, companies) and diffuses to the public domain. the main objective of this paper is to capture the effect of the first type of knowledge. as a result, we include the variable own (private) r&d expenditure of companies figure 1. illustration of inefficiency estimates and estimated bias, frequencies. (a) (b) (c) inefficiency units inefficiency units inefficiency units biâs(δ̂ i ) = bias(δ̂ i )+ vi δ̂ i * = δ (x i ,yi |t*) ˆ̂δ i = δ̂ i − biâs(δ̂ i ) 241corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms (without distinguishing whether it is internal or external r&d) in the set of explanatory variables (z) considered in the second stage estimations. usually the information is available when the companies are required to publish their investments. although it can be safely assumed that large companies in all countries have some r&d, however, they have no spontaneous incentive to report it since this would reveal information about the firm’s strategy and threaten the firm’s competitive position. this lack of data may bias the result. however, no information on r&d is less severe than expected. given the basic hypotheses, the impact of r&d on performance might be less significant since firms which do not report but conduct research should be more efficient than expected. regarding the knowledge created elsewhere (technological opportunities), firm r&d impacts not only the revenues directly but in addition also affects the technological opportunities of the firm. the firm’s technological opportunities consist of two parts: the knowledge external to the sector (universities, public research institutes) and the existing knowledge at the competitors which diffuses to some extent into the public domain (cohen and levinthal, 1989). the degree of openness depends on the institutional regulations regarding the protection of firm specific knowledge but also from the type of technology. the use of public knowledge depends on the absorption potential. this absorption depends on the height of the r&d expenditure as well the characteristics of the scientific and technological foundations. in addition it is determined by the ease how this knowledge can be absorbed. in order to account for differences in the knowledge and research infrastructure we consider regional dummy variables in the estimation. we expect that the us and japan have a favourable knowledge base to conduct r&d and this knowledge base also finds its expression in better firm performance. some indication of this can be seen table 1 which shows that japan and the us have the highest research expenditures related to outputs. the same effect can be expected for the old eu member states (“eu15”). similar to japan and the us, they belong to the group of countries with a highly developed research infrastructure. given the structural difficulties of eu new member states (“nms”) from eastern europe in particular related with their past history of planned economy, the research systems in these countries are likely less developed thus attaining lower productivity levels. the reference region for these regional dummy variables is canada. note that, some studies find that canada reports lower performance of food-processing firms than their peers from other developed countries such as us (chan-kang et al. 1999; in fuglie et al. 2011) to further control for the knowledge and research infrastructure beyond the regional dummies, the contemporaneous general public r&d investments per capita is also introduced in the regression (gerd of government sector, euros equivalent, 2007 constant prices). the time lags and dynamic effects (e.g. see andersen & song, 2013) are not controlled for in the analysis, given that the availability of data in the sample for different years varies strongly across firms and regions. however, to account for the differences in the sample structure over time, dummy variables are used for the 1990s period and the period 20042009 with the 2000-2004 period serving as reference. 242 heinrich hockmann et alii ta bl e 3. t ru nc at ed re gr es si on e st im at es o f t he d et er m in an ts o f e ffi ci en cy . in de pe nd en t v ar ia bl es 1a (b ia se d) 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b c on st an t 2, 28 80 5 ,7 32 1* 5, 74 37 * 4, 99 21 * 5, 02 46 * 5, 91 01 * 5, 77 05 * 5, 70 44 * 5, 83 31 * 5, 98 44 * 6, 07 73 * r& d , p er pe tu al in ve nt or y -0 ,8 24 3 -0 ,7 93 1* -1 ,0 60 6* -0 ,8 68 4* -1 ,1 70 3* -0 ,6 63 9* -0 ,9 15 7* -1 0, 76 39 * -1 0, 89 21 * -0 ,9 76 7* -1 ,1 72 9* (r & d , p er pe tu al in ve nt or y) ² 0, 04 47 * 0, 05 32 * 0, 03 86 * 0, 11 76 * 0, 08 10 * g er d , g ov . s ec to r/ c ap ita -0 ,0 02 3 -0 ,0 02 6* -0 ,0 02 8* -0 ,0 04 0* -0 ,0 04 1* -0 ,0 06 2* -0 ,0 05 4* -0 ,0 05 2* -0 ,0 05 7* -0 ,0 06 3* -0 ,0 06 6* ja pa n -0 ,7 09 8 -0 ,9 46 9* -0 ,9 24 8* -1 ,2 18 1* -1 ,1 46 5* -1 ,1 87 8* -1 ,2 03 3* -1 ,2 02 0* -1 ,2 32 8* u sa -0 ,7 37 8 -1 ,0 09 0* -1 ,0 08 2* -1 ,0 15 7* -1 ,0 20 4* -1 ,0 54 2* -1 ,0 57 9* -1 ,1 01 3* -1 ,1 26 3* eu 12 , n m s 0, 96 66 1, 65 72 * 1, 64 79 * 1, 48 37 * 1, 51 42 * 1, 46 66 * 1, 48 20 * 1, 52 67 * 1, 63 51 * eu 15 -0 ,2 25 6 -0 ,2 82 3* -0 ,3 05 2 -0 ,5 03 5* -0 ,4 02 2* -0 ,4 32 1* -0 ,3 46 5* -0 ,4 83 2* -0 ,5 17 3* 19 90 s d um . 0, 11 87 0, 19 38 * 0, 18 52 * 0, 27 08 * 0, 28 27 * 0, 09 04 0, 10 29 0, 09 04 0, 07 68 0, 08 61 0, 07 90 a fte r 2 00 4 du m . 0, 23 99 0, 28 15 * 0, 27 63 * 0, 38 97 * 0, 39 90 * 0, 16 97 * 0, 18 43 * 0, 17 81 * 0, 18 08 * 0, 19 50 * 0, 19 65 * d ai ry 0, 30 69 * 0, 32 73 * -0 ,0 63 6 -0 ,0 55 6 -0 ,0 90 1 -0 ,1 27 0 0, 18 76 0, 20 57 c an ne d 0, 11 05 0, 10 26 0, 29 52 * 0, 25 45 * 0, 25 93 * 0, 23 13 * 0, 25 00 * 0, 22 80 be ve ra ge s -0 ,5 80 4* -0 ,5 82 8* -0 ,7 58 5* -0 ,7 19 0* -0 ,7 06 9* -0 ,7 59 8* -0 ,7 69 8* -0 ,7 93 6* g en er al 0, 17 60 0, 15 83 0, 15 51 0, 14 61 0, 16 76 * 0, 12 92 0, 11 08 0, 18 26 m ea ts 0, 31 46 * 0, 28 54 * 0, 42 65 * 0, 38 32 * 0, 40 36 * 0, 34 87 * 0, 62 28 * 0, 62 48 * o ils -0 ,5 02 0* -0 ,5 39 6* -0 ,3 13 0* -0 ,3 25 1* -0 ,2 88 7* -0 ,3 19 8* -0 ,0 02 2 -0 ,0 19 9 ba ke ry 0, 30 42 * 0, 29 58 * 0, 46 44 * 0, 41 24 * 0, 39 15 * 0, 35 27 * 0, 46 86 * 0, 46 96 * pr ep ar ed fo od s 0, 38 93 * 0, 39 19 * 0, 42 36 * 0, 40 49 * 0, 38 70 * 0, 37 86 * 0, 34 61 * 0, 36 03 * su ga r -0 ,1 58 7 -0 ,1 69 6 -0 ,0 46 6 -0 ,0 95 2 -0 ,0 75 8 -0 ,0 79 2 0, 01 55 -0 ,0 03 0 ja pa n x r& d 10 ,2 00 2* 9, 98 97 * u sa x r & d 10 ,1 01 5* 9, 83 61 * (e u 12 , n m s) x r & d -0 ,2 31 7 -0 ,5 67 5 eu 15 x r & d 9, 99 56 * 8, 70 63 * d ai ry x r & d -1 ,5 26 5* -1 ,5 85 1* c an ne d x r& d -0 ,1 39 0 -0 ,0 88 3 be ve ra ge s x r & d 0, 21 83 0, 19 48 g en er al x r & d 0, 18 30 -0 ,4 62 4 m ea ts x r & d -9 ,0 02 5* -9 ,1 33 2* o ils x r & d -4 ,4 68 9* -4 ,5 71 5* ba ke ry x r & d -0 ,8 57 3 -0 ,8 75 4 pr ep ar ed fo od s x r & d 0, 56 44 * 0, 47 38 * su ga r x r & d -1 ,2 18 6* -1 ,1 68 2* n m s: e u n ew m em be r s ta te s. * in di ca te s st at . s ig ni fic an ce a t 5 % . s ou rc e: o w n ca lc ul at io ns o n r v2 .1 4 w ith f ea r pa ck ag e. 243corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms the estimated results of the second stage pooled truncated regression are reported in table 3. we have estimated several alternative and complementary model specifications to avoid potential collinearity between explanatory variables. model 1a starts with a simple specification of the estimated equation which includes private r&d (perpetual inventory), public r&d (gerd/per capita), time dummies, and regional dummies (us, japan, eu, etc.) with canada serving as the reference country. for comparison purposes, we also report the results obtained with the biased estimators for the first model (1a biased). the remaining models are only presented with their unbiased estimators. the extended first model (1b) also considers squared value of private r&d with the aim to capture the change in marginal gains from additional investment in private r&d. the second set of models (2a, 2b) considers sectoral dummies instead of regional dummies with firms specialised in grain processing being used as the reference sub-group. model 2b expands 2a with adding squared value of private r&d. the third set of models (3a and 3b) add both regional and sectoral dummies in the estimated equation. again, model 3b expands 3a with adding squared value of private r&d. the remaining model sets (4 and 5) consider interaction variables between private r&d and regional and sectoral dummy variables, alongside the variables considered in the first three model sets, in order to capture whether the impact of private r&d vary across regions or sectorial circumstances, respectively. that is, the fourth set of models (4a, 4b) includes interaction variables between private r&d and regional dummies, while the fifth set of models (5a, 5b) interacts private r&d and sectoral dummies. the estimates largely confirm the hypothesis that private r&d has a positive effect on performance (i.e. it reduces inefficiency) of the food-processing firms (table 3). however, the variable controlling for marginal gain of additional investment does systematically capture decreasing marginal returns of r&d investments on performance at firm level. public r&d has also statistically significant contribution to performance, in line with country specific studies such as for the spanish food sector by acosta et al (2015). however, the relationship is complex as hinted by maietta et al (2017) whose analysis of the r&d sector in europe over the 2007-2009 period suggest a displacement effect on intra-muros (internal) r&d by government r&d. these results are consistent across all estimated models. private r&d investing seems to more positively affect performance in canada (the reference country) than in the usa, japan or eu15 countries (4a and 4b). the estimated coefficient for new eu member states is not significant in both models where the interaction variables between private r&d and regional dummies are considered (i.e. 4a and 4b). these results suggest that additional r&d investment in canada and nms would produce greater firm efficiency gains than in in the usa, japan or eu15. with regards to sub-sectorial sensitivity to r&d investment on firm performance (5a and 5b), some sub-sectors (dairy, meat processing, oils and sugar) seem to be more responsive to r&d investment and statistically significant compared to the reference sector (grain). in contrast, processed food sectors are less sensitive to r&d investment, while the remaining sub-sectors were found to be statistically insignificant relative to the reference sector. the performance of food-processing firms during the period after 2004 is significantly lower compared to the 1990s and especially compared to the reference period (20002004). in terms of regional variation of firm performance, the estimates suggest that japa244 heinrich hockmann et alii nese, us, and eu15 firms are more efficient that canadian firms which corroborates with previous studies comparing us and canadian firms (chan-kang et al. 1999, fuglie et al. 2011). the food-processing firms from the nms tend to underperform the canadian peers, and hence the firms from other countries. firm operating as generalist of the food-processing sector tend not to indicate a statistically significant difference with the reference group (grains). in most models, this is also the case for dairy and sugar-related firms, while for oil and canned producers the results are mixed in terms of statistical significance. however, firms specialised in meats, bakery and prepared foods tend to be less efficient than those involved in grains; these resulte are statistically significant across all models. 5. conclusions this paper confirms the hypothesis that r&d investment influences firm performance: food-processing firms which invest in r&d tend to be closer to the efficiency frontier compared to those that do not invest in r&d (i.e. private r&d has a negative effect on inefficiency). estimates of this paper also point to decreasing marginal returns in reducing (increasing) inefficiency (efficiency) by private r&d as well as that that the general public r&d has a positive effect on efficiency of food-processing firms. when looking at the drivers of firm performance, country/region dummies do capture differences and similarities in knowledge systems and nature of the sector. similarities can be detected in the us and japanese contexts. further, as expected, less favourable eastern european (nms) context is indentified in the estimated results as compared to the performance of firms from old eu member states. however, the results suggest that gains from additional investment in r&d could be greater in nms than old eu member states or the us. the findings of this paper have to be considered, however, with some caution on the account of the data limitations. the persistent lack of reporting r&d in certain countries in the eu may create biases in the estimated effects. further, the sample contains rather larger firms from the food-processing industry (a key factor determining r&d, as illustrated by acosta et al (2015) for the spanish food sector), while small firms are underrepresented. this data limitation does not allow to fully extrapolate the results obtained in this paper to the whole food-processing industry. overall, the results of this paper show that r&d in food-processing industry is associated with higher firm performance. at the same time, the sample used in this paper includes medium-high-tech (and larger) food-processing firms, questioning the generally held view on the sector as being rather low-tech. by prioritising high-tech sectors, emerging technologies, knowledge-based services, etc., the current backbone of the european economy, mainly constituted by industries that are often rather mediumand even lowtech, tend to be somewhat marginalised from the policy attention perspective (hanse and winther, 2011). results of this paper show that growth opportunities could also be expected and encouraged from this type of non-high-tech innovative sectors. further, the results of this paper suggest heterogeneity in r&d effects across eu member states, hence innovation policies may have different implications across eu regions. 245corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms 6. acknowledgements the analytical framework and analyses of r&d effects on the performance of foodprocessing firms presented in this paper are based on garzón delvaux et al. (2018) developed within the impresa project. we would like to thank our impresa consortium partners for their comments received during the development of the project. special thanks go to davide viaggi and michele vollaro for the review of a previous version of the paper. also, our thanks go to the following jrc colleagues: mark boden, andrea conte and pietro moncada paternò castello, for having first described and then provided access to the compustat database relevant to our analysis. we would like to express our appreciation to our former colleagues marianne lefebvre and sébastien mary who initiated impresa at jrc. finally, we would like to acknowledge the funding received for this project from the european union’s seventh framework programme for research, technological development and demonstration under the grant agreement no 609448. 7. disclaimer the authors are solely responsible for the content of the paper. the views expressed are purely those of the authors and may not in any circumstances be regarded as stating an official position of the european commission. 8. references acosta, m., coronado, d., & romero, c. (2015). linking public support, r&d, innovation and productivity: new evidence from the spanish food industry. food policy 57: 50-61. alston, j. m. (2010). the benefits from agricultural research and development, innovation, and productivity growth. oecd food, agriculture & fisheries papers, no. 31, oecd publishing. andersen, m.a., song, w. (2013). the economic impact of public agricultural research and development in the united states. agricultural economics 44: 287-295. avermaete, t., viaene, j., morgan, e.j., pitts, e., crawford, n., mahon, d. (2004). determinants of product and process innovation in small food manufacturing firms. trends in food science & technology 15(10): 474-483. becker, b. and pain, n. (2002). what determines industrial r&d expenditure in the uk? national institute of economic and social research, london. bönte, w. (2003). r&d and productivity: internal vs. external r&d – evidence from west german manufacturing industries. economics of innovation and new technology 12: 343-360. capitanio, f., coppola, a., pascucci, s. (2010). product and process innovation in the italian food industry. agribusiness 26(4): 503-518. coelli, t.j., rao, d.s.p., o’donnell, c.j., battese, g.e. (1998). an introduction to efficiency and productivity analysis. 2nd ed. (2005), xvii, 350 p. isbn 978-0-387-25895-9 cohen, w. m., & levinthal, d. a. (1989). innovation and learning: the two faces of r & d. the economic journal 99(397): 569-596. 246 heinrich hockmann et alii crépon, b., duguet, e. and mairesse, j. (1998). research, innovation and productivity: an econometric analysis at firm level. economics of innovation and new technology 7: 115-158. feigl, s., menrad, k. (2008). innovation activities in the food industry in selected european countries. project report “traditional united food europe” (truefood), wp 7.5: traditional products and the economic impact of innovation. university of applied sciences of weihenstephan (ed.). straubing / germany. fooddrinkeurope (2015). data & trends 2014-2015. based on oecd stan and eurostat data. http://www.fooddrinkeurope.eu/uploads/publications_documents/data_and_ trends_2014-20151.pdf fuglie, k.o., heisey, p.w., king, j.l., day-rubenstein, k., schimmelpfennig, d., wang s.l., pray, c. e. and karmarkar-deshmukh, r. (2011). research investments and market structure in the food processing, agricultural input, and biofuel industries worldwide. usda-ers economic research report 130. garzon delvaux, p.a., hockmann, h., voigt, p. ciaian, p. gomez y paloma, s. (2018). the impact of private r&d on the performance of food-processing firms: evidence from europe, japan and north america. eur 28249 en, publications office of the european union, luxembourg. gopinath, m., vasavada, u. (1999). patents, r&d, and market structure in the us food processing industry. journal of agricultural and resource economics vol?: 127-139. hall, b.h. (2007). measuring the returns to r&d: the depreciation problem. nber working paper no. 13473, national bureau of economic research, cambridge, ma. hall, b.h., mairesse, j. (1995). exploring the relationship between r&d and productivity in french manufacturing firms. journal of econometrics 65: 263-293. hall, b.h., rosenberg, n. (2010): handbook of the economics of innovation, volume 1 & 2. elsevier. hansen, t., winther, l. (2011). innovation, regional development and relations between highand low-tech industries. european urban and regional studies 18(3): 321339. hatzichronoglou, t. (1997). revision of the high-technology sector and product classification, oecd science, technology and industry working papers, 1997/02, oecd publishing. hernández, h. h., soriano, f. h., tüebke, a., vezzani, a., dosso, m., amoroso, s., grassano, n., coad, a. & gkotsis, p. (2015). the 2015 eu industrial r&d investment scoreboard (no. jrc98287). institute for prospective and technological studies, joint research centre. hulten, c.r. (1991). the measurement of capital, e. r. berndt and j. e. triplett (eds.): fifty years of economic management. university of chicago press, chicago. jongen, w.m.f., meulenberg, m.t.g. (2005): innovation in agro-food systems. wageningen academic publishers/the netherlands. jorgenson, d.w. (1990). productivity and economic growth. in: e. r. berndt and j. e. triplett (eds.): fifty years of economic growth, 19-118, chicago university press, chicago. koop, g., osiewalski, j. and steel, m. f. (2000). modelling the sources of output growth in a panel of countries. journal of business and economic statistics 18(3): 284-299. 247corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms limam, y. r., miller, s. m. (2004): explaining economic growth: factor accumulation, total factor productivity growth and production efficiency improvement. department of economics working paper series, 2004-20, connecticut university. maietta, o. w., barra, c., & zotti, r. (2017). innovation and university‐firm r&d collaboration in the european food and drink industry. journal of agricultural economics 68(3): 749-780. menrad, k. (2004). innovations in the food industry in germany. research policy 33: 845878. musgrave, j.c. (1986). fixed reproducible tangible wealth series in the united states, 1925-91. survey of current business 66: 51-75. nadiri, m.i. and prucha, i.r. (1996). estimation of the depreciation rate of physical and r&d capital in the u.s. total manufacturing sector. economic inquiry 34: 43-56. oecd (2012). improving agricultural knowledge and innovation systems, oecd conference proceedings. oecd publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264167445-en oecd (2013). agricultural innovation systems: a framework for analysing the role of the government, oecd publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264200593-en orea, l., kumbhakar, s.c. (2004). efficiency measurement using a latent class stochastic frontier model. empirical economics 29(1): 169-183. ortega-argiles, r., potters, l., voigt, p. (2009). r&d-intensive smes in europe: what do we know about them? jrc-ipts working papers on corporate r&d and innovation 2009-15, institute of prospective technological studies, joint research centre. pakes, a. and schankerman, m. (1986). estimates of the value of patent rights in european countries during the post-1950 period. economic journal 96: 1052-1076. parisi, m., schiantarelli, f., sembenelli, a. (2006). productivity, innovation creation and absorption and r&d – microevidence for italy. european economic review 8: 733751. simar, l., wilson, p.w. (2007). estimation and inference in two-stage, semi-parametric models of production processes. journal of econometrics 136(1): 31-64. s&p (2014).compustat. http://marketintelligence.spglobal.com/about-us/about-us.html (now, s&p global market intelligence). winger r, wall g (2006). food product innovation: a background paper. agricultural and food engineering working document 2. fao (ed.), rome. positive mathematical programming and risk analysis quirino paris the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils luca cacchiarelli1,*, anna carbone2, tiziana laureti1, alessandro sorrentino1 corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms: evidence from europe, japan and north america heinrich hockmann1, pedro andres garzon delvaux2,*, peter voigt3, pavel ciaian2, sergio gomez y paloma2 can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? elena castellari1,*, stéphan marette2, daniele moro3, paolo sckokai1 a preliminary test on risk and ambiguity attitudes, and time preferences in decisions under uncertainty: towards a better explanation of participation in crop insurance schemes attilio coletta1, elisa giampietri2, fabio gaetano santeramo3,*, simone severini1, samuele trestini2 bio-based and applied economics 7(1): 59-86, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-24048 the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives matteo fastigi1,†,*, elena viganò2,†, roberto esposti3,† 1 department of economics and social sciences, università politecnica delle marche 2 department of economics, society, politics, university of urbino. e-mail: elena.vigano@uniurb.it 3 department of economics and social sciences, università politecnica delle marche. e-mail: r.esposti@univpm.it † these authors contributed equally to this work. date of submission: 2016 15th, september; accepted 2017 9th, october abstract. the so-called italian craft beer revolution is a new phenomenon characterised by a rapidly growing number of microbreweries and popularity of their products. the evolution of the italian craft beer sector has interesting potentialities in terms of local/rural development. the analysis is based on available statistics as well as on a survey carried out in may 2014 which discloses features, motivations and expectations of the craft beer producers. together with the risk of overproduction due to the high number of recent entries, the creation of local supply chains (from barley cultivation to its transformation into malt) is emerging as a possible evolution of the sector, thanks to the advent of a new typology of microbrewery, the agricultural brewery. keywords. microbreweries, agricultural beer, barley-to-beer supply chain. jel codes. l11, l66, q13. 1. introduction in italy, craft beer production is a recent and original phenomenon which is not only growing at a fast pace and being appreciated by consumers, but is also outperforming many other sectors of the domestic food and beverage industry, right in the middle of an adverse economic scenario. the rise of this phenomenon has been strongly influenced by the so-called us craft beer revolution, which was the grass-roots answer to a highly concentrated beer industry run by few ‘giant brewers’, as well as to the standardisation and homogenisation of the product (tremblay and tremblay, 2005). started in california in the early 1970s, this “revolution” has led to the rediscovery of old, tastier and more flavourful beers, as well as to a great increase in the number of us producers. in the last decades, this “revolution” has crossed the us borders, spread across europe (cabras and *corresponding author: m.fastigi@univpm.it 60 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti bamforth, 2016; danson et al., 2015; esposti et al., 2017) and, partly, also in australia (argent, 2018), asia (tsang and li, 2016) and latin america (toro-gonzales, 2015). eventually, the craft beer revolution reached italy in the mid-nineties and its growth has become very intense in the last ten years. the italian experience is peculiar for two reasons. first of all, italy is a traditionally wine-producing and consuming country with an almost complete lack of beer culture and tradition (except in a few areas of the former lombardo-venetian kingdom). despite this, both craft brewers’ number and popularity have been growing steadily, thus making it interesting to investigate what factors may have influenced their diffusion and success, privileging small-scale producers and generating new modes of consumption. secondly, in the italian experience, a further innovation has occurred in the last few years, which consists in the advent of a new and somehow unique typology of production units, the agricultural breweries. this new typology has emerged as a major part of the intense recent growth, opening new perspectives in terms of economic, social and environmental sustainability – mostly due to the creation of local supply chains, also in peripheral territories that normally have fewer development prospects. while there is a wide literature referring to the wine sector (in which italy has always stood out for its high-quality productions and widespread consumption), studies covering the italian brewing sector are mainly descriptive or focusing on specific aspects1, showing that more thorough analyses are needed in order to understand the astonishing development of craft beer productions and the adoption of new brewing business models. in this context, the aim of this paper is to investigate the main features of the italian craft brewing experience and the increasing role of agricultural breweries especially with regards to longer-term sustainability. paragraph 2 provides a theoretical framework in order to understand how this phenomenon has become so popular in italy while, in paragraph 3, economic data concerning the evolution of the beer (and craft beer) industry are discussed for the us, europe, and italy. paragraph 4 presents an empirical investigation on the sector dynamics and, in particular, a survey focused on the specific features and role of agricultural breweries. paragraph 5 draws some concluding remarks. 2. conceptual framework although the italian craft brewing sector is still considered a small economic niche, it can be legitimately regarded as an example of broader transformations within food production and consumption spheres. favourable dynamics of the market2, particular local/ territorial features as well as the state’s intervention may have contributed to its success. simultaneously, as has already happened for other mature industries3, the beer industry has been experiencing a significant restructuring process: although the beer market 1 see cannatelli and pedrini (2012), fastigi (2015), fastigi et al. (2015), garavaglia (2015), ravelli and pedrini (2015), francioni (2016) and menghini (2016). 2 such as, i.e., the diffusion of new lifestyles, more politically and ecologically oriented, which have been fostering increasing attention towards locally grown food and artisanal forms of production (brunori, 2007; cavanaugh, 2007; goodman et al., 2012; grasseni, 2013; paxson, 2013). 3 as in the case of newspapers (carroll, 1985), wine production (swaminathan, 1995; 2001), investment banks (park and podolny, 2000), etc. 61the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives is notoriously oligopolistic, in the past few years a considerable number of new artisanal beer producers have made their appearance. a few theoretical backgrounds may be helpful to understand the reasons behind the emergence and development of craft breweries. within the social sciences, the transformations of production/consumption systems have been analysed in different disciplinary contexts and with different theoretical and methodological approaches. a first reading is provided by the italian economic and sociological literature and its interpretation of local development and industrial districts, such as the idea that the italian industrialisation process, particularly in the so-called third italy, was based on localised systems of small and medium enterprises in semi-peripheral areas (becattini, 1979; bagnasco, 1988; blim, 1990; trigilia, 2005). the “local”, seen as a socio-cultural and institutional milieu, can condition economic agents’ behaviour, either creating new opportunities or imposing restrictions upon the extension of the market (granovetter, 1985 and 2005; magatti and borghi, 2002). therefore, a particular milieu can either turn into localised advantages (i.e., in terms of relatively lower costs, as in the case of large availability of a critical production factor, or higher productivity, due to better knowledge and skills) or, conversely, into localised disadvantages, which often take the form of congestion effects (such as an higher density of economic activities operating in the same area and in the same market, which intensify the competition for getting the best local production factors or the highest share of local consumers) (esposti et al., 2017). this concept is deeply linked to a central theoretical interpretation of local development, namely the idea that economic actions are embedded in social relations which, in turn, condition economic behaviours and impose restrictions upon the extension of the market. more in general, though, the changes that have occurred over the last decades are coherent with the postmodern society, characterised by a transition from the fordist large-scale production to an outsourced/service-based economy, with a more flexible way of production and the co-existence of more differentiated goods in order to meet the rapidly changing and increasingly heterogeneous consumers’ tastes (antonelli et al., 2015). also, in the agri-food sector different production and distribution systems have progressively emerged with a focus on quality in food practices (goodman, 2003). this phenomenon has led to several experiences, i.e. those proposed by the slow food association, that have spread rapidly from italy to europe and then to the rest of the world4 (antonelli and viganò, 2017). what is more, on the fringe of global/industrial supply chains, the socalled alternative food networks (afns) are creating a more direct relationship between farmers and consumers and offering, at the same time, ideas for local development that is socially, environmentally and economically sustainable (marsden et al., 2000; goodman, 2002; norberg-hodge et al., 2002; sonnino and marsden, 2006; brunori et al., 2012; goodman et al., 2012; torquati et al., 2016). the afns can determine several positive effects, including an interaction between urban and rural areas, the preservation of local knowledge, traditions and local food products, as well as reducing the negative impact of transport, storing and packaging. furthermore, afns allow farmers and small food producers to differentiate their products, giving the possibility to define new development 4 in particular, to secure distinctive foods – in terms of ‘taste quality’ and linkage to a specific territory – facing extinction (ark of taste project), or aimed at protecting biodiversity, such as the slow food presidia (slow food foundation for biodiversity). 62 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti strategies for small and medium-sized farms and increasing their survival probability (van der ploeg et al., 2000; watts et al., 2005; winter, 2003; coley et al., 2009; cleveland et al., 2015). the afns vary widely in terms of organisational procedures5, motivations, targets, development strategies and especially in how the relationships between producers and consumers are established. undoubtedly, a crucial and original aspect of these networks is the consumer’s behaviour, which is increasingly pro-active: an increasing number of consumers, in fact, has been questioning the unsustainability of the conventional/industrial agri-food system and its process of de-localisation, supporting (or actively participating in) the process of re-localisation. consumption, in fact, is not only aimed at satisfying functional needs, but it is increasingly being used to strengthen social relationships as well as to exhibit political and ethical beliefs. food has a strong link-value, so the focus on ‘quality’ shows a strong tendency to re-embed food in social networks as well as a counteraction to the mcdonaldization of society (ritzer, 1993) therefore favouring the “food from somewhere” instead of the “food from nowhere” (mcmichael, 2009). the consumers’ increasing interest for quality and craftsmanship results in different emerging behavioural styles. for example, an interesting profile of the postmodern consumer is the one known as the “craft consumer” (campbell, 2005), who exhibits a propensity to participate in the production process – a tendency that is gradually becoming more widespread in developed societies. the roots of this trend can be found in the “antisystem” and “anti-alienation” components including a form of consumer opposition to marketing pressure (rullani and fabris, 2007). however, this explanation has become less relevant as it has been replaced by a form of consumption that is more similar to a creative act. the value of manual labour has risen dramatically (weiss, 2012; paxson, 2013; cavanaugh and shankar, 2014) as more and more people, find in food and in its preparation both the possibility to learn certain artisanal and manual skills – which are often alien to modern forms of work – and a way of creating and strengthening social relationships. indeed, all this opens new market spaces to small firms aiming at the quality of their output, as well as to new forms of entrepreneurship, such as those that transform a passion (i.e. homebrewing) into a remunerative and job-creating economic activity (de solier, 2013). in general, it seems that cultural transformations, together with the use of consumption as a means of social distinction (bourdieu, 1984), are generating new economic opportunities and offer new choices for satisfying desires and – increasingly educated – tastes of many consumers (scarpellini, 2011). not surprisingly, some craft beer lovers seem to show a sense of elitism which is translated into preferences for beers that are neither highly publicised nor sold too far from their production site6 (schnell and reese, 2003). as a matter of fact, demand can increasingly be seen as a way to express one’s identity and personal lifestyle more than just the satisfaction of one’s needs (blaiech et al., 5 according to different types of producer-consumer relations and/or to the degree of “connectedness” to the act of food production, afns can be classified in four sub-groups: producers as consumers, producer-consumer partnerships and direct sell initiatives (short supply chain), specialist retails (venn et al., 2006). 6 for the craft beers, it should be noted that several studies have shown consumers’ preferences to be greatly influenced by their values, over and above their objective taste propensity; in some blind taste tests, many of these discerning consumers were unable to recognise their favorite products or the possible presence of contaminants in beer (see garavaglia, 2010). 63the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives 2013). modern consumers are less snobbish and more culturally multifaceted than in the past, where the status rank relied on a few highbrow genres of culture, while nowadays “high status is signalled by selectively drawing on multiple cultural forms from across the cultural hierarchy” (johnston and baumann, 2010: p. 35). in fact, consumers’ increasing interest for food quality and craft productions, other than showing a certain level of cultural capital, makes them decisive in the success of the craft beer sector and in creating new patterns of production, exchange and consumption. these theoretical considerations and the social and economic transformations they aim at interpreting are relevant for a proper understanding of the italian craft beer revolution: however, there are other sectoral and specific aspects that actually matter and that have to be carefully considered as well. 3. the international beer market scenario 3.1 global trends beer is, without any doubt, the most popular alcoholic drink internationally: both in terms of volume and value, world beer consumption is higher than any other alcoholic drink, such as wine and spirits (colen and swinnen, 2011). despite a slight decrease in 2014 and in 2015, the world’s beer production had increased for three decades (kirin beer university report, 2015; 2016), with the threshold of 2 billion hectolitres close to being surpassed for the first time in history. asia and latin america count together around 50% of the global beer market now, and china has been the world’s largest beer-producing country since 2002 (the barth report, 2004) (table 1). in 2015, the first four world’s largest brewing companies (anheuser-busch inbev, sabmiller, heineken and carlsberg) were all headquartered in western europe (belgium, the uk, the netherlands and denmark respectively), despite the fact that the centre of the beer market has been shifting consistently from europe towards other geographical areas. the share of world beer production of these four major brewing companies rose from 39.7% in 2004 to 47% in 2015 (the barth report, 2005; 2016). to name just a few examples, the belgian inbev7 purchased the american brewing company anheuserbusch for $52 billion in 2008 to form the industrial giant belgium-based ab inbev (howard, 2014) which, in turn, completed in late 2015 the acquisition of its closest rival, sabmiller, for over $100 billion, creating the first “truly global brewer” (bray, 2015). despite mega-brewers attempts to enter the craft beer market (see below), ab inbev’s strategy might also be interpreted as a way to compensate losses in traditional markets (like the united states) with the penetration into (relatively) new markets (such as china) with huge growth potential and where craft beers are not yet popular (shadbolt, 2015). in fact, it is worth noticing that the craft beer revolution is mainly occurring in those traditional beer-drinking geographical areas (europe and north america) whose level of beer production and/or share of beer consumption over total alcohol consumption has significantly decreased in the past years. the us is the country where, in the 1970s, the craft 7 resulting from the merger, in 2004, between the belgian interbrew with the brazilian ambev, for $11.5 billion (howard, 2014). 64 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti beer movement started (tremblay and tremblay, 2005) and where the craft beer sector still registers by far the best performance in the world. according to the brewers association8 (2016a; 2016b), in 2016 the us craft beer share was 12.3% of the us beer market. it is a remarkable result, also considering that the craft beer sales volume grew by 6.2% in the same year while the overall beer market remained stable. in 2016, the number of craft breweries in the us was 5,234 (on a total number of 5,301). this is a substantial number if considered that only a few dozen breweries were operating in 1983 when the smallest number was reached in 150 years (ronnenberg, 1998; watson, 2015). beside the us pioneering experience, however, it must be acknowledged that an international convergence in alcohol consumption patterns is gradually happening. in emerging countries with lower income per capita (such as, i.e., china and russia) the share of beer consumption has been growing steadily. on the contrary, in traditional european “beer-drinking” countries (such as austria, belgium, czech republic, germany, ireland and the uk) per-capita beer consumption has decreased in favour of wine and/or spirits, while the opposite has occurred in “wine-drinking” (such as italy, spain, france) and “spirit-drinking” countries (such as poland). in the past 5 years solely (between 2010 and 2015), in the 28 european member states the number of active breweries went from 4,035 to 7,397 (the brewers of europe, 2016) and, as the former president of the brewers of europe (demetrio carceller) acknowledged, “«almost 100 per cent» of the new entrants are microbreweries producing speciality beers and mirroring the craft trend that has shaken up the us beer industry”, with the result that the artisanal brewers are taking market share off industrial ones (daneshkhu, 2014). 8 the brewers association is the us craft industry body, promoting and protecting american craft brewers. table 1. beer production by country (1,000 hl; 1961, 2000, 2015). 1961 2000 2015 ranking china 500 220,000 471,572 1 usa 111,505 232,500 223,513 2 brazil 8,000 82,600 138,575 3 germany 76,266 110,429 95,623 4 ussr/russia 26,000* 54,900 78,200 5 mexico 8,303 57,812 74,500 6 japan 12,431 70,998 53,800 7 vietnam n.a. 7,430 46,700 8 united kingdom 45,374 55,279 44,054 9 poland 7,064 24,000 39,800 10 france 18,154 18,926 20,520 17 belgium 13,850 14,733 18,250 22 italy 3,081 12,575 15,397 28 * 1961 production refers to the whole former soviet union; 2000 and 2015 data refer to the russian federation. source: elaboration on the barth report (1962; 2002; 2016). 65the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives following the craft beers success, many big brewing companies have started either to produce premium beers as well (carroll and swaminathan, 1992; 2000; swaminathan, 1998; carroll et al., 2002; hannan, 2005; garavaglia, 2010) or to directly purchase craft breweries. anheuser-busch (wholly owned subsidiary of the belgian ab-inbev) dominates the us. beer market with a 45% market share, even though this share has continuously declined over the past years (trefis team, 2017). from developing their in-house craft beer brand shock top to acquiring american craft brands, anheuser-busch has looked to penetrating the craft beer market. despite the “threat of loss of customers due to the tie-up of their favourite local craft beer brand with a corporate giant” being real, on the other hand the increased reach and distribution channels could add new customers (trefis team, 2015). but this phenomenon has not been confined to the united states (allyn, 2016): in 2015, two very important london-based craft breweries, such as meantime and camden town, were bought by sabmiller and ab inbev respectively (turco, 2016a). and the same trend is now also concerning italy: in fact, the first case of an industrial brewing company – ab inbev – buying an italian craft beer producer – birra del borgo, one of the most popular and innovative italian craft breweries – dates back to 2016 (montagnoli, 2016; turco, 2016b). a final consideration is needed regarding the malting barley supply chain. in 2015, the european malting capacity was around 42% of the global malting capacity (euromalt, 2017a), and the barley suitable for producing malt (which must be of high quality and able to germinate evenly and rapidly) was mainly produced in france (12.5 million tons), germany (11.6 million tons), uk (7.3 million tons), and spain (6.4 million tons)9 (euromalt, 2017b). 3.2 the italian beer landscape it is worth emphasising that a universally recognised definition for craft beer in italy did not exist until 2016. in italy, the craft beer movement started in the mid-1990s, mostly in the central and northern regions. this growth was fostered by some legislative and institutional innovations. in particular, in 1995 the legislative decree no. 504 introduced some simplifications and innovations into the complex bureaucratic procedures concerning beer production, and this explains why 1996 is usually considered the initial year of the italian craft brewing sector. the new legal definition of artisanal beer (disegno di legge s 1328-b, article 35), approved by the italian parliament in 2016, defines it as beer produced by small, independent breweries that does not undergo pasteurisation or microfiltration during its production. a small independent brewery is defined as one that is legally and economically independent of any other brewery, that uses equipment physically distinct from any other brewery10, that does not operate under an operating license 9 the total eu production of malting barley, in 2015, was 61.11 million tons (euromalt, 2017b). 10 the requirement that an artisanal brewery use only its own equipment seems to exclude contract brewing from this definition, although its application has yet to hit the ground. while it may lead to a decline in brewing in this manner, it may also lead to more simple changes in marketing, as those who practice it may choose to dispense with the use of “artisanal” in their labels and other promotional materials. as beer firms are the most popular type of microbrewery adopted by new craft brewers, it will be interesting to see how and if this legal definition shapes the italian craft brewing landscape (fastigi and cavanaugh, 2017). 66 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti of any other company, and whose production does not exceed 200,000 hectolitres per year. at the moment, very few italian craft breweries produce more than 10,000 hectolitres per year while all the industrial ones (except for hausbrandt group and menabrea) have a much larger brewing capacity, from 616,000 hectolitres of birra forst to 5.2 million hectolitres of heineken italia (assobirra, 2016; data refers to the year 2015)11. the first italian microbreweries had a very small productive capacity and their beers distinguished from industrial ones because they were neither pasteurised nor filtered. compared to other european countries, in italy the lack of tradition left room to creativity and experimentalism: this creativity, combined with the italian artisan ability, soon made italian craft beers more and more respected and popular among beer experts, both in italy and abroad and many of them are now recognised worldwide especially for their original tastes and styles. this increasing credibility of the italian craft beer players is also reflected in the takeover, in 2012, of the thomas hardy’s ale – a famed historic british beer brand – by brew invest, a subsidiary of the vecchiato brothers’ interbrau, one of the most important specialty beers distributors in italy as well as owner of the agricultural craft brewery birra antoniana. the evolution of the italian craft brewing sector is impressive and its extraordinary growth has been concentrated largely in the last 10 years. in 2015, the italian craft beer sector produced 390,000 hectolitres (with a growth of 22% with respect to 2014) and made up 2.1% of the national beer production12. despite the lack of beer tradition in italy, craft beers are now much more than a marginal component of the national beer offer. it is, rather, a very dynamic portion of the industry which is successfully capturing the evolution of consumers’ tastes and behaviours, that tend to penalise industrial and homogenised productions in favour of more differentiated and creative beers. on the other hand, however, this rapid growth also raises serious questions about the long-term sustainability of this sector in italy: in fact, this intense growth will likely slow down in the future, not only reducing the number of new entries but also negatively affecting the performance of the incumbents – eventually pushing some of them out of the market. furthermore, a dip in craft beers prices could be expected as approaching its maturity phase. finally, the lack of beer-tradition in italy has obliged the vast majority of national small producers to import raw materials from abroad (from regions with a longer and stronger beer tradition), with the consequence that local food supply chains are still often not involved in the creation of added value. according to the current regulation, italian microbreweries can be divided into four categories: 1) craft brewery, the most common type, which owns a production facility and sells its beer mainly off-site; 2) brew pub, which has a production facility as well but distributes its beer mainly on-site (i.e., in its pub/restaurant); 3) beer firm, a firm that rents beer brewing equipment and space from other breweries to brew their own beer. the 11 paying attention solely to the production capacity, in the us the brewers association stated that a craft brewery can produce up to 6 million barrels of beer per year (little more than 7 million hectolitres) whereas, in italy, the association unionbirrai (cultural association which promotes craft beer culture in italy) as well as other authors (cannatelli and pedrini, 2012; ravelli and pedrini, 2015) – before the introduction of the legal definition of artisanal beer – used not to consider breweries as microbreweries if their production exceeded 10,000 hectolitres per year. 12 elaboration on assobirra (2016). 67the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives fourth category, agricultural brewery, was included in 2010 following the approval of the ministerial decree no. 212. this typology is, to all intents and purposes, an agricultural firm which can therefore benefit from certain advantages with respect to other non-agricultural brewers, such as a more advantageous tax treatment and the possibility to benefit from european funds for rural development. to keep this status, agro-brewers must produce at least 51% of the raw materials used in their brewing process, as well as become members of a consortium, which malts the grains conferred by the members13. this latter typology represents a major novelty within the italian craft brewing movement. on the one hand, according to the farmer’s perspectives, it offers an important opportunity of production diversification for the agricultural firm. on the other hand, and more importantly, agricultural brewing may be the key link to local supply chains, opening the possibility of growing and malting barley locally as more than 80% of barley cultivation in italy is currently used for feeding livestock (fontana et al., 2005). this shows an unexploited space for barley cultivation intended for beer production, largely insufficient at the moment. apart from the recent opening of the “consorzio italiano di produttori dell’orzo e della birra” (called cobi), a micro malt house in the marches region that malts barley conferred by its members, the production of malting barley has always been localised in the southern part of italy where, in fact, the only two industrial malt houses are based. however, following the boom of the italian craft brewing sector in the last decade, the creation of regional supply chains, as cobi did, will add value both to final products and to raw materials (fastigi et al., 2015). of major interest here is the emergence of agricultural breweries as the most dynamic and promising typology, representing also a hope for the long-term sustainability of the sector, on multiple levels (fastigi, 2015). in economic terms, agricultural breweries are much more marketand business-oriented than the majority of very small, family-based and often amateur traditional microbreweries. from the social and environmental points of view, instead, they are expected to be more sustainable because, by italian regulations, the bulk of the raw materials (in particular the production of barley and its transformation into malt) must come from the agricultural brewery itself thus implying a much shorter (local) supply chain and positive spillovers for the territory in terms of creation of knowledge and new satellite economic activities. 4. empirical analysis the main objective of the present paper is to provide some empirical evidence on the evolution of italian craft brewing sector with particular attention to issues concerning its long-term sustainability and the role of agricultural breweries in this respect. such empirical analysis is here pursued through a twofold approach. first of all, a descriptive but detailed analysis of the firms’ dynamics within the sector is carried out in order to identify the emergence in the last few years of some tendencies that may indicate risks and opportunities in terms of long-term sustainability. on the one hand, the increase of turnover may signal some initial problems while, on the other hand, the emergence of agricultural breweries can be interpreted as a positive evolution. the geographical characterisation of 13 this is the usual case, but there are also very few brewers that malt their cereals by themselves. 68 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti these processes may be relevant, and are also investigated, as it may indicate a stronger local dimension of these native activities. such descriptive analysis, however, does not take into account many relevant aspects concerning the recent evolution of the sector and its perspectives in terms of socio-economic sustainability. motivations and expectations as well as specific characteristics of these firms and producers are of major relevance to detect the real entrepreneurial dimension of the phenomenon, its business and market orientation as well as its strategic choices. in particular, it is of primary interest here, given the hypotheses put forward above concerning the possible role of agricultural breweries in order to investigate the peculiarities of these firms and whether their emergence may represent a significant step of the whole sector towards a higher economic sustainability. this kind of investigation is herein performed though an online survey administered to all the microbreweries which were active by the end of may 2014 (fastigi, 2015). finally, an ordered logit model is estimated in order to empirically assess the determinants of the different expectations about the future evolution of the sector and, in particular, the role of agricultural breweries in this respect. the data for these elaborations were collected from the web portal microbirrifici.org, the most accurate (online) database with regards to microbreweries in italy. 4.1 a descriptive analysis of the recent italian craft brewing dynamics the emergence of the craft brewing sector within the italian beer industry is analysed in the present paper through a descriptive analysis of market dynamics14. table 2 shows the striking upward trend in the italian craft beer sector, with a large number of new small craft producers entering the market in the last two decades. in 2015, there were 920 active craft breweries in italy. this is the result of 1,077 firms entering the market in the 1996-2015 period while 157 left it over the same period. therefore, the number of italian microbreweries has been increasing year after year demonstrating a rising growth rate but some new phenomena have also emerged in recent years. first of all, together with an intense entry rate, the last 4 years have also been characterised by a significant number of exits signalling that a kind of turnover process has also begun. secondly, the sector has recently experienced an increasing heterogeneity with regards to brewery typologies (see table 2). beer firms and agricultural breweries somehow represent two antithetical directions of the same kind of evolution. as the italian craft brewing sector is now exiting from the period of pioneers, amateurs, and home-brewers and entering that of market and business orientation, such evolution apparently may take two opposite forms. on the one hand, larger size microbreweries may decide to enter the market by only taking care of the final part of the supply chain, that of commercial valorisation and differentiation of the prod14 the determinants and the time-dependence of these dynamics can be more formally investigated with survival models. this kind of econometric investigation is beyond the scope of the present paper especially as it is not particularly informative concerning the specific features of major interest agricultural breweries while it still assures limited robustness in inferential analysis due to the quite recent emergence of the phenomenon and, thus, the limited number of observations (just 5 years). nonetheless, an example of this econometric investigation on market dynamics can be found in esposti et al. (2017). 69the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives ucts. this is what most beer firms do and this form would definitely allow big producers, and also large industrial brands, to enter this growing and promising market segment with its own new products. in this case, craft brewing does not guarantee any kind of local dimension in terms of agricultural production, competences, and skills. the entry of these bigger players might thus have major implications for the future of craft brewing in italy. this looks like a pattern of conventionalisation (that is, craft products more like industrial ones) that may guarantee economic sustainability in terms of market and business orientation, thus of long-term profitability, but, in fact, might also reveal a negative outcome concerning the sustainability of localised supply chains and social and environmental feedbacks. at the same time, the advent of agricultural breweries may represent the opposite attempt to transform this experience into a profitable activity while still maintaining a real craft dimension, high product heterogeneity and specificity as well as a stronger linkage with the local dimension and environment. while beer firms tend to prefer imported raw materials, it can be stated that where agricultural breweries are present this gives opportunities for local cereal, malt and, maybe, hop production and, therefore, opportunities table 2. active microbreweries in italy by typology (1996 – 2015). variations (δ %) refer to the previous year. year craft breweries brew pubs beer firms agricultural breweries total no. δ % no. δ % no. δ % no. δ % no. δ % 1996 8 33 8 167 0 0 16 78 1997 9 13 13 63 0 0 22 38 1998 8 -11 23 77 0 0 31 41 1999 12 50 32 39 0 0 44 42 2000 18 50 40 25 0 0 58 32 2001 21 17 49 23 0 0 70 21 2002 23 10 59 20 0 0 82 17 2003 34 48 61 3 0 0 95 16 2004 42 24 64 5 0 0 106 12 2005 55 31 70 9 0 0 125 18 2006 72 31 80 14 0 0 152 22 2007 91 26 92 15 3 0 186 22 2008 127 40 101 10 6 100 0 234 26 2009 155 22 106 5 9 50 0 270 15 2010 174 12 106 0 17 89 32 329 22 2011 201 16 115 8 30 76 38 19 384 17 2012 248 23 122 6 58 93 50 32 478 24 2013 309 25 125 2 117 102 68 36 619 29 2014 386 25 133 6 199 70 89 31 807 30 2015 434 12 136 2 246 24 104 17 920 14 source: elaboration on microbirrifici.org. 70 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti for the already mentioned, though still developing, regional supply chains (fastigi et al., 2015). a further convenience, in this respect, is represented by the fact that such initiatives, given their agricultural and rural relevance, may encounter the interest of regional policies. in particular, the regional rural development plans (rdp) in italy definitely played a role in supporting these initiatives and will be relevant, as well, also in the current programming period (2014-2020). table 2 supports this interpretation of a recent twofold evolution of the sector. in the last five years,15 after the introduction of the “agricultural brewery” within the italian regulation, the two most significantly growing typologies are the beer firms and the agricultural breweries. therefore, though both processes are present, the question is whether we are experiencing an inversion in the re-orientation to market and business of the sectors: more focused on local (and, maybe, sustainable) agricultural production and transformation and less convergent towards the conventional industrial production mode? before trying to provide an answer to this question in the following sections, it is worth noticing here a final descriptive piece of evidence about the last years of evolution. it concerns the regional distribution of different microbrewery typologies and the emergence of a degree of geographical/local specialisation in this respect. figure 1a shows the regional concentration of active microbreweries in italy, highlighting lombardy (16,6%), piedmont (10,4%), tuscany (8,8%) and veneto (8,5%) as the four regions with the highest number of production units. this evidence may seem somehow obvious due to the size effect: these are among the largest (in geographical and demographic terms) italian regions. nonetheless, as shown in figure 1a, these regions still form a continuous area in the north-western part of the country while other large regions in the south (for instance apulia and sicily) do not belong to this leading group. again focusing attention on the specific segment of agricultural breweries, however, the picture is a little different (figure 1b). among the four regions with the highest number of production units we still find tuscany and lombardy but also emilia-romagna and, above all, marche. marche is a relatively small region but still presents the highest number of agricultural breweries among italian regions with 16 production units. this is not so surprising, as it is the region where the already mentioned cobi consortium was created and is operating. this demonstrates how agricultural breweries are strongly related to the presence of a local supply chain. also the concentration of production units in the four leading regions is higher in the agricultural brewery case compared to other typologies, at 49% and 43%, respectively. to get rid of the regional size effect in order to have better representation of the geographical characterisation of the italian craft brewing experience, it is helpful to express the presence of production units in relative terms. figure 1c shows the four italian regions with the highest number of production units per 100.000 inhabitants. it is now clear that the area with the highest presence of microbreweries is not the north-western part of italian but the central-eastern part. also expressing the presence of agricultural production units in relative terms provides a different picture. figures 1d and 1e reports the number of agricultural breweries per 100.000 inhabitants and the share of agricultural 15 in 2010, the first year when agricultural breweries were added in the italian regulation of the sector, there were 28 units. 71the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives units on total microbreweries, respectively. the four regions with the highest values are the same for both indicators: marche is by far the first (more than 35% of microbreweries are agricultural units) then followed by two contiguous central regions (umbria and toscana) and by a north-eastern one (friuli-venezia-giulia). these maps actually reveal that the italian craft brewing experience has a relevant geographical characterisation. southern regions are still less active in this respect while the most dynamic areas correspond to that part of the country (the central and northeastern part) with a marked, and widely emphasised, historical experience based on an industrialisation process driven by small and medium enterprises and a strong specialisation in traditional sectors. there is an overall agreement that the advent of agricultural breweries represents a relevant and positive improvement within the italian context. from an agricultural perspective, this has become a real alternative for farms’ looking for profitable diversification strategies and new market opportunities. in pursuing such strategies, as mentioned, they may have access to the public support delivered by the regional rdps that figure 1. top four italian regions for: (a) number of craft breweries, (b) number of agricultural breweries, (c) craft breweries per 100000 inhabitants (italy = 1.5), (d) agricultural craft breweries per 100000 inhabitants (italy = 0.17), (e) share of agricultural breweries on total microbreweries (italy=11%). source: elaboration on microbirrifici.org. data refers to the year 2015. 72 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti is absent, or much more difficult to obtain, for non-agricultural breweries. moreover, the local impact of these breweries is higher than non-agricultural ones especially in relation to jobs creation and revitalisation of rural areas and economies. a final, but still relevant advantage of agricultural breweries, would consist in the fiscal advantages acknowledged to this typology by the recent italian regulation as it is treated as agricultural production and can thus benefit from the special agricultural tax regime. the latter advantages may also be problematic as it might encourage non-agricultural breweries to convert to the agricultural typology or major industrial producers to enter this segment by matching the minimum requisites designated by the current regulation. in fact, the advent of this typology is too recent to already assess whether this risk is real and its possible extent. from a production point of view, however, an agricultural brewery can take different forms. as mentioned above, the basic requisite for a microbrewery to be considered agricultural is that at least 51% of the cereals used in its beer production must come from the brewery’s own cultivation. in practice, there is no other limitation concerning the transformation stage, the plant size and ownership. gradually, two opposite typologies have emerged. agricultural breweries that are in fact originally conventional craft breweries that rent land to crop the large enough amount of product to meet the requirements to be considered an agricultural brewery and take advantage of the resulting benefits. on the other hand, there are the farms with conventional cereal production that decide to orient their production towards malt and beer transformation by renting a plant or by delivering its barley to an independent, often collective, production plant (technically, a type of agricultural beer firm). this second typology corresponds more closely to the idea of the local supply chain and to reinforce this link with the local production, collective plants or producer organisations voluntarily reinforce the requirements implied by the regulation. for instance, for a farm to be part of the previously mentioned cobi consortium and to benefit from cobi’s trademark “birragricola” (namely, “agricultural beer”), agricultural breweries must use at least 70% of their own grains. therefore, the advent of the agricultural brewery within the original and somehow unexpected italian craft brewing experience has been hailed as a positive evolution. however, its characters are still largely unknown and its perspective has to be fully understood. 4.2 the survey can we ultimately state that the even more recent “agricultural brewery revolution” is taking place within the recent “italian craft brewing revolution”? and, if the answer to this first question is positive, what actually characterises this revolution? in other words, what are the differences with respect to non-agricultural craft breweries and to what extent do they open new and more sustainable perspectives in the sector? as anticipated, statistical information is largely lacking regarding this specific phenomenon and it would not in any case capture the deeper aspects such as the motivations and expectations of the new agricultural beer producers. therefore, to shed light on these aspects, an online survey was launched in 2014, through electronic questionnaires sent to all the active craft beer producers. the aim was to obtain information about their background, their motivations to undertake such a particular activity, their expectations as well as detailed production 73the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives information including the origin of the feedstock used in the beer production and preferred distribution channels16. the questionnaire was designed to gather first-hand information on craft brewers work history, time spent homebrewing as a hobby before starting their own private brewery, business strategy and expectations about the future of the sector. last but not least, special attention is paid to the potential of this phenomenon in terms of generating local development which is also economically, socially and environmentally sustainable. the questionnaire was sent to the 604 microbrewers registered as active by may 2014 (in the web portal microbirrifici.org) and was completed by 325 units, with a response rate of 53.81%. these 325 producers can be considered a representative sample of the whole population of italian craft beer producers. the distribution across the four different typologies (table 3) and across regions within the sample is very close to the same proportion within the population. as expression of the most recent growth of the sector, only 11.4% of the sampled breweries were founded before 2005. of the other 88.6%, 23.4% were founded between 2005 and 2009, 65.2% between 2010 and the end of 2013. by distinguishing the respondents by the year of foundation some significant differences emerge in terms of the origin of their choices to enter this market, i.e. their motivations and expectations. table 4 compares the two groups of respondents (founded before and after 2010) with regards to some survey questions17. it emerges that “new” breweries are more business oriented as their entry choices is less dependent on previous homebrewing amateur experience and resulting more from a strategic choice concerning their activity. also the context is new as these new entrants expect a more intense growth in production, thus more competition and lower prices. nonetheless, differences among the two groups are not so large and do not apparently express a real change within the sector or post-2010 “revolution”. in fact, if a post-2010 “revolution” within the italian craft brewing sector really occurred, this should be attributed to the advent of agricultural breweries. therefore, to 16 for more details on the sample see also (fastigi, 2015; fastigi et al., 2015). the complete survey results are available upon request. 17 those with more significant differences between the two groups are reported. the whole comparison is available upon request. table 3. composition of the sample (breweries that responded to the survey) compared to the population by typologies. sample (respondents) population no. % no. % craft breweries 171 52.6 297 49.2 brew pubs 58 17.9 125 20.7 beer firms 67 20.6 118 19.5 agricultural breweries 29 8.9 64 10.6 total 325 100.0 604 100.0 74 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti assess whether these new entrants eventually determined a significant change in behaviours, motivations and expectations, the relevant comparison of the answers to the survey has to be made between agricultural and non-agricultural production units. in particular, here we want to assess, in sequence, whether differences have emerged regarding structural characteristics, motivations and expectations and, consequently, production and marketing choices. table 5 highlights some of the main differences emerging from the survey among the two groups. while the owner’s age is the same (about 40 years), their experience in the sector is different. agricultural breweries’ owners more frequently than others (34.3% and 23.7% respectively) come from a former experience in the beer sector or in somewhat similar activities, like wine or spirits production. this could suggest that agricultural breweries are often strategic choices in terms of activity diversification and business reorientation of already existing professional activities. this would find further confirmation in the higher presence of previous amateur and home-brewing experience among the non-agricultural commercial breweries compared to agricultural ones (77.4% and 55.2% respectively). nonetheless, these characteristics highly vary within the two groups and when a mean-comparison test (t-test) is performed, the results indicate a not statistically significant difference between agricultural and non-agricultural microbreweries. with regard to production and economic size, however, the difference between the two groups emerges more clearly. among non-agricultural breweries we find on average activities with a lower number of employees, production and revenue compared to agricultural ones. the latter, in particular, show an average production level in 2013 which is more than double the average production levels of non-agricultural breweries. the meantable 4. comparison of survey responses between breweries founded before and after 2010 (%). <2010 2010-2013 what are the main reasons that made you want to become a craft brewer? passion 44.3 41.5 search for quality 18.4 20.3 willingness to experiment 17.9 18.5 strategic choice (business opportunity or production diversification) 13.0 15.3 others 6.5 4.4 what do you expect as far as the production and number of breweries, in italy, in the next five years? > production and breweries 53.9 65.7 > only production 24.4 21.9 other 21.7 12.4 what are the expectations of the average price of craft beers in italy in the next five years? increase 25.2 26.0 stable 30.6 30.3 decrease 38.7 40.4 i don’t know 5.4 3.4 75the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives comparison test concludes that, at least in terms of production volumes, agricultural microbreweries are statistically bigger than non-agricultural ones. a further evidence on the difference between agricultural and non-agricultural breweries has emerged within the italian brewing sector in the last few years and concerns the differentiated production and marketing choices. this evidently depends on the already mentioned restrictions agricultural producers must meet in order to be considered agricultural breweries. but again, differences go beyond this and they are linked to a stronger business orientation of agricultural breweries. table 6 compares some responses concerning the production and marketing choices. their larger size and stronger business orientatable 5. structural characteristics: comparison between survey responses of agricultural and non-agricultural breweries (% of responses). agricultural breweries non-agricultural breweries owner’s age 39.8 39.6 two-group mean-comparison test (t test) -.047 former working experience of the owner in the beer, wine, spirits’ sector yes 34.5 23.7 no 65.5 76.3 two-group mean-comparison test (t test) a -1.151 did the owner homebrew before starting the commercial craft brewery? yes 55.2 77.4 no 44.8 22.6 two-group mean-comparison test (t test)a .628 number of employees none 41.4 54.7 1-3 37.9 27.3 4-5 6.9 8.3 >5 13.8 9.7 two-group mean-comparison test (t test)b .104 beer production – 2013 (hl) 1.357 564,6 two-group mean-comparison test (t test) 2.173* revenue – 2013 avg. (€) <50.000 27.3 42.7 50.000-100.000 22.7 15.5 100.000-250.000 18.2 20.5 >250.000 31.8 21.3 two-group mean-comparison test (t test)c 1.267 a the test is computed on the dichotomous variable: yes = 1; no = 2. b the test is computed on the polytomous ordered variable: 1 = none; 2 = 1-3; 3 = 4-5; 4 => 5. c the test is computed on the polytomous ordered variable: 1 =< 50.000 €; 2 = 50.000-100.000 €; 3 = 100.000-250.000 €; 4 => 250.000 €. * statistically significant at 0.1 level. 76 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti tion justifies why agricultural breweries sell a slightly larger proportion outside the local (regional) market and tends to exploit more retail channels (both specialised and largescale retailers) rather than rely on direct selling. in particular, this latter aspect is statistically different (mean-comparison test) between the two groups. beside market orientation, however, the main difference between the two typologies implied by the regulation concerns the feedstock, that is, cereal production, its provision and perception about quality. considering the lack of a beer tradition in italy (in most of the country), it is not surprising that italian beers are mainly produced with imported malted cereals, from countries such as germany or the united kingdom, which, thanks to their tradition, have an undeniable competitive edge in terms of quality and price. the results of the questionnaire confirm this, showing that italian non-agricultural microbrewers buy a very high percentage of their raw materials abroad (more than 90%) while this is evidently not possible for agricultural breweries where feedstock supply coming from abroad is just around 11%. this generates a major difference regarding the creation of a good quality local supply chain: most agricultural brewers are convinced that in italy there are conditions for a national and local provision of cereals and malt to produce good table 6. production and marketing choices: comparison between survey responses of agricultural and non-agricultural breweries (% of responses). agricultural breweries non-agricultural breweries % of sales within the region? 67.5 70.2 two-group mean-comparison test (t test) -.397 % of sales in different channels? direct selling 23.1 38.0 specialised retailers 69.4 58.0 large-scale retailers 5.2 1.9 web 2.3 2.1 two-group mean-comparison test (t test)a -2.169* how do you evaluate the quality of italian malts good 88.9 31.3 medium 7.4 22.6 poor 3.7 46.2 two-group mean-comparison test (t test)b -3.290* do the conditions to produce barley for beer in italy exist? yes 96.4 79.3 no 0.0 7.6 i don’t know 3.6 13.1 two-group mean-comparison test (t test)c -1.917* a the test is computed on the % of sales in specialised retailers. b the test is computed on the polytomous ordered variable: good = 1; medium = 2; poor = 3. c the test is computed on the dichotomous variable: yes = 1; no = 2. * statistically significant at 0.1 level. 77the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives quality beer. this confidence is significantly lower among non-agricultural producers as confirmed by the mean-comparison tests. on the one hand, this “agricultural side” of the craft beer revolution offers a great opportunity to increase the share of cereals cultivated within national borders (and the variety of supply), as well as to reduce the environmental impact of international transport of cereals from abroad. in this context, the exploitation of italian barley would represent an interesting opportunity to add value to beers that are the result of skills, creativity and passion, thus responding to differentiated consumption behaviours, interested in local productions and cultures. on the other hand, the creation of a local supply chain linked to agricultural breweries does not limit their market penetration. 4.3 a quantitative assessment of expectations formation of major interest here is to assess whether these differences between the two typologies with regards to structure, size and marketing choices might lead to substantial differences also in terms of motivations and expectations concerning the craft brewing business. table 7 compares some survey answers and supports this argument. passion remains the most considerable factor in deciding to launch a craft beer business in both cases: 43.5% owners of non-agricultural microbreweries and 32.1% of agricultural ones responded that they started producing craft beer because they wanted to transform a passion into a job opportunity. the search for quality and desire to experiment different beer styles are significant factors as well, but less for agricultural producers. for the latter, on the contrary, a very relevant motivation (25% of the respondents) is the search for business opportunities and making a consequent strategic choice to re-orient the farming activity. in addition to motivations, expectations also seem to differ. most respondents declare optimistic expectations for the future concerning the enhancement of the cultivated area dedicated to feedstock for beer production, higher number of producers and overall volume of production. agricultural breweries, however, show less optimistic, or more realistic, expectations: both feedstock and beer production is going to increase but the number of breweries will not. as a result most agricultural producers expect a price decrease, whereas non-agricultural microbreweries still trust in a price increase. the apparently different motivations and expectations emerging from table 7, however, provide just a qualitative evidence that can be hardly interpreted as an indisputable difference between agricultural and non-agricultural microbreweries. in order to more formally assess this different attitude, the answers provided on the expectations about the evolution of the sector have been used to construct an ordered categorical variable. three questions have been considered: expectation about production volumes; expectation about prices; expectation about the quality of italian barley and malt production. for the generic i-th microbrewery the ordered variable exi takes the following values: exi = 0 when the expectation is negative for all the three questions (no production increase, no price increase, no quality improvement); exi = 1, 2 or 3 when the expectation is positive for 1, 2 or all 3 aspects, respectively. as the microbreweries taking value exi = 3 are very few (just 2 units), values 2 and 3 have been collapsed into a unique value. thus, the adopted ordered variable takes the following values: exi = 0, 1, 2. 78 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti this categorical variable is then entered into a ordered logistic regression model (ordered logit) whose determinants (i.e., the independent variables) are selected characteristics of microbreweries presented and discussed in previous sections: the geographical location of the microbrewery expressed by a geographical gradient (an increasing variable moving from northern to southern provinces; torino province takes the lowest value, siracusa province takes the highest value); the age of the entrepreneur; the age of the microbrewery; the typology (a dummy taking value 0 for non-agricultural breweries and 1 for agricultural ones); the production level (hl/year); the % of sales within the region; the % sales in specialised shops. table 8 reports the maximum likelihood (ml) estimation of this ordered logit model (cameron and trivedi, 2005). rather than reporting the estimated coefficients, the table reports the respective marginal effects as they can be directly interpreted as the increase of the probability to be associated to a given option induced by a unit increase of the indetable 7. motivations and expectations: comparison between survey responses of agricultural and nonagricultural breweries (% of responses). agricultural breweries non-agricultural breweries what are the main reasons that made you want to become a craft brewer? passion 32.1 43.5 search for quality 14.3 20.2 willingness to experiment 12.5 18.9 strategic choice (business opportunity or production diversification) 25.0 0.0 others 16.1 17.5 in italy in the next five years, will the quantity of cultivated barley for craft beer production increase? yes 67.9 65.2 not much 32.1 33.8 i don’t know 0.0 1.1 what do you expect concerning the production and number of breweries in italy in the next five years? > production and breweries 60.7 63.9 > only production 32.1 23.4 other 7.1 12.7 what are the expectations of the average price of craft beers in italy in the next five years? increase 10.7 27.2 stable 21.4 31.3 decrease 67.9 37.1 i don’t know 0.0 4.5 79the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives pendent variable.18 extreme options (highly pessimistic and highly optimistic breweries) collect a lower number of observations compared to the intermediate one. nonetheless, in all options numerosity is enough to identify some statistical significant determinant. the estimation results emerging from table 8 suggest that expectations formation is significantly affected by three major factors: the geographical location; the age of the entrepreneur; the selected supply chain with the consequent marketing strategy. more positive expectations are found moving from northern to southern provinces and in young producers. moreover, expectations are also higher for microbreweries with a higher share of sales to specialised shops so, arguably, with a stronger attention to the quality and specificity of their products. on the contrary, the microbrewery typology does not seem to have a significant impact; in other words, expectations do not significantly differ between agricultural and non-agricultural breweries. the size and the age of the microbrewery do not significantly affect expectations, too. in fact, for all these variables the sign of the marginal effects would rather suggest that less optimistic expectations can be found in older and bigger agricultural microbreweries. it is worth noticing that these results differ from what emerged in previous studies about the main determinants of craft brewing dynamics in italy (esposti et al., 2017). while agricultural breweries definitely represented a major engine in the recent boon of the sector in italy and this rapid growth did not show a major geographical characterisation, the expectations about the future evolution of the sector are more affected by the location rather than by the typology. 5. conclusions this article aims at investigating the evolution of the new and strongly increasing phenomenon of production and consumption of craft beers in italy. although microbreweries are often seen as a niche sector within a market ruled by industrial mass producers, 18 coefficient estimates are available upon request. an ordered probit estimation has also been performed. results are qualitatively very similar but with lower statistical quality. these further estimation results are available upon request. table 8. ordered logit estimation: conditional marginal effects for the 3 options (estimated standard errors in parenthesis). option 0 (n=36) option 1 (n=205) option 2 (n=84) geographical gradient n-s -.0059* (.0030) -.0058* (.0029) .0116* (.0060) age entrepreneur .0014* (.0008) .0014* (.0010) -.0028* (.0016) age brewery .0032 (.0044) .0030 (.0044) -.0062 (.0088) agricultural microbrewery (dummy) .0122 (.0231) .0121 (.0232) -.0243 (.0461) production (hl/year) .0001 (.0001) .0000 (.0001) -.0001 (.0001) % sales within the region -.0037 (.0033) -.0036 (.0030) .0073 (.0065) % sales in specialised shops -.0058* (.0023) -.0055* (.0020) .0113* (.0052) * statistically significant at 0.1 level. 80 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti the so-called craft brewing “revolution” is triggering interesting transformations in several contexts with possibly significant reverberations in terms of sustainable local development. regarding this latter aspect, the italian case shows an interesting peculiarity. it consists in the emergence, in the last five years, of a highly dynamic and particular segment, that of agricultural breweries. the empirical analysis confirms that the advent of this new typology is significantly affecting the evolutionary trajectories of a still infant sector in italy. above all, it changes its long-term perspectives in terms of economic and socio-environmental sustainability. as a matter of fact, since the mid-nineties the italian craft brewing “revolution” has been strongly dependent on amateur and home-brewing forms (the so-called “knowledge productive leisure” – de solier, 2013), that then moved into commercial production. this origin explains the enthusiasm and the creativity that characterises the italian experience but it may also reveal unsustainable aspects in the long term. the small microbreweries’ size, their “naivety” as well as their dependence on imported feedstock and competences, may jeopardise their competitiveness in both domestic and foreign markets. the survey carried out and discussed, however, demonstrates that agricultural breweries are themselves “revolutionising” the sector with regard to these aspects. their larger size, business orientation, creation of local supply chains, but also their more realistic attitude towards the real evolutionary potential of the sector may represent a real opportunity for the longer-term success of the italian craft brewing industry. the role of policies is also critical in this respect. on the one hand, it has been crucial for the birth of the italian craft beer sector (legislative decree no. 504, 1995) and, in particular, of agricultural craft breweries (ministerial decree no. 212, 2010).19 on the other hand, however, a further selective support is now expected for this latter typology, especially because of their potential in helping developing rural territories and their long-term sustainability. in particular, the creation of local supply chains, from the cultivation of barley to its transformation into malt, seems a major target for agricultural and rural policies. this seems of strategic relevance not only to reduce dependence on foreign imports (and, consequently, limiting the environmental impact of transport activities) but also to create economic opportunities for micro malt houses which, in turn, might even differentiate and innovate their malt production and trigger the research and development of new dedicated varieties of italian malting barley (anderson, 2013). on these opportunities and on the role of policy and regulation in this respect deeper investigations and further research are expected in the future. acknowledgments work developed in the framework of the research project on “dynamic models for behavioural economics” financed by desp-university of urbino, italy. 19 the new legal definition of artisanal beer (disegno di legge s 1328-b, article 35), approved by the italian parliament 20 years after the birth of the sector, is the evidence of the greater and greater regard that this phenomenon has generated among the public. 81the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives references allyn, m. (2016). is that really craft beer? 33 surprising corporate brewers. men’s journal. www.mensjournal.com/food-drink/drinks/is-that-really-craft-beer-21-surprising-corporate-brewers-20150923. accessed 30 may 2017. anderson, l. (2013). meet the micro-malts. for a truly local beer, you have to start with the wheat. modern farmer. http://modernfarmer.com/2013/04/meet-themicro-malts. accessed 3 may 2016. antonelli, g., bischi, g.i., tramontana, f. and viganò, e. (2015). consumo e consumatori di prodotti alimentari nella società postmoderna. economia agro-alimentare 1: 59-80. antonelli, g. and viganò, e. (2017). global challenges in traditional food production and consumption. in cavicchi, a. and santini, c. (eds), consumer science and strategic marketing: case studies in the traditional food sector. san diego: elsevier. argent, n. (2018). heading down to the local? australian rural development and the evolving spatiality of the craft beer sector. journal of rural studies 61: 84-99. assobirra (2016). annual report 2015. http://www.assobirra.it/wp-content/ uploads/2017/03/assobirra_ar2016_versione_web.pdf. accessed 16 may 2017. bagnasco, a. (1988). la costruzione sociale del mercato: studi sullo sviluppo di piccola impresa in italia. bologna: il mulino. becattini, g. (1979). dal settore industriale al distretto industriale. alcune considerazioni sull’unità di indagine dell’economia industriale. bologna: il mulino. blaiech, r., gharbi, a. and hamouda, m. (2013). postmodern marketing: towards a convergence between the individualistic approach and the tribal approach. interdisciplinary journal of contemporary research in business 4(9): 1294-1307. blim, m.l. (1990). made in italy: small-scale industrialization and its consequences. new york: praeger. bourdieu, p. (1984). distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste. cambridge (ma): harvard university press. bray, c. (2015). anheuser-busch inbev completes agreement for sabmiller. the new york times. www.nytimes.com/2015/11/12/business/dealbook/anheuser-buschinbev-sabmiller-deal.html. accessed 12 january 2016. brewers association (2016a). national beer sales & production data. www.brewersassociation.org/statistics/national-beer-sales-production-data. accessed 15 may 2017. brewers association (2016b). number of breweries. https://www.brewersassociation.org/ statistics/number-of-breweries. accessed 15 may 2017. brunori, g. (2007). local food and alternative food networks: a communication perspective. anthropology of food s2. http://aof.revues.org/430. accessed 2 march 2016. brunori, g., rossi, a. and guidi, f. (2012). on the new social relations around and beyond food. analysing consumers’ role and action in gruppi di acquisto solidale (solidarity purchasing groups). sociologia ruralis 52(1): 1-30. cabras, i. and bamforth, c. (2016). from reviving tradition to fostering innovation and changing marketing: the evolution of micro-brewing in the uk and us, 1980– 2012. business history 58(5): 625-646. 82 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti cameron, a. c. and trivedi, p. k. (2005). microeconometrics: methods and applications. new york: cambridge university press. campbell, c. (2005). the craft consumer culture, craft and consumption in a postmodern society. journal of consumer culture 5(1): 23-42. cannatelli, b. and pedrini, m. (2012). osservatorio altis – unionbirrai sul segmento della birra artigianale in italia. rapporto 2011. http://altis.unicatt.it/altis-altis_ ub_2012.pdf. accessed 20 january 2015. carroll, g.r. (1985). concentration and specialization: dynamics of niche width in populations of organizations. american journal of sociology 90(6): 1262-1283. carroll, g.r. and swaminathan, a. (1992). the organizational ecology of strategic groups in the american brewing industry from 1975 to 1990. industrial and corporate change 1(1): 65-97. carroll, g.r. and swaminathan, a. (2000). why the microbrewery movement? organizational dynamics of resource partitioning in the u.s. brewing industry. american journal of sociology 106(3): 715-762. carroll, g.r., dobrev, s.d. and swaminathan, a. (2002). organizational processes of resource partitioning. research in organizational behavior 24: 1-40. cavanaugh, j.r. (2007). making salami, producing bergamo: the transformation of value. ethnos 72(2): 149-172. cavanaugh, j.r. and shankar, s. (2014). producing authenticity in global capitalism: language, materiality, and value. american anthropologist 116(1): 51-64. cleveland, d.a., carruth, a. and mazaroli, d.n. (2015). operationalizing local food: goals, actions, and indicators for alternative food systems. agriculture and human values 32(2): 281-297. colen, l. and swinnen, j.f.m. (2011). beer-drinking nations: the determinants of global beer consumption. in swinnen, j.f.m. (eds), the economics of beer, oxford: oxford university press, 124-140. coley, d., howard, m. and winter, m. (2009). local food, food miles and carbon emissions: a comparison of farm shop and mass distribution approaches. food policy 34(2): 150-155. daneshkhu, s. (2014). microbreweries shake up europe’s beer market. financial times. www.ft.com/content/22a32b76-6b65-11e4-ae52-00144feabdc0. accessed 28 november 2014. danson, m., galloway, l., cabras, i. and beatty, t. (2015). microbrewing and entrepreneurship: the origins, development and integration of real ale breweries in the uk. the international journal of entrepreneurship and innovation 16(2): 135-144. de solier, i. (2013). food and the self: consumption, production, and material culture. new york (ny): bloomsbury academic. esposti, r., fastigi, m. and viganò, e. (2017). italian craft beer revolution: do spatial factors matter? journal of small business and enterprise development 24(3): 503-527. euromalt (2017a). euromalt statistics. www.euromalt.be/list_infos/euromalt%20statistics/1011306087/list1353668317.html. accessed 16 may 2017. euromalt (2017b). spring and winter barley from 2012 to 2015. www.euromalt.be/ data/14851931551_spring%20and%20winter%20barley%20from%202012%20to%20 2015.pdf. accessed 16 may 2017. 83the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives fastigi, m. (2015). un settore economico in fermento: il caso dei birrifici artigianali in italia. phd dissertation, department of economics and social sciences, università politecnica delle marche. ancona, italy. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/matteo_fastigi/ publication/308749003_un_settore_economico_in_fermento_il_caso_dei_birrifici_ artigianali_in_italia/links/57ee3e4008ae280dd0ac6b67.pdf. accessed 23 may 2017. fastigi, m. and cavanaugh, j.r. (2017). turning passion into profession: a history of craft beer in italy. gastronomica: the journal of critical food studies 17(2): 39-50. fastigi, m., esposti, r. and viganò, e. (2015). la craft beer revolution in italia e i birrifici agricoli: traiettorie evolutive e principali criticità. argomenti 2: 67-92. fontana, m., buiatti, s. and miceli, f. (2005). l’orzo e le diverse utilizzazioni per l’alimentazione umana. notiziario ersa 3: 16-19. www.ersa.fvg.it/informativa/notiziario-ersa/anno/2005/3/1145.pdf. accessed 15 march 2016. francioni, b. (2016). influenza dell’imprenditore e delle relazioni nel processo di internazionalizzazione dei birrifici artigianali. piccola impresa/small business 1: 139-158. garavaglia, c. (2010). birra, identità locale e legame territoriale. agriregionieuropa 20: 96-99. garavaglia, c. (2015). entrepreneurship and entry of small firms into a mature industry: the case of microbreweries in italy. aawe working paper no. 179. www.wineeconomics.org/aawe/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/aawe_wp179.pdf. accessed 23 september 2015. goodman, d. (2002). rethinking food production–consumption: integrative perspectives. sociologia ruralis 42(4): 271-277. goodman, d. (2003). the quality “turn” and alternative food practices: reflections and agenda. journal of rural studies 19(1): 1-7. goodman, d., dupuis, e.m. and goodman, m.k. (2012). alternative food networks: knowledge, practice, and politics. new york (ny): routledge. granovetter, m. (1985). economic action and social structure: the problem of embeddedness. american journal of sociology 91(3): 481-510. granovetter, m. (2005). the impact of social structure on economic outcomes. the journal of economic perspectives 19(1): 33-50. grasseni, c. (2013). beyond alternative food networks: italy’s solidarity purchase groups. new york (ny): bloomsbury academic. hannan, m.t. (2005). ecologies of organizations: diversity and identity. the journal of economic perspectives 19(1): 51-70. howard, p.h. (2014). too big to ale? globalization and consolidation in the beer industry. in patterson, m. and hoalst-pullen, n. (eds), the geography of beer. new york (ny): springer, 155-165. johnston, j. and baumann, s. (2010). foodies: democracy and distinction in the gourmet foodscape. new york (ny): routledge. kirin beer university report (2015). global beer production by country in 2014. www. kirinholdings.co.jp/english/news/2015/0810_01.html. accessed 30 september 2015. kirin beer university report (2016). global beer production by country in 2015. www. kirinholdings.co.jp/english/news/2016/0810_01.html. accessed 3 may 20157. magatti, m. and borghi, v. (eds) (2002). mercato e società: introduzione alla sociologia economica. roma: carocci. 84 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti marsden, t., banks, j. and bristow, g. (2000). food supply chain approaches: exploring their role in rural development. sociologia ruralis 40(4): 424-438. mcmichael, p. (2009). a food regime genealogy. the journal of peasant studies 36(1): 139-169. menghini, s. (eds) (2016). la filiera della birra artigianale in toscana. milano: francoangeli. microbirrifici.org. mappa con elenco completo dei produttori in attività. www.microbirrifici.org/beer_italy_maps.aspx. accessed 23 february 2017. montagnoli, l. (2016). ab inbev compra birra del borgo. shock per la birra artigianale italiana, ma di vincenzo rassicura. gambero rosso. www.gamberorosso.it/it/ news/1024478-ab-inbev-compra-birra-del-borgo-shock-per-la-birra-artigianale-italiana-ma-di-vincenzo-rassicura. accessed 28 april 2016. norberg-hodge, h., merrifield, t. and gorelick, s. (2002). bringing the food economy home: local alternatives to global agribusiness. london: zed books. park, d.y. and podolny, j.m. (2000). the competitive dynamics of status and niche width: us investment banking, 1920-1949. industrial and corporate change 9(3): 377-414. paxson, h. (2013). the life of cheese: crafting food and value in america. berkeley (ca): university of california press. ravelli, g. and pedrini, m. (2015). osservatorio altis – unionbirrai sul segmento della birra artigianale in italia. rapporto 2015. http://altis.unicatt.it/altis-altis_ ub_2015.pdf. accessed 5 july 2016. ritzer, r. (1993). the mcdonaldization of society: an investigation into the changing character of contemporary social life. thousand oaks (ca): pine forge press. ronnenberg, h.w. (1998). the american brewing industry since 1920. in wilson, r.g. and gourvish, t.r. (eds), the dynamics of the international brewing industry since 1800. london: routledge: 176-192. rullani, e. and fabris, g. (2007). il consumatore creativo. cento e un modi di fare il mondo a propria immagine e somiglianza. economia e politica industriale 4: 7-24. scarpellini, e. (2011). material nation: a consumer’s history of modern italy. oxford: oxford university press. schnell, s.m. and reese, j.f. (2003). microbreweries as tools of local identity. journal of cultural geography 21(1): 45-69. shadbolt, p. (2015). brewery battle: ab inbev and the craft beer challenge. bbc news. www.bbc.com/news/business-34383721. accessed 12 january 2016. slow food foundation for biodiversity. https://www.fondazioneslowfood.com/en/. accessed 24 june 2017. sonnino, r. and marsden, t. (2006). beyond the divide: rethinking relationships between alternative and conventional food networks in europe. journal of economic geography 6(2): 181-199. swaminathan, a. (1995). the proliferation of specialist organizations in the american wine industry, 1941-1990. administrative science quarterly 40(4): 653-680. swaminathan, a. (1998). entry into new market segments in mature industries: endogenous and exogenous segmentation in the us brewing industry. strategic management journal 19(4): 389-404. 85the italian microbrewing experience: features and perspectives swaminathan, a. (2001). resource partitioning and the evolution of specialist organizations: the role of location and identity in the us wine industry. academy of management journal 44(6): 1169-1185. the barth report (1962). hop report 1961/1962. http://www.barthhaasgroup.com/images/mediacenter/downloads/pdfs/417/hops1961-62.pdf. accessed 11 may 2017. the barth report (2002). hops 2001/2002. http://www.barthhaasgroup.com/images/ mediacenter/downloads/pdfs/412/hops-2001-2002.pdf. accessed 11 may 2017. the barth report (2004). hops 2003/2004. http://www.barthhaasgroup.com/images/ mediacenter/downloads/pdfs/412/barth-report-2004-english.pdf. accessed 11 may 2017. the barth report (2005). hops 2004/2005. http://www.barthhaasgroup.com/images/mediacenter/downloads/pdfs/412/barth2005english.pdf. accessed 11 may 2017. the barth report (2016). hops 2015/2016. http://www.barthhaasgroup.com/images/mediacenter/downloads/pdfs/412/barthreport20152016en.pdf. accessed 11 may 2017. the brewers of europe (2016). beer statistics. 2016 edition. http://www.brewersofeurope. org/uploads/mycms-files/documents/publications/2016/stats_2016_web.pdf. accessed 15 may 2017. toro-gonzales, d. (2015). the beer industry in latin america. aawe working paper no. 177. www.wine-economics.org/aawe/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/aawe_ wp177.pdf. accessed 9 february 2016. torquati, b., viganò, e. and taglioni, c. (2016). construction of alternative food networks for organic products: a case study of “organized groups of supply and demand”. new medit 15(4): 53-62. trefis team (2015). anheuser-busch inbev and its craft (beer). forbes. www.forbes. com/sites/greatspeculations/2015/09/09/anheuser-busch-inbev-and-its-craftbeer/#2bc11a414483. accessed 10 january 2016. trefis team (2017). the year that was: anheuser-busch inbev. forbes. https://www. forbes.com/sites/greatspeculations/2017/01/26/the-year-that-was-anheuser-buschinbev/#3089fe7b1558. accessed 16 may 2017. tremblay, v.j. and tremblay, c.h. (2005). the u.s. brewing industry: data and economic analysis. cambridge (ma): mit press. trigilia, c. (2005). sviluppo locale: un progetto per l’italia. roma-bari: glf editori laterza. tsang, a. and li, c. (2016). china embraces craft beers, and brewing giants take notice. the new york times. www.nytimes.com/2016/01/16/business/dealbook/chinaembraces-craft-beers-and-brewing-giants-take-notice.html. accessed 6 february 2017. turco, a. (2016a). nomi eccellenti nella lista dei 27 birrifici “finti” artigianali. cronache di birra. www.cronachedibirra.it/opinioni-e-tendenze/14638/nomi-eccellenti-nellalista-dei-27-birrifici-finti-artigianali. accessed 6 april 2016. turco, a. (2016b). breaking news: birra del borgo ceduta a ab inbev. cronache di birra. www.cronachedibirra.it/notizie/14812/breaking-news-birra-del-borgo-ceduta-a-abinbev. accessed 23 april 2016. van der ploeg, j.d., renting, h., brunori, g., knickel, k., mannion, j., marsden, t., de roest, k., sevilla-guzmán, e. and ventura, f. (2000). rural development: from practices and policies towards theory. sociologia ruralis 40(4): 391-408. 86 matteo fastigi, elena viganò, roberto esposti venn, l., kneafsey, m., holloway, l., cox, r., dowler, e. and tuomainen, h. (2006). researching european ‘alternative’ food networks: some methodological considerations. area 38(3): 248-258. watson, b. (2015). u.s. passes 4,000 breweries. brewers association. www.brewersassociation.org/insights/4000-breweries. accessed 12 november 2015. watts, d.c., ilbery, b. and maye, d. (2005). making reconnections in agro-food geography: alternative systems of food provision. progress in human geography 29(1): 22-40. weiss, b. (2012). configuring the authentic value of real food: farm-to-fork, snout-totail, and local food movements. american ethnologist 39(3): 614-626. winter, m. (2003). geographies of food: agro-food geographies – making reconnections. progress in human geography 27(4): 505-513. bio-based and applied economics 5(3): 215-216, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-20512 the changing role of regulation in the bio-based economy: an introduction regulation has been broadly defined as a sustained and focused control exercised by a public agency over activities that are valued by a community. as such it has been a major concern of policymakers in a range of fields from financial to industrial and agricultural activities. examples of regulatory areas in the bio-based economy are risk, health, environment, competition, intellectual property rights. regulations in all these areas have deep implications for trade issues, global value chains and for the provision of public goods. for most of the twentieth century, regulation has been considered the primary instrument to deal with market failures and market imperfections in western economies and a number of new regulatory agencies have been created. starting from the 90s, however, as the private and public costs of regulation have become more apparent, an effort has been devoted to the reduction of the cost of regulation and toward deregulation. as an example, the better regulation agenda adopted by the european commission in 2015 has been designed to improve regulation across eu countries with the final objective of reducing its cost. in the eu, regulations concerning food retailing, food processing, farming activities, tariff and non-tariff barriers to trade as well as financial markets have deeply affected the bio-based sectors. the objective of these regulations is guaranteeing food security and food safety to final consumers and a sustainable management of natural resources such as land, water and the rural environment. there is no doubt that, in these areas, the role of eu policies has increased dramatically and questions have been raised on the effectiveness, efficiency and equity of such regulations. in recent years, firms working in agricultural and food production, bioenergy and biotechnology have often protested against the supposed “invasive” role of eu regulations in their activities. how a viable balance between regulation and deregulation ought to be attained is both a political and a scientific question. the aim of the fifth aieaa conference, held in bologna, june 16-17, 2016, has been to provide a scientific contribution to these issues by expanding the knowledge base on the fundamentals of better regulation, by promoting a critical debate on the underlying theoretical and methodological issues and by analysing the main policy implications. the conference programme included around 50 papers addressing issues such as cost-benefit analysis of regulation, design of enforcement rules, nudge approaches to consumer regulation, political economy of regulation, intellectual property rights, regulation of quality standards and global value chains, innovation in methods and tools for regulatory impact analysis. the bae editor invited some of the speakers to submit their papers for publication on this bae issue. the papers published in this issue have gone through a regular review process and are a selection of the topics covered in the conference. 216 paolo sckokai the paper by stephane marette analyses the relationships between quality, market mechanisms and regulations in the food chain, emphasizing the relationships between quality and sustainability. through a partial equilibrium model and a simulation concerning the use of linseed for feeding dairy cows, the paper concludes that instruments like minimum quality standards and labelling may have a positive impact on consumer surplus and on producer profits. through a structured literature review, alessandro olper explores the political economy issues of trade-related regulatory policies, with a special focus on non-tariff measures (ntms), such as environmental and food standards. focusing on both theory and existing empirical evidence, the paper analyses the role of global value chains as driver of the potential impact of policies. francesca galli and co-authors analyse a case study of food assistance schemes in tuscany: adopting a participatory approach, they examine pathways for strengthening the impact of food assistance schemes in periods of economic crisis. the paper by michele vollaro and co-authors addresses the issue of the increasing demand of phosphorus (p) worldwide and the stability of the fertilizer market. based on a circular economy theoretical framework, the paper proposes an impact analysis of the use of recycled p as a substitute of chemical p fertilizers, proving its potential economic sustainability. finally, giovanni tagliabue proposes a political economy analysis of the eu gmo maize policy, concluding that the schumpeterian approach adopted by politicians may lead to policy choices totally disconnected by science-based evidences. paolo sckokai president of aieaa bio-based and applied economics 7(1): 1-17, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-24045 do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? differences between rural and urban areas in subjective well-being hiroki sasaki food and agriculture organization of the united nations (fao), roma, italy date of submission: 2016 30th, june; accepted 2017 7th, june abstract. for some time, individuals in multiple contexts have been moving from rural to urban areas for economic reasons. in recent years, however, young people in japan have been increasingly turning to rural areas to embrace a slower, less-hectic lifestyle. despite this interesting development, researchers have thus far failed to identify determinants of residents’ well-being in rural and urban areas in japan. moreover, recent empirical work has shown that stated happiness or subjective well-being (swb) can serve as an empirical proxy for perceived utility. to expand upon this line of research, in this paper, i use swb to gauge disparities between the japanese rural and urban environments. in addition, i determine how natural capital and social capital affect swb for both rural and urban residents. results show that on average, rural residents report higher swb than urban residents despite low average income. i also identify multiple factors other than household income that affect swb; these relationships are particularly pronounced for rural residents. finally, results demonstrate that residents that migrate from urban to rural areas reported high levels of swb. taken together, the results of this study provide new insight into rural values and the attractiveness of rural residency. keywords. happiness, subjective well-being, natural capital and social capital. jel codes. i31, d63, q15. 1. introduction japan is one of the first countries in the world to face problems associated with depopulation. the “masuda report” (masuda, 2014) generated significant interest throughout japan with its prediction that nearly half of all japanese municipalities may disappear due to population decline and the inability to maintain administrative functions. because the municipalities at risk for disappearance are mostly located in rural areas, the need to cope with rural community issues has come to the fore for policy makers. corresponding author: hiroki.sasaki@fao.org 2 hiroki sasaki contrary to the findings of the masuda report, a recent opinion poll showed that a growing number of young japanese urbanites wish to settle in rural areas (cabinet office of japan, 2014), indicating a general interest among japanese citizens to embrace a rural lifestyle. this interest in rural living was not always pervasive. in the 1980s, tokyo served as the center of the japanese population, causing overconcentration there. in turn, the concentration of urban functions in tokyo resulted in substantial income disparity between citizens in urban and rural areas. despite the economic benefits of living in an urban area, a growing number of people have begun to leave cities in search of better lives in rural areas (ministry of internal affairs and communication of japan, 2017). to illustrate, the aforementioned opinion poll showed that the proportion of japanese citizens interested in living in rural areas increased from 21% in 2005 to 32% in 2014 (cabinet office of japan, 2014). this trend was particularly pronounced for young people. the return of young citizens to rural areas could revitalize these areas and improve japanese agriculture on the whole. to date, the cabinet office has not performed an econometric analysis to determine which variables affect citizens’ motivations for returning to rural areas. still, the results of the survey suggest that increasing interest in rural residence among young citizens may be a result of shifting perceptions regarding that which makes living conditions attractive and changing values. internationally, researchers and policymakers have widely accepted that not only that food is the key product of agriculture, but also there are other benefits of agriculture. taken together, these benefits have come to describe “multifunctionality” of agriculture (organization of economic co-operation and development [oecd], 2001 and 2003). past research by agricultural economists on multifunctionality has largely focused on “visualizing value” in monetary terms through stated preference and revealed preference methods. these researchers have not sufficiently explored (a) which elements of rural areas contribute to well-being, or (b) how these variables are related. these questions are of utmost importance, given recent emphasis on the use of ecosystem services1, which relate to the association between ecosystems and well-being (teeb d0). in short, ecosystem services directly or indirectly support our quality of life. in the last decade, the economic literature has experienced the emergence of a new research agenda that uses subjective questions to measure individual well-being. some of this work has provided support for a link between factors related to the regional environment (e.g., air quality, green space) and well-being. given the emergence of this link, the purpose of this paper is to use subjective measures to compare urban and rural residence in terms of well-being. in doing so, i will show how rural characteristics affect subjective well-being (swb), which may influence japanese citizens’ motivations for migrating from urban to rural areas. as an empirical indicator of utility, happiness data permit comparison of urban and rural areas to a degree greater than traditional economic indicators (e.g. gdp). 1 ecosystem services can be classified into one of four main categories: provisioning services, regulating services, habitat services, and cultural services. provisioning services relate to products obtained from ecosystems, including food, fresh water, wood, fiber, genetic resources, and medicines. regulating services are defined as the benefits obtained from the regulation of ecosystem processes. these include climate regulation, natural hazard regulation, water purification and waste management, pollination, and pest control. habitat services emphasize the importance of ecosystems to provide habitats for migratory species and to maintain the viability of gene pools. cultural services include non-material benefits that people obtain from ecosystems, including spiritual enrichment, intellectual development, recreation, and aesthetic enjoyment. 3do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? to address the issues outlined above, the remainder of the article is organized in a series of interrelated sections. section 2 features a review of research on swb, with a particular emphasis on differences between rural and urban areas. in section 3, i describe the data and empirical model used to test these differences. following this, i report the results of the econometric analysis in section 4. finally, in section 5 i discuss the limitations of the analysis and offer some concluding remarks. 2. subjective well-being research: rural vs. urban areas the easterlin paradox is a key concept in happiness economics. related to the relationship between economic variables and well-being, easterlin (1974) showed that within developed nations, reported happiness was not significantly associated with per capita gdp. this paradox has recently manifested in japan, where survey data has shown that happiness levels have not risen in parallel with increases in income (cabinet office, 2008: figure 1). in short, these data show that economic wealth does not necessarily determine the degree to which one is satisfied with his/her life. figure 1. japanese real gdp per capita and the degree of life satisfaction. 1 2 2734 2885 3188 3729 3859 3934 3867 3964 4201 4358 3,46 3,6 3,18 3,38 3,34 3,26 3,19 3,12 3,07 3,41 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 1981 84 87 90 93 96 99 2002 05 08 r ea l g d p pe r c ap ita (t en th ou sa nd y en ) d eg re e of li fe s at is fa ct io n year source: cabinet office 2008. (notes) 1. compiled from the cabinet office “national survey on lifestyle preferences,” “annual report on national accounts” (data before 1993 is compiled from 2002 report and data after 1996 is compiled from 2006 report), and the ministry of internal affairs and communication “population statistics”. 2. ”degree of satisfaction” is calculated as follows: the question, “are you satisfied with life or not?” was answered using five scales from “satisfied” to “unsatisfied.” the weighted average of each answer was indexed into “degree of satisfaction.” 3. the respondents represent both sexes from the age of 15 to 75. (excludes “do not know” and “no answer”). 4 hiroki sasaki happiness research based on self-reports of life satisfaction has made significant contributions to our understanding of how people conceptualize well-being beyond their consumption habits. in addition, the growing literature on swb has thus far focused on degree and determinants of happiness. this is useful in a variety of fields that inform policy (bok, 2010). despite the growing literature on swb and happiness, studies that focus on rural areas, agriculture, and their respective relations to swb are scarce. in one of the rare studies to explore these associations, baaske et al. (2009) surveyed 18,000 citizens in 60 municipalities to show a close relationship between farming performance and perceived quality of life. this finding reiterates that agriculture is one of the most significant predictors of quality of life within a municipality. in another example, a team of researchers from the university of évora and cardiff university have been conducting a survey in rural portugal to measure swb. these researchers have surveyed local farmers and other community members using a placebased approach. to evaluate causality between swb and agriculture, the researchers plan to add specific questions on agriculture to complement general questions about swb (surove et al., 2012). in addition, although multiple researchers have measured swb in the rural areas of developing countries (e.g. markussen et al., 2014 in vietnam; dedehouanou et al., 2011 in senegal; guillén et al., 2006 in thailand), none of these studies have compared rural areas with urban areas in terms of swb. in a similar line of research, tsutsui et al. (2009) compared large japanese cities (the 13 largest in japan), medium-sized cities (>100,000 residents), and other cities/towns/villages in terms of swb. their results show that on average, the size of the city positively corresponded to respondents’ reported swb. this finding is not consistent across all studies, however. for example, hellevik (2003) found no significant difference between rural and urban residents in norway with respect to reported swb. all studies that have evaluated differences in swb between rural and urban residents delineated respondents contingent on the province or prefecture in which they lived. despite the convenience this method offers, classification based on administrative boundaries may not highlight how rural and urban areas differ in terms of how they moderate the relationships between multifunctionality conservation, social capital, and migration on swb. given the specificity of the swb construct, greater nuance with respect to respondents’ locations may reveal significant effects on swb that would otherwise remain hidden. this is especially true in japan, where capturing one’s residential environment is difficult using any standard means due to japan’s geographic diversity. given the shortcomings of past research, this paper offers two key contributions to the literature. first, it features a comparison of rural and urban residents’ swb using “subjective” classifications of urban and rural areas. specifically, respondents are classified as rural or urban based on their own self-reports. delineation of rural areas from urban areas has always been a controversial endeavor. one criterion for disaggregating urban and rural areas is the presence of densely inhabited districts (dids), which have been accounted for since the 1960 population census of japan. this criterion would dictate that areas that have not been classified as a did are rural in kind. despite the simplicity of this solution, land use in japan is complicated; farmland is often scattered across multiple kinds of districts, even in tokyo. furthermore, even areas designated as dids are often 5do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? surrounded by farmland. therefore, it is not appropriate to distinguish urban and rural areas as a function of their did-status2. second, this classification protocol will allow for the identification of rural characteristics and individual experiences that affect swb. the recent movement in japan for residents to return to rural areas is affected by the multifunctional value of rural land, but no researcher has attempted to identify variables that affect rural and urban residents. the increased understanding that will derive from this analysis can potentially contribute to rural-development policy planning. 3. empirical application 3.1 econometric model consistent with most extant studies in this domain, in this paper, swb is operationalized with participants’ responses to the following question: “how dissatisfied or satisfied are you with your life overall?” responses to this question were posed as an 11-point likert scale ranging from 0 (not at all satisfied) to 10 (completely satisfied). the first step in this life-satisfaction approach is to estimate a micro-econometric swb model in which swb is estimated as a function of socio-economic and demographic variables, factors related to natural and social capital, and other control variables. the model takes the form of an indirect utility function for individual i in location k: swbi,k = β0 + β1 ln(yi,k)+β2 xi,k +β3 ai,k i = 1…i, k = 1…k (1) in this model, yi,k represents household income; x is a vector of a wide range of socio-economic and demographic characteristics other than income, including relative income, age, marital status, employment, health status, and migration experience; and aik depicts respondents’ attitudes towards rural natural capital and social capital (brereton et al., 2008; ambrey et al., 2014). for the purposes of this paper, i estimated eq. (1) as an ordered logit model. as such, swb is assumed to be a categorical variable, making it impossible to directly observe happiness levels. instead, i could determine only the range of values in which respondents’ happiness levels lie. 3.2 data the empirical model used in this study is guided by existing studies on swb. data for the model were collected in october of 2014 via an internet survey in which i asked 2 according to the japanese ministry of agriculture, forestry, and fisheries’ (maff) “classification of agricultural area,” “rural areas” refer to areas that are not “urban areas.” the maff approach involves using rural areas as a unit of classification. in contrast, the oecd uses the prefecture (of which there are 47 in japan) as a unit of classification. both the maff and oecd approaches are based on an area’s population density (oecd, 2009). hayashi and sasaki’s (2015) classification is similar to the oecd’s; they identified 14 rural prefectures, 21 intermediate prefectures, and 12 urban prefectures. regardless of how different approaches delineate rural and urban areas, none of them captures the specific elements that affect swb (hayashi and sasaki, 2015). 6 hiroki sasaki participants questions related to their perceptions of swb, demographics, socio-economic factors, and personal attitudes. the oecd’s guidelines on measuring subjective well-being (oecd, 2013) contend that although economic variables, demographic variables, and quality of life affect swb, many other issues (e.g., measuring personality traits) are complex. as a result, the oecd did not provide recommendations in relation to these complex issues. nevertheless, recent research has shown conscientiousness to be the strongest predictor of life satisfaction among the big five personality traits (i.e. tanksale, 2015). because the big five personality traits are important predictors of political and social attitudes, in addition to typical variables that have appeared in past swb studies, i also added questions to measure respondents’ thoughts regarding the conservation of natural capital and expectations for food, agriculture and rural issues in the coming decade. i administered this survey with the policy research institute in the ministry of agriculture, forestry and fisheries in japan through a consumer monitoring company with access to 2.3 million registered subjects. the survey platform randomly selected respondents based on the demographics of each prefecture by ensuring the sex and age ratios of participants reflected those of japan overall. in total, 1,500 japanese participants aged 20 to 64 provided data. to collect data concerning swb, the survey included a question asking individuals “how dissatisfied or satisfied are you with your life overall?” table 1 provides summary statistics for all explanatory variables used in the estimation. explanations of all explanatory variables in the empirical model are offered in the following subsections. 3.2.1 socio-economic characteristics socio-economic variables in the model include age, marital status, health status, income, and relative income. i selected these variables based on past research on swb. the survey also included questions related to participants’ places of residence; they were asked to indicate if they lived in a rural area, sub-rural area, suburban area, or urban area. 3.2.2 awareness and personal thoughts concerning natural capital and social capital respondents provided answers to questions meant to capture the respective determinants of swb for rural and urban residents. these items relate to the conservation of natural capital and the perceptions of their living environment’s social capital. the items concerning natural capital test participants’ awareness toward natural capital conservation, which is a summation of answer towards degree of awareness for eight types of key elements of multifunctionality in agriculture3. questions related to social capital measure how much respondents trust their neighbors (“number of trustable person”) and how much respondents help others (“degree of norm of reciprocity”) in their region of residence. i selected these questions based on a maff policy report focusing on social capital in rural areas (japanese ministry of agriculture, forestry and fisheries, 2007). while 3 1. conservation of land, 2. fostering water resources, 3. preservation of the natural environment, 4. development of favorable landscapes, 5. maintenance of cultural heritage, 6. recreation/relaxation, 7. viability of rural community, 8. food security (maff-japan, http://www.maff.go.jp/e/nousin/tyusan/siharai_seido/s_about/ cyusan/tamen/). 7do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? table 1. definition of variables and descriptive statistics. variable definition mean max min std. dev observations swb reported current life satisfaction (happiness) by integers from 0 to 10. based on the following survey question “overall, how happy are you these days?” the respondent is to choose from a scale of 0 to 10, where 0 is “very unhappy,” 5 “neither happy nor unhappy” and 10 is “very happy” 5.823 10 0 2.230 1500 age age of respondents in years 43.147 64 20 12.508 1500 age squared/100 age of respondents in years squared/100 20.180 40.96 4 10.843 1500 unemployed/seeking dummy variable = 1 if respondent is currently unemployed and seeking a job 0.066 1 0 0.248 1500 married dummy variable = 1 if respondent is legally married 0.590 1 0 0.492 1500 very good health dummy variable = 1 if respondent’s health condition is very good 0.108 1 0 0.310 1500 good health dummy variable = 1 if respondent’s health condition is good 0.624 1 0 0.485 1500 ln(income) natural log of household income 6.137 7.65 3.91 0.770 1246 relative income dummy variable = 1 if respondent thinks their income is higher than the average income in the neighborhood 0.341 1 0 0.474 1500 citizen in urban dummy variable = 1 if respondent subjectively believes him/herself to live in an urban area 0.287 1 0 0.452 1500 citizen in suburban dummy variable = 1 if respondent subjectively believes him/herself to live in a suburban area 0.402 1 0 0.490 1500 citizen in subrural dummy variable = 1 if respondent subjectively believes him/herself to live in a subrural area 0.216 1 0 0.412 1500 citizen in rural dummy variable = 1 if respondent subjectively believes him/herself to live in a rural area 0.079 1 0 0.270 1500 i turn dummy variable = 1 if respondent experienced urban-to-rural migration 0.033 1 0 0.178 1500 u turn dummy variable = 1 if respondent experienced returning to the countryside in home town 0.097 1 0 0.297 1500 j turn dummy variable = 1 if respondent experienced returning to the countryside other than home town 0.035 1 0 0.185 1500 mf conservation degree to which respondents recognize the importance of agriculture’s multifunctionality (index of eight elements of agricultural multifunctionality) 17.971 24 0 4.527 1500 8 hiroki sasaki ferre-i-carbonell and gowdy (2007) evaluated the relationship between subjective measures of well-being and individual environmental attitudes, the current study also included variables related to social attitudes. 3.2.3 migration from urban to rural areas in japan, a “u turn” refers to the migration of people who return to their hometowns to settle down and earn a living after working or studying in cities. in contrast, the “i-turn” refers to unidirectional movement out of urban areas. one final migration pattern is called the “j-turn,” wherein a person leaves the city to move to a rural area other than his/her birthplace. the questionnaire included a question related to the type of migration participants engaged in. this variable was operationalized as a control variable, as migration type may exert an effect on swb. 3.2.4 preference parameters items related to respondents’ aversion to risk were also incorporated into the model as controls. i included these variables because respondents’ happiness may relate to these preference parameters (tsutsui et al., 2009). variable definition mean max min std. dev observations farmer dummy variable = 1 if the respondent is a farmer 0.062 1 0 0.241 1500 farmland dummy variable = 1 if respondent resides in an area that is less than a 15-minute walk to farmland 0.611 1 0 0.488 1500 food/agri perspective expectations for state of food, agriculture and rural issues in the coming decade (higher values reflect more optimistic expectations) 7.968 21 0 3.618 1500 neighbor friendliness perceptions of friendliness within the neighborhood (scale = 0–3) 1.239 3 0 0.788 1500 trust person number of trustable persons in the neighborhood (scale = 0–3) 0.876 3 0 0.739 1500 norms of reciprocity degree of norms of reciprocity 0.269 1 0 0.443 1500 shock frequency with which respondent experienced a shocking event in the previous five years (scale = 0–4) 1.145 4 0 1.284 1500 risk aversion degree to which respondent wishes to avoid risk (scale = 0–10) 5.761 10 0 2.298 1500 satoyama satoyama index (si) of respondent’s resident area (10 km × 10 km). 0.238 0.592 0.003 0.123 1500 population decrease dummy variable = 1 if respondent expects the population of young women (aged 20 to 39) within his/her municipality to decrease by more than half its current level in the next 30 years 0.052 1 0 0.222 1500 9do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? 3.2.5 objective indicators in addition to the subjective data gleaned via the above questions, i also included several objective measures as predictors in the model. first, i included the satoyama index (si) to indicate the 100-sq. km area (10 × 10 km) in which a resident resides. si was included because it can serve as a proxy designed to capture the richness of different geographic regions; “a high si value is an indicator of high habitat diversity, which is characteristic of traditional agricultural systems, including japanese satoyama landscapes, while a low value indicates a monotonic habitat condition typical of extensive monoculture landscapes” (kadoya and washitani, 2011, pp. 20). second, i included a predictor in the model that reflects the rate at which the population in certain regions decreases due to an outflow of young women. because aging and decreasing fertility rates are serious problems in japan, their salience can affect swb. if the population of young females is in decline, the capacity for the japanese population to replenish itself declines in parallel (masuda, 2014). 4. results 4.1 estimation results: whole sample the largest portion of the entire sample indicated that they were neither happy nor unhappy (5 on the likert scale), followed closely by a slight leaning towards happiness (7 and 8 on the likert scale; see figure 2). the result is consistent with previous survey data provided by japanese citizens (cabinet office, 2011). western european countries differ. most respondents in western europe mark 8 on the likert scale, indicating slightly happier respondents. although these differences between japanese and european data are interesting, comparing swb across nations should be done with caution and a consideration of cultural factors that may influence responses (diener and oishi, 2004). following the comparison of the overall sample, i then compared urban and rural respondents based on their reported levels of happiness (see table 2). respondents were classified into one of four categories, all of which were based on participants’ subjective perceptions. these four categories are citizen in urban areas, citizen in suburban areas, citizens in subrural areas, and citizens in rural areas. rural residents reported a slightly higher happiness level (µ = 6.04) than their urban counterparts (µ = 5.82), despite the latter having higher household income. however, an analysis of variance (anova) failed to show statistically significant differences between the four categories (p-value = 0.35). for the sake of simplicity, i combined the samples of urban and suburban citizens into one larger “urban citizen” category. i similarly combined the samples rural citizens and subrural citizens into a larger category of “rural citizens.” following these combinations, i evaluated the relationship between income level and swb (see figure 3). results of the survey reveal a positive relationship between income level and swb for urban residents, but this correlation is weak for rural residents. these findings suggest that income may be a contributor to swb for urban residents, but rural residents seek out other factors for their swb. 10 hiroki sasaki consistent with past work on swb, i developed an ordered logit regression model to examine how multiple factors influence swb. in this model, the main predictor variable was area of residence (i.e., urban vs. rural) and the outcome variable was swb. although we were primarily interested in the effect of area of residence on swb, we also included other predictors in the model. for instance, we tested whether migration from urban to rural areas (i.e., uji turns) influences swb. other important variables relate to individual respondents’ relationships with the rural areas in which they reside. in the original iteration of the analysis, i included several additional agriculture related variables such as experience and frequency to participate rural activities, but ultimately removed them to avoid multicollinearity and endogeneity. although instrumental variables can be included to avoid potential inaccuracy, there exists no consensus on which combination of variables should be used to predict swb. in addition to the standard logit regression model, i also performed inverse probability of treatment weighting (iptw) and propensity score (ps) figure 2. distribution of swb scores in comparison with urban and rural residents. 1 2 swb table 2. respondents’ reported levels of swb by category. sample average variance urban citizen 430 5.82 5.47 suburban citizen 603 5.88 4.55 subrural citizen 324 5.66 4.98 rural citizen 119 6.04 5.19 all sample 1500 5.82 4.97 11do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? matching to better understand the relationship between residential area and swb (see section 4.3). table 3 presents the main results produced by the logit regression model. the pseudor2 value of 0.072 is comparable to previous work in this domain (e.g. ambery and fleming, 2011), suggesting that the model has an acceptable level of explanatory power. results of the logit regression analysis show that an individual’s area of residence (i.e., rural = 1, urban, suburban and subrural = 0) has a positive effect on swb. none of the variables related to citizen migration (i.e., the uji turns) were statistically significant predictors of swb across the entire sample, but the following section evaluates rural and urban residents independently. in relation to agriculture related variables, the results suggest that if respondents (a) are aware of the importance of agriculture’s multifunctionality and/or (b) envise a bright future for japanese food and agriculture, they experience higher swb. with respect to the socioeconomic predictors, age, unemployment, health condition, income, and relative income all exert significant influence on swb. all social control variables—degree of friendliness with neighbors, number of trusted persons and degree of norms and reciprocity—similarly exert significant, positive effects on swb. 4.2 estimation results: rural and urban residents after performing the logit regression on the entire sample, i then replicated the analysis independently on the rural and urban resident samples. these analyses respectively yielded pseudo-r2 values of 0.075 and 0.094, which indicate that both models had satisfactory levels of explanatory (see table 4). figure 3. distribution of average swb score in each income group. 1 2 4,91 5,03 5,46 5,82 6,15 6,48 7,07 5,58 4,50 5,60 5,75 5,44 6,33 6,42 6,22 6,70 5,23 4,00 4,50 5,00 5,50 6,00 6,50 7,00 7,50 les s t han 1 m illi on jp y 1-2 m illi on 2-4 m illi on 4-6 m illi on 6-8 m illi on 8-10milli on 10-12 m illi on more than 12 m illi on jp y n.a. swb urban swb rural income 12 hiroki sasaki for some variables, significant differences between urban (urban and suburban) and rural (rural and subrural) residents emerged. first, among rural residents, there was a significant parabolic (i.e., u-shaped) relationship between age and swb. this result may be attributable to elderly respondents’ desire to move to a more peaceful residence in their final years. second, consistent with the correlational results reported in section 4.1, i found that household income is significantly and positively related to swb. this result is consistent with many previous studies that have revealed a significant relationship between income and swb. the analyses presented in this study, however, indicate that this phenomenon applies only to urban residents. interestingly, there was a positive correlation between relative income and swb for both urban and rural residents. third, with respect to respondents’ migration experiences, i found that respondents who moved to the rural via an “i-turn” tend to have higher swb than their “u-turn” and “j-turn” counterparts. people who performed an “i-turn,” which refers to unidirectional table 3. results of the ordered logit model across all respondents (dependent variable: swb). variable coefficient p-value age -0.058 0.060 * age_squared_100 0.066 0.061 * unemployed_seeking -0.695 0.002 *** married 0.675 0.000 *** very_good_health 1.241 0.000 *** good_health 0.693 0.000 *** income 0.000 0.022 ** relative_income 0.826 0.000 *** i_turn 0.346 0.226 u_turn -0.098 0.586 j_turn 0.110 0.686 mf_conservation 0.037 0.004 *** farmer -0.246 0.258 farmland -0.345 0.002 *** perspective_fa 0.046 0.002 *** neighbor_friendly 0.137 0.093 * no.__trust_person 0.164 0.049 ** norms_of_reciprocity 0.397 0.001 *** shock -0.141 0.002 *** risk_aversion 0.103 0.000 *** satoyama -0.686 0.102 pop_decrease -0.099 0.663 citizen_in_rural 0.420 0.042 ** pseudo r-squared 0.0726 sample 1498 note: ***p < .01, **p < .05, *p < .10. 13do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? movement out of an urban area to a rural area, were mostly between the ages of 20 and 40. these residents may no longer require growth in material wealth, but seek durable human communities and living environments characterized by nature. in this way, the observed i-turn may result from fundamental changes in young people’s values within the “de-growth” movement. fourth, the analyses also produced several notable findings concerning natural and social capital. urban residents with strong attitudes concerning conservation of the rural environment reported high levels of swb. similarly, urban residents with optimism towards future japanese agriculture had high swb, on average. interestingly, there was no relationship between attitudes towards conservation and swb among rural citizens. this result may demonstrate that rural residents do not seem to realize the value of natural capital in their own backyards. city residents within 15 minutes walking distance of farmland reported low swb. in japan, agricultural land use is common, even in urban areas across the country. this finding may be attributable to difficulties associated with managing farmland in urban areas, including the use of pesticides, noise from agricultural machines, or dust. however, urban residents have recently come to recognize the importance of the social and environmental functions of urban agriculture, and the benefits related to rural farmland (e.g. open space for disaster management, resources for recreation and education) have been promoted nationally. issues related to social capital also seemed to exert influence on swb, as some of these factors (i.e. degree of friendliness with people in the neighborhood, number of trustable people) were positively associated with rural residents’ swb. fifth, with respect to the preference-based predictors, risk-averse individuals in both rural and urban environments reported high swb. this result was consistent with past studies (e.g. tsutusi et al., 2009) finally, the associations between the objective variables and swb produced unclear results. for instance, there was no clear relationship between the satoyama index and swb. decreases in population negatively affect swb, but only for urban residents. this finding supports the work of glaeser et al. (2016) who found that residents of declining cities appear less happy than residents of other areas (e.g. the american rust belt). in addition to identifying factors that influence current swb, i also estimated an ordered logit regression model to predict future swb. although there were many similarities to the analysis of factors that affect current swb, there was one key difference. rural and urban respondents who were optimistic about future japanese agriculture also reported high levels of future swb. 4.3 using propensity score methods to estimate the effect of rural residence on swb past correlational studies have shown that there are differences between rural and urban residents in their swb. however, past work has not provided evidence to show that one’s area of residence is causally antecedent to swb. given this gap in the literature, i supplemented traditional regression methods with inverse probability of treatment weighting (iptw) using the propensity score to better represent the relationship between an individual’s area of residence and his/her swb. propensity score methods compare individuals in different treatment conditions by testing differences in their average scores. originally developed by rosenbaum and rubin 14 hiroki sasaki (1983), ps matching has been used in several other fields (binder and freytag, 2014; barra et al., 2016) and can be applied to research questions concerning swb. to identify any causal relationships between rural residence and swb, we used a matching estimator. to simplify the interpretation of the results, we created a dummy variable that adopts the value of 1 if an individual reports a swb-value greater than 8, and 0 otherwise. using this dummy variable, we performed an iptw analysis with a cox proportional hazards (ph) model, as well as a logistic regression that relies on iptw. we then used the logistic regression model to estimate the propensity score for each subject. results produced by the iptw cox proportional hazards (ph) model indicated an estimated hazard ratio of 0.701 (95% ci: 0.420-1.171, p = 0.148), and a non-significant effect of rural residence on swb. in contrast, the iptw logistic regression model produced an odds ratio of 0.635 (95% ci: 0.372-1.002, p < .10). this result suggests a marginally significant, positive, causal association between rural residence and swb. table 4. ordered logit model results by resident type (dependent variable: swb). variable urban residents rural residents coefficient p-value coefficient p-value age -0.040 0.292 -0.134 0.022 *** age_squared_100 0.050 0.249 0.138 0.039 *** unemployed_seeking -0.755 0.007 *** -0.726 0.094 * married 0.583 0.000 *** 0.898 0.000 *** very_good_health 1.415 0.000 *** 1.116 0.002 *** good_health 0.755 0.000 *** 0.579 0.011 ** ln_income_ 0.211 0.026 ** 0.013 0.930 relative_income 0.857 0.000 *** 0.858 0.000 *** i_turn -0.896 0.032 ** 1.300 0.001 *** u_turn -0.262 0.300 -0.098 0.704 j_turn -0.041 0.896 0.573 0.327 mf conservation 0.048 0.004 *** 0.009 0.677 farmer 0.146 0.685 -0.357 0.195 farmland -0.405 0.001 *** 0.119 0.778 perspective_food and ag 0.048 0.010 *** 0.029 0.258 neighbor_friendly 0.066 0.525 0.298 0.034 ** no._trust_person 0.041 0.697 0.457 0.002 *** norms_of_reciprocity 0.436 0.003 *** 0.403 0.081 * shock -0.113 0.037 ** -0.195 0.019 ** risk_aversion 0.124 0.000 *** 0.102 0.015 ** satoyama -0.303 0.552 -1.659 0.033 ** pop_decrease -0.651 0.040 ** 0.457 0.181 pseudo r-squared 0.075 0.094 sample 850 380 note: ***p < .01, **p < .05, *p < .10. 15do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? 5. conclusions in this paper, i used subjective classification standards to compare rural and urban residents in terms of their swb. results suggest that on average, rural residents have higher swb than their urban counterparts, despite higher average income among the latter. by using an ordered logit estimator, i demonstrated that for rural residents, factors other than household income significantly predict swb. in addition, urban residents with high awareness of the conservation of natural capital reported high levels of swb. this finding is consistent with past work showing that beliefs and intrinsic religiosity significantly affect swb (barra, 2016). in contrast, for rural residents, some elements of social capital (i.e. friendliness with neighbors, number of trustworthy people) positively affect swb. past work has suggested that swb depends on personal relationships, but the current study demonstrates that this association exists only for rural residents. rural residents who migrated directly from urban areas reported high swb. taken together, these results provide new perspectives that are related to the values of rural residents, making rural areas attractive. furthermore, the results of the analysis using propensity score methods revealed that living in a rural area is causally antecedent to swb. this result suggests that standard regression analyses do not satisfactorily capture these effects. the results of the analysis provide evidence for the importance of conserving the rural environment for well-being: environmental conditions in respondents’ residential areas and respondents’ awareness of and attitudes towards conservation influence swb differently in line with past researches (i.e. kyoto university, 2013). in the current study, for example, the satoyama index was not significantly associated with swb, but positive attitudes towards the conservation of natural capital did exert a positive effect. taken together, these results suggest that raising awareness of environmental issues is fundamental to maintaining swb. finally, although this paper provides several new findings that can be used to inform policy, one limitation should be acknowledged. this study represents the first attempt to use data from japanese respondents to compare urban and rural citizens in terms of their swb. as a result, the results should be interpreted with caution. as argued by hirschauer et al. (2015), the study of swb in specific domains may help identify conditions that foster well-being, but it will inevitably raise questions as whether and how this research should inform policymaking in all contexts. besides, the regional classification based on the self-report might severely limit its applicability for policy, even though other measures of regional classification have some limitations as well. those who regard themselves as the residents of urban or rural are not necessarily those of urban or rural. proposing the legislation affecting those people that think themselves living in urban or rural area seems meaningless. as such, the results reported here should encourage future applied research in other geographic regions. acknowledgements my heartfelt appreciation goes to takashi hayashi and atsushi tanaka, whose comments and suggestions were invaluable to my study. my appreciation also goes to the 16 hiroki sasaki journal editor and two anonymous referees for helpful comments. this work was accomplished as part of a research project performed at the policy research institute, ministry of agriculture, forestry and fisheries (primaff) in japan. the findings and views reported in this paper are those of the author and should not be attributed to primaff or the japanese ministry of agriculture, forestry and fisheries. all errors and omissions are the sole responsibility of the author. i would like to thank editage (www.editage.jp) for english language editing. references ambery, c.l. and fleming, c. (2011). valuing scenic amenity using life satisfaction data. ecological economics 72: 106-115. ambrey, cl. and fleming, c. (2014). valuing ecosystem diversity in south east queensland: a life satisfaction approach. social indicators research 115(1): 45-65. baaske, w., filzmoser, p., mader, w., and wieser, r. (2009). agriculture as a success factor for municipalities. jahrbuch der öga band 18(1): 21-30. available on-line: http://oega.boku.ac.at barra, c., bimonte, g. and zotti, z. (2016). on the relationship among efficiency, capitalization and risk: does management matter in local banking market? applied economics 48(41): 3912-3934. binder, m. and freytag, a. (2013). volunteering, subjective well-being and public policy. journal of economic psychology 34: 97-119. brereton, f., clinch, j. and ferreira, s. (2008). happiness, geography and the environment. ecological economics 65: 386-396. bok, d. (2010). the politics of happiness: what government can learn from the new research on well-being. princeton: princeton university press. cabinet office, government of japan (cao) (2008). white paper on the national lifestyle 2008: prospects for consumer citizenship toward a comfortable and mature society. (in japanese) cabinet office, government of japan (cao) (2011). measuring national well-being -proposed well-being indicators-. the commission on measuring well-being, japan. (in japanese) dedehouanou, s. and maertens, m. (2011). participation in modern agri-food supply chain in senegal and happiness. paper prepared for the special iariw-ssa conference on measuring national income, wealth, poverty, and inequality in african countries, cape town, south africa, september 28-october 1, 2011. diener, e. and oishi, s. (2004). are scandinavians happier than asians? issues in comparing nations on subjective well-being. in columbus, f. (ed), asian economic and political issues: vol. 10. hauppauge, new york: nova science, 1-25. easterlin, r. (1974). does economic growth improve the human lot? some empirical evidence. in david, p.a. and reder, m.w. (eds), nations and households in economic growth: essays in honor of moses abramovitz, new york: academic press, 89-125. ferrer-i-carbonell, a. and gowdy, j.m. (2007). environmental awareness and happiness. ecological economics 60(3): 509-516. 17do japanese citizens move to rural areas seeking a slower life? glaeser, e.l., gottlieb, j.d. and ziv, o. (2016). unhappy cities. journal of labor economics 34(2): 129-182. guillén royo, m. and velazco, j. (2006). exploring the relationship between happiness, objective and subjective well-being: evidence from rural thailand―is economic security the key to satisfy well-being? a case study of thailand. esrc research group on well-being in developing countries, working paper 16, university of bath. hayashi, t. and sasaki, s. (2015). measuring the rural-urban disparity with gdp, isew and life satisfaction: a case study in japan. the 11th biennial conference of the european society for ecological economics. http://www.esee2015.org/wp-content/ uploads/2015/10/0150.pdf. accessed 25 june 2016. hellevik, o. (2003). economy, values and happiness in norway. journal of happiness studies 4(3): 243-283. hirschauer, n., lehberger, m. and musshoff, o. (2015). happiness and utility in economic thought—or: what can we learn from happiness research for public policy analysis and public policy making? social indicators research 121(3): 47-674. kadoya, t. and washitani, i. (2011). the satoyama index: a biodiversity indicator for agricultural landscapes. agriculture, ecosystems and environment 140(1-2): 20-26. masuda, h. (2014). the death of regional cities: a horrendous simulation regional cities will disappear by 2040 a polarized society will emerge. discuss japan— japan foreign policy forum 18. http://www.japanpolicyforum.jp/en/pdf/2014/vol18/ djweb_18_pol_01.pdf. accessed 20 june 2016. ministry of agriculture, forestry and fisheries, government of japan (maff) (2007). social capital in rural. bureau of agricultural community development, ministry of agriculture, fisheries and forestry, japan (in japanese). http://www.maff.go.jp/j/ nousin/noukei/socialcapital/pdf/data03.pdf. accessed 25 june 2016. ministry of internal affairs and communication, government of japan (2017). mid-term report on “turn to rural areas”. ministry of internal affairs and communication, japan (in japanese). http://www.soumu.go.jp/main_content/000474333.pdf. accessed 1 june 2017. markussen, t., fibæk, m., tarp, f. and do anh tuan, n. (2014). the happy farmer selfemployment and subjective well-being in rural vietnam. wider working paper 2014/108. oecd (2013). oecd guidelines on measuring subjective well-being. oecd publishing. rosenbaum, p.r. and rubin, d.b. (1983). the central role of the propensity score in observational studies for causal effects. biometrika 70(1): 41-55. surova, d., pinto-correia, t. and marsden, t. (2012). oral communication. cardiff conference on sustainable place making, sustainable places research institute, cardiff, 29-30 october. tanksale, d. (2015). big five personality traits: are they really important for the subjective well-being of indians?. international journal of psychology 50(1): 64-69. tsutsui, y., ohtake, f. and ikeda, s. (2009). why are you unhappy? osaka economic papers 58(4): 20-57. (in japanese). bio-based and applied economics 6(3): 243-257, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-23339 reviews articles migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy giorgio osti university of trieste, italy date of submission: 2017 8th, september; accepted 2017 10th, december abstract. migrants in italy often form the majority of the labour force in the primary sector; their residential and work conditions are generally of low quality, and their entrepreneurship is limited. how are the presence and action of migrants in italian rural areas to be interpreted? the question is tackled with a framework based on the social movements literature. the mobilisation of migrants is seen as a way to enter the political arena when traditional channels are closed. even heterodox participation is considered a sign of integration in a country. cases of mobilisation are presented in order to show the robustness of the research perspective. the results are that migrants ‘collective action’ is rare and weak, especially in the primary sector because of gangmaster action, temporary and dispersed jobs, obtuseness of employers. moreover, the advocacy coalition supporting migrants is unable to overcome the logic of emergency. the paper ends by wondering whether the sporadic mobilisation of migrants will lead to a moral economy of the agrifood value chain. keywords. migrants, agriculture, workforce, italy, social movement. jel codes. b55, e26, f22, j43, r23. ormai tra l’agricoltura e i lavoratori immigrati si è creato un legame inscindibile 22° rapporto statistico sull’immigrazione 1. introduction surveys show that there are numerous migrants: sometimes they are the majority of the labour force working in the primary sector; their residential and work conditions are generally of low quality; their entrepreneurship is very limited, differently from other sectors like construction and commerce (cicerchia and pallara, 2009; bock et al. 2016; colloca and corrado, 2013). the paper address these questions: how can the presence and action of *corresponding author: giorgio.osti@dispes.units.it 244 giorgio osti migrants in italian rural and agricultural areas be interpreted? is the over-representation of foreigners working in the primary sector a sign of economic marginality or dynamism? the proposed framework is based on the social movements literature. this choice is justified by the assumption that the full integration of foreigners happens when they participate in the political sphere (osti, 2006). mobilisation is a way to enter the political arena when traditional channels are closed. the choice of this interpretative frame entails neglect of some aspects, like entrepreneurship and skills training. the hypothesis is that the mobilisation of migrants in italy has not happened in general, and in the primary sector/rural areas in particular, except in rare cases and despite the presence in italy of a robust advocacy coalition. collective action is too costly for migrants, far from the clan mentality, and useless for people who consider their presence in italy and in agriculture to be temporary. subsidiary interpretations concern the role of intermediaries like the migrants themselves, unions, third sector organisations and local authorities that are generally unable to overcome the logic of emergency and operate outside their specific mission. cases of mobilisation and integration are discussed in order to show how robust the hypothesis is, and how deviations from theoretical patterns shed light on further aspects of the rural life of migrants in italy. the paper ends by wondering whether manual work, now mostly provided by foreigners, will disappear from italian agriculture, and whether the weak and sporadic mobilisation of migrants will include important common values and a sort of moral economy of the agrifood filiere. 2. farm migrants between spatial fixity and social mobility the paper will adopt a sociological approach: the theory of social movements, which is indeed quite unusual for migration studies. otherwise, how can one interpret the impressive demonstration1 of may 20th, 2017 when about 100,000 people – italians and foreigners rallied and marched in the streets of milan? using this approach means highlighting not only the movements of migrants from rural to urban areas (and vice versa), but also socio-political actions, especially strategies to acquire power, prestige or rewards (social mobility). the emphasis on spatial and social movement entails changes of perspective: one change is to look at the integration between inhabiting and working and attention to internal or residential mobility of migrants after the long journey to arrive in italy. in other words, how migrants combine fixity and mobility tendencies (milbourne and kitchen, 2014). the other change of perspective is to consider migrants as a political movement, more or less intertwined with movements around the world. it is hard to conceive migrants as a movement for changing the political equilibrium of an intricate country like italy. generally, their aspiration is to live in peace alongside local people. a common aspiration of all migrants is to achieve some material benefits and give a future to their children. however, migrants can rapidly change their time-horizons; thus, we cannot exclude in the future their political mobilisation in order to gain better and fuller integration in italy. moreover, they may be engaged by autochthonous political organisations for instrumental pur1 http://www.ilgiorno.it/milano/cronaca/foto/corteo-pro-migranti-1.3132029, accessed 21 may 2017. 245migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy poses (e.g. voting in primary elections). this gives momentum to the social movement approach. in order to justify the approach, there is also an intellectual homology between movement in society (generally up and down a scale of job prestige) and movement in space typical of migrants. integration of the spatial and social dimensions of mobility can be fruitful for rural studies as well. rural spaces become a valuable research topic because migrants often show an attachment to public places stronger than that of local people (rishbeth and powell, 2012), or new temporary ghettoes emerge in remote areas (eason, 2017). at the same time, situated micro-relationships assume a special value in rural areas. in those situations, families, friendship networks and religious groups find an easier placement. we frequently frame foreigners according to national citizenship or ethnic borders, neglecting smaller memberships and agency (de haas, 2010). according to this combination of places and relationships, we distinguish two polar types and an intermediate one: • seasonal work – non-accompanying family members, highly mobile • animal breeding work – very stable, with family and fixity to the place (azzeruoli, 2017) • farming, forestry and grazing – intermediate case in terms of mobility and family presence, living in the mountains (membretti, 2015; nori, 2015). foreigners working in the agro-industry are excluded from this classification. they may be part of an enlarged primary sector when employed in the big worker cooperatives of the po river valley that include most of the food filiere, like dairy herding, butchering, milling and storage (povoledo, 2011). for the year 2017 the italian government ‘decreto flussi’ fixed no more than 17,000 non-ec foreign seasonal workers for agriculture and tourism. that number shows the authorities’ under-evaluation of the need for foreign labour. in fact, the number of seasonal employees is much larger. estimates of some years ago put the number of temporary workers without italian citizenship at about 320,0002. of course, these are rough estimates; the number of people without documents or with documents but working irregularly, respectively identifying the black and grey labour markets, is unknown but presumably higher. in single localities of intense agriculture production, the numbers are in the order of tens of thousands of units. at the top of the table is the province of foggia, where about 20,000 seasonal migrants work; the second province is south tyrol (alto adige) with about 18,000 foreigners; then the province of verona (17,000). the provinces of  trento, latina and ragusa follow with about 13,000 temporary workers each. most of them are young males coming, in numerical order, from romania (117,000), india (28,000), morocco (26,000) and albania (24,500)3. in recent years, data on nationality have changed in favour of people from sub-saharan countries, while in the past, after the inclusion of east european countries in the eu, the opposite happened against people of maghreb origin. the statistics for people employed in agriculture, an official indicator based on sample interviews, state that there are 843,000 units, of whom 405,000 are foreigners.4 in 2 source coldiretti for 2013. http://www.rainews.it/dl/rainews/articoli/contentitem-c50f89ea-ee16-443f-ba0154ef410b72c6.html, accessed 5 june 2017. 3 ibidem. 4 year 2015; source: crea, (2017: p. 165). this is a figure from crea, which has recently integrated istat sample 246 giorgio osti relative terms the latter are clearly over-represented in the primary sector. for the italian labour market as a whole foreigners represent just over 10% of employees (2,360,000 on 22,465,000 plus 3 million unemployed). we can conclude by saying that there is a dramatic concentration of migrants in the agriculture sector (table 1). putting together different sources of information, roughly half of the labour force of the primary sector comes from abroad. however, this happens in single localities for two types of activities: permanent jobs in areas specialised in dairy and livestock activities; temporary jobs in a wide range of fruit and horticulture localities from north to south italy, as seen above. in each place, the work and residential conditions are highly variable, even if reports generally state that the situation is better in the north (zanuttig and pozzi, 2014). however, the dualism is more evident by sector than by region: migrants working in the pruning of trees and livestock rearing have better job conditions than those gathering fruits and vegetables both in the north and south of italy. in any case, geographically the phenomenon is fragmented; in that sense less visible and more difficult to deal with. visibility and critical mass are crucial aspects in political mobilisation. low visibility and territorial dispersion is even higher for a third category of foreigners, those working as shepherds and woodcutters. they are presumably very few and neglected, but relatively numerous in comparison to italians operating in the same sector. according to data from infocamere, entrepreneurs born abroad employed in agriculture in 2012 amounted to slightly more than 17,000; they represented 2.9% of the total of data with its own information (crea, 2015: p. 163). the difference between the two sources is striking because the crea figure is almost three times the istat one: 405,000 versus 133,000 foreigners employed. the question is therefore how many people are employed in agricultural sector? the answer varies according to the source: inps, the italian institute for social security, counts about 900,000 farmers and workers paying pension contributions (crea, 2017: p. 158). according to direzione generale dell’immigrazione e delle politiche di integrazione (2015), the non-eu migrants for whom a farm pays pension contributions amounted to 146,394 in 2014. statistics using the number of farms reach 1,470,000 units (crea, 2017: p. 41). table 1. work contracts activated according to economic sector and workers’ citizenship. absolute values and percentage of variation. year: 2014 (direzione generale immigrazione e politiche di integrazione 2015: p. 66) economic sector absolute values var. % 2014/2013 italians foreigners (a) total italians foreigners (a) totalof which: of which : total eu non eu total eu non eu agriculture 927.744 505.181 280.572 224.609 1.432.925 0,0 7,2 5,3 9,7 2,4 industry 622.039 164.487 40.074 124.413 786.526 9,5 5,9 0,9 7,6 8,7 constructions 429.885 138.709 55.634 83.075 568.594 3,1 -3,6 -6,0 -2,0 1,4 services 5.498.474 1.003.282 367.680 635.602 6.501.756 3,4 -3,8 -3,5 -4,0 2,2 commerce 583.094 84.740 25.457 59.283 667.834 4,4 7,7 3,9 9,4 4,8 total 8.061.236 1.896.399 769.417 1.126.982 9.957.635 3,5 0,2 -0,2 0,5 2,9 (a) employees born abroad without italian citizenship 247migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy foreign entrepreneurs (source: benvenuti and cordini, 2013: p. 16). their contribution to total added value was even lower: 1.6% compared to 13.8% in construction and 10.1% in commerce (ibid.: p. 7). noteworthy is the large presence of women, almost 50%, which is unusual among italian farmers (probably there are fiscal reasons). finally, the regional distribution is curious: in tuscany non-italian farm entrepreneurs are at the top both as percentage of foreign employers of all economic sectors (13.8%) and as percentage of all figures working within the agriculture sector (4.5%)(ibid.: p. 17). puglia – one of the most agricultural regions in italy – is in the opposite situation; but the usual italian centre-north vs south divide does not fit very well. the unexpected classification is explained by the country of origin of farmers in tuscany; most of them come from rich european countries, like switzerland and germany. thus, tuscany emerges as a place of large foreign investments rather than of incoming small farmers; nevertheless, in the same region there are important minorities engaged in cattle herding. this is a typical segmentation of poor and rich migrants in regions with high levels of tourism (see osti and ventura, 2012). the exception is romania, from which 5% of farmers arrive. people from this country are the first nationality among foreigners and present good levels of integration in many economic sectors. for some classifications, miners and quarries belong to the primary sector; in any case such activities are developed in rural areas and share the exhausting and humble image of agro-forestry jobs, discarded by italians. the difference is, however, that they are concentrated and taken by foreigners. in the piedmont alps there is a quarry whose workers are almost all of chinese origin (pignatta, 2013). the spatial concentration is sometimes combined with rapid ‘succession’ – replacement of one ethnic group with another – according to an old pattern elaborated by the chicago ecological school for urban areas in the 1920s. ecological succession is registered also for some temporary activities in agriculture. rough quantification allows a first conclusion to be drawn: the numbers are not high, there is no social alarm, as happens in urban neighbourhoods. rural autochthonous people do not show great concern, except in two situations: when migrants do not respect local rules of power/reward distribution, which has sporadically occurred in some places of southern italy, and when local primary school classrooms have a majority of foreign pupils. episodes of parental protest or school change have occurred in some localities of the po valley, where both intensive horticulture and livestock activity are developed. besides social reactions, the work and residential conditions of many foreigners both communitarian and not are objectively dramatic. this situation has been weakly mobilising national public opinion and strongly mobilising many non-profit organisations. again, it is a matter of visibility and political agency. the question is what role migrants play in the situations we have summarily illustrated. it is important to frame the issue in these terms – the agency of migrants in agriculture – because most models of analysis insist on structural processes or attitudes of indigenous people and politicians (semprebon, 2017). 3. a social movement framework the analytics of social movement can be schematically listed: • unusual action repertoires, practices at the margin of orthodoxy (kröger, 2013); • the determination to promote or defend values in the public sphere (protest, claim, 248 giorgio osti campaigning), symbolically called the piazza (public events) in opposition to palazzo (public institutions: rootes, 1997); • such values have a material as well as a symbolic value5; • intense network of relationships6 which can become a purpose itself and a source of wide and unexpected alliances called advocacy coalitions (ambrosini, 2005: the expression was first used by giovanna zincone). the dynamics of social movements: • relationships trigger mobilisation; the search for them is used to explain volunteers’ practices as well (mcadam and paulsen, 1993); • self organisation of resources; the resources are indeed many, material and immaterial; communication campaigns and fund raising are important. in this approach, competition among organizations is used as well, according to ecology of population dynamics (minkoff, 1997); • framing capacity: social construction of an ideal issue like justice, rights, health, commons. this is a cognitive approach (eder, 1996): mobilisation is seen as the capacity to design an issue and easily communicate it to the public. for example, the environmental issue was presented as a new systemic way to interpret the world. migration as well can be considered an epochal phenomenon; • structure of opportunity: that is, all the situations favourable to the raising of protest; for example, the sympathy of public opinion for an ethnic group, the facilitated access to social media, the absence of autochthonous leaders on a topical argument (e.g. job creation). indicators are the number of protests reported in the press, public sit-ins, case studies, rule changes after mobilisation, presence of migrants in trade unions and local associations. in the absence of systemic research on the mobilisation of migrants in italy, single case studies will be used. 4. the mobilization of migrants in italy the public protest, the ‘piazza’ situation, quite rarely takes the form of a strike7. abstention from work and demonstration in a public space have a general significance either because they concern many professional categories or because they are spatially pervasive. this kind of strike is called a ‘sciopero generale’ in italian. the cases monitored are national but not widespread throughout the country; they correspond to a network or 5 “the motivation for new social movement mobilisation cannot be reduced simply to material gain, but may concern the achievement of symbolic goals or the defence of symbolic resources” (woods, 2003: p. 315). offe (1985) talked of paradigm change that is much more stronger than a symbolic stake. 6 according to some authors, like diani (1992), this is the main feature of social movements; other authors underline the value of resource mobilization capacity, including organizational capacity, the presence of a charismatic leader, fund raising and communication campaigning (woods, 2003). 7 the press reported a first case in 2010, march 1st: arriva il primo “sciopero” degli immigrati. “un giorno senza di noi e l’italia si ferma” (vladimiro polch, la repubblica 26 febraury 2010); noteworthy is the critical comment on national unions “i grandi sindacati a livello nazionale non ci hanno supportato, eppure nessuno ha mai pensato di indire uno sciopero etnico”, which shows the suspicion of the ‘generalist’ italian trade unions towards single issue protests. 249migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy punctuated logic8. the foreign workers demonstrations of march 1st, 2010 were organized only in a few selected towns and the event was connected with a similar initiative in several european countries. in the end, the repertoire of action is more similar to a happening or a rally than to a traditional mass abstention from work causing a severe damage to the national economy. the special event has been organized in subsequent years, becoming a regular european ‘day’ of foreigner workers. such occurrences are very different from those organized after a bloody event. these mobilizations arise as spontaneous responses to cases of violence or abuse against foreigner workers. the protest action can be violent as well, involving clashes with the police and the destruction of street furniture. the first main demonstration occurred after the killing of jerry essan masslo in 1989. soon after his tragic death, the first antiracist demonstration ever organized in italy was held in rome, with the participation of more than 200,000 persons, italians and foreigners. masslo was killed in villa literno (campania), where he was harvesting tomatoes without any legal protection. his application for recognition as a refugee had been rejected. the second protest of foreigner workers able to reach national echo was the demonstration held after the slaughter of castel volturno in 2008 (again in campania, but almost 20 years later). six african people sitting in a pub were killed by a camorra’s (mafia local name) command. they were precariously employed in the area, most of them in temporary jobs in agriculture. after the massacre a spontaneous demonstration occurred, with roadblocks, cars damages, and severe vandalism of street furniture. the violent demonstration did not receive any support from the local population; on the contrary, cases of retaliation by inhabitants were reported. their reaction was a signal of an isolated foreign community coupled with a weak capacity to organize a peaceful demonstration. in any case the criminal episode raised wider awareness in national authorities and public opinion. we lack statistics on minor events of migrants protest. looking at the press articles, rare, local, low participated episodes pointed towards local authority and claiming for better control on seasonal work and living conditions of foreigners emerge. such demonstrations are supported by centri sociali (antagonistic communities, ruggiero, 2000), unions and other non profit organizations. their philosophy of action is still within the frame of protest and claim, what we call an advocacy movement, whose main focus is the respect for rights and the defence from oppressing actions of employers and the same authorities. some changes in this framework came at the beginning of 2011 when a group of small farmers, activists and migrant farm workers in the piana of gioia tauro launched the ‘sos rosarno’ campaign with the support of social economy organisations and the involvement of a variety of antiracism bodies (olivieri, 2016). that represented a novelty because the mobilisation was focused on the modes of production, and there was a specific ideology supporting the action: the conditions of production and reproduction in marxist terminology life conditions, housing and welfare services – must be united. small farmers joined forces with ‘braccianti’ to gain compliance with some basic rules of 8 see for example the protest by the agro pontino farm workers (sironi, 2016). the punctuated logic of this mobilization caused a middle level gravity and visibility. other information on the latina province is provided by omizzolo (2013), who uses the categories of transnationalism and transurbanism for sikh people working there. 250 giorgio osti employment and very important to get better prices for citrus fruits. the novelty is precisely a new focus on market exchanges. the deux-ex-machina – the device solving the problem becomes commercial links with rich markets of northern italy, in which many consumers are aware of uneven conditions for farmers and temporary workers of the south and are willing to pay more for citrus fruit production respecting some virtuous parameters. sos rosarno applied a sort of fair trade pattern. when the workers were almost all foreigners a specific ideology was developed. they are considered a reserve army of labour, precisely as defined by marx9: a mass of unemployed people to be used by employers for pressing their employees to accept further wage cuts. migrants, especially if they have a weak status (without documents or needing a job to keep the residence permit) are used to blackmail the workers and generate further profits for the entrepreneur. such an analysis provides a strong motivation to local activists for mobilising. in fact, being without contractual force and with precarious accommodation put foreigners in the hands of unscrupulous entrepreneurs and mediators. this is felt to be deeply unfair and trigger protest. mediators require special treatment. they are called ‘caporali’ (gangmasters in english). most of them are foreigners, of the same nationality as the workers that they hire. they are traditional figures in italy countryside (perrotta, 2014; avallone, 2017) able to achieve great power between absent landowners and poor rural proletarians. they are crucial for maintaining the labour force’s expropriation. besides relational abilities and strong personalities, they are generally accepted by migrants because they are ‘one of us’ and they often do the same manual work but with the role of coordinator (olivieri, 2016: p. 73). the more powerful and accepted the gangmaster is, the less probable is the formation of a sharp contraposition between seasonal workers and the employer. to be noted is that the latter is often a small farmer, who can work on the land alongside the foreigners. all these factors reduce the social distance and the chances of a classic labour/capital conflict arising. caporalato is widespread in southern italy, but there are frequent cases in the north as well (marzorati et al.,  2017). furthermore, in northern italy gangmasters have grown in sectors different from agriculture, especially in logistics and transportation sectors. the difference with respect to seasonal work in horticulture is that permanent work in those sectors requires gangmasters to adopt a more formal approach. thus, they create ‘fronting’ cooperatives with which they sign regular contracts of labour provision, so they are able to conceal abuses against formal coop members, all of them being foreign weak manual labourers. 9 “the one classical marxist theorist who made useful additions to marx’s reserve army analysis with respect to imperialism was rosa luxemburg. in  the accumulation of capital  she argued that in order for accumulation to proceed “capital must be able to mobilise world labour power without restriction.” according to luxemburg, marx had been too “influenced by english conditions involving a high level of capitalist development.” although he had addressed the latent reserve in agriculture, he had not dealt with the drawing of surplus labor from noncapitalist modes of production (e.g., the peasantry) in his description of the reserve army. however, it was mainly here that the surplus labor for global accumulation was to be found. it was true, luxemburg acknowledged, that marx discussed the expropriation of the peasantry in his treatment of “so-called primitive accumulation,” in the chapter of capital immediately following his discussion of the general law. but that argument was concerned primarily with the “genesis of capital” and not with its contemporary forms. hence, the reserve army analysis had to be extended in a global context to take into account the enormous “social reservoir” of non-capitalist labor” (foster et al., 2011). 251migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy work cooperatives dominated by a gangmaster are growing also in agriculture, especially in those localities where controls by the authorities on black and grey jobs are more frequent. cooperation, a juridical formula in which members are both owners and employees, is another way to decrease the chances of worker mobilization. a social movement needs an enemy. generally, this is the owner of the means of production; if the worker and the owner coincide, a strong motivation for enmity disappears. thus, cooperatives can be seen as an astute means for controlling class conflict in the countryside. on these aspects the theory of social movements can provide further insights. mobilisation can either be calmed structuring the deprived farm workers in fronting cooperatives or it can explode in collective uncontrolled anger of migrants. the former is a rationalization of unequal relationships; the latter is a growth of irrationality. seasonal workers in agriculture are therefore caught in a trap. the mobilization for changing the unequal distribution of rewards is emptied transforming the labour force in co-workers or vanished because of explosion of rage, which alienates the sympathy of public opinion. besides this interpretation two other approaches to mobilisation are fruitful. one is based on the indian literature concerning reactions of poor people to extreme abuses. francesco caruso thinks it is possible to use their conflict action repertoire to interpret the different outcomes of the rosarno and castel volturno migrant rebellions. in the former case, he considers the demonstration by foreign workers (braccianti) to be an extreme and desperate attempt to defend their nude life10; this demonstration did not bring any material benefit to the migrants, but at least they testified they were alive. in the latter case the protest was violent as well, but more cleverly organized by a group of migrants from ghana. they channelled the protest march toward the city hall, where they met authorities; the result was a special residence permit for 2,000 seasonal workers. caruso (2016: p. 68) explains the different results: in castel volturno the permanent and deep-rooted presence of migrants had allowed the maturation of self-organised initiatives. self-organisation varies in even very similar contexts, both dominated by mafia and subordinate agriculture11. the category of self-organisation introduces the second alternative approach to mobilisation. self-organization is widely mentioned in the literature on social movements, especially in the theory of ‘resources mobilisation’ (donati, 1995). it is frequent also in the description of farm workers in italy both in the south and the north. the surplus of organizational capacities for dispersed workers derives from: • cultural and political motivations of the migrants themselves. religion is very important, especially when there is an explicit proselytizing programme (see omizzolo, 2013); • non-profit organizations, whose members are mainly italians, are of three types: charities helping migrants to find basic accommodation; advocacy groups helping with job 10 “in rosarno the uprising is configured as a self-defense tool and as nude life affirmation: those who are accustomed to ‘bending their heads’, undergoing obscene and silent abuses, living in an extreme state of exploitation and subjugation, arise and rebel when the biopolitics assumes the features of the thanatopolitics” (caruso 2016: p. 67). 11 in the paper this food regime is called ‘californian’, based on extreme exploitation of seasonal workers, low prices of products and high rewards for mediators of labor and crops/means of production (agribusiness); see also corrado (2017). 252 giorgio osti rights and residence permits; social cooperatives providing alternative and fair jobs (see ambrosini, 2005); • trade unions; since the beginning of modern migration they have sought to play their role with varying strategies and results (see allievi, 1997); • local authorities: in italy it is common opinion that they generally work for the good inclusion of migrants provided that the help measures have low visibility. this would protect mayors and council members from adverse public opinion (marzorati et al., 2017). self-organization, therefore, is never absolute; it does not mean self-sufficiency of a group, but it is the product of an assemblage of initiatives and actors. in italy there is a variably combined coalition in favour of migrants able to deal with the most extreme situations of residential degradation. many groups intervene in the emergency providing food and lodging. ‘coalition’ is a term denoting not only political convergence in defence of migrants’ rights, but also collaboration in practical assistance. it is frequent to find catholic church volunteers working together with members of antagonist groups and civil servants of municipality. farmers’ and workers’ unions are involved in the migrants issue, even if in principle they have opposite interests. agriculture employers’ organizations realize that it is unsound to defend their members’ activities without assuring minimal living conditions for their employees, whether temporary or permanent. trade unions are institutionally engaged in the protection of workers. in both cases there are ambivalences as well. farmers’ organisations cannot insist too much on compliance with the rules because their members make abundant use of black and grey labour. nonetheless, inclusion in local pro-migrant agreements induces farmers’ associations to be more attentive to human values. a second inducement is market reputation that helps as much as food consumers are concerned and take responsibility of regular work demand in agriculture (i.e. a fair trade pattern). trade unions are deeply involved in the protection of foreigner migrants against any abuse. however, researchers talk of insufficient action: “trade unions have not managed to aggregate them” (semprebon et al., 2017: p. 10). “the trade unions, often committed to imposing regular hiring on employers, do not have a sufficient number of members to have a decisive impact” (scotto, 2016: p. 86), “indeed, [in southern italy, trade unions] have been accused of contributing to the development of patron-client practices, carrying out their mediation task as it was a distribution of charitable resources” (ibid.). in northern italy workers’ unions attend all the public committees in which the seasonal work issue is dealt with; but that action can be very formal and far from the real involvement of foreigners (cnel, 2002: p. 153). the causes of insufficient capacity of trade-union engagements are several: dispersion of places, low cooperation by migrants themselves, hostility of farmers, trade unions’ almost exclusive reliance on controls by the public authorities. evidently, the unions’ resources are limited; moreover, their exclusive confidence on the advocacy role creates some problems with seasonal workers themselves. migrants absolutely want to get a job as soon as possible without paying much attention to rules; strong claiming for respect of rules can be an obstacle to this urgent goal. in this sense, organizations that offer alternative jobs are more successful than trade unions, at least when the latter comply too closely with their ‘advocacy role’. indeed, in the past metalworker trade unions promoted the 253migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy creation of worker cooperatives to which the entrepreneur outsourced simpler tasks. this organisational choice increased the power of unions with, however, some trade-offs: paternalist attitudes during personnel hiring, accusations of collusion with the company, mismanagement12. the weak strategy of farm worker unions shows that multifunctional third-sector organizations – those more equipped for providing advocacy, assistance and jobs – are more successful. these tasks are indeed united in the most flexible non-profit organizations. multitasking is adopted by the public bodies, too. local and national authorities have understood that ‘work’ is a key factor in the control of migration flows. accordingly, they have created together with unions, farmer associations and charities several employment opportunities for example in green care or green spaces maintenance. this emerges in the most dynamic rural areas of south and north italy. 5. discussion and conclusions “indeed” – as stated in the 22° statistical report on immigration (caritas and migrantes, 2012: p. 260) – “the link between agriculture and migrant workers is indissoluble. the tendency is positive and data demonstrate that farms employing migrant workers have benefited also in terms of productivity”. this statement, used for the paper inscription, is quite optimistic: it claims a solid and productive relationship between agriculture and migrants. indeed, the italian situation is geographically variable and socially segmented: quantitative analysis shows that the bulk of the issue concerns foreign employees, most of them seasonal workers. this represents a marked difference with mainstream italian agriculture, made of small self-employers (coltivatori diretti). the employment and residential conditions of migrants are still dramatic in rural areas. mountain areas are an exception because foreigners working in the primary sector and accompanied by their families are seen as means to repopulate deserted and remote villages. the situation is improving but in a point-like way according to the implementation of single temporary projects. the two main policy instruments – migration admission quotas and random controls on farms – are both insufficient. thus, virtuous initiatives are in the hands of local bodies, when fortunately a good public/non-profit partnership is established. this confirms a ‘molecular’ mode of migrant integration applicable to every economic sector and area of the country (ostanel and fioretti, 2017). high segmentation means that different migrant situations co-exist in the same area. the case of tuscany foreigners buying farms in ‘chiantishire’ beside shepherds living in poor conditions in the hills is emblematic. thus, we have two combinations operating in the italian context: • weak economy and low education areas attracting low skilled migrants and vice versa; they give rise to a spatial division of labour, with a concentration of best educated foreigners in the cities of northern and central italy, and 12 “social cooperatives, born as movement organisations against the exploitation of farm workers and proletariats in the po valley at the beginning of last century, have dramatically changed similarly to the decline suffered by workers’ parties and trade unions” (michelino, 2015), my translation. 254 giorgio osti • strong economy and high education areas attracting low skilled migrants occupying low-lewel jobs like food and assistance services; they give rise to a social division of labour. migrants will become a social class, if not an underclass (extreme poor people living near more luxury urban zones). the two trends are replicated in italian agriculture: some areas – sorts of agriculture district (perrotta, 2017) will further develop in terms of mechanisation and digitalisation, attracting foreigners for a wide range of tasks, from simplest ones to those requiring high skills. other areas will attract almost exclusively blackmailed low waged workers for very simple tasks like manual crop harvesting. this dualism can affect also agro-tourism and green care services, in which the physical and relational aspects of work are crucial. if the spatial division of labour trend prevails, we may expect new waves of migrants, maybe with further ecological succession of ethnic groups. if the social division of labour is more likely, the flow of migrants into the italian countryside will become more selective. if we look at tendencies abroad in very specialised districts (e.g. california), the combination of low and high skilled employees appears the most likely. some works, especially crop and food manipulation, will be done by poor workers. of course, we must not lapse into a sort of technological determinism, as if the fortune of migrants in the countryside was linked to mechanisation (or to agriculture 4.0). the paper challenge is based on the high importance of relational factors, specifically the political capacity of farm/rural migrants to selforganise their life and work. we have seen that migrant mobilisation is limited in italy; its strength depends on a combination of three factors: 1) long term permanence in the rural area or regular return each year, i.e. a special form of place attachment; 2) religious or national diasporas, called also transnationalism and understood as a project of return to the motherland cemented by an ideology and a praxis; 3) capacity to press authorities at national level for residence permits or refugee status recognition. this reduces the capacity to blackmail foreigners both employed and unemployed. however, advancements in legal status, arriving for example to allow voting in elections for long term resident foreigners, can change the farm workers’ marginality very little. their upgrading social mobility greatly depends on external factors and precisely on a farmers’ (saint) alliance with consumers for higher prices in exchange for organic/low input products. filiere mediators (large scale retailing) should attend the alliance, too. this means that such a pact cannot be based on strict computation of rewards of each filiere member but on values of justice and commons protection. in this scenario foreign farm workers have a more balanced and realistic image: if they do not actively share such values of justice and environmental sustainability they remain within the trap of pure and rough economic stance with a very low bargaining power. norms protecting worker rights and official on-site inspections are not enough for assuring their contractual position. then, the most profitable path is that migrants themselves participate as much as possible to projects in a new moral economy. in italy there are many projects promoted by farmers, supported by public bodies and disseminated by eccentric rural-urban networks (http://barikama.altervista.org/; http://www.funkytomato. it/). they often include foreign workers. such projects must be replicated everywhere. this is a chance of development for italian agriculture as well. 255migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy references allievi, s. (1997). immigrazione e sindacato: un rapporto incompiuto, http://www.stefanoallievi.it/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/immigrazione-e-sindacato-txt-1996.pdf. ambrosini, m. (2005). accoglienza degli immigrati e terzo settore. in ismu, decimo rapporto sulle migrazioni 2004: dieci anni di immigrazione in italia, milano: francoangeli, 229-245. avallone, g. (2017). the land of informal intermediation. the social regulation of migrant agricultural labour in the piana del sele, italy. in corrado, a., perrotta, d. and  de castro c. (eds), migration and agriculture. mobility and change in the mediterranean area, london and new york: routledge, 217-230. azzeruoli, v. (2017). the (sacred) cow business. narratives and practices of the “ethnic niche” of indian punjab milkers in the po valley. in corrado, a., perrotta, d. and de castro c. (eds), migration and agriculture. mobility and change in the mediterranean area, london and new york: routledge, 21-41. benvenuti, v. and cordini, m. (2013). le imprese straniere nel settore agricolo in italia. inea, fondazione moressa, roma. bock, b., osti, g. and ventura f. (2016). rural migration and new patterns of exclusion and integration in europe. in shucksmith,  m. and brown, d.l. (eds), routledge international handbook of rural studies, london and new york: routledge, 71-84. caritas and migrantes (2012). dossier statistico immigrazione, 22° rapporto, roma. caruso, f.s. (2016). tra agricoltura californiana e migrazioni mediterranee: cause ed effetti delle rivolte del bracciantato migrante. in d’agostino, m., corrado, a. and caruso, f. (eds), migrazioni e confini. politiche, diritti e nuove forme di partecipazione, soveria mannelli: rubbettino, 57-68. cicerchia, m. and pallara p. (eds) (2009). gli immigrati nell’agricoltura italiana, inea, roma. cnel (2002). i lavoratori stagionali immigrati in italia, rome, 11 february. colloca, c. and corrado, a. (eds) (2013). la globalizzazione delle campagne. migranti e società rurali nel sud italia, milano: francoangeli. corrado, a. 2017. agrarian change and migrations in the mediterranean from a food regime perspective. in corrado, a., perrotta, d. and de castro c. (eds), migration and agriculture. mobility and change in the mediterranean area, london and new york: routledge, 311-330. crea (2015). annuario agricoltura 2014, centro politiche e bioeconomia, roma. crea (2017). annuario agricoltura 2015, centro politiche e bioeconomia, roma. de haas, h. (2010). migration and development: a theoretical perspective. the international migration review 44(1): 227–264. diani, m. (1992). the concept of social movement. the sociological review 40: 1–25. direzione generale immigrazione e politiche di integrazione, (2015). quinto rapporto annuale. i migranti nel mercato del lavoro in italia, ministero del lavoro e delle politiche sociali, roma, july. donati, p. (1995). mobilitazione delle risorse e trasformazione organizzativa: il caso dell’ecologia politica. quaderni di scienza politica 2(2): 167-199. eason, j. (2017). big house on the prairie: rise of the rural ghetto and prison proliferation, chicago: university of chicago press. 256 giorgio osti eder, k. (1996). the institutionalization of environmentalism: ecological discourse and the second transformation of the public sphere. in lash, s., szerszynski, b. and wynne, b. (eds), risk, environment and modernity, london: sage, 203-223. foster, j.b., mcchesney, r.w. and jonna, r.j. (2011). the global reserve army of labor and the new imperialism. monthly review 63(6). kröger, m. (2013). contentious agency and natural resource politics, london and new york: routledge. marzorati, r., semprebon, m. and bonizzoni, p. (2017). piccolo è bello? governare l’immigrazione nei piccoli comuni lombardi. mondi migranti 1: 113-130. mcadam, d. and paulsen, r. (1993). specifying the relationship between social ties and activism. american journal of sociology 99(3): 640-667. membretti, a. (2015). foreign immigration and housing issue in small alpine villages. mountain dossier 4: 34-37. michelino, m. (2015). ma quali cooperative? proletari resistenti  lavoro 24-11-15, n. 566. www.resistenze.org. milbourne, p. and kitchen, p. (2014). rural mobilities: connecting movement and fixity in rural places. journal of rural studies 34: 326-336. minkoff, d. (1997). the sequencing of social movements. american sociological review 62(5): 779-799. nori, m. (2015). pastori a colori. agriregionieuropa, 43. offe, c. (1985). new social movements: changing boundaries of the political. social research 52: 817–868. olivieri, f. (2016). sovranità alimentare e autogestione. l’alternativa di “sos rosarno” allo sfruttamento dei braccianti immigrati, dei piccoli agricoltori e dei territori. in d’agostino, m., corrado, a. and caruso, f. (eds), migrazioni e confini. politiche, diritti e nuove forme di partecipazione, soveria mannelli: rubbettino, 69-83. omizzolo, m. (2013). la formazione dello spazio sociale transurbano e il caso della comunità sikh della provincia di latina. in colloca, c. and corrado, a. (eds), la globalizzazione delle campagne. migranti e società rurali nel sud italia, milano: francoangeli, 159-171. ostanel,e. and fioretti, c. (2017).  immigrazione e co-progettazione locale nei piccoli comuni di veneto e lazio: tra perifericità e innesti di innovazione. mondi migranti 1: 95-112. osti, g. (2006). lo spazio delle lingue nel processo di integrazione degli immigrati in italia. in santipolo, m. (ed), l’italiano. contesti di insegnamento in italia e all’estero, torino: utet, 34-48. osti, g. and ventura, f. (eds) (2012). vivere da stranieri in aree fragili. l’immigrazione internazionale nei comuni rurali italiani, napoli: liguori. perrotta, d. (2014). vecchi e nuovi mediatori. storia, geografia ed etnografia del caporalato in agricoltura. meridiana 1: 193-220. perrotta, d. (2017). processing tomatoes in the era of the retailing revolution. mechanization and migrant labour in northern and southern italy. in corrado, a., perrotta, d. and de castro c. (eds), migration and agriculture. mobility and change in the mediterranean area, london and new york: routledge, 58-75. pignatta, p. (2013). barge e bagnolo, il dragone all’ombra del monviso. famiglia cristiana, 13. 257migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy povoledo, e. (2011). in italian heartland, indians keep the cheese coming. the new york times, sept. 7. rishbeth, c. and powell, m. (2012). place attachment and memory: landscapes of belonging as experienced post-migration. landscape research 38(2): 1-19. rootes, c.a. (1997). environmental movements and green parties in western and eastern europe. redclift, m. and woodgate, g. (eds), the international handbook of environmental sociology, cheltenham: edward elgar, 319-348. ruggiero, v. (2000). new social movements and the ‘centri sociali’ in milan. the sociological review, 48(2): 167–185. scotto, a. (2016). tra sfruttamento e protesta: i migranti e il caporalato agricolo in italia meridionale. remhu rev. interdiscip. mobil. hum. 24(48): 79-92. semprebon, m. (2017). il protagonismo dei rifugiati. esempi di inclusione lavorativa in valle camonica. in colombo, m. (ed), immigrazione e contesti locali. annuario cirmib 2017, milano: vita e pensiero. semprebon, m., marzorati, r. and garrapa, a.m. (2017). governing agricultural migrant workers as an “emergency”: converging approaches in northern and southern italian rural towns. international migration, doi: 10.1111/imig.12390. sironi, f. (2016). agro pontino, i braccianti sikh continuano a protestare. non si ferma la protesta dei lavoratori in provincia di latina, dopo la prima manifestazione degli schiavi del raccolto, il 18 aprile. avanza con piccole vertenze ogni giorno. tra minacce, ritorsioni, e speranza. l’espresso 23 may. woods, m. (2003). deconstructing rural protest: the emergence of a new social movement. journal of rural studies 19: 309–325. zanuttig, g., pozzi, e. (2014). braccia al lavoro... in agricoltura: focus sui cittadini stranieri impiegati nel settore primario in fvg. notiziario ersa 1: 7-12. rural-urban migration and implications for rural production alan de brauw migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy giorgio osti immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni*, roberto esposti economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil linda arata1,*, sofia hauschild2, paolo sckokai1 is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? maria rosaria pupo d’andrea*, simona romeo lironcurti bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae copyright: © 2021 r. zucaro, v. manganiello, r. lorenzetti, m. ferrigno. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: r. zucaro, v. manganiello, r. lorenzetti, m. ferrigno (2021). application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context. bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122. doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 received: july 30, 2020 accepted: june 23, 2021 published: october 28, 2021 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: meri raggi, fabio bartolini. orcid rz: 0000-0001-9386-7612 vm: 0000-0003-0348-6600 rl: 0000-0003-3346-0874 mf: 0000-0002-5347-0984 application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context raffaella zucaro, veronica manganiello, romina lorenzetti*, marianna ferrigno council for agricultural research and economics research centre for agricultural policies and bioeconomy (crea-pb), via po 14, 00198 roma, rm, italy. e-mail: raffaella.zucaro@crea.gov.it, veronica.manganiello@crea.gov.it, romina.lorenzetti@crea.gov.it, marianna.ferrigno@crea.gov.it. *corresponding author: romina.lorenzetti@crea.gov.it abstract. in the context of climate change, one of the eu’s major political efforts focus on water management. public investment is carried out considering several drivers, from economic development to demographics, climate, and pollutants. meanwhile, the need for evaluation methods is also increasing, so their development has grown in recent years. among these, multi-criteria analysis methodologies (mca) have taken on great importance. this work aims to demonstrate the usefulness of mca in addressing crucial environmental issues, such as the use of water resources for agricultural and food production. the document presents an application of mca for the ranking and selection of projects to be financed under the italian national plan on water resources. the plan is part of the national initiatives planned for the adaptation of the agricultural sector to climate change. the selection criteria have been identified following a participatory approach, and to respond to both the challenge of climate change and the limited availability of funds. mca is used to select the best projects to be financed with the available amount. the italian experience confirms the effectiveness of mca and highlights how the involvement of both decision makers and stakeholders is necessary for a successful application of mca to environmental issues. keywords: drought risk, water management, investment database, reservoirs, climate change. 1. introduction in recent decades, climate change has caused worrying drought events across europe, even in countries where past meteorological drought had been rare. this situation has led eu member states to monitor the availability of and need for water, to provide timely alerts in the event of drought and identify possible actions to undertake in the event of a crisis. recent studies carried out on the italian territory have shown a growing climate heterogeneity due to climate change (zucaro, 2017; ispra, 2018). in the past, drought events http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 110 bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 raffaella zucaro et al. were mainly concentrated in the southern regions and islands, while, in the last 20 years, central and northern italy have also suffered from recurrent droughts. the agricultural sector is the most exposed to the effects of climate change (mahato, 2014), there is therefore a need for targeted investments increasing the preparedness to face extreme events. as f loods and droughts affect both the quantity and quality of water, they contribute to environmental degradation and loss of ecosystem services. thus, all member states (mss), including italy, are implementing adaptation and mitigation measures. international institutions, and in particular the european union (eu) are steering their policies and economies towards long-term sustainability. in recent years, there has been a crescendo in the political narrative aimed at promoting climate change adaptation and mitigation. several actions have been proposed to implement these policies, namely: enhancing knowledge in the field of climate change adaptation and mitigation policies (eu adaptation strategy, european commission, 2013); managing water risks and disasters; ensuring good water governance and sustainable investment for water services (oecd, 2015, odec 2016); encouraging the sustainable use of water for agriculture and the introduction of priority actions for the adaptation of agriculture to climate change (fao – wasag global framework for action to cope with water scarcity in agriculture); taking account of climate adaptation in public and private investments (european green deal, european commission, 2019). several measures, singly or in combination, can be taken to cope with drought risk in agriculture, climate change adaptation, and sustainable water management. these include regulatory measures, risk management measures, water governance, research and innovation, and structural measures. there is no single decisive action, but the most effective one or a combination of them should be taken. public investment in water distribution infrastructure allows for greater and more constant availability of water for irrigation and greater efficiency in water use, by reducing water abstractions, introducing instruments for water metering, and increasing the use of non-conventional water. these investments can also contribute to achieving the objectives of the water framework directive (wfd, 2000/60/ ec) of ensuring the availability of quality water for the needs of people and the environment. this is possible through the improvement of the ecological quality of water bodies and the conservation and restoration of areas of naturalistic interest (e.g. nature 2000 sites). at the european level, specific funds have been allocated to finance irrigation investments as a response to the water crises of 2003 and 2007. these investments aimed to increase water storage and irrigation efficiency, through the modernization of existing assets, the building of new reservoirs, and the recovery and improvement of existing ones. to decrease the dependency on conventional sources and reduce withdrawals from natural water bodies, the promotion of the reuse of treated wastewater for irrigation purpose is also pursued. in italy, with the aim of ensuring the integrated management of water resources, a steering committee has been set up to coordinate the various administrations responsible for water: the steering committee addressing investments in cross-sectoral investments, responding to the recommendations of the european commission communication “addressing the challenge of water scarcity and drought in the european union” (com, 2007) 414 final). following this strategy, in 2017 the italian government financed the “national plan of interventions in the water sector” (budget law 2018, december 27, 2017, no. 205). the national plan was finalized to modernize and complete the national water distribution network (including the irrigation network) and to build new reservoirs. the national plan also foresaw the adoption of an extraordinary plan, consisting in the implementation of urgent interventions against drought, with a focus on multipurpose reservoirs. at the river basin scale, reservoirs are considered as effective climate change adaptation measures, especially where natural water availability is highly variable throughout the year. in fact, they retain water to be released during periods of scarcity, thus sustaining irrigated agriculture and increasing the availability of water for irrigation (biemans, 2011). in addition, reservoirs have ecological and recreational functions, ranging from the conservation of protected migratory species (mascara, 2010) and biodiversity (deacon, 2018, croce, 2015), to cultural and recreational purposes. that is why some of them are now defined as natural conservation areas. the case study shows the procedure followed by the council for agricultural research and economics (crea), on behalf of the italian ministry of agriculture (mipaaf), in selecting interventions to help the agricultural sector adapt to climate change. the interventions were selected according to the objectives of the extraordinary plan applying a multi-criteria analysis (mca). mca is a non-monetary method of ranking and prioritizing the characteristics of the projects submitted for funding. the paper aims to present the feasibility and usefulness of mca in identifying the most effective project proposals in the field of water, stating that this method 111application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 can allow the inclusion of different disciplines in a single evaluation frame. in addition, mss need appropriate methods to assess ex ante effectiveness of investment projects, including their potential impacts on natural resource protection. the italian experience can therefore be extended to other countries. 2. data and research methodology 2.1 multi-criteria analysis multi-criteria analysis (mca) was selected as a method for classifying and selecting projects, as it allowed consideration of the different priority elements according to the requirements by the funder, and the needs in term of adaptation to climate. mca was considered the appropriate method as it allowed several specific agricultural and environmental conditions to be applied (figueira et al., 2005). this facilitates the achievement of increased efficiency and sustainability in the use of natural resources in line with the eu guidelines. several papers have been published over the last 30 years on the empirical applications of mca to a range of nature conservation topics, including: conservation priority and planning; management and zoning of protected areas; forest management and restoration; mapping of biodiversity, naturalness, and wilderness. many references can be found in several reviews, such as: mendoza et al. (1986); romero and rehman (1987); tarp and helles (1995); hayashi (2000); kangas et al. (2001); steiguer et al. (2003); mendoza and martins (2006). a recent and extensive review of the applications of multi-criteria decision analysis was carried out by adem esmail and geneletti, (2017), based on 86 papers and dealing with empirical applications in nature and biodiversity conservation. decision-making in environmental management requires more and more comparison alternatives to achieve multiple and competing goals. indeed, many of the following objectives must often be considered: ensuring a sufficient quantity of water for both people’s needs and the environment (water framework directive – implementation of the water framework directive), economic development, addressing the challenges posed by demographic change, climate change, and emerging pollutants. the public administrations responsible for determining and evaluating strategic choices need systems and/or selection criteria that are as objective as possible and not influenced by endogenous factors. this problem is particularly acute when it comes to public funding. in this context, multi-criteria methodologies have become important because they provide valuable help in choosing between alternatives, especially since the classic economic and monetary surveys do not represent the plurality of aspects that these problems present (skonieczny et al, 2005). compared to monetary methods based on welfare economy principles (costbenefit analysis, cba), non-monetary methods that also consider natural resources and are based on decision theory are an alternative when assessing the effectiveness of the interventions. while cba is mainly applied to project evaluation to improve a specific environmental service, non-monetary methods such as mca are used for issues related to territorial and environmental assessment and planning, as they can also evaluate qualitative information. currently, several books deal with multi-criteria methodologies as applied to natural resources management (e.g. zeleny, 1984; yoon and hwang, 1995; malczewski, 1999; belton and stewart, 2002). basically, mca is applied with the following typical steps: 1. structuring of the problem and the decision-making network. 2. data acquisition and processing. 3. normalization (linear normalizations or value and utility functions). 4. criteria and weight allocation. 5. calculation and sorting of alternatives (e.g. with outranking methods; graphic methods; scoring methods). 6. results. 7. sensitivity analysis (optional). the next paragraph describes how these steps were applied to the case study. 2.2. applied methodology in this study, the listed steps of the multi-criteria analysis were slightly reformulated, as follows. 1. structuring of the problem and the decision-making network. there are many mca approaches that differ in terms of computational complexity, level of stakeholder engagement and time and data requirements. to protect the agricultural sector against drought events, policymakers identified structural measures, concerning infrastructure interventions on multipurpose reservoirs for water collection during rain periods and water saving interventions. a specific fund has been set up to these objectives, governed by specific rules. water management operates within an interdisciplinary framework that seeks to ensure the protection of resources (cugusi and plaisant, 2019; dir. 2000/60/ec; dlgs 152/1999; autonomous region of sardinia, 2005), and requires the integration of ecological, economic, 112 bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 raffaella zucaro et al. and socio-political elements of different territorial scales. therefore, all the institutions responsible for water management (ministries of agriculture, environment, infrastructure, regions and river basin district authorities (rbdas)), local agencies for irrigation water management (lawms), and stakeholders were involved in the decision-making network of this case study. the involvement of the stakeholders was a selling point in the methodology adopted by the crea. 2. data acquisition and processing. for the collection of data useful for the analysis, the crea, mipaaf, and regions with the support of the lawms, identified the infrastructure priorities to be financed through national and eu resources. all information was stored and managed by dania, the national database of investments for irrigation and the environment (http://dania.crea. gov.it/). it was implemented by the crea for mipaaf, for the collection of structural and financial information on financed and programmed projects. information about investments were provided by regions and by sigrian, the national information system for water resources management in agriculture (https://sigrian.crea.gov.it) managed by the crea (mipaaf, 2015). sigrian contains data from the italian national irrigation system and is the national reference database for the collection of data on water used for irrigation on a national scale. in this work, sigrian was used to collect information on the use of water resources and the extent of the irrigated area affected by the projects for the estimation of the catchment area. starting from dania information, mca was applied to identify a series of projects to be financed up to the amount of 80 million euros, allocated by the extraordinary plan. 3 4. criteria and weight allocation and normalization. the criteria and their weights, as well as related attributes and scores were defined in compliance with the requirements and objectives of the financing instrument, by a technical committee of experts through focus group discussions. the focus group involved representatives of the aforementioned institutions, in the application of a participatory approach. through debates between the actors of the technical committee, shared choices were developed. the participatory approach minimized decision makers’ subjectivity in weight and score allocation, which is a very important and delicate step. indeed, it can influence the final order of alternatives and, therefore, significant involvement is appropriate. within the technical committee, the criteria were defined in accordance with the objective and priority of the fund. once the criteria were decided, several possible attributes for each criterion were defined. at first, the normalization step was bypassed in this case study. since the main aim of normalization in mca is to make quantities comparable, this was achieved by using nominal attribute quantities, to which scores must then be assigned. the different attributes of the criteria were sorted according to their compliance with the selection aims. the weight of the criteria and the score of the attributes were assigned at the same time. applying a monotonically linear utility function, a discrete scoring scale was adopted, with a step of 1, in all the criteria. in a descending way, a maximum score was assigned to its best attribute and a lower score was assigned to the other attributes, according to the preferences of the technical committee, and with reference to the selection goals. in this way, the weight of a given criterion coincides with the highest score assumed by its best attribute. attribute scores ranged from 0-1 to 0-4, while the weights assigned to the criteria ranged from 1 to 4. with this operative choice, the discretions and uncertainties implied in weights were shifted to the definition of scores. for this reason, the technical committee verified that the highest score of each attribute truly represented the weight that the individual criterion should have had compared to the others. 5. 6. calculation and sorting of alternatives and examination of results. the ranking of alternatives, namely the projects, was achieved by applying a scoring method as a type of aggregation. the scoring method classified the alternatives by assigning a numerical evaluation for each of the attributes considered; the scores obtained for each criterion were summarized in a “summary indicator” which aimed to represent the effectiveness of the proposal in achieving the objectives of the fund. the number of projects financed was the maximum obtainable on the basis of the defined budget allocated by the budget law. the direct assignation of a value to the attribute and the use of a linear aggregation method with scores simply added together, have made the method used for the evaluation of the proposal clearer to the potential beneficiary. consequently, even the selfassessment required in the submission phase of the projects was more feasible. self-assessment was introduced because the rbda was called upon to prioritise proposals, mainly based on the declared information. 7. sensitivity analysis. the shared approach gave a certain degree of robustness, as the steps of criteria and weight allocation were based on the expert judgment of the technical committee. the order of importance of criteria and attributes was considered clear and objective, as it was shared among all the stakeholders. nevertheless, in this study sensitivity analysis was carried out to verify the stability of the results, testing some changes in the weight of criteria (skonieczny g. et al. 2005). new 113application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 weights were allocated to the criteria in compliance with the aims and rules of the fund and without upsetting the priorities established by the technical committee. to perform sensitivity analysis, as first step, the attribute scores were normalized to the maximum value that each attribute could assume (maximum row normalization), so that all the attribute scores are between 1 and 0. then, weighted linear combination (wlc) was used (malczewski and rinner, 2015) for the aggregation. following equation 1, the normalized value of attribute score (xi) was multiplied for the tested weights (wi), and the new summary indicators (s) were returned for each alternative. (1) the new rankings of the alternatives, given from the different tested weight assignments, were compared with the original ranking by means of the spearman’s rank correlation coefficient, that is a non-parametric measure of rank correlation, following equation 2 (clef, 2013): (2) where i = paired score, x and y are the ranks, and x-bar and y-bar are the mean ranks. the analysis of the results was carried out taking into account that the spearman correlation between two variables is high when observations have a similar rank, up to a correlation of 1 for identical ranks. 3. results and discussion this section describes the detailed application and results of each step described above. 3.1 structuring of the problem and of the decision-making network the case study concerned the application of mca when selecting infrastructure interventions to facilitate adaptation of the agricultural sector to climate change. the financial instrument identified was the extraordinary plan as part of national plan of interventions in the water sector. it was introduced by the budget law 2018 to finance urgent interventions concerning: preferentially executive projects (the final phase of the project was also accepted); multipurpose reservoirs; water saving in agricultural and household use. the decision-making network identified included the competent ministries of infrastructure (mit), environment (mattm) and agriculture (mipaaf), the 7 rbdas, the 21 regions and autonomous provinces, and the lawms. according to italian legislation, the regions are responsible for irrigation water management and reclamation, while the lawms, reclamation and irrigation consortia, and land improvement consortia are territorial authorities and actuators of the interventions. 3.2 data acquisition and processing the database at the time of the study, dania included 894 irrigation infrastructure projects, representing almost 6 billion euros. information was collected in the database for each project for their evaluation, in accordance with the established criteria. the stored data were acquired in collaboration with regions and processed with identification data (title, actuators, etc.), technical features of projects (project objective and type, project stage, etc.), intervention cost, vulnerability of the intervention area to drought and hydrogeological risk, regional priority of intervention (1-high, 2-medium, and 3-low). starting with the stored projects, a first selection was made before applying the mca according to the following eligibility criteria, in line with the budget law objectives and in the framework of financing fund rules: • project stage = executive (because quickly implementable); • type of intervention = interventions on multipurpose reservoirs and water saving interventions in agriculture; • regional priority of intervention = level 1 (urgent interventions). a dataset of 55 projects was identified on the entire national territory, representing a total amount of almost 360 million euros. the rbdas were asked to give priority to projects in this dataset, to which mca was applied. 3.3 criteria and their attributes some of the adopted criteria related to technical elements and aims of projects, while others referred to effectiveness, in compliance with the aim and priority of the fund, as established in law 205/2017. as mentioned, the extraordinary plan dealt with multipurpose reservoir (irrigation and household) and the priority water saving objectives. more in detail, the plan includes a) completion of interventions concerning large existing dams or unfinished dams; b) recovery and expansion of the reservoir capacity, waterproofing of large dams and safety of the main water derivations for significant river basins in seismic areas classified in 114 bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 raffaella zucaro et al. zones 1 and 2 and at high hydrogeological risk. as a result, the following project criteria were identified: • water resource use. multiple uses were favoured over exclusive ones. • site sensitivity in terms of seismicity and hydrogeological instability. great importance was given to the presence of these hazards. one of the priority objectives was identified as safety in seismic areas (classified in zones 1 and 2) and in areas of high hydrogeological risk. the technical committee decided to assign more importance to areas at seismic risk than to the landslide. therefore, the same value was associated with the presence of hydrogeological risk and the presence of the lower class of seismic risk (fourth class). increasing importance was given to other seismic classes, because of the growing risk. • catchment area in equivalent inhabitants – ei (given 40 equivalent inhabitants –per irrigated hectare). this criterion intended to indicate the impact of the project on the territory in term of users of financing (population or agricultural areas). three classes were created for this continuous variable (ei > 500,000; 300,000 ≤ ei ≤ 500,000; ei < 300,000), both based on expert assessment, and on assessments based on the dania dataset. in addition, it was necessary to provide a unique criterion for household, irrigation, and multiple interventions. thus, the irrigated area was returned to the ei, with a conversion criterion of 40 ei per hectare of irrigated surface. • project stage. the attributes represented the possible status of the project. the extraordinary plan focused on the final and executive level. • project objectives. this criterion aimed to select projects compliant with fund objectives. so, completion of existing dams and the recovery or extension of the reservoir capacity were among the priority objectives. in addition to these, a third class was created for projects aimed at the improvement of the derivation efficiency. • project type. this criterion integrated the technical information agreed in the previous one, detailing the specific type of intervention. the following attributes were identified: securing; extraordinary maintenance; completion; new intervention. • co-financing. this was considered a reward element by the technical committee to promote public-private partnership. • possibility of subdivision into lots. this was considered a reward element by the technical committee, since it made it possible to assess the multiple financing of a project, even with different funding sources at different times. in addition, three effectiveness criteria were identified, as follows. • project effectiveness (ratio of the intervention cost to the number of equivalent inhabitants corresponding to the irrigated area covered by the project: project cost (€)/ei). the criterion was described in 3 classes, namely < 25€/ei, >=25 €/ei <50 €/ei, >=50€/ei. they were created according to the evaluation by experts, also through the dania. • territorial effectiveness. this reflected a classification of the italian regions in relation to the percentage of their regional territory under risk of desertification; according to the scientific reference available for the national scale (ceccarelli et al., 2006), 3 classes were adopted, namely: >40% very sensitive danger (basilicata, marche, molise, puglia, sicily and sardinia); > 40% moderately sensitive danger (abruzzo, campania, emilia-romagna, lazio, piedmont, tuscany, umbria and veneto); little sensitive (other regions). • district priority. this was the assessment provided by the rbda on the effectiveness of the project, in the context of the specific river basin management plans. this criterion was considered by the technical committee to be the most important of the effectiveness criteria, as it was evaluated through expert assessment by each rbda and summarised several environmental aspects. in particular, each rbda established their priority based on the information listed above and considering the objectives of the water framework directive (2000/60/ec) and the main issues in the national plan. for the estimation of district priority, the factors considered were: consistency with another district plans; criticality of the intervention area, such as the hydraulic risk level; hydro-morphological aspects; environmental pressures; expected benefits in terms of pressure reduction on water bodies; expected benefits in terms of improving the water balance at river basin level. the level of effectiveness dealing with the strategic environmental feature, was described with four attributes: strategic, relevant, important, required. 3.4 weight and score allocation the weights assigned to the criteria are shown in table 1. the criteria with the highest weight were: district priority, seismicity degree, project type, and project stage (weight 4). they were of equal importance and were followed by water resource use, project objective, 115application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 catchment area, and project effectiveness, each with a weight of 3. for an easier understanding of the order of the criteria, a matrix was developed (table 2). the attributes assigned to each criterion and their scores are shown in table 3. the normalization of the score is also reported because it was used to perform sensitivity analysis. although the project stage was used to enter the selection, it was included in the mca criteria. the criterion cannot affect the mca result in any way since each alternative evaluated had the same score. however, it was decided to keep it in the process because the same method was adopted by the mit, on another group of projects to be financed with the same fund. unlike mipaaf, the mit did not choose to focus only on executive projects. therefore, it was necessary to maintain the criterion in order to make the results of the two selection processes comparable. 3.5 calculation and sorting of alternatives and selection of the projects the summary indicator returned from the sum of the scores obtained from each project. it represented the effectiveness of the intervention proposal to meet the objective of the fund. based on the defined budget allocated by the budget law, 10 projects were financed in the amount of almost 80 million euros (fig. 1 and table 4), all with a summary indicator of 22 to 26. the 10 projects financed were in 7 regions (veneto, lombardy, emilia-romagna, tuscany, abruzzo, sicily, and sardinia) and were implemented by 8 lawms. figure 1 shows the location of the lawm which received funding. table 1. criteria and their assigned weights . criterion weight id name project criteria 1 water resource use 3 2.1 site sensitivity seismicity 4 2.2 site sensitivity hydrogeological instability 1 3 project objectives 3 4 catchment area 3 5 co-financing 1 6 project type 4 7 possibility subdivision in lots 1 8 project stage 4 effectiveness criteria 9 project effectiveness (ratio cost/ equivalent inhabitants) 3 10 territorial effectiveness 2 11 district priority 4 total 12   33 table 2. criteria order: score matrix. criteria si te se ns iti vi ty hy dr og eo lo gi ca l in st ab ili ty c ofin an ci ng po ss ib ili ty su bd iv isi on in lo ts te rr ito ria l eff ec tiv en es s pr oj ec t e ffe ct iv en es s w at er re so ur ce u se pr oj ec t o bj ec tiv es ba sin u se rs d ist ric t p rio rit y si te se ns iti vi ty se ism ic ity pr oj ec t t yp e pr oj ec t s ta ge site sensitivity hydrogeological instability 1 1 1 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 co-financing 1 1 1 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 possibility subdivision in lots 1 1 1 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 territorial effectiveness 2 2 2 1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 project effectiveness 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 water resource use 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 project objectives 3 3 3 4 1 1 1 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 basin users 3 3 3 5 1 1 1 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 district priority 4 4 4 6 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 1 1 1 site sensitivity seismicity 4 4 4 7 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 1 1 1 project type 4 4 4 8 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 1 1 1 project stage 4 4 4 9 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 1 1 1 116 bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 raffaella zucaro et al. among the financed projects, 2 of them concerned the increase in storage capacity to improve the availability of water for agriculture; the remaining projects concerned improving the efficiency of the main irrigation supply networks in order to achieve better efficiency in water use and water saving in agriculture. under the same plan, other projects were selected by the ministry of infrastructure using the same methodology for a total of 30 projects for about 250 million euros. table 3. attributes and their scores. row max normalization refers to normalization carried out before sensitivity analysis. criterion attribute row max normalizationid name name score 1 water resource use irrigation and household 3 1.00 household 2 0.67 irrigation 1 0.33 2.1 site sensitivity seismicity seismic zone 1 4 1.00 seismic zone 2 3 0.75 seismic zone 3 2 0.50 seismic zone 4 1 0.25 2.2 site sensitivity hydrogeological instability yes 1 1.00 no 0 0.00 3 project objectives completing of existing dams or unfinished dams 3 1.00 recovery or extension of the reservoir’ capacity 2 0.70 improvement of the derivation’ efficiency 1 0.30 4 catchment area ei > 500.000 3 1.00 300.000 ≤ ei ≤ 500.000 2 0.70 ei < 300.000 1 0.30 5 co-financing yes 1 1.00 no 0 0.00 6 project type securing 4 1.00 extraordinary maintenance 3 0.75 completion 2 0.50 new intervention 1 0.25 7 possibility of subdivision in lots yes 1 1.00 no 0 0.00 8 project stage executive project 4 1.00 final authorizing project 3 0.75 definitive technical project 2 0.50 feasibility project 0 0.25 9 project effectiveness < 25€/ei 3 1.00 >=25 €/ei <50 €/ei 2 0.70 >=50€/ei 1 0.30 10 territorial effectiveness > 40% very sensitive danger (basilicata, marche, molise, puglia, sicily, and sardinia) 2 1.00 > 40% moderately sensitive danger (abruzzo, campania, emiliaromagna, lazio, piedmont, tuscany, umbria, and veneto) 1 0.50 little sensitive (other regions) 0 0.00 11 district priority strategic 4 1.00 relevant 3 0.75 important 2 0.50 required 1 0.25 117application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 3.6 sensitivity analysis two other assumptions of weight allocation to the criteria were tested to apply sensitivity analyses within this study. both were designed to follow the aims and rules of the fund, but by making changes in the order of criteria however, the new assignations were made without a profound distortion of the priorities expressed by the technical committee. in these new assignations, the correlation between the priorities expressed in the relevant law and the criteria that best represented them was considered. the decision of the technical committee was amended to stress the weight of the criteria in two ways. firstly, the importance was increased for criteria providing for the effects on the environment and community (e.g. number of people involved, mitigation of desertification, district priority, etc.), and the importance was decreased for criteria providing for the feasibility properties of the project (such as cost-efficiency ratio, possibility subdivision in lots, etc.) (r2). then, the opposite point of view was applied (r3). in r2, the most important criteria were established to be the district priority, the basin users, the seismicity of the site, the territorial effectiveness, and the project stage (weight 4), followed by the project objectives and project type (weight 3). they all described some aspect of the effect of the intervention, except for the project stage. the latter criterion had no effect on the final ranking of alternatives, but it could not be deleted or modified, as explained above (see paragraph 3.3). the lower table 4. list of scores awarded to selected projects for each criterion: evaluation matrix. project criteria su m m ar y in di ca to r po sit io n w at er re so ur ce us e pr oj ec t ob je ct iv es c at ch m en t a re a c ofin an ci ng pr oj ec t t yp e. po ss ib ili ty su bd iv isi on in lo ts pr oj ec t s ta ge pr oj ec t eff ec tiv en es s si te se ns iti vi ty se ism ic ity si te se ns iti vi ty hy dr og eo lo gi ca l in st ab ili ty te rr ito ria l eff ec tiv en es s d ist ric t p rio rit y 1 3 1 3 0 4 1 4 3 2 1 1 3 26 2 3 2 1 0 4 1 4 3 1 1 1 3 24 3 3 2 1 0 4 0 4 3 1 1 1 3 23 4 1 1 3 0 3 1 4 3 1 0 2 4 23 5 1 1 3 0 3 1 4 3 1 0 2 4 23 6 3 1 1 0 3 1 4 1 3 1 1 4 23 7 1 1 3 0 3 1 4 3 2 0 1 3 22 8 3 1 3 0 3 1 4 3 1 0 0 3 22 9 1 1 1 0 4 0 4 3 3 0 1 4 22 10 1 1 1 0 3 1 4 1 3 1 2 4 22 figure 1. maps of the italian lawms. the blue polygons indicate the lawms that had their projects funded under the extraordinary plans from mipaaf (author’s extrapolation of sigrian data). 118 bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 raffaella zucaro et al. weights were for project properties, such as co-financing, the possibility of subdivision in lots (weight 0.5), water resource use (weight 1), project effectiveness, project type, and hydrogeological instability of the site (weight 2). the technical committee associated with the latter criterion the same weight as class 4 in seismic risk. in this way, seismic risk was emphasized more than hydrogeological risk, compared to the priorities expressed by the legislation, where priority was given to interventions in seismic area 1 or 2 and those affected by hydrogeological risk. in r2, the same trend was maintained but the presence of hydrogeological instability was associated with the same weight as the seismic risk class 3, shortening the distances between the two criteria. on the contrary, in r3, the most important criteria were established as project effectiveness, project type, and project stage (weight 4), followed by water resource use, and the criteria on the effects (project objectives, basin users, site seismicity, district priority) (weight 3). the burden of co-financing and of the possibility of subdivision in lots were increased to 2. the lowest weights were placed on hydrogeological instability of the site and territorial effectiveness (weight 1). table 5 and figure 2 summarize the weights adopted in the two tests in relation to those chosen by the technical committee (r1). new summary indicators resulting for each alternative were obtained by multiplying the tested weights of the criteria by the normalized attributes score (see table 4). then, as result of the aggregation with the scoring method, the alternatives were sorted according to r2 and r3. table 6 shows the comparison of these alternative rankings for the first 10 projects. in both of the cases examined, two of the projects selected by the technical committee were not included in the top 10 ranking. nevertheless, the comparison of the results for all 55 cases, by spearman test (fig. 3), showed that there was a significant and strong correlation between the ranking performed based on r2 and r3 and the ranking performed on the basis of the assignment of the original weights (r1) (respectively 0.920 and 0.940, p-level<0,001, n=55). the results still showed a significant correlation when the spearman test was calculated only on the top ten positions (respectively 0.641 and 0.681, p-level<0,05, n=10). 3.7 discussions looking at the adopted approach, the involvement of all stakeholders was a strength in the methodology. firstly, it ensured competence in all the involved disciplinary areas. in particular, the involvement of the rbdas was very important as they are key players in water management and protection. secondly, it ensured a high level of objectivity in the definition of criteria and weights. indeed, the multidisciplinary technical committee allowed for setting criteria, attributes, and scores, including the objectives and constraints imposed by the financial instrument, and shared weight distribution between decision-makers was achieved. finally, this approach facilitated the acceptance of results obtained by the stakeholders embodied by the regions. the absence of traditional normalization and the assignment of a predefined score to attributes represented table 5. weights of the criteria according to the two tests (*criteria mostly linked to the definitions given in the reference law), compared to those assigned by the technical committee. main semantic area criteria r1 weight in tested hypothesis r2 r3 project properties *water resource use 3 2 3 project properties co-financing 1 0.5 2 project properties possibility subdivision in lots 1 0.5 2 project properties *project stage 4 4 4 project properties project effectiveness 3 2 4 project properties / effects project type 4 3 4 effects / project properties *project objectives 3 3 3 effects *basin users 3 4 3 effects *site sensitivity seismicity 4 4 3 effects *site sensitivity hydrogeological instability 1 2 1 effects territorial effectiveness 2 4 1 effects *district priority 4 4 3 total weight 33 33 33 119application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 a practical advantage: the method was easy for all parties involved to understand, making them even more confident in the results of the application. this was important for the self-assessment that stakeholders had to carry out when submitting their project, and for the rbdas, which had to express their priority mainly based on the information included in the self-assessment. in addition, two elements could make the methodology suitable for financing projects by means of a call for proposals. the first one consists of the direct assignment of the score to the attributes to facilitate the self-assessment. the second is the production of a definitive ranking of the proposals, without comparison with other test rankings, coming from sensitivity analysis (e.g. skonieczny et al. 2005). in fact, sensitivity analysis is not suitable for funding guided by calls for proposals, because in these cases the scores of the attributes and/or weights of the criteria must necessarily be unequivocal, defined, and published a priori. however, sensitivity analysis was applied to this study to verify the stability of the results when the weights of the criteria were changed. the results showed a good correlation between the ranking made on the two test hypotheses and that applied by the technical committee. the differences between the rankings were not significant. however, the small variations imposed on the weights of the test criteria during sensitivity analysis are worth noting. surely this choice influenced the results of the sensitivity analysis, overestimating the quality of the results. on the other hand, if there were a profound variation in weight assignations, this would have resulted in choices that overturned the very strict and detailed rules and priorities of the fund. overall, the study seemed to confirm that the allocation of the weights through a technical committee and the involvement of stakeholders achieved adequate solidity of the results. the analysis of the results also suggests that this solidity is higher when the regulation behind 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 *d esi gn le vel projec t ty pe projec t e ffe cti ve ness *w ater re sou rce s u se co-fin an cin g poss ibi lity of lo ts *p roject ob jecti ves *b asin users *s ite se ism ici t y *s ite hyd rogeo logic al… te rrit oria l e ffe cti ven ess *d ist ric t p r io ri t y w ei gh t o f cr it er io n r1 r2 r3 figure 2. graphic representation of the different weights of the criteria between the two tests and the assignment of the technical committee (*criteria mostly linked to the definitions reported in the reference law). table 6. the first 10 alternatives sorted by the summary indicator, obtained for r1 (the choices of the technical committee), r2, and r3 (the letters of the alphabet symbolize the alternatives, i.e. the projects). ranking of the alternatives (first 10 positions) by r1 adoption (technical committee) by r2 adoption by r3 adoption a a a b d b c e h d l d e b e f f c g c g h q f i g n l r o 120 bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 raffaella zucaro et al. the selection gives precise and detailed rules. this should reduce the discretion exercised by the technical committee. 4. main conclusions public infrastructure investments in water distribution networks are part of a broader framework of possible interventions (regulatory, risk management, investments, etc.) to cope with and adapt to climate change. recently, the european green deal strategy also highlighted how climate change will continue to create significant stress in europe despite mitigation efforts. hence, the consideration of climate adaptation in public and private investments is an essential topic. the mca method proved to be a very useful tool for choosing between different investment alternatives. when it is well-designed, it allows for the inclusion of different quantitative and qualitative criteria that can be measured in a single evaluation process. this has also made it possible to weight these criteria according to the priorities assigned by decision makers. however, the mca procedure is articulated and complex, due to the need to develop an approach that represents the multiplicity of objectives. there is a risk that the results achieved will be strongly influenced by subjective choices made at some of the various stages. this can be a critical point. that is why sensitivity analysis should be applied. however, in some cases like those presented, a profound change in weight allocation for testing robustness is limited by the need to respect the priorities and constraints imposed by the related regulation. that is why decision maker and stakeholder involvement are even more necessary to achieve realistic and acceptable results. during the application of the methodology described, certain strengths and weaknesses came to light. one of the main strengths was the participatory approach used to identify the decision-making network (ministries and rbdas) and stakeholders (regions and lawms). the main weakness lies in the fact that the weights adopted can only be controlled ex-post, shifting the variation to weights to compare the results obtained. the methodology applied has the advantage of being applicable in the future also in the case of funding based on calls for proposals, for which the scores of the attributes and/or the weights of the criteria must be defined and published a priori. the ex-post sensitivity analysis, carried out by modifying the weights with due regard for the priorities and limitations of the fund, confirmed the solidity of the classification on the total number of cases. this solidity seems to be favoured precisely by the presence of accurate rules and priorities of the fund, which reduce the margin of discretion entrusted to the technical committee. mca is a useful informative support for policy decisions, but it is important to keep in mind that it is not an “automatic” method for land management. acknowledgement the authors would like to thank luca adolfo folino and adriano battilani for their help and cooperation in revising the english. 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 su m m ar y in di ca to r alternative ordination by technical committee r1 r 2 r 3 figure 3. graphic representation, for each alternative axis (x axis) of the summary indicator (y axis) performed on the basis of r2 and r3 with those obtained from the assignment of the criteria of the technical committee. 121application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 references adem esmail, b., geneletti, d. (2018). multi‐criteria decision analysis for nature conservation: a review of 20 years of applications. methods in ecology and evolution,  9(1), 42-53. (doi:  https://doi. org/10.1111/2041-210x.12899) belton, s., stewart, t.s., 2002. multiple criteria decision analysis. an integrated approach. kluwer academic publishers, massachusetts. budget law 2018. law december 27, 2017, no. 205. (https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2017/12/29/ https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2017/12/29/ 17g00222/sg17g00222/sg) ceccarelli, t., giordano, f., luise, a., perini, l., salvati, l. (2006). la vulnerabilità alla desertificazione in italia: raccolta, analisi, confronto e verifica delle procedure cartografiche di mappatura e degli indicatori a scala nazionale e locale. apat, cra, cnlsd, manuali e linee guida, 40(2006), 1-128. clef, t. (2013).  exploratory data analysis in business and economics: an introduction using spss, stata, and excel. springer science and business media. croce, a. (2015). vascular flora of eight water reservoir areas in southern italy.  check list,  11(2), 1593 (doi: https://doi.org/10.15560/11.2.1593). cugusi, v., plaisant, a. (2019). integrated management of water resources. federico ii open access university press (doi: 10.6093/978-88-6887-054-6). deacon, c., samways, m. j., pryke, j. s. (2018). artificial reservoirs complement natural ponds to improve pondscape resilience in conservation corridors in a biodiversity hotspot.  plos one,  13(9) (https://doi. org/10.1371/journal.pone.0204148). european parliament, (2000). dir. 2000/60/ce. water framework directive (2000/60/ce) (http://eurlex.europa.eu/legal-content/it/txt/?uri=celex: 32000l0060). european commission, (2007). communication from the commission to the council and the european parliament, addressing the challenge of water scarcity and droughts in the european union. brussels, 18.07.07, com(2007)414 final (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=com:2007:0414:fin:en :pdf) european commission, (2013). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions an eu strategy on adaptation to climate change (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/ txt/?uri=celex%3a52013dc0216). european commission, (2019). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions the european green deal (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/ en/txt/?uri=com:2019:640:fin) figueira, j., greco, s., ehrgott, m. (2005). multi criteria decision analysis: state of the art surveys. springer, new york, ny, (doi:10.5937/ekonhor1802189k). hayashi, k., (2000). multi-criteria analysis for agricultural resource management:a critical survey and future perspectives. eur. j. oper. res. 122, 486–500. kangas, j., kangas, a., leskinen, p., pyka¨la¨inen, j., (2001). mcdm methods in strategic planning of forestry on state-owned lands in finland: applications and experiences. j. multi-criteria decis. anal. 10, 257–271 ispra, (2018). 14th report «gli indicatori del clima in italia nel 2018», ispra (isbn: 978-88-448-0955-3). malczewski, j., (1999). gis and multi-criteria decision analysis. john wiley &sons, inc., new york. malczewski, j.; rinner, c. (2015). multicriteria decision analysis in geographic information science. new york: springer, pp. 331 mascara, r. (2010). 2.2 fauna vertebrata. caspur-ciber publishing, 2010, 29-43.(http://archiveciberpublishing.cineca.it/article/viewfile/9887/9208). mahato, a. (2014). climate change and its impact on agriculture.  international journal of scientific and research publications, 4(4), 1-6. mendoza, g.a., campbell, g.e., rolfe, g.l., (1986). multiple objective programming: an approach to planning and evaluation of agroforestry systems. part 1. model description and development. agric. syst. 22, 243–253. mendoza, g. a., martins, h. (2006). multi-criteria decision analysis in natural resource management: a critical review of methods and new modelling paradigms.  forest ecology and management,  230(1-3), 1-22. oecd, (2015). oecd principles on water governance. oecd, paris, france,. available online: www.oecd. org/governance/oecd-principles-on-water-governance.htm. oecd, (2016). oecd council recommendation on water. (http://www.oecd.org/water/recommendation/). romero, c., rehman, t., (1987). natural resources management and the use of multiple-criteria decision making techniques: a review. eur. rev. agric. econ. 14 (1), 6–89. skonieczny, g. t. b., torrisi, b., cappellano, d. (2005). l’analisi multi criterio per la valutazione di progetti https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2017/12/29/ https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2017/12/29/17g00222/sg17g00222/sg https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2017/12/29/ https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2017/12/29/17g00222/sg17g00222/sg https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2017/12/29/ https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2017/12/29/17g00222/sg17g00222/sg http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/it/txt/?uri=celex:32000l0060 http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/it/txt/?uri=celex:32000l0060 http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/it/txt/?uri=celex:32000l0060 122 bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 109-122, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9545 raffaella zucaro et al. pubblici: il software e un’analisi empirica. statistica applicata vol. 17, n. 3, 2005 (http://sa-ijas.stat.unipd. it/sites/sa-ijas.stat.unipd.it/files/451-468.pdf) steiguer, j.e., liberti, l., schuler, a., hansen, b., 2003. multi-criteria decision models for forestry and natural resources management: an annotated bibliography. general technical report ne-307. u.s.d.a. forest service, northeastern research station, newton square, pa. tarp, p., helles, f., (1995). multi-criteria decision making in forest management planning—an overview. j. forest econ. 1 (3), 273–306. yoon, k. p., & hwang, c. l. (1995). multiple attribute decision making: an introduction (vol. 104). sage publications. zeleny, m., 1984. mcdm: past decade and future trends: a source book of multiple criteria decision making. jai press, greenwich. zucaro r., antinoro c., giannerini g. (2017). characterization of drought in italy applying the reconnaissance drought index”. in: european water 60: 313318 (issn 1105-7580) https://sigrian.crea.gov.it http://dania.crea.gov.it/ volume 10, issue 2 2021 firenze university press mediterranean agriculture facing climate change: challenges and policies filippo arfini the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications cristina vaquero-piñeiro application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context raffaella zucaro, veronica manganiello, romina lorenzetti*, marianna ferrigno climate changes and new productive dynamics in the global wine sector emilia lamonaca*, fabio gaetano santeramo, antonio seccia a systematic review of attributes used in choice experiments for agri-environmental contracts nidhi raina*, matteo zavalloni, stefano targetti, riccardo d’alberto, meri raggi, davide viaggi the effect of farmer attitudes on openness to land transactions: evidence for ireland cathal geoghegan*, anne kinsella, cathal o’donoghue bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 101-112, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-20086 editorial towards an economics of the bioeconomy: four years later davide viaggi department of agricultural sciences (dipsa), university of bologna, viale fanin 50, 40127 bologna, italy date of submission: july, 2016; accepted august, 2016 abstract. this paper provides a summary of the evolution of the bioeconomy and compares it with trends in related economics literature. the objective is to discuss how the bio-based economics literature from recent years matches real world concerns and to emphasise emerging needs, in order to derive implications for economic research. though ‘bioeconomy economics and policy’ is still far from being a well-established discipline, the current literature seems to recognise scope for its development together with (and contributing to) the development of the bioeconomy as a whole. several emerging research areas are identified, ranging from the quantification of bioeconomy components and biomass flows, to the political economy of the bioeconomy. however, the economics of the bioeconomy needs most likely to develop not as an independent research area, but rather in close connection with the more ‘traditional’, but highly lively and innovating, areas of agriculture and food economics. keywords. bioeconomy, economics jel codes. q00, q2, q57 1. introduction and objective in 2012, the newly founded italian association of agricultural and applied economics (aieaa) launched a new journal. after considerable discussion about the title of the journal, and its thematic focus within agriculture, food and economics, and their possible combinations and declinations, a proposal emerged for it to be dedicated to the bioeconomy and to take the name ‘bio-based and applied economics’. the idea was to look to the future and to situate the direction of the journal within the context of the most ambitious and widespread cutting edge concept in the field of biological resources economics, without however dismissing the more traditional areas of agriculture and food economics. since then, a good deal has happened in the world of the bioeconomy. the pathway has been marked by a number of major funding initiatives and by several major events. a corresponding author: davide.viaggi@unibo.it 102 davide viaggi major landmark event took place on 25-26 november 2015, when the global bioeconomy summit was held in berlin, bringing together more than nine hundred participants from around the world. the event, the first of its kind, brought to the stage a number of top speakers, including policy makers, scientists, religious leaders and entrepreneurs and has enabled the identification of key global strategic needs for the future bioeconomy (el-chichakly et al., 2016). while a lot seems to be happening in the real world, what is economic research doing to match this evolution? viaggi et al. (2012) envisaged a potential disciplinary shift from agriculture to bio-based economics and pathways for potential research developments in this direction. they also identified two broad areas of attention: i) the first is the bulk of specific research fields related to individual issues in the sphere of the bioeconomy: consumer sciences, markets, patenting rights, and innovation, as well as the economic and social aspects of bioenergy, biotechnologies and biomaterials; ii) the second is the need to address the broad concept of bioeconomy and to approach it in a comprehensive way from an economic perspective. needless to say, the latter was already identified as the most challenging one. this paper provides a summary of the evolution of the bioeconomy in the latest five years and compares it with trends in related economics literature. the objective is to discuss how the bio-based economics literature from recent years matches real world concerns and to emphasise emerging trends and needs, in order to derive implications for economic research. this is also an opportunity to support reflection on the role of the bae journal in the context of the bioeconomy literature. the remainder of the paper is organised in three main sections. section 2 provides a review of recent trends in the evolution of the bioeconomy and section 3 summarises the advances in related economic literature. section 4 provides a discussion and conclusions. 2. policy context and perspectives the policy context is characterised by growing concerns for climate change, scarce natural resources and world food needs. in parallel, there is growing recognition of the advances in technology, especially related to life sciences. in this context, the importance of the bioeconomy has grown considerably in policy agendas around the world. at least 45 countries now have policy agendas impacting directly on the bioeoconomy, while at least 8 (including the eu and usa) have holistic bioeconomy strategies (german bioeconomy council, 2015a; 2015b). the g7 countries have made considerable efforts to position themselves as leaders in this strategy. germany, usa and japan have produced the most ambitious bioeconomy strategies; the eu has taken a leading role in promoting the bioeconomy through its bioeconomy strategy and h2020 research framework programme (european commission, 2012a; 2012b; german bioeconomy council, 2015a). most eu countries now have national strategies on issues related to the bioeconomy and 18 out 28 have the bioeconomy as a priority for eu structural funds. concrete steps have also been made toward qualifying the bioeconomy and its policy approach. there is a growing emphasis on the notion that the idea of bioeconomy alone is not necessarily ensuring improvements in welfare, and that efforts should be made to 103towards an economics of the bioeconomy: four years later target explicitly a concept of sustainable bioeconomy. this is emphasised in the final document of the global bioeconomy summit (global bioeconomy summit 2015, 2015) that recognises that a sustainable bioeconomy could make essential contributions to achieving the united nations sustainable development goals (sdg). the bioeconomy contribution is particularly focused on the sdgs related to food security and nutrition (goal 2), healthy lives (goal 3), water and sanitation (goal 6), affordable and clean energy (goal 7), sustainable consumption and production (goal 12), climate change (goal 13), oceans, seas and marine resources (goal 14), and terrestrial ecosystems, forests, desertification, land degradation, and biodiversity (goal 15), but it is also very relevant for sustainable economic growth (goals 8 and 9) and sustainable cities (goal 11) (global bioeconomy summit 2015, 2015; el-chichakli et al., 2016). another important step in the policy context is the increasingly pronounced integration between the bioeconomy and circular economy strategies. the recent eu communication on the circular economy (european commission, 2015) devotes one chapter to food waste and one chapter to biomass and bio-based products. food waste is a major concern in the eu and a wide range of actions is expected (both at the eu and member state levels). these actions range from common efforts toward improving food waste measures, to legislative initiatives supporting food donations or a better use of ‘best before’ labelling. the bioeconomy is expected to contribute to the circular economy, especially by providing alternatives to fossil-based products and energy, while it is recognised that bio-based materials can also offer advantages linked to their renewability, biodegradability or compostability. according to the communication, some of the main areas of interest include: a) the cascading approach to using bio-based resources, including food waste; b) the potential for innovation in new bio-based materials, chemicals and processes contributing to the circular economy; and c) the recycling of wood packaging and separate collection of bio-waste. bioeconomy strategies are also increasingly embedded in other policies, including the eu common agricultural policy (cap). for example, eu priorities for rural development, within priority 5 (promoting resource efficiency) also include: “(c) facilitating the supply and use of renewable sources of energy, of by-products, wastes and residues and of other non-food raw materials, for the purposes of the bio-economy”. according to the current definitions, the bioeconomy is one of the main components of the eu economy, with over 17 million jobs (8.5% of the eu workforce) and around 2 trillion euro of turnover. food and agriculture remain the two main subsectors, but about 20% of bioeconomy employment and 25% of turnover are now generated by non-food and nonagriculture bioeconomy industries. though the same statistics are not available for other areas of the world, bioeconomy sectors are already playing a key role in the economy of several large countries such as the usa, india, and brazil. the share of bio-based products in world trade has raised from 10% in 2007 to 13% in 2014 (el-chichakli et al., 2016). information remains a clear constraint for more focused analyses of the bioeconomy. to fill this gap initiatives are under way, including the bioeconomy observatory launched by the eu commission (https://biobs.jrc.ec.europa.eu/). in spite of the lack of comprehensive data, it is already clear that the development of the bioeconomy in different areas of the world, while pushed by common needs, is also highlighting different approaches, as well as clearly competing interests. some areas of the 104 davide viaggi world see the bioeconomy mostly as industrial or technological progress, while others see it in close connection with rural development, or as a way of exploiting their biological resources. there is a growing global interconnection in the effects of specific bioeconomy policies from one region of the world to another through global market forces, e.g. for the certification or protection of property rights on biological resources. to better address these issues, global awareness and global coordination in defining bioeconomy strategies is advocated (el-chichakli et al., 2016). looking at the future, on the heels of the global bioeconomy summit, a delphi study was carried out involving more than one hundred bioeconomy experts. it identified seven priority project areas for developing a sustainable bioeconomy, which are also a good proxy of the way forward in the development of the bioeconomy (german bioeconomy council, 2015c; el-chichakli et al., 2016): 1) new food and sustainable agri-food systems; 2) biosmart and integrated urban areas; 3) the next generation biorefineries; 4) artificial photosynthesis; 5) marine bioeconomy; 6) the development of consumer markets; and 7) international regulation and governance of the bioeconomy. 3. advances in the economic literature 3.1 general trends searching “bioeconomy” in the scopus database in july 2016 yields 479 papers, with a growing trend in recent years. of these, 114 are classified in the category “social sciences” and 49 as “economics, econometrics and finance”. twenty-six are in “business, management and accounting”. the most frequent are the 127 papers in “biochemistry, genetics and molecular biology” and 119 papers in “agricultural and biological sciences”. taking “economics, econometrics and finance” only, the number of papers per year is (irregularly) growing over time: 8 in 2012, 9 in 2013, 4 in 2014, 17 in 2015 and 1 in 2016. moreover, papers in economics tend to appear later than those in both the biological sciences and social sciences (the latter recording a good number of papers as early as 2004-2006). noteworthy special issues have been devoted to the bioeconomy in at least two major journals of agriculture and food economics (agricultural economics and the german journal of agricultural economics) to complement several individual papers and at least one journal entirely dedicated to bioeconomy-focused works (agbioforum). in fact, the bulk of the bioeconomy-related economic literature relates to the individual building blocks of the bioeconomy. this is not surprising since some sectors have been extensively studied for decades and have a history that is much longer than the concept of bioeconomy itself. some of these include well-established traditional sectors, such as agriculture and food. some insights into these trends can be seen from publication numbers. economics papers related to agriculture are now 10,213 in scopus, and have grown constantly from 174 in 2000 to 756 in 2015. this is even more evident for economics papers related to ‘food’, now counting 12,954 papers in scopus, having grown from 232 in 2000 to 1,187 in 2015. clearly, these sectors are still attracting a good deal of attention and are even becoming more attractive topics for research. more specific aspects of the bioeconomy are also the subject of a growing research effort, such as bioenergy, biorefinery, and biotechnologies. economic papers indexed 105towards an economics of the bioeconomy: four years later in scopus are now 1,357 for the “biotechnology” keyword (with a growing trend and average of more than 100 per year in the period 2011-2014) and 252 for bioenergy (with similar trends, though having started much later, and a production of about 40 papers per year in recent years). biorefinery, for its part, only has 45 economics papers, with a top production of 10 in 2011 with subsequent ups and downs. one of the most interesting components of this group, involving newly emerging products such as bio-materials, still counts only 10 papers in economics (compared with more than 100 in business and tens of thousands altogether). investigating this large bulk of literature is beyond the scope and ambition of this paper. we rather focus on papers that are more oriented (or carrying some message) towards the bioeconomy as a whole and as a new concept. based on the recent literature, some of the key areas of economic research in this direction are identified below. 3.2 scenarios and major driving forces the bioeconomy is driven by the perception of future needs as well as by opportunities generated by new technologies. among the driving forces recognised as being instrumental in the push for the current and future development of the bioeconomy, the following areas of change play a key role: a) advances in related and complementary technologies, especially in biological sciences and information and communication technologies; b) challenges arising from a growing population and climate change, and related resource (fossil fuel, land, water) limitations; c) changes in the organisation of industries, including horizontal and vertical integration in agricultural supply chains, increasing interand intra-industry exchanges and the increase in the globalisation of the economy and product chains (pätäri et al. 2016; wesseler et al., 2015). the highly dynamic nature of these drivers creates a continuous need for scenario development and technology forecasting. both the identification of these driving forces and the role they can play for the future bioeconomy are investigated in the literature, as well as the understanding (measurement) of the future needs they entail and the potential and credible strategies for the bioeconomy to deal with these needs. 3.3 definition and conceptualisation of the bioeconomy the definition of the bioeconomy and its boundaries is a particularly difficult task given the number of interconnections that it embodies, both as a concept and as a sector. the definition of the bioeconomy in itself is largely driven by policy action and the contents of bioeconomy strategies worldwide, such as the list of sectors addressed (see section 2). with regard to research, the problem that has emerged is that of understanding and qualifying the concept(s) of bioeconomy. this has been largely addressed by exploring the connection between the bioeconomy and surrounding concepts: sustainability, circular economy, ecosystem services, green economy, and agroecology. in this respect, the bioeconomy as a political vision is more and more often specified as a “sustainable and circular bioeconomy”. from a purely conceptual (but also cultural, political and economic) point of view, one stimulating as well as confusing aspect is that the concept itself is 106 davide viaggi developing in a context characterised by the emergence of a number of “bio-concepts” which, in a way, makes it even more difficult to identify a common understanding of the bioeconomy (and, for that matter, bioeoconomics) (birch and tyfield, 2012). the term bioeconomy, on the other hand, is used to identify different ‘types of objects’, notably ranging from a list of sectors to, more ambitiously, a new development model. one of the most politically and conceptually relevant distinctions is the demarcation between a territorial view of the bioeconomy and a more process-oriented (industrial) interpretation of the bioeconomy (schmidt et al., 2012). with a different perspective, these contrasting views also apply to one of the most qualifying concepts linked to the bioeconomy, namely that of bioerefinery (ceapraz et al., 2016). 3.4 describing the bioeconomy: cases studies, experiences, policies, and measurement it is common for fields of study at their inception, to build a lot on ‘simple’ observation. a number of studies address the issue of the bioeconomy by describing and analysing case studies of bioeconomy development. these may be related to specific policies, country strategies (e.g. kamal and che dir, 2015), or to specific plants (e.g. schieb et al., 2015). however, as the subject is still being developed, the measurement of specific bioeconomy features is also developing and shaping the specificities of the bioeconomy. the most relevant cases include: • quantification of biomass flows, especially in relationship to industry needs (in terms of quantity, quality and location), to the ability of agriculture and the forestry sector to meet future demand for biomass, and in connections with resource use (see also section 3.7 below) (kalt, 2015); • quantification of waste and by-products and circular flows into re-use, in connection with the idea that the minimisation of waste and re-use is in fact one of the key concepts in a circular bioeconomy (cardoen et al., 2015); • analysis of the degree of circularity, closely connected to the quantification of waste and by-products, but also of interest on its own; this area of research also highlights several specificities of biomass in terms of (lack of) potential for re-use and of the ability to close the physical loops, which is connected to the cycle of different resources, such as fertilisers (haas et al., 2015); • uptake of specific bioeconomy technologies, e.g. gmos, biotechnologies in general, or those based on biomaterials which may in fact be connected to a growingly intricate network of intersectoral relationships; • investment of venture capital in the biotech and bioeconomy industries, which is relevant both as an indicator of economic attractiveness and as an indicator of innovation effort; this is also a field in which it may be possible to identify the specificities of the sector in terms of research investment and innovation financing (festel and rammer, 2015). 3.5 political economy of the bioeconomy and transition analysis given the difficulties that some key bioeconomy technologies, most notably gmos, face in navigating their way through political legitimation and public acceptance, the 107towards an economics of the bioeconomy: four years later political economy of the bioeconomy is emerging as one of the most focused economic research areas applied to the bioeconomy. a special issue of the german journal of agricultural economics was dedicated to this topic (wesseler et al., 2015; zilberman et al., 2015; pannicke et al., 2015; puttkammer and grethe, 2015). the authors stress several points, including the importance of understanding and representing explicitly the interplay within different stakeholder groups and the usefulness of insights from behavioural economics, especially in connection with how to approach unknown futures. the need for a dynamic framework is also highlighted. the use of a dynamic approach leads to the use of the perspective devoted to the process of making the bioeconomy real through transition analysis, understanding how major changes in technologies may become possible through different steps and enabling conditions (pannicke et al., 2015). 3.6 technology, innovation and technology transfer technology is one of the main focuses of the bioeconomy; from the perspective of technology, the bioeconomy can be viewed as a continuing evolutionary process of transition from systems of mining non-renewable resources to farming renewable ones (zilberman et al., 2013). its evolution is strictly linked to funding research and innovation to develop new and improved technologies in this direction. the landscape of research and link to technology production and transfer is a key object of research in bioeconomy studies (golembiewsk et al., 2015; festel and rittershaus, 2014). similarly, noteworthy attention is being devoted to technology transfer processes, including in connection with agriculture knowledge systems. technology is also relevant in terms of the connections between different goods on the supply side and related costs. finally, technology can be addressed from the perspective of the specificities of bioeconomy technologies and how they can be represented in economic studies (viaggi, 2016). 3.7 biomass supply and resource use the future need for biomass will put pressure on resources needed for its production; a widely explored field focuses on the ability of resources to meet biomass demand, and the transformation, including technological improvement, to match such needs. among others, land is the primary resource under pressure, but increasing attention is being paid to alternative sources of biomass, e.g. seas. there is also an increasing focus on the need for water and fertiliser (especially non-easily renewable ones, such as phosphorous), which are the main other factors needed for vegetal production (hertel et al., 2013; rosegrant et al., 2013). 3.8 markets and their connections an area of study that is linked to the previous one relates to the connection between markets. market connections go beyond meeting demand, but also relate to qualifying market relationships. for example, topics include price stability (and the transmission of 108 davide viaggi instability) or vertical and horizontal integration. one market connection that has already been in the spotlight is the connection between energy and food products, as part of the discussion about the energy-food nexus (lochhead et al., 2016). the issue is however much wider as long as a number of bioeconomy technologies tend to substitute existing products and/or create links between different value chains. on the other hand, for products that do not have a market yet, the issue is how to smoothly create new markets. this is a clear policy concern in most of the policy documents available and in research and innovation funding (including h2020). in the context of markets, consumer analysis and behaviour is one of the big focuses of attention of economic research. specific bioeconomy issues related to food (e.g. gm crops) have dominated, but the issue at hand is much larger and even more important in perspective. it does not only implies understanding consumer preferences, but also includes investigating consumer awareness and new models of connection between supply and demand (viaggi, 2016). 3.9 tools and management while the sector is developing steadily, much can be learned from one of the most practical needs, namely the development of tools for the evaluation of the potential impacts of new technologies. in this respect, life cycle assessment (lca) has rapidly developed as a key tool for technology analysis, to answer the growing need to account for a product chain view of the need for new technology assessment and to consider specific bioeconomy issues, such as the allocation of impact across multiple products and by-products, as well as circular flows (ness et al., 2007; sandin et al., 2015; tilche and galatola, 2008). furthermore, environmental management tools are pervasive and are increasingly seen as key instruments for the sustainable management of bioeconomy sectors (straczewska, 2013). 3.10 at the boundary of economics at this point in the inception of the sector, a good deal is actually happening at the boundary of economics, with a number of potential points of contact between economics and politics, sociology, law, governance, and communications, just to mention a few. a direct focus of attention is politics and the interpretation of the push for bioeconomy development as a mainly political process to ensure the survival of current capitalist structures (goven and pavone, 2014). a clearly very important aspect is regulation, which has also been the subject of a growing number of studies. the regulation of new technologies has been at the forefront, including regulation as a way to ensure the compatibility between profitability and economic, social and environmental objectives related to bioeconomy technologies (wesseler et al., 2010). 4. discussion and implications the global bioeconomy summit highlighted the fact that the bioeconomy as a whole is a growing economic and development strategy the world over, while statistics 109towards an economics of the bioeconomy: four years later underscore its large and growing role in the economy. there is a latent divergence between two notions of bioeconomy: one that basically uses the term as the non-food component of the economy linked to biological resources, and another that also includes agriculture and food. policy trends in the eu and worldwide seem to legitimate the second option. bioeconomy research, for its part, tends to maintain a focus on a number of promising topics, though largely focused on very narrowly defined problems and scientific fields. one clear message that arises is the need for a more comprehensive view of the bioeconomy that is able to address the challenges of the interconnections among different components of the bioeconomy, different regional needs and different expectations. this demand also involves research and, while this may be common to all disciplines, it is especially true for all economic research. the literature has begun to mention an “economics of the bioeconomy” (viaggi et al., 2012) or a “bioeconomy economics and policy” (wesseler et al. 2015). however, attention remains particularly focused on individual sectors such as agriculture and food, and, to a lesser extent, biotechnology or bioenergy. this is largely justified by the individual relevance of these sectors, but also by their role in the development of the bioeconomy, and is measured by a steadily growing number of publications in these fields, especially food and agriculture. this is not again the development of the idea of bioeconomy. indeed, myriad issues in the bioeconomy discussion directly concern agriculture and the development of agriculture is seen as a key step in the development of the bioeconomy. the emphasis on the bioeconomy and world food needs have given prominence to, and raised interest in, the sector, hence encouraging a renewed emphasis on its economic analysis. looking at current trends in the economy and in research, it is clear that the development of the bioeconomy requires research with multiple scales and scopes. on the one hand, focused studies, starting from basic profitability, consumer attitudes, technology assessment and business model analysis are needed in specific bioeconomy sectors. on the other hand, holistic approaches are needed to ensure the integration of bioeconomy in a territorialised economy, where the ecosystemic, social and public good dimensions of the bioeconomy are also perceived as relevant. furthermore, both sector and multisector approaches are needed. these different views could feed each other through more attention to new linkages between sectors and product chains, which are one of the structuring features of the bioeconomy. altogether, ‘bioeconomy economics and policy’ is still far from being a wellestablished discipline. however, the current literature seems to recognise scope for its development together with (and contributing to) the development of the bioeconomy as a whole. this confirms the appropriateness of the choice of the focus on “bio-based and applied economics” for this journal, but also highlights that giving meaning to this choice remains an open challenge and will need ‘pragmatic dialogue’, rather than (or perhaps in order to achieve) a ‘paradigmatic shift’, with the more traditional fields of agriculture and food economics. this also validates the choice of a flexible scope and hints at this being even more the case in the future. having said that, maintaining continuous reflection on the bioeconomy as a subject of research and a shaping delimitation for economic thought is also a worthwhile challenge. each of the research areas identified in this paper are merely at the inception level and 110 davide viaggi may in fact represent suitable directions, though still largely undefined, for further research in this field. among them, technological specificities, the conceptualisation of the bioeconomy, linkages among bioeconomy sectors (in terms of both technology and markets) are key areas of economics in which research is highly needed for the development of the bioeconomy. in this respect, a further challenge for economics would be to move from a mainly descriptive and interpretative perspective, to a more proactive and normative approach, seeking to provide a more direct contribution to private decisions and policy support in the bioeconomy. references birch, k., and tyfield, d. (2012). theorizing the bioeconomy: biovalue, biocapital, bioeconomics or … what? science, technology & human values 38(3): 299-327. doi:10.1177/0162243912442398. cardoen, dennis, piyush joshi, ludo diels, priyangshu m. sarma, and deepak pant (2015). agriculture biomass in india: part 2. post-harvest losses, cost and environmental impacts. resources, conservation and recycling 101: 143-153. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2015.06.002. ceapraz, i.l., kotbi, g. and sauvee, l. (2016). the territorial biorefinery as a new business model. bio-based and applied economics, 5(1), 47-62. el-chichakli, b., von braun, j., lang, c., barben, d. and philp, j. (2016). five cornerstones of a global bioeconomy. nature 535: 221-223. european commission (2012a). innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe, swd (2012). 11 final. brussels, 13.2.2012. com(2012) 60 final. european commission (2012b). commission staff working document accompanying the “communication on innovating for sustainable growth: a bioeconomy for europe”. brussels. european commission (2015). closing the loop an eu action plan for the circular economy. com(2015) 614/2, brussels. festel, g. and rammer, c. (2015). importance of venture capital investors for the industrial biotechnology industry. journal of commercial biotechnology 21(2): 31-42. doi:10.5912/jcb685. festel, g., and rittershaus, p. (2014). fostering technology transfer in industrial biotechnology by academic spin-offs. journal of commercial biotechnology 20(2): 5-10. doi:10.5912/jcb631. german bioeconomy council (2015a). bioeconomy policy (part i). synopsys and analysis of strategies in the g7. office of the bioeconomy council, berlin. german bioeconomy council (2015b). bioeconomy policy (part ii). synopsis of national strategies around the world. office of the bioeconomy council, berlin. german bioeconomy council (2015c). global visions for the bioeconomy – an international delphi-study. office of the bioeconomy council, berlin. global bioeconomy summit 2015 (2015). communiqué of the global bioeconomy summit 2015. making bioeconomy work for sustainable development. berlin. golembiewski, b., sick, n., and bröring, s. (2015). the emerging research landscape on bioeconomy: what has been done so far and what is essential from a technology 111towards an economics of the bioeconomy: four years later and innovation management perspective? innovative food science & emerging technologies 29: 308-317. doi:10.1016/j.ifset.2015.03.006. goven, j., and pavone, v. (2014). the bioeconomy as political project: a polanyian analysis. science, technology & human values 40(3): 302-337. doi:10.1177/0162243914552133. haas, w., krausmann, f., wiedenhofer, d., and heinz, m. (2015). how circular is the global economy? an assessment of material flows, waste production, and recycling in the european union and the world in 2005. journal of industrial ecology 19 (5): 765-777. doi:10.1111/jiec.12244. hertel, t., steinbuks, j., and baldos, u. (2013). competition for land in the global bioeconomy. agricultural economics 44(s1): 129-138. doi:10.1111/agec.12057. kalt, g. 2015. biomass streams in austria: drawing a complete picture of biogenic material flows within the national economy.”resources, conservation and recycling 95: 100-111. doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2014.12.006. kamal, n., and che dir, z. (2015). accelerating the growth of bioeconomy in malaysia. journal of commercial biotechnology 21(2): 43–56. doi:10.5912/jcb686. lochhead, k., ghafghazi, s., havlik, p., forsell, n., obersteiner, m., bull, g., and mabee, w. (2016). price trends and volatility scenarios for designing forest sector transformation. energy economics 57: 184-191. doi:10.1016/j.eneco.2016.05.001. ness, b., urbel-piirsalu, e., anderberg, s., and olsson, l. (2007). categorising tools for sustainability assessment. ecological economics 60(3): 498-508. doi:10.1016/j. ecolecon.2006.07.023. pannicke, n., gawel, e., hagemann, n., purkus, a., and strunz, s. (2015). the political economy of fostering a wood-based bioeconomy in germany. german journal of agricultural economics 64(4): 224-243. pätäri, s., tuppura, a., toppinen, a., and korhonen, j. (2016). global sustainability megaforces in shaping the future of the european pulp and paper industry towards a bioeconomy. forest policy and economics 66: 38-46. doi:10.1016/j.forpol.2015.10.009. puttkammer, j., and grethe, h. (2015). the public debate on biofuels in germany: who drives the discourse? german journal of agricultural economics 64(4): 263-273. rosegrant, m.w., ringler, c., zhu, t., tokgoz, s., and bhandary, p. (2013). water and food in the bioeconomy: challenges and opportunities for development. agricultural economics 44(s1): 139-150. doi:10.1111/agec.12058. sandin, g., røyne, f., berlin, j., peters, g.m., and svanström, m. (2015). allocation in lcas of biorefinery products: implications for results and decision-making. journal of cleaner production 93: 213-221. doi:10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.01.013. schieb, p.-a., lescieux-katir, h., thénot, m., and clément-larosière, b. (2015). biorefinery 2030. biorefinery 2030: future prospects for the bioeconomy. berlin, heidelberg: springer berlin heidelberg. doi:10.1007/978-3-662-47374-0. schmidt, o., padel, s., and levidow, l. (2012). the bio-economy concept and knowledge base in a public goods and farmer perspective. bio-based and applied economics, 1(1): 47-63. straczewska, i. (2013). system of environmental management as an element of bioeconomy development. journal of international studies 6(2): 155-163. doi:10.14254/2071-8330.2013/6-2/14. 112 davide viaggi tilche, a., and galatola, m. (2008). corner ‘eu life cycle policy and support.’ the international journal of life cycle assessment 13(2): 166-167. doi:10.1065/ lca2008.02.378. wesseler, j., banse, m., and zilberman, d. (2015). introduction special issue ‘the political economy of the bioeconomy.’ german journal of agricultural economics 64(4): 209211. wesseler, j., spielman d.j., and demont, m. (2010). the future of governance in the global bioeconomy: policy, regulation, and investment challenges for the biotechnology and bioenergy sectors. agbioforum 1(4):288-290. zilberman, d., graff, g., hochman, g., and kaplan, s. (2015). the political economy of biotechnology. german journal of agricultural economics 64(4): 212-223. zilberman, d., kim, e., kirschner, s., kaplan, s., and reeves, j. (2013). technology and the future bioeconomy. agricultural economics 44(s1): 95-102. doi:10.1111/ agec.12054. bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 51-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae copyright: © 2021 d. vergamini, f. bartolini, g. brunori. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: d. vergamini, f. bartolini, g. brunori (2021) wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass. bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 51-71. doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 accepted: march 16, 2021 published: july 28, 2021 competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: valentina raimondi. orcid dv: 0000-0002-0721-826x fb: 0000-0002-8946-3110 gb: 0000-0003-2905-9738 wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori university of pisa, dep. of agriculture, food and environment, italy. e-mail: fabio.bartolini@unipi.it; gianluca.brunori@unipi.it corresponding author: daniele vergamini. e-mail: daniele.vergamini@agr.unipi.it abstract. covid-19 has triggered an unprecedented global crisis, the increasing recessions in many countries and related trade uncertainties are affecting the whole wine sector, from production to distribution, sales, and consumption. while the full recovery is still uncertain, and even worse scenarios are possible if it takes longer to recover trust and financial stability on wine markets, the crisis risks to jeopardies recent developments and sustainability in wine territories. building on a tailored revision with a mixed-method participatory research process of the conceptual framework on condition, strategies, and performance of grando et al. (2020), we offer a critical reflection made by researchers and stakeholders supporting several socio-economic narratives and policy implications in the light of the current crisis. distinguishing between short and long-term implications, we analyse the impact of disruptive changes in the external and internal conditions of the business environment, the strategies adopted by the wineries and their implication on performances, as well as a reflection on the policy needs to alleviate the ongoing suffering of the sector. the speed and scope of the pandemic crisis underscore the need for the wine sector to become more resilient by increasing the ability to cooperate and coordinate among supply chain actors and between policy levels. the latter offers a reflection on the balance between short-term interventions and the complementarity of post-2020 cap measures to stabilize market and future incomes. we conclude that once the crisis abates, it will be necessary to reaffirm credible commitment and trust at all levels, not only with regard to production side but also on sale and distribution, especially in the face of changing consumption patterns that in the future will become more pressing for issues related to safety and sustainability. keywords: covid-19, wine industry, pandemic, italy. 1. introduction the covid-19 pandemic has triggered devastating consequences both for human lives and for economic progress. the most optimistic view of what we can expect after a long recovery from the covid-19 will certainly be a half-full glass. the international organization of vine and wine (oiv) sees in the near future a huge drop in wine consumption, as well as a reduction in average prices, and therefore in sales margins and turnover. the downhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 52 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 52-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori ward pressure on prices could be even more pronounced for the fine wine market (the upper segment of the wine market) with a fall around 35% (cardebat et al. 2020). while the covid-19 pandemic has quickly delivered a global economic shock with catastrophic consequences, the increasing recessions in many countries and related trade uncertainties are affecting the entire wine sector, from production to distribution, sales, and consumption. the pandemic and the set of measures adopted to contain it, have led to massive downturns in global economies, and to increasing disruptions to global supply chains, trade that collapsed in the first half of 2020, and tourism for which the world tourism organization (unwto) has estimated a decline of 44% in international tourist arrivals with a loss of about 159 billion euros just for the first quarter of 2020. export found increasing difficulties and limitations alongside widespread international border closures, uncoordinated policy restrictions and social distancing measures, trade policy uncertainties and turmoil in the financial market (world bank 2020a). symmetrically imports have been curtailed by aggressive quarantine measures, which heavily weighed on consumption and investment (world bank, 2020b). wine achieved a lower than average production volume in europe, where the extraordinary measures to reduce the harvest volume had a significant impact in italy, france, and spain. but the sharpest decline was due to its heavy reliance on exports and tourism, in a magnitude that could jeopardies recent developments in most of the wine-producing countries. in italy, mediobanca (2020) estimated a loss of 2 billion euros in the 2020 turnover, resulting from a huge drop on sales between 20% and 25% compared to 2019. according to the institute of services for the agricultural food market (ismea) from january to september 2020 wine export volumes are 2.6% lower than the previous year, while in value the loss is about 3.4%. many priorities on political agendas previously considered ambitious, especially those related to the post-2020 cap reform that aim at securing those investments necessary to align agriculture with sustainable development goals (sdgs) risk now to become even further out of reach (pomarici and sardone, 2020). a huge question mark looms over the vast majority of emerging market and developing economies, the growth for many sectors is still uncertain, and even worse scenarios are possible if after the immediate policy support the structure of the wine industry takes longer to recover. the simple wage of this paper is to provide a reflection on the effects of the covid-19 epidemic for the wine sector. building on a conditions-strategies-performance framework (grando et al., 2020) adapted to the emergence of the covid-19 pandemic the analysis integrates a desk-based review of recent economic perspects on the wine sector (world bank, 2020a; vergamini et al., 2019) with diverse experience data collected through two workshops conducted before the spread of the pandemic (jan 2019) and during the first lockdown of may 2020. the purpose is to offer a critical reflection on the most-updated socioeconomic narratives and policy implications, in the light of the current crisis. distinguishing between short and long-term implications, we will try to analyze the impact of uncertainty that has spread since the earliest outbreaks of mid-march 2020 providing possible courses and outcomes. clear policy actions and recommendations to alleviate the ongoing suffering of the sector are discussed, as well as addressing future challenges such as the recovery of the environmental investments through sustainable policies and the support of international trade through global coordination and cooperation. the starting point of our reasoning adapts well to the italian sector and other traditional wine countries (france, spain, portugal), after which some trends and policy implications that are specific to the sector can also be extended globally. 2. methodology 2.1 the condition-strategies-performance (csp) framework the analysis provides a review and a reflection that further expand and test the csp approach of grando et al. (2020) derived from industrial organization (porter, 1980) and agrofood value-chain management approaches (rastoin and ghersi, 2010) in light of the current spread of the covid-19 pandemic. the previous csp framework was completed towards the end of 2019 in a completely different scenario. driven by the objectives of the eu-funded horizon 2020 sufisa project1 it has been tested on various sectors (prosperi et al., 2019) including wine (vergamini et al., 2018). however, the disruptive changes introduced with the pandemic in 2020 offered the opportunity to revise the previous approach and further develop the framework according to the mutated conditions. the framework proved to be a reliable ally for understanding the way the producer integrates and 1 sufisa – sustainable finance for sustainable agriculture and fisheries was an h2020 project (grant agreement 63555) for which we analysed the wine sector in tuscany through several quantitative and qualitative research activities. the national report for italy provides a synthesis of the diverse experience data we gathered through a survey, several focus groups and regional workshops (https://www.sufisa.eu/ publications/, last accessed june 2020). 53wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 53-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 translates internal and external conditions into chosen strategies that then leads to performances and how on the basis of the observed performances producers adapt by recalibrating reactions to conditions (e.g. remote tasting, web-marketing, quantity of seasonal labour, etc.). given its extreme flexibility, we have chosen the csp approach to capture the short and long-term coronavirus pandemic effects on producers’ strategies and performance in the wine sector. for ease of reading, we report here only the elements of novelty that are attributable to the changes introduced by the current crisis, while for more details regarding the csp we remind to grando et al. (2020). the adaptation of the csp under the covid-19 scenario is summarized in figure 1 and should be interpreted in the following way. the core is the decision-making unit (the wineries). according to the change in external conditions introduced by the worsening of the pandemic (restrictions on the free movement of people and goods, trade and tourism disruptions, introduction of social distancing rules, national, regional and local lockdowns, rising of unemployment and financial stress), we observed a sudden change in the wine business environment, especially for the wineries that focus on the on-trade channels and those more exportoriented and widely connected to global value chains (gvcs.). the shock induced by the change in external conditions has determined for wine producers the need to confront and subsequently adapt to a new – although initially perceived as temporary – internal environment. while wine production conditions appeared stable in the short to medium run as producers have adapted to the situation and continued their work in the vineyards, others were the conditions that mostly constrained wine producers. the “new” internal environment was found to be characterized by a lack of timely policy measures and coordination, by the drop of ontrade channels against the growing concentration of large retailers and supermarkets, by a quick fall in consumption of fine wines vs an increase of the mediumlow quality segment albeit with a strong focus on regional brands, by sudden labour shortage and an increase in production time and costs vs a drop in average grape prices, with a generalised lack of liquidity and increase in debt exposure and related risks. both external and internal conditions constrained the producer’s decisionmaking to produce timely and adaptive strategies while waiting for a wider structural policy support. these responses, as we will analyze more in detail below, have had an impact both in the short and medium-long run on the performance of the sector, according to differences in the composition of output and exports, as well as the endogenous factors that determine the competitivefigure 1. producer’s decision-making process. source: author created. 54 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 54-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori ness, the reliance on on-trade vs off-trade sale channels and producers’ participation in gvcs. 2.2 data collection, csp development, and reflection the process of reviewing and reflecting on the csp approach in the light of the current pandemic crisis for the wine sector was based on a phased mixed-method participatory research process that integrated stakeholders’ opinions, experiences, and reflections with a deskbased review of different sets of conditions, strategies, and performance at the end of 2019 with those in mid and late 2020 (fig. 2). we developed a baseline picture for the csp analysis (i.e. the state of the sector before the pandemic) building on vergamini et al. (2019, 2018) and integrating additional discussion elements grasped from a large workshop conducted in tuscany during 2019 with 80 key players of the wine supply chain. the actors involved in this first workshop included small, medium-sized and large wineries, academics, members of dg-agri of the tuscany region, members of tuscan pdo consortia, sales agents, and other key intermediaries. in compliance with privacy issues, to these type of data, we will refer in the text with the initials wp (workshop participants). the workshop was organized as an iterative and interactive foresight game to capture the strategic nature of decision-making through a cyclical process of confronting potential future european wine sector states including agricultural and trade policies with individual and collective objectives, planning or taking future action (strategies), and reflecting on potential outcomes and policy implications (for a deeper analysis of the scenario building process2 see gardin et al., 2019). the experience data collected through the workshop contributed to develop and validate the chosen baseline set of conditions and strategies (see annex 1). the actors involved answered questions about how they plan to meet these conditions or which strategies among those that can be implemented in the described scenarios they think can contribute to reaching individual and collective objectives regarding the future sustainability of the sector. such exercise generate discussion among stake2 for ease of reading, it is important to mention that the scenario narratives were built on the basis of key dynamics that afflict european agriculture and which can be summarized in three macro-categories (consumption models, distribution of power along the supply chain, prevailing technological models) that resulted from the sufisa project. for wine, the interaction of these macro-categories with different trends and drivers of change identified for the tuscan sector led to the formation of potential specific reference scenarios that have been verified with actors under their territorial context. holders that we further employed to validate, and, ultimately refine the baseline csp. then during the early outbreaks of may, we promoted a second and web-based workshop (may 15, 2020) to co-reflect with more than 20 international wine actors across the supply chain (international winemakers, market consultants, agricultural consultants, wineries, representatives of regional institutions, academics and students) on the impact of the sudden changes in external conditions leaden by the pandemic on the producers’ strategies and performances (please see annex 2 for a deeper explanation of the workshop scopes and process). the data collected allows researcher to develop a backward reflection on the initial csp set and grasp additional short-term implications for different geographical contexts (italy, france, spain, portugal, australia, and us). the workshop was intended to ‘ground-truth’ on the previous findings and better clarifying the role of the different pandemic stressor(s) in driving adjustment processes and the dynamics that drove wineries from the ‘baseline csp’ in the past to the new framework with respect to the current pandemic state and to the future sustainability and viability of the sector. then a final comparative and reflexive desk-based analysis of market and regulatory conditions faced by the producers integrating different and recent economic prospects (world bank, 2020a; oiv, 2020) was conducted by the research team to structure the different findings and provide key insights in terms of policy implications. drawing on the different data sources described above, the next sections examines the resulting condition, strategies and performances, particularly in terms of different temporal (short vs long term) and spatial contexts, the pressures faced by producers in each region and the strategies adopted by wineries and associated supply-chain actors to adapt and overcome the pandemic. figure 2. phased mixed-method participatory research process. source: author created. 55wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 55-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 3. a devastating blow to an already-fragile vision of the future before march 11 2020 we did not expect a certainly bright future, however, there were positive trends and strategies that aimed – let’s say – to increase the sustainability of the sector (obi et al., 2020). the baseline conceptual framework (figure 3) illustrates that in face of growing concentration on foreign markets, rising tariffs, and regionalisation in consumption patterns, we have witnessed the consolidation of investments in traditional local and national sale channels, increasing investment in the maintenance of the territory (e.g. rdp non-productive investments aiming at securing environmental assets such as landscape through the restructuring of old and abandoned terraced vineyards) and in quality, the progressive formation of new territorial networks to promote new consumer experiences (brunori et al., 2012), the growing application of trade marketing (spread of b2b and b2c events), and the improvement of existing facilities, especially those related to the increasing of wine tourism in the light of multifunctionality and income diversification. for some italian regions like tuscany, where the budget for cmo promotion measures is around 30 million euros, these investments represent the result of a decade of work conducted by the region together with the regional wineries and protection consortia. thanks to these efforts tuscany gained its resonance as a global umbrella brand for its agricultural productions, including its high-quality wines (e.g. chianti, brunello di montalcino etc.). however, these developments have not been limited to promotion but involved the transformation of the regional winescape (vlahos, 2020). if climate change was a key concern, there was no lack of plans for sustainability and improvement of the vineyards. indeed, the attention to sustainability and to the environmental impact of production have been proved, for example, by the widespread increase in organic viticulture (pomarici and sardone, 2020). in the panorama of sustainable initiatives, the italian producers were the first to believe in new production protocols such as organic, which in 2019 marked its strong growth. even against the changes in demand and consumption patterns, we have seen an increasing ability of protected designation of origin (pdo) and protected geographical indication (pgi) wines3 to boost their average prices and an increasing interest in wines that are easy to drink, mix, with low alcoholic content, premium, with low environmental impact and with alternative packaging. therefore, in the face of wine structural flows determined by change in the sector conditions 3 we refer to those wines that belong to the art. 93 of the regulation (eu) 1308/2013; figure 3. the baseline csp framework for wine. source: revision on grando et al. (2020). 56 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 56-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori driven by internal and external forces, producers demonstrated their ability to find proactive and unison strategies to maintain substantial stability of the wine supply, increase productivity, reduce costs, increase in products variety and access to new markets (vergamini et al., 2019; 2018). according to vergamini et al. (2018) their performances resulted from strategies for which potential demand, as well as supply and market risks, were perceived as intelligible and manageable and for which they developed adaptive/proactive responses. however, as they pointed out during the first workshop, there are also other factors that should have been considered, such as environmental conditions, for which the risk can assume an indefinite value, beyond their control. unfortunately, this has been – shortly thereafter – confirmed by the rapid spread of covid-19. the early march outbreaks exposed us to the idea of a fragile future, but above all, they added an additional element that we didn’t consider in the baseline approach, namely “time factor”. although aware of the existence of sudden and uncontrollable changes in external conditions, in all the wine scenarios that we analyzed during the first workshop (garding et al., 2019) an important variable escaped from the control of the analysts as well as of respondents, and it was the “time response”, or rather the speed in providing solutions. the astonishing speed and the scope of the pandemic crisis is unprecedented. although in previous scenario analyses we consider the opportunity for sudden shocks, what we did not model was the need for the predisposition of quick policy strategy, or let’s say at least timely. what we should learn from the current situation is to anticipate the crisis, we need to prepare us and instead of perpetuating the present living we should project ourselves towards the future. (wp01) despite the unprecedented policy support and the stringent control measures to mitigate the ongoing health and human costs and to support the near-term economic losses, the underlying policy strategy was “taking time”, since policymakers were not prepared to deal with a severe public health crisis of this scope. although this factor is not immediately evident, the lack of predisposition and coordination among policies is detrimental in the long term, leaving more room for the downturn consequences that we are now experiencing for wine and for many other sectors. thus, the uncertainty associated with the lack of predisposition, becomes the starting point of our revision of the framework and the first fundamental insight from our reflection. we have lived to date in the complete lack of signs of restarting, in an atmosphere of uncertainty, in the lack of real planning for the sector (wp02) if it is true that nobody imagined this scenario before january, nevertheless in the last few years some extreme and catastrophic events have taught us the need to predispose strategies to be able to tackle quick measures. covid-19 epidemic should lead us to review the production world in a different way. (wp03) a strong sustainable future needs timely and targeted policy interventions that reaffirms credible commitment to sustainable policies and predispose a new relationship with the environment. as we would deepen in the discussion, at european level, for example, pomarici and sardone (2020) illustrates that the post-2020 cap reform there already includes preventive instruments that goes in this direction like the “harvest insurance”, the “mutual funds” and the “green harvesting”. however, to these policy tools that could offer concrete stability to crisis situations, the members states (ms) posed so far very little attention despite being feasible (trestini et al. 2017). before the covid-19 crisis, the world was concerned with concentrating the national support programs (nsps) resources on fostering competitiveness. consequently, the overall picture leaves no room for optimism. in the next section, we try to analyze the events step by step to distinguish some key implications between the short and medium-long term. 4. short-term implications in the short term, the wine sector – affected by social distancing and the tourism stop – experienced a sharper decline. the territories that before the crisis were growing, are now in difficulty, affected by the horeca stop and by the collapse of wine tourism. (wp04) however, specific results emerge, reflecting differences in the composition of output and exports, as well as the reliance on on-trade vs off-trade sale channels and changes in those endogenous factors that determine the competitiveness (i.e. human capital and other terroir factors4). portugal wines, for example, suffered a 4 for a deeper analysis of the regional factors that determine competitiveness of the wine supply chain we refer to vergamini et al., (2019). 57wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 57-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 lower impact than france, while the france sector has been affected more than the italian one (table 1), bringing out also the problem of different speeds for different countries. in addition, the world bank reports that the sectors that participate more in the global value chains could be more affected by the disruptive effects of covid-19. although wine is a territorially-based product, for those wineries that focus on export and are globally connected, the effect of safety measures is to slow down production and transport with the consequent lack of the necessary inputs/outputs between one process and another. argentina, for example, encountered such a problem during the harvest with regards to labor shortage, since workers traditionally come from regions very distant from the wine-growing areas. (wp08) the covid-19 hit the wine sector manly form the supply side. the wineries are not experienced with labor shortages as in other sectors. since most of the labor force is generally mobilized during the harvest, producers from the southern hemisphere faced this problem during the first wave, while the european countries fear to face it with a second wave, which this time would bring down the resilience of the sector. in addition, the propagation of shocks through networks and trade interlinkages such as gvcs could be a major driver of economic fluctuations (acemoglu, akcigit, and kerr 2015). gvcs account for more than half of global trade, which becomes more volatile especially during crises (freund 2009; taglioni and zavack 2016). these effects could also prove disruptive for those companies that depend to a greater extent on external financial flows from companies operating in other sectors or that are simply controlled by foreign capitals. wine has experienced a high degree of financialisation in recent years, where external investment and acquisitions have not excluded many popular brands. net of these considerations, in the supply chain of the traditional wine countries most of the “on-trade” distribution channels disappeared. the horeca and other “on-trade” channels have been the most affected by the lockdown. with the closure of restaurants, the stop of social life, travel & leisure industry, we assisted to the collapse of sales for many of the eu denominations of origin and other regional wines (i.e. the most affected). according to the comité européen des entreprises vins (ceev), in europe the stop to this channel could lead to a 35% drop in sales volumes, and a loss of over 50 % in value. but let’s not forget that the spatial dimension also matters (ilbery et al., 2010). by unpacking this impact following a vertical direction (northern vs southern hemisphere) we envisage greater repercussions in the mediterranean area where there is a greater concentration of wine bars and restaurants (italy, portugal, spain, france and greece). furthermore, this area has seen in recent years the greatest concentration of investments in the vineyard and cellars: to improve the product quality, but also the appeal and accommodation capabilities of the territory. with regard to the hospitality in the north of montalcino (tuscany) we suffered a big blow, a devastating impact: we miss the most beautiful moment of our work, the relational one. if we consider also the contraction of the highly developed tourism industry, which will continue to be severely limited during the next months, the negative impact for thousands of wineries that focus on the strategic combination of these activities is likely to be unsustainable. (wp11) the feeling is that the crisis is eroding decades of development standards for our quality wines providing unbalanced territorial consequences that could threaten the current objectives of a “vibrant agriculture” and “generational renewal” (pomarici and sardone, 2020). although even before the pandemic several experts and practitioners endorsed several pessimistic scenarios for future wine demand, a general collapse of the market was truly unpredictable. on the opposite, considering only the increase in sales for domestic consumption mainly recorded by large retailers during the lockdown as a signal of recovery, we risk drawing wrong conclusions. in supermarkets, the offer is much more limited compared to the on-trade channels for which differentiation is a key strategy (vergamini et al., 2019), and focuses on price and rather homogeneous products among several major players. according to cardebat et al. (2020) we should contextualise the increase in sale of large distribution by market segments and distinguishing between export and national/regional market accounting for the collapse of off-trade channels. therefore, we envisage that the most affected producers are those that a) focus on terroir-driven and fine wines, b) are based on export c) benefit from an important local/ regional demand through horeca. the same reasoning applies to the rapid growth of sales in e-commerce. as we will discuss later with regard to the medium-long term, this type of offer is also badly suited for a highly differentiated production like that we are used to finding in the most prominent italian wine regions. ours is a medium-sized family business, for which the impact on the european markets has been violent, but we are mostly affected by the stop of horeca; our winery has now realized above all his vocation and the link with 58 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 58-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori table 1. short-term implications by countries. countries composition of output and export, on-trade vs off-trade, competitivness short-term implications impact experienced actors italy (tuscany) world class red wines (sangiovese), export oriented, great focus on wine tourism, quite heterogeneous reliance on different trade channels (mix of on-tade vs offtrade). strong territorial endowment. with the collapse of wine tourism, the sector experienced a huge drop exacerbating the previous criticalities like late payments and increasing lack of liquidity. as a consequence, debt exposure is rising. unlike france, before the pandemic, italy managed to exploit the rise of united states tariff to its advantage, so the subsequent lock-down resulted in a balance of losses compared to the previous positive export balance. mediumstrong wp05 spain (rioja) world class red wines, great focus on on-trade. strong image of the regional brand. in spain, there has been a huge drop in wine consumption as in other countries following the horeca stop, which has mainly affected the upper tiers of production (40% nationally and 60% from the rioja where they produce 300 mln of liters/year of which 60% goes to the national market and 40% is exported). while the top wines recorded the major negative consequences, the consumption of medium-level or low-quality wine has increased, but with a very low percentage that does not compensate for the losses related to the closure of the restaurants. the estimation is about 40/50% reduction in volume and 50/60% in value (turnover). last year the average price for grapes was around 1 euro/kg, while for this year predictions show about 0.5 euros per kg. in addition, several large processors risk purchasing less quantity. even in spain, there is a consensus for a reduction in yields, but without aids, part of the grapes will remain in the countryside. the impact of e-commerce was minimal but still a stimulus for many wineries. tourism has had the first and greatest impact, now is the turn for uncertainty and the consequent economic crisis. mediumstrong wp06 portugal (lisbon) export oriented, great focus on wine tourism, mixed trade channels. in portugal, the main impact is on export; 15-20% losses for large companies and up to 50% for small wineries; anyway, the export is gradually restarting with the reopening of the asian, us and canada’s markets (with a probable increase of 15% of exportation); however, it needs to be balanced with the negative impact from the closure of horeca channels and the stop of wine tourism. take-away and supermarkets contribute to maintaining sales while wine consumption at home increases. the feeling is that for the 2020 harvest in portugal the price of the grapes will not be affected by the situation; portuguese government has planned fiscal and support intervention with the same measure announced for italy (distillation aid, etc.) lowmedium wp07 france (bordeaux) world class red wines (cabernet-sauvignon & merlot) and champagne (luxury segment). great focus on wine tourism. strong territorial endowment. restrictions played a major role in delivering less consumption of premium wine or luxury products like champagne while there was an increase in the consumption of cheap products; wine region like bordeaux has been mostly affected by the stop of wine tourism. although the wine is a durable product, the situation doesn’t encourage a reactive response from the markets when it will improve. then the emotional context constrained the purchasing behavior; in addition, the confinement of workforces caused workforces troubles or increasing production times and costs. with regard to export, it decreased by 20% during the first 2020 quarter following another 20% fall just in march. exceptional measures from the agricultural minister provide: social security contributions for employees and companies with an envelope of 400 mln euros; aid for distillation to reduce a volume of 2mln hectoliters with 140 mln euros; high wp08 australia (adelaide hills) great wine capital for white wines (sauvignon blanc), notably sparkling wine. focus on export. focus on drinkability and new blends (vanguard wines). the territory is a matrix of new and old patterns that aim at increasing wine tourism. limited implications since vine harvest and wine processes have been taken place normally with an impact on the organization and logistic steps due to social distancing restrictions; restrictions slow down production processes while wineries react by engaging with customers online; for large wineries with 24hrs processes the impact was in the re-organizing of the processes (slow down, divided into steps with breaks to include regular cleaning processes) to reduce workers exposition to contamination; large impact by the stop of travels; stop of wine tasting (no visitors) and shut down of horeca channels; fires have been a greater concern than the covid-19 shut-down; the main challenge is how they will maintain export channels (50/60% of their sales to countries overseas). lowmedium wp09 59wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 59-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 the restaurants despite having a couple of multi-channel labels including those suited for large retailers and supermarkets, which obviously continued to sell in this period in italy and abroad and the online channel worked a bit; but lacking tasting or direct-sale, we feel worried. if uncertainty was initially normal, it is now becoming chronic and widespread across europe. we will invest in online but we believe in returning to a vis-a-vis relationship, wine needs relationships. (wp12) in line with the relational nature of wine, we feel strong doubts about the possibility of shifting our business online. we need certain and quick answers on the public front to support tourism, the author’s cellar is in great difficulty. it needs support and speed. (wp13) in any case, even in face of considerable growth in e-commerce and takeaways, the profitability of producers who relied on more traditional channels remains deeply undermined. neither large cooperatives escaped from these negative effects, especially those direct-selling/regional based that in the last decade have made substantial investments to shift their business towards pdo, organic, and terroir-driven wines. in the same way, we risk being exaggerated to figure a general collapse of the market, since a recent mediobanca survey confirms that 53.4% of the cooperatives that focuses on “off-trade” channels, expect for 2020 less pessimistic results. furthermore, for mediobanca the italian wine could lose up to € 2 billion in revenues in 2020, with a drop between 20 and 25 percent compared to the 2019 (a great year). assuming that the covid-19 specific effects on exports come on top of the fall in world trade envisaged by the world trade organization (wto), current projections estimate a contraction in exports between 700 million and 1.4 billion euros for the major italian producers in 2020. with regard to the domestic market, given that around 65% of national sales are “ontrade”, the short-term impact can be approximated to a loss of over 500 million euros. this figure is also confirmed by the recent nomisma wine monitor survey. according to the results of the first quarter of 2020, considering the us market, the sales of italian wines in the off-trade reached 94 million liters, which represent only 40% of the total imports. the problem will therefore concern the other 60% of italian wine for which we expect a drop, especially with the on-trade that is continuing to be down to zero. these observations, coupled with the fact that liquidity is quickly drying up on the wine market reinforce the thesis that the latter segment is the one who in the end will have suffered a devastating blow. a survey on 400 producers recently conducted by firab (foundation italian for research in organic and biodynamic agriculture) found that the 73% of organic farms were hit by the pandemic crisis and, in terms of liquidity for the 65% the expected economic stability is at most three months. to notice that half of the respondents is under 50 thousand euros in turnover. these figures corroborate the narratives expressed by the italian producers who attended the second and “online” workshop. however, as we introduced in table 1 the past quarter did not end entirely in a negative way. indeed, thanks to the threat of tariffs and the “january exploit” of italian wine in the usa, the italian trend was above the average of the other countries: overall us imports for the quarter closed at + 10.9% in value. therefore, net of exogenous and external factors (tariffs and covid-19) it is now necessary to shift the discussion on the mediumlong term. countries composition of output and export, on-trade vs off-trade, competitivness short-term implications impact experienced actors us (napa valley) world class red wines (cabernet-sauvignon). focus on on-trade and wine tourism. the territory focuses on innovation and in the ability of renovating old blend and developing new and easy to mix and drink wines. the us experienced border closures and various levels of strictness depending on the county level (yellow counties start later wearing masks etc.). during the lock-down, wineries were open without tasting, so with a huge economic impact for those areas like napa valley where tasting tours and on-sale channels are key. off-farm sales were up, while on-farm or direct sales were down (retailers like supermarkets have increased their sales and considering a large amount of stock wine from past years this may help of clearing past inventory). this, however, does not represent a trend that might continue with the reopening. it seems that when people stuck at home they increased wine consumption or simply since they cannot consume wine outside they substitute with in house consumption. for smaller companies high-end, high-quality producers are facing huge economic difficulties (potential bankruptcy in the next few months) and it really depends on how quickly restaurants will be re-open. mediumstrong wp10 60 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 60-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori 5. long-term implications severe and long-lasting socio-economic effects of the pandemic crisis may erode the basis of a balanced territorial development and rural viability. the decline in investment because of elevated uncertainty and financial stress, the ruptures in trade linkages, the fall of many businesses, and the rising unemployment will cause negative effect on both consumers and producers sides. in addition, potential difficulties in providing a continuum of specific support programs to existing declining agricultural areas and to those segments hit by the covid-19 crisis (the more dependent by the on-trade channels) risk compromising the human and territorial capital and losing a whole series of necessary assets for terroirdriven wine regions, such as the protection of landscapes and environmental quality according to world bank (2020a) the economic, social and environmental implications are likely to be more severe and protracted in those countries that experienced larger outbreaks, greater exposure to international spillovers (i.e. gvcs, financial markets, and tourism), and pre-existing difficulties such as business and workers informality, large flaws in the health system, widespread social inequalities. furthermore, the covid-19 epidemic eroded the confidence about prospects for future labor income and profits, in other words, it contributes to a widespread uncertainty forcing wineries to operate with weak cash flow in a generalized lack of liquidity (figure 4). in the mediumand long-term the wine risks continuing to be penalized by psychological aspects, linked to the general climate of uncertainty. we could introduce it as “domino effect”. the collapse of economies in the short run caused a sharp decline in household consumption and firms’ investments with huge repercussions on demand and supply (bhandari, borovicka, and ho 2019). recession and subsequent increasing unemployment caused a loss in lifetime earnings, but to a greater extent the risk of unemployment permanently increases consumers’ savings rate, while again reducing consumption. tourism has had the greatest impact with the collapse, and doubts are still strong. there is a growing concern about the economic crisis that will come. actually, we have 5 million workers at home that have been supported by the spanish government, which will have an impact in the medium and long term on the gdp. what about unemployment? now is likely to be at 20%, and in the next future? (wp06) in this scenario, a key point will be the economic health of “on-trade” players and their attitude towards risk. in the worst case by becoming risk-averse the horeca players will make fewer orders, asking for more delayed forms of payment to minimize their risks (the participants’ behaviour affect pricing and buying dynamics). in the short term, we took care of the cellars, how to keep them in business, while in the long run we must support our distributors. (wp12) accordingly, the wineries that focus on the on-trade channels will be crushed between the reduction in sales and downward pressure on prices, in any case, with less liquidity. however, among the pdos, pgis and fine products, each wine will make its own story (evidence suggest a drop on price for chianti wines). many reactions from several wine regions will depend on the combination of creativity, innovation and their ability to deal with political risk (cardebat et al., 2020). but probably to curb the slow decrease in the price lists the wineries will need signs of a strong recovery, especially from travel & leisure industry. considering that tuscany has 38 million tourists, as strong sign towards recovery we should focus on rural tourism as a guarantee of accompaniment (strong sign) towards recovery. rural tourism could be a much safer or more manageable form of tourism. for example, we should develop partnerships between restaurants and wineries to shift the restaurant from the crowded city centers to the rural areas, in those structures that could allow greater control and security. (wp13) at the opposite for some large brands, the situation will be probably more affordable since they could be able to impose higher purchase quantities thanks to their greater market power “in a take it or leave it way”, while the others will be forced to find new creative solutions (i.e. social networks, e-commerce platforms) or in the worst cases to exit the business. while a probable future in the face of the appropriate incentives for distillation, could then see the distillation of wine surpluses, possibly to produce sanitizing alcohol and help unprofitable firms to persist (we analyze the implication in the discussion), the first overall impact for the sector in the medium-long term is that of the consolidation of a two-speed market: one driven by large retailers and one by the slow restart of the on-trade channels. potential impacts from this situation vary greatly in function of the opening and participation of wine regions in gvcs and from the rebound velocity for those small and medium direct-selling and terroir-driven wineries. in a post-covid-19 world that support open trade with exchange rate stability the local tropism could be a limiting factor. wine region as well as wineries that are 61wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 61-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 well-integrated in gvcs may re-assess whether the gains from participation in global value chains are worth the risk of further disruptions. a retreat from these exportoriented firms towards a regionalization of trade would produce adverse effects on the sector (barattieri et al., 2019), further reducing already-low growth and productivity. in the latter, the main threats are the permanent loss of productivity for many wineries and the risk for the wine territories of being depleted of all those investments necessary to maintain quality, and most important to secure the necessary environmental interventions (let’s not forget that during 2019, many wineries have made great investments to deal with environmental improvements). vice-versa in a protectionist context and figure 4. validated shortand long-term wine conditions. source: revision on grando et al. (2020). 62 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 62-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori strong exchange rate instability due to tripartite trade war between the u.s., china and the european union the regionalisation of trade patterns become a key success factor due to strategic trade policy reasons but also for solid local direct-selling dynamics. in both cases we can expect a drop of investments (except in communication) and more control of yields during the harvest. too much wine on the market risk to eliminate the value of the supply chain. (wp15) then, despite near-term policy support, some wineries will resort to credit or financial strategies to survive given the supposed ‘safe-haven’ nature of their wines. at national level, under the caring for italy decree of march it emerges the revolving pledge as an instrument that gives wineries that have stocks of wine the opportunity of depositing such value to the bank as a guarantee on the loan. furthermore, when wineries will sell the wine they replace the guarantee with other lots to keep the bank guaranteed. this instrument will be very valuable for italian pdos’ wines. (wp14) however, net of any short-term private/public aid, we refer to a second and most probable medium/longterm effect as the “financial stress”, whose balance will depend for the european wineries to a large extent on the availability and access to the future cmo/rdp measures and other forms of more structural support provided by the post-2020 cap reform (pomarici and sardone, 2020). in addition, export-oriented firms tend to be more exposed since they are dependent on borrowing to finance promotion activities and trade marketing. for all the wineries that are in financial stress the inability to service debt (high borrowing costs against weak cash flow) could cause to exit the business. more or less evidently, a third effect of the covid-19 epidemic will be the greater attention to digital. while e-commerce, smart work, and remote technologies did not allow the wineries to balance the negative impact of the fall in sales, several wineries are investing more in digital, both for the marketing of products and for export processes. coronavirus has accelerated these new horizons, and we expect that the newly opened channels will also continue when the sector restart. in our opinion, those who bought on the web will continue if they have had a positive experience, a key aspect for future business. (wp05) during the lock-down we started to focus on the online channels; we implemented a new customer management system (crm) and we tailored our newsletter, the frequency of which has increased thanks to increasingly personalized crm management. there has been a positive response from the us as a market more accustomed to actively participate in virtual life vs the italian market that is almost at a standstill. we created a virtual wine experience, bookable online. literally we bring at your home the val d’orcia. the experience consists of a “home delivery” of a tasting kit with all the accessories necessary for a classic tasting with the addition of a virtual tour at the vineyard, cellar etc. and with a final guided tasting. however, it is difficult to create emotions and empathy even if these virtual experiences will increase in the future. (wp11) however, the different experiences converge on the difficulties to completely transfer the emotional/relational nature of wine consumption to a virtual environment. without policy intervention, most wineries see the risk of privileging quantity rather than quality, rewarding again the large networks or at least the more structured companies. however, policies could play a crucial role in supporting this transition. if on the one hand, the producers try to be resilient, in the long run, and without policy intervention, the situation risks exacerbating negative aspects of current changes in lifestyles and consequently in wine consumption. finally, a fourth and very likely change will be delivered by new consumption patterns. today it is difficult to determine whether in the future we will see a greater role for “safe” and environmentally friendly products, but for producers, the challenge of organic and terroirdriven products represents a key opportunity. wine will benefit a lot when people come back to life and relationships, as a product that focuses on these aspects. however, the consumer patterns will change focusing more on sustainability. if before the covid-19 epidemic, words like sustainability, authenticity, and transparency were often associated with empty slogans, with the crisis the consumer’s attention to their contents could increase. (wp05) according to future societal demands, the current crisis offers a further opportunity to strengthen the greening process of the cap promoting behavioural shifts in line with the recent green new deal by the european commission, and follow up initiatives (e.g., farm to fork strategy and biodiversity strategy). 6. policy implications and conclusion we analyzed the consequences of the covid-19 outbreak on wine sector building on a tailored revision of the csp framework of grando et al. (2020) that allowed us to integrate diverse experience data with 63wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 63-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 recent socio-economic narratives bringing out key elements for short and long-term policy implications. according to our review, the most prominent economic narratives support that despite an arsenal of macro-prudential support policies in the near term the pandemic caused the disruption of domestic demand and supply, trade, and finance. the speed and depth with which it has struck the sector depends on the microstructure of the wine and suggest the possibility of a slow recovery that poses formidable challenges for policymakers. according to world bank (2020a) protectionism in the way of new trade restrictions should be avoided since it could reverse the few gains that the sector maintained (i.e. by increasing price volatility and dampen growth) and it does not offer a solution to the security problem. to limit probable long-term negative implications, the analysis underscores the value of coordination and cooperation in agricultural policy as well as between and across governments and the private sector. the diverse opinions collected through the online workshop converged on the need for greater coordination between regions and the national government in planning income stabilization measures. for the italian sector, despite the envelope announced of approximately 50 million euros, the reduction of stocks through “a distillation of crisis” for the participants risks of not generating the desired impact since it focuses on “generic grapes” a quality that is now becoming marginal in many regional vineyards (i.e. in tuscany generic grapes weigh only 1% of the total at the national level). by extending this reflection beyond the short term, especially in view of its further application in the field of measures to target market and revenue stabilization within the cap reform, this tool should be refined according to the principle of complementarity to provide a better use of available funds per ms and a balanced achievement of its outcomes. despite the new cap was designed within a very different scenario the challenge for policymakers will be to integrate the urgent interventions with the long-term measures to reshape the structure of the eu wine industry after the pandemic. thus, the crisis offers a new opportunity for strategic planning that should likely facilitate this process. therefore, in the wine sector, the debate converges on the opportunity to implement ad hoc strategies and combining the different available tools. the same reflection applies to the “partial green harvest” or the voluntary reduction of yields that will be part of the stabilization package discussed for the post-2020 cap reform. the application of this tool should provide a quick-fix in the current situation, but for its effectiveness, in the medium-long term, there are at least a couple of points that need to be further analyzed. the first regards the attention and the resources that will be effectively delivered because in the past they have been always very scarce (pomarici and sardone, 2020; european commission 2017). as we previously introduced in the past the mss took advantage of favorable wine market conditions to concentrate nsps resources on fostering competitiveness, while we expect that the green harvesting, insurances, and mutual funds should assume more importance in the next future, especially after the current shock. again, the crisis could represent the opportunity to reflect if it is necessary to implement complementary actions that facilitate the effective adoption of such tools. the second point stresses again the need for more coordination between policy levels. in face of the recent regional advance in securing quality and the origin, the key message is that “centralization could be risky” since there are regions that are more advanced than the national government in the control of vine and wine-growing potential. these actors fear a limited impact of a “complex aid” that should also guarantee “speed, effectiveness, and simplicity” at the same time. one positive aspect that emerged is that the covid-19 epidemic increased the solidarity between supply chain members and amplified the opportunity for discussion, shifting the attention from a crystallized present towards the search for a viable future that should go beyond the current limits of the sector in a more effective way. consistent with this idea, one option could be on dusting off old cap tools. we refer to the open debate on the single cmo on the integration of wine actors (european commission 2016). indeed, forms of aggregation such as producer organizations (pos), which are not currently widespread in the sector are seen as a strategic instrument in concentrating supply, obtaining more favorable prices that notwithstanding the rules of the european competition, facilitating the access to cap support and deliver a significant reduction in production and marketing costs for their members. with regards to the single cmo, it will be relevant to provide the necessary support and flexibility for securing the ongoing projects for the restructuring of vineyards and promotion, which are key measures to guarantee the viability of wine territories, especially for those actors that have been most affected by the on-trade fall. thus, policymakers should provide quick reprogramming. for example, the tuscany region is now acting as a facilitator with the national government to allow an extension for the nsp to the conclusion of the projects (march 2021), as well as a fast and smart variant, to ensure promotion actions (e.g. no vinitaly, it is possible to steer the promotion action in ultra-rapid times in other markets), an increase the percentage of contribution from 50 to 60 percent (i.e. less promotional activities but with the same 64 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 64-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori budget) as well as a reduction of penalties. in line with these needs, the future cap could include – beyond the typical promotional actions and market analysis – new actions aimed at the preparation of technical files and facilitate access to non-eu markets with information on oenological practices limitations, phytosanitary and hygiene rules (pomarici and sardone, 2020). if the problem of the future has repeatedly stressed by participants since the crisis is seen as an opportunity for redemption, then the need to limit future shocks becomes crucial. despite the unprecedented amount of financial support to “do whatever is necessary to restore confidence and economic growth and to protect jobs, businesses, and the resilience of the financial system” (u.s. department of the treasury 2020), the need to invest in the predisposition of viable future strategies and policy interventions emerges from the discussion. in other words, against an immediate support strategy that shift the private sector income losses into public debt relaxing capital and liquidity coverage requirements, a more direct role of policies is expected to ensure a strong and sustainable economic recovery of the territories, evaluating the opportunity to support the investments, human and territorial capital. however, to achieve these goals, it is necessary to recover a climate of trust, starting from the travel & leisure industry. many euro area members that are heavily reliant on tourism, are still prone to a slow recovery, stressing the need for more cooperation. wine as many other sectors will need to uphold a stable rules-based international trading system to secure a solid and lasting recovery. although the covid-19 epidemic has caused the disruption of the most privileged on-trade sales channels, the sector has witnessed a new ability to coordinate among the various actors to express positive messages of restart, identity, and reaffirmation. this positive wave has also offered an opportunity to accelerate the process of consolidation of the supply-chain (vergamini et al., 2019), at least for what regards the formation of new promotion networks at the regional and national level. the most important italian wine consortia are now acting in this direction. for example, the chianti wine consortium launched a european tender to form a network aimed at developing promotion in canada and the united states. from this point of view, the ability to network resources, at least for promotion, could represent a fundamental element to overcome growing difficulties. in addition, to facilitate this type of operation, several italian regions are requesting a variation on the nsp to offer the necessary support to alternative forms of promotion like remote tasting or virtual b2b meetings. finally, the pandemic poses the production of healthy, safe, and sustainable products as a key challenge for many wineries, representing what we can see as the half-full glass. acknowledgments this work was developed thanks to research activities carried out within the european union horizon 2020 funded project sufisa (sustainable finance for sustainable agriculture and fisheries; grant agreement no. 635577). references acemoglu, d., chernozhukov, v., werning, i, and whinston m. 2020. a multi-risk sir model with optimally targeted lockdown. unpublished paper. massachusetts institute of technology, cambridge, ma. barattieri, a., m. cacciatore, and f. ghironi. 2019.protectionism and the business cycle. nber working paper 24353, national bureau of economic research, cambridge, ma. bartolini, f., andreoli, m. and brunori, g. 2014. explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification: empirical evidence from tuscany region. bio-based and applied economics journal 3(1050-2016-85760), pp. 137-157, https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-12994 barney, j., 1991. firm resources and sustained competitive advantage. journal of management 17(1), pp. 99-120, https://doi.org/10.1177/014920639101700108 bhandari, a., j. borovicka, and p. ho. 2019. survey data and subjective beliefs in business cycle models. working paper 19-14, federal reserve bank of richmond, richmond, va. brunori, g., rossi, a. and guidi, f. 2012. on the new social relations around and beyond food. analysing consumers’ role and action in gruppi di acquisto solidale (solidarity purchasing groups). sociologia ruralis 52(1), pp. 1-30, https://doi.org/10.1111/j.14679523.2011.00552.x cardebat, j. m., masset, p., & weisskopf, j. p. (2020). covid-19: what is next for the market for fine wines?. available at ssrn 3636317. european commission (2016b), study on agricultural interbranch organisations in the eu, brussels https:// ec.europa.eu/agriculture/external-studies/2016-interbranch-organisations_en european commission (2017), study on risk management in eu agriculture, brussels, https://ec.europa. eu/agriculture/sites/agriculture/files/externalstudies/2017-risk-management/report-study-on-riskmanagement-eu-agri.pdf 65wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 65-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 federvini, 2011. relazione annuale federvini 2011. http://www.federvini.it/index.php/it/relazioni-annuali/finish/33-relazioni-annuali/665-relazione-annuale-2011, accessed 3/05/2017. freund, c. 2009. “the trade response to global downturns: historical evidence.” policy research working paper 5015, world bank, washington, dc. gardin, b., aubert, p.m., schwoob, m.h., loveluck, w., treyer s., 2019. sufisa final set of scenarios and their interpretation in terms of solutions and strategies-d 4.2. https://www.sufisa.eu/wp-content/ uploads/2019/07/deliverable-4.2.pdf grando, s., bartolini, f., bonjean, i., brunori, g., mathijs, e., prosperi, p. and vergamini, d. (2020). “small farms’ behaviour: conditions, strategies and performances”, brunori, g. and grando, s. (ed.) innovation for sustainability (research in rural sociology and development, vol. 25), emerald publishing limited, pp. 125-169.  https://doi.org/10.1108/s1057192220200000025008 ilbery, b., courtney, p., kirwan, j. and maye, d., 2010. marketing concentration and geographical dispersion: a survey of organic farms in england and wales. british food journal 112(9), pp. 962-975, https://doi.org/10.1108/00070701011074345 ilbery, b., kirwan, j. and maye, d., 2016. explaning regional and local differences in organic farming in england and wales: a comparison of south west wales and south east england. regional studies 50(1), pp. 110123, https://doi.org/10.1080/00343404.2014.895805 ismea, 2014. report vini a denominazione di origine. struttura, produzione e mercato. http://www.ismeamercati.it/flex/cm/pages/serveblob.php/l/it/idpagina/3918, accessed 3/05/2017. montaigne e., 1999. standards and quality wine in the transformation of the winegrowing sector in the languedoc. contributed paper presented at the workshop: “market, right and equity: rethinking food and agricultural grades and standards in a shrinking world”, ifas, institute for food and agricultural standards michigan state university, october 31november 3 montaigne e., 2001. – normes, qualité des vins et mutations de la viticulture du languedoc. in: bulletin d’information et de documentation, b.i.d. n° 9, 2001, p. 54-57, ministère de l’économie, des finances et de l’industrie, dgccrf. obi, c., vergamini, d., bartolini, f., & brunori, g. (2020) the impact of changes in regulatory and market environment on sustainability of wine producers: a structural equation model. wine economics and policy. https://doi.org/10.14601/web-7689 oiv, 2020. the international organisation of vine and wine 2020 wine production report. http://www.oiv. int/public/medias/7541/en-oiv-2020-world-wine-production-first-estimates.pdf accessed 08/01/2021. pomarici, e., & sardone, r., 2020. eu wine policy in the framework of the cap: post-2020 challenges.  agricultural and food economics,  8(1), 1-40. https://doi. org/10.1186/s40100-020-00159-z porter, m. e., 1981. the contributions of industrial organization to strategic management. academy of management review, 6, no. 4, pp. 609-620. prosperi, p., kirwan, j., maye, d., bartolini, f., vergamini, d., & brunori, g., 2019. adaptation strategies of small-scale fisheries within changing market and regulatory conditions in the eu. marine policy, 100, pp. 316-323. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2018.12.006 rastoin, j-l. and ghersi, g. (2010). le système alimentaire mondial: concepts et méthodes, analyses et dynamiques. paris: éditions quae. taglioni, d., and v. zavack, 2016. innocent bystanders: how foreign uncertainty shocks harm exporters. policy research paper 6226. world bank, washington, dc. trestini s., pomarici e., giampietri e., 2017. around the economic sustainability of italian viticulture: do farm strategies tackle income risks? quality – access to success 18, pp. 461–467. u.s. department of the treasury. 2020. statement of g7 finance ministers and central bank governors. statements & remarks, u.s. department of the treasury, washington, dc. vergamini, d., prosperi, minarelli, f., p., grando, s., bartolini, f., raggi, m., viaggi, d., brunori, g., 2018. sufisa national report italy-d 2.2. https://www. sufisa.eu/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/d_2.2-italynational-report.pdf vergamini, d., bartolini, f., prosperi, p., & brunori, g., 2019. explaining regional dynamics of marketing strategies: the experience of the tuscan wine producers. journal of rural studies, 72, pp. 136-152. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2019.10.006 vlahos, g. 2020. farming system transformation impacts on landscape: a case study on quality wine production in a highly contested agricultural landscape.  land,  9(4), pp. 120. https://doi. org/10.3390/land9040120 world bank, 2020a. global economic prospects, june 2020. washington, dc: world bank. https://doi. org/10.1596/978-1-4648-1553-9 world bank, 2020b. global economic prospects: slow growth, policy challenges. january. washington, dc: world bank. 66 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 66-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori annex 1 sufisa regional workshop: “long-term future scenarios of wine markets between opportunities and risks: what will be the strategic choices of tuscan wineries” a) objectives of participatory scenario workshop the participatory workshop was the final task of the sufisa activities for wp4 “scenarios & solutions” carried out by the university of pisa. the workshop intended to elicit the views and opinions of relevant stakeholders and decision-makers operating in the tuscan wine sector. the end goal of this event was the identification of market and regulatory issues influencing the performance of wineries in tuscany (italy) in response to potential future scenarios (see gardin et al., 2019 for a deeper understanding of the scenarios development process); to elicit how wineries developed strategies to deal with them and to discuss their relevance for the sustainability of their farms and farming systems. more specifically, the aim was to extend, support with further evidence, and refine our understanding of csp framework from a primary producer perspective, and contribute to the formulation of future alternative solutions. accordingly, the workshop was organised as an interactive cyclical process of ask & answer at an individual and collective level (work in groups) between researchers and 38 participants (small and medium-sized tuscan wineries, wine cooperatives members, staff members of the tuscan dg-agri, wine consultants and extension service providers, members of the special agency of the chamber of commerce “promo firenze”). in other word, the workshop triggered participants to confront potential future european wine sector scenarios including agricultural and trade policies with individual and collective objectives, planning or taking future action (strategies), and reflecting on potential outcomes and policy implications. before the workshop, we engaged participants by email, sharing all the relevant information about the sufisa project and its related scenarios, as well as the workshop goals and its schedule. b) general introduction: presenting the four food system narratives (scenarios) and their (possible) impacts for the wine sector since wine significantly differed from the other sufisa sectors and commodities, before the running of the regional workshop we discussed and refined through several face-to-face meetings with relevant regional stakeholders (members of wine appellation consortia, of wine cooperatives, large regional wineries, as well as members of the tuscan dg-agri) the four scenarios figure 1a. four scenarios for tuscan wine sector. 67wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 67-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 provided by the sufisa project in order to adapt it to the different specificities of the wine sector. below we report the resulting scenarios. figure 2 summarises the main variables and trends and it follows a brief description for each scenario. – scenario 1: international/global competition the first scenario (international competition) is qualified by an overall increase in demand as well as full market liberalisation. to 2030 it is assumed that the dominant consumption model is based on low price and cheap food due to a limited amount of household budget for the food basket. wines of medium-low quality and reasonably priced are now globally available thanks to the modern trade. the consumption of premium and organic wines has been limited to few segments of the average richest population, among these, consumers continue to prefer to drink less but of more quality. therefore, on average consumers are not willing to pay for quality products and low-price food is ensured by trade. the wine trade is completely liberalized and both tariff or non-tariff barriers are removed. there is less bureaucracy with a marginal weight of product standards lower than in previous years (i.e. less stringent rules for labelling and fewer controls). the dominant research is mainly performed by few private corporations that – due to a huge investment in the sectors as well as dominant position in acquiring farm data – provide new technologies and equipment mainly aimed at reducing production costs. the control of all farm data together with the advanced use of digitalisation and big data allows such few multinationals to directly support farms in any daily practices to reduce production costs. thus, the market has become very efficient but there is a very high competition among farms (many small and medium-sized farms have stopped producing wine) and just few farms can still afford to produce premium and organic wines. the value chain is dominated by intermediaries (international buyer and export manager) with a very low bargain power for both retailers and producers. – scenario 2: highly segmented market the second scenario (highly segmented market) is qualified by an overall reduction in the demand as well as full market liberalisation. the reduction of the demand mostly affects the cheapest segments of production (standard and table wines). thus, within the market, both cheap wine and high-quality wine (premium and organic wines) coexist. consumption is increasingly regionalised, the differentiation of production undergoes a considerable increase, the types of quality products increase, the origin is increasingly connected to the environment and to historical and cultural factors linked to the different terroir. each winery seeks its own market segment to represent its uniqueness and its regional key characteristics. the demand for wine shows a general reduction that mostly affects the price for standard wines (not quality or origin wines) while the segment for premium price and organic remains almost stable (status quo). the maintenance of a cohesive european market but more open at the international trade is coherent with the maintenance of functioning eu market. however, the free trade and international competition (mostly characterised by an increase in the wine producing regions due to the regionalisation of consumption) increase also the supply of high-quality products (emerging markets may benefit for not-tariffs barriers) with the possibility for some products to obtain more favourable prices on these markets comparing to the national market. the dominant research is mainly performed by private companies which provide new technologies and equipment to reduce production costs or to improve the quality of the process. the value chain is dominated by retailers that – due to their economy of scale and to their ability to reduce transactions cost – try to increase the variety of wines into the supermarket and, meanwhile, try to reduce the number of wine supplier (few companies afford to represent the different producing regions). – scenario 3: europeanization the third scenario (europeanization) is qualified by very strong european standards that set out the framework for both trade and production as well as for an increase in the demand. european agricultural production is effectively protected and recognizable and ensures a quite high-quality level respecting higher sustainability and ethical standards. thus, wine import into eu is very limited due to such high standards. this has determined an increase in production costs with an overall increase of the cost of food, and consequently of wine. at the same time, eu consumers show a high willingness to pay for healthy food as well as for food communicating a low impact on the environment and society. the increasing demand for origin, premium and organic wines, support the efforts of producers who have specialized their production patterns towards this market. the dominant research paradigm is characterised to increase competitiveness and food safety to reach extra-eu markets as well as to introduce technologies and practices to mitigate the effects of climate changes. the latter is for example oriented at introducing new varieties tolerant to drought and extreme weather. the value chain segmentation continues with the current trends but differ68 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 68-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori ent high prices for wine and has encouraged cooperation among producers, consolidating their position along the value chain. – scenario 4: ecologisation the fourth scenario (ecologisation) is qualified by very strong european environmental standards that set out the framework for both trade and production but with a reduction of the demand that mostly affects the cheapest segments of production (standard and table wines) comparing with that of organic and high-quality wine, which remain almost stable. furthermore, as europe is going less dependent on external agricultural markets, there is no need for international trade. meanwhile, a reduction in production is a consequence of export restriction due to low activity of trade with extra eu countries. european consumers – that are increasingly oriented towards the regionalization of consumption – show a very high willingness to pay for health food and for production communicating high environmental standards and origin. moreover, wine demand is further contracted due to shifting in consumers’ preferences towards health and safety consumptions (i.e. substitution of cheap wine with energy and improved nutritional drink). therefore, the wine demand remains high only for premium prices wine. relaxing of competition for prices as well as the new business model to meet the new demand for consumers have reduced the bargaining power of retailers and now there is no actor in a dominant position along the value chain. a balanced research system, between public and private research, ensure adequate provision of technology and practise to address sustainable development goals (sdgs) as well as to improve knowledge exchange and mutual learning across wineries and along the supply chain. c) workshop schedule · 13.00 registration · 14.00 workshop presentation, scopes and introducing scheduled activities at individual and collective level · 14.15 introducing first round of csp individual analysis · 14.30-15.00 individual analysis (live survey) · 15.00 individual scenario analysis (live survey) · 15.45-16.00 coffee break and cluster preparation · 16.15 introducing second round of csp collective analysis · 16.30-17.30 collective/group analysis (focus group discussion per cluster) · 17.30-18.00 discussion and conclusions d) animation techniques and instructions to participants the workshop has been driven using a “metaplanlike” technique, that is: · by training participants on the use of a smart application on their mobile phone to answer questions, taking comments, suggestions and other notes; · by providing participants with post-it large enough (e.g. 15x20 cm) to be able to write two or three sentences with a pen; · by leaving them enough time to reflect to the questions; · by organizing collective discussion (for strategies and for solutions), in order (notably) to – identify solutions and strategies that are shared by most, and conversely, that are highly controversial – “cluster” the different strategies / solutions proposed by individual and in different groups. e) individual analysis (live survey carried out during the workshop by launching the questions on the screen and having each participant answer via an app from their mobile phone). 1) now we ask you to select one or more business goals for the next 10 years objectives max 3 obj. business development reduction of production costs maintenance facilitate generational renewal (succession) export growth increase local markets increase branding renewing quality exit other please specify 2) which of the following changes in the conditions of demand, supply, territory and the environment do you think will affect your business choices in the next 10 years. give an answer from 0 not influential 5 very influential. 69wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 69-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 demand changes 0 nothing – 5 very greater attention to quality by markets and consumers (in addition to the origin, attention to premium wines, organic, from international blends, wines produced from native vines, light and easy to drink and mix wines, etc.) change in the requested quantity (growth in regional consumption, opening of new markets or even vice-versa closing of markets such as the usa and decrease in regional consumption etc.) changes in selling prices (request for lower prices and / or possibility to increase prices in emerging markets) changes in consumption patterns (e.g. lower consumption of wine and search for drinks with a lower alcohol content) increase in consumer knowledge and awareness (eg. consumers who are more informed, more aware of what they drink, who do not choose only for the price but who carefully evaluate quality, brand and territory) change in regulation on the main non-eu export markets (eg usa, canada) and eu. (change in tariffs, methods of access, trade agreements and accessibility to state monopolies) supply changes 0 nothing – 5 very change in the offered quality (both in production and communication terms) change in the quantity produced and in the production scale (growth and / or decrease in production, increase or decrease in the production scale) greater attention to the origin and the territory (changes and / or simplification of the regulations, new rules related to the origin etc.) changes in production costs (greater production efficiency and reduction of production costs or increase in input costs and consequently higher production costs) search for greater production differentiation (increase in production of local grapes, transition to organic, biodynamic and other blends) change in production technologies (increase in research into new varieties resistant to climate change, increase in technologies that can contribute to greater production efficiency) territorial changes 0 nothing – 5 very changes in the access to factors of production – land, labor and capital (change in the regulation of planting rights, expansion of the vineyard area, increasing access to skilled workforce or contraction in its availability, greater access to capital for new investments, etc.) new entrepreneurs and generational change (continuation of the family business with family members and/or change with new qualified resources from the territory, or risk of exit from business due to lack of generational change) change in agricultural policies (mainly cap, rdp, and wine cmo measures) (e.g. opportunity of more incentives for restructuring, greater aid for the start-up of new productions and for young entrepreneurs, simplification of regulation, new support measures for promotion, etc.) change in relations with institutions and other regional organizations (e.g. greater openness in decision-making processes, greater participation, and more direct and simplified communication with the various bodies that regulate the sector and/or development of new territorial bodies such as ops, new types of consortia, etc.) environmental changes 0 nothing – 5 very changes due to a greater or lesser presence of extreme weather events changes in the management of water resources and soils due to an increase in drought periods changes linked to an increase of invasive species and pests changes in the management of soil fertility and natural resources changes related to the management of the rural landscape 3) now we ask you to select from the following strategies those that you think could allow you to pursue your business objectives over the next 10 years. which of the following could be your key strategy in the next ten years? with regard to this part (strategies), after a first round of answer, we introduced the four scenarios and we replicated the questions for each scenario. we asked to the participants which of the following strategies could be implemented within the reference scenario for the next 10 years. strategies to increase competitiveness select relevants aiming at the company’s production efficiency, reducing inputs and improving processes on both vineyard and cellar increase production specialization thanks to greater research and increased management & control on grape varieties and cellar processes focus on quality and origin (e.g. reduced yields but higher quality) intensifying production by increasing yields per hectares wineries diversification (developing new products and/or new types of business) product diversification aiming at technological development for greater control of production and production efficiency. develop territorial partnerships 70 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 70-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 daniele vergamini, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori forming new productive organizations, associations or joining cooperatives or pdo/pgi consortia market orientation select relevants improving the ability to access to markets through export broker, or market intermediaries or by investing in the creation of in-house export competences investing in the development of new markets invest in the creation of corporate units and/or specific resources in the management of commercial relations on foreign markets through new commercial and/or distribution companies (internationalization of added value) develop the lever of marketing and promotion in a cooperative perspective through consortia and other producer organizations and associations formalize presence on the markets through greater use of contractual instruments (e.g. annual or multi-year distribution contracts, contracts with intermediaries, etc.) reduce market risks though risk protection and management contracts and/or insurance contracts status quo (survival) select relevants farm diversification increasing non-agricultural activities reduce business (part-time) reduce the demand for external labour and improve the internal capacity to satisfy production needs resizing policy support select relevants increasing networking activities, partnership or the recourse to business associations (horizontal cooperation) in order to achieve business objectives increasing lobbying capacities and ability to access to rdp, cmo resources investing resource to acquire subsidies, tenders and other forms of support to achieve company objectives investing in r&d risk management select relevants insurance contracts to reduce production and market risks flexibility assets, corporate functions and underused structures liquidation to recover and maintain liquidity investment in credit recovery and debt management long-term contracts with large distributors f) collective analysis first, we divided participants in 8 different clusters according with the following specification: wineries size type of production export level <50% turnover >50% turnover small conventional 1 5 organic/biodynamic 2 6 large conventional 3 7 organic/biodynamic 4 8 each cluster was composed by 4/5 stakeholders and two facilitators. the goal was to create discussion groups with similar characteristics/background to facilitate the sharing of problems and the networking of potential strategies. then we asked in each group to: a) to identify a new cluster objective and to evaluate whether this objective was realistic or not within each scenario (robustness of the scenario) b) what individual and collective strategies would they have put in place to achieve the cluster objective in each scenario here facilitators organized with poaster and post-it the collective discussion: · to select strategies that were shared by most, and conversely, that were highly controversial · to “cluster” the different strategies / solutions proposed in the different groups. c) finally, we asked participants in the different groups to reflect on potential policy needs to achieve the group’s goal. finally – in a plenary session – one or two representatives of each group presented the most debated scenarios and their related strategies and solutions. annex 2 “web-based workshop” (may 15, 2020) a) objectives the aim of the web-based workshop was threefold. firstly, it was aimed at discussing the impact of the sudden changes driven by the pandemic on wine producers’ strategies and performances. secondly, it intended to provide with a space for stakeholders to make their own recommendations for the sector. thirdly, stakeholders were expected to improve our understanding of the policy implications of the findings emerged from our 71wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 71-71, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9017 research activities before and during the crisis. to pursue these objectives, we did not foresee a rigid analytical structure, but the workshop was instead promoted as a co-reflection exercise with 20 international wine key actors (international winemakers, market consultants, agricultural consultants, wineries, representatives of regional institutions, academics and students) to engage stakeholders and elicit through an open-discussion the most significant csp aspects that emerged from the pandemic. thus, the workshop was intended to ‘groundtruth’ on the previous csp findings and better clarifying the role of the different pandemic stressor(s) in driving adjustment processes and the dynamics that drove wineries from the ‘baseline csp’ in the past to the new framework with respect to the current pandemic state and to the future sustainability and viability of the sector. against this background the animation technique allowed participant to discuss carefully on the key topics introduced by pandemic, to stress different directions, including unpredicted events and issues. the structure of the workshop included two rounds of 10 presentations of 10 minutes each with 5 minutes of open discussion and at the end an hour of round table discussion between participants. the workshop employed a moderator for the presentations and a round table facilitator who returned a final summary of the day. then data collected allowed researcher to develop a backward reflection and a comparison with the initial csp set, including short-term implications for different geographical contexts (italy, france, spain, portugal, australia, and us) analysed in the workshop. b) workshop schedule · 10.00 workshop introduction, scopes and scheduled presentations · 10.15 first round of workshop presentations · 12.30 lunch break · 13.30 second round of workshop presentations · 16.00 coffee break · 16.15 round table · 17.00 discussion and conclusions c) researcher backward reflection with data collected in the second workshop we developed a comparative analysis to understand the context and evolution of the sector under the pandemic crisis. the aim of this exercise was to reflect on possible changes on the initial csp set, as well as address the important contingencies introduced by the pandemic. the reflection was guided through a grid of key issues developed to consider and discuss all impacts of the pandemic on the key elements of the csp framework (table 1a). table 1b. reflexive questions on strategies after pandemic. guiding question what we want to understand on csp 1. where and how (channels) producers commercialise their products? markets and marketing 2. what are the main challenges with customers and demand introduced by the pandemic? 3. what are the marketing strategies in place to secure export? 4. what are the contextual change that influenced most their business model? 5. what are the role of policies? 6. how do they maintain/finance their activity, and what they require after the crisis? financing 7. do they show a cooperative approach? how did this start? how is it going? will they continue in the future? horizontal coordination 8. do you collaborate with others in the valuechain? how did this evolve? will you continue with this in the future? vertical cooperation 9. do they feel that the current policy context can help to overcome the pandemic crisis and improve their business performance? policy and regulations 10. what about the environmental constrains and social challenges that they need to address? 11. how do they deal with current policies and regulations? what are their main strategies? 12. what about the sustainability of the sector, how would they define this impact? financial sustainability volume 10, issue 1 2021 firenze university press ten years of bio-based and applied economics: a story of successes, and more to come fabio g. santeramo1, meri raggi2 the capitalisation of decoupled payments in farmland rents among eu regions gianni guastella1,2, daniele moro1, paolo sckokai1, mario veneziani3 contribution of periurban farming systems to local food systems: a systemic innovation perspective rosalia filippini1,2, elisa marraccini3, sylvie lardon2 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications, and consumption of agri-food products carrying those certifications niculina iudita sampalean1, daniele rama1, giulio visentin2 wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass daniele vergamini*, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure michele vollaro1, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 bio-based and applied economics 6(3): 279-293, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-20774 economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil linda arata1,*, sofia hauschild2, paolo sckokai1 1 department of agricultural and food economics, università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy 2 italian embassy in brazil, brasilia, brazil date of submission: 2017 8th, june; accepted 2018 20th, march abstract. the northeastern viticultural industry has become a model for the whole brazil and has been identified as a grape production district. given the importance of agriculture in the economy of the region our study aims at analysing whether the grape producing activity affects some socio-economic indicators, namely the theil index, the human development index (hdi) and the unemployment rate over the period 2000-2010. the study is focused on the northeastern states of bahia and pernambuco, two of the poorest and with the highest income inequality among brazilian states and combines the difference-in-differences with the propensity score matching method at the municipality level. results seem to indicate that grape growing plays an important role to guarantee a fairer income distribution. indeed, the municipalities that grow grape experience a decrease in the level of theil index by 11.7% compared to the level they would have if they had not participate in grape production. no effect has been found on the hdi and on the unemployment rate. results are robust to the potential presence of an hidden bias according to the rosenbaum sensitivity analysis. keywords. grape production, socio-economic indicators, brazil, propensity score matching. jel codes. o13, q13, c21. 1. introduction and background although historically concentrated in the southern states of brazil, since the ‘60s grape production has developed also in the northeastern region of the country, due to public-private investments in agriculture as well as to the development towards a commercial agriculture. one of the most important investment subsidized by the government consisted in irrigation systems which have allowed the setting up of grape growing. indeed, the northeast of brazil is classified as a semi-arid region, with little and unpredictable amount of rain, which could undermine any potentiality for grape production *corresponding author: linda.arata@unicatt.it 280 linda arata, sofia hauschild, paolo sckokai if adequate irrigation systems were not in place. total area under irrigation in the country expanded more than fivefold between 1960 and 1980 and in two of the northeastern states, bahia and pernambuco, it increased by 100,000 hectares (selwyn, 2008). the construction of new public infrastructures in northeastern brazil, such as roads and airports, has facilitated the development of the grape industry and trade. the investments in the two states and the introduction of rational agricultural practices led to a radical transformation of agriculture and social relationships. since the late ‘70s there has been a shift from small-scale riverside and flood plain agriculture, where the sharecropping system between landowners and live-in workers was in place, to commercial agriculture, based on a high value horticultural industry. grape production represents one of the products of the new regional agricultural system and it is mainly concentrated in the vale do são francisco (san francisco valley, sf, the region located around the san francisco river), which includes parts of bahia and pernambuco. viticulture in the semi-arid northeastern macro-region has specific features due to the climate conditions characterised by a monthly average temperature between 24°c and 30 °c, 500 millimetres/year of precipitation and 50% air humidity. the permanent warm weather is responsible for an acceleration of the physiological process and the propagation is very fast, allowing the first harvest after one year and a half. in addition, irrigated grapes can be produced continuously throughout the year allowing on average 2.5 production cycles per year (texeira et al., 2007). this pattern leads to an average production of 40 tons per hectare per year, well above the average of other brazilian grape producing regions and of other regions of the world. it also allows harvesting in periods where prices are higher, which turns viticulture into an activity with a lower degree of uncertainty and a high potential profitability (lima et al, 2009). in 2003 the integrated production (ip) protocol has been introduced for grape production in the sf valley. this introduction has improved grape production systems not only for the ip product but for all grape produced in the region (camargo et al., 2011). the improvements concern a more rational use of inputs and an upgrade in the organisation of information made possible through the use of field notes. likewise, knowledge deriving from ip practices have supported the adoption of other private protocols of quality certification in the san francisco valley, such as the hazard analysis and critical control points (haccp). together with the subsidisation of irrigation systems and of other infrastructures (roads, airports), the government has supported new grape plantations by subsidised credit and by tax breaks (tales, 2009). there have also been investments in the training of workers in the grape industry, in research to improve the grape quality, as well as in the promotion of events such as organised paths along the vineyards, festivals and competitions. nowadays the sf valley is responsible for 99% of table grape exported by brazil (lima et al., 2009) and it is gaining fame as a development model in the northeast of brazil, the poorest macro-region of the country (ifad, 2011) and one of the regions with the highest income inequality (ipea, 2015). between 1991 and 2001 grape export from the sf valley increased in volume from 1,000 to 13,000 tons and in value from 4.7 to 20.4 us$ millions (selwyn, 2008). although grape production in this region mainly consists of table grape, recently there has been a growth in the production of grape to be transformed into fine wines such as cabernet sauvignon, syrah, moscato canelli, chardonnay and chenin blanc. 281economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil in 1992, parallel to an expansion in grape production and trade, the brazilian grape marketing board (bgmb) was created with the task of exporting grapes mainly to the eu. over the years its importance has increased, becoming the main exporting organisation of the northeastern region: the board performs also a quality check and provides its associates (individual farms, cooperatives and producer associations) with technical training (selwyn, 2008). in 2010, the table grape product in the sf valley has been rewarded with the geographical indication (gi) and it represents the first gi product in the northeastern region. differently from other brazilian agricultural industries, dominated by large and extralarge farm size, such as sugarcane, corn and soybeans, small farms organised in cooperatives play an important role in the grape industry, especially in northeastern brazil (tales, 2009). the presence of small farms should reduce the exploitation of workers that characterises other agricultural industries in brazil and represents a social benefit at the local level. in addition, the grape industry in this area represents an example of ‘production district’, given the high concentration in the same area of all actors involved in the grape supply chain as well as the high level of cooperation (tales, 2009). the organisation as a production district allows to increase the specialisation, due to the sharing of knowledge and skills, as well as to reduce the transaction costs. this may support the improvement of the socio-economic conditions of the population involved in the grape supply chain. the development of a well organised, competitive and high-value agricultural sector such as the grape producing industry in northeastern brazil may have an important role in the socio-economic development of the area. this is further supported by the high share (around 20%) of agricultural gross domestic product (gdp) over total gdp in the area. although some studies investigate the effect of sugarcane and soybean cultivation on some development indicators in brazil (chagas et al., 2012 and weinhold et al., 2013), we are not aware of studies that consider the effects of grape production. our paper aims at filling this gap by investigating whether the brazilian northeastern municipalities that started to grow grape after 2000 has experienced an improvement in some socio-economic indicators over the period 2000-2010 compared to the municipalities that never grew grape in that period. given the specific features of the grape industry in this area, it is likely to have an impact on regional socio-economic development. the paper is focused on the two northeastern states of bahia and pernambuco. since these two states are among the poorest and the ones with the highest income inequality in brazil, it is interesting to investigate whether the setting up of grape production improves some socio-economic conditions of that area. in particular, we consider three socio-economic indicators: the theil index1, the human development index (hdi)2, and the unemployment rate. these indicators allow a comparison of our results with studies carried out in other brazilian regions for other agricultural products, which use the same indicators (chagas et al., 2012 and weinhold et al., 2013). 1 the theil index is a measure of income inequality and was developed by theil in 1967. a value of 0 reflects total equality, a value of 1 represents maximum inequality. 2 this indicator encompasses three dimensions of social conditions: education (measured by rates of literacy and school enrollment), longevity (life expectancy at birth), and income (per capita gross domestic product gdp) (chagas et al, 2012). according to the united nations development programme (undp), the hdi was created to emphasize that not only economic growth but also people and their capabilities should be the ultimate criteria for assessing the development of a region. 282 linda arata, sofia hauschild, paolo sckokai 2. methodology 2.1 propensity score matching and difference-in-differences we investigate the effect of grape growing on the socio-economic conditions of the municipalities of bahia and pernambuco by means of the propensity score matching (psm) methodology. psm is a semi-parametric method that allows to assess the effect of a treatment in a non-experimental setting. indeed, in non-experimental conditions the treatment is not randomly assigned and individuals self-select to the treatment according to their characteristics. if those characteristics are related to the outcome to be evaluated, the simple comparison between treated and non treated individuals leads to a bias evaluation. psm aims at overcoming the selection bias problem by matching each treated unit with one or more non treated units with similar observed characteristics, such that the difference in the outcome between the units can be interpreted as the effect of the treatment (smith and todd, 2005). rosenbaum and rubin (1983) propose to combine the observed characteristics (x) that potentially affect both the treatment and the outcomes in one summary measure, the propensity score p(x), that is the probability of being treated, such that the conditional distribution of x given p(x) is independent of the treatment assignment. psm provides a consistent evaluation of the treatment when two assumptions are satisfied. the first assumption is the mean independence assumption, which states that after conditioning on the propensity score, the mean outcome is independent of the treatment assignment. the second assumption is the common support condition which guarantees that each treated unit potentially finds a matched untreated unit by restricting the probability of the treated to be lower than 1. the presence of unobservables that simultaneously affect the outcomes and the decision to participate into the treatment lead to biased results by violating the first assumption. to partially overcome the problem of selection bias on unobservables, heckamn, ichimura and todd (1997) propose to combine the psm estimator with the difference-in-differences (did) estimator, such that the effect of the treatment is evaluated by comparing the before-after outcome of the treated units with that of the matched non treated units and the matching is based on the propensity score: (1) where t’ is the pre-treatment period, t is the post-treatment period, i identifies the treated units, j identifies the non-treated units, n is the number of units of the treated group falling in the region of common support, wij indicates the weights (0 ≤ wij ≤ 1), which depend on the distance between pi and pj, and s indicates the region of common support. the did estimator controls for unobservables that are constant over time and are responsible for outcome level differences. although did allows for time-invariant differences in outcome levels between the treated and the control group, it requires that, conditional on the propensity score, the outcome in the two group follows parallel path in the absence of the treatment (i.e. the did mean independence). 283economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil the aim of the psm is to estimate the average treatment effect on the treated (att) which, in the case of the did-psm, can be expressed as (2) and represents the difference in the average outcome growth between the treated and the matched control group. the combination of psm and did has been used to investigate the impact of some agricultural practices on farm production choices and economic performances in developed countries (arata and sckokai, 2016; udagawa et al., 2014; pufahl and weiss, 2009). in developing countries, where agriculture represents a large share of total gdp, psm-did has been applied to analyse the impact of agricultural activities on social and economic development (chagas et al., 2012 and weinhold et al., 2013). our analysis belongs to this second stream of literature, since the combination of psm and did is suitable for analysing the effect of grape growing on some socio-economic indicators at the municipality level. indeed, it is likely that municipalities that started to grow grape differs from the municipalities that never grew grape over the period considered and this difference may be related to the values of the outcomes. in addition, the use of did allows to use the pre-treatment outcome as a control variable in the propensity score and to remove the bias for the time-invariant unobserved characteristics. this later feature allows us to reduce the set of control variables to be used in the propensity score matching. 2.2 sensitivity analysis the combination of psm and did avoids the bias due to time-invariant unobserved characteristics. however, the presence of unobservables that vary over time and that are related to the decision to grow grape and to the outcome indicators undermines the results of the treatment effect. matching estimators are not robust to this kind of hidden bias. as it is not possible to check the presence and the magnitude of the hidden bias, a sensitivity analysis is required in order to measure how strongly an unobserved variable should affect the odds ratio of treatment assignment in order to undermine the conclusions about the treatment effect. rosenbaum (2002) proposes to put a bound on the significance level of the treatment effect according to the extent of the hidden bias. we can express the log of the odds as: (3) where, πi is the probability of unit i to participate into the treatment, f(xi) is a general function that relates the observed covariates to the odds of participation, ui is an unobservable component and γ is its effect on the odds of participation. the odds ratio between two observationally identical units is: 284 linda arata, sofia hauschild, paolo sckokai (4) the last term of the equality reduces to as unit i and unit j are identical with respect to the observed variables. therefore, if there are no differences in the unobserved variables, or if the unobservables do not affect the treatment assignment (γ = 0), the odds ratio is equal to 1. conversely, if there is hidden bias due to unobservables the odds ratio conditional to the observable characteristics may differ from 1. thus, г measures the magnitude of the hidden bias. the larger the value of г, the stronger is the influence of an unobserved variable on the decision to participate and the wider is the confidence interval around the treatment effect. for each level of г the bounds for the significance level of each outcome is computed. the rosenbaum sensitivity analysis represents one of the most widely applied method to check the robustness of the results of psm (caliendo and kopening, 2008; chagas et al., 2008, liu and lynch, 2011). we implement this analysis in our study in order to check the robustness of our results to the potential presence of an unobserved variable that simultaneously affects the decision to grow grape and the indicator outcomes. 3. data and empirical model the state of bahia is 564.733 km2, has 15 million inhabitants and ranks the fourth most populous brazilian state and the fifth-largest in size, with a total of 417 municipalities (brazilian institute of geography and statistics – ibge, 2016). in 2010 (the year of our evaluation), bahia’s hdi ranked 22nd among the 27 brazilian states, and the 3rd most unequal brazilian state according to the theil index (ibge). pernambuco has a total area of 98,149 km2, 185 municipalities and 9.2 million people; it is the seventh most populous state of brazil and the sixth most densely populated. pernambuco ranks 19th among the 27 brazilian states for the hdi and is the 12th most unequal considering the theil index (ibge). although the main commodities produced in bahia are soybean, cotton and sugarcane (table 1), grape growing represents an important sector as explained in section 1. over the period 2000-2010 land allocated to cotton rose by nearly fivefold, soybean and grape increased by around 50%, while the area to sugarcane dropped by 10%. in pernambuco the most important commodity in terms of land allocation is sugarcane, whose area increased slightly between 2000 and 2010, while land allocated to grape more than doubled. as the number of total municipalities and their boundaries changes periodically, municipalities have been consolidated into minimum comparable areas (mcas) to make them consistently comparable over time. in our analysis the treated group is represented by the 16 mcas of bahia and pernambuco that did not grow grape in 2000 but started grape production between 2000 and 2010. conversely, the non-treated group is represented by the 363 mcas of the same region that never grew grape over the period 2000-2010. we exclude from the non-treated group those mcas that are located inside the so called 285economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil “sertão nordestino” since they did not have irrigation systems in the period under analysis. the rationale behind that decision was that, if the region does have neither a minimal amount of rain nor a good irrigation system, it gets really difficult to succeed in producing grape, and this may have a more general effect on the socio-economic indicators we analyse. moreover, the metropolitan areas of recife and salvador are excluded from the analysis. the first step of the matching procedure consists in running a probit model of the probability (propensity score) of a mca to have started grape production between 2000 and 2010 on a set of control variables. the control variables used to compute the propensity score are selected in order to control for characteristics that may affect both the decision of starting grape production and the development outcomes. these control variables are: the share of agricultural employees over total population, the share of agricultural gdp over total gdp, the average number of tractors per farm, the value of agricultural production per hectare, the average temperature in each season and the average rainfall in each season. the first four variables come from the brazilian institute of geography and statistics (ibge) agricultural census while the last two come from the institute of applied economics research (ipea). as we apply the did we also use the 2000 values of the outcomes (pre-treatment period) as control variables. since we are interested in analysing the effect of grape growing on the socio-economic conditions of mcas, the outcome variables are the theil index, the hdi, and the unemployment rate, which are all taken from the ibge demographic census. these outcomes are measured at the mcas level both in 2000 and in 2010, the last two years of the brazilian census carried out by ibge. unfortunately the data from the agricultural census refer to 2006 and thus the timing does not overlap with the data from the demographic census. based on the propensity score from the first step, we implement the 10 nearest neighbour (10 nn) matching estimator with replacement which assigns to each mcas starting grape production later than 2000 (treated group) ten mcas that had never grown grape in 2000-2010 (non-treated group). for each treatment unit, the ten closest matched nontreated mcas in terms of propensity score are selected. in order to reduce the bias that may derive from an estimator that assigns multiple non-treated units to each treated unit, table 1. land allocation to the main commodities grown in bahia and pernambuco (hectares). 2000 2010 % variation 2000-2010 bahia soybean 628,356 950,920 51.3 cotton 55,952 289,483 417.4 sugarcane 91,755 82,045 -10.6 grape 2,238 3,273 46.2 pernambuco sugarcane 304,499 347,576 14.1 cotton 11,805 2,387 -79.8 grape 2,946 6,956 136.1 286 linda arata, sofia hauschild, paolo sckokai we introduce a caliper of 0.1; thus, among the ten nearest neighbours matched units, only the ones whose propensity score differs from the propensity score of the treated group no more than 0.1 are selected. the 10 nn matching estimator is a good compromise between bias and variance. indeed, assigning to each treated unit multiple non treated units reduces the variance of the estimator compared to the single nearest neighbour at a small cost in terms of bias (lawley and towe, 2014). in addition, the bias is controlled by the imposition of a caliper and by allowing for replacement. before matching, the share of agricultural employees on total population is 30.6% in the treated group and 24.3% in the non treated group and the share of agricultural gdp on total gdp is 20.4% and 18.5% in the two groups respectively (table 2). while these two variables do not show differences that are statistically significant, the average number of tractors per farm significantly differs between the two groups: it is 0.21 in the treated mcas and 0.05 in the non treated mcas. if we look at the value of the outcome variable before the treatment (the value employed as control variable in the matching) we notice that the theil index in the treated mcas is significantly larger than the theil index in the non treated group (0.56 vs. 0.50). the hdi is 0.45 and 0.43 and the unemployment rate is 13.5 and 14.7 in the two groups respectively, but these differences are not statistically significant. in order to check the goodness of our matching technique (i.e. the ability to make the distribution of the control variables independent of the decision to participate into the treatment) we follow the three criteria suggested by caliendo and kopeinig (2008). the first criterion is the covariates balancing property, which consists in a t-test on the mean difference of each control variable between the treated and the non-treated group. the second criterion consists in measuring the standardized bias before and after the matching; the standardized bias measures the distance of the marginal distribution of the covariates between the two groups. it is calculated for each covariate as the difference between the sample means of the treated and the matched control groups over the square root of the average of the corresponding sample variances. the third criterion is the pseudo r-square, which consists in re-estimating the probit model after the matching, when the pseudo r-square should turn out to be very small (sianesi, 2004). once the matching has been performed and the matching quality is verified, the att is computed in order to get the difference in the average growth of the outcomes between the mcas which has started grape production after 2000 and the mcas which had never produced grape in the period 2000-2010. 4. results 4.1 quality of matching as discussed in section 3, we compute three indicators to check the quality of our matching analysis: the balancing test, the standardized bias and the pseudo r square. the results of the balancing test (table 2) show that, after the matching, there are not statistically significant differences in the level of the control variables between the treated and the control group. that is not the case before the matching, since some of the variables differ between the two groups at the 1% (average number of tractors per farm, winter and spring 287economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil ta bl e 2. c on tr ol v ar ia bl es m ea n an d st an da rd iz ed b ia s be fo re a nd a ft er th e m at ch in g. c on tr ol v ar ia bl es ^ u nm at ch ed g ro up m at ch ed g ro up % b ia s i n un m at ch ed gr ou p % b ia s i n m at ch ed gr ou p % b ia s re du ct io n tr ea te d co nt ro l t tr ea te d co nt ro l t sh ar e of w or ke rs in th e ag ric ul tu ra l s ec to r o ve r t ot al po pu la tio n (% ) 30 .6 5 24 .3 2 1. 33 31 .4 1 29 .9 0. 19 29 .1 6. 9 76 .1 sh ar e of a gr ic ul tu ra l g d p ov er to ta l g d p (% ) 20 .3 8 18 .5 1 0. 6 20 .7 9 23 .6 7 -0 .5 15 .1 -2 3. 4 -5 4. 6 av er ag e nu m be r o f t ra ct or s p er fa rm 0. 21 0. 05 3. 51 ** * 0. 08 0. 09 -0 .1 40 .2 -1 .1 97 .2 a gr ic ul tu ra l g d p pe r h ec ta re (r $/ ha ) 21 03 .3 19 06 .3 0. 25 23 32 22 78 .5 0. 04 7. 6 2. 1 72 .8 th ei l i nd ex 0. 56 0. 5 1. 84 * 0. 54 0. 53 0. 23 48 .4 9. 3 80 .8 h d i 0. 45 0. 43 1. 52 0. 45 0. 44 0. 33 33 .1 13 .7 58 .6 u ne m pl oy m en t r at e (% ) 13 .4 7 14 .6 8 -0 .6 7 14 .4 4 14 .2 6 0. 08 -1 7. 6 2. 6 85 su m m er te m pe ra tu re (° c ) 25 .5 5 25 .2 3 1. 12 25 .6 25 .6 2 -0 .0 6 28 .4 -2 .4 91 .4 au tu m n te m pe ra tu re (° c ) 24 .7 8 24 .3 9 1. 45 24 .8 3 24 .9 -0 .1 7 39 .9 -6 .4 83 .8 w in te r t em pe ra tu re (° c ) 22 .9 8 21 .9 3. 67 ** * 22 .8 9 23 .0 6 -0 .3 4 92 .8 -1 4. 7 84 .2 sp rin g te m pe ra tu re (° c ) 25 .4 1 23 .9 8 4. 77 ** * 25 .3 7 25 .4 8 0. 84 11 7. 3 -9 92 .3 su m m er p re ci pi ta tio n (m m /m on th ) 11 0. 14 84 .0 2 2. 61 ** * 10 1. 42 10 4. 63 -0 .1 6 55 .3 -6 .8 87 .7 au tu m n pr ec ip ita tio n (m m /m on th ) 79 .7 4 11 1. 77 -2 .8 ** * 73 .1 78 .4 1 -0 .6 1 -8 2 -1 3. 6 83 .4 w in te r p re ci pi ta tio n (m m /m on th ) 17 .2 8 92 .9 1 -5 .1 ** * 18 .6 6 21 .4 4 -0 .2 1 -1 57 .2 -5 .8 96 .3 sp rin g pr ec ip ita tio n (m m /m on th ) 49 .9 7 62 .0 8 -1 .2 9 46 .3 4 47 .2 -0 .0 7 -3 3. 2 -2 .4 92 .9 *, * *, * ** in di ca te 1 0% , 5 % a nd 1 % s ig ni fic an ce le ve l r es pe ct iv el y. 288 linda arata, sofia hauschild, paolo sckokai temperature, winter precipitation), 5% (summer precipitation) or 10% (theil index in the pre-treatment period) significance level. the percentage reduction in the standardized bias between the two groups ranges from 54.6 to 97.2% according to the variable. finally, the f-test considering all the control variables against the probability of participation into the treatment is significantly different from zero before the matching (pseudo r2 equal to 0.405 and p-value of the likelihood ratio lower than 0.01) while it is no longer significant after the matching (pseudo r2 equal to 0.039 and p-value equal to 1). thus, all the three indicators allow us to conclude that our matching analysis successfully reaches the goal of removing the differences in observed variables between the two groups such that, conditional on p(xi), the distribution of each covariate is independent of the treatment status. 4.2 impact of grape production the probit model of the probability of growing grape against the set of observed covariates indicates that the average number of tractors per farm, the temperature in autumn as well as the summer precipitation increase the probability of producing grape (10% significance level ). on the other hand, the summer and winter temperature and the average precipitation level in spring decrease this probability. the other variables included in the binary model do not significantly affect the decision of producing grape (table 3). mcas which started to grow grape after 2000 experience a decrease in the value of the theil index over the period 2000-2010, while the matched mcas which had never grown grape in the same period show an increase in the same indicator (table 4). the treated group shows an average decrease in the theil index of 3.5% compared to the 2000 level, while the control group records a rise of 9.4%. the difference in the average change between the two groups is significant at the 5% level and seems to indicate that grape production contributes to a better income distribution and to reduce inequality in bahia and pernambuco. one of the reasons of this result may be the high quality level of grape production as compared to other agricultural industries, which may generate a better remuneration of workers in the grape industry. in addition, parallel to the development of large farms in the grape industry in northeastern brazil, also a large number of small farms started grape production (selwyn, 2008). the presence of a large number of small farms may guarantee a fairer income distribution. another explanation may be that the higher unit value of grape production compared to other agricultural products requires skilled workers and thus higher wages are paid. the result on the theil index is opposite to what weinhold et al. (2012) found for the effect of soybean production in the brazilian amazon region, where production has led to a rise in income inequality. this may be explained by the different characteristics of the grape industry as compared to soybean, where the high share of large farms and the low value added of the product does not guarantee a fair income distribution. at the same time the increase in income inequality due to an increase in soybean production found in weinhold et al. (2012) may explain the increase of the theil index in our control group. indeed, in the area subject to our analysis soybean production increased over the period 2000-2010 (table 1) and it is reasonable to assume that this increase took place mainly in municipalities which did not start grape production. this may be one of the reasons for the increase of the theil index in the control group. 289economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil table 3. coefficient estimates of the probit model on the probability of growing grape. coefficient estimates standard error p-value share of workers in the agricultural sector over total population 1.16 0.97 0.233 share of agricultural gdp over total gdp -2.16 1.71 0.205 average number of tractors per farm 1.39 0.75 0.063* agricultural gdp per hectare (r$/ha) 0.00 0.00 0.136 theil index 0.86 1.61 0.595 hdi 0.03 0.03 0.399 unemployment rate -1.53 3.62 0.673 summer temperature (°c) -1.42 0.74 0.056* autumn temperature (°c) 2.22 1.11 0.045* winter temperature (°c) -1.00 0.60 0.094* spring temperature (°c) 0.30 0.45 0.502 summer precipitation (mm/month) 0.04 0.03 0.080* autumn precipitation (mm/month) 0.00 0.02 0.806 winter precipitation (mm/month) -0.01 0.02 0.664 spring precipitation (mm/month) -0.07 0.04 0.039* constant -6.22 5.54 0.262 pseudo r2 0.40 total number of mcas 378 number of treated mcas 16 number of non treated mcas 362 *, **, *** indicate 10%, 5% and 1% significance level respectively. we did not find any effect of grape production neither on the hdi nor on the unemployment rate in this area. over the period 2000-2010, the hdi in the grape producing mcas and in the matched non grape producing mcas has increased with a parallel path, while the unemployment rate has decreased by 5 points in both groups. the lack of an effect on the hdi was found also in chagas et al. (2012) in the case of sugarcane production in brazil. our result strengthens the conclusions of chagas et al. about the need to implement effective public policy, additional to agricultural policies, specifically targeted to the education and the well being of the citizens. given the absence of a reduction in the unemployment rate due to grape production, the improving of the theil index may be the consequence of a shift of the labour force from a sector where the employee/landowner wage ratio was very low to a sector where income is more equally distributed and where small farms have higher chances to survive. in fact, it is worthy to mention that most owners of grape farms that adopt the ip system give their employees a wage premium as a mean to increase their motivation (embrapa, 2015). in addition, the training of employees in the grape sector has increased over the years, and this may have led to an average increase in wages. finally, differently from other agricultural industries, around 70% of grape producing farms are small family farms (leite et al., 2005). 290 linda arata, sofia hauschild, paolo sckokai table 4. average treatment effect on the treated (att) of growing grape, 2000-2010. average growth in the treated group average growth in the control group att t theil index -0.019 0.050 -0.070** -2.070 (-0.034) hdi 0.162 0.164 -0.002 -0.160 (0.013) unemployment rate -5.132 -4.990 -0.142 -0.090 (1.585) *, **, *** indicate 10%, 5% and 1% significance level respectively. 4.3 impact of grape sensitivity analysis the results of the rosenbaum sensitivity analysis indicate that the positive effect of grape production on the theil index is robust when an unobserved variable affects the odds ratio of the treatment assignment by no more than 25-30% (table 5). the absence of an effect on the hdi because of the starting of grape production is questioned by a critical level of г between 2.2 and 2.3, while the critical level of г in the case of the effect on the unemployment rate is between 2.1 and 2.2. in the last two cases, it means that a hidden bias, that causes the odds ratio of the probability to participate to change by more than 2, may undermine the validity of the conclusion on the absence of an effect of grape production on the hdi and on the unemployment rate. according to the sensitivity analysis, our results seem to be robust against the potential presence of an unobserved factor that affects simultaneously the probability to grow grape and the outcomes. it is worth to remind that we also control for unobserved factors that are constant over time by means of the did. in addition, as mentioned by diprete and gangl (2004), the results of the sensitivity analysis are the worst case scenarios. for example, if the hidden bias affects the odds ratio more than 30% it does not mean that there is no effect of grape production on the theil index, but it means that the confidence interval of the theil index would become wider and include the value of zero. 5. discussion and conclusions in recent decades, grape production has become a well-organised, competitive and high quality agricultural industry in northeastern brazil. given the importance of agriculture in the overall economy of the two northeastern staes of bahia and pernambuco (around 20% of gdp), it is likely that the development of a modern agricultural industry may have an impact on some socio-economic indicators. in addition, differently from other agricultural industries in brazil, small family farms play a key role in the grape industry and the high concentration and cooperation among the actors of the industry in northeastern brazil identifies a production district which supports regional development. our study investigate whether grape production affects income distribution measured by the 291economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil theil index, the hdi and the unemployment rate in the two states at the mca level. by combining the psm with the did we compare the development of the value of each outcome between a treated group (mcas that started to grow grape after 2000) and a control group (matched mcas that never grew grape in the 2000-2010 period). results seem to indicate that grape production contributes to a fairer income distribution within the treated mcas. indeed, mcas that started grape production experience a decrease in the theil index of 11.7% compared to the level they would have experienced without developing grape production. one of the reasons for the positive effect on the theil index may be the high value added of this agricultural industry which may contribute to reduce the worker exploitation and guarantee a better remuneration. another reason may be represented by the large share of small family farms that work in the grape industry, which may also contribute to a fairer remuneration. no effect has been shown for the hdi and the unemployment rate. in order to promote the hdi and reduce the unemployment rate public table 5. results of the rosenbaum sensitivity analysis. gamma (г) p-critical theil index hdi unemployment rate 1 0.021 0.413 0.365 1.05 0.025 0.382 0.335 1.1 0.030 0.353 0.308 1.15 0.035 0.326 0.282 1.2 0.040 0.301 0.259 1.25 0.046 0.278 0.237 1.3 0.052 0.256 0.217 1.35 0.059 0.236 0.199 1.4 0.065 0.218 0.182 1.45 0.072 0.201 0.167 1.5 0.079 0.185 0.153 1.55 0.087 0.170 0.140 1.6 0.094 0.157 0.128 1.65 0.102 0.144 0.117 1.7 0.110 0.133 0.107 1.75 0.118 0.122 0.098 1.8 0.126 0.113 0.090 1.85 0.134 0.104 0.082 1.9 0.142 0.096 0.075 1.95 0.151 0.088 0.069 2 0.159 0.081 0.063 2.05 0.167 0.075 0.057 2.1 0.176 0.069 0.053 2.15 0.184 0.063 0.048 2.2 0.193 0.058 0.044 2.25 0.201 0.054 0.040 292 linda arata, sofia hauschild, paolo sckokai policies specifically targeted to more general objectives, such as education and health, are required. as stated in this paper, the setting up of grape production in northeastern brazil has been supported by private-public investments in infrastructures as well as by subsidised credit and tax breaks. thus, the grape industry in this region is an example of how public support to agriculture leads to general socio-economic benefits to the society as a whole, since agriculture represents an important share of the economy. given this result, it would be interesting to analyse whether the positive effects of grape production on some general socio-economic indicators, such as the theil index, is confirmed also for the southern states, the historical grape producing area in brazil, as well for other high value added agricultural industries, such as mango and high quality coffee. references arata, l. and sckokai, p. (2016). the impact of agri-environmental schemes on farm performance in five eu member states: a did-matching approach. land economics 92(1): 167-186. caliendo, m. and kopeinig, s. (2008). some practical guidance for the implementation of the propensity score matching. journal of economic surveys 22(1): 31-72. camargo, u.a., tonietto, j. and hoffmann, a. (2011). progressos na viticultura brasileira. revista brasileira de fruticultura 33: 144-149 chagas, a. l. s., toneto, r. and azzoni, c.r. (2012). a spatial propensity score matching evaluation of the social impacts of sugarcane growing on municipalities in brazil. international regional science review 35(1): 48-69. diprete, t. and gangl, m.. (2004). assessing bias in the estimation of causal effects: rosenbaum bounds on matching estimators and instrumental variables estimation with imperfect instruments. sociological methodology 34: 271-310. emprapa (2015). perfil socioeconômico e ambiental da produção integrada de uva no submédio são francisco. heckman, j.j., ichimura, h. and todd, p.e. (1997). matching as an econometric evaluation estimator: evidence from evaluating a job training programme. review of economic studies 64: 605-654. ibge brazilian institute of geography and statistics (2016). http://www.ibge.gov.br/english/. accessed on july 2016. ifad international fund for agricultural development (2011). habilitando os pobres rurais a superar a pobreza no brasil. report available at http://www.ifad.org/operations/projects/regions/pl/factsheet/brazil_p.pdf. accessed on july 2016. ipeadata (2015). institute of applied economic research. http://www.ipeadata.gov.br. accessed on july 2015. lawley, c. and towe, c. (2014). capitalized costs of habitat conservation easements. american journal of agricultural economics 96(3): 657-672. leite, e.m., monteiro, l.c., noronha filho j.n., gomes, s.j.a., haji, f.n.p. and lopes, p.r.c. (2005). fruticultura sustentável: o caso da produção integradapi manga e pi-uva em áreas de pequeno produtor no submédio são francisco – brasil. in: vii seminário brasileiro de produção integrada de frutas. fortaleza, 1 cd-rom. 293economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil lima, m. a. c, sa, i. b., kiill, l. h. p., araujo, j. l. p., borges, r. m. e., lima neto, f. p., soares, j. m., leao, p. c. de s., silva, p. c. g. da, correia, r. c., silva, a. de s., sá, i. i. s. and silva, d. f. da (2009). subsídios técnicos para a indicação geográfica de procedência do vale do submédio são francisco: uva de mesa e manga. embrapa semiárido. documentos. issn 1808-9992. liu, x. and lynch, l. (2011). do agricultural land preservation programs reduce farmland loss? evidence from propensity score matching estimator. land economics 87(2): 183-201. pufahl, a. and weiss, c. (2009). evaluating the effects of farm programmes: results from propensity score matching. european review of agricultural economics 36(1): 79–101. rosenbaum, p. (2002). observational studies. new york, ny: springer. rosenbaum, p. r., rubin, d. b., 1983. the central role of the propensity score in observational studies for causal effects. biometrika 70(1): 41-55. selwyn, b. (2008). institutions, upgrading and development: evidence from north east brazilian export horticulture. competition & change 12(4), 377-396. smith, j. and todd, p.e. (2005). does matching overcome lalonde’s critique of nonexperimental estimators? journal of econometrics 125: 305-353. tales, v. (2009). vitivinicultura no nordeste do brasil: situação recente e perspectivas. revista economica do nordeste 40(3): 499-524. teixeira, a.d.c., bastiaanssen, w.g.m. and bassoi, l.h. (2007). crop water parameters of irrigated wine and table grapes to support water productivity analysis in the sao francisco river basin, brazil. agricultural water management 94(1): 31-42. udagawa, c., hodge, i. and reader, m. (2014). farm level costs of agri-environment measures: the impact of entry level stewardship on cereal farm incomes. journal of agricultural economics 65 (1): 212–33. weinhold, d., killick, e. and reis, e.j. (2013). soybeans, poverty and inequality in the brazilian amazon. world development 52: 132-143. rural-urban migration and implications for rural production alan de brauw migrants to rural areas as a social movement: insights from italy giorgio osti immigrant workforce and labour productivity in italian agriculture: a farm-level analysis edoardo baldoni, silvia coderoni*, roberto esposti economic and social impact of grape growing in northeastern brazil linda arata1,*, sofia hauschild2, paolo sckokai1 is the question of the “active farmer” a false problem? maria rosaria pupo d’andrea*, simona romeo lironcurti bio-based and applied economics 7(2): 179-190, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-7674 short communication bioeconomy and the common agricultural policy: will a strategy in search of policies meet a policy in search of strategies? davide viaggi dipartimento di scienze e tecnologie agro-alimentari, università di bologna date of submission: 2019 25th, june; accepted 2019 15th, july abstract. both the revised eu bioeconomy strategy and the proposals for the common agricultural policy (cap) 2021-2027 were released in 2018. this paper explores the connection between these two policy areas, the needs for economic and policy research and the way economic literature in the field of the bioeconomy is meeting these needs. the paper concludes that the two policies are highly complementary in principle, but the current exploitation of potential synergies is largely delegated to the implementation stage of the cap, hence to country and local programming authorities. to make both policies effective, and to bring about constructive synergies, the availability of bridging concepts allowing for territorial-level integration of chain and ecosystem services views is key. however, on the practical side, monitoring indicators for policy and economic/management support to developing sectors is even more important. support to innovation design, uptake and exploitation will remain key to the sector and will need a proactive and participatory collaboration among multiple actors. the increased relevance of the role of ecosystem services and environmental attention in both policies will make the results more dependent on the ability to understand the value of public goods and to incorporate them into policy design and marketing strategies. keywords. bioeconomy, common agricultural policy, rural development, eu. jel. q00, q01, q02, q57. 1. introduction and objectives interest in the bioeconomy has been growing steadily in recent years, both in policy and literature. a growing number of countries have bioeconomy strategies and are implementing policies that promote the development of the bioeconomy (el-chichakli et al., 2016; german bioeconomy council, 2018). markets for bio-based solutions are growing and are attracting the attention of consumers and investors alike. applications are at times corresponding author: davide.viaggi@unibo.it 180 davide viaggi visible but in some cases appear to be simple (drop-in) substitutes to existing products.yet technological change is fully under way, with continuous new solutions being proposed (wesseler and von braun, 2017; ronzon et al., 2017). cross-cutting connections among different value chains are now countless and growing exponentially. the concept of the bioeconomy as the aggregate of the sectors using biological resources is now undergoing consolidation, at least in europe. agriculture, forestry and food are at the core of the bioeconomy while the most important progress in terms of markets concerns new sectors, such as bio-based materials and bioenergy. sectors of the bioeconomy such as forestry, aquaculture and marine production are seen as major areas for future development. the idea that the bioeconomy needs to be sustainable and circular is getting stronger as well as the awareness that these features are not implicit in the bioeconomy, but rather need to be purposefully promoted. the context driving these trends is different than it was at the beginning of the history of the bioeconomy. climate change concerns, long-term sustainability objectives and circular economy objectives (european commission, 2015) have reinforced the focus on bio-based solutions. while energy concerns are less often in the news, they are taking on greater importance due to their linkages with climate change causes and adaptation strategies. the guiding focus on the un sustainable development goals has made evident how comprehensive concepts such as the bioeconomy are key to managing the interplay between social concerns and sustainable economic growth in an interwoven economy. in spite of the above-mentioned trends, several (or perhaps the majority of) bioeconomy activities linked to bio-based solutions, bioenergy and co-product management are far from being cost-competitive with fossil resources. in addition, technologies are often insufficiently stable and reliable with respect to market expectations. for these reasons, uptake is slower than sought by promoters and increased efficiency is needed. one of the keys to this increased efficiency is the connection between bio-based and bioenergy chains through biorefinery optimisation, but the issues at stake are much wider and involve the efficiency of the whole system of biomass production and use, as well as the consistent accounting of public good components linking society and market values. moreover, general knowledge of the bioeconomy as a concept and a vision remains poor. on the eu policy side, a new boost to the bioeconomy has been given by the eu commission through the revision of the 2012 bioeconomy strategy and several studies aimed at quantifying the economic role of the bioeconomy. this was followed by the launch of the revised bioeconomy strategy in october 2018 (european commission, 2018). meanwhile, the whole programming period 2021-2027 is under discussion, notably with new proposals for the cap related to this period. economic research has been developing in parallel (lewandowski, 2018; viaggi, 2018; wesseler, banse and zilberman, 2015; viaggi, 2016). in 2018, scopus reported 123 papers related to the bioeconomy in the fields of economics, business and social sciences, with a growth of about +66% compared to the previous year and a constant increase over time. this paper aims to provide a review of the policy challenges brought about by the revised bioeconomy strategy and the cap legislative proposals, with a focus on the connection between these two policy areas. based on this, the paper discusses needs for support and research in the field of economics and policy, matches these with the related 181bioeconomy and the common agricultural policy trends in literature, and provides insights into future research developments targeting the most relevant current challenges. the next section (section 2) provides an overview of the revised bioeconomy strategy, the proposed cap reform and the connections between the two policy initiatives. section 3 discusses economic and policy research needs emerging in response to these policy developments. section 4 provides a discussion and concluding remarks. 2. the eu bioeconomy strategy and the cap 2.1 the revised bioeconomy strategy the announced revision of the eu bioeconomy strategy followed a 2-year process building on the previous 2012 strategy. the evaluation of the strategy painted a rather positive picture in terms of strategy and action plan implementation (european commission, 2017). funding has increased for bioeconomy research and action has been taken in several directions. bioeconomy concepts have affected different policy areas in the eu and a number of countries now have their own bioeconomy strategy. italy is among them, with a broadly supported strategy published in 2017. in addition, a manifesto for the bioeconomy in europe was published in 2017. several relevant topics for attention and further action were included; in particular, it is noteworthy that there is an emphasis on the role of regions in the development of the bioeconomy and the need for focused training and education. the revised bioeconomy strategy (european commission, 2018), basically maintains the same objectives of the 2012 strategy, namely: • ensuring food and nutrition security; • managing natural resources sustainably; • reducing dependence on non-renewable, unsustainable resources whether sourced domestically or from abroad; • mitigating and adapting to climate change; and • strengthening european competitiveness and creating jobs. instead, from a definition point of view, the revised strategy includes some relevant novelties. the bioeconomy is now defined as follows (european commission, 2018): “the bioeconomy covers all sectors and systems that rely on biological resources (animals, plants, micro-organisms and derived biomass, including organic waste), their functions and principles. it includes and interlinks: land and marine ecosystems and the services they provide; all primary production sectors that use and produce biological resources (agriculture, forestry, fisheries and aquaculture); and all economic and industrial sectors that use biological resources and processes to produce food, feed, bio-based products, energy and services. to be successful, the european bioeconomy needs to have sustainability and circularity at its heart. this will drive the renewal of our industries, the modernisation of our primary production systems, the protection of the environment and will enhance biodiversity.” the most interesting feature is the placement of sustainability and circularity at the heart of the notion of bioeconomy. the definition also explicitly highlights the role of eco182 davide viaggi systems and their services. on the contrary, innovation and new technologies, in particular genetic engineering, have much less emphasis. biomedicines and health biotechnology remain excluded. to achieve the objectives above, the communication envisages three action areas: 1. strengthen and scale-up the bio-based sectors, unlock investments and markets; this includes: mobilisation of public and private stakeholders, in research, demonstration and deployment of bio-based solutions (action 1.1); a circular bioeconomy thematic investment platform (action 1.2); identification of bottlenecks, enablers, and gaps affecting bio-based innovations, and providing voluntary guidance on their deployment (action 1.3); environmental performance information (action 1.4); facilitation of the development of new sustainable biorefineries (action 1.5); contribution to the global challenge of plastic-free oceans (action 1.6). 2. deploy local bioeconomies rapidly across europe; this includes: develop a strategicdeployment agenda (action 2.1); pilot actions enhancing synergies between existing eu instruments to support local activities (action 2.2); set up of eu bioeconomy policy support facility for member states (action 2.3); piloting on education and skills (action 2.4). 3. understand the ecological boundaries of the bioeconomy; this includes: enhancing the knowledge base and understanding of specific bioeconomy areas (action 3.1); implementation of an eu-wide, internationally coherent monitoring system (action 3.2); voluntary guidance for operating the bioeconomy within safe ecological limits (action 3.3); integration of the benefits from biodiversity-rich ecosystems (action 3.4). 2.2 the proposed cap reform after the release of preliminary documents in 2017, the commission published the legislative proposals for the post 2020 cap in june 2018. the objectives of the future cap are: • to ensure a fair income to farmers; • to increase competiveness; • to rebalance the power in the food chain; • climate change action; • environmental care; • to preserve landscapes and biodiversity; • to support generational renewal; • vibrant rural areas; and • to protect food and health quality. the basic structure of the cap is not expected to change dramatically, in particular the organisation into two main pillars. however, in terms of measures, the cap will bring some important novelties. these include the refocusing of the direct payments towards a basic payment for sustainability; the replacement of the current cross-compliance and greening measures with a new enhanced conditionality scheme; and the provision of voluntary ecological payments (eco-schemes) in the first pillar. 183bioeconomy and the common agricultural policy a critical aspect of the cap reform is the new delivery model, leaving to strategic plans to devise precise actions for implementation. strategic plans are expected to cover all cap measures and to be designed at member state (ms) level. this implies a larger level of flexibility for ms concerning the design of measures and implementation, while the european commission will monitor the results on the basis of a list of indicators. this should, in principle, allow for higher efficiency through greater flexibility and better targeting, but will also rely more on decentralised coordination and management capacity. the cap reform is accompanied by an important effort toward innovation and research, with a proposed allocation of 10 billion euro to agriculture and food in horizon europe. this continues the coordination between the cap and research policy already established during the 2014-2020 period. 2.3 the bioeconomy strategy and the cap: opportunities, drawbacks and emerging policy issues in spite of the obvious interplays, the convergence between the bioeconomy strategy and the cap is still weak; however, the rural development objectives in the bioeconomy strategy and the explicit mention of the bioeconomy (as well as of the need for biomass production) in the cap are important steps forward in the field of policy harmonisation. notably, this does not only concern the areas in which the bioeconomy is mentioned, but also other components of the cap including the international dimension. the cap does not contain/impose any specific measure related to non-food bioeconomy sectors; however several measures can be used in this direction by local strategy design. a number of cap measures can indeed contribute to the bioeconomy. these include: a) those strengthening the role of farmers in the supply chain; b) sectorial programmes if connected to bio-based products; c) enhanced conditionality, including crop rotation provisions; d) voluntary eco-schemes,which are mandatory for ms; e) coupled income support, directly or indirectly affecting specific value chains; f) rural development measures (including agri-environmental schemes, innovation and investment support, knowledge transfer measures). however, the decision to use these measures to support the bioeconomy development will be in the hands of member states or local authorities. one stated cap objective (also in the documentation about strategic plans and their evaluation) is directly connected to the bioeconomy, namely: “promote employment, growth, social inclusion and local development in rural areas, including bio-economy and sustainable forestry”. in terms of cap result indicators for the monitoring of evaluation plans, two main indicators are specific to the bioeconomy: r.15 green energy from agriculture and forestry: investments in renewable energy production capacity, including bio-based and r.32 developing the rural bioeconomy: number of bioeconomy businesses developed with support. on the other hand, the bioeconomy strategy envisages a number of supporting instruments that could be used by the cap implementation strategy. these primarily concern initiatives for sustainability diagnostics and intra-regional coordination. in addition, there seem to be a number of procedural meeting points in the two strands of policy in as much as both envisage some implementation plan at the country or regional level. this could provide an opportunity for greater coordination to the extent that it does not result in duplication. indeed, the cap strategic plans offer an improved 184 davide viaggi opportunity for coordination with the bioeconomy strategies through needs analysis and the setting of objectives. one potential issue, however, remains the scale of coordination and inter-scale dialogues. potential conflicts are difficult to envisage. the most evident issue is that of biorefinery development and investment programmes, which have the potential to affect the farming sector and could lead to undesired effects if the two areas of intervention are not locally coordinated. 3. challenges for economic & policy support 3.1 bioeconomy definitions and boundaries from the definition point of view, the bioeconomy is shaping up and consolidating at least in terms of the sectors involved. the new strategy makes it more explicit that the bioeconomy is the aggregate of all sectors using living organisms and this partially goes beyond a number of discrepancies found in the literature between different approaches to the bioeconomy. these do tend to remain, however, when the bioeconomy is viewed from different regional or stakeholder perspectives (de besi and mccormick, 2015). the current trends in the eu policy clarify once more that the bioeconomy concept will not substitute our current notion of sectors, such as agriculture, food etc., at least in the short-term, but will rather provide a complementary view at system level. this separation will also remain as such in the policy realm. this is a reasonable strategy, which is legitimate with path-dependency motivations, as sector identity and related policy are already quite consolidated and have been developed over time. on the one hand, the difficulty in understanding and communicating what the bioeconomy is will continue. indeed, there is a consolidation of the view of the bioeconomy as a bridging concept rather than a sector. on the other hand, the definition of the bioeconomy has clearly expanded in the direction of accounting for ecosystems, clarifying the increasing trends towards the need for a consistent inter/trans-sectoral approach to the management of biological resources. biorefineries are clearly seen as a key connection point among the bioeconomy sectors. their development across europe is somehow the most practical action envisaged in the strategy. this is very relevant as biorefineries are peculiar solutions connecting different value chains and at the same time are the strategic topic to connect the industrial and territorial visions of the bioeconomy. however, chain coordination and consistency with the ecosystem services perspective needs to be carefully investigated. 3.2 bioeconomy sectors and markets the pragmatic identification of the bioeconomy as an overarching concept encompassing or including different sectors, as well as the envisaging of only a (mainly) strategic approach from the point of view of bioeconomy policy, somehow refocuses attention, including for the bioeconomy, on the functioning of markets and their dynamics. the developing of new markets (except for bioenergy) seems to remain not supported by strong direct incentives from policy, but rather promoted by soft measures related to primary production, chain structure, certification and information. 185bioeconomy and the common agricultural policy here, a focal point remains cost-competitiveness with similar fossil-based products and the distinction between drop-in and new products (petrovič, 2015). on the one hand, this requires an improved understanding of consumer and citizen behaviour, on the other hand it needs to address supply side (cost) issues. these topics are emphasised for markets for new products, such as innovative (in terms of value proposition) biobased products. the increased relevance of the role of ecosystem services and environmental attention in both policies will shine light on the ability to understand the value of public goods and to incorporate them into policy design and marketing strategies. 3.3 system view the territorial planning envisaged in the bioeconomy strategy and the strategic planning envisaged in the revised strategy call for both a description and an understanding of bioeconomy systems. in this direction, the bioeconomy literature already seeks to deliver interpretations of complex bioeconomy systems through the evolution of the concept of value chains into a vision of value webs (scheiterle et al., 2016; virchow et al., 2016); at the same time, examples, especially of biomass provisions for biorefineryand logistics, need to explicitly address the connection between process design and territorial scale. this, in turn, extends to international biomass and value flows. the direct consideration of the engagement of consumers and citizens is also a key factor in these processes. the inclusion of ecosystems into this view, and the socio-ecological system approach as a potential interpretation of society’s action are also under way. an attempt to merge these approaches into a unified view goes under the proposed term socio-ecological technological value-enhancing web system (setvews)(viaggi, 2018), which is still, however, undefined in operational terms. the system view not only provides a vision of the bioeconomy, but also highlights the need to understand the role of logistic organisation (lamers et al., 2015), chain structure (espinoza pérez et al., 2017) and flexibility (swartz, wang and mastragostino, 2015) as the key to efficiency. in addition, the understanding of system organisation needs to take into account technological potential. in particular, the increasing ability to break down and recompose biomass has lead the emergence of the concept of platform products as key “connectors” in the biomass flows, with potential implications on system organisation and market power (bomtempo, chaves alves and de almeida oroski, 2017). 3.4 policy coordination and territorial governance both bioeconomy and agricultural policy require territorial level programming. this is connected to the system view and the need to consistently manage resources and opportunities in a landscape (ecosystemic) framework. in addition, the topic of policy coordination is of paramount importance. the bioeconomy is already most often promoted by a mix of policy instruments with different strategies and composition depending on the individual country and location (german bioeconomy council, 2015). the focus on strategy emphasises these needs. 186 davide viaggi in a more analytical way, the picture above requires the ability to understand the working of policy mixes. research and innovation policy clearly plays a major role in this context. the cap already includes a variety of different measures which consistency is sometimes not straightforward (or clearly lacking). addressing the bioeconomy consistently requires, greater effort with regard to connecting agriculture, food, fisheries, industrial and environmental sectors, energy policies, as well as activities related to research, innovation and education. in addition, this strategic approach highlights the need for working approaches to participation and governance. this has been an area of particular focus in the literature on participatory decision-making, and, among other issues, highlights the positive role of the bioeconomy as an ‘umbrella concept’ to provide a dialogue platform for different views of the future. on the other hand, for the same reasons, it runs the risk of remaining just a buzzword with unclear references to the use of biomass. indeed, in a communication context, ‘bioeconomy’ can be qualified as a ‘boundary object’ or a ‘bridging concept’, i.e. serving specific interests of different stakeholders under a generally accepted conceptual umbrella (hodge, brukas and giurca, 2017). the relevance of the topic has been highlighted in contexts in which the different players have rather different backgrounds and power, so it is of special importance for rural areas. this implies the consideration of two connected aspects. one is the role of local institutions in the governance of the bioeconomy. the other is the involvement of the ecosystem service view as compared with the value chain view. 3.5 innovation the definition of the bioeconomy used in the revision of the ec communication seems to downplay innovation and research. in particular, genetic engineering, which was at the core of some of the founding documents by other bodies (e.g. oecd) is has no particular relevance here. in fact, looking at the actions proposed, research and innovation is still high in the agenda and even more important in economic terms. most likely, in the current setting, innovation stands behind the scenes and is less to be interpreted as a specific set of technologies and rather as whatever is needed to promote the objectives of developing bioeconomy sectors in industrial terms while guaranteeing circularity and sustainability. this approach certainly brings bioeconomy innovation closer to current practices in agriculture and rural innovation such as the innovation systems perspective adopted by the agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (akiss) or the collaborative perspective used by the eip agri measures. however, it is also connected to information, education and human capital, and is linked to industrial innovation. on the other hand, innovation is connected to appropriate incentives related to the features of final products, and hence cannot be thought of as being disconnected from markets and value chain development. the link among research disciplines is even more important, as also implied by transdisciplinary research linked to multi-actor driven processes. the balance between multiactor emphasis and consistent new research has, however, proven to be difficult to manage and this will be a key issue to tackle in order to provide genuine and result-focused innovation systems. 187bioeconomy and the common agricultural policy one important perspective here relates to the trend towards technology design as an explicit process aimed at specific achievements and within circular innovation processes, which implies an even greater degree of coordination. 3.6 defining and measuring the problem with measuring the bioeconomy remains at the core, due also to the dearth of suitable data (wesseler and von braun, 2017; ronzon et al., 2017; lokko et al., 2017). besides agriculture and food, bio-based sectors such as energy, biomaterials, and biorefineries are largely included in other sectors’ statistics and require difficult disaggregation procedures and, at times, questionable assumptions. on the other hand, the new definition and policy approach require a move towards a more functional use of measurements, most notably in three directions: • first, in the direction of measuring the actual progress of bioeconomy sectors and in particular, understanding the dynamics of emerging sectors such as those of biobased products. • second, in the direction of understanding the sustainability of current bioeconomy systems, with a focus on the new field of measurement represented by circularity and consolidating areas such as the connection with ecosystem services and public goods; while the bioeconomy strategy focuses to a significant extent on the concept of ecological boundaries, the cap more and more explicitly focuses attention on the positive potential of the primary sector to produce valuable public goods. • third, in the direction of having measures suitable for policy evaluation or even for performance/impact measurement linked to the provision of cap payments. 3.7 communication, awareness and education communication, awareness and education are clearly important for an emerging sector of the economy. the first straightforward aspect is linked to awareness and acceptability by the general public, which is well known to be critical for new products such as those obtained through genetic modification. furthermore, information is linked to market expressions of willingness to pay. this is clearly key in a policy approach only weakly based on direct incentives and more focused on the promotion of innovation. the role of education and human capital in the bioeconomy is of primary interest to the academia. noteworthy initiatives are being developed that range from primary to post-university and lifelong learning, but the role of bioeconomy studies in curricula remains, to a large extent, questionable and under developed. 4. discussion and conclusions research and interpretation of the bioeconomy is taking shape (viaggi, 2018). the sought after interaction between the cap and bioeconomy is now at a crossroad, with the revised bioeconomy strategy and the upcoming cap reform, ushering in significant opportunities for coherent and synergetic support, while at the same time leaving the 188 davide viaggi details of these synergies rather open to local action. both strategic approaches also bring with them a number of implications for economic research related to policy. while the bioeconomy is consolidating as one of the biggest phenomena of our age, it continues to be in search of an identity. there are different dimensions to this identitybuilding process. one is policy, as can be expected from an emerging area of the economy. however, the eu’s bioeconomy action and most country strategies rely more on strategies than bioeconomy policies, leaving to specific sector policies the role to implement actions. this is also the case of the eu. this approach is in itself understandable, due to the fact that some parts of the bioeconomy have long-term policy structures, the implementation of which is rather consolidated with reforms depending on path-dependency. as for the cap reform there is a reliance on decentralised strategic planning, which is fuelling debate about implementation procedures (new delivery model) and priority setting. accordingly, this is an ideal time to discuss the coordination between the bioeconomy and agricultural priorities and policies. the explicit call for convergence (or the beginning of dialogue) between bioeconomy and the cap is a relevant step forward. certainly, strong support for economic information is imperative. economics is moving forward in building this identity through an increasing number of works and new concepts. the next step is to improve the application of these concepts to the next generation of policy problems. the main contributions likely rest in providing a coherent system view, helping to identify priorities and designing improved mixes of policy instruments. each of these areas of action is facing a number of new challenges, as discussed above. the enlargement of the bioeconomy concept to ecosystem services and the more neutral view of innovation also represent important topics to be dealt with in economic research. finally, both from an academic and sector perspective, greater attention is needed to bring the bioeconomy into the education system. perhaps there will never be a bioeconomist profession, but the comprehensive vision of the bioeconomy and an economic focus on its evolving components will undoubtedly be of great importance for any professional working with biological resources in the future. 5. references de besi, m. and mccormick, k. (2015). towards a bioeconomy in europe: national, regional and industrial strategies. sustainability 7(8): 10461-10478. doi: 10.3390/ su70810461. bomtempo, j.-v., chaves alves, f. and de almeida oroski, f. (2017). developing new platform chemicals: what is required for a new bio-based molecule to become a platform chemical in the bioeconomy?. faraday discussions 202. doi: 10.1039/ c7fd00052a. bonaccorso, m. (2016). the bioeconomy revolution. kindle ver. edizioni ambiente, milano. el-chichakli, b., von braun, j., lang, c., barben, d. and philp, j. (2016). five cornerstones of a global bioeconomy. nature 535: 221-223. espinoza pérez, a. t., camargo, m., narváez rincón, p. c. and alfaro marchant, m. (2017). key challenges and requirements for sustainable and industrialized biore189bioeconomy and the common agricultural policy finery supply chain design and management: a bibliographic analysis. renewable and sustainable energy reviews 69: 350-359. doi: 10.1016/j.rser.2016.11.084. european commission (2015). closing the loop an eu action plan for the circular economy. com(2015) 614 final. bruxelles. european commission (2017). review of the 2012 european bioeconomy strategy. bruxelles. european commission (2018). a sustainable bioeconomy for europe: strengthening the connection between economy, society and the environment. updated bioeconomy strategy. bruxelles. available at: https://ec.europa.eu/research/bioeconomy/pdf/ec_ bioeconomy_strategy_2018.pdf#view=fit&pagemode=none. german bioeconomy council (2015). bioeconomy policy (part ii) synopsis of national strategies around the world. berlin. available at: https://biooekonomierat.de/fileadmin/publikationen/berichte/bioeconomy-policy_part-ii.pdf german bioeconomy council (2018). bioeconomy policy (part iii): update report of national strategies around the world. berlin. available at: http://gbs2018.com/fileadmin/gbs2018/downloads/gbs_2018_bioeconomy-strategies-around-the_world_ part-iii.pdf. hodge, d., brukas, v. and giurca, a. (2017). forests in a bioeconomy: bridge, boundary or divide?. scandinavian journal of forest research 32(7): 582-587. doi: 10.1080/02827581.2017.1315833. lamers, p., tan, e. c. d., searcy, e. m., scarlata, c. j., cafferty, k. g. and jacobson, j. j. (2015). strategic supply system design a holistic evaluation of operational and production cost for a biorefinery supply chain. biofuels, bioproducts and biorefining 9(6): 648-660. doi: 10.1002/bbb.1575. lewandowski, i. (ed.) (2018). bioeconomy. shaping the transition to a sustainable, biobased economy. springer. lokko, y., heijde, m., schebesta, k., scholtès, p., van montagu, m. and giacca, m. (2017). biotechnology and the bioeconomy towards inclusive and sustainable industrial development. new biotechnology 40(a): 5-10. doi: 10.1016/j.nbt.2017.06.005. petrovič, u. (2015). next-generation biofuels: a new challenge for yeast. yeast 32: 583593. doi: 10.1002/yea.3082. ronzon, t., piotrowski, s., m’barek, r. and carus, m. (2017). a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy. bio-based and applied economics 6(1): 1-17. doi: 10.13128/bae-20567. scheiterle, l., ulmer, a., birner, r. and pyka, a. (2016). from commodity-based value chains to biomass-based value webs: the case of sugarcane in brazil’s bioeconomy. journal of cleaner production 172: 3851-3863. doi: 10.1016/j. jclepro.2017.05.150. swartz, c. l. e., wang, h. and mastragostino, r. (2015). operability analysis of process supply chains-toward the development of a sustainable bioeconomy. computer aided chemical engineering 36:355-384. doi: 10.1016/b978-0-444-63472-6.00014-8. viaggi, d. (2016). towards an economics of the bioeconomy: four years later. bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 101-112. doi: 10.13128/bae-20086. viaggi, d. (2018). the bioeconomy. delivering sustainable green growth. cabi publishing. 190 davide viaggi virchow, d., beuchelt, t. d., kuhn, a. and denich, m. (2016) biomass-based value webs: a novel perspective for emerging bioeconomies in sub-saharan africa. in gatzweiler, f.w. and von braun, j. (eds), technological and institutional innovations for marginalized smallholders in agricultural development. springer open: 225-238. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-25718-1_14. wesseler, j., banse, m. and zilberman, d. (2015). introduction special issue “the political economy of the bioeconomy”. german journal of agricultural economics 64: 209-211. available at: http://www.scopus.com/inward/record.url?eid=2-s2.084949545519&partnerid=tzotx3y1. wesseler, j. and von braun, j. (2017). measuring the bioeconomy: economics and policies. annual review of resource economics 9: 275-298. doi: 10.1146/annurevresource-100516-053701. bio-based and applied economics 9(3): 283-304, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7764 does the place of residence affect land use preferences? evidence from a choice experiment in germany julian sagebiel1,*, klaus glenk2, jürgen meyerhoff3 1 swedish university of agricultural sciences 2 sruc, land economy and environment research group 3 technische universität berlin abstract. discrete choice experiments can be used to inform policy makers on people’s preferences for landscapes and cultural ecosystem services. recent studies have shown that the spatial context influences preferences and related willingness to pay values. in this paper we investigate the effect of the landscape surrounding people’s places of residence on their willingness to pay using data from a discrete choice experiment on local land-use changes and cultural ecosystem services throughout germany. for analysis, we apply a latent class logit model and include landscape categories as explanatory variables for class membership. we find that the different landscapes people live in are correlated with preferences. especially people from urban areas and farmand grassland landscapes have larger willingness to pay values for improvements in cultural ecosystem services than people from forest landscapes and cultural landscapes. the results are important for policy makers as different willingness to pay values in different landscapes imply different welfare effects for land use changes. taking this information into account can help in reaching more efficient resource allocations. keywords. landscape preferences, latent class model, spatial heterogeneity, willingness to pay. jel codes. q51, q57. 1. introduction policy makers at different scales initiate land use changes to conform with subordinated laws and guidelines. decisions should balance social and private costs and benefits for different stakeholder groups and the local population. rigorous cost-benefit analysis is often difficult to conduct, as most regulating and cultural ecosystem services that are produced by landscapes are not traded in markets, making it impossible to directly observe societal demand for them. benefit estimates of changes in ecosystem service provision need to be inferred through the use of non-market valuation techniques; in particular stated *corresponding author. e-mail: julian.sagebiel@slu.se editor: meri raggi. 284 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff preference methods, which allow estimation of willingness to pay through direct elicitation of preferences in hypothetical markets. in europe, several non-market valuation studies assessing preferences for components and management of agrarian landscapes have been conducted, but they rarely accounted for spatial differences in preferences (zanten et al. 2014; glenk et al. 2019). the few studies that considered spatial heterogeneity in preferences found that the place of residence of respondents in stated preference surveys influences willingness to pay estimates (campbell, scarpa, and hutchinson 2008; campbell, hutchinson, and scarpa 2009; brouwer, martin-ortega, and berbel 2010; broch et al. 2013; garrod et al. 2012; johnston and ramachandran 2014). as land-use changes are often conducted locally, such information can significantly impact the results of cost-benefit analyses and may reveal insights on where a land-use change offers the largest benefits. this paper contributes to the literature on spatial preference heterogeneity by investigating how preferences for policy-relevant landscape attributes differ across respondents residing in different landscapes. spatially-driven differences in preferences for changes in landscape attributes can occur for two main reasons. first, it is well-established that individual preferences are affected by the current level of endowment (glenk 2011; hess, rose, and hensher 2008; tversky and kahneman 1981). therefore, an increase or decrease in a good is valued relative to this status quo situation. because the marginal value of a good or service may not be constant over levels of provision, individuals with different status quo situations may value additional changes in provision differently. in particular, economic theory suggests that the utility or value that is attributed to an additional unit of a good or service is higher if its scarcity increases. the concept of diminishing marginal utility suggests, for example, that people residing in a forest landscape are willing to pay less for additional forest area created than individuals living in farmand grassland landscapes with little forest cover (sagebiel, glenk, and meyerhoff 2017). diminishing marginal utility may apply if more of a good or service is always preferred over less; however, this may not always apply to landscape attributes, where optimal shares of certain land use shares and landscape elements may exist. that is, an increase in land use share may be perceived beneficially up to a threshold, beyond which utility for an additional increase in provision decreases (schmitz, schmitz, and wronka 2003). second, the overall composition of a landscape has a unique value that is qualitatively different from other landscapes and that is difficult if not impossible to describe in terms of separate landscape attributes. that is, residents have different perceptions of landscapes and of the role that specific elements play in achieving uniqueness. consequently, preferences for changes in landscape attributes may differ across landscape types, either in a systematic fashion in case that subjective perceptions of landscape amenity and value are similar across individuals living in a particular landscape type, or in an unpredictable way if there is considerable heterogeneity in perceptions. for example, those individuals living in forest landscapes may have a systematically greater demand for enhancing biodiversity, whereas people living in farmand grassland landscapes may prefer additional structural elements. similarly, some people living in farmand grassland landscapes may perceive their openness as a cultural heritage characteristic of a particular region, thus objecting structural change. in the paper, we investigate the correlation between residing in different landscape categories (i.e., different status quo situations) and preferences for changes in landscape 285does the place of residence affect land use preferences? attributes, for example share of forest or levels of biodiversity. we use data from a webbased discrete choice experiment (dce) survey in germany to empirically test if differences in willingness to pay for landscape attributes exist; and if the ‘status quo’ landscape serves as a reference point for choices in the dce with impacts on willingness to pay estimates. the results are relevant for policy makers dealing with local land-use changes and researchers considering dces to assist cost-benefit analyses. for example, in germany, there is a discussion about combating climate change by increasing the share of energy crops for renewable energy generation. a policy maker can set spatially varying incentives or other policy tools aiming at increasing or decreasing the share of corn on agricultural fields. typically, such incentives are based on private benefits and ecological constraints, e.g. where gross margins are high. social welfare impacts associated with landscape change are often not considered at all, or are not directly compared with private costs and benefits. additionally, the importance of acceptance of the land use change by the local population is often neglected, and willingness to pay values, distinguished by landscape categories, can help to identify areas where such a land-use change is likely to find local support. 2. survey and data 2.1 data collection and discrete choice experiment the dce is part of a german-wide, web-based survey conducted in march 2013. the respondents were recruited from an online panel of a large international market research institute. people 18 years or older who resided in germany at the time of the study were eligible to participate. the survey consists of the six sub-samples with different dces, totalling around 10,000 respondents. the dces differ in their attributes and had different land-use foci. in all samples, the scenario was a local land use change within a radius of 15 km around the respondent’s place of residence. the radius should represent a typical distance for everyday activities. we discussed the radius in focus groups and came up with 15 km being a widely accepted distance. besides the dce, the survey includes questions on leisure activities, perceptions and knowledge on land use and climate change as well as socio-demographic variables. respondents were requested to provide their postal code or to use the integrated geo-tool which supplies the coordinates of the places identified by respondents such as their residence location. in this paper, we use a sub-sample with attributes related to agricultural land-use changes. the dce comprises five non-monetary attributes each having three levels, with zero indicating the status quo as today. table 1 gives a description of all attributes of the used sample as well as the dummy codes used in the analysis. the first attribute forest refers to the share of forest. it takes the values as today, 10% less and 10% more. we assume that an increase in forest area increases utility with a decreasing rate (diminishing marginal utility). that implies that people living in forest rich areas gain less utility from an increase in forest than people living in areas with a low share of forest. the second attribute fieldsize describes the average size of fields and forests. the levels include as today, half the size of today and double the size of today. 286 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff smaller field sizes imply a less monotonic landscape and more structural elements, which are assumed to be more attractive in terms of visual amenity (zanten et al. 2014). on the other hand, larger forests can lead to better forest connectivity which may have positive implications for biodiversity and recreation. we therefore have no clear expectation for this attribute. the third attribute biodiversity is described with a bird indicator as a proxy for biodiversity. bird indicators are used in several countries as headline indicators for biodiversity (gregory et al. 2003; butchart et al. 2010). the bird indicator, developed by the german federal agency for nature conservation, provides information on the suitability of the area for birds, where 100 points describe the state in the year 1975 in germany (doerpinghaus and ludwig 2005). for germany as a whole, the bird indicator is currently estimated to lie at about 55 points. the levels used in the dce are as today (55 points), slight increase (85 points) and strong increase (105 points). we expect that utility increases with increasing points, as it has been found in other dce studies (shoyama, managi, and yamagata 2013). the fourth attribute cornshare is the share of corn on agricultural fields. the levels are as today, 30% and 70% on the agricultural fields in the surrounding. in the focus group discussions conducted prior to the survey, corn was often described as having a negative impact on landscape. we expect that a larger share of corn leads to a decrease in utility. meadowsshare, the fifth attribute, refers to the share of meadows and grassland used for grazing. it takes the levels as today, 25% of the area, 50% of the area. in the focus group discussions, most participants linked a high share of meadows to a more natural landscape. we thus expect a utility increase from an increase in the share. note that some attribute levels imply a reduction in the endowment compared to the status quo. this is explicit for forest and fieldsize and implicit for cornshare and meadowsshare. in the former case, we expect that some respondents have preferences for a table 1. attribute description. attribute description levels dummy code forest share of forest in % as today 10% decrease omitted forminus10 10% increase forplus10 fieldsize average size of forest and fields as today half the size double the size omitted fieldhalf fielddouble biodiversity degree of biodiversity measured with bird indicator as today (55 points) slight increase (85 points) strong increase (105 points) omitted bio85 bio105 cornshare share of corn on agricultural fields as today share of 30% share of 70% omitted corn30 corn70 meadows share share of meadows in % as today share of 25% share of 50% omitted mead25 mead50 price annual payment to a local landscape fund in euro 0, 10, 25, 50, 80, 110, 160 287does the place of residence affect land use preferences? reduction. for example, in forest rich areas, people may prefer a reduction in forest share (sagebiel, glenk, and meyerhoff 2017). to account for such preferences, we used a positive and a negative level. in the case of cornshare and meadowsshare, the direction of the change (reduction or increase) depends on the respondent’s current situation. however, absolute percentage values are useful as, in practice, land use changes are often announced in such values. we expected that people understand an absolute percentage value better than a relative change. thus we used absolute percentage values for these attributes, taking into account that the change people value varies between respondents. finally, the price attribute is framed as an annual payment to a newly introduced landscape fund per person for an unspecified period of time. we explained to the respondents that all residents who are affected by the land use change will have to contribute to the fund (i.e. a compulsory payment) and that the money in the fund was to be exclusively used to finance and maintain the land use changes. the exact description of the payment vehicle was informed by focus group discussions. the framing of the payment vehicle as a fund was preferred to other possible payment vehicles and regarded as credible. tax payments were not regarded as credible, because the land use change was local while taxes are usually collected at least at county level and often used for multiple purposes. the levels of the fund range from 10 to 160 euro and is set to szero in the status quo alternative. each choice set consists of three unlabelled landscape alternatives, where landscape 3 represents the status quo (figure 1). the experimental design was created with the software package ngene, maximizing c-efficiency, which relates to the minimization of varifigure 1. example of a choice set. 288 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff ance of willingness to pay estimates. the design was optimized for a multinominal logit model with linearity in utility and priors close to zero. it consisted of 18 choice sets divided into two blocks. each respondent answered nine choice sets. the order of the choice sets was randomized across respondents. 2.2 landscape categories and socio-demographics the german federal agency for nature conservation has developed a system to classify landscapes within germany. the intention behind this approach is to provide a basis for effective conservation and development of cultural landscapes along the objectives of the european landscape convention. overall, the german land surface was divided in 858 landscapes including 59 urban conglomerations. the system comprises overall 24 landscape types that are assigned to the following six main categories (gharadjedaghi et al. 2004):1 1. coastal landscapes: this type is characterized by landscapes near the german coast of the north sea and the baltic sea. 2. forest landscapes: these landscapes have a large share of forests between 40% and 70%. 3. cultural landscapes: these landscapes have a share of forest between 20% and 40% and a high share of one of the following items: water bodies, meadows and grassland, wine-growing, glaciers and rocks, orchards, wetlands, a combination of the items. 4. farmand grassland dominated landscapes: in contrast to the cultural landscapes, they have a share of forest that is less than 20%. they are further characterized by a large share of grassland and arable land. 5. mining areas: landscapes with more than 10 percent of the land surface under open cast mining. 6. urban agglomerations: these landscapes comprise cities and areas with a high density of settlements and infrastructure. table 2 summarizes the distribution of the respondents according to the landscapes. each respondent is uniquely allocated to one of the categories. in this process, the actual place of residence was used to determine the landscape category rather than the percentage share of landscape categories surrounding the place of residence. figure 2 maps both the landscape categories and the respondents’ locations. we exclude five respondents from coastal landscapes and mining areas from the analysis as these categories are too small. the final sample size is 1409. 1 see https://www.bfn.de/en/activities/protecting-habitats-and-landscapes/landscapes-of-conservation-importance/landscape-types.html for a brief description of the 24 landscape types. table 2. distribution of landscape categories. landscape category no. % coastal landscapes 3 0.2 forest landscapes 204 14.4 cultural landscapes 326 23.1 farmand grassland landscapes 309 21.9 mining areas 2 0.1 urban agglomerations 570 40.3 total 1414 100.0 289does the place of residence affect land use preferences? figure 2. spatial distribution of sample. 290 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff 2.3 hypotheses and empirical strategy the geo-referenced respondents are distinguished by the landscape categories described in table 2. the main aim is to find out whether respondents from different landscapes exhibit different preferences. hence, the main hypothesis is: preferences and willingness to pay values for landscape attributes correlate with the landscape in which a respondent lives. we expect decreasing marginal utility, i.e. marginal willingness to pay is lower in landscapes where the status quo levels of defining attributes are already high. for example, marginal willingness to pay for more forest is lower in forest landscapes than in the other landscape categories. additionally, we expect some kind of place attachment for attributes that dominate a landscape (scannell and gifford 2010). for example, a respondent living in a forest rich area is not willing to give up forest as it is a dominant characteristic of the landscape. in contrast, a respondent living in an area with a medium share of forest is more interested in gaining forest but also less averse against a loss in forests. table 4 shows that in farmand grassland landscapes, fieldsize is higher than in the other categories, where it is rather similar. hence, the hypothesis is that the willingness to pay for half the size differs between farmand grassland landscapes and the other landscapes. corn share is highest in the two cultural landscapes and lowest in urban agglomerations. as a high corn share is expected to be perceived negatively, and for most respondents the first level already implies an increase over the status quo, we expect negative willingness to pay values. these would be highest in cultural landscapes and lowest in urban agglomerations. therefore, we focus on the second level of this attribute, i.e. an increase to 70%. the average share of meadows is relatively similar in all landscapes, so that large differences in willingness to pay may not be present. 3. econometric approach in the analysis, we use a latent class logit model to investigate the effects of the landscape categories on preferences and willingness to pay. the model is consistent with microeconomic theory, assuming rational individuals who maximize a utility function under constraints. an individual i chooses in t choice situations between a given set of alternatives n – each described by a conditional indirect utility function uint – the alternative that provides the maximum amount of utility. each alternative is characterized by k attributes that have levels aiknt. we assume the utility functions for alternatives to be linear and additive in the attributes, and add an error term eint which is extreme value type i distributed to the random utility model. a utility function can be written as uint=beta1ai1nt+β2ai2nt+…+βkaiknt+eint (1) where the βks are the corresponding utility coefficients. the probability of an individual choosing alternative n can be written as a conditional logit model: (2) 291does the place of residence affect land use preferences? this model has a closed form and can be estimated using maximum likelihood. in order to incorporate preference heterogeneity, we apply a latent class logit model. we assume that a given number of preference classes s, differing in their utility parameters <βk|1,βk|2,…,βk|s>, exists. each individual has probabilities to be member of the preference classes. the probabilities hs can be estimated with a multinomial logit model (3) where xi are explanatory variables, in this case the landscape categories, and ζs are the coefficients. the unconditional choice probability to choose alternative m is given as (4) the latent class logit model as described in equation 4 introduces preference heterogeneity between classes. within a class, preferences are fixed. to relax this assumption without introducing a large amount of new parameters, we extend the model to a scaleadjusted latent class model (magidson and vermunt 2008). in this model, each preference class s is separated by a constant which can be interpreted as a scale parameter. the scale parameter merely states that preferences for all attributes are higher in the one scale class than in the other scale class. whether the differences between respondents are caused by different preferences (all very high, vs. all very low) or by differences in the error variances (more random vs. less random choices) cannot be answered empirically (hess and train 2017). still, the introduction of this parameter captures another dimension of heterogeneity, which can improve model fit significantly. as the scale classes are restricted in a way that all preference parameters differ similarly, willingness to pay values between scale classes are not affected. technically, the scale parameter is estimated by another multinomial logit model, and each respondent has a probability g to belong to scale class r – similar to the preference classes. the unconditional choice probability in equation 4 becomes (5) if an earlier analysis has already identified some respondents belonging to a specific class, one can add a known-class parameter τr. this parameter is zero if a respondent cannot be assigned a priori to a certain class, leading to (6) in this study, we use the known class indicator to classify all respondents who have always chosen the status quo option into class 1. to determine the number of preference 292 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff classes s, one can use statistical measures of fit such as the bayesian information criterion (bic), or the corrected akaike information criterion (caic). both bic and caic penalize for more parameters and are therefore preferred over other information criteria. additional to the statistical criteria, one can rely on own judgment concerning reasonable parameter estimates and knowledge gained from earlier analyses (boxall and adamowicz 2002; scarpa and thiene 2005). to calculate willingness to pay values for each class individually, the respective class preference parameter is divided by the class cost parameter. confidence intervals of willingness to pay are calculated with the delta method. 4. results 4.1 descriptive statistics of landscape categories we first analyze the relationship between socio-demographic variables and landscape categories. this step is important to understand whether and how potential differences in preferences could arise from differences in socio-demographics rather than the landscape respondents are living in. most differences are found between urban agglomerations and the other landscapes (table 3). respondents from urban agglomerations are more educated and have fewer children. we use kruskall-wallis and t-tests to test for overall differences between the landscape categories. statistically significant differences on a 5% level are present for all variables except personal income and sex. although there are differences in socio-demographics between landscape categories (especially between urban areas and all other areas), we will not investigate those here. we acknowledge that the differences in preferences may be driven by socio-demographics rather than landscape categories, but this is not relevant for the policy question of how land use changes are perceived in different landscapes. our analysis thus only provides correlations. using data from the german federal agency for cartography and geodesy (bkg) and the german federal institute of research on building, urban affairs and spatial development (bbsr), we investigated the actual status quo attribute levels of the respondents. table 4 summarizes the actual status quo in the 15km radius by landscape categories. in most cases, there are relatively large differences between the landscape categories. for the sake of parsimony, we will not investigate the actual status quo and possible effects any further. sagebiel, glenk, and meyerhoff (2017) conduct a detailed investigation of the actual status quo and its effects on willingness to pay. 4.2 latent class analysis we estimate the latent class model described in section 3 using the software package latentgold choice 4.5 with the syntax module. to select a specific number of classes we compared bic and caic for two to eight class models, in the absence and presence of a scale class. we choose a model with five preference classes and two scale classes. this model turned out have the lowest bic and caic values and offered plausible parameter values. 293does the place of residence affect land use preferences? all attributes except price were dummy coded with the status quo level as today as the reference. the landscape categories entered the class membership function as dummy coded variables with forest landscapes as the reference category. we did not include any socio-demographic variables as these are correlated with the landscape categories, table 3. frequencies and column percentages (in parentheses) of socio-demographic variables. forest cultural farmand grassland urban total education secondary or less 83 122 121 141 467 (40.9) (37.4) (39.4) (24.7) (33.2) higher education 46 86 77 155 364 (22.7) (26.4) (25.1) (27.2) (25.9) university 74 118 109 274 575 (36.5) (36.2) (35.5) (48.1) (40.9) sex male 100 168 175 308 751 (49.0) (51.5) (56.6) (54.0) (53.3) female 104 158 134 262 658 (51.0) (48.5) (43.4) (46.0) (46.7) children in household yes 68 135 102 134 439 (33.3) (41.4) (33.0) (23.5) (31.2) no 136 191 207 436 970 (66.7) (58.6) (67.0) (76.5) (68.8) income less than 1500 euros 81 128 120 227 556 (39.7) (39.3) (38.8) (39.8) (39.5) 1500 to 2600 euros 58 91 74 153 376 (28.4) (27.9) (23.9) (26.8) (26.7) more than 2600 euros 65 107 115 190 477 (31.9) (32.8) (37.2) (33.3) (33.9) age 19 to 29 32 67 60 132 291 (15.7) (20.6) (19.4) (23.2) (20.7) 30 to 39 50 62 58 110 280 (24.5) (19.0) (18.8) (19.3) (19.9) 40 to 49 39 89 92 144 364 (19.1) (27.3) (29.8) (25.3) (25.8) 50 to 59 40 64 55 102 261 (19.6) (19.6) (17.8) (17.9) (18.5) older than 60 43 44 44 82 213 (21.1) (13.5) (14.2) (14.4) (15.1) 294 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff potentially causing multicollinearity. 23% of all respondents chose the status quo alternative in all choice situations and were assigned to class 1 with a probability of 1. as several respondents seemed to have ignored the price attribute, we fixed the price parameter to zero in class 3 to capture price non-attendance. in models without this restriction, at least one class is characterized by willingness to pay values three times as high as the highest price level of 160 euro, which we consider implausible. in a first step, we describe the five classes in terms of estimated utility parameters and willingness to pay values. then, we investigate the relationship between class membership and landscape categories. table 5 shows the estimation results and table 6 its willingness to pay values. the overall model is highly significant. the statistically significant coefficient for the scale class of -0.302 translates to scale class probabilities of 57.5% and 42.5% for scale classes 1 and 2, respectively, indicating that additional heterogeneity and correlation patterns are present. in class 1, price, forminus10, fieldhalf, fielddouble, corn70 and mead50 are highly significant and negative. willingness to pay values range between -88 and -35 euro, i.e. people are opting against all land use changes and would need to be compensated. the positive and significant ascsq means that class 1 is characterized by preferences towards the status quo. class 2 has a negative and significant ascsq, indicating preferences for land use changes. forminus10, forplus10, fielddouble, bio105, corn70, mead50 and price are significant with the expected signs. the willingness to pay for forminus10 and forplus10 is -165 euro and 64 euro, respectively. people are willing to pay for increases in forest, but would need to be compensated nearly three times as much for decreases in forest. for a reduction of field sizes (fieldhalf), willingness to pay is nearly 20 euro while a doubling of field sizes would need to be compensated with 45 euro. willingness to pay for increases in biodiversity is 32 euro for an increase to 85 points and 51 euro for 105 points. a share of corn of 30% is not significant but a share of 70% requires a compensation of 61 euro. willingness to pay for a share of meadows of 25% is positive (42 euro) while a share of 50% is not significant and close to zero. in summary, class 2 is characterized by large positive and negative willingness to pay values for land use changes. class 3 is the price non-attendance class. respondents who disregard the cost attribute are likely choosing a land use change scenario over the status quo if they table 4. mean and standard deviation (in parenthesis) of actual status quo by landscape categories. forest cultural farmand grassland urban total forest share 41.7 29.8 17.5 18.4 24.2 (12.2) (11.2) (9.7) (10.0) (13.7) field size 17.7 17.5 25.9 17.0 19.2 (7.5) (6.8) (12.2) (6.7) (9.1) corn share 14.9 20.9 19.9 10.5 15.5 (10.3) (14.8) (15.8) (10.0) (13.5) meadows share 15.6 17.9 18.1 12.6 15.5 (6.1) (9.0) (12.1) (7.1) (9.1) 295does the place of residence affect land use preferences? have a positive attitude towards policy change. this is reflected in the very large and negative ascsq. similarly, the very large and negative coefficient for decreases in forest share can be explained by this phenomenon. nearly all coefficients of the remaining attributes are significant and have the expected signs. bio85 is significant and negative which could imply that members of this class have already a high degree of biodiversity and regard 85 points as a deterioration. similarly, the positive coefficient of corn30 implies that people have already high shares of corn and regard a 30% share as an improvement. finally, mead25 is not significant while mead50 is significant and positive. class 4 is characterized by comparatively large negative willingness to pay values to avoid decreases in forest share, field size and a corn share of 70%. interestingly, the willingness to pay for meadows share is negative for both 25% and 50%. in class 5, positive willingness to pay values are significant and positive only for forplus10 (14 euro) and bio105 (12 euro) and negative for fieldhalf (-16 euro) and mead25 (-19 euro). this class comprises small or no utility gains from land use changes. the landscape categories have a significant impact on the probability to be member of a class. forest landscapes and class 1 are the reference categories, the parameters in table 5. latent class model with five classes. class 1 class 2 class 3 class 4 class 5 ascsq 0.760 -1.281*** -23.897** -3.993*** -3.535*** forminus10 -3.151*** -4.169*** -17.829* -1.287*** -0.062 forplus10 -0.316 1.624*** 0.926*** 0.317* 1.108** fieldhalf -2.678*** 0.474 -0.075 -0.961*** -1.305*** fielddouble -2.120*** -1.132*** -0.275** 0.390** -0.361 bio85 0.774 0.814** -5.791** 0.444 -0.455 bio105 0.431 1.295*** 1.233*** 0.103 0.964* corn30 -0.647 0.592 1.055*** 0.038 0.351 corn70 -5.326*** -1.563*** 0.214 -1.195*** -0.763 mead25 -1.173 1.056*** -0.035 -1.120*** -1.503*** mead50 -2.525*** 0.090 0.773*** -0.802*** -0.586 price -0.060*** -0.025*** 0.000 -0.013*** -0.078*** covariates of membership function forest ref ref ref ref ref cultural ref 0.172 0.877** 0.041 0.924* grass/farm ref 0.655** 1.245*** 0.2462 1.167** urban ref 0.198 1.326*** 0.438 1.325*** scale classes scale class 1 scale class 2 constant ref -0.302** log-likelihood observations respondents -8976.153 12681 1409 * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01 , ref = reference category with parameter fixed to zero 296 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff the membership function are interpreted relative to them. class 1 is the largest class with a share of about 40%. classes 2 to 4 have a share between 16% and 19%. class 5 is the smallest class with a share of 9%. note that classes 1 and 5 are characterized by no or low willingness to pay values and make up nearly 50% of class membership. table 7 shows class membership probabilities calculated for each landscape category separately. differences in class membership between landscape categories are present in classes 1, 3 and 5. membership probabilities are rather homogeneous for classes 2 and 4. respondents from forest landscapes are more likely to be member of class 1 compared to the other categories with a share of nearly 51% (against the class average of 39%) and less likely member of classes 3 and 5 with shares of only 8% and 4% (compared to the class averages of 18% and 9%). respondents from cultural landscapes are slightly more likely to be member of class 1 (42%) and less or equally likely in the other classes. respondents from grassand farmlands are less likely to be member of class 1 (34% against 39%) and class 4 (14% against 16%) and more likely to be member of class 2 (24% against 19%). finally, respondents from urban agglomerations are less likely to be member of class 1 (35% against 39%) and 2 (16% against 19%) and more likely in classes 3 (21% against 18%), 4 (17% against 16%) and 5 (11% against 9%). the results are partly in line with our expectations. forest landscapes and cultural landscapes have high shares of forest and are relatively bio-diverse, with many structural landscape elements. such landscapes are generally associated with high recreational values. respondents from these categories are more likely to be member of class 1 which is characterized by status quo choices and strong opposition against reductions of forest share, increases in corn and changes in field size. this aligns with our expectation of place attachment. the zero willingness to pay for increases of forest indicates diminishing marginal utility. people from forest landscapes are also less likely to be members of class 3, which is characterized by a strong tendency towards land use changes and cost non-attendance, and of class 5, which is characterized by low willingness to pay, implying some heterogeneity within this landscape category. about 55% are allocated to classes 1 and 5 (low willingness to pay), while the remaining share belongs to the other classes which are characterized by high willingness to pay and strong preferences for land-use changes. farmand grasslands are dominated by agriculture and monotonic landscapes with low shares of forest. respondents from farmand grasslands are more likely to be members of class 2, which is characterized by rather large willingness to pay values. this result fits to our expectations of marginal diminishing utility. people living in this landscape have a low endowment of forest, biodiversity and meadows and are thus more willing to pay for an additional unit. finally, respondents from urban agglomerations are more likely to be member of class 3, i.e. are more likely to not attend to costs. while we have no expectation here, this result may be explained by hypothetical bias. the choice scenario is less realistic for people in urban areas and they are less used to the landscapes. they may have ignored the price attribute more often, while at the same time exhibit strong preferences for land use changes. it should be noted that our results indicate preference heterogeneity within landscape categories. we do observe deterministic patterns of distinct preferences between landscape categories. each landscape category is present in each class with a probability close to the average group probability. class 1 is the largest class for all landscape catego297does the place of residence affect land use preferences? ries and class 5 is the smallest class for all landscape categories. the effects that we identified should be interpreted as tendencies. additional to the latent class analysis, we have estimated separate conditional logit models by landscape categories and used poe et al. tests (poe, giraud, and loomis 2005) to test for differences in willingness to pay between landscape categories. while exact quantitative results differ, the key findings are similar irrespective of the approach used. the appendix provides more details on the conditional logit models, willingness to pay values and the poe et al. test results. 5. conclusion and policy implications this paper investigated preferences for land-use changes and compared willingness to pay values between different landscape categories in germany. the data came from a discrete choice experiment inferring preferences for forest share, average size of forest and fields, degree of biodiversity, share of corn and share of meadows within the 15 kilometer radius of the respondents’ places of residence. the radius was chosen to represent a typical distance for everyday activities. as the places of residence were geo-referenced, we could combine the data with landscape categories compiled by the german federal agency for nature conservation. the categories comprised forest landscapes, cultural landscapes, table 6. willingness to pay values. attribute class 1 class 2 class 3 class 4 class 5 forminus10 -52.52*** -165.19*** -100.67*** -0.7954 forplus10 -5.27 64.33*** 24.75* 14.24*** fieldhalf -44.64*** 18.77* -75.17*** -16.76*** fielddouble -35.34** -44.83** 30.51** -4.64 bio85 12.90 32.24** 34.75 -5.84 bio105 7.17 51.32*** 8.04 12.38** corn30 -10.78 23.44 2.96 4.50 corn70 -88.78*** -61.93* -93.47** -9.80 mead25 -19.55 41.82** -87.58*** -19.31** mead50 -42.09** 3.57 -62.74** -7.53 * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01. table 7. class probabilities by landscape categories. landscape class 1 class 2 class 3 class 4 class 5 forest 0.51 0.19 0.08 0.16 0.04 cultural 0.42 0.19 0.17 0.14 0.09 grass/farm 0.34 0.24 0.19 0.14 0.09 urban 0.35 0.16 0.21 0.17 0.11 overall 0.39 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.09 298 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff farmand grassland landscapes and urban agglomerations. the aim of the study was to test whether preferences for land-use changes are correlated with these landscape categories. to do so, we estimated a five-class latent class model and used the landscape categories as explanatory variables in the class membership function. the classes can be distinguished by different willingness to pay values. it turned out that people from forest landscapes and cultural landscapes were less willing to pay for land-use changes and showed a preference towards the status quo situation. further, people from urban agglomerations and farmand grassland have high probabilities to be member of classes with large willingness to pay values. in summary, the results showed that the preferences do differ among landscape categories, but not as systematically as we had expected. although we find systematic differences in preferences between landscape categories, all landscape categories are relatively evenly distributed across classes. as the latent class analysis has shown, preference heterogeneity exists also within the landscape categories. that is, each respondent, independent of which landscape category the respondent is from, has a probability of at least 8% to be member of any class. the analysis has implications for policy makers. our study provides evidence that there are differences in preferences determined by the place of residence. integrating such differences in landscape planning and cost-benefit analyses may help to improve decisions and induce land-use changes to areas where people appreciate them most or are least reluctant towards a change. a relevant example is the share of corn among agricultural fields. while an increase in the production of energy corn can potentially help to reduce carbon dioxide emissions, it is largely regarded as a disfigurement of the landscape. our study revealed that opposition to corn is generally large, but stronger in forest and cultural landscapes than in other landscapes. similarly, increases in forest share should take place in areas with limited forests and near urban agglomerations. areas characterized by high recreational values such as forest and cultural landscapes should be preserved. here, people tend more towards the status quo and changes are less appreciated by residents. there is limited interest in increases in forest shares or biodiversity, and at the same time a large resistance against reductions. in contrast, respondents from urban agglomerations and farmand grasslands are more likely to benefit from increases in forest shares and biodiversity. here, significant welfare effects of such measures are more likely. our findings may also be used to inform the design of agri-environmental schemes. for example, compensation may be higher for measures to increase agro-biodiversity in a rather monotonic landscape or near urban areas, because benefits of measures are greater. similar studies have investigated land use changes on a broader scale. in their metaanalysis, van zanten et al. (2014) have found preferences for various landscape elements such as smaller field sizes, but no spatial determinants of preferences. garrod et al. (2012) have found that preferences for improving ecosystem services depend on the landscape where they are present. this result is in line with our findings, yet our study differs as the proposed land use change always took place at the person’s place of residence. in garrod et al. (2012), this was not the case. to our knowledge, our study is the first study that identifies spatial differentiated preferences for local land use changes. this study is limited by the fact that we did not investigate the underlying sources for the differences. the landscape categories differ in the status quo of the investigated attrib299does the place of residence affect land use preferences? utes and in socio-demographic variables. thus, we are not able to identify the causal effect of living in a certain landscape on preferences. yet, the study insights provide correlation patterns which are sufficient to foster an understanding of the variation of preferences and willingness to pay between qualitatively different regions. acknowledgments we thank henry wuestemann for support in the processing of the gis data and dr. roland goetzke and raphael knevels from the federal institute of research on building, urban affairs and spatial development (bbsr) for preparing the landscape structure data. financial support from the german ministry of education and research within the project cc-landstrad (grant number: 01ll0909c) is gratefully acknowledged. references boxall, peter c, and wiktor l adamowicz. 2002. “understanding heterogeneous preferences in random utility models: a latent class approach.” environmental and resource economics 23 (4): 421–46. broch, stine wamberg, niels strange, jette b. jacobsen, and kerrie a. wilson. 2013. “farmers’ willingness to provide ecosystem services and effects of their spatial distribution.” ecological economics 92: 78–86. brouwer, roy, julia martin-ortega, and julio berbel. 2010. “spatial preference heterogeneity: a choice experiment.” land economics 86 (3): 552–68. butchart, stuart hm, matt walpole, ben collen, arco van strien, jörn pw scharlemann, rosamunde ea almond, jonathan em baillie, et al. 2010. “global biodiversity: indicators of recent declines.” science 328 (5982): 1164–8. campbell, danny, w george hutchinson, and riccardo scarpa. 2009. “using choice experiments to explore the spatial distribution of willingness to pay for rural landscape improvements.” environment and planning a 41: 97–111. campbell, danny, riccardo scarpa, and w george hutchinson. 2008. “assessing the spatial dependence of welfare estimates obtained from discrete choice experiments.” letters in spatial and resource sciences 1 (2-3): 117–26. doerpinghaus, annette, and gerhard ludwig. 2005. methoden zur erfassung von arten der anhänge iv und v der fauna-flora-habitat-richtlinie. bundesamt für naturschutz. garrod, guy, eric ruto, ken willis, and neil powe. 2012. “heterogeneity of preferences for the benefits of environmental stewardship: a latent-class approach.” ecological economics 76: 104–11. gharadjedaghi, b, r heimann, k lenz, ch martin, v pieper, a schulz, a vahabzadeh, p finck, and u riecken. 2004. “verbreitung und gefährdung schutzwürdiger landschaften in deutschland.” natur und landschaft 79 (2): 71–81. glenk, klaus. 2011. “using local knowledge to model asymmetric preference formation in willingness to pay for environmental services.” journal of environmental management 92 (3): 531–41. 300 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff glenk, klaus, robert j johnston, jürgen meyerhoff, and julian sagebiel. 2019. “spatial dimensions of stated preference valuation in environmental and resource economics: methods, trends and challenges.” environmental and resource economics, 1–28. gregory, rd, d noble, r field, j marchant, m raven, and dw gibbons. 2003. “using birds as indicators of biodiversity.” ornis hungarica 12 (13): 11–24. hess, stephane, john m rose, and david a hensher. 2008. “asymmetric preference formation in willingness to pay estimates in discrete choice models.” transportation research part e: logistics and transportation review 44 (5): 847–63. hess, stephane, and kenneth train. 2017. “correlation and scale in mixed logit models.” journal of choice modelling 23: 1–8. johnston, robert j, and mahesh ramachandran. 2014. “modeling spatial patchiness and hot spots in stated preference willingness to pay.” environmental and resource economics 59 (3): 363–87. magidson, jeroen k., and jeroen k. vermunt. 2008. “removing the scale factor confound in multinomial logit choice models to obtain better estimates of preference.” in sawtooth software conference proceedings, 139–55. sawtooth software. poe, gregory l, kelly l giraud, and john b loomis. 2005. “computational methods for measuring the difference of empirical distributions.” american journal of agricultural economics 87 (2): 353–65. sagebiel, julian, klaus glenk, and jürgen meyerhoff. 2017. “spatially explicit demand for afforestation.” forest policy and economics 78: 190–99. scannell, leila, and robert gifford. 2010. “defining place attachment: a tripartite organizing framework.” journal of environmental psychology 30 (1): 1–10. scarpa, riccardo, and mara thiene. 2005. “destination choice models for rock climbing in the northeastern alps: a latent-class approach based on intensity of preferences.” land economics 81 (3): 426–44. schmitz, k, pm schmitz, and tc wronka. 2003. “valuation of landscape functions using choice experiments.” german journal of agricultural economics 52 (8): 379–89. shoyama, kikuko, shunsuke managi, and yoshiki yamagata. 2013. “public preferences for biodiversity conservation and climate-change mitigation: a choice experiment using ecosystem services indicators.” land use policy 34: 282–93. tversky, amos, and daniel kahneman. 1981. “the framing of decisions and the psychology of choice.” science 211 (4481): 453–58. van zanten, boris t, peter h verburg, mark j koetse, and pieter jh van beukering. 2014. “preferences for european agrarian landscapes: a meta-analysis of case studies.” landscape and urban planning 132: 89–101. 301does the place of residence affect land use preferences? appendix in order to further investigate differences between landscape categories, we estimate separate conditional logit models for the landscape categories. table 8 provides the estimation results. table 8. conditional logit models by landscape. (1) forest (2) cultural (3) farmand grasslands (4) urban ascsq 0.101 0.0171 -0.0959 0.0436 (0.201) (0.155) (0.154) (0.112) forminus10 -0.647*** -0.594*** -0.532*** -0.458*** (0.135) (0.103) (0.106) (0.0778) forplus10 0.139 0.284*** 0.384*** 0.401*** (0.104) (0.0789) (0.0769) (0.0562) fieldhalf -0.152 -0.314*** -0.283*** -0.221*** (0.119) (0.0905) (0.0906) (0.0670) fielddouble -0.302*** -0.345*** -0.267*** -0.0984* (0.107) (0.0791) (0.0773) (0.0561) bio85 0.0381 0.129 0.0650 0.204*** (0.127) (0.0994) (0.102) (0.0753) bio105 0.0126 0.246*** 0.327*** 0.417*** (0.118) (0.0884) (0.0843) (0.0614) corn30 -0.0983 0.176* 0.000266 -0.0231 (0.125) (0.0972) (0.0965) (0.0706) corn70 -0.691*** -0.390*** -0.550*** -0.548*** (0.127) (0.0930) (0.0919) (0.0670) mead25 0.0596 0.0768 -0.131 0.0247 (0.136) (0.103) (0.105) (0.0761) mead50 -0.234* -0.151 -0.182* -0.125* (0.130) (0.0939) (0.0938) (0.0683) price -0.00615*** -0.00755*** -0.00520*** -0.00583*** (0.00115) (0.000892) (0.000858) (0.000630) n 5508 8802 8343 15390 pseudo r2 0.171 0.117 0.087 0.081 aic 3366.8 5717.0 5604.7 10379.3 bic 3446.1 5802.0 5689.0 10471.0 χ2 691.3 753.6 529.8 916.5 log-likelihood (null) -2017.1 -3223.3 -3055.2 -5635.9 log-likelihood -1671.4 -2846.5 -2790.3 -5177.6 standard errors in parentheses * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01. 302 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff all models are highly significant and differences between the landscape categories are visible. in forest landscapes, forplus10 is not significant, according to the hypothesis that respondents living in areas with a lot of forests have a limited preference for an increase in the share of forests. an increase in biodiversity to 85 points is only significant in urban agglomerations, where people are characterized by a low degree of biodiversity. hence, an increase to 85 points has already a positive effect on utility. in the other categories, biodiversity is significant only at the 105 point level. in order to better understand the differences, table 9 displays the estimated willingness to pay values for the different categories and figure 3 gives a graphical overview of the willingness to pay values and corresponding 95% confidence intervals. finally, table 10 provides the p-values of the poe test. if the p-value is larger than 0.95 or smaller than 0.05, the willingness to pay values are significantly different. the poe test has to be interpreted with care. significant differences will only appear when confidence intervals are small enough. hence, if the test does not reject the hypotheses that the willingness to pay values are similar, it does not necessarily mean that they are not. it rather means that we cannot show that they are. differences in willingness to pay are significant for forplus10, bio105, corn30 and corn70. forplus10 is not significant for forest landscapes and is significantly higher in open cultural landscapes and urban agglomerations. an increase in biodiversity is valued most in open cultural landscapes and in urban agglomerations and is significantly higher than in forest landscapes. an increase in corn share to 70% has the highest negative willingness to pay in forest landscapes and in open cultural landscapes. there are very few differences between open cultural landscapes and urban agglomerations and no significant differences for meadows share and bio85, which however maybe due to the large confidence intervals. fieldhalf and fielddouble are nearly always significant, but again, no significant willingness to pay differences exist. thus, preferences for this attribute are relatively similar. the results from the poe test are corresponding to the findings from the latent class analysis. in both exercises, people from open cultural landscapes and urban agglomerations seem to have relatively equal preferences. similarly, people from forest landscapes and from structurally rich cultural landscapes exhibit similar preferences. the main hypotheses of decreasing marginal utility seem partly confirmed. for example, people in forest landscapes have no willingness to pay for an increase, but a strong willingness to pay against a decrease. however, not in all cases, the results correspond to our expectations. 303does the place of residence affect land use preferences? table 9. willingness to pay for different landscape models. (1) forest (2) cultural (3) farmand grassland (4) urban forminus10 -105.2*** -78.72*** -102.3*** -78.52*** (29.01) (16.00) (26.24) (15.52) forplus10 22.54 37.66*** 73.74*** 68.74*** (16.21) (10.10) (16.33) (10.44) fieldhalf -24.75 -41.61*** -54.31*** -37.89*** (20.69) (13.79) (20.61) (12.65) fielddouble -49.10** -45.62*** -51.34*** -16.88 (21.77) (13.10) (19.00) (10.26) bio85 6.188 17.10 12.49 34.97*** (20.38) (12.77) (19.15) (12.37) bio105 2.044 32.57*** 62.91*** 71.57*** (18.98) (10.26) (14.17) (9.419) corn30 -15.98 23.26* 0.0511 -3.970 (21.72) (11.95) (18.54) (12.29) corn70 -112.4*** -51.64*** -105.6*** -93.96*** (35.27) (16.03) (29.91) (18.47) mead25 9.688 10.17 -25.24 4.244 (21.66) (13.45) (21.35) (12.97) standard errors in parentheses. * p < 0.10, ** p < 0.05, *** p < 0.01. table 10. poe test results. forminus10 forplus10 fieldhalf fielddouble bio85 bio105 corn30 corn70 mead25mead50 forest vs. cultural 0.845 0.905 0.251 0.481 0.879 0.987 0.992 0.965 0.696 0.558 forest vs. farm 0.412 0.998 0.174 0.529 0.644 0.993 0.805 0.589 0.327 0.517 forest vs. urban 0.795 0.997 0.318 0.711 0.877 1.000 0.837 0.683 0.675 0.492 cultural vs. farm 0.074 0.986 0.33 0.55 0.185 0.775 0.056 0.046 0.14 0.449 cultural vs. urban 0.4 0.975 0.597 0.779 0.486 0.908 0.025 0.041 0.474 0.403 farm vs. urban 0.889 0.321 0.733 0.683 0.802 0.623 0.505 0.587 0.867 0.458 304 julian sagebiel, klaus glenk, jürgen meyerhoff figure 3. willingness to pay confidence intervals by sample. −1 50 −1 00 −5 0 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations forminus10 0 20 40 60 80 10 0 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations forplus10 −1 00 −5 0 0 50 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations fieldhalf −1 00 −8 0 −6 0 −4 0 −2 0 0 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations fielddouble −4 0 −2 0 0 20 40 60 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations bio85 −5 0 0 50 10 0 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations bio105 −6 0 −4 0 −2 0 0 20 40 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations corn30 −2 00 −1 50 −1 00 −5 0 0 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations corn70 −1 00 −5 0 0 50 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations mead25 −8 0 −6 0 −4 0 −2 0 0 20 w illi ng ne ss to p ay wooden landscapes structurally rich landscapes open cultural landscapes urban agglomerations mead50 figure 3: willingness to pay ci by sample 20 investigating determinants of choice and predicting market shares of renewable-based heating systems under alternative policy scenarios cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes maria de salvo1,*, riccardo scarpa2,3,4, roberta capitello2, diego begalli2 “not my cup of coffee”. farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits. lessons for crop breeding in the age of climate change abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud* does the place of residence affect land use preferences? evidence from a choice experiment in germany julian sagebiel1,*, klaus glenk2, jürgen meyerhoff3 the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? danny campbell*, erlend dancke sandorf bio-based and applied economics 7(2): 161-178, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7673 the income effect of cap subsidies: implications of distributional leakages for transfer efficiency in italy stefano ciliberti*, angelo frascarelli department of agricultural, environmental and food sciences university of perugia, italy date of submission: 2018 13th, june; accepted 2019, 30th, january abstract. enhancing farm income level is one of the main purpose of the common agricultural policy (cap). the ability to reach such a goal can be measured in terms of transfer efficiency, that is affected by the presence of distributive leakages through the agro-food system. the present work aims to shed light on the income distributional effects of the main forms of cap subsidies in italy over the period 2008–2014: single payment scheme, coupled payment and second pillar aids. to this aim, an arellano–bond linear dynamic panel-data estimation (based on a database provided by the italian fadn) is performed. results show that all the main types of cap support have a significant income effect, even though some relevant differences occur between decoupled and coupled components of direct payments received by italian farmers as a consequence of distributional leakages. keywords. cap subsidies, transfer efficiency, income effect, arellano-bond, italy. jel code. q18 1. introduction in the last decades, the common agricultural policy (cap) has moved from price support policies to direct payments, causing a dramatic increase of the transparency of transfer. as a consequence, public aids for farmers has been scrutinized by the general public and taxpayers who are interested to know who receives such payments (agrosynergie, 2011). moreover, the distribution of subsidies and incomes among subjects and economic sectors became a relevant topic, because some of those may not be the primary intended beneficiaries of the policy. the incidence of agricultural policy has been investigated by measuring the transfer efficiency, that provides a means for comparing the benefits to producers with the combined costs to consumers and taxpayers and to society as a whole. this term is usually defined as the ratio of income gain of the targeted beneficiaries and the sum of the associ*corresponding author: stefano.ciliberti@unipg.it 162 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli ated governments expenditure and consumer costs (dewbre et al., 2001). all in all, this concept allow assessing the distribution of the costs and benefits of the policy among different interest groups, defined in terms of their roles as consumers, taxpayers, producers or supplies of factors of production (alston and james, 2002). despite a significant literature has paid attention mainly to some specific mechanism that affect transfer efficiency (such as the capitalization effect of the single payment scheme), scholars have also focused on the transfer efficiency of agricultural support as a whole, in order to evaluate and somehow measure the whole effectiveness of agricultural policies in delivering additional income to farm households. in this regard, empirical evidences tend to support the theoretical findings that not only agricultural producers, but also other market participants along the vertical chain, may benefit from agricultural subsidies. oecd (1996) reported that a broad quantification of transfer efficiency suggests that as little as one-fifth of the benefits of market price support resulted in additional income for farm households. in more detail, it has been demonstrated that those support measures causing the greatest distortion to production and trade are also the least efficient in providing income benefits to farmers (dewbre et al., 2001). it clearly follows that the type of support matters when measuring its impact on farm income. the present work aims to shed lights on the distributional effects of the main forms of cap subsidies in italy over the period 2008-2014, where both coupled and decoupled payments have been coexisting along with second pillar aids (that is, rural development programs – rdps). to this purpose a dynamic panel data estimation is implemented to quantify the impact of these different policy tools on farm income and to indirectly evaluate the transfer efficiency of these aids. the paper is organized as follows: section two reports the literature on transfer efficiency of cap aids with particular emphasis on the comparison among the different types of public aids. section three describes the evolution of the cap instruments in italy. section four illustrates data and the empirical methods used in the study. section five shows empirical findings and discusses the results in the lights of the existing literature. lastly, conclusion and final remarks are reported. 2. theoretical framework 2.1 the transfer efficiency where income support is an objective, it is important that the policy pursues it in an efficient way, since the ability of the considered policy to enhance the income level of agricultural households can be measured in terms of transfer efficiency. in this regard, three main source of inefficiency have been reported by agrosynergie (2011): targeting efficiency, economic costs and distributive leakages. as for the first aspect, corden (1957), bhagwati (1971) and more recently guyomard et al. (2004) show that the standard policy recommendation is to follow the principle of targeting policies to their specific objectives. with concerns to the second element, subsidies are costly to introduce, administer an enforce; these costs and the effects of producer responses to the incentive to cheat also change the deadweight losses from each of the policies, their distributional consequences and their efficiency as means of transferring income to producers (alston and james, 2002). the latter issue refers to the case in which a part of the economic support “leak” to non-farm 163the income effect of cap subsidies owners of resources, as it is benefitted from subjects who may not be intended beneficiaries of the policy by means of both increased farm production costs and decreased farm income. according to the oecd (1996) “no support policy linked to agricultural activity succeeds in delivering more than half the monetary transfer from consumers and taxpayers as additional income to farm households”. despite the leakages could also be viewed as a sort of positive spillover effect that impact on incomes of other stakeholders of the agri-food system (input suppliers, consultancy services, buyers and so on), the intriguing question is: where does the rest of the money for farmers provided by the public authorities go? the overall subsidy effect on farm income depends on the magnitudes of multiple factors. first, subsidies may increase input prices (for example, fertilizers, land and capital), thus channelling policy benefit to input suppliers. since subsidy-induced changes in input use are likely to result in changes in some input prices, therefore named recipient of the subsidy payment is unlikely to capture all of the benefits. second, subsidies may lead to lower output prices, thus generating policy gains for consumers, third, subsidies may interact with other markets (as in credit constraint) or may alter farm behaviour (substitute private farm activities), which may enhance or reduce farm profits depending on the type of induced effect (ciaian et al., 2015; ciaian and swinnen, 2009). to sum up, whether agricultural support benefits farmers closely depends on whether farmers own the resources they use in production (latruffe and le mouël, 2009). when farmers do not own such inputs, payments may not belong to the group of the intended main beneficiaries of the policy. indeed, empirical evidence exists on the fact that part of the support provided by agricultural policies (including direct payments) contributes to increasing the costs of resources, the income of input suppliers and the income of non farming landowners. however, the level of transfer efficiency and the destination of the money transfer differ according to the policy instrument (agrosynergie, 2011). 2.2 types of support and transfer efficiency the literature review reveals that scholars have investigated how income distributional effects differ based on subsidy types. empirical evidences indicated that compared to area payments, market price support is indeed a relatively inefficient and trade distorting way of supporting farm incomes. direct payments based on output or on variable input use, however, are also highly inefficient and trade distorting when compared to area payments. this latter, requiring planting of specific crops, are however less efficient and more trade distorting than payments made irrespective of the use to which the land is put (dewbre et al., 2001). moreover, farmers report that the largest share of direct payment receipts tend to be used to cover agricultural production crops (goodwin and mishra, 2005). as a consequence, an increased demand for inputs drives the increase in factor expenditure, with significant effects on the costs of input (land, fertilizers, pesticides and so on) (kirwan, 2009). 2.2.1 leakages related to coupled payments many scholars have analysed how income distributional effects differ between coupled and decoupled payments. it is well known that some income support policies are explicitly linked with production decisions in the sense that these latter can alter the magnitude of 164 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli income support: this linkage is generally called coupling and breaking the linkage is called decoupling. the term “coupled” itself links payments to a specific stimulating production activity and these payments are available to farms in all member states and include crop area direct payments and animal direct payments. in general, studies focus on the effects of coupled subsidies in narrowly defined agricultural sectors and results showed that a significant part of coupled payments could be leaked away to other agents through changes in market prices and this effect diminishes farms’ benefits from subsidies. the leakage is positively correlated with coupling because it implies a stronger link of subsidies to farm activities and thus stronger impact on the aggregate price level (rizov et al., 2013). more in general, since coupled payments clearly have production impacts and due to the fact that the greater the production impact of direct payments the less they push up rental values, it follows that such an increased production results in lower commodity prices and higher input prices as well as it also dilutes the impact that direct payments have on land rent (kirwan, 2009). 2.2.2 decoupled payments and the capitalization effect as a consequence, because the production impacts of explicitly coupled supports sometimes have been quite substantial and costly to the government, many policies have been modified to reduce or break the coupling (hennessy, 1998). therefore, the last reforms of the cap have led to the decoupling of direct payments from production. decoupled payments were introduced in order to curb over-production and to reduce the trade-distorting and inefficiency effects of the cap (howley et al., 2012). literature suggests that, depending on both farm size and the duration of the tenant-landlord agreement, the decoupled direct payments linked to land positively influence land rents, because only those who own or have rented (eligible) land can claim the payments (kilian and salhofer, 2008; kirwan and roberts, 2015). this result is due to the fact that the sps is still “coupled” to agricultural land and has a high potential for capitalization into land values. with some exceptions (guastella et al., 2013), scholars showed that decoupled payments exert a larger impact on rents than coupled payments. such a capitalization effects vary from to 0.20 to 0.90 euro (or dollar) for each euro transferred to the farmers (ciaian and kancs, 2012; kirwan, 2009; patton et al., 2008; o’neill and hanrahan, 2016; breustedt and habermann, 2011; kilian et al., 2012). under certain circumstances the decoupled payments are even fully reflected in rental values (hendricks et al., 2012). more in general, whether agricultural support benefits farmers closely depends on whether farmers own the resources they use in production (latruffe and le mouël, 2009). it follows that, the greater the share that goes to land and landowners, the less effective direct payments ultimately become as a means of supporting farmers’ incomes (patton et al., 2008). as a consequence, what appears clearly is that part of the payments is capitalized in land prices, implying that the governments could have partially missed their target of providing income support to farmers (latruffe and le mouël, 2009). 2.2.3 second pillar aids and distributional impacts lastly, potential leakages effects could also affect rdp aids, that include different policy measures, ranging from area payments to investment supports. as for the first 165the income effect of cap subsidies category, both less favoured area (lfa) payments and agri-environmental payments are compensatory type of aids, granted for a range of farm activities that should cover additional costs and farm income foregone resulting from adoption of environmental management practises (ciaian et al., 2015). the transfer efficiency of such a type of area payments may again be hindered by the above-mentioned capitalization of the aids into the land value. the second category covers only a share of the total cost of a programme of investment activity either for farm practises (capital items) or for a farmer (training courses and other qualifications). since these public aids are known by suppliers, they can be partially absorbed into the prices for input and services, so that the transfer efficiency of the payment decreases. 3. policy framework: the application of the cap in italy cap reforms have seen a progressive move away from direct market interventions and production specific subsidies. to this purpose, since 1992 the cap of the eu has been reformed several times. first pillar (direct payments and common market organization cmo) is the most important in financial terms and it currently consumes more than 60% of the overall cap resources (henke and coronas, 2011; ciliberti and frascarelli, 2015). 3.1 decoupled payments the 2003 fischler cap reform significantly reduced and partially replaced the previous coupled payments system with the decoupled payments (sps). under this scheme, each farm was allocated an amount of entitlements; they can receive decoupled payments if they have both entitlements and an equal amount of eligible land. however, the sps is not linked to a specific land area, since the entitlements can be activated by any eligible farmland in the region. moreover, farms can expand or decrease their stock of entitlements by buying or selling entitlements on the market from other farms. as concerns italy, it must be noted that the historical model of the sps was implemented from 2005 to 2014. under this model the payment per hectares varied strongly across farms, depending on the coupled payments farmers received in historical reference period (2001-2003) (erjavec et al., 2011). 3.2 coupled payments cdps include crop area direct payments and animal direct payments. in general, they are land-based subsidies linked to the cultivation of certain crops, implying that the level of the crop cdp does not depend on production level, but on the area cultivated with eligible crops. the coupled animal direct payments are either output (animal) type of payments (such as beef premiums, slaughter premiums) or subsidies linked to non-land input. aftere the introduction of decoupling in 2005 mss were allowed to grant optional coupled payments in specific cases. additional payments granted under article 69 of reg. 166 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli (eu) 1782/2003 were considered as coupled1, with the provision that they were not granted to all producers of a sector, but were based on certain eligibility criteria. this optionality was maintained after the cap health check in 2009 with the introduction of article 682 of council regulation (ec) 73/2009. however, it broadened the range of such specific support, with the possibility of granting coupled payments depending on the objectives assigned of the last supply control measures (milk quotas, sugar quotas and vineyard planting rights). 3.3 the second pillar the rural development policy represents the other core element of the cap that is implemented in a more targeted and programmed approach compared to other measures (uthes et al., 2017). the paper focuses only on specific measures that absorb a high share of the budget for regional rdp: less favoured area (lfa) payments, agri-environmental payments and investments support. the lfa scheme is a longstanding measure that provides a broad-scale mechanism for maintaining the countryside in marginal areas. agri-environment measures provide payments to farmers who subscribe, on a voluntary basis, to environmental commitments related to the preservation of the environment and maintaining the countryside. lastly, investments aids cover only a share of the total cost of a one-off or short-term programme of investment and/or training activity aiming at improving the competitiveness and sustainability of the farming sector. 4. methodology 4.1 the econometric model based on theoretical studies, the methodology used assumes a profit-maximizing farm and analyses the effect of subsidies on farm profits. according to the literature assuming a profit-maximizing farm (floyd,1965; alston and james, 2002; de gorter and meilke, 1989;gardner, 1983; guyomard et al, 2004; salhofer, 1996; ciaian and swinnen, 2006, 2009: ciaian et al., 2015), the optimal farm profit (π) depends on input and output prices, subsidies and farm characteristics. in details, consider an agricultural economy with n farms. the output of each farm is a function of the amount of land (a) and non-land inputs (k), which captures also other capital inputs used by the farm. the production function is represented by f(a, k) with fi > 0, fii < 0, fij > 0, for i, j = a and k. furthermore, define s as the subsidy (area payment) per unit of land, and assume that all land in the analysis qualifies for the subsidies, the representative farm objective function is (ciaian and swinnen, 2009): π= pf(a,k)+sa-rawk(1+i) (1) 1 in italy, this type of payment was activated for several sectors: cereals, oilseeds and protein crops, tobacco, sheep and goat and so on. 2 under article 68 sectors supported under the quality measure for the period 2010-2014 are beef meat, sheep and goat meat, olive oil, milk, tobacco, sugar and floriculture. 167the income effect of cap subsidies where p is the price of the final product, s are subsidies for unit of land, r is the price of land, w is the unit price of other capital inputs, and i is the interest rate. more precisely, profit is affected by both the indirect (that is, through subsidy impact on input and output price) and the direct effects of subsidies on profits, as follows (ciaian et al., 2015): π= π[p(cdp,rdp,sps),r(cdp,rdp,sps),w(cdp,rdp,sps),cdp,rdp,sps,x] + ε (2) where, as concern subsidies, cdp are crop coupled subsidies, rdp are rural development payments, sps are decoupled payments. moreover, x is a vector of observable covariates and ε is the residual. it follows that the profit equation (2) accounts for both the direct and indirect effect of subsidies on farm profits. totally differentiating equation (2) yields the following relationship between profits and subsidies: dπ = dπ dp dp dcdp + dπ dr dr dcdp + dπ dw dw dcdp + dπ dcdp ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥dcdp + dπ dp dp drdp + dπ dr dr drdp + dπ dw dw drdp + dπ drdp ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥drdp ++   dπ dp dp dsps + dπ dr dr dsps + dπ dw dw dsps + dπ dsps ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥dsps+ dπ dx dx + ε dπ = dπ dp dp dcdp + dπ dr dr dcdp + dπ dw dw dcdp + dπ dcdp ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥dcdp + dπ dp dp drdp + dπ dr dr drdp + dπ dw dw drdp + dπ drdp ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥drdp ++   dπ dp dp dsps + dπ dr dr dsps + dπ dw dw dsps + dπ dsps ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥dsps+ dπ dx dx +ε dπ = dπ dp dp dcdp + dπ dr dr dcdp + dπ dw dw dcdp + dπ dcdp ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥dcdp + dπ dp dp drdp + dπ dr dr drdp + dπ dw dw drdp + dπ drdp ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥drdp ++   dπ dp dp dsps + dπ dr dr dsps + dπ dw dw dsps + dπ dsps ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥dsps+ dπ dx dx + ε (3) where dπ dp , dp ds ,   dπ dr , dr ds and dπ dw , dw ds are parameters representing the indirect impact of subsidies on profits (that is, through subsidy impact on input and output prices) and dπ ds is the direct effect of subsidies on profits for s= cdp, rdp, sps. equation (3) can be rewritten as: dπ=δ0+δcdpdcdp+ δrdpdrdp+δspsdsps + δxdx+ ε (4) where 𝛿𝛿" = dπ dx , 𝛿𝛿'() = dπ dp dp dcdp + dπ dr dr dcdp + dπ dw dw dcdp + dπ dcdp , 𝛿𝛿1() = dπ dp dp drdp + dπ dr dr drdp + dπ dw dw drdp + dπ drdp , 𝛿𝛿𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = dπ dp dp dsps + dπ dr dr dsps + dπ dw dw dsps + dπ dsps 𝛿𝛿" = dπ dx , 𝛿𝛿'() = dπ dp dp dcdp + dπ dr dr dcdp + dπ dw dw dcdp + dπ dcdp , 𝛿𝛿1() = dπ dp dp drdp + dπ dr dr drdp + dπ dw dw drdp + dπ drdp , 𝛿𝛿𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = dπ dp dp dsps + dπ dr dr dsps + dπ dw dw dsps + dπ dsps 𝛿𝛿" = dπ dx , 𝛿𝛿'() = dπ dp dp dcdp + dπ dr dr dcdp + dπ dw dw dcdp + dπ dcdp , 𝛿𝛿1() = dπ dp dp drdp + dπ dr dr drdp + dπ dw dw drdp + dπ drdp , 𝛿𝛿𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 = dπ dp dp dsps + dπ dr dr dsps + dπ dw dw dsps + dπ dsps parameters δs (for s= cdp, rdp, sps) measure the net impact of subsidies on farm profits by accounting for the above-mentioned both direct and indirect subsidy effects. in 168 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli other words, they indicate the income effects of subsidies in terms of policy rents, which farmers receive for each additional euro of cap subsidies. even though the model contains the main variables determining the incidence of agricultural subsidies, there are also unobservable time-invariant farm characteristics which both affect dependent variable and are correlated with explanatory variables. in addition, there are also time-varying region fixed effects that cannot be ignored. therefore, in order to reduce possible sources of bias, farm fixed effects are included (ciaian and kancs, 2012). moreover, according to kirwan (2009), in order to absorb farm-specific time-invariant unobserved factors, the first difference of the series are applied, since the resulting farm income model in the first difference eliminates the unobserved heterogeneity component that remains fixed over time. as a result, the final econometric model is specified as follows: δπjt=δ0 + δcdpδcdpjt + δrdpδrdpjt + δspsδspsjt + δxδxjt + δrrr + δffj + εjt (4) where π is the profit of the farm j at the time t. however, an estimation issue is due to the fact that subsidies are not assigned to farmers randomly, but rather they are affected by regional productivities and farms’ crop choices (moro and sckokai, 2013). this fact implies that in the econometric model these variables (cdp, sps, rdp, os) are endogenous since they reflect the characteristics of countries’/regions’ land and farmer’s behaviour. first, in order to reduce the individual heterogeneity bias, farm fixed effects and regional control variables are included in the estimable equations, respectively δffj and δrrr.. in more details, the first differences of series are adopted in order to absorb farmspecific time-invariant unobserved factors, since they eliminate the unobserved heterogeneity component that remains fixed over time. lastly, in order to address the issue of endogeneity, the arellano and bond robust two-step generalized method of moment (gmm) estimator is applied and a set of valid and reliable instruments is adopted (see table 1). the gmm estimator is applied since it is particularly suitable for datasets with a large number of cross sections. lastly, the windmeijer (2005) bias-corrected robust variances is used in order to correct for the intrinsic downward bias of the robust two step gmm standard errors. 4.2 data and variables the source of data used in the empirical analysis is the italian fadn (farm accountancy data network) provided by the council for agricultural research and economics (crea). the fadn is the only source of micro-economic data that is harmonized and is representative of the commercial agricultural holdings in the whole eu (moro and sckokai, 2013). the survey does not, however, cover all the agricultural holdings in the eu, but only those which are of a size allowing them to rank as commercial holdings. based on previous study (ciaian and kancs, 2012; michalek et al., 2014; ciaian et al. 2015) in the present study a balanced panel dataset with 24’668 observations of n=3’524 italian farms over the period 2008-2014 (t=7) is adopted, meaning that farms in the sample are traced over the same period of time. moreover, the sample is stratified on three 169the income effect of cap subsidies key variables, i.e. location (21 nuts regions and 3 altimetric areas), economic size (6 size classes) and farm type (19 typologies). variables used in the econometric model are organized in order to effectively identify the relationship between net farm income3 and subsidies (table 1). descriptive statistics are provided in table a of the appendix. more in details, the dependent variable is calculated as the change in net farm income. based on the document “farm accounting data network: an a to z methodology” (european commission, 2010) the net farm income is obtained by subtracting taxes, variable expenses (intermediate, land, labour) and fixed costs (depreciation and interest payments) from the total farm revenues (output and subsidies). as concerns subsidies, they are sps, cdps (crop area payments, animal payments), the rdp (investment support, environmental payments, lfa and other rural development payments) and os (that accounts for other types of subsidies, such as those from the cmo). the above-mentioned variables are expressed per hectare. the advantage of using per hectare values instead of totals per farm is the reduction of the potential problem of heteroskedasticity. the farm size varies strongly in regions and sectors covered by this study, implying that the value of farm income, as with the other variables (output, subsidies and so on), also varies significantly in the cross-sectional dimension. in order to account for the dynamic adjustment of farm income, lagged dependent (1 lag) is created in order to incorporate feedback over time. moreover, since variables related to subsidies (cdp, sps, rdp and os) are endogenous, lags are used as instruments along the exogenous and lagged dependent variables. more in details, the choice of lags as instruments was selected by checking the validity of different sets of instruments. table 1 summarizes both lags and type of variables (exogenous, endogenous and instrumental). the covariates matrix (x) includes variables which contribute to explain the variation in profits among farms, respectively referred to two main categories: inputs and productivity and management practises. independent variables linked to the first set of covariates include rented land ratio (expressed as the ratio of rented land to uaa, rented_land), sharecropped land (expressed as the ratio of sharecropped land to uaa, share_land), own labour ratio (that is the ratio of unpaid input to total labour, own_labour), and liabilities-to-assets ratio (that is the ratio of total liabilities to total farm assets, liabilities_assets). given that productivity is an important determinant of farm profitability, if not controlling for its variation among farms, it may be confounded with the estimated subsidy effect on profits. therefore, productivity differences among farms are controlled including in the econometric model variables. they are: output per hectare (output), farm size (expressed in esu), irrigated land ratio (ratio of irrigated land to uaa), the building machinery value per hectare (machinery) and the ratio of total livestock output to total farm output (output_livestock), the total livestock units (lu) and the stock of agriculture products (product_stock). likewise, management practises affect the organization of farm activities and thus also have a direct impact on farm profitability. covariates capturing those practises are the 3 even though there could be income effects from the subsidies beyond the farm operating income, the household non-farm income is not accounted since it is well-known that one of the main cap goals is to enhance farm incomes. 170 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli own consumption ratio, that indicate the ratio of farmhouse consumption and farm use to total output, as well as the ratio of woodland area to uaa. 5. results and discussion henceforth outcomes of the arellano-bond test for the italian fadn sample (based on period 2008-2014) are shown. first of all, it must be noted that the specification test allows not rejecting the null hypothesis of no serial autocorrelation in the first-differenced errors at order 1. it entails that the model has not misspecification problem. concerning the sargan test of over identifying restrictions, it shows that the instrumental variables are uncorrelated to some set of residuals and therefore they are acceptable instruments. moreveover, the windmeijer bias-corrected robust standard errors allow to both account for table 1. list of variables. category variable name lags type description unit of measure dependent variable(π) nfi 1 : net farm income €/ha (δ%) subsidies (s) cdp 0 and 1 endogenous coupled payments €/ha sps decoupled payments €/ha rdp rural development payments €/ha os other subsidies €/ha covariates (x) inputs rented_land 0 exogenous ratio of rented area to utilized agricultural area (uaa) % share_land ratio of sharecropped land to uaa % own_labour ratio of unpaid input to total labour % liabilities_assets ratio of total liabilities to total farm assets % covariates (x) productivity output 0 endogenous hectare value of total output of crops and crop products, livestock and livestock products and of other products €/ha size 0 instrumental economic size of holding expressed in european size units (esu) € irrigated_land ratio of irrigated land to uaa % machinery value of buildings and machinery €/ha output_livestock ratio of total livestock output to total farm output % lu total livestock units n. of head product_stock stock of agricultural products €/ha covariates (x) management practises own_ consumption exogenous ratio of farmhouse consumption and farm use to total output % wood_land ratio of woodland area to uaa % 171the income effect of cap subsidies heteroscedasticity and correct for autocorrelation as well. in order to facilitate the presentation and the relative discussion or results, table 2 reports different categories of variables used in the model (i.e., lagged dependent, subsidies and covariates). what emerges from the estimations is that the farm income at the time t-1 somehow negatively affects (-0.005) the farm income at the time t. even though this result may seem counterintuitive, it indeed recalls the well-known “cobweb theorem” (kaldor, 1934; ezekiel, 1938). this latter explains how price instability in a supply-demand framework – caused by low price elasticity of supply and demand – along with the assumption of a lagged response by production to price changes, can give rise to  irregular fluctuations in prices and quantities in agricultural markets. such a peculiar characteristic of the agricultural sector obviously causes unexpected and reverse relationships between prices, quantities and, as a consequence, incomes at various stages in time. the contribution of the model however concerns the effect of cap subsidies on farm income over the period under investigation. all the main variables related to public aids (that is, cdp, sps, rdp, os) are significant. sps represents the main source of public support for farmers and results highlight that it is highly able to sustain incomes. in this regard, it should be noted that the total income effect (e.g. including both contemporaneous and lagged effect) of the sps is 0.978, implying that a great part of such aid is transferred to farmers and only a small share go to the other actors of the supply chain (landowner, input suppliers and output buyers). in this regard, since the implementation of the sps scheme started in 2005, a flourishing literature has pointed out the potential distorsive effect due to the fact that non-farming landowners can extract a rent from such form of payment that is indeed “coupled” to the land (ciaian and kancs, 2012; ciaian and swinnen, 2006; kilian and salhofer, 2008; kirwan and roberts, 2015; klaiber et al., 2017; patton et al., 2008; viaggi et al., 2013). according to the literature in this field, the capitalization effect of sps into land rents varies from 0.2 to 0.8 (breustedt and habermann, 2011; kilian et al., 2012; o’neill and hanrahan, 2016; patton et al., 2008). these results imply that depending on specific characteristics of each mss on average about half of the direct aids are capitalized into land rents. in more details, as for new eu member states (eu-12), the rental price of farmland increseas between 0.18 and 0.20 eur for each unit of saps payment4 (ciaian and kancs, 2012). moreover, other studies confirms that also in the us a significant share of the direct aids are reflected in rental rates (varying from 20% to 100%, depending on the form of support). all in all, the model reveals a high transfer efficiency for sps in the observed period, meaning that the capitalization of the sps into the land rents in italy was scarce, according to guastella et al. (2013). furthermore, it must be noted that, since their introduction decoupled payments have not completely led farmers to be more market oriented (burfisher and hopkins, 2003; o’neill and hanrahan, 2016), and such an effect may have reduced the transfer efficiency, as confirmed by 4 it is a transitional, simplified income support scheme which was offered to the member states who joined the eu in 2004 and 2007 (eu-12) as an option at the date of accession in order to facilitate the implementation of direct payments. this scheme replaces (with some exceptions) all direct payments with a single area payment. the level of the payment is obtained by dividing the country’s annual financial envelope with its respective utilized agricultural area. it is simpler than the sps because there is no need to establish and administer payment entitlements. however it does not offer to farmers the flexibility of entitlements based on individual needs, such as sales or lease. 172 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli empirical evidences of decoupled payments used so as to subsidise loss-marketing activities (breen et al., 2005; howley et al., 2012; kazukauskas et al., 2014). with regard to rdp measures, estimates point out a significantly positive influence of these aids on farm income. what emerges is that the total effect (lagged plus simultaneous effect) on farm income is 0.282 for each euro of rdp aids, even though these aids do not evidently aim to sustain farm income. indeed, it is well-known that their main objectives are, on the one hand, to foster various types of investments (in both physic and human capital) and, on the other hand, to cover opportunity costs related to the adoption of low income (but environmental-friendly) activities and techniques (e.g., organic farming and so on) mostly in disadvantaged areas. moreover, since both agri-environmental and less table 2. arellano-bond (first difference) dynamic gmm estimator: results (estimates based on period 2008-2014). variable coefficient (std. err.) p>z nfi (-1) -0.005 (0.000) 0.000 *** cdp -1.242 (0.376) 0.001 ** cdp (-1) 0.540 (0.195) 0.006 ** sps 0.117 (0.069) 0.089 * sps (-1) 0.861 (0.320) 0.007 ** rdp 0.067 (0.010) 0.000 *** rdp (-1) 0.215 (0.010) 0.000 *** os -0.197 (0.037) 0.000 *** os (-1) -0.061 (0.022) 0.007 ** rented_land 3.325 (3.633) 0.360 share_land 6.104 (3.379) 0.071 * own_labour 3.106 (2.709) 0.252 liabilities_assets -0.103 (0.091) 0.258 output 0.055 (0.001) 0.000 *** own_consumption -11.675 (5.424) 0.031 ** wood_land -1.870 (2.997) 0.533 observations 17620 number of farms observed 3524 n. of instruments 77 wald chi2 5257.30 0.000 *** arellano-bond for zero autocorrelation in first-differenced errors (h0: no autocorrelation) ar(1) (prob>z) -1.345 0.178 ar(2) (prob>z) -0.991 0.321 sargan test of over identifying restrictions h0: overidentifying restrictions are valid sr (prob>chi2) 57.295 0.610 *p<0.10; **p<0.05; ***p<0.001 173the income effect of cap subsidies favoured area payments are linked to the amount of land owned/rented, a possible explanations of such a result could be that a significant amount of these aids could be capitalized into rental values as well as in the input prices (seeds, fertilizers, machines and so on) as well as in the cost of services (transaction costs, assistance costs and so on). very interestingly, the other type of direct payment of the first pillar – the cdp – shows an immediate negative effect on farm income (-1.242), followed by a lagged but positive impact on profitability (+0.540). therefore, what emerges is that the total effect of cdp on farm income is still inegative (-0.702). here, many causes may potentially determine such an impact that could explain why this form of payment has been criticized since its introduction in the early ‘90s. scholars have indeed always recognized that such an aid is able to affect (and somehow to distort) product decisions, by incentivizing the cultivation of specific crops without taking into account the real needs of the demand, with negative consequence both on farm efficiency and total factor productivity (hennessy, 1998; mary 2013; zhu et al., 2012). such an impact on production decision may explain the negative impact on farm income in the short run, due to the fact that the cdp induces farmers to produce/feed not profitable crops/livestock. in addition to this opportunistic behaviour that such a payment generates on the supply side, inducing beneficiaries to “farm” the subsidies in spite of the crops, in the meanwhile the presence of an aid linked to specific productions induces input suppliers and buyers of agricultural commodities (i.e., wholesalers, middlemen, processors, manufacturers) to somehow intercept an amount of such a subsidy, by lowering the price of the commodities (alston and james, 2002; hendricks et al., 2012; oecd, 1996; rizov et al., 2013). it follows that the payment is (at least in part) taken away from farmers to the benefit of other actors along the agro-food supply chain (breen et al., 2005; ciliberti and frascarelli, 2015; mcdonald et al., 2014; o’neill and hanrahan, 2016; russo et al., 2009). moreover, patton et al. (2008) showed that different types of coupled payments are capitalized in land rents in northern ireland and such an effect absorbs half of the value of the aid. apart from the above-mentioned explanations, other causes of this outcome could be that cdp has for a long time subsidized low quality production and, more in general, has not represented an incentive for competitiveness at all (latruffe et al., 2009; zhu and oude lansink, 2010). it, on the contrary, has triggered speculative and opportunistic behaviours that actually hampered a market-oriented approach. lastly, also the os shows a total negative effect on farm income (-0.258). such a result could be attributed to the fact that, likewise cdp, this type of aids are also mainly aimed to subsidize specific products, therefore causing a similar impact on farm incomes. as concerns covariates, for each set of explanatory variables some estimated coefficients have the expected sign and are significant as well. with regard to the inputs, results confirms that sharecropped land positively contribute to increase the farm income (+6.104), since they represents a cheap alternative to land rent or land tenure. as concerns productivity, the model reveals the expected positive impact of the total output on farm income (+0.055). accordingly, with regard to management practises, the model confirms that self-consumption (-11.675) – especially in small or very small italian farms managed by so-called hobby-farmers – obviously causes a relevant and significant decrease of the farm income, due to the fact that the farm output is not sold but is used to satisfy family needs only. 174 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli 6. conclusions even though farmers are the only beneficiaries of various forms of public support established by the cap, a vast literature has shown that some leakages however occur. such a phenomenon may be relevant when both input supplier and output buyers (that is, wholesalers, processors, manufacturers), thanks to their market and bargaining power, are able to extract some rents from the public aids. in this regard, the present paper aimed to shed lights on the transfer efficiency of cap subsidies in italy. to this purpose, data from the national fadn allowed analysing the distribution of public support among the several players of the italian agro-food system over the period 2008-2014, so as that a first contribution for this – to the best of the authors’ knowledge – still unexplored research field in italy is provided. the dynamic panel data estimation reveals that all the main typologies of aids established by the cap significantly affected the variation of the farm income in italy. more in details, the national implementation of the sps, cdp and rdp aids over the investigated period contributed to an increase of the profitability of italian farms, despite of a significant transfer of public resources from the primary sector to other stages of the agro-food supply chains or even external to the primary sector. such a phenomenon somehow confirms the presence of opportunistic behaviours of both input suppliers (e.g., landowners and input dealers that increase prices of land/products they rent/sell to farmers in order to indirectly take advantage of the sps and/or rdp scheme) as well as of buyers that – exploiting their purchasing power – contract lower prices for agricultural commodities. very interestingly, results show that the impact of cdp negatively affects income variation of italian farms, even though only in the short run. this type of subsidy, introduced in the early ‘90s as transitory means of support to replace price support, has been criticized for a long time due to the fact that it clearly influences production decisions and therefore alters market equilibrium. furthermore, both the existence and the amounts of such a payment, by definition “coupled” to specific crops/livestock, is also well known by several suppliers and buyers that therefore try opportunistically to take advantage from it. as a result, the cdp may simply become a sort of surreptitious transfer of public resources to none other than agro-food industry companies (i.e., suppliers, landowners, processors, manufacturers). moreover, it may also distort (and reduce) the incentive for quality with immediate negative consequences on output prices and, in the long term, on farms ability to be competitive in both national and international markets. to sum up, these empirical evidences have important policy implications for the implementation of the cap in italy. first of all, results allow confirming that even though farm income substantially benefitted of the implementation of the cap, the transfer efficiency of public financial resources officially intended for farmers was hindered by leakages that are occurred in italy over the period 2008-2014. more in details, what emerges is that decoupled income transfers without mandatory production (sps), as well as incentives for investments and compensatory payments (rdp) are preferable to coupled measures (cdp) for ensuring an annual and continuous support to farmers income. in conclusion, it is straightforward that a different allocation of cap resources in italy may bring more advantages for farmers, decreasing leakages and increasing transfer effi175the income effect of cap subsidies ciency. in this regard, an indication for the future is that both the reform paths towards a more targeted and tailored support for farmers and, on the other hand, national implementation of the cap rules should aim to properly address the causes of such leakages in order to improve the transfer efficiency of public aids, due to the fact that enhancing farm incomes still remains one of the main priority of the cap. 7. acknowledgments the authors acknowledge the council for agricultural research and analysis of agricultural economics (crea) for providing access to the italian fadn. 8. references agrosynergie (2011). evaluation of article 68 measures – final support. brussels. alston, j.m. and james, j.s. (2002). the incidence of agricultural policy. in gardner, b.l. and rausser, g.c. (eds.), handbook of agricultural economics 2(b). amsterdam: elsevier, 1689-2249 arellano, m. and bond, s. (1991). some tests of specification for panel data: monte carlo evidence and an application to employment equations. review of economic studies 58: 277–297. bhagwati, j.n. (1971). the generalized theory of distortions and trade. in bhagwati, j.n., mundell r.a., jones, r.w. and vanek, j., (eds.), trade, balance of payments and growth: papers in international economics in honor of c.p. kindleberger. amsterdam: north-holland publishing company. breen, j.p., hennessy, t.c. and thorne, f.s. (2005). the effect of decoupling on the decision to produce: an irish case study. food policy 30: 129-144. breustedt, g. and habermann, h. (2011). the incidence of eu per-hectare payments on farmland rental rates: a spatial econometric analysis of german farm-level data. journal of agricultural economics 62(1): 225-243. burfisher, m.e. and hopkins, j. (2003). farm payments: decoupled payments increase households’ well-being, not production. amber waves 38-45. ciaian, p. and swinnen, j.f.m. (2006). land market imperfections and agricultural policy impacts in the new eu member states: a partial equilibrium analysis. american journal of agricultural economics 88(4): 799–815. ciaian, p. and swinnen, j.f.m (2009). credit markets imperfections and the distribution of policy rents. american journal of agricultural economics 91(4): 1124-1139. ciaian, p., kancs, d’a. (2012). the capitalization of area payments into farmland rents: micro evidence from the new eu member states. canadian journal of agricultural economics 60: 643-673. ciaian, p., kancs, d’a. and gomez y paloma, s. (2015). income distributional effects of cap subsidies. microevidence from the eu. outlook on agriculture 44(1): 19-28. ciliberti, s. and frascarelli, a. (2015). a critical assessment of the implementation of cap 2014-2020 direct payments in italy. bio-based and applied economics 4(3): 261277. doi: 10.13128/bae-16377 176 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli corden, w.m. (1957). tariffs, subsidies and the terms of trade. economica 24: 235-242. de gorter, h. and meilke, k.d. (1989). efficiency of alternative policies for the ec’s common agricultural policy. american journal of agricultural economics 71: 592-603. dewbre, j., antòn j. and thompson, w. (2001). the transfer efficiency and trade effects of direct payments. american journal of agricultural economics 83(5): 1204-1214. erjavec, e., chantreuil, f., hanrahan, k., donnellan, t., salputra, g., kožar, m. and van leeuwen, m. (2011). policy assessment of an eu wide flat area cap payments system. economic modelling 28: 1550-1558. european commission (2010).“farm accounting data network: an a to z methodology. available at: http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/rica/pdf/site_en.pdf accessed 18 july 2018. ezekiel m., (1938). the cobweb theorem. the quarterly journal of economics 52(2): 255280. floyd, j.e. (1965). the effects of farm price supports on returns to land and labour in agriculture. journal of political economy 18: 297-313. gardner, b. (1983). efficient redistribution through commodity markets. american journal of agricultural economics 65(2): 225-234. goodwin, b.k. and mishra, a.k. (2005). another look at decoupling: additional evidence on the production effects of direct payments. american journal of agricultural economics 87: 1200-1210. guastella, g., moro, d., sckokai, p. and veneziani, m. (2013). the capitalization of area payment into land rental prices: micro-evidence from italy. selected poster prepared for presentation at the agricultural & applied economics association’s 2013 aaea & caes joint annual meeting. washington dc, august 4-6, 2013. guyomard, h., le mouël, c. and gohin a. (2004). impacts of alternative agricultural income support scheme on multiple policy goals. european review of agricultural economics 31(2): 125-148. hendricks, n.p., janzen, j. p. and dhuyvetter, k.c. (2012). subsidy incidence and inertia in farmland rental markets: estimates from a dynamic panel. journal of agricultural and resource economics 37(3): 361-378. henke, r. and coronas, m.g. (2011). the financial and distributive aspects of direct payments in the new cap. international agricultural policy 1: 63-84. hennessy, d.a. (1998). the production effects of agricultural income support policies under uncertainty. american journal of agricultural economics 80: 46-57. howley, p., breen, j., donoghue, c.o. and hennessy, t. (2012). does the single farm payment affect farmers’ behaviour? a macro and micro analysis. international journal of agricultural management 2(1): 57-64. kaldor, n. (1934). a classificatory note on the determinateness of equilibrium. the review of economic studies 1(2): 122-136. kazukauskas, a., newman, c. and sauer, j. (2014). the impact of decoupled subsidies on productivity in agriculture: a cross-country analysis using microdata. agricultural economics 45: 327-336. kazukauskas, a., newman, c. and thorne, f. (2010). analysing the effect of decoupling on agricultural production: evidence from irish dairy farms using the olley and parks approach. german journal of agricultural economics 59: 144-157. 177the income effect of cap subsidies kilian, s. and salhofer, k. (2008). single payments of the cap: where do the rents go?. agricultural economics review 9(2): 96-106. kilian, s., antòn, j., salhofer, k. and röder, n. (2012). impacts of 2003 cap reform on land rental prices and capitalization. land use policy 29: 789-797. kirwan, b. and roberts, m. (2015). who really benefits from agricultural subsidies? evidence from field-level data. working paper of university of hawai’i 15(7): 1-29. kirwan, b.e. (2009). the incidence of u.s. agricultural subsidies on farmland rental rates. journal of political economy 117(1): 138-164. klaiber, h.a., salhofer, k. and thompson, s.r. (2017). capitalization of the sps into agricultural land rental prices under harmonization of payments. journal of agricultural economics 68: 710-726. latruffe, l. and le mouël, c. (2009). capitalization of government support in agricultural land prices: what do we know?. journal of economic surveys 23(4): 659-691. latruffe, l., guyomard, h. and lemouel, c. (2009). the role of public subsidies on farms’ managerial efficiency: an application of a five-stage approach to france. working paper smart-lereco no. 09-05, rennes, france. mary, s. (2013). assessing the impacts of pillar 1 and subsidies on tfp in french crop farms. journal of agriculture economics 64: 133-144. mc donald, r., macken-walsh, a., pierce, k. and horan, b. (2014). farmers in a deregulated dairy regime: insights from ireland’s new entrants scheme. land use policy 41: 21-30. michalek, j., ciaian, p. and kancs d’a (2014). capitalization of single payment scheme into land value: generalized propensity score evidence from the european union. land economics 90(2): 260-289. moro, d. and sckokai, p. (2013). the impact of decoupled payments on farm choices: conceptual and methodological challenges. food policy 41: 28-38. oecd (1996). factors conditioning the transfer efficiency of agricultural support. organization for economic co-operation and development: paris. patton, m., kostov, p., mcerlean, s. and moss, j. (2008). assessing the influence of direct payments on the rental value of agricultural land. food policy 33: 397-405. rizov, m., pokrivcak, j. and caian, p. (2013). cap subsidies and productivity of the eu farms. journal of agricultural economics 64: 537-557. russo, c., goodhue, r.e. and sexton, r.j. (2009). agricultural support policies in imperfectly competitive markets: why market power matters in policy design. american journal of agricultural economics 93(5): 1328-1340. salhofer, k. (1996). efficient income redistribution for a small country using optimal combined instruments. agricultural economics 13:191–199. tranter, r.b., swinbank, a., wooldridge, m.j., costa, l., knapp, t., little, g.p.j. and sotomayor, m.l. (2007). implications for food production, land use and rural development of the european union’s single farm payment: indications from a survey of farmers’ intentions in germany, portugal and the uk. food policy 32: 656-671. uthes, s., sattler, c., reinhardt, f., piorr, a., zander, p., happe, k., damgaard, m. and osuch, a. (2008). ecological effects of payment decoupling in a case study region in germany. journal of farm management 13: 219-230. viaggi, d., bartolini, f., puddu, m. and raggi m. (2013). the impact of the 2013 cap reform on land markets in italy. in swinnen, j. and knops, l. (eds), land, labour 178 stefano ciliberti, angelo frascarelli and capital markets in european agriculture: diversity under a common policy. brussels: centre for european policy studies. windmeijer, f. (2005). a finite sample correction for the variance of linear efficient two-step gmm estimators. journal of econometrics 126: 25–51. zhu, x., demeter, r.m. and oude lansink, a. (2012). technical efficiency and productivity differentials of dairy farms in three eu countries: the role of cap subsidies. agricultural economics review 13: 66-92. zhu, x. and oude lansink, a. (2010). impact of cap subsidies on technical efficiency of crop farms in germany, the netherlands and sweden. journal of agricultural economics 61: 545-564. appendix table a. descriptive statistics of variables. variable obs mean sd min max unit of measures nfi 24,668 182.5 20,229.4 -515,950.0 2,637,476.0 (δ%) €/ha cdp 24,668 59.2 341.8 0.0 17,934.4 €/ha sps 24,668 297.6 956.8 0.0 105,050.0 €/ha rdp 24,668 115.3 967.0 0.0 87,273.3 €/ha os 24,668 49.5 638.4 0.0 47,050.5 €/ha rented_land 24,668 34.2 39.5 0.0 100.0 % share_land 24,668 7.8 21.8 0.0 100.0 % own_labour 24,668 87.4 22.7 0.0 100.0 % liabilities_assets 24,668 4.2 72.2 0.0 6,252.2 % output 24,668 13,006.4 48,295.0 -20,524.0 1,724,127.0 €/ha size 24,668 117.3 986.5 0.0 98,807.9 € irrigated_land 24,668 39.9 43.6 0.0 100.0 % machinery 24,668 6,181.9 19,526.8 0.0 512,428.6 €/ha output_livestock 24,668 21.8 35.4 0.0 100.0 % lu 24,668 282.2 4,850.7 0.0 261,093.0 n. of head product_stock 24,668 16,443.9 341,083.5 0.0 39,800,000.0 €/ha own_consumption 24,668 1.1 3.4 0.0 100.0 % wood_land 24,668 3.8 12.9 0.0 100.0 % bio-based and applied economics 7(2): 139-160, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7672 the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade and investment partnership# yaghoob jafari1, wolfgang britz1, jayson beckman2,* 1 institute for food and resource economics, university of bonn, germany  2 economic research service, usda, usa date of submission: 2018 2nd, july; accepted 2019, 29th, january abstract. primary agriculture is a textbook example of competitive supply with many producers outputting homogenous products, in contrast to firms in the processed food sector produce heterogeneous products while differing in productivity. our model of trade reform explicitly accounts for the differences between the markets for primary agriculture and food processing. to demonstrate this point, we use a computable general equilibrium (cge) model to quantify potential impacts of a trade agreement between the eu and us. crucially, our heterogeneity-firm setup allows for the allocation of ntms as ‘fixed costs’, which provides an alternative angle to previous literature that only considered ntm costs in a more conventional framework (e.g., tariff equivalent). further, the use of this framework allows us to provide detailed welfare impacts, providing more information on the impacts to consumers who purchase mainly processed food and little primary agricultural output, a point often unrepresented in previous analysis of ntm reform. keywords. trade policy, imperfect competition, heterogeneous firms, simulations. jel codes. f12, f14, f47. 1. introduction primary agriculture is a textbook example of competitive supply with many producers outputting homogenous products while firms in the processed food sector produce heterogeneous products. thus, there are important differences in productivity, size, and exporting behavior among these firms that should be reflected in quantitative analysis. while manufacturing has typically received the firm heterogeneity treatment, the potential transatlantic trade and investment partnership (ttip)1 provided an instance of using *corresponding author: yaghoob.jafari@ilr.uni-bonn.de # the findings and conclusions in this preliminary publication have not been formally disseminated by the u.s. department of agriculture and should not be construed to represent any agency determination or policy. this research was supported in part by the intramural research program of the u.s. department of agriculture, economic research service. 1 we note that the chances for implementation in the near future is slim; however, negotiations have not officially ended (unlike the trans-pacific partnership). the united states trade representative still maintains a webpage devoted to the potential agreement. https://ustr.gov/ttip 140 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman an agri-food sector (i.e., food processing) that exhibits firm heterogeneity characteristics. luckstead and devadoss (2016) analyze the potential impact of ttip assuming heterogeneity of firm involved in food processing. however, that study uses a single sector model that neglects feedback with other sectors, including agriculture as a major upstream link of the processed food sector. the potential ttip agreement generated a large amount of research, which may not be surprising given that the agreement would have linked the world’s two largest economies. although the above mentioned paper incorporated a firm heterogeneity setup in their analysis of ttip, most research still considers firms as homogenous (e.g., arita et al. 2014, 2017; beckman et. 2015; beckman and arita, 2017; berden et al. 2009; disdier et al. 2015; egger et al. 2015; fontagne et al. 2013; welfens and irawan 2014; beghin et al., 2016). despite their traditional model approaches, these papers make two points relevant to trade policy analysis. first, tariffs are usually low in developed countries (relative to developing countries), especially for manufacturing and services. however, in developed countries, agriculture is usually more protected relative to other sectors, with higher tariffs, tariff-rate quotas, and non-tariff measures (ntms).2 second, for developed countries, ntms are becoming more of a trade barrier tariffs, with almost all of the papers that compare the two concluding that ntm removal (even partial removal) could generate larger trade gains than those from tariff removal. the ntm topic is also relevant for firm heterogeneity, since under the standard armington assumption, ntms are typically treated simply as ad-valorem equivalents (aves). this differs from the heterogeneous firm layout e.g. used in akgul et al. (2016) or luckstead and devadoss (2016), that treats them (partly) as fixed costs of trade. our work here builds on the previous ttip analysis, by starting with the view that reforming agri-food trade might generate the largest relative trade gains. we focus on the processed food sector as it accounts for the largest share of bilateral trade in agri-food between us-eu, and because it can be characterized as exhibiting all the signs of a sector with heterogeneous firms.3 berden et al. (2009) note that one percent of processed food firms account for 52 percent of total sales. these large firms regularly modify and improve the characteristics of their products to meet the requirements and changing preferences of different consumer groups and to differentiate themselves from competitors.4 following most ttip analysis, we employ a cge model that encompasses all sectors and their interactions, but integrate a firm heterogeneity approach for processed food and all other types of manufacturing. this firm heterogeneity specification allows us to provide more information on impacts to consumers with evidence on the impacts to consumer welfare from a change in the number of new varieties entering the processed food sector, information that is not available in a standard perfect competition setup. our model also details welfare impacts in general, providing information on an aspect of ttip so far largely ignored. 2 one could examine the average most favoured nation (mfn) tariffs reported to the world trade organization to confirm this point. the eu trade-weighted mfn rate for agriculture is 8.7% compared to 2.8% for non-agriculture. the u.s. rates are 2.3% and 4.0%. the largest gap is likely for japan: 1.4% and 12.9%. 3 particularly relevant to ttip, the eu and us account jointly for one third of global trade in processed food (un comtrade, 2015); and they trade (bilaterally) more processed food products than any other partners globally (fas/usda, 2014; olper et al., 2014). 4 in addition, high product differentiation and considerable differences in firms’ size and productivity has led some (e.g., neff et al., 1996; francois et al., 2013) to label the processed food sectors as monopolistic competition, which is often used to characterize firms with heterogeneity. 141the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade 2. modeling framework global cge models are generally considered well suited for ex-ante appraisal of trade agreements as they consider bilateral trade and trade barriers in a consistent microeconomic behavioral framework and account for interlinkages between sectors. here we use the flexible and modular cge model by britz and van der mensbrugghe (2017) extended by the heterogeneous firm module of jafari and britz (2018a) (see the online appendix for its detailed documentation5). next, we discuss briefly the general structure of the model. 2.1 perfect competitive sectors sectors with perfect competition are depicted as in the standard gtap model (hertel, 1997), with cost-minimizing behavior under constant returns to scale (crs) production technologies along with utility maximizing consumers in competitive markets. relevant to this work, the perfect competition sectors use an armington trade setup where a constant elasticity of substitution (ces) function, specific for each agent, i.e. final consumers, government, savings and the different production sector, drives competition between domestically produced products and imports. a second ces nest, which is not agent specific, depicts the import demand composition from bilateral trade flows. hence, the armington setup considers commodities produced in the same region as homogenous, but different from commodities stemming from other regions. for example, all dairy products from the eu are assumed to be of the same quality and fetching the same price. on the supply side, production is defined as the leontief aggregate of value added and intermediate inputs bundles; the value added composition is based on a ces aggregate of primary factors while the composition of intermediate demand is based on fixed physical input coefficients. 2.2 heterogeneous sectors in each sector there is a continuum of firms that are heterogeneous with regard to productivity, and each firm produces its own distinct variety. while firms are free to enter or exit the market, entrance requires covering fixed costs. firms learn about their productivity level once they enter the market, and then choose to stay or exit. firms with too low of a productivity level will not be able to cover their fixed cost, and therefore exit the industry. for those that survive, only the most productive ones are involved in exports since they can cover the fixed costs of exporting, while less productive firms only serve the domestic market. in this framework, the number of firms operating on the domestic market and on the bilateral trade links depends on the characteristics of the domestic market and bilateral trade costs. since each firm produces a single distinct variety, the total number of varieties available in any given country depends on the number of firms operating in the domestic market and the number of firms exporting to that country. accordingly, the total number of varieties available to consumers in a given country is determined endogenously. in this 5 jafari and britz (2018) published that online appendix as part of their paper, provided here again for ease. 142 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman context, any policy shock that leads to changes in variable or fixed costs can change the fraction of firms operating on domestic and on trade links, and therefore the number of varieties available to consumers. on the demand side, the composite demand of each agent for each commodity is defined as the dixit-stiglitz composite of demand for average firm level varieties around the world6. that index can be interpreted as a standard ces aggregator where the import quantity impact is additionally multiplied by the change in the number of operating firms providing a love of variety effect. each heterogeneous firm produces one single unique variety and therefore, the number of varieties produced in a regional industry is equal to the number of operating firms. the production structure is shown in figure 1, where total cost is the sum of variable and fixed costs per firm, the latter consists of fixed costs to enter the enter the industry and fixed cost on each trade link. the variable cost nest uses both primary factors and intermediates based on a constant return to scale technology, while fixed cost only relate to primary factors. however, if the overall total cost share of value-added in a sector is small, the fixed cost nest also comprises a share of intermediate composite. this alternative is identified by the intermediate composite in brackets. the value added and intermediate bundles are ces composites of primary factors of production and intermediate inputs, respectively. the total value added (not shown here) is the sum of value added used in both variable and fixed cost nesting. similarly, the total uses of intermediate commodities and primary factors (not shown here) are the sum of their use in fixed and variable cost nesting. 6 the heterogeneous firm model defines the so-called “average firm” depicting the average productivity of all firms operating on a specific trade link. figure 1. production structure in melitz sectors. variable cost commodity 1 … commodity n intermediate inputs value added factor1 … factor k fixed set-up cost commodity 1 … commodity n [intermediate inputs] value added factor1 … factor k fixed trading cost commodity 1 … commodity n [intermediate inputs] value added factor1 … factor k total fixed cost total cost source: authors’ illustration. n 143the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade consistent with the monopolistic competition assumption, each firm applies a markup pricing rule, i.e. it collects rent stemming from producing a specific variety, which covers its fixed costs. marginal production costs are corrected for the average productivity effect of firms operating on each bilateral trade link. the average productivity of firms on each trade link is determined from a pareto distribution function which encompasses a so-called cut-off productivity level. only firms with productivity equal to or higher than that specific threshold level for each bilateral trade link will operate on that link, while the remaining firms are forced to exit. the number of operating firms on a link is derived from a zero profit condition where the revenue of the average firm must be equal to its bilateral fixed cost. however, ensuring zero profit for operating firms on each trade link does not ensure zero profits for the industry as a whole, due to the sunk costs associated with the entry of new firms in the industry. therefore, zero profit at the industry level is assured by a free entry condition in the industry, indicating that the expected profit for firms over their lifetime must be equal to the overall industry fixed set up costs. trade liberalization filters through this type of model differently than in the standard armington setup, beginning with the reallocation of resources between firms. for example, a policy that decreases bilateral export cost will encourage some firms that initially did not export (those with low productivity) to start trading. this leads both to an increase in the number of exporters and a decrease in the average productivity of exporters (since those firms that just entered the export market were less productive to begin with). due to fixed cost per firm, an increase in the number of exporters implies that the industry as a whole uses more resources. this increases input prices in the domestic market, leading to some lower productive firms to exit the domestic market. as a result, the average productivity in the domestic market increases. since some of the least productive firms exit the industry, the productivity for the industry increases and generates a welfare gain (as those firms that now enter the export market are relatively more productive than those leaving the domestic market). on the importing side, similar adjustments in industry structure take place while consumer benefits from more varieties being present on the import side. 2.3 model parameterization and calibration a major advantage of this firm heterogeneity model is that it does not require as much information on industries and consumers as the original melitz (2003) model. indeed, only two parameters are needed for each sector: one that describes the productivity distribution of the industry (based on a pareto distribution) and another that is the elasticity of substitution among domestic and imported varieties. we use the estimate of 3.8 from bernard et al. (2003) for the elasticity of substitution, and an estimate of 4.6 for the pareto shape parameter from balistreri et al. (2011). 2.4 sectoral and regional aggregation table a1 in the appendix provides details on how we treat the sectors in our application. we generally keep the full sectoral detail of gtap sectors to prevent bias (britz et al., 144 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman 2016) but aggregated the processed food sectors in the gtap data base for two reasons. first, while there is in consensus in the literature that the processed food sector in general should be treated with heterogenous firms, there is no information on if some sectors (e.g., meat or dairy production) should be excluded and treated as homogenous instead. second, as discussed below in more detail, data on the potential ntm reduction between the eu and the us suitable for our analysis is available only at the aggregated level. to capture the impact of a proposed ttip agreement on third countries, we aggregate the gtap data base to 10 regions (european union, united states, canada, mercosur, china, asean 10, mediterranean countries, other northern europe7, low-income countries, other oecd and rest of world). our mapping of regions to the low-income countries aggregate follows the current world bank classification. 3. quantifying the policy experiment the model is calibrated based on version 9 of the global trade analysis project (gtap) database (aguiar et al., 2016), which provides a snapshot of world economy in 2011. figure 2 reports bilateral ad-valorem trade weighted tariffs from the database. it reveals that processed food, beverage and tobacco products, and textile and clothing are the sectors subjected to the highest tariffs. in most cases, the applied rate of the eu is lower than that for the us. ntms are not explicit in the data base and need to be incorporated before they can be subjected to policy experiments. the aves of ntms that are potentially removable if a deep trade agreement is reached are taken from egger et al. (2015), the estimated ave for processed food is 33.83%.8 it is not based on the latest negotiations status of ttip, but rather more generally reflects the expected change if the two trade partners move to a deep fta agreement given the empirical evidence from past ftas. we analyze two scenarios (see table 1): the first scenario considers completely removing import tariffs for all commodities between the eu and the us, while the second one adds ntm reform. removing existing tariffs is straightforward as they are part of the data base, whereas the second scenario requires allocating the ntm costs estimated by egger et al. (2015). cge models treat the trade cost effects of ntms as either rent-generating or cost creating. modeling the rent-generating effect is straightforward using either an “export tax equivalent” – changing export taxes or a “tariff equivalent” approach—changing import taxes, depending on where the rent are assumed to occur. changes in the cost generating basis of ntms are modeled by changing the variable portion of trade costs (since there are no fixed costs in an armington model). however, ntm costs often reflect a ‘fixed cost’ component. for example, the us is able to export beef to the eu, but that beef is produced differently than how most beef sold domestically in the us is produced. to be able to export beef to the eu, us producers must have separate facilities or incur other fixed cost type of costs. as our firm heterogeneity structure is able to account for 7 other northern europe include switzerland, norway and rest of european free trade association (efta) 8 it should be noted that one would expect the ntms between the us and the eu to be region specific (i.e., asymmetric). however, egger et al. (2015) estimated the trade cost equivalents of a deep trade agreement between two regions. therefore, these estimates should not be interpreted as the current level of ntms but rather as the trade costs that two regions could reduce due to ntm removal when moving to a deep fta. 145the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade fixed cost, we explicitly change variable and fixed costs for eu-us trade links drawing on jafari and britz (2018a). one should note that ntms could also have demand side effects when regulations affect consumer behavior, typically captured by changing either the consumer willingness to pay (as in walmsley and minor, 2016) or armington elasticities. although ttip might provoke such demand side shifting effects, we leave them out due to missing empirical evidence. breden et al. (2009) suggested 60% of ntms in eu-us are cost generating and 40% are rent generating. the later is then allocated by 2/3 to import duties and 1/3 to export taxes following francoise et al. (2013) and egger et al. (2015), (see table 1). the cost portion of the ntm is allocated to variable and bilateral fixed costs in equal shares following jafari and britz (2018a). 4. scenario analysis while we presume that costs related to ntms are already observed in the global sam, rents related to ntms probably hide in capital income flows and are clearly so far not allocated bi-laterally. we therefore first run a simulation to include the rent generating effects associated with ntms currently in place between the us and the eu by introducing respectively increasing bi-lateral import and/or export taxes. that augmented database serves as the benchmark. in the following, we discuss the simulated impacts of both scenarios on trade, production, and welfare. then, we turn to the specific outcomes for the food processing sector with a focus on the information given by the firm heterogeneity model. figure 2. applied mfn tariff on transatlantic trade. 2 3 2 0 16 6 7 6 2 1 3 2 0 5 1 8 1 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 all goods grains and crops livestock and meat products mining and extraction processed food beverages and tobacco products textiles and clothing light manufacturing heavy manufacturing eu and us applied tariffs on goods, percent rate us tariffs eu tariffs source: data extracted from version 9 of the global trade analysis project (gtap) database (aguiar et al., 2016). 146 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman 4.1 effects on trade flows table 2 shows simulated changes in the volume of aggregate exports. removing import tariffs (scenario 1) increases eu exports to the us increase by 4.78%, while us exports to the eu increase by 6.8%.9 adding ntm reform on top of tariff removal boosts bilateral trade further, by 9.7% from the eu to the us, and by 8.5% from the us to the eu. however, with increases of 0.2% (tariff removal only) and 0.5% (ntm reform included), respectively, the changes in global eu exports are minor; while total us exports expand more significantly (by 1.4% and 2.6%). these findings are comparable with francois et al. (2013). some regions including china, asean 10, “low-income countries”, and “other northern europe” have marginally increases in their exports to either the eu or us, depending on the scenario. in the first scenario, canada has a decrease in their bilateral exports to both regions, but in the second scenario, canada has an increase in their exports to the eu. in summary of these changes in regional trade flows, overall world trade increases marginally by 0.3% and 0.4%, respectively. table 3 focuses on export flows for the processed food sector. the higher tariff protection in that sector leads to larger changes compared to the results reported above: eu exports to the us of processed food increase by 39% while us exports to the eu increase by 121% (for tariff removal). these findings are consistent with the partial-equilibrium model results of luckstead and devadoss (2016), but the magnitude of the impacts found here is different due to the use of different elasticities and feedback effects in our cge modelling. as the ave estimates of the expected changes in existing ntms between the 9 bilateral changes are not presented here, but are available upon request from the authors. table 1. scenario layout. tariffs shocks aves shocks total aves reduction divided into the last three columns import tax export tax bilateral fixed and variable trade cost (1) (2) (2)*0.4*2/3 (2)*0.4*1/3 (2)*0.6 scenario 1 -100% reduction for all economic sectors scenario 2 -100% reduction for all economic sectors -33.83% -9.0% -4.50% -20.3% modeled as reduction in bilateral import tariff reduction in import tariffs representing rents in importer country reduction in export taxes representing rents in exporter country converted to an equivalent reduction in bilateral fixed and variable trade cost source: authors. 147the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade eu and us are quite high and exceed existing tariff levels, bilateral trade volumes increase considerably for processed food in the second scenario. eu exports to the us almost quadruple, while us exports to the eu multiply by more than seven. this leads to changes in total exports of processed food for the eu by almost 9% and by 63% for the us. the trade diversion effects of that second scenario in the processed food sector is accordingly sizeable: most eu trading partners lose about 4% of their exports while exports to the us from the non-eu countries decreases by around 10%. trade impacts for primary agriculture are minor (see table a2 and a3) which reflects low tariffs (see figure 2) and low exports values. eu exports of primary agricultural products to the us amount to about 83 million, vice versa it is 6 million. our analysis also shows that the impact on average manufacturing trade between two regions is small (see table 4.4) due to low tariffs between the regions. 4.2 effects on domestic output quantities table 4 presents information on production changes across all sectors. for processed food, the eu faces a decrease in both scenarios, while the us increases its production. however, the increase in us production is small, as the 63% increase in exports is mostly offset by an increase in imports (46 %) (see table 3). opposite and stronger effects are simulated for beverages and tobacco, with a 5% increase in eu production and a 16% table 2. change in aggregate exports by region [% change]. regions scenario 1 scenario 2 eu us total eu us total world 0.2 1.1 0.3 0.4 1.8 0.4 eu -0.21 4.8 0.2 -0.3 9.7 0.5 other northern europe 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.0 -0.4 -0.1 us 6.8 1.4 8.5 2.6 canada -0.1 -0.3 -0.2 1.3 -0.1 0.2 mercosur -0.2 0.1 0.0 -0.1 -0.5 -0.1 china 0.0 0.3 0.2 0.5 -0.5 0.1 asean 10 -0.4 0.5 0.7 0.2 -0.7 0.2 other oecd -0.2 0.0 0.0 0.5 -0.6 0.0 eu mediterranean partners -0.3 0.3 -0.1 0.1 -0.5 0.0 low income -0.3 0.3 -0.1 0.1 -0.1 0.0 rest of world -0.2 0.1 0.0 0.1 -0.5 0.0 notes: exporters in rows, importers in columns. source: model results. 1 the reader should note that the numbers presented in the column “eu” showing eu to eu exports is due to an aggregation effect. sales to the domestic market of a nation are not reported as exports in the sam. however, if we aggregate individual eu countries, the former bi-lateral trade links between two eu nations occur now inside one aggregate and become the diagonal trade flow in this column. the domestic sales of the eu aggregate are defined from adding up the domestic sales of individual eu countries. 148 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman decrease in the us. this happens for two reasons: 1) the eu has larger base exports of beverages and tobacco relative to the us; 2) the us has relatively higher tariffs on beverages and tobacco compared to processed food. other sectors of the economy show only marginal changes. an exception is the output of “textiles and clothing”, which has a 2.5% increase in the eu in the first scenario. this gain disappears in the second scenario as resources flow to beverages and tobacco in order to meet the large increase in production. overall, the domestic output of processed food sectors in the eu is simulated to increase by 1.4% in the second scenario, while us output drops by 2.9%. this result is different from that found in other ttip studies. those studies generally conclude that the us has large production gains at the expense of the eu. 4.3 effects on welfare welfare impacts are measured based on the equivalent variation (ev) criterion, i.e., the amount of money to be added to the regional household’s benchmark income at benchmark prices to reach the same utility as under simulated income and prices. there are global welfare gains of 5.6 billion usd when tariffs are removed (see table 5), of which 2.8 billion usd accrue to the eu and 5 billion usd to the us (the results are comparable with francois et al., 2013); the remaining countries, with the exception of china, have losses below 1 billion usd. both changes in the intensive and extensive margin of trade are important in determining the welfare changes in other countries: following a reduction in trade barriers between the us and eu, the intensive margin of trade between the two regions increases, diverting trade with other countries and causing welfare to decrease. however, a reduction in trade barriers between the eu and us helps increase the average productivity of firms operating on the domestic market and/or operating on table 3. export volumes by region for “processed food” [% change]. regions scenario 1 scenario 2 eu us total eu us total world 1.5 5.3 1.1 7.2 46.2 7.4 eu 0.2 39.4 1.2 -1.7 394.2 9.3 other northern europe -0.7 -0.1 -0.4 -5.4 -10.8 -4.4 us 120.9 9.4 748.5 63.4 canada -1.0 -0.4 -0.4 -5.7 -11.3 -8.6 mercosur -0.7 0.0 -0.2 -3.9 -9.1 -1.6 china -0.7 0.0 -0.1 -3.9 -9.3 -2.4 asean 10 -1.0 -0.3 -0.3 -3.7 -8.9 -1.7 other oecd -0.7 -0.1 -0.1 -3.8 -9.3 -2.7 eu mediterranean partners -0.6 0.0 -0.3 -4.5 -9.7 -2.5 low income -0.6 0.0 -0.3 -4.5 -9.5 -2.5 rest of world -0.7 0.0 -0.2 -4.1 -9.4 -2.1 source: model results. 149the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade trade links other than eu-us trade link. this results in an increase in the intensive margin of trade (i.e., increase in varieties) in other countries, which is welfare increasing. the total welfare impact on third countries is therefore determined based on the total volume of trade, i.e., the sum of changes in intensive and extensive margins of trade. all regions are better off compared to the first scenario if ntms are also reduced, several regions besides the eu and us now experience welfare increases, which results in a global welfare gain of 22.4 billion usd. the removal of ntms increases average domestic productivity, simulating the extensive trade margin, and improving welfare compared to the first scenario. still, welfare losses occur in canada, mercosur, asean 10, and other oecd countries. the eu has the largest additional welfare gains, increasing from 2.8 billion usd to 13.8 billion usd under the second scenario. the us has an additional 5 billion usd added in the second scenario to reach a total of 7.8 billion usd. the welfare improvements in the second scenario match findings by balistreri et al. (2011) who reports that ntm reduction in the melitz (2003) framework increases welfare considerably. further, our welfare decomposition analysis reveals that the largest portion of welfare gains are associated with the scale effect (associated with the increase in returns to scale), the productivity effect (expansion in market shares of efficient firms), and variety effects (i.e., increases in the number of varieties face by consumers). while term of trade and allocative efficiency contribution is small, the fixed cost effect (due to the increase in firms fixed cost payments) reduces welfare (table 6). 4.4 firm-level impact of policy shocks in processing food sectors table 7 shows the change to the average firm (as shown in rows) associated with the production and sale of processed food in the eu for different bilateral trade markets. the table 4. industrial output by sector [% change]. sectors eu us scenario 1 scenario 2 scenario 1 scenario 2 total 0.00 -0.01 0.02 0.00 processed food -0.11 -0.05 0.30 0.46 beverages and tobacco 0.13 5.67 -0.23 -16.00 grains and crops -0.13 0.29 0.23 -0.24 livestock -0.08 0.03 0.22 0.23 mining and extraction -0.01 -0.05 -0.05 0.07 textiles and clothing 2.52 -0.01 0.28 1.11 light manufacturing -0.09 -0.24 0.51 0.15 heavy manufacturing -0.13 -0.40 -0.25 0.30 utilities and construction 0.00 0.00 0.05 -0.01 transport and communication 0.02 0.07 0.01 0.02 other services -0.01 0.01 -0.01 0.02 source: model results. 150 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman first column refers to the domestic market, the second column denotes intra-eu trade, the third and fourth columns show eu trade with the us and other regions not included in the transatlantic trade block (hereafter referred as nonttip). the last column relates to overall industry performance. table 5. changes in welfare [billion usd]. regions scenario 1 scenario 2 world 5.6 22.4 eu 2.8 13.8 other northern europe -0.2 0.1 us 5.0 7.8 canada -0.1 -0.1 mercosur -0.1 -0.1 china 0.0 0.6 asean 10 -0.2 -0.1 other oecd -0.7 -0.2 eu mediterranean partners -0.2 0.2 low income -0.1 0.1 rest of world -0.7 0.3 source: model results. table 6. welfare decomposition analysis. scenario 1 scenario 2 eu 2.8 13.8 allocative efficiency 0.0 0.5 term of trade effect 0.1 1.1 variety effect 1.3 5.2 scale effect 1.9 9.7 productivity effects 0.9 4.2 fixed cost effects -1.3 -6.9 other effects -0.1 0.0 us 5.6 22.4 allocative efficiency 0.3 0.9 term of trade effect -0.1 1.7 variety effect 1.8 4.7 scale effect 3.6 11.7 productivity effects 2.6 8.5 fixed cost effects -2.3 -5 other effects -0.2 -0.1 source: authors’ calculations based on model results. 151the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade table 7. average firm results for eu domestic sales and exports of processed food [% change]. scenario 1 scenario 2 domestic sales eu us nonttip total sale domestic sales eu us nonttip total sale firm price -0.2 -0.1 9.5 0.0 0.8 -0.9 -0.9 17.6 0.0 1.3 number of operating firms -0.6 0.1 52.7 0.0 4.3 -2.9 -2.7 666.5 0.9 55.8 avg. output per firm 0.2 0.1 -8.7 0.1 0.1 1.0 1.0 -35.5 0.1 0.8 avg. productivity per firm 0.1 0.0 -8.8 0.0 -0.9 0.7 0.7 -35.7 0.0 -2.9 industry fix costs 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 -24.2 0.0 -0.1 fix costs per unit 0.3 -0.2 -28.3 0.0 -2.1 2.0 1.9 -84.7 0.0 -7.3 industry variable costs -0.6 0.1 52.7 0.0 -0.2 -3.0 -2.6 481.2 1.2 -0.4 variable costs per unit -0.3 -0.1 9.5 0.0 0.8 -1.1 -0.9 17.6 0.0 1.2 total output sold -0.4 0.2 39.4 0.1 0.0 -1.9 -1.7 394.2 1.3 0.7 source: based on model results. the changes in the eu-us trade link for the tariff removal scenario shows a typical reaction of the firm heterogeneity model: tariff removal reduces the average import price in the us, allowing less productive eu firms to operate on that trade link. this increases the number of firms and varieties exported to the us (52%), providing benefits to us consumers. per unit fix costs drops by 28%; however, lower average productivity increases the variable costs per unit by about 9.5%. there is an increase in total output sold to the us of 39%, but increasing the number of operating firms decreases the average productivity of the firms operating on that trade link (-8.8%).10 thus, the average size of these firms also drops – average output per firm decreases by about the same percentage. the average firm exporting to the us after these changes is less productive and smaller. together, these changes constitute a new equilibrium with zero profits for the firms operating on that trade link, while monopolistic prices charged are equal to the willingness to pay for the specific quality delivered on that trade link given the number of varieties available. the impacts of the second scenario on eu-us bilateral trade are more pronounced: besides tariff removal, we also shock variable and fix costs related to ntms for eu-us bilateral trade. this amplifies the effect compared to the first scenario, as now all firms face a higher willingness to pay in bilateral trade, and experience cost savings before supply and demand adjust. this allows far less efficient firms to operate in bilateral trade: the number of the eu firms exporting to the us increases by 666%11 while average productivity (35%) and firm size (-35%) on the trade link drop. average per unit variable costs increase by 18%, which translates into changes in the average firm price, while total output for eu-us bilateral trade almost quadruples. the fix cost of the industry operating on 10 note that in table 7 and subsequent tables, even though the number of operating firms increases, the total output change is small because each firms now produces less output. this is equivalent to saying that large increases in the extensive margin are compensated by a reduction in the intensive margin of trade. 11 only a small share of firms operate on the link before trade liberalization which are the firms with the highest productivity. given the shape of the productivity distribution, a significant decrease in bilateral trade cost leads to a nover-proportional increase in that share and increase at the same also the number of traded varieties on the link. 152 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman that link decreases by 24%, reflecting our assumption of reduced trade costs (see table 1). however, the original reduction is partly offset by the loss in average productivity, and at the same time distributed to a much higher output quantity. the combined impact on per unit fix costs on that link drops by around -85%. the finding is in line with the literature emphasizing the importance of the extensive margin of trade (e.g., hummel and klenow, 2005; chaney, 2008; among others). no significant changes occur on the eu-nonttip link, such that overall changes in trade reflect only the discussed eu-us bilateral changes. the expansion in exports combined with an on average less productive firm that trades, increases the overall input demand in the economy. this in turn bids up factor and other intermediate prices. as a first order impact, production costs increase and profits on other trade links decline, which induces some of the less productive firms to exit the eu domestic market. the number of operating firms in the domestic market decreases by 0.6% and 2.9% in the first and second scenario. as firms with lower productivity exit, factors are reallocated towards higher-productive and larger firms, thus the average productivity of firms operating in the domestic market rises by 0.1% and 0.7%. this leads to a decline in variable per unit costs of 0.3% and 1.1%, and an increase in average output per firm of 0.2% and 1%. however, the increase in average firm output does not compensate for the decrease in the number of firms operating in the domestic market. consequently, domestic sales decline by 0.4% and 1.9%. this, along with lower firm prices of -0.2% and -0.9%, reflects the increased competition with us imports. the impact on export flows of processed food from the us to the eu is presented in table 8. note first the impact on us-eu trade: following the reduction in border protection and trade cost, less productive firms find it profitable to enter the trade market. thus, the number of operating firm on the us-eu link increases by a factor of 1.7 in the first scenario and by 1412 in the second scenario. this lowers average productivity on that link, such that there are increases in the average firm price and output. still, us exports to the 12 please see footnote 12. table 8. average firm results for us domestic sales and exports of processed food [% change]. scenario 1 scenario 2 domestic sales eu nonttip total sale domestic sales eu nonttip total sale firm price -0.1 24.6 0.0 2.3 -2.0 35.6 0.0 3.1 number of operating firms -0.6 174.9 -0.9 15.1 -5.0 1421.0 4.0 132.0 avg. output per firm 0.3 -19.6 0.3 0.2 1.9 -44.2 0.0 1.6 avg. productivity per firm 0.2 -19.7 0.0 -1.9 1.4 -44.5 0.0 -4.1 industry fix costs 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 -0.1 -24.4 0.0 -0.2 fix costs per unit 0.4 -54.7 0.0 -4.6 3.1 -91.1 0.0 -8.0 industry variable costs -0.4 175.2 -0.4 0.4 -5.5 1050.5 3.6 -0.4 variable costs per unit -0.1 24.6 0.0 2.2 -2.5 35.6 0.0 2.9 total output sold -0.3 120.9 -0.3 0.4 -3.1 748.5 3.7 1.3 source: based on model results 153the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade eu increase considerably (by a factor of 1.2 and 7.5), which reflects tariff removal plus an increased willingness to pay due to a higher number of varieties. export expansion ultimately negatively affects the output sold in the domestic market by 0.3% in the first scenario and 3% in the second. accordingly, total us processed food sales increases by only 0.4% (in the first scenario) and 1.3% (in the second). 5. sensitivity analysis the policy shock, model structure and parameterization jointly determine the model results. we check their robustness with regard to welfare and the volume of exports in the processed food sector. given the uncertainties on the future of ttip negotiations, we first perform a sensitivity analysis with regard to tariff and ntm reduction. to do so, we impose a 50% tariff shock (similar to francois et al., 2013) instead of the 100% removal in the benchmark. this essentially takes into account agricultural products that could be exempted from tariff removal. our results (not shown here) indicate negligible impacts on trade in processed food and welfare and a small impact on overall primary agriculture trade. we also perform a sensitivity analysis for the ntm reduction scenario, but allowing for only half of the reduction in ntm costs. figure 3 shows that the simulated changes in trade in processed food are 75-95% and welfare gains are 27-30% lower compared to the earlier results. next, we compare changes in welfare and trade in processed food in the tariff/ntm removal between model setups, i.e. proceed food and all manufacturing sectors have the firm heterogeneity setup (mel), and the more conventional structure where all the sectors follow the standard armington specification (arm). welfare in arm scenario is about 40-50% and trade effects are 10-30% lower compared to the firm heterogeneity configurafigure 3. change in welfare [equivalent variant per capita in constant usd] and export volumes [million constant usd] under lower reduction of ntms. 0 5 10 15 20 25 world eu us us d pe r c ap ita 33.8% reduction in ntms 16.9% reduction in ntms 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 world eu us m illi on u sd 33.8% reduction in ntms 16.9% reduction in ntms source: simulation results. 154 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman tion (figure 4). comparable relative differences in welfare and trade flows are reported by hosoe (2017), and jafari and britz (2018b) for a simulation of brexit in a cge model. lastly, an additional sensitivity analysis shows that trade expansion and welfare gains are higher under a higher shape parameter, i.e. if the distribution of firms’ productivity becomes steeper. in figure 5, we compare the results when the shape parameter is onethird higher than the benchmark value. the gain in welfare is 30-80% and trade in processed food is 20-40 % higher than under the default parameters across different regions. the results are comparable with zhai (2008), who simulated a 50% reduction in manufacfigure 4. change in welfare [equivalent variant per capita in constant usd] and export volumes [million constant usd] under the under melitz and armington specification. 0 5 10 15 20 25 world eu us us d pe r c ap ia mel arm 0 200 400 600 800 1000 world eu us us d m illi on mel arm source: simulation results. figure 5. change in welfare [equivalent variant per capita in constant usd] and export volumes [million constant usd] under different shape parameters of the pareto distribution of firm productivity. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 world eu us us d pe r c ap ita benchmark shape parameter (4.8) higher shape parameter (6.4) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 world eu us us d m illi on benchmark shape parameter (4.8) higher shape parameter (6.4) source: simulation results. 155the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade turing tariffs across the world. we also test the implication of increasing the benchmark armington elasticities by one-third but keeping the original shape parameter. our results (not shown here) reveals that that under this assumption, exports are about 10-12% lower across regions, with only a modest impact 4-5% increase in welfare. 6. conclusion this study employs a cge model with a firm heterogeneity setup for processed food and manufacturing to simulate impacts of a potential ttip agreement on the eu, the us and other countries. this setup allows us to trace the impacts on the intensive and extensive margin of trade as well as on firm productivity. in addition, in accounting for firm heterogeneity by allowing fixed costs to vary, we can more flexibly allocate ntm compared to the more conventional armington set-up. we simulate the impacts of (i) removing all bilateral tariffs currently in place between the eu and the us; and (ii), an additional removal of ntms in food processing sectors. dismantling bilateral import tariffs leads to bilateral trade impacts that are below +10%, and limited welfare and trade diversion effects. as empirical estimates in the previous literature of the welfare impacts of ntms suggest that these form considerable barriers, and the results of our second scenario are consistent with those of the earlier studies. in particular, eu welfare increases from 2 billion usd under the first scenario to 13.8 billion usd under the second. the larger increase in exports for food processing stems almost entirely from more firms exporting, which underlines the importance of the melitz model in the analysis. however, increased exports are offset by lower domestic sales in both regions, such that overall industry output changes little. a sensitivity analysis on the core parameters used in the model shows the robustness of the overall results. our results differ from previous analysis of ttip, which suggested that the us would see larger increases than the eu in agri-food production and exports. while this is still somewhat the case for primary agriculture, our results indicate that the eu could see larger production gains for processed food with the u.s. experiencing a decrease in output. our results also indicate that tariff removal alone could benefit both regions once productivity gains are considered—something that cannot be shown with the typical armington model setup. in the end, consumers could benefit most from a ttip agreement as prices are likely to fall and the diversity of products available increase. our study could only draw on rather aggregate estimates of the costs caused by ntms in the food processing sector. thus, as the sector is highly heterogeneous, future work could try to provide more disaggregated estimates of costs related to ntms and their composition (rents in importer and exporter country, variable or fixed cost of trade, demand shifting etc.). that would clearly not only improve the analysis of a potential ttip agreement, but more generally economic impact assessment of ftas and multilateral trade liberalization. 7. acknowledgments the authors would like to thank thomas heckelei, peter witzke, and valentina raimondi (the editor of the journal), and anonymous referees for their insightful comments that greatly improved this paper. 156 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman 8. references aguiar, a., narayanan, b. and mcdougall, r. (2016). an overview of the gtap 9 data base. journal of global economic analysis 1 (1): 181-208. akgul, z., villoria, n.b. and hertel, t.w. (2016). gtap-het: introducing firm heterogeneity into the gtap model. journal of global economic analysis 1 (1): 111-180. arita, s., beckman, j., kuberka, l. and melton, a. (2014). sanitary and phytosanitary measures and tariff rate quotas for u.s. meat exports to the european union. http://www.ers.usda.gov/publications/pub-details/?pubid=37588. accessed 15 november 2017. arita, s., beckman, j. and mitchell, l. (2017). reducing transatlantic barriers on u.s.-eu agri-food trade: what are the possible gains?. food policy 68: 237-247. balistreri, e.j., hillberry, r.h. and rutherford, t.f. (2011). structural estimation and solution of international trade models with heterogeneous firms. journal of international economics 83(2): 95–108. beckman, j. and arita, s. (2017). modeling the interplay between sanitary and phytosanitary measures and tariff-rate quotas under partial trade liberalization. american journal of agricultural economics 99(4): 1078-1095. beckman, j., arita, s. and mitchell, l. (2015).the transatlantic trade and investment partnership and agriculture: a quantitative analysis. agricultural & applied economics association conference paper. beghin, j.c., bureau, j.c. and gohin, a. (2016). the impact of an eu-us transatlantic trade and investment partnership agreement on biofuel and feedstock markets. journal of agricultural economics 68: 321-344. berden, k.g., francois, j., thelle, m., wymenga, p. and tamminen, s. (2009). non-tariff measures in eu-us trade and investment – an economic analysis. http://trade. ec.europa.eu/doclib/docs/2009/december/tradoc_145613.pdf. accessed 15 november 2018. britz, w. and van der mensbrugghe, d. (2018). the standard gtap model in gams, version 7. journal of global economic analysis 3(1): 1-83. britz, w. (2017). cgebox—a fexible and modular toolkit for cge modelling with a gui. university of bonn, bonn. http://www.ilr.uni-bonn.de/em/rsrch/cgebox/cgebox_gui.pdf. accessed 25 september 2017. britz w. and van der mensbrugghe, d. (2016) reducing unwanted consequences of aggregation in large-scale economic models a systematic empirical evaluation with the gtap model. economic modelling 59: 462-473. britz w. and van der mensbrugghe, d. (2017). a flexible, modular and extendable framework for cge analysis in gams. 20th gtap conference. 59: 462–473. chaney, t. (2008). distorted gravity: the intensive and extensive margins of international trade. american economic review 98 (4): 1707-1721. disdier, a.c., emlinger, c. and fouré, j. (2016). interdependencies between atlantic and pacific agreements: evidence from agri-food sectors. economic modelling 55: 241253. egger, p., francois, j. manchin m. and nelson, d. (2015). non-tariff barriers, integration and the transatlantic economy. economic policy 30 (83): 539-584. 157the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade fas/usda. (2014). agricultural exports to the european union: opportunities and challenges. http://www.fas.usda.gov/data/agricultural-exports-european-union-opportunities-andchallenges. accessed 15 march 2018. fontagné, l., gourdon, j. and jean, s. (2013).transatlantic trade: whither partnership, which economic consequences?. http://www.cepii.fr/pdf_pub/pb/2013/pb201301.pdf. accessed 15 march 2018. francois, j., manchin, m., norberg, h., pindyuk o. and tomberger, p. (2013). reducing transatlantic barriers to trade and investment – an economic analysis. http:// trade.ec.europa.eu/doclib/docs/2013/march/tradoc_150737.pdf. accessed 15 march 2018. hertel, t.w. (1997). global trade analysis: modelling and applications. cambridge university press. hertel, t.w., walmsley, t.l. and itakura, k. (2001). dynamic effects of the “new age” free trade agreement between japan and singapore. journal of economic integration 16: 446-484. hosoe, n. (2017). impact of border barriers, returning migrants, and trade diversion in brexit: firm exit and loss of variety. economic modelling 69: 193-204. hummels, d. and klenow, p.j. (2005).the variety and quality of a nation’s exports. american economic review 95(3): 704-723. jafari y. and britz, w. (2018a). modelling heterogeneous firms and non-tariff measures in free trade agreements using computable general equilibrium. economic modelling 73: 279-294. jafari y. and britz, w. (2018b). brexit: an economy-wide impact assessment on trade, immigration, and foreign direct investment. empirica https://doi.org/10.1007/ s10663-018-9418-6. luckstead, j. and devadoss, s. (2016). impacts of the transatlantic trade and investment partnership on processed food trade under monopolistic competition and firm heterogeneity. american journal of agricultural economics 98(5): 1389-1402. melitz, m.j. (2003). the impact of trade on intra-industry reallocations and aggregate industry productivity. econometrica 71(6): 1695-1725. neff, s., harris, m., malanoski, m. and ruppei, f. (1996). u.s. trade in processed foods. in globalization of the processed foods market, ed. d.r. henderson, c.r. handy, and s.a. neff, 25–65 (1996). usda, economic research service, washington, d.c. olper, a., curzi, d. and pacca, l. (2014). trade, import competition and productivity growth in the food industry. food policy 49(1): 71-83. van der mensbrugghe, d. (2018). the standard gtap model in gams, version 7. journal of global economic analysis 3(1): 1-83. welfens, p. and irawan, t. (2014). transatlantic trade and investment partnership: sectoral and macroeconomic perspectives for germany, the eu and the us. international economics and economic policy 11: 293-328. walmsley, t.l. and minor, p. (2016). willingness to pay in cge models, impactecon working paper no. 04, impactecon: boulder, co, usa. zhai, f. (2008). armington meets melitz: introducing firm heterogeneity in a global cge model of trade. journal of economic integration 23(3)3: 575-604. 158 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman appendix. supplemental tables table a1. sectoral correspondence of gtap 9 sector to new sectors. number code description pre model aggregation post model aggregation market structure 1 pdr paddy rice paddy rice grains and crops pc 2 wht wheat wheat grains and crops pc 3 gro cereal grains nec cereal grains nec grains and crops pc 4 v_f vegetables, fruit, nuts vegetables, fruit, nuts grains and crops pc 5 osd oil seeds oil seeds grains and crops pc 6 c_b sugar cane, sugar beet sugar cane, sugar beet grains and crops pc 7 pfb plant-based fibers plant-based fibers grains and crops pc 8 ocr crops nec crops nec grains and crops pc 9 ctl bovine cattle, sheep and goats, horses bovine cattle, sheep and goats, horses livestock pc 10 oap animal products nec animal products nec livestock pc 11 rmk raw milk raw milk livestock pc 12 wol wool, silk-worm cocoons wool, silk-worm cocoons livestock pc 13 frs forestry forestry mining and extraction pc 14 fsh fishing fishing mining and extraction pc 15 coa coal coal mining and extraction pc 16 oil oil oil mining and extraction pc 17 gas gas gas mining and extraction pc 18 omn minerals nec minerals nec mining and extraction pc 19 cmt bovine meat products processed food processed food fh 20 omt meat products nec 21 vol vegetable oils and fats 22 mil dairy products 23 pcr processed rice 24 sgr sugar 25 ofd food products nec 26 b_t beverages and tobacco products beverages and tobacco products beverages and tobacco products fh 27 tex textiles textiles textile and clothing fh 28 wap wearing apparel wearing apparel textile and clothing fh 29 lea leather products leather products light manufacturing fh 30 lum wood products wood products light manufacturing fh 31 ppp paper products, publishingpaper products, publishing light manufacturing fh 32 p_c petroleum, coal products petroleum, coal products heavy manufacturing fh 159the impacts to food consumers of a transatlantic trade number code description pre model aggregation post model aggregation market structure 33 crp chemical, rubber, plastic products chemical, rubber, plastic products heavy manufacturing fh 34 nmm mineral products nec mineral products nec heavy manufacturing fh 35 i_s ferrous metals ferrous metals heavy manufacturing fh 36 nfm metals nec metals nec heavy manufacturing fh 37 fmp metal products metal products light manufacturing fh 38 mvh motor vehicles and parts motor vehicles and parts light manufacturing fh 39 otn transport equipment nec transport equipment nec light manufacturing fh 40 ele electronic equipment electronic equipment heavy manufacturing fh 41 ome machinery and equipment nec machinery and equipment nec heavy manufacturing fh 42 omf manufactures nec manufactures nec light manufacturing fh 43 ely electricity electricity utilities and construction pc 44 gdt gas manufacture, distribution gas manufacture, distribution utilities and construction pc 45 wtr water water utilities and construction pc 46 cns construction construction utilities and construction pc 47 trd trade trade transport and communication pc 48 otp transport nec transport nec transport and communication pc 49 wtp water transport water transport transport and communication pc 50 atp air transport air transport transport and communication pc 51 cmn communication communication transport and communication pc 52 ofi financial services nec financial services nec other services pc 53 isr insurance insurance other services pc 54 obs business services nec business services nec other services pc 55 ros recreational and other services recreational and other services other services pc 56 osg public administration, defense, education, health public administration, defense, education, health other services pc 57 dwe dwellings dwellings other services pc notes: fh: firm heterogeneity, pc: perfect competition (armington). 160 yaghoob jafari, wolfgang britz, jayson beckman table a2. export volume by region for “crop products” [% change]. exporters partners eu other northern europe us canada mercosur china asean 10 other oecd eu mediterranean partners low income rest of world first scenario world 0.3 0.0 1.4 -0.2 -0.2 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 -0.3 -0.2 -0.3 eu -0.3 0.0 16.4 0.5 -0.2 0.0 0.0 0.4 -0.1 -0.1 0.0 us 15.1 -1.1 -0.7 -1.3 -1.2 -1.1 -0.7 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 second scenario world 0.5 -1.8 2.8 -1.7 -0.6 -0.5 -1.2 -0.8 -0.4 -0.3 -0.5 eu -0.1 -1.7 17.4 -0.1 -0.7 0 -0.8 0.2 -0.1 -0.2 -0.1 us 14.1 -4 0 -2.8 -2.9 -2.5 -3.2 -2.1 -2.4 -2.5 -2.5 table a3. export volume by region for “livestock products” [% change]. exporters partners eu other northern europe us canada mercosur china asean 10 other oecd eu mediterranean partners low income rest of world first scenario world 0.2 -0.2 1.3 0.0 -0.1 -0.2 -0.1 0.0 -0.2 -0.1 -0.1 eu 0.0 -0.2 9.9 0.2 -0.2 -0.1 -0.1 0.2 -0.2 -0.1 -0.1 us 11.5 -0.5 -0.1 -0.6 -0.4 -0.4 -0.2 -0.5 -0.4 -0.4 second scenario world -0.5 -0.9 -2.2 4.9 -0.1 0 -0.2 1.2 0.2 -0.1 0 eu -0.6 -0.8 9.4 3.4 0 0.3 0 0.9 0.2 0.3 0.2 us 13.5 1.5 0 5.8 2.1 2.6 2.2 3 2.5 2.5 2.4 table a4. export volume by region for overall manufacturing sectors [% change]. exporters partners eu other northern europe us canada mercosur china asean 10 other oecd eu mediterranean partners low income rest of world first scenario world 0.3 -0.1 1.3 0.0 -0.2 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 0.0 0.0 eu -0.2 0.0 3.9 0.3 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 us 5.2 -0.4 -0.2 -0.5 -0.5 -0.4 -0.4 -0.4 -0.3 -0.4 second scenario world 0.4 -0.1 1.4 -0.4 -0.4 -0.1 0.0 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 eu -0.3 -0.1 3.6 -0.3 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 -0.2 us 5.3 -0.4 0.0 -0.6 -0.9 -0.6 -0.6 -0.6 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 bio-based and applied economics 6(1): 37-56, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-16372 what if meat consumption would decrease more than expected in the high-income countries? fabien santini*, tevecia ronzon, ignacio perez dominguez, sergio rene araujo enciso, ilaria proietti european commission, joint research centre, ipts, seville, spain date of submission: 2015 30th, june; accepted 2017 2nd, january abstract. changes in meat consumption patterns could induce significant adjustments in agricultural markets. in this paper alternative scenarios envisaging lower meat consumption over the coming decade in high income countries and some selected emerging economies have been tested, with or without compensation by other sources of proteins. from a european perspective, results show a livestock farming sector having to deal with contradictory market signals. on the one side, the reduction in feedstuffs prices is an incentive to produce more, with lower output prices affecting positively the trade balance with developing countries, where demand keeps increasing. however, on the other side, the lower domestic demand for meat would affect profitability of meat production in the eu. overall, the european beef meat sector would be the most affected, with some higher demand for dairy products. this possible evolution of european diets is a challenge for european livestock farmers, which will be required to adapt their production mix and rely on the portfolio of policies the cap offers. keywords. meat consumption, agricultural markets, agro-economic modelling, agricultural commodities jel codes. q13, q17, q18 1. introduction the nutrition transition worldwide has been extensively described since popkin’s seminal article (popkin, 1994). associated with income growth and higher food availability, predominantly starchy diets firstly diversify with the integration of fruits and vegetables as well as animal proteins. it then ensures a new stage of the nutrition transition characterised by increased per capita consumption of fat (particularly animal fat), refined carbohydrates and sugar. this stage of the nutrition transition has been first observed in western countries in the first half of the 20th century. it then occurred in lowand middle-income *corresponding author: fabien.santini@ec.europa.eu 38 f. santini et al. countries from the early 1980’s onwards, and by then it is often referred to as a “westernisation of diets”. here, the adoption of a “western” dietary pattern is mainly an urban phenomenon associated with the adoption of sedentary lifestyles, although it is increasing also in rural areas. as a consequence, many regions and countries, both in the developing and developed world, are experiencing a lower dietary intake of legumes, vegetables and coarse grains and a higher intake of refined carbohydrates, added sugars, fats, processed foods and animal-source foods (popkin et al., 2012). sign of economic development and opening markets, it has also been subject to early warnings with regards to its corollary health effects: development of overweight, obesity, diabetes and coronary heart diseases (popkin, 1994; popkin, 1999; tsolekile, 2007; schmidhuber, 2004). in response, “health conscious behavioural changes” emerged, especially among better educated groups of population who tend to substitute part of their animal-based consumption by plant-based products (popkin, 1994). ethical concerns in relation to animal welfare in farming/marketing practices or the growing uptake of philosophical and/or religious conceptions recognising a status to animals were other reasons for a growing number of people to exclude meat in their diet. moreover, especially with the release of the fao livestock‘s long shadow report (steinfeld et al., 2006) and with the spread of life-cycle assessments (lca) in the early 21st century, the adverse effects of intensive meat production systems in terms of land use, greenhouse gas emissions and biodiversity losses – were pointed out in environmental assessments, determining the scaling up of the vegetarianism linked to concerns with the environmental and ecological impact (ruby, 2012). concerning climate change, livestock are a major source of greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions within the agricultural sector, mainly carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide and in particular methane. methane is 25 times more powerful than carbon dioxide and is estimated to be responsible for approximately one-fifth of man-made global warming (reay et al., 2010). on a global scale, livestock contributes about 15% of the total global anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions (steinfeld et al., 2006) and ruminants, in particular, represent more than 80% of total ghg emissions related to livestock (herrero et al., 2013; hristov et al., 2013). in the wake of such concerns, medias and ngos conveyed the health, environmental and ethical benefits of lowering individual meat consumption including ‘meatless day campaigns’, pro-vegetarianism and pro-flexitarianism communications (laestadius et al., 2013). the rationale of the meatless day campaigns was to rely on responsible citizen to achieve mass effects from small individual changes. in other words, cutting out meat only one day a week equals to a 14% reduction in meat consumption, which can be highly significant in terms of health, environmental and animal welfare impacts. these campaigns also claimed for governmental support to educate and inform the targeted “responsible citizens” (gold, 2004). but, this strategy has been later judged at risks in the sense that “a simple ‘eat less meat’ message alienates some people and could have unintended consequences, not least on farmers’ livelihoods” (sutton and dibb, 2013). that led to the emergence of ‘less-but-better’ recommendations still oriented towards a reduction of individual meat consumption but jointly with purchases favouring meat proceeding from more extensive farming systems and/or of higher quality (de boer et al., 2014; sutton and dibb, 2013; national food administration, 2009). the impact of current western diets also moved up in the policy agenda. this was motivated by a context of implementation of sustainability principles, of fixing green39meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries house gas reduction targets, and of growing costs for public health systems. in 2009, the government of sweden was the first government to officially recommend to lower meat consumption as one ‘environmentally effective food choice’ among others and to notify such a proposal to the european union (eu)1 (national food administration, 2009). in this case, the health perspective argument was not put forward but reducing meat consumption appeared as a win-win option for both human health and the environment in the recommendations to government of the sustainable development commission of the united kingdom (2009) as well as the ones of the health council of the netherlands (2011) and more recently the recommendations of the dietary guidelines advisory group (gdap) of usa (2015) (u.s. department of agriculture and u.s. department of health and human services, 2015; sustainable development commission, 2009; health council of the netherlands, 2011). all these activities resulted in the rise of people’s awareness and in the growth of vegetarian population over time. nevertheless, data on the development of vegetarianism and / or flexitarianism behaviour is scarce. first because the definition of vegetarianism is not stabilised, giving space to a co-existence of various typologies of vegetarians in the scientific literature (phillips, 2005; de bakker and dagevos, 2012; ruby, 2012). vegetarian types range from flexitarians (still eating meat but reducing their meat consumption) to vegans (not eating any product of animal origin). in between, a large diversity of vegetable-based diets can be found: lacto-, lacto-ovo-vegetarianism, macrobiotic, and pescatarians (or pesco-vegetarians) according to the variety of personal motivations for adopting a lower meat or meat-free diet. few surveys have been conducted in the united states in particular by the vegetarian research group, which commissions a yearly poll, showing that 4 to 5% of the adult population can be defined as vegetarian and that up to 15% of the population do not eat meat at more than half of the meals (stahler, 2011; casalena, 2011). similarly, the european vegetarian union compiled in 2008 estimations on the number of vegetarians in developed countries. the share of vegetarians among european countries ranged between less than 1% in poland and portugal and close to 10% in germany (pichler and blackwell, 2008). the same source estimated 3% vegetarians in australia, 3.2% in usa and 4% in canada. finally, empirical observations like the increased numbers of vegetarians in western societies (gossard and york, 2003) and in particular growing flexitarianism (dagevos, 2014; de boer et al., 2014; friends of the earth, 2014) motivated the analysis of two simplified alternative protein consumption scenarios, mainly resulting in a stronger reduction of per capita meat consumption in developed countries, compared to the baseline projections of the european commission (european commission, 2014). in the first section, the quantitative framework and the market projections resulting are described and in the second section the alternative scenarios implemented in order to capture the nutritional pattern changes anticipated are analysed. the model ouputs for the main agricultural markets concerned by the alternative scenarios are discussed in the third section and finally, in the fourth section, a reflection on policy implications and on the limitations of the present work is presented 1 proposal notified to the eu 15.05.2009. 40 f. santini et al. 2. methodology and modelling approach annually, the oecd and the fao jointly release a ten-year horizon assessment of medium-term projections of national, regional and global agriculture commodity markets (oecd/fao, 2015a). the baseline scenario is taken from the european commission contribution to the latter published as “prospects for eu agricultural markets and income” (european commission, 2014) which is produced within the aglink-cosimo modelling framework. the modelling framework ensures that the overall set of equations balances with plausible outcomes. aglink-cosimo is a global economic recursive-dynamic, partial equilibrium, supply demand modelling framework which covers the main agricultural commodities (araujo enciso e. al., 2015; oecd, 2015). the model is a collaborative work integrating the oecd’s aglink and fao’s cosimo sub-modules. it is used to simulate the developments of annual supply, demand and prices for the main agricultural commodities produced, consumed and traded worldwide. the aglink-cosimo model covers 44 individual countries and 12 regions, 93 commodities and 40 world market clearing prices with a total of around 36000 equations. most behavioural equations in aglink-cosimo can be linearised in logarythms (i.e. “double-log” functions), including those for estimating production and demand functions, where the underlying relationship between y and x resembles a logarithmic function (e.g. y experiences diminishing marginal returns with respect to increases in x): ln yi( )=ai +ξij i ln xij( )+γ i it+ ln ei( ) where i and j correspond to the agricultural commodities covered in the model. the relationship between x and y is parameterized through the introduction of a constant term αi a slope term ξij which corresponds to the elasticity between y and x (araujo enciso et al., 2015) and a term trend (γi). the residual is captured by the error term (ei) which is frequently referred to as ‘calibration term’. for the purpose of this paper, we focus our attention on the demand side of the model. total consumption is modelled as an aggregate of different uses including food, feed, biofuels and industrial uses. for meat, consumption only covers food use (fo), and is modelled as a function of the relative ratio consumer prices (cpc,r,t) for each commodity and the total consumer price index (cpir,t) the gdp index (gdpir,t) and the population (popr,t) with a constant, a trend and an error term. for any region and time period, the food demand equation can be expressed as: ln foc( ) =α + c ∑ξfoc ,cpci i ln cpc cpi ⎛ ⎝ ⎜⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟⎟+ξfoc ,dgpi i ln gdpi pop ⎛ ⎝ ⎜⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟⎟+ ln pop( )+γ c i t + ln ec( ) (1) the trend serves to depict changes in the consumption patterns; the population serves to model changes due to demographic changes and the gdpi the income effect on food consumption. 41meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries 2.1 reference scenario the reference scenario (ref) is taken from the european commission “prospects for eu agricultural markets and income” (european commission, 2014). such a scenario is the so-called baseline and it is the result from an interactive process between market analysts, policy analysts and modellers. the reference scenario reflects the expert knowledge on the possible developments of each agricultural commodity market in view of the recent trends and anticipated developments. noteworthy, it is built upon a certain number of exogenous assumptions deemed most plausible at the time of the analysis concerning macro-economic and energy conditions, agricultural and trade policy arrangements in force, as well as yield trends under ‘normal’ climatic conditions. for the meat markets, the assumptions of ref reflect a stabilisation or lower growth of per capita meat consumption in the richest countries (a limited growth in meat consumption is exclusively attributable to a continuing increase of consumption of poultry meat) and, on the other hand, a further development of the nutrition transition in developing countries (i.e. an upward trend in sweeteners and animal-based products consumption). these assumptions are reflected by the trends in the model for different meat consumption and selected countries. accordingly, in terms of total meat consumption, the ‘baseline’ projections foresee some relative stability in developed countries, while the total consumption per capita is projected to keep on increasing in the ten coming years in developing countries (figure 1). as a result, domestic eu meat demand is projected to slightly decrease while exports are expected to increase, mainly due to the population and economic growth in lowincome countries and driven by a sustained growth in poultry meat. the medium term outlook of eu and world prices is accordingly rather positive, in particular for eu poultry and pig meat. the gap between eu and world prices is projected to significantly reduce over the projection period, as shown in figure 2 comparing the level of prices for three periods 2005-07, 2012-14 and 2022-24. the use of such partial equilibrium model for a ten years ahead projections of a change in consumption patterns does not take into account possible changes in price and income elasticities over the period. to this respect, such a tool represents a simplification of what is likely to happen in the event of lower meat consumption. in addition, such a model considers each meat product as one single commodity, while the reality is likely to be characterised by segmentation into different types of meat products, each of them reacting differently to the shock. organic or ethically claimed products are going to follow another path of development and this could nuance the results. in addition, each country is considered as a whole, while consumption preferences will depend on regional and/or population (gender, demography) characteristics. lastly, the scenario by essence does not take into account the possibility of external unforeseen events (e.g. an animal health related problem). 2.2 low meat consumption scenarios in order to assess the impact of lower meat consumption on agricultural commodity markets, two “lower meat consumption scenarios” are designed: lowmeat1 and lowmeat2 (see table 1). 42 f. santini et al. figure 1. baseline total meat consumption (kg per capita). 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 20 00 20 01 20 02 20 03 20 04 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09 20 10 20 11 20 12 20 13 20 14 20 15 20 16 20 17 20 18 20 19 20 20 20 21 20 22 20 23 20 24 north america oceania developed european union-28 latin america and caribbean china japan asia africa source: oecd-fao world outlook, 2015a. figure 2. world and eu producer meat price development indices (base 100 = 2005-2007) in the baseline (eu in eur, world in usd). 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 eu world eu world eu world 2012-14 2022-24 beef pig meat poultry source: own elaboration from european commission (2014). 43meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries table 1. scenario characteristics. scenarios lowmeat1 lowmeat2 common elements linear decrease of meat consumption for : all meat types (i.e. beef and veal, sheep, pig, poultry) meat consumption (food use) in the eu, usa, canada, australia and new zealand by -11% over ten years and, certain (beef and veal, pig) meat consumption (food use) in argentina, brazil, mexico and uruguay by -5% over ten years distinctive elements no compensation with non-meat proteins linear increase of non-meat protein sources human consumption (food use) in the eu, usa, canada, australia and new zealand wheat, other cereals, fresh dairy products and butter, cheese, eggs: +5% over the whole period oilseeds and pulses: +2% over the whole period reduced (by half) linear increase of the same products in argentina, brazil, mexico and uruguay. in line with the nutrition transition theory, meat consumption projections are based on steady path, which is depicted with the trend. the alternative scenarios presented in this study are precisely based on a change of consumer preferences towards lower meat consumption. these changes are assumed to happen in high income countries, and in developing countries where the protein intake is higher than the “safe level of protein intake”2 defined by who/fao/unu (2007). the high income countries considered are the united states, canada, australia, new zealand and the european union, altogether representing 29.1% of the total world meat consumption (2011-13). given the high levels of protein intake in certain latin american countries and the rising concerns on health in particular and other issues, the scenarios are also implemented to three mercosur partners where meat consumption is the highest per capita (argentina, brazil, uruguay) and mexico as north american oecd country only for specific types of meat (bovine and pig meat), poultry being considered to keep on following the reference scenario. such countries represent an additional 10.5% of the total meat consumption. various dietary guidelines for high-income countries confirm that in general the average per capita level of meat consumption is high enough to recommend lower meat consumption without putting people at risks of nutrient deficiencies (national food administration, 2009; health council of the netherlands, 2011). in the rest of the world, it is assumed that these trends are not yet likely to express themselves within the time horizon chosen (ten years ahead) and therefore the baseline trends are not changed in the scenarios. per capita meat consumption, especially poultry, would continue to increase in these countries as shown in figure 1. 2 the safe level for a population is defined as the average protein requirement of the individuals in the population, plus twice the standard deviation (sd) (who/fao/unu 2007). 44 f. santini et al. concerning the magnitude of the meat consumption decrease in the two scenarios, the basic assumption reflects a possible doubling of vegetarians and flexitarians over the 10 coming years in high income societies. concretely, estimating that around 3% of the population of high-income countries is vegetarian in 2014 and does not consume any meat products, we assume that this share would double (6%) by 2024 in our alternative scenarios. concerning flexitarians, we assume the conservative assumption that 15% of the population of these countries eat 50% of the average per capita meat consumption and that this share would double by 2024. under these assumptions, the total meat consumption per capita decreases by 11% by 2024 relative to the baseline in the eu, united states, canada, europe and oceania. concerning the three mercosur countries and mexico, information on the development of vegetarianism and flexitarianism is even scarcer than for high income countries, which tends to confirm that these trends are less developed for a series of social, economic, ethical and political reasons. therefore, we assume a lower total meat consumption decline in these countries than in the other countries included in the scenario. per capita meat consumption is reduced by only 5% by 2024 relative to the baseline in these countries, and in addition, the decrease is only applied to beef and veal meat as well as pig meat (see table 1). in both scenarios, meat consumption reduction is uneven among types of meat. as the baseline foresees a stronger poultry meat consumption trend than for other types of meat (+5% above the average 2005-07 in the eu, see figure 3), these assumptions correspond to a stability / slight increase of poultry meat consumption in developed countries over the projected period. on the contrary, the baseline scenario implies strong reduction in pig meat and beef meat per capita consumption. therefore the two scenarios result in an even stronger decrease of consumption of those types of meat. in the case of the eu, the 2024 level of consumption is close to 20% below the average 2005-07 for pig meat and to 25% for beef and veal meat. over the period 2002-11, 32% of the protein intake comes from meat and derived products in the high income countries (see figure 4). population turning to vegetarianism or reducing its consumption of meat would see their intake in protein reduced, unless different sources of protein intake are envisaged. this significant source of proteins is likely to be compensated by an increase of consumption of other sources of proteins. in the lowmeat2 scenario, a partial compensation of protein intake losses by other sources is envisaged, corresponding to an increased food consumption of cereals, eggs, dairy products and oilseeds-pulses. in total, these four groups of products represent 53% of the total protein intake in the countries concerned, therefore the increased protein intake from these products should be of 6.7% to fully compensate the 11% decrease of meat consumption. fish, fruit and vegetables intake, although they represent around 15% of the total protein intake of high-income countries, were not considered because not covered by the modelling tool used. given the fact that some commodities are richer in weight (oilseeds and pulses in particular) than others in protein and that the scenario only aims to represent a partial compensation (being reasonable to assume that in countries where the daily protein intake is well above recommendations, a full compensation will not occur), the assumption tested is of a 5% increase in cereals, dairy and eggs food use over the period and of 2% for oilseeds and pulses food use (see table 1). 45meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries figure 3. scenarios lowmeat1 and lowmeat2 (in bold) and baseline (in thin) – meat consumption per capita index (eu-28), base 100 = 2005-2007. 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09 20 10 20 11 20 12 20 13 20 14 20 15 20 16 20 17 20 18 20 19 20 20 20 21 20 22 20 23 20 24 poultry pig meat beef and veal thin lines are for the baseline and bold lines for the lowmeat1 and lowmeat2 scenarios. as the two scenarios are equal in terms of meat consumption assumptions (see table 1), both scenarios are represented by the same bold line. source: own calculations from aglink-cosimo database. figure 4. average protein intake in high income countries (% of total protein intake, 2002-11). 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% meat milk cereals oilseeds and pulses eggs fish other source : author’s calculations from fao food balance sheets. 46 f. santini et al. both scenarios lowmeat1 and lowmeat2 do not claim to fully reflect plausible pathways in their complexity but were designed to mainly capture simplified elements of what could imply for commodity markets the decrease of meat consumption and their partial compensation by consumption of other protein sources, as well as the contribution of each aspect of both scenarios (meat / other protein sources). 3. results in scenario lowmeat1, meat consumption reduction in selected countries results on a moderate meat demand reduction at global level. in terms of world prices, the difference to the baseline trend ranges between 4% and 12% by 2024, depending on the types of meat (figure 5). lower world prices for meat provoke meat consumption increase in the rest of the world, mitigating overall the impact on world prices. the subsequent analysis of results focuses on the situation on the eu markets. at eu level, the meat price difference to the baseline is wider than at global level. indeed, with a decrease in the domestic consumption and domestic meat prices (significantly higher in general than world prices), the eu faces difficulties to fully compensate losses of domestic demand only by additional exports. as a consequence the price gap between the eu and world meat markets is closing down, depending on the type of meat considered. poultry, pig and sheep meat domestic prices are below the baseline level in 2024, but they remain 10 to 25% above the average price 2005-2007. eu domestic price of beef and veal meat results to be more affected, but remains around 10% below the average 2005-2007 domestic price level (figure 6). at eu level, the decrease of domestic demand is expected to induce an adjustment either through a drop in meat production and/or a drop in eu meat imports and/or a figure 5. impact of the lowmeat1 scenario on the world price for different meat (% difference to the baseline in 2024). -12% -10% -8% -6% -4% -2% 0% poultry pig meat beef and veal sheep meat source: own calculations from scenarios results. 47meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries boost of extra-eu exports. however, in scenario lowmeat1, meat markets respond differently. for poultry and pig meat, the decrease of consumption is compensated in the eu by both a decrease of domestic production and increased exports in similar proportions (figure 7). this market response is favoured by domestic prices not too far away from the world prices and a reasonable degree of competitiveness of the eu industry in these sectors. on the contrary, concerning beef and veal meat, the price wedge between the eu and world markets remains too important and the adjustment to reduced consumption is mostly achieved through a reduced eu production. finally, sheep meat consumption reduction results almost entirely in an import reduction. these impacts result in an improved self-sufficiency ratio and trade-balance for meat in the eu (see table 2). the eu would become self-sufficient for beef meat and would be very close for sheep meat. the positive trade balance would also amplify significantly for poultry and pig meat. a reduction in meat consumption also implies a contraction in feed demand, resulting in price decrease for these commodities. prices are particularly affected for coarse grains and protein meals (i.e. commodities mainly used for feed) but less for wheat and oilseeds (i.e. commodities used for both animal and human consumption as well as for the industry). overall the feed cost index3 calculated in the aglink cosi3 defined as the average price of all types of commodities potentially used as feed weighed by the actual quantities of each commodity used for feed ; only commercial feed bulks considered. figure 6. evolution of eu meat domestic price index in the baseline compared to the lowmeat1 scenario (base 100= 2005-07). 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 poultry pig meat beef and veal sheep thin lines are for the baseline and bold lines for the lowmeat1 and lowmeat2 scenarios. source: own calculations from scenarios results. 48 f. santini et al. figure 7. eu market balances for meat markets in the lowmeat1 scenario (change in 1000t relative to the baseline). -2000 -1000 0 1000 poultry -3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 pig meat -1000 -500 0 500 beef and veal -200 -100 0 100 sheep meat source: own calculations from scenarios results table 2. eu self-sufficiency ratio and net exports (in % of production). self-sufficiency ratio net exports baseline scenario lowmeat1 baseline scenario lowmeat1 poultry 113 121 +11% +17% pig meat 104 110 +4% +9% beef and veal 99 101 -1% +1% sheep meat 88 97 -13% -3% source: own calculations from scenario results. 49meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries mo for the eu would decrease by nearly 8% over the period relative to the baseline (figure 8). concerning the meat market, the lowmeat2 scenario (with partial protein compensation) shows similar results as the scenario lowmeat1, although most prices (except for beef meat) are slightly higher than in the scenario lowmeat1. the impacts in crop markets are significantly contrasted in the two scenarios. as in lowmeat2 meat proteins are partially substituted in the diet with other products crop or animal the demand in cereals and oilseeds is less affected than in the first scenario: the increased dairy and eggs production is associated with a higher demand in feed, and food demand for cereals and oilseeds also increases. all in all, eu domestic and world prices for these commodities tend to decrease less than in the scenario lowmeat1 (without protein compensation). the feed cost index in the eu would only be 4% below the baseline in this second scenario. figure 8. eu domestic and world prices for crops and eu feed cost index (difference to baseline in % change, 2024). scenario lowmeat1 scenario lowmeat2 -10% -8% -6% -4% -2% 0% world eu -8% -6% -4% -2% 0% world eu source: own calculations from scenarios results it is to be noted that the lowmeat2 scenario includes higher dairy products consumption in compensation for the meat consumption reduction, and it would therefore translate into higher eu milk and cheese prices above baseline trends, already quite positive. this scenario with protein compensation leads to particular market stress: on the one hand the domestic demand for beef meat is reduced, but on the other hand beef meat 50 f. santini et al. production is stimulated by the boost in milk domestic demand as an output of dairy farming. this explains why the beef meat price is the only one to be more affected in scenario lowmeat2 than in scenario lowmeat1. this is also the reason why in the eu in scenario lowmeat2, the herd itself would evolve towards less suckler cows (-3%) and more dairy cows (+1%), which would put under pressure those livestock systems specialised in beef meat production. 4. discussion on policy implications these two scenarios depict a ten-year transition during which individual changes in food consumption patterns could induce market adjustment and changes in relative prices. the european livestock farming sector would have to cope with contradictory market signals: the reduction in feedstuffs prices is an incentive to produce more at lower costs of production, but at the same time domestic demand for meat is losing momentum and lower domestic price would affect profitability of meat production in the eu. this is particularly the case for cattle breeders specialised in meat, who cannot take advantage of the higher demand for milk and dairy products. some elements of the new cap might be relevant to help producers facing such challenges, for instance in terms of support to livestock farming systems and in particular for extensive grazing livestock farming systems or through its rural development. first, the cap 2014-2020 provides recoupling possibilities to eu member states for livestock (regulation (eu) no 1307/20134). considering that 24 out of 28 member states5 opted for the voluntary coupled support for beef and veal (agra europe, 2015), it is likely that the majority of eu cattle farmers will receive direct coupled support in the future. beef and veal meat coupled support is expected to represent 10.2 billion euros over the period 2015-20, which represents over 40% of the total voluntary coupled support granted by member states to farmers. sheep and goat meat coupled support (around 12% of the total) would add to this. other meat sectors would not represent a significant share (european commission dg-agri, 2015). thus, recoupling support could play a role of partial safety net for livestock farmers and especially for suckler-cow based farming systems. however, such recoupling possibilities might delay the structural adaptations . second, as highlighted in the introductory section, civil society organizations are conveying the message to eat “less-but-better” meat. thus, extensive grazing system and/or quality cuts might benefit from niche markets, based on specific voluntary labelling, quality schemes or simply further market segmentation, for example on the base of breeds specific to one or the other areas of production. extensive grazing systems are also acknowledged to deliver substantial environmental positive externalities. some instruments of the new cap other than recoupled support can then play a role in the reorientation of the eu meat sector. grazing livestock systems should first mechanically be the prime beneficiaries of the redistribution of direct payments for internal convergence envisaged in the new 4 regulation (eu) no 1307/2013 of the european parliament and the council of 17 december 2013 establishing rules for direct payments to farmers under support schemes within the framework of the common agricultural policy and repealing council regulation (ec) no 637/2008 and council regulation (ec) no 73/2009. 5 only ireland, germany, cyprus and luxembourg did not recouple support for beef and veal. 51meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries cap 2014-2020. also, grassland-based farms are over-represented in less-favoured areas (lfas) and areas of natural constraints (ancs) eligible for specific cap supports, which may therefore indirectly contribute to foster the extensive livestock systems. in addition, the rural development component of the current cap contemplates a list of measures relevant for the development of “high quality” livestock systems (regulation (eu) no 1305/20136), among others support to quality or agri-environment-climate measures (e.g. on the maintenance or introduction of extensive livestock management). the promotion of extensive livestock systems within or without the cap would also have some benefits for the farming sector. in addition to the environmental adverse effects, intensive meat production systems might face biological risks (such as infectious diseases) and high costs if practices aimed at protecting animals’ wellbeing and safety are not put in place (hinchliffe et al., 2013; tilbrook and hemsworth, 2015). it should be also mentioned that most policy measures presented above will be implemented differently in the member states. the ability to target financial resources to different categories of breeders according to specific policy or local objectives is the strength of rdps as a policy tool. however the impact assessment cap 2020 showed that rdps sometimes suffer from path dependence (authorities tend to favour past successful measures over new ones) and unbalanced ability of areas/groups to weight in the process of defining rdps (european commission, 2011). from these observations, we can anticipate that in our scenarios livestock producers will receive uneven support across member states. noteworthy, most of the policy tools mentioned above are either not designed for the benefit of non-ruminant meat sectors (pig and poultry) or not targeted by member states to such sectors. eu farmers active in these sectors therefore find less policy tools in the cap than the ones involved in ruminant livestock breeding. 5. conclusion this paper analyses the possible impacts on agricultural markets of a significant change in meat consumption in high income countries and selected latin american countries. the scenarios described here have to be considered as two single and subjective alternative pathways among many other possible and plausible ones. the level of uncertainty concerning the pace and features of future development of meat demand and of the development of alternative sources of protein intake in the eu, in other developed countries or in developing countries remains high. also, the baseline and the two scenarios presented consider a certain set of macroeconomic and yield conditions and the absence of any ‘black swan’ events, like the emergence of new zoonoses or food scares. furthermore, the scenarios have been elaborated with the same modelling tool as the baseline. since the alternative scenarios encompass nutritional issues, they could justify that the model is improved by including relevant missing commodities (fish products, fruit and vegetables) for this purpose. 6 regulation (eu) no 1305/2013 of the european parliament and the council of 17 december 2013 on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd) and repealing council regulation (ec) no 1698/2005. 52 f. santini et al. actually, including the fish commodity would allow for a deeper analysis of protein substitution in lower meat consumption scenarios. but fish inclusion is not straightforward. it would also require further investigation to correctly integrate fish linkages with feed in aquaculture. another model improvement could be the conversion of quantity of commodities produced and traded into quantities of calories or nutrient equivalent. this would allow to better assess the nutritional value in each scenario: are we modelling healthy purchase behaviours/diets or not? are we correctly simulating protein substitution options? linking the different food uses of the different commodities by specific equations (developing nutritional module) could be a way forward. finally, as one of the drivers of a lower meat consumption choice is the individuals’ concerns of their food impact on the environment, an interesting field of research would be to couple the agro-economic model with environmental indicators like the commodities’ virtual content in water or land (like for example in (wirsenius et al., 2010). in the same perspective, agricultural production could be linked with greenhouse gas emissions (garnett, 2011; tukker et al., 2011) or biodiversity losses and other environmental impact indicators (as in (tukker et al., 2011)). indeed, reducing animal production and/ or improving its efficiency may be key in the mitigation and adaptation to climate change. the reduction in numbers and enhancement of productivity of animals would represent an important mitigation strategy that might have side effects on animal welfare and other environmental issues (gerber et al., 2013). further assessment of the environmental and climate impact of nutritional changes as explored by wolf et al. (2011) would also complement the present analysis. as a conclusion, it is clear that a shift in the meat consumption trends in developed countries would impact on global meat markets, with stronger consequences at eu level. the impact appears to be stronger for beef and veal meat than for non-ruminant livestock sectors, in particular because of the linkage of this sector with dairy products. there are also significant spill-overs to the crops markets through the feed use (and to a lesser extent possible increased human consumption). a broad range of policy tools could be of importance for farmers affected at eu level by such evolutions. some tools might allow a swifter transition and/or facilitate a redistribution of the production at eu level between geographical areas and/or farming systems; others might be used for reinforcing competitiveness of the eu meat sectors and/or manage diversification where needed. the views expressed are purely those of the author and may not in any circumstances be regarded as stating an official position of the european commission. references agra europe (2015). market support meat & livestock. cap monitor, 7(1): 7-24. araujo enciso, s. r., perez dominguez, i., santini, f. and hélaine, s. (2015). documentation of the european commission’s eu module of the aglink-cosimo modelling system. jrc scientific and policy report eur 27138 en. luxembourg: publications office of the european union. casalena, n. (2011). how often do americans eat vegetarian meals? and how many adults in the us are vegan? the vrg blog. 53meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries dagevos, h. (2014). flexibility in the frequency of meat consumption – empirical evidence from the netherlands. eurochoices 13(2): 40-45. de bakker, e. and dagevos, h. (2012). reducing meat consumption in today’s consumer society: questioning the citizen-consumer gap. journal of agricultural and environmental ethics 25(6): 877-894. de boer, j., schösler, h. and aiking, h. (2014). “meatless days” or “less but better”? exploring strategies to adapt western meat consumption to health and sustainability challenges. appetite 76: 120-128. european commission (2011). impact assessment common agricultural policy towards 2020. annex 4: rural development. european commission (2014). prospects for eu agricultural markets and income 2014-2024. european commission dg-agri (2015). direct payments schemes. friends of the earth (2014). flexitarianism: the environmentally friendly diet. briefing. garnett, t. (2011). where are the best opportunities for reducing greenhouse gas emissions in the food system (including the food chain)? food policy 36, supplement 1(0): s23-s32. gerber, p.j., steinfeld, h., henderson, b., mottet, a., opio, c., dijkman, j., falcucci, a. and tempio, g. (2013). tackling climate change through livestock – a global assessment of emissions and mitigation opportunities. fao, rome. gold, m. (2004). the global benefits of eating less meat. petersfield, uk: compassion in world farming trust. gossard, m.h. and york, r. (2003). social structural influences on meat consumption. human ecology review 10(1): 1-9. health council of the netherlands (2011). guidelines for a healthy diet: the ecological perspective. vol. publication no. 2011/08e, 84 the hague: health council of the netherlands. herrero m, havlík, p., valin, h., notenbaert, a., rufino, m.c., thornton, p.k., blümmel, m., weiss, f., grace, d. and obersteiner, m. (2013). biomass use, production, feed efficiencies, and greenhouse gas emissions from global livestock systems.  proceedings of the national academy of sciences usa 110, 20888-20893.  hinchliffe, s., allen, j., lavau, s., bingham, n. and carter, s. (2013). biosecurity and the topologies of infected life: from borderlines to borderlands. transactions of the institute of british geographers 38: 531-543. hristov, a., oh, j., lee, c., meinen, r., montes, f., ott, t., firkins, j., rotz, c., dell, c., adesogan, a., yang, w., tricarico, j., kebreab, e., waghorn, g., dijkstra, j. and oosting, s.  (2013). mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions in livestock production a review of technical options for non-co2 emissions. fao, rome. keyzer, m.a., merbis, m.d., pavel, i.f.p. and van wesenbeeck, c.f.a. (2005). diet shifts towards meat and the effects on cereal use: can we feed the animals in 2030? ecological economics 55(2): 187-202. laestadius, l., neff, r., barry, c. and frattaroli, s. (2013). meat consumption and climate change: the role of non-governmental organizations. climatic change 120(1-2): 25-38. national food administration (2009). the national food administration’s environmentally effective food choices. proposal notified to the eu. stockholm. 54 f. santini et al. national health and medical research council (2013). eat for health. australian dietary guidelines. providing the scientific evidence for healthier australian diets. canberra, australia: national health and medical research council. oecd/fao (2015a). oecd-fao agricultural outlook 2015. oecd publishing. oecd/fao (2015b). aglink-cosimo model documentation. a partial equilibrium model of world agricultural markets. oecd publishing phillips, f. (2005). vegetarian nutrition. nutrition bulletin 30(2): 132-167. pichler, r. and blackwell, g. (2008). how many veggies…?: european vegetarian union. popkin, b.m. (1994). the nutrition transition in low-income countries: an emerging crisis. nutrition reviews 52(9): 285-298. popkin, b.m. (1999). urbanization, lifestyle changes and the nutrition transition. world development 27(11): 1905-1916. popkin, b.m., adair, l.s. and ng, s.w. (2012). global nutrition transition and the pandemic of obesity in developing countries.nutrition reviews, 70(1): 3-21. reay, d., smith, p. and van amstel, a. (2010). methane and climate change. earthscan, 261 pp. rivers cole, j. and mccoskey, s. (2013). does global meat consumption follow an environmental kuznets curve. sustainability: science, practice and policy 9: 26-36. ruby, m.b. (2012). vegetarianism. a blossoming field of study. appetite 58(1): 141-150. schmidhuber, j. (2004).the growing global obesity problem: some policy options to address it. in globalization of food systems in developing countries: impact on food security and nutrition, fao, rome: 82-97 stahler, c. (2011). how often do americans eat vegetarian meals? and how many adults in the us are vegan? vegetarian journal. steinfeld, h., gerber, p., wassenaar, t., castel, v., rosales, m. and de haan, c. (2006). livestock’s long shadow. environmental issues and options. fao rome. sustainable development commission (2009). setting the table: advice to government on priority elements of sustainable diets. sutton, c. and dibb, s. (2013). prime cuts: valuing the meat we eat. a discussion paper by wwf-uk and the food ethics council. wwf-uk and food ethics council. tilbrook, a. and hemsworth, p.h. (2015). the costs and benefits of animal welfare. conference ‘ animal welfare, from science to law’, lfda-unesco, paris december 10-11, 2015. tsolekile, l. p. (2007). urbanization and lifestyle changes related to non-communicable diseases: an exploration of experiences of urban residents who have relocated from the rural areas to khayelitsha, an urban township in cape town. minithesis. university of the wetsern cape. tukker, a., goldbohm, r.a., de koning, a., verheijden, m., kleijn, r., wolf, o., pérezdomínguez, i. and rueda-cantuche, j.m. (2011). environmental impacts of changes to healthier diets in europe. ecological economics 70(10): 1776-1788. u.s. department of agriculture and u.s. department of health and human services (2015). scientific report of the 2015 dietary guidelines advisory committee. advisory report to the secretary of health and human services and the secretary of agriculture, 571. 55meat markets and a stronger consumption decrease in high-income countries vranken, l., avermaete, t., petalios, d. and mathijs, e. (2014). curbing global meat consumption: emerging evidence of a second nutrition transition. environmental science and policy 39: 95-106. westhoek, h., rood, g., van den berg, m., janse, j., nijdam, d., reudink, m. and stehfest, e. (2011). the protein puzzle: the consumption and production of meat, dairy and fish in the european union. european journal of food research and review 1(3): 124-144. wirsenius, s., azar, c. and berndes, g. (2010). how much land is needed for global food production under scenarios of dietary changes and livestock productivity increases in 2030? agricultural systems 103(9): 621-638. wolf, o., pérez-domínguez, i., rueda-cantuche, j. m., tukker, a., kleijn, r., de koning, a., bausch-goldbohm, s. and verheijden, m. (2011). do healthy diets in europe matter to the environment? a quantitative analysis. journal of policy modeling 33(1): 8-28. world health organization europe (2003). food-based dietary guidelines in the who european region. eur/03/5045414. copenhagen, denmark: who regional office for europe. annex – summary results for meat markets (2024) poultry meat ref lowmeat1 lowmeat2 world price (usd/t) eu producer price (eur/t) 1600 2076 1498 1800 1516 1827 eu production (1000t) 13977 13298 13244 eu imports (1000t) 1018 1002 1003 eu consumption (1000t) per capita (kg1/cap/yr) 13466 22.8 12052 20.4 12030 20.4 eu exports (1000t) 1529 2249 2217 pig meat ref lowmeat1 lowmeat2 world price (usd/t) eu producer price (eur/t) 1924 1857 1715 1581 1734 1596 eu production (1000t) 22779 21824 21843 eu imports (1000t) 21 18 18 eu consumption (1000t) per capita (kg2/cap/yr) 20211 30.3 18031 27.1 18018 27.0 eu exports (1000t) 2590 3812 3843 56 f. santini et al. beef and veal meat ref lowmeat1 lowmeat2 world price (usd/t) eu producer price (eur/t) 3022 3618 2895 2649 2894 2641 eu production (1000t) 7443 6827 6843 eu imports (1000t) 334 272 271 eu consumption (1000t) per capita (kg2/cap/yr) 7530 10.1 6759 9.1 6772 9.1 eu exports (1000t) 252 346 347 sheep and goat meat ref lowmeat1 lowmeat2 world price (usd/t) eu producer price (eur/t) 4948 5779 4560 4986 4593 5023 eu production (1000t) 957 939 939 eu imports (1000t) 205 106 107 eu consumption (1000t) per capita (kg2/cap/yr) 1083 1.8 964 1.6 964 1.6 eu exports (1000t) 79 82 82 a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy tévécia ronzon1*, stephan piotrowski2, robert m’barek1, michael carus2 cost function and positive mathematical programming quirino paris what if meat consumption would decrease more than expected in the high-income countries? fabien santini*, tevecia ronzon, ignacio perez dominguez, sergio rene araujo enciso, ilaria proietti a stakeholder engagement approach for identifying future research directions in the evaluation of current and emerging applications of gmos davide menozzi1*, kaloyan kostov2, giovanni sogari1, salvatore arpaia3, daniela moyankova2, cristina mora1 a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles in a disadvantaged area of tuscany (mugello): implications for the evaluation and the design of cap payments laura fastelli1*, chiara landi2, massimo rovai1, maria andreoli1 bio-based and applied economics 9(1): 109-125, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8892 the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability of urban households in iran ghasem layani1, mohammad bakhshoodeh1, mona aghabeygi2,*, yaprak kurstal3, davide viaggi3 1 university of shiraz (iran) 2 university of parma (italy) 3 university of bologna (italy) abstract. the aim of this paper is to assess the welfare effects of food price changes on urban households’ poverty and vulnerability. this is achieved by using hicksian price compensating variation (cv) and compensated price elasticities, based on quadratic almost ideal demand system (qaids). the study includes in total eight food groups (cereals, meats, dairy, cooking oil, sugar, fruits, vegetables, and tea and coffee) and encompasses 18852 urban households. the results showed that the welfare index for food groups was 20 usd (2.52% of the monthly average income of urban households). after increasing food prices, based on the poverty line, 41% of urban households were observed to be below the poverty line and the number of poor households increased by 10.63%. to enable food security and to execute food safety goals, the iranian government should compensate for the welfare losses by supportive policies such as direct subsidy payments to vulnerable households. keywords. compensating variation (cv), quadratic almost ideal demand system (qaids), welfare effect, vulnerability, food price shocks. jel codes. i32, n95, q18. 1. introduction the level of the iranian food consumption is expected to increase significantly in next years. there are two main reasons for this issue: first, the iranian population of currently approximately 82 million is estimated to grow by around 1 million people annually in the next 5 years. the expected short-term population growth will increase demand and consumption of food products in iran. second, an increasing part of the iranian population is moving from rural into urban areas. the growing urbanization decreases the amount of wholly or partly self-sufficient people in iran. instead, they become consumers in the urbans contributing to a growing food demand (isc, 2016). the gdp-growth in iran has increased from 0.9 % in 2015 to 4.6 % in 2016. the economist intelligence unit predicts that the iranian gdp will increase further, reach*corresponding author. e-mail: monaaghabeygi17@gmail.com editor: simone cerroni. 110 ghasem layani, mohammad bakhshoodeh, mona aghabeygi, yaprak kurstal, davide viaggi ing 5.4 % in 2017 and 5.9 % in 2018. this positive development in iranian economy is expected to contribute to a general increase in food consumption and demand, as it is likely to increase the living standard for the growing middle class in iran, raise purchasing power and consumers’ confidence. this will raise the demand for more expensive and specialized food products. the demand for basic food products is also expected to increase, as the current consumption of food products in iran is relatively low by regional standards. this especially concerns sugar, corn, meat, and vegetable oils. during the sanctions period, real disposable incomes for most consumers were falling, due to high inflation rates not matching by salary increases. as a consequence, the consumption per capita of some of the more expensive food products like red meat, cheese and milk declined. with increasing economic growth, the repressed food demand is expected resume and continue to grow. traditional grocery and other stores accounts for more than 80% of retail sales in iran. however, recently hyperand supermarkets are growing in importance thereby stimulating the demand for more advanced products. a larger product variety is expected to lead to a growing demand (imaj, 2016). therefore, iran is expected to be faced with increasing food prices, which leads to increased adverse impacts on poverty and food security. in this regard, it is of utmost importance to know how changes in food prices affect the welfare of households. hence, understanding the effects of price increases of food especially on vulnerable households could have significant implications for the design of supporting policies (fallahi et al., 2016) and to help decrease the negative impacts of increasing prices towards achieving the goal of food security. in the case of iran, over the course of the last 15 years (2001-2015), the average annual imports of eight main food groups, namely meat, cereals, dairy products, oils and fats, sugar, fruits, vegetables and tea and coffee, has reached a level of 12430 million tons, which has shown an increase of 54 percent over 15 years, and around 5.21 percent increase, annually. to provide an example, iran is the major importer of oilseeds and about 90 percent of the country’s oil needs to be provided through imports. also, in the year 2018, nearly 20 percent of meat and more than 40 percent of cereals supplied in the iranian market have been provided through imports (fao, 2016). this significant rise in the level of imports, hence, brought about an increase in the prices of many products. being vulnerable to the rising food prices in the world due to high level of imports in food products and increasing global food prices also carry major implications for both the economic and social welfare of iranian households, which has been subject of increasing concern. in this context, urban households, which constitute around 75 percent of the total number of households in iran, and whose budget composition is directly impacted by the inflated food purchases, are hit ineluctably (ravallion and chen, 2007; robles and keefe, 2011). in this study, our aim is to estimate the effects of the 2000–2016 food price surges on urban households’ expenditure and food poverty. our methodological approach follows azzam and rettab (2012) and rodriguez-takeuchi and imai (2013) to take into account the impacts of food price changes on households’ vulnerability and poverty. the rest of the paper is structured as follows: the next section provides the background of the importance of studying the behavior of consumers. we, then introduce the methodology of the quadratic almost ideal demand system (qaids) model and the vulnerability index and data. ownand cross-price elasticities, welfare and poverty effects of food 111the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability price changes are presented in the results section, and also, the final section offers concluding remarks and policy discussion. 1.1 measuring economic welfare measuring the economic welfare and poverty effects of different policies among societies have always been one of the most important economic issues of public policies. countries often use policy interventions to dampen the impacts of international food price spikes on domestic markets and lessen the burden of these especially on vulnerable population groups. besides, understanding the causes of the food price shocks and addressing its significant effects on developing countries have been critical in order to analyze the efficiency and adequacy of policies in addition to be able to propose policy options. the impact of these shocks on welfare depends on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the nature of the shock, initial household, or community conditions and also policy responses by the government (unicef, 2009). in addition to such macro impacts, micro impacts are mainly experienced in the form of reduced household income, due to lower wages and employment or limited access to credit and reduced real income in the face of higher food prices, and decreased access to public services, as a result of reduced service delivery on the part of the government (unicef, 2009). meanwhile, the extent to which households are affected by these shocks will depend on the change in relative prices, substitution of commodities and response of households to all these factors (osei-asare and eghan, 2013). towards this end, numerous studies worked on the relative prices and substitution relation among commodities by estimating elasticities of demand functions based on translog or “almost ideal demand system” (aids) forms. some of the examples include deaton and mulbaer (1980), studying the case of great britain, blanciforti and green (1983), and hayes et al. (1990), of united states; fulponi (1989), of france; abdulai et al. (1999), of india; tefera (2012), of ethiopia and suharno (2010) of indonesia. meanwhile, other studies have used the aids model, which has assumed a linear engel curve (tefera, 2012), while banks et al. (1997) proposed a generalized quadratic almost ideal demand system (qaids) that permits a non-linear engel curve. matsuda (2006) also applied qaids to estimate food demand in japan. on the other hand, arabatzis and klonaris (2009) studied on cases, in which qaids has been applied for wood product imports in greece. furthermore, layani and esmaeili (2015) also used qaids and a welfare index such as hicksian compensating variation (cv) to analyze food demand in order to assess the welfare effects of increasing food prices for households in iran. the significant welfare impacts of price shocks have prompted studies to evaluate recent price shocks on household poverty in developing countries (e.g., de janvry and sadoulet, 2010; leyaro et al., 2010; coleman, 2012; ivanic et al., 2012; fujii, 2013; layani and bakhshoodeh, 2016). in recent studies of the economic welfare effects of food price changes, azzam and rettab (2012) have focused on the vulnerability of households in the united arab emirates (uae) as a result of increasing prices for imported food products; while, rodriguez-takeuchi and imai (2013) and fujii (2013) have first calculated the poverty line and then analyzed the effects of increasing food prices on household expenditure and the poverty line. in this study, in addition to discussing the welfare effects of food rising prices in the face of highly elastic poverty lines to relative food prices, the poverty line changes in 112 ghasem layani, mohammad bakhshoodeh, mona aghabeygi, yaprak kurstal, davide viaggi urban households are also addressed to understand the extent of iranian consumers’ vulnerability to food price increases and food supply shocks. measuring the welfare changes caused by increasing food prices is crucial to provide a compensatory support system. our methodological approach follows azzam and rettab (2012) to determine the impacts of food price changes on iranian urban households’ expenditure and poverty line. within this context, the objectives of this paper are: (1) to determine the price and income elasticity for food groups by using quadratic almost ideal demand system (qaids); (2) to explore welfare impacts of increasing world food prices using compensated variation (cv); and (3) to calculate the consumer vulnerability index and poverty effects of food price shocks. 2. methodology 2.1 poverty line and the vulnerability index poverty measurement is based on a comparison of resources to need (world bank, 2000). a person or family is identified as poor if their resources fall short of the poverty threshold. meanwhile, poverty is defined by using a poverty line; when a household falls below this line, it is considered to be poor. for instance, the world bank considers a household to be poor if it survives on less than 1.90 usd per day. in this study, food poverty has been considered. in order to measure the poverty line based on the relative concept, poverty line can be determined by the percentage of average household expenditure. by following the work of khodadad kashi et al. (2005) and arshadi and karimi (2013), we take 66 percent of the average household food expenditure as a threshold for determining the relative poverty line: poverty line=66 percent × (average food expenditure) (1) therefore, the relative poverty line is calculated before the change in food prices by (1). after computing the poverty line, we can divide urban households into two groups: the households that have a food expenditure higher than poverty line (above the poverty line), and the households that have a food expenditure lower than poverty line (below the poverty line). the reason for this is because poverty lines are highly elastic to relative food prices and changes in food prices result in variations of poverty prevalence. furthermore, we then compute a new poverty line, after accounting for the rise in food prices (rodriguez-takeuchi and imai, 2013): secondary poverty line= poverty line + welfare index (2) in addition, we compute the vulnerability index following azzam and rettab (2012): households vulnerability = total welfare loss relative to income = wi/ai (3) in the equation, wi is the total welfare effects of rising food prices and ai is the average income of urban households. 113the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability 2.2 welfare index with price changes in general, in the welfare literature, there are various indexes for measuring the welfare changes due to implementation of different policies (gohin, 2005). by changing economic conditions, such as price changes, consumers’ utility rates may increase or decrease. to determine how and how much of the consumer utility changes due to changing economic conditions, some criteria are used such as consumers surplus (cs), compensated variation (cv) and equivalent variation (ev). in our context of rising food prices, cv is the minimum amount, the iranian consumers are willing to accept (wta) to tolerate higher food prices; and ev is the maximum amount they are willing to pay (wtp) to avoid higher food prices. the focus of cv is on the welfare level prior to the increase in prices, while the focus of ev is on the subsequent welfare level after the increase in prices (azzam and rettab, 2012). hence, we use the cv in our study, based on the studies of azzam and rettab (2012), tefera (2012) and cranfield (2007). the starting point of the cv model with price changes is the consumer problem of minimizing expenditures on n food commodities subject to a utility level u0. substitution of the resulting optimal hicksian quantities into the expenditure equation yields the minimized expenditure function (azzam and rettab, 2012): (4) where pi for i = 1, 2, . . ., n are the respective prices of the n commodities, and the superscript h stands for hicksian. denoting the initial and the subsequent periods by superscripts ‘‘0’’ and ‘‘1’’, respectively, consumer wta to tolerate higher prices is given by: (5) using (4), we can expand (5) as follows: (6) direct measurement of cv using (6) is not possible because the hicksian demand functions (.) for i = 1, 2, . . ., n depend on the utility level u0, which is unobservable. however, as shown by huang (1993), if the respective changes in prices and hicksian quantities are defined as (azzam and rettab, 2012): (7) and substituted into (6), cv can be approximated by: 114 ghasem layani, mohammad bakhshoodeh, mona aghabeygi, yaprak kurstal, davide viaggi (8) the percentage change in hicksian quantities is not observed. however, an approximation of the change is obtained through the total differential of the hicksian demand functions (.). for example for i = 1, 2, . . ., n: (9) . . where is the hicksian price elasticity for i = 1, 2, . . ., n and j = 1,2, . . ., n. 2.3 quadratic almost ideal demand system to estimate the hicksian price elasticities as shown in (9), we estimate a quadratic almost ideal demand system (qaids) model for n commodities by imposing the usual restrictions: adding-up, homogeneity, and symmetry. the qaids model developed by banks et al. (1997), which has budget shares that are quadratic in log total expenditure, is an example of the empirical demand systems that have been developed to allow this expenditure nonlinearity. the qaids not only retains the desirable properties of the popular aids of deaton and muellbauer (1980) nested within it, but also has the additional advantage of being versatile in modelling consumer expenditure patterns. quadratic in the logarithm of total expenditure, the qaids allows such situations where the increase in the expenditure would change a luxury to necessity (arabatzis and klonaris, 2009). the qaids model is (gorman, 1981; jing et al, 2001): (10) where si is the share of food group i in total expenditure on the n food groups, for i=1,2,..,n; and pj is a vector of prices; m is total expenditure. also, f(p) is the stone price index defined by logf(p)* = ∑i si logpi. the restrictions are: 115the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability (11) i,j = 1,2,…,n the respective formulas for computing the hicksian price elasticities for n groups are: (12) (13) where δij is the kronecker delta taking the value δij = –1 if i = j and δij = 0 if i ≠ 0. in terms of the ui, the formula for income elasticities can be written as: (14) negative cross-price elasticities indicate a complementarity relationship and the positive values for cross-price elasticities indicate substitutability. also, the positive (negative) values for expenditure elasticity indicated non-inferior (inferior). in the former case when εi ≥ 1 the goods are regarded as luxury. specifically, so-called normal necessities have an income elasticity of between 0 and 1. but one of the problems with working with these kind of models is the phenomenon of zero consumption of a commodity or the zero budget share, which is due to the division of food groups into a large number of groups and the use of cross-sectional data at the household level. in other words, some households report a zero consumption, and some others spend a non-zero share. therefore, the variable is censored. in order to solve this problem, based on the bakhshoodeh (2010) study, we use the following equation instead of equation (10). (15) where ϕ(0) and φ(0) are cumulative distribution function (cdf) and probability distribution function (pdf) for each household the system of eq. (15) is estimated using iterative seemingly unrelated regression (sure) to calculate elasticities for eight food groups (cereals, meats, dairy, oil, sugar, fruits, vegetables, and tea and coffee). 116 ghasem layani, mohammad bakhshoodeh, mona aghabeygi, yaprak kurstal, davide viaggi 3. data and information this study is based on urban household’s income-expenditure survey (2012) of the iranian statistics center (18852 urban households) for computing price and income elasticities. we collected data on food imports to iran during the years of 2000 to 2016. then the average annual growth of imported food prices is defined as a price shock scenario. by referring to ivanic et al. (2012), we assume that the global food price shocks transferred completely to the domestic market in iran. finally, welfare effects and changes in food poverty are determined. mean and standard deviations of expenditure share and average monthly expenditures for eight food groups including cereals, meats, dairy, cooking oil, sugar, fruits, vegetables, and tea and coffee are presented in table 1. generally, the share of food and beverage expenditures in total household budget is equal to 23.5%. the share of food expenditures is in the second-placed after the share of buying/renting house budget (isc, 2016). among eight food groups, the maximum and the minimum average expenditure shares related to cereals were 26.21 percent (monthly 43.69 usd) and 2.9 percent for tea and coffee (about 4.69 usd) respectively. table 1. average expenditure shares of different food groups. group average expenditure share coefficient of variation standard deviation average monthly food expenditure cereals 26.21 0.45 0.11 43.69 meats 22.87 0.47 0.10 41.01 dairy 12.16 0.51 0.06 18.68 oil cooking 5.42 0.71 0.03 8.84 sugar 4.60 0.81 0.03 8.13 fruits 12.29 0.63 0.07 22.38 vegetables 13.55 0.45 0.06 21.76 tea and coffee 2.90 1.07 0.03 4.69 source: iranian statistics center, 2016. 4. result and discussion according to the price elasticities of the qaids1 model, all own-price elasticities are negative. in terms of absolute values, the highest own-price elasticity is related to tea and coffee (2.19 percent) and the lowest own-price elasticity is related to fruits (0.05%). it means that, demand for tea and coffee is highly responsive to any change in the price. the estimated own price elasticities for vegetables (-0.74%) and for sugar (-0.82%) are close to one. in fact, demand for these two groups has large response to changes in their relative prices. the estimated own-price elasticity is low for others. we concluded that demand for cereals, meat, dairy and oil cooking are stable to price changes, meaning that these food groups are essential in household consumption patterns. 1 qaids estimation is reported in the annex. 117the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability cross-price elasticities show competitive or complementary relations among products. positive cross-price elasticities indicate competitive relations, while negative cross-price elasticities indicate complementary relations. the cross-price elasticities presented in table 2 also show that most of the selected goods have complementary relationship with each other. in addition, in terms of the absolute value of the elasticity, the complementary relationship can also be stronger than the substitution relation. the cross-elasticity of other commodities with cereals and meats suggest a substitution relationship between them, but the relationship between cereals and meat with other commodities is mostly complementary. this pattern of relationships can indicate the importance of consumption of cereals and meat in the consumer food pattern. by illustration, consumers prefer to add other commodities as a complement to their consumption patterns after the inclusion of cereals and meat, while these two products will be the substitution to other commodities. the patterns of household consumption, and especially the high per capita consumption of cereals such as rice and wheat, can also confirm these results. the estimated total income elasticities presented in table 2 have the expected positive signs in all eight commodities. the values for cooking oil (e=1.76), fruits (e=1.38), meat (e=1.22) and cereals (e=1.18) are much higher than others. this implies a fairly large response of demand for these food groups to changes in total food expenditure. actually, the demand for cooking oil, fruits, meat and cereals are elastic with respect to total food expenditure. the estimated income elasticities of dairy, sugar, vegetables and tea and coffee are less than unity, so these goods are fairly inelastic with respect to total food expenditure. after obtaining compensated own and cross price elasticities in this section we examine the welfare impacts of the changes in selected food items’ prices. following some recent literature, we estimate the change in consumer welfare by using the compensating variation (cv). the compensating variation is the amount needed to compensate a household for a price increase, in order for the household to remain at the same utility level after a price change. we define price shock scenarios based on average annual changes in world food prices presented by fao (2016) for period of 2000-2014. prices of cereals, meat, dairy, oils, sugar, fruits, vegetables and tea and coffee have increased by 9.80, 8.35, 7.72, 8.06, 8.78, 3.16, 15.70 and 4.68 percent, respectively. we present the average compensating variation values in table 3. results show that the welfare losses from the price increases in cereals, meats, dairy, oils, sugar, fruits, vegetables and tea and coffee amount to 20 usd. in other words, on average, iranian urban households need to be compensated with approximately 11.82 percent of their 2016 total household expenditure on food in order to accommodate the adverse impact of food price changes they faced between 2000 and 2014. the highest amount of cv as a result of the increase of prices is obtained for fruits. the amount of cv for fruits is estimated at 4.90 usd, which is equivalent to 2.42 percent of the average food expenditures in 2016. also, the cv index of cereals is estimated to be 3.56 usd, which is equivalent to 2.11 percent of the average food expenditure in 2016. thus, with an increase of 9.80 percent in the price of cereals (considering the simultaneous price change), urban household expenditures increase and their welfare decreases. the cv for meat, dairy and vegetables are 2.86 (equivalent to 1.69 percent of the average food expenditure), 3.46 (equivalent to 2.05 percent of average food expenditure) and 3.03 usd (equivalent to 1.79 percent of average food expenditure), respectively. finally, the last column of table 3 shows the weight of the calculated cv index for each food group 118 ghasem layani, mohammad bakhshoodeh, mona aghabeygi, yaprak kurstal, davide viaggi from the total welfare index. according to the results, the amount of cv for fruits, cereals and dairy constitutes the highest share of the total cv index, respectively equal to 20.45 percent, 17.80 percent, and 17.30 percent of the total cv, respectively. table 4 shows the average monthly food expenditure of the 8 food groups, total cv, average monthly income for households, and the welfare measure of the vulnerability index (total cv relative to income). given that the average monthly income of iranian urban households is 792.66 usd, the total welfare loss due to rising food prices is equivalent to 2.52 percent of an average household income, which is an indicator of the vulnerability of urban households as a result of the increase in global prices. this index can be used as an effective tool as part of efforts towards enforcing supportive policies. in more detail, policymakers determine the rate of increase in employees’ wage annually, based on economic indicators such as inflation. specifying the vulnerability index would be a suitable measure to balance the wages and inflation in the society. finally, we examine the effect of rising food prices on poverty in urban households in table 5. according to the average total food expenditures, the initial poverty line is computed as 111.66 usd; and after rising food prices, the secondary poverty line is computed to be 131.66 usd. in the initial setting, 30.13 percent of urban households have a monthly food expenditure below the poverty line (about 5680 households). table 2. hicksian (compensated) price and income elasticities for different food groups. cereals meats dairy oil cooking sugar fruits vegetables tea and coffee cereals -0.22 (-7.51) * -0.01 (-12.98) 0.31 (11.63) 0.17 (15.01) 0.61 (9.82) -0.24 (-5.25) 0.02 (7.96) 1.01 meats 0.05 (12.98) -0.27 (-11.09) 0.15 (10.44) 0.26 (9.10) 0.25 (2.34) -0.01 (-2.34) 0.09 (2.34) 0.23 dairy -0.06 (-11.63) -0.19 (-10.44) -0.22 (-8.04) -0.56 (-7.26) 0.78 (6.37) -0.01 (-4.13) 1.35 (10.51) 0.61 oil cooking 0.13 (15.01) 0.12 (9.10) 0.14 (7.26) -0.24 (-5.54) 0.10 (10.43) 0.12 (5.14) -0.04 (-6.02) 0.39 sugar 0.01 (9.82) -0.13 (-2.34) 0.48 (6.37) -0.60 (-10.43) -0.82 (-7.07) -0.25 (-8.23) 0.94 (7.05) 0.71 fruits -0.07 (-5.25) -0.00 (-2.34) 0.32 (4.13) 0.25 (5.14) 0.02 (8.23) -0.05 (-8.66) 0.25 (6.15) -0.26 vegetables -0.04 (-7.96) -0.01 (-2.34) 0.40 (10.51) -0.21 (-6.02) 0.51 (7.05) 0.01 (6.15) -0.74 (-7.04) -0.07 tea and coffee 0.28 (10.01) 0.48 (6.21) -0.84 (-7.33) 1.36 (9.07) -0.58 (-7.58) 0.34 (5.98) -1.02 (-4.56) -2.19 (-8.43) income elasticities 1.18 1.22 0.23 1.76 0.39 1.38 0.58 0.14 source: authors’ calculations * indicates significance at the 5% level, t-ratios are in parentheses. 119the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability based on what was explained, the total share of poor households in urban areas increases to 40.76 percent (table 6). we find that 10.63 percent of households, which were above the poverty line before the food price increase, become poor after the price shock. consequently, the overall share of poor households increases from 0.30 to 2.05 percent in urban areas. for instance, in the case of a 9.80 percent price increase for cereals, the cv is 3.56 usd and the poverty line is 115.52 usd. our results suggest that an additional 1.79 table 3. welfare effect of price changes(the average compensating variation values). group proportion of cv (%) compensated variation (%) compensated variation (usd) price change (%) average monthly food expenditure (usd) cereals 17.80 2.11 3.56 9.80 43.69 meats 14.29 1.69 2.86 8.35 41.01 dairy 17.30 2.05 3.46 7.72 18.68 oil cooking 5.59 0.66 1.12 8.06 8.84 sugar 6.56 0.78 1.31 8.78 8.13 fruits 20.45 2.42 4.09 3.16 22.38 vegetables 15.15 1.79 3.03 15.70 21.76 tea and coffee 2.84 0.34 0.57 4.68 4.69 total 100 11.82 20 169.18 source: authors’ calculations. table 4. vulnerability index. average monthly urban household income (usd) 792.66 total welfare index (usd) 20 average monthly food expenditure (usd) 169.18 household vulnerability 2.52 source: authors’ calculations. table 5. the effect of rising food prices on poverty in urban households (poverty line for urban households). poverty line household percent first poverty line (usd) upper 13172 69.87 111.66 lower 5680 30.13 total 18852 100 source: authors’ calculations. 120 ghasem layani, mohammad bakhshoodeh, mona aghabeygi, yaprak kurstal, davide viaggi percent of urban households (about 338 households) drop below the poverty line after a 9.80 percent price increase. 5. policy implications in iran, goods and services subsidy policy has been one of the most important consumer supportive policies over the past 40 years. the main goals of this policy include controlling and stabilizing prices, supporting vulnerable groups, reducing poverty, and distributing equitable income. although this policy instrument may help improve food security, it has been subject to increasing critiques in recent years. in fact, some local actors claim that, apart from the budget constraint, the use of goods and services subsidy policy in iran dates to the early 1970s, however, poverty index is still high, standard welfare is not achieved for households yet, and food safety and food security for poor and vulnerable households are still major concerns. as such, this instrument is seen as inefficient given its high budget costs, as a potential source of market distortions, and benefitting some groups who do not need to be supported (e.g. target groups are not identified and households receive the same subsidy) (azzam and rettab, 2012; bakhshoodeh, 2010; tefra, 2012). the subsidy payments by 11 usd per month for each person has been constant without considering inflation over the last two decades. these untargeted subsidy payments to the households, regardless of considering their vulnerability and their income level, in addition to being costly for the government, does not improve welfare indicators at the national level. identification of vulnerable households and determining the amount of subsidy payment to the target groups is one of the most important challenges that policymakers in iran are facing. assessing the effects of simultaneous price changes on household expenditures would be one of the tools to identify target groups in receiving subsidies. in other words, determining the share of household expenditure changes (with different table 6. the impact of rising food prices on the poverty. group cv (usd) secondary poverty line (usd) households (%) poverty line change in household poverty upper lower (number) % cereals 3.56 115.22 68.08 31.92 338 1.79 meats 2.86 114.52 68.48 31.52 262 1.39 dairy 3.46 115.12 68.16 31.84 323 1.71 oil cooking 1.12 112.78 69.37 30.63 95 0.50 sugar 1.31 115.75 69.26 30.74 116 0.62 fruits 4.09 114.69 67.82 32.18 386 2.05 vegetables 3.03 112.97 68.39 31.61 280 1.49 tea and coffee 0.57 112.23 69.57 30.43 57 0.30 total 20 131.66 59.24 40.76 2004 10.63 source: authors’ calculations 121the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability socio-economic characteristics) in their income show households that are more vulnerable and in need of government support. also, the government can use the effect of total price increases on household expenditures to determine the optimal subsidy payment. finally, implementing this supportive policy by identifying target groups could reduce poverty and increase social justice and keep households with low-income above the food poverty line. 6. conclusion we employed iranian urban households’ price elasticities of eight food groups (cereals, meats, dairy, oils, fruits, vegetables, sugar and tea and coffee) to evaluate the welfare effect of food price changes. for this aim, the compensated variation (cv) has been utilized, based on the changes in global food prices between 2000 and 2016. meanwhile, iranian food demand has been estimated by using the quadratic almost ideal demand system (qaids). this model used to explore how increasing food prices affect iranian urban consumer welfare and the poverty line. substitution effects among food items are estimated by including own and cross price elasticities obtained through the estimation of a demand system, qaids. according to the demand theory, all the estimated price and expenditure elasticities are acceptable (negative for own elasticities and positive for expenditure elasticities). increasing food price leads to urban iranian household welfare losses and a decrease in the purchasing power. also, the results of cv suggest that on average, iranian urban households need to be compensated with approximately 11.82 percent of their 2016 total household expenditure on food in order to accommodate the adverse impact of food price changes they faced between 2000 and 2014. although the food price changes have had differential effects for each of the food groups, price changes for the majority of households, have brought severe hardship for them to access food. the food price changes drive 2004 urban households below the food poverty line and causes a 10.63 percent increase in the number of poor urban households. our findings, hence, underline the negative impacts of price shocks on households’ welfare, especially those that are more vulnerable than others. being informed about the extent of these impacts, by the use of the vulnerability index, hence carries a crucial significance in the context of efforts towards achieving food security in developing countries, and towards supportive policy making targeted at especially vulnerable households. in a similar manner, in order to contribute to food security efforts and to execute food safety goals, the iranian government should compensate the welfare loses that are incurred by vulnerable households by putting in place supportive policies including but not limited to raising wages or subsidizing vulnerable households. the strengths of this study compared to other research include: (i) using quadratic system of the equation which is more flexible than other demand functions, (ii) calculating welfare changes simultaneously with food price changes, (iii) calculating vulnerability index, (iv) calculating second poverty line due to simultaneous changes in food prices and (v) assessing the increase of food prices simultaneously on food poverty of rural households. there are, however, some limitations of our study that could be addressed in order to add more precision to our results. this paper has focused on the vulnerability index of aggregate eight food groups rather than individual food items. further research can 122 ghasem layani, mohammad bakhshoodeh, mona aghabeygi, yaprak kurstal, davide viaggi also focus on individual food items as well as major expenditure groups such as clothing, housing services and health for urban households. meanwhile, the compensated elasticities can also be calculated for each household in order to identify the social characteristics of households that fall in the category of vulnerable households. moreover, in this study, all the simulations were carried out by cross-sectional data. future research would need to use panel data and explore poverty dynamics to test how food price shock affects poverty over time by taking into account the household livelihood strategies. last but not least, we assume that the global food price shocks transferred completely to the domestic market in iran. future work would benefit substantially using accurate quantities of food price transfer in welfare calculations. references abdulai, a., jain, d. k. and sharma, a. k. (1999). household food demand in india. journal of agricultural economics 50 (2): 316-327. arabatzis, g. and klonaris, s. (2009). an analysis of greek wood and wood product imports: evidence from the linear quadratic aids. journal forest policy and economics 11: 266–270. arshadi, a. and karimi, a. (2013). the survey of absolute poverty status in iran during the first to fourth year of development. journal of strategic and macroeconomic policy (1):35-64. azzam, a. m. and rettab, b. (2012). a welfare measure of consumer vulnerability to rising prices of food imports in the uae. journal of food policy 37: 554-560. bakhshoodeh, m. (2010). impacts of world prices transmission to domestic rice markets in rural iran. journal of food policy 35: 12–19. banks, j., blundell, r. and lewbel, a. (1997). quadratic engel curves and consumer demand. journal of review of economics and statistics 79: 527-539. blanciforti, l. and green, r. (1983). an almost ideal demand system incorporation habits: an analysis of expenditures on food and aggregate commodity groups. journal of reviewing economics and statistics lxv 3. coleman, s. (2012). where does the axe fall? inflation dynamics and poverty rates: regional and sectoral evidence for ghana. journal of world development 40 (12): 2454-2467. cranfield, j. (2007). the impact of food price inflation on consumer welfare: application of a rank four demand system. international food economy research group, university of guelph, canada. de janvry, a. and sadoulet, e. (2010). the global food crisis and guatemala: what crisis and for whom? journal of world development 38 (9):1328-1339. deaton, a., and j. muellbauer. (1980). an almost ideal demand system. journal of american economic review 70:312-326. fallahi, f., mohamadzadeh, p. and hekmati farid, s. (2016). the welfare effects of price changes in the main commodity groups in iran. journal of economic research 48:131-150. food and agriculture organization (fao,2016), statistics. http://www.fao.org fujii, t. (2013). impact of food inflation on poverty in the philippines. journal of food policy 39: 13-27. 123the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability fulponi, l. (1989). the almost ideal demand system: an application to food and meat groups for france. journal of agricultural economics 40: 82–92. gohin, a. (2005). decomposing welfare effects of cge models: an exact, superlative, path independent, second order approximation. 8th conference on global economic analysis, lübeck, germany. hayes, d., wahl, t. and williams, g. (1990). testing restrictions on a model of japanese meet demand. american journal of agricultural economics 72 (3): 556–566. ivanic, m., martin, w. and zaman, h. (2012). estimating the short-run poverty impacts of the 2010–2011 surge in food prices. journal of world development 40: 2302–2317. khodadad kashi, f., bagheri, f., heydari, k.h. and khodad kashi, a. (2005). measuring poverty indicators in iran, applying various types of poverty line, poverty gap, poverty indicator, 1984-2000. research group of economic statistics 148. layani, gh. and bakhshoodeh, m. (2016). effects of rising food prices on poverty and vulnerability of the iranian rural households. journal of economic research 16: 1-27[in persian]. layani, gh. and esmaeili, a. (2015). evaluation of urban households’ vulnerability to rising prices of foods imports in iran. journal of agricultural economics research 27: 109-127. [in persian]. leyaro, v., morrissey, o. and owens, t. (2010). food prices, tax reforms and consumer welfare in tanzania 1991–2007. international tax and public finance 17 (4): 430-450. matsuda, t. (2006). linear approximations to the quadratic almost ideal demand system. empirical economics 33: 663–675. ministry of agriculture or iranian agriculture ministryjihad (imaj, 2016). the cost of agricultural production systems’, department of planning and support. administration of statistics. various years. (in persian) osei-asare, y. b. and eghan, m. (2013). food price inflation and consumer welfare in ghana. international journal of food and agricultural economics 1 (1): 27-39. ravallion, m. and chen, sh. (2007). absolute poverty measures for the developing world (1981-2004). world bank policy research working paper 4211. robles, m. and keefe, m. (2011). the effects of changing food prices on welfare and poverty in guatemala. development in practice 21 (4-5): 578-589. rodriguez-takeuchi, l. and imai, k. s. (2013). food price surges and poverty in urban colombia: new evidence from household survey data. journal of food policy 43: 227-236. statistical centre of iran (sci). annual report for 2016. tehran, iran. suharno, v. v. (2010). an almost ideal demand system for food based on cross section data: rural and urban east java, indonesia. unpublished doctoral dissertation, university of georg-august. göttingen, germany. tefera, n. (2012). welfare impacts of rising food prices in rural ethiopia: quadratic almost ideal demand system approach. selected paper prepared for presentation at the international association of agricultural economists (iaae) triennial conference, brazil. unicef. (2009). social and economic policy working briefs. how economic shocks affect poor households and children. https://www.unicef.org/socialpolicy/file / how_economic_shocks_affect_final.pdf 124 ghasem layani, mohammad bakhshoodeh, mona aghabeygi, yaprak kurstal, davide viaggi wood, b. d., nelson, c. h. and nogueira, l. (2012). poverty effects of food price escalation: the importance of substitution effects in mexican households. journal of food policy 37 (1):77-85. world bank. (2000). world development report: attacking poverty. oxford university press, new york. isbn 0-19-521129-4. appendix the qaids for eight food groups reported below: 125the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability the results of qaids model represented in table a. table a. estimated parameters for the qaids model. αi γ1j γ2j γ3j γ4j γ5j γ6j γ7j γ8j βi λi cereals 0.312 (0.072* 0.142 (0.00) -0.053 (0.00) -0.014 (0.00) 0.001 (0.00) 0.004 (0.00) -0.079 (0.00) -0.021 (0.00) 0.021 (-0.02) 0.095 (0.03) -0.009 (0.00) meats -0.121 (0.06) 0.089 (0.00) 0.002 (0.00) -0.001 (0.00) -0.001 (0.00) -0.038 (0.00) -0.003 (0.00) 0.005 (-0.02) 0.131 (0.03) -0.021 (0.00) dairy 0.730 (0.04) -0.021 (0.00) 0.019 (0.00) -0.021 (0.00) 0.028 (0.00) 0.017 (0.00) -0.011 (-0.02) -0.171 (0.02) 0.016 (0.00) oil cooking -0.055 (0.03) -0.033 (0.00) 6×10-4 (0.00) 0.001 (0.00) -0.001 (0.00) 0.014 (-0.01) 0.099 (0.01) -0.012 (0.00) fruits 0.475 (0.04) 0.021 (0.00) -0.017 (0.00) 0.013 (0.00) 0.002 (-0.01) -0.142 (0.02) 0.021 (0.00) vegetables 0.108 (0.04) 0.109 (0.00) 0.005 (0.00) -0.010 (-0.02) 0.086 (0.02) -0.007 (0.00) sugar 0.202 (0.02) 1×10-4 (0.00) -0.01 (-0.01) -0.056 (0.01) 0.008 (0.00) tea and coffee -0.651 (0.13) -0.011 (0.15) -0.042 (-0.15) 0.003 (0.00) *the numbers in parenthesis are standard deviation. source: authors’ calculations from eviews 9. the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention to adopt risk management tools elisa giampietri1, xiaohua yu2, samuele trestini3,* drivers and barriers of process innovation in the eu manufacturing food processing industry: exploring the role of energy policies federica demaria, annalisa zezza step-by-step development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments: the example of hazelnut plantation in italy alisa spiegel1,*, simone severini2, wolfgang britz3, attilio coletta2 the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity in long standing european agricultural policies. an application to the european geographical indication policy leonardo cei1, gianluca stefani2, edi defrancesco1 the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability of urban households in iran ghasem layani1, mohammad bakhshoodeh1, mona aghabeygi2*, yaprak kurstal3, davide viaggi3 bio-based and applied economics 6(1): 81-114, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-14625 a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles in a disadvantaged area of tuscany (mugello): implications for the evaluation and the design of cap payments laura fastelli1*, chiara landi2, massimo rovai1, maria andreoli1 1 dept. of agricultural, food and agri-environmental sciences, university of pisa, pisa, italy 2 italian national institute of statistics, rome, italy date of submission: 2014 15th, june; accepted 2017 1st, march abstract. in recent times there has been a growing awareness of the role of agriculture in providing public goods and services, in particular in less favoured areas. however, since agriculture is an economic activity, its permanence implies that it should be able to generate a satisfactory income for farmers. where this is not possible, due to natural constraints or adverse economic and market conditions, in order to maintain an adequate use of farmland it is necessary to provide public aid to farmers. in this framework, the design of proper interventions aimed to promote rural development in less favoured areas should be based on a deep knowledge at the farm and territorial level. as regards the territorial level, the rdp zoning [art. 11 reg. ce 1698/2005] developed by member states on the base of the guidelines provided by the european commission is very often not sufficient to adequately define the territorial characteristics of rural areas. the use of gis techniques may help to handle this issue by providing a better and more detailed knowledge at the territorial level. farm level is important insofar as aid effectiveness is usually strongly depending on the type of farm that is receiving it. thus, a careful selection of beneficiaries could determine a more effective and efficient distribution of resources. this paper aims to provide a spatial analysis of natural constraints and types of farming style in mugello area and to analyse their relations with cap aid distribution. both single payment scheme (sps) and rural development programme (rdp) payments have been taken into account. the paper combines a gis analysis of terrain features with the theoretical approach of farming styles. for this purpose, the study integrates several sources of data: the 2010 italian agriculture census, the tuscany regional agency for payments in agriculture (artea) database, and land cover data from the database corine land cover (clc06), as updated to 2007 by lamma (laboratory for environment monitoring and modelling). a geo-referenced database including socioeconomic attributes of farms, land use, and terrain characteristics has been generated in order to merge information at territorial and farm level. the results of this integrated analysis confirm that mugello is a very heterogeneous area as regards terrain characteristics despite the fact that it is totally included in less favoured areas. on the other side, farm strategies and economic results seem to be related to entrepreneurial characteristics as much as to natu*corresponding author: laura.fastelli@for.unipi.it 82 l. fastelli et al. ral constraints. the analysis of pillar i payments and rdp payments for farms located in this mountainous area shows a very complex situation where the strategies implemented by farmers of the strongest farming styles may successfully counteract natural constraints. besides, in the authors’ opinion, the analyses performed highlight the importance of spatial analysis as a tool for evaluating how public resources are distributed on a territory, thus providing also useful information on the way this distribution could be improved, e.g. for ensuring a higher level of environmental services. keywords. farming styles, integrated gis database, multi-criteria analysis, disadvantaged rural areas, common agricultural policies jel codes. q12, q15, q18 1. introduction since its beginning the common agricultural policy (cap) has been aiming at raising farmers’ incomes. in time, cap aims have changed showing an increasing interest in rural development, also as a tool for lowering disparities among different territories, and in maintaining the environment. in these last cases, farm viability and performances are seen more as a mean to promote both local development and ecosystem services provision, than as a goal in itself (cooper et al., 2006). the italian agricultural system is characterized by a wide range of farms, which differ in terms of socioeconomic (size, structure, labour, knowledge, networks, etc.) and farmed land (terrain) bio-physical characteristics. in order to design proper policies, decision makers need to understand and take into account this heterogeneity in the framework of the changing socioeconomic conditions of rural areas, both at farm and at territorial level. this heterogeneity is extended also to farmers strategies, as regards entrepreneurial attitudes, external operating environments and uses of available resources, that can be more deeply analysed through the theoretical approach of the style of farming (van der ploeg, 1990; 1994; 2000). according to the existing literature, farming style defines a specific way of combining together different resources, such as, land, labour, livestock, machines, networks, knowledge, etc., in order to achieve specific objectives. in other words, it is an entrepreneurial attitude that combines material and immaterial resources related to a specific rural context. this type of analysis allows understanding the causes of the coexistence of several types of farms, in terms of resources, investments and cultural heritage, within the same area or the same supply chain, and it helps investigating the complexity of agricultural systems, which are characterised by an increasing heterogeneity among farms (van der ploeg, 1994). farming style analysis is often based on surveys of farms located in territories that have similar characteristics, thus highlighting the differences in farm strategies (emtage & herbohn, 2012; schmitzberger et al., 2005). according to guillem et al. (2012), even at small geographical scale, diversified farm strategies related to personal attitudes and objectives of the farm operator, may coexist and lead to diversified development trajectories within the same area (beaudeau et al., 1996). the farming style analysis represents a useful tool to assess the combination of goals, strategies, and related practices put in place by farmers to improve their economic perfor83a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles mance. furthermore, this analysis allows understanding the impacts of public policies on the territory and the effects of farms’ activities on the provision of ecosystem services. following this approach, public policies should be tailored to the specific needs of each farming style, consequently improving the effectiveness of public expenditure (wilson, harper, and darling, 2013; van der ploeg and ventura, 2014; guillem et al., 2012). guillem et al. (2012), through a social survey, define farming styles according to farmers’ perceptions of the environment. results show that farmers do not entirely follow their stated objectives, since external factors – such as input and output price signals and subsidy levels – have on their strategies a stronger influence than their stated opinions about environmental and social issues. from this point of view, a classification of farming styles based on characteristics and decisions taken by farmers could be more reliable than one built on the results of a social survey. this approach may help to design more effective policy instruments, which integrate ecological issues within the planning activity. nevertheless, due to its relation both with farms and territorial characteristics, farming styles’ definition needs a huge amount of information, which prevents this kind of analysis being carried out at large scale. during the last few decades, researchers have created large databases able to provide good information also on specific small areas. these databases may reduce the time lag between research activities and policy makers’ decisions (joerin et al. 2001). however, this issue is very complex as many variables at territorial and farm level play a key role. many questions arise, such as: which are the needs of a specific area at farm and aggregated levels? and which are the best tools to fulfil these needs, combining public objectives related to regional development, and private objectives, related to business development? geographical information systems (gis) may help handle this issue by highlighting the specific needs of these areas in terms of policy supply (budic, 1994). the current availability of data and their processing by gis analysis make it possible to reach a more comprehensive knowledge of a specific territory, since socioeconomic information alone is not sufficient to explain the evolutionary trajectories of agriculture, due to their relationship with the physical characteristics of land (altitude, slope, etc.). indeed, spatial analysis – by locating all the parcels composing the farms through a spatial representation – better supports the planning processes (gonzales and del campo, 2012). many contributions on gis analysis have been applied to land use evaluation (for a review see malczewski, 2004). several contributions try to estimate ex-ante the potential impact on farm structures and on ecosystem services provided by the territory brought about by agricultural policies in general or by specific measures, i.e. rural development plan (rdp) environmental measures. ex-ante evaluations are usually performed by means of agent-based model (abm), such as the contributions of piorr et al. (2009), brady et al. (2012), and lobianco and esposti (2010). another strand of the literature uses gis to perform an ex-post evaluation of the cap since it seems to reduce costs and increase the effectiveness of policy results (matthews et al., 2013). matthews et al. (2013) use a spatial analysis framework to assess the effects of single farm payments (sfp) on farm income in several areas of scotland, integrating biophysical and socioeconomic data. their results show that the shift to area-based payments leads to a redistribution within sub-sectors; from intensive to more extensive systems. yang et al. (2014) investigating the implementation of agri-environmental measures 84 l. fastelli et al. in scotland argue that spatial models are more suitable to achieve an effective policy if compared to non-spatial regression models. besides, they note that, although results show a significant positive relationship between sites of special scientific interest (sssi)1 and agri-environmental payments, the current incentives system is not able to improve the provision of ecosystem services in the ‘wider countryside’, since only a low share of scottish farmers accede to this kind of payments. finally, other contributions (spaziante et al., 2009; 2012; adisa, 2012) use gis to evaluate the effectiveness of agri-environmental payments by analysing the spatial distribution of these measures (for a review see gonzales and del campo, 2012). results show that the territorial allocation of several environmental measures among farmers could be greatly improved. according to the authors, the spatial analysis provides useful inputs to policy makers especially when dealing with rdps, which involve a wide range of objectives, stakeholders, environmental effects and beneficiaries. the research presented in this paper follows the latter strand of the literature. although the introduction of the analysis at farm level in this kind of evaluation is usually based on the data of fadn2 accountancy (see, e.g., piorr et al., 2009) and it is mainly based on structural features and type of output mix, the authors deemed more important to take into account farm strategies, in order to be able to evaluate the influence of human capital on the possible evolution of the area. in this framework, this paper provides a gis analysis of single payment scheme (sps) and rural development programme (rdp) payments spatial distribution in mugello area (tuscany), with the aim of providing some insights on the spatial correlation between terrain features and farming styles and between farming styles and amount of aid received. in particular, these analyses should allow verifying if aid is more related to territorial features or to the type of farming style to which the receivers belong to. mugello is a mountain area located the north-east of tuscany, italy, where farming is characterised by the presence of dairy cattle and other livestock, that experienced a 20% decline in the number of farms over the last ten years, associated to a 12% loss of utilised agricultural area (uaa) (istat, 2010). indeed, as regards mountain and other disadvantaged areas, cooper et al. (2006) state that in these areas farms and farming systems are generally subject to natural handicaps, which act as a constraint on more intensive practices. in turn these handicaps exert an impact on the viability of the farm business and its relative competitiveness. as such, these farms are potentially under the greatest threat from the decline and cessation of management, with a consequent risk of loss of environmental values. the previous data of farms and uaa decrease seems to confirm that this risk is present in mugello. on the other hand, more than for its economic impact, farms and farming systems disappearance and land abandonment are important from an environmental viewpoint, insofar as the environmental and related public goods that are of value in the countryside stem from appropriate land management, and in particular, agricultural management over large areas. continued agricultural management contributes most to the countryside where it supports the maintenance of valued open landscapes, semi-natural habitats and biodiversity; it assists in the control of forest fires; or contribute to good soil and water management (cooper et al., 2006: p. 13). 1 the sites of special scientific interest (sssi) are designated sites prioritized by the scottish policy. 2 the farm accountancy data network (fadn) is an instrument for evaluating the income of agricultural holdings and the impacts of the common agricultural policy. 85a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles for this study, a geo-referenced database was created, integrating 2010 agricultural census data, public payments database and land use data, in order to understand the interactions among socioeconomic aspects, land use, terrain characteristics and agricultural policies. different entrepreneurial models or farming styles were identified through a multi-criteria analysis, which used quantitative and qualitative information at farm level. statistical and spatial data were processed in order to provide a deeper knowledge on the consistency of distribution of cap payments aimed at supporting farms located in disadvantaged areas. the paper is structured as follows: the following section 2 presents the methodology; section 3 presents the case study, firstly giving a description of the main features of the area, and then describing data and results of the analyses; section 4 presents concluding remarks on the main results of this work. 2. methodology in order to analyse the distribution of sps and rdp payments in mugello area and its correlation with farming styles and territorial features, several sources of data were integrated. land use data from corine land cover (clc-06) and lamma 2007 (laboratory for environment monitoring and modelling) databases were merged with the 2010 census of agriculture (in the following referred to as “census”) and the 2012 tuscany agency for payments in agriculture (artea) databases. the 2010 census provides a wide range of information regarding socioeconomic aspects of farms, and the artea database provides information on the public payments received by farms both under pillars 1 and 2. in the first step, both territorial and cadastral3 data were used in order to focus on the main differences among the agricultural resources existing inside mugello and to check their correlation with the zones defined by the tuscany rdp. then census and artea data were processed in order to define different farming styles/attitudes. finally, all the databases were merged to analyse the territorial structure of each rdp zone. all spatial analysis were carried-out using open-source gis software (qgis. 2.2) and its statistical and geomorphologic analyses plug-ins4. as previously stated, the first analysis focuses on territorial characteristics of rural areas according to land use, and it is carried out through statistical processing of land cover data (lamma, 2010). a geo-referenced database has been created integrating the cadastral database, the artea database and census data, in order to be able to allocate each plot of land to the farm that is farming it, to know the socioeconomic features of farms to which plots were allocated and to reconstruct the spatial area to which cap payments were distributed. then, these data have been clipped with the clc data and terrain features data. in particular, altitude (extracted from a digital elevation model) and slope (calculated as the average slope angle for each cadastral parcel in percent, based on first order derivative estimation) were determined for each cadastral parcel. the choice of altitude and slope 3 cadastral data refer to the italian inventory of agricultural land (catasto terreni), where the elementary unit is a parcel of land belonging to the same municipality, holder, category of agricultural utilization and class of productivity, that is not divided by roads, rivers, railways, etc. 4 more information of qgis project and on the qgis software can be found on the qgis project website, at the address http://qgis.osgeo.org/en/site/about/index.html (last consulted 05.05.2016). 86 l. fastelli et al. as has been made on the base of the rules for defining less favoured areas, among which mugello is included. indeed, “there are three categories classified as lfa. each category covers a specific cluster of natural or specific handicaps in europe in which the continuation of agricultural land use is threatened”. the first class is that of mountain areas, which “are characterised as those areas handicapped by a short growing season because of a high altitude, or by steep slopes, or by a combination of the two at a lower altitude” (jones et al. 2012). although the new rules proposed by jones et al. (2012) for assessing natural constraints favour the length of growing season as a constraint related to both temperature and altitude, within such a small area as mugello, altitude is highly correlated to temperature, and consequently it is a good proxy of the length of growing season. thanks to the merging and geo-referentiation of data from different sources, it was possible to obtain a sample, which covers a total agricultural area (taa) of 52,849 ha, 94% of which (49,966 ha) was geo-referenced. this final geo-referenced sample, which allows to represent each farm according to its terrain features (such as altitude, slope and land cover) and socioeconomic characteristics, is composed by 821 farms, representing 56% of farms and 81% of the taa surveyed by istat in 2010 (table 1). table 1. mugello coverage of the farms sample compared to universe provided by 2010 agricultural census.   sample universe % sample/ universe farms (number) 821 1462 56% utilised agricultural area (uaa) (ha) 23,476 27,290 86% total agricultural area (taa) (ha) 49,966 61,865 81% source: own elaboration on 2010 census of agriculture data the geo-referenced sample of mugello farms presents stronger structural characteristics than the universe in terms of uaa, taa and standard output per farm (table 2) and this is very likely due to the fact that it includes only farms which have received public payments through artea; consequently the sample represents the core of the mugello agricultural system. this explains the differences between sample and universe in terms of farm acreage, which are confirmed by anova results (see row t-test in table 2). then the farms operating in mugello area were classified in order to identify different farming styles or entrepreneurial models/attitudes using quantitative and qualitative information provided by the 2010 census. following the approach proposed by rocchi and landi (2013) and rocchi et al. (2014), we define entrepreneurial attitudes according to the level of entrepreneurial dynamism and of multifunctional diversification. the entrepreneurial dynamism is related to the farm operator attitude towards the business external environment, i.e. his/her capacity to properly react to external changes, and it was measured using several variables as proxies, i.e. the use of bookkeeping, the use of information and communication technology (ict), the use of subcontracting, on-farm presence of the farm operator, type of integration with output markets and the attendance of the farm operator to professional 87a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles courses (table 3). the multifunctional diversification, related to non-agricultural activities, i.e. the so called “other, or secondary, gainful activities” and the production of high quality products (table 3), is another very important feature of farmers since it highlights the attempt to diversify farm income by pursuing new business activities, as promoted by the eu. the multifunctional diversification and entrepreneurial dynamism levels were measured through a multi-criteria analysis (mca) methodology (dean and nishry, 1965). the mca encompassed the following stages: a) definition of variables and attributes; b) definition of a scale from 1 to 10 for each attribute (table 3) and attribution of scores to each farm for every attribute; c) pairwise comparison to assign relative weights to the variables; d) determination of the matrix of weighted scores for both multifunctional diversification and entrepreneurial dynamism indices; and e) definition of farming styles. in order to weigh the variables used for computing the two indices, we applied a pairwise comparison among the selected variables (table 4), where the value 1 was given when the variable on the row was deemed more important than the variable on the column, 0.5 if they had the same importance and 0 when the variable on the row was deemed less important than the one on the column. from the matrix of the weights resulting from the pairwise comparison it was possible to obtain a vector of the variables’ weights, that has been normalised by making its sum equal to 1. the results obtained are presented in tables 4 and 5, which show the weights assigned to the variables used to compute entrepreneurial dynamism and multifunctional diversification indices, respectively. the most important variables, i.e. those with higher weights, are the percentage of income coming from non-agricultural activities (multifunctional diversification) and the importance of forms of integration with output markets on total production (entrepreneurial dynamism). the values of both multifunctional diversification and entrepreneurial dynamism indices are obtained, for each farm, as a weighed sum of the scores obtained on all variables composing the indices. when representing the entrepreneurial dynamism and the multifunctional diversification on the two axes of a cartesian plane, where the threshold value (axes origin) is represented by the average value of the resulting scores, four main farming styles are defined table 2. mugello comparison between the geo-referenced sample and the universe. farm utilized agricultural area (ha) farm total agricultural area (ha) farm standard output (€) sample universe sample universe sample universe min 0 0 0.24 0 0 0 1st quart 4.87 2.38 8.12 4 5,870 3,397 median 11.05 5.82 22 11.36 17,370 9,348 mean 28.34 18.67 64.37 42.32 47,750 31,690 3rd quart 30 16.59 56 35.58 42,000 23,600 max 775.75 775.75 6,453 6,453 3,073,000 3,073,000 ttest 4.5831*** 2.1743** 2.8027*** source: own elaboration on 2010 census data. (*** significance at 0.01; ** significance at 0.05, * significance at 0.1). 88 l. fastelli et al. (figure 1). since the multifunctional diversification is mainly related to non agricultural activities, the farms beyond the average value have at least one non-agricultural activity representing a consistent share of total income. table 3. variables (and rules for their score assignment) composing the «multifunctional diversification» and the «entrepreneurial dynamism » indices. multifunctional diversification index entrepreneurial dynamism index cultivation practices (total score 0-10 as a sum of the four single scores) presence (2.5)/absence (0) of: hedgerows grass and cover crops crop rotation conservative tillage bookkeeping (presence and type) 0 no bookkeeping 5 bookkeeping only for vat accounting purposes 10 bookkeeping for ordinary accounting regime high quality products (share of farm acreage dedicated to high quality products) 0 none 2.5 < 1/3 5 1/3 2/3 10 > 2/3 information communication technology (uses for types) 0 no ict use 2 only for administrative purposes 4 only for crops and livestock management 6 both for administration and for crops and livestock management 8 use of internet 10 use of internet and e-commerce non-agricultural activities (number) 0 no non-agricultural activities 3.33 1 activity 6.66 2 activities 10 > 2 activities attendance to professional courses 0 no 10 yes share of farm income deriving from non -agricultural activities 0 – none 5 < 30% 10 >30% subcontracting (surface expressed as percentage of uaa.) 0 > 75 % 5 2575 % 10 < 25 % presence of the entrepreneur (in terms of on farm and off farm working days) 0 farm operator not working on farm 2.5 < 100 working days on farm 5 100180 working days on farm 7.5 >180 total working days; off-farm days > onfarm days 10 >180 total working days; off-farm days < onfarm days forms of integration with output markets (share of sold standard output) 0 only self-consumption 3.33 < 1/3 of sold standard output 6.66 1/3 2/3 of sold standard output 10 >2/3 of sold standard output note: variables’ scores in bold. 89a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles the farming styles stemming from the previous classification are: i) decline, ii) survival, iii) conservative development, and iv) innovative development (figure 1). the decline farming style includes farms without non-agricultural activities and with a low degree of entrepreneurial dynamism. the survival farming style includes farms with a low degree of entrepreneurial dynamism but where entrepreneurs adopt strategies aimed to increase farm income through on-farm diversification (bartolini et al. 2013). the last two types include farms with higher entrepreneurial dynamism. the difference between these two last farming styles stems from the productive choices of the farm operator: strengthening the agricultural production improving economies of scale and technological investments with a more traditional approach (conservative development); or farm diversification due to the introduction of activities that increase the added value of products and the provision of ecosystem services (innovative development), with a more innovative approach and a positive spill-over on the society for the provision of public services. table 4. weight matrix related to entrepreneurial dynamism. bookkeeping ict courses subcontracting entrepreneur labour integration with output markets control number weight vector bookkeeping x 0 1 0 0 0 1 0.100 ict 1 x 1 0 0 0 1 0.150 courses 0 0 x 0 0 0 1 0.050 subcontracting 1 1 1 x 1 0.5 1 0.225 entrepreneur labour 1 1 1 0 x 0 1 0.200 integration with output markets 1 1 1 0.5 1 x 1 0.275 table 5. weight matrix related to multifunctional diversification. cultivation practices high quality products number of nonagricultural activities output from nonagricultural activities (%) control number weight vector cultivation practices x 0 0 0 1 0.100 high quality products 1 x 0 0 1 0.200 number of non agricultural activities 1 1 x 0 1 0.300 output from non-agricultural activities (%) 1 1 1 x 1 0.400 90 l. fastelli et al. figure 1. the definition of farming styles according to the level of multifunctional diversification, and entrepreneurial dynamism. 3. the case study: description of the area, data and results in the following paragraphs, after describing the case study-area, firstly we describe in details the data used in this analysis, and then we provide an analysis of the statistical significance (anova and t-test) of the results for mugello area of the farming styles described in the previous chapter against several socioeconomic indicators, including the access to public payments. once verified the validity of the farming styles from a statistical point of view, they were correlated with rdp zoning. as regards public payments, especially those relating to rdp measures 211 and 212 (i.e. mountainous and other disadvantaged areas), the analyses of their spatial distribution aimed at highlighting their correlation with farming styles and the level of natural handicap constraints, measured by terrain features. 3.1 mugello: location, main features and importance of cap aid for the permanence of agricultural activities mugello, one of the historical regions of tuscany, is located northeast of florence, and it includes 9 municipalities5, which belong to two different sub-zones, upper 6 mugello in the north, where mountain areas are associated to high altitude and declivity of land, 5 barberino di mugello, borgo san lorenzo, dicomano, firenzuola, marradi, palazzuolo sul senio, san piero a sieve, scarperia, and vicchio. 6 firenzuola, marradi, and palazzuolo sul senio. 91a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles and lower7 mugello in the south, where the land is more suitable to agricultural activities. according to tuscany rdp zoning, mugello includes three different zones: intermediate rural areas in transition (c1); declining intermediate rural areas (c2) and rural areas with development problems (d). zones c1 and c2 derive from the splitting of the class of intermediate rural areas described by the national rural development plan, since in tuscany this zone would have accounted for more than 60% of the regional territory. the splitting has been made mainly on the basis of the incidence of workers employed in agriculture (whose high value characterises c2 zone) and of the total forestry area (including also the part not belonging to farms). mugello area has traditionally been specialised in agricultural activities and animal husbandry, especially dairy cattle and beef cattle rearing. in particular, in upper mugello, forestry and pastoral activities are very important. farmers mainly use the forestry for firewood and chestnut cultivation, which are both rapidly growing due to the current policies. in mugello the relationships between geomorphologic features and anthropogenic organisation are very important. indeed, several differences between the northern and the southern part exist at geological and at hydro-graphic network level. this, in turn, has strongly affected the types of settlement, their locations, and the farm structures. upper mugello is characterised by steeper terrains with worse accessibility conditions, associated to increasing depopulation and abandonment of previously cultivated fields, pastures and woods. the reduction of agroforestry practices has triggered massive processes of renaturalisation and expansion of natural vegetation. this massive renaturalisation of mugello is often bordering with abandonment and, coming after an agricultural exploitation of the land, it has broken the old balance of this territory, bringing about hydrologic and erosive problems resulting in very negative effects. the southern side is characterised by gentle reliefs, where the forest cover is not continuous, and large areas of agricultural fields alternate to grasslands and pastures (lamma, 2010). as regards environmental quality, a recent contribution of bartolini and brunori (2014) shows that in 2010 the situation in mugello was quite good as regards the high nature value (hnv) index and had been improving during the previous ten years. a spatial description of the distribution of field types in mugello area can be found in piorr et al. (2009, fig. 3). recent analyses by piorr et al. (2009) and uthes et al. (2011) show that a change of cap aid in mugello, especially in the case of abolishing direct payment, could bring about severe consequences in the area, such as a dramatic abandonment of mountain grassland field types, a relevant change in the share of uncultivated land on the total arable and changes in land use intensity. piorr et al. (2009) provide an estimate of the impact of these changes on water erosion. nevertheless, according to this study, the main changes would be related to a loss of landscape diversity and biodiversity. uthes et al. (2011) in a simulation of the effects of abolishing direct payments, stress the importance for farm survival of a highly diversified sector with agro-tourism opportunities and good marketing and sales structures, variables that in our analysis have been included in the computation of the multifunctional diversification index. nevertheless, according to uthes et al. (2011), although agriculture survival could not be at stake, in the case of change of policy patterns, there will be severe impacts on some variables, e.g. on the share accounted by grassland, due to shifting of the traditional grazing-based activity of livestock rearing to 7 barberino di mugello, borgo san lorenzo, dicomano, san piero a sieve, scarperia, and vicchio 92 l. fastelli et al. more intensive indoor systems. these changes could bring about both environmental problems (due to intensification) and social problems (due to the disappearance of many small farms and a reduction of labour requirement caused by land abandonment). 3.2 land use, natural constraints and rdp zoning of mugello in order to better understand the natural resources of mugello area, we have analysed the data of the distribution of corine land cover as updated by lamma (table 6). in this case the total agro-forestry area includes also land that is not belonging to any farm. the area of mugello is 113,122.65 ha, 95.3% of which (107,838.37 ha, table 6) are accounted by agroforestry land uses (lamma, 2010). forestry (clc classes 311, 312, 313, 322 and 323) and pasture and natural grassland (clc classes 231 and 321) prevail in d zone (zone which represents 50.20% and 64.87% of the total area, respectively, for these land uses). in terms of share of each rdp zone, forest uses range from the 63.74% of c1 zone to the 74.49% of d zone, thus representing the main use of land in all the territory (70.91% on average in the whole mugello area). furthermore, the data show an almost equal distribution of the total arable land (clc class 211) among the three rdp zones, although in terms of incidence on the total area of the rdp zones, arable land is decreasing from c1 (where it accounts for 28.26%) to d zone (where it accounts for 14.27%), with an inverse correlation with the share of forest land. arable land accounts on average for 19.21% of the total mugello areas, being the second most important land use after forest. on the map, the arable land is mainly represented by the horizontal belt in clearer colours that is located in the southern part of c1 and c2 zones. this arable land is mainly located in the class with the lowest altitude (figure 3). contrariwise, permanent crops (clc classes 221, 222 and 223) are distributed unevenly, with a prevailing presence in the c2 zone (which accounts for 64.34% of the total), although their share on the total area of each zone is quite small, ranging from the 3.72% of the c2 zone to the 0.45% of d zone. figure 2 presents the detailed distribution of clc classes in mugello area, while the corresponding detailed data can be found in table a.1 in appendix. as already highlighted in the methodological chapter, according to the 2010 agricultural census, the sample used in the present analysis covers a taa of 52,849 ha and over 94% of this area has been geo-referenced trough the q-gis software (qgis development team 2012). land use is often related to terrain features, such as altitude and slope, which were assessed through terrain analysis (plug-in q-gis5). the data were analysed choosing cultivated cadastral parcels as the elementary reference unit. this choice results in analysing units with a variable size, while most of the analyses has been done by using larger regular square grid units. in the author’s opinion, the advantages in using a unit that is homogeneous (see note 2) from the point of view of agricultural features and utilisation; and which allows performing spatial analysis of the real structural and socio-economic features of each farm, overcome the disadvantages in working with units that are not regular in shape and size. due to parcels homogeneity, their size distribution was deemed as not important, since it is mostly depending on the administrative history of the parcel. after analysing land uses in mugello areas, we deemed important to analyse the main terrain features, since they are related to the level of natural constraints that not only influence the possible land uses, but also the costs and the incomes of those uses. the 93a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles following maps and tables (figures 3, 4, 5 and tables 7, 8, 9) present the characterisation of the geo-referenced farms operating in the mugello area in terms of terrain features. as already stated above, differently from piorr et al. (2009)8 the land characteristics have been attributed to the farm’s parcels as resulting from the artea database (artea 2012) and not to a regular grid and this, in our opinion, consent to obtain results that are more adherent to real farm management, since regular grids do not allow reconstructing the land that is under management by each farm. the following table 7 analyses the correlations between the distribution of farm land by classes of average altitude and the three rdp zones into which mugello total area is 8 piorr et al. (2009) defined the standard size of the fields (1 ha). table 6. distribution of corine land cover (clc) classes in mugello rdp zones. c1: intermediate rural areas in transition; c2: declining intermediate rural areas; d: rural areas with development problems. 6.1 – absolute values group number description of groups of clc classes groups of clc classes (lamma, 2010) surface (hectares) by rdp zones c1 c2 d mugello 1 arable land 211 6,457.01 6,910.09 7,353.23 20,720.33 2 permanent cultivation 221+222+223 456.49 1,244.18 233.15 1,933.82 3 pastures and natural grassland 231+321 187.13 333.27 960.81 1,481.21 4 agriculture land mixed with natural land 241+242+243 410.79 559.00 510.83 1,480.62 5 forest 311+312+313+322+323 14,565.90 23,514.31 38,385.74 76,465. 95 6 sparsely vegetated area 333+324 774.38 891.63 4,090.45 5,756.46 total total 22,851.70 33,452.48 51,534.21 107.838,37 6.2 – relative values group number description of groups of clc classes row distribution (%) column distribution (%) c1 c2 d mugello c1 c2 d mugello 1 arable land 31.16 33.35 35.49 100.00 28.26 20.66 14.27 19.21 2 permanent cultivation 23.61 64.34 12.06 100.00 2.00 3.72 0.45 1.79 3 pastures and natural grassland 12.63 22.50 64.87 100.00 0.82 1.00 1.86 1.37 4 agriculture land mixed with natural land 27.74 37.75 34.50 100.00 1.80 1.67 0.99 1.37 5 forest 19.05 31.18 49.51 100.00 63.74 70.29 74.49 70.91 6 sparsely vegetated area 13.45 15.49 71.06 100.00 3.39 2.67 7.94 5.34 total agro-forestry 21.19 31.02 47.79 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 source: own elaboration on corine land cover as updated by lamma (2010). 94 l. fastelli et al. classified. this could help understanding with greater detail how much the variable altitude has influenced the rdp zoning9. besides, it allows verifying, if between c1 and c2 areas there are differences in altitude since the splitting of intermediate rural areas has not been influenced by this variable. table 7 has been organised in three sections; the first part gives the share accounted by each class coming from the crossing of altitude classes and rdp zones, while the second and third parts describe how each rdp zone is distributed among altitude classes (row distribution) and how each altitude class is distributed among rdp zones (column distribution), respectively. as one can see from table 7, land below 400 m a.m.s.l. is mainly located in c2 zone, which accounts for 74.81% of the total of this “lowland”, while lands in the class 400600 m and in the classes above 600 m are mainly located in c1 zone (where it accounts 9 the national rural development plan (ndp) provided a zoning based on demographic density, altimetry features and share of agricultural surface on total. figure 2. land use in mugello. source: own elaboration on corine land cover as updated by lamma (2010). 95a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles for 56.87%) and d zone (where it accounts for 72.13%), respectively. usually, when analysing altitude as a factor constituting a natural constraint for agricultural activities, the altitude of 600  m is considered as the one able to limit agricultural activity when taken alone, while in combination with a relatively high slope also a lower altitude could be considered as a limiting factor (cooper et al., 2006). when analysing data by rdp zone (see third section of table 7), it emerges that c2 zone accounts for almost 75% of the total land located under 400 m, although it presents also a not negligible share of land in the 800-1000 m class, while d zone represents the prevalent share both of the class 600-800 m (75,92% of which is located in this zone) and of the class 800-1000 m (52,92%). the 0,36% of total mugello area that is located above 1000 m is entirely located in d zone. the previous analysis (table 6) shows a d-c2-c1 hierarchy of “favourable” land uses. however, as regards altitude features, there is an inversion in the hierarchy between c1 (intermediate rural areas in transition) and c2 zone (intermediate rural areas in decline) as this latter presents better features. table 8 presents the distribution of farmland area by slope classes and rdp zones. while the first part of the table presents the share accounted by each class obtained by crossing slope classes and rdp zones, the following parts present, respectively, the row and column distributions, namely the share that slope classes account inside each rdp figure 3. average altitude of farmland areas in mugello (m a.m.s.l.). source: own elaboration on digital terrain model of tuscany region. 96 l. fastelli et al. zone (row distribution) and the share that rdp zones account inside each slope class (column distribution). according to the new proposed rules for the delimitation of areas with natural constraints (böttcher et al., 2009), slope becomes a limiting factor alone when it is above 15%; thus the attention should focus on the class related to the highest slope (15-30%) while the previous class should be given attention only when associated to high altitude. as it is apparent from table 8, in mugello the areas with a slope higher than 15% are about 39% (13.58% accounted by c2 zone and 25.62% by d zone). in d zone the class with the highest slope accounts for 55.56%. since d zone is also characterized by the highest altitude classes, the agricultural activities of this rdp zone suffer from severe natural constraints. as regards the situation of c1 and c2 zones, c2 is characterised by a higher share of farmland included in the highest slope class compared to that of c1 zone (36.4% in c2, 26.32% in c1). thus, while c1 zone has worse features than c2 as regards altitude, it has better features as regards slope. the previous figures and tables highlight a great difference in terms of terrain characteristics among the three rdp zones. the land above 600  m a.m.s.l. is concentrated in table 7. mugello distribution of farmland areas in rdp zones according to the class of altitude (meters above medium sea level). rdp zone distribution of farmland area in the sample (%) by altitude classes and regional development programme (rdp) zones < 400 m a.m.s.l. 400-600 m a.m.s.l. 600-800 m a.m.s.l. 800-1000 m a.m.s.l. > 1000 m a.m.s.l. c1 7.40 14.85 3.30 0.56 0.00 c2 22.87 8.23 3.91 2.34 0.00 d 0.30 9.88 22.73 3.26 0.36 rdp zone distribution of farmland area in the sample (%) by altitude classes inside each regional development programme (rdp) zone < 400 m a.m.s.l. 400-600 m a.m.s.l. 600-800 m a.m.s.l. 800-1000 m a.m.s.l. > 1000 m a.m.s.l. total area c1 28.34 56.87 12.64 2.14 0.00 100.00 c2 61.23 22.03 10.47 6.27 0.00 100.00 d 0.82 27.05 62.22 8.92 0.99 100.00 rdp zone distribution of farmland area in the sample (%) by regional development programme (rdp) zone inside each altitude class < 400 m a.m.s.l. 400-600 m a.m.s.l. 600-800 m a.m.s.l. 800-1000 m a.m.s.l. > 1000 m a.m.s.l. c1 24.21 45.05 11.02 9.09 0.00 c2 74.81 24.97 13.06 37.99 0.00 d 0.98 29.98 75.92 52.92 100.00 total area 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 source: own elaboration on digital terrain model of tuscany region and rdp regional db. 97a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles zone d (26,35% of mugello total farmland area), with lower values in zones c1 (3.86%) and c2 (6.25%). similarly, land in the slope class higher than 15% located in zone d accounts for a share of 25.62% of mugello total area, whilst in zones c2 and c1 this value decreases to 13.58% and 6.91%, respectively. in summary, coherently with expectations, areas with development problems show the worst operating conditions. these results, together with average values for altitude and slope by rdp zone, have been validated through anova, which shows statistically significant differences among rdp zones (table 9). figure 4. farmland areas in mugello according to classes of average slope. source: own elaboration on digital terrain model of tuscany region table 8. mugello distribution of farmland surfaces (%) in rdp zones according to the slope classes. rdp zone slope classes (share %) row distribution (%) column distribution (%) < 5% 5-15% 15-30% < 5% 5-15% 15-30% < 5% 5-15% 15-30% c1 1.81 17.53 6.91 6.9 66.78 26.32 58.39 34.51 14.99 c2 1.26 22.47 13.58 3.38 60.23 36.40 40.65 44.24 29.45 d 0.03 10.79 25.62 0.08 29.61 70.31 0.97 21.24 55.56 source: own elaboration on digital terrain model of tuscany region and rdp regional db 98 l. fastelli et al. table 9. mugello average altitude (m a.m.s.l.) and slope (%) of mugello rdp zones and statistical significance of distribution variables rdp zones anova f valuec1 c2 d altitude 458.63 440.17 642.34 152.51*** slope 11.09 14.04 18.53 156.84*** source: own elaboration on digital terrain model of tuscany region and rdp regional db (*** significance at 0.01; ** significance at 0.05, * significance at 0.1). 3.3 farming style analysis and spatial distribution the farming styles representing different entrepreneurial attitudes of farmers in mugello were analysed according to the statistical significance of the main socioeconomic characteristics and factors of productivity. the decline group, with 379 holdings, includes the majority of farms, whilst the survival group includes only 52 farms. the conservative development and innovative development groups include respectively 193 and 197 holdings. table 10, with anova10 results, shows that differences in structures among the four farming styles are statistically significant. farms included in the decline style have lower acreage, economic dimension and annual working units11 (awu), presenting an average size of 16.29 hectares, an average standard output (so) equal to 18,150 € per year and 1.09 awu per year. on the contrary, the highest values characterize farms included in the innovative development group, with an average size of 52.22 ha and an average standard output equal to 103,000 € (table 10). survival and conservative development groups show similar values, even though the latter group shows slightly higher values (27.90 ha against 25.71 ha of average size; 49,430 € against 43,670 € of annual standard output). in the first two rows of table 10 the total farm uaa, farm so and farm awu accounted by each farming style and the relative share accounted by each farming style on the total of the above mentioned variables are reported. as regards uaa, the innovative development style accounts for the major share (44.4%) of the total uaa followed by the decline and conservative development styles which account respectively for 26.6% and 23.2% of the uaa, while survival style accounts for a very limited share (5.8%). the importance of innovative development style is still higher in terms of standard output (52.1%). as regards so, conservative development represents a higher share than decline, while for uaa it was the opposite. when analysing the annual working unit, the situation is more balanced with shares, for the three more important styles, varying from the 36.4% of innovative development to the 26.3% of conservative development style, while survival accounts for 7.7%. in summary, results show that over 52% of farms and 32% of uaa are included in the decline or survival styles, which are the groups closer to exit in the long run. 10 three different anova were run on the sample of 821 farms. the dependent variable was respectively the uaa, so and awu, whilst the independent variable was the categorical variable showing the style to which each farm belongs. 11 the annual working unit (awu) is a measure introduced by the european union to design the work of a full time equivalent worker and it is calculated as the number of working days divided by 225. 99a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles ta bl e 10 . m ug el lo u a a (h ec ta re s) , s ta nd ar d ou tp ut (e ur o) a nd a w u a cc or di ng to fa rm in g st yl es fa rm u a a (h a) fa rm s o (€ ) fa rm a w u d ec lin e su rv iv al c on se rv at iv e d ev el op m en t in no va tiv e de ve lo pm en t d ec lin e su rv iv al c on se rv at iv e d ev el op m en t in no va tiv e de ve lo pm en t d ec lin e su rv iv al c on se rv at iv e d ev el op m en t in no va tiv e de ve lo pm en t to ta l 61 73 ,9 13 36 ,9 53 84 ,7 10 28 7, 3 6, 87 8, 85 0 2, 27 0, 84 0 9, 53 9, 99 0 20 ,2 91 ,0 00 41 3, 1 10 8, 2 36 6, 7 50 8, 3 % o n to ta l 26 .6 5. 8 23 .2 44 .4 17 .6 5. 8 24 .5 52 .1 29 .6 7. 7 26 .3 36 .4 m in 0. 24 0. 32 0. 66 1. 00 0 0 0 11 65 0 0 0. 08 0. 10 1st q ua rt 3. 01 6. 53 7. 40 14 .3 0 2, 85 6 7, 14 9 12 ,6 90 25 ,3 20 0. 40 0. 71 0. 92 1. 50 m ed ia n 6. 03 13 .5 6 15 .1 0 27 .3 6 7, 21 5 16 ,0 10 25 ,8 80 41 ,7 70 0. 73 1. 26 1. 62 2. 06 m ea n 16 .2 9 25 .7 1 27 .9 0 52 .2 2 18 ,1 50 43 ,6 70 49 ,4 30 10 3, 00 0 1. 09 2. 08 1. 90 2. 58 3rd q ua rt 13 .0 0 25 .3 2 32 .2 5 61 .0 0 17 ,9 20 37 ,6 80 55 ,2 30 93 ,0 90 1. 62 2. 67 2. 68 3. 20 m a x 46 8. 20 21 5. 30 16 9. 10 77 5. 7 57 3, 50 0 36 1, 40 0 10 7, 20 00 30 73 ,0 00 6. 48 13 .3 0 12 .8 9 9. 73 a n a ly si s o f va ri a n c e (a n o va ) d f su m sq m ea n sq f va lu e d f su m sq m ea n sq f va lu e d f su m sq m ea n sq f va lu e m od el 1 1. 53 39 e+ 09 1. 53 39 e+ 09 61 .7 3* ** 1 8. 80 36 e+ 11 8. 80 36 e+ 11 46 .3 8* ** 1 28 6. 18 28 6. 18 13 9. 82 ** * re sid ua ls 81 9 2. 03 51 e+ 10 24 84 81 84 81 9 1. 55 43 e+ 13 1. 89 78 e+ 10 81 9 16 76 .3 2 so ur ce : o w n el ab or at io n on 2 01 0 ce ns us d at a. (* ** s ig ni fic an ce a t 0 .0 1; * * si gn ifi ca nc e at 0 .0 5, * s ig ni fic an ce a t 0 .1 ). 100 l. fastelli et al. table 11 and figure 5 show the intensity on the use of factors among different farm styles according to the criteria of farm’s efficiency (iacoponi, 1994): land productivity, labour productivity and intensity of labour use on the land. according to the anova, differences among farming styles in terms of land productivity, intensity of labour use for land unit and age of the household members working in the farms are statistically significant, while differences in labour productivity among farming styles are not. farms included in the innovative and conservative development styles show the highest levels of land and labour productivity associated to a lower average age of family workers. this may be due to a higher land productivity associated to a less intensive use of labour. hence, the productivity should be related to capital intensive and labour saving (dairy cattle, mechanisation) factors. similarly, the added value of the production may increase the productivity. conversely decline and survival styles register lower values. in particular, farms included in the survival style showed higher land productivity than those of decline style, but an inefficient use of the labour per hectare (it presents the highest value among the four styles), which negatively affects total labour productivity. this may be due to the high share of manual labour used by these farms on high added value production (i.e. specialty foods). figure 5 illustrates the economic performance of the four farming styles in terms of index numbers, showing that the highest efficiency belongs to the farms included in the innovative development whilst the lowest performance to farms included in the decline style. table 12 illustrates the distribution of the four farming styles according to the rdp zones. farms included in the decline style represent respectively 42.24% and 45.70% of the total farms located in c2 and d areas, i.e. the areas deserving more attention from policy makers, due to their development problems, and which accounts for about 73.5% of the mugello sample taa. hence, without a proper policy support these areas are deemed to lose a very high share of active farms. in terms of taa the situation is quite different since, although farms included in decline style represent 49.70% of the taa in c2 area, in d area they represent only 2.53%, due to a higher incidence of farms belonging to conservative and innovative development styles. in order to assess the existing relationships between the amount of public payments received by farms and the farming styles, access to public payments has been investigated (table 13). the most likely hypothesis was that “stronger” farming styles may have a significantly higher level of access to public payments. in this last case the enforcement of a specific policy able to prevent the exit of weaker farms could be required, if their survival is considered to be important due to social or environmental targets. however, knowing the relations among farming styles and aid distribution could help to improve policy design, e.g. by introducing rules able to promote beneficiaries who have specific characteristics and attitude towards farming. the anova (table 13) shows that the difference in average payments stemming from pillar 1 and 2 among the styles is statistically significant, and confirms the above hypothesis, i.e. that the “strongest” farming styles are the ones which capture the majority of aid in mugello area. according to the artea database (2012), between 2007 and 2012, 144 farms operating in the mugello area received rdp payments stemming from axis 1, 92 farms received payments from axis 2 and only 16 farms received payments from axis 3. farms included in the decline style (n = 379) are the less dynamic, since they receive the lowest amount of rdp payments (pillar 2). the majority of the aid stems from pub101a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles ta bl e 11 . m ug el lo la nd a nd la bo ur p ro du ct iv ity a cc or di ng to fa rm in g st yl es . d ec lin e su rv iv al c on se rv at iv e d ev el op m en t in no va tiv e de ve lo pm en t a n a ly si s o f va ri a n c e (a n o va ) d f su m sq m ea n sq f va lu e so /a w u 16 ,4 06 20 ,8 58 26 ,0 81 40 ,4 74 m od el 1 2. 50 44 e+ 09 2. 50 44 e+ 09 0. 03 3 re sid ua ls 81 8 6. 13 18 e+ 13 7. 48 70 +1 0 so /u a a 1, 11 4 1, 67 2 1, 77 1 1, 97 8 m od el 1 27 72 2 27 72 2 5. 10 45 * re sid ua ls 81 8 44 42 50 8 54 30 .9 aw u /u a a 0. 07 0. 08 0 .0 7 0. 04 m od el 1 0. 00 02 2. 66 85 e04 11 .0 4* ** re sid ua ls 81 8 0. 01 9 2. 41 56 e05 av er ag e ag e of h ou se ho ld m em be rs w or ki ng in th e fa rm 61 55 53 47 m od el 1 22 01 7 22 01 7 15 0. 52 ** * re sid ua ls 78 6 11 49 66 14 6. 3 so ur ce : o w n el ab or at io n on 2 01 0 ce ns us d at a. (* ** s ig ni fic an ce a t 0 .0 1; * * si gn ifi ca nc e at 0 .0 5, * s ig ni fic an ce a t 0 .1 ). 102 l. fastelli et al. figure 5. mugello land and labour productivity indices according to farming styles. 0 20 40 60 80 100 so/working days so/uaa uaa/days average age of household members working in the farm decline survival conservative development innovative development source: own elaboration 2010 census data. table 12. mugello farming styles distribution by tuscany rdp zones. farms number and hectares of taa. rdp zone decline survival conservative development innovative development total c1) intermediate rural areas in transition n° 74 5 24 33 136 % n 54.41% 3.68% 17.65% 24,26% 100 ha 3,748.72 662.45 2,276.73 6,543.78 13,231.68 % ha 28.33% 5.01% 17.21% 49.46% 100 c2) intermediate declining rural areas n° 98 22 52 60 232 % n 42.24% 9.48% 22.41% 25.86% 100 ha 9,337.38 919.54 2,547.87 5,981.21 18,786.00 % ha 49.70% 4.89% 13.56% 31.84% 100 d) rural areas with development problems n° 207 25 117 104 453 % n 45.70% 5.52% 25.83% 22.96% 100 ha 453.23 515.85 7,897.72 9,082.44 17,949.24 % ha 2.53% 2.87% 44.00% 50.60% 100 total n° 379 52 193 197 821 % n 46.16% 6.33% 23.51% 24.00% 100 ha 13,539.33 2,097.84 12,722.32 21,607.43 49,966.92 % ha 27.10 4.20 25.46 43.24 100 source: own elaboration on cadastral data (2011), artea data (2012), and census data (2010). 103a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles lic payments under pillar 1, highlighting how farms included in the decline style try to maintain the status quo, which grants them a sufficient amount of money to survive in the short run. the lower access to the rdp payments of farms included in the decline style could be due to higher barriers in accessing payments. indeed, they could require higher investments, entrepreneurial attitudes, innovations. farming styles intercepting the majority of public payments stemming from pillar 1 are the innovative development and conservative development styles, with an average payment12 respectively equal to 8,559 and 5,708 €/year over the period 2007-2012, that in the first style is probably related also to the larger size in terms of uaa. furthermore, farms included in the innovative development style show the highest level of access to rdp payments both in terms of average payment, with an average amount of 1,960, 1,034 and 783 € per year, respectively, from axes 1, 2 and 3, and in terms of share of farms intercepting payments, with 35%, 24% and 7%, respectively, for the axes 1, 2 and 3 of rdp. more than 30% of the farms included in the innovative development style received payments stemming from axes 2 and 3, which are respectively related to agri-environmental schemes and diversification, and represent one 12 the average payment is calculated as the ratio between total payments per year over the period 2007-2012 for each farming style and the number of farms included in that style. this index allows assessing the access of farms to public payments according to the farming style. table 13. mugello first pillar (sps) and rdp payments according to the farming style. decline survival conservative development innovative development sps average annual payment per farm (pillar 1) 2,716 3,678 5,708 8,559 rdp axis 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 share of farms (%) 5 4 0.5 11 8 0 17 9 0.5 35 24 7 rdp payments per year, 000 € 227.3 15.7 27.9 82.2 9.5 0 156.3 77.4 1.5 393.7 207.9 157.3 annual average rdp payments per farm € 596 41 73 1,521 184 0 810 401 8 1,960 1,034 783 anova degrees of freedom sum sq mean sq f value sps average annual payment per farm (pillar 1) farm style 1 4.5132e+09 4513228387 22.916*** residuals 819 1.6130e+11 196947987 total rdp payments per year (all axes) farm style 1 1.5148e+11 1.5148e+11 20.399*** residuals 819 6.0817e+12 7.4258e+09 fischer exact test pearson chi2 share of farms 0.00 135.8344 source: own elaboration on artea data (2007-2012) and census data (2010). (*** significance at 0.01; ** significance at 0.05, * significance at 0.1). 104 l. fastelli et al. of the main development strategies to increase farm income. finally, the survival style (n = 52) shows the second highest payment (1,521 € per year) after the innovative development style for rdp axis 1 and also a sps average annual payment that is higher than that of the decline style. a further analysis is needed to assess whether the farming styles affect or are affected by the access to public payments, which represents an important aspect within the cap reform. when considering the distribution of rdp resources among styles, due to the high differences in the number of farms belonging to each style, the situation is slightly different insofar as farms belonging to the decline style, although having the lower amount of rdp payments per farm, are able to capture about 20% of the total rdp aid, while more than 55% goes to the farms belonging to innovative development. after the analysis of the main features of the farming styles and their relation with the ability to intercept public aid, it is important to analyse their spatial distribution, that could be confronted with the land use analysis and the spatial analyses of altitude and slope presented above, which give a picture of the kind of resources and constraints that farms have to face in their activity. thus, in the following part, we provide both the maps of the two indices by which farming styles have been individuated, i.e. entrepreneurial dynamism and multifunctional diversification, and the map giving the spatial distribution of farmland belonging to the four farming styles. figure 6 shows the spatial distribution of the entrepreneurial dynamism among farmers. the highest levels of entrepreneurial dynamism are located in zones c2 and c1 (especially the municipalities of dicomano and scarperia); however, even some areas of zone d in the upper mugello are characterised by a high entrepreneurial dynamism level such as the north part of firenzuola and palazzuolo sul senio. surprisingly, the municipality of borgo san lorenzo, albeit located in zone c2 and characterised by areas with more favourable conditions for crops, shows the lowest level of entrepreneurial dynamism, probably due to better chances of employment in other sectors. farming strategies, in this case, do not aim to produce income, but they could be interpreted as “hobby-styles” or as strategies for the maintenance of real estate assets, i.e. land and buildings, that could increase their value, due to the proximity to residential or industrial areas. as shown by figure 7, the majority of farms operating in mugello present low levels of multifunctional diversification if compared to the entrepreneurial dynamism map. however, the upper mugello seems to be more oriented to multifunctionality; this could be likely due, from the one hand, to the more severe cropping conditions that makes it necessary to have an innovative approach and look for alternative sources of farm income, and from the other hand, to the lower level of economic development that makes it difficult to find employment in other sectors. in terms of number of farms, firenzuola municipality presents a relatively high level of multifunctional diversification since over 50% of farms can be considered as multifunctional. the same result holds in palazzuolo sul senio. indeed, the agricultural activity in this area requires a high level of labour intensity and presents a lower land productivity if compared to lower mugello. farmers who operate in these municipalities and have few opportunities to work outside agriculture without moving out from the area, tend to adopt diversification strategies made possible by the high quality level of local natural, environmental and landscape resources, when agricultural production is not able to ensure an adequate income. 105a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles these results highlight the importance of human capital, since there are farms that, due to the ability of the entrepreneur, are economically profitable despite the scarce fertility and suitability to an intensive use of their farmland. thus, although resource marginality could be one of the drivers of agricultural and farm marginality, this factor can be counterbalanced by good entrepreneurial skills; indeed statistical analysis shows no significant correlation between farming styles and terrain features. this result highlights the importance of the human factor, which is often not considered at farm level analysis, where structural and productive mix features are usually privileged. figure 8 illustrates the spatial distribution of the four farming styles. most innovative development style farms are located in the municipalities of dicomano and scarperia in lower mugello (the part of mugello with less development problems). many decline style farms are located in the municipality of borgo san lorenzo (and s. piero a sieve), the part of lower mugello that is more suitable for agricultural activities. this might be due to the higher off-farm opportunities of employment offered by these municipalities. i.e. employment in local smes and in the public sector which allows to maintain /continue farming activities. in this framework, the survival of weak farms might be due to a strong presence of retirees or professionals who carry on farming, e.g. as style of life. in this case, as previously stated, farming is carried out either as a hobby and a way to produce food for the family, or as a strategy based on the expectation of an increase in periurban land values. figure 6. map of entrepreneurial dynamism in mugello. source: own elaboration on cadastral data (2011), artea data (2012), and census data (2010). 106 l. fastelli et al. in summary, the analysis of the spatial distribution of farming styles seems to highlight a poor correlation with the terrain and land use features of the territory. indeed, it seems that this correlation is sometimes opposite to the one that could have been hypothesized, namely that where the territorial features are more favourable to agricultural activities, other factors – such as labour and land markets for non agricultural activities – have higher importance in influencing farming activity. viceversa, where territorial features are less suitable for agricultural uses, farmers seems to be more motivated and capable of innovation with the aim to improve their farming activity and to make it more sound from an economic viewpoint. this aim is pursued by farm diversification, intensification or by the research of economies of scale and scope, in many cases through the use of public aid, both belonging to pillar 1 and 2. at the end of this chapter we consider useful to provide a spatial analysis of the distribution of cap aid. in this framework, since all mugello is classified as less favoured area (lfa) and since cooper et al. (2006), in their evaluation of the lfa measure in the 25 member states of the european union, raised some doubts on the way the measure had been implemented in tuscany, we have decided to focus on rdp axis 2 measures related to lfa, i.e. measure 211 (mountain areas) and 212 (other disadvantaged areas). we, thus, analysed the spatial distributions of farms receiving payments under measures 211 and 212, in order to test the effectiveness of rdp payments in giving help to the figure 7. map of multifunctional diversification in mugello. source: own elaboration on cadastral data (2011), artea data (2012), and census data (2010). 107a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles areas with the highest natural constraints. given that the entire territory of mugello is classified as a mountainous area, it should be only eligible for the measure 211. nevertheless, some farms in mugello have received payments under measure 212 since these payments are not granted on the basis of cadastral parcels location but just considering the location of the farm center. since farmers cannot apply to both payments for the same parcel, but they have to choose which measure they prefer, for farms that have their center outside mugello, but manage land inside mugello it could be more profitable to apply for compensation under measure 212. in this way they get aid for all their farmland while, if applying under measure 211, they would be able to obtain aid only for the land located in mugello. figure 9 shows the spatial distribution of public payments given to farms located in mountainous areas with natural disadvantages (measure 211, left) and the spatial distribution of public payments given to farms located in other areas with natural disadvantages (measure 212, right). as result, we observed that 51 out of 821 farms received the payments related to measure 211 for a total amount of 676,037 € over the period 2009-2012, while 55 farms received the payments related to the measure 212, with a total amount of 713,796 € over the period 2009-2012. this spatial analysis shows that many farms located in lower mugello, where the terrain is less steep and the soils more suitable for cropping, received these types of payments. conversely many areas located in upper mugello did figure 8. the farming styles distribution in mugello. source: own elaboration on cadastral data (2011), artea data (2012), and census data (2010). 108 l. fastelli et al. not receive any kind of payment related to natural disadvantages. consequently we note a lack of coherence in the use of the measures 211 and 212, which should have helped farms located in area with higher natural disadvantages, since these payments are distributed without taking into account the characteristics of farm parcels. when analysing the farm styles that were more able to capture this kind of aid, the results highlight the problem of the access to these public payments, which affects especially farms of the decline style. over the period 2007-2012, only 2% of the farms included in this style received the payments, whilst 11% of the conservative development farm style group received the payments. this could be due to the combination of limited resources to be distributed and the priority given to professional farmers that led to provide aid almost exclusively to the strongest farming styles. the decision makers chose to limit aid to livestock farms with a minimum acreage and to privilege professional farmers with the aim to concentrate resources on the farms representing the backbone of mugello agriculture. decision makers were afraid that, otherwise, these farms would disappear or intensify their production by shifting to indoor systems (uthes et al., 2011), since both abandonment and intensification would bring about negative effects on es provision or on socio-economic situation of mugello. however, a spatial distribution that is neither linked to the areas with higher natural constraints nor to beneficiaries with weaker features at farm level could increase the risk of land abandonment. this may imply a stronger limit to the development of rural areas, which are often characterized by part-time farmers, non-professional farmers, life-stylers farmers, which, however, play an important role for agri-environmental protection and the maintenance of rural culture and traditions. the present tuscany rdp, which has just started, does not bring an improvement on the side of a better targeting to areas with higher natural constraints insofar as, differently from other regions (e.g. the bordering umbria region), it does not provide any graduation of the intensity of payment related to the classes of altitude and slope. figure 9. average payment (euro) related to areas with development problems (measure 211, left, and 212, right), in mugello. source: own elaboration on artea rdp regional db 109a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles 4. conclusions this paper presents a spatial analysis of the farm styles, terrain features and cap payment distribution in mugello area. the analysis was carried out by utilizing and integrating data at farm and territorial level, which included information on farm and family structures, public payments and terrain characteristics. the resulting database includes data of 821 agricultural holdings operating in the area, whose cadastral parcels were georeferenced to localise the land managed by each farm. then, through a multi-criteria analysis, four different farm styles were defined according to their entrepreneurial dynamism and multifunctional diversification level, i.e. decline, survival, conservative and innovative development, with the aim to include farm strategies in our analysis. indeed, many expost and ex-ante evaluations of cap aid take into account the farm level only by considering structural or crop mix features. however, personal attitude and farming styles may heavily influence the capacity to intercept public aid and to build viable farms, especially when only poor agricultural resources are available. the main strength of this contribution is the intertwining between farms and territorial data, which allows to localise all the parcels of every farm included in the sample and to characterize them in terms of altitude and slope, being aware of the constraints that those features have for the agricultural activity. this contribution shows the potential of gis, as it allows performing a deeper analysis on the area at the farm and territorial level and to single out the areas (and farms) that are at risk of abandonment. policy makers should use this approach to design, monitor and assess the impact of local agricultural policies, which, in order to be effective, should be able to fit the needs of specific rural sub-areas and farm styles. besides, the spatial analysis could be extended from an ex-post to an ex-ante evaluation, e.g. providing maps of potential aid distribution under different hypotheses about eligibility or priority (based on farm acreage, professional status of the farmer, etc.) or about a graduation of aid intensity based on the level of natural handicap (e.g. as it happens in umbria region for aid given to areas with natural constraints). results show a significant heterogeneity within mugello area, with the coexistence of different farming styles also in areas with similar terrain features. these results are particularly important since they point out that biophysical marginality is only one of the components of farm marginality and that entrepreneurial skills could allow farm viability and profitability also in the case that terrain features and land uses are not favourable. from this point of view, the importance given to farms belonging to the weakest farming styles, especially in the most unfavourable areas, aims to highlight situations where natural and human capitals concur to bring about negative effects. in particular, almost 50% of farms and 1/3 of the total agricultural area included in the sample belong to farms that seem to be close to the exit (decline and survival styles). this may negatively impact the socioeconomic, environmental and landscape conditions of mugello area in the following years, due to the effects of agricultural activity abandonment and the relocation of residents in more accessible and favourable areas. as regards the evaluation of cap design, especially in the case of rdp measures, the analyses aiming to relate rdp zones with land use and terrain features show that their delimitation was consistent with the aim to individuate areas of increasing marginality levels. results show that c1 zone is the best as regards the share of highest profitability 110 l. fastelli et al. land use (e.g. arable land) while d zone has the worst ones (with high presence of forestry and natural grassland). as regards terrain features, while d zone has the worst characteristics as regards altitude and slope, c2 seem to be slightly better for altitude, but has worst characteristics as regards slope than c1 area. nevertheless, significant levels of heterogeneity within each rdp zone may be individuated. while it could be hypothesized a correlation between natural resources endowment and farming styles, results, as above mentioned, show that this is not the case in mugello area. furthermore results show that very often public aid, even if targeted to areas with natural constraints, do not show any significant relation with the level of natural constraints arising from terrain features or with the kind of farming style, even if rdp zoning is consistent with an increasing level of natural constraints. thus, if policies aimed to avoid land abandonment by aiding areas characterized by less favourable terrain features and weaker farming styles, results show that they have failed to meet these targets. the decision to perform an analysis for less favoured areas that, while integrating terrain and farm characteristics, keep these two levels as separate stems from the awareness that policies related to natural constraints areas currently focus on area delimitations based only on bio-physical characteristics, while the promotion of farming typologies or farming styles can be introduced by regions and member states when deciding rules regarding beneficiaries and priority criteria. thus, delimitations could be valid for a longer term (since bio-physical features do not change so fast in time), while changes in the socioeconomic situation (that can change also in a short time period) can be counteracted by adapting eligibility and priority criteria. as regards the access to public payments stemming from pillars 1 and 2, we note that the highest amount of aid goes to farms included in the conservative and innovative development styles, which represent farms with the highest level of entrepreneurial attitudes. a further (diachronic) analysis could explain whether this capacity to intercept financial opportunities provided by cap is the cause or the effect of the resulting high levels of payments, and if the design of policies has directly or indirectly favoured areas, types of productions, types of farmers, in a way that is consistent with the goal of supporting agriculture, especially in disadvantaged areas. another reason that might explain the results in term of distribution of public resources among farming styles could be the “technocratic” approach of tuscany region, which aims at capturing and spending the maximum amount of european financial resources more than at targeting the promotion of self-empowerment and improvement of weaker areas and farms as, e.g., in the case of leader approach (arrighetti, 2016). results show deficiencies in the access to public payments by weaker farms and territories. farms included in the decline group face the highest barriers when they try to enter into the system of public aid. hence, new activities such as information practices or more adequate rules regarding farms and farmers eligibility and priority for these payments should be put in place to address this issue. although focusing mainly on professional farmers has its rationale, this could drive out of the system “lifestyle” farmers (mantino, 1990), who may well contribute to the landscape maintenance (lobley and potter 2004) and, from a territorial point a view, could hinder a more homogeneous rural development. in these cases, proper policies should be addressed also to this type of farmers. finally, focusing on the rdp measures specifically intended for areas with natural disadvantages, we raise some doubt on the effectiveness of their design, since in 111a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles mugello there is apparently no correlation among distribution of aid and intensity of natural constraints. this result confirms the need to use more efficient evaluation tools, like gis, to support a proper agricultural policy. from this point of view, our ex-post analysis should stimulate proper ex-ante analyses able to better define territories and farmers eligibility. references arrighetti, s. (2016). le politiche di sviluppo rurale fra retorica e pratica: una “lettura” di leader in chiave di innovazione sociale. phd dissertation, department of agriculture, food and environment, university of pisa. available online: https://etd. adm.unipi.it/theses/available/etd-02192016-221826/. ballas, d., clarke, g.p. and wiemers, e. (2005). building a dynamic spatial microsimulation model for ireland. population, space and place 11: 157-172. bartolini f., andreoli m. and brunori g. (2014). explaining determinants of the on-farm diversification: empirical evidence from tuscany region. bio-based and applied economics 3(2): 137-157. bartolini, f. and brunori, g. (2014). understanding linkages between common agricultural policy and high nature value (hnv) farmland provision: an empirical analysis in tuscany region. agricultural and food economics 1(2): 1-21. beaudeau, f., van der ploeg, j.d., boileau, b., seegers, h. and noordhuizen, j.p.t.m. (1996). relationships between culling criteria in dairy herds and farmers’ management styles. preventive veterinary medicine 25(3-4): 327-342. böttcher, k., eliasson, å., jones, r., le bas, c., nachtergaele, f., pistocchi, a., ramos f., rossiter d., terres j.-m., van orshoven j. and van velthuizen, h. (2009). guidelines for application of common criteria to identify agricultural areas with natural handicaps. luxembourg: european commission joint research centre institute for environment and sustainability. brady, m., sahrbacher, c., kellermann, k. and happe, k. (2012). an agent-based approach to modeling impacts of agricultural policy on land use, biodiversity and ecosystem services. landscape ecology 27(9): 1363-1381. budic, z.d. (1994). effectiveness of geographic information systems in local planning. journal of the american planning association 60(2): 244-263. cooper, t., baldock, d., rayment, m., kuhmonen, t., terluin, i., swales, v., poux, x., zakeossian, d. and farmer, m. (2006). an evaluation of the less favoured area measure in the 25 member states of the european union. institute for european environmental policy for dg agriculture. london. council of the european communities (1975). council directive (ec) no 75/268/eec of 28 april 1975 on mountain and hill farming and farming in certain lessfavoured areas. official journal l 128: 0033 0067. available online: http://data. europa.eu/eli/dir/1975/271/oj. council of the european communities (2005). council regulation (ec) no 1698/2005 of 20 september 2005 on support for rural development by the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd). official journal l 277: 1-40. available online: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2005/1698/oj. 112 l. fastelli et al. dean, b.v. and nishry, m.j. (1965). scoring and profitability models for evaluating and selecting engineering projects. operations research 13(4): 550-569. emtage, n. and herbohn, j. (2012). implications of landholders’ management goals, use of information and trust of others for the adoption of recommended practices in the wet tropics region of australia. landscape and urban planning 107(4): 351360. emtage, n.e. and herbohn, j.l. (2012). assessing rural landholders diversity in the wet tropics region of queensland australia in relation to natural resource management programs: a market segmentation approach. agricultural systems 110: 107118. gonzales del campo, a. (2012). gis in environmental assessment: a review of current issue and future needs. journal of environmental assessment policy and management 14(1): 7-30. guillem, e.e., barnes, a.p., rounsevell, m.d.a. and renwick, a. (2012). refining perception-based farmer typologies with the analysis of past census data. journal of environmental management 110: 226-235. iacoponi, l. and romiti, r. (1994). economia e politica agraria. bologna: edizioni agricole. istat (2010). 6th agricultural census. roma. available online: http://censimentoagricoltura.istat.it/ joerin, f., thériault, m. and musy, a. (2001). using gis and outranking multicriteria analysis for land-use suitability assessment. international journal of geographical information science 15(2): 153-174. jones, r., le-bas, c., nachtergaele, f., rossiter, d., van, j., orshoven, r. s. and van velthuizen, h. (2012). updated common bio-physical criteria to define natural constraints for agriculture in europe. jrc scientific and technical report, european commission joint research centre institute for environment and sustainability -ies. luxemburg. available online: http://members.iif.hu/tot3700/abstr/jvojmttt2012.pdf lamma regione toscana (2010). uso e copertura del suolo della regione toscana. available online: http://www.lamma.rete.toscana.it. lobianco, a. and esposti, r. (2010). the regional multi-agent simulator (regmas): an open-source spatially explicit model to assess the impact of agricultural policies. computers and electronics in agriculture 72(1): 14-26. lobley, m. and potter, c. (2004). agricultural change and restructuring: recent survey of agricultural households in england. journal of rural studies 20 (4): 499-510. malczewski, j. (2004). gis-based land-use suitability analysis: a critical overview. progress in planning 62(2): 1-65. mantino, f. (1990). azienda e famiglia: funzione obiettivo, allocazione del reddito e strategie economiche. in de benedictis, m. (ed), trasformazioni agrarie e pluriattività in italia, bologna: inea-il mulino, 33-82. matthews, k.b., buchan, k., miller, d.g. and towers, w. (2013). reforming the cap-with area-based payments, who wins and who loses?. land use policy 31: 209-222. piorr, a., ungaro, f., ciancaglini, a., happe, k., sahrbacher, a., sattler, c., uthes s. and zander, p. (2009). integrated assessment of future cap policies: land use changes, 113a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles spatial patterns and targeting. environmental science and policy 12(8): 1122-1136. qgis development team (2012). qgis geographic information system. open source geospatial foundation project. available online: http://qgis.osgeo.org. regione toscana (2012). rural development programme of tuscany region 2007/13. available online: http://www.regione.toscana.it/documents/15878/0/psr_9. pdf/65a6bd93-3f3d-4ff1-a414-287daa06f2ae rocchi, b., stefani, g., landi, c., greco, m., fusco, d., giordano, p. and moretti, v. (2014). a multi item scale to assess entrepreneurship level in the italian agriculture. conference of european statistics stakeholders. rome (unpublished paper). rocchi, b. and landi, c. (2013). livelli di imprenditorialità nell’agricoltura toscana. agriregionieuropa 9(34): 1-11. schmitzberger, i., wrbka, t., steurer, b., aschenbrenner, g., peterseil, j. and zechmeister, h. g. (2005). how farming styles influence biodiversity maintenance in austrian agricultural landscapes. agriculture, ecosystems and environment 108(3): 274-290. spaziante, a. and murano, c. (2009). rural development programmes and strategic environmental assessment: towards a sustainable rural territory. international journal of agricultural resources, governance and ecology 8(2-4): 205-222. spaziante, a., rega, c. and carbone, m. (2012). spatial analysis of agri-environmental measures for the sea of rural development programmes. italian journal of rural regional science 12(2): 93-116. topcu, y. (2012). rural development-contemporary issue and practices. in adisa r.s. (ed) the integrated marketing approach as a rural development tool, croatia: intech-open access publisher, 257-282. tuscany regional agency for payments in agriculture (2012). tuscan farms database artea. firenze. uthes, s., piorr, a., zander, p., bieńkowski, j., ungaro, f., dalgaard, t., ... & sahrbacher, a. (2011). regional impacts of abolishing direct payments: an integrated analysis in four european regions. agricultural systems, 104(2), 110-121. van der ploeg, j.d. (1990). lo sviluppo tecnologico in agricoltura, il caso della zootecnia. bologna: il mulino. van der ploeg, j.d. (1994). styles of farming: an introductory note on concepts and methodology. in van der ploeg, j.d. and long, a. (eds.), born from within. practice and perspectives of endogenous rural development, assen: van gorcum, 7-31. van der ploeg, j.d. (2000). revitalising agriculture: farming economically as starting ground for rural development. sociologia ruralis 40(4): 497-511. van der ploeg, j. d. and ventura, f. (2014). heterogeneity reconsidered. current opinion in environmental sustainability 8: 23-28. wilson, p., harper, n. and darling, r. (2013). explaining variation in farm and farm business performance in respect to farmer behavioural segmentation analysis: implications for land use policies. land use policy 30(1): 147-156. yang, a.l., rounsevell, m.d.a., wilson, r.m. and haggett, c. (2014). spatial analysis of agri-environmental policy uptake and expenditure in scotland. journal of environmental management 133: 104-115. 114 l. fastelli et al. appendix table a.1 distribution of corine land cover (clc) classes in mugello rdp zones. c1: intermediate rural areas in transition; c2: declining intermediate rural areas; d: rural areas with development problems. clc classes (lamma, 2010) c1 (ha) c2 (ha) d (ha) tot clc (ha) 211 non-irrigated arable land 6,457.01 6,910.09 7,353.23 20,720.33 221 vineyards 137.67 364.30 127.69 629.66 222 fruit trees and berry plantations 66.88 156.37 85.88 309.13 223 olive groves 251.94 723.51 19.58 995.03 231 pastures 167.43 121.59 133.23 422.24 241 annual crops associated with permanent crops 64.93 70.85 33.41 169.18 242 complex cultivation patterns 136.62 149.86 14.40 300.88 243 land principally occupied by agriculture, with significant areas of natural vegetation 209.24 338.29 463.02 1,010.55 311 broad-leaved forest 13,140.08 23,430.36 36,699.66 73,270.10 312 coniferous forest 967.51 7.25 1154.85 2,129.61 313 mixed forest 437.92 35.25 436.94 910.11 321 natural grasslands 19.70 211.68 827.58 1,058.96 322 moors and heathland 20.39 41.45 88.29 150.13 323 sclerophyllous vegetation 0.00 0.00 6.00 6.00 324 transitional woodland-shrub 774.38 880.08 3,815.24 5,469.70 333 sparsely vegetated areas 0.00 11.55 275.21 286.76 tot area 22,851.69 33,452.47 51,534.21 107,838.37 source: own elaboration on land uses data (lamma, 2010). a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy tévécia ronzon1*, stephan piotrowski2, robert m’barek1, michael carus2 cost function and positive mathematical programming quirino paris what if meat consumption would decrease more than expected in the high-income countries? fabien santini*, tevecia ronzon, ignacio perez dominguez, sergio rene araujo enciso, ilaria proietti a stakeholder engagement approach for identifying future research directions in the evaluation of current and emerging applications of gmos davide menozzi1*, kaloyan kostov2, giovanni sogari1, salvatore arpaia3, daniela moyankova2, cristina mora1 a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles in a disadvantaged area of tuscany (mugello): implications for the evaluation and the design of cap payments laura fastelli1*, chiara landi2, massimo rovai1, maria andreoli1 bio-based and applied economics 6(1): 19-35, 2017 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-18140 cost function and positive mathematical programming quirino paris department of agricultural and resource economics, university of california, davis date of submission: 2016 31st, march; accepted 2016 28th, november abstract. a line of research in positive mathematical programming (pmp) has pursued the goal of estimating a cost function capable of reproducing the base-year results in a sample of farms. originally, the pmp approach estimated a “myopic” cost function, that is, a cost relation depending only on the output levels observed during a production cycle. no input price entered this type of cost function. in this paper we define and estimate a proper cost function that calibrates the economic results of a sample of farms. in the process, we demonstrate the existence of a unique solution of the pmp problem when observed output quantities and limiting input prices are taken as calibrating benchmarks. furthermore, the paper shows how to obtain endogenous output supply elasticities that calibrate with available exogenous information in the form of previously estimated elasticities for an entire region or sector. this framework is applied to a sample of italian farms that admit no production for some of the crop activities. this pmp model can be used to explore farmers’ response to various policy decisions involving output prices, environmental constraints, limiting input supply, and other government interventions. keywords. positive mathematical programming, solution uniqueness, supply elasticities, calibrating model jel codes. c6 1. introduction a cost function embodies the technological and market conditions facing a rational entrepreneur in the production of given output levels. shephard lemma (1953) established the duality between a cost function and the underlying production technology. under restrictive conditions, it may be possible to obtain an explicit expression of the underlying production function (cobb-douglas, ces, generalized leontief). in other cases, however, the derivation of an explicit production function may be impossible (translog cost function). from an empirical and policy viewpoint, however, this lack of explicit duality is not a serious deficit since the cost function – as stated above – summarizes all the technological and market conditions. corresponding author: paris@primal.ucdavis.edu 20 q. paris the methodological contribution of this paper – with reference to a sample of farms – can be outlined in four connected objectives. first, we assume the availability of information regarding a sample of farm production plans that were realized in the most current production cycles, as in the traditional approach of positive mathematical programming (pmp). we also assume the availability of the price of limiting inputs (either at the farm or regional level). these important pieces of information are treated symmetrically and are used in a model that generates a unique calibrating solution. second, we define and estimate a complete (non myopic) cost function that includes calibrating output quantities and limiting input prices. this cost function, then, can be used in the analysis of policy scenarios. third, we calibrate the pmp farm model using exogenously determined (via econometric studies or expert judgement) output supply elasticities. fourth, we extend the pmp methodology to the realistic case where not all farms cultivate all crop activities. the pursuit of these four objectives is the content of the following eight sections. the paper proposes an approach to positive mathematical programming that guarantees the uniqueness of the calibrating solution, a result that relies upon the use of all the available information, including prices of limiting inputs. this is the starting point of the paper. toward the goal of dealing also with calibrating input prices we discuss first the pmp approach as often practiced to date (qureshi et al., 2014, arfini et al., 2013, howitt et al., 2012, henseler et al., 2009, cortigiani et al., 2009). the original formulation of the pmp methodology (howitt, 1995a, 1995b) was based upon the estimation of the marginal cost associated with the observed production plan (or the difference between known per-output unit accounting costs and effective economic marginal costs). phase i of this model took on the following specification (howitt, 1995a, p. 151): primal maxtnr = p’x c’x (1) subject to ax ≤ b structural constraints (2) ε+x x≤ calibration constraints (3) and x ≥ 0 where a is a matrix of technical coefficients of dimensions (i×j, i 0 is a vector of realized and observed levels of outputs whose utilization qualifies the positive feature of the pmp approach. vector b refers to limiting input supplies. vectors p and c represent market output prices and unit accounting costs, respectively. the parameter vector ε is composed of small, positive (user-determined) numbers whose role is to guarantee that the dual variables of the binding structural constraints achieve a positive value. in howitt’s words (1995a, p. 151): “the ε perturbation on the calibration constraints decouples the true resource constraints from the calibration constraints and ensures that the dual values on the allocable resources represent the marginal values of the resource constraints.” this statement implies that, without the user-determined ε perturbation, the solution might result in the undesirable occurance of a zero dual variable for a binding resource constraint. typically, the determination of the magnitude of the ε parameters requires a trial and error approach that is performed by solving repeatedly the phase i model until the user finds that the shadow (dual) prices of the binding resource constraints achieve positive values. with these stipulations, the dual of model (1)-(3) is stated as dual mintc =b'y+ ʹλ [x +ε] (4) subject to ʹa y+λ +c ≥ p (5) 21cost function and positive mathematical programming with y ≥ 0, λ ≥ 0 where y represents the (i×1) vector of shadow prices of the structural constraints and the (j×1) vector λ represents the shadow prices of the calibration constraints. in the dual constraints (5) there are j constraints and (i×j) variables. at the optimal primal solution x* relation (5) is satisfied with the equality sign by complementary slackness conditions given that x* = x + ε > 0. hence, the traditional specification of the pmp model is underdetermined (ill posed). it admits an infinite number of (y*,λ*) solutions because there are more unknown variables than equations. this is the reason why the parameter ε was introduced in model (1)-(3) in order to elicit a dual solution with positive values of the shadow price y of the binding structural constraints. this means that i components of the vector λ assume a zero value. another criticism of the original pmp approach regards the specification of the calibration constraints. why is the solution vector x of model (1)-(3) stated as less-than-orequal to the observed vector of output levels (x ≤ x + ε) in the calibration constraints (3)? the answer was (is): to guarantee a nonnegative dual vector of shadow prices λ ≥ 0 interpreted as variable marginal cost levels of x . admittedly, this is an unsatisfactory answer. given that vector x represents observed (by the econometrician) output levels that were realized by the producer in a previous economic cycle, the observed vector x may contain some deviations that either overstate or understate the levels of economically efficient production for a given farmer. a more plausible specification of the calibration constraints, therefore, could be x = x + h where h is a conformable vector of unrestricted deviations from x . furthermore, a measure of the limiting input price vector y may be available at either a regional or more local level. for example, the price of agricultural land is surely available, either by region or by area. the regional estimate may not be fitting every single farm but it can be assumed that it will fall within a reasonable range of the actual optimal land value of each farm as obtained by solving model (1)-(3). if the information on land price and other important limiting inputs is available, it should be used in a pmp approach in order to avoid violating the principal tenet of the methodology: all the available information should be used. also in this case, therefore, it seems plausible to state a calibration constraint for the dual variable vector as y = y + u where u is a conformable vector of unrestricted deviations from y . within this alternative pmp framework, the notion of a calibrating solution assumes a different structure from the original formulation of model (1)-(3). in that model, a calibrating solution achieves the obvious values of x* = x + ε. many critics of pmp have objected that this equation represents a tautology. in fact, the equality between the optimal solution of model (1)-(3) and the vector of observed output levels (adjusted by the ε parameter) is achieved because the – presumably – available information on the limiting input prices is ignored. with the more general specification of the calibration constraints in the form of x = x + h and y = y + u, a calibrating solution (x*,y*) will not, in general, be tautologically equal to (x , y ). but it can be arranged to make the solution (x*,y*) as close as possible to the observed quantities and prices by using, for example, a least-squares minimization goal. this approach, then, resembles an econometric estimation where the goal is to minimize the residuals of a system of regressions. the objective of this alternative pmp methodology, therefore, is to make deviations (h,u) as small as possible. 22 q. paris 2. the use of x and y in pmp to justify the structure of the novel phase i pmp model we begin with two preliminary analyses. first, suppose that a preliminary phase i of the pmp methodology is concerned with solving the following problem maxtnr = p’x c’x (6) subject to ax ≤ b dual variables y (7) x = x + h dual variables λ (8) with x ≥ 0 and h unrestricted. furthermore, we wish to minimize the sum of squared deviations, h’wh/2 as in a weighted least-squares approach. the w matrix is diagonal with elements pj > 0 on the main diagonal, j = 1,…,j. the effective objective function, therefore, will be expressed as an auxiliary function such as maxaux = p’x c’x h’wh/2. the purpose of the weight matrix w is to measure each component of the auxiliary objective function in the same measurement units, that is, in dollars. forming the lagrange function and stating the relevant karush-kuhn-tucker (kkt) conditions will give l = p’x c’x h’wh/2 + y’[b ax] + λ’[x + h x] (9) ∂l ∂x = p−c− ʹa y−λ≤0 (10) λλ ∂ ∂ = − + h hl w 0= (11) from relation (11), λ = wh and, thus, we can dispense from using the λ symbol explicitly. relation (10), then, can be reformulated as a’y + wh + c ≥ p. (12) relation (11) represents a case of self-duality, where a dual variable is equal (up to a scalar) to a primal variable. analogously, and still in a preliminary stage of analysis, let us consider the following problem mintc = b’y (13) subject to a’y + c ≥ p dual variables x (14) y = y + u dual variables ψ (15) with y ≥ 0 and u as unrestricted deviations. again, we wish to minimize the sum of squared deviations, u’vu/2 as in a weighted least-squares approach. the matrix v is diagonal with elements b yi i/ > 0 on the main diagonal, i i=1,..., . the effective objective, then, will be expressed as an auxiliary function to be minimized such as minaux2 = b’y + u’vu/2. the purpose of the v matrix is to render homogeneous the measurement units of all the terms in the objective function and to scale the deviations u according to the size of the input constraints. forming the lagrange function and stating the relevant kkt conditions give l* = b’y + u’vu/2 + x’[a’y + c p] + ψ’[y y u] (16) ψ ∂ ∂ = − + ≥ y b x 0l a * (17) 23cost function and positive mathematical programming u u 0l v * ψψ ∂ ∂ = − = (18) from the self-dual relation (18), ψ = vu and, again, we can dispense from using the symbol ψ explicitly. thus, relation (17) can be reformulated as ax ≤ b + vu (19) this discussion leads to a specification of a phase i pmp model that combines the duality relations of a lp problem together with the least-squares necessary conditions involving deviations h and u. combining constraints (12) and (19) with the calibration relations (8) and (15), we can write the relevant phase i pmp model as the problem of finding nonnegative vectors x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 and unrestricted vectors h and u such that ax ≤ b + vu dual variables y (20) a’y + wh + c ≥ p dual variables x (21) x = x + h dual variables wh (22) y = y + u dual variables vu (23) together with the associated complementary slackness conditions. this pmp approach avoids the necessity of searching for the user-determined parameter ε. the solution of model (20)-(23) generates estimates of the effective marginal cost levels ( ʹa ŷ+wĥ+c) and the input demand levels xaˆ. 3. solution uniqueness of the phase i pmp model a least-squares (ls) solution is unique if and only if the matrix of “explanatory” variables has full rank. to verify this crucial condition in relation to model (20)-(23) we assume that vectors x and y have all positive components and thus x > 0 and y > 0 (this assumption will be relaxed in section 8). this implies – via complementary slackness conditions associated to relations (20)-(21) – that ax = b + vu (24) a’y + wh + c = p (25) substituting constraints (22) and (23) into (24) and (25), and rearranging terms in order to have all the unknowns on one side and the constant parameters on the other side of the equal sign, we obtain u h b xv a a− + = − (26) ʹa u+wh= p− ʹa y −c (27) and in matrix notation −v a ʹa w ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ u h ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥= b−ax p− ʹa y−c ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ m z = q (28) the matrix m is of full rank because the nonsingular weight matrices v and w are on the main diagonal. hence, the least-squares solution û and ĥ is unique. it follows that the solution x̂ and ŷ of model (20)-(23) is also unique. given the structure of the m matrix, an inverse of m exists even if the a matrix is not of full rank. the explicit least-squares solution of (28) is 24 q. paris û ĥ ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ = −(v +aw −1 ʹa )−1 v −1a( ʹav −1a+w )−1 w −1 ʹa (v +aw −1 ʹa )−1 ( ʹav −1a+w )−1 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ b−ax p− ʹa y −c ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ (29) the optimal and calibrating ls levels of the primal and dual variables x and y then, are obtained as a simple addition according to the specification given in constraints (22) and (23) with x x hˆ ˆ= + and y y uˆ ˆ= + . 4. phase ii: specification of a general cost function phase ii of this pmp approach deals with the derivation of output marginal cost and input demand functions to be used in a calibrating model for the analysis of various policy scenarios. following economic theory, we postulate that the total cost function of interest takes on the following symmetric and extended leontief specification: c(x,y) = (g’y)(f ’x) + (g’y)x’qx/2 + (f ’x)[(y1/2)’gy1/2] (30) where the (j×j) matrix q is symmetric and positive definite, the (i×i) matrix g has elements gi,i’ = gi’,i ≥ 0, i≠i’. the elements gi,i can take on positive or negative values. the components of vectors f and g are free to take on any value. we require, however, that f ’x > 0 and g’y > 0. from theory, a cost function is non-decreasing in output levels and input prices and, furthermore, it is homogeneous of degree one in input prices. this requirements drive to a large extent the specification of the cost function presented in relation (30). the vector of output marginal cost functions is stated as mcx = ∂c ∂x = (g'y) f +(g'y)qx+ f [(y1/2 )́gy1/2]= ʹa y+wh+c (31) while, by shephard lemma, the vector of demand functions for inputs is stated as ∂c ∂y = ( f'x)g + g(x'qx)/ 2+( f'x)δ(y−1/2 )́gy1/2 =ax (32) where the matrix ∆(y-1/2) is diagonal with terms yi −1/2 on the main diagonal. the vector of output supply functions comes from relation (31) by equating it to the vector of market output prices, p and inverting the marginal cost function to obtain x = -q-1f -q-1f[(y1/2)’gy1/2]/(g’y) + q-1p/(g’y) (33) that leads to the supply elasticity matrix η≡δ(p) ∂x ∂p ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥δ(x−1)=δ(p)q−1δ(x−1)/(g'y) (34) where matrices ∆(p) and ∆(x-1) are diagonal with elements pj and xj -1, respectively, on the main diagonals. relation (34) includes all the ownand cross-price elasticities for all the output commodities admitted in the model. the demand elasticities of limiting inputs can be easily measured from the input demand functions of relation (32). suppose two limiting inputs form the structural constraints of the model. then, the portion of the demand function that involves input prices can be stated as 25cost function and positive mathematical programming b1 + u1 = k1 + (f ’x)[g11 + y1 -1/2g12y2 1/2] (35)b2 + u2 = k2 + (f ’x)[g22 + y1 1/2g12y2 -1/2] where k1 and k2 do not involve input prices. the matrix of derivatives of the demand functions results in ∂(b1+u1) ∂y1 ∂(b1+u1) ∂y2 ∂(b2 +u2 ) ∂y1 ∂(b2 +u2 ) ∂y2 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ = − 1 2 y1 −3/2g12y2 1/2 1 2 y1 −1/2g12y2 −1/2 1 2 y1 −1/2g12y2 −1/2 − 1 2 y1 1/2g12y2 −3/2 ⎡ ⎣ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎤ ⎦ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ( f'x) (36) this means that with only one limiting input, its demand elasticity will be equal to zero (as in a leontief fixed coefficient specification) since the term g11 drops out of the derivative in (36). an intuitive idea of how the estimated production plan x̂ lies on the cost function (30) is illustrated in figure 1. for simplicity, given two outputs (x1,x2) and two inputs (b1,b2), figure 1 shows the transformation possibility set, tps, defined by two linear constraints involving the known levels of inputs b1 and b2. assuming that the production plan x̂ maximizes the farm total revenue, it is possible to fit a cost function c x x y y( , , )1 2 1 2 through the point x̂ where y y1 2, are given prices of inputs b1 and b2. the tps is in general a convex set that is limited by known levels of inputs b1 and b2. hence, the production plan x̂ must also be on the boundary of the true tps(b1,b2) no matter what is the underlying technology corresponding to the cost function c x x y y( , , )1 2 1 2 because the true tps(b1,b2) is defined by the same known input levels b1 and b2 that define the tps in figure 1 and must go through the point x x xˆ ( ˆ , ˆ )1 2= figure 1. transformation possibility set and cost function. 26 q. paris 5. exogenous and disaggregated output supply elasticities pmp has been applied frequently to analyze farmers’ behavior to changes in agricultural policies. a typical empirical setting is to map out several areas, say t areas, in a region (or state) and to assemble a representative farm model for each area (or to treat each area as a large farm). when supply elasticities are exogenously available (say the own-price elasticities of crops) at the regional (or state) level (via econometric estimation or other means), a connection of all area models with these exogenous elasticities can be specified by establishing a weighted sum of all the areas endogenous own-price elasticities and the given regional elasticities. the weights are the share of each area’s revenue over the total revenue of the region. let us suppose that exogenous own-price elasticities of supply are available at the regional level for all the j crops, say jη , j = 1,…,j. then, the relation among these exogenous own-price elasticities and the corresponding areas’ elasticities can be established as a weighted sum such as wj tj tj t t 1 ∑η η= = (37) where the weights are the areas’ revenue shares in the region (state) w p x p x tj tj tj sj sj s t 1 ∑ = = (38) and ηtj = ptjqt jjxt -1/(g’t yt) (39) where qt jj is the jth element on the main diagonal in the inverse of the qt matrix. 6. estimation of the cost function parameters using the optimal ls solutions of x,y,h and u for each of the t areas, x y hˆ , ˆ , ˆ t t t and ût obtained from solving phase i model (20)-(23), it is possible to proceed to the estimation of parameters q,g,f and g of the cost function (30). the programming model that executes the estimation of the marginal cost (31) and input demand (32) functions in the presence of exogenous supply elasticities for a region (state) that is divided into t areas takes on the following least-squares specification: minls = (dt ʹdt +rtʹrt )/ 2 t=1 t ∑ (40) subject to ( ʹg t ŷt ) ft +( ʹg t ŷt )qt x̂t + ft[( ŷt 1/2 )'gt ŷt 1/2]+dt = ʹat ' ŷt +wtĥt +ct marginal cost function ( ʹft x̂t )g t + g t ( ˆʹxtqt x̂t )/ 2+( ʹft x̂t )δ( ŷt −1/2 )'gt ŷt 1/2 +rt =at x̂t input demand function qt = ltdtlt’ positive semidefinitenes of qt qt qt -1 = lt definiteness of qt ηtjk =δ(ptj )qt jkδ(x̂tk −1)/( ʹg t ŷt ) endogenous ownand cross-supply elasticities 27cost function and positive mathematical programming w p x p x ˆ ˆ tj tj tj sj sjs t 1∑ = = revenue shares ηtj = ptjqt jj x̂tj −1 / ( ʹg t ŷt ) endogenous own supply elasticities η j = wtj t=1 t ∑ ηtj disaggregation of exogenous elasticities with dt > 0, gt and ft unrestricted parameters; ftʹx̂t >0 and gtʹŷt > 0, dt ≥ 0, rt ≥ 0. vector variables dt ≥ 0, rt ≥ 0 perform the role of auxiliary slack variables that will equal to zero identically when minimized by the gams solver (the gams solver requires an explicit objective function). in this way, the system of relations involving the specification of marginal cost and demand functions for inputs will be estimated as they appear in equations (31) and (32). to limit the number of estimated parameters it may be convenient to assume that matrices q and g belong to the entire area (or state) and do not carry the index t identifying each individual farm. model (40) is highly nonlinear in the constraints and a successful solution of it depends crucially on the proper scaling of the data series and on the choice of an initial point that falls in the neighborhood of the equilibrium solution. this specification was applied to three samples of t = 14 italian farms (areas), classified according to acreage size, each producing four crops (sugar beet, soft wheat, corn and barley) using only land as a limiting input. the gams software program achieved an equilibrium solution in all the three cases. in this paper we present the result for the class of farms of size greater than 100 hectares. table 1 exhibits the observed output levels and the percent deviation obtained from solving model (20)-(23) (alternatively solving model (28)). the primal solution x̂ is almost equal to the observed output levels x for every farm. all the percent deviations of the primal solution (except two) are well below the one percent level. the same event characterizes the dual solution. table 2 presents the deviations from the observed land input prices and the percent deviation of the optimal dual solution, ŷ . also in this case, the percent deviation is minimal in every farm. the weighted ls minimization of the primal and dual deviations (h,u) has produced a largely satisfactory result in this sample. this goal is accomplished also by virtue of the diagonal weight matrices w and v. the estimated parameters of the cost function are reported in tables 3 and 4. for reasons of space, only three q matrices are reported. all 14 farms achieved a nonsingular q̂ matrix. this feature is instrumental in defining the matrix of endogenous supply elasticities. table 5 presents the endogenous own and cross-price supply elasticities for three farms. we stipulated that regional, exogenous own-price supply elasticities were available in the magnitude of 0.5 for sugar beet, 0.4 for soft wheat, 0.6 for corn and 0.3 for barley. the endogenous own-price elasticities of all farms were aggregated to be consistent with the regional exogenous elasticities according to relation (37). table 6 presents the farms’ ownprice supply elasticities and the revenue weights used in the aggregation relation. 28 q. paris 7. calibrating equilibrium model with the estimates of the cost function parameters f g q gˆ, ˆ , ˆ , ˆ it is possible to formulate a calibrating equilibrium model for each farm (sector, area) of the following structure mincsct = ʹzpt yt + ʹzdtxt =0 (41) table 1. observed output levels, x and percent deviation (dev) of the ls calibrated solution, x̂. farm sugar beet x1 soft wheat x2 corn x3 barley x4 sugar beet % dev soft wheat % dev corn % dev barley % dev 1 1133.4240 305.4032 341.3693 18.2398 0.026 0.060 0.157 1.341 2 3103.7830 861.7445 478.4465 59.8025 0.016 0.042 0.052 0.637 3 1547.9780 450.7937 881.9748 7.6887 0.010 -0.003 0.011 0.164 4 3488.3540 821.3934 1493.332 51.1247 0.002 0.019 0.023 0.526 5 959.1102 468.2848 478.9261 28.2406 0.032 0.001 0.091 1.136 6 942.2039 801.1288 1283.591 152.581 0.049 0.059 0.046 0.384 7 1600.7310 695.8293 899.4739 66.9718 0.023 0.068 0.061 0.683 8 3507.5490 1212.8550 1237.584 98.0497 0.006 0.047 0.048 0.388 9 1050.5370 332.3773 498.0150 63.6696 0.043 0.188 0.120 0.846 10 3473.6780 952.5199 774.7402 84.0070 0.010 0.039 0.062 0.444 11 1245.7220 765.1689 501.9673 59.5366 0.030 0.047 0.101 0.718 12 3276.1450 1100.1680 742.9419 177.974 0.014 0.031 0.074 0.326 13 877.0970 380.9171 564.6091 76.2122 0.048 0.055 0.105 0.683 14 1430.9460 768.6901 1309.392 67.7906 0.026 0.038 0.035 0.604 table 2. deviations of ŷ from y : vector û. farm absolute deviation û observed land prices y percent deviation % 1 0.0053817 4.42 0.122 2 0.0026860 4.38 0.061 3 0.0004449 6.98 0.006 4 0.0018006 5.73 0.031 5 0.0031117 4.40 0.071 6 0.0014600 1.86 0.078 7 0.0032416 3.65 0.089 8 0.0018922 3.36 0.056 9 0.0052767 2.75 0.192 10 0.0027213 4.28 0.064 11 0.0029836 3.28 0.091 12 0.0011904 1.93 0.062 13 0.0028811 2.32 0.124 14 0.0022795 4.03 0.057 29cost function and positive mathematical programming table 3. intercepts f̂ , ĝ and ĝ matrix of the marginal cost and input demand functions. farm f̂ ĝ ĝ ʹf̂ ŷ ʹĝ ŷ sugar beet soft wheat corn barley 1 0.1110 0.0912 -0.0727 0.6183 0.00191 -1.2669 140.294 0.00847 2 -0.0112 0.6636 -0.0784 0.7116 0.00110 -0.9190 542.721 0.00484 3 0.5937 0.6745 0.4603 1.0948 0.00222 -0.0313 1637.550 0.01550 4 -0.0549 0.2153 0.2302 1.0018 0.00061 -1.0016 380.591 0.00350 5 0.0174 0.5424 -0.0297 0.6213 0.00361 -0.5182 274.242 0.01589 6 -0.7008 1.6163 6.0416 1.0965 0.01073 -0.2639 8561.452 0.01998 7 0.2155 0.2852 0.2414 0.9854 0.00328 -0.7473 827.362 0.01198 8 -0.0769 0.7406 0.4971 0.9387 0.00791 -0.9633 1336.688 0.02660 9 -0.0559 0.7323 0.3863 0.8988 0.00941 -1.2263 435.449 0.02592 10 0.0300 0.8861 -0.2342 0.9465 0.00055 -0.6090 846.879 0.00234 11 0.2427 0.4817 -0.0555 0.9430 0.00638 -0.7449 699.825 0.02095 12 0.0796 0.8584 0.4385 1.0428 0.00650 -1.4001 1717.901 0.01255 13 0.7831 0.3158 -0.3314 0.8222 0.00711 -0.9164 683.351 0.01651 14 0.1802 0.6635 0.1982 0.9977 0.00925 -1.2669 1095.888 0.03732 table 4. matrices q̂ and d̂ for three farms. matrix q̂ matrix d̂ sugar beet soft wheat corn barley sugar beet soft wheat corn barley farm 1 s. beet 0.90363 -1.97461 -0.88227 0.06447 0.90363 s.wheat -1.97461 5.83223 2.23097 0.35591 1.51732 corn -0.88227 2.23097 1.49261 0.17779 0.57068 barley 0.06447 0.35591 0.17779 21.75286 21.55051 farm 2 s. beet 0.71517 -2.04607 -0.76495 -0.00159 0.71517 s.wheat -2.04607 7.25493 2.41519 -0.05663 1.40123 corn -0.76495 2.41519 1.53268 -0.03759 0.67780 barley -0.00159 -0.05663 -0.03759 18.98344 18.97949 farm 3 s. beet 1.24597 0.24597 -2.27223 -0.42147 1.24597 s.wheat 0.24597 1.95471 -1.25809 -0.02225 1.90615 corn -2.27223 -1.25809 4.76858 0.85444 0.28099 barley -0.42147 -0.02225 0.85444 6.78018 6.59126 30 q. paris table 5. endogenous ownand cross-supply elasticities for three farms. sugar beet soft wheat corn barley farm 1 s. beet 0.2001 0.1952 0.1321 -0.1091 s. wheat 0.2815 0.6056 -0.2563 -0.1763 corn 0.2052 -0.2760 1.2485 -0.1514 barley -0.0089 -0.0100 -0.0079 0.5927 farm 2 s. beet 0.2487 0.2182 0.1855 0.0133 s. wheat 0.3081 0.4399 -0.2513 0.0162 corn 0.1454 -0.1395 1.5539 0.0191 barley 0.0012 0.0011 0.0023 0.4196 farm 3 s. beet 0.1839 0.1379 0.1727 -0.1676 s. wheat 0.2347 0.3725 0.2474 -0.5665 corn 0.4893 0.4121 0.4952 -0.9548 barley -0.0044 -0.0087 -0.0088 2.5417 table 6. disaggregation/aggregation of the regional, endogenous supply elasticities. farms endogenous own-supply elasticities revenue weights sugar beet: 0.5 soft wheat: 0.4 corn: 0.6 barley: 0.3 sugar beet soft wheat corn barley 1 0.2001 0.6056 1.2485 0.5927 0.0406 0.0291 0.0295 0.0165 2 0.2487 0.4399 1.5539 0.4196 0.1334 0.0937 0.0489 0.0628 3 0.1839 0.3725 0.4952 2.5417 0.0527 0.0446 0.0699 0.0070 4 0.2225 0.4774 0.5665 0.9868 0.1000 0.0893 0.1383 0.0536 5 0.1599 0.4512 0.8430 0.5691 0.0326 0.0413 0.0385 0.0256 6 0.6932 0.9332 0.5011 0.1080 0.0371 0.0828 0.1151 0.1601 7 0.0990 0.2906 0.3522 0.1918 0.0502 0.0688 0.0769 0.0606 8 0.1347 0.2714 0.2307 0.0823 0.1288 0.1292 0.1022 0.0931 9 0.1303 0.2670 0.3384 0.1544 0.0376 0.0335 0.0426 0.0576 10 0.2954 0.3940 1.9745 0.9603 0.1027 0.0930 0.0649 0.0825 11 0.1085 0.3682 0.2755 0.2195 0.0424 0.0737 0.0417 0.0539 12 0.1843 0.2692 0.2407 0.1197 0.1555 0.1079 0.0685 0.1868 13 0.0947 0.2861 0.4050 0.1486 0.0299 0.0336 0.0454 0.0689 14 0.0883 0.2455 0.3772 0.1349 0.0564 0.0795 0.1175 0.0711 31cost function and positive mathematical programming subject to ( ʹf̂txt )ĝ t + ĝ t ( ʹxtq̂txt )/ 2+( ʹf̂txt )δ(yt −1/2 )́ ĝt yt 1/2 + z pt =bt +vtût ( ʹg t yt ) f̂t +( ʹg t yt )q̂txt + f̂t[(yt 1/2 )́ ĝt yt 1/2]= pt + zdt with xt ≥ 0, yt ≥ 0, zpt ≥ 0, zdt ≥ 0. the variables zpt and zdt are slack-surplus variables of the primal and dual constraints, respectively. the objective function (csc) of model (41) combines all the complementary slackness conditions of the farm (region, area). hence, its optimal value must be equal to zero. the solution of the equilibrium model (41) produces optimal values of the primal and dual variables, xt and yt that are identical to the solution values of model (20)-(23). notice that the matrix of constant technical coefficients, at, no longer appears in the calibrating equilibrium model (41). this elimination removes the last vestige of a linear structure that has been considered too rigid for representing the choices of a producer. model (41) can be used to perform response analysis to variations in prices, subsidies, quotas, input quantities, and other parameters for a variety of policy scenarios. 8. pmp uniqueness with missing observations empirical reality compels a further consideration of the above methodology in order to deal with farm samples where not all farms produce all commodities. it turns out that very little must be changed for obtaining a unique and calibrating solution in the presence of missing commodities, their prices and the corresponding technical coefficients. to exemplify, suppose that the farm sample displays the following table 7 of observed crop levels. table 7. observed output levels, x with non produced commodities. farm sugar beet soft wheat corn barley x1 x2 x3 x4 1 1133.4240 0.0 341.3693 18.2398 2 3103.7830 861.7445 0.0 59.8025 3 0.0 450.7937 881.9748 0.0 4 3488.3540 821.3934 1493.332 51.1247 5 959.1102 468.2848 0.0 28.2406 6 942.2039 801.1288 1283.591 152.581 7 1600.7310 0.0 899.4739 66.9718 8 0.0 1212.8550 1237.584 98.0497 9 1050.5370 332.3773 0.0 63.6696 10 3473.6780 952.5199 774.7402 0.0 11 0.0 765.1689 501.9673 59.5366 12 3276.1450 1100.1680 0.0 177.974 13 877.0970 380.9171 564.6091 76.2122 14 1430.9460 0.0 1309.392 0.0 other missing information deals with prices and unit accounting costs associated with the zero-levels of crops. furthermore, the technical coefficients of the farms not pro32 q. paris ducing the observed crops also equal to zero. hence, we can state that, for t = 1,…,t, the number of farms, and j = 1,…,j, the number of crops, if xtj = 0 also p ctj tj= =0 0, and atij = 0 . furthermore, suppose that only one input, land, is involved in this farm sample. then, the land price is observed for all farms. as to the solution of the phase i pmp specification, we expect that x x htj tj tj= + for xtj > 0 and h xtj tj= = 0 for xtj = 0 . it turns out that the least-squares computation of the deviations uti and htj expressed by equation (29) produces the desired estimates of the deviations htj and crop levels xtj when the observed level of those crops equals zero, xtj = 0 . this is so because the first term on the rhs of (29) is equal to zero by construction, bi − aijj=1 j ∑ x j =bi − (acresijj=1 j ∑ / x j )x j =0 . the second term on the rhs of (29) reduces to zero because of the zero information about non-produced crops, pj − aiji=1 i ∑ yi −c j =0−0yi −0=0 therefore, h xˆ ˆ 0tj tj= = for xtj = 0 and the least-squares pmp solution is unique also in this more elaborate case. the estimation of the cost function carries through as in section 6 without modification. also the phase iii calibrating model expressed in (41) needs no adjustment. 9. results for a farm sample with missing production of some crops the observed crop production of a 14-farm sample is given in table 7. also the corresponding output prices, ptj = 0 and accounting costs, ctj = 0 are part of the data sample for the no-production levels xtj = 0 as reported in table 7. furthermore, atij = 0 for the same activities of no-production. table 8 presents the unique least-squares estimates of the crop levels and the corresponding percentage deviation from the observed sample data. table 8. estimated output levels, x and percent deviation (dev) for the sample with missing crop production (compare with table 7). farm sugar beet x1 soft wheat x2 corn x3 barley x4 sugar beet % dev soft wheat % dev corn % dev barley % dev 1 1133.7140 0 341.9053 18.4843 0.0256 0 0.1570 1.3400 2 3104.2820 862.1098 0.0000 60.1834 0.0161 0.0424 0 0.6369 3 0 450.7820 882.0680 0 0 -0.0026 0.0106 0 4 3488.4150 821.5529 1493.6830 51.3938 0.0017 0.0194 0.0235 0.5264 5 959.4208 468.2891 0 28.5614 0.0324 0.0009 0 1.1360 6 942.6667 801.6001 1284.1790 153.1671 0.0491 0.0588 0.0458 0.3840 7 1601.1000 0 900.0223 67.4290 0.0231 0 0.0610 0.6825 8 0 1213.4210 1238.1750 98.4298 0 0.0466 0.0478 0.3876 9 1050.9910 333.0022 0 64.2084 0.0433 0.1880 0 0.8463 10 3474.0410 952.8955 775.2208 0 0.0105 0.0394 0.0620 0 11 0 765.5305 502.4727 59.9640 0 0.0473 0.1007 0.7179 12 3276.6110 1100.5140 0 178.5547 0.0142 0.0314 0 0.3260 13 877.5201 381.1268 565.2019 76.7330 0.0482 0.0550 0.1050 0.6833 14 1431.3200 0 1309.8500 0 0.0261 0 0.0350 0 33cost function and positive mathematical programming except for two cells, the percent deviations of the estimated crop levels from the observed production quantities are below 1 percent. the cells with a zero estimated quantity level correspond to the cells with observed zero level of production, as in table 7. table 9 presents the estimated land price and the percent deviation from the observed input price. table 9. deviations of ŷ from y . farm estimated land prices ŷ observed land prices y percent deviation % 1 4.428035 4.42 0.1818 2 4.382827 4.38 0.0645 3 6.980315 6.98 0.0045 4 5.731801 5.73 0.0314 5 4.402587 4.40 0.0588 6 1.861460 1.86 0.0785 7 3.653809 3.65 0.1044 8 3.362198 3.36 0.0654 9 2.756308 2.75 0.2294 10 4.281756 4.28 0.0410 11 3.283229 3.28 0.0984 12 1.931129 1.93 0.0585 13 2.322881 2.32 0.1242 14 4.031362 4.03 0.0338 the deviations of the estimated land prices from the observed prices are all below one percent. table 10 presents the estimates of the parameters of the cost function under the condition of zero production for some crops in various farms. table 11 presents the own price elasticities of the 14 farms that correspond to the observed and exogenous price elasticities of the four crops. the calibrating model (41) applies also to this data sample without any modification. 10. conclusion we have achieved the objective of using all the available information about output quantities and limiting input prices, and the formulation of a calibrating pmp model that is free of the rigidities of a linear programming structure. in the process, we dispense with the necessity of dealing with the user-determined vector of small and arbitrary positive numbers ε that is required by the traditional pmp methodology. we also demonstrate the uniqueness of the calibrating solution. two empirical examples were presented. in the first sample of 14 farms and 4 crops, all farms produce every commodity. in the second sample, some of the farms do not produce all the commodities. this is the typical case. it is shown that the uniqueness of the calibrating solution is maintained also in this more elaborate case. 34 q. paris table 10. intercepts f̂ , ĝ and ĝ matrix of the marginal cost and input demand functions for the case of zero production of some crop in various farms. farm f̂ ĝ ĝ ʹf̂ ŷ ʹĝ ŷ sugar beet soft wheat corn barley 1 -0.15426 0.00274 0.73961 -0.11144 0.00686 -1.9508 75.930 0.03038 2 0.07435 -0.14574 0.03714 0.32875 0.00495 -3.1350 124.945 0.02171 3 0.03532 0.27086 -0.11507 0.03964 0.00052 -1.0871 20.595 0.00363 4 -0.02920 0.07372 0.10372 0.85513 0.00441 -2.4222 157.570 0.02530 5 0.02132 0.01858 0.11481 0.06645 0.00754 -2.3602 31.051 0.03318 6 0.22974 0.22787 -0.02587 0.26590 0.01186 -5.3411 406.732 0.02208 7 0.13824 -0.00074 -0.14506 0.29086 0.00273 -3.6725 110.382 0.00997 8 0.01525 0.40319 -0.12078 -0.17109 0.01373 -3.0222 322.849 0.04616 9 0.11620 -0.08339 0.00722 -0.03553 0.00499 -2.9037 92.071 0.01375 10 -0.00636 0.36252 -0.14708 0.00406 0.00076 -2.4324 209.320 0.00325 11 0.00236 0.30162 -0.12984 -0.24600 0.00764 -2.8158 150.906 0.02507 12 0.10700 0.16788 0.00002 0.57873 0.00004 -2.6811 638.676 0.00001 13 0.24139 0.42193 -0.25400 -0.19708 0.01046 -2.9149 213.946 0.02431 14 0.05358 0.06649 0.07745 0.01622 0.00686 -2.6086 178.140 0.03038 table 11. disaggregation/aggregation of the regional, endogenous supply elasticities when some crops are not produced in various farms. farms endogenous own-supply elasticities revenue weights sugar beet: 0.5 soft wheat: 0.4 corn: 0.6 barley: 0.3 sugar beet soft wheat corn barley 1 0.257 0 0.385 0.722 0.0523 0 0.0368 0.0198 2 0.289 0.409 0 0.251 0.1719 0.1139 0 0.0748 3 0 0.515 1.740 0 0 0.0542 0.0871 0 4 1.873 0.262 0.428 0.333 0.1288 0.1086 0.1726 0.0639 5 0.381 0.577 0 0.445 0.0421 0.0502 0 0.0306 6 0.052 0.221 0.322 0.120 0.0479 0.1007 0.1437 0.1904 7 0.149 0 0.656 0.225 0.0647 0 0.0960 0.0723 8 0 0.329 0.294 0.122 0 0.1571 0.1275 0.1108 9 0.212 0.407 0 0.335 0.0485 0.0408 0 0.0688 10 0.241 0.309 0.794 0 0.1323 0.1130 0.0810 0 11 0 0.399 0.313 0.268 0 0.0896 0.0520 0.0643 12 0.487 0.714 0 0.531 0.2004 0.1311 0 0.2220 13 0.142 0.325 0.837 0.259 0.0385 0.0409 0.0567 0.0822 14 0.305 0 0.583 0 0.0727 0 0.1465 0 35cost function and positive mathematical programming the central piece of the methodology is the estimation of a non-myopic cost function defined over output levels and input (shadow) prices. this cost function is not associated with an explicit functional form of the underlying technology. for this reason, the phase i procedure estimates the output and limiting input shadow price levels that are consistent with a linear technology and the observed information about output levels and input prices. these levels, then, are used to estimate the parameters of the cost function. this model is akin to an econometric model that is estimated for prediction without regards to the identification of the structural parameters of the cost function. the model “goodness,” then, depends on the ability to predict outside the sample observations. this test can be executed with multiple observations per farm. when several observations per each sample farm are available, the estimation procedure becomes a proper econometric approach. in this case, it will be convenient to split the sample observations in two parts: say, ninety percent (or whatever share of the observations the researcher would prefer) for estimating the cost function and ten percent for evaluating the prediction ability of the pmp methodology. this approach is a goal of further research. the pmp procedure presented in this paper uses also exogenous information about supply elasticities assumed to be available at a regional or state level. it shows how to calibrate the endogenous elasticities to this additional information while achieving a unique calibrating solution. references arfini, f. and donati, m. (2013). organic production and the capacity to respond to market signals and policies: an empirical analysis of sample of fadn farms. agroecology and sustainable food systems 37: 149-171. brooke, a., kendrick, d. and meeraus, a. (1988). gams, a user’s guide. redwood city, california: the scientific press. cortigiani, r., and severini, s. (2009). modeling farm-level adoption of deficit irrigation using positive mathematical programming. agricultural water management 96: 1785-1791. henseler, m., wirsig, a., herrmann, s., krimly, t., and dabbert, s. (2009). modeling the impact of global change on regional agricultural land use through an activitybased non-linear programming approach. agricultural systems 100: 31-42. howitt, r. e. (1995a). a calibration method for agricultural economic production models. journal of agricultural economics 46(2): 147-159. howitt, r. e. (1995b). positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics 77(2): 329-342. howitt, r. e., medellin-azuara, j., macewan, d., and lund, j. r. (2012). calibrating disaggregate economic models of agricultural production and water management. environmental modelling and software 38: 244-258. qureshi, m.e., ahmad, m.d., whitten, s.m., and kirby, m. (2014). a multi-period positive mathematical programming approach for assessing economic impact of drought in the murray-darling basin, australia. economic modelling 39: 293-304. shephard, r.w. (1953). cost and production functions. princeton, n.j.: princeton university press. a systematic approach to understanding and quantifying the eu’s bioeconomy tévécia ronzon1*, stephan piotrowski2, robert m’barek1, michael carus2 cost function and positive mathematical programming quirino paris what if meat consumption would decrease more than expected in the high-income countries? fabien santini*, tevecia ronzon, ignacio perez dominguez, sergio rene araujo enciso, ilaria proietti a stakeholder engagement approach for identifying future research directions in the evaluation of current and emerging applications of gmos davide menozzi1*, kaloyan kostov2, giovanni sogari1, salvatore arpaia3, daniela moyankova2, cristina mora1 a spatial analysis of terrain features and farming styles in a disadvantaged area of tuscany (mugello): implications for the evaluation and the design of cap payments laura fastelli1*, chiara landi2, massimo rovai1, maria andreoli1 bio-based and applied economics 9(3): 241-262, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7928 multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes maria de salvo1,*, riccardo scarpa2,3,4, roberta capitello2, diego begalli2 1 university of catania, department of agriculture, food and environment, italy 2 university of verona, department of business administration, italy 3 durham university, business school, united kingdom 4 university of waikato, waikato management school, new zealand abstract. in this study we investigate consumers’ preferences for fresh tomato attributes in four european countries by assessing and comparing marginal willingnessto-pay (mwtp) estimates from panel mixed logit (mxl) models with utility specifications in the wtp-space. we performed an in-depth post-estimation inference to identify what attributes are the main determinants of fresh tomato purchases in each domestic market. we also assess the choice probabilities for tomatoes of various origins and types to illustrate how these post-estimation inference can be used to inform strategies designed to increase the market shares of italian fresh tomato exports in new markets and to consolidate positions in markets where italian fresh tomatoes are already appreciated by local consumers. keywords. mixed logit model, marginal willingness-to-pay, wtp space, preference space, fresh tomato. jel codes. d12, q13, q18. 1. introduction fresh tomato is one of the most commonly consumed vegetable in europe. over the last decade its consumption has remained stable at about 15 kg/year per capita, although stark changes have been observed concerning the range of quality consumers demand (european union, 2018). italy is one of the major tomato producers in europe (european commission, 2020) with exports to german, austrian, british, french and romanian markets, where italian fresh tomatoes are traditionally very appreciated. however, consumers’ preferences gradually change, and year after year, the diversity of tomato types sold has increased everywhere to meet a rapidly evolving and diversifying demand. health, convenience, taste and type of packaging are nowadays some of the most important product values for consumers. in the case of tomatoes, as for other foods, the market for ‘specialties’ is growing at *corresponding author. e-mail: mdesalvo@unict.it editor: meri raggi. 242 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli a significant rate (santeramo et al., 2018). new tomatoes varieties with attractive shapes, colours and tastes, innovative recyclable packaging, health claims and/or environmental certifications have been emerging as valuable product features that producers and retailers use to grow their market shares (yue and tong, 2009; tonsor and shupp, 2009; alamanos et al., 2013; oltman et al., 2014). nevertheless, the demand for tomatoes shows substantive differences across countries in terms of favorite shapes, packaging, origins and many other factors. determining consumers’ preferences and willingness to pay (wtp) for fresh tomato attributes is important to stakeholders in this industry (e.g., agricultural producers, intermediaries and retailers). it helps them determine which types of fresh tomato to grow and trade, how to manage the marketing mix, what communication content to emphasize in advertising campaigns, and how to apply fair prices along the supply chain. this information is particularly crucial for small-scale farmers who experience a strong competitive pressure from bigger companies of producers and importers. for them it is essential to correctly identify and characterize the market segments to supply, so as to define the assortment of tomatoes to produce the following season. against this background, the objective of this study is threefold. firstly, this study aims at estimating consumers’ willingness to pay for fresh tomato attributes across four key importing countries in europe. secondly, it aims at identifying the main determinants of tomato purchases across such markets. thirdly, it aims at exploring how structural estimates of heterogeneous preferences can be used to inform marketing strategies which could guide the growth of italian fresh tomato exports. alongside these research objectives, this paper also aims at achieving methodological and disseminative purposes. it will present and discuss the estimation strategies that could be implemented in a discrete choice cross-sectional analysis to face heterogeneity in preferences and take into account correlations between attributes. frequently, in discrete choice applications, post estimation analyses are limited to the assessment of the marginal willingness-to-pay (mwtp). but several additional results can be derived by the estimation of a discrete choice model with preference heterogeneity. in order to make concrete the methodological dissemination purposes of this study, the ‘rmarkdown’ and ‘markstat’ codes we used in our analyses are made available to the reader. the data collection took place in germany, russia, the uk and norway. these countries were selected for different reasons. two countries, germany and the uk, are traditional export markets for italian fresh tomatoes. in particular, germany has been for several years the main european country for italian fresh tomatoes exports. in 2015, germany imported 28,188 tons of italian fresh tomatoes, equivalent to 31% of the total fresh italian tomato export. in 2015 the uk ranked third in terms of imported quantity from italy, with 8,250 tons of fresh tomatoes.1 the other two countries, russia and norway, instead, are marginal markets for italian fresh tomato producers. here italian tomatoes compete with imports from other countries, such as the netherlands, spain, egypt and morocco. nevertheless, the four markets under investigation in this study have all, to larger or smaller extent, the potential for future growth of italian exports if producers will implement strategies aimed at meeting consumers preferences. 1 source: trade map (http://www.trademap.org). 243multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes to achieve the study objectives, the same choice experiment was administered to four representative samples of consumers, one for each country. in the data analysis, to account for heterogeneity in preferences, we used mixed logit models (henceforth mxl, see train, 1998; 1999, 2009) with utility specified in wtp-space, as suggested by train and weeks (2005) and scarpa et al. (2008). despite the well-argued methodological advantages of this approach, when compared with the more conventional preference-space specification, applications in food choice experiments are still infrequent (balcombe et al. 2010, balogh et al. 2016, caputo et al. 2016, and caputo et al. 2018). researchers have generally opted for the more traditional preference-space approach (loureiro and umberger, 2007; ortega et al., 2011; zanoli et al., 2013; liu et al., 2019), even to assess the mwtp for tomato attributes (onozaka and mcfadden, 2011; caputo et al., 2013; carroll et al., 2013; maples et al., 2014; skreli et al., 2017). in the post-estimation stage of our analysis, estimates of the marginal willingness-topay (mwtp) for fresh tomato attributes were derived and compared across the four surveyed countries. from an empirical point of view, mwtps provide producers with evidence to adjust their price strategy in line with market preferences. further, we estimated full correlation matrices for random taste coefficients of tomato attributes. we used these to estimate market shares for combinations of tomato shapes and certifications. signs and magnitudes of significant correlations between random attributes provide crucial information to producers and exporters. they are needed to define product profiles that meet consumers’ demand and identify those combinations of tomato traits that consumers dislike. moreover, to illustrate, probability choice functions were derived for selected product profiles. these functions are useful to predict consumer behavior, since differences in choice probabilities are dependent on tomato attributes. finally, marginal changes in choice probabilities within samples and for the whole population were simulated. this type of analysis serves as a tool to predict changes in consumer behaviour specific to the different export markets. the rest of the article is organized as follows. section 2 discusses materials and method, while section 3 illustrates the econometric analysis. section 4 reports and discusses results. we conclude with some final remarks in section 5. 2. materials and method data used for this analysis were collected through a choice experiment designed to gather statements on hypothetical purchases of fresh tomato by consumers living in germany, russia, the uk and norway. preliminary focus groups and pilot surveys supported the final design of the questionnaire. tomato attributes and levels were identified from previous studies (yue and tong, 2009; onozaka and mcfadden, 2011; caputo et al., 2013; carroll et al., 2013; maple et al., 2014; oltman et al., 2014; meyerding, 2016; skreli et al., 2017) and via discussion with experts in these export markets. ten attributes were selected to profile fresh tomato characteristics. these were: tomato shape (which acts as a label for the product alternatives), colour, skin thickness, pulp type, packaging format, country of origin, production method, workers’ health and safety certification2, eco-sustainability 2 in the questionnaire this attribute was explained as follows: “tomatoes can be produced according to systems that ensure high health and safety standards to workers. the final product can have a label that certifies that these standards were implemented in production”. 244 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli certification of production methods (including organic)3 and price4. table 1 reports the attributes and their levels. to generate the alternatives, we used a fraction of the full factorial design, that was d-error minimizing within the sets that are orthogonal in the difference (refer to ngene handbook for details). by using ngene 12.0, 144 choice tasks were generated, blocked in twelve blocks of twelve each. respondents were randomly assigned in a balanced rotation to one of the twelve blocks. each was asked to complete the twelve randomized choice tasks in their assigned block. given the complexity of the experimental design, the qualitative attribute named ‘colour’ was not directly included in the experimental design but was paired with tomato shape. consequently, the combination between shape and colour was constant in each block, but combinations changed between blocks and assigned to different people. in this way, each respondent always visualized the same pictures for the five tomato alternatives in all choice scenarios under his/her scrutiny. the other attributes were presented in a textual form. figure 1 illustrates a choice card. the final questionnaire contained three sections. the first was designed to identify the respondent’s socio-demographic profile; the second relates to food consumption habits, with specific reference to fresh tomatoes; the final section was dedicated to the choice experiment. the survey was carried out in april 2016. the target population consisted of adult consumers that consumed fresh tomatoes in the last six months and were aware about the product characteristics. country samples were selected to be representative of national populations in terms of age and gender. interviews were conducted online and administered by toluna (www.it.toluna.com), a market research company that deals with market 3 in the questionnaire this attribute was explained as follows: “tomatoes can be produced according to systems that ensure ecological sustainability and biodiversity protection. the final product can have a label that certifies that these standards were implemented in production”. 4 in the questionnaire, prices were expressed in the national currency. table 1. attributes and levels. attribute attribute levels shape beef, salad (salad), vine (vine), cherry (cherry), date (date) colour red (red), not-red (i.e., yellow, orange or variegated) skin thin, thick (thick) pulp juicy, rich (rich) packaging loose tomatoes, net (net), tray (tray) origin italy, netherlands (nld), spain (esp), morocco (mar), egypt (egy), others (oth) production method conventional, low environmental impact (env), organic (org) workers’ health and safety certified not present, present (safety) eco-sustainable certified not present, present (eco) price (euro/kg) 1.18, 1.58, 2.37, 2.76 note: qualitative attributes were coded using dummy variables. the price attribute was coded using a continuous variable. in bold font the reference level. in brackets the variable name. 245multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes analysis and has a world opt-in panel with over 9 million consumers. the company supplied the availability of high-quality internet panels (i.e., iso certification and application of international quality standards for market research) and guaranteed an incidence rate equal to 0.70 for each country. the online questionnaire was completed by a total number of 2,600 respondents: 700 in germany, russia and the uk and 500 in norway. the total choice observations generated were 31,200 (12 choice cards for 2,600 respondents). the number of products evaluated by respondents amounted to 156,000 (5 tomato shapes/scenarios for 2,600 respondents). table 2 reports the summary statistics at country level and for the whole sample. figure 1. example of a choice card. workers’ health and safety certification no no yes no no packaging loose tomatoes net loose tomatoes loose tomatoes net eco-sustainable certified yes no no yes yes pulp juicy juicy juicy rich juicy production method low env. impact organic low env. impact conventional organic skin thick thin thin thick thin origin morocco italy morocco netherlands netherlands price (€/kg) 2.76 2.37 1.58 1.18 1.58 table 2. summary statistics. germany (n = 700) norway (n = 500) russia (n = 700) uk (n = 700) all (n = 2,600) mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd white european ethnicity* 0.89 0.31 0.81 0.40 0.95 0.22 0.81 0.39 0.87 0.34 bmi 25.42 5.68 25.50 5.05 24.72 6.86 26.00 6.53 25.40 6.16 vegetarian/vegan * 0.09 0.29 0.07 0.26 0.10 0.31 0.10 0.31 0.10 0.29 female* 0.60 0.49 0.53 0.50 0.60 0.49 0.60 0.49 0.59 0.49 age (in year) 39.01 12.09 40.34 16.74 38.70 11.09 39.23 12.40 39.24 12.96 education** 0.29 0.45 0.39 0.49 0.75 0.43 0.43 0.50 0.47 0.50 family size (n.) 2.54 1.23 2.47 1.39 3.23 1.17 2.84 1.34 2.79 1.31 minor or dependent (n.) 0.68 0.92 0.61 1.02 0.93 0.94 0.79 1.04 0.77 0.99 *1 if yes; ** 1 if university graduate or post graduate. 246 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli 3. econometric model and inference the choice data were analyzed by means of econometric models based on random utility maximization with heterogenous preference parameters (mcfadden, 2001). we assumed a linear and additive indirect utility function: unjt=-αnpnjt+βn ’xnjt+εnjt (1) where pnjt is the price attribute, xnjt represents the vector of non-price tomato attributes, and αn and βn are random parameters which represent nth respondent’s taste intensities for each attribute describing the tomato profile of each jth alternative in the tth choice occasion in the sequence. for the random component, we hypothesized that εnjt~ i.i.d. gumbel. assumptions imply that, conditional on βn, the probability of observing a particular sequence of 12 choices for each nth respondent (yn=yn1,yn2,…,yn12 ) is the product of standard logit formulas: (2) unconditional probability was calculated as the integral of equation (2) weighted by the density function g(αn,βn|μ,ω): pn(yn)=∫l(yn1,yn2,…,yn12|αn,βn)g(αn,βn|μ,ω)dαndβn (3) this integral was approximated through simulation, by: i) taking draws from the g(.) function; ii) calculating the likelihood function for each draw; and iii) averaging the results. the maximum simulated likelihood estimator is the value of the unknown parameters that maximizes the likelihood of the sample simulated in this manner. equation (3) represents the so-called panel mixed logit, which allowed us to use a mixed logit model specification in the context of repeated choices by respondents assuming specific taste distributions (revelt and train, 1998). to obtain a posterior distribution of αn,βn for each respondent, the procedure described by revelt and train (2000) can be used. following train and weeks (2005) we specified the utility function in the wtp space5. with a gumbel distributed unobservable component of utility, the error variance varies among respondents: (4) where kn represents a scale parameter for the nth respondent. to allow for random scale parameter, train and weeks (2005) suggested to divide equation (1) by the scale parameter: 5 sonnier et al. (2007) called this model the “consumer’s surplus model”. it is also known in literature as “expenditure function space” model, “valuation function”, or “money-space” (thiene and scarpa, 2009). 247multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes (5) as a consequence, in equation (5), unjt~i.i.d. gumbel, but with constant variance equal to π2/6. assuming that λn=an/kn and cn=βn/kn, equation (5) becomes: unjt=-λnpnjt+cn ’xnjt+unjt (6) where λn=an/kn, wn = c’n/λn, cn=βn/kn and kn represents the scale parameter for the nth respondent. equation (6) is the so-called utility function in the preference space. given that, by definition, the mwtp for an attribute is the ratio between the attribute’s coefficient and the coefficient of the price attribute, equation (6) can be re-written as follows: unjt=-λnpnjt+(λnwn)’xnjt+unjt (7) where wn = c’n/λn. equation (7) is the so-called utility function in wtp space (train and weeks, 2005).6 through the direct choice of specific random wtp distributions, the wtp space approach prevents situations where the implied mwtp distributions from the random preference coefficients show excessively long tails. this is often the case in preferencespace utility specifications (scarpa et al., 2008). the literature reports controversial results on what approach produces a better fit to the empirical data. however, there is a general consensus on the ability of wtp space specifications to generate more reasonable and less disperse estimates of wtp distributions (scarpa et al., 2008; balcombe et al., 2009; hensher an greene, 2009; rose and masiero, 2009; daly et al 2012; owusu coffie et al., 2016). our estimator was implemented in stata 15.0 and employed the packages mixlogitwtp (hole, 2007). we did not find significant evidence of heterogeneity in preliminary estimations for tomato colour, skin, pulp and country of origin. so, we assumed these to be fixed, meaning that we hypothesized homogeneous preferences for these features. conversely, we obtained significant variance estimates in preliminary results for tomato shapes, packaging types and certifications. hence, the associated random parameters were consequently assumed to be random and specifically distributed multi-variate normal with a full correlation matrix. the coefficient for the negative of price was assumed to have a log-normal distribution, to constrain the price coefficient to be always negative. estimates were obtained with 1,000 halton draws, which despite the high number of random parameters, can assure sufficiently low simulation variance of the maximum simulated likelihood estimator according to zeng (2016) and palma et al. (2018). while all of the above is informative, it is also quite standard. in this study, however, we extended the range of inference in a more novel direction. we used the estimates of the vector of means μ and their variance-covariance matrix ω=(ll’) for each country to infer the probabilistic choice behavior in the underlying population of consumers. note 6 sonnier et al. (2007) called this model the “consumer’s surplus model”. it is also known in literature as “expenditure function space” model, “valuation function”, or “money-space” (thiene and scarpa, 2009). 248 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli that estimates of the cholesky decomposition l of the full variance-covariance matrix ω enabled us to derive the correlation matrix for the random α and β. with this we identified patterns of covariation across taste parameters β that we then used in behavioral inference. for example, we used them in the derivation of probabilistic demand functions based on the simulation of distributions of preference values β in the population from which to infer market choice probabilities. we replicated this for selected tomato attributes (tomato profiles) and compared them across countries. another type of inference was conducted at the sample level. here information on the observed choice sequence of each respondent was brought to bear by deriving individual specific means for marginal wtps. these are graphically represented for the samples by kernel smoothing plots for the sample of each country. hypothetical choice probabilities were also simulated at the population estimates by modifying the choice sets to evaluate shares for what-if scenarios. scenarios simulated the introduction in the choice tasks of specific tomatoes profiles at a given price. we provide an illustration of the latter obtained with the post estimation commands in stata. this required the modification of one or more attribute levels in the choice set and the re-computation of the in-sample predicted probabilities of choice to obtain changes in market shares following the introduction of new tomato profiles. 4. results and discussion table 3 reports the coefficients estimates for each country. the model estimated for the pooled samples across countries are reported in the last columns to the right. the uninformed sequence of 12 choices between 5 alternatives has a log-likelihood of ln[(1/5)12]=-19.31, while the averages in our estimated model range between a maximum of -16.33 and a minimum of -16.67, respectively 0.85 and 0.86 percent of the uninformed probability. this implies a good explanatory power of the joint model. findings suggest that red color (baseline yellow/orange/variegated) and country of origin (baseline italy) are key determinants of choice, while a thick tomato peel (baseline thin) and a rich pulp (baseline juicy) do not seem to be relevant. preferences vary across the investigated markets, especially for the country of origin. italian tomatoes are always preferred to those coming from other origins for germans. these, for example, are willing to pay an average premium of 0.90 €/kg for italian tomatoes in comparison to those coming from morocco. russians are generally indifferent to country of origin when tomatoes come from egypt, italy or spain. however, they significantly dislike those produced in the netherlands, morocco or “other countries”. for the latter, wtp is comparatively lower by about 0.19-0.21 €/kg. the uk consumers emerged as “origin-blind” as the country of origin never emerges as significant. country-level models’ results further suggest that norwegians appreciate juicy tomatoes (+ 0.15 €/kg in comparison to rich-pulp tomatoes), while russians prefer to buy thinskin tomatoes (+ 0.23 €/kg in comparison to thick-skin ones). interestingly, preferences for tomato shapes vary across countries and, at the same time, are also significantly heterogeneous within each country. for the coefficients of tomato shapes, standard deviations are significantly different from zero, with the exception of “cherry” and “date” shaped tomatoes in the uk and “date” shaped tomato in nor249multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes ta bl e 3. m ix ed lo gi t m od el s’ co effi ci en ts e st im at es . va ria bl es g er m an y n or w ay ru ss ia u k a ll m ea n st an da rd d ev ia tio n m ea n st an da rd d ev ia tio n m ea n st an da rd d ev ia tio n m ea n st an da rd d ev ia tio n m ea n st an da rd d ev ia tio n c oe f. c oe f. c oe f. c oe f. c oe f. c oe f. c oe f. c oe f. c oe f. c oe f. re d 3. 77 ** *( 12 .8 7) 2. 26 ** *( 15 .7 0) 1. 39 ** *( 23 .2 6) 3. 95 ** *( 13 .6 9) 2. 52 ** *( 31 .0 2) th ic k 0. 05 (0 .5 6) 0. 01 (0 .1 2) -0 .2 3 ** * (5 .7 9) -0 .0 3 (0 .3 5) -0 .0 6 (1 .8 6) ri ch -0 .0 7 (0 .8 5) -0 .1 5 * (2 .5 7) 0. 05 (1 .3 9) -0 .0 9 (1 .1 7) -0 .0 3 (0 .9 1) n ld -0 .3 9 ** (2 .6 4) -0 .0 9 (0 .9 3) -0 .1 9 ** (2 .9 2) -0 .0 1 (0 .1 0) -0 .1 8 ** (3 .4 1) es p -0 .6 5 ** * (4 .2 8) -0 .1 5 (1 .4 3) -0 .1 2 (1 .8 9) 0. 09 (0 .6 3) -0 .2 1 ** * (3 .9 4) m a r -0 .9 0 ** * (5 .5 0) -0 .1 9 (1 .8 9) -0 .2 1 ** (3 .1 5) 0. 01 (0 .0 6) -0 .2 9 ** * (5 .4 4) eg y -0 .8 6 ** * (5 .1 5) -0 .1 6 (1 .5 1) -0 .0 9 (1 .3 8) -0 .0 5 (0 .3 9) -0 .2 5 ** * (4 .6 4) o th -0 .6 2 ** * (4 .0 0) -0 .2 3 * (2 .3 1) -0 .1 9 ** (2 .8 7) -0 .2 7 (1 .9 0) -0 .2 9 ** * (5 .3 4) sa la d -2 .7 0 ** *( 10 .2 9) 2. 05 ** *( 8. 80 ) -1 .3 5 ** *( 10 .0 5) 1. 17 ** *( 8. 81 ) -0 .2 0 ** (2 .7 8) 0. 75 ** *( 10 .1 2) -2 .3 6 ** * (9 .2 0) 2. 48 ** *( 9. 49 ) -1 .4 5 ** *( 18 .6 4) 1. 43 ** *( 18 .2 0) v in e 1. 11 ** * (7 .5 8) 0. 54 ** (3 .4 7) 0. 68 ** * (6 .4 1) 0. 50 ** *( 5. 30 ) 0. 57 ** * (9 .2 1) 0. 48 ** * (9 .4 5) 1. 57 ** * (8 .5 6) 1. 16 ** *( 7. 58 ) 0. 73 ** *( 14 .7 6) 0. 18 * (2 .1 2) c he rr y -2 .0 0 ** * (7 .8 9) 1. 81 ** *( 7. 96 ) -0 .8 2 ** * (6 .4 6) 0. 80 ** *( 6. 48 ) -0 .9 5 ** *( 11 .0 0) 0. 41 ** * (3 .9 6) -0 .6 8 ** * (4 .4 7) 0. 21 (1 .1 7) -1 .1 2 ** *( 14 .5 6) 0. 52 ** (2 .6 3) d at e -3 .6 2 ** * (9 .9 5) 0. 83 ** (2 .9 2) -1 .1 3 ** * (7 .5 7) 0. 10 (0 .7 7) -1 .2 1 ** *( 10 .5 3) 0. 71 ** * (5 .1 5) -1 .8 0 ** * (7 .8 1) 0. 02 (0 .1 4) -1 .7 5 ** *( 18 .4 1) 0. 07 (0 .5 2) n et -0 .2 5 * (1 .9 7) 0. 26 (0 .7 6) -0 .1 0 (1 .0 4) 0. 38 * (2 .3 7) -0 .1 4 * (2 .0 8) 0. 05 (0 .5 3) -0 .1 0 (0 .7 9) 0. 53 (2 .6 4) -0 .1 6 ** (3 .3 8) 0. 02 (0 .2 1) tr ay -0 .7 2 ** * (5 .2 3) 0. 34 (1 .8 0) -0 .4 5 ** * (4 .6 6) 0. 32 * (2 .3 4) -0 .0 5 (0 .8 0) 0. 06 (0 .8 1) -0 .6 4 ** * (4 .6 3) 0. 05 (0 .3 1) -0 .3 9 ** * (7 .8 3) 0. 03 (0 .4 1) en v 0. 18 (1 .2 4) 0. 25 (0 .8 0) -0 .0 5 (0 .5 0) 0. 02 (0 .1 4) -0 .2 2 ** (2 .9 5) 0. 38 ** * (4 .4 3) 0. 23 (1 .7 5) 0. 15 (0 .6 9) 0. 01 (0 .2 2) 0. 08 (0 .8 1) o rg 1. 22 ** * (6 .2 3) 0. 99 ** *( 4. 23 ) 0. 26 * (2 .3 2) 0. 80 ** *( 6. 03 ) -0 .0 7 (0 .9 3) 0. 17 (1 .9 0) 0. 39 ** (2 .6 5) 0. 24 (1 .0 2) 0. 37 ** * (6 .5 8) 0. 56 ** * (3 .7 3) sa fe ty 0. 56 ** * (4 .8 1) 0. 04 (0 .1 7) 0. 50 ** * (5 .3 6) 0. 23 (1 .6 6) 0. 23 ** * (3 .8 5) 0. 33 ** (3 .2 8) 0. 79 ** * (6 .2 6) 0. 19 (0 .9 7) 0. 43 ** *( 10 .1 2) 0. 13 (0 .8 1) ec o 0. 60 ** * (4 .6 9) 0. 06 (0 .3 0) 0. 16 (1 .8 2) 0. 03 (0 .2 5) 0. 37 ** * (5 .5 6) 0. 36 ** * (3 .8 5) 0. 47 ** * (3 .9 8) 0. 31 (1 .4 9) 0. 44 ** * (9 .3 6) 0. 20 (1 .9 4) ln -n eg .p -1 .2 1 ** *( 15 .6 9) 0. 13 * (1 .9 9) -0 .6 8 ** *( 11 .2 1) 0. 10 (0 .8 3) -0 .4 8 ** *( 10 .0 6) 0. 04 (0 .4 1) -1 .1 9 ** *( 16 .0 6) 0. 01 (0 .1 9) -0 .8 5 ** *( 27 .5 2) 0. 17 ** (2 .9 4) c ho ic es 42 ,0 00 30 ,0 00 42 ,0 00 42 ,0 00 15 6, 00 0 n 70 0 50 0 70 0 70 0 2, 60 0 ln -l /n -1 6. 33 5 -1 6. 42 9 -1 6. 48 8 -1 6. 48 8 -1 6. 67 4 a ic 23 ,0 39 .5 1 16 ,5 98 .8 7 23 ,2 52 .9 5 23 ,2 53 .0 1 86 ,8 75 .5 9 bi c 23 ,7 74 .3 7 17 ,3 05 .1 4 23 ,9 87 .8 1 23 ,9 87 .8 7 87 ,7 21 .9 9 *p <0 .0 5; * *p <0 .0 1; * ** p <0 .0 01 . z s ta tis tic in p ar en th es is . v ar ia bl es c od in g is re po rt ed in t ab le 1 . 250 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli way. “vine” tomatoes are always preferred to “beef ” (the baseline) across all countries, while the latter are always preferred to “salad”, “cherry” and “date” tomatoes. in general, consumers prefer to buy loose (the baseline) rather than packaged tomatoes. however, preferences for packaging types (in “nets” or “tray”) are not always significant and emerge as heterogenous at the country level. tomatoes with certified credence attributes are preferred to those without certification. in particular, germans are willing to pay, on average, 1.22 €/kg for organic-certified tomatoes, even if the distribution is strongly dispersed in comparison to those in other countries. german consumers are also sensitive to certifications ensuring workers’ health and safety (+ 0.56 €/kg) and eco-sustainability (+ 0.60€/kg). however, the choices observed in the uk sample imply a higher willingness to pay for workers’ health and safety certification (+ 0.79 €/kg). preferences for certifications show a significant heterogeneity for organic products in germany and norway. russians demonstrated significant heterogeneous preferences for low-environmental impact, workers’ health and safety, and eco-sustainable certified products. instead, organic certification is not appreciated by russians, who in turn are the only consumers with a significant positive appreciation for certification for low-environmental impact production methods. figure 2 displays the kernel smoothing of individual posterior means of mwtp sample distributions for each country for tomato shape, whose coefficients showed a significant heterogeneity in the majority of the investigated countries. sample distributions are displayed only for those tomato shapes which have both significant mean and standard deviation estimates. some distributions differ significant in terms of range, number of modes and relative positions in the wtp space. as pointed out earlier, german and uk consumers do not appreciate salad tomatoes in comparison to beef ones. their mwtp distributions are prevalently located in the negative range and are multimodal in both cases. this implies that, everything else equal, for most consumers, salad tomatoes need to be sold at a lower target price compared to beef tomatoes to induce a purchase; how much lower is different in the two countries. in contrast, mwtp for salad tomatoes in the other two markets are located to the right, especially for russia, that present both positive and negative modal values. negative means of mwtp are shown also for cherry and date tomatoes in comparison to beef tomatoes. however, preferences for cherry tomatoes seem to be more similar among norwegian and russian consumers than germans; while mwtp distribution for date tomatoes are less dispersed for russians and more variable for germans. vine tomatoes, in contrast, are preferred to beef ones in all markets. modal value estimates are always positive, although the ranges of variation are extremely different between countries, with the widest one in the uk, where there is also the higher modal value. table 4 reports the estimates of correlation coefficients (lower triangle), variances (diagonal) and covariances (upper triangle) between random mwtps in each country. for some pairs of random attributes, correlations are significant across all models and have concordant signs, even if they have different magnitude. correlations between salad and date tomatoes, for instance, are always positive and significant in all markets, meaning that these kinds of tomato could be jointly sold in these countries through focussed advertising strategies exploiting the “drag” effect of a tomato type on the other. converse251multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes ly, a negative correlation is estimated between salad and vine-shaped tomatoes. for germany and norway, in particular, the correlation coefficients are high and significant, -0.89 and -0.84 respectively. this finding is focal to support product marketing by the sellers: salad and vine tomatoes are antagonist in these markets and meet the preferences of different consumers and consequently separate market targets. this could suggest locating these products on different shelves or even separate shops when the locations of these are correlated with one type of buyers. country-level preferences for type of packaging vary and they are correlated with the tomato’s shape. in general, all consumers prefer to buy loose-packaged tomatos. however, germans prefer to buy salad tomatoes that are traypackaged (correlation coefficients: 0.77) and dislike trays for vine ones (-0.85); norwegians like cherry tomatoes when packaged in a net (0.79). for the uk and russia, some figure 2. kernel density plots for conditional wtps for tomato shapes. 252 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli table 4. estimates of correlation and covariance matrixes in each country. germany salad vine cherry date net tray env org safety eco np salad 4.20 -2.19 -0.38 4.58 0.47 1.25 0.14 0.46 -0.58 -0.14 0.06 vine -0.89 1.44 1.05 -1.23 -0.34 -0.81 -0.15 0.30 0.46 0.18 -0.15 cherry -0.08 0.37 5.77 4.82 0.10 -0.14 0.24 -1.09 0.62 -0.27 0.17 date 0.66 -0.30 0.60 11.30 0.74 0.94 -0.30 -0.05 -0.08 -0.58 -0.15 net 0.38 -0.46 0.07 0.36 0.38 0.19 -0.29 -1.17 -0.14 -0.36 0.10 tray 0.77 -0.85 -0.07 0.35 0.40 0.63 0.29 -0.56 -0.12 -0.08 0.20 env 0.07 -0.13 0.11 -0.10 -0.50 0.39 0.86 0.58 0.08 0.23 0.17 org 0.09 0.09 -0.17 -0.01 -0.72 -0.27 0.24 6.98 -0.35 0.58 -0.37 safety -0.37 0.50 0.34 -0.03 -0.29 -0.19 0.11 -0.10 0.59 0.61 -0.05 eco -0.06 0.13 -0.09 -0.15 -0.51 -0.09 0.21 0.26 0.68 1.37 -0.21 -price 0.05 -0.22 0.12 -0.07 0.28 0.42 0.32 -0.08 -0.12 -0.31 0.34 norway salad vine cherry date net tray env org safety eco np salad 1.37 -0.93 -0.21 1.21 -0.14 0.14 -0.08 0.24 -0.13 0.07 0.07 vine -0.84 0.88 0.21 -0.40 0.16 -0.05 -0.08 -0.33 0.04 -0.16 -0.23 cherry -0.21 0.27 0.69 0.43 0.41 0.03 0.00 -0.06 -0.09 -0.06 0.04 date 0.71 -0.29 0.35 2.14 0.26 0.23 -0.26 -0.01 -0.34 -0.16 -0.16 net -0.19 0.26 0.79 0.29 0.39 0.08 -0.01 0.00 0.19 -0.01 -0.06 tray 0.30 -0.13 0.08 0.39 0.33 0.16 0.01 0.09 -0.07 0.01 0.01 env -0.20 -0.24 0.02 -0.48 -0.05 0.06 0.14 0.16 -0.11 0.01 0.11 org 0.20 -0.35 -0.07 -0.01 0.01 0.21 0.43 1.02 0.03 0.36 0.10 safety -0.12 0.05 -0.11 -0.24 0.31 -0.17 -0.31 0.03 0.93 0.27 -0.16 eco 0.08 -0.24 -0.10 -0.15 -0.02 0.03 0.05 0.25 0.41 0.49 0.01 -price 0.12 -0.46 0.09 -0.20 -0.17 0.07 0.54 0.05 -0.31 0.02 0.29 russia salad vine cherry date net tray env org safety eco np salad 0.57 -0.08 0.12 0.71 -0.09 0.20 0.09 -0.06 -0.17 -0.12 -0.24 vine -0.23 0.24 0.28 0.25 0.02 -0.02 -0.02 -0.06 -0.01 -0.01 -0.17 cherry 0.21 0.75 0.60 0.51 -0.10 -0.08 -0.07 -0.26 -0.06 0.09 -0.44 date 0.67 0.35 0.47 1.98 -0.22 0.21 0.14 -0.10 -0.26 -0.14 -0.39 net -0.33 0.14 -0.36 -0.42 0.14 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.00 -0.14 0.06 tray 0.53 -0.10 -0.22 0.29 0.55 0.25 0.14 0.08 -0.14 -0.28 0.05 env 0.23 -0.09 -0.17 0.19 0.23 0.54 0.28 0.16 -0.02 -0.16 0.14 org -0.13 -0.19 -0.54 -0.11 0.43 0.24 0.48 0.40 0.09 -0.05 0.12 safety -0.36 -0.03 -0.13 -0.31 0.00 -0.45 -0.07 0.09 0.38 0.26 0.03 eco -0.21 -0.03 0.15 -0.13 -0.49 -0.73 -0.40 -0.07 0.55 0.58 -0.14 -price -0.39 -0.42 -0.71 -0.34 0.21 0.12 0.32 0.16 0.06 -0.23 0.64 253multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes estimates of correlation coefficients between tomato shapes and package types are significant, but their values are lower than 0.60, showing a low-to-moderate correlation. another interesting result concerns the relationship between certifications of workers’ health and safety protection and eco-sustainability. their correlation is always significant and positive, suggesting that consumers who are willing to pay for an eco-sustainable tomato are also willing to pay for a health and safety-certified tomato. however, the correlation coefficients are moderate ranging between 0.41 (for norway) and 0.68 (for germany). table 5 reports estimates of the market shares for combinations of tomato shape and certifications. in all investigated markets, vine tomato shows the higher shares. in all countries, this tomato type could increase its market share when certified as produced with methods that promote workers’ health and safety, or eco-sustainability. figure 3 displays the estimated choice probability functions for selected product profiles along the price/kg dimension, when the baseline is a beef tomato without any additional attribute. for all graphs we adopted a price ranging from the lower level assumed in the choice experiment (1.81 €/kg) to three times the higher level (3 x 2.76 €/kg). the top left plots of figure 3 show that as price increases the predicted purchase probability by germans of red rich-pulp italian tomatoes drops rapidly, so that at a price of 6€/ kg it is basically zero except for vine tomato sold loose and certified. the function for norway investigates the simulated effects of eco-sustainable and organic certification of red italian tomatoes, while the function for russia is about the effect of tomato shape. finally, the function for the uk investigates the role of certification for the same tomato profile and demonstrates that in this country consumers have the same reactions to price changes regardless the type of certification. figure 4 focuses on co-variation of preferences for tomato shapes, specifically salad and date, both of which tends to be disliked compared to the beef tomato baseline. it reports the iso-quantile plots for all the countries of bivariate kernel densities of mwtp uk salad vine cherry date net tray env org safety eco np salad 6.14 -2.66 -0.69 5.70 0.43 0.92 -0.30 -0.02 -0.58 -0.50 0.12 vine -0.68 2.50 -0.16 -2.63 -0.25 -0.63 0.47 0.51 0.29 0.04 -0.62 cherry -0.53 -0.19 0.27 -0.50 -0.04 -0.09 0.00 -0.15 0.11 0.14 0.14 date 0.98 -0.71 -0.41 5.48 0.38 0.73 -0.16 -0.03 -0.42 -0.39 0.09 net 0.25 -0.23 -0.11 0.24 0.47 0.35 0.10 -0.27 -0.29 -0.41 0.14 tray 0.49 -0.53 -0.23 0.41 0.68 0.58 -0.04 -0.32 -0.29 -0.40 0.28 env -0.18 0.44 0.01 -0.10 0.22 -0.07 0.46 0.14 0.06 -0.22 -0.15 org -0.01 0.28 -0.25 -0.01 -0.35 -0.38 0.19 1.28 -0.07 0.26 -0.20 safety -0.24 0.19 0.22 -0.18 -0.44 -0.39 0.09 -0.06 0.94 0.53 -0.15 eco -0.22 0.03 0.29 -0.18 -0.65 -0.57 -0.35 0.21 0.59 0.86 -0.15 -price 0.08 -0.66 0.44 0.07 0.33 0.61 -0.37 -0.11 -0.26 -0.26 0.36 note: estimates of variances are reported in the diagonal. covariance and correlation estimates are reported above and below the diagonal, respectively. correlations are in italic. in bold the estimates which are significant with p<0.05. 254 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli estimates in a range of change between -5 to +5 euro/kg compared to the baseline product profile. the price change combinations along each iso-quantile curve represent the proportion of the population with the same probability of selecting tomatoes with one of the two shapes rather than the baseline beef tomato. the isoquantiles highlight a positive correlation between salad and date-shaped tomatoes in the four countries, but the price set combinations with which they relate to the baseline are quite different. for german consumers, with a correlation estimate of 0.66, the curves cover a much larger set of mwtp values than in the russian and norwegian samples. for the uk consumers, the mwtp ranges are similar to those shown in germany. however, because of the much stronger correlation of 0.98 between the shape attributes, the room for a differentiated pricing policy is much reduced. norwegian and russian consumers show quite similarly sets in terms of preferences and willingness to pay. finally, the estimated models can be used to simulate marginal changes in probability of choice within the samples rather than in the population. for example, what would the distribution of choice probability be, within the german sample, if all choice tasks including the baseline italian tomato were offered with certification for workers’ health and safetable 5. market shares for combinations of tomato shapes and certifications. shape certifications germany norway russia uk salad org-safety 4% 6% 11% 7% org-safety-eco 4% 4% 8% 5% org-eco 6% 6% 10% 7% safety-eco 5% 5% 17% 8% env-safety 4% 2% 10% 7% env-safety-eco 3% 1% 7% 4% vine org-safety 45% 29% 28% 45% org-safety-eco 37% 22% 21% 36% org-eco 41% 28% 25% 40% safety-eco 54% 32% 46% 54% env-safety 39% 17% 20% 48% env-safety-eco 32% 11% 14% 34% cherry org-safety 11% 5% 0% 4% org-safety-eco 8% 3% 0% 3% org-eco 8% 6% 1% 4% safety-eco 12% 5% 6% 8% env-safety 12% 3% 1% 6% env-safety-eco 8% 2% 1% 5% date org-safety 7% 8% 5% 10% org-safety-eco 6% 6% 3% 7% org-eco 6% 8% 5% 9% safety-eco 8% 7% 8% 11% env-safety 6% 2% 5% 10% env-safety-eco 4% 2% 3% 6% 255multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes ty at a price increased by ten percent? this comes down to computing the choice probabilities for all five alternatives in each choice task, i.e. the probability vectors with the figure 3. country-level demand functions for some types of tomato. 256 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli price increase for certitication (p1) and without such change (p0) for the baseline tomato. then the difference between the two sets of predicted selection probabilities (p1 p0) for the alternatives with the profile of interest is computed and the distribution of these values examined. in our case we have 13,071 choice sets containing the baseline profile in the german sample. an increase of ten percent would always result in a decreased selection probability, as shown in figure 5. this suggests that either the price change should be lowered, or some additional positive features should be added, for example organic certification, that the german consumers seem to strongly appreciate. one can also envisage iterating this exercise at gradually lower price increases until a sufficient fraction of the within sample predicted choices show a positive value. figure 4. iso-quantile plots of bivariate kernel density distributions for mwtp estimates for salad and date-shaped tomatoes in the four countries. 257multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes 5. conclusions we conduct identical surveys across four countries to estimate the marginal wtps for a set of attributes of fresh tomatoes. estimates were obtained in wtp-space, which several authors encourage practitioners to adopt to obtain more reliable, interpretable and plausible mwtp distributions. specific differences in preferences across countries have been highlighted in terms of sign and magnitude of the coefficient estimates, conditional mwtps, correlation coefficients and market shares. further, simulations of choice purchase behaviour were inferred within-sample and at the population level. these were discussed with regards to their effects of price changes on tomato profiles in the four markets, to explore marketing implications of population distributions of marginal mwtps and to exemplify the range of uses analysts can make of these model post-estimations. the method can produce evidence that could be used to support the design of strategies aimed at consolidating the position of italian tomatoes on traditional european markets, such as germany and the uk; and at the same time, it could help italian producers to identify what types of tomato produce to improve their share in norwegian and russian markets. the tomato profile, which shows the highest probability to be purchased in all markets is vine, red and sold loose (unpackaged). however, some specific tomato profiles figure 5. in-sample simulation of selection probabilities for workers’ health and safety certification at 10% price increase. 258 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli have been identified for each market. in germany, where italian tomatoes are preferred to those coming from other countries, consumers ask tomatoes whose quality is certified for workers’ health and safety and eco-sustainability, but only within a restricted price range, as shown by the in-sample inference, where a ten percent increase was found too high. salad-shaped tomatoes is more likely to be purchased when packaged in trays, while the use of this package should be avoided for vine-shaped tomatoes. in the uk, the same types of tomato certifications are also appreciated. however, the uk consumers seem to be not interested in the country of origin, unlike german consumers. norwegian and russian consumers adopt an intermediate behaviour. consequently, tomatoes from italy may not enjoy the same level of competitive advantage abroad, as it is generally assumed, and hence export penetration strategies should vary across countries. to sell more tomatoes in norway, italian producers should offer juicy-pulp tomatoes and certify their quality with organic and worker’s health and safety labels. cherry tomatoes are more appreciated in the uk market if are packaged in a net. finally, russians prefer thin-skin tomatoes and appreciate certifications for workers’ health and safety and eco-sustainability, rather than for organic production. further research should address some of the limitations of our study in order to confirm or disconfirm our findings, which were only illustrative in their nature. in fact, we are aware about a number of limitations of our study. they arise from the choices we have been forced to make regarding the experimental design and the data analysis. firstly, to assure that the survey respect international quality standards for market research in a cross-country context, we decided to collect data engaging a market research company. the use of such online survey has grown rapidly in social science and policy research in the last ten years (lehdonvirta et al., 2020). however, it is well known that data generated in this manner could be affected by self-selection issues and non-random and non-representativeness of the samples, and these limitations should be taken into account in evaluating the external validity of our results. further, to reduce the choice task complexity, we simulated a forced choice decision context, asking consumers to imagine they had to decide to buy one of the proposed options, without including an opt-out alternative. this decision has been supported by dhar and simonson (2003) who suggested that forced choice may generate more accurate and complete results in categories of familiar commodities in which the deferral option is available but rarely exercised. we assumed that this is the case of our research given that participants in our survey are consumers of fresh tomatoes, fresh tomatoes are characterized by high versatility in cooking and individual diets, and the expenditure of this product has a low impact on the individual/household budget. however, we are aware that this can be seen as a limitation of our study. therefore, market shares estimates could be affected by the adopted choice design. this possibility must be taken into account by the reader. moreover, each choice card includes several attributes and levels and, despite this well simulates the real-life scenario faced by consumers when purchasing fresh tomatoes, at the same time, respondents may not have attend to a certain number of attributes. an attribute-not-attendance phenomenon (hensher, 2010) could consequently affect this survey as a limitation. we plan to analyse this eventuality through a further paper, given that it is not the focus in this one. another limitation is related to the econometric approach. we chose to use halton draws for simulations, despite the use of scrambled sobol draws could be more appropriate, as demonstrated by czajkowski and budziński (2019). our choice stemmed from the 259multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes fact that one of the aims of this paper is to provide the reader with estimation and postestimation codes used in data analysis to facilitate dissemination. further, it is worth observing that we took the exporter viewpoint, and consequently we did not adjust prices according to the national purchasing power given that results are mainly presented at a country level. therefore, it is important to underscore that, in the case of a country comparison, the same tomato profile could be perceived as relatively cheap or expensive in countries with different purchase powers. these cases could affect choice probability estimates. finally, we used maximum likelihood estimators, which suffer from the limitation of local optima, and assumed normal and log normal distributions of qualitative attributes and price, respectively, for the random parameters. assumptions of unimodal symmetric distributions surely affect our estimates and the analysis might also have been conducted with more flexible semi-parametric mixtures (train 2016, caputo et al. 2018, scarpa et al. 2020). despite these limitations, this study presented useful insights into consumer choices and their impact on market competitiveness for food producers. it demonstrated how the use of stated food choice experiments in a multi-country context is focal to support decision makers in determining which types of product to grow and promote, how to manage the marketing mix, what communication content to emphasize in advertising campaigns and how adopt price differentiation strategies in different markets to face consumers’ demand. references alamanos, e., bourlakis, m., tzimitra‐kalogianni, i. (2013). segmenting greek tomato consumers: policy and marketing insights towards a healthy diet. british food journal 115(4): 488-507. balcombe, k., chalak, a., fraser, i. (2009). model selection for the mixed logit with bayesian estimation. journal of environmental economics and management 57(2): 226-237. balcombe, k., fraser, i., di falco, s. (2010). traffic lights and food choice: a choice experiment examining the relationship between nutritional food labels and price. food policy 35(3): 211-220. balogh, p., békési, d., gorton, m., popp, j., lengyel, p. (2016). consumer willingness to pay for traditional food products. food policy 61: 176-184. caputo, v., nayga jr, r. m., scarpa, r. (2013). food miles or carbon emissions? exploring labelling preference for food transport footprint with a stated choice study. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 57(4): 465-482. caputo, v., scarpa, r., nayga jr, r. m. (2016). cue versus independent food attributes: the effect of adding attributes in choice experiments. european review of agricultural economics 44(2): 211-230. caputo, v., scarpa, r., nayga jr, r. m., ortega, d. l. (2018). are preferences for food quality attributes really normally distributed? an analysis using flexible mixing distributions. journal of choice modelling 28: 10-27. carroll, k. a., bernard, j. c., pesek jr, j. d. (2013). consumer preferences for tomatoes: the influence of local, organic, and state program promotions by purchasing venue. journal of agricultural and resource economics 38(3): 379-396. 260 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli crastes dit sourd, r., beaumais, o., mahieu, p. a., martinez-camblor, p., scarpa, r. (2020). a contingent valuation test for measuring the construct validity of willingness-to-pay estimates derived from choice-experiments. land economics, accepted and forthcoming. daly, a., hess, s., train, k. (2012). assuring finite moments for willingness to pay in random coefficient models. transportation 39(1):19-31. dhar, r., & simonson, i. (2003). the effect of forced choice on choice. journal of marketing research 40(2): 146-160. european union (2018): eu agricultural outlook for markets and income, 2018-2030. european commission, dg agriculture and rural development, brussels. european commission (2020): dg agri-dashboard: tomatoes (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/ info/files/food-farming-fisheries/farming/documents/tomato-dashboard_en.pdf). goett, a., k. train, hudson, k. (2000). customer choice among retail energy suppliers: the willingness-to-pay for service attributes. energy journal 21:1–28. hensher, d.a. (2010). attribute processing, heuristics and preference construction in choice analysis. in: hess, s., daly, a.j. (eds.), state-of art and state-of practice in choice modelling: proceedings from the inaugural international choice modelling conference, chap. 3, pp. 35–70. emerald, bingley, uk. hensher, d. a., greene, w. h. (2011). valuation of travel time savings in wtp and preference space in the presence of taste and scale heterogeneity. journal of transport economics and policy (jtep) 45(3): 505-525. hole ar. (2007). fitting mixed logit models by using maximum simulated likelihood. stata journal 7: 388-401. hole, a.r. kolstad, j., (2012). mixed logit estimation of willingness to pay distributions: a comparison of models in preference and wtp space using data from a healthrelated choice experiment. empirical economics 42(2): 445-469. layton, d.f., brown. g. (2000). heterogeneous preferences regarding global climate change. the review of economics and statistics 82(4): 616–24. lehdonvirta, v., oksanen, a., räsänen, p., & blank, g. (2020). social media, web, and panel surveys: using non‐probability samples in social and policy research. policy & internet. liu, r., gao, z., nayga jr, r. m., snell, h. a., ma, h. (2019). consumers’ valuation for food traceability in china: does trust matter? food policy 88: 101768. loureiro, m. l., umberger, w. j. (2007). a choice experiment model for beef: what us consumer responses tell us about relative preferences for food safety, country-of-origin labeling and traceability. food policy 32(4): 496-514. mabit, s., caussade, s., hess, s. (2006). representation of taste heterogeneity in willingness to pay indicators using parameterization in willingness to pay space. in european transport conference 2006. european transport conference 2006. maples, m., morgan, k. l., harri, a., hood, k., interis, m. (2014). consumer willingness to pay for environmental production attributes in tomatoes: a southeastern consumer survey, selected paper prepared for presentation at the southern agricultural economics association 2014 annual meeting, dallas, tx. meyerding, s. g. (2016). consumer preferences for food labels on tomatoes in germany– a comparison of a quasi-experiment and two stated preference approaches. appetite 103: 105-112. 261multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes meyerding, s. g., trajer, n., lehberger, m. (2019). what is local food? the case of consumer preferences for local food labeling of tomatoes in germany. journal of cleaner production 207: 30-43. morey, e., rossmann, k. (2003). using statedpreference questions to investigate variations in willingness to pay for preserving marble monuments: classic heterogeneity, random parameters, and mixture models. journal of cultural economics 27(3/4): 215–29. oltman, a. e., jervis, s. m., drake, m. a. (2014). consumer attitudes and preferences for fresh market tomatoes. journal of food science 79(10): s2091-s2097. onozaka, y., mcfadden, d. t. (2011). does local labeling complement or compete with other sustainable labels? a conjoint analysis of direct and joint values for fresh produce claim. american journal of agricultural economics 93(3): 693-706. ortega, d. l., wang, h. h., wu, l., olynk, n. j. (2011). modeling heterogeneity in consumer preferences for select food safety attributes in china. food policy 36(2): 318324. owusu coffie, r., burton, m. p., gibson, f. l., hailu, a. (2016). choice of rice production practices in ghana: a comparison of willingness to pay and preference space estimates. journal of agricultural economics 67(3): 799-819. palma, m. a., vedenov, d. v., and bessler, d. (2018). the order of variables, simulation noise, and accuracy of mixed logit estimates. empirical economics 58: 2049–2083. revelt, d., train, k. (1998). mixed logit with repeated choices: households’ choices of appliance efficiency level. review of economics and statistics 80(4): 647-657. revelt, d., train, k. (2000). customer-specific taste parameters and mixed logit: households’ choice of electricity supplier, working paper no. e00-274, university of california at berkley, department of economics, berkley, california. rose, j. m., masiero, l. (2010). a comparison of the impacts of aspects of prospect theory on wtp/wta estimated in preference and wtp/wta space. european journal of transport and infrastructure research 10(4): 330-346. santeramo, f. g., carlucci, d., de devitiis, b., seccia, a., stasi, a., viscecchia, r., nardone, g. (2018). emerging trends in european food, diets and food industry. food research international 104: 39-47. scarpa, r., thiene, m., train, k. (2008). utility in willingness to pay space: a tool to address confounding random scale effects in destination choice to the alps. american journal of agricultural economics 90: 94-1010. scarpa, r., thiene, m., marangon, f. (2007). the value of collective reputation for environmentally-friendly production methods: the case of val di gresta. journal of agricultural & food industrial organization 5(1). scarpa, r., franceschinis, c., thiene, m. (2020). logit mixed logit under asymmetry and multimodality of wtp: a monte carlo evaluation. american journal of agricultural economics, accepted and forthcoming. skreli, e., imami, d., chan, c., canavari, m., zhllima, e., pire, e. (2017). assessing consumer preferences and willingness to pay for organic tomatoes in albania: a conjoint choice experiment study. spanish journal of agricultural research 15(3): 1-13. sonnier, g., ainslie, a., otter, t. (2007). heterogeneity distributions of willingness-to-pay in choice models. quantitative marketing economics 5(3): 313-331. 262 maria de salvo, riccardo scarpa, roberta capitello, diego begalli street d.j., burgess l., louviere j.j. (2005). quick and easy choice sets: constructing optimal and nearly optimal stated choice experiments. international journal of research in marketing 22(4): 459-470. thiene, m., scarpa, r., (2009). deriving and testing efficient estimates of wtp distributions in destination choice models. environmental and resource economics 44: 379– 395. train, k.e. (1998). recreation demand models with taste variation. land economics 74: 230–239. train, k. (1999). mixed logit models for recreation demand, in j. herriges & c. kling, eds, ‘valuing recreation and the environment’, edward elgar, northampton, ma. train, k., weeks, m. (2005). discrete choice models in preference space and willingnessto-pay space. in applications of simulation methods in environmental and resource economics (pp. 1-16). springer, dordrecht. train k., (2016). mixed logit with a flexible mixing distribution. journal of choice modelling 19: 40–53. tonsor, g. t., shupp, r. (2009). valuations of ‘sustainably produced’ labels on beef, tomato, and apple products. agricultural and resource economics review 38(3): 371-383. yue, c., tong, c. (2009). organic or local? investigating consumer preference for fresh produce using a choice experiment with real economic incentives. hortscience 44(2): 366-371. zanoli, r., scarpa, r., napolitano, f., piasentier, e., naspetti, s., bruschi, v. (2013). organic label as an identifier of environmentally related quality: a consumer choice experiment on beef in italy. renewable agriculture and food systems 28(1): 70-79. zeng, t. (2016). using halton sequences in random parameters logit models. journal of statistical and econometric methods 5(1): 59-86. investigating determinants of choice and predicting market shares of renewable-based heating systems under alternative policy scenarios cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes maria de salvo1,*, riccardo scarpa2,3,4, roberta capitello2, diego begalli2 “not my cup of coffee”. farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits. lessons for crop breeding in the age of climate change abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud* does the place of residence affect land use preferences? evidence from a choice experiment in germany julian sagebiel1,*, klaus glenk2, jürgen meyerhoff3 the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? danny campbell*, erlend dancke sandorf bio-based and applied economics 7(3): 249-263, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7678 can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? elena castellari1,*, stéphan marette2, daniele moro3, paolo sckokai1 1 dipartimento di economia agroalimentare, università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy 2 umr économie publique, inra, université paris-saclay, f-78850 grignon, france 3 dipartimento di scienze economiche e sociali dises, università cattolica del sacro cuore, piacenza, italy date of submission: 2018 28th, september; accepted 2019 23rd, july abstract. this study aims to evaluate the impact of two menu-labeling formats on changes in dietary choices in an away-from-home meal, specifically in a university cafeteria. a field experiment at a university cafeteria in italy was conducted providing two different types of nutritional labels. the experiment lasted four days, spread over two weeks during which a total of 930 observations were collected. during each day of the experiment, only in one food line (treated line) a label indicating the healthy options was displayed, while in the other line no label was presented (control line). the paper describes two indexes to measure how the selected food choices for each participant are in line with what suggested by the labels. we define five different classes of these indexes and we test our hypothesis using an ordered logit model. results show the labels we provided had no significant impact on changing the tray composition, in accordance with other previous experiments suggesting that adding only nutritional information in a restaurant setting does not necessarily encourage healthier choices. the paper concludes highlighting the need of a multifaceted approach to design effective public policies enhancing healthier choices in a self-service restaurant. specifically, the provision of nutritional information by itself can have zero or low impact unless it synergizes with others instruments such as nutritional education, social norm provision and nudges. in the conclusions, some suggestions on public policies addressing the promotion of healthy food habits are given. keywords. menu labels, food away-from-home, healthy food policies, food labeling. jel codes. i12, i18, d12. 1. introduction food away from home (fafh) consumption plays an increasing role in the daily diets of many people worldwide. in italy, the share of fafh on total food expenditure was 33% in 2015, versus 46% in spain, 44% in the united kingdom, 27% in germany, and 26% in *corresponding author: elena.castellari@unicatt.it 250 elena castellari et alii france (agrifood monitor, 2016). in 2015, about 12 million italians (around 20% of the entire population) had lunch away from home 3-4 times a week (fipe-commercio, 2015). these patterns are actually similar for all industrialized and many developing countries (mottaleb et al., 2017). in the usa, the share of fafh on total yearly food expenditure rose from 25.9% in 1970 to 43.1% in 2012 (usda). in the 2007-2008 national health and nutrition survey data 41% of adults said they had consumed foods and/or beverages from fast food-type restaurants during the previous 24 hours, and 27% of them from full-service restaurants (seguin et al., 2016). while the rising in fafh consumption is not a bad habit per se, researchers have found that the frequency of eating fafh is positively correlated with some unhealthful outcomes, such as overweight and obesity (binkley et al., 2000; mccrory et al., 1999; satia et al., 2004, todd et al., 2010). the link between fafh and obesity can be explained because people tend to underestimate calories and fat content when they select their meal in an away-from-home environment (backstrand et al., 1997). indeed, restaurants and cafeterias typically use caloric dense ingredients (butter or dressings) to gain palatability1; yet, it is almost impossible for consumers to detect those “hidden” fats and overall taste remains a major force driving food choices (glanz et al., 1998). the positive relationship between fafh expenditure and bmi has also been found in children. according to a study by bowman et al. (2004), on a typical day when eating at quick-service food, children (aged 4-19) tended to consume more fat (+ 9 g), added sugars (+ 26 g), sugar-sweetened beverages (+ 228 g), and less fiber (-1.1 g), milk (-65 g) and fruits and non-starchy vegetables (-45 g), compared to those who did not, leading to 187 extra calories compared to a meal consumed at home. given the increasing trend in eating away from home, policy makers have considered the urgency of finding policy instruments which can lead to healthier consumption behavior. labeling2 is among the information-based instruments extensively used to lead consumers towards more informed and possibly healthier choices (galizzi, 2014; traill, 2012). we can think that in a fafh environment providing some nutritional information may limit the misperception on nutrients’ content when consumers are choosing their meal. however, while the introduction of nutritional information in a restaurant menu is supported by many researchers and health officials, their provision is mainly due to private sector or local government initiatives (brambilla-marcias et al., 2011). in fact, the implementation of a mandatory policy in a catering environment would require the 1 elaborating data from household food consumption surveys conducted by the u.s. department of agriculture (usda) during the period 1977-2008, biing-hwan et al. (1999; 2012) have shown a reduction of the share of saturated fat to the overall caloric intake of americans. however, from their analysis, fafh is still richer in saturated fat than food at home: in 2005-2008, fat contributed to 30.5% and 37.2% of the caloric intake from food at home and from fafh, respectively (biing-hwan et al., 2012; kozup et al., 2003). moreover, the fafh has been found higher in saturated fat, sodium and cholesterol and resulted in lower calcium content and dietary fiber than food at home (biinhwan et al. 2012). todd et al. (2010) estimated that in the usa each meal consumed away from home results in 134 additional calories. 2 in the united states, under provisions of the affordable care act of 2010, restaurant chains with twenty or more locations operating under the same brand are required to provide detailed nutritional information to consumers and to display calories on their menus. in the european union (eu), with regulation no. 1169/2011, new rules regarding nutritional information for food, both pre-packed and non-pre-packed, have been introduced. however, this regulation does not impose stringent rules for restaurants, unless differently required by each member state. 251can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? capacity of standardizing ingredients and portions, which is not a trivial task especially for smaller size and not-chained restaurants. as a consequence, requiring stringent adoptions of nutritional labels in a catering environment can have the side effect of pushing smaller, non-chain business out of market, and can reduce options for consumers (mazzocchi et al., 2009). the aim of this study is to analyze if the provision of some nutritional information in a university cafeteria has an effect on the composition of the meal chosen. specifically, it can be expected that, by providing some nutritional information using labels, consumers might be facilitated to reduce the bias of “hidden calories” and consequently to identify healthier options. at this end, the authors conducted a field experiment in a university cafeteria in italy, where two types of informative labels were alternatively provided. this article proceeds as follows: after a literature background, first the experimental design and the indicators used to evaluate the quality of the meal are described; then the model and the empirical results are presented, followed by some discussion and policy implications. 2. background previous literature showed the provision of nutritional information can lead to mixed findings. in a systematic review, mazzocchi and trail (2005) evaluated the effect of food label in portion size consumption and they found varying impacts, from increasing, to decreasing or no effect. however, none of the studies examined found an effect on reducing energydense foods (mazzocchi and trail, 2005). similarly, a literature review by swartz et al. (2011) and another by kiszko et al. (2014) have shown the provision of caloric labels had none effect on the caloric intake of the food ordered and consumed. further, harnack and french (2008) concluded that, even if some studies support the evidence of a relation between the provision of caloric labeling and food choices, these effects are weak or inconsistent. similarly, empirical studies have shown mixed results. some have found the provision of nutritional information in a restaurant menu helps reducing the caloric intake (roberto et al., 2010, wisdom et al., 2010), others have measured no significant effect (elbel et al., 2009, finkelstein et al., 2011). ellison et al. (2014) showed that numeric labels alone (i.e. labels where nutrients content was shown as grams or mg per 100 grams of products or as percentage) have no influence on food choices, unless reinforced by traffic light symbols. in fact, traffic light labels (i.e. labels where some nutrient contents are classified with colors red, orange or green based on some thresholds with respect to dietary recommendations) may lead restaurant patrons to introduce in the menu lower-calorie options. marette et al. (2019) showed that the appearance of traffic light labels significantly impacts the willingness to pay of products offered in the experiment. on the other side, an experimental study conducted by seward et al. (2016), where traffic labels where provided in a university cafeteria setting, has shown that, while students reported to use the traffic light regularly and support their use, the intervention had no effect in improving dietary quality. vasiljevic et al. (2015) have shown that, on selecting different snacks, emotion labels (such as smiling faces) yields stronger effect on the perception of the healthfulness of the snack than colored label; and overall frowning labels are more effective than smiling ones. 252 elena castellari et alii using a random control trial, oliveira et al. (2018) find the provision of a menu labeling displaying different food information being positively associated with healthy food choices. elbel et al. (2009) find that the provision of caloric labels on fast food menus in new york had no effect on the caloric content of the purchased meal. in general, the literature has found paternalistic interventions (nudges), eventually combined with information provision, being more effective in producing behavioral changes (downs et al., 2009; thapa and lyford, 2014; thunström and nordtröm, 2013; castellari and berning, 2016). other studies have shown the importance of providing social descriptive norms to encourage change in food choices (burger et al. 2010). this work evaluates the effect of nutritional labels’ provision on the menu items selections, rather than the caloric content of the meal choices. nutritional information may have little effect on the caloric content of the overall meal but might impact its composition inducing a shift from ‘worse’ to ‘better’ choices3. other studies have found only a small portion of consumers (between 16% and 29%) have responded to nutritional labels changing their menu selections (balfour et al. 1996, yamamoto et al. 2005). we evaluate two different label intervention: (1) a label where the green color is matched with a positive emotion (smile) to identify the item within the same food group (first, second, side dish, fruit and dessert) that has the lowest caloric intake among the available options; (2) a label which ranks within the same food group (first, second, side dish, fruit-dessert) the options available based on their caloric composition using a medal (gold, silver and bronze). 3. methods 3.1 experimental design the hypothesis behind the experiment is that displaying some nutritional labels (i.e. indicating either a partial or a complete ranking of dishes in terms of their caloric content) in a self-service restaurant may influence consumer when selecting food options. we expect the presence of the label would help consumers to identify the hidden calories and thus the less caloric options. at this end, we collected data at a university cafeteria located in piacenza, italy; the experiment lasted four days, spread over two weeks (with a four-week break between them) between march and april 2016. the cafeteria is a self-service caterer, presenting two lines, each one providing identical food choices. the cafeteria meal has a fixed price and it allows to select one option within each menu category: first dish; second dish; side dish; fruit-dessert.. to test our hypothesis we provided (in separate settings) two different types of labels: 1) less caloric labels (lcl): within each menu category (first dish; second dish; side dish; fruit-dessert.) the label indicates the option with the lowest level of calories4 per portion (fig. 1, left panel); 3 within each food category (first dish, side dish, second dish, fruit-dessert), we rank food choices based on their caloric content from best (less caloric content) to worse (higher caloric content). 4 the canteen staff provided us the recipes of the dishes and, with their supervision, we used the website http:// www.myfitnesspal.com to rank every dish in each category, from the less to the most caloric. 253can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? 2) calories ranking labels (crl): within each meal category (first dish; second dish; side dish; fruit-dessert.) the labels indicate a ranking among options based on the level of calories from the least (gold medal, 1st place) to the most (bronze medal, 3rd place) caloric (fig. 1, right panel). the labels were chosen together with the canteen managers. we proposed different types of labeling selected from previous studies. during the first week (1st and 2nd day) the effect of providing a lcl was tested, whereas the crl was used in the second week (3rd and 4th day). during each day of the experiment only one food line (treated line) displayed a label while in the other line no label was present (control line). it is assumed people randomly choose between the two lines, although to account for a possible self-selection bias the treated and the control lines from day one to day two (lcl) and from day three to four (crl) were switched. participants were not aware to be part of the experiment before selecting the food choices. the first contact with the labels took place at the beginning of the treatment line, where a flier explained the meaning of the label (lcl in day 1 and 2: crl in day 3 and 4 as in fig. 1). individuals taking the control line did not receive any nutritional information during the meal selection. the recruitment of participants to the experiment took place at the end of the lines (both control and treatment), where, with the support of a flier, two recruiters explained to users how to take part to the experiment. if they accepted, they were asked to take a picture of their tray using their smartphone before starting to eat and to share it using a digital platform. moreover, after lunch, participants were asked to complete a survey including both demographic and behavioral questions. all participants were rewarded with a coupon redeemable at the university coffee shop. we collected 459 observations during the first week (1st and 2nd day) and 471 during the second week (3rd and 4th day). the final dataset contains 930 observations recording tray composition, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- these symbols identify caloric content of dishes as: the lowest: ; the medium: ; the highest: relatively to the group they belong to: first dish, second dish, side dish, dessert. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------example: dessert ice cream a slice of sacker cake fruit salad -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- figure 1. explanation of lcl (left panel) and crl (right panel). 254 elena castellari et alii demographics and behavioral characteristics for each individual. the final sample is mostly composed by university students (around 84% of the sample), and in small percentage by university faculty and staff. for a detailed description of the participants, please refer to the model and empirical results sections. 3.2 indexes of meal composition to summarize the food selections made by participant i at day t we computed two different indicators of the tray’s meal composition. the purpose of this index is to measure how close the composition of the meal is to an “optimal meal”, which in the case of lcl would correspond to a tray with all green labeled choices, while in the case of crl to a tray with all gold medals. two different indexes for both the treatment and the control subsamples were computed: (a) a uniform index (ui) where we attributed the same weight to each of the dish selections; (b) a weighted index (wi) where we attributed different weights to dishes of different categories (first dish, second dish, side dish and dessert). the ui was computed as follows: uii,t = j=1 ni ,t ∑s jit 1 nit (1) where nit is the total number of dishes composing the tray of individual i at day t while sjit is the score, which in the case of the lcl would be equal to one if individual i at day t made a choice j labeled as healthy (green label), and zero otherwise. in the case of the crl sjit has a value equal to 1 if the choice j made by individual i at day t was labeled as gold, equal to 0.5 if choice j was labeled as silver, and zero if it was labeled as bronze. similarly, to compute the wi we used the following: wii,t = j=1 ni ,t ∑s jit pjit j=1 ni ,t∑ pjit (2) where pjit is the weight attributed to each dish selected by individual i at day t the weight pjit depends on the meals’ category. specifically, a weight of 0.35 was attributed to the first and second dishes, since they are typically more caloric, and a weight of 0.15 to side dish and dessert. both indexes (ui and wi) range from one, when an “optimal tray” was chosen, to zero, when all choices are not the one “suggested” by the labels. fig. 2 shows the distribution of the two indexes (wi and ui) under both label treatments (lcl and crl). the index computed using the uniform approach is more concentrated around some specific values. moreover, the distribution of all indexes is concentrated around zero: for the lcl indexes the zeros account for more than 80% of the observations, while for the crl indexes this share reduces to around 60%. 255can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? 4. results to test whether the label provision had an effect on the food selections, we generated a variable indicating the propensity to select an “healthy option” (pho), using the ui and the wi. specifically, based on the index values, we compute the pho as an ordinal variable with five possible outcomes as described in table 1. the probability of being in a pho class (k), is given by: pr(pho =k | z) = φ (βk + [z]`β) – φ (βk+1 + [z]`β) (3) where φ (.) is the standard logistic density function (cdf), k= [0,…,4], β0 = ∞ and β5 = + ∞; z is a set of covariates influencing pho and β is a conformable set of parameters. specifically, z includes the following variables: a) t is a dummy variable equal to one if participant i in day t belongs to the treated sample; b) xi is a set of demographics and behavioral variables collected for each person i, as described in table 2. summary statistics are presented in table 3. in both weeks, the sample is almost equally split between treated and non-treated observations. students are the largest share figure 2. distribution of the weighted index (wi) and uniform index (ui) for the less caloric label (lcl) and calories ranking labels (crl). 0 2 4 6 8 10 d en si ty 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 uniform index (ui) less caloric labels (lcl) 0 2 4 6 8 10 d en si ty 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 weighted index (wi) less caloric labels (lcl) 0 2 4 6 8 10 d en si ty 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 uniform index (ui) calories ranking labels (crl) 0 2 4 6 8 10 d en si ty 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 weighted index (wi) calories ranking labels (crl) source: own data elaboration. 256 elena castellari et alii of the sample (around 84%) and females are around half of the sample. around 40% of the sample is commuting from nearby areas and almost 90% of the participants use the cafeteria at least three times a week. a large share of the sample declared to usually pay attention to the labels of the food they purchase (around 80%), to prepare its own meal often or sometimes (around 70%), to practice regular physical activity at least once a week (around 70%), and to not substitute water with other drinks during a meal (around 70%). more than 30% of the sample experienced some weight gain in the last six months and more than 20% sometimes visited a nutritionist to receive diet advises. surprisingly, only 2.6% of the whole sample reported to consume at least five portions of fruit and vegetables daily. given the nature of the dependent variable, model (3) was estimated in stata using an ordered logit model. equation (3) was estimated for both lcl and crl samples, using both uniform and weighted indexes. results are reported in table 4. all parameters on the treatment line variable (t) are not statistically significant, suggesting that all our specifications fail to identify any significant positive effect of the label table 1. definition of the classes of pho. outcomes classes pho=0 ui or wi = 0 pho=1 0 < ui or wi ≤ 0.25 pho=2 0.25 < ui or wi ≤ 0.50 pho=3 0.50 < ui or wi ≤ 0.75 pho=4 0.75 < ui or wi ≤ 1 table 2. demographic and behavioral variables. variable name variable description student one if student, zero otherwise female one if female, zero otherwise commuter one if commuter, zero otherwise frequent user one if he/she eats at the cafeteria at least 3 times a week, zero otherwise cook one if he/she prepares his/her own dishes often or sometime, zero if rarely or never label one if he/she reads the label of the food consumed often or sometime, zero if rarely or never fv5 one if he/she consumes at least 5 portions of fruit or vegetables per day, zero otherwise water one if during the meal he/she never or rarely substitutes water with other drinks, zero if often or always weight one if in the last six months he/she had a weight increase, zero otherwise nutritionist one if he/she ever visits a nutritionist for a diet, zero otherwise active one if he/she practices physical activity at least once-twice a week, zero otherwise source: own data collection. 257can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? provision on the level of the index (ui and wi)5. these results are in line with several other studies which found information based policies are effective on improving consumer awareness but not necessarily to significantly impact behavior (galizzi, 2014). results show students tend to be more reluctant to change their food selections (for all models coefficients are negative and significant). in line with previous studies ( i.e. krieger et al., 2013), this paper also finds women have a different attitude towards menu labeling, with specifications (3) and (4) of table 4 showing positive and significant coefficients. frequent users of the canteen service do not seem to respond differently than less frequent users (i.e. coefficients are not significant). this study also finds people who sometimes or often cook their own meal tend to have a higher index under the lcl approach, while for the crl the difference is not significant. variables associated with more attention to the diet, as the attitude on reading food labels, or consuming more fruit and vegetables, are significantly correlated with higher pho under the crl scheme, but not under the lcl. similarly, people who declare to never substitute water with other drinks, or having required the opinion of a nutritionist, tend to have higher pho, with a positive improvement of the index, only under the lcl scheme. furthermore, results show variables such as having gained weight in the previous six months, or practicing sport at least once a week, are not associated with different pho. 5 this study considers only a selected sample of a university cafeteria in italy, for regulatory purpose and policy interventions an extended study with a more representative sample need to be consider. table 3. summary statistics. variable less caloric label (lcl) n=459 calories ranking label (crl) n=471 mean std. dev. mean std. dev. uniform index (ui) 0.279 0.289 0.286 0.262 weighted index (wi) 0.245 0.279 0.256 0.261 pho ( from ui) 1.251 1.243 1.314 1.122 pho (from wi) 1.203 1.278 1.306 1.167 treated line (t) 0.468 0.500 0.482 0.500 student 0.843 0.364 0.851 0.356 female 0.525 0.500 0.501 0.501 commuter 0.397 0.490 0.372 0.484 frequent user 0.854 0.353 0.868 0.338 cook 0.786 0.410 0.769 0.422 label 0.806 0.396 0.794 0.405 fv5 0.026 0.160 0.030 0.170 water 0.778 0.416 0.726 0.446 weight 0.327 0.470 0.344 0.476 nutritionist 0.255 0.436 0.225 0.418 active 0.691 0.463 0.705 0.457 source: own data elaboration. 258 elena castellari et alii 5. discussion the main objective of this research was to analyze whether the provision of nutritional information influenced the meal composition in an away-from-home environment. to this end, we conducted a field experiment at a university cafeteria. table 4. results ordered logit model. variables (1) (ui lcl) (2) (wi lcl) (3) (ui crl) (4) (wi crl) t 0.019 -0.121 0.260 0.146 (0.175) (0.175) (0.171) (0.170) student -1.024*** -1.263*** -1.387*** -1.366*** (0.232) (0.235) (0.251) (0.246) female 0.008 -0.046 0.310* 0.368** (0.179) (0.178) (0.182) (0.183) commuter -0.139 -0.189 -0.786*** -0.769*** (0.184) (0.183) (0.186) (0.185) frequent user -0.025 0.091 0.021 0.076 (0.264) (0.262) (0.269) (0.268) cook 0.500** 0.514** 0.216 0.252 (0.222) (0.222) (0.214) (0.212) label 0.044 0.024 0.399* 0.430** (0.229) (0.229) (0.216) (0.216) fv5 0.544 0.671 1.042** 1.188** (0.568) (0.559) (0.482) (0.475) water 0.550** 0.493** 0.305 0.280 (0.220) (0.219) (0.204) (0.201) weight 0.120 0.041 -0.018 -0.073 (0.190) (0.189) (0.180) (0.179) nutritionist 0.396* 0.469** 0.345 0.199 (0.203) (0.202) (0.211) (0.209) active -0.052 -0.066 -0.003 0.175 (0.192) (0.190) (0.201) (0.199) constant cut1 -0.254 -0.554 -1.222*** -1.064** (0.461) (0.470) (0.456) (0.450) constant cut2 0.195 0.245 -0.200 0.151 (0.461) (0.469) (0.452) (0.448) constant cut3 1.753*** 1.503*** 1.734*** 1.745*** (0.470) (0.476) (0.460) (0.457) constant cut4 3.333*** 2.534*** 3.306*** 2.963*** (0.512) (0.495) (0.508) (0.484) observations 459 459 471 471 standard errors in parentheses: *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. 259can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? the use of information based policies is among the most debated instruments when policy makers look for solutions to promote behavioral changes towards healthier and more sustainable food choices. yet, effects of these information-based policies on actual behavioral changes are mixed. while some previous studies have found some potential benefits of menu labeling in a restaurant setting, in terms of calorie intake reduction and healthier food choices (oliveira et al., 2018; ellison et al., 2013; roberto. et al., 2010), this paper did not find any statistically significant effects of caloric labeling on food selections, in accordance with several other studies (elbel. et al., 2009; swartz et al., 2011; downs et al. 2009; mazzocchi and trail, 2005; swartz et al. 2011; kiszko et al., 2014; harnack and french, 2008). while these results can also be driven by the experimental settings, they suggest that compulsory nutritional labeling in a dining-out environment may not be effective per se. first the effect of a label on dietary choices depends on many unobservable or not-recorded factors, such as the environment characteristics, the sample composition, the way the labels have been explained and communicated, the type of labels, and many behavioral characteristics. most of the studies are referred to relatively small sample and to selected group (such as university students), so it becomes difficult to generalize the results from this type of studies to the whole population, as well to find ad hoc recipe valid for all settings. further, even if a strong link between nutritional label and caloric intake reduction as well as food environment improvement would be found, there would still be the need to consider the final outcomes of this policy interventions on health and bmi (jaime and lock, 2009). bonanno et al. (2018), using a quantile regression approach, have shown that the relationship between reading food labels and bmi highly differs among demographics groups. krieger et al. (2013) have measured the effect of calories posting in fifty restaurants, and after eighteen months, have found a decrease of menu calories only in some sites and in women, but not in men. these previous studies highlight the difficulties to find a “best for all” policy. thus, some ad-hoc interventions are needed to set up eating environments where healthy food choices are enhanced. in this sense, the synergies among different actions can be valuable to reach broader demographic groups. however, in general, especially in cafeterias linked to educational or working environments, a sure action that need to be reinforced is the setup of common protocols to monitor the nutritional quality of the service and to measure the effect of any in-site healthy initiative. only continuously and carefully monitoring the nutritional quality of food options and the effects of interventions can ensure their effectiveness on enhancing healthier behavioral changes. 6. conclusions and policy implications the provision of nutritional labels in a food canteen have many practical difficulties. first, recipes need to be standardized and carefully followed; second, dish sizes need also to be standardized, with additional burdens on the food preparation process. however, asking to provide nutritional labels without enforcing the use of standard procedures on food preparation might lead to misleading information signaling, while, at the same time, enforcing this standardization might push out of business small no-chained restau260 elena castellari et alii rants (mazzocchi et al., 2009). given these practical issues, applying the requirements for the labels only to chain restaurants, as experimented in the usa, is probably the easiest option to be applied in europe. moreover, chain restaurants are usually chosen to dine out by people driven by time and price constraints, which represent a population group most likely to be targeted by policy makers. however, even if nutritional labels alone will not be the solution to the obesity problem, their provision can increase consumer awareness and lead to some beneficial spillover effects, such as encouraging restaurants to offer healthier food and meal “reformulation” (schulman, 2010). as nutritional information is presented to consumers, restaurants might find incentives to offer lower calorie and healthier options, as observed by ellison et al. (2014). in this scenario, if the final goal of these policies is to improve the healthiness of food choices, our results, together with the existing literature, suggest the need of continuous monitoring of behaviors in order to design effective policies. however, we can also think of label policies for only their information value “per se”, independently from their effect on final food choices and health outcomes. in this sense, marette et al. (2019) have found a traffic light label significantly impacts the willingness to pay for the different types of products offered in an experiment, showing that consumer positively evaluate the provision of an easily readable label. an analysis sizing the cost and the benefits of implementing a labeling policy could be valuable to understand to what extent this policy is economically feasible and if it can be potentially sustained under a voluntary scheme. however, at this end, it is also important to consider that the literature has previously mentioned that an overload of information reduce the marginal effect related to it (keller and staelin,1989), at the point that consumers can even lose any interest, which is a big challenge for regulators. in accordance with previous findings, we believe that, in order to encourage behavioral changes in an away-from-home food environment, public policies need to rely on a multifaceted approach, where the provision of nutritional information synergizes with other instruments such as nutritional education, social norms provision and nudges (downs et al., 2009; thapa and lyford, 2014; thunström and nordtröm, 2013, burger et al. 2010, storcksdieck genannt bonsmann and wills 2012, castellari and berning, 2016). moreover, the discussion highlights the importance of reinforcing common protocols to ensure the nutritional quality of the food options in cafeterias, and to constantly monitor any intervention promoting healthy food styles. moreover, further research needs to evaluate if the implementation of a “health related” intervention in a cafeteria, such as the introduction of nutritional label, has an effect on the sustainability of the food environment and on the produced waste. overall, it is important for regulators to follow a multidisciplinary and systemic approach to the food system where all possible spillovers from the demand and supply side are evaluated in order to promote a more sustainable and healthy food environment. 7. acknowledgements we thank giorgia ciulli for the help during the data collection, stefano longo and elena barbieri and educatt for the fruitful collaboration. the authors only are responsible for any errors or omissions. 261can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? 8. funding this work was supported by the daniel & nina carasso foundation through the fp7 susfood era-net  research project “susdiet implementing sustainable diets in europe” (scientific coordinator: louis-george soler). 9. references agrifood monitor (2016). http://www.agrifoodmonitor.it/en/food-consumption . accessed february 3, 2017. biing-hwan, l., frazão, e. and guthrie j. (1999). away-from-home foods increasingly important to quality of american diet. agriculture information bulletin no. 749, food and rural economics division, economic research service, u.s. department of agriculture, washington, dc. biing-hwan, l. and guthrie j. (2012). nutritional quality of food prepared at home and away from home, 1977-2008. economic information bulletin no. 105, u.s. department of agriculture, economic research service, washington, dc. backstrand, j.r, wootan, m.g., young, l.r. and hurley j. (1997). fat chance: a survey of dieticians’ knowledge of the calories and fat in restaurant meals. center for science in the public interest, washington, dc. balfour, d., moody, r., wise, a. and brown k. (1996). food choice in response to computer-generated nutrition information provided about meal selection in workplace restaurants. journal of human nutrition and dietetics 9(3): 231–37. binkley, k., eals, j. and jekanowski m. (2000). the relation between dietary change and rising us obesity. international journal of obesity 24(8): 1032-1039. bonanno, a., bimbo, f., cleary, r. and castellari e. (2018). food labels and adult bmi in italy – an unconditional quantile regression approach. food policy 74: 199-211. bowman, s.a., gortmaker, s.l., ebbeling, c.b., pereira, m.a. and ludwig d.s. (2004). effects of fast-food consumption on energy intake and diet quality among children in a national household study. pediatrics 113(1): 112–118. brambilla-macias, j., shankar, b., capacci, s., mazzocchi, m., perez-cueto, f.j.a.,verbeke, w. and trail w.b. (2011). policy interventions to promote healthy eating: a review of what works, what does not, and what is promising. food and nutrition bulletin 32(4): 365-375. burger, j.m., bell, h., harvey, k., johnson, j., stewart, c., dorian, k. and swedroe m. (2010). nutritious or delicious? the effect of descriptive norm information on food choice. journal of social and clinical psychology 29(2): 228-242. castellari, e. and berning, j.p. (2016). can providing a morning healthy snack help to reduce hunger during school time? experimental evidence from an elementary school in connecticut. appetite 106: 70-77. downs, j.s., loewenstein, g. and wisdom, j. (2009). the psychology of food consumption. strategies for promoting healthier food choices. american economic review: papers & proceedings 99(2): 159-164. elbel, b., kersh, r., brescoll, v.l. and dixon, l.b. (2009). calorie labeling and food choices: a first look at the effects on low-income people in new york city. health affairs 28(6): 1110-1121. 262 elena castellari et alii ellison, b., lusk, j.l. and davis, d. (2013). looking at the label and beyond: the effects of calorie labels, health consciousness, and demographics on caloric intake in restaurants. journal of behavioral nutrition and physical activity 21: 10-21. ellison, b., lusk, j. l. and davis, d. (2014). the impact of restaurant calorie labels on food choices: results from a field experiment. economic inquiry 52(2): 666-681. federazione italiana pubblici esercizi – confcommercio (2015). ristorazione: rapporto annuale 2015. finkelstein, e.a., strombotne, k.l., chan, n.l. and krieger j. (2011). mandatory menu labeling in one fast-food chain in king county, washington. american journal of preventive medicine 40(2): 122-127. galizzi, m.m. (2014). what is really behavioral in behavioral health policy? and does it work? applied economic perspectives and policy 36 (1): 25-60. glanz, k., basil, m., maibach, e., goldberg, j. and snyder, d. (1998) why americans eat what they do: taste, nutrition, cost, convenience, and weight control as influences on food consumption. journal of the american dietetic association 98(10): 1118–1126. harnack, l. and french, a.s. (2008). effect of point-of-purchase calorie labelling on restaurant and cafeteria food choices: a review of the literature. international journal of behavioral nutrition and physical activity 5: 51 jaime, p.c. and lock k. (2009). do school based food and nutrition policies improve diet and reduce obesity? preventive medicine 48(1): 45-53. keller, k. l. and staelin, r. (1989). assessing biases in measuring decision effectiveness and information overload. journal of consumer research 15(4): 504-508. kiszko, k.m., martinez, b.s., abrams, c. and elbel, b. (2014). the influence of calorie labeling on food orders and consumption: a review of the literature. journal of community health 39(6): 1248-1269. kozup, j.c., creyer, e.h., and burton, s. (2003). making healthful food choices: the influence of health claims and nutrition information on consumers’ evaluations of packaged food products and restaurant menu items. journal of marketing 67(2): 19-34. krieger, j.w., chan, n.l., saelens, b.e., ta, m.l., solet, d. and fleming d.w. (2013). menu labeling regulations and calories purchased at chain restaurants. american journal of preventive medicine 44(6): 595-604. marette, s., nabec, l. and durieux, f. (2019). improving nutritional quality of consumers’ food purchases with traffic-lights labels: an experimental analysis. journal of consumer policy, forthcoming. doi.org/10.1007/s10603-019-09420-5 mazzocchi, m. and trail w.b. (2005). nutrition health and economic policies in europe. acta agriculturae scandinavica section c 2(3-4): 138-149. mazzocchi, m., trail, w.b. and shogren j.f. (2009). fat economics: nutrition, health and economic policy. new york: oxford university press. mccrory, m.a., fuss, p.j., hays, n.p., vinken, a.g., greenberg, a.s. and roberts, s.b. (1999). overeating in america: association between restaurant food consumption and body fatness in healthy adult men and women ages 19–80. obesity research 7(6): 564-571. mottaleb, k.a.,  rahut, d.b. and mishra, a.k. (2017). consumption of food away from 263can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? home in bangladesh: do rich households spend more? appetite https://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28347779119: 54-63. oliviera, r.c., fernandes, a.c., da costa proença, r.p., hartwell, h., rodrigues, v.m., flemming colussi, c. and fiates g.m.r. (2018). menu labelling and healthy food choices: a randomised controlled trial. british food journal 120(4): 788-801. roberto, c.a., larsen, p.d., agnew, h., baik, j. and brownell, k.d. (2010). evaluating the impact of menu labeling on food choices and intake. american journal of public health 100(2): 312-318. satia, j.a., galanko, j.a. and siega-riz ,a.m. (2004). eating at fast-food restaurants is associated with dietary intake, demographic, psychosocial and behavioural factors among african americans in north carolina. public health nutrition 7(8):1089– 1096. schulman, t. (2010). menu labeling: knowledge for a healthier america. harvard journal on legislation 47(2): 587-610. seguin, r.a., aggarwal, a., vermeylen, f. and drewnowski, a. (2016). consumption frequency of foods away from home linked with higher body mass index and lower fruit and vegetable intake among adults: a cross-sectional study. journal of environmental and public health 2016. doi.org/10.1155/2016/3074241. seward, m.w., block, j.p. and chatterjee, a. (2016). a traffic-light label intervention and dietary choices in colleges cafeterias. american journal of public health 106(10): 1808-1814. storcksdieck genannt bonsmann, s. and wills, j.m. (2012). nutrition labeling to prevent obesity: reviewing the evidence from europe. current obesity reports 1(3):134-140. swartz, j.j., braxton, d. and viera, a.j. (2011). calorie menu labeling on quick-service restaurant menus: an updated systematic review of the literature. international journal of behavioral nutrition and physical activity 8: 135. thunström, l. and nordtröm, j. (2013). the impact of meal attributes and nudging on healthy meal consumptionevidence from a lunch restaurant field experiment. modern economy 4: 1-8. todd, j.e., mancino, l. and biing-hwan, l. (2010). the impact of food away from home on adult diet quality. err-90, u.s. department of agriculture, economic research service, washington, dc. trail, b.w. (2012). presidential address: economic perspectives on nutrition policy evaluation. journal of agricultural economics 63(3): 505-527. thapa, j.r. and lyford, c.p. (2014). behavioral economics in the school lunchroom: can it affect food supplier decision? a systematic review. international food and agribusiness management review 17(a): 187-208. vasiljevic, m., pechey, r. and marteau, t.m. (2015). making food labels social: the impact of colour of nutritional labels and injunctive norms on perceptions and choice of snack of foods. appetite 91: 56:63. wisdom, j., downs, j.s. and loewenstein, g. (2010). promoting healthy choices: information versus convenience. american economic journal: applied economics 2: 164-178. yamamoto, j.a., yamamoto, j.b., yamamoto, b.e. and yamamoto, l g. (2005). adolescent fast food and restaurant ordering behavior with and without calorie and fat content menu information. journal of adolescent health 37(5): 397-402. positive mathematical programming and risk analysis quirino paris the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils luca cacchiarelli1,*, anna carbone2, tiziana laureti1, alessandro sorrentino1 corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms: evidence from europe, japan and north america heinrich hockmann1, pedro andres garzon delvaux2,*, peter voigt3, pavel ciaian2, sergio gomez y paloma2 can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? elena castellari1,*, stéphan marette2, daniele moro3, paolo sckokai1 a preliminary test on risk and ambiguity attitudes, and time preferences in decisions under uncertainty: towards a better explanation of participation in crop insurance schemes attilio coletta1, elisa giampietri2, fabio gaetano santeramo3,*, simone severini1, samuele trestini2 bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6e172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 copyright: © 2022 w. sobczak, j. gołębiewski. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: w. sobczak, j. gołębiewski (2022). price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples. bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275. doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 received: september 18, 2020 accepted: september 9, 2022 published: november 4, 2022 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: fabio gaetano santeramo. orcid ws: 0000-0003-3812-3877 jg: 0000-0001-7869-790x price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples wioleta sobczak*, jarosław gołębiewski institute of economics and finance, warsaw university of life sciences, poland *corresponding author. e-mail: wioleta_sobczak@sggw.edu.pl abstract. the growing demand for raw materials for the production of biofuels may lead to an increase in the prices of these raw materials and, due to the shortage of land, to an increase in the prices of other crops. this is due to the fact that the growing demand for raw materials for the production of methyl esters and bioethanol (the most widely used biofuels), such as rape and corn, is a form of competition on the food and feed markets. it should be mentioned that although the topic is not new, it is still very relevant, taking into account the expansion of energy crops, as well as national, european and world energy policy. especially due to the fact that, as has already been mentioned, the use of plant products for the production of biofuels has an impact on the regulations of the food market.this study is to analyze the volatility and dependence of ethanol, biodiesel, maize and rapeseed prices in the period of 2016-2019 and aims at assessing the correlation between the agricultural and biofuel markets. in this paper, the investigation regarding co-integration of biofuel and agricultural commodity prices has utilized ethanol and commodity prices with the use of the vector error correction model (vecm). price dependencies between the prices of biodiesel, rapeseed, maize and ethanol were found, indicating the existence of long-term causality in at least one direction between the analyzed prices. the results indicated that biodiesel prices during the period in question were influenced by the previous week’s prices of biofuel and rapeseed. moreover, biodiesel prices had an impact on the level of ethanol and rapeseed prices. in the case of rapeseed, the correlation between its prices and those of corn is also noticeable, while prices of corn may also affect prices of ethanol. keywords: biofuels, agricultural market, biofuel market. jel codes: q16, q4. 1. introduction to deal with the unprecedented pace of climate change caused by the accumulation of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, there is a clear need to shift from an energy dependency on fossil fuels to renewable energy. now, with environmental policy pushing to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, aided by recent advances in crop engineering and fermentation processes, the production of bioethanol and biodiesel has once again become viable and sustainable substitutes for petroleum-based fuels. production of biofuels showed a growing tendency in the 1990s when the assumptions of the comhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 266 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 wioleta sobczak, jarosław gołębiewski mon agricultural policy (cap) indirectly supported the production of biofuels through guaranteed minimum prices, subsidies per hectare of production and compensation payments for set-aside land that, however, could be used to produce raw materials for biofuel production. moreover, the 2003 cap reform introduced a cultivation premium for production of energy crops on primary land (lamers et al., 2011). it should be noted that in the case of the production of pollutants, more than a quarter of the total co2 emissions are generated by the transport sector (adams et al., 2020). to mitigate the effects of global warming caused by the accumulation of greenhouse gases from climate change, it is imperative to reduce co2 emissions from fuel combustion in car engines and to switch to alternative and cleaner fuels. it should be noted that the development of road transport in the world has led to a rapid increase in the demand for fuels, especially those derived from crude oil. increased greenhouse gas emissions are due to the burning of fossil fuels and to changes in land use caused by human activities. therefore, alternative solutions are sought, especially biofuels that could actually compete with conventional energy sources (kurowska et al., 2020, klikocka et al., 2019). it should be emphasized that the known oil resources are limited resources. various studies set the date of the world peak in oil production in 1996-2035. that is why it is so important to pay attention to biomass-based energy technologies, which use waste or plant matter to produce energy with lower ghg emissions than fossil fuel sources (sheehan, 1988). thus, biofuels entered the market as an option to reduce dependence on crude oil and as a way to pursue social, economic and environmental sustainability (chavez et al., 2010, kurowska et al., 2020). as noted by janda et al. (2012), increased interest in the application of biofuels as an alternative to liquid fossil fuels was observed after the oil crisis that occurred on world markets in the 1970s. in addition, the use of biofuels (compared to fossil fuels) contributes to the mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions (hallam et al., 2006). moving on to the meaning of biofuels, it should be clarified that the term biofuel refers to liquid and gaseous fuels (bioethanol, biodiesel, biogas) and solids produced mainly from biomass (demirbas, 2008). biofuel is a non-polluting, locally available, sustainable and reliable fuel obtained from renewable sources (vasudevan et al., 2005). liquid biofuels are primarily used to power vehicles, but they can also power engines or fuel cells to generate electricity (demirbas, 2007). bioethanol and biodiesel are the two most popular biofuels used as substitutes for regular gasoline and diesel fuel (clerici and alimonti, 2015). as already mentioned the global demand for biofuels such as ethanol and biodiesel is increasing mainly for environmental reasons (goswamia and choudhuryb, 2019; ajanovic, 2011). this is in line with the expansion of this market and the rapid increase in their production worldwide (banse et al., 2008). biofuels are perceived as an essential element in the development of fuel markets (ryan et al., 2006). in the transport sector, ethanol constitutes the most widely consumed liquid biofuel in the world (mcphail, 2011). it should be noted that the demand for biofuels is driven mainly by the transport sector (fundira and henley 2017). brunschwig et al. (2012) as well as balat (2011) indicated that biodiesel is an attractive alternative to diesel fuel. sivakumar et al. 2010 noted that with population growth, industrial development, and fossil fuel transportation costs soaring, it seems reasonable that countries seek for solutions independent from non-renewable fuels for climatic and economic reasons (reboredo et al., 2016), thus drawing the attention of many stakeholders related to this issue, i.e. decision makers, representatives of the industry, and the scientific community (timilsina et al., 2011). at the same time, the development of the biofuel market translates into a growing demand for the most important agricultural production factors (van eijck et al., 2014). however, it should be taken into consideration that biofuels compete for renewable and non-renewable resources, and therefore may affect their sustainable growth and the market for agricultural products. increased cultivation of biofuel crops will affect land utilization (searchinger, 2007) which will have an impact on global natural resources and environmental sustainability (zhang et al., 2009, hausman et al., 2012), i.e. by generating indirect effects from their exploitation (van noorden, 2013). moreover, extending the cultivation area of biofuels with a simultaneous increase in population may lead to higher prices of agricultural raw materials on international markets. thus, production of biofuels can pose challenges in terms of sustainable food production (naylor et al., 2007). moreover, in the case of biofuels, a crowding-out effect may appear (vacha, 2013), redirecting food production to production of biofuel (baffes, 2013). it should be emphasized that if part of the soil resources is occupied by the fields of energy crops, the potential for food production is weakened, which may result in an increase in food prices. competition between energy crops and food crops has consequences such as rapidly rising food prices and a food deficit on a global scale (gomiero, 2010, oecd-fao). the problem of competition between bioenergy crops and plants intended for consumption, resulting from land use, was also noted by vasile et al. (2016) and cai et al. (2010), 267price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 tomei and heliwell (2016). therefore, the indirect effects of biofuel production have become the subject of research and discussion among economists, environmentalists, ngos, and international organizations that call for an additional analysis of the outcomes related to biofuels (bentivoglio and rasetti, 2015; oláh, 2017). it has been observed that the growing demand for raw materials for the production of methyl esters and bioethanol (the most widely used biofuels), such as rapeseed or corn, is a form of competition in the food and feed markets (koizumi, 2015). it should also be noted that the activities related to the production of biofuels also have indirect negative effects of land use, such as the conversion of food crops into fuel (humalisto, 2015). this phenomenon is known as indirect land use change, which, in combination with the conversion of carbon-rich lands, can lead to significant greenhouse gas emissions, which counteracts the previously indicated positive environmental importance of biofuels (britz and hertel, 2011, ec. directive (eu) 2015 / 1513, santeramo and searle 2019, kupczyk 2020). as the research by searchinger et al. (2008), emissions of greenhouse gases from corn ethanol in selected locations may even double compared to the continued use of petroleum products. then, the impact of the biofuel program on greenhouse gas emissions may be unfavorable (britz and hertel, 2011). in consequence, it raises doubts as to whether biofuels are a friendlier alternative to petrol (chakravorty et al., 2017). the issue of dependence between the agricultural market and the biofuel market plays a significant role, inter alia, due to the expansion of biofuels into global agricultural commodity markets (drabik et al., 2016,banase et al., 2008). the research conducted so far by, among others, wright (2011), 2011 de gorter and drabik (2015) indicate a sharp increase in biofuel production as well as a strong and direct relationship between prices of energy and agricultural commodit. ). the growing demand for raw materials for the production of biofuels may lead to an increase in the prices of these raw materials, and due to the shortage of land, to an increase in the prices of other crops (searchinger, 2008). the price interdependencies between the food and biofuel market have therefore become an ongoing subject of discussion among energy, environmental and agricultural economists interested in the sustainability of biofuels (kristoufek, 2012, oladosu and msangi, 2013, kurowska et al. 2020). drabik and et al. (2016) also notes that the global agriculture and energy sectors have become more interdependent due to the surge in biofuel production over the past two decades. at the same time, both sectors exhibit high price volatility. in contrast, the transmission of global price shocks to domestic markets, from agricultural commodities to food prices, might have a significant impact on income distribution and welfare for farmers and consumers. as a result, the issue of price transmission between agricultural markets and biofuel markets becomes relevant from the perspective of political economy. this article analyzes the price relations between the biofuel market and the market of agricultural products. the price transmission between the prices of rapeseed, biodiesel, maize and ethanol was assessed. the goal was to obtain answers to the following research questions: 1. how were the prices of biodiesel, ethanol, corn and turnip in the analyzed period ? 2. is there a relationship between the prices of biodiesel, bioethanol, corn and turnip in the analyzed period ? 3. what is the relationship between the prices of biodiesel, bioethanol, corn and turnip in the analyzed period? it should be mentioned that although the topic is not new, it is still very relevant, taking into account the expansion of energy crops, as well as national, european and world energy policy. especially due to the fact that, as already mentioned, the use of plant products for the production of biofuels affects the condition of the food market. 2. methods and data the data set includes weekly wholesale prices of ethanol, biodiesel, rapeseed and maize, from the first week of 2016 to the last week of 2019, from global markets, i.e. the stock exchange: the paris stock exchange oraz new york mercantile exchange prices have been averaged and given in eur. in order to standardize the currency, the average eur rate in a given trading week was used. a period of no significant disturbances resulting from the covid-19 pandemic was selected. the mutual integration of all prices was analyzed. prior to estimation of model parameters, it is necessary to determine the stationarity of the analyzed time series. for the purpose of this study, the kwiatkowski, phillips, schmidt and shin (kpss) test was applied (maddala, 2009; welfe 2009). the direction of cointegrating relations between the analyzed prices was established based on the vector model of the vecm error correction, which determines the short-term dynamics of each price within long-term relations. according to the granger representation theorem, the equation of the vecm error correction model 268 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 wioleta sobczak, jarosław gołębiewski assumed the following form (gujarati and porter, 2009; johansen and joselius, 1990): (1) where: (2) (3) xt= [xt1 …xtk]t – vector of observations on the current values of all explanatory variables, dt – vector of exogenous equation components such as intercept, time change, non-stochastic regression, delayed values of exogenous variables, a0 – matrix of parameters with vector variables dt. (does not contain zero elements), ai – matrix of parameters with delayed xt vector variables (does not contain zero elements), k – model row, specifying the maximum length of the delay, εt = [e1t … ekt]t – vectors of stationary random disturbances (residual vectors of the model equations). in order to assess the response of individual variables to a change in the price level of another component, the impulse response function (irf) was applied, as presented below (baillie, kapetanios, 2013). (4) where: b – matrix of parameters standing at non-lagged vector values xt, φi – response of the distinguished vector variable xt to an impulse from another variable. the choice of the order of variables in the model depends on the aic information criterion. the length of the model lag has been 1. the granger causality test was used to analyse relations between the studied variables. testing cau-sality in the granger sense is based on the following system of equations: (5) (6) where: yt – values of the variable y; xt – values of the variable x; β – structural parameters of the model; ut– random component of the model (granger, 1969). the null hypothesis in the granger causality test assumes that all βk coefficients are equal to zero, which means that there is no causality, while the alternative hypothesis assumes the occurrence of causality in the granger sense. 3. results in 2021, the global production of biofuels reached the level of 1,747 thousand. barrels of oil equivalent per day, compared to 187 thousand barrels of oil equivalent per day, produced in 2000. production of biofuels, given the belief that it can provide energy security and reduce greenhouse gas emissions in the relevant sectors. the global biofuel market is expected to reach over $ 200 billion by 2030 (statista.com, 2022). as noted, price developments in the four markets in question appear to be correlated. the evolution of rapeseed, maize, biodiesel, ethanol prices and their volatility in years 2016-2019 is depicted in figure 2. in the analyzed time period, a gradual decline in biodiesel prices was observed. this situation stabilized in the first quarter of 2016. a similar situation occurred in the case of ethanol prices. throughout years 2016-2019, there were significant fluctuations in the prices of ethanol and biodiesel. in the case of rapeseed and maize, the differences were milder. studying the interdependencies of time series requires an examination of their stationarity. the level of integration of the analyzed time series was tested using the kpss test. the calculated value of the test statistics presented in table 1 with the included lags at significance level α = 0.01 indicates rejection of the null hypothesis which suggests the stationarity of the tested 269price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 time series, proving the non-stationarity of the analyzed prices. the performed test using the johansen method shows that at the signifi cance level equal to 0.05, the null hypothesis of no cointegrating relation should be rejected. th e test results included in table 2 indicate the existence of three dependence relations between the examined prices. th e existence of relationships between prices proves the existence of long-term causality in at least one direction between the analyzed prices. however, it does not indicate the direction of causality in price developments. th is causality can be determined using the vector model of the vecm error correction (table 3). th e results of the model estimation for the analyzed prices suggested the existence of numerous relationships between the analyzed prices (statistically significant relationships between the price levels have been marked in grey). namely, the price level of biodiesel in the said period was infl uenced by prices of this biofuel from the previous week and prices of rapeseed. at the same time, biodiesel prices infl uenced the price level of ethanol and rapeseed. in the case of rapeseed, the estimation of the 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 20 00 20 01 20 02 20 03 20 04 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09 20 10 20 11 20 12 20 13 20 14 20 15 20 16 20 17 20 18 20 19 20 20 figure 1. biofuel production worldwide from 2000 to 2021(in 1,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day). source: own elaboration based on statista.com. table 1. results of stationarity tests with regard to the analyzed time series. biodiesel ethanol maize rapeseed kpss test statistics / critical value 1.724*** 1.581*** 0.852*** 0.965*** p-value = 0,01 0.587 0.587 0.587 0.587 p-value = 0,05 0.399 0.399 0.399 0.399 p-value = 0,1 0.311 0.311 0.311 0.311 source: own calculations and analysis with the use of eviews soft ware. table 2. occurrence of correlations between the analyzed time series johansen’s test. th e number of cointegrating vectors test trace critical value p=0,05 0* 66.05 47.99 1* 36.61 28.99 2* 14.99 13.11 3 3.44 4.74 source: own calculations and analysis with the use of eviews soft ware. 270 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 wioleta sobczak, jarosław gołębiewski vecm model showed a connection with maize prices. nonetheless, it should be noted that maize prices may also cause changes in ethanol prices. in this case, the obtained results indicate the existence of a two-way relationship. the impulse response function determined on the basis of the estimation of vecm parameters illustrated the occurrence of reactions between individual variables, as depicted in table 3 (figure 2). the irf functions were determined by the results of the vecm model parameter estimation for the levels. the course of the irf function confirms the interaction of prices, for which the vecm model estimation indicated the presence of interdependencies in their formation. based on the analysis of the course of the irf function, the reaction to the impulse appears up to 2 weeks after its occurrence while individual functions expire within 3-4 weeks, rebalancing the system. the granger causality test was used to determine which prices are interdependent in terms of price formation. the test results are presented in table 4. figure 2. price level of rapeseed, maize, biodiesel and ethanol prices in the analyzed period in nominal terms (in eur). source: own calculations and analysis with the use of eviews software. table 3. the results of the vecm model parameters estimation.   biodiesel rapeseed ethanol maize cointeq1  -32.05 24.25 -0.31 -13.14 27.24 8.15 0.21 5.88 [-1.24] [2.31] [-2.19] [-2.74] δ_biodiesel 0.41 0.07 0.01 0.01 0.09 0.04 0.01 0.02 [2.74] [2.11] [1.11] [0.40] δ_rapeseed 0.73 0.31 0.01 0.11 0.62 0.06 0.01 0.05 [2.13] [3.88] [0.99] [2.87] δ_ethanol -24.75 -0.20 0.17 -6.412 18.11 6.01 0.07 3.31 [-1.74] [-0.02] [-1.51] [-1.74] δ_maize -0.24 -0.27 0.01 -0.07 0.42 0.14 0.001 0.08 [-0.81] [-1.81] [1.64] [-1.07] source: own calculations and analysis with the use of eviews software. δ – price of given product from previous period. 271price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 figure 3. the reaction of individual markets to an impulse in the form price level changes. x axis days; y axis price in eur. source: own calculations and analysis with the use of eviews software. 272 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 wioleta sobczak, jarosław gołębiewski the analyzes of the granger causality test showed that there was a relationship between the prices of biodiesel and ethanol, the impact of rapeseed prices on biodiesel prices, the price of rapeseed and ethanol prices, as well as the prices of rapeseed and corn prices.. discussion and conclusion the obtained results indicate that further research is necessary in order to provide a detailed description of the multiple dependencies that occur in the biofuel market as well as their connection with fossil fuel and agricultural markets. the presented research results on price volatility and price response of selected biofuels and agricultural products could have been measured more thoroughly with higher frequency data (e.g. daily), as well as taking into account products such as soybean, palm oil, rice or sugar. in addition, it is worthwhile to examine the problem from a broader perspective and to consider to what extent the price interdependence in these markets is a natural phenomenon and how much action is taken to promote the bioeconomy. literature provides many studies on the relationship between the biofuel market and the agricultural raw materials market, e.g. ciaian and kancs, (2011), janda et al. (2012), serra and zilberman et al. (2013), kristoufek et al. (2014), de gorter et al. (2013), de gorter et al. (2015), goswami and choudhury (2019). however, due to the dynamic character of the market, this area should be the subject of continuous study. the conducted analyses indicated relationships between the prices of biodiesel, rapeseed, maize and ethanol, proving the existence of long-term causality in at least one direction between the analyzed prices. based on the results of the estimation of the vecm model parameters, biodiesel prices in the period in question were influenced by prices of this biofuel from the previous week and prices of rapeseed. moreover, biodiesel prices influenced the price level of ethanol and rapeseed. in the case of rapeseed, one may also observe the dependence of its prices on the prices of maize, while the prices of maize might be cause changes in ethanol prices. moreover, in this case, the obtained results indicate the existence of a two-way relationship. this study may add value to previous studies, showing the relationship between the prices of biofuels and agricultural products, and thus become the basis for further considerations on the analysis of the impact of energy crops and biofuel production on the prices of agricultural and food products. it should also be mentioned that obtaining fuels from bio sources is becoming more and more important. particular attention in this direction has been paid recently, when there has been a strong increase in the prices of fossil fuels resulting from the pandemic situation in recent years and the ongoing war in ukraine. references 1. adams, s., boateng, e., acheampong, a.o. (2020). transport energy consumption and environmental quality: does urbanization matter? sci. total environ., 744, article 140617, 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.140617 table 4. the results of the granger causality test. null hypothesis: f-statistic prob. etanol does not granger cause biodiesel 0.154 0.856 accepted biodiesel does not granger cause etanol 6.285 0.002* rejected corn does not granger cause biodiesel 1.358 0.259 accepted biodiesel does not granger cause corn 1.276 0.281 accepted rape does not granger cause biodiesel 4.769 0.009* rejected biodiesel does not granger cause rape 0.880 0.416 accepted corn does not granger cause ethanol 1.467 0.232 accepted ethanol does not granger cause corn 0.955 0.386 accepted rape does not granger cause ethanol 3.439 0.034* rejected ethanol does not granger cause rape 1.152 0.317 accepted rape does not granger cause corn 2.020 0.001* rejected corn does not granger cause rape 1.806 0.166 accepted *probability 0.05 then null hypothesis is rejected. source: own calculations and analysis with the use of eviews software. 273price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 2. ajanovic, a. (2011). biofuels versus food production: does biofuels production increase food prices? energy, 36: 2070-2076 3. baffes, j. (2013). a framework for analyzing the interplay among food, fuels and biofuels. global food security 2: 110–116. 4. baillie, r.t., kapetanios, g. (2013). estimation and inference for impulse response functions from univariate strongly persistent processes. econometrics journal, 16(3): 376–377. 5. balat, m. (2011). potential alternatives to edible oils for biodiesel production – a review of current work. energy conversion and management, 52: 1479–1492. 6. banse, m., van meijl, h., tabeau a. and woltjer, g. (2008). will eu biofuel policies affect global agricultural markets? european review of agricultural economics 35(2): 117–141. 7. banse, m., van meijl, h., tabeau, a., woltjer, g. (2008). will eu biofuel policies affect global agricultural markets?. european review of agricultural economics, 35(2): 117-141. 8. bentivoglio, d.; rasetti, m. (2015). biofuel sustainability: review of implications for land use and food price. italian review of agricultural economics, 70: 7–31. 9. britz, w., hertel, t.w.(2011). impacts of eu biofuels directives on global markets and eu environmental quality: an integrated pe, global cge analysis. agric ecosyst environ, 142: 102-109. 10. britz, w., hertel, t.w. (2011). impacts of eu biofuels directives on global markets and eu environmental quality: an integrated pe, global cge analysis. agriculture, ecosystems & environment, 142(1-2): 102109. 11. brunschwig, c., moussavou, w., blin, j. (2012). use of bioethanol for biodiesel production. progress in energy and combustion science, 38: 283-301. 12. chakravorty, u., hubert, m.h., moreaux, m and nøstbakken, l. (2017). long‐run impact of biofuels on food prices. the scandinavian journal of economics, 119 (3): 733-767 13. chavez, e.; liu, d.h.; zhao, x.b. (2010). biofuels production development and prospects in china. j. biobased mater. bioenergy, 4: 221–242. 14. ciaian, p., kancs, a. (2011). food, energy and environment: is bioenergy the missing link? food policy 36: 571–580. 15. clerici a., alimonti, g. (2015). world energy resources, epj web conf., 98: 01001, 10.1051/epjconf/20159801001 16. com (2020) 80: proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council establishing the framework for achieving climate neutrality and amending regulation (eu) 2018/1999 (european climate law). available online: https://eur-lex. europa.eu/procedure/en/2020_36 (accessed on 25 january 2022) 17. de gorter, h., drabik, d., (2015). the economics of biofuel policies: impacts on price volatility in grain and oilseed markets. palgrave studies in agricultural economics and food policy, palgrave macmillan: 304. 18. de gorter, h., drabik, d., just, d.r., (2013). how biofuels policies affect the level of grains and oilseed prices: theory, models, and evidence. global food security, 2 (2): 82–88. 19. de gorter, h., drabik, d., just, d.r., (2015). the economics of biofuel policies: impacts on price volatility in grain and oilseed markets. palgrave studies in agricultural economics and food policy. palgrave macmillan. 20. demirbas, a., (2007). progress and recent trends in biofuels, prog energy combust sci, 33: 1-18 21. demirbas, a., (2008). biofuels sources, biofuel policy, biofuel economy and global biofuel projections, energy conversion and management. 49 (8):2106-2116. 22. drabik, d., ciaian, p., pokrivčák, j. (2016). the effect of ethanol policies on the vertical price transmission in corn and food markets. energy economics 55: 189-199. 23. ec. directive (eu) 2015/1513 of the european parliament and of the council of 9 september 2015 amending directive 98/70/ec relating to the quality of petrol and diesel fuels and amending directive 2009/28/ec on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources; european commission: brussels, belgium, 2015. 24. fundira, t., henley, g. (2017). biofuels in southern africa: political economy, trade, and policy environment’. unu-wider working paper 2017/48. helsinki: unu-wider. 25. gomiero, t.; paoletti, m.g.; pimentel, d. (2010). biofuels: ethics and concern for the limits of human appropriation of ecosystem services. j. agric. environ. ethics, 23: 403–434. 26. goswamia, k., choudhuryb, h. k. (2019). biofuels versus food: understanding the trade-offs between climate friendly crop and food security. world development perspectives, 13: 10-17. 27. granger, c.w.j. (1969). investigating causal relations by econometric models and cross-spectral methods. econometrica, (37) 3: 424–438. 28. gujarati, d.n., porter, d.c. (2009). basic econometrics, 5th ed. new york: mcgraw-hill. 29. hallam, d., rapsomanikis, g. (2006). threshold cointegration in the sugar-ethanol-oil price system in 274 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 wioleta sobczak, jarosław gołębiewski brazil: evidence from nonlinear vector error correction models. fao, rome (italy). commodities and trade div. 30. hausman, c., auffhammer, m., berck, p. (2012). farm acreage shocks and crop prices: an svar approach to understanding the impacts of biofuels. environ resource economics 53:117–136. 31. hochman, g., rajagopal, d., zilberman, d., (2010). are bioduels the culprit? opec, food, and fuel. american economic review 100:183–187. 32. humalisto, n.h. (2015). climate policy integration and governing indirect land-use changes—actors in the eu’s biofuel policy-formulation, land use policy, 45:150-158 33. janda, k., kristoufek, l., zilberman d. (2012). biofuels: policies and impacts. agricultural economics 58 (8): 372-386 34. johansen, s., (1988). statistical analysis of cointegrating vectors. journal of economic dynamics and control 12: 231-54. 35. johansen, s., juselius, k. (1990). maximum likelihood estimation and inference on cointegrationwith applications to the demand for money. oxford bulletin of economics and statistics 52(2): 169-210. 36. klikocka, h.; kasztelan, a.; zakrzewska, a.; wyłupek, t.; szostak, b.; skwaryło-bednarz, b. (2019). the energy efficiency of the production and conversion of spring triticale grain into bioethanol. agronomy 9, 423. 37. koizumi, t. biofuels and food security. (2015). renew. sustain. energy rev. 52, 829–841. 38. kristoufek, l., janda, k., zilberman, d., (2014). price transmission between biofuels, fuels and food commodities. biofuels, bioproducts and biorefining 8 (3): 362–373. 39. kristoufek, l.; janda, k.; zilberman, d. (2012). mutual responsiveness of biofuels, fuels and food prices. cama working paper 38. available online: https://cama.crawford.anu.edu.au/pdf/workingpapers/2012/382012.pdf (accessed on 12 december 2019). 40. kupczyk, a.; mączyńska-sęczek, j.; golisz, e.; borowski, p.f. (2020). renewable energy sources in transport on the example of methyl esters and bioethanol. processes, 8, 1610. https://doi. org/10.3390/pr8121610 41. kurowska, k.; marks-bielska, r.; bielski, s.; kryszk, h.; jasinskas, a. (2020). food security in the context of liquid biofuels production. energies, 13, 6247. https://doi.org/10.3390/en13236247 42. kusideł e., (2000). modele wektorowo-autoregresyjne var. metodologia i zastosowanie [w:] suchecki b. (red.), dane panelowe i modelowanie wielowymiarowe w badaniach ekonomicznych. tom. 3, wydawnictwo absolwent, łódź: 48. 43. lamers p., hamelinck c., junginger, m. and faaij, a. (2011). international bioenergy trade—a review of past developments in the liquid biofuel market. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 15(6): 2655-2676. 44. maddala g.s. (2008). econometrics. polish scientific publishers, warsaw, pp. 619–620. 45. mcphail, l.l. (2011). assessing the impact of us ethanol on fossil fuel markets: a structural var approach. energy economics, 33: 1177–1185. 46. naylor, r. l., liska, a., burke, m. b., falcon, w. p., gaskell, j. c., rozelle, s. d., and cassman, k. g. (2007). the ripple effect: biofuels, food security and the environment. environment, 49: 30–43. 47. oecd-fao agricultural outlook. available online: https://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx?datasetcode=high_ aglink_2019# (accessed on 17 december 2021). 48. oladosu g., msangi s. (2013). biofuel-food market interactions: a review of modeling approaches and findings, agriculture, 3(1), 53-71; https://doi. org/10.3390/agriculture3010053 49. oláh, j., lengyel, p., balogh, p., harangi-rákos, m., popp, p. (2017). the role of biofuels in food commodity prices volatility and land use. journal of competitiveness, 9 (4): 81-89. 50. reboredo, fh., lidon, f., pessoa, f. and ramalho, jc. (2016). the fall of oil prices and the effects on biofuels. trends in biotechnology 34(1): 3-6. 51. ryan l., convery f., ferreira, s. (2006). stimulating the use of biofuels in the european union: implications for climate change policy. energy policy, 34: 3184–3194. 52. santeramo f.g., searle, s., (2019). linking soy oil demand from the us renewable fuel standard to palm oil expansion through an analysis on vegetable oil price elasticities. energy policy, 127, 19-23. 53. searchinger, t., heimlich, houghton, r., r. a., dong, f. and elobeid, a. (2008) jacinto fabiosa, simla tokgoz, dermot hayes, tun-hsiang yu. 2008. use of us croplands for biofuels increases greenhouse gases through emissions from land-use change. science, 319: 1238–1240. 54. serra, t., zilberman, d., (2013). biofuel-related price transmission literature: a review. energy economics 37:141–151. 55. sheehan j, cambreco v, duffield j, garboski m, shapouri h. (1988). an overview of biodiesel and petroleum diesel life cycles. a report by us department of agriculture and energy, p. 1–35. 275price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 265-275, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9753 56. sivakumar, g., vail, d. r., xu, j. f., burner, d. m., lay, j. o., ge, x. m. and weathers, p. j. (2010). bioethanol and biodiesel: alternative liquid fuels for future generations. engineering in life sciences, 10: 8–18. 57. t.d. searchinger, r. heimlich, r.a. houghton, f. dong, a. elobeid, j. fabiosa, s. tokgoz, d. hayes, t. yu. (2008). use of croplands for biofuels increase greenhouse gases through emissions from land use change, science, 319: 1238-1240. 58. timilsina, g.r., mevel, s., shrestha, a., (2011). oil price, biofuels and food supply. energy policy, 39: 8098–8105. 59. tomei, j., helliwell, r. (2016). food versus fuel? going beyond biofuels. land use policy, 56, 320-326. 60. vacha, l.; janda, k.; kristoufek, l. and zilberman, d. (2013). time-frequency dynamics of biofuels fuelsfood system. energy economics, 40: 233–241. 61. valin, h., peters, d., van den berg, m., frank, s., havlik, p., forsell, n., hamelinck, c., (2015). the land use change impact of biofuels consumed in the eu: quantification of area and greenhouse gas impacts. report commissioned by the european commission: project number: bienl13120. 62. van eijck, j., romijn, h., smeets, e., bailis, r., rooijakkers, m., hooijkaas, n. and faaij, a. (2014). comparative analysis of key socio-economic and environmental impacts of smallholder and plantation based jatropha biofuel production systems in tanzania. biomass and bioenergy, 61: 25–45. 63. van noorden, r. (2013) eu debates u-turn biofuels policy. nature, 499: 13–14 64. vasudevan, p., sharma s. and kumar a., (2005). liquid fuel from biomass: an overview, j sci ind res, 64: 822-831 65. website: https://www.statista.com (access: 15.07.2022).hallam, d., rapsomanikis, g. (2006). threshold cointegration in the sugar-ethanol-oil price system in brazil: evidence from nonlinear vector error correction models. fao, rome (italy). commodities and trade div. 66. welfe, a. (2008). econometrics. methods and application, polish scientific publishers, warsaw: 368–369. 67. wright, b.d. (2011). the economics of grain price volatility. applied economic perspectives and policy, 33 (1): 32-58. 68. zhang, z., lohr, l., escalante c. and wetzstein, m. (2009). ethanol, corn, and soybean price relations in a volatile vehicle-fuels market. energies, 2(2): 320-339. volume 11, issue 3 2022 firenze university press bio-based business models: specific and general learnings from recent good practice cases in different business sectors nora hatvani1,*, martien j.a. van den oever2, kornel mateffy1, akos koos1 food loss and waste accounting: the case of the philippine food supply chain anieluz pastolero*, maria sassi the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture antonio lopolito1,*, angela barbuto2, fabio gaetano santeramo2 the co-evolution of policy support and farmers behaviour. an investigation on italian agriculture over the 2008-2019 period roberto esposti price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples wioleta sobczak*, jarosław gołębiewski bio-based and applied economics 7(2): 97-116, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7670 climate change and variations in mountain pasture values in the central-eastern italian alps in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries marco avanzini1, isabella salvador2,1, geremia gios2,* 1 muse museo delle scienze, c.so del lavoro e della scienza 3, i-38123, trento, italy 2 university of trento, department of economics and management, via inama 5, i-38122 trento, italy date of submission: 2017, 26th, january; accepted 2018, 18th, june abstract. this study investigates variations in pasture lease rents during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries in a sector of the italian alps and how these correlate with climate changes. analysis of the rents in the three data sets clearly demonstrates a sharp increase over the period considered, which can generally be ascribed to increased human pressure following population growth during the same period. oscillations in the values obtained for fifty-year periods between the last half of the eighteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth suggest a strong connection with environmental and climatic factors. increases or decreases in temperature seem to have a less marked and less direct effect on the values of grazing lands close to the upper limit of vegetation, while socio-economic and infrastructural signals impinge significantly on climate signals on the grazing lands at lower altitudes. keywords. grazing lands, climate changes, italian alps. jel codes. q54, q15, q51. 1. introduction 1.1 climate change and mountain agriculture the consequences of ongoing climate change are the subject of an increasing number of scientific studies (ipcc, 2014). in particular, the interaction among climatic factors, agro-forestry systems and ecosystem productivity is currently being investigated using a variety of tools (baglioni et al., 2009; bosello and zhang, 2005; roson, 2003; solomon, 2007). the aim is generally to obtain an economic assessment of variations in well-being due to changes in the environments where agriculture is practiced (e.g., palatnik and nunes, 2010). *corresponding author: geremia.gios@unitn.it 98 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios in fact, in the alps: a) climate imposes very clear limitations on soil productivity1; b) the history of locations bears clear evidence of variations in climate2; c) for many centuries the development of communities has been strongly conditioned by agricultural productivity, which in turn is correlated with climate evolution (mathieu, 2000, p.127). in the southern alps in particular, the traditional organisational structures of communities were such that private property was located near the villages and common pastures and meadows in the mountains (raffaelli, 2005). this type of organisation reflected the fact that development of the local communities was to a large extent dependent on resources that could be generated locally. unlike the fields close to the villages, pastures and woodlands could be exploited with low fixed investments and represented a reserve of resources that could be adjusted relatively quickly in the case of rapid increases or reductions in anthropic pressure. from this perspective, the alps are an ideal testing ground for measuring the economic consequences of climate change (dearing 2006; fraser 2009; pfister and brazdil 2006; theurillat and guisan, 2001). alpine pastures represent one of the most complex and interesting study cases. forage productivity and quality in areas given over to pasture are closely linked to environmental factors, such as soil temperature, fertility and moisture (baglioni, et al. 2009; bosello and zhang, 2005; menzel and fabian, 1999; roson, 2003). alpine pastures are characterized by a rapid growth in productivity in spring and summer followed by a period of gradual decline and decreasing quality. there is now an extensive body of scientific literature on the effects of temperature on productivity trends in alpine pastures (cavallero et al. 1992; gusmeroli et al., 2005; orlandi et al., 2004; ziliotto and scotton, 1993;), although there has not always been general consensus on the nature of the variability (orlandi and clementel, 2007). all of the studies agree, however, that pasture productivity is closely related to natural constraints and particularly to temperature variation, which, in the mountains more than anywhere else, has a direct effect on the vegetative cycle and the productivity of herbaceous vegetation. in other words, it seems to be clear that the productivity of mountain land varies over time in response to trends in temperature, with consequent fluctuations in its economic value. in the alps, spring temperature appears to be particularly important for total grass production. indeed, it is well known that the growth of grass depends on accumulated temperature (day degrees); as a consequence, the spring temperature determines whether herds are taken up to the mountain pastures earlier or later (gusmeroli et al, 2005). summer temperature, on the other hand, appears to be less important in the alps, so that the end of the grazing season, unlike the beginning, is traditionally set for a fixed date (20 september), at least in the area examined here (bussolon, martini, 2007). as far as precipitation is concerned, the climate regime in the entire alpine area has a winter 1 for example, the upper limit of tree growth (treeline) and the limit of cereal cultivation are usually defined by altitude. this is because, with the exception of specific local situations, average temperature and length of the growing season vary as a function of height above sea level. 2 for example, toponomy still reflects situations arising as a consequence of the climate in the near or distant past. (bussolon and martini, 2007) 99climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values minimum (under the influence of the russo-siberian anticyclone in the cold months) followed by a maximum between spring and autumn. the study area in particular has a prealpine type of climate regime with an autumnal maximum slightly higher than the spring maximum. areas with a pre-alpine climate are more influenced than others by their geographical proximity to the po plain, which places few obstacles in the way of humid air masses. spring precipitation in these areas is always abundant and, unlike in south-central italy, no significant fluctuations are evident in the available historical series (buffoni et al., 2003). as a result, the precipitation regime has had less influence on the modifications in the seasonal productivity of pastures in these regions. the mountains of the italian pre-alps studied here have been exploited at least since the sixteenth century. the pastures are part of a system based on vertical transhumance whereby livestock spend the summer on higher alpine pastures (salvador and avanzini 2014). against this background, the aim of this study is to investigate variations in pasture lease rents during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and how these correlate with climate changes. in analysing the relationship between climate variation and the value attributed to the pasture areas, account has been taken of natural and socio-economic factors, which may be summarised as follows: a) climate changes and, in particular, variations in spring temperatures; b) population evolution in pastoral communities. regarding the former issue, given that climate variability influences pasture productivity, as will be described later in greater detail, it may be considered a proxy for the potential volume of grass that the pastures produce. regarding the latter issue, population evolution in an economic system that is closely dependent on local natural resources may be considered a proxy for anthropic pressure on the environment and hence for the demand for pasture with possible repercussions on the attributed value. 1.2 climate and social well-being as mountain areas have developed economically, especially in the periods prior to the industrial revolution and extensive migration, the link between resource availability and climate change has been crucial (malanima, 2006), even though, as in other historical processes, altitude and environmental factors play a variable role (mathieu, 2000, p.127). an increase or decrease in temperature of even a few tenths of a degree may result in an increase or decrease in resources, thereby contributing to capital gain or loss. climate deterioration may lead to a shorter growing season with a consequent decrease in the value of pastures and radical changes in the exploitation of mountain areas, even over short periods of time (bozhong, 1999). a decrease in temperature may give rise to a 10% reduction in calories per square centimetre of land, a shortening of the field pasture and forest vegetation growth period by three weeks, increased rainfall, changes in microbial activity in the soil and consequently its level of fertility, and a lowering by 150-200 metres of the altitude limit for growing cereals (anfodillo, 2007). according to some authors (e.g. pfister, 2005), that contraction of pastureland in the european mountains at the height of the little ice age (lia from the fourteenth to the late nineteenth century), restricted the prospects for pasturing animals. lower forage yields also affected the quality and quantity of the milk produced. during the lia weather and climate conditions were different from those prevailing in the preceding ‘medieval 100 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios warm period’ (from about 900 to the fourteenth century) and in the ‘warm twentieth century’. the lia was a simultaneous, world-wide phenomenon, although there were considerable regional and local variations. that epoch was the longest period of glacial expansion in the alps for at least 3000 years. however, it should be stressed that the six centuries between 1300 and 1900 were not continuously cold. the cold phases were repeatedly interrupted by phases of ‘average climate’. in some periods, e.g. from 1718 to 1730, the summer half-year was even somewhat warmer than the ‘warm twentieth century’. it is in this context that heinz wanner coined the expression “little ice age type events” (liate) to designate the three extensive advances known. many historians assume that the productivity of agriculture in the medieval and early modern periods depended only on the relative scarcity of two prime production factors: land and labour. the fundamental fact that agricultural output also depends on weather and climate has simply been ruled out. the most difficult study regards impacts and consequences. having reconstructed past climate in the area of concern, biophysical impact studies may be carried out to identify the direct effect of climate anomalies on plants, domestic animals and disease vectors through study of their sensitivity to climate. social impact assessment studies can then examine how biophysical impacts i.e. the effects of climate anomalies on biota propagate into the social and political system. this type of integrated approach, which would include the potential of people to adapt and adjust to climatic stress, reflects historical reality far better than a simple impact model and raises more fruitful research questions. pfister (2005) developed a climate impact model tailored to food production in the agrarian economies within the mixed economies of southern central europe, where grain was the staple crop cultivated according to a three-field system in combination with dairy or wine production. it was found that a given set of specific sequences of weather spells over the agricultural year was likely to affect all sources of food, at the same time leaving little margin for substitution. this yielded a model of worst-case crop failure and, conversely, a year of plenty. livestock in traditional agriculture did not serve only the currently exclusive purpose of providing animal protein for human nutrition; instead, its vital role consisted in the multiple function of providing muscular power, manure and milk. livestock provided large part of the required labour and enabled the active management of plant nutrients. the milk yields of cows and goats depended on the amount of the daily food ration available per animal and its nutrient content, mainly raw proteins. the amount of the feed ration varied according to the duration of the winter snow cover and autumn and spring temperatures. in a frosty spring, the animals ran out of feed, as happened in 1688 in the example provided by einsiedeln (pfister, 2007). the longer the famine lasted, the longer it took for the animals to recover and resume their usual level of milk production. a long wet spell during the hay harvest in july and early august could reduce the raw protein content of the hay by as much as two-thirds, causing the cows to cease producing milk during the subsequent winter. most importantly, the simultaneous occurrence of rainy autumns, cold springs and wet mid-summers in successive years had a cumulative impact on agricultural production. this combination of seasonal patterns contributed largely to triggering extensive advances 101climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values of the glaciers. chilly springs and rainy mid-summers have been shown to be the most common climatic elements during the little ice age, even though they were not causally related. this economically adverse combination of climatic patterns is labelled “little ice agetype impacts” (liatimp). the biophysical climate’s impacts in terms of the duration of cold spells and wetness in particular phases of the year may be relatively similar without being fully identical. human responses to such impacts, on the other hand, often differ over time; and these differences may form the basis of in-depth studies on changing vulnerabilities. at the same time, complex interactions with environmental changes compounded by socio-economic factors may eventually lead to a loss or decrease in the value of the asset (gellrich et al., 2007; irwin and geoghegan, 2001; paavola and fraser, 2011) and the associated rental fee. an example found throughout the southern trentino region in the italian alps is the contrast between changes in the value of privately-owned agricultural land over time and the large tracts of forest and pasture assets managed by local communities. the former were subject to extensive fragmentation with a gradual reduction and dispersion of agricultural land; but the latter, because they had a fixed land area (the pastures in particular), made long-term management of the resources possible. 2. materials and methods 2.1 the study area the pastures studied for this paper are located on the pasubio massif and its surrounding areas (fig. 1). the pasubio is an extensive plateau in the southeast of the trentino region (northern italy) at a height of between 1500 m and 2000 m and confined by two deep valleys. the summit area is a wide plateau from which radiate a series of small valleys cutting deep into the slopes. the geological structure of the massif has given rise to the development of surface karst landforms where water drains deep into the mountain, leaving the summit land arid and feeding large springs at lower altitudes. in phytoclimatic terms the area is classifiable as pre-alpine moist temperate. 2.2 temperature variability in the alps very few quantitative reconstructions of climate variability in the alps over the last millennium have been made. high-resolution reconstructions for the pre-instrumental period are based on documentary reports (behringer, 2013; lutherbacher et al., 2004; pflister, 2005, 2007), geochemical data (stable oxygen isotopes), physical data (annual growth rate of stalagmite laminae; frisia et al., 2007; mangini et al., 2005; smith et al., 2006), and temperature profiles measured along deep perforations (pasquale et al., 2003). representative results can be expected from trees at the alpine timberline, where the temperature during the short vegetative period controls the growth rate. utilizing ringwidth series measured with string instruments, several authors have developed a consistent, spatially-resolvable network of summer temperature-sensitive chronologies for high elevations in central europe for at least the last 500 years (wilson et al., 2005). a com102 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios mon temperature signal across the alps has allowed regional reconstructions to be made of mean april–september temperatures (1650–1987) from ring-width (rw) and density (mxd) records using nested principal component regression models (wilson et al. 2005). calibration of paleo-climatic series with instrumental series is based on the assumption that the climate in the last millennium was characterized by modes of variability similar to those in the instrumental period. while this assumption may not be entirely correct, we can be reassured by the fact that all of the series now available display comparable low and high frequency variations. in fact, a comparison of temperature proxy reconstructions for the alpine region highlights periods of synchronous warm and cold periods in the records (mann et al. 2000; pauling et al. 2003; luterbacher et al. 2004, wilson et al. 2004). these variations can be adjusted to local contexts where the micro-climate or altimetric conditions diverge from the alpine reference conditions. 2.3 the climate in the pasubio massif in the last thousand years located at an altitude of 1025 m in the central pasubio, the cogola di giazzera is a large cave with concretions that have been the subject of recent palaeo-climatic studies (frisia et al., 2007). analysis of a stalagmite in this cave using the u/th dating technique, micro-crystal analysis, and oxygen and carbon stable isotope ratios (284 samples) has made it possible to reconstruct the curve of local thermal anomaly over the last 4500 years. figure 1. the pasubio area is in southern trentino (italy). the mountain pastures studied, higlighted in grey, occupy the central part of the pasubio massif and the southermost part of the vallarsa valley. (1 campogrosso; 2 pra; 3 monte di mezzo; 4 pian delle fugazze; 5 pozze; 6 campobiso; 7 cosmagnon; 8 pasubio). 103climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values the isotopic series derived from the stalagmite’s most recent concretions (u1), dated from 1060 ± 70 ad to today, had an average resolution of seven years. the isotopic series was synchronised with the milan series (1750-1998) (maugeri and nanni, 1998) and with reconstruction of temperatures in europe and the alps from dendrocronological, instrumental and historical data (mann and jones, 2003; lutherbacher et al., 2004; bohm et al 2001; briffa et al 1998) (fig. 2). the coefficient of correlation between the giazzera and luterbacher reconstructions of temperature anomalies was good (r2 = 0.77). for the purposes of the research reported in this article, we needed to be able to correlate the average temperature of the reference periods with those used to determine the rents for alpine pastures in the study area. because the leases were renewable every five years and the rent was correlated with this time frame, it was necessary to have temperature data on a scale of at least five years. the giazzera dataset has a resolution of seven years, and lutherbacher’s (2004) series, having a resolution on an annual and seasonal scale, perfectly suited with the purposes of our analysis. therefore, having confirmed the positive correlation between the temperature anomaly series reconstructed for the pasubio and those available for europe and the alps (frisia, 2007; frisia et al., 2007), lutherbacher et al.’s (2004) annual thermometric data were adopted in the analysis. 2.4 historical data 2.4.1 the social context: public good and private good except for the brief period of napoleonic rule, from the second decade of the sixteenth century onwards few alterations were made to the political administration of the area, which was part of the habsburgs’ tyrolean domains. with the demise of the feudal system in the eighteenth century, local communities gained possession of most of the mountain land and managed them by leasing pastures to local and non-local breeders (salvador and avanzini, 2014). at the beginning of the eighteenth century, grazing land was the property of the comfigure 2. comparison of reconstructed temperature anomalies for the pasubio (gz1) (from miorandi et al., 2007) and for the alps (from lutherbacher et al., 2004) over the past 500 years. 104 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios munity (now the district council) of vallarsa, which every five years leased them by public auction to the highest bidder. the rental contracts contained clauses that remained substantially unchanged over time and were the same for all pastures in the same period. in this respect, changes in the rent values assigned to alpine pastures are good indicators of climate changes. the fact that the extent of land3 and its ownership do not change in part removes several socio-economic variables from the diachronic evaluation of their values.4 during the period considered, the population of the area increased in line with that of the entire alpine region (bussolon, martini, 2007). in the area examined, between the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries the number of inhabitants grew, albeit more slowly than in the nearby plain. in order to increase food resources to feed the larger population there was a rise in the number of livestock raised and therefore an increased demand for pastures, with a consequent linear increase in their average value. 2.4.2 source of economic data the historical archives5 of the administrative districts of the area under study contain the ‘auction deeds’ and the corresponding ‘auction tenders’ for grazing lands since the seventeenth century. they record the conditions on which the district council leased each grazing pasture, the price the tenant had to pay annually to the district council and any additional sums due, which in the eighteenth century would become a fixed fee for maintenance of the pastureland. from the eighteenth century onwards (the first rental agreement examined here is dated 1719) the vallarsa district council kept specific records of mountain leases with documentation of the costs and auction conditions. in the eighteenth century, the grazing lands were allocated in the autumn of the year preceding the start of grazing, although the auction for the five-year period 1774-1778 took place in the autumn two years previously (october 1772) and became the rule for successive decades. this gave the tenant who had won the auction sufficient time to procure cattle, hire a cheese maker and shepherds, procure all the cheese making equipment, ensure that the buildings (farmhouse and cheesemaking outbuilding) and infrastructures (roads, watering holes) were in good condition and, if necessary, carry out repairs. from 1810, the auction deed also specified the reserve price (usually the rent from the previous five years) and by how much each bidder was willing to raise the starting price. when the reserve price was considered too high for that year, the auction was cancelled and another took place with a lower starting price. the year of the auction, regardless of whether it took place one or two years prior to the start of the lease, was therefore taken into consideration in analysing the comparison with the standard thermometric series. the price from 1719 to 1773 is given in trons, and after that in florins (1 florin = 5 3 the actual extent of the pasturelands may well have varied as a result of tree clearance, or, in other periods, tree encroachment. however, while it is true that the areas cannot be measured with any certainty, it is also true that these changes to the grazing lands have no significant bearing on the analysis that follows. 4 the alpine pastures are not privately owned but are instead the property of the district council, which means no variables associated with land division and change of ownership need be considered. (bussolon and martini, 2007). 5 the trento state archive, the rovereto district archive and the vallarsa district archive were consulted. 105climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values trons). in the nineteenth century, the price was given in various currencies: tyrolean florins, imperial florins and common florins (100 viennese florins = 105 tyrolean florins = 120 imperial florins = 125 common florins). to overcome currency conversion problems, prices have been converted to silver equivalents, i.e. the actual amount of silver (in grams) contained in the coins in every year under study. information regarding the various currencies is taken from pribram (1938).6 it has been necessary to use silver as the numeric value because it is practically impossible to reconstruct a historical series of the prices of the products of livestock raising to which the analysis refers. the chosen indicator allows at least reduced instability, which happens to be rather substantial in some of the periods under study. a similar solution has already been adopted by other scholars (allen, 2001). it goes without saying that such an indicator does not resolve the issue of silver’s actual purchasing power. nonetheless, no significant variation in silver’s actual purchasing power has been recorded in the area under study (bonoldi et al. 2018). 2.5 analysis 2.5.1 rents for pastures from the eighteenth to nineteenth centuries and the relationship with changes in climate. until the mid-twentieth century, land values and pasture rents were directly related to the productivity of the mountain. therefore, to investigate the relationships between them, we compared the values of the pastures with environmental drivers in the study area. this analysis took account only of those grazing lands for which there is a sufficient continuity of information on rents for the period 1719-1880. we also selected pastures used mainly for grazing cattle and which were not subject to any change of use during the period considered.7 in addition, periods of evident socio-economic and/or political instability (such as the napoleonic rule from 1800 to 1815) were excluded from the comparison, and any sums due in addition to the rents as a result of improvements to and work carried out on the buildings or pastures during the period under investigation were removed. the grazing lands examined fell into three groups: a) campogrosso/monte di mezzo/ pra, average altitude 1350-1400 m (low altitude); b) pozze/campobiso/pian delle fugazze, average altitude 1550-1600 m8 (medium altitude); and c) cosmagnon/pasubio, average altitude 1900 m (high altitude). 6 given the length of the period considered, use of a deflector in order to express the variables considered in terms of purchasing power would be desirable. unfortunately, the available statistics do not allow even approximate estimates of this indicator to be made. 7 because of the scarcity of hay fields from the beginning of the twentieth century and the need for hay to feed livestock during winter, several pastures neighbouring vallarsa were leased for haymaking and were only partly utilised for grazing. these were allocated directly (without public auction), although the contract was still for five years and the price in some cases did not change for as much as 30-35 years. 8 we also had to consider the grazing lands at passo pian delle fugazze (altitude 1100 m to 1300 m) as they were often leased together with those of pozze/campobiso. however, as they comprised only less than one fifth of the total area leased, these grazing lands should not greatly impinge on the following analysis. the pozze/campobiso pastures cover around 250 ha, those of passo pian delle fugazze around 30 ha. the relationship between the sizes of the two areas remained more or less constant throughout the period considered. 106 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios preliminary analysis of the variations in rent values (with all prices converted to florins) shows that they gradually increased over the course of the period studied as a consequence of the increase in demographic pressure, as can be seen from the following graph (fig. 3). furthermore, comparison with the climate curve (fig. 2) is highly consistent with the trend of rising average temperatures and hence with the presumed improvement in mountain weather conditions following the negative peak of the 1740s. from the beginning of the period analysed, higher values were assigned to the grazing lands below 1500 metres, these being rich pastures at lower altitudes with relatively easy access, a reasonably assured supply of water and relatively speedy connections to the towns in the valley.9 the grazing lands located at higher altitudes (group c) have poorer pastures and structural conditions that remained unchanged over time, and their rent values do not significantly increase. at the turn of 1740, there was a drop in the value of the pastures for which data are available (a and b), possibly as a result of the marked fall in average temperatures over this 9 a new road was constructed in 1823 giving better access to the area where all the grazing lands are located, which may have something to do with the greater value assigned to them between 1825 and 1839. figure 3. variations in rent values of the three groups of grazing lands between 1715 and 1850 normalised and expessed in silver grams. 107climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values period (fig. 2). a second, clear drop in the rent values of all the grazing lands (a, b and c) occurs between 1820 and 1845, followed by a marked rise in the next three five-year periods. this appears to coincide with the cold phase documented in the alps between 1820 and 1840 (büntgen et al., 2006; leonelli et al., 2012; rea et al. 2003), followed by a rapid rise in average temperatures from the 1850s onwards. differences in rent according to temperature and altitude may be understood in light of the differential rent concept defined by ricardo (1821) and reinterpreted by, among others, quadrio curzio (1998).10 temperature and altitude are, in fact, the original natural factors influencing rents and therefore income. in the case of grazing, as with many agricultural crops, productivity depends on natural factors and on permanent or temporary improvements resulting from human activities. during the period considered, characterized by few technological innovations, temporary improvements linked to the use of production aids, such as fertilizers, seeds, etc., were almost non-existent. even management organizational models remained more or less the same, as evidenced by the invariance of the conditions that applied to the tenant. however, permanent improvements were effective, resulting in deforestation and clearing of the land occupied by the less steep woodlands. as a result of the increasing need for pastures, from the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries (salvador and avanzini, 2014) woods located at increasingly lower altitudes were ceded to grazing areas. the initial investment in deforestation increased, the lower the altitude.11 these deforestation activities can be treated as investments and are considered fully amortized, given the period examined in this study. soils at lower altitudes are more productive and can be more easily associated with permanent housing. in this framework, the annuity of a pasture in the period examined (i.e., in the absence of technological innovations and in an essentially closed market) will necessarily tend to increase in the presence of increasing human pressure. this will lead, as ricardian theory suggests, to less fertile lands being cultivated and to an increase in the income from those already in use.12 2.5.2 econometric analysis to examine the available data in detail, a multiple regression analysis was conducted to identify the types of links between the variables that we considered important: the dependent variable being pastures’ rent value13 and the independent variables being temperature and population.14 as already mentioned, to overcome problems resulting from the use of different currencies, we used silver equivalents of their values.15 10 the best-known reference is p. sraffa (1925), but keynes (1936) also worked on the problem. 11 at lower altitudes, the forests are bushier with trees of larger diameter. 12 some pastures utilized in the nineteenth century were abandoned in a later period due to low fertility. 13 during the period under examination the pastures’ rent value in campogrosso, prà and monte di mezzo (group a) varied between 25.258 and 8490.830 silver grams; pastures in pozze, campobiso, pian delle fugazze (group b) yielded a rent between 24.175 and 3561.084 silver grams; pasubio and cosmagnon (group c) between 7.998 and 1587.12 silver grams. 14 in the period under study, population varied between 1394 and 3206 inhabitants. 15 other explanatory variables might be of some interest, e.g. the overall economic trend and farms’ structure, 108 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios population pressure was examined by taking information on the population residing in the vallarsa district as a proxy.16 regarding temperature, we decided to employ average values17 for the spring immediately preceding the auction. as reported in the introduction, the spring/early summer temperature is crucial for grass growth and hence for determining the productivity of an alpine pasture (cavallero et al., 1992). the nutrients contained in the soil are the most critical factors influencing the level of grass output and growth, although this also depends to some extent on precipitation patterns: too much precipitation, particularly during autumn and winter, reduces the content of calcium, phosphates and nitrogen in the soil. sequences of wet years had a cumulative impact, although temperature, according to results obtained by agronomists, has far more to do with mobilizing nitrogen from the soil than was previously believed (bengston, 2004). since temperature trends are spatially far more uniform than rainfall patterns, we may conclude that yields tend to react in a similar way within large regions. detailed analysis of the temperatures reconstructed by lutherbacher et al. (2004) also reveals a high correlation between average spring temperature and average annual temperature (correlation coefficient 0.61) (fig. 4). furthermore, the use of constructed variables, such as moving averages and weighted moving averages of spring temperatures for the three years preceding the year of the auction, did not produce results significantly different to those obtained using simple average spring temperatures (c.c. 0.64 for moving averages, c.c. 0.82 for weighted moving averages). the results of the preliminary analysis suggested using the average spring temperature of the year of auction, which has a greater influence than the average temperature of the previous years on the amount of grass in the pastures in the year of auction and ultimately on the bidding. 3. results 3.1 data elaboration. an initial analysis was performed treating all the available information (59) as panel data (greene, 2008). as the panel regression did not involve a significant increase in the explanatory capacity of the model, we estimated an ordinary least square regression on the entire set of available data. in this case, we used a double-log functional form of the following type18: but statistical information is not available to add such dimensions in the model. given the specific situation we can nonetheless suggest that the effect of economic growth is to a certain extent captured by the population variable. in a closed economy, population growth is only possible when a larger amount of resources becomes available (malthus 1798). the farms’ structure does not change significantly in the period under examination (bussolon and martini, 2007). given this specific context, we believe that, altogether, the lack of availability of further variables does not invalidate the main conclusions of the study. 16 missing observations for the years of interest were interpolated using linear regression. 17 during the period under study, the average spring temperature was between 5.895 and 8.133 degrees celsius (°c). 18 we used a log-log formula to reduce the influence of the different rent values of the grazing lands. this functional form smooths the rent value differences. 109climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values ln(ar)19 = f (ln(pop), ln(s_temp), d1, d2 the estimated results are presented in table 1. we can note that all the estimates are significantly different from zero at least at the 0.05 value. estimated coefficients confirm that average spring temperature and population positively affect the rent values of the grazing lands. moreover, the lower the altitude of the grazing land, the higher is its rent value. given this relevant effect of altitude, we deemed useful to estimate separated functions for the three different groups of mountain pastures. despite the small number of observations for each area examined, this exercise allows highlighting the role of population and temperature as a function of altitude. in this case, it seems appropriate to introduce a new dummy variable for the grazing 19 ln(ar) = logarithm of annual rent expressed in silver, ln(pop) = logarithm of population, ln (s_temp) = logartihm of average spring temperature, d1 dummy variable for grazing lands at medium altitude, d2 dummy variable for grazing lands at lower altitude. figure 4. average annual temperature versus average spring temperature in the period analysed (from lutherbacher et al. 2004). table 1. estimated results for all the mountain pastures panel estimation population +8.461 *** average spring temperature (degrees centigrade) +2.783 ** dummy variable for grazing lands at medium altitude +1.634 *** dummy variable for grazing lands at lower altitude +1.759 *** constant -66.731 *** r2 0.896 adr2 0.889 number of observations 59 * significant at 10% significance level, ** significant at 5% significance level, *** significant at 1% significance level. 110 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios lands located on the border with the nearby veneto region (group a, c), assuming a value of zero up to 1752 and one over the following years. this is to account for the fact that the borders were definitively fixed in 1752, thus putting an end to a series of incursions and acts of intimidation that had made the mountain unsafe for use in previous years.20 the estimated equations using the least squares method were as follows21: ar22 = f(pop, s_temp, d) most estimates are significantly different from zero at least at the 0.10 value, except for average spring temperature for group (b). estimated coefficients confirm a strong effect of human pressure due to population growth on rent values for each group of grazing lands. interestingly, this effect is decreasing as moving from grazing lands at lower altitude towards grazing lands at higher altitudes, confirming the ricardian assumptions. the same trend emerges for average spring temperature, which exerts the greatest effect on rent values for grazing land at lower altitudes, while for group (b) and group (c) the effect is lower. in order to highlight the different sensitivity of rents to variations in spring temperature and changes in the size of the population we can calculate elasticities. the elasticity of rent to population indicates the average amount by which the rent varies as a response to a change in the population. the elasticity of rent with respect to temperature indicates the average amount by which the rent varies as a response to change of 1 degree celsius in spring temperature. the elasticities of rent are presented in table 3. calculating these elasticities on regression results of table 1 (all the grazing lands considered together) we obtain 0.70 for the elasticity with respect to population and 7.73 for the elasticity with 20 the campogrosso/prà/monte di mezzo and cosmagnon/pasubio pastures are located on the border with the veneto region. until 1752 this border was not clearly defined and as a result animals might be found grazing in a neighbouring property, thus provoking punitive raids which included the animals’ seizure, the burning of farmhouses and so on, and the beginning of lengthy controversies. with the rovereto treaty (1752) the borders were precisely drawn and guarded, and there was a considerable increase in the rent values as a consequence of the greater security. 21 since there were no structural differences (e.g. in altitude) within the three groups identified for mountain pastures and their rents, we preferred to use a linear functional form. 22 ar = annual rent table 2. estimation results for three different groups of mountain pastures. group (a) (low altitude) group (b) (medium altitude) group (c) (high altitude) population +4.34 *** +1.87 *** +1.22 *** average spring temperature (degrees centigrade) +798.21 ** +309.31 +199.43 * dummy variable for years after 1752 +1746.42 ** +418.86 ** constant -14554.24 *** -5296.81 ** -4187.87 *** r2 0.80 0.77 0.82 adr2 0.77 0.74 0.77 number of observations 23 18 18 111climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values respect to temperature. this indicates that rents are inelastic with respect to an increase in population but are very elastic in response to an increase in average spring temperature. the elasticities calculated for the three different groups confirm a different sensitivity of rents according to altitude. it appears as evident that changes in temperature have a much stronger impact on the amount of rent charged than changes in population. the elasticity of rents with respect to population is high (3.118) for grazing lands located at low altitude but is inelastic for grazing land at medium (0.830) and higher altitude (0.236). we can therefore draw the conclusion that a change in human pressure has graver consequences for the grazing lands at low altitude than for those at higher altitudes. this is explained by the fact that it makes sense to make the best possible use of the lower grazing lands in the area under study given that they are, on the one hand, closer to the towns and villages and, on the other hand, adjacent to the tree line and can be “extended” by encroaching on the woods and forests. in contrast, there is no possibility of extending the pastures at the highest grazing lands, which in all probability are affected by the situation in the pastures at lower altitudes.23 the sensitivity of rent values to changes in spring temperature follows a similar pattern, even with a different order of magnitude.24 the elasticity to spring temperature is very high for grazing lands at low altitude while it is lower for grazing lands at medium altitude and even lower for land located at higher altitude. this can be explained in part by the fact that even small increases in spring temperatures can give rise to longer pasturing periods in the low grazing lands, while the grazing period in the high pastures is much more constant. 4. concluding remarks research conducted on the values of mountain pastures in the pasubio estimated from the rents charged for them over a two-hundred-year period show that variations in these values are related to natural and anthropogenic drivers to varying extents depending on historical period and altitude. 23 it should also be remembered that only pastures located above the tree line were at first utilised, and it was only later that pastures were created at lower altitudes by clearing the less steep woodland areas. 24 the different ranges of variation of the two variables (low for temperature, high for population), rather than their different orders of magnitude should be taken into account when interpreting the high values for elasticity. table 3. estimated rental price elasticities. elasticity with respect to population elasticity with respect to temperaturea overall elasticity 0.70 7.73 group (a) (campogrosso, prà, monte di mezzo) 3.118 187.493 group (b) (pozze, campobiso, pian delle fugazze) 0.830 36.735 group (c) (pasubio, cosmagnon) 0.236 14.213 a in thousandths of a degree celsius. 112 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios oscillations in the values for 5-year periods between the last half of the eighteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth century suggest a strong connection with environmental and climatic factors. increases or decreases in temperature appear to have a less marked and less direct effect on the values of grazing lands close to the upper limit of vegetation, while, in addition to the climate signal, socio-economic and infrastructural signals impinge significantly on the grazing lands at lower altitudes. if we consider that the value of the rent is an estimate of income and therefore of the utility of the “land productive factor” within the production process, we may draw some general considerations from this survey. in particular, an interesting observation is that increasing population and temperature have the same influence in increasing the yield, independently of altitude. for both the variables, the values of the rents for land located at a lower altitude generally more fertile have an elasticity approximately 13 times greater than that of land at a higher altitude. this means that human pressure and more favourable climatic conditions lead to significantly intensified pastoral activity in the fertile areas, while the income of marginal land is less affected by these changes. this finding is counterintuitive because people are generally inclined to believe that higher temperatures should favour pastures at high altitude because they should supposedly become more fertile. this apparent contradiction can nonetheless be explained with reference to the ricardian theory of rent. our research supports what david ricardo, at the dawn of economic science, had guessed. this contribution to the validity of the ricardian theory of rent is even more interesting given the long time interval considered and the relative small number of situations where this theory can actually be tested. within agricultural production, only pastures have undergone no significant technological transformation over time. the analysis partly suffers from the lack of consistent statistical data: given the length of the period under study, the elaboration could not always be conducted on homogeneous information. more precisely, the absence of a reliable indicator to convert the rent value into actual purchasing power can lead to a distortion in the estimates provided. nonetheless, the elaboration carried out, if confirmed by other surveys, can provide a solid basis for appropriate measures of agricultural policy and land management adapted to ongoing climate changes. 5. funding this study is part of the project armo archeologia del paesaggio montano: reti insediative e paleoambienti nelle prealpi trentine” funded by muse science museum (trento) and the department of economics and management of trento university. 6. conflict of interest the authors declare that they have no conflict of interest. 113climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values 7. references allen, r.c. (2001). the great divergence in european wages and prices from the middle ages to the first world war. exploration in economic history 38: 411-447 anfodillo, t. (2007). cambiamenti climatici e dinamica di popolazione al limite superiore del bosco: importanza delle ricerche di lungo termine. forest@ 4: 3-5. baglioni, m., macagno, g., nunes, p. and travisi, c. (2009). natura 2000 network, agricultural pressures and biodiversity conservation: an italian outlook: analysing the potential of the natura 2000 database in describing the linkages between agricultural pressures and biodiversity. report of the exiopol, deliverable.ii.3.b.1. part 2, milan; italy. behringer, w. (2013). storia culturale del clima. torino: bollati boringhieri. bonoldi a., novi inverardi p.l. and salvador i. (2018). the cereal market in an alpine region at the end of the ancient regime: tyrol (1761-1817). working paper, esshc belfast. bosello, f. and zhang, j. (2005). assessing climate change impacts: agriculture. feem working paper, 94. bovolenta, s., pasut, d. and dovier, s. (2008). l’allevamento in montagna: sistemi tradizionali e tendenze attuali. quaderni sozooalp. 5: 22-29. bozhong, l. (1998). changes in climate, land, and human efforts. the production of wetfield rice in jiangnan during the ming and qing dynasties. in elvin, m. and ts’ui-jung, l. (eds.), sediments of time. environment and society in chinese history, cambridge: cambridge university press, 447-487. bohm, r., auer, i., brunetti, m., maugeri, m., nanni, t. and schoner, w. (2001). regional temperature variability in the european alps 1760–1998 from homogenized instrumental time series. international journal of climatology 21: 1779–1801. briffa, k. r., jones, p.d. and schweingruber, f.h. (1988). summer temperature patterns over europe: a reconstruction from 1750 a.d. based on maximum latewood density indices of conifers. quaternary research 30: 36–52. buffoni, l., brunetti, m., mangianti, f., maugeri, m., monti, f. and nanni, t. (2003). ricostruzione del clima italiano negli ultimi 130 anni e scenari per il xxi secolo. atti workshop “climagri cambiamenti climatici e agricoltura”. cagliari, 16-17 january 2003. bussolon, r. and martini, a. (2007). la vallarsa attraverso la storia. dalle origini alla prima guerra mondiale. mori (tn): la grafica edizioni. büntgen, u., frank, d.c., nievergelt, d. and esper, j. (2006). summer temperature variations in the european alps, a.d. 755-2004. journal of climate 19: 5606-5623. cavallero, a., talamucci, p., grignani, c., reyneri, a., ziliotto, u., scotton, m. and acutis, m. (1992). caratterizzazione della dinamica produttiva di pascoli naturali italiani. rivista di agronomia 26 (3): 325-343. dearing j.a. (2006). climate – human – environment interactions: resolving our past. climate of the past 2: 187-203. fraser, e.d.g. (2009). economic crises, land use vulnerabilities, climate variability, food security and population declines: will history repeat itself or will our society adapt to climate change? in: centre for climate change economics and policy working paper no. 1, leeds and london, uk. 114 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios frisia, s. (2007). sintesi delle conoscenze sulla variabilità climatica nelle alpi negli ultimi 1000 anni. studi trent. sci. nat., acta geol. 82: 65-69. frisia, s., borsato, a., richards, d.a., miorandi, r. and davanzo, s. (2007). variazioni climatiche ed eventi sismici negli ultimi 4500 anni nel trentino meridionale da una stalagmite della cogola grande di giazzera. studi trent. sci. nat., acta geol. 82: 205-223. gellrich, m., baura, p., koch, b. and zimmermann, n.e. (2007). agricultural land abandonment and natural forest re-growth in the swiss mountains: a spatially explicit economic analysis. agriculture, ecosystems & environment 118: issues 1–4: 93–108. gelman, a. and hill. j. (2007). data analysis using regression and multilevel/hierarchical models. new york: cambridge university press. greene, w.h. (2008). econometric analysis. prentice hall. gusmeroli, f., corti, m., orlandi, d., pasut, d. and bassignana, m. (2005). produzione e prerogative qualitative dei pascoli alpini: riflessi sul comportamento al pascolo e l’ingestione. quaderni sozooalp. 2: 7-27. ipcc (2014). summary for policymakers. in: climate change 2014: impacts, adaptation, and vulnerability. part a: global and sectoral aspects. contribution of working group ii to the fifth assessment report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change. field, c.b., v.r. barros, d.j. dokken, k.j. mach, m.d. mastrandrea, t.e. bilir, m. chatterjee, k.l. ebi, y.o. estrada, r.c. genova, b. girma, e.s. kissel, a.n. levy, s. maccracken, p.r. mastrandrea, and l.l. white (eds.). cambridge, united kingdom and new york, ny, usa: cambridge university press, 1-32. irwin, e.g. and geoghegan, j. (2001). theory, data, methods: developing spatially explicit economic models of land use change. agriculture, ecosystems & environment 85: 7-24. keynes, j.m. (1991). note conclusive nella filosofia sociale verso la quale la teoria generale potrebbe condurre. in: la fine del laissez-faire e altri scritti. torino: bollati boringhieri. leonelli, g., coppola, a., pelfini m., salvatore, m.c., cremaschi, m. and baroni, c. (2012). il segnale climatico e le sue variazioni negli anelli di accrescimento degli alberi da siti estremi al contorno della regione mediterranea. rendiconti online società geologica italiana 18: 24-28. lutherbacher, j., dietrich, d., xoplaki, e., grosejan, m. and wanner, h. (2004). european seasonal and annual temperature variability, trends and extremes since 1500. science 3013: 1499-1503. malanima, p. (2006). energy crisis and growth 1650-1850: the european deviation in a comparative perspective. journal of global history 1: 101-121. mangini a., spötl c. and verdes p. (2005). reconstruction of temperature in the central alps during the past 2000 years from a δ18o stalagmite record. earth plan. sci. lett. 235: 741-751. mathieu, j. (2000). storia delle alpi 1500-1900: ambiente, sviluppo e società (vol. 4). casagrande. malthus t.r. (1798). an essay on the principle of population. london: j. johnson. menzel, a. and fabian, p. (1999). growing season extended in europe. nature 39: 659661. 115climate change and historical variations in mountain pasture values maugeri, m. and nanni, t. (1998). surface air temperature variations in italy. recent trends and update to 1993. theor. appl. climatol. (1998): 191-196. orlandi, d. and clementel, f. (2007). caratterizzazione produttiva dei pascoli alpini. http://www.pianteofficinali.org/main/alpicoltura/alpicoltura.htm. accessed 10 january 2017. orlandi, d., clementel, f., bovolenta, s. and dovier, s. (2004). caratterizzazione chimica e nutrizionale delle principali specie pascolive alpine. quaderni sozooalp. 1: 171180. paavola j. and fraser e. (2011). ecological economics and environmental history. ecological economics 70: 1266-1268. palatnik, r. and nunes, p. (2010). valutazione delle relazioni tra cambiamenti climatici, biodiversità e produttività dei sistemi agro-forestali in europa. agriregionieuropa special issue on climate change and agriculture: adaptation, mitigation and food security 6(21). pasquale v., verdojya m., chiozzi p. and safanda j. (2000). evidence of climate warming from underground temperatures in nw italy. global planetary change 25: 215-225. pfister, c (1995). monthly temperature and precipitation in central europe from 1525– 1979: quantifying documentary evidence on weather and its effects. in bradley, r.s. and jones, p.d. (eds.), climate since ad 1500, london: routledge, 118–142. pfister, c. (2005). weeping in the snow. the second period of little ice age-type impacts, 1570-1630. in behringer, w. (ed.), kulturelle konsequenzen der ‘kleinen eiszeit’, göttingen, 31-86. pfister, c. (2007). climatic extremes, recurrent crises and witch hunts: strategies of european societies in coping with exogenous shocks in the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. the medieval history journal 10, 1-2: 33–73 pfister, c. and bradzil r. (2006). social vulnerability to climate in the “little ice age”: an example from central europe in the early 1770s. climate of the past discussions 2: 123-155. pribram, a. f. (1938). materialien zur geschichte der preise und löhne in österreich 1 (= veröffentlichungen des internationalen wiss. komitees f. die geschichte d. preise u. löhne 1), wien, ueberreuter. quadrio curzio, a. (1998), rendita. in enciclopedia delle scienze sociali, roma: istituto dell’enciclopedia italiano. raffaelli, r. (2005). sostenibilità e multifunzionalità dell’agricoltura di montagna. istituto nazionale della montagna, bononia university press. rea, r., rampanelli, g. and zardi, d. (2003). the temperature series of trento: 18162002. proceedings of the 27th international conference on alpine meteorology and map-meeting 2003, vol. a. brig, 483-486. ricardo, d. (1821). on the principles of political economy and taxation. 3rd edition, london: john murray. roson, r. (2003). modelling the economic impact of climate change, eee programme working papers series. salvador, i. and avanzini, m. (2014). costruire il paesaggio. l’alpeggio dal tardo medioevo alle soglie della grande guerra in un settore del trentino meridionale. studi trentini. storia 93: 79-114. 116 marco avanzini, isabella salvador, geremia gios smith, c.l., baker, a., fairchild, i.j. and frisia s. (2006). reconstructing regional climates from multiple stalagmite records. int. journal of climatology 26: 1417-1424. solomon, s., qin, d., manning, m., chen, z., marquis, m., averyt, k.b., tignor, m. and miller, h.l. (eds) (2007). climate change 2007: the physical science basis. contribution of working group i to the fourth assessment report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change. cambridge, uk and new york, ny, usa: cambridge university press. theurillat, j.p. and guisan, a. (2001). potential impact of climate change on vegetation in the european alps: a review. climatic change 50 (1-2): 77-109. wilson, r., frank, d., topham, j., nicolussi, k. and esper, j. (2005). spatial reconstruction of summer temperatures in central europe for the last 500 years using annually resolved proxy records: problems and opportunities. boreas 34 (november): 490–497. ziliotto, u. and scotton, m. (1993). metodi di rilevamento della produttività dei pascoli alpini. comunicazioni di ricerca isafa (tn), 93/1, 33-42. bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6e172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 copyright: © 2022 m.o. kehinde, a.m. shittu, m.g. ogunnaike, f.p. oyawole, o.e. fapojuwo. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: m.o. kehinde, a.m. shittu, m.g. ogunnaike, f.p. oyawole, o.e. fapojuwo (2022). land tenure and property rights, and the impacts on adoption of climate-smart practices among smallholder farmers in selected agro-ecologies in nigeria. bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87. doi: 10.36253/ bae-9992 received: november 4, 2020 accepted: february 4, 2022 published: july 22, 2022 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: donato romano. orcid mok: 0000-0001-7081-4454 ams: 0000-0002-0857-0337 mgo: 0000-0002-1510-1969 fpo: 0000-0001-5899-7120 land tenure and property rights, and the impacts on adoption of climate-smart practices among smallholder farmers in selected agroecologies in nigeria mojisola o. kehinde1,*, adebayo m. shittu1, maria g. ogunnaike2, funminiyi p. oyawole1, oluwakemi e. fapojuwo3 1 department of agricultural economics and farm management, federal university of agriculture, abeokuta, p.m.b. 2240, abeokuta, ogun state, nigeria 2 department of agricultural economics and farm management, olabisi onabanjo university, ago-iwoye, p.m.b. 0012, ayetoro, ogun state, nigeria 3 department of agricultural administration, federal university of agriculture, abeokuta, p.m.b. 2240, abeokuta, ogun state, nigeria *corresponding author: e-mail: mojisolaolanike@gmail.com abstract. this study investigates the effects of land tenure and property rights (ltprs) on smallholder farmers’ adoption of climate-smart practices (csps) among cereal farming households in nigeria. the data were collected from maize and rice farmers in a nation-wide farm household survey conducted across the six geopolitical zones in nigeria. data collected were analysed within the framework of multivariate probit to determine the factors that facilitate and/or impede the adoption of csps. the results showed that the adoption of csps considered in this study – agroforestry, zero/ minimum tillage, farmyard manure, crop rotation and residue retention were generally low. empirical analysis showed that farmers with transfer right were more likely to adopt farmyard manure, crop rotation and residue retention while the likelihood of adopting agroforestry reduced with having transfer right. the coefficient of de jure secure increased the likelihood of adopting zero/minimum tillage while the coefficient of control right increased the likelihood of adopting agroforestry. again, we found that the adoption of zero/minimum tillage reduced with control and transfer rights. the study also contributes to the existing literature on adoption by recognizing the interdependence between different climate-smart practices as well as jointly analyse the decision to adopt multiple csps. the study therefore, suggests that governments, in whom the responsibility for land use policy reform lies, review the existing framework to ensure a prompt, fair, and efficient land tenure system. keywords: climate-smart practices, land tenure and property rights, multivariate probit, smallholder farmers, nigeria. jel codes: q15, q18. 76 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 mojisola o. kehinde et al. 1. introduction agriculture in the world especially sub-saharan africa (ssa) is at a crossroads simply because climate change has brought a menace to the agricultural sector, which must be attended to (ipcc, 2014). nigeria as one of the african countries is not an exemption in this issue. climate change poses the greatest challenge to smallholder farmers and threatens the progressive efforts towards poverty alleviation, food security, and sustainable agriculture (lipper et al., 2014; vermeulen, et al., 2011). globally, smallholder farming households are estimated to be between 475-500 million; cultivating less than 2ha of land (lowder et al., 2016). many of whom are living in abject poverty and on less than $2 a day, hence, experiencing food insecurity (world bank group, 2016; morton, 2007). usually, smallholder farmers are the main victims of climate change because of their sole dependency on rain-fed agriculture, limited market access, insecure access to land, cultivation of marginal and fragmented land as well as inadequate access to technical and/or economic support which can help them to embrace resilient-farming practices (donatti et al., 2018; morton, 2007). the world’s climate is changing fast and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future, no matter what measures are now taken. for agriculture, the change will also be significant, as temperatures rise, rainfall patterns change and pests and diseases find new ranges, posing new risks to agriculture and food systems (cooper et al., 2013). the negative impacts of climate change have led to a reduction in agricultural productivity and substantial welfare losses which eventually lead to food and nutrition insecurity in the populace (tripathi & mishra, 2017). shifting to climate-smart agriculture (csa) seems to be the most efficient way for farmers to reduce the negative impacts of climate change on the production, incomes, and well-being of vulnerable smallholder farmers (mccarthy & brubaker, 2014). according to the food and agricultural organization of the united nations (fao, 2013), csa is an unconventional approach to manage land in a sustainable manner while increasing agricultural productivity (world bank, 2011). it is aimed to achieve three key goals sustainably increasing agricultural productivity and incomes; adapting and building resilience to climate change; reducing and/or removing greenhouse gases emissions, where possible (braimoh, 2015). climate-smart practices (csps) include inter-cropping, crop rotation, zero tillage, green manuring, application of farmyard manure, integrated soil fertility management, agroforestry, irrigation, changing planting dates as well as alternate wet and dry lowland rice production systems (bernier et al., 2015). despite this potential, adoption of csps remains generally low, particularly in ssa, nigeria inclusive. this may, however, not be unconnected with insecure land tenure and property rights (ltprs), which is often cited as one of the barriers to the adoption of improved technology and investment in land development in africa (shittu et al., 2021; byamugisha, 2013; liniger et al., 2011). it is pertinent to note that without secure property rights, farmers often do not have the emotional attachment to the land they cultivate and would thus, not invest in land improvement that can enhance their productivity in the long run and promote sustainable development (deininger, 2003). empirical evidence from the literature corroborates the earlier assertion that adoption of csps are generally low in nigeria, usually between 15.5% – 40.6% (shittu et al., 2018) while the adoption rate for water harvesting, irrigation, and terraces are 15%, 10%, and 30% respectively (onyeneke et al., 2018). they attributed the low adoption to a very weak agricultural extension service delivery system across various states in nigeria and also to the need for more capital, lack of technical know-how, low potential for irrigation and most importantly present markets cannot accurately account for the value of the environmental benefits that csa delivers (ahiale et al., 2020; shittu et al., 2018). gleaning through the literature, some of the factors driving the adoption of the csps among smallholders in nigeria include education, income, credit, extension services, livestock ownership, farming experience, farm size, distance to market and water resources, gender, land ownership, household size, and mass media exposure among others (oyawole et al., 2020; amadu et al; 2020; aryal et al., 2018). arising from the foregoing, using smallholder farmers in selected rice ecologies of nigeria as a case study, this paper1 will build on the recent work of shittu et al., (2018) by assessing the influence of ltprs on the adoption of csps. we used multivariate probit (mvp) regression analysis, which explicitly allows for correlation in the error terms of the adoption equations to control for interdependence in decisions on csps’ adoption. the paper contributes to the ongoing debates on ltprs and the adoption of csps in africa’s smallholder agriculture in a number of ways. first, technology adoption remains one of the most researched areas in the field of agricultural 1 an earlier version of this paper, titled ‘land tenure and property rights impacts on adoption of climate smart practices among cereals farmers in nigeria’, was presented at the 18th annual national conference of nigerian association of agricultural economists, october 16th – 19th, 2017. 77 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 land tenure and property rights impacts in nigeria economics, very few studies have looked at the factors that determine the adoption of csps in nigeria. second, methods that recognise the interdependence between different climate-smart practices and jointly analyse the decision to adopt multiple csps agroforestry, farmyard manure, crop rotation, zero tillage, and residue retention are used. this study attempts to fill these identified gaps. in the next section, we describe the theoretical framework underpinning the adoption of csps and the econometric approach of multivariate probit. section three (3) presents the methodology in which we have the study area, research design as well as measurement of land tenure and property rights. in section four, we present and discuss the results, while the final section presents the main conclusions and the policy implications. 1.1 brief on land tenure and property rights in nigeria ltprs have to do with the rights that individuals, communities, families, firms, and other community structures hold in land and associated natural resources. as noted by feder and feeny (1991), the rights on the land are “either de facto or de jure secure” if they are clearly defined, exclusive, enforceable, transferable, and recognized by relevant authorities. in nigeria, the land use act made provision for granting two types of land use rights customary and statutory rights of occupancy to all categories of land users (land use act [lua], 2004). customary right of occupancy is granted under the act by the local government councils to individuals, firms, and communities while the statutory right of occupancy is the right to use land in any part of the state and it is granted under the act by the state governor (lua, 2004; kehinde et al., 2021). a certificate of occupancy is issued to a land user as evidence of being granted the statutory right of occupancy on the land by the state governor, thus making the certificate of occupancy the highest form of land title in nigeria. issuance of certificate of occupancy requires that the landowner possesses a purchase receipt, duly stamped deed of transfer, and an approved boundary survey of the land. the customary rights of occupancy are governed by the largely unwritten customary laws in various localities and are also considered de facto held by holders of agricultural lands in rural areas that have been under use for agricultural purposes prior to the enactment of the land use act of 1979 (lua, 2004; shittu et al., 2018). shittu et al. (2018) show that when the land has not been issued a certificate of occupancy, it is subject to unfair expropriation, though the lua made everybody an occupant of the land. landowners that acquired their land through direct inheritance and outright purchase enjoy customary rights on their land even though that title is not officially certificated but they are recognized as having a secure title on their land from the customary point of view. both the latter and the former will enjoy statutory rights of occupancy when the de facto-held land is moved to the highest level of tenure security (de jure secure) by getting the land surveyed, registered with the state government, and possibly obtain the certificate of occupancy. it is important to note that freehold land is still susceptible to unfair expropriation if it is not registered with the government. table 1 shows the different land tenure types, possible types of rights with their level of tenure security. 2. analytical framework 2.1 multivariate probit model multivariate probit regression framework was used to analyze the factors that facilitate or impede the adoption of csps, following scognamillo and sitko, (2021), aryal et al., (2018), kpadonou et al., (2017), timu et al., (2013), and teklewold et al., (2013). the model is an extension of the probit model used for the estimation of several correlated binary choices jointly (greene, 2003). considering several agricultural technologies, there is the possibility that some level of interdependence may exist among the technologies with farmers adopting some of these technologies as substitutes, complements or supplements. a farming household would be adopting one or more of the components of csps if and only if table 1. kinds of rights and tenure security by mode of land acquisition. mode of land acquisition use right control right transfer right de facto secure de jure secure freehold (inherited & purchased √ √ √ √ × communal √ √ × √ × leasehold √ √ × × × 78 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 mojisola o. kehinde et al. the utility expected is higher than otherwise. a positive correlation of the error terms means the technologies are complements while negative correlations of the errors terms imply the technologies are substitutes (teklewood et al., 2013; belderbos et al., 2004). if a correlation exists, simply estimating the technology adoption equations independently will generate biased and inefficient estimates of the standard errors of the model parameters for each technology (greene 2008), inducing incorrect inference as to the determinants of technology adoption. dorfamn (1996) observed that the estimates of separate probit equations (univariate probit) exclude useful economic information contained in interdependence and simultaneous adoption decisions. hence, when farmers adopt a combination of technologies to deal with land degradation rather than adopting just a single practice or technology, the adoption decision is inherently multivariate. hence, the mvp estimator corrects for these problems by allowing for non-zero covariance in adoption across technologies. thus, the observed outcome of csps adoption can be modelled following a random utility-based estimation framework. consider the ith farm household i=(1,…,n) facing a decision on whether to adopt the available csps on plot p(p=1,…,p). let u0 represent the benefits to the farmer from traditional management practices, and let uk represent the benefit of adopting the kth csps: vis-a-vis, agroforestry (ag), farmyard manure (fy), crop rotation (cr), zero tillage (zt), residue retention (rr). the farmer decides to adopt the kth csps on plot p if y*ipk=u*k-u0>0. the net benefit (y*ipk) that the farmer derives from the adoption of kth csps is a latent variable determined by observed household, plot (zip) and socio-economic characteristics xi and the error term εip: y*ipk=z’ipδk+x’iβi+εip (k=af,fy,cr,zt,rr) (1) using the indicator function, the unobserved preferences in equation (1) translate into the observed binary outcome equation for each choice as follows: (k=af,fy,cr,zt,rr) (2) equation 1 can be rewritten as a system of equations that can be estimated simultaneously using equation 3; y*1pk=β’1x1i+z’1iδk+ε1i y1pk=1 if y*1pk>0, y1pk =0 otherwise y*2pk=β’2x2i+z’2iδk+ε2i y2pk=1 if y*2pk>0, y2pk =0 otherwise ⋮ (3) y*npk=β’kxki+z’kiδk+εki ynpk=1 if y*npk>0, ynpk =0 otherwise in the multivariate model, where the adoption of several csps is possible, the error terms jointly follow a multivariate normal distribution (mvn) with zero conditional mean and variance normalized to unity (for identification of the parameters) where (μaf,μfy,μcr,μzt,μrr), mvn (0,ω) and the symmetric covariance matrix ω is given by: (4) the off-diagonal elements in the covariance matrix represent the unobserved correlation between the stochastic components of the different types of csps. this assumption means that equation (2) generates a mvp model that jointly represents decisions to adopt farming practices. this specification with non-zero off-diagonal elements allows for correlation across the error terms of several latent equations, which represent unobserved characteristics that affect the choice of alternative csps2. the computation of the maximum likelihood function based on a multivariate normal distribution requires multidimensional integration. different simulation methods were proposed to approximate such a function (train, 2002). the geweke–hajivassiliou– keane (ghk) simulator is a particularly popular choice in empirical research (geweke et al., 1997). the ghk simulator exploits the fact that a multivariate normal distribution function can be expressed as the product of sequentially conditioned univariate normal distribution functions, which can be accurately evaluated (cappellari and jenkins, 2003). the ghk simulator relies on a cholesky factorization, and to do this, the estimate of the correlation matrix at each iteration must be positive definite. 3. methodology 3.1 the study area the study was conducted in selected farming communities reputed for maize and rice production across the six geopolitical zones, and covering five of the seven agro-ecological zones (aezs) of nigeria, viz; rainforest zone, derived, southern guinea, northern guinea, and sudan savannah zones respectively. nigeria is situated 2 the authors acknowledge that the correlation between the error terms in a system of simultaneous equation depend on the correct specification of the model. 79 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 land tenure and property rights impacts in nigeria in the west african region and lies between longitudes 3° and 14° and latitudes 4° and 14°. it has a landmass of 923,768 sq. km. nigeria shares a land border with the republic of benin in the west, chad and cameroon in the east, and niger in the north. its coast lies on the gulf of guinea in the south and it borders lake chad to the northeast (udo et al., 2018). administratively, it is made of 36 federating states and the federal capital territory. the states are commonly grouped into six geopolitical zones: northeast, northwest, north-central, southeast, southwest, and south-south geopolitical zones and seven agro-ecological zones all of which are suitable for maize and rice, among several other crops like cassava, yams, etc. 3.2 the study design the study was part of the funaab-raaf-pasanao project implemented by the federal university of agriculture, abeokuta in partnership with the national cereals research institute, baddegi, and funded by the economic community of west african states. the central focus was on incentivising adoption of climatesmart agricultural practices in cereals production in nigeria. the data were collected across selected agroecologies in nigeria, focusing on maize and rice farmers. the respondents were selected in a three-stage sampling process, described as follows: stage i: purposive selection of 15 states that have been the leading rice and maize producers in nigeria (excluding conflict-prone areas), based on production statistics from (national bureau of statistics [nbs], 2016). stage ii: purposive selection of three agricultural blocks per state per crop from the main rice and maize producing areas of the state, and two extension cells per block that is, six blocks per state, 12 cells per state and 180 cells in all. stage iii: proportionate stratified random selection of 12 rice and maize farmers from members of rice/maize farmers’ association in each of the selected cells. this process yielded 2,007 households of maize and rice farmers, from which complete datasets were collected through personal interviews of the farmer and other farming members of their households. data were collected on a wide range of issues, including the households’ socio-economics, climate-smart practices, and ltprs on farmland cultivated during the 2016/17 farming season. 3.3 dependent variables the outcome variables considered in this study are the csps. the respondents were asked to recount the type of csps practiced on each of their plots agroforestry, farmyard manure, crop rotation, zero/minimum tillage, and residue retention (table 2). agroforestry refers to the intentional integration of trees and shrubs into crop and animal farming systems to create environmental, economic, and social benefits. the intentional nature of agroforestry made many of the sampled farmers fall short in this regard; hence, only 9% of the respondents practiced agroforestry on their farms. farmyard manure, on the other hand, refers to the application of a decomposed mixture of livestock waste on the farming plot. it is a major component of nutrient management with potential benefits of soil fertility maintenance as well as supply of major nutrients such as nitrogen, phosphates, and potash. out of the total plots, about 24% of these plots received manure. crop rotation involves growing different crops sequentially on the same plot of land to optimize nutrients and reduces the incidence of weeds, pests, and diseases (bockel et al., 2013). in our case, any farmer that plants different crops following a particular sequence and includes a leguminous crop in the rotation was considered as having practiced crop rotation. based on this concept, only a few of the farmers (8%) practiced crop rotation on their farms. zero/minimum tillage is part of csps that promotes minimum soil disturbance and allows crop residue to remain on the ground with the accompanying benefits of better soil aeration and improved soil fertility. minimum soil disturbance requires less traction power and fewer carbon emissions from the soil (delgado et al., 2011). in our case, zero/minimum tillage practice entails reduced tillage with a single plough and/or the use of traditional farm tools such as hoe and cutlass. zero/ minimum tillage was practiced on 22% of the plots. the use of residue retention is another option of csps that provides an opportunity for the farmers to retain crop residues as an alternative to biomass burntable 2. adoption rates of climate-smart practices. variable mean std. error min max agroforestry 0.090 0.005 0 1 farmyard manure 0.240 0.007 0 1 crop rotation 0.080 0.005 0 1 zero/minimum tillage 0.220 0.007 0 1 residue retention 0.540 0.009 0 1 80 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 mojisola o. kehinde et al. ing and/or exporting the residues from the farm to feed livestock (bockel et al., 2013; abrol et al., 2017). residue retention was practiced on about 54% of the plots during the cropping season considered for this analysis. 3.4 independent variables the description and the summary statistics of the variables are given in table 3. specifically, the models include socio-demographic characteristics such as age, sex, year of schooling, household size, extension contact, farmers’ association among others. 3.4.1 socio-demographic characteristics with respect to socio-demographic characteristics, table 3 shows that the average age of the smallholder farmers across the six geopolitical zones is 45 years. this implies that the majority of the respondents were still in their active years implying significant participation in the farming activities. this result, however, contradicts the findings of eze et al., (2011) who did a similar study and obtained the mean age of his respondent to be 59 years. only 12% of the respondents were female indicating that the majority of the sampled smallholder farmers were male. the mean year of schooling is 8 years while those that had access to extension services and belong to one farmers’ association or the other were 63% and 94% respectively. as shown in table 3, about two-thirds (60.0%) of the respondents have the right to control their land while about 58.0% have the right to transfer their parcels permanently to the third party across the study locations. table 3 further shows that about half (52.0%) of the parcels were held as inheritance across the study locations, however, this result is much less than the findings of bamire (2010) who found that 84.0% of farmland was acquired through inheritance in the dry savannah part of nigeria. on the contrary, about 14.0% of the parcels were purchased by the farm households, 24.0% on leasehold while 10.0% were communal land while only 4.0% of the farmland were titled, i.e., registered with the land registry in the study area. this implies that only a few out of the sampled farmers had legal tenure security while the majority had insecure tenure (de jure) which can lead to eviction from their table 3. definitions and summary statistics of the variables used in the analysis. variable description mean sem socio-economic characteristics age age of the farmers in years 44.58 0.21 sex 1 = if the sex of the farmer is female, 0 otherwise 0.12 0.01 schooling year farmers’ education level in years 7.74 0.10 household size number of persons in the household 9.25 0.11 extension contact 1 = extension contact during the last planting season 0.63 0.01 amount borrowed amount of money borrowed in naira. 99633 11200 farmers’ association 1 = belong to farmers’ association, otherwise 0 0.94 0.02 tlu tropical livestock unit (livestock wealth)1 3.28 0.23 plot-level characteristics control right 1 = has control right, 0 otherwise 0.60 0.008 transfer right 1 = has transfer right, 0 otherwise 0.58 0.008 de jure secure 1 = if registered with the state, 0 otherwise 0.02 0.002 inherited 1 = cultivates land acquisition by inheritance, 0 otherwise 0.52 0.008 purchased 1 = land acquisition by purchase, 0 otherwise 0.14 0.01 leasehold 1 = land acquisition by leasehold, 0 otherwise 0.24 0.01 communal 1 = land acquisition by communal means, 0 otherwise 0.10 0.01 boundary survey 1 = has boundary survey, 0 otherwise 0.18 0.007 farm size (ha) cultivated farmland in ha 1.60 0.04 lowland 1 = cultivates lowland, otherwise 0 0.42 0.01 extent of farm fragmentation the extent of land fragmentation computed using simpson index 0.35 0.01 note: sem (standard error of mean). 1 tlu conversion factor according to beyene and muche (2010): 1 head of cattle = 0.7 tlu, 0.1 tlu for 1 sheep or goat or pigs and 0.01 tlu for poultry. 81 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 land tenure and property rights impacts in nigeria farmland and regular harassment by land grabbers. a plausible reason for this is that the process of titling land is inexplicably tedious and expensive. thus, given that most farmers in nigeria are smallholders and resource poor, they may not allocate their scarce financial resources to land titling. the mean size of household landholdings was 1.60ha portraying the respondents as smallholders. the average farmland that is fragmented is 35% implying that about one-third of the cultivated farmland in nigeria is not completely consolidated. 3.4.2 ltprs’ measurement two indicators were employed in assessing the ltprs of farmers in this study. they include: i. rights type: this was measured on a nominal scale using three dummy variables – use, control, and transfer rights. use right refers to the right to access the resource, withdraw from a resource or exploit a resource for economic benefit. control right on the other hand refers to the ability to make decisions on how the land should be used including deciding what crops should be planted, and who benefits financially from the sale of crops, etc. while transfer right refers to the ability to transfer land (permanently through sale). each of the types of rights takes the value of one if the farmer has the right to use, control, and transfer the parcel of land. otherwise, the dummy variables were assigned a zero. meanwhile, the use right was dropped as the reference rights-type variable. ii. de jure secure: a tenure was classified as de jure secure if the parcel has been surveyed and duly registered with the land registry; otherwise it was classified as insecure. this variable was meant to determine the importance of title registration. 4. results and discussion 4.1 determinants of adoption of climate-smart agricultural practices the estimates of the determinants of the probability of adoption of climate-smart agricultural practices are presented in table 4. the wald test (χ2 (70) = 404.66; prob > χ2 = 0.0000) of the hypothesis that regression coefficients in all the equations were jointly equal to zero was rejected at 1% indicating that the model fits the data reasonably well. the coefficient of transfer right is positive and significant at 1%, 5%, and 10% levels respectively for the adoption of farmyard manure, crop rotation, and residue retention. hence, transfer right has positive impact on the adoption of farmyard manure, crop rotation, and residue retention, suggesting that farmers are more likely to adopt these csps on owned plots. this is in line with the marshallian inefficiency hypothesis where input use by the tenant on rented or borrowed land is lower or less efficient than on owned land (gray and kevane, 2001). this finding may also be due to tenure insecurity, as an insecure tenure status leads to poor agricultural practices (gray and kevane, 2001). the long-term dimension of the return on investment in land-enhancing practices such as farmyard manure may discourage land-insecure farmers to adopt them as they may not control the land long enough to reap the benefits of their investments. similarly, the coefficient of control right is positive and significant at 10% level for agroforestry, implying that the likelihood of adopting agroforestry rises with farmers’ having control right. on the contrary, the coefficient of transfer right is negative and significant at 10% for agroforestry. this implies that having transfer rights reduce significantly the likelihood of agroforestry in the study area. the possible explanation for this might be that farmers are not interested in agroforestry because of its upfront investment that does not yield any immediate returns; they possibly prefer to dispose of the land in the nearest future at a higher price. the result is contrary to the findings of patanayak et al., (2003) who found that landowners are more likely to adopt agroforestry than tenants are because the latter may be prevented from planting trees, as it is less likely that agroforestry will be adopted on insecure land. again, we found that the coefficients of control and transfer right significantly and negatively influence the adoption of zero/minimum tillage at 1% level. security of land tenure, (de jure secure), positively and significantly affects the adoption of zero/minimum tillage implying that the probability of adoption of zero/minimum tillage is higher when ownership on land is secure. this flows from the fact that rationally, a farmer may not be willing to adopt any csps on land that he/she does not have secure rights to in the long run. as arthur young succinctly puts it in his 1792 treatise, “give a man the secure possession of a bleak rock, and he will turn it into a garden; give him a nine years’ lease of a garden, and he will convert it into a desert”. this gives credence to the findings of owombo et al., (2015) that secure land tenure significantly influences farmers’ adoption of agricultural technology in ondo state, nigeria. the coefficient of farm size is negative and significant at a 1% level for agroforestry. this means that additional hectares of land by the smallholder farmers 82 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 mojisola o. kehinde et al. reduced significantly the possibility of adopting agroforestry; this is simply because the target population for this study is smallholders with an average farm size of 1.60ha. it is also good to note that fragmented farmland does not reduce the adoption of zero tillage in the study area. the level of education of the cereal farmers has a significant positive relationship with the adoption of crop rotation. this suggests that farmers with higher levels of education are more likely to adopt crop rotation. this finding is consistent with that of langyintuo and mekuria (2005) who assert that educated farmers are better able to process information that can enhance production and productivity in agriculture (ali and abdulai, 2010). on the contrary, female-headed households are less likely to adopt crop rotation when compared to their male counterparts; this might be because of the level of skill/ expertise involved in planting different crops sequentially on the same plot. it is important to note that gender differentiation has no impact on the adoption of any other csps. the coefficient for household size is negative and significant at 5% levels for the adoption of crop rotation, suggesting that larger household size is associated with a lower probability to adopt crop rotation. this is consistent with the finding of bekele and drake (2003) who find the family size to have a significantly negative relation with certain adoption choices. the coefficient of farmer’s age is positive and significant at a 1% level for the adoption of zero/minimum tillage in nigeria. this might be because of their farm experience which makes the older farmers be in a better position to adopt new agricultural practices due to their comparative advantage in terms of capital accumulated, frequency of extension contacts/visits, and creditworthiness among others (langyintuo and mekuria, 2003). hence, an experienced farmer is more conscious of the benefits of soil conservation and he would go for adopting the minimum tillage technology. this finding, however, contradicts that of adesina and zinnah (1993) who noted that younger farmers are more amenable to change old practices than older farmers because they tend to be more aware and knowledgeable about new technologies. on the other hand, an inverse relationship exists between age and the decision to adopt residue retention among cereals farmers in nigeria. this can be because the younger farmers are usually more willing to take risks and are likely to perceive increased profits from adoption in terms of accommodating the relative labour-intensive nature that comes with adopting residue retention as against other csps (soule et al., 2000; aryal et al., 2018; ekboir, 2003). hence, the greater willingness to adopt the new agricultural practices. meanwhile, the level of education of the cereal farmers has a significant positive relationship with the adoption of zero/minimum tillage, suggesting that farmers with higher levels of education are more likely to adopt zero/minimum tillage. this finding is consistent with that of shiyani et al., (2000) who asserted that education has a positive impact on the adoption of new technology. the role of education enlightens the farming community with the importance of minimum disturbance of the soil in particular. the adoption of zero/minimum tillage is usually known to reduce the labour required on the farm, hence for larger families where labour is sufficiently available, adoption may not bring many benefit. hence, the a priori expectation is that a larger family size will be inversely related to the adoption of zero/minimum tillage. our finding (table 4) shows a negative relationship between the household size and adoption of zero tillage among the cereal farmers in the study area, indicating that the more the household size, the less likely the adoption of zero/minimum tillage. this is in line with the findings of la rovere et al., (2010) and laxmi and mishra (2007). 4.2 adoption decisions of climate-smart agricultural practices the mvp model is estimated using the maximum likelihood method on plot-level observations. table 5 shows the likelihood ratio test [chi square (10) = 161.736, p = 0.000)] of the null hypothesis that the covariance of the error terms across equations is not correlated is rejected. these findings confirm the interdependence between the adoption decisions of csps, which may be due to complementarity or substitutability in farming practices, but also potentially, to omitted factors that affect all adoption decisions. consequently, farmers do not decide upon a single practice to adopt; instead, the probability of adopting a practice is conditional on whether other practices have already been adopted. the estimated correlation coefficients are statistically significant in seven of the ten pair cases, where five coefficients have negative signs and the remaining two have positive signs. the result shows that farmyard manure is complementary with crop rotation while agroforestry complements residue retention. the complementarity between manure and crop rotation contradicts the finding of teklewold et al., (2013) where they found substitutability. the correlation between adoption of zero/ minimum tillage and residue retention is the highest (19.64%) while that of farmyard manure and agroforestry is the least (5.32%). the negative strong correlation between residue retention, zero/minimum tillage, 83 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 land tenure and property rights impacts in nigeria and farmyard manure is logical as the use of one csp can discourage the adoption of the other one. these findings suggest that using ordinary probit or logit regression to assess the determinants of csps adoption among smallholder farmers in nigeria will yield inefficient estimates. we, however, estimated the model by a set of probit regression (appendix 1), the result of which shows that the evidence from our study are robust to estimation methods. though, one will expect that separate probit regression analysis will yield large standard error but we found that the coefficients (βs) and standard errors resulting from each probit regression analysis are the same or nearly the same as that of the multivariate probit estimate. hence, we conclude that using ordinary probit to assess the determinants of csps adoption among smallholder farmers is consistent and asymptotically efficient with large sample (3,311). 5. conclusions and policy implications this study was carried out to assess the effects of ltprs on farmers’ adoption of climate-smart practices among smallholder farmers in nigeria. a multi-stage sampling procedure was used to sample 2,007 farm households across 180 farming communities in nigeria, table 4. influence of ltprs on adoption of climate-smart practices among smallholder farmers: multivariate probit estimates. agroforestry farmyard manure crop rotation zero tillage residue retention coef. std. err. coef. std. err. coef. std. err. coef. std. err. coef. std. err. control right 0.1277* 0.0738 0.0207 0.0576 -0.0134 0.0765 -0.3654*** 0.0583 -0.0507 0.0521 transfer right -0.1220* 0.0723 0.1839*** 0.0573 0.1532** 0.0765 -0.5192*** 0.0583 0.0991* 0.0516 dejure secure -0.0729 0.2186 -0.2341 0.1780 -0.3115 0.2709 0.3153* 0.1636 0.1504 0.1523 age -0.0005 0.0026 0.0014 0.0021 0.0019 0.0028 0.0065*** 0.0021 -0.0051*** 0.0018 sex -0.0517 0.0967 -0.1080 0.0771 -0.2045* 0.1134 0.0817 0.0778 -0.0025 0.0682 schooling year -0.0062 0.0053 -0.0075* 0.0041 0.0119** 0.0056 0.0075* 0.0044 -0.0038 0.0038 household size -0.0036 0.0048 0.0046 0.0036 -0.0130** 0.0055 -0.0247*** 0.0044 0.0045 0.0034 amount borrowed -3.39e-08 8.31e-08 -4.84e-08 5.39e-08 3.23e-08 4.73e-08 2.31e-08 5.05e-08 2.88e-08 4.15e-08 farmers association 0.0111 0.0214 0.0223 0.0166 0.0086 0.0223 -0.0016 0.0182 0.0018 0.0154 extension contact -0.0391 0.0638 0.0457 0.0506 0.0071 0.0681 -0.1776*** 0.0526 0.0408 0.0456 tlu -0.0039 0.0046 0.0004 0.0021 0.0037 0.0023 -0.0039 0.0030 -0.0022 0.0020 farm size -0.0118*** 0.0045 -8.2e-05 0.0027 0.0005 0.0036 -0.0024 0.0029 -0.0017 0.0025 extent of land fragmentation -0.0218 0.1085 -0.1780** 0.0834 0.1681 0.1123 0.4113*** 0.0885 0.0070 0.0755 lowland -0.0147 0.0636 0.0705 0.0496 0.0465 0.0671 -0.0177 0.0528 0.1260*** 0.0451 constant -1.1136* 0.1594 -0.8917*** 0.1250 -1.6749*** 0.1722 -0.4639*** 0.1298 0.2095* 0.1126 wald chi-square (70) 404.66 404.66 404.66 404.66 0.0583 404.66 log-likelihood -7452.52 -7452.52 -7452.52 -7452.52 -7452.52 prob > chi2 0 0 0 0 0 number of obs. 3,311 3,311 3,311 3,311 3,311 table 5. results of the wald test of simultaneity of the decisions to adopt csps. error correlation1 coefficient p value rho21 (farmyard manure & agroforestry) -0.0532 0.064 rho31 (crop rotation & agroforestry) 0.0015 0.969 rho41 (zero/minimum tillage & agroforestry) -0.0747 0.011 rho51 (residue retention & agroforestry) 0.1694 0 rho32 (crop rotation & farmyard manure) 0.0814 0.047 rho42 (zero/minimum tillage & farmyard manure) -0.1897 0 rho52 (residue retention & farmyard manure) -0.0922 0.001 rho43 (zero/minimum tillage & crop rotation) 0.0493 0.192 rho53 (residue retention & crop rotation) 0.0346 0.307 rho54 (residue retention & zero/minimum tillage) -0.1964 0 1 likelihood ratio test of rho21 = rho31 = rho41 = rho51 = rho32 = rho42 = rho52 =rho43 = rho53 = rho54 = 0.00 chi-square (10) = 161.736 prob > chi square = 0 84 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 mojisola o. kehinde et al. and data collected were analysed within the framework of multivariate probit regression. the results showed that the adoption of csps considered in this study – agroforestry, zero/minimum tillage, farmyard manure, crop rotation, and residue retention – were generally low. policymakers thus need to target practices with lower adoption rates and provide farmers with further incentives towards the intensification of their use. another major highlight of this paper is the apparent existence of complementarities between different csps such as the use of farmyard manure and crop rotation, use of residue retention, and agroforestry. a potential strategy could be to promote agricultural practices that show some degree of complementarity as a package rather than independently. this may reduce the time required between when the farmer adopts the first technology and the subsequent adoption of other technologies and hence realising the full and extensive benefits of csps as a package. the effects of transfer right on the adoption of farmyard manure, crop rotation, and residue retention are crucial in targeting those farmers that have appropriate socio-cultural characteristics that favour the adoption of the csps in question. secondly, awareness and promotional strategies should be tailored depending on whether the target farmers resemble factors for/against adoption. our findings confirm that tenure security will increase the likelihood that farmers will reap the returns from the long-term investments such as zero/minimum tillage without unfair expropriation. therefore, policy measures that will focus on a more effective and efficient land title registration system should be established by the government. this holds important implications for environmental sustainability and climate change adaptation, as farmers will concurrently invest less and try to extract maximum value from land resources if they are unsure about the security of their tenure. as shittu et al., (2018) argue, ltprs on agricultural lands in nigeria are mostly informally defined and prone to unfair expropriation, in view of the overriding powers of the state governor and local governments, as well as the corrupt network of land grabbers. the study suggests that governments, in whom the responsibility for land use policy reform lies, review the existing framework to ensure a prompt, fair, and efficient land tenure system. acknowledgement this project was being implemented with a grant from ecowas’ raaf-pasanao with funding support of the french development agency (afd). agreement no: 18_ap3_th3/2016/ecowas/aewr /raaf/ pasanao. references abrol, y. p., adhya, t. k., aneja, v. p., raghuram, n., pathak, h., kulshrestha, u., sharma, c & singh, b. (eds.). (2017). the indian nitrogen assessment: sources of reactive nitrogen, environmental and climate effects, management options, and policies. elsevier. adesina, a.a. & zinnah, m. (1993). technology characteristics, farmers’ perceptions and adoption decisions: a tobit model application in sierra leone. agricultural economics 9, 297-311. https://doi. org/10.1111/j.1574-0862.1993.tb00276.x ahiale, e.d., balcombe, k., & srinivasan, c. (2020). determinants of farm households’ willingness to accept (wta) compensation for conservation technologies in northern ghana. bio-based and applied economics, 8(2), 211-234. https://doi. org/10.13128/bae-8931 ali, a., and abdulai, a. (2010). the adoption of genetically modified cotton and poverty reduction in pakistan. journal of agricultural economics, 61(1), 175192. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1477-9552.2009.00227.x amadu, f. o., mcnamara, p. e., & miller, d. c. (2020). understanding the adoption of climate-smart agriculture: a farm-level typology with empirical evidence from southern malawi. world development, 126, 104692. doi:10.1016/j.worlddev.2019.104692 aryal, j. p., jat, m. l., sapkota, t. b., khatri-chhetri, a., kassie, m., & maharjan, s. (2018). adoption of multiple climate-smart agricultural practices in the gangetic plains of bihar, india. international journal of climate change strategies and management, 10 (3), 407-427 doi 10.1108/ijccsm-02-2017-0025 belderbos, r., carree, m., diederen, b., lokshin, b., & veugelers, r. (2004). heterogeneity in r&d cooperation strategies. international journal of industrial organization 22: 1237-1263. https://doi. org/10.1016/j.ijindorg.2004.08.001 bekele, w., & drake, l. (2003). soil and water conservation decision behavior of subsistence farmers in the eastern highlands of ethiopia: a case study of the hunde-lafto area. ecological economics, 46(3), 437451 bernier, q., meinzen-dick, r., kristjanson, p., haglund, e., kovarik, c., bryan, e., ringler, c., & silvestri, s. (2015). gender and institutional aspects of climatesmart agricultural practices: evidence from kenya. 85 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 land tenure and property rights impacts in nigeria ccafs working paper no. 79. cgiar research program on climate change, agriculture and food security (ccafs). copenhagen, denmark. available online at: www.ccafs.cgiar.org bockel, l., grewer, u., fernandez, c., & bernoux, m. (2013). ex-act user manual: estimating and targeting greenhouse gas mitigation in agriculture. rome: fao. borges, j.a.r., foletto, l. & xavier, v.t. (2016). an interdisciplinary framework to study farmers’ decisions on adoption of innovation: insights from expected utility theory and theory of planned behavior. african journal of agricultural research. 10(29), 28142825. https://doi.org/10.5897/ajar2015.9650 braimoh, a. (2015). the role of climate-smart agriculture in addressing land degradation. solution 6(5), 48-57 http://www.thesolutionsjournal.com/ node/237404 byamugisha, f.f. 2013. securing africa’s land for shared prosperity: a program to scale up reforms and investments. washington, dc: world bank. cappellari, l., & jenkins, s.p. (2003). multivariate probit regression using simulated maximum likelihood. the stata journal 3: 278–94. cooper p.j.m., cappiello s, vermeulen s.j, campbell b.m, zougmoré r and kinyangi j. (2103), large-scale implementation of adaptation and mitigation actions in agriculture (https://cgspace.cgiar.org/bitstream/ handle/10568/33279/workingpaper50.pdf). ccafs working paper no. 50. cgiar research program on climate change, agriculture and food security (ccafs). copenhagen, denmark. deininger, k.w. (2003). land policies for growth and poverty reduction. world bank publications. delgado j.a., groffman p.m., nearing m.a., goddard t., reicosky d., lal r., kitchen n.r., rice c.w., towery d., & salon p. (2011). conservation practices to mitigate and adapt to climate change. journal of soil and water conservation, 66: 118-129 donatti, c.i., harvey, c.a., martinez-rodriguez, m.r., vignola, r., & rodriguez, c.m. (2019). vulnerability of smallholder farmers to climate change in central america and mexico: current knowledge and research gaps. climate and development, 11(3), 264-286. https ://doi.org/10.1080/17565 529.2018.14427 96. dorfman, j.h. (1996). modelling multiple adoption decisions in a joint framework. american journal of agricultural economics 78: 547-557. https://doi. org/10.2307/1243273. ekboir, j. m. (2003). research and technology policies in innovation systems: zero tillage in brazil, research policy, 32(4), 573-586. https://doi.org/10.1016/s00487333 (02)00058-6 fao (2013), climate-smart agriculture sourcebook. rome, italy. retrieved from http://www.fao.org/ docrep/018/i3325e/i3325e00.html feder g, feeny d. (1991). land tenure and property rights: theory and implications for development policy. world bank economic review, 5(1), 135–53. https://doi.org/10.1093/wber/5.1.135. gedikoglu, h., and mccann, l. (2007). impact of offfarm income on adoption of conservation practices. paper presented at the american agricultural economics association annual meeting, portland, july 29 to august 1, 2007. greene w.h. (2008). econometric analysis, 7th edition, prentice hall, new jersey greene, w.h. (2003). econometric analysis. 5th ed. person education, inc., new jersey, usa. ipcc, (2014). summary for policymakers. climate change 2014: impacts, adaptation, and vulnerability. part a: global and sectoral aspects. contribution of working group ii to the fifth assessment report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change. cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom and new york, ny, usa, pp. 1–32. kehinde, m.o., shittu, a.m., adeyonu, a.g., & ogunnaike, m.g. (2021). women empowerment, land tenure and property rights, and household food security among smallholders in nigeria. agriculture & food security, 10(1), 1-22. kpadonou, r.a.b., owiyo, t., barbier, b., denton, f., rutabingwa, f., & kiema, a. (2017). advancing climate-smart-agriculture in developing drylands: joint analysis of the adoption of multiple on-farm soil and water conservation technologies in west african sahel. land use policy, 61, 196-207. doi: 10.1016/j. landusepol.2016.10.050 kassie, m., zikhali, p., manjur, k., & edwards, s. (2009). adoption of sustainable agriculture practices: evidence from a semi-arid region of ethiopia. natural resources forum 39:189-198. https://doi.org/10.1111/ j.1477-8947.2009.01224.x la rovere, r., mwabu, g., aredo, d., wondwossen, t., mwangi, w., & kassie, g. (2010). adoption and impact of conservation agriculture in central ethiopia langyintuo, a.s. & mekuria m., (2005). modeling agricultural technology adoption using the software stata, presented at a training course, econometric application to modeling the adoption of agricultural technologies, 21 – 25 february, 2005, harare, international maize and wheat improvement center (cimmyt), harare, zimbabwe laxmi, v., & mishra, v. (2007). factors affecting the adoption of resource conservation technology: case 86 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 mojisola o. kehinde et al. of zero tillage in rice-wheat farming systems. indian journal of agricultural economics, 62(902-201667372). laws of the federation of nigeria. land use act, chapter 5, laws of the federation of nigeria; 2004. http:// lawnigeria.com/lawsofthefederation/ land-useact.html. accessed 29 nov 2016 liniger, h., rima, m.s., hauert, c., & gurtner, m. (2011) sustainable land management in practice: guidelines and best practices for sub-saharan africa. terrafrica, world overview of conservation approaches and technologies (wocat) and food and agriculture organization of the united nations (fao) retrieved from http://www.wocat.net/fileadmin/user_upload/ documents/books/slm_in_practice_e_final_low. pdf lipper, l., thornton, p., campbell, b.m., baedeker, t., braimoh, a., bwalya, m., caron, p., cattaneo, a., garrity, d., henry, k., & hottle, r. (2014). climatesmart agriculture for food security. nature climate change, 4(12), 1068-1072. https://doi.org/10.1038/ nclim ate24 37 lowder, s. k., skoet, j., & raney, t. (2016). the number, size, and distribution of farms, smallholder farms, and family farms worldwide. world development, 87, 16-29. doi: 10.1016/j.worlddev.2015.10.041 mccarthy, n., & brubaker, j. (2014). climate-smart agriculture & resource tenure in subsaharan africa: a conceptual framework. rome, italy. retrieved from http://www.fao.org/3/a-i3982e.pdf morton, j. f. (2007). the impact of climate change on smallholder and subsistence agriculture. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 104(50), 1968019685. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0701855104 onyeneke, r.u., igberi, c.o., uwadoka, c.o., & aligbe, j.o. (2018). status of climate-smart agriculture in southeast nigeria. geojournal, 1-14. owombo, p.t., idumah, f.o., akinola, a.a. & ayodele, o.o. (2015). does land tenure security matter for adoption of sustainable agricultural technology? evidence from agroforestry in nigeria. journal of sustainable development for africa, 17(6), 65-82. oyawole, f.p., shittu, a., kehinde, m., ogunnaike, g., & akinjobi, l.t. (2020). women empowerment and adoption of climate-smart agricultural practices in nigeria. african journal of economic and management studies. pattanayak, s.k., mercer, d.e., sills, e.o., yang, j. & cassingham, k. (2003). taking stock of agroforestry adoption studies. agroforestry systems, 57(3), 173186. https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1024809108210 teklewold, h., kassie, m., & shiferaw, b. (2013). adoption of multiple sustainable agricultural practices in rural ethiopia. journal of agricultural economics, 64 (3), 597–623 https://doi.org/10.1111/1477-9552.12011 scognamillo, a., & sitko, n.j. (2021). leveraging social protection to advance climate-smart agriculture: an empirical analysis of the impacts of malawi’s social action fund (masaf) on farmers’ adoption decisions and welfare outcomes. world development, 146, 105618. soule, m.j., tegene a., & k.d. wiebe (2000). land tenure and adoption of conservation practices. american journal of agricultural economics, 82(4), 9931005. https://doi.org/10.1111/0002-9092.00097 shittu, a.m., kehinde, m.o., adeyonu, a.g., and ojo, o.t. (2021). willingness to accept incentives for a shift to climate-smart agriculture among smallholder farmers in nigeria. journal of agricultural and applied economics.1-21 https://doi.org/10.1017/aae.2021.19 shittu, a.m., kehinde, m.o., ogunnaike, m.g. & oyawole, f.p. (2018). effects of land tenure and property rights on farm households’ willingness to accept incentives to invest in measures to combat land degradation in nigeria. agricultural and resource economics review, 47(2), 357-387. https:// doi.org/10.1017/age.2018.14. shiyani, r.l., joshi, p.k., asokan, m. & bantilan, m.c.s. (2000). adoption of improved chickpea varieties: evidences from tribal region of gujarat. indian journal of agricultural economics, 55(2), 159-171 timu, a.g., mulwa, r., okello, j., & kamau, m. (2013). the role of varietal attributes on adoption of improved seed varieties. the case of sorghum in kenya. invited paper presented at the 4th international conference of the african association of agricultural economists, september 22-25, 2013, hammamet, tunisia tripathi, a. & mishra, a.k. (2017). knowledge and passive adaptation to climate change: an example from indian farmers. climate risk management, 16:195207. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crm.2016.11.002 vermeulen, s.j., aggarwal, p.k., ainslie, a., angelone, c., campbell, b.m., challinor, a.j., hansen, j.w., ingram, j.s.i., jarvis, a., kristjanson, p., & lau, c. (2012). options for support to agriculture and food security under climate change. environmental science & policy, 15(1), 136-144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. envsc i.2011.09.003. world bank (2011). climate-smart agriculture: a call to action. washington, dc: world bank. world bank group (2016). a year in the lives of smallholder farmers. https://www.worldbank.org/en/news/ feature/2016/02/25/a-year-in-the-lives-of-smallholder-farming-families (accessed august 21, 2020) 87 bio-based and applied economics 11(1): 75-87, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9992 land tenure and property rights impacts in nigeria appendix 1. influence of ltprs on adoption of climate-smart practices among smallholder farmers: probit estimates.     agroforestry farmyard manure crop rotation zero tillage residue retention coef. std. err. coef. std. err. coef. std. err. coef. std. err. coef. std. err. control right 0.1273* 0.0738 0.0183 0.0575 -0.0164 0.0767 -0.3746*** 0.0581 -0.0447 0.0522 transfer right -0.1214* 0.0722 0.1814*** 0.0571 0.1539** 0.0768 -0.5192*** 0.0582 0.1010* 0.0517 de jure secure -0.0747 0.2188 -0.2198 0.1762 -0.2998 0.2688 0.3200* 0.1638 0.1406 0.1522 age -0.0005 0.0026 0.0015 0.0020 0.0019 0.0028 0.0066*** 0.0021 -0.0051*** 0.0018 sex -0.0519 0.0967 -0.1080 0.0771 -0.2030* 0.1134 0.0817 0.0778 -0.0069 0.0683 schooling year -0.0062 0.0053 -0.0075* 0.0041 0.0120** 0.0056 0.0072 0.0044 -0.0040 0.0038 household size -0.0036 0.0048 0.0044 0.0036 -0.0128** 0.0055 -0.0254*** 0.0044 0.0044 0.0034 amount borrowed -3.18e-08 8.24e-08 -4.71e-08 5.31e-08 3.36e-08 4.72e-08 2.07e-08 5.07e-08 2.97e-08 4.12e-08 farmers association 0.0114 0.0214 0.0228 0.0166 0.0091 0.0223 -0.0022 0.0182 0.0009 0.0153 extension contact -0.0390 0.0638 0.0463 0.0506 0.0085 0.0681 -0.1763*** 0.0527 0.0411 0.0457 tlu -0.0038 0.0045 0.0004 0.0021 0.0037 0.0023 -0.0035 0.0029 -0.0022 0.0020 farm size (ha) -0.0119*** 0.0045 -0.0001 0.0027 0.0005 0.0036 -0.0024 0.0029 -0.0016 0.0025 extent of land fragmentation -0.0208 0.1085 -0.1746** 0.0833 0.1647 0.1125 0.4287*** 0.0885 0.0079 0.0756 lowland -0.0144 0.0636 0.0715 0.0495 0.0458 0.0671 -0.0202 0.0529 0.1260*** 0.0452 constant -1.1144*** 0.1593 -0.8915*** 0.1248 -1.6746*** 0.1725 -0.4679*** 0.1298 0.2074* 0.1129 lr chi-square (14) 18.35   39.46   32.03   340.93   26.16   prob > chi 2 0.1911 0.0003 0.004 0 0.0247 log-likelihood -1004.07 -1789.02 -872.688 -1568.52 -2272.86 pseudo r2 0.0091 0.0109 0.018 0.098 0.0057 number of obs. 3,311   3,311   3,311   3,311   3,311   bio-based and applied economics 7(2): 117-138, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7671 traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal as protein source to feed local chickens in benin sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni1, cokou patrice kpadé2,*, dossou sèblodo judes charlemagne gbemavo3, victor attuquaye clottey4, marc kenis5, guy apollinaire mensah1 1 national institute of agricultural research (inrab), 01 bp 884 cotonou 01, benin 2 national university of agriculture, benin 3 university of abomey-calavi (uac), 04 bp 1525 cotonou, benin 4 cabi west africa centre, no. 6 agostino neto road, accra, ghana 5 cabi, rue des grillons 1, 2800 delémont, switzerland date of submission: 2018 12th, january; accepted 2019, 20th, january abstract. this study estimated poultry farmers’ willingness to pay (wtp) for fly larvae meal as animal protein source to feed local chickens in benin. a double-bounded contingent valuation approach was used to collect data from 480 poultry farmers, and an interval regression model was performed. we found that 82.10% of poultry farmers are willing to pay for using fly larvae meal. the average wtp was estimated at fcfa/ kg 225.10 (€/kg 0.34), indicating a potential and reliable demand in fly larvae meal. our analysis suggests that public actions can sensitize poultry farmers and support innovative small companies to produce and market fly larvae meal. keywords. animal feeding, benin, fly larvae, poultry farmer, willingness to pay. jel codes. q120, q160, q180. 1. introduction poultry farming plays an important role in traditional agricultural production systems in africa. poultry farming is ideal for all families, even the poorest (bell, 1992), given the low individual needs of the animals involved and the low investment costs (guèye, 2002). it provides a significant share in the supply of animal protein calories (buldgen et al., 1992) and of cash income. therefore, poultry farming contributes to poverty reduction. edible domestic poultry includes chickens, pigeons, geese, ducks, guinea fowls, quails, turkeys, etc. (njue et al., 2002). in developing countries, chicken (domestic fowl) is the most widely accepted and appreciated species (ideris et al., 1990) and makes up the bulk of the poultry industry (spradbrow, 1997). three traditional poultry production systems exist and have been studied: the scavenging system, the semi-scavenging system and, the confinement system (gunaratne et al., 1993). *corresponding author: kpadepatrice1@hotmail.com 118 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii the most common system in rural africa is based on scavenging poultry (kitalyi, 1998). although productivity is modest, even a few live poultry and eggs generate a net benefit for poultry farmers because of the very low production costs (buza and mwamuhehe, 2001). the deficit in poultry products in developing countries, particularly in sub-saharan africa, is mostly due to the low productivity of traditional poultry (guèye, 1998) and other factors as well. as shown by narrod et al. (2008) and delgado et al. (2008) the production technology for exotic breeds of poultry meat is widely available and has in fact been used by farmers in developing countries. to overcome these deficiencies, many african countries have supported the development of short-cycle poultry species hoping to provide people cheap and with highly nutritive animal products. the constraints of traditional poultry farming include access to animal feed and healthcare, improving productivity as well as commercial issues. in particular, the dominant local breeds are of low productivity and the traditional chicken farming methods are prone to diseases, which sometimes decimate entire flocks. feed represents the major constraint to the development of small-scale poultry farming in africa. feed given to local poultry is often insufficient in quantity and quality because its protein content is low, especially during dry seasons (goromela et al., 2006). in particular, scanty provision of dietary protein by rural farmers to scavenging poultry does not optimize productivity and profitability of their enterprise. the use of unconventional food resources such as local legume seeds, leaves and tubers, and various animal by-products, which availability or cost is not a limiting factor, could be a solution. the interest in these resources in recent years has particularly increased with the grain crisis of 2007. the conventional protein sources such as soybean and peanut de-oiled cake (doc) and fish meal are indeed rare and therefore expensive. the demand and the price of fish meal, which is used as protein in animal feeding, have particularly increased these recent years (fao, 2014). various studies attempted to use locally available animal and vegetable proteins to substitute some or all of the conventional proteins (basak et al., 2002; amaefule and osuagwu, 2005; fao, 2014; mutungi et al., 2017). the introduction of snail flour or meat in animal diet has been explored (barcelo and barcelo, 1991; farina et al., 1991). the positive influence of the use of termites as a protein source on production parameters of guinea fowl in villages has been demonstrated (chrysostome, 1997). earthworms have been bred as a protein source for feeding chickens (vorsters et al., 1994). broilers can receive 3.6% of earthworm flour to substitute 5% of meat meal without affecting their growth performance (agbédé et al., 1994). also fly larvae, in particular house fly (musca domestica) and black soldier fly (hermetia illucens) proved to be an excellent source of protein, and can replace fish meal partly or entirely in animal diets (kenis et al., 2014; makkar et al., 2014). pomalégni et al. (2016; 2017) indicated the use of fresh fly larvae by small poultry farmers in benin, and most of them had a good perception of its use in poultry feeding. pomalégni et al. (2017) showed that 5.6% of traditional poultry farmers in benin use fly larvae at least occasionally to feed their poultry, with variations among regions. the use of fly larvae in animal feed is safe if the standards of production on substrates are respected (charlton et al., 2015; nkegbe et al., 2018). one of the current constraints in the widespread adoption of fly larvae in poultry farming is their unavailability on the market. seeking an economic measure of fly larvae valorization is a prerequisite to generate relevant indicators needed for better decision-making. 119traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal this study explores the terms of use of fly larvae meal in traditional poultry farming diet that may offer new opportunities in terms of value creation, human health preservation and nutritional value improvement of local chickens. it uses the double-bounded contingent valuation procedure to analyze the possibility that traditional poultry farmers could accept to pay for fly larvae meal. the procedure considers nutritional value and contribution to the improvement of production performance of local chickens in benin. if farmers are willing to pay, how much are they willing to pay? what are the factors affecting their willingness to pay (wtp)? the contingent valuation method is often used to reveal the monetary value of services, public goods, public dimensions of private goods and non-market assets (roe et al., 2004; mogas et al., 2006; wu et al., 2016). it is also used to reveal farmers’ and consumers’ preferences for new agricultural technologies or products (wei et al., 2016; drichoutis et al., 2016). it is based on the intentions of respondents, i.e, not on observed behavior (vidogbéna et al., 2015; wu et al., 2016). this paper provides useful information to international non-governmental organizations, international organizations, food policies-makers; and enterprises dealing with food and nutritional security, who intend to promote and/or produce fly larvae meal as a protein source on a large scale to poultry farmers in developing and developed countries. 2. material and methods 2.1 sampling and data collection this study was conducted in 12 provinces of benin where traditional poultry farming is practiced. a pilot survey was first made to determine the importance of traditional poultry farming in the provinces, districts and villages of benin (pomalégni et al., 2016). the result of that preliminary survey was used to test the validity of the levels of bids proposed for the contingent valuation procedure and to elaborate, test and validate the survey questionnaire. this preliminary survey allowed to select the districts and villages where the real study would be carried out. based on information provided by extension officers, one district was chosen in each province according to the relative number of poultry farmers, the genetic diversity, and the supply of poultry. in each district, two villages were selected according to the importance of livestock. twenty-four villages were visited. the sample size was determined using a formula (dagnelie 1998): n = pi(1− pi)u1−α /2 2 d2 (1) where pi is the proportion of traditional poultry farmers considering the number of farmers at the national level and was estimated at 50.00 %. we used pi =0.5 as it is not possible to make any assumption regarding the traditional poultry farmers coverage in benin (lwanga and lemeshow, 1991). u1-α/2 = 1,96 represents the value of the normal random variable for a risk α equal to 0.05 (confidence level). the margin of error (d) provided for any parameter to be estimated from the survey was 4.47%. thus, the sample size n of traditional poultry farmers has been determined as 480. based on this sample size, 120 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii 20 poultry farmers were surveyed in each selected village and respondents were randomly selected accordingly. an in-person contingent valuation survey was administrated to the 480 poultry farmers. individual surveys were conducted from march to april 2017, which is the best period of the year for interviews since few people work in the field during the dry season. the questionnaire was written in french (appendix) but the interviews were entirely conducted in the respondents’ local languages. face-to-face interviews were conducted in the presence of a translator when needed. this face-to-face interview was more appropriate as it helps to clearly explain the contingent scenario and background information to illiterate and poorly educated respondents thus avoiding hypothetical bias (shi et al., 2014). the face-to-face interviews are also more flexible and reliable (hoyos and mariel, 2010) and they are better than inquiries made by e-mails, telephone or postal survey (arrow et al., 1993) in helping to substantially reduce the protest rate and non-responses. nevertheless, the “social desirability bias” also called “cheap talk” was controlled during the administration of the questionnaires with frequent exchanges with agricultural extensions officers who knew the respondents better than us. most of the questions were closed-ended, although some open-ended questions were included to investigate respondents’ perception on fly larvae meal use. outside the principal research questions (the willingness to pay), data were also recorded on socioeconomic characteristics1 of respondents. at the end of the investigations in each village, the feedback was made in the presence of poultry farmers and agricultural extensions officers. 2.2 wtp elicitation methods this study used a field experimental bid to reveal small poultry farmers’ preferences for fly larvae meal use to feed traditional chicken. the double-bounded contingent valuation procedure was used. the traditional poultry farmers were submitted to a sequence of open-ended questions which gradually helped narrow the wtp. in contrast to singlebounded contingent valuation format, a double-bounded format provides more econometric precision than closed-ended questions lose compared with open-ended questions (hanemann et al., 1991; hoyos and mariel, 2010). the hypothesis of the double-bounded contingent valuation method is that the responses to the two bids are underlying to the same value of wtp and therefore the second bid increases the information on the true wtp of the respondent (alberini, 1995). to overcome some problems arising in the double-bounded approach, the second bid is only presented to the respondents if it is consistent with the respondent’s previous answer. the double-bounded contingent valuation approach is generally preferred over open questions, which are more practical in email survey (shi et al., 2014). as the survey was conducted face-to-face, protest responses with zero or extremely high values could be given by the poultry farmers (watson and ryan, 2007). fly larvae may be used fresh, especially at the small-scale farm (rakotonirina, 1990), or can be made into meal (hwangbo et al., 2009; makkar et al., 2014). for industrial or 1 such as age, gender, occupation, educational level, main occupation, number of family workers, income, motivation for fly larvae meal use, etc. 121traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal semi-industrial production, the meal form is recommended because of the long-term conservation constraints of live fly larvae, which quickly pupate. the nutrients contained in the meal form are as acceptable as those of the fresh form (makkar et al., 2014). in this study, fly larvae meal option was considered rather than fresh fly larvae to allow a proper comparison with fish meal that is sometimes used in poultry feed. after being informed about the use of fly larvae in animal feeding, traditional poultry farmers were questioned regarding the payment vehicle for the fly larvae meal usage. the respondents who did not protest the payment vehicle were submitted to the contingent scenario with the payment bids, where respondents face a list of bids randomly drawn (hoyos and mariel, 2010). in the experiment, the structure of the contingent scenario was as follows: “fish meal is used as protein source for chicken feed. the international prices of fish meal are between fcfa 1,000 (€ 1.52) and fcfa 1,200 (€ 1.83) per kg. fish meal is imported and sold at the local market at fcfa 550 (€ 0.84) per kg by one major importer firm which dominates the market of animal provender in benin. the low prices can be attributed to the low-quality of the fish meal with lower protein content. fly larvae meal are an appropriate source of animal protein for traditional chickens. they improve the performances of local chickens (e.g. average daily gain, food conversion ratio, etc.) and they reduce the cost of feed protein. they can replace low-quality fish meal that is used to feed poultry. would you be willing to pay a sum of fcfa mi i per kg to feed your local chickens with fly larvae meal? “. mi i is a random value taken into a vector of 7 bids (600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,100; 1,200). the bids containing seven levels of the monetary payment can be considered reasonably efficient (carson and hanemann, 2005). the minimum bid of fcfa 600 (€ 0.91) corresponds to the minimum cost of producing 1 kg of fly larvae meal. knowing that 1 kg of fly larvae meal required 4 kg of fresh fly larvae, the minimum bid is equivalent to 4 kg of fresh fly larvae, which are produced at a minimum cost of fcfa/kg 150 (€/kg 0.23) (600 = 150 *4). the maximum bid of fcfa 1,200 (€ 1.83) corresponds to the present production cost of 1 kg of fly larvae meal. it is also equivalent to 4 kg of fresh fly larvae, which are produced at a cost of fcfa/kg 300 (€/kg 0.48) (1,200 = 300*4) (m. kenis and s.c.b. pomalégni, adapted from roffeis et al., 2018). these costs are likely to decrease when production systems improve. the first bid mi i was followed by the second bid, mi u increased when the first bid was accepted, or mi l decreased when the first bid was refused by fcfa 100 (€ 0.15), which corresponds to the additional cost to increase or decrease, to a certain level, the quality of the fly larvae meal (content, presentation, etc.). each poultry farmers surveyed had a first bid mi i and the following bid mi l or mi u according to their response to the first bid, where mi l ≺mi i ≺mi u (table 1). four possible responses were used: (a) both responses were “yes”; (b) both responses were “no”; (c) “yes” response followed by “no” response; d) “no” response followed by “yes” response. an ex-ante approach was used to correct the hypothetical bias on wtp (loomis, 2011). during the investigation, it was clearly explained to the poultry farmers surveyed that the amount (bids) proposed would be paid for the coming years so that they have fly larvae meal in the markets. this information was given to make a choice that was as realistic as possible. furthermore, the poultry farmer should feel that his/her response will have policy implications so that he/she feels comfortable supporting or opposing the proposed policy. 122 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii 2.3 data and empirical model 2.3.1 data the main socioeconomic characteristics of the sample were as followed. in total, 23.75% of poultry farmers surveyed were females whereas 76.25% were males. the average number of local chickens owned by the investigated poultry farmers was around 25. the poultry flock species by descending order of importance were chickens (97.92%), guinea fowl (28.96%), ducks (24.79%), pigeons (11.25%), and turkeys (3.33%) and others (20.83%). the ecotypes of local chickens encountered among the respondents’ flock were: the southern ecotype or “yaya” (83.13%), the “fulani” ecotype (19.42%), a hybrid ecotype called “yovokloklo” which is a cross between local and exotic roosters and hens (11.25%), the “holli” ecotype (7.71%), “sahwé” ecotype (4.38%) and other local races (0.42%). the poultry farming methods were dominated by the scavenging method (55.05%) followed by the semi-scavenging (42.54%) and confinement methods (2.37%). the average age of respondents was 44 years, with an average age of 45 years for female farmers against 43 years for male farmers. the average years of experience in poultry farming was 16. although the respondents were all poultry farmers, 61.25% and 10.63% of them had agriculture or livestock and trade as main occupation, respectively. there were 52.29% literate or educated against 47.70% illiterate and only about 4.37% of them were members of a professional organization of poultry farmers. the overall annual income per poultry farmer varied and averaged fcfa 610,663.50 (€930.95). the average annual agricultural income was fcfa 421,563.50 (€ 642.67), representing 69.03% of the average annual overall income of poultry farmers. poultry production contributes on average to 25.15% of the annual agricultural income (fcfa 106,023) of the poultry farmers surveyed. poultry farmers surveyed were aware of the possibility of using fly larvae as poultry feed (92.50%) against only 7.50% who did not know this usage before our survey. despite this, only 8.54% of poultry farmers surveyed had used fly larvae to feed their chickens against 91.45% who had never used them. in total, 394 poultry farmers (82.08%) were motivated to use fly larvae meal for feed chicken. the motivations varied among respondents. most, (80%) respondents were motivated by the improvement of the nutritional qualtable 1. random bid schemes used in the double-bounded contingent valuation procedure. bid schemes decreased follow-up bid in fcfa (if ‘no’ for mi i initial bid in fcfa (mi i ) increased follow-bid in fcfa (if ‘yes’ for mi i ) scheme 1 500 600 700 scheme 2 600 700 800 scheme 3 700 800 900 scheme 4 800 900 1,000 scheme 5 900 1,000 1,100 scheme 6 1,000 1,100 1,200 scheme 7 1,100 1,200 1,300 123traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal ity and performance (growth and laying) of their local chickens and (65.42%) respondents mentioned the reduction of feed costs as motivation. at the time of the study, only 41 poultry farmers surveyed (8.54%) had used fish meal as chicken feed, and 39 of them (8.13%) would have liked to replace the fish meal with other protein sources, the rest does not currently use protein to feed their poultry. the motivations behind replacing fish meal with other proteins were: high price of fish meal (37.78%), bad quality of fish meal (26.67%), non-availability of fish meal on the local market (13.33%) and others factors (22.22%). the low use of protein to feed poultry generates low zootechnical performances in many farms. 2.3.2 econometric model and specification an interval regression model was developed to determine the factors influencing the wtp and to estimate sample wtp as function of the characteristics of the respondents (breffle et al., 1998; fu et al., 2011; kpadé et al., 2017). because bids proposed to respondents are defined in certain intervals, interval regression was used to model outcomes that have interval censoring. to elicit wtp, each respondent i was considered to accept the payment vehicle for a wtp of fly larvae meal which is equal to yi * and related to the characteristics xi by the equation: yi * = xiβ + ε i (2) where β is the coefficient associated to each characteristic, and εi is assumed to have zero as average and follows a normal distribution. the data were organized as left-censored for the “no -no” responses, right-censored for “yes-yes” responses, and interval-censored for “yes-no” or “no-yes” responses for each poultry farmers surveyed. following hanemann et al. (1991), yi * is not observed, but each respondent wtp i was in the interval mi l ,mi u⎡⎣ ⎤⎦ . the probability of “yes-no” response is: pr (mi i ≺max wtp ≤mi u ) (3) the probability of “no-yes” response is: pr (mi i ≻max wtp ≥mi u ) (4) the probability of the right-censored data, “yes-yes” response is given by: pr(mi i ≤max wtp and mi u ≤max wtp) (5) and the probability for the left-censored data, “no-no” response is as follows: pr(mi i ≻max wtp and mi l ≻max wtp) (6) the econometric software stata mp v.13 software (statacorp. 2013.  stata statistical software: release 13. college station, tx: statacorp lp) was used to estimate the maximum likelihood function through interval regression model. the interval regression model esti124 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii mates the probability that a latent variable is included in a given interval (cawley, 2008; fu et al., 2011; kpadé et al., 2017). at last, the estimations of the interval regression model were used to calculate the individual wtp (post-estimation prediction), the average and median wtp of the sample. table 2 lists the bids and explanatory variables used in the econometric analysis. four types of variables could potentially affect the respondents’ wtp: personal characteristics of poultry farmers, characteristics of poultry farms, type of flock, factors of motivations. the personal characteristics of poultry farmers, the characteristics of poultry farms, and the factors of motivation were considered to positively affect the wtp whereas the type of flock was considered to positively or negatively affect the respondents’ wtp. table 2. statistics of bids and explanatory variables for wtp. variables description n minimum maximum mean (standard deviations) expected signs bids upper bound of wtp upper bound level (fcfa) 196 500 1300 788.77 (193.42) lower bound of wtp lower bound level (fcfa) 274 500 1300 850.00 (209.70) initial bid of wtp bid level proposed (fcfa) 480 600 1200 826.00 (189.00) independent variables sex sex of poultry farmer (1 = male, 0 = female) 480 0 1 0.76 (0.40) + age age of poultry farmer (years) 480 17 80 43.57 (12.84) + gross income annual total income received by the poultry farmer, including non-farm income (fcfa) 480 45,000 7,000,000 610,633.54 (862,225.36) + farm income annual farm income of poultry farmer (fcfa) 480 0 7,000,000 421,563.50 (744,196.80) + percent poultry income part of poultry income in annual farm income (%) 480 0 100 25.15 (31.17) + scavenging farming scavenging poultry farming (1=yes, and 0 if not) 480 0 1 0.55 (0.49) + semiscavenging farming semi-scavenging poultry farming (1=yes, and 0 if not) 480 0 1 0.42 (0.49) + confinement farming confinement poultry farming (1=yes, and 0 if not) 480 0 1 0.02 (0.15) + credit access credit access for poultry farmer (0= not access; 1= yes) 480 0 1 0.17 (0.37) + experience in poultry farming experience in poultry farming (years) 480 0 60 16.00 (11.53) + education formal or functional education (years) 480 0 16 3.00 (4.05) + 125traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal variables description n minimum maximum mean (standard deviations) expected signs fly larvae use awareness farmer awareness on fly larvae as feed (0= not known; 1= yes) 480 0 1 0.92 (0.26) + fly larvae use adoption of fly larvae in poultry feeding before (0= not used; 1= yes) 480 0 1 0.09 (0.28) + family workers (number) number of family workers on the poultry farming 480 0 16 4.00 (3.00) + local chicken (number) number of local chickens of the poultry farmer 480 0 500 24.58. (35.83) + farming as main occupation main occupation of poultry farmer (1=agriculture or livestock; 0=else) 480 0 1 0.61 (0.48) + fish meal use fish meal using in farm for local chicken feed (1= yes, and 0 if not) 480 0 1 0.08 (0.28) + motivation to improve chicken nutritional quality motivation for fly larvae use to improve nutritional quality of local chicken (yes = 1, if not 0). 480 0 1 0.80 (0.16) + motivation to improve poultry performances motivation for fly larvae use to improve performances of local chicken (yes =1, if not 0). 480 0 1 0.80 (0.16) + motivation to reduce feeding cost motivation for fly larvae use to reduce feeding cost (yes =1, if not 0). 480 0 1 0.65 (0.40) + note: if the lower bound of wtp was less than fcfa 500 (€ 0.76), or if upper bound of wtp was over fcfa 1,300 (€ 1.98), then they were set to missing values. 3. results 3.1 payment vehicle in the double-bounded contingent valuation procedure, respondents were first subjected to the acceptance or not of the payment vehicle. out of the 480 respondents, 86 poultry farmers (17.90%) protested the payment vehicle because of: the lack of trust placed on fly larvae (36.03%), the lack of means of payment (25.73%), for the fact that fly larvae are an available natural resource for which there is no need to pay (13.97%), and others reasons (24.26%). comparing the socioeconomic characteristics of the accepters and the protesters of the payment vehicle, table 3 showed that accepters were younger, more educated, had a higher number of local chicken in their farms, had higher gross annual and farm incomes and depended more on poultry farming financially. 126 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii 3.2 bids acceptance out of the 394 traditional poultry farmers having accepted the payment vehicle (82.10%), 56.59% had accepted the first bid against 43.41% who refused. in total, 50.24% accepted both bids when the first was increased by fcfa 100 (€ 0.15) against 30.71% who refused both bids even when a decrease of fcfa 100 (€ 0.15) to the first bid was proposed (table 4). also, 6.35% of the poultry farmers accepted the first bid but refused the second bid, while 12.70% refused the first but accepted the second bid proposed. in the econometric modeling, the 86 poultry farmers that protested the payment vehicle were not considered as they refused to participate in the fly larvae meal market development. the development of the scenario contingent was also stopped at this step for these 86 poultry farmers. only the 394 poultry farmers who accepted the payment vehicle were considered in the wtp estimation. 3.3 factors affecting traditional poultry farmers wtp table 5 shows the results of the interval regression model to identify the factors influencing the wtp. in total, 19 out of the 20 explanatory variables were retained in the final table 3. comparison of characteristics of accepters and protesters of payment vehicle. characteristics mean (standard deviation) pr (|t| > |t|) accepters protesters age (years) 43.10 (12.27) 45.73 (15.11) 0.085* experience in poultry farming (years) 16.22 (11.56) 14.22 (11.33) 0.145 education (years) 3.56 (4.08) 2.54 (3.83) 0.035** local chickens (number) 27.18 (38.67) 12.64 (11.96) 0.000*** family workers (number) 4.30 (2.64) 3.32 (1.81) 0.001*** gross income (fcfa) 696,166.20 (925,410.70) 218,941.90 (201,994.50) 0.000*** farm income (fcfa) 483,270.30 (805,606.60) 138,860.50 (147,641.30) 0.000*** percentage of poultry income (%) 26.62 (31.37) 18.40 (29.46) 0.026** *significant at 10%; **significant at 5%; ***significant at 1%. table 4. traditional poultry farmers’ responses to double bids. answer to first bid answers to second bid total frequency (%)yes frequency (%) no frequency (%) yes 198 (50.24) 25(6.35) 223(56.59) no 50(12.70) 121(30.71) 171(43.41) total 248(62.94) 146(37.06) 394(100.00) 127traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal model, as two variables, motivation to improve poultry performances and motivation to improve chicken nutritional quality, were correlated. eight factors significantly affected the respondents’ wtp (sex, education, farming as main occupation, scavenging poultry farming, gross income, fly larvae use awareness, fly larvae use, motivation to reduce feeding cost) (table 5). five of these factors positively affected the respondents’ wtp (sex, farming as main occupation, gross income, fly larvae use, motivation to reduce feeding cost) whereas three factors affected negatively the wtp, namely education, scavenging poultry farming and fly larvae use awareness. the signs of the coefficients of those three factors were opposite to what was expected (table 2). based on the post-estimation of the interval regression model predictions, 394 individual wtp were estimated. in total, 134 respondents had negative wtp between -513.78 and 0 with a standard deviation (sd) of fcfa/kg 99.78; 31 respondents had wtp between 0 and 100 (sd= fcfa/kg 24.19); 180 respondents had wtp between 100 and 500(sd = fcfa/kg 112.71) and 49 respondents had wtp between 500 and 2,032.41(sd = fcfa/kg 328.46) (figure 1). in total, 134 respondents had negative wtp. respondents with the negative wtp were considered as a zero value in the sample because those respondents were not able to pay for the fly larvae meal according their profile, even though they accepted the payment vehicle. the 260 individual positive wtp were considered with no right-truncation because those respondents could financially pay fly larvae, independently to the amount they can afford. finally, the average wtp for the sample in figure 1. distribution of wtp per kg of fly larvae according poultry farmers in benin. -5 00 0 50 01 ,0 00 1, 50 02 ,0 00 -5 00 0 50 01 ,0 00 1, 50 02 ,0 00 [-513.78; 0[ ]0; 100] ]100; 500] ]500; 2032.41] w tp e st im at ed graphs by subgroup 128 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii post estimation was fcfa/kg 225.10 (€/kg 0.34) of fly larvae meal against a median wtp estimated at fcfa/kg 127.81 (€/kg 0.19). the standard deviation was fcfa/kg 300.70 (€/ kg 0.46). 4. discussion this study evaluated wtp of traditional poultry farmers in benin to use fly larvae meal as a source of animal protein in local chicken feed, and analyzed the factors influencing their wtp. the protest rate found in this study is low compared that of other similar studies, e.g. 58% founded by grappey (1999) or 44.06% reported by drichoutis et al.( 2016). in this study, protesters were excluded in the wtp estimation to distinguish protable 5. factors affecting respondents’ wtp. explanatory variables coefficients (standard error) sex (1= male, 0=female) 181.30*** (67.04) age (years) -2.78 (2.98) experience (years) 0.39 (3.51) education (years) -14.58** (7.28) family workers (number) 3.78 (12.05) farming as main occupation (1 =yes, 0=no) 166.25**(66.14) local chicken (number) 1.10 (1.05) scavenging farming (1=yes, and 0 if not) -293.05* (162.46) semi-scavenging farming (1=yes, and 0 if not) 88.88 (162.64) confinement farming (1=yes, and 0 if not) 88.67 (220.88) farm income (fcfa) -4.61e-5 (1.03e-4) gross income (fcfa) 1.97e-4** (8.60e-5) percent poultry income (%) 0.07 (0.89) credit access (1 =yes , 0= no) -7.04 (74.30) fly larvae use awareness (1 =yes, 0=no) -262.01* (142.66) fly larvae use (1 =yes, 0=no) 189.60** (93.48) fish meal use (1= yes, and 0 if not) -85.13 (96.80) motivation to improve chicken nutritional quality (1 =yes, 0=no) 2300.99 (68858.25) motivation to reduce feeding cost (1 =yes, 0=no) 303.06*** (94.82) constant -1445.13 (68858.73) /lnsigma 5.97*** (0.09) sigma 393.16 (34.61) observations summary: 394 observations 121 left-censored observations 198 right-censored observations 75 interval observations log likelihood = -388.06; lr chi2(19) = 144.10; probability > chi2 = 0.000  * significant at 10%; ** significant at 5%; *** significant at 1% 129traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal test bids from true zero. protesters are typically considered to be outside the market and should thus be omitted from the analysis used to derive wtp estimates (villanueva et al., 2017). protest bids are often registered by respondents who may place a higheror lowerthan-average value on the commodity in question but refuse to pay based on ethics or other reasons (halstead et al., 1992; ready et al., 1995). moreover, the payment vehicle plays a major role in the decision making of the respondents (loomis, 2011; diederich and goeschl, 2014). the payment vehicle provides the context for payment (morrison et al., 2000) and needs to be credible, coercive and incentive compatible (hoyos and mariel, 2010). special attention has been given to the choice of the payment vehicle (travisi and nijkamp, 2008), which alters the resulting wtp (rowe et al., 1980). in willingness to pay scenarios, the payment vehicle must be presented fully and clearly, and should be convincingly described with the relevant budget constraint emphasized (arrow et al., 1993). 4.1 variation in respondents’ wtp the traditional poultry farmers’ wtp varied according to their very heterogeneous socio-economic conditions, fly larvae perception, costs and benefits associated with the use of fly larvae as a protein source to feed local chickens. this result conformed with numerous studies on natural resources valuation (perman et al., 2011; wu et al., 2016). based on the interval regression model, out of the eight factors significantly affect poultry farmers’ wtp. five were positively correlated with wtp. primarily, sex has a positive significant effect on the wtp. men have a higher wtp compared to women, indicating a gender effect on the level of traditional poultry farmers wtp, as observed by vidogbéna et al. (2015) and wu et al. (2016). farming as main occupation also had a positive effect on wtp. respondents whose main occupation is agriculture or farming had higher wtp compared to those who have another primary occupation. moreover, the gross income had a positive effect on the respondents’ wtp, confirming previous studies which found a positive effect of income from the field of environment and natural on wtp (mogas et al., 2006; halkos and jones, 2012). the econometric analysis highlighted that respondents that had already used fly larvae were willing to pay more, probably because they were convinced of the advantages of the use of fly larvae in poultry feeding. they saw fly larvae as an alternative feed, even though it was not marketed yet. the current users of fly larvae produced themselves limited quantities to feed their poultry. feed cost is a major constraint limiting the competitiveness of small poultry farms in africa. even though the local price of fish meal is lower compared to the international due to its notoriously of bad quality (proteinsect, 2017), the analysis of the respondents attitudes showed that, the more poultry farmers were motivated to reduce their poultry feed cost by replacing fish meal, the higher was their wtp. poultry farmers saw fly larvae meal as an innovation that could be adopted to help them to reduce the cost of poultry production. three factors negatively affected wtp of the respondents. the education level had a significant negative effect on wtp. this result was similar to that of jaleta et al. (2013). it suggests that poultry farmers who were illiterate or less educated had more time to look after their livestock and their feed. more educated poultry farmers probably had other professional occupation and, thus, were less available to care for their livestock. moreover, respond130 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii ents with higher levels of education may initially be more critical and suspicious of innovative approaches and the cost involved. they may finally end up adopting the innovative approaches after some analysis. on the other hand, it is often observed that low education levels of respondents often block the adoption of new production techniques (sall et al., 2010). scavenging farming was negatively related to wtp. in scavenging mode, chickens can easily pick up food residues and invertebrates and, therefore, the poultry farmer feels he/ she does not need to pay a high price for the purchase of the protein ingredients. this kind of farmers did not usually pay for protein ingredients to feed poultry. to valorize fly larvae on farms, a poultry farmer understands that the proposed fly larvae and other insects are already being searched by these chickens in garbage piles and other wastes. however, they may not realise that adding fly larvae to the diet of scavenging flock could strongly enhance their growth and survival. therefore, a policy to promote fly larvae meal in scavenging poultry farming could be subsidies to support fly production or purchase among smallholder farmers to demonstrate the benefits of fly larvae meal before its selling on the market. fly larvae use awareness was also negatively related to wtp because those respondents had already information on fly larvae as feed and were less incited to pay for its use in poultry feeding. our finding showed that fly larvae could be a cheap and sustainable source of protein that can be promoted and sold to small poultry farmers at an affordable price. 4.2 development of fly larvae meal market the post estimation of the average wtp indicated a wide heterogeneity among respondents. this heterogeneity increased the standard deviation because the distribution was not normal. other studies also highlighted that some individuals had negative wtp for the change (fu et al., 2011; pavel et al., 2015). the average wtp was calculated by considering the negative wtp as zero (fu et al., 2011). the average wtp estimated for fly larvae meal in this study was 59% lower compared to the local market price of fish meal with low quality. this is also probably lower than the expected production costs in a small fly larvae production system. roffeis et al. (2018) calculated the cost of producing house fly larvae on chicken manure in a small system in mali to vary between 1.09 and 2.08 €/ kg. if the demand of fly larvae meal increases, the challenge faced by fly larvae producers will be to produce and to sell fly larvae meal at an acceptable price for small poultry farmers. this will oblige enterprises to be innovative in their production process to ensure financial benefits. 5. conclusion poultry farmers are facing a major constraint of feed, representing about 70% of the total production costs in developing countries. finding a sustainable and cheaper ingredient for poultry farming is needed to increase their competitiveness. this study applied a field bid experiment to assess the economic feasibility of fly larvae meal as an alternative feed in replacement for fish meal. then, we analyzed wtp for using fly larvae as a protein source to feed traditional poultry in benin. respondents were mostly willing to pay for it and are ready to use it, although the amount they are willing to pay is different 131traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal according to poultry farmers. the average wtp estimated at fcfa/kg 225.10 (€/kg 0.34) for fly larvae was lower than the local price of fish meal. meeting the demand of fly larvae meal for poultry farmers in benin requires that it is produced on a large scale. this production requires the creation of small-scale innovative enterprises and the development of equipment that can reduce production costs thus making the enterprises financially viable. information sharing and sensitization on fly larvae meal use as a low cost protein source and as a sustainable alternative of fish meal in traditional poultry farms is required for better food and nutritional security. 6. references agbédé, g. n. and mpoame, m. (1994). essai d’utilisation de la farine de vers de terre eudrilus eugeniae dans l’alimentation des poulets de chair en finition. tropicultura 12: 3-5. alberini, a. (1995). optimal designs for discrete choice contingent valuation surveys: single-bound, double-bound, and bivariate models. journal of environmental economics and management 28: 287-296. amaefule, k.u. and osuagwu, f.m. (2005). performance of pullet chicks fed graded levels of raw bambarra groundnut (vigna subterranean (l.) verdc) offal diets as replacement for soybean meal and maize. livestock research for rural development 17: 5-10. arrow, k., solow, r., portney, p.r., leamer, e. e., radner, r. and schuman, h. (1993). report of the noaa panel on contingent valuation. rockville, md: blue ribbon’ panel report to the national oceanic and atmospheric administration. barcelo, p.m. and barcello, j.r. (1991). the potential of snail (pila leopoldvillensis) meal as supplement in broiler diets. tropicultura 9: 11-13. basak, b., pramanik, m.d.a.h., rahman, m.s., tarafdar, s.u. and roy, b.c. (2002). azolla (azolla pinnata) as a feed ingredient in broiler ration. international journal of poultry sciences 1: 29-34. bell, j. g. (1992). the village chicken and disease control. tanzanian veterinary journal 29: 44-46. breffle, w.s., morey, e. r. and lodder, t. s. (1998). using contingent valuation to estimate a neighbourhood’s willingness to pay to preserve undeveloped urban land. urban studies 35(4): 715-727. buldgen, a., determinan, f., sall, b. and compere, r. (1992). etude des paramètres démographiques et zootechniques de la poule locale du bassin arachidier sénégalais. revue d’elevage et de médecine vétérinaire des pays tropicaux 45(3-4)  : 341347. buza, j.j. and mwamuhehe, h.a. (2001). country report: tanzania. proceedings of aciar n°103, canberra: aicia, 38-42. carson, r. t. and hanemann, w. m. (2005). contingent valuation. in karl-göran, m. and jeffrey, r.v. (eds), handbook of environmental economics: valuing environmental changes. amsterdam: elsevier, vol. 2, 821-936. cawley, j. (2008). contingent valuation analysis of willingness to pay to reduce childhood obesity. economics & human biology 6: 281-292. 132 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii charlton, a. j., dickinson, m., wakefield, m. e., fictches, e., kenis, m., han, r., zhu, f., kone, n., grant, m., devic, e., bruggeman, g., prior, r. and smith, r. (2015). exploring the chemical safety of fly larvae as a source of protein for animal feed. journal of insects as food and feed 1: 7-16. chrysostome, c. (1997). utilisation des termites pour le démarrage des pintadeaux: essai d’alimentation en milieu rural. proceedings of the international network for family poultry development workshop (infpdw), m’bour, sénégal: infpdw, 117-124. dagnelie, p. (1998). statistiques théoriques et appliquées. brussels: de boeck. delgado, c. l., narrod, c. a. and tiongco, m. m. (2008). determinants and implications of the growing scale of livestock farms in four fast-growing developing countries. research report, washington, dc: international food policy research institute. diederich, j. and goeschl, t. (2014). willingness to pay for voluntary climate action and its determinants: field-experimental evidence. environmental and resource economics 57(3): 405-429. drichoutis, a. c., lusk, j. l. and pappa, v. (2016). elicitation formats and the wta/wtp gap: a study of climate neutral foods. food policy 61: 141-155. fao (2014). edible insects: future prospects for food and feed security. rome: fao. farina, l., demey, f. and hardouin, j. (1991). production de termites pour l’aviculture villageoise au togo. tropicultura 9:181-187. fu, t.t., lin, y.m. and huang, c.l. (2011). willingness to pay for obesity prevention. economics & human biology 9: 316-324. goromela, e.h., kwakkel, r.p., verstegen, m.w.a. and katule, a.m. (2006). strategies to optimize the use of scavenge able feed resource base by smallholders in traditional poultry production systems in africa: a review. african journal of agricultural research 1(3): 91-100. grappey, c. (1999). fiabilité des résultats de l’évaluation contingente et modes d’interrogation, une application à la ressource en eau souterraine. economie rurale 254: 45-53. guèye, e. f. (1998). village egg and fowl meat production in africa. world’s poultry science journal 54: 73-86. guèye, e.f. (2002). family poultry research and development in low-income food deficit countries: approaches and prospects. outlook on agriculture 31(1):13-21. gunaratne, s.p., chandrasiri, a.d.n., hemalatha, w.a.p.m. and roberts, j.a. (1993). feed resource base for scavenging village chickens in sri lanka. tropical animal health and production 26:249-257. halkos, g. and jones, n. (2012). modeling the effect of social factors on improving biodiversity protection. ecological economics 78:90-99. halstead, j m.; luloff, a.e. and thomas, h. s. (1992). protest bidders in contingent valuation. journal of agricultural and resource economics 21(2): 160-169. hanemann, m., loomis, j. and kanninen, b. (1991). statistical efficiency of doublebounded dichotomous choice contingent valuation. american journal of agricultural economics 73(4): 1255-1263. hoyos, d. and mariel, p. (2010). contingent valuation: past, present and future. prague economic papers 4: 329-343. 133traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal hwangbo, s., choi, s. h., kim, s. w., son, d. s., park, h. s., lee, s. h. and jo, i. h. (2009). effects of crude protein levels in total mixed rations on growth performance and meat quality in growing korean black goats. asian australasian journal of animal sciences 22(8): 1133-1139. ideris, a., ibrahim, a. l. and spradbrow, p. b. (1990). vaccination of chickens against newcastle disease with a food pellet vaccine. avian pathology 19(2): 371-384. jaleta, m., kassie, m. and shiferaw, b. (2013). trade-offs in crop residue utilization in mixed crop-livestock systems and implications for conservation agriculture. agricultural systems 121: 96-105. kenis, m., koné, n., chrysostome, c.a.a.m., devic, e., koko, g.k.d., clottey, v.a., nacambo, s. and mensah, g.a. (2014). insects used for animal feed in west africa. entomologia 2(2): 107–114. kitalyi, a.j. and mayer, a. (1998). village chicken production systems in rural africa: household food security and gender issues. animal production and health paper 142, rome: fao. kpadé, c.p., mensah, e. r., fok, m. and ndjeunga, j. (2017). cotton farmers’ willingness to pay for pest management services in northern benin. agricultural economics 48 (1): 105-114. loomis, j. (2011). what’s to know about hypothetical bias in stated preference valuation studies? journal of economic surveys 25(2): 363–370. lwanga, s. k. and lemeshow, s. (1991). sample size determination in health studies: a practical manual. geneva: world health organization. makkar, h.p.s., tran, g., heuzé, v. and ankers, p. (2014). state-of-the-art on use of insects as animal feed. animal feed science and technology 197: 1–33. mogas, j., riera, p. and bennett, j. (2006). a comparison of contingent valuation and choice modeling with second-order interactions. journal of forest economics 12: 5–30. morrison, m. d., blamey, r. k. and bennett, j. w. (2000). minimising payment vehicle bias in contingent valuation studies. environmental & resource economics 16: 407– 422. mutungi, c., irungu, f. g., nduko, j., mutua, f., affognon, h., nakimbugwe, d., ekesi, s. and fiaboe, k. k. m. (2017). postharvest processes of edible insects in africa: a review of processing methods, and the implications for nutrition, safety and new products development. critical reviews in food science and nutrition: 1-23. https:// doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2017.1365330 narrod, c. a., pray, c. e. and tiongco, m. (2008). technology transfer, policies, and the role of the private sector in the global poultry revolution. discussion paper no. 00841, washington d.c.: international food policy research institute. njue, s.w., kasiiti, j.l., macharia, j.m., garcheru, s.g. and mbugua, h.c.w. (2002). health management improvements of family poultry production in africa: survey results from kenya. in fao (ed), characteristics and parameters of family poultry production in africa. rome: fao/iaea, 39-45. nkegbe, e.k., adu-aboagye, g., affedzie, o.s., nacambo, s., boafo, a. b., kenis, m., and wallace, p. (2018). potential health and safety issues in the small-scale production of fly larvae for animal feed – a review. ghanaian journal of animal science 9: 1-10. 134 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii pavel, m.s., chakrabarty, s. and gow, j. (2015). assessing willingness to pay for health care quality improvements. bmc health services research 15(43):1-10. perman, r., ma, y., common, m., maddison, d. and mcgilvray, j. (2011). natural resource and environmental economics. 4th edition, edinburgh, england: pearson education limited. pomalégni, s.c.b., gbemavo, d.s.j.c., kpadé, c.p., kenis, m. and mensah, g.a. (2017). traditional use of fly larvae by small poultry farmers in benin. journal of insects as food and feed 3(3): 187-192. pomalégni, s. c. b., gbemavo, d. s. j. c., kpadé, c. p., babatoundé, s., chrysostome, c. a. a. m., koudandé, o. d., kenis, m., glèlè kakaï, r. l. and mensah, g. a. (2016). perceptions et facteurs déterminant l’utilisation des asticots dans l’alimentation des poulets locaux (gallus gallus) au bénin. journal of applied biosciences 98: 9330 -9343. proteinsect (2017). enabling the exploitation of insects as a sustainable source of protein for animal feed and human nutrition: final report summary, european union, united kingdom, uk: proteinsect. http://cordis.europa.eu/result/rcn/170042_ en.html. accessed 26 may 2017. rakotonirina, r.s. (1990). utilisation de l’asticot de musca domestica dans l’alimentation des poules pondeuses dans les petits et moyens elevages. ecole supérieure des sciences agronomiques (essa), université d’antananarivo. antananarivo, essa: ready, r.c., whitehead, j.c. and blomquist g.c. (1995). contingent valuation when respondents are ambivalent. journal of environmental economics and management 29: 181-196. roe b., haab, t. c. and sohngen, b. (2004). the value of agricultural economics extension programming: an application of contingent valuation. applied economic perspectives and policy 26 (3): 373-390. roffeis, m., wakefield, m.e., almeida, j., alves valada, t.a.r., devic, e., koné, n’g., kenis, m., nacambo, n., fitches, e.c., koko, g.k.d., mathijs, e., achten, w.m.j. and muys, b. (2018). life cycle cost assessment of insect based feed production in west africa. journal of cleaner production 199: 792-806. rowe, r., d’arge, r. and brookshire, d. (1980). an experiment on the economic value of visibility. journal of environmental economics and management 7: 1-19. sall, m., gafsi, m. and bonnassieux, a. (2010). les systèmes de production dans la région de kolda (sénégal): dynamique des innovations à travers aviculture villageoise. in coudel, e., devautour, h., soulard, ch.-t. and hubert, b. (eds), isda 2010, montpellier, france: cirad-inra-supagro, 1-10. shi, l., gao, z. and chen, x. (2014). the cross-price effect on willingness-to-pay estimates in open-ended contingent valuation. food policy 46: 13-21. spradbrow, p. b. (1997). special requirement for village chickens. in mowatand, n. and rweyemamu, m. (eds), vaccine manual: the production and quality control of veterinary vaccines for use in developing countries. rome: fao, 123-126. travisi, c. m., and nijkamp, p. (2008). valuing environmental and health risk in agriculture: a choice experiment approach to pesticides in italy. ecological economics 67(4): 598-607. vidogbéna, f., adégbidi, a., tossou, r., assogba-komlan, f., martin, t., ngouajio, m., simon, s., parrot, l. and zander, k. k. (2015). consumers’ willingness to pay for 135traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal cabbage with minimized pesticide residues in southern benin. environments 2  : 449-470. villanueva, a. j., glenk, k. and rodríguez-entrena, m. (2017). protest responses and willingness to accept: ecosystem services providers’ preferences towards incentivebased schemes. journal of agricultural economics 68 (1):1-21. vorsters, a., aminou, t. and demey, f. (1994). récolte de termites pour l’aviculture à songhaï (bénin). cahiers agricultures 3: 265-266. watson, v., and ryan, m. (2007). exploring preference anomalies in double bounded contingent valuation. journal of health economics 26: 463-482. wei, x.; guan, z. and zhu, h. (2016). farmer’s willingness to participate in wetland restoration: a hurdle model approach. agricultural economics 47: 1–9. wu, l., wang, h., zhu, d., hu, w. and wang, s. (2016). chinese consumers’ willingness to pay for pork traceability information: the case of wuxi. agricultural economics 47: 71–79. 136 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii 32 appendix questionnaire for estimating traditional poultry farmers’ wtp in benin survey sheet n°|_____________| date of survey: |____|____|____| name of investigator:…………………… the purpose of this survey is to determine if beninese’s poultry farmer is willing to use fly larvae as protein source to feed his livestock of local chicken. if yes, how much is he willing to pay for? a. socio-economic characteristics of the respondent characteristics code responses 1. province (depart) 1= alibori, 2 = borgou, 3= atacora, 4= donga, 5 = collines, 6=zou, 7=plateau, 8 = ouémé, 9= atlantique, 10=littoral, 11=mono, 12= couffo 2. dstrict (commune) enter the name of the district 3. village (vil) enter the name of the village 4. name and surname of the respondent (npenq) enter correctly the name and the surname of the poultry farmer 5. socio-cultural groups (ethnie) 1. fon and related 2. bariba and related 3. dendi and related 4. adja and related 5. yom & lokpa related 6. betamaribe and related 7. peulh and related 8. yoruba and related 9. other socio-cultural groups of benin 10. foreign 6. the different animals constituting the livestock of the poultry farmer (animal) 1= chicken ; 2= guinea fowl ; 3= duck ; 4= pigeons ; 5= turkey ; 6= other 7. number of the dominant species in the livestock (ed) enter the species and the number 8. what are the local chicken ecotypes of your farm (rapl)? 1=holli ; 2=fulani ; 3=sahwè ; 4= yaya ; 5=yovokoklo ; 6= other 9. number of local chicken (effec) enter the number 10. type of livestock farming (me) 1=scavenging ; 2= semi-scavenging ; 3=confinement 11. marital status (sima) 1=married ; 2=divorced ; 3=single, 4 = widower, 5=other 12. number of agricultural assets (ae) enter the number 13. household size of the poultry farmer (emel) enter the number 14. age (age) enter the poultry farmer’s personal response (number of years) or make an approximation in case of no response 15. education level (ninst) 0=not literate; 1= literate ; 2= primary ; 3= secondary, 4= professional training ; 5= higher ; and enter the number of years of study 16. main occupation (profpri) 1=farmer or livestock farmer; 2= trader ; 3= agri-food processor; 4= official in activity ; 5=mechanic ; 6=carpenter ; 7=other (specify and continue the list) 137traditional poultry farmers’ willingness to pay for using fly larvae meal 33 b. double bid procedure to propose 29. the fish meal is often used as protein source to feed chickens. the price per kg of fish meal on the international market is between fcfa/kg 1,000 and fcfa/kg 1,200. this fish meal is sold on the local market at fcfa/kg 550. this low price can be attributed to the low quality of the fish meal sold with low protein content. fly larvae meal proved to be nutritional as source of animal protein for local chickens. it can replace the fish meal with low quality used to feed local chickens. in addition, the use of fly larvae meal improves zootechnical performance of your local chickens (average daily gain, consumption index, etc.) and reduce the costs of protein feeding. would you be willing to pay for fly larvae meal as a protein source to feed your local chickens? 17. number of years in poultry farming (expe) enter the response (number of years) 18. to which network or livestock farmer association do you belong to (reseau)? enter the response 19. do you have access to a micro finance institution (aimf)? which one? 1=yes, 0=no 20. what is your annual global income? (revglo) ? enter the quantified income (data) 21. what is your annual farm income (ran)? enter the quantified income (data) 22. what is the share of poultry income in annual farm income (paran)? enter the response (on 10) 23. do you know that fly larvae can be used for chicken feeding (colamou)? 1= yes; 0=no 24. did you use fly larvae to feed local chicken (afas)? 1= yes ; 0=no 25. 25. do you currently use fish meal to feed local chicken (ufap)? 1= yes; 0= no 26. 26. would you like to replace fish meal with another protein source (sus)? 1= yes ; 0= no 27. 27. if yes to question 26. why do you want to substitute fish meal (rsfap)? 1=bad quality, 2=unavailability of the fish meal on the local market, 3=high price, 4= other 28. 28. what other ingredients are used as protein source to feed local chicken (asp)? 1= soy flour, 2 = oil cake, 3 = any, 4= other to be specified yes no 138 sètchémè charles bertrand pomalégni et alii 34 30. if yes, would you accept to pay fcfa/kg x to feed your local chickens? the vector x 2 to be proposed is composed of 7 bids: fcfa 600; fcfa 700; fcfa 800; fcfa 900; fcfa 1,000; fcfa 1,100 and fcfa 1,200. select and go to the question 31. select and go to the question 32. with k=100 31. could you pay fcfa/kg x+k ? select or and go to 34. 32. could you pay fcfa/kg xk ? select or and go to 34. 33. if the answer for question 29 is no; so why? no means to pay: refusal of payment vehicle : no value given to fly larvae: other (specify and continue the list): 34. if the answer to question 29 is yes, what is your level of motivation for using fly larvae (degmot)? 1= very motivated; 2= motivated; 3 =indifferent: 4=not motivated; 5=little motivated. 3 |_____________| 35. are you motivated to use fly larvae to increase the nutritional quality of your local chickens (mqual)? 1=yes; 0=no |_____________| 36. if yes, what is the level of the mqual (degmqual)? 1= very motivated; 2= motivated; 3 =indifferent: 4= not motivated; 5= little motivated: ……………. 37. are you motivated to use fly larvae to increase zootechnical performance of your local chickens (mperz)? 1=yes ; 0=no :……………… 38. if yes, what is the level of mperz? 1= very motivated; 2= motivated; 3 =indifferent: 4= not motivated; 5= little motivated:……………………. 39. are you motivated to use fly larvae to reduce the costs of feeding (mcot)? 1=yes; 0=no:………………. 40. if yes, what is the level of mcot? 1= very motivated; 2= motivated; 3 =indifferent: 4= not motivated; 5= little motivated: ……………. 41. what can we do to promote the use of fly larvae to all poultry farmers (recom)? a. train poultry farmers to produce fly larvae ……………………………. b. promote the consumption of poultry fed with fly larvae …………….. c. other (specify)…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2 fcfa 600 correspond to the minimum production cost of 1 kg of fly larvae meal, i.e., equivalent to fcfa 150 as minimum production cost of 1 kg of fresh fly larvae. fcfa 1,200 correspond to the maximum production cost of 1 kg of fly larvae meal, i.e., equivalent to fcfa 300 as maximum production cost of 1 kg of fresh fly larvae. we increment and decrement the initial bid by 100 fcfa, which corresponds to the marginal cost to improve the quality of the fly larvae meal. 3 we use 1-5 likertscale to evaluate the level of motivation. yes no yes no no yes bio-based and applied economics 8(3): 239-259, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8888 human capital and rural development policy: evidence from european fadn regions ornella wanda maietta1, biagia de devitiis2, sergio destefanis3,*, domenico suppa4 1 università di napoli federico ii 2 università di foggia 3 università di salerno 4 università della campania “l. vanvitelli” abstract. this paper analyses the evolution and policy drivers of the productivity of farmers’ human capital in eu agriculture from 1986 to 2010. the empirical analysis employs farm data sourced from the farm accountancy data network standard results as well as eurostat’s information on farm holders’ educational-attainment levels. productivities of human capital are measured by the shadow prices for three levels of educational attainment of farm family labour, computed using data envelopment analysis with variable returns to scale, and related to a malmquist index of total factor productivity and to selected policy variables. the results indicate that productivities of farmers’ human capital trend upwards and are positively associated with rural development payments. keywords. productivity of human capital, shadow prices, technical efficiency, productivity growth, specific education, agricultural change. jel codes. 047, 015, d24, e24, c43. 1. introduction human capital requires investment in learning new skills, both through traditional schooling and postschool job training. it also represents a crucial source of productivity gains and long-term economic growth. according to the neoclassical approach (mankiw et al. 1992), human capital is a fundamental input into the aggregate production function, and its accumulation explains the process of economic growth. on the other hand, the schumpeterian approach holds that growth results from the initial endowment of human capital, which influences a country’s or region’s capability to innovate and catch up with the technology of the leader area (nelson and phelps 1966; benhabib and spiegel 1994). *corresponding author: destefanis@unisa.it. the authors gratefully acknowledge comments from three anonymous referees on a previous version of the paper. the usual disclaimer applies. 240 ornella wanda maietta et al. at any rate, few economists would dispute that for most of the world’s agriculture, immaterial inputs – including human capital – are now crucial for total factor productivity (tfp) growth. this growth is no longer a resource-based process driven by material input accumulation, but a productivity-based process driven mainly by immaterial input accumulation (fuglie 2015; ball et al. 2016). knowledge-intensive work environments are increasingly common, creating a situation in which human capital relates to entrepreneurial outcomes more than ever before (unger et al. 2011). it has also long been known that education in agriculture enables farmers to allocate inputs more efficiently (welch 1970) and to optimise their information searches (ram 1980). the educational system imparts the ability to summarise information from various sources and to engage in nonroutine problem solving (swaim 1995; gasson 1998). technical education favours participation in agri-environmental schemes (dupraz et al. 2002), improves eco-efficiency (van passel et al. 2009; picazotadeo et al. 2011) and increases the value added per annual working unit (carillo et al. 2013). in this context, how is european agriculture responding to these challenges? in principle, education offers higher returns for individuals working in any sector experiencing technological progress (blundell et al. 1999). hence, the returns on farmers’ education are linked to a changing agricultural technology and production structure. if these conditions do not change, farmers’ incentive to acquire education dwindles (huffman 2001). now, there is little doubt about the existence of an ongoing demand for new skills in european agriculture (european commission 2014). crucial to the present analysis, public policy also plays a role in incentivising the accumulation of human capital. since 2005, as a result of the fischler reform and subsequently the cap reform 2014– 2020, direct support (pillar i subsidies) and structural policies (pillar ii payments) have pursued a more entrepreneurial approach to agricultural business management through increased market orientation and competitiveness (clark, 2009). corporate efficiency and environmental safeguarding became key issues. in terms of direct-support policies, farm aid has largely been decoupled and subject to cross-compliance. as for structural interventions, rural development policy has been strengthened with funds and policy instruments aimed at facilitating the provision of environmental goods. in addition, activities have been diversified in a more targeted and locally tailored manner. it is expected that the stronger market orientation of direct support will foster aggregate productivity gains for the sector as a whole. this prediction rests partly on the assumption that only high-performing farms will survive due to their ability to thrive in an environment that promotes continuous learning and problem solving (henke et al. 2011) and partly on the belief that the transition from a traditional agricultural policy to a rural one may improve the policy communities and networks relevant to farmers (keating and stevenson 2006) or the farmers’ business strategies (clark 2009; severini and tantara 2013). productivity-enhancing effects may result also from the rural development plans and human-capital transfers carried out within the cap. however – and this is the central focus of this paper – these reforms could also have increased the productivity of higher-order cognitive skills, an issue that has wide-ranging policy relevance because higher returns for human capital may attract this input into the sector (olper et al. 2014; garrone et al. 2019). although these arguments suggest the existence of a link between the cap reforms and human-capital productivity in agriculture, this relationship has yet to be investigated empiri241human capital and rural development policy cally.1 there is a simple way of testing the hypothesis that the greater cap market orientation has enhanced the productivity of human capital in agriculture: determining whether the relative shadow price of the human capital embodied in european farmers has increased after the cap reforms. therefore, this paper primarily aims to measure the relative shadow price of farm family labour for three levels of educational attainment from 1986 to 2010. these relative shadow prices are computed by applying the data envelopment analysis with variable returns to scale (dea-vrs) for all eu-27 farm accountancy data network (fadn) regions, for all years for which information on farm holders’ trainings is available. dea has been widely used in growth accounting studies because it does not impose restrictive functional forms on the production frontier and is much more directly interpretable than other approaches in terms of production theory (arcelus and arocena 2000; filippetti and peyrache 2013). due to data availability, we focus on three levels of educational attainment: low, medium and high (further details are given in the research materials that are available online). because tfp growth influences the productivity of human capital (and vice versa), a second and complementary task of this paper is to measure the growth in tfp by computing a malmquist tfp index (which is possible only for a balanced panel of eu-12 fadn regions). to the best of the authors’ knowledge, no other study has measured a tfp index for european agriculture at the regional level over so long a period. it should be emphasised that some of the utilised data are not readily available from public sources, as explained in greater detail in section 4 and the research materials. the analytical framework proposed in this paper may be replicated to evaluate the productivity of human capital for similar situations in other sectors, particularly when labour is mainly self-employed and lacks a market price. the analysis could also be extended to provide absolute (as opposed to relative) shadow prices for human-capital services, which could be used in a dea-based cost–benefit analysis (see, e.g., kortelainen and kuosmanen 2006). the remainder of the paper adheres to the following structure. section 2 reports on the history of the cap and provides some descriptive statistics. sections 3 and 4 focus on the methodology and data used, respectively. section 5 describes and comments on the empirical results, and the paper offers concluding remarks in section 6. the paper also includes a research materials section that describes the empirical framework further and reports some robustness checks. 2. the evolution of human capital in eu agriculture and the cap table 1 reports the percentage of farmers with full agricultural training, our proxy for high human capital, as calculated from farm structure survey (fss) data, as well as the percentage of the population aged 15 to 64 years with tertiary education, as calculated from eurostat data. educational attainment is a poor indicator of the extent to which individuals possess the cognitive skills and technical knowledge required to carry out more demanding and better-paid jobs; nonetheless, the table highlights the well-known gap between rural and urban educational levels (swaim 1995). whereas the percentage of the population with tertiary qualifications, 1 there is, however, an empirical literature on the relationships between cap reforms and tfp. we comment on this literature, whose results are rather diverse, when discussing our evidence in section 5. 242 ornella wanda maietta et al. measured in either 2010 or 2018, is not appreciably sensitive to the eu aggregate considered (if anything, it increases at each eu enlargement), the percentage of farmers with full agricultural table 1. human capital in eu agriculture and economy, 2010 and latest available years. areas % farmers with full agricultural training, 2010 % population from 15 to 64 years with tertiary education, 2010 % farmers with full agricultural training, 2016 % population from 15 to 64 years with tertiary education, 2018 eu-6 14.9 21.8 16.1 26.2 eu-9 14.4 23.9 16.4 29.1 eu-10 13.6 23.8 14.3 29.0 eu-12 12.0 24.1 12.1 29.4 eu-15 12.3 24.1 12.5 29.7 9 eu-25 12.6 23.2 13.8 29.1 eu-27 11.3 22.7 11.5 28.5 nb: eu-6, eu-9, eu-10, eu-12, eu-15, eu-25, eu-27 to be defined in the research materials. source: own elaborations on fss and eurostat regional statistics. figure 1. farm holders with full agricultural training (%), 2010. source: own elaborations on fss and eurostat regional statistics. 243human capital and rural development policy training (either in 2010, available from our dataset, or in 2016, the latest year for which we can retrieve some aggregate information) tends to decrease with each eu enlargement. the cross-sectional distribution of the percentage of farm holders with full agricultural training across fadn regions is further depicted in fig. 1. the percentage ranges from 0.2% in ipiros-peloponissos-nissi ioniou to 45.9% in latvia and luxembourg. generally, the most rural regions exhibit the lowest percentage of farmers with full agricultural training. the significant differences observed in human capital across eu regions may be explained by divergent agricultural education systems, agricultural structures and farm-size distributions. yet, human capital has improved over time. according to fss data, in 1990, the percentage of farm holders with medium and high human capital in eu12 was 12% and 7%, respectively. in 2010, these figures were 20% and 12%. it could be asked whether policies, by affecting the incentives for human-capital accumulation, have favoured or hampered this improvement. before dealing with this question in the following sections, we proceed to give a detailed account of the most relevant changes of the cap in this sphere. the cap has undergone several changes since the 1980s, including production limits to reduce surpluses (milk quotas were first applied in 1984); during this time, much emphasis has been placed on environmentally sound farming. the first fundamental reform occurred in 1992 with the macsharry reform, followed by “agenda 2000” in 1999, the fischler reform in 2003 and the cap reform 2014–2020 in 2013. in 1992, the macsharry reform caused a shift from market to producer support. cereal, oilseeds and livestock intervention prices were scaled down. computed on the basis of average regional yield levels, per-hectare compensatory payments were also introduced, along with compulsory set-aside requirements attached to these payments. in 1999, the “agenda 2000” reform further cut intervention prices, bringing them closer to world market levels while aligning cereal, oilseed and livestock payments in order to promote the competitiveness of european agriculture. “agenda 2000” also initiated the rural development policy, a wider structural strategy of decentralised spatial management for rural territories in member states (mss). this policy sought to encourage sustainable development by valorising both agricultural and nonagricultural activities. in 2003, the fischler reform was introduced, promoting sustainability and cohesion. farmers received a single payment calculated by dividing the total payments received over a historical period by the number of hectares on the farm. previously related to the number of animals or the milk quota size, premiums were largely added to the flat-rate compensation per hectare. single farm payments favour the use of land relative to other inputs in agricultural production and reduce the yields of many commodities; their total output response is less than the price support (sckokai and anton 2005). furthermore, these payments severed the link between production and farm income support. this decoupling sought to orient farmers towards the market while still providing them with a degree of income stability. farmers were free to produce what they judged most profitable, so long as the land was used for agriculture. income stability was intended to serve as compensation for higher production standards with regard to consumer protection, animal welfare and environmental conservation (compared to many non-european countries). anyone failing to fulfil this ‘cross-compliance’ condition risked a reduction in their direct income payments (moro and sckokai 2013). the reform was in place from 2005 onwards, but decoupled payments fully replaced direct aid only in 2007. 244 ornella wanda maietta et al. the fischler reform has also strengthened the role of services in fostering agricultural human capital and competitiveness. each ms must set up an advisory system aimed at farms in order to satisfy compliance requirements. the programme for rural development (2007–2013) provided funding for the supply of advisory services and other actions2 aimed at human-capital transfer (contó et al. 2012). yet, the background of both advisory services operators and private business consultants was often agronomic and not business management, resulting in outdated or incomplete professional skills (clark 2009). indeed, the fact that the returns for professional and technical training are lower than those for managerial training (blundell et al. 1999) prompts the need to promote entrepreneurship through education. in 2013, cap contents were again redesigned over the programming period 2014–2020. in particular, single farm payment has been unpacked into different payments targeting different goals and partly tailored to farm-specific characteristics. according to european regulations, only some of these payments (base payment, greening payment and payment for young farmers) are mandatory for mss, unlike other kinds of payment (coupled, for less favoured areas, for small farms). the introduction of the greening payment, conditional on compliance with certain “agricultural practices beneficial for the climate and the environment”, reflects the eu legislators’ intention to provide a more consistent justification for cap instruments, emphasising their role in pursuing environmental sustainability (european commission 2010 a, b; matthews 2013; cimino et al. 2015; erjavec and erjavec 2015). the key role of services has also been strengthened during the period 2014–2020. in particular, the programme for rural development pays greater attention to knowledge transfer and information actions, including vocational training and skills acquisition by farmers (or smes operating in rural areas),3 and to advisory services, farm management and farm support.4 3. the empirical methodology the shadow price associated with an input indicates how much more output could be obtained by increasing the amount of that input by one unit. it is a measure of the opportunity cost of that input and reflects its marginal productivity. in the field of productivity measurement, shadow prices are estimated when market prices are inapplicable, unknown or inappropriate. they can also be used as appropriate indicators of input productivities. carrying out intercountry comparisons of agricultural productivity, coelli and prasada rao (2005) and nin-pratt and yu (2010) estimated shadow input prices in order to obtain input cost shares as market prices are distorted due to government intervention. ten raa and mohnen (2002) used shadow input prices as a valuation of input productivities unaffected by market power, disequilibrium in factor holding, suboptimal capacity utilisation and returns to scale. 2 examples include vocational training for consultants (measure 111) and support for cooperation in the development of new products, processes and technologies (measure 124). 3 examples include training courses, workshops and coaching, as well as short-term agricultural exchanges and visits to farms (article 14 of council regulation (eu) no 1305/2013) 4 these include three types of measures: supporting farmers and related operators in the use of advisory services to improve economic and environmental performance and resilience to climate change, encouraging the establishment of farm management and promoting the training of advisers. 245human capital and rural development policy shadow prices may be estimated through nonparametric linear programming or through parametric regression analysis. examples of the nonparametric approach include the study of industrial wastes (reig-martínez et al. 2000), volunteer work (destefanis and maietta 2009), hospital outputs (o’donnell and nguyen 2013), biodiversity (sipilainen and huhtala 2013), undesirable outputs (leleu 2013), and water and wind resources (ilak et al. 2015). deabased shadow prices have also been used in cost–benefit analyses of environmental services (kortelainen and kuosmanen 2006). within a nonparametric framework, shadow prices are determined as the solution to multiplier or dual linear programming problems. they are the multipliers revealed by individual producers in an effort to maximise their relative efficiency (fried et al. 2008). in this paper, in order to determine the shadow prices of inputs, we rely on the dea-vrs technique,5 implemented through the solution of the multiplier (dual) problem bccd i proposed by banker et al. (1984): i i i i i i i i i i i i d i i i , , i i i bcc ( ): max 0 0, 0 , w w + = − + ≤ ≥ ≥ μ ν ω x y μ y ν x 1 μ y ν x μ ν (1) where x is the input vector and y is the output vector, ni and mi are the shadow prices or multipliers of inputs and outputs, respectively, and wi is an indicator of returns to scale. note that whereas ni and mi must be greater than or equal to zero, wi may be positive, negative or zero, which makes it possible to use the optimal value of this variable to identify the nature of returns to scale. this input-oriented problem is solved by finding values for ni and mi that maximise output “values” miyi + wi, subject to a normalising constraint on input “values” (which avoids the occurrence of infinite solutions to the problem) and to the constraint that efficient output “values” must be smaller than or equal to input “values”. as a consequence of these constraints, shadow prices computed from different frontiers are not directly comparable (kuosmanen and kortelainen 2006). however, it is possible to compare the ratio between the shadow prices of two inputs, which is the marginal rate of technical substitution between these inputs (ouellette and vigeant 2016). for this reason, our analysis always considers the shadow prices of family-labour categories as ratios calculated vis-àvis the shadow price of paid labour. the computation of shadow prices may provide values equal to zero for some outputs or inputs. input shadow prices are zero in cases of slack in the primal envelopment form. it is also possible to have a zero value in the case of multiple optimal solutions (olesen and petersen 2015). indeed, the estimated dea frontier is not smooth. its kinks in primal space correspond to flats in dual space that fail to yield unique shadow prices for strongly efficient units, that is, observations with zero slacks in the primal envelopment form (chambers and färe 2008). in order to solve this problem, olesen and petersen (2015) proposed a “facet 5 when the data are expressed on “an average per farm” basis (as in this paper), it is sensible to stick to a variablereturns-to-scale technology (coelli and prasada rao 2005). 246 ornella wanda maietta et al. analysis” of the convex hull, making it possible to identify well-defined shadow prices for strongly efficient units as well. dea-vrs can also be used in order to compute malmquist indexes for tfp growth. this index, explained in detail in the research materials, is one of the most widely used tools for measuring tfp growth of firms, industries and countries (mizobuchi 2017). it enables decomposition of tfp growth into movements towards or away from the production frontier, technical progress and scale-related factors. we chose a nonparametric approach for the computation of both shadow prices and the malmquist index, because, unlike econometric estimation, this approach does not rely on any assumption about the functional form of input–output relationships or of stochastic disturbances. 4. the data and the empirical specifications the bulk of data for this study were obtained from fadn and refer to a representative farm at the regional level, commonly used in sector models based on linear programming (jonasson and apland 1997) and for intercountry productivity analysis (rizov et al. 2013). we are aware that reliance on these data may lead to the neglect of some interesting heterogeneities characterising the phenomenon under scrutiny. however, microdata across fadn regions are unavailable across a time span sufficiently long to allow investigation of the cap reforms. furthermore, the literature contains few aggregate analyses concerning the role of entrepreneurial human capital in local development (marvel et al. 2016). more generally, it has been stressed recently that the use of microdata in policy evaluation may lead to biased results, because analyses based on them neglect the presence of spillover effects (see, e.g., instance deaton 2019). data on representative farms at the regional level can be downloaded from the standard results section of the fadn database. for the purpose of this study, version a1 of fadn standard results was downloaded,6 because it refers to a representative farm at the regional level for the period 1989–2012. meanwhile, consiglio per la ricerca in agricoltura e l’analisi dell’economia agraria (crea; formerly istituto nazionale di economia agraria, or inea) provided version a1, with 34 variables for the period 1986–1988 (rica ri/cc/882 rev. 3, described in dell’acqua 1995). we also relied on the eurostat fss (for the period 1986–2010), which is the only harmonised source for human-capital data in eu agriculture; it periodically measures the percentage of farm holders with practical, basic and full agricultural training. unfortunately, no such information is available for paid labour. note that the territorial location of the fss corresponds to nuts2 regions, which are not necessarily the same as fadn regions (see the research materials for an explanation of the matching procedure across these territorial definitions and for other information about the data). table 2 reports the descriptive statistics of the variables. on average, the commercial farm employed 1.28 family work units, the farmer plus another (part-time) family member, and 0.64 paid work units in the time period under consideration. family labour is much more likely to have lowor medium-level educational attainment (which corresponds to the information available from european commission 2014). 6 http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/ricaprod/database/consult_std_reports_en.cfm 247human capital and rural development policy the specification of the production set used for computing the malmquist index differs from that used for shadow prices (see table 3). for the malmquist index, the analysis is output oriented and labour is measured in work units (fwus for family labour and awus for paid labour), as is common practice in the measurement of agricultural productivity. disaggregation of family labour in human-capital categories was not used, because this information was not available for all years. furthermore, because calculation of the index requires the use of balanced panel data, only the eu-12 regions were considered. on the other hand, when computing shadow prices, all available regions among those belonging to eu-27 were included in the sample, and family labour was divided into three categories according to human-capital endowment. in this case, an input orientation was deemed more appropriate table 2. descriptive statistics of the main variables. variable units mean st. dev. minimum maximum products 2005-€ 87,358 103,424 4,806 948,056 subsidies “ 15,665 26,882 0 238,769 materials “ 56,674 75,052 1,894 659,560 capital “ 293,228 263,265 8,211 2,095,475 paid labour awus* 0.64 1.37 0 15.99 family labour fwus* 1.28 0.32 0.38 2.68 family labour low hk “ 0.55 0.40 0 2.03 family labour medium hk “ 0.62 0.20 0 1.22 family labour high hk “ 0.19 0.36 0 2.01 compensatory payments/gross farm income % 4.83 8.12 0 37.24 decoupled subsidies/gross farm income “ 5.62 10.74 0 51.09 human capital transfer payments/gross farm income “ 0.2 0.85 0 12.26 rural development payments/gross farm income “ 3.15 6.48 0 45.73 * awu, annual working unit, and fwu, family working unit, are defined as 2,200 hours worked annually. source: own elaborations on fadn and fss data, eurostat regional statistics. table 3. dea model specifications. malmquist index shadow prices output agricultural products (total output) agricultural products (total output) inputs materials, capital, paid labour, family labour materials, capital, paid labour, family labour low human capital, family labour medium human capital, family labour high human capital dea orientation output-increasing input-saving fadn regions eu-12 eu-12, eu-15, eu-25, eu-27 years 1986-2012 1986, 1990, 1993, 1997, 2000, 2005, 2010 248 ornella wanda maietta et al. for evaluating the productivity of varying levels of human capital because of the latest cap objectives, which do not encourage input intensification. 5. results and discussion 5.1 productivity growth and the malmquist index the first step of our empirical analysis, a propaedeutic for the calculation of the malmquist index, is the estimation of annual production frontiers. we use an output-oriented dea-vrs on the balanced panel data of 88 eu-12 regions for period 1986–2012. indeed, in cross-country multilateral productivity comparisons, the analysis is usually output oriented (arnade 1994). from fig. 2, it is evident that the mean level of output-increasing technical efficiency decreases in the reform years (1992, 1999 and 2006–2007) before rebounding upwards. the details for each region (available in the research materials) indicate that the fadn regions that always lie on the frontier are champagne-ardenne, comunidad valenciana (in line with the results in maudos et al. 2000) and the netherlands, followed by denmark,7 picardie and bretagne. efficiency has lagged in eastern england over the past few years, in line with the demonstrated decrease in uk tfp compared to that of neighbouring countries (burgess and morris 2009). increasing returns to scale slightly prevail (53% of observations). 7 both the netherlands and denmark are fadn regions in their own right. 0,8 0,82 0,84 0,86 0,88 0,9 0,92 1984 1989 1994 1999 2004 2009 2014 te ch ni ca l e ffi ci en cy years figure 2. the average level of output-increasing technical efficiency in eu-12, 1986-2012. source: own elaborations on fadn data. 249human capital and rural development policy table 4 reports the geometric mean for each component of the output-increasing malmquist index, which was computed using the fear library of r. on average, the annual tfp growth index in eu-12 throughout 1987–2012 is equal to 1.008, mainly due to technical progress, with an annual mean index of 1.009. there is little efficiency change, and the contributions to productivity growth of scale and shape variations are even less pronounced. more details for tfp growth in each region are available in the research materials. as in previous research (bernini carri 1995), denmark shows the highest rate of tfp growth. at the national level, france, germany and the netherlands follow patterns already observed for similar periods in other studies (coelli and prasada rao 2005). fig. 3 shows the aggregate evolution of tfp growth and technical progress. these variables do not exhibit very marked differences over time. however, the years following the macsharry reform (1993–1998) and the recession years (2010–2012) are associated with a productivity slowdown. table 4. geometric mean of annual productivity growth components in eu-12. year/period mi det tp dscale dshape 1987 1.03 1.04 0.98 1.01 1.00 1988 1.00 0.99 1.01 1.00 1.00 1989 1.01 0.97 1.06 0.99 1.01 1990 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1991 1.02 1.02 0.99 1.00 0.99 1992 1.04 0.92 1.09 0.95 1.07 1993 0.99 1.08 0.94 1.07 0.93 1994 0.99 1.00 1.01 1.00 0.99 1995 0.98 1.03 0.96 1.01 0.99 1996 1.02 1.01 1.01 1.00 1.01 1997 1.03 0.98 1.03 1.00 1.00 1998 1.00 0.94 1.09 0.93 1.03 1999 1.03 0.99 1.03 1.02 1.03 2000 1.02 1.11 0.92 1.04 0.98 2001 0.99 1.00 0.98 1.02 0.99 2002 1.06 0.99 1.13 0.96 1.00 2003 0.96 1.01 0.93 1.01 1.00 2004 1.04 0.95 1.10 0.94 1.06 2005 1.02 1.04 0.97 1.07 0.96 2006 1.01 0.98 1.03 0.97 1.01 2007 1.02 0.95 1.07 0.98 1.03 2008 1.00 1.02 0.97 1.06 0.96 2009 1.02 1.01 1.01 1.01 0.98 2010 0.99 0.97 1.06 0.98 1.00 2011 0.99 1.04 0.95 1.04 0.98 2012 0.97 1.01 0.96 1.01 1.00 1987-2012 1.008 1.002 1.009 1.001 0.999 source: own elaborations on fadn data. 250 ornella wanda maietta et al. finally, we find a strongly significant negative kendall’s rank correlation coefficient (with a value of -0.21) between technical progress and the number of family-labour work units with low human capital, which suggests that a low level of human capital has constrained productivity growth. this result stresses the importance of immaterial input accumulation for tfp growth within eu agriculture as well. 5.2 the shadow prices of family labour table 5 reports the relative shadow prices of the three family-labour categories, differentiated according to their human-capital endowment, for various sample cuts and treatments of the strongly efficient units (traditional vs. facet analysis). the shadow price of paid labour, which is unlikely to differ substantially from market wage, is taken as numéraire. hence, this relative price is the marginal rate of technical substitution between paid labour and family labour with low, medium and high levels of human capital, respectively. the benchmarking library of r was used to compute the shadow prices for the traditional analysis, while the qhull code (developed by brad barber, davi dobkin and hannu huhdanpaa) was used for the “facet analysis”, which makes it possible to identify well-defined shadow prices for strongly efficient units as well. we present results for both the full sample and a sample restricted to regions from the eu-12 countries, because we do not want to draw conclusions that may be crucially affected by the eu enlargements after 1986. indeed, our previous analysis of tfp growth relates only 0,9 0,95 1 1,05 1,1 1,15 19 87 19 88 19 89 19 90 19 91 19 92 19 93 19 94 19 95 19 96 19 97 19 98 19 99 20 00 20 01 20 02 20 03 20 04 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09 20 10 20 11 20 12 mi tp source: own elaborations on fadn data. figure 3. the malmquist index (mi) and technical progress (tp) in eu-12, 1987-2012. 251human capital and rural development policy to eu-12 countries. taking first the results for the traditional analysis, we find that for both samples, the marginal rate of substitution for family labour with a low level of human capital increases up to one and a half from 1986 to 2010 (yet only in 2005 and 2010 does this marginal rate of substitution show an appreciable increase); the marginal rate of substitution for family labour with a medium level of human capital almost doubles; and the marginal rate of substitution for family labour with a high level of human capital triples. switching to the results that include the facet analysis for strongly efficient units, we find that the marginal rate of substitution for family labour with a low level of human capital is basically constant, whereas the marginal rates for the other categories of family labour show a gently rising trend (on average, high human capital is slightly more priced that medium human capital). summing up, for both the traditional and the facet analysis, we observe increases in the relative shadow price of medium and high human capital over the period under scrutiny. it is unlikely that the conclusions are affected by the changing number of observations in the year samples, because they hold true for the eu-12 samples for 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010, which have very similar numerosity (86 to 94 observations). moreover, the results are not very likely to be driven by exit of inefficient farms from the market. to be sure, we do not have farm-level data, but table 6 reports the mean (input-oriented) efficiency and the number of efficient fadn regions characterising the production set used for the calculation of shadow prices. both mean efficiency and the number of efficient observations rise up to 2000, but in 2005 and 2010 they fall back to levels very close to those of 1986 (once more, this is true for the full and the eu-12 sample). this at least suggests that the gradual disappearance of inefficient farms is not a key factor of the evolution of marginal rates. we carry out two further robustness checks on the above results, which we detail in the research materials. first, we computed shadow prices by including production subsidies table 5. marginal rates of substitution between paid labour and family labour by human capital categories. years full sample eu-12 sample traditional analysis facet analysis traditional analysis facet analysis human capital endowment human capital endowment human capital endowment human capital endowment n low medium high low medium high n low medium high low medium high 1986 76 0.46 1.09 1.62 0.50 0.54 0.68 76 0.46 1.09 1.62 0.50 0.54 0.68 1990 86 0.20 0.38 1.79 0.41 0.73 0.62 86 0.20 0.38 1.79 0.41 0.73 0.62 1993 68 0.17 0.53 4.74 0.36 0.60 0.76 68 0.17 0.53 4.74 0.36 0.60 0.76 1995 71 0.17 0.86 0.71 0.53 0.57 0.66 70 0.17 0.87 0.72 0.53 0.57 0.66 1997 71 0.08 0.29 2.32 0.46 0.48 1.08 71 0.08 0.29 2.32 0.46 0.48 1.08 2000 97 0.27 0.98 1.30 0.48 0.85 0.71 92 0.26 1.01 1.29 0.50 0.85 0.70 2005 122 0.76 1.40 4.15 0.44 1.11 1.08 95 0.70 1.42 4.04 0.39 0.97 1.00 2010 135 1.41 2.24 4.06 0.43 0.89 0.84 94 1.16 1.58 3.68 0.38 0.64 0.52 source: own elaborations on fadn and fss data. 252 ornella wanda maietta et al. among the outputs. we get more erratic figures for marginal rates than in table 5, but the general picture does not change. secondly, we used quality-adjusted data for paid labour as numéraire. again, we get results similar to those in table 5, although they show a lower increase for the mediumand high-human-capital categories. an explanation for the rising trends in the relative shadow prices of family labour (particularly with medium and high human capital) could in principle be found in technical progress. however, technical progress subsides in the last years of the sample, when the increase in shadow prices is even more marked. hence, other factors, including policy effects, must be considered. in order to explore the relevance of these policy effects, we follow han et al. (2014) and perform a robust analysis of correlation among our variables of interest. table 7 reports three different indicators: (a) kendall’s simple rank correlation coefficients between the marginal rates of substitution for family labour categorised by human-capital endowment (and obtained through the traditional analysis on the full sample) and the percentages of different kinds of cap-related variables on gross farm income; (b) kendall’s partial rank correlation coefficients between the same variables as above (they measure the rank correlation between the two above sets of variables, controlling for the influence on both of them of a third variable, the cumulative malmquist index,8 cmi); (c) kendall’s coefficients of concordance among marginal rates, cap variables and cmi. coefficients of concordance robustly test the concordance in rankings among two or more variables. in table 7, all variables are robustly netted out of region and year fixed effects. we do so by applying a median polish procedure.9 the evidence from table 7 can be summed up as follows. compensatory payments, which were the backbone of the pre-fischler reform policy, are almost never significantly 8 we cumulate the malmquist index, obtaining a proxy of the level of technological capability, because all other variables are measured in levels. the cumulation of the index is carried out following the procedure suggested in tone and tsutsui (2017). 9 the median polish is a data analysis technique that enables the robust measurement of various effects in a multifactor model (hoaglin et al. 1983). table 6. mean input-oriented efficiency and percentage of efficient observations. years full sample eu-12 sample n mean inputoriented efficiency % of efficient observations n mean inputoriented efficiency % of efficient observations 1986 76 0.94 0.58 76 0.94 0.58 1990 86 0.93 0.48 86 0.93 0.48 1993 68 0.95 0.57 68 0.95 0.57 1995 71 0.97 0.69 70 0.97 0.69 1997 71 0.96 0.65 71 0.96 0.65 2000 97 0.97 0.69 92 0.96 0.70 2005 122 0.96 0.56 95 0.95 0.56 2010 135 0.95 0.53 94 0.96 0.56 source: own elaborations on fadn and fss data. 253human capital and rural development policy associated with the marginal rates (and cmi). human-capital transfer payments and decoupled payments are positively associated only with the marginal rates for medium levels of human capital. for human-capital transfer payments, these findings align with previous evidence indicating that the relationship between entrepreneurship outcomes and entrepreneurship education and training programmes is lower for training-focused educational interventions than for academic-focused educational interventions (martin et al. 2013). on the other hand, decoupled payments are different from zero only in the last two years. a longer time span of application might have yielded a more significant correlation for this policy. in any case, according to our evidence, only rural development payments are associated with the marginal rates across all categories of human capital. on the whole, our evidence points to a favourable assessment of cap reforms. they are associated with a higher productivity of family labour, and the apparently ineffective compensatory payments were replaced by more relevant policies. the results, however, suggest that the association between higher productivity and rural development payments is more robust than that for decoupled payments, and support previous evidence on the ineffectivetable 7. kendall’s coefficients. human capital categories kendall’s simple rank correlation coefficient) between cap variables and marginal rates of substitution for family labour by human capital categories. kendall’s partial rank correlation coefficient) between cap variables and marginal rates of substitution for family labour by human capital categories. cmi as confounder. kendall’s coefficients of concordance among cap variables, marginal rates of substitution for family labour by human capital categories and cmi. compensatory payments/ gross farm income high hk 0.05* 0.05* 0.31 medium hk -0.01 -0.01 0.30 low hk -0.02 -0.01 0.31 decoupled subsidies/ gross farm income high hk -0.01 0.00 0.30 medium hk 0.10*** 0.10** 0.33 low hk 0.02 0.02 0.33 human capital transfer payments/ gross farm income high hk -0.01 -0.01 0.27 medium hk 0.04 0.13** 0.30 low hk -0.02 -0.02 0.29 rural development payments/ gross farm income high hk 0.00 0.01 0.35* medium hk -0.02 0.04* 0.37** low hk 0.05* 0.05* 0.39*** nb: cmi is the cumulative malmquist index. all variables are netted out of region and year effects (computed through median polish). stars denote coefficient significances: * means a p-value < 0.1; ** a p-value < 0.05; *** a p-value < 0.01. source: own elaborations on fadn and fss data. 254 ornella wanda maietta et al. ness of training-focused educational interventions. this finding implies that the cap reforms of the past decades, which have gradually increased the budget for rural development and promoted the economic self-sufficiency of communities through investment in local partnership, have favourably influenced the productivity of farmers’ human capital. it is interesting to compare these results with those from the empirical literature on the cap reforms and various measures of productivity, mainly tfp (mary 2013; rizov et al. 2013; kazukauskas et al. 2014; boulanger and philippidis 2015; smit et al. 2015; latruffe and desjeux 2016; dudu and kristkova 2017). it is difficult to summarise the very diverse results obtained in these papers. the gist of their evidence, however, is that the impact of cap instruments on productivity depends very much on the type of instruments. decoupling seems to have on the whole a positive impact on productivity. moreover, an important channel for productivity improvement is the increased specialisation in more productive farming activities. in particular, several studies (latruffe and desjeux 2016; boulanger and philippidis 2015; smit et al. 2015; dudu and kristkova 2017) have argued that there may be heterogeneous effects across different types of rural development payments (such as lessfavoured-areas payments, agri-environmental measures and investments in human capital and physical capital). therefore, future research on the productivity of human capital should consider in greater detail the impact of different types of rural development subsidies and analyse its evolution for various types of agricultural production. 6. concluding remarks this paper provides evidence about the evolution of the productivity of family labour endowed with different levels of human capital across the eu fadn regions and about the association of this evolution with tfp and changes in the cap. the issue is relevant for agricultural growth because tfp growth in today’s agriculture is driven largely by human capital and other immaterial inputs. we find in section 5 that low human-capital accumulation may constrain tfp growth across eu regions. it has also been noted in section 2 that there are still significant differences in farmers’ human-capital endowment across eu regions. we then ask whether the cap, by affecting the incentives for human-capital accumulation in agriculture, has favoured the attraction of this input into the agricultural sectors of eu regions. we measure the productivity of farm family labour for different levels of educational attainment (low, medium and high) using the relative shadow prices obtained by applying dea-vrs to data sourced from the standard results of the fadn. subsequently, these shadow prices are associated with indicators of cap measures and a malmquist tfp index. our evidence points to an increasing trend for the shadow prices of all categories of family labour, but in particular for those with medium and high educational attainment. in relation to policy, we find a robust association between productivity growth, shadow prices of human capital and rural development payments. decoupled subsidies and training transfers are also associated with higher productivity in the case of low and medium levels of human capital, but this evidence is less pervasive. the policy implication we draw from these results is that rural development payments are more relevant than other kinds of payments in enhancing tfp growth and human-capital productivity. the findings of our study have wide-ranging policy relevance, because higher returns for human capital may reduce the outflow of labour from agriculture. adverse economic condi255human capital and rural development policy tions caused by the global economic crisis have reinforced the arguments for job creation in agriculture. for example, the european commission’s recent “communication on the future of the common agricultural policy (cap)” identified fostering jobs in rural areas and attracting new people into the agricultural sector as key policy priorities (european commission 2017). looking ahead to the post-2020 cap, the ongoing shift to rural development seems to be the right direction to pursue. yet, as explained at the end of the previous section, further investigation in this field is required. a related issue concerns the greater attention paid to knowledge transfer and information actions in the cap reform 2014–2020. in fact, it remains to be seen whether these policies can overcome the strictures of previous trainingfocused educational interventions (martin et al. 2013). future research on these fields will of course take advantage of greater variation in the data across time. finally, in this study, shadow prices have been used to evaluate the services of an input lacking a market price, that is, human capital. in future research, this analysis could be extended to provide absolute (as opposite to relative) shadow prices for human-capital services, which could be used in a dea-based cost–benefit analysis. references arcelus, f.j. and arocena, p. (2000). convergence and productive efficiency in fourteen oecd countries: a non-parametric frontier approach, international journal of production economics 66: 105-117. arnade, c. (1994). using data envelopment analysis to measure international agricultural efficiency and productivity. technical bulletin no. 1831 economic research service. washington: u.s. department of agriculture. ball, e., wang, s.l., nehring, r. and mosheim, r. (2016). productivity and economic growth in u.s. agriculture: a new look. applied economic perspective and policy 38: 30-49. banker, r.d., charnes, a. and cooper, w.w. (1984). some models for estimating technical and scale inefficiencies in data envelopment analysis. management science 30: 1078-1092. benhabib, j. and spiegel, m.m. (1994). the role of human capital in economic development, evidence from aggregate cross-country data. journal of monetary economics 34: 143-173 berde, c. and piros, m. (2006). a survey of human resource management and qualification levels in hungarian agriculture. journal of agricultural education and extension 12: 301-315. bernini carri, c. (1995). sources of output growth and agricultural performance in eu countries – 1960 to 1980. european review of agricultural economics 22: 231-248. blundell, r., dearden, l., meghir, c. and sianesi, b. (1999). human capital investment: the returns from education and training to the individual, the firm and the economy. fiscal studies 20: 1–23. boulanger, p. and philippidis, g. (2015). the eu budget battle: assessing the trade and welfare impacts of cap budgetary reform. food policy 51: 119–130. burgess, p.j. and morris, j. (2009). agriculture technology and land use futures: the uk case. land use policy 26s: s222-s229. 256 ornella wanda maietta et al. carillo, f., carillo, m.r., venittelli, t. and zazzaro, a. (2013). aging and succession on italian farms. pagri 1: 39-55. caves, d.w., christensen, l.r. and diewert, w.e. (1982). the economic theory of index numbers and the measurement of input, output and productivity. econometrica 50: 1393-1414. chambers, r.g. and färe, r. (2008). a “calculus” for data envelopment analysis. journal of productivity analysis 30: 169–175. cimino, o., henke, r. and vanni, f. (2015). the effects of cap greening on specialised arable farms in italy. new medit 14 (2): 22–31. clark, j. (2009). entrepreneurship and diversification on english farms: identifying business enterprise characteristics and change processes. entrepreneurship & regional development 21: 213-236. coelli, t. and prasada rao, d.s. (2005). total factor productivity growth in agriculture: a malmquist index analysis of 93 countries, 1980–2000. agricultural economics 32: 115–134. contò, f., fiore, m., la sala, p. and papapietro, p. (2012). the role of education, knowledge and human resources for the agricultural development in the perspective of new cap, an hypothesis of change in basilicata. applied studies in agribusiness and commerce 6: 123-130. costantini, m. and destefanis, s. (2009). cointegration analysis for cross-sectionally dependent panels: the case of regional production functions. economic modelling 26: 320-327. deaton, a. (2019). randomization in the tropics revisited: a theme and eleven variations. woodrow wilson school, princeton university. mimeo written for f. bédécarrats, i. guérin and f. roubaud, randomized controlled trials in the field of development: a critical perspective, oxford university press. dell’acqua, s. (1995). la banca dati comunitaria presso l’inea. inea internal report. rome: inea. destefanis, s. and maietta, o.w. (2009). the productivity of volunteer labour: dea based evidence from italy. in paid and unpaid labour in the social economy editd by destefanis, s. and m. musella. heidelberg: physica verlag. destefanis, s. and sena, v. (2005). public capital and total factor productivity: new evidence from the italian regions, 1970-98. regional studies 39: 603-617. dudu, h. and kristkova, z. (2017). impact of cap pillar ii payments on agricultural productivity. eur 28589 en, luxembourg: publications office of the european union. dupraz, p., vanslembrouck, i., bonnieux, f. and van huylenbroeck, g. (2002). “farmers’ participation in european agri-environmental policies”. paper presented at the xth eaae congress, zaragoza, august 28-31. erjavec, k. and erjavec, e. (2015). ‘greening the cap’–just a fashionable justification? a discourse analysis of the 2014–2020 cap reform documents. food policy 51, 53–62. european commission (2008). community committee for the farm accounting data network, ri/cc 1256 rev. 5. brussels: european commission. european commission (2010a). public debate on cap post 2013. http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/cap-post-2013/debate/index_en.htm. 257human capital and rural development policy european commission (2010b). commission communication on the cap towards 2020. http://ec.europa.eu/agriculture/cap-post-2013/index_en.htm. european commission (2014). prospects for skilled agricultural workers. eu skills panorama 2014. brussels: european commission. european commission (2017). the future of food and farming. com(2017) 713 final. european commission, brussels. färe, r., grosskopf, g., lindgren, b. and zhang, z. (1994). productivity growth and technical efficiency change in industrial countries. american economic review 84: 66-83. filippetti, a. and peyrache, a. (2013). is the convergence party over? labour productivity and the technology gap in europe, journal of common market studies, 51(6): 1006-1022. fried, h.o., lovell, c.a.k. and schmidt, s.s. (2008). efficiency and productivity. in the measurement of productive efficiency and productivity growth, edited by fried, h.o., c.a.k. lovell, and s.s, schmidt. oxford: oxford university press. fuglie, k. (2015). accounting for growth in global agriculture. bio-based and applied economics 4: 201-234. garrone, m., emmers, d., olper, a., and swinnen, j. (2019). impact of the agri-environmental scheme of the common agricultural policy on agricultural employment (no 289831, 172nd eaae seminar, may 28-29). gasson, r. (1998). educational qualifications of uk farmers: a review. journal of rural studies 14: 487-498. gitto, s. and mancuso, p. (2012). bootstrapping the malmquist indexes for italian airports, international journal of production economics 135: 403-411. ilak, p., rajšl, i., krajcar, s. and delimar, m. (2015). the impact of a wind variable generation on the hydro generation water shadow price. applied energy 154: 197-208. inea. various years. l’agricoltura italiana conta, rome: inea. jonasson, l. and apland, j. (1997). programming sector models: frontier technology and inefficiency. european review of agricultural economics 24: 109-131. han, u., asmild, m. and kunc, m. (2014). regional r&d efficiency in korea from static and dynamic perspectives. regional studies 50: 1170-1184. henke, r., severini, s. and sorrentino, a. (2011). from the fischler reform to the future cap. in the common agricultural policy after the fischler reform edited by sorrentino, a., r. henke, and s. severini. london: routledge. hoaglin, d.c., mosteller, f. and tukey, j.w. (1983). understanding robust and exploratory data analysis. new york: wiley. huffmann, w.e. (2001). human capital: education and agriculture. in handbook of agricultural economics edited by gardner, b.l., and g.c. rausser. amsterdam: elsevier science. kazukauskas, a., newman, c. and sauer, j. (2014). the impact of decoupled subsides on productivity in agriculture: a cross-country analysis using microdata. agricultural economics 45: 327-336. keating, m., and stevenson, l. (2006). rural policy in scotland after devolution. regional studies 40: 397-407. kuosmanen, t., and kortelainen, m. (2006). valuing environmental factors in cost-benefit analysis using data envelopment analysis. the fondazione eni enrico mattei. note di lavoro series no 96. 258 ornella wanda maietta et al. latruffe, l. and desjeux, y. (2016). common agricultural policy support, technical efficiency and productivity change in french agriculture. review of agricultural, food and environmental studies, 97(1): 15-28. leleu, h. (2013). shadow pricing of undesirable outputs in nonparametric analysis. european journal of operational research 231: 474-480. malmquist, s. (1953). index number and indifference surface. trabajos de estatistica 4: 409-242. mankiw, n. g., romer, d. and weil, d.n. (1992). a contribution to the empirics of economic growth. the quarterly journal of economics 57: 407-437. martin b.c., mcnally j.j. and kay, m.j. (2013). examining the formation of human capital in entrepreneurship: a meta-analysis of entrepreneurship education outcomes. journal of business venturing 28: 211-224. marvel, m.r., davis, j.l. and sproul, c.r. (2016). human capital and entrepreneurship research: a critical review and future directions. entrepreneurship theory and practice 40: 599-614. mary, s. (2013). assessing the impacts of pillar 1 and 2 subsidies on tfp in french crop farms. journal of agricultural economics 64 (1): 133-44. matthews, a. (2013). greening agricultural payments in the eu’s common agricultural policy. bio-based and applied economics 2 (1): 1-27 maudos, j., pastor, j.m. and serrano, l. (2000). efficiency and productive specialization: an application to the spanish regions. regional studies 34: 829-842. mizobuchi, h. (2017). productivity indexes under hicks neutral technical change, journal of productivity analysis 48 (1): 63-68. moro, d., and sckokai, p. (2013). the impact of decoupled payments on farm choices: conceptual and methodological challenges. food policy 41: 28-38. munroe, d. (2001). economic efficiency in polish peasant farming: an international perspective. regional studies 35: 461-471. nelson, r.r., and phelps, e.s. (1966). investment in humans, technological diffusion and economic growth. american economic review 56: 69-75. nilsson, p. (2017). productivity effects of cap investment support: evidence from sweden using matched panel data. land use policy 66: 172-182. nin-pratt, a. and yu, b. (2010). getting implicit shadow prices right for the estimation of the malmquist index: the case of agricultural total factor productivity in developing countries. agricultural economics 41: 349-60. o’donnell, c.j. and nguyen, k. (2013). an econometric approach to estimating support prices and measures of productivity change in public hospitals. journal of productivity analysis 40: 323-335. olesen, o.b. and petersen, n.c. (2015). facet analysis in data envelopment analysis. in data envelopment analysis. a handbook of models and methods, edited by j. zhu, boston: springer. olper, a., raimondi, v., cavicchioli, d. and vigani, m. (2014). do cap payments reduce farm labour migration? a panel data analysis across eu regions. european review of agricultural economics 41: 843-873. ouellette, p. and vigeant, s. (2016). from partial derivatives of dea frontiers to marginal products, marginal rates of substitution, and returns to scale, european journal of operational research, 253: 880-887. 259human capital and rural development policy picazo-tadeo, a.j. gómez-limón j.a. and reig-martínez, e. (2011). assessing farming eco-efficiency: a data envelopment analysis approach. journal of environmental management 92: 1154-1164. ram, r. (1980). role of education in production: a slightly new approach. the quarterly journal of economics 95: 365-373. reig-martínez, e., picazo-tadeo, a., and hernández-sancho, f. (2001). the calculation of shadow prices for industrial wastes using distance functions: an analysis for spanish ceramic pavements firms, international journal of production economics 69: 277-285. rizov, m., pokrivcak, j. and ciaian, p. (2013). cap subsidies and productivity of the eu farms. journal of agricultural economics 64: 537-557. sckokai, p. and antón, j. (2005). the degree of decoupling of area payments for arable crops in the european union. american journal of agricultural economics 87: 12201228. sckokai, p. and moro, d. (2009). modelling the impact of the cap single farm payment on farm investment and output. european review of agricultural economics 36: 395423. severini, s. and tantari, a. (2013). the effect of the eu direct payments policy and its recent reform on farm income inequality, journal of policy modeling 35 (2): 212-227. simar, l. and wilson, p.w. (1998). productivity growth in industrialized countries, discussion papers 1998036. centre for operations research and econometrics. core. université catholique de louvain. simar, l. and wilson, p.w. (1999). estimating and bootstrapping malmquist indices. european journal of operational research 115: 459-471. sipiläinen, t. and huhtala, a. (2013). opportunity costs of providing crop diversity in organic and conventional farming: would targeted environmental policies make economic sense? european review of agricultural economics 40: 441-462. smit, m.j., van leeuwen, e.s., florax, r.j.g.m. and de groot, h.l.f. (2015). rural development funding and agricultural labour productivity: a spatial analysis of the european union at the nuts2 level. ecological indicators 59: 6-18. swaim, p.l. (1995). job training lags for rural workers. rural development perspectives 10: 53-60. ten raa, t., and mohnen, p. (2002). neoclassical growth accounting and frontier analysis: a synthesis. journal of productivity analysis 18: 111-128. tone, k., and tsutsui, m. (2017). malmquist productivity index models. in advances in dea theory and applications: with extensions to forecasting models edited by tone, k. wiley, first edition. unger, j.m., rauch, a., frese, m. and rosenbusch, n. (2011). human capital and entrepreneurial success: a meta-analytical review. journal of business venturing 26: 341358. van passel, s., van huylenbroeck, g., lauwers, l. and mathijs, e. (2009). sustainable value assessment of farms using frontier efficiency benchmarks. journal of environmental management 90: 3057-3069. welch, f. (1970). education in production. journal of political economy 78: 35-59. bio-based and applied economics 9(3): 305-324, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8087 the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? danny campbell*, erlend dancke sandorf university of stirling, stirling management school, economics division abstract. this paper explores the potential usefulness and possible pitfalls of using integrated choice and latent variable models (hybrid choice models) on stated choice data to inform policy. using a series of monte-carlo simulations, we consider how model selection depends on the strength of relationship between the latent variable and preferences and the strength of relationship between the latent variable and the indicator. our findings show that integrated choice and latent variable models are difficult to estimate, even when the data generating process is known. ultimately, we show that their use should be driven by the analyst’s belief about the strength of correlations between preferences, the latent variable and indicator. we discuss the implications of our results for policy. keywords. stated preferences, choice modelling, integrated choice and latent variables, hybrid choice model. jel codes. c25, h41, q51. 1. introduction many policies affect the natural environment: e.g. a new hydro-electric dam will provide clean renewable energy and jobs, but may cause damage to the local river; a new motorway will reduce travel time, but may be built in a vulnerable natural area; and, a new conservation area will protect a number of vulnerable species, but possibly displace existing and future industrial activity and development. policy makers are routinely faced with these decisions and trade-offs, and in many countries they are required to undertake cost-benefit analyses or assessments. problematically, many of these costs and benefits are not traded in markets and policy makers have no information on society’s preferences for these non-market goods and services. stated choice experiments, where people are asked to make a choice between competing policy alternatives, are a way to elicit people’s preferences for non-market goods and services. economists have long recognized that people’s choices are affected by a multitude of observable (e.g. gender, age and income) and unobservable (e.g. attitudes and beliefs) *corresponding author. e-mail: danny.campbell@stir.ac.uk editor: meri raggi. 306 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf individual characteristics in addition to the characteristics of the options amongst which they choose. for example, when asked to choose whether to support a policy to protect a river from hydropower development, people’s decision will likely depend on their income and where they live in relation to the river, but also their attitudes towards development, clean energy and conservation. testing whether choices are different between high and low income people is trivial and straightforward, but how do we test for differences in attitudes and beliefs? how do we incorporate and consider them in our models? the most obvious, and perhaps most intuitive, way to test for the marginal effect of an attitude or belief is to use an interaction term the same way we would when exploring the marginal effects of age, gender or income. however, unlike age, gender and income, attitudes and beliefs are likely correlated with unobserved factors affecting choice (i.e.  the error term) and indicators of attitudes and beliefs (e.g. likert scale survey questions) are themselves imperfect measures of the true underlying attitude or belief. if either of these are true, then the model will be misspecified and the estimated parameters may be biased (endogeneity bias and measurement error) (ben-akiva et al., 2002; hess, 2012). recently, the integrated choice and latent variable (iclv), or hybrid choice model (ben-akiva et al., 2002; mcfadden, 1986), popularized in transport (bhat et al., 2015; hess and stathopoulos, 2013), has gained traction in environmental economics (alemu and olsen, 2019; hoyos et al., 2015; kassahun et al., 2016; mariel and meyerhoff, 2016; taye et al., 2018; zawojska et al., 2019). an iclv model combines structural equation modelling with discrete choice modelling. in this modelling framework, we assume that (unobserved) character traits, such as pro-environmental attitudes, can be captured by one or more latent variables defined as functions of observable characteristics and measures intended to capture such attitudes, e.g. likert scale questions. these latent variables can be included directly in our choice models to capture the effect of (latent) attitudes and beliefs on the probabilities of choice (ben-akiva et al., 2002). the popularity of iclv models stems from claims that the inclusion of attitudes and beliefs through latent variables leads to improved forecasts (vij and walker, 2016; yáñez et al., 2010), that it sheds more light on preference heterogeneity (kassahun et al., 2016; mariel and meyerhoff, 2016), and that it allows for the inclusion of attitudinal variables and beliefs while avoiding issues with measurement error and possible endogeneity bias (ben-akiva et al., 2002; guevara and ben-akiva, 2010).1 the latter is only true under specific conditions (vij and walker, 2016). measurement error and endogeneity bias aside, the interpretability of the parameters in iclv models remain a challenge, especially if we seek to use the model results to influence policy. in an iclv model, indicators only affect choice indirectly through the latent variable. the latent variable is, by definition, unknown and has no direct interpretability. as such, the indicators can only be interpreted in relation to their directional impact on the latent variable and its directional impact on utility. for examples from environmental economics, see kassahun et al. (2016) who study farmers’ marginal willingness to pay (mwtp) to adopt irrigation methods, taye et al. (2018) who study how people’s environmental attitudes affect their mwtp for forest management options, alemu and olsen (2019) who try to understand how people’s food choice motives affect their mwtp for 1 for an overview of the historical development of hybrid discrete choice models, we refer the reader to (bahamonde-birke and ortúzar, 2017). 307the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? insect based food products or lundhede et al. (2015) who look at how perceived uncertainty about policy outcomes affect bird conservation under climate change. to aid interpretability of the latent variable and to gain a better understanding of what drives heterogeneity in welfare measures, hoyos et al. (2015), mariel and meyerhoff (2016) and mariel et al. (2018) argue in a series of papers, all in environmental economics, that practitioners should use exploratory factor analysis to identify which indicators are appropriate for each latent variable. this approach can also be helpful in model estimation, because more appropriate indicators should make estimation of the model easier. an alternative, or perhaps complement, to the exploratory analysis is to use already validated scales to elicit attitudes or personality traits (alemu and olsen, 2019; boyce et al., 2019; hoyos et al., 2015; taye et al., 2018). that said, vij and walker (2016) show that a reduced form model without latent variables may fit the data at least as well as a latent variable model if the observable explanatory variables are good predictors of the latent variables, which is a specific case of the general result provided by (mcfadden and train, 2000). chorus and kroesen (2014) caution that using the results of an iclv model to inform policies that seek to influence choice by targeting the latent variable is inappropriate given the cross-sectional nature of the data (i.e. only between-individual comparisons based on differences in the latent variable can be accommodated, rather than within-individual comparisons based on changes in the latent variable) and the possibly endogenous relationship between the latent variable and choice. it is also important to keep in mind that as the complexity of our models – and our ability to capture more heterogeneity – increase, we need to be careful that we do not tailor our model too close to the sample data. this may compromise our ability to generalize our model and results beyond the existing dataset and limit the usefulness to policy makers. while end users will often want to establish the relationship between the dependent variable(s) and a relatively small number of key independent variables, increasing model complexity is justified only if it produces reasonably more accurate results. while a familiar aphorism among econometricians is that “all models are wrong”, some models are more wrong than others, and to be of practical use there is a need to ensure that our results are understandable and meaningful. that responsibility lies with us. so what then, is the additional benefit of developing an iclv model? we argue in this paper that while model fit is obviously important, it is not the be all and end all of model selection; and that while using hybrid models to suggest polices that target the latent variable itself is inappropriate (chorus and kroesen, 2014; kroesen et al., 2017; kroesen and chorus, 2018), these models can provide rich insight into behaviour (hess, 2012), help de-bias estimates (vij and walker, 2016), offer improvements in prediction in certain contexts (vij and walker, 2016) and reveal additional layers of heterogeneity (hess, 2012; mariel and meyerhoff, 2016; taye et al., 2018). however, we show that retrieving the true parameters of iclv models can be challenging, and that the benefits of developing and using them are not always clear-cut. this paper is a practical illustration of the points outlined above, and can work as a clarification for practitioners and policy makers alike. using monte carlo simulations, we show the important role that correlation between the attributes, indicators and latent variables play in model selection and that the econometricians belief about the strength of this correlation is the main thing to consider when trying to decide whether an iclv model is appropriate. furthermore, we show that the bias of not accounting for these correlations in 308 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf parameters and mwtp is generally increasing with the strength of the correlations. the practical implication is that the strength of the endogeneity bias from including the indicator directly in the choice model is related to the strength of the correlation between the indicator and the latent variable. for low degrees of correlation, omitting the latent variable or using a reduced form model does not lead to substantial bias in mwtp, but for high degrees of correlation between the indicator and the latent variable, the bias in mwtp is less than the model without indicators or latent variables. as such, our results can be viewed as an illustration of vij and walker (2016) and kroesen and chorus (2018). the rest of the paper is outlined as follows: section 2 outlines our econometric approach, section 3 details the monte-carlo data generation processes, section 4 presents the results from the simulation study, and section 5 discusses the implications of our results for the use of iclv models for policy and concludes the paper. 2. econometric approach to illustrate our point and substantiate our conclusions, we use a straightforward stated choice data setup. we generate synthetic datasets and show through monte-carlo simulation how misspecification of the model can lead to bias and under which circumstances this may not be the case. in the following, we assume that the reader is somewhat familiar with discrete choice modelling. to introduce notation, and to save space, we start with a standard random parameters mixed logit model where the probability of observing the sequence of tn choices yn made by individual n is a k dimensional integral of the logit formula over all possible values of :2 (1) where xnjt is a column vector of attribute levels and the joint density of the row vector of marginal utilities is given by f( |.). a key consideration when specifying random parameters is the assumption regarding their distribution. in this paper, we express the individual marginal utility parameter for attribute k, , as follows: (2) where is the mean of the distribution for attribute k, zn is a column vector of regressors relating to individual-specific characteristics, e.g. age, gender, attitudinal responses or latent variables, is a conformable row vector of estimated mean shifter parameters and εnk is a deviate from a multivariate normal distribution with zero mean and covariance . introducing individual specific characteristics, e.g.  responses to an attitudinal question, allows us to assess and interpret the marginal effect of the attitudinal response on margin2 the iclv model can be specified with other choice kernels as well, e.g. multinomial logit or latent class, but throughout this paper, whenever we refer to the iclv model it is one specified with a random parameters mixed logit kernel. 309the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? al utility in the same way as we would for age, gender or income. however, as discussed above, by including attitudinal measures directly in the model, we assume that responses to these attitudinal questions are direct measures of attitudes, e.g. pro-environmental attitudes, and that they are exogenous, i.e.  that the responses are uncorrelated with the error terms. if either assumption is violated, our model is misspecified and our parameters may be biased. to avoid some of the issues associated with measurement error and endogeneity bias, we can, for example, use a hybrid choice model. in this model, we assume that the responses to the attitudinal questions are mapped to a latent variable that is included directly in the marginal utility expression just like we would for any other individual characteristic. in our case, the latent variable is given by the following structural equation: (3) where is a normally distributed random disturbance with zero mean and standard deviation to be estimated. responses to our pro-environmental behaviour question are given on a three-point likert scale, as explained below. since the response is on an ordered scale, we need to use an ordered model for the measurement equations (daly et al., 2012). let us create an underlying continuous variable, i*, that determines the observed response to the indicator question. for individual n, we assume the following relationship with the latent variable: (4) where is a constant to estimate, represents the variation of the underlying continuous variable for a unitary variation in the latent variable and εn is an idiosyncratic random disturbance term assumed to be a deviate from an identically and independently standard logistic distribution. now, we can map the value of to the observed cardinal response to the three-point indicator question. specifically, with l denoting the index for the indicator response (i.e. l∈{1,2,3}), we have: (5) where and are threshold parameters to be estimated. in order to preserve the positive signs of all of the probabilities and ensure that the support is over the entire real line, there is a strict ordering of threshold values that demarcate the observed ordinal levels of the indicator question, specifically -∞< < <∞, with τ0=-∞ and τl=∞. with this in place, the probability for the response to the indicator question for individual n can be represented by the ordered logit model: (6) where λ(.) represents the standard logistic cumulative distribution function and is a variable equal to one when the indicator level l is responded by individual n and zero otherwise. 310 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf to estimate the iclv model, we need to maximize the joint likelihood of the observed sequence of choices and the observed responses to the likert scale questions gauging proenvironmental behaviour. we can write the overall likelihood function as follows: (7) where denotes the normal density with mean zero and variance . note the probability now involves a k+1 dimensional integral. 3. synthetic data generating process and approach 3.1 data we use monte-carlo experiments to generate synthetic datasets. this is particularly useful because we know the true parameters underlying the data generating process (dgp) and will enable us to judge model performance in terms of how close the model estimates are to the true values. for this demonstration, we construct a stated choice experiment characterized by three environmental attributes: “area” represents the protected area (in 1,000 km2) with levels 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12; “broadleaf ” denotes the fraction of newly planted trees that are broad-leafed with levels 0.0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, and 1.0; and, “recreation” is a zero-one indicator variable signifying if recreation opportunities are available. the “cost” attribute is specified as having six levels: €5, €10, €15, €20, €25 and €30. next we generate a random experimental design consisting of 500 synthetic individuals completing six choice tasks comprising two alternatives.3 for the indicator question we make use of a three-point likert-scale indicating environmental tendency: anti-environmental tendencies, neutral-environmental tendencies and pro-environmental tendencies. our monte-carlo strategy involves 25 data generation processes. in all settings, the model specification used in the dgp is based on the iclv model with a random parameters mixed logit kernel described above. specifically, we assume: βnk=μk+γkln+σkυnk, (8) where υnk is an independent standard normal deviate, meaning that σk can be interpreted as the standard deviation of the (underlying) normal distribution.4 the parameter vector γ determines the direction and strength of the relationship between the latent variable and the marginal utilities. to asses how findings are sensitive to different values of γ we consider different vectors. this goes from the case where the latent variable has no bearing on any of the marginal utility distributions (i.e. where γk=0∀k) to one in which it plays a 3 while this design ensures that all attribute levels can be estimated independently of each other, we recognise that a more efficient experimental design could have been used to minimise the variance of the parameters. however, in a monte carlo experiment with specified parameters it may be more appropriate to show that the results stand up in cases where the experimental design is not tailored too closely to the data-generating parameters. indeed, this would be the case in a real-life empirical application. 4 for the cost attribute, we specify βnk=-exp(μk+γkln+σkυnk) to ensure strictly negative values. 311the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? large role. given our dgp of a positive correlation between the latent variable and environmental tendency, we achieve this by increasing the γk values for the non-cost attributes and decreasing it for the cost attribute. furthermore, we consider different values of ψ to contrast the suitability of the indicator question as a manifestation of the underlying latent environmental tendency, respectively, from the case where the likert responses are independent of environmental tendencies to one in which they are, for all intents and purposes, direct measures of environmental tendency. we make use of an orthogonal setup with five sets of parameters to control for the strength of relationship between the latent variable and the marginal utility parameters and five parameters to control the strength of relationship between the latent variable and the indicator response, thus producing 25 different dgps enabling independent evaluation. the respective γk and ψ for each dgp is reported in table 1. the other parameters remain constant across all dgps. respectively, for the cost, area, broadleaf and recreation attributes the values of μk are -1.0, 0.6, 2.5 and 1.4, and the values of σk are 0.4, 0.1, 0.8 and 0.4. for σl, ζ, τ1 and τ1 we use 1.2, -0.6, -1.0 and 0.1, respectively. in practice, we generated a deviate for each synthetic individual from n~(0,σl 2) to represent their specific latent variable, and independent deviates from n~(0,σk 2) to obtain their specific marginal utility. additionally, for each utility function and their underlying continuous variable relating to the indicator we retrieved deviates from independently and identically distributed type i extreme value distributions with variance π2/6. the choices are produced by identifying the alternative associated with the largest utility value. the individual counterfactual response to the three-point indicator question is established by comparing the simulated indicator distribution against the demarcation thresholds. since idiosyncratic results can arise from a single sample of individuals, we generate 100 replications for every simulation setting. to determine how well the simulated data reflect the dgp, we report a number of pearson correlation coefficients for each data generation setting in table 1. specifically, ρwk,l and ρwk,i* denote the correlation between the mwtp for attribute k and the latent variable and the underlying continuous variable relating to the indicator, respectively. the correlation between the latent variable and the underlying continuous variable relating to the indicator is signified by ρl,i*. we can see that the correlations reflect the dgp and, most importantly, that we separately control for differences in the influence of the latent variable on preferences and the indicator. it is also noticeable that the latent variable has a relatively stronger influence on the area attribute, followed by broadleaf and, lastly, recreation. this is a deliberate artefact of the parameters we used in dgp, since it allows us to compare the implications under a wider range of settings. 3.2 analysis for each dataset generated, we estimate six candidate models. this includes a random parameters mixed logit model (mxl), a random parameters mixed logit model with the indicators mapping directly to the marginal utilities (mxlind) and a hybrid random parameters mixed logit model (lvmxl), that matches the dgp, where the latent variable enters both the marginal utility expressions and measurement equation relating to environmental tendency. it is widely acknowledged that models relying on the strict notion of 312 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf ta bl e 1. p ar am et er s us ed in th e d g ps a nd m ea n co rr el at io ns a cr os s th e 10 0 m on te -c ar lo s im ul at io ns . 313the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? independent random parameters can be inferior to those that accommodate correlation (mariel and artabe, 2020; mariel and meyerhoff, 2018). while this correlation can stem from observable characteristics (e.g. gender, age and income), it may also be an artefact of unobserved latent variables. the importance of this latter point is often not fully appreciated. indeed, a pertinent question is whether or not—and in what settings—allowing for correlation is an acceptable substitute for hybrid latent variable models and, conversely, if it is possible to say anything about the potential aptness of considering a hybrid latent variable model based on an inspection of the correlation structure of random parameters. to explore these issues we also estimate the corresponding models that allow for correlated random parameters (mxl-corr, mxlind-corr and lvmxl-corr, respectively). estimating all six candidate models allows us to compare the effects under correctly specified and misspecified cases and to make inferences regarding the consequences of the naïve assumption(s). combined, this leads to a total of 15,000 mixed logit models to estimate (i.e. 25 simulation treatments times 100 replications times six model specifications). all models are coded and estimated using the maxlik library in r (see henningsen and toomet (2011) and r core team (2020) for further details). we used maximum simulated likelihood estimation using 500 quasi-random scrambled sobol sequences for the simulation of the random parameters and latent variable. for all models, we started the estimation iterations using the parameters that were specified as part of the dgp. 4. results in table 2, we show the mean difference in log-likelihood for all 25 dgps over the 100 simulated monte-carlo datasets, and the corresponding 2.5th and 97.5th percentiles. note that for the latent variable models we focus only on the fit of the choice model component, which we denote using ll*. first, and unsurprisingly, in accordance with mariel and meyerhoff (2018), we see that the models allowing for correlations between the random parameters fits the data better, i.e. produces higher log-likelihood values. this result holds for all three model specifications. however, we do note that the improvements in log-likelihood reported here do not penalise for the increased number of parameters. second, including the indicator directly in the utility expression leads to better choice predictions. referring back to the correlations between the indicator and latent variable for each dgp in table 1, we see that this improvement in model fit is increasing in the degree of correlation between the two (i.e. ρwk,i*). the most important take-away from this is that we find that the reduced form model without the latent variable fits the data equally well, which is consistent with vij and walker (2016). this fact really brings the question of what the additional benefit of a hybrid choice model is in many contexts to the forefront. moving beyond model fit is necessary to fully understand what is going on. while the reduced form models do “just as well” at predicting the chosen alternative, do they also retrieve unbiased and consistent estimates of the parameters and welfare measures? to explore this, in table 3 and table 4 we show the degree of bias in the parameters associated with the latent variable: specifically, with table 3 and table 4 comparing the mean error (i.e.  the mean of all differences between the estimated values and the true value for each data generation setting) and the corresponding 2.5th and 97.5th percentiles for the models without and with correlations, respectively. we report the absolute bias, but rela314 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf tive bias can be assessed by referring back to the true parameters associated with any given dgp in table 1. nonetheless, the tables are useful to compare the different dgps and signing the bias. first, looking at table 3, the most striking result is that, in general, the standard deviation of the latent variable is underestimated (first column), the parameters for cost and recreation are overestimated while those for area and broadleaf are (for the most part) underestimated. we also remark that the latent variable interaction with the indicator shows a high degree of bias for all simulation settings. indeed, in situations where ψ=0 we find that the interaction is underestimated, whereas for settings where ψ>0 we find that they are overestimated. furthermore, while the extent of the bias is increasing in ψ, we see no such pattern for the standard deviation of the latent variable or the other estimated parameters. recall that the dgp was based on the lvmxl model. while we can normally expect to see idiosyncratic bias because the integrals are simulated and the data randomly generated, the fact that we observe systematic bias is a cause for concern and should make any practitioner think twice about using hybrid choice models. the inablity to recover the true parameters—even when the dgp is known and we start the estimation at the true parameters—is disconcerting and underlines the point that these models are difficult to estimate even under “perfect” conditions.5 so what does this say about our ability to 5 we recognise that 500 quasi-random draws may not have been sufficient and that increasing the number of simulation draws may have led to a more stable set of parameter estimates. we justify this on the grounds that, table 2. mean improvement in log-likelihood (choice) over respective dgp baseline mxl model across the 100 monte-carlo simulations. 315the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? retrieve unbiased parameters in empirical settings when the dgp and its parameters are unknown? in total, we estimated 15,000 mixed logit models. increasing the number of draws would have entailed considerably more estimation time. table 3. bias for parameters connected with the latent variable in the lvmxl model. table 4. bias for parameters connected with the latent variable in the lvmxl-corr model. 316 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf turning our attention to the model with correlation reported in table 4, we see some stark differences compared to the models without correlation. the most notable change is the switching signs and larger magnitude of the bias in the standard deviation of the latent variable and ψ. this shows overwhelming evidence that allowing for correlation in the random parameters when this was not part of the dgp leads to severe bias in the parameters associated with the latent variable when the latent variable is the only source of correlation in the data. intuitively, this makes sense. we now have a whole correlation structure, in addition to the latent variable, trying to describe the influence of the latent variable. crucially, the magnitude of the bias of ψ is important because it can lead to an entirely misleading interpretation of the latent variable. note that given the true parameters of ψ in table 1, the magnitude of the bias implies that the estimated value of the impact of the latent variable will be negative. consequently, ceteris paribus, we would wrongly conclude that an increase in the latent variable is associated with an increase in the mwtp for the environmental attributes and a decrease in the tendency to report pro-environmental attitudes on our three-point likert scale question. if we look at the bias in the γ parameters, we see that this is much smaller compared to the lvmxl model. while the bias for the standard deviation of the latent variable and the latent variable indicator interactions switch signs and are considerably larger, the bias for γ is much smaller, which makes it difficult to ascertain the net effect on welfare estimates. what it does highlight, and we cannot stress this enough, is that there appears to be a dilemma and a set of unforeseen trade-offs when it comes to hybrid choice model selection. the extent to which this is just an artefact of our dgp parameters and assumptions remain unclear, as this would require further simulation work under a broader range of settings. nonetheless, it does show that model selection comes down to the analyst’s belief about correlations and that model selection and the use of these models truly is “a road fraught with peril”. to determine how the above results affect mwtp, we compare the overlapped estimated area of the actual mwtp kernel density estimates to that of the kernel density of the distribution of the means of the individual-specific posterior mwtp. this is an easy way to quantify the similarities or differences between the actual and predicted mwtp distributions. to make the comparison more intuitive, we consider the difference in the percentage overlap of each model to the basic mxl model, which represents the most naïve assumptions about the dgp. to illustrate how this difference is sensitive to the correlation between the dgp mwtp and the latent variable, as well as the indicator, we plot the differences against ρwk,l and ρwk,i*, respectively. we sort the corresponding points by the correlation measure and graph this using a technique known as locally estimated scatterplot smoothing (loess).6 we show these in figure 1, figure 2 and figure 3 (and their associated 95 percent confidence level) for the area, broadleaf and recreation attributes, respectively. specifically, the locally regressed and smoothed percentage point differences in overlap of each candidate model relative to the mxl model are plotted against: (i) the correlation between the actual mwtp and the latent variable in the left panel; and, (ii) the correlation between the actual mwtp and the underlying continuous variable relat6 the loess method is a non-parametric approach where fitting is done locally (in our case with a neighbourhood proportion of 0.4). the result is a smooth curve, which makes it easier to detect trends. this was achieved using the stats library in r . 317the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? ing to the indicator in the right panel. as we move from the origin to the right, the degree of correlation increases. the vertical axis shows the percentage point difference in overlap relative to the mxl model, meaning that a move up this axis signifies that the candidate model does better at predicting the true mwtp distribution relative to the mxl model. as might be expected, a visual inspection of figures 1-3 reveals that all models generally retrieve the same mwtp distributions when the correlation between mwtp and either the latent variable or indicator is low. but, as the degree of correlation increases, we can see that the models that accommodate correlated random parameters and/or environmental tendency (either directly or indirectly) are better at explaining the true mwtp distributions. recall the discussion relating to the switching signs for the bias in the standard deviation of the latent variable and the interaction of the latent variable; figure 1. percentage point difference in overlap of mwtp distributions relative to the true mwtp distribution for area. figure 2. percentage point difference in overlap of mwtp distributions relative to the true mwtp distribution for broadleaf. 318 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf this switch does not appear to affect the estimation of mwtp. relatively speaking, for the most part, the lvmxl and lvmxl-corr curves are closely aligned. focusing on figure 1, we see that as the correlation with the latent variable (left panel) increases beyond 0.2, the models that directly or indirectly include the indicator outperform the mxl and mxl-corr models. this is an important finding, since it suggests that simply allowing for correlation does not, in itself, allow us to recover the correct mwtp distribution. however, it must be noted that this result is strongest in cases where the correlation with the latent variable is moderate. as the strength of the relationship gets very high (ρ>0.6) there is a clear turning point, indicating that the relative importance of directly or indirectly including the indicator lessens. but this same finding is not observed for the mxl-corr model, to the extent that just allowing for correlated random parameters does all most just as well at retrieving the correct mwtp to pay distribution. importantly, this suggests that if the analyst believes that most, if not all, of the correlation between the random parameters are caused by a single unobserved latent variable, and that the effect of this variable is sufficiently strong, then simply estimating a standard mixed logit model with a full correlation structure may be sufficient if mwtp is the key measure of interest. though, of course, this comes at the expense of not knowing the underlying source of heterogeneity, which may, or may not, be of interest. we also observe that the mxlind and mxlind-corr are better able to uncover the true mwtp distribution compared to the lvmxl and lvmxl-corr, respectively, when the strength of relationship between the latent variable and mwtp is weak or moderate. as the strength of relationship increases, however, we remark that this no longer holds. this additional insight implies that the relative advantage of iclv models over simpler models to retrieve the correct mwtp distribution is dependent on the strength of the role that the latent variable plays on the distribution. while not a surprising finding, it reinforces the need to think twice about using hybrid choice models in situations where it is believed that the latent variable is weakly related. these findings are perhaps better illustrated when the change in overlap is plotted against the correlation with the indicator. the downward turn figure 3. percentage point difference in overlap of mwtp distributions relative to the true mwtp distribution for recreation. 319the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? towards the mxl baseline is even more pronounced at higher levels of correlation for all but the mxl-corr model and especially so for the models that directly include the indicator responses in the utility function. at this point, recall that the “area” attribute is also the one that is linked the strongest to the latent variable and the indicator. this explains why the difference between the models are so stark and why we see that this result is mitigated as the relationship between mwtp and the latent variable and indicator becomes weaker. for example, looking at the figures 2 and 3, where the strengths of association are lower, we see that the predicted curves are more closely aligned and do not exhibit an inverted u-shape. this implies that, for these attributes, models that include the indicator (either directly or indirectly) do not produce markedly better predictions of the mwtp distribution compared to the mxl-corr model, and this holds irrespective of the correlation between mwtp and either the latent variable or indicator. for the recreation attribute (figure 3), which had the lowest association with the latent variable and indicator response, the predicted curves are relatively flat, suggesting that the prediction of the mwtp distribution is less sensitive to which of candidate models is used. while these are also obvious findings, the fact that we are able to retrieve, show and prove them through our simulation is reassuring. in generating the results illustrated in figures 1-3 we took account of all synthetic individuals per dgp. however, this may mask the relative performance of each candidate model to correctly predict mwtp for individuals who hold a particular environmental tendency. indeed, one of the often-purported advantages of iclv models is their ability to provide additional insight on preference heterogeneity, particular among those with different latent attitudes. while, as stated earlier, we should be prudent about making policy recommendations on the basis of a latent variable – as well as the, obvious, impracticality, and futility, of targeting policy on the basis of an indicator response – policy makers may still be interested in knowing how members of society with different environmental tendencies judge their policies. for this reason, in figures 4-5, we plot the locally regressed and smoothed mean bias in mwtp for each attribute against the correlation between the attribute and the latent variable broken down by whether an individual holds anti, neutral or pro-environmental tendencies, depicted on the first, second and third panel, respectively.7 for comparison, in the fourth panel, we also present this for all individuals. looking firstly at this fourth panel, we see that the curves essentially overlap and are not significantly different from zero when the correlation between mwtp and the latent variable is weak or moderate. in these cases, the ability to retrieve the mean mwtp (across all individuals) does not appear to be affected by the degree of correlation with the latent variable nor by which of the candidate models we use. as can be seen in figures 4-5, however, these curves begin to diverge as the degree of correlation increases (ρ>0.5) to the extent that some are significantly different from zero. this insight suggests that if the main interest is on describing the means of the posterior mwtp distributions at the sample level, model choice is perhaps only consequential when the mwtp distribution 7 for this, we subtract the actual individual-specific mwtp from the mean of the predicted individual-specific posterior mwtp and take the arithmetic mean for each data generation setting and model and, again, apply the loess method with a smoothing parameter of 0.4. the results are qualitatively similar for correlations between the attribute and the indicator and is omitted from the paper for brevity, but are available from the corresponding author upon request. 320 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf is believed to be strongly correlated with the latent variable. this is expected given the results above and that more flexible models are preferred if you suspect high degrees of correlation between mwtp and the latent variable. however, the corresponding curves produced for individuals who hold anti-, neutral or pro-environmental tendencies tell a somewhat different story. only when the mwtp and latent variable distributions are uncorrelated do we find that all models produce relatively unbiased estimates of mwtp irrespective of environmental tendency. however, with any degree of correlation we see that the mxl and mxl-corr models produce biased mwtp estimates for each subgroup. specifically, these models overestimate individual-specific mwtp for individuals who hold antiand (albeit to a lesser extent) neutral environmental tendencies, whereas they underestimate for the subgroup with pro-environmental tendencies. an important figure 4. mean bias in mwtp broken down by anti-, neutral and pro-environmental tendencies for area. figure 5. mean bias in mwtp broken down by anti-, neutral and pro-environmental tendencies for broadleaf. 321the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? finding for analysts who make use of individual-specific posterior mwtp estimates is that the extent of these biases increase with the degree of correlation. while this trend of overestimating mwtp for antias well as neutral environmental tendencies and underestimating for pro-environmental tendencies still largely holds for the other candidate models, it is less evident and we observe it to be less sensitive to the degree of correlation. nonetheless, there appears to be systematic differences between the models where we have included the indicators directly and their analogous latent variable models. for example, in figures 4-5, relative to the mxlind and mxlind-corr models, the lvmxl and lvmxl-corr models, respectively, produce higher mwtp estimates for the antiand pro-environmental tendency subgroups, but lower estimates for the neutral subgroup. furthermore, these differences become more apparent as the degree of correlation between the mwtp and latent variable distributions increase. while the extent to which this finding can be generalized beyond our data generation settings is unclear, it does, nonetheless, further emphasise the difficultly associated with model selection when latent attitudes are believed to play an important role on mwtp. 5. discussion and concluding remarks in this paper, we generate a series of monte-carlo simulations that separately control for the strength of relationship between the latent variable and preferences and the strength of relationship between the latent variable and the indicator. in the real world, structural equations usually comprise standard socio-demographic characteristics and are often weak. to mimic this in the present paper, without complicating the dgp more than necessary, we treat the latent variable as normally distributed with zero mean and estimated standard deviation. this is exactly identical to a structural equation containing only an error-term. this also means that our reduced form model is a mixed logit model with an additional random error component (vij and walker, 2016). in the present paper, we used a simple three-point likert scale question as an indicator of environmental tendency. this indicator was included in an ordered logit measurement equation. for each dataset generated, we estimate a random parameters mixed logit model, a random parameters mixed logit model with the indicators mapping directly to the marginal utilities and an iclv random parameters mixed logit model, each with and without allowing for correlation among the random parameters. from our results, it is clear that if you are only interested in choice prediction, then a mixed logit model with correlation may perform equally well to a hybrid choice model. while this is consistent with the general result of vij and walker (2016), who suggest that a reduced form model will fit the data at least as well, this is not in and of itself a reason to not use iclv models. as we, and others, have shown, such models can offer greater insight into underling behavioural phenomena and contribute to decomposing marginal effects of the latent attitude on welfare estimates. but whether or not these additional behavioural insights outweigh the costs of estimating them remains an empirical question and will be entirely context dependent. in our simulations, we show that if the structural and measurement equations are weak (i.e.  if observable characteristics are poor predictors of the latent variables, if appropriate indicators are not available and/or if the correlation between preferences, the latent construct and the indicator is weak), then 322 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf the model’s ability to separately identify the marginal effects are likely limited and the benefits of developing and using an iclv model are less clear-cut. in the cases where we do have weak structural equations, the use of measurement equations can help explain the latent variable and improve the fit of our choice model. unfortunately, in real world applications we do not know a priori whether an indicator is good or bad, nor is there much guidance on the strengths of correlation. but there are ways to identify better indicators using, for example, exploratory factor analysis (hoyos et al., 2015; mariel et al., 2018; mariel and meyerhoff, 2016). ultimately, however, we show that model selection should be driven by the analyst’s belief about the strength of correlations between preferences, the latent variable and indicator. in any case, we need to be careful and mindful of the criticisms of chorus and kroesen (2014) and kroesen and chorus (2018): given the potential endogenous relationship between the latent variable and choice and the crosssectional nature of the data, it is impossible to ascertain a causal relationship between attitudes and behaviour meaning that we should be very careful recommending policies that target the latent variable itself. while we have not spent significant time talking about prediction in the present paper, we do feel it is prudent to reiterate that hybrid choice models can lead to improved predictions, but that any improvements are only likely in the case where it would be possible to predict the future state of the latent variable itself (vij and walker, 2016; yáñez et al., 2010). more likely than not, this type of data will not be available. this is also possibly why we see that our models fit the data equally well, i.e.  in terms of explaining the sequence of choices made by individuals. that said, the conclusions in this paper echo those of many others (chorus and kroesen, 2014; kroesen and chorus, 2018; vij and walker, 2016), that we need to take better heed of the quality of our data and recognize the limitations of it. the usefulness of iclv models hinge on the quality of the data, and an iclv model applied to poor data may add nothing to explanatory power and even less to policy. furthermore, it is clear from our simulation work that even under “perfect” conditions, we struggled to retrieve the true parameters of the model, and the appropriateness of the model itself came down to the degree of correlation between our attributes, latent variable and indicator. taken together, this makes the use of latent variable models, perhaps especially to inform policy, a road fraught with peril. acknowledgements erlend dancke sandorf acknowledges funding from the european union’s horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under the marie sklodowska-curie grant agreement no 793163. any remaining errors are the sole responsibility of the authors. references alemu, m.h., olsen, s.b., 2019. linking consumers’ food choice motives to their preferences for insect-based food products: an application of integrated choice and latent variable model in an african context. journal of agricultural economics 70, 241–258. https://doi.org/10.1111/1477-9552.12285 323the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? bahamonde-birke, f.j., ortúzar, j. de d., 2017. analyzing the continuity of attitudinal and perceptual indicators in hybrid choice models. journal of choice modelling, iatbr 2015 14th international conference on travel behaviour research (iatbr ) 25, 28–39. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jocm.2017.01.003 ben-akiva, m., mcfadden, d., train, k., walker, j., bhat, c., bierlaire, m., bolduc, d., boersch-supan, a., brownstone, d., bunch, d.s., daly, a., de palma, a., gopinath, d., karlstrom, a., munizaga, m.a., 2002. hybrid choice models: progress and challenges. marketing letters 13, 163–175. https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1020254301302 bhat, c.r., dubey, s.k., nagel, k., 2015. introducing non-normality of latent psychological constructs in choice modeling with an application to bicyclist route choice. transportation research part b: methodological 78, 341–363. https://doi. org/10.1016/j.trb.2015.04.005 boyce, c., czajkowski, m., hanley, n., 2019. personality and economic choices. journal of environmental economics and management 94, 82–100. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. jeem.2018.12.004 chorus, c.g., kroesen, m., 2014. on the (im-)possibility of deriving transport policy implications from hybrid choice models. transport policy 36, 217–222. https://doi. org/10.1016/j.tranpol.2014.09.001 daly, a., hess, s., patruni, b., potoglou, d., rohr, c., 2012. using ordered attitudinal indicators in a latent variable choice model: a study of the impact of security on rail travel behaviour. transportation 39, 267–297. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11116-011-9351-z guevara, c.a., ben-akiva, m., 2010. addressing endogeneity in discrete choice models: assessing control-function and latent-variable methods, in: hess, s., daly, a. (eds.), choice modelling: the state-of-the-art and the state-of-practice. emerald group publishing limited, pp. 353–370. https://doi.org/10.1108/9781849507738-016 henningsen, a., toomet, o., 2011. maxlik: a package for maximum likelihood estimation in r. computational statistics, computational s 26, 443–458. https://doi. org/10.1007/s00180-010-0217-1 hess, s., 2012. rethinking heterogeneity: the role of attitudes, decision rules and information processing strategies. transportation letters 4, 105–113. https://doi.org/10.3328/ tl.2012.04.02.105-113 hess, s., stathopoulos, a., 2013. linking response quality to survey engagement: a combined random scale and latent variable approach. journal of choice modelling 7, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jocm.2013.03.005 hoyos, d., mariel, p., hess, s., 2015. incorporating environmental attitudes in discrete choice models: an exploration of the utility of the awareness of consequences scale. science of the total environment 505, 1100–1111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2014.10.066 kassahun, h.t., nicholson, c.f., jacobsen, j.b., steenhuis, t.s., 2016. accounting for user expectations in the valuation of reliable irrigation water access in the ethiopian highlands. agricultural water management 168, 45–55. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. agwat.2016.01.017 kroesen, m., chorus, c., 2018. the role of general and specific attitudes in predicting travel behavior – a fatal dilemma? travel behaviour and society 10, 33–41. https:// doi.org/10.1016/j.tbs.2017.09.004 324 danny campbell, erlend dancke sandorf kroesen, m., handy, s., chorus, c., 2017. do attitudes cause behavior or vice versa? an alternative conceptualization of the attitude-behavior relationship in travel behavior modeling. transportation research part a: policy and practice 101, 190–202. https:// doi.org/10.1016/j.tra.2017.05.013 lundhede, t., jacobsen, j.b., hanley, n., strange, n., thorsen, b.j., 2015. incorporating outcome uncertainty and prior outcome beliefs in stated preferences. land economics 91, 296–316. https://doi.org/10.3368/le.91.2.296 mariel, p., artabe, a., 2020. interpreting correlated random parameters in choice experiments. journal of environmental economics and management 103, 102363. https:// doi.org/10.1016/j.jeem.2020.102363 mariel, p., hoyos, d., artabe, a., guevara, c.a., 2018. a multiple indicator solution approach to endogeneity in discrete-choice models for environmental valuation. science of the total environment 633, 967–980. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2018.03.254 mariel, p., meyerhoff, j., 2018. a more flexible model or simply more effort? on the use of correlated random parameters in applied choice studies. ecological economics 154, 419–429. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2018.08.020 mariel, p., meyerhoff, j., 2016. hybrid discrete choice models: gained insights versus increasing effort. science of the total environment 568, 433–443. https://doi. org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2016.06.019 mcfadden, d., 1986. the choice theory approach to market research. marketing science 5, 275–297. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.5.4.275 mcfadden, d., train, k., 2000. mixed mnl models for discrete response. journal of applied econometrics 15, 447–470. https://doi.org/10.1002/10991255(200009/10)15:5<447::aid-jae570>3.0.co;2-1 r core team, 2020. r: a language and environment for statistical computing. r foundation for statistical computing, vienna, austria. taye, f.a., vedel, s.e., jacobsen, j.b., 2018. accounting for environmental attitude to explain variations in willingness to pay for forest ecosystem services using the new environmental paradigm. journal of environmental economics and policy 7, 420–440. https://doi.org/10.1080/21606544.2018.1467346 vij, a., walker, j.l., 2016. how, when and why integrated choice and latent variable models are latently useful. transportation research part b: methodological 90, 192–217. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trb.2016.04.021 yáñez, m.f., raveau, s., ortúzar, j. de d., 2010. inclusion of latent variables in mixed logit models: modelling and forecasting. transportation research part a: policy and practice 44, 744–753. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tra.2010.07.007 zawojska, e., bartczak, a., czajkowski, m., 2019. disentangling the effects of policy and payment consequentiality and risk attitudes on stated preferences. journal of environmental economics and management 93, 63–84. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. jeem.2018.11.007 investigating determinants of choice and predicting market shares of renewable-based heating systems under alternative policy scenarios cristiano franceschinis, mara thiene multi-country stated preferences choice analysis for fresh tomatoes maria de salvo1,*, riccardo scarpa2,3,4, roberta capitello2, diego begalli2 “not my cup of coffee”. farmers’ preferences for coffee variety traits. lessons for crop breeding in the age of climate change abrha megos meressa, ståle navrud* does the place of residence affect land use preferences? evidence from a choice experiment in germany julian sagebiel1,*, klaus glenk2, jürgen meyerhoff3 the use of latent variable models in policy: a road fraught with peril? danny campbell*, erlend dancke sandorf bio-based and applied economics 7(3): 217-232, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7676 the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils luca cacchiarelli1,*, anna carbone2, tiziana laureti1, alessandro sorrentino1 1 dipartimento di economia, ingegneria, società e impresa, università della tuscia, viterbo, italy 2 dipartimento per l’innovazione nei sistemi biologici, agroalimentari e forestali, università della tuscia, viterbo, italy date of submission: 2018 11th, march; accepted 2019 17th, july abstract. this study focuses on the italian market for high quality olive oil and seeks at assessing the value of a set of emerging quality clues. to this aim a hedonic price model is proposed where the price is regressed on various product attributes using a quantile regression that allows for deeper insights. the analysis covers about one thousand italian extra-virgin olive oils reviewed by slow food guide. overall, results indicate that various quality clues (e.g.: variety of the olives, the production area, the certification of origin, the organic certification) are associated with relevant price premiums. moreover, the quantile regression reveals the values associated to quality changes at different price levels. it is worthwhile to underline that the usual negative price premium against olive oils produced in southern italy tends to decrease in higher market segments. keywords. hedonic price, extra-virgin olive oil, quantile regression, quality clues. jel. q11, q13. 1. introduction olive oil is an important component of the mediterranean diet, it is used as a seasoning and as such it is basically eaten in association with many different foods. more than half of the world olive oil production and consumption are concentrated in eu and other mediterranean countries which traditionally are both producers and consumers. however, olive oil is increasingly appreciated worldwide as a healthy and tasty vegetable fat and its use is growing all around the world given the increased popularity of the mediterranean diet, especially among consumers in north america, australia and large parts of asia (bottcher et al., 2017; romo muñoz et al., 2015). over the last years several new quality features started playing an important role for enhancing product differentiation and market segmentation both in traditional and newer *corresponding author: cacchiarelli@unitus.it 218 luca cacchiarelli et alii consumption countries. this process not only leads to a segmentation of consumers based on taste and other personal variables, but also differentiates olive oils on the basis of different consumption occasions and of the kind of foods that olive oil is going to match. olive oil is becoming a trendy seasoning with a hedonic connotation so that its market started resembling that of wine (cacchiarelli et al., 2016b; cabrera et al., 2014). traditionally, differences in olive oils were mainly related to chemical attributes (i.e. acidity or polyphenols) that are, in turn, related to cultivation and olive-picking techniques as well as to the technology adopted for extracting oil from olives. besides, in the italian market olive oil quality is also largely associated to the production area (particularly to soil, climate and olive varieties that are associated to the place of production). the area of production may be defined at different levels such as country level, regional level, or even with reference to smaller areas (menapace et al., 2011; van der lans et al., 2001; verbeke et al., 2012). in this changing market the importance of some quality clues is emerging, although these may have different roles in different demand segments. among the others, it is worth recalling: i) the environmental impact of the production process and the related certifications (cacchiarelli et al., 2016a; marette, 2017) including organic that has gained momentum as a relevant quality feature also for olive oil (schleenbecker and hamm, 2013; cabrera et al., 2014; martinez et al., 2002); ii) the kind of flavor that may match different foods (i.e. intense or mild fruity); iii) the color (i.e. green vs. yellow) and the turbidity; iv) the shape, the size and the color of the bottle or the design of the label. all these quality features generate a complex system of both vertical and horizontal differentiation, as some attributes (i.e. acidity) can be ranked from the best to the less preferred ones, while for other attributes consumers’ preferences are not aligned (i.e. filtered vs non-filtered olive oil, oils from tuscany vs. umbria regions). in countries where the use of olive oil is traditional and common, the consumers’ ability to choose quality attributes is widely based on buying habits. in newer markets consumers need to collect information in different ways and many quality clues have been developed at different stages of the value chain and by different stakeholders (roselli et al., 2016). relevant quality clues are mainly experience and credence attributes, implying that the market is affected by a significant degree of asymmetric information (mastronardi et al, 2015). as the sophistication of the product and the complexity of the market increase, additional information is required and the effectiveness and reliability of each quality attribute can be questioned (hassan and mornier-dilhan, 2002). in this context, reviews by experts in journals and guides as well as testing events and prizes, become a relevant source of information. they also provide comparisons between individual preferences and external, more competent and objective judgments, thus contributing to increase product value (spiller and belogolova, 2017). these reviews are used not only by the final consumers but also by many different kinds of stakeholders along the chain (poroissien and vissier, 2018; cacchiarelli et al., 2016b; delgado and guinard, 2011). such a complex market implies that also prices are diversified and span over a large range; as a consequence, price itself further segments the market and contributes to convey information about quality and safety (haws et al., 2017). in order to fully understand the crucial role of price in this market it is useful to keep in mind that olive oil, besides being itself a differentiated good, has also many cheap substitutes among other vegetable oils. this means that when purchasing olive oil and particularly extra-virgin ones 219the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils (evoo), consumers are already in high segments of the wider vegetable oil market and are seeking for a quality product for which they carefully consider price and attributes (martinez et al., 2002). following these premises, this study aims at assessing the role of different quality clues in the creation of value in higher segments of the italian olive oil market. on the one side, this focus allows to get insights on one of the oldest and largest evoo market; on the other side, we argue that looking at the higher and more sophisticated segments of the market contributes to understanding which tendencies will spread in the near future in the wider evoo market. to meet this goal, a hedonic price model is estimated where price is regressed on different quality clues (rosen, 1974; thrane, 2004). most works employing the hedonic price approach have focused on wine (benfratello et al., 2009; schamel, 2006; cacchiarelli et al., 2016a). however, in recent years, various studies aimed at identifying the more effective variables in creating value in the olive oil markets, both in eu mediterranean countries (italy, greece and spain) and in the so called “new countries” (chile and us) (romo muñoz et al., 2015; gazquez-abad and sanchez-perez, 2009; roselli et al., 2016; carbone et al., 2018). in literature, the hedonic price models have been usually estimated by using ordinary least squares (ols) regression. however, over the last few years the quantile regression model (qrm) has also been applied in order to establish whether the relationship between price and other product characteristics and quality clues varies at different price levels (cacchiarelli et al., 2014; costanigro et al., 2010). while the former shows how the various quality clues affect, on average, prices, the latter detects additional patterns (location, scale and skewness shifts) related to the effects of the covariates and, thus, allows to investigate consumer behaviour at different price levels. the paper is organized as follows. section 2 illustrates the source of data, the model specification and the methods employed in the estimations. section 3 reports and discusses results, while section 4 concludes. 2. methodology 2.1 the source of data data used for estimating the hedonic price model comes from one of the major italian olive oil guides: slow food guide (2014 edition).this guide has been chosen for three basic reasons: i) the data set is quite large as it includes 1024 evoos (of which 1001 have been utilized for the analysis due to missing data for the remaining 23); ii) coverage of italian production areas is wide; iii) information released about each product is rich and relevant for stakeholders. for each reviewed producer/oil the guide reports a set of information about the product, about the farm/mill and about the production process. olive oils included in this guide account for about 3% of evoo national production (in volume) and represent the top segment of the market with an average price that is about 5 times higher than the average unit value of bulk production. this focus on top quality evoos allows us to investigate on a quite peculiar market segment where quality and attention to quality clues are very high (slow food, 2014). evidences from such a peculiar market segment cannot be extended sic et simpliciter to the whole evoo market. how220 luca cacchiarelli et alii ever, considering that market niches and especially high market segments tend to anticipate upcoming trends that spread out over time, these findings bring interesting insights on what will likely be general future trends (yeoman and mcmahon-beattie, 2006; lataczlohmann & foster, 1997 ). 2.2 model specification 2.2.1 the model in the analysis of differentiated products, several studies have adopted hedonic price models in which the price is described as a function of product characteristics (deselnicu et al., 2013; oczkowski, 2001). in this study, with the aim of measuring the price premiums associated to different quality clues in the italian olive oil market we use a hedonic price model specified as follows: log poili = α0 + α1icui + α2ipii + α3imii + α4ivoli + α5iori + α6iszi+ α7igii + α8imri + εi (1) where: log poili, the logarithm base 10 of the evoo price, is the dependent variable; cui indicates a set of dummy variables accounting for olive variety; pii is a dummy variable that indicates the technique of harvesting; mii is an ordinal variable indicating the degree of vertical integration; voli is an ordinal variable measuring production volumes by class; ori is the dummy for organic evoos; szi accounts for bottle size (ordinal); gii assesses the presence of the certification of origin; mri is a categorical variable for the macro-area of origin. it is worth to underline that not all the quality cues here considered have the same visibility for consumers. in fact, while some appear in the label of the bottle, other do not. however almost all can be found in the producer/seller website and all of them are released by slow food guide. the model assumes that consumers in this super premium market segment are so interested in quality features that, not only are willing to pay very high prices but also devote time and expertise in collecting and evaluating these less visible pieces of information. besides, it should also be taken into account that retailers in these premiums market segments are usually willing and committed to release additional information they consider valuable to customers (clerides et al., 2008). 2.2.2 the variables. the variables included in the model are described below while table 1 reports frequencies and descriptive statistics of price distribution for all the selected explanatory variables. 1) prices are released by producers at the final consumers’ price (in euros, vat included). each price is referred to the actual bottle size used for packaging (250/500/750 ml and 1 liter) so that, in order to allow for correct comparisons, the dependent variable was transformed in euros per liter. the mean and the median values (respectively 16 and 18.7 euros/lt. as shown in table 1) confirm that the market reviewed by the guide is correctly defined as super premium1. 1 the maximum price value, as evidenced in table 1, is very high due to an outlier present in the sample, as it is also confirmed by the price value at 90th quantile (30 euros). 221the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils 2) cu relates to olive variety (i.e. the cultivar of the tree). mono-cultivar oils were not so common in italy until a few years ago though presently their number is increasing as a mean for differentiation and following consumers’ interest for variety based also on sensory features and their inclination for (re)discovering old traditional varieties. slow food guide devotes much attention to mono-cultivar oils. the model includes three categories of mono-cultivar oils that are distinguished according to the territorial diffusion of the olive variety: i) national olives such as pendolino, moraiolo, leccino, and a few others (14% of the sample); regional varieties such as itrana, carolea, carboncella and many others (13% of the sample); and local varieties that are hundreds each cultivated in a very limited area (altogether these account for 23% of the sample). this distinction is aimed to get information about the value that consumers may attach to diversification and strong territorial roots vs wider diffusion and more general reputation of more common and better-known varieties. the remaining half of the oils reviewed in the guide are blend of different cultivars; this dummy act as benchmark for the other cases. 3) pi indicates the technique of harvesting: where 100% hand picking and machine aided hand picking are both included in the same dummy (that accounts for 77% of the sample) as opposed to complete machine picking (23%), as the latter has a different impact on product quality and on cost level and structure. 4) mi is an ordinal variable reflecting the degree of vertical integration and, thus, measuring the strengths of the relation among stakeholders in charge of olive production and oil processing and packaging. the stricter relation holds when there is an on-farm table 1. frequencies and descriptive statistics of price distribution for the different quality clues. national cultivar 141 0.14 7.5 10.5 14 16.5 19.88 20 30 52 regional cultivar 134 0.13 8 10.5 14 16.5 19.16 20 30 80 local cultivar 227 0.23 6.5 10.5 14 16.5 19.48 20 30 100 olive oil blend 499 0.50 5.5 10.5 14 16.5 18.71 20 30 100 pi hand picked 778 0.77 5.5 10.5 14 17 19 20 30 100 cooperative mill 133 0.13 5.5 10.5 13.5 16 18.3 20 30 50 mill on farm 394 0.39 6.5 10 13.5 17.25 19.4 21.5 30 100 mill off farm 474 0.47 6 10.5 14 16 18.3 20 30 80 1-50 hl 562 0.56 5.5 10.5 14 17 19.1 20 30 100 51-100 hl 154 0.15 7 10 13 17 18.6 20 28 52 101-500 hl 94 0.09 8 10 13 15.75 17.2 20 28 42 >501 hl 191 0.19 6 9.5 13 16 18.25 20 30 48 or organic 475 0.47 5.5 10.5 14 16.5 18.5 20 30 80 bottle of 250 ml 30 0.03 12 19.5 30 32 37 40 54 100 bottle of 500 ml 583 0.58 9 13 16 20 21.2 24 30 60 bottle of 750 ml 329 0.33 5.5 9.5 10.5 13.5 13.9 15.5 20 48 bottle of 1 litre 59 0.06 6 7.5 9 12 11.4 13 16 20 gi pdo-pgi 183 0.16 5.5 10 14 17 20.4 20 30 60 north 147 0.15 10 14 20 24 24.7 28 37 100 centre 361 0.36 8 12 16 18 20.0 22 30 50 south 492 0.49 5.5 9.5 12 14 15.8 18 24 80 total 1001 1.00 5.5 10.5 14 16 18.71 20 30 100 cu mr mean 70th quantile 90th quantile variable mi vol sz maxobs freq min 10th quantile 30th quantile 50th (median) source: our elaborations on slowfood 2013. 222 luca cacchiarelli et alii mill (39% of the sample), the second level refers to farms cooperatives that mill olives conferred by members (which are 13%) and the third case is represented by private mills (47% of the sample) that process olives bought from different farms (that are mostly located, nearby). in this case we estimate the price premiums associated to oils from on-farm mills, or from cooperatives in comparison with oils from off-farm mills (the benchmark for the estimation of the pp). 5) vol expresses the production scale as follows: 1-50 hl (56%), 51-100 hl (15%), 101-500 hl (9%) and more than 500 hl (19%). although the most of the producers in the sample are small or medium-small, the relation between production volumes and price may be complex due to possible diverging reputational effects as it will be discussed later on in the text. 6) organic oils (or) represent a bit less than half of the slow food selection (47%). organic production is quite established in the italian olive oil sector thanks to the favorable climatic conditions in many areas and to the emerging consumers’ interest for this attribute. 7) variable sz represents the following bottle size: 250 ml (3%), 500 ml (58%), 750 ml (33%) and 1000ml (6%). the size of the bottle affects the use of the product; smaller bottles are preferred for making presents, for trying new products (martinez et al., 2002), for special occasions and in case of difficult transport conditions (e.g. in case tourists buy evoo when travelling). conversely, larger bottles are preferred for domestic every-day consumption. 8) gi is the european certification of origin which includes pdo (protected designation of origin) and pgi (protected geographical indication); however, since in italy there is only one pgi olive oil but many pdos, for the purposes of this analysis they have been all gathered in one dummy that distinguish between gi (pdo and pgi) certified evoos (16%) and non-certified ones (84%). 9) mr represents the area of origin defined at the following macro-area level: northern (15%), central (36%) and southern italian regions (49%). in the italian evoo market, especially in segments where quality is relevant, the macro-area of production matters for consumers as it is also confirmed by significant and persistent price differences for both bulk and bottled oils. although the reputation of evoos from different regions varies significantly within the country, stricter area definition was not possible due to the small size of some regional sub-samples in the guide. as it can be seen from table 1, the mean of the price distribution is higher than the median, for many quality clues, thus suggesting that the dependent variable is positively skewed (the value of the fischer coefficient is 2.35). moreover, the range values (max-min) suggest a great heterogeneity of prices in the sample. figure 1 shows the distribution of prices through a probability density function, which is a powerful tool to describe several properties of a variable of interest (cowell and flachair, 2013). although this function seems basically unimodal (about 18 euros), it also presents a few additional, much less pronounced, modes (see in the highest quantiles) and a stretched shape of the right-side tail of the distribution. such a distribution suggests exploring the relationship between prices and the selected quality clues as they might change along the different quantiles and particularly at the two extremes (table 1). the choice of the functional form of the hedonic model is essential because it determines the way marginal prices will be related to attributes (rasmussen and zuehlke, 223the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils 1990). a reset test (regression equation specification error test) was run in order to explore a series of possible transformations of the dependent variable (e.g. log, inverse square root). the test has revealed that the log-linear specification performs better than other functional forms so that it has been chosen for estimating equation (1). log-linear specification presents a twofold advantage with respect to other ones: i) it allows obtaining residuals that are approximately normally distributed as required by the selected regression models; ii) the interpretation of regression coefficients is immediate: the dependent variable changes by 100*(ecoef -1) percent for a one-unit increase in one of the regressors, holding all other variables fixed. last, heteroskedasticity proportional to the predicted values was tested via goldfeld–quandt statistics (goldfeld and quandt, 1965). 2.3 estimation methods clearly, even in this super premium market segment, the impact of quality attributes on price may differ across price levels. therefore, following the prices distributions described in table 1 and shown in figure 1, a qrm was run to go deeper into the analysis of the market segmentation mechanism. selected quantiles are: 0.1, 0.30, 0.50, 0.70, 0.90 percent2. quantile regression (koenker, 2005) is used for estimating the functional relationship between olive oil price and quality attributes at different points in the conditional distribution of y. moreover, quantile regression is more robust than ols regression in response to large outliers which may be present in the olive-oil top market segment. consequently, we estimate model (1) over the various quantiles which are of interest in our research context. the qrm analyzes the effects of the explanatory variables at different quantiles of the price distribution as opposed to focusing on the mean of the distribution (cameron and trivedi, 2005). although its computation requires linear programming methods, the quantile regression estimator is asymptotically normally distributed. moreover, qrm is a semi-parametric approach since it avoids assumptions concerning the parametric distribution of the regression errors. this technique specifies the conditional quantile as a linear function of covariates (koenker, 2005). quantile regression has several advantages over ols. indeed, ols can be inefficient if errors are highly non-normal while qr is more robust to non-normal errors and outliers. in the present case, the θth quantile regression can be written as: qθ yi│x i( ) = x i'βθ + εθ (2) where yi (i=1,…,n) is the dependent variable (logarithm of the price), xi is the sequence of the k-vector of regressors while βθ is an unknown vector of regression parameters associated with the θth quantile and εθ is an unknown error term. the quantile regression estimator for quantile 0<θ<1 minimizes the sum of absolute deviation residuals: 2 for quantile estimates, standard errors were calculated by bootstrapping and, specifically, 400 random draws were taken. moreover, by using wald test, comparing pairwise at each fifth quantile within the 5th and 95th, we formally verify whether the effect of each variable statistically differs across quantiles (hao and naiman, 2007). 224 luca cacchiarelli et alii β∈rk min i:yi≥x iβ ∑ θ│yi − x i 'β│+ i:yi≥x iβ ∑ 1−θ( )│yi − x i'β│ ⎧ ⎨ ⎪ ⎩⎪ ⎫ ⎬ ⎪ ⎭⎪ (3) which is solved by linear programming methods. when θ is continuously increased from 0 to 1, we obtain the entire conditional distribution of y conditional on x. 3. results table 2 reports estimation results from quantile models at the selected points of the price distribution. figure 2 provides a graphical view of the qrm estimates where, for each selected quality clue, the vertical axis shows the pps associated to the different quantiles3 (horizontal axes). the fit of the model, measured by pseudo r2, is quite good. these values indicate that the model takes into account the effects of important quality clues related to prices 3 in figure 2, the gray-shaded area illustrates the bootstrap 95% confidence interval while the line shows qrm estimates. figure 1. prices distribution. 0 .0 2 .0 4 .0 6 d en si ty 0 20 40 60 80 100 price €/l kernel = epanechnikov, bandwidth = 1.5076 kernel density estimate source: our elaborations on slowfood 2013. 225the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils in the italian market for sophisticated evoos. nevertheless, the model proposed clearly focuses on the value of quality features captured by the market while leaves out of the picture other features that, altogether, may be relevant and able to influence consumers’ prices. coming to detailed estimation results, we start from those that generate the higher pps, even if in some cases the effects in the different price quantiles vary and generate an uneven ranking. first, bottle size confirms to be an important leverage for price. as a matter of fact, smaller sizes get, on average (i.e. 50th quantile), always a positive price premium compared to larger bottles: 750 ml worth +23.7% compared to 1000ml, while they get, respectively, -80.5% compared to 250 ml and -32.9% compared to 500 ml. these results are in line with findings of other studies (cabrera et al., 2014). results for different quintiles provide additional insights by showing that the mentioned price differentials are higher and more significant in the highest market segments where packaging matters more; in particular the smallest bottle size is associated with the highest pps observed in the sample (+89%) (see also the bottom of figure 2). wald test confirms these results showing that in case of bottles both from 250 ml and 500 ml the 30th, 50th and 70th quantiles are statistically different from 90th (at 5% level of significance). second, variables related to the place of origin are all associated with significant and large price premiums. olive oils from northern and central regions worth more compared to products from southern regions (46.1% and 18.4%, respectively). this result reflects the widely known segmentation of the italian olive oil market and it is in line with the findings of other studies focused on high quality evoo markets (carbone et al., 2014; di vita et al., 2013). moreover, the qrm provides additional non-trivial insights also confirmed by wald test (see the upper part of figure 2). the price premiums associated to northern and central regions decrease in the upper quantiles (70th and 90th), indicating that in the higher market segments consumers are less influenced by the macro-area of origin. this is probably due to the higher consumers’ willingness to collect detailed information about producers and their products before buying more expensive bottles instead of using proxies such as those related to the production area. this result suggests that olive oil producers from southern regions that seek at marketing excellent evoos might reduce the negative price gap that affects evoos from the south, provided they are able to select appropriate information and quality clues for each market segment. according to the important role played by the area of origin, our findings show that also the certification of the place of origin (gi) affects prices. in line with findings from other works (carlucci et al., 2014), pdo/pgi evoos get, on average, a price premium of +12.5% compared to non-certified olive oils, showing that this certification is a muchappreciated quality clue. looking at the different quantiles (at the top right of figure 2) it appears how the certification of origin plays a greater role in the highest market segment (+ 18.9% at the 0.90 quantile). wald test confirms this result proving that the 70th quantile is statistically different from the 90th at 10% level of significance. organic certification affects positively evoo prices (on average +9.3%) as well. the result holds at any price quantile without relevant differences in the size of the pp. this outcome confirms the positive role played by organic certification in the evoo market as emerged in other works (delmas and lessem, 2017). 226 luca cacchiarelli et alii table 2. qrm estimation results for various conditional quantiles. national cultivar 0.091* 0.089* 0.098* 0.121* 0.102 (0.0241) (0.0283) (0.0238) (0.0318) (0.0682) regional cultivar 0.067** 0.091** 0.110* 0.158* 0.093* (0.0284) (0.0216) (0.0219) (0.0272) (0.0272) local cultivar 0.088* 0.106* 0.085* 0.051* 0.093* (0.0263) (0.0243) (0.0253) (0.0342) (0.0343) pi hand picked -0.002 -0.027 -0.032*** -0.051** -0.082** (0.0192) (0.0259) (0.0226) (0.0284) (0.0282) coop mill -0.022 -0.042 -0.024 -0.024 -0.056*** (0.0425) (0.0325) (0.0261) (0.0263) (0.0317) mill on farm -0.016 -0.003 0.032 0.047*** 0.103** (0.0232) (0.0243) (0.0258) (0.0334) (0.0321) 51-100 hl -0.019 -0.027 0.011 0.095** 0.100* (0.0370) (0.0361) (0.0341) (0.0362) (0.0342) 101-500 hl -0.024 0.010 0.003 0.021 -0.005 (0.0382) (0.0364) (0.0352) (0.0323) (0.0612) >501 hl 0.006 -0.027 -0.032 -0.005 0.027 (0.0231) (0.0252) (0.0325) (0.0554) (0.0323) or organic 0.073* 0.086* 0.093* 0.079* 0.068* (0.0172) (0.0275) (0.0192) (0.0248) (0.0241) bottle of 250 ml 0.677* 0.811* 0.805* 0.867* 0.892** (0.1128) (0.0372) (0.0613) (0.1352) (0.4127) bottle of 500 ml 0.281* 0.317* 0.329* 0.335* 0.452* (0.0196) (0.0218) (0.0223) (0.0283) (0.0291) bottle of 1 litre -0.285* -0.249* -0.237* -0.316* -0.313* (0.0243) (0.0623) (0.0321) (0.0363) (0.0372) pdo/pgi 0.121* 0.137* 0.125* 0.080* 0.189* (0.0182) (0.0277) (0.0253) (0.0318) (0.0512) north 0.430* 0.484* 0.461* 0.418* 0.366* (0.0413) (0.0372) (0.0314) (0.0451) (0.0421) centre 0.207* 0.179* 0.184* 0.150* 0.138* (0.0312) (0.0272) (0.0269) (0.0334) (0.0417) cons 2.143* 2.332* 2.414* 2.607* 2.733* (0.0362) (0.0382) (0.0381) (0.0551) (0.0524) pseudo r^2 0.325 0.335 0.321 0.305 0.287 70th quantile 90th quantile mi 30th quantile 50th quantile cu vol sz gi mr 10th quantile variable source: our elaborations on slowfood 2013. 1 table reports coefficients and standard errors (in brackets). 2 *means significant at 1%; **means significant at 5%; ***means significant at 10%. 227the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils with respect to the role of the cultivar, the model provides interesting findings. first, mono-cultivar oils are always associated with positive pps ranging between 8% and 11%, regardless to the size of the diffusion area of the cultivar itself and regardless to quantiles. since usually labels explicitly claim whether the oil is made with one olive variety, regardless to the specific cultivar utilized, mono-cultivar oils are appreciated and valued as such. as this kind of product is almost new in the italian market and introduces a new factor of differentiation, the result seems to indicate that consumers in this market segment appreciate novelty and variety. this finding is in line with recent literature (carlucci et al., 2014). moving to the next set of variables, results show that the scale of the production process affects prices in a quite complex fashion. in particular, the estimates show that production volumes have limited or non-significant impacts on price in the lower price quantiles, while at 70th and 90th quantiles medium-small producers are favored compared both to very small producers and to larger ones, with a pp of around 10%. this is probably due to a complex reputational effect, according to which very small producers are hardly visible in larger markets where they find difficult to establish their own reputation and to get a pp; at the other extreme, very large companies may give an image of a more standardized less valuable product compared to medium and medium-small producers who can be associated to a sense of rarity, exclusivity and preciousness that pushes price up (eisend, 2008; kristofferson et al., 2017). 0. 10 0. 20 0. 30 0. 40 0. 50 n or th 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 quantile 0. 00 0. 10 0. 20 0. 30 0. 40 c en tre 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 quantile 0. 00 0. 10 0. 20 0. 30 0. 40 pd o _p g i 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 quantile 0. 50 1. 00 1. 50 si ze 25 0m l 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 quantile 0. 10 0. 20 0. 30 0. 40 0. 50 0. 60 si ze 50 0m l 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 quantile -0 .5 0 -0 .4 0 -0 .3 0 -0 .2 0 -0 .1 0 0. 00 si ze 1l itr e 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 quantile figure 2. qrm estimates of place of origin, pdo and bottle size. 228 luca cacchiarelli et alii as for other features of the production process, and, in particular, the way olives are picked, results show that hand picking negatively affects prices (on average, -3.2%). the price premium becomes even more negative in the highest market segments (-8.2% in the 90th quantile). even considering that most consumers may not be aware of the methods adopted for harvesting, this result is hard to explain and requires further explorations. in fact, so far, hand picking has been considered a superior technique in terms of preserving sensorial qualities and avoiding high acidity rate. however, more recently, technological change has improved the performance of harvesting machinery also in terms of plant health and product quality. besides, machine harvesting requires shorter time than hand picking; this, in turn, allows for processing fresher olives, thus contributing, other things being equal, to push up oil quality. summing-up, the role of this feature shall be further explored and/checked also looking at different datasets. finally, concerning vertical integration, again, this does not seem to significantly affect price on average. however, in the highest market segments the presence of on-farm mill is statistically associated with a positive price premium between 5% (70th quantile) and 10% (90th quantile); while, on the other hand, a negative pp (-5.6%) is associated to cooperative mills at the 90th quantile. the first of these results can be explained by the deeper interest of consumers in buying an evoo strictly connected to the farm –and as such, regarded as to more genuine, traditional and so forth when they are spending more. the negative pp associated to the coop mills may be explained by the negative reputation that surrounds coops in some italian regions, where, due to different reasons whose analysis is beyond the scope of this paper (carbone et al., 2010), coops are not regarded as able to provide quality products. 4. concluding remarks trends in consumers’ demand as well as marketing strategies in the olive oil sector seem to increasingly push towards product differentiation, following to some extent the wine market. the increasing role of different quality clues creates different and inter-related layers of horizontal and vertical differentiation that frame the market as progressively sophisticated. in the present study a hedonic price model has been built for exploring the italian high-quality olive oil market in order to identify the price-quality relation for different quality features. quantile regression has been used for analyzing the functional relationship between olive oil price and quality attributes at different points in the conditional distribution of price. data used have been collected from slow food olive oil guide that portraits the italian high quality evoo market. in particular, our model specification brings about some interesting insights that in some cases confirm results already discussed in the literature; while in others provide original indications. the quantile regression estimates indicate that overall the quality clues included in the model have a significant impact on price at the different price quantiles. however, in the lower quantiles there are some clues that do not impact prices while they are effective at higher price levels. among these there are clues that are not released by the labels such as the kind of olive-picking, the size of the production units and the degree of vertical 229the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils integration. this can be explained by the deeper interest of consumers in some quality features when they are spending more money. this more demanding attitude towards quality may push them to collect additional information with respect to that released in the label. as for the remaining quality attributes, all have a significant impact on price and this impact significantly increases with price. while price differentials between italian macro-regions are well known and represent no novelty at all, the finding that these differences reduce in higher price quantiles is original and valuable. this may suggest that southern producers shall use different communication strategies, with respect to the place of origin, when targeting at different market segments. also results about certifications of origin (pdo/pgi), showing a higher pp in the highest price quantile, are not trivial. this is especially true when comparing them to those found for the wine market where the certifications of origin are more rewarding at medium-low price levels. in fact, in the case of wine, they seem to act more as a minimum quality standard than as a clue for excellence. the explanation of this difference between the two sectors is given by the extreme sophistication of the wine market where quality clues are many and diverse and wine producers have reached a greater visibility and reputation in the marketplace, while, on average, olive oil producers are far less reknown (except large industrial firms that do not belong to the kind of market we are looking at). besides, the certification of origin is relatively less used and more recent in the olive oil market compared, for example, to wine, so that it has not yet become a trivial quality clue as it is in some cases for wines where it also suffers from a lack of trust. as expected, bottle size is associated with the highest pp evidenced by the model estimates. specifically, smaller sizes cost more compared to bigger ones. again the qrm brings additional insights: just as in the case of the place of origin, the quantile estimates show that pp increases in higher quantiles. one more original result of the study concerns the value associated to olive varieties, with mono-cultivar and the nationally widespread olive cultivars that add values to the oil. these results can be taken by producers in order to adopt relatively easy differentiation strategies based on the separation of olive varieties before milling, hence increasing the value of their oil. results on harvesting methods were unexpected and remain unexplained, thus shedding light on an area that requires further explorations for improving our knowledge of this changing market. besides, the overall results obtained also indicate that some factors that were not included in the model due to lack of datamay play an important role in the olive oil market, so that more work is needed for a better understanding of additional relevant and more recent tendencies. 5. references benfratello, l., piacenza, m. and sacchetto, s. (2009). taste or reputation: what drives market prices in the wine industry? estimation of a hedonic model for italian premium wines.  applied economics 41(17): 2197-2209. bottcher, m.r., marincic, p.z., nahay, k.l., baerlocher, b.e., willis, a.w., park, j. and greene, m.w. (2017). nutrition knowledge and mediterranean diet adherence in 230 luca cacchiarelli et alii the southeast united states: validation of a field-based survey instrument.  appetite, 111: 166-176. cabrera, e. r., rodríguez-entrena, m. and arriaza balmón, m. (2014, august). price structure of extra virgin olive oil: a hedonic approach. paper presented at the 2014 eaae, august 26-29, 2014, ljubljana, slovenia. cameron, a. c. and trivedi, p. k. (2005). microeconometrics: methods and applications. cambridge university press. cacchiarelli, l., carbone, a., esti, m., laureti, t. and sorrentino, a. (2016a). assessing italian wine quality and prices: de gustibus non disputandum est. british food journal 118(5): 1006-1024. cacchiarelli, l., carbone, a., laureti, t. and sorrentino, a. (2016b). the value of the certifications of origin: a comparison between the italian olive oil and wine markets. british food journal 118(4): 824-839. cacchiarelli, l., carbone, a., laureti, t. and sorrentino, a. (2014). the value of quality clues in the wine market: evidences from lazio, italy.  journal of wine research, 25(4): 281-297. carbone, a., cacchiarelli, l. and sabbatini, v. (2018). exploring quality and its value in the italian olive oil market: a panel data analysis. agricultural and food economics 6(6). doi.org/10.1186/s40100-018-0102-8 carbone, a., caswell, j., galli, f. and sorrentino, a. (2014). the performance of protected designations of origin: an ex-post multi-criteria assessment of the italian cheese and olive oil sectors. journal of agricultural and food industrial organization, 12(1): 121-140. carbone, a., galli, f. and sorrentino, a. (2010). relazioni tra stakeholder e coordinamento lungo la filiera: il caso della vitivinicoltura laziale.  rivista di economia agraria 2: 385-415. carlucci, d., de gennaro, b., roselli, l. and seccia, a. (2014). e-commerce retail of extra virgin olive oil: an hedonic analysis of italian smes supply.  british food journal 116(10): 1600-1617. clerides, s., nearchou, p. and pashardes, p. (2008). intermediaries as quality assessors: tour operators in the travel industry. international journal of industrial organization 26(1): 372-392. costanigro, m., mccluskey, j.j. and goemans, c. (2010). the economics of nested names: name specificity, reputations, and price premia. american journal of agriculture economics, 58 (3): 454–66. cowell, f. a., and flachaire, e. (2015). statistical methods for distributional analysis. in  atkinson, a.b. and bourguignon, f. (eds), handbook of income distribution (vol. 2), north-holland, amsterdam: 359-465. delgado, c., and guinard, j. x. (2011). how do consumer hedonic ratings for extra virgin olive oil relate to quality ratings by experts and descriptive analysis ratings?. food quality and preference 22(2): 213-225. delmas, m.a. and lessem, n. (2017). eco-premium or eco-penalty? eco-labels and quality in the organic wine market. business & society, 56(2): 318-356. deselnicu, o. c., costanigro, m., souza-monteiro, d. m. and mcfadden, d. t. (2013). a meta-analysis of geographical indication food valuation studies: what drives the 231the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils premium for origin-based labels?. journal of agricultural and resource economics 38(2): 204-219. di vita, g., d’amico, m., la via, g. and caniglia, e. (2013). quality perception of pdo extra-virgin olive oil: which attributes most influence italian consumers? agricultural economics review 14(2): 46-58. eisend, m. (2008). explaining the impact of scarcity appeals in advertising: the mediating role of perceptions of susceptibility. journal of advertising 37(3): 33-40 goldfeld, s.m. and quandt, r.e. (1965). some tests for homoscedasticity. journal of the american statistical association 60(310): 539-547. hao, l. and naiman, d.q. (2007). quantile regression (no. 149). sage. hassan, d. and monier-dilhan, s. (2002). signes de qualité et qualité des signes: une application au marché du camembert.  cahiers d’economie et de sociologie rurales 65: 23-36. haws, k.l., reczek, r.w. and sample, k.l. (2016). healthy diets make empty wallets: the healthy = expensive intuition. journal of consumer research 43(6): 992-1007. koenker, r. (2005). quantile regression. new york: cambridge university press. kristofferson, k., mcferran, b., morales, a. c. and dahl, d.w. (2016). the dark side of scarcity promotions: how exposure to limited-quantity promotions can induce aggression. journal of consumer research 43(5): 683-706. latacz-lohmann, u. and foster, c. (1997). from “niche” to “mainstream” strategies for marketing organic food in germany and the uk. british food journal 99(8): 275282. marette, s. (2017). quality, market mechanisms and regulation in the food chain. biobased and applied economics 5(3): 217-235.  martínez, m. g., aragonés, z. and poole, n. (2002). a repositioning strategy for olive oil in the uk market. agribusiness 18(2): 163-180. mastronardi, l., marino, d., cavallo, a. and giannelli, a. (2015). exploring the role of farmers in short food supply chains: the case of italy.  international food and agribusiness management review 18(2): 109-130. menapace, l., colson, g., grebitus, c. and facendola, m. (2011). consumers’ preferences for geographical origin labels: evidence from the canadian olive oil market. european review of agricultural economics 38(2): 193-212. oczkowski, e. (2001). hedonic wine price functions and measurement error. economic record 77(239): 374-82. paroissien, e. and visser, m. (2018). the causal impact of medals on wine producers’ prices and the gains from participating in contests. american association of wine economist (aawe) working paper n. 223: 1-25. http://www.wineeconomics.org/ dt_catalog/aawe-working-paper-no-223-economics/ rasmussen, d.w. and zuehlke, t.w. (1990). on the choice of functional form for hedonic price functions. applied economics 22(4): 431-438. romo munoz, r., lagos moya, m. and gil, j.m. (2015). market values for olive oil attributes in chile: a hedonic price function. british food journal 117(1): 358-370. roselli, l., carlucci, d. and de gennaro, b.c. (2016). what is the value of extrinsic olive oil cues in emerging markets? empirical evidence from the us e‐commerce retail market. agribusiness 32(3): 329-342. 232 luca cacchiarelli et alii rosen, s. (1974). hedonic prices and implicit markets: product differentiation in pure competition. journal of political economy 82(1): 34-55. schamel, g. (2006). geography versus brands in a global wine market.  agribusiness 22(3): 363-374. schleenbecker, r. and hamm, u. (2013). consumers’ perception of organic product characteristics. a review. appetite 71: 420-429. slow food (2014). guida agli extravergini . slow food editore. bra, italy. spiller, s. a., and belogolova, l. (2016). on consumer beliefs about quality and taste. journal of consumer research 43(6): 970-991. thrane, c. (2004). in defence of the price hedonic model in wine research. journal of wine research 15(2): 123-134. van der lans, i. a., van ittersum, k., de cicco, a. and loseby, m. (2001). the role of the region of origin and eu certificates of origin in consumer evaluation of food products. european review of agricultural economics 28(4): 451-477. verbeke, w., pieniak, z., guerrero, l. and hersleth, m. (2012). consumers’ awareness and attitudinal determinants of european union quality label use on traditional foods. bio-based and applied economics 1(2): 213-229. yeoman, i. and mcmahon-beattie, u. (2006). luxury markets and premium pricing. journal of revenue and pricing management 4(4): 319-328. positive mathematical programming and risk analysis quirino paris the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils luca cacchiarelli1,*, anna carbone2, tiziana laureti1, alessandro sorrentino1 corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms: evidence from europe, japan and north america heinrich hockmann1, pedro andres garzon delvaux2,*, peter voigt3, pavel ciaian2, sergio gomez y paloma2 can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? elena castellari1,*, stéphan marette2, daniele moro3, paolo sckokai1 a preliminary test on risk and ambiguity attitudes, and time preferences in decisions under uncertainty: towards a better explanation of participation in crop insurance schemes attilio coletta1, elisa giampietri2, fabio gaetano santeramo3,*, simone severini1, samuele trestini2 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-10000 bio-based and applied economics 8(3): 237, 2019 in memory of ornella w. maietta ornella w. maietta passed away on 18th april 2019, after a long battle against cancer fought with the dignity that marked her whole life. ornella got her bachelor degree in agriculture in 1987 at the university of naples federico ii and the specialization degree in agricultural economics in 1991 at the centro di specializzazione in economico agrarie per il mezzogiorno, portici (na). then she enrolled the m.phil. in land economy at the university of cambridge, uk where she graduated in 1993. finally, she got her phd degree in agricultural economics and policy at the university of siena in 1997. soon after she got a position as researcher at the then department of agricultural economics and policy of the university of naples federico ii. then she moved to the department of economics and statics of the same university where she was serving as associate professor of economic political. ornella’s contributions to the profession focuses mostly on two broad areas of research, namely: a) the economics of innovation where she provided key contributions on the methodology for estimating the farm/firm efficiency and productivity – she was the recipient of the 2002 best young economist paper by the european review of agricultural economics/european association of agricultural economists and soon after she published an important book on the analysis of efficiency that has been the reference textbook for the last generation of production economists – as well as on the role of human capital in generating innovation and growth with a focus on university-firms r&d collaboration as a driver of innovation especially for low-tech industry; b) the economic analysis of non-profit sector, with a wide set of contributions ranging from the analysis of cooperatives to socially responsible consumption, from fair trade consumption to school meals and care sector, to some contributions that tried to bridge between the two broad areas of research analyzing the role of social capital and innovation. ornella was very active also in the profession being a member of the italian association of agricultural and applied economists – aieaa since its establishment in 2011 and having served as associate editor of bio-based and applied economics – bae from 2012 to 2018. ornella was an excellent economist, an effective mentor of generations of young economists, and a true friend of many of us. we will always remember her brilliant economic mind as well as the high quality of her academic commitment and her pursuit of excellent in study and research. but we will mostly miss the human touch she put in whatever she did, the mutually respectful relationships she was able to develop and the supportive and loyal collaboration she provided to whoever worked with her, primarily the young economists. bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 35-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae copyright: © 2021 n.i. sampalean, d. rama, g. visentin. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: n.i. sampalean, d. rama, g. visentin (2021) an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications, and consumption of agrifood products carrying those certifications. bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 35-49. doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 accepted: april 14, 2021 published: july 28, 2021 competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: fabio gaetano santeramo. orcid nis: 0000-0002-9222-2828 dr: 0000-0002-4207-8338 gv: 0000-0003-0869-5516 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications, and consumption of agri-food products carrying those certifications niculina iudita sampalean1, daniele rama1, giulio visentin2 1 department of agri-food economics, catholic university of the sacred heart, via milano, 24, 26100, cremona (cr), italy. e-mail: daniele.rama@unicatt.it 2 department of veterinary medical sciences, alma mater studiorumuniversity of bologna, via tolara di sopra 50, 40064, ozzano dell’emilia (bo), italy. e-mail: giulio.visentin@unibo.it corresponding author: niculina iudita sampalean. e-mail: niculinaiudita.sampalean@ unicatt.it abstract. the present study investigated italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union (eu) quality certifications: protected designation of origin (pdo), protected geographical indication (pgi), traditional specialty guaranteed (tsg), and organic as well as the consumption of agri-food products carrying those certifications. a total of 212 consumers responsible for food purchases took part in a web-based survey between june and december 2019, inclusive. descriptive statistics were calculated in relation to the data collected, followed by a factor analysis to reduce data dimensionality, and a cluster analysis on the latent variables generated, to identify similarities and differences among respondents. awareness, perception, knowledge and consumption of agri-food products carrying eu quality labels has increased among consumers in recent years. the results related to the consumer’s knowledge of quality-certified products showed that more than half of respondents were able to spontaneously quote examples of pdo (76%), pgi (56%) and organic food products (73%) while only 33% of participants could name at least one tsg product. the general awareness of the guarantees offered by pdo and pgi certifications was also assessed in relation to production processes, the natural and human factors of a particular environment and the reputation and quality of a particular region. cluster analysis showed that consumers with the highest education were most likely to value eu quality certifications and support their local economies. the information obtained have practical implications for marketing and communication of european certified food products at national and international level. keywords: factor analysis, cluster analysis, food labels, knowledge evolution, european quality certifications. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 36 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 36-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 niculina iudita sampalean, daniele rama, giulio visentin 1. introduction european quality certification was first introduced with regulation (eec) no 2081/92, which was subsequently repealed by regulation (ec) no 510/2006, followed by regulation (eu) no 1151/2012. such regulations define three key labels of product quality, namely: protected designation of origin (pdo), protected geographical indication (pgi), and traditional speciality guaranteed (tsg). pdo are products originating in a specific place, region or in a country, whose quality or characteristics are essentially or exclusively due to a particular geographical environment with its inherent natural and human factors and whose all production steps take place in the defined geographical area. pgi products are originating in a specific place, region or country, whose given quality, reputation or other characteristic is essentially attributable to its geographical origin and whose have at least one of the production steps taken place in the defined geographical area. finally, tsg are products or foodstuff that results from a mode of production, processing or composition corresponding to traditional practice for that product or foodstuff or is produced from raw materials or ingredients that are those traditionally used. the main differences among them are related to the number of production steps that are involved in the defined geographical area, the raw materials used and the way the product is made. the quality policy aims to protect the names of specific products to promote their unique characteristics which are associated with their geographical origin, as well as their traditional knowhow. the eu quality recognition enables consumers to trust and identify quality products while also helping producers to trade on the added value markets and avoid free riding. moreover, these formal certifications help food products to be more competitive in the global market (carbone, 2018). the european parliament and council have also established quality certifications for organic agri-food products (regulation (eu) no 2018/848). according to this regulation the organic products were developed to respond to a specific market in which consumers were demanding for products whose production’s promotes environmental protection and animal welfare, maintains the biodiversity of europe, contributes to rural development.the distribution of quality-certified products across europe is not homogeneous, as more than 70% of the total products originate from only five countries, including italy (21%) , france (17%), spain (14%), portugal (10%) and greece (8%) (eu commission, 2019). as for consumers perception of these products and their characteristics the distribution is varying (profeta et al., 2010). indeed, aprile and gallina (2008) reported a level of awareness of 30% with regard to pdo, pgi and stg labels among italian consumers, whereas verbeke et al. (2012) observed that 23% of the italian respondents were aware of the pdo certification, 38% were familiar with the pgi certification and 22% recognized the tsg certification. in northern european countries, consumers’ awareness of quality recognition is generally low (jordana, 2000; profeta et al., 2010; vanhonacker et al., 2010) but is increasing, as these products seem to capture new segments on the market (european commission, 2018). in countries specialized in the production of quality-certified food, pdo/pgi labels are reported to be important and play a role in the consumers’ decisionmaking process as well as on their willingness to pay, as these products have a favourable image (scarpa and del giudice, 2004; van ittersum et al., 2007, vecchio and annunziata, 2011), however, other studies (platania and privitiera, 2006; grunert and aachmann, 2016) have reported evidence to the contrary. although the pdo/ pgi labels appeared to be important, aprile et al. (2016) observed that only a small proportion of consumers was able to correctly associate pdo/pgi/organic farming characteristics to their respective labels. however, the organic farming label seemed to be more widely recognized among eu consumers, irrespective of their own national level of food quality specialization (european commission, 2018). the simultaneous investigation of perception, awareness, understanding, knowledge, decision-making and consumption of the european quality certifications was often hampered by the limited sample size, as well as the difficulty in retrieving information from the consumers’ questionnaire. indeed, many of the studies concentrated primarily on one aspect, with the majority focusing on the decision-making process, measured generally using the conjoint analysis (krystallis and ness, 2005; mesias et al., 2005; capelli et al., 2014). to the authors’ knowledge, no research conducted among italian consumers has ever attempted to determine all those aspects in one single study. another important issue was the often limited geographical distribution of the sample of respondents collected, which was primarily restricted to the main cities or to certain provinces (van der lans et al., 2001; arfini and pazzona, 2014; ceschi et al., 2018). we focused our research on the last eu regulation’ (no 1151/2012) main objective (‘’to help producers of agricultural products and foodstuffs to communicate the 37 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 37-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications product characteristics and farming attributes of those products and foodstuffs to buyers and consumers’’) and tried to study if this goal was reached, if this regulation can be considered a proper tool in communicating those food’s attributes to consumers, or if eu should find a better suited solution. for our study’ objective we considered consumers perception, awareness, knowledge, and consumption of the pdo/pgi/tsg being the best way to measure the regulation objective’s accomplishment. given this, an overview of the past and current situation was required to understand whether there was any positive change in the consumers attitudes towards these certifications. confirmation of the existence of a real evolution will help prove the effectiveness and efficiency of pdo/ pgi/tsg certifications as a marketing tool, therefore the eu regulation (no 1151/2021) could be considered successful, reaching one of its main objectives. new policies and communication efforts could be used to enhance consumers’ curiosity in relation to products that are pdo/pg/tsg/organic certified. 2. material and methods 2.1 the survey between june and december 2019, a convenience sample made of 312 consumers across italy replied to the web-based survey, formulated to conduct the current research. of these, only 212 declared that they were responsible for the food purchases in the household, therefore, only these 212 consumers were invited to complete the whole questionnaire. the survey aimed to examine european quality certifications, to understand whether they were recognized by the consumers (awareness), whether the consumers perceive the guarantees offered by the pdo/pgi/tsg, organic certifications (perception), approved their use (knowledge) and whether they played a role in consumers’ buying decision process, thereby establishing whether these certifications truly had an impact on the purchasing decision (consumption). another purpose of the questionnaire was to verify whether the market is stratified into different consumer categories with different attitudes towards the certifications, the final goal being to suggest different solutions for their promotion and valorisation. the questionnaire1 was created in conjunction with the literature on consumer behaviour relating to typical foods and food labelling. initially, a pilot test (n=20) was performed to ensure that the formulated questions were 1 the questionnaire is available upon request. clear and understandable for consumers. should a question be regarded as unclear, this was revised and modified accordingly for the final questionnaire. the final questionnaire was sub-divided into six sections, addressing specific issues as following: i) the first section (one question) contained the filter question, as the survey was designed for those responsible for the food purchases for the family. the answer to this question was a dummy variable, indicating whether the respondent was (i.e.,1) or not (i.e., 0) responsible for the household food purchasing. if the participant was not responsible for food purchases in the household, he/she would be redirected to the last section, where he/she would complete only the socio-demographic questions. ii) the second section (4 questions) examined consumers’ perception of food quality and safety, the importance of the eu quality certifications and other different food characteristics when choosing a food product, the significance of the food label and consumers’ feelings towards food law compliance and different production types and techniques. five-point likert scale question were used in this section, with 1 corresponding to ‘’not at all’’ and 5 to ‘’very important’’. iii) the third section (8 questions) covered consumers’ awareness and knowledge of the eu quality certificates (pdo/pgi/tsg) and the organic certificate, attempting to identify the main differences between the pdo/pgi/tsg and organic products, and conventional products. in this section multiple image choice questions was used when respondents had to choose which of the shown logos they knew, and multiple choice questions when they had to select the right definitions of the eu quality certifications. also, the previously used fivepoint likert scale question was used (1= ‘’not at all’’ and 5= ‘’very important’’). iv) the fourth section (12 questions) analysed consumers’, knowledge and consumption of eu quality-certified products as well as organic products. each of these quality labels was again analysed separately. here threepoint likert scale questions were used (no=0, yes=1, maybe=2). in order to test their knowledge, the participants were asked to give some examples of each of these types of products. in addition, in order to establish their consumption of products baring these certification they were asked for examples of the last pdo/pgi/tsg and organic products they had bought during the last three months. for this purpose, open-ended questions were used in all the above cases. v) the fifth section (16 questions) consisted of an analysis of 16 provolone dolce cards, with different combinations of various characteristics, thereby collect38 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 38-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 niculina iudita sampalean, daniele rama, giulio visentin ing the data needed for a conjoint analysis; however, this will not be considered further in the present study but will form part of an alternative ongoing project. vi) the sixth section (10 questions) used demographic questions to cover the socio-demographic aspects of the respondents; the formulated questions evaluated the participants’ city and area of residence, sex, age, number of family members, education level, job, civil status, and annual income. the questionnaire was distributed online, and was shared on facebook pages and groups, linkedin, whatsapp, messenger, as well as on certain cooking blogs. therefore, the actual number of people viewing the survey is unknown, however, the total number of respondents is reported above. 2.2 statistical analysis descriptive statistics were calculated in relation to the data collected between the second and the sixth sections of results, using a basic script in python (python software foundation, ver. 3.6). the software ibm spss statistics (ver. 24.0, ibm corp., armonk, ny) was employed to conduct multivariate statistical analysis within a multiple-step framework. in the first step, we carried out a factorial analysis in order to reduce the dimensionality of the data collected into a smaller set of key factors, that would be easier to explain. the variables covered in the analysis focused on different food characteristics at the point of purchase, the importance of different safety and quality food characteristics, attitudes towards eu quality-certified products, the perception of law compliance, production types and techniques, as well as the attention given to various information on the label. a 5-point likert scale was used to measure all the variables included in the factor analysis. the optimal number of latent variables selected for the subsequent analyses was chosen, based on the lowest number of components with associated eigenvalues greater than 1 (kaiser, 1960) and based on the proportion of the total variance explained by the retained factors of at least 50%. in the second step, a cluster analysis was applied to the latent variables previously generated and selected with the aim of organizing the respondents into homogenous groups. prior to the cluster analysis, data were processed with the agglomerative hierarchical procedure. according to ward’s criterion of aggregation, 10 iterations with mobile centres were completed. based on a visual inspection of the generated dendrogram, the optimal number of clusters to specify in the k-means method was set at 4. this type of analysis applied euclidean distance to define similarities and differences within the clusters. 3. results and discussion 3.1 description of the sample the results reporting the socio-demographic aspects of the sample used in the present study, are depicted in table 1. the sample analysed in the present study may not be completely representative of the italian population as the criteria that was used for the sampling is convenience. there is an over-representation of women and younger respondents, with 48% of the sample aged between 18 and 35 years old, that may be because the questionnaire was distributed online, and the population tends to not have access to the internet or computer skills. 64% of the respondents were women and this over-representation can be explained by the fact that our respondents needed to be responsible for the food purchases in their household, and women, generally, have that responsibility. more than 70% of the respondents had at least a bachelor’s degree, with 11% having a phd. having this highly-educated sample can be explained by the method used to administer the questionnaire. moreover, the north-eastern region of the country is also overrepresented (52%). this can be explained as the questionnaire was disseminated with the social network of the authors , so it may have inflated the number of respondents from a limited geographical area. the most popular occupations were office worker (37%), freelancer (14%), student (14%) and housewife (8%). the 17% declared an annual income less than 10,000 € while 12% declared an income greater than 40,000 €. the non-representativeness of our sample might have some influence on the final results. for example, the women over-representation could have generated greater results, as found by dekhili et al. (2011), or contrary could have shown lower ones as sometimes men presented better knowledge of these certifications (verbeke et  al., 2012). these both same studies shown that older groups of people have a higher awareness and use of the eu quality certifications. as in our sample the older groups were underrepresented (45-70 years old) we believe this could result in lower outcomes. having a higher educated sample might have introduced some bias as it is expected that the higher the education level, the higher the knowledge resulting in a more positive attitude towards these certifications. 3.2 awareness and knowledge of european quality certifications in the third section of the questionnaire (awareness and knowledge) the consumers were shown four 39 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 39-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications table 1. socio-demographic distribution of the collected sample by comparison with the italian population. variable levels frequency (%) population (%) age (in years) 18-25 9 10 26-35 39 16 36-45 22 20 46-55 17 24 56-70 13 30 gender female 64 51 male 36 49 no education/elementary school 0 17 education junior high school qualification 3 32 high school qualification 27 36 bachelor’s degree/ master’s degree/post graduate training/phd 70 15 civil status single 57 42 married 39 47 divorced 2 3 in a relationship 1 separated 1 family members 1 17 33 2 28 27 3-4 42 35 >4 13 5 geographical distribution north east 51 19 north west 19 27 south 12 23 centre 11 20 islands 7 11 occupation office worker 37 freelance 14 student/phd student 14 housewife 8 teacher 4 research/academia jobs 4 unemployed 5 worker 3.5 retired 1.0 jobseeker 1.5 entrepreneur 3.0 food related jobs (chefs/food bloggers) 1.0 other 4 average annual income (€) < 10,000 17 10,000 – 20,000 38 20,000 – 40,000 33 40,000 – 50,000 5 > 50,000 7 area of origin rural 30% urban 70% * istat (national statistics institute) data extracted in november 2019. 40 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 40-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 niculina iudita sampalean, daniele rama, giulio visentin eu quality logos, pdo, pgi, tsg and organic farming logos and were asked to select those that they were aware of. the results indicated that the logo people were more aware of was the pgi, selected by 82% of respondents, followed by the pdo (76%) and the organic logo (68%), while people were least aware of the tsg with only 34% of them. 25% of the respondents declared that they were aware of all four logos, 30% were aware of three logos, 25% of two logos and 20%, just of one logo (appendix, figure 1). these findings were higher than those reported in a study by aprile and galina (2008) in which the pdo, pgi, tsg and organic mark were recognized by 30%, 16%, 3.5% and 41% of the interviewees, respectively. arfini (1999) demonstrated that 41.8% of italian consumers were aware of the presence of a pdo-labelled food product in the food market. similar results were found in a later study by platania and privitiera (2006) that assessed the consumer appraisal of the italian pdo soppressata salami, which reported that 42% of italian consumers were aware of the pdo label. as explained in the review conducted by grunert and aachmann (2016), and identified in the present study, the higher degree of consumer awareness of european quality labels depended on the time period in which the study was undertaken. to further investigate the self-declared awareness and consumption of the eu quality certifications, participants were then asked how well they knew the certified products and how often they bought them. the pdo certified products were bought most frequently, with 68% declaring that they regularly (18%) and sometimes (50%) purchased them. conversely, tsg products were bought least often (4% regularly and 16% sometimes; appendix, table 1). respondents were then presented with six official definitions extracted from regulation (eu) no. 1151/2012 and had to choose for each of them the corresponding eu certification (pdo, pgi, tsg or none). for both statements that defined the pdo’s out of all respondents 42% were able to identify correctly the one that refers to ’’the production steps of which all take place in the defined geographical area” and 43% “whose quality or characteristics are essentially or exclusively due to a particular geographical environment with its inherent natural and human factors”. (appendix, figure 2) for the pgi defining statements, the one describing the production steps, was correctly identified by 55%, but only 38% did so for the statement explaining that the quality and reputation are given by the geographical origin. as for the tsg statements, in both cases almost half of the respondents identified the right statements: 46% explaining ‘’the traditional production, processing, and composition for that products’’ and 49% for the statement related to the raw materials and ingredients traditionally used, for at least 30 years. data from table 2 show the mean and the standard deviations of the elements that consumers used to distinguish the certified products from the conventional products. the “place of the origin” mean was the highest in the case of pdo (4.64), pgi (4.49), tsg (3.73), followed by the “eu quality logo” (pdo 4.29, pgi 4.21, tsg 3.61) which was seen as the most important characteristic for the organically-certified products (4.18), followed by “price” (4.01). the less relevant features were “brand” and “point of purchase” for all four certifications. in accordance with these data, other studies (contini et table 2. means and standard deviation of the different attributes distinguishing between eu quality-certified products and conventional products. eu certification attribute mean standard deviation pdo price 4.01 0.76 brand (national brand/private labels) 3.62 0.91 eu quality logo 4.29 0.78 appearance 4.00 0.89 place of origin 4.64 0.53 point of purchase 3.44 0.98 pgi price 3.91 0.90 brand (national brand/private labels) 3.52 1.00 eu quality logo 4.21 0.93 appearance 3.94 1.00 place of origin 4.49 0.77 point of purchase 3.46 1.12 tsg price 3.43 1.56 brand (national brand/private labels) 3.07 1.46 eu quality logo 3.61 1.62 appearance 3.37 1.58 place of origin 3.73 1.69 point of purchase 3.08 1.60 organic price 4.01 1.05 brand (national brand/private labels) 3.48 1.10 eu quality logo 4.18 1.03 appearance 3.86 1.12 place of origin 3.91 1.24 point of purchase 3.36 1.24 41 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 41-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications al., 2016; vanhonacker et al., 2010b) revealed that “place of origin” was the most important attribute in distinguishing and choosing between european quality-certified products and conventional products. the choice of “price” as a distinguishing element for quality-certified products can be viewed as a signal of a high-quality product, as confirmed by previous studies conducted by grunert et al. (2000) and verberke et al. (2007) santeramo (2020) suggested that adding regional certification labels (e.g., protected designation of origin–pdo, protected geographical indication–pgi, american viticultural area–ava) or regional information increases consumers’ confidence on the product quality. 3.3 knowledge and consumption of the european quality certifications results reporting the opinions of respondents in relation to the food safety of european quality-certified products are detailed in table 3. food safety was used in this section as a way to study consumer’s knowledge of eu quality certifications as those products are believed to have a higher level of food safety. when respondents were asked whether they considered the pdo certified products safer than conventional products, 58% of the respondents replied “yes” and 22% “no”, while 20% responded “i don’t know”. similar results were recorded with regard to the pgi certified products, with 50% choosing “yes”, 26% “no” and 24% “i don’t know”. organic farming products registered the highest percentage for “no” with 40%, with only 39% replying “yes”. in relation to tsg products, 50% of the respondents declared they “didn’t know” if they were safer or not, while 25% replied “yes” and 25% answered “no”. figure 1 reveals evidence of the consumers’ actual knowledge of quality-certified products, as they were asked if they could name any pdo, pgi, tsg or organic products, without being prompted. the results show that in relation to pdo products, over 11% of the sample provided an incorrect answer, around 13% were unable to recall any pdo products, 24% gave one example, 19% two examples, 12% three or four examples, and 9% five examples. as for the pgi products, over 16% of the individuals provided an incorrect answer, around 28% were not able to quote any example, 26% gave one example, 15% two examples, 8% three examples, 6% four examples and 1% five examples. with regards to tsg products, 13% of respondents gave an incorrect answer, 55% were unable to cite any tsg product, 25% remembered one example, while 7% provided two which is the maximum of right examples possible in italy. 27% of participants were unable to recall any organic products and 73% provided one or more organic food examples. in relation to the organic product results, de magistris and gracia (2012) showed that more than 50% of consumers declare to be a habitual buyer of organic food products and around 59% of italian consumers state that table 3. consumers’ perception of the safety of eu quality-certified products. in your opinion, are eu quality-certified products safer than other products? yes no i do not know pdo products 58% 22% 20% pgi products 50% 26% 24% tsg products 25% 25% 50% organic products 39% 40% 21% 13% 20% 36% 16% 5% 6% 5% 11% 13% 24% 19% 12% 12% 9% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% wr on g/ inc om ple te no ex am ple 1 p rod uc t 2 p rod uc ts 3 p rod uc ts 4 p rod uc ts 5 p rod uc ts examples of known and consumed pdo products pdo products consumed pdo products known 16% 28% 26% 15% 8% 6% 1% 14% 41% 34% 8% 1% 2% 0% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% wr on g/ inc om ple te no ex am ple at al l 1 c orr ect ex am ple 2 co rre ct ex am ple 3 c orr ect ex am ple 4 c orr ect ex am ple 5 c orr ect ex am ple examples of known and consumed pgi products pgi products known(%) pgi products consumed(%) figure 1. examples of known and bought pdo and pgi products. 42 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 42-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 niculina iudita sampalean, daniele rama, giulio visentin “probably yes” or “definitely yes”, they pay attention to organic label when shopping organic food products. these results are in accordance with the selfassessed knowledge relating to logos (discussed above in the “awareness and knowledge of european quality certifications” section) except in the evaluation of the pgi products, in which the degree of self-assessed knowledge was higher than the actual knowledge with a frequency of 26%. the results in these findings are higher than those in previous studies like vecchio and annunziata (2011) who considered pdo/pgi products together and revealed that over 37% of the respondents gave an incorrect answer, around 29% were unable to recall any pdo or pgi food, 20% gave less than two names and 14% less than four. examining the category to which the examples provided belong, it was observed that in the case of the pdo products, the correctly cited products belonged to the cheese category, the meat products category (cooked, salted, smoked), the fresh or processed category (fruit, vegetables, cereals) and finally the oils and fat category, with figures of 60%, 18%, 3% and 1%, respectively. in the case of the pgi products, 34% of the correct examples were associated with the meat products category (cooked, salted, smoked), the fresh or processed category (fruit, vegetables, cereals) recorded 26%, closely followed by vinegar at 24% (category known as “other products”). the results correspond to the consumption value of italian pdos and pgis in which cheese and prepared meats account for 84% of its total sales (ismea, 2018). regarding these findings santeramo and lamonaca (2020), found that geographical labels are effective differentiation tool although their relevance varies across products and origins. for instance, gl is the main differentiation tool for wine, but it is of low relevance for low-prices products and in different national markets. costanigro et al. (2010 ) sustains the same results as to the less expensive products, showing that the consumer may not see the value (in terms of search costs) in critically differentiating across many individual producers when buying less expensive products (such as grains, fruits and vegetables) but affirms the contrary when it comes to purchasing more expensive products (such as wine and olive oil), as the incentive to learn about differences in quality across brand names is more pronounced, allowing brand names to capture a larger share of the reputation premium. to determine the consumers’ actual use of eu quality certifications and their accurate consumption, respondents were asked to recall from the previously given examples which products they had purchased during the last three months (figure 3). in relation to the pdo certification, 13% of the individuals returned an incorrect answer, 20% were not able to provide any example, 36% indicated one example, 16% two examples, 5% three examples, 6% four examples and 5% five examples. in the case of the pgi certification, incorrect or incomplete examples were provided by 14% of the respondents and 41% gave no example at all. of the correct examples, 34% provided one, 8% gave two, 1% three, 2% four and none (0%) of the participants provided five correct examples. as for the organically certified products, 44% of the respondents provided no example at all, while 56% gave one or more examples. aprile and gallina (2008) showed the interviewees a list of nine products, from each category considered; all products were pdo or pgi certified and respondents were asked to choose those that they purchased more frequently. the more frequent categories were the cheese category, meat products category (cooked, salted, smoked), fruit and vegetables their findings were very similar to ours. it has been observed that some of the products that appeared in the study of aprile and gallina (2008) are not mentioned by our respondents, however, certain new names were mentioned. another difference is the higher percentage found in the comparable study, but this is due to the fact that their respondents selected names from a given list, while our respondents gave the examples spontaneously, without any help or suggestion. our descriptive analysis showed that consumers were asked to provide examples of eu quality-certified products; in most cases, the responses provided contained at least one well-known food on the national market (e.g., parmigiano reggiano, mozzarella di bufala campana, gorgonzola, grana padano) but their answers were not limited to these. related to these findings, deselnicu et al. (2013) revealed that the institutional framework for the geographical indications was found to matter: within the same country, quality assurance certifications with higher quality standards (such as pdo) receive higher premiums than less stringent ones (such as pgi). moreover, when multiple labelling certifications with different minimum quality standard coexist (as for pdos and pgis in europe), the price premium associated with the labels is lower than when a single label is used (as for the gi trademark in the united states). leufkens (2018) tried to prove the positive value of a gi quality signal (i.e. label) by quantifying its monetary value for the consumers and found that consumers are willing to pay a marginal premium for the gi, by an average of 11.5 percent, while the pdo alone achieves an le of 13.6 and a pgi of 6.2 percent. 43 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 43-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications 3.4 perception, attitudes towards quality food products and purchasing habits in relation to the questions in the second section (appendix, table 2), different characteristics were listed, and respondents had to evaluate them using a 5-point likert scale. with regard to the various aspects that consumers recognized as “very important” and “relatively important” in their food purchasing process, the most important was hygiene standards (97%), followed by price (92%), appearance (88%), nutritional value (77%) and pdo certification (75%). the aspects that were seen as less important, registering the highest percentage of the options “indifferent”, “not much” and “not at all” were tsg certifications (65%), organic certifications (51%), brand (38%) and pgi certifications (33%). when asked about the characteristics of a safe and quality product, the absence of undesirable chemicals and microorganisms was evaluated as “very” and “relatively important” (98%), followed by compliance with national and european laws relating to food and the environmental area (96%), controlled and certified production sites (89%), products that satisfy the senses, are well prepared and preserved (89%), country of origin (86%), sustainable production techniques (80%) and pdo certification (74%). the lowest scores on the likert scale (“indifferent”, “not much” and “not at all”) were again recorded in relation to tsg certification (59%), popular brand (58%) and organic certification (47%). with reference to the various information found on the product label, the components considered to be “very” and “relatively important” were expiry and useby date (94%), ingredients (92%) and information relating to the producer and place of production (89%), while 23% regarded nutritional characteristics as being “indifferent”, “not much” and “not at all important”. the last question in this section revealed that 88% of the respondents claimed to purchase italian food whenever they could, 74% claimed to be very proud of the pdo, pgi and tsg products produced in their area, municipality or country. however, only 67% felt that they were supporting local farmers when they bought pdo, pgi and tsg products. as for the affirmation that pdo, pgi and tsg trademark products are too expensive, 40% either agreed or completely agreed, 39% disagreed or completely disagreed, while 21% were neutral. similar to our findings deselnicu et al. (2013) shown that stricter regulations may signal increased benefits to consumers in the form of food safety, quality assurance, and stronger cultural or heritage connection, prompting a higher willingness to pay for products that are more closely regulated. also, more stringent regulations for the pdo designation appear to secure a higher price premium than its less stringent quality-assurance counterpart (pgi). 3.5 exploratory factor analysis (efa) a series of exploratory factor analyses (efa) were conducted using the questions and affirmations from the survey’s second section. before we carried out the efa, the values of the bivariate correlation matrix of all items were analysed, and where the bivariate correlation scores were greater than 0.8, one of the pair’s items was removed, as suggested by field (2013). additionally, the multicollinearity was tested via the determinant of the matrix, whose value of 0.1 exceeded the minimal value of 0.00001. furthermore, our factor model kaiser-meyer -olkin’s measure of 0.820 proved the adequacy of the sample size. bartlett’s test of sphericity was significant (p< 0.001). the varimax rotation method was employed and the eigenvalues greater than 1 were established as borderlines for the factors extracted. the analyses eventually resulted in the selection of a six-component solution, based on 24 of the 27 initial variables. the six extracted components accounted for 56.32% of the total variance in the data, respecting the rule of at least 50% (streiner, 1994). items in this six-component solution were regarded as high and moderately high, loading higher than 0.400 on each component (kleine, 2014). their cronbach’s alpha reliability tests showed increased reliability, with values higher than 0.60 (up to 0.79). table 4 contains the components resulted from the factorial analysis. the first component “product composition and characteristics ” comprised variables such as nutritional and organoleptic characteristics, ingredients and label information. the second component “product’origin ” describe, as the name suggests, the importance given to the origin of the product and of the raw materials producer’s information, as well consumers’ pride in buying eu quality-certified food that is locally produced. the third component “eu quality certifications” describes the importance consumers attach to the european quality certifications (pdo/ pgi/tsg) and how buying eu certified food supports local farmers. the fourth component “product visual presentation relates to the value attributed by consumers to the products appearance and appeal and the expiry date. the fifth component “product law and hygienic compliance” examined the significance of hygiene standards, law compliance, absence of unwanted chemicals and controlled and certified production sites in consumers’ food choices. the sixth component “product price and brand” considered the impact that price and popular brand had 44 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 44-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 niculina iudita sampalean, daniele rama, giulio visentin on consumer choices. the six components that were obtained using the factor analysis were then used as variables in a cluster analysis that divided our sample into four groups, with maximized homogeneity within the individual groups and minimized between them. table 5 presents a detailed representation of the socio-demographic characteristics of the four clusters. 3.6 the socio-demographic characteristics of the four clusters from a socio-demographic perspective, the first cluster is defined as the most gender-balanced (47% men and 53% women), predominantly from urban areas (73%) with the highest concentration of young consumers, as 83% were aged between 18 and 45 years. this group had the highest proportion of one member families (27%), with 53% earning at least 20,000 €/year (12% of these > 40,000 €/year). the respondents’ occupations were from research and academia (4%), entrepreneurs (5%), students/phd (16%) and retired people (4% the only cluster in which this group was represented). the second cluster had the highest percentage of primary school graduates together with the highest percentage of unemployed people (10%) and office workers (65%) but also the lowest number of freelancers (5%). in this cluster none of the participants earned more than 40,000 €/year, half of the participants were made up of families with three to four members and a quarter had four members or more. the third cluster is characterized by an urban population, consisting predominantly of women (74%), characterizes this group, with more than 40% being over 45 table 4. factor analysis on the components associated with respondents’ purchasing intent. items components product’ composition and characteristics product’ origin eu quality certifications product’ visual presentation product law and hygienic compliance product price and brand nutritional characteristics 0.746 ingredients 0.639 sustprod techniques 0.595 label information 0.556 producers’ experience 0.540 biological mark (organic) 0.526 organoleptic characteristics 0.525 country of origin 0.786 frequency of buying 0.728 local raw materials 0.629 pride eu marks 0.546 producer information 0.519 pdo trademark 0.713 tsg trademark 0.604 support for local production 0.476 appeal, conservation 0.788 food aspect 0.779 expiry date 0.612 absence of uw chemicals 0.733 law compliance 0.725 hygiene standards 0.577 cc production sites 0.431 cost, expensiveness of eu trademarks 0.790 popularity, brand 0.592 explained variance, % 24.942 9.315 6.807 5.972 4.985 4.295 cumulative variance, % 24.942 34.257 41.064 47.036 52.020 56.315 *the items are ordered by dimension, and the small coefficients with an absolute value below 0.300 have been eliminated. 45 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 45-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications years old; the highest number of high school only graduates were found in this group (35%) and single (48%) and married (47%) people were equally represented. it was the most diversified group in terms of occupation (teachers, food related workers, researchers, workers, freelancers, office workers). the fourth cluster consisted of single individuals with a high standard of education (> 82% had at least a bachelor’s degree) and low annual income, as 69% earned less than 20,000 €/year; this cluster comprised primarily office workers, research workers, housewives and freelancers. table 5. socio-demographic distribution among clusters. variables level cluster 1 “visual presentation enthusiasts” cluster 2 “origin enthusiasts’’ cluster 3 “food provenance and image enthusiasts’’ cluster 4 “food regulations enthusiasts’’ area of origin rural 27% 40% 27% 33% urban 73% 60% 73% 67% gender male 47% 60% 26% 39% female 53% 40% 74% 61% age 18-25 6% 20% 11% 3% 26-35 55% 40% 26% 58% 36-45 22% 20% 23% 21% 46-55 10% 15% 27% 3% 56-70 7% 5% 13% 15% number of family members 1 27% 10% 11% 24% 2 35% 15% 24% 43% 3-4 35% 50% 50% 24% >4 3% 25% 15% 9% education no title 0% 0% 0% 0% elementary or middle school 2% 10% 1% 0% high school 18% 15% 35% 18% bachelor or master’s degree/phd 80% 75% 64% 82% civil status single 65% 65% 48% 67% married/in a domestic relationship 35% 35% 47% 30% divorced/ separated 0% 0% 5% 3% average annual income <10,000 € 12% 25% 15% 24% 10,000-20,000 € 20% 40% 39% 45% 20,000-40,000 € 41% 35% 33% 21% 40,000-50,000 € 4% 0% 6% 3% >50,000 € 8% 0% 7% 6% occupation homemaker / housewife 8% 5% 8% 6% unemployed 6% 10% 1% 0% office worker 37% 65% 31% 45% school teacher 2% 0% 4% 6% freelancer 14% 5% 15% 15% worker 4% 0% 5% 0% retired 4% 0% 0% 0% research/academia jobs 4% 0% 9 12 student/phd student 16 10 18 6 entrepreneur 5% 0% 5% 0% food related jobs(blogger/chef) 0% 0% 3% 3 job seeker 0% 0% 2% 6% others 0% 5 4 1 46 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 46-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 niculina iudita sampalean, daniele rama, giulio visentin 3.7 the clusters attitudes towards the analysed variables as regards to the considered variables (table 6), first cluster ’’visual presentation enthusiasts’ is characterized by respondents that pay most attention to appeal, appearance, and availability. they also considered law compliance and the healthiness of the product as particularly important in their food choice. this group recorded the lowest interest in producer’s information, origin of raw materials and of the product. in addition, eu quality certifications and support for local economies were insignificant to this group. by comparison with the first cluster, the second cluster ’’origin enthusiasts’’ valued most the producer’s information and the origin of raw materials and of the product. this cluster recognized extrinsic characteristics (price, brand) as decisive. law compliance and the healthiness of the product were less important elements for this group. organoleptic, nutritional and sustainability characteristics were also regarded as insignificant. the third cluster ’’food provenance and image enthusiasts’’ was the only cluster that valued all the components positively (table 6), demonstrating a great interest in producer’s information, origin of raw materials and of the product, as well as appeal, appearance, and availability. of all the clusters, the last cluster ‘’food regulations enthusiasts’’ attributed the highest value to law compliance and the healthiness of the product. eu quality certifications and support for local economies, as well as producer’s information and the origin of raw materials and of the product, were essential elements of this group’s components. 4. conclusions and reccomendations our results outlined that the level of perception, awareness, knowledge and consumption of eu quality labels has increased considerably among italian consumers in recent years. with respect to geographical indications, a widespread awareness of the guarantees offered by the pdo and pgi marks in relation to production steps, the natural and human factors of a particular environment and the reputation and quality of a region were assessed. as for the traditional specialties (tsg) an extensive knowledge regarding the traditional practices of production, process and composition, as well as ingredients and raw materials was identified. new policy and communication efforts could be used by the consortia to enhance consumers’ curiosity towards products that are pdo/pg/ tsg or organic certified. our results allow us to formulate some suggestions for the policy makers as well as for the consortia and the producers of the pdo/pgi/tsg/organic products. seeing that our consumers were divided in four clusters we assume that even at the national/international level there is heterogeneity as regards to these labels, therefore for each of the cluster we propose some communication strategy. for the “visual presentation enthusiast” cluster, the strategy adopted should concentrate more on the way these products are presented, using attractive packaging but also one that helps reflect the look of the products. for the “origin enthusiasts” the message of the communication campaign should point out how these products are unique in the sense of the typicity that is given by the particular geographical areas where they are produce and by the raw materials they are made of, strengthening the importance that these two elements have on the final product. as to the ‘’food provenance and image enthusiasts’’ cluster considering their positive attitude towards all the quality certified foods’ attributes, we believe that the message the policy makers as well as the producers and consortia should sponsor and publicize, is one table 6. final cluster centres. cluster 1 “visual presentation enthusiasts” (8%) 2 “origin enthusiasts’’ (53%) 3 “food provenance and image enthusiasts’’ (11%) 4 “food regulations enthusiasts’’ (28%) product’ composition and characteristics -0.389 -0.443 0.242 0.039 product’ origin -1.267 0.300 0.471 0.130 eu quality certifications -0.417 -0.086 0.171 0.101 product visual presentation 0.309 -0.109 0.344 -1.541 product law compliance 0.126 -2.387 0.289 0.295 product price and brand -0.208 0.113 0.238 -0.555 47 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 47-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications that could produce some ethical and altruistic motives, therefore the message must stress out the support these products bring to the local economy in the area in terms of jobs and income. the “food regulations enthusiasts” could be conquered by campaigns that point out how these quality products follow very strict production rules, with regular checks on healthiness, sanitary and organoleptic elements, and that this is one of the elements that differentiate them from the conventional products that might have more relaxed rules and less controls. one limitation of the present study is the fact that the sample is not strictly statistically-representative of the italian population. the sample is biased towards relatively younger and highly educated shoppers and female consumers. therefore, additional qualitative and quantitative research needs to be done with a larger and representative sample, to extend the legitimacy of the findings and to generalize the results to represent the national population. another possible limitation of the study, is that since the questionnaire was our investigation instrument there might have been a certain predisposition to socially desirable responding, or as martin and nagao (1989) better described it, a tendency to give answers that make the respondent look good, or the tendency ‘‘to stretch the truth in an effort to make a good impression’’. acknowledgements this study was supported by the doctoral school in conjunction with the agro-food system (agrisystem) of the università cattolica del sacro cuore (italy). the authors wish to thank yari vecchio (university of bologna) and all the participants of the study for their valuable contribution. authors also wish to thank the anonymous reviewers for their useful comments and suggestions. references aprile, m. c., caputo, v., and nayga jr., r.m. (2016). consumers’ preferences and attitudes toward local food products. journal of food products marketing 22: 19-42. aprile, m. c., and gallina, g. (2008). quality perception using signals on food labels: an analysis on italian consumers. proceedings of the 18th annual iama symposium meeting food system challenges through innovation and entrepreneurship. monterey (ca), usa. arfini, f., and pazzona, m. (2014). the coexistence of pdo and brand labels: the case of the ready-sliced parma ham. proceedings of the 8th international european forum on system dynamics and innovation in food networks. igls, austria. capelli, m. g., menozzi, d., and arfini, f. (2014). consumer willingness to pay for food quality labels: evaluating the prosciutto di parma pdo quality differentiation strategy. proceedings of the international congress of the european association of agricultural economists (eaae). ljubljana, slovenia. carbone, a. (2018). foods and places: comparing different supply chains. agriculture, 8(1):1-12. ceschi, s., canavari, m., and castellini, a. (2018). consumer’s preference and willingness to pay for apple attributes: a choice experiment in large retail outlets in bologna (italy), journal of international food and agribusiness marketing 30(4): 305-322. contini, c., boncinelli, f., casini, l., pagnotta, g., romano, c., and scozzafava, g. (2016). why do we buy traditional foods? journal of food products marketing 22(6): 643-657. costanigro, m., mccluskey j. j., and goemans, c. (2010). the economics of nested names: name specificity, reputations, and price premia. american journal of agricultural economics 92(5):1339–1350. dekhili, s., sirieix, l. and cohen, e. (2011). how consumers choose olive oil: the importance of origin cues. food quality and preference 22(8): 757-762. deselnicu, o. c., costanigro, m., souza-monteiro, d. m., and mcfadden, d. t. (2013). a meta-analysis of geographical indication food valuation studies: what drives the premium for origin-based labels? journal of agricultural and resource economics 38(2):204219. european commission. (2018). special eurobarometer 473: europeans, agriculture and the cap. survey requested by the european commission, directorategeneral for agriculture and rural development and co-ordinated by the directorate-general for communication. https://ec.europa.eu/commfrontoffice/publicopinion/index.cfm/survey/getsurveydetail/instruments/special/surveyky/2161. accessed 08 november 2019. european commission. (2016). special eurobarometer 440: europeans, agriculture and the cap. survey requested by the european commission, directorate-general for agriculture and rural development and coordinated by directorate-general for communication. https://ec.europa.eu/commfrontoffice/ publicopinion/index.cfm/survey/getsurveydetail/ 48 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 48-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 niculina iudita sampalean, daniele rama, giulio visentin instruments/special/yearfrom/1974/yearto/2016/surveyky/2087 accessed 08 november 2019 european commission. (2012). special eurobarometer 389: europeans’ attitudes towards food security, food quality and the countryside. survey requested by the european commission, directorate-general for agriculture and rural development and coordinated by directorate-general for communication. http:// ec.europa.eu/agriculture/survey/2012/389en.pdf accessed 08 november 2019 european union. (2012). regulation no 1152/2012 of the european parliament and of the council of 21 november 2012 on quality schemes for agricultural products and foodstuffs. brussels: european parliament and european council. https://eur-lex.europa. eu/legal-content/en/txt/?qid=1573479956856&uri= celex:32012r1151 accessed 08 november 2019 european union. (2018). regulation (eu) 2018/848 of the european parliament and of the council of 30 may 2018 on organic production and labelling of organic products and repealing council regulation (ec) no 834/2007. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/?qid=1573480071022&uri=celex: 32018r0848 accessed 09 november 2019 european commission. (2019). metadata. https:// ec.europa.eu/agriculture/quality/door/list.html accessed 11 november 2019, now available at https:// ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/food-safetyand-quality/certification/quality-labels/geographicalindications-register/# field, a. (2013). discovering statistics using ibm spss statistics: and sex and drugs and rock ‘n’ roll, 4th edn., london sage pubns ltd. grunert k.g., bech-larsen, t., and bredahl, l. (2000) three issues in consumer quality perception and acceptance of dairy products. international dairy journal 10: 575–584. grunert, k. g., and aachmann, k.  (2016). consumer reactions to the use of eu quality labels on food products: a review of the literature. food control 59: 178-187. ismea (2018). rapporto 2018 ismea – qualivita sulle produzioni agroalimentari e vitivinicole italiane dop, igp e stg. edizioni qualivita, fondazione qualivita. jordana, j. (2000). traditional foods: challenges facing the european food industry, food research international, 33: 147‐52. kaiser, h. f. (1960). the application of electronic computers to factor analysis. educational and psychological measurement, 20: 141–151. kleine, p. (2014). an easy guide to factor analysis.taylor and francis. krystallis, a., and ness, m. (2005). consumer preferences for quality foods from a south european perspective: a conjoint implementation on greek olive oil. international food and agribusiness management review 8: 62–91. leufkens, d. (2018). the problem of heterogeneity between protected geographical indications: a metaanalysis. british food journal, 120(12): 2843-2856. martin, c., and nagao, d. h. (1989). some effects of computerized interviewing on job applicant responses. journal of applied psychology, 74:72–80. mesias, f., escribano, m., rodriguez de ledesma, a., and pulido, f. (2005). consumers’ preferences for beef in the spanish region of extremadura: a study using conjoint analysis. journal of the science of food and agriculture, 85: 2487-2494. platania, m., and privitera, d. (2006). typical products and consumer preferences: the “soppressata”case. british food journal, 108: 385-395. profeta, a., balling, r., schoene, v., and wirsig, a. (2010). protected geographical indications and designations of origin: an overview of the status quo and the development of the use of regulation (ec) 510/06 in europe, with special consideration of the german situation. journal of international food & agribusiness marketing, 22: 179-198. santeramo, f. g., and lamonaca, e. (2020). evaluation of geographical label in consumers’ decision-making process: a systematic review and meta-analysis. food research international, 131, 108995. santeramo, f. g., lamonaca, e., carlucci, d., de devitiis, b., seccia, a., viscecchia, r., & nardone, g. (2020). on the relevance of the region-of-origin in consumers studies.  bio-based and applied economics, 9(2), 137-154. https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-8337 scarpa, r., and del giudice, t. (2004). market segmentation via mixed logit: extravirgin olive oil in urban italy. journal of agricultural & food industrial organisation, 2: 1-18. streiner (1994). figuring out factors: the use and misuse of factor analysis. canadian journal of psychiatry, 39: 135-140. van der lans, i. a, ittersum, k. v., cicco, a. d., loseby, m. (2001). the role of the region of the origin and eu certificates of origin in consumer evaluation of food products. european review of agricultural economics, 2: 451-477. van ittersum, k., meulenberg, m. t. g., van trijp, hans c. m., candel, m. j. j. m. (2007). ‘consumers’ appreciation of regional certification labels: a pan-european study. journal of agricultural economics 58 (1): 1-23. 49 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 49-49, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9909 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications vecchio, r., and annunziata, a. (2011). the role of pdo/ pgi labelling in italian consumers’ food choices. agricultural economic review, 12: 80-98. verbeke, w., pieniak, z., guerrero, l., and hersleth, m. (2012). consumers awareness and attitudinal determinants of european union quality label use on traditional foods. bio-based and applied economics, 1: 213-229. vanhonacker, f., lengard, v., hersleth, m., and verbeke, w. (2010). profiling european traditional food consumers. british food journal 112: 871-886. appendix table 1. self-declared knowledge and frequency of buying of the eu quality certifications. certifications i regularly buy them i know and i buy them sometimes i know them i don’t know them pdo certified 18% 50% 27% 5% pgi certified 15% 48% 30% 8% tsg certified 4% 16% 24% 57% organic certified 12% 43% 38% 7% table 2. importance of different attributes when food shopping. very important pretty important indifferent not much not at all important hygienic standards 78% 19% 2% 0% brand 6% 56% 25% 9% 4% pdo certification 19% 56% 17% 7% 2% appearance 46% 42% 7% 3% 1% pgi certification 15% 52% 22% 9% 2% price 39% 53% 6% 2% 0% nutritional values 35% 42% 18% 2% 3% organic certification 12% 37% 27% 14% 10% tsg certification 5% 30% 38% 12% 15% 68% 82% 34% 76% which of the following logo do you know? organic pgi tsg pdo 20% 25% 30% 25% number of logo's respondents declared to know. 1logo 2 logo 3 logo 4 logo figure 1. self-declared knowledge of the eu quality certifications logos 54% 52% 53% 33% 29% 43%42% 43% 38% 55% 46% 49% 4% 5% 8% 13% 25% 8% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% pdo 1 pdo 2 pgi1 pgi2 tsg1 tsg2 eu quality certification's definitions 0-wrong definition 1-right definition * wrong (chose none of the options) figure 2. eu quality certifications definitions. volume 10, issue 1 2021 firenze university press ten years of bio-based and applied economics: a story of successes, and more to come fabio g. santeramo1, meri raggi2 the capitalisation of decoupled payments in farmland rents among eu regions gianni guastella1,2, daniele moro1, paolo sckokai1, mario veneziani3 contribution of periurban farming systems to local food systems: a systemic innovation perspective rosalia filippini1,2, elisa marraccini3, sylvie lardon2 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications, and consumption of agri-food products carrying those certifications niculina iudita sampalean1, daniele rama1, giulio visentin2 wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass daniele vergamini*, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure michele vollaro1, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 bio-based and applied economics 5(2): 113-130, 2016 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-16366 structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms lihua li1,*, bill bellotti2, adam m. komarek3 1 western sydney university, sydney, australia state key laboratory of grassland farming systems, lanzhou university, lanzhou, china 2 vincent fairfax chair, dean’s unit school of science and health, western sydney university, sydney, australia 3 international food policy research institute (ifpri), washington, dc 20006, usa date of submission: 2015 29th, june; accepted 2016 21st, april abstract. structural change is considered the major engine in fostering a country’s growth. in the agricultural sector, diversification is the commonly used development strategy to increase rural sector’s flexibility, and to respond to improving technologies and market conditions. this study examined agricultural development and transformation during china’s socio-economic reforms. in particular, it empirically investigated whether the change of china’s agricultural structure is consistent with structural change theory and observed outcomes from other countries. the degree of agricultural diversification was quantitatively measured at a regional scale using the herfindahl index. an underdeveloped province in northwest china was studied to provide insights into the interaction among structural change, agricultural diversification, and implemented development policies. aggregate-level analyses suggest that china’s agricultural transformation pattern is consistent with those of other developing countries. a specific provincial-level analysis shows that environmentally and economically disadvantaged regions are slower to diversify their economy than better endorsed regions. keywords. structural change, growth, agriculture diversification, china jel codes. o1, q12, q18 1. introduction moving agricultural labour and resources into non-agricultural sectors is considered fundamental to economic growth (lewis, 1954; kuznets, 1959; syrquin, 1988). structural change theory suggests this transformation is an economy-wide phenomenon, characterised by a decreasing proportion of agricultural output and employment, along with rapid progress of industrialisation and urbanisation (kuznets, 1966, 1971; chenery and syrquin, corresponding author: lilihua@lzu.edu.cn 114 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek 1986a; timmer, 2007; world bank, 2007). during this transition, industrialisation and urbanisation create employment opportunities and absorb the displaced rural labour force thus increasing labour productivity, while technological advancement and infrastructure improvement enable agriculture to grow, together with the industrial and service sectors (timmer, 2009). meanwhile, the agricultural sector is expected to be more responsive to markets with a diversity of farm products to meet the increasing demand for food variety and quantity, which is stimulated by higher income and growth of the urban population (pingali and rosegrant, 1995). agricultural diversification has been a policy objective of most developing countries during their structural change process (timmer, 1997). asian nations such as japan, thailand, and south korea have been successful in diversifying their agricultural sector (world bank, 1990). however, diversification of agriculture requires developments in technology, provision of better infrastructure, and well-functioning agricultural markets to support more diversified production. this poses challenges to countries with limited technologies, inefficient agricultural support systems and unfavourable government policies. therefore, different countries have differing capacities to diversify their agricultural sector. as a result, the extent and patterns of agricultural diversification may differ among countries. china’s fast growth and special paths of transition and development have puzzled scholars about the contradictions between expectations shaped by theory and the observed outcomes (jefferson, 2008). china had a relatively large rural population (world bank, 2015), and had a large backlog of underemployed labour in farming, caused by strict regulation on labour migration prior to economic reforms (oi, 1999). this distinct labour issue could have affected china’s agricultural transformation pathway. in addition, the large variations in agricultural endowments, along with disparity in the level of development across regions within china, imply that the processes of agricultural diversification may vary. few researchers have attempted to examine agricultural diversification in the process of structural change. in addition, little effort has been made to quantitatively measure and compare the degree of diversification across regions and time (timmer, 1997). the trend of the chinese production diversification has been described by several descriptive studies (huang and rozelle, 2004; huang et al., 2012; carter et al., 2012; fan et al., 2003; young 2000). to the author’s knowledge, no measurement of the degree of diversification has been used in a study of china’s structural change and development. to fill this gap, the present study attempts to quantify agricultural diversification at the national level, to compare the degree of diversification across regions and time, and to investigate agricultural diversification in relation to a region’s growth and agro-economic conditions. the purpose of this study was to better understand the pattern of transformation in china’s agricultural sector. the degree of diversification was examined at the regional and national level for the period between 1978 and 2012 using the herfindahl index. we studied gansu province to provide insights into the interaction between structural change and agricultural development during china’s economic transition. 115structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms 2. structural change and agricultural diversification: the conceptual framework 2.1 economic development and patterns of structural change although structural transformation is heavily affected by a country’s specific macroeconomic and sectoral policies (chenery, 1988; syrquin, 1988; syrquin, 2006), historical experience indicates that consistent patterns exist. these are a declining share of agriculture in gdp and employment, followed by the rise in industrial and service sectors, and a continuous urbanisation which is induced by rural-to-urban migration (chenery, 1988; timmer, 2007; chenery, 1988). theoretically, the decline in share of agricultural employment and output raises productivity in agriculture. this change is viewed as the major driver for economic growth for countries at the early stage of development (kuznets, 1956, 1967; timmer, 1988; world bank, 1990). the phenomenon of shifting labour and resources out of the agricultural sector is explained by two mechanisms: a decreasing share of consumer expenditure devoted to food and agricultural products as income grows (engel’s law of demand) and the rising productivity in agriculture which generates the resources and then stimulates the expansion of industry and services (timmer, 1988; world bank, 1990). the ultimate outcome of structural change is that agriculture becomes homogenous to other sectors as an economic activity, when incomes are high enough and different economic sectors are integrated by well-functioning labour and capital markets. this is emerging in some developed economies (timmer, 2007). literature on development economics also shows that there is a substantial gap between agriculture’s share of gdp and its share of employment during the course of a nation’s growth. this gap indicates the differences in the factor productivity between agricultural and non-agricultural sectors, reflected in the concentration of poverty in agricultural and rural areas (timmer and akkus, 2008). therefore, narrowing this gap is critical in fostering growth and alleviating poverty for developing countries, especially when they are facing globalised market competition, together with the pressure of rapidly growing urban populations and non-agricultural sectors contending for already scarce land and water resources (timmer, 2007; world bank, 2007). however, agriculture alone cannot improve economy-wide productivity. productivity growth involves a reciprocal interplay between the agricultural and non-agricultural sectors, and the sectoral exchange fundamentally mirrors the equilibrium between rising income and changing proportions of demand and supply, while development in agriculture enhances growth in other sectors through links between consumption and production (chenery, 1988). at different development stages, countries face different growth problems; thus, agriculture is required to respond differently. transforming economies like china have recently moved from relying on agriculture for growth and employment (agriculture based countries, world bank, 2007), to the stage of facing rising rural-urban income disparities and persistent rural poverty. the recommended strategy to reduce the disparities for those countries is to diversify into high-value horticulture and livestock in response to rapidly growing domestic and international demand (world bank, 2007). this agricultural diversification process involves integrating output into markets, substituting traded inputs for non-traded inputs, and shifting mixed production to monoculture farming to capture economies of scale (pingali and rosegrant, 1995; chavas, 2008). from the 116 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek production perspective, agricultural diversification is viewed as a transformation of food production from subsistence to commercial systems, a course of agricultural sector diversification and commercialisation accompanied by farm-level production specialisation (pingali, 1997; timmer, 1997). the patterns of structural change and the trend of agricultural diversification are proposed to be predictable and uniform, and have been witnessed in most industrialised countries (timmer, 1997; world bank, 1992, 2007). compared with developed countries, the current developing nations have been transforming in different historical, demographic, economic, and agro-climatic contexts, in addition to the variation in natural resource endowment, opportunities, and constraints across countries and regions (losch et al., 2012). 2.2 agricultural transformation leads to production diversification timmer (1988; 1997) suggests that agricultural transformation inevitably experiences four critical stages. in the first phase, increasing agricultural productivity generates a farm surplus. during the second phase, farm surplus stimulates the non-agricultural sectors to expand. in the third stage, the improved infrastructure and markets further support resources and outcomes to flow out of the farm sector. finally, at the end of the agricultural transforming stage, agriculture integrates into the whole economy and its role in an economy is no different from industry and services. those four diversification stages are part of the overall transformation process. based on historical transformation experiences in asian countries, timmer (1997) illustrates that trends of the diversification process can differ at the economy, the agricultural sector, and the individual farm level. demonstrated in figure 1, the vertical axis indicates the degree of diversification1, and the horizontal axis shows the course of transformation. the entire economy, measured by the diversity of food consumption, and the agricultural sector become more diversified when resources are being shifted out of agriculture. at the farm level (individual fields within a single farm, and/or single farms within a region) the degree of diversification declines while the agricultural productivity increases, measured by rising value added per agricultural worker. the decreasing diversification/increasing specialisation are facilitated by the improvement of credit and labour markets during structural change, enabling farmers to capture the economies of scale by specialising their production (coelli and fleming, 2004; pingali, 1997; timmer, 1997) from a policy perspective, agricultural diversification is regarded as a crucial strategy to increase the flexibility of the rural sector and to respond to improving technologies and market conditions. the macro-level agricultural diversification is also considered as a cushion against the adjustment costs caused by transforming resources to protect farmers against price fluctuations when the economy is being integrated into the world market (timmer, 1988 and 1997; world bank, 1988 and 1990). meanwhile, the diversified agricultural sector potentially expands rural small and medium-scale industry (processing, marketing, and other labour-intensive services), and in turn absorbs the displaced labour force from agriculture the advantage of diversifying traditional grain-dominated production into higher income demand elasticity products are that countries increase the flexibil1 timmer’s (1997) study is conceptual; no attempts are made to quantitatively measure the diversification degree. however, approaches such as the concentration ratio or the herfindah index are suggested for empirical studies. 117structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms ity of their faming systems, efficiently allocate resources, reduce rural poverty and sustain productivity (world bank, 1990 and 1992). diversification at different stages and different economic levels reflects long-run and short-run agricultural development issues, calling for different policy priorities. in the short-run, problems are narrowed to the micro-level response to price changes, and require producers to adjust production with alternative crops and activities rapidly (world bank, 1988). however, producers’ ability to respond to market signals can be influenced by technologies, market conditions, and households’ characteristics such as education and risk-aversion. thus, appropriate policies are vital to facilitate changes of crop patterns and activities, and to deal with unstable food prices and concern over food security. apparently, the short-run policy priorities are to increase the flexibility of production systems, and to guide farmers towards activities that are more responsive to market demand and prices. outcomes from those policies would be poverty reduction and improvement of income distribution (world bank, 1988, 1990 and 1992). 3. structural change and agricultural transformation in china: an overview 3.1 distinctive economic features, consistent transformation patterns over the past three decades, china has undergone an impressive and rapid structural change; its agricultural sector has achieved significant progress in increasing productivity, figure 1. the relationship between diversification and agricultural transformation. source: timmer (1997). 118 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek diversifying products, and alleviating poverty. agriculture has significantly contributed to the nation’s growth; however, its relative contribution to gdp continues to decline. a large part of the labour force has been reallocated from agricultural to non-agricultural sectors, and the share of agricultural employment decreased from 68.7% in 1980 to 34.8% in 2011. agricultural value calculated in gdp declined from 30% to 10% in the same period (world bank, 2015). more importantly, households’ consumption patterns have changed; demand has increased for meats, fruits and vegetables. the share of staple crops in total agricultural output dropped from 82% in 1970 to less than 50% of gdp in 2008 (huang et al., 2010). impressively, 58% of the world’s horticulture, and 67% of the world’s aquaculture production increases were generated by china since the mid-1980s (world bank, 2007). it is widely accepted that china’s overall transformation has followed a traditional line of growth, with the agricultural growth as the precursor to the economic development (united nations, 2006; world bank, 2007). however, compared to other developing countries, china had, and to some extent still has, some distinctiveness prior to its reforms. the most distinguishing characteristic is its planned governance system, namely, central control over prices allocation of inputs and outputs and financial flows. this centrally controlled system, along with pursuing “a capital intensive heavy industry orienteddevelopment-strategy in a capital-scarce agrarian economy” (lin et al., 1996) resulted in imbalanced economic structure, frail institutions, and weak incentives (brandt and rawski 2008). these negative consequences have in turn caused inefficiency in performance and productivity. research indicates that technical efficiency in state owned enterprises was relatively low as a result of overstaffing and underutilisation of capital resources (lin et al., 1996). it is also suggested that chinese socialism, especially the planned system, detained the economy inferior to its production frontier (brandt and rawski, 2008). moreover, the low efficiency of china’s economy was a consequence of the government-controlled monopoly of finance, telecommunications, and steel sectors. this large proportion of state-run enterprises was an outcome of the preferentially promoted large industry during the maoist era. the large manufacturing was aimed at building the state’s ability of producing capital goods and military supplies for the consideration of self-sufficiency and national security (brandt and rawski, 2008; lin et al., 1996). this distinctive institutional feature potentially affected china’s reform path. in 1980, when the reform was initiated, china’s share of manufacturing was larger than most low-income and middle-income countries. along with the heavily discounted service sector, china’s distorted economic composition is presumed to have affected its growth pathway and the progress of structural change (heston and sicular, 2008). the third feature of china’s economy prior to reforms was its long isolation from deep engagement with the global economy. combined with the communist party’s self-sufficient tendencies and the partial trade embargo led by the usa, china was restricted in its global market participation (china joined the wto in 2001). this very limited participation in the world markets deprived chinese producers of global competition. under the central plan and control system, neither import nor export was sensitive to exchange rates or relative prices. the composition of chinese trade was consequently not linked to its comparative advantage (branstetter and lardy, 2006). this isolation from the international economy enlarged the gap between china’s achievements and potential, and also prevented world market prices from stimulating domestic production (brandt and rawski, 2008). 119structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms aside from features of the planned system, dominance of the state sector, and the isolation from world markets, a rural-urban gap, in both economic and institutional terms, was another feature unique to china’s initial condition. the “dual track” structure which was formed to ensure a collectivized agricultural production in rural areas and the concentration on heavy industry in urban areas resulted in segmentation between the rural and urban sectors. in addition, the strict residency system (hukou), a heavy urban bias on education, health care, housing, and pensions have contributed to the disparity between rural and urban development. it is well recognised that restrictions on rural resource mobility (mainly labour migration) have constrained structural change and caused stagnation in agriculture(benjamin and brandt, 2002). it appears that china has several fundamentally distinct institutional, political and economic policy settings compared to other economies. this begs the questions of whether this uniqueness has made china a special case regarding economic composition, and whether china’s overall structural constitution is consistent with its development stage. figure 2 compares china with countries at different growth levels (the usa, australia, brazil, and india), using the world development indicators to measure agricultural development in relation to gross national income (gni) 2 across countries (figure 2). in 2008, agriculture’s share in china’s employment and gdp were higher than the 2 gni per capita (formerly gnp per capita) is the gross national income, converted to u.s. dollars using the world bank atlas method, divided by the midyear population. agriculture value added per worker is a measure of agricultural productivity. value added in agriculture measures the output of the agricultural sector (isic divisions 1-5) less the value of intermediate inputs. agriculture comprises value added from forestry, hunting, and fishing as well as cultivation of crops and livestock production. data are in constant 2000 u.s. dollars. figure 2. comparison of structural change and growth among china and selected countries. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 gni per capita ( 1000 current us$) employment in agriculture (% of total employment) agriculture value added (% of gdp) agriculture value added per worker ( 1000us$, constant value of year 2000) united states australia brazil china india sources: world development indicators for 2008, world bank, 2011. 120 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek usa, australia and brazil, respectively. by contrast, its agricultural productivity is higher than india, indicating china’s development of the agricultural sector is consistent with its overall economic level. a number of comparative investigations have drawn similar conclusions. for example, focusing on both distinctive and common features, heston and sicular (2008) examine the post-1978 chinese economy in comparison to averages for low-, middleand highincome countries. the results show that china’s structural change has followed the general international pattern since 1980. its development has been associated with a decline in agriculture’s relative importance in the economy, a rising industry, and expansion of the service sector. timmer (2007) compares the general growth pattern of fifteen countries, suggesting that “china is unique in its rapid growth and in the structural patterns that growth has induced in employment and gdp. but china is not unique in the distributional consequences of its growth”3 . from different perspectives, several other studies have concluded consistently that china’s structural change has fitted surprisingly well into the conventional views of development economics. herrmann-pillath (1994) stated “china is an enfant terrible of the mainstream theory of transformation”, and “it was the way in which china went about in reforming its system that makes the country’s reform experience unique” (hofman and wu, 2009). the reforms during china’s transition period have followed logical prescriptions mainstream economics would recommend, that is, the development of incentives, mobility, price flexibility, competition and openness (lin et al., 1996; brandt and rawski, 2008). this conventional economic transformation and growth in china has been unexpected to most economists’ contention, especially from the political economics perspective (for a detailed debate on this topic, see arrighi, 2007; harvey, 2005). coexisting with uniqueness and consistency, the transformation in the agricultural sector has contributed to china’s impressive growth significantly. large-scale labour move from agricultural to non-agricultural sectors reduced the employment in agriculture from 69% in 1978 to 35% in 2011 (world bank, 2013), despite the fact that the growth of productivity in agriculture was the major driver of labour reallocation. agricultural value added per worker increased from 224 to 785(constant 2005 us$) between 1980 and 2013 (world bank, 2013). during the same period, agricultural value added in gdp declined from 30% to 10%. the above figures show that the relative importance has continued to decline, however, agriculture has been the major contributor to structural change in china’s economy. 3.2 transformation in agriculture, stages and policies china initiated rural reforms in 1978. a series of strategies and policies were implemented to improve farmers’ incentives and develop the rural economy. among others, decollectivisation was a major driver to improve total factor productivity in the early stage of reform (lin, 1992); the effort to restructure the rural economy through institutional change created strong incentives for chinese small famers to use inputs more efficiently, 3 the fifteen countries are: bangladesh, brazil, china, india, indonesia, japan, korea, malaysia, nepal, nigeria, pakistan, papua new guinea, philippines, sri lanka, and thailand. 121structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms including human capital (ash, 1988). it is estimated that the change in incentive structure increased agricultural output by 20% to 30% without any claim on additional resources from the rest of the economy (lin, 1988; mcmillan et al., 1989). the well-studied policy implemented in this period was the household responsibility system (hrs), a bottom-up initiated plan which shifted production from a collective system to a family-based management, and enhanced farmers’ motivations to adopt new technology and thus sped the diffusion of new technology (lin, 1992). as a result, grain output increased by 4.7% per year during the period 1978 to 1984, and the real value of gross output in the farm sector doubled between 1978 and 1989. this remarkable production growth was accompanied by a significant diversity of china’s agricultural production and food consumption patterns. cash crops like cotton and oilseeds, along with meat production increased quickly. for instance, annual growth of cotton production was 19.3% between 1978 and 1984 (huang et al., 2008; hofman and wu, 2009). during the same period, both rural and urban households’ share of grain consumption reduced dramatically due to rising incomes and falling grain prices (huang et al., 2008). commencing in 1985, further reforms focused on market extension and price regulation. the intention to initiate commercial exchange and agricultural investment was realised by replacing the state monopoly purchase and supply with a part-contractual, part-free market exchange system (ash, 1988). after a long period of restriction in agricultural prices, those reforms enabled market prices to become the basis of farmer production and marketing decisions (rozelle and huang, 2006). the development of domestic markets and the agricultural trade liberalisation (especially the accession to the world trade organisation) have considerably narrowed the differences between international and domestic market prices for many commodities. especially after china’s accession to wto in 2001, agriculture has entered a stage of all-round reform and opening-up. china has abolished non-tariff border measures, converted non-tariff measures into tariffs and adopted tariff cuts and “binding” to accommodate further reform and opening-up and participate in international market competition(moa, 2015). consequently, price changes and farmers’ incentives have been directly affected by world markets (huang et al., 2008). world market prices became an active stimulus for china’s agricultural diversification, for instance, the large-scale reallocation of cultivated acreage from staple crops to vegetables, horticulture and other labour-intensive alternatives occurred only after the government ended its policy of setting domestic grain prices above world market level (brandt and rawski, 2008). these developments also attributed to chinese government’s pro-farm policies to enhance small farmers’ marketing alibility and competitiveness. for example, the vegetable basket program (vbp) has significantly boosted production of vegetables, meat, dairy products, and aquatic products (moa, 2012). diversification in farm production has been significant, stimulated by price policy, market liberalisation, and technological improvements. between 1978 and 2002, the percentage of grain crops in total sown area reduced from 80% to 65%, and has maintained at above 68% since then. absolute grain production even decreased by 16% from 1998 to 2003 (carter et al., 2012). by contrast, vegetable sown area increased 5.7% annually; the output of fruits increased thirty-fold. over the same period, the livestock and fishery sector rose from 14% and 2% to 31% and 10%, respectively (nbsc, 1978-2012). 122 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek 4. quantifying agricultural diversification in china 4.1 method the herfindahl index is a statistical measure of concentration, commonly used in diversification research to indicate the extent of specialisation (pope and prescott, 1980; culas, 2006). the herfindahl index of product concentration is defined as: pit = ait / ait∑ (1) hrt = pit 2∑ (2) in equation (1) ai is the value of product i, a∑ i is the sum of farm products’ value. thus pit is the value share of product i in total farm value in time t. in equation (2), hrt is the herfindahl index, computed by the sum of farm products’ value share squared. because this study examines agricultural diversification, the herfindahl concentration/specialisation index was inverted to formulate a diversification index, to make the demonstration more illustrative and straightforward. the diversification level for region r at time (year) t is: d hrt rt= -1 (3) the value of diversification index drt ranges from 0 to 1, and larger values denote higher degree of agricultural diversification, lower values indicate greater specialisation. 4.2 data six categories of farm products were included in the index computation: grain, cotton, rapeseed, vegetables, fruits, and livestock. fishery and forestry products were not included due to data being incomplete for some provinces. considering crop and livestock production account for 86% (in 2010) to 95% (in 1978) of output-value share in china’s agricultural economy, the exclusion of fishery and forestry production in the computation would have very little impact on formulating the diversification indices. farm output data were extracted from china’s statistical yearbook (nbsc, 19782012), price information was from the china compendium of statistics between 1949 and 2008 (nbsc, 2010) and china yearbook of agricultural price survey (nbsc, 20042012). farm values were calculated as outputs multiplied by prices, and then applied into equation (1)-(3) to compute diversification indices for individual provinces. indices were further used to aggregate regional and national diversification. six regions were grouped based on similarities in agricultural endowments and level of economic development, following the classification by carter and lohmar (2002). the specific categorisation was: 1) north (beijing, tianjin, hebei, shanxin, inner mongolia, henna, and shanddong); 2) northeast (heilongjiang, jilin, and liaoniang); 3) central (anhui, jiangxi, hubei, and hunan); 4) coastal (shanghai-jiangsu, zhejiang, fujian, guangdong, and hainan); 5) southwest (chongqing, sichuan, guizhou, yunnan, and guangxi); 6) northwest( tibet, shaanxi, gansu, qinghai, ningxia, and xingjiang). 123structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms 5. results 5.1 agricultural diversification in relation to growth: regional comparison figure 3 shows the association between diversification and gdp per capita for the national average and the six aggregated regions. overall, the agricultural sector has been more diversified. notably, the diversification level had a remarkable increase before gdp per capita reached about 5,000 yuan (approximately 1,811 us dollars). once gdp per capita exceeded 15,000 yuan, the agricultural diversification level remained unchanged or slightly declined for all the cases. moreover, the diversification level decreased during 2003-2007 in most regions. this sharp decline could be partially explained by the nationwide policy effort to increase grain production at the time. a series of policies were implemented to stimulate farmers’ grain production and the relative profitability of grain production, when grain production decreased by 16% between 1998 and 2003. these policies included ending agricultural taxes, directing subsidy payments to grain producers, grain crop support price, input subsidies for fertiliser and farm equipment, and increased investment in infrastructure (carter et al., 2012). the above pro-grain government policies effectively encouraged grain production, area planted with grain recovered to 1997 levels, and the share of grain’s output to the agricultural sector rose (liu et al., 2008). the decline of production diversification figure 3. diversification level and gdp per capita for national average and six regions, 1978-2012. 124 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek between 2002 and 2007 was attributed to this grain production rise/concentration, as grains (rice, wheat, and maize) account for more than 50% of crop production. the patterns of china’s agricultural diversification support timmer (1997) that agriculture tends to be more diversified at macro levels in the early stage of development. china’s practice further suggests that government’s policy, in particular, encouraging grain production, was effective in changing the diversification degree at the national and regional levels. moreover, the degree of diversification varies among regions at the same growth level/gdp per capita. studies in other developing countries indicate that besides the growth of gdp, agricultural diversification is closely related to the degree of market development, especially the level of growth prior to agricultural transformation, and the relative importance of agriculture in the region (dorsey et al., 2005). this is true in the chinese case; for example, the northwest and southwest regions were at similar growth levels between 1978 and 2002, but the southwest region was higher in the agricultural diversification level, owing to its comparatively developed markets and infrastructure, and the intensification of the piggery and feedstuff industries (carter et al., 2012). by contrast, the northwest region has had low agro-ecological potential (rainfall, soils, topography), underdeveloped markets and infrastructure (isolated from demand centres and coastal areas for exporting), and higher share of agriculture in the region’s gdp. consequently, agriculture in this area is diversified least among the six regions. the comparisons above suggest that the rate of agricultural diversification is related to comparative advantage (natural resources, access to markets), development levels (education, access to information, markets) and the relative importance of agriculture in the regions. for instance, the coastal region is the most developed area in china, with the highest average gdp per capita (figure 3). production diversification levels in this zone, however, are relatively low among the six regions. this can be explained by the fact that the rapid urbanisation and industrialisation in this region has led to grain production decline and the importance of agriculture in the economy to diminish relatively faster. 5.2 agricultural transformation and its interdependence with non-agricultural sector in underdeveloped regions: the case of gansu province to further investigate the interaction between agricultural and other sectors, gansu province in northwest china was closely studied. gansu province is one of the poorest regions in china. in 2012, average rural per capita income was 4,507 yuan (the lowest in china), accounting for only 57% of the national average 7,917 yuan (nbsc 2013). in terms of agricultural conditions, gansu is poorly endowed with natural resources, one-fifth of the cultivated land is terraced, and annual average rainfall ranges from 50 mm in the west and 550mm in the east (gansu yearbook editorial board, 2012). growth in gansu’s agricultural sector has been considerably slow with very low productivity, accounting for 2.3% of china’s rural employment but contributes only 1.3 % of the value of chinese farm production (brown et al., 2009). by contrast, the industrial sector in gansu experienced special growth in the 1950s, when substantial government investments were shifted from coastal cities into interior regions for security considerations (brandt and rawski, 2008). the average annual growth rate in industry was 15.28% between 1952 and 1978, compared with 6.27% for the overall gansu economy (yue, 2009). during this time, emphasis was placed on establishing 125structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms the province’s heavy industry. state-owned enterprises, like mining, petroleum refining and drilling, have been the backbone of gansu’s industrial development. as a result, 90.7% of industrial output was from state-owned enterprises (soes) in 1978, which was second highest in china, and much higher than national average (77.6%) and guangdong province (67.9%) located in coastal region (table 1). gansu’s industry-prioritised development strategy intensified agriculture’s inferior situation and resulted in a distorted economic structure. when the economic reforms started in 1978, gansu’s industrial share was higher than the national average, and the agricultural share was low with respect to its development level (figure 4). consequently, gansu experienced a catch-up growth period in agriculture between 1979 and 1985; the average farm labour productivity growth rate exceeded the industrial sector (4.30% compared to -6.51%, appendix table a), and the productivity gain was table 1. regional share of industrial output by ownership (percent), 1978-1990. 1978 1985 1995 soes coes soes coes soes coes nation 77.6 22.4 64.9 32.1 54.6 35.6 guangdong 90.7 9.2 88.1 11.9 78.1 18.0 gansu 67.9 25.5 53.3 30.0 41.0 34.1 source: wei, 2013, p105. note: soes refers to state-owned enterprise, coes refers to colletive-owned enterprise. figure 4. sectoral shares in gdp and employment, gansu province and national average. sources: china statistical yearbook, and gansu yearbook, 1978-2012. 126 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek attributed to the province-wide effort of grain self-sufficiency (yue, 2009). the share of agriculture in gdp started declining when labour started shifting to the industrial and services sector after 1985, indicated by the declining agricultural employment (figure 4) between 1978 and 1990, gansu’s sectoral composition had restructured, coincided with a rapid growth of non-state enterprises and an enormous decline of the share of industrial output produced by soes (wei, 2013). the compositional distortion in gansu’s economy before reforms and the later on efforts to optimise the industrial structure were reflected by its change in diversification patterns. as shown in figure 5, gansu’s overall agricultural diversification was at lower lever in the early reform period (1978-1995), compared to the guangdong province and national average. this is consistent with its low annual growth rate of 6.0%, in contrast to the annual growth of 10.8% and 7.5% for guangdong and national average, respectively (wei, 2013). as mentioned earlier in section 2.2, the level of production diversification in a region’s rural economy is closely associated with its overall growth. agricultural diversification is driven by income growth and increasing urbanisation to meet the shift of dietary patterns away from cerealsdominated to a variety of livestock products, fruits, and vegetables (world bank, 2007). the process of diversification in gansu’s agricultural sector indicates that agricultural diversification is affected by the non-agricultural sector and the process and progress of figure 5. patterns of agricultural diversification, gansu province in comparison with guangdong and national average. 127structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms structural change. the growth pathway provides some insights into how sectoral composition in the early stage of transformation affects diversification in the rural economy. diversification in the agricultural sector maybe constrained if farms cannot move out to higher productivity sectors and agriculture’s share in employment stagnates. this is supported by findings from brandt et al. (2008) suggesting that provinces with a relatively large state sector at the start of reforms are likely to experience slow growth. the present study shows that the capital intensive and low-labour-absorbing state sector indeed posed higher initial barriers to gansu’s rural labour mobility, and subsequently slowed the pace of structural transfer and economic growth. 6. concluding remarks from a historical and regional perspective, this study examined agricultural development and transformation during china’s socio-economic reforms. in particular, it examined the theory that economic development results in agricultural diversification at the national and regional levels. aggregate-level analyses suggest that, although economic growth in china is unique, its pattern of agricultural transformation is consistent with those of other developing countries. the agricultural sector becomes more diversified as the economy grows. the findings of this study further show the significance of regional comparative advantages (for example, natural endowments, market functionality, and the activity of non-state-owned enterprises) that determine how much a region can transfer its labour out of agriculture, and how quickly this region can narrow the gap between agriculture’s share of gdp and increasing employment to reduce poverty and rural-urban disparity. this research provides insights into the specific circumstances of farmers in less-favoured regions, demonstrated by the surveyed households in the gansu province of western china, where the region is still in an early stage of the economic transition, and the smallholders could be constrained from increasing their incomes and integrating into the restructuring of agro-food markets. to implement the agriculture-for-development agenda, the promotion of high-value farm activities and non-farm employment, and the provision of infrastructure to support diversification in agriculture and rural economies are recommended policies (world bank, 2007). the insights of this research clarify that a discussion of patters of agricultural diversification/specialisation, and the strategy of agriculture-for-development, must be region and settings-specific. for the less-favoured smallholder in western china, a more effective strategy might be to establish efficient value chains, enhance smallholders’ competitiveness and facilitate their market access. by improving markets, especially the missing institutions for credit, technical support and insurance, smallholders can be encouraged to specialise in high-value activities and integrate into the market. acknowledgements this study is supported by the fundamental research funds for the central universities, lanzhou university (lzujbky-2009-107). 128 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek references arrighi, g.(2007), adam smith in beijing: lineages of the xxi century. london: verso. ash, r.f. (1988). the evolution of agricultural policy. the china quarterly 116: 529-555. benjamin, d. and brandt, l. (2002). property rights, labour markets, and efficiency in a transition economy: the case of rural china. canadian journal of economics/ revue canadienne d’économique 35: 689-716. brandt, l., hsieh, c-t. and zhu, x. (2008). growth and structural transformation in china. in: brandt, l., and rawski, t.g. (eds), china’s great economic transformation, cambridge university press, 683-728. brandt, l. and rawski, t.g. (eds), 2008. china’s great economic transformation. cambridge university press. branstetter, l. and lardy, n.. (2006). china’s embrace of globalization. national bureau of economic research. brown, c., waldron, s. and longworth, j. (2009). forage-livestock policies designed to improve livelihoods in western china: a critical review. china agricultural economic review 1: 367-381. carter, c.a. and lohmar, b. (2002). regional specialization of china’s agricultural production. american journal of agricultural economics 84: 749-753. carter, c.a., zhong, f. and zhu, j. (2012). advances in chinese agriculture and its global implications. applied economic perspectives and policy 34: 1-36. chenery, h.b. (1988). patterns of development. beijing: economics science press. coelli, t. and fleming, e. (2004). diversification economies and specialisation efficiencies in a mixed food and coffee smallholder farming system in papua new guinea. agricultural economics 31: 229-239. culas, r.j. (2006). causes of farm diversification over time: an australian perspective on on eastern norway model. australian farm business management journal 3: 1-9. dorsey, e.r., jarjoura, d. and rutecki, g.w. (2005). the influence of controllable lifestyle and sex on the specialty choices of graduating us medical students, 1996-2003. academic medicine 80: 791-796. fan, s., zhang, x. and robinson. s. (2003). structural change and economic growth in china. review of development economics 7: 360-377. gansu yearbook editorial board (2012). gansu yearbook. beijing: china satistics press. harvey, d. (2005). a brief history of neoliberalism. oxford: oxford university university press (especially chapter 5, “neoliberalism with chinese characteristics”). herrmann-pillath, c. (1994). china’s transition to the market: a paradox of transformation and its institutionalist solution. in: wagener, h-j. (ed), the political economy of transformation, berlin. springer, 209-241. heston, a. and sicular, t. (2008). china and development economics. in brandt, l., and rawski, t.g. (eds), china’s great economic transformation, cambridge university press, 27-67. hofman, b. and wu, j. (2009). explaining china’s development and reforms. citeseer. huang, j., bi, x. and rozelle, s. (2004). market, specialization and china’s smallholder agriculture. food and agricultural organisation. huang, j., otsuka, k. and rozelle, s. (eds) (2008). agriculture in china’s development: past disappointments, recent successes, and future challenges. in brandt, l., and 129structural change and agricultural diversification since china’s reforms rawski, t.g. (eds), china’s great economic transformation, cambridge university press, 467-505. huang, j., wang, x. and qiu, h. (2012). small-scale farmers in china in the face of modernisation and globalisation. london: international institute for environment and development, small producer agency in the globalised market knowledge programme. jefferson, g.h. (2008). how has china’s economic emergence contributed to the field of economics? comparative economic studies 50: 167-209. johnston, b.f. and kilby, p. (1975). agriculture and structural transformation; economic strategies in late-developing countries, new york: oxford university press. kuznets, s. (1959). on comparative study of economic structure and growth of nations. national bureau of economic research, inc. kuznets, s. (1966). modern economic growth : rate, structure, and spread. yale university press. kuznets, s. (1971). economic growth of nations: total output and production structure. harvard university press. lin, j.y. (1988). the household responsibility system in china’s agricultural reform: a theoretical and empirical study. economic development and cultural change 36: s199-s224. lin, j.y. (1992). rural reforms and agricultural growth in china. the american economic review 82: 34-51. lin, j.y., cai, f. and li, z. (1996). the lessons of china’s transition to a market economy. cato journal 16: 201-231. liu, j., li, s., ouyang, z., tam, c. and chen, x. (2008). ecological and socioeconomic effects of china’s policies for ecosystem services. proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america 105: 9477-9482. mcmillan, j., whalley, j. and zhu, l. (1989). the impact of china’s economic reforms on agricultural productivity growth. journal of political economy 97: 781-807. moa (2010). agriculture in china. http://english.agri.gov.cn/overview/201301/ t20130128_10644.htm. moa (2015). scio briefing on agricultural modernization, http://english.agri.gov.cn/hottopics/cpc/201502/t20150204_24960.htm, source: china.org.cn. nbsc 1978-2012. china statistics yearbook. beijing: china statistics press. nbsc 2004-2012. china yearbook of agricultural price survey. beijing: china statistics press. oi, j.c. (1999). two decades of rural reform in china: an overview and assessment. the china quarterly 159: 616-628. pingali, p.l. (1997). from subsistence to commercial production systems: the transformation of asian agriculture. american journal of agricultural economics 79: 628-634. pingali, p.l. and rosegrant, m.w. (1995). agricultural commercialization and diversification: processes and policies. food policy 20: 171-185. pope, r.d. and prescott, r. (1980). diversification in relation to farm size and other socioeconomic characteristics. american journal of agricultural economics 62: 554-559. rozelle, s. and huang, j. (2006). china’s rural economy and the path to a modern industrial state. in: dong, x.y., song, s. and zhang, x. (eds), china’s agricultural development: challenges and prospects, aldershot: ashgate, 43-77. 130 l. li, b. bellotti, a.m. komarek syrquin, m. (1988). patterns of structural change. in: chenery, h. and srinivasan, t.n. (eds), handbook of development economics, elsevier, 203-373. syrquin, m. (2006). structural transformation. in: clark, d. (ed), the elgar companion to development studies, cheltenham: edward elgar publishing, 601-607. timmer, c.p. (1988). the agricultural transformation. in: chenery, h. and srinivasan, t.n. (eds), handbook of development economics, elsevier, 275-331. timmer, c.p. (1997). farmers and markets: the political economy of new paradigms. american journal of agricultural economics 79: 621-627. timmer, c.p. (2007). the structural transformation and the changing role of agriculture in economic development: empirics and implications. wendt lecture, presented to the american enterprise institute. washington, dc october 30. timmer, c.p. (2009). a world without agriculture: the structural transformation in historical perspective. aei press. united nations (2006). world economic and social survey diverging growth and development. new york: pearson education. world bank (1988). diversification in rural asia. washington, dc: the world bank. world bank (1990). agricultural diversification: policies and issues from east asian experience. in policy and research series. washington, dc: the world bank. world bank (1992). trends in agricultural diversification: regional perspectives. washington, d.c.: the world bank. world bank (2015). world bank indicators. young, a. (2000). the razor’s edge: distortions and incremental reform in the people’s republic of china. the quarterly journal of economics 115: 1091-1135. yue, m. 2009. empirical research in the dynamic impact of economic structure changes on economic growth since reform and opening up in gansu, northwest normal university. appendix table a. growth of labour productivity in national average and gansu, 1978–2012. labour productivity real gdp per worker average annual growth rate 1978 1985 1995 2005 2012 1978– 1985 1985– 1995 1995– 2005 2005– 2012 nation agriculture 363 642 1029 1599 3454 8.50% 4.82% 4.51% 11.63% industry 2513 2904 5517 11763 17200 2.09% 6.63% 7.86% 5.58% services 1784 2412 3565 7626 14206 4.40% 3.98% 7.90% 9.29% gansu agriculture 244 328 354 830 1471 4.30% 0.75% 8.90% 8.53% industry 4804 2998 2748 9809 18946 -6.51% -0.87% 13.57% 9.86% services 1725 1724 2208 6229 10818 -0.01% 2.51% 10.93% 8.21% bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6e172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 copyright: © 2022 m. tappi, g. nardone, f.g. santeramo. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: m. tappi, g. nardone, f.g. santeramo (2022). on the relationships among durum wheat yields and weather conditions: evidence from apulia region, southern italy. bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130. doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 received: october 4, 2021 accepted: april 27, 2022 published: august 30, 2022 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: simone cerroni. orcid mt: 0000-0003-0682-5719 gn: 0000-0003-3816-0993 fgs: 0000-0002-9450-4618 paper presented at the 10th aieaa conference on the relationships among durum wheat yields and weather conditions: evidence from apulia region, southern italy marco tappi*, gianluca nardone, fabio gaetano santeramo university of foggia (italy) * corresponding author. e-mail: marco.tappi@unifg.it abstract. the weather index-based insurances may help farmers to cope with climate risks overcoming the most common issues of traditional insurances. however, the weather index-based insurances present the limit of the basis risk: a significant yield loss may occur although the weather index does not trigger the indemnification, or a compensation may be granted even if there has not been a yield loss. our investigation, conducted on apulia region (southern italy), aimed at deepening the knowledge on the linkages between durum wheat yields and weather events, i.e., the working principles of weather index-based insurances, occurring in susceptible phenological phases. we found several connections among weather and yields and highlight the need to collect more refined data to catch further relationships. we conclude opening a reflection on how the stakeholders may make use of publicly available data to design effective weather crop insurances. keywords: climate change, farming system, phenological phase, risk, weather insurance. jel codes: g22, q14, q18, q54. introduction farming activities are exposed and vulnerable to several risks, among which the weather risks are increasingly frequent and impactful due to climate change (conradt et al., 2015). among the several strategies available to reduce the weather impacts on farming systems, e.g., pest control, financial saving, agricultural and structural diversification (vroege and finger, 2020), the crop insurance programs can play an important role (di falco et al., 2014). in recent years, the attention for the weather index-based insurances (wibis) has been growing mainly because these tools may help to overcome some of the challenges associated with traditional indemnity-based insurances, e.g., asymmetric information, high transaction costs, moral hazard, and adverse selection (norton et al., 2013; dalhaus and finger, 2016; belissa et al., 2019; ceballos et al., 2019). differently from the traditional insurances, which provide pay-outs depending on actual yield losses, wibis indemhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 124 bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 marco tappi, gianluca nardone, fabio gaetano santeramo nify the farmers when an index, computed on rainfall or temperature and highly correlated with farms performance (e.g., yields), is triggered (conradt et al., 2015; dalhaus and finger, 2016). therefore, farmers will be indemnified when the index exceeds a pre-determined threshold (belissa et al., 2019). moreover, wibis can be manipulated neither by the insurers or the insured because they are collected from historical and current dataset provided by recognized bodies (belissa et al., 2020; vroege et al., 2021). however, wibis present a limit, namely basis risk: a significant yield loss may occur even if the weather index does not trigger the payment (conradt et al., 2015; dalhaus et al., 2018) or a compensation may be granted even if there has not been a yield loss (heimfarth and musshoff, 2011). the contribution of our study is at least twofold: first, we provide empirical evidence on how yields and weather conditions are correlated, more specifically, we deepen the knowledge on the linkages between durum wheat yields and weather events occurring in susceptible phenological stages; second, we start a reflection on how stakeholders may make use of publicly available data to design an effective crop insurance scheme. we focused on the apulia region (southern italy) which is the main national producer of durum wheat: almost a thousand of tons of production, i.e., accounting for 25% of the italian durum wheat production, and about 344 thousand cultivated hectares, i.e., accounting for 28% of the italian area utilized to grow durum wheat (ismea, 2020). the italian crop insurance system the italy boasts a long tradition of public subsidies for agricultural risk management. the “fondo di solidarietà nazionale” (fsn) was instituted in 1974 to finance both insurance policies and ex-post payments (enjolras et al., 2012). moreover, the eu common agricultural policy allocated funds for agricultural insurances (art. 37 of eu reg. 1305/2013) to cope economic losses due to adverse weather conditions, plant diseases, epizooties, and parasitic infestations (santeramo et al., 2016; rogna et al., 2021). despite the public interventions, the participation level to insurance programs remains low (i.e., around 15 percent) mainly due to high costs of bureaucracy (i.e., complexity of procedures), delays in payments, lack of experience with crop insurance contracts or lack of high-quality information on existing insurance tools (santeramo, 2019). the role of defense consortia, introduced both to facilitate the match of insurers and farmers in the subsidized crop insurance market and to reduce the asymmetric information, is not negligible. it emerges a north-south territorial dualism that affects farmers participation: defence consortia are more effective in northern italy than in the southern italy and, also, the strong presence of producer organizations and cooperatives aggregates the crop insurance’s demand in the northern italy (santeramo et al., 2016). moreover, farmers who trust more in the intermediaries assisting them are inclined to adopt insurance tools to cope the risk of production loss, while risk averse farmers tend to implement other risk management strategies as crop or financial diversification (trestini et al., 2018). in italy, only the 9.9 percent of utilised agricultural area is covered by insurance contracts and 20.9 percent of production value is insured (ismea, 2021). according to a survey conducted by ismea in 2018 on low participation to the subsidized agricultural insurance systems, most italian farmers renounce to subscribe insurance contracts due to economic reasons, highlighting the high costs of policies. the share of farmers who believe that their farms are not exposed to specific risks or who have had negative experiences when receiving compensation, losing trust on insurance market systems, is also not negligible. indeed, giampietri et al., 2020 found that the trust affects the decision-making process: under uncertainty, the trust may substitute the knowledge also overcoming the lack of experience, therefore, strong communication campaigns to improve farmers’ participation are recommended. moreover, focusing on the wibis, also subsidized by the measure 17 of national rural development program 2014-2020, a lack of knowledge emerged among big insured farmers, i.e., wibis were unknown to 93 percent of them (ismea, 2020). furthermore, some farmers believe that indexbased insurances are inadequate to manage the weather risks due to the distrust of the objectivity of the indexes and parameters used, also showing an aversion to any future subscriptions. clearly, it is necessary to improve the appeal and communication of these innovative risk management tools, also considering that any intervention aimed at promoting farmer participation should improve the competition among insurance providers, also reducing at the same time the asymmetric information and opportunistic behaviour (menapace et al., 2016; rogna et al., 2021; santeramo and russo, 2021). in this complex scenario, we estimate the yield response equation to investigate the responsiveness of yield to climate, deepening the working principles of weather indexbased insurance, through a case study on durum wheat crop in the apulia region, also animating the debate on the use of publicly available data to the development of an effective and attractive tool to manage climatic risk in agriculture. 125on the relationships among durum wheat yields and weather conditions: evidence from apulia region, southern italy bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 data and research methodology an agronomic review on durum wheat allowed us to identify sensitive phenological stages of durum wheat in apulia region and those critical weather events occurring in certain phenological stages that may cause significant production losses (table 1). cold sensitivity is higher during the germination phase that occurs 10-15 days after sowing in which temperatures of few degrees centigrade below zero may cause considerable damages (baldoni and giardini, 2000, angelini, 2007; disciplinare di produzione integrata della regione puglia, 2021). likewise, temperatures of few degrees centigrade below zero during the stem elongation phase may cause stems death and serious damages to the tissue of the internodes (baldoni and giardini, 2000; angelini, 2007; disciplinare di produzione integrata della regione puglia, 2021). flowering stage occurs in late may and lasts about 10 days in which wheat crop is highly sensitive to cold stress that may cause death of f lowers (angelini, 2007; baldoni and giardini, 2000; disciplinare di produzione integrata della regione puglia, 2021). heat and drought stress during susceptible flowering and grain filling stages (i.e., after flowering, until the first decade of july) may cause considerable reductions in wheat yield and quality, leading the acceleration of leaf senescence process, reducing photosynthesis, causing oxidative damage, pollen sterility, also reducing physiological and metabolic imbalances, photosynthesis, grain numbers and weight (angelini, 2007; asseng et al., 2011; li et al., 2013; farooq et al., 2014; rezaei et al., 2015; zampieri et al., 2017; makinen et al., 2018). heavy rainfall during the entire crop cycle may cause significant production losses due to the proliferation of pathogens, nutrient leaching, soil erosion, inhibition of oxygen uptake by roots (i.e., hypoxia or anoxia), waterlogging and lodging (zampieri et al., 2017; makinen et al., 2018). furthermore, we collected yearly total production (tons) and area harvested (hectares) data for durum wheat crop from the national institute of statistics (istat), from 2006 to 2019, for each province of apulia region, also calculating the respective yields (tons/ hectare). then, for the same time-period, we collected 10-days frequency weather data from six synoptic weather stations of the institute for environmental protection and research (ispra), one for each province of apulia region: bari (ba), barletta-andria-trani (bt), brindisi (br), foggia (fg), lecce (le), taranto (ta). weather data include 10-days average minimum temperature (°c), i.e., the average of daily minimum temperatures, 10 days average maximum temperature (°c), i.e., the average of daily maximum temperatures, and 10-days cumulative precipitation (mm), i.e., the average of daily precipitation. details on collected variables are shown in table 2. our empirical approach is based on a panel data model that includes fixed effect (i.e., it is a major advantage of the panel rather than cross-sectional regression) both to control for unobservable variables such as seed varieties or soil quality that may vary across the space, i.e., provinces, and to catch the variation across the time within the apulian provinces (tack et al., 2015; blanc and schlenker, 2017; kolstad and moore, 2020). table 1. phenological stages, weather events and critical limits of durum wheat in apulia region. phenological stage weather event time interval critical limit reference sowing cold from the first decade of november to the first decade of december temperature < 0 °c baldoni and giardini, 2000; angelini, 2007; disciplinare di produzione integrata della regione puglia, 2021germination cold from the second decade of november to the second decade of december temperature < 0 °c stem elongation cold from the second decade of march to the third decade of april temperature < 0 °c baldoni and giardini, 2000; angelini, 2007 flowering cold from the second decade of may to the first decade of june temperature < 0 °c angelini, 2007; disciplinare di produzione integrata della regione puglia, 2021 heat, drought temperature > 30-31 °c angelini, 2007; rezaei et al., 2015 grain filling heat, drought from the second decade of june to the first decade of july temperature > 34 °c angelini, 2007; asseng et al., 2011; rezaei et al., 2015; zampieri et al., 2017; makinen et al., 2018 all phases excessive rainfall from first decade of november to the first decade of july rainfall > 40 mm/day makinen et al., 2018 126 bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 marco tappi, gianluca nardone, fabio gaetano santeramo the relationship between durum wheat yields and weather events is synthesized as follows: yit = f(wit) + μi + θt + εit where yit is the yield over the space (i) and time (t) as function ( f ) of weather (wit), also including fixed effects over space (μi) and time (θt), error term and “controls” refers to other relevant exogenous variables (εit) (kolstad and moore, 2020). more specifically, we conducted temporal and spatial autocorrelation identifying those contiguous provinces having a larger shared borders for a twofold check: (i) verify if the weather events occurring in a province may affect durum wheat yields in the contiguous province; (ii) control if the yields may be affected by weather events occurring at time t-1. undoubtedly, both environmental and agronomic factors may justify the extreme variability of the durum wheat yield across the apulian provinces: foggia shows the highest average durum wheat yields while lecce shows the lowest average yields, although it is characterized by lower yield variability than other provinces as brindisi that, on the contrary, is more affected by environmental and agronomic factors, reason why it may benefit of crop insurance programs more than other provinces to cope yields fluctuations (table 3). results our results clearly show that a relationship links weather conditions and production yields in the apulia region. more specifically, precipitation seem to have a negative effect on durum wheat yields (table 4). however, controlling by spatial and temporal autocorrelation, the effects of temperatures have been caught. minimum temperatures negatively affect durum wheat yields, while maximum temperatures positively affect the yields, both in a non-linear way. indeed, we included the squares of weather variables to catch the nonlinearity, in other terms, the trade-off between weather and yields (blanc and schlenker, 2017). our results clearly highlight that the weather affects the yields in a nonlinear way, therefore, variables have a statistically significant inverted-u shape relationship table 2. details on collected variables. variable (unit) frequency time-period province weather station province (no. of obs, sr in km2) source durum wheat yield (tons/hectares) yearly 2006-2019 bari (ba) barletta-andria-trani (bat) brindisi (br) foggia (fg) lecce (le) taranto (ta) istat average minimum temperature (°c) average maximum temperature (°c) cumulative precipitation (mm) 10-days bari ba (501, 5.138) trani bt (144, 1.543) brindisi br (471, 1.839) monte sant’angelo fg (504, 7.008) lecce le (471, 2.799) marina di ginosa – ta (471, 2.437) ispra, ucea,arpa notes: missing data have been integrated including research unit for climatology and meteorology (ucea) and regional agency for the protection of the environment (arpa) datasets. table includes no. of observations and spatial resolution (sr) of weather stations. table 3. durum wheat yields (tons/hectare) among apulian provinces. average minimum maximum standard deviation bari 0.234 0.170 0.306 0.045 bat 0.224 0.200 0.260 0.020 brindisi 0.285 0.180 0.420 0.071 foggia 0.314 0.200 0.420 0.047 lecce 0.189 0.160 0.220 0.018 taranto 0.244 0.100 0.350 0.057 notes: data include yearly durum wheat yield from 2006 to 2020. source: istat, 2020. 127on the relationships among durum wheat yields and weather conditions: evidence from apulia region, southern italy bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 (schlenker and roberts, 2009; lobell et al., 2011). last but not least, minimum temperatures may affect the contiguous provinces. according to the scientific literature, any excess (or deficit) of temperature and precipitation (or their combinations) may cause severe yield losses on durum wheat (baldoni and giardini, 2000; angelini, 2007; asseng et al., 2011; li et al., 2013; farooq et al., 2014; rezaei et al., 2015; zampieri et al., 2017; makinen et al., 2018). furthermore, we estimated the model for each phenological phase of durum wheat to capture the potential heterogeneity in the effect of weather variables, also controlling by spatial and temporal autocorrelation. our results show that the relationship between weather variables and yields is valid only for some weather variables in certain phenological phases. more specifically, the maximum temperatures and precipitation positively affect durum wheat yield in a nonlinear way when occur in the germination and grain filling stages, respectively (table 5). moreover, minimum temperatures may affect the contiguous provinces. clearly, ten-days data we have collected does not highlight the dynamics between weather events occurring in certain phenological stages and durum wheat yields mainly because the impacts of daily weather are not captured. moreover, most variables are not statistically significant: this limit opens a reflection on data disaggregation level and on the need to collect more spatially and temporally refined data, also laying the foundations for the development of an effective index that reflects the responsiveness of the yields to climatic conditions to be implemented in the wibis. the evidence resulting from our econometric model on phenological stages is also in contrast with the literature: germination stage is highly sensitive to cold stress (baltable 4. effects of weather variables on durum wheat yield. variables panel prov fe time trend panel temporal correlation prov fe time trend panel spatial correlation prov fe time trend panel temporal correlation spatial correlation prov fe time trend temperature (min) -0.00764 -0.00124 -0.46909*** -0.45553** (0.10641) (0.11715) (0.17058) (0.18731) temperature (min) sq. 0.00049 -0.00023 0.00892* 0.01384** (0.00296) (0.00320) (0.00490) (0.00544) temperature (max) 0.22572 0.28286* 0.61165** 0.66801** (0.14125) (0.15378) (0.25587) (0.27703) temperature (max) sq. -0.00523* -0.00612** -0.01530*** -0.02022*** (0.00278) (0.00299) (0.00515) (0.00568) precipitation -0.01646** -0.01625* -0.03939** -0.04670** (0.00799) (0.00844) (0.01819) (0.01954) precipitation sq. 0.00008 0.00007 0.00019 0.00024 (0.00006) (0.00006) (0.00017) (0.00018) yield (lag) 0.10464*** -0.09290*** (0.02153) (0.03579) temperature (min) contig. 0.23065*** 0.18642*** (0.06565) (0.07019) temperature (max) contig. 0.00822 0.04557 (0.10765) (0.11545) precipitation contig. 0.00537 0.00771 (0.00704) (0.00837) observations 1,837 1,638 914 833 number of id 6 6 4 4 notes: panel regression model was processed in stata software. it includes provincial fixed effect, time trend, temporal (i.e., yield lag), and spatial (contiguous weather variables) autocorrelation. standard errors in parentheses. *** significant at the 1 percent level. ** significant at the 5 percent level. * significant at the 10 percent level. 128 bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 marco tappi, gianluca nardone, fabio gaetano santeramo doni and giardini, 2000, angelini, 2007; disciplinare di produzione integrata della regione puglia, 2021), while there are not evidences on heat stress during this stage. however, our study may help the debate suggesting precise directions for the future research. conclusions participating in index-based crop insurance schemes is a key challenge to improve the resilience of farming systems and adopting effective subsidies to enhance participation in the schemes is a pressing goal for policymakers. in this complex scenario, we investigated how temperatures and precipitation are correlated with yields data to reflect on potential designs for the indexbased insurance schemes. while not novel (e.g., chen et al., 2014), we found that weather changes affect durum wheat yields in a nonlinear way and some weather events occurring in certain phenological phases may have an impact on the yields. our results are important to show that even with aggregated data the evidence is striking. however, focusing on phenological stages, our findings are in contrast with the literature highlighting the complexity of the phenomenon and the need to rely on more temporally and spatially disaggregated data. although we provided clear evidence on the weatheryield relationship, it is impossible to design a wibi using 10-days weather data. therefore, our contribution may help the debate suggesting precise directions for the future research: first, a major effort should be devoted to the collection of weekly or daily weather observations, also identifying empirical damage thresholds that can be verified at farm-level, as well as the collection of production area or municipal data; a promising approach could be the growing degree days tool so as to calibrate the more precisely the growing stages in a view to a better explanation of weather risks on crop performances (conradt et al., 2015; dalhaus et al., 2018; lollato et al., 2020); last but not least, the design of the indextable 5. effects of weather variables on yield by phase. variables sowing germination stem elongation flowering grain filling yield (lag) -0.11883 0.05952 0.17798* -0.04474 0.09403 (0.20660) (0.20523) (0.09219) (0.18593) (0.14041) temperature (min) 0.95845 -0.00051 0.50020 -1.32087 -0.65587 (2.53724) (1.74362) (1.26379) (4.06620) (3.83238) temperature (min) sq. -0.01783 0.01530 -0.01201 0.03550 0.02171 (0.11363) (0.08655) (0.05223) (0.10882) (0.08353) temperature (max) 3.15220 23.00804** -2.73726 7.62398 -1.65011 (12.35641) (10.88917) (2.21349) (8.51643) (6.74553) temperature (max) sq. -0.15964 -0.76330** 0.06023 -0.15868 0.01396 (0.35336) (0.33477) (0.05582) (0.15987) (0.11320) precipitation 0.04601 -0.07450 -0.03735 -0.43463 0.42332* (0.12015) (0.11228) (0.07473) (0.42173) (0.24351) precipitation sq. -0.00034 0.00054 0.00049 0.01188 -0.00826* (0.00088) (0.00084) (0.00101) (0.01680) (0.00463) temperature (min) contig. 1.05294** 0.86957** 0.62187*** 0.52210 0.55304** (0.41397) (0.35021) (0.17188) (0.35845) (0.23765) temperature (max) contig. 0.38942 0.17524 -0.06474 0.22627 0.00512 (1.25128) (1.33537) (0.34861) (0.52741) (0.37530) precipitation contig. -0.05370 0.01278 -0.01394 -0.10017 -0.05635 (0.05168) (0.04199) (0.03275) (0.11446) (0.04998) observations 42 44 125 43 67 number of id 4 4 4 4 4 notes: panel regression model was processed in stata software. it includes provincial fixed effect, time trend, temporal (i.e., yield lag), and spatial (contiguous weather variables) autocorrelation. notes: standard errors in parentheses *** significant at the 1 percent level. ** significant at the 5 percent level. * significant at the 10 percent level. 129on the relationships among durum wheat yields and weather conditions: evidence from apulia region, southern italy bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 based insurance schemes needs of further investigation because establishing a triggering index is a major challenge for the stakeholders involved in the implementation of the insurance schemes. the debate on crop insurance schemes is still vivid, and it will be so also in the next decade due to the central role that the risk management (old and novel) tools will have in the new cap (meuwissen et al., 2018; severini et al., 2019; cordier and santeramo, 2020). references angelini, r. (2007). coltura & cultura. il grano. art spa bologna. asseng, s., foster, i.a.n., and turner, n.c. (2011). the impact of temperature variability on wheat yields. global change biology, 17(2), 997-1012. auffhammer, m., hsiang, s. m., schlenker, w., & sobel, a. (2013). using weather data and climate model output in economic analyses of climate change. review of environmental economics and policy, 7(2), 181-198. baldoni, r. and giardini, l. (2000). coltivazioni erbacee. cereali e proteaginose. in toderi, g., and d’antuono l.f., frumento (triticum sp.pl.). patron editore. belissa, t., bulte, e., cecchi, f., gangopadhyay, s., and lensink, r. (2019). liquidity constraints, informal institutions, and the adoption of weather insurance: a randomized controlled trial in ethiopia. journal of development economics, 140, 269-278. belissa, t., lensink, r., and winkel, a. (2020). effects of index insurance on demand and supply of credit: evidence from ethiopia. american journal of agricultural economics, 102(5), 1511-1531. blanc, e., & schlenker, w. (2017). the use of panel models in assessments of climate impacts on agriculture. review of environmental economics and policy, 11(2), 258-279. ceballos, f., kramer, b., and robles, m. (2019). the feasibility of picture-based insurance (pbi): smartphone pictures for affordable crop insurance. development engineering, 4, 100042. chen, c.c., mccarl, b.a., and schimmelpfennig, d.e. (2004). yield variability as influenced by climate: a statistical investigation. climatic change, 66(1), 239261. conradt, s., finger, r., and spörri, m. (2015). flexible weather index-based insurance design. climate risk management, 10, 106-117. conradt, s., finger, r., and bokusheva, r. (2015). tailored to the extremes: quantile regression for index‐ based insurance contract design. agricultural economics, 46(4), 537-547. cordier, j. and santeramo, f. (2020). mutual funds and the income stabilisation tool in the eu: retrospect and prospects. eurochoices, 19(1), 53-58. dalhaus, t. and finger, r. (2016). can gridded precipitation data and phenological observations reduce basis risk of weather index–based insurance? weather, climate, and society, 8(4), 409-419. dalhaus, t., musshoff, o., and finger, r. (2018). phenology information contributes to reduce temporal basis risk in agricultural weather index insurance. scientific reports, 8(1), 1-10. disciplinare di produzione integrata della regione puglia (2021). http://burp.regione.puglia.it/documents/10192/56088259/det_67_2_3_2021.pdf/ bb22795d-6335-4498-bc3a-7a13bf8d140d. accessed 31 august 2021 di falco, s.d., adinolfi, f., bozzola, m., and capitanio, f. (2014). crop insurance as a strategy for adapting to climate change. journal of agricultural economics, 65(2), 485-504. enjolras, g., capitanio, f., and adinolfi, f. (2012). the demand for crop insurance: combined approaches for france and italy. agricultural economics review, 13(389-2016-23488), 5-22. farooq, m., hussain, m., and siddique, k. h. (2014). drought stress in wheat during flowering and grainfilling periods. critical reviews in plant sciences, 33(4), 331-349. giampietri, e., yu, x., & trestini, s. (2020). the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention to adopt risk management tools. bio-based and applied economics journal, 9(1050-2021-213), 1-24. kolstad, c. d., & moore, f. c. (2020). estimating the economic impacts of climate change using weather observations. review of environmental economics and policy, 14(1), 1-24. li, y.f., wu, y., hernandez-espinosa, n., and peña, r. j. (2013). heat and drought stress on durum wheat: responses of genotypes, yield, and quality parameters. journal of cereal science, 57(3), 398-404. lobell, d. b., bänziger, m., magorokosho, c., & vivek, b. (2011). nonlinear heat effects on african maize as evidenced by historical yield trials. nature climate change, 1(1), 42-45. lollato, r.p., bavia, g.p., perin, v., knapp, m., santos, e.a., patrignani, a., and dewolf, e.d. (2020). climate‐risk assessment for winter wheat using long‐term weather data. agronomy journal, 112(3), 2132-2151. mäkinen, h., kaseva, j., trnka, m., balek, j., kersebaum, k. c., nendel, c., gobin, a., olesen, j.e., bindi, 130 bio-based and applied economics 11(2): 123-130, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-12160 marco tappi, gianluca nardone, fabio gaetano santeramo m., ferrise, r., moriondo, m., rodrìguez, a., ruizramos, m., takàc, j., bezàk, p., ventrella, d., ruget, f., capellades, g., and kahiluoto, h. (2018). sensitivity of european wheat to extreme weather. field crops research, 222, 209-217. menapace, l., colson, g., and raffaelli, r. (2016). a comparison of hypothetical risk attitude elicitation instruments for explaining farmer crop insurance purchases. european review of agricultural economics, 43(1), 113-135. meuwissen, m. p., de mey, y., and van asseldonk, m. (2018). prospects for agricultural insurance in europe. agricultural finance review. norton, m.t., turvey, c., and osgood, d. (2013). quantifying spatial basis risk for weather index insurance. the journal of risk finance. rezaei, e.e., webber, h., gaiser, t., naab, j., and ewert, f. (2015). heat stress in cereals: mechanisms and modelling. european journal of agronomy, 64, 98-113. rogna, m., schamel, g., and weissensteiner, a. (2021). the apple producers’ choice between hail insurance and anti-hail nets. agricultural finance review. santeramo, f. g., goodwin, b. k., adinolfi, f., and capitanio, f. (2016). farmer participation, entry and exit decisions in the italian crop insurance programme.  journal of agricultural economics,  67(3), 639-657. santeramo, f.g. and ford ramsey, a. (2017). crop insurance in the eu: lessons and caution from the us. eurochoices, 16(3), 34-39. santeramo, f.g. (2018). imperfect information and participation in insurance markets: evidence from italy. agricultural finance review, 78(2), 183-194. santeramo, f. g. (2019). i learn, you learn, we gain experience in crop insurance markets. applied economic perspectives and policy, 41(2), 284-304. santeramo, f.g. and russo, i. (2021). aspetti comportamentali della partecipazione ai programmi di assicurazione agricola agevolata nell’italia meridionale. italian review of agricultural economics, 76(2), 73-90. schlenker, w., & roberts, m. j. (2009). nonlinear temperature effects indicate severe damages to us crop yields under climate change. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 106(37), 1559415598. severini, s., biagini, l., and finger, r. (2019). modeling agricultural risk management policies–the implementation of the income stabilization tool in italy. journal of policy modeling, 41(1), 140-155. tack, j., barkley, a., & nalley, l. l. (2015). effect of warming temperatures on us wheat yields. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 112(22), 6931-6936. trestini, s., giampietri, e., & smiglak-krajewska, m. (2018). farmer behaviour towards the agricultural risk management tools provided by the cap: a comparison between italy and poland (no. 2038-20182993). vroege, w. and finger, r. (2020). insuring weather risks in european agriculture. eurochoices, 19(2), 54-62. vroege, w., bucheli, j., dalhaus, t., hirschi, m., and finger, r. (2021). insuring crops from space: the potential of satellite-retrieved soil moisture to reduce farmers’ drought risk exposure. european review of agricultural economics, 48(2), 266-314. woodard, j. d. and garcia, p. (2008). weather derivatives, spatial aggregation, and systemic risk: implications for reinsurance hedging. journal of agricultural and resource economics, 34-51. zampieri, m., ceglar, a., dentener, f., and toreti, a. (2017). wheat yield loss attributable to heat waves, drought and water excess at the global, national and subnational scales. environmental research letters, 12(6), 064008. volume 11, issue 2 2022 firenze university press agriculture, food and global value chains: issues, methods and challenges margherita scoppola mapping global value chain participation and positioning in agriculture and food: stylised facts, empirical evidence and critical issues silvia nenci1, ilaria fusacchia1,2, anna giunta1,2, pierluigi montalbano3, carlo pietrobelli1,4 on the relationships among durum wheat yields and weather conditions: evidence from apulia region, southern italy marco tappi*, gianluca nardone, fabio gaetano santeramo a choice model-based analysis of diversification in organic and conventional farms andrea bonfiglio*, carla abitabile, roberto henke financial performance of connected agribusiness activities in italian agriculture gabriele dono*, rebecca buttinelli, raffaele cortignani pesticides, crop choices and changes in well-being geremia gios1,*, stefano farinelli2, flavia kheiraoui3, fabrizio martini4, jacopo gabriele orlando5 bio-based and applied economics 7(3): 191-215, 2018 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7675 positive mathematical programming and risk analysis quirino paris department of agricultural and resource economics, university of california, davis date of submission: 2018 3rd, july; accepted 2019 20th, march abstract. in 1956, freund introduced the analysis of agricultural price risk in a mathematical programming framework. his discussion admitted only constant absolute risk aversion. this paper generalizes the treatment of risk preference in a mathematical programming approach along the lines suggested by meyer (1987) who demonstrated the equivalence of expected utility of wealth and a function of mean and standard deviation of wealth for a wide class of probability distributions that differ only by location and scale. this paper extends the definition of calibration under positive mathematical programming (pmp) by considering limiting input prices along with the traditional decision variables. furthermore, it shows how to formulate an analytical specification for the estimation of the risk preference parameters and calibrates the model to the base data within small deviations. the pmp approach under generalized risk allows also the estimation of output supply elasticities and the response analysis of decoupled farm subsidies that recently has interested policy makers. the approach is applied to a sample of farms that do not produce all the sample commodities. keywords. risk analysis, positive mathematical programming, model calibration, chance constraint, policy analysis. jel. c6. 1. introduction this paper accomplishes several objectives: 1. it presents a procedure to estimate generalized risk preferences in combination with positive mathematical programming (pmp). 2. it obtains a unique calibrating solution of a pmp model even with a sample of farms that produce zero levels of some crops. 3. it estimates a complete cost function that can be used in a calibrating model for policy analysis. 4. it shows that phase i and phase ii of the classical pmp procedure give identical and unique results. 5. it shows how to incorporate exogenously given supply elasticities. 192 quirino paris 6. it extends the meaning of calibration in pmp by minimizing the distance of optimal solutions from observed output levels and limiting input prices. in this way, it dispenses from the necessity of a user-determined parameter that was originally introduced to guarantee a positive shadow price of binding constraints. the treatment of agricultural price risk in a mathematical programming framework has dealt mainly with either an exponential utility function and constant absolute risk aversion (cara) or the minimization of total absolute deviation (motad) of income. the first approach, originally proposed by freund (1956), appealed to the expected utility (eu) hypothesis and assumed that random prices were normally distributed. these assumptions lead to a mean-variance specification of the certainty equivalent (ce) defined as total expected revenue minus a risk premium. such a premium corresponds to half the variance of revenue multiplied by a constant absolute risk aversion coefficient. the motad approach was proposed by hazell (1971) who justified its introduction with the difficult access – at that time – to a quadratic programming computer software necessary to solve a mean-variance model. according to hazell (1971, p. 56), the motad specification “has an important advantage over the mean-variance criterion in that it leads to a linear programming model in deriving the efficient mean-absolute deviation farm plans.” the motad model approximates a mean-standard deviation (ms) criterion but it says nothing about the economic agent’s risk preference with regard to either decreasing (constant, increasing) absolute or relative risk aversion. recently, cortignani and severini (2012), arata et al. (2017) and paris (2018) have combined pmp with a cara specification of risk preferences. it is difficult, however, to accept the idea that farmers risk behavior does not account for changes in wealth as the cara approach stipulates. petsakos and rozakis (2015) have presented a combination of the traditional pmp specification with a decreasing absolute risk aversion (dara) parameter. the present paper combines a more encompassing specification of pmp (calibration of output quantities and limiting input prices) with generalized risk preferences where the behavior of the risk-avert farmer can vary over all theoretically possible preferences (cara, dara, iara, constant, decreasing and increasing relative risk aversion). the paper deals with market price risk leaving the treatment of production risk for further research. the mean-standard deviation approach has a long history [fisher (1906), hicks (1933), tintner (1941), markowitz (1952), tobin (1958)]. meyer (1987) presented a reconciliation between the eu and the ms approaches that may be fruitfully applied in a positive mathematical programming (pmp) analysis of economic behavior under risk. the main objective of meyer was to find consistency conditions between the eu and the ms approaches in such a way that an agent who ranks the available alternatives according to the value of some function defined over the first two moments of the random payoff would rank those alternatives in the same way by means of the expected value of some utility function defined over the same payoffs. it turns out that the location and scale condition is the crucial link to establish the consistency between the eu and the ms approaches. we reproduce here meyer’s argument (1987, p. 423): “assume a choice set in which all random variables yi (with finite means and variances) differ from one another only by location and scale parameters. let x be the random variable obtained from one of the yi using the normalizing transformation xi = 193positive mathematical programming and risk analysis (yi-μi)/σi where μi and σi are the mean and standard deviation of yi. all yi, no matter which was selected to define x, are equal in distribution to μi+σix. hence, the expected utility from yi for any agent with utility function u( ) can be written as eu(yi )= u(µi +σ ix)df(x)≡v( a b ∫ µi ,σ i ) (1) where a and b define the interval containing the support of the normalized random variable x.” “… under the location and scale condition, various popular and interesting hypotheses concerning absolute and relative risk-aversion measures in the eu setting can be translated into equivalent properties concerning v(μi,σi).” given the assumptions made by meyer about first and second derivatives, v(μ,σ) is a concave function of μ and σ. concavity is established when second derivatives vμμ and vσσ are non-positive and vμμvσσ-vµσ 2 ≥0. the structure of absolute risk (ar) is measured by the slope of the indifference curves in the (μ,σ) space that is represented as ar(µ,σ )= −vσ (µ,σ ) vµ(µ,σ ) (2) where vμ(μ,σ) and vσ(μ,σ) are first partial derivatives of the v(μ,σ) function. some properties of this risk measure are: 1. risk aversion is associated with ar(μ,σ)>0, risk neutrality with ar(μ,σ)=0 and risk propensity with ar(μ,σ)<0. 2. if u(μ+σx) displays decreasing (constant, increasing) absolute risk aversion for all μ+σx, then ∂ar(µ,σ ) ∂µ <(=,>) 0 for all μ and σ>0. 3. if u(μ+σx) displays increasing (constant, decreasing) relative risk aversion for all μ+σx, then ∂ar(tµ,tσ ) ∂t >(=,<) 0 for t>0. saha (1997) proposed a two-parameter ms utility function that conforms to meyer’s specification: v(μ,σ)= μθ-σγ (3) and assumed that θ>0. according to this ms utility function, the absolute risk measure (ar) is specified as ar(µ,σ )= −vσ (µ,σ ) vµ(µ,σ ) = γ θ µ(1−θ )σ (γ −1) . (4) 194 quirino paris hence, risk aversion, risk neutrality and risk propensity are specified by γ>0, γ=0 and γ<0, respectively. as economic agents do not, in general, operate directly upon expected wealth and its standard deviation but, rather, upon a string of decision variables such as output and input levels, it is important to analyze the behavior of the absolute risk measure (ar) under risk aversion and risk propensity. the justification for this requirement is due to the fact that knowledge of parameters θ and γ is obtained only by empirical estimation of economic relations involving entrepreneur’s decisions. the sign of these parameters, therefore, is an empirical question. for γ>0, (risk aversion), decreasing, constant and increasing absolute risk aversion is defined by ∂ar(µ,σ ) ∂µ = (1−θ )γ θ µ−θσ (γ −1) < (=,>)0 (5) and, therefore, by θ>1, θ=1, θ<1, respectively. for γ>0, (risk propensity), decreasing, constant and increasing absolute risk propensity is defined by θ<1, θ=1, θ>1, respectively. for γ>0, (risk aversion), decreasing, constant and increasing relative risk aversion is defined by ∂ar(tµ,tσ ) ∂t t=1 = (γ −θ )ar < (=,>)0 (6) and, therefore, by θ>γ, θ=γ, θ<γ respectively. for γ<0, (risk propensity), neither decreasing nor constant relative risk propensity are applicable because the combination of parameters’ signs produces always a positive derivative. increasing relative risk propensity is defined by any value of θ>0. the meaning of decreasing absolute risk aversion relates to an economic agent who experiences a wealth increase and chooses to augment his investment – measured in absolute terms – in the risky asset. decreasing relative risk aversion relates to an economic agent who experiences a wealth increase and chooses to increase the share of his investment in the risky asset. it is possible, therefore, for an economic agent to behave according to a decreasing absolute risk aversion framework and an increasing relative risk aversion scenario if the absolute amount of increase in the risky asset is not sufficient to increase also the share of that asset. in any given sample of economic agents’ performances, therefore, the prevailing combination of risk preference is an empirical question. the risk analysis of meyer (1987) admits all possible combinations of risk behavior (risk aversion and risk propensity). saha (1997) listed the risk aversion combinations for the ms utility function specified in relation (3) when γ>0. table 1, for example, admits absolute risk aversion behavior that may be decreasing, when θ>1 and γ>0, in association with either increasing relative risk aversion when γ>θ>0 or decreasing relative risk aversion when θ>γ. decreasing, constant and increasing absolute risk aversion are denoted by dara, cara and iara, respectively. decreasing, constant and increasing relative risk aversion are denoted by drra, crra and irra, respectively. 195positive mathematical programming and risk analysis table 1. possible risk preferences under risk aversion (θ>0, γ>0) drra crra irra dara θ>1, θ>γ θ>1, θ=γ θ>1, θ<γ cara θ=1, θ>γ θ=1, θ=γ θ=1, θ<γ iara θ<1, θ>γ θ<1, θ=γ θ<1, θ<γ table 2. possible risk preferences under risk propensity (θ>0, γ<0) drrp crrp irrp darp θ<1, na θ<1, na θ<1, yes carp θ=1, na θ=1, na θ=1, yes iarp θ>1, na θ>1, na θ>1, yes “na” stands for “not applicable” because the combination of parameters’ signs produces always a positive value of the derivative (6). when θ>0 and γ<0, risk propensity is active and the behavior of the risk measure ar, under the given ms utility, assumes the specification reported in table 2. decreasing, constant and increasing absolute risk propensity are denoted by darp, carp and iarp, respectively. decreasing, constant and increasing relative risk propensity are denoted by drrp, crrp and irrp, respectively. the v(μ,σ)=μθ-σγ function is concave with respect to μ and σ when θ<1 and γ>1. the same function v[μ(x),σ (x)]= μ (x)θ-σ (x)γ, however, exhibits a flexible behavior with respect to entrepreneur’s decisions, x. this behavior depends on the relative values of parameters θ and γ. in other words, the upper contour sets of v[μ(x),σ (x)]= μ (x)θ-σ (x)γ are convex for a wide range of values of parameters θ and γ. a few examples illustrate the function’s graph and the associated upper contour sets in the appendix. the rest of the paper is organized as follows. section 2 discusses a pmp model that combines a generalized risk analysis with an extension of calibration constraints involving observed prices of limiting inputs. this extension integrates the traditional pmp specification of calibration constraints dealing only with observed levels of realized outputs. in particular, the extension provides a unique estimate of the optimal decision variables and avoids the user-determined perturbation parameters introduced by howitt (1995a, 1995b) to guarantee that the dual variables of binding structural constraints will assume positive values. section 3 discusses a chance-constrained relation that anchors the θ and γ parameters to the decision quantities and, therefore, provides an independent relation for their estimation. section 4 assembles a phase-i estimation model of the novel pmp approach. section 5 defines and estimates a complete cost function involving output quantities and limiting input prices. the derivatives of the cost function are used in calibrating models that are suitable for policy analysis. section 6 discusses how to obtain endogenous (to a farm sample) output supply elasticities. this section matches exogenous (to the farm sam196 quirino paris ple) supply elasticities (available through econometric estimation, for example) with the endogenous supply elasticities. section 7 states that optimal decision variables are identical whether estimated as solution of the phase i model or solution of phase i and phase ii models combined. section 8 defines two alternative calibrating equilibrium models which reproduce calibrating solutions that are identical to those ones obtained in section 4. section 9 presents the empirical results of the more elaborate pmp and risky model applied to a sample of 14 farms when not all farms produce all commodities. conclusions follow. 2. generalized risk preference in a pmp framework a positive mathematical programming approach has been adopted frequently to analyze agricultural policy scenarios ever since howitt proposed the methodology (1995a, 1995b). in this section, we extend the pmp methodology to deal with generalized risk preference and risky market output prices. furthermore, we extend the pmp methodology to deal with calibration constraints involving observed prices of limiting inputs, say land. this extension modifies the traditional specification of calibration constraints and the notion of calibrating solution, as explained further on. suppose n farmers produce j crops using i limiting inputs and a linear technology. let us assume that, for each farmer, the (j×1) vector of crops’ market prices is a random variable !p with mean e( !p) and variance-covariance matrix ∑p. a (j×1) vector c of accounting unit costs is also known. the (i×1) vector b indicates farmer’s availability of limiting resources. the matrix a of dimensions (i×j,i 0 . and let v be a nonsingular diagonal matrix of dimensions (i×i) with positive diagonal terms bi/yobs,i>0. the purpose of matrices w and v is twofold. first, to render homogeneous the units of measurement of all terms in the objective function of models defined below. second, to weigh the deviations h and u according to the scale of the corresponding expected price and input size, respectively. using a least-squares approach for the estimation of deviations h and u, it turns out that, by the self-duality of least squares (ls), λ=wh and ψ=vu, where ψ is the vector of lagrange multipliers associated with constraints (9): see paris (2015). to show this result, consider the following weighted ls problem minls=h´wh/2+u´vu/2 subject to x=xobs+h dual variable λ y=yobs+u dual variable ψ. the corresponding lagrange function and first-order-necessary conditions with respect to h and u are l=h´wh/2+u´vu/2+λ´(x-xobs-h)+ψ´(y-yobs-u) ∂l ∂h =wh−λ = 0λ 198 quirino paris ∂l ∂u =vu−ψ = 0 with the result that λ=wh and ψ=vu as asserted. a crucial issue concerns parameters θ and γ. on the one hand, an economic entrepreneur wishes to maximize her utility of random wealth while minimizing the disutility of its risk. on the other hand, it is a fact that high levels of current income (a component of wealth) are associated with high risk of losses. another fact is that this entrepreneur has already made her choice and executed a production plan, xobs, in the face of output price risk. it is also likely that she does not know (or that she is not even aware of) parameters θ and γ. the challenge, therefore, is to infer – from her decisions – the values of parameters θ and γ that could explain the behavior of this entrepreneur in a rational fashion. 3. a chance-constrained relation for θ and γ charnes and cooper (1959) proposed a very interesting approach to deal with risky prospects based upon the notion of chance-constrained programming. this idea is particularly useful within the context of this paper because it establishes an independent link between the θ and γ parameters, on one side, and the entrepreneur’s decisions, x, on the other side. consider the following scenario. with some probability, a farmer may survive unfavorable events such as total revenue being less than total cost. in terms of the chanceconstrained methodology this risky scenario is expressed by the following probabilistic proposition: prob{ ! ′p x ≤ ′y ax + (c + λλ ′) x} ≤1− β (10) where the probability that uncertain (random) total revenue ′!p x be less than or equal to certain total cost y´ax+(c+λ)´x should be smaller than or equal to 1-β. intuitively, for how many years could a farmer survive while operating in the red? as an example, say once every ten years. in this case, the estimated probability equals to 1-β=1/10=0.10. the y´ax term is total cost associated with fixed limiting inputs (y´ax= y´x). the (c+λ)´x term is total variable cost associated directly with output levels. to derive a deterministic equivalent of relation (10) it is convenient to standardize the random variable ′!p x by subtracting its expected value e( !p) ´x and dividing it by the corresponding standard deviation (x´∑px)1/2: prob ! ′p x − e( !p ′) x ( ′x σ px) 1/2 ≤ ′y ax + (c + λλ ′)) x − e( !p ′) x ( ′x σ px) 1/2 ⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ ≤1− β prob τ ≤ ′y ax + (c + λλ ′)) x − e( !p ′) x ( ′x σ px) 1/2 ⎛ ⎝⎜ ⎞ ⎠⎟ ≤1− β prob[e( !p ′) x +τ ( ′x σ px) 1/2 ≤ ′y ax + (c + λλ ′)) x]≤1− β. (11) ψ 199positive mathematical programming and risk analysis by assuming that τ is a standard normal random variable and choosing a value, say τ = τ , that corresponds to probability 1-β, the deterministic equivalent of relation (11) assumes the specification e( !p ′) x +τ ( ′x σ px) 1/2 ≤ ′y ax + ′c x + ′λλ x (12) to establish the relation between the τ parameter and the ms coefficients θ and γ the dual complementary slackness condition of constraint (8) is subtracted from the deterministic equivalent (12) (recall that λ=wh): e( !p ′) x +τ ( ′x σ px)1/2 ≤ ′y ax + ′c x + ′h wx −θ[w + (e( !p)− c ′) x]θ−1(e( !p)− c ′) x = − ′y ax − ′h wx −γ ( ′x σς px)γ /2 . (13) with simplification, relation (13) corresponds to e( !p ′) x − ′c x +τ ( ′x σ px) 1/2 −θ[w + (e( !p)− c ′) x]θ−1(e( !p)− c ′) x + γ ( ′x σς px) γ /2 ≤ 0 (14) relation (14) establishes a simultaneous and independent link between the risk parameters θ, γ and the decision variables x, once the value of τ is selected by the researcher. as an example, if the survival probability is determined to be 1-β=0.10, the one tail value of the standard normal random variable is τ =-1.285. 4. phase i pmp model – estimation of calibrating primal and dual solutions the components of phase i pmp model are ready to be assembled. for estimation purposes, deviations h and u will be minimized in a weighted least-squares objective function subject to relevant primal and dual constraints, their associated complementary slackness conditions and relation (14). this task leads to the following phase i model minls=h´wh/2+u´vu/2 (15) subject to ax≤b+vu (16) θ[w + (e( p)− c ′) x](θ−1)[e( p)− c]≤ ′a y +wh ++ γ ( ′x σ px) (γ /2−1)σ px (17) x=xobs+h (18) y=yobs+u (19) y´(b+vu-ax)=0 (20) σ σ σς 200 quirino paris ′x { ′a y +wh ++ γ ( ′x σ px) (γ /2−1)σ px −θ[w + (e( p)− c ′) x](θ−1)[e( p)− c]} = 0 (21) e( !p ′) x − ′c x +τ ( ′x σ px) 1/2 −θ[w + (e( !p)− c ′) x]θ−1(e( !p)− c ′) x + γ ( ′x σς px) γ /2 = 0 (22) with x≥0,y≥0,θ>0,γ,h and u free. with the specification of the calibration constraints as in relations (18) and (19), the notion of a pmp calibrating solution differs from the traditional concept according to which the optimal calibrating solution is equal to the observed output levels, that is, x* ≅ xobs , as the perturbation results in a very small (user-determined) positive number. with the methodology proposed in this paper, a calibrating solution (x̂, ŷ) will not, in general, be exactly equal to the corresponding vectors of the observed production plan and input prices (xobs,yobs). the objective of model (15)-(22), therefore, is to minimize the deviations h and u in the amount allowed by the technological and risky environment facing farmers. constraints (16) represent the structural (technological) relations of input demand being less-than-or-equal to the effective input supply. constraints (17) represent the dual relations with marginal utility of the production plan being less-than-or-equal to its marginal cost. here marginal cost has two parts: the marginal cost due to limiting and variable inputs, a´y+wh, and the marginal cost of output price risk, γ(x´∑px)(γ/2-1)∑px. constraints (18) and (19) are the calibration relations. constraints (20) and (21) are complementary slackness conditions of constraints (16) and (17). constraint (22) results from the chance-constrained specification (10). because constraints (16)-(22) represent primal and dual relations and their complementary slackness conditions, any feasible solution of relations (16)-(22) constitutes an admissible economic equilibrium that is consistent with the behavior of decision making under price risk. furthermore, the calibrating solution (x̂, ŷ) is unique because the least-squares solution of (ĥ, û) is also unique. 5. phase ii pmp model – estimation of the cost function phase ii of the pmp methodology deals with the estimation of a cost function that embodies all the technological and behavioral information revealed in phase i. typically, a marginal cost function expresses a portion of the dual constraints in a phase i pmp model. in the absence of risk, pmp marginal cost is defined as a´y+wh+c, where a´y stands for the marginal cost due to limiting inputs and wh+c for the effective marginal cost due to variable outputs. in the risky price case, marginal cost is given by the right-hand-side of relation (17) where all the elements are measured in utility units. it is crucial to obtain a dollar expression of marginal cost, as in the familiar relation mc ≥ e( p) . to achieve this result, the elements of relation (17) will be divided by the term θ[w + (e( p)− c ′) x](θ−1) to write mc ≥ e( p) (23) c + 1 θ [w + (e( p)− c ′) x](1−θ )[ ′a y +wh]++ γ θ [w + (e( p)− c ′) x](1−θ )( ′x σ px) (γ /2−1)σ px ≥ e( p) σ σ σ σ σ σ σ 201positive mathematical programming and risk analysis in relation (23), all the terms are measured in dollars. the marginal cost due to limiting and variable inputs is given by c + 1 θ [w + (e( p)− c ′) x](1−θ )[ ′a y +wh]⎧ ⎨ ⎩ ⎫ ⎬ ⎭ . the marginal cost due to risky output prices is given by γ θ [w + (e( p)− c ′) x](1−θ )( ′x σ px) (γ /2−1)σ px ⎧ ⎨ ⎩ ⎫ ⎬ ⎭ . the cost function selected to synthesize the technological and behavioral relations of phase i is expressed as a modified leontief cost function such as c(x,y) = ( ′f x)( ′g y)+ ( ′g y)( ′x qx) / 2 + ( ′f x)[(y1/2 ′) gy1/2 ] (24) a cost function is non-decreasing in output quantities and input prices. it is linearly homogeneous and concave in input prices, y. the (i×i) matrix g has elements gi,ii=gii,i≥0,i≠ii,i,ii=1,…,i. the diagonal elements gi,i can take on either positive or negative values. the (j×j) matrix q is symmetric positive semidefinite. the components of vectors f and g are free to take on any value as long as f´x>0 and g´y>0. the reason for introducing a term like (f´x)(g´y) is to add flexibility to the cost function. the marginal cost function associated with cost function (24) is given by mcx = ∂c ∂x = f( ′g y)+ ( ′g y)qx + f[(y1/2 ′) gy1/2 ] (25) the derivative of the cost function with respect to input prices corresponds to shephard’s lemma that produces the demand function for inputs: ∂c ∂y = ( ′f x)g + g( ′x qx) / 2 + ( ′f x)[δ(y−1/2 ′) gy1/2 ]= ax (26) where ∆(y-1/2) represents a diagonal matrix with elements yi -1/2 on the main diagonal. with knowledge of the solution components resulting from the phase i model (15)(22), x̂, ŷ, ĥ, û,θ̂ ,γ̂ , a phase ii model’s goal is to estimate the parameters of the cost function, f,g,q,g. this task is accomplished by means of the following specification minaux=d´d/2+r´r/2 (27) subject to f( ′g ŷ)+ ( ′g ŷ)qx̂ + f[(ŷ1/2 ′) gŷ1/2 ]= (28) 202 quirino paris c + 1 θ̂ [w + (e( !p)− c ′) x̂](1−θ̂ )[ ′a ŷ +wĥ]++ γ̂ θ̂ [w + (e( !p)− c ′) x̂](1−θ̂ )( ′x̂ σ px̂) (γ̂ /2−1)σ px̂ + d ( ′f x̂)g + g( ′x̂ qx̂) / 2 + ( ′f x̂)[δ(ŷ−1/2 ′) gŷ1/2 ]= ax̂ + r (29) q=ldl´ (30) qq-1=i (31) with ′f x̂ > 0, ′g ŷ > 0,d ≥ 0 , f and g free. the gams software requires an objective function. the vector variables d,r perform the role of slack variables in the estimation of the marginal cost function and shephard’s lemma, respectively. the objective function (27) is a typical least-squares specification. relation (28) represents the marginal cost function. relation (29) is shephard’s lemma. relation (30) is the cholesky factorization of the q matrix with d as a diagonal matrix with nonnegative elements on the main diagonal and l is a unit lower triangular matrix. the cholesky factorization guarantees symmetry and positive semidefiniteness of the q matrix. relation (31) defines the inverse of the q matrix and, thus, guarantees the positive definiteness of that matrix. this constraint assumes relevance for computing the supply elasticities of the various outputs. any feasible solution of model (27)-(31) is an admissible cost function for representing the economic agent’s decisions under price risk. 6. pmp and output-supply elasticities it may be of interest to estimate price supply elasticities for the various commodity outputs involved in a pmp-ms approach. the supply function for outputs is derivable from relation (25) by equating it to the expected market output prices, e( p) , and inverting the marginal cost function: x = −q−1f −q−1f[(y1/2 )gy1/2 ] / ( ′g y)+ [1 / ( ′g y)]q−1e( p) (32) that leads to the supply elasticity matrix ξ = δ[e( p)] ∂x ∂e( p) δ[(x−1)]= δ[e( p)]q−1δ[(x−1)] / ( ′g y) (33) where matrices δ[e( p)] and δ[x−1] are diagonal with elements e( pj ) and x j −1 on the main diagonals, respectively. relation (33) includes all the ownand cross-price elasticities for all the output commodities admitted in the model. pmp has been applied frequently to analyze farmers’ behavior to changes in agricultural policies. a typical empirical setting is to map out several areas in a region (or state) and to assemble a representative farm for each area (or to treat each area as a large farm). when supply elasticities are exogenously available (say the own-price elasticities of crops) at the regional (or state) level (via econometric estimation or other means), a connection of σ σ 203positive mathematical programming and risk analysis all area models can be specified by establishing a weighted sum of all the areas endogenous own-price elasticities and the given regional elasticities. the weights are the share of each area’s expected revenue over the total expected revenue of the region. the advantage of using exogenously supply elasticities has been asserted by mérel and bucharam (2010) and petsakos and rozakis (2015) in order to account for second-order conditions’ information. let us suppose that exogenous own-price elasticities of supply are available at the regional level for all the j crops, say η j , j = 1,..., j . then, the relation among these exogenous own-price elasticities and the corresponding areas’ endogenous elasticities can be established as a weighted sum such as η j = wnj n=1 n ∑ ηnj where the weights are the areas’ expected revenue shares in the region (state) wnj = e( pnj )xnj e( ptj )xtjt=1 n∑ (34) ηnj = e( !pnj )q jjxnj −1 / ( ′gnyn ) (35) where qjj is the jth element on the main diagonal in the inverse of the q matrix. the phase ii model that executes the estimation of the cost function parameters and the disaggregated (endogenous) output supply elasticities for a region (state) that is divided into n areas takes on the following specification: minaux = ′dndn / 2 n=1 n ∑ + ′rnrn / 2 n=1 n ∑ (36) subject to fn ( ′gnŷn )+ ( ′gnŷn )qx̂n + fn[(ŷn 1/2 ′) gŷn 1/2 ]= (37) cn + 1 θ̂n [wn + (e( !pn )− cn ′) x̂n ](1−θ̂n )[ ′anŷn +wnĥn ] ++ γ̂ n θ̂n [wn + (e( !pn )− cn ′) x̂n ](1−θ̂n )( ′x̂nς px̂n )(γ̂ n /2−1)σ px̂n + dn ≥ e( !pn ) ( ′fnx̂n )gn + gn ( ˆ ′xnqx̂n ) / 2 + ( ′fnx̂n )[δ(ŷn −1/2 ′) gŷn ]= anx̂n + rn (38) q=ldl´ positive semidefiniteness (39) qq-1=i positive definiteness (40) σ σ 204 quirino paris ξn = δ[e( !pn )]q −1δ[(xn −1)] / ( ′gnyn ) endogenous ownand cross-price elasticities (41) wnj = e( pnj )x̂nj e( ptj )x̂tjt=1 n∑ expected revenue weights (42) ηnj = e( !pnj )q jj x̂nj −1 / ( ′gnŷn ) own-price elasticities (43) η j = wnj n=1 n ∑ ηnj disaggregation of exogenous elasticities (44) with dn≥0,gn and fn free and ′fnx̂n > 0 , ′gnŷn > 0 . the gams software requires an objective function. the objective function aux minimizes the pseudo slack variables, rn and dn, of the primal and dual constraints. 7. phase i versus phase i-ii estimates of the calibrating solution a strand of the pmp literature has discussed the issue of whether the phase i estimates of decision variables and input shadow prices, x,y, are consistent with the corresponding phase ii estimates where the cost function parameters are estimated simultaneously with them. the short answer is positive because the amount of information is the same in the two phases. with the limitations of a two-dimensional diagram, figure 1 illustrates the issue. in phase i, total cost is a linear function of the decision variables while in phase ii total cost is a nonlinear function of the same variables. hence, the calibrating optimal solution, x*, is the same in the two phases. in the context of this paper, phase i model is stated as a ls specification of relations (15) through (22). this model results in a unique least-squares solution of deviations h and u and, therefore, of the decision variables x̂, ŷ . the phase ii model that estimates figure 1. phase i and phase ii estimates of decision variables x and input shadow prices y. 205positive mathematical programming and risk analysis simultaneously the cost function parameters and the optimal decision variables is stated as the ls specification in phase i combined with constraints (28) through (31) (where the “ ⋅̂ ” symbol is removed from the decision variables). the original information is identical in the two models and, therefore, the ls methodology guarantees the unique and identical solution for the two sets of estimates. 8. phase iii pmp model – calibrating models with the parameter estimates of the cost function, f̂n , ĝn ,q̂,ĝ , derived from either phase ii model (27)-(31) or model (36)-(44), it is possible to set up a calibrating equilibrium model to be used for policy analysis. such a model takes on the following economic equilibrium specification mincsc=y´zp+x´zd=0 (45) subject to ( ′f̂ x)ĝ + ĝ( ′x q̂x) / 2 + ( ′f̂ x)[δ(y−1/2 ′) ĝy1/2 ]+ z p = b +vû (46) f̂( ′ĝ y)+ ( ′ĝ y)q̂x + f̂[(y1/2 ′) ĝy1/2 ]= e( p)+ ẑd (47) with x≥0,y≥0,zp≥0,zd≥0. the objective function represents the complementary slackness conditions (csc) of constraints (46) and (47) with an optimal value of zero. the variables zp and zd are surplus variables of the primal and the dual constraints, respectively. the solution of model (45)-(47) calibrates precisely the solution obtained from the phase i model (15)-(22), that is, x̂ls = x̂csc and ŷls = ŷcsc . this remarkable result is due simply to the fact that all the information of the phase i model has been transferred to the cost function. note that the matrix of fixed technical coefficients a does not appear in either constraint (46) or (47). the calibrating model, then, can be used to trace the production and revenue response to changes in the expected output prices, subsidies and the supply of limiting inputs in a more flexible technical framework. an alternative calibrating equilibrium model is suitable for dealing with a crucial aspect of a risky policy scenario. wealth is the anchoring measure of risk preference of an economic agent. as illustrated above, wealth is composed of accumulated income (or exogenous income) and net revenue derived from the current production cycle as in [w + (e( p)− c ′) x] where w measures the amount of exogenous income. agricultural policies in many countries deal with subsidies to farmers for cultivating (or not cultivating) crops. these subsidies may or may not be coupled to the level of crop production. subsidies that are decoupled from the crop production decisions of farmers constitute exogenous income and end up in the term of wealth that becomes an important target of policy makers. the w term, then, must appear in the calibrating model to allow the representation of decoupled subsidies as in the following specification mincsc=y´zp+x´zd=0 (48) 206 quirino paris subject to ( ′f̂ x)ĝ + ĝ( ′x q̂x) / 2 + ( ′f̂ x)[δ(y−1/2 )ĝy1/2 ]+ z p = b +vû (49) c + 1 θ̂ [w + (e( !p)− c ′) x](1−θ̂ )[ ′a y +wĥ] + γ̂ θ̂ [w + (e( !p)− c ′) x](1−θ̂ )( ′x σ px)(γ̂ /2−1)σ px = e( !p)+ zd (50) with x≥0,y≥0,zp≥0,zd≥0. also the solution of model (48)-(50) calibrates precisely the solution obtained from the phase i model (15)-(22), that is, x̂ls = x̂csc and ŷls = ŷcsc . 9. empirical implementation of pmp-ms with supply elasticities the pmp-ms approach described in previous sections was applied to a sample of n = 14 representative farms of the emilia-romagna region of italy. there are four crops: sugar beets, soft wheat, corn and barley. there is only one limiting input: land. empirical reality compels a further consideration of the above methodology in order to deal with farm samples where not all farms produce all commodities. it turns out that very little must be changed for obtaining a calibrating solution in the presence of missing commodity levels, their prices and the corresponding technical coefficients. using the gams software, it is sufficient to condition the various constraints of phase i, phase ii and phase iii models by the nonzero observations of the output levels. to exemplify, the available farm sample displays the following table 3 of observed crop levels while table 4 presents the variancecovariance matrix of the market output prices. table 3. observed output levels, xobs, with non produced commodities. farm sugar beets soft wheat corn barley 1 1133.4240 0 341.3693 18.2398 2 3103.7830 841.7445 0 59.8025 3 0 450.7937 881.9748 0 4 3488.3540 821.3934 1493.3320 51.1247 5 959.1102 468.2848 0 28.2406 6 942.2039 801.1288 1283.5910 152.5810 7 1600.7310 0 899.4739 66.9718 8 0 1212.8550 1237.5840 98.0497 9 1050.5370 332.3773 0 63.6696 10 3473.6780 952.5199 774.7402 0 11 0 765.1689 501.9673 59.5366 12 3276.1450 1100.1680 0 177.9740 13 877.0970 380.9171 564.6091 76.2122 14 1430.9460 0 1309.3920 0 σ σ 207positive mathematical programming and risk analysis other missing information deals with prices and unit accounting costs associated with the zero-levels of crops. furthermore, the technical coefficients of farms not producing the observed crops also equal to zero. hence, we can state that, for n=1,…,n, the number of farms, and j=1,…,j, the number of crops, if xnj obs = 0 , also pnj=0, cnj=0 and anij=0. furthermore, suppose that only one input, land, is involved in this farm sample. let us assume also that the land price is observed for all farms. the procedure to deal with this type of sample data consists in conditioning the relevant constraints on the positive values of the output levels. in gams, this procedure requires a conditional statement using the $ sign option. table 4. variance-covariance matrix of the market output prices. sugar beets soft wheat corn barley sugar beets 0.0024719 -0.0164391 -0.0117184 -0.0121996 soft wheat -0.0164391 0.2386034 0.1821288 0.2049011 corn -0.0117184 0.1821288 0.1530464 0.1610119 barley -0.0121996 0.2049011 0.1610119 0.1830829 tables 5 and 6 present the estimated output levels and input prices ( x̂, ŷ ). they also exhibit the percent deviation of the solution ( x̂, ŷ ) of model (15)-(22) from the corresponding targets (xobs,yobs). it is of interest to report that the same identical solution was obtained in three different ways. all the estimations were performed with the gams software. the first round of estimates were obtained by solving model (15)-(22) one farm at a time. the second round of estimates were obtained by solving model (15)-(22) using the entire sample of observations. this means that the objective function was specified as minls = hnwnhn n=1 n ∑ + unvnun n=1 n ∑ subject to constraints (16)-(22) specified for each single farm observation. the third round of estimates of the optimal decision variables were obtained by solving model (36)(44) with the “ ⋅̂ ” symbol removed from the variables. table 7 presents the estimates of the parameters θ and γ of the ms utility function. the sample is composed of relatively homogeneous farms. hence, the limited numerical range of variation of the ms utility parameters is not a surprise. within that range, however, a wide variety of risk preferences is detected. seven farmers exhibit decreasing absolute risk aversion accompanied by increasing relative risk aversion. this result matches a statement of tsiang (1972, p. 357): “…the most commonly observed pattern of behavior toward risk of a risk-averter individual is probably decreasing absolute risk-aversion coupled with increasing relative risk-aversion when his wealth increases…” two farmers exhibit increasing absolute risk aversion associated with decreasing relative risk aversion. four farmers exhibit decreasing absolute risk propensity and increasing relative risk propensity. it should be noted that the negative gamma coefficients of these four farmers are 208 quirino paris rather small, suggesting that risk neutrality may – probably – be a better risk-preference representation of these farmers. the approach does not allow for a statistical testing of this conjecture. finally, one farmer exhibits increasing absolute and relative risk aversion. this table 5. estimated ls solution, x̂ , and percent deviation from the observed levels, xobs with zero levels for some crops and some farms. farm optimal decisions x̂ percent deviation from xobs sugar beets soft wheat corn barley sugar beets soft wheat corn barley 1 1133.851 0 341.622 18.156 0.0377 0 0.0741 -0.4587 2 3104.392 861.829 0 52.923 0.0196 0.0098 0 0.2021 3 0 450.794 881.975 0 0 -0.0000 0.0000 0 4 3488.400 821.340 1493.477 51.165 0.0013 -0.0065 0.0097 0.0791 5 959.234 468.140 0 28.308 0.0129 -0.0310 0 0.2399 6 942.488 801.394 1283.947 152.923 0.0301 0.0331 0.0278 0.2238 7 1601.381 0 899.724 67.104 0.0406 0 0.0278 0.1975 8 0 1213.157 1237.937 98.080 0 0.0249 0.0285 0.0307 9 1051.373 332.592 0 63.767 0.0796 0.0645 0 0.1528 10 3474.183 952.606 774.966 0 0.0145 0.0085 0.0291 0 11 0 765.267 502.186 59.659 0 0.0128 0.0436 0.2052 12 3276.657 1100.245 0 178.324 0.0156 0.0070 0 0.1964 13 877.324 380.970 564.926 76.467 0.0258 0.0138 0.0561 0.3347 14 1431.231 0 1309.653 0 0.0199 0 0.0199 0 table 6. deviation of ŷ from yobs. farm observed land prices yobs estimated land prices ŷ percent deviation 1 4.42 4.4213 0.0287 2 4.38 4.3810 0.0219 3 6.98 6.9800 0.0000 4 5.73 5.7302 0.0036 5 4.40 4.3995 -0.0111 6 1.86 1.8609 0.0458 7 3.65 3.6517 0.0454 8 3.36 3.3609 0.0266 9 2.75 2.7521 0.0780 10 4.28 4.2807 0.0158 11 3.28 3.2810 0.0318 12 1.93 1.9305 0.0281 13 2.32 2.3213 0.0579 14 4.03 4.0308 0.0199 209positive mathematical programming and risk analysis empirical result is a clear illustration of the flexible structure of risk preferences as stated by the theoretical analysis. the corresponding meaning of the various acronyms is derived from table 1 and table 2. the estimated parameters of the cost function are reported in tables 8 and 9. in this numerical example, the g matrix contains only one parameter whose value is gi,i=11.39904. regional, exogenous own-price supply elasticities were available in the magnitude of 0.6 for sugar beets, 0.5 for soft wheat, 0.7 for corn and 0.4 for barley. the endogenous own-price elasticities of all farms were aggregated to be consistent with the regional exogenous elasticities according to relation (44). table 10 presents the farms’ own-price supply elasticities used in the aggregation relation. 10. conclusion this paper accomplished several objectives. first, it extended the treatment of risk in a mathematical programming framework to include any combination of risk preferences represented by absolute risk aversion (or absolute risk propensity) and relative risk aversion (or relative risk propensity). second, it modified the traditional pmp approach to deal with calibration constraints regarding observed output levels and observed input prices by eliminating the user-determined perturbation parameter. the combination of these two approaches provides suitable models for agricultural policy analysis that take into consideration farmers’ risk preferences associated with the randomness of output prices. third, this paper integrated the use of exogenous supply elasticities observed for, say, an entire region with the endogenous elasticities derived from the supply functions of the sample farms. this objective is achieved by specifying a complete and flexible total cost function that fulfills all the theoretical requirements. fourth, it resolves in a positive table 7. estimates of θ and γ. farm parameter θ parameter γ risk preference 1 1.0131215 1.1397862 dara, irra 2 1.0050568 1.0766995 dara, irra 3 1.1313873 1.2841485 dara, irra 4 0.9836798 0.9273945 iara, drra 5 0.9578977 -0.1867746 darp, irrp 6 0.9645178 -0.1465580 darp, irrp 7 1.0183502 1.1310367 dara, irra 8 1.0562629 1.1969911 dara, irra 9 1.0277583 1.1992494 dara, irra 10 1.0043433 1.0570120 dara, irra 11 0.9503372 -0.1567640 darp, irrp 12 0.9986044 1.0263446 iara, irra 13 0.9577406 -0.1663556 darp, irrp 14 0.9797649 0.8443536 iara, drra 210 quirino paris way the dispute debated in the pmp literature whether phase i calibrating estimates are consistent with phase ii estimates. fifth, a calibrating model resulting from the pmp-ms framework described here allows for the analysis of policy scenarios dealing with farm subsidies that are decoupled from the current crop production. consider the parameter table 8. intercepts f̂ and ĝ of the marginal cost and input demand functions. farm f̂ ĝ ′f̂ x̂ ′ĝ ŷ sugar beets soft wheat corn barley 1 0.00949 0 0.00666 -0.00320 0.00465 12.923 0.02055 2 0.00364 0.03154 0 -0.06940 0.00149 34.378 0.00654 3 0 -0.00290 0.00374 0 0.00129 1.965 0.00901 4 0.00734 -0.00284 0.00902 -0.06489 0.00132 33.448 0.00756 5 -0.00307 0.02349 0 -0.05730 0.00202 6.426 0.00888 6 -0.02082 0.08018 0.08193 0.26459 0.00658 190.289 0.01224 7 0.00473 0 0.02687 0.05681 0.00271 35.568 0.00992 8 0 0.08121 -0.00668 -0.05092 0.00220 85.254 0.00738 9 0.00408 0.04408 0 0.07081 0.00610 23.462 0.01679 10 0.00905 0.03772 -0.02931 0 0.00164 44.673 0.00703 11 0 0.08005 -0.04152 -0.05365 0.00300 37.213 0.00985 12 0.00395 0.11439 0 0.06448 0.00329 150.291 0.00635 13 0.00041 0.05078 0.03585 0.19131 0.00950 54.584 0.02205 14 -0.00159 0 0.03287 0 0.00192 40.770 0.00773 table 9. estimated matrices q̂ and d̂ . matrix q̂ sugar beets soft wheat corn barley sugar beets 0.0408842 -0.0269584 -0.0084418 -0.0405819 soft wheat -0.0269584 0.8509183 -0.1850005 -0.5925655 corn -0.0084418 -0.1850005 0.3698877 -0.0130721 barley -0.0405819 -0.5925655 -0.0130721 7.7008830 matrix d̂ sugar beets soft wheat corn barley sugar beets 0.0408842 soft wheat 0.8331423 corn 0.324558 barley 7.1182454 211positive mathematical programming and risk analysis w in the measure of wealth that may represent exogenous income subsidy. with a freund approach to risk based upon a constant absolute risk aversion utility function, the wealth parameter disappears from the programming model. on the contrary, one version of the calibrating equilibrium model presented in this paper allows for the analysis of decoupled farm subsidies that are more frequently the target of policy makers. this general model has been tested on different farm samples with satisfactory results including a data sample where not all farms produce all the commodities. 11. references arata, l., donati, m., sckokai, p. and arfini, f. (2017). incorporating risk in a positive mathematical programming framework: a dual approach. the australian journal of agricultural and resource economics 61: 265-284. brooke, a., kendrick, d., meeraus, a. (1988). gams, a user’s guide. the scientific press, redwood city, california. cortignani, r., severini, s. (2012). modeling farmer participation to a revenue insurance scheme by means of positive mathematical programming. agricultural economics – czech 58: 324:331. fisher, i. (1906). the nature of capital and income. macmillan company, london. freund, r.j. (1956). the introduction of risk into a programming model. econometrica 24: 253-263. hazell, p.b.r. (1971). a linear alternative to quadratic and semivariance programming for farm planning under uncertainty. american journal of agricultural economics 53: 53-62. table 10. disaggregation/aggregation of the regional, exogenous own-supply elasticities with zero observations of some output levels. farm exogenous sugar beets: 0.6 exogenous soft wheat: 0.5 exogenous corn: 0.7 exogenous barley: 0.4 1 0.4422 0 0.9144 0.7529 2 0.6093 0.6344 0 0.8320 3 0 0.8010 0.7415 0 4 0.3126 0.5757 0.6101 0.8427 5 1.1497 0.6980 0 1.1181 6 0.9824 0.3464 0.4243 0.1741 7 0.5677 0 0.7124 0.4221 8 0 0.3910 0.6719 0.4075 9 0.5837 0.5928 0 0.2624 10 0.3482 0.4793 1.1446 0 11 0 0.4196 1.2469 0.4779 12 0.6557 0.4610 0 0.2876 13 0.5061 0.3453 0.4804 0.1667 14 1.0249 0 0.6590 0 212 quirino paris hicks, j.r. (1933). the application of mathematical methods in the theory of risk. lecture presented at the meeting of the econometric society in leyden, septemberoctober 1933, summarized by j. marschak. econometrica 1934(2): 187-203. howitt, r.e. (1995a). a calibration method for agricultural economic production models. journal of agricultural economics 46: 147-159. howitt, r.e. (1995b). positive mathematical programming. american journal of agricultural economics 77: 329-342. markowitz, h. (1952). portfolio selection. journal of finance 7: 77-91. mérel, p. and bucharam, s. (2010). exact calibration of programming models of agricultural supply against exogenously supply elasticities. european review of agricultural economics 37: 395-418. meyer, j. (1987). two-moment decision models and expected utility maximization. american economic review 77: 421-430. paris, q. (2015). the dual of the least-squares method, open journal of statistics 5:658664. doi: 10.4236/ojs.2015.57067  paris, q. (2018). estimation of cara preferences and positive mathematical programming. open journal of statistics 8: 1-13. doi: 10.4236/ojs.2018.81001 petsakos, a. and rozakis, s. (2015). calibration of agricultural risk programming models. european journal of operational research 242: 536-545. saha, a. (1997). risk preference estimation in the nonlinear mean standard deviation approach. economic inquiry 35: 770-782. tintner, g. (1941). the theory of choice under subjective risk and uncertainty. econometrica 9: 298-304. tobin, j. (1958). liquidity preference as behavior toward risk. review of economic studies 67: 65-86. tsiang, s.c. (1972). the rationale of the mean-standard deviation analysis, skewness preferences, and the demand for money. american economic review 62: 354-371. 213positive mathematical programming and risk analysis appendix the function v(μ,σ)=μθ-σγ is concave in μ and σ when the corresponding hessian matrix is negative definite. this event occurs when θ<1 and γ>1. when the mean and standard deviation of wealth, μ and σ, are expressed in terms of decision variables, x, μ(x) and σ(x), the resulting function assumes a flexible structure whose concavity depends on different values of parameters θ and γ. this appendix illustrates the possible shapes of the ms utility function (as a function of decision variables) by means of simple graphs and the associated upper contour sets that are conditional upon the magnitude of the θ and γ parameters. the value of θ and γ are chosen to reflect the estimates of table 7. the ms utility function is simplified to show two decision variables, x1 and x2. the expected prices are chosen as e( !p1) = 4 and e( !p2 ) = 6 with standard deviation σp1=0.5, σp2=0.7 and σp1p2=0.1. with these stipulations, all the figures’ functional forms and the upper contour sets exhibit the following specification v[µ(x),σ (x)] = µ(x)θ −σ (x)γ = [e( !p1)x1 + e( !p2 )x2 ]θ − [σ p1 2 x1 2 +σ p2 2 x2 2 + 2σ p1p2 x1x2 ]γ /2 = [4x1 + 6x2 ]θ − [0.52 x1 2 + 0.72 x2 2 + 0.2x1x2 ]γ /2 in all the figures, the upper contour sets appear to be convex even though the contour levels appear rather flat in some figures. the convexity of the upper contour sets is a crucial reason for obtaining an optimal solution. the flatness of the contour levels may make it more laborious for the algorithm to converge to an optimal solution. the figures were drawn using mathematica. 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 θ=1.1, γ=1.36 dara, irra 214 quirino paris 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 θ=1.05, γ=1.20 dara, irra 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 θ=0.98, γ=0.92 iara, drra 215positive mathematical programming and risk analysis 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 θ=0.99, γ=1.03 iara, irra 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 θ=0.95, γ=-0.15 darp, irrp positive mathematical programming and risk analysis quirino paris the hedonic contents of italian super premium extra-virgin olive oils luca cacchiarelli1,*, anna carbone2, tiziana laureti1, alessandro sorrentino1 corporate r&d and the performance of food-processing firms: evidence from europe, japan and north america heinrich hockmann1, pedro andres garzon delvaux2,*, peter voigt3, pavel ciaian2, sergio gomez y paloma2 can menu labeling affect away-from-home-dietary choices? elena castellari1,*, stéphan marette2, daniele moro3, paolo sckokai1 a preliminary test on risk and ambiguity attitudes, and time preferences in decisions under uncertainty: towards a better explanation of participation in crop insurance schemes attilio coletta1, elisa giampietri2, fabio gaetano santeramo3,*, simone severini1, samuele trestini2 bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6e172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 copyright: © 2022 a. lopolito, a. barbuto, f.g. santeramo. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: a. lopolito, a. barbuto, f.g. santeramo (2022). the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture. bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230. doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 received: october 15, 2020 accepted: august 9, 2022 published: november 4, 2022 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: fabio bartolini. orcid al: 0000-0001-9358-3222 fgs: 0000-0002-9450-4618 the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture antonio lopolito1,*, angela barbuto2, fabio gaetano santeramo2 1 department of economics, management and territory, university of foggia, italy 2 department of agriculture, food, natural resource and engineering, university of foggia, italy *corresponding author. e-mail: antonio.lopolito@unifg.it abstract. the diffusion of innovations is largely influenced by the characteristics of the network of initial adopters (or innovation spreader). we investigate how these characteristics tend to influence the adoption rate and the speed of the diffusion process of a technological innovation in agriculture. the diffusion process is simulated through an agent based model that replicates real-world data. we found that the closeness and the clusterization of the networks are the variables that tend to affect the most the capability of spreading innovations among members. our findings have direct policy implications: since innovations help advancing the economic development of the agricultural sector, promoting the emergence of networks that have desirable characteristics would enhance growth. our analysis provides specific insights on how to plan networks with desirable characteristics for the innovation spreaders. keywords: diffusion of innovations, agent based model, social network analysis. jel codes: c63, o33, q18, q55. 1. introduction improving the diffusion of innovations is a key strategy to promote the economic development. the agricultural sector, more and more oriented toward a bio-based sector (moro et al., 2019), is very much interested by innovations (scoppola, 2015; viaggi, 2015), and in a constant need of them as a way to face major challenges such ensuring food security, coping with climate change, and lowering the pressure on the environment. (li et al., 2022; ray et al., 2022) investigating the network characteristics underlying the adoption and diffusion of innovations among farmers is very relevant, since the benefits that would be derived from a wide use and a fast adoption of promising innovations are undoubted (e.g. hendricks, 2018; chavas and nauges ,2020). the success of innovations is tightly connected to the critical mass of their potential users and to their relationships: the successful innovations are generally associated with well performing networks of adopters capable of influencing both adoption and diffusion of innovations. the literature has pointed out clearly that the characteristics of the networks matter http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 220 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 antonio lopolito, angela barbuto, fabio gaetano santeramo for the success of innovations – i.e. a fast diffusion with a high adoption rate – (tey and brindal, 2012; banerjee et al., 2013; barbuto et al., 2019). on the contrary, relatively little emphasis, with remarkable exceptions (esposti, 2012; vollaro et al., 2019; de maria and zezza, 2020), has been devoted to the agricultural sector. within the diffusion process, how social networks operate is key (valente, 1995): the set and pattern of support, the friendship, and the communication relations are important in defining the evolution and the success of innovations (morone and lopolito, 2010): spreading them is “a special type of communication, in that the messages are concerned with new ideas” (rogers, 2003:5). the innovations may be novel techniques or new strategies, on which the entrepreneurs have a scarce knowledge, and little experience: knowledge, familiarity, experience, and social learning are valuable catalysts for adoption (santeramo, 2018, 2019). in fact, sharing information and reaching a mutual understanding on the innovation tend to favour its first adoption and diffusion (rogers, 2003). if the importance of networks is clear, the reason behind such a relevant role is still unclear. so simply, why networks are so crucial for the diffusion of innovations? the ssocial networks act through several channels: first, they favour the circulation of information, by reducing the uncertainty and facilitating a better assessment of benefits and costs for the adopters; second, the redundancy of the information that can be derived through social reinforcement, also named as “indirect experience” (cfr. santeramo 2019), helps overcoming uncertainty; third, the homophily among potential adopters, strengthened by the similarity of characteristics (e.g.level of education, socioeconomic status, individual preferences), favours common meanings, the sharing of beliefs and a mutual understanding (rogers, 2003). in agriculture the third channel is an important catalyst for consumptions habits (santeramo et al., 2018). this work focuses on the first and the second channels. in this regard, an actor’s ability to circulate information to other actors depends on its position in the network, while its ability to be a source of social reinforcement depends on its level of clusterisation, also referred to as the density of neighborhoods, or, put differently, on how many of contacts are linked with oter members of the network (namtirtha et al., 2021; centola, 2010). the social network analysis (sna), a technique devoted to study and investigate networks, uses indexes to quantify the network characteristics. in this paper we investigate how the network characteristics (i.e. the sna indexes to measure the position and the clusterisation level) of the initial adopter influence the diffusion of innovations in agriculture. we aim is to show which characteristics may predict the best spreaders. this outcome is informative for policy makers, innovators and practitioners interested in planning effective spreading campaigns. this study focuses on a technological innovation (mulching films), and relies on a case study derived from specialist horticultural farmers located in the apulia region. the diffusion process for the innovative mulching films is replicated through an agent based model (abm), a powerful simulation modeling technique capable of capturing emergent phenomena with systemic characteristics stemming from the interplay of the individuals and which cannot be reduced to the system’s parts (bonabeau, 2002). the major abm distinctive feature is its ability to describe the system from the perspective of its constituent units (bonabeau, 2002). the adoption of novelties is a complex process typically involving a large body of interacting actors. although several computational models have been developed (bass, 1969; kumar and kumar, 1992; sharma et al., 1993; tanner, 1978), the empirical investigations on micro-level decisions are limited and challenging (janssen, 2020). one of the problems with these models is that they can explain the observed success in the diffusion processes, but cannot predict alternative emerging paths. the abm approach helps overcoming this limitation. proven its ability to describe the complex dynamics of the system by some simple rules acting at microlevel, it provides enough flexibility to capture the emergent phenomena (bonabeau, 2002). in the specific case of innovation diffusion, the abm modeling allows us to test various hypotheses on the characteristics of the agents, which represent the autonomous decision-making entities, i.e. in our analysis we refer to the farmers. we focus on their position in the networks and on their social connections. differently from other approaches, the abm can be aplpied in ex-ante analyses to predict whether a certain configuration is likely to succeed or to fail. we have calibrated the model on real-world data, acquired through a survey and by collecting secondary data. a further novelty of our analysis is the use of information that can directly replicate an existing social network. in short, we use a mixed approach which combines a case study, the sna and a simulation, to feed the empirical model and estimate the effects of the social relations on the diffusion of the innovation. the next section describes our integrated approach. the section 3 presents the findings of the analysis. we conclude with a discussion and reflections on policy implications to emphasize the relevance of study of this kind. 221the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 2. background a major issue in the process of diffusion of innovation is represented by the interpersonal communication channels, which play a crucial role in influencing the choice of the single agents to adopt or reject the innovation (rogers 2003). these channels provide means for communication between people, including the information transfer needed to make agents aware of the novelty (banerjee et al., 2013), and consists of the social relations connecting them (chavas and nauges, 2020; genius et al., 2014). the most suitable social relations to play the role of communication channels are represented by friendship, kinship and professional relationships (barbuto et al., 2017; cheboi and mberia, 2014; wang et al., 2020). this paper focus on the role of the network characteristics of the initial adopter in the diffusion of an innovation in a group of farmers. to analyze this process we model a network formed by nodes, each representing a farmer (i.e. agent), and links, each representing the social relations among farmers. the spread of the innovation is assessed by analyzing three outcomes: 1) the adoption rate – i.e. the fraction of farmers adopting the innovation within a time period; 2) the diffusion speed, which depend on the time required by the diffusion process to reach its maximum number of adopters; 3) the magnitude of the diffusion, that is a combination of the two previous outcomes (see table 3 below for details on their definitions and measurement). these outcomes are influenced by the nature of the network, and more precisely by i) the position of the innovation spreaders (kitsak et al., 2010; zhang et al., 2016), ii) by the structure of the network, proven that diffusion can reach more people and spread more quickly in clustered networks than in random networks, since the diffusion process is improved by reinforcing signals coming from clustered links (centola, 2010); and iii) by the socio-demographic characteristics of the farmers forming the network (banerjee et al., 2013). as for the agents’ characteristics, previous studies have shown that factors such as age, education level, mass-media exposure, experience in the sector, size of the farm are among the most important for the adoption of innovations (reimers and klasen, 2013; wang et al., 2020). moreover, agents involved in innovation adoption process typically exhibit an intrinsic “propensity to adopt”, an individual preference towards the innovation which stimulate the farmers to the adoption when the perceived quality of the innovation is sufficiently high (delre et al. 2007, van eck et al. 2011). in other terms, each potential adopter has a resistance to innovate, and this reluctance can be modeled as as a farmer-specific adoption threshold: the first adopters have a very low threshold for adoption whereas the later adopters have higher thresholds (i.e. a stronger resistance to the innovation) that tend to be exceeded only when many other members of the network have adopted the innovation and have reported on its goodness (macy 1991). we hypothesize that the spreaders who have higher chances of reaching a vast majority of farmers in the network, by mean of one(direct) or twoor morestep (indirect) relations, are expected to achieve a large spread; conversely, the spreaders who are closest to the vast majority of farmers are expected to allow a rapid spread and to reach the maximum number of adopters. figure 1 depicts this process by representing a simple diffusion model. it illustrates the impact that the network characteristics of the spreader have on the number of adopters and on the time required to spread the innovation. the time unit is conceived as the period needed for the information to pass from one agent to another, that is the time for the communication to occurs. the timing of the diffusion process is broken down in three periods: at t0 one agent is picked from the network to become the first adopter of the innovation(i.e. the spreader); at t1 the spreader informs on the existence of the innovation its neighbors (agents connected to the spreader), which become in turn aware of this novelty; at t2 a second-order information-passing occurs, at t2 when the spreader’s neighbors transfer the information to their neighbors in turn. in both diagrams the agents are distinguished according to the time at which they adopt the innovation. there are four types of agents, represented by different gradations of grey on a black-to-white scale, assuming that the probability that informed agents adopt the innovation is 1: i) the black circle represents the spreader who adopts the innovation at time t0; ii) the dark-gray circles represent the adopters at t1 (also named early adopters); iii) the light-gray circles represent the adopters at t2 (also named late adopters); iv) the white circles represent the non-adopters. spreaders a and b are embedded in two to different networks exhibiting different network characteristics: spreader a has four direct links to other agents; spreader b has only two direct connections. as a result, the diffusion processes are very different: in diagram 1 we found four early adopters and one late adopter, while in diagram 2 the opposite is true. put differently, the choice of spreader a leads to a fast diffusion, with four out of five potential adopters reached in the first period, while spreader b takes more periods to reach the vast majority of potential adopters but allows to spread the innovation to more adopters. 222 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 antonio lopolito, angela barbuto, fabio gaetano santeramo th e most straightforward node indicator is represented by the degree centrality accounting for the number of connections the farmer has with other farmers (wasserman and faust, 1994). in our example (fi g. 1), the degree of centrality of node a and b are respectively 5 and 3: the more the connection the farmer has, the higher its infl uence on closeby farmers, proven that a very central node can pass information to a large fraction of the network directly (with no mediators). however, the degree of centrality is not the only source of infl uence. a great part of the infl uence that a node farmer has depends on its intermediary role in connecting other farmers. th is happens when a node lies between two other nodes. th e betweenness centrality concept has been developed to capture this characteristic: it is calculated as the sum of links connecting other nodes which pass through the original node (borgatti et al., 2013) and is a measure of its bridge capacity. another measure of the centrality of a node is represented by the closeness. th is index is expressed as the reciprocal of the farness of a given node. th is latter index is the sum of the lengths of the shortest paths to every other node: the closer a node is to all the others, the higher its infl uence is likely to be. th e index can be measured, as explained in the next section, as average reciprocal distance and through the eigenvector. finally, another relevant metrics related to the position of each single node is the local clustering coeffi cient which is the density (the total number of connections divided by the total number of possible connections) for the neighbourhood of the node (borgatti et al. 2002; newman, 2003): it measures the proportion of contacts which are linked together. a high level of local clustering generates reinforcing eff ects in the information passing which is an important issue in the adoption of a new behaviour or an innovation (centola, 2010). 3. material and methods we assess how the network characteristics of the spreaders infl uence the rate, the speed and the magnitude of the diff usion of the innovation in the farmers’ network. to this end we estimate the empirical model specifi ed as follows: (1) where yi represents the dependent variables capturing the diff usion process measured in terms of fi nal fraction of adopters, speed of diff usion, and diff usion magnitude; xid refers to the socio-demographics (d) of the spreaders, and xin denotes their network structure (n). th e variables of the model are described in table 1. to feed the model we adopted a mixed approach which combines case study analysis, sna and simulafigure 1. th e impact of the network characteristics of the spreader on the size and time of diff usion. source: own elaboration. diagram 1 diagram 2 223the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 tion. figure 2 unfolds the procedure we have employed and explains how we have derived the input variables expressed in eq. 1. 3.1 the case study to define the boundaries of the network, we referred to the 107 specialist horticulture farmers surveyed in a previous study on the diffusion of mulching techniques (scaringelli et al., 2016) in one of the largest horticultural areas in italy (i.e. province of foggia). the sample analysed in that study covered the 2,8% of the population of farmers producing vegetables crops in that area and was representative of the local horticultural sector. the interviewed farmers were identified as potential adopters of a newer mulching technique based on biodegradable films derived from organic waste (montoneri et al., 2011; franzoso et al., 2015). this case study provided the socio-demographics represented by the xid in the [eq. 1] and described in table 2. the average level of education is 2.45: the farmers represented in the sample reached high or medium education. they use at least one information channel among web site, e-commerce, and specialized journal subscriptable 1. the variables of the model. name cod. kind description adoption rate dif dependent (yi) the adoption rate is the proportion of farmers which adopted the innovation in consequence of the spreader operation speed spe dependent (yi) the speed of diffusion is the complement to unity of the number of time steps employed by the spreader to reach its maximum adoption rate in relative terms respect to the slowest spreader (i.e. the one who employs the maximum steps in absolute terms) magnitude mag dependent (yi) the magnitude of diffusion is the product of dif and spe education edu independent (xid) education, it is a discrete variable varying in the range [1-5], according to the education level of the farmer (post-doc, degree, undergraduate = 1; high school =2; middle school = 3; elementary school = 4; no school = 5) mass-media mas independent (xid) mass-media, which is a discrete variable ranging in the interval [0-3], according to the number of information channels used by the farmer among three kinds (firm web site, use of e-commerce, specialized journal subscription) experience exp independent (xid) experience, that is a discrete assuming values in the range [1-4], according to the class of experience (< 5 years = 1; < 10 years = 2; < 20 years = 3; > 20 years = 4) age age independent (xid) age, it counts the age of the farmer size size independent (xid) size counts the number of ectaras of the farm employees emp independent (xid) employees represents the number of employees enrolled in the farm degree centrality deg independent (xin) the centrality degree of a given node is the number of nodes linked with it (wasserman and faust, 1994) betweenness bet independent (xin) this is a measure of the bridge capacity of a node and is expressed as the sum of links connecting other nodes which pass through the node analysed (borgatti et al., 2013) closeness clo independent (xin) this index is expressed as the reciprocal of the farness of a given node. this latter index is the sum of the lengths of the shortest paths to every other node. the normalized closeness, here used, is obtained dividing the closeness by the minimum possible closeness expressed as a percentage average reciprocal distance ard independent (xin) this index represents a more accurate measure of closeness, including into the calculation not only the reciprocal of farness of the given node, but also the reciprocal of farness of the other nodes from the given node (borgatti et al., 2013) eigenvector eig independent (xin) it is a centrality measure in which the other nodes connected to the node under analysis are weighted by how central they are. in other words, the centrality of each node is therefore determined by the centrality of the nodes it is connected to local clustering coefficient lcc independent (xin) the local clustering coefficient is the density (the total number of ties divided by the total number of possible ties) of the neighborhood of an actor (borgatti et al. 2002; newman, 2003) 224 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 antonio lopolito, angela barbuto, fabio gaetano santeramo tion. they have between 10 and 20 years of experience. th ey are, on average, 47 years old in mean, with the youngest and elder farmers being 24 and 75 years old respectively; 58% of farmers are in the 40-60 years old range (the standard deviation is 12 years). th e variable with the greatest variability is the fi rm size: it varies between 4 and 1805 hectares, with 65% fi rms having less than 50 hectares. th e average number of workers per fi rm is 13 with 80% of the sample with less than 20 employees. rather than having a probabilistic sample of horticulture sector, the rationale of choosing this case study was to obtain enough relational data to reproduce the complexity of a real farmer social network able to feed and calibrate the simulation model with a stylized representation of the interaction opportunities among farmers. th ese are based on the typical contact people have in a real-world network formed of group membership (representing, for example, co-workers), family and friend links, some connections to geographically close alters, and some ties to random alters in the population. instead of using stochastically generated network by means of specialised soft ware, which generates ideal network confi gurations (i.e. random networks or regular lattice), we adopted a participatory social network approach, a network survey technique directed at gathering data from actors well informed on the structure of network for their direct membership or for their expertise in the sector (campbell et al., 2019; delgadillo et al., 2020). we interviewed three experts, one agronomist with a long-time experience in local extension services and two expert farmers. th ese three interviewees know in depth the local context and the interactions among farmers. to ease the respondent’s task and maximizing their recalling potential we employed the following investigation procedure: 1) we divided the geographical area of the case study into four quadrants and grouped the farmers belonging to each quadrant, obtaining four figure 2. th e integrated approach. source: own elaboration. table 2. statistics of the socio-demographics independent variables. education (edu) mass media (mas) experience (exp) age (age) firm size (size) employees (emp) mean 2.45 0.81 3.22 46.88 69.99 13.23 min 0.00 0.00 1.00 24.00 4.00 1.00 max 4.00 4.00 4.00 75.00 1805.00 112.00 dev.st 0.79 1.05 1.06 11.50 176.76 15.68 source: own elaboration on data from (scaringelli et al., 2016). 225the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 groups; 2) for each group we asked the interviewees to recall the social links between farmers; 3) we repeated the procedure asking the interviewees to detect any intragroup links. since the objective is to piece together the social network structure as accurately as possible, traced back friendship, kinship and professional relationships between the farmers. to this end we posed two driving questions: 1) what are the farmers who are members of the same cooperative?, 2) what are the farmers who have known each other? in case the respondent acknowledged the existence of any relations between two farmers, each relation was further inquired by means of deeper analysis aimed at identifying also the kind of relation. for the relations acknowledged based on question 1, we asked the respondent to specify the if a professional relation existed between the two farmers connected asking the following sub-questions: i) did they entered a professional agreement?, ii) do they share means or other resources?, iii) do they contract each other for any operation?. for the relations acknowledged based on question 2 we also asked if the farmers connected were relatives of friends. of course, we did not expect that the three experts knew all the social interactions existing amongst the 107 members of the network, proven that this means to know information on 11.432 potential relations. rather than mapping the entire web of relations, our goal was to obtain a realistic network configuration resembling the typical morphology of a real-world network. the use of the participatory social network approach allowed us to cover all the typical forms of actors’ actual contact and not just random or regular ideal configurations.. indeed, we obtained a network formed of 2152 total connections, 1595 of which are local intergroup links and 557 arelong intragroup links. to define the network characteristics of the farmer, we applied the principal social network indicators of centrality and position described in section two. these formed the second group of independent variables (xin) in eq.1. 3.2 the simulation of diffusion process we simulated the diffusion outcomes within the network of farmers by means of an abm. although networks typically exhibit complex dynamics, we have intentionally focused on a simple model to trade-off the explanatory capacity and the clarity of interpretation of our results. it is formed of 107 agents interconnected which exactly reproduces the network described in the case study section. this web of social connections forming the network represents the interaction opportunity among agents which they use to exchange information about a technological innovation. the agents have specific attributes: (a) the preference toward the novelty; (b) the adoption threshold, as referred in the background section; (c) the level of education; (e) the spreader attribute, that is set true when the agent is used as spreader. as descends from attribute (e), the model runs two types of agents: ordinary farmers and spreaders. the spreader does not have to take any decision about its behavior, proven that it is set as the first adopter at the model setup. its unique role is to spread information on the innovation to its neighbors through the social relations interconnecting them. on the contrary, the ordinary farmers interact with the rest of the network, receiving and sending information and taking decision toward the adoption. in each time step, after having received information, each farmer recalculates its preference for the novelty on the base of its previous step preferences and the average of preferences of its neighbors weighted by a factor representing the level of homophily between the farmer and its neighbors. this average is then corrected multiplying it by a factor representing the years of education of the farmer. then each farmer adopts (rejects) the novelty if its preference is greater or equal (lower) than its innovation threshold. this process is repeated until a specific time span is covered, and three diffusion outcomes of the spreader operation are obtained: i) the diffusion rate, that is the proportion of farmers which adopted the innovation; ii) the speed of diffusion, that is calculated as: (2) where spei is the speed of spreader i, stepsmax i is the number of time steps employed by the spreader i to reach its maximum adoption rate; iii) the magnitude of diffusion, that is the product of the outcomes sub i) and ii). these outcomes represent the dependent variables (yi) in eq.1 (see table 1). the identification of the parameters of the model was based on the data available from the case study or according to the model internal logic. specifically, at the model setup, (a) the preferences of the farmers toward the new technology was set at 0, assuming that nobody, excepting the spreader, knows the novelty; (b) the innovation threshold was calibrated using data from scaringelli et al. (2016) which surveyed the attitude of the farmers towards the adoption of new kind of mulching films along a six-degree likert scale (0 very adverse – 5 very favorable) (c) the level of education was set at the level of education of the respondents; (d) regarding the spreader attribute, we used each farmer as a spreader 226 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 antonio lopolito, angela barbuto, fabio gaetano santeramo one at a time alternately across the 107 model runs. this was to find the network characteristics best predicting effective spreaders (i.e. those with high levels of outcomes). the analysis produced 107 specific combinations of spreader/farmers. 3. results to guarantee the robustness of the simulations, each spreader/farmers combination has been replicated 100 times producing (107 x 100) 107,000 observations. each simulation has been ran for 500 time periods, which is the time span that guarantees the convergence of the diffusion process for all spreaders and to reach a steady number of adopters. we computed the average adoption rate, speed, and magnitude of diffusion at each step. to provide an encompassing depiction of overall process, tables 3-4 report the statistics of the model variables. table 3 reports the statistics of the network characteristics. the value of the degree highlights that each farmer is connected to 20 other farmers in mean, intercepts the shortest path length among 62 other farmers (bet), and is rather close to others (closeness). these values are the effect of a rather connected network, where the chances for a farmer to know others and influence theme or receive influence is very high. this relational structure represents a good premise for the innovation to spread. table 4 contains the statistics of simulated diffusion variables. they represent preliminary findings, since can give some initial indications for on a diffusion strategy. the first result is that spreaders achieve a 25% adoption rate in means, that is, a random chosen spreader is expected to cause adoption in 25% of other farmers. we found that the slowest spreader employs 389-time steps to reach its maximum adoption rate. in mean, the spreaders employ the 50% of this time to reach their maximum, that is the 194-time steps. the magnitude considers both diffusion rates and speed of diffusion in a synthetic indicators of diffusion effectiveness. in mean, spreaders reach a level of 0.11. but there is a huge variation among these performances. considers, for instance the adoption rates. table 4 reports that the maximum obtainable adoption rate employing a single spreader is 41%. this means that there are some effective spreaders capable of obtain high rates (>35%). we found 10 spreaders reaching this threshold. on the other side there are 11 spreaders reaching a zero-diffusion rate. this calls for a careful analysis in designing a diffusion campaign. indeed, while some spreaders can accomplish an effective campaign, choosing the wrong spreaders can result to a cul de sac dynamic, where the financial and human energies deployed would lead to a zero-result campaign. the diagrams of the density functions of three diffusion variables back up these findings (figure 3). they show that the speed of adoption and the adoption rate are bimodal, with the former showing a higher peak for low speeds, and the latter showing a higher peak for higher levels of adoption rate. this means that, in this context there are several good spreaders in terms of effectiveness (high adoption rates) but most part of them employ long time to completely accomplish the diffusion. on the other hand, there are some ineffective spreaders, characterised by low adoption rate which are relatively fast in covering their spreading. the third diagram confirm the initial findings. the magnitude (the interaction of speed and adoption rate) has a bimodal distribution as well with higher peak for lower values. the underlying process is that the speed of adoption table 3. statistics of the network independent variables. degree centrality (deg) betweenness (bet) closeness (clo) average reciprocal distance (ard) eigenvector (eig) local clustering coefficient (lcc) mean 20.11 62.26 0.08 45.34 0.73 54.70 min 1.00 45.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 39.26 max 98.00 101.67 0.26 1122.56 1.00 91.38 dev.st 17.58 9.40 0.06 167.84 0.22 7.25 table 4. statistics of the dependent variables. adoption rate (dif) speed (spe) magnitude (mag) mean 0.25 0.50 0.11 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 max 0.41 1.00 0.33 dev.st 0.01 0.23 0.07 227the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 dominates the adoption rate. put differently, the share of spreaders capable of enhancing high and fast levels of adoption is rather limited (approximatively equal to one third of those that have average performance in terms of speed and rate of adoption). we used the model in equation 1 to explain the three dependent variables, namely adoption rate, speed and magnitude. table 5 reports the regression results. the econometric analysis highlights the profile of the best spreader and, at the same time, provides deeper insights on the role of the network on the diffusion process. the model did not find any significant relation between the independent variables and the speed of diffusion. moreover, none of the socio-demographics is able of influencing the performances in terms of rate of adoption and magnitude, possibly due to the fact that the spreaders have similar under socio-demographic characteristics so that these variables are unable to discern the best spreader. likewise, four out of six network measures (i.e. deg, bet, clo and ard) do not exhibit significant effects. this result is likely to depend on the use of macro characteristics of the network, which very dense and close, rather than of micro relational characteristics of the members. on the contrary, eig (i.e. eigenvector centrality) has a positive, significant and relatively high impact on the diffusion rates and on magnitude, while, surprisingly, lcc (i.e. local cluster coefficient) exhibits a negative, even though small, impact on the diffusion process. the eigenvector is a measure of how central the actors connected to the spreader are: it resulted the best predictor of an effective spreader. lcc measures the density of a local neighborhood and is high when the actor connected to the spreader are in turns themselves connected. the fact that this variable has a negative impact is due to the redundancy it produces at local level. in other words, since the acquaintances of the spreader are also acquaintances among themselves, the information on the innovation continue to circulate within a confined clique producing redundancy and waste of social reinforcement. all in all, this analysis shows that, in an agricultural context as the one investigated, the best measure to select effective spreader and increase the success chance of a diffusion campaign, is represented by the eigenvector, which identifies the central spreader who knows very central actors in turn. 4. discussion and conclusions the innovations are catalysts of growth and their diffusion has been, during the last decades, a major driver of the economic development of the primary sector (esposti, 2012; scoppola, 2015; viaggi, 2015; moro et al., 2019): favoring a fast and complete spread of innovations should be a main goal in the policy agenda. the paper aimed at finding the network characteristics that identify the best innovation spreaders. we folfigure 3. 228 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 antonio lopolito, angela barbuto, fabio gaetano santeramo lowed an integrated approach by using an abm model to simulate the diffusion performances of alternative potential spreaders. we found that the ard, a measure of how much each node is close to the whole network, and the clustering coefficients, which are related to the density of the neighborhood of a given node, are the main important factors to forecast the successfulness of an innovation spreader. these findings indicate that the diffusion of innovations in agriculture is fostered by spreaders relatively close and well connected to the rest of the web. furthermore, to enhance the diffusion of innovations in agricultural networks, the innovation spreaders should be highly clustered, so as to provide the needed information reinforcement required for the adoption to occur. we have also observed a low share of agents with a high level of adoption rate, a further proof that designing sets of spreaders capable of influencing the network areas is much in need to promote technologies adoption. these findings have direct implications for the policy agenda. for instance, they may be included in the design of policy measures and, in particular, within the context of the admissibility and the selection criteria in rural development plans:in order to enhance the spread of innovations, exploiting the relationships linking farmers in rural areas, the future policies may promote the creation of social interactions among farmers (i.e. promoting public and private social events to interconnect farmers); second, the policies for rural development may prioritize the requests of funds coming that are solicited by the most performing innovation spreaders, in order to exploit the multiplier effect that they will produce; third, the innovations should be promoted in areas where the existing networks are likely to be more receptive, a feature that can be easily proxied by the measures discussed in our paper. all these suggestions can be easily translated in admission and selection criteria in rural development plans: our analysis has direct implications for a better implementation of the future interventions. few words of caution. the present paper focuses on a case study with specific characteristics in terms of density of the network and clusterization of farmers, therefore the conclusions on the effects that the individual characteristics have on the rate of adoption would be externally valid only for those cases that are reasonably similar to our case study. thus, in order to further increase the external validity of our conclusions it would be recommendable the analysis of different network structures (e.g. high vs. low density, regular vs. randomized structure, high vs. low average degree, or so). to the extent that promoting innovations in agriculture is a priority for stakeholders in public and private sectors, similar studies should be encouraged. table 5. the results of the regression model. adoption rate (dif) speed (spe) magnitude (mag) coefficients σ p-value coefficients σ p-value coefficients σ p-value const 0,339 0,372 0,364 0,611 1,102 0,581 0,276 0,243 0,259 edu 0,017 0,012 0,165 -0,031 0,035 0,380 -0,006 0,008 0,479 mas -0,008 0,009 0,406 0,019 0,027 0,479 -0,005 0,006 0,436 exp -0,007 0,010 0,502 0,045 0,030 0,137 0,004 0,007 0,581 age 0,000 0,001 0,857 0,000 0,003 0,905 0,000 0,001 0,751 size 0,000 0,000 0,944 0,000 0,000 0,620 0,000 0,000 0,943 emp 0,000 0,001 0,611 0,002 0,002 0,424 0,001 0,001 0,127 deg -0,005 0,008 0,528 0,021 0,025 0,403 0,001 0,005 0,846 bet 0,000 0,000 0,593 -0,001 0,001 0,187 0,000 0,000 0,447 clo -0,022 0,022 0,313 0,083 0,065 0,203 0,007 0,014 0,628 ard 0,018 0,026 0,475 -0,082 0,076 0,282 -0,010 0,017 0,546 eig 1,698 0,698 0,017** 0,248 2,069 0,905 1,504 0,456 0,001*** lcc -0,100 0,047 0,034** 0,003 0,138 0,980 -0,079 0,030 0,011** r-quadro 0,450 0,106 0,553 229the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 references alkemade f. and castaldi c. (2005) “strategies for the diffusion of innovations on social networks” computational economics, 25(1-2): 3-23. banerjee, a., chandrasekhar, a., duflo, e., jackson, m. (2013) “diffusion of microfinance” science, 341: 363310. barbuto, a., lopolito, a., and santeramo, f. g. (2019). “improving diffusion in agriculture: an agent-based model to find the predictors for efficient early adopters”. agricultural and food economics, 7(1), 1. bass, f. m. (2004). a new product growth for model consumer durables. management science, 50(12_supplement), 1825-1832. blau p. m. beeker c. and fitzpatrick k. m. (1984) “intersecting social affiliations and intermarriage” social forces, 62: 585-606. bonabeau, e. (2002). agent-based modeling: methods and techniques for simulating human systems. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 99(suppl_3), 7280-7287. borgatti s.b., everett m.g. johnson j.c. (2013) analyzing social networks, sage publications: uk. borgatti, s.p., everett, m.g. and freeman, l.c. (2002) ucinet for windows: software for social network analysis. harvard, ma: analytic technologies. centola d. gonzalez-avella j. c. eguiluz v. m. and san miguel m. (2007) “homophily cultural drift and the co-evolution of cultural groups” journal of conflict resolution, 51(6): 905-929. centola, d. (2010). the spread of behavior in an online social network experiment. science, 329(5996), 11941197. centola d. (2011) “an experimental study of homophily in the adoption of health behavior” science, 334(6060), 1269-1272. chavas, j. p., & nauges, c. (2020). uncertainty, learning, and technology adoption in agriculture. applied economic perspectives and policy, 42(1), 42-53. chen, m. j. (1996) “competitor analysis and interfirm rivalry: toward a theoretical integration” academy of management review, 21(1), 100-134. daberkow, s.g., mcbride, w.d. (2003) “farm and operator characteristics affecting the awareness and adoption of precision agriculture technologies in the us” precis. agric. 4 (2), 163–177. demaria, f., & zezza, a. (2020). drivers and barriers of process innovation in the eu manufacturing food processing industry: exploring the role of energy policies.  bio-based and applied economics,  9(1), 25-52. east, r., uncles, m. d., uncles, m. d., romaniuk, j., romaniuk, j., … & lomax, w. (2016) “improving agent-based models of diffusion” european journal of marketing, 50(3/4), 639-646. esposti, r. (2012). knowledge, technology and innovations for a bio-based economy: lessons from the past, challenges for the future.  bio-based and applied economics, 1(3), 235-268. franzoso f, tabasso s, antonioli d, montoneri e, persico p, laus m, mendichi r, negre m, 2015. films made from poly (vinyl alcohol-co-ethylene) and soluble biopolymers isolated from municipal bio waste. j. appl. polym. sci. 132:1-11. gellynck, x., cárdenas, j., pieniak, z., & verbeke, w. (2015) “association between innovative entrepreneurial orientation, absorptive capacity, and farm business performance” agribusiness, 31(1), 91-106. hanneman r.a. and m. riddle (2005) introduction to social network methods, riverside ca: university of california hendricks, n. p. (2018). potential benefits from innovations to reduce heat and water stress in agriculture.  journal of the association of environmental and resource economists, 5(3), 545-576. janssen, a., (2020). introduction to agent-based modeling. ebook, self, https://marcojanssen.info/books/ li, m., jia, n., lenzen, m., malik, a., wei, l., jin, y., & raubenheimer, d. (2022). global food-miles account for nearly 20% of total food-systems emissions. nature food, 1-9. mcpherson m. smith-lovin l. and cook j. m. (2001) “birds of a feather: homophily in social networks” annual review of sociology, 415-444. molina-morales, f.x., martínez-fernández, m.t., torlò, v.j. (2011) “the dark side of trust: the benefits, costs and optimal levels of trust for innovation performance” long range plan. 44 (2), 118–133. montoneri e, mainero d, boffa v, perrone dg, montoneri c, 2011. biochemenergy: a project to turn a urban wastes treatment plant into bio refinery for the production of energy, chemicals and consumer’s products with friendly environmental impact. int. j. global environ. 11:170-96. montoneri e., scaringelli m.a., mainero d., prosperi m. (2014) “rifiuti urbani e agricoli come fonte di combustibili e prodotti chimici: selezione di processi e prodotti meritevoli di valutazione tecnica e sostenibilità per fini commerciali” in potenzialità di sviluppo e sostenibilità socio-economica e ambientale del settore delle bioraffinerie in provincia di foggia by lopolito a., prosperi m., nardone g., eds., franco angeli, milan, italy, 61-72. 230 bio-based and applied economics 11(3): 219-230, 2022 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9932 antonio lopolito, angela barbuto, fabio gaetano santeramo moro, d., santeramo, g., & viaggi, d. (2019). the future of bio-based and applied economics. bio-based and applied economics, 8(1), 1-2. morone, p., lopolito, a. (2010) socio-technical transition pathways and social networks: a toolkit for empirical innovation studies (2010) economics bulletin, 30 (4), pp. 2720-2731. namtirtha, a., dutta, a., dutta, b., sundararajan, a., & simmhan, y. (2021). best influential spreaders identification using network global structural properties. scientific reports, 11(1), 1-15. narayan, d., pritchett, l. (1999) “cents and sociability: household income and social capital in rural tanzania” econ. dev. cult. chang., 47 (4), 871–897. newman m.e.j. (2003) “the structure and function of complex networks” siam review 45, 167-256. nisbet, r. i., & collins, j. m. (1978) “barriers and resistance to innovation” australian journal of teacher education, 3(1). rand, w., & rust, r. t. (2011) “agent-based modeling in marketing: guidelines for rigor” international journal of research in marketing, 28(3): 181-193. ray, d. k., sloat, l. l., garcia, a. s., davis, k. f., ali, t., & xie, w. (2022). crop harvests for direct food use insufficient to meet the un’s food security goal. nature food, 3(5), 367-374. rogers e. m. and kincaid d. l. (1981) communication networks: toward a new paradigm for research, free press: new york. rogers e. m. (2003) diffusion of innovations, free press: new york. ryan b., and gross n.c., (1943) “the diffusion of hybrid seed corn in two iowa communities” rural sociology 8, 15. santeramo, f. g. (2018). “imperfect information and participation in insurance markets: evidence from italy”. agricultural finance review, 78(2), 183-194. santeramo, f. g., carlucci, d., de devitiis, b., seccia, a., stasi, a., viscecchia, r., & nardone, g. (2018). “emerging trends in european food, diets and food industry”. food research international, 104, 39-47. santeramo, f. g. (2019). “i learn, you learn, we gain. experience in crop insurance markets. experience in crop insurance markets” applied economic perspectives and policy. 41, 284-304. scaringelli m.a., giannoccaro g., prosperi m., lopolito a., (2016) “adoption of biodegradable mulching films in agriculture: is there a negative prejudice towards matherials derived from organic wastes?” italian journal of agronomy 11, 90-97. scoppola, m. (2015). innovation, productivity and growth: towards sustainable agri-food production. bio-based and applied economics, 4(3), 199-201. sharma, l. a., basu, s. c., & bhargava, s. c. (1993). a new model of innovation diffusion. journal of scientific & industrial research 52 (3), 151-158 tanner, j. c. (1978). long‐term forecasting of vehicle ownership and road traffic. journal of the royal statistical society: series a (general), 141(1), 14-41. tey y.s., brindal m., (2012) “factors influencing the adoption of precision agricultural technologies: a review for policy implications” precis agriculture. 13, 713–730. tepic, m., trienekens, j.h., hoste, r., omta, s.w.f., (2012) “the influence of networking and absorptive capacity on the innovativeness of farmers in the dutch pork sector” internationa food agribusiness management review 15, 1–34. valente t., (1995) network models of the diffusion of innovations. hampton press: cresskill van rijn, f., bulte, e., adekunle, a. (2012) “social capital and agricultural innovation in sub-saharan africa” agricultural systems 108, 112–122. viaggi, d. (2015). research and innovation in agriculture: beyond productivity?.  bio-based and applied economics journal, 4(1050-2016-85779), 279-300. vollaro, m., raggi, m., & viaggi, d. (2019). innovation adoption and farm profitability: what role for research and information sources?.  bio-based and applied economics, 8(2), 179-210. wang, g., lu, q., & capareda, s. c. (2020). social network and extension service in farmers’ agricultural technology adoption efficiency. plos one, 15(7), e0235927. wasserman s. and faust k. (1994) social network analysis: methods and applications, university press: cambridge. wilensky u. (1999) netlogo. http://ccl.northwestern. edu/netlogo/. center for connected learning and computer-based modeling northwestern university evanston. zhang, j. x., chen, d. b., dong, q., & zhao, z. d. (2016). identifying a set of influential spreaders in complex networks. scientific reports, 6(1), 1-10. volume 11, issue 3 2022 firenze university press bio-based business models: specific and general learnings from recent good practice cases in different business sectors nora hatvani1,*, martien j.a. van den oever2, kornel mateffy1, akos koos1 food loss and waste accounting: the case of the philippine food supply chain anieluz pastolero*, maria sassi the role of network characteristics of the innovation spreaders in agriculture antonio lopolito1,*, angela barbuto2, fabio gaetano santeramo2 the co-evolution of policy support and farmers behaviour. an investigation on italian agriculture over the 2008-2019 period roberto esposti price dependence of biofuels and agricultural products on selected examples wioleta sobczak*, jarosław gołębiewski bio-based and applied economics 9(1): 53-83, 2020 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-7961 step-by-step development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments: the example of hazelnut plantation in italy alisa spiegel1,*, simone severini2, wolfgang britz3, attilio coletta2 1 business economics group, wageningen university, the netherlands 2 department dafne, università della tuscia, italy 3 institute for food and resource economics, bonn university, germany abstract. recent literature reviews of empirical models optimizing long-term investments in agriculture see gaps with regard to (i) separating investment and financing decisions, (ii) considering explicitly risk and temporal flexibility, and (iii) accounting for farm-level resource endowments and other constraints. inspired by real options approaches, this paper therefore stepwise develops a model extending a simple net present value calculation to a farm-scale simulation model based on mathematical programming, which considers time flexibility, different financing options and downside risk aversion. we empirically assess the different model variants by analysing investments into hazelnut orchards in italy outside of traditional producing regions. the variants suggest quite different optimal results with respect to scale and timing of the investment, its financing and the expected npv. the stepwise approach reveals which aspects drive these differences and underlines that considering temporal flexibility, different financing options and riskiness can considerably improve traditional npv analysis. keywords. perennial crop; real options; stochastic dynamic modelling; stochastic optimization. jel codes. c61, q12. 1. introduction recent literature reviews on empirical models for long-term investment analysis see gaps with regard to separating investment and financing decisions (e.g., trigeorgis and tsekrekos, 2018) and explicit consideration of associated risk and temporal flexibility (e.g., shresta et al., 2016). furthermore, opportunity costs, farm-level resource endowments, multiple risk sources and risk preferences are also rarely taken into account. this paper *corresponding author. e-mail: alisa.spiegel@wur.nl editor: fabio gaetano santeramo. 54 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta illustrates how to include all these aspects into farm-level investment analysis and highlights resulting differences based on an empirical example of investing into hazelnut trees. the vast majority of research modelling farm-level investment behaviour opts for the classical investment theory, which maximizes the net present value (npv) or alternatively the internal rate of return (irr), or minimizes the pay-off period, subject to technological and resource constraints (e.g., schweier and becker, 2013; shresta et al., 2016; bett and ayieko, 2017). two major limitations of this approach are well known (among others see freixa et al., 2011; robinson et al., 2013; badiu et al., 2015; sgroi et al., 2015; stillitano et al., 2016). first, the risk underlying the investment project is not explicitly represented and can be reflected only by increasing the discount rate above market levels. other data determining cash-flow changes of the operation related to the investment enter with their expected values, only, neglecting their riskiness including potential correlations. second, the classical investment theory depicts a “now exactly as defined or never” decision problem where neither future adjustments to the investment project under, for instance, changing market, policy or technological environments, nor its postponement are considered. this easily overestimates necessary investment triggers and thus suggests a lower investment scale (wolbert-haverkamp and musshoff, 2014). the new investment theory aims to overcome these limitations. in particular, the application of the real options approach to agricultural investment projects has gained interest (e.g., wossink and gardebroek, 2006; hinrichs et al., 2008; maart-noelck and musshoff, 2013; spiegel et al., 2020). but its empirical application is still limited, for instance, in the domain of perennial crops. while quantitative analysis of investments into perennial crops has a long history (e.g., jackson, 1985), it mainly sticks to the classical investment theory. despite considerable market and production risk in orchard production, only a few recent studies, such as sojkova and adamickova (2011), consider risk. not astonishingly, they find substantial differences in optimal investment levels compared to the classical npv approach and suggest that deterministic models may provide flawed estimation of investment dynamics and scale. consideration of risks in investments is also beneficial for their social and behavioural analysis. social analysis mainly focuses on social networks and their effects on investment decision, for instance, via learning experience (marra et al., 2003; ghadim et al., 2005). dynamic social analysis is more promising and benefits from explicit consideration of risks, as learning and social interactions usually affect not only expectations, but also associated subjective risk; and optimal behaviour was found to be sensitive to strategic uncertainty (morreale et al., 2019). behavioural investment analysis studies subjective factors, including irrationality, subjective beliefs, and risk attitude (see e.g., chavas and nauges, 2020; weersink and fulton, 2020). also here, explicit consideration of risks in dynamics is beneficial as it allows adjusting risk perception and risk preferences (coelho et al., 2012). as for optimal financing behaviour, many studies investigate with other methods different aspects and determinants of farm-level demand for credits, such as present risk management strategies (katchova, 2005), credit source (farley and ellinger, 2007), interest rate (turvey et al., 2012; fecke et al., 2016), farmer’s personal characteristics and farm structural variables (howley and dillon, 2012). while financing behaviour is found to affect farm performance, financial risk, resilience, and their links to investment behaviour is still understudied. 55development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments building on this literature, we develop models for valuing and analysing long-term investment decision on farm, starting with a simple net present value calculation. we stepwise expand this model to a final dynamic stochastic farm-scale simulation model inspired by real options approaches, which considers different financing options and downside risk aversion in the form of minimum household withdrawals. to this end, the paper focuses on economic analysis of farm-level investment and financing options, while some social and behavioural aspects might be incorporated in follow-up research as discussed in the concluding chapter. accordingly, the objectives of the paper are twofold. first, we aim to illustrate how additional investment drivers can be stepwise incorporated into models of increasing complexity, and second, we aim to demonstrate sensitivity of results across the model variants to underline their relevance. the novelty of the paper is threefold. first, we explicitly consider factors that are still widely ignored when modelling farm-level investment decision, namely temporal flexibility, flexibility in terms of financing options, and downside risk aversion of the farm household. second, we stepwise introduce these factors to quantify their impact on optimal scale and timing of investments in a case study. third, the case study refers to perennial crops, a domain where advanced quantitative assessments are lacking. hazelnut production was chosen for the empirical application. it presents an interesting case study as it requires long-lasting expensive investments in form of a plantation, specialized machinery and irrigation. the different models are all set up for the same case study farm located in viterbo, a central italian region, where hazelnut production is not traditional, but becomes an increasingly important agricultural activity. the farm is assumed to currently manage rainfed annual crops. it is representative by its size and farm program for farms that are investing into new hazelnut plantations in the region. since hazelnut production was found to be characterized by a relatively high level of risks (zinnanti et al., 2019), we explicitly quantify considerable market (pelagalli, 2018), weather, and other production risks affecting product quality and quantity. taking hazelnut production in the viterbo region as an example is motivated by further facts. firstly, with 13% of global hazelnut production, italy is the second largest producer worldwide after turkey with ca. 65% (fao, 2019). global demand for hazelnut and derived products increased over the last decades and is projected to expand further. this triggers new investments in different producing countries, partially initiated by international food industry companies, of which a major one is located nearby our case study region. in italy, further expansion of hazelnut orchards in the traditional hilly production districts under rainfed systems is not possible. new plantations are now set-up in surrounding lower areas where irrigation is necessary to ensure relatively stable production and quality levels. over the years 2016-2019, the italian national institute for statistics (istat) recorded a 15% increase in the total area devoted to hazelnut cultivations. further investments are likely in coming years, according to major companies involved in hazelnut-based food production which foresee and foster the cultivation of 90.000 hectares in italy alone. the trend of investing into hazelnuts as an alternative land use option also reflects decreased profitability of so far dominating annual crops such as grains and oilseed. both socio-economic and environmental consequences of this ongoing land use change are lively debated (boubaker et al., 2014; utz, 2016). so far, economic assessments of investments into hazelnuts at farm level draw on data from specialized producers 56 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta in the traditional districts, only. several authors therefore stress the need to better evaluate investments in new producing regions (bobic et al., 2016; pirazzoli and palmieri, 2017; frascarelli, 2017). the empirical analysis conducted in this paper closes the gap. the paper is organized as follows. section 2 step-by-step develops four models where each one expands the previous one by relaxing some assumptions to further improve the analysis. section 3 introduces data and assumptions used in our case study which also shows the additional data required for the model expansions. section 4 presents main empirical results to highlight differences across the model variants. section 5 concludes with a discussion of pros and cons of the different model variants and provides suggestions for further research on farm investments. 2. building-up a stochastic dynamic farm-level model 2.1 farm-level endowments, economy-of-scale and alternative crop (classnpv) we start with simulating discounted cash flows at farm level for either investing now or never – the still dominant approach in literature. in the case of hazelnuts, the nominal cash flows in each year depend on the age of the plantation (fig. 1). a newly set-up hazelnut orchard can be first harvested in its seventh year. from there to the tenth year, yields increase linearly from zero to a maximum yield level (maxyields) which is maintained until the trees are thirty years old. afterwards, there is a linear decrease in annual yields to 50% of the maximum up to the year 35. the resulting formula for the yields in year y is: (1) figure 1. evolution of a new hazelnut orchard, with related investments points. source: own elaboration based on liso et al. (2017) and frascarelli (2017). 57development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments where y depicts the year after the initial set-up and thus the age of the plantation; yieldhazel,y the hazelnut yields at age y in tonnes per hectare [t ha-1]; maxyields refers to the maximum hazelnut yield [t ha-1]. multiplying hazelnut yields with their price and deducting variable costs defines the gross margin per hectare. we capture the difference between the farm-gate and the average regional market price marketprice by so-called quality index qi, which reflects specific quality of hazelnuts, farmer’s negotiation power, and other related factors. both the quality index and the market price are represented in the npv calculation by their expectations. we also distinguish between harvesting costs per tonne harvested, and other costs per hectare, which include irrigation and fertilization costs. at each age of the plantation y, the cash flow per hectare equal to the gross margin is thus defined as: e[gmhazel,y] = yieldhazel,y * e[qihazel,y] * e[marketpricehazel,y] – yieldhazel,y * harvcost – othercost ∀ y ≤ 35 (2) where e[∙] is the expectation operator; gmhazel,y stays for the gross margin of hazelnuts [€ ha-1]; qihazel,y for the hazelnuts quality index; marketpricehazel,y for the average market price of hazelnuts [€ t-1]; harvcost for the variable harvesting costs [€ t-1]; othercost for the other quasi-fixed costs related to hazelnut cultivation, including irrigation and fertilization costs [€ ha-1]. furthermore, we consider two (quasi-)fixed resources endowments: land and labour. additional demand for labour can be satisfied via hired labour. the farm resources are distributed between hazelnuts and durum wheat an alternative crop to hazelnuts. the acreages of hazelnut and durum wheat can jointly not exceed the given land endowment: areahazel + areawheat ≤ endland (3) where areahazel depicts land under hazelnuts [ha] and areawheat land devoted to durum wheat [ha]; endland stays for the total fixed and given land endowment [ha]. labour requirement for the crops are expressed per hectare; for hazelnuts, additional labour hours per harvested tonne are considered. total labour requirement can be covered by on-farm or hired labour: areawheat * labwheat + areahazel * labhazel + areahazel * yieldhazel,y * labhm ≤ endlab + hiredlaby ∀y (4) where labwheat stays for labour requirements for durum wheat [hours per hectare, h ha-1]; labhazel for quasi-fixed (i.e., independent of yields) labour requirements for hazelnuts [h ha-1]; labhm for variable labour requirements for hazelnuts [hours per tonne, h t-1]; endlab for on-farm labour use [hours, h]; hiredlaby for additionally required labour that can be hired [h]. the gross margin of the alternative crop is defined in a similar way as the one of hazelnuts, namely, based on expected yield, quality index, market price and variable costs: e[gmwheat] = e[yieldwheat] * e[qiwheat] * e[marketpricewheat] – e[costwheat] (5) 58 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta where gmwheat stays for gross margin of durum wheat [€ ha-1]; yieldwheat for its yields [t ha-1]; qiwheat for its quality index; marketpricewheat for its average market price wheat [€ t-1]; and costwheat for its quasi-fixed costs [€ ha-1]. while durum wheat is rain-fed, hazelnuts require irrigation water, such that farmers have to invest into a well and irrigation equipment in addition to the establishment costs of the plantation (fig. 1). furthermore, harvesting machinery for hazelnuts must be available prior to the first harvesting of hazelnuts. harvesting machinery is physically depreciated while other machinery is depreciated by lifetime. the formula for npv then becomes: e[npv] = * areahazel + areawheat * * e[gmwheat] – invcostwell – (6) where npv stays for the net present value over the overall planning horizon ∑y [€]; inicost for the costs associated with initial establishment of hazelnut plantation [€ ha-1]; dr for the discount rate [%]; reconvcost for the costs associated with final clear-cut of hazelnut plantation [€ ha-1]; invcostwell for costs of well and irrigation equipment for hazelnut [€]; invcostmachm,y for investment costs of machinery m{smaller;standalone;irrigation;tractor; operating} [€]; e[wage] for expected costs of hired labour [€ h-1]. we optimize the farmlevel npv under endowment constraints (eq. 3 and 4) by solving for the following decision variables: area of hazelnuts, area of durum wheat and investments into machinery m at each age of the plantation y. the model advances by accounting for all required investments as well as resource endowments. it also captures the associated economy-of-scale; in our example, via lifetime and capacities of machines and via fixed costs for a well and irrigation equipment. in another case study, the gross margin of the alternative land use option could also represent average returns from a portfolio of alternative crops instead of one crop, only, as in here durum wheat. as the result, we simulate the maximum possible farm-level npv under given conditions and constraints. this model still suffers from limitations as seen in literature. first, it operates with expected variables, ignoring their underlying riskiness when maximizing the npv. second, it implies investing into hazelnuts now or never. yet, in the case of uncertainty and high sunk costs of an investment project, investors might prefer to wait for new information before making a decision. here, sunk costs relate to setting up the plantation and investments into a well, irrigation equipment and specialized machines while future prices, yields, and costs are uncertain, and the first yield is generated only seven years after the investment. these circumstances might create an additional value of waiting and of getting more information, such as on price developments of hazelnut, and motivate using the real options instead of a classical npv approach. 59development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments 2.2 risk and flexibility in timing (realopt) spiegel et al. (2018; 2020) demonstrate the advantages of stochastic-dynamic programming for farm-level investment analysis, since it also considers risks besides (quasi-fixed) assets, such as land and on-farm labour already found in the model classnpv above, and addresses both time and scale flexibility as elements of a real-options approach. spiegel et al. (2018; 2020) overcome the curse of dimensionality found in binary lattices or similar scenario tree approaches by employing a scenario tree reduction technique. building on their work, we transform the classnpv model developed in the section above into a stochastic-dynamic farm-level model. in contrast to spiegel et al. (2018; 2020), we consider a second replantation period in order to expand the finite planning horizon so far in the future that differences to an infinite one become marginal from a numerical perspective. we assume the following aspects of management flexibility. the farmer can decide during the first five years to introduce hazelnut or to continue cultivating durum wheat as an alternative annual crop (time flexibility 1). after reaching an age between thirtytwo and thirty-five years, the hazelnut trees must be removed; afterwards the land can be either planted again with new hazelnut trees or cropped with durum wheat (time flexibility 2). the subsequent plantation must be closed down again after thirty-two to thirtyfive years (time flexibility 3). this results in a finite planning horizon of seventy-five years such that differences between an infinite and this finite planning horizon should be negligible for any reasonable private discount rate. in order to increase computational speed, we divide the total land endowment into distinct plots of sizes 2n with n = 0,1,2… which in combination allow any integer plantation size between 0 and the land endowment (scale flexibility). using fixed plot sizes instead of a continuous fractional plantation size allows for a mixed integer program instead of a mixed non-linear integer one. integers are needed anyhow to capture indivisibilities in investment (well, machinery). time flexibility is considered separately for each plot. differences compared to the previous model classnpv are threefold. first, we consider now not only the expected values of stochastic variables, but also the associated riskiness. more specifically, all expected values are replaced by probability distributions or stochastic processes, represented by a scenario tree. each node of the tree contains a vector of stochastic variables’ realizations. second, we now distinguish between the time period and the age of the plantation. in the previous simpler model, hazelnuts could only be planted in the first year such that the plantation’s age was equal to the year. due to the time flexibility in realopt model, time and plantation age become two different dimensions as the time flies regardless of the farmer’s decision to introduce hazelnuts or not. accordingly, a plantation now can consist of plots of different age. as a consequence, in the expanded model, decision variables and risky parameters carry now both a time and node indices, such that the gross margins of both crops are defined as follows: gmhazel,p,t,n = hahazel,p,t,n *[ yieldhazel,p,t,n * qihazel,t,n * marketpricehazel,t,n – yieldhazel,p,t,n * harvcost – othercost] (7) gmwheat,t,n = yieldwheat,t,n * qiwheat,t,n * marketpricewheat,t,n – costwheat,t,n (8) 60 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta where gmhazel,p,t,n stays for the gross margin of hazelnuts [€ ha-1] on plot p in time period t{t1,t2,…,t} and node of the scenario tree n; yieldhazel,p,t,n for hazelnut yields [t ha-1] on plot p in time period t and node of the scenario tree n. the hazelnut yield depends on the difference between current year t and the year when they were planted on this plot on the same path from the root to the current node n according to eq.(1). hahazel,p,t,n stays for a binary variable of devoting a plot p into hazelnuts in time period t and node of the scenario tree n (1 = the plot is cultivated with hazelnuts; 0 = otherwise); qihazel,t,n for the hazelnuts quality index in time period t and node of the scenario tree n; marketpricehazel,t,n for the market price of hazelnuts in time period t and node of the scenario tree n [€ t-1]; gmwheat,t,n for gross margin of durum wheat [€ ha-1] in time period t and node of the scenario tree n; yieldwheat,t,n for yields of durum wheat [t ha-1] in time period t and node of the scenario tree n; qiwheat,t,n for quality index of durum wheat in time period t and node of the scenario tree n; marketpricewheat,t,n for the market price of durum wheat [€ t-1] in time period t and node of the scenario tree n; costwheat,t,n for quasi-fixed costs for durum wheat [€ ha-1] in time period t and node of the scenario tree n. the farm’s operating income is thus defined as follows: operincfarm,t,n = areawheat,t,n * gmwheat,t,n + sizep * gmhazel,p,t,n – inip,t,n * inicost * sizep– reconvp,t,n * reconvcost * sizep – invwellt,n * invcostwell – invmachm,t,n * invcostmachm – hiredlabt,n * waget,n ∀t,n (9) where operincfarm,t,n stays for farm’s operating income in time period t and node of the scenario tree n [€]; areawheat,t,n for land area under durum wheat in time period t and node of the scenario tree n [ha]; sizep for the size of the plot p [ha]; inip,t,n for a binary variable of exercising the initial establishment of a hazelnut plantation on plot p in time period t and node of the scenario tree n (1 = hazelnuts are introduced; 0 = otherwise); reconvp,t,n for a binary variable of exercising clear-cut of hazelnuts plantation onto a plot p in time period t and node of the scenario tree n (1 = hazelnuts are clear-cut; 0 = otherwise); invwellt,n for a binary variable of exercising investments into a well and irrigation equipment in time period t and node of the scenario tree n (1 = investments into a well and irrigation equipment are exercised; 0 = otherwise); invmachm,t,n for a binary variable of exercising investments into required machinery m in time period t and node of the scenario tree n (1 = investments into machinery are exercised; 0 = otherwise). the discounted operating income is the objective variable to be maximized, defined as follows: npv = probn * (10) where probn stays for the probability of the node to occur [percentage points]. at each node of the constructed scenario tree, the model takes into account available time and scale flexibility, the state of the stochastic variables, as well as resources endowments, and provides the following output: 61development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments land distribution between hazelnuts and durum wheat. observing changes in land distribution between different nodes of the tree allows to observe (re)planting decisions, as well as decisions to expand or clear-cut hazelnut plantations; investments into a well and harvesting and other machinery for hazelnuts, the latter differentiated by size; related economic variables such as costs and revenues. although the realopt model is fairly complex and presumably closer to real world decisions on investments, it has still two major drawbacks considering gaps found in literature. first, due to high costs related to the initial investments, the farmer will face considerable negative cash flows during the first years after a plantation is set up. related costs for financing are most probably underestimated by the average discount rate in the model. second, the model neglects downside risk aversion, while the production cycle of hazelnuts implies significant negative cash flows in several time periods and related financing costs. we address these drawbacks stepwise in the two final models. 2.3 costs of financing (realoptfin) the realoptfin model introduces a current account of the farm operation. it serves as the source to cover variable and investment costs and receives subsidies and the operating income from selling products. in order to finance investments beyond accumulated cash, the model considers different types of loans with fixed repayment times and interest rates. the benefit for the farmer from the farm operation is represented now by annual profit withdrawals from the current account of the farm, discounted by his private discount rate. accordingly, the private discount rate now does not longer need to reflect the costs of financing. instead, the market based discount rate is implicit and endogenously determined depending on the financing decisions. the farmer now optimizes the expected net present value of future profit withdrawals from the farm operation, considering simultaneously investment and financing decisions. farm operating income operinc enters the current account as follows: curacct,n = curacct-1,n1 + operincfarm,t,n – withdrawt,n + newloansloans,t,n – repaymloans,t,n – intpaymloans,t,n ∀t, (11) where curacct,n stays for the current account in the year t and node n [€]; withdrawt,n for annual farm household withdrawals [€]; newloansloans,t,n for the loans acquired in the year t and node n [€]; repaymloans,t,n for the debt to-be-paid in the year t and node n [€]; and intpaymloans,t,n for the interest to-be-paid in the year t and node n [€]. the household withdrawals are defined for each combination {t,n} based on investment and financing decisions. the reader should note that introducing endogenous financing decisions implies and requires a more accurate simulation of cash flows. in particular, if the previous two models could omit cash flows independent of investment decisions, such as decoupled subsidies under the common agricultural policy’s (cap) first pillar, all cash flows related to 62 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta the farm operation have to be included now, since they affect the required financing. the operating income is hence defined as: operincfarm,t,n = areawheat,t,n * gmwheat,t,n + sizep * gmhazel,p,t,n – inip,t,n * inicost * sizep – reconvp,t,n * reconvcost * sizep – invwellt,n * invcostwell – invmachm,t,n * invcostmachm – hiredlabt,n * waget,n + endland * prem ∀t,n (12) where prem stays for the common agricultural policy (cap) first pillar direct payments [€ ha-1]. the discounted household withdrawals are now the objective variable to be maximized and defined as follows: npv = probn * (13) 2.4 downside risk aversion (realoptfinrisk) explicitly considering profit withdrawals allows introducing a lower limit of income from the farm operation such as to ensure household survival. this limit also acts as risk floor. the previous realoptfin model assumes such minimum withdrawals to be zero, i.e. there are combinations of years and nodes possible where the household will not receive any income from the farm. this is likely to occur especially in the first years after setting up the plantation where high investment costs coincide with zero or low yields of hazelnuts. our final realoptfinrisk model instead assumes a minimum withdrawal level in each year and each node of the scenario tree. it is calculated by multiplying the level of the farm resource endowments with assumed minimum riskfree returns: withdrawt,n ≥ endlab * minwage + endland * prem (14) where minwage is a minimum risk-free off-farm wage [€ h-1]. similar, the minimum withdrawal limits above assumes that the farmer would be able to receive at least the premium of the first pillar of cap as returns to its land, for instance, by renting it out. different assumptions to define minimum withdrawals could clearly be chosen. financing and deciding on the annual withdrawals are hence also measures of risk management. while we ensure that the amount of new long-term loans cannot exceed investment costs in a year – assuming that bank will link such loans to a business plan – short-run loan and postponed withdrawals allow flattening the impact of stochastic operational cash flows from the farm on household withdrawals, i.e. income. the reader should note further that we assume that the quality indices, yields and prices of hazelnut and durum wheat are not correlated. combining arable farming and a hazelnut plantation thus by itself reduces risk due to natural hedging. 63development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments we consider a lower limit on annual household withdrawals as a rather transparent and easy to communicate measure of risk aversion. changing the limit in sensitivity analysis can help to inform a decision taker on the trade-offs between ensuring a minimum income level under any potential future development and his expected discounted income level. it does not require to introduce explicitly a risk-utility function in the framework above which is another avenue to develop the model further, for instance, to introduce behavioural aspects. figure 2 graphically represents the model variant and its major components. each node of the scenario tree contains a vector of realizations of the seven stochastic variables. these realizations enter the calculations of net revenues in each node of the tree, which also reflect set-up and removal decisions with respect to hazelnuts made in this one and its ancestor nodes. these decisions translate into the future according to the production cycle and determine required future financing, as well as future costs of adjusting these production decisions. financing decisions need to ensure minimum household withdrawals and a nonnegative current account. the model simultaneously solves for optimal behaviour in all its nodes, maximizing the net present value (eq. 13) under endowment and other constraints. figure 2. graphical representation of the realoptfinrisk model’s major components and relations between them. note: h stays for hazelnuts; dw stays for durum wheat. 64 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta 2.5 comparison of the models fig. 3 and table 1 below give an overview on the four model variants. classnpv calculates discounted annual cash flows at farm level under the assumption to convert a part of land into hazelnuts now or never, i.e. it considers scale flexibility under endowment constraints. consequently, it also considers that additional labour might be needed depending on available farm family labour and the chosen investment program. realopt adds time flexibility, i.e., it captures and optimizes returns from investments at different time points, drawing on a real options approach. that model is next expanded to realoptfin by introducing a difference between the private discount rate, used by the farmer to discount cash flows, and the costs of financing investments, i.e. it also optimizes financing decisions. realoptfinrisk finally ensures that the farm household can withdraw in each year a minimum sum of money from the farming operation. it is also worth to mention that classnpv does not require a scenario tree as only the expected realizations are needed in each time period. however, the tree realizations can be used post-model to report on the riskiness of the npv optimized without considering risk. figure 3. comparison of components of the four model variants. 65development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments 2.6 solution approach we use the solution approach suggested by spiegel et al. (2018; 2020), which combines monte-carlo simulation, a scenario tree reduction technique, and stochasticdynamic programming (fig. 4). first, 5’000 monte-carlo draws are obtained for all the stochastic variables, using empirically predefined stochastic processes and distributions. jointly this results in a huge scenario tree with 5’000 equally probable independent paths and a realization vector for the seven stochastic variables in each node. this step is done in java based on standard libraries and own developed code to overcome speed limitations in gams. the gams-package scenred2 by heitsch and römisch (2009) reduces this scenario tree in the second step. the underlying scenario reduction technique merges selected paths and nodes and provides new outcomes (i.e., the expected mean of merged outcomes) and the respective probabilities (i.e., the thickness of merged paths). the relation between nodes across time in a scenario tree is captured by an ancestor matrix, generated by scenred2. the final step combines the obtained scenario tree with the farmlevel model and solves for the optimal investment behaviour using stochastic programming. due to manifold dynamic relations between endogenous variables, all nodes on the same path to a final leave are interrelated. as all paths start with from the same root node, that implies that all nodes need to be simultaneously solved. the code of scenario tree composition and the farm-level model is available online. 3. data and parameters the parameters of the model draw on multiple data sources, including the italian farm accountancy data network (fadn-crea), eurostat, world bank, census data (istat, 2010), agricultural output prices (istat, 2018) and the italian central bank, as well as available literature (frascarelli, 2017; liso, 2017; ribaudo, 2011) and expert judgement. the fadn data are only available for the period 2008-2016; the data from istat, eurostat, and the world bank were selected for the period 2000-2016. all monetary values were deflated using the gdp deflator for italy provided by the world bank (2015=100) to ensure comparability over time. traditionally, hazelnut orchards were found in a specific district of the viterbo province, only, which is specifically suitable for hazelnut cultivation but nowadays doesn’t offer table 1. comparison of the four model variants. classnpv realopt realoptfin realoptfinrisk (i) production cycle yes yes yes yes (ii) spatial flexibility yes yes yes yes (iii) economy-of-scale yes yes yes yes (iv) resources endowments yes yes yes yes (v) time flexibility no yes yes yes (vi) optimising financing costs no no yes yes (vii) downside risk preferences no no no yes 66 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta any additional space for new hazelnut cultivation. therefore, new investments are located in municipalities close by, following a gradient of falling hazelnut yields depending on soil characteristics, climate conditions and often higher irrigation requirements, which mostly depends on the distance to the traditional growing zone. data have been retrieved from the individual farm fadn database (2008-2016) considering only 21 municipalities of the province of viterbo1 (lazio region) where hazelnut represents a limited share of the utilized agricultural area according to 2010 census data (less than 5%), but which have recently experienced relevant relative increases due to new plantations. we furthermore filter fadn data to account for two factors. first, observations referring to years at or close after the establishment of hazelnut plantations were excluded to reflect that no yields occur in the first six years 1 arlena di castro, bassano in teverina, blera, castel sant’elia, celleno, civita castellana, gradoli, graffignano, marta, monte romano, montefiascone, monterosi, oriolo romano, orte, piansano, tuscania, vejano, vetralla, villa san giovanni, vitorchiano in tuscia, viterbo. figure 4. graphical representation of the solution process. (source: based on spiegel et al., 2018; 2020). 67development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments after planting (frascarelli, 2017). second, only observations above 1 ha are included to neglect non-commercial activities in form of “hobby farms”. the regional focus and the two filters led to 62 observations in total. census data suggest a representative farm size of 30 ha, and, for the considered municipalities, cropping of rain-fed arable crops with durum wheat as the dominant one as the benchmark before considering a hazelnut plantation. table 2 provides an overview of the parameter values and underlying data sources. for durum wheat and hazelnuts, expected yields are derived from the fadn sample based on total production and area. since there is no information on the age of the respective plantations, we corrected the resulting average hazelnut yields by a coefficient of 1.25 and assumed it to be the maximum hazelnut yields. that coefficient reflects the average relation between the maximal yield and the yield developments depicted in eq.(1). also, due to limited data on hazelnut yields, we assume no riskiness in maximum hazelnut yields maxyields and the yields derived thereof yieldhazel,p,t,n. instead, stochasticity in hazelnut production is captured by a stochastic quality index and market price. in order to estimate the expected market prices of unshelled hazelnuts and durum wheat, the market prices in italy provided by istat (for hazelnuts) and eurostat (for durum wheat) were used. furthermore, we correct the expected hazelnut price derived from historical observations by a multiplicative coefficient of 1.18. assuming higher future prices seems appropriate due to increasing global demand of hazelnut, while production is expanding into less suitable production areas with a lower yield potential and higher costs, such caused by the required irrigation. furthermore, all four models suggest no investments at all into hazelnuts under the expected historical price level. this contradicts observed farmers’ behavior, and suggests that farmer expect higher future prices. we used sensitivity analysis to find a suitable future expected mean price level where some but not all land was devoted to hazelnut in at least one of the models, reflected by the factor of 1.18. for quality indices, the fadn data were used to derive annual per unit farm specific prices of hazelnuts and durum wheat by dividing crop revenues by sold quantities. these calculated farm-gate prices were normalized by the market prices in italy provided by istat (2018) for hazelnuts and durum wheat to define samples of farm specific quality indices. we differentiate two sizes of a specialized harvester for hazelnuts between which the model can chose endogenously. the cheaper harvester is drawn by a tractor ordinarily used for other activities. the more expensive self-driving harvester reduces per ha labour needs and has a longer lifetime measured in harvested area. compared to the classnpv model, the other models require converting expectations of stochastic variables into stochastic processes or distributions. all the stochastic variables are assumed to be mutually independent, i.e. a correlation coefficient between any two stochastic variables of zero is chosen. in particular, the market prices of hazelnuts and durum wheat are captured by uncorrelated mean-reverting stochastic processes defined as follows: dprht = μhazel (θhazel – prht)dt + σhazel dwt hazel (15) dprdwt = μwheat (θwheat – prdwt)dt + σwheat dwt wheat (16) where t is the time period; hazel indicates hazelnuts and wheat durum wheat; prht is the natural logarithm of hazelnuts price; prdwt the natural logarithm of durum wheat price; 68 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta ta bl e 2. o ve rv ie w o f p ar am et er s of th e fo ur m od el s, th ei r a ss um ed v al ue s, an d re sp ec tiv e re fe re nc es . m od el pa ra m et er n ot at io n us ed in eq ua tio ns a bo ve 1 va lu e re fe re nc es classnpvex pe ct ed y ie ld s o f d ur um w he at e[ yi eld w he at ] 3. 9 t h a-1 fa d n ex pe ct ed v ar ia bl e co st s o f d ur um w he at e[ co st w he at ] 37 1. 75 € h a-1 fa d n ex pe ct ed m ar ke t p ric e of d ur um w he at e[ m ar ke tp ric e w he at ] 23 7. 22 € t-1 eu ro st at , w or d ba nk ex pe ct ed m ar ke t p ric e of h az el nu ts e[ m ar ke tp ric e h az el] 2, 54 9. 66 € t-1 is ta t, w or d ba nk ex pe ct ed q ua lit y in de x of d ur um w he at e[ qi w he at ] 0. 92 47 fa d n , i st at ex pe ct ed q ua lit y in de x of h az el nu ts e[ qi ha ze l] 0. 98 17 fa d n , i st at ex pe ct ed w ag e of h ire d la bo ur e[ w ag e] 10 € h -1 lo ca l c ol le ct iv e co nt ra ct s f or h ire d la bo ur realoprfinrisk realoptfin realopt av ai la bl e an nu al la bo ur e nd ow m en t en d l ab 35 0 h o w n el ab or at io ns av ai la bl e la nd e nd ow m en t en d l an d 30 h a fa d n h az el nu t e st ab lis hm en t c os ts in ic os t 8, 00 0 € ha -1 li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 in ve st m en ts fo r a sm al le r h ar ve st in g m ac hi ne ry in vc os tm ac h s m al ler 8, 00 0 € li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 la bo ur re qu ire m en ts fo r a sm al le r h ar ve st in g m ac hi ne ry 32 h h a-1 li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 m ax im um la nd a re a th at c an b e ha rv es te d pe r y ea r w ith a sm al le r h ar ve st in g m ac hi ne ry 5 ha li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 to ta l e nd ow m en t f or a sm al le r h ar ve st in g m ac hi ne ry in te rm s o f l ife tim e 12 y ea rs li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 in p hy sic al te rm s 2, 00 0 h li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 in ve st m en ts fo r a st an dal on e ha rv es tin g m ac hi ne ry in vc os tm ac h s ta nd al on e 40 ,0 00 € li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 la bo ur re qu ire m en ts fo r a st an dal on e ha rv es tin g m ac hi ne ry 15 h h a-1 li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 m ax im um la nd a re a th at c an b e ha rv es te d pe r y ea r w ith a sm al le r h ar ve st in g m ac hi ne ry 15 h a li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 to ta l e nd ow m en t f or a sm al le r h ar ve st in g m ac hi ne ry in te rm s o f l ife tim e 12 y ea rs li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 in p hy sic al te rm s 3, 00 0 h li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 o th er la bo ur re qu ire m en ts fo r h az el nu t ( ex cl . l ab ou r re qu ire d fo r h ar ve st in g m ac hi ne s) 69development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments m od el pa ra m et er n ot at io n us ed in eq ua tio ns a bo ve 1 va lu e re fe re nc es a ge o f p la nt at io n: b el ow 7 y ea rs (w ith ou t pr od uc tio n) 49 .5 h h a-1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n a ge o f p la nt at io n: e qu al to o r m or e th an 7 y ea rs 89 .5 h h a-1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n va ria bl e ha rv es tin g co st s o f h az el nu ts ha rv co st 50 € t-1 ri ba ud o, 2 01 1 o th er p ro du ct io n co st s o f h az el nu ts , i nc l. ot he rc os t 1, 70 0 € ha -1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n c os ts o f f er til iz at io n an d ch em ic al tr ea tm en ts 80 0 € ha -1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n o pe ra tio na l c os ts fo r o th er m ac hi ne ry (e xc l. ha rv es tin g) 60 0 € ha -1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n ir rig at io n co st s 30 0 € ha -1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n in ve st m en ts in to a w el l in vc os tw ell 12 ,0 00 € li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 in ve st m en ts in to ir rig at io n eq ui pm en t f or h az el nu ts in vc os tm ac h i rr ig at io n 2, 00 0 € ha -1 li so e t a l., 2 01 7; r ib au do , 2 01 1; f ra sc ar el li, 2 01 7 in ve st m en ts in to tr ac to r in vc os tm ac h t ra ct or 20 ,0 00 € ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n li fe tim e of tr ac to r 20 y ea rs ri ba ud o, 2 01 1 in ve st m en ts in to o pe ra tin g m ac hi ne ry fo r h az el nu ts in vc os tm ac h o pe ra tin g 10 ,0 00 € ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n li fe tim e of o pe ra tin g m ac hi ne ry 10 y ea rs ri ba ud o, 2 01 1 c a p di re ct p ay m en t pr em 30 0 € ha -1 o w n el ab or at io n a nn ua l d isc ou nt ra te dr 2% o w n el ab or at io n la pl ac e di st rib ut io n fo r y ie ld s o f d ur um w he at (s ee ap pe nd ix fo r f ur th er d et ai ls) m ea n 3. 91 20 fa d n st an da rd d ev ia tio n 1. 19 84 fa d n ex pe ct ed m ax im um y ie ld s o f h az el nu ts m ax yi eld s 2. 9 t h a-1 fa d n m ea nre ve rt in g st oc ha st ic p ro ce ss fo r n at ur al lo ga rit hm of m ar ke t p ric e of d ur um w he at (s ee a pp en di x fo r fu rt he r d et ai ls) m ar ke tp ric e w he at lo ng -t er m m ea n 5. 46 90 eu ro st at , w or d ba nk sp ee d of re ve rs io n 3. 10 53 eu ro st at , w or d ba nk st an da rd d ev ia tio n 0. 48 08 eu ro st at , w or d ba nk st ar tin g va lu e 5. 40 36 eu ro st at , w or d ba nk 70 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta m od el pa ra m et er n ot at io n us ed in eq ua tio ns a bo ve 1 va lu e re fe re nc es m ea nre ve rt in g st oc ha st ic p ro ce ss fo r n at ur al lo ga rit hm of m ar ke t p ric e of h az el nu ts (s ee a pp en di x fo r f ur th er de ta ils ) m ar ke tp ric e h az el lo ng -t er m m ea n 7. 67 82 is ta t, w or d ba nk sp ee d of re ve rs io n 0. 92 19 is ta t, w or d ba nk st an da rd d ev ia tio n 0. 19 33 is ta t, w or d ba nk st ar tin g va lu e 8. 06 69 is ta t, w or d ba nk la pl ac e di st rib ut io n fo r q ua lit y in de x of d ur um w he at (s ee a pp en di x fo r f ur th er d et ai ls) qi w he at m ea n 0. 98 17 is ta t st an da rd d ev ia tio n 0. 25 80 is ta t la pl ac e di st rib ut io n fo r q ua lit y in de x of h az el nu ts (s ee ap pe nd ix fo r f ur th er d et ai ls) qi ha ze l m ea n 0. 92 47 is ta t st an da rd d ev ia tio n 0. 23 98 is ta t g am m a di st rib ut io n fo r v ar ia bl e co st s o f d ur um w he at (s ee a pp en di x fo r f ur th er d et ai ls) co st w he at sh ap e 3. 82 86 fa d n sc al e 97 .0 98 fa d n u ni fo rm d ist rib ut io n fo r c os ts o f h ire d la bo ur w ag e m in im um 7. 50 € h -1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n m ax im um 12 .5 0 € h-1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n a nn ua l i nt er es t r at e fo r sh or tte rm c re di t [ 1 ye ar ] 7% o w n el ab or at io n m id dl ete rm c re di t [ 5 ye ar s] 6% o w n el ab or at io n lo ng -t er m c re di t [ 10 y ea rs ] 5% o w n el ab or at io n m in im um o fffa rm ri sk -f re e w ag e ra te m in w ag e 6 € h-1 ex pe rt b as ed in fo rm at io n 1 in di ce s y, {t ,n } a nd {p ,t, n} a re o m itt ed fo r s im pl ic ity . 71development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments μ the speed of reversion; θ the long-term logarithmic average level of price; σ the standard deviation; and dwt hazel the standard brownian motion independent from dwt wheat. other stochastic variables, namely a quality index of hazelnuts and a quality index, yield and variable costs of durum wheat are captured by distributions that were selected based on akaike information criteria (aic) (akaike 1998) using @risk software. more details on deriving the stochastic processes and distributions based on historical data are presented in the appendix. 4. results and discussion we focus in this section on differences between the models with respect to key results: scale and timing of optimal hazelnuts introduction, expected npv, as well as financing decision (table 3). in particular, according to the classnpv model, hazelnuts cannot compete with the representative alternative arable crop durum wheat. accordingly, the expected npv of classnpv (rows 4-5 in table 3) reflects returns from cultivating durum wheat only and hazelnuts are never introduced. in contrast, a hazelnut plantation might be set-up in later years in the realopt model which considers temporal flexibility. specifically, that model suggests that a land share of about 48% of hazelnuts in the second year or later is optimal. this does not imply that in any future stochastic scenario hazelnuts are cultivated. temporal flexibility means that the farmer can wait, observe how the stochastic environment evolves, and take an investment decision depending on which node of the scenario tree is realized in the future. the 48% is hence an expected share. row 2 in table 3 reports the earliest time point where any hazelnuts are introduced (if at all). while both realopt and realoptfin imply waiting at least for two years before setting up the first time a plantation, realoptfinrisk suggests even longer postponement as the minimal year profit withdrawal is increased from zero in realoptfin to opportunity costs reflecting off-farm wages and renting out land. durum wheat exceeds these opportunity costs in any year and node, but hazelnuts do not. accordingly, the realoptfinrisk model has to postpone investments until hazelnuts are only introduced on such nodes where the minimal income of farming exceeds opportunity costs. for the remainder of the stochastic tree, only durum wheat is cropped. compared to realopt or realoptfin, this implies a lower average discounted household income at however reduced downside risk. the temporal flexibility introduced in realopt allows increasing the expected npv by 9.5% compared with the classnpv model. note that generally the npv can never decrease when additional flexibility is considered if all other assumptions are equal. explicitly considering the costs of financing in realoptfin slightly decreases the competitiveness of hazelnuts and reduces the npv by 4.4% compared with the realopt model. that means that the discount rate used in realopt underestimates the true costs of financing under assumed loan conditions. yet, considering downside risk aversion in the realoptfinrisk model has an even stronger effect: only around 6% of the total land is converted to hazelnut in the third year or later. the expected npv drops by 8.2% compared with the realopt model and by 3.9% compared with the realoptfin model. however, the expected npv under realoptfinrisk still slightly exceeds the one of the classnpv model by 0.6%. fig. 5 compares the riskiness of the resulting npv in the four models described above, plus the forcehazel variant which forces immediate conversion of the whole farm 72 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta table 3. comparison of empirical results of different models. classnpv realopt realoptfin realoptfinrisk (1) expected area under hazelnuts, % of total farm land endowment 48.07 40.80 6.03 (2) time period when introducing hazelnuts for the first time (in 2 years) (in 2 years) (in 3 years) (3) is earlier reconversion applied? yes yes yes (4) expected npv at farm-level, € 541,740.32 593,267.05 567,052.33 544,800.89 (5) expected npv per hectare, € [calculated as (4) divided over the total farm land endowment] 18,058.01 19,775.57 18,901.74 18,160.03 (6) used harvesting machine(s) large large large (7) total expected amount of new loans over the planning horizon, € short: 110,534.94 middle: 2,602.33 long: 1,720,204.63 short: 140,573.06 middle: 11,792.54 long: 432,047.90 (8) total expected amount of interest paid, € 481,262.14 130,775.94 figure 5. distributions of maximized net present values in the five model variants, incl. forcehazel – an additional model variant that forces immediate conversion of the whole farm into hazelnuts. the forcehazel model assumes no financing constraint, as it has no feasible solution otherwise. both forcehazel and classnpv models ignore the associated risk and treat all the stochastic variables as their expectations, yet we recovered the riskiness of resulting npvs based on the optimal behaviour that the models suggest. 73development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments into hazelnuts. the forcehazel model considers no financing options, as otherwise it has no feasible solution. the forcehazel model is therefore similar to the classnpv model except for having no scale flexibility. the models forcehazel and classnpv hence represent the two corner solutions: the former suggests devoting all resources to hazelnuts, the latter to the alternative crop. both deterministic models forcehazel and classnpv ignore any risk by using expected values, only, for any stochastic variable related to both hazelnuts and the alternative crop durum wheat. we however recovered the associated riskiness in resulting npvs post-model by applying the optimal behaviour in both models to the constructed scenario tree (fig. 5). one can observe that hazelnuts imply much more risk of the resulting npv, while also leading to a slightly lower expected npv (compare forcehazel and classnpv in fig.5). in contrast, the other three models directly report the riskiness of the npv and consider it when searching for the optimal investment and financing behaviour. while realopt and realoptfin are quite similar in terms of the spread of the npv, the model realoptfinrisk clearly outputs a less risky npv due to its lower limit on annual household withdrawals, however as noted already above, at the costs of a lower expected npv (fig. 5). the realopt and realoptfin show some outliers (indicated as dots in the box-and-whisker charts) with quite low npvs that are removed at the realoptfinrisk model, which however also considerably reduces upside risk. figure 6 visualizes the riskiness of the four models in greater details. classnpv implies no hazelnuts and reflects the moderate riskiness of durum wheat cultivation, only. the upper panel shows that quite clearly, as the cloud with the points showing the different outcomes for the farm income is quite dense. in contrast, realopt implies much more risky withdrawals, including considerable positive and negative outliers. moreover, annual withdrawals implied by realopt echo the production cycle of hazelnuts: negative withdrawals in the beginning of the time horizon (establishment of the first plantation) and between time periods 35 and 40 (establishment of the second plantation), combined with high positive withdrawals that are associated with periods of maximum yields of the hazelnut plantation. both models with financing (the lower part of fig. 6) cut off the negative withdrawals by covering them with short-term credits or by not withdrawing all profits in some years, i.e. using a retained profit position. without these internal and external financing options, a lower limit of household withdrawals of zero or above in any year under all potentially considered futures cannot be achieved. this is visible from the upper panel as even under the classnpv where only durum wheat is grown, there are some years where farm profits become negative. these last two models differ mainly in financing behaviour. the realoptfin model only needs to maintain a positive current account of the firm but can reduce household withdrawals in certain years down to zero. as a consequence, it uses almost solely long-term credits (table 3, row (7)) to finance the initial investment costs of plantation set-up and the well, as well as in some later years investment in a harvester. the costs relate to an expected 41% land share under hazelnuts (table 3, row (1)). in contrast, the realoptfinrisk model ensures minimum annual withdrawals above opportunity costs and has to use also shortand especially middle-term credits to balance annual fluctuations in withdrawals (table 3, row (7)). these reflect foremost the production cycle, i.e. plantation ages of no or low hazelnuts yields, but also relate to nodes in scenario tree with lower than average prices and/or quality indices. since only 6% compared to 41 % of 74 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta total land is in the expected mean devoted to hazelnuts, the required investment costs are considerably lower such that the amount of long-term credits decreases substantially compared with the realoptfin model. the empirical results are in line with the available literature. comparison of the results of classnpv and realopt models indicate that uncertainty and time flexibility leads to later investments at a higher expected scale. trigeorgis and reuer (2017) and musshoff (2012) confirm that managerial flexibility usually increases the value of waiting, hence leading to postponement of investments; the reader should note here that relatively small uncertainty might lead to no value of waiting and hence immediate investments. as for investment scale, hassett and metcalf (1993) confirm that if immediate investment is worthless, uncertainty could create its value in the future. however, the effect of uncertainty might be the opposite if immediate exercising of investment is profitable in a riskfree environment. in this case, considering temporal flexibility might lead to lower expected investment scale depending on how the stochastic environment evolves. the resulting effect would depend on the underlying uncertainty, as well as on relationship between stochastic variables and the optimal investment scale. in this regard, our empirical results stating that uncertainty leads to larger expected area under hazelnuts shall be treated as a special case. trigeorgis and reuer (2017) also report that managerial flexibility reduces downside riskiness of investment, which is confirmed by our results, in particular the figure 6. distributions of annual withdrawals across the planning horizon in the four models. 75development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments upper part of fig. 6. comparison of the results of realopt and realoptfin models suggest that explicit consideration of financing behaviour reduces investment scales, yet does not affect the earliest time of investments. the results can indirectly be confirmed by chen (2003) and lin (2009), both claiming that a higher debt ratio leads to a higher investment threshold. however, we explicitly highlight here that the literature focusing on financing of investment under uncertainty is extremely limited. finally, comparing the results of realoptfin and realoptfinrisk, one can conclude that consideration of downside risk aversion leads to later investment at a lower scale, as well as lower resulting riskiness. previous studies confirm that risk aversion, and downside risk aversion in particular, reduces incentives to invest (e.g., chronopoulos et al., 2011). 5. discussion and conclusion our case study results highlight that the assumptions underlying the different model variants can considerably affect key results. the comparison confirms that more advanced models are more informative: they provide additional insights and can provide more detailed advice to decision takers, such as on how to best finance an investment and how to buffer income fluctuations from production and market risks. the step-by-step development of the advanced farm-level models allows to identify the relative importance of the additional elements considered and to illustrate their value added. for instance, the simple npv calculation suggests not planting hazelnut at all while all the other more complex models suggest doing so, however at varying time periods and scales. constraining the downside risk of income from the farm operation in the most advanced models not only highlights the trade-off between mean income and reduced downside risk, but also shows the resulting consequences on the scale and timing of investments, as well as on financing behaviour. clearly, there is a trade-off between additional insights and potentially more realistic results on the one hand, and increased data demands (table 2) and model complexity on the other one. additionally, higher data requirements imply typically also higher uncertainty. for instance, the more advanced model with explicit financing costs does not simply require one average interest rate, but interest rates for different finance instruments which depend on a number of factors, such as credit amount or farmer’s credit scores. the results – both additional ones and the ones also found in simpler models – are sensitive to what is assumed here in detail on top of the parameter found also in simpler models. compared to sensitivity to one average discount rate only, the more advanced model distinguishes between different components of discount rate, i.e., time preferences, risk preferences, costs of financing, etc., which all can be subject to sensitivity analysis to inform on their importance individually. furthermore, such sensitivity analysis could also help to find a set of parameters which best fits the observed behaviour (e.g. troost and berger, 2014). in our case, expected hazelnuts yields and market prices as well as their riskiness would be obvious first candidates for such an analysis. as a word of caution, we remind the reader that using more advanced methods such as real options does not necessary imply a better fit to observed behaviour. indeed, especially the full rationality assumption inherent in optimization approaches might be questioned. a potential promising avenue here is to complement the optimization model with other 76 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta methodologies (colen et al., 2016), for instance, to expose farmers facing investment decisions to results of such models in order to learn more, e.g., on how they frame the decision problem including which results matter to them most, or to contrast subjective perceptions of market developments and related risk with findings from statistical analysis. the detailed what, how and when view of dynamic programming approaches might ease that kind of dialogue as it might be similar to the one used by the farmer itself. alternatively, results obtained with other methodologies, e.g., econometric or experimental techniques for objective or constraint functions, can serve as input for optimization model and allow introducing behavioural aspects, for instance in form of a risk utility function (chronopoulos et al., 2014). finally, further research might put greater focus on how learning affects future expectations, for instance, how experiences of rare but catastrophic events shape expectations, and how this can be reflected, for instance, in a scenario tree. overall, our paper underlines that the conceptual and technical elements are readily available to build farm-scale models based on dynamic stochastic optimization. this allows to determine scale and timing of long-term investments under production and market risk and endowment constraints, drawing on real options. we also highlight that such models are extensions of the widely used farm programming approaches and show the additional insights which can be gained from their application. we demonstrated the different models using the example of hazelnut production in an italian region. an application to, for instance, other perennials can draw on the basic model structure and solution approach. but it will clearly require other data, and potentially also adjustments in some model detail, for instance introducing variables and equations to reflect additionally required investments such as relating to storage or post-harvest treatment. references akaike, h. (1998). information theory and an extension of the maximum likelihood principle. in parzen, e., tanabe, k., kitagawa, g. (eds.) selected papers of hirotugu akaike. new york: springer, 199-213 badiu, d., arion, f. h., muresan, i. c., lile, r., mitre, v. (2015). evaluation of economic efficiency of apple orchard investments, sustainability (7): 10521-10533, doi:10.3390/su70810521 bett, e.k. and ayieko, d.m. (2017). economic potential for conversion to organic farming: a net present value analysis in the east mau catchment, nakuru, kenya. environment, development and sustainability 19 (4): 1307-1325. bobić b. š., grgić, z., očić, v., pavičić, z. (2016). profitability of newly planted hazelnut comparison of different production technologies, paper presented at  51. hrvatski i 11. međunarodni simpozij agronoma, 15. 18. veljače 2016. godine, opatija, hrvatska. zbornik radova 2016 (5): 127-131. boubaker k., de franchi m., colantoni a., monarca d.,cecchini m., longo l., menghini g. (2014). prospective for hazelnut cultivation small energetic plants outcome in turkey: optimization and inspiration from an italian model, renewable energy, 74: 523-527. chavas, j. p., and nauges, c. (2020). uncertainty, learning, and technology adoption in agriculture. applied economic perspectives and policy, 42(1): 42-53. 77development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments chen, p. y. (2013). revisiting uncertain investment and financing decisions using entry probability. journal of applied finance and banking, 3(3): 179-194. chronopoulos, m., de reyck, b., and siddiqui, a. (2011). optimal investment under operational flexibility, risk aversion, and uncertainty. european journal of operational research, 213(1): 221-237. chronopoulos, m., de reyck, b., and siddiqui, a. (2014). duopolistic competition under risk aversion and uncertainty. european journal of operational research, 236(2): 643-656. coelho, l. a. g., pires, c. m. p., dionísio, a. t., and da conceição serrão, a. j. (2012). the impact of cap policy in farmer’s behavior–a modeling approach using the cumulative prospect theory. journal of policy modeling, 34(1): 81-98. colen, l., gomez y paloma s., latacz-lohmann u., lefebvre m., préget r., & thoyer s. (2016). economic experiments as a tool for agricultural policy evaluation: insights from the european cap. canadian journal of agricultural economics, 64(4): 667694. crea consiglio per la ricerca in agricoltura e l’analisi dell’economia agraria (crea). rete di informazione contabile agraria. crea, rome (italy). https://rica.crea.gov.it accessed 19 october 2020. fao (2019). faostat browse data (production and trade) http://www.fao.org/faostat/ en/#data/qc accessed 19 october 2020. farley, t.a., and ellinger, p.n. (2007). factors influencing borrowers’ preferences for lenders. agricultural finance review (fall 2007): 211-223. fecke, w., feil, j.-h., musshoff, o. (2016). determinants of loan demand in agriculture: empirical evidence from germany. agricultural finance review, 76 (4): 462-476. frascarelli a., (2017), scelte tecniche ed economiche nella coltivazione del nocciolo in umbria, oral presentation at soi (italian society for horticultural science), 8th june 2017 perugia (italy). freixa e., gil j.m., tous j., hermoso j.f., (2011). comparative study of the economic viability of highand super-high-density olive orchards in spain. xxviii international horticultural congress on science and horticulture for people (ihc2010): olive trends symposium from the olive tree to olive oil: new trends and future challenges, https://doi.org/10.17660/actahortic.2011.924.31 accessed 19 october 2020. ghadim, a. k. a., pannell, d. j., and burton, m. p. (2005). risk, uncertainty, and learning in adoption of a crop innovation. agricultural economics, 33(1): 1-9. hassett, k. a., and metcalf, g. e. (1993). energy conservation investment: do consumers discount the future correctly? energy policy, 21(6): 710-716. heitsch, h. and römisch, w. (2009). scenario tree reduction for multistage stochastic programs, computational management science 6 (2): 117–133. hinrichs, j., musshoff, o., and odening, m. (2008). economic hysteresis in hog production. applied economics 40 (3): 333-340. howley, p., and dillon, e. (2012). modelling the effect of farming attitudes on farm credit use: a case study from ireland. agricultural finance review, 72 (3): 456-470. istat (2018). prezzi alla produzione dei principali prodotti venduti dagli agricoltori, serie storica. istat, rome (italy). https://www.istat.it/ accessed 19 october 2020. 78 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta jackson j.e. (1985). future fruit orchard design: economics and biology. in cannel m.g.r. and jackson j.e. (eds.). attributes of trees as crop plants, institute of terrestrial ecology – natural environment research council. katchova, a.l. (2005). factors affecting farm credit use. agricultural finance review 65 (2): 17-29. lin, t. t. (2009). the determinant of production entry and exit model on financing behavior. european journal of operational research, 196(1): 258-265. liso g., palmieri a., pirazzoli c., schiano lo moriello m. (2017). prospettive e opportunità in italia per un’efficiente filiera corilicola. supplemento terra e vita n.5(febbraio 2017). edagricole, bologna (italy). maart-noelck, s. c., and musshoff, o. (2013). investing today or tomorrow? an experimental approach to farmers’ decision behaviour. journal of agricultural economics 64 (2): 295-318. marra, m., pannell, d. j., and ghadim, a. a. (2003). the economics of risk, uncertainty and learning in the adoption of new agricultural technologies: where are we on the learning curve?. agricultural systems, 75(2-3): 215-234. morreale, a., mittone, l., and nigro, g. l. (2019). risky choices in strategic environments: an experimental investigation of a real options game. european journal of operational research, 279(1): 143-158. musshoff, o. (2012). growing short rotation coppice on agricultural land in germany: a real options approach. biomass and bioenergy, 41: 73-85. pelagalli m. (2018). nocciole, nubi sulla prossima campagna. agronotizie. https://agronotizie.imagelinenetwork.com/ accessed 19 october 2020. pirazzoli c., and palmieri a. (2017). aspetti economicocommerciali di una moderna corilicoltura in italia, presented at giornate tecniche nazionali sul nocciolo caprarola (vt), 14-15 luglio 2017 ribaudo f. (2011). prontuario di agricoltura, hoepli. milano (italy). robinson t., hoying s., sazo m.m., demarree a., dominguez l. (2013). a vision for apple orchard systems of the future. new york fruit quarterly, 21(3): 11-16. schweier, j., and becker, g. (2013). economics of poplar short rotation coppice plantations on marginal land in germany. biomass and bioenergy 59 (december): 494–502. sgroi f., candela m., di trapani a.m., foderà m., squatrito r., testa  r., tudisca s. (2015). economic and financial comparison between organic and conventional farming in sicilian lemon orchards, sustainability  7(1): 947-961, https://doi. org/10.3390/su7010947 shresta, s., barnes, a., and ahmadi, b.v. (2016). farm-level modelling: techniques, applications and policy. cabi, oxfordshire, uk. sojkova z. and adamickova i. (2011). evaluation of economic efficiency of the orchards investment project with respect to the risk. agricultural economics, 57: 600–608. spiegel, a., britz, w., djanibekov, u., finger, r. (2018). policy analysis of perennial energy crops cultivation at the farm level: the case of short rotation coppice (src) in germany. biomass and bioenergy, 110: 41-56. spiegel, a., britz, w., djanibekov, u., & finger, r. (2020). stochastic-dynamic modelling of farm-level investments under uncertainty. environmental modelling & software, 127, 104656. 79development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments stillitano, t., de luca, a.i. falcone, g., spada, e., gulisano, g., strano, a. (2016). economic profitability assessment of mediterranean olive growing systems. bulgarian journal of agricultural science, 22: 517–526 trigeorgis, l., and reuer, j. j. (2017). real options theory in strategic management. strategic management journal, 38(1), 42-63. trigeorgis, l., tsekrekos, a.e. (2018). real options in operations research: a review. european journal of operational research, 270 (1): 1-24. troost, c., and berger, t. (2014). dealing with uncertainty in agent-based simulation: farm-level modeling of adaptation to climate change in southwest germany. american journal of agricultural economics, 97(3): 833-854 turvey, c.g., he, g., ma, j., kong, r., meagher, p. (2012). farm credit and credit demand elasticities in shaanxi and gansu. china economic review 23 (4): 1020-1035. utz 2016, why is utz working on sustainable hazelnuts? retrieved from utz better business hub: (2016) https://utz.org/better-business-hub/strengthening-your-reputation/sustainable-hazelnuts-the-next-step-towards-making-sustainability-the-norm/ accessed 19 october 2020. weersink, a., and fulton, m. (2020). limits to profit maximization as a guide to behavior change. applied economic perspectives and policy, 42(1): 67-79. wolbert-haverkamp, m., and musshoff, o. (2014). are short rotation coppices an economically interesting form of land use? a real options analysis. land use policy, 38: 163-174 wossink, a., and gardebroek, c. (2006). environmental policy uncertainty and marketable permit systems: the dutch phosphate quota program. american journal of agricultural economics, 88 (1): 16–27 zinnanti c., schimmenti e., borsellino v., paolini g., severini s. (2019). economic performance and risk of farming systems specialized in perennial crops: an analysis of italian hazelnut production. agricultural systems, 176, 102645 appendix. capturing stochastic variables with stochastic processes and distributions based on historical data market price of hazelnuts and durum wheat in order to estimate the stochastic processes for market prices of unshelled hazelnuts and durum wheat, the market prices in italy provided by istat (for hazelnuts) and eurostat (for durum wheat) were used (fig.a1). we omit the observations from the years 2008 and 2014-2016 for hazelnuts, as they do not fit the general trend and hence should be excluded when estimating stochastic processes. we ran the following stationarity tests: augmented dickey-fuller (adf) test; phillips–perron (pp) unit root test; and kwiatkowski–phillips–schmidt–shin (kpss) test. for both data samples, non-stationarity hypothesis cannot be rejected based on the adf and pp tests, while the kpss test concludes that stationarity hypothesis cannot be rejected. in light of the conflicting results of these tests, we decide on the appropriate method based on economic reasoning and therefore apply an mrp estimation. this assumes stationarity 80 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta reflecting that the market price likely fluctuates around a constant long-term per unit production cost. the result of the mrp estimations are summarized in the table a1. furthermore, as above, we correct every price draw by a multiplicative coefficient of 1.18 in order to account for expected increase in hazelnut price due to increasing demand. this price level also leads to introduction of hazelnut in some but not all model variants and also to highlight differences. quality index for hazelnut and durum wheat the fadn data were used to derive annual per unit farm specific prices of hazelnuts and durum wheat by dividing crop revenues by sold quantities. these calculated farm-gate figure a1. real durum wheat (dw) and hazelnut (h) prices, € 100kg-1. source: istat and eurostat; the prices are deflated (2015=100) using the gdp deflator in italy provided by the world bank. 0,00 5,00 10,00 15,00 20,00 25,00 30,00 35,00 40,00 0,00 50,00 100,00 150,00 200,00 250,00 300,00 350,00 400,00 450,00 500,00 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 h dw table a1. estimated parameters of mean-reverting processes for hazelnut and durum wheat prices. source: own estimation based on the istat (for hazelnuts, years 2000-2013) and eurostat (for durum wheat, years 2000-2016, excl. 2008) data. the prices were deflated (2015=100) using the gdp deflator for italy provided by the world bank. natural logarithm of hazelnut price natural logarithm of durum wheat price long-term mean 7.6782 5.4690 speed of reversion 0.9219 3.1053 standard deviation 0.1933 0.4808 starting value 8.0669 5.4036 81development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments figure a2. distribution fitting for the quality index of hazelnut. source: own elaboration based on fadn and istat data. 5.0% 90.0% 5.0% 4.4% 91.9% 3.8% 0.511 1.363 0. 0 0. 2 0. 4 0. 6 0. 8 1. 0 1. 2 1. 4 1. 6 1. 8 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 fit comparison for qi 15 risklaplace(0.92467,0.23981) input minimum 0.1766 maximum 1.6130 mean 0.9236 std dev 0.2497 values 56 laplace minimum −∞ maximum +∞ mean 0.9247 std dev 0.2398 @risk course version wageningen university figure a3. distribution fitting for the quality index of durum wheat. source: own elaboration based on fadn and eurostat data. 5.0% 90.0% 5.0% 6.3% 88.9% 4.9% 0.602 1.406 0. 0 0. 5 1. 0 1. 5 2. 0 2. 5 3. 0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 fit comparison for qi 4 risklaplace(0.98170,0.25802) input minimum 0.0555 maximum 2.5309 mean 0.9795 std dev 0.2660 values 653 laplace minimum −∞ maximum +∞ mean 0.9817 std dev 0.2580 @risk course version wageningen university 82 alisa spiegel, simone severini, wolfgang britz, attilio coletta prices were normalized by the market prices in italy provided by istat for both hazelnuts and durum wheat to define samples of farm specific quality indices. these observations for quality indices were fitted to a laplace distribution with a mean of 0.9247 and standard deviation of 0.2398 (fig.a2) for hazelnut, and mean of 0.9817 and standard deviation of 0.2580 (fig.a3) for durum wheat. yields and variable costs for durum wheat for durum wheat, yields derived from the fadn sample based on total production and area were fitted to a laplace distribution with a mean of 3.9120 and standard deviation of 1.1984 (fig.a4). the observations for durum wheat costs were fitted to a gamma distribution with a shape parameter of 3.8286 and a scale parameter of 97.098 (fig.a5). figure a4. distribution fitting for the yields of durum wheat. source: own elaboration based on fadn data. 5.0% 90.0% 5.0% 5.1% 90.8% 4.1% 1.98 6.04 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 fit comparison for yields_dw_t_per_ha risklaplace(3.9120,1.1984) input minimum 0.4427 maximum 9.8519 mean 3.9127 std dev 1.2456 values 653 laplace minimum −∞ maximum +∞ mean 3.9120 std dev 1.1984 @risk course version wageningen university 83development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments figure a5. distribution fitting for the variable costs of durum wheat. source: own elaboration based on fadn data. 5.0% 90.0% 5.0% 4.0% 88.8% 7.2% 114 676 -2 00 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 0 1, 00 0 1, 20 0 1, 40 0 0.0000 0.0005 0.0010 0.0015 0.0020 0.0025 0.0030 fit comparison for dataset 3 riskgamma(3.8286,97.098) input minimum 13.30 maximum 1,363.66 mean 371.75 std dev 190.45 values 647 gamma minimum 0.00 maximum +∞ mean 371.75 std dev 189.99 @risk course version wageningen university the role of trust and perceived barriers on farmer’s intention to adopt risk management tools elisa giampietri1, xiaohua yu2, samuele trestini3,* drivers and barriers of process innovation in the eu manufacturing food processing industry: exploring the role of energy policies federica demaria, annalisa zezza step-by-step development of a model simulating returns on farm from investments: the example of hazelnut plantation in italy alisa spiegel1,*, simone severini2, wolfgang britz3, attilio coletta2 the role of group-time treatment effect heterogeneity in long standing european agricultural policies. an application to the european geographical indication policy leonardo cei1, gianluca stefani2, edi defrancesco1 the impact of food price shocks on poverty and vulnerability of urban households in iran ghasem layani1, mohammad bakhshoodeh1, mona aghabeygi2*, yaprak kurstal3, davide viaggi3 bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae copyright: © 2021 c. vaquero-piñeiro. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: c. vaquero-piñeiro (2021). the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications. biobased and applied economics 10(2): 89-108. doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 received: july, 15, 2020 accepted: january 5, 2021 published: october 28, 2021 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: meri raggi, davide menozzi. orcid cvp: 0000-0002-1378-3361 the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications cristina vaquero-piñeiro department of economics, università degli studi roma tre, italy e-mail: cristina.vaqueropineiro@uniroma3.it abstract. once the eu has perceived the strategic importance of local peculiarities to support rural development and high-quality productions, it has emphasized the need for more place-sensitive agri-food policies. the importance of socio-economic, historical and cultural factors as transfers of intangible value-added is particularly evident in the agri-food sector. place-blind and sectorial-oriented approaches have indeed not succeeded in dealing with the territorial heterogeneity of agri-food systems. by delving into the longstanding debate on the conceptualizations of territory and focusing on the territories of origin of the most economically performant italian protected designation of origins (pdos), this paper empirically investigates what are the contextual conditions that have mainly contributed in the economic success of local productions. drawing on an original geo-referenced database, the analysis is conducted on a panel of italian municipalities and exploits non-linear dynamic panel models. findings point out the heterogeneity of affecting territorial factors. imbalances come from both socio-economic conditions (food pdos) and socio-cultural knowledge (wine pdos). this paper informs the evidence-based debate on the relevance of territorially-sensitive interventions for the future of eu agri-food and rural development policies. in the case of gis, it should consider being more place-sensitive as well as more integrated with other agricultural and regional policies to meet the eu’s socio-economic objectives. keywords: local development, geographical indications, rural development policy, agri-food policy, italy, panel data. jel codes: o130, p250, q180, c230, o200 introduction in the conventional framework of economic competitiveness, the importance of territorial factors for socio-economic development and policy effectiveness has been subject to competing claims in academic debates. two main different approaches can be identified (crescenzi and rodriguez-pose, 2011): a territorially-blind and a territorially-sensitive standpoint. the former approach considers economic activities, at least in principle, reproducible everywhere as devoid of any territorial dimension and the maximization of http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 90 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 factor endowments as a fundamental condition for economic growth. the latter advocates for the active role of territories for economic activities (pike et al., 2017): contextual specificities help in understanding local production systems, economic growth and development performances and opportunities (markus et al., 2018; farole et al., 2011; scott and storper, 2003). the importance of socio-economic, historical and cultural factors as transfers of intangible value-added is particularly evident in the agri-food sector, where productions are deeply rooted in their place-of-origin. to preserve high-quality and traditional products, as well as to support rural development, in 1992 the eu established the quality scheme for geographical indications (gis) (eec no 1992/2081). 1 gis are often framed as levers of economic value-added. however, the economic returns differ radically among gis. most of the economic power, in terms of revenues, competitiveness, internationalization and so on, tends to remain spatial and sectorial concentrated. the gis market is led by products that were well-know also before they got the designation (qualivita, 2019). as a result, while gis may stimulate the local economy, they may also cause market inefficiencies and rent-seeking. among territories, impacts on local development depend on the extent to which local actors succeed in appropriating the rent with respect to actors located outside the region of origin. within the region of origin, the positive effects of gis on local development are instead dependent on an inclusive organization that ensures the participation of local actors and equitable distribution of such rent. the main risk is potentially exclusionary effects: the largest agribusiness capture gis rents without any benefits flowing to smaller (bramley et al., 2009). this paper investigates what are the contextual conditions that have mainly contributed in the economic success of local agri-food productions by delving into the longstanding debate on the conceptualizations of territory and focusing on the territories of origin of the most economically performant (in terms of production value) italian protected designation of origins (pdos). we start from the hypothesis that the economic benefits of adopting the gis scheme are biased by contextual conditions. in this way, more developed and productive areas should be likely to persist as leaders in the monopolistic competition. 1 legal documents available at: https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/food-safety-and-quality/certification/quality-labels/quality-schemes-explained/regulations-food-and-agricultural-products_en; https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/food-safety-and-quality/certification/quality-labels/quality-schemes-explained/regulations-wine_en we develop a novel geo-referenced dataset, use nonlinear spatial dynamic panel models, and the analysis is conducted for food and wine pdos separately. findings show that food-pdos localized in lessdeveloped regions struggle to achieve the highest gis market shares. local instability, defined as socio-economic vulnerability in municipalities and their neighbouring areas, has a negative effect on the success of pdo local market. however, the economic returns of pdo wines seem not to be affected by socio-economic development pre-conditions, but presumably by social and historical factors, such as cultural heritage. this discrepancy suggests that to avoid counterfactual effects the territorial dimension of gis should not be overlooked. although we cannot exclude that small producers and less known products have benefited from this scheme, evidence suggests that it might not succeed in dealing with growing market competition (ec, 2020). better policy results could have been achieved, if the gis european legal framework taped into both territorial and sectorial heterogeneity of agri-food systems. the results contribute to better understanding why some territories fail while others thrive in converting local food systems in levers of local economy. economic literature has highlighted as place-blind approaches are ill-adapted to address the heterogeneity of agri-food production systems and regional inequalities and advocated in favour of more place and community-sensitive interventions (e.g., de schutter et al., 2020; oecd, 2016). in the case of the common agricultural policy (cap), changes in the socio-economic context have shed light on the inadequacy of place-neutral sectorial quantity-oriented interventions to deal with the structural weaknesses of agricultural and rural areas. with the rural development policy introduced by the agenda2000 reform, context-specific interventions became crucial to promote rural endogenous development (henke et al., 2018; dax and fisher, 2018; corsinovi and gaeta, 2019). not surprisingly, the public buzz for territorial brands, like gis, increases in parallel with the shift in the paradigms of eu policies towards a more place-based and bottom-up approach (iammarino et al., 2019).2 while there is scepticism about promoting innovation and productivity-oriented place-based strategies at the local level (rodriguez-pose and wilkie, 2019), recently agricultural economists have recalled the importance of territorial factors as transfers of intangible value-added 2 spatially-targeted and bottom-up are not synonymous. the term spatially-targeted refers to the fact that policies are targeted at specific regions/cities/areas. conversely, the term refers to the fact that the design of interventions is based on the involvement of local actors and the identification of their needs. 91the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 in the light of the european efforts towards more inclusive and sustainable agri-food policies (e.g., farm to fork strategy) (ec, 2019). there is a growing concern about the effectiveness of investing in a series of coordinated and wide-ranging interventions targeting local productions to meet those goals. notwithstanding this progress, interventions have mainly remained locked into territorialblind approaches without synergies. this paper proceeds with the introduction of the analytical and theoretical framework underpinning this study (section 1 and 2). the empirical analysis is discussed in section 3, while section 4 presents the results and the composition analysis. lastly, concluding remarks are provided. 1. understanding territory: regional and agricultural economics perspectives to what extents territory matters for socio-economic activities has long been disputed among economists, who have examined the different factors in search of answers (friedman, 2005). the territory concept has been neglected by neoclassical (solow, 1957) and endogenous growth theories (e.g., romer, 1986 and 1994) as well as by the new economic geography literature (ottaviano and puga, 1998; krugman, 1991). understanding how territorial features mediate policy effects and what are the main affecting factors is, however, essential to building coherent and efficient policies (capello, 2009). since the early 2000s, the socially constructed nature of regions has been highlighted. territorial factors have been considered as endogenous resources to blame for socio-economic development (pike et al., 2017). the concept of space has been progressively replaced by the multidimensional (i.e. diversified-relational) notion of territory. space and territory are, in fact, not interchangeable terms; territory is not a fixed entity; its evolves and changes in time and space. territory can be assumed as the combination of coexisting exogenous and endogenous context-specific factors (paasi, 2010; oecd, 2009; camagni, 2009). besides conventional spatial elements like administrative units and geographical boundaries, territory compasses of several human and environmental dimensions influencing each other, e.g., altitude, natural habitats, citizenship, networks, capabilities, ethnicity, and culture (storper, 2013; paasi, 2011). nowadays, the predominant declination of territory refers to a territorial identity: the feelings of belonging to a group not only rooted in common socio-cultural and political values but also in the socio-economic advantages that a system of common competencies and local relationships generate (zimmerbauer, 2011; savage et al., 2005). in this perspective, development depends on endogenous factors and amenities; local factors are recognized as drivers of the local long-term development and territorial competitiveness. path-dependence frictions can arise in socio-economic systems leaving behind less-development regions. a consensus on what are the structural, physical and socio-cultural characteristics of territories that have a significant impact on local development and firms’ choices is, however, still lacking (espon, 2017; barca et al., 2012). over the years, literature has pointed out the key role of education (harrison and turok, 2017), institutions (rodriguez-pose, 2020), the quality of governments (ezcurra and rios, 2019; rodriguez-pose and garcilazo, 2015; charron et al., 2014) as well as foreign investments (crescenzi et al., 2016). spatial contiguity and accessibility (world bank, 2009; boschma, 2005), innovation (crescenzi and jaax, 2017; rodriguez-pose, 1999), and historical traditions (cortinovis et al., 2017; scott, 2004) have also been considered key issues in defining territories. albeit with lower emphasis, the importance of territorial peculiarities has been stated also by agricultural economists. from the supply-chains perspective (carbone, 2017), territory acquires a distributional-positional meaning, and the geography of agri-food productions is set up in response to market challenges and obstacles, such as land availability, expiry dates and market access. in marketing and food-label studies, territorial features are strategical assets with the evocative power of creating a perception of exclusiveness and uniqueness (pike, 2011). territory works as a catalysator of valueadded inferred from reputation and diversification strategies (newton et al. 2015; san eugenio-vela and barniolcarcasona, 2015; shapiro, 1993). a conceptualization of territory linked to social collectively is emphasised by the last group of economists concerned  with how territories instil their peculiarities to agri-food productions (e.g, rivera et al., 2019; cross et al., 2011). in their perspective, territorial peculiarities become conditioning factors for the agri-food systems (sforzi and mancini, 2012). they represent “an inherent quality system located in a place” (muchnik, 2009, p. 9) that evokes a special link between the unique quality of agri-food productions and the inimitable peculiarities endowed with local history and culture, tacit knowledge, institutional and social connections, like in the french notion of terroir (cross et al., 2011; josling, 2006).3 these 3 we can define terroir as a territory endowed with a strong identity characterized by a set of physical-environmental (e.g. soil and climate), social and cultural constructed local resources. 92 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 territories are anchored into their socio-economic structures. among regions specialised in agri-food productions, they are a minority. territories specialised in agri-food productions can be classified in areas devoted to standardized and local productions. while standardized systems are reproducible everywhere as unrelated to the contextual features, local systems are linked with their place of origin. among local agri-food systems characterised by alternative localized distribution schemes (e.g., km0 farmers’ markets), drawing a direct link between producers and consumers (pretty et al., 2005) must be distinguished from local embedded ones (bowen and mutersbaugh, 2014). the latter refers to local production systems entirely connected, and affected, by socio-economic, historical, institutional, natural, and cultural environments. gis belong to this group. dealing with the heterogeneous, unmeasurable and sometimes unobservable dimensions of territory is a very demanding task. to date, a wide set of complementary rather than substitute, methodologies has been used. qualitative approaches, such as surveys, focus groups, ethnography experiences or thematic analysis, are the most exploited (lourenco-gomes et al., 2015; dedeurwaerdere et al., 2015; tregear et al., 2007). for instance, haeck et al. (2019) has recently conducted a qualitative analysis to reconstruct the evolution of four of the most famous european wine terroirs, namely port, chianti, champagne and burgundy from historical documents. econometric and quantitative investigations are scanter, also due to methodological-statistical complexity (kelly, 2020). recently, oecd (2019) has formalised quasi-experimental (i.e. counterfactual) analyses as efficient methodologies to evaluate how effects of agricultural and rural policies interventions may vary across space, confirming the validity of what a great number of empirical studies have done (e.g., dinkelman, 2011). these techniques capture territorial elements by estimating the difference between treated and non-treated observations given that only one group of observations is treated (bondonio and greenbauman, 2018; daunfeldt et al., 2017). in utility and agent-based models, it is conceived as an element beyond the actors’ making processes (kremmydas et al., 2018; altomonte et al., 2016; brady et al., 2012). spatial analyses are the most used as they are able to consider where the phenomenon takes place and capture the presence of spatial spillover effects and the potential geographical endogeneity (e.g., wicht et al., 2019; crescenzi and giua, 2016; henderson et al., 2012). this paper leverages on the latter approach and uses the italian pdos in order to identify which are the territorial features that mainly support the economic performant of local agri-food systems. 2. geographical indications: a conflicting territorially-based approach over the last decades in europe, agri-food products deeply-rooted in their place-of-origin are marked by geographical indications. this sign identifies the product as legally tied to a specific production area where micro-climatic conditions, informal traditions, entrepreneurial practices and channels of collaboration were consolidated over time. gis comprise of protected designation of origin (pdo) and protected geographical indications (pgi).4 the differences between pdo and pgi are linked primarily to how much of the product’s raw materials must come from the area or how much of the production process has to take place within the specific region. in the case of pdos, every part of the production, processing and preparation process must take place in the specific region. for wines, grapes have to come exclusively from the geographical area where the wine is made. pgis requires that at least one of the stages of production, processing or preparation takes place in the region. at least 85% of the grapes used have to come exclusively from the geographical area where the wine is actually made. gis offer worldwide recognition and protection through the specific property right scheme, which identifies and endorses local forms of production on a global scale (reg. eu no.2012/1151; reg. eu no.2013/1308). at the world level, more than 200 bilateral and multilateral wipo and wto agreements exist defining gis regulations.5 however, gi regime goes father becoming the institutional formalization of localized agri-food systems (liu et al., 2016; menapace et al., 2012). indeed, for gis, tacit knowledge, informal institutions, historical traditions and cultural habits are important as much as environmental factors, or even more (e.g., van leeuwen and 4 the european quality scheme for agri-food products preserves also traditional speciality guaranteed (tsg). tsg highlights the way the product is made or its composition, without being related to a specific geographical area. the name of a product being registered as a tsg protects it against falsification and misuse. 5 the wto trips agreements (1994), the wipo madrid protocol, the wipo lisbon agreement on appellations of origin and their international registration (1958), the wipo geneva act of the lisbon agreement on appellations of origin and geographical indications (2015). in addition, the enforcement of gis is carried out thanks to bilateral agreements between eu and trading partners, such as south-korea, japan and ceta. more information available at https://www.wipo.int/ geo_indications/en/. 93the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 seguin, 2006).6 the quality expressed by the gis is a fundamental territorial asset (ditter and brouard, 2014), expression of the cross-fertilization of specific contextual conditions. the literature on gis is quite vast, due to the great eu efforts on supporting this scheme. a bourgeoning group of studies has attempted to evaluate the ex-post impacts of gis on premium pricing and economic value (costanigro et al., 2019; cacchiarelli et al., 2014), market access (prescot et al., 2020; altomonte et al., 2016), exports (agostino and trivieri, 2014), value distribution (belletti and marescotti, 2011) or local development (fao, 2018). the chain of causality might be, however, ambiguous as gis and socio-economic developed conditions strengthen each other. a second group of contributions have investigated what factors encourage producers to obtain institutional acknowledgement. favourable institutional context, local actors’ engagement and co-operation have been highlighted among others (meloni and swinnen, 2018; charters and spielmann, 2014). despite the common regulatory framework, gis located in regions with similar environmental and natural elements, differ in the capacity of creating economic value due to other territorial conditions (e.g., socio-economic and cultural) (haeck et al., 2019). gis are increasingly valued for their endogenous development potential (gangjee, 2017). it aims to support long-run development by strengthening the endogenous local assets (marsden, 2003). the establishment of a gi system can stimulate rural development, but previous structural bottlenecks of the region of origins are likely to impact on the whole local economy, and, in turn, gis can also be negatively affected. although there is not enough empirical evidence of this link to date, the uneven spatial distribution of gis across countries and regions may be a first wakeup call. if we look at the most important (in terms of revenues) pdos in italy, they are spatially concentrated in the north-central italy (fig. 1),7 which are the most developed ones (fig. a1, a2 and a3).8 according to the 2019 qualivita report, emilia romagna is the first region in terms of the territorial economic impact 6 according to the european regulation, the decision of designating an agri-food product as gis is based on three main points: (1) the specific nature of local resources used in the production process, (2) the application of traditional production techniques and (3) the presence of local identity. 7 parmigiano reggiano pdo, grana padano pdo, prosciutto di parma pdo, prosecco pdo, mozzarella di bufala campana pdo, gorgonzola pdo, prosciutto di san daniele pdo, conegliano valdobbiadene – prosecco pdo, pecorino romano pdo and asti pdo (qualivita, 2018). 8 a vibrant literature employs population, employment and income data as a measure of economic development. of gis food, around 3 million euros. in the same way, pdo wines predominate in the north, while the south has the large majority of generic wines. the northern regions account for the largest share of vineyard area for pdo wines and the highest number of farms producing pdo vines (istat, 2010). the hypothesis that less developed regions struggle to convert gis in levers of development, cannot be thus excluded a-priori. it is not just about identifying traditional products; the success of gis lies also on the socio-economic and institutional context. several studies have confirmed the relevance of institutional context (giovannucci et al., 2009), cooperation along the supply-chain and local actors engagement (bowen, 2010) as well as the fact that lagging areas are beset by problems of institutional sclerosis (farole et al., 2014). even if the success of these gis is likely to be determined by the territorial-specific factors of the region of origin, the european regulation on gis seems to not concerned explicitly the interaction between a single unitary eu framework and the heterogeneity diversified territorial conditions of the regions of origin. moreover, there is a lack of a sort of policy package within existing eu policies (i.e. cap and cohesion policy) supporting quality schemes and the synergies with other agricultural and regional policy mix used by the eu is weak. figure 1. most important pdos in italy (production value) (source: author’s elaboration on data collected from pdo codes of practice). 94 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 this scenario may pave the way to path-dependence frictions in the economic returns of local agri-food of less-developed regions and less-renewed products. understanding which, and to what extent, territorial conditions have been more relevant is challenging, but there is a need to investigate it. otherwise, practical caveats on how to operationalise these tools to the benefit of agri-food systems cannot be drawn. the next sections provide robust evidence in this direction. 3. methodology and empirical application the aim of the analysis is to assess the importance of territorial features by using the most economically performant (in terms of revenues) pdos in italy as a case study. we use the official national ranking provided by the 2018 annual report of ismea-qualivita. they account for just over a third of the italian gis market production value by themselves (36 per cent).9 among them, parmigiano reggiano pdo shows the highest value (€1,343 m), followed by grana padano pdo (€1,293 m) and prosciutto di parma pdo (€850 m). the leader of pdo wines is the prosecco-system: prosecco pdo (€631 m bulk) and conegliano valdobbiadene prosecco pdo (€184 m bulk). the analysis is conducted at the municipality level on a panel of 7,755 italian municipalities observed from 1991 to 2011.10 since the 1992 european regulation, the number of municipalities included in pdo areas increases over time. in 2011, 60 per cent of sample municipalities are included within the production area of one of the pdos under analysis. in the case of wine, first gis was assigned in 1962, and therefore already existed in 1991: in 1991, 2.5 per cent of sample municipalities were producing the most performant pdo wines, and they reached 11 per cent in 2011. pdos came to be recognized during the sample period justifing the use of a panel. municipalities are the most appropriate observation to conduct the analysis due to the fact that the gis 9 pdo-food: parmigiano reggiano pdo, grana padano pdo, prosciutto di parma pdo, mozzarella di bufala campana pdo, gorgonzola pdo, prosciutto di san daniele pdo, pecorino romano pdo, asiago pdo, mela della val di non pdo. pdo-wine: prosecco pdo, conegliano-valdobbiadene prosecco pdo, asti pdo, amarone della valpolicella pdo, alto adige pdo, chianti classico pdo, barolo pdo, valpolicella ripasso pdo, chianti pdo. 10 we restrict our sample to those municipalities whose administrative borders have been never changed since 1951. although several high-performing pdo-wines existed already long before 1991, the analysis starts in 1991 due to the fact that the first pdo-foods were registered in 1996 by the eu. the analysis stops in 2011 due to census data availability. regulation (especially for the wine sector) is established at that level. we know that the designated areas are not always defined on administrative boundaries and that for some pdos the spatial scale can exceed the municipality level. however if we had conducted the analysis at a more aggregate level, for the majority of pdos the result would have co-mingled pdo and non-pdo municipalities, resulting in a lower level of precision and constant contextual factors (ashley and maxwell, 2001). considering the exact production areas would improve the explanatory power of the analysis, but contextual indicators do not exist. conversely, if we consider more aggregated administrative units (i.e. provinces or regions), we will include areas where the product is not produced and contextual factors will become constant for all products. as a result, the municipality level is the most appropriate one for this study. we rely on an original geo-referenced database arranged by digitalizing all the gis product specifications and collecting data from national censuses and remote sensing sources. existing literature, indeed, have extensively applied panel data models and spatial econometrics to control for omitted variable bias, measurements errors and endogeneity issues (hsiao, 2007). the validity of adopting a spatial specification has been properly tested (elhorst, 2014). the moran’s test has been performed to check for spatial autocorrelation, which has been also ruled out by the spatially lagged variable. we adopt a binary choice model to estimate the probability that a municipality is included in the production area of pdos under analysis.11 we exploit the following spatial dynamic logit-panel models with fixed effects, according to hausman’s test:12 yi,t= α + β1localagriculturei,t + β2localcontext i.,t + β3localeconomy i,t + β4m (localeconomy, s)i,t + (1) + β5m(z,s)i,t + β6regagi,t + δi + δt + εit 11 although territories “do not take decisions” and using agents’ micro-data are more adequate for choice models, they can be used also to estimate the probability of a certain class or event existing, regardless of the fact that the outcome depends on agents’ choices. in this perspective, we consider the probability that a municipality is included in the production area, which can be at least partially assumed due to the choices of agents working in this context. 12 the choice of a fixed-effects approach is justified on both conceptual and empirical grounds. from the conceptual point of view, the municipalities included in the dataset cannot be considered as a ‘random sample’ of the italian municipalities. moreover, fixed-effects make it possible to control for all the geographical variables fixed over time (e.g., altitude, remoteness and soil texture) and partially for unobserved time-invariant factors. since regional characteristics accounted for the unobserved specific components are likely to be correlated with other geographical aspects, fixed effects are preferable (rodriguez-pose and fratesi, 2004). from the empirical standpoint, we the hausman’s test confirms that fixed-effects estimation has to be preferred over random effects. 95the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 where yi,t is a binary variable taking value 1 if the municipality i is within the pdo area at the census year t (0 otherwise). we estimate the model twice: (i) yi,t refers to the production areas of the most relevant food pdos and (ii) yi,t refers to the production areas of the most relevant pdo wines. the wine sector is very different in international reach, history and organization, and thereby needs to be investigate separately. being a pdo area is regressed on independent variables referring to the agricultural sector (localagriculture) and the socio-economic context of municipalities (localcontext). the economic prosperity and the wellbeing conditions are captured by an economic and social vulnerability index provided by the italian statistic institute (istat) (localeconomy). this index summarises the socio-economic condition of each municipality related to some principal components, such as education, income, employment and housing. the spatial lagged value of this index is also included, m(localeconomy), as well as other spatially lagged territorial characteristics m(z,s).13 in all specifications, we control for the regional output of the agricultural sector (regag), municipality (δi) and time (δt) fixed-effects. εi,t is the idiosyncratic error. variables are described in details in table a1 of the appendix, while table a2 shows their descriptive statistics. potential concerns can regard the outcome selection, as the choice of pdos could seem to be almost tautological. first of all, as sometimes pgis outweigh the production value of pdos. however, pdos are the only ones that allow us to properly capture the product-territory nexus given the rules of gis assignment. they have the strongest links to the place where they are produced as every part of the production, processing and preparation processes must take place in the same region. conversely, in the case of pgis only one of the stages of production, processing or preparation has to take place in the area. in this sense, we have however to highlight the fact that the products specifications of some of these pdos are “unconventional”, as they allow raw materials to come from areas not included in the designed production area. prosciutto di parma is one of them.14 although the non-coincidence could have some endogeneity implications for the study, we minimise it by considering only the municipalities where the produc13 spatial lags have been measured through the nearest neighbour approach. 14 according to the product specification, the raw materials originate from a larger geographical area than the production area [province of parma] that corresponds to the following regions: emilia-romagna, veneto, lombardy, piedmont, molise, umbria, tuscany, marche, abruzzi, lazio. this exception has been justified from the producers’ perspective to ensure consistent and adequate supplies of raw materials. tion process takes place (areas from where raw materials can come from have been excluded). in this way, we are more confident that the model estimates the effect on the delimited areas whose traditional production techniques have been recognized and codified. the geographical, historical and cultural origin added-value regard, in fact, the production areas, and not the other regions outside of this space-bounded context. secondly, because of the threshold in the number of pdos. if we had considered all the pdos, in fact, the majority of italian municipalities would have become treated, and there would have not been enough spatial heterogeneity for the analysis. lastly, we consider the status of being a pdo area without differentiation (e.g., an ascending ranking classification) as it allows us to compare the status – being a pdo area – regardless of the structural differences between productions. reverse causality may affect the estimates yet. the main concern regards the possibility that some explanatory variables might be affected by the achievement of pdos certification. in this direction, the use of long term variables, which are territorial factors that cannot be influenced in the short-run by the achievement of pdos, such as population density or education level, reduce the probability of this reverse causality. the fact that pdos follow a common european acknowledgement and scheme rules potential endogeneity bias out. endogeneity is also minimized by controlling for longterm territorial characteristics. 4. results regression analysis provides an in-depth insight into the relevance and the nature of territorial features. agri-food sector characteristics are entered as the first block of explanatory variables (column 1), followed by demographic and contextual predictors (column 2), employment controls (column 3) and economic vulnerability index (column 4). conscious that estimations do not represent causal mechanism, in the interpretation, we focus on the comprehensive significance of both signs and coefficients. 15 estimations in table 1 suggest that the italian food pdos with highest revenues come from municipali15 as a robustness check, we investigate what will happen if we consider the presence of one of these pdos as a driver of local development, rather than the result. in practice, we use the dummy accounting for the presence of pdos no longer as the outcome variable, but as an explanatory one (i.e. 1 for those municipalities included in pdo areas, 0 otherwise). the outcome variable refers to local development in terms of population growth and employment rate. the test is conducted over the same 1991-2011. results are available upon request. 96 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 ties with better socio-economic conditions, a diversified economy and a competitive agri-food sector. this is particularly relevant given that a handful of large-scale actors still access and monopolise these markets and some scepticism persists about the viability and rigidity of this regime (meloni and swinnen, 2013; eu, 2010). this is the case of some italian central and northern regions, such as emilia romagna region, where the geographical concentration of farming activities and local know-how have promoted the shift towards an outstanding agri-food sector (inea, 2012). economically performant pdos are positively correlated with the share of commercial farms and the productivity rate of agricultural areas, but negatively with the absolute amount of uaa. gis economic returns are indeed unrelated not only with the agricultural sector, for which can become even counterproductive in terms of productivity and land exploitation but also with the whole economic system of the place-of-origin. a positive correlation emerges in the case of lower illiteracy rates, lower vulnerability index and the presence of diversified and interconnected economies. the vulnerability index of neighbourhood municipalities is also negatively correlated suggesting that indirect spatial effects exist. in the case of the most economic performant italian pdos, the establishment of a successful gis would seem to be brought forward from the presence of thriving socio-economic preconditions and higher value-added economies, which have been considered an expression of economic growth for years. the regional output of the agricultural sector has been positive and statistically significant since the first specification. however, it does not reduce or undo, the significance of the territorial variables. however, results are not univocal and there is not a one-size-fits-all solution to territorial dynamics. estimations point out a different story when we performed the same set of analysis on the pdo wines with the highest revenues (table 2): the socio-economic predictors are no longer statistically significant. the only exceptions are agricultural intensity and illiteracy rate, but they are not enough to conclude that there is an overall effect of exante development condition on leading pdo wine market. other contextual factors hidden behind would seem to be responsible for the success of the high segment of pdo wines market (e.g., relational and social assets). vitivinicultural activity has contributed for the success of the european agri-food sector and the maintaining of adequate socio-economic conditions in some lagging regions for decades. in italy, local winegrowers have continued their activity over the decades preserving an outstanding capillary spatial distribution and different varietals (corsi et al., 2019). vine-growing shifts from the popular viticulture that characterized the roman empire, to the viticulture managed by churches and monasteries during the middle ages to the lowquality wines of local farmers during the xvi and xvii centuries. the unification of italy in 1861 paved the way to some specific policy interventions with high-quality orientation. after the second world war, when italy had to decide if importing french grapes or recovering the italian historical ones, the latter strategy was followed. as a result, most of the current pdo-wines are rooted in their historical presence and family businesses. this does not mean that they have been well-known wines since the beginning, but that their grapes have a century-old history that cut across time hiding the presence of common habits, informal institutions and cultural proximity. the history of brunello di montalcino is an evocative example.16 a productive and high-quality vineyard is a long-time investment strongly hard to replicate either elsewhere or in a short time (carbone et al., 2019).17 during that time, vineyards are certainly affected by the geographical and pedological factors of the region, such as minerals, organic matters and micronutrients, but they are also embedded in cultural habits, tacit knowledge and historical traditions of local communities (i.e. terroir). cultural traditions, community-based expertise and local identity seem to be thus decisive. from a theoretical perspective, these results are consistent with  the integrated territorial approach literature that advocates for the relevance of considering the heterogeneity of all exogenous and endogenous features. in sum, findings suggest that not only economic returns but also affecting territorial factors are highly heterogeneous across pdos. while in the food sector the higher production value of the most relevant italian pdos seems to be explained by an ex-ante socioeconomic development and a vibrant agri-food system, in the case of pdo wines it depends on other contextual factors. these adverse socio-economic influences should be taken into account when projecting the future returns and effectiveness of agri-food policies targeting local 16 the product specification tells the history of the brunello di montalcino and reveals that it has achieved its fame thanks to a few local farmers who had been continuing the production over the two world wars. after the second world war, when historical grapes were reintroduced to restart to produce typical wines, the brunello di montalcino was selected and became one of the most renewed italian wine worldwide. it was one of the first italian wines to receive the doc certification, in 1966, and to be recognized as docg, in 1980. 17 vineyards are permanent crops that occupy the yielding for centuries, do not grow in rotation and their effective production starts years after vines have been planted. 97the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 development, like gis, otherwise the evaluation may be biased. 18 18 according to the italian regulation (dm 14/10/2013, art.6), a sort of preventive diagnosis is already needed by italian national authority in the socio-economic report (i.e. one of the documents required for the application). however, the socio-economic report requires a very limited number of data: the amount of production (i.e. quantity produced over the last three years) and the number of local actors engaged (i.e. people working along the supply chain). information on the socio-eco4.1 composition analysis after providing evidence of the long-run effect of the socio-economic contextual features in the case of pdo-food, we turn to an analysis of the potential mechanisms they operate through. nomic conditions of the area and on the other eu policies in force (e.g., cohesion and cap policy) is conversely not requested. table 1. effects of contextual factors on pdo-food. (1) (2) (3) (4) utilized agricultural area (uaa) -0.003*** -0.003*** -0.002*** -0.002*** (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) agricultural intensity 5.633*** 5.921*** 4.321*** 5.177*** (0.380) (0.504) (0.878) (1.317) big farms 37.581*** 35.543*** 19.581*** 21.961*** (1.760) (1.891) (2.595) (3.891) family farms 1.712*** 1.137* 0.602 -0.588 (0.454) (0.654) (1.366) (2.509) livestock -4.438*** -3.757*** -2.919*** -4.085*** (0.225) (0.284) (0.602) (0.901) population density 0.003** -0.001 -0.000 (0.001) (0.003) (0.004) illiteracy rate -2.769*** -1.567*** -1.438*** (0.128) (0.190) (0.243) employment rate 0.046 -0.079*** (0.055) (0.850) employed people in agriculture, forestry and fishing -0.335*** -0.394*** (0.037) (0.0622) employed people in tradable sectors 0.357*** 0.342*** (0.030) (0.045) employed people in services sectors 0.153*** 0.216*** (0.039) (0.057) economic vulnerability index -0.865*** (0.152) economic vulnerability index – spatial lag -1.765*** (0.239) territorial characteristics – spatial lags ✓ ✓ ✓ regional output agricultural sector ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ municipalities and year fe ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ observations 9,166 9,166 9,166 9,166 municipalities 4,583 4,583 4,583 4,583 hausman fe/re (p>χ2) χ2 713.80 872.74 305.03 193.71 p-value 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 notes: observations are at the municipality-year level; fixed effects estimations; standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. test for multicollinearity has been performed; estimations for the odd-ratio are coherent. we only report the preferred fixed effects results. source: author’s elaboration. 98 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 the european commission has included among its top priorities the revitalization of rural areas (ec, 2016) and gis are often presented as a potential strategic tool, but how do the negative effects of socio-economic vulnerability differ by level of rurality? table 3 considers the level of rurality of municipalities.19 we use the national rural network classification 19 even if the baseline estimations have highlighted the no relevance of socio-economic conditions for pdo wines, we conduct the analysis also for pdo wines, but, as we can expect, the test is not significant. both that groups municipalities in urban poles, rural areas with specialised intensive agriculture, intermediate rural areas, rural areas with comprehensive developed problems.20 in comparison with conventional rural classifications based on population density, this one allows us to capture the complementary effect generated not only by being classified as a rural municipality but also by being the socio-economic index and the interaction terms are not significant. 20 more information available at https://www.reterurale.it/areerurali. table 2. effects of contextual factors on pdo-wine. (1) (2) (3) (4) utilized agricultural area (uaa) -0.001*** -0.000 0.001 0.001 (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) agricultural intensity 10.525*** 8.304*** 6.788* 11.091* (3.10) (2.295) (3.652) (6.272) big farms -305.76*** -54.301* -54.772 -13.318 (48.493) (28.663) (20.337) (23.582) family farms -15.470*** -13.515*** -10.044 -9.106 (2.03) (3.325) (6.602) (6.442) vineyards -9.990*** -4.666 -7.169 -6.994 (2.322) (5.039) (8.845) (7.953) population density 0.006 -0.002 0.001 (0.006) (0.011) (0.011) illiteracy rate -2.765** 2.448* 4.373** (1.084) (1.751) (1.912) employment rate -0.308 -0.405 (0.340) (0.366) employed people in agriculture, forestry and fishing -0.619 -0.804 (0.477) (0.614) employed people in tradable sectors 0.319* 0.238 (0.184) (0.173) employed people in services sectors -0.119 -0.422 (0.261) (0.325) economic vulnerability index -1.161 (0.978) economic vulnerability index – spatial lag 0.678       (0.802) territorial characteristics – spatial lags ✓ ✓ ✓ regional output agricultural sector ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ municipalities and year fe ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ observations 1,586 1,586 1,586 1,586 municipalities 532 532 532 532 hausman fe/re (p>χ2) χ2 33.27 28.85 28.26 48.14 p-value 0.000 0.000 0.013 0.000 notes: observations are at the municipality-year level; fixed effects estimations; standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. test for multicollinearity has been performed; estimations for the odd-ratio are coherent. we only report the preferred fixed effects results. the sample is restricted to municipalities with positive vineyards uaa. source: author’s elaboration. 99the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 more devoted to intensive agriculture activities or suffering from structural bottlenecks. the results confirm the overall negative impact, in line with the baseline estimations, which however diminishes in the case of intermediate rural areas. the socio-economic vulnerability in these areas does not particularly hind the economic returns of gis. how are the territorial effects distributed across pdos category? in terms of economic returns, cheese and cured-ham pdos are the most repressed, in line with the national trend.21 the model is estimated for each category separately (in order to compute productspecific effects) and focused on those regions where the production area is located. in the case of cured-ham, successful pdos would seem to be particularly brought forward from the presence of higher productivity rates and the presence of family farms. in the case of cheese, 21 in italy, the dairy sector accounts for the 57 per cent of the gis’ market in terms of production value. the presence of thriving socio-economic preconditions and higher-value-added economies would be more relevant. in terms of socio-economic vulnerability, municipalities with cured-ham pdos are the most affected. these results need to be framed in the exception to the origin requirement for raw materials (e.g., meat and milk), which may come from another geographical area, of some of these pdos. the external sourcing makes local expertise and specificities more important in shaping the economic success of gis as related to product production and transformation. only a few restricted areas have developed as production areas for hams with a designation thanks to the unique, inimitable conditable 3. pdos, rurality and economic vulnerability. pdo food economic vulnerability index (evi) -3.067*** (0.954) economic vulnerability index*rurality evi* rural areas with specialised intensive agriculture 1.602* (1.001) evi* intermediate rural areas 2.422*** (0.971) evi* rural areas with comprehensive developed problems 2.234*** (0.957) rurality dummy ✓ agricultural controls ✓ socio-economic contextual conditions ✓ economic vulnerability index – spatial lag ✓ territorial characteristics – spatial lags ✓ regional output agricultural sector ✓ municipalities and year fe ✓ observations 9,144 municipalities 4,572 notes: observations are at the municipality-year level; fixed effects estimations; standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. test for multicollinearity has been performed; estimations for the odd-ratio are coherent. model (1) has been augmented with the interaction term between the level of vulnerability index and the level of rurality; all the other explanatory variables are the same. evi*non rural as the control level. source: author’s elaboration. table 4. effects of contextual factors on pdo-food by product categories. pdocheese pdocured ham utilized agricultural area (uaa) -0.001*** (0.000) 0.000** (0.000) agricultural intensity 0.161 (0.199) 2.916** (1.487) family farms 0.997*** (0.245) 10.176*** (1.935) population density 0.000 (0.000) 0.002 (0.002) illiteracy rate -0.551*** (0.057) -2.511*** (0.731) employment rate -0.016 (0.046) 0.071 (0.075) employed people in agriculture, forestry and fishing 0.031*** (0.007) 0.009 (0.044) employed people in tradable sectors 0.015*** (0.007) -0.087* (0.047) employed people in services sectors -0.029*** (0.008) -0.191*** (0.071) economic vulnerability index -0.074** (0.035) -0.671*** (0.309) economic vulnerability index – spatial lag ✓ ✓ territorial characteristics – spatial lags ✓ ✓ regional output agricultural sector ✓ ✓ observations 5,715 550 r2adj 0.23 0.38 notes: observations are at the municipality level (yi); cross-section estimations; standard errors in parentheses; *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. test for multicollinearity has been performed. pdo-cheese: parmigiano reggiano pdo, grana padano pdo, mozzarella di bufala campana pdo, gorgonzola pdo, pecorino romano pdo, asiago pdo. pdo-cured ham: prosciutto di parma pdo and prosciutto san daniele pdo. source: author’s elaboration. 100 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 tions and specific human skills.22 the evidence of the positive effects of family farms goes in this direction; it is valid only for product-specific nature, with no insights for italian pdos as a whole. conclusions territorial features play a fundamental role in agrifood production systems. they generate a sort of entry barrier deriving from the strong linkage with the place of production, its inimitable resources, and specific competences. in this perspective, the quality system of the designations of origin has assumed a crucial role, as it represents the first step to deal with rural development by distinguishing local products from standardized ones. local production systems are very promising in terms of reducing environmental impacts, safeguarding local expertise and avoiding those high-quality local products will be crushed by industrialized and quantityoriented competitors, like the new world wines countries (mariani et al., 2012). conversely, several studies have provided insights on the responsibility of one-fitsall and place-blind approaches for the growing decline in the returns of a public intervention targeting local needs (rodriguez-pose, 2020). they could risk triggering communities towards homogenous economic systems and standardized productions. on their part, agri-food policies have slowly proven to adapt to this paradigm (ec, 2016). there is a great deal of interest harnessing rural and regional territorially-sensitive development tools in the service of building local agri-food systems. this paper has contributed to this debate by empirically demonstrating that territorial factors are fundamental to understand local dynamics, and the socioeconomic benefits of local production systems, like gis. we identify that a product-territory nexus exists, but that the affecting territorial factors differ across regions and sectors. imbalances come from both socio-economic conditions (food pdos) and socio-cultural knowledge (wine pdos). gis require a full-ranging adaptation of local economies. producers must follow product specification, new administration offices (i.e., consortia) must be established to collectively manage the appellation and intersectoral productive and services mechanisms activated. the presence of a fertile socio-economic context could support this process. however, these peculiarities are not evenly distributed across all municipalities. 22 dossier no. it/pdo/0117/0067. it can be accessed at http://ec.europa. eu/agriculture/quality/door/list.html (accessed on 10 apr 2014). this territorial imbalance of gis requires above all addressing the territorial distress felt by the areas that have been left behind by a preventive territorial analysis of the production area, more severe than the socioeconomic report required for the application. the territorial diagnosis should be conducted to collect information on the socio-economic conditions of the area, the other eu policies in force and local potential strengths and weakness with the ultimate aim to find territorial features contributing to the success of different types of territories. even if eu institutions have highlighted the importance of supporting gis products by a common regulation to achieve rural development, these results show that the gis scheme, as it is now, is yet far away from ensuring the benefit of such regime to all products, and places-of-origin. a possible adaptation of gis scheme to the socio-economic condition of production areas may be introducing to guarantee far-reaching general provisions for less-developed areas or niche products. for instance, from the offer side, the lack of a florid socio-economic context should entail an effort by eu and national institutions to create synergies between producers, associations and regional authorities prior to the designation. ideally, only by creating a sort of policy package within the existing eu policy mix, the gis regime could operate as a flexible strategic tool to support the local development and well-being of all the regions-oforigin. being aware of the key role of territories should be a necessary condition for policymakers and practitioners to understand why agri-food systems located in similar regions sometimes react so differently to the same policies. acknowledgements the author would like to thank participants at the 2020 aieaa conference, the editor and two anonymous referees, for their helpful and constructive comments that greatly contributed to improving the final version of the paper. the author would like to thank fabrizio de filippis, riccardo crescenzi and mara giua for their very helpful contribution to the first version of the paper. references agostino, m. and trivieri, f. (2014). geographical indication and wine exports. an empirical investigation considering the major european producers. food policy 46:22-36. 101the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 altomonte, c., colantone, i., and pennings, e. (2016). heterogeneous firms and asymmetric product differentiation. journal industrial economics 64:835-874. ashley, c. and maxwell, s., (2001). rethinking rural development. development policy review 19(4):395-425. barca, f. (2009). an agenda for a reformed cohesion policy. a place-based approach to meeting european union challenges and expectations. independent report prepared at the request of danuta hübner, commissioner for regional policy. barca, f., mccann, p., and rodriguez-pose, a. (2012). the case for regional development intervention: places-based versus place-natural approaches. journal of regional science 52:134-152. belletti, g. and marescotti, a. (2011). origin products, geographical indications and rural development, pp.75-91 in: barham e., sylvander b. (eds.). labels of origin for food. local development, global recognition, cambridge (usa), cabi international. bondonio, d. and greenbaum, r.t. (2018). natural disasters and relief assistance: empirical evidence on the resilience of u.s. counties using dynamic propensity score matching. journal of regional science 58:659-680. boschma, r. (2005). proximity and innovation: a critical assessment. regional studies 39(1):61-74. bowen, s. (2010). embedding local places in global spaces: geographical indications as a territorial development strategy. rural sociology 75(2):209-243. bowen, s. and mutersbaugh, t. (2014). local or localized? exploring the contributions of franco-mediterranean agri-food theory to alternative food research. agriculture and human values 31:201-213. brady, m., sahrbacher c., kellermann, k., and happe, k. (2012). an agent-based approach to modelling impacts of agricultural policy on land use, biodiversity and ecosystem services. landscape ecology 27. bramkley, c., bienabe, e. and kirsten, j. (2009). the economics of geographical indications: towards a conceptual framework for geographical indication research in developing countries. the economics of intellectual property right wipo. cacchiarelli, l., carbone, a., laureti, t., and sorrentino, a.  (2016). the value of the certifications of origin: a comparison between the italian olive oil and wine markets. british food journal 118(4):824-839. camagni, r. (2009). territorial capital and regional development. handbook of regional dynamics and growth: advances in regional economics 118-132. capello, r. (2009). regional growth and local development theories: conceptual evolution over fifty years of regional science. lavoisier géographie, économie, société 11:9-21. capello, r. (2018). cohesion policies and the creation of a european identity: the role of territorial identity. journal of common market studies 56:489-503. carbone, a. (2017). food supply chains: coordination governance and other shaping forces. agricultural economics 5(3). carbone, a., quici, l., and pica, g. (2019). the age dynamics of vineyards: past trends affecting the future. wine economics and policy 8(1):38-48. charron, n., dijkstra, l., and lapuente, v. (2014). regional governance matters: quality of government within european union member states. regional studies 48(1):68-90. corsi, a., mazzarino, s., and pomarici, e. (2019). the italian wine industry. in: alonso ugaglia a., cardebat jm., corsi a. (eds) the palgrave handbook of wine industry economics. palgrave macmillan, cham. corsinovi, p. and gaeta, d. (2019). the european wine policies: regulations and strategies. in: alonso ugaglia a., cardebat jm., corsi a. (eds) the palgrave handbook of wine industry economics. palgrave macmillan, cham. cortinovis, n., xiao, j., boschma, r., and van oort, f.g. (2017). quality of government and social capital as drivers of regional diversification in europe. journal of economic geography 17(6):1179-1208. costanigro, m., scozzafava, g., and casini, l. (2019). vertical differentiation via multi-tier geographical indications and the consumer perception of quality: the case of chianti wines. food policy 83:246-259. crescenzi, r. and giua, m. (2016). the eu cohesion policy in context: does a bottom up approach work in all regions?. environment and planning a: economy and space 48(11):2340-2357. crescenzi, r., and rodriguez-pose, a. (2011). commentary.  environment and planning a: economy and space 43(4):773–780. crescenzi, r. and rodriguez-pose, a. (2012). an integrated framework for the comparative analysis of the territorial innovation dynamics of developed and emerging countries. journal of economic surveys 26(3):517–533. crescenzi, r. and  jaax, a. (2017).  innovation in russia: the territorial dimension.  economic geography 93(1):66-88.  crescenzi, r., de filippis, f., and pierangeli, f. (2015). in tandem for cohesion? synergies and conflicts between regional and agricultural policies of the european union. regional studies 49:681-704. crescenzi, r., gagliardi, l., and percoco, m. (2013). social capital and the innovative performance of 102 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 italian provinces.  environment and planning a: economy and space 45(4):908-929.  crescenzi, r., pietrobelli, c., and rabellotti, r. (2016). regional strategic assets and the location strategies of emerging countries multinationals in europe. european planning studies 24(4):645-66. cross, r., plantinga, a., and stavins, r. (2011). what is the value of terroir?. the american economic review 101(3):152-156.  dax, t. and fischer, m. (2018). an alternative policy approach to rural development in regions facing population decline. european planning studies 26(2):297-315. daunfeldt, s., mihaescu, o., nilsson, h., and rudholm, n.  (2017). what happens when ikea comes to town?. regional studies 51(2):313-323. de schutter, o., jacobs, n., and clement, c. (2020). a common food policy for europe: how governance reforms can spark a shift to healthy diets and sustainable food systems. food policy 101849. dedeurwaerdere, t., polard, a., and melindi-ghidi p. (2015). the role of network bridging organisations in compensation payments for agri-environmental services under the eu common agricultural policy. ecological economics 119:24-38. dinkelman, t. (2011). the effects of rural electrification on employment: new evidence from south africa. american economic review 101(7):3078-3108. ditter, j. g. and brouard, j. (2014). the competitiveness of french protected designation of origin wines: a theoretical analysis of the role of proximity. journal of wine research 25(1):5-18. ec (2010). proposal for a regulation of the european parliament and of the council on agricultural product quality schemes, com(2010) 733 final, 2010/0353 (cod). ec (2016). sustainable development: eu sets out its priorities, european commission press release, strasbourg, 22 november 2016. ec (2019). towards a common food policy for the european union. international panel of experts on sustainable food systems (ipes-food). ec (2020). study on economic value of eu quality schemes, geographical indications (gis) and traditional specialities guaranteed (tsgs)final report, european commission press release. espon (2017). shrinking rural regions in europe. towards smart and innovative approaches to regional development challenges in depopulating rural regions. espon. ezcurra, r. and rios, v.  (2019). quality of government and regional resilience in the european union. evidence from the great recession.  papers in regional science 98:1267-1290.  fao (2018). strengthening sustainable food systems through geographical indications. food and agriculture organization of the united nations fao. farole, t., rodriguez‐pose, a., and storper, m. (2011). cohesion policy in the european union: growth, geography, institutions. journal of common market studies 49:1089-1111. friedman, t. l. (2005). the world is flat: a brief history of the twenty-first century. farrar, straus, and giroux, new york. gangjee, d.s. (2017). proving provenance? geographical indications certification and its ambiguities century. world development 98:12-24. giovannucci, d., josling, t.e., kerr, w.a., oconnor, b. and yeung, m.t. (2009). guide to geographical indications: linking products and their origins. international trade center. haeck, c., meloni, g., and swinnen, j. (2019). the value of terroir: a historical analysis of the bordeaux and champagne geographical indications. applied economic perspectives and policy 41(4):598-619. harrison, j. and turok, i.  (2017).  universities, knowledge and regional development.  regional studies 51(7):977-981. henderson, j. vernon, a., storeygard, d., and weil, n. (2012). measuring economic growth from outer space. american economic review 102(2):994-1028. henke, r., benos, t., de filippis, f., giua, m., pierangeli, f., and pupo d’andrea, m.r. (2018). the new common agricultural policy: ηow do member states respond to flexibility?.  journal of common market studies 56:403-419. hsiao, c. (2007). panel data analysis—advantages and challenges. test 16(1):1-22. iammarino, s., rodriguez-pose, a., and storper, m. (2019). regional inequality in europe: evidence, theory and policy implications. journal of economic geography 19(2):273-298. inea (2012). la cooperazione sociale agricola in italia. una panoramica dei dati camerali. quaderni inea 2012. istat (2010). 6o censimento generale dell’agricoltura, data warehouse. josling, t. (2006). the war on terroir: geographical indications as a transatlantic trade conflict. journal of agricultural economics 57:337-363. kelly, m. (2020). understanding persistence. cepr discussion paper series, dp15246, london kremmydas, d., athanasiadis, i., and rozakis, s. (2018). a review of agent based modelling for agricultural policy evaluation. agricultural systems. 103the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 krugman, p. (1991). geography and trade. mit press cambridge massachusetts, london, england. liu, g., zhang, q., yin, g., and zipporah,  m. (2016). spatial distribution of geographical indications for agricultural products and their drivers in china. environmental earth science 75(612). lourenco-gomes, l., pinto, l.m.c., and rebelo, j. (2015). wine and cultural heritage. the experience of the alto douro wine region. wine economics and policy 4(2):78-87. mariani, a., pomarici, e., and boatto, v. (2012). the international wine trade: recent trends and critical issues. wine economics and policy 1:24-40. markus, g., asheim, b., and trippl m. (2018). unrelated knowledge combinations: the unexplored potential for regional industrial path development. cambridge journal of regions, economy and society 11(2):257-274. marsden, t., banks, j., and bristow, g. (2000). food supply chain approaches: exploring their role in rural development. sociologia ruralis 40:424-438 meloni, g. and swinnen, j. (2013). the political economy of european wine regulations. journal of wine economics 8(3):244-284. menapace, l. and moschini, g.c. (2012). quality certification by geographical indications, trademarks and firm reputation.  european review of agricultural economics 39(4):539-566. newton, s.k., gilinsky, a., and jordan, d. (2015). differentiation strategies and winery financial performance: an empirical investigation. wine economics policy 4(2):88-97. oecd (2009). how regions grow: trends and analysis. oecd publishing, paris oecd (2016). a new rural development paradigm for the 21st century, oecd publishing, paris. oecd (2019). agricultural policy monitoring and evaluation 2019. oecd publishing, paris. ottaviano, g. i. and puga, d. (1998). agglomeration in the global economy: a survey of the new economic geography. world economy 21:707-731. paasi, a. (2011). geography, space and the re-emergence of topological thinking.  dialogues in human geography 1(3):299-303. paasi, a. (2010). regions are social constructs, but who or what constructs them?. environmental planning a 42:2296-2301. pike, a. (2011). introduction: brands and branding geographies. in: pike, a. (ed.), brands and branding geographies. edward elgar, cheltenham. pike, a., rodriguez-pose, a., and tomaney, j. (2017). local and regional development, second edition. london: routledge, taylor & francis group. prescott, c., pilato, m., and bellia, c. (2020). geographical indications in the uk after brexit: an uncertain future?. food policy 90(101808). pretty, j. n., lang, t., morison j., and ball, a. s. (2005). food miles and farm costs: the full cost of the british food basket. food policy 30(1):1-20. qualivita (2018). rapporto 2018, ismea-qualivita, fondazione qualivita. qualivita (2019). rapporto 2019, ismea-qualivita, fondazione qualivita. rivera, m., knickel, k., maria diaz‐puente, j., and afonso, a. (2019). the role of social capital in agricultural and rural development: lessons learnt from case studies in seven countries. sociologia ruralis 59:66-91. rodriguez-pose, a. and fratesi, u. (2004).  between development and social policies: the impact of european structural funds in objective 1 regions. regional studies 3(1):97-113. rodriguez-pose, a. and garcilazo, e. (2015).  quality of government and the returns of investment: examining the impact of cohesion expenditure in european regions. regional studies 49(8):1274-1290. rodriguez-pose, a. (1999). innovation prone and innovation averse societies: economic performance in europe. growth and change 30(1):75-105. rodriguez-pose,  a. (2013).  do institutions matter for regional development?. regional studies 47(7):10341047. rodriguez-pose, a. (2020). institutions and fortune of territories. regional science policy practice 1-16. rodriguez-pose, a. and crescenzi, r.  (2008). mountains in a flat world: why proximity still matters for the location of economic activity.  cambridge journal of regions, economy and society 1(3):371-388. rodriguez-pose, a.  and  wilkie, c.  (2019). strategies of gain and strategies of waste: what determines the success of development intervention?, progress in planning 133. rodrik, d.  (2010). diagnostics before prescription.  journal of economic perspectives 24(3):33-44. romer, p. (1986). increasing returns and long-run growth.  journal of political economy 94(5):10021037. romer, p. (1994). the origins of endogenous growth. the journal of economic perspectives 8(1):3-22. san eugenio-vela, j. and barniol-carcasona, m. (2015). the relationship between rural branding and local development. a case study in the catalonias countryside: territoris serens (el lluçanès). journal of rural studies 37:108-119. savage, m., bagnall, g., and longhurst, b. (2005). globalization and belonging. london, sage. 104 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 scott, a. j. and storper, m.  (2003). regions, globalization, development. regional studies 37(6-7):579-593. scott, a. j. (2004). a perspective of economic geography. journal of economic geography 4(5):479-499. sforzi, f. and mancini, m. (2012). the reinterpretation of the agri-food system and its spatial dynamics through the industrial district. agricultural economics 58(11):510-519. shapiro, c. (1993). premiums for high quality products as returns to reputations.  the quarterly journal of economics 98(4):659-679. solow, r. (1957). technical change and the aggregate production function. the review of economics and statistics 39(3):312-320.  storper, m. (2013). keys to the city: how economics, institutions, social interaction, and politics shape development. princeton: princeton university press. tregear, a., arfini, f., belletti, g., and marescotti, a. (2007). regional foods and rural development: the role of product qualification. journal of rural studies 23:12-22. van leeuwen, c. and seguin, g. (2006). the concept of terroir in viticulture. journal of wine research 17(1):1-10. wicht, a., kropp, p., and  schwengler, b. (2019).  are functional regions more homogeneous than administrative regions? a test using hierarchical linear models. papers in regional science 1(30). world bank (2009).  world development report 2009: reshaping economic geography. world bank. zimmerbauer, k. (2011). from image to identity: building regions by place promotion. european planning studies 19(2):243-260. 105the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 appendix table a1. description and sources of variables. variable definition source pdo dummy variable equal to 1 if the municipality is included in one of the pdo production areas author’s elaboration local context population density logarithmic transformation of population density inhabitants per km2 population and housing census, istat illiteracy rate share of illiterate residents population and housing census, istat employment rate share of residents working-aged 15 years or over population and housing census, istat employed people in agriculture, forestry and fishing share of economically active population working in agriculture, forestry and fishing sectors population and housing census, istat employed people in non-tradable sectors share of economically active population working in nontradable sectors population and housing census, istat employed people in tradable sectors share of economically active population in tradable sectors population and housing census, istat population density – spatial lag logarithmic transformation of population density in neighbouring municipalities inhabitants per km2. nearest neighbour approach. author’s elaboration – geographical information system employment rate – spatial lag share of residents working-aged 15 years or over. in neighbouring municipalities. nearest neighbour approach author’s elaboration – geographical information system local agriculture uaa utilised agricultural area agricultural census, istat agricultural intensity utilized agricultural area/total agricultural land agricultural census, istat big farms share of farms with more than 100 ha agricultural census, istat family farms share of family employees agricultural census, istat livestock farms1 share of farms with livestock agricultural census, istat vineyards2 share of wine grape uaa agricultural census, istat regional output agricultural sector output of the agricultural industry basic and producer prices eurostat local economy economic vulnerability index socio-economic condition of each municipality related to some principal components: education, income, employment and housing 8mila census, istat economic vulnerability index socio-economic condition in neighbouring municipalities. nearest neighbour approach. author’s elaboration – geographical information system notes: (1) the variable livestock is included only in the model related to the presence of food pdos. (2) the variable vineyard is included only in the model related to the presence of pdo wines. source: author’s elaboration. 106 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 table a2. descriptive statistics. variable obs. mean std. dev. min max local agriculture utilised agricultural area (uaa) 23,265 1729.34 2,860.02 0 64246.74 agricultural intensity 23,265 0.70 0.23 0 1 big farms 23,265 0.029 0.07 0 1 family farms 23,265 0.86 0.15 0 1 livestock 15,479 0.43 0.28 0 4 vineyards 23,265 92.87 355.43 0 13512.79 regional output agricultural sector 23,265 3,274.705 1,868.87 56.9 6,485.86 local context population density 23,265 280.35 630.08 0.9 15164.90 illiteracy rate 23,265 1.81 2.42 0 30.1 employment rate 23,265 43.02 8.73 11.7 74 employed people in agriculture, forestry and fishing 23,265 11.18 10.31 0 80 employed people in tradable sectors 23,265 35.38 10.45 0 88.9 employed people in services sectors 23,265 17.76 5.46 0 71.6 population density – spatial lag 23,265 282.93 529.24 1.35 10547.55 employment rate – spatial lag 23,265 43.03 7.98 20.7 66.55 local economy economic vulnerability index 23,265 99.03 2.49 92.4 120.9 economic vulnerability index – spatial lag 23,265 97.49 0.92 95.1 102.9 source: author’s elaboration on data collected from pdo codes of practice and istat. 107the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 figure a1. pdos and income spatial distribution. source: author’s elaboration on data collected from pdo codes of practice and istat. figure a2. pdos and population spatial distribution. source: author’s elaboration on data collected from pdo codes of practice and istat. 108 cristina vaquero-piñeiro bio-based and applied economics 10(2): 89-108, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9429 figure a3. pdos and employment spatial distribution. source: author’s elaboration on data collected from pdo codes of practice and istat. volume 10, issue 2 2021 firenze university press mediterranean agriculture facing climate change: challenges and policies filippo arfini the long-term fortunes of territories as a route for agri-food policies: evidence from geographical indications cristina vaquero-piñeiro application of multi-criteria analysis selecting the most effective climate change adaptation measures and investments in the italian context raffaella zucaro, veronica manganiello, romina lorenzetti*, marianna ferrigno climate changes and new productive dynamics in the global wine sector emilia lamonaca*, fabio gaetano santeramo, antonio seccia a systematic review of attributes used in choice experiments for agri-environmental contracts nidhi raina*, matteo zavalloni, stefano targetti, riccardo d’alberto, meri raggi, davide viaggi the effect of farmer attitudes on openness to land transactions: evidence for ireland cathal geoghegan*, anne kinsella, cathal o’donoghue bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 bio-based and applied economics bae copyright: © 2024 tyllianakis, e. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: tyllianakis, e. (2024). assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk. bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25. doi: 10.36253/ bae-13941 received: november 10, 2022 accepted: february 08, 2023 published: may 20, 2024 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. guest editors: stefano targetti, andreas niedermayr, kati häfner, lena schaller orcid et: 0000-0002-8604-4770 assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk emmanouil tyllianakis university of leeds, uk e-mail: e.tyllianakis@leeds.ac.uk abstract. embedded within the european union’s green deal is a re-enforced scope to encourage farmers’ participation in primarily voluntary agri-environmental schemes. although outside of the european union, the newly announced agri-environment schemes in england mirror such a policy shift towards incentivising participation in order to deliver more and better climate public goods. farmers’ viewpoints regarding such schemes and contracts are therefore important to examine, as they should be main determinants of current and future enrolment. in this paper, upland yorkshire farmers were asked to express their opinions for the landscape recovery scheme that aims to encourage collaboration and achieve landscape-wide interventions to ensure lasting delivery of climate public goods. viewpoints show divergent views between environmentally conscious farmers and pragmatic farmers objecting to the functioning of agri-environmental schemes. farmer viewpoints lean towards ‘broad and shallow’ schemes that would have simple contract requirements and only achieve marginal gains in the delivery of agri-environmental climate public goods while still showing concern about the natural environment and its impact on farming. keywords: agri-environment schemes, q methodology, environment land management scheme, landscape recovery. jel codes: r58, r51, q18. 1. introduction to carry out climate actions in the agricultural sector the european commission has published its green deal aiming to utilise 40% of the common agricultural policy budged for the 2021-2027 period for this purpose (european commission, 2019). these climate actions include the “farm to fork” strategy (scown et al., 2020) and incentivising participation to agrienvironmental climate schemes (aecss) through means of direct income and financial support (hasler et al., 2022). the ultimate goal for the european union’s agriculture is to become carbon-neutral by 2050 (european commission, 2019) and in the intermediary, devote 25% of its budget to eco-schemes (now part of the more heavily financed pillar i of the new cap) and link payments to mandatory environmental and biodiversity requirements of the new cap period of 2023-2027 (european commission, 2022). https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13941 http://www.fupress.com/bae https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13941 https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13941 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8604-4770 mailto:e.tyllianakis@leeds.ac.uk 14 emmanouil tyllianakis bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 participation in these (primarily) voluntary aecss is determined by a variety of factors, including farmer characteristics (unay gailhard et al., 2015), motivations that include financial components (lastra-bravo, et al., 2015) and environmental inclinations (dessart et al., 2019) and the scheme’s characteristics (tyllianakis and martin-ortega, 2021). of particular interest when evaluating aecss are determinants of farmer behaviour, driven by pre-existing concepts and viewpoints (muhar et al., 2018). empirical approaches to assess and find common patters in viewpoints regarding agriculture, environmental management and stewardship and types of aecss are becoming more pronounced in the literature (e.g., walder and kantelhardt, 2018; iofrida et al., 2018; braito et al., 2020; norris et al., 2021), recognising the important role that the plurality of viewpoints across a topic play. this study aims to examine and analyse viewpoints concerning a soon-to-be introduced aecs in a country (england) that still is influenced by cap concepts and has laid out ambitious environmental goals for aecs and the future of farming in the country. it aims to determine whether groups of farmers with similarities concerning their farm type and experience in collaborative aecs are positively inclined towards new and ambitious aecs currently rolled out in england. by using the semi-structured survey method of q methodology i present the viewpoints of a specific, geographically-explicit group of uk farmers around the adoption of the newly introduced landscape recovery scheme. this is examined in a sample of yorkshire farmers, members of the countryside stewardship facilitation fund (csff) scheme with past experience in collaborating and sharing knowledge around land stewardship. by doing so i find several patterns in viewpoints of upland farmers in yorkshire, involved mainly in sheep and beef farming and depending on government subsidies for their income, regarding the operationalisation of the scheme in the lands they manage. i also identify two main typologies of drivers; practical and related to implementation concerns characterise one group of participants while social and environmental concerns are of interest in the other two groups. the paper next presents the method used and reviews past literature of relevance to this application (section 2). section 3 describes the case study locations while section 4 describes the data collected. the results of the q methodology are presented in section 5 and section 6 discusses the findings relating to the implementation of aecs and the delivery of agri-environmental climate goods in the uk and offers some concluding remarks relevant to policy-making. 2. literature review the method of analysis chosen in this paper is q methodology. it stems from the field of psychology and has seen a steady increase in its use through the years, starting from the mid-1950s (stephenson, 1953) and recently has seen increased application in social sciences (akhtar-danesh et al., 2009). in its core, q methodology systematically studies subjectivity on a particular topic (brown, 1993) by identifying patterns within the discourse, as broadly and accurately as possible, of a particular topic (doody et al., 2009). the researcher is responsible for presenting the full range of opinions in an activity and as such the approach is inherently subjective (vecchio et al., 2022) and therefore more suitable to analyse attitudes towards a topic (cross, 2005). nevertheless, subjectivity is mediated by the researcher presenting recognised points of view to participants instead of an existing framework (barker, 2008). potential viewpoint patterns are analysed through factor analysis over small sample sizes (davies and hodge, 2007; taheri et al., 2020). of particular interest to researchers are patterns such as relationships between participants who have similar rankings of statements (i.e. similar attitudes) that represent the full discourse on a topic (borthwick et al., 2003). q methodology has seen extensive application in surveys of farmers since the 1990’s (e.g., van der ploeg, 1992; fairweather and keating, 1994; vanclay et al., 1998) and in particular post-2000 with farmers being the 5th largest group of stakeholders examined in the socioenvironmental research literature employing the same methodology (sneegas et al., 2021). research amongst farmers is extremely rich and has focused on a plethora of issues. such issues, for example, refer to determining generic views of farming (e.g., fairweather and keating, 1994), environmental management of agricultural land (davies and hodge, 2007) and farmers self-identity (zagata, 2010). identifying types of farmers based on viewpoints and beliefs is also of major interest in the literature which has focused on classifying farmers’ identities (cullen et al., 2020), farmers’ ideologies or perspectives (braito et al., 2020; walder and kantelhardt, 2018), farmer archetypes based on sociodemographic, psychological and structural characteristics (leonhardt et al., 2022) or decision-making preferences related to the farm (barbosa et al., 2020; braito et al., 2020). while studies focusing on environmentally conscious farming are more numerous, a small number of studies exists in the literature investigating the viewpoints of farmers regarding agri-environment schemes. norris et al., (2021), for example, find that reliance on 15assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 ecosystems (peatland) determines one type of viewpoint while lack of land ownership makes participants more inclined to adopt pro-environmental behaviour. visser et al., (2007) find that current use of a protected ecosystem in ireland strongly influences differences in viewpoints between farmers and non-farmers regarding conservation approaches. iofrida et al., (2018) report that farmers identify with concepts of modernising agricultural practices while emphasising the importance of protecting the environment in olive grove farming. walder and kantelhardt (2018) used a q methodology approach to assess the views of austrian farmers regarding specific agrienvironmental schemes and found farmers’ viewpoints combining environmental stewardship characteristics, appreciation of ecosystems as part of culture and placing less importance on generating income. q methodology outcomes of types of farmers have also been used in quantitative studies to predict adoption of agri-environment schemes (e.g., leonhardt et al., 2022). 3. case study description this study focuses on two similar (in terms of farming activities and landscape) but also distinct csff groups in yorkshire (in terms of size and financial and development opportunities in the wider area) of land managers. the study offers several insights into viewpoints for aecs, the role of farmer groups and facilitators and their impact. a sizeable portion of the (small) funds allocated to csff groups is assigned to fund the activities of a local group lead who can be either a farmer or a farm advisor. such group leads are expected to encourage group participation, provide support in funding acquisition endeavours and training activities, amongst other duties. as a concept, collaborative groups of farmers, led by specific individuals can support “cultural and social capital” creation (burton and paragahawewa, 2011). furthermore, established and well-functioning groups of land managers should influence implementation of aecs while reducing individualistic and un-coordinated approaches to farming (riley et al., 2018), further strengthened by the role of intermediaries and advisors (prager, 2015; riley et al., 2018). as explained in the following sections, the two selected groups have been operating for several years, attracting an increasing number of engaged farmers, involved in several nature recovery and enhancement projects and steered by locally based group leads. overall, these two groups should offer valuable insights when evaluating the landscape recovery scheme and inform potential uptake from such types of farmers. 3.1 agri-environmental public goods post-brexit in the uk a uk case study is used, focusing on yorkshire which contains large number of farmers, to examine the viewpoints on the innovative concepts the uk is introducing in its agri-environmental policy, with agrienvironmental climate goods delivery being prioritised (bateman and balmford, 2018; reed et al., 2020). as the uk leaves the eu, increasing attention is being paid to the future design of national environment policy. following the recent publication of the 25 year environment plan and england’s first agriculture bill for over 70 years (uk parliament, 2020), the devolved administrations are consulting on and developing their own policies and strategies. in england’s agriculture bill and the consultations run by each of the devolved administrations, proposals are being made to replace the current subsidy system of ‘direct basic payments’ to farmers, which is based on the total area of land farmed, with a system based on “public money for public goods” (defra, 2021a). there is therefore a unique opportunity to re-evaluate existing options and prioritise funding towards interventions that are more likely to deliver public goods. as all existing direct basic payments are to be phased out over the transition period (2021-2028), (defra, 2020). elms are being positioned to be the main source of future ‘financial assistance’ to uk’s farmers. at the time of design of this study, elms were conceived by the department of environment, food and rural affairs (defra) as a three level system with varying degrees of complexity and environmental and biodiversity targets (defra, 2020). the first level was broadly described to fund the ‘broad and shallow’ land activities through the sustainable farming incentive (sfi), which will pay farmers for actions (defra, 2021b), to continue supporting direct payments in farming. the other two levels are designed as being focused more on ‘narrow and deep’ aecs, under which farmers would be paid for outcomes (defra, 2018) entailing higher demands from land managers, coupled with higher desired environmental results. these two highest levels were to include elements of collaboration, as well as different and increasing suggested means of monitoring of results and scope of deliver public goods. the landscape recovery scheme is the most ambitious of the elm schemes, envisioning collaboration between land managers and landholders and landscape-wide interventions and benefits. a test and trials phase for trialling characteristics and goals of possible landscape recovery projects is taking place between 2021 and 2022, across england (defra, 2021b). 16 emmanouil tyllianakis bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 3.2. esk valley farmer group the esk valley countryside stewardship facilitation fund (csff) network consists of a large group of upland and lowland farmers with common interests in improving water and soil quality within the esk river catchment. farmers have joined the group to explore ways of supporting their farm income through providing evidence of environmental services they already provide (carbon storage, natural flood management etc.) in the face of a changing domestic and european agricultural policy. the csff is focused on the environmental and ecological aspects of the catchment, specifically from the perspective of those farming and managing the land (defra, 2017). the csff aims to support efforts by the esk pearl mussel and salmon recovery project to reintroduce the pearl mussel to bolster the remnants of the existing population, through improving the water quality in the river. for this iconic species ‘good’ is not good enough, pristine conditions are required. this needs collective action from farmers in both upper and lower reaches of the catchment to reduce pollution and sedimentation problems (defra, 2017). there is a long history of action in the river esk catchment seeking to improve its ecological status so that an iconic species previously found in the river, the freshwater pearl mussel, does not ultimately go extinct (schaller et al., 2020). the csff network covers the whole catchment and 30% of the land area (10,514 hectares, both in upper and lower reaches) is farmed by csff network members (59 members) (defra, 2017). a key focus is what can be done to improve water quality across the catchment, especially as it is a salmon and trout river and sediment in the water is a major factor in the lack of recruitment of juvenile migratory fish (defra, 2017). water quality is generally good across the catchment and of good ecological status according to the water framework directive apart from one exception (schaller et al., 2020). many other additional environmental improvements have been added: sedimentation, nitrate and phosphate pollution due to the agricultural and farming activities in the area, and complement the main focus – for example waders benefit from the network tackling issues of water quality (schaller et al., 2020). the majority of the land is under good ecological status according to the water framework directive while the ph is 6.0 for more than 68% of the esk grasslands (compared to 53% for the whole of the u.k.) (schaller et al., 2020). the area encompassed by the esk valley csff is the esk catchment that extends from the source of the esk all the way to the sea at whitby (defra, 2017). this means the catchment includes a range of land types from heather moorland to arable fields, areas classified as site of specific scientific interest (sssi), special area of conservation (sac) and special protection areas (spa) to highly intensive farmland. there is little woodland in the region, less than 13% of the total region, mainly in linear strips (schaller et al., 2020). as the area falls within the iconic national park and its traditional landscapes so another aim is to address the disconnect between maintenance of these landscapes and the system to reward this. farmers joined the csff with a two-fold intention: to see environmental improvements and economic benefits increase from the ongoing and expanding environmental management in the esk catchment (defra, 2017). the group and its activities were key in esk valley farmers working with the national parks authority (npa) to submit a successful bid for £300k of capital works plus advice programme (schaller et al., 2020). in terms of sociodemographic characteristics of the sample, the upper reaches there are moorland hill flocks of sheep and herds of beef cattle. lower down in the valley dairy farms are seen; over time there has been a shift to smaller numbers of large dairy farms (schaller et al., 2020). there are some small pockets of arable land in the valley and potatoes are typically grown. the farms tend to be small compared to the average size of farms in the yorkshire dales; the average farm size is about 100 hectares while there are 7-8 big dairy farms in the csff group. the farms are a mixture of owner-occupied and tenanted and this is mixed across the whole catchment. farms belonging to the group cover approximately 1/3 of the whole esk catchment (defra, 2017). large numbers of the farmers are reliant upon farm subsidies and agrienvironmental scheme to stay in operation, and many of the farmers also have second jobs (schaller et al., 2020). 3.3 south pennines farmer group the south pennines farmers csff network is a large network of farmers from the wider yorkshire area benefiting from the support and active involvement of local government agencies aiming to bring farmers and land managers together, with support from governmental agencies to better deliver aecs. in particular, facilitate they facilitate knowledge exchange between farmers and provide information on how to better manage the local ecosystems especially under the threat of extreme weather events such as the damaging floods of 2015 (defra, 2016). the group is comprised of a number of participants with homogeneous interests, land holdings and farm activities and farm holdings are found in mainly upland areas with the majority of the farmers 17assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 depending considerably on farm subsidies and aecs to supplement farm income (schaller et al., 2020). the south pennines farmers csff network was set up initially in 2015 with the purpose to deliver and explore how they can improve delivery of several key environmental benefits in the wider catchment area (defra, 2016). group members’ land holdings are in the proximity of special protection areas (spa), special areas of conservation (sac) and the south pennines moor site of special scientific interest (sssi), which is both expected to have beneficial impact on environmental quality of services and to be benefited from improvements in land management (defra, 2016). given the relatively high altitude (approximately 400m above sea level) of the land holdings the interest of farmers revolved around moorland restoration and enhancement, grassland habitat creation, and enhancing and expanding riparian habitats to benefit flood risk management and water quality while considering afforestation practices as well (schaller et al., 2020). soil quality and acidity result in grass quality not being enough for sheep to grow properly. farmers in the group do not engage in any organized forestry and woodlands within the land holdings of members are currently unmanaged. it is early to see whether participation in the network and the actions it supports has produced tangible outcomes for the environment (schaller et al., 2020). the majority of the south pennines farmers csff network farmers have small holdings (average size is 30 hectares) and are involved in sheep and beef farming while there are no dairy farmers or arable/mixed farmers in the network either (defra, 2016). given the grass quality, sheep are being sold elsewhere for fattening which results in lower market prices for the local farmers. as a result, farmers have been engaging in other economic activities to supplement their farm income with the majority of network members having such “outof-farm” income (schaller et al., 2020). the low price of beef is also resulting in reduced farm income. additionally, farmers in the area have been dependant in income from various environmental management schemes, mainly the basic payment scheme (on average, 75% of farm income comes from payment schemes) (schaller et al., 2020). the majority of the farms are not rented. from all farming activities in the wider yorkshire area, the activities that the csff members partake (grazing livestock) is by far the least profitable one, generating £19.3k per year, lower than the england average (defra, 2019). grazing livestock in upland areas is the activity that the vast majority of farms in the west yorkshire area (where the network’s farmers are located) are engaged with. farmers in the group have seen a decline in farm income while intensification of weather events (such as the floods of 2015 and the recent (2019) floods that impacted west yorkshire, in particular, with some lowland areas still recovering and undergoing rebuilding) stress the importance of proper land management in adjacent lands, making land abandonment a real future threat. farmers see themselves, and are seen by other actors in the economy, as vital partners and providers to environmental goods and services that support climate change mitigation and adaptation while safeguarding income and lives. as a result, the grouping of farmers such as the specific csff network has allowed for the procurement of funding for a local council (calderdale council) to address flood issues and explore flooding measures such as natural flood management (nfm), following the 2015 floods (schaller et al., 2020). 4. data 4.1 workshops two workshops took place in yorkshire in march (whitby) and may (hebden bridge) 2022. the q-method was part of further data collection through questionnaires, data from which were not used in the analysis and they are not presented here. these questions assessed the knowledge of participants concerning landscape recovery and their interest in participating in agri-environmental schemes in general. they were followed by a list of open-ended questions where participants were asked about types of agri-environmental activities, their priorities regarding public good provisioning and how participants achieve farm production and delivery of public goods and finally assess any changes in knowledge and intentions to participate in agri-environment schemes. the first workshop attracted 19 participants with all but two being farmers (the remaining participants were members of local government agencies and farmer advisors). the majority of the participants are quite active in participating in farmer meetings and only a small number of participants did not attend regularly farmer meetings organised in the general whitby area or organised through the now-discontinued esk valley csff group (which was comprised by a group of approximately 30 farmers). 14 complete q-sorts were collected and analysed in the first workshop1. the second work1 questionnaire collection was fragmented with some participants not filling in the second questionnaire and with few not filling in them at all (also due to late arrivals). some questions in the pre-workshop 18 emmanouil tyllianakis bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 shop attracted 15 participants, with all being farmers and members of the south pennine farmers csff group and regular attendees to farmer meetings and discussions through the years. this csff group reached a total number of approximately 60 members before it was discontinued but former participants still meet regularly and have contact with the group lead. similar to the esk valley csff group, the csff group of south pennine farmers’ legacy is the continued involvement of several of its members in aspects of land management in their area. each meeting took approximately two hours in total to be completed. only q-sorts carried out individually were included in the analysis, q-sorts that were completed collectively were excluded, as were q-sorts from non-farmers. this approach was followed to ensure consistency in viewpoint expression. 4.2 q methodology data in order to understand better the viewpoints of land managers that participated in the two workshops, the q methodology was used. q methodology groups survey participants in distinct groups (sometimes called “factors”) based on differences and similarities in their ranking of statements within a sample of statements, called the q-set. after the participants rankorder the statements presented to them to their individual q-sorts a quantitative analysis through factor analysis can take place (taheri et al., 2020). additionally, q methodology allows for finding statements that participants had a consensus opinion on; either positive or negative one, and therefore are not part of the aforementioned groups of statements. overall, q methodology enables assessing common drivers and characteristics of survey participants for a specific topic. in this case, it allows to determine how opinions on contract, socio-economic, environmental and legal characteristics of landscape recovery groups yorkshire upland land managers in distinct groups. such statements need to be representative of the variety of opinions around the topic to allow for agreement and disagreement around them. see the next section for a detailed description of the q-set formulation. following sneegas et al. (2021)’s ‘best practice’ recommendations, below i present the development of the q-set. to this end, a list of statements covering sevquestionnaire were left unanswered from the farmers when some terms were not explained to them. for example, some questions in the preworkshop questionnaire asked about elms landscape recovery but several farmers indicated that the workshop was the first time they heard about the term, and this was also one of their main reasons for attending and therefore more missing data exist. eral aspects was produced through consultation with official documents describing the landscape recovery scheme, loosely based on a political, economic, sociological, technological, legal and environmental (pestle) analysis related to potential agri-environmental contract solutions between farmers from 13 case studies in europe (hamunen et al., 2022). aspects considered relate to four different topics relating to aepcss: first, contract aspects (po) (e.g., whether the 20-year length of landscape recovery is feasible for the participant, the availability of training as part of costs covered in the scheme, the requirement to collaborate with adjacent farms or whether compensation should cover income foregone etc.). second, environmental aspects (en) (e.g., scheme supporting climate change adaptation goals in the uk, scheme supporting wider delivery of public goods, etc.). third, socio-economic implications of the scheme (ec and so) (e.g., participation in the scheme reducing income uncertainty for farmers, scheme fitting different farm types and levels of income, scheme increasing the visibility and appreciation of farmers for delivering public goods etc.). finally, policyoriented aspects (le and te) (e.g., how well does the landscape recovery scheme fit with wider uk policy, how well the landscape recovery scheme fits with the participant’s farm goals etc.). this resulted in 25 statements that were tested in a separate farmer workshop with 13 participants from north yorkshire (including participants from the esk valley and south pennines csff groups) in february 2020. that workshop included a q methodology and discussion afterwards on the statements and method itself. this helped to finalise phrasing and inclusion/exclusion of statements. the 22 final statements were then presented in the two workshops in the esk valley and south pennines in the form of laminated cards to participants, and they were asked to place them in a grid (turning the q-set into a q-sort). statements placed in the extreme left were the ones that participants disagreed with most/did not interest them at all and those in the extreme right those with the opposite effect. the full list of the 22 statements is presented in table 1. the q-grid used is available in the appendix. each q-sort took participants approximately 20 minutes to complete. q-sorts were then analysed through factor analysis, using a varimax rotation, using the statistical software stata (version 15.1) and the qfactor command (akhtar-danesh, 2018). statements were distinguished between each other with the stephenson’s (1978) formula that allows for an individual to be loaded on a factor of their score is statistically significantly different at the 95% level. 19assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 5. results in total, 25 q-sorts were collected from the two workshops. after removing incomplete sorts (sorts where not all statements were placed within the grid, i.e., statements went missing) or q-sorts that participants filled in in a collaborative manner, 16 q-sorts were retained for analysis. non-farmers were excluded from the analysis. results for a three-factor (discourse) solution can be seen in table 2 below. ‘value’ reflects the importance (from -4 to +4) an average participant loaded in a discourse placed on a specific statement. the three-factor solution explains 60% of the variance, higher than other q methodology farmer studies (e.g., iofrida et al., 2018) and was selected after comparing model fit with different number of factors and minimising consensus statements (howard et al., 2016). each of the three factors had an eigen value higher than 2.8 and the three-factor solution had only two consensus statements compared to the 6 of the two-factor one. the higher the value participants in a factor placed on a statement, the higher the reported value in table 2 below. each discourse had a similar number of q-sorts loaded in it, with q-sorts from esk valley farmers loading mainly in discourse 3 and 2 while q-sorts from the south pennines loaded equally in discourse 1 and 2. the bottom of table 2 presents statements (so4 and le3) that workshop participants had a consensus opinion on and as a result did not influence the grouping of participants in ether factor. from the results of the q methodology it appears that the workshop participants in discourse 1 are concerned with practical, implementational characteristics when evaluating the prospect of enrolling in the landscape recovery scheme primarily, followed by environmental clauses embedded within the contract of the scheme. offering training to farmers, guidance and support and economic returns are important to them. these “pragmatic yet environmentally conscious” workshop participants have slightly different priorities with those grouped in factor 2 (discourse 2). workshop participants grouped in discourse 2 are more preoccupied table 1. list of the q-concourse items. statement coding contract aspects (po) farmers’ training and guidance should be eligible cost in the scheme po1 the scheme should deliver environmental goods and services by farmers, beyond biodiversity and carbon/climate benefits po2 scheme must have a low level/amount of bureaucracy po3 allow support from skilled authorities and intermediaries in aiding farmers in the implementation of schemes po4 environmental aspects (en) adaptation to climate change (e.g. change practice/crops, irrigation systems) must be addressed by the scheme en1 mitigation of climate change (e.g. reducing flood risk, sequestering carbon) must be addressed by the scheme en2 scheme must take into account unpredictability of nature and the limited possibility for farmers to guarantee results en3 scheme objectives acknowledge spatial and regional differences of environmental conditions across england en4 the contract of landscape recovery scheme should be 20 years or longer as there is a long period from action to result en5 socio-economic (ec and so) financial compensation for participation in the scheme should follow cost incurred/income forgone ec1 landscape recovery should reduce financial risk and uncertainty of income for farmers ec2 scheme should support better visibility (appreciation, recognition) of farmers’ work in providing environmental benefits so1 it is important for the scheme to support cooperation with others (stakeholders, neighbours, farmer unions) so2 farmers’ awareness and knowledge of environmental issues increases through participating in scheme so3 the landscape recovery fits all different farmer and farm characteristics: education, age, size of farm, tenancy so4 policy (legal and technological aspects) (le and te) the elms and landscape recovery in particular, are simple to understand from the material online le1 large scale landscape recovery is compatible with existing laws, programs and uk policy le2 the national landscape recovery goals are compatible with your farming long term goals le3 there is good agreement between landscape recovery priorities and practical, achievable goals in your region le4 scheme must require smart (specific, measurable, attainable and action-oriented, relevant, and time-bound) indicators te1 scheme must be easy to apply and without complex monitoring implementation te2 farmers have no time or money for implementing measures in other elms on offer te3 20 emmanouil tyllianakis bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 with economic and implementational issues when considering enrolling in landscape recovery. in particular, these participants’ viewpoints focus on the specifics of the scheme, in particular with respect to monitoring of results, low levels of bureaucracy and advice offered by skilled intermediaries. these “pragmatic” farmers appear less interested in environmental aspects of the scheme while being sceptical of how landscape recovery fits with their personal farming goals. finally, participants’ viewpoints in discourse 3 showed a varied interest in environmental issues, compensation levels, minimising of financial and climate risk as goals of the scheme, as well as a desire to co-operate. these “risk-averse environmentalists” appear more interested in solutions that maximise farmers’ income, training and welfare while minimising personal financial and climate-related risk. such participants also appear to not find the landscape recovery’s goals as attractive or feasible to them. all groups of workshop participants appear to find the 20-year length of landscape recovery as undesirable and consider the goals of landscape recovery as incompatible with existing uk laws. the results and ranking of statements (4 for “very important” to -4 for “not important at all”) for each group of participants can be seen in table 2. workshop participants were in consensus regarding the uniformity of landscape recovery, either in terms of compatibility with personal farmer goals, or in terms of fitting all farmer types and profiles, as can be seen in the bottom part of table 2. both these statements did not differ significantly from discourse to table 2. relative importance for landscape recovery characteristics and aims for esk and south pennines land managers. discourse 1 (factor 1) discourse 2 (factor 2) discourse 3 (factor 3) pragmatic yet environmentally conscious pragmatic objectors risk-averse environmentalists label z-score value label z-score value label z-score value po1 1.860 4 po1 1.62 4 en1 1.61 4 po2 1.120 3 ec2 1.6 3 te2 1.22 3 so3 1.580 3 po3 1.42 3 en2 1.22 3 en1 1.050 2 te1 1.04 2 ec2 1.21 2 en3 0.927 2 po4 1.19 2 so2 1.16 2 ec1 0.617 1 so3 0.339 1 po1 -0.021 1 le1 -0.025 1 en3 0.229 1 so3 0.516 1 le3 0.091 1 le3 0.279 1 en3 0.041 1 so2 0.678 1 te2 0.62 1 so1 0.902 1 te1 0.461 1 en2 -0.165 1 en4 0.63 1 te3 0.003 1 so1 0.639 1 ec1 0.313 1 ec2 -0.145 0 en1 -0.586 0 po3 -0.085 0 en4 -0.099 0 le1 -0.371 0 te1 -0.538 0 le2 -0.206 0 te3 -0.252 0 po4 -0.449 0 po3 -0.473 0 en4 -0.374 0 le3 -0.103 0 so4 -0.513 0 so4 -0.443 0 so4 -0.372 0 te2 -0.442 0 le4 -0.378 0 le4 -0.363 0 en5 -0.649 -2 ec1 -0.92 -2 le1 -1.17 -2 po4 -0.961 -2 le2 -0.708 -2 po2 -0.83 -2 en2 -1.480 -3 po2 -1.49 -3 te3 -1.3 -3 so1 -1.110 -3 so2 -1.31 -3 en5 -1.7 -3 le4 -2.290 -4 en5 -1.98 -4 le2 -1.91 -4 number of q-sorts= 5 number of q-sorts= 4 number of q-sorts= 4 consensus statements label/discourse 1 discourse 2 discourse 3 so4 1 1 0 le3 0 0 0 21assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 discourse and both were seen as “neither important nor important”. 6. discussion and conclusions the aim of the workshops was to understand the perspectives of upland yorkshire farmers regarding the goals and intended impact of the landscape recovery scheme being rolled out in the uk. to achieve this the q methodology was used and to demonstrate the range of viewpoints amongst farmers that share considerable similarities concerning their farming practices and dependency to government subsidies. the main outcome of the q-sorting is that there is considerable agreement in viewpoints regarding the a) aspects of the scheme that are non-favourable for the participants and b) a desire to combine feasible and economically beneficial to their farm practices with environmental objectives. in particular, discourses 1 and 3 (“pragmatic yet environmentally conscious” and “risk-averse environmentalists”, respectively) group viewpoints that show interest in farmer-friendly aecs coupled with environmentallyfriendly objectives. economic returns and business-oriented viewpoints while showing a disposition towards aecs are grouped in discourse 2 (as “pragmatic objectors” viewpoints), with such views being common in the literature (e.g., davies and hodge, 2007, walder and kandelheart, 2018; norris et al., 2021). discourse 1 grouped statements somehow common issues affecting the practical enrolment of farmers to aecs. such issues focus on simplifying implementation of aecs (po2, +3) echoing similar studies (e.g., de groot and steg, 2010). similar with other studies, such viewpoints are not “purely” from an environmentalist point of view (norris et al., 2021) as farmers appear to want to combine financial viability of their farm (en3, +2; ec1, +1). viewpoints of such pragmatic yet environmentally conscious farmers appear more inclined to consider enrolling in an generic aecs contract as a means to achieve the two main goals (financial survival of the farm and environmental stewardship) but doing so through the landscape recovery scheme is strongly opposed to (le4, -4). a desire for “broad and shallow” measures within aecs that achieve limited environmental benefits is often reported in qualitative studies amongst european farmers (zimmermann and britz, 2016; braito et al., 2020). within discourse 1 also appear elements of a lack of desire to be recognized for their role as farmers (so1, -3), contrary to barbosa et al., (2020), potentially exacerbated by farmer views that the public underestimates the role of famers in society. discourse 2 has viewpoints focusing on contractrelated characteristics of aecs such as adequate financial compensation provided to farmers (ec2, +4) (e.g., walder and kantelhardt, 2018), provisioning of advice being included in the scheme (po1, +4) and reduced bureaucracy at the application stage and during the duration of the scheme (po3, +3). these pragmatic farmers appear fundamentally against several aecs concepts such as the delivery of multiple agri-environmental public goods (po2, -3), cooperate with other land managers (so2, -3). this is confirmed by their belief that elms are not compatible with uk policy (le2, -2). this reflects the wider literature concerning land managers’ viewpoints regarding aecs contracts and their features, with current schemes failing to properly incentivise farmers to participate (uthes and matzdorf, 2013; tyllianakis and martin-ortega, 2021). such a desire for aecs with limited requirements is also confirmed in these pragmatic farmers by the strong viewpoints against the long-term duration (20-year) of contracts funded by the landscape recovery scheme (en5, -4), similar with the risk-averse environmentalists in discourse 3. discourse 3 (‘risk-averse environmentalists’) included viewpoints that are somewhat common in aecs since farmers are known to be generally risk-averse when considering aecs (schroeder et al., 2013) while generally concerned about the environment grouped more environmentally-focused viewpoints, another common occurrence in the relevant literature (e.g., walder and kantelhardt, 2018; braito et al., 2020; cusworth, 2020). this discourse included viewpoints preferring simple aecs contracts over complicated ones with respect to monitoring (te2, +3) and aecs acknowledging and being used to address the risk that climate change presents to farming (en1, +4 and en2, +3), showing preferences for “narrow and deep” schemes given their low preference for long contract durations (en5, -3). this apparent pro-aecs stance coupled with strong objections to specific contract characteristics might indicate an extrinsically motivated approach of farmers (matzdorf and lorenz, 2010) when expressing viewpoints around the landscape recovery scheme with respect to cultural capital creation in farming, evidence from the q-sorting points to the need for training and guidance (po1) as topic of agreement amongst most participants. such a viewpoint, (evident in discourse 1 and 3’s viewpoints) reflects the need of farmers to receive training and guidance when enrolled in an aecs (braito et al., 2020) but offering such an option might not be practically feasible in aecs contracts (knierim et al., 2017). given that viewpoints across the three farmer groups were indifferent for aspects of social 22 emmanouil tyllianakis bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 capital such as cooperation with other farmers (so2) or having schemes that fit every farmer (so4) came from participants of csff groups with well-functioning group leader dynamics. these groups had also operated over an extended period of time (each csff operates more than 5 years with the same group leader), nevertheless, cultural capital creation appears to be still be lacking. this prevents potential positive spillover effects in aecs (burton and paragahawewa, 2011) and in the delivery of agrienvironmental climate goods. in other similar examples in the literature, braito et al., (2020) did not find a desire amongst farmers to coordinate actions and foster social networks. norris et al., (2021) did not find any association between membership in collective, cooperative agreements (what can be approximated by csff membership in the present study) and any farmer viewpoints when assessing viewpoints over peatland management between farmers. therefore more studies are required to determine the impact that past experiences in cooperative, collaborative and socially-driven farmer networks influences similar viewpoints concerning environmental land management. limitations of this study refer to the research scope and the familiarity of participants with it. as it became evident through the workshops, many participants were not aware of the specific requirements and description of the landscape recovery scheme. expressing their opinions was therefore based on past experiences and viewpoints concerning the authority responsible for the scheme’ rollout (defra) and their (limited) past experience with aecs. therefore, larger ‘burden of proof ’ is placed upon the workshop organisers to present an accurate description of landscape recovery to facilitate viewpoint formation. additionally, some self-selection existed within the farmer sample. interested farmers were more likely to respond to the invitation to participate in the workshops (although this should have been partially mitigated by the offer for claiming expenses and free dinner offered) and therefore their viewpoints might be representative of other, less engaged farmers. therefore, generalising the findings is not possible (walder and kantelhardt, 2018) and also outside of the purposes of q methodology (norris et al., 2021). finally, although farmer viewpoints are expected to be primary drivers behind enrolment in aecs, determining the impact that socio-demographic characteristics such as age, having a named successor, farmer income and current dependency from direct payments is required. all these factors were brought up from workshop participants as key drivers of any future enrolment in aecs, therefore quantitative experimental survey methods such as through the use of vignettes (e.g., parkins e al., 2022) or examining relationships between observed aecs participation and farmer viewpoints/types (e.g., leonhardt) could act as complimentary to the presented results. from these findings, it appears that enrolling in the landscape recovery scheme is inhibited by a series of factors for upland yorkshire farmers. nevertheless, the viewpoints expressed by yorkshire farmers should fit broadly with “broad and shallow” aecs (defra, 2021), such as the wider elm scheme. it appears that aspects regarding payments, free advice, duration and scope inhibit the endorsement of landscape recovery from yorkshire farmers. uncertainty around the level of payments, type of management practices and the type of changes in existing practices they would entail also appear significant. furthermore, socio-environmental issues also further inhibit potential enrolment, with landscape recovery and particularly lengthy contracts within it, being perceived as un-aligned with yorkshire farming goals and capabilities. such findings, if corroborated by actual enrolment in landscape recovery in the future from upland beef and dairy farmers in yorkshire, would mean that wider, landscape interventions will not be taking place in the area. instead, such land managers would focus in lessdemanding elm schemes such as the sfi, which seems to be meeting the combination of requested management practices and involvement. nevertheless, lack of clarity whether sfi payments would be enough to cover for the loss of basic payment scheme (bps) payments would mean that upland yorkshire farmers might be faced with ever-decreasing farm-related income. in the event of this occurring, farmers are expected to turn even more to out-of-farm activities such as tourism and hospitality sectors to supplement farm income or continue the trend of land abandonment. this would have detrimental effects in maintaining the existing quality and quantity of public goods in the general yorkshire area. acknowledgement this work received funding from the european union’s horizon 2020 research and innovation programme console contract solutions for effective and lasting delivery of agri-environmental-climate public goods by eu agriculture and forestry, under grant agreement no. 817949. references akhtar-danesh, n., baxter, p., valaitis, r.k., stanyon, w. & sproul, s., (2009). nurse faculty perceptions of 23assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 simulation use in nursing education. western journal of nursing research, 31(3), 312–329. akhtar-danesh, n., (2018). qfactor: a command for q-methodology analysis. the stata journal, 18(2), 432–446. barbosa, r.a., de faria domingues, c.h., da silva, m.c., foguesatto, c.r., de aragão pereira, m., gimenes, r.m.t. & borges, j.a.r., (2020). using q-methodology to identify rural women’s viewpoint on succession of family farms. land use policy, 92, 104489. bateman, i.j. & balmford, b., (2018). public funding for public goods: a post-brexit perspective on principles for agricultural policy. land use policy, 79, 293–300. borthwick, j.m., charnock‐jones, d.s., tom, b.d., hull, m.l., teirney, r., phillips, s.c. & smith, s.k., (2003). determination of the transcript profile of human endometrium. mhr: basic science of reproductive medicine, 9(1), 19–33. braito, m., leonhardt, h., penker, m., schauppenlehnerkloyber, e., thaler, g. & flint, c.g., (2020). the plurality of farmers’ views on soil management calls for a policy mix. land use policy, 99, 104876. brown, s.r., (1993). a primer on q methodology. operant subjectivity, 16(3/4), 91–138. burton, r.j. & paragahawewa, u.h. (2011). creating culturally sustainable agri-environmental schemes. journal of rural studies, 27(1), 95–104. cross, j.c., (2005). placental function in development and disease. reproduction, fertility and development, 18(2), 71–76. cusworth, g. (2020). falling short of being the ‘good farmer’: losses of social and cultural capital incurred through environmental mismanagement, and the long-term impacts agri-environment scheme participation. journal of rural studies, 75, 164–173. davies, b.b., & hodge, i.d. (2007). exploring environmental perspectives in lowland agriculture: a q methodology study in east anglia, uk. ecological economics, 61(2-3), 323–333. de groot, j.i. & steg, l., (2010). relationships between value orientations, self-determined motivational types and pro-environmental behavioural intentions. journal of environmental psychology, 30(4), 368–378. defra, 2016. countryside stewardship facilitation fund 2016. map and brief outline of this years groups and priorities to be delivered. available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/567010/csff-round2-case-studies.pdf defra, (2017). countryside stewardship facilitation fund 2017 national round map and brief outline of groups and priorities to be delivered. available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/680375/csff-2017nationalround-applicants-details. pdf defra (2018). health and harmony: the future for food, farming and the environment in a green brexit, cm 9577. available at: https://assets.publishing.service. gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/684003/future-farming-environmentconsult-document.pdf defra, (2019). defra statistics: agricultural facts – yorkshire & the humber. available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/ uploads/attachment_data/file/972098/regionalstatistics_yorkshumber_23mar21.pdf defra (2020) countryside stewardship: higher tier manual. available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov. uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_ data/file/920470/cs_higher_tier_v2.0.pdf defra (2021a). sustainable farming incentive: how the scheme will work in 2022. available at: https://www. gov.uk/government/publications/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022/ sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-willwork-in-2022 defra (2021b). test and trials evidence report: schemes for environmental land management. available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/1074779/elm-tt-dec21.pdf dessart, f., barreiro-hurle, j., & van bavel, r., (2019). behavioural factors affecting the adoption of sustainable farming practices: a policy-oriented review. european review of agricultural economics, 46(3): 417–471. doody, d.g., kearney, p., barry, j., moles, r. & o’regan, b., (2009). evaluation of the q-method as a method of public participation in the selection of sustainable development indicators. ecological indicators, 9(6), 1129–1137. european commission (2019). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the european council, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions: the european green deal (european commission), com(2019) 640 final. european commission (2022). factsheet – a greener and fairer cap. available at: https://agriculture.ec.europa. eu/common-agricultural-policy/cap-overview/newcap-2023-27_en fairweather, j.r. & keating, n.c., (1994). goals and management styles of new zealand farmers. agricultural systems, 44(2), 181–200. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/567010/csff-round2-case-studies.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/567010/csff-round2-case-studies.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/567010/csff-round2-case-studies.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/680375/csff-2017nationalround-applicants-details.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/680375/csff-2017nationalround-applicants-details.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/680375/csff-2017nationalround-applicants-details.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/680375/csff-2017nationalround-applicants-details.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/684003/future-farming-environment-consult-document.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/684003/future-farming-environment-consult-document.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/684003/future-farming-environment-consult-document.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/684003/future-farming-environment-consult-document.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/972098/regionalstatistics_yorkshumber_23mar21.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/972098/regionalstatistics_yorkshumber_23mar21.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/972098/regionalstatistics_yorkshumber_23mar21.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/972098/regionalstatistics_yorkshumber_23mar21.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/920470/cs_higher_tier_v2.0.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/920470/cs_higher_tier_v2.0.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/920470/cs_higher_tier_v2.0.pdf https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022/sustainable-farming-incentive-how-the-scheme-will-work-in-2022 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1074779/elm-tt-dec21.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1074779/elm-tt-dec21.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1074779/elm-tt-dec21.pdf https://agriculture.ec.europa.eu/common-agricultural-policy/cap-overview/new-cap-2023-27_en https://agriculture.ec.europa.eu/common-agricultural-policy/cap-overview/new-cap-2023-27_en https://agriculture.ec.europa.eu/common-agricultural-policy/cap-overview/new-cap-2023-27_en 24 emmanouil tyllianakis bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 hamunen, k., haltia, e., kurttila, m., leppänen, j., tarvainen, o., & viitala, e.-j. (2022). deliverable 3.3 synthesis of opinions to implement suggested contract solutions and lessons learned. available at: https://console-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/ d3.3_final_compressed.pdf hasler, b., termansen, m., nielsen, h. ø., daugbjerg, c., wunder, s., & latacz-lohmann, u. (2022). european agri-environmental policy: evolution, effectiveness, and challenges. review of environmental economics and policy, 16(1), 105–125. howard, r.j., tallontire, a.m., stringer, l.c., & marchant, r.a., (2016). which “fairness”, for whom, and why? an empirical analysis of plural notions of fairness in fairtrade carbon projects, using q methodology. environmental science and policy, 56, 100–109. iofrida, n., de luca, a.i., gulisano, g., & strano, a., (2018). an application of q-methodology to mediterranean olive production–stakeholders’ understanding of sustainability issues. agricultural systems, 162, 46–55. jack, b. (2009). agriculture and eu environmental law. ashgate, farnham. knierim, a., labarthe, p., laurent, c., prager, k., kania, j., madureira, l., & ndah, t.h., (2017). pluralism of agricultural advisory service providers–facts and insights from europe. journal of rural studies, 55, 45–58. lastra-bravo, x., hubbard, c., garrod, g., & tolonbecerra, a., (2015). what drives farmers’ participation in eu agri-environmental schemes? results from a qualitative meta-analysis. environmental science and policy 54: 1–9. leonhardt, h., braito, m., & uehleke, r., (2022). combining the best of two methodological worlds? integrating q methodology-based farmer archetypes in a quantitative model of agri-environmental scheme uptake. agriculture and human values, 39(1), 217– 232. matzdorf, b., & lorenz, j., (2010). how cost-effective are result-oriented agri-environmental measures?— an empirical analysis in germany. land use policy, 27(2), 535–544. muhar, a., raymond, c.m., van den born, r.j., bauer, n., böck, k., braito, m., buijs, a., flint, c., de groot, w.t., ives, c.d., & mitrofanenko, t., (2018). a model integrating social-cultural concepts of nature into frameworks of interaction between social and natural systems. journal of environmental planning and management, 61(5-6), 756–777. norris, j., matzdorf, b., barghusen, r., schulze, c., & van gorcum, b., (2021). viewpoints on cooperative peatland management: expectations and motives of dutch farmers. land, 10(12), 1326. parkins, j.r., anders, s., meyerhoff, j., & holowach, m., (2022). landowner acceptance of wind turbines on their land: insights from a factorial survey experiment. land economics, 98(4), 674–689. prager, k., (2015). agri-environmental collaboratives as bridging organisations in landscape management. journal of environmental management, 161, 375–384. reed, m.s., chapman, p.j., ziv, g., stewart, g., kendall, h., taylor, a., & kopansky, d., (2020). improving the evidence base for delivery of public goods from public money in agri-environment schemes. emerald open research, 2(57), 57. riley, m., sangster, h., smith, h., chiverrell, r., & boyle, j., (2018). will farmers work together for conservation? the potential limits of farmers’ cooperation in agrienvironment measures. land use policy, 70, 635–646. schaller, l., eichhorn, t., & kantelhardt, j., (2020). console project-deliverable 2.3. “report on european in-depth case studies”. schroeder, l. a., isselstein, j., chaplin, s., & peel, s., (2013). agri-environment schemes: farmers’ acceptance and perception of potential ‘payment by results’ in grassland. a case study in england. land use policy, 32, 134–144. scown, m.w., brady, m.v., & nicholas, k.a., (2020). billions in misspent eu agricultural subsidies could support the sustainable development goals. one earth, 3(2), 237–250. sneegas, g., beckner, s., brannstrom, c., jepson, w., lee, k., & seghezzo, l., (2021). using q-methodology in environmental sustainability research: a bibliometric analysis and systematic review. ecological economics, 180, 106864. stephenson, w., (1953). the study of behavior; q-technique and its methodology. university of chicago press. stephenson, w., (1978). a note on estimating standard errors of factor scores in q method. operant subjectivity 1: 29–37. taheri, f., forouzani, m., yazdanpanah, m., & ajili, a., (2020). how farmers perceive the impact of dust phenomenon on agricultural production activities: a q-methodology study. journal of arid environments, 173, 104028. tyllianakis, e., & martin-ortega, j., (2021). agri-environmental schemes for biodiversity and environmental protection: how we are not yet “hitting the right keys”. land use policy, 109, 105620. uk parliament, (2020). the agriculture act 2020. available at: https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/ research-briefings/cbp-8702/ https://console-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/d3.3_final_compressed.pdf https://console-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/d3.3_final_compressed.pdf https://console-project.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/d3.3_final_compressed.pdf https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8702/ https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8702/ 25assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk bio-based and applied economics 13(1): 13-25, 2024 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13941 unay gailhard, i̇., bavorová, m., & pirscher, f., (2015). adoption of agri-environmental measures by organic farmers: the role of interpersonal communication. the journal of agricultural education and extension, 21(2), 127–148. uthes, s., & matzdorf, b., (2013). studies on agri-environmental measures: a survey of the literature. environmental management, 51(1), 251–266. van der ploeg, j.d., (1992). styles of farming: an introductory note on concepts and methodology. in endogenous regional development in europe: theory, method and practice, ed. h.j. de haan and j.d. van der ploeg, 7–30. vila real, portugal: luxembourg vanclay, f., mesiti, l., & howden, p., (1998). styles of farming and farming subcultures: appropriate concepts for australian rural sociology? rural society, 8(2), 85–107. vecchio, y., di pasquale, j., del giudice, t., pauselli, g., masi, m., & adinolfi, f., (2022). precision farming: what do italian farmers really think? an application of the q methodology. agricultural systems, 201, 103466. visser, m., moran, j., regan, e., gormally, m., & skeffington, m.s., (2007). the irish agri-environment: how turlough users and non-users view converging eu agendas of natura 2000 and cap. land use policy, 24(2), 362–373. walder, p. and kantelhardt, j., (2018). the environmental behaviour of farmers–capturing the diversity of perspectives with a q methodological approach. ecological economics, 143, 55–63. welsh government (2020). consultation document: agriculture (wales) white paper, wg41711. available at: https://gov.wales/sites/default/files/consultations/2020-12/agriculture-wales-bill-white-paper.pdf zagata, l. (2010). how organic farmers view their own practice: results from the czech republic. agriculture and human values, 27(3), 277–290. appendix figure 1. q-grid used for sorting in the workshops. https://gov.wales/sites/default/files/consultations/2020-12/agriculture-wales-bill-white-paper.pdf https://gov.wales/sites/default/files/consultations/2020-12/agriculture-wales-bill-white-paper.pdf _hlk60054323 _hlk104829823 _hlk128742463 _hlk104830529 _hlk127347111 _hlk128647880 _hlk128647635 _hlk128646517 _hlk128649491 new pathways for improved delivery of public goods from agriculture and forestry stefano targetti1,*, andreas niedermayr2, kati häfner3, lena schaller2 assessing the landscape recovery scheme in the uk: a q methodology study in yorkshire, uk emmanouil tyllianakis upscaling environmental incentives in the common agricultural policy: an assessment of the potential of transfers from the first to second pillar fanny le gloux1,2,*, pierre dupraz1 exploring macro-environmental factors influencing adoption of result-based and collective agri-environmental measures: a pestle approach based on stakeholder statements theresa eichhorn1,*, lena schaller1, katri hamunen2,3, tania runge4,* innovative contract solutions for the agri-environmental-climate public goods provision: which features meet the farmers’ approval? insights from emilia-romagna (italy) riccardo d’alberto1,*, meri raggi2, davide viaggi3 the use of innovative contracts to provide agri-environmental public goods: comparing attitudes between ireland and other european countries tracy bradfield1,*, thia hennessy1, riccardo d’alberto2, emmi haltia3 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 73-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae copyright: © 2021 m. vollaro, m. raggi, d. viaggi. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: m. vollaro, m. raggi, d. viaggi (2021) public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure. bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 73-86. doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 accepted: may 29, 2021 published: july 28, 2021 competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: fabio gaetano santeramo. orcid mv: 0000-0002-3072-3141 mr: 0000-0001-6960-1099 dv: 0000-0001-9503-2977 public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure michele vollaro1, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 1 department of agricultural sciences, university of bologna, italy 2 department of statistical sciences, university of bologna, italy corresponding author: davide viaggi. e-mail: davide.viaggi@unibo.it abstract. while higher effort in research is advocated for agriculture, there continues to be a lack of measurement of its impact in economic terms, at least in europe. this paper seeks to assess the economic impact of public agricultural r&d investments in europe. different panel models are applied on 16 european countries, by employing productivity and investment data. results show positive impacts with returns on public r&d investments on agricultural productivity of between 6.5% and 15.2%, varying according to model specifications and computation techniques. these values confirm that research expenditure in agriculture is well justified in economic terms. however, the results are highly dependent on the analytical approach and limited by the paucity of expenditure data. further research is recommended to take into account the role of other important determinants of impact, such as climate, spill overs and the common agricultural policy (cap). however, a proper consideration of these variables will first require a major improvement of data availability. keywords: public r&d investments, agricultural productivity, rate of return, europe. jel codes: o33, o47, q16. 1. introduction public agricultural research investments in developed countries has shown contrasting trends in recent decades, including a reduction in some documented cases (hurley et al., 2016; pardey et al., 2016; rao et al., 2016; pardey et al., 2018). while the reasons for current trends in public r&d investment in developed countries can be debated, representing a paradox (alston, 2018), institutional and political reforms are in place in middleincome countries aimed at supporting both research and agricultural productivity (wang et al., 2012; fuglie, 2016). at the same time, private investments in research and development (r&d) in the agri-food sector notably increased, especially in upper middle-income countries (pardey et al., 2018). it is well known, since the first study by griliches (1958), that public investments in agricultural research are highly profitable in the long run (alston et al., 2000; piesse et al. 2010; hurley et al., 2014) and are acknowledged to be a fundamental driver for the improvement of agricultural prohttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 74 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 74-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi ductivity (ball et al., 2001; ball et al., 2010). at the same time, the literature admits the limitations and, in many cases, the lack of reliability of the agricultural productivity measurements as well as their difficulty in representing the actual evolution of the agricultural sector and the profitability thereof (alston et al., 2010; wang et al., 2012; hurley et al., 2014; rao et al., 2016). better measurements and more reliable estimates of agricultural productivity and rates of returns (ror) would be helpful in guiding public investment choices. indeed, the improvement of methodologies for quantifying the impact on agricultural productivity, with the aim of precisely estimating the ror of research investments in agriculture, is an issue that has been challenging economists for a long time, especially in developed countries. indeed, the ongoing literature discussion (davis, 1981; alston et al., 2000; hurley et al., 2014; oehmke, 2016; hurley et al., 2016b) is still focusing on adjusting the ror estimates because they are considered, for several technical reasons, (upward) biased and hence not fully reliable. however, in europe, recent evidence of returns on public investments in agricultural r&d are scarce because of limited data availability. besides the difficulty of establishing a connection between r&d expenditure and productivity, the literature observes a change in focus of european agricultural policies (and public r&d effort) from purely productivity-focused objectives towards guaranteeing the environmental sustainability of agricultural production, the health and safety aspects of food and feed production, along with other aspects related to the degree of protection and promotion of public goods1 (gardner and lesser, 2003). in contrast, the more production-oriented investments in agricultural r&d are ‘left’ to the interest of private (business) investors (pardey et al., 2018). further, scientific evidence from the instepp database (pardey et al., 2018) reveals that part of the r&d investments in agriculture are devoted to “maintenance” of productivity levels obtained in previous years. the objectives of this paper are to assess the contribution of public investments in agricultural research to agricultural productivity in europe, through a quantitative analysis, and to measure the economic impact of research expenditure in terms of ror. consistently with this branch of the literature, the focus of the paper is on public expenditure related to agriculture (see section 3 three for more details) and not on research policy (i.e. how money is spent and what 1 for a wider and more comprehensive description of recent perspective on these aspects, see the deliverable 4.2 of impresa project, downloadable at http://www.impresa-project.eu/home.html incentive instruments are used)2. the main contribution of the paper is on the empirical ground as it contributes to fill a gap in the recent literature, which does not include recent analyses of r&d impacts on european agriculture. in fact, the only ‘recent’ study addressing the issue is that of schimmelpfennig et al. (1999), analysing the 20-year period from 1973-1993. in addition, this paper also provides a methodological contribution by tailoring suited analytical methodologies to the limited available data, especially the series on public r&d expenditure in europe. this paper proceeds with a section on the review of the relevant literature (section 2), followed by the selection of the available data (section 3) and the presentation of the chosen methodology (section 4). two subsequent sections provide the illustration of the results (section 5) and related discussion (section 6). the paper ends with a concluding section (section 7). 2. literature review the connection between spending on research and development (r&d) and agricultural productivity has diffused evidence in the literature (griliches, 1958; parente, 2001; hall et al, 2010). the nature of such a connection, firstly explored by shultz in 1953, is to be referred to what would have been formalized as the solow model after solow (1957): technological change and inputs are responsible for the long-run variations in rates of growth of output, with technology being the unobserved exogenous factor of the aggregated production function and estimated ex-post as residual. applying the solow model, most studies (alston et al., 2000; ball et al., 2001; fuglie, 2016) measure agricultural productivity by the means of total or multi factor productivity (tfp or mfp), namely the solow residual. the computational methods and estimation techniques of the tfp have been largely improved over time (e.g. the aggregation and index numbers and the dual approach, inter alia) (hall et al, 2010). yet they remain in the framework of the solow model, therefore treating technology advances – and their causes – as exogenous elements of the models. such a framework, in fact, completely ignores the decision process of agents and institutions for generating and adopting new technologies and, hence, treats change in technology as a costless factor. 2 for these and more aspects related to institutional aspects and to the relationship between european r&d policies, cap and more policies the reader might refer to the other documents and publications of the impresa projects. 75public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 75-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 the further objective of this type of studies is to estimate the rate of return from public investments in agricultural research. based on the same neoclassical framework, research expenditure is treated as a capital input affecting the agricultural supply function (causing shifts in the supply function) and, therefore, the tfp. the contribution, in terms of effects, of public research expenditure on the evolution (increase) of agricultural productivity is then used as the basis for the computation of the ror on investment, under a cost-benefit analysis framework. alternative theoretical and methodological approaches are applied, instead, for estimating the ror of private r&d investments (hall et al., 2010). the main difference rests in the specification of the maximizing behaviour of the firm, which includes elements pertaining to the private sector, such as market power, strategic behaviour, variable return to scale (long-run ror) and own spill over stocks. another important distinctive factor is the joint determination of r&d investment and expected ror, which, in fact, causes the emergence of measurement issues of ror on private r&d investments as well as manifold interpretations of the estimates, especially of the ror, due to the condition of endogeneity of the r&d variable. common issues to tackle in the evaluation of public and private ror on r&d investment are the estimation of the rate of return and its interpretation. in fact, both topics are still feeding the academic debate and, despite efforts by alston et al. (2011) and hurley et al. (2014) in proposing a more cautious approach for estimating ror (taking into account reinvestment factors) and for providing results more suitable for plausible interpretations, the issue of correctly estimating ror remains unresolved. such an issue appears clearer in the meta-analysis proposed by alston et al. (2000) and, more recently, in the worldwide collection of ror studies by instepp returns to research (rtr) database (hurley et al., 2016a). what emerges from these reviews is a likely overestimation of the marginal effects of r&d investments on productivity, which, in turn, affects ror estimates (hurley et al., 2014; oehmke, 2016; hurley et al., 2016b). in order to try to address this issue, it would be useful to minutely isolate the effects of r&d investments on agricultural productivity by considering potential factors, other than r&d investments, affecting the returns on r&d in agriculture, such as: the intraand extra-sectorial spill over, the role of the structural transformation in the agricultural sector (timmer, 1988), the influence of policies on agricultural production and productivity (restuccia et al., 2008) and the effect of the growing competitive pressure on the european agricultural sector (galdon-sanchez, 2002; schmitz, 2005; duarte et al., 2010). 3. data availability and selection to estimate the return to investments in agricultural research, two groups of data are needed: expenditures on agricultural r&d and measures of agricultural productivity. at the european level, data on r&d expenditure are collected according to two main categories: gross domestic expenditures on r&d (gerd) and government budget appropriations or outlays on r&d3 (gbaord). gerd data group the actual intramural expenditures on r&d, while gbaord data refer to all appropriations by central governments allocated to r&d in central government or federal budgets. unless otherwise stated, gbaord data include both current and capital expenditure and do not only cover governmentfinanced r&d performed in government establishments, but also government-financed r&d performed in the business enterprise, private non-profit and higher education sectors, as well as abroad4. agricultural gerd time series are difficult to use in econometric analyses, as data are missing for several years, especially before 1996, and several countries do not have any records to speak of. the use of the alternative source, gbaord data, as an indicator (or measure) of agricultural r&d investment may hold only under the condition of considering solely public r&d investments, provided that gbaord can represent a reliable proxy of gerd public r&d expenditures. a comparative analysis of public gerd (for all fields of science), revealed that the difference (or divergence), in average terms per country, at the european level is 3% with respect to gbaord5. for this reason, gbaord data have been considered as a suitable proxy of actual expenditure for the aims of this paper. gbaord data are covering all public budget spending related to r&d and are linked to policy issues by means of a classification by “objectives” or “goals”. programmes are allocated between socio-economic objectives on the basis of intentions at the time the funds are committed and not the actual content of the projects concerned. these breakdowns reflect policies at a given 3 since 2019, gbaord are renamed gbard: government budget allocations for r&d 4 this and further methodological information can be found in the revised version of the frascati manual, oecd 2002. 5 for a wider and more comprehensive description of gerd and gbaord data, see the deliverable 4.1 of impresa project, downloadable at: http://www.impresa-project.eu/home.html 76 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 76-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi moment in time. gbaord data are organized according to nabs. gbaord data from 1980 to 2007 on agricultural production and technology are collected according to nabs 92 chapters and sub-chapters: • general research: fishing and fish-farming; crops; forestry and timber production; • animal product: veterinary medicine; • food technology; • other research on agricultural production and technology. gbaord data since 2008 on agriculture are collected according to the nabs 07 unique chapter agriculture, which de facto aggregate the sub-chapters listed under nabs 92. for agriculture, gbaord data collected according to nabs 92 are available for chapters and sub-chapters, while gbaord data collected according to nabs 07 are available for the unique chapter6. agricultural productivity series are available from usda in terms of tfp, computed upon agricultural input and production data, available from faostat, over the period 1961-2010 for all countries worldwide. another series of agricultural tfp is available from the klems project (2016), but these differ from the ones computed by the usda because they take into consideration improvement in qualitative aspects of both agricultural products and inputs. even if they are apparently an attractive data source for econometric analysis, in light of inclusive of qualitative attributes, the limited series availability for several european countries and the indexation 1995=100 do not allow for klems data to be suitable for quantitative analysis7. based on this, tfp series from usda have been preferred as productivity measures to be employed in the present study as the data are complete and available for all european countries and the reference value 100 is set in 1961 (out of the observed period8). gbaord data on agricultural r&d expenditures have been selected from the oecd database because 6 for further details, please refer to ramon – reference and management of nomenclatures provided by eurostat. 7 despite this, a comparability test has been performed on both datasets to check potential longitudinal differences. to make both series comparable, the data have been transformed in growth terms with respect to the fix year 1980. the equality (t-test) test reveals that the time-series are different in terms of growth trends. 8 for more details about the computational methodology, visit the usda website:https://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/international-agricultural-productivity/documentation-and-methods/ . they are measured in usd and, for this reason, comparable to the production measures provided by faostat and, in turn, to tfp measure provided by usda. the following 16 countries provide for the most complete series of agricultural gbaord and, hence, have been selected for the aims of the present study: austria (at), belgium (be), denmark (dk), finland (fi), france (fr), germany (de), greece (el), ireland (ie), italy (it), the netherlands (nl), norway (no), portugal (pt), spain (es), sweden (se), switzerland (ch), and the united kingdom (uk). for statistical and analytical purposes, the selected countries guarantee a rather good representativeness of europe, in particular because of the presence in the sample of nordic, continental and mediterranean countries. complete series of agricultural gbaord are available starting from 1981 to 2013. however, in order to align them with usda productivity series, the time series are intentionally selected up to 2010. table 1 shows that only six out of sixteen countries – fr, de, it, nl, es and uk – record average agricultural gbaord values largely over 100 musd in the period considered. by looking at physical and economical dimensions (from faostat), it is possible to note that public agricultural investments, at country level, are to a large extent proportional to both agricultural fixed capital (mainly represented by agricultural land) and the value of agricultural production. another factor emerging from the selected sample is the variability per country of the investment in agricultural r&d over time (yearly trend – aver. % δ in table 1). the most extreme examples from the selected countries are be, el and uk, which have steadily disinvested in agricultural r&d over the last three decades, and at, fi and no, which, on the contrary, recorded constant increases. the remaining countries, instead, show intermediate averages generated by alternating periods of increases and decreases in agricultural r&d investments. an exhaustive presentation of the faostat production and input data is available on the usda website (2016) and in fuglie (2016). given the objectives of this study, the use of faostat agricultural data are preferred to eurostat data since the latter does not provide a complete series over time. another reason has to do with comparability in constant 2005 usd with r&d investment measures, at least for gross agricultural production (gap)9. a synthetic analysis10 reveals that fr, de, 9 tfp measures are computed from gap, hence allowing for the comparability between tfp and r&d investments. 10 a detailed descriptive analysis is available at: http://www.impresa-project.eu/home.html, deliverable 4.1 of impresa project. 77public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 77-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 it, nl, es and uk are the european countries with the highest shares of gap, having each an average (sample) value over 5%. cumulatively, these countries cover about 80% of the gap value of the european agricultural sector and their average gap trends have been stable over the period 1980-2010. the group formed by the remaining countries, at, be, dk, el, ie, no, pt, ch, se and fi, records a global increase in gap (mostly up to 2000 then flattening or decreasing thereafter). despite the differences observed at the country level, a weak increase in gap trends in the 1980-2000 period, followed by a marginally decreasing growth tendency, seems to characterise the general pattern of the agricultural sector at the european level. the possible determinants of this observed pattern are to be identified in factors underlying production processes that contributed to improve the productivity of inputs (technology, innovations, knowledge…), in other elements characterising the multifunctional nature of the european agricultural sectors (environmental protection, food safety, diversification, climate change) as well as in measures providing constraints (cross-compliance, agro-environmental schemes) or reducing incentives (decoupled payments) to agriculture productivity provided by the common agricultural policy (cap). the data on r&d expenditure are available at a european level, but considering country level investment in agricultural r&d. data are not referred to a european union context, but rather at the country level expenditures. this includes eu funds and the cap component related to r&d, but it is not explicitly disaggregated. therefore, we omitted explicit references to cap or to other related eu policies. unlike the gap and production inputs, tfp is not an observed measure but rather a complex index expressing the relative change, over time, of the technical contribution of production inputs to output. indeed, the evolution of the tfp index is, as suggested by fuglie (2016), highly sensitive to r&d investments in terms of both improvement of the production frontier, through technical change (by increasing output levels) and rise in input productivity, through technical and allocative efficiency (by decreasing input levels). this implies that the use of the tfp index allows for a more precise identification, with respect to the use of gap and inputs, of the contribution of r&d investment on productivity. table 2 shows the evolution of tfp for the sample countries over the considered period 1981-2010. the first information to highlight is that the average level of tfp index for some countries, such as ie, no, pt and ch, is close to the reference level. the meaning of such datum is that productivity in those countries lagged behind (20 years from 1961 to 1981) with respect to the others. on the other side, there are some countries, such as be, dk, de, it, nl and es, for which the average tfp index is greater than 200. such variability across countries in tfp index is a favorable element for the reliability of an inferential procedure aimed at estimating the impact of r&d investments over years at country levels, i.e. the exercise we are carrying out in this paper. by looking at the yearly trends, in terms of average percent change, the sample shows a notable variability across countries, from about 1% for uk to 4% for dk. indeed, a deeper exploration of the yearly evolution at country level, not shown in table 2, shows that most countries record a flat trend until 1990 (1987 for it, no, pt and es) and a steady (but variable across countries) increase thereafter. only nl and se show constant positive tendencies along the entire period11. 11 for a detailed description of the tfp series see the deliverable 4.1 of impresa project, downloadable at: http://www.impresa-project.eu/ home.html table 1. gbaord for agriculture – million 2005 dollars – constant prices and ppps (time averages). austria belgium denmark finland france germany greece ireland mean 41 59 73 80 526 470 51 57 st. dev. 6.4 20.6 22.7 13.6 170.6 128.1 12.7 27.4 aver. % δ1 0.80% -3.87% 1.42% 1.68% -2.94% 1.82% -1.82% 4.48% italy netherlands norway portugal spain sweden switzerland united kingdom mean 277 176 112 107 311 46 47 519 st. dev. 89.7 37.9 22.1 39.0 240.5 11.9 13.6 105.3 aver. % δ 1.54% 0.00% 1.98% 3.13% 7.13% 0.00% 0.00% -2.07% source: own elaboration on oecd data. 1 per each country, the trend has been computed linearly through ols (the estimated coefficient of time) and then averaged by the mean of the series. 78 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 78-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi the flatness of tfp until 1990 might prove to be a factor consistent with the supposed role of r&d investments in inducing productivity growth over time. in fact, given that the trends of the inputs do not show flat trends, but rather decreasing ones along the entire period, it is plausible to hypothesize the attribution of the initial stability and the subsequent growth of tfp to a likely progressive growth in technical and allocation efficiency originating from research. this preliminary assessment suggests that the selected data could be considered suitable for testing the hypothesis of a relationship between r&d expenditures in agriculture and agricultural productivity. based on available time series, in this paper we estimate the direct impact of public expenditure on r&d on tfp and, in turn, the relative ror, by employing the most appropriate methodology, suitably tailored to the available series of data. 4. methodology despite many years of academic analysis, the study of the impacts of agricultural r&d on the economy has not converged in a well-established and agreed upon methodology. two main theoretical streamlines of economic growth support the study of economic impact of r&d, the exogenous and endogenous growth models, which in turn give rise to different methodological approaches. the differences, as well as the pros and cons, between these main approaches for the study of the economic impact of r&d are well exposed by parente (2001), who considers the exogenous growth model the best analytical framework for the assessment of economic growth because it best describes the convergence process of countries’ economies. within the framework of the exogenous growth model for assessing the ror, expenditures in r&d are employed as a proxy for knowledge accumulation and, therefore, treated as an exogenous capital input in the estimation process. this assumption implies that the effect of the r&d investment is supposed to persist beyond the first year, therefore affecting more than one production cycle12. this condition implies the use of time series analysis techniques because the focus is on assessing the long-run growth and returns. however, being aware of the limitations of the available data and the consequent impossibility of applying the best available methodology, a wide review of the recent literature, including, inter alia, schimmelpfennig et al. (1999), fan (2000), oehmke (2004), ali (2005), alene et al. (2009), alene (2010), suphannachart (2011), andersen (2013), hurley et al. (2014) and jin et al. (2016), has been carried out to identify the analytical approach that could best exploit the informational power of the available data. these studies provide a variety of approaches and model specifications for the estimation of the impacts of agricultural research on productivity. the methodologies adopted are diverse across the reviewed works and have been likely chosen to best exploit the available data of each study. in fact, agricultural productivity is measured in gap, value added, tfp and mfp, while research is measured in knowledge stock, distributed or single lags of r&d expenditure. in fact, the way research is assumed to impact productivity over time is also modelled in several ways, either by imposing a certain number of lags, based on specific assumptions 12 in this case, the production cycle coincides with one year. table 2. total factor productivity (tfp) (reference level: 1961=100).   austria belgium denmark finland france germany greece ireland 1981 130 139 121 122 119 134 147 109 2010 263 226 330 190 222 292 215 160 mean 194 201 208 155 167 210 188 133 st. dev. 48.65 38.75 72.44 28.05 37.89 54.19 32.10 18.64 aver. % δ 2.73% 1.98% 3.88% 1.51% 2.51% 2.86% 1.88% 2.65%   italy netherlands norway portugal spain sweden switzerland united kingdom 1981 163 169 105 89 193 115 116 136 2010 358 365 164 209 386 196 218 172 mean 227 239 131 137 270 159 139 153 st. dev. 58.71 53.35 17.95 34.54 67.92 26.57 27.06 10.86 aver. % δ 2.82% 2.45% 1.41% 2.80% 2.73% 1.87% 2.03% 0.78% source: own elaboration on usda data 1981-2010; the first line includes values for 1981 as a term of reference. 79public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 79-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 regarding the nature of the research system mainly present in a country (basic, experimental, adaptive, extension, etc…) (alene, 2010), or by inferring the length through information criteria of regression models, such as adjusted r2, akaike, likelihood ratio and other criteria (fan et al., 2000; alene et al., 2009). the presence of lags inevitably yields estimation issues (biases) due to multicollinearity, implying the imposition of a limit in the length of the time lag. furthermore, research lags are not modelled according to a linear impact path, but rather designed in specific shapes accommodating the largely shared hypothesis that the impacts of r&d grow in the early years right after the implementation of the research, reach a peak and then decrease. such non-linear impact paths are modelled in different ways in the literature, in particular as pdl (polynomial distributed lags), gamma distribution function, triangular or trapezoidal (sumelius, 1987; thirtle and bottomley, 1988; thirtle and bottomley, 1989; thirtle et al., 1995; schimmelpfennig et al., 2000; alene, 2010). the most accredited literature is not unanimous on the required lag length and differences depend on the underlying assumptions. in fact, in order to assess the total effects of r&d expenditures from the beginning of a research project to the complete obsolescence of the related technology, alston et al. (2000) suggest a period of at least 50 years. pardey and craig (1989), instead, indicate the necessity of a lag length of at least 30 years to be able to capture the long-run impact of r&d on agricultural output. it is useful to stress, however, that such a condition is mainly found in studies in which the united states is the subject of the estimation and for which the assumption of the research activities, composed mainly of basic (relative to applied) research, is coherent with the hypothesis of long-term impacts on productivity. in europe, however, previous studies adopted, on average, lag lengths of less than 30 years. although the methodological approach applied in the european studies is in line with the one applied in the us studies, the best performance of the estimation models applied on europe data is achieved with an average lag length of between 9 and 12 years and by imposing a polynomial distributed lag (pdl or almond) structure (inverted “u”), through which a dynamic evolution (rise-peak-fall) of the effects can be accounted for (sumelius, 1987; thirtle and bottomley, 1988; thirtle and bottomley, 1989; rutten, 1992; shimmelpfennig et al. (1994); thirtle et al., 1995). indeed, as highlighted by shimmelpfennig et al. (1994), piesse et al. (2010) and pardey et al. (2018), the likely prevalence in europe of adaptive research activities (with respect to basic research) accommodates the assumption of reduced r&d lagged effects (with respect to the us) and, according to piesse et al. (2010), the use of 30 year series ought to be sufficient to capture lagged effects of r&d on productivity and acceptable from a methodological perspective. it follows that the models in the literature with the characteristics we are looking for are the ones proposed by alene et al. (2009) and alene (2010). such models proved to be able to manage relatively short time series and to provide for robust results by employing structured lagged variables for r&d expenditure. given the objectives of this paper, we intend to apply a panel analysis, opportunely specified such as to accommodate at best the available data. the model specification has the objective of estimating the effect of the r&d expenditure on tfp, through the most efficient estimator of the panel models13. we used a tfp (total factor productivity) index as dependent variable, and r&d investments gbaord (constant 2005 usd) (oecd) and lags, in terms of pdl as independent variables. to overcome the issue of multicollinearity of r&d lags, the following polynomial distributed lag (pdl) specification of second order has been applied to r&d lag variables (gbaord): pdl=∑j j=0αj(r&dt-j) (1) αj=β0+β1j+β2j2 (2) with j=0,1,…,j, where j represents the maximum lag or, in other terms, the lags’ length; by substituting (2) into (1), we obtain the following formulations of the pdl variable: pdl=∑j j=0(β0+β1j+β2j2)(r&dt-j) (3) pdl=β0∑j j=0(r&dt-j)+β1∑j j=0(r&dt-j)j+β2∑j j=0j2(r&dt-j) (4) to avoid crossed effects between r&d and productivity (negative αj coefficients)14, an end-point restriction is applied such that expenditures in years t+1 have zero effects on productivity in year t: α-1=αj+1=0 (5). by expanding (5), the following specifications can be obtained: 13 to evaluate whether to employ the fixor randomeffect model. 14 by crossed effect between r&d and productivity is meant the potential effect that tfp at time t might have on r&d at time t+1, that is the negative coefficients. 80 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 80-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi α-1=0⇒β0+β1(-1)+β2(-1)2=β0-β1+β2=0⇒β0=β1-β2 (6) αj-1=0⇒β0+β1(j+1)+β2(j+1)2=β0+β1j+β1+β2j2+ 2β2j+β2j=0. (7) by substituting (6) in (7) and then (8) back in (6), the following final specifications are obtained: β1-β2+β1j+β1+β2j2+2β2j+β2=0⇒β1(2+j)+β2(2+j)j=0 ⇒β1=-β2j (8) β0=β1-β2⇒β0=-β2j-β2⇒β0=-β2(1+j). (9) the restriction implies the estimation of only β2 and obtaining the other coefficient from the following equations (8) and (9). once the β2 coefficient has been obtained, the effects αj∀j and the total effects ∑j j=0αj can be estimated. the lag length j has been decided through the max adjr2 criterion, which makes it possible to choose that lag that maximizes the adjusted r2 of the free-form lag structure of the estimation equations (fan et al., 2000; greene, 2003; alene, et al. 2009). two different specifications of the panel model have been applied and controlled for heteroscedasticity: 1. tfp level: tfpit=γ0+γ0pdlit+eit, pdl computed on gbaord; 2. tfp log: lntfpit=γ0+γ0pdlit+eit, pdl computed on ln(gbaord) where i indicates the countries and t the period between 1981-2010. given the proposed methodology, it is expected that the sign of the r&d lags (calculated back from pdl) will be positive15. random(reff) and fixeffect (feff) models produce estimates according to the computational formula of the random-effect and within estimator, respectively. this implies a rigid constraint on the interpretation of the results, which must be attributed to, or referred to, the panel and not to the individual countries. data have been tested for the presence of unit root through several tests, both as a single series and as a panel, and the results indicate that not all series and panels are stationary. given that this result is not sufficient for co-integrating the data, a further co-integration test, namely the pedroni (2004) test, has been applied. the results of the pedroni test indicate that the couple of series (tfp-gbaord) share the same stochastic trend and that such data become stationary if a linear combi15 the coefficient of the variable pdl, namely , given the imposed shape of an inverted parabola, is expected to be negative. the corresponding lag coefficients of r&d, instead, namely , are expected to be positive. nation of the relative variables is applied16. based on this, we opted for the use of standard ols econometric procedures, in the version of the panel model, in order to obtain super-consistent parameter estimates (andersen et al., 2013). within the framework of cost-benefit analysis, an effective methodology for the evaluation of the economic impact is the computation of the rate of return of r&d investments. in particular, by referring to several studies, especially to griliches (1964) and davis (1981), in this paper the computation of the ror has been carried out according to the method of the marginal internal rate of return (mirr). the mirr for both tfp specifications has been computed according to the criteria adopted by alene (2010): , with j=“18” and t={“19812010”}, where vmp stands for value marginal product of r&d. given that the rors have been computed upon estimates from panel models, they are unique for all the countries. further, different average measures are applied, namely arithmetic vs geometric, in order to control for the potential effects of the deflation of the value variables, namely re, on the vmp and ror (davis, 1981). in fact, important differences emerge from the comparison of the rors computed through the mentioned techniques. however, the application of geometric averages is not possible for the variables in level form because the relative computation formula of the vmp does not involve the average of r&d17 (but also because, by definition, the geometric average of a variable is the equivalent of the arithmetic average of the logarithmic form of the variable). therefore, the sensitiveness of the ror computation with respect to the geometric mean is performed only on the tfp log specifications. 5. results by applying the max adjr2 criterion, 18 lags have been found for tfp specifications, implying that the variable pdl=∑j j=0j2(r&dt-j) is computed with j=0,1,…,18. the hausman test applied on the tfp level specifications reports an estimated χ2=9.59 and a ρ<0.05, revealing that the random-effect model results are more appropriate. for this reason, a further model including an autoregressive process of order 1 in the error term (ar(1)) is employed to consider likely effects of omitted 16 more details about the unit-root tests are available from the authors upon request. 17 the computation of vmp varies according to the tfp specification used in the models: the log form implies the use of average values of tfp and re, while the linear form does not. 81public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 81-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 variables unlinked to single countries (coherent with random-effect model specification). on the other hand, the hausman test applied to tfp log specification reports an estimated χ2=0.02 and a ρ<0.89, suggesting that fix-effect model results more appropriate. however, we decided to run a reff model with ar(1) disturbances to account for missing variable bias, given that no efficiency as well as consistency would be lost. the lags imposed on the models, although computed empirically, have been doublechecked by referring to the work by piesse at al. (2010) who propose the existence of a diffusion path from the us to less developed southern countries, passing by northern and southern europe, backing the hypothesis that agricultural research in europe is mostly adaptive rather than basic. given this path, the lags from research to productivity in europe may be expected to be shorter than the suggested 50 years. the empirical determination of the lags seems to confirm this hypothesis. the variables in the tfp model specifications have been employed in the form of levels and logarithm. the results, displayed in table 3, show the expected positive sign of the r&d estimates and high statistical significance. across the considered 18-year lag period, the variables on agricultural research (r&d) indicate positive and significant effects, shown in figure 1, summing up to a total effect of 0,24 and 0,17, for the reff and reff with ar(1) specifications in level forms, and to a total elasticity of 0,10 and 0,09 for feff and reff with ar(1) specifications in logarithmic form, respectively.18 by comparing the results of the different specifications of the models on tfp, interesting estimation aspects are revealed. in particular, the inclusion of the ar(1) component in the error term does not improve the regression accuracy (both r2-within and r2-between) as well as the estimation of the r&d effects, which, rather, turns out to be lower. the reason for this difference in the estimates (or lack of difference in r2) might be related to the condition that both regressions include only one explanatory variable, namely r&d (in terms of pdl), inducing a lower impact when the ar(1) error component is considered. in this case, the relative importance of differences across countries versus time-related variability is null. further, other aspects emerge from the regression performed through the feff estimator in that it excludes the between variation from the estimation process. the results, shown under the column titled log form in table 3, indicate a lower performance of r&d (in terms of 18 each coefficient of the variable r&dt-j, i.e. current and lagged effects, has been computed from the original estimates of the pdl variables β2=-0.000182 (z-value= -13.64) and β2=-0.000129 (z-value = -5.24) for both re model specifications in levels, respectively, and β2=-0.000077 (t-value = -9.00) for fe model specification in logarithm. pdl) because the country-level effects are flattened out. however, the models run under the feff and reff (w/o ar(1)) estimator return exactly the same results, while the inclusion of the ar(1) component lowers the elasticity estimates but does not affect the goodness-of-fit. the observed sensitiveness of the effect of r&d on productivity supports the need to include more variables that potentially might affect agricultural productivity in the long-run to better isolate the impact of r&d. in particular, we refer to other elements, especially country-specific factors, such as climatic elements, weather anomalies, private investment in research, spill overs and agricultural policy implementation. although some of these have been tested in the models (such as climate and cap) the obtained results were not improving. in fact, both variables were not statistically significant.19 19 for climate, we used two climatic indexes, growing and cooling degree days indexes, estimated by the joint research center (jrc) of the european commission within the framework of agri4cast tooltable 3. results from tfp specifications. tfp level form log form reff reff w/ ar(1) feff reff w/ ar(1) constant 152.6*** 169.5*** 4.838*** 4.908*** r&dt 0.003*** 0.002*** 0.002*** 0.001*** r&dt-1 0.007*** 0.005*** 0.003*** 0.002*** r&dt-2 0.009*** 0.007*** 0.004*** 0.004*** r&dt-3 0.012*** 0.008*** 0.005*** 0.004*** r&dt-4 0.014*** 0.010*** 0.006*** 0.005*** r&dt-5 0.015*** 0.011*** 0.007*** 0.006*** r&dt-6 0.017*** 0.012*** 0.007*** 0.006*** r&dt-7 0.017*** 0.012*** 0.007*** 0.007*** r&dt-8 0.018*** 0.013*** 0.008*** 0.007*** r&dt-9 0.018*** 0.013*** 0.008*** 0.007*** r&dt-10 0.018*** 0.013*** 0.007*** 0.007*** r&dt-11 0.017*** 0.012*** 0.007*** 0.007*** r&dt-12 0.017*** 0.012*** 0.007*** 0.006*** r&dt-13 0.015*** 0.011*** 0.007*** 0.006*** r&dt-14 0.014*** 0.010*** 0.006*** 0.005*** r&dt-15 0.012*** 0.008*** 0.005*** 0.004*** r&dt-16 0.009*** 0.007*** 0.004*** 0.004*** r&dt-17 0.007*** 0.005*** 0.003*** 0.002*** r&dt-18 0.003*** 0.002*** 0.002*** 0.001*** r&dtotal 0.24*** 0.17*** 0.10*** 0.09*** r2 within 0,3078 0,3078 0,6866 0,6866 r2 between 0,0101 0,0101 0,1172 0,1172 note: *** represent statistical significance at the 1% level. standard error for lagged r&d coefficients has been computed via delta method. 82 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 82-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi the estimated coefficients obtained from all specifications (both marginal effects and elasticities), beyond characterising and quantifying the relationship between r&d investments and productivity, are the fundamental elements of the assessment, via ror, of the economic impact of r&d. the measure of ror is expressed as the mirr that equates the marginal value of productivity to the unit value of research expenditure (re). depending on the regression results, the computed ror for tfp specifications, shown in table 4, follows the same variation in magnitude as the elasticity estimates. in particular, the rors computed via the estimates obtained through the models employing the ar(1) component in the error term turn out to be smaller than the counterpart (w/o ar(1)). the application of geometric means to tfp in the log specification yields higher returns, namely 9.13% vs 7.03% and 7.59% vs 6.58%. this result is essentially due to a rebalancing of the average values of r&d lags. in particular, the geometric average, applied first to cross-country and then to lags, reduces the average value of the early lags and raises the values of the farther lags. essentially, in this specific case, the geometric means flattened the r&d lags, by increasing the slope of the downward trend of the lag series. as related to the computation of the ror, applying the geometric means to re leads to the estimation of box, specific for the agricultural sector. for cap, given the unavailability of country level data, we applied a dichotomous variable at year 1992 as proxy for the macsharry reform. a higher contribution of past r&d to the present value of agricultural production. the values of ror obtained by including the ar(1) component in the error term ought to be considered as the most reliable, because they account for omitted variables having potential effects on the entire sample. however, the observed variation, from 7.0% to 6.6% for arithmetic means and from 9.1% to 7.6% for geometric means, do not change the magnitude of the estimated ror in a meaningful way. 6. discussion the ror on investments in agricultural research in europe is consistently positive across different analytical methods. however, our estimates are comparatively low with respect to most findings documented in the literature for developed countries. moreover, the results confirm that ror computation is sensitive to the specification of the models, the method applied to measure the variables, the lag length and its shape and the territorial coverage. in fact, if compared to other works, such as schimmelpfennig et al. (2000a) (in the closed economy case), the rors obtained in this paper are to be considered very low. indeed, these results might depend on several differences between our study and those used as a comparison, including the time period, and the relative length (1973-1993, in which agricultural productivity recorded high levels of tfp growth, vs 1981-2010), and a wider coverage of countries (we included spain and 0,000 0,002 0,004 0,006 0,008 0,010 0,012 0,014 0,016 0,018 0,020 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 effect elasticity lag random effect random effect w/ ar(1) fix effect figure 1. distribution of single r&dt-j effects in tfp specifications. source: own elaboration. note: feff estimates are elasticities; reff estimates are marginal effects. 83public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 83-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 portugal, the economies of which were lagging behind in 1973-1993, as well as sweden, finland and norway, characterised by particular climatic conditions, limited agricultural activities and intensive use of advanced technologies). despite this, the rors resulting from the analyses might be deemed reasonable when considering that most of the agricultural research carried out across the european countries has the characteristic of being adaptive, rather than basic research. in this regard it is important to highlight that, beyond the methodology and the variable measurement, the rors are sensitive also to both the length and the shape of the lags elapsing between r&d and agricultural productivity, as shown by the differences obtained by applying arithmetic and geometric averages. in particular, further potential contributions could come from imposing a shape of fourth-order pdl (or positivevalued distribution function) with a positive skew in order to impute more weight on the effects of the early lags. the results presented in this paper may suffer from potential limitations stemming from available data, namely gbaord, which are a proxy of actual expenditure, and from the omission of unavailable information potential used as covariates. in fact, as suggested by the difference in the results due to omitted variables, despite the general goodness and robustness of the estimations, model specifications are susceptible to improvements by including and controlling for more variables, especially those likely affecting agricultural productivity in direct ways unlinked to own-country agricultural research, such as evolution of farm structure, spill overs, weather, trade flow and agricultural policy. in particular, including aspects regarding the cap reforms and accounting for spill overs as well as climate evolution could potentially modify the results. further, the availability of data on private expenditures on agricultural r&d and the use of longer and more complete time series might have furtherly increased the robustness of the results. the consideration of these variables in this paper was explored, but the results were not satisfactory, most likely due to limitations in data availability. in any case, even if data had been available their use would also have required a reformulation of the analytical models in a consistent way. table 4. computation of the internal rate of returns (irr) for the tfp specifications. j variables in level form variables in logarithmic form arithmetic average geometric average α pdl vmp α pdl (ar1) vmp re α pdl vmp α pdl (ar1) vmp re α pdl vmp α pdl (ar1) vmp 0 0.004 0.04 0.002 0.03 183 0.001 0.02 0.001 0.02 115 0.001 0.03 0.001 0.02 1 0.007 0.08 0.005 0.06 182 0.003 0.03 0.002 0.04 115 0.003 0.05 0.002 0.05 2 0.009 0.11 0.007 0.08 181 0.004 0.05 0.004 0.06 114 0.004 0.07 0.004 0.07 3 0.012 0.14 0.008 0.10 179 0.005 0.06 0.004 0.08 114 0.005 0.09 0.004 0.08 4 0.014 0.17 0.010 0.12 178 0.006 0.07 0.005 0.09 113 0.006 0.11 0.005 0.10 5 0.015 0.19 0.011 0.13 147 0.006 0.10 0.006 0.11 113 0.006 0.12 0.006 0.11 6 0.017 0.20 0.012 0.14 141 0.007 0.11 0.006 0.12 112 0.007 0.13 0.006 0.12 7 0.018 0.21 0.012 0.15 135 0.007 0.12 0.007 0.12 112 0.007 0.14 0.007 0.13 8 0.018 0.22 0.013 0.16 129 0.008 0.13 0.007 0.13 111 0.008 0.14 0.007 0.13 9 0.018 0.22 0.013 0.16 124 0.008 0.14 0.007 0.13 111 0.008 0.15 0.007 0.13 10 0.018 0.22 0.013 0.16 118 0.008 0.14 0.007 0.13 110 0.008 0.15 0.007 0.13 11 0.018 0.21 0.012 0.15 112 0.007 0.15 0.007 0.12 110 0.007 0.14 0.007 0.13 12 0.017 0.20 0.012 0.14 107 0.007 0.15 0.006 0.12 110 0.007 0.13 0.006 0.12 13 0.015 0.19 0.011 0.13 101 0.006 0.14 0.006 0.11 109 0.006 0.12 0.006 0.11 14 0.014 0.17 0.010 0.12 95 0.006 0.13 0.005 0.10 109 0.006 0.11 0.005 0.10 15 0.012 0.14 0.008 0.10 90 0.005 0.12 0.004 0.09 109 0.005 0.09 0.004 0.09 16 0.009 0.11 0.007 0.08 84 0.004 0.10 0.004 0.07 109 0.004 0.08 0.004 0.07 17 0.007 0.08 0.005 0.06 78 0.003 0.08 0.002 0.06 110 0.003 0.05 0.002 0.05 18 0.004 0.04 0.002 0.03 72 0.001 0.05 0.001 0.03 109 0.001 0.03 0.001 0.03 mirr 15.21% 9.51% 7.03% 6.58% 9.13% 7.59% source: own elaborations 84 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 84-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi in perspective, if data become available, different strategies may be envisaged to improve this study. the correctness of the model specifications and, hence, the robustness of the results would largely benefit from a wider analytical approach that is able to consider the modern transformations occurring in the european agricultural sector. we refer, in particular, to the growing interest of research, including agricultural research, and policies, especially the cap, towards the development of technologies, practices and measures devoted to aims other than productivity, such as improving environmental protection, food safety and climate change mitigation. however, the impact of these variables is not straightforward. for example, the cap, on the one hand promotes innovation measures accelerating the transfer of research results to farmers, and on the other hand includes measures aimed at improving the sustainability of agricultural production processes but that indirectly might induce the effects of moderating the productivity. as a result, the direction of this impact is an empirical issue and may be correctly accounted for only by disentangling the effects of different measures. moreover, agricultural productivity itself as a focus of analysis ought to be revisited. indeed, it is not only productivity, by the means of research, that brings about benefits to society. other measures able to contemplate the effects of research on side aspects related to the agricultural production processes could be investigated, such as the societal value of the provision of public goods or the environmental protection, such that even the relative ror would be much more representative of broader research efforts. all these aspects and dynamics require a deeper analysis and could be the subject of further investigations in the years to come, especially as they would need better data than those currently available. 7. conclusions in this paper we analyse the impact of public r&d on agricultural productivity at the aggregate level, by using data from 16 countries, that can be considered as representative, in aggregated terms, of the european agricultural sector. based on this, we estimate the ror of public research expenditure in europe. our results add updated empirical information on the topic, by widening both the period of analysis and the territorial coverage at the european level as compared to existing studies. the results corroborate the hypothesis that, on average, research expenditure has a generally positive impact on productivity, which yields a relevant ror. our estimates show returns of public r&d investments on agricultural productivity of between 6.5% and 15.2%, varying according to model specifications and computation techniques. these results are consistent with other estimates from the literature, though lower than results from the us. the time lags are shorter than reported by most of the us literature. the general policy message from this paper is that the return on public research expenditure justifies investments in agricultural research, especially considering the low return from alternative investments in the current stage of the economic cycle. at the same time, the level and variability of return according to different estimation methods and different countries/sectors hints at the need for a careful evaluation of expenditures at the stage of programme/project funding. this would require a more detailed ex-ante evaluation of expected returns, but also attention to the widest range of priorities by policies (beyond productivity), more attention to targeting of expenditure as well as greater attention to factors that enable fast and effective research impact. this is indeed the route taken by current r&d funding policies at the european level. the analysis has limitations related to data availability, especially concerning research expenditure. the main limitations concern the length of the available time series and the level of standardisation (comparability over time and space) of expenditure data. this also reflects on the methodological approach used, as the study was carried out by employing the most suitable methodology able to accommodate both the quality and availability of panel data. in spite of the wide room for improvement, this work should be useful as a reference basis for further studies, especially for evaluating the impact of private r&d investments, the role of spill-overs as well as the effects of cap reforms on agricultural productivity, both at the country and european levels. an additional pathway for further research is to take into account the diversity characterising the research policies of different european countries. a satisfactory exploration of these routes will require consistent improvements in the availability of methodologies and datasets, with a strong priority for the latter. acknowledgement this study was conducted in the framework of the “impresa” project, which received funding from the european community’s seventh framework programme under the ga 609448. the content of this study does 85public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 85-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 not necessarily reflect the official opinion of the european union. responsibility for the information and views expressed in the present paper lies entirely with the authors. references alene, a. d., and coulibaly, o. (2009). the impact of agricultural research on productivity and poverty in sub-saharan africa. food policy, 34(2): 198-209. alene, a. d. (2010). productivity growth and the effects of r&d in african agriculture. agricultural economics, 41(3‐4): 223-238. ali, s. (2005). total factor productivity growth and agricultural research and extension: an analysis of pakistan’s agriculture, 1960-1996.  the pakistan development review, 4(44): 729-746. alston, j. m. (2018). reflections on agricultural r&d, productivity, and the data constraint: unfinished business, unsettled issues. american journal of agricultural economics, 100(2): 392-413. alston j. m., chan-kang c., marra m. c., pardey p. g. and wyatt t. j. (2000), a meta-analysis of rates of return to agricultural r&d: ex pede herculem? (vol. 113), ifpri, washington, dc alston, j. m. and james, j. s. (2002). the incidence of agricultural policy. handbook of agricultural economics, 2: 1689-1749. alston j. m., babcock b. a. and pardey p. g. (2010), shifting patterns of global agricultural productivity: synthesis and conclusion. in: alston j. m., babcock b. a., pardey p. g. (ed.), the shifting patterns of global agricultural production and productivity worldwide, the midwest agribusiness trade research and information center, iowa state university, ames, ia alston, j. m., andersen, m. a., james, j. s. and pardey, p. g. (2011). the economic returns to us public agricultural research. american journal of agricultural economics, 93(5): 1257-1277. andersen, m. a. and song, w. (2013). the economic impact of public agricultural research and development in the united states. agricultural economics, 44(3): 287-295. ball, v. e., bureau, j. c., butault, j. p. and nehring, r. (2001). levels of farm sector productivity: an international comparison.  journal of productivity analysis, 15(1): 5-29. ball, v. e., butault, j. p., juan, c. s. and mora, r. (2010). productivity and international competitiveness of agriculture in the european union and the united states. agricultural economics, 41(6): 611-627 davis, j. (1981). a comparison of procedures for estimating returns to research using production functions. australian journal of agricultural economics, 25(1): 60-72. duarte, m. and restuccia, d. (2010). the role of the structural transformation in aggregate productivity. the quarterly journal of economics,  125(1): 129173. fan, s. (2000). research investment and the economic returns to chinese agricultural research.  journal of productivity analysis, 14(2): 163-182. fan, s., hazell, p. and thorat, s. (2000). government spending, growth and poverty in rural india. american journal of agricultural economics,  82(4): 10381051. fuglie, k. (2016). accounting for growth in global agriculture. bio-based and applied economics, 4(3): 201234 galdon-sanchez, j. e. and schmitz jr, j. a. (2002). competitive pressure and labor productivity: world iron-ore markets in the 1980’s.  american economic review, 92(4): 1222-1235. gardner, b., and lesser, w. (2003). international agricultural research as a global public good. american journal of agricultural economics, 85(3): 692-697. greene, w. h. (2003). econometric analysis. prentice education inc., upper saddle river, nj. griliches, z. (1957). hybrid corn: an exploration in the economics of technological change. econometrica, 25(4): 501-522 griliches, z. (1958). research costs and social returns: hybrid corn and related innovations. journal of political economy, 66(5): 419-431 griliches, z. (1964). research expenditures, education, and the aggregate agricultural production function. american economic review, 54(6): 96l–974 hall, b. h., mairesse, j. and mohnen, p. (2010). measuring the returns to r&d. handbook of the economics of innovation, 2: 1033-1082. hurley, t. m., rao, x. and pardey, p. g. (2014). re-examining the reported rates of return to food and agricultural research and development. american journal of agricultural economics, 96(5): 1492-1504. hurley, t. m., pardey, p. g., rao, x. and andrade, r. s. (2016a).  returns to food and agricultural r&d investments worldwide, 1958-2015  (no. 249356). university of minnesota, international science and technology practice and policy. hurley, t. m., rao, x. and pardey, p. g. (2016b). reexamining the reported rates of return to food and agricultural research and development: reply. american journal of agricultural economics, aaw079 86 bio-based and applied economics 10(1): 86-86, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-9928 michele vollaro, meri raggi, davide viaggi klems (2016). http://www.euklems.net/ jin, y. and huffman, w. e. (2016). measuring public agricultural research and extension and estimating their impacts on agricultural productivity: new insights from us evidence. agricultural economics, 47(1): 15-31. oehmke, j. f. and schimmelpfennig, d. e. (2004). quantifying structural change in us agriculture: the case of research and productivity.  journal of productivity analysis, 21(3), 297-315. oehmke, j.f. (2016). re-examining the reported rates of return to food and agricultural research and development: comment. american journal of agricultural economics, aaw080 parente, s. (2001). the failure of endogenous growth. knowledge, technology & policy, 13(4): 49-58. pardey, p. g. and craig, b. (1989). causal relationships between public sector agricultural research expenditures and output. american journal of agricultural economics,71(1): 9-19. pardey, p.g., c. chan-kang, j.m. beddow and dehmer, s.p. (2016). “shifting ground: food and agricultural r&d spending worldwide, 1960-2011.” st paul: university of minnesota, international science and technology practice and policy center. pardey, p. g., alston, j. m., chan-kang, c., hurley, t. m., andrade, r. s., dehmer, s. p., lee, k. and rao, x. (2018). the shifting structure of agricultural r&d: worldwide investment patterns and payoffs. in from agriscience to agribusiness (pp. 13-39). springer, cham. pedroni, p. (2004). panel cointegration: asymptotic and finite sample properties of pooled time series tests with an application to the ppp hypothesis. econometric theory, 20(03): 597-625. piesse, j., and thirtle c. (2010), agricultural r&d, technology and productivity, philosophical transactions of the royal society b: biological sciences, n. 365(1554). rao, x., hurley, t. m. and pardey, p. g. (2016). are agricultural r&d returns declining and development dependent? in 2016 annual meeting, july 31-august 2, 2016, boston, massachusetts (no. 235962). agricultural and applied economics association. restuccia, d., yang, d. t. and zhu, x. (2008). agriculture and aggregate productivity: a quantitative crosscountry analysis. journal of monetary economics, 55(2), 234-250. rutten, h. (1992).  productivity growth of dutch agriculture, 1949-1989 (no. 470). lei-dlo. schimmelpfennig, d. and thirtle, c. (1994). cointegration, and causality: exploring the relationship between agricultural and productivity.  journal of agricultural economics, 45(2), 220-231. schimmelpfennig, d. and thirtle, c. (1999). the internationalization of agricultural technology: patents, r&d spillovers, and their effects on productivity in the european union and united states. contemporary economic policy, 17(4): 457-468. schimmelpfennig, d. e. and thirtle, c. g. (2000). significance of international spillovers from public agricultural research. in: fuglie, k. o., and schimmelpfennig, d. e. (eds.). public-private collaboration in agricultural research: new institutional arrangements and economic implications. john wiley & sons, 245-268. schimmelpfennig, d., thirtle, c., zyl, j., arnade, c. and khatri, y. (2000). short and long‐run returns to agricultural r&d in south africa, or will the real rate of return please stand up? agricultural economics, 23(1): 1-15. schmitz jr, j. a. (2005). what determines productivity? lessons from the dramatic recovery of the us and canadian iron ore industries following their early 1980s crisis. journal of political economy, 113(3): 582-625 schutz, t. w. the economic organization of agriculture. new york: mcgraw-hill. 1953 pp. 374. solow, m. r. (1957). technical change and the aggregate production function. the review of economics and statistics, 39(3): 312-320 sumelius, j. (1987). the returns to investment in agricultural research in finland 1950—1984.  agricultural and food science, 59(4), 251-354. suphannachart, w. and warr, p. (2011). research and productivity in thai agriculture. australian journal of agricultural and resource economics, 55(1): 35-52. thirtle, c. and bottomley, p. (1988). is publicly funded agricultural research excessive? journal of agricultural economics, 39(1), 99-111. thirtle, c. and bottomley, p. (1989). the rate of return to public sector agricultural r&d in the uk, 1965– 80. applied economics, 21(8), 1063-1086. thirtle, c., ball, v. e., bureau, j. c. and townsend, r. (1995).  accounting for productivity differences in european agriculture: cointegration, multilateral tfps and r&d; spillovers (no. 998-2016-77965). timmer, c. p. (1988). the agricultural transformation. in: chenery, h and srinivasan, t. (eds.) handbook of development economics, 1: 275-331. usda (2016). https://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/ international-agricultural-productivity/ wang, s. l., schimmelpfennig, d. and fuglie, k. o. (2012). is agricultural productivity growth slowing in western europe? productivity growth in agriculture: an international perspective, 109-125. volume 10, issue 1 2021 firenze university press ten years of bio-based and applied economics: a story of successes, and more to come fabio g. santeramo1, meri raggi2 the capitalisation of decoupled payments in farmland rents among eu regions gianni guastella1,2, daniele moro1, paolo sckokai1, mario veneziani3 contribution of periurban farming systems to local food systems: a systemic innovation perspective rosalia filippini1,2, elisa marraccini3, sylvie lardon2 an investigation into italian consumers’ awareness, perception, knowledge of european union quality certifications, and consumption of agri-food products carrying those certifications niculina iudita sampalean1, daniele rama1, giulio visentin2 wine after the pandemic? all the doubts in a glass daniele vergamini*, fabio bartolini, gianluca brunori public r&d and european agriculture: impact on productivity and return on r&d expenditure michele vollaro1, meri raggi2, davide viaggi1 bio-based and applied economics 8(1): 75-99, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8147 estimating a dual value function as a meta-model of a detailed dynamic mathematical programming model claudia seidel, wolfgang britz institute for food and resource economics, university of bonn, germany abstract. mathematical programming (mp) is a widespread approach to depict production and investment decisions of agents in agent-based models (abm) related to agriculture. however, introducing dynamics and indivisibilities in mp models renders their solution computing time intensive. we present a meta-modeling approach as an alternative to directly integrating mp in an abm. specifically, we estimate a dual symmetric normalized quadratic (snq) value function from a set of mp solutions. the approach allows us to depict relationships between key attributes, like the farm endowment with (quasi-) fixed factors and discounted farm household incomes, without modeling the technology in detail. the estimated functions are integrated in the abm to derive agents’ decisions. the meta-modeling approach relaxes computational restrictions such that spatial interactions in large regions can be simulated improving our understanding of structural change in agriculture. it can also be used to extrapolate to farming populations where data availability might be restricted. keywords. mathematical programming, mixed integer program, meta-model, duality, symmetric normalized quadratic value function, agent-based modeling. jel codes. q15, c61, c63. 1. introduction agent-based modeling is a popular approach to simulate phenomena depending on spatial interactions between farmers (berger 2001; britz 2013a; huber et al. 2018). it allows integrating behavioral rules that differ from standard micro-economic assumptions such as full information and full rationality (bonabeau 2002; nolan 2009). these features render agent-based models (abms) particularly suited to investigate the complex dynamic processes underlying structural change in agriculture (zimmermann et al. 2009). abms rapidly become complex and computing intensive if behavior of agents is modeled in detail (zimmermann et al. 2009). this is especially true for abms that, first, use mathematical programming (mp) to derive agents’ behavior in the abm and that, second, explicitly model land markets as key driver of structural change in agriculture (balcorresponding author: wolfgang.britz@ilr.uni-bonn.de 76 c. seidel, w. britz mann 1999). in this type of abms, decision making of farmers regarding production and investment quantities or willingness to pay for (quasi-) fixed resources is typically (partly) derived from (discounted) profits or household incomes1, as well as from marginal values of (quasi-) fixed resources simulated by mp (schreinemachers and berger 2011; happe et al. 2006). accordingly, a mp model has to be solved at least once for each agent and in each time step of the abm. to represent realistically the decision space of agents, especially when considering investments, mp models require a large set of constraints as well as binary and integer variables (mixed integer program, mip). this can result in model set-ups with several ten thousand equations and variables, of which several hundreds are binary or integer variables (britz et al. 2016). as a consequence, running an abm on large farming populations is very resource demanding if each agent’s behavior is derived from solving a large mip. mp solutions serve as inputs for different elements of abms focusing on agricultural structural change. farm household income drives exit decision of farmers; and marginal returns to land (or other factors distributed by auctions) determine the bids of agents in simulated markets. as a consequence, income and marginal returns to land determine which farms grow, shrink or exit in the abm and are, therefore, key drivers of dynamic processes in abms (balmann 1999). in particular, simulation of land auctions is computationally challenging. bids have to be calculated for each farmer and each plot of land that is available for rent at each time step, which can require solving a mp model for each combination of plot and farmer. such abm applications require efficient sampling schemes and sufficient computing power, especially if a whole agricultural region with many agents and a long time horizon should be investigated (troost and berger 2016). even with increasing computational power such as using computing cluster and efficient mip algorithms solving in parallel (e.g. britz 2013b; troost and berger 2016) direct implementation of large mp models in an abm results in high computing intensity. the tension between computing needs and increased detail and coverage is a longstanding problem in the scientific and engineering simulation domain despite the tremendous increase in computer power and algorithmic progress. it persists since increased data availability, using sensitivity analysis and growing model sizes, by e.g. integrating more interactions between the agents, drive up computing needs. indeed, the higher computing power itself invites researchers to increase model size and complexity to overcome shortcomings in previous set-ups. this can also be observed for agricultural abms using mp models (e.g. arsenault et al. 2012; brown et al. 2016; kellermann et al. 2008; lobianco and esposti 2010; polhill et al. 2007; schreinemachers and berger 2011; zimmermann et al. 2015). they are now solved with far more agents, integrate different types of agents and/or different types of market interactions, or they use mp models which are harder to solve. furthermore, large-scale sensitivity to address model uncertainty has become widespread. thus, to keep computing time at bay, agricultural abms using mp models still face restrictions with regard to the number of agents and/or to the design of the mp 1 in the following, we only refer to “income” for the sake of readability. dependent on the model set-up, a mp model derives profit rather than household income if off-farm labor or other non-agricultural activities are not included. in the mp model we use, farmers also generate income from non-agricultural sources. the term “discounted” applies to dynamic settings where mp models are solved for several years. in this case, yearly profits or incomes are discounted. 77a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model approach. reflecting that mip problems are np-hard to solve2, mp models are set-up without dynamics, with no or a decreased number of binaries or integers, or with an overall reduced number of constraints and variables. to overcome the need to sacrifice detail in a simulation model in favor of speed, meta-modeling strategies that require less computational power have been developed (meckesheimer et al. 2002). they provide a simple mathematical approximation of the input/output relations in the underlying simulation model (kleijnen 2018; kleijnen and sargent 2000; meckesheimer et al. 2002; pierreval 1996), drawing on statistical approaches such as (polynomial) regression models, splines or neural networks (kleijnen and sargent 2000). their aim can be threefold: first, to improve the understanding of the behavior of the simulation model and the problem entity; second, to optimize the model with respect to the determination of the input set; and third, to make predictions of the model’s simulation behavior (bouzaher et al. 1993; kleijnen 1979; kleijnen 2005; kleijnen and sargent 2000). in the latter case, the meta-model is run instead of the simulation model itself, mainly to reduce computing needs (kleijnen and sargent 2000; meckesheimer et al. 2001; meckesheimer et al. 2002). the objective of this paper is to develop a dual value function as a meta-model of a complex mp model motivated by the opportunity to reduce computational limitations of simulations with abms. the meta-model also allows to extrapolate to larger farming populations where the necessary detailed information on endowments such as structures and machines, as well as costs, labor and investment needs to set-up a mp model, is not available for each agent. furthermore, setting-up and calibrating mp models to yield realistic solution behavior is a time consuming process which can be only partially automatized (see troost and berger 2016). the two aims of reducing computing needs and covering a larger population are therefore interrelated. our approach integrates a meta-model of a mp model in an abm to compute optimal production and investment quantities, related discounted income and marginal values of (quasi-) fixed production factors. we, first, solve a suitable number of farm optimization problems with the mp model to obtain a farming population with individual production plans. we, next, estimate a meta-model from the mp results and subsequently integrate the estimates in the abm. specifically, we estimate a dual symmetric normalized quadratic (snq) value function which simulates discounted farm household income, input and output (i.e. netput) quantities and marginal values. as in the underlying mp model, the meta-model reflects production and investment decisions under maximization of discounted income at given prices and endowments, providing results under full rationality. however, simulated values can also be used to depict agent behavior that deviates from this assumption. to give an example, instead of using the marginal values of land, the average discounted income per ha of land can be used to define the marginal willingness to pay for an additional plot of land. the structure of the paper is as follows. first, we present the general methodology to develop a meta-model of a mp model to be integrated in an abm (chapter 2). in chapter 3, we apply the proposed method to a specific setting in order to precisely describe 2 “np” stands for non-deterministic polynominal time algorithm. np-hard means that so far, no algorithm has been found which could solve mip problems in polynominal time. clearly, the actual solution time depends on problem size and structure, the solver and hardware used. 78 c. seidel, w. britz our methodological approach. chapters 4 and 5 present and discuss the estimation results before we briefly conclude in chapter 6. 2. general methodology many abms focusing on structural change in agriculture directly integrate a mp model in the model set-up (fig  1)3. the mp model, solved for each farmer and at each time step, delivers income, input quantities bought and output quantities sold, as well as marginal values to (quasi-) fixed factors such as land and labor. often, simulated incomes drive farm exit decisions in abms. in land market auctions, marginal returns to land can be used to determine the agents’ willingness to pay for an additional plot. aggregated quantities of inputs and outputs over the farming population might be used to define price feedbacks in the abm, such that aggregated macro-level phenomena have an impact on agents’ behavior on the micro-level (chen and liao 2005). figure 1. classical set-up of an abm integrating mp. note: π = (discounted) profit or income, mj = marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors, t = yearly time steps of abm. computing time restrictions for solving an instance of the mp model limit the complexity of the mp approach and/or the number of agents. therefore, we develop a metamodel of the mp model which we integrate in the abm. the meta-model delivers the same information as the mp model, but much faster by approximating the behavior of the mp model based on an estimated dual value function. the estimated dual value function mimics the simulation behavior of the mp model. using the same inputs as the mp model, i.e. prices and endowments of each farm in the population, it generates outputs (income, netput quantities, marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors) that are very close to those simulated by the mp model. the mp model has to be solved only once for the whole farming population. production quantities, income and marginal values of each 3 in this and subsequent figures of abms in this paper, only the two modules of farm exit and land market are presented. obviously, an abm can include other and/or further modules to which our approach can also be applied if agent’s decision making is based on mp. 79a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model farmer are updated in the abm using the estimates of the dual value function. in the classical approach, the mp model has to be solved in each simulation period to derive production quantities, income and marginal values. the advantage of estimating a dual value function over independent regressions of variables of interest is that the value function represents income maximizing behavior just like the mp. according to duality theory, the dual function depicts the optimal frontier, i.e. income maximizing netputs at given prices and limiting production factors. thus, it maintains microeconomic consistency and indirectly comprises the information on the production feasibility set (diewert 1971; sidhu and baanante 1981; thijssen 1992). while in the classical approach, the technology of agricultural production is directly integrated in the abm through the mp model; in the meta-modeling approach, it is represented in its dual form by the estimates of the value function. the overall modeling approach is depicted in figure 2; the steps to take in the modeling approach are presented in figure 3. figure 2. meta-modeling approach. note: pi = prices of inputs and outputs, zj = farm’s endowments with (quasi-) fixed factors, xi = quantities of inputs bought and outputs sold, π = (discounted) profit or income, mj = marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors, marab = marginal returns to arable land, mgrass = marginal returns to grassland, = estimated coefficients of value function, t = yearly time steps of abm. 80 c. seidel, w. britz figure 3. steps in the meta-modeling approach. first, the most important explanatory factors, which differentiate the farmers in the region to be investigated, and their factor ranges need to be defined based on price and structural statistics, e.g. the number of farms of different farm types in a region, the distribution of farm sizes in a region etc. second, a suitable observation sample has to be defined using design of experiments (doe) to cover the farming population. third, in comparison to the classical approach (figure 1), a mp model designed to capture important interactions at farm level is solved for each observation of the farming population once outside of the abm before the start of the abm-simulation. this yields the optimal production plan for each farmer, i.e. a dataset of optimal investment and production quantities, related farm household income and marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors. fourth, these solutions are used to estimate a dual value function that becomes the metamodel of the mp model. fifth, the function along with estimated coefficients are integrated into the abm and used for calculating income and marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors for each agent at each time step. 3. application we apply the suggested meta-modeling approach to the mp model farmdyn, the abm abmsim and the german region of north rhine-westphalia (nrw). nrw encompasses 3.4 million hectares of which 1.4 million hectares are agricultural land managed by 33,700 farms. the agricultural structure is dominated by livestock farming with 67 % of the farms holding cattle and/or pigs. nrw is characterized by high agricultural productivity and strong economic pressure on the land market with a rental share above 50% (it.nrw 2019). therefore, we assume that agents act in a (bounded) rational way, i.e. they optimize under limited information. furthermore, we represent land rental markets in the abm as auctions. to investigate structural change in nrw in an abm, the around 34,000 farms need to be depicted as agents. in an approach integrating a mp model in the abm, the mp model must be solved at least once in any year of the simulation horizon for each farmer. in our setting, the mip optimization problem for a single farm comprises roughly 20,000 equa81a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model tions with 30,000 variables including 3,000 binary or integer decision variables. solving 34,000 of these mips takes several days. even if the mp model would be less complex, the computing time would be still too high to allow investigations of structural change of the whole region over several years. with the meta-modeling approach, however, the several ten thousand optimization problems can be solved within a couple of minutes which allows us to solve an abm over 10 years for the whole region of nrw within 15 minutes. in the following, we present the meta-modeling approach along the five steps as depicted in figure 3. 3.1 generating the farm sample (steps 1 and 2) observation samples for farms of different specializations (arable cropping, dairy, pig fattening, cattle fattening, mixed) are generated considering variations in (1) input and output prices, (2) endowment with (quasi-) fixed factors and (3), where appropriate, factors describing the technology such as the milk yield per cow. the factor ranges are chosen to capture the possible minimum and maximum values found in the farming population according to statistical data from the association for technology and structures in agriculture (ktbl) (ktbl 2016) and regional data of nrw (it.nrw 2019). design of experiments (doe) generates for each farm specialization a sample of farms that differ in initial conditions and other attributes. initial conditions are, among others, available family labor, capital stock (stables, machinery and storage facilities), arable land and grassland owned by the farm. other attributes are input and output prices that describe the farm’s market environment as well as yield potentials and household expenditures (britz et al. 2016). to make the solution procedure more efficient, we make sure that only plausible combinations of factor ranges are generated. unrealistic set-ups such as a farm with 250 cows, 10 ha and 0.25 labor units are likely to either lead to infeasibilities, i.e. to a loss of observations, or to unrealistically high or low marginal returns. therefore, instead of drawing independent factor values from absolute factor ranges, we define for each farm branch one key attribute, e.g. total farm size in hectares for arable farms or dairy herd size for dairy farms. factor ranges of further attributes are defined relative to the key attribute and from there mapped into absolute values. as an example, for the farm branch dairy, the farm’s endowment with arable land and grassland is defined by its individual amount of hectares of arable and grassland per number of cows. the absolute amount of arable and grassland is then defined by multiplying sampled number of cows with sampled hectares of arable and grassland per number of cows. in order to consider many factors and decrease computing time, we construct our sample based on latin-hypercube sampling (lhs) as an efficient quasi-random sampling procedure. lhs is a space filling random sampling design that distributes the randomized factor level combinations smoothly over the range of factor level permutations (iman and conover 1980; mckay et al. 1979). specifically, we apply the lhs package of r by carnell (2016), assuming a uniform distribution over each considered factor. after steps 1 and 2, we have a farming population with individual endowments with e.g. arable land, grassland and labor units, as well as prices of netputs that farmers face, reflecting the farming population and prices in the region under investigation. 82 c. seidel, w. britz 3.2 description of the mp model the mp model farmdyn (britz et al. 2016), that we use for our application, simulates economic optimal production and investment decisions, assuming a fully informed, fully rational and profit maximizing farmer4. it considers farm profits including subsidies plus potential earnings from off-farm work, given constraints such as a detailed depiction of the production feasibility set of the farm, the maximum willingness to work on the farm or off-farm, liquidity or restrictions relating to the common agricultural policy and german environmental laws. farmdyn can be run in either comparative-static or dynamic mode with a finite planning horizon. decisions of investments and labor supply are modeled as integer variables to consider indivisibilities and to reflect returns to scale, for instance relating to stable sizes or labor needs for the management of farm branches. as an example, the mip assumes that the farm can work at higher wages for 20 or 40 hours a week and/or to supply a low amount of off-farm labor at the legal minimum wage. different farming systems can be simulated (arable, dairy, beef, pig fattening and biogas plants) and combined to depict diversified farms. farmdyn currently reflects german conditions drawing on technological and economic data from ktbl (britz et al. 2016; ktbl 2016). originally developed to derive marginal abatement cost functions in german dairy farming under differently detailed emission accounting schemes (lengers et al. 2013), it was subsequently extended by a detailed description of pig farms (garbert 2013), arable farming (remble et al. 2013) and biogas plants (schäfer 2014; schäfer et al. 2017). farmdyn is a bottom-up model. it is evaluated by means of its gross margins. gross margins as simulation results of typical farms of a particular region (e.g. taken from structural data of north rhine-westphalia, it.nrw 2019) are compared with data provided by ktbl (ktbl 2016). farmdyn is realized in gams and solved by the industry mip solver cplex 12.6 (britz et al. 2016), in our application on a 44 core computing server profiting from parallel processing in cplex. furthermore, efficient solution strategies are implemented in farmdyn such as parallel computing on multiple cores and the reduction of the solution space of the mip by, first, solving a relaxed mip (rmip). a graphical user interface based on ggig (gams graphical interface generator, britz 2014) allows to steer model runs and to exploit results (britz et al. 2016). a detailed description of the model can be found in the farmdyn model documentation (see britz et al. 2016). 3.2.1 mp model run (step 3) as third step in our meta-modeling approach, we use farmdyn to derive optimal farm household income, netput quantities and marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors for each farmer in the farming population sampled in the previous step. we run farmdyn in dynamic mode. in the dynamic set-up, optimal decisions are simultaneously determined at each point in time based on the current state of the system, reflecting the principle of optimality by bellman (bellman 1954). a value function dis4 a dynamic-stochastic variant of the model is also available which can capture risk behavior based on different approaches to which the approach could also be applied. 83a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model counts the incomes that are simulated at each point in time (bellman 1954). thus, farmdyn delivers discounted farm household income at given netput prices and endowments. the corresponding average quantities of outputs sold, inputs bought, investment made and off-farm work supplied reflect yearly average activities of the optimal production plan over the planning horizon. as marginal values of a mip are conditioned on the current integer solution and do not consider that integers might change if a (quasi-) fixed factor increases, they might not reflect the actual shadow prices. that is why we derive the marginal returns to arable land and grassland from solving the model with increased endowments of arable land and grassland by one hectare and report the change in discounted income. therefore, the marginal values of arable land and grassland consider how farming activities would change in the next ten years if an additional hectare of arable land or grassland could be used for agricultural production for ten years (the usual duration time of rental contracts in german agriculture is between eight and twelve years, albersmeier et al. 2010), also including possible investments in a new stable if additional land becomes available. in step 3, we obtain optimal netput quantities, income and corresponding marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors for each farm of the farming population. 3.3 determination of the meta-model (step 4) as a meta-model, we estimate a dual value function from the solutions of the mp model provided by step 3. since the meta-model comprises the information about the technology of farms, a meta-model has to be estimated for each farm type by specialization separately. the possibility of farmers to switch from one agricultural production to another could be implemented by generating and estimating a sample of mixed farms that use various technologies. 3.3.1 choosing the variables to be included in the meta-model the inputs and outputs that are used as explanatory variables determine the farm household’s costs and revenues from agricultural production and off-farm work. the endowments with (quasi-) fixed factors and prices of netputs are used as independent variables to explain the dependent variables discounted income, netput quantities as well as marginal returns to land. in opposite to estimating from real-world data, we control the data generation process by solving the mp model which allows us to also generate observations on marginal values. as an example, table 1 presents the lists of netputs simulated for dairy farms. the inputs include feed concentrates bought, variable costs of crops that are produced for feeding (such as maize silage, incl. fertilizer, plant protection products, electricity etc.), as well as investments made. outputs are the amount of milk produced (other revenues such as from slaughtered cows or solved calves are reflected in the milk price), hours worked off-farm and exported manure. in regions with high livestock density, a farmer who exports manure makes a payment to an importing farmer. therefore, exporting manure means a cost and is considered as a negatively valued output in the estimation of the value function (kuhn et al. 2019; schäfer and britz 2017). the (quasi-) fixed factors character84 c. seidel, w. britz ize a farm household as an agent depicted in the abm. for a dairy farm, we consider the number of hectares of arable land and grassland, the amount of labor available, and the construction year of the existing stable, as well as the milk yield per cow as an indicator of productivity. as described above, the farm endowment with land and labor is derived from the initial number of cows since this is the key attribute in the doe for the farm branch dairy. we define a range of 40 to 150 milk cows per farm. the construction year of the stable is included as (quasi-) fixed factor because a stable can only be used for 30 years. once the stable reaches an age of 30, the farmer has to invest in a new stable in order to continue milk production. if the stable reaches the maximum age of 30 years in the optimization horizon of ten years, the farmer decides to reinvest in a stable or to quit milk production. this way, we can consider the age of a stable in the abm and also include the possibility of farm exit due to a necessary large investment in a new stable. this is achieved by increasing the age of the stable with each time step of the abm until a maximum age of 30 years and if a farmer invests in a new stable at a certain time step of the abm, setting the age of the stable back to zero. whether an agent has recently invested or will have to invest in a new stable within the next ten years is reflected in its discounted income. this way, it is possible to also include sunk costs related to a recent investment in a new stable and path dependencies which play a crucial role in agricultural production decisions (huber et al. 2018). as the discounted income can be used to derive bids for land plots, the age of the current stable will have an influence on the willingness to pay for an additional plot of land. table 1. variables included in the meta-model for the farm branch dairy. variable description factor range min max unit outputs netput price ranges milk produced amount of milk produced [t] 310.00 360.00 €/t off-farm labor hours that a farmer works off-farm [h] 8.00 15.00 €/h manure exported amount of manure exported from the farm [m³] 1.00 20.00 €/m³ inputs feed concentrates sum of feed concentrates bought [kg] 0.80 1.20 €/kg crops sum of crops produced for feeding [kg] 0.80 1.20 €/kg investments sum of investments [1] 0.80 1.20 € (quasi-) fixed factors factor level ranges arable land number of hectares of arable land 0.38 0.42 ha/cows grassland number of hectares of grassland 0.31 0.35 ha/cows milk yield milk yield per cow in 100 kg 80.00 86.00 *100 kg/cow labor units (lu) amount of farm labor available 28.00 38.00 cows/lu stable year construction year of the existing stable 1985 2010 note: prices of feed, crops and investments are based on price indices composed of mean prices. produced crops are solely fed to the animals and not sold on the market. therefore, the crop price reflects the costs of crop production. please also note that the export of manure means costs to the exporting farm. in the estimation of the value function, its price will, therefore, have a negative sign. 85a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model 3.3.2 definition of functional form to approximate the behavior of the highly detailed mp model as good as possible, flexibility of the functional form of the value function is important. it must depict a multiple input, multiple output production function. its derivatives will define input demand and output supply functions as well as marginal returns to limiting factors (lopez 1982). inter alia, diewert (1971, 1974), christensen et al. (1973), lau (1976) and sidhu and baanante (1981) propose flexible functional forms applicable to duality theory. to our knowledge, the choice of functional forms is quite limited if multiple inputs and multiple outputs are to be considered and convexity can be imposed to guarantee regularity, which is important for latter simulations. based on the work of diewert and wales (1987, 1988) and diewert and ostensoe (1988), kohli (1993) developed the symmetric normalized quadratic (snq) profit function (in our case value function as the mp delivers discounted income) that allows imposing global convexity, stays flexible and treats all inputs and outputs identically: β p p δ p z i n i i i n j n ij i j i n j m ij i j, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1i n j m k m ijk i j kγ p z zπ ωα (i) where π is the profit (in our case discounted income), � � � �i ij ij ij, , , are the parameters to be estimated, pi are the input and output prices, zi are the (quasi-) fixed factors, � �� � � i n i ip 1 is the price index for normalizing the prices and θi is the weights of prices for normalization (henningsen 2014). the estimation equations encompass the output supply and input demand equations xi, derived by taking partial derivatives of the value function with respect to price pi, and marginal returns mj derived as partial derivatives towards the factor quantities zj, according to the envelope theorem (henningsen 2014; mckay et al. 1983). 1 ( ) = = = = = = ¶ = = µ + + + ¶ å åå å åå n n n m m m 1 2 i i ij j i jk j k ij j ijk j k j 1 j 1 k 1 j 1 j 1 k 1i π p,z 1 1x   ω β p θ ω β p p δ z γ z z p 2 2 (ii) m z z δ p γ p zj j i n ij i i n k m ijk i k , 1 1 1 π (iii) as shown by the shadow price equation (equation iii), marginal returns to fixed factors are determined by price effects and price-fixed factor effects. accordingly, marginal returns to land vary not only due to different netput prices that the agents face but also due to joint effects of netput prices and endowments of farms with land, working units and other (quasi-) fixed factors. therefore, the value function meta-modeling approach allows maintaining heterogeneity among farms of the same specialization with different farming structures and/or facing different prices. only farmers with a similar farming structure and prices are assumed to derive the same optimal netput quantities and marαi 86 c. seidel, w. britz ginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors. this observation points out that the value function is a dual representation of the technology. the value function does not fully depict the behavior of the agents in the abm. additional factors determining agents’ decision making such as irrational or social behavior can be explicitly modeled in the abm resulting in further heterogeneity among agents. 3.3.3 estimation of the value function since we are particularly interested in the derivation of the marginal values to land, resp. the shadow prices of land, we estimate the netput equations (equation ii) and shadow price equations (equation iii) simultaneously, to inform the estimator on the marginal returns to land (mckay et al. 1983) that are also provided by farmdyn. to our knowledge, that is a rather novel approach which reflects that other data sources such as farm samples used to estimate dual value functions are not providing observations on marginal values. corner solutions, resulting from inor output quantities simulated as zero, frequently occur in our generated dataset and represent a particular challenge for the meta-modeling approach. for example, a farm may not supply off-farm labor as the returns to labor in the farm exceed the reserve wage; or the reserve wage becomes so high that the farm does not produce agricultural output and family members only work off-farm. if no off-farm labor is supplied, we can conclude that the internal return to labor is at or above the reserve wage, but we cannot assume that it is exactly at the reserve wage as required for a consistent estimation of the value function with a standard estimator. in real-world observed samples in which the data generation process is not controlled, such zero observations are potentially subject to self-selection bias such that two-stage procedures like limited information maximum likelihood (liml) drawing on heckman (1979) may become necessary. in our case, we can exclude all observations with any zero input or output from the estimation since we know that the underlying technology is identical for all farms by definition as defined by the structure and parameterization of the mp model. still, corner solutions remain in the solution space of the mp model because of its integer variables. this is a particular challenge for the meta-modeling approach and discussed in chapter 4. the snq value function is estimated as a seemingly unrelated regression (sur) using the r package miceconsnqp (henningsen 2014). convexity on prices, which is an assumption of duality theory (diewert 1973; lau 1976; lau 1986; thijssen 1992), is imposed post-estimation where necessary based on koebel et al. (2003). we slightly modified the r code to include equations for marginal returns to land. at step 4, we obtain the estimates of the dual value function which represent the optimal production decisions of farmers originally simulated in the mp model. the estimated dual value function is now the meta-model of the mp model and can be integrated in the abm. 3.4 description of the abm abmsim, the abm we use for our modeling approach, was constructed to analyze structural change in farming in a spatial explicit setting. the landscape is generated using 87a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model corine (coordination of information on the environment) land cover data (european topic centre on terrestrial environment 2000) and differentiates between arable land, grassland, forest, housing, other urban fabrics, water bodies and other land types. the farming population is disaggregated in groups by specialization such as dairy, arable, pig fattening or mixed farming types. for each county in nrw, based on data from it.nrw (2019), it generates the observed number of farms by specialization and size class (<5 ha, 5-10 ha, 20-50 ha, 50-100 ha, 100-200 ha, >200 ha). initialization takes place by distributing the generated farms on available spots in the landscape, making sure that the farming structure at commune and county level is reflected (schäfer et al. 2019). once the farmsteads are allocated, the algorithm generates the agricultural plots with a random plot size from 1 pixel (= 1 ha) up to a chosen maximal plot size (britz 2013a). abmsim consists of five modules in which the estimated coefficients of the metamodel are used to calculate incomes or marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors to depict decision making of agents in the abm: land use change module, farm exit module, land market module, nutrient auction module (schäfer et al. 2019) and milk delivery module. the modules of abmsim are solved iteratively over distinct time steps of one year. in each year, economic drivers like exogenous prices or policies can be updated (britz 2013a). all markets included in abmsim are represented as auctions and depict the interaction space of agents where they compete for e.g. land, manure disposal or milk delivery contracts. the discounted household income derived from the mp, resp. from the dual value function, can be used in the abm to represent economic optimal production and investment decisions. in order to mimic real-world behavior of agents, a variety of behavioral rules can be applied. bounded rational behavior of agents is included by e.g. the possibility to derive bids from observations in the agent’s neighborhood or from an agent’s average discounted income per ha. these behavioral rules can be applied only for a part of the agents. as a consequence, the population can differ in a way that some agents behave according to full economic rationality while others take bounded rational decisions (britz 2013a). in the following, the farm exit and the land market modules of abmsim will be briefly described in order to present the integration of the snq value function estimation in the abm. these two modules are of particular importance for the simulation of structural change since they depict actions and interactions of agents which result in exit decisions and farm growth – the typical indicators of structural change in agriculture. a full description of abmsim can be found in its model documentation (see britz 2013a). 3.4.1 integration of the meta-model in farm exit and land market modules (step 5) the estimated coefficients of the snq value function are used for the identification of agents that exit agricultural production based on discounted income calculations, and for the derivation of the bids of the agents based on the marginal returns to arable land and grassland. figure 4 presents how the snq value function estimates are used in the two modules. in the farm exit module, the probability of a farm exit in each period depends inter alia on each agent’s current discounted income from farming (net of off-farm income). combined with other information such as the agent’s age and the probability to be employed outside agriculture, the calculated discounted income from farming (using 88 c. seidel, w. britz equation i) drives the probability of a farm exit5. if an agent exits, its current renting contracts end and the land owned (with the exemption of the farmstead) will be rented out. these plots are handed over to the land market module. agents that do not exit agricultural production become potential bidders on plots in the land market. the land market in abmsim is a pure rental market and represented by a spatially explicit auction mechanism6. agents who want to rent an additional plot of land put bids on the plots they are interested in. free plots are plots where the rental contract ended or where the recent user exited the market. the agricultural plots are heterogeneous in location, size and type (arable land, grassland). the bidding behavior of agents is based on a base bid. one way to define it, is to use the marginal returns to land calculated from current prices, farm endowment and the estimated coefficients of the snq value function, as 5 the derivation of the probability of farm exit can be found in the appendix. 6 the auction mechanism is modeled as generic as possible in order to be applied to other market implementations, such as a market for milk delivery contracts or for manure disposal rights. a more detailed description of the auction algorithm can be found in the model documentation of abmsim (britz 2013a). figure 4. connection of dual value function and abm. note: besides determining the base bid by calculating marginal returns to arable land (marab) and grassland (mgrass), it can also be defined based on average returns to land or average rents in neighborhood. 89a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model presented in formula iii, and assuming full economic rationality. as the estimates of the value function are based on mp solutions of a ten year optimization, the calculated base bid includes information on the optimal production plan for the next ten years at current price expectations (in our case constant prices), also including potential large investments in the future, as presented in chapter 3.3.1. however, the base bide can also be defined according to the simulated discounted income per unit of land; or, as another possibility, an agent might use the average rent paid for rental contracts in the neighborhood. the last two options depict bounded rational behavior. the base bid is, first, reduced by transport costs to the plot depending on the distance to the farmstead and, second, increased by a markup for plots larger than one ha. the markup is used to reflect cost saving opportunities due to a large plot size. the resulting bid is restricted to not be larger than the base bid. as grassland and arable land are separate fixed inputs in the snq value function, agents place different bids on plots of arable land and grassland. a rental contract of 10 years is set at a specific rental price between land owner and farmer winning the auction which depends on the chosen rules on auction order and price determination. after this land transaction, all bids for the remaining plots are recalculated for the winner of the auction because the willingness to pay for another plot of land has changed due to changed land endowment. the new marginal returns to land can easily be calculated by means of the snq shadow price equations (equation iii) taking into account the increased land endowment. due to the binding nature of rental contracts, bids may turn out to become unfortunate in the future because changes in prices or nonrenewed rental contracts might change marginal returns to land and cause sub-optimal rental prices of current rental contracts. 4. results the dual value function is supposed to provide a good approximation for simulated netputs, discounted income and marginal returns to land to reduce the additional uncertainty introduced in the overall framework due to the replacement of the mp by a metamodel (meckesheimer et al. 2002). therefore, we focus on the fit of the meta-model in the result section, using a dataset of 1,002 dairy farms simulated by farmdyn. these observations were kept from a sample of 5,000 farms after removing zero observations. we run the mp model as a dynamic programming model over the period from 2015 to 2025. netput quantities refer to averages of 2015 to 2025. a descriptive summary of the simulated and estimated netput quantities, simulated incomes and marginal returns to land is presented in table 2. the values are discounted household incomes comprising not only returns from the farm operation, but also from working off-farm and from returns to accumulated cash. the model comprises optimal financing decisions based on different types of loans which differ in length and rates. the discount rate hence captures the time preference of a farmer and differs from the market based one. the farms simulated with farmdyn are medium to large farms with a herd size between 40 and 150 cows and a land endowment of 32 to 110 ha in total, representing well the dairy farming structure in nrw (it.nrw 2019). figure 5 presents scatterplots of the mp-simulated and fitted quantities from the snq value function of milk and off-farm labor supplied as outputs, and concentrates bought 90 c. seidel, w. britz and crops produced for feeding, investments made and manure exported as inputs, as well as of the discounted incomes and marginal returns to land. the adjusted r² are very high (>93%) for the netputs milk, feed concentrates, crops and exported manure. the slightly lower r² for investments (89%) results from the assumption made in the mp that stables have to be bought in pre-determined sizes to reflect returns-to-scale. the integer character of variables make their estimation more difficult (see also discussion section in chapter 5). this can be especially seen in the moderate fit of the variable off-farm labor (40%). the dual value function with its continuous derivatives fails to fit the step-function that results from the integer character of the variable. in opposite to that, the fit of average annual discounted income is with 95% very high, with a slight tendency to overestimate at high levels. the fit of the marginal returns to arable land and grassland is high (about 80%). the slightly lower fit compared to the estimated netput quantities is due to the complex interactions between the limiting production factors land and labor. the binary character of labor results in hard to predict changes in discounted incomes, if land endowment changes. these interactions are not fully captured by the shadow price equation derived from the snq value function. table 2. key descriptives of simulated and estimated variables. milk off-farm labor feed concentrates mp-simulated snq-fitted mp-simulated snq-fitted mp-simulated snq-fitted min 391.0 398.0 5.0 -299.6 -113,287.0 -96,854.0 median 1,142.6 1,141,6 105.9 167.3 -62,849.0 -62,712.0 max 1,922.3 1,913,3 2,442.0 793.5 -21,396.0 -19,769.0 r² 0.99 0.35 0.95 crops produced investments manure exported mp-simulated snq-fitted mp-simulated snq-fitted mp-simulated snq-fitted min -84,903.0 -81,915.0 -59,192.0 -55,646.0 -2,593.3 -2,338.2 median -43,145.0 -42,838.0 -32,733.0 -32,996.0 -794.0 -785.7 max -13,354.0 -10,313.0 -13,587.0 -12,510.0 -40.6 40.0 r² 0.97 0.89 0.93 discounted income marginal returns to arable land marginal returns to grassland mp-simulated snq-fitted mp-simulated snq-fitted mp-simulated snq-fitted min 44,666.0 74,335.0 3.3 82.0 107.9 232.1 median 189,989.0 233,354.0 716.8 673.6 771.6 754.2 max 363,546.0 407,976.0 2,079.9 1,798.9 1,693.0 1,691.1 r² 0.95 0.79 0.80 note: mp-simulated values represent the values that are provided by farmdyn; snq-fitted values are values that are based on the estimation of the snq value function. 91a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model 5. discussion to our knowledge, although a vast amount of literature can be found that investigates meta-modeling approaches for simulation models (e.g. friedman and pressman 1988; jalal et al. 2013; kleijnen 1979; madu and kuei 1994), inter alia simple linear programming (lp) models (e.g. bailey et al. 1999; johnson et al. 1996; thangata et al. 2004), there is a lack of research that explicitly presents a meta-modeling approach of a complex mp model. consequently, there is no evidence about the general performance of a linear metamodel of complex mips. our results suggest that a dual value function is able to provide, on average, a high fit for netput quantities and discounted income for the mp model farmdyn analyzed figure 5. scatterplots of the dynamic dataset. note: figures were created using r. 92 c. seidel, w. britz in here. this might come as a surprise since mips provide corner solutions (due to the presence of integers) and are prone to overspecialization. the high fit found in here suggests that the large set of constraints of farmdyn dampens that tendency and leads to a plausible and robust simulation behavior in the sense that changes in netput prices and factor endowments lead to a, on average, smooth response. this might imply that, if mp is used in an abm to depict farming decisions, a certain degree of complexity is needed if a jumpy and hard to predict behavior has to be avoided. however, computing needs would be driven up – that is the starting point of using a meta-model instead. although replacing the integers by continuous variables would reduce computing time, a “normal” mp would eliminate returns-to-scale in investments and labor use which are now endogenously captured by the integers. we consider capturing returns-to-scale as important for the investigation of structural change. note here that while the dual value function imposes convexity in netput prices, both convexity and concavity of income in fixed factors can be depicted. as expected, the fit of the meta-model is lower if quantities are depicted by integer variables. integers violate the assumed continuous relation between prices and netput quantities underlying the dual value function. however, this can also be considered as an advantage in some cases. the linear world of a mip requires that investments come in pre-defined sizes if returns-to-scale are to be captured, whereas in reality, especially for building and structures, sizes can be rather flexibly chosen by the investing farmer. farmdyn tries to overcome that problem partially by offering fine-grained stable sizes, but the basic problem remains. compared to buildings and farming structure, for off-farm labor, the restrictive assumption is made in the mp that only 20 and 40 hour contracts are possible, besides a minimum wage job with only a few off-farm working hours a week. this explains the low fit of the netput off-farm work. in reality, however, family members might have some more flexibility to work part-time such that the smoothing effect of the meta-model might actually lead to a more realistic behavior. as such, the meta-model can also be understood as a way to interpolate over distinct points of the technology and the resulting solution space. furthermore, actions of agents in the presented abm are derived from discounted income and marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors which are very accurately represented by the dual value function. therefore, the more moderate fit for the variable off-farm labor should not invalidate the overall approach. the main advantage of using a meta-model based on duality is that it provides a coherent framework to derive simultaneously netput quantities, (discounted) incomes and marginal returns. that is especially relevant if all these variables are needed in the abm. if, for instance, only marginal returns to land are required, a simpler estimation approach not requiring a system estimation focusing on a high fit might be sufficient and more promising. even if results for several variables are needed and a relatively high fit is obtained for all of them, the missing consistency might not be a concern. that would especially be true if the estimators are able to improve the fit for cases such as off-farm work where the dual approach cannot perform well by definition. thus, approaches for instance from machine learning could be used instead of a theory consistent system estimation. as such, our results with the more restrictive dual approach define a kind of lower bound on the potential fit of a meta-model using more flexible fitting approaches. 93a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model furthermore, in order to differentiate decision making of agents regarding planning horizons (e.g. milk delivery quantities in the current year as, to a certain extent, shortterm decisions, medium-term decisions with regard to rental contracts, and long term decisions related to farm survival) more precisely, different value functions differentiated by planning horizons could be estimated and integrated in the model.. this way, differences in decision making of farmers could be depicted more precisely already at the estimation stage of the modeling approach. the modeling approach as a whole would yet become more complex, partly offsetting its advantages. as the paper showed, the dual value function is able to explain a complex mp model to a certain degree and is, therefore, suited to be implemented in an abm to derive agent’s decision making. 6. conclusion we present an approach to meta-model netput quantities, discounted farm-household incomes and respectively marginal returns to (quasi-) fixed factors from a highly detailed mathematical programming (mp) model with a dual symmetric normalized quadratic (snq) value function. the objective of the modeling approach is to set up a meta-model that represents the mp model in an agent-based model (abm) to derive agent’s decision making from it. a set of parameters characterizes farm types by specialization, e.g. dairy farms, datasets are generated using mp for each and a dual snq value function is estimated. based on duality theory, the estimation results shall be integrated in an abm. this approach represents a less computing intensive and technically easier set-up of an abm compared to the direct integration of a mp model into an abm. this reflects that solving the mp model for each farm is computing time intensive and coding efforts to integrate the mp model into the abm are higher compared to coding some few assignments necessary for the dual value function. as presented in the paper, the estimation of a snq value function is able to fit the netput quantities, discounted incomes and marginal values of the mp model farmdyn very well. slightly lower fits can be explained by the integer character of some netputs which is more difficult to capture by the continuous character of the dual value function. the value function meta-modeling approach maintains micro-economic consistency and derives mutually consistent simulation results at single farm-scale for discounted incomes, netputs and marginal returns to land. even though the meta-model reflects micro-economic optimal behavior, the modeling approach still allows to introduce deviations from fully rational behavior. the reader shall be reminded that bidding behavior can be derived from both marginal and average costs which can be further modified in the abm by behavioral rules. furthermore, similar to mp, the dual value function provides a behavioral benchmark that can be compared to outcomes underlying alternative behavioral assumptions. by replacing the complex mp model, the dual value function relaxes computational restrictions while maintaining at the same time complex agent’s behavior. it allows to easily depict large number of agents. given that we obtained a high fit for most variables in our system estimation, more flexible approaches, e.g. from machine learning, might be interesting alternatives which could overcome inherent restrictions of a duality based approach such as continuous derivatives. 94 c. seidel, w. britz 7. references albersmeier, f., plumeyer, c.-h., schulze, b. and theuvsen, l. (2010). zur stabilität von geschäftsbeziehungen auf dem landpachtmarkt: eine kausalanalyse zur wechselbereitschaft von verpächtern. presentation at the 50th conference of gewisola, gesellschaft für wirtschaftsund sozialwissenschaften des landbaus e.v., braunschweig, germany. arsenault, a., nolan, j., schoney, r. and gilchrist, d. (2012). outstanding in the field: evaluating auction markets for farmland using multi-agent simulation. journal of artificial societies and social simulation 15(1): 1–11. bailey, t.g., jensen, p. and morton, d.p. (1999). response surface analysis of two-stage stochastic linear programming with recourse. naval research logistics 46: 753–778. balmann, a. (1995). pfadabhängigkeiten in agrarstrukturentwicklungen. begriff, ursachen und konsequenzen. berlin, germany: volkswirtschaftliche schriften. balmann, a. (1997). farm-based modelling of regional structural change: a cellular automata approach. european review of agricultural economics 24: 85–108. balmann, a. (1999). path dependence and the structural development of family farm dominated regions. in: european congress of agricultural economists, organized session papers, warsaw, poland, 263–284. balmann, a., odening, m., weikard, h.-p. and brandes, w. (1996). path-dependence without increasing returns to scale and network externalities. journal of economic behavior and organization 29(1): 159–172. baumol, w. (1987). indivisibilities. in: eatwell, j., milgate, m. and newman, p. (eds.). the new palgrave: a dictionary of economics, vol. ii. london/basingstoke, uk: macmillan. bellman, r. (1954). the theory of dynamic programming. bulletin of the american mathematical society 60: 503–515. berger, t. (2001). agent-based spatial models applied to agriculture: a simulation tool for technology diffusion, resource use changes and policy analysis. agricultural economics 25(2-3): 145–260. bonabeau, e. (2002). agent-based modeling: methods and techniques for simulating human systems’. proceedings of the national academy of science 99(3): 7280–7287. bouzaher, a., cabe, r., carriquiry, a.l., gassman, p.w., lakshminarayan, p.g. and shogren, j.f. (1993). metamodels and nonpoint pollution policy in agriculture. water resources research 29: 1579–1587. britz, w. (2013a). abmsim – a flexible framework for agent based models to simulate spatially explicit structural change in agriculture, methodological and technical documentation, version 1.0. university of bonn, germany. http://www.ilr.uni-bonn.de/ em/rsrch/abmsim/abmsim_version1.pdf. accessed 19 november 2018. britz, w. (2013b). the graphical user interface for capri version 2010. university of bonn, germany. https://www.capri-model.org/docs/gui2013.pdf. accessed 19 november 2018. britz, w. (2014). a new graphical user interface generator for economic models and its comparison to existing approaches. german journal of agricultural economics 63(4): 271-285. 95a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model britz, w., lengers, b., kuhn, t. and schäfer, d. (2016). a highly detailed template model for dynamic optimization of farms – farmdyn, model documentation matching svn version rev813. university of bonn, germany. http://www.ilr.uni-bonn.de/em/ rsrch/farmdyn/farmdyn_docu.pdf. accessed 19 november 2018. brown, c., holzhauer, s., metzger, m.j., paterson, j.s. and rounsevell, m. (2016). land managers’ behaviours modulate pathways to visions of future land systems. regional environmental change 18(3): 831–845. cabral, l. (1995). sunk costs, firm size and firm growth. the journal of industrial economics 43(2): 161–172. carnell, r. (2016). lhs – latin hypercube samples, r-package, version 0.13. https://cran.rproject.org/web/packages/lhs/index.html. accessed 19 november 2018. chen, s.-h., liao, c.-c. (2005). agent-based computational modeling of the stock price– volume relation. information sciences 170(1): 75–100. christensen, l.r., jorgensen, d.w. and lau, l.j. (1973). transcendental logarithmic production frontiers. review of economics and statistics 55(1): 28–45. diewert, e.w. (1971). an application of the shephard duality theorem: a generalized leontief production function. journal of political economy 79(3): 481–507. diewert, e.w. (1973). functional forms for profit and transformation functions. journal of economic theory 6: 284–316. diewert, e.w. (1974). applications of duality theory. in: intriligator, m. d. and kendrick, d. a. (eds.). frontiers of quantitative economics, volume ii. new york, usa: north-holland pub. co. diewert, w.e. and ostensoe, l.a. (1988). flexible functional forms for profit functions and global curvature conditions. in: barnett, w. a., berndt, e. r. and white, h. (eds.). dynamic econometric modeling. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. diewert, w.e. and wales, t.j. (1987). flexible functional forms and global curvature conditions. econometrica 55: 43–68. diewert, w.e. and wales, t.j. (1988). normalized quadratic systems of consumer demand functions. journal of business and economic statistics 6: 303–312. european topic centre on terrestrial environment (2000). corine land cover database (version 12/2000). https://land.copernicus.eu/pan-european/corine-land-cover. accessed 19 november 2018. friedman, l. w. and pressman, i. (1988) the metamodel in simulation analysis: can it be trusted? journal of the operational research society 39(10): 939–948. garbert, j. (2013). ökonomische auswirkungen von politiken zur umsetzung der wasserrahmenrichtlinie auf die schweinehaltung im münsterland. dissertation, university of bonn, germany. http://hss.ulb.uni-bonn.de/2013/3389/3389.htm. accessed 19 november 2018. happe, k., kellermann, k., balmann, a. (2006). agent-based analysis of agricultural policies: an illustration of the agricultural policy simulator agripolis, its adaptation and behavior. ecology and society 11(1): 49–74. heckman, j.t. (1979). sample selection bias as a specification error. econometrica 47(1): 153–161. henningsen, a. (2014). ‘miceconsnqp: symmetric normalized quadratic profit function. r-package, version 0.6–6. https://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/miceconsnqp/index.html. accessed 19 november 2018. 96 c. seidel, w. britz huber, r., bakker, m., balmann, a., berger, t., bithell, m., brown, c., grêt-regamey, a., xiong, h., le, q.b., mack, g., meyfroidt, p., millington, j., müller, b., polhill, j.g., sun, z., seidl, r., troost, c., finger, r. (2018). representation of decision-making in european agricultural agent-based models. agricultural systems 167: 143–160. iman, r.l. and conover, w.j. (1980). small sample sensitivity analysis techniques for computer models, with an application to risk assessment (with discussion). communication in statistics 9: 1749–1842. it.nrw (information und technik nordrhein-westfalen) (2019). landesdatenbank nrw. https://www.landesdatenbank.nrw.de/ldbnrw/online/data;jsessionid=2f3e5e0a8d5 1b5a8f42279dad7b61782.ldb1?operation=sprachwechsel&language=en. accessed 04 july 2019. jalal, h., dowd, b. and sainfort, f. (2013). linear regression metamodeling as a tool to summarize and present simulation model results. medical decision making 33(7): 880–890. johnson, k.e., bauer, k.w., moore, j.t. and grant, m. (1996). metamodelling techniques in multidimensional optimality analysis for linear programming. mathematical and computer modelling 23(5): 45–60. kellermann, k., sahrbacher, c. and balmann, a. (2008). land markets in agent based models of structural change. paper prepared for presentation at the 107th eaae seminar “modeling of agricultural and rural development policies”, january 29th – february 1st, 2008, sevilla, spain. kleijnen, j.p.c. (1979). regression metamodels for generalizing simulation results. ieee transactions on systems, man, and cybernatics 9(2): 93–96. kleijnen, j.p.c. (2005). an overview of the design and analysis of simulation experiments for sensitivity analysis. european journal of operational research 164(2): 287–300. kleijnen, j.p.c. (2018). design and analysis of simulation experiments. in: pilz j., rasch d., melas v., moder k. (eds). statistics and simulation. iws 2015. springer proceedings in mathematics & statistics 231: 3–22. kleijnen, j.p.c. and sargent, r.g. (2000). a methodology for fitting and validating metamodels in simulation. european journal of operational research 120(1): 14–29. koebel, b., falk, m. and laisney, f. (2003). imposing and testing curvature conditions on a box–cox cost function. journal of business and economic statistics 21(2): 319–335. kohli, u. (1993). a symmetric normalized quadratic gnp function and the u.s. demand for imports and supply of exports. international economic review 34(1): 243–255. ktbl (association for technology and structures in agriculture) (2016). betriebsplanung landwirtschaft 2016/2017. darmstadt, germany: ktbl datensammlung. kuhn, t., schäfer, d., holm-müller, k. and britz, w. (2019). on-farm compliance costs with the eu-nitrates directive: a modelling approach for specialized livestock production in northwest germany. agricultural systems 173: 233–243. lau, l.j. (1974). applications of duality theory: a comment. in: intriligator, m.d. and kendrick, d. a. (eds.). frontiers of quantitative economics, volume ii. new york, usa: north-holland pub. co., 176–180. lau, l.j. (1976). a characterization of the normalized restricted profit function. journal of economic theory 12: 131–163. 97a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model lau, l.j. (1986). functional forms in econometric model building. in: griliches, z. and intriligator, m. d. (eds.). handbook of econometrics, volume iii. new york, usa: north-holland pub. co. lengers, b., britz, w. and holm-müller, k. (2013). comparison of ghg-emission indicators for dairy farms with respect to induced abatement costs, accuracy and feasibility. applied economic perspectives and policy 35(3): 451–475. lengers, b., britz, w. and holm-müller, k. (2014). what drives marginal abatement costs of greenhouse gases on dairy farms? a meta-modelling approach. journal of agricultural economics 65(3): 579–599. lobianco, a. and esposti, r. (2010). the regional multi-agent simulator (regmas): an open-source spatially explicit model to assess the impact of agricultural policies. computers and electronics in agriculture 72(1): 14–26. lopez, r.e. (1982). applications of duality theory. western journal of agricultural economics 7(2): 353–365. madu, c.n. and kuei, c.-h. (1994). regression metamodeling in computer simulation – the state of the art. simulation practice and theory 2(1): 27–41. mckay, m.d., conover, w.j. and beckman, r.j. (1979). a comparison of three methods for selecting values of input variables in the analysis of output from computer code. technometrics 21(2): 239–245. mckay, l., lawrence, d. and vlastuin, c. (1983). profit, output supply, and input demand functions for multiproduct firms: the case of australian agriculture. international economic review 24(2): 323–339. meckesheimer, m., barton, r.r., simpson, t., limayem, f. and yannou, b. (2001). metamodeling of combined discrete/continuous responses. american institute of aeronautics and astronautics 39(10): 1950–1959. meckesheimer, m., booker, a.j., barton, r.r. and simpson t.w. (2002). computationally inexpensive metamodel assessment strategies. american institute of aeronautics and astronautics 40(10): 2053–2060. nolan, p., parker, d., van kooten, g.c. and berger, t. (2009). an overview of computational modeling in agricultural and resource economics. canadian journal of agricultural economics 57(4): 417–429. pierreval, h. (1996). a metamodeling approach based on neural networks. international journal of computer simulation 6(3): 365–378. polhill, j.g., parker, d.c. and gotts, n. (2008). effects of land markets on competition between innovators and imitators in land use: results from fearlus-elmm. in edmonds, b., hernandez, c., troitzch, k. g. (eds), social simulation technologies: advances and new discoveries, information science reference, hershey, usa: igi global, 81–97. remble, a., britz, w., keeney, r. (2013). farm level tradeoffs in the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions. in: agricultural and applied economics association, annual meeting, august 4-6, 2013, washington, d. c., usa. schäfer, d. (2014). effects of the renewable energy act amendments biogas plant investment and farm management. master thesis, university of bonn, germany. schäfer, d. and britz, w. (2017). estimating impacts of the revised german fertilizer ordinance on manure transport flows within north rhine-westphalia, poster presented at the eaae xv congress, parma (italy). 98 c. seidel, w. britz schäfer, d., britz, w. and kuhn, t. (2017). flexible load of existing biogas plants: a viable option to reduce environmental externalities and to provide demand-driven electricity? german journal of agricultural economics 66(2): 109–123. schäfer, d., grauer, z. and britz, w. (2019). regionale modellierung von agrarstrukturellen änderungen in einem agentenbasierten ansatz unter berücksichtigung des überbetrieblichen austausches von organischem dünger. agricultural faculty of the university of bonn, germany: schriftenreihe des lehrund forschungsschwerpunktes usl, 1–51, forthcoming. schreinemachers, p. and berger, t. (2011). an agent-based simulation model of humanenvironment interactions in agricultural systems. environmental modeling and software 26(7): 845–859. sidhu, s.s. and baanante, c.a. (1981). estimating farm-level input demand and wheat supply in the indian punjab using a translog profit function. american journal of agricultural economics 63(2): 237–246. thangata, p.h., alavalapati, j.r.r. and hildebrand, p.e. (2004). metamodeling agroforestry adoption. in alavalapati, j. r. r., mercer, d. e. (eds), valuing agroforestry systems, dordrecht, netherlands: springer, 219–236. thijssen, g. (1992). a comparison of production technology using primal and dual approaches: the case of dutch dairy farms. european review of agricultural economics 19(1): 49–65. troost, c. and berger, t. (2016). simulating structural change in agriculture: modelling farming households and farm succession. international environmental modelling and software society (iemss), 8th international congress on environmental modelling and software, toulouse, france. international congress on environmental modelling and software, 1. weaver, r.d. and lass, d.a. (1989). corner solutions in duality models: a cross-section analysis of dairy production decisions. american journal of agricultural economics 71(4): 1025–1040. zimmermann, a., heckelei, t. and domínguez, i.p. (2009). modelling farm structural change for integrated ex-ante assessment: review of methods and determinants. environmental science and policy 12: 601–618. zimmermann, a., möhring, a., mack, g., ferjani, a. and mann, s. (2015). pathways to truth: comparing different upscaling options for an agent-based sector model. journal of artificial societies and social simulation 18(4): 1–11. 99a dual value function as a meta-model of mathematical programming model appendix i. calculation of probability of farm exit the probability of farm exit is calculated from two elements: 1. the square root of the relation between the farmer’s current yearly profit πf and the maximum of (1) a pre-determined quantile of the profits in the farming population π pop quantile, and (2) the expected yearly net wage in the industrial sector minus commuting costs, 2. a normally distributed random number which accounts for not controlled determinants of exit decisions. by settings parameters to zero, the effect of the different elements can be switched off. algebraically, the probability can be expressed as: p nf f exo pop quantile� � �� � � � �� � � � �/ max , , 2 if the stochastic variable p is below 0.5, the farm will exit. in this case, the agent’s current renting contracts will end, while the land owned (with the exemption of the farm stead) will be rented out. the expected yearly net wage of the farm in the industrial sector is determined from land cover data and the agent’s age. first, the share of the industrial land cover indshare in a search radius around the farm stead is determined. this search radius is equal to the maximum commuting distance an agent is willing to accept. thus, in rural regions with little urbanized cover characterized as non-residential, off-farm working opportunities are low. the probability to find work in the industrial sector is determined by the square root of the share of industrial land cover, multiplied by a factor find expressing the relation between industrial land cover and open positions, and corrected for a term fage that depends on the agent’s age. the expected wage is then determined as the product of the wage in the industrial sector wage and the probability shown in the bracket: e wage wage f indshare f age ageind age cur min�� ��� � ��� ��� �* expected commuting costs commcost are defined from the share of industrial land cover indshare times the maximal commuting distance maxcommdistance, and the commuting costs per km commcostperkm: e commcost indshare maxcommdistance commcostperkm�� ��� * * the exogenous alternative profit π exo from working off-farm is finally defined as: � exo e wage e commcost� �� ��� �� �� (britz 2013a). the future of bio-based and applied economics daniele moro1, fabio gaetano santeramo2, davide viaggi3 how did farmers act? ex-post validation of linear and positive mathematical programming approaches for farm-level models implemented in an agent-based agricultural sector model gabriele mack*, ali ferjani, anke möhring, albert von ow, stefan mann the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context: the case of west bank and gaza strip donato romanoa, gianluca stefania,*, benedetto rocchia, ciro fiorilloa assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination gianluca grilli1,2 estimating a dual value function as a meta-model of a detailed dynamic mathematical programming model claudia seidel, wolfgang britz bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 copyright: © 2021 w. britz. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: w. britz (2021). estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms. bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238. doi: 10.36253/bae10488 received: february 22, 2021 accepted: july 19, 2021 published: january 11, 2022 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: fabio gaetano santeramo. orcid wb: 0000-0002-8532-3823 estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms wolfgang britz institute for food and resource economics, university of bonn, germany abstract. based on data mainly from the international comparison program for 156 countries, we conduct a global cross-sectional estimation of an extended rank-3 maidads demand system for nineteen commodity groups including agri-food detail for integration in a computable general equilibrium model. we render both marginal budget shares and commitment terms depending on the implicit utility level and consider age shares on the population, the gini-coefficient, the share of islamic population, a sea access indicator and mean temperatures as further explanatory variables. we find that especially demographic factors, the share of islamic population and mean temperature considerably improve model selection statistics and the fit of commodity groups with a low fit in a variant where prices and income only are used. graphics of the estimated engel curves, with details for agro-food commodity groups, highlight income dynamics of budget shares. keywords: demand system estimation, aidads, general equilibrium modelling. jel codes: d12, c33, c68. 1. introduction partial and computable general equilibrium models (cge) are widely used tools for policy impact assessments, but simulated outcomes depend on model structure and parameterization. in their review of how final demand is modelled in long-term analysis, ho et al. 2020 underline the importance of the choice of functional form for final demand. they find differences in baseline results for 2050 for an otherwise identical cge model of up to factor two between a linear expenditure system (les), a constant-difference-in-elasticity (cde) demand system1 and an aidads specification for single sectors, and still for up to 11% in total global aggregated output, all calibrated against the same data and own and income elasticities. similarly, britz and van der mensbrugghe 2018 compare outcomes of different model configurations and find sizeable differences in comparative-static analysis under a trade liberalisation shock between variants using different functional forms, calibrated against the same data and elasticities. but besides moving to more flexible functional forms, especially with regard to engel curves, also 1 the cde demand system underlies the widely used gtap standard model. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 220 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 the parameterization of the demand systems in equilibrium model can certainly be improved. the widely used gtap model, for instance, depicts up to 65 sectors, but its demand system is parameterized drawing on an estimation with ten aggregated sectors, only (hertel and van der mensbrugghe 2019), such that elasticities for many sectors are identical. this paper focuses on improved representation of final demand in equilibrium models for long-run analysis, specifically on the gtap model and its variants, as the most widely used cge models globally. the gtap data base covers in its latest version 10 141 single countries or group of countries for which consistent longterm time series on final demand, related price and income are not available. a country specific estimation of parameters is therefore not feasible, such that the established practise estimates generic demand systems at global level, based on cross-sectional analysis, such as in seale et al. 2006, reimer and hertel 2004, preckel et al. 2010, roson and van der mensbrugghe 2018, britz and roson 2019. given the large differences in per capita income across countries at global level and high projected income dynamics for current low and middle income countries, flexibility in engel curves is deemed important during estimation and simulation. here, an aidads system with its exponential engel curves is often found as a sensible choice (cf. rimmer and powell 1996) and also used to estimate the current gtap parameter (hertel and van der mensbrugghe 2019). ho et al. 2020 stress additionally in their review that demography, income distribution and other factors such as religious norms are found as important drivers of consumption choices in many micro-level studies, but are basically not considered as consumption drivers in any of the global cge models. against this background, we aim at an improved final demand representation in cge models in several directions, by (1) extending the sectoral detail in the global cross-sectional estimation of the aidads system, by (2) moving to a more flexible maidads specification where also the commitment terms change with income, and by (3) controlling for additional factors which are likely to shape preferences such as religious norms. the resulting demand system is then integrated in the g-rdem model (roson and britz 2019) for construction of long-run baseline, as a module of the flexible platform for cge modelling cgebox (britz and van der mensbrugghe 2018). but the findings in here are also of relevance of partial equilibrium models focusing on specific sectors, or more generally of interest to economists interested in income dynamics of demand. the paper is organized as follows. we first motivate the use and detail the extended maidads demand system and the estimation approach before we present key results. next, we discuss key findings with a focus on differences across variants which consider additional drivers such as demography or income distribution. finally, we summarize and conclude. 2. methodology 2.1 extended maidads demand system we empirically estimate an extended aidads (an implicit additive demand system, rimmer and powell 1996) demand system for nineteen product groups: ten broader non-food groups and nine food categories, where the extension refers to utility depending commitment terms. detail for food is introduced as income effects are here especially relevant such as expressed, for instance, by bennet’s law (bennet 1941). the aidads system can be understood as a generalization of a les demand system where marginal budget shares are not fixed, a property also described as a rank three demand system with regard to income effects. other rank three candidates are, for instance, the quadratic expenditure system (qes, pollak and wales 1978) and the quadratic aids (quaids, banks et al. 1997). cranfield et al. 2003 estimated all three demand systems based of an older version of the data set employed in here with less demand categories, and compared them against the rank-two systems les and aids from which they are derived. in their comparison, aidads and quaids performed best and they recommend aidads if the income differences in the estimation or later simulations are high. one reason for this recommendation is the global regularity of aidads. specifically, compared to quaids, it ensures that marginal budget shares stay between zero and unity. moreover, compared to the quadratic marginal budget shares of for instance a quaids or qes specification, the exponential marginal budget shares of an aidads system might be considered more appropriate when covering a data set with extreme per-capita differences (rimmer and powell 1996). in the aidads demand system, the marginal budget shares are a linear combination of two vectors, depicting the marginal budget structure at very low and very high utility (income) levels. a logistic function depending on the implicit utility level determines the linear combination. given that the marginal budget shares in each of the two vectors fulfil the adding up condition to 221estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 unity, any linear combination of the two also leads to regular budget shares. we follow preckel et al. 2010 who extend the original cranfield approach by rendering also the commitment terms depending on income, to what they call the maidads for modified aidads demand system. with regard to the estimation strategy we follow cranfield et al., 2000 who improve on the original rimmer and powell 1996 approach by developing an estimation method that does not rely on an approximation of utility. as usual, the independent data in estimations are the per capita incomes y and consumer prices p for countries c and commodity groups i,j, and the dependents the budget shares w. equation (1) determines the estimated budget shares w*c,i. it is identical to a les specification with the exception that the marginal budget shares δ and commitment terms γ are not fixed, but depend on the endogenously determined utility level. the marginal budget shares δi are expressed in (2) as a linear combination of two vectors δlo and δhi driven by a logistic function depending on the utility level u, implicitly defined by (5): (1) (2) can be interpreted as the marginal budget share at minimum utility level, i.e. very low per capita income, while is the share at very high incomes. the utility level uc is calculated at the given δc,i and γc,i in (5). it drives in (2) a logistic function with the parameters ωδ>0 and κ∂ which in turn determines the marginal budget share; this shows the implicit utility definition. at the point where the expression ωδuc-κ∂ is zero, the average between the two marginal budget share vectors is chosen, based on (5), that point is defined by κ∂. for larger negative ωδuc-κ∂, the exponent term approaches zero and the lower δc,i share is chosen; for larger positive ones, the exponent term approaches infinity such that is selected. in opposite to the original rimmer and powell 1996 proposal and subsequent work, we also consider a multiplicative factor ωδ. different from previous work with aidads or maidads specifications we are aware off, the two vectors δlo and δhi are country specific in here as they depend on a set f of further country specific attributes a as detailed below, see equation (3). (3) γ are the constant terms, typically termed commitments. as suggested by preckel et al. 2010, we render also the commitment terms an exponential function of utility, see equation (4). this allows especially better differentiating price sensitivity across income differences. (4) equation (5) defines the additive utility from the consumption bundle and is identical to the les definition2: (5) besides considering additional factors in the determination of the marginal budget shares, our approach is therefore slightly more general compared to preckel et al. 2010 who, first, have κ identical in determining δ and γ, and, second, introduce ω into (4), only. 2.2 estimation approach we follow closely cranfield et al. (2000) and preckel et al (2010) in our estimation by performing a loglikelihood estimation on cross-sectional data from the international comparison program (icp) referring to the year 20113 which provides a harmonized data set on expenditures (2), consumer prices and purchasing power parities. however, we don’t use the publicly available data, only, but based on an agreement with the icp, add more detail for food. 2 the usual definition of the implicit utility definition in the (m)aiads is δc,iln(xc,i-γc,i)-ln(a)-uc=1 with δ and γ expressed by (2) and (4). our formulation is equivalent as the term (-ln(a)-1) could be recalculated from the expressions ωγuc-κγ and ωδuc-κδ. 3 the current gtap data base versions in use are version 9 for 2011 and version 10 for 2014, which fits to the year of the icp data. longrun baseline construction with recursive-dynamic cge models projects decades into the future. with regard to consumption behaviour, this is only defendable if one assumes that observed differences in consumption patterns across countries with different per capita income level provide guidance of how pattern might change in future under stronger income dynamics. if using data from 2014 instead of 2011 would lead to distinct differences in the estimated parameters, the assumption would be challenged. but as we don’t have access to newer data, we leave such evaluations to other scholars. 222 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 as preckel et al. (2010) we define a quadratic covariance matrix e of dimension (n-1)×(n-1) comprising the error terms ec,i from (1). dropping the last column and row reflects that budgets shares and their error terms are linear dependent due to adding up. assuming normally distributed error terms e, their concentrated loglikelihood function becomes -½ln|e*| which elements defined as (6) where c is the number of countries observed. in order to improve estimation speed, we follow preckel et al. 2010 and apply a cholesky decomposition e*=r’r which eases defining the log of the determinant of e due to ln|e|=2ln|r|. the decomposition does not itself constrain the estimation outcome as the (reduced) covariance matrix e* is by definition positive definite. the decomposition is defined as: (7) the cholesky matrix r as an upper triangular matrix comprises with (n-1) (n-1+1)/2 elements far less elements than e*. the lower triangular part of the matrix r with elements rkl=0∀k>l must be set to zero while for the diagonal elements non-negativity is required to guarantee finiteness. this requires small positive bounds, here chosen as 1.e-8 which turned out to not become binding (this would imply perfect fit). the overall concentrated log-likelihood to maximize is derived from the diagonal elements of r: (8) exhaustion of income requires adding up of the marginal budgets to unity. this leads to the following adding up restrictions during estimation: (9) as seen from equation (9), the regression coefficients αi,f and βi,f, must add up to zero to maintain the adding up condition as they update marginal budget shares at low and high utility depending on country specific additional factors in equation (3). as some of these regressions coefficients are therefore necessarily negative, we restrict all estimated marginal budget shares to be non-zero. in order to prevent negative estimates in later simulations with the cge model, we introduce two artificial observations at 75% of the lowest income and 125% of the highest one. these two observations do not impact the estimated log-likelihood directly as there are no error terms attached to them, but the estimator needs to ensure that the estimated budget shares for these two observations are between zero and unity. moreover, we ensure that the estimated commitment terms don’t exceed 95% of the estimated demand at the minimum and maximum observations additionally introduced, beside an observation at the mean income of the sample. this provides additional safeguards against implausible outcomes when simulating with the system in later applications. these details clearly ref lect the specific aims of the exercise4. the use of the exp function can provoke mathematical overf lows during estimation and simulation. we therefore replace is with the following smooth quadratic exponential function: (10) where s is a smoothing factor chosen here as s=10. the usefulness of this smoothing approach becomes obvious if we consider the point x = 100. the exponential function will yield ~2.7e+43 while the smoothed one results in ~1.e+8. for the resulting linear combination of the estimated parameters in (2) and (4), differences in values of this dimension are irrelevant for any reasonable estimate. this becomes visible if we consider their bounds. the marginal budget shares δ are bounded by [0,1] and the γlo,i by [0,ymin] where the minimum yearly per capita income ymin is around 250 usd. this acts as a maximal bound for commitment terms as utility in (5) is only defined if xc,i> γc,i such that even with a budget share of 100%, γlo,i can never exceed the minimum income level observed. setting γup,i to its lowest possible value of zero and γlo,i at its possible maximum yields an commitment parameter of γc,i= [1+sqexp(x)] driven by utility based on x = ωγuc-κ∂. that means that if 1+sqexp(x)>> for larger values of u, the resulting marginal budget share will be, as desired, almost zero. as exp(10) ~ 5.5e4, that is already given at the point where the smoothing starts to make a difference with the γlo,i and γup,i at their most critical values for the approxi4 for the selected model, none of these additional safeguards became active during estimation and impacted the estimates. 223estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 mation. more generally, one could define demand systems similar to the (m)aidads based on any function returning values on the domain [0,1] for any value of utility u. we estimate different variants of the model by considering besides price levels and income further country specific attributes relating to income distribution, religious norms, climate, access to sea and demography, separately or jointly. such additional controls are often found in demand system estimations drawing on household samples, where such attributes refer to individual households and not, as in here, to a country. adding these controls aims at insights if and to what extent these drivers systematically improve the fit, both with respect to the overall model and to individual categories, and reflects that these attributes have been found in micro studies as relevant to explain differences in demand behaviour (ho et al. 2020). the usefulness of integrating further explanatory factors might deserve some discussion. in our and similar exercises, the utility structure of the representative household of any country is assumed to be identical. this implies, for instance, that consumers in a country with a mainly islamic population would spend as much on beverages and tobacco as the ones in a country dominated by christians when facing the same prices and enjoying the same income level. this is not very likely as consuming alcohol is often forbidden in countries where the islamic belief dominates. such impacts might be only partially captured by price differences in goods. similarly, a larger share of older people might imply different expenditures on health at the same prices and identical average per capita income, motivating the use of demographic factors. demand system estimations based on a cross-section of country data set might face collinearity issues. first, price levels for some of the aggregated commodities are likely related in a systematic way to income levels, while we miss variability over time as found in a panel data set to dampen this effect. for instance, the so-called “beaumol”-disease stipulates that labour-capital substitution is harder in certain service sectors, such that in countries with higher wages (and income levels), some services are systematically more expensive, the costs of a hair-cut serve often as an archetypical example. indeed, we find r2 values for a simple regression of prices on the logarithm of per capita income (see table 3) for non-food groups in the range of 50-60% with the exemption of communication (~30%). for agri-food groups, the correlation between income and prices is still high (>40% r2) for meats, fish and other food, and otherwise quite small. any estimation using cross-country data with larger income differences will likely face these issues. in our estimation, some additional factors are also correlated to income, especially demographic factors with r2 values of 60% and 70%, using again logarithms of income levels as explanatory factors. the problem is hence of a similar magnitude as for prices and will hinder a clear separation of demographic factors from income level effects. the r² for other factors are below 25% and give little reason for concern. still, if additional factors systematically improve model selection criteria despite collinearity issues, they contribute to a better explanation, but collinearity will make it harder to tell income and price effects apart from the influence of these additional factors. we will come back to that point when discussing which of the different model variants to use for actual simulation purposes with the cge model. technically, we implement the estimator in gams, updating and improving the codes by britz and roson 2019 which draws on the ones originally used by reimer and hertel 2004. the use of gams is motivated by an estimation which comprises highly-nonlinear equations and constraints, such as the endogenous choleskydecomposition in (7). this asks for robust non-linear programming solvers such as conopt4 employed here which are not available in statistical packages. gams is not a specialized statistical package which implies that any statistics and tests need to be programmed manually. beside these technical issues, we see several reasons why we don’t develop code to estimate p-values for the individual parameters. first, in our demand system estimation, dropping prices or income as independents is impossible, due to constraints, the same holds for dropping additional factors in individual equations. even for additional factors, single p-values can therefore not guide the selection of these controls. second, even in the models with many additional factors, we still have thousands of degrees of freedoms. this renders it likely that p-values always suggest most parameters significantly different from zero, even if their relevance might be low. moreover, the interpretation of p-values is challenging in the context of parameter restrictions. we instead carefully discuss the trade-off between considering more additional factors and model selection statistics such as the akaike’s information criterion when deciding which of the model variants to choose for simulation. 2.3 data as other global exercises, we draw on data by the icp as it provides standardized and consistent observations on many countries with different per capita income levels. 224 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 this should help to find a robust representation of global, country-wide engel curves. as our ultimate aim is to integrate the estimates into the gtap derived g-rdem model, we aggregate detailed icp data on food expenditures covering 34 items to (aggregates of) gtap sectors and keeping otherwise the icp classification for non-food as shown in table 1. per capita demands are real expenditures in u.s. dollars, the prices are derived from these and nominal expenditure per capita in u.s. dollars. the gtap data base differentiates between wheat, paddy rice and other coarse grains which are potential substitutes in consumption. keeping here more detail likely violates the assumption of additive utility such that we rather aggregate here to a category “cereals”. the same holds for the two gtap sectors ruminant meat and other animal products, the latter comprising pig and poultry meat and eggs. moreover, the “other meats and meat preparations“ reported by the icp might comprise both ruminant and non-ruminant meat and can therefore not clearly be linked to individual gtap sectors. the reader might wonder why we don’t consider bread and pasta under the cereals product aggregate. the reason is that in the gtap sam, cereals refer to primary production and thus the farm scale, while bread or pasta as processed product are reported under the other food industry sector which comprises many more products such as ready-to-eat menus etc.. britz and roson 2019 therefor argue that the input coefficients of this food processing industry aggregate are likely depending on per capita income, as empirical analysis consistently shows that bulk calorie products such as cereals, bread or potatoes are inferior goods while convenience food is a rather a luxury good. we aim with the aggregation shown in table 1 above to get a good match between the definitions in the icp data set and the gtap data base which motivates this specific aggregation scheme. an overview on key metrics of the budget shares as the dependent variables provides table 2 below. we observe that for the non-food items shown in the upper part, with the exemption of costs related to housing, the minimum shares are all below 1.5%. the maxima reveal that the categorisation of non-food items is rather balanced, with the exemption of housing, they are all in the 10-20% range. the same holds, with the exemption of vegetables oils and sugar for the food categories, also. here, all minima are, with the exemption of the other food category, all close to zero. the r2 of a simple regression on log of income reaches up to 33% of cereals, but is in most case in the 10-20% range which leaves ample room for improvement by a demand system estimation. table 3 reports key metrics for the prices and income levels as key independents. the spread of prices is astonishingly high which can also seen from their standard deviation. there is also a stronger impact of the income level on the prices, a point touched upon before. when moving from the lowest income of around 250 usd to the maxima of around 55.000 usd, the regressions suggest that prices of non-food items would increase by 0.36 to 0.45 (note that the us price is set to unity and serves for normalization). data on demography are taken from the iassa data repository5 for the socio-economic pathways which ensures that the same data can be used in model appli5 https://tntcat.iiasa.ac.at/sspdb/dsd?action=htmlpage&page=about table 1. commodity groups in estimation and icp detail. commodity group icp identical clothing and footwear housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels furnishings, household equipment and maintenance health communication recreation and culture education restaurants and hotels miscellaneous goods and services cereals rice; other cereals; flour and other products meats and eggs beef and veal; lamb, mutton and goat; pork; poultry; other meats and meat preparations; eggs and egg-based products fish fresh, chilled or frozen fish and seafood dairy fresh milk; preserved milk and other milk products; cheese; butter and margarine vegetable oil and cakes other edible oils and fats fruits and vegetables fresh or chilled fruit; fresh or chilled vegetables other than potatoes; fresh or chilled potatoes sugar sugar beverages and tobacco spirits; wine; beer; mineral waters, soft drinks, fruit and vegetable juices; coffee, tea and cocoa; tobacco other food processing food products nec; narcotics; preserved or processed fish and seafood; frozen, preserved or processed vegetables and vegetable-based products; frozen, preserved or processed fruit and fruit-based products; bread; other bakery products; pasta products; jams, marmalades and honey; confectionery, chocolate and ice cream 225estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 table 2. statistics on budget shares derived from icp data. mean min max std.dev r2 on log(y)1 clothing and footwear 0,047 0,010 0,145 0,023 0,11 housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels 0,153 0,049 0,389 0,057 0,11 furnishings, household equipment and maintenance 0,049 0,009 0,132 0,020 0,00 health 0,076 0,009 0,197 0,035 0,22 transport 0,092 0,014 0,183 0,034 0,02 communication 0,028 0,001 0,098 0,015 0,16 recreation and culture 0,045 0,004 0,112 0,028 0,29 education 0,072 0,013 0,178 0,028 0,05 restaurants and hotels 0,045 0,000 0,141 0,032 0,18 rest 0,077 0,015 0,194 0,044 0,08 cereals 0,049 0,001 0,311 0,063 0,33 meats, eggs 0,053 0,006 0,239 0,035 0,03 fish 0,013 0,000 0,103 0,016 0,14 dairy 0,026 0,001 0,108 0,019 0,14 vegetable oils 0,011 0,000 0,047 0,010 0,20 fruit & veg 0,049 0,006 0,210 0,037 0,28 sugar 0,008 0,000 0,038 0,008 0,20 other food 0,060 0,020 0,159 0,031 0,10 beverages and tobacco 0,048 0,009 0,149 0,023 0,00 source: icp 2011, aggregated according to table 1. notes: 1 linear regression with log of income per capita as independent. table 3. statistics on income and prices. mean min max std.dev r2 on log(y)1 income 9.030 220 55.835 12.196 clothing and footwear 0,771 0,229 2,053 0,368 0,61 housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels 0,540 0,074 2,400 0,413 0,55 furnishings, household equipment and maintenance 0,853 0,422 1,778 0,288 0,63 health 0,439 0,098 1,678 0,328 0,65 transport 0,943 0,385 2,349 0,380 0,54 communication 0,678 0,101 1,742 0,288 0,31 recreation and culture 0,768 0,330 1,948 0,323 0,59 education 0,313 0,037 1,905 0,320 0,55 restaurants and hotels 0,799 0,265 2,240 0,341 0,55 rest 0,640 0,233 1,993 0,333 0,69 cereals 0,916 0,258 3,588 0,395 0,15 meats, eggs 0,994 0,277 3,313 0,467 0,51 fish 0,593 0,155 1,723 0,289 0,53 dairy 1,080 0,412 2,159 0,293 0,02 vegetable oils 1,386 0,719 2,331 0,325 0,04 fruit & veg 0,732 0,234 2,614 0,356 0,39 sugar 0,915 0,239 2,329 0,304 0,06 other food 0,844 0,268 1,902 0,297 0,33 beverages and tobacco 0,716 0,128 2,289 0,329 0,33 source: icp 2011, aggregated according to table 1. notes: price of united states = 1, 1 linear regression with log of income per capita as independent. 226 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 cations for long-run analysis. we use the shares of two age groups as additional factors which can be expected to be not part of the working population (<15 and > 65 years). not only are these age groups likely to show consumption patterns different from other age groups, they also might (indirectly) control for differences in household sizes, especially the share of <15 years old. as some household expenditures comprise a fix-cost share, household size at the same average per capita income of the household members is likely to change budget shares (deaton and paxson 1998). we took access to sea into account especially in the hope to better control for spending on hotels and restaurants, and to explain fish consumption. mean temperature as the climatic variable chosen not only could impact the food consumption bundle, for instance with regard to dairy, but also impact housing and clothing expenditures (sheth 2017). to check for the influence of different income distributions, we use gini coefficients taken mostly from the cia factbooks, a few missing observations were filled by data from liberati 2009. data on the share of islamic population were taken from a study by the pew center, 2011 (pew center 2011). in total, we observed for c=156 countries budget shares, prices and additional factors. the 19 commodity groups lead to 2,964 observations. the extended aidads model where also the commitment terms depend on the utility level has four vectors of parameters (α, β, γlo, γhi), two utility multiplier κ and two exponents ω, considering the adding up conditions, this implies m = (2*n + 2*(n-1) + 4) = 78 parameters for the maidads variant without additional factors. each additional explanatory variable adds two additional vectors of marginal budget shares at low and high income, again considering adding up, that means for each factor 2*(n-1) = 36 additional parameters to estimate. for the model considering all six additional independents, we hence estimate 294 parameters. this reduces the degrees of freedom more than a quaids system which would estimate m = (3 * (n-1) + (n-1)*(n-1)/2 = 192 parameters. but the full model is not used for simulation in here, but rather serves as a benchmark to select a suitable set of additional factors beyond per capita income and price levels. 2.4 integration in the cge using the estimation results for benchmarking of a cge model is far from straightforward as observed budget shares for a country or country aggregate might deviate considerably from what the econometric model suggests. additionally, with the exemption of the agrifood sector, the commodity groups are still rather aggregated compared to, for instance, the 57 sector resolution of the gtap 9 data base or the 65 sectors of gtap 10. during estimation and later simulation, the utility is implicitly driven by the demands which depend on the marginal budget shares and commitment levels which are functions of utility. in order to ease benchmarking, we follow therefore the approach of britz and roson 2019 which perform a regression of the estimated utility levels from (5) on per capita income and add here as further independents the additional factors. the estimate of the utility level allows deriving an estimate of the country and sector specific δc,i and γc,i for benchmarking. we cannot introduce the error term in the simulation model directly. instead, we have, as usual for benchmarking with cge models, to correct some of the parameters in order to line up the observed data with the estimated ones. the errors cannot be simply added to the commitment terms γc,i as this changes non-committed income as well. doing so also runs the risk to introduce rather curious elasticities in the model. this becomes visible from the marshallian demands in equation (11). (11) if, for instance, the observed x is large compared to what the estimations suggests as x*, simply increasing the related commitment term will mean that income and price effects are considerably dampened compared to the estimation. increasing the marginal budget shares at unchanged commitment terms will instead increase price and income responsiveness. we therefore suggest first scaling both vectors of estimated parameters by the relation between the observed and the estimates, next scale the commitment terms such that they add up to unity and finally penalize squared deviations from the original estimates and under adding up conditions. table 4. additional factors considered. factor variable(s) income distribution gini coefficient religious norms share of islamic population climate mean temperature sea access coast line relative to country size [m/skm], in log demography share of persons < 15 year share of persons > 65 years 227estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 3. results 3.1 fit of different model variants in order to assess the different model variants, we compare the value of the likelihood function, the akaike’s information criterion, the information inaccuracy, the schwartz’s criterion and the system wide root mean squared error. the calculation of the statistics follows cranfield et al. 2003, i.e. the root mean squared error for the estimation of the budget shares w for the products i is calculated as rmsei=[1/c ωic-ω*ic with c being the number of countries and the system wide rmse by using the mean budget share as weights, i.e. smrse= rmsei. the value of the likelihood function is defined as llf=-1/2cln|e*|, the information inaccuracy as iia=1/c ωc,i(ωc,i/ω*c,i), akaike’s information criterion as aic=2/ cm+ln|e*| and the schwartz’s criterion as sc=1/cln(t) m+ln|e*|. we calculate a system wide r² by weighting the individual r² with the budget shares. the full model which uses all additional explicatory factors clearly has the best fit with a likelihood function value of 11.472 and a system r wide ² of 54,2%, see table 5. it shows also the best iia value, but the aic and sc statistics suggests that it might be over specified when compared to other variants. specifically, it adds 6 times 2 parameter vectors to the base model, such that we estimate (around) ten parameters for each commodity from 156 observations. both in the groups of model variants using one factor or two factors, the religious norm and the demographic variables tend show the best values for the model selection statistics. overall, the three factor model using the religious norm, the climate factor and demographic attributes gives the best aic criterion. its llf and the system wide r² are close to the full model, but its aic and sc selection criteria are considerably better. we therefore consider it the most suitable candidate based on the model selection statistics. the sc criterion would favour the model without any additional factors. but, as expected, the system wide r² and the value of the likelihood function put it on the last position. table 5. model selection statistics. llf system r² srmse aic iia sc base 11.219 45,3 2,86 -142,9 9,47 -141,4 norms 11.295 48,6 2,75 -143,4 9,01 -141,3 demography 11.326 49,5 2,75 -143,3 8,83 -140,5 sea access 11.252 46,5 2,82 -142,8 9,22 -140,7 climate 11.275 47,7 2,80 -143,1 9,07 -141,0 gini 11.260 47,1 2,82 -143,0 9,26 -140,8 norms + demography 11.379 51,3 2,68 -143,6 8,53 -140,0 norms + sea acess 11.328 49,7 2,72 -143,4 8,74 -140,5 norms + climate 11.345 50,5 2,71 -143,6 8,68 -140,7 norms + gini 11.328 50,0 2,73 -143,4 8,82 -140,5 demography + sea acess 11.360 50,5 2,72 -143,3 8,60 -139,7 demography + climate 11.367 50,8 2,72 -143,4 8,54 -139,8 demography + gini 11.359 50,6 2,72 -143,3 8,62 -139,7 sea acess + climate 11.302 48,7 2,77 -143,0 8,86 -140,2 sea acess + gini 11.290 48,2 2,79 -142,9 9,04 -140,0 climate + gini 11.300 48,6 2,78 -143,0 9,12 -140,1 norms + demography + sea acess 11.413 52,4 2,66 -143,5 8,28 -139,3 norms + demography + climate 11.425 52,6 2,65 -143,7 8,25 -139,4 norms + demography + gini 11.405 52,2 2,66 -143,4 8,34 -139,2 demography + sea acess + climate 11.395 51,6 2,70 -143,3 8,39 -139,0 demography + sea acess + gini 11.390 51,5 2,70 -143,2 8,40 -139,0 sea acess + climate + gini 11.327 49,6 2,75 -142,9 8,78 -139,3 full 11.472 54,2 2,62 -143,4 7,99 -137,7 source: own estimation. notes: numbers in bold indicate the best statistic in the group of models and red ones the overall best model. 228 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 while the overall model statistics are reported in table 5, the tables shown in the following report the r2 for the individual equations as a widely used and easy to interpret statistics to compare the fit, here both across estimated equations in the systems and across competing model variants. for comparison, we add always the system wide r2. table 6 reports in the column “base” a model using prices and income levels only as independent variables, i.e. the slightly extended maidads model as proposed by preckel et al. 2010. the best fit is found for “recreation and culture” with 81% as a clear luxury good, followed by “fruits and vegetables” by 76%. as seen from table 6, these product groups also include staple food such as potatoes or root and tubers as classical examples of barnett’s law. this might explain the relatively high fit for that category. disappointing is the fact that “furnishings, household equipment and maintenance” even has a negative r2 while for “beverages and tobacco”, 8% only of the variance are explained. similar low fits are also reported in britz and roson 2019. the low explanatory power of the base model for some of the categories motivates considering additional factors which might drive consumption patterns. in order to assess how the additional factors impact results, we estimate versions where each factor is considered without the others, any combination of two or three factors and a full model comprising all of them. note here that we always consider the two demographic variables jointly. we first find that adding any additional factor to the base model improves the fit as seen from table 5. demography gives the best results of the models with single factors, but is actually introducing two additional dependents variables in the model. while it improves the fit for each single product group compared to the base model, it is not always better than model variants using another additional factor. the best results for any model variant considering one additional factor only are shown in bold in table 6. this highlights that for eleven out of the nineteen product groups, the two demographic factors give jointly the highest r2. the share of islamic population follows with seven groups. sea, access, climate and the gini coefficients trail both with regard of the overall fit and with regard to categories where they provide the best fit. however, one needs to consider that demography is based on two additional dependents. the bad performance of the gini coefficient we also tested a variant using logs instead of the linear model for which results are reported – might come as a surprise. one might have assumed that, for instance, higher table 6. fit of different model variants by commodity group, single factors. base norms demography sea access climate gini system wide r2 45,3 48,6 49,5 46,5 47,7 47,1 clothing and footwear 13,4 18,2 18,4 13,7 14,8 17,3 housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels 45,4 51,3 48,7 46,7 46,8 45,7 furnishings, household equipment and maintenance -0,5 1,5 9,9 0,3 4,8 3,1 health 65,7 71,5 71,6 66,1 70,2 66,5 transport 32,5 33,7 38,2 33,4 36,0 36,5 communication 26,4 30,6 30,2 27,4 30,4 30,3 recreation and culture 80,9 85,3 84,1 81,2 81,5 81,3 education 29,9 33,6 35,8 30,0 31,6 31,7 restaurants and hotels 34,4 38,3 35,5 37,2 37,9 35,7 rest 74,4 76,0 76,4 74,5 75,1 74,5 cereals 73,1 74,4 74,6 73,4 73,5 73,2 meats, eggs 49,4 49,6 49,5 52,6 49,5 49,6 fish 33,2 34,0 34,4 38,7 37,6 35,0 dairy 34,7 38,9 36,0 36,7 39,9 40,6 vegetable oils 63,0 63,7 63,1 63,2 63,3 63,2 fruit & veg 63,7 65,2 64,8 63,9 65,1 64,2 sugar 60,9 61,2 65,2 62,3 61,3 60,9 other food 61,6 61,8 64,1 63,6 62,5 65,6 beverages and tobacco 8,5 16,5 23,5 14,2 16,5 14,1 source: own estimation. notes: numbers in bold indicate the best fit in the group of models. 229estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 income inequality at low income levels might increase the observed budget share of luxury goods. a potential explanation why the gini coefficient does not improve the fit strongly might be that the impact of, for instance a small group of rich households, on average spending shares of the aggregate might still be rather limited.6 results for individual commodity groups of the models which consider two factors jointly are shown in table 7. here, combining the two demographic variables with the share of islamic population gives the best fit based on the system wide r², closely followed by adding the mean temperature to them. equally, the best fit found for any of the different product groups is more equally distributed over the different model variants. while the best model considering one of the factors adds around 4% to the overall r2 of the base model (see table 6), considering two jointly improves at best by around 6%. results for the models which consider three factors jointly are shown in table 8. perhaps as expected from the results found for single additional factors, combining 6 we also tested with gini coefficient provided by un with quite similar results. the share of the islamic population with the two demographic variables and the mean temperature to control for climate effects gives the best fit. it misses the fit of the model will all factors (i.e. adding the gini coefficient and the sea access indicator as well) by less than just 2%. this full model performs considerably better for “clothing and footware” (+5%), “beverages and tobacco” (+4%) and “meat and eggs” (+4%) compared to this best candidate model with three additional factors. it is interesting to see that simpler models give a better fit in two cases compared to the full specification, for which the fit is shown in bold if it is better than any other specification. besides considering the model selection statistics from table 5 and considerations of the fit for individual model groups, the choice of a suitable model variant depends also on how its estimates can be integrated into long-run simulations with a cge. suitable variants comprise factors which are likely rather stable over time or are explicitly controlled by dynamic updates. as the iassa data base reports projections of the demographic composition of the population for all countries and the different ssps, the two demographic factors are obvious candidates. they also have shown to improve contable 7. fit of different model variants by commodity group, two factors. norms demog norms sea acc norms climate norms gini demog sea acc demog climate demog gini sea acc climate sea acc gini climate gini system wide r2 51,3 49,7 50,5 50,0 50,5 50,8 50,6 48,7 48,2 48,6 clothing and footwear 18,7 18,4 18,7 19,9 19,3 20,6 19,9 15,3 18,0 17,7 housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels 51,9 51,7 51,5 50,9 49,0 49,0 48,9 47,4 46,9 46,9 furnishings, household equipment and maintenance 10,4 2,0 6,7 4,2 10,4 12,0 11,4 5,9 3,6 6,0 health 73,1 71,4 72,9 71,1 71,8 72,5 71,9 70,4 66,6 70,1 transport 40,3 34,5 37,6 37,3 38,8 38,9 39,0 38,3 37,5 37,7 communication 31,4 32,1 33,4 32,8 30,9 33,2 32,0 30,3 30,9 32,0 recreation and culture 86,4 85,6 85,4 85,3 84,3 84,2 84,2 81,8 81,6 81,6 education 37,2 34,1 34,9 35,4 35,9 36,7 36,8 32,4 31,8 32,4 restaurants and hotels 38,6 42,0 44,6 39,8 39,5 43,9 39,0 39,3 37,8 38,1 rest 76,9 76,0 76,2 75,8 76,3 76,3 76,5 75,3 74,7 75,0 cereals 76,6 75,0 74,8 74,7 75,5 75,5 75,4 74,1 73,5 73,9 meats, eggs 50,2 52,7 49,9 49,8 52,5 50,2 50,7 52,1 52,6 49,7 fish 35,2 40,1 38,5 35,5 39,4 39,5 37,0 40,1 39,7 38,3 dairy 42,9 41,0 45,1 42,2 37,6 39,5 41,9 40,2 41,5 42,8 vegetable oils 64,2 63,7 64,1 64,3 63,1 63,4 63,2 63,8 63,3 63,8 fruit & veg 67,6 65,6 66,3 66,3 65,3 66,0 65,9 64,8 64,6 65,8 sugar 66,0 62,6 61,5 61,4 66,3 66,6 65,5 62,2 62,4 61,5 other food 64,4 64,1 62,6 66,0 67,1 64,7 67,2 64,2 67,0 65,8 beverages and tobacco 25,2 20,6 21,5 21,4 26,9 24,7 24,3 19,6 18,4 17,9 source: own estimation. notes: numbers in bold indicate the best fit in the group of models. 230 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 siderably the fit either alone or combined with others. the share of the islamic population in a country could clearly change when simulating over multiple decades into future, but cultural habits related to current or former shares of islamic population are properly more stable. it seems therefore defendable to use the share of islamic population as well as an additional control. finally, mean temperatures can be either considered stable or updated according to climate change projections. considering both factors besides the demographic ones clearly could improve the model selection satistis and the fit of most commodity groups. while in some cases, considering the gini coefficients gave best results for certain categories, the gini coefficient is likely to change if average per capita income increase considerably over the projection period and is therefore here excluded. sea access seems mostly to impact fish consumption and it is likely that the benchmarking process will address outliers here anyhow. based on these arguments and the model statistics, we opt for the model specification with uses the two demographic factors, the share of islamic population and the climate variable as additional explanatory variables. table 9 reports the estimated parameters. quantities during the estimation are expressed in usd dollars per capita and corrected for differences in prices, setting the us price to unity. the commitment terms are all modest to low, when considering that income reaches up to around 55,000 usd in the sample. generally, the reader should keep in mind the difference between expenditure levels and budget shares. let us take education as an example: the expenditure at low income levels (250 usd) is based on budget share of around 7%, plus forty dollars committed, i.e. around sixty dollars. at 50,000 usd, the about 5% marginal budget share implies an expenditure of 2,500 usd plus 2,000 usd of committed income, i.e. 4,500 usd. but, production costs and thus prices for educational services are also generally higher in high income countries. scatter plots are shown in figure 1 for non-food and in figure 2 for food-items jointly with logarithmic regression lines dependent on income. note that the income axis is logarithmic. the plots highlight two observations. first, the variation in the observed budget shares in countries of the same income range can be rather large, as seen for instance from the panel for the housing costs. there table 8. fit of different model variants by commodity group, three and all factors. norms demog sea acc norms demog climate norms demog gini demog sea acc climate demog sea acc gini sea acc climate gini full system wide r2 52,4 52,6 52,2 51,6 51,5 49,6 54,2 clothing and footwear 20,4 20,6 20,4 22,9 21,5 18,3 25,2 housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels 52,0 52,5 52,3 48,9 49,2 47,4 52,5 furnishings, household equipment and maintenance 10,9 12,8 12,6 12,4 12,0 7,3 15,8 health 73,1 74,1 73,2 72,8 72,2 70,4 74,5 transport 40,8 41,6 40,5 40,7 39,7 40,1 43,2 communication 32,3 34,2 32,5 33,4 32,4 31,9 35,1 recreation and culture 86,4 86,5 86,3 84,4 84,4 81,8 86,4 education 37,7 37,9 38,5 36,6 36,8 33,1 39,4 restaurants and hotels 43,0 46,5 40,4 45,0 41,8 39,5 47,9 rest 76,9 76,7 77,0 76,1 76,4 75,2 76,6 cereals 77,0 77,3 76,8 76,2 75,9 74,5 78,0 meats, eggs 53,7 50,6 51,1 52,9 53,3 52,2 54,6 fish 40,6 40,4 37,3 41,0 41,4 41,0 42,9 dairy 45,5 47,0 46,0 39,4 42,8 43,1 49,2 vegetable oils 64,3 64,7 64,9 64,1 63,3 64,4 66,1 fruit & veg 67,8 68,3 67,9 66,0 66,4 65,7 68,4 sugar 67,0 67,5 66,3 67,4 66,5 62,4 68,4 other food 67,4 65,1 68,1 67,4 69,4 67,6 70,3 beverages and tobacco 28,3 26,8 26,5 28,4 28,0 20,8 30,7 source: own estimation. notes: numbers in red indicate the best fit in the group of models. results in bold indicate best value including the full model. 231estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 are some observations in the 500 usd range where just 5% are spent on housing, whereas the average household in others countries spends 30%. at the same time, estimates also scatter around the simple logarithmic regression line which reflects the impact of price differences across countries, but also of the other explanatory factors. the diagrams also highlight the usefulness of the using the exponential marginal budget lines of the aidads system to capture, for instance, the clear saturation effect seen for cereals in figure 2. for meats and eggs as well as dairy, the plots suggest that budget shares first increase up to around 2000 usd to drop afterwards. figure 3 shows the expenditure shares resulting from the aidads estimation, for income levels between 250 and 50,000 usd evaluated at mean prices and mean explanatory factors. at very low income levels, more than a third of the income is dedicated to food (37%), around 13% is spent on housing and 8% on transport, 5% on furnishing, household equipment and maintenance and 2% on health. at very high expenditure levels, the share for food drops to about 17%, while shares for housing increase moderately to around 16%. shares for health care are more than tripling, reaching 11%, whereas for restaurants and hotels they increase by a factor five, from 1.7% up to 7%. a similar large increment is observed for “recreation and culture” growing from less than 1.6% to over 7%. an interesting observation is the rather drastic change in budget shares for some product groups when moving from 250 usd to 1000 usd per capita and year. housing cost half from 37% to 18%, while expenditures for food change only slightly. instead, budget shares for health (1.7% versus 5.6%), communication (0.08% to 2.3%), furnishings (2.2% to 4.3%), transport (2.8% to 6.7%), recreation and culture (0.5% to 2.3%) and other items (0.9% to 4.6%) increase substantially. that underlines that at very low incomes, expenditures are concentrated on food, shelter and utilities, where the later might serve also as input into, for instance, food preparation in the household, which is outsourced at higher income levels. figure 4 below provides more detail for food categories in the aidads system by reporting shares on total food expenditure. at very low income levels, cereals have the highest shares with around 28%, followed by the other food category (19%) which comprises, for instance, bread, and 12 % are spent on fruits and vegetables. expenditures on meat in total food consumptable 9. estimated base coefficients for selected model. alpha beta gamma, lo gamma, high clothing and footwear 4% 5% 6 136 housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels 1,00e-07 20% 121 1.354 furnishings, household equipment and maintenance 5% 6% 1 158 health 4% 9% 781 transport 2% 13% 3 423 communication 2% 3% 290 recreation and culture 1,00e-07 6% 133 education 7% 5% 39 2.037 restaurants and hotels 0% 6% 5 181 miscellaneous goods and services 1,00e-07 12% 252 cereals 10% 1,00e-07 19 meats, eggs 12% 3% 203 fish 3% 1% 1 dairy 8% 2% 84 vegetable oils 4% 0% fruit & veg 15% 1% 131 sugar 2% 1% other food 13% 3% 7 209 beverages and tobacco 9% 3% 10 301 food (sum of the categories above) 76% 15% 37 928 source: own estimation. note: model considers two demographic factors and temperature as additional explanatory variables. the gamma parameters are expressed on a per capita basis. 232 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 0,14 0,16 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income clothing and footwear obs est log. (obs) 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,3 0,35 0,4 0,45 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 0,14 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income furnishings, household equipment and maintenance obs est log. (obs) 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income health obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,18 0,2 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income transport obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income communication obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income recreation and culture obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,18 0,2 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income education obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 0,14 0,16 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income restaurants and hotels obs est log. (obs) 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income miscellaneous goods and services obs est log. (obs) figure 1. scatter plots, non-food items. 233estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 -0,1 -0,05 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,3 0,35 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income cereals obs est log. (obs) 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,3 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income meats and eggs obs est log. (obs) -0,02 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income fish obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income dairy obs est log. (obs) -0,01 0 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,05 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income vegetable oils obs est log. (obs) 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income fruits and vegs obs est log. (obs) -0,005 0 0,005 0,01 0,015 0,02 0,025 0,03 0,035 0,04 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income sugar obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,18 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income other food obs est log. (obs) 0 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,12 0,14 0,16 100 1000 10000 bu dg et sh ar e income beverages and tobacco obs est log. (obs) figure 2. scatter plots, food items. 234 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 tion are estimated at 10%, while dairy accounts for 7% at such low income levels. there is again a distinct difference between the 250 usd to the 1000 usd consumption pattern, as the cereals share is halved to 14%, while the share of meat (+6% to 16%) and dairy (+3% to 10%) increase considerably. at very high incomes, other food (22%) followed by meat (18%) and beverages and tobacco (18%) are the largest expenditure groups inside the food bundle. the cereal shares on total food expenditure is still 3%, but the overall drop of the budget share of food implies that a very high income levels, less than 1% of the income is spent on cereals. the income dynamics become also visible from the engel curves shown in figure 5. recreation and culture as well as the other service category show very high engel elasticities at low income in the range of five. interestingly, at high income levels, education and communication have elasticities below unity, different from all other non-food items. for the food items, cereals show negative engel elasticities over a wider ranger of the income variation. below 100 usd, basically all food items besides cereals are luxury goods, as indicated above, this becomes possible by a quite low income elasticity for housing expenditure, also visible from the upper panel. but food item elasticities drop rapidly below 0.5 around 1000 usd, with the exemption of beverages and tobacco as well as meat and eggs, and increase slightly again up to income levels around 5.000 usd. a potential reason is the falling elasticity for housing costs suggested by the upper panel. above 1000 usd yearly per capita income, none of the food items is a luxury good any longer and the crop based food items with the exemption of sugar have elasticities below 0.5. the reader should keep in mind that these estimates also capture the effect of compositional changes, for instance, the average household in a rich country spent income on imported fresh fruits and vegetables, while in poor countries, this product 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 25 0 15 00 27 50 40 00 52 50 65 00 77 50 90 00 10 25 0 11 50 0 12 75 0 14 00 0 15 25 0 16 50 0 17 75 0 19 00 0 20 25 0 21 50 0 22 75 0 24 00 0 25 25 0 26 50 0 27 75 0 29 00 0 30 25 0 31 50 0 32 75 0 34 00 0 35 25 0 36 50 0 37 75 0 39 00 0 40 25 0 41 50 0 42 75 0 44 00 0 45 25 0 46 50 0 47 75 0 49 00 0 clothing and footwear housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels furnishings, household equipment and maintenance health transport communication recreation and culture education restaurants and hotels miscellaneous goods and services food figure 3. simulated expenditure shares, non-food items and total for food. note: calculated at mean sample prices and mean sample values of the additional factors. 235estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 group might mainly comprise locally available roots and tubers. 6. discussion a suitable specification for aggregate household demand in a cge model needs to reflect the targeted applications. for detailed policy analysis such as changing subsidies and/or taxes differentiated across energy carriers, income changes are mostly limited and the focus is rather on own and cross price effects. this motivates the use of nested demand systems e.g. in the gtap-e (mcdougal and golub 2007) model to capture in detail substitution effects between different energy carries. we focus instead on long-run analysis with large income dynamics which motivates the use of the maidads functional form. stronger hicksian substitution effects between the commodity groups considered in here are not very likely such that second-order flexibility with regard to prices is probably not needed to identify the engel curves. this motivates also the use of a simpler additive utility function. in this respect, we don’t follow the argumentation line of reimer and hertel 2004 who consider the aiads as not appropriate for more than ten product categories in estimation, an argument which would also apply to an les or cd specification. as the g-rdem model as our main application target also uses ces nests to substitute between different cereals and between different meats, we deliberately aggregate here beyond the individual gtap sectors in the estimation as discussed above. differentiating to individual cereals or meats would indeed render the use of an additive demand system dubious. an estimation exercise of an maidads system for food only by gouel and guimbard 2019 estimates calorie demands for seven food categories, introducing hence similar detail for food as in our exercise, however estimating demands based on producer prices. 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 25 0 15 00 27 50 40 00 52 50 65 00 77 50 90 00 10 25 0 11 50 0 12 75 0 14 00 0 15 25 0 16 50 0 17 75 0 19 00 0 20 25 0 21 50 0 22 75 0 24 00 0 25 25 0 26 50 0 27 75 0 29 00 0 30 25 0 31 50 0 32 75 0 34 00 0 35 25 0 36 50 0 37 75 0 39 00 0 40 25 0 41 50 0 42 75 0 44 00 0 45 25 0 46 50 0 47 75 0 49 00 0 cereals meats fish dairy vegetable oils fruits and vegetables sugar other food beverages and tobacco figure 4. expenditure shares for food categories. note: calculated at mean sample prices and mean sample values of the additional factors. 236 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 we opted in here to render marginal budget shares depending on additional factors besides prices and income. alternatively, the commitment terms could be updated. using the marginal budget shares has the advantage that additivity can be imposed on the impact of these additional factors. this at least prevents that more unusual observations for the additional factors can provoke e.g. negative consumption quantity estimates, or that the non-committed income overshoots the observed one when commitment terms are increased. the estimates for the commitment terms (see table 9) suggest that they are all mostly small compared to income levels. at least for the vector at low utility, that is not an astonishing outcome as estimation of negative budget shares is not allowed even at the quite low minimal per capita income levels in the estimation. here, neither larger increases of the commitment terms nor larger decreases are able without violating the non-negativity condition, while updates to the marginal budget share cannot provoke problems in that respect. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 100 1000 10000 clothing and footwear housing, water, electricity, gas and other fuels furnishings, household equipment and maintenance health transport communication recreation and culture education restaurants and hotels miscellaneous goods and services -1 -0,5 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 100 1000 10000 cereals meat and eggs fish dairy vegetable oils fruits and vegetables sugar other food beverages and tobacco figure 5. estimated engel elasticities at mean prices. note: calculated at mean sample prices and mean sample values of the additional factors. formula based on preckel et al. 2010. 237estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 switching to, for instance, a quaids to better capture cross-price effects while also considering some additional factors would introduce many new parameters in the estimator. the review of ho et. al. 2020 of demand systems in cges mentions only one example (jorgenson et al. 2013, a dynamic single country cge for the us) where a rank 3 translog demand system is used which gives also flexibility for coss-price effects, however for four aggregate expenditure groups, only, which are further dis-aggregated to more detail based on homothetic functions. given the non-homothetic character of e.g. food expenditure groups above, a nested approach where the lower nests assume homotheticy is probably less appropriate for our exercise. vigani et al. 2019 estimate a quaids for kenya with detail for food, but only mention that this can improve economic models without discussing how. it is also interesting to see that in their estimation, the quaids gives for most product and product groups income elasticities quite close to unity. their hierarchical demand system layout might render it hard to link their results into cge models, especially if flexible aggregation with regard to commodity is maintained, as in case of the gtap family of cge models. furthermore, given the often high correlation between prices and income levels in our cross-sectional data where time variability of prices is missing, it could be challenging to introduce a non-additive demand system with full flexibility for price effects several statistic packages allow estimation of a (nonlinear) system with parameter restrictions. for highly non-linear specifications such as in here, convergence and feasibility issues with the solvers inbuilt in these packages are not uncommon. it is therefore not astonishing that all authors estimating (m)aidads systems (reimer and hertel 2004, preckel et al. 2010, roson and van der mensbrugghe 2018, britz and roson 2019) rather use gams to access robust nlp solvers such as conopt. estimating one of the more detailed systems in here requires up to 10 minutes of computing time using the parallelism of conopt4 on a fast four core machine. we consider a larger-scale bootstrapping exercise to determine the distribution of the parameters and p-values as not feasible. arata and britz 2019 propose instead to construct a fisher information matrix by simulating the error terms at changed parameters. while this would be computationally feasible, we don’t consider that the additional coding efforts would help us in better assessing the choice of models. summary and conclusion we present an estimation of an extended maidads demand system from global cross-sectional data. existing literature in this field is extended in multiple dimensions. compared to britz and roson 2019 who use the same data set, we integrate the extension proposed by preckel et al. 2010 to render the commitment terms depending on utility. in both britz and roson 2019 and preckel et al. 2010, only prices and income are used as independents while we now also consider demographic factors, the share of islamic population to control for religious norms and cultural habits, mean temperature to check for climatic influences and test if access to sea and the gini coefficients have a systematic impact on consumption shares. according to our knowledge, this is the first time that the (m)aidads specification is extended in these respects. compared to reimer and hertel 2003 or preckel et al 2010, we also introduce more detail for food expenditure and render the functional form somewhat more flexible. we find that especially demography, religious norms and temperature considerably improve the fit in our global cross-sectional analysis. we compare different model variants, considering only one, two or three factors in combination compared to the base model and a variant with all factors. considering model selection statistics and the need to integrate estimates into long-run dynamic long run analysis with a cge model, we opt for a version where demography, religious norms and mean temperatures are maintained as additional factors. data selection and definition of food categories in here reflects our aim to integrate the estimates in a global dynamic cge model. we deliberately removed some detail for food available from the underlying data set to render hicksian substitution effects between groups less likely, to better motivate the use of an additive demand system. substitution effects are instead considered by ces nests in our simulation model. our estimation has the potential to improve the representation of demand dynamics in global long-run analysis. further work could introduce more detail in so far more aggregated consumption categories such as the costs of housing. references arata, l., and britz, w. (2019): econometric mathematical programming: an application to the estimation of costs and risk preferences at farm level, agricultural economics, 50(2): 191-206 banks, j., blundell, r., and lewbel, a. (1997). quadratic engel curves and consumer demand. review of economics and statistics, 79(4), 527-539 bennett, m.k. (1941). wheat in national diets. wheat studies, 18(2), 37–76. 238 wolfgang britz bio-based and applied economics 10(3): 219-238, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10488 britz, w., and roson, r. (2019): g-rdem: a gtapbased recursive dynamic cge model for longterm baseline generation and analysis, journal of global economic analysis, 4(1): 50-96 cranfield, j. a., eales, j. s., hertel, t. w., and preckel, p. v. (2003). model selection when estimating and predicting consumer demands using international, cross section data. empirical economics, 28(2): 353-364. cranfield, j. a., preckel, p. v., eales, j. s., and hertel, t. w. (2000). on the estimation of ‘an implicitly additive demand system’. applied economics, 32(15), 1907-1915. deaton, a. and paxson, c. (1998). economies of scale, household size, and the demand for food. journal of political economy, 106(5): 897-930 gouel, c., and guimbard, h. (2019). nutrition transition and the structure of global food demand. american journal of agricultural economics, 101(2): 383-403. hanoch, g. (1975). production and demand models with direct or indirect implicit additivity. econometrica 43 (3): 395-419 hertel, t.w. & tsigas, m.e. (1997). structure of gtap, in: t.w. hertel (ed.), global trade analysis: modeling and applications, cambridge university press hertel, t.w. & van der mensbrugghe, v. (2019). chapter 14: behavioral parameters, in: gtap 10 data base documentation, available at: https://www.gtap. agecon.purdue.edu/resources/download/9557.pdf ho, m., britz, w., delzeit, r., leblanc, f., roson, r., schuenemann, f. and weitzel m. (2020). modelling consumption and constructing long-term baselines in final demand. under second review in the journal of global economic analysis jorgenson, d., richard g., mun h. and p. wilcoxen (2013). double dividend: environmental taxes and fiscal reform in the u.s., the mit press, cambridge, ma. liberati, p. (2015). the world distribution of income and its inequality, 1970–2009. review of income and wealth, 61(2): 248-273 mcdougall, r., and golub, a. (2007). gtap-e: a revised energy-environmental version of the gtap model. gtap research memoranda 2959. center for global trade analysis, department of agricultural economics, purdue university pollak, r. a., and wales, t. j. (1978). estimation of complete demand systems from household budget data: the linear and quadratic expenditure systems. the american economic review, 68(3), 348-359 pew center (2011): the future of the global muslim population, available at https://web.archive.org/ web/20110202043556/http://pewforum.org/thefuture-of-the-global-muslim-population.aspx preckel p.v., cranfield j.a.l., and hertel t.w.a. (2010). modified, implicit, directly additive demand system. applied economics, 42(2):143–155 reimer, j.j., and hertel. t.w. (2004). estimation of international demand behavior for use with input-output based data. economic systems research, 16(4): 347-66. rimmer, m. t., and powell, a. a. (1996). an implicitly additive demand system. applied economics, 28(12), 1613-1622. roson, r. and van der mensbrugghe, d., 2018. demanddriven structural change in applied general equilibrium models. in the new generation of computable general equilibrium models (39-51). springer, cham. seale, j.l., and regmi a. (2006). modeling international consumption patterns. review of income and wealth, 52(4): 603-24. sheth, j.n. (2017). climate, culture, and consumption: connecting the dots. in the routledge companion to consumer behavior (14-18). routledge vigani, m., dudu, h., ferrari, e. and causape, a.m. (2019). estimation of food demand parameters in kenya. a quadratic almost ideal demand system (quaids) approach (no. jrc115472). joint research centre (seville site). volume 10, issue 3 2021 firenze university press the bioeconomy in economic literature: looking back, looking ahead davide viaggi1,*, fabio bartolini2, meri raggi3 the contribution of research to agricultural policy in europe alan matthews drinking covid-19 away: wine consumption during the first lockdown in italy giulia gastaldello*, daniele mozzato, luca rossetto estimating a global maidads demand system considering demography, climate and norms wolfgang britz the evolution of organic market between third-party certification and participatory guarantee systems gianluca iannucci1, giovanna sacchi2,* bio-based and applied economics 8(3): 325-334, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae doi: 10.13128/bae-9748 short communication competitiveness of cattle breeding in switzerland: the value of policies enabling informed decisions stefan mann agroscope abstract. using the case of of swiss brown cattle breeding, this paper develops the hypothesis that a two-angle strategy of fostering competition and providing maximum access to information is promising for states to attain high competitiveness on a national level. abandoning the monopoly on bull sperm while subsidising classifications of animals in order to provide a maximum base of knowledge helped to increase switzerland’s self-sufficiency in brown cattle sperm from under 50 to almost 100 per cent. keywords. switzerland, cattle, breeding, information economics. jel code. q13. 1. introduction the debate about appropriate policies for attaining competitiveness by sectors and nations has long been centred around traditional lines between hands-off liberalists and interventionists. the aspect of how governments should deal with information management is gaining importance in this respect. in section 2, the literature of the role of the state in handling information is reviewed and arguments about why and how governments should facilitate sufficient access to information to increase sector competitiveness are provided. cattle breeding in switzerland is a sector in which information plays a crucial role in becoming competitive and therefore is a well suited case study to illustrate the effect of information policy on competitiveness. in the swiss brown cattle market in switzerland, domestic sperm has increased its market share considerably over the last decades from under 50 to almost 100 per cent. changes in the political regime were an important driver in this process. on the one hand, the government abandoned the monopoly on bull sperm, on the other it provided incentives to generate and use genetic information . in section 3, the effect of this policy is described. section 4 focuses on the limitations of this case and offers some conclusions. corresponding author: stefan.mann@agroscope.admin.ch 326 stefan mann 2. theoretical framework while information has been defined in general as a reduction of uncertainty (sivak, 1996), its use in economic science is ambiguous. on the one hand, institutional economists have shown that the functioning of all markets is strongly dependent on the scale and scope of available information on the other hand, information is a tradable good, and market research companies, consultancies, publishers and many other enterprises owe one of their main justifications to the existence of the market for information. the latter perspective is needed when exploring reasons why the state might want to interfere in the market for information. one of them is distributional justice (craig et al., 2008). this is a factor that mostly justifies state intervention in the case of information asymmetries (mann and wüstemann, 2010; mann, 2017). beyond that, however, the character of information as a public good or as a merit good must be reviewed in some depth in order to arrive at tangible conclusions with regard to the rationale for state intervention. 2.1 the public good aspect of information when samuelson (1954) determined nonexcludability and nonrivalry as criteria for public goods, no one expected his brief text to reshape the way economists thought about the distinction between private and public goods (nordhaus, 2005). samuelson himself was rather clear that information qualified as a public good (samuelson, 1958), mainly with respect to media, such as radio and television, where the dissemination of information would nether be excludable nor create problems like rivalry. subsequent scholars have shown that the actual state of affairs is more complex. bates (1990), for example, demonstrated circumstances in which information has private good properties, and others in which it does not. at the same time, allen (1990) emphasised circumstances under which information generates a price, thereby qualifying it as a private good. complicating matters further, antle (1999) suggested that information, though noncompetitive, is excludable, such that it would qualify as a club good. the least that can be concluded from this debate is that information can be treated in extremely different ways. suppliers of information, like advertisers, may attempt to spread information as widely as possible. in other cases, both in business and private affairs, information may be sealed and never disclosed, or it may be carefully sold to a single person. similar choices are made on the demand side. some buyers of information are eager to share it (such as educational bodies), whereas others seek to conceal it. public entities create increasing pressure to make information public. lewis (2012) argued that gold open access, which grants access to all articles at all times, is a disruptive innovation, but one which is likely to cover a major share of the journal market. governmental bodies, including the european commission, have pushed for the accessibility of research results, not only technically in terms of open access, but also in terms of transfers of knowledge through the use of simple language and popular media (olff, 2014). it is indeed plausible that spreading information, or at least making it available on demand, increases its potential benefits much more than its potential costs. this leads to an often neglected opposition of interests: limiting access is strongly in the interest of those who want to gain benefits from either selling information or concealing it 327competitiveness of cattle breeding in switzerland (nisbet and lewenstein, 2002), whereas the public has an interest in making information as widely accessible as possible. the conflict around patent law, with its struggle to find a ‘balance between commercial profitability and public-interest concerns’ (maskus and reichman, 2004, 283) is an exemplary illustration of this unavoidable clash of interests. 2.2 the merit good aspect of information when musgrave (1957, 1959) suggested that the state, in some cases, should impose the consumption of certain goods in spite of the absence of demand among consumers, the concept attracted little support from mainstream economists. forty years later, thaler and sunstein (2008), based on their expertise in behavioural economics, introduced the concept of libertarian paternalism. it has been shown (mann and gairing, 2012) how strongly related their preference for ‘nudging’ people into making rational choices was to the ‘merit good’ concept. the nobel prize awarded to richard thaler in 2017 confirms how clear it is today that our decisions are occasionally irrational, and that it would benefit us if the state was more involved in our decision making. one classical example of such a case is our demand for education. even before musgrave (1957, 341) first mused about ‘the apparent willingness of the public to provide for a second car and a third icebox prior to ensuring adequate education for their children’, it has become common for the public to finance the bulk of primary, and often secondary, education. poutvaara (2008) even named a number of countries that finance 100 per cent of tertiary education. it would be technically possible to trade education on the free market; parents would buy kindergarten and school programmes as they would food and clothing. as such, there is little trust among policy makers that this would lead to the sufficient education of children, and probably rightly so. the necessary process of consuming food generates pleasure, which is probably the reason why paying for food is condoned. as we all know, however, obtaining new knowledge and learning about methodologies do not always generate the same feelings of satisfaction and pleasure. this is likely the reason why the state not only pays for but also encourages or even forces us to receive an education. only from around the age of 20-30, when we have sufficient knowledge to participate in the labour market, do states leave the decision to continue education to market forces. 2.3 institutional options for intervening leaving the availability of information solely to market forces is neither recommended by economists nor considered a good practice in many countries. this leads to the question of how to institutionalise interventions into markets for information. when discussing the failure of real-world socialism, most political economists (e.g., elson, 1988; prybyla, 1991; li, 2013) agree that both an incentive and an information problem were the main causes for the failure of the system. the information problem’s underlying mechanism was that competition generates information (tang, 2018). both the success and failure of actors on the market, as indicated by overdemand and lack of demand, are important signals for the preference functions of consumers in a given region, country or even worldwide. 328 stefan mann the incentive and information problems are interlinked: when facing increased competition, the incentive to collect sound information on consumer preferences rises, i.e., part of the more intense information flows is fostered by incentives for successful performance on the market. however, the main advantage of competition in terms of information is that outsiders have a fair chance. in administered markets, the ‘usual suspects’ are often in charge, whereas it has often been shown (timmons, 1994; faltin, 1999; henoch, 2006) how entrepreneurship introduces new approaches and ideas to tackle problems. translating this phenomenon into information economics, outsiders may sometimes have better ways of covering demands than actors from within the system, which is important information that should be spread. 2.4 an approach for enabling informed decision making the complex functions and characteristics of information in contemporary markets reject simple solutions with respect to the classic dichotomy between interventionists and non-interventionists. scholars who are in general supportive of governmental interventions into markets will find it difficult to accept that all limitations set on competition should be avoided. any attempts by governments to steer markets in special directions by excluding either players or options are counterproductive, as they decrease the amount of accessible information. government interventions, however, are highly appropriate when it comes to the accessibility of information. there is a tendency among information providers to disclose their findings to the non-paying public, and there is also a tendency among information consumers to underinvest in this crucial commodity. this creates likely gains if governments take care to provide data which the public can access at a low cost. combining these two elements leads to a strategy for maximising the accessibility of information that will become increasingly important in the information age. 3. empirical methodology information is not equally important in each sector. for competitiveness, for example, in the energy or transport sector, infrastructure will be more important than the availability of information (kljajic et al., 2016; dolinavova et al., 2017). in other sectors like finance, trust is probably the most important resource (namahoot and lavichien, 2015). it is therefore useful to focus on a sector where the role of information is rather above average. this applies to the market for genetic material in agriculture. breeding activities require a vast amount of information to be successful. habier et al. (2007), for example, emphasised the importance of genetic relationship information for the breeding values of holstein cattle. iezoni et al. (2010) illustrated the advantages of an integrated framework of marker-assisted breeding in rosaceae fruits. yates et al. (2018) demonstrated the need for professional data management for successful crop breeding programmes. the targeted selection of valuable attributes of a species requires much information about the available material. this also applies to cattle breeding where the largest database internationally, being situated in the united states, has been documented to markedly improve the quality of breeding 329competitiveness of cattle breeding in switzerland (weigel et al., 2017). while smaller nations attempt to catch up (lidauer et al., 2006; fürst et al., 2011), it seems questionable if smaller nation with their lower level of centralization are capable of staying competitive. switzerland appears as an ideal test case, as swiss actors had at one time lost any market power over breeds originating from switzerland, but regained this power through a series of political adaptations. this development may therefore serve as a case in point to test the theoretical points made above. both a thorough analysis of the agricultural press in the time between 1996 and the present and in-depth talk with core actors and trade data were used. this included the use of descriptive statistics, but also of content analysis of recorded and transcribed interviews. the case of swiss brown cattle is also economically relevant as it still constitutes the majority of all dairy cows in switzerland. this economic dimension, the high dependency on information in animal breeding and the strong dynamics in the breeding of swiss brown cattle make the case worthwhile to find out more about the role of governments in information management of a sector. 4. the case of breeding swiss brown cattle 4.1 trade development as in large parts of the contemporary developing world (vasconcelos dantas et al., 2018), in switzerland until the 1970s, local bulls were in charge of inseminating most cows. then, artificial insemination was introduced, which allowed the selection of the genetic material with the best performance on an international scale. figure 1 indicates that the option of sperm imports was readily taken up around the turn of the century, even for brown cattle, for which the genetic centre is situated in switzerland, where there are around 200,000 brown cattle animals, more than in any other country. while import values of the sperm of brown cattle have peaked at around 10 million usd per year, the degrees of self-sufficiency in sperm for other breeds were even lower at that time. figure 1 shows the market dynamics of the last 20 years. while the degree of self-sufficiency approached values close to 100 per cent, export figures also rose, mostly to adjacent countries like austria, germany and italy. with such a development, sperm is a clear exception to the rule of switzerland’s generally very low competitiveness in the farming sector (mann et al., 2011) and agricultural factor markets, in which the country is a net importer of almost everything from machinery to feed to fertilizer. switzerland’s currently strong position not only translates into market figures. at the last european brown cattle contest, swiss animals won all champion titles as well as the national cup. italy and france took second and third positions, respectively. 4.2 national monopoly and american expansion in order to steer the development of this technological innovation, the swiss association for artificial insemination was founded in 1961 and received a monopoly on both producing and selling semen boxes. the european green press in the fourth quarter of the 20th century in general highly favoured the international collection of good bull semen (e.g., diers, 1990). 330 stefan mann the main beneficiaries were american breeders. heimig (1995) mentioned four american companies entering the german market for cattle breeding at the same time. breeding objectives were an important factor leading to this development. over many decades, swiss breeders emphasised the small sizes of cows and prioritised several aesthetic factors, whereas american breeders tended to focus on milk yields. welter (1998) portrayed a swiss breeder who travelled to the us on a yearly base to collect promising genetic material, strongly criticising swiss breeding strategists. the only export of swiss brown cattle at that time was heavily subsidised. by paying 1000 swiss francs for every bull being exported, the government fostered an annual export of 10,000 live animals per year, an uncompetitive and particularly animal harming way of distributing genetic material. these subsidies ceased in 2010, causing an immediate end to this trade flow. 4.3 liberalisation and information policy the decade between 1995 and 2005 was a period of transformation for the swiss farming sector. market support in general was strongly reduced, and farmers received direct payments as compensation. in parallel, the state’s strong grip on genetics was also loosened. in 1995, the monopoly of the swiss association for artificial insemination was removed so that other organisations could start to apply for a license. in subsequent years, cantonal administrations transferred their shares of the association towards breeding associations, while the insemination organisation itself was transformed into a commercial company in 2004. finally, the requirement of a license to enter the trade of sperm was removed in 2005. today, two swiss companies select bulls for genetic purposes and sell their sperm, while two additional competitors specialise in the retail sector. figure 1. degree of self-sufficiency of brown cattle sperm in switzerland. 331competitiveness of cattle breeding in switzerland letting market forces work, however, was not the only strategy of the administration. while the swiss government traditionally offers a large range of subsidies to support farmers, the following support payments, adding up to 23 million swiss francs per year, fall into the range of cattle breeding: two-thirds of the money is used to regularly measure the milk yields of dairy cows and to feed them into a broadly accessible database. this enables breeders to distinguish promising from average bulls the database in which not only milk yields but also other characteristics and genetic linkages are stored is called herdbook. the majority of costs for managing the herdbook are also covered by the federal administration. minor budgets are available for collecting and storing information about outer appearance, meat quality and health status, all of which deliver supplementary information about genetic qualities. this way, the accessibility of information for farmers has been smoothened. they do not only receive data from the herdbook and similar sources for free, they are also encouraged financially to feed in the information of their own animals. as a result with a high accessibility of information, this contributes for dairy farms to finding the most promising bull (i.e. genetic information) for their herd. 5. discussion and conclusions it appears that the framework as developed in section 2 is fully confirmed by the case of brown cattle breeding as depicted in section 3. table 1 summarizes the two aspects of the strategy that should foster competitiveness in information-intensive sectors and illustrates it with the case of cattle breeding. it is plausible that the unprecedented success in regaining market shares of brown cattle breeding in switzerland has been caused by a combination of liberalisation and intervention. innovation often comes from unexpected directions, and competition gives a voice to such unlikely candidates. however, subsidising the structured management and accessibility of all relevant information has been the necessary second step to make use of the information generated in the field. however, while allowing for competition and providing full access to the relevant information will in general be a promising strategy, it would be premature to declare it a panacea for competitiveness. not all markets are as fully dependent on information as the market for table 1. a framework for strengthening competitiveness in information-intensive sectors. general strategy realisation for cattle breeding information generation let as much information as possible be generated in a decentralized way enable breeding efforts bottom up information dissemination make information as accessible as possible subsidize integration of animal information in database 332 stefan mann genetic material. other well-known factors for competitiveness, such as natural conditions or access to capital, remain important, probably more so for many markets. for future research, it will therefore be crucial to identify sectors and branches with a similarly high reliance on information as the breeding market. for such cases, it should be possible to test whether the combination of competition and supportive access to information proves to be equally helpful to national competitiveness. 6. references allen, b. (1990). information as an economic commodity. american economic review 80(2): 268-273. antle, j.m. (1999). the new economics of agriculture. american journal of agricultural economics 81(5): 993-1010. bates, b.j. (1990). information as an economic good: a reevaluation of theoretical approaches. in: b.d. ruben & l.a. lievrouw (eds.), mediation, information, and communication. information and behavior. volume 3 (pp. 379-394). new brunswick, nj: transaction. craig, g., t. burchardt, d. gordon (2008). social justice and public policy: seeking fairness in diverse societies. new york: policy press. diers, h. (1990). die besten vererber der deutschen rotbuntzucht. der tierzüchter 2/90: 61-64. dolinayova, a., j. camaj, j. kamaj (2017). charging railway infrastructure models and their impact to competitiveness of railway transport. transport problems 12(1): 139150. elson, d. (1988). market socialism or socialization of the market? new left review 172: 3-19. faltin, g. (1999). competences for innovative entrepreneurship. presentation at the unesco meeting on the future of work and adult learning. feng, f., q. sun, w.h.s. tong (2004). do government-linked companies underperform? journal of banking and finance 28(10): 2461-2492. fuerst, c., koeck, a., egger-danner, c., fuerst-waltl, b. (2011). routine genetic evaluation for direct health traits in austria and germany. interbull bulletin (44), https:// journal.interbull.org/index.php/ib/article/view/1220 (sept 18, 2019). habier, d., r.l. fernando, j.c.m. dekkers (2007). the impact of genetic relationship information on genome-assisted breeding values. genetics 177(4): 2389-2397. heimig, d. (1995). die amerikaner kommen. der tierzüchter 2/95: 20-22. henoch, b.t. (2006). an innovation framework for analysing and facilitating diasporas contribution to poverty reduction in developing countries. world review of science, technology and sustainable development 3(1): 17-36. iezoni, a., c. weebadde, j. luby, chengyan yue, e. van de weg, g. fazio, d. main, c.p. peace, n.v. bassil, j. mcferson (2010). rosbreed: enabling marker-assisted breeding in rosaceae. acta horticulturae 859: 389-394. kljajic, m., a.s. andelkovic, i. mujan (2016). assessment of relevance of different effects in energy infrastructure revitalization in non-residential buildings. energy & buildings 116(3): 684-693. 333competitiveness of cattle breeding in switzerland lewis, d.w. (2012). the inevitability of open access. college and research libraries 73(5): 493-506. li, m. (2013). is there an alternative (to socialism)? science & society 77(1): 10-43. lidauer, m., pedersen, j., pösö, j., mäntysaari, e.a., strandén, i., madsen, p., nielsen, u.s., eriksson, j.å., johansson, k. and aamand, g.p., (2006). joint nordic test day model: evaluation model. interbull bulletin 35: 103. mann, s. (2017). are power asymmetries a reason for the state to intervene? international journal of public administration 40(4): 342-347. mann, s., m. gairing (2012). does libertarian paternalism reconcile merit goods theory with mainstream economics? forum for social economics 41(2-3): 206-219. mann, s., h. wüstemann (2010). public governance of information asymmetries the gap between reality and economic theory. journal of socio-economics 39(2): 278-285. mann, s., a. breukers, j. schweiger, g. mack (2011). greenhouse vegetable production in the netherlands and switzerland – a grounded look at sector competitiveness. competitiveness review 21(4): 339-351. maskus, k.e., j.h. reichman (2004). the globalization of private knowledge goods and the privatization of global public goods. journal of international economic law 7(2): 279-320. musgrave, r.a. (1957). a multiple theory of budget determination. finanzarchiv, n.f., 17, p. 341. musgrave, r.a. (1959). the theory of public finance. new york: mcgraw-hill. namahoot, k.s., t. laohavichien (2015). quality management and trust of internet banking in thailand. international journal of scientific & technology research 4(9): 257262. nisbet, m.c., b.v. lewenstein (2002). biotechnology and the american media. science communication 23(4): 359-391. nordhaus, w.d. (2005). paul samuelson and global public goods. new haven: yale university press. olff, m. (2014). are we happy with the impact factor? european journal of psychotraumatology 5, doi:10.3402/ejpt.v5.2x6084 poutvaara, p. (2008). public and private education in an integrated europe: studying to migrate and teaching to stay? the scandinavian journal of economics 110(3): 591608. prybyla, j.s. (1991). the road from socialism: why, where, what and how. problems of communism 40(1-2): 1-18. samuelson, p. (1954). the pure theory of public expenditure. the review of economics and statistics 36(4): 387-389. samuelson, p. (1958). aspects of public expenditure theories. review of economics and statistics 40(4): 332-338. sivak, m. (1996). the information that drivers use: is it indeed 90% visual? perception 25(9): 1081-1089. tang, y. (2018). when does competition mitigate agency problems? journal of corporate finance 51(2): 258-274. thaler, r.h., c.r. sunstein (2008). nudge – improving decisions about health, wealth and happiness. new haven: yale university press. 334 stefan mann timmons, j. (1994). new venture creation, entrepreneurship in the 1990s, 4th ed., boston. vasconcelos dantas, v., pedroso oaigen r., souza dos santos m. a., spacek godoy b., da silva f., pinto corrêa r., nogueira domingues f. & soares simon marques c. (2016). characteristics of cattle breeders and dairy production in the southeastern and northeastern mesoregions of pará state, brazil. semina: ciências agrárias 37 (mayo-junio).zugang: [17 july 2018]. weigel, k.a., r.s. pralle, h. adams, k. cho, c. do, h.m. white (2017). prediction of whole‐genome risk for selection and management of hyperketonemia in holstein dairy cattle. journal of animal breeding and genetics 134(3): 275-285. welter m., (1998). wenn züchter spekulieren. landfreund 6.10.1998, s. 12/13. yates, s., m. lague, r. knox, r. cuthbert, f. clarke, j. clarke, y. ruan, j. jatinder, v. bhadauria (2018). crop information engine and research assistant (ciera) for managing genealogy, phenotypic and genotypic data for breeding programs. https:// www.biorxiv.org/content/early/2018/10/11/439505 (oct 19, 2018). bio-based and applied economics bae copyright: © 2023 wane a., mballo a.d., dzoukou homsi c.l., diakhaté p., memboup r. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 citation: wane a., mballo a.d., dzoukou homsi c.l., diakhaté p., memboup r. (2023). reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel: the case of agropastoral systems in senegal. bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259. doi: 10.36253/bae13521 received: august 9, 2023 accepted: august 24, 2023 published: october 15, 2023 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: donato romano orcid aw: 0000-0001-5081-3788 adm: 0000-0002-5319-6532 cldh: 0009-0005-3822-8646 pd: 0000-0001-9799-3827 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel: the case of agropastoral systems in senegal abdrahmane wane1,*, aliou diouf mballo2, cabrelle lauriane dzoukou homsi3, pathé diakhaté4, rahimatou memboup5 1 ilri regional representative for west africa 2 international fund for agricultural development (ifad) 3 université cheikh anta diop de dakar, senegal 4 université cheikh anta diop de dakar, senegal 5 université laval, canada *corresponding author. e-mail: a.wane@cgiar.org abstract. food loss is a critical issue in africa, but investigation has mainly been limited to quantity loss. economic losses are likely to be more significant but are widely ignored. regarding ruminant-related losses, it remains challenging to identify the optimal harvest point. focusing on sahelian agropastoral systems, where stakeholders operate in a shockprone environment, our paper explains how critical actor behaviour is, and it addresses economic losses on live-animal transactions while integrating market behaviours into the analysis. loss elimination being illusory in such a context, our findings pioneer a loss reduction approach that is supported by an appropriate optimisation programme tested on primary data collected from 202 agropastoral households in senegal. keywords: behaviours, economic loss, optimal loss, pastoralism, sahel. jel codes: c61, d13, q12, q13, r20. highlights • post-harvest losses in african livestock and pastoral systems are narrowly limited to loss of physical quantity of product while loss of economic value is largely ignored. • livestock multifunctionality and behaviours of individual actors in increasing uncertainty led sahelian pastoralists to behave with a bounded rationality. • an optimization model subject to pastoral constraints allows for the determination of the optimum number of animal species that must be sold to cover household expenditures and animal loss. • simulation of ad hoc loss reduction scenarios reconciles food security and competitiveness of livestock economics in the sahel. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5081-3788 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5319-6532 https://orcid.org/0009-0005-3822-8646 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9799-3827 244 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 abdrahmane wane et al. 1. introduction a growing local and regional demand for meat and milk has provided opportunities for pastoral producers in the sahel. however, several factors make it difficult for sahelian producers and other actors in the livestock value chain to take full advantage of this positive trend. ickowicz et al. (2012), hollinger and staaz (2015), and diawara et al. (2017) all highlight low herd productivity as a critical constraint. together with structural constraints relating to logistics, infrastructure, public policy and enabling environment, low productivity contributes to sub-optimal performance in the livestock sector. the sahelian livestock sector is vulnerable to multifaceted shocks, mainly relating to climate, disease, natural disasters and market fluctuations. some of these shocks are severe, leading to quantitative, qualitative and economic loss (ifad 2016). there is ongoing interest in this issue, even though there is scarcity of information and the evidence on the extent of the losses is mixed with estimates ranging from 2% up to 27% (fao, 2011; blanchard et al., 2016). a quantitative evaluation of the different types of loss remains challenging for several reasons. while productivity gaps have been documented, food loss in the livestock sector has received far less attention. comprehensive modelling methods are needed to clarify spatial and temporal fluctuations in loss rates and to make credible estimates of the quantitative, qualitative and economic losses. further complicating the situation in the sahel is the perceived dualism between commercial and communal livestock keepers and between modern and traditional systems (lyet et al., 2010). the structure of the livestock value chain is extremely nuanced. there are considerable differences in the levels of market integration, motivation and vulnerability among value chain actors, and this influences the nature and perceptions of loss. furthermore, small-scale producers have a ‘producer–consumer model,’ as articulated by chayanov (1926, 1990). the goal of pastoralists in a changing environment, such as the sahel, is to balance short-term consumption needs with long-term herd-building strategies to meet future consumption demands (fadiga, 2013). consequently, an understanding of the motivation to increase sales is key to understanding decision-making strategies. moreover, the parameters of the livestock market remain relatively rigid, with a low supply of animals and high price levels. food loss has adverse effects on food safety and security, particularly for poor and vulnerable people (sheahan and barrett, 2016), on the livestock market (wane and mballo, 2016) and on sustainable development (gustavsson, 2011). concerns about food loss frequently give rise to quantitative and qualitative estimates, which tend to be followed by remediation (in a ‘zero loss’ approach). however, when considered from a different economic perspective, not all loss is undesirable. this opens the opportunity to explore an exciting loss assessment method in which mitigation is the goal (an ‘optimal loss’ approach). the optimal loss approach is based on two key assumptions. first, the cost of total elimination of loss is prohibitive, regardless of the availability of technology and institutional arrangements. second, a certain level of loss is inevitable and not necessarily undesirable, particularly in the agricultural sector. this paper contributes to a long-standing debate on risk in the agricultural sector (wane and mballo, 2016; chavas et al., 2021) and decision-making related to risk perception (wane et al., 2020). to address the complex issue of loss in the sahelian pastoral areas, we used a sequential approach by which qualitative data was collected from approximately 15 people in each of the three targeted sites, and these results guided the subsequent collection of quantitative data from 202 households. this paper pioneers the idea that it is possible to improve food security in the sahelian region by minimizing losses in the production stage of the live animal value chain. the paper contributes by developing an optimisation model that determines the optimum numbers of different animal species to be sold to counteract losses while also being subject to the farmers’ constraints. our methodology is pragmatic in that the recommended optimisation approach aims for loss reduction rather than illusory loss eradication. in addition, unlike measures of loss in the crop sector, which focus entirely on postharvest losses, in our analysis of loss in the livestock sector, we consider both pre-market and market losses to be equally significant. second, our model shows the ideal sales volume, age at sale and price at sale that will allow the livestock farmer to generate sufficient income to cover his expenditure. third, we simulate loss reduction scenarios, with their effects on volume and market price parameters, and we show how these scenarios can result in a decline in average market prices, with the result that buyers can access more affordable live animals. overall, our paper demonstrates that addressing economic losses offers a more impactful perspective than focusing solely on the more commonly emphasized physical losses. this paper is organized as follows. section 2 reviews the literature discussing the issues and challenges faced by people living shock-prone dryland areas. it analyses the relevance of the optimal loss approach by emphasising the effect of multifaceted exogenous shocks on https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 245 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel producer market behaviours. section 3 describes the economic loss model to the senegalese sahelian agropastoral production system. section 4 describes the study area and data used in our analysis. section 5 presents the main results of the optimization, identifying optimal quantity and price in different loss reduction scenarios. section 6 discusses the main results and concludes. 2. literature review there are many definitions of food loss, from the more operational (bourne, 1977; parfitt et al., 2010; hodges et al., 2011; fao, 2011, 2013; aramyan and van gogh, 2014; de gorter, 2014) to the more comprehensive (papargyropoulou et al., 2014). food loss occurs at the production, pre-harvest, harvest and post-harvest stages (parfitt et al., 2010). food waste refers to the unconsumed portion that is discarded as waste at any point in the food chain (hodges et al., 2011). although food loss and waste, especially the location and type of loss, have been discussed, loss has received relatively little attention due to the difficulties of measurement. several attempts have been made to estimate loss, particularly in the grain and crop sectors. early estimates, which used mass flow models, set loss and waste at one-third of the physical mass of all foodstuffs worldwide (fao, 2013; lipinski et al., 2013). the world bank (2011) reported the yearly grain loss in subsaharan africa as approximately us$4 billion. highlighting these issues is helpful for donors and funding agencies. however, these global estimates have increasingly been challenged, especially in sub-saharan africa, where recent scientific studies have found the magnitude of the loss to be overestimated. more recent estimates have ranged from 4% in the presence of prevention mechanisms to 20% in their absence (affognon et al., 2015; rosegrant et al., 2015). in 2012, the fao estimated milk loss in the subsaharan african dairy sector at 27%; this was found to occur mainly in the early or middle parts of the food chain. however, extensive fieldwork conducted by a cirad–pastoralisme et zones sèches (pastoralism and dry lands; ppzs) team in 2016 to evaluate loss in the senegal and burkina faso dairy supply chain, valued total milk loss at 4% to 14%, which was very different from the fao estimate. the potential for recycling and reusing food that is diverted from human consumption to animal consumption has led to the adoption of a more inclusive definition of food loss and waste, which considers both humans and animals in its calculations (mokkar, 2017). a key challenge is that the methodological approaches, which were designed and initially applied in developing countries, have relied on the experiences of those countries (sheahan and barrett, 2016). in 2009, the european union tried to support sub-saharan african countries by implementing the african postharvest losses information system (aphlis). this involved a network of local experts and facilitated the collection and sharing of cereal grain weight loss data by country and province (hodges et al., 2010; rembold et al., 2011). however, this attempt took place in an oversimplified post-harvest loss environment and there were challenges with data quality (affognon et al., 2015). at the micro level, cross-country surveys of farmers in relation to post-harvest loss in sub-saharan africa have revealed interesting findings, with relatively low loss indicators, ranging from 1.4% to 6.9% of total production (kaminski and christiaensen, 2014; abdoulaye et al., 2015). although designed for large samples, these surveys cannot be readily generalized to the national level because this was not built into their design. from a value chain perspective, and regardless of variations in magnitude, grain and cereal loss seems to occur more frequently during handling and storage in the on-farm phase. in contrast, fresh product loss is reported to occur more often in the processing and distribution phases. from a technical perspective, this consensus on loss distribution from farm to fork can be explained by the fact that most surveys have addressed on-farm storage loss (affognon et al., 2015). current trends and projections for food value chains challenge traditional methodological approaches to integrate chain modifications arising from urbanization and other modern drivers. however, these approaches do provide powerful analytical tools for describing complex interactions between physical and social systems and for enhancing well-being through the reduction of loss in the primary sector. new insights into food loss and waste estimates, particularly in the livestock sector, could contribute to a converging research agenda on the challenges presented by the stress of global, social and environmental change. optimising the management of scarce resources, possibly through the minimization of constraints, is a critical theme in economics. optimisation relies on economic rationality, a fundamental economic principle that guides the decision-making of actors. however, the inclusion of uncertainty leads to the choice of a specific analytical structure that cannot be appropriately represented by the usual constrained optimisation model (arrow, 1971; machina, 1987; kreps, 1988; dixit, 1990). moreover, it is well established that behavioural choice may be more fundamental than the rational pursuit of https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 246 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 abdrahmane wane et al. self-interested goals (bossert and suzumura, 2012). a flexible approach to rationality-based optimisation facilitates a paradigm shift to a form of bounded rationality (with limited information, cognition and decision-making time), as articulated in herbert simon’s (1955) seminal work. this also relaxes the constraint that links optimisation to instrumental rationality (mongin, 2000). in this study, both approaches were considered to reconcile the sahelian pastoralists’ bounded rationality, contextdriven behaviours and optimisation processes under conditions of uncertainty. risks are a central part of life for most households, especially those in low-income countries (banerjee and duflo, 2011). an increased understanding of the risks and the associated coping strategies is key for policymakers. the main challenge in risk analysis is that the presence or perception of risk can significantly affect the intertemporal behaviours of households in their allocation of resources. this applies not only to poor households but also to non-poor households that have a higher probability of becoming poor in a less safe environment. in developing countries, hazards are ubiquitous in the lives of most farmers, who must secure their livelihoods and minimize their loss. those with weak assets are usually pushed to engage in low-return and sometimes risky non-farming activities (barrett et al., 2001), while those who have better financial support, or who are living in regions with favourable alternatives, tend to focus on revenue growth and wealth accumulation (loison, 2016). pastoralists live and operate in shock-prone environments (wane et al., 2010) in which climate variability plays a central role. this has a direct impact on natural resource dynamics, as herders must deal with spatiotemporal variations. climate change has exacerbated economic, social, cultural and political unease (e.g., national and international food and feed price volatility, disease, political instability and social transformation). pastoralists also face market uncertainty and a lack of infrastructure, both of which severely affect their livelihoods. they adapt to these conditions by using mobility and diversification strategies to enhance production and secure their livelihoods (alary et al., 2015). their choices are limited by complex relationships and by the multifunctionality of their livestock assets. some pastoralists breed livestock species with short life cycles to make quick gains and to escape poverty (alary et al., 2015). others prefer large ruminants that represent long-term capital investments (wane et al., 2020). it should be noted that in a risky environment, holding animals beyond an optimal market period corresponds to a form of contingency rationality. imperfect and incomplete market information encourages pastoralists to adopt a prudent position that is based on their circumstances and is therefore contingent on the socioeconomic environment (wane et al., 2009). this explains their opposition to regular animal ‘destocking,’ even when it is encouraged by national technical support services. far from being indifferent to market prices (kerven, 1992), livestock farmers make trade-offs between short-term consumption needs and long-term herdbuilding strategies to meet future needs (fadiga, 2013). with varying levels of success, pastoral and agropastoral households have developed adaptation and coping strategies that reflect a range of responses to stress. this illustrates the close relationship between social and biophysical factors. extensive pastoral and agropastoral systems cannot be measured purely in terms of assets because they continually evolve and adapt to accommodate their increasingly uncertain biophysical environment and monetized world (chambers, 1989; van dijk, 1997; bovin, 2000; ancey et al., 2009). over time, smallholders in the sahelian livestock system have tried to secure production and their livelihoods by considering the uncertainties and disequilibrium of their environment (benkhe and scoones, 1983; wane et al., 2010). studies on inequality (sen, 1982; sutter, 1987; wane et al., 2009; mulder et al., 2010) and on the vulnerability of pastoral populations (swift, 1989; ancey et al., 2009) have discussed the complexity of the farmers’ securitization. the importance of the social and biophysical factors embedded in extensive african crop–livestock systems must be considered. given these uncertainties, sahelian farmers are opportunistic in their approach to the markets for goods and services. market fundamentals are not the primary drivers; rather, cultural, social and non-commercial factors often play a more significant role in producers’ selling decisions. these behaviours are so deeply rooted in market practices that two key concepts are critical in any discussion of the issues affecting post-production loss in sahel ruminant farming. a key question that needs to be examined is whether complete loss eradication along the agricultural value chain is a feasible option or is loss reduction through optimisation more realistic? regardless of the level of adoption of technologies, innovations and institutional arrangements, it is reasonable to assume that the cost of eliminating all loss in agricultural value chains would be prohibitive. accepting that a certain level of failure and loss will inevitably arise in a risky environment is economically rational, because some contamination or spoilage is inevitable (de gorter 2014). assuming that a certain amount of loss in agricultural value chains is necessary and even economically rational, the focus https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 247 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel should be on improving the microeconomic behaviours underpinning the potential sources of loss before developing strategies to mitigate the effects of individual decisions (waterfield and zilberman, 2012; horton and hoddinott, 2014; de gorter, 2014; goldsmith et al., 2015; sheahan and barrett, 2016). losses may also arise from the voluntary and intentional decisions of economic actors, particularly those focused on profit rather than production maximization. brazilian soybean farmers exemplify this situation (goldsmith et al., 2015). in terms of food safety, it is also possible that loss may be desirable when unsafe food is removed from the system to avoid human or animal contamination (magoha et al., 2014). in a dynamic analysis, the management of farm loss could yield mixed results. for example, by expecting losses due to a lack of storage facilities, farmers could be forced to sell products at lower price. in this case, quantitative loss could be low, while value-related loss would be very high, as was the case for maize farmers in benin (kodjo et al., 2015). because zero loss is likely to be an unattainable ideal, especially for sub-saharan livestock farming, an optimal loss approach would be more appropriate. identifying the main loss sources and estimating the amount of loss is only a starting point of the analysis. in fact, a major difficulty is the choice of counterfactuals against which the loss is to be measured. naturally, these counterfactuals are related to the production system. producers hold the females and sell the steers in an extensive production system. the useful life of a zebu cow is 4.5 to 8.5 years, during which time parturition, including abortion, occurs approximately five times (mukassa-mugerwa, 1989). following production, live animals are moved along the value chain to downstream markets for final use, and loss occurs at each stage. for livestock systems, especially those in sub-saharan africa, this is the central theme of a debate that does not occur in crop systems. ‘postproduction loss’ and ‘postharvest loss’ have been used interchangeably to reflect specific problems in the agricultural sector. these concepts, which refer to the temporal dimension, are equally relevant to studies on the livestock sector or to specific products, which may be perishable (e.g., meat, milk) or non-perishable (e.g. cereals). bourne (1977) made an operational distinction based on three periods during which food loss occurs: ‘preharvest,’ ‘harvest,’ and ‘post-harvest’. this classification allows for harvest and post-harvest losses to be combined into a single category: post-production loss. thus, combining pre-market and market losses to focus on postproduction loss would appear more relevant. recent definitions of food loss integrate the whole process, including food grown to maturity but not harvested and left in the field for any reason (minor et al., 2020). 3. modelling economic loss in sahelian animal production systems two distinct phases of economic loss in live-animal rearing should be considered. the first is the pre-market phase, in which animal mortality, theft and disappearance occur. this type of loss is related mainly to the costs of managing animals prior to their theft or death. in other words, the farmer loses the entire investment made in such animals. the second is the market phase, which starts with the decision to sell the animal and ends with the actual sale. two types of loss can occur at this stage: (i) death or disappearance at the mark-to-market stage or (ii) loss of profits or opportunity costs at sale. this second stage could be summarized as follows: what would have been earned if the farmer had sold the animal at the ideal age vs. what would have been earned if the animal had been sold earlier (for animals above the ideal age). optimisation would involve the sale of animals that are close to the ideal age at a good price while maintaining the herd structure. in other words, it involves the minimization of economic loss in the production of live animals. finally, there are various stages at which loss is calculated in both the pre-market and market phases. this leads to a global loss function as follows: (1) where = number of animals sold at age i by species, = sale price of animals at age i by species, = ideal age for sale according to livestock keepers, = cost of dead animals during the pre-market phase, = cost of stolen animals during the pre-market phase, = age of dead animals during the pre-market phase, = age of stolen animals during the pre-market phase, = cost of dead animals during the market phase, = cost of stolen animals during the market phase, = age of dead animals during the market phase, = age of stolen animals during the market phase, = average price of animals at ideal age at sale, = average cost of managing an animal by species, = number of animal deaths during the pre-market phase, = number https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 248 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 abdrahmane wane et al. of animals stolen during the pre-market phase, = other animals lost during the pre-market phase, = number of animal deaths during the market phase, = number of animals stolen during the market phase, = other animals lost during the market phase. optimisation process and numerical resolution for the numerical resolution of the loss function, two strong assumptions were made: – assumption 1: stolen, lost or dead animals in the pre-market phase would have reached the ideal age at sale. – assumption 2: most stolen, lost or dead animals in the market phase would have reached the ideal age at sale. thus, equation (1) can be rewritten as follows: where = number of animals sold at age i by species, = sale price of animals at age i by species, = ideal age for sale according to livestock keepers, = average price of animals at ideal age at sale, = average cost of managing animals by species, = number of animal deaths during the pre-market phase, = number of animals stolen during the pre-market phase, = other animals lost during the pre-market phase, = number of animal deaths during the market phase, = number of animals stolen during the market phase, = other animals lost during the market phase. the optimal loss approach is meant to minimize the loss function subject to constraints by considering p=( ) =(pj)1≤j≤n and x=( )=(xj)1≤j≤n vectors corresponding to the unit price and the number sold, respectively, by species, season and age; with n=∑as∈asaas; where aas is the maximum age reached by animal species on a family farm. definition of constraints in the optimisation programme the minimization of the post-production loss function was performed on variables and . because of the nature of these variables, and were positive ∀i∈{1,…,a} and ∀as∈as . this paper distinguishes between the main and complementary constraints to facilitate the resolution of the optimisation problem. the main constraint is based on the overall income constraint: the sum of the farmer’s annual sales is sufficient to cover all the total consumer expenditures (food and non-food) made by the farmer, leaving a profit margin that is at most equal to a share a of total expenditures. total expenditures d≤ ≤a*total expenditures this constraint can be written as follows: d≤ pjxj≤a*d additional constraints are defined on critical parameters, such as the loss function, prices and number of animals. constraint on the loss function the mathematical function for defining the loss function can be negative for some parameters. therefore, it is important to constrain it to a positive value. the constraint is defined as follows: f( )≥0. constraints on prices several constraints on prices were considered to avoid price outliers. – constraint 1: the vector p0 is a system data point obtained from the database. without harming generality, vector p0 is equal to the vector of the ideal selling prices, which are informed by each farmer for a species at the favourable age at sale. this constraint is defined as follows: p=(p1,p2,…,pn)≤p0=( ,…, ) – constraint 2: this stipulates that the sale price of a species at age i must be greater than the cost of the animal incurred from birth (the average age at which the animal entered the farm) to the age at which it is sold. this translates into the following: – constraint 3: the selling price curves for each species are concave functions of age. thus, prices increase with age until they reach their maximum at the ideal age, then they decrease. this can be expressed as follows: ≤⋯≤ ≥ ≥⋯≥ . https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 249 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel constraints 2 and 3 will cause some prices to be higher than they would have been before the ideal age (see all) because the producer would have spent more on an older animal than on a younger one. this result is unlikely in the case of female cattle because they are more expensive when younger (up to a certain age) due to their milk production capacity. therefore, for female cattle, the fact that the price of cattle older than 10 years is lower than the price of those three years old is added to the previous constraint. for female cattle, the constraint is presented as follows: constraints on the number of animal species sold – constraint 4: this is based on the animal off-take rate. a previously explained, farmers in pastoral and agropastoral systems will sell a limited number of animals just to meet their needs. the herd off-take rate is relatively constant. this constraint stipulates that the total number of animals (of any species at any age) sold is, at the most, equal to the herd offtake rate. it is defined as follows: ≤off-take rate*herd size – constraint 5: there is a hierarchy in the pastoral and agropastoral species that are sold. small ruminants are more likely to be sold than cattle, which are the main assets of livestock producers. the constraint therefore stipulates that the total number of cattle sold is lower than the total number of small ruminants sold. for the remainder of the paper, the following group of constraints is considered: enscont1={(x,p) that meet constraints 1,2,3,4 and 5}. formulation of the optimisation problem without any intervention, the number of dead, stolen or lost animals is given for the farmer who is unable to minimize this loss. quantity loss (by theft, death and disappearance) during the premarket and market phases should be considered as a constant in the minimization problem. therefore, the following is posed: subject to: with f(x,p)=lossesvalue(xas,pas)+g. solution for the optimisation model: convexity or concavity of the loss function the nature of the loss function can be analysed in its matrix form. thus, by posing ; therefore: where , . with the same calculations at the constraint level, the problem (p) becomes: starting with the minimization problem (p1), the unknowns in this minimization system are the vectors p and x. f(x,p)=(b-p)’.x+g= https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 250 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 abdrahmane wane et al. the hessian matrix of the function f(x,p) is given by: thus, with . the following is considered: however, det(m)=1>0 means that m is positive, and h is negative; thus, the loss function f(x,p) is concave. the concavity of the function f(x,p)0 makes conventional methods inadequate for achieving the loss minimization objective. therefore, a non-linear programming approach, the method of moving asymptotes (mma), was used. this numerical resolution method, which belongs to the family of convex approximation methods, is suitable for structural optimisation problems. the mma provides the best results for concave minimization problems. 4. data a mixed approach to data collection was used to answer the research questions about economic loss. qualitative and quantitative data were sequentially collected in northern senegal pastoral and agropastoral areas (ferlo region). the area of ferlo is 67,610 km², nearly one-third of the country. the climate is characterized by rainfall concentrated over two to three months. the annual average is less than 200 mm in the extreme north and more than 550 mm in the south. in the vast area of ferlo, the selection of sites for the study was based on a previous study by wane et al. (2007, 2009, 2010) who had distinguished one agropastoral area (thiel) and two pastoral sites (tatki and rewane) on a north-south gradient for their representativeness of the ecological, geographical, pastoral and biological diversity of the extensive production system of senegal (see, their socioecological characteristics in appendix 1). the data collection tools, administered in july and august 2016, addressed the 2015 rainy season1 through until early 2016 rainy season. the study focused on a sample of 202 encampments out of 389 potential encampments, for which complete data on the pastoral households was obtained. there was an error margin of 4.79%, with a confidence interval of 95%, thus keeping within standard statistical norms. focus groups were conducted at each of these three locations in november 2015. the composition of the focus groups was as follows: 14 participants (14 men) in tatki; 14 participants (13 men and 1 woman, who did not participate in the discussion) in rewane; and 14 participants (13 men, including the sub-county chief and 1 woman) in thiel. the main information collected from these group discussions related to household incomegenerating activities and animal species traded in the production area, livestock loss in the production area and seasonal loss. additional primary data2 were gathered from responses given by 202 livestock farmers raising small ruminants and/or cattle – 40% from thiel, 31% from tatki and 29% from rewane – to a detailed questionnaire. 1 two distinct seasons characterize senegal’s climate: a dry season from roughly october to may and a rainy season from june to september. while the arid zones receive a total rainfall of under 300 millimetres per year, the forested south receives an average of 1200 mm/year. rainfall is highly variable, both on the interannual and inter-decadal timescales. the average annual temperature for senegal was 27.8°c for the period 1960–1990, with monthly averages in the hottest seasons of up to 35°c. (https://climateknowledgeportal.worldbank.org/country/senegal/climate-data-historical) 2 the following data were collected from household investigations: pastoral encampment location, household socio-demographics, herd species composition, ideal average age and selling prices by species and sex, sales decision-making, number of pastoral sub-seasons, average sales volume and prices by species and sub-season, sales motivations, sub-season sales locations, mortality-related quantitative loss, theft and loss, risk hierarchy by species, average animal weight loss during transport to market, herd maintenance and transportation expenses, and the hierarchy of strategies dealing with shocks. the questionnaire ended with a question on the worst rainy season in the previous decade. pastoral encampments are identifiable socioeconomic settlement units that reveal an aggregate income. they can involve one or more households, which are defined as nuclear or relational units of married couples or blood relatives. https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 251 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel 5. results th e results of the optimisation model, which was applied to 202 agropastoral encampments, focussed on a combination of sales volume and selling price by age and species. th ese data should make it possible for average livestock farmers to minimize their economic loss by generating income to cover their expenditures. sales volume to minimize their economic loss, the average farmer would have to sell 4% male cattle, 26% female cattle, 22% male sheep, 13% female sheep, 17% male goats and 16% female goats from their herd annually (table 1). th e same trends have been observed in other pastoral and agropastoral production systems. because of the multiple non-commercial roles of cattle in the lives of pastoral producers, cows are not primarily for sale. in uncertain environments, pastoralists always try to maximize the non-monetary benefi ts from their cattle, despite the long-term costs of raising the animals. th erefore, loss minimization would require the increased application of these strategies to the more eff ective marketing of cows. ideal age at sale the distribution of optimal sales by species and area shows that the 4% male cattle sales should consist of 58% bulls at an average age of 5 to 6 years (figure 2). spatial diff erences are related to diff erences in the production systems. loss optimisation follows the climatic gradient because the bulls sold must be approximately 5 to 6 years old. th e data showed that 77% of male cattle are sold in tatki, the driest zone; 54% in rewane, the intermediate zone; and 41% in th iel, the wetter zone. th e situation is slightly diff erent for female cattle. in the study area as a whole, the optimal combination of 92% of sales should comprise cows at an average age of three to fi ve years. th e optimal sales volume of cows figure 1. map of the study location. 252 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 abdrahmane wane et al. of three to five years old decreases from the wettest area around thiel (92%) to the intermediate area around rewane (91%) to the dry area around tatki (90%). regarding small ruminants, a very large number of male sheep are sold during the tabaski festival. tabaski, or eid ul adha [the feast of sacrifice], is a religious festival and the most important feast in the muslim calendar, requiring the sacrifice of rams. this suggests that optimal sales (49% of the herd) would be rams at the average age of two, three or even four years. female sheep and male and female goats play a role in short-term cash flow. the optimal sales are almost equally distributed across all ages, beginning with the first year, which is devoted to animal fattening. the animals sold are mainly male sheep (36% of herd) and female sheep (32%) aged two to three years. for goats, the target composition is males aged two to four years (48% of herd) and females aged five to six years (29%). ideal price at sale the unit price of an animal is a concave function of its age. the optimal model would be for the farmer to sell male cattle at seven years of age at an average price of 271,000 xof (figure 3). before this ideal age, table 1. approximate distribution of retained animals and optimum number for sale by species and area. rewane (%) tatki (%) thiel (%) survey area (%) retained sold retained sold retained sold retained sold cattle male 7 8 4 4 2 3 4 4 female 18 25 21 27 15 27 18 26 sheep male 14 25 13 22 7 21 11 22 female 41 10 47 13 54 16 49 13 goat male 2 19 3 18 3 14 3 17 female 18 12 12 17 18 18 16 16 0% 2% 3% 0% 2% 3% 3% 0% 3% 4% 5% 0% 5% 6% 7% 1% 8% 9% 8% 7% 29 % 22 % 21 % 47 % 29 % 32 % 20 % 30 % 10 % 10 % 14 % 8% 6% 5% 9% 3%4% 4% 6% 2%3% 3% 5% 1% overall rewane thiel tatki male cattle 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 9 years 10 years 11 years 0% 1% 0% 0%0% 1% 0% 0% 35 % 42 % 35 % 28 % 37 % 36 % 34 % 42 % 20 % 13 % 23 % 20 % 4% 2% 3% 6% 1% 1% 1% 1%1% 1% 1% 1%1% 1% 1% 1%0% 0% 0% 0%0% 0% 0% 0%1% 1% 1% 1%1% 0% 1% 1% overall rewane thiel tatki female cattle 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 9 years 10 years 11 years 12 years 13 years 6% 6% 5% 6% 17 % 19 % 15 % 19 % 19 % 19 % 17 % 20 % 13 % 12 % 14 % 12 % 9% 8% 11 % 8% 9% 9% 10% 9%8% 8% 8% 8% 7% 7% 7% 7%6% 6% 6% 6%6% 6% 6% 6% overall rewane thiel tatki male sheep 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 9 years 10 years 3% 4% 4% 1% 15 % 17 % 18 % 8% 17 % 17 % 16 % 18 % 12 % 12 % 12 % 13 % 11 % 11 % 10 % 12 % 12 % 11 % 11 % 13 % 11 % 10 % 11 % 12 % 10 % 9% 9% 11 % 9% 8% 9% 11 % overall rewane thiel tatki female sheep 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 9 years 10 % 9% 11 % 10 % 16 % 20 % 15 % 14 %16 % 16 % 14 % 17 % 16 % 19 % 13 % 15 % 12 % 11 % 12 % 12 % 11 % 9% 12 % 11 % 10 % 9% 12 % 11 % 10 % 8% 11 % 10 % overall rewane thiel tatki male goat 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 6% 6% 6% 7% 14 % 14 % 14 %15 % 15 % 15 % 15 % 13 % 12 % 14 % 13 % 12 % 12 % 12 % 12 % 15 % 16 % 14 % 15 % 14 % 15 % 14 % 14 % 10 % 9% 11 % 10 % overall rewane thiel tatki female goat 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years figure 2. optimal number of animals for sale by age, species and area. https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 253 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel the average price rises and then falls, while remaining close to the price level for the fiveto seven-year-old cattle. for female cattle, the model shows that the ideal age at sale would be reduced to five years (the farmers had initially indicated eight years) for a maximum unit gain at the optimum price of 221,000 xof. the trajectories of the price curves were similar to those observed for the male cattle. the prices for male cattle tended to be higher in rewane and tatki, which are the more isolated areas in the more arid northern region. for sheep, the ideal age at sale is approximately two years for both males and females. the difference lies in the optimum price, which would be 49,000 xof for males and roughly half, at 26,000 xof, for females. the average annual prices for male sheep are relatively high, particularly during eid ul adha, which is celebrated by the dominant community (nearly 94% of the population) in senegal. as with cattle, male sheep have a higher value in rewane. for goats, the average ideal age at sale is zonedependent. in rewane and thiel, breeders must sell their male goats at approximately three years of age for an average of 21,000–26,000 xof. in tatki, breeders must wait five years to realise an average of 22,000 xof. for females, there is less variation by area. if the rewane and thiel breeders can sell their two-year-old female goats for an average of 17,000–19,000 xof, the tatki breeders will realise 19,000 xof for three-year-old animals. the optimisation model describes a situation in which the average farmer can minimize physical loss through animal theft and death. this is considered a reference point, or ‘business as usual’. consequently, the study arbitrarily chose three loss reduction scenarios: with a 25%, 50% and 75% reduction in average loss. the effects of these scenarios on the market parameters were then simulated. simulation of ad hoc loss reduction scenarios two radically contrasting periods experienced in sahelian pastoral areas (including northern senegal) were compared: 2014–2015 (period 1), which was characterized by very scarce rainfall in several areas, and 2015– 2016 (period 2), characterized by plentiful and evenly distributed rainfall. the comparison showed that losses involving the total herd population on transhumance were 23% in period 1 and 9% in period 2 for cattle; 26% in period 1 and 8% in period 2 for sheep and 43% in period 1 and 11% in period 2 for goats. these figures are far from the 40% to 70% loss rates observed during the droughts of the 1970s and 1980s (thebaud, 2017). based xof 0 xof 50,000 xof 100,000 xof 150,000 xof 200,000 xof 250,000 xof 300,000 xof 350,000 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 9 years 10 years 11 years male cattle overall rewane thiel tatki xof 0 xof 50,000 xof 100,000 xof 150,000 xof 200,000 xof 250,000 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 9 years 10 years 11 years 12 years 13 years female cattle overall rewane thiel tatki xof 0 xof 10,000 xof 20,000 xof 30,000 xof 40,000 xof 50,000 xof 60,000 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 9 years 10 years male sheep overall rewane thiel tatki xof 0 xof 5,000 xof 10,000 xof 15,000 xof 20,000 xof 25,000 xof 30,000 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years 9 years female sheep overall rewane thiel tatki xof 0 xof 5,000 xof 10,000 xof 15,000 xof 20,000 xof 25,000 xof 30,000 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years male goat overall rewane thiel tatki xof 0 xof 5,000 xof 10,000 xof 15,000 xof 20,000 xof 25,000 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 6 years 7 years 8 years female goat overall rewane thiel tatki figure 3. optimal selling price of animals by species and area. https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 254 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 abdrahmane wane et al. on this analysis, we developed three ad hoc loss reduction scenarios – 25%, 50%, and 75% – to determine their effects on volume and market price parameters. decreases of 25%, 50% and 75% in losses from theft and death would result in increases of 12%, 27% and 25% in the number of cattle, sheep and goats, respectively, available for sale (figure 4). the exception would be female sheep, for which there would be a 17% to 25% decrease in the number available for sale. the species most sensitive to loss reduction would be male sheep, which, given their market value, particularly during eid el adha, are prime targets for theft. small ruminants are easier to steal and conceal. the reduction in the loss of female sheep would lead to a decrease in their available number and in the selling price. the relative stability in the number of male cattle available for sale is indicative of the market relationship with this main element of the pastoralist’s heritage. first, only 20% would be available for sale following a 50% reduction in loss. for female cattle, the greater the loss reduction, the greater the number available for sale. all loss reduction scenarios resulted in average market prices generally declining (figure 5). in the 25% reduction scenario, the smallest negative price change was observed for female cattle, and the largest negative price change was observed for male goats. the 50% reduction scenario allowed for a minimum negative price change of 3% for male cattle and a maximum of 15% for male sheep and female goats. the 75% reduction scenario resulted in a minimum negative price change of 5% for male cattle and a maximum negative price change of 18% for male sheep. 6. conclusion given the complexity of loss issues in the ruminant sector, this study identifies several dilemmas presented by the existing analyses of the post-production loss of livestock. these include the zero loss vs. optimal loss approaches. other issues include the starting point for analysis: pre-market vs. market vs. post-market; enterprise vs. pastoral household model for production systems; intensive vs. semi-intensive vs. extensive; quantitative loss vs. qualitative loss vs. economic value loss; and constraint management vs. risk management. this study adopted a framework previously tested in the senegalese livestock production system. it applied a risk approach to analyse the quantitative and economic value of pre-market and market loss in the extensive pro0% 6% 41 % -1 7% 10 % 6% 12 % 20 % 13 % 55 % -1 7% 35 % 28 % 27 % 20 % 19 % 59 % -2 5% 25 % 22 % 25 % male cattle female cattle male sheep female sheep male goat female goat total 25% reduction 50% reduction 75% reduction figure 4. changes in numbers available for sale with varying loss reduction scenarios. https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 255 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel duction systems in senegal. it elaborated a loss function by summarizing the global monetary loss for big and small ruminants based on the producers’ perspectives of the number and prices of animals sold at different ages and sub-seasons. overall, the study supports the idea of an optimal loss, beyond which further loss reduction is not feasible due to the costs of mitigation. finally, based on the field data, an empirical exercise was performed to minimize the losses related to animal mortality and theft, subject to the constraints intrinsic to the sahelian pastoralist. thus, the effects of the three loss reduction scenarios on market parameters were modelled. although intuitive, a new perspective on the value of loss reduction emerged from this study: addressing economic loss is essential. it must be noted that quantitative loss is not necessarily detrimental in the context of general or partial equilibrium because a decrease in food availability can lead to an increase in prices and, thus, in pastoralists’ revenues. therefore, an identification of market fragility and reasoning in terms of opportunity costs or gains allows for a more comprehensive understanding of the economics of pastoralism. however, the simultaneous challenges of food security and improved market parameters (quantities and prices) remain. the optimisation model also shows that loss reduction can have beneficial effects in relation to the number of animals (except female sheep) available for sale, precipitating a downward trend in market prices. male sheep were the species most sensitive to loss reduction. all the ad hoc loss reduction scenarios resulted in lowered market prices. showing the flow of the economy through a social accounting matrix would provide a comprehensive and economy-wide database of the transactions between economic agents during a specific period. in addition, it would be useful for highlighting the importance of loss reduction. these insights indicate the relevance of loss-reduction policies and actions for addressing food security and competitiveness in the live ruminant sector. due to the growing complexity and uncertainty in this sector, policies and actions should contribute to the reduction of risk and uncertainty and the prevention of potential conflicts while contributing to growth and resilience. a priority should be the development of a genuine risk culture by providing information on the main risk factors and their occurrence; analysing their economic, social and environmental impact; identifying and evaluating existing risk management tools; and providing guidance on risk prioritisation and management. in recent years, policies have been developed to create an enabling environment in senegal. in addition, emerging initiatives address various degrees of sever-5 % -1 % -7 % -1 0% -1 6% -1 2% -3 % -7 % -1 5% -9 % -1 4% -1 5% -5 % -1 0% -1 8% -1 0% -1 5% -1 6% male cattle female cattle male sheep female sheep male goat female goat 25% reduction 50% reduction 75% reduction figure 5. selling price changes in loss reduction scenarios. https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 256 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 abdrahmane wane et al. ity. however, innovative financial instruments (livestock insurance and credit) and effective information systems could complement the standard approaches to combating disease, animal theft and productivity, as well as the rehabilitation and development of the market infrastructure. as a risk-transfer instrument, the development of livestock insurance could contribute to the reduction of vulnerability by providing compensation against economic loss. thus, smallholders could avoid using suboptimal coping strategies that further weaken their precarious food and nutritional status or prevent them from using the limited basic infrastructure (e.g., schools, health centres and markets). in addition, productivity could be improved through revitalized investments. this paper breaks new ground on economic loss in livestock production systems in the sahel. given the multifunctionality of livestock and the objective effects of increasing uncertainty, sahelian pastoralists have mostly used bounded rationality. thus, integrating their motivations to sell was key. therefore, an optimisation model subject to pastoral constraints enables the determination of the optimum number of animal species that must be sold to cover expenditure and animal losses. data availability statement the datasets, programmes, a full list of data sources, and information on empirical analysis, experiments and simulations generated for this study are available on request from the corresponding author. ethics statement the authors declare that the research was conducted in the absence of any commercial or financial relationships that could be construed as a potential conflict of interest. references abdoulaye, t.c., alexander, j.h., ainembabazi, d., baributsu, d., kadjo, b., moussa, o., omotilewa, g., ricker, j., and shiferaw, f. (2015). cross-country evidence of postharvest loss in sub-saharan africa: insights from purdue improved crop storage (pics, paper prepared for presentation at the first international congress on postharvest loss prevention in rome, italy. affognon, h., c., mutungi, p., sanginga, and borgemeister, c. (2015). unpacking postharvest losses in sub-saharan africa: a meta-analysis. world development, 66, 49–68. alary, v., aboul-naga, a., el shafie, m., abdelkrim, n., hamdon, h., and metawi, h. (2015). roles of small ruminants in rural livelihood improvement–comparative analysis in egypt. revue d’élevage et de médecine vétérinaire des pays tropicaux 68(2–3) : 79–85 ancey, v., ickowicz, a., touré, i., wane, a., and diop, a.t. (2009). la vulnérabilité pastorale au sahel: portée et limite des systèmes dalerte basés sur des indicateurs, in : duteurtre g. et faye b. ed., l’élevage, richesse des pauvres stratégies déleveurs et organisations sociales face aux risques de paupérisation dans les pays du sud, editions quae, p. 117-132. aramyan, l.h., and van gogh, j.b. (2014). reducing postharvest food losses in developing economies by using a network of excellence as an intervention tool. wageningen university & research centre. the netherlands. http://www.ifama.org/files/conf/ papers/988.pdf arrow, k.j., (1971). essays in the theory of risk-bearing, amsterdam, north-holland, 1-3 banerjee, a., and duflo, e. (2011). poor economics, a radical rethinking of the way to fight global poverty. new york: public affairs, 2011, 320 pages, isbn 978158648798barrett, c., bezuneh, b.m., and aboud, a. (2001). income diversification, poverty traps and policy shocks in côte d’ivoire and kenya. food policy 26: 367–384. behnke, r., and scoones, i. (1993). rethinking range ecology: implications for rangeland management in africa. in range ecology at disequilibrium. news models of natural variability and pastoral adaptation in african savannas. overseas development institute (odi london. 248 bossert, w., and suzumura, k. (2012). revealed preference and choice under uncertainty. journal of the spanish economic association, springer: spanish economic association, vol. 3(1, march, 247-258 bourne, m.c. (1977). post-harvest food lossesthe neglected dimension in increasing the world food supply. cornell international agriculture mimeograph, 53 bovin, m. (2000). pastoralists maneuvering in the drought-ridden sahel, in maneuvering in an environment of uncertainty. structural change and social action in sub-saharan africa. berner and trulsson eds. ashgate. blanchard, m., bazimo, g., napoléone, m., ferré, t., and vall, e. (2016). pertes et gaspillages en lait le long des chaines d’approvisionnement de deux mini-laiteries au burkina faso. in : développement du partenarhttps://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 257 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel iat secteurs public privé pour la promotion de la recherche. bobo-dioulasso : université polytechnique de bobo-dioulasso, 1-5. journées scientifiques de l’université polytechnique de bobo. 2, bobodioulasso, burkina faso, 26 mai 2016/28 mai 2016. chambers, r. (1990). editorial introduction: vulnerability, coping, and policy. ids bulletin 20 2:1-7. chavas, j.-p., rivieccio, g., di falco, s., de luca, g., & capitano, f. (2022). agricultural diversification, productivity, and food security across time and space. agricultural economics, 53, 41–58. https://doi. org/10.1111/agec.12742 chayanov, a. (1990). die lehre von der bauerlichen wirtchaft. berlin : parey, 1923 (traduction française: l’organisation de léconomie paysanne. paris: librairie du regard). de gorter, h. (2014). economics of food losses and waste: concepts and practical implications. background study prepared at the request of the agricultural and development economics division (esa) of the fao, rome: fao. diawara, m.o., hiernaux, p., mougin, e., gangneron, f., and soumaguel, n. (2017). viabilité de l’élevage pastoral au sahel: étude de quelques paramètres démographiques des élevages de hombori, mali. cahiers de l’agriculture. 26: 45006 dixit, a.k. (1990). optimization in economic theory, oxford university press, edition 2, number 9780198772101 dou, z., toth, j.d., and westendorf, m.l. (2018). food waste for livestock feeding: feasibility, safety, and sustainability implications. global food security,17, 154–161. fadiga, m.l. (2013). valuation of cattle attributes in the malian humid and sub-humid zones and implications for a sustainable management of endemic ruminant livestock. environmental economics 4(1): 2013, 39-50. food and agriculture organization of the united nations (2011). global food losses and waste: extent, causes and prevention. isbn 978-92-5-107205-9 http://www. fao.org/docrep/014/mb060e/mb060e.pdf food and agriculture organization of the united nations (2013). food wastage footprint: impacts on natural resources. isbn 978-92-5-107752-8 http://www.fao. org/docrep/018/i3347e/i3347e.pdf goldsmith, p.d., martins, a.g., and de moura, a.d. (2015). the economics of post-harvest loss: a case study of the new large soybean maize producers in tropical brazil. food security, 7, 875–888. gustavsson, j., cederberg, c., sonesson, u., van otterdijk, r., and meybeck, a. (2011). global food losses and food waste. rome: food and agriculture organization of the united nations,available from http:// www.fao.org/fileadmin/user_upload/ags/publications/ gfl_web.pdf (accessed on 6 november 2013 hodges, r.j., buzby, j.c., and bennett, b. (2011). postharvest losses and waste in developed and less developed countries – opportunities to improve resource use. journal of agricultural science (149) 37-45. hodges, r.j., bernard, m., knipschild, h., and rembold, f. (2010). african postharvest losses information system – a network for the estimation of cereal weight losses. in proceedings of the 10th international working conference on stored products protection, 27 june to 2 july 2010, estoril, portugal (ed. m. o. carvalho, pp. 958 – 964. lisbon: iict hollinger, f., and staatz, j.m. eds. (2015). agricultural growth in west africa: market and policy drivers. african development bank and fao, rome. horton, s., and hoddinott, j. (2014). benefits and costs of the food and nutrition targets for thepost-2015 development agenda: post-2015 consensus. food security and nutrition perspective paper. copenhagen consensus center. ickowicz, a., ancey, v., corniaux, c., duteurtre, g., poccard-chappuis, r., toure, i., vall, e., and wane, a. (2012). crop-livestock production systems in the sahel – increasing resilience for adaptation to climate change and preserving food security. in meybeck, a., j. lankoski, s. redfern, azzu, n., and gitz, v. (2012). building resilience for adapration to climate change in the agriculture sector: proceedings of a joint fao/ oecd workshop 23–24 april 2012. fao, rome. international fund for agricultural development of the united nations, 2016. agricultural risk assessment study in senegal in livestock farming and fishing subsectors (a. wane, a.d. mballo, a. sy. rome: parm/ ifad. https ://p4arm.org/document/agricultural-riskassessment-study-in-senegal/ kadjo, d., ricker-gilbert, j., alexander, c., and tahrou, a. (2015). what drives smallholder farmers storage behavior in sub-saharan africa? evidence from maize farmers in benin. paper presented at the 29th international conference of agricultural economists in milan, italy kaminski, j., and christiaensen, l. (2014). post-harvest loss in sub-saharan africa what do farmers say? world bank policy research working paper 6831, 34 p. kearney, j. (2010). food consumption trends and drivers. philosophical transactions of the royal society b, 365(1554, 2793–807, doi:10.1098/rstb.2010.0149 kerven, c. (1992). customary commerce: a historical reassessment of pastoral livestock marketing in africa. london: overseas development institute https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 258 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 abdrahmane wane et al. kreps, d.m. (1988). notes on the theory of choice. boulder, co: westview press lipinski, b., hanson, c., lomax, j., kitinonja, l., waite, r., and searchinger, t. (2013). reducing food loss and waste. creating a sustainable future working paper series no. 2. world resources institute: washington, dc. loison, s.a. (2016). rural livelihood diversification in sub-saharan africa: a literature review. the journal of development studies 51: 1125–1138. doi:10.1080/ 00220388.2015.1046445. ly, c., pica-ciamarra, u., and otte, j. (2010). a dualtrack approach to livestock development. economic rationales and institutional bottlenecks in west africa. paper presented at the réseau de prévention des crises alimentaires, 26th meeting on livestock breeding and food security, accra, ghana, december. machina, m. (1987). choice under uncertainty: problems solved and unsolved, journal of economic perspectives, 1(1), 121-54 magoha, h., kimanya, m., meulenaer, b., de roberfroid, d., lachat, c., and kolsteren, p. (2014). risk of dietary exposure to aflatoxins and fumonisins in infants less than 6 months of age in rombo. northern tanzania. maternal and child nutrition, 1–12 makkar, h.p.s. (2017). opinion paper: food loss and waste to animal feed. animal, 11:7, 1093-1095 doi:10.1017/s1751731117000702 parts as livestock feed. summary document of the fao e-mail conference. fao, minor, t., astill, g., skorbiansky, s.r., thornsbury, s., buzby, j., hitaj, c., kantor, l., kuchler, f., ellison, b., mishra, a., richards, t., roe, b., and wilson, n. (2020). economic drivers of food loss at the farm and pre-retail sectors: a look at the produce supply chain in the united states, eib-216. mongin, p. (2000). does optimization imply rationality? mpra paper no. 78026, 31 p., mukasa-mugerwa, e. (1989). a review of a productive performance of female bos indicus (zebu cattle. ilca monograph 6. ilca, addis ababa, ethiopia mulder, m.b., fazzio, i., irons, w., mc elreath, r.l., bowles, s., bell, a., hertz, t., and hazzah, l. (2010). pastoralism and wealth inequality: revisiting an old question. current anthropology, vol. 51, no. 1 (february 2010, 35-48 papargyropoulou, e., lozano, r., steinberger, j.k., wright, n., and bin ujang, z. (2014). the food waste hierarchy as a framework for the management of food surplus and food waste. journal of cleaner production 76, 106-115 parfitt, j., barthel, m., and mac naughton, s. (2010). food waste within food supply chains: quantification and potential for change to 2050. philosophical transactions of the royal society, 365, 3065–3081. doi:10.1098/rstb.2010.0126 rembold, f., hodges, r., bernard, m., knipschild h., and leo, o. (2011). the african postharvest losses information system (aphlis. jrc scientific and technical report. institute for environment and sustainability, joint research centre, european commission: ispra, italy rosegrant, m.w., magalhaes, e., valmonte-santos, r., and mason-d’croz, d. (2015). returns to investment in reducing postharvest food losses and increasing agricultural productivity growth. food security and nutrition assessment paper. copenhagen consensus center sen, a. (1982). equality of what? in: choice, welfare and measurement. cambridge, ma: mit press, 35369 sheahan, m., and barrett, c. (2016). food loss and waste in sub-saharan africa: a critical review. february 2016 version, cornell international agriculture mimeograph, 36 p. simon, h.a. (1955). a behavioural model of rational choice. the quarterly journal of economics, 69(1:99-118 sutter, j. (1987). cattle and inequality: herd size differences and pastoral production among the fulani of north-eastern senegal. africa 57, 2: 196-217. swift, j. (1989). why are rural people vulnerable to famine? in chambers, robert ed. vulnerability: how the poor cope. i.d.s. bulletin 20(2, pp. 8-15 thebaud, b. (2017). pastoral and agropastoral resilience in the sahel, afl-ncg, june 2017, abridged version, 49 p. van dijk, h. (1997). risk, agro-pastoral decision making and natural resource management in fulbe society, central mali. 108-133, in nomadic peoples vol 1, issue 1, risk and uncertainty in pastoral societies wane, a. and mballo, a.d. (2016). sénégal evaluation des risques du sous-secteur de l’elevage. rapport technique pour le fida-plateforme pour la gestion des risques agricoles (parm, juillet, 93 p. https:// p4arm.org/document/agricultural-risk-assessmentstudy-in-senegal/ wane, a., ancey, v., diao-camara, a., kâ, s.n., and touré, i. (2010). l’économie pastorale face aux incertitudes le salariat au ferlo (sahel sénégalais. pastoral economy facing up to uncertainties. wage labour in the ferlo (senegalese sahel. cahiers de l’agriculture 2010 ; 19 : 1-7. doi : 10.1684/agr.2010 .0427 wane, a., ancey, v., and touré, i. (2009). assets of the market, assets of the rural world pastoral market https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 259 bio-based and applied economics 12(3): 243-259, 2023 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-13521 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel income distribution in the senegalese sahel (ferlo). journal of income distribution, vol. 18, number 3-4, september-december 2009, 232-248 wane a, cesaro jd, duteurtre g, touré i, ndiaye a, alary v, juanès x, ickowicz a, ferrari s, velasco g. (2020). the economics of pastoralism in argentina, chad and mongolia. market participation and multiple livelihood strategies in a shock-prone environment. fao animal production and health paper no. 182. rome. fao & cirad co-edition. https://doi. org/10.4060/cb1271en wane, a., toure, i., toutian, b., ancey, v., diop, a.t., ickowicz, a. (2007). how to obtain a representative sample of economic studies in the areas with strong mobility? case of the senegalese sahel (ferlo), in farming systems design 2007, int. symposium on methodologies on integrated analysis on farm production systems, eds m. donatelli, j. hatfield, and a. rizzoli. catania, italy, 10-12 september 2007, book 2 field-farm scale design and improvement 13-14. waterfield, g., and zilberman, z. (2012). pest management in food systems: an economic perspective. annual review of environment and resources, 37:223– 245. doi:10.1146/annurev-environ-040911-105628 world bank, natural resource institute, food and agriculture organization of the united nations (2011). missing food: the case of postharvest grain losses in sub-saharan africa. report no. 60371-afr. washington, dc. appendix 1 – socioecological characteristics of the target sites tatki, a sandy area in the northern frontier of ferlo, is exclusively pastoral. its proximity to national roads and the senegal river valley (40 km away) facilitates trade and social links between farming populations. the communities are scattered around a pastoral borehole built in 1953. there is a basic infrastructure that does not function very well. health services are provided through the intermittent presence of a health officer. a primary school is located close to the borehole, and there is a weekly livestock market mainly for small ruminants, which are prevalent in the herds. comprising 60% of the tatki herds, sheep are the dominant species. cattle account for 25% and goats for 15% of the herds. rewane, in east central ferlo, is an extensive livestock production area. the infrastructure here is mostly non-functional. there is a health office, a school with only two teachers, and a non-resident extension agent who makes occasional visits from dahra, which is 82 km away. almost all residents are animal producers. there is one trader and one transporter. the rewane herds have the lowest proportion of sheep: 55% sheep (41% female and 14% male), 25% cattle and 20% goats. thiel, which is further south in ferlo’s agropastoral area, is inhabited by fulani livestock keepers and farmers of other ethnic groups. thiel is an important hosting area for transhumance. the basic infrastructure here functions better than those identified in tatki and rewane. two boreholes were built before 1993. the presence of sedentary family farmers explains the school’s relatively good functioning. thiel’s bi-weekly market might result from its proximity to dahra (40 km away), the country’s biggest cattle market. following wane et al.’s (2009) study, different settlement units were targeted. these were first stratified by locality, which indicated the pastoral households’ place of physical presence and economic activities. this locality then made it possible to identify both the encampments, concessions and households. the encampments are large units of residence, and because they are directly identifiable settlement units, they revealed the level of market income aggregation that we chose to assess in this study. in addition, there are concessions, socio-economic units in which individuals (possibly blood-related) pool their resources for the common good. finally, there are households of atomic relational units comprising blood-related or married individuals. the sample was structured according to the density of the geo-referenced encampments. the definitions for the weightings of the encampment categories (‘very big,’ ‘big,’ ‘middle,’ and ‘small’) were validated by the livestock producers and allowed for weighting according to initial densities. as we obtained various perceptions of these categories, we built ours around the average thresholds. https://doi.org/10.36253/bae-13521 towards a holistic approach to sustainable risk management in agriculture in the eu: a literature review linda arata1, simone cerroni2, fabio gaetano santeramo3, samuele trestini4, simone severini5,* modelling technical efficiency of horticulture farming in kosovo: an application of data envelopment analysis nol krasniqi1,2,*, stéphane blancard1, ekrem gjokaj2, giovanna ottaviani aalmo3 incorporating expert knowledge in the estimate of farmers’ opportunity cost of supplying environmental services in rural cameroon claudiane yanick moukam1,*, calvin atewamba2 farmers’ acceptance of a micro-irrigation system: a focus group study maria sabbagh1,*, luciano gutierrez2 reducing food-related economic loss to improve food security and cattle trade in the sahel: the case of agropastoral systems in senegal abdrahmane wane1,*, aliou diouf mballo2, cabrelle lauriane dzoukou homsi3, pathé diakhaté4, rahimatou memboup5 bio-based and applied economics 8(1): 21-61, 2019 issn 2280-6180 (print) © firenze university press issn 2280-6172 (online) www.fupress.com/bae full research article doi: 10.13128/bae-8145 the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context: the case of west bank and gaza strip donato romanoa, gianluca stefania,*, benedetto rocchia, ciro fiorillob a department of economics and management, university of florence, italy b food and agriculture organization of the united nations, west bank and gaza strip office, jerusalem1 abstract. this paper assesses the impact of assistance on the wellbeing of palestinian households. the impact evaluation analysis uses a difference-in-difference approach for the treatment of sample selection bias. the paper uses data from the 2013 and 2014 rounds of the palestinian socio-economic and food security survey to estimate the impact of assistance to west bank and gaza strip (wbgs) households on their poverty and food security status. results suggest that both poverty and food insecurity would have been much higher for wbgs as a whole without assistance, further increasing in areas with lower levels of assistance. however, the average positive impact of assistance hides a lot of heterogeneity. in fact, while there is a clear positive impact of the intensity of assistance on poverty reduction, food consumption and diet diversity in the west bank, gaza strip analysis shows mixed results. results highlight how the international community cannot disengage from supporting palestinian households without severely impacting their wellbeing. keywords. poverty, food security, impact analysis, west bank and gaza strip. jel codes. q18, i32. 1. introduction the relationship between foreign assistance2 and development is one of the most debated topics in development policy. since world war ii, the debate shifted from discussing the rationale for mobilizing foreign resources to boost economic growth (chenery and bruno, 1962; chenery and strout, 1966; lal, 1972), to assessing the impact of aid on 1 the views expressed in this paper are those of the author(s) and do not necessarily reflect the views of the food and agriculture organization of the united nations. 2 foreign assistance is a broad term for any voluntary transfer of resources from one government, international organization, or ngo to a recipient country, usually a developing country. it encompasses loans (both soft or hard) and grants as well as in-kind transfers and technical assistance. the paper uses “foreign assistance” interchangeably with the term “foreign aid”. *corresponding author: gianluca.stefani@unifi.it 22 d. romano et alii economic growth and poverty reduction (bauer and yamey, 1982; cassens & ass., 1986; krueger, 1986; mosley, 1987; collier and dollar, 2001 and 2002), and subsequently to generating evidence in order to better design interventions and enhance aid effectiveness (burnside and dollar, 2000; hansen and tarp, 2001). more recently, increasing attention has been devoted to assessing the effectiveness of assistance delivered in fragile contexts.3 this shift was driven by empirical evidence suggesting that natural, economic and political risks are rising across the world (world bank, 2011; zseleczky and yosef, 2014), as well as by the rapidly growing literature on fragile states (ipke, 2007; kaplan, 2008; zoellick, 2008; baliamoune-lutz and mcgillivray, 2008; stewart and brown, 2009; andrimihaja et al., 2011; chandy, 2011; naudé et al., 2011). the key question here is whether aid can deliver its expected results within fragile/conflict contexts. the literature shows mixed empirical evidence (dollar and levin, 2006; fielding and mavrotas, 2008; ishihara, 2012; chandy et al., 2016). as a result, many practitioners, policymakers, and even laypeople express mounting concern for the poor development records within fragile country contexts. this implies a need to develop new approaches that explicitly address fragility pathways to insecurity when designing development and humanitarian assistance strategies in fragile/conflict contexts (oecd, 2007; eu commission, 2009; world bank, 2011).4 this paper contributes to the empirical literature on the impact of assistance in fragile contexts by adopting a microeconomic perspective. it aims to estimate the impact of assistance intensity on household wellbeing proxied by two outcome dimensions, poverty and food security. we adopt a counterfactual framework using a difference-in-difference approach to address sample selection bias as well as instrument variable econometric modeling to get rid of endogeneity problems where appropriate (e.g. poverty reduction). the empirical application focuses on the specific fragile, protracted-crisis context of the west bank and gaza strip (wbgs) as a case study. this specific region was chosen for several reasons. wbgs has been among the highest per-capita recipient of official development assistance worldwide (world bank, 2019) and it is also experiencing one of the longest contemporary conflict in the world. the majority of palestinians living under occupation would be unable to meet their own bare necessities since both humanitarian and development interventions in wbgs are largely financed by foreign assistance. indeed, the pledge for humanitarian assistance, amounting to usd 540 million in 2018 (ocha, 2017a), is completely financed by foreign resources. similarly, the share of for3 there is no universally accepted definition of fragility. instead of trying to stringently define fragility, oecd (2015) identifies fragile contexts according to a multi-dimensional framework that helps reveal different patterns of vulnerability in a given country. the five fragility “clusters” considered by oecd are the following: widespread violence, limited justice, ineffective and unaccountable institutions, weak economic foundations, and low resilience to shocks and stressors. these characteristics substantially impair the fragile country’s economic performance, the delivery of basic social services, and the efficacy of donor assistance. 4 this was explicitly considered by the so-called “new deal for engagement in fragile states” announced at busan in 2011. this deal identified five “peace-building and state-building goals”: legitimate politics, security, justice, economic foundations, and revenues and services (https://www.pbsbdialogue.org/en/). it also considered in the united nation’s “new way of working”, (https://www.un.org/jsc/content/new-way-working) within which humanitarian, development and peace actors are called to work together to pursue collective outcomes over multiple years to overcome the traditional divide between humanitarian and development interventions. this is at the core of the so-called “triple nexus”, which aims to integrate the humanitarian, development and peace aspects of interventions. 23the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context eign support in 2018 accounted for as much as 48% of total development expenditure, a sum roughly equal to usd 381 million (imf, 2018). between 2007-2016, the yearly average total of aid received amounted to more than 2.3 billion usd per year or 23% of palestinian gdp (wdi, 2018). despite such large aid inflows, the palestinian gni per capita is still around usd 3,180 (wdi, 2018), qualifying wbgs as a lower-middle income country. similarly, the palestinian hdi is 0.686, placing wbgs 119th out of 189 countries and territories (undp, 2018). according to the humanitarian needs assessment (ocha, 2018), some 2.5 million people are in need of assistance on a total population of 4.95 million and 1.9 million people are targeted by humanitarian interventions. in factin light of this, data released by the palestinian central bureau of statistics (pcbs) regarding the 2013 and 2014 socio-economic and food security (sefsec) survey data (fss-pcbs, 2016) — designed for the first time as a panel — offers a unique opportunity to assess the impact of assistance on household poverty and food security in wbgs. it is important to note that from 2013 to 2014, the period in which the data was collected, the region faced persistent occupation as well as an open-arm conflict in the gaza strip occurring from july 2014 to august 2014. to conduct the aforementioned analysis, the paper is organized in the following way: section 2 reviews the literature on aid and development, looking at both theoretical arguments and empirical results. section 3 introduces the palestinian context and provides an overview of assistance to palestinian households. section 4 analyzes palestinian households’ profiles in terms of poverty and food security at the beginning of the period of analysis. section 5 describes the data and methods used in the impact evaluation. section 6 discusses the results of the impact evaluation analysis. finally, section 7 summarizes main findings and discusses policy implications. 2. foreign assistance and development: an introduction foreign assistance can be traced back to the colonial period. at the time, european powers provided large amounts of money to their colonies, typically to improve infrastructure, with the ultimate goal of increasing economic output. the use of foreign assistance as it is known today — as an instrument to help poor countries improve living standards — came into existence only after world war ii (thorbecke, 2000). the emergence of a new economic order and the founding of international organizations (such as the united nations, the imf, and the world bank) following wwii shaped foreign aid to become what it is today. the success of the marshall plan, the us-sponsored package implemented between 1948 and 1953 to rehabilitate the economies of western and southern european countries, showed that capital transfers alongside technical assistance could effectively spur growth so that targeted economies were able to surpass their pre-war economic levels by 1952. aid to developing countries today is more complex. its use is determined by several intertwined motives, including altruism, access to markets and resources, geopolitics, and colonial legacies. the impact of foreign assistance to developing countries is mixed, with success stories in various south east asian countries but also numerous failures in subsaharan countries (kanbur, 2000). foreign aid is thought to have helped poor countries raise income per-capita growth rates, in some cases converging with high-income countries, successfully lifting large seg24 d. romano et alii ments of the population out of poverty. however, this is difficult to establish unequivocally. there are two major difficulties when analyzing the relationship between foreign assistance and development. firstly, there are issues with different theoretical frameworks– macro as well as micro–that provide the rationale for foreign aid interventions. secondly, empirical studies lack conclusive evidence, making it hard to identify causal links between aid and development outcomes. indeed, there is a large gap between aid achievements at the micro and macro levels, with greater difficulties in establishing causalities at the macro/country level compared to the micro/project level. this is the so-called “micro-macro paradox” (mosley, 1987). as a consequence, the effectiveness of aid in the promotion of development is often uncertain and controversial, with personal opinions often deeply founded in ideology. the consequence is an ongoing debate regarding best practices in the provision of foreign assistance aptly named the “aid debate”.5 positions on the matter range from strong believers in the potential effectiveness of foreign aid who advocate for even more aid (sachs, 2005), to deep skeptics stressing the importance of experimentation and learning from past mistakes (easterly, 2006). along this spectrum lie pragmatists who support peace and the use of a broad set of instruments (collier, 2007) as well as opponents endorsing anti-corruption practices to increase aid effectiveness (moyo, 2009). finally, the aid debate also includes scholars who argue for the reduction of damaging oecd trade policies in agriculture, increased provision of technical assistance regarding institution building, an increase in investment devoted to fighting diseases and improving agricultural technology in tropical environments, and greater support for institutional reforms that favor secure property rights, the rule of law, and a reduction in arms sales to developing countries (deaton, 2013). 2.1 macroeconomic perspective the most important theoretical arguments in support of foreign aid as an effective strategy to boost growth and catch-up to rich countries are rooted in keynesian growth models. the harrod-domar model (domar, 1957) provides theoretical background for growth in developing country contexts by identifying savings rate and choice of technique (via the incremental capital-output ratio, or icor) as the two determinants of a country’s growth rate. the policy implications the model suggests for accelerating growth are clear: raise the savings rate (i.e. promote savings through stronger financial institutions) and lower the icor (i.e. increase the marginal productivity of capital through better technology). this is where foreign aid transfers come in. using these transfers for investment can fill domestic saving gaps in developing countries, thus providing a “big push” to kick-off economic growth (rosenstein-rodan, 1943). a popular extension of the harrod-domar model devised in the 1960s in latin america defined two kinds of capital goods used in production. the first kind are capital goods of domestic origin, such as buildings financed by domestic savings, while the other 5 foreign aid has throughout its history been subjected to close scrutiny both by academic researchers and others (dethier, 2008). a large literature extending over several decades bears witness to this, and the boundary between policy advocacy and research has not always been clearly delineated. 25the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context kind are of foreign origin, such as imported intermediate goods and machinery paid for using foreign savings. if the two forms of capital are in fixed proportion, then the scarcest of the two types of savings will always be binding. this is the core of the “two-gap model” (chenery and bruno, 1962; chenery and strout, 1966). foreign aid that increases foreign savings can effectively increase growth with enough domestic savings, despite a deficit of foreign exchange. however, foreign aid cannot translate to growth if there is a deficit of domestic savings even if an economy has enough foreign exchange to acquire necessary amounts of imported capital goods. subsequent developments are based on new growth theory, which endogenously explains productivity growth by extending the above paradigm with an analytical basis for empirical cross-country studies (robinson and tarp, 2000). the underlying causal chain runs from aid to savings, from savings to investment, and finally from investment to growth. in the new growth theory approach, investment and productivity variables are assumed to depend on policy and institutional variables. usually, the effectiveness of aid has been empirically tested using country-level macro data, with aggregated aid as a single resource. such tests examined whether more aid lead to better outcomes, in particular whether more aid lead to higher growth. it is no surprise that reduced-form analysis shows tenuous links between aid and development outcomes, since aid is often advanced for non-developmental objectives, such as disaster relief or military and political ends. as emphasized by bourguignon and sundberg (2007: 317) development economists must better understand “the links from aid to final outcomes” because “trying to relate donor inputs and development outcomes directly, as through some kind of black box, will most often lead nowhere.” opening the black box allows for the identification of three types of links–from donors to policy-makers, from policymakers to policies, and from policies to outcomes–which, in turn, may provide additional answers. empirical studies on the link from donors to policymakers reveal a body of circumstantial evidence built primarily on years of failed aid efforts (dollar and levin, 2006). donor views regarding the “right development policies” have been promoted through aid conditionality with little attention to specific country contexts. for instance, public enterprise privatization and finance liberalization have at times been regarded as necessities, though were encouraged with little regards for local socioeconomic conditions, making such measures ineffective, risky, or simply counterproductive. the link from policymaking to policy formulation and implementation depends largely on governance systems. there is evidence suggesting the association between good governance and good policies, although the direction of causality is hard to determine. in practice, most research has focused on the relationship between governance and development outcomes, bypassing the impact on policies and pointing instead to the importance of good governance for better outcomes (acemoglu et al., 2005). regarding the impact of policies on outcomes, there is a good understanding of the effect of macro stability, investment climate, as well as well-managed trade openness on growth, even though country specificity can make it hard to generalize the impact of these factors. cross-country comparisons however indicate that better-quality policies are associated, on average, with higher gdp growth. some authors use empirical analyses to argue that aid leads to growth with decreasing returns (hansen and tarp 2001). others suggest that national growth-inducing pol26 d. romano et alii icies may reduce aid effectiveness because good policies and aid are substitutes of each other (dalgaard and hansen 2001). finally, some authors hold that aid stimulates growth conditional on key features. for instance, it is often argued that aid works if provided to countries that implement good policies (burnside and dollar 2000). this conclusion was questioned by easterly et al. (2004) who showed that the aid-policy relation was not robust enough for the expansion of the database in years and countries. despite such differing positions, cross-country regression analysis largely concludes that the relationship between aid and development outcomes is weak and often ambiguous (rajan and subramanian, 2005; clemens et al., 2004). in recent years, econometric assessments have included meta-analyses to synthesize results from the existing body of empirical data while controlling for heterogeneity among studies. surprisingly, even these studies, which are supposed to provide more objective analyses, have contributed little to resolving the aforementioned controversies. consider, for instance, two such studies by doucouliagos and paldman (2009) and mekasha and tarp (2013): while the former failed to find any significant impact of foreign aid on growth, the latter found an impact that is both positive and statistically significant. in conclusion, macro growth effects are both harder to achieve and harder to observe. they are harder to achieve than micro growth effects because the magnitude of aid may not be sufficient to affect recipient countries’ macro variables, and harder to observe because causality is difficult to establish in cross-country regressions (mavrotas, 2015). 2.2 microeconomic perspective non-conclusive results of reduced-form cross-country aid regressions brought about the need to establish the channels through which aid mattered the most for economic growth and poverty reduction (dalgaard et al., 2004). this was done through empirical studies at the micro level that analyzed the impact of single project and program interventions. until the 1990s, these evaluations were based on cost-benefit analysis (cba) of single projects by computating the internal rate of return of the intervention. such studies show that aid is effective at the micro level when taking into considerations local projects (hirschman, 1967; mehrotra and jolly, 1997). however, these results came under severe criticism once the concept of aid fungibility, i.e. aid money being used for purposes other than those earned, spread. in fact, rate-of-return metrics ignore more complex opportunity-cost issues like the fungible use of foreign aid. the approach also became problematic as donors started to embrace broader goals for aid, such as environmental sustainability and multiple social goals with hard-to-quantify objectives. in parallel, the weakness of cba-based impact evaluations, summarized under headings such as “before-and-after” and “with-and-without,” was the topic of many debates. consequently, methodological issues became increasingly important in the aid-effectiveness debate (cassen & ass., 1987; world bank, 1998). more recently, knowledge at the micro and project level has expanded based on evaluations using advanced econometric techniques and rigorous experimental or quasi-experimental designs. econometric techniques are used to examine the impact of specific policies or projects on local communities, household decision making, and individual welfare (banerjee and duflo, 2011). given the number projects and their different impacts in var27the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context ying country circumstances, continued evaluation and revision is needed. impact evaluation evidence began in the mid-1990s. by the turn of the century, impact evaluation publications became increasingly more common, continuing to date (cameron et al., 2016). rigorous ex-post impact evaluations help inform government and donor decisions, an idea supported by donor agencies and even by aid critics (e.g., easterly 2006). however, an evaluation gap still exists. this is because governments, official donors, and other funders do not demand or produce enough impact evaluations and those that are conducted are quite often methodologically flawed (savedoff et al., 2006). this calls for a systematic review of conclusions drawn from such studies. several initiatives have been implemented in response to this issue, such that many reviews and meta-analyses are in circulation today. in terms of sectors, the ones most represented in studies are social protection, health and nutrition, and education. cash transfers is the most represented modality, though in-kind transfers and vouchers are also well-researched, especially in the context of humanitarian crises. randomized control trials and difference-in-difference studies are the most widely used methods. studies assessing the causal relationship between interventions and outcomes of humanitarian assistance generally lack a reliable and robust base of evidence (clarke et al., 2014). only a small proportion of the many evaluations of humanitarian assistance use designs with a counterfactual, control or comparator group that allows the studies to attribute measurable changes outcome indicators to programs or policies. however, there are also several examples of randomized trials. it is possible to generate evidence for specific questions using randomized trials, although this evidence base is limited and concentrated in certain areas, such as mental health (cameron et al., 2015). foreign aid has generally brought about a positive contribution in education, the most tangible outcome being increased enrolment rates in primary education (riddell and niño-zarazúa, 2016; birchler and michaelowa, 2016). however, there is a considerable gap regarding the contribution of aid to improvements in the quality of education. masino and niño-zarazúa (2016) conducted a systematic review of experimental and quasi-experimental evidence to establish what works best to improve education quality in developing countries. they found that educational policies are most successful when implemented in combination with multiple interventions. aid channeled into a variety of interventions, targeting different educational levels and utilizing different aid modalities works best. considering this heterogeneity, it should not be surprising that a generalized blueprint applicable to all developing countries hasn’t been devised. literature in the food security and nutrition sector has a lot of variation in program implementation (e.g. size and modality of transfers, duration and frequency of transfers, strength of conditions, pre-existing levels of undernutrition, health services). this makes difficult to establish which of the various interventions on food security and nutrition is most effective. conclusions of summary studies range from cautiously optimistic (ahmed et al., 2009; ruel et al., 2013) to lacking significant results (manley et al., 2012). in 2016, doocy and tappis reviewed 108 studies on intervention modalities. they found that unconditional cash transfers and vouchers may improve household food security among conflict-affected populations and maintain household food security during crises specifically affecting food, such as droughts. moreover, unconditional cash transfers led to greater improvements in dietary diversity and quality than food transfers. food transfers were 28 d. romano et alii found to be more effective in increasing per capita caloric intake than unconditional cash transfers and vouchers. while the evidence reviewed offers some insights, the scarcity of rigorous research on cash-based approaches limits the strength of such findings. however, drawing on findings from randomized control trials, karlan and appel (2012) identify seven ideas that work: microsavings; reminders to save; prepaid fertilizer sales; deworming; remedial education in small groups; chlorine dispensers for clean water; and commitment devices. likewise, banerjee and duflo (2011) draw on experimental studies to identify a host of promising interventions in areas ranging from health and education to policing. though promising, impact evaluation studies have several limitations. it is illusory to believe that all interventions can be subject to impact evaluations and that such evaluations will permit the flow of aid exclusively to what works, as some have suggested (easterly, 2006; banerjee, 2007). it is impossible to evaluate all projects. evaluations can also be misleading when projects or programs are applied outside the context in which they were evaluated, meaning there is a serious problem of external validity (pritchett and sandefur, 2013). furthermore, many policies have general equilibrium effects often ignored by impact evaluations. this suggests that unlocking the secret of aid effectiveness is most likely to be revealed by trial and error than by randomized control trials (deaton 2013). nonetheless, experimental and quasi-experimental studies are grossly underutilized instruments with tremendous scope to improve and regularize their use in bilateral and multilateral donor agencies. a larger evidence base and a more standardized approach to documenting and comparing costs and benefits of interventions are needed to draw important conclusions on the effectiveness of different development interventions (savedoff et al., 2006; white, 2010; cameron et al. 2016). 2.3 aid effectiveness in fragile contexts the new economics of aid stresses the importance of good governance to successfully achieve growth. focusing on good governance leads to country selectivity such that transfers are targeted at countries that pass the good-policy test. this means aid is shifted from project financing to budget financing. however, targeting countries with high institutional and policy scores means that poor individuals in countries with failed states and in postconflict societies will not be reached. the problem of building a developmental state that qualifies for aid is also left open. social development funds, local governments, and ngos therefore play an important role: they can bypass central governments while capacity building for improved governance goes on. traditional empirical research has largely dismissed the analysis of fragile or conflict contexts. for instance, econometric evidence used in the aid-effectiveness debate suggests that the ineffectiveness of aid is due to the failure of the recipient governments to create the right policy environment. however, this data uses a cross-section of countries without any specific focus on fragility contexts that, at best, were treated as a dummy variable in the regressions (boone, 1995; burnside and dollar, 2000; hansen and tarp, 2001; dalgaard and hansen, 2001; easterly et al., 2004; doucouliagos and paldam, 2009). the same reduced-form approach based on country aggregate data has been adopted in more recent 29the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context literature on the “growth-efficient” level of aid.6 the literature found that the relationship between aid and growth takes on an inverted-u shape for both fragile and non-fragile countries, identifying a lower growth-efficient level of aid in the former as compared to the latter (gomanee et al., 2005; mcgillivray et al., 2006; mcgillivray and feeny, 2008; feeny and mcgillivray, 2009; naudé et al., 2011). existing evidence from impact evaluations in fragile contexts is equally poorly developed. a recent evidence gap map review of impact evaluations found little to no evidence on most categories related to the five peace-building and state-building goals. only two goals (community-driven reconstruction and psycho-social programs for victims) had a large enough number of studies to be promising for evidence synthesis. while prioritizing new research in understudied areas might help fill such knowledge gaps, the nature of experiments also imposes limits on what is studied. in addition to the common limitations of randomized studies (cf. section 2.2), some interventions may be impractical or unethical in fragile/conflict contexts (humphreys, 2015). some authors therefore look beyond the standard impact evaluation approach, choosing instead to focus on the drivers of success in fragile contexts by developing comprehensive theories that identify important factors and establish how they interact to create outcomes. the authors then test or demonstrate the plausibility of their arguments through case studies (cf., for example, guisselquist, 2015). addison (2000) was one of the first in the field to discuss the role of aid before, during, and after armed conflicts. he found that aid distributed during conflicts plays a minor yet positive role in humanitarian assistance as well as in the transition from war to peace. there are, however, serious problems in operating in wartime environments. this author notes that aid can complicate conflicts when it falls into the hands of belligerents. after periods of war, aid plays a major role in rehabilitation and reconstruction efforts. finally, addison considers the possibility of using aid to prevent conflict in areas at risk, arguing that foreign policy support should incorporate aid in conflict prevention efforts. such aid should focus on reducing poverty and inequality to dampen social tensions as well as support institutions and processes for conflict resolution. more recently, guisselquist (2015) argued that development assistance to fragile states and conflict areas can act as a core component of peacebuilding by providing support for the restoration of government functions, the delivery of basic services, the rule of law and economic revitalization. significant gaps exist regarding what has worked, why it has worked and the transferability and scalability of such findings. nevertheless, three broad factors can identify why some interventions work better than others. the first is the area of intervention and the related degree of engagement with local state institutions. the second factor relates to local contextual elements, including windows of opportunity, capacity and the existence of local supporters. finally, the third set of factors deals with project or program design and management. while the third set of factors is largely transferrable and scalable, the first two are less so and should be considered carefully when assessing the feasibility of extending project or program models to new contexts. area of intervention, degree of engagement with domestic institutions and local contextual elements are 6 the so-called “growth-efficient” level of aid is the level of aid beyond which more aid is associated with lower growth. 30 d. romano et alii vital factors to consider when making adjustments to improve the viability of development programs. finally, a more radical approach was proposed by authors adopting a political economy perspective to analyze the workings of aid in conflict contexts (murshed, 2002; sogge, 2002; kanafani and al-botmeh, 2008; hever, 2010; taghdisi-rad, 2011 and 2015). the authors argue that the debate on aid effectiveness in fragile contexts has treated conflict as an external factor to be considered only at a much later stage in the analysis. they believe that a conflict and its interaction with local socio-economic structures should instead be the starting point of the analysis. as taghdisi-rad (2015: 5) said, it is imperative to understand “the nature of [a] conflict and the ideological forces behind its continuation … to construct a framework for the analysis of economic performance under any given conflict”. 3. assistance to palestinian households 3.1 west bank and gaza strip: a fragile and protracted crisis context the world’s longest on-going crisis is in the west bank and gaza strip, marked by more than fifty years of occupation, repeated waves of violence, and wars. the last two decades of palestinian history have been marked by the construction of a separation barrier, the closure of the gaza strip in 2007, three devastating conflicts in 2008/2009, 2012 and 2014 respectively, as well as the increasing territorial fragmentation resulting from the continued expansion of israeli settlements in the west bank. the hope for greater welfare and stable economic growth brought about by the oslo accords (1993-95) has withered as a result of the unresolved israeli-palestinian conflict.7 moreover, a growing political divide between the west bank and gaza strip has further destabilized the economy. the attainment of palestinian economic development is largely dependent on economic relations with israel. according to the paris protocol, the palestinian economy works under the framework of a customs and monetary union with israel (hever, 2015; unctad, 2015).8 the palestinian government cannot exert power over its borders nor 7 the oslo peace accords, under which the palestinian authority (pa) was created in 1994, were intended to lead to a final negotiated settlement between the parties. the accords led to several administrative and security arrangements for different parts of the west bank, which became divided in areas a, b and c, with the pa having civil and security authority only in area a (which accounts for 18% of the west bank) and no authority whatsoever in jerusalem. these were meant to be provisional terms, pending a final negotiated settlement. permanent issues such as the status of jerusalem, security arrangements, international borders, and the rights of palestine refugees (5 million palestine refugees are to this day dispersed across the middle east) were left to be resolved after a five year interim period that ended in 1999. twenty-five years after the oslo accords, no progress has been made to settle the aforementioned pending issues (eu commission, 2018). 8 the protocol on economic relations, also called the paris protocol, is an agreement between israel and the palestine liberation organization signed in april 1994. it was incorporated into the oslo ii accord of september 1995 with minor emendations. originally, the paris protocol was to remain in force for an interim period of five years, yet it is still being enforced today. essentially, the protocol integrated the palestinian economy into the israeli economy through a customs union where israel controls both israeli and palestinian borders (elkhafif et al., 2014). the protocol regulates the relationship and interaction between israel and the palestinian authority in six major areas, namely: customs, taxes, labour, agriculture, industry and tourism. 31the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context does it have an independent monetary policy.9 economic growth suffers as a result of restrictions and controls placed on the movement of people and goods, access to resources such as land and water and access to productive inputs and markets. the palestinian government has limited ability of collecting its own taxes, while israel recurrently withholds revenues collected on behalf of the palestinians. consequently palestinian public finances are seriously destabilized. the situation is further complicated by the internal political divide that further limits the sovereignty of the palestinian government. in such a situation, the scope and geographical coverage of policy interventions has limited effectiveness. as long as barriers to trade, access, and movement remain high, the palestinian economy will continue on its current path of low growth.10 the palestinian economy grew on average 5.5% per year over the last decade, with a marked difference between the west bank and gaza strip. the economy slowed down in the last few years, so much so that 2017 estimates project gdp to fall from 3.1% to 1.7% per year in the medium-run (imf, 2018). this is mostly due to the reduction of donor flows and the possibility of running tensions increasing further. with an expected population growth as high as 2.8% in 2017, the aforementioned implies a stagnation, if not a contraction, of per-capita incomes. unemployment continues to be high (27.8% in 2017) and labor force participation continues to be low, with structural unemployment particularly affecting young people and women: only 41% of youth between 15 and 29 years of age are active in the labor market while only 19% of women are active. household and government consumption are the main drivers of economic activity. the two crowd out the investment necessary for faster growth. primary capital inflows into palestine are remittances and development assistance rather than fdi. meanwhile, the national economy is highly import-dependent, israel remaining by far its main trading partner. overall, the palestinian economy is still highly aid-dependent despite a sharp decline in aid. unctad (2018) found that international developmental support to palestine in 2017 amounted to usd 720 million, only one third of the usd 2 billion received in in 2008. over the same period, budget support shrank from usd 1.8 billion to usd 544 million, a 70% decrease.11 moreover, the fiscal burden of humanitarian crises and occupation-related fiscal losses have diverted donor aid from development to humanitarian interventions and budget support. as emphasized by unctad (2015), no amount of aid would have been sufficient to put any economy on a path of sustainable development under conditions of frequent military escalations. poverty and low standards of living are increasing in palestine. the poverty headcount ratio at the national poverty line was estimated to be 29.2% in 2017 (pcbs, 2018a), well above the 2011 poverty headcount ratio of 25.8%. the proportion of poor in 2017 stood at 13.9% in the west bank and 53.0% in the gaza strip. in that year, about 16.8% of palestinians lived in extreme poverty (almost four percentage points more than in 2011), 9 the agreement defined specific arrangements through which the government of israel collects vat, import duties and other so-called clearance (custom) revenues on behalf of the pa, sharing it with the latter on a monthly basis. these revenues account for 73% of the pa’s total net revenues (eu commission, 2018). 10 world bank (2017) estimates indicate that removing israeli restrictions could increase annual gdp growth up to 10%. 11 the recent decision made by the united states to halt financial assistance to the palestinian government and to unrwa compounds an already critical situation. 32 d. romano et alii with 5.8% residing in the west bank and 33.8% in the gaza strip. the increase in overall poverty percentages between 2011 and 2017 is explained by the combined effect of two diverging dynamics: standards of living dramatically worsened in gaza strip, causing a rise in the poverty rate of 15 percentage points while poverty decreased by four percentage points in the west bank. according to the united nations relief and works agency for palestine refugees in the near east (unrwa), four out of five people living in gaza’s are currently aid-dependent. food and nutrition security are closely related to poverty. according to the socioeconomic and food security survey (fss-pcbs, 2016), in 2014, 26.8% of total households were classified as severely or moderately food insecure12. according to the food insecurity experience scale (fao-ifad-unicef-wfp-who, 2017), the prevalence of moderate or severe food insecurity in the population was 29.9% between 2014-16, of which 9.5% represented severe food insecurity. stunting (or height-for-age) stood at 7.4% for children under the age of five in 2014-2016, while the prevalence of wasting (or weight-for height) was only 1.2%. palestinians also face malnutrition: the prevalence of overweight youth was 8.2% among children under 5 years of age in 2014-2016 (faoifad-unicef-wfp-who, 2017). micronutrient deficiency is also a concern among vulnerable population groups, such as pregnant or lactating women and children. 3.2 an overview of assistance modalities in the west bank and gaza strip palestinians are vulnerable to many risks. according to ocha (2018), the most critical ones are the following: (i) the risk of conflict and violence, forcible displacement, and the denial of access to natural resources, inputs and markets that affect 2 million people in need of protection assistance; (ii) risks associated with poor water quality, poor wastewater collection and treatment, and lack of proper hygiene practices that affect 1.9 million people; (iii) the risks of food insecurity faced by 1.7 million people; and (iv) 1.2 million people are exposed to health and nutrition risks (e.g. conflict-related trauma casualties, pregnant and lactating women, children under the age of five, people with disability and elderly, etc.). although all palestinians are negatively impacted by the conflict, some of them – such as 1.4 million refugees, the 1.6 million gazan civilians in need, and 0.4 million individuals living in area c – are more severely affected (unsco, 2016). in the face of economic de-development and the denial of autonomous development prospects, humanitarian and development actors increasingly recognize the importance of bridging the humanitarian-development divide in palestine. the result is a combination of emergency response measures with longer-term interventions to better address the causes of vulnerabilities faced by the palestinian population (diakonia, 2018).13 many vulnerable 12 preliminary results of the last sefsec (pcbs, 2018b) show that the share of households classified as severely or moderately food insecure has increased by 6.2% between 2014 and 2018. 13 the protracted nature of the crisis and the dismal prospects for positive change have led to a considerable degree of critical reflection across the nexus from different perspectives and actors in wbgs. the un notes that “humanitarian action extends to less traditional areas of intervention and calls for a much closer collaboration between humanitarian actors and the government” (unsco, 2016: 17). along the same lines, the humanitarian response plan for 2018 (ocha, 2017a: 7 and 30) recognizes that “key drivers of vulnerability are common to both the humanitarian and development needs”. as noted by the mapping and synthesis of evaluations carried 33the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context groups have been identified as beneficiaries of both humanitarian and development interventions, both of which must occur simultaneously in order to be effective. humanitarian and development programming are increasingly aligned in order to provide durable and sustainable assistance capable of building resilience and reducing vulnerability. in other words, a blend of interventions tends in practice to prevail on a strict divide between humanitarian and development interventions, leveraging on the “humanitarian-development nexus” and operationalizing the so-called “new way of working” (ocha, 2017b) as outlined in the un secretary-general’s report for the world humanitarian summit (un, 2016). the most important modalities of assistance in wbgs are: (i) in-kind provision of basic foodstuffs through baskets generally including wheat flour, rice, pulses and vegetable oil; (ii) food vouchers for use on selected items with designated merchants; and (iii) cash transfers distributed mostly through e-cards for cash disbursements. the aforementioned forms of assistance are listed in increasing flexibility, meaning that the mode of assistance provides a greater range of choice to targeted households, has cheaper implementation, and is less likely to focus on basic needs. vocational training programs and other forms of livelihoods support can also help families rise above the poverty line. other forms of support such as health and housing assistance are also quite important, especially in acute crisis (e.g. the 2014 war in gaza). assistance in palestine is delivered by many actors. in terms of financial volume, major implementing actors include the ministry of social development (mosd), the united nations relief and works agency for palestine refugees in the near east (unrwa), and the world food programme (wfp). while a large number of donors support unrwa’s activities, the two largest donors to direct assistance are the eu and, until 2017, the usa. charities linked to zakat — the payment made under islamic law on certain kinds of property used for charitable and religious purposes — as well as assistance through de-facto authorities in the gaza strip are equally important sources of financial inflows (culbert, 2017). while modalities of assistance vary between implementing bodies and beneficiary groups, selection criteria and program objectives are similar. the principal beneficiary selection tools used by actors for food and social assistance are poverty-based, using variations of a proxy means testing formula. institutional structures and political considerations are primary determinants in how social security assistance, direct food assistance and cash assistance are defined and channeled. some development donors fund through governmental channels, such as the mosd, while some humanitarian donors fund through humanitarian actors, such as unrwa or wfp. as a result, the current system of delivering assistance is fragmented despite recent efforts working towards effective coordination between humanitarian and development actors (culbert, 2017). the recent mosd’s strategy (mosd, 2017) holds promise in both coordinating and aligning assistance efforts of multiple actors by addressing underlying social-economic challenges. however, this strategy remains at an early policy stage. out by uneg (2018: 28), in the occupied palestinian territories there is recognition that “the scope of programming needs to transcend standard ‘good practice’ in order to mitigate the negative effects of what is likely to be a deteriorating situation”. 34 d. romano et alii 3.3 assistance to palestinians in 2013-2014 assistance to the wbgs is composed of a very heterogeneous set of modalities, implementing bodies and beneficiary groups, reflecting different conditions at the local level as well as between the west bank and the gaza strip. types of assistance according to sefsec (fss-pcbs, 2016), approximately 40% of all palestinian households reported receiving at least one type of assistance in 2014. there is a marked difference in the share of households receiving assistance in gaza strip (84%) compared to the west bank (less than 17%) (table1). between 2013 and 2014, the share of assisted households in the gaza strip increased by more than 18%, even greater than the amount observed in 2011 (fao-unrwa-wfp, 2013). however, the increase in share of assisted households between 2013 and 2014 in the west bank was less than 2%, standing 8 percentage points below the level existing in the region in 2011. table1 illustrates the prevalence of in-kind food, cash transfers and food vouchers provided to palestinian households. between 2013 and 2014, the composition of the various types of assistance in the west bank did not change significantly, while composition of assistance in the gaza strip underwent important changes. in the west bank, a large share of households reported that “cash” and “in-kind food” were the two types of the assistance they received the most of in 2013 and 2014. on the other hand, the major cattable 1. share of households receiving assistance by type of assistance and region, 2013-2014. wbgs west bank gaza strip 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 in-kind food 24.6% 28.0% 7.5% 7.6% 57.5% 67.0% health care 0.4% 2.3% 0.6% 2.7% 0.2% 1.6% clothing 0.7% 2.1% 0.4% 0.3% 1.3% 5.7% job creation 1.3% 0.3% 0.3% 0.2% 3.2% 0.6% compensation martyrs 0.2% 0.3% 0.1% 0.3% 0.4% 0.4% cash 16.8% 16.2% 10.5% 8.3% 28.9% 31.2% health insurance 11.5% 7.8% 0.7% 1.2% 32.2% 20.3% food vouchers 3.0% 8.2% 2.0% 1.6% 4.7% 20.8% school feeding 0.1% 0.1% 0.1% 0.0% 0.1% 0.4% productive inputs 0.1% 0.0% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.1% drinking water 0.4% 1.8% 0.0% 0.1% 1.0% 5.2% electricity 0.2% 0.2% 0.2% 0.3% 0.0% 0.2% housinga 9.2% 0.9% 25.0% other 0.6% 1.2% 0.2% 0.0% 1.3% 3.4% at least one form of assistance 32.4% 39.7% 15.2% 16.5% 65.7% 84.2% a not included in the 2013 sefsec survey. source: fss-pcbs (2016): table 7.1, modified. 35the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context egories of assistance reported in the gaza strip fluctuated between the two years. new types of assistance outside the three core types (“in-kind food”, “cash” and “health insurance”) were reported in the gaza strip. these included “housing” (shelter, rent, caravan), “food voucher”, “drinking water” and “clothing”. all four increased significantly between 2013 and 2014 in response to worsening living conditions as a result of the armed conflict. value of assistance in 2014, assisted households received an average of 102 us$/month. however, national averages mask significant regional differences in both levels and trends. table 2 reports the average monthly value received by households in the two regions for each types of assistance during 2012-2014. there was a general decline in the average value of assistance for cash and food in the west bank from 2013 to 2014. conversely, assistance for employment and provision of agricultural inputs increased. in the gaza strip the average value of support increased for many assistance types but food assistance that did not change much. employment assistance represented the largest average allowances given to households in 2014. among “other” forms of support, the largest average values are seen for housing and shelter assistance. support to agricultural production activities almost disappeared in gaza strip after 2012. the value of assistance varies across different types of households (table 3). support to refugee households was slightly greater than that of non-refugee households (107 vs. 91 us$/month). moreover, a substantial difference was recorded in 2014 based on gender household heading: female-headed households received on average 30% more support than male-headed households (127 vs. 98 us$/month). this reveals that female-headed households are more dependent on assistance, probably due to higher vulnerability. the composition of assistance across different household typologies emphasizes the different needs of various groups (table 3). female-headed households are more likely to receive assistance in the form of cash and free health services than male-headed housetable 2. average value of support by type of assistance, us$/month. type of assistance west bank gaza strip 2012 2013 2014 2012 2013 2014 cash 115 79 55 95 92 123 in-kind food 45 34 27 37 36 48 food vouchers 42 43 28 30 48 32 job creation 115 97 126 82 147 215 agricultural inputs 46 69 123 129 na 9 housing na na 231 na na 211 othera 71 70 135 4 17 110 average per assisted household 128 96 86 65 102 108 a the “other” category in years 2012 and 2013 includes also housing. source: fss-pcbs (2016): table 7.3, modified. 36 d. romano et alii holds. this is probably due to the demographic composition of the former, with a majority of households headed by widows and elderly women. the comparison between refugee and non-refugee indicates a cash preference by non-refugee households, while refugee households receive a larger share of assistance in “other” forms, including substantial support for housing. sources of assistance social assistance coverage increased between 2013 and 2014, reflecting deteriorating livelihood conditions–especially in the gaza strip, where more than four households out of five were receiving assistance in 2014. overall, reported sources of assistance are given primarily by the palestinian ministry of social affairs (currently renamed the ministry of social development, or mosd), unrwa, international agencies, charitable and religious associations, and informal assistance (family, relatives or friends). however, key differences are observed between the west bank and the gaza strip (table 4). in the west bank, 7% of households reported receiving assistance from the ministry of social affairs in 2014, a slightly lower figure than that reported in 2013 (8%). the other two most cited sources of assistance in 2014 were unrwa and informal assistance (family and relatives), which remained unchanged from 2013 levels. a different picture emerges from the data in the gaza strip. not surprisingly, the largest source of social assistance in 2014 was unrwa, an organization that provided food assistance to some 867,000 refugees. a number of other sources of assistance were reported, including the palestinian ministry of social affairs, international agencies, charitable and religious associations, worker unions, and family and friends. informal sources of social assistance more than halved, dropping to 7% in 2014. this is a clear sign that informal social networks were unable to help in times of widespread severe hardship caused by the war. table 3. composition of assistance by region and household group, share of total value received, 2014. type of support west bank gaza strip refugee nonrefugee maleheaded femaleheaded cash 36.4% 34.5% 31.8% 40.2% 34.0% 40.4% in-kind food 15.3% 26.8% 23.6% 24.7% 25.7% 15.6% health insurance 19.8% 0.8% 5.3% 5.0% 3.1% 16.2% food vouchers 3.1% 5.5% 4.7% 5.7% 5.5% 2.3% housing 13.1% 21.6% 24.4% 12.2% 20.9% 12.9% other 0.1% 5.6% 5.5% 2.2% 5.0% 0.7% remaining sources 12.2% 5.2% 4.7% 10.0% 5.8% 11.8% average per assisted household (us$/month) 86 108 107 91 98 127 source: fss-pcbs (2016): table 7.4, modified. 37the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context 4. poverty and food security the profiling of palestinian households in terms of poverty quartiles before receiving assistance shows expected patterns14 (table 5): moving from poorer to richer households saw a parallel decrease in household size, an increase in educational attainment, a decrease in the dependency ratio, and an increase in the employment rate (including that of the head of the household). poverty in the wbgs is determined by the employability of household members. food security on the other hand is largely influenced by access dimension, specifically by individuals’ labor entitlement. table 6 therefore provides a detailed account of household heads’ labor indicators across poverty quartiles. by and large, poorer households had more problematic labor conditions. for instance, household heads who worked fewer hours were more likely to be poor, just as irregular employment and lower level occupations were more related to poverty. usually, poverty is correlated to employment in the primary and construction sectors. in short, heads of poorer households tend to have more informal and irregular jobs that do not require high levels of formal skills and/or education, such as jobs in basic production sectors. 14 only the female-headed household share does not show a clear pattern. another characteristic (not reported in the table) that does not change at all is the number of sources of income per household: on average, two per household. table 4. reported sources of assistance by regiona. west bank gaza strip 2013 2014 2013 2014 ministry of social affairs 8.2% 6.8% 19.6% 23.5% other pa agencies 0.9% 2.0% 4.2% 8.6% political parties 0.0% 0.1% 0.4% 8.6% zakat/other religious institutions 0.5% 0.6% 0.5% 2.7% international agencies (excluding unrwa) 1.4% 1.2% 9.3% 21.3% unrwa 2.1% 4.0% 42.6% 62.3% arab countries 0.0% 0.1% 0.3% 2.8% charity/religious 0.4% 0.3% 3.8% 19.5% family and relatives 2.8% 2.8% 14.8% 6.8% friends/neighbors 1.1% 0.9% 1.8% 4.8% workers union 0.0% 0.0% 21.6% 12.9% national banks 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.5% local reform commission 0.0% 0.0% 0.1% 0.6% other 0.4% 0.9% 0.3% 3.3% any type of assistance 15.2% 16.5% 65.7% 84.2% a sources of assistance are not mutually exclusive. some households reported receiving assistance from more than one source. source: fss-pcbs (2016): table 7.5. 38 d. romano et alii as expected, there is a direct relationship between poverty and food insecurity (table 7). this is measured by the food consumption score (fcs) and the household food insecurity access scale (hfias), two proxies for the qualitative and quantitative dimentable 5. households’ profile per poverty quartile, 2013. q1 q2 q3 q4 total average household size 7.7 5.2 4.8 4.5 5.6 share of hh with female head 6.4% 11.5% 11.4% 9.1% 9.6% share of hh with head with secondary education or above 28.1% 34.2% 39.1% 51.0% 38.1% global dependency ratio 1.20 1.19 1.02 0.90 1.08 share of hh whose head does not work 28.9% 28.4% 23.5% 22.4% 25.8% household employment rate 32.1% 36.9% 40.5% 43.7% 38.3% authors’ elaboration on sefsec 2014 data. table 6. head of household employment statistics per poverty quartile, 2013. q1 q2 q3 q4 total working status           employed from 1-14 hours 5.1% 4.6% 2.5% 1.3% 4.2% employed 15-34 hours 6.1% 6.9% 5.1% 3.2% 6.0% employed 35 hours and over 41.7% 46.5% 58.5% 63.5% 47.7% temporarily absent 14.6% 10.6% 6.6% 3.9% 11.2% looked for a job (already worked) 6.9% 3.9% 1.2% 2.1% 4.6% looked for a job (never worked) 2.1% 2.6% 0.7% 1.1% 1.9% did not look for work because of frustration 0.7% 0.9% 0.6% 0.6% 0.7% full time student 0.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% housewife 4.0% 5.0% 4.9% 3.4% 4.4% unable to work 16.8% 14.7% 12.8% 8.1% 14.8% other 0.0% 0.0% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% professional status employer 2.4% 2.2% 3.9% 11.9% 5.1% self-employed 11.3% 11.5% 12.4% 13.9% 12.3% unpaid family worker 0.2% 0.1% 0.3% 0.1% 0.2% waged employee 61.9% 59.9% 60.5% 52.2% 58.6% sector of employment agriculture, fishing and forestry 8.7% 6.7% 3.5% 2.2% 5.3% mining, quarrying and manufacturing 6.5% 8.6% 11.5% 13.6% 10.0% construction 18.2% 16.7% 16.3% 12.6% 16.0% commerce, restaurants and hotels 10.9% 11.2% 14.6% 20.2% 14.2% transportation, storage and communication 7.2% 5.5% 6.1% 5.1% 6.0% services and other activities 24.3% 24.9% 25.1% 24.5% 24.7% authors’ elaboration on sefsec 2014 data. 39the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context sions of food security, respectively (cf. section 5.1). probably the most striking indicator related to poverty is the share of households receiving assistance. this value encompasses almost two thirds of all households in the lowest quartile and 7.6% of households in the highest quartile. both indicators of food security show the expected regularities in that poorer households have lower fcs values. meanwhile, poorer households have larger shares of poor or borderline fcs (q1 three times larger than that of q4) as well as insufficient dietary quantities (hfias in q1 eight times larger than that of q4). quite surprisingly, the average value of assistance rapidly decreases from the lowest to the second-lowest quartile, but then increases again in the two higher quartiles15. 5. data and methods 5.1 data the socio-economic and food security (sefsec) survey has been administered since 2009 to monitor the status of food security among palestinian households. the sefsec methodology accounts for the multi-dimensional drivers of food insecurity in wbgs by exploring topics such as asset-based poverty, food consumption, and resilience. this is done to capture the capacity households have to adapt, transform and cope with shocks. besides these three main pillars, the questionnaire collects data on aspects such as socio-demographics, assistance, expenditure and consumption, all of which are useful for the analysis. the dataset includes data from the fifth and sixth sefsec surveys. data collection took place in 2014 and 2015, with a reference period covering the six months preceding the interview (the second half of 2013 and 2014, respectively). the 2013 sefsec survey was conducted on a sample of 7,503 households (4,949 in the west bank and 2,554 in the gaza strip), while the 2014 sample included 8,177 households (5,047 in the west bank and 3,130 in the gaza strip). the samples are representative for various levels of disaggregation, including gender, refugee status, governorate, locality type (i.e. urban, rural and refugee camp) and, for the west bank only, areas a/b and c (fss-pcbs, 2016). an important feature of the 2013-2014 sefsec is that 92% of the households interviewed in 2013 were included also in the 2014 wave. therefore, a sample of 6,881 units 15 however, this seems to be related to the higher average value of assistance in the west bank to households that own some type of business: essentially, it is a support to investment that is able to generate employment. table 7. households’ assistance and food security status per poverty quartile, 2013. q1 q2 q3 q4 total per capita expenditure (nis/month) 305 461 593 860 554 share of hh receiving assistance 62.5% 41.8% 21.3% 7.6% 33.3% average value of assistance per hh (nis/month) 418 293 347 321 368 households with insufficient dietary quantity (hfias) 50.7% 29.3% 14.8% 6.4% 25.3% households with poor or borderline fcs 30.4% 26.4% 17.8% 10.2% 21.2% average household fcs 70 72 76 80 74 authors’ elaboration on sefsec 2014 data. 40 d. romano et alii (4,454 in the west bank and 2,427 in the gaza strip) can be used to analyze the impact of assistance on palestinian households through the panel structure of the dataset. the main variables used in the analysis are summarized in table 8. they include the three outcome variables of interest: a measure of poverty and two measures of food security (i.e. hfias and fcs, the latter also broken down in its main components), a set of household socio-demographics that are the usual correlates used to analyze the outcomes, and some geographical dummies to account for regional/residence differences used to capture any unobserved heterogeneity.16 poverty outcomes are measured as an asset-based poverty index closely related to living standards. an asset-based poverty index better reflects long-term wealth over an expenditure-based poverty index, a short-term measure which in principle would work better in an impact evaluation of aid effectiveness. additionally, the asset-based poverty index was chosen since total household expenditure is not accurately sampled by the sefsec questionnaire. indeed, an assessment commissioned by sefsec administrators to evaluate the robustness and reliability of expenditure-based poverty measures resulted in the decision to abandon money-based (i.e. expenditure) measures of poverty because they were inconsistent with similar measures based on benchmark data from the palestine expenditure and consumption survey of 2011 (pecs) (langworthy et al., 2014; smith, 2014).17 furthermore, in the context of protracted crisis such as the currently ongoing one in palestine, assistance becomes a key source of income for the majority of households, establishing itself as a “structural” component of household income. assistance has significantly contributed to building household assets over the years and helps maintain a given level of standards of living via consumption smoothing. if assistance to households decreases, household assets would decrease in response because the household sells its assets to countervail the reduction in assistance. food security is proxied by two measures, namely the household food insecurity access scale (hfias), a quantitative measure of the dimension of food consumption (coates et al., 2007), and the food consumption score (fcs) that captures the quality of household diets (wfp, 2008). hfias is an indicator based on responses to nine questions, five of which relate to the size and frequency of meals consumed in the 30 days preceding the survey. hfias is value ranging from 0 to 27, where a higher score indicates an insufficient dietary quantity. fcs is an indicator based on the number of days specific food groups are consumed in the seven days preceding the survey. the fcs is a continuous score where a value less than or equal to 45 or between 45 and 62 respectively indicate poor or borderline food consumption. this value is obtained by assigning a specific weight to each food group in accordance to its contribution to dietary quality. 16 the variables listed in table 3.1 are the ones actually used in the following analysis, that is they are only a subset of the wider set of candidate variables that in principle could be used. unfortunately, the sefsec survey is designed only to monitor the evolution of food security in palestine. as such it does neither have the wealth of variables that can be usually found in a standard multi-purpose survey (e.g. household cultural traits, household behavior other than food consumption, etc.), nor the depth of data typical of household expenditure/consumption surveys (e.g. detailed information on household expenditures, food consumption composition, etc.). 17 the overall conclusion of these studies was that “in the absence of other options, an asset-based measure of poverty can thus serve as a valid, stand-alone measure for the purposes of the sefsec food insecurity analysis.” (smith, 2014: 21). 41the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context the pros and cons of these two indicators have been assessed in several review and validation studies of food security indicators (carletto et al., 2013). ifpri (2006) concluded that the fcs weighting system for the food frequency scores might not be able to accommodate variations across space and time. nevertheless, ifpri found positive associations between fcs values and caloric consumption per capita in some studies. the information generated by hfias is used to assess the prevalence of household food security and detect changes over time. moreover, validations conducted in latin america and subsaharan africa (melgar-quinonez et al., 2006; knueppel et al., 2010) found that the indicator demonstrated reliability and validity in the local contexts in which it was deployed. table 8. summary statistics of key variables. variable meaning mean standard deviation min max l_ass_index log of asset based poverty index 7.09 0.33 5.52 8.28 fcs food consumption score (fcs) 74.28 17.06 0.00 112.00 hfias household food insecurity access scale (hfias) score 4.64 6.56 0.00 27.00 vegfru_fcs fcs cereals, tubers, pulses, vegetable and fruit 26.96 4.93 0.00 49.00 meatmilk_fcs fcs meat and milk 40.85 14.65 0.00 56.00 oilsug_fcs fcs fats and sugar 6.46 1.13 0.00 7.00 mass log of hh monthly assistance 1.96 2.63 0.00 10.82 ydum dummy for year 2014 0.50 0.50 0.00 1.00 massy interaction mass*ydum 1.04 2.12 0.00 10.82 lhsize log of household size 1.81 0.42 0.69 3.30 lexp log of household monthly expenditure (nis) 7.72 0.75 1.79 11.16 dep_ratio dependency ratio (aged 0-15+aged >65)/aged 15-65 1.10 1.34 0.00 7.00 rat_emp % of employed people aged >15 in the hh 0.37 0.24 0.00 1.00 agehead age of hh head (years) 45.34 14.37 19.00 98.00 femhead hh head gender (female = 1) 9.66%   0 1 head_ref hh head status (refugee = 1) 41%   0 1 high_ed hh head education (secondary education or higher = 1) 38.12%   0 1 employed hh head occupational status (employed = 1) 70.42%   0 1 qly_deprived hh with low fcs (< 61) (yes = 1) 22.26%   0 1 qty_deprived hh with insufficient food intake, hfias (yes = 1) 23.21%   0 1 ass hh receiving assistance (yes = 1) 37.71%   0 1 wb north regional dummy (west bank north = 1) 27.58%   0 1 wb center regional dummy (west bank center = 1) 17.69%   0 1 wb south regional dummy (west bank south = 1) 19.46%   0 1 gs north regional dummy (gaza strip north = 1) 18.47%   0 1 gs center regional dummy (gaza strip center = 1) 5.19%   0 1 gs south regional dummy (gaza strip south = 1) 11.61%   0 1 rural locality of residence (rural = 1) 18.62%   0 1 camp locality of residence (refugee camp = 1) 9.74%   0 1 urban locality of residence (urban = 1) 71.64%   0 1 42 d. romano et alii besides the considerations above, the sefsec dataset does not include enough data to build other food security indicators such as the food caloric intake. 5.2 methods to estimate the impact of assistance on a given dimension of well-being, such as poverty or food security, we need to control for possible unobserved heterogeneity in participation in the assistance program. due to the targeting strategies of the different agencies that provide assistance to palestinian households, treated households are quite different from untreated ones. notably, the probability of receiving assistance is correlated with a set of characteristics mostly related to poverty (cf. section 4). as a result, the selection bias is likely to be pervasive (khandker et al., 2010). moreover, further unobserved targeting variables may affect both the outcome variable and the probability to receive assistance. building on the panel structure of sefsec dataset, we used a difference-in-difference (dd) approach to get rid of aforementioned biases. the dd model assumes that the heterogeneity in participation is fundamentally time invariant once conditioned on a set of household characteristics (x): e(y0 t – y0 t-1 | t = 1,x) = e(y0 t – y0 t-1 | t = 0,x) (1) where y0 t is the potential outcome without the treatment measured at time t. t is the treatment status, which equals to 1 if the household received assistance and 0 otherwise. the assumption of time invariant heterogeneity implies that the dynamics observed in the control group are the same as the ones observed in the treated group had the latter not been treated. unfortunately, the sefsec dataset does not allow testing for the “parallel trend” hypothesis. however, considering the short time distance between the two sefsec waves, the risk that this assumption does not hold is low. in regression form the dd estimator is given by: yi,t = αi + βti + γt + δtit + ∑ζxi,t + εi,t (2) where t is a time dummy (1 in the second period, 0 otherwise). ti is the treatment dummy, with a value of 1 for the treatment group and 0 for the control. the casual effect of the treatment is assumed to be additive. in the classical dd model, the δ parameter — which is associated with the interaction term between the treatment ti and the time dummy variable t — identifies the expected impact (angrist and pischke, 2008). the traditional dd regression uses dichotomic (i.e. treated/non-treated) treatment variables. however, continuous treatment variables measuring the intensity of the treatment can be also used (card, 1992; acemoglu et al., 2004). continuous variables fully exploit the information content of available data. for the purpose of this study, the most suitable candidate is the monthly value of assistance received by the household. in this case, it can be demonstrated that for the i-th household the δ parameter is equivalent to: δ = (yi1 – yi0 | ti = ti1,xi) – (yi1 – yi0 | ti = ti0,xi) (3) 43the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context where the numerator is the difference in outcome variation over time given the final and initial values of the continuous intervention variable and the denominator is the difference between the final and the initial value of the continuous treatment variable. in the case of an increase of the continuous treatment variable between the two periods, a positive value of δ indicates that the increased treatment intensity determines a higher increase of the outcome variable. this implies that the impact of the treatment is positive. moreover, thanks to the time dimension of the panel, we can include in (2) household specific intercepts or fixed effect, αi. irrespective of the adopted fixed effect estimator, this is equivalent to including a dummy variable for each household in equation (2) (wooldridge, 2013). equation (3) will still hold provided that we condition on both x and αi. the key identifying assumption in this context is that treatment intensity is not correlated with individual unobserved trends, although it can correlate with individual permanent characteristics. we posit that the intensity of assistance (“mass”, measured in logarithms) impacts the outcome variable, i.e. either the log of poverty asset index (“l_assindex”) or one of the food security indicators (“hfias” or “fcs”). the intensity of assistance and the outcome variable are both affected by a set of household characteristics that we assume to be time-invariant, including location, refugee status, and education of the head of household. all of these are captured by αi. we further conditioned on potential time variant confounders such as dependency ratio, household size, ratio of employed household members to the number of household members of working age, and employment status of the head of the household. in the case of poverty models potential endogeneity may remain even after having conditioned on the fixed effects due to the nature of the targeting process. therefore, we implemented the 2sls version of both the pooled ols and the fixed effect estimators. in the case of food security indicators, we can assume that regressors are exogenous because targeting is made on poverty, not on food security indicators. noticeably, in the case of the hfias score, we have to deal with a censored variable whose distribution has a clear peak at zero. in such a case the fixed effects tobit model estimates would be affected by the so-called “incidental parameters” problem especially in case of short time panel datasets (greene, 2004). to ensure consistency with the fixed effect models of continuous outcome variables (asset-based poverty index and fcs), in the case of hfias model we used the semi-parametric estimator of fixed effect tobit models proposed by honoré (1992), which is consistent and asymptotically normal even for time dimension of 2 as in our case. 6. results we first run a pooled ols regression using a sandwich estimator of the covariance matrix. results in the case of the asset-based poverty index18 are reported in the first two columns of table 9. all independent variable parameters except for a few regional dummies are significant at p=0.05. both the household size and the dependency ratio affect the index negatively, while the ratio of employed household members over working age 18 the dependent variable – i.e., the log of the asset-based poverty index – is built in such a way a higher index value corresponds to wealthier households. this should be considered when interpreting the results in table 9. 44 d. romano et alii household members shows a clear positive effect. this confirms that poverty is mostly a matter of (a lack of) employability. the characteristics of head of households that positively impact the index are the following: education, age, employment status, refugee status or living in the west bank. on the other hand, households situated in rural areas and refugee camps negatively impact the outcome variable. all estimates have expected signs: higher educational attainment, employment and living in the west bank over the gaza strip all decrease the chances that a household is poor. conversely, holding refugee status or living far away from an urban center increases the likelihood of being poor. the impact denoting the intensity of assistance is captured by the interaction term “massy”. the value of monthly assistance positively impacts the asset-based poverty index. table 9. asset-based poverty index regression models, palestine. pooled ols pooled 2sls fixed effect fixed effect iv coef. student’s t coef. z coef. student’s t coef. z massa -0.03 -24.96 -0.03 -25.33 -0.02 -15.56 -0.02 -15.07 ydum -0.01 -1.89 -0.01 -1.91 -0.03 -5.18 -0.03 -5.07 massya 0.00 2.06 0.00 2.11 0.01 6.04 0.01 5.75 lhsize -0.31 -54.19 -0.31 -54.22 -0.27 -37.46 -0.27 -37.47 dep_ratio -0.02 -14.26 -0.02 -14.23 -0.02 -10.77 -0.02 -10.77 rat_emp 0.10 8.53 0.10 8.47 0.15 12.29 0.15 12.32 employed 0.04 5.55 0.03 5.35 -0.01 -4.20 -0.01 -4.20 agehead 0.00 10.45 0.00 10.42       refhead 0.04 8.5 0.04 8.47         femhead -0.02 -2.77 -0.02 -2.70         high_ed 0.09 19.05 0.09 18.85         wb north 0.13 13.33 0.12 12.84         wb center 0.23 22.58 0.23 21.98         wb south 0.09 9.25 0.09 8.83         gs north -0.01 -1.01 -0.01 -1.05         gs centerb                 gs south -0.01 -1.03 -0.01 -1.01         rural -0.10 -16.06 -0.10 -15.98         camp -0.04 -5.06 -0.03 -5.01         constant 7.44 417 7.45 415.01         r2 0.45       0.36       kp rk under-identification chisq p=0.00 cd wald f >350 >350 hj over-identification chisq exactly id. exactly id. iv (excluded) ass, assy   ass, assy   f test of fixed effect         1.8 p=0.00     a this variable has been instrumented; b gs center, where gaza city is located, is assumed as reference. note: kp is the kleibergen-paap lm test for under-identification of the model; cd is the cragg donald weak identification test; hj is the hansen j statistics for over-identification of the model (cf. baum et al., 2007). 45the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context however, despite being statistically significant, the coefficient estimate is close to 0. to deal with possible endogeneity, we performed a pooled 2sls instrumenting the variable and the interaction term with dummies for assistance and its interaction with time. however, the size of the coefficient of the interaction term does not change in the case of 2sls. in order to account for unobserved individual heterogeneity, we run a fixed effect regression. this is done because the hausmann test rejected the hypothesis of absence of correlation between random effects and regressors. table 9 reports the parameter estimates obtained with the fixed effect estimator on transformed data as deviations from the group means.19 we also implemented the corresponding 2sls version for the fixed effect estimator using the same instruments employed in the pooled model (last two columns of table 9). all time-invariant regressors are perfectly correlated with the household specific intercepts, therefore only the time varying variables are considered in the fixed effect models: dependency ratio, household size, ratio of employed household members to working age members, and employment status of household head. both models confirm that the intensity of assistance has a significant effect in reducing household poverty. in all the models, the coefficients of the interaction term are statistically significant stable around 0.01: a 10% increase of assistance on average leads to a direct 0.1% increase of the asset-based index. to take into account the fact that the west bank and the gaza strip are physically, politically and economically apart, we estimated the impact of assistance separately for the two regions (table 10 and 11, respectively). as expected, the impact is significantly positive in the west bank and of the same order of magnitude as palestine as a whole (table 9). this was true after having accounted for individual heterogeneity. quite surprisingly, we obtained a non-significant impact of assistance in the gaza strip. this seems related to the very peculiar situation present in gaza. in 2014, more than four households out of five received assistance (cf. section 3.3), largely irrespective of the household characteristics.20 this was done in order to offset the region’s widespread humanitarian crisis resulting from a ten-year long blockade and generalized “de-development” (unctad, 2017). to make matters worse, a series of military operations took place over the last decade, ultimately culminating in the devastating war of july-august 2014 — exactly during the second period surveyed. this is likely to have blurred the causal relationship between assistance and poverty. the estimates in the case of hfias show the expected signs.21 in the models for palestine as a whole (table 12), the coefficient of the interaction term is significantly negative in the simple pooled ols model as well as in models addressing the censored nature of the hfias variable. this means that assistance has a significant positive impact in ensur19 with this transformation we get rid of the large number of group dummies that would be included in the least square dummy variable estimator had the transformation not being made (baltagi, 2005). 20 the poverty headcount ratio in the gaza strip is 53.0% while one third of population (33.8%) lives in extreme poverty according to monthly consumption patterns (pcbs, 2018a). according to atamanov and palaniswamy (2018) more than 90% of the bottom 40% in the gaza strip receive some form of aid; and even among the most well-off, half receive assistance. another anecdotal evidence of the generalized humanitarian crisis is the higher concentration around the mean of average assistance per household in gaza strip vis-à-vis west bank with the latter having a coefficient of variation that is five times larger than the former. 21 hfias is a measure of quantity deprivation of food showing higher scores the lesser the food consumed by the household. 46 d. romano et alii ing the consumption of adequate quantities of food. moreover, being a refugee, employed, well-educated, younger household head reduces household food insecurity. regional models tell the same story, although it is worth noting that the impact of assistance is much stronger in the gaza strip than in the west bank. this confirms the key role of assistance to ensure food security in a humanitarian crisis context such as the gaza strip, where two third of households receive in-kind food assistance and one fifth of surveyed households received food vouchers (cf. table 1). in the west bank, households have a wider portfolio of coping strategies available to them, including non-assistance strategies. both regions have marked sub-regional differences. the governorates of the two main economic centers – ramallah and east jerusalem in the west bank and gaza city in the table 10. asset-based poverty index regression models, west bank. pooled ols pooled 2sls fixed effect fixed effect iv coef. student’s t coef. z coef. student’s t coef. z massa -0.03 -16.29 -0.03 -17.15 -0.02 -10.01 -0.03 -10.15 ydum -0.02 -3.02 -0.02 -3.01 -0.03 -5.55 -0.03 -5.42 massya 0.00 0.53 0.00 0.47 0.01 3.61 0.01 3.34 lhsize -0.30 -38.49 -0.30 -38.49 -0.23 -25.1 -0.23 -25.13 dep_ratio -0.02 -10.99 -0.02 -10.94 -0.02 -8.25 -0.02 -8.24 rat_emp 0.09 5.91 0.09 5.85 0.16 9.82 0.15 9.72 employed 0.05 5.89 0.05 5.66 -0.02 -4.01 -0.02 -3.97 agehead 0.00 8.03 0.00 8.00       refhead 0.05 7.31 0.05 7.26         femhead -0.02 -1.86 -0.02 -1.77         high_ed 0.10 15.75 0.10 15.68         wb north -0.11 -14.93 -0.11 -14.85         wb centerb                 wb south -0.15 -18.74 -0.15 -18.64         rural -0.11 -16.37 -0.11 -16.25         camp -0.07 -5.69 -0.07 -5.63         constant 7.63 345.45 7.63 345.47         r2 0.31       0.21       kp rk under-ident. chisq   1083 p=0.00 1013 cd wald f >350 >350 hj over-identific. chisq exactly id. exactly id. iv (excluded) ass, assy,   ass, assy   f test of fixed effect         1.8 p=0.00     a this variable has been instrumented; b wb center, where ramallah and east jerusalem are located, is assumed as reference. note: kp is the kleibergen-paap lm test for under-identification of the model; cd is the cragg donald weak identification test; hj is the hansen j statistics for over-identification of the model (cf. baum et al., 2007). 47the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context gaza strip – perform on average better than other districts. we do not have econometric evidence to explain this. however, we can argue that this happens for different reasons on the basis of secondary information. for instance, in the case of the west bank, residing within the municipality of ramallah or close to it is an advantage in terms of employment and market opportunities. furthermore, the impact of israeli settlements and territorial fragmentation is less pronounced in these areas compared to wb north and wb south. for the gaza strip, residing close to the decision-making center of the de facto ruling authority and further away from the israeli border22 is an advantage in terms of food security. 22 israeli forces enforce a buffer zone by land and sea, the “access restricted areas”. according to israeli authorities, up to 100 meters from the double wired/concrete fence built along the gaza-israel border is a “no go” area and up to 200 meters there is no access for heavy machinery. however, “humanitarian partners in the field have table 11. asset-based poverty index regression models, gaza strip. pooled ols pooled 2sls fixed effect fixed effect iv coef. student’s t coef. z coef. student’s t coef. z massa -0.03 -14.98 -0.03 -14.38 -0.02 -9.32 -0.02 -8.74 ydum 0.03 2.67 0.03 2.17 0.00 -0.11 0.00 -0.16 massya 0.00 -1.5 0.00 -1.08 0.00 1.34 0.00 1.15 lhsize -0.35 -43.49 -0.35 -43.28 -0.33 -33.63 -0.33 -33.69 dep_ratio -0.02 -9.1 -0.02 -9.11 -0.02 -6.81 -0.02 -6.82 rat_emp 0.14 7.86 0.14 7.86 0.12 7.46 0.12 7.49 employed 0.00 -0.17 0.00 -0.20 -0.01 -1.45 -0.01 -1.46 agehead 0.00 7.82 0.00 7.80       refhead 0.02 3.06 0.02 3.06         femhead -0.02 -2.13 -0.02 -2.11         high_ed 0.07 11.34 0.07 11.14         gs north 0.00 0.36 -0.01 -1.05         gs centerb                 gs south 0.00 -0.09 0.00 -0.08         rural 0.01 0.4 0.01 0.40         camp -0.01 -0.9 -0.01 -0.88         constant 7.52 314.63 7.52 312.85         r2 0.48       0.46       kp rk under-identific. chisq p=0.00 cd wald f >350 >350 hj over-identification chisq exactly id. exactly id. iv (excluded) ass, assy   ass, assy   f test of fixed effect         1.5 p=0.00     a this variable has been instrumented; b gs center, where gaza city is located, is assumed as reference. note: kp is the kleibergen-paap lm test for under-identification of the model; cd is the cragg donald weak identification test; hj is the hansen j statistics for over-identification of the model (cf. baum et al., 2007). 48 d. romano et alii ta bl e 12 . h fi a s re gr es si on m od el s. va ria bl es pa le st in e w es t b an k g az a st rip po ol ed o ls to bi t h on or é es tim at or po ol ed o ls to bi t h on or é es tim at or po ol ed o ls to bi t h on or é es tim at or c oe f. st ud en t’s t c oe f. z c oe f. z c oe f. st ud en t’s t c oe f. z c oe f. z c oe f. st ud en t’s t c oe f. z c oe f. z m as s 0. 82 22 .8 2 1. 17 22 .3 7 0. 93 12 .6 2 0. 61 12 .0 4 0. 61 12 .0 4 0. 97 7. 27 0. 97 16 .4 6 1. 40 16 .8 0 1. 18 11 .8 4 yd um -1 .3 4 -1 3. 69 -2 .5 1 -1 1. 08 -3 .4 5 -1 2. 14 -1 .4 7 -1 4. 93 -1 .4 7 -1 4. 93 -4 .4 5 -1 3. 29 -0 .6 9 -1 .9 9 0. 24 0. 43 0. 90 1. 33 m as sy -0 .4 0 -9 .7 3 -0 .2 6 -4 .2 2 -0 .3 5 -4 .5 3 -0 .2 1 -3 .2 4 -0 .2 1 -3 .2 4 -0 .3 5 -2 .1 -0 .5 8 -7 .5 1 -0 .7 8 -6 .8 4 -1 .1 6 -8 .1 lh siz e 2. 43 19 .8 2 4. 51 19 .7 1 3. 90 11 .1 7 1. 73 13 .1 3 1. 73 13 .1 3 4. 05 7. 42 3. 62 14 .1 9 4. 71 13 .7 5 3. 95 8. 38 de p_ ra tio 0. 05 1. 36 0. 15 2. 27 0. 10 0. 99 0. 02 0. 46 0. 02 0. 46 0. 11 0. 7 0. 16 1. 85 0. 25 2. 16 0. 10 0. 67 ra t_ em p -1 .8 4 -8 .0 8 -3 .6 8 -7 .7 7 -3 .3 7 -4 .7 -1 .0 4 -4 .2 7 -1 .0 4 -4 .2 7 -3 .3 6 -3 .2 6 -3 .7 9 -7 .6 3 -5 .5 9 -7 .7 5 -3 .4 5 -3 .2 9 em pl oy ed -0 .9 3 -6 .5 1 -1 .3 0 -5 .1 5 -1 .3 2 -3 .3 6 -0 .8 5 -5 .4 4 -0 .8 5 -5 .4 4 -1 .5 2 -2 .4 8 -0 .6 8 -2 .3 9 -0 .4 1 -1 .1 3 -1 .1 7 -2 .2 1 ag eh ea d -0 .0 3 -9 .1 3 -0 .0 5 -8 .1 9 -0 .0 2 -5 .0 3 -0 .0 2 -5 .0 3 -0 .0 6 -8 .1 6 -0 .0 8 -7 .7 0 re fh ea d -0 .2 5 -2 .2 6 -0 .8 1 -3 .9 4   -0 .4 1 -3 .4 1 -0 .4 1 -3 .4 1   -0 .2 1 -0 .9 4 -0 .2 7 -0 .9 2   fe m he ad 0. 18 0. 99 0. 67 2. 05   0. 36 1. 86 0. 36 1. 86   -0 .0 5 -0 .1 3 -0 .0 4 -0 .0 9   hi gh _e d -1 .3 2 -1 3. 69 -2 .6 6 -1 3. 89   -0 .8 7 -8 .8 8 -0 .8 7 -8 .8 8   -2 .0 2 -9 .4 4 -2 .6 8 -9 .4 4   w b n or th -1 .1 0 -4 .4 3 -2 .7 9 -7 .0 0   0. 71 6. 04 0. 71 6. 04     w b c en te ra -1 .7 5 -6 .9 -5 .1 5 -1 1. 56               w b so ut h -0 .7 3 -2 .8 6 -0 .7 2 -1 .7 9   1. 16 9. 29 1. 16 9. 29     g s n or th 2. 22 8. 54 2. 58 6. 93   0. 19 1. 61 0. 19 1. 61   2. 10 7. 95 2. 28 6. 22   g s c en te rb           1. 30 5. 27 1. 30 5. 27             g s so ut h 2. 15 7. 92 2. 45 6. 36   1. 91 5. 08 1. 91 5. 08     2. 09 7. 6 2. 32 6. 09     ru ra l 0. 02 0. 18 0. 43 1. 67     -1 .5 9 -2 .9 7 -3 .2 1 -3 .9 7   ca m p 1. 42 7. 28 2. 70 9. 20   1. 59 5. 37 2. 20 5. 81 co ns ta nt 3. 25 7. 73 -0 .7 2 -0 .9 6     2. 63 3. 33 -1 .3 6 -1 .2 4 r2 0. 31       0. 23 0. 23       a w b ce nt er , w he re r am al la h an d ea st j er us al em a re lo ca te d, is a ss um ed a s re fe re nc e in t he w es t ba nk m od el ; b g s ce nt er , w he re g az a ci ty is lo ca te d, is as su m ed a s re fe re nc e in b ot h th e pa le st in e an d g az a st rip m od el s. 49the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context ta bl e 13 . f cs re gr es si on m od el s. va ria bl es   pa le st in e w es t b an k g az a st rip po ol ed o ls fi xe d eff ec ts po ol ed o ls fi xe d eff ec ts po ol ed o ls fi xe d eff ec ts c oe f. st ud en t’s t c oe f. st ud en t’s t c oe f. st ud en t’s t c oe f. st ud en t’s t c oe f. st ud en t’s t c oe f. st ud en t’s t m as s -0 .8 4 -9 .6 4 -0 .5 8 -6 .2 2 -0 .8 0 -6 .3 6 -0 .7 0 -6 .2 2 -1 .1 4 -8 .5 4 -1 .0 4 -6 .2 2 yd um -0 .0 1 -0 .0 4 -0 .2 7 -0 .7 8 0. 35 0. 98 -0 .1 0 -0 .2 8 -1 .9 3 -1 .9 8 -3 .7 8 -3 .2 8 m as sy -0 .2 6 -2 .2 8 -0 .2 2 -1 .6 8 0. 21 1. 19 0. 58 2. 63 -0 .1 3 -0 .6 4 0. 27 1. 01 lh siz e 3. 29 8. 79 4. 51 9. 22 3. 34 7. 37 4. 42 7. 57 3. 84 5. 81 5. 11 5. 76 de p_ ra tio 0. 27 2. 44 0. 26 1. 82 0. 29 2. 21 0. 29 1. 76 0. 09 0. 38 0. 10 0. 33 ra t_ em p 7. 68 11 .0 3 8. 27 9. 85 6. 96 8. 57 8. 51 8. 48 9. 79 7. 31 8. 03 5. 3 em pl oy ed 1. 25 2. 98 -0 .4 6 -2 .1 1. 39 2. 74 -0 .4 7 -1 .8 4 0. 62 0. 85 -0 .4 3 -1 .0 2 ag eh ea d 0. 07 6. 1 0. 05 4. 31 0. 09 4. 51 re fh ea d -0 .4 5 -1 .4 4     0. 61 1. 58 -2 .5 9 -4 .6 9 fe m he ad -0 .8 6 -1 .6 2     -0 .7 5 -1 .1 9 -1 .0 2 -1 .0 3 hi gh _e d 3. 28 11 .1 6     2. 83 8. 07 3. 46 6. 42 w b n or th -0 .6 7 -0 .9 3     -0 .7 7 -1 .8 9 w b c en te ra 0. 00 0             w b so ut h -9 .8 8 -1 3. 15     -1 0. 43 -2 2. 66 g s n or th -5 .7 6 -7 .9 5     -4 .8 1 -6 .5 4 g s c en te rb             g s so ut h -7 .4 9 -9 .7 1     -6 .7 0 -8 .6 ru ra l -1 .2 6 -3 .4 2     -1 .9 0 -4 .9 5 4. 24 3. 15 ca m p -1 .6 9 -3 .0 7     -4 .4 2 -5 .7 5 0. 67 0. 86 co ns ta nt 67 .2 7 53 .9 5     66 .2 8 49 .8 7 68 .5 7 34 .3 8 r2 0. 13   0. 06 0. 13   0. 03 0. 13   0. 06   f te st o f fi xe d eff ec t  1. 28 p= 0. 0 1. 36 p= 0. 0   1. 28 p= 0. 0 a w b ce nt er , w he re r am al la h an d ea st j er us al em a re lo ca te d, is a ss um ed a s re fe re nc e in t he w es t ba nk m od el ; b g s ce nt er , w he re g az a ci ty is lo ca te d, is as su m ed a s re fe re nc e in b ot h th e pa le st in e an d g az a st rip m od el s. 50 d. romano et alii the fcs results are quite different. according to ols estimates (first column of table 13), the quality of food consumption in palestine seems to be negatively affected by the intensity of assistance.23 however, in the fixed effects model, the interaction parameter is not significant. all variables whose coefficients are statistically significant show the same signs as in the poverty index models except for two cases: the dependency ratio and the household size. they both have a positive effect on fcs, possibly because a larger number of household members includes a sizeable share of children and elders calling for particularly dietary requirements and/or making the household more eligible for food aid targeting. regional dummies are all negative vis-à-vis central gaza except for the north and central west bank. the latter two regions show non-significant coefficients, possibly explained by higher population density and more urban nature. the west bank and gaza strip models provide quite a different picture when considering the fixed effect model. the impact of assistance on fcs is positive and significant in the west bank but it is not significant in the gaza strip. this may depend on the nature of the outcome variable. a higher fcs presupposes the availability and physical accessibility of a variety of food, a condition that may not have held in gaza strip because of the open armed conflict and strict blockade that occurred in 2014. keeping in mind that under these very specific conditions food security was pursued primarily through humanitarian assistance, we have to consider that in-kind food aid is based on food baskets containing only basic foodstuffs such as wheat flour, rice, pulses and vegetable oil. therefore, in order to assess the impact of assistance on fcs via in-kind food aid, we disentangled the overall fcs in three additive components24 and estimated the impact model per each fcs component (table 14). doing so resulted in a slightly different picture. the intensity of assistance showed a positive impact of the two components provided via in-kind food assistance. the first component, which includes cereals, tubers, pulses, fruits and vegetables, is positive though significant only at p=90%. the second component, which includes oil and sugar, has a positive and significant impact at p=95%. conversely, the component not included in the food aid basket, i.e. the meat and milk component, was not significant. this may be attributed in part to the nature of in-kind food assistance constituted of cereals, pulses and vegetable oil during the war in gaza and in part to the low-income elasticity of these food categories as a source of low-cost calories and proteins. the less significant relationship found with reference to the first components can be explained by the dramatic drop in the availability of fruit and vegetables in the gaza strip as a result of the war.25 this drop was only partially compensated by the in-kind food assistance of cereals and pulses. in conclusion, food security was ensured more in terms of the quantity of food provided than the reported that in practice up to 300 metres from the perimeter fence is considered by most farmers as a “no-go” area and up to 1,000 metres a “high risk” area” (ocha, 2018: 5). this area is where most military operations take place. 23 higher fcs scores means in fact higher food quality as it measures food security in term of diet diversification. 24 the three components and the relevant fcs weights are the following: fruits, vegetables, cereals, tubers and pulses (weights from 1 to 3); milk and meats (weight equal to 4); oil, sugar and others (weight equal to 0.5). 25 commercial food imports to the gaza strip cover a significant share of gazan food needs. they stopped almost completely in the second half of 2014 because of the war and were partially offset by humanitarian imports providing food aid (latino and flämig, 2017). 51the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context quality of diet during the war and following the conclusion of the hostility, at the height of the humanitarian crisis when interventions were primarily a matter of saving lives. 7. conclusions this paper contributes to the scanty literature on the impact of humanitarian assistance interventions and outcomes (clarke et al., 2014). it aims to answer a question that, to the best of our knowledge, has yet to be addressed: does assistance – broadly defined as any type of in-kind or cash transfer – improve the well-being of palestinian households? to do so, we apply advanced econometric techniques and impact evaluation approaches widely advocated in the debate on aid effectiveness (cf. section 2.2). specifically, we coupled the classical counterfactual framework of impact evaluation analysis with fixed effect econometric modelling using a difference-in-difference approach. this allowed us to treat sample selection bias. we also instrumented the fixed effect model to get rid of endogeneity where needed, such as in poverty models. the main results are in line with existing literature (ruel et al., 2013). assistance is indeed crucial to support the standards of living of palestinians: both poverty and food insecurity would have been much higher without the massive assistance provided by the international community to palestine. this result supports similar conclusions attained by recent studies on contexts marked by violent conflicts and food insecurity crises (doocy and tappis, 2016; mercier et al., 2017; trachant et al., 2018). we confirmed the key role played by assistance, specifically food aid, extending the evidence to a protracted crisis context such as palestine. the first policy implication is therefore that the international community should not keep disengaging from supporting palestinian households. over the last decade, overall assistance to palestine shrank by two thirds since 2008. the international community should be aware that if assistance continues to diminish, the severely negative consequences on the ground will affect the wellbeing of these households. more generally, the positive impact of assistance on poverty reduction and food security established in table 14. fcs components fixed effect regression models, gaza strip total cereals, pulses, vegetables & fruit meat & milk oil & sugar coef. student ‘s t coef student’s t coef student’s t coef student’s t mass -1.04 -5.44 -0.20 -3.31 -0.83 -5.01 -0.01 -0.97 ydum -3.78 -3.28 0.23 0.62 -3.37 -3.46 -0.63 -8.12 massy 0.27 1.01 0.14 1.72 0.09 0.39 0.03 2.01 lhsize 5.11 5.76 1.39 5.18 3.37 4.27 0.35 5.77 dep_ratio 0.10 0.33 -0.06 -0.71 0.23 0.88 -0.07 -3.39 rat_emp 8.03 5.30 -0.15 -0.31 8.14 6.21 0.05 0.51 employed -0.43 -1.02 0.24 1.87 -0.66 -1.75 -0.02 -0.53 r2 0.07 0.02 0.07 0.06 52 d. romano et alii this paper encourages renewed investment and further effort in enhancing aid effectiveness through better coordination of implementing actors and better design, targeting and delivery of assistance to the palestinian people. it is important to keep in mind that the average positive impact of assistance hides a lot of heterogeneity with marked differences on each outcome dimension (poverty, quantity of food consumed, diet diversity) and region (west bank or gaza strip). in the case of poverty reduction, there is a clear positive impact of intensity of assistance for both palestine as a whole and the west bank. however, this relationship is not significant for the gaza strip, probably because of the july-august 2014 war that could have blurred the causal relationship between assistance and poverty reduction. assistance has a positive and significant impact on the amount of food consumed (proxied by hfias) in both regions, though the impact is much larger in the gaza strip than in the west bank. this is thanks to massive in-kind food aid, food vouchers and cash interventions during and after the 2014 war that helped keep levels of food consumption at an acceptable level and restore household resilience (brück et al., 2018). in the case of diet diversity (proxied by the fcs), there is no significant impact of assistance for palestine as a whole. the impact is however significantly positive for the west bank but not for the gaza strip. when disentangling this last result according to main diet components, we see that the two components included in the food basket provided to households in need – cereals and pulses, and oil and sugar – have positively affected gazan households. this is true despite the fact that in-kind food aid was only partially able to compensate for the dramatic drop in the availability of fruit and vegetables imports during and after the 2014 military escalation. a second policy implication therefore relates to the importance of the composition of food baskets provided to a population in need in order to ensure a balanced diet (webb et al., 2014). this issue was raised in recent worldwide debates, specifically in palestine where the food basket provided by unrwa (ocha, 2016) and by wfp (2017a and 2017b), the two most important implementing agencies, recently changed in order to provide more fortified and balanced food baskets. careful consideration of the composition of food baskets is extremely important, especially when considering long-term consequences of a balanced diet to targeted households with children (alderman et al., 2006). our study presents some limits. understanding why assistance determined the abovementioned outcomes would require more detailed information as well as an information-eliciting tool different from the one used by the sefsec. indeed, the sefsec dataset, although quite informative on quantitative aspects of assistance to palestinian households, is not able to open the black box of mechanisms that lead to these outcomes. nor was it possible to analyze the effectiveness of different forms and sources of assistance, which affect the logics of intervention in a different manner. addressing these topics would have required a larger and more detailed database supplemented by qualitative information, which we did not have. nevertheless, the sefsec dataset may be further exploited to shed light on issues such as the spatial distribution of assistance. the dataset could even be used to conduct a finer analysis of the impact of different types of assistance on food security as soon as the third wave (carried out in late 2018) data is made available. methodological speaking, a possible future improvement to consider would be to model the different impact of assistance on 53the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context asset accumulation/decumulation or even on household expenditure, provided the data is of adequate quality. 8. references acemoglu, d., autor, d.h., and lyle, d. (2004). women, war, and wages: the effect of female labor supply on the wage structure at mid-century. journal of political economy 112(3): 497-551. acemoglu, d., johnson, s., and robinson, j.a. (2005). “institutions as the fundamental cause of long-run growth”. in aghion, p., and durlauf, s. (eds.) handbook of economic growth. amsterdam: elsevier science, north-holland, 385-472. addison, t. (2000). “aid and conflict”. in tarp, f., (ed.) foreign aid and development. lessons learnt and directions for the future. london and new york: routledge, 305-317. ahmed, a.u., quisumbing, a.r., nasreen, m., hoddinott, j.f. and bryan, e. (2009). comparing food and cash transfers to the ultra poor in bangladesh. ifpri research monograph 163. washington, dc: international food policy research institute. http://www.ifpri.org/publication/comparing-food-and-cash-transfers-ultra-poorbangladesh. alderman, h., hoddinott, j., and kinsey, b. (2006). long term consequences of early childhood malnutrition. oxford economic papers 58(3): 450–474. andrimihaja, n.a., cinyabuguma, m., and devarajan, s. (2011). avoiding the fragility trap in africa. world bank working paper 5884. washington, d.c.: the world bank. https://elibrary.worldbank.org/doi/abs/10.1596/1813-9450-5884. angrist, j.d., and pischke, j.s. (2008). mostly harmless econometrics: an empiricist’s companion. princeton, nj: princeton university press. atamanov, a., and palaniswamy, n. (2018). west bank and gaza poverty and shared prosperity diagnostic 2011-2017. washington, d.c.: the world bank. august 14, 2018. http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/985801536125679274/westbank-and-gaza-poverty-and-shared-prosperity-diagnostic-2011-2017. baliamoune-lutz, m. and mcgillivray, m. (2008). state fragility – concept and measurement. wider research paper no. 2008/44. helsinki: world institute for development economics research. baltagi, b.h. (2005). econometric analysis of panel data (third ed.). chichester: john wiley & sons. banerjee, a. (2007). making aid work: how to fight global poverty effectively. cambridge and london: mit press. banerjee, a., and duflo, e. (2011). poor economics: a radical rethinking of the way to fight global poverty. new york: public affairs. bauer. p., and yamey, b. (1982). foreign aid: what is at stake? public interest, summer (68): 53-69. baum, c.f., schaffer, m.e., and stillman, s. (2007). enhanced routines for instrumental variables/gmm estimation and testing. stata journal 7(4): 465-506. birchler, k., and michaelowa, k. (2016). making aid work for education in developing countries: an analysis of aid effectiveness for primary education coverage and quality. international journal of educational development 48(1): 37-52. 54 d. romano et alii boone, p. (1995). politics and the effectiveness of foreign aid. european economic review 40(2): 289–329. bourguignon, f., and sundberg, m. (2007). aid effectiveness: opening the black box. american economic review 97(2): 316-321. brück, t., d’errico, m., and pietrelli, r. (2018). the effects of violent conflict on household resilience and food security: evidence from the 2014 gaza conflict. world development (2018), https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2018.05.008. burnside, c., and dollar, d. (2000). aid, policies, and growth. american economic review 90(4): 847-868. cameron, d.b., brown, a.n. mishra, a., picon, m., esper, h., calvo, f., and peterson, k. (2015). evidence for peacebuilding: evidence gap map. 3ie evidence gap report 1, april 2015. new delhi: international initiative for impact evaluation (3ie). cameron, d.b., mishra, a., and brown, a.n. (2016). the growth of impact evaluation for international development: how much have we learned? journal of development effectiveness 8(1): 1-21. card, d. (1992), using regional variation in wages to measure the effects of the federal minimum wage. industrial and labor relations review 46(1): 22-37. carletto, c., zezza, a., and banerjee, r., (2013). towards better measurement of household food security: harmonizing indicators and the role of household surveys. global food security 2(1): 30-40. cassens, r., and ass. (1986). does aid work? report to an intergovernmental task force. oxford: clarendon. chandy, l. (2011). ten years of fragile states: what have we learned? brookings institution global views policy paper. washington, d.c.: the brookings institution. https://www.brookings.edu/research/ten-years-of-fragile-states-what-have-we-learned/. chandy, l., seidel, b., and zhang, c. (2016). aid effectiveness in fragile states. how bad is it and how can it improve? brooke shearer series no. 5. washington, d.c.: the brookings institution. december 2016. https://www.brookings.edu/research/aideffectiveness-in-fragile-states/. chenery, h.b., and bruno, m. (1962). development alternatives in an open economy: the case of israel. economic journal 72(285): 79-103. chenery, h.b., and strout, a.m. (1966). foreign assistance and economic development. american economic review 56(4): 679-733. clarke, m., allen, c., archer, f., wong, d., eriksson, a., and puri, j. (2014). what evidence is available and what is required, in humanitarian assistance? 3ie scoping paper 1, december 2014. new delhi: international initiative for impact evaluation (3ie). clemens, m., radelet, s. and bhavnani, r. (2004). “counting chickens when they hatch: the short-term effect of aid on growth”. working paper 44, washington d.c.: center for global development. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.567241. coates, j., swindale, a., and bilinsky, p. (2007). household food insecurity access scale (hfias) for measurement of household food access: indicator guide (v. 3). washington, d.c.: food and nutrition technical assistance project, academy for educational development, august 2007. http://www.fantaproject.org/sites/default/files/ resources/hfias_eng_v3_aug07.pdf. 55the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context collier, p. (2007). the bottom billion: why the poorest countries are failing and what can be done about it. oxford: oxford university press. collier, p., and dollar, d. (2001). can the world cut poverty in half? how policy reform and effective aid can meet international development goals. world development 29(11): 1787-1802. collier, p., and dollar, d. (2002). aid allocation and poverty reduction. european economic review 46(8): 1475–500. culbert, v. (2017). social development, food and cash assistance in palestine. overview of current practices. november 2017. dalgaard, c.g., and hansen, h. (2001). on aid, growth and good policies. journal of development studies 37(6): 17–41. dalgaard, c.g., hansen, h., and tarp, f. (2004). on the empirics of foreign aid and growth. economic journal 114 (june): f191-f216. deaton, a. (2013). the great escape: health, wealth, and the origins of inequality. princeton, nj: princeton university press. dethier, j.j. (2008). “aid effectiveness: what can we know? what should we know? what may we hope?” washington, d.c.: the world bank. diakonia (2018). the humanitarian development divide: a false dichotomy? the international law framework for humanitarian and development assistance in a context of protracted occupation. diakonia, international humanitarian law resource centre, august 2018. https://www.diakonia.se/en/ihl/news-list/thehumanitarian-development-divide-a-false-dichotomy/. dollar, d. and levin, v. (2006). the increasing selectivity of foreign aid, 1984-2003. world development 34(12): 2034-2046. domar, e. (1957). essays in the theory of economic growth. oxford: oxford university press. doocy, s., and tappis, h. (2016). cash-based approaches in humanitarian emergencies: a systematic review. 3ie systeatic review report 28, april 2016. london: international initiative for impact evaluation (3ie). doucouliagos, h., and paldam, m. (2009). the aid effectiveness literature: the sad results of 40 years of research. journal of economic surveys 23(3): 433-461. easterly, w. (2006). the white man’s burden. new york: penguin press. easterly, w., levine, r., and roodman, d. (2004). new data, new doubts: a comment on burnside and dollar’s “aid, policies, and growth” (2000). american economic review 94(3): 774-780. elkhafif, m., misyef, m., and elagraa, m. (2014). palestinian fiscal revenue leakage to israel under the paris protocol on economic relations. new york and geneva: united nations conference on trade and development. eu commission (2009). european report on development 2009. overcoming fragility in africa. robert schuman centre for advanced studies, european university institute, san domenico di fiesole. http://erd.eui.eu/media/fullreport/erd%202009_en_ lowres.pdf. eu commission (2018). towards a democratic and accountable palestinian state. european joint programming strategy in support of palestine 2017-2022. bruxelles: european external action service. http://eueuropaeeas.fpfis.slb.ec.europa.eu:8084/ headquarters/headquarters-homepage/25035/eu-joint-programming-palestine_en. 56 d. romano et alii fao – food and agriculture organization of the un, unrwa – united nations relief and works agency for palestine refugees in the near east, wfp – world food programme and who – world health organization (2013). socio-economic & food security survey 2012. jerusalem: fao. fao – food and agriculture organization of the un, ifad – international fund for agricultural development, unicef – united nations international children’s fund, wfp – world food programme and who – world health organization (2017). the state of food security and nutrition in the world 2017. building resilience for peace and food security. rome: fao. http://www.fao.org/policy-support/ resources/resources-details/en/c/1037641/. feeny, s. and mcgillivray, m. (2009). aid allocation to fragile states: absorptive capacity constraints. journal of international development 21(5): 618-632. fielding, d. and mavrotas, g. (2008). aid volatility and donor-recipient characteristics in difficult partnership countries. economica 75(299): 481-494. fss-pcbs (2016). socio-economic & food security survey 2014. ramallah: food security sector and palestinian central bureau of statistics. http://fscluster.org/sites/default/ files/documents/sefsec2014_report_all_web.pdf. gomanee, k., girma, s., and morrissey, o. (2005). aid and growth in sub-saharan africa: accounting for transmission mechanisms. journal of international development 17(8): 1055-1075. greene, w. (2004). the behaviour of the maximum likelihood estimator of limited dependent variable models in the presence of fixed effects. econometrics journal 7: 98-119. guisselquist, r.m. (2015). good aid in hard places: learning from ‘successful’ interventions in fragile situations. international peacekeeping 22(4): 283-301. hansen, h., and tarp, f. (2001). aid and growth regressions. journal of development economics 64(2): 547-570. hever, s. (2010). the political economy of israel’s occupation: repression beyond exploitation. london: pluto press. hever, s. (2015). how much international aid to palestinians ends up in the israeli economy? aid watch, september 2015. http://www.aidwatch.ps/sites/default/ files/resource-field_media/internationalaidtopalestiniansfeedstheisraelieconomy.pdf. hirschman, a.o. (1967). development projects observed. washington, d.c.: the brooking institution. honoré, b.e. (1992). trimmed lad and least squares estimation of truncated and censored regression models with fixed effects. econometrica 60 (3): 533-565. humphreys, m. (2015). reflections on the ethics of social experimentation. journal of globalization and development 6(1): 87-112. ikpe, e. (2007). challenging the discourse on fragile states. conflict security & development 7(1): 85-124. ifpri – international food policy research institute (2006). review and validation of dietary diversity, food frequency and other proxy indicators of household food security. washington, d.c.: world food programme, vulnerability analysis and mapping branch. july 2006. 57the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context imf – international monetary fund (2018). west bank and gaza. report to the ad hoc liaison committee. september 6 2018. http://www.imf.org/wbg. ishihara, y. (2012). identifying aid effectiveness challenges in fragile and conflictaffected states. policy research working paper no. 6037. washington, d.c.: the world bank. kanafani, n., and al-botmeh, s. (2008). the political economy of food aid to palestine. the economics of peace and security journal 3(2): 39-48. kanbur, r. (2000). “aid, conditionality and debt in africa.” in tarp, f., (ed.) foreign aid and development. lessons learnt and directions for the future. london and new york: routledge, 409-22. kaplan, s. (2008). fixing fragile states – a new paradigm for development. westport, ct: praeger security international. karlan, d., and appel, j. (2012). more than good intentions: improving the ways the world’s poor borrow, save, farm, learn, and stay healthy. new york: plume. khandker, s.r., koolwal, g.b., and samad, h.a. (2010). handbook on impact evaluation. quantitative methods and practices. washington, d.c.: the world bank. knueppel, d., demment, m., and kaiser, l. (2010). validation of the household food insecurity access scale in rural tanzania. public health nutrition 13(3): 360-367. krueger, a.o. (1986). aid in the development process. world bank research observer 1(1): 57-78. lal, d. (1972). the foreign-exchange bottleneck revisited: a geometric note. economic development and cultural change 20(4): 722-730. langworthy, m., smith, l.c., and sagara, b. (2014). review of palestine sefsec food security analysis methodology. report #1. tucson, az: tango international, inc. 18 march 2014. latino, l., and flämig, t. (2017). market assessment in the gaza strip. is the market of the besieged enclave conducive to a large cbt intervention? rome: world food programme. mcgillivray, m. and feeny, s. (2008). aid and growth in fragile states. wider discussion paper no. 2008/03. helsinki: world institute for development economics research. mcgillivray, m., feeny, s., hermes, n., and lensink, r. (2006). controversies over the impact of development aid: it works, it doesn’t, it might, but that depends. journal of international development 18(7): 1031-1050. manley, j., gitter, s., and slavchevska, v. (2012). how effective are cash transfer programmes at improving nutritional status? a rapid evidence assessment of programmes’ effects on anthropometric outcomes. london: eppi-centre, social science research unit, institute of education, university of london. masino, s., and niño-zarazúa, m. (2016). what works to improve the quality of student learning in developing countries? international journal of educational development 48(1): 53-65. mavrotas, g. (2015). “the macroeconomic impact of aid in recipient countries: old wine in new bottles?”. in arvin, m.b., and lew, b. (eds.), handbook on the economics of foreign aid. cheltenham: edward elgar. pp. 215-231. mekasha, t.j., and tarp, f. (2013). aid and growth: what meta-analysis reveals. journal of development studies 49(4): 564-583. 58 d. romano et alii melgar-quinonez, h.r., zubieta, a.c., mknelly, b., nteziyaremye, a., gerardo, m.f., dunford, c. (2006). household food insecurity and food expenditure in bolivia, burkina faso, and the philippines. journal of nutrition 136(5): 1431s–1437s. mercier, m., ngenzebuke, r.l., and verwimp, h.p. (2017). violence exposure and deprivation: evidence from the burundi civil war. working papers dt/2017/14, dial (développement, institutions et mondialisation). mosd – ministry of social development (2017). social development sector strategy (2017-2022). ramallah: ministry of social development, state of palestine. february 2017. mosley, p. (1987). foreign aid: its defense and reform. lexington, ky: university press of kentucky. moyo, d. (2009). dead aid: why aid is not working and how there is a better way for africa. new york: farrar, straus and giroux. murshed, s.m. (2002). conflict, civil war and underdevelopment: an introduction. journal of peace research 39(4): 387-393. naudé, w.a., santos-paulino, a.u., and mcgillivray, m. (2011). fragile states: causes, costs and responses. oxford: oxford university press. ocha – united nations office for the coordination of humanitarian affairs (2016). revised food baskets aim to improve nutrition among food insecure refugees in gaza. the monthly humanitarian bullettin, february 2016. https://www.ochaopt. org/content/revised-food-baskets-aim-improve-nutrition-among-food-insecure-refugees-gaza. ocha – united nations office for the coordination of humanitarian affairs (2017a). 2018-2020 humanitarian response strategy. humanitarian response plan januarydecember 2018. jerusalem: ocha. december 2017. www.ochaopt.org. ocha – united nations office for the coordination of humanitarian affairs (2017b). new way of working. new york: ocha, development and studies branch. https:// www.unocha.org/es/themes/humanitarian-development-nexus. ocha – united nations office for the coordination of humanitarian affairs (2018). humanitarian needs overview 2019. jerusalem: ocha. december 2018. www. ochaopt.org. oecd – organisation for economic co-operation and development (2007). principles for good international engagement in fragile states and situations. paris: organisation for economic co-operation and development/development assistance committee. oecd – organisation for economic co-operation and development (2015). states of fragility 2015. meeting post-2015 ambitions. paris: oecd organization for economic co-operation and development. http://www.oecd.org/dac/states-of-fragility2015-9789264227699-en.htm. pcbs – palestinian central bureau of statistics (2018a). levels of living in palestine, 2017. news. at http://www.pcbs.gov.ps/post.aspx?lang=en&itemid=3115 accessed on july 3rd 2018 pcbs – palestinian central bureau of statistics (2018b). sefsec 2018 food security analysis preliminary results. https://fscluster.org/state-of-palestine/document/sefsec-2018-food-security-analysis. 59the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context pritchett, l., and sandefur, j. (2013). “context matters for size: why external validity claims and development practice don’t mix”. center for global development working paper 336, washington, d.c.: center for global development. rajan, r., and subramanian, a. (2005). “aid and growth: what does the cross-country evidence really show?” washington, d.c.: imf working paper 05-127. riddell, a., and niño-zarazúa, m. (2016). the effectiveness of foreign aid to education. what can be learned? international journal of educational development 48(1): 23-36. robinson, s., and tarp, f. (2000). “foreign aid and development”. in tarp, f., (ed.) foreign aid and development. lessons learnt and directions for the future. london and new york: routledge. pp. 1-10. rosenstein-rodan, p. (1943). problems of industrialization of eastern and south-eastern europe. economic journal 53(210): 202-11. ruel, m.t., alderman, h., and maternal and child nutrition study group (2013). nutrition‐sensitive interventions and programmes: how can they help to accelerate progress in improving maternal and child nutrition? the lancet 382(9891): 536-551. sachs, j. (2005). the end of poverty: economic possibilities for our time. new york: penguin press. savedoff, w.d., levine, r. and birdsall, n. (2006). when will we ever learn? improving lives through impact evaluation. report of the evaluation gap working group, may 2006. washington, d.c.: center for global development. smith, l.c. (2014). review of palestine sefsec food security analysis methodology, phase ii. tucson, az: tango international, inc. december 2014. sogge, d. (2002). give and take: what’s the matter with foreign aid? london: zed books. stewart, f. and brown, g. (2009). fragile states. working paper no. 51. centre for research on inequality, human security and ethnicity, oxford, uk. taghdisi-rad, s. (2011). the political economy of aid in palestine: relief from conflict or development delayed? london: routledge. taghdisi-rad, s. (2015). political economy of aid in conflict: an analysis of preand post-intifada donor behaviour in the occupied palestinian territories. stability: international journal of security & development 4(1): 1-18. thorbecke, e. (2000). “the evolution of the development doctrine and the role of foreign aid, 1950-2000.” in tarp, f., and hjertholm, p. (eds.). foreign aid and development – lessons learnt and directions for the future. london and new york: routledge. pp. 17-47 trachant, j.p., gelli, a., bliznashka, l., diallo, a. s., sacko, m., assima, a., siegel, e., aurino, e., and masset, e. (2018). the impact of food assistance on food insecure populations during conflict: evidence from a quasi-experiment in mali. world development (2018), https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2018.01.027. un – united nations (2016). one humanity: shared responsibility. report of the secretary-general for the world humanitarian summit. united nations general assembly, seventieth session, item 73 (a), a/70/709. distr.: general, 2 february 2016. https://sgreport.worldhumanitariansummit.org/. unctad – united nations conference on trade and development (2015). report on unctad assistance to the palestinian people: developments in the economy of the occu60 d. romano et alii pied palestinian territory. td/b/62/3. geneva: unctad. https://unctad.org/en/pages/ newsdetails.aspx?originalversionid=1068&sitemap_x0020_taxonomy=unctad%20 home;#1540;#assistance%20to%20the%20palestinian%20people. unctad – united nations conference on trade and development (2017). report on unctad assistance to the palestinian people: developments in the economy of the occupied palestinian territory. td/b/64/4. geneva: unctad. https://unctad. org/en/pages/publicationwebflyer.aspx?publicationid=1845. unctad – united nations conference on trade and development (2018). report on unctad assistance to the palestinian people: developments in the economy of the occupied palestinian territory. td/b/65(2)/3. geneva: unctad. https:// unctad.org/en/pages/newsdetails.aspx?originalversionid=1846&sitemap_x0020_ taxonomy=unctad%20home;#1540;#assistance%20to%20the%20palestinian%20 people. undp – united nations development programme (2018). human development indices and indicators 2018 statistical update. new york: united nations development programme. http://hdr.undp.org/en/content/human-development-indices-indicators2018-statistical-update. uneg – united nations evaluation group (2018). the humanitarian development nexus – what do evaluations have to say? mapping and synthesis of evaluation. uneg working paper, uneg humanitarian evaluation interest group, february 2018. http://www.uneval.org/document/detail/2120. unsco – united nations united nations special coordinator for the middle east peace process (2016). common country analysis 2016. leave no one behind: a perspective on vulnerability and structural disadvantage in palestine. jerusalem: un country team, occupied palestinian territory. http://www.unsco.org/documents/ special/unct/cca_report_en.pdf. webb, p., boyd, e., de pee, s., lenters, l., bloem, m., and schultink, w. (2014). nutrition in emergencies: do we know what works? food policy 49 (1): 33-40. white, h. (2010). a contribution to current debates in impact evaluation. evaluation 16(2): 153-64. wdi – world development indicators (2018). world development indicators. washington, dc: the world bank. http://databank.worldbank.org/data/reports. aspx?source=world-development-indicators accessed on 20th december 2018. wfp – world food programme (2008). food consumption analysis: calculation and use of the food consumption score in food security analysis. prepared by vam unit hq rome, version 1. rome: world food programme. february 2008. wfp – world food programme (2017a). wfp state of palestine. country brief 2017. jerusalem: world food programme in palestine. https://reliefweb.int/report/occupied-palestinian-territory/wfp-state-palestine-country-brief-december-2017. wfp – world food programme (2017b). food assistance for the food-insecure populations in the west bank and gaza strip. standard project report 2017. jerusalem: world food programme in palestine. https://www1.wfp.org/operations/200709food-assistance-food-insecure-population-west-bank-and-gaza-strip. wooldridge, j.m. (2013). introductory econometrics, econometrics: a modern approach, fifth edition. mason, oh: south-western, cengage learning. 61the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context world bank (1998). assessing aid: what works, what doesn’t, and why. washington, d.c.: the world bank. world bank (2002). the role and effectiveness of development assistance: lessons from world bank experience. washington, d.c.: the world bank. world bank (2011). world development report 2011: conflict, security and development. washington, d.c.: the world bank. http://siteresources.worldbank.org/intwdrs/ resources/wdr2011_full_text.pdf. world bank (2017). unlocking the trade potential of the palestinian economy. immediate measures and a long-term vision to improve palestinian trade and economic outcomes. report no: acs22471. washington, dc: the world bank. world bank (2019). net oda received per capita (current us$). world bank open data. https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/dt.oda.odat.pc.zs?most_recent_value_ desc=true. zoellick, r.b. (2008). fragile states: securing development. survival 50(6): 67-84. zseleczky, l., and yosef, s. (2014). are shocks really increasing? a selective review of the global frequency, severity, scope, and impact of five types of shocks. in s. fan, r. pandya-lorch, and s. yosef (eds.), resilience for food and nutrition security. washingtn d.c.: ifpri, 9-17. http://www.ifpri.org/publication/resilience-food-andnutrition-security. the future of bio-based and applied economics daniele moro1, fabio gaetano santeramo2, davide viaggi3 how did farmers act? ex-post validation of linear and positive mathematical programming approaches for farm-level models implemented in an agent-based agricultural sector model gabriele mack*, ali ferjani, anke möhring, albert von ow, stefan mann the impact of assistance on poverty and food security in a fragile and protracted-crisis context: the case of west bank and gaza strip donato romanoa, gianluca stefania,*, benedetto rocchia, ciro fiorilloa assessing price sensitivity of forest recreational tourists in a mountain destination gianluca grilli1,2 estimating a dual value function as a meta-model of a detailed dynamic mathematical programming model claudia seidel, wolfgang britz bio -based and a ppl ied economics bae bio-based and applied economics 10(4): 305-323, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10465 copyright: © 2021 g. layani, m. bakhshoodeh, m. zibaei, d. viaggi. open access, article published by firenze university press under cc-by-4.0 license. firenze university press | www.fupress.com/bae citation: g. layani, m. bakhshoodeh, m. zibaei, d. viaggi (2021). sustainable water resources management under population growth and agricultural development in the kheirabad river basin, iran. bio-based and applied economics 10(4): 305-323. doi: 10.36253/ bae-10465 received: february 15, 2021 accepted: october 14, 2021 published: march 31, 2022 data availability statement: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information files. competing interests: the author(s) declare(s) no conflict of interest. editor: fabio gaetano santeramo. orcid gl: 0000-0002-0110-0113 mb: 0000-0001-8217-3535 mz: 0000-0003-4633-0593 dv: 0000-0001-9503-2977 sustainable water resources management under population growth and agricultural development in the kheirabad river basin, iran ghasem layani1,*, mohammad bakhshoodeh2, mansour zibaei2, davide viaggi3 1 shiraz university, iran 2 college of agriculture, shiraz university, iran 3 department of agricultural and food sciences, university of bologna, italy *corresponding author. e-mail: ghasem.layani.su@gmail.com abstract. in this study, an integrated system dynamics model was developed for scenario analysis in sub-sectors of the kheirabad river basin in southwestern iran where managing water resources is seriously challenging due to population growth and periodic drought. afterward, the variability of water demand and supply under baseline scenario and different water demand management policies, including water conservation and water pricing, was evaluated. findings illustrated that with increasing population and cropland area if no further demand management policies were implemented, the total water demand and withdrawal of water resources increase by more than 0.75% annually. the annual surface water availability during 2018-2030 is expected to decrease by around -1.23%. under these circumstances, the sustainability index of the water resources system is equal to 0.703, indicating that the water system would not be able to meet the total water demand in the near future. however, the water resource sustainability index increases significantly by improving irrigation efficiency and changing crop patterns at the basin. also, the reduction in per capita water demand and domestic water pricing under the competition structure would help to improve the sustainability index to 0.963 and 0.749, respectively. keywords: sustainability index, water system, system dynamics, agriculture, food security, kheirabad river basin. jel codes: q2, q25. 1. introduction water is essential for people’s daily life, agricultural irrigation, fish farming, and manufacturing (unido, 2003). however, this vital resource is faced with several stresses in quantity and quality (speelman & veettil, 2013). among the others, climate variability and increasing population growth have resulted in water scarcity in many countries especially in the arid regions (hashemi et al., 2019; mulwa et al., 2021). the water scarcity problem threatens nearly 80% of the world’s population (vallino et al., 2020). increasing http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode 306 bio-based and applied economics 10(4): 305-323, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10465 ghasem layani et al. water demand in various economic and social sectors exacerbates the problem of water scarcity (donati et al., 2013) and can make the water system more vulnerable (cai et al., 2018). therefore, the most challenging issue in water resources system in the world is to achieve a balance between supply and demand (kotir et al., 2016; xiong et al., 2020). the complexity of water systems is familiar to all those studying in the field because of fundamentally their large number of agents and interdependent subsystems (madani and mariño, 2009; balali and viaggi, 2015). in a water system, there are dynamic feedback relationships among different factors on the supply and demand sides (kotir et al., 2016). furthermore, the changes in water resource have a dynamics behavior as it is affected by many socio-economic and climatic factors over time (sterman, 2001). in other words, population growth, climate change, agricultural development, changes in harvesting rate from ground and surface water are factors that affect the water system of a region over time with interaction (brown et al., 2015). the use of water in one sector also affects other sectors, and the agents in the water system are contiguous. these interactions between different water users such as irrigation, drinking water, industrial production, and environmental facilities lead to complexity in the water resources system (berger et al., 2007). these complexities in the water resources system cause policymakers to face policy resistance in managing water resources. policy resistance occurs when policy actions trigger feedback from the environment that undermines the policy and at times even exacerbates the original problem. policy resistance is common in complex systems characterized by many feedback loops with long delays between policy action and result (sterman, 2001). besides, implementing different policies to manage water resources, depending on the conflict of interest, may have different effects on different stakeholder groups (darbandsari et al., 2020). addressing the complexities of water resources system, a holistic approach such as system dynamics (sd) can provide a sufficient water management framework based on conflict resolution approaches. system dynamics consider the interactions among different elements of different stockholders for simulating the behavior of the system and policy analysis (frank, 2000). this helps decision-makers assess different management policies considering various aspects (e.g., economic, social, environmental, etc.) for simultaneously reducing conflicts and improving water resources conditions (mirchi, 2013; darbandsari et al., 2020). there are a large volume of published studies that have applied sd modeling to evaluate the effect of changes in some variables such as water demand, population control, water transfer as well as climate change on water availability (gohari et al., 2017; sun et al., 2017; pluchinotta et al., 2018; mahdavinia and mokhtar, 2019; keyhanpour et al., 2020). a great deal of previous research into water management has focused on mathematical programing, but they do not pay attention to the feedback processes in the water resources system (donati et al., 2013; archibald & marshall, 2018; zeng et al., 2019; saif et al., 2020). given the significant water consumption in the agricultural sector, these studies emphasize that local water management authorities, in addition to being aware of farmers’ possible decisions to allocate farms, should also be able to provide an optimal cultivation pattern commensurate with the potential of each region (donati et al., 2013). although good progress has been made in the sd modeling of water resources system in different studies, there are still limitations. some important limitations of these studies are briefly as follows: (i) in general, less attention has been paid to theoretical foundations in modeling in the agricultural subsystem (madani and mariño, 2009; gohari et al., 2017; mahdavinia and mokhtar, 2019); (ii) some studies (kotir et al., 2016) considered the crop yields as a stock variable, which contradicts the definitions of the stock variable; (iii) in the population subsystem, few studies (clifford holmes et al., 2014; goldani et al., 2011) have considered the behavior of consumers to change in water prices; (iv) although most of the above-mentioned studies have focused on the interaction between elements and feedback loops in the water system, a few of them (madani and mariño, 2009; gohari et al., 2017) have been designed to analyze various water indicators, for instance, sustainability index that is defined as the ratio of water supply and demand and summarizes the performance of alternative scenarios and policies (loucks, 1997). it should be noted that the above points are important in studying the behavior of the water system at the basin. compared to previous studies, to achieve a better result, we used a nerlove (1956) partial adjustment framework to model the agricultural subsector and simulate cropland area and agricultural water demand. in more detail, farmers’ decisions to develop the cropland area were considered in response to changes in crop prices in modeling. it can be an effective effort to more accurately simulate the agricultural water demand. also in the population sub sector, consumers’ responses to water price changes were taken into account. policies such as taxes  and  subsidies can  change the price of goods and correspondingly the quantity consumed. thus, various indicators including sustainability (loucks, 307 bio-based and applied economics 10(4): 305-323, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10465 sustainable water resources management in the kheirabad river basin, iran 1997), reliability (mcmahon et al., 2006), vulnerability (hashimoto et al., 1982) and max deficit (moy et al., 1986) indices, were considered to evaluate the effects of water resources management policies and to rank different policies base on their effects on water system behaviour. because of increasing complexity and integration of environmental, social, and economic functions, the early water resource models still need to be developed and appropriate policies should be adopted based on the socio-economic and environmental characteristics of basin. accordingly, this paper develops an integrated sd simulation model for exploring the water resource sustainable index in the kheirabad river basin in southwestern iran where managing water resources is seriously challenging due to population growth and periodic drought. put it simply, the present study aims to explore the water supply and demand dilemmas and calculate the water resource sustainability index at the basin. this paper is organized as follows. the case study and sd model features are presented in the next section. then, the applied data are described. the simulation results of the model are presented in section 4 and the conclusions are provided in section 5. 2. the study context and scope iran is located in the mid-latitude belt of arid and semi-arid regions of the earth. the arid and semi-arid regions cover more the 60% of the country iran. the main source of water in iran is precipitation in the form of 70% rainfall and 30% snow, which is estimated to be about 413 bcm (billion cubic meters). about 71.6% of the total rainfall (295 bcm) is directly evaporated. considering 13 bcm of water entering from the borders (joint border rivers), the total amount of the country’s renewable water resources (long-term averages for 1977 to 2018) is annually estimated to be 124 bcm, of which about 73 bcm go to surface runoff. groundwater recharge is annually estimated to be about 51 bcm. currently, total water consumption is approximately 88.5 bcm (abbasi et al., 2015). agricultural water consumption accounts for about 85% of total water resources in iran and 90% of them may be allocated in surface irrigation systems with low efficiency and full water supply (lalehzari et al., 2020). according to the latest figures, the average population growth rate in iran during 1999-2000 was 1.755 percent and lowered to 1.246 percent in 2010-2017. however, in all these periods, iran’s population growth rate is above the global average (undata, 2017). the annual water consumption in the urban areas of the country is about 5.4 bcm, of which 4.3 bcm is related to household consumption that implies to the per capita water consumption of 224 liters per person a day. as far as population growth is considered, the increasing demand is not limited to fresh water use for drinking purposes. the growing population is results in increasing demand for agricultural products as well, especially for some strategic food stuffs such as wheat that are provided at subsidized prices and the iranian government insists on their domestic supply (the statistical center of iran, 2018). considering the driving factors of water crisis, the water resources management issue is a national priority and the most important issues among policymakers in iran (madani, 2014). kheirabad river basin is a part of the zohre river basin in the kogiluyeh and boyerahmad province, southwestern iran (fig. 1). the average annual rainfall of the basin, where the rainfall regime is mediterranean (with dry and wet season), varies from less than 200 mm to more than 800 mm the average annual temperature also varies from 12°c to 25°c. the water consumption of the kheirabad river basin in the drinking, industrial and agricultural sectors is provided of surface and groundwater resources. this basin is rich in surface water, but the un-normalized utilization of soil and water resources and also the increasing water resources withdrawal have reduced the basin’s water potential to meet increasing demands. most of the surface water resource in the basin is provided by kowsar reservoir dam located in zohre river basin in the west of gachsaran county. rainfall is extremely seasonal; about 50% of which occurs in winter (concurrently with the smallest water demand), 23% in spring, 23% in autumn, and 4% in summer (concurrently with the greatest water demand). kheirabad river basin’s average annual precipitation is estimated to be 331 mm during 2012-2020 while evaporation amount is more than three times that. not only the climate variability but also the population as an important factor affecting water demand, is continually increasing. while according to the report presented by the regional water organization of kogiluyeh and boyerahmad province (2017), the average per capita domestic water consumption of this province is more than 220 liters per day, which is about 20 percent higher than the national average. the combination of these factors led to the water stored in kowsar dam has declined in recent years. because one of the most important goals of the kowsar dam construction is the supply of drinking water in the southern provinces of iran and agricultural development in these areas, meeting the growing water demand in this basin is becoming a concern among policymakers. 308 bio-based and applied economics 10(4): 305-323, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10465 ghasem layani et al. 3. system dynamics methodology sd modeling is an iterative and feedback process to reach new understanding of how the problem arises and then design high leverage policies for improvement (davies and simonovic, 2011). a four-step sd modeling process introduced by sterman (2001) and ford and ford (1999) is used in this study: (1) problem articulation; (2) model formulation; (3) model testing; (4) scenario design and simulation. the first step in sd modeling is to be specific about the dynamic problem and problem articulation (ford and ford, 1999). this step includes defining the problem, identifying the key variables related to the problem, such as stocks, exogenous and endogenous variables, identifying the temporal and spatial scales to be considered (zhuang, 2014). the aim of model formulation is representing the structure of the problem and formulating a sd simulation model of the causal theory (sterman, 2001; zhuang, 2014). there are several diagram tools to capture the structure of the system, including causal loop diagram (cld) and stock and flow diagram. clds consist of variables connected by arrows for representing the feedback structure of the system (sterman, 2001). in spite of the fact that stock and flow and feedback are the two central concepts of system dynamic theory, clds are not able to capture the stock and flow structure of a system (ford and ford, 1999; sterman, 2001). this is an important reason for using stock and flow diagram to represent the structure of a system with more detailed information that is shown in a cld. in general, the stock variable is an accumulator variable (zhuang, 2014). a stock with a single inflow and single outflow can be mathematically formulated as: (1) where s is any time between t0 and t. the stocks are the key variables in the model. they represent where accumulation or storage takes place in the system. stocks tend to change less rapidly than other variables in the system, so they are responsible for the momentum or sluggishness in the system (ford and ford, 1999). model testing begins as the first equation is written and it is a critical step in sd modeling (sterman, 2001). tests to rely on sd model can be divided into two groups, structure tests and behavior tests (forrester, 1997). structure tests compare the structure of the sd model with the available knowledge about the real system presented in historical data. behavior test is to run the model and compare the results to the reference figure 1. kheirabad river basin and kowsar dam. 309 bio-based and applied economics 10(4): 305-323, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10465 sustainable water resources management in the kheirabad river basin, iran mode1 (historical or observed data). when the simulation results match the reference mode, you have reached a major milestone in the modeling process (ford and ford, 1999). following kotir et al. (2016), mean relative errors (mre) and coefficient of determination (r2) were applied to evaluate the performance of the model. mre indicates the mean possible divergence between the observed and simulated data (qin et al., 2011), the lower values of mre indicates that the model satisfactory fits the historical values. r2 describes the proportion of the variance in measured data explained by the model2 (kotir et al., 2016). (2) (3) where and are the observed and simulated values of tested or variable and is the average of observed values of variable. after the validation of the model, we can use this model to evaluate the impact of different scenarios designed to solve the problem (zhuang, 2014). 3.1. sd modeling of kheirabad river basin 3.1.1. water supply subsystem the water supply subsystem includes feedback relationships between climate variables and water resources. this subsystem is constructed based on the surface and groundwater resources balance equation by taking in to consideration all inflows and outflows at the study area. this subsystem represents the measure of water resources available at the basin (hjorth and bagheri, 2006). surface water resources available are controlled by various factors such as measure of precipitation, runoff, water inflow and outflow of surface water, evaporation, transpiration and infrastructural conditions (hjorth and bagheri, 2006; gohari et al., 2017). as shown in fig. 2, the water supply subsystem includes surface and groundwater resources. it is also worth mentioning that the surface and subsurface water inflows, return flow and precipitation are incoming inflows, and the surface and subsurface water outflows, evaporation, transpiration, water withdraw for kind of uses are outflows. temperature and precipitation as climate variables affect 1. a reference mode is a pattern of behavior over time 2. the values of r2 range from 0 to 1, with values closer to 1 indicating that the model well simulates the system. the measure of available water. as a matter of fact, the increased precipitation can increase water availability. strictly speaking, part of the precipitation is entered in to the water system as runoff (eq. 4), taking into consideration of the runoff coefficient reported in the water balance studies of the study areas (hjorth and bagheri, 2006). another part of the precipitation, joins to the groundwater resources considering the average percolation coefficient (eq. 5). also evaporation and transpiration was considered as a function of temperature in this study. therefore, an increase of temperature in the future may affect the behavior of water resources system. annual evaporation in water supply subsystem is measured into available surface water multiplier in evaporation rate (eq. 6). at each time step, the evaporation rate is taken from temperature at the basin which is represented as a lookup table3. runoff=runoff rate × precipitation (4) percolation=percolation rate × precipitation (5) evaporation=evaporation rate × available surface water (6) also, the return flow in water system, according to eq. 7, is as a percentage of the water consumption in different sectors that is added to the surface and groundwater resources. total water withdrawal from the basin is measured into the sum of agricultural, domestic, environmental and industrial water demands. following davies and simonovic (2011), domestic water demand is expressed as a function of population and per capita water demand in the kheirabad river basin model. agricultural water demand is expressed as a function of cropland area and water requirement for each crop. environmental water demand is assumed to be as an exogenous variable. for calculating industrial water demand, per capita industry water use is applied (balali and viaggi, 2015), in which industrial water demand equals population multiplier per capita industry water use. the amount of surface water withdraw is equal to the part of total water demand that is supplied from surface water sources. according to the report presented by the regional water organization of kogiluyeh and boyerahmad province (2017), 49% of agricultural water demand, 66% of urban water demand and 51% of indus3. lookup tables are typically used in sd modeling to represent nonlinear relationships between two variables. a table function can be defined as a list of numbers whereby input values to a function are positioned relative to the x axis and output values are read from the y axis (ford and ford 1999; vensim reference manual 2011). 310 bio-based and applied economics 10(4): 305-323, 2021 | e-issn 2280-6172 | doi: 10.36253/bae-10465 ghasem layani et al. trial water demand at the basin are supplied from surface water sources. return flow = return rate × water demand of each sector (7) total water demand = agriculture d. + domestic d. + oil industry d. + industrial d. + environmental d. (8) surface water withdraw = (water demandi × the share of surface water) (9) ground water withdraw = (water demandi × the share of ground water) (10) 3.1.2. population subsystem population is one of the factors that affect the water demand (sušnik et al., 2012). generally, population is the main driving factor in water demand. population influence the domestic water demand directly and other sources of water demands indirectly (davies and simonovic, 2011). there are some towns and villages on the kheirabad river basin. most of the domestic water demand at the basin is provided by kowsar dam. also kowsar dam supplied water to the persian gulf littoral cities and ports for nearly 20 years. population sub-model represents the population of the case study including one stock “population” which is increasing by population growth rate. the population at time t is mathematically represented by eq. 11 as follows: population(t) = population(0) + (population growth rate)dt (11) in this study, the total population is divided into urban and rural population groups according to urbanization rates (fig. 3). therefore, the water demand in the urban sector equals urban population multiplier per capita water consumption in the urban sector and similarly available surface water ground water availabilty natural surface water inflow run off precipitation rate evapotranspiration surface water withdraw surface water retern flow ground water inflow natural groundwater inflow + groundwater return inflow + ground water outflow ground water withdrawal + total return flow + + agricultural water demand total water demand + total domestic water demand total industrial water demand + + environmental water outflow rate of percolatin area of basin volum of precipitation+ + + run off rate + percolation+ minimum storage + inflow + +